UNITED STATES OF AMERICA * . . FOUNDED 1836 WASHINGTON, D. C. Bl9574 IMEM MHULEOTMi INDEX-CATALOGUE / i • OF THE LIBRARY OF THE SURGEON GENERAL'S OFFICE UNITED STATES ARMY AUTHORS AND SUBJECTS THIRD SERIES VOL. IV COFFEE-DZUBENKO WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1923 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THIS PUBLICATION MAY BE PROCURED FROM THE SUPERINTENDENT OF DOCUMENTS GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE WASHINGTON, D. C. AT $2.00 PER COPY PURCHASER AGREES NOT TO RESELL OR DISTRIBUTE THIS COPY FOR PROFIT.—PUB. RES. 57, APPROVED MAY 11, 1922 675. f-H X 3? v. 4 1923 C.2." .* War Department, Office of the Surgeon General, Army Medical Museum and Library, Washington, November 19, 1923. Maj. Gen. M. W. Ireland, Surgeon General, U. S. Army. General: I have the honor to present herewith the fourth volume of the Third Series of the Index-Catalogue of the Library, representing 8,778 author titles, 4,267 book titles, 48,120 titles of articles in periodicals. The Library now contains 304,980 bound volumes, 39,012 unbound volumes, and 457,895 pamphlets; in all, a total of 801,887 volumes and pamphlets, 6,703 portraits of physicians, 740 medical engravings and prints, and 443 medical caricatures. Exclusive of the transactions of societies, the Library subscribes for 1,875 periodicals of medicine and its closely allied subjects. The following table shows the number of published titles: Author titles. SUBJECT TITLES. Book titles. Journal articles. Portraits. 176,364 169,812 3,137 2,983 10,572 8,778 168,537 136,405 4,537 2,700 8,458 4,267 511,112 645,557 29,602 29,504 76,129 48,120 4,335 914 Third Series, Vol. I.......................................................... 141 Vol. II......................................................... 241 Vol. Ill........................................................ r,021 Vol. rv........................................................ 51 371,646 324,904 1,340,015 6,703 Very respectfully, Robt. E. Noble, Brigadier General, Medical Department, U. S. A., Librarian, Army Medical Library. (in) FOURTH ADDITION TO THE ALPHABETICAL LIST OP ABBREVIATIONS OF TITLES OF MEDICAL PERIODICALS PUBLISHED IN THE TWENTY-FIRST VOLUME SECOND SERIES OF THE INDEX-CATALOGUE Bi^For explanations, see the Alphabetical List of Abbreviations of Titles, etc., in Vol. XXI, 2. s. A. Abhandl. d. bayer. Akad. d. Wissensch. Mat.-phys. KL, Suppl.-Bd., Miinchen. Abhandl. z. theoret. Biol., Berl. Acta cbir. scandin., Suppl., Stockholm. Acta derm.-venereol., TJpsala. Acta gynecol. scandin., Hel- singfors. Acta ophthalmol., K^benh. Acta psediat., Uppsala. Acta radiol., Stockholm. Acta Univ. Lundensis. Addr. & Papers Ded. Cerem. & Med. Confer. Peking Union Med. Coll. 1921, Peking. iEsculape, Par. An. hosp., lima. An. del Inst, modelo de clin. med., Buenos Aires. Ann. d'hyg., Par. Abhandlungen der .bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften. Mathematisch-physikalische Klasse. Suppl.-Bd. Miinchen, 1922. 4°. Abhandlungen zur theoretischen Biologie. J. Schaxel, editor. Berlin, v. 1. 1920. 8°. Acta chirurgica scandinavica, Supplementum. Stockholm. Heft 1, 1922. 8°. Acta dermato-venereologica. J. Almkvist, redig. Upsala. v. 1-2, 1920-21. 8°. Acta gynecologica scandinavica. H. Forssner, redactor. Hel- singfors. v. 2, 1923. roy. 8°. Acta opthalmologica. [Quarterly.] K. K. K. Lundsgaard, redac- teur. K0benhavn. v. 1, 1923. 8°. Acta psediatrica. I. Jundell, editor.. Uppsala, v. 1, 1921-3. 8°. Acta radiologica. J. F. Fischer, G. Forssell [et al.], redactores. Stockholm, v. 1-2, 1921-3. 8°. Acta Universitatis Lundensis. Lund & Leipzig, v. 17, n. s., 1921. 8°. Addresses & Papers Dedication Ceremonies and Medical Confer- ence, Peking Union Medical College, September 15-22, 1921. Peking, China, v. 1, 1922. 8°. iEsculape; revue mensuelle illustree. J. Avalon, redacteur. Paris, v. 13, n. s., 1923. roy. 8°. Anales hospitalarios; revista de medicina y cirugfa. [Trimestral. ] Lima. v. 1, 1922. 8°. Anales del Instituto modelo de clfnica m6dica. Buenos Aires. v. 6, 1921. 8°. Annales d'hygiene publique, industrielle et sociale. F. Bordas, redacteur. Paris, v. 1, n. s., 1923. 8°. [Continued from: Ann. d'hyg. pub. et de med. leg.] [1] [2] Ann. Clin. Med., Bait. Ann. ital. di chir., Napoli. Ann. de med. et de pharm. colon., Par. Ann. di ottal. e clin. ocul., Pavia. Ann. de parasitol., Par. Ann. de phys., Par. Ann. Roentgenol., N. York. Arb. a. d. physiol. Lab. d. Wiirzb. Hochsch. Arch, frang. de path. gen. et exper., Par. Arch. d. hosp. municip. de la Habana. Arch. d. mal. d. reins [etc.], Par. Arch. Med. Hydrol., Lond. Arch, f. mikr. Anat. u. Entwck- lngsmechn., Berl. Arch, de phys. biol., Par. Ars Medici, Wien. Annals of Clinical Medicine; official periodical of the American College of Physicians and the American Congress on Internal Medicine. Baltimore, v. 1-2, 1922-3. 8°. [Continuation of: Ann. Med., Hagerstown, Md., 1920, i.] Annali italiani di chirurgia. Edited by G. Pascale [et al.]. Napoli. v. 1-2, 1922-3. 8°. Annales de medecine et de pharmacie coloniales. Paris, v. 18-21, 1920-23. 8°. Annali di ottalmologia e clinica oculistica. Pavia. v. 1-7, 1917-23. 8°. [Continuation of: Ann. di ottal.] Annales de parasitologie humaine et comparee. [Quarterly.] E. Brumpt [et al.], redacteurs. Paris, v. 1, 1923. 8°. Annales de physique. E. Bouty [et al.], 6diteurs. Paris, v. 17-19, 1922-3. 8°. [Continuation of: Ann. de chim. et phys.] Annals of Roentgenology. New York. v. 3, 1923. 8°. Arbeiten aus dem physiologischen Laboratorium der Wiirzburger Hbchschule. M. von Frey, editor. Wurzburg. v. 17, 1921-2. 8°. Archiv und Atlas der normalen und pathologischen Anatomie in typischen Rontgenbildern. Forms: Erganzungsbande zu Fort- scnritte auf dem Gebiete der Rbntgenstrahlen. Archives francaises de pathologie generale et experimentale et d'anatomie pathologique. Paris, No. 1, 1922. 8°. Archivos del hospital municipal de la Habana. Habana. v. 1,1922. 8°. [Bimestral.] Archives des maladies des reins et des organes genito-urinaires. L. Ambard and E. Papin, editeurs. Paris, v. 1, 1922-3. 8°. Archives of Medical Hydrology; being the Journal of the Inter national Society of Medical Hydrology. London. v. 1, 1922-3. 8°. Archiv fur mikroskopische Anatomie und Entwicklungsrnechanik. [Quarterly.] W. Roux, editor. Beilin. v. 98,1923. 8°. [Con- tinuation of: Arch. f. Entwcklngsmechn. and Arch. f. mikro. Anat.l Archives de physique biologique. v. 1, 1921. 8°. Ars Medici. Segel, editor. Wien. Association francaise de chirurgii Proa-verb.] Fred Vies, redacteur. Paris. v. 1-12, 1911-22. 12°. [Sec Congros frany. de chir. B. Beihefte z. d. Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Kult., Bresl. Ber. ii. d. ges. Gynakol. u. Ge- burtsh., Berl. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. deutsch. ophth. Gesellsch., Miinchen & Wiesb. Bl. f. Gesundhtsf iirs., Miinchen. Bol. de la Com. centr. estud. tabardil., Mexico. Beihefte zu den Jahresberichten der schlesischen Gesollschaft fiir vaterliindische Kultur. Breslau. v. 1, 1922-3. 8° Berichte iiber die gesamte Gynakologie und Gelmrtahilfe [Semi- monthly.] Redigiert von K. Franz [etal.|. Berlin v 1 p)>s 8 . [Continuation of: Jahresb. ii. d. Fortschr. a. d 'Geb"d' Gynak. u. Geburtsh.] eo' a Bericht uber die Versammlung der deutschen ophthalmolosrischon Gesellschait. A. Wagenmann, Redacteur. Miinchen £ Wi.V baden. v. 42 1921. 8°. [Continued from: Ber u~ d Yer- samml. d. ophth. Gesellsch.] B1chllf^.tT92?ei8^^80rge- E" Doernb«^"- editor. Miin- BOMetxicode va4?W22i6n8°Central Pam d 0StUdl° del ^h^^o. [3] Bol. d. Inst, de hig., Mexico. Bol. One. san. panam., Wash. Bol. panam. de san., Wash. Bol. san., Rio de Jan. Boll. mens. d. uffic. d. lavoro, Torino. Bratisl. lekar. listy, Praha. Brit. J. Ansesth., Manchester. Brit. J. Exper. Biol., Edinb. Bull. Buffalo Gen. Hosp. Bull. Carmichael Med. Coll., Belgachia, Calcutta. Bull. Chicago Municip. Tuberc. Sanit. Bull. Chicago School San. In- struct. Dep. Health. Bull. Comite nat. de defense contre la tuberc, Par. Bull. Dep. Health & Sanitat., Seattle, Wash. Bull. Los Angeles County Med. Ass., Los Angeles. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Bucarest. Bull. Moses Taylor Hosp., Scranton. Bull. N. York Tuberc. Assoc, N. Y. Bull. off. Syndic, gen. d. med. stomatol. franc, Par. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par. Bull. Soc. chim. de France, Par. Bull. Soc. clin. de med. ment., Par. Bull. Soc. franc, d'urol., Par. Bull. Soc. de med. du nord, Lille. Bull. Soc. de med. de la Vienne, Poitiers. Bull. Soc. scient. d'hyg. ali- ment. , Par. Boletin del Institute de higiene. Mexico, v. 1, 1923. 8°. Boletin de la oficina sanitaria panamericana. Washington, v. 2, 1923. 8°. [Continuation of: Bol. panam. de san., Wash.] Boletin panamericano de sanidad de la oficina sanitaria interna- . cional. Washington, v. 1-2, 1922-3. 8°. Boletim sanitario; publicacoes scientificas do Departamento nacional de saude publica. Rio de Janeiro, v. 1, 1922-3. 8°. Bolletino mensile dell' ufficio del lavoro e della statistica. Torino. v. 1-3, 1921-3. fol. Bratislavskelekarskelisty. [Bratislava medical journal.] [Monthly.] K. K. Hynek [et al.], editors. Praha. v. 1-2, 1921-3. 8°. British Journal of Anaesthesia. Manchester. v. 1, 1923. 8°. Edinburgh. British (The) Journal of Experimental Biology v. 1,1923. 8°. Bulletin of the Buffalo General Hospital. Buffalo, N. Y. 1923. 4°. v.l, Bulletin of the Carmichael Medical College, Belgachia. Calcutta. 1920-22. 8°. Bulletin City of Chicago Municipal Tuberculosis Sanitarium. Chicago, v. 3, 1922-3. 8°. Bulletin Chicago School Sanitary Instruction, Department of Health. Chicago, v. 17, 1923. 8°. Bulletin du Comite national de defense contre la tuberculose. G. Poix, editeur. Paris, v. 3-4, 1922-3. 8°. Bulletin Department of Health and Sanitation. Seattle, Wash. v. 16, 1923. 8°. Bulletin (The) of the Los Angeles County Medical Association. Los Angeles, v. 50-53, 1920-23. 8°. Bulletins et memoires de la Societe medicale des hopitaux de Bucarest. D. Danielopolu [et al.], editeurs. Bucarest. v. 3-5, 1921-3. 8°. Bulletin (The) of the Moses Taylor Hospital, Scranton, Pa. Scran- ton. v. 1, 1923. 8°. Bulletin New York Tuberculosis Association. New York. v. 4, 1923. 8°. Bulletin officiel du Syndicat general des medecins stomatologistes francais. [Quarterly.] F. L'Hirondel, redacteur. Paris. 1923. 8°. Bulletin de la Societe de chimie biologique. P. Thomas, editeur. Paris, v. 1-5, 1914-23. 8°. Bulletin de la Societe chimique de la France. [Monthly.] R. Marquis, redacteur. Paris, v. 33-34, 4. s., 1923. 8°. Bulletin de la Societe clinique de medecine mentale. H. Colin, editeur. Paris, v. 8-9; 15-16, 1920-23. 8°. Bulletin de la Societe francaise d'urologie. Paris, v. 1-2, 1922-3. 8°. Bulletins de la Societe de medecine du nord. Annees 1909,1912, 1913. Lille. 1910-14. 8°. Bulletin de la Soci6t6 de medecine de la Vienne. [Quarterly.] Poitiers. 1921-3. 8°. Bulletin de la Societe scientifique d'hygiene alimentaire et d'ali- mentation rationnelle de l'homme. Paris, v. 10-11,1922-3. 8°. [4] C. Cancer, Phila. Capita zooL, 's Gravenhage. Centr. Epidem. Prevent. Bu- reau, Peking. Ceska dermat., Praha. Coltura med. mod., Palermo. Compte rendu d. serv. san. de la prov. de Quebec, Montreal. Confer, prat, d' urol., Milano. Cong, franc, de chir., Par. Cong, internat. d'hyg. ali- ment., Brux. Contrib. Peking Union Med. Coll., China, Peking. Cornell Vet., Ithaca, N. Y. Cancer; a practical quarterly journal devoted to the best interests of cancer. Philadelphia, v. 1, 1923. 8°. Capita zoologica. Verhandlingen op systematisch-zoologisch gebied. E. D. van Oort, editor. 'sGravenhage. v. 1, 1921-2. 4°. Central Epidemic Prevention Bureau. Bulletin No. 1. Peking. 1923. 8°. Ceska dermatologie. Casopis lekarsky pro obor chorob koznich a pohlavnich. [Bohemian dermatology. Medical journal of skin and venereal diseases.] K. Hubschmann, editor. Praha. v. 3-4, 1922-3. 8°. Coltura (La) medica moderna; rassegna quindicinale di medicina, chirurgia e scienze affini. Nicola Barbaro [et al.], redattori. Palermo, v. 1-2, 1922-3. 8°. Compte rendu de la convention annuelle des services sanitaires de la province de Quebec. Montreal, v. 9, 1921. 8°. Conferenze pratiche d'urologia per medici e chirurghi generali. G. B. Sigurta, editor. Milano. v. 1, 1922. 8°. Congres francais de chirurgie. Proces-verbaux. Paris, v. 1-30, 1885-1921. 8°. [At head of title: Association francaise de chirurgie.] Congres international d'hygiene alimentaire et de 1'alimentation rationnelle de l'homme. IIC Cong. Bruxelles. 1910. 8° Contributions from the Peking Union Medical College, China. Peking, China, v. 1, 1921. 8°. Cornell (The) Veterinarian. [Quarterly.] Ithaca, v. 13,1923. 8°. D. Deutsche Dentist, Berl. Deutsche Ztschr. f. d. ges. ge- richtl. Med., Berl. Difesa sociale, Roma. Deutsche Dentist. C.Ferlinger, editor. Berlin, v. 1,1922-3. 8°. Deutsche Zeitschrift fur die gesamte gerichtliche Medizin. P. Fraenkel [et al.], editors. Berlin, v. 1-2, 1922-3. 8°. Difesa sociale. Rivista di igiene previdenza ed assistenza. Ettore Levi, editor. Roma. v. 1-2, 1922-;>. fol. Dublin Journal of Medical Science. See Irish Journal of Medical Science. E. Endocrinol, e patol. costit., Roma. Ergebn. d. ges. Med., Berl. & Wien. Evolution med.-chir., Par. Eye, Ear, Nose & Throat Month., Chicago. Endocrinologia e patologia costituzionale. G. Viola & N Pende editors. Roma. v. 1, 1922. roy. 8°. Ergebnisse der gesamten Medizin. T. Brugsch, editor Berlin & Wien. v. 1-4, 1920-23. roy. 8°. Evolution (L')medico-chirurgicale. [Monthly.] G. de Parrel re dacteur. Paris, v. 4, 1923. roy. 8°. Eye (The), Ear, Nose and Throat Monthly. Chicago, v VdZA—o. o . 1-2. [5] F. Far East. Ass. Trop. Med. Tr., Weltevreden, Batavia. Folia Anat. Japon., Tokyo. Far Eastern Association of Tropical Medicine. Transactions of the Fourth Congress. Weltevreden, Batavia. v. 1 (1921), 1922. 8°. Folia Anatomica Japonica. 1922-3. roy. 8°. K. Okajima, editor. Tokyo, v. 1, Folia oto-laryngologica. [See Zeitschrift fur Laryngologie, Rhi- nologie (I. Teil, Originale); and Internationales Zentralblatt fiir Ohrenheilkunde und Rhino-Laryngologie (II. Teil, Referate).] H. Hamb. Wchnschr. f. Aerzte u. Zahnarzte. Handb. d. Radiol., Leipz. Health, Melbourne. Hereditas, Lund. Hornsby's Hosp. Mag., Chicago. Hamburger Wochenschrift fiir Aerzte und Zahnarzte. [Weekly.] Hamburg, v. 4, 1923. fol. Handbuch der Radiologic 1919. 8°. E. Marx, editor. Leipzig, v. 5, Health. A monthly journal dealing with the developments in the field of public health in Australia; issued by the Commonwealth Department of Health. Melbourne, v. 1, 1923. 8°. Hereditas. R. Larson, editor. Lund. v. 1-4, 1920-23. roy. 8°. Hornsby's Hospital Magazine; a monthly journal devoted to the everyday problems of hospitals; by hospital workers for hospital workers. Chicago, v. 1-3, 1921-3. 4d. I. Indust. & Engin. Chem., Wash. Infirmiere franc, Par. Inst. Solvay. Trav. du lab. de physiol., Brux. Internat. Rev. Sc & Pract. Agric, Rome. Internat. Union against Tu- berc. Tr., Lond. Irish J. M. Sc, Dubl. Industrial & Engineering Chemistry. Published by the American Chemical Society. Washington, v. 15, 1923. 4°. [Continu- ation of: J. Indust. & Engin. Chem.] Infirmiere (L') francaise. Cruveilhier & Lafosse, r^dacteurs. Paris. v. 1, 1923. 12°. Instituts Solvay. Travaux du laboratoire de physiologie. P. Heger, re'dacteur. Bruxelles. v. 5, 1902. 8°. International Review of the Science and Practice of Agriculture. Rome. v. l,n.s.,1923. 8°. International Union against Tuberculosis. Transactions of second International Conference, London. 26th-28th July, 1921. London, v. 2, 1921. 8°. Internationaler Physiologenkongress zu Heidelberg. VII. Kon- gress. [See Zentralblatt fur Physiologie, Leipz. & Wien, 1907. Bd. 21, No. 15, 469-508.] Irish (The) Journal of Medical Science. Dublin. 5. s., 1922-3. 8°. [Continuation of: Dublin J. M. Sc. incl. Tr. Roy. Acad. Med. Ireland.] J. J. Dep. Agric, Pretoria, S. Africa. J. Intraven. Therap., N. Y. J. Oral., N. Y Journal of the Department of Agriculture. [Monthly.] Pretoria, S. Africa, v. 6, 1923. 8°. Journal of Intravenous Therapy; devoted to pharmacology and therapeutics of intravenous medication. New York. 1922-3. 8C 1-2, Journal (The) of Oralogy; disease prevention through medical and dental co-operation. New York. v. 1, 1922. 8°. [8] Q. Quart. Bull. Agric. Exper. Stat. Mich. Coll., East Lans- ing. Quart. Bull. Calif. State Bd. Health, Sacramento. Quarterly (The) Bulletin, Agricultural Experiment Station, Michi- gan Agricultural College. East Lansing, Mich. v. 5, 1923. 8°. Quarterly Bulletin California State Board of Health. v. 1-2, 1922-3. 8°. Sacramento. R. Rep. Internat. Neo-Malthusian & Birth Control Conf., Lond. Rep. Proc Am. Soc. San. Engin. Rep. St. Andrews Inst. Clin. Research, Lond. Rep. Surg. Staff Woman's Hosp.,N. Y. Repert. de pharm., Par. Rev. franc, d'endocrinol., Par. Rev. gen. de med. v6t., Tou- louse. Rev. illust. de Strasbourg [etc]. Rev. med. de Angola, Loanda. Rev. de med., S. Paulo. Rev. Neuropsychopath. [etc.], Praha. Rev. d'oto-neuro-ocul., Par. Rev. prat. d. mal. d. pays chauds, Par. Riv. di chir., Como. Report of the International Neo-Malthusian and Birth Control Conference. London, v. 5, 1922. 8°. Report of proceedings of American Society of Sanitary Engineering. Sessions 13-16, 1918-21. Columbus, 0., 1922. 8°. Reports of the St. Andrews Institute for Clinical Research. Lon- don, v. 1, 1922. 8°. Report of the Scientific Work of the Surgical Staff of the Woman's Hospital in the State of New York. New York. v. 1, 1918. 8°. Repertoire de pharmacie. Archives de pharmacie et Journal de cnimie medicale reunis. C. Crinon, redacteur. Paris, v 33-35, 3. s., 1921-3. 8°. Revue francaise d'endocrinologie. [Bi-monthly.] M. Lucien, J. Parisot & G. Richard, redacteurs. Paris, v. 1, 1923. 8° Revue generale de meclecine veterinaire. E. Leclainche, editeur Toulouse, v. 31, 1922. 8°. Revue (La) illustree de Strasbourg. . . des richesses thermales balneaires climatiques et touristiques francaises. A. Sartorv r^dacteur. Strasbourg, v. 1-2, 1921-2. 4°. " ' Revista medica de Angola; publicacao trimestral da reparticao superior de saiide e hygiene. Loanda. 1921-2. S°. Revista de medicina. Sao Paulo. v. 4, 1923. 8C Revue. Neuropsychopathologie, lekarstvi socialmi, dedienost a eugenika therapie. [Review. Neuropsychopathology, social medicine, heredity and eugenics, therapv.J L. Haskovee editor a^r 8° |ro",im,a,iim °,: ""•■v- TOuro^-; Revue d'oto-neuro-oculistique. L. Baldenweck [et al 1 redac- teurs. Pans. v. 1, 102:;. 8°. J' Revue pratique des maladies des pavs chauds (EevDte medico chirurgicale). M. Zeitoun, J. Bouquier & Anis\T^|dacteure Pans. v. 1-2, 1922-3. 8°. uure' RMediz!n.r dG m^eCin0- lSee S(-h^'oi/.eriSehe Rundschau fiir R^ri922-3hir8°gia' GiU8eppe Buachi- failure. Como. v. s. Savoir, Par. Sai921-3G'foBardet & " BoU(luet' r^acteurs. Paris, v. 1-3. ix. ivtnmann [et al.J, Redacteurs. Breslau. v 1 l')2S 8° [Continuation of: Beihefte zu den Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch' i. vaterl. Kult.] [9] School Hyg. Rev., Worcester, Mass. Schweiz. Rundschau f. Med., Bern. Smithson. Inst. Bur. Am. Ethnol., Wash. Spec. Ind. Sc. Congress, Cal- cutta. St. Michael's Hosp. Med. Bull., Toronto. Statist. Bull. Metropol. Life Insur. Co.,N. Y. Stud. Research Div. Con- naught Antitoxin Laborat. Univ. Toronto. Student's Rep. . . . Dep. Anat. Coll. Physicians and Sur- geons, N. Y. Surg. J., Chicago. Syndic at d. med. de la Seine, Par. School (The) Hygiene Review. [Quarterly.] Worcester, Mass. v. 6-7, 1922-3. 8°. [Continuation of: Am. J. School Hyg.] Schweizerische Rundschau fiir Medizin. [Weekly.] Huguenin [et al.], redacteurs. Bern. v. 23, 1923. roy. 4°. Smithsonian Institution. Bureau of American Ethnology. Bulle- tin 76. Washington. 1922. 8°. Special Indian Science Congress, 1919; 1920. [Bound with vol. 6 of Indian Journal Medical Research.] Calcutta. 8°. St. Michael's (The) Hospital Medical Bulletin; a bi-annual publi- cation devoted to work carried on in the wards and laboratories of St. Michael's Hospital. Toronto, v. 1, 1923. 8°. Statistical Bulletin. Metropolitan Life Insurance Co. New York. v. 3-4, 1922-3. 8°. Studies from the Research Division Connaught Antitoxin Labora- tories, University of Toronto. Toronto, v. 1, 1922. 8°. Student's Reports on assigned topics in Histology, Department of Anatomy, College of Physicians and Surgeons. New York. 1923. 8°. Surgical Journal. Chicago, v. 28-29, 1921-3. 8°. [Continua- tion of: Railway Surg. J.] Syndicat des medecins de la Seine (organe officiel). [Monthly.] F. Jayle, redacteur. Paris, v. 32,1923. 8°. T. Techn. Gemeindeblatt, Berl. Tr. Ass. Resid. & ex-Resid. Physicians Mayo Clin., Phila. Tr. Inst. Civil Engin., Dublin. Tr. N. York & N. Eng. Ass. Railway Surgeons, Rutland, Vt. Tr. Sect. Dermatol. & Syphilol. Am. M. Ass., Chicago. Tr. Sect. Ophthal. Am. M. Ass., Chicago. Trav. du lab. neurobiol. Soc. d. sc, Varsovie. Trav. scient. de l'Univ. de Rennes. TechnischesGemeindeblatt. H.Albrecht[etal.], Redacteurs. Ber- lin, v. 26, 1923. roy. 4°. Towarzystwa Naukowego Warzawskiego. [See Travaux du labora- toire neurobiologique de la Society des sciences, Varsovie.] Transactions of the Association of Resident and ex-Resident Physi- cians of the Mayo Clinic. Philadelphia, v. 1-3, 1919-23. 8°. Transactions of the Institution of Civil Engineers, 1921-2. Dublin. v. 42-43, 1923. 8°. Transactions New York and New England Association of Railway Surgeons. Thirty-second annual session. Rutland, Vt. v. 32, 1922. 8°. Transactions of the Section on Dermatology and Syphilology of the American Medical Association at the seventy-third annual session held at St. Louis, Mo., May 22-26, 1922. Chicago. 1922. 8°. Transactions of the Section of Ophthalmology of the American Medical Association at the seventy-third annual session held at St. Louis, Mo., May 22-26, 1922. Chicago. 1922. 8°. Travaux du laboratoire neurobiologique de la Societe des sciences. E. Flatau, editor. Warszawa. v. 1, 1916. 8°. Travaux scientifiques de l'Universite de Rennes. 1922. 8°. Rennes. v. 16, u. U. S. Dep. Labor. Statist., Wash. Bur. Labor United States. Department of Labor. Bureau of Labor Statis- tics. Washington. No. 333, 1923. 8°. [10] V. Verhandl. d. ausserord. Tag. d. ophth. Gesellsch., Berl. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Ge- sellsch. f. innere Med., Miinchen & Wiesb. Veroff". d. Volksgsndhtsamt. i. deutsch-osterr. Staatsamt f. soz. Verwalt., Wien. Vet.-hist. Mitt., Hannover. Vie m€d., Par. Vrach. dielo, Kharkov. Vrach. Gas., Petrograd. Verhandlungen der ausserordentlichen Tagung der ophthalmo- logischen Gesellschaft (1921), 1922. Berlin. 1922. 8 . Verhandlungen der ausserordentlichen Versammlungen der Ge- sellschaft fiir Kinderheilkunde. [See Verhandlungen der Ver- sammlungen der Gesellschaft fiir Kinderheilkunde auf den Ver- sammlungen deutscher Naturforscher und Aerzte.] Verhandlungen der deutschen Gesellschaft fur innere Medizin. G Klemperer & A. Geronne, editors. Miinchen & Wiesb. v. 33, 1921. 8°. [Continuation of: Verhandl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med.] Veroffentlichungen des Volksgesundheitsamtes im deutech- 'osterreichischen Staatsamt fur soziale Verwaltung. Wien. 1919-22. 8°. Veterinarhistorische Mitteilungen herausgegeben von der Gesell- schaft fiir Geschichte und Literatur der Veterinarmedizm. Werk, editor. Hannover, v. 1-3, 1921-3. 8°. Vie (La) m£dicale. L. Nass, editor. Paris, v. 1-4, 1920-23. roy. 86. Vrachebnoye dielo; nauchnii meditsinski jurnal. [Medical journal devoted to science and medicine.] [Semimonthly.] K. X. Georgievski [et al.], editors. Kharkov, v. 6, 1923. 4°. Vrachebnaya Gaseta; dvuchnedielnii periodicheski organ posvya- shtshonii voprosami nauchnoi i obshtshestvennoi meditsini. [Medical Gazette; semimonthly periodical devoted to scientific and public medicine.] [Semimonthly.] V. P. Osipoff [et al.], editors. Petrograd. v. 28, 1923. A6. w. Wien. tierarztl. Monatschr. Wiener tierarztliche Monatsschrift. G. Giinther, editor. Wien & Leipzig, v. 9, 1922. S°. z. ZooL Ann., Wiirzb. Ztschr. f. d. ges. phys. Therap., Berl. Ztschr. f. Gsndhtsfurs. u. Schulgsndhtspflg., Leipz. Ztschr. f. Hals-, Nasen- u. Ohrenh., Miinchen & Berl. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, [etc.], Berl. Ztschr. f. Stomatol., Wien & Berl. Zoologische Annalen. M. Braun, editor. Wiirzburg. v. 1, 1905. 8°. Zeitschrift fiir Anatomie und Entwicklungsgeshichte. [See Zeit- schrift fiir die gesamte Anatomie. 1. Abteilung. Miinchen & Berl.] Zeitschrift fiir die gesamte physikalische Therapie. W. Alexan- der [et al.], Redacteurs. Berlin, v. 27, 1923. S°. [Continua- tion of: Ztschr. f. phys. u. diatet. Therap.] Zeitschrift fiir Gesundheitsfursorgo und Schulgesundheitspflege. [Monthly.] P. Stephani, editor. Leipzig, v. 36. 1923. S°. [Continuation of: Ztschr. f. Schulgsndhtspflg. | Zeitschrift fiir Hals-, Nasen- und Ohrenheilkunde. (). Korner editor. Miinchen & Berlin, v. 1-4, 1922-3. 8°. Zeitschrift fur Medizinalbeamte und Krankenhausiirzte. [Bi- monthly.] Brauer [et al.], editors. Berlin, v. 36, 1923. S°- [Continuation of: Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, and Ztschr. f. Kran- kenpfi.l Zeitschrift fiir Stomatologie. E. Steinschneider, editor Wien ^ Berlin, v. 20-21, 1922-3. ,8°. CATALOGUE. COFFEE. COFFEE. Coffee. dalla Bona (G.) *Dell' uso e dell' abuso del caffe. 3. ed. 12°. IAvorno, 1762. Geiser (M.) *Welche Bestandteile des Kaffees sind die Trager der erregenden Wir- kung? [Ziirich.] 8°. Leipzig, 1905. Also, in: Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1905, liii, 112-136. Griebel (C.) *Ueber den Kaffeegerbstoff. 8°. Miinchen, 1903. Mappus (M.) De potu cafe. sm. 4°. Argen- torati, 1693. Marcus (C. J.) *De coffea. sm. 4°. Leipzig, 1837. Mariani (J.) *Les cafelers; structure anato- mique de la feuille. [Paris.] 8°. Lons-le-Sau- nier, 1908. PeteRs (F.) De potu coffi. sm. 4°. Giessse Hassorum, 1666. Togni (M.) Raccolta delle singolari qualita del caffe. 24°. in Venetia, 1675. Abelin (J.) & Perelstein (M.) TJeber die flliichtigen Bestandteile des Kaffees. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1914, Ixi, 867.—Amory (R.) Coffee as a beverage; its use and abuse. Boston M. & S. J., 1909, clx, 611-613. Also: Scient. Am. Suppl., N. Y., 1910, Ixix, 26.—Balland (A.) Les cafes. Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1904, 4. s. ii, 497-532.-----. Surquelques preparations de cafe1 proposees pour les armees., Compt. rend. Acad.d.sc.,Par.,1918, clxvii, 423-425.—Bertrand (G.) Sur la composition chimiquedu cafe' de la Grande Comore. Ibid., 1901, cxxxii, 162-164.—Bertrand (C.) & Weiswelller (G.) Sur la composition de l'essence de cafe; presence de la pyridine. Bull. d. sc. Pharmacol., Par., 1913, xx, 705- 707. Also: Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1913, clvii, 212 — von Boltenstern. Zur Bewertung des Kaffees als Volks- fenussmittel. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1905, 457-461 — (onnette. Preparation du cafe en campagne; flltre en rognon adapts a une marmite de campement. Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1911, xxxiii, 459-462.—Boruttau (H.) Zur Frage der wirksamen Kaffeebestandteile. Ztschr. f. phys. u. diatet. Theraxx, Leipz., 1908, xii, 138-145.—Charanne (H.) Coffee. J. Med. Soc. N. Jersey, Orange, 1911-12, viii, 19-22.—Cough- lln (R. E.) Use and abuse of coffee. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1911, xciv, 283-285.—DI Mattel (P.) II caffe e le vitamine. Policlin., Roma, 1920, xxvii, sez. prat., 1011-1013.—Doolittle (R. E.) & Wright (B. B.") Some effects of storage on coffee. Am. J. Pharm.. Phila., 1915, lxxxvii, 524-526.—Fendler (G.) & Stttber (W.) Coffeinbestimmungen im Kaffee. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl., 1914, xxviii, 9-20: 1915, xxx, 274-277.—Gomes (T.) Coffee in the alimentary regime. J. Am. Inst. Homceop., N. Y., 1917, ix, 791-795.—Grellert (M.) Von der Kaffebereitung. Ztschr. f. Krankenanst., Leipz., 1916, xii, 233-237—Gugrln (P.) Le cafe. Rev. scientv Par., 1908. 5. s., x, 486-494.—Gulgues (P.) Note sur l'origine du cafe. Bull. d. sc. Pharmacol., Par., 1903, vii, 350-357.—Hanausek (T. F.) Bemerkung zu dem Aufsatz von F. Netolitzky: Ueber das Vorkommen von Krystallsandzellen im Kaffee. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs-u. Genussmittel, Berl., 1911, xxi, 295.—Harnacb (E.) Ueber die besonderen Eigenarten des Kaffeegetrankes und das Thunnsche Verfahren zur Kaffeereinigung und -verbesserung. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr^ 1911, lviii, 1868-1872.—Hartwich (C.) Beftrage zur Kenntnis des Kaffees. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genuss- mittel, Berl., 1909, xviii, 721-733.—Jaeckle (H.) Studien fiber die Produkte der Kaffeerostung; ein Beitrag zur Kennt- niss des sog. Kaffeearomas (Caffeol). Ibid., 1898, 457-472.— Lendrlch (K.) Ueber Kaffee und Kaffeebereitung. Ge- sundh.-Ingenieur, Miinchen, 1916, xxxix, 389-395.—Lend- rlch (K.) & Nottbohm (E.) Verfahren zur Bestimmung des Cofleins im Kaffee. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl., 1909, xvi, 241-265.------------. Ueber den Coffeingehalt des Kaffees und den Coffeinverlust beim Rosten des Kaffees. Ibid., xviii, 299-308.—Loeb (F.) 11877°—Vol. IV, 3d series—22----1 Coffee. Beitrage zur Kaffeefrage; eine literarische Studie. Ztschr. f. phys. u. diatet. Therap., Leipz., 1906-7, x, 597-604.— Lythgoe (H. C.) Chemical analyses of a few varieties of roasted coffee. Technol. Quart., Bost., 1905, xviii, 236-239 — Marshall (W. B.) Coffee; its history and commerce; an outline. Am. J. Pharm., Phila., 1902, lxxiv, 361-374 — Nlles (G. M.) Some facts and fallacies about coffee. Gulf States J. M. & S. [etc.], Mobile, 1910, xvi, 352-357.—Orth (E.) Beitrag zur Untersuchung und Beurteilung kandierter, Kaffees. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genusmittel, Berl., 1905, ix, 137-141.—Perrot (E.) Sur l'extrait phy- siologique de cafe vert. Bull. g£n. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1910, cfx, 214-222, 2 pi—Sayre (L. E.) Coffee; its stand- ardization and application to pharmacy. Merck's Rep.- N. Y., 1907, xvi, 61-63.—Strunk (H.) Ueber Kaffee- extrakte und Kaffeeaufgiisse. Veroffentl. a. d. Geb. d. Mil., San.-Wes., Berl., 1909, ill (Arb. hyg.-chem. Untersuch.- Stell.), 26-37.—Sullivan (A. L.) Determination of caffein in coffee; a comparison of the Hilger and Fricke method with a modification of the Gomberg method. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1909, xxx, 255.—Tatlock (R. R.) & Thom- son (R. T.) The analysis and composition of coffee, chicory, and coffee and chicory "essences." J. Soc. Chem. Indust., Lond., 1910, xxix, 138-140.—Tusini (F.) Sul riconoscimento delle varie specie di grani di caffe, mediante la misurazione delle cellule del reticolo albuminoideo e dello spermoderma. Arch, di farmacol. sper., Roma, 1903, ii, 215-217.—Unzer (J. A.) Vom Caffee. Arzt, Hamb. 1769, ii, 126-139.—Vautler (E.) Dosage de la cafeiine dans les cafes. Mitt. a. d. Geb. d. Lebensmittelunt. u. Hyg., Bern, 1918, ix, 54-57. -----. Les d^chets de cafe. Ibid., 1921, xii, 35-37.—Waentlg (P.) Ueber den Gehalt des Kaffeegetrankes an Koffein und die Verfahren zu seiner Ermittelung. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1906, xxiii, 315-332. Coffee (Adulterations and substitutes for). Guillot (C.) *La chicoree et divers produits de substitution du cafe. [Paris.] 8°. Lons-le- Saunier, 1911. Ecole de pharmacie. Bertarelli (E.) Su una soflsticazione del caffe torrefatto mediante aggiunta di acqua e borace. Riv. d'ig. e san. pubb., Torino, 1900, xi, 467-472.—Boruttau (H.) Die physiologische Wirkung des Absudes der gebrannten Zi- chorie. Med. Klin., Berl., 1907, iii, 644-647.—Boullier (G.) De la preparation de la soupe destitfee a remplacer le cafe au reveil. Arch, de nfed. et pharm. mil., Par., 1903, xii, 465-473.—Brill (H. C.) Ipel, a coffee substitute; Leuca?na glauca (Linnaeus) Bentham. Phihppine J. Sc, Manila 1916, xi, [A], 101-104.—Casafia (J.) Acerca del producto llamado legunima y sofisticaciones del cafe. An. r. Acad. de med., Madrid, 1905, xxv, 359-364.—Chiappella (A. R.) II caffe macinato che si consuma in Firenze; alcune sofisti- cazioni non ancora descritte. Ann. d'ig. sper., Roma, 1904 n. s., xiv, 427-448, 2 pi.-----. Le sofisticazioni del caffe che si consuma in Firenze. Soc. tosc. d'ig. Atti, Firenze 1905, n. s., v, 110-116. [Discussion], 118.—Cribb (C. H ) Note on (1) samples of coffee containing added starch- (2) a sample of artificial coffee berries. Analyst, Lond 1902 xxvii, 114-116— Doepmann (F.) Ueber Malzkaffee! Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl 1914, xxvii, 453-466.—Duchacek(F.) BeitragezurKenntnis der chemischen ZusammcBsctzung des Kaffees und der Kaffee-Ersatzstoffe. Ibid., 1904, viii, 139-146.—Eckenroth (H.) Ueber lupinenhaltige Kaffee-Ersatzstoffe. Ibid., 1918 xxxv, 240-242.—Graf (H.) Ein . neues Kaffee-Ersatz- mittel. Deutsche med. Presse, Berl., 1907, xi, 65-67 — Griebel (C.) Kaffee-Ersatz aus Weissdornfruchten. Ztschr f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl., 1917, xxxiii, 65-68.-----. Beitrage zur mikroskopischen Unter- suchung der Kaffee-Ersatzstoffe. Ibid., xxxiv 185-1S9- 1918, xxxv, 233; 272.—Griebel (C.) & Bergmann (E ) Ueber eine neue Kaffeeverfalschung. Ibid., 1911, xxi 481- 484 .—Griebel (C.) & Rothe (W.) Beitrage zur mikroskopi- schen Untersuchung der Kaffee-Ersatzstoffe. (Narzissen- zwiebeln, ein brechenerregender Rohstoff; Seegras.) Ibid 1921, xii, 69-73.-GUillot (C.) Etude comparative som- COFFEE. 2 COFFEIN. Coffee (Adulterations and substitutes for). maire des principaux produits de substitution du cafe. Gaz. nfed. de Par., 1912, lxxxiii, 125—Hesse (P.) Ueber eine Kaffeefarbe. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl.. 1911, xxi, 220.—Junghahn (A.) Beitrage zur Chemie una Technologie des Malzkaffees. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1906, Leipz., 1907, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 382-386.—Klassert (M.) Kaffee-Ersatzstoffe. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl., 1918, xxxv, 80-92.—Krzizan (R.) Ueber Eiweiss-Kaffeeglasur. Ibid., 1906, xii, 213-216.— Lavvall (C. H.) & Forman (L.) The detection of chicory in decoctions of chicory and coffee. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., Columbus, 1914, iii, 1669.—Nicolal. Der Kaffee und seine Ersatzmittel; hygienische Studie. Deutsche Vrtljschr. f. off. Gsndhtspflg., Brnschwg., 1901, xxxiii, 294; 502.— Nottbohm (F. E.) Verwendung von Steinnuss zur Herstellung von Kaffeeersatzmitteln. Ztsch. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl.. 1913, xxv, 144-149. Also, Reprint.—Nottbohm (F. E.) & Koch (E.) Arsen- haltige Kaffeeglasierungsmittel. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl., 1911, xxi, 288-290 — Oeller & von Gerlach. Ueber die Einwirkung von Gersten- kaffee und Malzkaffee auf das Sehorgan. Therap. Monatsh., Bed., 1912, xxvi, 429-431.—Ottolenghl (D.) Sopra una frequente sofisticazione del caffe in polvere. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1903,4. s., xv, 381-389—Prltzker (J.) & Jungkunz (R.) Beitrage zur Untersuchung und Beurteilung von Zichorie und anderen Kaffee-Ersatzstoffen. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl., 1921, xii, 145-169.—von Raumer (E.) Beobachtungen iiber Kaffeeglasuren seit dem Inkrafttreten der Kaffee- steuer. Ibid., 1911, xxi, 102-109.—Reiss (F.) Ueber eine mechanische Verfalschung der Kaffeesahne. Ibid., 1906, xi, 391-393.—Rothenlusser (S.) Ueber Kaffee-Ersatz- mittel. Ibid., 1918, xxxvi, 54-59.—Schaer (E.) Notizen iiber die Firnisierung von Kaffeebohnen. Ibid., 1906, xii, 60.—Scnroeter (G.) Ueber Kaffeeersatz aus gebrannten Spargelbeeren. Ibid., 1916, xxxii, 501.—Seel (E.) & Hils (K.) Ueber Kaffee-Ersatzmittel. Ibid., 1917, xxxiv, 190- 198.----------. Beitrage zur Untersuchung und Beurtei- lung der als Zichorie bezeichneten Kaffee-Ersatzstoffe. Ibid., 1918, xxxv, 476-479—Street (J. P.) Coffee substi- tutes and hygienic coffees. Mod. Hosp., St. Louis, 1916, vi, 330-332.—Trillich (H.) Welche Mindestforderungen sind an Malz fiir Malzkaffee zu stellen? Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl., 1905, x, 118-121.-----. Ueber Kaffee-Ersatzmittel. Ibid., 1918, xxxv. 242-243.— Weissmann (R.) Ueber Kornkaffee. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1903, xxix, 20.-----. Ueber den schadlichen Einfluss von Zichorienaufguss. Aerztl. Rundschau, Miinchen, 1908, xviii, 183.—Zellner (H.), Zichorie. Centralbl. f. allg., Gsndhtspflg., Bonn, 1908, xxvii, 32-39. Coffee (Decaffeinized). Bardet (M.) Sur un cafe rendu inoffensif par la decate- nation. Bull. g£n. de tlferap. [etc.], Par., 1910, clix, 770- 773.—Bertrand (G.) Sur les cafes sans cafeine. Bull. d. sc. Pharmacol., Par., 1905, xii, 152. Also: Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1905, cxli, 209-211.—Chassevant (A.) Emploi du cafe decafeine" en therapeutique. Bull. g£n. de tlferap. [etc.], Par., 1912, clxiv, 860-864— Elnfeldt (W.) Koffeinfreier Kaffee. Therap. Neuheiten, Leipz., 1909, iv, 83-86.—Faber (E. E.) Om kaffe, kaffesurrogater og koffein- fri kaffe. Ugesk. f. Laeger, Kj0benh., 1909, lxxi. 841-847.— Ganzer (E.) Ueber ein neues Verfahren der Kaffee-Ent- giftung auf physikalischer Grundlage. Prakt. Arzt, Leipz. 1914, hv, 152; 159.—Harnack (E.) Ueber den coffeinfreien Kaffee. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl.. 1908, xxxiv, 1943-1946: 1909, xxxv, 254.—Lehmann (K. B.) Die wirksamen und wertvollen Bestandteile des Kaffee- fetranks mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung des koffeinfreien [affees "Hag." Miinchen med. Wchnschr., 1913, lx, 281; 357—Lendrlch (K.) & Murdfleld (R.) (offeinfreicr Kaffee. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel Berl., 1908, xv, 705-715— Munz (P.) Kaffeinfreier Kaffee; ein neues Genussmittel. Arzt als Erzieher, Miinchen, 1908 iv, 40.—Rabenhorst (W.) & Varges (J.) Koffeinfreier Kaffee; enthalt der koffeinfreie Kaffee fremde chemische Bestandteile, insbesondere Ammoniak, Benzol, Salzsaure Schwefelsaure? Med. Klin., Berl., 1908, iv. 1612.—Schle^ singer (E.) Zur Geschichte des coffeinfreien Kaffees. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1908, xxxiv 2228.—Wimmer (K.) Caffeinless coffee. Scient. Am' N. Y., 1908, xcviii, 258. -----. Ueber coffeinfreien Kaffee; ein neues Genussmittel. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch Naturf. u. Aerzte, Leipz., 1909, pt. 2, 111-113. Coffee (Effects of). Eder (M.) *Studien iiber den Wert und die Wirkung des Kaffees auf die Tatigkeit der Wie- derkauermagen. 8°. Giessen, 1912. Gunther (L.) Der Kaffee als Hausgetriink; eine Warnung. 8°. Leipzig, 1907. Liwschitz (O.) *Ueber den Einfluss des Kaffees auf den Eiweisstoffwechsel beim Men- schen. 8°. Basel, 1914. Coffee (Effects of). Weidenbusch (X.) *De noxis ex abusu potus caffe in corpore humano. 4°. Moguntise, 1769. Weigl (J.) Der Kaffeegenuss; eine Schadi- gung der Leistungsfahigkeit. 12°. Miinchen, 1904. -----. Kaffeetrinker und Gesundheit. 2. Aufl. 12°. Miinchen, 1904. Alexander (B.) Anasthesierende Wirkung des Kaffees. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1921, xlvii, 272.— Bram (I.) The truth about coffee drinking. Med. Sum- mary, Phila., 1913, xxxv, 168-173.—Bulson (A. E.) Coffee amblyopia. Am. J. Ophth., St. Louis, 1905, xxii, 55-64.— Crane (W. H.) & Friedlander (A.) The antiseptic quali- ties of coffee. Am. Med., Phila., 1903, vi, 403-407.—Daniel (M.) Die Schadlichkeit des Kaffees. Leipz. med. Monat- schr., 1907, xvi, 38-40—Fer« (C.) Note sur l'influence du cafe sur le travail. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1901, 11. s., 627-629.—H. (D. P.) An effect of coffee. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, i, 300.—Harnack (E.) Zur Frage nach der Schadlichkeit des Kaffees. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl.. 1907, xxxiii, 26-28.—Kakizawa. Kommt dem koffeinfreien Kaffee (Hag) eine diuretische Wirkung zu? Arch. f. Hyg., Miinchen & Berl., 1913, lxxxi, 43-47.— Lehmann (K. B.) & WUhelm (F.) Besitzt das Coffein und die coffeinfreien Kaffeesurrogate eine kaffeeartige Wirkung. Ibid., 1898, xxxii, 310-326—Leszynsky (W. M.) Coffee as a beverage, and its frequent deleterious effects upon the nervous system; acute and chronic coffee poisoning. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1901, lix, 41-44.—Maler (H. W.) Unter- suchungen iiber die Wirkungen des Koffeins und des Kaffees auf den Menschen; an Hand von Experimenten mit gewohnlichem Kaffee und Kaffee "Hag." Schweiz. Arch, f. Neurol, u. Psychiat., Zurich, 1921, ix, 244: 1922, x, 80,14 ch.— Pachon (V.) & Parrot (E.) Sur Paction carcho-vascu- laire du cafe vert, comparee a celle de doses correspondantes de cafeine. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc., Par., 1910, cl, 1703- 1705.—Plncussohn (L.) Ueber das sekretionsfSrdernde Prinzip des Kaffees. Ztschr. f. phvsik. u. diatet. Therap. Leipz., 1907, xi, 261-263.—Sterrett (R. M.) Coffee; a drug. Chicago M. Times, 1910, xliii, 6-9. Also, Reprint.—Taylor (C. K.) Effects of coffee-drinking upon children. Psychol. Clin., Phila., 1912-13, vi; 56-58.—Wesselhoeft (W.) On the effects of coffee and their remedy. Boston li. & P. J., 1909, clx, 608-611. Also: J. Inebriety, Bost., 1909, xxxi, 176-1^2 — Wing (P. B.) Report of a case of toxic amblyopia from coffee. Ann. Ophth., St. Louis, 1903, xii, 232-234.—Wil- liams (T. A.) A case of psychasthenia in a child aged two years, due to coffee drinking. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1910, xxvii, 778-782.-----. Remarks on tics in a case of psy- chasthenia, caused by coffee drinking: pathophagy in a child aged two years. Pacific M. J., San Fran., 1911. liv, 221-225.-----. Coffee and the nervous svstem. Med. Summary, Phila., 1912-13, xxxiv, 2s4. Also, Reprint. Coffee (Toxicology of). Bomby (R.) **'Le eafMsme. 8°. Paris, 1905. Boucard (E.) *Du cafeisme; contribution a une etude synth&ique. 8°. Paris, 1899, Omont (R.1) *Oontribution a l'£tude du cafe- isme. 8°. Montpellicr, 1904. Bardet (G.) In cas d'empoisonnement aigu par le cafe. Bull. g(- J0?.—Hanna (W. J.) Chronic coffee poisoning. Occiden- tal M. Times, San Fran., 1908, xvii, 14S— Reitter (K ) [Eine merkwiirdice Vergiftung: Kaffee der mit Lupinen verfalschtwar.] Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1919 lxix S48 — Roch (M.) Cafeisme chronique. Rev. mod. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1914, xxxiv, 217-219. Aho: Arch. d. nial du cceur [etc.], Par., 1916, ix, 19-33.-Welssmann. Fin Pall von schweren Vorgiftungserscheinungen durch einmali- gen unmassigen Genuss von Kaffee. Ztschr. f Bahn- u Bahnkassenarzte, Leipz., 1906, i, 306. Coffee plant (Diseases of). nf?1"rt(^ V ,c°rticiunis causing pellicularia disease or the coffee plant, hypochnoso of pomaceous fruits and Porto Rico. J. EconT Entomol.rConcordrN^H5 °?qiT 1° 513-517. ' ' ' ' Coffein. See Caffein. COPFIGNON. 3 COHEN. Cofflgnon (R.) Paris vivant. La corruption a Paris. Le demi-monde, les souteneurs, la police des mceurs, brasseries de femmes, filles galantes, Saint-Lazare, le chantage, etc. 16°. Paris, [1898]. Coffin (George 0.) [1858-1920]. Obituary. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1921, xviii, 67. Coffin (Henri). *Les aneurysmes de la main (hematomes arteriels). 47 pp. 8°. Paris, 1920, No. 367. Coffin (Orlando S.) [1857- ]. [Biography.] Nat. Eclect. M. Ass. Quart., Cincin., 1919-20, xi, 1. Coffin (Walter Harris) [1853-1916]. Obituary. Brit. Dent. J., Lond., 1916, xxxvii, 316. Coffinas (Maurice) [1871- ]. *Recherches cli- niques et microscopiques sur la semeiologie de la langue dans les maladies infectieuses ou toxiques. 63 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 54. Cofflney (Rene) [1888- ]. -"Contribution a l'6tude clinique du neosalvarsan; la m^thode de Ravaut-Duhot (injections concentrees). 107 pp. 8° Lyon, 1913, No. 34. Coffman (Lotus Delta) [1875- ]. Teacher training departments in Minnesota high schools. viii, 92 pp. 12°. New York, Gen. Educat. Board, 1920. Cogan (Thomas) [1545-1607]. The haven of health: chiefly gathered for the comfort of stu- dents, and consequently of all those that have a care of their health, amplified upon five words of Hippocrates, written Epid. 6. Labor, cibus, potius, somnus, venus. 8 p. 1., 284 pp., 10 1, 4°. London, Henrie Midleton, for William Norton. 1584. Simpson (G. E.) The Haven of Health. Scient. Month., N. Y., 1920, x, 26-37. See, also, Bergtold (W. H.) The Haven of Health; a review. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1911, xxii, 303-310. Coggin (David) [1843-1913]. Shastid (T. H.) [Biography.] In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, iv, 2315.—Spalding (J. A.) Necrology. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Phila., 1914, xiii, pt. 3, 594-596, port. Coghill (John George Sinclair) [1834-99]. Obituary. Brit. M. L, Lond., 1899, i, 1442. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1899, i, 1588. Also: Scot. M. & S. J., Edinb 1899, v, 172 (A. R. S.). Coghlan (Timothy Augustine). Childbirth in New South Wales: a study in statistics. 67 pp 8 diagrs. 8°. Sydney, W. A. Gullick, 1899. ------. A statistical account of Australia and New Zealand 1902-3. 967 pp. 8°. Sydney, W. A Gullick, 1904. Cogliolo (Pietro). Codice sanitario e manuale giuridico dei medici condotti. Raccolta di leggi, regolamenti, [etc.]. xxvii, 556 pp. 16°. Milano & Napoli, F. Vallardi, [1899?]. Cognac. Behre (A.) Aendert sich der Alkoholgehalt des Kognaks beim Lagern im Holzfasse? Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nah- rungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl., 1918, xxxv, 281-283.—Feder (E.) Ein Beitrag zur Untersuchung und Beurteilung des Eierkognaks unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung seines Alkoholgehaltes. Ibid., 1913, xxv, 277-285.—Griebel (C.) & Barnes (E.) Ueber eine zur Aromatisierung des Kognaks dienende Palmfrucht. Ibid., 1916, xxxi, 282-290.—Schmitt (R.) Verkehr mit Kognak und Essig. Ibid., 1917, xxxiv, 485-487.—Struve (H.) Die Cholinprobe zur Beurtheilung des Cognacs. Ztschr. f. anal. Chem., Wiesb., 1902. xii 284-289. ' Cognard (Francisque) [1873- ]. *Des abces endocraniens cons£cutifs aux osteoperiostites et phlegmons de l'orbite. 106 pp., 11. 8°. Lyon, 1902, No. 1. Cognetti de Martiis (Luigi). Gli oligocheti della regione neotropicale. pt. 1-2. pp. 1-72; 147- 262, 3 pi., fol. Torino, C. Clausen, 1905-6. Cutting from: Mem. r. Accad. d. sc, Torino, 1905-1906,2. s., Iv, p.lvi. Cogswell (Charles) [1813-92]. Campbell (D. A.) [Biography.] Maritime M. News, Halifax, 1910, xxii, 185. Cogswell (Edward Russell) [1841-1914]. Obituary. Boston M. & S. J., 1915, clxxii, 38. Cogswell (William). Field asepsis in the militia. Read before meeting of medical officers M. V. M. January 26, 1898. 4 1. 16°. [n. p.. n. d.] Cohadon (Leon) [1876- ]. *Hemo-alcalime- trie. 55 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1899, No. 96. Cohan (Emile) [1870- ]. *Recherches sur la situation du c61on transverse. 48 pp., 1 1., 5 pi. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 278. ------. The same. 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1898. Cohausen (Joannes Henricus) [1665-1750]. Dis- sertatio satyrica physico-medico-moralis de pica nasi, sive tabaci sternutatorii moderno abusu, etnota. 8 p. 1., 177 pp., 5 1. 16°. Amstelodami, apud J. Oosterwyk, 1716. ------. The same. Satyrische Gedancken von der Pica Nasi, oder der Sehnsucht der Lustern Nase, das ist: Von dem heutigen Missbrauch und schadlichen Effect des Schnupf-Tabacks, . . . Aus dem Lateinischen aber ins Deutsche iiber- setzet, von L. C. S. 23 p. 1., 284 pp., 1 pi. 16°. Leipzig, G. C. Wintzer, 1720. —;—. Lumen novum phosphoris accussum, sive Exercitatio physico-chymica, de causa lucis in phosphoris tarn naturalibus quam artificiali- bus, exarata ad provocationem celeberrimae Regiae in Galliis Burgdegalensium Academiae. 14 p. 1., 306 pp. 16°. Amstelodami, apud Joannem Oosterwyk. 1717. ------. Neo-thea, of nieuwe theetafel, opgezocht voor alle Liefhebbers van een gezond, lang, en vrqlyk leven ... uit het Hoog in het Neder- duitsch, vertaalt door Henr. Joseph Grasper. 11 p. 1., 508 pp., 17 1., 1 pi. 16°. Amsterdam, J. Oosterwyk, 1719. ------. Hermippus redivivus, sive exercitatio physico-medica curiosa de methodo rara ad cxv annos prorogandae senectutis per anhelitum puellarum ex veteri monumento romano de- prompta, nunc artis medicae fundamentis sta- bility, et rationibus atque exemplis nee non sin- gulari chymiae philosophicae paradoxo illustrata et confirmata. 9 p. 1., 90 pp. 12°. Francofurti ad Moenum, J. B. Andrese & H. Hort, 1742. ------. The same. Hermippus ridivivus: or, the sage's triumph over old age and the grave; wherein, a method is laid down for prolonging the life and vigour of man, [etc.]. 2. ed. 3 p. 1., 248 pp. 8°. London, J. Nourse, 1749. For Biography, see Beauvois (A.) *Un praticien alle- mand au xviii* sieele. Jean-Henri Cohausen (1665-1750) 8°. Paris, 1900. • Cohen (Ascher) [1872- ]. *Traitement des lochies fetides par l'hypochlorite de soude. (Liqueur de Labarraque.) 62 pp. 8° Paris 1900, No. 364. Cohen (Charles Henri Ali). Verslag van de ver- richtingen van het Centraal Laboratorium ten behoeve van het Staatstoezicht op de Volksge- zondheid gedurende het tijdvak 2 Mei-31 December 1910. 64 pp. 12°. 's Gravenhage, Algemeene Landsdrukkerij, [n. d.]. —, Egeling (C. Guldensteeden) [et al.]. Dnnkwatervoorziening te platten lande, be- werkt in opdracht van het Nederlandsch Con- gress voor openbare gezondheidsregeling 48 pp. roy. 8°. Zwolle, J. J. Tijl Erven, 1903. COHEN. 4 COHN. Cohen (Curt) [1879- ]. *Ueber den Einfluss des Lebensalters auf die Adaptation. [Breslau.] 19 pp. 8°. Stuttgart, Hoffmann Buchdruckerei, [n. d.]. ------ & Reinking (Fr.) Beitrage zur Klinik der orbitalen Komplikationen bei Erkrankungen der Nebenhohlen der Nase. 76 pp. 8°. Ham- burg & Leipzig, L. Voss, 1911. Forms Hft. 78 of: Beitr. z. Augenh., Hamb. & Leipz. Cohen (Ernst Julius) [1869- ]. Vortrage fur Aerzte fiber physikalische Chemie. viii, 249 pp. 8°. Leipzig, W. Engelmann, 1901. -----:. The same. 2. Aufl. viii, 264 pp. 8°. Leipzig, W. Engelmann, 1907. ---;—. The same. Physical chemistry for physi- cians and biologists. Authorized transl. from, the German by Martin H. Fischer, viii, 343 pp. 12°. New York, H. Holt & Co., 1903. ------. Jacobus Henricus van't Hoff, sein Leben und Wirken. xv, 638 pp., 2 port. 8°. Leipzig, Akademische Verlagsgesellschaft, 1912. Grosse Manner, Studien zur Biologie des Genies; hrsgb. von W. Ostwald, Bd. 3. ■-----& van Bomburgh (P.) Vorlesungen iiber anorganischen Chemie fiir Studierende der Medi- zin. viii, 431 pp. roy. 8°. Leipzig, W. Engel- mann, 1906. Cohen (Hermann) [1877- ]. *Ueber die Milz- schwellung bei crouposer Pneumonie. 43 pp., 21. 8°. Wiirzburg, F. Staudenraus, 1903. Cohen (Hugo) [1878- ]. *Ein Fall von Pneu- motomie. 48 pp., 2 1. 8°. Freiburg i. B., H. Epstein, 1903. Cohen (J. B.) The air of towns. 41 pp., 21 pi. 8°. Washington, 1896. Forms pt. of v. 39 of: Smithson. Misc. Collect., Wash., 1896. ' Cohen (Jacob Solis) [1838- ]. Delavan (D. B.) Address delivered on the occasion of the presentation of a loving cup by the American Laryngological Association to J. Solis-Cohen, M. D., in recognition of his dis- tinguished services to laryngology and in com- memoration of the fiftieth anniversary of his graduation in medicine. 8°. New York 1910. Cohen (Joseph). *Ueber Aneurismen peripherer Gefasse. 33 pp. 8°. Gottingen, W. F. Kastner, 1898. Cohen (Jules). ^Contribution a l'etode des de- formations plastiques de la tele fcetale dans la presentation du siege. [Paris.] 62 pp. 8° Sceaux, 1905, No. 208. Cohen [Jules-Isaac] [1877- ]. *Des troubles sphinctenens et g^nitaux dans la sclerose en plaques. 84 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 246. Cohen (Julius B.) Practical organic chemistry for advanced students, xi, 284 pp. 12°. London, Macmillan & Co., 1900. Cohen (Ludwig) [1889- ]. *Die Goldreaction im Liquor cerebrospinalis. 18 pp. 8°. Miinchen, R. Miiller & Steinicke, 1914. Cohen (Martin) [1870- ]. Biography. Rev. cubana de oftal., Habana, 1919, i 14, port. Cohen (Moise-Maurice) [1878- ']. Considera- tions sur la defense sanitaire de la Perse. 116 pp 8°. Paris, 1912, No. 243. Cohen (Myer Solis) [1877- ]. Woman in girl- hood, wifehood, motherhood; her responsibili- ties and her duties at all periods of life. A guide in the maintenance of her own health and that of her children. 469 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, Chicago & Toronto, J. C. Winston Co., [1906] ------. The family health. 267 pp. 12°. Phila- delphia, Penn Pub. Co., 1910. Cohen (Myer Solis)—continued. ------. The blue book for girl, wife and mother; a guide for women, [etc.]. x, 11-252 pp., front. 8°. Philadelphia, John C. Winston Co., [1911]. Cohen (Paul) [1877- ]. *Ueber einige kom- plexe Salze des dreiwertigen Eisens. 60 pp., 2 1. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering, 1903. Cohen (Salomon) [1893- ]. Ueber die pialen Epidermoide des Balkens. 31 pp., 1 pi. 8D. Giessen, O. Kindt Wwe., 1919. Cohen (Solomon Solis) [1857- ]. Washington's death and the doctors, December, 1799. 8°. Philadelphia, 1899. Cutting from: Lippincott's Month. Mag., Phila., 1899, lxiv, 945-952. See, also, System (A) of physiologic therapeutics [etc.] [in 2. s.]. 8°. Philadelphia, 1901. ------ & Eshner (Augustus A.) Essentials of diagnosis, arranged in the form of questions and answers, prepared especially for students of medicine. 2. ed. 417 pp.. 1 pi. 8°. Philadel- phia, W. B. Saunders, 1900. Cohen (Th. E. DeJonge). *Die Kronenstrucktur der unteren Pramolaren und Molaren. [Zurich.] 158 pp., 19 pi. 8°. Utrecht, J. van Boekhoven. 1917. Cohen (Willi) [1880- ]. *Ueber einen Fall von Lipoma calcificatum. [Wiirzburg.] 39 pp. S~. Berlin, C. Siebert. 1905. Cohen-Kysper (Adolf). Versuch einer mecha- nischen Analyse der Yeranderungen vitaler Systeme. iv, 89 pp. 12°. Leipzig, G. Thieme, 1910. ------. Die mechanistischen Grundgesetze des Lebens. viii, 373 pp. 8° Leipzig, J. A. Barth, 1914. Cohen-Solal (Abraham) [1872- ]. *Insuffi- sance aortique et retrecissement mitral combing. Etude clinique. 64 pp., 1 1. 8°. Lvon. 1898 No. 23. Cohendy (Frederic) [1867- ]. *Sur le traite- ment du muguet chez le nouveau-ne. 44 pp. 8°. Paris. 1899, No. 215. Cohendy (Michel) [1873- ]. *Traitement de l'ulcere de l'estomar; revue critique. 103 pd. 8°. Paris, 1899. No. 574. See, also, Herscheil [etc.]. La constipation habituelle [etc.]. 12°. Paris, 1900. Cohesion. Mathews (A. P.i The significance of the relationship between molecular cohesion and the product of the molecular weight ami the number of valences. J. Phys. Chem Ithaca, im.f, wii, 1M-500.-----. Do molecules"attract hesively inversely as the square of the distance? Ibid. 520-535.-----. The nature of cohesion. Proc. Inst. Med Chicago, 1916-17, i, lis. Conn (Adolf) [IS76- ]. *Ueber Gastral-ien und gastrisehe Krisen durch praperitoneale Lipome. 24 pp.. 1 1. s°. Miinchen. V. Hof- hng, 1902. J Cohn (Alfred) [1875- ]. *Giobt es eine Hyper- chlorhydne im Sauglingsalter? 43 pp 118° Breslau, 1898. l Cohn (Alfred I.) Indicators and test-papers; their soune, preparation, application, and tests for sensitiveness. A resume of the current facts regarding the action and application of the indi- cators and test-papers which have been proposed from time to time, and are in present use in chem- ical manipulations; with a tabular summary of the application of indicators. Designed for the use of chemists, pharmacists, and students 2 • ed., revised and enlarged. ix.267pp ltab 1*>0 New York. J. Wiley d- Sons, 1902. ■. Tests and reagents, chemical and micro- scopical, by the author's names, together with an index of subjects, compiled for"the use of chemists, microscopists, pharmacists, students COHN. Cohn (Alfred I.)—continued. etc. lp. 1., 383 pp. 8°. New York, J. Wiley & Sons, 1903. See, also, Fresenlus (C. Remigius). Quantitative chemi- cal analysis [etc.]. 8°. New York, 1904.—Pazzi-Escot (E.) The toxins [etc.]. 12°. New York, 1906. Cohn (Arthur) [1879- ]. *Ein bemerkens- werter Fall von Lymphosarkomatosis im Kindes- alter. [Wiirzburg.] 32 pp., 21. 8°. Leipzig, R. Noske, 1906. Cohn (Bruno) [1879- ]. *Ueber Inoculations- carcinome. 24 pp., 1 1. 8°. Freiburg i. B., Speyer & Kaerner, 1902. Cohn (Conrad). Cursus der Zahnheilkunde; ein Hiilfsbuch fiir Studierende und Zahnarzte. 2. Aufl. xiv, 649 pp. 8°. Berlin, H. Kornfeld, 1900. Cohn (Curt) [1889- ]. *Statistische Betrach- tungen iiber das Gallenstein-Leiden. 18 pp. 8°. Miinchen, R. Miiller & Steinicke. 1914. Cohn ([Elieser] Ludwig) [1881- ]. *Beitrag zur Aetiologie und Klinik der Gasphlegmone des Menschen. 38 pp., 11. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1908. Cohn (Emanuel) [1843-1913]. Jafle (T.) Nekrolog. Jahresb. d. arztl. Ver. zu Frankf. a. M. 1913, Miinchen, 1914, 242-244. Cohn (Emil) [1872- ]. *Ueber einen Fall von congenitalem Defect des Muse, pectoralis major und minor. [Leipzig.] 21 pp., 11. 8°. Berlin, T. F. Schemmel, 1895. Cohn (Erich). *Die Erfahrung mit Tuberkulin R. bei der Behandlung der Tuberkulose an der Kgl. mediz. Klinik zu Breslau. 35 pp., 3 tab. 8°. Freiburg i. B., Speyer & Kaerner, 1898. Cohn (Erich) [1887- ]. *Ueber Diphyllo- bothrium stemmacephalum Cobbold. 30 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., O. Kiimmel, 1912. Cohn (Ernst). *Zur Frage der Dementia para- noides. [Freiburg.] 28 pp. 8°. Emmendingen, Bolter, 1907. Cohn (Ernst Theodor) [1879- ]. *Ueber den antiseptischen Wert des Argentum colloidale Cred6 und seine Wirkung bei Infektion. 57 pp. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., M. Hiller. 1902. Cohn (Ferdinand Julius) [1828-98]. Ueber Bac- terien, die kleinsten lebenden Wesen. 35 pp. 8°. Berlin, 1872. Forms Hft. 165 of: Samml. gemeinverstandl. wissensch. Vortr. ------. Licht und Leben. 2. Aufl. 32 pp. 8°. Berlin. 1872. Forms Hft. 80 of: Samml. gemeinverstandl. wissensch. Vortr. Also, Editor of: Beitrage zur Biologie der Pflanzen, Breslau, 1875-93. For Biography, see Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1898, xxiv, 482 (H. Kionka). Also: Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1898, xlv, 1005-1007, port. (M. Neisser). Cohn (Franz). *Untersuchungen iiber die Durch- gangigkeit des Cervikalkanals bei Erstgeschwan- gerten am Ende der Schwangerschaft. 48 pp. 8°. Erlangen, A. Vollrath, 1898. Cohn (Franz) [1881- ]. *Beitrag zur Kasuistik der spontanen Oesophagusruptur. [Breslau.] 19 pp. 8°. Jena, Frommannsche Buchdruckerei, 1907. Also, in: Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1907, xviii. Cohn (Franz Joseph) [1880- ]. *Zur Histologie und Histogenese des Corpus luteum und des interstitiellen Ovarialgewebes. 36 pp., 1 1. 8°. Breslau, T. Schatzky, 1903. Cohn (Fritz). Der gegenwartige Standpunkt in der Pathologie und Therapie des Ulcus serpens cornese. 31 pp. 8°. Halle a. S., C. Marhold, 1907. Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. Augenh., v. 7, Hft. 4. COHN. Cohn (Fritz Ludwig) [1887- ]. *Zur Aetiologie und Prophylaxe der puerperalen Mastitis. 45 pp., 11. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering, 1913. Cohn (Georg) [1879- ]. *Verschluss des Duc- tus thoracicus, seine Ursachen und Folgen. 38 pp. 8°. Greifswald, F. W. Kunike, 1903. Cohn (Georg) [1881- ]. *Beitrage zur Resec- tion des Sehnerven bei sympathischer Augen- entziindung. 32 pp. 8°. Greifswald, F. W. Kunike, 1905. Cohn (Georg) [1884- ]. *Serologische Unter- Buchungen mit Hilfe des Abderhalden'schen Dialysierverfahrens auf dem Gebiete gastro- intestinaler Erkrankungen. [Miinchen.] 75 pp., 3 ch. 8°. D. Feilchenfeld, Berlin, 1916. Cohn (Henry). *Myom und Graviditat. [Frei- burg i. Br.] 34 pp. 8°. Egeler, F. Heyl, 1906. Cohn (Hermann) [1878- ]. *Ueber die pri- maren Myome und Myosarcome des Magens. 44 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Greifswald, F. W. Kunike, 1903. Cohn (Hermann Ludwig) [1838-1906]. Vorarbei- ten fiir eine Geographie der Augenkrankheiten. Nebst einem an alle Augenarzte gerichteten Fragebogen. 1 p. 1., 102 pp. 8°. Jena, H. Dufft, 1874. ------. Die Sehleistungen von 50,000 Breslauer Schulkindern; nebst Anleitung zu ahnlichen Untersuchungen fiir Aerzte und Lehrer. 148 pp. 8°. Breslau, S. Schottlaender, 1899. ------. Tafelchen zur Pruning der Sehleistung und Sehscharfe fiir Schularzte, Militararzte, Schiffsarzte, Bahnarzte und Lehrer. sm. 4°. Breslau, Priebatsch, [1899?]. ------. Tafelchen zur Pruning feinen' Farben- sinns. Mit Benutzung des Meyerschen Flor- contrastes. Fiir Bahn-. Schiffs-, Schul-, Militar- Aerzte und Lehrer. 41. 32°. Berlin, 0. Coblenz, 1900. For Biography, see Laqueur (L.) [et al.]. Hermann Cohn. In Memoriam. 8°. Breslau, 1908. See; also, Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth (Wood), Chicago, 1914, iv, 2316. Also: Arch, de oftal., hispano-am., Barcel., 1907, vii, 1-6 (E. Alvarado). Also: Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. & Berl., 1906, xxxii, 1671 (Horstmann). Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlv. 1124. Also: Klin. Mo- natsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1906, xhv, 543-546 (A. E. Fick). Also: Miinchen. med.Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 2065 (Wolfiberg). Also: Wchnschr. f. Therap. u. Hyg. d. Auges, Dresd., 1906-7, x; 1; 9 (Wolfiberg). Also: Ibid., 1917, xxi, 161-164 (Wolfiberg). Also: Wien klin Rundschau, 1906, xx, 730 (F.). Also: Ztschr. f. Schulgsndhtspfl., Hamb., 1906, xix, 839-880 (F. Erismann). ------ & Rubencamp (Robert). Wie sollen Biicher und Zeitungen gedruckt werden? Fur Hygieniker, Aerzte, Erzieher, Redakteure, Schriftsteller, Verleger, Schriftgiesser und Buch- drucker. Vom augenarztlichen und technischen Standpunkt besprochen. 112 pp., 10 pi., 11. 8°. Braunschweig, Vieweg & Sohn, 1903. Cohn (Jacob) [1875- ]. *Ueber otogene Me- ningitis. [Breslau.] 34 pp. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1900. Cohn (James) [1886- ]. *Ueber Bence- Jones'sche Albuminuric. [Giessen.] 42 pp. 8°. Berlin, G. Schade, 1910. Cohn (Jonas) & Dieffenbacher (Julius). Unter- suchungen fiber Geschlechts-, Alters- und Be- gabungs-Unterschiede bei Schulern. 213 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Leipzig, J. A. Barth, 1911. Forms Beihft. 2 of: Beihefte z. Ztschr. f. ang. Psych, [etc.]. Cohn (Joseph D.) [1888-19181. Obituary. Texas State J. M., Fort Worth, 1918-19, xiv, 265. Cohn (Julie). *Chemotherapeutische Unter- suchungen fiber die Wirkung von China-Alka- loiden. [Berlin.] 21 pp. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1913. COHN. 6 COHN. Cohn (Julius) [1884- ]. *Beitrag zur Klassi- ficierung der epithelialen Formen der malignen Struma. 43 pp. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., F. Hesse, 1910. Cohn (Konard). Kursus der Zahnheilkunde. Ein Hilfsbuch fiir Studierende und Zahnarzte. 4. Aufl. xvi, 792 pp. 8°. Berlin. W. H. Korn- feld, 1908. ---■—. The same. 5. Aufl. xv, 804 pp. 8°. Ber- lin, Fischer's Med. Buchhandlung, 1911. Cohn (Lassar) called Lassar-Cohn [1858- ]. Chemistry in daily life, popular lectures. Transl. bv M. M. Pattison Muir. 5. ed. xiv, 318 pp. 8°. London. H Grevel & Co., 1913. _ Cohn (Leo). *Ueber die quantitative Bestim- mung des Aetherdampfes. [Wiirzburg.] 25 pp., 11. 8°. Wiirzburg, Becker, 1900. Cohn (Leo) [1882- ]. *Zur Frage der Umwand- lung der menschlichen Tuberkelbazillen im Or- ganismus des Frosches. 28 pp. 8°. Freiburg i. Br., Speyer & Kaerner. 1906. Cohn (Leopold). *Ueber den strikturierenden tuberkulosen Ccecaltumor. [Freiburg i. B.] 34 pp. 8°. Duderstadt, F. Wagner, 1902. Cohn (Louis) [1880- ]. *Encephalitis hemor- rhagica acuta. 26pp., 1 pi. 8°. Strassburgi. E., C. Miih & Cie., 1908. Cohn (Ludwig). *Ueber Russelsche Kugeln in Papillomen. [Wiirzburg.] 17 pp. 8°. Ratibor, F. Schmeer & Soehne, 1896. ------. Die wilkiirliche Bestimmung des Ge- schlechts. 37 pp.. 11. 8°. Wiirzburg, A. Stuber, 1898. ------. The same. Die bisherigen Forschungen einschliesslich der Schenk'schen Theorie kri- tisch beleuchtet. 2. Aufl. 41 pp., 1 1. 8°. Wiirzburg, A. Stuber, 1898. Cohn (Max) [1875- ]. *Ueber die Dauerresul- tate der antefixirenden Operationen; Alexander- Adams. Ventrifixur, Vaginifixur. [Breslau.] 36 pp.. 1 1. 8°. Stuttgart, 1900. Cohn (Max) [1876- ]. *I. Ueber centrale Lin- senmyopie infolge Sklerose des Linsenkerns. II. Ueber Ruckbildung von Cataracta traumatica. 32 pp., 1 1. 8°. Freiburg i. B., Speyer & Krae- mer, 1902. Cohn (Max). *Die Behandlung des septisch- paralytischen und des einfach-parabytischen Ileus durch Enterostomie. [Freiburg i. B.] 26 pp., 11. 8°. Berlin, D. Feilchenfeld, 1906. Cohn (Max) [1881- ]. *Ueber die Bedeutung der intrazellularen Lage der Tuberkelbazillen im Auswurf; eine mikroskopisch-klinische Unter- suchung. [Leipzig.] 25 pp., 2 pi. 4°. Wiirz- burg, C. Kabitzsch, 1914. Cohn (Max [1882- ]. *Ueber die primiiren Myosarkome des Magens, unter Beifugung eines selbst beobachteten Falles. 47 pp. 8°. Greifs- wald, H. Adler, 1909. Cohn (Max). Ueber das Denken; Zusammen- hang des Geistes und Korpers; eine Studie. iv, 2-140 pp. 8°. Berlin, L. Simian Nachf., 1910. Cohn (Moritz) [1882- ]. *Der Verlauf der appendikuliiren Lvmphgefasse. [Leipzig.] 24 pp. 8°. Berlin, W. Greve, 1906. Cohn (Paul) [1878- ]. *Ueber verhornendes Pflasterepithel der Lunge. 38 pp., 11. 8°. Jjdp- zig, F. Grbber, 1903. ------. Gemiitserregungen und Krankheiten. Eine Studie iiber Wesen und Sitz der Gemiitser- regungen, ihre Beziehung zu Erkrankungen und iiber Wege zur Yerhiitung. 148 pp. 8°. Berlin, Vogel & Kreienbrink, 1903. ------. Die Verwendung von Chemikalien als Heilmittel. Nach Vorlesungen. 40 pp. 8°. Stuttgart, F. Enke, 1906. Repr.from: Samml. chemischer u. chemisch-technischer Vortr., x. Cohn (Raphael) [1876- ]. *Ueber 200 Falle von Bindehautverwertung. 55 pp., 2 1. 8 . Konigsberg i. Pr., 1900. Cohn (Richard) [1889- ]. *Ueber das Pleu- raendotheliom. 59 pp. 8°. Leipzig, E. Leh- TH/lThTt 1914 Cohn (Robert) [1876- ]. *Die Dauererfolge der Ovariotomie bei den malignen Tumoren und papillaren Kystomen des Ovarium. [Breslau.] 48 pp., 2 1. 8°. Berlin, A. W. Schade, 1900. Cohn (Salo) [1888- ]. *Zur Totalextirpation der Harnblase und Versorgung der Ureteren. 28 pp., 1 1. 8°. Heidelberg, T. Berkenbusch, 1913. Cohn (Siegfried) [1881- ]. *Zur Statistik und Kasuistik der septischen Erkrankungen mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung des pathologisch- anatomischen Befundes. 44 pp., 11. 8°. Miin- chen, C. Wolf & Sohn, 1905. Cohn (S[igismund]) [1818- ]. Hydrotherapie des Scharlach und acuter Hautkrankheiten im Allgemeinen mit einigen Andeutungen fiir die Behandlung anderer acuter Krankheiten mit besonderer Rucksicht auf die Physiologie. 48 pp. 12°. Berlin, G. Bosselmann, 1862. Cohn (Sigismund) [1881- ]. *Ein Beitrag zum KapiteldertraumatischenNephritis. [Miinchen.] 35 pp., 21. 8°. Konitz, Petras, 1904. Cohn (Mile. Theophilia). *Contribution al'etude de l'anatomie pathologique et de la pathogenie des nodositds des cornes uterines d'origine salpingienne. 55 pp.. 1 pi. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 264. Cohn (Tobias) [or Tobiah ben Moses] [1652- 1729]. •~*2Vt; rfZ'J* [Practice of medicine.] [Work of Tobiath.] 158 1. 8°. Venice, nella stamperia Bragadina, 1705. Hebrew text. Imperfect. An encyclopedic work, chiefly of medicine. Cohn (Toby) [1S66- ] Leitfaden der Eleetro- diagnostik und Electrotherapie fiir Praktiker und Studierende. Mit einem Vorwort Mm E. Mendel. 4p. 1., 139 pp. 8°. Berlin. S. Karger, 1899. ------. The same. 2. Aufl. xii. 166 pp., 6 pi., 8°. Berlin, S. Karger, 1902. -. The same. 3. Aufl. viii. 172 pp., 6 pi. 8°. Berlin, S. Karger, 1906. ----. The same. 4. Aufl. viii. 212 pp., 6 pi. roy. S°. Berlin, S. Karger. 1912. -. The same. Electro-diagnosis und electro- therapeutics. A guide for practitioners and stu- dents. Transl. from the 2. German ed. and edited bv Francis A. Scratchley. viii. 2S0 pp 8 pi. 8°. New York, Funk dc Wagnalls Co., 1904. ----. Die palpablen Gebilde des normalen menschlichen Korpers und deren methodische Palpation. Nach eigenen Untersuchungen an der Leiche und am Lebenden. 3. Teile. 5S5 pp. contin. pag. 8°. Berlin, S. Karger, 1905-11. ----. Muskelatrophien. 73 pp. 12°. Leipzia, B. Konegen, 1910. Die mechanische Behandlung der Nerven- krankheiten (Massage. Gymnastik. Uebungs- therapie, Sport), viii. 140 pp. 8°. Berlin J. Sprinaer, 1913. Colin (Victor) [1871- ' ]. *Ein Fall von Her- nia diaphragmatica congenita beim Kinde, als Beitrag zur khnischen Diagnose. 26 pp., 11 8° Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1902. Cohn (Wilhelm): *Pathogenese und Therapie otitischer endoeranieller Erkrankungen. 36 pp., 21. 8°. Breslau, 1899. Cohn (Willy) [1S79- ]. *Ueber die isolierte Ruptur der Symphysis pubis. [Konigsberg.] 16 pp., 1 1. 8°. Tubingen, H. Ijaupp, jr., 1905 Also, in: Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1905, xlv. COHN. 7 COIRRE. Cohn (Willy) [1881- ]. *Ueberblick iiber die Leistungen auf dem Gebiete der Handedesin- fektion. [Breslau.] 38 pp. 8°. Berlin, S. Karger, 1907. Cohn (Willy) [1887- ]. *Die Bedeutung des Bouillonfruhstucks fiir die funktionelle Magen- diagnostik. 18 pp. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., Hartungsche Buchdruck., 1912. Cohnfeld (Adalbert). Die WTunder-Erscheinun- gen des Vitalismus (Tischdrehen, Tischklopfen, Tischsprechen, etc.) nebst ihrer rationellen Erkliirung in Briefen an eine Dame. 125 pp. 24°. Bremen, C. Schiinemann, 1853. Cohnheim (Eva). *De la grossesse ovarienne. [Lausanne.] 32 pp. 8°. Geneve, J. Studer, 1903. Cohnheim (Julius Friedrich) [1839-84]. Salomonsen (C. J.) Lebenserinnerungen aus dem Breslauer Sommersemester 1877 (Julius Cohnheim's La- boratorium). Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1914, li, 485-490.— Weigert (C.) Nekrolog. 1884. In his: Gesamm. Abhand. 8°. Berl., 1906, ii, 729-734. Cohnheim (Otto) [1873- ]. *Ueber die Re- sorption im Diinndarm und in der Bauchhole. [Heidelberg.] 42 pp. 8°. Miinchen, R. Olden- burg, 1898. ------. Chemie der Eiweisskorper. x, 315 pp. 8°. Braunschweig, F. Vieweg & Sohn, 1900. ------. The same. 2. Aufl. xii, 315 pp. 8°. Braunschweig, F. Vieweg & Son, 1904. ------. The same. 3. Aufl. xii, 388 pp., 8°. Braunschweig, F. Vieweg & Sohn, 1911. ------. Die Physiologie der Verdauung und Er- nahrung. Dreiundzwanzig Vorlesungen fiir Stu- dierende und Aerzte. vi, 1 p. 1., 484 pp. 8°. Berlin-Wien, U. Schwarzenberg, 1908. ------. Zur Frage der Eiweissresorption. 7 pp. 8°. Heidelberg, C. Winter, 1911. Sitzungsb. d. Heidelb. Akad. d. Wissensch., 1911, No. 30. ------. Ueber den Gaswechsel von Tieren mit glatter und quergestreifter Muskulatur. 17 pp. 8°. Heidelberg, C. Winter, 1911. Sitzungsb. d. Heidelb. Akad. d. Wissensch., 1911, No. 31. ------. Enzymes; six lectures delivered under the Herter lectureship foundation at the University and Bellevue Hospital Medical College, viii, 173 pp. 8°. New York, J. Wiley & Sons, [etc.], 1912. ------. Zur Physiologie der Nierensekretion. 18 pp. 8°. Heidelberg, Carl Winter, 1912, No. 7. ------. The same. II. Mitteilung. 19 pp. 8°. Heidelberg, C. Winter, 1913. Sitzungsb. d. Heidelb. Akad. d. Wissensch., Abhandl. 7. ------ & Klee (Philipp). Zur Physiologie des Pankreas. 22 pp. 8°. Heidelberg, C. Winter, 1912. Xo. 3. ------& Modrakowski (Gg.) Zur Wirkung von Morphium und Opiumpraparaten (Pantopon) auf den Verdauungskanal ... 18 pp. roy. 8°. Heidelberg, C. Winter, 1911. Sitzungsb. d. Heidelb. Akad. d. Wissensch. Math.- naturw. Kl., 1910, No. 6. ------ & Pletnew (Dimitri). Ueber den Gas- wechsel der glatten Muskeln. 18 pp. 8°. Hei- delberg, C. Winter, 1910. Sitzungsb. d. Heidelb. Akad. d. Wissensch. Math.- naturw. Kl., 1910, No. 22. ■------& von Uexkull (J.) Die Dauerkontraktion der glatten Muskeln. 9 pp. 8°. Heidelberg, C. Winter 1911. Sitzungsb. d. Heidelb. Akad. d. Wissensch., 1911, No. 32. See, also, Best (Franz) & Cohnheim (Otto). Zur Physiologie und Pathologie [etc.]. 8°. Heidelberg, 1910.— Lehrbuch der Physiologie [etc.]. 8°. Leipzig, 1909. Cohnheim (Paul) [1867- ]. Die Krankheiten des Verdauungskanals (Oesophagus, Magen, Darm). Ein Leitfaden fiir praktische Aerzte. viii, 247 pp. 8°. Berlin, S. Karger, 1905. Cohnheim (Paul)—continued. ------. The same. 2. Aufl. viii, 252 pp. 8°. Berlin, S. Karger, 1908. ------. The same. Diseases of the digestive canal (oesophagus, stomach, intestines). From the 2. German ed., edited and translated by Dudley Fulton, xxi, 373 pp. 8°. Philadelphia & Lon- don. J. B. Lippincott Co., [1908]. ------. The same. 2. ed. xxv, 383 pp., pis. 8°. Philadelphia & London, J. B. Lippincott Co., [1911]. ------. The same. 3. ed. 12 p. 1., 389 pp., pis. 8°. Philadelphia 6c London, J. B. Lippincott, [1914]: Cohnreich (Erwin) [1889- ]. *Klinische Be- stimmungen der Erythrocytenresistenz be- sonders im Dienst der Krebsdiagnose. [Miin- chen.] 46 pp. 8°. Leipzig, J. Klinkhardt, 1913. Cohnreich (Max) [1882- ]. *Kompression des Ureters durch kreuzende Xierengefasse als Ur- sache von Hydronephrosen; Heilung durch eine neue Operationsmethode: "Die Verlagerung des Harnleiters." 22 pp. 8°. Leipzig, J. Klink- hardt, 1908. Cohoba. Safford (W. E.) Identity of cohoba, the narcotic snufl of ancient Haiti. J. Wash. Acad. Sc, Bait., 1916, vi, 547-562. Coi (Adam). *De damnis et abusu resinse ialappae. [Prseses: Andreas Elias Buchrier.] 1 p. 1., 26 pp. 4°. Halx Magdeburgicse, Joh. Christian Hendel, 1750. Coic (Auguste) [1886- ]. *Le grand mononu- cleate du sang. 90 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1910. Coiffler [Henri] [1855- ]. Precis d'ausculta- tion. 5. ed. 210 pp. 12°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere dcfils, 1902. Coignard (Charles) [1876-1900]. Necrologle. Arch. med. d'Angers, 1900, iv, 334. Coignard (Emile). *Les conceptions pathoge- niques de la neurasthenic 79 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 156. Coignat (Jean) [1885- ]. ^Contribution a 1'etude des effets de la dentition; troubles gastro- intestinaux par mastication incomplete et froid febrile au cours de la seconde enfance. 51 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1910, No. 14. Coignerai (Henri). Contribution a l'etude de la torsion du pedicule des tumeurs de l'ovaire. 127 pp. 8°. Paris, 1902, No. 144. Coillot (Maurice-Pierre) [1885- ]. Contribu- tion a, l'etude des brulures de l'oeil par l'acide sulfurique. 74 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 284. Coimbra medica. v. 1-21. 1881-1901. 8°. Coimbra. Coindet (Jean-Francois) [1774-1834], Reber (B.) Le docteur Coindet; l'emploi de l'iode contre le goitre; les cretins du Valais. .assculape, Par., 1913, in, 93-96. Coindet (Leon) [1871- ]. Soriano (M. S.) Historia de la medicina en Mexico. Mr. Le6n Coindet, fundador de la Academia N. de Medicina de Mexico. Gac. m6d. de Mexico, 1914, 3. s., ix, 155-161. Cointepas (Henri). *Etude sur les kystes seba- ces et leur traitement (methode de Vidal-Ser- gent). 47 pp. 8°. Paris, 1902, No. 392. Coiquaud (Antoine-Lionel) [1885- ]. *Du signe de Moszkowicz dans les gangrenes. 103 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1912, No. 104. Coirre (G.) La levure de biere; bacteriologie, pharmacologic. therapeutique. 16 pp. 8°. Paris, Lahure, [1900]. Coirre (Jean). Nuevas notas sobre la levadura de cerveza y sus aplicaciones medicas. 32 pp. 8°. Paris, G. Lahure, 1910. COIRRE. COLA. Coirre (Jean)—continued. ------. *Recherches sur la synthase biochimique de l'ethylglucoside /3 par l'emulsine. [Paris.] 67 j»p. 8°. Lons-le-Saunier, 1913, No. 3. *L'infection 68 pp. 8°. Kcole de pharmacie. Coissard (Amable) [1880- eberthienne et la glande thyroi'de. Lyon, 1902, No. 82. Coit (George W.) [1837-1916]. [Obituary.] J. Iowa State M. Soc, Des Moines, 1916, vi, 143. Coit (Henry Leber) [1854-1917]. Obituary. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1917, xxxiv, 212,1 port. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, lxviii, 925.—Weiss (S.) Xekrolog. Ztschr. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1920, xxvii, 337. Coiter (Volcher) [1534-1600?]. De auditus instru- mento. In his: Externarum et internarum . . . partium tabulae [etc.]. fol. Aonmbergse, 1573, 68-105. Coitier (Jacques) [1440-1506]. Fauvel (H.) Le medecin de Louis XI. Chron. m£d. Par., 1911, xviii, 577-579.—Gauthier (L.) Fragments de correspondence de Jacques Coitier, medecin de Louis XI. Bull. Soc. franc, d'hist. de la med., Par., 1912, xi, 315-33V de Coito (Egidio Patricio). See Alibert (J. L.) Publicacao successiva [etc.]. 8°. Lisboa, 1804. Coittier (Emile-Jacques). *L'avenir des appen- diculaires. 85 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 267. Coitus. . See also, Dyspareunia. Caufeyxox. L'amour et l'accouplement. Les organes genitaux; la puberty; formes de l'accouplement; mecanisme du coit. 8°. Paris, [1903]. Hillairet (J.-B.) *Sur le dernier terme de la copulation chez les mammiferes. 8°. Bor- deauz, 1902. Abraham (K.) Ueber Ejaculatio praecox. Internat. Ztschr. f. arztl. Psychoanal., Leipz., 1916-17, iv, 171-186.— Amantea (G.) Ulteriore contributo alia conoscenza della funzione della zona riflessogena per l'erezione e l'ojacula- zione. Arch, difarmacol. sper., Roma, 1920, xxix, 97-112.— Hays (F. A.) The influence of excesM\ e sexual activity of male rabbits. II. On the nature of their oiTspring. J. Exper. Zool., Phila., 1918, xxv, .->7l-*d:-i.—l.lovd-Jones (O.) & Hays (F. A.) The influence of excessive sexual activity of male rabbits. I. On the properties of the seminal discharge. Ibid., 463^97.—Neumann (R. K.) Die Narco- tica und Rauschmittel im Sexualleben. Sex.-Probleme Frankf. a. M., 1912, viii, 636-649.—Porosz (M.) Ein mit Miction endender Coitusfall. Monatsb. f. Urol., Berl., 1903, viii, 528-531.—Poussep. La circulacitfn cerebral durante el coito. Arch, de psiquiat. y criminol., Buenos Aires, 1903 ii, 371-376. Also, transl.: Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol' Berl., 1903, xiv, 307.—Rodzevich (G. I.) [May coition be performed without the woman's knowledge?] Russk Med., S.-Peterb., 1894, xix, 429.—Urbach (K.) Ueber die zeitliche Gefuhlsdifferenz der Geschlechter wahrend der Kohabitation. Ztschr. f. Sexualwissensch., Bonn. 1921 viii, 124-138. ' ' Coitus (Abnormal). See Aspermatism; Bestiality; Conception (Prevention of); Sexual instinct (Perversion of)- Sodomy. J'' Coitus (Accidents in). Bonhoff ([T.] K. P.) *Ueber Kohabitations- verletzungen. 8°. Tubingen, 1908. Abrahams (R.) Report of a case of rupture of the peri- neum in coitus. Phila. M. J., 1900, vi, 264—Anspach (B M.) Laceration of the posterior-vaginal vault and vixic<> vaginal fistula produced by violent coitus. Phila Hosn Rep. (1908), 1909, vii, 164.-Borri (L.) Morte in compendio dopo ii coito. Gior. p. i med. periti giud. ed ulT. san.rete 1 Xapoli, 1900, iv, 161-lS0.-BoshouWers (H.) ZiirKasuis- tik der Koitusvorletzungen. Zentralbl. f. Gynak Leinz 1911, xxxv 153.-Carrara (M.) Due casi di morte improv- visa durante ii coito. Studi di med. leg. e var onore di G. Ziino, Messina, l'.ior, 4i:>-CN.-Chalclx-Vlvie (M ) Quelques cas de traumatisme graves dus a hi d.n«n ition J. d. sages-femmes, Par., 1902, xxx, 163; 172. 1/v„-'k,.v- internat. de med. et de chir., Par., 1902, xiii" 111-114 — D'Arcy (C. E.) Two cases of lacerated vagina during coitus. Med. J. Australia,Sydney, 1919 4,1T2.-Uremlyn| Coitus (Accidents in). (A. D.) [Injury of the vault of the vagina sub coitu.J Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1914, xxi, 800-803.—Frankl (O.) Coitusverletzung. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Berl., 1903, xviii, 874-8^0.—Gadani (A.) Un caso di lesione del cono midollare da coito. Riv. crit. di clin. med., Firenze, 1914, xv, 385-387.—Greife (H.) Ein Fall von Coitusverle- tzung. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1909, xxxiv, 259.— Gumprecht (F.) Mors praecox ex hamorrhagia cerebri post coitum. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. <& Berl., 1899, xxv, 743.—Gussmann (E.) Ein Fall von Coitus- verletzung. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wurttemb. arztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1900, lxx, 144.—Kayser (K.) Kohabitationsverletzung des hinteren Scheidengewolbes im Puerperium. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Berl., 1921, liv, 13-19.—Lebar & Algret. Traumatisme vulvo-vaginal par efforts de coit? Dedoublement de la cloison recto-vaginale; mort par infec- tion generate. Bull, et me\m. Soc. anat. de Par., 1903, lxxviii, 626-630.—Lenne. Zerreissung der Scheide beim Koitus. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1917, lxiv, 343.— Lipa Bey. La mort douce. Aerztl. Rundschau, Miinchen. 1909, xix, 397. -----. Unfalle beim geschlechtlichen Yerkchr. Sex.-Probleme, Frankf. a. M., 1912, viii. 496-503—Men- nicke (O.) Ueber plotzlichen Tod durch Verbhrunc sub coitu; ein Beitrag zur gerichtsarztlichen Betinrn Av.ns der Verletzungen der weiblichen Sexualorgane. Vr*l -chr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl.. 1902,3. F.,xxiv, 268-27t".—N'euirebauer (F.) Venuscruenta violansint* rdumaccidt js; ein Beitrag zur Lehre von den Verli tzmgen der weiblichen Sexualor- fane sub coitu i mit Ku.-uiStitc von 157 Beobachtungen i. ionatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. (.vnaek., Ber., 1899, ix, 221; 389.-----.Ueber t 'o.ni5 •. erlet/ungen. Heilkunde, Wien [etc.], 1900, iv, 391-3H"..—Oechsner (J. F.) Case of sudden violent abdominal pain in a woman, following sexual inter- course. Proc. Orleans Parish M. Soc. 1S97. X. Orl., 1898, 61.—Pulvermacher (D.) Ueber Coitusverletzungen. Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 1917-18, xxxv, 63 — Bawls (R. M.) Injurv to the female genitalia in coitus, with report of a cas© of vulvorectal fistula. Am. J. Obst., X. Y., 1916, lxxiv. 300-302.—Ricciardl (S.) Raro caso di lacerazione del fornice vaginale posteriore per coito. Arch. ital. di ginec., Xapoli, 1898, i, 261-263— Robleder (H/1 Ueber Kohabita- tionsverletzungen. Therap. Rundschau. Berl.. 1909, iii, 709.—Rozenberger (F. O0 [Injurv of the female genitals sub coitu; recto-vaginal fistula] J. ;u::-h. ijensk. Doliez., S.-Peterb., 1911, xxvi. 46v 471 —Saks J . Ein Beitrag zu. den Verletzungen der weilhhen c.eshlechtsorgane sub coitu. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1904, xxviii, 113i>-1140.— Scheftel (G.) Ueber die Entstehung der Fistula vestibulo- rectahs sub coitu primae ikk us. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1902, xvi, 753-756.— Scheiber. Hamorrhagia cerebri post coitum. Dent she med. \A\hnschr., Leipz. & Berl., lv») ■ -Sejournet.ro 1'aie du vagui par coit. Bull. Soc. d'ob-t. et de Rapports sexuels et "tra de Par.. 1920. ix, 9a nappun> sexueis ei t ranniat -mess des voies cm tales che* lafemme. Gynec.etobstet., Par.. h'JO.ii, ol»:.S5_\—Stokes (E. H.) A case of lacerated vagina d jring coitus. Mel. J. Australia, Sydney, 1919, i, ill.- Weimierl. Koitu<\crle- tzung. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1920. lvii, 523. t - Zen- tralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1920, xliv, l lsl-1185 —Vt'ertheim- oer (T.1 Ueber Koitusverletzungen. Mu:a tun. med. S.,"^^''.1?3!1' Ivvb -Wlehmann. Km Full von todtliener Cohabitationsverl,a u--. Aerztl Sachverst - Ztg. Berl., 1900, vi, fi.v-Windell (J. T.I Casualties of ^lila,t,0'i:.^kent"Jck7T^- •'■■ l5"«l"ig Green, 1908-9, vii, WWll.-Zlkmund (k.) Ein weiterer Beitrag zur Kal 19^ xix 93-98OUUSVerletlUngen' Wi°n' kliD" "'chnsohr-» Coitus interrupt us. .«,^lui.no(V,) r°itus interruptus. Am. J. Urol., X. Y., 1915, xi, 3,-11 Cooper (A.) A note on onanism and its effects on the man. Brit. M. J., Lo.nl.. 1914. i, 47S.-KiscU (fc. L.) I athologische Folgetustando durch Coitus inter- ffP*»» ^l,.rrau1en-„Z'rhr- f" ^'Mialwissensch., Bonn, 11£'m' \* ^iV_Rob,nson (w J-> Coitusintcmiptus as a cause of impotem-e and nem a t lienia. Am. J. Clin. M Chicago 1912,xix,l 1n> us-- salu>(H0 ModeraeEhemel , «wEin® medi/mi-ch-'ma'1 " "1Sh° YakuSeki Snin»I1o, Tokyo, CokkinIs(Antoine)[lS9e!- ]. ^Contribution k 1 otude dos psvehoses de guerre: lc puerili-«me mental. (Vt pp. 8°. Lyon, 1919. X,,. s<). Col (Maro-Alpnonpo). *Recherohes sur l'aiipareil secretour interne des eoniposees. 135 1)n' 4 tal>. S°. Paris, 1903, Xo. 15. **•>■* Eeole de pharmacie. Cola (Vital-Loui.Muiston) [1870- ]. *Des com- plications urinaires de l'hvstorectomie vacrinai„~ 52 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1897, Xo. 6. COLA. 9 COLCHICUM. Cola. See Kola. Colaccio (Nicola). La cura razionale dell' uretrite acuta blennorragica. 12 pp. 8°. Napoli, Fer- rante, 1902. Colajanni (Napoleone). Manuale di demografia. 529 pp. 8b. Napoli, L. Pierro, 1904. Colale (Nicola). Isterismo e cloranemia con ta- chicardia continua. 14 pp. 8°. Lanciano, R. Carabba, 1909. ------. Di alcune spirochaetosi e blastomicosi. 15 pp. 4°. Lanciano, R. Carabba, 1909. Colamine. Thlerfelder (H.) & Schulze (O.) Ein neues Verfahren zur Abtrennung von Aethanolamin (Colamin) aus Phos- phatidhydrolysaten. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1915-16, xcvi, 296-30S.—Trier (G.) Ueber die Umwandlung von Aminoathylalkohol (Colamin) in Cholin. Ibid., 1912, lxxx, 409-411. Colaneri (Louis-Joseph) [1890- ]. *La ptose de l'estomac et du duodenum; synthese cli- nique et radiologique. 127 pp. 8°. Paris, 1919, No. 68. Colard (Jean) [1880- 1. *De la n£cessit6 des obitoires. 47 pp. 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 199. Colas (Andr6-Fernand-Leon) [1886- ]. Con- tribution k l'etude des metaux collo'idaux elec- triques stabilises et isotonis^s. 72 pp. 8°. Nancy, A. Crepin-Leblond, 1910, No. 26. Colas (Henry [-Ange]). *La cure radicale des hernies par le precede quatre crins; proc^de du docteur V. Civel (de Brest). 46 pp. 8°. Paris, 1915, No. 19. Colas (Jules-ffilaire-Azelie) [1871- ]. Con- tribution a l'etude de la tuberculose vesicale et de son traitement chirurgical. 58 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 326. Colas (Robert) [1874- ]. Cephalalgie de la seconde dentition improprement appelee cepha- lalgie de croissance. 51 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1902, No. 33. Colasanti (Giuseppe) [1846-1903]. Luciani (L.) [Biography.] Arch, farmacol. sper., Roma, 1903, ii, 49-53, port.—Parisottl (O.) Commemorazione. Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1903, xxix, 119-123. Colat (Charles-Ernest-Leon) [1883- ]. *La thiosinamine dans le traitement de la surdite. 56 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1909, No. 79. Colat (J.-P.) Contribution k l'etude de la choree de Sydenham; nature et traitement par l'anti- pyrine. vi, 7-60 pp. 4°. Toulouse, 1892, No. 13. Colat (Louis-Pierre) [1878- ]. Contribution k l'hematologie de la maladie bronzee d'Addison. 59 pp., 11. 8°. Bordeaux, 1905, No. 51. Colb (Oliver E.) The beloved physician. Ser- mon preached at the funeral of Denis Wortman, M. D. iv, 21 pp. 16° New York, N. Tibbals, 1864. Colbatch (Sir John) [1670-1728]. A scheme for proper methods to be taken should it please God to visit us with the plague, viii, 9-21 pp. 8°. London, J. Roberts, 1721. [P., v. 2215 & 2284.] ------. Observations upon the scheme lately pub- lished. Wherein such rules are laid down, as will easily reduce it to practice. 35 pp. 8°. London, J. Roberts, 1721. [P., v. 2215.] ------. The generous physician, or medicine made easy: containing plain and exact descrip- tions of the causes, symptoms, and method proper for cure of several distempers incident to the human body. With the best receipts in English, [etc.]. 4 p. 1., 90 pp. 12°. London, J. Roberts, [n. <2.J. Colbeck (Edmund Henry) [1865- ]. Diseases of the heart. A clinical text-book for the use of students and practitioners of medicine, xiv, 341 pp., 1 pi. 8°. London, Methuen & Co., 1901. ------& Chaplin (Arnold). The science and art of prescribing, vi, 185 pp. 12°. London, H. Kimpton, 1902. ------------. The same. 2. ed. xii, 198 pp. 16°. London, H. Kimpton, 1906. Colbert (Constant) [1887- ]. *Du pneumotho- rax spontane a epanchement chez les tuber- culeux et de son traitement. 208 pp. 8°. Bor- deaux, 1914, No. 4. Colburn (G. F. J.) Popular dentistry. Prac- tical knowledge of the teeth, that should be possessed by every one in order to preserve these organs from infancy to old age. 24 pp. 24°. Newark, N. J., R. Van Buskirk, 1872. Colburn (Joseph Elliott) [1853- ]. Clinical lec- tures on diseases of the eye. Expressly pre- pared and arranged for the practitioner of medi- cine and surgery. 2 p. 1., 403 pp., 30 pi. 8°. Chicago, 1902. Colby (Edward P.) [1839-1915]. [Obituary.] Boston M. & S. J., 1915, elxxiii, 758. Colby (Jennie M.) [1859-1918]. Putnam (J. J.) Obituary. Boston M. & S. J., 1918, clxxix, 580. Colby (William Taylor) [1827-1913]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1913, i, 202. Colchicin. Abogado (E. L.) Colchicina. Cr<5n. m6d. mexicana, Mexico, 1898-9, ii, 140-142.—Brown (E. T.) Colchicine, its pharmacology and therapeutic application. Alkaloid. Clin., Chicago, 1902, ix, 937-941.—Burke (J.) Colchicine; its physiologic action. Pacific M. J., San Fran.. 1909, lii, 29-31.—Dixon (W. E.) & Maiden (W.) Colchicine with special reference to its mode of action and effect on bone- marrow. J. Physiol., Lond., 1908, xxxvii, 50-76.—Fuhner (H.) Pharmakologische Untersuchungen iiber das Col- chicin und seine Derivate. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Phar- makol., Leipz., 1913, lxxii, 228-238.—Fuhner (H.) & Reh- bein (M.) Untersuchungen iiber die Darmwirkung des Colchicins. Ibid., 1915, lxxix, 1-18.—Lipps (H.) Pharma- kologische Untersuchungen in der Colchicinreihe. Ueber die Wirkung einiger Colchicinderivate. Der Kapillargift- mechanismus der Colchicinwirkung. Ibid., 1919-1920, lxxxv, 235-255, 1 pi—Mabille (H.) Empoisonnement par la colchicine. Bull. g6n. de th6rap. [etc.], Par., 1902, cxliii, 312-318.—Maurel. Influence de la voie d'administration sur la production de la diarrhee par la colchicine chez le lapin. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvii, 768.— Maurel & Arnaud. Influence de la colchicine sur les defenses de l'organisme chez le lapin. Ibid., 1910, lxviii, 129; 170. Colchicin (Toxicology of). Courtois-Sufflt & Trastour. Sur un cas d'intoxi- cation mortelle par la colchicine a dose therapeutique. Bull, et me\m. Soc. me-d. d. hop. de Par., 1903, 3. s., xx, 254-257. Also: Gaz. d. hop., Par.. 1903, lxxvi, 257-261.— Fuhner (H.) Ueber den toxikologischen Nachweis des Colchicins. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol.. Leipz., 1910, lxiii, 357-373.—Kornalewski. Vergiftung mit Kolchi- zin bei Gebrauch des Dr. Mylius'schen Gichtmittels, Liquor Colchici compositus. Preuss. Med.-Beamten-Ver. Off. Ber., Berl., 1898, xv, 60-67. Also [Abstr.]: Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1898, xi, 605.—Lobo Regidor (R.) Un caso de intoxicaci6n por la colchicina administrada a dosis terapeutica. Siglo med., Madrid,,1903,1,173.—Mabille. Empoisonnement par la colchicine. Echo med., Toulouse, 1902, 2. s., xvi, 149-153.—Maurel (E.) Influence de la voie d'administration sur les doses minima mortelles de colchicine. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvii, 687.—Middeldorf (R.) Krankheitserscheinungen, Verlauf, Therapie und Sektionsbild an Kolchizinintoxikation er- krankter Pferde. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1918, xxxiv, 241-244. Colchicum. See, also, Colchicin; Gout; Rheumatism (Treatment of). Doliwa (G.) *Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Kolchikumwirkung. [Bern.] 8°. Hannover, [n. d.]. COLCHICUM 10 COLD. Colchicum. Isser(P.) *Decolchicoautumnali. 12°. Vin- dobonse, 1832. Jorxs (G. [H.]) *Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Colchicumwirkung. 8°. Greifswald, 1897. Albrecht. Zur Kasuistik der Herbstzeitlosenvergif- tungen beim Pferde. Wchnschr. f. Tierh. u. Viehzucht, Miinchen, 1904, xlviii, 325-330.—Bredemann (G.) Unter- suchungen iiber den Gehalt des Semen colchici an Alka- loiden und iiber zweckmassige Methoden zur Bestimmung dieses Alkaloidgehalts. Apoth.-Ztg., Berl., xviii, 817; 828; 840.—Crouzon (O.) Action hypertensive des preparations de colchique. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par. 1915, 3. s., xxix, 237. Also: Gaz. med. de Par., 1915, lxxxvi, 68.— Farrington. Lecon sur les colchicacees. Art med., Par., 1898,lxxxvii, 326-337.—Servoss(G. L.) Colchicum. Therap. Med., N. Y., 1911, xxv, 77-80.—Sharp (J. G.) The history of colchicum. Lancet. Lond., 1909, ii, 512. Also: Med. Mag., Lond., 1909, xviii, 506; 568.—Sterrett (R. M.) Vinum colchici seminis, sine colchicina. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1904-5, ix, 17-19. Colchicum (Toxicology of). Albrecht (M.) Vergiftung von Schweinen [mit Colchi- cum autumnale]. Wchnschr. f. Thierh. u. Viehzucht, Miinchen, 1897, xii, 277; 287.—Barrat & Remlinger. Em- poisonnement en masse d'un troupeau de bovins par le colchique d'automne. Rec. de med. vet., Par., 1911, lxxxviii, 617-620.—Musterle. Colchicum-Vergiftung. Miin- chen. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1909, liii, 292.—Pernlce (B.) Sulla cariocinesi delle cellule epiteliah e dell' endotelio dei vasi della mucosa dello stomaco e dell' intestino, nello studio della gastro-enterite sperimentale (nelP avvelena- mento per colchico). Sicilia med., Palermo, 1889, i, 265- 279, 1 pi.—Schuester. Vergiftungen durch Herbstzeitlose. Wchnschr. f. Tierh. u. Viehzucht, Miinchen, 1907, li, 46. Colcord (Joanna Carver) [1882- ]. Broken homes; a study of family desertion and its social treatment. 208 pp. 12°. New York, Russell Sage Foundation, 1919. Cold. See, also, Meteorology; Temperature. Bertllon. La defense psychologique de l'organisme; r61e de la volonte dans la resistance contre le froid. Rev. de psychotherap.. Par., 1911-12, xxvL 131-136.—Cowley (L. M.) El frio desde el punto de vista social. Rev. med. cubana, Habana, 1907, x, 186-189.—Dewar (Sir J.) La science du froid. Rev. scient., Par., 1902, 4. s., xviii, 487- 494.-----. New low temperature phenomena. Scient. Am. Suppl., N. Y., 1906, lxii, 25728-25730.—Gouault (M. E.) L'exploration du domaine des basses temperatures; ses premieres repercussions sur la vie des peuples. Bull, de lTnst. gen. psycnol., Par., 1914, xiv, 5-22.—Laumonier (J.) Comment on se defend contre le froid. Hygiene, Par., 1913, iv, no. 38, 5-9.—Letevre (J.) Sur la resistance a la mort par refrigeration (a propos des recentes communications de MM. Lagrifle et Maurel). Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1901,11. s., iii, 414.-----. Sur l'augmentation de 1'aptitude au travail, sous Paction du froid. Ibid., 415. Martins (C.) Du froid thermometrique et de ses relations avec le froid Shysiologique. Acad. d. sc. de Montpel., Mem. de la sect. . sc, 1859, iv, 251-300.—NordenskJOld (O.) Ueber Schutz gegen grosse Kalte. Deutsche Rev., Stuttg. & Leipz., 1915, i, 185-190.—Rosemann (R.) Ueber den Gefrierpunkt thierischer Gewebe. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1901, Leipz., 1902, lxxiii, pt. 2, med. Abth., 522-527.—Slebrand. Untersuchungen iiber den Kaltesinn. Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Sinnesonr., Leipz., 1911, xlv, 2. Abt., 204-216. Cold (Deathfrom). Smislova (A[nna] M.) *K voprosu o raspoz- navanii smerti ot zamerzaniya; mikroskopiche- skiya izmleneniya v lyokhkikh pri dleistvii niz- koi temperaturi. [Recognition of death from freezing; microscopic changes in the lungs under the action of low temperature.] 8°. S.-Peter- burg, 1909. Bono (D.) Sulle alterazioni dell' emopoesi nella morte per freddo. Gior. med. d. r. esercito, Roma, 1903. Ii, 87-97. Also, transl.: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1904, xh, 17-28.— Borri (L.) Morte per freddo. Clin, mod., Pisa, 1903, ix, 50-54— Cazalbou (L.) Un probleme de physiologie, a propos de la mort par le froid. Rec. de med. vet., Par., 1918, xciv, 571-573.—Delia Rovere (D.) Alterazioni istopa- tologiche nella morte per freddo. Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1900, xxvi, 160-175.—Dyreniurth (F.) Ueber den Wert zweier neuerer Kannwichen des Todes durch Kaltewirkung. Vrtljsehr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1916, 3 F., li, 234-241.—Fischer (H. W.) Gefrieren und Erfrieren, eine phvsicochemische Studie. Beitr. z. Biol. d. Pflanz., Bresl., 1911,x, 133-234.—Ignatovski(A. S.) [Causes of hemorrhage in the gastric mucosa in death from freezing.] Cold (Deathfrom). Vestnik obsh. hig., sudeb. iprakt. med., S.-Peterb., 1901, pt. 2, 1649-1661.—Jensen. Einiges iiber den Kaltetod der Warmbliiter. Deutsche med. Wchnschr. Leipz. & Berl., 1917, xliii, 701.—Krjukoff (A.) Beitrag zur Frage der Kennzeichen des Todes durch Erfrieren. Vrtljsehr. f. gerichtl. Med., Leipz., 1914, 3 F., xlvii, 79-101.—LaszI6 (A.) Tod durch Erfrieren. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1906, xlii, 569-571—Lefevre (J.) Analyse des phenomenes thermiques qui preparent, accompagnent et suivent la mort par refrigeration. Arch, de physiol. norm, et path., Par., 1898, 5. s., x, 685-697.—Mlrto (D.) Sulle alterazioni degh elementi nervosi centrali nella morte per freddo. Riv. di med. leg., Milano, 1898-9, ii, 65-68. -----. Le ecchimosi sottopleuriche in rapporto alle alterazioni del sangue e degli altri tessuti nella morte per freddo; contributo speri- mentale alia patogenesi ed alia valutazione practica delle ecchimosi sottopleuriche. Gior. di med. leg., Pavia, 1900, vii, 1.12-202.—Montuori (A.) & Pollitzer (R.) SuU'adatta- mento alle basse temperature e sulla morte per raffred- damento. Arch, di farmacol. sper., Roma, 1915, xx, 392-405. Also, transl.: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1916, lxv, 248-259.— Nikolski (I.) [Significance in medical jurisprudence of the hemorrhages of the mucosa of the stomach in death from freezing.) Vestnik. Obsh. Hig., Sudeb. i Prakt. Med., S.-Pe- terb., 1898, no. 12, 2. sect., 1009-1013.—Romlg (J. H.) The process of freezing to death; frostbite; chilblains. Med. World. Phila., 1904, xxii, 5.—Stoenesco (X.) Sur la mort par le froid. J. demed. de Par., 1903, 2. s., xv, 1.5-17. Also: Rev. de med. leg., Par., 1903, x, 14-21.—Wachholz (L.) Experimenteller Beitrag_ zur Lenre vom Erfrierungstode. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1906, xii. 258-260 — Weiden- feld (S.) & Pulay (E.) Beitrag zur Pathologie der Erfrie- rung. (Vorlaufige Mitteilung.) Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1915, lxv, 349. Cold (Effects of). Diruf (J.) *Quaestio an, et qua ratione frigus in corpus animatum agere valeat. sm. 4°. Heidelbergse, 1798. Hagspihl (H. E. R.) *De frigoris efficacitate physiologica additis quatuor experimentis de hac re institutis. 8°. Lipsise, 1857. Maxteutel-Stexge (Baron I. R.) *Eksperi- mentalnoye izsliedovanuje tkanel skeleta pod- vergavshikhsya zamorazhivaniyu i zastoyu. [Experimental investigation of the skeletal tissues subjected to cold and hvpenemia.] 8°. Yuryev, 1908. Rudxitski (I. F.) *K voprosu ob izmiene- niyakh v tkanyakh konechnostel podvergav- shikhsya zamorazhivaniyu. [Alterations in the tissues of extremities subjected to cold 1 8° Yuryev, 1899. Also [Abstr.], in: Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1S99, xx, 12S6. Traeger ([E.] CO * Leber Erkaltun? als Krankheitsursache. [Leipzig.1 8°. Dresden 1920. Barrlnger (T. B.) The effect of cold air upon the circula- tion in healthv and sick individuals. Am. J. M. Sc Phila & N. Y., 1912, cxliv, 233-23.V—Beck (M.) & von Srhrtitter (H.) Ueber ein neues Kalteschutzmittel. Wan klin Wchnschr., 1915, 1179-llS2.-Campanl (A.) Gonoidrarto apiretico da perfrigerazione; consecutive manifestation! pitiatiche e nevrasteniche; inionunio sal lavoro o malattia professionale? Clin. med. ital.. Milano. 1909, xlviii 9-23 — Chodounsky (K.) Ueber Yakuhlung. Bl. i. klin Hydrotherap Wien, 1900. x. 53-«'..-..-i>eiepine (S.) Some of the effects of exposure to wet cold and thoir prevention. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1915, ii, 8SS-S92— Duval (M.) & Pnrtier (l.) Lumte de resistance au froid des chenilles de Cossus vossus Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1922, lxxxvi, L J'•1,V,,ieit-1 U^r S-664. Colds (Sequelae of). Fischer (H.) Le froid est-il dans les maladies ai^ues une cause pathog^ne aussi importante que les anciens medecins le croyaient, ou aussi nulle que certains modernes'le pensent? 8° Paris, 1899. Habib-Goraieb (A.) ^Contribution a 1 Ytude de la pathogenie des maladies ot valeur du froid comme element pathos^ne. 4°. Paris, 1889 Penzoldt (F.) Die Erkaltung als Krank- heitsursache. 4°. Erlangcn, 1900. Ruhemann (J.) 1st Erkaltung eine Krank- heitsursache und inwiefern? 8° Leipzig 1898 Zillessen (O. F. I.) *TJeber Erkaltung als Krankheitsursache. 8°. Marburg 1899 Armbruster (G.) Tiefen- und Fernwirkung der Erkal- tung. Aerztl. Rundschau, Miinchen, 1921 xxxi 111 Bresgen (M0 Die RucWirkungen des Schneuzen" Niesensund Hustensauf den Korper, sowie dor, n ReTh „g durch die Krankenpflege. Ibid. 1S99, ix, 4S1-50O. / r Kurber. u. Erfolge d. phvsik.-diiitet. Heilfactoren T*i™ " 1900, iv, ,109; 132; 150; \65.-Ede.heit (S ) mErkUtSng COLDS. 13 COLE. Colds (Sequelx of). Ursache einer Krankheit und inwiefern? Wien. med. Presse, 1899, xl, 100; 140; 184.—Esch. Die Erkaltungs- krankheiten als Prototyp fiir die Entstehung von Krank- heiten uberhaupt. Arch. f. phys.-diatet. Therap., Berl., 1905, vii, 261-264.—Freudenthal (W.) Ueber das Wesen der sogenannten Erkaltungskrankheiten. Ztschr. f. diatet. u. physik. Therap., Leipz., 1899, iii, 457-467.—Grant (S. B.) The effect of cold on the mucous membranes of the mouth and throat. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1919, xvi, 247 — Huber (J. B.) The neglected cold. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcv, 479-481.—Klsskalt (C.) Die Erkaltung als krankheitsdisponirendes Moment. Arch. f. Hyg., Miin- chen & Leipz., 1900, xxxix, 142-183.—Kollock (C. W.) The home of uncured and some of the results of the head cold. J. South Car. M. Ass., Greenville, 1917, xiii, 292-294.— Maclay (O. H.) The after-effects in the nose and throat of the usual winter cold. Illinois M. J., Chicago, 1916, xxx, 10-12.—Meyer-Lierheim (F.) & Slegel (W.) Erkaltung als Krankheitsursache. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1911, ix, 450-152.—Miller (J. A.) & Noble (W. C.) The effects of exposure to cold upon experimental infection of the respiratory tract. J. Exper. M., Bait., 1916, xxiv, 223-232.—Molle. Variations sur le theme ancien du "re- froidissement," facteur etiologique au cours de certaines affections. Bull. med. de PAlgerie, Alger, 1912, xxiii, 659- 664.—Oppenheim (E. A.) Ueber Erkaltungskrankheiten im Felde, insbesondere das sogenannte Fiinftagefieber. Med. Klin., Berl., 1917, xiii, 154.—Partos (A.) Zur Frage der Erkaltung als Krankheitsursache. Wien. med. Bl., 1900, xxiii, 181; 199.—Schwarz (O.) Versuch einer Analyse der Miktionsanomalien nach Erkaltungen. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1915, xxviii, 1057-1060—Shepard (C. H.) The physiologic care of colds. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1901, xxxvi, 1091-1093.—Slegel (W.) Abkiihlung als Krank- heitsursache. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1908, xxxiv, 454-457.—Stauffer (N. P.) Common colds; their relation to sinus diseases; from the rhinologist's and otologist's standpoint. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1914, xcix, 626-630. Also, Reprint.—Stiefler (G.) & Volk (R.) Ueber Storung der Harnentleerung infolge Erkaltung. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1915, xxviii, 909-914.—Tria (P.) Le perfrigerazioni in rapporto con le varie funzioni della vita organica. Ramazzini, Firenze, 1909, iii, 679.—White (R. P.) The dangers of common colds. Lancet, Lond., 1902, ii, 957. Colds (Treatment of). Alsaker (R. L.) Curing catarrh, coughs and colds. 8°. New York, 1917. Sadler (W. S.) The cause and cure of colds. 4. ed. 8°. Chicago, 1917. Allen (R. W.) The common cold: its pathology and treatment, with especial reference to vaccine therapy. Lan- cet, Lond., 1908, ii, 1589; 1659—Angelillo (F.) Sull' azione dell' estoral nei raffreddori. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1908, xxix, 53.—Atkinson (F. P.) The treatment of a common cold. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 20.—Dennett (D. C.) Treatment of colds. Boston M. & S. J., 1918, clxxix, 41-45 — Fantus (B.) The therapy of catarrhal fevers. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1920, lxxv, 1694-1697.—Fisher (Jessie W.) Common colds and vaccine therapy. Boston M. & S. J., 1913, clxviii, 834-838.—Floyd (C.) The common cold in relation to certain microorganisms and its treatment with bacterial vaccines. Ibid., 1920, clxxxii, 389-393.—Gleason (E. B.) The local treatment of a cold in the head. Med. Council., Phila., 1899, iv, 323-325.—Grayson (C. P.) The treatment, general and local, of "cold in the head." Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1909, 3. s., xxv, 318-321.—Hirsh (A. B.) Some painful conditions due to cold: new modes of relief. Ibid., 1917,3. s., xxxiii, 153-156.—Kamnltzer. Zur Behand- lung des Schnupfens mit Kollargol. Therap. d. Gegenw., Bed., 1922, lxiii, 80.—Kottmann (K.) Expectorantien und Pulvis Doveri. Schweiz. med. Wchnschr., Basel, 1921, li, 41^416— Marshall (C. R.) How to treat a common cold successfully. Carolina M. J., Charlotte, 1904, 1, 5 — Miller (A.) Hexamethylenamin; a remedy for common colds. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvi, 1718.—Murray (W. H.) How I quickly cured a cold in the head. Ver- mont M. Month., Burlington, 1899, v, 101. Also, Reprint.— Ohmann-Dumesnil (A. H.) The treatment of winter coughs and colds. St. Louis M. & S. J., 1902, lxxxiii, 233- 240.—Osborne (O. T.) The etiology and treatment of colds. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1919, cix, 529-531.—Pelton (H. H.) The treatment of cold in the head. Ibid., 1908, lxxxvii, 308.—Peyri. Un caso de muermo curado con las inyecciones de malleina. Rev. de med. y cirug., Barcel., 1915, xxix, 227-229.—Roberts (D. J.) Preven- tion and cure of colds. South. Pract., Nashville, 1905, xxvii, 682-690.—Robinson (B.) How to treat a cold simply and effectively. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1918, xciv, 557. Also, Reprint.—Saenger (M.) Zur Behandlung des acuten Schnupfens. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1898, xii,- 383-385.—Scheppegrell (W.) The prevention and treat- ment of colds. Med. News, N. Y., 1900, lxxvii, 566-568.— Sherman (G. H.) The vaccine treatment of cold. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcv, 433-435. -----. Prophylaxis toward serious infections by treating colds with vaccines. Med. Insur. & Health Conserv., Dallas, 1918, xxvii, 131- Colds (Treatment of). 133.—Silvers (E. B.) Inhalations of 95 per cent alcohol; its uses. J. Med. Soc N. Jersey, Newark, 1904-5, i, 218.— Smith (A. A.) The treatment of colds. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1903, iii, 147-151.—Snow (S. F.) Colds; their causes and treatment. Buffalo M. J., 1911-12, lxvii, 9-14 — Stowell (C. H.) Acute colds; why and how they should be treated. N. York M. J., 1890, li, 234-236. Also, Re- print.—Voor hees (I. W.) Colds; their cause and cure. Am. Med., Burlington, Vt., 1917, n. s., xii, 125-129.—Wells (W. A.) Colds in the head: their prevention and cure. Wash. M. Ann., 1903-4, ii, 467-482.—Woodbury (F.) Treat- ment of a common cold. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxiv, 597. Colds in children. Garvin (W. C.) The inhalation treatment of colds in children. J. Mich. M. Soc, Detroit, 1903, ii, 256.—Ivens (P.) & Stern (G.) Studien fiber den Sauglingsschnupfen und seine Bakteriologie. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1921, 3. F., xlv, 165-185.—McCornack (P. D.) Recurring colds in children. Northwest. Med., Seattle, 1916, xv, 96 — Southworth (T. S.) The menace to the young child of the common infectious cold. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lix, 1937-1940.—Szegd (K.) Die Disposition der Kinder zur Erkaltung und deren Heilung. Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1901, vi, 39. Coldstream (Alexander Robert) [1852- 1919]. Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1919, i, 530. Also: Med. Press, Lond., 1919, n. s., cvii, 246. Cole (A. H.) Plain talks on the bacteria. 15 pp. 12°. Chicago, 1895. Cole (A. M. F.) Lectures on home nursing for the the poor, x, 66 pp. 16°. London, Scientific Press, [1906]. Cole (Charles Knox) [1853-1920]. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1920, lxxiv, 816. Cole (Fay Cooper) [1881- ]. The wild tribes of Davao District, Mindanao. (The R. F. Cum- mings Philippine Expedition.) 1 p. 1., 49-203, vii pp., 76 pi. 8°. Chicago, Field Museum of Natural History, 1913. Cole (Harlan P.) [1851- ] & Cole (Hills). Mal- positions of the feet. A new method of treat- ment. 16 pp. 8°. [New York, 1906.]. Cole (Lewis Gregory). Serial radiography of the stomach and duodenum. 24 pp., 3 pi. 4°. Lon- don, Rebman Co., 1911. Cole (Lorenzo Wait) [1851-1917]. [Obituary]. Boston M. & S. J., 1917, clxxvii, 304. Cole (Martin J.). See Modern microscopy [etc.] [in 2. s.] 8°. London, 1903. Cole (Norman Brown) [1886- ] & Ernst (Clay- ton H.) First aid for boys, a manual for boy scouts and for others interested in prompt help for the injured and the sick; with 51 drawings by Walt Harris, viii, 196 pp. 12°. New York, D. Appleton & Co., 1917. Cole (Palmer C.) & Peck (Edward S.) In memo- riam R. C. M. Page. 1 port., 9 pp. 8°. New York, Rooney & Otten, 1899. Cole (R. Beverly) [1829-1901]. Anderson (W.) Obituary. Pacific M. J., San Fran., 1901, xliv, 118-120. Cole (Robert Henry) [1866- ]. Mental diseases; a text-book of psychiatry for medical students and practitioners, x, 343 pp., front. 8°. London University of London Press, 1913. Cole (Rums I.) Gonococcus infections. In: MOD. Med. (Osier). 8°. Phila. & N. Y., 1907, hi, 88-120. Cole (Sidney William [1877- ]. Exercises in practical physiological chemistry, vii, 152 pp. 12°. Cambridge, W. Heffer & Sons, 1904. ------. The same. 3. ed. xii, 230 pp. 8°. Cam- bridge, W. Heffer & Sons, 1913. ------. The same. 5. ed. xvi, 401 pp. 12°. Cambridge, W. Heffer & Sons, 1919. Cole (Thomas) [1846-99]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, i, 249. COLE. 14 COLERUS. Cole (William I.) Free municipal baths in Bos- ton. 53 pp., 1 map. 12°. Boston, Municip. Print. Off:, 1903. Cole-Baker (George) [1860-1906]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, ii, 982. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1906, ii, 1105. Colectomy. See Colon (Excision); Colon (Cancer of, Treat- of, Operative). Colegio de medicos de la Provincia de Gerona; XVII Asamblea anual celebrada en 16 septiem- bre de 1914 en la ciudad de Olot. 30 pp. 8°. Gerona, D. Torres, 1914. Colella (Rosolino). Linguaggio e cervello. 50 pp. roy. 8°. Messina, Salvaggio & G. Capone, 1899. -----. The same. [2. ed.] 76 pp. 8°. Palermo, A. Reber, 1904. Coleman (Alfred) [1828-1902]. Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1902, ii, 716—P. (W. B.) In memoriam. St. Barth. Hosp. Rep. 1902, Lond., 1903, xxxviii, p. xxxiii. Coleman (Algernon) [1876- ] & La Meslee (A. Marin). Le soldat americain en France. [Cover design by Walter Sargent.] viii, 118 pp. 16°. Chicago, The University of Chicago Press, 1917. Coleman (Benjamin Lindsey) [1847- 1915]. [Obituary.] J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1915, lxv, 1200. Coleman (Frank) [1876- ]. Extraction of teeth. 158 pp. 8°. London, H. K Lewis, 1908. ------. The same. 2. ed. xi, 174 pp. 8°. Lon- don, H. K Lewis, 1914. Coleman (Henry W.) [1847-1913]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1913, i, 693. Coleman (J. Bernard). See Clowes (Frank) & Coleman (J. Bernard). Quanti- tative chemical analysis [etc.]. 12°. London, 1903. Coleman (James Byrne) [1863-1915]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1915, ii, 661. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1915, ii, 996. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1915, n. s., c, 398. Coleman (John Scott) [1837-92], Biography. Album Am. Gynec. Soc, Phila., 1918, 114, 1 port. Coleman (John W.) [1831-1915]. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1915, lxv, 43. Coleman (Nathaniel Rannells) [1844- 1911]. [Obituary.] J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvii, 1779. Coleman (Thomas D.) [1865- 1. Dengue. In: Mod.Med.(Osier). 8*. Phila. & N. Y., 1907,ii,489-495. Coleman (W. Franklin) [1838- ]. Electricity in diseases of the eye, ear, nose and throat. 4 p. 1., 595 pp. 8°. [Lincoln, III], The Courier- Herald Press, 1912. Coleman (Walter Moore) [1863- ]. On mental biology. The cause of sleep. 19 pp. 8°. Berlin & New York, Mayer & Mutter, 1909. ------. A handbook of the people's health; a text- book of sanitation and hygiene for the use of schools. Illustrated by Retta Carroll, Alfred Seiler, and with photographs, xi, [3], 307 pp. 8°. New York, The Macmillan Company, 1913. The same. 8°. New York, The Macmillan Company, 1915. Coleman (Warren) [1861- ]. A syllabus of materiamedica. 2p.l.,169pp. 24°. New York, W. Wood, 1899. ------. The same. 2. ed. vi, 189 pp. 16°. New York, W. Wood, 1905. Coleman (Warren)—continued. ------. The same. 3. ed. 186 pp. 16°. New York, W. Wood, 1906. See, also, Index of treatment [etc.]. 8°. New York, 1908.—Kirkes' handbook of Physiology [etc.] [in 2. s.]. 8°. New York, 1899. Coleman (William Ludlow). A history of yel- low fever. Indisputable facts pertaining to its origin and cause. And its present artificially acquired habitat, with reasons going to show the possibility of its complete extinction from the globe, its nature, anatomical characteristics, symptoms, course and treatment with an adden- dum on its twin sister, dengue, containing a parallel table of the most prominent symptoms of each disease. 141 pp. 12°. [Chicago, The Clinic Publishing Co.. 1898.] Colenso (Robert J.) Landmarks in artistic anat- omy, vii, 56 pp., 6 pi. sm. 4°. London, Bail- Here, Tindall & Cox, 1902. ------. Artistic poses. 12 pi. eleph. fol. London, Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, [1904]. See, also, Burns (Cecil L.) Living anatomy. 4°. London, New York & Bombay, 1900. Coleol. Marchlonneschi (O.) Del coleolo Serono. Rassegna di clin. e terap., Roma, 1914, xiii, 213-225. -----. II coleolo Serono nell' infanzia, nella puberta e nell' adolescenza. Ibid., 626-634.—Mazzoneschi (G.) II coleolo in terapia. Ibid., 226-236.—Regolo (R.) II bromo-coleolo Serono in terapia. Ibid., 237-240.—Vanni (F.) io- dique). J. de psychol. norm, et path., Par., 1910, vii, 226-247. Coleridge (Stephen) [1854- ]. The adminis-' tration of the cruelty to animals act of 1876 8° New York, 1900. Cutting from: Fortnightly Rev., X. Y., 1900, n. s. lxvii, ------. Some London hospitals and their audited accounts. 8°. New York, 1900. Cutting from: Contcmp. Rev., N. Y., 1900, lxxvii, 343-350. ------. Vivisection, a heartless science, xiv 240 pp. 12°. London, J. Lane; New York J Lane Co., 1916. Colenis (Joannes). CEconomia ruralis et domes- tica darin das gantz Ampt allertreuer Uauss- Viitter, Haus-Mutter, bestiindiges und all<*e- meines Hauss-Buch, . . . Sanipt bey^ef lifter einer experimentalischer Hauss-Apotecken und kurtzer Wundartzney-Kunst, wie dann auch eines Calendarii perpetui [etc.l. 2 r> 1 fio nr4 181. fol. Miujntz, N. Heyl, 1645. " "PP'' COLERUS. 15 COLIC. Colerus (Joannes)—continued. ------. The same. AnderTheil. DasersteBuch, darinnen beschrieben und angezeiget wird, .was zu Erhaltung auch Wiederbringung mensch- lichen Leibs Gesundheit niitz und dienlichen Sey. 358 pp., 51. fol. Mayntz. N. Heyl, 1651. Bound with his: Pt. 1. QSconomia ruralis et domestica. fol. Mayntz, 1645. For Biography, see Abbild. . . . d. Arznk. verd. Gelehrten [etc.], Augsb., 1905, 46, port. Coles (Abraham) [1813-91]. Man, the microcosm. Ed. by Jonathan Ackerman Coles. 5. ed. xx, 79 pp., 1 port., 8 pi., 19 1. 8°. New York, D. Appleton & Co., 1892. For Biography, see Abraham (Coles) Biographical sketch; memorial tributes; selections from his works (some hitherto unpublished). Ed. by J. A. Coles. 8°. New York, 1892. Coles (Alfred Charles). The blood: how to exam- ine and diagnose its diseases, xii, 260 pp., 6 pi. 8°. London, J. & A. Churchill, 1898. ------. The same. 2. ed. xvi, 279 pp., 6 pi. 8°. London, J. & A. Churchill, 1902. ------." The same. 3. ed. xiii, 340 pp., 7 pi. 8°. London, J. & A. Churchill, 1905. Coles (Jonathan Ackermann). See Abraham Coles. Biographical sketch [etc.]. 8°. New York, 1892.—Coles (Abraham). Man, the microcosm. .8°. New York, 1892. Coles (Larkin B.) [ # -1855]. Philosophy of health; natural principles of health and cure> or health and cure without drugs; also the moral bearings of erroneous appetites. 28. thous. vij 7-260 pp. 12°. Boston, Ticknor, Reed & Fields, 1851. ------. The same. 39. ed. revised and enlarged. vi, 7-312 pp., 16 pi. 8°. Boston, Ticknor, Reed & Fields, 1854. ■-----. The beauties and deformities of tobacco- using; or its ludicrous and its solemn realities. 10. thousand, revised. 144 pp. 8°. Boston, Ticknor, Reed & Fields, 1854. Bound with his: Philosphy of health. 8°. Boston, 1854. Coles (Strieker) [1867- ]. [Biography.] Jeffersonian, Phila., 1909-10, xi, 1. Coletti (Antonio). Ipertrofia della prostata. 424 pp. 4°. Gonegliano, 1908. See, also, Taddei (Domenico) & Coletti (Antonio) [in 2. s.]. Ricerche sperimentali [etc]. 8°. Ferrara, 1903. Coletti (Ferdinando). Galateo de' medici e de' malati con prefazione del . . . G. Strambio. 34 pp. 16°. Padova, Verona, frat. Drucker, 1898. Coleus. Weehulzen (F.) Over het phenol in de bladeren van Coleus amboinicus Lour (C. carnosus Hassk). Mededeel. u. h. geneesk. lab. te Weltevreden, Batavia, 1918, 3. s., A, deel 1-2, 120-122. Coley (William Bradley) [1862- ]. See Sultan (Georg) [in 2. s.]. Atlas and epitome of abdominal [etc.]. 8°. Philadelphia, 1902. Colhoun (Samuel). See Gregory (George). Treatise on the theory and practice [etc.]. 8°. Philadelphia, 1826. For Portrait, see Collection of Portr (Libr.). Coll (Elia). Premiata iodogelatina Sclavo. 3 1. 8°. Siena, [1908]. Colibert (Albert-Noel) Contribution k l'etude des pleuresies cloisonnees. 54 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 33. Colibert (Ferdinand). *La meningite cer^bro- spinale chez le nourrisson (formes anormales). 70 pp. 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 404. Coliboeuf (Rene-Jules) [1890- ]. *De la subs- titution de l'opium total a la morphine dans la therapeutique chirurgicale infantile. 49 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1913, No. 24. Colic. See, also, Pain (Abdominal). Marre (L.) *Les reactions generales d'origine colique (£tude clinique). 8°. Paris, 1910. Colic. Pistorius (J. P.) *Casum viri colico dolore laborantis submittit. sm. 4°. Giessse, 1684. Benderski (J.) Mein Verfahren der physikalischen Behandlung der Steinkoliken und intraabdomineller Schmerzen. Ztschr. f. Balneol., Berl., 1909, ii, 607-609 — Breeding (W. J.) Colic. J. Term. M. Ass., Nashville, 1908-9, i, No. 3, 19-32.—Charlton (T. J.) Colic; its signifi- cance. Tr. M. Ass. Georgia Atlanta, 1908, lix, 154-157.— D'Afnitto (R.) Colica epidemica apiretica. Saturnismo? Policlin., Roma, 1922, xxix, sez. prat., 453.—Glaessner (K.) Ueber Pankreaskoliken. Zentralbl. f. d. ges. Therap., Wien, 1911, xxix, 113-119.—de Langenhagen (R.) La co- lique uterine; pathogeme probable; traitement. Presse meU, Par., 1905, 484.—La Roque (G. P.) The diagnostic significance of colic N. York M. J. [etc.], 1906, lxxxiii, 599- 602. Also, Reprint.—Lucke (R.) Ueber Kolikschmerzen. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1900, xiii, 624-626.—Mathleu (A.) Les reactions coliques. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1913, lxxxvi, 587-593.—Millon (H.) & Marre (L.) Les pertes de con- naissance dans les reactions d'ongine colique. Arch. d. mal. de Pappar. digest, [etc.], Par., 1910, iv, 644-652.— Nothnagel (H.) Zur Pathogenese der Kolik. Arch. f. Verdauungskr., Berl., 1905, xi, 117-132.—Pribram (H.) Ueber die Behandlung von Koliken mit pharmakologischen Spasmolyticis. Med. Klin.. Berl., 1921, xvii, 713-715.— Qusada y Agius (B.) Colicos utiles. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract.. Madrid, 1899, xlv, 15-18.—Rankin (G.) A clinical lecture on colic Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, i, 1409- 1412.—Shiels (G. F.) An original observation as to the nature of colic; and remarks concerning its diagnostic value. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1908, xxii, 98-100— Shimai. [The employment of bismuth in colics.] Nippon Shokwaki Byogaku Kwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1902-3, i, 23-42.—Symonds (B.) A statistical study oi renal colic and hepatic colic. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1908, lxxiv, 998-1003.—Wilms (M.) Zur Pathogenese der Kolikschmerzen. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1906, xvi, 609-618.-----. Die Ursache der Kolikschmerzen. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1909, Leipz., 1910, lxxxi, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 126.—Woods (D. C.) Treatment of colic. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 1279.—Zschokke (E.) Ueber Kolik. Univ. Zurich, Festgabe, 1914, pt. 4, 1-18. Colic (Appendicular). Metzger (K.) Syndrom der larvierten Colica appendi- cularis. Wien.med. Presse, 1905,xlvi, 1513-1518.—Plasencia (I.) C<51icos apendiculares a repetition; profisectomia; cura- ci6n. Rev. de med. y ciruj. de la Habana, 1899, iv, 331-333.— Smith (A. L.) Appendical colic Vermont M. Month., Burlington, 1904, x, 1-4.—Talamon (C.) Valeur pronosti- que de la colique appendiculaire. M6d. mod., Par., 1900, xi, 89-93. Colic (Biliary). See, also, Calculus (Biliary). . Beyer (C.) *Das Zusammentreffen von Gal- lensteinkolik und Echinokokkus der Leber. [Greifswald.] 8°. Leipzig, 1904. Canel (L.) *Des accidents lithiasiques (co- liques hepatiques, coliques nephr^tiques) compli- quant le traumatisme. 8°. Lyon, 1898. Elwarth (J. C.) *De colica biliosa. sm. 4°. Basilae, 1741. Filippini (R.) Considerazioni sulla patoge- nesi della colica epatica. 8°. Pesaro, 1906. Franca (A.) *Formas clinicas da colica he- patica. 4°. Rio de Janeiro, 1906. Freude (K. W. G.) *Fieber bei Gallenstein- kolik. 8°. Berlin, [1898]. Kauffmann. *Comment doit-on actuelle- ment comprendre le syndrome coliques hepa- tiques? Etude pathogenique et clinique et in- dications therapeutiques. 8°. Paris, 1900. Magnin (J.) Des accidents de la lithiase biliaire, colique hepatique; anomalies de la co- lique hepatique. 2. ed. 12°. Paris, 1898. Parturier (G.) *La colique v^siculaire. 8°. Paris, 1910. Also [Abstr.], in: MSdecin prat., Par., 1912, viii, 165-168. Ari6. Forme septique des coliques avec congestion pulmonaire droite, surexcitation cer^brale, phenomenes cardiaques et elimination de 71 calculs biliaires; guerison. Gaz. med. d'Orient, Constant., 1902-3, 160-166.—Bertels- mann. Wie entsteht der Schmerz bei der Gallensteinko- lik? Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1899. xlvi. 822; 861 — Buch (M.) Eine neue Form von Gallensteinkolik bei beweglicher Gallenblase. Arch. f. Verdauungskr., Berl., 1910, xvi, 62-73.—Calvert (J. T.) An attack of gall-stones; collapse; death. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1903, xxxviii, 413.—Castelain (L.) Coliques hepatiques et dyspepsie pr^monitoire de la lithiase biliaire. Ann. de l'Inst. chir. de Brux., 1900, vii, 99-102.—Chaufrard (A.) Mort subite au cours d'une crise de colique hepatique. Bull, et mem. Soc. COLIC. 16 COLIC. Colic (Biliary). med. d. h6p. de Par., 1899, 3. s., xvi, 123-129. Also: Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1899, lxxii, 142-144.—De Renzi (E.) Sulla colica biliare cistica? Atti d. r. Accad. med.-chir. di Napoli, 1899, n. s., liii, 291-296. Also: Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1899, xx, 1187-1189.—Donetti (E.) Su talune forme non comuni ed irregolari della colica epatica da calcolosi. Suppl. al Policlin., Roma, 1899-1900, vi, 385-387.—Dryden (J. L.) A clinical lecture on gall stone colic Clin. Reporter, St. Louis, 1907, xx, 105-108.—Dufourt (E.) Sur les patho- genies de la crise de colique hepatique. Lyon med., 1903, c, 468-472.-----. Pathogenie de l'ictere de la cohque hepa- tique. Gaz. d. prat., Par., 1914, xxi, 177-183.—Escudero (P.) Ctflico hepatico sifilitico. Prensa med. argentina, Buenos Aires, 1919-20, vi, 55.—Ewald (C. A.) Ueber nervose Leberkolik. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1906, xlvii, 385-387.—Fuchs (T.) Ueber nervose Leberkolik. Wien. med. Presse, 1900, xii, 627-629.—Gardette (Mile.) Ventre de bois par defense musculaire sans peritonite au cours d'une cohque hepatique. Lyon med., 1916, cxxv, 52.— Gerhardt (C.) Bemerkungen iiber Gallensteinkolik. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1902, lxxiii, 162-165.— Giacobinl (G.) Signo o punzada apendicular en el cdlico hepatico. Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1920, xxvii, pt. 2, 696.—Gilbert (A.) Contribution a l'etude de la colique hepatique; la cohque vesiculate. Presse med., Par., 1906, xiv, 725.-----. Contribution a l'etude de la lithiase bi- liaire; la cohque vesiculate. J. med. fran$., Par., 1914, vii, 149-159.—Gongora (J.) La fiebre en el c<51ico hepatico. Rev. de cien. med. de Barcel., 1905, xxxi, 1-6.—Gonzalez Campo (J.) C61ico hepatico y gastropatias. Rev. espec med., Madrid, 1907, x, 29-37—Graul (G.) Tetanie im Verlauf einer Gallensteinkolik. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1915, xii, 249.—Hallpre (A.) & Monpeurt. Lithiase biliaire; coliques hepatiques; obstruction du choiedoque. Normandie med., Rouen, 1908, xxiii, 137- " 140.—Haynes (I. S.) Biliary colic without gall stones. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1912, xii, 496-501—Ide (M.) Les coliques biliaires. Rev. med. de Louvain, 1905, n. s., ii, 327-331.—Keay (J. H.) The seat of pain in biliary colic. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, i, 901.—Klemperer (F.) Neuere Anschauungen iiber die Cholelithiasis. (Die Entstehung des Kolikanfalls und die Indieationen der chirurgischen Eingrifle.) Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl.-Wien, 1900, n. F., ii, 29-35.—Lemoine (G.) Cohque hepatique; infection bili- aire. Nord m^d., Lille, 1903, ix, 169-173.—McConneU (G.) A short discussion of acute biliary colic. Internat. M. Mag., N. Y., 1900, ix, 591-595.—Macphatter (N.) Complications in the passage of a gall stone. N. York M. J., 1902, lxxvi, 503; 538; 577. Madinaveitla (J.) Contribucitfn al estudio de la colelitiasis; ctflicos hepaticos y pericolecistitis. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1905, lxix, 441-451.—Mene- trler (P.) & Brodln. Cohque hepatique avec septicemic coli-baciliaire. Bull, et mem. Soc med. d. hop. de Par., 1910, 3. s., xxx, 4-6.—Ortner (N.) Differenzierung der falschen Gallensteinkoliken. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Ijprl., 1914, xxi, 613-621.—PaUais (E.) C<51icos biliares; sintomatologla, diagn6stico y tratamiento. Juventud med., Guatemala, 1900, ii, 29-40.—Partser (C.) Ueber nervose Leberkolik. Verhandl. d. Cong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1896, xiv, 529-545.—Parmentier (E.) & Salignat (L.) Valeur de la recherche de Phyperleucocytose dans les coliques hepatiques avec ou sans processus infectieux. Paris med., 1913-14, xv, 145-149.—Pauchet (V.) Choiecys- tites calculeuses; pathogenie de la cohque hepatique; symptfimes de la choiecystite calculeuse; pronostic; traite- ment. Gaz. med. de Picardie, Amiens, 1902, xx, 639-644 — Perelra (A.) Um caso de colica hepatica e gastroespasmo, simulando angina do peito. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1919, xxxiii, 405: 1920, xxxiv, 10.—Perier (L.) Coliques hepati- ques; mort subite. Normandie med., Rouen, 1904, xix, 396.—Presno (J. A.) Nuevo concepto del sindroma c6hcos hepaticos y sus deducciones quirurgicas. Gac med. de Costa Rica, San Jose de Costa Rica. 1905-6, xxi, 239-246. Also: Cron. med., Lima, 1906, xxiii, 99-106.—Presno & Bastlony. Nuevo concepto del sindrome c<51icos hepaticos y sus deducciones quirurgicas. Actas y trab. d. 1" Cong. m6d. nac, Habana, 1905, l, 225-234.—Regis (L.) Un cas de mort subite dans la cohque hepatique. J. de med. de Par., 1906, 2. s., xviii, 337. Also: Medecin, Brux., 1907, xvii, 170.—Riblerre (P.) Albuminurie massive et transitoire au cours de la colique hepatique. Tribune med., Par., 1905, n. s., xxxvii, 389-391.—Riedel. Zur Pathogenese una Diagnose des Gallensteinkolikanfalles. Mitt. a. d. Grenz- geb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1898, hi, 167-274.-----. Ueber die Gallensteinkolik ohne lkterus, mit besonderer Beriick- sichtigung der Differentialdiagnose des Gallensteinleidens. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1906, iii, 193-204, 2 pi.-----. Gallensteinkolik verursacht durch fieberhaften Erguss aseptischer Flussigkeit in die steinehaltige Gallenblase; weitere Schliisse daraus. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1916-17, cviii, 56-71—Riesman (D.) The development of cardiac murmurs during attacks of biliary colic J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 1589. Also, Reprint.-----. Cardiac murmurs during attacks of biliary colic. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1911, n. s., cxlii, 655-658.—Robinson. Sur un cas de colique hepatique nerveuse. Rev. neurol., Par., 1901, ix, 855-858.—Sheldon (J. G.) Biliary colic without gall- stones. N. York M. J. [etc], 1905, lxxxi, 69-71. Also, Re- print.— Silberstein (L.) Ueber subhepatische Exsudate Colic (Biliary). und Adhasionen als Ursache von Koliken. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1903, xvii, 723-725.—Smith (W. M.) [Gall- stone colic; dense adhesions; involving the lower part of the gall bladder; abscess.] N. York M. J., 1903, lxxxih, 1066 — Soca (F.) Sobre los c<5hcos hepaticos y sus mascaras gastn- cas. An. Fac de med., Montevideo, 1919, iv, 31-60.— Solierl (S.) Sur un pomt de pathogenie de la cohque biliaire dans quelques formes de choiecystite non calcu- leuse. Rev. de chir.. Par., 1911, xliii, 482-489. Also, transl.: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & ™~ ^♦"f- toms and treatment of acute attacks preparatory to ooera- [Koiilcanfalle wahrend mehrerer Jahre, verursacht durch einen Gallenstein mit Abszessbildung; Operation; Heilune 1 Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1904, xxx 726 — Hallpre (A.) & Monpeurt. Lithiase biliaire; coliaues hepatiques; obstruction du choledoque. Rev. med de COLIC. 17 COLIC. Colic (Biliary, Treatment of, Operative). Normandie, Rouen, 1908, ix, 90-93.—Jouon (E.) Chole- cystotomie d'urgence pour des accidents douloureux de lithiase biliaire; extraction d'un calcul du canal cystique. Gaz. m6d. de Nantes, 1904, 2. s., xxii. 207-210—Kehr (H.) Wie erkennen und wann behandeln wir operativ den akuten Gallenkolikanfall? Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl. u. Wien, 1916, xviii, 5; 56; 98; 129.—Lane (E.) Laparotomy for bilious colic Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1898, n. s., lxvi, 569.—Lerlche (R.) & Cotte (G.) De la choiecystectomie a chaud dans les choiecystites aigues calculeuses. Rev. de chir., Par., 1912, xlvi, 869-891.—Malocchl (A.) Le indica- rioni dell' intervento chirurgico nelle cohche biliari. Atti d. Soc. lomb. di sc. med. & biol., Milano, 1920, ix, 225-234.— Noon (L.) Gall-stone colic St. Barth. Hosp. Rep., 1904, Lond., 1905,xl, 136-138.—Routler & MUhiet(H.) Choiecys- tite calculeuse chronique avec calculs des canaux cystique et choiedoque; crises repetees de coliques hepatiques; choie- cystectomie et choiedocotomie sans sutures; guerison. Bull, et mem. Soc anat. de Par., 1902, lxxvii, 108-113.— Rowlands (R. P.) Gall-stones; colic due to blood clot; a rare complication following removal of stones from the common bile duct. Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1912, lxvi, 219-221.—Smith (W. M.) Gall-stone colic. Tr. M. Ass. Georgia, Atlanta, 1902, 123-125.—Sprengel. Die Gallen- steinkrankheit im Lichte der Anfalloperation. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1916, cvii, 379-462, 4 pi. Colic (Intestinal). von Noorden (C.) & Dapper (C.) Ueber die Schleimkolik des Darms (Colica mucosa) und ihre Behandlung. 8°. Berlin, 1903. Battermann (F. L.) Enteralgia and colic. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1905, xxxiii, 720-722.—Bell (J. M.) Colica mucosa. Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1911, xxx, 389-396.— Buch(M.) Enteralgia und Kolik. II. Das arterioskleroti- .sche Leibweh. Arch. f. Verdauungskr., Berl., 1904, x, 466.— Burgerhout (H.) Urineafwiikingen bij darmkolieken. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1910, xlv, pt. 2, 1397- 1407.—Cheinisse (L.) La cohque muqueuse. Semaine med., Par., 1908, xxviii, 253-255.—Chrlstomanos (A. A.) Colica intestini cceci, ein wohlcharakterisirter, selbststandig auftretender Symptomencomplex. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1904, liv, 344-349.—Crummer (L.) Colica mucosa. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1907, xxxi, 1-A.—Felder (A.) Eine dreissigtagige Kolik. Thierarztl. Centralbl., Wien, 1902, xxv, 369.—Foges (A.) Zum Wesen der Colica mucosa. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1918, xxxi, 1295.—Forbes (H. B.) Report of a case of mucous colic. Denver M. Times, 1899- 1900, xix, 499.—Gray (H. T.) Remarks on obscure intesti- nal colic. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1922, i, 253-257.—Hallpre (A.) Colique intestinale lithiasique. Normandie med., Rouen, 1899, xiv, 127-130.—Kemp (R. C.) Mucous cone. Am. Med., Plula., 1905, ix, 349-354.—Koch. Massenklistiere bei Schleimkoliken. Aerztl. Rundschau, Miinchen, 1917, xxvii, 323.—La Roque (G. P.) Pernicious purgation for abdo- minal pain. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1915-16, xx, 268.—Lennander (K. G.) Ueber Hofrat Notnagel's zweite Hypothese der Darmkolikschmerzen. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1906, xvi, 19-23.—Mac- donald (D. M.) Some clinical features of colica mucosa. Practitioner, Lond., 1906, lxxvii, 489-494.—von Noorden (C.) Ueber die Behandlung der Colica mucosa. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1899, 6-8.—Perman (E. S.) [Case of periodical return of colic pains, caused by a probably congenital string-formed adherence in the abdomen, with remarks on the formation of adhesions in the abdomen.] Hygiea, Stockholm. 1898, lx, 363-371.—Battermann (F. L.) Stomach and intestinal colic. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1907, xcviii, 597-603.—Schwartz (A.) Les coliques dou- loureuses post-operatoires. Paris med., 1919, xxxiii, 411.— Sen (S. L.) Intestinal colic Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1919, liv, 114.—Sherlock (C. G.) Intestinal colic Dublin J. M. Sc, 1907, exxiv, 421-424— Thrailkill (E. H.) Colica mucosa. Proctologist, St. Louis, 1910, iv, 262. Also: Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1911, n. s., xxx, 173-176—Walker (R. M.) The diagnosis of colic from inflammatory conditions in the peritoneal cavity. Practitioner, Lond., 1910, Ixxxiv, 260-262.—Wheaton (J. L.) Colica mucosa and its treat- ment. Providence M. J., 1904, v, 161-168. Also: Tr. Rhode Island M. Soc. 1904, Providence, 1905, vii, 123-132.— Wilms. Die Ursache der Kolikschmerzen bei Dannleiden, Gallensteinen und Nierenleiden. Miinchen. med. Wchn- schr., 1904, li, 1377-1379—Wrafter (R. E.) Colic (ente- ralgia); its etiology, varieties, and treatment. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1899, xvi, 807-811. Colic (Lead). See, also, Lead (Poisoning by). Bernard (H.) *Etude clinique sur la colique de plomb. 8°. Paris, 1901. Also [Abstr.], in: Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1902, 3. s., xlviii, 298. Grashuis (J.) De colica pictonum tenta- men. Accidit de natura sede et origine hyda- tidum disquisitio. 12°. Amstelodami, 1752. 11877°—Vol. IV, 3d series—22---2 Colic (Lead). de Haen (A.) De colica pictonum disser- tatio. 12°. Hagx Comitum, 1745. -----. The same. 12°. Neapoli, 1778. Hay (D.) *De colica pictonum. 8°. Edin- burgh 1809. Lochi (J. V.) *De colica in genere et in specie de colica pictonum. 12°. [Vindobonx], 1818. Marchet (A.) De l'huile d'olives comme traitement de la colique saturnine. 8°. Lyon, 1892. Pokorny (J. P.) *Diss. med. sistens novem observationes ad colicam saturninam pertinentes. 12°. Viennse, 1777. Segay (J.) *De l'etiologie et du traitement de la colique de plomb. 4°. Paris, 1853. Segelken (H.) *De colica pictonum. 4°. Herbipoli, 1838. Stockhausen (P. W.) *Diss. segrum exhibens colica saturnina laborantem. 4°. Jense, [1712]. Vandermeer (G.) *Dissertation sur la co- lique occasionn£e par le plomb. 4°. Strasbourg, an XLI [1803]. BOkal (A.) Experimentelle Daten iiber Bleikolik. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1891? xxvii, 827-S30 — Borgen (T.) Blutdruckbestimmung bei Bleikolik. Deut- sches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1895, lvi, 248-282. -----. Blutdruckbestimmungen bei Bleikolik. Arb. a. d. med.- klin. Inst. d. k. Ludwig-Maximiliams-Univ. zu Miinchen, Leipz., 1899, iv, 344-378.—Delearde (A.) La cohque satur- nine. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1899, lxxii, 965-973.—Lefevre (A.) Nouveaux faits a I'appui d'un precedent travail concernant 1'influence du plomb dans la production de la cohque seehe des pays chauds. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1860, li, 807-809.-----. Nouvelle note sur les eflets du plomb dans la production de la colique seche. Ibid., 1862. Iv, 440- 444.—Mac-Auliffe (L.) La cohque du Poitou; a propos d'une brochure de Bouvart contre Tronchin. France med., Par., 1902, xlix, 337-344.-----. Les epidemies de coiique saturnine. Presse med., Par., 1903, i, 182-184.—Mosse (M.) Zur Kenntniss der experimentellen Bleikolik. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1903,1, 62-69,1 pi. Colic (Lead, Treatment of). Aubry (C.-P.) *De la colique de plomb et de son traitement par les projections rectales dither. 4°. Bordeaux, 1888. Batjde (E.-C.-A.) *Traitement de la colique saturnine par les injections sous-cutanees de serum artificiel. 8°. Lille, 1898. Gibaud (A.) *Traitement de la colique de plomb par rantipyrine. 4°. Lyon, 1892. ------. The same. 8°. Lyoji, 1893. Merat (F. V.) Traite de la colique metal- lique vulgairement appelee colique des peintres, des plombiers, de Poitou, etc. 2. £d. 8 . Paris, 1812. Belin (J.) & Delherm (L.) Un cas de cohque de plomb guerie par le lavement eiectrique. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1903, 3. s., xx, 332. Also: Bull. off. de la federat. med. beige, Dour, 1903, i, 144.—Bertini (C. B.) Cura della colica saturnina coll' acido solforico amininistrato secondo il metodo di Gendrin. Gior. d. sc. med., Torino, 1840, viii, 20-23.—Delearde (A.) Le traitement de la colique saturnine par les injections sous-cutanees de serum artificiel. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 712.-----. Le traitement de la cohque saturnine par les injections sous-cutanees de serum artificiel. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1898, ii, 315. A Iso: Presse med., Par., 1898, ii, 10.-----. Le traitement de la cohque saturnine par Pinjection epi- durale de cocaine. Bull. Socv centr. de med. du nord, Lil'e, 1901, 2. s., v, 215-219. Also: Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1901, v, 535.—Duplant. Colique saturnine guerie par I'huile d'ohve. Lyon med., 1902, xcix, 47.—Galliard (L.) Traite- ment de la cohque de plomb par le lavement eiectrique. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1903, 3. s., xx, 313-319.—Labadie-Lagrave (F.) & Regnler (L.-R.) Traitement des cohques de plomb par Peiectricite galva- nique. Rev. d'hyg. therap., Par., 1896. viii, 101-106. Also, transl.: Allg. Wien. med. Ztg.. 1896, xh, 129.—Reeve (J. C.) Abdominal section for lead colic. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1896, xxvi, 636.—Weber (A.) Seltene Ursachen der Blei- vergiftung; Behandlung der Koliken mit Atropin. Miin- chen. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xlix, 704. Colic (Mucous). See Colic (Intestinal). COLIC. 18 COLIC. Colic (Painters'). See Colic (Lead); Lead (Poisoning by) in the industrial arts. Colic (Pancreatic). See Calculus (Pancreatic). Colic (Renal). See, also, Calculus (Renal). Azcarreta. Cuadro clinico del cdlico nefritico. Clin. mod., Zaragoza, 1916, xv, 527-533.—Bramwell (B.) Renal colic; the diagnostic value of even small quantities of blood in the urine in such cases. Clin. Stud., Edinb., 1909-10, viii, 371.—Casper (L.) Ueber Koliknephritis. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1917, liv, 1005-1008.—Cohn (T.) Seltenere kh- nische und anatomische Befunde bei Nierenschmerzen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1919, xlv, 535-— Corben (C.) & Cropper (J.) A case of renal colic with unusual symptoms. Lancet, Lond., 1901, ii, 75—D Hae- nens (A.) De la colique nephretique. Progres med. beige, Brux., 1902, iv, 203-205—Fowler (H. A.) The reno-renal reflex. Report of an interesting case. Tr. Am. Ass. Genito- Urin. Surg., N. Y., 1915, x, 144-168. Also: Surg;, Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1916, xxii, 454-461.—Grove (W. T.) Symp- Kanera (F.) Herpes zoster und Nierenkolik. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 638.—Keyes (E. L.) The diagnosis of renal colic. Tr. Am. Ass. Genito- Urin. Surg., N. Y., 1906, i. 114-121,1 pi—KOnlg. Nephr.algie. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1918, lxv, 859—Legueu. Etude de la colique nephretique. J. de med. int., Par., 1906, x, 41^3.—Levings (A. H.) Renal colic; its causes; accessory renal vessels. Am. J. Dermat. & Genito-Urin. Dis., St. Louis, 1912, xvi, 8-12.—McDonald (A. L.} The significance of mild attacks of kidney and ureteral colic. Urol. & Cutan. Rev., St. Louis, 1913, xvii, 522-525.—Muir (J.) Renal colic; notes of two dissimilar cases. South African M. Rec, Cape Town, 1909, vii. 1-3.—Newman (D.) Sud- den, severe, and prolonged attacks of renal colic; suppres- sion of urine; sudden relief; recurrence in three weeks; microscopic quantity of blood in the urine. Tr. Glasg. Path. & Clin. Soc, 1899-1900, viii, 18. -----. History of repeated attacts of renal colic without suppression of urine, but followed by hsematuria; marked irritation of the blad- der, frequent, but not painful micturition, and latterly almost constant presence of blood. Ibid., 19.-----. Pain in renal and vesical lesions, its characteristics, its anomalies and its misguiding manifestations with 12 illustrative cases. Lancet, Lond., 1916, i, 669; 724; 773.—Pal (I.) Ueber einige reflektorische Symptome der Nierenkolik. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lxi, 233.5-2338.—Parsons (A. R.) Pseudo- renal colic. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dublin, 1907, xxv, 117-122.—Pedigo (L. G.) Peculiar physiological effect of high altitude in a patient having had renal colic. Tr. M. Soc. Virg. 1901, Richmond, 1902. 272.—Picker (R.) Ueber falsche Nierenkoliken. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Urol. [Kong, in Berlin], Berl. & Leipz., 1909, 583-598.— Pousson. Considerations sur la colique nephretique. Ann. Soc. med.-chir. de Liege, 1905, xliv, 329.—Quenu. Des sympt6mes d'occlusion intestinale dans la colique ne- phretique. Bull, med., Par., 1913, xxvii, 207; 219.—Rosen- berg (E.) Nierensteinkolik, Headsche Zone und Herpes zoster. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 788.—Rosenfeld (G.) Ueber Colica nephritica. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1917, liv, 813.—Salvini (E.) Idrone- frosi da ureterite stenosante seguita a colica renale calcolosa. Riforma med., Palermo-Napoli, 1907, xxiii, 1353-1356.— Signorelli (A.) II dolore ritmico pulsante nella colica renale e la patogenesi del dolore in tale sindrome morbosa. Riv. crit. di clin. med., Firenze, 1904, v, 217-222.—Snapper (I.) [Colics which accompany porphyrinuria; colica por- phyrinuria.] Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1920, i, 1233-1250.—Squier (J. B.) Renal pain; diagnostic and clinical significance. Am. J. Obst., N.Y., 1915,lxxii, 496-nrn. Also: Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1915. xxi, 412-416.— Stanton (E. MacD.) The causes of renal pain. Albany M. Ann., 1914, xxxv, 19-27. Also: N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1914, xiv, 463-466.—Stark (G. W.) The diagnosis of renal colic Med. Rec, N. Y., 1919, xcv, 976. .4feo.-N.York State J. M., N. Y.. 1919, xix, 331-335.—Symonds (C. J.) Renal colic and calculus. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1906, xx, 188-195.—Thevenard. Coliques nephretiques a symp- tomes d'occlusion intestinale. Paris chir., 1913, v, 702-705.— Todd (G. B.) Notes on a case of renal colic followed by abortion. Glasgow M. J.. 1901, lv, 211.—Watson (E. M.) Renal pain: modern methods of diagnosis and their inter- pretation. Buffalo M. J., 1917,lxxiii, 1-6.—White (J. A. H.) A case of renal colic attended by the passage of casts of the ureter (ureteritis membranacea). Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, i, 14.—Whiteside (G. S.) Recurrent renal crises. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1919, lxxii, 477. Colic (Renal, Treatment of). Benderski (J.) Mein Verfahren dor physikalischen Be- handlung der Steinkoliken und verschiedener Leibschmer- Colic (Renal, Treatment of). zen. Cong, internat. de med. (XVI.) C.-rv Budapest, 1910, Sect v, Therap., 358-365.------Mem Verfahren der phvsikalischen Behandlung der Steinkohken und mtra- abdominaler Schmerzen. Ibid.. Sec. vi, Med. int., 762-767.— Euren (A ) [Kidney stone with chronic kidney colic and fecondary cystic hemorrhage; nephro- and epicystotomy; recoverv.] Hvgiea,Stockholm, 1902,n. F.,u,pt. 2,565-568.— Flndelsen. Erfahrungen mit dem Kohkimttel Cesol. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1920, xxxyi, 88.-Foustanos fl A ) [Auto-observations on renal cohc and some interest- ing observations on the treatment of renal colic and uric acid diathesis.] 'IaTpuo) irpdoios, 'Ev Zbpy, 1911, xv, m- 24—Frtih (C. D. S.) Faradic electricity in renal colic Med. Rec, N. Y., 1900, lviii. 235.-Harris (S H.) Some causes of kidney pain and their treatment (exclusive of stone, tuberculosis and infection). Med. J. Australia, Svdney, 1919, i, 41-48, 4 pi— Heltz-Boyer (M.) Le cathe- terisme ureteral dans la colique nephretique. Ass. franc. d'urol., Proc-verb., 1911, Par., 1912, xvi,^o0-4.g.-Hor- nung. Aspirin als schmerzstillendes Mittel bei Nieren- steinkolik. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 574.— Kummel. [Nierenoperation wegen Nierenkoliken; Autop- siebefund: Schwere hnksseitige Hydronephrose, die rechte Niere fast in toto infarziert.] Jahrb. d. Hamb. Staatskran- kenanst. 1903-1, Hamb. & Leipz., 1905,ix, 136.—Lewis (B.) A method of ameliorating renal colic; report of an illustra- tive case. Tr. Am. Urol. Ass.. 1909, Brookhne, 1910, ui, 258- 262, 2 pi. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, hv, 350.— Luys (G.) Traitement moderne de la cohque nephretique. Clinique, Par., 1911, vi, 553.—Macht (D. I.) Op the com- parative influence of morphin and total opium alkaloids on renal cohc. J. Urol., Baft., 1917, i, 201-209.—Munro (D. Notes on a renal case, with remarks on the relief of renal pain by washing out the pelvis of the kidney through a urethral catheter. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1913, xlvui, 472.—Oralson (J.) Cohque nephretique grave ayant necessite la nephrotomie. Rev. prat. d. mal. d. org. gen.- urin., Par.. 1912-13, ix, 106-108—Pousson (A.) De la nephrotomie dans la cohque nephretique. Ass. franc. d'urol. Proc-verb., 1905, Par.. 1906, 517-521.—Sartorlus (N.E.) The prevention of renal cohc. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, xc, 600—Saunders (C. G.) Hvdro-therapy in the treatment of colics. Vet. J., Lond., 1920, lxxvi, lAs-173.— Talmadge (J. B.) How do you treat renal cdic? N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, xc, 600; 653.—Upcott (H.) The diagnosis and treatment of renal colic. Practitioner, Lond., 1906, lxxvii, 806-816. Colic (Umbilical). See Colic in infants [etc.] Colic (Uterine). See TJterus (Spasm of). Colic in animals. Benjamin (H.) Sur la pathogenie des coliques da cheval. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. vet., Par., 1904, lviii, 143- 158.—Butel. Prophvlaxie des coliques par indigestion. Ibid., 59-61.—Cadlot (P. J.) The treatment of colic in the horse by intravenous injections of chloride of barium. J. Compt. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1903; xvi.1-7.— Engelke. Ueber Kolik-Behandlung. Berl. tierarztl.Wchn- schr., 1920, xxxvi, 455.—Frese (K.) Neue klinische Mittei- lungen iiber die Kolik des Pferdes. Monatschr. f. prakt. Tierh., Stuttg., 1916 17, xxviii. 1-46.—Hoffmann. Ursache, Vorbeuge und Behandlung der Kolik unter Beriicksichti- gung der beim Militar gemachten Erfahrungen. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1911, xxvii, 501: 521 — Loewenthal. Beitrag zur Behandlung der Kolik mit Chlorbaryum. Ibid., 1910, xxvi, 231— Merillat (L. A.) The surgical treatment of colics in animals. Proc. Am. Vet. Med. Ass., X. Y., 1913, Phila., 1914, 593-618.-Mtzschke (K.) Die Differential- diagnose der einzelnen KoUkarten beim Pferde. Monatsh. f. prakt. Tierh., Stuttg^ 1904, xvi, 218-231.—Redecha (R.) Der Indikaninhalt des Harnes kolikkranker Pferde. Ztschr. f. Tiermed., Jena, 1910, xiv, 392-396.—de Ronde (A.) Ruptuur van het diaphragma als oorzaak van koliek. Tijdschr. v. diergeneesk., Utrecht, 1918, xlv, 64-66— Tuch- ler. Ein Beitrag zur Kolikbehandlung mit Cesol. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1919, xxxv, 47. Colic in infants and children. Bravo y Frlas (J.) Dolores abdominales en los nifios; el llamado "cdlico umbilical recidivante de Moro." Med. ibera, Madrid, 1921, xv, 133.—Clarke (T. W.) Colic in the nursing infant. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1921, xxi, 13S.— Current (E. H.) A method for prevention of colic in the nursing infant. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1920, xix, 259.— Flnkelsteln (H.) Ueber Nabelkoliken bei Kindern. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1921, xviii, 486-489.—Fried- jung (J. K.) Ueber die sogenannten recidiviereuden Nabelkoliken der Kinder. Berl. klin. Wchnschr.. 1914, li, 341.—Grafl (H.) Ueber die sogenannte recidivierende Nabelkolik der Kinder. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1914 xciv, 25-33.—Grulee (C. G.) A treatment for colic in breast-fed infants. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1920, lxxv, 1701.—Herbst (O.) Eine historische Bemerkutig runi Krankheitsbilde der rezidivierenden NabelkoUken bei COLIC. 19 COLLAGEN. Colic in infants and children. Kindern. Monatschr. f. Kinderh., Leipz. & Wien, 1914, xiii, Orig., 192-195.—Hull (Marion McH.) Colic in infants. Dietet. & Hyg. Gaz., N. Y., 1908, xxiv, 661-663.—Illoway (H.) Infantile colic and colic in infants. Phila. M.J., 1901, vii, 242-250.—Klemm (T.) Der periodische Nabelschmerz der Kinder (Colica appendicularis) nebst Betrachtungen iiber die Entstehung dieses Schmerzes. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1918, cxi, 685-712.—Knoeplelmacher (W.) & Blen (Gertrud). Untersuchungen iiber die Nabelkoliken alterer Kinder. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1915, lxv, 225-232.— Kuttner (H.) Ueber die sogenannten recidivierenden Nabelkohken der Kinder. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1914, li, 145; 372; 382.—Labb6 (R.) Traitement des coliques chez le nourrisson. Rev. prat, de gynec, d'obst. et de pediat., Par.. 1907, ii, 137-141.—McAllister (A.) Infantile cohc Pediatrics, N. Y., 1903, xv, 588-592.—Moro (E.) Ueber rezidivierende Nabelkoliken bei alteren Kindern. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1913, lx, 2827-2829. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1914, li, 337-341.—Muhsam (R.) Ueber die chirurgische Bedeutung der Nabelkoliken beim Kinde. Ztschr.f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1921, xviii, 489-492— Nobe- court. Syndromes cohques chez les enfants. Monde med., Par., 1922, xxxii, 46-53.—ReUly (J. V.) Infantile cyclic cohc. Nebraska M. J., Norfolk, Neb., 1921, vi, 195-197.— Shannon (W. R.) Cohc in breast fed infants as a result of sensitization to foods in the mother's dietary. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1921, xxxviii, 756-761.—Stern (A.) The umbilical colic of Friedjung in older children. J. Med. Soc. N. Jersey, Orange, 1920, xvii, 279.—Still (G. F.) Flatu- lence and colic in infancy. Pediatrics, N. Y., 1912, xxiv, 425-434.—Tobias (Paula). Rezidivierende Nabelkohken der Kinder. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1914, lxi, 1807 — Tucker (C. E.) Treatment of infantile cohc. Med. Sum- mary, Phila., 1899-1900, xxi, 264-268. Coliez (Maurice) [1876- ]. *Quelques conside- rations medico-legales sur les accouchements inconscients et sans douleur. 128 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 420. Colin (Achille) [1880- ]. Contribution a l'etude de l'ceillet de la vision chez l'artiste. L'ceil et l'expression oculaire dans quelques tableaux du musee de Montpellier. vi, 7-70 pp., 11. 8°. Montpellier, 1905, No. 67. Colin (Albert). Contrexeville; ses eaux, ses en- virons, excursions dans la region des Faucilles. 1 p. 1., 198 pp. 8°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1901. Colin (Alfons) [1879- ]. *Solitairtuberkel des Thalamus opticus. Beitrag zur Diagnostik der Erkrankung des Sehhugels. 24 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Miinchen, A. Bruckmann, 1904. Colin (Auguste). *Etude sur les tumeurs d'ori- gine sudoripare. 78 pp. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 432. Colin (Fernand) [1869- ]. *Sensibilit6 com- paree des reactifs chimiques et physiologiques de la strichnine. 54 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1900, No. 122. Colin (Gabriel) [1860- ]. *'Abderrezzag El- Jezairi, un m^decin arabe du XII0 si&cle de l'Hegire. 79 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1905, No. 37. ------. La blennorragie; maladie sociale. 268 pp. 12°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere & fils, 1907. Colin (Gaston) [1887- ]. *Dernieres acquisi- tions dans le domaine des actions chimiques et biologiques de l'ultra-violet; sterilisation des eaux potables; revue generale; recherches per- sonnelles. 96 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1912, No. 72. Colin (Henri) [1860- _ ]. La vibration et ses applications therapeutiques. 31 pp. 8°. Paris, L. Beillet, 1900. A Iso, editor of: Bulletin de la Societe clinique de medecine mentale, Paris, 1920-22. See, also, Pactet (F.) & Colin (H.) Les aliens dans les prisons. 16°. Paris, [1901]. Colin (Jean) [1881- ]. Contribution a l'etude des fractures de l'extremite superieure du femur, fracture isolee de la tete femorale. 82 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Lyon, 1903, No. 30. Colin (Jean-Joseph) [1879- ]. Contribution k l'etude des tumeurs conjonctives et particu- lierement des angiomes du placenta. 44 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Lyon, 1906, No. 101. Colin (Jules-C&ar) [1874- ]. *De la soif brightique. 60 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 233. Colin (Laurent-Jean-Joseph) [1873- ]. Con- tribution a l'etude sur l'emploi du cyanure de mercure en oculistique. 42 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1897, No. 35. Colin (Leon) [1830-1906]. See Chavigny (Paul). Aide-memoire therapeutique [etc.]. 16°. Paris, 1898. For Biography, see Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1906, 4. s., v, 368-384 (Kelsch). Also: Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1906, 3. s., Iv, 288-292. Also: France med., Par., 1906, liii, 86-89. Also: Presse med., Par., 1906, xiv, annexes, 161-163 (G. H. Le- moine). Colin (Paul-Bmile) [1867- ]. Brunot (A.) Le docteur Paul-Emile Colin et la renais- sance du bbis grave, .ffisculape, Par., 1914, iv, 1-3. Colin (Paul-Pierre-Jean) [1889- ]. *Quatre mois de campagne en 1914; etat sanitaire d'un bataillon. 46 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, A. Destout aine & Cie., 1915. Colin (Raymond-Emile) [1885- ]. *Traite- ment de la tuberculose par les sels de chaux. (Methode de Ferrier). Ill pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 482. Colineau (Andre-Joseph) [1878- ]. *Traite- ment des retrecissements graves de l'uretre par l'autoplastie cutanee (empiecement cutane de l'uretre). 68 pp., 6 pi. 8 . Lyon, P. Legendre & Cie., 1901,. Colineaux (Paul-Marie-Joseph) [1873- ]. Con- tribution a l'etude des accidents d'intoxication par le naphtol camphre dans le traitement des tuberculoses chirurgicales. 52 pp. 8°. Bor- deaux, 1902, No. 102. Colitis. See Colon (Inflammation of); Dysentery; Intestines (Inflammation of). Coll (Jose). Estudio de la cistitis tuberculosa, concepto clinico y tratamiento de la misma. Memoria laureada por la Real Academia de medi- cina y cirugfa de Barcelona. 312 pp., 1 1. 8°. Barcelona, Sucesor de F. Sdnchez, 1900. Coll y Boflll (Juan). *Tiroido terapia; algunos datos para su estudio. 45 pp., 11. 8°. Barcelona, Serra hermanos & Russel, 1898. , ------. Mortalidad infantil en Barcelona; sus causas y profilaxis. 100 pp., (11.), 3 pi., 12 tab. 8°. Barcelona, Sucesor de F. Sdnchez, 1900. Coll y Toste (Cayetano). Cr6nicas de Arecibo. (Apuntes historicos.) 93 pp. 8°. Arecibo, Salicrup & Co., 1891. ------. Tratamiento de la fiebre amarilla. 228 pp., 11. 8°. Puerto-Rico, 1895. Colla (Ernst). Voraussetzungen und Grundsatze der modernen Trinkerbehandlung. 35 pp. 8°. Halle a S., C. Marhold, 1901. Colla (Julius Ernst). Die Trinkversorgung unter dem biirgerlichen Gesetzbuche. Mit einem Preise gekront und hrsg. vom Deutschen Verein gegen den Missbrauch geistiger Getranke. 1 p. 1., 97 pp. 8°. Hildesheim, 1899. ------. Die Alkoholfrage und ihre Bedeutung fiir den Arzt. Nach einem Vortrage gehalten im wissenschaflichen Verein der Aerzte in Stettin. 23 pp. 12°. Basel, F. Reinhardt, [n. d.\ Colla (Luigi A.) Saggio elementare su Parte oste- tricia. xiv, 216 pp., 3.1. 8°. Parma, 1800. Collagen. Berrar (M.) Beitrage zur Chemie und zur quantitativen Bestimmung des Leimes. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1912, xlvii, 189-214.—Emmett (A. D.) & Gies (W. J.) On the chemical relation of collagen to gelatin. Proc. Am. Physiol. Soc, Bost., 1907, p. xi. Also: J. Biol. Chem., N. Y., 1907-8, hi, p. xxxiii.—Ewald (A.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Collagens. Ztschr. f. phvsiol. Chem., Strassb., 1919, cv, 115-157.—Greifenhagen *(W.), KOnlg (J.) & Scholl (A.) COLLAGEN. 20 COLLARGOLUM. Collagen. Bestimmung des Leimes. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1911, xxxv, 217-227.—Manning (Charlotte R.) & Gles (W. J.) Comparative data for the elementary composition and the heat of combustion of collagen and gelatin. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1906-7, iv, 160. Coll&more (George Anthony )[\ 833-1903]. [Obituary.] J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xl, 1093. Collan (Walter). Leber Spermatocystitis gonor- rhoica. 73 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Hamburg & Leipzig, L. Voss, 1898. Collantes y Buenrostro (Juan). *De la aplica- cion del ioduro de potasio en el reumatismo arti- cular agudo. 56 pp. 8°. Mexico, I. Escalante y Ca., 1872. ------. *Ligeras consideraciones acerca de la pato- genia y tratamiento de las hemorroides. 16 pp. 8°. Mexico, F. Diaz de Leon, 1878. Ventajas de la uretro-cistotomfa como tratamiento para combatir las hipertrofias de la prostata y los accidentes y enfermedades con- secutivas. 36 pp. 8°. Mexico, F. Diaz de Le6n, 1882. Collapse. See, also, Shock; Coma. Barrow (R.) A case of extreme collapse treated on three occasions by the intravenous injection of saline solution. Lancet, Lond., 1898, ii, 323.—Ehret. Ueber Kollaps nach Seegefechten. Miinchen med. Wchnschr., 1914, lxi, 2301- 2304.—Kraus (F.) Ueber Bewusstseinsstorungen und Kollaps. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1905, ii, 3; 33.— Royo VUlanova. Muerte inminente; colapso, sincope y lipotimia. Rev. med. de Sevilla, 1913, lxi, 257-265.—von Stejskal (K.) Einige Bemerkungen zu den experimentel- len Untersuchungen iiber die Natur der Kreislaufstorungen im Kollaps bei akuten Infektionskrankheiten von Dr. Passler und Dr. Roily. Miinchener med. Wochenschrift, 1902. Zentralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1903, xxiv, 298-301. Collard (Albert). *Etude sur les syphilides zoni- formes. 34 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 137. Collard ((Edmond) [1870- ]. *Les grands entr'actes de la syphilis. Contribution a l'etude du tertiarisme. 84 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 134. Collard (Edouard). *L'opium et les prepara- tions opiacees dans les differentes pharmacopees. 163 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1913, No. 86. CoUard (Georges). Contribution a l'etude des phl6bites des membres chez le tuberculeux. 72 pp. 8°? Paris, 1904, No. 504. Collard (Jules) [1866- ]. *Essai sur l'hygtene dentaire publique. 60 pp. 8°. Parts, 1900, No. 37. ------. The same. 60 pp. 8°. Paris, G. Stein- heil, 1900. Collard (Leon) [1881- ]. *Le traitement radio- therapique des polyad^nites inflammatoires Bimples et principalement des adenopathies tuberculeuses. 106 pp., 5 pi. 8°. Lyon, 1911, No. 115. Collard (Louis) [1869- ]. *Essai sur I'aortite pneumonique. 47 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 118. Collard (Qmrinus). *De praeteritione et exhere- datione liberorum. 17 pp., 11. 4°. Lugd. Bat., A. Elzevier, 1708. [P., v. 2245.] Collard-Huard (Mme. Charlotte). *De rinsufli- sance ovarienne envisaged dans ses rapporta avec l'insumsance thyroidienne. 128 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 323. Collargol. Caubet (J.) *Des accidents et complica- tions qui surviennent au cours des injections intra-veineuses de collargol. 8°. Paris, 1910. Decker (C. [A.]) *Experimentelle Beitrii^e zur Collargol therapie. 8°. Bonn, 1910. Gehm (K, M. F. J.) Collargol und Hyper- leukocytose. 8°. Miinchen, 1913. Herrmann (R.) *Die Anwendung des Collar- gol in der Augenheilkunde. 8°. Rostock, 1916. Collargol. n r . Portig (P. L.) *Ueber Collargol. 8°. Leip- zig, 1909. Sokoloff (I. A.) [Influence of collargol on infection; experimental and clinical investiga- tion.] 8°. Odessa, 1913. Berger (H.) & von Boltenstem. Das Kollargol. Zt- schr. f. Chemotherapy [etc.], Leipz., 1914, iii, Ref.. 569-616.- Blne (H. I.) [Some indications for the use of collargol.] Ugeskr. f. Laeger, K0benh., 1918, lxxx, 653-656.-Boese (K.) Ueber Collargol, seine Anwendung und seine Erfolge m_ der Chirurgie und Gynakologie. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz.ri921, clxih, 62-84.-BOttner (A.) Leber Kollargol- anaphvlaxie und ihre Bedeutung fiir die menschhche Ana- phylaxie. Deutsches Arch. f. khn. Med., Leipz., 1918, cxxv, 1-22.-----. Ueber Kollargolwirkung. \ erhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. innere Med., Miinchen & Wiesb., 1921, xxxiii. Kong., 518-521. Also: Miinchen. med. Wchn- schr., 1921, lxviii, 876.-----. 1st die Wirkung des Collargols und Elektrocollargols auf seinen Gehalt an Schutzkollcid zuriickzufuhren? Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1922, xlvi, 760-763.—Bogen (H.) Das Collargol bei hochfieberhaften, sepsisartigen Allgemeininfektionen der Kinder. Jahrb. f. Kinderh. Berl., 1917, Orig.. lxxxv, 4159.—von Boltenstern (O.) Das Kollargol. Ztschr. f. Chemotherap. [etc.], Leipz., 1914, iii, 717-787.—Breuer (M.J) Les colloides et Pemploi du collargol par la voie bueeale, dans hi pneumonic et la broncho-pneumonie de Penfant et de l'adulte. J. med de Brux., 1910, xv, 95:129.—Crispin (A. M.) Arcvn-ni follow- ing the use of collargol. J. Am. M. Ass.. ChKa-o 1914. Ixn, 1394.—Danckwortt (P. W.) Quantitati • .-.H.orN^tim- mung im Collargol und in organischen ' iewe'M'u-ipKoiten. Arch. d. Pharm., Berl., 1914, cclii, 69-7t.—Dechant A.) Ueber die Ablagerung von Silber in den Organen nach langerer Futterung von kolloidalem Sdber (Kollargol). Monatsh. f. Drakt. Tierh.. Stuttg., 1910, xxii. 1-32, 4 pi.— Dietrich (H. A.) 1st die Wirkung des Collargols und Elektrocollargols auf seinen Gehalt an Schutzkolloid zu- riickzufuhren? Zentralbl. f. Ovnak., Leipz., 1921, xlv, 1630-1632.—Eyth (H.) Ueber Zufalle bei der intravenosen Kollargolinjektion. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1920, lxi, 207.—Fabian (R.) & Knopf (H.) t'eber Collargolbehand- lung. Berl. klin. Wihnsehr., 1909, xlvi, 1400-1402—Fehde. Erfahrungen iiber das Kollargol auf Grund 15jahriger An- wendung. Med. Klin., Berl., 191-'. v.u. 1951.—Gellhaus. Einige Beobachtimgen bei Koll r^.>M: jektionen in klcinen Dosen. Miinchen. med. Wchn- 1 ou- dicitis.] Pmkl. Yni.h. S.-Peterb., 1911, x. 783-7<".-Van Zandt (I. L.) Range of usefulness of eollargolum. Med. Era. St. Louis, 1910, xix, 238-243. Also: Texas Cour.-Rec. Med., Fort Worth, 1911 12, xxx, 11-20.-----. CoUargolum. Texas State J. M., Fort Worth, 1919-20, xv, 214-216 — Vldal (A.) Le collargol; ses applications the>apeutiques. Bull. Soc. med.-chir. de la Drome [etc], Valence, 1911, xii, 33 46.—Vogel (K) Kollargol bei septischen Proiesscn. Med. Kim., Berl., 1911, vii, 1267-1269- Yotgt (J.) Was geschieht mit ititravenfis injiziertem Kollargol? Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Berl., 1916, xUv, 146-154—Werler. Die Bedeutung und die Yorzilge des Kollargols fdr die moderne Kriegschirurgie. Med. Klin.. Berl., 1918, xiv 26S- 270— Ziemann (H.) Ueber die Behandlung des Malta- flebers und des infektiSsen Abortes der Rinder nut Kollargol und fihnlichen Praparaten. Deutsche med. Wchnschr Leipz. & Berl., 1921, xlvii, 500. "«.iir., CoUargolum in urology, dermal^.l(1!ry, radio. Kraphy of the urinary tract. 32 pp. 120 V«/, York,Schering & Glatz, 1911. * ' ^w COLLART. 21 COLLEGES. CoBart (Jules). Contribution a la reforme de la loi du 30 juin 1838; des attributions dont on ne saurait charger les magistrats dans le fonctionne- ment de la loi sur les alienes et de quelques-unes qui pourraient notamment etre confines. 58 pp 8°. Paris, 1914, No. 4. Collas (Georg Friedrich). Geschichte des Flagel- lantismus, unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Religionsgebrauche, des Erziehungswesens, der Sklaverei, der Strafrechtspflege und ver- wahdter Materien. 8°. Leipzig, G. H Wigand, [1913]. y ' ^Bd. i. Der Flagellantismus im Altertum. xxiv, 398 pp. Collas (Paul). *Etude sur l'Achillea millefolium. 20,pp. 8°. Paris, 1873. Ecole de pharmacie. Collaud (Leon). *Beitrage zur pathologischen Histologie der Niere bei Rhodesian Redwater der Rinder in Siidafrika; Piroplasmosis. 36 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Zurich, 0. Fiissli, 1906. CoUe (Joannes) [1558-1631]. De omnibus ma- lignis, pestilentibus affectionibus et earum me- dela. Tomi duo, in quibus universa praxis morborum, . . . atque multa, et nova de indican- tibus vense sectionem, cucurbitulas vesicantia, purgantia pharmaca, bezaartica, extracta, per- penduntur. Immo diligenter cuneta Hipp. Gal. Grsecorum, et Arabum loca de acutis et malignis pestilentibus affectionibus, febribus, variolis, bubonibus, antracibus, symptomatibus, et in secundo tomo de vitiis malignis, et pestilentibus particularibus thoracis, cerebri, et ventris infe- rioris, et eorum medela dilucidentur. . . . additi sunt etiam libelli non amplius in lucem editi Dionisii, Titiani, Viventii, Bernardi, Bartholo- mei, Danielis, Avantii, Georgii Colle Bellonen- sium de variis malignis, et pestilentibus malis, et constitutionibus, pleuntide, peripneumo- nia, variolis, dysenteria, fraenitide, febribus malignis, et pestilentibus ab anno 1340 usque ad annum 1547. Cum locupletissima tabula notabilium Jacobi Magalloti, atque accurata correctione Ludovici Archangeli. 2 v. in 1. 14 p. 1., 592 pp., 4 p. 1., 304 pp. fol. Pisauri, ex typog. H. Concordix, 1616. Colle (Juste-Francois-Eugene) [1874- ]. *Ar- teres du testicule. Demonstration d'une anas- tomose funiculo-spermatico-def erentielle; son r61e apres la section totale du cordon. 50 pp., 11. 8°. Lille, 1902, No. 75. Colle (P.) *Etude microscopique des solanees vireuses et alimentaires. 124 pp. 8°. Mont- ' pettier. 1910, No. 64. Colle (Paul) [1888- _ ]. *Le jabot du pigeon; etude des correlations entre le deVeloppement d'un organe k evolution temporaire et les glandes genitales. 61 pp. 8°. Paris,, 1919, No. 182. Collected contributions. 1914. (a) Psycopathic Hospital (Department of Boston State Hospital) Nos. 1-29. (Whole numbers, 35-63.) (b) State Board of Insanity. Nos. 1-14. (Whole numbers 21-34.) 8°. Boston, 1915. Collected papers. The laboratory of physiologi- cal chemistry. Sheffield Scientific School. 8°. [n. p.], 1919-21. CoUected papers; Field Service School for Medical Officers, separately paged. 12°. Fort Leaven- worth, Kans., 1914. Continuation of: San. Field Service. CoUected papers, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minne- sota. Collected papers by the staff, Saint Mary's Hospital, v. i-ix. 4°. Philadelphia & London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1911-19. Collected papers from the Research Laboratory. vol. i. [Reprints.] 8°. Detroit, Parke,Davis & Co., 1913. Collected studies from the Research Laboratory, Department of Health, New York City. v. 1-9, 1905-16. 8°. New York, CoUectio ophtalmologica veterum auctorum. Par P. Pansier, v. 1. 379 pp. 8°. Paris,, J. B. Bailliere & fils, 1903-8. CONTENTS. 1. Arnaldi de Villanova libellus regiminis de confortatione visus. 2. Johannis de Carso tractatus de conservatione visus. 3. Alcoatin congregatio sive liber de ocuhs. 4. Jhesu Haly sive Ah Ben Isra Memoriale oculariorum in duplici translatione. 5. Ejusdem modus preparationis et synonima. Magistri David Armenici compilatio in libros oculorum curationibus accanamorali. Magistri Zacharie Tractatus de passionibus oculorum. Anonymi Tractatus de egritudinibus oculorum. Collection (A) of above three hundred receipts in cookery, physick and surgery, for the use of all good wives, tender mothers, and careful nurses. To which is added a second part, containing a great number of excellent receipts for preserving and conserving of sweet-meats, etc. By several hands. 2pts. 2. ed. 5p. 1., 163pp., 61.; 86 pp., 4 1. 12°. London, R. Wilkin, 1719. Collection of bound pamphlets on Bacteriology, Histology, Medicine, Pharmacology, Physiology and Surgery. [Made by Sir T. Lauder Brunton.] 206 numbers. 8°. Collection de chirurgiens grecs avec dessins attribues au primatice. Reproduction r^duite des 200 dessins du manuscrit latin 6866 de la Bibliotheque nationale. 18 pp., 106 pi. 8°. Paris, Berthaudfreres, [n. d.]. Collection de differentes pieces, concernant la chirurgie, l'anatomie, et la medecine pratique, extraites principalement des ouvrages etrangers v. 1. 16°. Paris, 1761. Collection of Portraits (Library). See Portraits under authors and card index of portraits (Library). Collection (A) of very valuable and scarce pieces relating to the last plague in the year 1665. 3 p. 1., 88 pp. 8°. London, J. Roberts, 1721. [P., v. 2284.] [CoUection of writings of the insane sent to the Congress of Physicians and Surgeons, 1888, by L. C. Pennell and A. C. Harnes.] College (The) and Clinical Record, v. 1-20, 1880- 99. 8°. [n. p.]. In 1896, title became: Dunglisons College and Clinical Record. College of Physicians of Philadelphia. Henry (J. N.) The College of Physicians. 8°. Philadelphia, 1908. Founder's Week Memorial volume, Philadelphia. 1683- 1908. Billings (J. S.) Address. Tr. Coll. Phys., Phila., 1909, 3. s., xxxi, 343.—Dana (C. L.) Address. Ibid., 345-348.— Dinner of the College of Physicians of Philadelphia on the occasion of the dedication of its new hall. Ibid., 412—141__ Henry (F. P.) Historical sketch of the College of Physi- cians of Philadelphia. N. York M. J. [etc.], N. Y., 1909 xc 941-945. Also, Reprint.—Mitchell (S. W.) Address of wel- come. Tr. Coll. Phys., Phila., 1909, 3. s., xxxi, 443-449 — de Schweinltz (G. E.) An account of the College of Physi- cians of Philadelphia. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1912 22 s i 225-226. Also, Reprint.—Wilson (J. C.) The' annual address of the president. Tr. Coll. Phys., Phila. 1914 xxxvi, 1-19. College of Physicians of Philadelphia. Transac- tions, v. 1-43, 1875-1921. 8°. Philadelphia. College of Physicians and Surgeons, New York. See Studies from the Department of Physiology of Columbia University. Colleges (Medical). See, also, Universities. Baird (W. R.) Baird's manual of American college fraternities; a descriptive analysis of the fraternity system in the colleges of the U. S., COLLEGES. 2 9 COLLIAT. Colleges (Medical). with detailed account of each fraternity. 8°. New York, 1912. United States. Senate. A bill to incorporate the Washington Homeopathic Medical College in the District of Columbia. 54. Cong. 1st. sess. S. 1814. Jan. 28,1896. Introd. by Mr. McMillan. roy. 8°. Washington, [1896]. Guthrie (J. R.) History of the College of Medicine of the State University of Iowa. Iowa M. J., Des Moines, 1912-13, xix, 417^22—Howe (E. C.) The health of the college. Am. J. Pub. Health, Concord, N. H., 1919, ix, 749-760.— McCastline (W. H.) Columbia University health service. Mod. Med., Chicago, 1919, i, 621-626.—March (A.) Lecture on the expediency of establishing a Medical College and Hospital in the City of Albany, delivered January 11, 1830; introductory to a course on anatomy and operative surgery. Albany M. Ann., 1921, xiii, 221-240. Collembola. Carl (J.) *Ueber schweizerische Collembola. [Bern.] 8°. Geneve, 1899. Becker (E.) Zum Bau des Postantennalorgans der Col- lembolen. Ztschr. f. wissensch. Zool., Leipz., 1909-10, xciv, 327-399, 2 pi.—Bonier (C.) Neue Collembolenformen und zur Nomenclatur der Collembola Lubb. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1901, xxiv, 696-712.—Krausbauer (T.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Collembola in der Umgegend von Weilburg a. Lahn. Ber. d.oberhess.Gesellsch.f.Nat.-u.Heilk.,Giessen, 1905, xxxiv, 29-102, 2pl— Lecaillon(A.) Sur la disposition, la structure et le fonctionnement de Pappareil reproducteur male des collemboles. Bull. Soc. philomat. de Par., 1901-2.9. s., iv, 99-103.—Philiptschenko (J.) Anatomische Studien iiber Collembola. Ztschr. f. wissensch. Zool., Leipz., 1906, lxxxv, 270-304, 2 pi.—Qulel (G.) Anatomische Untersu- chungen an Collembolen. Ibid., 1915, cxiii, 113-164, 2 pi.— Railliet (A.) & Henry (A.) Pseudo-parasitisme d'un collembole chez des chiens. Rec. de mea. v6t., Par., 1911, lxxxvui, 273-276.' Collenet (Auguste) [1881- ]. Contribution a l'etude de 1'obliteration des cavites osseuses par le melange de von Mosetig Moorhof. 106 pp., 11. 8°. Lyon, 1908, No. 109. Collens (Edward Howard) [1872-1910]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, i, 117. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1911, i, 133. Colleri-Leduc (Pierre-Paul) [1889- 1 *La plastique de l'artrotomie (proced£ de Moure). 87 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1914, No. 74. Colles (Abraham) [1773-1843]. [Biography.] Brit. J. Surg.. Bristol. 1914-15, ii, 351-353, port.—Doescher (T. F.) Little biographies and the epo- nymic diseases. Albany M. Ann., 1908, xxix, 598-600 — Studies in biography. No. v. Abraham Colles. Inter- colon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1906, xi, 105-107. Colles (Abraham) [1813-91]. Physician authors: Doctor Abraham Colles. N. York M. J., 1920, cxii, 819. Collet (Charles). *Etude sur l'incontinence d'urine, d'origine ur^thrale chez la femme. 66 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 616. ------. The same. 70 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1898. Collet (Charles) [1889- ]. *Du cancer primitif de la plevre. 88 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1913, No. 16. Collet (Frederic-Justin) [1870- ]. Precis de pathologie interne. Avec preface de M. le pro- fesseur Lupine. 2 v. v, 658 pp.; 646 pp. 12°. Paris, 0. Doin, 1899. ------. The same. 2 v. 2. ed. vi, 722 pp.; 690 pp. 12°. Paris, O. Doin, 1901. ------. The same. 2 v. 3. 6d. iv, 734 pp.; 723 pp. 8°. Paris, 0. Doin, 1903. ------. The same. 2 v. 5. ed. v, 867 pp.; lp. 1.; 814 pp. 8°. Paris, O. Doin, 1907. ----—. The same. 2 v. 7. ed. 8 pi. 12°. Paris, 0. Doin & fils, 1914. ------. Notions de laryngoscopie utiles au m£de- cin. 192 pp. 12°. Paris, Masson & Cie.; Gau- thier-Villars, [1900]. ------. L'odorat et ses troubles. 95 pp. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere & fils, 1904. Collet (Frederic-Justin)—continued. ------. La tuberculose du larynx et des voies respiratoiressuperieures. xii, 855 pp., 16 pi. 8°. Paris, 0. Doin & fils, 1913. ------. Precis des maladies de Pappareil respira- toire. 2 p. 1., vi, 1304 pp., 8 pi. 12°. Paris, 0. Doin & fils, 1914. ------& Nicolas (Jacques). Le rein; les notions nouvelles sur sa physiologie, sa pathologie gene- rale et sa therapeutique. vi,226pp. 12°. Paris, O. Doin, 1907. Collet (Georges) [1878- ]. *Sur les evasions des alienes. 166 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1907, No. 98. See also, Baruch (Simon). La pratique de l'hydro- therapie [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1910. Collet (Gustave-Ernst) [1887- ]. Contribu- tion a l'etude de l'intoxication nicotinique aigue. 98 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1912, No. 101. Collet (Henry) [1886- ]. *Des heinoptysies dans la granulie. [Paris.] 92 pp. 8°. Nantes, 1912, No. 344. Collet (Jean) [1879- ]. *De l'accouchement spontane rapide et de l'expulsion imprevue du foetus au point de vue obstetrical et medico- legal, viii, 196 pp. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 306. ------. The same. 196 pp. 12°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere & fils, 1904. Collet (L.) [1870- 1. *Quelques recherches sur 1' acide cacodylique dans la tuberculose. 54 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 219. Collet (Leon). *De la myosalgie et de la dermalgie dans la colique de plomb, deductions therapeu- tiques. 62 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 453. Collet (Leon-W.") Les depots marins. 325 pp., 1 pi. 12°. Paris. 0. Doin, 1908. Collet (Louis) [1891- ]. *L'exclusion de la loge sous-hepatique en chirurgie biliaire. 42 pp., 11. 8°. Lyon, 1917, No. 10. CoUet (Louis-Eugene-Georges) [1876- ]. *La gangrene gazeuse et ses formes de ddbut. 74 pp. 8°. Paris, 1914, No. 16. Collet (Marcel) [1885- ]. *Syndromes p£- donculaires et bulbo-protuberantiels. au cours de la fievre typhoide. 81 pp. 8°. Paris, 1912, No. 77. CoUette (Augustin) [1886- ]. ^Diagnostic radioscopique des biloculations gastriques. 58 pp. 8°. Paris, 1913, No. 23. CoUette (H.-A.-J.) [1890- ]. Contribution a l'etude etiologique, clinique et therapeutique de la meningite cerebro-spinale a m^ningocoques chez l'enfant et le nourrisson. 236 pp. 8°. Pan's, 1917, No. 49. Colleu (Henri) [1885- ]. *La temperature et le pouls dans la fievre typhoide de l'enfant. 78 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 275. CoUeville (Pierre) [1886- ]_. *Le precede de Tangle anterieur dans le traitement de la sinu- site maxillaire chronique (methode employee a l'llopital Laennec). 71 pp. 8°. Pans, '1920 No. 271. Colley (Friedrich Carl) [1864- ]. Die chro- nisehe Entziindung des Blinddarmanhanges (Epityphlitis chronica), viii, 244 pp. roy. 8° Berlin, A. Hirschwald. 1912. Colleye (Henry) [1884- ]. *De la mobilisa- tion des fascias d'aecolement en chirursjie ab- dominale. 2 pi., 99 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1907, No. 63. Colli (Paola). *Das primare Angiom der quer^e- streiften Muskeln. 1 p. 1., 57 pp. 8° Ziiruh 1913. Colliat (Mile. Constance) [1878- ]. *Des bartholinites et en particulier de leur traitement 68 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1912, No. 93. COLLIAT. 23 COLLINS. Colli at (Mile. Marie) [1881- ]. *Metrorragies virginales et neuro-arthritisme. 74 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1912, No. 90. Colliculus seminalis. See Urethra; Veru montanum. Collidae. Brandt (K.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Colliden. Arch. f. Protistenk., Jena, 1905, vi, 245-271, 4 pi. CoUie (Alexander). The infectivity of enteric fever; with observations on its origin and inci- dence at Caius College, Cambridge, Festiniog and Wicken-Bonant. 47 pp. 8°. Brisyol, J. Bright & Co., 1904. ColUe (J. Norman) [1859- 1. See Stewart (A. W.) Recent advances in organic chemis- try. 8°. London, 1908. Collier (Herbert) [ -1913]. Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1913, i, 1704. CoUier (Horace Stanfield). See Index (An) of treatment [etc.]. 8°. Bristol, 1907. Collier (Joseph) [1855-1905]. Donald (A.) In Memoriam. Med. Chron., Manchester, .1905-6, xliii. 100-103.—Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, ii, 1074. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1905, ii, 1220. CoHier (Mayo) [1857- ]. Chronic progressive deafness. Its causation and treatment. 31 pp. 8°. London, Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, 1905. See, also, Browne (Lennox). The throat and nose and their diseases [etc.]. 8°. London, 1899. CoUier (William). School athletics and boys' races. 32 pp. 8°. London, J. & A. Churchill, 1909. CoUiere (Emile). *Dangers du tamponnement anterieur et posterieur des fosses nasales. 36 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 250. CoUiere (Henri). *Le vegetarisme et la physiolo- gie alimentaire. 169 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 228 ------. The same. 169 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, Soc. veg. de France, 1907. CoUignon (Camille) [1884- 1 Contribution k l'etude de la dothienentene abortive chez l'enfant. 51 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 43. CoUignon (Charles) [1882- ]. *Progression ascendante du nombre des avortements et ses causes. 64 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 453. CoUignon (Louis). *Accidents d'occlusion avec invagination par des tumeurs polypeuses b£- nignes de l'intestin. 48 pp. 8*. Paris, 1908, No. 229. CoUignon (Marcel) [1884- ]. *De la conva- lescence normale de la fievre typhoide. 104 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1908, No. 54. CoUignon (Pierre). *A propos de quelques cas de cancer du sein chez l'homme (etude clinique et pronostique). 3 p. 1., 70 pp. 8°. Paris, 1913, No. 339. CoUignon (R.) Anthropologic de la France: Dordogne, Charente, Creuse, Correze, Haute- Vienne. 79 pp., 1 tab., 2 ch. 8°. Paris, 1894. Forms fasc. iii, v. 1,3. s., of: Mem. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par. ------. Anthropologic du sud-ouest de la France: Les Basques; Basses-Pyrenees, Hautes-Pyrenees, Landes, Gironde, Charente-Inferieure, Charente. 129 pp., 6 tab., 2 ch. 8°. Paris, 1895. Forms fasc. iv, v. 1,3. s., of: Mem. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par. " CoUijn (Isak [Gustav Alfred]) [1875- ]. Kata- log der Inkunabeln der Kgl. Universitats- BibliothekzuUppsala, xxxviii, 11.,507pp. 4°. Uppsala, Almqvist & Wiksell, [1907]. CoUilieux (Alexandre) [1885- ]. *De l'electro- cardiographie. 78 pp. 8°. Lyon, Ducros & Lombard, 1910, No. 10. Collin (Andre) [1879- ]. *Le syndrome infan- tile normal psycho-neuro-musculaire. 56 pp. 8°. Paris, 1912, No. 171. Collin (Emile). *Les medecins de colonisation algeriens. 52 pp. 4°. Toulouse, 1896, No. 134. Collin (Eugen) [1890- ]. *Ein Fall von schwerer ulceroser und kasiger Magentuberku- lose. [Wiirzburg.] 30 pp. 8°. Erlangen, E. Th. Jacob, 1914. CoUin (Eugene-Jean-Baptiste) [1845-1919]. Guide pratique pour la determination des poudres offi- cinales, iii, 139 pp. 12°. Paris, 0. Doin, 1893. ------. Precis de matiere medicale; contenant l'origine botanique, la description, la structure anatomique,la composition chimique, les usages, le mode d'emploi et les falsifications des subs- tances officinales d'origine vegetale ou animale. iv, 720 pp. .8°. Paris, 0. Doin, 1903. ------. The same. [2. &L] vii, 801 pp. 8°. Paris, 0. Doin, 1908. ------. Traite de toxicologie vegetale; application du microscope a la recherche des poisons vege- taux. v, 210 pp. roy. 8°. Paris, O. Doin, 1907. See, also, Villiers (A.) & Collin (E.) [in. 2. s.]. Traite des alterations [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1900. For Biography, see Bull. d. sc. Pharmacol., Par., 1920, xxviii, 98-104 (E. Perrot). CoUin (Georges) [1884- ]. Contribution a l'etude des rapports de l'emphyseme avec la tuberculose pulmonaire. 60 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1911, No. 43. CoUin (Enut Johan August) [1852- 1917]. Christenson (A. H.) Nekrolog. Tidskr. i mil. Halsov., Stockholm, 1917, xiii, 174-176, port. CoUin (Leon-Philibert) [1880- ]. *De la valeur de la methode mixte asepso-antiseptique en chirurgie abdominale. 68 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1903, No. 15. CoUin (Remy-Gustave) [1880- ]. *Recherches cytologiques sur le developpement de la cellule nerveuse. [Nancy.] 129 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Lou- vain, 1907, No. 6. CoIUn ([Rudolf]) [1873- ]. Zur Kenntnis und Diagnose der angeborenen Farbensinnstorungen. 1 p. 1., 55 pp. 8°. Berlin, A. Hirschwald, 1906. Forms Hft. 32, of: Veroffentl. a. d. Geb. d. Mil.-San.-Wes., Berl., 1906. CoUinet [Paul]. Traitement des stenoses fi- breuses du larynx, rapport presente a la Society d'ptologie, de laryngologie et de rhinologie; Con- gre.s du 5 mai 1902. 81 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, Feret & fils; Paris, 0. Doin, 1902. See, also, Grunwald (L.) Atlas-manuel [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1903. CoUings (C. H.) How food poisons us; with an introduction by Eustace Miles, xvii, 60 pp. 12°. London, E. Miles, 1917. Collings (Samuel Posey) [1855-1917]. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, lxviii, 993. CoUingwood (Cuthbert) [1826- ]. On the scope and tendency of botanical study; an in- augural address. 31 pp. 8°. London & Liver- pool, Longman & Howell, 1858. [P., v. 2186.] ------. The influence of the microscope upon the progressive advance of medicine. 20 pp. 8°. Liverpool, H Greenwood, 1859. [P., v. 2186.] CoUinot (Louis-Jules-Paul) [1874- ]. *Etude sur les manifestations veineuses au cours de la syphilis secondaire. 86 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 200. Collins (Archie Frederick) [1869- ]. The magic of science; a book of scientific amuse- ments which can be performed with simple ap- paratus. 215 pp. 12°. New York, Chicago, F. H.Revell Co., 1917. Collins (A[ubrey] J[ohn]) [1875- ]. What is eclecticism? 29 pp. 16°. [Cincinnati,] [n. d.]. COLLINS. 24 COLLOIDOCLASIS. Collins (Cfharles] D.] [1878- ]. Diseases of the skin. 488 pp. 8°. Chicago, P. H. Mallen Co., 1904. Collins (Edward Teacher) [1862- ] & Mayou (Marmaduke Stephen). Pathology and bacteri- ology [of the eye], xxv, 558 pp., 3 col. pi. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son & Co., 1911. International system of ophthalmic practice, ed. by W. L. Pyle. Collins (Frederic Henry) [1855-1907]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, i, 474. Also: lan- cet, Lond., 1907, i, 697. Collins (Guy N.) [1872- ]. Seeds of commer- cial salt bushes. 28 pp., 8 pi. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Off., 1901. Forms Bull. No. 27, U. S. Dept. Agric, Div. of Botany. ------& Kempton (J. H.) An improved method of artificial pollination in corn. 7 pp. 8°. Washington, 1912. Forms Circ. No. 89, U. S. Dep. Agric, Bureau of Plant Indust., Wash. Collins (Henry Beale) [1852-1918]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1918, ii, 362. Also: Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1918, liii, 476. Also: Med. Press, Lond., 1918, n. s., cvi, 257. Collins (Howard L\) [1868- ] & Rockwell (Wm. H.) Physiology. A manual for students and practitioners. Series edited by Bern. B. Gal- laudet. 323 pp. 8°. Philadelphia & New York, Lea Bros. & Co., 1899. Collins (Joseph) [1866- ]. The treatment of diseases of the nervous system. A manual for practitioners, xiv, 602 pp. 8°. New York, W. Wood & Co., 1900. ------. Letters to a neurologist; to which are ap- pended brief replies purporting to set forth con- cisely the nature of the ailments therein de- scribed, with remarks on their appropriate treat- ment. 143 pp. 12°. New York, W. Wood & Co., 1908. Topical diagnosis of diseases of the brain. In Modern Med. (Osier). 8°. Phila. & N. Y., 1910 vii, 279-307,1 pi. ' Aphasia. In- Modern Med. (Osier). 8°. Phila. & N. Y„ 1910 vii, 308-326. ------. The way with the nerves; letters to a neu- rologist on various modern nervous ailments, real and fancied, with replies thereto telling of their nature and treatment, vi, 11., 313 pp. 8°. New York & London, G. P. Putnam's Sons, 1911. Collins (M.) Die schmerzlose Entbindung. Verhaltungs-Massregein zur Vermeidung der Schmerzen und Gefahren der Niederkunft. 5. Aufl. Mit einem Anhange fiber die Vorbeugung der Empfiingnis hrsg. von Klara Muehe. 1 p. 1 128 pp. 12°. Leipzig, L. Fernan, [1899?]. ------. The same. 7. Aufl. 116 pp. 8°. Leipzig, Th. Grieben's Verlag, [n. d.~\. Collins (Reginald Thomas) [1879-1918]. Obituary. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1918, xxxii, 380. Collins (Vere). Education in sex. pp. 100-105 8°. New York, 1904. Cutting from: Westminster Rev., N. Y., 1904, clxii. CoIUns (Victor Evelyn). See Dieulafoy (G.) A textbook of medicine fetcl. 4° London, 1910. CoIUns (W. D.) The quality of the surface waters of Illinois. 94 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Off., 1910. U. S. Dep. Int. U. S. Geol. Survey. Water-Supplv paper No. 239. ■ w * CoIUns (William Job) [1854- ]. Extractions of hard cataracts 1888 to 1894. 23 pp. 8°. [Lon- don, J. Vincent & Son, 1895.] ------. A review of the Norwich vaccination in- quiry. 22 pp. 12°. London, E. W. Allen, 1883. For Biography, see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, ii, 78. CoUinson (Joseph) [1871- ]. What it costs to be vaccinated: the pains and penalties of an un- just law. 46 pp. 8°. London, W. Keeves, 1896. CoUinson (Peter) [1693-1768]. See Wathen (Jonathan) [in 2. s.]. Practical observa- tions concerning the cure of the venereal disease [etc.]. 12°. London, 1765. Collinsonia. Abal (J.) Contribution k l'etude physiolo- gique du Collinsonia canadensis (Lin.). 8°. Paris, 1906. Dupre-Lefebvre (P.-A.-H.-S.) Contribu- tion a l'etude botanique du Collinsonia cana- densis (Lin.). 8°. Lille, 1914. Chevalier (J.) & Abal. Recherches sur le Collinsonia canadensis (Lin.). Bull. d. sc. pharmacol., Par., 1907, xiv, 513-521.—Hardy (S. A.) Collinsonia canadensis. Tr. Eclect. M. Soc N. Y., 1897, Olean, 1898, xvii, 98-100. CoUip (J. B.) On the formation of hydrochloric acid in the gastric tubules of the vertebrate stomach. 44 pp., 4 pi. 8°. [Toronto, Univer- sity of Toronto), 1920. Forms No. 55 of: University of Toronto Studies, Phy- siological Series. Collis (Edgar Leigh) [1870- 1 The industrial clinic; a handbook dealing with health in work, by several writers, edited by E. L. Collis. vii, 239 pp. 12°. London, J. Bale, Sons & Daniels- son, 1920. & Greenwood. The health of the industrial worker, containing a chapter on reclamation of the disabled, xix, 450 pp. 8°. London, J. & A. Churchill, 1921. CoUmann (Benno) [1875- ]. *Fiinf Falle von Balantidium coll im Darm des Menschen. 29 pp., 11. 8°. Konigsberg t. Pr., 1900. CoUmann (Carl [Heinrich]) [1890- ]. *Die Farbemethoden nach Much und Ziehl zum Nachweis von Tuberkelbazillen im Gewebe. Vergleichende Lntersuchungen mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung ihres Wertes fiir die Derma- tologie. [Wiirzburg.] 22 pp. 8°. Berlin. S. Karger, 1916. Collodion. Robiati(P.) *Del collodio. 8°. Pavia, 1849. Bertnger (G. M.) Acetone collodions. Am. J. Pharm Phila., 1906, lxxviii, 470-472.—de Castro y Barhilier (R.> Contribueidn al estudio del envenenamiento agudo por el colodi6n. Rev. de med. y drug, de la Habana, 1916, xxi 372-391.-Credft (B.) Perl-Colloolum. Allg. med CeirtT- Ztg., Berl., 1900, Ixix, 495.—Elder (F. R.) Further experi- ments on the preparation of modified collodion membranes for use in dialysis experiments. Biochem. Bull X Y 1913, ii, 549.-Farmer (C. C.) A method for the preparation ofumform collodium membranes for dialvsis. J. Biol. Chem N. Y 1917, xxxii, 447-453. Also, Reprint.-Gltlow (S.l Comparative studies of the permeability of collodion and collodion-fat membranes. Biochem. Bull., N Y 1913 ii 549.-Harris (N MucL.) Concerning an improved' method ?Lima^£& co,.'.?dlJ"? sacs- Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull- Bait 1902, xiii, m-lis.-Kahlbaum (G. W. A.) Die Entdeckung des Kollodiums. Janus Amst., 1901, vi, 517: ^•a A *'° Jn^stTr,.: N erhandl- d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf u. Aerzte 1901, Leipz 1902, lxxiii, pt. 2., med Abth 79- Rodet (A) & Guechoff.' Sur lesP proprietei deV sacs de eohodion et leur role en bacteriologie. Compt. rend. So7. de biol., Par., 1900, n. s ii 965-967.-Rodet (A.) & Moites^er Thb ?Z1n^rm,a^1^,des membranes de collodfon IM., 1902, 11 s., iv, 1047-1049.-Rusponl. Sur une nou- ra ^XPTn °n Pnarm^utique: le collodion albimdneux. Gaz.medd Orient, Constant., 1905,1,95.-Widney(J T B ) X«e i0tal TO?n: advantages of flexible collodion Rail way Surg. J., Chicago, 1918-19, xxv, 63-65. (oil oiri inc. usages mi,rographiques. Gaz. hebdL sTnied §e Bor deaux 1918, xxxix, 69-71.-DubreuU (G ) & Pianchon yjjf"- ComPt- ™d. Soc. de bioiL, Par 191"; Colloidoelasis. med* ernhU-XmdemL.ave,r,Kne' La colloidoclasie. Vrch de moa. et pharm. mil., Par., 1921 lxxiv w, jon V. 11 . Les autocolloidoclasies. Rev.1 gjn. de' .ihfc't 'dV"' ap " Par., 1921, xxxv, 17-19.-widal (F.), Abraml (P.)!Toe COLLOIDOCLASIS. 25 COLLOIDS. Colloidoclasis. Gennes (L.) Colloidoclasie et glandes endocrines; asthme et troubles thyro-ovariens. Presse m6d., Par., 1922, xxx, 385-388. Colloids. Dexheimer (A.) *Ueber die Darstellung anorganischer Kolloide in kolloidalen orga- nischen Medien. 8°. Erlangen, 1911. Loeb (J.) Proteins and the theorv of col- loidal behavior. 8°. New York, 1922." Stopfel (F.) *Leber Diffusionserscheinungen in festen Colloiden. 8°. Zurich, 1908. Svedborg (T.) The formation of colloids. 12°. London, 1921. Zahn ([A.] K.) *Ueber kolloidale Kalium- halogenide (Organosole und Gele); Synthese diarylsubstituirter Glycerine. 8°. Erlangen, 1908. Ascoli (M.) & Izar (G.) Ueber die Wirkung anorga- nischer Kolloide auf die Autolyse. Wirkungsdiflerenzen zwischen den verschiedenen Hydrosolen. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1909, xvii, 361-394.-----------. Beeinfiussung der Autolyse durch anorganische Kolloide. Wirkung von Giften. Ibid., 1907, vii, 142-151.—Bancroft (W. D.) The action of water vapor on gelatine. J. Phys. Chem., Ithaca, 1912, xvi, 395-406. -----. Mutual action of sols. Ibid., 1920, xxiv. 21-29.—Barratt (J. O. W.) Die Struktur der Gele. Kolloid-Ztschr., Dresd. & Leipz., 1921, xxviii, 217- 219.—Bary (P.) Generalites sur les collo'ides. J. de chim. phys., Geneve & Par., 1912, x, 437-453.—Bayllss (W. M.) The properties of colloidal systems; on adsorption as pre- liminary to chemical reaction. Proc. Roy. Soc, Lond., 1911, s. B., Ixxxiv, 81-98.-----. A simple presentation of the general properties of colloids. Lancet, Lond., 1922, i; 38- 40.—Bechhold (H.) Kolloidstudien mit der Filtrations- methode. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1907, lx, 257-318, 2 pi. Also [Abstr.]: Ztschr. f. Elektrochem., Halle a. S., 1907, xiii, 527-533.-----. Das Institut fiir Kolloidforschung der "Neubiirgerstiftung." Kolloid-Ztschr., Dresd. & Leipz., 1918, xxii, 44-46, 1 pi.—Berger (R.) Kolloide als Konser- vierungsmittel. Ztschr. f. Chemie u. Indust. d. Kolloide, Dresd., 1910, vi, 172-174.—Billitzer (J.) Theorie der Kolloide. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1905, li, 129-166.—Biltz (W.) Ueber Kolloide und ihre Adsorptionsverbindungen. Med.- naturw. Arch., Berl. & Wien, 1907, i, 267-299.—Blasel (L.) & Matula (J.) Untersuchungen iiber physikalische Zu- standsanderungen der Kolloide. Versuche am Desamino- glutin. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1914, lviii, 417-450 — Bottazzi (F.) Ueber eine genauere Definition der kolloiden Systeme und iiber die Systematik der Kolloide im allge- meinen. [Mit Bemerkungen von W. Ostwald.j Kolloid- chem. Beihefte, Dresd., 1911-12, iii, 161-190.—Bourgoin (P.) La loi de la combustion des poudres colloiidales. Rev. gen. d. sc. pures et appliq., Par., 1913, xxiv. 613-622 — Bradbury (R. H.) Colloids and crystals, the two worlds of matter. J. Frankl. Inst., Phila., 1913, clxxv, 319-328. Also: Am. J. Pharm., Phila., 1914, lxxxvi, 71-81.—Bradford (S. C.) Dispersoidology and the theory of von Weimarn. Science Progr., Lond., 1917-18. xii, 265-271.-----. On the theory of gels. Bio-Chem. J., Cambridge, 1921, xv, 553-562, 1 pi.-----. Die reversible Sol-Gel-Transformation. Kolloid- Ztschr., Dresd. £6-895.—Wltzemann (E. J.) The transition from crystalloid to colloid properties within homologous series. J." Phvs. Chem., Ithaca, 1922, xxvi, 201-216.—Wolff (L. K.) & Buchner (E. H.) Ueber das von Schroedersche Paradoxon. Ztschr. f. phvs. Che- mie, Leipz., 1915, lxxxix, 271-280.—Zacharias ?P. D.) Ueber den Zustand und die Eigenschaften der Kolloide. IM., 1901-2, xxxix, 468-4S4. Colloids (Anaphylaxis to). See Anaphylaxis to colloids. Colloids (Chemistry of). Alexander (J.) Colloid chemistrv. 16c Applied colloid chemistry. (J.) .\ew York, 1919. Bancroft (W. D.1) 8°. New York, 19L'l. Chemistry (The) of colloids. Pt. 1. Kolloid- chemie, by Richard Zsigmondv . . . tr. by Ell- wood B. Spear. Pt. 2. Industrial colloidal chemistry, by Ellwood B. Spear. A chapter on colloidal chemistry and sanitation, by John Foote Norton, roy. 8°. New York, 1917. Faraday Society, London. The physics and chemistry of colloids and their bearing on indus- trial questions; report of a general discussion held jointly by the Faraday Society and the Physical Society of London on 25tti October 1920. 8°. London, 1921. Fischer (M. H.), A McLaughlin (G. D.) & Hooker (M. O.) Soaps and proteins; their col- loid chemistry in theory and practice. 8° Yew York, 1921. Freundlich (H.) Kapillarchemie. Eine Darstellung der Chemie der Kolloide und ver- wandter Gebiete. 8°. Leipzig, 1909. COLLOIDS. 27 COLLOIDS. Colloids (Chemistry of). Hatschek (E.) An introduction to the physics and chemistry of colloids. 3. ed. 8°. London, 1919. ■---—. Laboratorv manual of elementary colloid chemistry. 8°. London, 1920. Holmes (H. N.) Laboratory manual of col- loid chemistry. 8°. New York, 1922. Kolloidchemische Beihefte (Erganzun«:s- hefte zur Kolloid-Zeitschrift). Hrsg. Wo. Ost- wald. v. 1-14, 1910-22. 8°. Dresden. Liesegang (R. E.) Beitrage zu einer Kol- loidchemie des Lebens. 8°. Dresden, 1909. Muller (A.) Allgemeine Chemie der Kol- loide. 8°. Leipzig, 1907. Ostwald (C. W. W.) Grundriss der Kolloid- chemie. 8°. Dresden, 1909. ------. The same. 2. Aufl., 1. Hlfte. 8°. Dresden, 1911. ------. The same. A handbook of colloid- chemistry; the recognition of colloids, the theory of colloids, and their general physico-chemical properties. First English ed., transl. from the third German ed., by M. H. Fischer, with the assistance of R. E. Oesper and L. Berman. 8°. Philadelphia, [1915]. ------. The same. 2. English transl. from the 3. German ed., by Dr. M. H. Fischer, with nu- merous notes added by E. Hatschek. 8°. Phil- adelphia, [1919]. ------. An introduction to theoretical and applied colloid chemistry, "The world of neg- lected dimensions"; authorized translation from the German by Martin H. Fischer. 4°. New York, 1917. Poschl (V.) Einfiihrung in die Kolloid- chemie. 2. Aufl. 8°. Dresden, 1910. ■ . The same. 3. Aufl. 8°. Dresden, 1911. ■ . The same. 5. Aufl. 8°. Dresden & Leipzig, 1919. ----—. The same. An introduction to the chemistry of colloids . . . transl. from the 2. en- larged German ed., by Herbert H. Hodgson. 8°. London, 1917. Stintzing (H.) *Der Einfluss des Lichtes auf kolloide Systeme. [Giessen.] 8°. Dresden & Leipzig, 1914. Szilard (B.) Beitrage zur allgemeinen Kol- loidchemie. 8°. Dresden, 1908. Taylor (W. W.) The chemistry of colloids and some technical applications. 2. impression. 8°. New York, [1915]. ------. The same. 2. ed. 8°. London, 1921. Zeitschrift fiir Chemie und Industrie der Kolloide ("Kolloid-Zeitschrift") Wissenschaft- liche und technische Rundschau fiir das Gesamt- gebiet der Kolloide. Hrsg. von Rudolf Ditmar. v. 1-12, 1906-12. 8°. Dresden. Zsigmondy (R.) Colloids and the ultrami- croscope; a manual of colloid chemistry and ultramicroscopy. Authorized translation by Jerome Alexander. 8°. London, 1909. Adair (G. S.) The penetration of electrolytes into gels; the application of Fourier's linear diffusion law. Bio-Chem. J., Cambridge, 1920, xiv, 762-779—Bancroft (W. D.) The theory of colloid chemistry. J. Phys. Chem., Ithaca, 1914, xviii, 549-558.-----. Outline of colloid chemistry. J. Franklin Inst., Phila., 1918, clxxxv, 29; 199; 373.—Bech- hold(H.) La desinfection et la chimie des colloides. Rev. g6n. d. sc. pures et appliq., Par., 1909, xx, 784-786.—Brace- well (R. S.) The molecular mechanism of colloidal behavior; the chemical nature of the adsorption of acids and alkalies by the protein molecule. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa., 1919, xii, 1511-1515.—Cremieu. La structure intime des colloides. Montpel. med., 1917, xxxix, 1139-1141.—Don- nan (F. G.), Lewis (W. C. McC.) [et al.]. Colloid chemistry and its general and industrial applications. Second report of the Committee. Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc. 1918, Lond., Colloids (Chemistry of). 1919, pt. 2, 1-172.—Fischer (k. H.) Studies in colloid chemistry and soap. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1919, n. s., xlix, 615-618. Also [Abstr.]: J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1920, xii, no. 3, p. li.—Fischer (M. H.) & Sykes (Anne). Non-electrolytes and the colloid-chemical theory of water absorption. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1913, n. s., xxxviii, 486.—Friedenthal (H.) Ueber chemische Bin- dung zwischen colloiden und krystalloiden Substanzen. Centralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. & Wien, 1899, xiii, 54-58.— Gann (J. A.) Zusammenhang zwischen chemischer Konstitution von organischen Verbindungen und ihrer Fahigkeit saure Goldhydrosole zu fallen. Kolloidchem. Beihefte, Dresd., 1916, viii, 251-298.—Gies (W. J.) Studies of water absorption by colloids. Biochem. Bull., N. Y., 1911-12, i, 124.—Hatschek (E.) The physics and chemistry of colloids and their bearing on industrial questions; the properties of elastic gels. Chem. News, Lond., 1920, cxi,' 241-243.—Henri (V.) & Mayer (A.) Etude des complexes de deux colloides; reversibility de la precipitation des col- loides ne'gatifs par les colloides positifs; irreversibility de la protection des colloides instables par les colloides stables. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvi, 864-866.—Herzfeld (E.) & Klinger (R.) Chemische Studien zur Physiologie und Pathologie; fiber "losliche und unlosliche" Kolloide; fiber echte und unechte Gallerten; das Protoplasma und das Problem der Zellpermeabilitat. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl, 1918. lxxxviii, 232-282.—Jordis (E.) Zur allgemeinen Kolloidchemie. Ztschr. f. Chemie u. Indust. d. Kolloide, Dresd., 1906-7, i, 71-76.—Katz (J. R.) Die Gesetze der Quellung. Eine biochemische und kolloidchemische Studie: die Quellung in Wasser ohne Komplikationen. Kolloid- chem. Beihefte, Dresd., 1917, ix, 1-182— Levene (P. A.) The chemical relationship of colloid, mucoid and amyloid substances. Arch. Neurol. & Psycho-Path., Utica, 1899, ii, 571-573.—Levis (W. C. McC.) Colloid chemistry. Na- ture, Lond., 1920-21, cvi, 547.—Lloyd (J. U.) Colloidal chemistry as applied to pharmaceutical problems, with demonstrations. N. Am. J. HomoeoD., N. Y., 1916, xxxi, 1027-1030—Luppo-Cramer. Kolloidchemie und Photo- graphie. Kolloid-Ztschr., Dresd. & Leipz., 1914, xv, 164- 166.—McRae (D.) Colloidal chemistry. J. Elisha Mitchell Sc. Soc, Chapel Hill. N. C, 1910, xxvi, 146-152.—Madsen (T.) Contributions a la chimie physique des enzymes et hemolysines. Cong, internat. de med., Lisbonne, 1906, xv, sect. 2, 91-114.—Mecklenburg (W.) Die Grundlagen der Kolloid-Chemie. Natur, Leipz., 1910, i, 265-271.—von Meyer. Chemie und Technik der Kolloide. Jahresb. d. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u. Heilk. in Dresd., 1910-11, Miinchen, 1911, 1-31. Also: Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 10i5.—Mines (G. R.) Der Einfluss gewisser Ionen auf die elektrische Ladung von Oberflachen und ihre Beziehung zu einigen Problemen der Kolloidchemie und Biologie. Kolloidchem. Beihefte, Dresd., 1911-12, iii, 191-236.—Moore (B.) & Bigland (A. D.) The equilibrium between varying concentrations of acids and alkalis and the proteins of the serum and other colloids, with a discussion of the nature of colloidal reaction or adsorption. Bio-Chem. J., Liverp., 1910, v, 32-78.—Oden (S.) Die automatisch registrierende Sedimentiervorrichtung und ihre Anwendung; auf einige kolloidchemische Probleme. Kolloid-Ztschr., Dresd., 1920. xxvii, 100-121.—Ormandy (W. R.) The physics and chemistry of colloids and their bearing on industrial ques- tions; some practical applications of electro-endosmosis and cataphoresis. Chem. News Lond., 1920, cxxi, 301-303.— Ostwald (W.) Die neuere Entwicklung der Kolloidchemie Kolloidchem. Beihefte, Dresd., 1912-13, iv, 1-23.—Paul! (W.) Der allgemeine Bauplan der Kolloide. Kolloid- Ztschr., Dresd. & Leipz., 1921, xxviii, 49-51.—Procter (H. R.) Colloidal chemistry. Chem. News, Lond., 1908, xcviii, 152; 167; 175. Also: Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc. 1908, Lond., 1909, 201-221—Richter-Quittner (M.) Die Bedeutung der Quellung und Entquellung fiir einige Fragen der Bioche- mie. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1921, cxxi, 273-292—Ro- honyi (H.) Kolloidchemische Eiweissstudien. Ibid., 1913, liii, 179-209.—Rona (P.) Flockungserscheinungen vom kolloidchemischen Standpunkt. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1918, lv, 196.—Scala (A.) Stato idro-colloidale dellamateria, reazioni colloidali e reazioni diastasiche. Onore (In) del Prof. A. Celli, Torino, 1913, xxv, 153-193.—Schwarz (H.) Probleme der Zelluloidchemie und ber die Notwendigkeit kolloidchemischer Anschauungen in dieser Industrie. Kolloidchem. Beihefte, Dresd., 1914, vi, 90-126.—Sekera (F.) Kolloidchemie und Radiumforschung. Kolloid- Ztschr., Dresd. & Leipz., 1920, xxvii, 145-154.—SeUei (J.) Die Wirkung der Kolloide auf die Metallsalzlosungen. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1914, 1, 141.—Stiegler (A.) Beitrage zur allgemeinen Kolloidchemie; zeitliche Aenderung kolloider Zinnsaure nach Peptisation mit Lauge. Kolloid-Ztschr., Dresd. & Leipz., 1921, xxix, 65-81.—Stocks (H. B.) Colloid chemistry of starch, gums, hemicelluloses, albumin, casein, gluten and gelatine. Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc. 1917, Lond., 1918, 65-104.—Svedberg (T.) Ein kur'.er Ueberbhck fiber die Physik und Chemie der Kolloide. Kolloid-Ztschr., Dresd. & Leipz., 1921, xxviii, 193-201 — Taylor (W. W.) The physical chemistry of colloid solu- tions. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Cambridge, 1908-9, xiii, 103- 114—Thomas (A. W.) The nomenclature used in colloid chemistry; a plea for reform. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1918, n. s., xlvii, 10-14.—Tolman (R. C.) & Bracewell COLLOIDS. 28 COLLOIDS. Colloids (Chemistry of). (R. S.) The molecular mechanism of colloidal behavior; theswellingoffibrinin alkalies. J. Am.Chem.Soc, Easton, Pa., 1919, xii, 1503-1510.—Traina (R.) Unanuovareazione microchimica tintoriale speeifica della sostanza colloide. Biochem. e terap. sper., Milano, 1909, i, 456-461. Also, transl.: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1911, liv, 445.—Vanzetti (B. L.) La chimica-ftsica dello stato colloidale. Biochim. e terap. sper., Milano, 1913-15, v, 109-127— Vorlander (D.) Chemische Zeitreaktionen bei Kolloiden. Kolloid-Ztschr., Dresd. & Leipz., 1918, xxii, 103-104.—WIegner (G.) Kol- loidchemische Probleme in der analvtischen Chemie. Mitt. a. d. Geb. d. Lebensmittelunt. u. Hyg., Bern, 1921, xii, 263- 288.—Zacharias (P. D.) & Kurllon (B.) Die wichtigsten Fragen der Chemie der Kolloide. Ztschr. f. Chemie u. Indust. d. Kolloide, Dresd., 1906-7, i, 135-141.—Zsigmondy (R.) Ueber Kolloidchemie mit besonderer Beriicksichti- gung der anorganischen Kolloide. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, 1906, Leipz., 1907, 218-229. Alio, Reprint.-----. Ueber einige Fundamentalbegriffe der Kolloidchemie. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1921, xcviii, 14-37. Colloids (Colors of). Bancroft (W. D.) The colors of colloids. J. Phvs. Chem., Ithaca, 1918, xxii, 601-630: 1919, xxiii, 1.54; 253; 2X9; 365; 445; 554; 603; 640. Also: Chem. News, Lond., 1920, cxx, 163; 174; 187—Bbrjeson (G.) Vergoldung von Amy- kronen einiger Kolloide. Kolloid-Ztschr., Dresd., 1920, xxvii, 18-27.—Haller (R.) Ueber Farbstoffgallerten. Ibid., Dresd. & Leipz., 1918, xxii, 49-53.—Httber (R.) & Chassin (S.) Die Farbstoffe als Kolloide und ihr Verhalten in der Niere vom Frosch. Ztschr. f. Chemie u. Indust. d. Kolloide, Dresd., 1908, iii, 76-80.—Keller (R.) Die elektri- sche Charakteristik der Farbstoffkolloide. Kolloid-Ztschr., Dresd., 1920, xxvii, 173-180. Colloids (Electrical relations of). Beans (H. T.) & Eastlack (H. E.) The electrical synthesis of colloids. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa., 1915, xxxvii, 2667-2683.—Bender (R.) Einige Versuche fiber das Ausfallen von kolloider Mastix-Losung durch ein Ge- misch zweier Elektrolyte. Kolloid-Ztschr. Dresd. & Leipz., 1914, xiv, 255-257.—Benedicks (C.) Die Natur der elektri- schen Kolloidsynthese. Kolloidchem. Beihefte, Dresd., 1913, iv, 229-260, 4 pi.—Bhatnagar (S. S.) Phasenumkehr in Emulsionen und Fallurg in Suspensoiden durch Elek- trolyte. Kolloid-Ztschr., Dresd. & Leipz., 1921, xxviii, 206-209.—Bottazzi (F.) Sur la technique des recherches de transport eiectrique (et de dialyse) des colloides organiques. Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1910, liii, 481— Doumer (E.) Hvdratation des colloides organiques sous Pinfluence de l'eleetrolyse. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1914, lxxvi, 40; 792.—von Furth (O.) igens. Zentralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. & Wien, 1909, xxii, 727-730.—Ballenger (E. G.) & Elder (O. F.) The germicidal character of the emanations from colloids of certain silver salts; a preliminary report. Surg., i iy 11«c .v Obst., Chicago, 1922, xxxv. 57 62.— Barbier (Ho Note sur lemploi des motanx ft lVtat col- loidal. Bull. gen. de trtfmp. [etc.], Par., 1905, cxlix, 14-16.— Bossan (E.) \ Marcelet (H.) Les met:mx coiloidaux; etude surleur act ion et K ureffet surle pouvoir phagoc\ taire. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 190S I xxxi, 1227-1229.----- ------■. Opsonines et metaux colloidaux, coefficient phagocytaire et action speciflque des diilerents metaux colloidaux. Ibid., 1909, Ixxxii, 1207 1210.—Crookes (H.) On metallic col- oids and their bactericidal properties, the historv of col- losols. Scient. Am. Suppl., N.Y., 1914, lxxviii, 2.—Cuy <_EVJ-> °" the preparation of colloidal manganese dioxide. li ^F-S*1*™! Ithapa. 1921, xxv. 41.V-U7.—fetlenne (G.) Modifications des courbes thermiques sous Paction des mrtaux a lVtat colloidal <*lectrolvtique, dans plusieurs infections. Rev. med. de Pest. Nunev. 1907, xxxix, 532- a41 1 ilippl (E.) Dialoune iiroprieta dei metallicolloidali elettru-i. spenmentale. Arch, di biol., Firenze, 190S, lxii, ',".w ftl ih*'£an*1" Arch- ita'-- dl bio1-. Turin, 1909, li i?« .4S8w*V* (C '/vnv«?:'"ot<» (A.) Ueber die phvsiolo^ ?.1Sl'u\ Wirkiing kolloidaler Metalle. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1909, xix 1-74 2 diag.-C.aleckl (A.) Koagulations^ studien am Goidhydrosol. Ztschr. f. Chemie u. Indust. d. STl6' .^d" i912' x- "»-lW-t;nalta (A.) Los metales coloidales. Semana mM, Buenos Aires, 1918, xxv, *?;L2fi0'-If1e'1rl (N A Mesure du pouvoir catafvtique des ™ ?1,A^m1,1.?id:l"x' ComPt- "nd. W. de biol./Par., 1906, J,'r K>.2'",srnVT° {H-> Action du St'rum sanguin sur les metaux colloidaux suivant qu'ils sont stabilises ou U°nV n6'^' ,I90I/ lxiii> 87-«9. -Jacobs (F.) Versuche fthS den kolloidalen Zustand von Eineiss-undGoldsolgeinischen Biochem Ztschr., Berl., 1913, lviii, 343-351.-J„ltra n Naturo et propriotfs des colloides, argent colloidal, mercure colloidal, etc J. de mM. de Par., 1909, 2. s XxMffl_ Karczag (L.) Ueber kolloidale Metallchloricle und Me. tallsulfate. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1913, hi lir 121 _ Maintano (G.) Ueber den kolloiden Zustand. Die nhvsi kahsch-chemischen Eigenschaften der Eisenhydroxyd COLLOIDS. 29 COLLOIDS. Colloids (Metal). chloridkolloide und ihre Forschung mittels der Ultrafiltra- tion. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1910, lxviii, 232-253 — Marshall (C. R.) & Killoh (G. B.) The bactericidal action of collosols of silver and mercury. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1915, i, 102-104.— Meyerhoi (0.) Ueber Hemmung der Wasser- stoffsuperoxydzersetzung des kolloidalen Platins durch indifferente Narkotika. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1914, clvii, 307-325.—Ostwald (W.) Metallsole aus Kar- bonylen. (Vorlaufige Mitteilung.) Kolloid-Ztschr., Dresd. u. Leipz., 1914. xv, 204.—Robin (A.) & Bardet (G.) Action des metaux a l'etat colloidal et des oxydases artiflcielles sur Involution des maladies infectieuses. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1904, cxlvii, 437-440.—Rodolico (L.) I metalli colloidali. Gior. intemaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1909, n. s., xxxi, 352-367.—Siboni (G.) Metalli colloidali. Farma- coterap.. Lodi, 1908, viii, 113-117.—Sledentopl (H.) Ueber kolloidale Alkalimetalle. Ztschr. f. Electrochem. [etc], Halle a. S., 1906, xii, 635-637.—Stephenson (T.) Colloidal metals. Prescriber, Edinb., 1918, xii, 105.-----. Colloidal metals and non-metals; their history, preparation, and properties. Ibid., 1920, xiv, 230-234.—Waller (H. E.) A note on colloidal manganese and colloidal selenium. Ibid., 238.—Witt (J. C.) The colloidal products of the reactions between potassium dichromate and stannous salts. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa., 1918, xl, 1026-1030. Colloids (Osmotic pressure of). Bayllss (W. M.) The properties of colloidal systems; the osmotic pressure of Congo-red and of some other dyes. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1909, s. B, lxxxi, 269-286.-----. The osmotic pressure of electrolytically dissociated colloids. Ibid., 1911, s. B, Ixxxiv, 229-254.—Blitz (W.) Ueber den osmotischen Druck der Kolloide. Weitere Beitrage zur Dialyse und Osmose von Farbstofflosungen. (Nach Ver- suchen von F. Pfenning.) Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1911, lxxvi, 91-116.-----. Ueber den osmotischen Druck der Gelatine. Ibid., 1916, xci, 705-721.—Blitz (W.) & von Vegesack (A.) Ueber den osmotischen Druck der Kol- loide. Ueber die Rolle der Elektrolyte bei der Dialyse von Kolloiden. Ibid., 1910, lxxiii, 357-382.-----------. Der osmotische Druck einiger Farbstofflosungen. Ibid., 481- 512.—Duclaux (J.) & Wollman (E.) Pression osmotique des colloides. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1911, cli, 1580-1583.—Lillie (R. S.) The influence of electrolytes and of certain other conditions on the osmotic pressure of col- loidal solutions. Am. J. Physiol., Best., 1907-8, xx, 127- 179.—Loeb (J.) Amphoteric colloids; the influence of the valency of cations upon the physical properties of gelatin. J. Gen. Physiol., Bait., 1919, i, 483-504. Also, Reprint.— Moore (B.) & Boat (H. E.) Der osmotische Druck der Kolloide und seine biologische Bedeutung. Kolloid-Ztschr., Dresd. & Leipz., 1913, xiii, 133-137.—Polanyi (M.) Adsorp- tion, Quellung und osmotischer Druck von Kolloiden. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1914, lxvi, 258-268.—Tinker (F.) The colloidal membrane: its properties and its function in the osmotic system. Chem. News, Lond., 1917, cxvi, 16. Colloids (Physical properties of). See, also, Colloids (Colors of); Colloids (Elec- trical relation of); Colloids (Osmotic pressure of); Colloids (Viscosity of). Burton (E. F.) The physical properties of colloidal solutions. 8°. London, New York, [etc], 1916. Adolf (Mona) & Spiegel (E.) Untersuchungen iiber physikalische Zustandsanderungen der Kolloide. Das Acidalbumin. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1920, civ, 175-189.— Ambronn (H.) Einige Beobachtungen iiber das Ge- frieren der Colloide. Ber. ii. d. Verhandl. d. k. Sachs. Ge- sellsch. d. Wissensch. zu Leipz. Math-.phys. Kl., 1891, xliii, 28-31.—Bardet (G.) Proprtetes physiques et chimi- ques des solutions colloidales de metaux dans leurs rapports avec les applications therapeutiques. Rev. de therap. med.-chir., Par., 1907, lxxiv, 397-403.—BerczeUer (L.) Untersuchungen uber die Oberflachenspannung von Kol- loiden. Kolloid-Ztschr., Dresd. & Leipz 1917, xxi, 63-77.— Fischer (H. W.) & Robertag (O.) Ueber das Ausfneren von Gelen. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1909, xviii, 58-94 — Gutbier (A.), Huber (J.) & Zweigle (A.) Studien uber Schutzkolloide. Zwolfte Reihe: Gelatine als Schutzkolloid. Ueber kolloides Silbcr. Kolloid-Ztschr., Dresd. & Leipz., 1922, xxx, 306-313.—Handovsky (H.) Untersuchungen uber physikalische Zustandsanderungen der Kolloide. Die Einwirkung von organischen Basen und amphoteren Elektrolyten auf Eiweiss. Biochem. Ztschr7 Berl., 1910, xxv, 510-538.—Hatschek (E.) Die physikahschen Eigen- schaften der elastischen Gele. Die Eigenschaften von elastischen Gelen. Kolloid-Ztschr., Dresd. & Leipz., 1921, xxviii, 210-213.—Kopaczewski (W.) & Gruzewska,(Mme. Z.) La toxicity serique et les proprieties physiques des gels colloidaux. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1920, clxx. 133-135.—Lillie (R. S.) The osmotic pressure of colloidal solutions and the influence of electrolytes and non-electro- Ivtes on such pressure. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1906-7, iv, 111-113.—Loeb (J.) Amphoteric colloids; chemical basis of the influence of acid upon the physical Colloids (Physical properties of). properties of gelatin. J. Gen. Physiol., Bait., 1918, i, 363- 385.-----. The reciprocal relation between the osmotic pressure and the viscosity of gelatin solutions. Ibid., 1921-22, iv, 97-112.—Malfltano (G.) Les proprietes physiques des colloides hydro-oxv-chloro-ferriques. Essai d'une defini- tion de l'etat micellaire. Rev. gen. d. sc. pures et appliq., Par., 1908, xix, 614-625—Manabe (K.) & Matula (J.) Untersuchungen iiber physikalische Zustandsanderungen der Kolloide. Elektrochemische Untersuchungen am Saureeiweiss. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1913, Iii, 369-408.— Oryng (T.) & Pauli (W.) Untersuchungen iiber phy- sikalische Zustandsanderungen der Kolloide. Ueber Neu- tralsalzeiweissverbindungen. Ibid., 1915, lxx, 368-397.— Ostwald (W.) Ueber die Bedeutung der Viskositat fiir das Studium des kolloiden Zustandes. Ztschr. f. Chemie u. Indust. d. Kolloide, Dresd., 1913, xii, 213-222.—Paull (W.) Untersuchungen iiber physikalische Zustandsande- rungen der Kolloide. Beitr. z. chem. Phys. u. Path., Brnschwg., 1902, iii, 225-246: 1905-6, vii, 531-548: 1907. x, 53-79.—Pauli (W.) & Falek (O.) Untersuchungen iiber physikalische Zustandsanderungen der Kolloide. Die Hydratation verschiedener Eiweissverbindungen mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Coffeineinwirkung. Bio- chem. Ztschr., Berl.. 1912, xlvii, 269-299.—Paull (W.) & Flecker (L.) Untersuchungen iiber physikalische Zustands- anderungen der Kolloide. Die Beziehungen von Eiweiss zu anorganischen Kolloiden und Schwermetallsalzen. Ibid., xii, 461-512.—Pauli (W.) & Handovsky (H.) Unter- suchungen iiber physikalische Zustandsanderungen der Kolloide. Beitr. z. chem. Phys. u. Path., Brnschwg., 1603, xi, 415-448. Also: Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1909, xviii, 340- 371: 1910, xxiv, 239-262.—Paull (W.) & Hirschfeld (M.) Untersuchungen iiber physikalische Zustandsanderungen der Kolloide. Die Proteinsalze verschiedener Sauren. Ibid., 1914, lxii, 245-265.—Paull (W.) & Rona (P.) Unter- suchungen iiber physikalische Zustandsanderungen der Kolloide; Verhalten der Gelatine. Beitr. z. chem. Phys. u. Path., Brnschwg., 1902, ii, 1^1.—Pauli (W.), Samec (M.) & Strauss (E.) Untersuchungen iiber physikalische Zustandsanderungen der Kolloide. Das optisehe Dre- hungsvermogen der Proteinsalze. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1914, lix, 470-495.—Posternak (S.) Contribution a l'etude causale des modifications d'etat des colloides; sur les pro- Frietes physiques de la micelle albuminoide. Ann. de Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1901, xv, 85; 168; 451; 570.—Rosen (H. R.) The forms of gas and liquid cavities in gels, and their interpretation by surface compression. Science, N. Y., 1922, n. s., Iv, 75-77.—Schlelffer (Hedwig). Ueber die Oberflachenspannung kolloider Losungen. Kolloid-Ztschr., Dresd. & Leipz., 1922, xxx, 273-278.—Schorr (C.) Unter- suchungen iiber physikalische Zustandsanderungen der Kolloide. Ueber Eigenschaften der Eiweissionen. Bio- chem. Ztschr., Berl.; 1911, xxxvii, 424-451.—Tolman (R. C.) Colloids and negative surface tension. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, 1916, xliv, 565-567.—Wagner (R.) Unter- suchungen iiber physikalische Zustandsanderungen der Kolloide. Die Fallung von Eiweiss durch Sauren und Laugen. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1920, civ, 190-199. Colloids (Precipitation of). Teagtje (O.) & Buxton (B. H.) Die gegen- seitige Ausflockung von Kolloiden. 8°. New York, 1908. Cutting from: Zeit. f. physikal. Chem., 1908. Buxton (B. H.) & Bahe (A. H.) Einfluss der Tempera- tur auf die Ausflockung von Kolloiden. Beitr. z. chem. Phys. u. Path., Brnschwg., 1908. xi, 479-502. Also, Re- print. ----------. Effect of dilution upon the flocculation of colloids. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1909, xx, 113-136 — Buxton (B. H.) & Teague (O.) Ueber Ausflockung von Kolloiden. Ztschr. f. Chemie u. Indust. d. Kolloide, Dresd., 1907-8, ii. pt. 8, Suppl., pp. xlv-xlix— Duclaux (J.) Lavage des precpites colloidaux. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1906, cxliii, 296-298.—Field (C. W.) Further observations on the precipitation of inorganic colloids by sera. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med.. N. Y., 1907-8, v, 61.—Freundlich (H.) Ueber das Ausfallen kolloidaler Losungen durch Elektrolyte. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1903, xliv, 129-160.-----. Ueber Kolloidfallung und Adsorption. Ztschr. f. Chemie u. Indust. d. Kolloide, Dresd., 1906-7, i, 321-331.—Ishizaka (N.) Ueber die Beziehung zwischen Kollcidfallung und Adsorption und iiber die Fallurgs- geschwindigkeit. Ztschr. t. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1913, fxxxui, 97-J28.—Klein (P.) Ueber Flockung von Kolloiden durch Nichtleiter. Kolloid-Ztschr., Dresd. & Leipz., 1921, xxix, 247-250.—Marshall (J.) & Welker (W. H.) The Precipitation of colloids by means of aluminium hydroxide. . Am. Chem.. Soc, Easton, Pa., 1913, xxxv, 820-822.— Mayer (A.) Etudes ultramicroscopiques sur les colloides; grecipitation par les electrolytes; coagulation par la chaleur. ompt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxiii, 184-187.—Pech- steln (H.) Bemerkungen zu Spiros Mitteilung iiber die Fallung von Kolloiden. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1913, lviii, 171-174.—Spiro (K.) Die Fallung von Kolloiden. Beitr. z. chem. Phvs. u. Path., Brnschwg., 1903, iv, 300-322. -----. Die Fallung von Kolloiden. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1913, liv. 155-158: lvi, 11-16.-----. Zu den Bemer- COLLOIDS. 30 COLLOIDS. Colloids (Precipitation of). kungen von H. Pechstein iiber die Salzfallung der Kolloide. Ibid., 1914, lix, 337.—Tlebackx (F. W.) Gleichzeitige Ausflockung zweier Kolloide. Ztschr. f. Chemie u. Indust. d. Kolloide, Dresd., 1911, viii, 198-201.—Whitney (W. R.) & Ober (J. E.) Ueber die Ausfallung der Kolloide durch Elektrolyte. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1901-2, xxxix, 630-634. Colloids (Protective). Bonsmann (M. R.) Ueber die Verwendung der in Korperflussigkeiten vorhandenen Schutzkolloide beim Kongorubin. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Exper. Med., Berl., 1921, xxiv, 66-83.—Borrlno (A.) Sui colloidi dell' epitelio in tes- tinale e sull' azione protettiva di colloidi introdotti. Riv. di clin. pediat., Firenze, 1914, xii, 702-708.—Groh (J.) _ Ue- ber die Messung der Schutzwirkung von Schutzkolloiden. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1914, lxxxviii, 414-418.— Gutbier (A.) & Beckmann (P.) Studien iiber Schutz- kolloide. Ichthyocolla als Schutzkolloid. Kolloid-Ztschr., Dresd. & Leipz., 1921, xxviii, 167-172.—Gutbier (A.) & Huber (J.) Studien iiber Schutzkolloide. Semen Psyllii als Schutzkolloid. Ibid., 1916, xix,90-98.----------. Stu- dien iiber Schutzkolloide. Carragheen als Schutzkolloid. Allgemeine kolloidchemische Untersuchungen iiber den Extrakt von irlandischem Moos. Ibid., 1922, xxx, 20-31 — Gutbier (A.), Huber (J.) & Kuhn (E.) Studien uber Schutzkolloide. Cetraria islandica als Schutzkolloid. Ibid., xviii, 57; 201; 263: xix, 33-36.—Gutbier (A.), Irion (A.) & Sauer (E.) The same. Ibid., 1-10.—Gutbier (A.) & Krauter (J.) The same. Ibid., 65-71.—Gutbier (A.) & Krautle (Nora). Studien iiber Schutzkolloide. Tubera Salep als Schutzkolloid. Ibid., 1917, xx, 83; 123; 186; 194.— Gutbier (A.), Kuhn (E.) & Krauss (F.) Studien iiber Schutzkolloide. Semen Lini als Schutzkolloid. Ibid., 1916, xix, 22-33.—Gutbier (A.) & Sauer (E.) Studien fiber Schutzkolloide. Cetraria als Schutzkolloid. Ueber kol- loides Kupfer. Ibid.. 1919, xxv. 145-153.—Gutbier (A.) & Wagner (A.) Studien iiber Schutzkolloide. Semen Cy- doniae als Schutzkolloid. IM., 1916, xix, 235; 280; 287; 291; 298.—Gutbier (A.) & Welngartner (E.) Studien iiber Schutzkolloide. Starke als Schutzkolloid. Ueber Kol- loides Silber. Kolloidchem. Beihefte, Dresd., 1913-14, v, 211-243.—Gutbier (A.) & Weise (G. L.) Studien uber Schutzkolloide. Radix Althaeae als Schutzkolloid. Kolloid- Ztschr., Dresd. & Leipz., 1916, xix, 177; 230-234.—Gutbier (A.), Wolf (A.) & Kless (A.) Studien uber Schutzkolloide. Elite Reihe: Carragheen als Schutzkolloid. Ueber Kol- loides Silber. Ibid., 1922, xxx, 31-33.—Rolla (L.) I col- loidi protettivi. Path. nv. quindicin., Genova, 1908-9, i, 29-33. Colloids (Relations of) to biology and medicine. See, also, Colloids (Protective); Colloids (Therapeutics of). Bechhold (H.) Die Kolloide in Biologie und Medizin. 8°. Dresden, 1912. ------. The same. 3. ed. 8°. Dresden, 1920. ------. The same. Colloids in biology and medicine; authorized transl. from the 2. German ed., with notes and emendations by J. G. M. Bul- lowa. 8°. New York, 1919. Michaelis (L.) Dynamik der Oberflachen. Eine Einfiihrung in biologische Oberflaehen- Studien. roy. 8°. Dresden, 1909. Stodel (G.) Les colloides en biolosne et en therapeutique; le mercure colloidal eiectrique. 8°. Paris, 1908. Aron (H.) Die kolloidalen Zustandsanderungen und ihre Beziehungen zu einigen biologischen Fragen. Biochem. Centralbl., Leipz., 1905-6, iv. 505; 553.—Ascoll (A.) Signifl- cato biologico dei metalh colloidali. Rassegna di baet.-opo- e sieroterap., Milano, 1908, iv, 269-284—Ascoll (M.) Sull' azione biologica di colloidi e sali inorganici. Biochim. e terap. sper., Milano, 1909, i, 418-425.—Ascoll (M.) & Izar (G.) Sull' azione biologica di alcuni idrosoli inorganici. Ibid., 74; 119.—Bordler. Absorption des metaux a l'etat colloidal par les cellules vegetales. Lyon med., 1910, cxv, 1002.—Chamagne (G.) Etudes sur les colloides naturels des plantes medicinales. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxii, 539.— Crtmleu. Considerations sur la structure intime des colloides et lcur r61e biologique. Montpel. med., 1917, xxxix, 1123-1136.—De Coster. Les collo'ides metal- Iiques en medecine. Arch. med. beiges, Brux., 1907, 4. s.. xxx, 361-376.—Dimond (L.) Colloids in medicine and physiology. Practitioner, Lond., 1913, xci, 132-140.— Doyen. Action de certains colloides organiques sur la pha- gocytose. Cong, internat. de med. (xvi.). C.-r., Budapest, 1910, sect, v, Therap., 474-490.—Duclaux (J.) Fonction Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1920, Txxxiii, 292.-Elfer (A.) Ueber die Rolle der Kolloidchemie in der Medizin. Colloids (Relations of) to biology and medicine. Pest med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1910, xlvi, 149.—Evans (H. M.) & Schulemann (W.) Die vitale Farbung mit sauren Farbstoffen in ihrer Bedeutung fiir pharmakologr, sche Probleme. Ein Beitrag zur Pharmakologie kolloidei Losungen. Mit einen kolloidchemischen Beitragvon Felix Wilborn. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1914, 1508-1511.—Fasten (N.) Colloids and living phenomena. Scien. Month., N. Y., 1919, ix. 465-473.—Felgl (J.) & Rollett (A.) Zur Biochemie der Kolloide. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1908, viii, 14.5-179.—Flltppi (E.) Quelques proprietes des metaux colloidaux eiectriques; 1= partie: Action sur le protoplasma vivant et sur quelques ferments. Arch. ital. de biol.. Turin, 1908-9,1,175-1K9.—Fischer (M. H.) Beitrage zur kolloidchemischen Analyse der Absorptions- und Sekre- tionsvorgange. (Die Absorption aus der Bauchhohle.) Kolloidchem. Beihefte. Dresd., 1911 ii, 304-342. -----. Kolloid-chemische Probleme in der Medizin und Physio- logie. Med. Klin., Berl., 1921. xvii, 239.— Foa (C.) & Aggaz- zottl (A.) SulP azione flsiologica dei metalli colloidali. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1907, 4. s., xiii, 201; 385; 394. Also, transl.: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1908, xlix, 300-313.—Freundlich (H.) Ueber die Bedeutung der Kapillarchemie fiir die Physiologie. Ztschr. f. Balneol., Klimat. [etc.]. Berl., 1910, ii, 709-714.—Frledberger (E.) & Kumagal (T.) Ueber hamolytische und bakterienabto- tende Wirkung chemisch indifferenter und unloslicher an- organischer kolloidaler Substanzen. Ztschr. f. Immunitats- forsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1912, xiii, Orig., 127-149.— Frledemann (U.) Einige Anwendungen der Kolloidfor- schung auf die biologischen Wissenschaften. Med. Klin., Berl., 1905, i, 760; 782.—Hamburger (H. J.) Neuere Unter- suchungen iiber Colloide und ihre Bedeutung fiir die medi- zinischen Wissenschaften. Arch. f. phys. Med. u. med. Techn., Leipz., 1906, i, 83-103.—Hedin (S. G.) Colloidal reactions and their relations to biology. Harvev Lect., 1913-14, Phila. & Lond., 1915, ix, 162-173.—Henderson (L. J.), Palmer (W. W.) 2, i 787.-Moore (B ) The balance of colloid and crystalloid in cholera, shock and allied conditions. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1919, ii, 490- 492. —____ Colloid and saline in shock and cholera. Nature, Lond 1919-20, civ, 131.-Morse (Ml Inorganic colloids and r>n> toplasm. Science, N. V. & Lancaster, Pa., 1913 n s xxxvii, 423-125.—Munk (F.) Die Bedeutung der Kolloide COLLOIDS. 31 COLLOIDS. Colloids (Relations, of) to biology and medicine. m Organismus und ihre chemische Beeinflussung. Ztschr. f. Chemotherap. [etc.], Leipz., 1912, i, Ref., 793; 973.— Osborn e (W. A.) Intracellular colloidal salts. J. Physiol., Lond., 1906, xxxiv, 84-92.—Paull (W.) Beziehungen der Kolloidchemie zur Physiologie. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, 1906, Leipz., 1907, 230-244. Also, Reprint.—Ramsden (W.) Colloidaland capillary phenom- ena in their bearings on physiology and bio-chemistry. Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc. 1917, Lond., 1918, 104.—Rosen- mund (K. W.) Die Kolloidchemie in ihrer Bedeutungfur Medizin und Pharmazie. Ber. d. deutsch. pharm. Gesellsch., Berl., 1913, xxiii, 309-326.—Sabrazes (J.) & Casaux (J.) Pathogenie de la formation locale de colloide. Compt. rend. Soc de biol.. Par., 1912, lxxii, 243—Scala (A.) I com- plessi colloidali e loroimportanza nella biologia, nella pato- logia de ricambio e nell' igiene. Ann. d' ig.. Roma, 1917, xxvii, 429-453.-----. Lostatodell'acquaneghesseriviventi e nelle varie forme della materia alio stato colloidale. Ann. d'ig., Roma, 1921. xxxi, 214-249.-----. L'acidita potenziale nei complessi colloidali degli organismi vi vent i e sua attiva- zione per alcune forze fisiche. Ibid., 743-755.—Schade (H.) Von der Bedeutung der Kolloide im menschlichen Korper. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1921, lxviii, 144.-----. Die Kolloide als Trager der Lebenserscheinungen. Naturwis- senschaften, Berl., 1921, ix, 89-92.—Schaeffer (G.) Proto- plasme et colloides. Biologica, Par., 1912, ii, 193-201 — Schlossmann (C.) [L'action des acides sur les colloides et son rdle dans la pathologie.] Acta et comment. Univ. Dorpatensis, Tartu (Dorpat), 1921, i, A-3, 1-14.—Smith (W. G.) Colloids and some of their biological relations. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1910, cxxx, 244-258.—Sohngen (N. L.) Einfluss von Kolloiden auf mikrobiologische Prozesse. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1913, xxxviii, 621-647— Stephens (G. A.) The part played by colloids in physiology and pathology. Practitioner, Lond., 1910, fxxxv, 374-390.—Stodel (G.) Les colloides en biologie. Rev. scient., Par., 1905, 5. s., i. 46-49: iii, 10-15. -----. Nouvelles recherches sur les colloides; applications biolo- giques et therapeutiques. Ibid., 1907, 5. s., vii, 353-365.— Volgt (J.) Zur medizinisehen Verwendung geschiitzter Metallhydrosole und der Deutung oder Erklarung ihrer Folgeerscheinungen. Kolloid-Ztschr., Dresd. & Leipz., 1921, 89.—Weichardt. Physiopathologische Wirkung kolloidaler Metalle; Beitrag zu dem Artikel von M. Ascoli und G. Izar in No. 21 d. Wchnschr. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xliv, 906-908.—von Weimarn (P. P.) Der kolloide Zustand und seine Bedeutung fiir die verschiedenen Zweige der Natur- wissenschaft. Kolloidchem. Beihefte, Dresd., 1911, ii, 399- 408.—Williams (W. R.) Colloids and ions. Med. News, N. Y., 1904, lxxxv, 928-937.—Wimmer (C. P.) Colloids and their importance to pharmacy. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., Columbus, 1914,iii, 1004-1013.—Zawidzkl (J.) [Colloidsand their importance in the processes of absorption of water by the animal organism.] Now. lek., Poznan, 1911, xxiii, 129; 200; 260. Colloids (Solutions of). See Solutions (Colloid). Colloids (Therapeutics of). Boulay (P.) Contribution a l'etude du traitement des maladies infectieuses par les metaux colloidaux. 8°. Paris, 1909. Durand (G.) Contribution k l'etude de l'emploi des metaux colloidaux eiectriques iso- toniques stabilises dans le traitement des mala- dies infectieuses. 8°. Montpellier, 1908. La.vda (F. A.) *Medicaci6n coloidal. 8°. Puebla, [1908]. Searlb (A. B.) ... The use of colloids in health and disease. 8°. London, 1920. Stodel (G.) *Les collo'ides en biologie et en therapeutique; le mercure colloidal eiectrique. 8°. Paris, 1908. Tremolieees (R.) *Les colloidaux en thera- peutique. 8°. Genbie, 1910. Abbo (C.) Nuove applieazioni della terapia colloidale; platino colloide. Cron. d. clin. med. di Genova, 1908, xiv, 205; 220; 229.—Auld (A. G.) Pyrogenic therapy; with re- marks on colloidal metals. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1918, i, 195.— Blaizot, Desvaux & Gfcly. Tendances nouvelles en thera- peutique colloidale et de l'emploi d'un complexe or-argent. Bull. Soc centr. de med. vet.. Par., 1921, lxxiv, 113-118.— Bousquet (L.) & Roger (H.) Contribution a l'etude therapeutique des metaux colloidaux, leur action sur les infections locales et les maladies de la nutrition. Rev. de med., Par., 1909, xxix, 137; 469.—Boyd (W. E.) Colloidal therapy and the blood-serum. Practitioner, Lond., 1920, cv. 366-373.—Burgarszky (I.) Manufacture of a light- colored tar colloid having curative properties. [Pat. spec] No. 1160992; Nov. 16, 1915.—Calleja. Comentanos terapeu- ticos sobre los efectos de los coloides. Rev. ibero-Am. de cien. med., Madrid, 1915, xxxiii, 161-175.—Capezzuoli (C.) Colloids (Therapeutics of). Die kolloidalen Metalle und ihre therapeutische Verwen- dung. Zentralbl. f. d. ges. Therap., Wien, 1908, xxvi, 113- 117.—Carrieu. Del'emploi des metaux collo'ideseiectriques danslesinfectionsfebriles. Pressemed.,Par.,1907,xv,601.— Clanni (A.) Contributo clinico alia terapia dei metalli colloidalielettrici. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1909, n. s., xxxi, 53X-543.—Duplan. Les collo'ides et la colloi'do- therapie. Rev. internat. de medv et de chir., Par., 1917, xxviii, 46-49.—Dupre d'Artois. Etat actucl de la medica- tion colloidale. Clinique, Par., 1912, vii, 174-176.—Enklaar (J. E.) De colloi'den in dienst der hvgiene. Album d. Nat.. Haarlem, 1906-7, 283-286—Ferreyrolles (P.) Colloidal metals in therapeutics. Med. Mag., Lond., 1914, xxiii, 700-710.—Gillet. Les medications colloidales. J. de med. de Par., 1909, 2. s., xxi, 147.—Hauser (O.) & Lewite (A.) Zur Frage der quantitativen Bestimmung von Fallungs- werten bei Hydrosolen. Kolloid-Ztschr., Dresd. & Leipz., 1915, xvi, 33-36.—Iscovesco (H.) Quelques considerations preiiminaires sur l'emploi therapeutique des metaux col- loidaux eiectriques a petits grains. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1907, lxii, 493-495.-----. Proprietes therapeu- tiques des metaux colloides eiectriques a petits grains. Presse med., Par., 1907, xv, 289-293—Izar (G.) Sull' azione terapeutica di alcuni idrosoli inorganici. Gazz. med. ital., Torino, 1909, lx, 261; 272. Also, transl.: Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1909, lxviii, 471-503, 2 pi— Joltrain (E.) The- rapeutique colloidale en syphiligraphie et en dermatologie. Ann. d. mal. v6n., Par., 1910, v, MH.—Kopaczewskl (W.) Les colloides en therapeutique. Presse med., Par., 1921, xxix, 365; 594.—Laumonler (J.) Etat actuel de la colloido- therapie. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1916-18, clxix, 902; 943; 1918-19, clxx, 150; 251; 359; 405; 488; 609; 726; 759.— Le Fevre de Arric (M.) De l'action des metaux colloidaux dans les maladies infectieuses. (Communication preiimi- naire.) Ann. et bull. Soc. rov. d. sc. med. et nat. de Brux., 1912, lxx, 372-377.—Lulthleh (F.) Aderlass, ein Teil der "Kolloidtherapie." Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1919, Ixix, 1024; 1081.-----. Kolloidtherapie. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1921, xxxiv, 119. Also: Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1921, lxxi, 1589; 1638.—Luzzatto (R.) Intorno all' influenza dei colloidi sull' assorbimento dei farmaci. Arch, di fisiol., Firenze, 1904-5, ii, 413-435:1905-6, iii, 329-350:1906-7, iv, 21- 55.—Mendizabal (G.) Breves consideraciones acerca de los coloides; su importancia en la terapeutica contemporaries. Escuelademed.; Mexico, 1908, xxiii, 529-532.—Merklen (P.) Note sur l'emploi de la medication colloidale (or dans la fievre typhoide, soufre dans le rhumatisme). Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1918, clxx, 34-38—Morris (Sir M.) The therapeutic effects of colloidal preparations. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1917, i, 617.—Owen (R. C.) Colloids and their use in medicine. Pharm. J., Lond., 1920, civ, 497-199.— Paal (C.) Preparation containing colloidal compounds. [Pat. spec] No. 1077891; Nov. 4, 1913.—Pescl (E.) Contri- buto alio studio terapeutico dei metalli colloidali. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1907,4. s., xiii, 366-370.—Rae (J.) The clinical uses of colloidal metals. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1914, i, 1016.—Rage. Les colloides et leur emploi en thera- peutique. Arch. med. beiges, Brux., 1913, 4. s., xii, 99-107.— Bangel (O.) Chimio-colloido-therapia. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1917, xxxi, 308. -----. Accao therapeutica dos mataes colloidaes. Ibid., 1918, xxxii, 6.-----. Therapeutica colloidal electrica. Ibid., 356. -----. Medicacao colloidal. Ibid., 1919, xxxiii, 172.—Riquolr (G.) Des proprietes des collo'ides utilises en therapeutique. Clinique, Par., 1908, iii, 244-246. Also: Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1908, lxiv, 261-263.-----. The colloidal transference of drugs. Monde med., Par., 1912, xxii, 137-142.-----. Le transport colloidal medicamenteux. Tr. Internat. Cong. Med. 1913, Lond., 1914, Sect, v, Therap., pt. 2,163-166.—Ryb&k (O.) [Nature of colloid metallic medicinal solutions.] Casop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1913, Iii, 1493; 1533; 1556; 1590; 1616.—Stephen- son (T.) Colloidal metals; their preparation and properties. Prescriber, Edinb., 1919, xiii, 121-123.—Stodel (G.) L'evo- lution de la therapeutique contemporaine; sur la necessite de stabiliser les solutions de metaux colloidaux pour leur emploi therapeutique. France med., Par., 1907, liv, 222- 227.—Storm van Leeuwen (W.) & von Szent-Gydrgyi (A.) On the influence of colloids on the action of non- colloidal drugs. J. Pharmacol. & Exper. Therap., Bait., 1921-22, xviii, 257; 271.-----. [Further observations on the influence of colloids on the action of drugs.] Nederl. Tijd- schr. v. Geneesk., Haarlem, 1922, lxvi, pt. 1, 2584-2588.— Vanderkleed (C. E.) & Heidelberg (F.) Metal colloids; their increasing importance as remedial agents. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., Columbus, 1914, iii, 799-808.—Vergely (J.) La therapeutique colloidale. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1920, 1, 64-74.—Volgt (J.) Zur medizinisehen Verwendung ge- schiitzter Metallhvdrosole und der Deutung ihrer Folgeer- scheinungen. Kolloid-Ztsehr., Dresd. & Leipz., 1922, xxx, 243-249.—Waltz (J.) Ueber die Anwendung der elektri- sehen Kolloidmetalle bei Infektionskrankheiten, besonders bei Bronchopneumonie und Pneumonie. Med. Klin., Berl., 1909, v, 322-325—Waller (H. E.) Experiences with col- loidal metals. Prescriber, Edinb., 1919, xiii, 118-120.— Walther (W.) Zur Theorie der Adsorptionstherapie und iiber ein kolloidales Kohlepraparat. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1919, xxi, 192-194.—Wolvekamp (Man E.) Colloidal compound of antimonv sulphide. [Pat. spec] No. 1412438: Apr. 11, 1922—Zakalotos (D. E.) [Colloid metals and their therapeutic value.] 'larpuds wvbriap, 'Afloat, 1910, x, 124. COLLOIDS. 32 COLLYRIA. Colloids (Vegetable). Lingelshelm (A.) Pflanzenanatomische Strukturbilder in trocknenden Kolloiden. Arch. f. Entwcklngsmechn. d. Organ., Leipz., 1916-17, xiii, 117-125, 2 pi.—Samec (M.) Studien iiber Pflanzenkolloide. Zur Kenntnis der Alkali- starke. Kolloidchem. Beihefte. Dresd.. 1916, viii, 33-62.— Samec (M.) & von Hoefft (F.)' Studien iiber Pflanzen- kolloide. Entaschungs- und Losungsvorgange bei Starke. Ibid., 1913, v, 141-210.—Samec (M.) & Matula (J.) Stu- dien iiber Pflanzenkolloide. Zur Kenntnis einiger Zellu- losedextrine. Ibid., Dresd. u. Leipz., 1919, xi, Hft. 1-2, 37- 73—Samec (M.) & Mayer (A.) Studien iiber Pflanzenkol- loide. Elektrodesintegration von Starkelosungen. Ibid., 1920-21, xiii, 272-288. Colloids (Viscosity of). Fabrikant-Goktjn (T.) *Einfluss einiger Salze auf die zeitlichen Veranderungen der Vis- cositat von Colloiden. 4°. Zurich, 1910. Renner (A.) *Ueber die Temperaturabhan- gigkeit der Goldzahl und der Viskositat von kolloidalen Losungen (Gelatine, Albumin, Se- rum) und iiber die Temperaturabhangigkeit der Quellung von Organen (Muskel und Niere). 8°. Gotlingen, 1914. Schibig (J.) *Ueber die Bedeutung der Vis- cositatsmessung fiir die Kenntnis der organischen Colloide mit experimentellen Beitragen iiber den zeitlichen Verlauf der Wirkung von Elektro- lyten auf Colloide. 8°. Zurich, 1913. Tokar (Esther). *Versuche iiber den zeit- lichen Verlauf der Viscositatsanderungen bei Colloidgemischen. 8°. Ziirich-Selnau, 1909. Barr (G.) & Bircumshaw (L. L.) Die Viscositat einiger Zelluloseazetatlosungen. Kolloid-Ztschr., Dresd. & Leipz., 1921, xxviii, 223.—Cervello (V.) & Pltinl (A.) Sulle variazioni termiche della viscosita dei colloidi. Arch. di farm, e terap., Palermo, 1906, xii, 17-22.—Gunzburg (I.) Influence de l'uranium et du potassium sur la viscosite des liquides colloidaux. Arch, neerl. de physiol., La Haye, 1919-20, 233-242.—Hatschek (E.) The viscosity and hydratation of colloidal solutions. Bio-Chem. J., Lond., 1916, x, 325-330.—Boss! (G.) & Scarpa (O.) Sulla visco- sita di alcuni colloidi inorganici. Arch, di fisiol., Firenze, 1904-5, ii, 246-250.—Rothlln (E.) Ueber die Methodik der Viscositatsbestimmung bei organischen Kolloiden. Bio- chem. Ztschr., Berl., 1919, xcviii, 34-91. -----. Ueber die Viskositatsbestimmung bei organischen kolloidalen Losun- gen. Schweiz. med. Wchnschr., Basel, 1920,1, 602.—Schi- big (J.) Ueber die Bedeutungder Viskositatsmessung fiir die Kenntnis der organischen Kolloide. Internat. Ztschr. f. phys.-chem. Biol., Leipz. & Berl., 1914, i, 260-268.—von Smoluchowskl (M.) Theoretische Bemerkungen iiber die Viskositat der Kolloide. Kolloid-Ztschr., Dresd. & Leipz., 1916, xviii, 190-195. CoUomb (Antoine-Henri) [1883- ]. *De l'he- redite cancereuse. [Lyon.] 54 pp. 8°. Tre- voux, 1910, No. 109. Collomb (Francois) [1872- ]. *Tuberculose mammaire; contribution a son anatomie patho- logique. 1 p. 1., 45 pp., 1 1., 1 pi. 8°. Lyon, 1899, No. 182. Collomb (Jean-Leon) [1878- ]. *Des troubles intellectuels dans la maladie de Parkinson. 58 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1905, No. 30. Collomb (Marcel) [1887- ]. /Contribution a l'etude des contusions abdominales avec rup- ture musculaire et hernie ventrale traumatique secondaire. 50 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1912, No. 100. Collombier (PauLCamille) [1881- ]. *De la mort dans les cirrhoses alcooliques. [Nancy.] 87 pp. 8°. Mirecourt, 1908, No. 30. CoUon (Charles-Marie-Rene) [1874- ]. *Etude sur le traitement de la maladie de Basedow par les injections intra-thyro'idiennes d'£ther iodo- form^. 114 pp., 11., 1 pi. 8°. Bordeaux, 1901, No. 18. Collon (Clovis) [1889- J. Contribution a l'etude des sigmoidites aigues perforantes. 53 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1913, No. 104. Collongues (L.) Guide de la bioscopie; nouvelle clinique math£matique pour diriger la guerison Collongues (L.)—continued. des maladies de l'estomac, du foie, du diabete et de la nutrition. 33 pp., 1 pi., 2 tab. 12°. V>cky, A. Wallon. 1899. . . ______ & Santelli. De la trophometne biosco- pique. Vingt-cinq annees d'observations ma- thematiques pendant les saisons thermales de Vichy de 1880 a 1904. 10 1. 8°. Vichy, Wallon, 1904. ____________. De l'energie vitale de la Grande- Grille et de l'hopital Bues aux Sources. La bioscopie range la medicine parmi les sciences exactes. 203 pp., 11. 8°. Vichy, Wallon, 1904. Colloseus (Heinrich) [1872- ]. *Ueber die Einwirkung von Aldehyden und Ketonen auf Thiosemicarbazide und Thioharnstoffe. 39 pp., 1 1. 8°. Erlangen, 1899. Collotti (Eduardo) [ -1915]. Mlrto (G.) Necrologio. Pisani, Palermo, 1915, xxxv, no. 1. Collum (Rowland W.) & Gray (H. M. W.) The practice of anaesthetics and general surgical technique. Edited by James Cantlie. xiv, 382 pp. 8°. New York, W. Wood & Co., 1909. Collybia. Coker (W. C.) & Beardslee (H. C.) The collybias of North Carolina. J. Elisha Mitchell Sc. Soc, Chapel Hill, N. C, 1921-22, xxxvii, 83-107, 19 pi. Collymorc (Samuel I.) *De pneumonia notha. 2 p. 1., 15 pp. 8°. Edinburgi, Abernethy & Walker, 1811. Collyns (John Barret) [1821-1917]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1917, i, 246. Collyns (Robert Thwnas Poole) [IS53- 1906]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, i, ljftv Also: Lancet, Lond., 1906, i, 1863. Collyria. de Azevedo (A.) Collvrios oleosos. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1898, xvi 205— Beaiivols (A.) Les collyres huileux dans Pantiquite. France med., Par., 1903,1, 327.—Bonlal. Comment les malades doivent instiller un collyre. Clinique, Par., 1912, vii, 550.—Cantonnet (A.) Formules de collyres isotoniques aux larmes. Arch, d'opht., Par., 19ftH, xxviii, 617-621.-----. Solution chloruree isotonique aux larmes Sour lavages et bains de l'oeil. Bull, et mem. Soc. franc. 'opht.. Par., 1908, xxv, 253-261.-----. Les collyres isotoni- ques. Presse med., Par., 1908, xvi, 7%.—del Castillo y Quartlellers. Los colirios oleosos en la antigiiedad. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1903, lix, 2S9-295.—Cheva- lier (P.) Remarques sur l'emploi des collvTes huileux en ophtalmologie. Arch. med. d'Angers, 1900, iv, 32; 63. Also: Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect. d'ophtal.. 106-115. - Chevallereau. Le collvre a l'atropine. Bull, med., Par., 1900, xiv. 131^ 1321.—Danls (M.) Col- lyres huileux et anestlusiqucs. Clinique, Brux., 1909, xxiii, 61-64.—Dufaure de Cltres. Les eollvres iodes en thera- peutique oculaire. Clin, opht., Par., 1911, xvii, 517-522.— Field (C. E.) A sterile eve bath. Med. Rec., N. Y., 1907, lxxi, 212.—Foster & Wood (C. A.) Collvrium. In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood'), Chicago, 1914, iv, 2337-2339.—Garcia HIJo (R.) A propdsito de los colirios de homatropina. Cron. med.-quir. de la Habana, 1906, xxxii, 383-388.—Lemalre (P.) Emploi de solutions isotoniques en oculistique. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1914. xxxv, 78.—Nerll (G.) I collirii al nitrato d'argento e al solfato di zinco. Clin, ocul., Palermo, 1905, vi. 2186-2190.— Panas. Sur les collyres huileux. Bull. Acad. demed.,Par., 1898. 3. s., xxxix, 596-600.—von PfluRk. Ueber blige Kollyrien, insbesondere AkoinSl. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg 1907. xlv, 505-511. Also [ Abstr.1: Ver- handl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1907, Leipz., 1908, pt. 2, 2. Hlft., 27v—von Reuss (A.) Das Collvrium adstnngens luteum (Aq. Horsti) und seine Gesehichte. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xix, 1223-1226.—Roche (CI Precede permettant de s'instiller facilement un colhTe. Marseille med.. 1912, xlix, 86.-Rolland (E.) Les eollvres doivent etre dune innocuite absolue. Bull, d'ocul Tou- louse, 1902,3. s., xvi, 13-24. -Rollet. Les eollvres mvdriati- ques et myotiques. Progrf-s med . Par., 1912", 3. s. "xxviii 273-277.—Rumpel (H.) Ueber die Bestandteile des Moller- schen Augenwassers. Apoth.-Ztg., Berl., 1903, xviii, 109.— Santos Fernandez (J.) Escozor injustificado producido por los colirios. Bol. de cien. med., Mexico, 1910-11, i 505: COLLYKIA. 33 COLOMB. Collyria. ii, 245.—Scrlnl. Recherches complementaires sur les collyres huileux. Arch, d'opht., Par., 1S99, xix, 20-25. -----. Sur les collyres huileux. Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, d'ophtal. 104-106. Also, Reprint. -----. Encore les collyres,huileux. Arch, d'opht., Par., 1900. xx, 103-105. -----. A propos des collyres huileux. Bull. d. sc. Pharmacol., Par., 1903, viii, 8-13.—Slmi (A.) Collirj oleosi. Boll, d'ocul., Firenze, 1898-1900, xx, 41.— Sommer (G.) Ueber Oel-Kollyrien. Wchnschr.f. Therap. u. Hyg. d. Auges, Dresd., 1904, vii, 217.—Spalding (J. A.) Camphor water and cherry-laurel water in collyria. Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1908, xxxvii. 315-317.—Stevani (R.) I colliri oleosi. Suppl. al Policlin., Roma, 1898-9, v, 1200- 1202.—Terson (A.) Les eollvres huileux. Bull. d. sc. Pharmacol., Par., 1902, vi, 330-334. Also, transl.: Ophth. Klin., Stuttg., 1902, vi, 338-340.—Trousseau. Les collyres liquides. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1900, xiv, 113.—Ulry (E.) & Frezals. Des collyres aqueux de salicy- late de soude. Arch, d'opht., Par., 1899, xix, 90-94.----- -----. Recherches experimentales sur la penetration dans 1'ceil des collyres aqueux d'iodure de potassium. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1899, xx, 29-31.—Valentl (G.) Sull' importanza dei collirii asettici. Ann. di ottal., Pavia, 1902, xxxi, 615-624.—Vinsonneau. Flacon compte- gouttes special pour collyres, flagon de Vicario. Anjou med., Angers, 1906, xiii, 121-123.—Ziemlnskt (B.) Collyria oleosa. Post, okul., Krakow, 1912, xiv, 279-284. Collyriclum. Jegen (G.) Collyriclum faba (Bremser) Kossack. Ein Parasit der Singvogel, sein Bau seine Lebensgeschichte. Ztschr. f. wissensch. Zool., Leipz., 1917, cxvi, 460-553, 2 pi.— Tyzzer (E. E.) A monostome of the genus Collyriclum occurring in the European sparrow, with observations on the development of the ovum. J. Med. Research, Bost. 1918-19, xxxviii, 267-292, 4 pi. Colmaire (Leon) [1874- ]. *De la pannicu- lite en gynecologic 95 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 56. Colman (Thomas John) [1842-1903]. Obituary. Bristol M.-Chir. J., 1903, xxi, 94. Also: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, i, 173. Colmant (Georg) [1888- ]. *Ein Beitrag zur Atiologie und Pathologie der Stirnhirntumoren. 20 pp. 8°. Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1915. Colmez (Charles-Lucien) [1888- ]. *A propos des lesions abdominales compliquant les plaies du cceur. 72 pp. 8°. Nancy, 1914, No. 22. Coloboma. See, also, Choroid, Eye, Eyelids, Iris, Lens (Abnormities of). Funccius (H.) *Das sogenannte Colobom der Macula lutea. 8°. Tubingen, 1913. Gerwiener (F. H.) *Zur Kasuistik der Briickenkolobome der Aderhaut. 8°. Giessen, 1914. Lemke (W. [C.]) *Das Kolobom der Macula- lutea. (Mit einer Abbildung.) 8°. Rostock, 1913. Ludeke (F.) *Zur Anatomie der Kolobome am Sehnerveneintritt. [Rostock.] 8°. Stutt- gart, 1915. Pfannmuller (F.) *Beitrag zu den Colobo- men des Auges. 8°. Giessen, 1894. Selz (E.) *Eine Colobom-Familie. 8°. Jena, 1900. Thylmann (V.) *Das aus der statistischen Bearbeitung von 119 Fallen sich ergebende klinische Bild des Lidkoloboms, nebst Mittei- lung eines selbst beobachteten Falles. [Miin- chen.] 8°. Wiesbaden, 1919. Burnett (S. M.) A study of ocular coloboma. Am. J. Ophth., St. Louis, 1898, xv, 65-78.—Cabannes. Colobome de l'iris, du cristallin (partiel), de la choroide et colobome a l'entree du nerf optique. Bull, et mem. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1911), 1912, 47.—Cassimatls. Sur un cas de colobome oculaire. Clin, opht., Par., 1919, xxm, 151- 156.—Culbertson (L. R.) Report of a case of binocular coloboma of iris, ciliary body and choroid. Am. J. Ophth., St. Louis, 1898, xv, 365.—Deyl. [Anatomische Erklarung des sogenannten Macularkoloboms. Res., 264.] Compt. rend. Cong, internat. de med. 1897, Mosc, 1898, vi, sect. 11, 261- 266.—Dutolt (A.) Ein Makulakolobom mit sichtbaren Ciliararterien, nebst einem systematischen Versuch iiber die Kolobome der Chorioidea. Arch. f. Augenh.. Wiesb., 1911, lxix, 127-136, 1 pi.—Gaucher. Malformations oculaires; 11877°—Vol. IV, 3d series—22---3 Coloboma. coloboma. J. de med. int., Par., 1908, x, 21.—Glff ord (S. R.) Atypical coloboma of the iris and choroid. Am. J. Ophth., Chicago, 1920, 3. s., iii, 97-103.—Gilbert (W.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis der pathologischen Anatomie der angeborenen Colo- bome des Augapfels mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Sehnerven. Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 1907, lxv, 185-219, 2 pi.— Hansen (H. F.) A case of bilateral macular coloboma. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Phila., 1909, xii, 251.—Harlan (H.) Operation for closed pupil. Am. J. Ophth., Chicago, 1919, 3. s., ii, 288.—Harrington. Coloboma of sclera and hernia of choroid. Ibid., 1920, 3. s., iii, 372.—Hawthorne (C. O.) Bilateral coloboma oi the iris, choroid, and optic disc. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1902-3, hi, 34.—von Hippel (E.) Embryologische Untersuchungen iiber die Entstehungsweise der typischen angeborenen Spaltbildun- gen (Colobome) des Augapfels. Arch. f. Ophth.,- Leipz., 1903, lv, 507-548, 2 pi. Also: Sitzungsb. d. ophth. Gesellsch. 1902, Wiesb., 1903, 39-53, 5 pi.-----. [Mikroskopische Pra- parate von angeborenem Colobom beim Kaninchen.] Anat. Anz., Jena, 1903, xxiii, Ergnzngshft., 200.-----. Ueber an- geborene Defektbildung der Descemetschen Membran. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1906, xliv, 1-12 — Holloway (T. B.) Bilateral colobomata of iris and choroid. Am. J. Ophth., Chicago, 1920, 3. s., iii, 3£0— Juler (F. A.) Multiple colobomata, including one at the nerve entrance. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond., 1916, xxxvi, 297.— Khessln (M. S.) [Four cases of coloboma of the iris and choroidea in one family.] Vestnik Oftalmol., Mosk., 1915, xxxii, 481.—Meisner (W.) Ein klinischer Beitrag zur Frage der Colobome am Sehnerveneintritt. Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl., 1911. xxvi, 123-127, 1 pi.—Nicodeml (C.) Contributo clinico alia conoscenza dei colobomi del fondo oculare, particolarmente in rapporto alia etiologia e pato- genesi. Ann. di ottal., Pavia, 1904, xxxiii, 433; 533, 2 pi.— Poulard (A.) Traitement des colobomes cicatriciels. Ann. d'ocul., Par., 1922, clix, 161-172.—Schott (K.) Ueber das sogenannte Kolobom der Makula. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Au- genh., Stuttg., 1921, lxvi, 415-426.—Schwarz. Einseitiges Briickenkolobom der Iris und doppelseitiges Aderhautko- lobom. Beitr. z. Augenh. Festschr. Julius Hirschberg [etc.], Leipz., 1905, 269.—von Szily (A.) Ein nach unten und innen gerichtetes, nicht mit der Fotalspalte zusammen- hangendes Kolobom der beiden Augenbecher bei einem etwa 4 Wochen alten menschlichen Embryo. Klin. Mo- natsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1907, xlv, Beil.-Hft., 201-219.— Van Duyse (M.) Pathogenie des etats colobomateux de l'osil. Rev. gen. d'opht., Par., 1900, xix, 309.-----. Colo- bome palpebral et dermo'ide epibulbaire bilateral et syme- trique, avec desorganisation des yeux. Ann. Soc. med. de Gand., 1911, n. s., ii, 46-50.-----. Genesis of the atypical central and paracentral colobomata. Am. J. Ophth., Chi- cago, 1920, 3. s., iii, 366.-----. Pathogenie des colobomes chorioretiniens atypiques (centraux, paracentraux, extra- papillaires). Arch, d'opht., Par., 1920, xxxvii, 22-34.— VelterfE.) Colobome pur de la papille. Ibid., 1916, xxxv, 335-33S, 2 pi.—Verderame (P.) Ein Fall von doppelseiti- gem angeborenem Linsencolobom, mit nachfolgender spon- taner Luxation beider Linsen. Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb., 1907, lvii, 120-124—Wood (C. A.) Coloboma. In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, iv, 2344-2354. Colobus. Polak (Clara). Die Anatomie des Genus Colobus. Verhandel. d. k. Akad. v. Wetensch., Amst., 1909, 2. sec. xiv, pp. 1-247. Also, Reprint. Colocasia. Guigues (P.) Sur la colocase. Bull. d. sc. pharmacol., Par., 1904, x, 68: 1905, xi, 138; 272, 1 pi. Colocynth. Barton (C. N.) A case of colocynth poisoning. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, i, 1364.—Hagadorn (J. L.) A case of colocynth poisoning. South. Calif. Pract., Los Angeles, 1900, xv, 180.—Jennings (W. E.) A case of colocynth poisoning. N. York M. J., 1899, lxx, 343. Also, Reprint.— Padtberg (J. H.) De invloed van decoctum colocyn- thidis op de bewegingen van maag en darmkanaal. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1910, xlv, pt. 2, 783-788. Also, transl.: Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1910, exxxiv, 627-632.-----. Ueber die Stopfwirkung von Morphin una Opium bei Koloquinthen-Durchfallen. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1911, exxxix, 318-336.—Querleux (C.) Sur l'empoisonnement par la coloquinte. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1909, liii, 276-287.—Roe (R. B.) A case of colocynth poisoning. Lancet, Lond., 1913, i, 1527.— Somers (F. W.) Colocynth; a case of poisoning. Cleve- land M. & S. Reporter, 1902, x, 434. Cololian (P[aul.] *Les alcooliques persecutes. 111pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 150. See, also, Gamier (P.) & Cololian (P.) Traite de therapeutique des maladies mentales [etc.]. 12°. Paris, 1901. Colomb (Henri) [1880- ]. *Des kystes hyda- tiques de la nuque. 46 pp., 1 1. 8°. Montpel- lier, 1904, No. 33. von COLOMB. 34 COLON. von Colomb (Marie). Vinzenz Priessnitz und dessen Wasserheilmethode zu Grafenberg. Als Programm zur Eroffnung der Wasserheilanstalt zu Gorbersdorf. 79 pp. 16°. Breslau, 0. B. Schuhmann, 1850. ------. Das Wasserheilmittel in drei und sechszig Wasserheilformeln gegen alle Nerven- und Safte-Krankheiten des Menschen. 64 pp. 16°. Berlin, 1860. Colomb (Raoul) [1878- ]. *Perforations con- g^nitales des piliers anterieurs du voile du palais. 50 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1903, No. 156. Colomb (Roger-Felix) [1878- ]. *R61e de la femme dans l'assistance aux blesses et malades militaires. 109 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Bordeaux, 1903, No. 28. Colombani (Antoine-Mathieu) [1879- ]. -^Con- tribution k l'etude des r£sultats immediats de rurethrotomie interne. 67 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1907, No. 59. Colombani (Jules) [1875- ]. ^Introduction a l'etude des troubles psychiques dans les affec- tions genito-urinaires de l'homme et des conse- quences the>apeutiques qui en decoulent. 2 p. 1., viii, 68 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 631. Colombani (L.) Le massage theorique et pra- tique; la methode indirecte. 2 p. 1., 325 pp. 8°. Paris, A. Legrand, 1913. Colombani (Mathieu). *Essai d'etude sur les accidents de la suralimentation. 110 pp. 8°. Paris, 1903, No. 238. Colombe (Gaston-Ren6). ^Contribution a l'etude del'alcoolisme en Normandie. 64 pp. 8°. Paris, 1903. No. 180. Colombe (J.-M.-G.-M.) [1884- ]. *Les septi- cemics pneumobacillaires. 103 pp. 8°. Paris, 1917, No. 29. Colombel (Mme. Emmanuel). Journal d'une infirmiere d'Arras. Aout - septembre - octobre 1914. Preface de Mgr. Lobbedey, eveque d'Arras. 164 pp. 12°. Paris, Bloud & Gay, 1916. Colombel (Rasoul). *Les cardiopathies chez les psoriasiques; leur origine rhumatismale. 52 pp 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 120. Colombet (Andr6). *De la medication arsenio- phosphoree organique dans le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire chronique; £tude cli- nique. 100 pp. 8°. Pans, 1902, No. 407. Colombet (Jean) [1884- ]. *Conduite a tenir en presence d'une femme enceinte atteinte de tuberculose pulmonaire. L'avortement thera- peutique est-il indique" au cours de la tubercu lose pulmonaire? 148 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1912, No.71 Colombia. Cortes (S.) Flora de Colombia, v. 1 8° Bogold, 1897. Haayen (H.) ^Contribution a l'etude de la geographie medicale de la Colombie. 8°. Lausanne, 1913. Marquez (L. C.) Geograffa medica y patolo- gfa de Colombia; contribucion al estudio de las enfermedades intertropicales. 8°. Boqotd Nueva York, 1915. Castafteda (G.J.) Patologia de Colombia. Rev med de Bogota, 1897-8, xx, 172; 204: 1898-9, xxi, 125; 267.—LOpez (M.J.) A lgunos signos de degeneration colectiva en Colom- bia y en los paises similares; el deber actual de la ciencia Repert. de med. y cirug., Bogota, 1919-20, xi, 227, 325 — Preuss (T.) Bericht iiber meine archaologischen und eth- nologischen Forschungsreisen in Kolumbien. Ztschr. f Ethnol., Berl., 1920-21 Iii, 89-128.-Santamarla (J. M.) Some notes on tropical diseases observed in the Republic of Colombia. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1913, xvi, 100-102 Colombie (Eugene). *Le regime Parmentier dans les diabetes avec albuminuric. 133 pp 8° Toulouse, 1905, No. 601. Colombier (Georges - Martin - Alexandre - Leon) [1883- ]. *Notes cliniques sur 192 jeunes criminelles; contribution a l'etude de la crimi- nality juvenile. 182 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1912, No. 93. Colombier (Paul). *L'examen radiologique des voies biliaires. 89 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Paris, 1914, No. 389. Colombini (Pio). La clinica dermosifilopatica di Sassari. 13 pp., 9 pi. 8°. Siena, L. Lazzeri, 1904. ------. Studio batteriologico sulla linfangite da ulcera venerea. 22 pp. 8°. Siena, L. Lazzeri, 1907. The same. Bakteriologische Untersu- chungen iiber die nach Llcus molle auftretende Lymphangitis. 16 pp. 8°. Wien & Leipzig, W. Braumuller, 1907. Repr. from: Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien & Leipz., 1907,lxxxvii. ------■ & Serra (Alberto). La lepra in Sardegna. 1 p. 1., 200 pp., 11., map. 8°. Cagliari, G. Dessi, 1912. Colombo. Biberfeld (J.) Ueber die Wirkung der Colombo- Alkaloide. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1909-10, vii. 569- 576, lpl.—Funmann(0.) Beitragezurangewandten Pflan- zenmikrochemie. Notiz iiber die Anwendung von Jod- zuckerlosung. Zur Mikrochemie der Colombowurzel. Apoth.-Ztg., Berl., 1912, xxvii, 261; 2fis. Colombo (Carlo) [1869- ]. Atti del ii. Con- gresso internazionale di terapia fisica 1907. v. 1. 938 pp. 8°. Roma, G. Bertero, 1908. See, also, Devoto (Luigi). Malattie del fegato, [etc.]. 8°. Milano, [1905]. For Biography, see Rev. med.-hidrol. espaii., Madrid. 1906, vii, 110 (R. Castells). Colombo (Giovanni) L'uso dell' argentamina nella terapia di alcune forme di congiuntivite Nota. Maggio 1898. 14 pp. 16°. Bologna, Succ. Monti, 1898. Colomby (Gabriel-Paul) [1870- 1. *Recher- ches sur la retention du placenta dans l'avorte- ment; expose; traitement. 242 pp 1 1 ^° Paris, 1898. No. 229. Colomer (Emile) [ISS1- ]. *Contribution a l'etude du cancer primitif de la vesicule biliaire viii, 9-61 pp., 1 1. 8°. Montpellier. 1908 No 89. r Colon. See, also, Caecum; Sigmoid flexure. Cohax (E.) *Recherches sur la situation du colon transverse. 8°. Paris. 1898. Cohn (J.) *L'angle colique gauche S° Parts, 1920. Keller (F. W. E.) *Experimentelle Bei- trage zur 1- rage der Resorption im Dickdarm. 8°. Breslau, 1909. Romi (O.Ii /Die Fi.llungsverhaltnisse des Dickdarms. [Miinchen.] S°. Wiesbaden 190^ tumors, rr. Am. Ass. Obst. \ Gvnec 1903 V v ioaj t^ l.J:l9-T,?r08Ch iA> z™ Ke^nis der bk-kdaml kapazi at \V len med Wchnschr., 1912, lxii, 23&8.- C on M% Y ?oii x?" nV°n,StQ°n ^he C0l°l1- N- York Stat" t'<,i„Z/k *\ml- xh 116-119.—Descomps (P.) & Ducas- Bait., 1919-20, xlvm, 419; 433; 440; 450; 469.Aln: 5ohM COLON. 35 COLON. Colon. Hopkins Hosp. Rep., Bait., 1919, xviii, 301-303.—Griffiths (J.) An address on the large intestine and its work. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1913, ii, 1469-1472.—Harvey (R.W.) Variations in the wall of the large intestine and in the number and staining properties of the goblet cells. Anat. Record, Bait., 1908-9, ii, 129-142.—Hofmann (A. H.) Regenerationsfahig- keit des Colon ascendens und transversum. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1922, xlix, 13-15.—Joltrain (E.), Baufle (P.) & Coope (R.) Essai de la mesure de pression du gros intestin. Arch. d. mal. de l'appar. digest, [etc.], Par., 1919- 20, x, 618-633. Also: Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1919.3. s., xliii, 211-213.—Kessler (E. H.) Fifteen days' colon contents coated. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1918, xv, 130.—Lyman (H.) The receptive relaxation of the colon. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1913, xxxii, 61-64. Also, Reprint.—Przhevalski (B. G.) [Topography of the left flexure of the colon.] Kharkov. M. J., 1912, xiv, 293-297, 1 pi.—Ramond (F.) & Borrlen (H.) L'aerocolie de l'angle spienique. Arch. d. mal. de l'appar. digest, [etc.], Par., 1921, xi, 313-318.—Roith. Zur Bedeutung der Flexura coli sinis- tra. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1907, liv, 374-382, 1 pi.— White (F. W.) Studies of digestion; some effects of massage on the colon. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1917, xxxii, 229-232. Also: Boston M. & S. J., 1918, clxxviii, 48. Colon (Abnormities of). Schoen (Elisabeth [Margarete]). *Ueber Lageveranderungen des Dickdarms. 8°. Halle a. S., 1916. Wiot (A.-E.-A.) *De l'origine congenitale des sinuosites du colon transverse. 8°. Lille, 1913. Acker (G. N.) & Copeland (E. P.) Transient abdominal tumor in a child of five years with redundant colon. Am. J. Dis. Child., Chicago, 1916, xii, 602-605.—Alezais (H.) Anse pregastro-spienique du colon transverse. Marseille med., 1907, xliv, 110-112.—Antoine (E.) Accolement du caeco-cfllon droit en canons de fusil. Gaz. d. h6p., Par.. 1921, xciv, 741-744.—Babcock (W. W.) Common anomalies of the colon. Internat. M. Mag., N. Y., 1901, x, 129-137. Also, Reprint.—Barber (H.) Surgical anomalies of the ileo- colon. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1918, xciii, 673-675.—Belot (J.) Un cas de dolichocolon. Bull, et mem. Soc. de radiol. med. de France, Par., 1920, viii, 98.—Black- (C. E.) Retroposi- tion of the colon. Tr. West. Surg. Ass., Minneapolis, 1915, xxiv, 87-100, 4 pi.—Borchgrevink (J.) [Congenital abnor- mal position of intestines; retropositio coli.] Norsk Mag. f. Lsegevidensk., Kristiania, 1916, lxxvii, 643-654.—Borden (W. C.) Complete non-descent of the colon and cecum in the adult. Tr. South. Surg. & Gynec. Ass. 1912, Phila., 1913, xxv, 422-429. Also: Virginia M. Semi-Month., Rich- mond, 1913-14, xviii, 1-4.—Copeland (E. P.) Transient abdominal tumor in a child of five years, with redundant colon. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1916, xxxiii, 345.—Corlette (C. E.) Left-sided and ascending colon, with absence of transverse colon. Med. J. Austraha, Sydney. 1917, i, 551.— De Gaetano (L.) Ricerche sui feti per la interpretazione patogenetica delle deformita congenite del colon ascendente determinate dalla membrana di Jackson. Riforma Med., Napoli, 1921, xxxvii, 962-970.—Deist (H.) Ueber eine seltene Missbildung des Dickdarms. Schmidt's Jahrb., Bonn, 1920, cxxxi, 41-44.—Eastmond (C.) Anomalies of the colon as demonstrated by the X-ray. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1911, v, 91-94.—Fowler (R. H.) Persistent developmental anomalies of position of the large intestine with especial reference to the ascending colon and cecum. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1916, lxxxix, 353-356. Also, Reprint — Fraser (A.) Irregular form and position of the colon. Tr. Roy Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl.. 1905, xxiii, 400.—Fyfe (W. W.) Congenital obhteration of the colon. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, i, 250.—Gardner (W. C.) Nondescent of the cecum and appendix. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1921, lxxvii, 1652.— Gellert (H. H.) A case of congenital malformation of the large intestine in a new-born infant. Lancet, Lond., 1920, i, 911 —G6rard (G.) De quelques anomalies du cdlon trans- verse. Bibliog. anat., Par. & Nancy, 1903, xii, 56-64. Also: Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1903. vii, 265-269.—GCrard (G.) & Belle (D.) Relation d'un colon iliaque coince entre les deux portions du muscle psoas-iliaque. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1914, xviii, 234-237.—Gillen (W. A.) Case of unrotated colon. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1917, xi, 123.—Glover (V. J.) A case of transposition of caecum, appendix and colon, with absence of the sigmoid flexure. Lancet, Lond., 1920, ii, 998.—Greaves (F. L. A.) An unusual condition of the appendices epiploicse of the pelvic colon. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1914, i, 25— Gutmann (J. H.) M-shaped colon. Albany M. Ann., 1913, xxxiv, 147-155.—Gysl (H.) Varia- tionen und Anomalien in der Lage und dem Verlauf des Colon pelvinum. Arch. f. Anat. u. Entwklngsgesch. Leipz., 1914, 157-188, 3 pi.—Hautefort. Absence partielle de coalescence des mesc-colons. [Rapp. de Dupuy de Frenelle.] Paris chirurg., 1921, xiii, 338-342.—Hazen (R.) Colon mal- fusion; symptoms, analysis of 100 cases. Illinois M. J., Chicago, 1920, xxxviii, 231-236.—HOrder (A.) Ueber eine Anomaue am Colon transversum. Med. Klin., Berl., 1907, iii, 615.—Horand. Cdlon transverse s'insinuant entre la face superieure du foie et le diaphragme. Lyon med., 1903, c, 427.—Jones (G. I.) Colonic and pericolonic abnormali- Colon (Abnormities of). ties. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1915, cxlix, 388-392. Also, Re- print.—Karwacki (L.) [Colon on the left side.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1914, 2. s., xxxiv, 113-117.—Keene (F. E.) Mal- positions of the colon, with special reference to their con- genital origin. Tr. Coll. Phys., Phila.. 1911, 3. s. xxxiii, 33- 37.—Keilty (R. A.) A leather-bottle descending colon, sigmoid and rectum. Am. J. Obst., N. Y.; 1916, lxxiv, 828- 830.—Kennedy (D.) Portion of resected intestine showing congenital absence of caecum and appendix with atrophied ascending colon. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1915, xxxiii, 216.—Klopp (E. J.) Non-rotation of colon. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1922, lxxvi, 281.—Kolster (R.) [Kongenitale Lageanomalie des Colon. Ref., p. cxlix.] Finska lak.- sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1902, xliv, 505.—Lardennois (G.) Un cas de microcfilon congenital total. Bull, et m6m. Soc. anat. de Par., 1911, lxxxvi, 96-101.—LeFevre (W. I.) Abnormalities of the colon, as seen with Roentgen ray; lantern shde demonstration. Tr. Am. Proctol., St. Louis, 1914, xvi, 40-44. [Discussion], 59-67. Also: Proctologist, St. Louis, 1914, viii, 184-188.—von LemeSic (M.) & Kollsko (E.) Falle von unvollstandiger Drehung der Nabelschleife (Linkslagerung des Dickdarmes). Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 1914,1, 383-411.—Leveuf (J.) Voile membraneux pericoli- que et adherences appendiculaires d'origine congenitale. Bull, et m6m. Soc. anat. de Par., 1914, lxxxix, 22-25.— Macartney (D.) Case of underveloped colon. Glasgow M. J., 1901, lvi, 117.—Malcolm (J. D.) Two rare abnormali- ties observed in the course of operations. Lancet, Lond., 1911, ii, 1401.—Mannu (A.) Un caso di varieta addominale ascendente del colon pelvico. Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1909, xx, 344-347.—Mayo (C. H.) Failure of the colon to rotate. Tr. West. Surg. Ass., Minneapolis, 1911, xxi, 117- 129, 3 pi. Also: Med. Record, N. Y., 1912, lxxxi, 401-403, 2 pi. Also, Reprint.—Milhaud (G.) & Lapeyrie. Defaut de coalescence du mesocolon ascendant. Montpel. med., 1921, xliii, 226-228.—Miller (G. I.) Congenital absence of the ascending colon. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1914, xxix, 837-840.—Morris (R. T.) Longitudinal inversion of the colon. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1916, ciii, 927. A Iso, Reprint- Morton (J.) Congenital absence of the colon. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, i, 1118 —Mummery (P. L.) Congenital ab- sence of Cfficum and ascending colon. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1912, lv, 844-847, 1 pi.-----. An unusual condition of the appendices epiploicse of the pelvic colon. Brit. M. J.. Lond., 1914, i, 114.—Nicola (N. E.) Abnormar position of the iliac and pelvic colons. J. Anat., Lond., 1921-22, lvi, 53.— Nowicki. [Congenital defect of part of the colon.] Now. lek., Poznan, 1908, xx, 641-646.—Oidtmann (A.) Het ontbreken van het colon ascendens. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1918, i, 711-716—Payne (R. A.) & Trahar (F. C.) Developmental rests in cecum and ascending colon and their Roentgen-ray diagnosis. Am. J. Roentgenol., N. Y., 1921, n. s., viii, 643-653.—Porter (L.) & Weeks (A.) Megacolon and microcolon. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, Chicago, 1914, xxvi, 297-315. Also: Am. J. Dis. Child., Chicago, 1915, ix, 263-299.—Reid (D. G.) Appendicesepiploicee and perio- colic membranes. J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 1914-15, xlix, 274-285.—Roberts (D.) The association of obscure abdom- inal symptoms with nonrotation of the colon. Am. J. Surg.,N. Y., 1920, xxxiv, 157-160.—Shober (J. B.) Anoma- lous positions of the colon; with report of a case discovered by exploratory operation. Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila., 1898, 3. s., xx, 112-129. Also: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1898, n. s., cxvi, 405-419.—Smith (G. E.) Note on an abnormal colon. J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 1903-4, xxxviii, 32.—Stajano (C.) Algunas observaciones de pericohtis de Jackson y de anoma- lias del colon. An. Fac. de med. de Lima, 1921, v, 445-454 — Strehl (H.) Congenitale Retroposition des Dickdarmes. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1908, Ixxxvii, 8-19.—Swezey (S.) & Black (Louisa T.) An anomalous position of the colon revealed during routine chest examination. Am. Rev. Tuberc, Bait., 1920-21, iv, 280-287—Tengstrbm (S.) [A case of transposition of the colon.] Hygiea, Stockholm, 1916, lxxviii, 353-366, 3 pi.—Thiemann (H.) V-formige Schlinge der Flexur. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lvi, 1585-1588.—Voegelin (A. W.) Malpositions of the colon, with report of an unusual case. Med. & Surg. Rep. Episc. Hosp., Phila., 1920, v, 433-443, 4 pi.—Waldeyer (W.) Hete- rotopic des Colon pelvinum. Arch. f. Anat. u. Entwcklngs- gesch., Leipz., 1910, 237-240.—Walker (A. S.) Congenital defects in the lower bowel recurring in three successiv e children of one family. Med. J. Australia, Sydney, 1919, i, 216.—Zander (R.) Versuch der Erklarung eines Falles von seltener Lageabweichung des Colon descendens und des Colon sigmoideum beim erwachsenen Menschen aus der Entwickelungsgeschichte des Darmes. Anat. Hefte, Wiesb. 1916-17, liv, 1-30, 2 pi. Colon (Adhesions of). Borden (W. C.) Pericolic adhesions. Virginia M. Semi- Month., Richmond, 1914-15, xx, 261-268.—Case (J. T.) Adhesions of the pelvic colon. J. Mich. M. Soc, Grand Rapids, 1917, xvi, 145-152.—Corlette (C. E.) Jackson's paneto-colic membrane producing symptoms. Med. J. Australia, Sydney, 1916, ii, 23.—Eastman (J. R.) Pericolic membranes. Tr. West. Surg. Ass. 1913, Minneaapohs, 1914, 152-160. [Discussion], 179-197—Eisendrath (D. N.), Schnoor (E. W.) [et al.]. Symposium on Jackson's veil COLON. 36 COLON. Colon (Adhesions of). or pericolic membrane. Ibid., 141-197.—Fishbaugh (E. C.) Spontaneous anastomosis between transverse colon and duodenum. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, lxviii, 624- 627. Also, Reprint.—Harris (M. L.) Adhesions of the colon. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lviii, 1927-1929.— Long (J. W.) Pseudoperitoneal cauls of the colon. Tr. South. Surg. & Gynec. Ass. 1912, Phila., 1913, xxv, 446-476, 6 pi. Also: Internat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1913, xxvi, 311-324. Also, Reprint.—Lotta (N.) Le aderenze pericecali e peri- coliche. Policlin., Roma, 1914, xxi, sez. chir., 95; 138 — Maalrie (C. U.) [A few cases of adhesive formations around the colon.] Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1910, 5 R., hi, 530; 560 — McLean (J. H.) Colonic membranes. Texas State J. M., Fort Worth, 1913-14, ix, 343-346.—Maylard (A. E.) Sim- ple colonic adhesions a cause of intermittent attacks of abdominal pains. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, i, 484 — Morley (J.) Jackson's pericolic membrane; its nature, clinical significance, and relation to abnormal mobility of the proximal colon. Lancet, Lond., 1913, ii, 1685-1690.— Pers (A.) Die Bedeutung der Rontgenuntersuchung bei der Diagnose von Kolonadhasionen. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. & Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 2021.—Ptlcher (L. S.) A further contribution to the study of pericolic membranous films and bands. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., Phila., 1913, xxxi, 544-573. Also: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1914, lix, 1-27.—Rhodes (G. B.) Etiology ofadhesions occurring on the large intestine. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1912, Ixxxii, 661.—Ross (G. G.) The altered anatomy and physiology of the cecum and ascending colon, the result of adhesions. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., Phila., 1921, xxxix, 39-47. [Discussion], 61-72. Also: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1921, lxxiv, 458-463.—Runyan (J. P.) The role of congenital colonic membranes as a causative factor in disease. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1918, lxxviii, 770-773. [Dis- cussion], 874-877.—Simmons (C. D.) Jackson's membrane. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1911-12, lxiv, 924.—Skinner (E. H.) The interpretation of pericolic membranes. Am. J. Roent- genol., Detroit, 1913-14, i, 474^186.—Taylor (J. H.) A con- sideration of pericolic membranes with report of seven cases. J. South Car. M. Ass., Seneca, 1915, xi, 280-287.— West (J. N.) Adhesions of the sigmoid flexure of the colon; with report of three cases. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1914, lxx, 195-197.—Williams (R. B.) Pericolic membranes and Lane's kink; with report of nine cases. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1914, lix, 28-40, 5 pi.—Wrightman. Colonic stasis due to contracted peri-cblonic membranes. West. M. Rev., Omaha, 1915, xx, 684. Colon (Anatomy and embryology of). Buy (J.) Anatomie du colon transverse. 8°. Paris, 1901. Franke (K.) *Ueber die Lymphgefasse des Dickdarmes. [Miinchen.] 8°. Leipzig, 1910. Also, in: Arch. f. Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch., Leipz., 1910, 191-213, 1 pi. Gassner (W.) *Ueber Form und Lage der Flexura coli lienalis. 8°. Heidelberg. 1917. Chamberlln (R. V.) On the mode of disappearance of the villi from the colon of mammals. Anat. Record, Phila., 1909, hi, 282-284.—Davis (J. E.) Morphofiraphv of 2.x.- colons. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1916, lxxiii, 471--4S5.—Druerk (C.J.) Applied anatomy of the terminal bowel. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1919, xxvi, 92-100.—Jamieson (J. K.) & Dobson (J. F.) The lymphatics of 1 lie colon. Proc Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Surg. Seel., 149-171.—Katsc'h (G.) Die Erklarung der Haustrenfonnung des Kolons. Ztschr. f. ang. Anat. [etc.], Berl., ltils, iii, is 33.- -Linebark (P. E.) The development of the spiral coil in the large intestine of the pig. Am. J. Anat., Phila., 1916, xix, 4S3-503. -----. The longitudinal muscle in the colon of the pig embryo. Anat. Record, Phila., 1916, x, 262: 1916-17, xi, 3st>. -----. Studies on the longitudinal muscle of the human colon, with special reference to tho taeniae. Ibid. 1919, xvi, 155. Also: Contrib. Embryol. (Carnegie Inst.), Wash., 1920, xi, 35-41— Norswortliy (O. L.) Embryology and anatomy of the colon. Texas State J. M., Fort Worth, 1913-14, ix, 340-343.—RIezanoff (M. M.) [Embryonal remains of the peritoneum in the proximal end of the colon and their sur- gical treatment.] Syezd rossiysk. khirurg., Mosk., 1913, xii, 119-125.—Rost. Beitrage zur Anatomie des Dickdarms. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 1521.—Thaysen (T. E. H.) Ueber den Rau und die Entstehung der Haiistra coli. Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 1916-17, liv, 321-358. Colon (Cancer of). Durst (T.) *Ueber einen Fall von Oarcinom des Colon auf dem Boden einer wahrscheinlich syphilitisehen Narbe. 8°. Tubingen, 1902. Fischer (R.) *Ueber einen seltenen Fall von Carcinom des Dickdarms combiniert mit einem verkalkten DarmpoWpen. 8°. Miinchen, 1901. Pentot (J.) ^Contribution a l'etude du can- cer de Tangle sous-hepatique du colon. 8°. Lyon, 1904. Colon (Cancer of). Schramm (E. R. L.) *Ein seltner Fall von Colon-Carcinom als Beitrag zur Casuistik des Dickdarmkrebses. 8°. Miinchen, 1902. Sorexsen (J.) *Ueber 28 Falle von Carci- nom des Ileum und Colon. 8°. Leipzig, 1903. Wittmers (F.) *Ueber maligne Tumoren des Colon. 8°. Bonn, 1902. Addison. Cauliflower type carcinoma of hepatic flexure. West Lond. M. J., Lond., 1922, xxvii, 96.—Allln (E. W.) Carcinoma of the colon. Canad. M. Ass. J., Toronto, 1920, x, 1021-1026.-Armstrong(G. E.) Carcinoma of the ascend- ing colon. Montreal M. J., 1910, xxxix, 64. -----. Cancer of the large bowel. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1917, xxiv, 54.5-549. Also: Canad. J. M. & S., Toronto, 1918, xliii, 94-102.—Ashhurst (A. P. C.) Carcinoma of hepatic flexure of colon; inoperable. Surg. Clin. N. Am., Phila., 1922, ii, 99.—Babler (E. A.), Niebruegge (H. J.) & Fische (C.) Carcinomatous polyposis of the colon with report of an interesting case. J. "Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, hi, 1235-1239. Also: Weekly Bull. St. Louis M. Soc, 1909, iii, 146-150.—Back (I.) Case and specimen of multiple polvpi of the colon becoming carcinomatous. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med., Lond., 1913-14, vii, Surg. Sect., 193.—Barling (G.) Three specimens of carcinoma of the colon. Birmingh. M. Rev., 1910, lxviii, 279-282— Bid well (L. A.) A clinical lecture on carcinoma of the ascending colon. Clin. J., Lond., 1908, xxxii, 215-219.—Boas (J.) Erfahrungen fiber das Dickdarmcarcinom. Deutsche med Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1900, xxvi, 115; 130.—Brewer (G. E.) Carcinoma of the splenic flexure of the colon. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1907, xlvi, 150.—Brooks (C. D.) Carcmoma of the large bowel. J. Mich. M. Soc, Grand Rapids, 1922, xxi, 162-166.—Call- liau. Cancer colloide du c61on transverse propage au duo- denum par contiguite et avant envahi secondairement le foie. Tribune med., Par., 1910, n. s., xliii, 469.—Castaigne (J.) Cancer de Tangle gauche du c61on. Clinique, Par., 1912, vii, 321 324.—Clogg (H. S.) Some obser ations on carcinoma of the colon. Practitioner, Lond., 1904, lxxii. 525-544.----—. Cancer of the colon: a study of 72 cases. Lancet, Lond., 190S, ii, 1007-1012 — Coiquaud. Cancer du c61on droit. J. de med. de Bordeaux. 1 Car- cinomata of the colon, with special reference to the trans- verse colon. Clin. J., Lond., 1915, xliv. 34.s-3.52.—Crothers (S. R.) & KildufTe (R.) Adenocarcinoma of the colon. X. York M. J. [etc.], 1916, ciii, 1224. Also, Reprint.—Cunning (J.) A lecture on carcinoma of the colon. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1913, i, 32«-330.—Don (A.) Cancer of the colon. Edinb. M. J., 1910, n. s., iv, 414-426.—Duchamp. Deux pieces de cancer du colon. Loire med., St.-Etienne, 1907, xxvi. 234. - Fitel (C. G.) Carcinoma of the colon. North- west. Lancet. Mmneap., 1905, xxv, 156.—Erdmann (J. F.) Maliunancics oi the colon; their consideration. Med. Rec, N- "i , l'.»21. c, luofr-loos.-Krdniann (R.) Colloid carci- noma of the trans\erse colon. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1917, lxvi, 232.—Gage (H.) Cancer of the colon. Boston M. & S. J., 1911, clxv, 474-179.—Grant (W. W.) Carcinoma of descending colon. Surg.. Gvnec. & Obst., Chicago, 1906, ii, 2S9-292. [Discussion], 332.—Gray (T.) Carcinoma of splenic flexure. West Lond. M. J., Lond., 1922, xxvii, 39.— Hartwell (J. A.) Carcinoma of colon distal to splenic flexure. Ann. Surg., N. Y., 1916. lxiv, 505. ----- Carci- noma of tho splenic flexure of the colon. Tr. \m Sure Ass., Phila., 1917, xxxv, 18-57. Also: Ann. Surg Phila 1917, lxvi, 339-361.—HUdebrand (H^ Ueber das rim- formige Carcinom des Dickdarms. Mitt, a d Hamb Staatskrankenanst., 1900-1901, iii, 259-299 — llohf (S M > Carcinoma of the splenic segment of the colon. \. Vl'banv M Herald, 1907, xxv, 79-S1.—Huguler (A.) Cancer du colon pelvien. Paris ehirurg., 1921, xiii. 567— Jaboulay. Cancer de l'angle droit du colon. Arch. gen. de med Par 1905, ii 1682 u«.2. Johnston (J. A.l Epithelioma of colon. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1907. n. s.. lviii, ur, Ken- "i ( xt ^ ''n,n:«y adeno-carcinoma of the transverse colon. N. ^lork Slab- J. M.. N. V.. 1921. xxi 53 —Klrk- hrlde (T. S.) Carcinoma of the colon. Tr Path Soc t a" ^ lvliiA I1"'- - Kleiiischmidt. [Karrinom im schrCre 19ll1n,hal ;H > ranwr tenlemv'in'larse intestine; carcinoma of colon: a ("iseoccurrmgiiearlvtwentv i .,una, xi n, 223.—Lockhart-Mummerr (J P} Case pitontTr^Tor^W °r thl Colo'n >" the *™« Cw -.,' Sot' Med" Lond-> 1919-20, xiii, Sect. a™ ,;n«™ „«----• nmar7 carcinoma of the blind bowel five years after excision of the rectum. Ibid l'i"i 22T Sect. Surg 3S.-Long (Le R.) Maligna,, disease of the ^intostine. J Oklahoma M. Ass., Musk^ee 1919 xii 191-196.-Lynch (J. M.) Cancer of the rectum and' the COLON. 37 Colon (Cancer of). pelvic colon. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, lxix, 1775- 1777. Also, Reprint.—Magnuson (P. B.) & Coulter (J. S.) Carcinoma of the transverse colon caused by injury. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1921, 31. s., iv, 248-251.—Makins (G. H.) On the results of malignant growths of the colon. St. Thomas's Hosp. Rep., 1900, Lond., 1902, n. s., xxix, 425-445.—Marquis (E.) Squirrhe atrophique du colon pelvicn. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1908, lxxxiii, 71-73. Martine* N. (P.) Ciincer del colon desecndcnte; resecci<5n con restablecimiento inmediato de la continuidad del intestino. Rev. med. de Bogota, 1904-5, 325-327.— Matlileu (A.) Cancer du colon pelvien. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1913, lxxxvi, 1077-1C80.—Matthews (A. A.) Carci- noma of colon. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1919, xviii, 128.— Mayo (C. H.) A consideration of cancer of the large bowel. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1917, xi, 129-131.—Morestin (H.) Cancer du colon pelvien. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1902, lxxvii, 977-979.—Morison (R.) Columnar- celled carcinoma of pelvic colon. Northumberland & Durham M. J., Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1912, xx, 40. -----. Carcinoma of pelvic . colon. Ibid., 45.—Moutier (F.) & Girault (A.-L.) Anatomie pathologique du cancer du colon pelvien. Arch. d. mal. de l'appar. digest, [etc.], Par., 1921, xi, 260-279.—Muller. Deux,cas de cancer de l'angle droit du colon. Loire med., St.-Etienne, 1922, xxxvi, 89- 94.—Murphy (J. B.) Carcinoma of the colon; diffuse miliary carcinosis of the peritoneum; exploratory operation. Surg. Clin., Chicago, 1915, iv, 277-287,1 pi.—Outiand (J. H.) & Clendening (L.) Colloid carcinoma of the hepatic flexure of the colon. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1915, xxii, 1092.—Pauchet (V.) Cancer du colon. J. de med. de Par., 1921, xl, 175; 195.—Peterson (R.) Cancer of the transverse colon. N. Am. Pract., Chicago, 1899, xi, 125- 127.—Phocas. Cancer du colon tranverse. Ass. franc, de chir. Proc-verb. [etc.], Par., 1899, xiii, 466-468.—Kivas Morales (J. C.) Consideraciones acerca de los canccres del intestino grueso. Gac. med. de Caracas, 1919, xxvi, 54.— Rotter. Ueber Coloncarcinome. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. & Berl., 1903, xxix,Vcr.-Beil., 178.—Ruczynski (B.) Ueber einen Fall von Carcinoma coli bei einem 13- jahrigen Knaben. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1904, xxix, 531- 533.—Stefleck. [Carcinom des Dickdarms.] Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Stuttg., 1900, xliii, 392-394—Strater. Carcinoma coli. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1908, 2. R., xliv, 1. afd., 1365-13(is.—Tracy (S. E.) Carcinoma of the descending colon. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1916, lxxiv, 699.—Vignard (E.) Cancer de l'extremite droite du colon transverse. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1907, 2. s., xxv, 721-732 — Walsham (W. J.) On carcinoma of the colon. Lancet, Lond., 1903, ii, 1213-1216.—White (F. W.) Cancer of colon. Boston M. & S. J., 1907, clvii, 296. Also, Reprint.—Wiener (J.) Carcinoma of transverse colon, resected under local anaesthesia. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1922, lxxv, 636.—William- son (G. M.) Carcinoma of the colon. Journal-Lancet, Minneap., 1917, xxxvii, 702-704.—Zaccarini (G.) Evolu- zione clinica ed anatomica del cancro del colon. Boll. d. Soc. med. di Parma, 1910, 2. s., iii, 8-12.—Zimmermann (A.) Das Dickdarmcarcinom. Heilkunde, Wien, 1901, vi, 225-232. Colon (Cancer of, Complications and se- quelse of). Alglave (P.) Volumineux cancer epithelial ulcereux de I'origine du colon transverse, a evolution rapide et sans phenomenes de stenose. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1908, lxx?iii, 253-261.—Anschtitz (W.) Ueber den Ver- lauf des Ileus bei Darmcarcinom und den localen Meteo- rismus des Caecum bei tiefsitzendem Dickdarmverschluss. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1902, xxxi, pt. 2, 413-439.—Ashhurst (A. P. C.) Pelvic abscess from carcinoma of hepatic flexure of colon. Surg. Clin. N. Am., Phila., 1922, ii, 93.—Baldwin (A.) Malignant stricture of transverse colon causing sudden complete obstruction. West Lond. M. J., 1915, xx, 112.—Beadles (C. F.) Car- cinomatous stricture of sigmoid flexure. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1897-8, xlix, 119-120.—Bldwell. Carcinoma of the transverse colon fungating through the umbilicus. West Lond. M. J., Lond., 1911, xvi, 126.—Case (J. T.) The roentgenologic findings in malignant obstruction of the colon. Lancet-Clinic. Cincin., 1914, cxi, 216-219.—Cath- cart (C. W.) Case of intestinal obstruction from carcinoma of the descending colon in a man aged 22. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc, Edinb., 1909-10, n. s., xxix, 59. Also: Edinb. M. J., 1910, n. s., iv, 139, 1 pi.—Codet-Boisse. Carcinome du colon descendant; obstruction et perforations intestinales. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1905. xxxv, 8 10.—Cushing (H. (W.) Intestinal obstruction from stricture due to adeno- carcinoma; resection of colon; recovery. Boston, M. & S. J., 1904, cli, 268.—De Craene. Cancer ulcere du colon descendant avec corps etrangers enchasses dans la tumcur. Clinique, Brux., 1912, xxvi, 201.—Delore (H.) & Chalier. Cancer du colon pelvien invagme dans le rectum; pheno- menes d'occlusion intestinale; anus csecal; exerese de la tumeur; cure de Panus. Lyon med., 1907, cix, 855-858.— Esmein, Holland & Desternes. Cancer du colon; occlu- sion intestinale; examen radiologique par lavement bis- muthe. Bull, et mem. Soc. de radio!, med. de Par., 1913, v, 29-34.—Ferguson (A. R.) Cancer of colon; Bilharzial COLON. Colon (Cancer of, Complications and se- quelx of). papillomata. In: Cat. Pathol. Mus., Cairo, 1910, 85.— Ferron (J.) Occlusion par cancer du colon pelvien, ileo- rectostomie; accidents de retention. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par.; 1909, 2. s., xxxv, 220-223.—Gibbon (J. H.) Acute intestinal obstruction due to carcinoma of splenic flexure; colostomy, May 12, 1908, followed by resection May 20, 1908; death June 6, 1908. Tr. Phila. Acad. Surg., 1910, xii, 129-131.— Hamonic (P.) Occlusion intestinale complete (par cancer du colon iliaque); laparotomie; anus iliaque; guerison. Rev. clin. d'androl. et de gynec, Par., 1905, xi, 69-75.—Hargrave 22.—Fiolle (,IA T. operation en un seul temps des can- cers du colon gauche. Bull, et mem. Soc. de clur. de Par., 1920. xlvi, i;N2 i:M.—Fortrue, Rims A. Pages. Cancer du c61on ascendant avec abces retro-coliinic: colectomie par- tielle; resection laterale du duodenum adherent: iieosigmo'i- dostomie au bouton. Bull. Soc. d. sc. med. et biol. de Montpellier, 1921-2, iii, 270-274.—Frankau (('.) Carcinoma of the pelvic colon treated bv excision and anastomosis. Lancet, Lond., 1919, ii, 2sj.—Gasre (H.) Cancer of the colon. Boston M. & S. J., 1911. clxv, 471-179.—Gauthler (C.) & Cavatllou. Traitement du cancer du c61on par rentoreetomie en trois temps. Lvon med., 1905, cv, 761- 7iio.—Ga>et. Cancer de l'angle droit du c61on; exerese par la methode on trois temps; guerison. Ibid., 1906, evil, S40- S43.—Gibbon (J. H.) Obstruction of bowels due to carci- noma of sigmoid; operation; colostomv, and eight davs later resection and anastomosis; recoverv, with death from recurrence one year later. Tr. Phila. Acad. Surg., 1910, xii, 12.{ I2,i. ------. Carcinoma of ascending colon, March 28, l'.Kis. recovery; well at the present time. Ibid., 127-129.— Goldschinidt (W.) Zur Operation der mit Abszessbildung koniphzierten Dickdarmkarzinome. Deutsche Ztschr f. Chir Leipz 1921, clxv, 419-127.—Gottlgnles ( V.) A pro- pos d un cas de cancer du colonascondant. J med de Brux 1903. viii, 356-361.—Guillet. Epithelioma du c61on descen- dant; resection de l'intestin; enterorraphie circulaire- gueri- son datant de vingt mois. Bull, et mem. Soc de chir de Par, 1904, n. t!., xxx, 1003.-Haggard (W. D.) Specimen of carcinoma of hepatic flexure of colon. J Tenn M \« Nashville, 1919-20, xii, 421.—Hochenegg (J ) Resultate bei operativcr Behandlung carcinoinatoser Dickdarmmv. schwulste. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch f Chir iwi 1902 xxxi, pt. 2, 397-412.-----. Zur zweizeitigen Resektion 1JU*. AAA!, f\J\i. ^y UVI der Kolonkarzinome dVu^flSSSS Wien 1904-5, Berl.. 1906, 332-334.—JaboulayT~Canr"r Ho l'angle droit du c6lon; operation en trois temps; guerison COLON. 39 COLON. Colon (Cancer of, Treatment of). Lyon med., 1905, cv, 725-728.—Jaboulay & CavaUlon (P.) La cure radicale du cancer du colon. Bull. Soc. de chir. de Lyon, 1908, xi, 52-62. Also: Lyon med, 1908, ex, 708-717.— Jamleson (J. K.) & Dobson (J. F.) The lymphatics of the colon; with special reference to the operative treatment of cancer of the colon. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1909,1,1077-1090, 1 pi.—Jeanne. Sur le traitement chirurgical du cancer du colon. Normandie med, Rouen, 1911, xxvii, 249-255.-----. Cancer du cdlon transverse, propage a deux anses d'intestin grele; triple resection. Ibid., 1919-20, xxxi, 246.—Johnson (A. E.) & Lakln (C. E.) An unusual case of carcinoma of the pelvic colon. Arch. Middlesex Hosp, Lond, 1912-13, xxviii, Clin. Ser. xi, 34-37.—Kerr (J. M. M.) Carcinoma of the sigmoid which simulated an ovarian tumour; removal of sigmoid and rectum by combined abdominal and perineal operation; recovery. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc, Glasg, 1909-10, ix, 123.-----. Cyst of left ovary with carcinoma of sigmoid which at first presented features of extra-uterine pregnancy; removal of ovarian cyst, subsequent resection of bowel; recovery. Ibid., 125.—Klein (E.) Carcinome colloide du c61on transverse avec propagation a la paroi; extirpation; mort le 12° jour. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1905, ii, 81-86.— Korte. Coloncarcinome. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1913, 1, 1035.—Kubinyi (P.) Ein Fall von Karzinom des Colon. Verhandl. d. Budapest, k. Gesellsch. d. Aerzte (1911), 1912, 114.-----. [Cancer of the colon, simulating tumors of the ovary; operation.] Orvosi hetil, Budapest, 1914, lviii, 463- 469.—Ladlnskl (L. J.) Colloid carcinoma of the ihocolon region; excision and anastomosis. Am. J. Obst, N. Y, 1911, lxiv, 317.—Lagoutte. Cancer du colon ascendant, cure radicale en trois temps. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par.. 1921, xlvii, 565-570.—Lambret. Cancer de l'angle droit du c61on; ablation du caecum, du cdlon ascendant et d'une partie du colon transverse. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1912, xvi, 231.—Lane (Sir W. A.) Cancer of the colon; its causation and treatment. Lancet, Lond, 1920, ii, 1184- 1189.—Lapeyre (N.-C.) Cancer de l'angle colique droit; resection du caecum, du colon ascendant et du tiers droit du colon transverse; anastomose il6o-colique transverse; guerison. Montpel. med, 1918, xl, 9-12.-----. Cancer de l'angle colique droit; resection du colon droit; resultats eioign.es. Bull. Soc. d. sc. med. et biol. de Montpellier, 1921- 22, iii, 113.—Leo (G.) Epithelioma colloide du colon ascen- dante; resection avec ablation de gros ganglions du meso- colon. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par, 1921, xci, 323.— Lilienthal (H.) Result of resection of colon for stenosing carcinoma after seventeen years. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1911, liii, 542.—Littlewood (H.) Malignant disease of the colon; 14 colectomies with 10 recoveries. Lancet, Lond, 1903, i, 1511-1515.—Low (V. W.) Case of removal of a carcinoma of the pelvic colon eighteen months after operation. Tr. M. Soc. Lond, 1909-10, xxxiii, 371-374.—Mathews (F. S.) Annular carcinoma of the pelvic colon. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1914, lx, 396.—Mathieu (P.) Indications operatoires dans le traitement des cancers coliques. Paris med, 1920, xxxvi, 275-277..-----. Colectomie etendue pour cancer du colon gauche; anastomose termino-terminale. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1922, xlviii, 293-296.—Maylard (A. E.) Colectomy for carcinoma of tne colon, and anastomosis by intestinal invagination (Maylard's method). Tr. Med.- Chir. Soc. Glasg, 1911, x, 100. Also: Glasgow M. J.. 1911, lxxvi, 129.-----. Abdominal incisions and intestinal anas- tomosis in the treatment of carcinoma of the colon. Glas- gow M. J, 1913, lxxxix, 401-409.—Mayo (W. J.) Radical operations for the cure of cancer of the second half of the large intestine, not including the rectum. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1916, lxvii, 1279-1284. Also, Reprint.—Meyer (W.) Resection of the ascending and transverse colon for carci- noma. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1912, lv, 322.—Mix (C. L.) Presentation of a case of carcinoma of the hepatic flexure. Med. Clin, Chicago, 1917, ii, 1237-1251.—Morton (C. A.) A series of cases of resection of malignant growths of the colon. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1904, ii, 1149-1151.—Neumann (A.) Zur Radikalbehandlung der Coloncarcinome. Deut- sche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1906. xxxii, 542-546. [Discussion], 563.—Newman (D.) Case of malignant dis- ease of the descending colon treated successfully by opera- tion. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Glasg, 1902, iii, 422-423.— Oklnczyc (J.) Sur 1 'operation en un seul temps des cancers du colon gauche. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1920, xlvi, 1488.—Olmsted (I.) Resection of the splenic flexure of the colon, malignant disease, with exhibition of patient and specimen. Canad. J. M. Sc, Toronto, 1905, xviii, 90.— Pannett (C. A.) The surgical aspect of carcinoma of the colon. St. Mary's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1920, xxvi, 130-132.— Parcelier. Un cas de cancer suppure du colon transverse. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1913, xliii, 283.—Parry (R. H.) Scirrhus carcinoma of hepatic flexure of colon removed from a patient, set. 56, after a preliminary right inguinal colotomy had been performed for relief of symptoms of acute obstruction. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Glasg, 1902, iii, 64- 65.—Patel (M.) Chirurgie du colon pelvien (cancer ex- cepte); pathologie chirurgicale. Arch. prov. de chir. Par, 1913, xxii, 565-646. Also [Abstr.]: Paris chir, 1913, v, 788- 791.—Paton (E. P.) Three cases illustrating the diagnosis and treatment of carcinoma of the colon. Westminst. Hosp. Rep. 1902, Lond, 1903, xiii, 137-146.—Pauchet (V.) Cancer du cdlon gauche; traitement. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap. Par, 1917, xxxi, 465-468.-----. Cancer du cdlon; resection Colon (Cancer of, Treatment of). de tout le gros intestin et de 30 centimetres d'ilebn; abouche- ment de Piieon a l'anus; guerison. Bull. Acad, de med. Par, 1921, 3. s, lxxxv, 267-269. -----. Traitement du cancer du colon droit. Paris chirurg, 1921, xiii, 506-511. -----. Cancer du cdlon gauche. Ibid., 489-498: 1922, xiv, 199.—Peck. Partial colectomy for carcmoma of the splenic flexure. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1911, liii, 297.—Pennington (J. R.) Method for anchoring radium in carcinoma of the large bowel. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1922, Ixxviii, 348 — Pollard (B.) Carcinoma of the colon and its treatment by colectomy; with abstracts of seven successful cases. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1904, i, 175-181.—Poncet. Tumeur maligne du colon ascendant; enterectomie. Lyon med, 1904, ciii, 712-714.—Proust (R.) & Bender (X.) Epithelioma colloide du cdlon transverse; resection du colon transverse suivie d'anastomose colo-colique immediate; guerison maintenue au bout de quatreans. Rev.de gynec.etdechir, Paj, 1914, xxiii, 67-82.—Proust, Wolflromm & Bender. Epithe- lioma colloide du colon transverse; colectomie en un temps suivie de colo-colostomie latero-Iaterale. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par, 1910, lxxxv, 112-118.—Renon. Chirurgie du cancer des cdlons. Poitou med, Poitiers, 1910, xxv, 148- 151.—Rotter (J.) Zur chirurgischen Behandlung der Coloncarcinome. Arch. f. klin. Chir, Berl, 1913, ch, 651- 683.—Schwartz (A.) Deux cas de cancer du colon, traites par l'exteriorisation, avec ablation secondaire du neoplasme et cure ulterieure de l'anus contre nature (operation en trois temps). Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1913, n. s, .xxxix, 980-991. —---. Traitement chirurgical du cancer du c61on. Paris med, 1913-14. xiii, 305-310.-----. Traitement chirurgical du cancer du colon. Ibid., 1921, xxxix, 272-277.— Sencert(L.) Un cas de colectomie pour cancer. Rev. med. de l'est, Nancy, 1913, xlv, 861-864.—Shann (H.) The surgical treatment of cancer of the large intestine. Am. J. Obst, N. Y.. 1918, lxxvii, 403-417.—Sherrill (J. G.) Adeno- carcinoma of the colon. Louisville Month. J. M. & S, 1902- 3, ix, 488. -----. Cancer of the colon. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1919, xvii, 312.—Stiles (Sir H. J.) Patient after enterostomy and subsequent enterectomies for carci- noma of the splenic flexure. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc, Edinb, 1909-10, n. s, xxix, 66.-----. The value of caecostomy in the treatment of malignant disease of the colon. Brit. J. Surg, Bristol, 1921, ix, 1-3.—Strauss (A. A.) The surgical treatment of carcinoma of the colon with a new method of making the operative field extraperitoneal by means of the omentum. Surg. Clin. N. Am, Phila, 1922, ii, 845-861.— Syms (P.) Excision of cancer of colon. Ann. Surg, N. Y, 1916, lxiv, 501.—Tagliavacche (N.) Exclusion unilateral del ciego e ileo-colostomia seguida en un 2° tiempo de cc- lectomia (ciego, colon ascendente y parte del transverso) por cancer, en una enferma de 63 aflos. (Curacidn operatoria.) Prensa med. argentina, Buenos Aires, 1919-20, vi, 37-39.— Tanslnl (I.) Sopra un caso di cancro del colon e del tenue. R. 1st. Lomb. d. sc. e lett. Rendic, Milano, 1904, 2. s, xxxvii, 768-774.—Tavernler (L.) Cancer du cdlon trans- verse; ablation en un temps de la tumeur avec le colon ascendant et le caecum. Lvon chirurg, 1913, ix, 557-560. Also: Lyon med, 1913. exx, 1410-1414.—Taylor (E. H.) The operative treatment of cancer in the upper rectum and pelvic colon. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl, 1912, xxx, 226-229.—Thomas (C. P.) Treatment of cancer of the anus, rectum, and colon. South. Calif. Pract, Los Angeles, 1922, xxxvii. 1-5.—Tixier. Occlusion du caecum, du colon ascen- dant et d'une partie du colon transverse pour cancer du gros intestin. Lyon med, 1904, ciii, 308.—Truesdale (P. E.) Cancer of the splenic flexure. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1914, lxii, 1321.—Tschudy. Karzinom der Flexura hepatica. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1905, xxxi, 114.—Viannay (C.) Squirrhe du cdlon transverse chez une femme enceinte (trois mois); colectomie en un temps; guerison. Loire med, St.-Etienne, 1910, xxix, 473-475.-----. Quatre cas de colec- tomie pour cancer. Ann. internat. de chir. gastro-intest. Par, 1911, v, 6-14. Also: Arch. prov. de chir. Par, 1911, xx, 156-164.-----. Neuf cas de resection partielle du cdlon pour cancer, dont cinq en un temps. Assoc, franc, de chir. Proc-verb. [etc.], Par, 1912, xxv, 616-631. Also: Ann. internat. de chir. gastro-intest. Par, 1913, vii, 24-39.-----. Deux cas de colectomie en deux temps pour cancer. Loire med, St.-Etienne, 1914, xxxiii, 57-61. -----. Cancer du cdlon transverse chez une femme ayant subi un an aupara- vant une amputation du sein pour adenome kystique: colectomie en deux temps; guerison. Ibid., 253-255.-----. Statistique personnelle de douze cas de colectomie pour cancer. Lyon chir, 1914, xii, 1-19.—Walter (G. T.) De resectie van ileum en colon bij de behandeling van het carcinoma van den dikken darm. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Ge- neesk, Amst, 1905,2. R, xii, d. 1,1101-1114.—Ware (M. W.) Resection of colon for carcinoma of cecum. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1917, xci, 171.—Wathen (W. H.) Resection of the transverse colon for carcinoma. Kentucky M. J, Bowling Green, 1911, ix, 714-717— Watson (C. G.) Carcinoma of the descending loop of the pelvic colon (formerly called the first part of the rectum); abdomino-perinaeal excision (with- out colotomy). Med. Press & Cire, Lond, 1909, n. s, lxxxviii, 503. -----. Ileo-sigmoidostomy for carcinoma of the colon. Clin. J, Lond, 1912-13, xii, 85.-----. Case of multiple adenomata, associated with columnar carcinoma of the pelvic colon. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1913-14, vii, Surg. Sect, 194.—Westbrook (R.W.) Cases illustrating COLON. 40 COLON. Colon (Cancer of, Treatment of). the favorable prognosis in excision of carcinoma of the large bowel. Long Island M. J, Brooklyn, 1917, xi, 12-14 — White (S.) A lecture on cancer of the colon. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1913, ii, 57-60.—Willcox (W. H.) [Malignant growth, involving the transverse colon; anastomosis between the ileum and colon beyond the growth.] St. Mary's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1907, xiii, 80.—Woolsey (G.) Carcinoma of the transverse colon operated upon four years ago. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1921, lxxiii, 660. Colon (Dilatation of) [Hirschsprung's disease\. See, also, Caecum (Dilatation of). Chassagnard (J.-B.-M.) Contribution a l'etude du megacolon ou dilatation idiopathique du gros intestin (maladie de Hirschsprung). 8°. Bordeaux, 1909. Coucoureux (L.) Contribution a l'etude du megacolon. 8°. Bordeaux, 1916. Culan (A.) *Le megacolon congenital ou dilatation idiopathique du gros intestin (mala- die de Hirschsprung). 8°. Paris, 1910. Danziger (M.) *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Hirschsprungschen Krankheit. [Gottingen.] 8°. Berlin, 1907. Lavoute (Anna-Guitel). *Contribution a l'etude de la maladie de Hirschsprung. 8°. Montpellier, 1914. Le Calme (J.-M.) *Le megacolon ou maladie de Hirschsprung (dilatation congenitale du colon). 8°. Paris, 1908. Poesy (A.) *De la dilatation de l'angle gauche du colon transverse. 8°. Montpellier, 19,07. Porte (H.) Contribution a l'etude de la maladie de Hirschsprung. 8°. Paris, 1913. Rosenstiel (Alice). *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Hirschsprung'schen Krankheit. 8°. Zu- rich, 1911. Weil (M.) Contribution a l'etude de la maladie de Hirschsprung (dilatation idiopathique du gros intestin ou megacolon congenital). 8°. Nancy, 1910. Yoshida (E.) *Ueber Erweiterunpen des Dickdarmes im Kindesalter. 8°. Miinchen, 1909. Adamo (<'•.) Malattia di Hirschsprung o megacolon congcnito (Mya). Pediatria, Napoli, 1915, 2. s, xxiii, 512- 517.—Barrinstton-Ward (X. E.) Congenital enlargement of the colon and rectum. Brit. J. Surg, Lond, 1914, i, 345- 360.—Bell (J. M.) Dilatation of the ascending colon. Arch. Diagn, N. V, 1912, v, 259.—Bonavente (D.) Contribuei6n al estudio de la dilatacinn idiop.it ica del colon megalocolon. Rpv. med. de Chile, Sunt, de Chile, 1910, xxxviii, 170-177.— Bevan (A. ]_>.) Dilatation of the large bowel. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1912, lix, 112 114.—Blake (J. A.) Megacolon. Ann. Sure, Phila, 1912, lv, 455-457.—Cadwallader (R.) A case of Hirschsprung's disease with bibliographv to January 1,1916. Arch. Pediat, N. Y. 1916, xxxiii, 665-670 — Cahen-Brach. Ueber einen Fall von Ektasie des Dick- darmes. Verhandl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, 1903, Wiesb, 1904, xx, 6- 13.—Carr (W. L.) Hirschsprung's disease. Penn. M. J, Athens, 1918-19, xxii, 705-712. Also, Reprint—Casatt (E.) Contributo clinico alia malattia dell' Hirschsprung (mega- colon). Policlin, Roma, 1908, xv, sez. prat, 402-404.— Cheinlsse (L.) La dilatation idiopathique ou congenitale du colon. Semaino med. Par, 1904, xxiv, 369-371. Cninhy (J.) Dilatation du colon et maladie de Hirschsprung. Arch, de med. d. enf. Par, 1920, xxiii, 493-497. Cordova (A.) Megacolon congenita; enfermedad do Hirschsprung. Arch, de la Soc estud. clin. de la Habana, 1908, xv, 92-103, 4 pi. Also: Rev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1908, xiii, 71-80.—Critchlow (J. F.) 'Congenital idiopathic dilatation of the colon; Hirschsprung's disease. Northwest Med, Seattle, 1912, n. s\, iv, 35; 86.—Cumston (C. G.) Clinical notes on megacolon. Brit. I. Child. Dis, Lond, 1918, xv, 21-26.—Daniel (P.) Congenital idiopathic dilatation of the colon (Hirschsprung'sdisease). Internat. Clin, Phila, 1909, 19. s, ii, 119-152,10 pi—Dubois (M.) Megacolon ou maladie de Hirschsprung. Scalpel, Liege, 1913-14, lxvi, 845-851.— Duval (P.) De la dilatation dite idiopathique du gros intestin; megacdlon congenital (Mya); maladie de Hirsch- sprung. Rev. de chir. Par, 1903, xxiii, 332; 508; 641.—Fago (M.) Contributo alio studio sul megacolon congenito. Gazz. d. osp, Milano, 1913, xxxiv, 300-306.—Feldman (M.) Idiopathic dilatation of the colon. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1908, Colon (Dilatation of), [Hirschsprung's disease}. ii 260.—Felizianl (F.) Contributo alio studio del mega- sigmacolon. Boll. d. Lancisiana d. osp. di Roma, 1908, xxviii, 75-93.—Finney (J. M. T.) Congenital idiopathic dilatation of the colon (Hirschsprung's disease). Surg, Gynec. & Obst, Chicago, 1908, vi, 624-643.—Flschel (E.) Megacolon; report of an unusual case. J. Missouri M. Ass, St. Louis, 1922, xix, 261-264.—Fisher (W. H.) Megacolon. Ohio M. J, Columbus, 1922, xviii, 487-491.—Genersich (G.) Ueber angeborene Dilatation und Hypertrophic des Dickdarms. Jahrb. f. Kinderh, Leipz, 1893^4, n. F, xxxvii, 91-100.—GrCgoire (R.) Dilatation douloureuse du cdlon droit et appendicite chronique. Arch. d. mal. de l'appar. digest, [etc.], Par, 1919, x, 456-470.—Griffith J. P. C.) Congenital idiopathic dilatation of the Colon. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila, 1899, n. s, cxviii, 283-297. -----. Dilatation of the colon in children, with especial reference to the idiopathic form. Med. Clin. N. Am, Phila, 1918, ii, 829-840.—Grulee (C. G.) Hirschsprung's disease. In- ternat. Clin, Phila, 1915, 25. s.. ii, 101— Guleke. Hirsch- sprungsche Krankheit. Kor.-Bl. d. alle. arztl. Ver. v. Thu- ringen, 1920, xlix, 74.—Hawkins (H. 1'.) Remarks on idio- pathic dilatation of the colon. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1907, l, 477^83.—Hedlund (A.) [Contribution to our knowledge of Hirschsprung's disease.] Hygiea, Stockholm, 1908, 2. i, viii, 824 v,3.—Heimann (F.) Zur Kenntnis der Hirsch- sprungschen Krankheit. Gynaek. Rundschau, Berl. & Wien, 1916, x, 137-141—Hell wig. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Hirschsprungschen Krankheit. Miinchen. med. W chn- schr, 1908, Iv, 2387— Hirschsprung (HA Die angeborene Erweiterung und Hvpertrophie des Dickdarms. T itdiat. Arb, Berl, 1S90. 78 so. Also [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. Ver. samml. d. Gesellsch. i. Kinderh. . . . deut-eh. Naturf. u.- Aerzte 1899, Wiesb, 1900, xvi, 272.—Hue i K.) Dilatation congenitale du gros intestin (maladie de Hirschsprung). Normandie med, Rouen, 1907, xxii, 230 23(.—Jayle 1.1) La dilatation congenitale idiopathique du cdlon observee au xvii° sifecle. Presse med. Par, 1909, xvii, 803.—Jonnes(L.) Hirschsprung's disease. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin, 1916, cxvi, 204-208.—de Josselin de Jong (R.) Met zoogenaamd me- gacolon congeuitum (ziekte van Hirschsprung). Nederl. rijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1916. i, 1788-1801.—de Josselin de Jong (R.) A Muskens (A. L. M.) Ueber Megacolon congeuitum (Hirschsprungsehe Krankheit). Mitt. a. d. Cronzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir.. Jena, 1910, xxx, 647-»i70. Also: Xcderl. Tijdschr. v. (.cneesk.. Amst, 1910, xlv. pt. 1, 1118- 1140.—Judd (.E. S.i Congenital idiopathic dilatation of the colon: Hirschsprung's disease. J. Minn. M. Ass. [etc.], Minneap, 1909, xxix, 1-4.—Kilckell (U.) llLrschsprung'sche Krankheit und vegetatives Nervons\ stems. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1920, lvii, 1021.—Kerr (II. H.I Megacolon. Wash. M. Ann, 1912-13, xi, 231-236 Kleinschmldt (H.) Die Hirschsprungsehe Krankheit. F.rgebn. d. inn. Med. u. Kinderh, Berl, 1912,ix,300-3'tv—Koeppc n.1 Zur Kennt- nis der Hirschspmngsoheu Krankheit. Monatschr. f. Kin- derh, Leipz. & Wien, 190s, vi 496-511.—Ladd (W. E.) Megacolon. Boston M. A S. J, 1921, clxxxiv, 81-88.— l.e Wald (L. T.) Megacolon. Am. Atlas Stereorentgenol, 1917. ii. 186-190.—LOwenstein (C.) Uelier die Hirsch- sprungsehe Krankheit; Sanimelreferat. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat, Jena, 1907, xviii, 929-949.—Luzzato (A. M.) Sull' importanza del megacolon in medicina leg-ale militare. Med. nuova, Roma, 1917, viii, 221 22;. Macra- brunl (F.) Alcune considerazioni sopra duo casi di ectasia del colon. Gazz., med. ital, Torino, 1910. l\i. tsi; J91.— Mamrot (A.) A propos de la maladie do Hirschsprung. Arch, de med. d. enf. Par., 1913, xvi, 767-771.—Mauclalre. A propos du megacolon. Bull, et mom. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1913, n. s, xxxviii. 108. Meyer (O.i Die Hirsch- sprungsehe Krankheit (Megacolon congeuitum). Med. klin, Berl, 1913, ix, 959-964. -Movers ( \. E.) Dilatation of the colon in children. Am. J. Dis. Child.. Chicago, 1920, xix, 167-180. Also, Reprint— Mo.vnler iK.1 Contributo clinico alio studio del megacolon congenito. Policlin, Roma, 1904, xi, sez. prat, 1407-1412. Molonv (J. B.) & Rolleston (H. D.) Idiopathic hypertrophic dilatation of the colon. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med, Lond, 1910-11, iv, Sect. Stud. Dis. Child, 18^23.-Monrad. Oin Megacolon conge- nit mn. Ugoskr. f. Larger, K0benh, 1915, lxxvii. 1012-1015.— MUlberger (A.) Ueber die Dilatatio et hypertrophia coli (Hirschsprung). Ztschr. f. klin. Med, Berl, 1905, lvii, 374- 3so. Navarro (A.) Sur le megacolon. Hull, et mem. Soc. de chir. do Tar, 1913, n. s, xxxviii. 444-T..5.—Neusrobauer (V-) l*ie Ilirschspningsche Krankheit. F.rgebn. d.Chir. u. Orthop, Berl, 1913, vii, .')9S~670.- Nuzum (T. W.) Megalo- colon. Illinois M. J, Chicago, 1921, xxxix, 417-420. Also: Wisconsin M. J, Milwaukee. 1921-22, xx, 17-20.—Oldt- maiin. Ziekte van Hirschsprung. N'edorl. Tijdschr. v Geneesk, Amst, 1912, ii, 348 353.—Parkinson (J. P) Congenital dilatation of the colon. Proc. Rov Soc Mod Lond, 1910-11, iv, Sect. Stud. Dis. Child,75-77.— Parol (M ') Megacolon. Ann. de gynec. et d'obst. Par, 1910, 2 S vii 629-657. Also [Abstr.1: Toulouse med, 1910, 2. s xii '28°' 287.—Pauchet (V.) Moga-cdlom Paris chirurg 't>v>6 xii 321-327. Also, transl.: Riforma med, Napoli, 1922 xxxviii' 318-320.—Petrlvalsky (J.) Zur Hirsehsprung'schen Krank heit. Arch. f. klin. Chir, Berl, 1908 lxxxvi 3is^£_ PoUitzer. Rapporti della malattia di Hirschsprung coi COLON. 41 COLON. Colon (Dilatation of), [Hirschsprung's disease]. disturbi d' innervazione dell' intestino. Policlin, Roma, 1922, xxix, sez. prat, 127.—Potter (P. S.) Hirschsprung's disease. Internat. Clin, Phila, 1909, 19. s, hi, 196-203.— Puis (H.) Zur Kenntnis der Hirschsprung'schen Krankheit. Beitr. z. klin. Chir, Tubing, 1910, lxix, 306-332.—Rees (C. M.) Congenital dilatation of the colon, giant colon or Hirschsprung's disease. J. South Car. M. Ass, Seneca, 1912 viii, 104-107.—Retzlan* (K.) Zur Hirschsprung'schen Krankheit. Boil. klin. Wchnschr, 1920, lvii, 319-321 — Roersch (C.) Note sur la maladie de Hirschsprung avec deux observations personnelles. Scalpel, Liege, 1909-10, lxii, 545-552.—Rossi (A.) La malattia di Hirschsprung Gazz. d. osp, Milano, 1909, xxx, 676-678.—Saint-Martin (J.) Maladie de Hirschsprung. Rev. med. de la Franche- Comte, Besancon, 1905, xiii, 81-86.—Saucke (W.) Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Hirschsprungschen Krankheit. Jahrb. f. Kinderh, Berl, 1919, n. F, xc, 273-293.—Sitsen (A. E.) Megacolon congenitum (ziekte van Hirschsprung). Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1914, 377-387.— Silberberg (O.) Ueber angeborene Colonerweiterung. Centralbl. f. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir, Jena, 1903, vi, 881-887.—Smith (R. M.) Congenital dilatation of the colon. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin, 1916, cxv, 269-273.—Sohmer (A. E.) Congenital idiopathic dilatation of the colon. Minnesota Med, St. Paul, 1918, i, 119-125.—Sommer. Ein Beitrag zur Hirschsprungschen Krankheit. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1909, xxxv, 1347-1349.—Stewart (D. H.) Dilatation and plication of the caput coli. Med. Rec, N.Y, 1920, xcvu, 218-220: xcviii, 383-386. Also, Reprint.—Stewart (F.T.)&Hand(A.) Dilatation of the colon. Arch. Pediat, N. Y, 1900, xvii, 161-167. [Discussion], 199.—Stirnimann (F.) Hirschsprungsehe Krankheit, oder Megalocolon conge- nitum. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1905, xxxv, 569- 578.—Talma (S.) Over megakolon. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1919, i, 1848-1858.—Thiemich. Hirsch- sprungsehe Krankheit. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1914, xl, 1800.—Tuffier. Dilatation congenitale dite idiopathique du cdlon (megacolon). Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1907, n. s, xxxiii, 1078-1084.—de Verne- joul (R.) & Sedan (J.) Megacolon congenital ou maladie de Hirschsprung. Gaz. d. hop. Par, 1914, lxxxvu, 597; 647.—Wieland (E.) Ueber sogenannte Hirschsprung'sche Krankheit. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1915, xlv, 1144-1146.—Wilkie (D. P. D.) Hirschsprung's disease (idiopathic dilatation of the colon). Edinb. M. J, 1909, iii, 203-230, 3 pi.—Zesas (D. G.) Die Hirschsprung'sche Krank- heit. Fortschr. d. Med, Berl, 1906, xxiv, 37-46. Colon (Dilatation of, Cases of). Bugs ([W.] J. A.) *Zur Kasuistik der Hirschsprung'schen Krankheit (Megacolon con- genitum). 8°. Kiel, 1910. Fuchs (L.) *Drei Falle von Hirschsprung- scher Krankheit mit besonderer Beriicksichti- gung der aetiologischen Momente, sowie der The- rapie des Leidens. [Strassburg.] 8°. Miilhausen i. E., 1908. Geyer (C.) *Ein Fall von Hirschsprungscher Krankheit mit persistentem Ligamentum recto- vesicale, Vagina duplex, Uterus duplex. 8°. Leipzig, 1919. Gordon (W.) *Ein Fall von Megasigmoideum congenitum infolge Klappenbildung; ein Bei- trag zur Aetiologie und Therapie des Megasig- moideums). 8°. Leipzig, 1914. Lilienthal (O.) *Ueber einen Fall von Hirschsprung'scher Krankheit. 8°. Konigsburg i. Pr. 1919. ' Ahlberg (N. A.) [Case.] Allm. sven. Lakartidn, Stockholm, 1906, iii, 209-217.—Audeoud (H.) [Case.] Rev. mod. de la Suisse Rom, Geneve, 1917, xxxviii, 138.— Balrd (R. W.) & Klndley (G. C.) [Case.] South. M. J, Birmingham, 1917, x, 846-848.—Bar (P.) [Case.] Bull. Soc d'obst. de Par, 1910, xiii, 172-174.—Baron (L.) [Two cases.] Jahrb. f. Kinderh, Berl, 1907, lxv, 741-746.— Bernhelm-Karrer. [Case.] Verhandl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1906, Wiesb, 1907, xxiii, 170-174.—Blanco (V.) [Case.] Semana med, Buenos Aires, 1920, xxvii, pt. 2, 24.—Bloch (C. E.) [Case] Ugeskr. f. Lager, K0benh, 1915, lxxvii, 1221.—Bour- geois(B.G-) [Case.] Unionmed.duCanada,Montreal,1914, xliii, 475-480.—Brentano. [Case.] Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir, Berl, 1904, xxxiii, 265-268.—Brtining. [Two cases.] Ber. d. oberhess. Gesellsch. f. Nat.; u. Heilk, Giessen, 1906, med. Abt, i, 32.—Bureau (E.) [Case.] Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1908, 2. s, xxvi, 301-313.—Cade (A.), Roubier (C.) & Martin (J. F.) Enorme ectasie du gros intestin par stenose fibreuse du cdlon pelvien (megacolon svmptomatique). Lyon med, 1912, cxviii, 1467-1472.— Cameron. [Case.] Guy's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1917, xxxi, 277.—Carpenter (G.) [Case.] Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child, Colon (Dilatation of, Cases of). Lond, 1903-4, iv, 297-304.-----. [Case.] Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1908-9, ii, Sect. Stud. Dis. Child, 39-15. -----. [Case.] Ibid., 196.—Carr (J. W.) [Case] Ibid., 1912-13, vi, Sect. Stud. Dis. Child, 107-109.—Carr (W. L.) [Case.] Arch. Pediat, N. Y.. 1918, xxxv, 352-354. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1918, cviii, 615.—Chlari. [Case.] Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch, 1904, Jena, 1905, viii, 153.—Clare- mont (C. C.) [Case.] Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1909-10, iii, Sect. Stud. Dis. Child, 178-182.—CoUett. [Two cases.] Forh. med. Selsk. i Kristiania, 1913, 172.—Cowie (D. M.) [Case.] Physician & Surg, Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1911, xxxiii, 423-426.—Cozzolino (O.) [Case.] Boll. d. Soc. med. di Parma, 1919, 2. s, xii, 33-35.—Dalla Valle (A.) [Case.] Pediatria, Napoli, 1919, xxvii, 515-526.—Englan- der (M.) [Case] Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1915, xxviii, 685.—Ernberg. [Case.] Hygiea, Stockholm, 1916, lxxviii, 515-517.—Escherich (T.) Zur Kasuistik der Hirsch- sprung'schen Krankheit. Berl. klin.-therap. Wchnschr, 1906, xiii, 55-60. Also: Wien. klin.-therap. Wchnschr, 1906, xiii, 61-88.—Finney (J. M. T.) [Case?] Ann. Surg, Phila, 1908, xlvii, 1062.—Flint (E. R.) A case of mega- colon. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1922, i, 310.—Fritz (A.) [Case.] Rev. d'hyg. et de med. inf. [etc.], Par, 1911, x, 410-418 — Futcher. [Case.] Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull, Bait, 1900, xi, 114.—Gourevitch (G.) Zur Kasuistik der Hirsch- sprung'schen Krankheit. Prag. med. Wchnschr. 1904, xxix, 607; 623.—Griffith (J. P. C.) [Case.] Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, [n. p.], 1917, xxix, 110-113.—GrUnbaum (O.) [Case.] Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1908-9, ii, Sec. Stud. Dis. Child, 132-134.—Guleke. [Case.] Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1917, xliii, 1607.—Guyot. [Case.] J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1919, xlix, 119.—Hallez (G.-L.) & Blechmann (G.) Syndrome de Hirschsprung apparaissant chez un enfant de trois ans et demi. Arch, de med. d. enf. Par, 1921, xxiv, 484-487.—Hannema (L. S.) [Case.] Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1920, i, 1893- 1896, 1 pi.—Hoffmann (A.) [Case.] Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1911, xxxvii, 2308.—Horder (Sir T.) [Case.] Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1920-21, xiv. Sect. Stud. Dis. Child, 37.—Hutchison (R.) [Case.] Ibid., 1912-13, vi, Clin. Sect. 44-46.—Kagawa (Y.) [Case.] Verhandl. d. jap. path. Gesellsch, Tokyo, 1915, v, 57, 1 pi.— Kennedy (C. S.) [Case.] Grace Hosp. Bull, Detroit, 1916-17, i, No. 4, 11-14.—Knopfeimacher. [Case.] Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1914, xiii, 39.—Kocher (A.) [Case.] Cor.-Bl. f. Schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1917, xlvii, 60.—Kohts. Ueber einige Falle von Hirschsprungscher Krankheit im Kindesalter. Therap. d. Gegenw, Berl, 1908, xlix, 193-195.—Kraske. [Case] Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1906, liii, 2418.—Latreille (E.) [Case.] Union med. du Canada, Montreal, 1914, xliii, 282- 286.—Leggett (W.) [Case.] Brit. M. J, Lond, 1911, i, 677.—Linde (J. I.) & Kleiner (S. B.) [Case.] Arch. Pediat. N. Y, 1915, xxxii, 278-281.—Lockhart-Mummery (J. P.) [Case] Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1918-19, xii, 44.— Luis y Yagtte (R.) [Case] Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. mod, Madrid, 1914, xxxi, 9-19.—Mackenna (L. C.) {Case] Arch, latino-am. de pediat, Buenos Aires, 1912, vi, 222- 234.—MacKenzie (H.) & Battle (W. H.) [Case] Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1911-12, v, Clin. Sect, 146-149.— Marxmiller (H. G.) [Case.] N. York M. J, 1900, lxxii, 620.—Michaux (S.) [Case.] Virginia M. Month, Rich- mond. 1918-19, xlv, 144-146.—Minkowski. [Case.] Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1913, 1, 88. -----. [Case] Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult, 1912, Bresl, 1913, ii, 47.— Moon (V. H.) [Case] Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1914-15, ix, 181-185.—Noble (T. B.) [Case.] Tr. Am. Ass. Obst. & Gynec. 1917, York, 1918, xxx. 125-128. Also: Am. J. Obst, N. Y, 1917, lxxvi, 946-949. [Discussion], 1001.—Norris (C.) [Case.] Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1912-13, n. s, xii, 50-52 — Page (C. M.) [Case.] Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1913- 14, vii. Sect. Stud. Dis. Child, 102-105.—Popper (J.) Con- genital megacolon (Hirschsprung's disease); with a report of a case in twins. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1920, cxii, 1030.— Quisumbing (M.) [Case.] Rev. filipina de med. y farm, Manila, 1918, ix, 259-263.—Rassieur (L.) [Case.] Weeklv Bull. St. Louis M. Soc, 1912, vi, 487. -----. Hirschsprung's disease; with report of one case. J. Missouri M. Ass, St. Louis, 1922, xix, 139-144.—Reiche (F.) [Two cases.] Med. Klin, Berl, 1918, xiv, 712.—Richardson (M. H.) [Case] Boston M. & S. J, 1901, cxliv, 155-157.—Roessingh (M. J.) [Case.] Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1913, ii, 385- 390.—Schepelmann. [Case.] Miinchen. med. Wchnschr. 1911, Mii, 2527.—Shand (J.) [Case.] J. Roy. Nav. M. Serv, Lond, 1920, vi, 370.—Short (T. S.) & Brown (G. S.) [Case.] Brit. M. J, Lond, 1911, i, 1112.—Silberknopf (O.) [Case.] Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh.in Wien, 1912, xi, 132.—Skeldlng (H.) [Case] Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child, Lond, 1906-7, vii, 232-234.—Steiner (R.) [Case] Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1913. xxvi, 622-624.— Strater(M.) [Acute partial dilatation of the colon.] Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1917, i, 2180.—von Torday (A.) [Case.] Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1913, xlix, 17-19.—Urrutia (L.) [Case] Rev. clin. de Madrid, 1914, xii, 270-272.—Vermey (A. E.) [Case] Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1910, xlv, pt. 1, 1141-1145 — Villas (M.) [Case.] Prensa med. argentina, Buenos Aires, 1916-17, iii, 172.—van den Vrijhoel (H. C.) [Case] Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1913, xxvi, 1309-1311.—Walker COLON. 42 COLON. Colon (Dilatation of, Cases of). (E. W.) [Case.] Lancet-Clinic, Cincin, 1910, ciii, 217.— Welt-Kakels (Sara). Hirschsprung's disease in boy of seven years. Am. J. Obst, N. Y, 1912, lxv, 364-366. Colon (Dilatation of, Causes and pa- thology of). Pfisterer (R.) *Obstipation infolge Darm- abknickung. Beitrag zur Lehre von derso- genannten '' Hirschsprungschen Krankheit. Beobachtungen aus dem Kinderspital und aus der pathologisch-anatomischen Anstalt in Basel. [Basel.]. 8b. Berlin, 1906. Stobel (A.) *Kasuistischer Beitrag zur Pathologie und Therapie der Hirschsprung'schen Krankheit. 8°. Leipzig, 1909. Zoepfpel (G. H.) *Ueber die anatomischen Verhaltnisse des Darmes beim echten Mega- colon gegentiber dem Pseudomegacolon. [Strass- burg.] 8°. Berlin, 1909. Also, in: Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl, 1909, cxcviii, 119-143. Alexander (J.), Arnett (J. H.) & Magoun (J. A. H.) Experimental studies in colonic dilatation. Surg, Gynec. & Obst, Chicago, 1917, xxiv, 484-486.—Baglnsky (A.) Demonstration der Praparate eines Falles von Hirsch- sprung'scher Krankheit. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1904, xii, 1252.—Bailey (E. W.) Congenito-mechanical dilatation of the colon. J. Missouri M. Ass, St. Louis, 1914-5, xi, 68-72.— Beath (R. M.) Two cases of idiopathic dilatation of the colon in adults. Arch. Radiol. & Electrother, Lond, 1921-22, xxvi, 350-355.—Benavente. Contribucidn al estudio de la dilataci6n idiopatica del colon. Rev. med. de Chile, Sant. de Chile, 1909, xxxvii, 283-285.—Bing (A.) Zur Kenntnis der Hirschsprungschen Krankheit und ihrer Aetiologie. Arch. f. Kinderh, Stuttg, 1906, lxxiv 59-85.— Blttorf (A.) Zur Pathogenese der angeborenen Stuhlver- stopfung (Hirschsprungsehe Krankheit.) Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1906, liii, 265-267.—Bolk (L.) [On the basic form of the human stomach and on megacolon (Hirsch- sprung).] Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1920, lxiv, pt. 2, 1073-1080.—Casati (E.) L'occlusione intestinale nei megacolon; meccanismo di produzione; mezzo facile per vineerla. Policlin, Roma, 1920, sez. prat, 699.—Chelliah (S.) & Chelliah (C. M.) Notes on idiopathic dilatation of the colon. J. Ceylon Br. Brit. M. Ass, Colombo, 1920, xvii, 2.5.—Dalla Valle (A.) Ricerche istologiche su di un caso di megacolon congenito. Pediatria, Napoli, 1920, xxviii, 740-752.—Duval (P.), Garnler & Haret. Constatation d'un niveau variable de liquide dans le cdlon transverse dilate en amont d'une stricture neoplasique. Bull, et mem. Soc de radiol. med. de France, Par, 1919, vii, 101.—Finlzlo (G.) Megacolon congenito; patogenesi e terapia. Med. ital, Napoli, 1907, v, 84-86.—Gaujoux. Existe-t-il une maladie de Hirschsprung? (Vue d'ensemble anatomo- clinique et etude critique.) Arch, de med. d. enf. Par, 1908, xi, 721-755.—Goebel (F.) Mesenterium commune als Ursache eines Hirschsprungschen Symptomenkomplexes. Kor.-Bl. d. allg. arztl. Ver. v. Thiiringen, 1920, xlix, 26.— -----. Weitere Beitrage zu der Bedeutung des Mesenterium commune ileocolicum fiir die Genese der Hirschsprungschen Krankheit. Ztschr. f. Kinderh-, Berl, 1920, xxvii, 323-331. -----. Ueber Spasmus des Sphincter ani als Ursache der Hirschsprungschen Krankheit. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir, Jena, 1920, xxxii, 498-507. -----. Zur Aetiolo- gie der Hirschsprungschen Krankheit. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir, Leipz, 1921, clxv, 428-430.—GOppert (F.) Ventil- verschluss durch Abknickung im untersten Teil des Dick- darms im spateren Kindesalter; ein Beitrag zur Entstehung des Megacolons. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1912, xlix, 588.— Haugk (H.) Hirschsprungsehe Krankheit und enges Becken. Deutsche Ztschr. I. Chir, Leipz, 1921, clxvii, 349-356.—Heller (A.) Ueber den Volvulus des Sigmoideum und die Hirschsprungsehe Krankheit. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1911, lviii, 1059-1063—Ibrahim (J.) Ein Beitrag zur Pathogenese der Hirschsprungschen Krankheit. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1905, xxxi, 905- 907.—de Josselin de Jong (R.) & Plantenga (B. P. B.) Ueber die Aetiologie des sogenannten Megacolon congenitum (Hirschsprungsehe Krankheit). Jahrb. f. Kinderh, Berl, 1921, 3. F, xlvi 332-343.—Konjetzny (G. E.) Ueber die Hirschsprung'sche Krankheit und ihre Beziehungen zu kongenitalen und erworbenen Form- und Lageanomalien des Colon sigmoideum. Beitr. z. klin Chir, Tubing, 1911, lxxiii, 155-205, 2 pi—Magglore (S.) Osservazioni cliniche ed anatomopatologiche sopra due casi di megacolon con- fenito. Boll. d. clin, Milano, 1914, xxxi, 102-109. Also: 'ediatria, Napoli, 1914, 2. s, xxii. 33-44.—Meier (I. E.) A case of idiopathic dilatation of the colon (Hirschsprung's disease). J. Ceylon Br. Brit. M. Ass, Colombo, 1920, xvii, 23.—Meyer (O.) Beitrag zur Entstehung und Verhiitung der Hirschsprungschen Krankheit. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr, Leipz. & Berl, 1913, xxxix, 416-419. -Monges (J.) Un cas de maladie de Hirschsprung (megacdlon); anomalie Colon (Dilatation of, Causes and pa- thology of). du lobe gauche du foie. Marseille med, 1907, xliv, 175-177.— Neter (E.) Zur Pathogenese der Hirschsprungschen Krankheit. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1907, liv, 1817.— Orlowskl (W.) [Pathogenesis of Hirschsprung's disease] Lek. Wiienski, 1914, ii, 1; 31.—Perthes (G.) Zur Patholo- gie und Therapie der Hirschsprungschen Krankheit (Mega- colon congenitum). Arch. f. klin. Chir Berl 1905, lxxvii, b42. Also: Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir, Berl, 1905, xxxiv, pt. 2, 1-4. [Discussion], pt. 1, 161-166.—Rlba- deau-Dumas. Dilatation congenitale du colon; absence du corps thvroide chez un nourrisson de 7 mois J. Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par, 1914, xviii, 141-143.—Roth. Zur Pathologie und Therapie der Hirschsprung'schen Krank- heit. Arch. f. klin. Chir, Berl, 1906, lxxxi pt. 2,125-133.— Valagussa (F.) Contributo alio studio della patogenesi del megacolon congenito. Riv. di chn. pediat, Firenze, 1903, i, 824-839.—Vogel (K.) Zur Fraee der Aetiologie der Hirsch- sprungschen Krankheit. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir, Jena, 1921-22, xxxiv. W7-n 13.—Wagner (C.) Speci- men of a case of true Hirschsprun-' s disease. Surg, Gynec. & Obst, Chicago, 1910, x, 19U— Wilen-ky (A. O.) Colon malfusion and megacolon. Proer. Med.. Phila, 1921, ii, 125-127.—Zarfl (M.) Leiehenbefund Kci einem Falle von Hirschsprung'scher Krankheit. Mitt. 1. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1913, xii, 13s-140. Colon (Dilatation of, Com plications and sequelse of). Becker (F.) *Ueber Kotsteinbildung bei Hirschsprung'scher Krankheit. 8°. Breslau, 1919. Aronson (E. A.) Hirschsprung's disease with eventra- tion of the right half of the diaphragm. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1918, cviii, 196-198. Also, Reprint.—Carnot (P.) & Friedel (G.) Dextrocardie par megacolon. Arch.d. mal. de l'appar. digest, [etc.], Par, 1919-20, x, 577-590.—Carpenter (G.) A case of congenital dilatation of the colon: sequel. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1908-9, ii, Sect. Stud. Dis. Child, 224.—Delbet (P.) Megacdlon avec retrecissement valvulaire du rectum. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1920, xlvi, 893.—Delkeskamp. Ueber Volvulus der Flexura sigmoidea bei Hirschsprungscher Krankheit. Miinchen. med. Wchn- schr, 1906, liii, 166-168.—Edwards (S. R.) Megacolon asso- ciated with chronic volvulus of the sigmoid; two cases with acute obstruction, operated as emergencies. Indianapolis M. J, 1921, xxiv, 139-143.—Gant (S. G.) Colonic dilatation (congenital and acquired), as a factor in chronic intestinal obstruction (obstipation"). Tr. Am. Proctol. Soc, St. Louis, 1912, xiv, lll-lis—Geddes (A. C.) The mechanical and physiological effects of an excessive dilatation and elonga- tion of the colon. J. Anat. & Physiol, Lond, I90S-9. xliii, 182-191.—Graham (A. B.) Report of a case of fecaltumor associated with Hirschsprung's disease. Tr. Am. Proctol. Soc, St. Louis, 1913, xv, 39-43. Also: Proctologist, St. Louis, 1913, vii, 133-137.—Gregolre (R.) Dilatation douloureuse du cdlon droit et appondicite chronique. Arch. d. mal. de l'appar. digest, [etc], Par, 1919-20, x. 456-470.-----. La di- latation douloureuse du cdlon droit et son traitement. Paris med, 1922, xliii, 69-75.—Hurst (A. F.) Dextro-cardie par megacdlon. Arch. d. mal. de l'appar. digest, [etc.]. Par, 1921, xi, 47.—Kaposi. Ileus bei Hirschsprung'scher Krank- heit. Berl. klin. Wchnschr.. 1911, xlviii, 42.—Keeler (F. L.) A case of feenl impaction with dilatation of the colon; death. Med. World, lliila.. 1907, xxv, 21.—Koehler (G. F.) Report of a case of supposed congenital dilatation of the colon with enormous fecal impaction. Northwest Med, Seattle, 1910, n. s, iij2I2.—Lookhart-Mummory (J. P.) Case of mega- colon (Hirschsprung's disease), with secondary carcinoma. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1918-19, xii, Sect. Surg, 4.— Mtgnlac (G.) Le traitement du megacolon sigmoidien complique d'occlusion aigue. Arch. d. mal. de l'appar. di- gest, [etch Par, 1922, xii, 22-56— Morrish (W. J.) Diagnosis und Benandlungder Erkrankungen des Dickdarms. Russ. mod. Rundschau, Berl, 1907, v, ^i v>.— Gillott (H. T.) Infarct of the transverse colon, Lancet, i end, 1911, ii, 220.— Goebel. Totalgangriin der Flcvura hepsttca und dis Colon transversum. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912. xlix, 41.— Groves (E. W. H.) On functional disorders of the colon. Lancet, Lond, 1909, ii, 1729-1736.—Gutman (J.) A plea for more frequent examination of the lower l>owel in the diagnosis of disease. Arch. Diagn, X. V., 1915. viii, 47-.">v— Hadley (W. J.) A clinical lecture on discuses of the colon. Clin. J, Lond, 1910, xxxv, 337-342.- Harrlgan (A. H.) Torsion and inflammation of the appendices epiploiea?. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1917, lxvi, 467 47S.-Hedlnger (E.) Hydropisoh-vakuolare Degeneration der Ganglionzellon des Auerbachschen Plexus des Dickdarmes bei einem seit aoht Jahren einseitig ausgeschaltoton Diekdarm. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1916, xiii, 10vn._Heuson (J. W.) Diffuse suppuration in the walls of the cecum and ascending colon without perforation. Virginia M. Month, Richmond, 1919 20, xlvi, 105 107.- Hlrshinan (L. J.) The colon: its relation to chronic diarrhea and constipation. Memphis M. Month, 1912, xxxii, 113-124. Hurst (A. F.) Sins and sorrows of the colon. Brit. M. J, l.ond.. 1922, i, 941-943.— Hutlnol. Les reactions coliques dans u> jeune'aeo; oarac- teres clmuiues. Bull, med. Par, 1913, xxvii, 447-451.— Icasaii (V. ) Colectomia parcial por necrosis. Semana med Buenos Aires, 1917, xxiv. ii, t.v Inglor ( Mexandra). Lin 1< all von Pneumokokkeninetastaseim Colon aseendens. Lentralbl. f. allg. Path. u. put li. Anat, Jena, 1910 wi 1 is- 156.—Joltraln (E.), Bautle(l\> '( R \ Colonectomia del disecndente. Arch, ed atl i d Soc ital di chir, Roma (1920), 1921, xxvii, 293-298.—Corno. \bhl ion d'une grande partie du cdlon. Normandie med Rouen 1910, xxvi, 23.—Clark (J. G.) Final results hi twelve cases of colectomy. Surg, Gynec. & Obst, Chicago 1916 xxii, 533-545.—Clarke (J.) Three cases of colectomv ' Mod' Press & Circ, Lond, 1913, xcvi, 671.-----. Partial oolee' tomy. Ibid., 1915, n. s, xcix, 372.—Currle (O. J.) Case of colectomy. South. African M. Rec, Cape Town 1915 xiii, 367.—Depage. Resection du caecum et du cdlon nour invagination chronique. J. de chir. et ann. Soc belee de % B|?3t-'1?9092 ix' 133—Dowd (C. N.) The advantages of the Mikulicz two-stage operation of partial colectomv Ann. Surg, Phila, 1920, Ixxi 155-162.-----. Technic of partial colectomy by the Milkulicz two-stage method Ibid Ixxii, 681-689.-Erdmann (J. F.) Excision of the greater part of the colon. Ibid., 1909, xlix, 253-255.—Flint (E ) Keith (Sir A.) [et al] Discussion on the after-results of colectomy (partial and complete) performed for colon stasis Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond. 1921-22, xv, Sect. Sure 54- 78.—Gibbon (J. H.) Resection of the colon for cancer'and tuberculosis. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1909,1, 571-604.—GOmez Colon (Excision of).. de Rosas (N.) Colectomia con anastomosis ileo-sigmoidea. Clin, mod, Zaragoza, 1918, xvii, 257; 284.—Griess (W.) A new method for short circuiting the colon. Ohio N. J, Columbus, 1917, xiii, 476.—Hall (E. A.) Colonectomy. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1910, xliii, 415-424.-----. Colec- tomy, in autointoxication. West. Canada M. J, Winnipeg, 1915, ix, 201.—von Hoist (G.) Bidrag till tekniken vid colonresektioner. Upsala Lakaref. Forh, 1912-13, n. F, xviii, 37-44.—Horsley (J. S.) Excision of part of the ileum and all of the cecum and ascending colon; ileum and trans- verse colon united bv a new method. J. Am. M. Ass, Chi- cago, 1904, xliii, 712-717.-----. Resection of the cecum and ascending colon. Tr. South. Surg. Ass. 1918, Phila, 1919, xxxi, 131-138, 10 pi.—Johnson (J. E.) Presentation of five patients from whom the colon has boon removed. Mem- phis M. Month, 1916, xxxvii, 81-'6.—Johnson (P. P.) Right colectomv, with special reference to the end results of a series of twelve cases. Boston M. & S. J, 1917, clxxvi, 266- 271.—Kaarsberg. Demonstrationer af 3 Tilfaelde af Resec- tio coli ascendens. Ugesk. f. Laeger, Kj0benh, 1912, lxxiv, 1335-1340.—Keith (A.) An account of six specimens of the great bowel removed by operation; with some obser- vations on the motor mechanism of the colon. Brit. J. Surg, Bristol, 1914-15, ii, 576-599.—Kerr (N.) Complete colectomv for volvulus or thrombosis. Surg, Gynec. & Obst, Chicago, 1917, xxv, 568-570.—Kilianl (O. G. T.) Re- section of the colon. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1906, xliii, 148.— Kummer (R.-H.) Note sur six cas de resection du gros intestin. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1922, xlviii, 240-245.—Lahey (F. H.) Resection of the descending colon and rectum. Boston M. & S. J, 1917, clxxvi, 275- 279.—Lane (Sir W. A.) Colectomy. Lancet, Lond, 1921, i, 207-210. -----. Colectomie totale; indications, tech- nique, accidents, resultats. Presse med. Par, 1921, xxix, 613-616.—Lanphear (E.) Excision of entire colon; death. Internat. J. Surg, N. Y, 1903, xvi, 241— Larden- nols(G.) Colectomie totale et colectomie sous-ca^cal: techni- que operatoire. J. de chir. Par, 1914, xii, 701-717. ----- Colectomie sous-caecale datant de huit ans; resultats fonctionnels et anatomiques constates huit ans apres. Bull. et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1921, xlvii, 1071.—Larden- nols (G.) & Okinczyc (J.I La liberation et la conservation du grand epiploon dans les colectomies totales ou subto- tales. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par.. 1913. lxxxviii. 429- 434.—Lecene. Sur les resections du cdlon droit. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1921, xlvii, 592-596.—Lerlche. Deux cas de colectomie etendue pour stase fecale (methode de Lane). Lyon med, 1914, cxxii, 713-716.—LUienthal (H.) Extirpation of the entire colon, the upper portion of the sigmoid flexure and four inches of the ileum for hyper- plastic colitis. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1903, xxxvii, 616. —---. Complete extirpation of the colon for papillomatous disease (twelve vears after operation"). Tr. V Y. Surg. Soc, 1912, i, I30-13.V—Mackechnie (H. N.) Colitis: excision of the colon. Internat. Clin, Phila, 1922, 32. s, ii, 2fV-->"».—Martin (F.) Colon resection and its indications; report of cases with lantern slides. Tr. South. Surg. & Gvnec. Ass. Phila., 1915, xxviii, 196-225, 3 pi Also: Internat. Clin, Phila, 1916, 26. s, ii, 247-2(:. -Mayo (C. H.) Removal of the right colon: indications and technic. J. Am. M. \ss Chi- cago, 1916, lxvii, 779-7s3. Aho, Reprint.—Mavo (W. J.) Resection of the first portion of the large intestine and the resulting effect oil its function. J. Am. M. Ass. Chicago 1914 lxiii, 446^49.—Melsenbaeh (A. H.) Report of case- resection of the transverse colon for fistula, following opera- tion for tuberculosis of the peritoneum. Wooklv Bull St Louis M. Soc, 1910, iv, 161.—Mlsh (V.) [Plastic surgery on the omentum (free or with a pedicle") in the excision of the colon at one stage.] Khirurgiya, Mosk, 1912, xxxi, 363- T , fl ___Al otitic ft *« fTi\ A _-*-•___a. r______ 4 \ * .' ._ .-. isurg, 1913, xvi, 2,-32.-\oordenbos (V .) [On the excision of the transl 7\,\T ,• V ? v V ,< ,., . =""0 elimination ot the colon for the rchef of uncontrollable intestinal stasis. Tr. Am Sure Ass Phua., 1917. xxxv, 172-176—Palacios «}.) La opera- cidn de la colectomia parcial. Semana med . Buenos A ires, 1919 xxvi pt 2, 2->)-23I.-Pauchet (V.) Extirpation aseptiquedu colon droit pour constipation, tuberculose ou colectomy.] Norsk Mag. £ L.geWensk, K^t an aP W2T lxxxiu, 3S9-393.-Peck (C. H.) ResectionoMleocSS junction, the ascending, and part of the transverse colon for faecal fistula. Ann. Surg.. Phila, 1905, xiii 600^02- Perter. Colectomie partielle avec colo-oolostomielatiw laterale Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par ttio n « xxxvi. I >7-t29.-Pers (A.) [ResectionofthecoVon 1Vest' f. U'gor. Kobouh, 1905,5. R, xii, 409; 438.-Prlnce. F V ^ Complete extirpation of colon; case report- rP™™™ Alabama M. J, Birmingh, 1910, xxiii, 12-14 -von r^" chenblchler (R.) Zur Frage der primaren Diekdarrr,£?,"," tion. Arch. f. klin. Chir, Berl, 1914, cv, 181-aL-^SrtS COLON. 47 COLON. Colon (Excision of). Zur Technik der Dickdarmresection. Ibid., 1911, xcv, 903- 909. Also: Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir, Berl, 1911, xl, pt. 2. 441-447.—Schachner (A.) Experimental, anatomical, physiological observations bearing upon the total extirpation of the colon. Tr. South. Surg. & Gynec. Ass. 1912, Phila, 1913, xxv, 430-439, 1 pi. Also: Ann. Surg, Phila, 1913, lviii, 346-355.—Sharpies (C. W.) Con- stipation and resection of the colon. Northwest Med, Seattle, 1909, n. s, i, 57-62.—Slegel (E.) Zur totalen Resek- tion des Dickdarms. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1916, xiii, 1066-1069.—Smith (R.) Some obesrva- tions concerning post-operative complications of the Lane short circuit and colectomy. Surg, Gvnec. & Obst, Chi- cago, 1916, xxiii, 539.—Souther (C. T.) Multiple cystic degeneration of great omentum and gastrc-colic mesentery, involving transverse colon; excision and resection of twelve inches ofcolon; recovery. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin, 1912, cvii, 584.—Summers (J. E.) A simple method of resecting the transverse colon. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1917, lxvi, 337.—Taylor (G.) Temporary caecostomy in resection of the distal por- tion of the colon for non-obstructive conditions. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1918, i, 667-669.-----. Prophylactic or temporary caecostomy m resection of the distal portion of the colon for non-obstructive conditions. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond, 1920, xxxiv, 60-64.—Taylor (J.) Colectomy. Lancet, Lond, 1919, ii, 197-199 -----. The results of complete colectomy. Ibid., 457.—Tietze. Dickdarmresektionen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1912, xlix, 1250.—del Valle (D.) & Donoban (R. E.) Tecnica de la anastomosis en la colecto- mia total y parcial (sigmoidea). Rev. Asoc. med. argent, Buenos Aires, 1921, xxxiv, sec. de cirug, 499-512.—Vance (Ap M.) Resection of the head of the colon. Louisville Month. J. M. & S, 1903-4, x, 301-303. -----. Resection of colon. Ibid., 1907-8, xiv, 279.—Vervloet (C. G.) Volledige colonexstirpatie wegens ernstige colonbloedingen. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst.. 1920, i, 177-181.—Vincent. Ablation du rectum et du colon iliaque. Bull. med. de l'Algerie, Alger, 1904, xv, 77.—Vosburgh (A. S.) Resec- tion of caecum and ascending colon. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1917, lxv, 390-392^ 1 pi.—Wheeler (W. I. de C.) Complete colectomy. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl, 1914, xxxii, 142.—Wightman. Resection of 21 inches of a sclerotic and contracted colon. West. M. Rec, Lincoln, Neb, 1916, xxi, 87.—Wood (W. Q.) Resection of the colon by the three- stage method. Edinb. M. J, 1920, n. s, xxv, 106-112. Colon (Exclusion of). See Colon (Surgery of); Colon (Movable). Colon (Exploration of). Barclay (A. E.) Radiological studies of the large in- testine. Brit. J. Surg, Bristol, 1914-15, ii, 638-652.—Beclere (H.) Comment on donne un lavement au sulfate de baryum cremeux. J. de radiol. et d'eiectrol. Par, 1920, iv, 415.— Carter (L. J.) Fluoroscopic study of the large bowel by the opaque enema; analvsis of eight hundred examinations. J. Roentgenol, Iowa City, 1919, ii, 355-383.-----. Further report on the study of the colon by the opaque enema; summary of one thousand examinations. Canad. M. Ass. J, Toronto," 1920, x, 1112-1121.—Case (J. T.) The X-ray inves- tigation of the colon. Arch. Roentg. Ray, Lond, 1914-5, xix, 375-387.-----. Observations radiologiques sur le peris- taltisme et Pantiperistaltisme du cdlon en tenant compte specialement de la fonction de la valvule iieo-caecale. Arch, d'eiectric. med, Bordeaux, 1917, xxvii, 224; 264.-----. The pelvic colon and rectum; roentgenologically considered. Am. J. Roentgenol, N. Y, 1918, n. s, iv, 373-390.-----. Surgical physiology and pathology of the colon from the X-ray standpoint. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1920, xcvii, 580.— Coppola (A.) Osservazioni radiologiche sul colon. Ann. di elett. med. [etc], Napoli, 1913, xii, 448, 2 pi.-----. Osser- vazioni radiologiche sull' intestino colon. (La radioscopia nella ptosi del colon e nelle principali forme morbose dell' apparecchio gastro-enterico.) Atti d. Cong. ital. di radiol. med. 1913, Pavia, 1914, i, 163.—Davis (J. E.) Mor- phography of two hundred and eighty-five colons. Tr. Am. Ass. Obst. & Gynec. 1915, York, 1916, xxviii, 348-391.— Duranti (L.) Sull' esame rontgenologico del colon ileo- pelvico e del retto. Atti d. Cong. ital. di radiol. med. 1913, Pavia, 1914, i, 162.—Girgolav (S. S.) [Rontgen ray diagnosis of colonic diseases.] Syezd Rossiysk. Khirurg, Mosk, 1914 xiii, 6-8. [Discussion], 25-33.—Haenisch (G. F.) Die Rontgenuntersuchung bei Verengungen des Dickdarms; Rontgenologische Fruhdiagnose des Dickdarmkarzinoms. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1911, lviii, 2375-2379. -----. Ueber direkte Irrigo-Radioskopie des Kolon. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1913, xxvi, 544.—Hess Thaysen (T. E.) [Ra- diography of the normal colon. ] Ugeskr. f. Laeger, K0benh., 1915, lxxvii, 989; 1027—Hoist (F.) & Schleslnger (E.) Zur Rontgenuntersuchung des Dickdarms mittels schatten- gebender Klysmen. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1912, lix, 312.—LUlenthal (E.) Ueber Sondierungsversuche des Colons. Arch. f. Verdauungskr, Berl, 1906, xii, 140-146, 2 pi.—Maragllano (V.) Sull' indagine rdntgenologica del colon. Gior. di elett. med, Napoli, 1912, xiii, 262.-----. Indagine radiologica del colon specialmente rispetto alia sua posizione. Idrol. e climat, Firenze, 1912, xxiii, 306-335.— Musser (J. H.) Auscultatory inflation of the colon; a new Colon (Exploration of). method of outlining the position of the colon. N.York M. J. [etc.], 1914, xcix, 1288. Also, Reprint.—Okinczyc (J.) L'exploration clinique du cdlon. Presse med. Par, 1907, xv, 89; 156.—Pennington (J. R.) The use of the X-rays in the diagnosis of affections of the large intestine. Illinois M. J, Springfield, 1911, xx, 701-706.—Philips (H. B.) Infla- tion of the colon as an aid in Roentgen examination. Surg. Gynec. & Obst, Chicago, 1920, xxxi, 531.—Pron (L.) Les caracteristiques du cdlon transverse a la palpation, d'aprts Th. Haussmann. J. de med. de Par, 1910, 2. s, xxii. 579.— Raulot-Lapointe & Sorrel (E.) Exploration radiologique du gros intestin. Presse med. Par, 1919, xxvii, 289-291.— Schwarz (G.) Ueber direkte Irrigo-Radioskopie des Kolons. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1913, xxvi, 175; 710.-----. Ueber Kontrastmittelkonkremente im Dickdarm Rdntgenunter- suchter. Therap. Monatsh, Berl, 1918, xxxii, 361-363.— Stern (H.) The colonoscope. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1910, lv, 1956.-----. Technic of colonoscopy. Arch. Diagn., N. Y, 1911, iv, 42-56.—Strauss. Die radiologische Be- trachtung des Dickdarms. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr, Berl, 1912, xh, 102-107.—Wiesner (B.) Kasuistischer Bei- trag zur Bedeutung der radiologischen Untersuchung des Kolons. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1908, lv, 455.—Yeo- mans (F. C.) Diagnosis of obscure conditions of the colon with the aid of Rontgen rays. Med. Record, N. Y, 1912, lxxxi, 159-162, 2 pi.—Ziegler (J.) Ueber den Einfluss intra- und extraperitoneal gelegener Gebilde auf Lage und Form des Dickdarms im Rontgenbilde. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir, Jena, 1921, xxxiii, 55-65. Colon (Fixation of). See Colon (Displacement of); Colon (Movable). Colon (Foreign bodies in). Bardesco. Corps etranger (aiguille) dans le cdlon ascendant. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Bucarest, 1902-3, v, 79.—Gray (H. M. W.) & Souper (H. R.) Case of mul- tiple foreign bodies in the colon; operation and recovery. Brit. J. Surg, Bristol, 1914-15, ii, 714-717.—J. (A. C.) [Pin lodged in the hepatic flexure of the colon.] Alkaloid. Clin, Chicago, 1904, xi, 215.—McGavin (L.) Caecotomy for the removal of a hairpin impacted in the ascending colon. Lancet, Lond, 1913, i, 93.—Marasco (G. D.) Corpoestraneo del colon ileo-pelvico. Gazz. internaz. di med, Napoli, 1909, xii, 302-306.—Pringle (J. H.) Removal of seven nails from the ascending colon. Edinb. M. J, 1909, n. s, ii, 463.— Schwartz (E.) Thermometre a mercure, avaie par le rectum et remonte dans le cdlon descendant; laparotomie; entero- tomie; extraction. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1919, xlv, 810-812.—Watson (F. V.) Pin extracted from trans- verse colon. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1909, liii, 529. Colon (Haemorrhage of). See Colon (Inflammation of, Ulcerative, etc.). Colon (Inflammation of). See, also, Pericolitis. Apostolides (E.) *Le syndrome de l'entero- colite muco-membraneuse; sa pathogenie, son traitement. 8°. Paris, 1910. Herschell (G.) & Abrahams (A.) Chronic colitis; its causation, diagnosis and treatment. 8°. London, 1914. Abrahams (A.) Chronic colitis. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1914, i, 1213.—Barillas (P. A.) Las colitis a forma clinica disenteriforme en Cuba. Rev. med. cubana Habana, 1922, xxxiii, 113-118.—Bassler (A.) Chronic colitis; types, causes, diagnosis, and treatment. Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1920, 3. s, xxxvi, 82-94.—Baumstark. Ueber einen Fall von Colitis gravis. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1911, xxxvii, 735.—Cade. Die Colitis bei Erwachsenen. Ibid., 1912, xxxviii, 2440.—Caley (H. A.) Some clinical features of the several types of colitis. Tr. M. Soc. Lond, 1906, xxix, 295-313. Also: Brit. M. J, Lond, 1906, i. 1330- 1334.—Campbell (A. W.) Colitis. J. Ment. Sc, Lond, 1898, xliv, 526-531.—Cautley (E.) Peculiar case of chronic colitis. Tr. M. Soc. Lond, 1901, xxiv, 272-274.—Coombs (C.) Colitis polvposa. Bristol M.-Crjir. J, 1906, xxiv, 31-36, 1 pi— Cornil (L.) & Cuel (J.) Etude anatomique des cdlites aigues, infectieuses du vieillard. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par, 1921, xci, 508-511.—Dawson (J. B.) Colitis. Antiseptic, Madras, 1910, vii, 171-175.-----. The colon and colitis. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1921, ii, 31-35. Also: Lancet, Lond, 1921, ii, 91-94.—Doberauer (G.) Die chronische Kolitis. Prag. med. Wchnschr, 1913, xxxviii, 407-411.— Drueck (C. J.) Chronic proctitis; proctocolitis. Chicago M. Recorder, 1921, xliii, 576-579.—Fishman (C. J.) Chronic colitis, with especial attention to types and causes. South- west J. M. & S, El Reno, 1918, xxvi, 25-31.—Flint (E. R.) The colon and colitis. Brit. M. J.. Lond, 1921, ii, 257.— Floyd (R.) The lesion in a case oi serous colitis. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1915, lxiv, 1905.—Fulton (D.) Chronic colitis. Proctologist, St. Louis, 1909, hi, 52-54.—Geyser (A. C.) Colitis. N. York M. J. [etc.]. 1918, cvii, 116-118. AIso, Reprint.—Girod. Colites dysenterilormes. Rev. gen. COLON. 48 COLON. Colon (Inflammation of). de clin. et de therap. Par, 1916, xxx, 128.—Halm (E.) Ueber primare akute zirkumskripte Colitis. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir, Leipz, 1911-12, cxiii, 319-345. Also [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte (Karls- ruhe), 1911, Leipz, 1912, Ixxxiii, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte, 216-219.— Hughes (W. E.) Chronic hypertrophic colitis. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1898-9, n. s, ii, 254-256.—Kahlo (G. D.) Chronic colitis. Illinois M. J, Springfield, 1910, xvii, 555-559.-----■ Colitis. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1911. lvi, 415-417.—Keeser (E.) Zur Kenntnis der Colitis cvstiea. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1920, xlvi, fH9—Lozano (R.) Colitis. Clin, mod, Zaragoza, 1918, xvii, 33: fi5— Mathieu. Des oolites aigut's. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap. Par, 1913, xxvii, 805-807.—Matignon (J.-J.i Les petits eignes de l'entero-colisme. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. m-554. Colon (Inflammation of, Complications and sequelae of). Picker-Feixmaxx (Anna). *EinFallvonvoll- kommener Obliteration des Dickdarms. S°. Zurich, 1914. Barsony (T.) Schluckbeschwerden bei Dickdarmpro- zessen. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1920, xxxiii, 729.—Bodkin (M. L.) Catarrhal proctitis; with a note on a theory of the cause of hemorrhoids. Am. J. Surg, N. Y, 1920, xxxiv, 44-47.—Brunton (Sir T. L.) On chronic colitis as a cause of fatigue. St. Barth. Hosp. Reps. 190*, Lond, 1909, xliv. 1-3.—Burghl (S. E.) Reflejos de la colitis crdnica sobre el esttfmago. An. d. Circ. med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1902, xxv 650-657.—Delangre. Pericolite adhesive stenosante. Bull, et mem. Soc de chir. de Par, 1906, n. s, xxxii, 758- 761—Drummond (H.) Sacculitis of colon which gave rise to a perforation of the ascending colon. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med, Lond, 1921-22, xv, Sect. Surg, 37.—Durand". Des colites aijruos neorosantes. Lyon med, 1911, cxvi, 777- "v- — Gayot. Un cas de colite gangreneuse. Ibid., exvii, 49.-,-;,oo. —Grote i'L. R.) Chronische Kolitiden mit sekunda- ren mneixekreiorisohon Stoningon und ihre Bedeutung fiir diekonshtution. Deutsche mod. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1921, xlvii, 379.—Hutinel. Episodes aigus au cours des cohtes; etiologie et pathogenic. Bull, med. Par, 1913, xxvii, 363-3t'..s.—Kleoblatt. Beobaohtungen zur Pathologie des vegotativen Xervensvstems bei Colitis gravis. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1921, lxviii, 1683.—Lambrot. Pseudo- cn n or infiammatoire du cdlon transverse. Assoc, franc, de ehir. Proc-verb. [etc.], Par, 1906, xix, pc,-w.—Mara- eliauo. Colite con pericolite eperitonite essudativa. Cron. d. elm. med. di Genova, 1908, xiv, 169 —Mathieu (A ) Le melar-na dais la colite dysenteriforme. Arch. d. mal. de 1 appar. digest, [etc], Par, 1909, iii, 417.-----. Etude clini- que des cohtes graves hemorragiques ou dvsenteriformes de 1 ilulte. Gaz. d. hdp. Par, 1913, lxxxvi, 1295-1297.— Mortensen (M. A.) Evidences of colitis and intestinal toxemia in chronic diseases, and its treatment. J Mich M soc, Grand Rapids, 1915, xiv, 97-103.—Opitz (E.1 Ein'iges uber Beziehungen von Entziindungen des Dickdarms zu don weibhchen C.eschleohtstoilen und zu funktioncllon Neurosen. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gyniik., Stuttg, 1913, lxxm 362-389.-Poletayefl (A.) [Membranous colitis com- plicated by phosphaturia.] Vrach. Gaz, S.-Peterb 1909 xvi, 208.—Tiautnor. Betragtninsjer over Colitis colica og dens Behandling. Ugesk. f. Lrr-ev. Kobenh, 1907, 5. R xiv, 651; 679. Vameits (J.) & Ilouzol. Un cas de oolite' aigue, dysen ten forme, avec pelvi-poritoiiite. Echo med du nord, Lille, 1911, xv, 527. Colon (Inflammation of, Diagnosis and scmeiojogg of). Elliott (J. 'W.) Interstitial colitis simulating cancer of the stomach. Boston M. & S. J, 1904, cli, 71.-GaUI(E V) Colitis sintomaticas. Rev. san. mil, Buenos Aires 1914 Xai-' 2r^2-r?5I,er' Examen radioscopique de i'angle edhque droit et des segments voisins du gros intestin (C A C. T.) dans les epiploVtes chroniques en rapport avec l'apl COLON. 49 COLON. Colon (Inflammation of, Diagnosis and semeiology of). pendicite et la colite chroniques. Assoc, franc, de chir. Proc-verb. [etc.], Par, 1912, xxv, 582.—Jones (L. I.) The roentgenologic aspect of colitis'. Texas State J. M, Fort Worth, 1918-19, xiv, 244-247.—Lynch (J. M.) & Draper (J. W.) The protective or esoteric symptoms of the alimen- tary canal with special reference to acute inflammation of the colon. Virginia M. Semi-Month, Richmond, 1915-16, xx, 601-606.— McMahon (F. B.) & Carman (R. D.) Chronic colitis and its roentgenologic findings. J. Lab. & Clin. M, St. Louis, 1916-17, ii, 328-341.—Also: Wisconsin M. J, Milwaukee, 1916-17, xv, 419-430.—Mummery (P. L.) An address on the varieties of colitis and their diagnosis by sigmoidoscopic examination. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1911, ii, 1685.—Reinhard (P.) Beitrag zur Rontgendiagnostik tropischer Colitiden. Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. Rontgen- strahlen, Hamb, 1917, xxv, 124-135,1 pi.—Schwarz (G.) & Novascinsky. Eigenartige Rontgenbefunde am Dick- darm bei tiefgreifenden chronisch-entziindlichen Prozessen. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1912, xxv, 1447-1449.—Stierlln (E.) Zur Rontgendiagnostik der Colitis ulcerosa. Ztschr. f. Klin, Med, Berl, 1912, lxxv, 486-493 1 pi.—Zweig (W.) Die Rektoskopie und ihre Bedeutung fur die Diagnose und Therapie der Colitis ulcerosa. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1908, xxii, 453-455. Colon (Inflammation of, Jifuco-membra- nous). Isaac (H.) *De la colite muco-membraneuse. 8°. Paris, 1900. Nepper (H.) ^Pathogenie et traitement de la colite muco-membraneuse. 8°. Paris, 1906. Apert (E.) & Leblanc. Colite muco-membraneuse passa- gere; premiere localisation d'une attaque de rhumatisme articufaire aigu. Bull, med. Par, 1911, xxv, 925.—Aristoff. O colitis pseudo-membranosa. Med. pribav. k morsk. sborniku, St. Petersb.. 1905, 85.—Arraga (A.) La colite muco-membraneuse. Arch, de med. d. enf. Par, 1910, xiii, 904-913.—Baehr (E. M.) Presentation of specimen of mem- branous colitis. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin, 1915, cxiii, 555.— Bahr (L.) [Bacteriological examination of the faeces in a case of chronic mucous colitis.] Ugeskr. f. Laeger, Kj0benh, 1921, Ixxxiii, 838-841.—Bastedo (W. A.) Mucous colitis. Am. Med, Burlington, Vt, & N. Y, 1915, x, 744-750.-----. Mucous colitis; occurrence, character of stools, pathology, diagnosis. Med. Clin. N. Am, Phila, 1917, i, 675-687.— Bernard (F.) Rapports de la colite muco-membraneuse et de l'appendicite Cong.internat.demed. C.-r, 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de path, int., 542-555.-----. La cohte muco- membraneuse dans les maladies du systeme nerveux. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap. Par.. 1905, xix, 390-392 — Beurnier (L.) Quelques reflexions a propos de la cohte muco-membraneuse et de l'appendicite qui se produit au cours de cette maladie. Ibid., 1900, xiv, 81-83— Blondel. La colite muco-membraneuse envisagee dans ses rapports avec les affections gynecologiques. Bull, et mem. Soc. obst. et gynec. de Par, 1897. 276.—Boas (I.) Symptomatologie una Diagnose der Colitis membranacea. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1900, xxvi, 528-531.—Boedeker. Fall von Psvchose bei Colitis mucosa. Centralbl. f. Nervenh. u. Psychiat, Berl, 1907, xxx, 694.—Bonorlno Udaondo (C.) La colitis muco-membranosa en la etiologia de la meralgia parestesica. Prensa med. argentina, Buenos Aires, 1914-15, i, 444.—Burlureaux. Relation of constipation to muco-membranous colitis. Tribune med. Am. ed, N. Y, 1905 i, 59-62.—Burr (C.R.) The significance of membranous colitis. Tr. Maine M. Ass, Portland, 1905, 307-314. Also: N. Albany M. Herald, 1907, xxv, 42-45— Cooke (A. B.) Diseases of the colon due to extraintestinal causes, with special reference to membranous colitis; illustrative cases. South. M. J, Nashville, 1909, ii, 737-742. Also: Med. Prog- ress, Louisville, 1911, xxvii, 1-5.—Couto (M.) La meralgie paresthesique de la cohte muco-membraneuse. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par, 1913, 3. s, xxxv, 342-353. Also, transl.: Tribuna med, Rio de Jan, 1914, xx, 3-7 — Creazzo (A.) Contributo alio studio anatomopatologico della enterocolite mucosa subacuta e cronica. Gazz. inter- naz. di med, Napoli, 1911, xiv, 848.—Crossen (H. S.) Membranous pericolitis. Tr. Am. Gynec. Soc, Phila, 1911, xxxvi, 491-498, 3 pi.—Daniel (P.) Some observations on primary mucous colitis. Proctologist, St. Louis, 1912, xi, 7_26 —Dawson (W. R.) A case of membranous colitis. Edinb. M. J., 1898, n. s, iv, 263-267.—De Wolf (H.) Mucous colitis. Providence M. J, 1905, vi, 9-16.—Douglas (C.) Membranous colitis. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1901, xxxvii, 566.—Douglass (T.) Mucous colitis. J. Arkansas M. Soc, Little Rock. 1914-15, xi? 207-214.—Dreyfoos (M.) A case of mucous colitis with right inguinal symptoms. Lancet- Clinic, Cincin, 1905. n. s, lv, 615.—Dunn (A. D.) Mucous colitis. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1907, xlix, 915-918.—Eisner (H.) Ueber Colitis mucosa (Enteritis membranacea) und Colica mucosa. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1905, xxxi, 1496-1500.—Fihe (C. C.) Mucous colitis. Ohio M. J, Columbus, 1911, vii 469-478.—Florand & Glrault. Colite membraneuse. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hdp. de Par, 1920, 3. s, xliv, 1108.—Fulton (D.) Chronic mucous 11877°—Vol. IV, 3d series—22---4 Colon (Inflammation of, Muco-membra- nous) . colitis. Internat. Clin, Phila, 1910, 20. s, i, 95-101.—Gant (S. G.) Surgical Myxorrhcea coli, Myxorrhcea membranacea and Myxorrhcea colica (membranous enteritis and colica mucosa). Surg, Gynec. & Obst, Chicago, 1914, xix, 704- 710.—Gonzalez Campo (J.) La colitis muco-membranosa. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract, Madrid, 1904, lxiii, 201; 241; 284.—Graham (J. E.) A case of mucous colitis. Canad. Pract. & Rev, Toronto, 1899, xxv, 18.—Harrisson (E. H.) Mucous colitis. Lancet.Lond, 1907, ii, 820-826.—Heath (H.) Mucous colitis, with special reference to the etiology and treatment. Denver M. Times [etc.], 1910-11, xxx, 223-226.— Hertz (A. T.) A clinical lecture on muco-membranous colitis. Clin. J, Lond, 1910, xxxvi, 263-267.—Hopklnson (L.) Membranous colitis, chronic colitis, mucus or muco- membranous colitis and desquamating colo-proctitis. Wisconsin M. J, Milwaukee, 1907,v, 481-487.—Hurst (A. F.) Mucomembranous colitis. Internat. Clin, Phila, 1917, 27. s, ii, 193-204.—Hutchison (R.) Case of muco-membranous colitis. Polvclin, Lond, 1905, ix, 93. -----. Muco-mem- branous colitis. Clin. J, Lond, 1907, xxx, 193-198.—Ingel- rans. Colite muco-membraneuse au qours d'une colique nephretique (colo-succorrhee reflexe). Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1905, ix, 562.—Johnson (L.W.) Membraneous colitis. Alabama M. & S. Age, Birmingh, 1897-8, x, 635-637.— Journeault (A.) Angor ventris; accidents syncopaux mortels au cours de la cohte muco-membraneuse. Arch. gen. de med. Par, 1905, i, 17.—King (D. B.) Muco-mem- branous colitis; a study of some points in its pathogenesis and treatment. Scot. M. & S. J, Edinb, 1907, xxi, 193; 299. -----. Zur Pathologie und Therapie der Colitis mucosa- membranacea. Arch. i. Verdauungskr, Berl, 1909, x, 359-384.—Knowlton (J. G. W.) Colica mucosa. Tr. N. Hampshire M. Soc, Manchester, 1916, cxxv, 137-149.—Lara (A.) El quimismo gastrico en las colitis muco-membranosas. Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. med, Madrid, 1913, xxix, 22-35 — Lastaria (F.) La colite muco-membranosa da infezione utero-annessiale. Arch.ital.diginee, Napoli, 1901, iv, 317 — Llchty (J. A.) A consideration of the etiology of mucous colitis. Am. Med, Phila, 1902, iv, 223-225.—LiddeU (J.) Some clinical observations on muco-membranous colitis. Lancet, Lond, 1907, i, 1357-1359.-----. The nervous phe- nomena occurring in chronic mucous colitis. Practitioner, Lond, 1911, lxxxvi, 413-419.—Macdonald (W. H.) Mucous colitis. Wisconsin M. J, Milwaukee, 1905-6, iv, 263-265 — McPhedran (A.) Mucous colic, or membranous colitis. Internat. Clin, Phila, 1905,15.s.;iii, 103-108.—Mannaberg (J.) Pathogenese una pathologische Anatomie der Colitis membranacea. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1900,1, 2009; 2066.— Matas (M. R.) & de Galinsoea (M.) Colitis muco-mem- branosa de forma diarreica. Gac. mod. d. Sur de Espafia, Granada, 1910, xxviii, 289; 326; 346; 374; 398.—Mathieu (A.) & Roux (J.-C.) Remarques sur l'alimentation dans la colite muco-membraneuse Gaz. d. hdp. Par, 1905, lxxviii, 1647-1649.-----------. La colite muco-membraneuse et les colites chroniques intermediaires. Ann. de la Policlin. de Par, 1907, xvii, 97-104. Also: Gaz. d. hdp. Par, 1905, lxxviii, 1131; 1167; 1203; 1347; 1503.—Meohllng (C. C.) Mucomembranous colitis. Penn. M. J, Athens, 1911-12, xv, 622-628.—Mendelsohn (W.) Ueber die Colitis mucosa, eine functionelle Neurose. Wien. med. Bl, P-97, xx, 113.— Monges (J.) La cohte muqueuse chez les evacues du front. Marseille mod, 1918, lv, 905-911.—Morsaline (P.) Formas clinicas, marcha, duracion y prondstico de la colitis mem- branosa. Semana med, Buenos Aires, 1908, xv, 733; 763.— NUes (G. M.) Some remarks on mucous colitis. South. M. J, Nashville, 1909, ii, 707-710. Also, Reprint—Palmer (H.) Mucous colitis. Tr. N. Hampshire M. Soc, Concord, 1897, 152-161.—Picclone (F.) Considerazioni sulla natura della cohte muco-membranosa. Gazz. med. di Roma, 1911, xxxvii, 478-490.—Poletayeff (A. P.) [Muco-membranous colitis, complicated by phosphaturia.] Protok. Obsh. Russk. Vrach. v Mosk.. 1908-9, 8-12—Preston (J. W.l Report of cases pointing to purulent infection as a causative factor in mucous colitis. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1915, lxv, 1872.-----. The syndrome of mucous colitis as a practical problem. Virginia M. Semi-Month, Richmond, 1915-16, xx, 475-478.—Reboud. Sur un cas de colite muco-membra- neuse. J.demed. de Par, 1898, 2.s, x, 506; 526. Also: Rex. prat, d'obst. et de gynec. Par, 1898, xiv, 297-303.—Seely (T. R.) Mucous colitis. Med. Council, Phila, 1908, xiii, 83-85.—Sommerville (D.) Mucous colitis. Internat. Clin, Phila, 1908. 18. s, i, 77-81.—Spitzig (B. L.) Vagotony and its relation to mucous colitis. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1914, lxii, 364-366.—Staufler (W. H.) Mucous colitis. Ibid., 1920, lxxv, 1496.—Syms (P.) Membranous pericolitis. Tr. N. Y. Surg. Soc, 1912, i, 163.—Thompson (C.) Mucous colitis. Louisville Month. J. M. & S, 1909, 3-10.—Torras y Pascual. La colitis muco-membranosa. Rev. de cien. med. de Barcel.. 1898, xxiv, 921-927.—Tuttle (J. PA Mu- cous, mucomembranous, and membranous colitis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1907, lxxxv, 823-826.—Upham (R.) Mucous colitis. Med. Press, Lond, 1918, n. s, cvi, 322-325. Also: N. York M. J. [e,tc], 1918, cviii, 503-506. Also, Reprint.— Vouzelle (L.) Etude etiologique et clinique de la cohte muco-membraneuse. Gaz. hebd. de med. Par, 1899, n. s, iv, 769-775.—Weber (G.) Relations de la colite muco- membraneuse avec l'adenoidisme. Bull. gen. de therap. COLON. 50 COLON. Colon (Inflammation of, Muco-membra- nous). [etc], Par, 1904, cxlviii,741-744.—White (W. H.) Mem- branous colitis. Guy's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1905, xix, 448- 454 ------. On a study of 60 cases of membranous colitis. Lancet, Lond, 1905, ii, 1229-1235.—Wilson (H. D.) Signs and symptoms of mucous colitis. Edinb. M. J, 1907, n. s, xxii, 45-53— Wilson (T. S.) Pain in mucous colitis and in •irritable states of the colon in general. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1909, ii, 73-77— Zahorsky (J.) Muco-membranous colitis in children (mucous disease, Eustace Smith's disease), with report of two cases. Interstate M. J, St. Louis, 1902, ix, 237-242. Colon (Inflammation of, Muco-membra- nous, Treatment of). Geyser (A. C.) Colitis colica, a disease of neurotic origin; its successful treatment. 8°. New York, 1912. Allanic. Traitement de la colite muco-membraneuse. Arch. med. d'Angers, 1904, viii, 32.5-331.—Aviragnet. Traitement des colites aigues muqueuses et dysenteriformes par le sulfate de soude. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap. Par, 1900, xiv, 726-728.—Bastedo (W. A.) The treatment of mucous colitis. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1920, lxxiv, 240-244. Also, Reprint.—Bishop (L. F.) The treatment of mucons colitis as a local physical manifestation of a general nervous disorder. Med. Rev. of Rev, N. Y, 1906, xii, 317- 320.—Bottentult. Etiologia y tratamiento de la colitis mueomembranosa. Rev. Soc-med. argent, Buenos Aires, 1903, xi, 747-767.—Broadway (T. B.) Notes on cases of mucous colitis treated with charcoal. Lancet, Lond, 1918, i, 637.—Brunk (T. L.) Muco-colitis and insanity treated by colonic injections. Ellingwood's Therap, Chicago, 1920, xiv, 40.—Bulavlntsofl (A. I.) [Etiology and treatment of membranous colitis.] Trudi Svezda Ross. Terapevt, S.- Peterb, 1911, ii, 61-75.—Cardenal (L.) Ileo-sigmostomia por colitis muco-membranosa. Rev. clin. de Madrid, 1909, i, 415-417.—Delherm & Laquerrlere. Constipation habi- tuelle et colite muco-membraneuse; son traitement par lelectricite. Presse therap. Par, 1904, i, 421; 449.—Do- glioni (("..) Colite muco-membranosa ribelle guarita colla tiflostomia temporanea. Riformamed, Napoh, 1910, xxvi, 1413-141.").—Hernaman-Johnson (F.) Mucous colitis considered as a nervous disease; with special reference to treatment. Practitioner, Lond, 1909, lx xxiii, 706-710. -----. Remarks on the treatment of mucous colitis (colica mucosa) in children. Med. Press. & Circ, Lond, 1911, n. s, xcii, 522-524.—Koehler (G. F.) Some remarks on the signs, symptoms and treatment of mucous colitis. Med. Sentinel, Portland, Oreg, 1909, xvii, 323-330.—de Langrenhagen (M.) Les grands lavages intestinaux dans le traitement de la colite muco-membraneuse. Presse med. Par, 1903, i, 367-370.-----. The treatment of muco-membranous colitis. lancet, Lond, 1904, i, 1186-1190.—Laquerrlere (A.) Los traitements eiectriques dans les constipations et la colite muco-membraneuse. Bull, med. Par, 1908, xxii, 757-759.— Le Gendre. La colopathie mucino-membraneuse et son traitement. J. de med. int., Par, 1905; ix, 89.—Lemalre (P.) La colite muco-membraneuse; traitement par l'anti- mueose. Progres med. beige, Brux, 1908, x, 17-19.—Lin- thlcum (G. M.) Chronic mucous and membranous colitis: a new method of treatment. Mod. Roc, N. Y, 1914, lxxxvi, 662-665.—Mantle (A.) Mucous colitis and its relationship to appendicitis and pericolitis; with remarks upon its treat- ment by irrigation (Plombieres bath). Brit. M. J, Lond, 1908, ii, 78-80.-----. The causes and symptoms of mucous colitis and its treatment by irrigation as done at Harrogate and Plombieres. Clin. J, Lond, 1914, xliii, 56-60. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1914, n. s, xcvii, 56 59.—Mar- carini (G.) Contributo alia cura della colite poHposa. Clin, chir, Milano, 1903, xi, 699-704.—Martin (A.) Patho- genie et traitement de la colite muco-membraneuse chez la femme. Rev. prat, d'obst. et de gynec. Par, 1899, xv, 45- 48.—Mathleu (A.) The treatment of muoomembranoiH colitis. Internal. Clin, 1902, 11. s, iv, 3.5-45. -----. Note sur les indications fondamentales dans le traitement de la colite muco-membraneuse. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par, 1904, cxlviii, 617-629. Also: Rev. de therap. med - chir. Par, 1904, lxxi, 691-694.------. la colite muco- membraneuse et son traitement. HuM. e/m. de therap [etc.], Par, 1905, cxlix, 292-302. Mathieu (V.) ungen. Therap. Monatsh, Berl, 1910, xxiv, 171-176. Also, Reprint.— Bensaude (R.) & Antolne (E.) Les cdlites et los recto- cdlites graves non dvsenteriques (formes clinioues et traite- ment). Gaz. d. hop. Par, 1920, xciii, 325-334.—Brown (F. H.) A case of colitis with treatment. J. Mich. M. Soc, Detroit, 1905, iv, 120-122.—Cautru. Le massage dans le traitement de la colite. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.]. Par, 1905, cxlix, 216-22V— Dalton (X.) Some points in the treatment of colitis. Med. Times & Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1901, xxix, 353-355.—Dawbarn (R. H. M.) Amoebic colitis treated bv flushing through the appendix. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1903, xxxvii, 613-616.—Delagenlere. Contri- bution a 1 etude du traitement des cohtes rebelles (7 observa- tions). Arch. med. d'Angers, 1911, xvi, 40; 65.—Doumer (E.) Xote sur la technique du traitement de l"entero-colite muco-membraneuse par la voltai'sation intense. Ann. deiectrobiol. [etc.], Par, 1902, v,282-2ns. -Duclos. Un cas de colite infectieuse aigue dysenteriforme chez le vieillard, guerie par l'aniodol. Arch."med. de Toulouse, 1912, \ix, med, 377— Eyre (J. W. H.) The bacteriologies 1' reatnu nt of colitis. Med. Mag, Lond, 1911, xx. 255 259.- Franken- burger (J. M.) Chronic colitis; report of two case 5 cure 11 y dilatation of the sphincter. Am. J. Surg. & Gvnee, St. Louis, 1903-4, xvii, 139-141.—Fuld (F.) Die Behandlung der Colitis gravis mittels Spiilungen von der Appendicosto- mieaus. Verhandl.d. Berl.med. Gesellsch.(1914), 1915, xlv, 301-306.—Galland (W. H.) The Sohellhors; treatment for chronic colonic infections. X. York M. J. [etc], 1921, cxiv, 106-109.—Gibson. Le traitement de la cdlite chronique. J. de chir. et ann. Soc. beige de chir., Brux, 1911. xi, 346- 351.—Grass! (G. B.) L' ohodivasellina nelle formeinfiam- matorie acute del grosso intestine Atti d. Soc lomb. di sc. med. e biol.. Milano, 1920, ix, 253.—Hawkins (II. P.) Treatment of colitis. Clin. J, Lond., 1910, xxxvi, 33-11.— Hawkins (H. P.) & Collier (H. S.) Discussion on the treatment of colitis. Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1909-10, xxxiii, 212-23.8.—Hernaman-Johnson (F.) Modern views of the causation and treatment of mucous colitis. Pra titioner, Lond, 1911, lxxxvi, 704 712.—Hutchison (R.) Treatment of colitis. Clin. J, Lond., 1911, xxx iii, 53-56.—Joseph (B.) Ice water or summer colitis and the treatment of mucous colitis. Vermont M. Month.. Burlington, 1911, xvii. 240-242.—Lanel (C.-K.) Traitement de certaines colites torminales par los applications profondes de haute frequence. Arch, d'eleetric. med.. Bordeaux. 1912, xx, 159.- Mahler (E. W.) Diagnosis and treatment of chronic colitis. Railway Surg. J, Chicago, 1917 In. xxiv, 73-77.— Mathieu (A.) Traitement des cohtes dvso-iteriformes. Kev. gen. de clin. et do therap. Par, 1910, xxiv, 3n7 389.— Mummery (J. P. I..) The treatment of severe casos of chrome colitis. J. Balneol. & Climat, Lond, 1909. xiii, 157-176. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1909, n. s, lxxxviii, 190-192.------. The diagnosis and treatment ofthe more serious forms of colitis. Proctologist, St. Louis, 1912, vi, 1-6.—Power (D'A.) Report upon the treatment of chronic colitis. Ann. internat. de chir. gastro-intest. Par, 1911, v, 65-77. Also, Reprint.—Rea (B. F.) Open-air treatment of chronic colitis. Am. Med.. Phila, 1905, x, 561.— Seurson (J.) Colitis and rectal conditions and their treat- ment by ionic medication. Mod. Press & Cire, Lond, 1917, cm, 291. -Shenton (E. W. H.) Colitisand high-frequenov currents. Arch. Roentg. Ray Lond, 1905 6. x, 69.—Shoup (J.) Treatment of chronic colitis. Am. Med, Phila, 1904 viii. 375. Sonm-nhtirg. 1 e traitement de la cdlite aigue! J. de clnr. et ann. Soi. bek-e de chir, Brux, 1911 vi 3.4K 34fi.-"7 White (W. no The principles of the treatment of colitis, elm. J., Lond, 1911. xxxviii, 49-53. -____- Colitis- the medical aspect. Mod. Ma- . Lond, 1911 w 243-2I" — Yates (H. W.) Present status of the colon tube' Tr \m Asa. Obst. & Gynec. 1910, York, 1911, xxiii 13--^ COLON. 51 COLON. Colon (Inflammation of, Treatment of, Operative). Ftjchs (H. H. A.) *Beitrag zur chirurgischen Behandlung der chronischen Obstipation und Colitis. 8°. Berlin, 1904. Beach (W. M.) The surgical treatment of chronic colitis. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1906-7, x, 846-850.—von Beck (B.) Die chronische Colitis und ihre Behandlung auf Grand chirurgischer Erfahrungen. Arch. f. klin. Chir, Berl, 1904, lxxiv, 99-102. Also: verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir, Berl, 1904, xxxiii, pt. 2, 236-244.—Binnie (J. F.) Colonic intoxication. Am. J. Surg, N.Y.. 1912, xxvi, 4-14.— Brown (J. Y.) The Lane operation: the indications for and the limitations of the procedure with a discussion of the principles underlying if. Tr. South. Surg. & Gynec. Ass, 1911, Wash, D. C. 1912, xxiv, 137-150, 1 pi.—Catz. Le traitement chirurgical des colites. Clinique. Par, 1911, vi, 545; 561.—Dobson (L.) A severe case of colitis; appendi- costomy and recovery. West Lond. M. J, Lond, 1910, xv, 230-233.—Elder (J. M.) The treatment of mucomembranous colitis by colostomy. N. York M. J. [etc], 1904, lxxx, 490- 492. Also, Reprint.—Ewart(W.) A note on the technique of colon-irrigation in a case of appendieostomy for colitis. Lancet, Lond, 1906, i, 1311.—Fuld (E.) Die Behandlung der Colitis gravis mittels Spiilungen von der Appendicos- tomie aus. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1914, li, 1664.—Gerster (A.G.) Chronic colitis and pericolitis. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass, Phila, 1911, xxix, 348-369. Also: Ann. Surg, Phila, 1911, liv, 325-343.—Gibson (C. L.) The surgical treatment of colitis. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1903, lxiv, 415.-----. The sur- gical treatment of colitis. Ann. internat. de chir. gastro- intest. Par, 1911, v, 61-64. Also, transl.: Rev. de gynec. et de chir. abd. Par, 1911, xvii, 553-557. [Discussion], 557- 560.—Gibson, d'Arcv. & Segond. Traitement de la cdlite chronique. Scalpel, Liege, 1911-12, xiv, 241.—Heaton (G.) The surgical treatment of colitis. Lancet. Lond, 1909, i, 1678-1680. Also, transl.: Boll. d. clin, Milano, 1909, xxvi, 283-288.—Hennlng (M.) Colitis, operative treatment; re- port of three cases. Memphis M. Month, 1904, xxiv, 169- 174.—Herman (M. W.) [Surgical treatment of chronic colitis.] Przegl. lek, Krakdw, 1904, xliii, 529; 545.—Huguley (G. P.) Report of two cases presenting symptoms of mu- cous colitis: (A) Re-section of hepatic flexure of colon; (B) colectomy (Lane's operation). J. Med. Ass, Georgia, Augusta, 1914, iv, 227-230.—Jacob (A.) De Pappendicos- tomie et de la caecostomie dans le traitement chirurgical des colites rebelles. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1911, xxxvii, 808-817.—Kazachechenko (A. S.) [Colitis from a surgical viewpoint.] Syezd Rossiysk. Khirurg, Mosk, 1914, xiii, 12. [Discussion], 25-33.—Klose (H.) Die chirurgische Behandlung der Kolitis. Therap. Halbmo- natsh, Berl, 1920, xxxiv, 281-286.—Lett (H.) The surgical treatment of chronic colitis. Treatment, Lond, 1905-6, ix, 881-887. Also: Am. Physician, N. Y, 1906, xxxii, 189-193.— Lindner (H.) Zur chirurgischen Behandlung der chroni- schen Colitis und ihrer Folgezustande. Beitr. z. klin. Chir, Tubing, 1900, xxvi, 54.5-552.— von Lippman (R.) Die In- dikationsstellung zur operativen Behandlung der schweren diffusen Colitis. Therap. Halbmonatsh, Berl, 1920, xxxiv, 346-350.—Magruder (E. M.) Treatment of chronic cohtis by irrigation through stump of appendix. Virginia M. Semi-Month, Richmond, 1913-14, xvni, 477.—Mathieu (A.) Note sur un cas grave de reaction colique. Arch. d. mal. de l'appar. digest, [etc.], Par, 1913, vii, 676-680.-----. Diagnos- tic differentiel des cohtes dysenteriformes et hemorragiques de l'adulte; les modalites possibles de l'intervention chirur- gicale dans leur traitement. Gaz. d. hdp. Par, 1913, lxxxvi, 1325-1327. -----. Traitement chirurgical des cohtes chro- niques graves et des formes graves de constipation. Ibid., 1379-1382. Also, transl ■ Gazz. d. osp, Milano, 1913, xxxiv, 1448-1450.-----. Le traitement chirurgical dansl es cohtes graves ou rebelles et la constipation chronique. Med. de therap, med.-chir. Par, 1913, lxxx, 289-297 .-Meyer (W:) Appendieostomy (Weir) fof the treatment of chronic ulcerous colitis. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1903, xxxvu, 781.------ Appendieostomy and cecostomy in the treatment of chronic cohtis. Med. News, N. Y, 1905, lxxxvii, 385-390.-Mum- mery (P. L.) The surgical aspects of colitis. Practitioner, Lond, 1906, lxxvii, 195-203,1 pi.-----• The causes of cohtis, with special reference to its surgical treatment; with an account of 36 cases. Lancet, Lond, 1907, i, 1638-1643. Also: Med.-Chir. Tr, Lond, 1907, xc, 589-618,1 pi. ——. Chrome cohtis and its surgical treatment. Practitioner, Lond.. 1908, lxxx, 489-498. -----. The operative treatment of chronic mucous and ulcerative colitis. Brit. M. J7 Lond, 1910, ii, 948 -----. The surgical treatment of cohtis and its indica- tions. Clin. J, Lond, 1911, xxxviii, 56-«0. Also: Med. Mag, Lond, 1911, xx, 249-255.—Nikolskl (N. M.) & Fyo- dorovich (K. N.) [Operative treatment of chrome ana acute colitis.] Khirurg. Arkh. Velyaminova, S.-Peterb, 1914, xxx, 278-293.—Oetvos (E.) Ueber die Knegsententis mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Dickdarmentzundurig und iiber deren Behandlung. Ztschr. f. klin. Med, Berl, 1921, xcii, 94-112.-01msted (I.) Surgical treatment of chronic colitis. Brit. M. J, Lond.. 1906, ii, 1277-1279.- Oppel (V. A.) & Kazachenkofl (A. S.) [Cohtis from a surgical viewpoint.] Khirurg. Arkh. Velyaminova, S.- Peterb, 1914, xxx, 15-22.—Patel. Pericolite developpee Colon (Inflammation of, Treatment of, Operative). autour du colon ascendant; anastomose latero-laterale. Bull. Soc. de chir. de Lyon, 1907, x, 53-57— Pauchet. Cohtes chroniques; leur traitement chirurgical. Assoc. franc, de chir. Proc-verb. [etc.], Par, 1904, xvii, 503-518 — Pauchet (V.) & Prieur (G.) Cohtes chroniques; indication du traitement chirurgical. Arch. prov. de chir. Par, 1905, xiv, 669-680.—Pilcher (L. S.) Surgical aspects of mem- branous pericolitis. Ann. Surg. Phila, 1912,lv, 1-16,12pi.— Poncet(A.) Sur les cohtes graves. Bull.etmem.Soc.de chir. de Par.. 1911. n. s, xxxvii, 983.—Power (D'A.) The surgical treatment of chronic cohtis. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1911, i, 863.—de Quervain (F.) Ueber operative Eingrifle bei entzundlichen und functionellen Storungen des Dick- darms. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch.f. Chir.. Berl, 1911, xl, pt. 2, 80-91.—Ramos (F. S.) Tratamiento biol6gico especifico de las colitis infecciosas de tipo crdnico. Crdn. med.-quir. de la Habana, 1922, xlviii, 467-472.—Rockey (A. ET) Treatment of chronic colitis by Weir's appendi- eostomy. Med. Sentinel, Portland, Oreg, 1907, xv, 422- 427.—Rosenstein (P.) Phlebektomia cruralis bei infek- tiosem Dickdarmkatarrh. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 19f9, lvi, 895-897.—Sandstein (A. C.) Suggestion for the treatment of chronic colitis. N. Zealand M. J.; Wellington, 1915, xiv, 182-184.—Saphir (J. F.) Appendieostomy in a case of chronic ulcerative coloproctitis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1914, c,517. Also. Reprint— Segond (P.) Le traitement chirur- gical des cohtes chroniques. Rev. de gynec. et de chir. abd , Par, 1911, xvi, 337-396.—SheUberg (O. B.) The incorrigible colon corrected by medicated irrigation. Internat. J. Surg, Burlington, Vt, 1922, xxxv, 208-215—Sieur. Surl'appen- dicostomie et la caecostomie dans les colites graves. Bull. et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1911, n.s, xxxvii, 1043-1046.— Smyth (R. M.) The surgical treatment of intractable colitis; notes on two cases of appendieostomy. Transvaal M. J, Johannesburg, 1909-10, v, 35-37.—Snyder (H. L.) Cohtis: Possible anatomical causes for, surgical treatment of; with report of a case. J. Kansas M. Sot. Kansas City, Kan, 1908, viii, 248-255.—Wallis (F. C.) Seven cases of appendieostomy for various forms of colitis. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1909, ii, 1272.-----. The surgery of cohtis. Ibid., i, 10-13. Also: J. Surg., Gynec. & Obst, N. Y, 1910, xxxii, 250-254.—Weir (R. F.) A new use for the useless (?) ap- pendix in the surgical treatment of obstinate cohtis. Tr. Sect. Surg. & Anat. Am. M. Ass. 1902, Chicago, 1903, 248- 252.—Westerman (C. W. J.) Chirurgische behandeling der colitis. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1912, i, 568- 574.—White (W. H.) & Goldlng-Blrd (C. H.) On the subsequent history of three cases of cohtis on whom right lumbar colotomy was performed several years ago. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond, 1901-2, xxxv, 164-167. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1902, n. s, lxxiii, 563.—Woolf (A. E. M.) An unusual case of inflammation of the transverse colon and mesocolon; probably acute sigmoiditis. Brit. J. Surg, Bristol, 1919-20, vii, 134.—Yagtie. La helioterapia en las colitis. Med. ibera, Madrid, 1922, xvi, 421. Colon (Inflammation of, Ulcerative and haemorrhagic). Hartexstein (K.) *Beobachtungen iiber Colitis gravis (suppurativa, ulcerosa). 8°. Kiel, 1916. Kaplan (J.) *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der ''Coli- tis ulcerosa." 8°. Berlin, 1912. Schaefek (G.) *Appendicostomie und Coli- tis ulcerosa. 8°. Miinchen, 1914. Siebeck (W.) *Ueber einen Fall von opera- tiv geheilter Colitis ulcerosa chronica. 8°. Gies- sen, 1904. Albu (A.) Ueber Colitis ulcerosa acuta. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1912, xxxviii, 1787.-----. Zur Kenntnis der Cohtis ulcerosa. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir, Jena, 1914, xxviii, 386-414, 1 pi.-----. Die Identitat der Colitis ulcerosa und postdysenterica. Med. Klin, Berl, 1920, xvi, 1003-1005.—Allchin (Sir W. H.) Ulcerative colitis. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1908-9, ii, Med. Sect, 59-82—Antoine (E.) Quelques formes chm- ques des recto-cohtes hemorragiques et purulentes. Gaz. d. hop. Par, 1919, xcii, 769-771.—Ardagh (W. A.) Argyrol in ulcerative colitis. Brit. M. J., Lond, 1906, i, 80—Bassler (A ) The treatment of ulcerative cohtis. Am. J. Gastro- Enterol, Phila, 1913, iii, 61-63. Also: Interstate M. J, St. Louis, 1913, xx, 707-716. Also, Reprint.-----. The use of the duodenal tube in extreme cases of ulcerative colitis, some forms of parasitic infection of the colon, and post- operative ileus. South. M. J, Birmingham, 1919, xii, 4-7. -----. Treatment of cases of ulcerative colitis. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1922, ci, 227-229.—Beale (P.) Colotomy for ulcera- tive colitis and subsequent closure of the opening. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1903, n. s, lxxvi, 251.—Beck (C.) Hyperplastic ulcerative colitis. Illinois M. J, Springfield, 1909, xv, 151-156.—Beck (H. G.) A case of ulcerative streptococcic colitis causing blood casts of the large intestine. J. Alumni Ass.Coll. Phys. & Surg, Bait, 1906-7, ix, 7-17 — COLON. 52 COLON. Colon (Inflammation of, Ulcerative and hemorrhagic). Bernstein (A.) Ulcerative cohtis and the bacillus pyocy- aneus. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1911, i, 1373.-Biggs (1. J.) Case of ulcerative colitis. N. Eng. M. Month, Danbury, Conn, 1900, xix, 413.—Boas (I.) Ueber einen Fall von operativ geheiler Colitis ulcerosa. Deutsche med. wchn- schr, Leipz. & Berl, 1903, xxix, 196. Also: Ges. Beitr. a. d. Geb. d. Physiol, Path. u. Therap, Berl, 1886-1906, ii, 424.—Bret & Blanc-Perducet. Cohte ulcereuse hemorra- gique, syndrome dysenteriforme, septicemic, peritonite generalisee par propagation. Arch. d. mal. de l'appar. digest.[etcl, Par, 1912, vi,313-322.-Brock (J.) Ueber das Auftreten hamorrhagischer Kolitis als einzige Stoning nach Novasurolinjektion. Klin. Wchnschr, Berl, 1922, l, 1051.— Brown (L.) & Sampson (H. L.) The early Roentgen diagnosis of ulcerative tuberculous colitis. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila, 1919, xxxiv, 311-314.—de Bruine Ploos •van Amstel (P. J.) Colitis hemorrhagica seu Colitis ulcerosa. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir, Jena, 1921, xxxiii, 448-479.—Bull (P.) [Acute ulcerative colitis with phlegmons of the walls of the cacum and ascending colon. Forh. med. Selsk. i Kristiania, 1914, 1H 117— Buxton (J. T.) Ulcerative colitis. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila, 189>-'-9, n. s, ii, 51.—Cameron (H. C.) & Ripnmann (C. H.) The post-mortem statistics of ulcerative colitis at Guy's Hospital from 1SX8 to 1907. Guy's Hosp. Rep, Lond, 1910, lxiv, 353-371 .—Carlson (B.) Colitis gravis s. chron. suppurativa. Hygiea, Stockholm, 1916, lxxviii, 251-261— Carr (J. W.) A clinical lecture on a case of ulcerative colitis. Hospital, Lond, 1909, xlvi, 203—Coffey (R. C.) Ulcerative colitis. Internat. Clin, Phila, 1921, 31. s, iv, 20- 23.—Danielsen. Die chirurgische Behandlung der chronischen ulcerosen Colitis. Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult. 190s. Bresl, 1909, 153-156.—Davldofl (M. S.) [Chronic ulcerated colitis.] Khirurgiya, Mosk, 1914, xxv, 333-346.—Ehrmann (R.) Ueber die Colitis ulcerosa oder suppurativa. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1916, liii, 1285-1287.—Einhorn (M.) A new intestinal tube with remarks onitsuse in acase of ulcerative colitis. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila, 1921,clxi, 546- 550.-----.An- other case of ulcerative colitis successfully treated by cc Ionic irrigations from above. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1921, c, 668-670.— Flnsterer (H.) Colitis ulcerosa phlegmonosa. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1920, xxxiii, 279.—Fisher (T.) A brief note on a bacillus in a case of ulcerative cohtis. Lancet, Lond, 1903, i. 1806.—Flandin (C.) Colite ulcereuse aiguo mortelle. Arch. d. mal. de l'appar. digest, [etc], Par, 1914, viii, 374- 382.—Furno (A.) Sulla cura delle coliti emorragiche dissenteriformi. Riv. crit. di clin. med, Firenze, 1920, xxi, 25; 37.—Gama (P.) A proposito de um caso de recto- colite erosiva hemorrhagica grave; cryptogenetica. Arch. Rio-grand, de med, Porto Alegre, 1921, ii, 162-169.—Gaul- tier (R.) A propos d'un cas d'epistaxis cohque; enteror- rhagie nevropathique chez un coude colique. Paris med, 1918, xxvii, 329-332.—Gluzinskl (A.) Kritische Betrach- tungen zur sogonannten ulzerdsen Entziindung des Dick- darms (Cohtis ulcerosa, Cohtis chronica purulental und zum Verhalten dieses Leidens zur Dysenteric Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1917, xxx, 549-553.—Goiflon (R.) & Nord- mann (J.) Les hemorrhagies coliques. Arch. d. mal. de l'appar. digest, [etcl, Par, 1917, ix, 3N4-390.—Gonzalez (C.) Colitis ulcerosa curada por apendicostomia. Rev. med. de Sevilla, 1913, lx, 79 >s3.—Grant (J. W. G.) Hemorrhagic colitis. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1922, i, 30H.—Hagemann. Colitis ulcerosa. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 191S lxv, 746.—Haskell (H. A.) Acute ulcerative colitis. Illinois M. J, Chicago, 1914, xxvi, 595-600- Hawkins (H. P.) An address on the natural history of ulcerative colitis and its bearing on treatment. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1909, i, 765-770.— Hay ward (J. A.) Haemorrhagic colitis. Ibid., 1922, i, 560.—Hebb (R. G.) Case of ulcerative colitis. Westminst. Hosp. Rep, Lond, 1901, xii, 119-121—Hewitt (J. H.) & Howard (W. T.) Chronic ulcerative colitis with polyps, a consideration of the so-called colitis polyposa (Virehow). Arch. Int. Med, Chicago, 1915, xv, 714 723.—Howard (W. P.) Chronic ulcerative colitis. Albany M. Ann, 1921, xiii, 121 127.—Hultgren(E.C) Colitis ulcerosa. Hvgiea, Stockholm, 1916, lxxviii, 1145 1154.—Hurst (A. F.) Ulcera- tive colitis. Guy's Hosp. Rep.. Lond, 1921, lxxi, 26-41 — Hutchinson (J.) The value of the vermiform appendix in the treatment of ulcerative and membranous colitis. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1905, i, 1039.—Jer wood (B. E.) Case of ulcera- tive colitis treated with serum. Guv's Hosp. Gaz, Lond 1921, xxxv, 292.—Kaplan (J.) Colitis ulcerosa; ihre Aetio- logie, Diagnose und Therapie. Prag. med. Wchnschr, 1913, xxxviii, 127 129.—Klenbock (R!) Zur Rdntgendiag- nose der Colitis ulcerosa. Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. Rontgen- strahlen, Hamb, 1913, xx, 231-237,1 pi.—Klomporer (G ) & Dunner(L.) Ueber Colitis suppurativa und Clcuschroni- cum recti. Therap. d. Gegenw, Berl, 1915, lvi, 401; 456.— Kretschmer (J.) Colitis ulcerosa. Centralbl. f. d. Grenz- geb. d. Med. u. Chir, Jena, 1913, xvii, 66-76.—Letulle. Colites ulcereuses. Presse med. Par., 1899, i, 133-137 — Leusden (J. T.) [Observations on colitis ulcerosa, with a contribution to the knowledge of the pathological changes due to the colon bacillus.] Nederl. Tijdschr. v Geneesk Haarlem, 1921, lxv, pt. 2, 2890-2905.—Lindenberg (H) Zur operativen Behandlung der Colitis ulcerosa. Arch '(. klin. Chir, Berl, 1912, xcix, 3S9-397, 1 pi.—Lister (T. D ) A specimen of diffuse ulcerative colitis with secondary acute interstitial hepatitis. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond, 1898-9 1 Colon (Inflammation of, Ulcerative and haemorrhagic). 130-133.—Logan (A. H.) Chronic ulcerative colitis: a review of 117 cases. Northwest Med, Seattle, 1919, xviii, X_9.—Martini (T.) & Bonorino Udaondo (C.) Colitis ulcerosas. Rev. Asoc. med. argent, Buenos Aires, 1921, xxxiv. Sect. Soc. de med. intern, 46.5-507.—Mathieu (A.) Les colites hemorragiques. Arch. d. mal. del'appar. digest, [etc ], Par, 1910, iv, 625-643. Also: Rev. g6n. de clin. et de therap. Par, 1910, xxiv, 321-323.-----. Coliti dissenteri- formi ed emorragiche negli adulti. Gazz. d. osp, Milano, 1913, xxxiv, 1456-14.58.-----. Les cohtes hemorragiques. Clinique, Montreal, 1920, xi, 13—Mathieu (A.) & Alhlsatos (A. S.) Reotocolite hemorragique non ulcereuse guerie apres deux ans de maladie et sept mois de traitement paries pansements mucilagineux au sous-gallate de bismuth et a foxyde de zinc. Arch. d. mal. de l'appar. digest, [etc], Par, 1916, ix, 8> -92.- Mayer (A.) Ceber gehauftes Auftre- ten von Gelenkerkrankungen nach Colitis hemorrhagica. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1918, lv, 378 3sn.-Meyer (W.) Ap- pendicostomv for chronic ulcerative colitis, one year after operation. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1904, xxxix, 268.—Miller. Simple ulcerative colitis. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull. Bait, 1901. xii, 23.—Monler-Williams (M. S.) The im- portance of the colon, as shown by acase of ulcerative colitis treated by opcrat ion. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1906, i, 7*7-7*9.— Moszkowicz (I,.) Totale Ausschaltung des Dickdarmes bei Colitis ulcerosa. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir, Jena, 1904, xiii. 659-670.—MUller. Colitis ulcerosa acuta. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir, Berl, 1912, xiii, pt. 1, 254-257.—Mummery (P. L.) Case of ulcerative colitis, terminating fatally. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med. Lond.. 1912-13, xi, Clin. Sect, 209-212.-----. The operative treat- ment of ulcerative cohtis. Brit. M. J, Lond.. 1920, i, 497.— Murrell (W.) Five cases of ulcerative colitis. Lancet, Lond, 1904, i, 721 723.-----. The treatment of ulcerative colitis. Birmingh. M. Rev, 1905, lvii, 33>-345. -----. A clinical lecture on ulcerative colitis andits treatment. Med. Press. & Circ, Lond, 1911, n. s, xcii, 314-316—Nehrkorn. Die chirurgische Behandlung der Cclitis ulcerosa chronica. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir, Jena, 1903, xii, 372- 395.—Only (A.) Proofo-Sigmoiditis, nebst einem Fall von Colitis ulcerosa und Colitis dvsenterioa chronica. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz, & Berl, 1912, xxxviii, 2022 2025.— Packard (E. N.) Report of a case of chronic ulcerative cohtis, with signs and symptoms of Addison's disease. St Luke's Hosp. M. & S. Rep, Brooklyn, 1911, iii. ls.s-191 — Phillips (S.) Acute colitis and ulcerative colitis. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1907, i, 1355-1360.-----. A case of fatal acute ulcerative colitis, with some unusual symptoms. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med, Lond, 1907-8, i, Med.'Sect.. 161-168.— Plonies. Ueber Colitis ulcerosa. Fortschr. d. Med, Berl, 1915, xxii, 1013-1015.—Porta (SA La cura chirurgica della colite cronica ulcerosa, col metodo Biondi. Atti d. r. Accad. d. flsiocrit. in Siena, 1912,5. s, iv, 367-375. Also: Med. ital, Napoli, 1912, x, 289-293—Power (DA.) A clinical lecture on the treatment of ulcerative colitis. Med. Press A- Circ, Lond, 1911, n. s, xcii, 414; 440. -----. Ulcerative colitis and its surgical treatment by appendicostomv. St. Barth. Hosp. Rep. 1913, Lond.; 1914, xhx, 59 7! -Poynton (F. J.) A case of severe ulcerative colitis; n-e<>\ erv. i.ancct I ond, 19(15, i.358.-Ruitlnga(P.) [Colitis suppurativa.] Nederl. TiiGs.hr. v. Geneesk, Amst., 1920, l, 930. [Discussion], 932, Saphir (J. F.) Appendieostomy in a case of chronic ui. erat i\ e coloproctitis. N. York M. J. [etc], 1914, c, 517.— Solialij (F. A.) Over enkelo gevallen van Colitis gravis s ulcerosa. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1914, ii, 367-371.- Schmidt (A.) Zur Kenntnis der Colitis suppura- tiva (gravis, ulcerosa). Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir, Jena, 1913, xxvii, 150-173—Sohoemaker (J.) [Haemorrhage of colon | Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1921,lxv, 1522 - sherren (J.) Twocasesillustrating the treatment of ulcerative colitis. Clin. J, Lond, 190s, xxxii, 92.-----. Operation for the last stage in the treat- ment of a case of ulcerative colitis which appendieostomy failed to cure. Med. Press. A Circ, Lond, 1911, n. s, xcii, 176.—Shifter (O.) Ein Fall von geheilter Colitis ulcerosa. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1910, ix, 85-N7.—statistics of ulcerative colitis from tho London Hospitals provided to form a basis for the above discussion. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1908-9, ii, Med. Sect, 100-156.— Strauss (H.) Ueber unspeciflsche akut hamorrhagische kolitiden. Therap. d. Gegenw, Berl, 1914, lv, 433-435.— Summers (J. E.) Varix of the inferior mesenteric vein complicated by chronic ulcerative colitis; operations. J. Am. M. Ass. Chicago, 1903, xii, 164.-Tuchendler (A.) [Ulceration of the lower end of the intestines; catarrhal ulceration and severe ulcerative catarrh of the colon.] Me- dyeyna l Kron. lek, Warszawa, 1913, xlviii. 965-969.— \ormey. Cohtis ulcerosa. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk. Amst, 1907 i, 150jv 1509—Wegele (C.) Ueber Colitis ?, c£0Sa..,I,nd ^.re Behandlung. Mod. Klin, Berl, 1913, ix, h» 9V. Al??-' >exh£';dlVd: Gesellsch. deutsch. Natur/. u! Aerzte (Munster) 1912, Leipz, 1913. Ixxxiv, pt. 2 2 Hlfte 46-48 Wilson (\. G.) A case of ulcerative colitis with multiple perforations. Lancet, Lond, 1904. ii ions- von Cohtis ulcerosa. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1912, xxv 729. COLON. 53 COLON. Colon (Inflammation of) in infants and ch ildren. Riberolles (H.) *Episodes aigus et reac- tions generates des colites chez l'enfant. 8°. Paris, 1913, Barbour (P. F.) Colitis in children. Kentucky M. J, Bowling Green, 1922, xx, 436.—Bell (J. F.) Case of chronic colitis in a child three years of age, with deformity and devia- tion of the sigmoid flexure. Am. J. Obst, N. Y, 1912, lxv, 538.—Bell (J. F.) & Le Wald (L. T.) Chronic colitis in a child three years of age, with deformity of the sigmoid. Arch. Pediat., N. Y, 1912, xxix, 689-696.—Cautley (E.) Acute colitis m children. Tr. M. Soc. Lond, 1901, xxiv, 206-216.-----. On chronic colitis in children. Clin. J. Lond, 1906, xxviii, 28-32.—Detre (G.) Le regime gras dans le traitement des colites chroniques de l'enfant. Arch. d. mal. de l'appar. digest, [etc.]. Par, 1914, viii, 440-445 — Gaujoux (E.) & Bosc (E.) Un cas de colite pure chez le nourrisson. Arch, de med. d. enf. Par, 1908, xi, 225-236 — Guinon. Les colites chez l'enfant. Bull, med., Par., 1898, xii, 936-940. Also: Gaz. d. hop. Par, 1898, Ixxi, 1097. -----. Les formes de la cohte chez l'enfant. Rev. mens. d. mal. de Penf, Par, 1898, xvi, 113-142.-----. Traitement de la colite chez l'enfant. Ibid., 243-253.—Hutinel. Le traitement des episodes aigues au cours des colites chez les enfants. Bull. med. Par, 1913, xxvii, 967-972.-----. Traitement de la colite infantile. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap. Par, 1913, xxvii, 755-757.—Hutinel (V.) & Nobe- court (P.) Des cohtes aigues chez les enfants. J. de med. de Par, 1912, 2. s.. xxiv, 818-821. Also: Arch, de med. d. enf. Par, 1913, xvi, 161; 250.—Kerr (L.) Chronic catarrhal colitis in children. Am. Med, Burlington, Vt, & N. Y, 1912, n. s, vii, 498-502.—Mathieu (A.) Les colites aigues chez Padulte et chez l'enfant. Arch. d. mal. ,de l'appar. digest, [etc.], Par, 1913, vii, 159-162.-----. Etude com- paree des cohtes aigues infectieuses chez l'enfant et chez I'adulte. Gac. d. hop. Par, 1913, lxxxvi, 1221-1225 — Mery. Traitement des colites aigues chez l'enfant. J. de med. et chir. prat. Par, 1913, Ixxxiv, 729-732—Nobecourt. Svndromes colioues des enfants. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap. Par, 1921, xxxv, 465; 577; 627.—Steinschneider (E.) Colitis pseudomembranacea infantum. Arch. f. Kinderh, Stuttg, 1913, lxii, 47. Colon (Intussusception of). Casclno (R.) Invaginazione sperimentale del grosso intestino dopo enteroclasi e proposta di applicarla alle eselu- sioni intestinali. Arch. ed. atti d. Soc. ital. di chir, Roma, (1920), 1921, xxvii, 299-304,1 pi.—Collins. Acute phlegmon of the ascending colon: Beginning intussusception of the caput coli, associated with the presence of thread worms; resection. Tr. N. Y. Surg. Soc, Phila, 1913, ii, 273.—Gra- ham (J. M.) Acute intussusception of the colon in the adult. Edinb. M. J, 1918, n. s, xxi, 128-134.—Jopson (J. H.) Chronic intussception of the large intestine in an adult. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1917, lxvi, 502.—Nystrttn (G.) Zur Kenntnis der Invagination des Colon transversum bei Erwachsenen. Beitr. z. Klin. Chir, Tubing, 1918, cxi, 737-741. Colon (Irrigation of). Jamisox (A. B.) Intestinal irrigation, or, why, how, and when to flush the colon, treated in con- nection with other matters of physiological in- terest and importance. 3. ed. 8°. New York City, 1914. Kellogg (J. H.) Colon hygiene, comprising new and important facts concerning the physi- ology of the colon and an account of practical and successful methods of combating intestinal inactivity and toxemia. 18. thousand [2. ed., rev.andenl.] 8°. Battle Creek, Mich., 1916. Baumann (J.) Lavage et masso-lavage du c61on; technique et indications. Arch. d. mal. de l'appar. digest. [etc.], Par, 1911, v, 38-41.—Bodkin (M. L.) The irrigation of the colon. Internat. J. Gastro-Enterol, N. Y, 1921, i, 87-91.—Fisher (A. R.) Colon-irrigator. [Pat. spec] No. 1211928; Jan. 9, 1917.—Friedel (G.) Les lavages et panse- ments intrarecto-coliques. Paris med, 1922, xliii, 291.— Lyons (T. D.) Colonic flushing. South. Pract, Nash- ville, 1910, xxxii, 439.—Machell (H. T.) Colon irrigation; the short versus the long tube; a comparison based on two hundred irrigations. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, Chicago, 1911, xxiii, 2(>n 273. Also: Arch. Pediat, N. Y, 1911, xxviii, 837-8!().—Mack (M. H.) Some observations of practical interest on colonic lavage. Illinois M. J, Springfield, 1903-4, n. s, v, 584-588. Also: Chicago M. Recorder, 1904, xxvi, 40-47.—Mills (H. B.) & Bird (G. C.) The fallacies of the methods of giving colonic irrigations in children. Penn. M. J, Athens, 1918-19, xxii, 346-348.—Stucky (T. H.) The colon douche; its use and abuse. Louisville Month. J. M. & S.. 1902-3, ix, 289-291. [Discussion], 308-314.—Vos- winkel (Bertha M.) Improved method of colon irrigation. Am. J. Nursing, Phila, 1913-14, xiv, 33.—Yates (H. W.) Present status of the colon tube. Am. J. Obst, N. Y, 1910, lxii, 761-775. Also: Surg, Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1910, xi, 517. Colon (Movable). Connell (F. G.) An improved method of fixation of c61on. Surg, Gynec. & Obst, Chicago, 1912, xiv, 192.— Duval (P.) & Gregolre (R.) Technique de la fixation du colon droit; colopexie en equerre. Presse med. Par, 1921, xxix, 233.—Flint (E. R.) Observations on the mobile ascending colon. Lancet, Lond, 1921, L 903-905.—Haus- mann (T.) Ueber spontane Verschiebhchken des Colons, ihre Ursachen und ihr palpatorisches Erkennen. Deutsche mod. Wchnschr, Leipz. u. Berl, 1912, xxxviii, 466.—Le Dentu. Lacolopexieassociee au procedd d'Allingham dans la technique de la colostomie iliaque. Assoc, franc, de cair. Proc-verb. [etc], Par, 1908, xxi, cong 372-386.—Leveui (J.) & Huet (P. A.) Mobilite anormale du colon droit. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par, 1922, xcii, 15-18.—Mc- Gehee (J. L.) A further report on the morbid consequences of a mobile ascending colon. Memphis M. Month, 1921, xiii, 283-285.—Morley (J.) Clinical manifestations of the mobile proximal colon. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1920, ii, 542-544. -----. The mobile proximal colon. Ibid., 644.—Mosher (Eliza M.) The mobile V colon; its causes, effects, and correction. Med. Woman's J, Cincin, 1921, xxviii, 137-140. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1921, cxiii, 741-744.—Panting (L.C.) Onabnormalfixationofthecolon. Clin. J, Lond, 1918, xlvii, 103-107.—Parola (L.) Reperto radiologico di un caso di colon mobile dimostrato mediante enteroclisma di barite. Osp. maggiore; Milano, 1913, 2. s, i, 230.—Roth- bart (L.) Hypermotilitat des Kolons. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1921, xlvii, 297.—Waugh (G. E.) The morbid consequences of a mobile ascending colon; with a record of 180 operations. Brit. J. Surg, Bristol. 1919-20, vii, 343-383.-----. The mobile proximal colon. Brit. M.J, Lond, 1920, ii, 609.—Weiss (A.) Weitere Erfahrungen tibc- Colopexie. Arch. f. klin. Chir, Berl, 1904, lxxiii, 826-838 Colon (Movements of). _ Dubtjs (A.-P.-M.-J.) *Etude experimentale de quelques reactions motrices du colon. 8°. Lille, 1911. Alvarez (W. C.) & Starkweather (Esther). The meta- bolic gradient underlying colonic peristalsis. Am. J. Phy siol. Bait, 1918, xlvii, 293-301.—von Bergmann (G.) & Lenz (E.) Ueber die Dickdarmbewegungen des Menschen. (Auf Grand von Rontgenbeobachtungen.) Deutsche med. Wchnschr.. Leipz. & Berl.; 1911, xxxvii, 1425-1432.— Cannon (W. B.) The relation of tonus to antiperistalsis in the colon. Am. J. Physiol, Bost, 1911-12, xxix, 238-249.— Guarlnl (C.) Osservazione di movimento colico. Radiol. med, Milano, 1919, vi, 99-101.—Helm (F.) Die Dickdarm- peristaltik im Schlafe. Med. Klin.. Berl, 1917, xiii, 1308- 1310.—Hertz (A. F.) & Newton (A.) The normal move- ments of the colon in man. J. Physiol, Lond, 1913, xlvii, 57-65.—Hlckey (P. M.) Peristalsis of the colon. Am. J. Roentgenol, N. Y, 1922, n. s, ix, 260.—Holzknecht (G.) Die normale Peristaltik des Kolon. Miinchen. med. Wchn- schr, 1909, lvi, 2401-2403. Also, transl.: Arch. Roentg. Ray, Lond, 1909-10, xiv, 273-277.—Kaestle. Ueber die Kolon- bewegung beim Menschen. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1912, lix. 447.—Leman (A. E.) [Present state of the ques- tion of the peripheral innervation of colonic movements.] Kazan. Med. J.. 1913, xiii, 171-175.—Lenz (E.) Der retro- grade Transport im Dickdarm des Menschen, sein Wesen, seine physiologische und klinische Bedeutung. Arch. f. Verdauungskr, Berl, 1919, xxv, 54; 128.—Lignac (P.) Les mouvements retrogrades du cOlon; leur etude, radiolo- gique. Presse med. Par, 1919, xxvii, 52.-----. A propos des mouvements retrogrades du colon. Ibid, (annexe), 973-975.—Nlcolaysen (J.) [Normal peristalsis of the colon.] Norsk Mag. f. Lsegevidensk, Kristiania, 1917,5. R, xv, 447- 451.—Rieder (H.) Die physiologische Dickdarmbewegung beim Menschen. Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. Rontgenstrahlen, Hamb, 1912, xviii, 85-121. Also [Abstr.]: Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. f. Morphol. u. Physiol, in Miinchen (1911), 1912, xxvii, 152.—Schwarz (G.) Zur Physiologie und Pathologie der menschlichen Dickdarmbewegungen. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1911, lviii, 1624.-----. Zur genaueren Kenntnis der grossen Kolonbewegungen. Ibid., 2060-2063.—Serena (M.) Studio dei piccoli movimenti del colon col seriografo. Atti d. Cong. ital. di radiol. med. 1913, Pavia, 1914, i, 161. Also: Radiol, med, Torino, 1914, i, 1-12—Smith-Shand (A. K.) Antiperistalsis in large intestine. J. Roy. Nav. M. Serv, Lond, 1918, iv, 367-372.—Stierlin (E.) Ein Beitrag zur radiographischen Untersuchung der Kolonperistaltik. Ztschr. f. klin. Med, Berl, 1910, lxx, 376-392.—Surmont (H.), Dubus(A.)&Tiberghien(P.) Contractions coliques consecutives a des excitations prepyloriques et duodenales, Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1911, Ixxi, 641—Waka- bayashi (T.) Ueber die Motilitat und Sekretion des Dick- darmes. Internat. Beitr. z. Path. u. Therap. d. Ernah- rungsstor, Stoffwechs.-u. Verdauungskrankh, Berl, 1910- 11, ii, 507-533, 1 ch— Walsham (H.) & Overend (W.) On the movements of the colon. Arch. Radiol. & Electrother, Lond, 1915-16, xx, 260-269, 2 pi. Colon (Obstruction of). See, also, Colon (Adhesions of); Colon (Ste- nosis of). Nakamtjra (T.) *Strangulation des Colon ascendens durch Stieldrehung einer Appendix COLON. 54 COLON. Colon (Obstruction of). epiploica des Colon ascendens. 8°. Miinchen, 1908. . , , Riedel (A.) *Ueber Inkarzerationserschei- nungen an der Flexura coli sinistra. 8°. Hei- delberg, 1917. . Roche (E.) *Le volvulus du colon pelvien. [Laon.] 8b. Villeurbanne, 1912. Ambrose (O. A.) Obstruction of the colon with report of cases. J. MissouriM. Ass, St. Louis, 1920. xvii, 377-380.— Back (I.) Note on a case of incarceration of the caecum and ascending colon in lesser sac of peritoneum: operation; re- covery. Lancet, Lond, 1913, ii, 17.—Barclay (W. J.) Intestinal obstruction, with abnormal development of colon. N. Zealand M. J, Wellington, 1915, xiv, 271 273.—Beer (E.) Valvular caecostomy for colonic ileus. Ann. Surg., Phila, 1917, lxvi, 251— Bigelow (W. A.) A call-in report on the late results of surgical treatment of constricting bands of the large intestine terminal ileum. C anad. M. Ass. J, To- ronto, 1922, xii, 83.—Bonny (V.) & Bridges (E. C.) Preg- nancy complicated by volvulus of the pelvic colon. Bnt. M. J, Lond, 1919, ii, 846.—Bonorino Udaondo (C.) Neumatosis del angjilo derecho del colon simulando crisis de litiasis biliar. Prensa med. argentina, Buenos Aires, 1918-19, v, 333.—Braun (H.) Ueber Darmverschluss am Kolon. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, 1903, Leipz, 1904. ii, 2. Hlfte, 144—Brin. Volumineux coprolithe causant 1 'occlusion intestinale par son arret dans le colon pelvien; laparotomie; guerison. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1912, n. s, xxxviii, 1300-1302.—Brun & Masselot. Stenose de l'angle colique droit d'origine ami- bienne: Colectomie partielle; guerison. Ibid., 1921, xlvii, 265-268.—Bunts (F. E.) The separation of the colon from its mesentery; a clinical and experimental study. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass, Phila.. 1910, xxviii, 625-636.—Caplesco-Poe- naro. Resection du c61on pelvien dans un cas de volvulus recidive. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Bucarest, 1905-6, viii, 51-55.—Challer (A.) Volvulus du colon pelvien avec perforations multiples de Panse tordue. Lyon med, cxviii, 1388-1390.—Clark (J. G.) The removal of the colon for obstructing fecal stasis; with a report of eight cases. Tr. South. Surg. & Gynec. Ass, 1913, Atlanta, 1914, xxvi, 358- 392. [Discussion], 402-409.—Collin (IA {Intermittent in- testinal obstruction in acute flexure oi left colon.] Hosp.- Tid, K0benh, 1913, 5. R, vi, 1423-1428.—Dieulafe (H.) Stenoses coliques de constriction. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par, 1907, Ixxxii, 54-56— Dorn. Volvulus coli. Wchn- schr. f. Tierh. u. Viehzucht, Miinchen, 1905, xlix, 805-S09.— Duroux (E.) & Mangini (I,) Volvulus du cfilon pelvien. Lyon chirurg, 1912, vii, 41-62.—Duval (P.) & Roux (J. C.) Contribution a l'etude du traitement chirurgical de la 'stase colique" par alteration du colon droit (ca>cum, colon ascendant, angle hepatique). Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1914, n. s, xl, 303: 355; 381: 414: 454.—Edwards (S.) Laparotomy for chronic obstruction of pelvic colon. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1912, n. s, xciv, 516— Evans (G. H.) Colonic stasis. N. York M. J. [etcl, 1916, ciii, 1217-1221. Also, Reprint.—FiCvez (J.) Trois symptomesdu petit ileus; l'acces chirurgical du c6lon spieniciue. Progres med. Par, 1918, 3. s, xxxiii, 331-333.—Flgueira (M.) Obstruction of the caput coli with cherry pits, and subsequent obstruction of Murphy button by pluin pits. Brooklyn M. J.. 1904, xviii, 103.—Graham (A."B.) Report of a case of fecal tumor associated with Hirschsprung's disease. Texas Cour.-R.ee. Med, Fort Worth, 1912 13,xxxi,9.—Gulmbellot. Volvulus du colon pelvien reseque en poriode d'occlusion aiguo; guerison. Bull.etmem.Soc.anat.de Par.. 1914 19, xc.535.— Halbron (P.) & Slegel (R.) Occlusion intestinale d'origine renale; compression du c6lon descendant par rein polv- kystique. Tribune med.. Par, 1905, n. s, xxxviii, 261.— Harbison (H.) A case of subacute volvulus of the sigmoid colon with pulmonary features. Med. J. Australia, Sydney, 1921, ii, 315.—Hortolomel. Volvulus recidive du colon il<'-o-pelvien. Bull, et mem. Soc. de mod. et nat. do Jassy, 1913, xxvii, 162-174.—Hyndman (C. E.) Complete con- genital occlusion of the colon at the ileocecal valve. J. Mis- souri M. Ass, St. Louis, 1917, xiv, 38.—Ingebrigtsen (R.) [Volvulus of sigmoid flexure.] Norsk Mag. f. Lsegevidensk, Kristiania, 1920, Ixxxi, 329-339.—Jackson (J. N.) Mem- branous pericolitis and allied conditions of the ileocecal region. J. Iowa State M. Soc, Clinton, 1913-14, iii, 1 22.— Jonnesco. Un cas de volvulus du colon pelvien; rachisto- vainisation. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Bucarest, 1905- 6, viii, 71.—Kobllinskl ( F. L.) {Role of the left flexure of the colon in obstruction of the colon.] Imp. Voyenno-Med. Akad. Raboti Proped. Khirurg. Klin.... 6ppel,S.-Peterb., 1910, ii, 187-214.—Kolchin (P. F.) [Acute obstruction of the colon,having an unusual position.] Khirurgiya, Mosk, 1904, xv, 274-276.—Lardennois (G.) La stase colique par deformation des colons, la typhlectasie symptomatique. Presse med. Par, 1913, xxi, 465-468.—Lemos (R.) Puncidn del colon en un caso de oclusidn intestinal. Rev. Soc. med argent, Buenos Aires. 1903, xi, 793-796.—MacLeod (D. M.j Obstruction due to adhesions of the pelvic colon. Brit M J, Lond, 1920, i, 867,-Male (G. P.) Obstruction of'the colon due to a calculus. J. Comp. Path. & Therap Edinb & Lond, 1903, xvi, 51-53.—Morestln (H.) De Pocclusion Colon (Obstruction of). au niveau de l'angle cohque gauche. Rev. de gynec. et de chir. abd. Par, 1903, vii, 853-868.—Morton (C. A.) An unusual form of obstruction of the colon. Tr. Path. 6oc Lond, 1903-4, lv, 329.—Murray (J. I.) [A case of strangu- lation of the colon by volvulus: operation; death.] >iat. Hosp. Rec, Detroit, 1904-5, viii, No. 10, 19.—Nandrot. Volvulus d*un megacolon pelvien; sphacele complet de l'anse; resection avec aboucnement des deux bouts a la peau; anastomose termino-laterale ulterieure; guerison. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1919, xlv, 677-679.— Ochsner (A. J.) Surgery of the colon, as applied to in- testinal stasis. Illinois M. J, Chicago, 1916, xxx, ^6-<®. -----. The safe elimination of the colon for the relief ol uncontrollable intestinal stasis. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1917, lxvi, 443-445, 1 pi—Parry (R. H.) Large fecal concretion which was lodged in the caecum, and which necessitated excision of the caecum. Glasgow M. J, 1904, lxi, 135.— Pauchet (V.) Stase caeco-colique; colectomies totales; avantages du decollement colo-epiploTque. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1914, n. s, xl. 678; 709.—Peck (C. H.) Obstruction of the colon and ileocaecal region. Surg, Gvnec & Obst, Chicago, 1921, xxxii, 408-411— Phellp (A.) Occlusion intestinale par volvulus de l'anse intestinale mesenterique autour des vaisseaux mesenteriques supt'rieurs par suite de la persistance d'un mesentenum commun jusqu'a la partie movenne du colon transverse. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par, 1909, Ixxxiv, 463.—Phillips (J.) A case of volvulus of the ascending and transverse colon, with unusual complication. Lancet, Lond, 1906, i, 1>.— Pilotti (G.) Un caso di occlusione intestinale da anomalia congenita del colon ascendente. Boll. d. Soc. Lancisiana, d. osp. di Roma, 1911, xxxi, 66-69.—Ponomareff (Z. I.) [Acute obstruction of the colon.] Svezd Rossivsk. Khirurg, Mosk, 1914, xiii, 18-23. (Discussion], 25-33.—Pye-Smith (R. J.) A case of volvulus of the csecum and ascending colon. Lancet, Lond, 1910. ii, 302-304.—Rattermann (F. L.) Partial colonic obstruction from pelvic adhesions. Cincin. M. News, 1914, i, 332.—Savariaud. A propos du volvulus du megacfllon iliaque. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1921, xlvii, 174-176.—Seeflsch (G.) Der Volvulus des Colon ascendens. Med. Klin, Berl, 1909, v, 1513-1517.— Sinclair (N. F.) Volvulus of csecum and ascending colon. West Lond. M. J, Lond, 1921, xxvi, 37—Snow (L. L.) Volvulus of the colon, with internal hernia of the caecum. Med. J. Australia, Sydney, 1920, i, 103.—Stewart (R.) Occlusion of colon in a newborn child. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1914, ii, 399.—Sutton (Sir J. B.) On a case of migration of the caecum producing obstruction of the ascending colon. Arch. Middlesex Hosp, Lond, 1912-13, Clin, 10. s.. xxvi, 1-4.—Thwalts (J. A.) Note on a case of strangulation of ascending colon by a band simulating fulminating appen- dicitis. Med. J. S. Africa, Johannesb, 1918-19, xiv, 22S.— Torrance (G.) A new operation for colon stasis modified from Rovsing's, with a report of twenty-eight operated cases. Tr. South. Surg. Ass, Phila, 191\ xxx, 372-374.— Viguler. Volvulus du caecum, du colon ascendant, y com- pris l'angle hepatique, et do I'origine du oolon transverse; mort par enterorragie. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1913, n.s, xxxix, 932-941.—Wlderte (S.) [Casosillustrating flexure stenosis of the large intestine.] Norsk Mag. I. Liegevidensk, Kristiania, 1920, lxxxi, 890-899 —Willis (MA Recurring volvulus of descending colon and sigmoid flexure with megacolon. Virginia M. Month, Richmond, 1921-22, xlviii, 651-654.—Wood (A. C.) Volvulus of the cecum and ascending colon. Phila. Hosp. Rep, 1905, vi, 112-114,1 pi.— Young (S.J.) A case of colonic pain simulating renal cohc. J. Indiana M. Ass, Fort Wayne, 1913, vi, 311. Colon (Obstruction of. Post-operative). Blondel (E.) 'Occlusion intestinale par coudurede l'angle gauche du colon au cours de lagrossesse. 8°. Lyon, 1909. Landau (J. B.) *De l'occlusion intestinale par coudure de l'angle spl^nique du colon 8" Paris, 1909. Berard. Occlusion intestinale par coudure do l'angle gauche du colon; operation; laparotomie; anus contre nature; guerison avec obliteration spontanee de l'anus contre nature. Bull. Soc. de chir. de Lyon, 1901-2, v. 302-307.—Berard (L.) & Patel (M.) Les occlusions mtestinales par coudure de 1 angle cohque gauche. Rev. de chir. Par, 1903, xxiii, 590- 616.—Goullloud. De Tetalement pelvien du colon terminal et de rocclusion post-operatoire par adherence. Bull. Soc. de chir. de Lyon. 1905, viii, 193-203. .4 /.«».- Lyon mod, 1905, cv, 113-122. - Martel. Occlusion intestinale par coudure de 1 angle gauche du cfilon apres un accouchement gemellaire , avec hydramnios; laparotomie; sectipn du ligament phreno- | cohque; guerison. Loire mod, St.-Etienne, 1911, xxx, 141- 143.— Morestln (H.) Occlusion intestinale par adherences du cdlon a la vesieule biliaire lithiasique et infectee- anus i artificiel; puis choiecystectomie suivie de mort. Bull et mem. Soc. anat. de Par, 1908, lxxxiii, 242-246. 1 Colon (Peristalsis of). See Colon (Mocements of). COLON. 55 COLON. Colon (Prolapse of). See Colon Displacement of). Colon (Rupture of). Cocci (G.) Sopra un caso di rottura dell' intestino crasso consecutiva a trauma addominale. Policlin, Roma, 1910, xvu, sez. prat, 1065-1067.—Huntley (E.) Rupture of large intestine; operation; death. Brit. M. J, Lond.. 1919, ii, 559.— Jackson (F. H.) Incomplete rupture of the transverse colon. J. Maine M. Ass, Portland, 1917-18, viii, 251-253.— Llek (E.) Ein ungewohnlicher Fall von Selbstzerreissung des Dickdarms. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir, Leipz, 1920, lxiv, 138-140.—McCaskey (G. W.) Rupture of the colon from violentperistalsis probably induced by fecal impaction. Am. Med, Phila. & York, 1907, n. s, ii, 91-93. Also, Re- print.— Makins (G. H.) On two cases of traumatic rupture of the colon, with some remarks on the cases of rupture of the intestine treated in the wards of St. Thomas's Hospital, London, between the years 1889 and 1898 inclusive. Ann. Surg Phila, 1899, xxx, 137-170. Also, Reprint.—Rojas (D. A.) Ruptura del colon por contusi6n de abdomen. Semana med, Buenos Aires, 1918, xxv, 724-726.—Schoe- maker (J.) [Two cases of rupture of an appendix epiploica.] Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1915, ii. 2358-2360.— Sheen (W.) A case of traumatic rupture of the sigmoid colon: operation; recovery. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1909, i, 1289 — Thaler (H.) Zur spontanen Dickdarmruptur des Neuge- borenen. Gynaek. Rundschau, Berl. & Wien, 1917, xi, 146. Also: Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1917, xxx, 512.—Zickler (H.) Ueber einen Fall von Perforation des Colon ascendens. Beitr. z. klin. Chir, Tubing, 1910, lxvii, 189-195. Colon (Spasm of). See, also, Constipation (Spastic). Zlotnikov (B.) *Contribution a l'etude du spasme du cdlon chez les enfants. 8°. Pern's, 1914. Elliott (A. R.) Colon spasm. Mississippi Valley M. J, Louisville, 1917, xxiv, 143-154—Foucaud (J.) Le spasme cohque. Scalpel, Liege, 1907-8, 588-590.—Hutinel. Spasmes periodiques du colon descendant chez l'enfant. Presse med. Par, 1914, xxii, 105-108.-----. Les spasmes periodiques du c61on. Rev. internat. de m,ed. et de chir. Par.. 1914, xxv, 53-56.—Matignon (J.-J.) A propos du petit interocolisme; sur une forme de pseudo-gastralgie post-prandiale d'origine colique. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par, 1922, xxxvi, 212-214.—Roberts (D.) The etiology and treatment of colonospasm. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1915, ci, 300-303. Also,' Reprint.—Schtitz (R.) Ueber schweren chronischen Colon spasmus; ein eigenartiges Symptomenbild der Hysteric Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1910, xlvu, 1703-1706.—Singer (G.) & Holzknecht (G.) Die objektiven Symptome des chro- nischen Colospasmus. Deutsche med. Wochnschr, Berl. & Leipz, 1912, xxxviii, 1084-1087,1 pi. Also [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med, Wiesb, 1912, xxix, 163. Colon (Stenosis and atresia of). Lintel-Hoping (J. [F.])_ *TJeber Csecumdeh- nung und Perforation bei tiefer Dickdarmste- nose. [Kiel.] 8°. Diilmen, 1913. A Hard (E.) Krankheitsbild der gutartigen Stenose an der Flexura coli henalis. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1911, xlviii, 691. Also: Med. Klin, Berl, 1911, vii, 641-643.—Ashhurst (A. P. C.) Abdominal extirpation of the recto-sigmoid for benign stricture due to localized muscular hypertrophy. Surg. Clin. N. Am, Phila, 1922, ii, 81-87.—Aubourg & Peugniez. Stenose du-c61on transverse droit par une dis- tension de la vessie adherente. Bull, et mem. Soc de radiol. med. de Par, 1919, vii, 5-7.—Bailey (C. F.) Case of obstruc- tion in the transverse colon caused by a kink. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1913-14, vii, Electro-Therap. Sect, 2.— Beach (W. M.) The extraperitoneal operation in strictures of the sigmoid colon. Penn. M. J, Athens, 1914-5, xviii, 611-615.—Brown (H. P.) Congenital stenosis of the colon. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1921, Ixxiii, 125-127.—Cade (A.), Rou- bier (C.) & Martin (J. F.) Les stenoses non neoplasiques du c61on sigmoi'dien et leurs relations avec le megacolon. Lyon chirurg7 1913, x, 1-22.—Cole, Beeler & Smith (L. A.) Benign spastic stricture of sigmoid. J. Radiol, Omaha, 1922, iii, 246.—Esau (P.) Pankreaszyste als Ursache einer Stenose der Flexura coli sinistra. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1907, xx, 1468.—Halm (E.) Ueber eine gutartige, typische Stenose an der Flexura lienalis coli. Prag. med. Wchnschr, 1910, xxxv, 467.—Judt (J. M.) [Stenosis of the colon; methods of Rontgenodiagnosis.] Przegl. chir. i ginek, War- szawa, 1914, x, 31-39.—Kothe. Ueber eine eigentumliche Form chronischer Stenose der Flexura henalis coli. Deut- sche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1907, xxxi, 179 — Laurent-Moreau. Examen radiologique du gros intestin dans un cas de pericolite aigue avec stenose du c61on des- cendant. Bull, et mem. Soc. de radiol. med. de France, Par, 1920, viii, 48-50.—LindstrOm (L. I.) [Case of stenosis of the ascending colon with intestinal calculus in the cascum: operation; recovery.) Finska lak-sallsk. handl, Helsmgfors, 1916, lviii, 428-431.—Lorentzen (C.) Beitrag zur Diagnose der chronischen Stenosen im Colon. Verhandl. d. nord. Kong. f. inn. Med. 1904, Stockholm, 1905, v, 179-185 — Colon (Stenosis and atresia of). Lozano Monzon (R.) Estrecheces del intestino c<51on ascendente; enterectomia y enterorrafla. Clin, mod, Zara- goza, 1902, i, 180-193.—Mlnerbl (C.) & De Glacoml (D.) Un nuovo segno diagnostico delle stenosi neoplastiche del colon discendente. Gazz. d. osp, Milano, 1909, xxx, 1395- 1398.—Mole (R. H.) Stricture of colon with hard lump mistaken for cancer. China M. J, Shanghai, 1918, xxxii, 29.— Nores (A.) De l'occlusion au niveau de l'angle cohque gauche. Rev. de gynec et de chir. abd. Par, 1905, ix, 891- 894.—Oestreich. Striktur des Querkolons, drei Jahre nach Pylorusresektion. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Berl. & Leipz, 1909, xxxv, 1308.—Okinczyc (J.) Atresie congenitale du c61on (microcolon); ses relations avec la maladie de Hirschsprung. Rev. de chir. Par, 1909, xl, 867-895.— Payr (E.) Ueber eine eigenthumliche Form chrcnischer Dickdarmstenose an der Flexura coli sinistra. Arch. f. klin Chir, Berl, 1905, xliii, 671-714, 1 pi. -----. Ueber eigen- tumliche, durch abnorm starke Knickungen und Adhe- sionen bedingte gutartige Stenosen an der Flexura lienalis und hepatica coli. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med, Wiesb, 1910, xxvii, 276-305. -----. Zur operativen Behandlung der fixierten Doppelflintenstenose an der Flexura coli sinistra (zugleich ein Eingriff gegen bestimmte Formen chronischer Obstipation). Miinchen. med. Wchn- schr, 1918, lxv, 857. Also: Zentralbl. f. Chir, Leipz, 1918, xlv, 446-449, 1 pi.—Pesci (G.) Contributo alio studio rontgenologico delle stenosi del colon. Atti d. Cong. ital. di radiol. med. 1913, Pavia, 1914, i, 159.—Sheffield (H. B.) Pediatric memoranda; megacolon congenitum; atresia ani et intestini recti. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1911, lxxx, 1164 — Soullgoux & Aubourg. Radiographics d'un retrecisse- ment du colon descendant. Bull, et mem. Soc. radiol. med de Par, 1910, ii, 227-229.—Steyrer. [Fall von eigenartiger Knickung des Colon transversum.] Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1906, xliii, 1638.—Tritto (G.) Un caso di atresia totale dei colon e suo trattamento chirurgico. Rassegna internaz. di clin. e terap, Napoli, 1921, ii, 236-240.—Weldman (F. D.) Congenital stenosis of ascending colon the result of chronic adhesions. Proc Path. Soc, Phila, 1918, n. s, xxi, 5.— Wlder0e (S.) [Two cases of ileus through stenosis of the splenic flexure.] Norsk Mag. f. Laegevidensk, Kristiania, 1914, 5. R, xii, 681-689. Colon (Surgery of). See, also, Colon (Cancer of, Treatment of); Colon (Dilatation of, Treatment of, Operative); Colon (Excision of); Colon (Inflammation of, Treatment of, Operative); Colon (Obstruction of); Colon (Tumors of); Colostomy. Mummery (P. L.) Diseases of the colon and their surgical treatment. (Founded on the Jacksonian essay for 1909.) 8°. Bristol, 1910. Armstrong (G. E.) Surgery of the large intestine. Surg, Gynec. & Obst, Chicago, 1906, iii, 278-284.—Aug- spach (A. A.) [Surgery of the colon.] Khirurgiva, Mosk, 1914, xxv, 347-358.—Aynesworth (K. H.) Anatomy and physiology of the colon from the surgical standpoint. Texas State J. M.j Fort Worth, 1915, xi, 378-3N4.— Bastianelli (P.) Angolo cohco sinistra, angolo colico destro sotto un nuovo pun to di vista chirurgico. Cesalpino, Arezza, 1905. i, 21-31 — Beach (W. M.) Local anaesthesia in surgery of the colon and rectum. Internat. Clin, Phila, 1917, 27. s, 1, 170-177. Also: West Virg. M. J, Huntington, 1917, xiii, 1-5.—Bevan (A. D.) The surgery of the large intestine. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass, Phila, 1917, xxxv, 203-221. -----. Surgical lesions of the colon. Surg. Clin. Chicago, Phila, 1917, 1, 2S7-315.— Blesh (A. L.) The surgical colon; embryology and phy- siology of the colon. Proctologist, St. Louis, 1913, vii, 56-66. [Discussion], 81-89. Also: Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1913, n. s, xxxii, 201-206.—Bogart (J. B.) Remarks on the surgery of the large intestine. Long Island M. J, Brooklyn, 1911, v, 488-492.—Burrows (W. F.) & Burrows (E. C.) A colostomy operation. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1921, lxxvi, 647.—Bussola (C.) Contributo alia chirurgia del colon e delcieco. Tribunamed, Milano, 1902, viii, 145; 161.—Case (J. T.) Surgical physiology and pathology of the colon from the X-ray standpoint. N. York State J. M, N. Y, 1921, xxi, 156-158.—Caucci (A.) Le indicazioni operatorie nelle affezioni del colon. Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir, Roma (1920), 1921, xxvii, 163-191.—Cavaillon (P.) & Challer (A.) La mobilisation en masse du colon gauche; de l'extirpation abdomino-perineale modifiee de PS iliaque et du rectum par mobilisation de l'angle spienique et du colon gauche. Lyon chirurg, 1908-9, i, 378-389, 1 pi.— Chevassu (M.) La chirurgie de l'angle colique gauche par l'incision laterale du flanc Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1919, xlv, 614-620.—Coffey (R. C.) A permanent colostomy or enterostomy which may be closed by an extra- peritoneal operation. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1920, Ixxi, 299- 302. -----. Surgery of the large bowel. Internat. Clin, Phila, 1921, 31. s, iv, 20-42, 13 pi.—Crevellng (J. P.) Sur- gical importance of the caput coli, and its etiologie factorate in producing inflammation of the vermiform appendix. Buffalo M. J, 1902-3, n. s, xiii, 332-336.—Cronk (F. Y.) Surgery of the colon. South. M. J.. Nashville, 1916, ix, 722- 724.—Cumston (C. G.) De la colostomie et la colectomie COLON. 56 COLON. Colon (Surgery of). avec l'emploi du tube de Paul. Lyon chirurg, 1917, xiv, 849-852.—D'Agata (G.) Sull' importanza della distribu- zione del tessuto elastico del colon nei rapporti della patolo- gia chirurgica. Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir, Roma, 1912, xxiv, 651-654.—Daniel (P.) Clinical lecture on colotomy and some misconceptions of its results. Lancet, Lond, 1911, ii, 1390-1392.—Delbet (P.) Des troubles digestifs d'origine caeeo-colique et leur trait ement chirurgical. Gaz. med. de Par, 1913, Ixxxiv, 149-151. Also: Rev. de therap. med.-chir. Par, 1913, lxxx, 325-333.—Descomps (P.) Le decollement colo-epiploique. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1921, xlvii, 146-150.—Dowd (C. N.) The Mikulicz two-stage operation of partial Colostomy. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1920, Ixxi, 390-395.—Draper(J. W.) Develop- mental reconstruction of the colon. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1915, Ixxxvii, 918. Also: Proctologist, St. Louis, 1915, ix, 182-185. -----. Developmental reconstruction of the colon: animal researches and clinical report of twenty-nine human cases. Tr. Am. Gastro-Enterol. Ass, St. Louis, 1917, xii, 108-122. Also: Ann. Surg, Phila, 1918, lxvii, 567-574, 2 pi.-----. Developmental reconstruction of colon for chronic multiple arthritis. Woman's M. J, Cincin.. 1917, xxvii, lib— Drummond (H.) Some points relating to the surgical anatomy of the arterial supply of the large intestine. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med, Lond, 1913-14, vii, Surg. Sect, 185-193.— Eastman (J. R.) An anatomic and physiologic method of short-circuiting the colon. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1914, lxii, 747.—Edwards (F. S.) Transverse colotomy. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1906, n. s, lxxxi, 225.—Evans (W. H.) Case of colostomy. Ibid., 1909, n. s, Ixxxvii, 609.—Fasano (M.) Contributo alia chirurgia del colon discendente. Policlin, Roma, 1920, xxvii, sez. chir, 61-70.—Finch (E.) The closure of colotomy openings. Lancet, Lond, 1917, i, 511.—Floderus (B.) [The surgical treatment of the benig- nant chronic diseases of the colon, especially by ileo-sigmoid anastomosis. Nord. med. Ark, Stockholm, 1911, 3. F, xi, afd. 1, No. 13, 1-33.—Fowler (R. S.) Anchoring the caput coli. N. York State J. M, N. Y, 1911, xi, 350.—Giordano (D.) Traitement chirurgical des affections non cancereuses du c61on. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. Budapest, 1910, sect, vii, chirurg, 833-836.—Goebel. Beitrage zur Diekdarmchirurgie. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1920, lvii, 352.—Grasso (S.) Contributo alia chirurgia del grosso intestino. Policlin, Roma, 1922, xxix, sez. prat, 516-519.— Groves (E. W. H.) On the functions of the colon in relation to colic exclusion; with the collaboration of I. Walker Hall. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1908-9, ii, Surg. Sect, 121- 136.—Hanes (G. S.) Some observations upon the surgical anatomy and mechanism of the colon. Tr. Am. Proctol. Soc, Detroit, 1911, xiii, 93-101. -----. Further observa- tions on the surgical anatomy and pathology of the large bowel with radiographic illustrations. Ibid., St. Louis, 1913, xv, 86-107. Also: Proctologist, St. Louis, 1913, vii, 195-216.—Harris (M.) Notes of a post-mortem examination in the case of a patient in whom lumbar colotomy had been performed five years previously. Liverpool & Manchester M. & S. Rep, 1875, iii, 104. Also, Reprint.—Hustin (A.) Notions de physiologie pathologique du gros intestin envisa- gee specialement au point de vue chirurgical. J. mM. de Brux, 1913, xviii, 227-233.-Kellogg (J. H.) Should the colon be sacrificed or may it be reformed? J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1917, lxviii, 1957-1959. Also, Reprint.—Kelsey (C. B.) Practical points in the operation of colostomy. I Med. Rec, N. Y, 1907, Ixxi, 49-53.—Kuster. Zur Technik ' der seitlichen Enteroanastomose. Zentralbl. f. Chir, Leipz, 1905, xxxii, 860.—Lane (Sir A.) The operations of ileocolostomy and of colectomy. Internat. J. Surg, N. Y, 1914, xxvii, 99-102.—Legg (T. P.) Inguinal colostomy. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1906, n. s, lxxxi, 336—Lobiri- gier (A. S.) Colocolostomy: a preliminary report on an operation for the conservative relief of the symptoms of coloptosis and colostasis. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1915, lxi, 176- 179—Lynch (J. M.) The Lynch-Draper developmental reconstruction: a further study. Proctologist, St. Louis, 1915, ix, 185.—Lynch (J. M.t & Draper (J. W.) Anastalsis and the surgical therapy of the colon. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila, 1914, cxlviii, 828-835.-----------. Developmental recon- struction of the colon based on surgical physiology. Ann Surg, Phila, 1915, lxi, 166-175, 3 pi. —-----—-—. The infected colon and its surgery. Med. Rec. N. Y 1915 Ixxxvii, 983-987. Also: N. York State J. M, N. Y.', 1915' xv, 226-231.----------. Surgical physiology of the'colon! Tr. Am. Gastro-Enterol. Ass, St. bonis, 1915, xviii 129- 141.—Lynch (J. M.), Draper (J. \Y.; A' l.\on (T.' W.) Contribution to the surgical physiology ot the'colon. Ami Surg, Phila., 1915, lxii, 441-450.—MicGaviii (L.) Trans- verse versus iliac colotomy, with notes of three cases Tr Clin. Soc Lond, 190.5-6, xxxix, 69-78.—McGuire (E. R) Development of colon surgerv. N. York M. J. [etc ] 1919 cix, 133-135.—MacKinnon (A.) Colostomy; a simple and inexpensive contrivance to maintain perfect cleanliness Canad. M. Ass. J, Toronto, 1920, x, 710.—MacMilllan (.1 a') Colostomy under local anaesthesia. Harper Hosp. Bull Detroit, 190.5-6, xvi, 20-24.—Madelung (O.) Anatomisches und Chirurgisches iiber die Flexura coli sinistra. Arch f klin. Chir, Berl, 1906, lxxxi, 206-255.—Maslni. Les voies d'acces a l'angle gauche du colon par l'incision de Chevassu Marseille-Med, 1920, lvii, 938.—Matt611 (A.) La chirurgia del colon. Studium, Napoli, 1920, x, 375.—Mattoli (A.) Colon (Surgery of). La chirurgia del colon. Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir, Roma (1920), 1921, xxvii, 57-162.—Morlson (R.) Notes on surgical diseases of the colon, based upon a demonstration given in the Royal Victoria Infirmary, Newcastle. Brit. J. Surg, Bristol, 1915-16, iii, 329-338.—Morrir (R. T.) Longi- tudinal inversion of the colon; a technical step in the short- circuiting operation. Am. J. Obst, N. Y, 1914, lxx, 1015- 1018. Also: Tr. Am. Ass. Obst. & Gynec, 1914, York, 1915, xxvii, 237-240.— Moschcowltz (A. V.) Exclusion of colon with unusual complications. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1915, lxii, 360-364.—Mummery (P. L.) End-to-end anastomosis of tho colon. Surg, Gynec & Obst, Chicago, 1917, xxiv, 247-250.—Ochsner (A. J.) The prevention of obstruction of the passage of gas following operations on the colon. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1916. lxvii, 483-185.—Oppel (W. A.) Principles of operative treatment of the diseases of the large intestine. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1914, Ix, 409-439.—Patel (M.) Chirurgie du colon pelvien (cancer excepte); pathologie chirurgicale. Ann. internat. de chir. gastro-intest. Par, 1913, vii, 105-186.—Pauchez (V.) Chirurgie du gros intes- tin. Arch. prov. de chir. Par, 1911, xx, 373-390.—Paul (F. T.) A note on colotomy and colectomv. Liverpool M.-Chir, J, 1903, xxiii, 303-316. Also [Abstr.]: Lancet, Lond, 1903, ii, 380-382. -----. Colotomy and colectomy. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1904, n. s, lxxviii, 81-84. -----. Personal experiences in the surgery of the large bowel. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1912, ii, 172-181. Also: Lancet, Lond, 1912, ii, 217-226.—Perlman (A. A.) [Blind sacks in opera. tions on the colon.] Svezd Rossivsk. Khirurc. Mosk, 1914, xiii, 9-12. [Discussion], 25-33.—Pond (A. Mi Surgical diseases of the colon. J.IowaStateM. Soc,Clinton, 1911-12, i, 599-606.—Pond (E. M.) Surgery of the large intestine. Vermont M. Month, Burlington, 1914, xx, 177 1*6.—Pugh fW. S.) Notes on colonic anesthesia. U. States Xa . M. Bull, Wash, 1910, iv, 163-165, 1 pi.—de Quervain (F.j Un cas d'imnlantation du colon transverse dans le rectum. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom.. Geneve, 1903, xxiii, 757.— Robinson (B.) Special topography of ureter and right colon: hepatic flexure and transversecolon. J. Med. & Sc, Portland 1903-4, x, 365-367.—Rockey (A. E.) The surgery of the colon. Northwest Med, Seattle, 1912, n. s, iv, 232- 240.—Roth (P. B.) The closure of colotomy openings. Lancet, Lond, 1917, i, 427.—Ryall (C.) A new method for attempting to secure sphincteric control after colostomv. Ibid., 1909, ii, 15— Sanmartm (A.) Colostomla valvular postiliaca v cateterismo rectal retr6grado. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 190:?, Madrid, 1904, xiv. sect, de chir. gen, 806-S14.—Sohoemaker (J.) Kasuistisehes und Teohni- sches aus der Diekdarmehirurgie. Arch. f. klin Chir Berl, 1915, cvii, 195-212 -Small (A. B.) A new or> eration for colon exclusion. Surg, Gvnec. & Obst. Chicago, 1915, xxi, 251 —Snow (H.) Two cases of lumbar colotomy; with remarks on the advantages of tho lumbar route. Mod. Press & Circ Lond, 1905, n. s, lxxix, 56.— Strauss (A. A.) Complete exclusion of the large bowel- submucous free fascial transplant method, with ileosig- moidostomy. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1916, lxvi, 267-271 — Summers (J. E.) A simple method of resecting the trans- verse colon with preservation of the omentum. Tr Vm Surg. Ass, Phila, 1917, xxxv, 200-202.—Wallis (F C i Colostomy. Clin. J., Lond.. 1909, xxxiv, 353-3'm —White (S.) The closure of colotomy openings. Lancet, Lond 1917, i, 466.- Wilonsky i A O.) Colostomy. Progr. Med Phila, 1921 ii. 129. Wilms. Temporarer Vorsohluss des Colon bei Resektionen odor Aussehaltung des Darmes Deutsche Ztschr.. f. Nenenh, Leipz.. 1908-^9, xevi 2°5- 229—Yeomans fF. C.) Ceeo-sigmoidostomv': an opera- tion for short circuiting tho colon. Am. J Sure N Y 1913, xxvii, 23-26. . e" Colon (Torsion of). Brichard (E.) *Pes coudures acquises du colon pelvien par hernie adhe>ente de l'ap- pendice epipl6ique. 8°. Luon, 1913. Mazet (V.) *T.es torsions patholosriques du eros intestin et leur traitement chirunncal 8° Lyon, 1912. Calien (F.) Achsendrehung des Coekum und des Colon ascendens. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1904, li, 1323.— Dnroux (E.) Des torsions du colon transverse Lvon chirurg 1912 vii 525-543, Forssell «;.) Diagnose und Behandlung der Colonverdrohung (Torsio coli) beim Pferd Ztschr. f. Tiermed, Jena, 1907, xi", 401-119.—Morestln (n ) Torsion d'un appendieo ppiplotque du gros intestin. Bull etmem.Soc.anat.de Par, 1912,lxxxvii,391-394.-Olmsted (1.) Torsion of the cecum, ascending and half of tho trans- verse colon; with operation and recovei v. Canad M Vss J, Toronto, 1913 ill, 794 796.-Qutmby ( A. J ) Abnormal angulations of the colon as a cause of serious intestinal dis- turbance. Internat. J. Surg, N. Y, 1913, xxvi 423-434 — Remmele. Colondrehung bei einem Pferde.' Muueh'on tierarztl. Wchnschr, 1915, Kvi S92 — Slernirtskl\n'\ [Torsion of the transverse colon with'octagonal curvature' Medycyna l Kron. lek, Warszawa, 1913 xlviii 958 -Sm ner (E. K.) Torsion of tho cecum and ascend ilSJ j" Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1922, lxxviii, 1125. fc J COLON. 57 COLON. Colon (Tuberculosis of). Holland (J. F.) *Ueber den tuberkulosen Tumor der Flexura sigmoidea. [Konigsberg i. Pr.] 8°. Leipzig, 1907. L'Hoste (F.) Contribution a l'etude de la tuberculose hypertrophique du gros intestin chez l'enfant. 8°. Paris, 1909. Baldwin (A.) Hyperplastic tuberculosis of the pelvic colon. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1913, n. s, xcv, 96.— Barker (A. E.) Extensive tubercle of colon (hepatic flexure) removed by operation; recovery. Tr. M. Soc. Lond, 1910-11, xxxiv, 231-233.—Barling (G.) Tubercu- losis of caecum and ascending colon. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1907, i, 497.—Boese (J.) Ueber den stricturierenden tuber- culosen Tumor der Flexura sigmoidea. Arch. f. klin. Chir, Berl, 1908, lxxxvi, 1071-1085.—Brown (L.) & Sampson (H. L.) The early Roentgen diagnosis of ulcerative tuber- culous cohtis. Am. J. Roentgenol, N. Y, 1919, n. s, vi, 625-640. Also: J. Am. M. Ass Chicago, 1919, lxxiii, 77-85.— Cade(A.) A- Roubier(C) Colitesulcereusestuberculeuses. Progres med. Par, 1912, 3..S, xxviii, 635-639.—Calloway (A. W.) The diagnosis and. treatment of tuberculous colitis. South. M. J, Birmingham, 1921, xiv, 525-531.— Carro (S.) Sobre el diagndstico radioldgico de la tuber- culosis hipertr6fica de ciego y colon ascendente. Rev. clin. de Madrid, 1915, xiii, 41-45.—Dixon (W. C.) Tuberculosis of the colon. J. Tenn. M. Ass, Nashville, 1916-17, ix, 248- 250.—Frankenburger (J. M.) Hyperplastic tuberculosis of the colon. Tr. Am. Proctol. Soc, St. Louis, 1914, xvi, 136-140. Also: Proctologist, St. Louis. 1914, viii, 287-291.— Groves (E. W. H.) Tuberculosis of the colon. Britsol M. Chir. J, 1909, xxvii, 203-215.—Halk( A.) & Simpson (G. S.) A case of chronic hyperplastic tuberculosis of the ascending colon, with general lymphatic infection; death from acci- dent. Lancet, Lond, 1905, ii, 1320-1322.—Hartmann (H.) Tuberculose hypertrophique du caecum et du colon as- cendant; resection de la terminaison de l'iieon, du cdlon ascendant, de la partie droite du colon transverse; fermeture des deux bouts; iieo-colostomie transverse laterale; guerison. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1907, n. s, xxxiii, 784 787.—Hollander (E.) Colon mobile und Ileocoecaltuber- kulose. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak, Stuttg, 1913, lxxiv, 180-185.—KUttner (H.) Ueber den isolierten tuber- kulosen Tumor^des Colon ascendens. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir, Leipz, 1909, c, 212-235, 2 pi.—Lamartine (H.) Tu- berculose innammatoire du colon pelvien; contribution a 1'etude du r61e de la tuberculose dans les tumeurs et retre- cissements inflammatoiros du tube digestif. Bull, med. Par, 1908, xxii, 29-32.—LisOn Lorenzo (A.) Tuberculosis peritoneo-intestinal; ulceraciones del colon con abscesos enquistados; laparotomia; muerte. Med. de los nifios, Barcel, 1912, xiii, 142.—McArthur (L. L.) The surgery of tuberculosis of the colon. Surg, Gynec. & Obst.. Chicago, 1906, iii, 322-325.—Matas (R.) Tuberculosis of the colon. N. Orl. M. & S. J, 1907-8, lx, 840-842.—Mummery (P. L.) (?) Hyperplastic tuberculosis of the pelvic colon. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1909-10, hi, Clin. Sect, 201-208.— Nash (W. G.) Excision if caecum and ascending colon for tubercular tumour; recovery. Middlesex Hosp. J, Lond, 1905, ix, 23-26.—Pennato (P.) Sulla tubercolosi iper- trofica del colon. Atti r. 1st. Veneto di sc, lett. ed arti, Venezia, 1902-3, 8. s, v, pt. 2, 623-629. Also: Riforma med, Roma, 1903, xix, 491.—Piery (M.) & Mandoul (A.) Con- tribution a l'etude de la tuberculose inflammatoire du gros intestin; cdlites et pericolites tuberculeuses (20 observations personnelles). Rev. de med. Par, 1913, xxxiii, 228-243.— Pool (E. H.) Hyperplastic tuberculosis of colon. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1920, Ixxi, 791-794.—Schiller (V.) Ein Fall operativer Behandlung einer tuberkulosen Kolonerkran- kung. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1914, xiii, 45-48.—Sherrill (J. G.) Tuberculosis of the colon. Kentucky M. J, Bowling Green, 1908-9, vii, 415.—Souza (B.) Tuberculosis ileo colica; extirpation de la casi totali- dad. del colon; curacicn. Arch, de la Soc. estud. clin. de la Habana, 1916, xxiii, 96-99.—Turner (G. G.) A case of tuberculous ulceration of the ascending colon simulating appendicitis. Lancet, Lond, 1905, ii, 824.—Usiyevich (M. A.) [Tuberculosis of the colon.] Syezd Rossiysk. Khirurg, Mosk, 1914, xiii, 8. [Discussion], 25-33.—Vaccari (L.) La tubercolosi ipertrofica del colon pelvico. Riforma med, Palermo-Napoli, 1907, xxiii, 117-120.—Weiss (T.) & Ha- mant (A.) Tuberculose iieo-caecale; guerison apres abla- tion du colon ascendant et transverse. Rev. med. de l'Est, Nancy, 1920L xlviii, 750-755.—Winselmann. Ueber Tuber- culoma coli und Kolonoperationen. Wien. klin. Rund- schau, 1905, xix, 23; 39. Colon (Tumors of). Ferret (J.) Contribution a l'etude des tumeurs du gros intestin et de leur traitement. 8°. Montpellier, 1917. Kessler (C. M. H.) *Bericht uber 31 Falle von Dickdarmtumoren. 8°. Jena, 1902. Kochanofp (A. V.) *K voprosu o khirurgi- cheskom liechenii opukholei tolstikh Irishek (kro- Colon (Tumors of). mie pruamoT). [Surgical treatment of tumors of the colon (outside the rectum).] 8°. S.-Peter- burg, 1906. Bakes (J.) Erfahrungen iiber einzeitige Resektion von Colon- una Caecaltumoren. Cong, internat. de med. C. r. Lisbonne, 1906, xv, sect. 9, 375-383.—Bevan (A. D.) Fibroma of the large intestine. Surg. Clin. Chicago, 1919, iii, 1333-1340.—Bllhaut (M.) Tumeur epitheiiale du colon descendant; ablation; anastomose laterale; retour a la sante. Ann. de chir. et d'orthop. Par, 1910, xxiii, 161- 166.—Blake (J. A.) Exclusion of colon for new growth. Am. Surg, Phila, 1909, xlix, 708.—Buie (L. A.) A safe method of removing sigmoidal polyps and high rectal polyps. Med. Clin. N. Am, Phila, 1921, v, 419-423.—de Butler d'Or- mond (R.) Anurie par tumeur du colon pelvien. J. d'urol. med. et chir. Par, 1920, ix, 199— Cavaillon (P.) & Bardin. Les neoplasmes inflammatoires du cdlon pelvien. Gaz. d. h6p. Par, 1907, lxxx, 171; 183.—Clairmont (P.) Ueber einen operativ geheilten Fall von entzundlicher Ge- schwulst des Dickdarms (Diverticulitis). Med. Klin, Berl, 1917, xiii, 180-182.—Cs&ki (L.) Ein Fall von Kolon- tumor mit hochgradiger Eosinophilic Wien. klin. Wchn- schr, 1921, xxxiv, 97.—Davis (C. B.) Tumors of the large bowel; presentation of a group of cases illustrating typical and atypical pathology of tumors of the large bowel. Surg. Clin. N. Am, Phila, 1921, i, 1047-1067.—D'Este (S.) Li- poma sottomucoso della flexura coli dextra; resezione del colon; guarigione; contributo clinico alio studio dei tumori benigni dell' intestino. Riforma med, Palermo-Napcli, 1906, xxii, 953-957.—Drueck (C. J.) Benign tumors of the lower bowel. Am. Med.. Burlington, Vt. 1920. n. s, xv, 204-214.—Erdmann (R.) Polyposis coloni. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1917, lxvi, 231.—Esser. Untersuchungen iiber die fermentative Kraft von Polypensekret bei einem Falle von ausgedehnter Polyposis coli et recti, nebst Beobachtungen iiber die Wirkung des Purgens. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med, Leipz.. 1908, xciii, 535-541.—Flu (P. C.) Een lymph- cyste in net mesocolon. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1909, i, 1279-1282.—Frank (J.) Papilloma of the large bowel. Surg, Gynec. & Obst, Chicago, 1919, xxviii, 524.—Goebel. [Grosser maligner Tumor des Colon de- scendens, nahe der Flexura lienalis, breite Verwachsung mit der Muskulatur.] Zentralbl. f. Chir, Leipz, 1920, xlvii, 202.—Haenel (F.) Ueber Dickdarmtumoren. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1912, lix, 110.—Hanssen (T. S.) [A case of polyposis coli.] Med. Rev, Bergen, 1918; xxxv, 83-87.—Hartmann (H.) A propos de la resection des tumeurs du gros intestin. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1904, n. s, xxx, 1021-1027. -----. Tumeur du colon pelvien; resection avec anus artificiel dans un premier temps; secondairement invagination du c61on dans le rectum; guerison. Ibid., 1907, n. s, xxxiii, 473.—Hattori (S.) Ueber die Melanose der Dickdarmschleimhaut. Verhandl. d. jap. path. Gesellsch, Tokyo, 1915, v, 119-122.— Jaboulay. Exclusion unilaterale du gros intestin pour une tumeur de la partie fixe du cdlon lieopelvien. Lvon med, 1903, c, 557-561.—Jonas (A. F.) Neoplasms of the colon; report of sixteen cases. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago. 1906, xlvii, 825-832. [Discussion], 835-838.—Lee (B. J.) Partial resection of the transverse colon for non-malignant inflammatory tumor. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1917, lxv, 265.— Letoux. Tumeur du colon transverse. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1912, 2. s, xxx, 489-492.—Lewisohn (R.) Lipoma of ascending colon. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1918, xciv, 480.— Lilienthal (H.) Complete extirpation of the colon for papillomatous disease (twelve years after operation). Ann. Surg, Phila, 1912, lv, 603-608.—Marchetti (O.) Ciste del mesocolon trasverso. Atti d. Accad. med.-fis. florent. 1911, Firenze, 1912, 66-68.—Mayo (W. J.) Anatomy, physiology, and pathology of the large intestine, with some observations on the radical operation for colonic tumors. J. South Car. M. Ass, Greenville, 1916, xii, 165-172—MenagC. Neoplasme etendu du colon transverse; absence de signes radiologiques. Arch, med.-chir. de Province, Tours, 1922, xii, 169. Also: Bull, et mem. Soc. de radiol. med. de France, Par, 1922, x, 33.—Meyer (W.) Appendieostomy for multiple papilloma of the colon. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1904, xxxix, 269-271.— Milan! (E.) Neoplasma dell' angolo colico destro; sinto- matologia dubbia; resezione del colon; guarigione. Riv. ospedal, Roma, 1915, v, 643-647.—Newbolt (G. P.) Case of multiple adenomata of the colon and rectum. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1913-14, vii, Surg. Sect, 272-274.—New- man. Case of tumour of the colon in which coloenteros- tomy was done with a goed result. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc, Glasgow, 1898-99, ii, 294.—Nigst (P. F.) Zur Frage der Dickdarm-Lipome. Cor.-Bl. f. Schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1918, xlviii, 966-970.—Nlklas (F.) Ueber den Nachweis einer Oxydase im melanotischcn Dickdarm. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1914, lxi, 1332.—Norbury (L. E. C.) Case of multiple polypi of rectum and colon. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1913-14, vii, Surg. Sect, 195-198.—Parola (L.) Im- magine radiografica di un tumore del colon ascendente. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1913, 2. s, i, 332.—Pauchet (V.) Tumeurs du gros intestin. Presse med. Par, 1918, xxvi, 543-546.—PoSnaro. Tumeur inextirpable du colon as. cendant; enterocolonanastomose laterale. Bull, et mem- Soc. de chir. de Bucarest, 1906-7, ix, 200.—van de Poll (C. COLON. 58 COLON. Colon (Tumors oj). N ) Error Justus. [Tumor of the colon mistaken for myoma of the uterus.] Med. Weekbl, Amst, 1917-18, xxiv, 50-o2.— Rlcketts (B. M.) Multiple polypi of the colon. Lancet- Clinic, Cincin, 1914, cxi, 534—Rivet & Favreul. lumeur du caecum et du c61on ascendant; resection; guerison. Gaz. med. de Nantes. 1911,2.s, xxix, 292-293.-Ruben (M.l A case of subserous lipoma of the colon transversum incar- cerated in the sac of an umbilical hernia. Acta Chir. Scan- din, Stockholm, 1920, liii, 339-353.-Schlecht (H.) Zur Rontgendiagnose der Dickdarmtumoren. Mod. Kim, Berl, 1916, xii, 1015-1018.—Schmidt (E.) Ueber Diek- darmgesehwiilste. Beitr. z. klin. Chir, Tubing, 1911, lxxiv 401-424— Schultze (E.) Entziindlicher '-Tumor des aufsteigenden Dickdarms mit Netzstrangadhasion und Darmverschlusserscheiniuigen. Zentralbl. f. Chir, Leipz, 1920, xlvii, 1343-1345.—Soper (H. W.) Polyposis of the colon Tr. Am. Gastro-Enterol. Ass, St. Louis, 191o, xviii '49-53. AIso: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila, 1916, ch, 405-409.— Sorest (A. L.) Differential diagnosis between tumors located in the colon and tumors located in the mesocolon.- Arch. Diagn, N. Y, 1911, iv, 62.—Sudeck (P.) Ueber die entzundlichen Dickdarmgeschwiilste. Berl. klm. \S chn- schr, 1920, lvii, 416-418.—Swan (R. L.) Intestinal obstruc- tion due to a tumour of the colon. Mod. Press & Circ, Lond, 1903, n. s, lxxvi. 340.—Thevenard. Tumeur du c61on ascendant. Paris chirurg.. 1920, xii, 203-205.—Tietze (A ) Ueber entziindliche Dickdarmgeschwiilste. Ergebn. d. Chir. u. Orthop, Berl, 1920, xii, 211-273— Tlmbal (L.l & Bellocq. Sur un cas de neoplasme du colon avec fistule jejuno-colique. Toulouse med, 1910, 2. s, xii, 189-191 — Trutie de Vaucresson. Kvste sereux a pedicule tordu insere sur le bord libre du colon ascendant. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1919, xlv, 391— Tuttle (J. P.) The three-step operation in tumors of the sigmoid and colon. Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1912, 3. s, xxviii, 543-546.— Vargas Salcedo (L.} Fibroma del colon descendente. Rev. med. de Chile, Sant. de Chile, 1909, xxxvii, 341-343.— Voeckler. Ein hiihnereigrosses Dickdarmhpom. Miin- chen. med. Wchnschr, 1917, lxiv, 459.—Waring (H. J.) & Sherren (J.) Discussion on the operative treatment of tumours of the caicum and colon, especially in relation to immediate resection; colostomy combined with secondary resection and short-circuiting. Tr. M. Soc. Lond, 1914-15, xxxviii, 17-33.—West (E. S.) Lipoma of the descending colon causing intussusception. Northwest Med, Seattle, 1913, n. s, v, 261.—Westbrook (R. W.) Lipoma of the ascending colon, report of acase. Long Island M. J, Brook- lyn, 1910, iv, 52.—Wharton (H. R.) Acute intestinal obstruction due to intussusception caused by a lipoma of the descending colon; resection of the colon; reobverv. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass, Phila, 1911, xxix, 45L465.— Wiener (A. C.) Non- mahgnant tumors of the colon. Arch. Diagn, N. Y, 1912, v, 20-28.—Willink (J. W. T.) Over gezwellen van den dikken darm en de uitkomsten der heelkundige behan- deling. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1909, xliv, pt. 2,1788-1808. Colon (Tumors of Malignant). Sic, also, Colon (Cancer of). Wittmers (F.) *Ueber maligne Tumoren des Colon. 8°. Bonn, 1902. Allen (L. W.) Papilloma of the ascending colon under- going malignancy; ileo-colostomy (1 literal implantation); neocecooolectomv"; recovery. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1905, xliv, 128— Bastianelll (R.) The operative treatment of malignant disease of the large intestine (excluding the rectum). Tr. Internat. Cong. Med, Lond, 1913, Sect, vii, Surg, 1-36. [Discussion], pt. 2, 51-59.—Corner (E. M.) & Fairbanks (H. A. T.) Sarcomata of the alimentary canal: with the report of a case. Practitioner, Lond, 1904. lxxii, 810-82S.—Dalmazzonl (S.) Sarcoma primitivo del colon discendente. Riforma med, Napoli, 1920, xxxvi, 784-788.— Dobrowolskl (W.) [Operative treatment of malignant tumors of the colon.] Gaz. lek, Warszawa, 1910, 2. s, xxx, 977-987— Erdmann (J. F.) The colon; its malignancies. Med. Rec. N. Y, 1913, Ixxxiv, 611-614.—Fry. Adenocarci- noma of the ascending colon. Am. J. Obst, N. Y., 1909, lix, 866.—Harrington (F. B.) Resection of colon for obstruction by a malignant adenoma. Boston M. & S. J, 1906, cliv, 269.—Kdrte (W.) Die chirurgische Behandlung der malignen Diokdarm-Geschwulste (Rectum ausgenom- men). Tr. Internat. Cone. Med, Lond, 1913, Sect, vii, Surg, 37-105. [Discussion], pt. 2, 51-59. Also [Abstr.]: Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1913, xxxix, 1285. [Discussion], 2022.—Megllo (S.) Sul sarcoma primi- tivo del colon trasverso e sull' assenza deisintomistenotici; nota istopatologica e clinica. Ineurabili, Napoli, 1909, xxiv, 157-191.—Olmstead (I.) Resection of the splenic flexure of the colon, malignant disease, with exhibition of patient and specimen. Canad. Pract. & Rev, Toronto, 1905, xxx, 487- 489.—Perkins (I. B.) Report of acase of sarcoma, in which a portion of the ileum, the entire cecum and ascending colon, and a portion of the transverse colon were resected; re- covery. Denver M. Times, 1907, xxvi, 331-333.—Potter (C.) Differentiation and treatment of carcinoma and sarcoma of the colon. J. Missouri M. Ass, St. Louis, 1922, xix, 8-16.— Colon (Tumors of, Malignant). SanDlneton (S. W.) Sarcoma of the large intestine. Hahneman. Month.. Phila., 1921, lvi^1*-717.-Stnmg (C M ) Sarcoma of colon. Charlotte [N. C] M. J, I90h, xxxii '133-135.—Vlale (J. A.) Sobre un caso de sarcoma del colon'transverso tratado por la enterectomia. An. d. Circ. mea. argent, Buenos Aires, 1903, xxvi. 50o-ol3.—West- brook (R. WA Malignant growths of the colon, with especial reference to early diagnosis and treatnwnr. Long Island M. J, Brooklyn, 1913, vii, 472-477. VI olff HLi Ueber die bosartigen Geschwiilste der unteren L>^rmar>- schnitte. Med. Klin, Berl, 1911, vii, 2045-2048. Colon (Ulcer of). See also, Colon (Inflammation of, Llcerative). Balloch (E. A.) Ulcer of the duodenum. Wash M Ann, 1910-11. ix, 41-43.-Charbonnel (M.) Lloferes simples perfores du caecum et des colons. Gaz hebd. d.sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1920, xii, 4S2-486.—Coffey (R. C.) Deo- ass, Lnicago, isuo, iin, uji-iw».—*,**+***. x.. .., — Drammond (H.) Ulceration of the colon in the neigh- borhood of gunshot wounds. Brit. J. Surg, Bristol, 1917, v 59-6.5.—Eakln (W. H.) Haemorrhage from a solitary tuberculous ulcer of the transverse colon. Canad. M. Ass. J, Toronto, 1922, xii. 175.—Levy (A.; Zur Kenntnis des Ulcus coli simplex. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir.. Leipz, 1921, clxv, 366-375—Lyle (H. H. M.) Simple ulcer of the colon. perforation. Tr. N. Y. Surg. Soc, 1912, i. 247-249. Also: Ann. Surg, Phila, 1912, lvi, 473-475—Mole (R. Hi Ex- tensive ulceration of the large intestino in acase of pulmonary phthisis. China M. J» Shanghai, 1920, xxxiv, 117.—Moure (P.) Ulcere perform du colon pelvien. Bull, et mem. ^oe. anat. de Par, 1922, xcii, 84.—Pauchet (V.) Ulcus pepti- ques postoperatoires du colon. Bull, et mm. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1922, xlviii, 514-517.—Rotgans ■'!.) Ulcus cob simplex. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1910, xlv, pt. 1, 552-555.-----. Ulcus cob simplex. Ibid., 1920. ii, 349-351.—Soupault (R.) Perforation dun ulcere simple du cdlon; operation; guerison. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1920, xlvi, 413-423.-----. Contribution a l'etude de la perforation de l'uloore simple cohque. Rev. de chir. Par, 1920, lviii, 480-524.—Tucker (E. F. G.) The use of appendicostomv in the treatment of intractable ulceration of the colon. Tr. Bombay M. Cong, Bombay, 1909, 20-24, lpl. Colon (Wounds and injuries of). Jehl (P.) *De remphyseme stercoral dans les plaies par armes a feu du colon descendant dans sa portion extraperitoneale. 8°. Li/on, 1916. vox Ruxpstedt (Malitai. *Ueber einen Fall von Fixation und Abknickung der Flexura coli dextra. 8°. Kiel, 1906. Boeckel. Perforations du coion descendant par pro- jectiles de guerre et resections intestinalos. Lvon mod, 1916, cxxv, 262-265.—Challer (A.) L'emphyseme scrotal signe de plaie cfllique retro-r>eritoneale. Rev. de chir.. Par, 1914-15, xhx, 377-381.—Davis (X. P.) Laceration of trans- verse colon byadherent omental band. Penn. M. J, Athens, 1921-22, xxv, 417. -Oupont. Plaies extra-peritoneales du c61on ascendant; sort ion du crural au niveau de ses ratines; sutures du colon; gu-'ri-on. Presse mod. Par.. 1916, xxiv, 557. Also: Progres mod., Par, 1917, 3. s, xxxii. IS.—Egan 1 P. R.) Wounds of the colon treated without operation. Mil. Surgeon, Carlisle, Pa., 1907, xxi, 103-106.—Ferraresi (P.) Laparotomia per feritu d'arma da fuoco con estosa lacerazione della prima porzione del colon discendente. Bull. d. Soc. Lancisiana d. osp. di Roma, lv)7-S, xviii, fasc. 2, 130-141. Also: Suppl. al Policlin., Roma, ly.'7-8, iv, 166-169.—Kirmlsson. Sur los plaies du gros intestin par coup de feu. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1919, xlv, 431 ni — Ma.ulalre (PA Balle de shrapnellenkystee sur la p-.iroi anii rieure du c6lon ascendant; ablation rapide a la lumiere eiectrique et sous le controle intermittent des rayons X. Ibid., 1916, n. s, xiii, 24.—Meyer (K.) & Moncrelfl (W. F.) Retroperitoneal wounds of the colon. Sum. Clin. Chicago, 1919, iii, 9.55-958. -Nasi (C.) Ferita penetrante dell'addome con porforazione del colon ascendente; laparo- tomia; guarigione. Rassegna di sc. med, Modena, 1902-3, xvii, 1-5.—Flcque (L.) Plaie du cdlon transverse par coup de couteau; suture apres dix hemes et demie; guerison. Soc. de med. mil. franc. Bull, Par.. 1911, v, 2S7—stasson \ Voncken(J.) L*sDlessuresextraperitoneales des colons. ['iris med, 1916, xviii, 444-4lv—Toussaint. Fracture de ci'«te et anus lombaire. suite d'oclatem.-nt, du colon par balle; guerison avec hemic de Jean-Louis Petit consecutive. Bull. et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1915, n. s.. xii, 417-119.—Wal- ther. Resultat eloigne d'une exclusion bilaterala pour plaie du cfilon par projectile de guerre. Ibid.. 1920, xlvi 652.—Zoepffel (H.) Isolierter Abriss der Flexura coli lienalis mit folgender Darmgangran. Deutsche Ztschr f Chir, Leipz, 1920, civ, 425-428. COLON. 59 COLOR. Colon Bacillus. See Bacillus Coli. Colonial (The) Journal, issued quarterly. Edited by Sir W. H. Mercer, v. 8-13, 1914-15 to 1919- 20. 8°. London, Colonization. Pety de Thozee (C.) & Pett de Thozee (R.) Theories de la colonisation au xixe siecle et role de l'etat dans le developpement des colonies. 4°. Bruxelles, 1902. Calmette (A.) Le role des sciences medicales dans la colonisation. Rev. scient. Par, 1905, 5. s, iii. 417-421.— Duponchel (A.) La colonisation africaine et les chemins de fer transsahariens. Rev. scient. Par, 1899, 4. s, xii, 161-172.—Gros. Medecins de colonisation de PAlgerie. Arch, de med. nav. Par, 1898, hrix, 301-313.—Saint-Remy (G.) L'anthropologic et la colonisation. Rev. scient. Par, 1903, 4. s, xix. 65-69.—von Stengel (C.) Die Be- deutung der neuzeitlichen Kolonisation fiir die europai- schen Volker. Deutsche Rev, Stuttg. & Leipz, 1914. ii. 100; 234. Colonna (F.) ^Contribution a l'etude de la syphilide psoriasiforme de la main et de son traitement par les injections de calomel. 66 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1899, No. 305. Colonna d'Istria (Robert) J1882- 1 *Les pyodermites sudorales (eruptions d'origine sudo- rale); etude anatomo-clinique et therapeutique. 55 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1912, Xo. 50. Colophony. Fahrion (W.) Zur Kenntniss des Colophoniums. Ztschr. f. ang. Chem, Berl, 1901, xiv, 1197; 1221.—Paul (L.) Autooxydation des Kolophoniums. Kolloid-Ztschr, Dresd. & Leipz, 1919, xxv, 241-246.—Tschirch (A.) & Studer (B.) Untersuchungen iiber die Sekrete; iiber das amerikanische Kolophonium. Arch. f. Pharm, Berl, 1903, ccxli, 495-545. Color. von Holst (L.) *Ueber die optischen Ver- haltnisse der Deckfarben. [Freiburg i. Br.] 8°. Emmendingen, 1911. Krarup (H.) Physisch-ophthalmologische Grenzprobleme; ein Beitras zur Farbenlehre. roy. 8°. Leipzig, 1906. Liexeman (J. E.) *Over de helderheid der kleuren. 8°. Amsterdam, 1914. Lotze (A.) ^Untersuchungen eines anomalen trichromatischen Farbensvstems. 8°. Freiburg i. Br., 1898. Rankin (H. A.) The teaching of colour. 8°. London, [1914]. Ridgway (R.) Color standards and color nomenclature, with 53 colored plates and eleven hundred and fifteen named colors. 8°. Wash- ington, D. C, 1912. Schasler (M.) Die Farbenwelt. 8°. Berlin, 1883. Simon (J. H. K.) *Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Mineralfarben. 8°. Kiel, 1908. Chant (C. A.) The physical basis of color. Science X. Y. & Lancaster, Pa, 1903, n.s, xvii, 864-868.—Edridge- Green (T. W.) Observations with Lord Rayleigh's colour- mixing apparatus. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond. 1906-7, xxvii, 225-261.—Fechner (G. T.) Einige Bemer- kungen gegen die Abhandlung Prof. Osann's iiber Ergan- zungsfarben. Ber. ii. d. Verhandl. d. k. Sachs. Gesellsch. d. Wissensch. zu Leipz. Math.-phys. Kl, 1860, xii, 147-165.— Fernberger (S. W .) Note on the affective value of colors. Am. J. Psychol, Worcester, 1914, xxv, 448.—Feulgen. Farben und Farbenmischung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1921, xlvii, 491.—Franklin (Christine Lacfd). Color terminology. In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, iv, 2485-2487. Also [Abstr.]: Psychol. Bull, Princeton, N. J, & Lancaster, Pa, 1914, xi, 52.—Freundlich (H.) & Losev Ueber das Farben der Tiere und Menschen nach al Gaubari. Mitt. i. („■* h d Med u d Xaturw, Hamb, 1910. ix, 476-ix».-Wright (S.) " Color inheritance m mammals. J. Hered . Wash iai7 viii 2>4 373; 473; 476; 521; 561: 1918, ix, 33: -7: 139: 227. Color (Perception of). See, also, Color-blindness; Color-sense Lohmann (A. A. W.) *Ueber hinoculare Far- benmischung. 8°. Marburg, 1902 Color (Perception of). Mayer (A.) *Ueber die Abhiingigkeit der Farbenschwellen von der Adaptation. 8°. Frei- burg i. Br., ]90:i. Parsons (J. H.) An introduction to the study of colour vision. 4°. Cambridge, 1915. Stegmann (R.) *Ueber die Abhangigkeit der Dammerungswerte vom Adaptionsgrad. 8°. Freiburg i. Br., 1900. Allen i F.) Persistence of vision and the primary color sensations. Am. J. Physiol. Optics, Southbridge, Mass., D20, i, 94-134.—Angier (R. P.) Ueber den Einfluss des Helligkeitskontrastes auf Farbcnschwellen. Ztsc-hr. f. Psy- chol, u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg, Leipz, 1906, xii, 2. Abt, 313 3f,ii.—Ariens-Kappers (C. XJ.) [The nature of the color-process] Geue<-k. Bl. u. Klin, en Lab. v. de prakt., 1919-20, xxi, 1-20.—Baird (J. W.) The phenomena of in- direct color vision. Psychol. Rev, Princeton, X. J, & Lancaster, Pa, 1914, xxi, 70-78.—Baley (S.) Mitteilungen uber das Sehcn der Farben bei halbgeschlossenen Augen. Ztschr. f. Psvchol. u. Phvsiol. d. Sinnesorg, Leipz, 1915, xlix, 2. Abt", 79-^4.—Barber (T. L.) Combinations of colours with tints and with shades. Univ. Toronto Stud. Psvchol. ser.. 1905. No. 3, ii, 1-20, II pi — Beiitley I. M.) The simplicity of color tone§. Am. J. Psychol.. Wor • -t, r, 1903, xiv, 92 '95.—Berger (E.) Sur les centrales bi:io' u- laires des couleurs, suecessif et simultano. ('>mpt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par., 1910, lxviii, 1059- 1 ">i — Rijlsma R.I Over het zien van kleuren. Nosokdmos. Tijdschr. d. Xederl. Vereen. . . . v. Verpleeg, Amst, 19(4-5. v.82-87.—Blaauw (E. E.) A solution of Dr. Gforge T. Stevens' new phe- nomenon of color conversion. < 'iihthalmol., Milwaukee, 190843, v, 54-63.—Broca (A.) & Sulzor . D.) La sensation lumineuse en fonetion du temps po-ir les lumieres colorees; experiences avec los miheux aosorbants. J. de physiol. et de path, gen. Par, 1904. vi, 55-<>v—Bullough (E.) The perceptive problem in the aesthetic appreciation of single colours. Brit. J. Psychol, Cambridge. lc«»i \ ii, 407-463. 1 pi, 1 tab.—Burch (C J.) On colour-vision by very weak light. Proc. Rov. Soc. Lond, 1905, lxxvi, s. B, 199- 216.—Chalupecky (HA Ueber Farbensehen oder Chro- matopsie. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1901. xv, 509; 531; 547; 567.—Chance (B.) Some aspects of the status of color vision. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1922, 3. s, v, 274-2S7.— Clement (H.) Contribution a I'etUide de la vision o lorce. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1920, Ixxxiii, 851 -v.v>.— Coppez (H.) Sur la perimetric des couleurs. J. me & Richter (J.) Ueber die von der FarbenempfindLA h v»it unabhangige Aenderang der Weissempfindliohkeit. 7'-chr. f. Psychol. u. Physiol, d. Sinnesoi^ . 1 . pz.. 1 '>1<\ \h . 2. Abt, "l s — I)reher(E.) -Methodic he I'm. r-uh me der Farbetitonan- derungen homogener Lichter bei zunehmend indirektem Sohen und verandertor Intensitat. Ibid., 1911, xlvi, 2. Abt, 1 S2—Duges (A.) Observation d'une personne reconnais- sant les couleurs par le toucher. Compt. rend. Soo. de biol. Par, 1903, lv, ll>2.-Dunn (P.) The standardisation of colour perception. Lancet, Lond, 1920, i, 1290.—Edridge- £Te.? (J- ^v> Observations on hue perception. Tr. Ophth Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1906-7, xxvii, 245-2M. Also [Abstr.]: Ophth. Rec, Chica^. 1906, xv, 534. _____ On primary facts of color perception. Am. J. Ophth, —. The relation of light per- St. Louis, lAXK x\\ ception to colour perception. Ophthalmoscope, Lond, 1910, vm'=c9t;70L Aho: Med- Press & Circ-> Lond, 1910, n. s. xc, 56-59. -——. The Hunterian lectures on colour vision and colour blindness. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1911 i 299-;i)l ——. Tho discrimination of colour. Ibid., ii,'l09. Also: Ophthalmoscope, Lond., 1911, ix, 691-693. . Simulta- neous colour contract. Proc. Rov. Soo. Lond, 191> s B Vm.xVo' 546-554-...^'*" [Abstr.]: Proo. Phvsiol. Soc."Lond'.! L911",12, ^* ^„m; -----' Colour adaptation. Proc. Rov. Soc Lond 1912, lxxxvi, s. B, 110-115. Also: Ann. Ophth, fineH^V191,3' XXU^«^™.-----. The homonvmous in- duction of co our Proc. PIivmoI. Soc. Lond, 1914, p. v. r^7' 10S? f;V.]lardlsatl0IV0t' coi0,ir P»Tivption. Lancet, #i?i '!™. «l'J^'n-----• Now " marches in colour vision bid., 1M2.1, 3;,7-360.-Edrklge-Green fF. W.) & Porter (A. W ) Demonstration of the negative after-images of lCS ™J. ao* TOmpouml colours of known composition. 1 roc. I hysiol. Soc, Lond, 1914, p. xxvi.__________— The after-images of simple and rompound colours. Ibid., 191V6, Yr ?i- \K'-\ , "V F Zur "age naoh der sperm., hJn Helligkcit do,- 1 :r- ,-. Ztschr. f! Psvchol. u. Phv-i..i d Sinnesorg . 1,m,v,. 2 U.t, 1921, Iii, 157-164.-Fergus \F.\ Colour perception and other visual 'functions in their pr cal aspects Glaspw M J.1910, Ixxii,, 40HS.-I^ COLOR. 61 COLOR. Color (Perception qf). Bull, Princeton, N. J, & Lancaster, Pa, 1913, x, 366-374.— Ferree (C. E.) & Rand (Gertrude). The extent and shape of the zones of color sensitivity in relation to the intensity of the stimulus light. Am. J. Physiol. Optics, Southbridge, Mass, 1920, i, 185-213.-----------. The limits of color sensitivity; effect of brightness of preexposure and surround- ing field. Psychol. Rev, Princeton, N. J, 1920, xxvii, 377- 398.—Fortin (E.-P.) Une precaution a prendre lors de l'observation des couleurs. Cqmpt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1907, cxliv, 102-105. -----. Etude experimentale de Pin- fluence de Peclairage de Pceil sur la perception des couleurs. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1907, lxi, 27-29.—Frttllch (F. W.) Zur Analyse des Licht- und Farbenkontrastes. Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg, Leipz, 2. Abt, 1921, Iii, 89-103.—Gelb (A.) Ueber den Wegfall der Wahr- nehmung von "Oberflachenfarben." Ibid., 1. Abt, 1920, Ixxxiv, 193-257.—Guttmann (A.) Ueber Abweichungen im zeithchen Ablauf der Nachbilder bei verschiedenen Typen des Farbensinns. Ibid., 2. Abt., 1920, li, 165-175 — Hastings (C. S.) On the optical constants of the human eye for different colors. Am. J. Sc, N. Haven, 1905, 4. s, xix, 205-209.—Hellpach (W.) Die Farbenwahrnehmung im indireeten Sehen. Phil. Stud, Leipz, 1900, xv, 524-578, 2 diag.—Hennlng (H.) Ein optisches Hintereinander und Ineinander (gemischte Farbenempfindungen). Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Phvsiol. d. Sinnesorg, Leipz, 1. Abt, 1921, lxxxvi, 144-174.—Hering (E.) Ueber die von der Farben- empfindlichkeit unabhangige Aenderung der Weissempfind- lichkeit. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol, Bonn, 1903, xciv, 533- 554.—Herrlck (C. L.) Color vision. J. Comp. Neurol. & Psychol, Granville, O, 1904, xiv, 274-280.—Herwig (B.) & Jaensch (E. R.) Ueber Mischung von objektiv darge- botenen Farben mit Farben des Anschauungsbildes. Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg., Leipz, 1. Abt, 1921, Ixxxvii, 217-223.—Heymans (G.) Ueber Unterschieds- schwellen bei Mischungen von Kontrastfarben. Ibid., 1903, xxxii, 38-49.—Hilbert (R.) Ueber den Zusammenhang der physiologischen mit den pathologischen Farbenempfindun- gen. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1911, xlix, 270- 273.—Houston (H. E.) & Washburn (W. W.) The effect of various kinds of artificial illumination upon colored surfaces. Am. J. Psych, Worcester, 1908, xix, 536-540.— Houstoun (R. A.) A statistical survey of colour vision. Proc. Roy. Soc, Lond, 1918, xciv, s. A, 576-586.—Ibershofl (A. E.) On the perception of light and color. Ophthalmol, Milwaukee, 1906-7, hi, 433-441.—Jacobsohn (S.) Ueber subjektive Mitten verschiedener Farben auf Grand ihres Koharenzgrades. Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Sinnes- org, 1906, xliii, 1. Abt, 40; 204.—Jaensch (E. R.) Ueber eine Verallgemeinerung des Kosterschen und des Aubert- Foersterschen Gesetzes. Zentralbl. f. Physiol, Leipz. u. Wien, 1910, xxiv, 59-67. -----. Die Farbenkonstanz der Sehdinge. Ber. ii. d. Kong. f. exper. Psychol, Leipz, 1912, v. 186-188.-----. Ueber Kontrast im optischen Anschau- ungsbild. Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg, Leipz, 1. Abt, 1921, Ixxxvii, 211-216.—Klemer (C. A.) A new phenomenon in color conversion. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1906, xlvii, 524.—Kohler (J.) Der simultane Farben- und Helligkeitskontrast, mit besonderer Beriick- sichtigung des sogenannten Florkontrastes. Arch. f. d. ges. Psychol, Leipz, 1904, ii, 423-524.—Kroh (O.) Ueber Far- benkonstanz una Farbentransformation. Ztschr. f. Psychol. u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg, Leipz, 2. Abt, 1921, Iii, 235-273 — von Lemplcka (Wanda). Raumliche Farbenmischung auf der Netzhaut. Ibid., 1918,1, 2. Abt, 217-251—Levy (M.) Ueber die Helligkeitsverteilung im Spektrum fiir das hell- adaptierte Auge; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Lehre von den anomalen Trichromaten. Ibid., 1904, xxxvi, 74-89.— von Liebermann (P.) Verschmelzungsfrequenzen von Farbenpaaren. Ibid., 1911, xlv, 2. Abt, 117-128.—von Lie- bermann (P.) & Marx (E.) Ueber die Empfindlichkeit des normalen und des protanopischen Sehorgans fiir Unter- schiede des Farbentons. Ibid., 103-108.—Loeb (S.) Ein Beitrag zur Lehre der Licht- und Farbenwahrnehmung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1913, xxxix, 1793.—Loeser. Ueber den Einfluss der Dunkeladaption auf die speziflsche Farbenschwelle. Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg, Leipz, 1904, xxxvi, 1-18.—Lomer (G.) Zur Kenntnis des Farbensehens. Allg. Ztschr. f. Psychiat. [etc.], Berl, 1905, lxii, 63-78—Mailing (B.) [Color perception.] Norsk Mag. f. Laegevidensk, Kristiania, 1918, lxxix, 1^0.—Mentz (P.) Untersuchungen zur Psy- chophysik der Farbenempfindungen am Spectrum. Phil. Stud, Leipz, 1898, xiii, 481-578.—Neuschuler (A.) La perception de la couleur et l'acuite' visuelle pour les carac- teres colories sur fond gris variable. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1899, xix, 519-537. Also: Bull, et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht. Par, 1899, xvii, 463-482.—Nutting (P. G.) The axial chromatic aberration of the human eye. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1914, xc, s. A, 440-443—Parsons (J. H.) The standardisation of colour perception. Lancet, Lond, 1920, i, 1238.—PauU (R.) Ueber die Beurteilung der Zeitordnung von optischen Reizen im Anschluss an eine von E. Mach beobachtete Farbenerscheinung. Arch. f. d. ges. Psychol, Leipz, 1911, xxi, 132-218.—Perclval (A. S.) Colour phe- nomena due to intermittent stimulation with light; note on the colours of Benham's top. Tr. Ophth. Soc. tf. Kingdom, Lond, 1908-9, xxix, 119-125.—Polack (A.) Manifestations du chromatisme de Pceil et vision de couleurs. Ann. Color (Perception of). d'ocul. Par, 1904, cxxxii, 424-431. Also: Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1904, cxxxviii, 1538-1540.-----. Sur un phenomene de l'adaptation r<$tinienne relatif a la vision des couleurs faibles. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1904, cxxxix, 1207.-----. Vision des couleurs complexes. Cong. internat. d'opht. 1904; Lausanne, 1905, ti91-ti93. -----• Les effets du chromatisme de l'ceil dans la vision des cou- leurs complexes. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1921, clxxii, 1532-1536.—Pretorius (J. C.) Colour vision. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1907, cxxiii, 278-2-S7.—Prevedl (G.) Osservazioni sul comportamento dei colori alia periferia della regione cieca di Mariotte. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1914, xliii, 361-365.— Raehlmann (E.) Ultramikroskopische Untersuchung von Farbstoffmischungen und ihre physikalisch-physiologische Bedeutung. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1903, lhi, 1960-1965.— Rayleigh (Lord). On the sensibility of the eye to variations of wave-length in the yellow region of the spectrum. Proc. Rov. Soc. Lond, 1910, s. A, Ixxxiv, 464-468—Revesz (G.) Ueber die Abhangigkeit der Farbenschwellen von der achromatischen Erregung. Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg, Leipz, 1906, xii, 2. Abt, 1-36.-----. Ueber das kritische Grau. Ibid., 1908-9, xliii, 2. Abt, 345-363.— Rhelnberg (J.) On an appearance of colour spectra to the aged. Nature, Lond, 1917, c, 204.—Rich (S. G.) An obser- vation of the Purkinje phenomenon in sub-tropical moon- light. Psychol. Bull, N. Y, 1919, xvi, 338.—Rivers (W. H. R.) Primitive color vision. Pop. Sc. Month, N. Y., 1901, lix, 44-58.—Rolandi (S.) Sulla percezione dei colon dopo la fatica in alta montagna. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1921, 4. s, xxvii, 114-123.—Rostohar (M.) [Experi] mental investigation on the reproduction of color sensations.) L6k. rozhledy, Praha, 1914, xxi, 321-331.—Samojlofl (A.- Demonstration der objektiven Farbenmischung. Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg, Leipz, 190s, xliii, 237- 240.—Schulz (H.) Ueber den Einfluss Alkohol und Koflein enthaltender Genussmittel auf das Rot- und Griinsehen. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol, Bonn, 1916-17, clxvi, 217-240.— Schwartz (W. H.) Effect of distance on appreciation of color. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts & Sc, Bost, 1879-80, n. s, vii, 229-232.—Sheppard (H.) Foveal adaptation to color. Am. J. Psychol, Worcester, 1920, xxxi, 34-5*.—Simon (R.) Ueber die Wahrnehmung von Helligkeitsunterschieden. Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg, Leipz, 1899, xxi, 433-442.—Siven (V. O.) The rods as color-perceptive organs. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1913, xiii, 156-164.—Small (C. P.) Intensity of color. In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, iv, 2397-2399.—Stephens (G. A.) Colour vision and its relation to the other senses. Practi- tioner, Lond, 1908, lxxxi, 540-555.—Stevens (G. T.) New phenomenon of color conversion. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1906, xlvii, 175-178, 1 pi.—Tennant (J.) A critical note on colour vision. J. Anat. & Physiol, Lond, 1895-6. xxx, 106- 117.—Trendelenburg (W.) Versuche iiber binokulare MischungvonSpektralfarben. Ztschr.f.Psychol.u.Physiol. d. Sinnesorg, Leipz, 1913, xlviii, 2. Abt, 199-210. -----. Eine Beleucntungsvorrichtung fur die Anordnung zur spek- tralen Farbenmischung in physiologischen Uebungen nach von Kries. Ibid., 229-232.—von Tschermak (A.) Ueber das Verhaltnis von Gegenfarbe, Kompensationsfarbe und Kontrastfarbe. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol, Bonn, 1907, cxvii, 473^96, 4 tab.—Urbantschitsch (V.) Ueber den Einfluss der Farbenempfindungen auf die Sinnesfunctionen. Ibid., 1904, cvi, 93-119.—Wagner (G.) Der Farbentuchtige. Ztschr. f. Bahn- u. Bahnkassenarzte, Melsungen, 1921, xvi, 39-42.—Ward (J.) A further note on the sensory character of black. Brit. J. Psychol, Cambridge, 1916, viii, 212-221 — Weiss (E.) Die Kennzeichnung der Farbe und der Durch- lassigkeit von Brillenglasern. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1921, lxvi, 159-166.—Williams (C. H.) The cortical fusion of some color sensations. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1904, x, 290-294.—Winselmann. Zwei Falle von subjektiven Farbenerschemungen. Ophth. Klinik, Stuttg, 1903, vii, 17.—Wlrth (W.) Fortschntte auf dem Gebiete der Psychophysik der Licht- und Farbenempfindung. Arch. f. d. ges. Psychol, Leipz, 1903, i, Ref, 21-60 — Zindler (K.) Ueber raumliche Abbildungen des Conti- nuums der Farbenempfindungen und seine mathematische Behandlung. Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg, Leipz, 1899, xx, 225-293. Color (Perception of' Disordered). See, also, Chromatopsia; Color-blindness; Erythropsia. Hilbert (R.) Die Pathologie des Farben- sinnes. Eine klinische Studie. 68 pp. 8°. Halle a.S., 1897. Forms Hft. 1 of: Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. Augenh, Halle a. S. Kollner (H.) Die Storungen des Farben- sinnes; ihre klinische Bedeutung und ihre Diag- nose, roy. 8°. Berlin, 1912. Levy (M.) *Ueber einen zweiten Typus des anomalen trichromatischen Farben systems, nebst einigen Bemerkungen iiber den schwachen Far- bensinn. 8°. Freiburg i. Br., 1903. COLOR. 62 COLOR. Color (Perception of, Disordered). „ Nagel (W.) Einfiihrung in die Kenntnis der Farbensinnsstorungen und ihre Diagnose. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1808. Abney iSir W. de W.) A case of abnormal trichromatic colour vision due to a shift in the spectrum of the green- sensation curve. Proc. Roy. Soc, Lond, 1913, lxxxix, s. A, 232-21").—Best. Zentrale Storungen des Farbensinnes. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1920, xlvi, 5.*>.v Also: Miinchen. mod. Wchnschr, 1920, lxvii, 616.—Bletti (A.) Di un nuovo metodo per riconoscere le alterazioni del sonso cromatico. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1>98, xxvii, 3-16. Also: Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, lMiS, 4. s, xlvi, 126-130.—Cruise (R. R.) A scotometer for testing defects of colour vision in the central field. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1911-12, xxxii, 185.—Dbderleln (G.) Ueber die Vererbung von Farbensinnstorungen. Arch. f. Augenh, Miinchen & Wiesb, 1921, xc, 43-66,1 pi.—Dresslar fF. B.) Are chromaesthesias variable? A study of an indi- vidual case. Am. J. PsychoL.Worcester, 1903, xiv, 632-646 — Edrldge-Green (F. W.) Lantern for the quantitative estimation of defects of colour perception. Proc. Physiol. Soc, Lond, 1911, xliii, p. vi— Engelking (E.) Ueber den methodischen Wert physiologischer Perimeterobjekte: Er- fahrungen mit peripheriegleichen, invariablen Farben bei den angeborenen und envorbenen Storungen des Farben- und Lichtsinns. Arch. f. Ophth, Berl, 1921, civ 75-132.— Franklin (C. L.) Color-vision. Science, N.Y. & Lancaster, Pa, 1898, n.s,vu,773-776.—GoldschmidttR.n.) Uebungs- therapeutische Versuche zur Steigerung der Farbentiichtig- keit einos anomalen Trichromaten. Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg, Leipz, 191*, 1, 2. Abt, 192-216—Grill (C.) [Investigations of simultaneous color contrast in an anomalous trichromatic eve.] Upsala Lakaref. Forh, 1918, n. f, xxiii, 367-383.—Guttmann (A.) Ein Fall von Simu- lation einseitiger Farbensinnstorung. Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg, Leipz, 1906, xii, 2. Abt, 338-342. ----. Untersuchungen iiber Farbenschwache. Ibid., 1907, xiii, 2. Abt, 24; 2.50:1908, xliii, 146; 199; 255.-----. Anomale Nachbilder. Ibid., 1910, lvii, 1. Abt, 271-292.-----. Fort- gesetzte Untersuchungen iiber Anomalien des Farbensinnes. Ber. ii. d. iv. Kong. f. exper. Psychol, 1910, Leipz, 1911, 211.—Hayes (S. P.) Vision; color defects. Psychol. Bull, Bait, 1913, x, 101-107: 1916, xiii, 131-134.—Hegner (C. A.) Ceber angeborene einseitige Storungen des Farbensinns. Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg, Leipz, 1914, xlix, 2. Abt, 18-28.—von Hess (C.) Die angeborenen Far- bensinnstorungen und das Farbengesichtsfeld. Arch. f. Augenh, Munch. & Wiesb,- 1920, lxxxvi, 317-335. -----. Einige Methoden zur messenden Untersuchung von Farben- sinnstorungen. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1920, xliii, 28-46.— Hilbert (R.) Zur Kenntnis der pathologischen Farbenem- pfindungen. Memorabilien, Heilbr, 1899, n. F, xvii, 137-140. -----. Ueber Storungen des Farbensinnes im Gefolge in- terner Erkrankungen. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1908, xlvi, 256-261.-----. Ueber pathologische Farbenem- pfindungen infolge von chirurgischen Erkrankungen. Ibid., 1909, xlvii, 290-295.-----. Zur Kenntnis der pathologischen Farben-Empfindungen. Centralbl.f.prakt. Augenh, Leipz, 1910, xxxiv, 33-37.-----. Zur Kenntnis dor sogen. "Farben- schwache." Ztschr. f. Bahn- u. Bahnkassenarztc, Molsun- gen, 1913, viii, 62-65.—Kirschmann (A.) Normale und anomale Farbensysteme. Arch. f. d. ges. Psvchol, Leipz, 1905-6, vi, 397-424.—Knies (M.) Das Chromoscop; ein be- quemes Instrument zur Untersuchung des Farbenvermo- gens der Macula lutea und deren Anomalien. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1898, xxxvii, 225-234.—Kollner (H.) Nfonoehromatisches Farbensystem als Roduktionsform an- geborener Dichromasie. Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg, Leipz, 1908, xliii, 2. Abt, 163-167.-----. Die diagnostisohe Bedeutung der erworbenen Farbensinnsto- rungen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1911, xlviii, 846; S97.-----. Ueber quantitative Priifung erworbener Farbensinnsto- rungen. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Konigsb. 1910, Leipz, 1911, Ixxxii, pt. 2, 2Mi 290. -----. Ueber das Grenzgebiet zwischen normalem Farbensinn und Farbenschwache. Ber. ii. d.Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch, Heidelb. 1911, Wiesb, 1912, xxxvii. 244-250, 3 pi. -----. Ein lehrreioher Fall koascquenter Simulation angeborencr Farbenschwache. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1914, xxxi, 503- 511.-----. Ueber die Urwiehe des sogen. gesteigerten Kon- trastes der Farbenschwaohen. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1916, lxxxi, 37-55. -----. Zur Analyse der Rayleigh- Gleichung der anomalen Trichromaten. Ibid., 1919, Ixxxiv, 177-194 —Koffka (K.) Untersuchungen an einem protano- malen System. Ztschr. f. Psvchol. u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg, Leipz, 1908, xliii, 2. Abt, 123-145.—von Kries (J.) Ueber die anomalen trichomatischen Farbensysteme. Ibid., 1898, xix, 63-69. -----. Ueber einen Fall von einseitiger ange- borener Deuteranomalie (Griinsohwaohe). Ibid., 1918, 1, 2. Abt, 137-152— Larson (H.) Total Monochromasi. Hosp.-Tid, K0benh, 191s, lxi, 1030-1033.—Loh in a nil (W.) Ueber die theoretisehe Bedeutung gewisser Erscheinungen aus der Farbenpathologie. Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg, Leipz, 1911-12, xlvi, 2. Abt, 129-134. -----. Ueber die nach Schneeblendung beobachtete Rot-Oriin- Blindhcit und eine durch Blendung experimontell zu erzeugende Farbensinnstorung. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1913, lxxv, 214-221.-----. Ueber das Verhaltnis der Ray- Color (Perception of, Disordered). leighgleichung zum gesteigerten Farbenkontrast bei den anomalen Trichromaten. Ibid., 1915, lxxviii, 135-141.— Marshall (C. D.) A lecture on colour-vision and colour- blindness, and methods of testing. Clin. J, Lond, 1913-14, xiii, 216-221.—Xagol fW. A.) Die Diagnose der anomalen trichromatischen Systeme. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1904, xiii, 360-370.-----. Fortgesetzte Untersuchun- gen zur Svmptomatologie und Diagnostik der angeboreren Storungen des Farbensinns. Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol. d. Sinnesorg, Leipz, 1906, xii, 2. Abt, 259; 319. -----. Zur Nomenclatur der Farbensinnsstorungen. Ibid., K07, xiii, 2. Abt, 6.5-68. -----. Ueber typische und atypische Farbensinnsstorungen, nebst einem Anhang: Erwiderung an A. Guttmann. Ibid., 1908, xliii, 2. Abt, 299-314.—OguchI (C.) Zur Kenntnis des Farbensinnes und seiner Storungen. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1914, lxxvii. 205-221, 2 pi—Oloff (H.) Die Untersuchung angeborener Farbensinnstorungen. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr, Berl, 1914, xliii, 41-55.-----. Beitrage zur Priifung angeborener Farbensinnstorungen. Med. Klin, Berl, 1919, xv, 233-236.—Pearce (F. S.) Here- ditary subnormal color-perception. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1901, xxxvi, 621— Raehlmann (E.) Abnorme Empfindung des simultanen Contrastes und der unteren Reizsehwelle fiir Farben bei Storuneen des Farbensinnes. Arch. f. d. ges. Phvsiol, Bonn, 1904. cii, 543-568.—Bobbins (Harriet), Smith (Dorothy) & Washburn i.M. F.) The influence of fatigue on affective sensitiveness to colors. Am. J. Psy- chol.. Worcester, 1915, xxvi, 291— Roshtshevski (S. P.) [Unilateral (monocular) anomalies of the color sensation.] Vestnik oftalmol, Mosk, 1913, xx, 1034-1036. Scallncl(X.) L'anomala tricromasia in rapporto alle segnalazioni colorate. Gazz. internaz. di med, Napoli, 1906, ix, 132-134.—Schanz (F.) Das Sehen der Farben. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1921, xlvi, 311-316.—Schulz (H.) Ueber den Einfluss des Alko- hols auf das Farbensehen. Arch. f. d. ges. Phvsiol, Bonn, 1916, clxiv, 274-294.—Sclmeml (E.) Cromospettrometro per la mescolanza dei colori spettrali e per la diagnosi delle anomalie del senso cromatico. Atti d. r. Accad. d. sc. med. in Palermo, 1916-17, 18-2<>.--Starsardt. Zur Diagnostik der Farbensinnsti'ininfren. Zr-chr. f. Bahn- u. Buhnkasson- iirzte, Melsungen, UU3, viii, 6.", 71 —Stilling i 1.) Einige Bemcrkungen iiber die Farbenpriifung. (e .rralM. f. prakt. Augenh, Leipz, 1913, xxxvii, 65- f.'j. Szili ( A. > Flatternde Herzen. Ztschr. f. rsychol. u. riivsi"I. d. Sinnesorg., Hamb. & Leipz, 1S91L2, hi. 359 3VT. Taylor (G. H.) Colour sense in relation to nervous stammer. Med. J. Australia, Sydney, 1914, i, 5*7. Also: Lancet, Lond, 1915, i, 100.—Veress (E.) Farbenmischung in Folge der chro- matischen Aberration des Aupcs. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1903, xcviii, 403-410.—Viorling (F.) Ueber das Far- bensehen von Farbenuntiichtigen. Ztschr. f. Bahn- u. Bahnkassenarzte, Leipz, 1909. iv, 174-189.—Von Neupert (C.) Physical examination with special reference to defects of color perception. Railway Surg. J, Chicago, 1911-12, xviii, 227 238— Wadsworth" (W. S.) The pathology of color perception. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila, 1897 \ n. s, i, 161-16S.—Waters (H. G.) Defective colour vision associated with night-blindness. Indian M. Gaz, Calcutta, 1905, xl, 157.—Watson (W.) On the luminosity curves of persons having normal and abnormal colour vision. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond, 1913, lxxxviii, s. A, 404-428.-----. On anoma- lous trichromatic colour vision. Ibid., 1914, xc, s. A. 443- 448.—Williams (C. H.) Nagel's anomaloscope for testing color-vision. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Phila, 1915, xiv, pt. 1, 161-165. Color (Peraption of, Examination of). Cohn (H.) Tafelchen zur Priifung feinen Farbensinns. Mit Benutzung des Meyersohen Floreontrastes fiir Bahn-. Schiffs-, Militar-Aerzte und Lehrer. 32°. Berlin, 1900. Lampel (P. K.) *Tabellen iiber die Aus- sengrenzen des Gesichtsfeldes fiir weis^e und farbige Objekte. 8°. Leipzig, 1906. Rosma\tt(J.) Anleitung zur Feststellung der Farbentuehtigkeit. 4°. Leipzig & Wien. 1914. Stilling (J.) Pseudo-isochromatische Tafeln fiir die Priifung des Farbensinnes. 10. Aufl. 4\ Leipzig, 1900. ------. The same. 11. Ausg. 8°. Leipzig:, 1907. Abney (Sir W. de W.) Modified apparatus for the measurement of colour and its application to the determina- tion of the colour sensations. Phil. Tr, Lond, 1906, ccv, A, 333-355.- AuKstein. Bemerkungen zur Farbensinnunter- suchung. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1912, xxviii, 347-355.— Becker (K.i Untersuchungen iiber den Farbensinn boi kunstlieher Beleuchtung. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1904, lix. 424-435. —Black (X. M.) A new supplementary test for color vision. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 1902- 1906— Brilckner (A.) Helliykoitsbestimmungen farbiger Papiere. Areh. f. d. ges. Physiol, Bonn, 1903, xcviii, 90-129.—Burch (G. J.) Preliminarv note on a method of measuring colour-sensations by intermittent light, with COLOR. 63 COLOR. Color (Perception of, Examination of). description 01" an unfinished apparatus for the purpose. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond, 1910-11, s. B, Ixxxiii, 528-531 — Butler (T. H.) A lantern for testing colour perception. Ophthalmoscope, Lond, 1914, xii, 598.—Buxton (A. St. C.) A combination test for colour vision. Lancet, Lond, 1911, i, 541.—Collin (R.) Zur Methodik klinischer Farbensinn- Untersuchungen. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1906, xv. 305- 312.—Cords (R.) Die Farbenbonennung als Intelhgenz- priifung. Ztschr. f. piidagog. Psvchol, Leipz, 1910, xi, 311- 314.—Dunn (P.) A colour-test appliance. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1904, i, 899.—Edridge-Green (F. W.) A method of testing hue perception. Proc. Physiol. Soc, Lond, 1907-8, p. lix.—Erdmann (P.) Die Verwendung blauer Glaser bei der Untersuchung mit kunstlichem Licht, nebst Beschreibung eines einfachen Apparates zur praktischen Priifung des Farbensinns. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1905, Iii, 161-163.—Ferree (C. E.) & Rand (Gertrude). A spectro- scopic apparatus for the investigation of the color sensitivity of the retina, central and peripheral. J. Exper. Psychol, Princeton, 1916, i, 247-283.-----------. An apparatus for testing light and color sense. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1920, 3. s, iii, 812-814.—Franke (E.) Ueber einige Ergebnisse vergleichender Farbensinnpriifungen. Arch. f. Augenh,- Wiesb, 1917, Ixxxii, 1-14.—Fridenberg (P.) A test for central color-perception. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1903, xxxii, 269-271.—Garten (S.) Herings Farbenmischapparat fiir spektrale Lichter. Ztschr. f. Biol, Miinchen & Berl, 1920, lxxii, 89-100.—Goldytsch (L.) Messende Untersuchungen iiber die Gelbvalenzen spektraler roter Lichter mit Hilfe einer neuen Methode. Ibid., 1916-17, lxvii, 35-56—Gross- mann (K.) Examen quantitatif de la perception des couleurs. Cong, internat. de m6d. C. r. Par, 1900, Sect. d'ophtal, 189-193.—Guttmann (A.) Demonstration der wicntigsten Methoden zur Untersuchung des Farbensinnes. Ber. ii. d. Kong. f. exper. Psychol, Leipz, 1912, ii, 192 — Helmbold. Beitrag zur Priifung des Farbensinnes mit Pigmentfarben. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1913, lxxv, 381- 385, 1 pi.—Hillebrand (F.) Grundsatzliches zur Theorie der Farbenempfindungen. Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Phvsiol. d. Sinnesorg, Leipz, 2. Abt, 1921, lib, 129-133.—Httflef (A.) Ueber erste Messungen am psychologischen Farbenkorper. Atti d. Cong, internaz. di psicol. 1905, Roma, 1906, v, 190- 193.—Horniker(E.) BemerkungenzurFarbensinnpriifung. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1913, xxx, 122-132.-----. Ueber Farbensinn- und Sehpriifungen in der Handelsmarine. Oesterr. San.-Wes, Wien, 1914, xxvi, 465-476.—Ives (F. E.) A new color meter. J. Frankl. Inst, Phila., 1907, clxiv, 47_56.—Jennings (J. E.) A self-recording device for testing the color sense. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1914, lxiii, 1030 — Johnson (H. M.) A slip-mechanism for selecting three measurable monochromatic bands. Psychol. Rev, Prince- ton, N. J, & Lancaster, Pa, 1914, xxi, 42-45.—Jones (L. A.) & Reeves (P.) The physical measurement and specification of color. Ibid., 1920, xxvii, 453-465.—Kalischer (O.) Weitere Mitteilung iiber die Ergebnisse der Dressur als physiologi- scher Untersuchungsmethode auf den Gcbieten des Gehor-, Geruchs- und Farbensinns. Arch. f. Phvsiol, Leipz, 1909, 303-322.—Mollison (T.) Eine neue Methode zur Priifung des Farbensinnes und ihre Ergebnisse an Europaern una Somali. Arch. f. Anthrop, Brnschwg, 1913, n. F, xii, 26- 43.—Napp. Vergleichende Farbensinnpriifungen bei Mannschaften der Eisenbahnbrigade (Conns Tafelchen, Nagelsche Tafeln, Stillingsche Tafoln und Anomaloskop von Nagel). Zum 60. Geburtst. seiner Exzellenz Prof. Otto von Sehjerning. . . . Festgabe, Berl, 1913, 96-114.—Pirn (W. W.) Tests for colour vision. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1910, ii 437-440.—Ramsay (A. M.) A spectroscopic test of colour vision. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1908-9, xxix, 1-6—Rlbakofl (F. Y.) [A new apparatus for investigating the memory of colors and shades of colors.] J. nevropat. i psikhiat____Korsakova, Mosk, 1911, xi, 322-326.—Rochat (G. F.) Over het onderzoek van den kleurzin met een eenvoudig kleurfilter. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1915, ii, 646-653.—von Rostschewski-Saratow. Ueber meine Modifikation der Holmgrenschen Methode der Far- bensinnpriifung. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch, Heidelb, 1912, Wiesb, 1913, xxxviii, 370-373— Sauvlneau (C ) Echelle centesimale pour la mensuration du sens chromatique. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1908, cxl, 13-21— Schi0tz (C.) [Tests of color perception.] Forh. med. Selsk. i Kris- tiania, 1916, 231-241.-----. [Studies and tests of color per- ception.] Tidsskr. f. d. norske Lsegefor, Kristiania, 1919, xxxix, P41 .—Schmidt. Mitteilungen iiber einige Methoden der Untersuchung auf Farbenunterscheidungsvermogen. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1905, Iii, 97.—Schreiber. Ueber Untersuchungsmethoden des Farbensinnes. Ibid., 1901, xlviii, 992.—Scripture (E. W.) A safe test for color vision. Stud. Yale Psychol. Lab, N. Haven, 1900, viii, 1-20.— Shenard (G. A.) Diagnostic value of the color field. HomtBop. Eye, Ear & Throat J, N. Y, 1904, x, 317-324.- Sonnefeld (A.) Die Methode der Farbenmessung nach W. Ostwald. Ztschr. f. ophth. Optik. [etc.], Berl, 1921, ix, 131-134.—Stargardt & Oloff. Ueber die Bedeutung und die Methodik der Farbensinnuntersuchung. Ztschr f. •\ugenh, Berl, 1912, xxviii, 1-24. Also, transl.: Ophthal- moscope Lond., 1913, xi, 79-91.-Stisler (R.) I^asklerale Farbenperimetrie. Arch. f. d. ges. I'hysiol, Bonn, 1909, cxxx, 270-286.—Taylor (G. H.) Tests for colour vision. Color (Perception of, Examination of). Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1910, xxix, 242.-----. A note on color testing with special reference to Stilling's plates. Ophthalmol., Seattle, 1914, xi, 79-90.-----. Color testing. Ibid., 1915, xn, 91-94.-----. Results of examination of five hundred consecutive cases with Stilling's plates. Ophthal- moscope, Lond, 1915, xiii, 128-132.—Thier. Demonstration eines einfachen Apparates zur Untersuchung von Farbena- nomalien. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. deutsch. ophth. Gesellsch, 1920, Miinchenu.Wiesb, 1921,xiii,336-338.—Tigerstedt (R.) Zur Messung der Farbenzerstreuung im Auge. Skandin. Arch.f.Physiol,Leipz, 1910,xxiii,295— Titchener(E. B.) A demonstrational color-pyramid. Am. J. Psychol, Wor- cester, 1909, xx, 15-21, 2 pi— Tomllnson (J. H.) A simple projecting polariscope for use in testing colour perception. Tr. Ophth. Soc.U. Kingdom, Lond, 1911,xxxi,35—Treves (M.) Di un nuovo cromoestesiometro. Arch, di psichiat. [etc.], Torino, 1901, xxii, 258.—Uhlenhuth (E.) Zur Unter- suchung des Farbensinnes. Biol. Centralbl, Erlang, 1911, xxxi, 767-771.—Verrey-Westphal (A.) L'anomaloscope et 1'examen de la perception coloree. Clin, opht. Par, 1917- 18, xxii, 697-706. Also [Abstr.]: Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom, Geneve, 1917, xxxvii, 590.—Vierling (F.) Der Farben- gleichungsapparat von Nagel. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1914, lxxvii, 242-245.—Walker (C. B.) Color interlacing and perimetry. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Phila, 1916, xiv, 684-717, 1 pi.—Williams (C. H.) An improved lantern for testing color-perception. Ibid., Hartford, 1900, ix, pt. 1, 192-196: 1909, xii, 330-335.—Williams (C. H.), Black (N. M.) & Jennings (J. E.) Report of the committee on standards and methods of examining the color vision. Tr. Ophth. Sect. Am. M. Ass. (Chicago), 1916, 369-382. Also, Reprint.— Williams (T. A.) A convenient method to test the visual fields for colour without the use of a perimeter, for applica- tion in cases suspected of increased intracranial tension. Lancet, Lond, 1911, ii, 500.—Wilson (R. J.) On color- photometry and on some quantitative relations of the phe- nomenon of Purkinje. Univ. Toronto Stud. Psychol, s, 1902, ii, 47-67.—Wolfiberg. Zur diagnostischen Verwertung der quantitativen Farbensinnpriifung. Wchnschr. f. The- rap. u. Hyg. d. Auges, Dresd, 1915-16, xix, 2; 13; 17: 21; 29; 35; 49; 53; 58.—Young (G.) Threshold tests. Brit. J. Ophth, Lond, 1918, ii, 430-433.—Zeeman (W. P. C.) & Weve (H.) Een toestel tot onderzoek van den kleurenzin. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1911, i, 853-866. Also, transl.: Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1911, xlix, 490-501. Color (Perception of', Tests for). See Color (Perception of, Examination of). Color (Perception of, Theories of). Abxey (Sir W. de W.) Researches in colour vision and the trichromatic theory. 8°. Lon- don, [etc.], 1913. von Goethe (J. W.) Farbenlehre. v. 34, 35. 16°. Stuttgart, [n. d.]. Schenck (F.) Phvsiologie des Farbensinnes; akademische Festrede zu Kaisers Geburtstag. 8°. Marburg, 1909. Abney (Sir W. de W.) Trichromatic theory of colour vision; the measurement of retinal fatigue. Proc. Rov. Soc. Lond, 1912, Ixxxvii, s. A, 415-127.—Allen (H. S.) A photoelectric theory of colour vision. Nature, Lond, 1919- 20, civ, 174.—Arps (G. F.) An experimental note on an assumption of the Hering theory of color vision. Psychol. Bull, Lancaster, Pa, & Princeton, N. J, 1917, xiv, 47.— Bagley (Florence W.) An investigation of Fechner's colors. Am. J. Psychol, Worcester, 1902-3, xiii, 488-525.— Berger (H.) Beitrage zur Theorie der simultanen Far- benkontrastes. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1910-11, lxviii, 182-189.—Bernstein (J.) Eine neue Theorie der Farben- empfindung. Naturw. Rundschau, Brnschwg, 1906, xxi, 497-501.-----. Eine Theorie der Farbenempfindung auf phylogenetischer Grundlage. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol, Bonn, 1914, clvi, 265-298.—Berry (Sir G. A.) A difficulty in accepting the Young-Helmholtz theory. Brit. J. Ophth, Lond, 1920, iv, 537-546.—Brunner (E.) Ein Abande- rungsvorschlag zu Hering's Theorie der Gegenfarben. Arch. f. d. ges. Phj'siol, Bonn, 1908, cxxi, 370-376.—Charpen- tler. Theorie des disques rotatifs. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par., 1887, 8. s, iv, 39-42.—Dane (J. M.) The problem of color vision. Am. Naturalist, Bost, 1907, xii, 365-379— Donlselli (C.) Una teoria del senso dei colori. Arch, di fisiol, Firenze, 1905-6, iii, 457-476,1 pi.—von Dun- gern (E.) Die Schichtungstheorie des Farbensehens. Arch. f. Ophth.. Berl, 1920, ch, 346-353.—Dunlap (K.) Color theory and realism. PsychoL Rev, Lancaster, Pa, 1915, xxii, 99-103.—Ebsteln (E.) Lichtenberg und Goethe iiber die Theorie der Farben. Arch. f. d. Gesch. d. Naturw. [etc.], Leipz, 1910-11, iii, 71-78.—Edridge-Green (F. W.) Theories of colour vision. Proc. Phvsiol. Soc. Lond, 1S00- 1901, pp. xliii-xlvii.-----. The physical aspects of a theory of colour vision. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1903, cxv, 141-143. A Iso: Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1903, xii, 63-65. -----. Colour vision and colour-vision theories, including the theory of vision. COLOR. 64 COLOR. Color (Perception of, Theories of). Science Progr. 20. cent, Lond, 1914-15, ix, 47L487. -----. Theories of colour vision. Brit. M. J., Lond, 1915, i, 91; 531; 621.-----. The theory of colour vision. Brit. J. Ophth, Lond, 1920, iv, 409; 503.—Edridge-Green (F. W.) & Greenwood (M.) Colour vision theories. Brit. M. J, Lond.. 1915, i, 400.—Edridge-Green (F. W.) & Percival (A. S.) Colour vision theories. Ibid.., 489.—Ferree (C. E.) & Rand (Gertrude). Chromatic thresholds of sensation from center to periphery of the retina and their bearing on color theory. Psychol. Rev, Princeton, X. J, & Lancaster, Pa, 1919, xxvi, 16; 1,50.—Franklin (Christine Ladd). The problem of color. Science, N. Y., & Lancaster, Pa, 1900, n. s, xii, 408-410.-----. An ill-considered color-theory. Psychol. Rev, N. Y., 1903, x, 551-555.-----. Theories "of color-vision. In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Discussion on color Psychol. Rev., Lan- Tetrachromatic Chicago, 1914, iv, 2493-2510. theories and chromatic sensations caster, Pa, 1916, xxiii, 237-249.-----. ic^a,^^a^ vision and the development theory of color. Science, N. Y, 1922, n. s, lv, 555-560.—Fraser (R. M.) & Percival (A. S.) Colour vision. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1915, i, 139.—Gibson (J. S.) On the trichromatic theory of color vision. J. Bost. Soc. M. Sc, 1897-8, ii, 179-186.—Gomez Ocafia (J.) Teoria de la vision de los colores. Rev. Doero-Am. de cien. med, Madrid, 1900, iv. 214-217.—Grimsdale (H. BA Edridge Green's theory oi colour sense. Med. Times & Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1901, xxix, 209.—Heinrich (WA [Critical review of modern views on color perceptions.) Rozpr. Akad. Umicj. wydz. matemat.-przyr., Krak6w, 1901, 2. s, xix, 1-40.— Helmholtz (H.) Ueber die Theorie der zusammengesetzten Farben. Arch. f. Anat, Physiol, u. wissensch. Med, Berl, 1852,461-482.-----. Versucn einer erwtiterten Anwendung des Fechnerschen Gesetzes im Farbensvstem. Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg, Hamb. & Leipz, 1891, ii, 1-30.—Houstoun (R. A.) A theory of colour vision. Proc. Roy. Soc, Lond, 1916, xcii, s. A, 424-432. Also: Science Progr. 20. cent, Lond, 1916-17, xi, 377-388.—Jaensch (E. R.) Ueber Grundfragen der Farbenpsychologie. Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg, Leipz.. 1. Abt., 1920, Ixxxiii, 257-265.—Joly (J.) A photoelectric theory of colour vision. Nature, Lond., 1919-20, civ, 74.—Koellner (H.) Ueber Theorien des Farbensinnes. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1921, lxviii, 1045-1047.—von Kries (J.) Kriti- sche Bemerkungen zur Farbentheorie. Ztschr. f. Psychol. u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg, Leipz., 1898, xix. 175-191.-----. Physiologische Bemerkungen zu Ostwalds Farbenfibel. Ibid., 1918, 1, 2. Abt, 117-136.—Levy-Suhl (M.) Die hypnotisehe Beeinflussung der Farbenwahrnehmung und die Helmholtzsche Theorie vom Simultankontrast. Ibid., 1909, liii. 179-205.—Lodge (O.) A photoelectric theory of colour vision. Nature, Lond., 1919-20, civ, 92.—Marshall (C. D.) & Edridge-Green (F. W.) Colour vision theories. Brit. M. J, Lond., 1915, i, 184.—Minkowski (E.) Die Zenkersche Theorie der Farbenperzeption (ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis und Beurteilung der physiolqgischen Farben- theorien). Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg., Leipz, 1913, xlviii, 2. Abt, 211-228.—Oliver (C. A.) A cor- relation theory of color perception. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila, 1885, lxxxix, 98-127.—von Oppolzer (E.) Grundziige einer Farbentheorie. Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg., Leipz, 1902, xxix, 1*3-203: 1903, xxxiii, 321-354.—Patten (W.) A basis for a theory of color vision. Am. Naturalist, Bost, 1898, xxxii, 833-857.—Percival (A. S.) Colour vision theories. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1915, i, 48; 228; 357; 743.— Percival (A. S.) & Greenwood (M.) Colour vision theories. Ibid., 574; 660.—Potzl (O.) Ueber die zentralen Vorgange bei der Wahrnehmung der Farben; iiber das Tvndall- Phanomen des Sehraums. Wien. klin. Wchnschr!, 1920, xxxiii, 811; 844.—Raehlmann (E.) Eine neue Theorie der Farbenempfindung auf anatomisch-physikahscher Grundlage. Arch. f. d. ges. Phvsiol, Bonn, 1906, cxii, 172- 188. Also: Ophth. Klin, Stuttg, 1906, x, 161-165.-----. Die neue Theorie der Licht- und Farbenempfindungen. Ophth. Klin, Stuttg, 1906, x, 577-582, 1 pi.-----.Die neue Theorie der Licht- und Farbenempfindung auf anato- misch-physikahscher Grundlage. Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl, 1906, xvi, 44*^63, 2 pi.—Rosenstlehl (A.) Conse- quences de l'hypothese d'Young; de la sensation du blanc binaire. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1910, cl, 235-238.— SchencktF.) Zur Theorie der Farbenempfindung. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol, Bonn, 1906, cxv, 545-549.-----. Ueber die physiologischen Grundlagen des Farbensinns. Si- tzungsb. d. Gesellsch. z. Beford. d. ges. Naturw. zu Marb. (1906). 1907,133-164. Also, Reprint.—Schjoldorup (H. K.) Zur Theorie der Farbenempfindungen. Ztschr. f. Psychol. u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg, Leipz, 2. Abt, 1920, li, 19-15.— Schopenhauer (A.) Zur Farbenlehre. In his: Samt- liche Werke, 16°, Leipzg [n. d.l, v, 195-204.-----. Com- mentatio exponens theoriam colonim physiologicam, ean demque primariam. Ibid., vi, 110-173.—Small (C. P.) Evolution of color-vision. In: Am. Encvcl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1915, vi, 4556.—Solger (F. B.) Das Sehen von Farben und die Strahlungsgesetze. Dermat. Centralbl, Berl, 1915-16, xix, 178; 194.—Szuran (J.) Theory of color stimulus. Optic. J. & Rev. Optom, N. Y, 1918-19, xiii, 1275.—Troland (L.T.) The enigma of color vision. Am. J. Physiol. Optics, Southbridge, Mass, 1920, i, 317-337: 1921, ii, 23-48—Wlrth (W.) Der Fechner-Helmholtz'sche Satz fiber negative Nachbilder und seine Analogien. Phil. Color (Perception of, Tleories of). Stud, Leipz, lOno, xvi, 465- >67: 1901, xvii, 311-430: 1901-3, xviii, 563, 3 pi.—Wood C A.) Evolution theory of color- sensation. In: Am. Fncycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1915, vi, »559-45C<. Color (Perception of) in animals. See Color-sense in animals. Color (Perception of) in children. See Color-sense in children. Color (Psychology of). Calixich (Margarete). • Yersuch einer Ana- lyse des Stimmunirpwertes der Farbenerlebnisse. [Miinchen.] 8°. ^Leipzig, 1910. Also, in: Arch. f. d. ges. Psvchol, Leipz, 1910, xix, 242- 311. Caxdiotti A C.) *La notion des couleurs et la linguistique. s°. Bordeaux, 1905. Loeb (S.) *Ein Beitrag zur Lehre vom Far- bengedachtniss. [Berlin.] 8°. Leipzig, 1912. Luckiesh (M.) The language of color. S: New York, 1918. Almack (Marv & Arps (G. F.) On color induction with reference to color recognition. J. Exper. Psychol, Princeton, X. J.. 1916, i, !26-4.Vi.— Alspach (E. M.) Simplicity vs. complexity of color hues. Am. J. Psychol, Worcestor,'l91fi, xxvu, 273-282.—Angell (F.) Discrimination of shades of gray for different intervals of time. Phil. Stud, Leipz, 1902, xix, 1-21.—Baker (Emma S.) Experiments on the aesthetic of light and colour. Cniv. Toronto StuL Psvchol. s, 1900. i, No. 4, 25-73 [201-249): 1902, ii, 27-43. 15 pi.—Ber- liner (B.) Der Anstieg der reinen Farbenerregung im Sehorgan. Psycholog. Studien, Leipz, 1907, iii, 91-155.— Bradford (E.J. G.) A note on the relation and aesthetic value of the perceptive tvpes in color appreciation. Am. J. Psychol, Worcester, 19l3, xxiv, 545-554.—Brown (A. J.) Some uses of artificial daylight in the psychological labora- tory. Ibid., 1916, xxvii, 427 429.—Brown (W.) Practice in grading and identifying shades of grav. Psvchol. Rev, Lancaster, Pa.; I915,"xxn, 519-526.—Buliough ( E.) On the apparent heaviness of colours: a contribution to the aesthet- ics of colour. Brit. J. Psychol, Cambridge, 1906-7, ii, 111- 152.-----. The perceptive problem in the aesthetic appre- ciation of simple colour-combinations. Ibid., 1909-10, iii, 406-147.—Clark (Dorothy 1, Goodell (Mary S1 A- Wash- burn (M. F.) The effect of area on the plea-ant ne«> of colors. Am. J. Psychol, Worcester, 1911, xxii, ,r>7v —Colin (J.) Gefiihlston und Sattignng der Farben. Phil. Stud.. I.oipz, 1*99, xv, 279-2*0.—Cook (Helen T>.) & Kunkel (Florence M.) The qualitative relation between complementarv and contrast colors. Psvchol. Monog.. Princeton, N. J, a. Lan- caster, Pa, 1916. xxii. No. 4, 5-39—Crane (Ruth L.) The effect of absolute brightness upon color contrast. Am. J. Psychol, Worcester. 1917, xxviii, 597-607.—Crawford (Dorothy) & Washburn (M. F.) Fluctuations in the affective value of colors during fixation for one minute. Ibid., 1911, xxu, 579-.".v-\—Dlnimlck ( F. L.) Minor studies from the Psychological Laboratory of Cornell Univrrsitv: a note on the series of blacks, grevs* and whites. Ibid.. 1C20. xxxi, 301.—Fotherby (H.I Emotion and colour; the in- fluence of environment on the associated evolution of certain colour perceptions with certain mental faculties. \nn. Psych. Sc, Lond, 1907, vi, 315-334.- Franklin (Christine Ladd). Determination of the psychically unitary color- sensations. Psvchol. Bull, Princeton, X.'J, & 1 anoastor Pa, 1915, xii, 62.—Gelssler (L. R.) Experiments on color saturation. Am. J. Psychol, Worcester, 1913, xxiv, 171- 179.—Gordon (Katel. Esthetics of simple color arrange- ments. Psychol. Rev, Lancaster, Pa, 1912, xix, 352-363.— Httfter (A.) Zwei Modelleschematischer Farbonkorpor und die vermutliche Gestalt des psvchologisehen FarKmkorpers. Ztschr. f. Psychol, ii. Phvsiol. d. Sinnesorg, Leipz, 1910-11 lviii, 1. Abt, 3.56-371.—Katz (D.) Die Erseheinungsweison dor Farben und ihre Beeinflussung durch die individuelle Frfahrung. Ibid.. 1911, 1. Abt, Ergnzngsbd. vii, 1-425 — Kroh (O.) Ueber Farbonkonstanz und Farbontra-sfor- mation. Ibid., 2. Abt, 1921,lii, 181-216— Langfeld (H. S ) I eber die heterochrony Helligkeitsvereleiehung. Ibid 1909, lm 1 Abt, 113-179.-Larguler des Bancels (J.) Les mothodes de Pesthrtique experimentale: formes et couleurs. Annee psvchol. 1*99, Par, 1900, vi, 144-190 — Luckiesh (M.) A note on color preference. Am. J. Psychol ■\\ orcester 1916, xxvii, 251-255.-----. On retiring ahd ad- vancing colors. Ibid., 191*. xxix, 1*2 1st .-Marzvnski (G.) Studien zur zentralen Transformation der Farben. Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg, Leipz, 1. Abt, 1921 1^xxvi'-45_72_:>lltlscherlini-r l ■*•) Die Farbenkurve bei Reduktion auf gleiohe Hellickeiten. Psvchol. Studien Leipz, 1905, i, 107-136.—Norris i Kthel L.L Twtss ( Uiee G 1 & Washburn (M. F.) An effect of fatigue on judgments of the affective value of colors. Am. J. Psvchol, Worcester 1911, xxn, 112-114.—Powelsnn (Inez> A- Washburn (M. F.) I ne effect of verbal suggestion on judgments of the affective COLOR. 65 COLOR-BLINDNESS. Color (Psychology of). value of colors. Ibid., 1913, xxiv, 267-269.—Pressey (S. L ) The influence of color upon mental and motor efficiency Ibid., Albany, 1921, xxxii 326-356.—Smith (A. B.) Color and association. Science, N.Y.& Lancaster, Pa, 1918 n s xlviii, 395.—Stefanescu-Goanga (F.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen zur Gefuhlsbetonung der Farben Psv- cholog. Studien, Leipz, 1911,vii, 284-335, 3pl.—Stoltenberg (H. L.) W. Ostwalds Farbtonkreis und die Nachfarben Ztschr.f. ang. Psych, [etc.], Leipz, 1919, xiv, 277-284.—Talt (W. D.) Breve studio sopra un caso diavversione. Psiche Firenze, 1913, ii, 243-246.—Taylor (G. H.) Colour and moral sense. Australas. M. Gaz. Sydney, 1910, xxix, 427 -----. The color-sense in relation to the emotions. Ibid., 1912, xxxn, t. Also: Lancet, Lond, 1912, i, 683.—Titchener (E. B.) The Hering indirect-vision color-mixer. Am. J. Psychol, Worcester, 1914, xxv, 298. -----. A note on the sensory character of black. J. Philos. Psychol, [etcl, Lan- caster, Pav 1916, xiii, 113-121.—Troland (L. T.) Thehetc- rochromatic differential threshold for brightness; theoretical. Psychol. Rev, Princeton, N. J.. & Lancaster, Pa, 1918,xxv, 359-377.-----. The psychology of color; color as a form of consciousness. Scient. Am. Suppl, N. Y, 1918, lxxxvi, 114; 134.—Ward (J.) Is black a sensation? Brit. J. Psychol, Cambridge, 1904-5, i, 407^27.-----. A further note on the sensory character of black. Ibid., 1916-17, viii, 212-221.— Washburn (Margaret F.) A note on the affective values of colors. Am. J. Psychol, Worcester, 1911, xxii, 114.—---. The effect of verbal suggestion on the affective values of colors. Psychol. Bull, Princeton, N. J, & Lancaster, Pa, 1913, x, 375.—Washburn (M. F.), Haight (Dorothy) & Regensburg 'Jeanette). The relation of the pleasantness of color combinations to that ofthe colors seen singly. Am. J. Psychol, Worcester, 1921, xxxii, 145.—Weiss (A. P.) A limen color mixer. Ibid., 1917, xxviii, 409-418, 2 pi.—Wells (N. A.) A description olthe affective character ofthe colors ofthe spectrum. Psychol. Bull, Bait, 1910, vii, 181-195.— Wilson (J. A.) Colour sensation. Ophthalmoscope, Lond, 1912, x, 142.—Wood worth (R. S.) The puzzle of color vocabularies. Psychol. Bull, Bait, 1910, vii, 325-334. Color in relation to medicine. Pool (J. J.) Colour and health. 8°. London, 1919. Benson (J.) Color in diagnosis and therapy. Am. J. Clin. M, Chicago, 1907, xiv, 1455-1457.—Best. Die Ost- waldsche Farbenlehre und ihre Bedeutung fiir die medizi- nisehen Wissenschaften. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1921, lxviii, 1603.—Cohn (G.) Physiologie und Pharmakologie der organischen Farbstoffe. Allg. med. Centr .-Ztg, Berl, 1899. lxviii, 11; 23; 35—Gautrelet (J.) & GraveUat (H.) De ('action physiologique de quelques couleurs d'origine vegetale. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1906, lxi, 134 — Gerhard (S. P.) The medical colors. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1914, xcix, 1088. Also, Reprint.—Weir (J.) The physiology of certain colors. Scient. Am, N. Y, 1902, Ixxxvii, 339. Colorado. D an a (J. C.) Colorado; about its climate. 16 °. Denver, 1897. Denison (C.) The climate of Colorado for respiratory diseases. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1898, xxx, 1069; 1137. Also, Reprint.—Dexter (E. G.) Colorado climate; a com- parative study. Phila. M. J.: 1900, vi, 1067-1069.—Hazlett (H. F.) Southern Colorado; its climate; therapeutic value in diseases other than phthisis pulmonalis. Colorado M. J, Denver, 1900, vi, 175-179.—Hershey (E. P.) The patient in Colorado. Denver M. Times, 1899-1900, xix, 568-570 — Llbby (G. F.) Impressions o J Colorado as a health resort. J. Med. & Sc, Portland, 1899-1900, vi, 334.—Macneill(J.E.) Climatic and electric peculiarities of Colorado favoring re- covery in pulmonary and other diseases. N. York M. J, 1902, lxxvi, 805-809. Also: Virginia M. Semi-Month, Rich- mond, 1902-3, vii, 844-848. Colorado; about its climate. 16 pp. 12°. Denver, 1897. Colorado (The) Medical Journal, v. 2-13, 1896- 1907. 8°. Denver. Continuation of: Colorado Climat, Denver [in 1. s.]. Colorado Medicine. The official organ of the Colorado State Medical Society, v. 1-19, 1903-4 to 1922. 8°. Denver. Colorado Springs. Hutchlngs (R. K.) Colorado Springs up to date. Tr. Colorado M. Soc, Denver, 1897, 183-196.—Trask (H.) Colorado Springs as a health resort for lung and heart dis- eases. Med. Mirror, N. Y, 1903, xiv, 234-236.-----. Colo- rado Springs as a health resort for consumption, asthma and hay fever. Northwest. Lancet, Minneap., 1903, xxiii, 115. Colorado State Dental Association. Bulletin. Edited by Earl W. Spencer. 1918-19. 8°. Denver. 11877°—Vol. IV, 3d series—22^—5 Color-blindness. See, also, Chromatopsia; Erythropsia. Bickerton (T. H.) Colour blindness and de- fective eyesight in officers and sailors of the mer- cantile marine; a criticism of the Board of Trade tests. 8°. Edinburgh, 1890. Collins (G. L.) Color blindness; its relation to other ocular conditions, and the bearing on public health of tests for color sense acuity. 8°. Washington, 1918. Forms No. 92 of: Pub. Health Rep, Wash, 1918. Dahms (0. L.) *Ueber halbseitige Farben- blindheit (homonyme Hemiachromatopsie und Mitteilung eines Falles). [Leipzig.] 8°. Halle a. S., 1895. Edridge-Green «(F. W.) Colour-blindness and colour-perception. 2. ed. 8°. London, 1909. _-——. The Hunterian lectures on colour- vision and colour-blindness. 8°. London, 1911. Alsol Abstr.] in: Lancet, Lond, 1911, i, 285; 358. Goeldner (J.) *Kasuistische Beitrage zur Farbenblindheit. 8°. Dorpat, 1900. Jerchel (W.) *Inwieweit wird das Medizin- studium durch " Rotgriinblindheit" beein- flusst? [Miinchen.] 8°. Leipzig, 1912. Also, in: Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg, Leipz, 1912, xlvii, 2. Abt, 1-33. Marx (M.) *Zur Lehre der partiellen Farben- blindheit. 8°. Strassburg i. E., 1898. Stilling (J.) Ueber das Sehen der Farben- blinden. Atlas in zwei Tafeln. 8°. Leipzig, 1880. . v Abney (Sir W. de W.) Colour blindness and the trichro- matic theory of colour-vision. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond, 1910, s. A, Ixxxiii, 462: Ixxxiv. 449: 1911, lxxxvi, 42: Ixxxvii, 326.—Alrutz (S.) Ein Fall von Gelbblau-Blindheit. Atti d. Cong, internaz. di psicol. 1905, Roma, 1906, v, 217.—Alter (W.) Monochromatopsie und Farbenblindheit. Neurol. Centralbl, Leipz, 1903, xxii, 290-296.—Angelucci (A.) Sui dipinti dei daltonici. Ann. di ottal., Pavia, 1907, xxxvi, 868-887. Also, transl.: Rec. d'opht, Par, 1908,3. s, xxx, 1-18.— Armaignac. Quelques reflexions sur la vision des couleurs et le daltonlsme; nouveau dispositif de laines colorees pour la recherche du daltonisme. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1912, cxlviii, 161-170.—Baird 'I. W.) The problems of color-blindness. Psych. Bull, Bait, 1908, v, 294-300 — Blng (A.) Ueber die selektive Schallanalyse und Analoges beim Farbensehen. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1921, Ixxi, 262 bis 265.—De Concillis (D.) Le anomalie del senso cromatico in rapporto al servizio ferroviario. Gior. di med. ferrov, Prato, 1921, i, 475-485.—Dorn (E.) Ueber die Sichtbarkeit der Rontgenstrahlen fiir vollstandig Farben- blinde. Ann. d. Phys. u. Chem., Leipz, 1898, n. F,lxvi, 1171-1176.—Edridge-Green (F. W.) The varieties and degrees of colour-blindness. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1896-7, xxiii, 320-324.-----. A trichromic or three- unit case of colour-blindness. Ibid., 1900-1901, xxi, 181-182 -----. Discussion on colour-vision and its anomalies. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1908, ii, 741-744.-----. Colour blindness. Med. Times, Lond., 1910, xxxviii, 137; 156; 185. Also: Ophthalmoscope, Lond, 1910, viii, 320-328. -----. The classification of the colour-blind. Ophth. Rev, Lond, 1916, xxxv, 10-16.-----. Colour vision and colour blind- ness. Med. Press, Lond, 1920, n. s, ex, 514-517.—Farez (P.) Le daltonisme et reeducation ehromatopsique pendant le sommeil hypnotique. Cong, inernat. de l'hypnot. exper. et therap. Par, 1902, 208.—Ferree (C. E.) & Rand (Ger- trude). Some areas of color blindness of an unusual type in the peripheral retina. J. Exper. Psychol, Princeton, N. J, 1917, ii, 295-303.—Fukala (V.) Ein Fall von seltener absoluter Farbenblindheit. Khn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1898, xxxvi, 175.—Galloway (A. R.) Notes on an interesting case of colour blindness. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1912, i, 949.—Gildemelster (M.) & Dieter (W.) Ueber die Erlernung von Farbenungleichungen; ein Beitrag zur Technik der Untersuchung Farbenuntuchtiger. Arch. f. Ophth, Berl, 1921, cvii, 26-29.—Gjesslng (H.) [Color ■perception and color blindness. 1 Tidsskr. f. d. norske Laegefor, Kristiania, 1918, xxxviii, 857-874.—Guttmann (A.) Die Lokalisation des Farbenkontrastes beim anoma- len Trichomaten. Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Sin- nesorg.. Leipz., 2. Abt, 1920, li, 159-164.—Hayes (S. P.) The color sensations ofthe partially color-blind, a criticism of current teaching. Am. J. Psychol, Worcester, 1911, xxii, 369-407. -----. Vision: color defects. Psychol. Bull, Princeton, N. J, & Lancaster, Pa, 1919, xvi, 138-142.— Hegner. Ueber zwei Falle von totaler Farbenblindheit. Kor.-Bl. d. allg. arztl. Ver. v. Thiiringen, Jena, 1915, xliv, COLOR-BLINDNESS. 66 COLOR-BLINDNESS. Color-blindness. 145.— Herlng (E.) Ueber angebliche Blaublindheit der Fovea centralis. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol, Bonn, 1894, lix, 403-114.—Hess (C.) Bemerkungen zur Lehre von den Nachbildern und der totalen Farbenblindheit. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1901, xliv, 245-251.-----. Weitere Unter- suchungen iiber totale Farbenblindheit. Ztschr. f. Psychol. u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg, Leipz, 1902, xxix, 99-117.-----. Beobachtungen iiber das foveale Sehen der total Farben- blinden. Arch, f. d. ges. Physiol, Bonn, 1903, xcviii, 464- 474.-----. Neue Beobachtungen iiber das Sehen der total Farbenblinden. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1903, x, 347. -----. Die Rotgriinblindheiten. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol, Berl, 1920, clxxxv, 147-164. -----. Die relative Rotsichtig- keit und 197->>217.—Uhrtioff (W.J Ein woiteror Beitrag zur angeborenen totalen Farbenblindheit. Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg, Leipz. 1901-2, xxvii, 344-360.—Watson (W.) & Edridge-Green (F. W.) On the luminosity curve of a colour-blind observer. Proc. Rov. Soc, Lond, 1913, lxxxix, s. A, 36-38.—Wirth (W> Bei- trage zur psychophysisehen Anthropologic; Anomalien dor Gesichtsfarbe als Begleiterscheinungen der Farbenblindheit. Arch. f. d. ges. Psychol, Leipz, 1920, xxxix, 289-298.— Zeitlmann (R.) Der Farbensinn und seine Storungen. Ztschr. f. Bahn-u. Bahnkassenarzte, Leipz, 1907, i i, 191-203. ' Color-blindness (Causes and pathology Burch (G. J.) On artificial temporary colour-blindness, with an examination of the colour sensations of 109 persons. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond, 1898, lxiii, 35-38. Also: Phil. Tr, Color-blindness (Causes and pathology of). Lond, 1899, exci, s. B, 1-34, 2 pi.-----. On the production of artificial colour-blindness by moonlight. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond, 1900, lxvi, 216-219.—Edridge-Green (F. W.) & Marshall (C. D.) Some observations on so-called artifi- cially produced temporary colour-blindness. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1908-9, xxix, 211-216.— Erwin ( V. J.) Acute color blindness. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1899, viii 4-7 —Hartrldge (H.) Colour blindness and Young's hypothesis. Brit. J. Ophth.. Lond, 1920, v; 318-322.— Ness (C ) Ueber Blaublindheit durch Gelbfarbung der Linse. Arch. \ Augenh, Wiesb. 1908, lxi, 29-86.—Kollner (H.) Die erworbene Violettblindheit vom klinischen und physiologischen Gesichtspunkte. Ztschr. f. Augenh. Berl, 1908, xix, 1-14. -----. Erworbene totale Farbenblindheit mit Bericht iiber einen weiteren Fall. Ibid., 1909, xxi, 193; 309.-----. Zur Entstehung der erworbenen Rotgriinblind- heit. Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg., Leipz, 1909-10, xliv,2. Abt..269-292. -----. Beitrage zur Pathologie des Farbensinnes; uber die Unterscheidung der erworbenen Rotgrunblindheit von der angeborenen Protoanopie und Deuteronomie. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1910, xxiii, 97- 111.—Mackay (G.) & Dunlop (J. C.) The cerebral lesions in a case of complete acquired colour-blindness. Scot. M. & S. J, Edinb 1899, v, .503-512—Pergens (E.) Erworbene Achromatopsie mit voller Sehscharfe. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg.. 1902, xl, pt. 2. 46-48.—Podesta. Die Grundlagen der Ostwaldschen Farbenlehre in ophthalmolo- gischer Belouchtung. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1919-20. xiii, 273-301.—Posada-Armlgo (A.) Dvschromatopsie trauma- tique. Rec. d'ophth.. Par.. 1884, 3.;.. vi, 468.—Stilling (J.) Ueber Entstehung und Wesen der Anomalien des Farben- sinns. Ztschr. f. Psvchol. u. Phvsiol. d. Sinnesorg, Leipz, 1910, xliv, 2. Abt, 371-427, I pi.—Viale f G.) II daltonismo; disaccordo tra la tooria di Young-Helmholtz e la realta; nuovainterpretazione del daltonismo. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1908, xxxvii, 522-530.—Wehrli (E.) Leber die mikrosko- pische Untersuchung eines Falles von Seelen- und Rinden- blindheit mit Beriicksichtigung der Lokalisation der Macula. Cong, internat. d'opht. 1904, Lausanne, 1905, 1275; ^137. Color-blindness (Congenital and he- reditary). Cantonnet (A.) Achromatopsie* congenitale totale. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1913, xxxiii, 289-291.—Cole (L. J.) An early family history of color blindness. J. Hered, Wash, 1919, x, 372-374.—Gertz (H.) Einige Bemerkungen iiber das zentrale Sehen bei der angeborenen totalen Farben- blindheit und ein Beitrag zur Diagnostik der Zentral- skotome. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1911, lxx, 202-236.— Grunert (K.) Ueber angeborene totale Farbenblindheit. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1903, lvi, 132-195, 1 pi.—Hegner (C. A.) Ueber angeborene einseitige Storungen des Farben- sinns. Ibid., 1915, n. F, *I-S9.—Hessberg (R.) Ein Beitrag zur angeborenen totalen Farbenblindheit. Klin. Monatsbl. 1. Augenh, Stuttg, 1909, xlvii, 129-138.—Juler (F. A.1 Congenital total colour blindness with dav blindness. Ophth. Rev, Lond, 1910, xxix, 65-71.—KOllner (H.) Ueber Uebergange zwischen normalem Farbensinn und angeborener Rotgrunblindheit und iiber die Moglichkeit ihrer quantitation Bestimmung. Arch.f. Augenh,Wiesb.. 1915, lxxviii, 302-335.—KOnlg (A.) Bemerkungen iiber angeborene totale Farbenblindheit. Ztschr. f. Psvchol. u. Phvsiol.d. Sinnesorg, Leipz. 1899, xx. 425-134.—Khies i M.) Ueber eine haufige, bisher nioht beacntete Form von ange- borener Violettblindheit und iiber Farbenanomalien iiber- haupt. Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb, 1S98, xxxvii, 239-251 — Nagel (W. A.) Beitrage zur Diagnostik, Svmptomatologie und Statistik dor aneoborenen Farbenblindheit. Ibtd., 1898-9, xxxviii, 31-it., 1 pi. Also, transl.: Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1900, xxix, IM ir»s. 1 pi.-----. Eine Dichromaten- familie. Ztschr. f. Ps\ i-tn.l u. Phvsiol. d. Sinnesorg.. Leipz, 1906, xii, 154-156.- Sottloshlp ("E.) Some unusual pedi- grees of colour-blindness. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1911-12, xxxii, 309-336, 1 oh. -----. A pedigree of colour-blindness ;ncluding two colour-blind females. Rov. Lond. Ophth. Hosp. Rep.. Lond., 1914, xix, pt. 3, 319-327, 1 ch.—PflUger. Demonstration eines Mannes mit vollstan- digor angeborener Farbenblindheit. Compt.-rond. Cong. iitcrnat. de mod. 1897, Mosc, 1898, vi. scot. II. 315-316 — Piccinlnl (C.) Sul valore degb errori cromatici nell' in- fanzia. Arch. per. 1' antrop, Firenze, 1907, xxxvii. 41^15.— ROiuie (H.) Falle von angeborener totaler Farbenblind- heit; mit einigen theoretischen Betrachtungen. Klin. Mo- natsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1906, xliv, Beil.-Hft., 193-206.— Roselll(R.) II daltonismo nfantilo. Ann.di ottal,Pavia, 1903, xxxii, 528-537. Also: Boll. d. osp. oftal d. prov. di Roma, 1903, i, 3-12,3 pi.—SchlOtz (I.) Colour blind females; the inheritance of colour blindness in man. Brit. J Ophth, Lond, 1920, v, 345; 393. -----. f Red-green blindness as an hcroditarv condition.) Med. Rov. Bergen, 1921, xxxviii, 529-556.—Seydel. Die angeborene totale Farbenblindheit in der militararztlichen Tatigkeit. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr, Berl, 1908, xxxvii, 289-296.—Taylor (O. H.) Con- genital colour blindness. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1910, ii, 457. Also: Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1911, xxx, 80; 514.— COLOR-BLINDNESS. 67 COLOR-BLINDNESS (Diagnosis of, and Color-blindness (Congenital and he- reditary) . Uhthoff (W.) Kurzer Bericht iiber die Untersuchung eines Falles von congenitaler totaler Farbenblindheit. Ber. u. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch, Heidelb, 1898, Wiesb, 1899, xxvii, 158-165.-----. Ein Beitrag zur conge- mtalen totalen Farbenblindheit. Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg.. Leipz, 1899, xx, 326-352, 1 diag.— Usher (C. H.) A pedigree of colour-blindness. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1911-12, xxxii, 352-361, 1 ch. Color-blindness tests for). See, also, Anomaloscope. American Ophthalmologieal Societv. Report of the committee on standards and methods of examining the acuteness of vision, color-sense and hearing. 8°. [Hartford, 1901.] Collin. Zur Kenntnis und Diagnose der ange- borenen Farbensinnstorungen. 8°. Berlin, 1906. Jennings (J. E.) Color-vision and color- blindness; a practical manual for railroad sur- geons. 2. ed. 8°. Philadelphia, 1905. Nagel (W. A.) Tafeln zur Diagnose der Far- benblindheit. 4°. Wiesbaden, 1898. ------. Die Diagnose der praktisch wichtigen angeborenen Storungen des Farbensinnes. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1899. Stargardt (K.) & Oloff (H. T. L.) Diagnos- tik der Farbensinnstorungen. 8°. Berlin, 1912. Stilling (J.) Pseudo-isochromatische Tafeln zur Priifung des Farbensinnes. 13. Aufl. roy. 8°. Leipzig, 1910. Abelsdorff (G.) Ueber die Moglichkeit eines objectiven Nachweises der Farbenblindheit. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1900, xii, 155-162.—Baldwin (F. B. J.) The lantern test for colour blindness. Lancet, Lond, 1911, i, 902.—Beaumont (W. M.) The use of colour tests in medical and surgical practice. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1912, i, 69.—Bickerton (T. H.) Remarks on the Holmgren wool test: Is it adequate for the detection of colour blindness? Ibid., 1900, i, 621—Biel- chowsky. Herings neuer Apparat zur Herstellung von Verwechslungsfarben fiir die Untersuchung auf Farben- blindheit. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch, Heidelb. 1911, Wiesb, 1912, xxxvii. 387-389.—Black (N. M.) Report of comparative tests of colored glass used in railway signaling. Ophthalmol, Milwaukee, 1904-5, i, 221- 227.—Bostrom (C. G.), Gothlin (G. F.), & Ohrvall (H.) [Proposal for a change in the regulations governing examina- tion for color-blindness in Sweden.] Upsala Lakaref. Forh, 1916-17, n. f, xxii, 23-105, 1 pi.—Brawley (R. V.) Color- blindness: Can it be remedied? Internat. J. Surg, N. Y, 1908, xxi, 356.—Burch (G. J.) A confusion-test foj colour- blindness. Proc. Roy. Soc, Lond, 1912-13, s. B, lxxxv, 81-83—Butler (T. H.) On the futility of the official tests for colour blindness. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1910, i, 316 — Cowdrick (M.) & Wlnfleld (M.) The adjustment of the Hering color-blindness apparatus. Am. J. Psychol, Wor- cester, 1919, xxx, 418-422—Edridge-Green (F. W.) Re- marks on colour blindness and the tests to be adopted for its detection. Ophth. Rev, Lond, 1900, xix, 271-279. -----. The essentials of a test for colour blindness. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1901, ii, 1262.-----. On the necessity for the use of color names in a test for color blindness. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1902, xi, 637. Also: Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1902-3, xxx, 210-215.-----. On the necessity for the use of colour names in a test for colour blindness. Treat- ment, Lond, 1905-6, ix, 811-815. -----. A new test for colour blindness. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond 1911-12, xxxii, 102. Also: Proc. Physiol. Soc. Lond, 1911- 12, p. xxxiv.-----. The necessity for the use of colour names in a test for colour blindness. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1912, ii, 11-13.-----. The Admiralty test for colour-blind- ness. Lancet, Lond, 1912, i, 1019.-----. The detection of colour-blindness from a practical point of view. Tr. Internat. Cong. Med. 1913, Lond, 1914, Sect, ix, Ophthalmol, pt. 2, 235-239. Also, transl.: Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1914. ch, 376-381. -----. Card test for colour-blindness. Pro** Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1920, xiii. Sect. Ophthalmol, 62.-Engelking (E.) Ueber die Pupillenreaktion bei angeborener totaler Farbenblindheit; ein Beitrag zum Problem der pupillomo- torischen Aufnahmeorgane. Klin- Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1921, lxvi, 707-718.—Franke (E.) Anomaloskop von Nagel. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1911, xxxvii, 1539.-Frldenberg (P.) A signal test for color- blindness. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1903, lxiv, 175^-Gilbert. Wandtafeln zur Priifung des Farbensinnes und Erkennung der Farbensinnstorungen von Dr. H. Podesta. ..^scnr-i. Bahn- u. Bahnkassenarzte, Melsungen, 1917, xii. 205-.W9. -----. Farbensinn, Farbensinn-Storungen, Farbensinn- Untersuchungen und der Dresdner Zugzusammenstoss vom Color-blindness tests for) (Diagnosis of, and 22. September, 1918. Ibid., 1921, xvi, 70-72.—Grossmann (K.) Quantitative colour-tests. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1900, ii, 1764-1766.—Grow (E. J.) Remarks on color blindness, together with some of the objections found with a few of the color perception tests now in use. Mil. Surgeon, Wash, 1921, xlix, 528-543.—Hegner. [Zur Diagnostik dor Far- bensehstorungen.] Schweiz. med. Wchnschr, Basel, 1920, 1, 313.—Henmon (V. A. C.) The detection of color-blind- ( ness. J. Philos, Psychol, [etc.], Lancaster, Pa, & N. Y, 1906, hi, 341-344.—Hess (C.) Einfache Apparate zur Unter- suchung des Farbensinnes und seiner Storungen. Arch. f. Augenh, Munch. & Wiesb, 1920, lxxxvi, 222-246. -----. Die Farbensinnpriifung des Bahn- und Schiffpersonals und die Notwendigkeit ihrer Xeugcstaltung. Med. Klin, Berl, 1920, xvi, 1279-1281.—Hilbert. Zur Technik der Unter- suchung auf Farbenblindheit. Ztschr. f. Bahn- u. Bahn- kassenarzte, Melsungen, 1905-6, i, 123-126.—Holth (S.) Meine Drei-Objekten-Probe fiir zentrales Farbenskotom, auch bei Rotgriinblinden oder anderen Farbensinnabnor- men. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1921, lxvi, 166- 172.—Houstoun (R. A.) A new method of investigating colour blindness, with a description of twenty-three cases. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb, 1921-22, xiii, 75-88.—Jennings (J. E.) The present status of color blindness with demon- stration of a new test. J. Missouri M. Ass, St. Louis, 1915, xii, 251-253.-----. Clinical and office methods of testmg for color-blindness. Am. J. Phvsiol. Optics, Southbridge, Mass, 1920, i, 77-93. -----. Second edition of the Jennings self-recording test for color blindness; an estimate of the value of the test. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1922, "3. s, v, 270-273.—Kollner. Ueber die Grundlagen, die zu der neuen Anleitung zur Priifung des Farbonunterscheidungs- vermogens mittels des Anomaloskops gefiirt haben. Ztschr. f. Bahn- u. Bahnkassenarzte, Melsungen, 1914, ix, 93-100.— Marshall (C. D.) The Royal Society and the tests for colour blindness. Brit. M. J, Lond., 1908, i, 474-475.-----. Colour vision and tests for colour blindness. Brit. J. Surg. Lond, 1914, ii, 1093-1095.—Meisling (A. A.) Ein Apparat zur Mischung der Farben und Untersuchung von Farben- blinden. Cong, internat. d'opht. 1904, Lausanne, 1905, t217-b223 — Middleton (J. I.) A signal lantern for testing color blindness. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1907, xlix, 43 — Nagel (W. A.) Notiz iiber einige Modificationen an meinem Apparate zur Diagnose der Farbenblindheit. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1900, xii, 384-386.-----. Die Farben- sinnspriifung bei der deutschen Handolsmarine. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg, Berl, 1907, xiii, 229-231.—Nydegger (J. A.) The importance of adopting a more accurate method of ex- amination for color-blindness. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1913, Ixxxiii, 1068-107L—Pascale (A.) La dissimulazione e la simulazione della cecita pei colori. Gior. mod. d. r. esercito, Roma, 1902, 1, 140; 225.—PflUger. Priifungstafel fur Far- benblinde. Cong, internat. d'opht. d'Utrecht. C.-r, Amst, 1900, 233-235.—Pollnow. Der Farbensinn und seine Untersuchung mit den Nagelschen Farbcntafeln. Ztschr. f. Bahn- u. Bahnkassenarzte, Melsungen, 1905-6, i, 143-149.—Raehlmann (E.) Einige neue Resultate bei der Untersuchung relativ Farbenblinder. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol,Bonn, 1900, lxxx, 583-599.-----. Die Bedeutung der Photographie in natiirlichen Farben fiir die Diagnose von Anomalien des Farbensinns. Ophth. Klin, Stuttg, 1908, xii, 513-515.-----. Die physiologische Bedeutung der Photographie in natiirlichen Farben und deren Wert fiir die Diagnose der Farbenblindheit. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1909, xlvii, Beil.-Hft, 1-16, 3 pi.-----. Die Verwendung der Autochromphotographie in natiirli- chen Farben zur Diagnose der Farbenblindheit. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1909, lix, 201-205— Ramsay (A. M.) A spectroscopic test of colour vision. Hospital, Lond, 1908, xlv, 123.—Rood (O. N.) On the application ofthe flicker photometer in the quantitative study of color blindness. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa, 1898, n. s, vii, 785.—Ros- manit (J.) Zur Farbensinnpriifung im Eisenbahn- und Marinedienste. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1907, xx, 6*7; 730.—Schwartz. Erlebnisse eines Bahnaugenarztes hin- sichtlich Simulation und Dissimulation! von Farbentiichtig- keit. Ztschr. f. Bahn.- u. Bahnkassenartze, Melsungen, 1920, xv, 151-156.-----. Statistisches und Allgemeines iiber die Pigmentproben. Ibid., 1921, xvi, 17-22.—Simon (R.) Ueber die diagnostische Verwertung der erworbenen Violettblindheit. Beitr. z. Augenh. Festschr. Julius Hirschberg [etc.], Leipz, 1905, 271-276.—Small (C. P.) Maitland Ramsay's spectroscope test of the color-sense. In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, iv, 2469-2471.-----. Confusion tests. Ibid., 2774-2776—Snoll (S.) On the importance of the examination of the eyes separately for defects of colour vision. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1892, i, 222.—Taylor (G. H.) Clinical note on examination for color blindness by the lantern tests. Ophthalmol, Seattle, 1914, x, 642.—Thomson (W.) & Thomson (A. G.) An improved lantern for detecting color-blindness, to sup- plement the wool tests. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1901, ix, 391-398. Also: Phila. M. J, 1901, viii, 489-491.— Titchener (E. B.) The Hering color-blindness apparatus. Am. J. Psychol, Worcester, 1914, x.xv, 298.—Trlble (G. B.) A report on the Jennings test for color blindness. U. States Nav. M. Bull, Wash, 1917, xi, 334-336—Vierllng. Die Stiftprobe und die Verwechslungsfarben der Farbenuntuch- COLOR-BLINDNESS. 68 COLOR-SENSE. Color-blindness (Diagnosis of, and tests for). tigen. Ztschr. f. Bahn- u. Bahnkassenarzte, Melsungen, 1920, xv, 37-52, 1 pi.—Vignler. Remarques sur la facon d'examiner le sens chromatique au point de vue de l'aptitude au service de la marine. Arch, de med. nav. Par, 1909, xci, 81-95.—Waardenburg (P. J.) [Accuracy in the examina- tion of colour-blindness.] Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Haarlem. 1922, lxvi, pt. 1, 1740.—Williams (C. H.) An improved lantern for testing color perception. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1903, x, 187-189. 1 pi—Williams (T. A.) A convenient method of testing the visual fields for color without the use of a perimeter; for application in cases of suspected increased intracranial tension. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1911, lvi, 1106.—Winfleld (M.) & Strong (C.) The Hering color-blindness apparatus and the normal Ravleigh equation. Am. J. Psychol, Albany, 1921, xxxii, 425^4 28. Color-blindness in animals. von Buttel-Reepen. Die Farbenblindheit der Bienen. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1916, lxiii, 789.—Cole (L. W. i Color blindness of cats. Psychol. Bull, Princeton, N. J, & Lancaster, Pa, 1914, xi, 54".—De Voss (J. C.i A; Ganson (Rose). Color blindness of cats. J. Animal Behavior, Cambridge, 1915, v, 115-139. Colorimetry. Barth (J.) *Sur un nouveau colorimetre et sur l'analyse colorimetrique de quelques subs- tances. 8°. Geneve, 1904. Snell (F. D.) Colorimetric analysis. 8°. New York, 1921. Abderhalden (E.) & Wildermuth (F.) Die Verwen- dung von Kahumzellen zur objektiven Vergleichung der Tontiefe farbiger Losungen und zur Feststellung von Hellig- keitsunterschieden. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol, Bonn, 1914, clviii, 585-606.—Armstrong (J. L) A simplified colorim- eter; specially adapted for testing the excretion of phenol- sulphonephthalein in the functional kidney test. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1913, lxi, 2064.—Amy (H. V.) & Ring (C. H.) Colour standards and colorimetric assays. Chem. News, Lond, 1916, cxiv, 235-239. Also: J. Indust. & Engin. Chem, Easton, Pa, 1916, viii, 309-317.—Autemieth (W.) & Funk (A.) Ueber einige kolorimetrische Bestimmungs- methoden; die nierendiagnostische Methode von Rowntree und Geraghty, die Bestimmung des Rhodans im Speichel und die des Jods im Harn. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1912, lix, 2657; 2736.—Barnett (G. D.) & Chapman (H. S.) Colorimetric determination of reaction of bactoriologic mediums and other fluids. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1918, lxx, 1062.—Bock (J. C.) & Benedict (S. R.) A new form of colorimeter. Proc. Am. Soc. Biol. Chemists, Bait, 1917, iv 19. Also: J. Biol. Chem, N. Y, 1918, xxxv, 227-230. Also, Reprint.—Brotherhood (J. S.) A simple colorimeter for use m the phenolsulphonephthalein test for kidney function. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago. 1915, lxiv, 1757.—Collins (R. J.) & Hanzlik (P. J.) A colorimetric method for the estimation of free formaldehyde and hexamethylenamine. J. Biol. Chem, N. Y, 1916, xxv, 231-237.—Davis (C. W.) Simple changes which effect a marked improvement in the Schreiner colorimeter. J. Frankl. Inst, Phila, 1920, clxxx,243— Dehn(W.M.) Fallacies in colorimetry. J.Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa, 1917. xxxix, 1392-l.S.i'.) Dlbdin (W. J.) & Cooper (L. H.) The colorimetric estimation of small quantities of chlorine and small quantities of iodine. Analyst, Lond, 1910, xxxv, 159-161.—Duggar (B. M.) & Dodge (C. W.) The use of the colorimeter in the indicator method of H ion determination with biological fluids. Ann. Missouri Botan. Garden, St.Louis, 1919,vi, 61-70— Eljdman (F. H.) Over colorimetrie en over een colorimotrisohe methode om de dissociatie-constante van zure te bepalen. K. Akad. v. Wetensch. te Amst. Versl, 1905-6, xiv, [1. pt.], 97-107. Also, transl.: Ibid., Proc. sect, sc, 1905, viii, 11. pt.], 166-175, 1 pi— Falk (K. G.) & Xoyos (Helen M.) Some observations on colorimetnc estimations with solutions containing two colored substances. I. Biol. Chem, Bait, 1920, xhi, 109-130 —Fleury (P.) Reflexions sur la colori- mdtrie. Bull. Soc. chim. biol. Par.. 1922, iv, 223-232.— Golffon (R.) Disposit if pour mesures diaphanometriques au colorimetre de Duboscq et Pellin. Compt.rend. Soc.de biol. Par, 1921; Ixxxiv, 729.—de Haan (J.) Ein einfaches Kolo- rimeter fiir klinische Zwecke. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1922, lxix, 555-557.—Heldenhaln (H.) Colorimetric deter- mination of organic substances. J. Indust.& Engin.Chem, Easton, Pa, 1919, xi, 297-299.—Horn (D. W.) & Blake (Sue A.) Variable sensitiveness in colorimetry. Am. Chem. J, Bait, 1906, xxxvi, 516-521.—Kober (P. A.) An improved nephelometer-colorimeter. J. Biol. Chem, New York, 1917, xxix, 155-168. Also, Reprint—Kress (O.) & McNaughton (G. C.) A numerical expression for color as given by the Ives tint photometer. J. Indust. & Engin. Chem, Easton, Pa, 1916, viii, 711-714: 1917, ix, 282-284.—Kuttner (T.) A new pocket colorimeter. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1915, lxv, 245—McClendon (J. F.) The standardization of a new colorimetric method for the determination of the hydrogen ion concentration, COrtension, and COj and Or Colorimetry. content of sea water, of animal heat and of COj of the air, with a summary of similar data on bicarbonate solutions in general. J. Biol. Chem, N. Y, 1917, xxx, 265-288. Also, Reprint.—Mdller (H. J.) Internationale Farbenbestim- mungen. Ber. d. deutsch. pharm. Gesellsch, Berl, 1910, xx, 358-368.—Mannich (C.) & Kather (B.) Ueber Kon- densationsprodukte aus Aminsalzen, Formaldehyd und Antinvrin. Arch. d. Pharm, Berl, 1919, xxlvii, 18-33.— MUller-Hossly (E.) Beobachtungen beim Arbeiten mit dem von Fellenberg'schen Colorimeter. Mitt. a. d. Geb. d. Lebensmittelunt, u. Hyg, Bern, 1918, ix, 85.—Myers (V. C.) A simple colorimeter for clinical purposes. J. Lab. A- Clin. M. St. Louis, 1916, i, 760.-----. A new mierocolorimeter. Ibid., 1921-22, vii, 237-239.-----. A modified Hellige colorimeter for the comparison of solutions containin g t wo colors. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med, N. Y, 1921-22, xix, 78.—Ostwald (W.) ExakteMessungundBezeichnung der Farben. Arch. f. Kriminol, Leipz.. 1920, lxxii, 37-51.—Peebles (A. B.) & Lewis (R. C.) A simple and accurate colorimeter for clinical use. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 191.8, lxx, 679.— Plund (A. H.) The colorimetry of nearly-white surfaces. J. Frankl. Inst, Phila, 1920, "clxxxix, "371-380.—Reinle (G. G.) & De Puy (E. S.) Refinement of colorimetric methods, with special reference to indigo carmine as a functional test. Calif. State J. M, San Fran, 1920, xviii, 49-52.—Roberts (N.) Some considerations of colorimetry, and a new colorimeter. Treas. Dep. Pub. Health & Mar.-Hosp. Serv. U. S. Hyg. Lab. Bull. 66, 1910, Wash, 79-93.—Rohde (Alice) & Sweeney (Marion). On a source of error in the use of picric acid in colorimetric estimations in biological fluids. J. Biol. Chem, N. Y, 1918, xxxvi, 475- 477. A tso, Reprint.—Sammet (C. F.) A new colorimeter. J. Indust. 4>.i7.-Larin (E. A.) |Two cases of poisoning.] Mod. Ohozr.. Mosk., 1899, li. 7.v: 7". I — Meurer (,F;>. ,Ue}*Lr diV,m H;mdel vorkommendon bunt genialten Sehieferstifte. Mag f. d. Staatsarznk, Leipz.. IS44,iii. 145- 146.-Perelra (E A. R.I Nog eon geval van vergiftiging door "Panthersehwarzo." Nederl.Tijdschr. v. Geneesk Amst, 1912 ii, 846.-Piernson. \ooidents causes par des muets colores. Rev. do mod. leg.. Par, 1912, >ix, 172\-von W. Hautausschlage und Yergiftungen duroh gefarbte kle dungsstotfe. Kurber. ii. Erfolge d. phvsik diatet. Heilfaktoren Le.pz 1899, iii, 211.-Weber." Vergiftung durch Anstnchmittel an Bord. A n h. f. Senilis- u frown- Hyg Leipz, 1918, xxii, 90-4B.-We.vl (T.) Zur Revision FarrJn^tf^, **tn*™d d*«; * sundheitssehadlichen r9w^tt?£,«SliiBerl-med ueso,lsch-19U- B"1- Color-sense. All ex (G.) The colour-sense; its origin and development; an essav in comparative nsvrhol- ogy. 2. ed. 8°. London, 1892 **>"«» Kahx (E.) *Einige Beobachtungen uber Far- benunterscheidung. 8°. Miinchen, 1911. Magnus (H.)^ Ueber ethnologische Unter- suchungen des Farbensinnes. ^.Berlin 1S83 COLOR-SENSE. 69 COLOR-SENSE. Color-sense. ———. Die methodische Erziehung des Far- bensinnes. 2. Aufl. 12°. Breslau, 1902. ----—. Tafel zur Erziehung des Farbensinnes. 2. Aufl. fol. Breslau, 1902. Nagel (A.) Der Farbensinn. 8°. Berlin, 18C9. Pappas (C.) *La vision colore chez les pein- tres. 8°. Montpellier 1910. Benaky (N. P.) De Involution future du sens des couleurs. M6d. orient. Par, 1902, vi, 469-473.—Berry (Sir G. A.) Colour-sense phenomena and some inferences which they seem to suggest. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1917, xxxvii, 5-59.—Bocci. I colori subbiettivi e il metodo migliore di provocarli. R. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena. Proc-verb, 1897, 8-17.—Coppez (H.) Les theories moder- nes du sens lumineux et du sens chromatique. Presse m£d. beige, Brux, 1908, lx, 101-112, inch 2 pi .—Edridge-Green (F. W.) The evolution of the colour sense. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1900-1901. xxi, 182-199.-----. The perception of light and colour. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1905, ii, 177-179.-----. The discrimination of colour. Proc. Roy. Soc, Lond, 1911, s. B. Ixxxiv, 116-118.—Everbusch (O.) Apparat zur praktischen Untersuchung des Farben- sinnes. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1899, Leipz, 1900, Ixxi, pt. 2, 2. Hlft, 329.—Ferree (C. E.) & Rand (Gertrude). The absolute limits of color sensitivity and the effect of intensity of light on the apparent limits. Psychol. Rev, Princeton, N. J, 1920, xxvh, 1-23.—Frtth- lich (F. W.) Vergleichende Untersuchungen fiber den I icht- und Farbensmn. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1913, xxxix, 1453-1456— Helmbold. On the ex- amination of the color sense with pigment colors. Arch. Ophth., N. Y, 1916, xlv, 270-274, 1 pi.—Hilbert (R.) Ver- such eines Systems der physiologischen Farbenempfin- dungen nebst einem Beitrag zur Kenntnis derselben. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1904, xiii, pt. 1, 405-411. -----. Zur Kenntnis der subjektiven Farben-Empfln- dungen. Wchnschr. f. Therap. u. Hyg. d. Auges, Dresd, 1911, xiv, 237.-----. Ein vollstandiges System der Far- benempfindungen nebst einigen Bemerkungen fiber die Pathologie des Farbensinnes. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1912, 1, pt. 1. 279-283.—Kepner (W. A.) Observa- tions on color perception among the Visayans of Leyte Is- land, P. I. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa, 1905, n. s, xxii, 680-683.—Kimmle. Zur Untersuchung des Farben- sinns. Deutsche mil-arztl. Ztschr, Berl, 1903, xxxii, 292 — Knles (M.) The chromoscope; a convenient instrument for studying the color sense of the macula lutea and its anomalies. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1900, xxix, 485-502 — Ladd-Franklin (Christine). Practical logic and color theories. Psychol. Rev, Princeton, N. J, 1922, xxix, 180- 200.—Larsen (H.) [Researches on colour senses.] Bibliot. f. Lseger, K0benh, 1921, cxiii, 714-720.—Lenz (G.) Zur Lehre vom Farbensinnzentrum. Ber. ii d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch, Heidelb. 1912, Wiesb, 1913, xxxviii, 9-13.— Lewandowsky (M.) Ueber Abspaltung des Far- bensinnes. Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol, Berl, 1908, xxiii, 488-510.—Marsden (R. E.) A study of the early color sense. Psychol. Rev, N. Y, 1903, x, 37-^7.-----. The early color sense; further experiments. Ibid., 297-300.— Myers (C. S.) Some observations on the development of the colour.sense. Brit. J. Psychol, Cambridge, 1906-8, ii, 353-362.—brum (H. P. T.) Studien fiber die elementaren Endorgane fiir die Farbenempfindung. Skendin. Arch. f. Physiol, Leipz, 1904, xvi, 1^0,1 pi.—Pizzoli (U.) Principi vecchi e applicazioni nuove; per la educazione del senso cromatico. Riv. di psicol. applic, Bologna, 1908, iv, 305- 319, 1 ch.—Raehlmann (E.) Der simultane Kontrast im Farbenschen. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1908, xix, 1-16 — Ricchi (G.) II senso dei colori. N. raccoglitore med, Imola, 1903, ii, 110-117.—Sauvlneau'(C) Eehelle centesi- male pour la mensuration du sens chromatique. Bull, et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht. Par, 1908 xxv, 519-533.—Sci- memi (E.) Storia del senso dei colori. Arch, di ottal, Palermo, 1903-1, xi, 447-466.—Taylor (G. H.) The color and moral sense. Ophthalmol, Seattle, 1915-16, xii, 242-264. -----. A note on the color sense in relation to the emotion of sex. Ibid., 688-690.—Wadsworth (W. S.) The color sense. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1908, xvii, 43-52.—Weigert (F.) Zur physikalischen Chemie des Farbensehens. Ztschr. f. phvs. Chemie, Leipz, 1922, c, 537-565.—Woodworth (R. S.) Color sense in different races of mankind. Am. Med, Phila, 1905, x, 915. Also: Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med, X. Y, 1905-6, iii, 24-26. Color-sense in animals. Ahelsdorff (G.) Einige Bemerkungen fiber den Farben- sinn der Tag- und Nachfvogel. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1907, lvii, 64-66.—Babak (E.) Ueber den Farbensinn des Frosches, vermittels Stemreaktionen untersucht. Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Phvsiol. d. Sinnesorg, Leipz, 1913, xlvii, 2. Abt, 331-351.—C'olvln (S. S.) & Burford (C. C.) The color perception of three dogs, a cat and a sq uirrel. Psvchol. Rev, Bait., 1909, Monog. Suppl, xi, 1-48—Doflein (F.) Der angebhche Farbensinn dor Insekten. Xaturwissen- schaften, Berl, 1914, ii, 708-710.—Drzewlna (Mile. A.) Le Color-sense in animals. sens des couleurs chez les animaux. Rev. scient. Par, 1909, 5. s, xi, 108-1 IL—Franklin (Christine L.) A non-chroma- tic region in the spectrum for bees. Science, X. Y. & Lan- caster, Pa, 1913, n. s, xxxviiii, 850-V)2.—von Frisch (K.) Ueber den Farbensinn der Bienen und die Blumenfarben. Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. f. Morphol. u. Physiol, in Miinchen, 1912, xxviii, 50-59. Also: Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1913, lx, 15-18.-----. Ueber Farbung und Farbensinn der Tiere. Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. f. Morphol. u. Physiol, in Miinchen (1912), 1913, xxviii, 30-38. -----. Weitere Unter- suchungen fiber den Farbensinn der Fische. Zool. Jahrb, Abt. f. allg. Zool, Jena, 1913, xxxiv, 43-68—Hahn (E.) Leber den Farbensinn der Tagvogel und die Zapfenolkugcln. Ztschr. f. wissensch. Zool, Leipz, 1916, cxvi, 1-42, 1 pi.— Hess (C.) Untersuchungen iiber Lichtsinn und Farben- sinn der Tagvogel. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1907, lvii, 317-328.-----. Untersuchungen fiber den Lichtsinn bei Fischen. Ibid., 1909, lxiv, 1-38.-----. Untersuchungen iiber den Lichtsinn bei wirbellosen Thieren. Ibid., 39-61. -----. Ueber den angeblichen Nachweis von Farbensinn bei Fischen. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol, Bonn, 1910, exxxiv, 1-14.-----. Ueber die Entwicklung von Lichtsinn und Farbensinn in der Tierreihe. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Leipz, 1913, lxxxv, pt. 1, 127- 147. —---. Experimentelle Untersuchungen uber den angeblichen Farbensinn der Bienen. Zool. Jahrb, Abt. f. allg. Zool, Jena, 1913, xxxiv, 81-106.-----. Der Farben- sinn der Vogel und die Lehre von den Schmuckfarben. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol, Bonn, 1916-17, clxvi, 381-426. —---. Beitrage zur Frage nach einem Farbensinne bei Bienen. Ibid., 1918, clxx, 335-366.—Kranlchield (H.) Zum Farben- sinn der Bienen. Beobachtungen in der freien Natur. Biol. Centralbl, Erlang, 1915, xxxv, 39-46.—Kroh (O.) Die Weissempfindung des Stabchenauges. Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg, Leipz. 2. Abt, 1921-22, liii, 187-212.—Lashley (K. S.) The color vision of birds; the spectrum of the domestic fowl. J. Animal Behavior, Cambridge, 1916, vi, 1-26.—Lohmann (W.) Ueber das Wesen und die Bedeutung des gesteigerten Farbenkon- trastes bei den anomalen Trichromaten. Arch. f. Au- genh, Wiesb, 1917, Ixxxii, 104-110.—Lovell (J. H.) The color-sense of the honey-bee: Is conspicuousness an advan- tage to flowers? Am. Naturalist, Lancaster, Pa, 1909, xliii, 338-349.-----. The color sense of the honey-bee; the pol- lination of green flowers. Ibid., 1912, xlvi, 83-107.—Nagel (W. A.) Der Farbensinn des Hundes. Zentralbl. f. Phy- siol, Leipz. & Wien, 1907, xxi; 205.—Pollmanti (O.) Sopra il senso cromatico di Octopus vulgaris Lam, ricercato per mezzo di reazioni nei ritmo respiratorio. Ann. d. Fac. di med, Perugia, 1915, 4. s, v, 21-28. Also, transl.: Arch. ital. de biol, Turin, 1915, lxiii, 293-299.-----. Sopra il senso cromatico dei pesci, ricercato per mezzo di reazioni nei ritmo respiratorio. Ann. d. Fac. di mod, Perugia, 1915, 4. s, v, 29-34.—Roelsch (A.) Color sensitiveness in animals; the results of recent investigations. Scient. Am. Suppl, N. Y, 1910, lxx, 363.—Smith (E. M.I Some observations concerning colour vision in dogs. Brit. J. Psvchol, Cam- bridge, 1912-13, v, 119-202.—Watson CI. B.) Some experi- ments bearing upon color vision in monkeys. J. Comp. Neurol. & Psychol, Phila, 1909, xix, 1-28, 1 "pi—Whiting (P. W.) Two striking color variations in the green froc. J. Hered, Wash, 1919, x, 127.—Yerkes (R. M.) Methods of studying color vision in animals. Science, N. Y. & Lan- caster, Pa, 1909, n. s, xxix, 432.-----. Color vision in the ring-dove (Turtur risorius). Proc. Nat. Acad. Sc, Bait, 1915, i, 117-119.—Yerkes (R. M.) & Eisenberg (A. M.) Preliminaries to a study of color vision in the ring-dove Turtur risorius. J. Animal Behavior, Cambridge, 1915, v. 25-43. Color-sense in children. Garbim (A.) Evoluzione del senso cromatico nella infanzia. 8°. Verona, 1894. Kahn (E.) *Einige Beobachtungen iiber Farbenunterscheidung bei Kindern. 8°. Miin- chen, 1911. Aars (K. B. R.) Der asthetische Farbensinn bei Kin- dern. Ztschr. f. padagog. Psychol, Berl, 1899, i, 173-179 — Dobbie (W. J.) Experiments with school children on colour combinations. Univ. Toronto Stud. Psychol, s, 1900, i, No. 4, 75-91 [251-267].—Fernald (Mabel R.) Color preferences in school chidren; a contribution toward method. Psychol. Bull, Princeton, X. J, & Lancaster, Pa, 1914, xi, 53.—Herlng (B.) Ueber den inneren Farbensinn der Jugendlichen und seine Beziehung zu den allgemeinen Fragen des Lichtsinns. Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg, Leipz, 1. Abt. 1921, Ixxxvii, 129-210.—Holden (W. A.) & Bosse (K. K.) The order of development of color perception and of color preference in the child. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1900, xxix, 261-277. Also, transl.: Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1901, xliv, 84-86.—Jacob (Mary S.) The colour-sense of children. Child, Lond, 1910-11, i, 962-965.— Kannegiesser. Ueber die Entwickelung der Farben- kenntnis unserer Kinder. Ztschr. f. d. Behandl. Schwach- sinn. u. Epilept, Dresd, 1906, xxii, 73-76.—Lobsien (M.) Ueber Farbenkenntnisbei Schulkindern. Ztschr. f. Psychol. u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg, Leipz, 1904, xxxiv, 29-47.—Mc- COLOR-SENSE. 70 COLOSTRUM. Color-sense in children. Dougall (W.) An investigation of the colour sense of two infants. Brit. J. Psychol., Cambridge, 1906-8, ii, 338-352.— Nagel (W. A.) Observations on the color-sense of a child. J. Comp. Neurol. & Psvchol, Bait, 1906, xvi, 217-230.— Raehlmann (E.) Ueber den Farbensinn des Kindes. Ophth. Klin, Stuttg, 1903, vii, 321-324.—Stenzlnger (A.) Ueber die Bedeutung des Farbenbenennungsvermogens bei Lernanfangern. Amtsarzt, Leipz. & Wien, 1912, iv, 525- 530.—Tucker (A. Winifred). Observations on the colour vision of school children. Brit. J. Psychol, Cambridge, 1911-12, iv, 33^3.—Valentine (C. W.) Color perception and preferences of an infant at three months. Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc. 1913, Lond, 1914, 689. -----. The colour perception and colour preferences of an infant during its fourth and eighth months. Brit. J. Psychol.. Cambridge, 1914, vi, 363-386.—Winch (W. H.) Colour preferences of school children. Ibid., 1909-10, iii, 42-€5.-----. Color- names of English school children. Am. J. Psychol, Worces- ter, 1910, xxi, 4.53-482.—Woolley (Helen T.) Some experi- ments on the color perceptions of an infant and their inter- pretation. Psychol. Rev, Bait, 1909, xvi, 363-376. Colostomy. See, also, Anus (Artificial); Colon (Surgery of); Intestines (Obstruction of, Treatment of, Operative). Bevan (A. D.) The technic of colostomy. Surg. Clin. Chicago, Phila, 1917,i,693-697.—BidweU(P.L) Colotosmy. Toledo M. & S. Reporter, 1910, xxxvi, 4.55-457.—Edwards (F. S.) Hypogastric versus iliac colotomy. Proctologist, St. Louis, 1911, v, 11-13.—Finch (E.) The closure of colotomy openings. Lancet, Lond, 1917, i, 590.—Fltz- wllliams (D.) An improved colotomy tube. Edinb. M. J, 1911, n. s, vii, 531-533.—Foderl (O.) Ueber Kolostomie. Ztschr. f. Heilk, Wien & Leipz, 1908, xxviii, Suppl.-Hft, 176-184.—Foges (A.) Tierkohlc als Desodorans bei Kolos- tomierten. Zentralbl. f. Chir, Leipz, 1917, xliv, 356.— Garrigues (L. F.) An inguinal colostomy permitting control ofthe intestmal contents. Am. J. Surg, N. Y, 1908, xxii, 11.—Goyanes (J.) Colostomia perineal retropr6ctica; nuevo nnHodo operatorio de las estreeheces rectales. Siglo med, Madrid, 1905, Iii, 475; 492.—Hanes (G. S.) Colostomy; report of cases. Kentucky M. J, Bowling Green, 1912-13, xi, 786-790. -----. Colostomy; with especial reference to control ofthe fecal outflow. Internat. J. Surg, N. Y, 1914, xxvii, 17-19.—Herrick (F. C.) A colostomy pad which fulfills the requirements where such a device is necessary. Ohio M. J, Columbus, 1906-7, ii, 473-475.—Ingram (J.) Brewis's appliance for use after colotomy. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1908, ii; 1235.—Joseph (E.) Die Kolostomie als "typische" Knegsoperation. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1916, lxiii, 1438.—Kusuda (K.) [Experience with Paul's operation.) TokyoIji-Shinshi, 1898, No. 1076,1-3.—Leo (G.) Deux cas de colostomies iliaques gauches pour phlegmons fessiers a communication reotale large; guerison. Paris chirurg, 1916, vii, 343-348.—Lillenthal (H.) Permanent colostomy; an improved original operative method. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1910, Iii, 384 387, 1 pL—Linthlcum (G. M.) Plastic abdominal incision for colostomy. Surg, Gynec. & Obst, Chicago, 1920, xxxi, 197.—Lockhart-Mummerv (J. P.) Discussion on the methods of making and closing colostomy openings. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1916 17. x, Sect. Otol, 13.5-144. -----. The closure of colostomy openings. Lancet, Lond, 1917, i, 554. -----. Transverse colostomy. Practitioner, Lond, 1917, xcix, 101-108.—Lowe (H. A.) Lowe's colostomy receptacle. Surg, Gynec & Obst, Chicago, 1919, xxviii, 319— McArdle (J. S.) Alter- natives to the operation of colotomy. Practitioner, Lond, 1916, xevi, 578-583.—McGavin (L.)" Remarks on transverse colostomy as the operation of election. Brit. M.J, Lond 1913, i, 980-984 .-Malesplne (K.) Un precede de cofostomic iliaque gauche (l'anus a pontl. Rev. de chir. Par, 1919, lvii, 277-284.—Marro (A.) The restoration of feoal conti- nence after iliac colostomy. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1911 liii 250-267, 1 pi.—Maybury (B. C.) A new colostomy tube' Lancet, Lond, 1914. i, 1404.—Palmer (F. S.) The duration of life after inguinal colotomy. Ibid.. 1916, i, 797.—Potter (T. E.) Colostomy; report of case. St. Louis M. Rev, 1912 lxi, 169-171.—Russell (R. H.) Inguinal colostomy. Med j' Australia, Sydney, 1918, i, 7.—Ryall (C.) Colostomy bv a new method, with attempt at sphincteric control, din ' T Lond, 1908-9, xxxiii, 77 80.—Shaw (H. A.) & Hunt (j j Temporary colostomy; a preliminary report upon a now technic. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1917, lxv, 105-108, 5 pi.—Short (A. R.) A procedure for avoiding colostomy and colectomy Brit. J. Surg, Bristol, 1918-19, vi, 382-381.- Slstrunk (W. E.) Practical permanent colostomies. Tr South Surg. Ass. 1918, Phila, 1919, xxxi 139-155, 4 pi.____ Practical considerations with regard to permanent colosto- mies. Surg, Gynec. & Obst, Chicago, 1919, xxviii 436- 439.—Vaughan (J. C. F. D.) A new colostomy tube Lancet, Lond7 1911, ii, 101.—White (S.) The closure of colotomy openings. Ibid., 1917, i, 663. Colostrum. Bab (H.) *Die Colostrumbildung als physi- ologiscb.es Analogen zu Entziindungsvorgangen; Colostrum. gleichzeitig ein Beitrag zur Lehre von den Leukoeyten und deren Granulationen; mit historischen Darlegunsen. [Leipzig.] 8°. Ber- lin, 1904. ------. The same. S\ Berlin, 1904. Schulz (P.) *Mikroskopische Untersu- chungen des Colostrums der Kuhe. [Giessen.] 8°. Berlin, 1908. Also, in: Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg, Berl, 1908-9, ix, 55; 94. Unger(E.) *DasColostrum. 8° Berlin, 1898. Bauer (J.) Zur Biologie des Kolostrams. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1909, xxxv, 1657-1659. -----. Die Biologie des Kolostrums (einsehliesslieh Fer- mente). Ergebn. d. Phvsiol, Wiesb, 1911, xi, 104-120.— Benestad (G.) 1st Colostrum das unreife Sekret einer insuffizienten Mamma? Med. Klin, Berl.. 1915, xi, 41-43.— Berka (F.) Untersuchungen iiber menschliches Kolostrum. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etcl, Berl.. 1911. ccv, 59-70.— Brouha. Les elements figures du colostrum. Ann. Soc. meVL-ohir. de Liege, 1906, xlv, 200-214.—Brugnatelll (E.) Ricerche sperimentali sul colostro. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1914, xxviii, 227-239. -----. Ulteriori ricerche sperimentali sul colostro. Ibid., 241-250, 1 pi.-----. Osser- vazioni sul colostro. Pathologica, Genova, 1921, xiii, 36^- 371.—Cattaneo (G.) Contributo alio studio delle cellule del colostro. Atti d. Soc. lomb. di sc. med. e biol, Milano, 1913- 14, iii, 346-355. Also: Ann. di ostet, Milano. 1914, i, 491-49\ 1 pL—Devuie (G.) Sur la disparition du colostrum chez lc» parturientes. Arch, intemat. de mod. leg, Bruxelles, 1913, iv, 60-93.—Dudley (H. W.) & Woodman (H. E.) The proteins of cow's colostrum: the relation between the euglo- bulin and pseudoglobulin of cow's colostrum. Bio-Chem. J, Cambridge, 1918, xii, 339-350.—En gel (S.) Die Biochemie des Kolostrums. Ergebn. d. Phvsiol, Wiesb, 1911, xi, 41- 103— Engel (S.1 & Bode (A.) Zur Kenntnis des KolostnO- fettes. Ztschr. f. phvsiol. Chem.. Strassb, 1911, lxxiv, 169- 174.—Fales (Helen L.) An analvsis of camel's colostrum. J. Biol. Chem, Bait, 1922, lib, 339— Fitzpatrick (C. B.) Colostral blood-serum therapy. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med, N. Y, 1916, xiv, 55—Gatfaml (P.) Ricerche sugli enzimi peptolitici del.colostro. Ginocologia, Firenze, 1911, viii. 306-320.—Gardland (W.) Ueber das Vorkommen von Kolostrum in weiblichen Brustdriisen und dessen Bedeutung als diagnostisches Hilfsmittel. Arch. f. Gynaek, Berl, 1916-17, cvi, 289-307.—Hagemann (J.) Sctiwarzes Colos- trum. Med. Klin, Berl, 1920, xvi 906.-----. [Colostrum in mammary glands and its diagnostic importance.] Hveriea, Stockholm, 1917, lxxix, 114-133— HohtfeM (M.) Ueber die Bedeutung des Colostrums. Arch. f. Kinderh, Stuttg, 1907, xlvi, 161-227.-----. Ueber den Fettgehalt des Kolos- trums. Verhandl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Xaturf.u. Aerzte 1906, Wiesb, 1907, xxiii, 141- 143, 1 pL—Howe (P. E.) The differential precipitation of the proteins of colostram and a method for the determination of the protejns in eolostnim. J. Biol. Chem, N. Y 1922 i t , .. t^- .™_. - ------... parturient pares J. Infect. Dis, Chicago, 1912, x, 233 243. Also, Reprint.- Lajoux(H.) Recherches sur le colostrum de femme. J de Pn^™^1 cmm'' Par- 1901' 6- s > xiv> HV15L—de Lance xt \ i ^ d£ vermelementen van vTouwenoolostrum. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1910 xlv pt 1 1792- lML-Langer. Zur Resorption des Kolostrums. Verhandl. d.\ersamml.d.Gesellsch.T. Kinderh-----deutsch.Naturf. n. Aerzte, \\ losb, 1907, xxiv, 70-73.—Langstein (L > Rort I' F.J & Edelsteln CF.)' DerNahrwert dofcXtrams: ein Beitrag zur frage des Enorgiebedarfs des Sauglings in den crsten Lebenstagen. Festsohr____O. L. HeubneFnim 70 Geburtst Berl, 1913,395-110.-Leu Is (J. H.) A WeU™ h! £'2, , fu.nctlonoftneco,,>stni1" ' Am.M. \«ss chieaeo 1922, lxxviii, 863-N.-;.->iandl. L,l*r die KorperchenUs Rerf 7™ 4T, • Aia!" lhv<,oL u' wissensch. Med, Berl,lS39, 2o0, 1 Pl._ Palazzl .«;.» Sulla natura dei cor- 1905, iv, 49-53.-Porcher (C.) & Panlsset (L.) Recherches pM^ sur 1> colostrum'. Compt. rend. Soo.'dVbio" Pa? ?92? Ixxxiv 414-416.-Relchenield (E.) 1'irCs Strin ' Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1921, xxxiv 4. SasfenKen7\n ebor die biologischen Eigenschaften >l,r Zf ; NList.tismiloh. Arch. f. Kinderh, stutte l Ui ^ ^W°?S*-K ^hwa.r-s Nostrum" ' 1 !,:ii5 utsohe med. Simon(J. F.) Wchnschr, Leipz. & Perl,1908, xxxiv '•'•'i I ober die Corps granuleux von Honn, . \r,h f Vn«t" I'hvsiol.u. w.ssensoh. Med.. Berl, lsft.. io is; smiA^'J & Little (R. H.) The sim fieanre of colour m-,,1(T^ born calf. m to the new- J. Exper. M, Bait, 1922, "^"iV,.^™'t!Ste COLOSTRUM. 71 COLUMBO. Colostrum. (H. M.) An unusual persistance in the secretion of colostrum. Arch. Pediat, N. Y, 1910, xxvh, 32.—Thomas (E.) Zur Biologie der Colostrum-Korperchen. Ztschr. f. Kinderh Berl, 1913, Orig, viii, 291-297,1 pL—TIemann (H.) Unter- suchungen iiber die Zusammensetzung des Kolostrums mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Eiweissstoffe desselben. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Strassb, 1898, xxv, 363-392.— Uthmttller. Ueber Kolostrum. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1906, xx, 317-420.—Wallich (V.) & Levaditi (C.) Recher- ches sur les elements cellulaires du colostrum et du lait. Ann. de gynec. et d'obst. Par, 1905, 2. s, ii, 713-718.— Wederhake. Zur Morphologie des Colostrum und zur Technik semer Untersuchung. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak.. Berl, 1905, xxii, 630-636.—Wickersheimer (E.) Une these du xviii* siecle sur le colostrum. France med. Par, 1906, lib, 457-459. Also, Reprint.—Zuckerkandl (E.) Ueber Zytodiagnostik des Kolostrums. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr, 1905, xviii, 869-871. Colp (Ralph) [1893- ] '& Keller fManelva Wylie). Textbook of surgical nursing, xxiii, 453 pp. 8°. New York, The Macmillan Co., 1921. Colpart (Henri-Emile) [1888- ]. *Sympa- thectomie p^riarterielle. [Annee scolaire 1918- 19]. 72 pp. 8°. Lille, 1919, No. 44. Colpeurynter and Colpeurysis. Biemer (R.) Der Kolpeurynter; seine Ge- schichte und Anwendung in der Geburtshulfe. Auf Grund von 23 Fallen aus der Universitats- Frauenklinik zu Bonn. Mit einem Vorwort von Dr. Heinrich Fritsch. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1899. Bollenhagen (H.) Die Anwendung des Kolpeurynters in der geburtshilflich-gynaekolo- gischen Praxis. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1903. Boerma (R. H.) lets over het gebruik van den kolpeu- rynter in de verloskunde. Tijdschr. v. prakt. verlosk, Haarlem, 1904-5, viii, 33; 49—De Lee (J. B.) The use of the colpeurynter in obstetric practice. Chicago M. Re- corder, 1901, xxi, 309-315. [Discussion], 361-372.—Foges (A.) Zur Technik der Fullung des Kolpeurynters. Zentralbl. f. Gynak, Leipz, 1903, xxvii. 520.—Gellhorn (G.) The use of the colpeurynter in obstetric and gynecologic practice. St. Louis Cour. Med, 1904, xxxi, 1-16. [Discussion], 52-59. Also: Scient.Tr. M. Soc. City Hosp. Alumni, St. Louis (1904), 1905, 65-88.—Heuck (H.) Ueber den intrauterinen Ge- brauch des Kolpeurynters. Vereinsbl. d. pfalz. Aerzte, Frankenthal, 1897, xiii, 237-247.—Kurrer (A.) Zur Technik der Fullung des Kolpeurynter. Zentralbl. f. Gynak, Leipz, 1903, xxvii, 197-199. Colpidium. Resch (I.) *Die Kernteilung und der De- pressionszustand bei Colpidium colpoda Stein. 8°. Miinchen, 1908. Bresslau (E.) Zur Systematik der Ciliatengattung Col- Eidium. Zool. Anz, Leipz, 1922, lv, 21-28.—Dehorne (A.) a permutation nucleaire dans la conjugaison de Colpidium colpoda. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1911, ciii, 1354- 1357.—Peters (R. A.) The substances needed for the growth of a pure culture of Colpidium colpoda. J. Physiol, Lond, 1921-22, lv, 1-32.—von Prowazek (S.) Zur Morphologie und Biologie von Colpidium colpoda. Arch. f. Protistenk, Jena, 1915, xxxvi, 72-80.—Weyland (Helene). Versuche iiber das Verhalten von Colpidium colpoda gegeniiber reizenden und lahmenden Stoffen. Ztschr. f. allg. Physiol, Jena, 1914, xvi, 123-162. Colpoda. Enrlques (P.) Sulla morfologia e sistematiea del genere Colpoda. Arch, de zool. expe'r. et g£n. [etc.], Par, 1907-8, 4. s, viii, 1-14.—Goodey (T.) The excystation of Colpoda cucullus from its resting cysts, and the nature and properties of the cyst membranes. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond, 1913, lxxxvi, s. B, 427-439.—Koehler (Adrienne). Untersuchungen an Colpoden. Ztschr. f. allg. Physiol, Jena, 1916-18, xvii, 287- 386, 2 pi.—Woker (Gertrud). Ueber den Einfluss von Salzlosungen auf Colpodencysten. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol, Bonn, 1914, clix, 312-319.—Woker (Gertrud) & Pecker (Sophie). Ueber den Einfluss des Blutserums auf Colpoden und deren Cysten. Ibid., 299-311.—Mulllkin (Jeannette C.) Cultivation of a protozoan by ordinary bacteriological methods: Colpoda cucullus. Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1917, xvii, 81-84. Colporrhaphy. See Bladder (Female, Hernia of); Vagina (Surgery of). Colpotomy. See Vagina (Surgery of). Colquhoun (John Campbell) [1785-1854]. The moral character of Britain; the cause of its polit- ical eminence. 28 pp. 8°. Glasgow, W. Collins, 1832. [P., v. 1050.] ------. Report of the experiments of animal mag- netism made by a committee of the medical sec- tion of the French Royal Academy of Sciences; translated, and now for the first time published; with an historical and explanatory introduction, and an appendix, xii, 252 pp. 8°. Edinburgh, R. Cadell, London, Whittaker & Co., 1833. Colquhoun (P.) A treatise on indigence exhibit- ing a general view of the national resources for productive labour; with propositions for ameli- orating the condition of the poor [etc.]. ix, 302 pp., 5 1. 8°. London, J. Hatchard, 1806. Colson (R.) Traite elementaire d'electricite avec les principales applications. 3. ed. vi, 272 pp. 12°. Paris, Gauthier-Villars, 1900. COltelloni .(Alexandre) [1873- ]. *Sur la pre- sence de tissu lymphoi'de dans la paroi de cer- taines kystes branchiaux du cou. 38 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 19. Colton (Buel Preston) [1852-1906] & Murbach (Louis). Briefer physiology and hygiene; with practical exercises, x, 388 pp. 8°. Boston, [etc.], D. C. Heath & Co., [1914]. Colton (G. Q.) Musings on cheerfulness and health; how to reach 80 years of age. 9 pp., port. 12°. [New York, n. d.] Colucci (Cesare). Preliminari per una psicologia; su base anatomica. 47 pp. 4°. Napoli, F. Giannini & figli, 1910. ------. Malattie del cervelletto. pp. 1-252. 8°. Milano, F. Vallardi, [n. d.~\. In: Tbatt. ital. di patol. e terap. med, Milano, [n. d.], ii, pt. 6. ------. Malattie delle meningi cerebrali e spinali. pp. 253-402. 8°. Milano, F. Vallardi, [n. d.]. In: Tratt. ital. di patol. e terap. med, Milano, [n. d.], ii, pt. 6. ------. Vizi di conformazione del midollo spinale. pp. 451^199. 8°. Milano, F. Vallardi, [n. d.]. In: Tbatt. ital. di patol. e terap. med, Milano, [n. d.l, ii, pt.3. See, also, Bianchl (L.) & Colucci (C.) Eclampsia ed epilessia, [etc.]. 8°. Milano, [n. d.]. Colucci (Gennaro). Leucosarcoma della coroidea, viii, 466 pp., 2 pi. 4°. Napoli, V. Idelson, 1915. Colucci (Vincenzo). Ravenna (E.) L'opera scientiflca di Vincenzio Colucci. Clin, vet, Milano, 1919, xiii, 397-414. di Coluccino (Jacopo). Chiappelli (A.) Maestro Jacopo di Coluccino da Lucca, medico ed il giornale delle sue ricordanze (1364-1402). Riv. di storia crit. d. sc. med. e nat, Siena, 1921, xii, 121-133. Columbia Alumni News, New York. Published weekly during the college year by the Alumni Federation of Columbia University, v. 4-13 1912-22. 8°. New York. Columbia University. Biological series. 1-7 1899-1906. 8°. New York. Columbia University. College of Physicians and Surgeons. See Studies from the Department of Pathology [etc.]. Columbia University. George Crocker Special Research Fund. Studies in cancer and allied subjects. Conducted under the George Crocker special research fund at Columbia University. 4 v. fol. New York, Columbia University Press, 1913. Columbian Chemical Society of Philadelphia. v. 1. xv, 221pp. 8°. [Philadelphia], L Peine. 1813. Columbo. Feist (K.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Alkaloide und Bitterstolfe der Columbowurzel. Arch. d. Pharm.. Berl, COLUMBO. 72 COMBA. Columbo. 1907, ccxlv, 586-637.—Gadamer (J.) Ueber Columboalka- loide. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1906, Leipz, 1907, pt. 2, 198-202. Columbus (Christopher) [1442-1506]. C. (A.) Quelle etait la maladie de Christophe-Colomb? Chron. m<5d. Par, 1918, xxv, 345-348.—Fernandez Ibarra (A. M.) Las enfermedades de Crist6bal Colon; la causa de su muerte y los medicos que de algun modo se relacionan con el descubrimiento de America. Cron. med.-quir. de la Habana, 1902, xxviii, 31; 132; 146; 151; 176; 184; 285; 355. Also: Habana med, 1902, v, 9; 41; 49; 65; 81.-----. La historia medica de Cristobal Coltfn y los medicos que de algun modo se relacionan con el descubrimiento de America. An. r. Acad, de med, Madrid, 1906, xxvi, 329-379.— Schnltzer (J.) Christoph Columbus in Ferrara. Mitt. z. Gesch. d. Med. u. d. Naturw, Hamb, 1910, ix, 113-115. Columbus (Matihxus Realdus) [1494- 1559]. Boislinlere (L. C.) Realdus Columbus of Cremona and Book xiiii. (concerning vivisection) of his treatise on anato- my, A. D. 1559. St. Louis M. Rev, 1906, lv, 357-362. Also, Reprint.—Vedranl (A.) Realdo Colombo. Illust. med. ital., Genova, 1920, ii, 113-117. Columbus Aseptic Furniture Co. Aseptic office and hospital furniture. Ill pp. 8°. Columbus, O., [n.d.]. Columbus Medical Journal, v. 1-39; 40. No. 1; 1882 to 1915; 1916. 8°. Columbus, Ohio. Columella (L.) & Palladius (R.) Agricul- tur, oder Ackerbaw der beyden hocherfahrnen und weitberuhmbten R6mer, L. Columella? et Palladii. Worinnen aussfuhrlich gehandelt wird von allerley Feldtbaw, an Getreidig, Wein, und Sonsten allerley Friichten und Krautetn [etc.]. 15p. 1., 283pp.; 124pp.; 191pp.; 52 pp., 1 1. fol. Zu Magdeburgh, J. Francken, 1612. Colunga (Miguel F.) [1836-1914]. Obituary. Cron. med, Lima, 1914, xxxi, 65. CoMlle (W. J.) The higher aspects of hypnotism. pp. 172-180. 8°. New York, 1895. Cutting from: Metaphysical Mag, N. Y, 1895,.i. -----. Old and new psychology, vii, 365 pp. S°. Boston, 1900. Elementary text book of mental thera- peutics. 80 pp. 12°. Manchester & London, J. Hey wood, [n. a.]. Colvin (Darwin) [1823-1911]. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1911, hi, 208. Colvin-Smith (Sir Colvin) [1839-1913], Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1913, i, 534. Colwell (Hector Alfred). An essay on the history of electrotherapy and diagnosis, xv, 180 pp. 8°. London, W. Heinemann, 1922. ----- & Russ (Sidney). Radium, X rays and the living cell; with physical introduction, x, 324 pp. 8°. London, G. Bell & Sons, 1915. Colyer (James Frank). Dental surgery and pa- thology; being the third edition of diseases and injuries of the teeth, by Morton Smale and J. F. Colyer. 1000 pp. 8°. London. Longmans, Green & Co., 1910. -----. The same. 4. ed. xiv, 899 pp. 8°. Lon- don, New York, [etc.], Longmans, (in en & Co 1919. -----. Dental disease in its relation to general medicine; with the assistance of Stanley Oliver. viii, 189 pp. 8°. London, [etc.], Longmans, G'reen & Co., 1911. -----. John Hunter and odontology, vi, 1 1., 214 pp., front, (port.). 4°. London, Claudius Ash Sons & Co., 1913. See, also, Smale (M.) & Colyer (J. F.) Diseases and injuries of the teeth [etc.]. 8°. London, 1901. Colzi (Francesco) [1-855-1903]. Ccccherelll (A.) [Biography.) Clin, chir, Milano, 1903 xi, 281, port.—Borrl. [Biography.] Riv. di diritto e giur'. . . . s. infortuni d. lavoro, Modena, 1903, v, 143 — Fano Colzi (Francesco) [1855-1903]. [Biography.] Sperimentale. Arch, di biol, Firenze, 1903, lvii, 463-470.—[Obituary.] Gaz. med. de Par, 1903, 12. s, iii, 136. Also: Lancet, Lond, 1903, i, 1205. Coma. See, also, Apoplexy; Diabetes (Coma in); Meningitis; Syncope. F aiv e rt (J.) Contribution a 1' etude du coma cancereux et du coma dyspeptique. 8°. Lyon, 1913. \inyx (R. F.) Acetonuria with coma without glycosuria. St. Louis M. & S. J, 1899, lxxvi, 25-29.—Bissel (W. W.) & Le Count (E. R.) The relative frequency ofthe various causes of coma. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1917, lxviii, 500. Also, Reprint.—Biswas (S. G.) A case of hysterical coma successfully treated bv stimulants. Indian M. Gaz, Cal- cutta, 1917, Iii, 117.—Chance (B.) On coma and the value of the ocular signs observed therein. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1907, lxxii, 979-9*2.—Donnell (J. H.) Coma in a child. Lancet, Lond, 1915, i, 1233.—Ed sail (D. L.) Case of coma with reference to acid intoxication. Univ. Penn. M. Bull, Phila, 1901, xiv. 136. -----. A remarkable case of coma, apparently due to acid intoxication sui generis. Tr. Coll. Phys, Phila, 1902, 3. s, xxiv, 49-61. Also: Phila. M. J, 1902, ix, 1155-1160.—Ehrmann (R.) Ueber experimen- telles Koma; Verhalten von buttersaurem zu isobutter- saurem Natrium. Ztschr. f. klin. Med, Berl, 1911, lxxii, 500.— Ehrmann (R.) & Esser (P.) Demonstration von experimentellem Koma beim Kaninchen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1910, xlvii, 2262.-----------. Ueber experi- mentelles Koma; Symptomatologie, Azetonkorperaussohei- dung, Dosis bei Abnahme des KSrpergewichts. Ztschr. f. klin. Med, Berl, 1911, lxxii, 496-499— Eskridge (J. T.) Difficulties in determining the causes of coma. Tr. Colorado M. Soc. Denver, 1*97, 2">2-273.—Fere (C.) Note sur la per- sistans des mouvements soi-disant automatiques dans le coma. Compt. rend. Soc.de biol. Par.. 1901. 11. s, iii, 22.— Forsvth (1>.) A post-trraduate lecture on coma and its deferential diagnosis. Brit. M. J, Lond.. 1912, i, 1060- KiiVL—(;ervino 75 — Molsrosa (M.) Cuadro de la diagnosis difereneial del 1 >ma. Siglo mid, Madrid, 1903, 1, 17-19.—Milian (GA A Si-liul- maiin (E.) Le coma Cer<§belleux. Paris med, 1913 xi 337-340.—Panyrek (D.) [Une nouvelle methode de thera- peutique de la perte de connaissance. Res.. 332 1 -slxirn klin, v Praze, 1903-1, v, 324-333.—Robin (A.) & Bith i,H.) Coma dyspeptique. Bull, et mem. Soc. med\ d hop. de Par, 1914, 3. s, xxxviii, 112-120.—Ross (S. J.) An instruc- tive case of coma. Med. Press . iii. 89-97.-Sawyer (J. E. H.) Some ohsen ations on the temperature oi coma. Brit. M. J, Lond., 1903, ii, 1630. Spat-kman (E. DA Differential diagnosis between cerebral hemorrhage and diabetic coma. Ibid., 1922, i, 91s Sprhrgs (N. L) The diagnosis and treatment of coma. Guv's Hosp Gaz Lond 1904, xviii, 214-219. Terrile (FA Di uno stjano caso di coma seguito da morte. Pammatone, Genova, 1*97 i, nos 5-7, 43-5S - AVest (S.) Um-iuU' coma and diabetic coma! Clin. J, Lond, 1914, xlui, ni.-Whiio (C. S.) Apparatus for handling comatose patients. J. Am. M. Vss Chicaeo 1904, xliii, 1871. - ■> s > Cumandon (Jean) [1877- ]. *De l'usa^e en clini(iue do l'ultra-niicroscope en particulier pour la recherche et l'cl ude des spirochetes 174 pp..lpl. 8°. Paris, 1909. Xo. 110. Comba (Carlo). Patogenesi o lisiojiatoloijia "ene- rale di alcune sindromi morbose della prima iu- fanzia. Prolusione. 28 pp. 8°. Bolnan,, 7),,,,^ rani & Albedazzi, 1904. Bologna. Zamo- COMBA. 73 COMBES. Comba (Domenico). Le tossiemie e la non speci- ficita di un sistema curativo. 6 pp. 8°. Roma, Ripamonti & Colombo, 1906. Repr.from: Lavori d. xv. Cong, della Soc. italiana d. med. interna, Roma, 1906. Combarel (Alfred). Contribution a l'etude de quelques varietes cliniques de Pulcere de l'esto- mac. 57 pp., 11. 8°. Toulouse, 1900, No. 384. de Lombard (Marie-Eugene-Alfred) [1872- ]. *Du poumon chez les brightiques; cedeme et hemoptysie. 55 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 486. Combastel (Georges). Elements d'hygiene pra- tique a l'usage des ecoles normales, des institu- teurs et des families. 2 1., 492 pp. 12°. Paris, 1902. Combaud (Louis) [1886- ]. *Le filtre a sable non submerge; epuration des eaux d'alimenta- tion. [Lyon.] 120 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 58. Combaud (Pierre) [1889- ]. *Cancer metas- tatique des parties molles de l'orbite. 63 pp. 8C. Lyon, 1913, No. 60. Combaudon (Emil-Eugene) [1885- ]. *Des lesions inflammatoires du fond de l'ceil consecu- tives aux contusions en apparence legeres du globe oculaire; leur importance au point de vue medico-legal. 76 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1908, No. 39. Combault (Paul-Andre) [1885- ]. *Des fac- teurs de la tuberculose a Teheran. 55 pp. 5 pi. 8°. Lille, 1909, No. 27. Combe (Adolphe) [1859-1916]. *Contributions a l'etude des paralysies spinales de l'adulte (po- liomyelitis anterior et subacuta). [Geneve.] 112 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Lausanne, 1886. ------. Traitement de l'enterite muco-membra- neuse. vii, 272 pp. 12°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere &fils, 1905. ------. The same. 2. ed. vii, 303 pp., 4 pi. 12°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere & fils,_ 1906. ■-----. L'auto-intoxication intestinale. viii, 568 pp. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere & fils, 1907. ------. The same. 3. 6d. vii, 619 pp. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere & fils, 1909. ------. The same. Intestinal auto-intoxication; together with an appendix on the lactic ferments with particular reference to their application in intestinal therapeutics, by Albert Fournier; only authorized English adaptation by William Gaynor States, xviii, 461 pp. 8°. New York, Rebman Co., [1908]. ------. Les maladies gastro-intestinales aigues des nourrissons. 2 p. 1., 768 pp. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere & fils, 1913. See, also, Salge (B.) [in 2. s.]. Guide therapeutique [etc.]. 12°. Paris & Lausanne, 19Q9. For Biography, see Nipiologia, Napoli, 1917, iii, 49. Combe (Andrew) [1797-1847]. Treatise on the physiological and moral management of infancy; with notes and a-supplementary chapter by John Bell. 2. ed. 307 pp. 12°. Philadelphia, Carey & Hart, 1840. Combe (Antoine-Casimir-Etienne) [1879- ]. *De I'influence des parfums et des odeurs sur les nevropathes et les hysteriques. 66 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1903, No. 34. ------. The same. 64 pp. 12°. Paris, A. Micha- lon, 1905. Combe (Charles) [1872- \. *Des kystes non parasitaires du cerveau. 58 pp., 11. 8°. Lyon, 1898, No. 99. Combe (Emile) [1886- ]. *De la nature in- flammatoire des infarctus du poumon (pneumo- nies lobulaires et lobaires hemorragiques en rapport avec le coeur hypertrophic.) 121 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1907, No. 22. Combe (George) [1788-1858]. Essays on phre- nology, or an inquiry into the principles and Combe (George)—continued. utility of the system of Drs. Gall and Spurzheim, and into the objections made against it; with notes and additions, comprehending memoirs on the anatomy of the brain, and on insanity. 5 p. 1., lxiv, 65-463 pp., 3 pi. roy. 8°. Phila- delphia, H. C. Carey & F. Lea, 1822. ------. A system of phrenology. From the 3. Edinburgh ed. 2. Am. ed. xv, 664 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Boston, Marsh, Capen & Lyon, 1834. ------. The same. A system of phrenology. 2. ed. vii, 25-576 pp., 2 pi. 12°. New York, Wm. H. Colyer, 1844. ------. Outlines of phrenology. 6. ed. 33 pp. 1 pi. 8°. Edinburgh, Maclachan & Stewart [and others]; London, J. Macleod, 1836. ------.. The constitution of man considered in relation to external objects; with an additional chapter on the harmony between phrenology and revelation, by Joseph A. Warne. xii, 412 pp. 12°. Boston, W. D. Ticknor, 1839. ------. Nuevo manual de frenolojia, escrito in ingles por el Dr. Combe; puesto en francos con numerosas notas por J. Fossati, traducido al espafiol por Jose de Garaycoechea. xiv, 304 pp., 31., 14 pi. 16°. Cadiz, 1840. For Biography, see Gibbon (C.) The life of George Combe, author of the constitution of man. 2 v. 8°. London, 1878. Combedazon (J.) Contribution a l'etude de la cure radicale de la hernie inguinale. 71 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1909, No. 829. Combeleran (Clement.) *Les tuberculoses de la vulve. 121 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1906, No. 694. Combemale (F.). Editor of: Echo medical du nord, Lille, 1897-1914. See, also, Consultations meoUco-chirurgicales [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1902. Combemale (Pierre) [1893- ]. *La secretion surrenale dans ses rapports avec la piqure diabetique et 1'excitability du sympathique. G7 pp. 8°. Lille, 1919, No. 9. Comberg (Paul) [1876- ]. *Ueber Psychosen bei Hydrocephalus. [Giessen.] 45 pp. 8°. Leipzig, A. Hoffmann, 1910. Comberg (Wilhelm) [1885- ]. *Ueber natur- liche Gallenweg-Darmfisteln (mit den Fallen der Heidelberger chir. Klinik von 1903-1910). 38 pp. 8°. Heidelberg, K. Rossler, 1911. Combes (Charles). *Des ulceres simples de l'intestin. 114 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1897, No. 193. Combes (Smile) [184571921]. Medical (A) prime minister [Emile Combes]. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1921, l, 826. Combes (Eugene-Dieudonne) [1873- ]. *Quel- ques notes sur la prostitution a Toulon et ses dangers. 77 pp., 1 1. 8°. Montpellier, 1906, No. 11. Combes (Gabriel-Frederic-Honore-Joseph) [1882- ]. Contribution a l'etude de l'examen du sang peripherique des cadav es. 76 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1906, No. 17. Combes (Isidore). Contribution a l'etude des resultats du traitement chirurgical des tumeurs de la vessie. 79 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1899, No. 339. Combes (J.) Contribution au diagnostic de l'hysterie coincidant avec le syndrome de la sclerose en plaques ou l'h&niplegie. 124 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1901, No. 424. Comoes (Jean) [1878- ]. Contribution k l'etude de la tuberculose pulmonaire des vieil- lards. 91 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1905, No. 1. Combes (Philippe). *Maladie de Friedreich; essai historique anatomo-clinique et physiolo- gique. 79 pp., 2 diag. 8°. Montpellier', 1902, No. 97. COMBES. 74 COMENIUS. Combes (Rodney C. F.) [1856-1907]. [Obituary.] Boston M. & S. J., 1907, clvi, 414. Combes (Vincent- Dominique). Combes fils (P.) Une dynastic medicate: Etienne Combes, Frangois Combes, Vincent Combes. France m&L, Par., 1912, lix, 326-328. Combes (Xavier). *Myosis et paralysie alterne. 57 pp. 8°. Paris, 1903, No. 499. Combier (Victor). Contribution a l'etude des collections purulentes de la fosse cerebelleuse d'origine otitique. 147 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 472. Combinations and uses of the compound stea- rates. 20 pp. 12°. [New York, n. af.] Combres (Pierre) [1882- ]. *Les traitements du chancre mou. 61 pp. 8°. Paris, 1912, No. 155. Combretacese. Lefevre (G. R.) Contribution a l'etude anatomique et pharmacologique des combre- tacees. [Paris.] 8°. Lons-le-Saunier, 1905. Roger (P. E.) Contribution a l'etude botanique du kinkelibah, Combretum micran- thum Don. 8°. Lille, 1912. Ecole de pharmacie. Boulet (L.) & Huchard (G.) Sur les proprietes cholagcr gues et diuretiques du kinkelibah (Combretum micranthum Don.). Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1914, lxxvi, 464.— Harrison (E. F.) Notes on the constituents of Combretum sundaicum. Pharm. J., Lond., 1908, 4. s., xxvi, 52-54.— Silkworth (W. D.) Notes of the jungle plant (Combretum sundiacum); exhibit of cases. N. York M. J., [etc.], 1908, Ixxxvii, 1032-1034. Also, Reprint. Combrie (John D.) Synoptic chart of cardiac examination. 12 pp. 8°. 1 chart, fol. Lon- don, J. Bale, Sons & Danielson, [1910]. Combris (Auguste). Coincidence des fibromes avec le cancer du corps de l'uterus. 64 pp. 8°. Pans, 1905, No. 274. Combustin. Schauer. Ueber Combustin (Winter). Dermat. Cen- tralbl., Berl., 1914-15, xvi, 34.—Schroeder (H.) Thera- peutische Erfahrungen mit Winter's Heilsalbe Combustin. Ztschr. f. KrankenpfL, Berl., 1921, xliii, 41-47.—Ullmann (K.) Combustin erne wismuthaltige Brand- und Ekzem- salbe. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1921, Ixxi, 1860. Combustion. *Ackermann (J. F.) De combustionis lentse phaenominis quae vitam organicam constituunt commentarius. sm. 4°. Jense, 1805. Helming (E.) Ueber die Verbrennungswarmen von Benzoesaure, Naphtalin und Rohrzuckerj eine kritische Betrachtung. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1921, xcvii, 467-477.—Merl (T.) & tuft (K.) Erfahrungen mit der katalytischen Verbrennung nach Mandel-Neuberg. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl., 1917, xxxiii, 384-388.—Molssan (H.) Sur la temperature d'in- flammation et sur la combustion lente du soufre dans Poxy- gene et dans Pair. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1903, cxxxvii, 547-553.—Nathansohn (A.) Die physiologische Verbrennung als elektrolytischer Oxydationsprozess. Na- turwissenschaften, Berl., 1919, vii, 909-912. Combustion (Spontaneous). Baskervllle (C.) Note on a case of spontaneous combus- tion. J. Elisha Mitchell Sc. Soc, Chapel Hill, N. C, 1899 xvi, 81-83.—Boekhout (F. W. J.) & Ott de Vrles (J. J.) Ueber die Selbsterhitzung des Heues. Centralbl. f. Bakte- riol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1905, xv, 568-573.—Cowley (L. M.) Combusti6n humana espontanea. Rev. de med. y cirug de la Habana, 1910, xv, 185-192.—Galle (E.) Ueber Selbst- entziindung der Steinkohle. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc 1 2. Abt., Jena, 1910, xxviii, 461-473.—Hartwell (B. H.) So- called spontaneous combustion. Boston M. & S. J 1892 cxxvi, 135-137.—Hasterllk (A.) Geheimnisvolle Brand- stifter. Bl. f. Volksgsndhtspfl., Berl., 1917, xvii, 20-24.— Knott (J.) Spontaneous combustion. Am. Med., Phila. 1905, ix, 653-660.-----. Spontaneous combustion. N* York M. J. [etc.], 1909, lxxxix, 782; 842.-----. Spontaneous combustion. Med. Press, Lond., 1918, n. s., cvi, 221 — Miehe (H.) Ueber Selbsterhitzung. Med. Klin , Berl 1907, hi, 520.—Thijssen (H. F.) Over de zelfontbranding' Bijdr. t. de natuurk. Wetenschr, Amst., 1826, i, pt. 1,214-255. Comby (Jules) [1853- ]. Traite des maladies de l'enfance. 3. eel. vii, 967 pp. gr. 8°. Paris J. Rueff, 1899. Comby (Jules)—continued. ------. The same. 4. eel. vii, 1175 pp. roy. 8°. Paris, J. Rueff, 1902. ------. The same. 5. eel., revue et considerable- ment augmentee. vii, 1014 pp. 8°. Paris, J. Rueff, 1907. ------. Formulaire; therapeutique et prophy- laxie des maladies des enfants. 3. eel. xi, 841 pp. 8°. Paris, J. Rueff, 1900. Les medicaments chez les enfants. 4 p. 1., 681 pp. 8°. Paris, J. Rueff, 1900. Traite du rachitisme, craniotabes, scorbut infantile, ost^omalacie, osteopsathyrosis, achon- droplasie, dysostose cleido-cranienne. 2 p. 1., 302 pp. 12°. Paris, J. Rueff, 1901. Dictionnaire d'hygiene des enfants. 3. ed. 454 pp. 16°. Paris, J. Rueff, 1901. Formulaire de poche pour les maladies des enfants. vi, 611 pp. 12°. Paris, J. Rueff, 1901. The same. 2.6d. vi, 626 pp. 12°. Paris, J. Rueff, 1904. ----. The same. 3. 6d. vi, 637 pp. 12°. Paris, Vigotfreres, 1910. ----. Alimentation et hygiene des enfants. 3. ed. viii, 531 pp. 12°. Paris, J. Rueff, 1908. ----. Cent cinquante consultations medicales pour les maladies des enfants. 2. 6d. iii, 292 pp. 12°. Paris, Masson & Cie., 1910. The same. 3. ed. 2 p. 1., iv, 314 pp. 12°. Paris, Masson & Cie., 1912. Deux cents consultations meelicales pour les maladies des enfants. 4. eel. 2 p. 1., iv, 369 pp. 16°. Paris, Masson &■ Co., 1915. ----. Traite des maladies de l'enfance. 6. eel. vii, 1086 pp. 8°. Paris, Vigotfrbres, 1920. Also, Co-editor of: Archives de medecine des enfants, Pom, 1898-1922. Come (Frere). Bouquet (H.) Un grand chirurgien au xviii* siecle: Frere C6me. JSsculape, Par., 1913, iii, 124-127.—Frere Come. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, ii, 1767. Come-Back (The). Published in the interest of the soldier patients at Walter Reed Hospital. v. 2 & 3. eleph. fol. Washington, 1919-21. Comedo. See, also, Acne. Audry (C.) Sur un nouveau tire-comedon. J. d. mal. cutan. et syph., Par., 1909, xx, 4S7. —Beddoes (T. P.) Comedo extractor. Lancet, Lond., 1911, i, 312.—Bernhardt (R.) [Comedones on one side of the bodv.l Medycvna, Warszawa, 1901, xxix, 1072-107(1 -Brocq (L.) Extrac'teur de commons. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par , 1907, 3 s., xxiv, 429.—Brodier (L.) & Legendre (L.) Com£- dons symtHriques geants des membres inferieurs. Rev. m6d. de Normandie, Rouen, 1907, viii, 180-182.—Dekeyser (L.) Anomalie du contenu d'un comedon. Soc. beige de dermat. et de syph. Bull., Brux.. 1901-2, ii, 92.—Dore (S. E.) Multiple comedones in a child, aged 13 months. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., NLond., 1908-9, if, Dermat. Sect., 130.— Harries (E. H. R.) A note on some cases of grouped come- dones in infants. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1911, xiii, 5-8 — Kissmeyer (A.) Gruppierte Comedonen mit "pseudo- luposen" Infiltraten an der Stirn bei Kindern. Arch f Dermat.u. Syph., Berl., 1922, cxl, 150-157.—Little (E.G G ) Grouped comedones in an adult. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med Lond., 1919-20, xiii, Dermat. Sect., 39.—Macleod (J. M. H.) Case of grouped comedones in an infant. Ibid., 1907-s i., Dermat Sect., 14.-----. Case of grouped comedones in a girl, aged 2. Ibid., 1913-14, vii, Dermat. Sect., li _____ Case of grouped comedones in an infant. Ibid., 1917-is xi Dermat. Sect 111.—Pernet (G.) A new comedo expressor! Lancet, Lond., 1909, i, 405.-----. Case of multiple come- Comegys (WiUiam Henry) [1853-19191 Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1916, i, 506. Also- J \m M. Ass., Chicago, 1919, lxxii, 1174. AU0, J- Am' Comenius (Joh. Amos) [1592-16701 Strunz (F.) Johann Amos Comenius Uber KranthAlt™, des Leibes, des Gemilthes und der Seele Men w~,k Berl., 1902,399-403.----. Die Lehre vom MeSen i^,w Pbysica des Johann Amos Comenius (1592-1670) ^^h f d COMENIUS. <• 75 Comenius (Joh. Amos) [1592-1670]. Gesch. d. Naturw. [etc.], Leipz., 1908-9, i, 196-205.-----. Biochemische Theorien bei Johann Amos Comenius (1592- 1670). In his: Die Vergangenheit d. Naturforschung, 8°, Jena, 1913, 119-138. Comer (Cornelia A. P.) The making of a doctor. pp. 610-617. 8°. New York, 1909. Cutting from: Putnam's Mag., N. Y., 1908-9, v. Comet (Raimundo). La doctrina homoeopatica ante las ciencias positivas. 29 pp. 12°. Mexico, 1892. -----& Pinart. Joya homeopatica. Manual de terapeutica homeopatica. 745 pp. 8°. Barce- lona, L. Tasso, 1904. Comfort (Aaron Ivins) [1826-1915]. Obituary. Alumni Reg. Univ. Penn., Phila., 1914-15, xvii, 459. . Comfort (George F.) & Comfort (Anna Manning). Woman's education and woman's health; chiefly in reply to "Sex in education." xii, 155 pp. 12°. Syracuse, T. W. Durston & Co., 1874. Cominelli (A.) Prolegomeni di chimica fisiolo- gica, indirizzo alio studio di fisiologia e patologia medica. 131 pp. 16°. Napoli-, A. Chiurazzi, 1900. Comings (Benjamin Newton). Lyon (E. B.) Benjamin Newton Comings, B. A., M. D. Proc. Connect. M. Soc, Waterbury, 1900, 343-344. Comitate* Napoletano. Per le onoranze cente- narie a Domenico Qirillo. 2p. l.,92pp.; lp., 11., lpl. 12°. Napoli, Morano & figlio, 1901. Comite d'action contre l'agr^gation. La reforme de l'enseignement medical en France. Le mouvement contre l'agregation et l'opinion publique. 106 pp. 8°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1910. Comite (Le) international de la Croix-Rouge de 1892 a 1902. Rapport communique a la viie Con- ference internationale des Soci6tes de la Croix- Rouge a St.-Petersbourg, mai 1902. 24 pp. 8°. Geneve, [n. d.]. Comite medico-chirurgical des hdpitaux. Lyon medical. Gazette medicale et Journal de mede- cine, reunis. v. 103-125, 1904^1916. 8°. Lyon. Comite de patronage des habitations ouvrieres des institutions de pr£voyance de l'arrondisse- ment de Tongres. Rapport general, annee 1904. 91 pp. 8°. Hasseit, M. Ceysens, 1905. Comite de la Society russe de la Croix-Rouge pour les premiers secours en cas d'accident et de cala- mity publique. Organisation des premiers secours. 13 pp., 11. 8°. St.-Petersbourg, 1902. Comitius (Ascanius). Prsefationes sex in omnes Aristotelis libros philosophise naturalis. 102 ff., 81. 12°. Venetiis, apud Gratiosum Perchacinum, 1570. Commeleran (Clement-Maurice-Marie) [1878- 1. *Nevroses et paludisme. 106 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1901, No. 44. Commelinacese. Holm (T.) Commelinaceae. Morphological and anato- mical studies of the vegetative organs of some North and Central American species. Mem. Nat. Acad. Sc, Wash., 1906, x, 157-192. Commenge (Aguste-Henri-Louis) [1887- ]. Contribution a l'etude de la myocardite chro- nique arythmique. 81 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1910, No. 11. Commengo (Oscar). La prostitution clandestine a Paris. 2. 6d., revue et augmentee. xiv, 614 pp. roy. 8°. Paris, Schleicherfreres & Cie., 1904. Commensalism. Baldasseroni (V.) Due interessanti casi di commensa- lismo. Bios, Genova, 1914-15, ii, 317-320.—van Loghem (J. J.) Het grensgebied van commensalisme en parasitisme. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1917,1, 994-1002. COMMUNICABLE. Comment on se defend. [Pamphlets giving ad- vice for the prevention of disease.] 40 nos. 12°. Paris, [n. d.]. Commentaires de la Faculte de medecine de Paris, 1777 a 1786. Publics sous les auspices du Conseil de l'universite. Comit6 de publication: A. Pinard, H. Varnier, H. Hartmann, F. Widal et G. Steinheil. 2. v. xliv, 414; iv, 1448 pp., 14 port. 4°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1903. Commentary Societatis regiae scientiarum Got- tingensis. 4 v. 1751^1. 4°. Gottingae. Commentum novum in parabolis divi Arnaldi de Villa Nova [etc.]. See Alvarez Chanca (Diego). Commes (Charles-Marie) [1889- ]. Contri- bution a l'etude des tumeurs chez le cheval. 92 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1913, No. 30. Commission (The) for Relief in Belgium. First annual report, November 1, 1914, to October 31, 1915. Pt. 1. Provisioning department. 165 pp., 1 map. 4°. London, 1916. Commission for the suppression of anemia in Porto Rico. Preliminary report. 51 pp. 8°. San Juan, 1906. Commission de la tuberculose. Moyens pra- tiques de combattre la propagation de la tuber- culose. xi, 465 pp. 8°. Paris, Masson & Cie., 1900. Commissione provinciale contro la pellagra. Re- soconto per l'anno 1899. 53 pp. 8°. Padova, L. Penada, 1900. Commissioner of Health of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Annual reports. 1-7, 1905-6 to 1912. 8°. Harrisburg, 1906-13. Continuation of: Rep. Bd. Health [etc.], Penn. Committee on mental Hygiene. Proceedings of the conference and exhibit at the College of the City of New York. 8°. New York, 1912. Committee on Organization of the American Medical Association. Constitution and by-laws for county societies. 16 pp. 24°. Chicago, Am. M. Ass., 1916. Committee on poisons. Report, supplementary report, and minority report of the departmental committee appointed by the lord president of the council to consider schedule A to the pharmacy act, 1868, to report the alterations therein [etc.]. xvi pp. 4°. [London, 1902.1 Bound with: Phabm. J., Lond., 1902. Committee on the Prevention of Tuberculosis of the Charity Organization Society of the city of New York. The building code and tuberculo- sis prevention. 14 pp. 8 . [New York, 1912.] Committee for the Study of Malaria in India. Paludism. Edited by Major S. P. James. Nos. 1-5, 1910-1912. 8°. Simla. Committee for the Study of Special Diseases. Bulletin. Edited by T. S. P. Strangeways. v. 1-3, 1907-10. 8°. Edinburgh & London. Commonhealth (The). Massachusetts Depart- ment of Public Health, v. 5-9, 1918-22. 8°. Boston. Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, Department of Health. Synopsis of Pennsylvania health laws. 145 pp. 8°. Harrisburg, 1920. Penn. Health Bull. No. 105. Communicable diseases. See, also, Epidemics; Infection, and under the various contagious and infectious diseases. Audain (L.) L'organisme dans les infections; apercus nouveaux d'hematologic et de pyre- tologie; preface de M. Louis Renon., 8°. Paris, 1912. Beitrage zur Hygiene, Bakteriologie und Infektionskrankheiten. Festschrift zum 25jahri- COMMUNICABLE. 76 * COMMUNICABLE. Communicable diseases. gen Professor-Jubilaeum des Prof. N. M. Ogata. 4°. [Tokyo, 1910?] Castellino (P. F.) Malattie infettive acute; sommario delle lezioni di patologia speciale medica per V. Marcozzi e L. Mazzetti. 8°. Na- poli, 1902. -----. Le malattie infettive. 8°. Milano, [n. d.]. _ Epstein (F.) *TJeber den Einfluss der Infek- tionskrankheiten auf das Korpergewicht. 8°. Zurich, 1908. Fox (H.) Elementary bacteriology and proto- zoology; the microbiological causes of the infec- tious diseases. 8°. Philadelphia & New York, 1912. Fracastoro (H.) Drei Biicher von den Kon- tagien, den kontagiosen Krankheiten und deren Behandlung. 8°. Leipzig, 1910. Gautier (L.) *Essai de groupement noso- graphique des maladies infectieuses de l'homme. 8°. Geneve & Bdle, 1899. Goodall (E. W.) & Washbourn (J. W.) A manual of infectious diseases. 2. ed., rev. and enl. by E. W. Goodall. 8°. London, 1908. Hubxer (W.) Entstehung und Heilung der epidemischen Krankheiten nach neuesten physi- ologischen und naturwissenschaftlichen Grund- satzen. Fiir den Druck bearbeitet und nach den letzten Bestimmungen des Verfassers erganzt durch W. Hiibner. 8°. Dresden, 1904. Infectious diseases. Edited by J. C. Wilson. Transl. from "Die Deutsche Klinik," by J. L. Salinger, roy. 8°. New York, 1910. Kerr (C. B.) Infectious diseases; a practical text-book. 4°. London, 1909. -----. The same. 2. ed. 8°. London, 1920. -----. A manual of fevers. 2. ed. 8°. Lon- don, [1922]. Ltjstig (A.) Malattie infettive dell' uomo e degli animali. Trattato pratico di parassitologia ad uso dei medici e veterinari, in collaborazione con G. Alessandrini, G. Banti [etc.]. v. 1. 8°. Milano, 1913. Marcoxe (G.) Malattie infettive. v. 1. 8°. Milano, 1913. Marsden (R. W.) A practical text-book on infectious diseases, with a chapter on puerperal septic disease by A. Knyvett Gordon. 12°. Manchester, 1908. Marx (E.) Die experimentelle Diagnostik, Serumtherapie und Prophylaxe der Infections- krankheiten. 8°. Berlin, 1902. Mitteilung en aus dem Kaiserlichen Institut fiir Infektionskrankheiten zu Tokyo, 1911. 8° [Dresden], 1911. Moxfallet (D.) Afecciones parasitarias v microbianas. 8°. Paris, 1910. Puresefp (S.) Osfriya infoktsionniya bo- liezni. [Acute infectious diseases. | 8° Slod-va 1909. Rivista di malattie infettive. Redatta dal Prof. Alfonso Montefusco. v. 1-2. 1907-^ 8° Napoli, 1907. Rocer (G. H.) Les maladies infectieuses. 8°. Paris, 1902. _-----. The same. Infectious diseases; their etiology, diagnosis and treatment. Transl. bv M. S. Gabriel. 8°. Philadelphia, 1903. Vaughan (V. C.) Epidemiology and public health; assisted by Henry F. Vautjhan and George T. Palmer. 8°. St. Louis, 1922. Vincent (II.) & Muratet (L.) Dysentery, Asiatic cholera, and exanthematic typhus; with an introduction by A. Balfour; ed. by G C Low 8°. London, 1917. Communicable diseases. Welch (W- M.) & Schamberg (J. F.) Acute contagious diseases. 8°. Philadelphia, 1905. Zeitschrift fiir Infektionskrankheiten, para- sitare Krankheiten und Hygiene der Haustiere. Hrsg. von Dr. R. Ostertag. v. 1-22, 1905-21. Berlin, Arkln (A.) Recent advances in our knowledge of the infectious diseases. Am. J. Pub. Health, N. Y., 1916, vi, 323-333.—Armstrong (E. K.) Review ofthe communicable diseases. Am. J. Dis. Child., Chicago. 1918, xv, 29-76.— Anderson (J. F.) The application of biologic agents in the diagnosis, prevention and treatment of contagious diseases. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1922, xx, 17-25.— Audrain. Sur la peYiodicite des r^veils offensifs dans les maladies microbiennes. Cong, franc, de mM. C.-r. 1910, Par., 1911, xi, 183-187.—Baccarl (A.) Sull' incubazione nelle malattie infettive. Tommasi, Napoli, 1910, v, 58-63.— Beifeld (A. H.) Resume' on infectious diseases. Am. J. Dis. Child., Chicago, 1916, xii, 166-200. Also, Reprint.— Belln CM.) De l'immunite generale contre les maladies infectieuses (1*™ note). Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1913, lxxiv, 1289-1291.—Benda. Scharlach und Diphtherie in ihren Beziehungen zur sozialen Page. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1915, Iii, 372-377.—Bristow (A. T.) A study of the infections. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., Phila., 1911, xxix, 127-143. Also: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1911. liv, 433-4lv—Bruce (J. W.) Recent developments in enntacious disea-es. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1r'J1. xiv. "» 11 - Buchner (H.) Natiirliche Schutzeinrichtuns-'en ib-= O^ani^mus und deren Beeinflussung zum Zwecli der Alw.hr \<>n Infectionspro- cessen. Miinchen. me€. Wrhn=< In .. lMf». xlvi, 1261; 1301.— Burgess (A. M.) Recent progress'in the study of certain infections. Rhode Island M. J., Providence, 1918, ii, 133- 137.—von Chiari (R.) Ueber die Beeinflussung des Ver- laufs von Fleckfieber und Ruhr durch die Konstitution und Kondition des Individuums. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1918, xxxi, 212-216.—Cutler (E. G.) An abstract of some of the prevailing opinions on the periods of incubation, observa- tion and isolation of some of the infectious diseases. Boston M. & S. J.. 1902, cxlvi, 533-536. [Discussion], 54.5-549.—" Danysz (J.) Pathogenie et classification des maladies in- fectieuses; actions et transformations des antigenes: forma- tion et nature des anticorps; considerations therapeutiques. Rev. scient.. Par., 1917, i, 422-12v— Dibhelt (W.) Die Theorie der Infektionskrankheiten. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. A Berl., 1909, xxxv, 1009-1013—Eagar (W. H.) Duration of contagion in infectious diseases. Maritime M. News, Halifax. 1907, xix, 1S6.—Engelen. Die Infektions- krankheiten in Statusform. Aerztl. Rundschau, Miinchen, 1912, xxii. 49; r>2.—Gorham (G. E.) Definitions of con- tagious and infectious. Alhanv M. Ann., 1910, xxxi, 255- 259.—Gottstein (A.) Das periodische Auftreten der ende- mischen Souchen. Mod. Klin.. Berl., 1905, i, 253-255.— Graham (J. R.) Certain infectious diseases which are in- teresting the medical profession at the present time. \" York M. J. [etc.], 1921, cxiv, 351-355—G tint her (E.) I'eber die Reduktionskraft der Gewebe boi den allgemeinen und lokalen Infektionsprozessen. Arb. a. d. Geb. d. path Vnat ... Inst, zu Tiihing., Leipz., 1914, ix, 316-334.—Hand < V.) Some of the physical handicaps arising from the acute communicable diseases. Med. Rev. of Rev N Y 1916 xxii, 896-901 -Happel (T. J.) Continued fever; neither typhoid or malarial. Tr. M. Ass., Alabama, Montgomery 1906, 277 £SS.-Hektoeti (L.) The opsonic index in certain acute infectious diseases. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians Phila 1907, xxii 523-532. 11 >is, u^sion], 603-606.-11 ill (II. w'J Epidemiology of diphtheria, scarlet; fever and meases J. Am. Puh. Health \ss . Columbus. Ohio, 1911, i 21 i '""lV irr~±ryS'}lZ »rTe modern infectious diseases mild? Am. jj IMib. Health, N.Y;i 1914, ix, li 11 -Holmes(P. K.) Good health and its relation to infectious diseases. Phvs Tr-iin- mgVN^ Xp W'S-W. xvi, 679-6*5.-von Jaksch (R.> Die Fortschritte unscrer Kenntnisse der Infektionskrankheiten im Jahre 1909. .lahrcsk. f. arztl. Fortbild., Miinchen 1910 pt. 10, 3-1: Kellcy (E. R.) Civilization and infectious diseases J soeiol. Med.. Easton, Pa., 1917, xviii, 347-353 — klelnsrlniildt. Die Cebo. tra-ung ansteckender Krank- heiten. Monatschr. f. Kinderh.. Berl., 1921-22, xxii l'^-HQ knowK l'!'Ul;rmf ,VV'KV°X ('' H' M> The gro^h oTour wni Hg i7i1Uo,l,Uo»S i,ls,,aws;T, Maryland fd. J., Bait., 1908, h, 175; 217. Labcrce (E.I f.es maladies con- tagieuses. Bull. med. de Quebec. 1920 21 xxii 277-2Sn_ n?vKJ?'9iJQ- P>) M»ladlcS endemi(,..os'et epWrnio^es. Rov. gen. d.sc. pures et appliq., Par., 1917 xxviii 5ii- "|k^nb '^f1^ McShane (J. J.) Division of oommuii'ieable'di=:eise' ' riii nois Health News, Springfield, 1919, v, i3-°s _ Vl ..'if™! u (L.) Sull' importanza del sistema tranirlinnn™ i\l\ Y nella dottrina inoderna dell' infezionfe dell? L " ' }'.* Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 189S, n n oS ' Newmayer (S. w.) The minor comniun'i'cable i^es" COMMUNICABLE. 77 COMMUNICABLE. Communicable diseases. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1916, ciii, 62-64. Also, Reprint.— Oeller (H.) Ueber ein neues biologisches Gesetz beim Ablauf von Infektionskrankheiten. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med., Miinchen u. Wiesb. (1920), 1921, xxxii, 298-306.—Pferez Carreflo (L.) Notas clinicas acerca del paludismo, la disenteria y la tuberculosis en el Estado Carabobo. Gac. med. de Caracas, 1921, xxviii, 335-339 — Ransonnier. Duree de la periode d'incubation des mala- dies diles eruptivesouinfectieuses. J. demecl.de Par., 1921, xl, 257.—Roger (H.) Definition et classification des mala- dies infectieuses. Presse med., Par., 1899, i. 109-112.-----. Les reactions defensives de Porganisme contre les infections. Ibid., 1907, xv, 729-731.—Ruhr ah (J.) Infectious diseases, including acute rheumatism, croupous pneumonia, and influenza. Progr. Med., Phila., 1914, i, 145-270.—Rumpf (T.) & Relche (F.) Acute Infectionskrankheiten. Jahresb. ii. d. Leistung. . . . d. ges. Med., Berl., 1910, xliv, 2-20 — Schaefer-Hieber (H.) Ueber Phagocytose bei akuten In- fektionskrankheiten. Deutsches Arch. f. khn. Med., Leipz., 1913, cxii, 14-37.—Schwalbe (E.) Vom Verlaufe der In- fektionskrankheiten. Ztschr. f. Krankenpflg., Berl., 1908, xxx, 257, 310.—Sewall (H.) On the forecastmg of commu- nity diseases. Colorado Med., Denver, 1918, xv, 6-9 — Silberschmldt (W0 Fortschritte auf dem Gebiete der Erforschung der Infektions-Krankheiten. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1914, xliv, 289-293.—Smith (S.) How infection affects the body. Buffalo M. J., 1908-9, lxiv, 436-444.—Spaet (F.) Infektionskrankheiten. Oeffentl. Gsndhtspflg., Brnschwg., 1922, vii, 131-141.—Stadler (E.) Die Rolle der Blutgefasse bei den akuten und chronischen Infektionskrankheiten. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Infektionskr., Wiirzb., 1913, i, 155-193.—Sternberg (G. M.) The etiology and classification of infectious diseases. Tr. N. York Acad. M. (1896-1901), 1903, 95-118.—Strong (R. P.) Recent in- vestigations m relation to infectious diseases in South America. Am. Soc. Trop. M., Boston, 1914, ix, 206-213 — von Szontagh (F.) Die Uebertragung ansteckender Krankheiten. Monatschr. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1921-22, xxii, 150-185.—Thalacker (C.) Beeinflussung verschiedener Erkrankungen durch akute Infektionskrankheiten. Deut- sche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1913, xlvii-xlviii, 762-771 — Welcker (A.) Eenige zeldzame verwikkelingen na infecties en infectieziekten. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk,. Amst., 1918, i, 1823-1828. Communicable diseases (Causes of). See, also, Communicable diseases (Transmis- sion of). von Behring (E. A.) Gesammelte Abhand- lungen. Neue Folge. 4°. Bonn, 1915. Brown (A. M.) The origin of contagion in relation to prevailing theoretic views and scien- tific applications. 2. ed. 12°. London, 1884. Buchner (H.) Ueber die Disposition ver- schiedener Menschenrassen gegen iiber den In- fektionskrankheiten und iiber Aklimatisation. 8°. Hamburg, 1887. Courmont (J.) & Panisset (L.) Precis de microbiologic des maladies infectieuses des ani- maux. 8°.. Paris, 1914. Henle (F. G. J.) Von den Miasmen und Kon- tagien. 8 . Leipzig, 1910. Schneider (J.) Die Bakterienfurcht. Bei- trage zur Frage iiber die Entstehung der Infek- tionskrankheiten fiir Aerzte und Laien. 8°. Leipzig, 1901. Transden (P. P.) Nature and causes of infec- tious diseases. 8°. Reno, University of Nevada, 1913. Forms Quar. Bull. Univ. Nev., v. 7, No. I. Allen (M. K.) The origin of some diseases and a conside- ration thereof. Am. Pract. & News, Louisville, 1903, xxxv, 161-166. [Discussion], 181-184.—Ammon (O.) Theoreti- sche Betrachtungen iiber Ansteckung und Disposition. Arch. f. Hyg., Miinchen & Berl., 1902, xiii, 289-305.— Anderson (J. F.) Some recent work on the etiology of certain infectious diseases. Queen's Univ. Med. Fac., Kingston, 1912. No. 6, 1-11. -----. Recent additions to our knowledge of the etiology of the infectious diseases. Ver- mont M. Month., Burlington, 1913, xix, 1-7. Also: J. Prev. M. & Sociol., Toronto, 1914, xvii, 25-38.—Armstrong (J. M.) The genesis of the transmissible diseases. St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1909, xi, 305-319— Balfour (A.) The r61e of the infective granule in certain protozoal diseases. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, ii, 1268.—Belln (M.) De Paction des oxydants sur Involution des maladies infectieuses (premiere note). Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1913, lxxiv, 1100- 1102.—Blau (A. I.) Factors concerned in the incidence of the contagious diseases. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1921, cxiii, 750.—Bordoni-Uflreduzi (S. C), Gorini [et at.]. Una sco- perta ben provata sulla natura dei miasmi e contagi. Con- Communicable diseases (Causes of). corso pel premio Cagnola. R. 1st. Lomb. di sc. e lett. Rendic, Milano, 1914-15, 2. s., xlvii, 1125.—Castellanl (L.) L' importanza delle vie acree superiori nell' etiologia delle malattie infettive e contagiose. Pensiero med., Milano, 1917, vii, 229; 237; 245.—Comby (J.) Importance du facteur sexe dans certaines maladies infectieuses. Bull, et m6m. Soc. m6d. d. hop. de Par., 1920, 3. s., xliv, 353-355. Also: Marseille-med., 1920, lvii, 353-355.—Emerson (H. C.) The etiology and infective period of some of the infectious dis- eases. Yale M. J., N. Haven, 1900-1901, vii, 429-433.— Erhard (F.) Ketzerische Betrachtungen eines Arztes; nicht durch Mikroorganismen veranlasste Infektionskrank- heiten. Aerztl. Rundschau, Miinchen, 1905, xlviii, 577-579 — Ewart (R.J.) The influence of parental and grandparental age at birth of offspring on their susceptibility to the zymotic diseases. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1912-13, vi, Epi- demiol. Sect., 49-67.—Fiessinger (C.) Note sur 1'evolution des maladies infectieuses. M£d. inf., Par., 1903, 241-244.— Fraser (J. B.) Testing the germ theory on human beings. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1916, xlix, 447.—Golgi (C), Bordoni-Uffreduzi (G.) & Sormanl (G.) Una scoperta ben provata sulla natura dei miasmi e dei contagi. R. 1st. Lomb. di sc. e lett. Rendic, Milano, 1917, 2. s., 1, 831. Gotschllch. Ueber Entstehen und Vergehen von Infek- tionskrankheiten. Ber. d. oberhess. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u. Heilk., Giessen, 1919, xii, 13-29.—Grass! (B.) Sulla natura dei miasmi e contagi. R. 1st. Lomb. di sc. e lett. Rendic, Milano, 1903, 2. s., xxxvi, 56-62.—Hagedoorn (A. C.) & Kagedoorn-Vorstheuvel La Brand (A. C.) Het over- geerfde moment bij bacterieele ziekten. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1919, ii, 179-182.—Herderschee (D.) Oorzaken en voorwaarden bij acute infectieziekten. Ge- neesk. Bl. uit Klin, en Lab. v. de Prakt., Haarlem, 1918, xx, 1-26.—Klsskalt (K ) Untersuchungen iiber Konstitu- tion und Krankheitsdisposition; die Ermittelung der Dis- position zu Infektionskrankheiten. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. In- fektionskrankh., Leipz., 1914, lxxviii, 489-499.—de KOrosy (J.) L'influence des conditions atmospheriques sur Pecio- sion des maladies infectieuses. Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1898, 3. s. xxxix, 344-356. Also: Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. de m£d. 1897, Mosc, 1900. vii, 307-315—Kossel (H.) Zeitliche und 'orthche Disposition bei Infektionskrankheiten im Lichte cxperimenteller Forschung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., 1913, xxxix, 2448-2450.—Kusama (S.) Disposition bei In- fektionskrankheiten. Verhandl. d. jap. path. Gesellsch., Tokyo, 1915, v, 23-25.—Matson (R. W.) The modern con- ception of the pathogenesis of the common infectious dis- eases of unknown origin. Med. Sentinel, Portland, Oreg., 1910, xviii, 634-641.—Palmer (J. F.) Undefined factors in the spread of disease. Am. Med.-Surg. Bull., N. Y., 1898, xii, 1166-1177.—Perronicto (E.) Les virus latents ou germes durables et les maladies epidemiques. Cong, inter- nat. de path, comp., Par., 1913,i,pt. 2,678-688. [Discussion], 1914, ii, 68.—Relchert (F.) Ueber zwei in atiologischer Be- ziehung bemerkenswerte Obdukt-ionsbefunde. (Puerperale Friedlander-Sepsis; hamorrhagische Diathese, verursacht durch Diplo-Streptokokken bei Grippe.) Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc], Berl., 1921, ccxxxi, 4,53-466.—Riesman (D.) The cellular factor in infectious diseases. Tr. Coll. Phys., Phila., 1914, xxxvi, 271-282— Roncall (D. B.) La teoria delle infezioni. Suppl. al Policlin., Roma, P98-9, v, 433; 462.—Slegel (J.) Untersuchungen iiber die Aetiologie der Pocken, der Maul- und Klauenseuche, des Scharlaohs und der Syphilis. Med. Klin., Berl., 1905, l, 446-449, 1 pi.— Silberschmldt (W.) Infektionskrankheiten und Disposi- tion. Univ. Zurich. Festgabe, 1914, pt. 3, 123-132.—Teich- mann (F.) Die Vorbedingungen der ansteekenden Krank- heiten (Khmatologie, allgemeine hygienische Vernaltnisse, Lebensgewohnheiten und-bedingungen). Beihefte z. Arch. f. Schiffs.-u. Tropenhyg., Leipz., 1919, xxiii, 12-20.—Tobeitz (A.) Zur Aetiologie der Mfektionskrankheiten. Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1921, Ixix, 185-198.—Trlllat (A.) In- fluence de la presence de traces infinitesimales de substances nutritives dans l'humidit6 de l'air sur lajantagion. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1920, clxxi, 28T284. Also: Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1920, xiii, 482-484.—Vaughan (V. C.) The etiology of the infectious diseases. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1914, cxix, 230-232.—Winslow (C.-E. A.) Man and the mi- crobe. Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y., 1914, lxxxv, 5-20. Communicable diseases (Complications and sequelse of). Caillol (A.) *Le syndrome hemorragique dans les infections aigues; pathogenie et traite- ment. 8°. Montpellier, 1912. Sormani (C.) *La pressione arteriosa mas- sima e minima nelle malattie infettive. roy. 4°. Pavia, 1910. Binggold (K.) Die Kreislaufschwache bei akuten Infektionskrankheiten und ihre Therapie. Therap. Halb- monatsh., Berl., 1921, xxxv, 617-622— Dibbelt (W.) Ex- perimentelle Untersuchungen iiber Nierenschadigungen bei Infektionskrankheiten, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Pathologie der Zelle. Arb. a. d. Geb. d. path. Anat. . . . Inst, zu Tubing., Leipz., 1914, ix, 259-281.—Dickey (W. A.) Myo- cardial changes following the acute infectious fevers. Med. COMMUNICABLE. Communicable diseases (Complications and sequelae of). Rec, N. Y., 1915, Ixxxvii, 142-145— Gabbl (U.) Sulla frequenza dell' endocardite nelle varie classi delle malattie infettive. Malaria [etc.], Roma, 1917, viii, 76-79.—Huddles- ton (F. W.) The comparative sequelae of contagious dis- ease and focal infection. J. Kansas M. Soc, Topeka, 1921, xxi, 223-225.—LOwy (R.) Ueber nervose Storungen her- vorgerufen durch Infektionskrankheiten. Jahrb. f. Psy- chiat. u. Neurol., Leipz. & Wien, 1918, xxxviii, pt. 2, 347- 358.—Mitchell (C.) The kidney complications of acute infectious diseases. Hahneman. month., Phila., 1911, xlvi, 672-679— Paulian (D.-E.) Contributions a l'etude des lesions du systeme nerveux dans les maladies infec- tieuses. Bull, et me'm. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Bucarest, 1922, iv, 81-87.—Robb (J. M.) Aural conditions following conta- fious disease. J. Mich. M. Soc, Grand Rapids, 1915, xiv, 4-37.—Vail (D. T.) The eve, ear, nose and throat compli- cations in acute infectious diseases. Pediatrics, N. Y., 1904, xvi, 137-147. Communicable diseases (Diagnosis of). Albert (H.) Laboratory diagnosis of atypical cases of communicable diseases. J* Iowa State M. Soc, Des Moines, 1918, viii, 1-4.—Barbour (P. F.) Important considerations in the diagnosis and treatment of contagious diseases. South M. J., Birmingham, 1918, xi, 228-232.—Bertarelll (E.) II significato della presenza di germi nel sangue durante le malattie infettive. Morgagni, Milano, 1915, lvii, pt. 2, 24- 28.—Blau (A. I.) Errors in the diagnosis of the contagious diseases. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1920, xcviii, 352-354.—Brill (N. E.) An acute infectious disease of unknown origin; a clinical study based on 221 cases. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1910, xxxix, 484-502.—Bruck (C.) Zur biologischen Diagnose von Infektionskrankheiten. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1906, xxxii, 945-947. -----. Ceber Fortschritte in der specifischen Diagnose von Infec- tionskrankheiten. Jahresb. d. sehles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult. 1906, Bresl., 1907,Ixxxiv, 140-154.—Calger (F. F.) On the differential diagnosis and prognosis ofthe common infec- tious diseases. Clin. J., Lond., 1900-1901, xvii, 369-390; 405.—Delamare (G.) La reaction de Friedberger dans le typhus exanthematique, la typhoide et la fievre re'currente. 6ull. Acad, de med., Par., 1921, 3. s., lxxxvi, 305.—Dilling- ham (F. H.) Differential diagnosis of the acute infectious diseases. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1906, Ixxxiv, 692-698 — Doerr (R.) Wege, auf denen sich die fortschreitende Differenzierung der Infektionskrankheiten voneinander vollzogen hat. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1918, lxviii, 1235.— Fischer (L.) Clinical observations in the acute infectious diseases. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xhx, 2139-2143.— Friedemann (U.) Die der Heimat durch die Demobilisie- rung drohenden Infektionskrankheiten, unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Diagnose. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1919, xvi, 2-7.—de Gaetanl Giunta (G.) Segno clinico premonitorio di diagnosi di malattia ihfettiva acuta. Gazz. a. osp., Milano, 1910. xxxi, 657. Also, transl.: Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1911, lvi, 399-402.—Gay (F. P.) New uses of specific skin tests in certain of the infectious diseases. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1915, cxlix, 157-165. Also, Reprint — Goodall (E. W.) Common errors in the diagnosis of the infectious diseases. Clin. J., Lond., 1913-14, xhi, 593-596 — Gunn (W. C.) The presence of complement in infectious diseases. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1914. n. s., xcvii, 170.— Herderschee (D.) Hart en bleedvaten bij infectieziekten. Nederl. maandschr. v. verlosk. [etc.], Leiden, 1917, vi, 535- ">32. Hubbard (S. D.) Diagnostic kinks in the infectious diseases. N. York M. J. [etcl, 1918, cvii, 1021. Also, Re- print.—Kerr (H.) Hints on the diagnosis of the commoner infectious diseases. Univ. Durham Coll. Med. Gaz., New- castle, 1911, xi, 129-135.—Kraus (R.) Die Fortschritte der Bacteriologie in der Diagnostik der Infectionskrankheiten. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1901, li, 972; 1012; 1070.—Kuhn (P.) Weitere Mitteilung iiber den Nachweis von Typhus, Ruhr und Choffra durch das Bolusverfahren. Med." Klin., Berl., 1916, xii, 941.—Labergc (A.-E.) Diagnostic des maladies contagieuses. Cnion mod. du Canada, Montreal, 1920, xlix, 11-25.—Lewis (D. M.) Contagiousness versus eommunicability. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1917, xxiv 868-874.—von Leyden (E.) & Blumcnthal (K.) Zur Beurteihuig infektioser Prozesse aus der Bestimmunu der Chloride des Stickstoffs und der fluchtigen I'Vttsnureri. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1905, xiii Fest Num., pp. iii v. - Lieben (S.) Beitrage zur Klinik der Infektionskrankheiten. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1919, xxxii, 35-37.—Meyer < .1.) Die Bedeutung der bakteriologischen Diagnose bei Infektions- krankheiten. Reichs-Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1903, xxviii, 143; 163; 183.—Nicoll (M.) Nature and diagnosis of common contagious diseases. Woman's M. J., Cmcin., 1913, xxiii, 125-128.-----. The early diagnosis of communicable dis^ ease. Month. Bull. N. Y. State Dep. Health. N. Y., 1916 xxxii, 284-288— Nobecourt & Peyre. Un an d'hemocul- tures dans un service de contagieux. Presse med., Par 1916, xxiv. 520.—Opltz (K.) Die Entnahme von Unter- suchungsstoffen bei ansteckenden Krankheiten. Prakt Desinfekt., Berl., 1911, 89-91.—Ramsbottom (A.) Some modern methods of diagnosis and treatment in bacterial infections. Med. Chron., Manchester, 1909. 1, 141-150.— Richardson (D. L.) Diagnosis and transmission of iniec- 78 COMMUNICABLE. Communicable diseases (Diagnosis of). tious diseases. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1921, xxxviii, 508- 511.—Riess (L.) Ueber die Aehnlichkeit der klinischen Krankheitsbilder von Infektionskrankheiten. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1914, li, 1913-1916.—Schrank (J.) Die Not- wendigkeit der Errichtung bakteriologischer Untersuchungs- stationen zur Feststellungder Diagnose bei Infectionskrank- heiten. Compt .-rend. Cong, internat. de med. 1897, Mosc, 1900, vii, 272-276.—Somerset (W. L.) Diagnostic kinks in infectious diseases. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1918, cvii, 907 — Stewart (F. E.) Diagnostic reagents and their uses in the diagnosis of infectious diseases. J.Am. Pharm. Ass., Phila., 1916, v, 975: 1196; 1310. Also: West. M. Rev., Omaha, 1917, xxii, 330-345—Test! (F.) L'esame batteriologico ' del sangue nella diagnosi delle malattie infettive. Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1907, lxvi, 199-204.—Thomson (F.) The differential diagnosis of certain infectious diseases. Lancet, Lond., 1912, i, 566-569.—Tunnlcllff (Ruth). Obser- vations on throat smears in measles, rubella (German measles) and scarlet fever. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, Ixxi, 104. Also, Reprint.—Wassermann (A.) Neuere Fortschritte in der Diagnostik der Infektionskrankheiten. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild.. Jena, 1907, iv, 583-587.—West (W. J.) Differential diagnosis of the eruptive contagious diseases. Old Dominion J. M. & P., Richmond, 1907-8, vi, 425-137.— Woodbury (W. R.) Mouth and teeth conditions in infectious diseases. Cong. dent, internat. C.-r., Berl., 1909, v, pt. 2, 516-519. Communicable diseases (History of). See, also, Epidemics (History of). Felix (J.) La science positive: les epidemies et les maladies contagieuses au xxme siecle. 8°. Gand, 1908. Niedlich (W.) *Zur Geschichte und Litera- tur von der Lehre dee Contagium animatum (sive vivum). 8°. Berlin, 1911. Bordoni-Uffreduzl. Una scoperta ben provata sulla natura dei miasmi e contagi. R. 1st. Lomb. di sc e lett. Rendic, Milano, 1910, 2. s., xliii, 938-940.—Gamier. Le cholera et la peste en lndo-Chine pendant les annees 1919 et 1920. Am. de med. et de pharm. colon., Par., 1921, xix, 418- 423.—Kisskalt (K.) Das Aussterhen der "Krankheiten der Cnkuitur." Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1914, xl, 1606.—de Lint (J. G.) Besmettelijke ziekten tijdens het beleg van Breda in 1625. Med. Weekbl., Amst., 1919-20, xxvi, 313; 325.—Mlall (P.) Contagion from a historical point of view. Med. Mag.. Lond., 1899, viii, 695- 706.—Offord (J.) The knowledge ofthe ancients regarding the propagation of disease by flies and rodents. Scienee Progr. 20. cent., Lond., 1916. x, 570-572.—Seldel <¥..) Die Lehre von der Kontagion bei den Arabern. Arch. f. Geseh. d. Med., Leipz., 1912-13, vi, 81-93.—Singer (C ' A: Singer (Mrs. Dorothea). The development of the Joetnne of Contagium vivum, 1500-1750. Tr. Intemat. Cong. Med., Lond., 1913, Sect, xxiii, Hist. Med., 1S7-206—Sudhofl (K.) Die acht ansteckenden Krankheiten einer angeblichen Baseler Ratsverordnung vom Jahre 1350. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Leipr.. 1913, lxxxv, pt. 1, 340.—Z. (H.) Les idees de Pierre Desault sur les maladies contagieuses (1738). J. de meVl. de Par., 1909, 2. s., xxi, 63-68. Communicable diseases (Hospitals for). Parsons (H. F.) Isolation hospitals* 8°. Cambridge, 1914. Verdelli (F.) I contagiosa nell' Ospedale ma^'jiore di Cremona, roy. 8D. Cremona, 1910. A. \.) Ein neuer Tvp einer Infektionsbaracke. Ge- sundheit, Leipz., 1908, xxxiii, 80.—Anderson (A. J.) The constniction and administration of infectious disease hospitals. South African M. Rec, Cape Town, 1913, xi. 79-82.—Arnold (Louise F.) Care of contagious diseases in a small hospital. Am. J. Nursing, Phila., 1910-11 xi 178-182— Bahonnelx (L.) Un h6pital improvise pour contagieux. Gaz. d. h6p., Par.. 1919, xcii, 57-59.—Barlow (W.N.) Infectious hospitals; their usefulness or otherwise J. State Med., Lond., 1904, xii. 648-651.—Bondl < S ) Ceber die Einrichtung von Marodenhausern fiir Infektionskranke. Oesterr. San.-VVes.. Wien, 1916, xxviii, 3-7— Butler (Lucile A.) & Ran (Virginia). The hospital care of contagious diseases. 1 . States Nav. M. Bull.. Wash., 191s, xii, 27-30 — Caverly (C. S.) The value of isolation hospitals for small cities. Am. J. Pub. Health, Concord, N. II 1919 vi 1196- 1200.—Cowie (D. M.) The aseptic technic method in the II. Soc, Grand Rapids, 1916, xv 240-248 — Cunningham (W. SA A practical method of isolating acute pulmonary infection cases in a hospital w\rH vfZSr & Surg. Ren. Episc. Hosp., Phila.. 19* y ^% V± Davles (D. S.) Isolation hospitals from the poini of view of the Medical Officer of Health. J. Roy. San Inst 1 £% 1905, xxvi, 248-254. [Discussion], «wj67.-i*s'.ii^n~ (R. L.) Abeyant hospitals for emergent epidemicsPub! COMMUNICABLE. 79 COMMUNICABLE. Communicable diseases (Hospitals for). Health Rep., Wash., 1920, xxxv, 1210—Desfosses (P.) Le pavilion des contagieux de l'Hdpital Saint-Joseph. Presse med., Par., 1911-12, xx, suppl., 621-626.—Dujarric de la Riviere. H6pital de campagne pour contagieux. Paris m(5d., 1915-16, xvii, 234-241.—Faivre (P.) Isolement des contagieux dans les h6pitaux. Rev. prat, d'hyg. municip. [etc.], Par., 1911, vii, 98; 150.—Fischer (L.) Zum Grund- rissproblem des landlichen Isoherspitales. Amtsarzt, Leipz. & Wien, 1912, iv, 432-435.—Fremantle (F. E.) The value of isolation hospitals. Pub. Health, Lond., 1906-7, xix, 1-22.—Gulnon. L'isolement des enfants contagieux dans les hopitaux de Berlin. Bull. m6d., Par., 1890, iv, 893-896.—HartUng. Die Unterbringung von Infektions- kranken in amerikanischen allgemeinen Krankenhausern. Ztschr. f. Krankenanst., Leipz., 1919, xv, 250-251.—Horns- by (J. A.), Wheeler (Mary) [et al.]. Standardization of hospitals; class XVII, infectious-disease hospitals. Mod. Hosp., St. Louis, 1918, x, 245-247.—Hume (F. N.) The usefulness of isolation hospitals. J. State Med., Lond., 1904, xii, 652-654.—Joslin (R. K.) Contagious hospitals. U. States Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1918, xii, 21-26.—Kretz (R.) Nach welchen Grundsatzen smd Infectionskranke in Spita- lern zu verpflegen? Jahrb. d. Wien. k. k. Krankenanst. 1898, Wien & Leipz., 1900, vii, pt. 2, 287-297.—Labbe (M.) Organisation et fonctionnement d'un hopital de contagieux. Ann. de mecl., Par., 1915-16, iii, 437^159.—Lamoreaux (L. A.) Architecture of the modern hospital for contagious diseases. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1914, lxii, 274-277. [Dis- cusionL 279-281.—Llgorio (E.) I reparti d'isolamento per malattie infettive negli ospedali comuni. Med. ital., Napoli, 1906, iv, 301; 321.—Martin (L.) Hospitahsation des mala- dies contagieuses; etude k propos de 2,000 malades traiWs & l'Hdpital Pasteur. Bull, med., Par., 1904, xviii, 251-254. -----. Des hopitaux pour contagieux. Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1906, xxviii, 203-221.—Musso (I.E.) Progetto di massima per il nuovo ospedale delle malattie infettive in Savona. Riv. di ingegner. san.. Torino, 1908, iv, 237-240.—Nash (J. T. C.) Bed isolation of infectious diseases in fever hospi- tals. Pub. Health, Lond., 1919-20, xxxiii, 128-131.—Ochs- ner (A. J.) & Sturm (M. J.) The construction of hospitals for the treatment of contagious diseases. Clin. Rec, Chicago, 1904-5, xxi, 186-202.—OUari (A.) L'isolamento dei conta- giosi negli ospedali generali. Arch, di sc. osp., Bergamo, 1913-14, iii, 163; 201: 1914, iv, 1.—Palmer, Hornbostel & Goldwater (S. S.) The contagious ward of the Morristown Memorial Hospital, Morristown, N. J. Mod. Hosp., St. Louis, 1918, x, 171-173.—Parsons (H. F.) Les h6pitaux d'isolement en Angleterre. Bull. Office internat. d'hyg. pub., Par., 1912, iv, 2200-2253.—Peterson (R.) The new contagious hospital at the University of Michigan and its proposed plan of operation. Tr. Clin. Soc. Univ. Mich., Ann Arbor, 1914, v, 90-100.—Renault (M. J.) Utility d'une bonne ventilation permanente dans un service de conta- gieux. An. Fac. de med., Montevideo, 1919, iv, 796-799.— Ribelro da Cunha (O.) Installacoes do servico de moles- tias infecto-contagiosas nos hospitaes modernos. Arch. brasil. de med., Rio de Jan., 1921, xi, 925-938.—Richardson (D. L.) Disinfection as part of the hospital administration; description of the technic of isolation in a special hospital for the care of the communicable diseases. Mod. Hosp., St. Louis, 1913-14, i, 76-80. -----. Hospital and home isola- tion. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1915, xix, 150-157.-----. The care of infectious diseases in hospitals. Mod. Hosp., St. Louis, 1919, xii, 244-246.-----. Construction of isolation hospitals. Ibid., xiii, 108-118.-----. Management of con- tagious disease hospitals. Ibid., 1920, xiv, 30-33.-----. Hospital and home isolation oi infectious diseases; their relative values. Ibid., 99-101.—Robinson (Margaret J.) The Municipal Contagious Disease Hospital of the city of Chicago. Ibid., 1919, xii, 246-248.—Schmidt (R. E.) Hos- pitals for communicable diseases. Ibid., x, 153-158.— Smith (W. R.) Seasonal incidence of infectious diseases and the duration of residence of infectious patients in hospi- tal in relation to the provision of infectious hospital accom- modation. J. State M. Lond., 1904, xii, 412-414, 4 diag.— Smythe (F.) Isolation hospitals. Pub. Health Engin., Lond., 1904, xv, 115-124.—Southworth (F. W.) & John- son (L. W.) Requirements of modern contagious disease hospitals. Mod. Hosp., St. Louis, 1915, v, 221-224.—Stokes (J. H.) The organization and methods of contagious dis- ease services. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1918-19, xxii, 729-736 — Sturm (M. J.) The Evanston General Hospital's conta- gious pavilion. Mod. Hosp.. St. Louis, 1914, iii, 168-170 — Tatham (C. J. W.) The limit of usefulness of infectious hospitals. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1906, vi, 541- 547.—Tauber (S.) Ueber das Grundrissproblem des landlichen Isoherspitales. Amtsarzt, Leipz. & Wien, 1912, iv, 182-203.—Trillat (A.) Sur les principes d'une methode destinee a diminuer la contagion des maladies transmis- sibles par Pair dans les salles de malades ou les lieux habites. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1914, 3. s., Ixxi, 801-803.—Vin- cent (L.) L'hopital de Las Animas a la Havane; hopital special pour les maladies contagieuses et la fievre jaune. Arch, de parasitol., Par., 1904, viii, 343-547.—Warren (L.) Observations on infectious cases treated in the R. N. Hos- pital ship Agadir. J. Roy. Nav. M. Serv., Lond., 1917, iii, 221-225.—von Welsmayr (A. R.) Die Verhutung der Infectionsgefahr in Heilanstalten und Curorten. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1899, xiii, 403; 421.—Whyte (M. B.) How Communicable diseases (Hospitals for). can cross-infection be prevented in a hospital for communi- cable disease? Canad. J. M. & S., Toronto, 1913, xxxiv, 117-121. Also: J. Prev. M. & Sociol., Toronto, 1913, xiv, 14-18.—Wilson (R. J.) Municipal contagious disease hospitals; their medical and financial importance to the country. Buffalo M. J., 1908. lxiv, 195-203.—Wodehouse (R. E.) An isolation hospital built and operated by a city department of health. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1910-11, xhv, 888-893.—Woody (S. S.) Municipal hospitals for contagious disease. Am, J, Pub. Health, N. Y., 1912, ii, 726-734. Communicable diseases (Legislation relating to). Anweisungen des Ministers der geistlichen Unterrichts- u. Medizinangelegenheiten zur Ausfuhrung des Gesetzes, betreffend die Be- kampfung ubertragbarer Krankheiten, vom 28. August 1905 (G. S. S. 373). [H 1-9.] Amtliche Ausgabe. 16°. Berlin, 1906. Close (F.) Recent legislation on contagious diseases considered especially with reference to the Army and Navy. 8°. Carlisle, 1870. Kerr (J. W.) & Moll (A. A.) Communicable diseases; an analysis of the laws and regulations for the control thereof in fort^ in the United States. 8°. Washington, 1914. Forms Bull. No. 62 of: V. S. Treas. Dep. Pub. Health Serv. Babes (V.) Etudes critiques sur l'organisation sanitaire actuelle; dispositions legates en vue de combattre les mala- dies infectieuses. Bull. sect, scient. de l'Acad. roumaine, Bucarest, 1912-13, i, 317-329.—Entwurf eines«j}esetzes zur Verhutung und Bekampfung ubertragbarer Krankheiten. Oesterr. San.-Wes., Wien, 1908, xx, Beil., 51-141.—Fischer (L.) Erwagungen zum Gesetz zur Verhutung und Be- kampfung ubertragbarer Krankheiten. Amtsarzt, Leipz. & Wien, 1914, vi, 21-29.—Forbes (D.) A consideration of the cholera, yellow fever, and plague regulations and aliens act, 1905, in their relation to the spread of these diseases. Lancet, Lond., 1905, ii, 1891 .—Gesetz, betreffend die Be- kampfung gemeingefahrlicher Krankheiten, vom 30. Juni 1900 (Reichs-Gesetzblatt No. 24, 1900). Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wiirttemb. arztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1900, lxx, 399-404.—Gesetz, betreffend die Bekampfung ubertragbarer Krankheiten. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1905, xxxi, 1158; 1196.—Grassl. Die neuen bayerischen Verordnungen behufs Bekampfung ubertragbarer Krankheiten und Ver- gleich derselben, mit der entsprechenden badischen Verord- nung. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1911, xxiv, 445-454.— Gumprecht. Gesetzlicher Seuchenschutz; die staatliche Seuchengesetzgebung mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Auslandes. Off. Ber. d. deutsch. Med.-Beamtem-Ver., Berl., 1913, ix, 72-131.—Hlllenberg. Wie hat sich das Gesetz, betreffend die Bekampfung ubertragbarer Krank- heiten vom 28. August 1905,bei seiner praktischen Durch- fuhrung bewahrt? Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1911, xxiv, 337-356.—Krause. Praktische Durchfuhrung der gesetzlichen Bestimmungen im Inlande und die dabei gemachten Erfahrungen. Off. Ber. d. deutsch. Med.- Beamten-Ver., Berl., 1913, ix, 131-185.—Krautwlg (P.) Das Gesetz betr. die Bekampfung ubertragbarer Krankhei- ten. Med. Woche, Halle a. S., 1906, vii, 342; 350; 362; 370; 382; 390; 402; 410.—Nesemann (F.) Das preussische Gesetz betreffend die Bekampfung ubertragbarer Krankheiten, vom 28. August 1905, unter Beriicksichtigung des Reichs- gesetzes, betreffend die Bekampfung gemeingefahrlicher Krankheiten vom 30. Juni 1900. Ztschr. f. soziale Med., Leipz., 1906, i, 144-167.—Poelchau (G.) Die gesetzhchen Vorschriften in Preussen iiber ansteckende Krankheiten in bezug auf die Schule. Wien. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1905, xii, 651; 679— Rapmund (O.) Der Entwurf eines Ge- setzes betreffend die Bekampfung gemeingefahrUcher Krankheiten. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1900, xiii, 264- 274.-----. Die erste Berathung des Reichstages iiber den Gesetzentwurf betreffend die Bekampfung gemeingefahrli- cher Krankheiten. Ibid., 294; 323.-----. Die zweite Bera- tung des preussischen Abgeordnetenhauses iiber den Ent- wurf eines Gesetzes, betreffend die Bekampfung ubertrag- barer Krankheiten. Ibid., 1905, xviii, 70-86.—Teleky (L.) Der preussische Gesetzentwurf zur Bekampfung der Infek- tionskrankheiten. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1903, xvi, 532- 534.—Winter (M.) Zur Annahme des Gesetzes betreffend die Verhutung und Bekampfung ubertragbarer Krank- heiten im Abgeordnetenhause. Amtsarzt, Leipz. & Wien, 1913, v, 49-58. Communicable diseases (Notification of). Carrere (E.) *Le secret meclical et la decla- ration des maladies contagieuses. 8°. Toulouse, 1908. COMMUNICABLE. 80 COMMUNICABLE. Communicable diseases (Notification Communicable diseases (Notification Compulsory notification; an impeachment of the new despotism. 8°. [n. p.], 1890. Court decisions relating to morbidity reports. The right of the community to require physi- cians to report cases of disease coming under their observation, the purposes thereof and reasons therefor as stated by courts of last resort. 8 . Washington, 1914. Pub. Health Rep. No. 205. , Statistics of the incidence of notifiable infec- | tious diseases in each sanitary district in England and Wales, and preliminary statement as to small-pox abroad during the year 1913 (third year). 8°. London, 1914. Trask (J. W.) A digest of the laws and regu- lations of the various states relating to the re- porting of cases of sickness. 8°. Washington, 1911. Treas. Dep. Pub. Health & Mar.-Hosp. Serv. U. S., Bull. No. 45, Wash., 1911, 191. United States. Treasury Department. Public Health Service. The notifiable diseases; diseases and conditions required to be reported in the several states. 8°. Washington, 1916. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1916, xxxi, No. 14. Bluzet (A.) La declaration obligatoire des maladies Ipidlmiques. Rev. prat, d'hyg. municip. [etc.], Par., 1905, i, 385-392.—Bowman (J. L.) The medical profession and notifiable diseases; why reports should be made. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1920, xxxv, 2503-2509.—Brulnsma VG W.) Moeielijkheiden bij aangifte van besmettelijke ziekten. Med. Weekbl., Amst., 1912-13, xviii, 451-454.— Carteron (P.) Poursuite contre un medecin n'ayant pas fait la declaration de maladie contagieuse; impossibility de faire la preuve que le diagnostic de diphtlrie a Itl Itabli; acquirement. Rev.,prat, d'obst. et de ginec. Par., 1908, 140-142.—Cauzard. A propos de la declaration des maladies contagieuses. J. de mid. de Par., 1905, .2. s., xvii, 595.— Coester. Ein Beitrag zur Anzeigepflicht bei Infektions- krankheiten und zur Kurpfuschereifrage. Ztschr. f. Med.- Beamte, Berl., 1903, xvi, 314-319.— Emerlc. Quelques rl- flexions au sujet de la declaration des maladies contagieuses et de la disinfection. Rev. prat, d'hyg. municip. [etc.], Par., 1913, ix, 242-248.—Fortlneau (L.) La declaration des mala- dies contagieuses et Topinion medicate. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1909, Ixxxii, 828-830.—Gautrez (E.) La declaration des maladies contagieuses. Rev. prat, d'hyg. municip. [etc.], Par., 1909, v, 434-450.—von Gizyckl. Verletzung der An- zeigepflicht bei iibertragbaren Krankheiten. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1913, xxvi 218-222.—Larche. Decla- ration des maladies transmissibles et Ipidlmiques. Bull, et mem. Soc. de med. de Vaucluse, Avignon, 1906, ii, 433-435.— McCombs (C. E.) Reporting communicable diseases, a physician's point of view. Am. J. Pub. Health, Chicago, 1921, xi, 624-627.—McWalter (J. C.) Suggested improve- ments in the notification of diseases. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1907, n. s., Ixxxiv, 115-117.—Martin (l.i o* Van- dremer (A.) La declaration des maladies transmissibles: les mesures qu'elle doit pro\ oquer. Ann. d'hyg., Par., laio, 4. s., xiii, 63-95—Meader (F. M.) The registration of com- municable diseases with special reference to the out of town case. Am. J. Pub. Health, N. Y., 1915, v, 123s 1241.- >Ieig> (A. V.) The placarding of houses for contagious disease. Tr. Coll. Phys., Phila., 1900, 31-37.—Model (The) State law for morbidity reports. Sections 2 to 10, inclusive, adopted by the State of Kansas. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1914, xxix, 2249.—Moreau (R.) Par qui doit etre faite la decla- ration des maladies contagieuses? Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1913, xxxv, 602-606.—floret. La declaration des maladies con- tagieuses et l'insuflisance des disinfections. Rev. de mid. leg., Par., 1908, xv, 89.—Notifiable (The) diseases; diseases and conditions required to be reported in the several States. Pub.Health Rep..Wash., 1916, xxxi, 881-ss,,.—Petit (R.M.) Les mldecins et la declaration des maladies Ipidlmiques. Rev.de droit med., Par., 1912, i, 170-173— Quldet. A propos du vote de PAcademie de medecine relatif a la declaration obligatoire des maladies transmissibles. J. de med. de Par., 1909, 2. s., xxi, 79.—Ransome (A.) The scientific uses of the notification of disease. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond 1911, iv, Epidemic Sect., 185-197—Rohrer (C. W. G.) On the reporting of communicable diseases. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1913, lvi, 105; 174; 190; 257. Also, Reprint— Rosenf eld (S.) Die anzeigepfhchtigen Infektionskrankheiten Wiens in den Jahren 1901-1910. Wien. klin.Wchnschr., 1914, xxvii, 1347; 1365; 1384; 1450.—Tappan (J. W.) The quarantine and reporting of communicable diseases. Bull. El Paso Co. M. Soc., El Paso, Tex., 1916, viii, 115-126.—Trask (J.W.) Morbidity reports and statistics; a discussion of the pro- visions of the model State law for the report of controllable 1 dis Of)- diseases. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1914, Ixiii, 1845-1850.— Vallln (E.) La declaration obligatoire de la rougeole et des pneumonies infectieu^-. Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1900, xxu, 289- 29f>—Vallin (E.) & Martin (A.-JA De la declaration obh"-itoire des maladies transmissibles; ses consequences nece"s^^ %^ffij& nTt x^l-SSA* (O L ) The contro 1 o^contagion Hf SV26m-UKze ^(C1: S Bot^e^V) i MS^' E.) *fumigation as a disinfecting agency Mpd Press & Circ, Lond., civ, 157.—KHng (t.) 11"« ^ampalgif against contagious disease .in France dunnfJ the war.l Hygiea, Stockholm, 1916, lxxviu, 30^|48--£°'"a,<:* OE) Respiratoren zum Schutzegcger, die ^natmung nfektioser Tropfchen und Staubchen... Ztschr f. Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh, Leipz, 1911,. lxviii, ^-m-Krues (W. E.) Importance o! oral hygiene, for the protectionoi health against infectious diseases; particularly tubercutoas. Con? dent internat. C.-r., Berl., 1909, ^, pt. I, Siu-aio. iSlote (J-P.) Les maladies transmissibles; hygiene urbaine Rev. gen. d. sc pures et appliq. Par, 1906, rvu, ££«£ _I*molne (G.-HA Disinfection et prophylaxie aetmaiad^o°Se(uses. W. *Mtk1ta£Sfi;' Par 1908 xxii 497^99. -----. Desinfertion des excreta, de^iingeletTs vetements des malades attetats de matage contagieuse. Ibid., 1909, xxin, 577-579.-----. La mftoode de Milne, son role dans la diminution de la contagiosity des fllvres eruptlves et dans la prophylaxie> des'infections secondares Rev. d'hvg. Par, 1920, xlh, 564-576.-Lentz. Die Seuchenbekampfung in Preussen wahrend des Kneges. Prakt. Desinfekt, Berl, 1916, 101-103. ——■. \V le »hut«en wir uns gegen die Ruhr, Typhus und Fleekfleber? Ztschr. Tarztl. Fortbild, Jena, 1918, xv, 393-400.-Lewls (DM.) The control of communicable diseases. Boston M. & b.J., 1918, clxxviii, 772-775. Also, Reprint.-Libby (G. W.) Disinfection of dwellings after contagious diseases Med. Sentinel, Portland, Oreg 1902, x, 312-315.-Lutte (La) contre la tuberculose et d'autres maladies infectieuses en Angleterre au 30 avril 1916. Bull, de POffice internat d hyg. pub. Par, 1917, ix, 571-590.-MacDonell (W. W.) Neg- lected points in the management of communicable diseases. J. Florida M. Ass, Jacksonville, 1918,v, 9-12.-McLaughlin (A J ) The control of communicable diseases. J. Am. M. Ass Chicago, 1921, lxxvii, 594; 1693— McLaughlin (J. W.) The'controlling influence of environment in epidemic infec- tious diseases Sanitarian, N. Y, 1904, Iii, 294-302,-Mc- Laughlin (P. J.) The management and control of diph- theria and scarlet fever. Tr. N. Hampshire M. Soc, Concord, 1918, cxxvii, 193-203.—Marfan. Enseignement des maladies contagieuses et isolement. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par, 1909, 3. s, xxvi, 194.—Martini. Ueber den \\ ert gemeinverstandlicher Belehnmgen bei Seuchcngefahr. J. State Med, Lond, 1913, xxi, 257-265.—Milllken «.'. W.) Routine immunizations for the prevention of institutional infections. Commonhealth. Dep. Pub. Health, Bost, 1921, viii, 158-160.—Milne (R.) The prevention of infectious dis- eases (scarlet fever and measles). Caledon. M. J, Glasg, 1915, x, 160-164.—Mollers (B.) Wie schutze ich mich vor ansteckenden Krankheiten? Bl. f. Volksgsndhtspfl, Berl, 1921, xxi, 37-10. Neufeld (F.) Allgemeine Gosichtspunkte der Seuchenbekampfung. Med. Klin, Berl, 1914, x, 1515- 1518.—Oclisner (A. J.) & Sturm (M. J.) Isolation rooms in residences for care of patients suffering with contagious diseases. Internat. Clin, Phila, 1913, 23. s, ii, 154-161 — Padwlck (H. B.) Some notes on early attempts at prophy- laxis against coast fevers on the West African Station. J. Roy. Nav. M. Serv, Lond, 1922, viii, MMis.—Plechl (S.) Mesufes prophylactiques contre la propagation des maladies contagieuses. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, 485-487.—Pllcque (A. F.) La methode de Milne; moyens de preA'enir la contagion et les complications dans la rougeole et dans la scarlatine. Bull, med. Par, 1914, xxviii, 363-365.—Poore (G. V.) The Milroy lectures on tin- earth in relation to the preservation and destruction of contagia. Brit. M. J, Lond.. Is99, i, 457-160. AIso: Lancet, Lond, 1899, i, 491-497.—Prausnitz (C.) Die neueren Me- thoden der Isolierung anstci kcndcr Kranken, insbesondcre nach den Erfahrungen Englands. Deutsche Vrtljsehr. f. 61T. Gsndhtspflg, Brnschwg, 1913, xlv, 361-374.—Pruneda (A.) A few measures for the control of the so-called minor infec- tious diseases. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep, Columbus, 1908, xxxiii, 63-56.—Raybaud (A.) Propbvlaxie antipho- rienne. Marseille-mid, 1919, lvi, 769-773.—Renault (J.) Utility d'une bonne ventilation permanente dans un service de contagieux. Rev. d'hyg., Par, 1918, xl, 518-522.— Redfleld (C. L.) Race immunization. N. York M. J. [etc.], Communicable diseases (Prevention of). 1922, cxv, 282-284.—Richardson (D. L.) The prevention of communicable diseases in general hospitals. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1914, lxiii, 1941-1946.—Rimpau. Die Veremheit- lichung der Seuchenbekampfung im Deutschen Reicne. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl, 1921, xxxiv, 509-o39.— Robertson (J.) The prevention of the commoner infectious Verhutung der Uebertragung akuter Infektionskrankheiten im Krankenhause. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Infektionskr, Wiirzb, 1912 i 17-39, 1 pi—Sclavo (A.) Personale e materiale per la n'rofilassi delle malattie infettive. Med. prat, Napoli, 1919 iv 174-178.—Sforza (C.) Sopra un mezzo scmphcis- simo di'difesa contro le malattie che si contraggono con la respirazione dell' aria attraverso le cavita nasali. Gior. di med. mil, Roma, 1911, lix, 44-46.—Simpson (W. J. R.) Some considerations regarding preventable diseases and their prevention. Tr. Soc. Trop. M. & Hyg, Lond, 1919-20, xiii 31-44— Soper(G. A.) The efficacy of existing measures for the prevention of disease. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1919, Ixxiii, 1105-1409. Also, Reprint.—Stuelp. Leber Infec- tionsstoffe, deren bacterielle Natur nicht nachgewiesen ist, und iiber Maassregeln zur Vermeidung solcher Infectionen vom sanitatspolizeilichen Standpunkte aus. \ rtlischr. f. gerichtl. Med, Berl, 1903, 3. F, xxvi, 135-179.—Svehla (k.) Ueber die Desinfektionswirkung des Bugelns in der Pro- phylaxis von Infektionskrankheiten. Arch. f. Hyg, Mun- chen & Berl, 1909, lxx, 373-379.—Swann (E.) The period of contagiousness of certain diseases, and the best means of preventing transmission. Buffalo M. J, 1917-18, lxxin, 355_359._Toussalnt (H.) Rapports des maladies evitables avec la medecine et la chirurgie d'armee. Rev. med. de l'est, Nancy, 1900, xxxii, 225: 268; 293: 339; 375; 400; 428; 494.— Trask (J. W.) The relation of morbidity reports to public health administration. Am. J. Pub. Health, N. Y., 1913, iii, 421-430.—Vandremer (A.) & Martin (L.) Prophylaxie des maladies contagieuses. Rev. prat, d'hyg. municip. [etc.], Par, 1910, vi, 145-162— Vorkehrungen gegen Volkskrank- heiten in Oesterreich. debtor.-San.-Wes, Wien, 1905, xvii, 369; 385; 393; 402; 410; 41v 433: 1906, xviii, 122; 129, 141: 165; 173; 181.—Wawrinsky (R. A.i (International regulations in regard to contagious diseases: their origin and develop- ments.] Hvgiea, Stockholm, 1909. 2. F, ix, 1009-1044.— Weaver (A." E. R.) The prevention of minor infectious diseases. J. Rov. San. Inst, Lond, 191.5-16, xxxvi, 3v2-390. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1915, n. s, c, 16-^171.— Weaver (G. H.) The value of the face mask and other measures in prevention cf diphtheria, meningitis, pneumo- nia, etc. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 191s, lxx, 76-78. Also, Reprint.—Whltelaw (T. HA Minor infections and quaran- tine. Canad. M. Ass. J, Toronto, 1918, viii, 122-12S — Whyte (M. B.) How we can best control the spread of communicable diseases. Hosp. World, Toronto, 1916, ix, 133-139.—Williamson (C. SA The prevention of the com- municable respiratorv diseases. Med. Clin. X. Am, Phila.. 1918-19, ii, 631-643.—Youngman (C. WA The value and results of eight years of fumigation and house isolation for contagious diseases in Williamsport. Penn. M. J.. Athens, 1908-9, xii, 631-634—Zinsser (H.) The control of infectious diseases in industrial communities. J. Indust. Hvg, N". Y. & Bost, 1919-20, i, 501- 522. -----. The prevention of in- fectious diseases. In: Nelson Loose-Leaf Med, Lond. & N. Y, 1920, vii, 135-255. Communicable diseases (Statistics of). Epsztejx i,M.) *T.a tuberculose et les amres maladies transmissil les a Bordeaux. 8°. Bor- deaux, 1916. Great Britain. Local Government Board. Statistics of the incidence of notifiable infec- tious diseases in each sanitary district in En- gland and Wales during the" year 1911. 8°. London, 1912. Rep. Local Gov. Bd. Publ. Health [etc.]. Lond, 1912, No. 64, 1-55. Johnstone (II. W.i Report to the Local Government Board on the progress and diffusion of: (1) Plague; (2\ cholera; (3) yellow fever. throughout the world during the year 1913. 8". London, 191"i. Bajla (E.) Come si distribuiseono topograflcamente le malattie contagiose negli aggregati urbani. Attualita med, Milano, 1916, v, 542-546.-----. l.e malattie infettive in Milano nei 1920. Boll. d. ord. d. med. d. prov. di Milano, 1921, viii, No. 10. 22 4s.—Blue (R.) Cholera, vellow fever, plague and smallpox; reports received from Decemher 27, 1913, to June 26,1914. Pub. Health Rep, Wash, 1914 xxix 1716-1726.—Brown (W. II.) The Massachusetts endemic index. Ibid., 1917, xxxii, 2121-2124.— Brown lee (J.) In- vestigations into the periodicity of infectious diseases by the application of a method hitherto only used in physics Pub Health, Lond, 1915, xxviii, 125-134.— Ilurnell (G. Il') The Broken Hill epidemic. Med. J. Australia, Sydnev 191S i COMMUNICABLE. 83 COMMUNICABLE. Communicable diseases (Statistics of). 278-280.—Ctemow (F. G.) Plague, cholera, and typhus in Turkey an"adjoining countries; a twelve months' record. Lancet, Lond, 1922, i, 242; 291: 341.—Coni (E. R.) Morta- lidad infeeciosa en la capital federal. Semana m6d, Buenos Aires, 1918, xxv, 361.—Crerar (J. W.) Notes on the epide- miology of measles and influenza. Edinb. M.J, 1921, n. s, xxvii, 185-198.—Death and contagious disease comparisons. Tr. Luzerne Co. M. Soc. 1911, Wilkesbarre, 1912, xix, 83; 123.—Deaths from influenza and pneumonia combined; comparison of the first nine weeks of the years 1919-1922. inclusive, for certain large cities of the United States. Pub. Health Rep, Wash, 1922, xxxvii, 535-537.—Dopter. Les maladies infectieuses en 1922. Paris m^d, 1922, xliii, 453- 460.-----. Les maladies infectieuses en Russie dans ces dernieres anntfes. Ibid., 463-467.—Emerson (H.) Reports and records of communicable disease. Mil. Surgeon,Wash, 1921, xlviii, 632-641—Fox (C.) Geographical distribution of malaria and yellow fever. U. States Nav. M. Bull, Wash., 1919, Suppl, No. 9, 15-18.—Fretz (H. G.) The reporting of communicable diseases. Month. Bull. Dep. Pub. Health, Phila, 1922, vii, 4.—Graham (E. E.) Death rate in acute infections; a study of the mortality in Philadelphia during 1911-1915 from measles, pertussis, diphtheria, scarlet fever, and typhoid fever. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1916, lxvii, 1272-1275.—von Jaksch (R.) Durch Infektionskrankhei- ten hervorgerufene Todesfalle. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1917, liv, 883.-----. Infektionskrankheiten im Kaiser- staate Oesterreich im Verlaufe von Jahren. Med. Klin, Berl, 1917, xiii, 329.-----. In Oesterreich durch Infek- tionskrankheiten hervorgerufene Todesfalle. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1917, lxvi, 1148.—Koren (A.) [Epidemic contagious diseases in Christiania from 1907-1911.] Tidsskr. f. d. Norske Lsegefor, Kristiania, 1913, xxxiii, 1110-1119.— Korns (J. H.) Further statistics on communicable dis- eases among domestic servants. China M. J, Shanghai, 1921, xxxv, 382-384.—Meader (F. M.) Prevalence of com- mon communicable diseases in New York State. Month. Bull. N. Y. State Dep. Health, 1915, n. s, x, 264-270.—Noti- ficable (The) diseases. Pub. Health Rep, Wash, 1913- 1921, xxviii-xxxvi, passim —Oliver (J. H.) Enumeration de las enfermedades contagiosas que hayan reinado despues de la V. Conferencia (en especial la grippe), medidas adopta- das para evitar su propagation, numero de casos y defun- ciones. Mem. Deleg. d. Uruguay pros. Conf. san. intcrnac. Rep. Am, Montevideo, 1920, vi, 72-91.—Perkins (R. G.) Epidemiology of whooping cough, measles, scarlet fever and diphtheria in Cleveland for 1913. Cleveland M. J, 1914, xiii, 843-856. Also: Month. Bull. Ohio State Bd. Health, Columbus, 1914, iv, 695-714. -----. Epidemiology of whoop- ing cough and diphtheria in Cleveland in 1914. Cleveland M. J, 1915, xiv, 590-597.—Saltet (R. H.) De sterfte aan besmettelijke ziekten in Nederland en in Amsterdam van 1866-1905. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1909. i, 83-92.—Schtltz (F.) Jahresbericht 1914-15 des Unter- suchungsamts fiir ansteckende Krankheiten im Regierungs- bezirk Konigsberg. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl, 1915, xxv, 537-548.—Strong (R. P.) Recent investigations in relation to infectious diseases in South America. Am. J. Trop. Dis. [etcl, N. Orl, 1914-5, ii, 465-472.—Valdes (J. B.) Morta- lidad infecto-contagiosa en el Rosario de Santa Fe. Semana med, Buenos Aires, 1918, xxv, 340-344.—Veeder (B. S.) The morbidity and mortality of pertussis and measles with particular reference to age. Tr. Am. Ass. Study & Prev. Inf. Mortal, Bait, 1916, vii, 86-101.—Vidal y Fuentes (A.) Morbosidad y mortalidad infecto-contagiosa en el Uruguay. Proc. Pan Am. Scient. Cong, Wash, 1917, x, 641-645 — Weinberg (W.) Seuchenstatistische Probleme. Deutsche Vrtljsehr. f. off. Gsndhtspflg, Brnschwg, 1913, xlv, 155- 195— Willcox (W. H.) Typhus and- relapsing fever in Mesopotamia and northern Persia. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1919-20, xiii. Sect. Med, 59-81.—Williams (L. R.) A study of the fatality of chickenpox, mumps and German measles. N. York State J. M, 1916. xvi, 422-125.—Wohl (M. G.) & Detweiler (A. K.) The relationship between the present epidemic of so-called grippe and scarlet fever in Omaha and its vicinity. West. M. Rev, Omaha, 1916, xxi, 114-117. Communicable diseases (Transmission of)- See, also, Bacillus-carriers; Flies as carriers of disease; Milk as cause of disease; Water ( Trans- mission of disease by). Chapin (C. V.) The sources and modes of in- fection. 2. ed. 8°. New York, 1912. Marquet (0.) *La contagion par le linge sale. 8°. Paris, 1911. Martinetto (S.) Carni malate e nocive per causa di malattie contagiose ed infettive, parassi- tarie ed accidental!; loro caratteri macroscopici e microscopici; misure sanitarie ed apprezza- menti vari. 8°. Torino, 1899. Newsholme (A.) Spread of infectious dis- eases; the r61e of missed cases in the spread of Communicable diseases (Transmission ?/)• . . infectious diseases, sm. 4°. London & Manches- ter, 1904. TJter (W.) *Die Rolle des Traumas bei Entstehung akuter Infektionskrankheiten. 8°. Borna-Lcipzig, 1912. Abbott CV. C.) The transmissibility of diseases and the public health. J. Frankl. Inst, Phila, 1916, clxxxij 629- 612.—von Angerer (C.) Ueber die Mechanik klemster Tropfchen. Arch. f. Hyg, Miinchen & Berl, 1920, lxxxix, 262-293.—Banister (J. M.) The sputum borne diseases in view of the lessons of the World War. Nebraska M. J, Norfolk, Neb, 1922, vii, 238-242.—Bartolucci (A.) I portatori di bacilli e gli insetti nella lotta contro le malattie infettive. N. Ercolani, Pisa, 1911, xvi, 1-6.—Berghaus. Ueber die Verbreitung von Infektionsstoffen. Arch. f. Hyg, Miinchen & Berl, 1907, lxi, 164-186.—Black v. N. Y, N. H, and Hartford Ry. 193 Mass. 448. (Michigan Law Review). Exposure to disease. Medico-Legal J, N. Y, 1921, xxxviii, 43.—Borntrager (J.) Die Wege der Ueber- tragung bei Typhus und Ruhr. Gesundheit, Leipz, 1904, xxix, 366; 410; 446; 486; 517.—Busquet (P.) Du role des embruns dans la transmission des maladies infectieuses. Ann. d'hyg. Par, 1904, 4. s, ii, 228-235.—van Calcar (R. P.) Klinisch-biologische studien over het mechanisme der infectie- ziekten. Versl. d. . . . wis- en natuurk. Afd. d. k. Akad. v. Wetensch, Amst, 1903-4, xii, 2. ged, 842-844.—Carpenter (W. T.) The distribution of cases among the several pro- ducers in epidemics of non-milk-borne infectious disease. Am. J. Pub. Health, N. Y, 1912, ii, 296-299.—Cassidy (J. J.) Is the dust nuisance the chief cause of the spread of commo- ner contagious diseases. San. Jour. Proc. Bd. Health Ontario, Toronto, 1904, xxiii, 90-95.—Cornell (W. S.) A study of contagion. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1905, Ixxxii, 1318; 1366.—Cummlng (J. G.) A brief review of indirect contact transmission and a preliminary report of corroborative laboratory research. Am. J. Pub. Health, Concord, N. H, 1919, ix, 414-417.—Dale (H. B.) The danger period of conta- giousness in the various contagious diseases. Tr. Am. Inst. Homceop. 1898, N. Y, 1899, liv, 244-253.—Dejust, Wibaux & Dardel (L.) R61e des ustensiles de table dans la propaga- tion des maladies contagieuses; de leur disinfection. Rev. d'hvg. Par, 1922, xliv, 646-487—Dochez (A. R.) The role of the parasite in infectious disease. Tr. Ass. Am. Physi- cians, Phila, 1921, xxxvi, 188-205.—Dold (H.) & Chen Ytl Hsiang. Ueber das Verhaltnis der tatsachlichen zur theoretisch moglichen Gefahr der Keimiibertragung durch Fingerberiihrungen (illustriert am Typhus bazillus). Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektionskr, Berl. & Leipz, 1919, lxxxix, 266-284.—Dornbliith (F.) Krankheitsubertragung durch Aerzte. Aerztl. Monatschr, Leipz, 1898, i, 337-341.—Doty (A. H.) The role of disinfection and the influence of in- fected rooms and fomites in the transmission of infectious diseases. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xevi, 891-895. -----. The means by which infectious diseases are transmitted and disinfection. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1914, lxxxvi, 657-662. A Iso: Proc. Pan Am. Scient. Cong. 1915-16, Wash, 1917, ix, pt. 1, 623-627.—Douglas (S. R.) & Hill (L.) Spray infection. J. Indust. Hyg, Bost, 1921, iii, 206-212.—Dryer (J. L.) Some overlooked sources of infection; notably circulating libraries, careless dental surgery, and unclean barbering. Pacific M. J, San Fran, 1898, xii, 644-648—von Esmarch (E.) Ver- breitung von Infektionserregern durch Gebrauchsgegen- stande und ihre Desinfektion. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl, 1901, xi, 49-51—Ftankel (C.) Art und Weise der Uebertra- gung. Arch. f. wissensch. u. prakt. Thierh, Berl, 1899, xxv, 396-417.—Gaehtgens (W.) Ueber Krankheitsubertra- gung durch Gesunde. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild, Jena, 1919, xvi, 185-191.—Germano (E.) Sulla trasmissibilita delle malattie infettive attraverso dell' aria. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1897, Roma, 1898, viii, 269-271—Grandclenent (E.) Quelques considerations sur les principaux modes de propagation des maladies epidemiques et les meilleurs moyens de les prevenir. Lvon med, 1909, cxiii, 177-188.— Hedges (B. Van D.) Contact infection in contagious dis- eases. Arch. Pediat, N. Y, 1912, xxix, 250-256.—Hlslop (J. A.) Infectious diseases and their propagation. Pub. Health, Lond, 1919-20, xxxiii, 53-60.—Hurley (J. R.) _ The influence of the European war upon the spread of the infec- tions of disease with especial reference to its effect upon disease conditions in the United States. Mil. Surg, Wash, 1917, xl, 443-479.—Iglesias (M. S.) La transmisibilidad de las enfermedades. Rev. med. veracruzana, Veracruz, 1921, i, No. 18, 8-14.—Joseph (G. W. N.) Some remarks on second-hand clothing and the spread of infectious disease. Pub. Health, Lond, 1915, xxviii, 267-270—Jousset (P.) Des differents modes de transmission des maladies a microbes pathogenes. Art meU. Par, 1906, ch, 268-279.—Kelley (E. R.) The quantitative relationship of milk-borne infec- tion in the transmission of human communicable diseases. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1916, lxvii, 1997-1999.—Leding- ham (J. C. G.) The carrier problem in typhoid fever, paratyphoid fever, diphtheria and bacillary dysentery. Tr. xv. Internat. Cong. Hyg. & Dcmog. (1912), Wash, 1913, iv, 136-146.—Lemoine (G. H.) & Devin. La methode de Milne et la propagation des maladies contagieuses. Bull. COMMUNICABLE. 84 COMMUNICABLE. Communicable diseases (Transmission of). Acad, de med. Par, 1916, 3. s, lxxv, 385-388.—Linenthal (H.) Dangers in handling food by persons afflicted with communicable diseases. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 191.), n. s, xcix, 495.—Long (J. D.) Contaminated vegetables; the use of night soil in the vegetable garden as a possible disseminator of disease. Pub. Health Rep, Wash, 1913, xxviii, 592.—McLaughlin (A. J.) & Linenthal (H.) Dangers in handling food by persons afflicted with com- municable diseases. Boston M. & S. J, 1915, clxxn, 545- 547—McMasters (D. M.) Is disease transmitted to man through meat and milk? Phila. M. J, 1902, x, 518-520.— Matousek (W. J.) Contamination of the hands and other objects in the spread of contagious diseases; further observa- tions on secondary infections in hospitals for contagious diseases. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1921, lxxvi, 1490 — Maxwell (J. P.) How disease is spread in China. St. Barth. Hosp. J, Lond, 1899-1900, vii, 86, 1 pi.—Moore (B.) A chemical theory as to the propagation and development of certain infectious diseases. J. State M, Lond, 1904, xii, 193-201—Morison (J.) & Fox (E. C. R.) Detection ofthe origin and mode of spread of an epidemic diarrhoea, dysen- tery, and cholera in Poona. Indian J. M. Research, Cal- cutta, 1916-17, iv, 49-73, 3 maps, 3 ch.—Nash (J. T. C.) A brief note on two or three interesting carrier problems in the epidemiology of summer diarrhoea, infantile paralysis (poliomyelitis), and pellagra. Musca domestica and Sto- moxys calcitrans as disease-carriers. Pub. Health, Lond, 1914-15, xxviii, 54-59.—Palmer (G. T.) Opportunities for contact infection. Am. J. Pub. Health, Bost, 1919, ix, 267- 269.—Pease (H. P.) Contact infection as a factor in spread- ing communicable diseases. Proc. Confer. San. Off. N. York, Albany, 1908, viii, 53-62. Also: N. Am. J. Homoeop, N. Y, 1909, lvii, 604-611.—Reinick (W. R.) Books as a source of disease. Am. J. Pharm, Phila, 1914, lxxxvi, 13- 25.—Remlinger (P.) Transmission des maladies infec- tieuses des fievres eruptives, en particulier par l'interme- diaire du medecin. Hygiene g6n. et appliq. Par, 1907, ii, 65-78. -----. Transmission des maladies infectieuses par les tentures et tapis exotiques. Ibid., 257-262. -----. Etiologie hydrique des maladies et gouttelettes de Fliigge infectieuses. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par, 1908, lxiv, 856.-----. Transmission des maladies infectieuses par les habits. Hygiene g6n. et appliq. Par, 1908, hi, 592-602. -----. Possibility d'extension de la thebrie hydrique des maladies infectieuses; danger des eaux de lavage et des gouttelettes de Fliigge. Bull, med. Par, 1910, xxiv, 107- 110.—Rickards (B. R.) Facts and fallacies regarding the transmission of infectious diseases. Quart. Bull. Ohio State Bd. Health, Columbus, 1910, ii, 235-239.— Ritchie (J.) The present relationship of bacteriology to water-borne disease. J. State Med, Lond, 1915, xxiii, 211-219.—ROsler (K.) Zur Darstellung der Infektionsmoglichkeiten vom Munde aus. Gesundheit, Leipz, 1912, xxxvii, 193-197.— Rucker (W. C.) The influence of the European war on the transmission of the infections of disease, with spe- cial reference to its effect upon disease conditions in the United States. Mil. Surgeon, Wash, 1917, xl, 245- 258.—Schablowski. Bettfeder-Reinigungsanstalten als Verbreiter von Kontagien. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektions- krankh, Leipz, 1911, lxviii, 209-220.—Schlossmann (A.) Die Uebertragungsart ansteckender Krankheiten im Kran- kenhause, zuglcich ein Beitrag zur Pathogenese der Infek- tionskrankheiten. Oeffentl. Gsendhtspflg, Brnschwg, 1921, vi, 109-120— Schumburg. Ueber Kontaktinfektion. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild, Jena, 1905, ii, 567-572—Steene- bruggen (A.) Contamination par les vieux habits, vieux meubles et par les blanchisseries; mesures prophylactiques. Scalpel, Liege, 1908-9, lxi, 49-52.—Stewart (C. H.) The study of the causes and means of the spreading of infectious disease. J. State Med, Lond, 1917, xxv, 44-48.—von Szontagh (F.) Ueber die Kontagiositiit infektioser Krankheiten. Med. Klin, Berl, 1913, ix, 1635; lftS'O._____. Das Kontagiositatsproblem. Jahrb. f. Kinderh, Berl 1914, n. s, lxxx, 263-285.—Thornton (R. S.) The wind as a factor in spreading infection. Manitoba & W. Canada Lancet, Winnipeg, 1898-9, vi, 69.—Topley (W. W. C.) The spread of bacterial infection. Lancet, Lond, 1919, ii, l; 45; 91— Trlllat (A.) Role de I'air expire dans la transmission des epidemics. Bull. Acad, de med. Par, 1918, 3 s lxxx 369-372.—Upham (J. H. J.) Water borne diseases. C(> lumbus M. J, 1903, xxvii, 393-398.—Vay (F.) Bacilli-car- riers and their part in the transmission of infectious dis- eases. J.Trop.M, Lond, 1908, xi, 233-239.—Veeder(M A~) The relative importance of flies and water-supply in snre-id ing disease. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1899, lv, 10-12 — Wlllson (H. S.) The transmissibility of infectious diseases during the incubation period. J. State M, Lond, 1904 xii 296 299.—Winternltz. Das Bad als Infectionsquelle ' Tlieran Monatsch, Berl, 1902, xvi, 450-453. '»«»!>. Communicable diseases (Transmission of) from animals to man. Giovanni (G.) La profilassi delle malattie transmissibili dagli animali all' uomo. 8° Pa- lermo, 1907. Communicable diseases (Transmission of) from animals to man. • Greeley (II.) Disease menace from our do- mestic animals. 8°. New York, 1914. Forms Month. Bull. Dep. Health, City of X. Y, v. 4, No. 12. Archer (A. H.) Transmission of diseases by animals to man. J. Roy. San. Inst, Lond, 1914-15, xxxv, 60.—Baillet (L.) Maladies contagieuses des animaux a Phomme. Rec. de med.v. 8° Berlin d> Wien, 1900. Castaigxe (3.) & Boimx (I.) Maladies in- fectieuses aigues; m£thodes g^nerales do diag- nostic et de therapeutique, avec un formulaire des principaux medicaments et des principles prescriptions. 8°. Paris, 1912. Fischl (R.) Einiges iiber Fortschritte in der Erkenntnis und Behandlung der acuten Infec- tions-Krankheiten. 8°. Berlin, 1900 Gerhardt (C.) Die Therapie der Infeetions- krankheiten. Tn Verbinduna; mit Dorendorf, Grawitz. 8°. Berlin, 1902. Marsden (R. W.) Hints on the management of the commoner infections. 8°. London, 1906 Martin (A.) Physikalische Therapie der akuten Infektionskrankheiten. 8° Stuttaart 1906. v ' Meara (F. S.i The treatment of acute infec- tious diseases. 2. ed. 8°. New York 1921 Pa.ul(G. P.) Nursing in the acute'infectious fevers. 2. ed. 8°. Philadelphia, 19U Schmitt (J.) Diagnostic et traitement des maladies infectieuses. 12°. Paris I'M)'' Afanasjeff (M. 1.) Zur Frage der spiVitischen medika- COMMUNICABLE. 85 COMMUNICABLE. Communicable diseases (Treatment of). handlung von Infektionskrankheiten. Med. Klin., Berl, 1922, xviii, 275-277.—Aparicuo (J.) Recherches sur Paction des metaux colloidaux eiectriques dans quelques infections. Med. orient. Par, 1909, xiii, 164-167.—Armbrust (G.) A hydrotherapia nas molestias agudas infectuosas. Brazil- med, Rio de Jan, 1909, xxiii, 191; 231; 241; 261; 281; 291 301; 331; 351; 371; 381.—Artault de Vevey. La lymphothe,- rapie et les maladies infectieuses aigues. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.]. Par, 1916-17, clxix, 496-524.—Audain (L.) Directives cliniques et therapeutiques des infections. Progres m6d. Par, 1921, 3. s, xxxvi, 525.—Battistini (F.) Die Leistungen der Therapie der akuten Infektionskrank- heiten. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1908, xv, 89; 118; 148.—Becker (J. E. A. G.) Physiological reasons for adopt- ing a new treatment against germ diseases; with an account of the technique employed for producing solutions of the pure hypochlorites of sodium, potassium, and calcium. Med. Times, Lond, 1913, xii, 1011: 1914, xiii, 3.—Boise (E.) Strychnine and caffeine in the acute infectious diseases. J. Mich. M. Soc, Grand Rapids, 1915, xiv, 314-316.— Boobbyer (P.) The open-air treatment of acute infectious diseases. Pub. Health, Lond, 1910-11, xxiv, 318-320.— Borchardt (L.) Experimentelle Grundlagen der Organ- therapie bei Infektionskrankheiten. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med, Miinchen & Wiesb. (1920), 1921, xxxii, 60-63.—du Bouchet. Disinfection des porteurs de m£nin- gocoques et de bacille de Lceffler, par inhalations de chlore gazeux (Lieutenant-Colonel R. C.Turck, U. S. A.). Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1918, lxxxi, 1027.—Brieger (L.) Hydrotherapie und Infektionskrankheiten. Med. Klin, Berl, 1914, x, 919-921.—Buxbaum (B.) Die Hydrotherapie der Infektionskrankheiten in der Praxis. Zentralbl. f. d. ges. Therap, Wien, 1914, xxxii, 559-565.—Carra (J.) Con- tributo alio studio del meccanismo della terapia especifica delle infezioni. Biochim. e terap. sper, Milano, 1919, vi, 214-242.—De Domlnicis (N.) Der Werth des Fastens in der Therapie der acuten Infectionskrankheiten. Wien. med. Presse, 1898, xxxix, 705-709.—De Nigris (F.) I metalli fermenti nelle malattie infettive. Terapia, Milano, 1922, xii, No. 43, 9-11.—Doyen. Maladies infectieuses gueries par la methode phagogene de Doyen. Arch, de Doyen, Par, 1910-11, i, 251-264.—Ehrlich. Chemotherapie von Infek- tionskrankheiten. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild, Jena, 1909, vi, 721-733.—England (N.) [Argumentation and suggestion of antiseptic local treatment in certain epidemic diseases.] Hygiea, Stockholm, 1908. 2. i, viii, 787-801.—Franke (F.) Die Therapie der Infektionskrankheiten; eine Uebersicht iiber den heutigen Stand der Behandlung akuter anstecken- der Krankheiten. Fortschr. d. Med.. Berl, 1921. xxxix, 771-774.—Goodale (W. S.) The hospital treatment of com- municable diseases. N. York State J. M, N. Y, 1913, xiii, 89-92.—Gutman (L.) [New investigations on the chemo- therapy of contagious diseases.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb, 1912, xi, 2070-2073.—Hamilton (H. B.) Treatment of German measles, pertussis, scarlet fever and diphtheria. Nebraska M. J.. Norfolk, Neb, 1920, v, 135-140.—Jacob. Pharmakologische interne und lokale Behandlung der Infektionskrankheiten wie Gelenkrheuma, Skarlatina und Typhus an der Eingangspforte. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1920, lvii, 38.—Klemperer (G.) & Dunner (L.) Behand- lung der Infektionskrankheiten. Therap. d. Gegenw, Berl, 1920, lxi, 70-72.—Kblle (W.) Ueber Versuche zur Chemo- therapie bakterieller Infektionen im Anschluss an Ehrlichs Therapie der Trvpanosomen- und Spirochatcnkrankheiten mit Arsenobenzolderivaten. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med, Miinchen & Wiesb. (1920), 1921. xxxii, 70-86 — Koniger (H.) Zur unspezifischen Behandlung der Infek- tionskrankheiten; iiber die Bedeutung der Resistenz- schwankungen des Organismus fur die therapeutische Methodik. Ibid., 55-59.-----. Wirkung und Methodik der allgemeinen kausalen (unspezifischen) Behandlung Infek- tionskranker. Ibid., xxxiii. Kong, 582-584.—Kraus (R.) Vorlesungen iiber atiologische Therapie und Diagnose der Infektionskrankheiten. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1910, lx, 969-973.—Lambert (S. W.) The treatment of acute infec- tious diseases with leucocyte extracts (Hiss). St. Luke's Hosp. M. & S. Rep, N.Y, 1908-9, i, 172-185— Lindenberger (I.) The epidemology of communicable diseases and a discussion on the treatment of influenza and its complica- tions. Kentucky M. J, Bowling Green, 1920, xviii, 108-121 — Manler (J. O.) Non-specific measures in the treatment of certain infections. J. Tenn. M. Ass, Nashville, 1917-18, x, 153-160.—Manoukhin (I. I.) The treatment of infectious diseases by leucocytolysis produced by Rontgenisation of the spleen. Lancet, Lond., 1921, i, 685-687.—Miller (J.) The vaccine treatment of mfectious diseases. Tr. Med.- Chir. Soc, Glasgow, 1908-9, viii, 18-31.—Morgenroth (J.) Zur Chemotherapie bakterieller Infektionen. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1912), 1913. xliii, pt. 1,124-132.-----. Ziele und Grenzen der Chemotherapie bakterieller Infek- tionen. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med, Miin- chen u. Wiesb. (1920), 1921, xxxii, 64-69.—Munk (F.) Die Behandlung der akuten Infektionskrankheiten (Kriegser- fahrungen). Med. Klin, Berl, 1917. xiii, 16; 161; 217.— Salvat y Navarro (A.) La antigenotherapia no especifica y la taquifilaxia parabacteriana, como fundamentos para otras orientaciones en cuanto a la profilaxia y tratamiento de las enfermedades infecciosas. Rev. espan. de med. y drug, Barcelona, 1920, iii, 490-199.—Schittenhelm (A.) Communicable diseases (Treatment of). Der gegenwartige Stand der Immuno- und Chemotherapie der Infektionskrankheiten. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med, Miinchen & Wiesb. (1920), 1921, xxxii, 13-42. Also [Abstr.]: Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1920, lxx, 1180.— Schlossberger (H.) Development and problems of modern chemo-therapy of infectious diseases. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1922, cxv, 26-28.—Schmidt (A.) Ueber das Verhalten des Arztes bei der Behandlung ansteckender Krankheiten. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1898, xlv, 851-854.—Spittel (R. L.) Intravenous injections of arsenious and mercuric iodides in syphilis and yaws. J. Ceylon Br. Brit. M. Ass, Colombo, 1916, xiii, 37-43, 2 pi.-----. Two cases illustrating the effects of intravenous injections of arsenious and mer- curic iodide in syphilis and yaws. Ibid., 75, 1 pi.—Strasser (A.) Hydrotherapie der Infektionskrankheiten. Bl. f. klin. Hydrother, Wien, 1905, xv, 49-59.—Szekely (A.) Ueber die Behandlung der Circulationsstorungen bei infectiosen Krankheiten. Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1906, xi, 27; 43.—Taylor (J. M.) Remedial measures conservative in most acute infectious diseases; in particular for adults and during influenza. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1920, xcvii, 268-272 — Troy (E. H.) The treatment of infections. Internat. J. Surg, N. Y, 1913, xxvi, 129-132.—Valagussa (F.) Anti- geno-terapia paraspecifica di alcune malattie infettive nell' infanzia. Policlin, Roma, 1920, xxvii, sez. med, 361- 397.—Wassermann (A.) Inwiefern konnen allgemeinthe- rapeutische Eingriffe bei manchen Infektionskrankheiten heilend wirken? Ztschr. f. diatet. u. physik.Therap, Leipz., 1898, ii, 15-17. Communicable diseases in animals. See, also, Communicable diseases (Trans- mission of) from animals to man. Berger (F. [H. H.]) *Die Bedeutung der mikroskopischen Blutuntersuchung bei den Infektionskrankheiten des Pferdes in bezug auf Diagnose und Prognose. 8°. Berlin, 1909. Fischer (G.) La contagion humaine des mala- dies microbiennes des animaux domestiques; epidemiologie, prophylaxie, police sanitaire des animaux. 12°. Paris, 1905. Glaesmer (C.) Tierseuchen-Bekampfung im Felde. 8°. Berlin, 1908. Joest (E.) Grundziige der bacteriologischen Diagnostik der thierischen Infectionskrank- heiten. 8°. Berlin, 1901. Mercier (F.) & Dubos (E.) Manuel juridique des maladies contagieuses des animaux domes- tiques, avec un formulaire et un commentaire de la legislation sanitaire. 12°. Paris, 1900. Nocard (E.) & Leclaixche (E.) Les mala- dies microbiennes des animaux. 2 v. 3. ed. 8°. Paris, 1903. Aujeszky (A.) Ueber eine neue Infektionskrankheit bei Haustieren. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.] 1. Abt, Jena, 1992, xxxii, 353-357.—Brelthor. Seuchenbekampfung im englisch-franzosischen Heere. Deutsche tierarztl. Wchn- schr, Hannov, 1919, xxvii, 388-390.—Cadiot. Sur l'etic- logie des maladies infectieuses. Rec. de m6d. vet. Par, 1908, lxxxv, 768-778.—Duncan (A. C.) Some regulations concerning contagious diseases in animals. Vet. J.. Lond, 1908, lxiv, 9-14.—Fava (E.) La difesa profilattica dalle malattie infettive e diffusione del bestiame ed i vantaggi delle societa di mutua assicurazione nella lotta contro di esse. Gior. di med. vet, Torino, 1915, lxiv, 397; 901; 947; 969; 994; 1018; 1043; 1065; 1089; 1119; 1137; 1161; 1186.—Gra- ham (R.), Reynolds (V. C.) & Hill (J. F.) Bacteriologic studies on a peracute disease of horses and mules. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass, Ithaca, 1919-20, lvi, 378; 489; 586.—Hartnack. Beobachtungen iiber Raude- und Rotzbekampfung im besetzten Gebiete. Deutsche tierarztl. Wchnschr, Hannov. 1919, xxvii, 377.—Heller (Hilda H.) Etiology of acute gangrenous infections of animals; a discussion of blackleg, braxy, malignant edema and whale septicemia, studies on pathogenic anaerobes. J. Infect. Dis, Chicago, 1920, xxvii, 385-451.—Klett & Braun. Ueberblick fiber Versuche zur Bekampfung der Geflugelcholera und der Schweineseuche (Schwemepest). Deutsche tierarztl. Wchnschr, Hannov, 1904, xii, 517; 529; 545.—Moore (V. A.) Some principles of pathology significant in the control of animal diseases. Vet. J., Lond, 1908, lxiv, 3-8.-----. The veterinary practi- tioner m the control of infectious diseases. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass, Ithaca, 1918, hv, 211-216.—Mori (N.) Relazione sul funzionamento tecnico della Stazione sperimentale di Na- poli per le malattie infettive del bestiame, delle sue origini (gennaio 1911) al 30 giugno 1913. Clin, vet, Milano, 1913, xxxvi, 925-966.—Muller (M.) Die Genese der bakteriellen Infektion des Tierkorpers. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr, 1912, xxviii, 753-759.—Panisset (M.-L.) Le role des rats et des souris dans la propagation des maladies des animaux. Ann. d'hyg. Par, 1919, 4. s, xxxii, 174-178.—Rayen (W. C.) Communicable diseases of domestic animals that materially COMMUNICABLE. 86 COMMUNICABLE. Communicable diseases in animals. aTect the livestock industry. J. Comp. M. & Vet. Arch, Phila, 1900. xxi, 134-139.—Reynolds (M. H.) State work with infectious diseases of animals. Ibid., 155; 268; 333.— Roberts (J.) Contagious diseases of animals in foreign countries. Rep. Bureau Animal Indust, Wash, 1905, xxi, 461-468.—Salmon (D. E.) Infectious and contagious dis- eases of farm animals and their effect on American agricul- ture. Scient. Am. Suppl, N. Y, 1903, lvi, 23335; 23350.— Titze (C.) Tierkrankheiten, insbesondere Infektionskrank- heiten bei den Pferden und dem Schlachtvieh im Westheere. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milehhyg, Berl, 1918-19, xxix, 249-256. Communicable diseases in children. See, also, Communicable diseases in schools. Segi (M.) *Die Infektionskrankheiten des Kindesalters bearbeitet nach dem Beobach- tungsmateriale der kgl. Universitats-Poliklinik fiir Kinderkrankheiten zu Miinchen (1905-1909). 8°. Miinchen, 1910. Abt (I. A.) Sequelae of the communicable diseases of childhood as a public health problem. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1921, lxxvii, 605-668.—Armstrong (E. K.) Re- view of the communicable diseases. Am. J. Dis. Child., Chicago, 1918, xv, 39-76. Also, Reprint—Baginsky (A.) Allgemeine Grundzuge in der Behandlung der akuten Infektionskrankheiten der Kinder. Therap. d. Gegenw.. Berl, 1910, li, 435-443.—Bauer (J.) Der Sehutz vor Infek- tionskrankheiten in Kinderheimen und Krippen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1917, xliii, 206.—Baumel (L.) De l'isolement des maladies contagieuses dans les hfipitaux d'enfants. Cong, internat. de m£d. C.-r. 16.. Budapest, 1909, sect. 10, Pediat, 132-144. Also: Montpel. mea, 1909, xxix, 241-254.—Benda (T.) Die Witterung in ihren Beziehungen zu Scharlach und Diphtheric Arch. f. Kinderh, Stuttg, 1915-16, lxv, 161-188—Bryce (P. H.) Relative prevalence of contagious diseases in children of school age. Canad. J. M. & S, Toronto, 1904, xv, 158-162.— Cassel. Die Verhutung und Bekampfung der Infektions- krankheiten in geschlossenen Sauglingsanstalten. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1911, xxxvii, 2237-2239.— Ceppellini (P.) La vaccinoterapia nelle malattie infettive acute della infanzia. Pediatria, Napoli, 1917, 2. s, xxv, 533; 602; 661— Eichelberg. Zur Prophylaxe der akuten Infek- tionskrankheiten des Kindesalters im Hinblick auf die gesetzgeberischen Massnahmen. Verhandl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1913, Wiesb, 1914, xxx, 232-239.—Ewald (W.) Die Bekamp- fung der ansteckenden Kinderkrankheiten. Tr. xv. In- ternat. Cong. Hyg. & Demog. (1912), Wash, 1913, iii, 152- 170.—Henderson (E. C.) A census of the contagious dis- eases of 8,786 children. Am. J. Pub. Health, Concord, 1916, vi, 971-981.—Herrman (C.) The commoner contagious diseases of childhood: how they are spread. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcvi, 314-317.—Hill CH. W.) The infectious diseases of 8,900 children. Am. J. Pub. Health, N. Y, 1913, iii, 1063-1072.—Howland (J.) Circulatory failure in the acute infections of children; causes and treatment. Boston M. & S. J, 1910, clxii, 627-632—Hunt (W. N.) Sources of infection and manner of contagion of acute contagious dis- eases of children. Northwest Med, Seattle, 1906, iv, 316- 31s\—Ker (C. B.) Infectious diseases in relation tovhild welfare. Edinb. M. J, 1917, n. s, xviii, 389-395.—Koch (J.) Ueber Yeriinderungen der Epiphysen nach Infektions- krankheiten im Kindesalter. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch, Jena, 1909, 411-414.—Langstein (L.) & Benfey (A.) Aus dem Gebiete der Padiatrie; Infektionskrank- heiten. Med. klin, Berl, 1914, x, 424; 471.—Lazelle (H. G.) Acute contagious diseases of childhood; the duration of danger of contagion and methods of disinfection. North- west Med., Seattle, 1906, iv, 312-31").—Marfan (A.-B.) La Srophvlaxie des maladies contagieuses aigues de l'enfance ourrisson, Par, 1918, vi, 193-211.- Mello-Leitao. Hemo- refraetometry in infectious diseases of children. Vni. J. Dis. Child, Chicago, 1916, xi, 214-223— Meyer (L. F.) Zur Infektionsverhiitung im Sauglingsspital. Fcstschr. . . . O. L. Heubner zum 70. Geburtst, Berl, 1913, 41s 450.— Muller (E.) Akute Infektionen im Siiuglingsalter. Med Klin. Berl, 1913, ix, 1108-1112.—Place (E. HO The conta- gious diseases and the child conservation movement. Month Bull. Mass. Dep. Health, Bost, 1918, v, 309-317.—Priestley (J.) Curious numerical relationship in the incidence of the common infections of children. Med. Officer, Lond, 1915, xiii, 217. -----. Numerical relationship in the incidence of the common infectious diseases of children. Ibid., 1919. xxi 55.—Richardson (D. L.) The hospital control of the infect tious diseases of infancy and childhood. Arch. Pediat N. Y, 1916, xxxiii, 687-698.—Stern (A.) Unusual compli- cations of infectious diseases in childhood, with report of cases. Ibid., 1913, xxx, 134-138.—Veeder (B. S.) The morbidity and mortality of pertussis and measles, with particular reference to age. Ibid., 1917, xxxiv, 321-337 — Webster (F. P.) The prevention of contagious diseases in infancy with special reference to whooping-cough and measles. Ibid., 1911, xxviii, 572-580.—West (D. P.) Some essential facts concerning infectious diseases of children Virginia M. Month, Richmond, 1918, xlv, 184-186.—Whea- ton (S. W.) Report on the prevention of mortality and disablement due to measles and pneumonia in children Rep. Local Gov. Bd, Lond, 1918, n. s. No. 115, 1-86 Communicable diseases in schools. Kirsteix (F.) Grundzuge fiir die Mit wirkung des Lehrers bei der Bekampfung ubertragbarer Krankheiten. 2. Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1911. Baker (S. Josephine). The control of communicable diseases in schools. Am. J. Pub. Health, Concord, N. H, 1916, vi, 1078-1082.—Blumenthal (J. L.) Major contagious diseases among school children. Month. Bull. Dep. Health, City N. Y, 1919, ix, 161-168.—Brewer (I. W.) Suggestions for the use of certificates showing previous infections in the control of communicable diseases. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1918, cviii, 1116.—Calvert (W. J.) Prevention of contagious diseases in school children. Univ. Missouri Bull. Med. Ser, Columbia, 1913, i, No. 3, 5-30.—Carruthers (D. A.) The control of infectious diseases in schools. J. Rov. San. Inst, Lond, 1909-10, xxx, 135-146.—Cohen (M. S.) School-snread of contagious disease and how to control it. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1915, lxxxviii, 551-559. Also, Reprint. -----. The r61e of the school in the dissemination and prevention of the minor contagious diseases. Internat. Clin, Phila, 1916, 26. s, iv, 157-172.-----. School-spread of contagious disease, a source of epidemics that is neglected by officials and physicians. Scient. Am. Suppl, N. Y, 1916, lxxxi, 134.—Davezac. Des delais imposes aux enfants des 6coles pour leur reinte- gration apres une maladie a declaration obligatoire. Bull. et mem. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux, 1912, 215-226.— Davison (A.) Death in school drinking cups. Good Health, Battle Creek, 1908, xliii, 559-563.—von Drigalskl. Be- kampfung der iibertragbaren Krankheiten in den Schulen. Ztschr. f. Schulgsndhtspflg, Leipz. & Hamb, 1912, xxv, 739-748.—Eschertch. Vorschlage zur Hintanhaltung der Verbreitung ansteckender Krankheiten in den Schulen. Mitth. d. Ver. d. Aerzte in Steiermark, Graz, 1901, xxxviii, 98-112.— Gillet (H.) Des moyens de prot£ger les families contre les maladies contagieuses d'origine scolaire. Cong. internat. d'hyg. scol. Par, 1910, i, 240-247.—Jordan (E. O.) Disease carriers among school children. Am. J. Trop. Dis. [etc.], N. Orl, 1913, i, 220-226.—Laser (H.) Zur Verhutung der Uebertragung von Infektionskrankheiten durch Trink- becher in den Schulen. Centralbl. f. allg. Gsndhtspfl, Bonn, 1905, xxiv, 90-93.— McLaughlin (A. J.) The relation of the State Department of Health to the communicable diseases of childhood. Boston M. & S. J, 1916, clxxv, 703.— von Matern (H.) [The school and contaeious diseases.] Hvgiea, Stockholm, 1916, lxxviii, 161-213.—Pfaundler f M.) Schulorganisatorischer Vorschlag zur Minderung der Kin- dersterblichkeit an akuten Infektionskrankheiten. Miin- chen. med. Wchnschr, 1916, lxiii, 1145-1147.—Schmltt (A. E.) New regulations for the control of infectious dis- eases in some of the private schools of New York City. Internat. Cong. School Hyg. Tr. 1913, Buffalo, 1914, iv, 643-657.—Smith J. V.) A practical plan for the control of communicable disease* in schools. Med. Rev. of Rev, \". Y, 1916, xxii, 816-823.-----. A method for the control of com- municable diseases in schools. Monthly Bull. N. Y. State Dep. Health, Albany, 1916, xxvii, 25^270.—Sobernheim (G.) Bekampfung der Infektionskrankheiten in Schule und Hans. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild, Jena, 1914, xi, 225-233.— Williams (L.) Control of notifiable infectious diseases in schools, through the school clinic. School Hve, Lond, 1910, i, 271-275.-Willtams (R. P.) Control of the acute infectious fevers amongst •school children. J. Roy. San. Inst. Lond, 1908-9, xxx, 435-13s. - Wolff (S.) Bemerkungen zu I faundlers schulorganisatons.hem Vorschlag zur Mindcrung der Kindersterbliehkeit an akuten Infektionskrankheiten. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1916, lxiii, 1420.— Wood (H B ) Expectant school diseases. N". York M. J. [etcl 1913 xcviii, 1021. ' Communicable diseases in soldiers and sailors. Bischoff (II.) Infektionskrankheiten und mchtinfektiose Armeekrankheiten rov. 8° Berlin, 1912. Hillenbero (B. W.) Hycrienisehe Erfah- rungen des Fiihrers eines Seuchentrupps, insbe- sondere hinsichtlich Ruhr, Typhus A Fleckfie- ber. 8°. Berlin, 1916. Republique Fuancaise. Ministere de la- auerre. Notions pratiques sur quelques maladies infectieuses. Kl '. Paris, 19L7. Troussaint. Notions sur la prophvlaxie des maladies epidemiques dans Parnate inetropoli- taine et coloniale. 8°. Paris, l!X)8. Anerlo ((}.) Note pratiche per i disinfettori e gli infer- miori dei nparti infettivi in guerra. Policlin, Roma 1916 xxiii, sez. prat, 1177; 1206.-Arniaiid-Delllle (P F Y Role of Pasteunan methods in prophylaxis of infectious diseases in the armies; especially in the army of the Orient at the Dardanelles and in Macedonia. J. Am. M. Vss OhieW. 1918, Ixxi 1809-1811.-Batalller. Contribution aivtudede la prophylaxie des maladies contagieuses dans les depots des corps de troupe. Montpel. med, 1916 xxxix 2 nt — Bigg (G. S.) War diseases; typhus fever, enteric fever dysentery, cholera. Practitioner, Lond 1911 veiii ani 818.-Brandenburg (K.) Verhutung der ubVnragbaren COMMUNICABLE. 87 COMOY. Communicable diseases in soldiers and sailors. Krankheiten im Heere. Med. Klin, Berl, 1914, x, 1399, 1401.—Brewer (I. W.) The control of communicable dis- eases in camps. Am. J. Pub. Health, Concord, N. H, 1918, viii, 121-124.—Brown (O. G.) Problems in the control of infectious diseases at replacement depots. Mil. Surgeon, Wash, 1919, xlv, 59-64.—Busquet (P.) Des suites eloignees des maladies infectieuses dans l'armee. Arch, de m6d. et pharm. mil. Par, 1900, xxxvi, 81; 191.—Camac (C. N. B.) A clinical study of the communicable diseases observed at United States Army General Hospital No. 6, Fort McPher- son, Ga, from October, 1917, to January, 1919. Contrib. Med. & Biol. Research ... Sir W. Osier, N. Y, 1919, i. 376- 389.—Carpi. Osservazioni epidemiologiche durante la fjerra sul fronte italiano dell' Isonzo e dell' Albania. chweiz. med. Wchnschr, Basel, 1920, 1, 599.—Davezac. Quelques notes sur le pavilion d'isolement No. 2 a Pellegrin. J. de med. de Bordeaux; 1919, xlix, 442-444.—Doerr (R.) Ueber die atiologische Diagnose der Infektionskrankheiten im Kriege. Compt. rend. d. xvi. Congres internat. d. med. 1909, Budapest, 1910, sect, xx, 266-272.—Dopter (C.) Les maladies infectieuses dans l'armee, plus particulierement en temps de guerre. Paris m6d, 1913-14, xv, 286-290. Also: Ann. d'hyg. Par, 1914, 4. s, xxii, 353-363.—Emerson (H.) Minor communicable diseases in the A. E. F. Mil. Surgeon, Wash, 1921, xlviii, 642-651.—Etude comparee des maladies contagieuses pendant les sept premiers mois de service chez les jeunes soldats des classes 1917-1918 (depuis leur incorpo- ration jusqu'S, leur depart pour la zone des armees). In- fluence des dates d'incorporation sur la morbidity et la mortality des jeunes soldats. Rev. d'hyg. Par., 1918, xl, 212-226.—Evans (W. A.) Problems of communicable dis- eases in training camps and cantonments. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1918, cvii, 220-222.—Florand (A.) Une annee au service des contagieux du Val-de-Grace. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par, 1916, 3. s, xl, 981-985.—Gates (M. F.) The care of contagious cases and their importance to the United States Navy. U. States Nav. M. Bull, Wash, 1918, xii, 17-21.—Glynn (E.) Dysentery and enteric from the Eastern Mediterranean. Liverpool M.-Chir. J, 1916, xxxvi, 135-142.—Grundmann. Meine Kriegserfahfungen fiber Infektionskrankheiten. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1915, Iii, 1092; 1110.—Huntington (P. W.) Transmissible dis- eases in war. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1916, civ, 62-64.— Karaffa-Korbutt (K. V.) [Struggle with infectious dis- eases in the army under conditions of the present cam- paign.] Vestnik Tsarskoselsk. Ralona, Petrogr, 1916-17, ii- ui, passim.—Kutscher (K.) Der Einfluss des Dienstalters auf die Haufigkeit des Auftretens der Infektionskrank- heiten im Heere. Cong, internat. de m6d. C.-r. 16, Buda- pest, 1909, sect, xx, Sanit. mil. & mar, 46-48.—Lehndorfl (A.) Erfahrungen Uber Infektionskrankheiten im Felde. Med. Klin, Berl, 1916, xii, 1117-1120.—Lemoine (G. H.) & Devin. La methode de Milne et la propagation des maladies contagieuses. Presse med. Par, 1916, xxiv, 201. Also: Rev. d'hyg. Par, 1916, xxxviii, 320-324.—Leroy (E.) La pathologie contagieuse d'une agglomeration de 50,000 nommes aux armees. Rev. g£n. de clin. et de the>ap. Par, 1916, xxx, 695; 708. -----. Utilisation de la methode de Milne aux armees dans l'isolement et le traitement des maladies contagieuses. Ibid., 1917, xxxi, 378-380.—Letulle. Rapport sur la distribution dans l'armee de notices relatives a la prophylaxie des maladies 6vitables. Bull. Acad, de me'd. Par, 1915, 3. s, lxxiv, 531-535. [Discussion], 672-680 — Martial (R.) Epidemiologic d'un contingent de tirailleurs algeriens stationn6 dans la 16s region; etiologie, r^ceptivite. Montpel. med, 1917, xxxix, 1167-1170.—Munk (F.) Die Behandlung der akuten Infektionskrankheiten (Kriegser- fahrungen). Med. Klin, Berl, 1916, xii, 1291; 1344.—Nicolle (C.) & Conseil (E.) Necessity des mesures a prendre pour preserver nos armees en campagne des typhus exanthdma- tique et recurrent. ' Presse m6d. Par, 1915, xxiii, 18.----- -----. Nos connaissances sur l'etiologie du typhus exan- thematiques et de la fifevre re'eurrente; leur application a la prevention de ces maladies, en particulier dans nos armies en campagne. Rev. d'hyg. Par, 1915, xxxvii, 172-208.— Nobecourt (P.) Influence de Page sur la frequence des maladies contagieuses dans une annee. Bull, et mem. Soc. mea\ d. h6p. de Par, 1918, 3. s, xiii, 655-659.—Park (W. H.) The communicable diseases in modern warfare and their prevention. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1918, xtiii, 174.-----. Com- municable diseases among the soldiers in England and France. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1918, cvii, 268-270.—Parker (E.G.) Contagious diseases on board ship. Mil. Surgeon, Wash, 1912, xxx, 565-573.—Rist (E.) Acute contagious disease in the French Army. Am. J. Pub. Health, Concord, N. H, 1917, vii, 981-987. Also [Abstr.]: Med. Officer, Lond, 1918, xix, 131.—Schmalz (W.) Ueber die Einschleppung von Geschlechtskrankheiten und Malaria durch unsere aus Russland heimkehrenden Gefangenen. Deutsche Med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1919, xlv, 297.—Schorer (E. H.) Typhoid, paratyphoid, and dysentery carriers among re- turning overseas troops. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1919, lxxiii, 763.—Smith (L. L.) The diseases of war: their pre- vention, control and treatment (the handling of infectious diseases in the field). Calif. State J. M, San Fran, 1917, xv, 487-491.—Smith (W. H.) Winter and contagious diseases. Pub. Health, Mich, Lansing, 1916, n. s, iv, 581-586.—Stitt (E. R.) Prevention of the spread of infectious diseases on Communicable diseases in soldiers and sailors. shipboard. U. States Nav. M. Bull, Wash, 1913, vii, 70- 76.—Taylor (J. S.) The contagious case. Suppl. U. States Nav. M. Bull, Wash, 1918, No. 5; 37-41.—Valle (V.) Sui metodi di lotta contro le malattie infettive messi in pratica al campo inglese di Cimino. Ann. di med. nav, Roma, 1919, i, 286-293.—Vaughan (V. C.) Measles and pneumonia in our camps. J. Lab. & Clin. M, St. Louis, 1917-18, iii, 248-257.-----. The control of communicable disease among our soldiers. Ibid., 311-314.-----. Communicable diseases. in the army. Wisconsin M. J, Milwaukee, 1919-20, xviii, 400-407. -----. On certain data gained by study of the communicable diseases in the army. J. Iowa State M. Soc, Des Moines, 1920, x, 199-204.—Vaughan (V. C.) & Palmer (G. T.) Communicable diseases in the National Guard and National Army of the United States during the six months from Sept. 29, 1917, to March 29, 1918. J. Lab. & Clin. M, St. Louis, 1917-18, hi, 635-718. Also: Mil. Surgeon, Wash, 1918, xliii, 251; 392. Also, Reprint.-----------. Commu- nicable disease in the United States Army during the summer and autumn of 1918. J. Lab. & Clin. M, St. Louis, 1918-19, iv, 587; 647.—Vedder (E. B.) The epidemiology of the sputum-borne diseases and its relation to the health ofthe National forces. Mil. Surgeon, Wash, 1919, xliv, 123- 153.—Wertenbaker (C. P.) The management of contagious diseases among troops. Nat. M. Rev, Wash, 1900-1901, 219; 273; 329. Communications cliniques au sujet du traite- ment de la diathese urique par l'uric^dine Stro- schein. 32 pp. 12°. Paris, [n. d.]. Communications de l'lnstitut serotherapique de l'Etat Danois. v. 1-2, 1906-8. 8°. [n. p., n. d.] Communion cup. Me ars (J. E.) Is there danger of the convey- ance of disease through the use of the cup in the communion service? 8°. New York, [1910]. ------. The same. 2. ed. 8°. New York, [1913]. Saroglow (D.) *De la transmission des mi- crobes par la vaisselle et des dangers que presente la communion selon le rite grec-orthodoxe. 8°. Geneve, 1907. Ammer (G.) Der Abendmahlskelch. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw, Leipz, 1905, vii, 142-151.—Anders (H. S.) The individual communion cup and its critics. Penn. M. J, Pittsburg, 1898-9, ii, 83-88.-----. The prevalence of the in- dividual communion cup. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1902, xxxviii, 1586.—Crlstlanl (H.) & de Michelis (G.) Du r61e de la vaisselle dans la transmission des gennes infectieux (a propos de la coupe de communion). Rev. m6d. de la Suisse Rom, Geneve, 1907, xxvii, 5-15.—Focke. Zur Hygiene des evangelischen Abendmahls. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1903, xxix, 710.—Geist (J. W.) Sanitary science and the communion cup. Tr. Luzerne Co. M. Soc, Wilkesbarre, 1900, viii, 160-167.—Hasbrouck (E.) The individual communion cup. Tr. Homceop. M. Soc. N. Y, 1895, xxx, 83-90.—Hunter (J.) The communion cup. Canad. Pract. & Rev, Toronto, 1904, xxix, 225-229.—Llchty (D.) An individual drinking cup. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1898, xxx, 1278—Metzger (G.) & Muller (C.) Contamina- tion par la coupe de communion. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par, 1906, ii, 855-858.—MoeUer (A.) Beitrag zur Frage der Uebertragung von Infektionskrankheiten bei der Abendmahlsfeier und Vorschlag zu einer Modifikation der Feier. Deutsche med. Wchnschr.. Leipz. & Berl, 1905, xxxi, 548-550.—Roepke (O.) & Huss (E.) Untersuchungen fiber die Moglichkeit der Uebertragung von Krankheits- erregern durch den gemeinsamen Abendmahlskelch nebst Bemerkungen fiber die Wahrscheinlichkeit solcher Ueber- tragung und Vorschlagen zu ihrer Vermeidung. Ibid.,107; 149. Also, Reprint. Also: Monatsbl. f. off. Gsndhtspfi, Brnschwg, 1905, xxviii, 69-75.—Tautz (K.) Zur Hygiene des gemeinschafthchen Abendmahlskelches; ein historischer Beitrag. Med. Klin, Berl, 1906, ii, 46-50. de Commynes (Philippe). S. The medical atmosphere ofthe Renaissance, as por- trayed in some early French writers (Philippe de Com- mynes, <=1490). Boston M. & S. J, 1914, clxx, 857-860. Como (Peter) [1887- ]. *Ueber Luminal. 41 pp., 1 tab. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1914. Comolli (Antonio). Studio citologico sui corpi surrenali. 178 pp. 8°. Pavia, 1912. Comotti (Raphael). *Recherches sur la localisa- tion des alcaloides des amaryllidees. [Paris.] 50 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Lons-le-Saunier, 1910, No. 13. Comoy (Ernest). *Des ulcerations vraies de l'amygdale palatine. 107 pp. 8°. Paris, 1903, No. 532. COMPAIN. 88 COMPLEMENT. Compain (Henri-Pierre-Rene) [1875- ]. Con- tribution a l'etude de l'emploi de l'oxycanure de mercure dans les affections urethrales; urethrites et retrecissements. 167 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, Xo. 288. Comparetti (Andreas) [1746-1801]. Observationes opticse de luce inflexa et coloribus. iv, 140 pp., 11., 1 pi. 4°. Patavii, typ. Jo. A. Conzatti, 1787. ------. Observationes anatomicse de aure interna comparata. lvi. 396 pp., 21., 3 pi. 4°. Patavii. J. A. Conzatti, 1789. Observationes dioptricse et anatomicae Complement. comparata? de coloribus apparentibus, visu. et oculo. xii, 112pp., 11., 1 pi. 4°. Patavii, typis Caroli Conzatti, 1798. Compayre (Emery). *Consolidation vicieuse des fractures de l'extremite inferieure de l'humerus chez l'enfant. 52 pp., 21. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 57. Compendio di patologia e terapia chirurgica gene- rale e speciale compilata dai dottori Vincenzo Martina, Romolo Calvini e Giuseppe Gavello. v. 1, fascs. 1-4. 1-160 pp. roy. 8°. Torino, 1902^. Compendious (A) system of anatomy. In six parts. Extracted from the Am. ed. of the Encyclopaedia. 104 pp., 12 pi. sm. 4°. Phila- delphia, T. Dobson, 1790. Plates numbered xix-xxx. Compendium der allgemeinen Zahnheilkunde in Fragen und Antworten. Gesammelt and zusam- mengestellt von A. L. Kowler. 188 pp. 8°. Miinchen, J. Velisch, [n. d.]. Compendium der osterreichischen Sanitats-Ge- setze und Verordnungen. Unter specieller Anfuhrung der steiermarkischen Provinzialvor- schriften zusammengestellt von Adolf Kut- schera. 3 p. 1., 292 pp. 8°. Graz, Teuschner & Tubensky, 1899. Compin (Louis). *Sur les thiosulfocarbamates et les xanthates de cobalt et de nickel. 54 pp.. 4 pi., 8°. Paris, 1919, No. 4. Ecole de pharmacie. Compin (Paul) [1875- ]. *Etude clinique des formes anormales de la maladie de Parkinson 124 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1902, No. 158. Complement. See, also, Alexins; Amboceptors; Anti- complement; Diagnosis (Serologic); Immu- nity (Mechanism of). von Angerer (K.) Ueber die Beeinflussung des Komple- menttiters durch Proteinkorperinjektion. Ztschr. f. Hvg. u. Infektionskrankh, Berl, 1922, xcvi 25.—Arlolng (FT) & Langeron. Action des metaux a l'etat colloidal, sur les proprietes du complement. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par7 1920, Ixxxiii, 778.—AmI (A.) Azione degli acidi e degh alcah sul componente termostabile del complemento Arch, di fisiol, Firenze, 1917-18, xvi, 95-116.—Bailey (C. H.) Complement in human serum. J. Am. Ass, Chicago 1911 lvii, 2063.—Bamberg (Dorothea) & Hartmann (Gerda)' Sparsame und einfache Methode zur Komplementgewin- nung von Meerschweinchen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr 1918, xliv, 1449.—Baumgartel (T.) Zur Technik der Komplemantgewmnung mittels Herzpunktion. Centralbl f. Baktenol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1920, Orig, lxxxv 281- 283.—Benard (R.) Presence du complement dans le sane circulant. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1918 lxxxi 240.—BerczeUer (L.) Ueber konstante Komplemente' Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1918, xxxi, 1125-1129.—BI-'-mt (J. W.) The loss of complementing power in cuine-v-pi.. serum at various temperatures. J. Path. & Bicteri>r Cambridge, 1918-19, xxii, 323-344.—Bontemps < H i Fine einfache und Meerschweinchen ersparende Methode zm Komplementgewinnung. Miinchen. med. Wchnshr 1917 lxiv, 1328,-Braude (if. R.) [Influence of benzol injections upon the complement.] Kharkov. M. .1. imm xvifi 35' 3o5.—Braun (H.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Koinpie- mentes. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1911 xxxi 65-112 — Brlnkmann. Studien fiber den Komplementgehalt des menschhchen Blutes. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. fete 1 1 Abt Jena, 1921-22, Orig Ixxxvii, 50-62. ——.Ueber den Komplementgehalt des Blutes. Kor.-Bl. d alle &nt\ Ver. v. Thiirmgen, Jena, 1921, 1, 217-220.-Brookl'(S C )' The kinetics of inactivation of complement by light. J. Gen. Physiol, Bait, 1920-21, iii, 169-1S3. -----. The mechanism of complement action. Ibid., 185-201.—Brown- ing (C. H.) & Mackie (T. J.) Ueber die Beziehungen der Komplementwirkung des frischen Serums bei der Aktivie- rung der Immunkorper und des Kobragiftes; ein Beitrag zur Konstitution des Komplements. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1912, xliii, 229-233.----------- A further contribu- tion on the constitution of complement. J. Path. & Bacte- riol, Cambridge, 1913-14, xviii, 442-444.—CantacuzCne (J.) Recherches sur la presence du complement dans le sang de divers invertebres. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1912, lxxhi, 665.—Caruso (G.) Sulla conservazione del comple- mento. Pathologica, Genova, 1921, xiii; 184.—Chatellier (L.) Note sur la reactivation du complement. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph. Par, 1922, xxix, 34.—Coca (A. F.) A study of the serum of complement-deficient guinea- pigs. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med, X. Y, 1920-21, xviii, 71.—Courmont (P.) & Duiourt (A.) Resultats compares de l'agitation du complement dans Pair, Poxygene, le vide et l'azote. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1912, lxxii, 1058- inr.n.—De Waele (H.) Contribution a l'etude du comple- ment. Bull. Acad. roy. de m£d. de Belg, Brux, 1919, 4. s, xxix, 1256-1267.—Doctor (K.) Zu Frage der Komple- mentgewinnung. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1916, xxix, 742.— von Dungern & Hirschfeld. Ueber das Verhalten des Komplementes in phvsiologischen BaClr und CaClj-L6- sungen und in hypertonischer NaCl-Losungen. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap. Jena, 1911, Orig. x, 131-134.—Fedders (V. V.) [Comparison ofthe complements contained in sera of different domestic animals and birds.] Shorn, rabot v pam. I. M. Sadovskavo, S.-Peterb, 1912, pt. 2, 161-166.—von Fenyvessy (B.) Ueber die Regeneration durch Hitze inaktivierter Komplemente. Biochen. Ztsehr., Berl, 1912, xl, 353-355. -----. Natiirliehes und kunstliches Komplement verhalten sich in bezug auf Regeneration identisch. Ibid., xlvi, 393.—von Fenyvessy B.» A: Freund (J.) Ueber kiinstliche Beeinflussung un 1 Messung der Komplementwirkung im lebenden Tiere. Ztschr. f. Im- munitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap, Jena, 1913, Orig.. xviii, 666-681.—Ferrata (A.) & Guglielmo (G.) Sul meccane- simo di azione del complemento. Foha med, Napoli, 1915, i, 308-321.—Goubeau. Les reactions de delation du com- plement; proposition de Padoption d'une technique uni- forme pour supprimer les causes d'erreurs et les irregularites. Ann. d. mal. ven. Par, 1920, xv, 731-734.—Gramenitzky (M.) Ueber die sog. Regeneration des kiinstlichen Komple- ments. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1912, xliii, 4S1-1S5.— Grigorovlcli (A. P.) [Conservation of the complement.] Kharkov. M. J, 1913, xv, 57-67.—Gurd (F. B.) Varia- tions in the complement content of serum and plasma. J Infect. Dis, Chicago, 1912, xi, 225-234.—Gutsche (W.) Etwas Neues vom Komplement. Berl. tierarztl. Wchn- schr, 1918, xxxiv, 14.—Hammerschmidt (J.) Zur Kon- servierung des Komplements. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1920, lxvn, 1382.—Jacoby (M.) A- Jacoby (Margarete). Ueber die Abhangigkeit der Komplementzerstorung von der Anwesenheit des Sauerstoffs. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1915, lxix, 127-133.—Jonas (W.) Ueber die Wirkung verschiedener Serumarten auf das durch Cohracift inak- tivierte Komplement. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap, Jena, 1913, Orig.. xvii, 539-">4v— Kagawa (T.) Contribution a l'etude de Taction des ravons actini- ques; sur le mecanil»sh. Hig., Sudeb. i Prakt. Med, S.-Peterb, 1914 1 525- .:« -Krichexskl il.) & Dukhovskl (A.) [Data for the critical study ol the complex composition of the comple- ment.) Kharkov. M. J, 1916, xxi, 191-195.-lanipl (H.) & I.andstelner (K.I Quantitative Unters ; ' rCn liber Ibif., 1916, xxiv, "drig"."! 49^540:'xxvr6rig?,l44:°ul7)-e203— r.°^t^h^rmawnK(tl LTeb?r kunstliches Komplement. Deutsche med. \\ chnschr, Leipa. , • h" Verhalten des Mittelstiickes des Komplementes. Zt ^- ' serve as Arch, vet mann 1 br. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap, Jena, 1910" vi « 692.-Llppmann & Plesch. Sincf die Leukocyten £& COMPLEMENT. 89 COMPLEMENT. Complement. Quelle der Komplemente? Ibid., 1913, Orig, xvii, 548-555.— Loew (W.) Ueber Schwankungen des Komplementge- haltes bei Meerschweinchen. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1922, xxxv, 12.—Lorenti (G.) Sulla unicita del complemento. Path. riv. quindicin, Genova, 1912-13, v, 71-76.—Lund- berg (E.-G.) Sur la photolabihtedu complement. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1921, lxxxv, 758.—Mandelbaum (M.) Neue Beobachtungen iiber Komplemente und deren Bedeutung. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1916, lxiii, 1038- 1041: 1917, lxiv, 277.—Marks (H. R.) Ueber gewisse qualitative und quantitative Beziehungen zwischen End- stuck und Mittelstuck der Komplemente. Ztschr. f. Im- munitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap, Jena, 1910-11. Orig, viii, 508-525. -----. Complementoid and the resistance of the mid-piece of complement. J. Exper. M. Lancaster, Pa, 1911, xhi, 590-594. Also, Reprint.—Moledezky (M. D.) Preservation of complement. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1918, Ixxi, 968.—Moreschl (C.) Di una nuova reazione specifica del complemento. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1910, Roma, 1911, xx, 390-392.—Miiller (O.) Ueber den Einfluss der Temperatur auf die spezifische Komplementbindung. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap, Jena, 1914, xxiii, 306-326.—Nathan (E.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Inaktivierbarkeit des Meerschweinchenkomplements und ihrer Abhangigkeit von der Serumbeschaffenheit. Ibid., 1917. xxvi, Orig, 503-529.—Noguchi (H.) On the heat lability of the complements of cold-blooded animals. J. Med. Research, Bost, 1903, ix, 169-172.-----. On the chem- ical inactivation and regeneration of complement. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med, N. Y, 1906-7, iv, 157—Noguchi (H.) & Bronfenbrenner (J.) Effects of mechanical agita- tion and of temperature upon complement. J. Exper. M, Lancaster, Pa, & N. Y, 1911, xiii, 229-233. A Iso: Reprint — Poyarkoff (E.) Sur 1'inactivation du complement dans un milieu pauvre en sels. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1917, lxxx, 227.-----. Sur l'application de la regie de Schulze au complement. Ibid., 239-241.—Rhamy (B. W.) Preservation of complement. J. Am. M. Ass, Chi- cago, 1917, lxix, 973.-----. Further studies on the pres- ervation of complement bv sodium acetate. Ibid., 1918, lxx, 2000. Also, Reprint.—Ritz (H.) Ueber die Inaktivierung des Komplementes durch Schutteln. Ztschr. f. Immuni- tatsforsch. u. exper. Therap, Jena, 1912, Orig, xv, 145-157.— Ritz (H.) & Sachs (H.) Ueber Komplementinaktivierung durch Bakterien. (Ein Beitrag zur biologischen Bedeutung physikalischer Serumveranderungen, mit Bemerkungen zur Frage der Entstehung des Anaphvlatoxins.) Ibid.,- 1917, xxvi, Orig, 483-502.—Ronchese (A.-D.) Precede de con- servation de Pactivit^ du complement. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1919, Ixxxii, 193-195.—Sachs (H.) & Alt- mann (K.) Die " Hydrolability" des Komplements und ihre Ursachen. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1916, lxxviii, 46- 62.—Sachs (H.) & Bolkowska(G.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis der komplexen Konstitution der Komplemente. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1910, vi, 778- 78fi— Schmidt (H.) Studies on the Berkefeld-flltration of complement. T. Hyg., Cambridge, 1914, xiv, 437-452.-----. Ueber die Moglichkeit, die Komplementwirkung durch Satire oder Alkali wiederherzustellen. Ztschr. f. Immuni- tatsforsch u. exper. Therap., Jena, Orig, 1921, xxxi, 125- 136.—Schmidt (P.) Studien iiber das Komplement. Arch. f. Hyg, Miinchen & Berl, 1912, lxxvi, 284-292. -----. Ueber die Kolloid-Natur des Komplements. Ztschr. f. Chemie u. Indust. d. Kolloide, Dresd, 1912, xi, 5-8.— Thompson (L.) The preparation and preservation of complement. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1916, lxvi, 652.— Thorsch (Margarete). Untersuchungen iiber die 3. Kom- ponente des Komplementes. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1914, lxviii, 67-77.—Vanlooveren (L.) Mittelstuck et Endstiick de differents complements. Ztschr. f. Immuni- tatsforsch. u. exper. Therap, Jena, 1912-13, Orig, xvi, 377- 390.—Watabiki (T.) Investigation of thermoresistance of complement. Sei-i-Kwai M. J, Tokyo, 1915, xxxiv, No. 12.—Williamson (N. E.) Clarification of complement in relation to its preservation. J. Lab. & Clin. M, St. Louis, 1916-17, ii, 518. —---. Studies of complement; relation to certain tests. Ibid., 658-662.—Zilber (S. M.) [Methods of conservation ofthe complement.] Kharkov. M. J, 1913, xv, 68-77. Complement (Deviation of). Bellussi (A.) Influenza del principali solventi del sangue nella reazione della deviazione del complemento. Arch, di antrop. crim, Torino, 1921. xii, 605-621.—Bron- fenbrenner (J.) & Noguchi (H.) A biochemical study of the phenomena known as complement-splitting; splitting of the complement associated with globulin precipitation. J. Exper. M, Lancaster, Pa, 1912. xv, 598-624.----------. Splitting of the complement without a visible alteration of the proteid constituents. Ibid., 625-643. Also [Abstr.]: Biochem. Bull, N. Y, 1912-13, ii, 166-168.—Carpi (U.) Sul valore clinico e sulla tecnica della reazione anticomple- mentare (metodo della deviazione del complemento). Gazz. med. ital, Torino, 1909, lx, 73; 84; 93.—Conti (L.) Sulla deviazione del complemento con antigene tubercolare alcoolico nella tubercolosi, sifilide ed affezioni varie. Haema- tologica, Napoli, 1922, iii, 67-74.—Costantini (G.) & Sivori (L.) La deviazione del complemento in vivo. Lavori d. Complement (Deviation of). Cong, di med. int. 1913, Roma, 1914, xxiii, 379.—Gardl (I.) & Sivori (L.) Sul valore deH'assorbimento elettivo appli- cato al metodo della deviazione del complemento; ricerche sperimentali. Ann. d. 1st. Maragliano p. la cura d. tuberc. [etc.], Genova, 1908-9, iii, 133-161.-----------. Assorbi- mento elettivo e deviazione del complemento. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1909, Roma, 1910, xix, 519-523.—von Knaffl-Lenz (E.) Ueber sogenannte kiinstliche Komple- mente. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl.; 1909, xx, 1-9.—Mara- gliano (D.) La deviazione frazionata del complemento. Ann. d. 1st. Maragliano p. la cura d. tuberc. [etc.], Genova, 1908, ii, 348-352.—Pfeiler (W.) & Weber (G.) Nachtrag zu der Arbeit '-Ueber die Herstellung von Bakterienextrakten zu Ablenkungszwecken." Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap, Jena, 1912, Orig, xv, 446.—Rondoni (P.) Sulla scissione del complemento. Clin. med. ital, Milano, 1911, 1, 389-396.—Sormani (B. P.) Eine neue Erklarung des Xeisser- und Wechsbergschen Phanomens vermittels des Phanomens der spezifischen Sprodigkeit. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap, Jena, 1916, xxiv, Orig, 336-354. Complement (Fixation of). Lindexschatt (S. M.) *Ueber den Einfluss der OH- und H-Jonen auf die Komplement- ablenkung und das differente Verhalten ver- schieden hoch erhitzter Sera bei der Komple- mentfixierung. 8°. Heidelberg, 1913. Altmann (K.) & Schultz (J. H.) Verwendung von Bakterien-Antiforminextrakten als Antigene bei der Kom- plementbindung. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap, Jena, 1909, iii, 98-107.—Arnaud (R.) Note au sujet d'une nouvelle methode de titrage rapide dans la reaction de fixation par les scrums non chaufKs. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol7 Par, 1919, Ixxxii, 299-301.—Barratt (J. O. W.) The estimation of complement and amboceptor. J. Path. & Bacteriol, Cambridge, 1913-14, 270-280.—Benech (J.) Comment prelever et envoyer le sang destine^ a une se^oreaction basee sur le principe de deviation du comple- ment de Bordet et Gengou. Rev. m6d. de Test, Nancy, 1919, xlvii, 247-249.—Bergey (D. H.) Complement-fixation test as a method of differentiating between species of bacte- ria. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila, 1918, xxxviii, 23.—Blumberg (A.) Studies on immunity with special reference to comple- ment fixation. J. Lab. & Clin. M, St. Louis, 1917-18, iii, 397-408.—Breton (M.) & Duhot (E.) La reaction de fixa- tion par les techniques de Calmette et Massol et ses applica- tions a la clinique. Bull, de PInst. Pasteur, Par, 1919, xvii, 753-766.—de Brito Pontes ( A.) La reaction de fixation du complement avec le serum de lepreux et l'antigene tubercu- leux de Besredka. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1922, lxxxvi, 331.—Bronfenbrenner (J.) 2.—McNeil (A.) The use of complement fixation reactions in a public health diagnostic laboratory. Am. J. Pub. Health, N. Y, 1915, v, 572-574.— Marbias (S.) Fixation du complement et epuisement de I'exces d'hemolysine. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1918, lxxxi, 653-655. -----. Fixation du complement et £puise- ment de I'exces d'hemolysine (r^ponse a M. Rubinstein). Ibid., 1920, Ixxxiii, 1136.—Michaelis (L.) & Skwlrsky (P.) Das Verhalten des Komplements bei der Komplement- bindungsreaktion. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1910, xlvii, 139.—Noguchi (H.) Non-fixation of complement. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med, N. Y, 1909-10, vii, 14 — Novoa Santos (R.) Sobre el mecanismo de la reaccidn de Wasser- mann; el papel de las globulinas en la fijaci6n del comple- miento. Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. m£d, Madrid, 1915, xxxiv, 82-92.—Ranque (A.) & Senez (C.) Unite de mesure exacte dans la reaction de fixation du complement. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1922, lxxxvi, .')&- 58.—Ranque ( \.1, Senez (C.) .—Renaux (E.) Entrainement du principe aetif de la read ion de Rordet- Wassermann par les globulines preeipitees. Ibid., 1920 Ixxxiii, 1299-1302.—Reynolds (F. II.) Multiple pipette holder for the distribution of serum for the complement- fixation test. J. Agric. Research, Wash, 1918, xv, 615-618 Also. Reprint.—Rodet (A.) & Fabre (H.) Contribution a' la reaction de fixation; quelques particularites de Taction antihemolytique des microbes et des serums. Compt rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1911, lxx, 1047-1050.—Rubinstein CM.) Reaction de fixation; preparation du serum hemolvti- que. Ibid., 1917, lxxx, 908-910. -----. Reaction de fixa- tion; serum de cobaye anti-mouton. Ibid., 1919 Ixxxii 463-465.—van Saun (Anna I.) The effect of the natural antisheep hemolysin content of human serum on comple- ment-fixation tests. J. Lab. & Clin. M, St. Louis 1917-ls iii, 59-61.-Schmidt (H.) The inactivation of complement by mechanical agitation. J. Hyg, Cambridge, 1913, xiii 391-313: 1914, xiv, 417-436.-----Complement action iri regard to surface tension. Ibid., 314-334— Simon (C ) Note sur la recherche comparative de la reaction de Bordet- Wassermann dans le sang et dans les urines. Bull Acad de Complement (Fixation of). med. Par, 1920, 3. s, Ixxxiii, 73-75— Skwlrsky (P.) Ueber den Mechanismus der Komplementbindungen. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap, Jena, 1910, ii, 538-571.—Spat (W.) Ueber Komplementwirkung bei Komplementbindungsreaktionen. Biochem. Ztschr. Berl, 1913, lvi, 21-34. -----. Das Wesen der Komplementbin- dungsreaktion. Prag. med. Wchnschr, 1914, xxxix, 68- 71 —Sutter (C. C.) The development of complement- fixation tests. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1914, lxxxv, 7S3-786.— Thorsch (Margarete.) Ueber die Einwirkung von Alkohol und Osmium auf die bindenden Gruppen der Bakterien. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1914, lxvi, 486-500.—Wadsworth (A. B.) & Maltaner (F.) Purification and concentration of antigens for complement fixation by methods of dialysis, adsorption, and extraction. J. Exper. M, Bait, 1921, xxxiii, 119-123.—Warden (C. C.) The role of specific fats in complement fixation. J. Infect. Dis, Chicago, 1918. xxii, 133-141. Also, Reprint.—von Wassermann (A.) Ueber die Antikorpernatur der Wasscrm i'ln-ubstanz. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1921, lvii, 331-334 — Web-ter (R. W.) Comple- ment fixation test. Chicago M. Rec. 1916, xxxviii, 584- 589.—well (E.) Komplementbindung^versuche. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. exper. Therap, Jena, Orig, 1921, xxxi, 50-84.—Weil (E.) & Spat (W.) Ueber den Mechanismus der Komplementbindung bei Antieiwci^eris. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1911, xxxiii, 63-72.—Williamson (N. E.I Water bath slide methods for complement fixation and blood grouping. J. Lab. & Clin. M, St. Louis, 1916-17, ii, 58-61.—Wright (J. H.) The complement fixation test in diagnosis. Med. Communicat. Mass. M. Soc, Bost, 1913, xxiv, pt. 1, 85-90. Complement (Hsemoh/tic). Gtjggexheimer (H.) *Studien iiber das Ver- halten hamolytischer Komplemente im salz- freien Medium. [Heidelberg.] SD. Jena, 1910. Azzi (A.) Sui fattori d'inattivazione del complemento nei sistema emolitico. Haematologica, Napoli, 1920, i. 126- 140.—Chid (M.) Sulla natura del complemento (nei pro- cesso deU'emolisi). Gior. d. r. Ac-ad. di Med. di Torino, 1918, 4. s, xxiv, 197-206.—Predtethenski (S. N.I [The influence of drving upon the haemol vtic properties of comple- ments.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb'.. 1911, x, 2086-2088.— Schmidt (P.) Komplementablenkung bei hamolytischen Kaninchen-Immunsera. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl, 1916, xiii, 13.50— Schmidt > l'A & Liebers (M.) Zur Frage der Cobragift-Inaktivierung des hamolvtisehen Komplements. Ztschr. f. Immunitiitsfors. h. u. exper. Therap, Jena, 1914. Orig., xxii, 220-226.—Watanabe (>. A comparative study of hemolytic complement and anti- bodies in oxalated plasma and serum. J. Lmmunol.. Bait , 1919,iv, 77-104. Complete army register of the United States for 100 years (1779 to 1879), compiled from official records. 2. ed. 1400 pp. 8°. Washington, D. C, Thomas H. S. Hamersly. lv?l. Complete (A) history of the trial of Charles Junius Guiteau, assassin of President Garfield. 319 pp 8 pi. 12°. Philadelphia. Hubbard Bros., [1S821. Complete i A"i system of nursing written by medi- cal men and nurses. Edited bv Honnor Mor- ten, viii, 403 pp. 12°. London. Sampson Loic. Marston & Comp., 1898. Complimentary dinner and presentation of lov- ing cup to Dr. Joseph Ford Thompson of Wash- ington, D. C, on the fiftieth anniversary of his irradilation in medicine at the University of Maryland. Thursdav evening, March 7 1907 26 pp. s°. [Washington. 1907.] Comprint (Henri) [ls?3- ]. Contribution a l'etude des occlusions intestinales chroniques et de leur traitement par l'anus contre nature 72 pp. 8°. Pan's. 1897. Xo. 77. Composite. Fischer (G.) *Beitrag zur verdeichenden Anatomie dor Blatter tier Oompositen 8° Erlangen, 1898. Nissen (J. [Ch.]) * Untersuchungen iiber den Bliitenboden der Kompositen. 8 ." Kiel, 1907. Composite portraits of men of genius, pp 523- 52s. 8°. London, 1906. Cutthhi from: Strand Mag, Lond, 1906. Composizione (Sulla) e sulle sofisticazioni delle 8ostanze alimentari. Conferenze tenute nell' isti- tuto d'igiene della r. Universita di Roma x 176 pp. 8°. Roma, A. Fiocchi, 1898. COMPRESSES. 91 COMYX. Compresses. Levinson (I. I.) *K voprosu o vliyanii bry- ushnavo sogrieyayushtshavo kompressa na azo- tistiy obmien i usvoyeni'e azotistikh chastei- pishtshi u zdorovikh lyudei. [On the influence of an abdominal Warm compress upon nitrogenous metabolism and assimilation of nitrogenous parts of food in healthv men.] 8°. S.-Peterburq, 1887. Herz (P.) Ueber feuchte Verbande und feuchte Fm- schlage bei akuten Erkrankungen. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr, Leipz. & Berl, 1913, xxxix, 658.—Leupold (K. R.) Heating appliance for compresses. [Pat. spec.]. No. 825138; July 3, 1906.—Renner. Ein Wort zur Brauchbarkeit der Henlebinde. Zentralbl. f. Chir, Leipz, 1919, xlvi, 39.—Riss (R.) De l'emploi des compresses chauffantes eiectriques en gynecologie et chirurgie abdominale. Marseille med, 1913, 1, 501-508. Also: Rev. mens, de gynec, d'obst. et de pediat. Par, 1913, viii, 433-439.—Tsakona (S.) Une nouvelle com- presse du ventre. Grece m£d, Athenes, 1913, xv, 17-20. Comprix (Johann Jakob Max) [1878- ]. *Ein Fall von Transplantation eines frischen, ge- stielten Hautlappens bei narbiger Contractur des Kniegelenkes. 27 pp., 2 1. 8°. Berlin, G. Schade, 1902. Compston (Herbert Fuller Bright) [1866- ]. The Magdalen hospital; the story of a great charity, with a foreword by the Most Reverend the Archbishop of Canterbury, xi, 15-237 pp. 8°. London, Society for promoting Christian knowledge. 1917. Compte (Victor) [1874- ]. *Etude clinique sur le cancer primitif du pancreas. 62 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1901, No. 18. Compte-rendu annuel du service de chirurgie du Dr. A. Depage a l'Hopital Saint-Jean de Bruxelles. Annee 1900. v. 1, 1901. 8°. Bru- xelles. Compte-rendu de la clinique obstetricale et gynecologique de l'Universite royale de Turin. Publie par G. Yicarelli. 1. & 2. annee. 96 pp., 7 pi. 8°. Cine, G. Capella, 1905. Compte-rendu du Congres international contre l'abus des boissons alcooliques. 4., 1893 ('a Gra- venhage); 6.. 1897 (Bruxelles). 8°. Compte-rendu du Congres international de pharmacie (ix.), tenu a. Paris du 2 au 9 aotit 1900. v. 1, 1901. 8°. Paris. Compte-rendu des seances du Conseil d'hygiene publique et de salubrity du departement de la Seine, publie sous la direction du Prefet de police, v. 1, 1896. 8°. Paris. Comptes-rendus de l'Association des anato- mistes. v. 1, 1899; v. 3-7, 1901-5. 8°. Paris & Nancy. Comptes-rendus de l'Association Internationale de pediatrie; ler Congres tenu a Paris, 1912. v. 1, 1913. 8°. Paris. Comptes-rendus de l'Association Internationale de pediatrie; premier congres tenu a Paris, lx, 414 pp. 8°. Paris, C. Steinheil, 1913. Comptes-rendus de la Conference chirurgicale interallied pour l'etude des plaies de guerre. 4e session (11-15 mars 1918). 8°. Paris, 1918. Forms v. 70 of: Arch, de me"d. et pharm. mil. Comptes-rendus du Congres international de medecine (xii.). v. 1-7, 1898-9. 8°. Moscou, 1897. Comptes-rendus du Congres periodique inter- national de gynecologie et d'obstetrique. v. 1, 1892; v. 2, 1896; v. 3, 1899; v. 4, 1902; 1894-1903. 8°. [n. p.] Comptes-rendus hebdomadaires des seances de l'Academie des sciences, v. 1-174, 1835-1922. 8°. Paris. Comptes rendus hebdomadaires des seances de la Society de biologie. v. 1-86, 1849-1922. 8°. Paris. Comptes-rendus des seances du Congres inter- national d'electrologie et de radiologie medi- cales. [Berne], 1903; [Amsterdam], 1908. 2 v. 8 . Comptes-rendus des seances de l'lnstitut fran- gais d'anthropologie, 1911. 8°. Paris, 1911. Bound with: Anthropologic, Par, 1911, xxii. Comptes-rendus de la Societe d'obstetrique, de gynecologie et de pediatrie de Paris, v. 1-13, 1899-1911. 8°. Paris. Continued as: Bull. Soc. d'obst. et de Gynec. de Paris. Compton (Alwyne T.) Essentials of surgery; an outline of surgical pathology, diagnosis and treatment, viii, 428. 12°. London, H. Komp- ton, 1908. Compulsory vaccination is intolerable. 7 pp. 16°. Chicago, [n. d.]. Comrie (John Dixon) [1875- ]. Synoptic chart of cardiac examination. London, J. Bale, Sons & Danielsson, [1909]. Mounted on cardboard. 16|x9i, with an inner sliding card. Text, 12 pp, 12°, in envelope. ------. University of Edinburgh. History of Medicine. Svllabus and specimen extracts. 1. & 2. series. '47 1. 8°. [Edinburgh, 1910.] ------. Black's medical dictionary. 6. ed. viii, 867 pp., 13 pi. 8°. London, A. & C. Black, 1920. Comstock (John Henry) [1849- ] The spider book; a manual for the study of the spiders and their relatives, the scorpions, pseudo-scorpions, whip-scorpions, harvestmen, and other members of the class Arachnida, found in America north of Mexico, etc. xv, 721 pp. 8°. Garden City, N. Y., Doubleday, Page & Co., 1914. ------ & Kellogg. The elements of insect anat- omy; an outline for the use of students in entomo- logical laboratories. 4. ed., revised. 2 p. 1., 145 pp. 8°. Jthaca, N. Y, Comstock, 1902. Comte (Albert). *Des paralysies pseudo-bul- baires. 248 pp. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 436. ------. The same. 241 pp. 8°. Paris, G. Stein- heil, 1900. Comte (Auguste) [1798-1857]. Blanchard (Phyllis). A psycho-analytic study of Auguste Comte. Am. J. Psychol, Worcester, 1918. xxix, 159-181.—Dumas (G.) L'etat mental d'Auguste Comte. Rev. phil. Par, 1898, xlv, 30-60; 151-180; 387-114. -----. Auguste Comte, amoureux et mystique. Bull.de l'lnst.gen. psychol. Par, 1904, iv, 3-24.—Georges (A.) Essai sur le systeme psychologique d'Auguste Comte. Arch, d'anthrop. crim, Lyon & Par, 1908, xxiii, 749-809.—Grasset. Un demifou de g^nie: Auguste Comte, desequilibre constant et fou intermittent, .ajsculape, Par, 1911, i, 193-197.—Ireland (W. W.) On the mental state of Auguste Compte. J. Ment. Sc, Lond, 1900, xlvi, 30-42.—Mourgue (R.) La philoso- phic biologique d'Auguste Comte. Arch, d'anthrop. crim, Lyon & Par, 1909, xxiv, 829; 911. Comte (C.) [1869- ]. *Les auxiliaires medi- caux et les "district nurses." 76 pp. 8°. Paris, 1904. No. 449. Comte (Francis) [1876- ]. *Des injections sous-cutanees de serum artificiel apres les grands traumatismes accidentels et chirurgicaux. 72 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1898, No. 35. Compte (Francois) [1874- ]. Contribution a l'etude du traitement de la luxation congenitale de la hanche par la methode de Lorenz (50 ob- servations inedites). 250 pp., 1 1., 8 pi. 8°. Lyon, 1901, No. 120. Comte (Jules-Robert). *De l'emploi de Tether sulfurique a la clinique chirurgicale de Geneve. 184pp., 11. 8°. Geneve, 1882. Comte (Louis). Contribution a l'etude de l'hypo- physe humaine et de ses relations avec le corps thvroide. [Lausanne.] 25 pp. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1898. Comyn (John Scarsfield) [ -1913]. [Obituary.] Brit. M. J, Lond, 1913, ii, 1466. CONAN. 92 CONCEPTION. Conan (Meriadec). Traitement homoeopathique et homo-homoeopathique de la tuberculose ou sero-therapie artificielle de la tuberculose. 66 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere, [n. d.]. Conant (Albert Francis) [1863- ]. A com- plete concordance to science and health, with key to the Scriptures, together with an index to the marginal headings and a list of the Scrip- tural quotations contained therein, etc., revised by its author, Mary Baker Eddy. 3 p. 1., 611 pp. 8°. Boston, A. V. Stewart, 1916. Conant (George Seymour) [1853-1904]. [Obituary.] Boston M. & S. J, 1904, ch, 366. Conant (E._ R.) Refuse disposal in Southern cities, with particular reference to Savannah, Ga., and its new incinerator. 12 pp., 1 tab. 8°. Jackson- ville, 1914. Concato (Luigi Maria) [1825-82.] Leonardi (E.) Conferenze: Luigi Concato e i suoi tempi; i pastori dell' Appennino e le ma- lattie della montagna; una terra di medici e di santi; la peste bubonica e il mal francioso nel- 1' Umbria nei 1500. 8°. Terni, 1913. Conception. Pittler (C.) *Das zeitliche Verhalten der Konzeption zur Ovulation und Menstruation. 8°. Breslau, 1916. Walther_(V. [M.]) *Beitrag zur Kasuistik der Conceptionen im vorgeriickten Lebensalter. 8°. Leipzig, 1916. Aleksleyeff (N. N.) [Spermolysines and ovariolvsines and their influence on conception in animals.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb, 1913, xii, 602-604.—Bab (H.) Konzep- tion, Menstruation una Schwangerschaft. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1908, xxxiv, 1433-1437.—Liep- mann (H.) Ueber den Unterschied des allgemeinen und des wissenschaftlichen Sinnes der Begriife. Psychiat.- neurol. Wchnschr, Halle a. f, 1907-8, ix, 307-310.—Nacke (P.) Die Zeugung im Rausche und ihre schadliehen Folgen fiir die Nachkommenschaft. Neurol. Centralbl, Leipz, 1908, xxvii, 1058-1063.—NUrnberger. Kriegszeugung und ihre wissenschaftliche Verwertung. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1917, liv, 714. Also: Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1917, xliii, 895.—Siegel. Weitere Beobachtungen zur Konzeptionsfahigkeit der Frau und Geschlechtsbestim- mung des Kindes. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1916, xiii,-1179. Conception (Anomalous). Gellhorn (G.) Salpingostomy -and pregnancy. Tr. Am. Gynec. Soc, Phila, 1911, xxxvi, 186-197.—Lichten- stein (F.) Konzeption durch die Harnrohre, Abortus in die Harnblase nach Kolpokleisis; Heilung durch Laparo- tomie mit Erhaltung der Kolpokleisis; Beitrag zur Biologie der Spermatozoen im Ham als Beweis fiir die urethrale Konzeption. Arch. f. Gynaek, Berl, 1918, cix. 591-598.— Mejlaender (O.) [Conception three times with imperforate hymen.] Tidsskr. f. d. norske Laegefor, Kristiania, 1915, xxxv, 157-159.—Spire. Grossesse avec hymen intact. Rev. de med. leg. Par, 1910, xvii, 211-213. Conception (Prevention of). See, also, Birth-control; Condom. Damm (A.) Die Ehe. Die Mittel zur Ver- hutung der Befruchtung in ihrer Schadlichkeit und in ihrem Ersatz. 8°. Berlin, 1898. Drysdale (C. V.) The small family system is it injurious; or immoral? With 13 diagrams of population movements, etc., at home and abroad, and prefatory note by B. Dunlop. 8°. New York, 1914. Ferdy (H.) Die Mittel zur Verhutung der Conception. 7. Aufl. 8°. Leipzig, 1899. ■ The same. Eine Studie fiir Aerzte und Geburtshelfer. 2 pts. in 2 v. 8° Leivzia 1907. y y' Freygang (C.) Die Einschrankung der weib- lichen Fruchtbarkeit durch Verhutung der Empfangnis. 16°. Leipzig, [1898]. ——. The same. 7. Aufl. 8°. Leivzia, [n.p.]. y ■" Conception (Prevention of). Gerhard (P.) Die Mittel zur Vorbeugung der Empfangnis, nebst einer Beleuchtung der durch die iiberaus grosse Kinderzahl hervor- geruienen sozialen Missstande. 4. Aufl. 12°. Berlin, 1906. Hixz (F.) Kritik der antikonzeptionellen Mittel, Rat fiir Eheleute, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Steuerung der sozialen Not. 2. Aufl. 8°. Leipzig, 1900. ———. The same. Mittel fiir Aerzte und Gebildete aller Stande. 3. vermehrte Aufl. 12°. Berlin, 1903. The same. 4. vermehrte Aufl. 12°. Berlin, 1907. Mack. Die Gefahren der Mutterschaft und deren Verhutung nach bisheriger und neuester wissenschaftlicher Methode. 12°. Berlin, [n.d.]. Muller (H.) Ein Beitrag zur Losung der sozialen Frage; Verhutung der Konzeption durch ein absolut sicheres, unschadliches. den Sittengesetzen nicht zuwiderlaufendes Mittel. 8°. Leipzig, 1900. Parola (E. C.) Proposta di un nuovo metodo per evitare la fecondazione; nota preventiva. 8°. Avezzano, 1909. de Vries (Stella). Het nieuwste en vol- maakste voorbehoedmiddel tegen zwangerschap door de uitvinsler. [The newest and most perfect means for preventing pregnancv bv apparatus.] 12°. Amsterdam, [1905]. [n. d.] WuRZBERGER(Anna). Verhutung der Schwan- gerschaft. 12°. Leipzig, [1901]. Zikel (H.) Denkschrift gegen das Verbot der Schutzmittel zur Verhutung geschlechtlicher Ansteckung und Konzeption. 2. Aufl. S° Berlin, [1910]. -----■._ Die Verhinderung der Empfangnis vom medizinisehen und sozialen Standpunkt aus betrachtet. 3. Aufl. 8°. Berlin & Leivzia, [1912]. Zimmermann (W.) *Das anatomische und funktionelle Verhalten des menschlichen Ei- leiters nach Unterbindung zum Zweck der Ver- hinderung weiterer Sehwangerschaften. [Bres- lau.] 8°. Leipzig, 1919. Ames (L. L.) The prevention of conception. Med. Pharm. Critic & Guide, N. Y, 1909, xii, 445-447.—Antl- konzeptionelle Arzneistoffe. Heilkunde, Berl, 1910 469- 471.—Bardet (G.) & Dufau. L'exercice de la pharmacie dans ses rapports avec la reproduction. Bull. gen. de t heran [etc.], Par, 1910, cix, 11-1S— Biancardi (G.) Contro l'uso del pessario endouterino antifecondativo. Vrte ostet Milano, 1918, xxxiii, 81-84.—Block (Anita C.) Socialism and the prevention of conception. Med. Pharm Critic N. Y, 1913,, xvi, 202-205.—Boing. Die Stellung der Aerzte zur \ orhinderung der Conception. Allg. med. Centr-Zte Berl, 1899, lxviii, 248; 259; 271: »2.—Braun (R.) A- Win- terberg (J.) Kntische Bemerkungen iiber die verschie- denen antikonzeptionellen Massnahmen. Monatschr f Harnkr u sex. Hyg, Leipz, 1907, iv, 494-506.-Brtick. Einige. Mitteilungen uber ein neues Antikonzipiens. Fort- schr. d. Med, Berl, 1912, xxx. 844-S48.—Bylickl (W ) [Voluntary limitationof the fertility of women ] Now lek Poznan. 1910, xxii, 721 -726.-Cabbt (R. C.) Are sanitary prophylaxis and moral prophylaxis natural allies? J. Soc. San. & Moral Prophylaxis, Lyons, N. Y, 1914, v, 20-44.— i narles (V) La prophylaxie anticonceptionnelle. J. ter"i'-h' 1'*-R0' 19??.« *xvi» H8-121.-Czempln (A.) £n- i^-l™pte1??s^c/hutun8- Ztscnr- f- arztl. Fortbild. teJ^00' "»iJWM.-Duwcan (M.) The ethical and imperative need for the use of contraceptives. Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1915, xxxiv, 16I-lf.i.-l>umas (H.-R.) La loi ropnmant la provocation a l'avortement et a la propagande ph«™Ceptl0nn»e11^ Gaz- d" h6P-> Par-- 192«. xciii, 1642.- S«?Trlt Antikonzeptions- und Schutzmittel im Lichte le?a sf™ re*ts- Dermaf. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Hamb, 1916, lxii 10-14.-Elberskirchen (Johanna). Zur Frnge ?«^oUelJ,en Praventivverkehres. Heilkunde, Berl, 1910, 160-163 -Evans (E. E.) A plea for the unborn. Tr M hoc. Wisconsin, Madison, 1900, xxxiv, 245-263.—Ferdy (H ) Contribution a l'etude hist orique du coecal-condom Chroti m£d. Par, 1905, xii, 535-537.-Fere (C.) Les mefaits des artmces de la fecondation. Ann. d. mal. d. org. gemto- CONCEPTION. 93 CONCRETIONS. Conception (Prevention of). urin, Par.; 1906, xxiv, 811-815.—Fino (C.) Sulla profuassi anticoncezionali nelle malattie. Rassegna d'ostet. e ginec, Napoli, 1918, xxvii, 153; 227; 310.—Foote (E. B.) A sum- mary of my views on the prevention of conception. Mod. Pharm. Critic, N. Y, 1910, xiii, 408.—Frankenstein (J.) Ueber Antikonzipientien. Deutsche med. Wchnschr.. Berl. & Leipz, 1921, xlvii, 244.—Fuld. Der Entwurf eines neuen Patentgesetzes und die antikonzeptionellen Mittel. Sex.-Probleme, Frankf. a. M, 1913, ix, 657-663.—Goenner (A.) Die Berechtigung und die Indikationen der Konzep- tionsverhinderung. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1904, xxxiv, 265-270.—Grotjahn (A.) Geburtenpravention und Bevolkerungsvermehrung. N. Generation, Berl, 1912, viii, 11-20.—Heil (K.) Die Gefahrlichkeit der lntrauterinstifte. Fortschr. d. Med, Berl, 1921, xxxviii, 425—Helbig. Ein Condom im Altertume. Reichs-Med.-Anz, Leipz, 1900, xxv. 3.—Hirsch (M.) Schwangerschaftsverbot als thera- peutisches Mittel. Sex.-Probleme, Frankf. a. M, 1910, vi, 509-526.—Hurley (T. W.) The prevention of conception; abortions, justifiable and criminal. Tr. Arkansas M. Soc. 1903, Little Rock, 1904, xxviii, 262-274.—Ill (E. J.) The rights of the unborn; the prevention of conception. Tr. Am. Ass. Obst. & Gynec. 1899, Phila, 1900, xii, 3-10. Also: Am. J. Obst, N. Y 1899, xl, 577-584. Also, Reprint.— Jacob! (A.) Committee on birth control. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin, 1915, cxiii, 619.—King (J. C.) Ethics and methods of preventing conception. South. Calif. Pract, Los Angeles, 1899, xiv, 272-278.—Knopf (S. A.) Legalization of birth control. Woman's M. J, Cincin.. 1915, xxv, 193-195 — Kolischer (G.) The prevention oi conception; a criticism of some methods. Surg. Clin, Chicago, 1902, i, 356-358 — Kraft (A.) Die Berechtigung zur Indikation der Konzep- tionsverhutung. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1904, xxxiv, 337-339. -----. Die Indikationen und Mittel der Schwangerschaftsverhutung. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1904, li, 1748.—Kraus (E.) Experimenteller Beitrag zur Verhutung der Konzeption durch chemische Mittel. Zen- tralbl. f. Gynak, Berl, 1911, xxxv, 747-749. Also,transl.: Am. J. Urol, N. Y, 1918, xiv, 319-322.—Krohne. Empfang- nisverhiitung, kiinstliche Unfruchtbarkeit und Schwan- gerschaftsunterbrechung vom Bevolkerungspolitischen und arzthchen Standpunkt. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild, Jena, 1917, xiv, 341; 367.—Lehmann (F.) Ueber anti- konzeptionelle Mittel. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1909, xlvi, 876-880.—Liek. Ueber Fremdkorper im Uterus als Mittel zur Verhutung der Konzeption. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Berl. & Leipz, 1911, xxxvii, 880.—Lbwenfeld (L.) Ueber den sexuellen Praventivverkehr und seine Bedeutung als Ursache von Nervenleiden. Sex.-Probleme, Frankf. a. M, 1912, viii, 757-774. Also, transl.: Am. J. Urol, N. Y, 1916, xii, 193-199.—Louis (I. B.) Remedial legislation relative to prevention of conception. Med. Pharm, Critic, N. Y, 1913, xvi, 210-212.—Masters (W. E.) The prevention of concep- tion amongst the natives of the Kasai Basin, Central Africa. J. Trop. M. [etc.]. Lond, 1916, xix, 90.—Mittermaier (W.) Die Schutzmittelfrage (§184, Ziff. 3 R Str G B) vom straf- rechtlichen Standpunkt aus betrachtet. Arch. f. Kriminol, Leipz, 1920-21, lxxiii, 195-204.—Nasher (I. L.) The pre- vention of conception. Med. Pharm. Critic, N. Y, 1913, xvi, 197-202.—von Oefele (F.) Anticonceptionelle Arznei- stoffe; ein Beitrag zur Frage des Malthusianismus in alter und>neuer Zeit. Heilkunde, Wien, [etc.], 1898, ii, 206; 273; 409; 486.—Ottow (B.) Uebereugenetische Konzeptionsver- hinderung und die biologischen Grundlagen generativer Prophylaxe durch Vasectomie und Autotransplantation der Hoden. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek, Berl, 1921, liv, 219-227.—Paul (E.) GibtesuberhaupteinVerhiitungs- mittel der Schwangerung, oder wenden die Leute die Sachen nicht richtig an? Vita sexualis, Leipz, 1902, iii, No. 2, 7 — Petersen. Ein neues Okklusivpessar. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Berl. & Leipz, 1911, xxxv ii, 1945. -----. Temporare Sterilisation der Frau und hierfur geeignete Mittel. Aerztl. Polytech, Berl, 1912, xxxiv, 97-102.-----. Okklusivpessar "Graziella." Med. Klin, Berl, 1912, vm, 541 —Pigg (W. B.) The effects of incomplete coition. Tri-State M. J. & Pract, St. Louis, 1898, v, 418-421.—Rich- ter (R.) Ein Mittel zur Verhutungder Konzeption. Deut- sche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1909, xxxv, 1525- 1527.—Robinson (W. J.) The prevention of conception and abortion. Med. Pharm. Critic. N. Y, 1913, xvi. 205-209. -----. The limitation of offspring by the artificial preven- tion of conception; from the individual, social and eugenic standpoints. Long Island M. J, Brooklyn, 1914, viii, 241- 257— Schlegtendal (B.) Die Empfangnis und ihre Verhu- tung. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl, 1914, xxvii, 329-336 — Schnell. Die beim weiblichen Geschlecht gebrauchlichen Gummiartikel zur Verhutung und Unterbrechung der Schwangerschaft. Med. Klin, Berl., 1917, xiii, 542-544.— Spatz (B.) Bekampfung der antikonzeptionellen Pro- paganda. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1917, lxiv, 875.— Stillman (Clara G.) The prevention of conception. Med. Pharm. Critic, N. Y, 1913, xvi, 193-197.—Theilhaber (F.) Die Geburtenbeschrankung im Altertum und bei den Naturvolkern. N. Generation, Berl, 1913, ix, 184-201 — Vaerting (M.) Ueber den Einfluss des Krieges auf Praven- tivverkehr und Fruchtabtreibung und seine eugenischen Folgen. Frauenarzt, Leipz, 1919, xxxiv, 197; 221.—War- basse (J. P.) On the artificial prevention of conception. Med.-Pharm. Critic, N. Y, 1911, xiv, 256-260: 1913, xvi, 192 —Wolf helm (M.) Ueber ein neues Mittel zur Verhu- tung der Graviditat. Frauenarzt, Leipz, 1912, xxvii, 56-59. Concerning human vivisection; a controversy. I. Letter of Hon. James M. Brown, president of the American Humane Association, to William W. Keen, M. D. II. Letter of William W. Keen, M. D., LL.D., late president American Medical Association to President James M. Brown. III. The reality of human vivisection; a review of Dr. Keen's pamphlet. 42 pp. 8°. Toledo, The American Humane Association, 1901. Concerning the reorganization of the Medical Department of the Army. 6 pp. 8°. Washing- ton, 1899. Concetti (Luigi) [1854-1920]. L'insegnamento della pediatria in Roma. Secondo rendiconto statistico-clinico. 303 pp. 8°. Roma, tip. frat. Centenari, 1898. ------. The same. Terzo rendiconto statistico- clinico. 458 pp. 8°. Roma, frat. Centenari, 1901. -. The same. Quarto rendiconto statistico- clinico. 321pp., 1 pi. 8°. Roma,frat. Centenari, 1903. The same. Quinto rendiconto statistico- clinico. 331pp. 8°. Roma, F. Centenari & Co., 1905. The same. Sesto rendiconto statistico- clinico. 137 pp. 8°. Roma, F. Centenari & Co., 1907. -. The same. Rendiconto statistico-clinico del vii. e viii. biennio. 234 pp. roy. 8°. Roma, F. Centenari, 1911. L'organo-terapia nelle nefriti della in- fanzia. 18 pp., 1 diag. 8°. Roma, frat. Cente nari, 1898. Repr.from: Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di. Roma, 1897-98. L' igiene del bambino. 642 pp. 12°. Roma, D. Alighieri, 1903. La difterite. pp. 1-129. 8°. Milano, F. Vallardi, [n. d.]. In: Tratt. ital. di patol. e terap. med, Milano [n. d.], i, pt. 5. Tosse convulsiva. pp. 283-317. 8°. Milano, L. Vallardi, [n. d.\ In: Tkatt. ital. di patol. e terap. med, Milano, [n. d.], i, pt. 5. See, also, Taylor (John Madison) & Wells (Wilham H.) [in 2. s.]. Manuale delle malattie dei bambini. 8°. Torino, 1903. For Biography, see Arch, de m6d. d. enf. Par, 1921, xxiv, 136 (O. Por6e). Also: Pediatria, Napoli, 1920, xxviii, 1046- 1048 (R. J.). Also: Riv. di clin. pediat, Firenze, 1920, xviii, 705 (C. Comba). Concha. See Auricle. Conchylis. Fulmek (L.) Zur Kenntnis der Raupe und Puppe der beiden Traubenwickler. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt, Jena, 1912, xxxiii, 428-437,1 pi— Schwangart. Ueber die Traubenwickler (Conchylis ambiguella Hubn. und Polychrosis botrana Schiff) und ihre Bekampfung, mit Beriicksichtigung natiirlicher Bekampfungsfaktoren. Fest- schr. z. 60. Geburtstag Richard Hertwigs, Jena, 1910, ii, 463-534, 3 pi. Concoregius (Joannes) [1380-1440]. Practica Joannis de Concoregio cum tabula; praxis nova totiusfere medecine . . . lucidarium: i flosflorum medicine vulgo nucupata: que quidem quatuor tractatibus cotinetur, vz.: de disponibus capitis t portium eius, tractatus I: de disponibus cordis, pectoris tportiueius, . . . 97 numb. 11.+11. fol. [Colophon:] Venetijsimpressa mandate Z expen- sis nobilis viri domini Luceantoni de Giunta Florentini: anno domini 1521, die 26 Marti j. Concours (Le) medical, v. 1-24, 1879-1902. 8°. Paris. Concretions. See, also, Calculus; Intestines (Concretions in); Stomach (Concretions in). Albers-Schonberg. Ueber den derzeitigen Stand des Xaehweises von Konkrementen im menschlichen Korper CONCRETIONS. 94 CONDURANGO. Concretions. mittels Rontgenstrahlen. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild, Jena, 1904. i, 37^0.—Aschoff (L.) Ueber Koncrementbildungen. Atti d. Cong, internaz. dei patologi, 1911, Torino, 1912, l, 327-334.—Bizzozero (G.) Di un nuovo modo di sviluppo delle concrezioni calcaree nella cavita cranica. Arch. ital. per la mal. nerv, Milano, 1865. Also, in his: Opera scient, 1862-79, Milano, 1905, i, 67-73, 1 tab.—Blum (V.) Die Grenzen der Leistungsfahigkeit des radiographischen Kon- krementnachweises. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1907, xx, 1539- 1542.—Chiari (O. M.) Ueber die herdweise Verkalkung und Verknocherung des subkutanen Fettgewebes, Fett- gewebsteine. Ztschr. f. Heilk, Wien & Leipz, 1908, xxviii, Suppl.-Hft, 1-26.—Gonnermann (M.) Zur Kenntnis der Biologie der Kieselsaure, Tonerde und des Eisens. Konkre- mente: Gallenstein, Darm- und Nierensteine; Bezoare. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Berl. & Leipz, 1920, cxi, 32-35.— Immelmann. Nachweis von Konkrementen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1906, xxxii, 1138.-----. Ueber den Nachweis von Konkrementen mittels Rontgen- strahlen. Ztschr. f. d. arztl. Prax, Berl, 1908, xxi, 210 — Loeper (M.) Les maladies precipitantes et les concretions. Progres med. Par, 1921, 3. s, xxxvi, 26-29.—Proust & Infroit. Concretion para-intestinale pouvant simuler a la radiographie uncalculureteral. Bull.et mem. Soc. anat. de Par, 1909, Ixxxiv, 220-223.—Schade (H.) Beitrage zur Konkrementbildung; allgemeine Gesetzmassigkeiten be- treffs der steinbildenden Prozesse im Korper. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1911, lviii, 723-729.—Scheunert (A.) & Grimmer (W.) Ueber eigenartige Konkremente aus einer Milchdriisencyste eines Pferdes. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Strassb, 1912, lxxvi, 322-329. Concussion (Cerebral). See Brain (Concussion of). Condamin (Andre) [1877- ]. *Del'hysterecto- mie vaginale pour cancer du col pendant la grossesse et les suites de couches. Resultats eloignes. 58 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1904, Xo. 176. Condamine (Marie - Paul - Albert) [1887- ]. *Des abces froids de la mamelle et en particu- lier de leur diagnostic. 59 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1913, Xo. 70. Condat (Mile. Marthe). *Leucocytolyse et fra- gilite leucocytaire. 256 pp. 8°. Paris, 1916, Xo. 82. Condensed (The) chemical dictionary; a reference volume for all requiring quick access to a large amount of essential data regarding chemicals and other substances used in manufacturing and laboratory work; compiled and edited by the editorial staff of the chemical engineering catalog, Francis M. Turner, jr., technical editor: assistant editors: Daniel D. Berolzheimer, William P. Cutter, and John Helfrich. 533 pp. 8°. New York, The Chemical Catalog Co., 1920. Conderman (George) [1868- ]. The rational of diabetes. 72 pp. 12°. Hornell, N. Y, The Author, 1918. Condor (Claude Reignier) [1848-1910]. The rise of man. viii, 368 pp. 8°. London, J. Murray. 1908. y Condict (Alice Bryan) [ -1917]. Obituary. Am. J. Electrotherap. & Radiol, N Y 1917 xxxv, 576. "' ' Condict (Ira) [1886-1918], Obituary. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1918, xciv, 989. Condie (David Francis) [1796-1875]. A practical treatise on the diseases of children. 3. ed.. re- vised and augmented. 703 pp. 8°. Philadel- phia, Lea & Blanchard, 1850. ------. The same. 4. ed. xii, 33-732 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, Blanchard & Lea, 1853. Condiments. Bremoxd (H.-M.-L.) *Recherehes sur quel- ques condiments azotes d'Extreme-Orient. 8° Bordeaux, 1919. Balland. Composition de quelques condiments des colonies francaises: Anis 6toil6, cannelle, cardamome cur- cuma, gingembre, girofle, muscade, piments, poivre, vanille Rev. internat. d falsific, Par, 1903, xvi, 137.-Bonder' Moderne Reiz- und Genussmittel. Wien. med. Presse, l'tor," Condiments. xlvii, 914-921.—Ros6 (E.) Etude comparee de diverses sauces alimentaires. Ann. de Plnst. Pasteur, Par, 1919, xxxiii, 292-300.—Thamm (R.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Gewiirze: Piment, Nelken und Cardamom. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl, 1906, xii, 168-172.—Windemuller (G. E.) [The use of condiments.] Groene en h. witte kruis, Makkum, 1920, xvi, 139-146. Condio (Giovanni). L'n taglio cesareo conserva- tore in bacino ampio. 8 pp. 8°. Ivrea, 1904. ------. Tre tagli cesarei conservatori per viziatura pelvica. 15 pp. 8°. Torino, 1904. ------. Taglio cesareo per carcinoma uterino. 10 pp. 8°. Jvrea, tipog. Unione coop, canav., 1904. Conditions (The) leading to success at examina- tions and in after-life. A good word for the ex- aminers. 4 pp. 8°. [n. p., n. d.] Conditt (Berthold) [1874- ]. *Ueber subcu- tane Knochenneubildungen. 27 pp., 2 1. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., J. Jacoby, 1901. Condom. Ferdy (H.) Zur Geschichte des Coecal-Condoms. Ztschr. f. Bekampf. d. Geschlechtskr, Leipz, 1905, iii, 144-147.— Helbig (C. E.) Zu dem Schrifttume iiber den Condom. Reichs Med.-Anz, Leipz, 1907, xxxu, 405; 424—Pflster (E.) Ueber das Penisfutteral des agyptischen Gottes Bes; ein Beitrag zu der Geschichte des "Kondom." Arch. f. Gesch. d. Med, Leipz, 1912-13, vi, 59-64.-----. Die alt agyptischen Penisfutterale. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsi-hV f. Urol., . Wien, 1911, Berl. & Leipz, 1912, id, 455-463, 1 pi.—Rondi- bilis. Quelques considerations historiques sur I'origine et l'usage de la redingote d'Angleterre a travers les siecles. Progres mM, Par, 1919, 3. s, xxxiv, 56-58. Condomine (Andre) [1SS2- ]. ^Contribution a l'etude de la demence chez les epileptiques alienes. 7S pp. S°. Lyon, 1908, Xo. 19. Condomines (L.) *Contribution a l'etude des osteomyelites a localisation multiples et succes- sives. x, 11-59 pp., 2 1. S~. Montpellier, 1900, Xo. 85. Condrau (Leo). ^Beobachtungen iiber Polyar- thritis gonorrhoica. [Zurich.] 26 pp. S°. Di- sentis, Jos. Condrau. 1918. ' Condroyer (Louis) [1SS5- ]. *Xouveau pro- cede d'immobilisation par les toiles plastiques. 3S pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1911, Xo. 93. Conduct. Mercier (C. A.) Conduct and its disorders; biologically considered. 8°. London, 1911. Mitchell (S. W.) On the conduct of life. 4°. Philadelphia, ] 899-1900. Cutting from: Iris, Phila, 1899, ii, v 1900, ii, 9. Parmelee (M. F.) Personalitv and conduct 8°. New York, Moffat, Yard <£- Co.. 191S. Peters (C. C.) Human conduct; a textbook in general philosophv and applied psvcholo^v 8° New York, 1918. Leuba (J. H.) On three types of behavior: the mechani- cal, the coercitive [magic] and the anthropopathic (including religion). Am. J. Psychol, Worcester, 1909. xx 107-119 — McDoujralKA.) A theory of conduct. J. Ment. Sc, Lond, 1917, lxui, 565-56S. ' ' Condulmer (Pietro) [ -1916]. Boselli (A ) In memoria di Pietro Condulmer e di Ugo Calcaterra. Igiene d. scuola, Genova, 1917. viii, 25-30. Condurango. Amort (E.\ & Rothe (W.) Leber Wertbestimmung in Fliiidextraktoii, insl»esondere im Condurangofluidextrakt. \eroffentl. a. d. Geb. d. Mil.-San.-Wes, Berl, 1912, pt 5' i,-r,S, 4 tab.-Brunton (T. L.) Physiological action of conduranw. J. Physiol, Cambridge, KM 5 v 17-34 Also Reprint.- Linke (H.) Zum Kapit, 1 •• Fluidextrak'te" an der Hand der Darstellung von Extractiun condurango fluidum. Apoth.-Ztg, Berl, 1910, xxv, 761-767. -___- Studien uber den Extraktgehalt der Condurangorinde und ilas Extraktum condurango fluidum D. \ -B V Ibid l'.dl, xxvi, 398-401.—Redondo (S. P.) El condurineo l>hinco. Semana med, Buenos Aires. 1917, xxiv i 4>r, -.00 — Ipshur (J. X.) What is < on.lm ango? Virginia M Month Richmond. PUS. xlv, 47-49.-WauKl, , W. #!) Conduran^' Alkaloid. Clin, Chicago, 1902, ix, 75 ) Condurango. CONDYLOMA. 95 CONFEDERATE. Condyloma. Croxquist (C.) Ueber die Aetiologie und Pathogenese der spitzenCondylome. 8°. Malmo [1912]. "Wolff (H.) *Ueber einen Pall von circularem Condylom der Urethra mit Gefass- Driisen- und Epithelwucherung. 8°. Freiburgi. Br., 1902. Bauer (A.) Spitze Condylome von besonderer Grosse. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek, Berl, 1908, xxviii, 297- 300.—Brenning. Condylomata acuminata bei Kindern. Dermat. Centralbl, Berl, 1917-18,xxi, 178.—Campana(R.) Le terminazioni nervose epidermiche nei condilomi piani. Clin, dermosifilopat. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1904, xxii, 6-16, lpl.—Cedercreutz (A.) Zur internen Therapie der spitzen Kondylome. Dermat. Centralbl, Leipz, 1906-7, x, 226-229. -----. Die X-Zellen des spitzen Kondvloms (Unna) -Chro- matophoren. Ibid., 360-362.—Courarit. Ueber die Verei- sung spitzer Condylome mittels Aethvlchlorid. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg, Berl, 1905, lxxiv, 669.—Cronqulst (C.) Be- merkungen zu Waelschs Arbeit: Uebertragungsversuche mit spitzem Kondylom. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Svph, Wien & Leipz, 1919-20, Orig, cxxvii, 906-909.—Ehrmann (S.) & Oppenheim (M.) Ueber Melanoblasten, Hemichromasie und Faserung der Epithelzellen in breiten Condylomen. Ibid., 1903, lxv, 323-344.—Elliott (J. A.) Report of a case of condyloma lata and condyloma acuminata in a patient with syphilis and gonorrhea. J. Mich. M. Soc, Grand Rapids, 1918, xvii, 9.—Flori (P.) Sopra uno speciale reperto di inclusioni cellulari nei condiloma accuminato. Pathologica, Genova, 1913-14, vi, 36-38. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. Bak- teriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1914, lxxiv, Orig, 580. -----. Osservazioni sul condiloma acuminato. Sperimentale, Firenze, 1915, lxix, 221-246, 2 pi. -----. A proposito dei corpi del condiloma acuminato. Pathologica, Genova, 1915- 16, viii, 53.—Fontana (A.) Ueber die Sensibilitat der spitzen Kondylome. Dermat. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Hamb, 1913, lvi, 17-22.—Fontana (A.) & Sangiorgi (G.) Sugli spironemi dei condilomi acuminati. Pathologica, Genova, 1920, xii, 293-296.-----------. Ulteriori ricerche sugli spironemi dei condilomi acuminati. Ibid., 1921, xiii, 218- 220.—FrUhwald (R.) Ueber spitze Kondylome im Kin- desalter. Dermat. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Hamb, 1917, lxiv, 486.—Hecht (H.) Untersuchungen iiber den Zusammen- hang zwischen spitzem Kondylom und Spirochaeten. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph, Wien & Leipz, 1908, xc, 67-76 — Heller (J.) Beitrage zur Pathologie der spitzen Kondylome. Dermat. Ztschr, Berl, 1905, xii, 670-677.—Hyde (C. E.) Condvloma acuminatum in the anal region in the male. X. York M. J. [etc.], 1917, cvi, 1125.—Juliusberg (M.) Zur Theorie der Pathogenese des spitzen Kondvloms. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph, Wien & Leipz, 1903, lxiv, 163-174, 2 pi. -----. Spirochaeten beim spitzen Kondvlom. Ibid., 1907, Ixxxiv, 319-322.—Llchtenstein (L.) Beitrag zur Frage der Kontagiositat des Condvloma acuminatum. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1922, lxix, 270.—Matt (F.) Weitere Er- fahrungen iiber die Rontgenbehandlung spitzer Kondylome. Ibid., 1921, lxviii, 674.—Mazza (S.) & Matta (C.) Conside- raciones sobre la curacion por el emetico de un caso de condiloma acuminado. Prensa m£d. argentina, Buenos Aires, 1917-18, iv, 3*3— Xeuberg. Ueber die Kontagiositat der spitzen Condylome. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1907, xxxiii, 1415.—Pagliaro (Giuseppina). Con- dilomi acuminati papillomatoidi con gonococco. Clin. dermosifilopat. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1905, xxiii, 125-130, 1 pi.—Pearson (L. W.) Condvloma acuminatum vulvae. Brooklyn M. J, 1903, xvii, 26.—Ramazzotti (V.) Alcune ricerche sulla patogenesi e sull' istologia del condiloma acuminato. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven, Milano, 1902, xxxvii, 129-136, 1 pi.—Raseh (C.) Nosologische Bemerkungen iiber Condylome. Dermat. Centralbl, Berl, 1900, iii, 162-164 — Ravogli (A.) Condyloma acuminatum of the anal region in the male. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1916, lxvii, 109-111. Also, Reprint. Also, transl.: Dermat. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Hamb, 1917, lxv, 970-977.—Rhomberg (B.) Beitrag zu den Condylomata acuminata. Zentralbl. f. Gvnak, Leipz, 1915, xxxix, 845-845: 1917, xii, 589-591.—Ronfer (C. W. G.) Venereal warts; their etiology, pathology, diagnosis, and treatment. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N.Y, 1904, n. s, cxxviii, 761-782.—Rtilil (C.) Sull' eziologia del condiloma acumi- nato. Pathologica, Genova, 1918, x, 271-276.—Saraceni (F.) Condilomi piani difteroidi. Clin, dermosifilopat. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1902, xx, 77-102,1 pi. Also: Riforma med, Roma, 1902, xviii, pt. 2, 797; 806; 819; 830.—Schein (M.) Die Be- handlung des Condyloma acuminatum mittels Erfrierung. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1905, xviii, 115-117.—Scherber (G.) Das Condyloma accuminatum. Handb. d. Geschlechtskr, Leipz. & Wien, 1910, i, 201-209.—Serra (A.) Ricerche istologiche e sperimentali sul condiloma acuminato, i pa- pillomi del capo e la verruca volgare. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven, Milano, 1908, xliii, 11-42, 1 pL—Simonelli (F.) Sulla presenza di terminazioni nervose nell' epidermide del con- diloma acuminato. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1902, 4. s, xiv, 183-185.—Smith (R. R.) A case of condy- loma acuminatum in an infant. Am. Gynec, Bait, 1903, hi, 515-517— Sprecher (F.) Ein weiterer Beitrag zur For- schung iiber das spitze extragenitale Kondvlom. Dermat. Centralbl, Berl, 1911-12, xv, 2-7.—Stancanelli (P.) Con- tributo alia istologia e patogenesi del condiloma acuminato. Condyloma. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med, Napoli, 1908, n. s, xxx, 103-117 — Stein (R. O.) Zur Rontgenbehandlung spitzer Kondylome. Wien. klin.Wchnschr, 1921, xxxiv, 31.5-317.—Unna. Ueber eigentiimliche, bisher unbekannte Organismen in spitzen Kondylomen. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1903, 1, 1445. -----. Die X-Zellen des spitzen Kondvloms. Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat, Hamb, 1904, xxxviii, 1-10.—Vanderbeck (C. C.) Vegetations and condylomata. St. Louis M. Rev , 1910, n. s, iv, 231-235.—Voulieris (N.-P.) L'acide carbo- nique solide dans le traitement des condylomes acumines ou cretes de coq. Grece me'd, Athenes, 1914, xvi, 45.— Waelsch (L.) Uebertragungsversuche mit spitzem Kon- dylom. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph, Wien & Leipz, 1918, cxxiv, 625-646.—Watson (D.) The treatment of condylo- mata acuminata. Lancet, Lond, 1912, i, 990. Also: Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1912, xl, 355-357.—Winter (F.) Ueber die Behandlung der spitzen Kondylome mit Rontgenstrahlen. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1919, lxvi, 212. Also: Strahlen- therapie, Berl. & Wien, 1920, x, Orig, 965-972.—Zelnik (B.) Zur Behandlung der spitzen Kondylome. Therap. Halb- monatsh, Berl, 1921, xxxv, 407. Conejo ((Antonio (G.) *La tuberculosis pulmonar en Guanajuato; etiologia y profilaxia. 49 pp. 8° ■ Mexico, 1894. Conelli (Antenore). Prontuario di posologia dei rimedi piti usati nella terapia infantile, viii, 186 pp. 12°. Milano, U. Hoepli, 1906. Conephrin. Goliner. Therapeutische Erfahrungen iiber Conephrin. Reichs-Med.-Anz, Leipz, 1907, xxxii, 25.—Strefler. Cone- phrin. Therap. Neuheiten, Leipz, 1906, i, 177.—Vorschulze. Ueber Conephrin und Xovoconephrin als Injektions-Anas- thetika. Allg. med. Cer.tr.-Ztg, Berl, 1911, lxxx, 325.— Weissmann. Ueber Konephrin Dr. Thilo. Aerztl. Rund- schau, Miinchen, 1907, xvii, 121.—Wenger (H.) Cone- phrin als Lokalanasthetikum bei Hunden. Munchen. tier- arztl. Wchnschr, 1915, lxvi, 433-435. Conerding (Hermann). *Disputatio medica de epilepsia. 19 1. 8°. Helmaestadi, 1642. [P., v. 243.] Conessin. Brown (H. C.) Observations on the amoebicidal action of conessine. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1922, i, 993.—Giemsa (G.) & Halberkann (J.) Ueber Conessin. Arch. d. Pharm ■ Berl, 1918, cclvi, 201-222.—Ulrici (F.) Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Conessins. Ibid., 57-80. Coneys (Walter Joseph) [1870-1904]. Medical (A) martyr; the late Dr. W. J. Coneys, of Round- stone. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1904, n. s, lxxvii 101 160.—Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1904, i, 282. Confederate States of America. Bostox Athenaeum. Confederate literature; a list of books and newspapers, maps, music and miscellaneous matter printed in the South dur- ing the Confederacy, now in the Boston Athe- naeum. Prepared by Ch. X. Baxter and J. M. Dearborn, with an introduction by J. F. Rhodes 8°. Boston, 1917. Confederate States of America. War Department. Army regulations, adopted for the use of the Army of the Confederate States [dated March 6, 1861]. 198 pp. 8°. Richmond, Va., West & Johnson, 1861. ------. The same. Regulations for the Army of the Confederate States, 1862. xxiv, 420 pp. 12°. Richmond, Va., J. W. Randolph, 1862. ------. The same. 1863; with a full index, xxx, 1 1., 432 pp. 8°. Richmond, West & Johnston, 1863. ------. The same. Revised and enlarged with a new and copious index; 2. and only correct edi- tion, xxiv, 420 pp. 12°. Richmond, Va., J. W. Randolph, 1863. ------. General orders from War Department for the year 1862. xlvii, 159. 12°. [Richmond, 1862. ------. Official report of the Battle of Manassas, July 21st, 1861. J. E. Johnston, General Com- manding. 138 pp., 11. 8°. [Richmond, 1862?] Regulations of the Confederate States army for the Quartermaster's department, CONFEDERATE. 96 CONGO. Confederate States of America—continued. g including the pay branch thereof. 182 pp. 12 . Richmond, Va., j. W. Randolph, 1864. ------. Battle of Chickamauga. [Report of General Brass. Dec. 28, 1863.] 234 pp. 8°. [Richmond, 1864.] A digest of the military and naval laws of the Confederate States, vii, 329 pp. S: Columbia, Evans & Cogswell, 1864. General orders from the Adjutant and and Inspector General's Office, Confederate States army, for the year 1863. 244 pp. 12°. Richmond, A. Morris, 1864. General orders from "War Department from January to December 1863. Also several general orders of 1864. lix, 276 pp. 12°. Rich- mond [n. d.]. Bound with: Confederate States (Genl. order of 1863). Confederate surgeons; organization, object, com- mittees, etc. Cuttings from: Atlanta Constitution, May 21, 1874. Conference cliniche italiane. Dirette dal prof. Achille de Giovanni. 1. s., v. 1, 1897. 8°. Milano. Conference (Une) contradictoire religieuse et sci- entifique sur 1'anatomie et la physiologie des organes genitaux de la femme a. l'ecole de Rami, fils de Samuel et de rabbi Yitshac, fils de rabbi Yehoudou a la fin du 2me siecle. Extraite du Talmud; Traite' de la "menstruation," traduite et explique per Emanuel Rosenbaum. 89 pp. 8°. Franckfort- sur-Mein, J. Kauffmann, 1901. Conference (The) of the delegates appointed by the boards of censors for the District Medical Societies of the State of Massachusetts. 10 pp. 8°. [n. p., 1883.] Conference interallied pour l'etude de la reedu- cation professionnelle et des questions inte- ressant les invalides de la guerre, du 8 au 12 mai 1917, Grand-Palais, Paris. 462 pp. 8°. Paris, Imprimerie Chaix, 1917. Conference internationale antituberculeuse. Rap- port. Internationale Tuberkulose-Konferenz. Bericht. International Conference on tubercu- losis. Report. 1., 1902; 6., 1907; 7., 1908; 9., 1910; 10., 1912. 8°. Berlin. Conference internationale pour l'etude du cancer. Travaux. lv, 1910. 8°. Paris. 1911. Conference internationale pour £tudier les moyens de pourvoir a l'insuffisance du service sanitaire dans les armies en campagne. Compte rendu. 2. ed. 121 pp., 11. 8°. Genlve, 1904. Suppl. to No. 137, Janvier 1904, of: Bulletin international. Conference internationale du nursing. Rap- ports. Paris, 1907. 8°. Bordeaux, 1907. Conference internationale pour la prophylaxie de la syphilis et des maladies veneriennes. Ses- sion 1-2, 1899-1902. 5 v. 8°. Bruxelles, 1899- 1903. Conference internationale concernant les ser- vices sanitaires et l'hygiene des chemins de fer et de la navigation. Compte-rendu des travaux de conference. 2. session, 1897. 8°. Bruxelles 1898. Conference on pellagra, held under the auspices of the State Board of Health of South Carolina at the State Hospital for the Insane, Oct. 29, 1908 59 pp. 8°. Columbia, S. C, 1909. Conference sanitaire internationale de Paris. 10 octobre-3 decembre 1903. Proces-verbaux. xv, 800 pp. fol. Paris, Imp. nationale, 1904. Conference of Sanitary Officers of the State of New York. Proceedings. 7 v. 1907. 8°. Al- bany. Conference of State and Territorial Health Offi- cers with the United States Public Health and Marine-Hospital Service. Transactions of the Conference—continued. sixth annual . . . Washington, D. C, April 27, 1908. 79 pp. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Off., 1908. Conferences on the moral philosophy of medicine; prepared by an American physician, xiv. 368 pp. 12°. New York etc London. Rebman Co., [1906]. Conferencia de la Sociedad sud-americana de higiene, microbiologia y patologia, 17-24 de septiembre de 1916. 1 v. 8°. Buenos Aires, 1917. Conferenze cliniche irayanc v. 1-2, 1897-1900. 8°. Milano. Conferenze d'igiene infantile tenute per cura del Comitato romano della Societa nazionale pro Infantia nell' aula dell" istituto d'igiene di Roma nell'anno 1898. 230 pp, 11. 8°. Roma, G. Balbi, 1899. Conferenze pratiche d'urologie per medici e chi- rurghi generali. v. 1, 1922. 8°. Milano. Conflno (Jacques). Ein Beitrag zu der Frage der Mischgeschwiilste des Gaumens. [Bern.] 31pp. 8°. Lausanne, T. Geneux, 1918. Congdon (Ernest A.) Laboratory instructions in general chemistry. 110 pp, 46 1. 8°. Phila- delphia, P. Blackiston's Son & Co., 1901. Congdon (E. D.) Effects of radium on living substance; comparison of the sensitiveness of different tissues in the dung-worm Allolobophora fcetida, and in the crawfish Cambarus affinis. to the beta rays of radium. 8°. Cambridge, 1912. In: Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool, Harv., Cambridge, 1909, liii, 361-368, No. 8. ----—. Die Beeinflussung des Wachstums von Samen durch /3-Strahlen. 10 pp. 8°. Wien, A. Holder, 1911. Forms Xo. 6, of: Mitt. a. d. Inst. f. Radiumfor>eh. Congdon (Leon Abel) [1888- ]. Fijjht for food. 206 pp. 12°. Philadelphia dt London, J. B. Lippincott Co., 1916. Congestin. Apert (E.) Infarctus exporimentaux multiples du foie, du coeur et du rein. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par, 1900, lxxv, 204-209.—KU-het (C.) De l'action de la congestine (virus des actinies) sur les lapins et de ses etlets anaphy- lactiques. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1905,1- iii, 109- 112.-----. De l'anaphvlaxie apres injections de congestine chez le chien. Ibid., 112-115. Congestion. Nikmanx (A.) *Ueber Druckstauung (Per- thes), oder Stauungsblutungen nach Rumpf- kompression (Braun). 8°. Strassburg i. E, 1903. Lots(F.) Zur Therapie der Kongestion. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1910, xxxvi, 9S1-9S5.—Stoney (Florence A.) Chronic congestion treated by electricity. Arch. Roentg. Ray, Lond, 1905-6, x, 325-329. Straunard (R.) Un cas de congestion du pis. Ann. de mod. vet.. Brux, 1907, lvi, 565-568. Conglutination. Hall (I. C.) Studies on conglutination. Univ. Calif. Pub. Path, Berkeley, 1913, ii, 111-125.—Leschly (W.) \ ersuche iiber Konglutination. Ztschr.f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap, Jena, 1916, xxv, Orig, 219-247.—Streng (O.) Ueber das Vorkommen der Konglutinine in den Seren verschiedener Tiere, besonders der Wiederkiiuer. Ibid., 1909, ii, 415-430. Congo. Assistance (L') m^dicale indigene dans l'Etat independant du Congo. 8°. Bruxelles, 1907. Starr (F.) Ethnographic notes from the Congo Free State; an African miscellanv 8° Davenport, 1909. Cutting from: Proc. Davenport Acad. Xat. Sc, 1909, xii, 95-222. Troost (J.) La sante" au Consro. 1°° Bru- xelles, 1902. Boisot. Quelques notes sur le Congo. Rev d tromws colon. Par, 1907, i, 472-493-C'arr (F. C.) General Snl CONGO. 97 CONGRES. Congo. of the medical situation in Belgian Congo, Central Africa. I Interstate M. J, St. Louis, 1918, xxv, 560.—Chastrey. Le Congo au point de vue morbide. Rev. mecl., Par., 1907, xvi, 323-328.—Daniel (G.) Medeeipe congolaise. J. med. de Brux, 1912, xvii, 83-87.—Duville. La station locale du Congo francais et du Gabon. Arch, de med. nav. Par, 1905, Ixxxiii, 47-68.—Heckenroth. Tournee medicale effectuee sur le Congo et POurangui. Ann. d'hyg. et de med. colon. Par, 1913, xvi, 104-144, 1 map.—de Langhe (H.) Au Congo beige; quelques notes sur la vie des indigenes. Rev. anthrop. Par.. 1917, xxvii, 72-79.—Mouchet (R.) Notes anatomiques et m^dicales sur la pathologie du Moyen Congo. Arch. f. Scruffs- u. Tropen-Hyg, Leipz, 1913, xvii, 657-669.—Pergens (E.) Les yeux et les fonctions visuelles des Congolais. Janus, Amst, 1897-8, ii, 459-463.—Poutrin. Notes ethnographiques sur les populations M. Baka du Congo francais. Anthropologic, Par, 1910, xxi, 35-54 — Spire. Rapport medical de la mission Fourneau. Ann. d'hyg. et demed. colon. Par, 1902, v, 353-379.—Torday (E.) J & Joyce (T. A.) On the ethnology of the South-Western Congo Free State. J. Roy. Anthrop. Inst. Gr. Brit. & Ireland, Lond.. 1907. xxxvii, 133-156, 3 pi, 1 map.—Viaene (E.)& Bernard (F.) Contribution a l'ethnologie congolaise; essai de classification des peuplades et etude etymologique de leurs noms. Anthropos, Wien, 1910, v, 1027-1057 — Weeks (J. H.) Notes on some customs of the Lower Congo people. Folk-Lore, Lond, 1908, xix, 409-437: 1909, xx, 32; 181; 304; 457; 2 pi. Congorubin. Bonsmann (M. R.) Kongorubin als klinisches Reagens. Kolloid-Ztschr, Dresd. & Leipz, 1921, xxix, 309.—Cecil (R. L.) & Weil (R.) The excretion of Congo red by the stomach. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med, N. Y, 1916-17, xiv, 72.—Haller (R.) Das farberische Verhalten des Kongo- rubins. Kolloid-Ztschr, Dresd. & Leipz, 1920, xxvii, 188- 195.—Litters (H.) Der Farbenumschlag des Kongorubins unter dem Einfluss von Reaktion und Neutralsalzwirkung. Ibid., xxvi, 15-20.—Ostwald (W.) Kolloidchemische Stu- dien am Kongorubin; ein Beitrag zur Theorie der Indika- toren sowie zur Theorie der Farbanderungen organischer Stoffe. Kolloidchem. Beihefte, Dresd. & Leipz, 1919, x, 179-288, 1 pi. -----. Zur Kolloidchemie, der Indikatoren, kolloidchemische Untersuchungen am Kongorubin. Kolloid- Ztschr, Dresd. & Leipz, 1919, xxiv, 67-69. -----. Ueber die Elektrolytfallung des Kongorubins. Kolloidchem. Bei- hefte, Dresd. & Leipz, 1920, xii, 92-102. Congratulatory (A) address to his alma mater, by a student of medicine; with notes, explana- tory and illustrative, and opposite extracts and anecdotes, historical, moral, and entertaining; embellished with elegant views of many of the most splendid public buildings in Edinburgh. viii, 1 p. 1., 460 (viii) pp., 12 pi. 8°. Edin- burgh, 1826. Congres d'assainissement et de salubrite de Phabitation (iii.). 8°. Paris, 1909. Congrfcs de l'Association internationale d'urologie. Proces-verbaux, rapports et discussions, v. 1, 1908. 8°. Paris. Congres beige de chirurgie. 1 v., 1903. 8°. Bruxelles, 1903. Congres de chirurgie. See Congres francais de chirurgie. Congres dentaire interallied. 1 v., 1916. 8°. Paris. Congres dentaire international. Comptes-rendus. 10 v., 1901-1914. 8°. [n.p.] CongrSs pour l'etude de la tuberculose chez l'homme et chez les animaux. Comptes-rendus etmemoires. 4 v.. 1889-1898. 8°. Paris. Congres francais de chirurgie. Proces-verbaux. v. 1-26. 1885-1913. 8°. Paris. At head of title: Association francaise de chirurgie. Congres francais de climatotherapie et d'hygiene urbaine. Comptes-rendus. 1908. 8°. Paris, 1909. Congrfes francais de medecine. Proces-verbaux, memoires et discussions, v. 1-3, 1894-6: 5-12, 1899-1911. 8°. [t>. p.], 1895-1912. Congres francais de la Syrie. (Seances et travaux. Section de medicine et d'hygiene publique.) 4°. Paris & Marseille, 1919. Congres general de statistique. 1 v., 1853. 4°. [Bruxelles.] 11877°—Vol. IV. 3d series—22----7 Congres d'hygiene scolaire et de pedagogie physio- logique. Organise par la Ligue des medecins et des families pour rhygiene scolaire. Rapports et communications. 2 v., 1904-5. 8°. Paris. Congres international contre l'abus des boissons alcooliques tenu a Bruxelles, 1897. Compte- rendu. 2 v. 8°. Bruxelles, 1898. CongrSs international des accidents du travail. 1.-2. sessions, 1889-91; 5., 1900. 5 v., 1889-1901. 8D. Paris. Congrds international pour l'amelioration du sort desaveugles. 2 v., 1889-1900. 8°. Paris. Congres international d'anthropologic et d'arche- ologie prehistorique. Compte-rendu des sessions 2.-12., 1867-1900. 8°. [v. p.], 1868-1902. _ Congrfcs international d'anthropologic criminelle. Compte-rendu. y. 1-6, 1885-1906. 8°. [v. p.] Congres international d'assainissement et de salubrite de l'habitation. Organise sous les auspices de la Societe francaise d'hygiene, avec le concours de la Societe centrale des archi- tectes franyais et de la Societe des architectes diplomes par le gouvernement. 8°. Paris, 1905. Congres international de l'assistance des alienes et specialement de leur assistance familiale, 1902. Rapports et compte-rendu des seances, v. 1-2, 1903-1907. 8°. [v. p.] Congres international de chirurgie. Rapports de la Societe. 2. v., 1905; 1908. 8°. Bruxelles. Congres international pour l'etude des questions d'education et d'assistance des sourds-muets. Compte rendu des travaux. 8°. Paris, 1900. Congres international d'homoeopathie tenu a Paris. Compte-rendu. 2 v., 1901. 8°. Paris. Congres international d'hygiene alimentaire et de 1'alimentation rationnelle de l'homme (ii.). 8°. Bruxelles, 1910.- Congres international d'hygiene et de demo- graphie. 15 v., 1898 (Madrid); 1 v., 1900 (Paris); 9 v., 1903 (Bruxelles). 8°. [v. p.] Congrtis international d'hygiene scolaire. 2 v., 1910. 8°. Paris. Congres international de l'hypnotisme experi- mental et therapeutique tenu a Paris en 1900. Comptes rendus. 8°. Paris, 1902. Congrfcs international de l'industrie et du com- merce des specialites pharmaceutiques. Compte rendu. 8°. Paris, 1900. CongrSs international de medecine, Budapest. Comptes rendus. 1908. 8°. Budapest, ------. The same. Lisbonne. Comtes rendus. 8°. Lisbonne, 1906. ------. The same. Madrid. Comptes-rendus. 8°. Madrid, 1904. ------. The same. Moscou. Trudi farmatsii i farmakognozii na xii syezdie vrachei v Moskvie. 7(19)-14(26) avgusta 1897g. [Transactions of the section in pharmacy and pharmacognosis of the xii. International Medical Congress of Moscow.] 8°. Moskva, 1898. ------. The same. Paris. Comptes-rendus. 8°. Paris. 1900-1901. Congres international de medecine legale, Bru- xelles, 1897. Comptes-rendus et travaux origi- naux. 8°. Charleroi, 1899. CongrSs international de medecine profession- nelle et de deontologie medicale. Compte rendu de la 1. session. Proces-verbaux, documents officiels et divers. 8°. Paris, 1900. Congres international des medecins de com- pagnies d'assurances. Rapports et proces- verbaux des seances. 2.-3., 1901-3. 8°. Bru- xelles. Congrfcs international de neurologie, de psychia- trie, d'electricite medicale et d'hypnologie. CONGRES. 98 CONGRESSES. Congrfcs—continued. 1. session, 1897. Rapports; communications; resume. 8°. Bruxelles, 1898. Congres international des oeuvres d'assistance en temps de guerre. Tenu a Paris en 1900. Rap- ports et comptes rendus des seances. 8°. Pans, 1901. Congres international des ceuvres et institutions feminines, 1900. Compte rendu des travaux. 4 v. 8°. Paris, 1902. Congrfcs international d'ophtalmologie. Compte- rendu. 9., 1899; 10., 1904. 8°. Amsterdam, Lausanne, 1900-5. Congres international de pathologie comparee, organise par la Societe de pathologie comparee (L-). 3 v., 1912-14. 8°. Paris, Congres international pour le perfectionnement des moyens d'alimentation, 1899. Compte ren- dus des travaux et festivites. 12°. Gand, 1901. Congrfcs international de pharmacie, 1900. Compte rendu. 8°. Paris, 1901. . Congres international de physiologie, 1904. Compte rendu. 8°. Lilge & Paris, 1905. Congres international de physiotherapie. Tenu a Paris du 29 mars au 2 avril 1910. Comptes rendus et communications. 8°. Paris, 1911. Congrfcs international contre la pornographie, Paris, 1908. Rapports; discussion; vrjeux et decisions. 164 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908. Congres international de la presse medicale, Paris, 1900. Compte-rendu ornciel des stances. 8°. Paris, 1901. Congress international de psychiatrie, neurologie, de psychologie et de l'assistance des ali&ies, 1907. Compte rendu des travaux. 8°. Amsterdam 1908. Congr&s international de psychologie physiolo- gique, Paris, 1890. Compte rendu. 8 . Paris. Congres international pour la repression des fraudes, concernant les denr6es alimentaires; les matieres premieres de la droguerie; les huiles essentielles et matieres aromatiques; les produits chimiques; les eaux minerales. 4°. Paris, 1910. Congres international de thalassotherapie, tenu a Biarritz, 1903 (iii.). Comptes-rendus et memoires. 8°. Biarritz, 1903. Congres international de la tuberculose. Tenu a Paris, 1905. 8°. Paris, 1906. Congrfes internationaux d'anthropologie et d'ar- cheologie preliistorique et de zoologie. 1 v., 1893. 8°. Moscou. CongrSs de medecine legale de langue francaise, Paris, 1911. 8°. Paris, 1912. Congr&s des medecins alienistes et neurologistes de France et des pays de langue francaise. Comptes rendus. Proces-verbaux. Memoires et discus- sions, v. 5-19; 1895-1910. 8°. [v. p.] CongrSs national beige contre l'alcoolisme et Assembled generale de la Ligue patriotique con- tre l'alcoolisme (ii.). Compte rendu. L'al- coolisme en Belgique. 8°. Bruxelles, 1910. Congres national de laiterie. Compte-rendu 2 v., 1902. 8°. Brecht. Congrts national de m6decine. Tenu a Quebec 1902. 8°. Montreal. Congrfcs national periodique de gynecologie, d'obstetrique et de pediatrie. Memoires et dis- cussions. 1904. 8°. Rouen. Congrfes de Paris de 1889. Ligue universale des antivaccinateurs. 8°. Bruxelles, 1890. Congrfcs pour la repression de l'exercice illegal de la medecine, 1906. Compte rendu. 8° Paris 1907. Congr&s de la Society internationale de chirurgie 8°. Bruxelles, 1905. CongrSs—continued. The same. 1908. v. 1, Proces-verbaux et discussions; v. 2, Rapports. 8°. Bruxelles, 1908. Congreso cientffico latino-americano. 4 v. 1898. 8°. Buenos Aires, 1899. Congreso cientffico (1° Pan- Americano); su reunion en Santiago de Chile, celebrada del 25 de diciembre de 1908 al 5 de enero de 1909. 2 v. 8°. Santiago de Chile, 1915. Congreso intemacional de hygiene y demografia. Actas y memorias. Madrid, 1898. v. 1-10, 1898. 8°. Madrid, 1900. Congreso intemacional de medicina legal. 1889. Memorias. 8°. Madrid, 1897. ------. The same. 3. ed. 8°. Madrid, 1899. Congreso medico intemacional de accidentes del trabajo de Lieja, de 1905. Apuntes y considera- ciones. 1 v., 1905. 8°. Barcelona. Congreso medico nacional. Actas y trabajos. 1 v., 1905. 8°. Habana. Congreso medico Pan-Americano. Sesiones gene- rales. Habana, 1901. 8°. Habana, 1901. Congreso nacional de medicina y cirugfa cele- brado en Madrid, abril 20-26 de 1919; conclu- siones y extractos de las ponenciaa y comunica- ciones. 4°. Madrid, 1919. Supplement to: Medicina (La) ibera. Congress fiir innere Medicin. Verhandlungen. v.1-23,1882-1906. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1SS2-1906. Congresses (Medical). Bach (C.) Zur Organisation internationaler Congresse. Einfuhrungswort von P. H. Eijk- man. 8°. Berlin, 1911. Senn (N.) The needs and advantages of an International Conaress of Militarv Surgeons. 8°. Carlisle, Pa., 1905? Baskerville (C.) Internationalcongresses. Science, N.Y. & Lancaster, Pa, 1910, n. s, xxxii, 652-659.—Bouchacourt. A propos de trois congres medicaux recents; reflexions critiques. J. de m<§d. de Par, 1921, xl, 641; 661.—Caton (R.) Russia and the Twelfth International Medical Congress. Liverpool M.-Chir. J, 1898, xviii, 119-130.—Cheinlsse (L.) Le bilan du xv« Congres internati9nal des sciences m£di- cales (Lisbonne, 19-26 avril 1906). Rev. scient. Par, 1906, 5. s, vi, 429-435.—Colombo (C.) Premier congres italien de therapeutique physique. Ann. Soc. de med. phvs. d'An- vers, 1906, iv, 47-51.—Congresso medico Latino-Americano. Rev. med.-cirurg. do Brazil, Rio de Jan, 1909, xvii, 329; 388.—Coyteux Prevost. Revue du premier Congres des medecins de langue francaise de l'Amenque du Nord. Rev. mM. du Canada, Montreal, 1902-3, vi, 233; 257.— Diary (A) of Congresses. Lancet, Lond, 1911, i, 1325 — von Ezdorf (R. H.) Fourth International Sanitary Con- ference of the American Republics. Pub. Health Rep. U. S. Mar. Hosp. Serv, Wash, 1910, xxv, 215-219— Gouge- rot. A propos du Congres de Londres (xvii* Congres inter- national de medecine, Londres, 6-12 aout. 1913V Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. etsyph. Par, 1913. xxiv. 331.—Griffith (J. D.) The fourteenth International Medical Congress at Madrid, Spain. J. Ass. Mil. Surg, Carlisle, Pa, 1903, xiii, 296-306—Harrison (R.) The first Egyptian Medical Con- gress. Brit. M.J, bond, 1903,i,75:138; 271. AIso, Reprint.— Hippius (A.) Die I'irogoAv-Kongresse und der russische Landschaftsarzt. Deutsche med.Wchnschr, Leipz. A- Berl., 1904, xxx, 470.—Jacob! (A.I The Americans and the tenth International Congress. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1890, xxxviii, 537-539. Also, Reprint— L. (M.) Le Congres medical franco-polonais de Varsovie. Rov. mod. de TEst, Nanev, 1921, xlix, 701-705.-Le Lorier (Y.) Ce que fut le premier Congres de l'Association des gynecologues et obstetriciens do langue francaise. l'ressc med. Par, 1919, xxvii (annexe), 915. -McCimn (F. J.) Fifteenth International Medical Congress, Usbon (April 19-20, 1906). J. Obst. & Gvnsw. Knw KmP-. f'Ond, 1906, x, 155-166.—Mendelsohn (M.) Ueber die Zukunft unserer medicinischen Congresse und Naturforscherversammlungen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1901, xxxviii, 499.—Mills (C. K.) Impression of the recent (seventeenth) International Congress of Medicine with especial reference to neurology and its representatives; with remarks and comments on some of the more important subjects presented. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis, N. Y 1914 xh 252.—Nichols (H. J.) Report on the Bombay Medicai Congress. Mil. Surgeon, Wash, 1909, xxv 172-170 — Pirogowkongress in Petersburg. Deutsche med Wchn- schr, Berl. & Leipz, 1916, xiii, 703.—Preble (E ) & Sted- man(T.L.) Internationalcongresses. Ref.Handb M *e CONGRESSES. 99 CONJUGATION. Congresses (Medical). N. Y, 3. ed, 1914, 111, 234-243.—Regnault (J.) Le Congres colonial de 1905; compte rendu. Arch, de med. nav. Par, 1905, Ixxxiv, 92-114.—Roberts (F. T.) The annual oration: The Moscow Congress; a hohday; with comments on sug- gested topics. Tr. M. Soc. Lond, 1897-8, xxi, 301-338. Also: Lancet, Lond, 1898, i, 1382-1391.—Rocha (A.) Influencia dos congressos na constituicao scientifica da medicina; crises da medicina contemporanea. Med. contemp, Lisb, 1898, xvi, 166—Rousseau (A.) Le congres de Quebec; utilite et necessite des congres de medecine; notre mentalite, nos besoins, notre avenir. Union med. du Canada, Montreal, 1920, xlix, 273-285.—de Schweinitz (E. A.) The tenth International Congress of Hygiene and Demography. Rep Bureau Animal Indust. 1900, Wash, 1901, 260-261 — Slaughter (Blanche R.) The Pan American Congress in Panama and the American Public Health Association in Havana in January, 1905. Wash. M. Ann, 1905-6, iv, 95- 107.—Sloggett (A. T.) The International Congress at Lisbon, 1906. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond, 1906, vii, 618-624.—South (The) African Medical Congress, held at Cape Town, December, 1893. South African M. J, Cape Town, 1893-4, i, 183-194.—Tedenat. Reunion obstetricale et gynecologique de Montpellier. Gynecologie, Par, 1914, xviu, 438-441.—Vassal (J.-J.) Le congres medical de Manille de 1908. Rev. d'hyg. Par, 1908, xxx, 487-493.—Wickman (I.) Den 4:de nordiska kongressen for invartes medicin, i Helsingfors den 4-6 juli 1902. Hygiea, Stockholm, 1902, n. f, ii. pt. 2, 151-199.—Wilcox (R. W.) The domain of internal medicine and the purport of the congress. [Ameri- rican Congress on Internal Medicine.] Med. Rec, N. Y 1917, xci; 81.—von Winckel (F.) Ueber die Bedeutung der internationalen Aerztecongresse, spec, die des Moskauer Congresses. Sitzungsb. d. arztl. Ver. Miinchen (1897), 1898, vii, 95-109.—Zweig (W.) Ergebnisse des deutschen Kon- gresses fur innere Medizin in Warschau, Mai 1916. Wien klin. Wchnschr, 1916, xxix, 718-720. Congresso dell' Associazione oftalmologica ita- liana. Rendiconto. v. 11-17, 1888-1905. 8°. See, also: Mem. d. Cong. d. Ass. oftal. ital. Congresso delle commissioni provinciali per la cura della pellagra, Padova, 1899. 8°. Bergamo, 1899. Congresso per l'igiene dell' allattamento e la tutela della prima infanzia. Atti. 1 v., 1903. 8°. Firenze. Congresso internazionale di medicina. Minis- tero della marina. Parigi, 1900. 1 v., 1901. 8°. Roma. Congresso internazionale dei patologi. Atti. lv., 1912. 8°. Torino. Congresso internazionale di psicologia. Atti. 1 v., 1906. 8°. Roma. Congresso interprovinciale sanitario dell' alta Italia. Atti. 3 v., 1903-5. 8°. [v. p.) Congresso italiano per l'educazione fisica. Atti. 1 v., 1902. 8°. Napoli. Congresso italiano di radiologia medica. Atti. 1 v., 1914. 8°. Pavia, 1915. Congresso medico internazionale per gl' infortuni del lavoro. Atti. 2 v. 1909. 8*. Roma. Congresso medico regionale ligure. Atti. v. 1-7, 1895-1901. 8°. Genova. Congresso nazionale d'idrologia e di climatologia di Bologna. Atti. 1., 1888; 3., 1891; 5., 1898; 7., 1902. 8°. Torino, 1889T1903. Congresso nazionale d'igiene promosso dalla Societa piemontese d'igiene. Atti. 2 v., 1899- 1900. 8*. Torino; Como. Congresso nazionale italiano dei delegati degli ordini dei medici ed associazioni congeneri. Verbali delle sedute e relazioni. v. 1-3, 1897-9. 8°. Roma. Congresso nazionale per la lotta sociale contro la tuberculosi. Atti. 1910. 8°. Firenze. Congresso nazionale veterinario. Atti. 1898. 8°. Torino, 1899. Congresso pediatrico italiano. Atti. v. 1-2, 1891-2; v. 4-5, 1904-5; v. 7-8, 1912-14. 8°. [v. p.], 1893-1915. Congresso pellagrologico interprovinciale. Atti. 8°. Udine, 1899. Congresso pellagrologico italiano. Atti. 2.-5., 1902-1912. 8°. Udine, 1903-1913. Congresso della Societa freniatrica italiana, 1901. 8°. Reggio nell' Emilia. Congresso della Societa italiana di laringologia, d'otologia i di rinologia. Atti. 1.-9; 13; 15., 1892-1905; 1910; 1912. 8°. [v. p.], 1892-1913. Congresso della Societa italiana di neurologia. Atti. 3-4, 1911; 1914. 8°. Roma, Firenze, 1912- 1915. Congy (Edmond) [1876- ]. *Necessit6 de creation d'un institut medico-legal a Paris. 2 p. 1., 55 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, Oilier-Henry et Cie., 1903. Conitzer (Arthur). Die Heilung der Onanie mittelst Konzentration. 62 pp. 8°. Strassburg i. E. & Leipzig, J. Singer, [1907?]. Conium. See, also, Cicuta. Alethophilorum quorundam Viennensium elucidatio necessaria epistolse de cicuta quam . . . Haeniusscripsitad . . . Tralles. 12°. Neapoli, 1778. de Haen (A.) Epistola de cicuta. 12°. Neapoli, 1778. —;---. ^ Ad sibi communicatas observationes Wratislaviensis de cicuta responsio. 12°. Neapoli, 1779. Storck (A.) An essay on the medicinal na- ture of hemlock, in which its extraordinary virtue and efficacy, as well internally as exter- nally used, in the cure of cancers, schirrous and cedematous tumours, malignant and fistulous ulcers and cataracts, are demonstrated [etc.]. Transl. from the Latin original. 8°. London, 1760. [P., v. 2214.] Albahary (J.-M.) & LOffler (K.) Etude physiologique de quelques alcaloides de la cigue (Conium maculatum). Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1908, cxlvii, 996-999.— Bradley (E.) Improvement in bleaching extract of hemlock bark. [Pat. spec] No. 174110; Feb. 29,1876— Dilling (W. J.) The isolation of the conium alkaloids from animal tissues, and the action of living cells and decomposing organs on these alkaloids. Bio-Chem. J, Liverp, 1909, iv, 286-299 — Ewing (C. O.), Stanford (E. E.) & Clevenger (J. F.) Conium maculatum L, and Aethusa cynapium L, an adulterant. J. Am. Pharm. Ass, Easton, Pa., 1919, viii,385- 390.—Farr (E. H.) & Wright (R.) Note on the distribution of the alkaloids in Conium maculatum. Pharm. J., Lond, 1904, 4. s, xviii, 185.—Hirschberg (J.) Geschichtliche Be- merkung zur Wirkung des Schierlings auf das Auge. Cen- tralbl. f. prakt. Augenh, Leipz, 1907, xxxi, 293.—Maynard (W.) Improvement in apparatus for the manufacture of extracts from hemlock and other barks. [Pat. spec] No. 118956; Sept. 12,1871.—Modestino del Gaizo. Sur l'histoire d'un remede; un livre "De cicuta" publie a Naples en 1767. Janus, Amst, 1898, hi, 320-325.—Ruschhaupt (F.) & Ruschhaupt (L. F.) Contribution to the nearer knowledge of the hemlock species. Rep. Bd. Health Wisconsin (1900), 1901, xviii, 99-104.—Vitali (D.) & Stroppa (C.) Contributo alio studio chimico-tossicologico della conina. Orosi, Fi- renze, 1900, xxiii, 73-80.—West (E.) An undescribed timber decay of hemlock. Mycologia, Lancaster, Pa, 1919, xi, 262-266. Conium (Poisoning by). Albeker (K.) Vergiftung mit der zweijahrigen Wurzel des fleckigen Schierlings (Conium maculatum). Pest, med.- chir. Presse, Budapest, 1903, xxxix, 718-720.-----. Coniuni- Vergiftung. Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1903, viii, 293.— Burgics (T.) [Hemlock poisoning en masse of hogs.] Allatorvosi lapok, Budapest, 1913, xxxvi, 523.—David (W.) Zur Kasuistik der Schierlingsvergiftung (Conium macula- tum). Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl, 1913, xxvi, 757-760.— Hemlock poisoning. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1900, n. s, lxx, 112.—Kutsefl (A. A.) [Poisoning of a four-year old boy by the leaves of hemlock.] Protok. zasaid. Kavkazsk. med. Obsh, Tillis, 1905-6, xiii, 286-291.—Reimann (B. S.) & Wahrendorff. Von der t6dtlichen Wurckung der genosse- nen Wurtzel der Cicutae aqvaticse. Misc. phys.-med.-math. 1727, ErfEurt, 1731, 312-314. Conjugation. Calkins (G. N.) The effect of conjugation. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med, N. Y, 1918-19, xvi, 57-60. -----. Restoration of vitality through conjugation. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sc, Bait, 1919, v, 95-102. CONJUNCTIVA. 100 CONJUNCTIVA. Conjunctiva. Bader (A.) *Die subkonjunktivalen anorga- nischen Salzinjektionen und die Dissoziations- theorie. Mit vergleichenden Untersuchungen iiber die Wirkung von subkonjunktivalen Injek- tionen isotonischer neutraler Natrium- una Kaliumsalze (Chloride, Nitrate und Sulfate) auf das Kaninchenauge. [Basel.] 8°. Berlin, 1914. Harmax (X. B.) The conjunctiva in health and disease; being a record of some research work. 8°. London, 1905. ------. The same. 8°. New York, 1905. Ishikuro (K.) *Ueber die Becherzellen in der Conjunctiva. 8°. Jena, 1903. Addario (G.) Sulla presenza dei corpuscoli di Prowazek ed Halberstadter nella congiuntiva normale dell'uomo e della scimmia. Ann. di ottal.. Pavia, 1910, xxxix, 221-230. Also, transl.: Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb.. 1910, lxvii, 197- 206.—Albanese (N.) Recherches des inclusions epithehales dans la conjonctive normale et dans dilTerentes varietes d'innammations conjonctivales. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1911, cxlvi, 243-251.—Anselmi (G.) Studio istologico su una particolare pigmentazione della congiuntiva del tarso supe- riore. (Contributo alio studio delle alterazioni spontanee delle ghiandole di Meibomio.) Arch, di ottal, Napoh, 1913-14, xxi, 347-381— Axenleld (T.) Plastische Wieder- herstellung des ganzen Conjunctivalsacks in einem Falle von Svmblepharon et Ankyloblepharon cicatriceum totale. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh,'Stuttg, 1900, xxxviii, 845-856 — Baiardi (P.) Sull' importanza dell' esame microscopico dei vasi della congiuntiva nell' uomo in vita. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1901, 4. s, vii, 365-372.-----. Sull'esame microscopico dei vasi della congiuntiva nei vivo. Cong. d. Ass. oftal. ital. Rendic. 1902, Pavia, 1903, xvi, 102-104.-----. Ancora sull'esame microscopico dei vasi della congiuntiva nei vivo. Cong, internat. d'opht. 1904, Lausanne, 1905, 6160-*165, 1 pi.—Calderaro. Glandole rudimentaU nella congiuntiva bulbare dell'uomo. Clin. ocul, Palermo, 1908, ix, 3259.—Coppez (H.) Etudes sur la pigmentation de la conjonctive. Bull. Acad. rov. de med. de Belg, Brux, 1905, 4. s, xix, 443-468, 21 pi.—Crevatin (F.) Sulle terminazioni nervose della congiuntiva. Rendic. Accad. d. sc. d. 1st. di Bologna, 1900-1901, n. s, v, 34-36, 1 pi.—Delessert (E.) Quelques recherches sur les glandes de Henle de la conjonctive palpebrale chez l'homme. Rev. med. de le Suisse Rom, Geneve, 1910, xxx, 444-460.—De Lieto Voilaro (X.) Sulla disposizione del tessuto elastico nella congiuntiva bulbare e nei limbus congiuntivale. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1907, xxxvi, 642-651, 5 pi—Ginsberg. Ueber die Becherzellen der Bindehaut. Verhandl. d. Berl. ophth. Gesellsch., 1^93-1904, Leipz, 1905, 21.—Golowinski (J.1 Zur Kenntnis dor Histogenese der Bindegewebs- fibrillen. Anat. Hefte, Wiesb, 1907, xxxiii, 205-224, 2 pi.— Harman (X. B.) The lvmph follicles in (apparently) healthy conjunctiva*. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1904, ii, 1308."— Herbert (H.) A distinctive type of conjunctival papule. Cong, internat. d'opht. 1904. Lausanne, 1905, &142-&149, 1 pi. -----. The chromatophores of the human conjunctiva. Ibid., 6149-6151, 1 pi.—Hessberg (R.) Klinischer Beitrag Reizung der glatten Lidmuskulatur. Verhandl. d. Ge- sellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte (Munster) 1912, Leipz, 1913, Ixxxiv, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte, 289— Hivvatarl (K.) On the initial development of papillary bodies in the human con- junctiva. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1920, xlix, 283-286.—Howe (L.) Temperature of the conjunctiva. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1913, lxi, 1124-1128. Also: Papers Sect. Ophth. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1913, 287-298.-----. Measurement of temperature of conjunctiva. Tr. Sect, on Ophthalm. of Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1916,366. Also, Reprint.—Jameson (P. C.) Notes on the bacteriology of the conjunctival sac and its bearing upon surgical procedure. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1901, x, 1-8.—Jolly (J.) La structure et le develop pement du tissue conjonctii. Presse med. Par, 1911, xxh, 9-11.—Lafon (C.) L'examen cytologique et micro-chimi- que des secretions conjonctivales; son utilisation en clinique. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1910, cxliii, 321-344.—Laguesse (E.) Comment se constitue la fibre conjonctive adult e ou faisceau de fibrilles? Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1914, lxxvi, 235-238— Luedde (W. H.) A microscopic study of the conjunctival vessels. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1913, xxx 129-142. Also [Abstr.]: Weekly Bull. St. Louis M. Soc, 1913, vii, 471— IVIonesi (L.) Sopra un caso di degenera- zione iaBna della congiuntiva. Arch, di ottal, Palermo, 1900-1901, viii, 28!>-:«K Morax (V.) Anatomie de la conjonctive. Encycl. franc, d'opht.. Par, 1903, i, 375-399.— Nakagawa (J.) Ueber echte Papillen in der nonnalen Conjunctiva. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1903, xlvii, 51-60.— zur Nedden (M.) Ueber das Vorkomnien bakterizider Substanzen im Bindehautsekret. Ber. ii. d. Versamml d ophth. Gesellsch. 1907, Wiesb, 1908, xxxiv, 36-41.—New- man (F. A.) The conjunctiva. Austral. M. J, Melbourne 1911-12, n. s, i, 48 — Zeller (K.) Studien an Bindehautgefassen. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1921, lxvi, 609-622. Conjunctiva (Abnormities of). Batten (R. D.) Recurrent conjunctival membrane. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1897-8, xviii, 105.— Bock (E.) Ectasia venarum conjunctivse ex vitio cordis congenito. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1SJ<>, xlviii, 1761.— Braunschweig (P.) Ueber Faltenbildung der Conjunctiva bulbi. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1921, lxvi, 123.— Herbert (H.) Conjunctival bridges and pouches; union of retro-tarsal folds. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond.. 1900-1901, xxi, 16-23, 1 pi.—Kirsch (R.) Ein typischer Fall von Bindehautschurze (Epitarsus>. Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl7 1919-20, xiii, 60-63, 1 pi.—Schapringer. Beitrag zur Casuistik der angeborenen Schiirze der Bindehaut. Ibid., 1902, vii, 53-56.—Tyson (H. H.) A case of congenital apron of the palpebral conjunctiva. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Phila, 1913, xiii, pt. 2, 386-3SS.—WoUenberg (X.) Pseuio- ptervgium mit Faltenbildung der Conjunctiva bull i. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg.. 1922, lxviii, 221-224.— Wood (D. J.) Case of symmetrical encroachment of the conjunctiva on the corneal margin. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond., 1921. xii, 190. Conjunctiva (Actinomycosis of). See Conjunctiva (Diseases of, Parasitic). Conjunctiva (Angioma of). Chic (Elizabeth). *Angiomes de la conjonc- tive. 8°. Paris, 1914. Fehr (0.) *Ein Angiom der Conjunctiva bulbi. [Heidelberg] 12°. Leipzig, 1897. Adams (P. H.) Hemangioma of the conjunctiva. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Ix>nd.. 1911-12, xxxu, 3*9-391.— Baudry (S.> & Carrier* (G.) Note sur un cas d'hemato- Ivmphangiome de la conjonctive palpebrale. Rev. gen. d'opht. Par, 1901, xx, 1-6.—Carlini (V.) Gli angiomi della congiuntiva. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1905, xxxiv, 396-407, 1 pl—Casollno (L.) Contributo clinico ed anatomo- patologioo sugli angiomi della congiuntiva. Arch, di ottal, Napoh, 1913-14, xxi, 206 -H.' —Custelain (F.I Angiome de la conionctive. Ann. d'ocul. Par., 1907, cxxxvii, 113-126. Also: Nord med, Lille, 1907, xiii, 85-m>—Castresana (B.I Angioma simple de la conjuntiva bulbar. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract, Madrid, 1907, lxxv, 89-r>*.—Erb i A.) Lvmph- angioin der Bindehaut des Augapfels unter dem" Bilde eines Hamangioms. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1913, xxix, 120-125.-Franke (E.) Zur Kenntnis des Lvmphangioms der Bindehaut. Arch. f. Ophth., Berl, 1921, cv, 105S-1088.— Galezowski (J.) Traitement des kvstes lvmphatiques de la conjonctivite par ecrasement. Rec. d'opht. Par, 1910, 4. s, xxxu, 73-7t, -Gallenga (C.) Del Unfoangioendote- noma della congiuntiva bulbare nell' eta giovanile e suoi nipoorti col nevo. Arch, di ottal, Napoli, 1917, xxiv, 21-55.— Gifford (H.) Angioma of the conjunctiva successfully treated by injections oi absolute alcohol. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1906, xv, 596-600.—Gros. Angidme de la conjonc- tive d'origine traumatique. Bull. med. de l'Algerie, Aleer, 1904, 2. s, xv, 202— Handmann < M.) Ueber ein primares cavernost>s Angiom der Bindehaut. Klin. Monatsbl. f Augenh, Stuttg, 1901, xxxix, 379-386.— James (R ) & Trevor (R. S.) Cases of haemangeioma of the palpebral CONJUNCTIVA. 101 CONJUNCTIVA. Conjunctiva (Angioma of). conjunctiva forming pedunculated tumours. Brit. J Ophth, Lond, 1918, ii, 129-132.—Libby (G. F.) Lymphan- gieitasis conjunctivae. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1910, xix 256— Marin (M.) Angioma de la conjuntiva de origen traumatico. Arch, de oftal. hispano-am, Barcel, 1917, xvii 325-329.—Maxwell (E. M.) Lymphangioma of the con- junctiva. Brit. J. Child. Dis, Lond, 1915, xii, 325-337. Aho [Abstr.]: Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl, 1915, xxxiii, 3/8.—Mayou (M. S.) Angioma of the conjunctiva. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1913, xxxiii, 55.—Pascheffl (C.) Das Lymphangioma der Conjunctiva; unter spezieller Berucksichtigung eines Falles von Lymphangioma caver- nosum circumscriptum aequisitum limbi conjunctiva. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1906, lxiii, 188-199, 1 pi.—Pergens (E.) Angioma conjunctivas. Klin. Monatsbf f. Augenh Stuttg, 1901, xxxix, 19-36.—Reis (W.) Ein Fall von telean- fiectatischem Angiom der Conjunctiva bulbi mit Cysten- lldung. Ibid., 1900, xxxviii, 559-568, 1 pi.—Rzhanitsln (F. A.) [Subconjunctival tumors of an angiomatous character.] Vestnik oftalmol, Mosk, 1912, xxix, 455-467, 2 pi.—de Schweinitz (G. E.) Lymphangioma of the con- junctiva. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1911, xx, 443.—Socor (G.) Angiome de la conjonctive. Bull, et mem. Soc. d. med. et nat. de Jassy, 1912, xxvi, 128-131.—Sourdille (G.) Kyste sereux congenital (lymphangiome kystique) de la conjonc- tive bulbaire. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1898, xviii, 673-679.— Vernke (F. K.) Angioma cavernosum conjunctivas oculi dextri. \ estnik oftalmol, Mosk, 1909, xxvi, 336.—Wiener (M.) & Alt (A.) A case of cavernous lymphangioma of the bulbar conjunctiva. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1910, xxvii, 7-12. ' Conjunctiva (Argyrosis). See Argyria. Conjunctiva (Atrophy of). Beaumont (W. M.) Essential shrinking of the conjunc- tiva. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1905, ii, 73.—Doyne (R. W.) Case of essential shrinking of the conjunctiva. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1899-1900, xx, 59, 1 pi, 1 1—Hardy (W. F.) & Lamb (H. D.) Essential shrinking of the con- junctiva with a report of two cases. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1917, xxxiv, 289-299.—Harman (N. B.) Case of essential shrinkage of the conjunctiva. West Lond. M. J, Lond, 1915, xx, 46.—Kummell (R.) Ueber eine atro- phierende Konjunktivitis mit Symblepharonbildung. Arch. f. Augenh. Wiesb.; 1914, lxxvii, 200-205, 1 pi.-----. Atrophying conjunctivitis with symblepharon. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1917, xlvi, 147-150.—RUffer. Demonstration eines Falles von vorgeschrittener Bindehautschrumpfung, Pemphigus der Bindehaut, des rechten Auges mit Erblin- dung desselben. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1920, lvii, 452. Weeks (J. E.) Essential shrinkage of the conjunctiva. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1913, xiii, 503. Conjunctiva (Bacteriology of). See, also, Conjunctivitis (Bacteriology of). Berl (V.) Bakterienmassen im Bindehautsack. Cen- tralbl. f. prakt. Augenh, Leipz, 1899, xxiii, 82.—Berntsen (A.) [Is the conjunctiva sterile in the newborn?] Ugesk. f. Laeger, Kdbenh, 1914, lxxvi, 1495-1502.—Betti (I,) Contributi alia conoscenza delle sarcine gramnegative della congiuntiva. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1914, xliii, 3-77, 1 ch — Brecht. Casuistische Beitrage zur Bacteriologie der Con- junctivitis. Charite-Ann, Berl, 1899, xxiv, 376-380 — Chistyakoff (P.) [Bacteriobgy of the conjunctival sac of the new-born.] Vestnik oftalmol, Mosk, 1913, xxx, 645- 656.—De Lieto Vollaro (A.) Ricerche sul contenuto microbico della congiuntiva nei trattamento post-operativo senza fasciatura occlusiva. Arch, di ottal, Palermo, 1904-5, .xii, 329-374.—De-Simoni (A.) Bacilli acido-resistenti nella congiuntiva oculare. Osp. magg. Riv. scient.-prat. d. . . . di Milano, 1909, iv, 181-183.—Fergus (F.) Some practical aspects of conjunctival bacteriology. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1905, i," 522-525.-----. Bacteriological testing ofthe conjunctiva. Ophth. Rev, Lond, 1913, xxxii, 300-304.— Fergus (F.) & Pollock (W. B. I.) Some practical aspects of bacteriologicalinvestigations on the conjunctiva. Glasgow M. J, 1905, lxiv, 271-273.—Gifford (S. R.) Fusiform ba- cilli on the conjunctiva and in the Meibomian glands. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1920, xlix, 477-484.—Gradle (H. S.) Simple bacteriological examination of the conjunctival sac. Oph- thalmol, Seattle, 1910-11, vii, 581.—Griffith (A. S.) The flora of the conjunctiva in health and disease. Thompson Yates Lab. Rep, Liverpool, 1901, 99-148, 2 tab.—Groma- kowski (D.) Ein Beitrag zur Bacteriologie follikularer Erkrankungen der Bindehaut. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb 1900, xii, 197-224, 2pl— Jameson (P. C.) The bacteriology of the conjunctival sac and its bearing upon operative pro- cedure. Brooklyn M. J, 1900, xiv, 889-891—Knowles (R. H.) A study of the bacterial flora of the conjunctival sac of the horse, at the Central Veterinary Research Institute, Aldershot. J. Comp. Path. & Therap, Lond, 1920, xxxiii, pt. 1, 13-22.—Kono (G.) & Ohashi (T.) Ueber die Bakte- rien im gesunden Konjunktivalsack der Japaner. Ztschr. f. Mil.-Aerzte, Tokyo, 1918, No. 77. 9.—Krukenberg (F.) Ueber einen neuen, nach Gram sich entfarbenden, semmel- Con junctiva (Bacteriology of). formigen intracellularen Pseudogonococcus auf der mensch- lichen Conjunctiva. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1899, xxxvii, 271-289, 1 pi.-----. Die Bedeutung der Bakteriologie fiir die Erkrankungen der Bindehaut. Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl, Berl, 1901, xxiii, 235-241.—Lindner (K.) Ueber die Topographic der Bindehautkeime. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1919-20, xiii, 11-22.-----. Ueber die Topo- graphic der parasitaren Bindehautkeime. Arch. f. Ophth, Berl, 192L cv, 726-777.—Lowenstein (A.) Die Einwir- kung der Pyozyanase auf Bakterien des Bindehautsackes. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, 1908, xlvi, 52-58.—Lynch (K. M.) The bacteria of the conjunctiva. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila, 1912, xiv, 180. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcv, 490.—McKee (S. H.) Organisms normally present in the conjunctiva. Montreal M. J, 1906, xxxv, 1-5.-----. A new pathogenic microorganism of the conjunctival sac. J. Med. Research, Bost, 1907-8, xvi, 527-535.—Makai (E.) Bacteriologische Befunde bei acuten Bindehauterkran- kungen an der Hand von 100 Fallen. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1907, lviii, 131-134.—^lattice (A. F.) Ueber das Vorkommen von Pneumokokken auf der Konjunktiva nach der Tranensackexstirpation. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1912, ii, 27-37— Metafune & Albanese. Weitere Untersuchungen uber das Vorkommen der Pneumokokken auf der normalen Bindehaut, besonders iiber die Schwan- kungen des Befundes. Ibid., 1, pt. 2, 420-433.—Xestlinger (M.) [The bacterial flora of the human conjunctiva.] Gydgyaszat, Budapest, 1919, lix, 209-212.-----. Ueber die Lebensdauer des sog. Koch-Weeksschen Bazillus auf kiinst- lichem Nahrboden. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1919, lxiii, 514-516.—Pardo (R.) Sui diplococchi gram- negativi della congiuntiva umana con particolare riguardo al micrococco catarrale. Path. riv. quindicin, Genova, 1910- 11, iii, 326-328.—Pes (O.) Note batteriologiche sul bacillo del sebo meibomiano (Reymond-Colomiatti) neile aflezioni congiuntivali e sulle sue afflnita biologiche col bacillo di Loeffler. Riforma med, Palermo, 1899, xv, pt. 1, 63-66 — Pillat (A.) Zur TopographiedersaproDhytaren Bindehaut keime des menschlichen Auges. Arch. f. Ophth, Berl, 1921, cv, 778-793.—Puccioni. Ricerche batteriologiche, istologiche, e sperimentali [sulla conjunctiva]. Boll. d. osp. oftal. d. prov. di Roma, 1907, v, 118-121, 1 pL—Ran- dolph (R. L.) Bacteriological examinations of the con- junctival sac in typhoid fever and in pneumonia (based upon an examination of 100 cases of typhoid fever and 48 cases of lobar pneumonia occurring in the wards of Johns Hopkins Hospital). Tr. Am. Opth. Soc, Hartford, 1906-8. xi, 238-245. Also: Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull, Bait, 1906, xvii, 323-325.—Rosenhauch (E.) [Ueber die Entstehung der Flora im physiologischen Bindehautsack der Neugebo- renen.] Bull, internat. Acad. d. sc. de Cracovie, 1908, 465- 483.—Ruata (V.) Sopra un coccc-bacillo della congiuntiva umana (contributo alia conoscenza dei cocchi gram-nega- tivi). Arch, di ottal, Napoh, 1909-10, xvii, 1-24. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1909, xi, 630-645. -----. Nota sulle sarcine gramnegative della congiuntiva umana. Arch, di ottal, Napoh, 1910-11, xviii, 713-717.-----. Ricerche sopra la flora bacterica anaerobica della congiuntiva umana. Ibid., 743-767. -----. Nota sulla flora batterica della congiuntiva normale degli animali do- mestici. Ibid., 1911-12, xix, 566-571.—Rymowiez (F.) [Microbiology of the conjunctiva of the human eye.] Post okul, Krakow, 1902, iv, 389-397.—Sanna (G.) Sui mi- crorganismi della congiuntiva normale e patologica dell 'uomo e loro importanza etiologica. Policlin, Roma, 1901, viii sez. chir. 140; 192; 240; 280.—Santos Fernandez (J.) El staphilococcus piogenes albus en la conjuntiva. An. Acad. de cien. med. . . . de la Habana, 1903-4, xl, 1.53-161. Also': Crdn. med.-quir. de la Habana, 1903, xxix, 337-342.—Shum- way (E. A.) The pathogenic bacteria of the conjunctiva. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1906, xlvii, 320-324. [Discussion] 332-334.—Small (C. P.) Bacteriology of the conjunctiva. In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914 >'v 3008.—Tchirkowsky. Contribution a l'etude de la flore normale des conjonctives du lapin et de Pinfluence des microbes habituels de la conjonctive sur Pceil. Ann d'ocul Par, 1909, cxli, 291-300.—Tertscb (R.) Ein Beitrag zu den dem Diphtheriebazillus ahnlichen Stabchen des Conjunk- tivalsackes. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1904, xii, 621-627. -----. Ein Bakterienrasen der Konjunktiva. Beitr z" Augenh, Hamb. & Leipz, 1907, 68. Hft, 1-9.—Verderaine (P.) Beitrage zum Behind gramnegativer Diplokokken auf der menschlichen Bindehaut. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1910, hv, Orig, 523-545, 1 pi._____'. Ueber eine aus dem menschlichen Bindehautsack isoherte gramnegative Sarcine. Ibid., 1911, lv, Orig, 377-385 1 pi — Wiedersheim (O.) Ueber eine kleine Epidemie von Koch-Weeksscher Konjunktivitis in Freiburg. Klin Monatsbl. J. Augenh, Stuttg, 1919, lxii, 808-813. Conjunctiva (Burns of). See Conjunctiva (Wounds and injuries of). Conjunctiva (Cancer of). Rutschmann (E.) *Em Fall von einem Epithelioma fibrosum conjunctiva? bulbi (Pa- pillom) mit Zystenbildung. 8°. Kiel, 1911. CONJUNCTIVA. 102 CONJUNCTIVA. Conjunctiva (Cancer of). Yillard (V.) Contribution a l'etude des tumeurs malignes primitives de la conjonctive palpebrale. Carcinome reticule. 8°. Pans, 1901. Wexzejl (R.) *Ueber einen malignen Binde- hauttumor alveolarer Struktur. 8°. Miinchen, 1909. Addario (G.) Epitelioma papillare della congiuntiva sclerale e del limbus eornese. Progresso oftal, Palermo, 1909-10, v, 32-46.—Ball (J. M.) Carcinoma of the conjunc- tiva. In: Am. Encvcl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1913, ii, 1409—Barmettler (G.) Contributo alio studio della morfologia e struttura dei tumori epihulbari; un caso di epitehoma iniziale della congiuntiva bulbare. Gior. in- ternaz. d. sc. med, Napoli, 190S, n. s, xxx, 118-125.— Baudry(S.) Un cas d'epithelioma primitif de la conjonctive bulbaire. Nord med, Lille, 1907, xiii, 169-172.—Benedettl (A.) Epitehoma primitivo della congiuntiva tarsale. Boll. d. osp. oftal. d. prov. di Roma, 1904, ii, 144-147,1 pi.—Best. Ueber gutartige cystische Epitheliome der Bindehaut (Epithelioma cysticum congenitum, Dermoepitheliom nach Parinaud). Beitr. z. Augenh, Hamb. & Leipz, 1899, Hft. xxxvii, 46-54, 1 pi.—Bibler (W.) Ueber epitheliale Formen der Pinguecula. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg, 1S99, xxxvii, 77-85.—Bloch (B.) Fall von Karzinom der Lidschleimhaut, geheilt durch Kohlensaureschnee. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1916, xlvi, 277.—Bour- geois (A.) Epithelioma de la conjonctive bulbaire. Union med. du nord-est, Reims, 1898, xxii, 229-232.—Capelllni (C.) Epitelioma bilaterale della congiuntiva del limbus sclero- corneale. Rendic. d. Ass. med.-chir. di Parma, 1902, iii, 65- 68-—Cargill (L. V.) Epitheliomatous growth of the right upper palpebral conjunctiva, occurring at the site of incision of a chlazion. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1899- 1900, xi, 53,1 pi.—Chaillous (F.) Sur le dermo-epitheliome [de la conjonctive bulbaire] de Parinaud. Bull, et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht. Par, 1911, xxviii, 487-493. Also: Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1912, cxlviii, 24-31.—Coover (D. H.) Basel- celled epithelioma of the conjunctiva. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1920, 3. s, hi, 683.—Cosmettatos (G. F.) Epithe- lioma recidivant de la conjonctive bulbaire; mort par me- tastase. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1918, civ, 32-41.—Crisp (W. H.) Conjunctival epithelioma at the limbus. Colorado Med, Denver, 1917, xiv, 273-275.—De Berardinis. Contributo clinico ed anatomico sugli epiteliomi del limbus e congiun- tiva bulbare in due giovanetti di 9 e 21 anni. Med. ital, Napoli, 1903, i, 406-410.—Debeve (J.) Note sur un cas d'epithelioma primitif de la conjonctive bulbaire. Arch. d'opht. Par, 1907, xxvii, 478-483.—Delord (E.) & Revel (J.) Sur deux cas d'epithelioma de la conjonctive bulbaire. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1909, cxlii, 432—444.—Eymann (L.) Kontaktcarcinom der Conjunctiva palpebrae und der Cornea. Stud. z. Path. d. Entweklng, Jena, 1914, ii, 63-78.— Fage. Les formes graves de 1'epithelioma de la conjonctive. Clin, opht. Par, 1903, ix, 185-189. Also: Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, d'opht, 325-329. Also, transl.: Ophth. Klin, Stuttg.. 1903, vii, 245-247.— Galindez (J.) Un caso raro de epitehomas multiples en la conjuntiva. Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. med, Madrid, 1915, xxxiii, 186-188.—Gavazzeni (S.) Un caso di epitelioma primitivo della congiuntiva palpebrale curato e guarito coll' applicazione dei raggi Rontgen. Atti d. Cong, internaz. di terap. fis. 1907, Rouen, 1908, ii, pt. 1,767.—Ginzburg (1.1.) [Primary cancer of the conjunctiva ofthe eyeballs.] Vestnik oftalmol, Kiev, 1898, xv, 282-285— Goldzieher (V.) [Exci- sion of a primary carcinoma of the palpebral conjunctiva; Biidinger's plastic operation, and utilization of the skin of the ear.] Szemeszeti lapok, Budapest. 1909,38.—Henderson (E. E.) Specimen of epithelioma of upper palpebral con- junctiva from Mr. Cargill's case, shown Deccmlier 14th 18<)9 Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1899-1900, xx,'54 — Jennings (J. E.) A case of epithelioma of tho ocuiar con- junctiva of unusual size. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1906 xv 199, 1 pi.—Jimfinez LOpez (C.V PeHa Chavarria (A*.) & Ribon (V.) Epitehoma de la conjuntiva. Semana med Buenos Aires, 1922, xxix 133-135.-----------------'_ Epitelioma melanico de la conjuntiva. Ibid., 609-611 — Kenessey (A.) Carcinoma conjunctivae bulbi. Szemeszet Budapest, 1906, xliii, 3-16.—KopfT. Epithelioma volumi- neux de la conjonctive bulbaire. Bull, et mem. Soc. franc d'opht. Par, 1898, xvi, 147 156. Also [Abstr.]: Bull, med Par, 1898, xii, 450.—de-LItala (G.) Un caso di epitelioma della regione oculo-nasale guarito col jequiritv. Ann d ottal, Pavia, 1911, xl, 89-96—McBurney (M.) Diffuse (epibulbare und palpebrale) Karzinose der Konjunktiva Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1914, n. F, xviii 106-^ 115—Natanson(A.N.) Epithelioma papillartMonjun'tivtB bulbi. \ estnikoftalmol, Mosk, 1908, xxv, 125.— Ogilvv t V ) & Stephenson (S.) Epithelioma of conjuncma" Tr Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1903^1, xxiv, 214 216 — Polack(A.) Dermo-epithehomede la conjonctive bulbaire? Rec. d'opht. Par, 1908, 3. s, xxx, 174-178.—Risley (S. D ) & Shumway (E. A.) Carcinomatous degeneration of a papilloma of the conjunctiva with infiltration of the eyelids »nu\°Ph^'' S^' ^?xuis' 1901AX' 38*-393. Also, Reprint.- Rollet & Grand-Clement (L.) Gros epithelioma papilli- Conjunctiva (Cancer of). forme de la conjonctive. Lyon med, 1909, cxii, 734.— Scalinci (X.) Epitehoma primitivo della congiuntiva tarsea. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1901, xxx, 179-187,1 pi.—Schulek (v.) Carcinoma villosum keratodes ad limbum. Szemeszet Budapest, 1905, 305— Small (C. P.) Epithelioma of the conjunctiva. In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. rWood\ Chicago, 1914, iv, 3016.—Veasey (C. A.) Unusually large primary epithelioma of the ocular conjunctiva. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1920, 3. s, hi, 113-115.—Venneman (E.) Quelle est la nature du cancer meianique de la conjonctive? Arch, d'opht. Par, 1898, xviii, 365-376. Also: Bull, et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht. Par, 1898, xvi, 129-140.—Wescott (C. D.) Primarv carcinoma of the conjunctiva. Tr. West. Ophth, Otol. [etc.] Ass. Ophth. div, St. Louis, 1898, 111-113.— Wheatly (A.W.) A case of epithelioma of the conjunctiva; enucleation. Lancet, Lond, 1899, ii, 719.—Wolfram. Von beginnendem Karzinom der Conjunctiva bulbi. Ber. u. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch, Heidelb, 1911, Wiesb, 1912, xxxvii, 393-398. Conjunctiva (Degeneration of). Alflerl (A.) Un caso di totale degenerazione amiloide della congiuntiva con estesa partecipazione della cornea. Riv. ital. di ottal, Roma, 1908, iv, 3 ? — Alleman (L. A.W.) Amvloid degeneration of the conjunctiva. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1902, xi, 448-452, 1 pi.—Anderson (W.) Pem- phigus of the conjunctiva of both eves. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1903-4, xxiv, 19-^22—Ask (F.) [Amy- loid in the conjunctiva and tarsus.] Hosp.-Tid, Kdbenh, 1918, lxi, 284-286.—BaUaban (T.) Beitrag zur hyalinen Degeneration der Augapfelbindehant. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1905, Iii, 205-216.—Bentzen (C. F.) Amyloide De- generation der Konjunktiva. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1917, lix, 169.—Campos (E.I Degeneracao hyalina e amyloide da conjunctiva. Tribuna med, Rio de" Jan, 1917, xxiii, 2-4.—Cazaux (J.) La degenerescence de la conjonctive palpebrale et de la degenerescence colloide en particulier. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1912, xxxii, 472-193.— Colombo (G. L.) Contributo alio studio della degenera- zione ialina della congiuntiva. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1913, xiii, 21-32.—Deutschmann(F.) Das Plasmom, die hyaline und die amyloide Degeneration der Konjunktiva. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1912, xxvii, 242-247.—Guth (E.) Ein Fall von hvaliner Entartung der Bindehaut. Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh, Leipz, 1903. xxvii, 385-391.—Herbert (H.) Two cases of colloid (hyalin) degeneration of tarsus and con- junctiva. Roy. Lond. Ophth. Hosp. Rep, Lond, 1904-5, xvi, pt. 2, 135-140, 2 pi—Htlbner. Zur amyloiden Er- krankung der Bindehaut. Beitr. 1. Augenh, Hamb. A Leipz, 1899, Hft. xxxviii, 1-24.—Ischreyt (G.) Ueber hvaline Degeneration der Conjunctiva. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1906, liv, 400-119.—Ishihara (S.) Ein Beitrag zur Entwieklung der Amvloiddegeneration der Konjunktiva. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1913, n. F, xvi, 65-72.— Kolomlnsky (J. J.) Ein Fall von hyalin-amyloider De- generation der Konjunktiva. Ibid., "1912, ii, 559-565.— Lohlein. Amvloide Entartung der Conjunctiva. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Berl. & I^ipz, 1914, xl, 1799.—Xatanson (A. V.) [Amvloid degeneration of the conjunctiva.] Vestnik oftalmol, Mosk, 1904, xxi, 141. -----. [Second case of amyloid degeneration of the conjunctiva ana eyelids.] Ibid., 1908, xxv, 130.—de Poppen (A.) Degenerescence amvloide de la conjonctive et du cartilage tarsien. Ann. d'ocul," Par, 1913, el, 108-116.—van Romunde (L.) Degeneratieve veranderingen van de conjunctiva. Xederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1916, i, 1027.—Ruata (V.1 Sulla degene- razione amiloide della congiunth a. Arch, di ottal, Napoli, 1911-12, xix, 526-534.- -Kumszewici (K.) [Hyaline degene- ration of the conjunctiva 1 IV-t. okul, KrakVnv, 1906,'viii, 335-349: 1908, x, 72-79.—Sattler u\ H.) Uelxr amvloide und hyaline Entartung dor l!;n lihaut. Verhandl. d. Ge- sellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Konigsb, 1910, Leipz, 1911, Ixxxii, pt. 2, 302.-Mrlileck (F.) Ueber die Hvalin- und Amyloiderkrankung der Conjunctiva; ein Beitrag zur Lehre von dem lokalen Hyalin und Amvloid nebst Be- merkungen iiber die Beziehiingen des lokalen Amyloids zur allgemeinen AniyU>ido>e. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1907, lxvii, 119-148. Schulek (A.) Degeneratio amvloidea con- junctiva. Szemeszet, Budapest, 1905, 295.—Small (C. P.) Amyloid degeneration ofthe conjunctiva. In: Am. Encvcl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914. iv, 3002-3004.— Stelner (L.) Ein Fall von amyloider Degeneration der Bindehaut und des Tarsus bei einem Malaven. Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh.. Leipz, 1904. xxviii, 33-10— Telepneff (NT. A.) [Hyaline degeneration ofthe conjunctiva.] Vestnik oftalmol, Mosk.. 1907, xxxiv, 271-273.—Thilliez. Deg.'n.'- rescence adenoide de la conjonctive. Bull, et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht. Par, lS'.C, xv, 277-2S4.—Wandless (H. W.) Lymphoid degeneration of conjunctiva: a nonspecific theory of trachoma. X. York M. J. [etc.], 1911, xciii, 11-15. Also, Reprint—Wtlrdemann (H. V.) Papillomatous de- generation ofthe conjunctiva. Am. Ophth, St. Louis, 1902, xi, 659 -663.—Zeeimui (W. P. C.) Over hvaline en amvloiede ontaarding van het bindvhes. Nederl. Tijdschr. "v Ge- neesk, Amst, l'.ios, ii, 1079-1096, 1 pi. Conjunctiva (Diphtheria of). See Conjunctivitis (Diphtheritic). CONJUNCTIVA. 103 CONJUNCTIVA. Conjunctiva (Diseases of). Axenfeld (T.) Erkrankungen der Konjunktiva. Lehrb. d. Augenheilk, hrsg. v. Th. Axenfeld, Jena, 1909, 274-340 — Bakly. Three cases of streptothrix infection of the con- junctiva. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1921, xii, 521-525.—Barkan (H.) Herpes iris of the conjunctiva, with report of a case. Arch. Ophth, N. Y.. 1913, xiii, 236- 240.—Barnett (M. L. C.) Erythema multiforme with con- junctival involvement. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1915, xxxii, 144. Also: J. Missouri M. Ass, St. Louis, 1915, xii, 381.—Bayer (F.) Impetigo contagiosa der Bindehaut. Cor.-Bl. d. Ver. deutsch. Aerzte in Reichenberg, 1909, xxii, No. 9, 1.—Blanco. Conferencia prehminar al capitulo de patologla de la conjuntiva. Arch, de oftal. hispano-am, Madrid, 1904, iv, 80; 132.—Botteri (A.) Ein Tall von Sklerose der Plica semilunaris und des Tarsus mit Spiro- chaetenbefund. Khn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1909, xlvii, 425-428— Brooks (H. T.) Pathology of the con- junctiva. Post-Graduate, N. Y, 1907, xxii, 775-795 — Brown (S. H.) Herpes simplex affecting the palpebral and bulbar conjunctiva, simulating lues. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1914, xxxi, 129-131.—Burnett (S. M.) Diseases of the conjunctiva and sclera. Syst. Dis. Eye (Norris & Oliver), Phila, 1898, hi, 173-254, 2 pi.—Coats (G.) The structure of the membrane of Bruch, and its relation to the formation of colloid excrescences. Rov. I ond. Ophth. Hosp. Rep, Lond, 1904-5, xvi, pt. 2, 164-178, 2 pi.—Colburn (J. E.) Injuries, tumors and diseases of the conjunctiva. Clin. Rev, Chicago, 1901, xiv, 284; 362, 4 pi.—Collins (E. T.) Diseases of the lymphoid tissue of the conjunctiva. Rov. Lond. Ophth. Hosp. Rep, Lond, 1910, xviii, 1-23.— De Bono (F. P.) Sul vera significato nosologico delle cosidette concrezioni congiuntivali; studio clinico, istopato- logico e batteriologico. Atti d. r. Accad. d. sc. med. in Palermo (1901), 1902,57-100,1 pi.—DeFalco (A.) Patogenesi unica delle malattie vascolari, secretive e nodulari della congiuntiva e delle mucose vicine. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1904, xxxiii, 830-844, 7 pi.—Deutschmann (R.) Seltene Bindehauterkrankungen. Arch. f. Ophth, Berl, 1921, cv, 279-285.—Enslin. Ein Fall von Primaraffect der Bindehaut. Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult. 1902, Bresl.,1903, lxxx, med. Sect, 284.—Falchi (F.) Ophthalmia in the form of conjunctival patches. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1913, xlu, 383-394—Hamburger (J.) Heilung des Pannus mit dem Paquelin. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1901, li, 1953-1956 — Hardy (W. F.) & Lamb (H. D.) Essential shrinking of the conjunctiva, with a report of two cases. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. [etc.], St. Louis, 1917, xxii, 194-204.—Herbert (H.) A distinctive conjunctival papule. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1911-12, xxxii, 199-205, 3 pi.—Hiibner (W.) Der Lidspaltenfleck. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1897, xxxvi, 70-91, 3 pi.—Jackson (E.) Diseases of the con- junctiva. Progr. Med, Phila. & N. Y, 1899, ii, 367-381 — Kahn (D. L.) Diseases of the conjunctiva. Med. & Surg. Monitor, Indianap, 1905, viii, 16.5-168.—Knapp (P.) Expe- rimenteller Beitrag zur Ernahrung von Ratten mit kiinst- licher Nahrung und zum Zusammenhang von Ernahrungs- storungen mit Erkrankungen der Conjunctiva. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap, Berl, 1908, v, 147-169, 1 pi.— Koeppe (L.) Klinische Beobachtungen mit der Nernst- spaltlampe und dem Hornhautmikroskop; VI. Mitteilung. Ueber einige interessante Befunde in der Gegend des Lim- bus, seiner Nachbarschaft und der Conjunctiva bulbi im Bilde der Nernstspaltlampe. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1917, xciii, 275-29S, 1 pi—Kroner (F. A. W.) Auto-Artefact der Conjunctiva. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1909, lxiv, 148-150.— Leber (A.) Einschlusskrankheiten der Conjunctiva. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1913, xxxix, 1916.—Leber (A.) & von Prowazek (S.) Epithehosis des- quamativa der Siidsee. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1914, Ixxxvii, 534-540,2 pi.—Lerperger. Ein Fall von eigenartiger Erkrankung der Bindehaut und des vorderen Bulbusab* schnittes. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1913, xxx, 247.—Lister (W. T.) & Hancock (W. I.) Epithelial plaques of the conjunctiva. Roy. Lond. Ophth. Hosp. Rep, Lond, 1903, pt. 4, 346-351, 2 pi.—LOwenstein (A.) Das Luftemphysem der Lider und der Augenhohle. Khn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1916, lvii, 77-81.—Mackay (G.) A peculiar form of recurrent conjunctival nodule. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. King- dom, Lond, 1907, xxvii, 42.—Mannheimer-Gommes. Ereuthose emotive conjonctivale. Cong. d. med. alienistes et deneurol.de France . . . C.r, Proc.-verb. [etc.], Par, 1905, xv, pt. 2,311-314.—von Michel (J.) Clinical contributions to the knowledge of rare affections of the conjunctiva and skin of the lids. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1903, xxxii, 415-422, 2 pi.— Mohr(M.) [Diseasesoftheconjunctiva.] Gydgyaszat,Buda- pest 1911, li, 170; 189; 208.—Moissonnler. Varietes cliniques des localisations conjonctivales de 1'erytheme polymorphe. Clin, opht. Par, 1904, x, 342-345.—Moras (V.) Maladies de la conjonctive. Encycl. franc, d'opht. Par, 1906, v, 625- 908.—Neal (J. B.) Diseases of the conjunctiva as met with in Tsinan. China M. J, Shanghai, 1920, xxxiv, 475-478.— Pearson (A. C.) Chicken-pox eruption on the conjunctiva. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1903, i, 1492.—Possek (R.) Das Vor- kommen von Bindehauterkrankungen in Schulen. Mitt. d. Ver. d. Aerzte in Steiermark, Graz, 1909, xlvi, 213-219.— Ramsav (A. M.) Injuries and diseases of the conjunctiva. Edinb. M. J, 1900, n. s, vii, 113-124.—Rumszewicz (K.) [Spontaneous lymphatic infiltration of the conjunctiva.] Conjunctiva (Diseases of). Post, okul, Krakow, 1914, xvi, 9-22.—Sabrazes (J.) & Lafon (C.) Le chalazion, acne des glandes de Meibomius: histologie et pathogenie. Semaine med. Par, 1908, xxviii, 541-545.—Schiele (A.) Tritt das Ekzem der Konjunktiva nur als eine herdformige Erkrankung derselben auf? Welche Behandlung wirkt am gunstigsten. Wchnschr. f. Therap. u. Hyg. d. Auges, Dresd, 1904, vii, 39?, — Schlrmer (O.) Der Flussigkeitshaushalt im gesunden und imkranken Bindehautsack. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1908, lv, 545- 550.—Schmeichler (L.) Eine Secretionsanomalie der Meibom'schen Driisen. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1899, xlix, 793-795.—Schnaudigel (O.) Conjunctiva neuro-allergica. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1920, lxiv, 70-79 — Scholtz (K.) Gangran der Bindehaut. Ibid., 1910, xlviii, 62-67.—Shimanovski (A. F.) [Connection between the follicular diseases of the conjunctiva and naso-pharvnx.] Vestnik oftalmol, Mosk, 1906, xxiii, 591-597.—Silcock (A. Q.) On some affections of the conjunctiva. Clin. J, Lond, 1902, xx, 321-325.—Small (C. P.) Herpes iris of the conjunctiva. In: Am. Encvcl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, iv, 3026.—Story (J. B.), Stephenson (S.) [et al.}. Discussion on contagious diseases ofthe conjunctiva. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1918, xxxviii, 9-69 — Terrien (F.) Affections de la conjonctive. Medecin pract. Par, 1908, iv, 138; 166; 294; 327.—Terson (A.) Precedes modifies pour l'examen a ciel ouvert du cul-de-sac con- jonctival superieur. Paris med, 1918, xxix, 186-189 — Valude & Moras. Infiltration lympho'ide bilaterale de la conjonctive des culs-de-sac. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1902, exxvii, 190-194.—VoUert (R.) Ueber Erosio conjunctiva? infolge Eindringens einer Zilie in das obere Tranenrohrchen und uber latente Zihen im Tranenrohrchen. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1911, xlix, 509.—de Wecker (L.) Le caractere differentiel des granulations et des inflammations de la conjonctive. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1902, exxviii, 41-14.— Westhofl (C. H. A.) Pigmentation der Conjunctiva. Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh, Leipz, 1898, xxii, 24^.— Wolfram. Ueber die Einschlusserkrankungen der mensch- lichen Bindehaut. Ber.ii. d.Versamml.d.ophth. Gesellsch., Heidelb, 1910, Wiesb, 1911, xxxvi, 207-213.—Wood (C. A.) Conjunctival patches. In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1915, iv, 3038. Conjunctiva (Diseases of. Parasitic). Eberle (T.-A.) Contribution a l'etude du cysticerque sous-conjonctival. 8°. Bordeaux, 1902. Marly (G. F.) *Filaria loa; etude zoologique et clinique. 8°. Nancy, 1910. Bakly. Three cases of streptothrix infection of the con- junctiva. Bull. Ophthalmol. Soc. Egypt, Cairo, 1921, 49- 53.—Bailaban (T.) Molluscum contagiosum der Augapfel- bindehaut; ein Unicum. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1903, xlvii, 180-186, 1 pi.—Baumann (M.) Ueber einen Fall von Filaria loa. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1921, lxviii, 1118.—Begle(H. L.) Infestation with filaria loa; reportofa case of filaria beneath the conjunctiva and microfilaria? in the peripheral stream. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1921, lxxvi, 1301.—Billet (A.) Le filaire de l'oeil (filaria loa); un cas de filaire avec oedemes superficiels et intermittents, hemomicro- filairos et eosinophilic intense. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil. Par, 1907, xhx, 34-53.—Brunetiere. Actinomycose primitive de la conjonctive a forme pseudo-membraneuse. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1920,1, 459-461.—Burnier. Un cas de sporotrichose gommeuse hypodermique ulcereuse dis- seminee avec localisations conjonctivales. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1909, cxli, 344-347.—Capolongo (C.) Larve di dittero nei sacco conjiuntivale dell' uomo. Gior. d. Ass. napol. di med. e nat, Napoh, 1898, viii, 95-106.—Casalicchio (C.) Sopra un caso di tarve d'insetto rinvenute nelseno congiun- tivale. Ophthalmologica, Torino, 1909, i, 256-261, 1 pi.— Cavara (V.) Ueber eine aus der menschlichen Conjunctiva isolierte gramnegative Sarcine. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1912, lxvii, Orig, 113-124,1 pi.—Demi- cheri (L.) Actinomycose conjonctivale (granulations actinomveosiques). Arch, d'opht. Par, 1899, xix, 102-105, 1 pi.—Dessauer. Ueber Filaria diurna loa nut Demonstra- tionen. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1919, lxvi, 1430.—Dor. Un cas probable d'actinomveose de la conjonctive. Lvon med, 1903, c, 209.—Elliot (R. H.) A screw-worm beneath the conjunctiva. Indian M. Gaz, Calcutta, 1910, xlv, 300.— Elliot (R.H.)& Ingram (A. C.) A case of rhinosporidium kinealyi of the conjunctiva. Ophthalmoscope, Lond, 1912, x, 428-132.—Engelking (E.) Ueber Lichen scrofulosorum der Bindehaut. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1920, lxiv, 56-70.—Fischer (W.) Zur Kenntnis der Parasiten der Conjunctiva. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat, Jena, 1919, xxx, 226-228.—Gifford (S. R.) Leptothrix on the conjunctiva and in the Meibomian glands. J. Infect. Dis, Chicago, 1920, xxvii, 296-309— Hirsch (G.) Ein Faden- wurm der Augenbindehaut. Wchnschr. f. Therap. u. Hvg. d. Auges, Dresd, 1919-20, xxiii, 2.—Houghton (H. S.) Note upon filarial parasites from the conjunctival sac. China M. J, Shanghai, 1917, xxxi, 25.—Huffman (O. V.) & Wherry (W. B.) A description of four filaria loa from the same patient. Parasitology, Cambridge, 1911, iv, 7-18, l pi.—Joerss. Demodex s. Acarus folhculorum und seine CONJUNCTIVA. 104 CONJUNCTIVA. Conjunctiva (Diseases of, Parasitic). Beziehung zur Lidrandentziindung. Ber. d. oberhess. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u. Heilk.. Giessen, 1899-1902, xxxiii, US- DS.— Kiilerich. [A case of Ixodes (ticks) upon the con- junctiva,] Ugesk. f. Laeger, K0benh, 1918, lxxx, 1518.— Kuwahara (Y.) Ueber lebende Hirudineen im Binde- hautsack des menschlichen Auges. Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh, Leipz, 1903, xxvii, 262.—Lewis (J. C.) & Seddon (H. R.) Habronemic conjunctivitis. J. Comp. Path. & Therap, Edinb. & Lond, 1918, xxxi, 87-94.—Liegard & Landrieu. Un cas demvcose conjonctivale. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1911, cxlvi, 418-426.—Livon (J.) fils & Penaud. Un cas de filaria loa, avec cedemes intermittents, microfilaires dans le sang, Purine et la salive; eosinophihe marquee; etude de la filaire adulte et des ceufs; leur evolution; nais- sance des microfilaires et etude morphologique de ces para- sites embryonnaires. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1906, lxi, 510-512— McMurray (J. B.) Filaria loa. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. [etc.], St. Louis, 1917, xxii, 188-193.—Mag- nani (C.) Actinomicosi della congiuntiva. Cior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1904, 4. s, x, 53-58—Morax (V.) Primare Sporotrichose der Konjunktiva. Ber. ii. d. Ver- samml. d. ophth. Gesellsch, Heidelb, 1910, Wiesb, 1911, xxxvi, 330.—Navarrete (F.) & Mas y Magro (F.) Miasis de la conjuntiva producidas por larvas de Rhinoestrus nasalis (de Geer 1776). Rev. valenc. de cien. med, Valencia, 1916, xviii, 185-187. Also: Arch, de oftal. hispano-am, Barcel, 1917, xvii, 273.— O'DriscolKElizabeth J.) Observa- tionsuponacaseoffilarialoainfection. Lancet, Lond, 1921, i, 798-800.—Oreste(A.) Sporotricosi congiuntivale. Gazz. med. napolet, Napoli, 1919, ii, 326.— Pereyra(G.) Strepto- tricosi del la congiuntiva palpebrale. Sperimentale, Firenze, 1916 17, lxx, 697-727, 1 pi.-----. Ulteriore contributo alio studio della streptotricosi della congiuntiva. Arch, di ottal, Napoli, 1919, xxvi, 1-18, 2 pi.—Petit (P.) La filaire sous- conjonctivale (filaria loa). Bull.et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht. Par, 1911, xxviii, 331-339. Also: Rev. med. de Normandie, Rouen, 1911, 205-213.—Perez Bufill. Un caso de miasis queratoconjuntival debido al nnoestrus nasalis de Geer. Arch, de oftal. hispano-am, Barcel, 1918, xviii, 273-278.— Pichler (A.) Ein neuer Fall von Soorerkrankung der Bindehaut. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1900, iii, 669-675 — Posey (W. C.) Peculiar blastomycetoid organisms met in two cases of parasitic conjunctivitis. Proc. Path. Soc, Phila, 1909, n. s, xii, 45-60. Also: Univ. Penn. M. Bull, Phila, 1908-9, xxi, 258-261.—Riolacci. Cysticerque sous- conjonctival. Loire med, St.-Etienne, 1902, xxi, 272-275.— Sobhy (M.) A rare case of streptothrix infection of the conjuntiva (probably actinomveetic). Bull. Ophthalmol. Soc. Egypt, Cairo, 1915, 63-70.—Steinhard (H.) Ein Fall von Cvsticercus subconjunctivalis. Med. Klin, Berl, 1909, v, 126-128.—Terrien (F.) Cysticerque sous-conjonctival. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1904, xxiv, 431-437.—Turbert. Note clinique sur un cas de filaria loa; pluralite des parasites; exantheme ortie. Rev. de med. et d'hvg. trop. Par, 1906, iii, 64-69.—Tyrrell (E. J.) A case of filaria loa. Lancet, Lond, 1919, ii, 946.—Verhoeff. La conjonctivite de Pari- naud, maladie parasitaire due a un organisme filamenteux. Clin. Opht, Par, 1913, xix, 688.—Waddy (R. G.) Parasitic conjunctivitis (Phthirius pubis). Med. J. Australia, Syd- ney, 1922, i, 127.—Wood (C. A.) Conjunctival mvcosis. In: Am. Encvcl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago", 1915, iv, 3037.—Wright (R. E.) Rhinosporidium kinealyi of the conjunctiva. Indian M. Gaz, Calcutta, 1922, lvii, 6; 82. ■-----. Rhinosporidium kinealyi of the conjunctiva cured by tartaratcd antimony (tartar emetic), and notes on a case in which the lachrymal sac was affected by this sporozoon. Ibid., 81— Wurtz (R.) & Nattaw-Larrier (L.) Nouvelle observation de filaria loa. Rev. de mod. et d'hyg. tron , Par, 1907, iv, 63-71. Conjunctiva (Diseases of Treatment of). Bakrlloff. [Massage in chronic diseases of the conjunc- tiva.) Vestnik oftalmol., Kiev, 1903, xx, 438-412.—Bettre- mieux. Utilite et technique des grands lavages des cuis-dc- sac conjonctivaux avec une solution faible de permanganate de potasse. Clin, opht. Par, 1907, xiii, 316.—Bornemann (A.) Ueber die Beeinflussung des Keimgehaltes im Bindc- hautsacke durch Noviformsalbe. Klin. Monatsbl f Augenh, Stuttg, 1921, lxvi, 409-417.—Dalgn (A.) Ex- penmentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Dcsinfektion des Bindehautsackcs. Mitt. a. d. Augenklin. d. Carolin. med - chir. Inst, zu Stockholm, Jena, 1898, 33-125- Felg (J.) Ein neuer Apparat zur Behandlung der Erkrankungen der Bindehaut. Prag. med. Wchnschr, 1903, xxviii, 613 — Fridenberg (P.) Note on the use of tho actual cautery in Ivmphangiectasis of the conjunctiva. N. York Eye & Far Infirm. Rep, 1901, ix, 16-19—Herbert (II.) Perchloride irrigation of the conjunctiva; a bacteriological test. Oph- thalmoscope, Lond, 1906, iv, 614-681.—Horstmann. Die Behandlung der Bindehauterkrankungen des Auges Wien, 1900, ii, 53-59.-Lundsgaard"(k7tK". K.) Xieht- behandlung von Conjunctivalleidcn. Arch, f Ophth ht?th I90!' ^Vi'«-K,'-TTT- (Diseases "f the conjunctiva treated by light. Bibhot. f. Larger, K0benh, 1910, 8. R xi 133-168.-Macht (D. I.) The absorption of apomorphm' Conjunctiva (Diseases of, Treatment of). and morphin through the conjunctiva. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1917, lxviii, 1230—Maddox (E. E.) A device for conjunctivaltherapeusis. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1904, ii, 1750.— Mohr (M.) [Subconjunctival injections of salt solutions.] Gydgyaszat, Budapest, 1910,1, 642-645— Morgano (P.) II vasogene jodato in alcune forme di congiuntivite. Boll. d. ocul, Firenze, 1903, xxii, 1-8.—Pansier (P.) Le traitement electrolytique des vegetations conjonctivales. Arch, d'eiec- tric. med, Bordeaux, 1905, xiii, 691-694.—Peters (A.) Beitrage zur pathologischen Histologic der Conjunctiva. Compt. rend. Cong, internat. de med. 1897, Mosc, 1898, vi, sect. 11, 115-120.—Ponlzovski (N. P.) [Phocyanase in diseases of the conjunctiva.] Sibirsk. Vrach. Gaz, Irkutsk, 1913, vi, 31; 42.—Prince (A. E.) Frozen carbon-dioxide in the treatment of trachoma, vernal catarrh, and pterygium. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1916, xlv, 219-228.-Sattter (C. H.) Ueber die Wirkung von Anastheticis bei subconjunctivalen Injektionen. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1914, lxxxviii, 259- 276 —Small (C. P.) Grattage ofthe conjunctiva. In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, iv, 3022- 3025."—Standish (M.) Silver preparations in conjunctival disease. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1906-8, xi, 16-21, 1 pi. Also: Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1906, xv, 395-399.— Terrien (F.) Hvperhemie de la conjonctive; aspect clini- que; etiologie: traitement. Chnique, Par, 190fi, i, 376.— Thomson (R. L.) Two useful remedies in treatment of diseases of the conjunctiva. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1914, xxiii, 98.—Tschirkowskl (W.) Untersuchungen uber den Einfluss von Toxinen auf die tierische Conjunctiva bei Einbringung auf endogenem Wege. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1908, lxviii, 155-176.—Valentl (G.) Nuovo lrriga- tore del fornice congiuntivale superiore. Clin, ocul, Pa- lermo, 1902, hi, 1149-1152.—Williams (Anna W.) Causes and treatment of chronic conjunctival affections in child- hood. Am. J. Obst, N. Y, 1914, lxx, 155-157. Also: N. York State J. M, N. Y, 1914, xiv, 579-581.—Woodruff (H. W.) Subconjunctival injections. Texas State J. M, Fort Worth, 1914-15, x, 184-187. Conjunctiva (Eczema of). Colombo (G. L.) Sulla patogenesi della cherato-con- giuntivite eczematosa. Pensiero med, Milano, 1912, ii, 81-84. Also, transl., Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1912, ii, 610 613.—Cridland (A. B.) Eczematous Kerato- conjunctivitis. Brit. J. Ophth.. Lond, 1918, ii, 193-214 — Goldenburg (M.) The pathogenesis of ophthalmia ecze- matosa; a preliminary report. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1917, lxix, 104-107. Also, Reprint.-----. The patho- genesis of ophthalmia eczematosa lerz-Wetgandt. Pflanzliche 1< remdkorper in dor Bindehaut. Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh, Leipz.. 1919. xlm, 2n-J.-de Micas. Volumineux corps i Curioso cuerpo extrano de la conjuntiva palpebral. Cri'm. med.-quir. de fa Habana, 1915, xii, 151-153.—Roure. Deux cas de corps etrangers du CONJUNCTIVA. 105 CONJUNCTIVA. Conjunctiva (Foreign bodies in). cul-de-sac conjonctival superieur. Bull, de la Soc. med.- chir. de la Drome [etc.], Valence & Par, 1900, i, 9-11.— Santos Fernandez (J.) Los cuerpos extranos de la con- juntiva engafian algunas veces. Rev. cubana de oftal, Habana, 1920, ii, 746-74*.—Terrien (F.) Conduite a tenir en presence des corps etrangers de la conjonctive. Clinique, Par, 1906, i, 26.—Vermes (L.) [Case of foreign body causing granuloma of the conjunctiva, and case of pseudo- tuberculosis of the conjunctiva in children.] Orvosi hetil, Budapest 1910, liv, 416-419.—Wurdemann (H.V.) Foreign bodies in the conjunctiva. In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, iv, 3019. Conjunctiva (Hemorrhage from). Abbe (A. J.). A case of fatal hemorrhage from the con- junctiva. N. Am. J. Diagn. & Pract, St. Louis, 1899, ii, 88-93.—Bradburne (A. A.) A case of bi-lateral subcon- junctival hemorrhage apparently due to centrifugal force. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1915, xxiv, 355.—Buffum (J. H.) Fatal haemorrhage of the conjunctiva. Homceop. Eye, Ear & Throat J, N. Y, 1898, iv, 356-362.—Douvler. Conjoncti- vite hemorragique. Dauphine med, Grenoble, 1911, xxxv, 69-72.—Fernandez (F. M.) Bilateral subconjunctival hemorrhages. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1919, 3. s, ii, 340.— Hansen (H. F.) Case of hemorrhage from the conjunctiva in an infant. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1901, x, 63-65.—Hunt (E. H.) Notes on a case of double sub-conjunctival haemor- rhage caused by compression ofthe chest. St. Barth. Hosp. Rep. 1902, Lond, 1903, xxxviii, 179-182.—Kirifuchi. [Spon- taneous and almost fatal hemorrhages from the conjunctiva in the newborn (with remarks on Credo's method and gonorrheal conjunctivitis of the newborn).] Iji Shinbun, Tokyo, 1905, 337-342. Also: Nippon Gankwa Gakukwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1905, ix, 40-46.—Kohan (L.) Ein Fall von Konjunktivalblutung nicht traumatischen Ursprungs. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr, Wien, 1907, xiv, 1324.—de Micas. Les vraies et les fausses larmes de sang; etude clinique sur les hemorrhagies de la conjonctive. Rec. d'opht. Par, 1908, 3. s, xxx, 477-493. Also: Languedoc med.-chir, Toulouse, 1909, xvii, 59; 82.—Pierra (L.) Hemorragie spontanee de la conjonctive chez un nouveau-ne. Rev. mens, de gynec, d'obstet. et de pediat. Par, 1909, iv, 394-397.—Poulet. Guerison rapide des hemorragies sous-conjonctivales par le traitement chirurgical. Rev. de therap. med.-chir. Par, 1911, lxxviii, 547.—Rabinovich (G. A.) [Hemorrhage from the conjunctiva in a newborn.] Vestnik oftalmol, Mosk, 1905, xxh, 610.—Sulzer (D.) Hemorragie conjonctivale spontanee grave provenant d'une diathese hemorragique hereditaire, differente de Phemophilie. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1907, exxxvii, 397-400.—WaUis (G. F. C.) A note on spon- taneous haemorrhage from the conjunctiva. Ophthalmo- scope, Lond, 1916, xiv, 189-191.—Wiener (M.) Fatal haemorrhage from the conjunctiva in the new-born, with report of case. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1903, xx, 65-69. Also: St. Louis M. Rev, 1903, xlvii, 287.—Zimerman (F.) Ein Fall von Lymphektasia hsemorrhagica conjunctivae. Beitr. z. Augenh, Hamb. & Leipz, 1899, Hft. xxxvii, 19-26. Conjunctiva (Hypertrophy of). Blake (F. W.) An unusual case of hypertrophy of the palpebral conjunctiva. Ohio M. J, Columbus, 1909, v, 691-693.—Crampton (G. S.) A case of follicular hyper- plasia of the conjunctiva. Tr. Coll. Phys, Phila, 1914, xxxvi, 326.—Gallenga (C.) Ipertrofia congenita della plica semilunare con ectopia delle ghiandole della caruncola. Rendic. d. Ass. med.-chir. di Parma, 1901, ii, 197.—Oliver (C. A.) A clinical and histological study of a case of circum- corneal hypertrophy of the conjunctiva. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila, 1901, n. s, cxxi, 671-674.—Ribeiro da Silva. Caso rarissimo de hypertrophia exaggerada das conjunctivas palpebraes inferiores. Arch, brasil de med, Rio de Jan, 1914, iv, 657-659.—Rumschewitsch (K.) Zwei Falle von Hypertrophic der Plica semilunaris. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1902, xl, pt. 2, 109-113.—Shoemaker (W. T.) Hypertrophy of the conjunctiva. Tr. Coll. Phys, Phila, 1914, xxxvi, 325. Also: Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1915 xxiv, 340-342. Conjunctiva (Infection of). See Conjunctivitis (Bacteriology of)); Con- junctivitis (Contagious, etc., of). Conjunctiva (Lupus of). See Conjunctiva (Tuberculosis of). Conjunctiva (Lymphangioma of). See Conjunctiva (Angioma of). Conjunctiva (Lymphoma of). Bizard (B.-G.) *Le lymphome de la con- jonctive. 8 . Bordeaux, 1911. Baslini (C.) Contributo alio studio clinico e anatomico del linfoma della congiuntiva e del tarso. Boll. d. osp. oftal. d. prov. di Roma, 1907, v, 108. Also: Clin, ocul, Palermo, 1907, xiii, 2850-2853, 1 pi.—Coats (G.) Lym- phoma and lymphosarcoma of the conjunctiva. Arch. Conjunctiva (Lymphoma of). Ophth, N. Y, 1915, xliv, 23.5-245, I pi.—Cosmettatos (G. F.) Lymphom der Bindehaut. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1910, lxvii, 391-396.—Demaria (E. B.) Linfomas sime- tricos de ambas conjuntivas; su tratamiento por el radio. Arch, de oftal. hispano-am, Barcel, 1916, xvi, 473-476 — Frugiuele (E.) Sul linfadenoma della congiuntiva. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1902, xxxi, 692-694. Also: Gior. d. Ass. napol. di med. e nat, Napoli, 1902, xii, 273-286,1 pi.—Gold- zieher (W.) Ein Fall von hamorrhagischer Adenie mit symmetrischen Lymphomen der Bindehaut. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1907, lxvii, 71-77.—Kalt. Tissu adenoide du cul-de-sac conjonctival et lymphome. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1921, clviii, 455.—Meyer (O") Ein Fall von isolierten symmetrischen Lymphomen der oberen Uebergangsfalte. Arch. f. Augenh, Munch. & Wiesb, 1921, lxxxix, 156-164.— Puccioni. Linfoma della congiuntiva. Boll. d. osp. oftal. d. prov. di Roma, 1907, v, 114-117.—Sgrosso(E.) Sudiuna grossa cisti linfatica del lembo congiuntivale. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1902, xxxi, 539-544, 1 pi—Small (C. P.) Lymphoma ofthe conjunctiva. In: Am. Encvcl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, iv, 3042.—Van Duyse. Proliferation lymphomateuse hyaline de la conjonctive bulbaire droite; guerison par les rayons X: considerations sur quelques pseudoplasmes de la conjonctive. Arch. d'opht. Par, 1905, xxv, 402-421.—Werner (L.) Lym- phoma of the conjunctiva. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1903-4, xxiv, 24-30. Conjunctiva (Mycoses of). See Conjunctiva (Diseases of, Parasitic). Conjunctiva (Nsevus of). Alt (A.) Two cases of naevus of the conjunctiva bulbi. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1913, xxx, 294-299.—Bergmeister (R.) Ueber multiple Naevustumoren der Conjunctiva. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1912, Ixxxii, 543-576, 5 pi.—Capron (F. P.) Multiple melanotic nevi of conjunctiva, with malignant invasion of the corneal limbus. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Phila, 1915, xiv, pt. 1, 322-326.—Casolino (L.) Un caso di neo pigmentato della congiuntiva bulbare. Arch, di ottal, Napoli, 1913,-14 xxi, 90-96.—Foster (E. E.) Ueber unpigmentierten Naevus der Bindehaut. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1904, xiii, 525-541—Hirsch (C.) Der unpigmentirte Naevus der Augenbindehaut. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1900, iv, 25-33,1 pi.—Jaworski (A.) Ueber unpigmentierten Navus der Bindehaut und der Hornhaut. Khn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1911, xlix, 572-574.— Jendraiski (F.) Der Naevus conjunctivae ein Progono- blastom. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl, 1921, ccxxxiii, 226-234.—Landstrtim (J.) Ueber Naevus con- junctivae. Mitt. a. d. Augenkhn. d. Carolin. med.-chir. Inst, zu Stockholm, Jena, 1904, Hft. 5, 69-85, 1 1, 1 pi.— Macleod (C. G.) & D'Ombrain (E. A.) A case of non- pigmented naevus of the conjunctiva. Ophthalmoscope, Lond, 1910, viii, 14.—Moore (R. F.) A conjunctival pigmented mole of rapid growth. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1914-15, xxxv, 226— Pindikowski. . Ueber den Naevus pigmentosus cysticus der Bindehaut. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1900-1901, xiii, 296-300, 2 pi.— Pratt (E.JO Naevus of the conjunctiva, with subsequent exophthalmos. Tr. Homceop. M. Soc, N. Y, 1895, xxx, 229.—Ronne (H.) Naevus conjunctivae non pigmentosus. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1909, xlvii, 384-386. Also transl.: Hosp.-Tid, K0benh, 1909, 5 R, ii, 342 — Winterstelner. On naevus and sarcoma of the conjunctiva. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1898, xxvii, 556. Conjunctiva ((Edema of). Duane (A.) Angio-neurotic cedema of the conjunctiva. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1899, viii, 178.—Gutmann (A.) Isoliertes chronisches Oedem der unteren Bindehauthalfte eines Auges. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1921, xlvii, 565.—Roosa (D. B. St. J.) Baby with edema of the conjunctiva. Post-Graduate, N. Y, 1904, xix, 1030- 1032.—Small (C. P.) Chemosis of the conjunctiva. In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, iv, 3011.—Spicer (W. T. H.) GEdema ofthe conjunctiva, due to obstruction of the lymph streams. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1897-8, xviii, 106-111. Conjunctiva (Osteomaand Iceratoma of). Best. Ueber Verhornung des Bindehautepithels (Ty- loma conjunctivae). Beitr. z. Augenh, Hamb. & Leipz, 1898, Hft. 34, 1-7, 1 pi.—Bornancini (V.) Cheratosi con- genita dell' epitelio congiuntivale e corneale. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1910, xxxix, 190-196—Del Monte (A.) Corno della congiuntiva bulbare. Arch, di ottal.. Napoh, 1912-13, xx, 169-192.—Heustis (J. W.) Osteoma ofthe conjunctiva. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1899, viii, 18— Marchi (F. A.) Ossificazione della congiuntiva con degenerazione ialina, mteressante anche porzione della cornea; contributo ai fatti degenerativi epibulbari. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1908, xxxvii, 862-875, 1 pi.—Mohr (M.) & Schein (M.) Keratosis con- junctivae (Verhornung der Bindehaut). Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1899, xxxix, 231-236.—Schreiber. Demonstration eines teratoiden Osteoms der Konjunktiva. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch, Heidelb, 1911, Wiesb, 1912, xxxvii, 370-372.—Stock (W.) Ueber Verhornung des CONJUNCTIVA. 106 CONJUNCTIVA. Conjunctiva (Osteoma and keratoma of). Bindehautepithels. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1921, lxvi, 622-626—Vavulin (A.) [Formation of bone in the conjunctiva.) Vestnik oftalmol, Mosk, 1912, xxix, 829- 842. Conjunctiva (Parasites in). See Conjunctiva (Diseases of, Parasitic). Conjunctiva (Pemphigus of). Bunse (P.) *Ueber den Pemphigus der Bindehaut. 8°. Minden, 1909. Wollner (S.) *Ein Fall von Pemphigus con- junctivae. 8°. Erlangen, 190S. Adam (C.) Untersuchungen zur Pathologie des Pem- phigus conjunctivas. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1910, xxiii., 35-18, 2 pi.—Amberg (H.) Beitrag zur Kasuistik der Bindehautschrumpfung nach Pemphigus. Ibid., 1907, xvii, 417-424.—Bane (W. C) Pemphigus of the conjunctiva with report of a case. Colorado Med, Denver, 1909, vi, 243- 245.—Bellencontre (E.) Pemphigus oculaire. Bull, med. Par, 1898, xii, 451.-----. Pemphigus de la conjonctive. Bull, et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht. Par, 1898, xvi, 240-251. Also: J. d. mal. cutan. et Syph, Par, 1898, x, 401-409 — Bietti (A.) Un caso di pemflgo della congiuntiva. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1910, xxxix, 637-655. Also: Nei xxv anno d'insegn. univ. d. Prof. D. Barduzzi (1886-1910), Livorno, 1911, 37-54.—Bordley (J.) A case of pemphigus of the con- junctiva. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1913, xxii, 545.—Brown (S. H.) Pemphigus of the conjunctiva, with report of a case. Am. Ophth, St. Louis, 1904, xiii, 535-538.—Camp- bell (J. A.) Pemphigus conjunctivae; report of a case. J. Ophth, Otol. & Laryngol, Phila, 1922, xxvi, 14-17.— Chandler (H. B.) Pemphigus of the conjunctiva. Am. J. Dermat. & Genito-Urin. Dis, St. Louis, 1912, xvi, 197.— Cirinclone (S.) Contributo alio studio del pemflgo con- giuntivale. Chn. ocul.. Palermo, 1915, xvi, 281-295.—Clapp (C. A.) Pemphigus ol conjunctiva. Am. J. Ophth, Chi- cago, 1919, 3.S., ii, 289.—Conlon(F. A.) Essential shrinking ofthe conjunctiva occurring in acute and chronic pemphigus, with a report of two cases. Boston M. & S. J, 1917, clxxvii, 206.—Coppez (H.) Un cas de pemphigus de la conjonc- tive. Soc. beige de dermat. et de syph. Bull, Brux, 1901, i, 64-68. -----. Pseudopemphigus de la conjonctive. Soc. roy. d. sc. med. et nat. de Brux. Bull, 1903, lxi, 175- 180.—Eason (H. L.) Pemphigus of the conjunctiva. Polyclin, Lond, 1913, xvii, 56.—Heilborn (F.) Ueber einen Fall von Pemphigus conjunctivae und daraus erfolg- tem Symblepharon totale. Wchnschr. f. Therap. u. Hyg. d. Auges, Dresd, 1902-3, vi, 210.—Juler (H.) Pemphigus conjunctivae. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1899- 1900, xx, 60-62.—Koerber. Ein Fall von Pemphigus der Bindehaut. Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh, Leipz, 1905, xxix, 353 -356— von Marenholtz. Ein Beitrag zur Aetiolo- gie, Pathologie und Therapie des Pemphigus conjunctivae. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1912, xxviii, 550-553.—Marple (W. B.) Pemphigus ofthe conjunctiva. N. York Eye & Ear Infirm. Rep, 1900, viii, 17 25, 1 pi.—von Michel (J.) 1'cber Pemphigus der Bindehaut. Dermat. Ztschr, Berl, 1900, vii, 617-630. Also: Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1900, iii, 471-184.—Nielsen (J.) [Pemphigus conjunctivae.] Hosp.- Tid, K0benh, 1921, lxiv [Oftal. Selsk. Forh.], 5-7.—Or- mond (A. W.) Case of pemphigus of the conjunctiva fol- lowed by essential shrinkage of that membrane. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1912-13, vi, Ophthalmol. Sect, 19.— Pokrovski (A. I.) [Pemphigus of the conjunctiva and cornea.] Vestnik Oftalmol, Mosk.. 1914, xxxi, 723-725.— Rowland (W. D.) Pemphigus of the conjunctiva; case report. J. Ophth, Otol. & Laryngol, Phila, 1922, xxvi, 6-14,1 pi.—Sachsalber. Fall von Pemphigus conjunctiva?. Verhandl. d. deutsch. dermat. Gesellsch. 1895, Wien & Leipz, 1896, v, 81-83.—de St -Martin. Pemphigus de la conjonctive et herodo-syphilis. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1921, clviii, 338-349.—Salva. Le pemphigus de la conjonctive. Dauphine med, Grenoble, 1903, xxvii, 268-278. Also: Clin, opht. Par, 1904, x, 235; 255.—Schiller (V.) [Pemphi- gus of conjunctiva (presentation of patients).] Szemeszet, Budapest, 1910, xlvii, 58-64.—Shumway (E. A.) Pemphi- fus of the conjunctiva. Ophth, Rec, Chicago, 1910, xix, 36.—Silcock (A. Q.) Pemphigus or essential shrinking of the conjunctiva. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1x96-7, xvii, 1-7.—Small (C. P.) Pemphigus of the con- junctiva. In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chi- cago, 1914, iv, 3050-3054.—Stleren (E.) Pemphigus of the conjunctiva; report of two cases. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Phila, 1915, xiv, pt. 1, 302-312, 1 pi. Also: Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1915, xxiv, 493-501.—Umeda (K.) Ueber Pemphi- gus conjunctivae. Ztschr. f. Mil.-Aerzte, Tokyo, 1918, 9.— Weidler (W. B.) Pemphigus of the conjunctiva. J. Cutan. Dis.incl. Syph, N.Y, 1911, xxix, 400-402.-----. Pemphigus ofthe conjunctiva; report of acase with microscopic findings. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1912, lix, 1016-1020—Wernicke (O.) Un caso de penfigo de la conjuntiva. An. d. Circ. m6d. argent, Buenos Aires, 1896, xix, 627-634.—Wood (I). J.) Conjunctival pemphigus. Brit. J. Ophth, Lond, 1921, v, 123. Conjunctiva (Pigmentation of). Capdeville (P.-J.-J.) *( ontribution a l'etude de la melanose conjonctivale. 8°. Bordeaux, 1911. Marchi (F. A.) Pigmentazioni normali e pa- tol ogiehe della congiuntiva. fol. Cagliari, 1912. Beauvieux & Muratet. La melanose conjonctivale, naevus pigmentaire de la conjonctivite (etude anatomo- pathologique et pathogenique). Arch, d'opht. Par, 1913, xxxiii, 620-631.—Brav (A.) A case of bluish discoloration of the conjunctiva from an indelible pencil. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, lxxxix, 24. Also, Reprint.—Coppez (H.) Nature et mode de formation des taches melaniques con- jonctivales accompagnant les tumeurs melaniques de la conjonctive. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1907, xxvii, 67-76. -Cross (F. R.) Pigmented growth of conjunctiva. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1912-13, vi. Ophthalmol. Sect, 103.— Fischer (E.) Ueber Pigment in der menschlichen Con- junctiva. Anat. Anz, Jena, 1905, xxvii, Ergnzngshft, 140- 144— Ktisel. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Pigmentfiecke in der Bindehaut des Menschen. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1907, xlv, 65-71.—Lister (W.T.) Pigmented growth of the conjunctiva. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1911-12, xxxii, 113.—Randolph (R. L.) Melanosis of the conjunctiva; report of a case. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Phila, 1914, xiii, pt. 3, 703-705. Also: Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1915, xxiv, 20-22.—Steiner (L.) Ueber das Vorkommen von Pigment in der Conjunctiva der Malaver. Geneesk.Tijdschr. v. Nederl. Indie, Batav, 1893, xxxiii, 66-72. -----. Les taches pigmentaires de la conjonctive. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1906, ex xxv, 466-175.-----. Pigmentfiecke und Pigmentge- schwulste der Bindehaut bei verschiedenen Rassen. Kim. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1913, n. F, xvi, 534-536.— Terotoli (G.) Neo cistico pigmentato della congiuntiva bulbare. (Contributo clinico ed anatomo-patologico.) Gior. di ocul, Napoli, 1922, iii, 1-10.—Ulbrich (H.) Die natiirlichen Pigmentfiecke und die Pigmenttumoren der Bindehaut. Ztschr. f. Heilk, Wien & Leipz, 1904, xxv, 260-302.—Westhoff (C. H. A.) Pigmentatie der conjunctiva. Med. Weekbl, Amst., 1898-9, v, 211.—Zimmermann (W.) Beitrag zur Histologic der Melanosis conjunctivae. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1920, lxv, 898-903. Conjunctiva (Plastic surgery of). Auberge (A.-A.) *I)e la refection des culs- de-sac de l'ceil par les grel'fes de Reverdin- Thiersch. 8°. Paris, 1916. Cammin (O.) *Ueber die therapeutische Verwendung gestielter Bindehautlappen. 8°. Greifswald, 1904. Cohn (R.) *Ueber 200 Falle von Bindehaut- verwertung. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1900. Goldschmidt (J.) *Beitrag zur Klinik und pathologischen Anatomie der Bindehauttrans- plantation. 8°. Freiburg i. Br.. 1908. Hartmann (F.) *Weitere Mitteilungen iiber Bindehauttransplantation. 8°. Tubingen, 1904. Hildebrand (P.) *Zur Klinik und patho- logischen Histologie der Oonjunktivaltransplan- tation. 8°. Greifswald, 1902. Kahlweiss (P.) *Zur Casuistik der Binde- hautverwertung. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1905. Krevet (B.) *Der Wert der Bindehaut- deckung bei perforierenden Bulbusverletzungen und Cornealgeschwiiren nach Literatur und Material der Giessener Augenklinik. [(iiessen.j 8°. Langensalza, 1912. Kuhnt (H.) Ueber die Yorwertbarkeit der Bindehaut in der praktischen und operativen Augenheilkunde. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1898. Preiss (J. H. M. H.) *Die Bindehautplastik nach Kuhnt in 30 Fallen. 8°. Bonn, 1911. Ratner (Chana). *Ueber die Resultate der Bindehautplastik nach Kuhnt in 34 Fallen. 8°. Strassburg, 1911. Axenfeld (T.) Plastische Wiederherstellung des ganzen Conjunctivalsacks bei Symblepharon et Ankyloblepharon cicatriceum totale. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1900, Leipz, 1901, lxxii, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte, 207— Bettl (L.) Un metodo pratieo ed eilieaee per la disinfezione preoperatoria della congiuntiva. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1914, xliii, 632-653.—Charles (J. W.) A modification of the scissors operation for slitting the lower canaliculus. Ann Ophth, St. Louis, 1910, xix, 460-463.—Cramer (E.) Wieder- herstellung der zerstorten Bindehautsacke beider Augen durch Stentsplastik. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1919-20, xiii CONJUNCTIVA. 107 CONJUNCTIVA. Conjunctiva (Plastic surgery of). 116-122.—Feigenbaum (A.) Die Tarsektomie und ihr Heilwert bei 1 rachom und Trichiasis. Klin. Monatsbl f Augenh, Stuttg, 1921, lxvi 600-«05.—Gamble (W. E.) Recent progress in surgery of the conjunctival sac. Surg. Gynec. & Obst, Chicago, 1907, iv, 161-164.—Kalt. Anti- sepsie preoperatoire de la conjonctive. Bull, et mem. Soc franc, d'opht. Par, 1897, xv, 272-275.—Kestenbaum (A.) Primare Plastik bei partieller Veratzung der Bindehaut. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1918, lxviii, 1538.—Kiehle (F. A.) Phlegmon of the conjunctiva following operation. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1921 3. s,iv, 881-883,1 pi.—Kleczkowski (F.) Application de la suture continue dans l'operation de resection du "fornix conjunctivae." Clin, opht. Par, 1922 xxvi; 250-254.—Knappsteln (A.) Ueber die Bildung des Konjunktivalsackes durch ungestielte Lappen mit Hilfe interimistischer Prothesen bei ganzlichem oder teilweisem Verlust der Bindehaut. Zentralbl. f. innere Med, Leipz, 1920, xii, 753-756.—Kohne (W.) Ueber eine neue Methode der Symblepharon-Operation. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1900, Leipz, 1901. lxxii, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte, 211-214— Lowenstein (A.) Zungenlormiger Lap- pen mit seitlichen Entspannungsnahten bei der Kuhntschen Bindehautplastik. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1917, Orig, xxxviii, 190-191.—Macnab (A.) An operation for the ex- cision of the conjunctival sac and lid margins. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1913, xxxiii, 50-55.—Mann R. H. T.) The conjunctival flap. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis xl, 524.—Meighan (T. S.) Conjunctival trans- plantation to remedy the cicatricial deformity following the removal of a pterygium. Tr. Glasg. Path. & Clin. Soc, 1900-1901, viii, 108.—Mohr (M.) [Thiersch trans- plantation in the conjunctiva.] Orvosi heti szemle, Buda- pest, 1904, xxxvi, 341.—Muller (L.) Ueber Plastik des Bindehautsackes. Wien. Klin. Wchnschr, 1916, xxix, 241.—Murray (W. R.) A case of pseudo-pterygium and symblepharon relieved by the use of Thiersch grafts. J. Minn. M. Ass. [etc.], Minneap, 1906, xxvi, 122.—O'Connor (R.) A buried knot conjunctival suture. Ophth. Rec, Lond, 1916, xxv, 125.—Pagenstecher (A. H.) Zur Ge- schichte der Bindehautplastik. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1919, lxiii, 221.—Pichler (A.) Zur Naht zarter Epidermislappen. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1917, Orig., xxxviii, 202.—Relss (P. L.) Suture ofthe conjunctiva; its further indication. N. Orl. M. & S. J, 1897-8, 1, 595-597 — Scheflels (O.) Ein Beitrag zur Frage der Leistungsfahigkeit der Kuhnt'schen Methode der Bindehautiiberpflanzung. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1901, xxxix, 751-755- -----. Zur Prioritatsfrage betreffs der Kuhntschen Binde- hautplastik. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1913, xxix, 299.— Suker (G. F.) Kuhnt's conjunctival flap; Schoeller- Kuhnt's conjunctival graft. Ophthalmol, Milwaukee 1904-5,1,650-656. Also, Reprint.—Tenner (A. S.) Resec- tion ofthe tarsus and conjunctiva (combined excision) with new instruments; a review of three hundred cases. N York M. J. [etc.], 1921, cxiii, 454-456. Conjunctiva (Pterygium of). See Pterygium. Conjunctiva (Syphilis of). Baer (G.) *Ueber Primaraffekte an der Kon- junktiva mit Iridocyklitis, Chorioiditis, Neuritis optica und Keratitis parenchymatosa desselben Auges. 8°. Kiel, 1912. Antonelll (A.) Plaque muqueuse de la conjonctive limbaire; la syphilis secondaire de la conjonctive. Ann d mal. v6n. Par, 1909, iv, 721-731, 1 pi.—Aubaret & Prln- gault. Syphilis gommeuse de la conjonctive bulbaire de forme rare; episcierite gommeuse diffuse; chemosis eiephan- tiasique. Marseille med, 1914, li, 488-492.—Campos (E.) Um caso de syphilide ulcerosa da conjunctiva. Arch. brasil. de med, Rio de Jan, 1911, i, 990.—Capelllni (C.) Sul condiloma della congiuntiva. Rendic. d. Ass. med - chir. di Parma, 1902, hi, 243-246.—Carpenter (E. W.) Chancre of the bulbar conjunctiva. South. M. J, Birming- ham, 1917, x, 695-697.—Gilbert (W.) Die syphilitische Lymphomatose der Bindehaut mit Membranbildung. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl.; 1917, Orig, xxxviii, 152-155 — Glunta (F.) Un caso di sifiloma primario della congiuntiva del cul di sacco esterno. Progresso oftal, Palermo, 1907-8 iii, 77-87.—Glzhdeu (L. N.) [Gumma ofthe conjunctiva of the upper eyelid.] Vestnik oftalmol, Mosk., 1907, xxiv, 582-584.—Gnscom (J. M.) Conjunctival scars from in- herited lues. Tr. Coll. Phys, Philadelphia, 1918, 258. Also: Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1919, 3. s, ii, 290.—Kubik (J.) Ueber Spirochatenkonjunktivitis bei kongenital-lueti- schen Neugeborenen. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1921, lxvi, 69-71.—Le Roy des Barres. Syphilis vegetante de la conjonctive palpebrale. Bull. Soc. med.-chir. de l'Indo-Chine, Hanoi & Haiphong, 1913, iv, 161, 2 pi.—Luz- zatl (A.) Sifiloma primario della congiuntiva bulbare. Ann. di med. nav, Roma, 1913. xix, 601-607.—Maderna (C.) Sifilosclerosi della congiuntiva. Med. prat, Napoli, 1920, v, 13-17.—Mathewson (G. H.) Primary syphilis of the conjunctiva. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1915, xxiv, 342- 344.—Maxey (E. E.) Primary syphilis of palpebral con- Conjunctiva (Syphilis of). junctiva. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1918, 3. s, i, 13-17.— Nishikawa (Y.) On a case of gummatous growth of the conjunctiva. Sei-i-Kwai M. J, Tokyo, 1911, xxx, No. 2— Pannunzlo (M.) Silifoma inicial de la conjuntiva palpe- bral. Semana med, Buenos Aires, 1913, xx, pt. 2„959-961.— Pons y Marqufis. Un caso de chancro sifilitico de la con- juntiva bulbar. Arch, de oftal. hispano-am, Barcel, 1913, xiii 1-3.—Pusey (B.) Involvement of the cornea and bulbar conjunctiva in the secondary stage of syphilis. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1907, xlix, 828.—Snitovski (V. F.) [Rare case of primary, sclerosis of the conjunctiva of the upper eyelid and its treatment by the new Ehrlich-Hata antisyphilitic remedy.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb, 1910, ix, 1213.—Spataro (R.) Sifilomi primitivi della congiuntiva e delle palpebre. Clin, ocul, Palermo, 1907, viS, 2933- 2944.—Spratt (C. N.) Primary lues of the bulbar con- junctiva. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1913, lxi, 1179-1183. Also: Papers Sect. Ophth. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1913, 273- 286.—Wood (C. A.) Chancre of the conjunctiva. In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, iv, 3078-3086. Conjunctiva (Transplantation of). See Conjunctiva (Plastic surgery of). Conjunctiva (Tuberculosis of). Ayraud (G.-E.) *La tuberculose conjoncti- vale primitive; etude clinique. 8°. Bordeaux, 1900. Bode (H.) *Ueber primare Conjunctivaltu- berkulose. 8°. Tubingen, 1899. Meyr (A.) *Ein Fall von Tuberkulose der Bindehaut des Oberlids. 8°. Miinchen, 1911. Remmlinger (H.) Zur Casuistik der Tuber- kulose der Bindehaut. 8°. Giessen, 1898. Perie (E.) *Tuberculose de la conjonctive. 8°. Lyon, 1900. Adam (C.) & Watzold. Ueber Conjunctivitis tuber- culosa (Parinaudsche Erkrankung). Arch. f. Ophth Leipz, 1912, lxxxi, 228-237,1 pi.—Armaignac (H.) Tuber- culose primitive de la conjonctive palpebrale et de la caron- cule suivie de tuberculose pulmonaire et laryngee; mort. Bull, et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht. Par, 1897, xv, 151-162, 1 pi.—Aubineau. Tuberculose de la conjonctive a forme vegetante. Rec. d'opht. Par, 1907, 3. s, xxix, 80-84.— Auraud (G.-E.) Tuberculose du repli semi-Junaire de la conjonctive. Lyon med, 1908, ex, 1097.-----. Primary tuberculosis of the conjunctiva. Internat. Clin, Phila 1918, 28. s, ii, 209-218.—Basterra. Tuberculosis primitiva y bilateral de la conjuntiva. Rev. de med. y cirug. prrict, Madrid, 1918, cxxi, 52.—Berry (G. A.) Primary acute miliary tuberculosis of the conjunctiva. Edinb. M. J, 1903 n. s, xiii, 415-420.—Birch-Hirschfeld (A.) & Hausmann (W.) Drei Falle von Conjunctival-Tuberculose. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1900, xxxviii, 634; 731.— Bordley (J.) Tuberculosis of the conjunctiva. Ophth Rec, Chicago, 1902, xi, 368-373, 1.—Burtseff (N. I.) [Tuberculosis of the conjunctiva, cornea, and lachrymal sac] Vestnik oftalmol, Mosk, 1907, xxiv, 572-576.— Cabannes. Tuberculose primitive de la conjonctive et ses consequences; la conjonctive, porte d'entree de la tuber- culose (etude clinique). Arch, d'opht. Par, 1906, xxvi, 1-9.—Cargill (L. V.) Tuberculosis of the palpebral con- junctiva and lachrymal sac, associated with naso-pharyngeal tuberculosis. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond 1899- 1900, xx, 48-57, 1 pi, 11.—Casali (A.) La tubercolosi della congiuntiva. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1908, xxxvii, 211- 531- 740; 912: 1909, xxxviii, 3: 1910, xl, 279-282, 4 pi. Also, R&- print.—Castresana (B.) Tuberculosis de la conjuntiva Rev. de med. y cirug. pract, Madrid, 1908, lxxix, 50-57 — ChevaUereau & Chaillous (J.) Tuberculose conjonctivale d'apparence sarcomateuse. Bull, et mem. Soc. franc d'opht. Par, 1904, xxi, 260-263.—Cohen. Tuberculosis of the conjunctiva. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1919, xlviii, 96 — Coover (D. H.) Tuberculosis of the conjunctiva- not Parinaud's conjunctivitis. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1917 xxvi, 361.-----. Tuberculosis of the conjunctiva. Am j' Ophth, Chicago, 1920, n.s,iii, 206—Danes!(G.) Un caso di tubercolosi della congiuntiva. Ann. di ottal, Pavia 1913 xiii, 51-54.—DauthuUe (A.) & Arnould (J.) Tuberculose de la conjonctive. Gaz. d. prat, Lille, 1913, xx, 243- 254 — De Berardinis (D.) Tubercolosi della congiuntiva.' Ann di ottal, Pavia, 1901, xxx, 477-487, 1 pi.—Eyre (J. W H ) Tuberculosis of the conjunctiva. Tr. Ophth. Soc U King- dom, Lond, 1896-7, xvii, 8-24, 1 1, 1 pi._____. Tuber- culosis of the conjunctiva. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1900 xxix 12-27, 2 pi. ——. The Hunterian lecture on tuberculosis of the conjunctiva; its etiology, pathology and diagnosis Lancet, Lond, 1912, i; 1319-1328.-Fage. Tuberculose secondaire de la conjonctive. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1908 cxl 22-26. Also: Bull, et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht. Par 'l908' xxv, 361-367.-Fainitski (P. K.) [Tuberculosis of the ocular conjunctiva treated with tuberculin.] Vestnik oftalmol, Mosk, 1910, xxvii, 278-300.—Fergus (A F ) CONJUNCTIVA. 108 CONJUNCTIVA. Conjunctiva (Tuberculosis of). Case of tuberculosis of the conjunctiva with report on the pathology, bv W. B. I. Pollock. Ophth. Rev, Lond, 1906, xxv, 33-36.—Friede (R.) I'eher Tuberkulide der Con- junctiva bulbi. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg, 1920, lxiv, 45-56.—Fromaget (H.) Tuberculose miliaire primi- tive de la conjonctive bulbaire. J. de m«'d. de Bordeaux, 1913, xliii, 251-253.^GaIlemaerts. Tuberculose de la con- jonctive bulbaire. Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg, Brux, 1906, 4. s, xx, 949-958.---—. Tuberculose de la conjonctive bulbaire. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1919, clvi, 295 297.—Gourfein (D.) Les differentes formes cliniques de la tuberculose conjonctivale primitive: leurs complications et leurpronostic. Bull.et mem. Soc.franc, d'opht.. Par, 1906, xxiii, 268-276.-----. Conjonctivite pseudo-membraneuse d'origine tuberculeuse. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1912, xxxu, 693-698.—Hansell (H. F.) A case of tuberculosis of the conjunctiva. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1901, x, 398-402. -----. A case of acute double miliarv tuberculosis of the conjunctiva. N. York M. J. [etc.|, 1908, Ixxxvii, 500 — Heinersdorff (H.) Conjunctivaltuberculose unter dem Bilde von Trachom. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1898, xxxvi, 187-195.—Henderson (F. L.) A case of tuber- culosis ofthe conjunctiva. Tr. Missouri M. Ass, St. Louis, 1903, 383-391.—Jackson (E.) Tuberculosis of the con- junctiva. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1903, x, 146-150, 1 pi. Also: Ophth. Rec. Chicago, 1903, xii, 417-420, 1 pi — Janner (I.) Tuberculosis conjunctivae. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg, 1901, xlvi, 349.—Kalt. Tuberculose conjonctivale propagee au corps ciliaire: generalisation tuberculeuse- Bull, et mem. Soc. franc- d'opht. Par., 1906, xxiii, 284- 2S8.—Ktthne (W.) Zur Klinik der Bindehauttuberkulose. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg., 1919, lxiii, 516-527.— Kramer (R.) Das Tuborkulom der Conjunctiva bulbi und seine diagnostischen Schwierigkeiten. Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl, 1909, xxi, 440-146: xxii, 54— Lafon (C.) Le tuber- culome epibulbaire (gomme tuberculeuse de la conjonctive bulbaire). Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1908, cxl, 108-127.-----. Le tuberculome de la conjonctive palpebrale (tuberculose a forme nebplasique). Ibid., 1911, cxliv, 241-257.—Libby (G. F.) Tuberculosis of the bulbar conjunctiva. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Phila, 1914, xiii, pt. 3, 784. 1 pi. Also: Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1914, xxiii, 642-648,1 pi. Also, Reprint.— Lundsgaard (K. K. K.) Behandlung (Lichtbehandlung) von Lupus conjunctivae. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1906, xlv, 191-213. Also: Mitt. a. Finsens med. Lysinst. in Kopenh, Jena, 1906, 10. Hft, 75-106.-----. Conjunetivaltuberkulosens Pathogenese. Hosp.-Tid, K6- benh, 1916, 5. R, ix, 19-23.-----. Die sogenannte primare Konjunktivaltuberkulose und die Konjunktivaltuberkulose bei Lupuspatienten. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg , 1915, n. F, xx, 97-104. Ateo, transl.: Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1916. xxxiii, 54-59.—Marin Amat (M.) Tuberculo primitivo de la conjuntiva bulbar seguido de tuberculosis pulmonar sub-aguda y de muerte. Rev. cuhana de oftal, Habana, 1921, iii, 419-431.-Mathey-Serebroff ( Mme Eugenie). Contribution a l'etude de la tuberculose primi- tive de la conjonctive. Rev. mfd.de la Suisse Rom Geneve 1912, xxxii, 626-64I.-Meyer (W. L.) Lupus der Conjunc- tiva. Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vatorl Cult 1897 BresI, 1S98, lxxv, l. Abt, Med. Sect is —___ Tuber culose der Conjunctiva. Ibid., IS99, Brest, 1900. lxxvii 1. Abt, med Sect 67-69.- Mollcrs (It.) Ueber den Tvpus der Tuberkelbazillen bei l'armaud>cher Erkrankung (Con- junctivitis tuberculosa). 1 >eut -che mod. Wchnschr Leinz & Berl, 1912. xxxviii, 20Vi. j/v„ ■ Veri'.tfentJ. d. r! Koch- btift. z. Bekampf. d.'I ulxrk, I.oipz., 1913, lift 4 48-54 — Molssonnler. Tuberculose primitive de la conjonctive Ann. d'ocul. Par, 190'.. cx\\i\. 210 217.—Musy (T ) Un cas de tuberculose de la conjonctive causee par le bacille du typebovin. Also: 1918,clv, 144-1 in.- NeameCH ) Tuber- culosis of conjunctiva of right eve. 1'n.c. Rov Soc Med Lond, 1921-22, xv, Sect. Ophthalmol , 4.-Opln. Tuber- culose de la conjonctive bulbaire. Arch, d'opht Par 19r> xxxu, 538-549—Ormond (A. W) ,v Kvro (I W H ) \ case of tuberculosis of the palpi■braf conjunctiva Tr Ophth. Soc U. Kingdom, Lond., 1908, xxviii, 2fr-30 — Patterson (J. A.) Tubercle of the conjunctiva \nn Ophth, St. Louis, 1917, xxvi 76-7\ 1 pl. Also- \m j' Ophth, Chicago, 1919, 3. s, ii, 679.—Pegoraro (P R) tubercolosi della congiuntiva oculo-palpebralc Ann di ottal, Roma, 1902, xxxi, 733-736: 1903. xxxii, 916-935. Also■ Arch, di ottal, Palermo, 1902-3, x, 247-269.—Peter (L C ) Tuberculosis of conjunctiva and sclera, following removal of a pigmented papilloma of the conjunctiva. Vrch Onhth NY, 1912, xii; 240-214.-Prisco (A.) Sul tuberculoma della congiuntiva. Arch, di ottal, Napoli IQU-15 „;; 281 294—Puccioni (G.) Tubercolosi primitiva della con- giuntiva bulbare. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1902 xxxi 348- 359— Purtscher (A.) Ueber das Verhiiltnis der Tuberku- lose der Bindehaut zur Parinaudschen Konjunktivitis. Ztschr-[-Augenh, Berl, 1921, xlvi, 187-198.-Relmar (M ) Zwei Falle von Conjunctivaltuberculose. Klin. Monatsbl f. Augenh, Stuttg 1900, xxxviii, 83-96—Reis (W.) Pri- mare Tuberkulose der Conjunctiva bulbi. Ibid 1907 xlv -. Sogenanntes Tuberkulom der Conjunctiva 158-170. Conjunctiva (Tuberculosis of). bulbi. Sitzungsb. d. naturh. Ver. d. preuss. Rheinl. u- Westphal, Bonn, 1911-12, s. B, 47-49—Roland! (S.) Granuloma tubercolare della congiuntiva. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1915, xhv, 26-32.—Rollet. Tarso-conjonctivite ve- getante: tuberculose bilaU'rale. Lyon m«d, 1907, cix, 37- 39.—Schenck (E.) Leber die diagnostische Bedeutung der Conjunktivalreaktion bei Tuberkulose (Ophthalmoreak- tion). Deutsche med. Wchnschr.. Leipz. & Berl, 1908, xxxiv, 52-56—Shoemaker (W. T.) A case of tuberculosis of the conjunctiva. Tr. Coll. Phys.. Phila.. 1914, xxxvi, 304. Also: N. York M. J. [etc], 1914, c, S0->-*0l—Small (C. P.) Tuberculosis of the conjunctiva. In: Am. Encvcl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, iv, 3062-306s.— Stephenson fS.) Tuberculosis of the conjunctiva. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child, Lond, 1901-2, ii, 31-34: 1902-3, hi, 50-54.—Stern (J.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der "abge- schwachten Tuberkulose" der Bindehaut (Conjunctivitis Parinaud). Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh, Leipz, 1912, xxxvi, 321-329—Sulzer. Lvmphome et tuberculose. Rec. d'opht. Par, 1907, 3. s, xxix, 70-73.—Thompson (J. J.) Report of a case of primary tuberculosis of the con- junctiva. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1906, xv, 76 —Torok (E.) Primary tuberculosis of the conjunctiva. Am. Med, Burlington, Vt, & N. Y, 1909, n. s, iv, 157.—Uhthoff < W.) Bemerkungen zur Scrophulose und Tuberculose nebst einem Beitrag zur Tuberculose der Conjunctiva. Berl. klin. Wchnschr.. 1900, xxxvii, 1145-114S1. -----. Ein Fall von Tuberculose der Konjunktiva des oberen Lides, kom- biniert mit Lvmphangiombildune. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1916, lvii, 8-14— Verderame(F.) .Tuber- colosi della congiuntiva bul' ire sotto I'aspetto clinico di '■congiuntivite tiittenulare fue-:ne.'' Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1914, xliii, 2*9-327. — Verwe> \ v.) Een vorm van bind- vliestuberkulose, verschimer. le onder het beeld van de con- junctiva van Parinaud. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk. Amst, 1911. ii, 12-17. ^4/*o, transl.: Arch, d'opht. Par, 1912, xxxii, 112-11*.—Vieusse. Contribution a 1 etude de la tuberculose de la conjonctive. Bull, et mem. Soc. franc d'opht. Par, 1S99, xvii, 258-263. Also: Rec. d'opht. Par, 1900, 3. s, xxii, 1-S.—Wessely (C.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Konjunktivaltuberkulose. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch, Heidelb., 1910, Wiesb, 1911, xxxvi, M-89, 2pl. Conjunctiva (Tuberculosis of Treat- ment of). Eichbaum (F.) *Beitrag zur Kasuistik und Therapie der Bindehaut-Tuberkulose. 8 Leip- zig, 1913. LeRoy(L-A.-R.-M.'* *Diapnoseettraitement de la tuberculose primitive de la conjunctive 8°. Bordeaux, 1905. Salie (A. H ) *Ueber die Erfolee der Tuber- kulinbehandlung bei Conjunctival-Tuberkulose. [Gottingen.] 8C. Hannover, 1902. AhlstrOm (G.) Fall af konjunktivaltuberklos, behand- ladtenlight Pfannenstills method. Hviiea. Stockholm, 1911 Ixxiii, 1426-1 i-V—Casali (A.) La cura della tuber- colosi della congiuntiva col radio. Ann. di ottal, Pavia 1911, xl, 492-498.—Fromaget (H.) Tulxsrculose miliaire primitive de la conjonctive bulbaire, guerie par le scrum de Marmoreck. Clin, opht. Par., 1913, xix, 72-79.—Gilbert (W.) Zur Prognose und Therapie der Konjunktivaltulier- kulose. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1905, xliii, 22-31.—Gourfein. Tuberculose conjonctivale primitive: formes cliniques, complications, pronostic et traitement Arch, d'opht. Par, 1906, xxvi, 558-566— Gutmann (G j [Endgiltige Heilung eines Fallesvon pnmarer Bindehauttu- berkulose.] Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1905, xiii, 98. 4 Uo ■ Ver- handl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1905), 1906, xxxvi, i-3 — Henderson (F. L.) A case of tuberculosis of the conjunc- tiva; recovery without local interference. Am. Ophth St. Louis, 1903, xn. 427-434.-I.ety (A.) Ein Beitrag zur Spon- tanheilung und zum klinisc hen Bilde der Coniunctival- Tuberculose. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh Stutte 1901 xxxix, 3s6 392.-LundsKaard (K. K. K.) {Tuberculosis conjunctivae (especially conjunctival lupus) and its treat- ment ] Hosp.-Tid.. Kobenh, 1905, 4. R, xiii, 905; 929: 965; vL'n i V----' Iphototherapy in lupus conjunctive] Medd. f. Finsens med. Lvsinst, Kdbenh, 1906, \ 61-V> ——. Lichtbehandlung von konjunktivalleiden tuber- culosis conjunctiva;). Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh. Stutte 909. xlvii, 386-405.-----. Die Fmsenlampe, «ler die Quarz': lampe in der Lichtbehandlung von Tuberculosis conjunc- tivas, Trachom und Follikelkatarrh? Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh Stuttg, 1911. xlix, pt. 2, 763-766. -----. Einige neue Erfahrungen uber die Behandlung der Konjunktival- tiiberkulose mit Licht. Ibid., 191s, lxi, 369-379. Paterson ';..,'. Granular tuberculous conjunctivitis treated bv instillations of tuberculin. Am. J. M. Sc. Phila, 1919 civil 198-201.—Plssarello (C.) L'azione del radium sui processi ttibercolari della congiuntiva. Ann. di ottal.. Pavia 1915 xhv, 272-299.-Re (F.) Contributo anatonnv-clmico e tenv peutico alio studio della tubercolosi della commit) t i va Vrch di ottal, Napoli, 1911-12, xix, 515-525.—RoUler & Bore! (G ) CONJUNCTIVA. 109 CONJUNCTIVA. Conjunctiva (Tuberculosis of, Treat- ment of). Heiiotherapie de la tuberculose primaire de la conjonctive. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom, Geneve, 19,12, xxxu, 281-290, 1 pi. A lso: Soc. Stat, climat. de Leysin. Etudes [etc.], Par, 1912, iii, 493-507.—Stephenson ('S.t Tuberculosis of the conjunctiva cured by X-rays. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1903, i, 1313. Conjunctiva (Tumors of). See, also, Conjunctiva (Angioma of); Con- junctiva (Nxvus of). Blum (D.) *Zur Casuistik der Geschwulst- bildungen der Conjunctiva mit besonderer Be- riicksichtigung der Neubildungen in der Carun- kelgegend. 8°. Giessen, 1902. Chanaud (L.) ^Contribution a l'etude des tumeurs melaniques de la conjonctive. 8°. Bor- deaux, 1900. Frumin (Anna, geb. Rosenblum). *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der gutartigen Neubildungen der Conjunctiva bulbi. 8°. Strassburg, 1911. Rund (F. E.) *Ueber ein Plasmozytom der Konjunktiva. [Konigsberg.] 8°. Berlin, 1911. Also, in: Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1911, xxvi, 95-113. Ackermann. A case of multiple cyst formation of both lower fornix folds. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1905, xxxiv, 495- 503, 2 pi.—Allport (F.) Cihated tumor of the conjunctiva. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1£99, viii, 514-, 1 pi.—Best. Zur Pathologie der Geschwiilste der Bindehaut (Papillom; epitheliale Pinguecula; Verhornung). Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1900, xxxviii, 553-559, 2 pi—Bornan- clni (V.) Sui granulomi da corpo straniero nella con- fiuntiva. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1910, xxxix, 54-64.— trotherus (S.) [Polypoid tumors of the conjunctiva.] Finska lak.-sallsk. handl, Helsingfors, 1917, lix, 1599-1605 — Burtsell (N. I.) [Subconjunctival tumors.] Vestnik oftalmol, Mosk, 1907, xxiv, 682-684.—Cabannes & Du- perie. Lipome sous-conjonctival. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1920, 1, 86.—Colucci (G.) Di un tumore iahno-amiloideo della congiuntiva. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1900, xxix, 349- 370, 2 pi.—Contino (A.) Contributo alio studio del lipoma e delPosteoma della congiuntiva. Clin, ocul, Palermo, 1900, i, 118-135.—Cosmettatos (G. F.) Papillome de la con- jonctive bulbaire ayant envahi la cornee. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1905, exxxiii, 39-44.-----. Fibromes muqueux et multiples de la conjonctive palpebrale. Clin, opht. Par, 1905, xii, 299-301. A lso, transl.: Ophth. Klin , Stuttg., 1906, x, 17-19.—Dabney (S. G.) Papilloma of the conjunctiva; case report. Mississippi Valley M. J, Louisville, 1920, xxvii, 10.—Demlcheri (L.) Dermo-lipoma conjuntival. Arch, de oftal. hispano-am, Madrid, 1902, ii, 466-468 — Denzer(G.) Ein hartes Fibrom der Konjunktiva. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1915, Orig, xxxiv, 311-316, 2 pi.—Des- champs Sur l'etio5ogie des polypes de la conjonctive. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1903, exxix, 429-432.-----. Sur les polypes de 1 a conjonctive. Dauphine med, Grenoble, 1903, xxvii, 217-220.—Eeckman (J.) Un cas de papillome de la conjonctive. Presse med. beige, Brux, 1913, lxv, 499-501.— Faith (T.) Papilloma of the conjunctiva with report of a case successfully treated with the X-rav. J. Ophth. & Oto-Laryngol, Chicago, 1908, ii, 130-132—Fehr. Ueber gelatinose Geschwiilste der Conjunctiva bulbi. Verhandl. d. Berl. ophth. Gesellsch, 1893-1904, Leipz, 1905, 69-71.— Fischer. Ueber eine entzundliche Neubildung (Granulom) der Conjunctiva. Arch, f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1907, lvii, 101 — Fischer (V. B.) Conjunctival growth. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. [etc], St. Louis, 1917-18, xxii-xxiii, 508.—Freytag (G. T.) Ueber das Papilloma conjunctivae. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1915, xc, 367-377.—Fujihira (Y.) Ein Fall von Plasmom, welches in der Conjunktiva bulbi hervorge- gangen ist. Ztschr. f. Mil.-Aerzte, Tokyo, 1920, No. 93,14.— Greeves (R. A.) The microscopical anatomy of a con- junctival tumour from a case of Kaposi's disease. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1914-15, xxxv, 213, 1 pi.— Grilli (G.) Vegetazione (papilloma) della congiuntiva accompagnata da ipertermia e ingorgo preauricolare. Riv. ital. di ottal.. Roma, 1912, viii, 288-295.—Grimaldi (E.) Su di un caso di dermo-lipoma della congiuntiva. Gior. inter- naz. d. sc. med, Napoli, 1904, n. s, xxvi, 595-599.-----. Contributo clinico ed anatomico alio studio dei papillomi del limbus. Ibid., 1905, n. s, xxvii, 399-403.—Grunert (K.) Fiinf Falle von Papillom der Bindehaut. Khn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1899, xxxvii, 111-122,1 pi—Heilmuller (G. H.) Papilloma ofthe limbus conjunctivae. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1903, xii, 373.—Hepburn (M. L.) Papilloma of the conjunctiva. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1917, xxxvii, 190: 1918, xxxviii, 124, 1 pi—Hilbert. Zur Kasuistik der polypoiden Geschwiilste der Bindehaut. Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh, Leipz, 1908, xxxii, 139.—von Hymmen (H.) Zur Onkologie der Conjunctiva palbe- bralis. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Ktuttg, 1905, xliii, Conjunctiva (Tumors of). 512-517.—Ischreyt. The pathological anatomy of polypoid tumors of the conjunctiva. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1^99, xxviii, 55-57, 1 pi.—Johnston (R. H.) Fibroma of the conjunctiva. J. Eye, Ear & Throat Dis, Bait, 1903, viii, 100.-----. Papilloma of the conjunctiva. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1904, xiii, 195-197.-----. Sub-conjunctival dermo- lipomata. Ibid., 191-193.—Key (B. W.) Dermoid cyst of the bulbar conjunctiva. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1922, li, 401 — Komoto (G.) Ueber einen bisher nicht bekannten Tumor der Konjunktiva (Russelscher Korperchentumor.) Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1914, n. F, xviii, 136-146.— Kraus (J.) Granulationsgeschwulst auf der Conjunctiva tarsi des rechten Oberlides. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1914, li, 1298.—Krauss (F.) Papilloma of the conjunctiva. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1911, xx, 320-324.—Lagrange (F.) & Mazet (C.) Du papillome de la conjonctive. Marseille med, 1898, xxxv, 289-302.—Leoz Ortin (G.) Fibromas multiples de la conjuntiva. Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. med., Madrid, 1913,xxx, 19-21. Also: Arch.deoftal.hispano-am, Barcel, 1914, xiv, 29-31.—Lesshafft (A.) Multiple Fibrome der Conjunctiva. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1901, xxxix, 151.—Letulle (M.) Le "conjonctivome" pur. Presse med. Par, 1908, xvi, 755-757.—de Lieto Vollaro (A.) Dei tumori benigni della congiuntiva del tipo "dermo- epitelioma di Parinaud." Arch, di ottal, Napoli, 1909-10, xvii, 145-183, 2 pi.—Luedde (W. H.) Simple and multiple papillomata ofthe conjunctiva. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1914, xxxi, 65-69.—McAIl (P. L.) Notes on a rare form of subconjunctival granuloma met with in Central China. Brit. J. Ophth, Lond, 1920, iv, 20-25.—Paderstein (R.) Ein telangiectatisches Fibrom der Conjunctiva. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1901, xliii, 177-182, 1 pi.—Pasetti (G.) Papilloma della congiuntiva bulbare. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1912, xii, 602-609, 4 pi.—Rados (A.) Ueber Plas- mome der Bindehaut. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1913, xxix, 125-134.—Reis (W.) Ein hartes gestieltes Fibrom am Limbus conjunctivae. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1909, lxiv, 141-147.—Roselli (R.) Connettivoma a cellule gigantesche della congiuntiva bulbare. Prat, oculistica, Roma, 1912, x, 17-28.—Rumschewitsch (K.) Ein Fall von Adenom der Krause'sehen Driisen. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1902, xl, pt. 2, 105-109.—Santos Fernandez (J.) Histolo- gia del papiloma de la conjuntiva. Arch, de oftal, hispano- am, Madrid, 1902, ii, 449-462.—Santos Fernandez (J.) & Diago (J.) Algo sobre la anatomia del Pinguecula. Ibid., 209-215.—Schieck (F.) Ueber korrespondierende Ge- schwiilste im Bereiche des Bindehautsackes. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path, Jena, 1909-10, xlvii, 178-186 — Schreiber (L.) Zur Pathologie der Bindehaut. Teratoides Osteom; Hyalintumor der plica semilunaris; Talgdrusen- adenom der Karunkel; Ueberzahlige Tranenkarunkel. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1913, Ixxxiv, 420-432, 1 pi—Scott (K.) Fibro-myoma of bulbar conjunctiva. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1904, xxxiii, 413-415. Also: Lancet, Lond, 1904, i, 1196.—Shoemaker (W. A.) A case of almost symmetrical papilloma-like tumors of the conjunctiva of both eyes; [with] histological examination and description by Adolph Alt. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1900, xvii, 65-76—Shum- way (E. A.) Tumors of the conjunctiva; illustrated by the present exhibit of morbid growths. 3. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1903, xii, 769-773.—Small (C. P.) Tumors ofthe conjunctiva. In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, iv, 3068-3074.—Terson (A.) Diagnostic et traitement des tumeurs de la conjonctive. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap. Par, 1899, xiii, 609-612.—Trousseau (A.) Fibrome mu- queux de la eonjonctivite bulbaire. Ann, d'ocul. Par, 1906, exxxv, 197-201.—Ulbrich (H.) Beitrage zur Onkologie der Bindehaut. Ophth. Klin, Stuttg, 1904, viii, 98-102 — Van Duyse (D.) Xanthome double et symetrique des conjonctives bulbaires. Ann. Soc. de med. de Gand, 1904, Ixxxiii, 119-123. Also: Beitr. z. Augenh. Festschr. Julius Hirschberg [etc.], Leipz, 1904, 11-25, 2 pi.—Velez. Papilo- mas gigantes de la conjuntiva tarsiana en la periconjunti- vijis exuberante. Arch, de oftal. hispano-am, Madrid, 1903, hi, 24.—Velhagen. Ueber die Papillombildung auf der Con- junctiva. Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. Augenh, Halle a. S, 1904, v, Hft. 7, 1-24.—Werner (L.) Dermo- lipoma of the conjunctiva. Tr. Ophth. Soc U. Kingdom, Lond, 1903-4, xxiv, 216-219.—Wyler (J. S.) Soft fibroma of the conjunctiva. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin, 1911, cv, 144.— Yamagiichi (H.) Fibromyxom der Konjunktiva. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1906, xliv, 55-60. Conjunctiva (Tumors of Cystic). Dufotjrcq (M.-A.-J.) Contribution a l'etude des kystes acquis de la conjunctive. 8°. Bor- deaux, 1907. Klein (H.) *Ueber Cysten und cystenartige Bildungen der Konjunktiva. 8°. Giessen, 1903. Tahata (Y.) *TJeber Cysten der Conjunctiva der Uebergangsfalten. 8°. Miinchen, 1908. Alt (A.) On conjunctival cysts and papillomata. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1908, xxv, 292-294.—Ballaban (T.) Ueber Cystenbildungen an der Conjunctiva. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1901, xliii, 167-176, 3 pi.—Bartels (M.) CONJUNCTIVA. 110 CONJUNCTIVA. Conjunctiva (Tumors of, Cystic). Tumor der Conjunctiva bulbi mit Follikel und Schleim- cvsten (atvpischer Fruhjahrskatarrh?) Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1908, xx, 193-199— Bistis (J.) Ueber eine Cyste der Conjunctiva bulbi. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1911, lxx, 283- 289.—Blaauw (E.) Ein Fall von Cysten im oberen Fornix. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1912, xxviii, 50-53.—Boer (W.) Ueber cystenartige nach Staphvlomabtragung entstandene Gebilde der Conjunctiva. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1912, lxxxi, 99-108, 1 pi.—Bullard (W. L.) Conjunctival cyst in each eye. Tr. M. Ass. Georgia, Atlanta, 1894, 335.— Butler (T. H.) A conjunctival cvst of unusual size. Oph- thalmoscope, Lond, 1907, v, 706.—Cabannes (C.) Examen histologique d'un kyste lymphatique de la conjonctive. Bull Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1901, xxn, 122.-----. Etude sur les kvstes sereux acquis de la conjonc- tive. Ann d'ocul. Par, 1908, cxl, 81-93. Also: Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1908, xxix, 423-428.—Cabannes (C.) & Ginestous. Kyste de la conjonctive. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol____de Bordeaux, 1901, xxii, 95.-Capo- longo (C.) Contributo alio studio clinico-anatomico delle cisti sierose dei fornici della congiuntiva. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1904, xxxiii, 393^02, 1 pi.—Carlini (V.) Die trau- matischen Cysten der Conjunctiva. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1910, lxxiii, 288-302, 1 pi.—Chisolm (F. M.) & Johnston (R. H.) Dermoid cyst of the conjunctiva. J. Eye, Ear & Throat Dis, Balt7 1903, viii, 52.—Cirincione (G.) Die Cysten der Conjunctiva. Beitr. z. Augenh, Hamb. & Leipz, 1903, Hft. 55, 4-105.—Clavelier. Kyste de la conjonctive. Languedoc med.-chir, Toulouse, 1902, x, 67-69.—Colombo (G. L.) Formazioni cistiche della congiuntiva; degenerazione amiloide della congiuntiva. Clin, ocul, Palermo, 1914, xv, 1620-1639, 1 pi.-----. Sul cosidetto dermoepitelioma della congiuntiva (Parinaud) (neo progressivo cistico). Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1916, xliv, 859-878,1 pi.—Contlno (A.) Grossa cisti della ghiandola di Krause con particolare reperto istolo- gico. Clin, ocul, Palermo; 1906, vii, 2509-2517.-----. Cisti trasparente della plica semilunare e sua origine. Ibid., 1910, xi, 145-158.—Coover. Cysts of bulbar conjunctiva. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1911, xx, 463.—Cosmettatos (G.-F.) Des kystes epitheiiaux de la conjonctive. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1907, xxvii, 236-245. -----. Angeborene Zyste der Bindehaut. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1908, xlvi, 175-188. -----. Kvste de la conjonctive produit par un tiquet de chien. Clin, opht. Par, 1912, xviii, 572-575.— Duboys de Lavigerie. Kystes epitheiiaux de la conjonctive; examen microscopique. Ibid., 1900, vi, 127-129—Duverger & Redslob. Kystes epitheiiaux de la conjonctive. Arch. d'opht. Par, 1922, xxxix, 230-239— Ellett (E. 0.) A der- moid tumor of the conjunctiva. Memphis M. Month, 1909, xxix, 121-123.—Ewetzky (T.) Ueber halbmondformige Lipodermoide der Bindehaut. Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh, Leipz, 1898, xxii, 236-245.—Fromaget (C.) & Ginestous (E.) Kyste glandulaire de la conjonctive. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1903, xxiv, 223.—Galiemaerts. Kyste congenital de la conjonctive bulbaire. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1919, clvi, 218.—Ginestous. Kyste lymphatique de la conjonctive. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1899, xx, 357. Also: J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1899, xxix, 564.—Ginsberg (S.) Berichtigungen zu der Arbeit des Herrn Prof. Cirincione: Die Cysten der Conjunctiva. Beitr. z. Augenh, Hamb. & Leipz, 1903, Hft. 56, 166-168.—(Joy (C.) Ueber einen Fall von angeborener Cystenbildung der Bindehaut. Ibid., 1899, Hft. 39, 12-28.—Gros (F.) Ueber multiple Cysten in der Conjunctiva tarsi. Ztschr.f. Augenh, Berl, 1914, xxxi, 232-235, 1 pi.—Hosch Lipodermoid der Bindehaut. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1906, liv, 159-l(i2.— Hugel & Worms (G.) Kystes multiloculaires dee glandes de Manz. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1921, clvui, 433-441.—Ischreyt (G.) Ueber Konjunktivalcysten. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1904, xiii, 132-137.-----. Ein Epidermoid der Conjunctiva bulbi. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1905, liii, 239-247.—Johnson (R. H.) Dermoid tumors of the con- junctiva. Carolina M. J, Charlotte, 1904,1,643-648.—Lamb (H. D.) & Hardy (W. F.) A case of lipodermoid of the bulbar conjunctiva with accompanying congenital defects. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1916, xxxiii, 321-324—Lange (O.) Zur Kasuistik der traumatischen Cysten der Conjunctiva bulbi und zur Prognose und Therapie inftzierter Augenver- letzungen. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg., 1903, ii, 199-206.—Lemberg (Ye. A.) [Cyst of the conjunctiva.] Vestnik Oftalmol, Mosk, 1914, xxxi, 559-562.—Levitt (M. J.) A case of dermoid tumor of the conjunctiva. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1908, lxxxviii, 119. Also, Reprint— Lindahl (C.) Ueber traumatische Bindehautcvsten. Mitt. a. d. Augenklin. d. Carolin. med.-chir. Inst, zu Stockholm, Jena, 1910,11. Hft, 67-92.-Mayon (M. S.) On implantation der- moids ofthe conjunctiva. Roy. Lond. Ophth. Hosp Rep Lond, 1905, xvi, 318-322, 1 pi.—Moauro. Dilatazionc cistica delle glandole di Krause. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1889, xviii, 251-256,1 pi.—Oatman (E. L.) Epithelial cystoma of the conjunctiva (dermo-epithelioma of Parinaud); discussion of its pathological status, with report of a case Arch Ophth, N. Y, 1904, xxxiii, 113-124,1 pi. Also: Manhattan Eye & Ear Hosp. Rep, N. Y, 1905, No. vi, 139-150, 5 pi -----. Epithelial inclusion cysts ofthe conjunctiva. Arch Ophth, N. Y.; 1907, xxxvi, 353-355,1 pl.-de Obarrio (V j Un caso de quiste de la conjuntiva con infiltraci6n tubercu- losa secundaria. An. de oftal, Mexico, 1903-4, vi 233-236 Conjunctiva (Tumors of, Cystic). 1 pi Also: Arch, de oftal. hispano-am, Madrid, 1904, iv, 87_S9 _pascheff (C.) Papilloma limbi conjunctivae. Roy. Lond. Ophth. Hosp. Rep, Lond, 1905, xvi, 370-380, 2 pi.— Paton (L.) Cvst of Krause's gland. Tr. Ophth. Soc U. Kingdom, Lond, 1919, xxxix, 129.—Piccoli (G. S.) Cisti glandulare nella plica semilunare con contenuto ematico. Atti d. r. Accad. med.-chir. di Napoli, 1898, n. s, Iii, 121-124, I pi.— Possek (R.) Ueber Cysten und cystenartige Bil- dungen der Conjunctiva. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1903, ix, 451-463, 1 pi.—Ramos (J.) Un caso de quiste dermoide conjuntivaf. An. de oftal, Mexico, 1904-5, vii, 370-376.— Rochat. Over lipomen en dermoiden der conjunctiva. Ne- derl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst.. 1907, i, 307-310.—Rolandi (S.) Sulle cisti traumatiche della congiuntiva. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1912, xii, 741-755, 1 pi.—Sarvanabe (M.) [A case of open dermoid of the conjunctiva of the eye.] Ho- kuetsu Ikwai Kwaiho, Shinto, 1904, 380-389.—Schapringer (A.) Benign cystic epithelioma (Jacquet) ofthe bulbar con- junctiva. N. York Eye & Ear Infirm. Rep, 1898. vi, 23-33.— Sgrosso (E.) Su di una grossa cisti linfatica del lembo con- giuntivale. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1902, xxxi, 761. Also: Cong. d. Ass. oftal. ital. Rendic 1902, Pavia, 1903, xvi, 127.—Small (C. P.) Cysts of the conjunctiva. In: Am. Encvl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, iv, 3013.— Snell(S.) Congenital pedunculated dermoid of conjunctiva. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1899-1900, xx. 193, 1 pi, 1 ].—Stieren (E.) A case of acquired cyst of the con- junctiva containingan embryonic tooth-like structure. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1903-5, x, 521-525.—Vanduyse (D.) Dermoide van het ooglidslijmvlies." Handel, v. h. vlaamsch nat.- en geneesk. Cong, Brugge, 1908, xi, 147-150.— Villard (H.) Kyste volumineux de la conjonctive du cul-de- sac superieur. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1909, cxlii, 183-192. Also: Montpel. med, 1909, xxix, 323-328.—Weidler (W. B.) Con- cerning dermoids and dermo-lipomas of the conjunctiva. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1913, xxh, 291-294.—Wintersteiner (H.) Ueber Cysten und Concremente der Bindehaut. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch, Heidelb.. 1898, Wiesb, 1899, xxvii, 354-357.—Wood (C. A.) Conjunctival and sub- conjunctival cysts. In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, v, 3687-3691.—Xilo < X.) Contrbuto alio studio delle cisti congiuntivali. Scuola positiva, Roma, 1921, xxxi, 496-502. Conjunctiva (Tumors of, Malignant). See, also, Conjunctiva (Cancer of). Frick (E. [F. G.]) *Ein Fall von Melano- sarkom der Konjunktiva. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1914. Heller (O. [E.]) *Ueber Melanosarkom und Melanocarcinom der Conjunctiva bulbi. 8°. Heidelberg, 1914. Koeppel (J. W. E.) *Ein Fall von Melano- sarkom der Bindehaut. 8°. Halle, 1898. Kreuer (A.) *Ueber einen klinisch bemer- kenswerten Fall von Melanosarkom der Lidbinde- haut. 8°. Miinchen, 1918. Alt (A.) An uncommon epithelial tumor of the bulbar conjunctiva, probably an unpigmented navus cvsticus. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1916, xxxiii, 289-292.—Baker (A. R.) Melanosarcoma of the conjunctiva, with the report of a case. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1898, xxx, 119-121. Also, Reprint.—Ball (J. M.) A case of sarcoma of the conjunc- tiva, with remarks on metastatic sarcoma and carcinoma. Am. J. Surg. & Gvnec, St. Louis, 1899-1900, xiii, 119- 121—Benson (A. H.) & Mooney (H. C.) Melano- sarcoma of the conjunctiva. Tr. Rov. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl, 1905, xxiii, 347.—Casollno (L.) Di un linfo-sareema della congiuntiva bulbare. Arch, di ottal, Napoh, 1916, xxiii, 383-398, 2 pi— Chirkovski (V. B.) [Bilateral leuco- sarcoma of the conjunctiva.] Vestnik Oftalmol, Mosk, 1916, xxxiii, 130-135.—Del Monte (A.) Su di un caso di sarcoma della congiuntiva. Med. ital, Napoli, 1907, v, 501; 525. Also: Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1908, xxxvii, 877-892, 3 pi.—Dodd (H. W.) Melanosarcoma of upper palpebral conjunctiva. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1902-3, xxiii, 7-10.— Fagin (R.) Epithelioma of ocular conjunctiva with presen- tation of specimen and patient. Mississippi M. Month, Vicksburg, 1913, xviii, 97-99.—Fortunatl (A.) Peritelioma endoteliale della congiuntiva dei fornici palpebrali. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1906, xxxv, 941-952,1 pi.—Fromaget. Sar- come embryonnaire de la conjonctive chez un enfant de cinq ans; recidive au bout de trois mois. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1903, xxiv, 77.—Galiemaerts. Meiano- sarcome de la conjonctive. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1919, clvi, 129-131.—Ginestous (E.) & Brandeis. Myxo-sarcome primitif de 1 a conjonctive palpebrale. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1906, xxvii, 233. Also: Bull, et mem. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux, 1906, Par. & Bordeaux, 1907 259-263.—Ginzburg (I. I.) Leucosarcoma epibulbare' Vestnik Oftalmol, Mosk, 1905, xxii, 557-560.—Griffith (J ) Primary sarcoma of the fornix eonjunctiv ;e. Brit M J Lond, 1899, ii, 774. -----. Case of sarcoma of the upper conjunctival cul-de-sac. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. I&ngdom CONJUNCTIVA. Ill CONJUNCTIVA. Conjunctiva (Tumors of, Malignant). Lond, 1899-1900, xx, 56-58.—Hudson (A. c!) Recurrent tumour of conjunctiva. Ibid., 1921, xh, 191.—Jean (G. W.) Lymphosarcoma ofthe conjunctiva. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1913, xiii, 512.—Jessop (W. H.) Sarcoma at limbus. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1903-4, xxiv, 16-19.-----. Melanotic sarcoma at limbus. Ibid., 1911, xxxi, 30-34.— Lauber (H.) Ein diffuses Melanosarkom der Bindehaut nebst Bemerkungen iiber die Pigmenttumoren dieser Mem- bran. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1908, xix, 132-136.—Law- ford (J. B.) Further notes of a case of melanotic sarcoma of the conjunctiva. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1900-1901, xxi, 13-16.—Mtiller (Maria). [Conjunctival cylin- droendothelioma.] Szemeszet, Budapest, 1911, xlviii, 85- 87.—Oyenard (A.) Un caso de sarcoma de la conjuntiva. Rev. Asoc. med. argent, Buenos Aires, 1921, xxxiv, Sect. d. oftalmol, 3-7.—Pardee (G. C.) A case of melano-sarcoma of the conjunctiva; death. Tr. M. Soc. Calif., Monterey, 1899, xxix, 105-107.—Passiatore (L.) Epitelioma epibulbare della congiuntiva; contributo alia casuistica dei tumori maligni della congiuntiva. Puglia med, Bari, 1898, vi, 111- 116.—Pockley. A case of melanotic sarcoma of conjunctiva treated by X-rays. Australas. M. Cong. Tr. 1905, Adelaide, 1907, vii, 320.—Pokrovski (A. I.) [Sarcoma of the conjunc- tiva following naevus pigmentosus.] Vestnik oftalmol, Mosk, 1912, xxix, 937.—Pons Marques (L.) Sarcoma melanico del a conjuntiva. Arch, de oftal. hispano-am, Barcel, 1911, xi, 145-148.—Roemer (P. C.) Meianosarcome pedicuie du cul-de-sac conjonctival. Ann. d'ocul, Par., 1920, clvii, 166-168.—Rollet & Aurand. Sarcome de la conjonc- tive recidivant a marche rapide et envahissante. Lyon med, 1914, cxxiii, 49.—Roper (A. C.) Melanotic sarcoma of conjunctiva with pigmented nonsarcomatous growths in skin. Tr. Ophth. Soc U. Kingdom, Lond, 1911-12, xxxii, 117.—Roy (J.-N.) Volumineux sarcome de la conjonctive bulbo-palpebrale. Ann d'ocul. Par, 1908, cxl, 338-343. Also, transl.: Ophthalmoscope, Lond, 1909, vii, 225-228, 1 pi.—Rschanitzin (T.) Zur Kasuistik der Rundzellen- leukosarkome der Bindehaut. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh. Stuttg, 1909, xlvii, 167-178.—Schenck (C. P.) Round cell sarcoma ofthe limbus. Texas M. News, Austin, 1916, xxv, 331-334.—Schwenk (P. N. K.) Sarcoma ofthe bulbar con- junctiva . Ophthalmoscope, Lond., 1909, vii, 77.—Schwltzer (H.) Melanosarcoma conjunctivae. Szemeszet, Budapest, 1905, xiii, 2S9-292.—Sharp (W. N.) Sarcoma of the con- junctiva. Indianapolis M. J, 1912, xv, 156.—Trapesontzeff (C.) Sur un cas de meiano-sarcome de la conjonctive palpe- brale. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1912, xxxii, 429-441.—Weinek (G.) Fibrosarcoma ad regionem canthi interni. Szemeszet, Budapest, 1906, xliii, 20.—Wolfe (C. T.) A case of sarcoma of the conjunctiva. Am. J. Surg, N. Y, 1915, xxix, 303.— Wolff (L. K.) & Deelman (H. T.) [Case of melanosarcoma of the bulbar conjunctiva.] Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1920, i, 2275-2282,1 pi. Also, transl.: Brit. J. Ophth, Lond, 1921, v. 4-13. Conjunctiva (Ulcers of). Bachstez. Ueber eine eigentiimliche Form konjunkti- valer Geschwiirsbildung. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1920, xlix, 215-217.—Bouilliez (M.) Auto-observation d'un cas d'inoculation accidentelle de bouton d'Orient sur la conjonc- tive. Bull. Soc. path, exot. Par, 1917, x, 1.—Del Monte (A.) Ulcera primaria della congiuntiva da un bacillo affine a quello di Ducrey. Arch, di ottal, Napoli, 1910-11, xviii, 629-651.—von Herrehschwand. Ueber eine eigentumliche Art exulzerierender Konjunktivitis. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr, 1918, xxxi, 999.—Leltner (W.) Ulcus Conjunctiva?. Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1899, iv, 207.—Morax (V.) Ulceration conjonctivales avec adenopathie simulant la sporotrichose. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1910, cxliv, 175-178.— Morton (H. Mel.) A brief study of conjunctival ulceration. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1900, ix, 129-132, 1 pi.—Neese (E.) Deletares Hornhaut-Geschwiir; akute Psychose; nachtrag- liche Iridectomie. Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh, Leipz, 1902, xxvi, 97-105.—Strader (G. L.) Ulcer of the conjunc- tiva. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. [etc.], St. Louis, 1917, xxii, 506. Conjunctiva (Varix and lymphangiec- tasis of). BartOk (E.) Lymphangiectasia conjunctivas. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg., 1917, lix, 53-62.—Coats (G.) Varicose veins ofthe conjunctiva. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. King- dom, Lond, 1908, xxviii, 73.—Gerlach (N. L.) & de Kleijn (A.) Varices conjunctivas. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1910, xlv, pt. 1, 403-405.—Gomoiu (V.) Un caz de varice al conjonctivei bulbare. Rev. de chir, Bucuresci, 1906, 368-373.—Jocqs. Lymphangiectasie de la conjonctive bulbaire. Clin, opht. Par, 1898, iv, 109-111—MacCallan (A. F.) Lymphangiectasis of conjunctiva. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1902-3, xxiii, 23.—Sulzer & Duclos. Varice lymphatique de la conjonctive bulbaire. Rec. d'opht. Par, 1907, 3. s, xxix, 84-87.—Terson (A.) Lym- phangiectasie conjonctivale. Ibid., 1906, 3. s, xxviii, 244.— Van Duyse & De Nobele. Proliferation lymphomateuse hyaline de la conjonctive bulbaire: guerison par les rayons X. Arch, d'electric. med, Bordeaux, 1906, xiv, 48-51. Conjunctiva (Wounds and injuries of). Hiltmann (E.) *Die in der Universitats- augenklinik zu Jena im Jahre 1907 ausgeftihrten Operationen mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Falle von Wundbehandlung perforierender VerletzungenmitBindehautdeckung. 8°. Jena, 1909. Baudry (S.) Lesions traumatiques de la conjonctive. Rev. internat. de med. et de chir. Par, 1898, ix, 128-131.— Brav (A.) The effect of the accidental instillation of a stock solution of corrosive sublimate into the conjunctival sac, with report of a case. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1917, cvi, 1027- 1029. Also, Reprint.—Cantonnet (A.) Le recouvrement conjonctival. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap. Par, 1922, xxxvi, 209.—Denig (R.) Early surgical treatment of burns of the conjunctiva. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1920, 3. s, iii, 256-258.—Dor (L.) & Fouassier. Suites eloignes de brulures conjonctivales par Pyperite. Clin, opht. Par, 1922, xxvi, 183-191, 3 pi.—Durand. Traumatisme de la conjonctive determine par l'eclatement des gros projectiles de guerre. Rev. internat. de med. et de chir. Par, 1917, xxviii, 104 — Henderson (F. L.) A case presenting repeated burns of the conjunctiva, self-inflicted. Am. ,T. Ophth, St. Louis, 1908, xxv, 289-292.—Pascheff (C.) L'oeil violet des crayons chimiques. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1914, cli, 430.—Perrlne (J. K. M.) A case of staining of the palpebral and ocular conjunctiva. J. Ophth, Otol. & Laryngol, Lancaster, Pa, 1914, xx, 290.—Small (C. P.) Injuries of the conjunctiva. In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, iv, 3031.—Vasyutlnski (A. G.) [Chemical analysis of the con- junctival films in various kinds of burns.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb, 1908, vii, 1646-1648. Conjunctiva (Xerosis of). Albertotti (G.) Un caso di xerosis squamosa della congiuntiva bulbare e della cornea, roy. 8°. Torino, 1884. Also [Abstr.] in: Atti d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1884, vi, 357-359,1 pi. Doret (F.) *Recherches expenmentales sur la virulence du xerobacille. 8°. Geneve, 1904. Agrlcola (B.) Ueber kongenitale epitheliale Bindehaut- xerose. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1905, xliii, 80- 89—Altmann Xerose der Bindhaut. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1920, xix, 122-125.-----. [Xerose der Bindehaut.] Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1920, lxx, 1131.—Archibald (R. G.) Epithelial xerosis ofthe conjunc- tiva in natives ofthe Sudan. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond, 1919, xxii, 81-83, 1 pi. Also, Reprint.—Bietti (A.) Sul valore patogeno del cosidetto bacillo della xerosis. Cong. d. Ass. oftal. ital. Rendic. 1902, Pavia, 1903, xvi, 86-90.-----. Sull' importanza patogena del cosidetto bacillo della xerosis nelle congiuntiviti catarrali. Mem. d. Cong. d. Ass. oftal. ital. 1902, Pavia, 1903, xvi, 74-86.—Capellini. Osservazioni di xerosi epiteliale circoscritta alia congiuntiva palpebrale. Boll. d. osp. oftal. d. prov. di Roma, 1908, vi, 126; 129.—Del Monte (A.) Contributo alia biologia del cosidetto bacillo della xerosi con particolare riguardo alia sua morfologia. Arch, di ottal, Napoli. 1905-6. xiii, 253-276, 3 pi— Dernehl (P. H.) Ueber die Pathogenitat des Xerosebacillus. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1908, lxii, 246-271.—DOtsch. Ver- hornung des Bindehautepithels bei infantiler Conjunc- tivalxerose. Cor.-Bl. d. allg. arztl. Ver. v. Thuringen, Weimar, 1900, xxix, 168-170.—Hepburn (M. L.) Xerosis of the conjunctiva and night-blindness. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1909-10, xxx, 167-179.—Ishihara (S.) Zur Aetiologie der idiopathischen Hemeralopie bzw. Xerosis conjunctivae. Khn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1913, n. F, xv, 596-603.—Libansky. Ueber die operative Behandlung der Xerosis conjunctivas corneas. Med. Klin, Berl, 1909-10, v, 1591— LuSic-Matkovid (V.) Xerosis con- junctivas et corneas. Lie6. viestnlk, u Zagrebu, 1900, xxii, 5-10.—Mayou (M. S.) The pathological anatomy of the plaques in epithelial xerosis. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1903^, xxiv, 9-16.—Mori (M.) Ueber den so- genannten Hikan (Xerosis conjunctivas infantum eventuell Keratomalacie.) Jahrb. f. Kinderh, Berl, 1904, lix, 175- 195.—Radziejewski (M.) Bindehautxerose. Therap. Monatsh, Berl, 1900, xiv, 191.—Ruata (V.) Nuove ricer- che sperimentali col metodo delle inoculazioni dosate sulla controversa questione della patogenita del bacillo della xerosi. Arch, di ottal, Napoli, 1910-11, xviii, 25-51.—Shoe- maker (W. A.) Xerosis of the conjunctiva with report of a case. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1908, xxv, 161-165.—Small (C. P.) Xerosis of the conjunctiva. In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, iv, 3075-3078.—Spie- ler (F.) [Fall von triangulares d. l. auf den Lidspalten- bereich beschrankter Bindehautxerose.] Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1904, iii, 208.—Stargardt (K.) Zur Pathogenitat des Xerosebazillus. Ber. ii. d. Ver- samml. d. ophth. Gesellsch, Heidelb. 1910, Wiesb, 1911, xxxvi, 199-206.—Stephenson (S.) On epithelial xerosis of the conjunctiva. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1897-8, xviii, 55-102. CONJUNCTIVITIS. 112 CONJUNCTIVITIS. Conjunctivitis. Pesmons (J.-B.) Contribution a l'etude de la conjonctivite rhumatismale. 8°. Lille, 1905. Ilg (F.) Die verschiedenen Entzundungen der Augenbindehaut. 12°. Leipzig, 1902. Abelsdorff Krankheiten der Bindehaut; die akute Bindehautentziindung (Conjunctivitis acuta simplex). Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1920, xlvi, 1338.— Axenfeld (T.) Ueber nicht gonorrhoische Blennorrhoe der Conjunctiva. Ibid., 1898, xxiv, 698-700— Cantonnet. Les conjonctivites. Clinique, Par, 1914, ix, 98-102.—Col- lins (E. T.) A lecture on some forms of ophthalmia. Clin. J, Lond, 1903, xxii, 225-231.—Doyne (R. W.) A descrip- tion of a form of conjunctivitis. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. King- dom, Lond, 1909-10, xxx, 85-90.-----. Observations on conjunctivitis. Lancet, Lond, 1910, i, 1674-1677.—Graves (A. C.) Conjunctivitis. West. M. J, Fort Scott, 1899, xi, 401-406.—Grossman (L.) [Conjunctivitis.] Gv^gyaszat, Budapest, 1898, xxxviii, 84; 124; 160; 1«7: 412; 430.—Hays (S. B.) An old form of conjunctivitis. Am. Pract. & News, Louisville, 1908, xiii, 499-500.—Hudson (A. C.) & Panton (P. N.) An investigation of some of the more un- usual forms of acute conjunctivitis. Lancet, Lond, 1907, ii, 19-24.—Leber (A."i & von Prowazek (S.) Ueber eine neue infektiose Bindehauterkrankung (Epitheliosis desquama- tiva conjunctivae). Berl. klin, Wchnschr, 1911, xlviii, 217-221.—MacCallan. Acute conjunctivitis in Egypt. Bull. Ophthalmol. Soc Egypt, Cairo, 1915, 37-50.—McKee (H.) A clinical study of five hundred cases of conjuncti- vitis. Am. J. M. Sc.', Phila, 1907, n. s, cxxxiv, 716-728. Also, Reprint.—Manheimer Gommts. Ereuthose emo- tive conjonctivale. Arch, de neurol.. Par, 1905, 2. s., xx, 203.—Muller (L.) Eine eigenartige Bindehautentziindung. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1916, xxix, 242— Paseheff (C.) Ueber eine eigentumliche Bindehaut-Entziindung. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1916, Orig, xxxv, 299-303.-----. Weitere Mitteilung iiber meine besondere Bindehaut-Entziindung: Fall. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1917. lviii, 97- 99.—Peck (E. S.) Inflammatory conditions of the eye. Woman's M. J, Cincin, 1912, xxii, 125-129.—Petella (G.) Le ottalmie congiuntivali sotto l'aspetto etiologico, clinico e terapeutico. Ann. di med. nav, Roma, 1916, xxii, 637-657.— Peters. Ueber einige sekundare Konjunktivitisformen. Kor.-Bl. d. allg. mecklenb. Aerztever, Rostock, 1904, No. 242, 1648-1651.—Ramsay (A. M.) A clinical lecture on inflammation of the conjunctiva. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1906, n. s, lxxxi, 626-628.—Robertson (G. A.) Conjunctivitis. Am. Pract. & News, Louisville, 1906, xl, 185-193.—Rossiter (P. S.) Report of the investigation of Samoan conjunctivitis. U. States Nav. M. Bull, Wash, 1908, ii, No. 4, 4-7.—Santos Fernandez (J.) La conjun- tivitis del fornix. Arch, de oftal. hispano-am. .Barcel, 1918, xviii, 535-544. Also: Rev. cubana de oftal, Habana, 1919, i, 251-258.—Schoen (W.) Konjunktivitis und Konjunk- tivalkatarrh. Deutsche klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Leipz, 1906, xiii, 1033-1037. Also: Wien. klin.-therap. Wchnschr, 1906, xiii, 1033-1037.- Ulbrich (H.) Einiges uber Con- junctivitis. Cor.-Bl. d. Ver. deutsch. Aerzte in Reichen- berg, 1913, xxvi, 5-8—Usher (C. H.) & Fraser (H.) An analysis of a series of consecutive conjunctivitis cases seen in Aberdeen. Roy. Lond. Ophth. Hosp. Rep, Lond, 1904-6, xvi, pt. 4, 434-495, 3 pi— Valllaucourt (J.) Des conjonc- tivites oculaires. Bull. med. de Quebec, 1908-9, x. 23: 204.— Van Fleet (F.) Conjunctivitis: Catarrhal, follicular and gonorrhoeal. Post-Graduate, N. Y, 1905, xx, 109-132.— Weill (G.) Die einseitige Konjunctivitis. Med. Klin, Berl, 1905, i, 1114.—Widmark (J.) Eine ungewohnliche Form von Conjunctivitis. Mitt. a. d. Augenklin. d. Caro- lin. med.-chir. Inst, zu Stockholm, Jena, 1910, 11. Hft, 25- 30.—Wood (C. A.) Rare forms of conjunctivitis. In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, v, 3149-3152. Conjunctivitis (Bacteriology of). See, also, Conjunctivitis (Koch-Weeks); Con- junctivitis (Morax- Axenfeld). Bartz (J.) *l'eber die Diplobazillenconjunc- tivitis mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Hornhautcomplicationen. 8°. Rostock, 1907. Lundsgaard (K. K. K.) Bakteriologiske studier over konjunktivitis. 8°. Kobenhavn, 1900. Xicollas (A.) *Etudesurla conjonctivite a pneumocoques. 8°. Paris, 1901. Schwartzkopff (F. \V. G.) *Eine kleine Conjunctivitis-Epidemie verursacht durch In- fluenzabazillen. 8°. Bostock, 1912. Terraz (U.) *La conjonctivite diplobacil- laire; etude critique, bacteriolodque et clinique. 8°. Geneve, 1900. Abelsdorff (G.) \ Neumann (G.) Ueber postoperative Conjunctivitis mit bakteriologischem Befunde. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1900. \lii, 68-77.—Addario (C.) Congiun- tivite acuta da streptobacillo o bacillo corto della vagina. Conjunctivitis (Bacteriology of). Proeresso oftal, Palermo, 1909-10, v, 18-31. Also, transl.: Arch f Ophth, Leipz, 1910, lxxiV, 320-329-Alt (A.) An epidemic of pneumococcus conjunctivitis; remarks on acute coniuntivitis. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. [etc.], Oto- Laryngol Sect, St. Louis, 1908, xiii, 172-176.—Aubaret & Denier. Etude clinique et bacteriologique de quelques cas d'ophtalmie urineuse. J. de med. de Bordeaux. 1901, xxxi 663- 673.—Bach (L.) & Neumann (R.) Bactcnologische, klinische und experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber Kerato- conjunctivitis ekzematosa und Conjunctivitis catarrhalis (simplex). Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1898, xxxvii, 57. 93; 304._Blue (R.) Gram negative diplococci occurring in the conjunctival sac. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1915, xliv, 652-659— Brons (C.) Beitrage zur Frage der Hram-negativen Diplo- kokken der Bindehaut. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1907, xlv, 1-33, 1 pi.—Brownfield (R. R.) Acute pneumo- coccus conjunctivitis with complications and fatal termina- tion from meningitis. Ophth. Rec. Chicago, 1917. xxvi, 516-519.—Browning (S. H.) The value ofthe direct smear in the bacteriology of conjunctivitis with analysis of a thousand cases. Ophth. Rev, Lond, 1912, xxxi, 97-104.— Cannas (N.) Contributo alio studio clinico e batteriologico di alcune forme di congiuntiviti. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1902, xxxi, 323-347.—Castresana. Conjunctivitis por estafilococo bianco. Arch, de oftal. hispano-am, Barcel, 1908, viii, 377 — Cavara (V.) Sopra una sarcina gram-negativa isolata dalla congiuntiva umana. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1913, xiii, 3-20.— Clapp (C. A.) A case of pneumococcus conjunctivitis of great chronicity and subsequent death from pneumonia. Ophth. Rec, 1917, xxvi, 336-338.—Colombo (C. L.) Intor- no ad un diplococco gram-positivo (non descritto) patogeno per la congiuntiva umana. Ann. di ottal. e clin. ocul, Roma, 1917, xl, 570-585— Consalvo (G.) Su di un' epidemia di congiuntivite pneumococcica. Gazz. d. osp, Milano, 1900, xxi, 1227-1231.—Corslni (G.) Batteriologia delle con- giuntiviti. Rendic d. Ass. med.-chir. di Parmat 1900, i, 254-258.-----. I microrganismi delle congiuntiviti. Arch. di ottal, Palermo, 1902-3, x, 17-44. Also, transl.: Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1902, xi, 524-543.—Cropper (J.) A case of pneumococcic conjunctivitis. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1916, ii, 41. Also: Ophthalmoscope, Lond, 1916, xiv, 480.—Cunning- ham (H. H. B.) A case of streptococcic conjunctivitis. Am. J. Ophth.. St. Louis. 1907, xxiv, 240-242. Also: Brit. M. J, Lond, 1907, ii, 142.—Dahlen (A.) Om konjunktivi- ternas baktenologi. Hvgiea, Stockholm. 1899. lxi, 326-354.— De Lieto Vollaro (A.)' Note ed appunti sulla batteriologia delle congiuntiviti piu comuni. Progresso oftal, Palermo, 1907-8, iii, 144; 210.—Del Monte (A.) Su di un bacillo fre- quentemente'rinvenuto nella congiuntiva. Arch, di ottal, Napoli, 1906-7, xiv, 345-358,1 pi. Also: Boll.d.osp. oftal. d. prov. di Roma, 1908, vi, 14-16.—Demaria (E. B.) Conjunc- tivitis por influenza (bacilo de Pfeifferl. Arch, de oftal. hispano-am, Barcel, 190S, viii. 49-60.— Derby (G. S.) The Bacillus pneumonia? found in a case of conjunctivitis. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1905, xii, 1-4.-----. The. Bacillus pvocaneus found in a case of conjunctivitis. Ibid., 4.— Duane (X.) Symptoms presented by the different bac- teriological tvpes ofacute hwt.iu i ivitis. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1903-5, x,6»>9 <-••.- Duane (A.) & Hastings (T. W.) Bacteriological types of acute conjunctivitis. N.York M. J. [etc], 1906, Wxxiii, UV7 1122. Also, Reprint.— Duverser. Action du sulfate de zinc sur le diplobacille de la conjonctivite subaigue. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1913, cl, 161- 165— Engets. Ein Fall von Streptokokken-Konjunctivitis mit anschliessender Panophthalmie und todlichem Aus- gange. Hvg. Rundschau, Berl, 1903, xiii, 545-555— Epalza (E.1 Ein" Beitrag zur hiimolvtischen Wirkung der sapro- phvtaren Staphvlokokken der Konjunktiven. Klin. Mo- natsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg.. 1915, n. F, xix, 90-94.—Eyre (J. W.) A clinical and bacteriological study of diplo- bacillarv conjunctivitis. J. Path. & Bacteriol.. Edinb. & Lond, 1899, vi, 1 13, 2 pi—Fraenkel (C.) Ueber das Vor- kommen des Meningococcus intracellularis bei eitrigen Entzundungen der Augenbindehaut. Ztschr. f. Hvg. u. Infektionskrankh, Leipz, 1899, xxxi, 221 230.—Frescoln (L. D.1 Pneumococcic conjunctivitis. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis. 1911, xx, 646— Galeiowskl. Bacteriologie con- jonctivale. Rec. d'opht., Par.. 1>99. 3. s, xxi, 513-525.— Giarre n\) &• Picchl (L.I Ricerche batteriologiche nella congiuntivite catarrale acuta, ncl morbillo e nell' influenza; (contributo alio studio dei bacilli emofili). Sperimentale. Arch, di biol, Firenze, 1903, lvii, 475-570.—Gonln (J.) De la nature microbienne des conjonctivites observers a l'HGpital ophtalmique de Lausanne avec quelques re- marques sur leur classification. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom, Ceneve, lv."9. xix. 89; 169.—Gruter (W.) Eine infektiose Koniunkt ivitis, hcrvoriierufen durch ein sapro- phvtischcs Kaktcnum. Arch, f. Uigenh..Wiesb., 1911, lxix, ■29-34. 97, Bresl, 1898, lxxv, 1. Abt, Med. Sect, 116-120.—Bargy (M.) Conjonctivite par venin de serpent. Clin, opht. Par, 1907, xiii, 280.—Bartels (M.) Akute Bindehautentziindung, insbcsondere solche bei Ruhr und Gelenkrheumatismus; chronische Bindehaut leiden; entzundliche Geschwiilste am Limbus. Klin. Monatsbl. f- Augenh, Stuttg, 1917 Iviu, 150-164.—Batlle Mascort (NT.) Una forma particular de conjuntivitis infecciosa probablemente debida a un contagio animal. Independ.mtd, Barcel, iro3, xxxiii,422.—Beatty ((J. W.) Orgvia leucostigma; a factor in the causation of ophthalmia nodosa. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1912, Ixxxii, 342.— Berirel. Ueber Atropin-Conjunctivitis. Wchnschr. f. Therap. u. Hvg. d. Auges, Bresl, 1897-8, i, 321-323.—Best (F.) Ueber S'chwimmbadkoniunktivitis. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1922, lxix, 621.—Black (N. M.) Face powder conjunctivitis. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1915, xxiv, 4^9.— Borrello (F. P.) Sulle congiuntiviti sperimentali da ricina. Ann. di clin. med, Palermo, 1917-19, viii-ix (No. 4), 85-111, 3 pi.—Briga;s (H. H.) An unusual case of conjunc- tival irritation. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Phila, 1921, xix, 176.—Cavara (V.) Sulle congiuntiviti tossiche d'origine endogena. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1912, xii, 641-678.— ChappG. Conjonctivite chez les artistes du cinema. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1920, clvii, 425-427.—Charles (J. W.) Swim- ming bath conjunctivitis. Progr. Med, Phila, 1921, ii, 365.—Chirkovski (V. V.) & Adamyuk (V. Y.) [ Ktiology of conjunctivitis, based on a thousand investigations.] Vestnik oftalmol, Mosk, 1913, xxx, 758-772.—Comberg (W.) Ueber Badkonjunktivitis. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1920, xliv, 13-38.-----. Einige Erfahrungen iiber Badkonjunktivitis. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1921, xlvii, 809.—Conlon (F. A.) Conjunctivitis due to food anaphylaxis. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1919, 3. s., ii, 4m3 ■-tsx. - Oos>e & Delord Quelques cas de conjunc- tivae oIimtvc* chez des dv-entt'ri'iues. Ann. d'ocul . Par., 1917, cli\, 33-11.—Danis i'M.'■ Self inflicted conjum t ivitis. Am. I. Ophth., Chicago, 1020, 3. s.,iii, 601.—Davis i V. E.) Conjunctivitis as the result of fast riding in automobiles. Post-dradunto, N. Y.. Pio.;, x\ iii, 3)1-353.—Ehnhuus (E.) 1 A case of conjunct ivitis \aeeinah-.] Hosp.-Tid, Kobenh, 1919, lxii, 1275.—Eloui Pacha. Les mouches et les ophtal- miesen Egypte. Rev. gen. d'opht. Par, 1909, xxviii, 193- 195.—Fehr. Endemische Bad-Conjunctivitis. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1900, xxxvii, 10.—Fernandez (F. M.) Las conjuntivitis de laspocetasde natacion. San.mil, Habana, I92i-22, i, 411-420.—FIndlay (W. F.) Cheese mite itch and conjunctivitis; a minor horror of the great war. N. Zealand M. J, Wellington, 1921, xx, 146-119— Fournler. Ophthal- mic blennorrhagique rhumatismale de cause interne I. de med. et chir. prat. Par, 1900, Ixxi, 173-175 Guhriclidcs (A.) Conjonctivite par PEclahium clatctium. Anii d'opht. Par, 1909, x\i\, 631.- Gulli-Vulcrio , !',.) Con- tribution a l'etude de l'ophtalmiedcsneiges. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1911, cxliv, 197-203.-Gifford (II.) & (afford (S. R.J Molluscum conjunctivitis. Arch, ophth, N. Y, 1921, 1, 227-233, 2 pi— Gradle (H. S.l Swimming pool conjunctivi- tis. Illinois M. J.. Chicago, l'.iw,, xxix, 102. Also: Ophthal- mol, Seattle, 1IH6, xii, r.:.2 n.M. -----. A case of chronic conjunftiv itis (plasma cellularisi. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1917, xwi, 57s-bm. Hauer (F.) Die Atropin-Conjunc- tivitis. Ungar. Beitr. z. Augenh, Leipz. & Wien, 1900, ii, 247-2V).—Hilbert (R.) Blepharitis und Conjunctivitis acuta infolge von Einwirkung des frischen Krautes von Origanum majorana I.. Wchnschr. f. Therap. n. Hvg d Auges, Dresd, 1909, xii, r>3 -Hirschfelder (a. D.) Studies on the development of edema in mustard oil conjunctivitis. Tr. Sect. Pharm. & Therap. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1917, 182-191. Also, Reprint.—Hogg (G. II.) A case of diabetic conjunctivitis. Med. J. Australia, Sydney, 1916, ii, 387.— Htibener (W.) Ueber die Moglichkeit der Wundinfection vom Munde aus und ihre Verhutung durch Operations- masken. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh. ,Leipz, 1898, Conjunctivitis (Causes of). xxviii, 348-372.—Huntem tiller & Paderstein. Chlamy- dozoen-Befunde bei Schwimmbad-Conjunktivitis. I. Kli- nischerTeil. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. &Berl,1913, xxxix, 63-66—Hutton( A.M.) A peculiar form of traumatic (chemical) conjunctivitis. Virginia M. Semi-Month, Rich- mond, 1905-6, x, 451.—Jankovich(L.) Conjunctivitis ty- phosa. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1916, xiii, 1443 —Ker(T.C.)& Douglas(R.O.) A case of meningococcal conjunctivitis. Med. J. Australia, Sydney, 1916, l, 285 — Kipp (C J.) Chrysophanic acid kerato-conjunctivitis. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 1678.-----. Euphthal- min conjunctivitis. Ophthalmol, Milwaukee, 1905-6, ii, 23.5-238.—Kirby (E. D.) A case of conjunctivitis artefacta. Midland M. J, Birmingh, 1914, xiii. I.—Knapp (A.; & Dwyer (J. G.) Acute streptothrix infection of the con- junctiva. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1918, xlvii,, 497-499.— Lamb (F. W.) Conjunctivitis tularensis (squirrel- plague conjunctivitis) with report of a case. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1917, xxvi, 221-226, 1 pi.—Lasaiirues. Conjonc- tivite me'dicamentcuse. Toulouse mt'd, 1903, 2. s, v, 139- 141.—Lawson (A.) Three cases of fur infection of the conjunctiva from cats. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1916-17, x, Sect. Ophth, 29-34. Also: Brit. J. Ophth, Lond.. 1917, i, 310-314—Levaditi (C), Harvier (P.) & Mcolau (S.) Sur la presence, dans lasalive des sujetssains, d'un virus produisant la kt'rato-conjonctivite et l'encepha- lite chez le lapin. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1921, 1 xxxiv, 817.—LOhlein fW.) Ueber Reizwirkung des valHnres auf das nit ischliche Auge. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Aucenh., Stuttg, 1911, xljc. 658.—MacCallan (A. F.i Causes of nop.-rraehoniLitous onlChaliiiA in Egvpt. Brit. J. Ophth., Lond, loi a. in. 4>-~ -5'0.- Mai-kay (M.) A pro- longed conjunctivitis follov.-irg Caina'te's ophthalmo- reaction. Boston M. & s- J, It",s. chi.i. 3,2— Mark (J.) Khniscli-expi Ti men telle Studien uber die s.onannte Atro- pincoirtutctivitts. Ungar. Beitr. z. Augenh, Leipz. & Wien lyuu, ii, 223-234.—Markus (C.) Ein Fall von Con- junctivitis mit Knotehenbildung, hiTvorgerufen durch eingedrungene Pflanzenhaare. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1899, ii, 34-41.—Marquez Conjuntivitis vegetante. Rev. espec. m£d, Madrid, 1905, viii, 485-4S7.—Milian La con- jonctivite arsenicale. Paris mod, 1921, xii, 3"-i-3*=.—van Moll (F. D. A. C.) Giebt es cine metastatische konjunk- tivitis? Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl, 1S99, ii, Ergi ■n:;shft,60- 62.—Morax. Die Wirksamkeit der Toxirein der Actio! . ■ der Bindehautentziindungen. Ibid., "1. — Morax V.1&L1- massian (M.) Du role des toxines dar.s la pro action li ? inflammations de la conjonctive. Ana. iucul, I ar, l^w, exxii, 81-113.—Morton (H. Mel.) I [on the relationship of certain catarrhal and purulent inflammations of the con- junctiva to urethritis and artliritis. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1900, ix. 293-295—Paderstein. Ueber Sehwimmbad- Conjunctnitis. Med. Khn., Berl, 1 al•'. xv, 1204-1206. -----. Si liwimm badkonjunktivitis. Deut^ he med. Wchn- schr.. Leipz. i Berl, 1922, xlviii, 340.—Parrott (J. M.) Amebic conjunct ivitis. Charlotte (N. C. M.J. 1916, lxxiv, 263-265.—Patton (J. M.) & Gifford (>. K > Agricultural conjunctivitis; report of six cases. Papers Sect. Ophth, Am. Med. Ass, Chicago, 1921. 183-211 —Peri (A.) Di una congiuntivite propria dei cavatori delle ir.itnore dell' Elba. Ramazzini, Firenze, 1910, iv. .v.o-tiic,— Peters. Ueber einige sekuiulare Conjunct i\ it islet men. onhtt:. KIP', Stuttg, 1904, viii. 305-307.—Pfalz ' ,.i Leber ttaumatische Konjunktivitis. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augcdi, Stuttg, 1911, xlix, pt.2, 60.5-625.—Plhl (A.) Zwei lalle von Conjuncti- vitis vaccinalis. Ibid., r.W xxxviii, 454-463.—Pollot iff,) & Rahlson. Ueber Aalblutconjunctivitis. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1911, lxxviii, 183-194.—Posey (W. C.) Conjunctival irritation excited bv proximitv "to a horse. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1905, xliv, 1735.—Uisley (S. P.} Two cases of recurrent conjunctivitis produced in one, bv the horse, in the other by the cat. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1907, xvi, 47s.—Ryerson (G. S.) Motor coiiaiiictivit.-. Canad. Pract. A Rev, Toronto, 1914, xxxix. 3io._Saiid- niann. Eine Sehwimmbad-Konjunkti\ ,t.>-Knde;.iie in Magdeburg. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, laj!. ixv.it. 192.— Small (C. P.) Face-powder conjunct iv it. >. /„'■ \m. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, iv 3101.— Steindorff u'.) Ueber Aalblutconjunctivitis (C. ichthvo- toxicai. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1911, xlviii, llbi.—strkk- ler I'.A) I raumatic or infectious conjunct i\Uis \m J. ophth, i hteago, 19ls,3.s,i, ll.-i.—Takashima (S.) Ueber die Kurokusakame als Erreger von Augenleiden (Con- junctivitis entomo-toxica). Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh. Stuttg, 1912, ii, 6K>-69s. -----. Ueber Aalblutkonjunkti- \ dis U'onj. ichthyotoxica). Und., 1913, n. F, xv, 776-787 — Vail (D. T.) A rase of squirrel plague conjunctivitis in man, J. Mich. M. Soc, Grand Rapids, 1915, xiv, 3-7.— \illard (H.) Histologic pathologique de la conjonctivite atropinique. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1907, xxvii, 9-16.-----. l'n c;is de conjonctivite aigue' apparaissant exclusivcment sousl iiitlucneedutravailaux vendanges. Clin.opht Par 1909, xv. liy 152. Also: Montpel. med, 1909, xxviii, 254- 256.—de Wccker (L.) Du mode de doveloppement des conjonctivites. Clin, opht. Par, 1S99, v, l; 13 Also, ' transl.: Ophth. Klin, Stuttg, 1899, iii, 55-57.- Webrclri (S.) Anatomische Untersuchung eines Falles von strept(>- kokkenkonjunktivitis beim Ncugeborenen. Kin. Mo- CONJUNCTIVITIS. Conjunctivitis (Causes of). natsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1908, xlvi, 163-166.—Werner. Ueber Raupenhaarkonjunktivitis. Miinchen. med. Wchn- schr, 1914, lxi, 847.—Widmark (J.) Zur Aetiologie der Conjunctivitis aestivalis. Mitt. a. d. Augenklin. d. Carolin. med.-chir. Inst, zu Stockholm, Jena, 1910, 11. Hft, 30-34.— Zlocisti(T.) Dysenteric-Konjunktivitis. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1918, lxi, 393-401. Conjunctivitis (Complications and se- quelse. of). Mayou (M. S.) The changes produced by in- flammation in the conjunctiva. 8°. New York, 1906. Antonelli La conjonctivite hypertrophique; 6tude clinique d'une forme particuliere de conjonctivite chroni- que. Bull, et mem. Soc. franc;, d'opht., Par., 1901, xviii, 487-489.—Belgeri(F.) Keratoconjuntivitisatipica. Semana med, Buenos Aires, 1921, xxviii, 252.—Elschnig (A.) Conjunctivitis acuta hyperplastica (plasmacellularis) mit den Erscheinungen von Lymphogranulomatose. Med. Klin, Berl, 1914, x, 675-678.—Feigenbaum (A.) Horn- hautkomplikationen bei der in Palastina epidemisch vor- kommenden Koch-Weeks Konjunktivitis. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh.. Stuttg, 1921, lxvi, 436-443—Foster (E. E.) Ueber Inflltrations-Oedem (gallertigen Pannus degenera- tivus) unter der Bowmanschen Membran. Ibid., 1904, xlu, 330-339.—Garipuy (E.) Conjonctivite subaigue; hypopion a cause d'un enclavement ancien de l'iris. Tou- louse med, 1907, 2. s, ix, 167.—Gilbert Demonstration mikroskopischer Praparate von Pannus degenerativus. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth., Gesellsch. 1907, Wiesb., 1908, xxxiv, 290-293.—Kopff. Epithelioma volumineux de la conjonctivite bulbaire. Rec. d'opht., Par.. 1898, 3. S, xx, 264-274.—Leboucq(G.) Conjonctive en tabher. Ann. Soc. de med. de Gand, 1910, n.s, i, 150-152,1 pi. Also: Belgique med., Gandv 1910, xvii, 411.—McKee (S. H.) Headache associated with diplobacillary conjunctivitis. Ophthalmo- scope, Lond, 1911, ix, 182.—Murphy (F. G.) Adhesions in the fold of the conjunctiva of the lower lid unrecognized for halfacentury. J. Ophth. & Oto-Lary'ngol, Chicago, 1915,ix, 379.—Nettleship (E.) Berry's hyperplastic subconjunc- tivitis and allied conditions. Roy. Lond. Ophth. Hosp. Rep, 1902, xv, pt. 2, 105-109.—Pes (O.) Dipolcoccoemia e streptococcoemia da congiuntiviti pseudomembranose. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1900, 4. s, vi, 214-227 — Petit (P.) Les lesions corneennes dans la conjonctivite su- baigue. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1900, exxiii. 107-129.—SchaUt (M. A.) Haemorrhagic conjunctivitis. Austral. M. J, Mel- bourne, 1910, xv, 600-602.—Trousseau (A.) Conjonctivite avec adenopathie. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1907, exxxvii, 444- 448. Conjunctivitis (Contagious and infec- tious ). See, also, Conjunctivitis (Tnfectious) [Pari- naud]; Conjunctivitis (Koch-Weeks); Conjunc- tivitis ( Morax-Axenfeld). Gromakovski (D. A.) *K etiologii ostravo epidemicheskavo katarra slizistoi obolochki viek (kliniko-bakteriologicheskoye izliedovanie). [On the etiology of acute epidemic catarrh of the mucosa of the eyelids (clinical and bacterio- logical research).] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1897. Rosenthal (O.) *-Ueber die Infektion des Bindehautsackes und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Allgemeininfektion; die Brillen als Infektions- schutz und als Infektionsiibertrager. 8°. Ber- lin, 1905. Schaffer (L.) Zur Behandlung der an- steckungsfahigen Formen der Bindehaut-Er- krankungen. 8°. Wien, 1883. Stephexsont (S.) Contagious ophthalmia: acute and chronic. 12°. London, 1900. Alt (A.) An epidemic of pneumococcus conjunctivitis; remarks on acute conjunctivitis. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1908, xxv, 257-261.—Bach (L.) & Neumann (R. O.) Rotz der Conjunctiva (Bacillus mallei, B. de la Morve). Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1899, i, 587.—Barjarri Alufre (P.) Pro- filaxia de las conjuntivitis infecciosas. Actas y mem. d. ix. Cong.internac.dehig-ydemog. 1899, Madrid, 1900, vi, 166- 169— Boynton (W. E.) Pink eye, or acute contagious conjunctivitis. Clinique, Chicago, 1912, xxxiii, 673-679.— Brown (C H.) Pink-eye. Practitioner, Londv 1914-15, xciii, 431-433.—Brown (S. H.) Acute contagious con- junctivitis; preliminary report of aseries of cases originating in a public swimming pool. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1914, lxxxvi, 236-240.—Cipriani (A. G.) Catarro acuto edematoso epi- demico della congiuntiva. Morgagni, Milano, 1898, xl, 475- 480 —Coppez (H.) Un cas de conjonctivite infectieuse a bubons. Policlin, Brux, 1905, xiv, 150.—Dunn (J.) An 5 CONJUNCTIVITIS. Conjunctivitis (Contagious and infec- tious) . unusual case of adenopathy secondary to conjunctival in- fection, probably Parinaua's conjunctivitis. Virginia M. Semi-Month, Richmond, 1904-5, ix, 402.—Edwards (R. T.) Conjunctival infection in Manila. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1909, xviii, 713-717. Also, Reprint.—Foggin (G.) Conta- gious conjunctivitis. Northumberland & Durham M. J, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1903, xi, 53-64, 1 ch.—Frenkel (H.) Traitement de certaines conjonctivites infectieuses par la pommade jaune. Rev. gen. d'opht. Par, 1906, xxv, 1-33.— Fretz (0. H.) Acute contagious conjunctivitis. Penn. M. J, Athens, Pa, 1909, xii, 884-886.—Fromaget (C.) & Fromaget (H.) Forme rare de staphylococcic conjoncti- vale. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1912, cxlvii, 298-300.—George (E.J.) Pinkeye. Clinique, Chicago, 1920, xii, 357.—Greeff. Ueber acute Augenepidemien. Berl. klin. WTchnschr, 189S, xxxv, 413; 441.—Hirota (K.) Ueber die Infektion vom unverletzten Bindehautsacke aus. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1902, xxxi, 225-240.—Ingerslev (F.) [A supposed epidemic of conjunctivitis in school children on the island of Lolland; an historiealstudy.] Bibliot. f. Laeger, K0benh, 1919, cxi, 528; 545.—Kamen (L.) Zur Aetiologie der epidemischen Bindehautentziindung. Centralbl. f. Bac- teriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1899, xxv, 401; 449,3 pi—Kast (J.) Eine Epidemie von akutem contagiosen Bindehautkatarrh. Ibid., 458-460.—Lawson (A.) Two cases of acute strepto- coccic infection of the conjunctiva. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom. Lond, 1906-7, xxvii, 27-37.—Morax (V.) & Petit (P.) Considerations cliniques et bacteriologiques sur les inflammations aigues de la conjonctive (conjonctivite aigue contagieuse; conjonctivite subaigue; conjonctivite a pneumocoques). Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1898, exx, 161-190.— Morrow (E. P.) A puzzling case of infection of the con- junctiva. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1902, xi, 365.—Poulard (A.) Infections streptocococciques de la conjonctive. Arch. d'opht. Par, 1903, xxiii, 382-399.-----. Infection staphy- lococcique de la conjonctive. Ibid., 1905, xxv, 603-617.— Reynolds (D. S.) Therapeutics of infectious conjunctivitis. Tr. Mississippi Valley M. Ass, Louisville, 1899, i, 288-294. Also [Abstr.]: West. M. Rev, Lincoln, Neb, 1899, iv, 374 — Romer. Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber Infectionen vom Conjunctivalsack aus. Ber. d. oberhess. Gesellsch. f. Nat.-u. Heilk, Giessen, 1899-1902, xxxiii, 125.—Shumway (E. A.) Ocular infections due to disease of the conjunctiva and the lacrymal passages. Penn. M. J.; Athens, 1906-7, x, 670-673.—Small (C. P.) Acute contagious conjunctivitis. In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, iv, 3089-3093.—Videky (R.) [Rare cases of conjunctival in- fection.] Szemeszeti lapok, 1912, 25-27.—Weichselbaum (A.) Zur Aetiologie und Behandlung einer Epidemie von Conjunctivitis. Oesterr. San.-Wes,Wien, 1898, x, 245-248.— Wolfe (O. R.) Pink eye. J. Kansas M. Soc, Topeka, 1917, xvii, 323-326. Conjunctivitis (Diagnosis of). Augieras. Examen microscopique des secretions con- jonctivales au point de vue clinique. Bull, et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht. Par, 1897. xv, 217-226.—Boussi (P.) Aspect clinique des conjonctivites. J. de med. de Par, 1921, xl, 520-524.—Bowman (N. H.) Diagnosis and treatment of conjunctivitis. Texas State J. M, Fort Worth, 1919-20, xv, 216-219.—Cantonnet (A.) L'equation "oeil rouge-conjunc- tivite" est absolument fausse. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap. Par, 1920, xxxiv, 721-723.—Clothier (J.) The accurate diagnosis of conjunctivitis. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1907, xvi, 117-120.—Cunningham (H. H. B.) Clinical lecture on some types of conjunctivitis. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1907, ii, 1473-1475.—Duclos. Conjonctivite croupale ou diphteritique? Arch. med. de Toulouse, 1911, xviii, SOS- SOS.—Farnarier (F.) Le diagnostic bacteriologique des conjonctivites aigues et subaigues et le traitement de ces affections. Marseille med, 1907, xliv, 143-148.—Fromaget (H.) & Bertemes (G.) Les pseudo-conjonctivites dans les sinusites fronto-ethmoidales. Ann. d'ocul., Par, 1916, cliii, 332-348.—Laf on (C.) Conjonctivite aigue bdaterale simulee. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. m£d. de Bordeaux, 1910, xxxi, 15-17.— Lund (G. J.) The differential diagnosis of conjunctivitis and iritis. South. Calif. Pract, Los Angeles, 1903, xviii, 389- 391.—Morandi(E.) Sull' utihta delrepertocitologicodegli ' essudati congiuntivah per la diagnosi di congiuntivite pro- vocata. Gior. di med. mil., Roma, 1921, lxix, 237-242 — Morax (V.) Le diagnostic microscopique des conjonctivites. Bull, et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht, Par.; 1897, xv, 244-261 — Morgano (P.) II vasogeno jodato in alcune forme di congiuntivite. Rassegna internaz. d. med. mod, Catania, 1902-3, iv, 17-20.—Ocampo (G.) Diagndstico bacteriosc6- pico de las conjuntivitis; su frecuencia en Mexico. An. de oftal, Mexico, 1907-8, x, 89-105, 2 ch. Also: Bol. d. Inst. patol, Mexico, 1907-8, 2. ep., v, 72-87.—Santos Fernandez (J.) El diagndstico de las inflamaciones de la conjuntiva, merced al auxilio del laboratorio. Arch, de la Soc. estud. clin. de la Habana, 1904-6, xiii, 112-120. Also: Cron. med.- quir. de la Habana, 1906, xxxu, 6; 163.—Snydacker (E. F.) The microscopical diagnosis of trachoma. Medicine, Detroit, 1899, v, 295-297.—Sylla (B.) Die Conjunctivitis meibo- miana und das Perhydrol als diagnostisches Hilfsmiltel. Wchnschr. f. Therap. u. Hyg. d. Auges, Dresd, 1910, xiii, 145-147.—Terson (A.) Les fausscs conjonctivites. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap. Par, 1903, xvu, 177-179.—Thom- 11 CONJUNCTIVITIS. 116 CONJUNCTIVITIS. Conjunctivitis (Diagnosis of). son (E. S.) The microscopic examination of conjunctival discharge. Pediatrics, N.Y, 1902, xiv, 5-9.—Trousseau (A.) Une nouvelle variete de conjonctivite. Ann. d ocul, rar, 1910, cxliii, 27-32. Conjunctivitis (Diphtheritic). Dugast (E.) *Recherches sur le mecanisme des complications eorneennes et le traitement de la diphterie conjonctivale. [Paris.] 8°. Nantes, 1905. , , Guichard (A.) Contribution a l'etude des formes attenuees de la diphterie conjonctivale. 8°. Paris, 1905. Hieber (A.) *Ein Beitrag zur pathologischen Anatomie der Streptokokken-Diphtherie der Bindehaut. 8°. Freiburg i. Br., 1903. Nordmann (L.) *Beitrage zur Kasuistik und Therapie der Diphtherie der Conjunktiva. 8°. Strassburg, 1911. Wagner (H.) *Ein Beitrag zur Frage der Heilserumtherapie bei der Conjunctivitis diph- theritica. 8°. Giessen, 1898. Aubaret. Un cas de conjonctivite diphteritique a forme localisee et persistante. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1900, xxi, 332-336.—Bell (G. H.) Diphtheritic conjunctivitis cured with antitoxin. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1899, lv, 814.—Bietti (A.) Welche Bedeutung kommt den Diphtheriebazillen und verwandten Keimen in der Aetio- logie der einfachen Bindehautentziindungen zu? Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1903, xii, 87-124.—Bruns (H. D.) Diphtheria of the conjunctiva m the far South. N. Orl. M. & S. J, 1906-7, lix, 36-41.—Collomb (A.) Nou- velle contribution a l'etude de la conjonctivite diplobacil- laire. Rev. mM. de la Suisse Rom, Geneve, 1901, xxi, 5S1- 596.—Curt il (A.) Un cas de conjonctivite diphterique be- nigne avec persistance du bacille pendant plusieurs mois apres la guerison. Rev. gen. d'opht. Par, 1909, xxviii, 433- 435.—Delord & Revel. Sur un cas de conjonctivite diph- terique. Clin, opht. Par, 1912, xviii, 368-371. Also: Clin. prat, med.-chir. de path, [etc.], Par, 1913, ix, 193-1915.— Desvaux (G.) Conjonctivite diphteritique avec broncho- pneumonie. Bull, et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht. Par, 1902, xix, 467-470. Also: Gaz. d. mal. infant, [etc.], Par, 1902, iv, 225.—Ewetzky (T.) Ueber die Bindehautdiphtherie und ihre Behandlung mit Heilserum. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1896, xxxiii, 685-689.—Friedenwald (H.) Classification of diphtheritic conjunctivitis; report of a case without mem- brane formation. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1911, lvi, 1454.— Fromaget. Conjonctivite diphteritique guene par le seram. Mem. et bull. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1901), 1902, 109-111.—Gayet. Un essai d'application de la serotherapie a la diphterie conjonctivale. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1895, xv, 137-143.—Hennecart. Concernant un cas de conjonctivite diphteritique compliquee de keratite. Bull. Acad, de mecl. Par, 1900, 3. s, xliii, 326-328.—Holt (L. E.) Diphtheria oi the conjunctiva treated by antitoxin. Arch. Pediat, N. Y, 1902, xix, 349.—von Hoor (K.) Conjunctivitis diphthe- ritica, diphthericaundcrouposa. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1913, n. F, xv, 333-337.—Igersheimer (J.) Beitrag zur pathologischen Anatomie der Coniunctivaldiphtherie. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1907, lxvii, 162-170, 1 pi. Also: Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. 1907, "Wiesb.. 1908, xxxiv, 323-327.—Knapp (A.) The bacteriological diagnosis of diphtheria bacillus, especially in conjunctivitis. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1904, x, 2vi 2M>.-Leoz Ortin ((}.) Un caso complcjo de conjuntivitis difl erica. Arch, de oftal. hispano-am, Barcel, 1910, x,388-391. Also: Rev. Ibero-Am. decien. med, Madrid, 1910, xxiii, 335-339.—Luedde (YV. II.) Unilocular diphtheritic conjunctivitis. Am. .1. Ophth, St. Louis, 1907, xxiv, 321-326.—McQueen (A. D.) A case of membranous conjunctivitis treated by antidiphtherial scrum. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1S99, ii, 1792.—Matliieu (F.) A propos d'un cas de conjonctivite diphi.iiquc. Ann. d'ocul.. Par, 1900, cxxiv, 372-3x0.—Mogilnicki (T.) [Diphtheritic conjunctivitis.] Czasopismo lek, Lodz, 1905, vii, 328-332.—Montagnon., Diphterie primitive de la con- jonctive. Loire med, St.-Etienne. 1908, xxvii, 343-347.— Monterisi. Di una rara affezione delta congiuntiva tarsea, a tipo membranoso e proliferante, per difterite croniea da bacillo di Loffier attenuate. Arch, di ottal, Napoli, 1910-11, xviii, 299-319, 1 pi.—zur Nedden. Ueber kroupose und diphtheritische Bindehauterkrankungen. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1904, xiii, 439-448.—Paoli Contribu- zione alia storia della congiuntivite difterica confluente* diffusa, ad ambedue gli ocelli. Atti d. Acad, med-fis. fiorent. 1872-4, Firenze, 1875, 33-37.—Pinckard (C. P.) Diphtheritic conjunctivitis; a case treated by injections of antitoxin; recovery without danger to the eye. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1899, xxxii, 1153.—Recken. Behring's Heil- serum bei Ihphtherie der Conjunctiva. Centralbl. r. prakt. Augenh, Leipz, 1895, xix, 229-231.—Ripault (H.) Un cas de diphterie conjonctivo-palpcbrale traitce par la sero- therapie. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par, Conjunctivitis (Diphtheritic). 1896 xxii, 138-140.—Schaffer. Ein durch Entstehung, Be- eleit'erscheinungen und Therapie interessanter Fall von Conjunctivitis diphtheritica. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1899, xxxvii, 25s.—Schanz (F.) Ueber die diph- therischen Bindehautentziindungen. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl 1900, iii, 193-199.—Schieck (F.) Hedserumtherapie bei Conjunctivitis diphtherica. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz & Berl, 1901), xxxu, 1934.—Schleslnger (E.) Em Beitrag zur Diphtherie der Conjunctiva (Conjunctivitis crouposa durch Diphtheriebacillen); Pemphigus: Heilserum. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1901, xlviii, 101-104.-Solomon (J. C.) Diphtheritic conjunctivitis cured with antitoxm. Los Angeles J. Eclect. M, 1904, i,. 96.—Sourdille (O.) Traitement de la diphterie conjonctivale. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1905, 2. s, xxiii, 781-787.-Spronck (C. H H.) Ueber die vermeintlichen schwachvirulenten Diphtherie- bacillen des Conjunctivalsackes und die DilTerenzirung der- selben von dem echten DiphthenebaciUus mittels des Bchring'schen Heilserums. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 18%, xxii, 571-573.—Stephenson (S.) The diagnosis of diphtheria of the conjunctiva. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1«W, i, 1578-1580.-----. Three cases of diphtheritic conjunctivitis. Lancet, Lond, 1899, i, 227-229. . Diphtheria ofthe conjunctiva. Ibid., 1900, i, 451.—Terrien (F ) La conjonctive diphterique; symptdmes, diagnostic et traitement. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap. Par, 1906, xx, 722-725.—Terson (A.) La conjonctivite diphteritique et le scrum antitoxique, par le Dr. Morax. Rec. d'opht. Par, 1895 3. s, xvii, 412-416.—Lhthoff fW.) Demonstration anatomischer Praparate von Diphtherie der menschlichen Conjunctiva. Sitzungsb. d. ophth. Gesellsch. 1902, Wiesb, 1903, 282-284.—Vossius (A.) Ein Beitrag zur Lehre von der Aetiologie. Pathologie und Therapie der Diphthentis conjunctiva?. Deutsche Prax, Miinchen, 1900, iii, 657-668.— Weil 7c,2.—shi- manovski (A. F.) [Trachoma following gonorrhoea! con- junctivitis.] Vestnik oftalmol, Mosk, 1907, xxiv, 750-753.— Strieker (L.) Blindness in Hamilton County, with special reference to ophthalmia neonatorum. Ohio M". J, Columbus, 1909, v, 466-473.—Suker (G. F.) Gonorrheal ophthalmia: with involvement of the anterior ethmoidal cells: a report of a case. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1905, xiv, 227-231. Also, Reprint.—Testa (E.) Artropatia da oftalmia blenorragica. Incurabili, Napoli 1899, xiv, 635-637.—Tivnen (R. J.) Blindness, caused by ophthalmia neonatorum. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1914, lxih, 1756-1758.—A inier (P.) Conjoncti- vite blennorrhagique metastatique et abnes conjonctivaux. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1908, xxviii, 513-518.—Wharton (J.) The frequency and corneal complications of ophthalmia neonatorum. Ophthalmoscope, Lond, 1909, vii, 19-21.— Woods (H.) Treatment of advancing corneal lesions in gonorrheal ophthalmia. Maryland M. J, Bait, 1895-fi xxxiv, 112-114. Conjunctivitis ((ronorrhaal. Experi- mental). Ci-xthetto (E.) ^Alterazioni esperinientali dell' occhiosostenutedal gonococco I "■ Parma 1911. • DetJr? v*0 & Paraf i3) A Propos de l'ophtalmie expe- rimentale a gonocoques du lapin (reponsea MM. Mezincescu et HolbaiO. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1919, Ixxxii <3,-738.—Lindner (K.) 1'ebertragungsversuche von gono^ kokkenfreier Blennorrhea neonatorum auf Arlen; vorlkufige Mitteilung. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1909, xxii, 1554- Mezlncescu (D.) & Holban (D.) Sur l'ophtalmie experi- mentale a gonocoque che/. le lapin. Compt. rend. Soc de biol. Par, 1919, Ixxxii, .Vic.-Morax, Lindner & Pollack. Recherches experimentalcs sur l'ophtalmie non gonococ- cal ue des nouveau-nes dite "a inclusions." Bull, et mem Soc. franc, d'opht. Par, 1911, xxviii. 389^101.—RoUet A Aurand. Recherches expenmentales sur les infections oculaires par le gonocoque. Rev. gen. d'opht. Par, 1912, Conjunctivitis (Gonorrhaal, Intra-ute- rine ). tomU,rIaf,dA(™V\iA\X-> ,}n,r:,-llU,ri'* ophthalmia neona- torum. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1911, lvii, 1285. Also Re- K„rD,l,,ds}s (!ir:r I1" «■* A ««» of ophthalmhi neonatorum before buth. Lancet, Lond, 1921,i, 122.-Ford (Kosa). A note on ante-partum ophthalmia. Ophthalmo- W,W 1W<'., iv, 5,",7 5.VJ. 1907, v, 243-245.-Hob5bach 'l:' >TUel)t,r i»trautenn erworbene Ophthalmoblennorrhoe n IN?)iS3borenen- Monalschr. f. Geburtsh. u. G\mak, Berl 1908 xxvu, 96-101.- \a.u-e (W. O.) Report of a case ol antepartum purulent conjunctivitis. J. Ophth. \ Oto- Laryngol, Chicago, 1907, i, 12.-----. A case of.antepartum purulent ophthalmia. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1911 Xx 675 Aho: Illinoisi M. J, Springfield 1911, xix, 77».-Boblnson (.'■• n.) Ante-partum ophthalmia; three cases. Ophthal- moscope, Lond, 1907, v, 311.- Stephenson (S.> & Ford (Rosa). Ante-partum ophthalmia, with an account of seventeen new cases. Ibid., 1906, v, 210-222.-Woods (II ) A case of intra-uterine gonorrhoeal ophthalmia, with loss of both eyes. J. Eye, Ear A Throat Dis, Bait, 1899, i\ 1.5-17. CONJUNCTIVITIS. 119 CONJUNCTIVITIS. Conjunctivitis (Gonorrhoea!, Metastatic). Joerrens (M.) *Zur Kenntnis der metasta- tiseh-gonorrhoischen Ophthalmie. 8°. Bonn, 1912. Apetz (W.) Ueber gonorrhoisch-metastatische Entziin- dung am Auge Erwachsener. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1903,1,1340.—Becker (H.) Die metastatische gonorrhoische Augenbindehauterkrankung. Jahresb.d. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u. Heilk. in Dresd, 1897-8, 85-89.—Carreras (B.) Conjun- tivitis blenorragica metastasica. Med. ibera, Madrid, 1918, v, 210-214.—Carroll (J. J.) Metastatic conjunctivitis in gonorrhea. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1907, rlix, 110-114. [Discussion], 170-172.—Davids (H.) Ueber metastatische Konjunktivitis bei Gonorrhoikern. Med. Klin, Berl, 1910, vi, 979-982.-----. Weitere Mitteilungen iiber die metasta- tische Conjunctivitis bei Gonorrhoikern. Arch. i. Ophth, Leipz, 1914, Ixxxvii, 160-173.—Demaria (E. B.) Conjun- tivitis blenorragica metastasica <5 enddgena (escleroconjun- tivitis blenorragica metastasica). Arch de oftal, hispano- am, Barcel, 1907, vii, 119-129.—Dutoit (A.) Die metasta- tischen Augenentzundungen bei Urethralgonorrhde und die Gonokokkenvakzinebehandlung derselben. Aerztl. Rund- schau, Miinchen, 1915, xxv, 113.—Fage. Conjonctivite blennorrhagique metastatique. Gaz. med. de Picardie, Amiens, 1900,xviii, 115-117. Also: Rec.d'opht, Par, 1900,3. s, xxii, 193-195.—Feiertag (J.) Zur Kasuistik der metasta- tischen Ophthalmie im Puerperium. Zentralbl. f. Gynak, Leipz, 1907, xxxi, 660-664.—Frescoln (L. D.) A case of metastatic gonorrhoeal conjunctivitis. Brit. M. J., Lond, 1911, i, 686.—Greet (R.) Ueber Metastasen im Auge bei Gonorrhoe. Med. Klin,Berl,1905,i,949-953—McKee(H.) Metastatic gonorrhceal conjunctivitis; demonstration of the gonococcusin smear and culture. Ophthalmoscope, Lond, 1909, vii, 462^66. Also: Ophthalmol, Seattle, 1909, v, 618- 624.—Mlchail (D.) Sur la nature anaphylactique de la conjonctivite blennorragique endogene (meiastatique). Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1913, lxxiv, 978.—van Moll (Dr.) Giebt es eine metastatische Conjunctivitis? Cong. internat. d'opht. d'Utrecht. Compt.-rend, Amst, 1900, 183-195.—Murray ( W. R.) Metastatic gonorrheal conjunc- tivitis, report of a case. J. Minn. M. Ass. [etc.], Minneap, 1910, n. s, xxx, 499-503. Also: J. Ophth. & Oto-Laryngol, Chicago, 1911, v, 69-75.—Rusche (W.) Zur Kasuistik der Conjunctivitis gonorrhoica metastatica. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr, 1910, xlvii, 2386-2388.—Savy (P.) & Genet. Trois cas de conjonctivite blennorrhagiiiue metastatique. Bull. Soc. med. d. hop. de Lyon, 1913, xi, 206-209. Also: Lyon mea, 1913, cxx, 628-631.—Sym (W. G.) Metastatic gonorrhoeal ophthalmia. Edinb. M. J, 1904, n. s, xvi, 126-129.—Terson (J.) Quelques mots sur la conjonctivite metastatique d'origine blennorrhagique et sur le traitement de la con- jonctivite granuleuse. Arch. med. de Toulouse, 1900, vi, 254-258.—Thorner (W.) Ueber metastatische Conjuncti- vitis gonorrhoica. Charity-Ann, Berl.. 1904, xxviii, 340- 347.—Trousseau (A.) La conjonctivite blennorrhagique metastatique. Rev. g£n. de clin. et de therap. Par, 1908, xxii, 355.—Wilder (W.H.) Metastatic ophthalmia. Illinois M. J, Springfield, 1911, xix, 711-716—Wilmsen (J.) Ein Fall von doppelseitiger metastatischer Ophthalmie. Med. Klin, Berl, 1918, xiv, 1017.—Zentmayer (W.) Metastatic gonorrheal conjunctivitis with report of a case. Penn. M. J, Athens, 1909-10, xiii, 552-554. Conjunctivitis (Gonorrhceal, Preven- tion of). See, also, Blindness (Prevention of). Anlauff (A.) *Die Sophol-Prophylaxe bei Neugeborenen und ihre Leistungsfahigkeit. 8°. Greifswald, 1913. Feulner (K.) *Ueber die praeventive Be- handlung der Augeneiterung der Neugeborenen mit Beriicksichtigung der neuen Mttel, be- sonders des Sophols. 8°. Miinchen, 1909. Ginestous (E.) La prophylaxie de l'ophtal- mie purulente des nouveau-nes a Bordeaux; etude historique et critique. 8°. Bordeaux, 1906. von Gratkowski (S.) *Vergleiche der So- pholprophylaxe gegen die Ophthalmoblennor- rhoe der Neugeborenen mit anderen konkur- rierenden Verfahren. 8°. Breslau, 1910. Harman (N. B.) Preventable blindness; an account of the disease known as the ophthalmia of the new-born, and of its effects; with a plea for its suppression. 12°. New York, 1907. Kerr (J. W.) Ophthalmia neonatorum" an analysis of the laws and regulations relating thereto in force in the United States. 8°. Wash- ington, 1911. Treas. Dep, Pub. Health & Mar.-Hosp. Serv. U. S, Wash, 1911, Bull. No. 49. Conjunctivitis (Gonorrhceal, Preven- tion of). Klatt (R.) *Die prophylactische Behand- lung der Ophthalmoblennorrhoea gonorrhoica bei Neugeborenen mit Argentum aceticum und Sophol. 8°. Leipzig, 1911. Konig (A.) *Die Anwendung des Alkohols bei der Prophylaxe der Ophthalmoblennorrhoea neonatorum. 8°. Marburg, 1900. Kreutzkamp (A.) *Ergebnis der Crede'schen Prophylaxe in der Frauenklinik zu Halle a. S., 1894-1903. 8°. Halle a. S., 1903. Mirowsky (M.) *Die Ersatzmethoden des Argentum nitricum zur Verhutung der Ophthal- moblenorrhoea der Neugeborenen. 8°. Basel, 1907. von der Posten (E.) *Erfolge der Crede'- Bchen Prophylaxe an der Heidelberger Frauen- klinik. 8°. Heidelberg, 1908. Rechsteiner (J.) *Sophol in der Vorbeugung der Ophthalmogonoblennorrhoe. [Basel.] 8°. Sarnen, 1916. Schullehn (G.) *Die Zuverlassigkeit der Crede'schen Eintraufelung. [Gottingen.] 8°. Berlin, 1897. Also, in: Arch. f. Gynaek, Berl, 1897, liv, 86-102. Unterstenhofer ((J. F.) *Die Credeisierung mit Sophol und Argentum nitricum. 8°. Heidel- berg, 1911. Ailport (F.) State legislation concerning ophthalmia neonatorum. Ophthalmol, Seattle, 1915-16, xii, 276-326.— Bauman (J. E.) Inflammation of the eyes of the new born; observations ofthe operation ofthe present law. Ohio M. J, Columbus, 1917, xiii, 656 658.—Behrman (M.) Prophylaxis and treatment of gonorrheal conjunctivitis. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin, 1908, xcix, 611-614.—Brav (A.) The preventive and curative treatment of ophthalmia neona- torum. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1914, xcix, 1029-1031.—de la Garza (J. U.) Profilaxis de la oftalmia purulenta en el reeien nacido. Rev. cubana de oftal.. Habana, 1921, iii, 688-695.—Cheney (F. E.) The control of ophthalmia neonatorum in Massachusetts with suggestions for the im- provement of existing conditions. Boston M. & S. J, 1913, clxviii, 117-122.—Claiborne (J. H.) Another case of gonor- rheal conjunctivitis aborted by a two per cent, solution of nitrate of silver. N. York State J. M, N. Y, 1913, xiii, 212.—Cowgill (W. M.) Abortion of gonorrheal opthhalmia. Am. Pract. & News, Louisville, 1902, xxxiv, 260-263. Also: Carolina M. J, Charlotte, 1902, xlviii, 399-401.—Cohn (P.) Ueber die Behandlung nach CredC in der Augenheilkunde. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1918, xliv, 1251.— Copeland (G. C.) Blindness ofthe newborn; a preventa- ble disease. Canad. M. Ass. J, Toronto, 1918, viii, 724-731.— Crede-Horder (C.) Zur Prophylaxe der Ophthalmo- blennorrhoe. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Konigsb, 1910, Leipz, 1911, Ixxxii, pt. 2, 185- 187.-----. Histologische Untersuchung der Aetzwirkung der Prophylaktika. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek, Berl, 1913, xxxviii, 310-320.-----. Warum konnte die Blennorrhoenicht abnehmen? Zentralbl. f. Gynak, Leipz, 1914, xxxviii, 116-118.-----. Ueber Blennorrhoe. Wie kann die Blennorrhoe wirksam verhiitet werden? Ibid.x 230-232.—Cuzzi (A.) Per una migliore tutela degli occhi dei neonati e per la profilassi della oftalmoblenorrea. Folia gynaec, Pavia, 1910, iii, 457-520.—Dauber. Zur Prophy- laxe der Ophthalmoblennorrhoea neonatorum. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1904, li, 297-299.—Dimmer (F.) Prophy- laxe der Blenorrhoe der Neugeborenen. Wien. khn. Wchn- schr, 1910, xxiii, 1739-1745. Also: Med. Bl, Wien, 1911, xxxiii, 1; 13.—Edgar (J. C.) Preventable blindness from the standpoint of the obstetrician. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, lxxxix, 986-9S8.—Evans (J. J.) The prevention and treatment of ophthalmia neonatorum. Midland M. J, Birmingh, 1908, vii, 114-117.—Fabre. Prophylaxie et traitement de l'ophtalmie purulente du nouveau-ne. Rev. internat. de mt'd. et de chir.. Par, 1911, xxii, 107-108.— Feilchenfeld (W.) Zur Beurteilung von Misserfolgen des Crede'schen Verfahrens bei Neugeborenen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1909, xxxv, 2318.—Friesen (H. J.) Ophthalmia neonatorum, the cause of preventable blindness. Journal-Lancet, Minneap, 1918, xxxviii, 530- 533.—Frommholz. Beobachtung aus der Praxis bei der prophylaktischen Eintraufelungin die Augen Neugeborener. Med. Klin, Berl, 1911, vii, 1547.—Gantt (L. Rosa H.) The prevention of ophthalmia neonatorum. Woman's M. J, Cincin, 1916, xxvi, 167.—Gevvin (J. W. A.) Ueber die Erfolge der prophylaktischen Behandlung der Blennorrhoe der Neugeborenen mit Argentum nitricum. Gynaek. Rundschau, Berl. & Wien, 1910, iv, 146-148.—Ginestous (E.) la prevention de la ceclte infantile per l'application de la loi Roussel. Ann. d'hyg. Par, 1909, 4. s, xii, 46-49.— CONJUNCTIVITIS. 120 CONJUNCTIVITIS. Conjunctivitis (Gonorrhceal, Preven- tion of). Greeff (R.I Over prophylaxe en therapie van de oogetter- ing der pasgeborenen. Med. Weekbl, Amst, 190,-8, xiv, 538-540. A lso, transl.: Therap. d. Gegenw, Berl 1908, xhx, 27-30.-Greene (H. C) Ophthalmia neonatorum; administrative standards. Boston M. & S. J, 1913, clxvui, 275_278.-Hannes (W.) Ueber den Ersatz des Argentum nitricum durch das Sophol in der Ophthalmoblennorrhoe- prophvlaxe. Zentralbl. f. Gynak, Leipz, 1911, xxxv, 20- 22.—Harman (N. B.) The prevention of blindness due to ophthalmia ofthe new-born. Pub. Health, Lond, 1908-9, xxii, 11.5-122.—HeUendall (H.) Resultate mit meinem neuen Verfahren der Credeisierung der Neugeborenen in der Anstalts- und Hebammenprayis. Med. klin, Berl, 190s, iv, 1610-1612. Also: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf.u. Aerzte,Leipz,1909,pt.2, 2.Hlfte,272-274.-----. Weitere Erfahrungen mit meiner Methode der Credeisierung. Zentralbl. f. Gynak, Leipz, 1911, xxxv, 1453-1459. Also [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte (Karlsruhe), 1911. Leipz, 1912,Ixxxiii,pt.2,2. Hlfte, 285.— von Hern" (O.) Zur Vorbeugung der Blennorrhoea neona- torum in Stadt und Land. Arch. f. Gynaek, Berl, 1912, xcviii, 187-217.-----. Kann man die Zahl der Erkran- kungen an Ophthalmoblennorrhoea gonorrhoica verringern? Gynaek. Rundschau, Berl.& Wien, 1907,i, 751-758.-----. Zur Verhutung der gonorrhoischen Ophthalmoblennorrhoe mit Sophol. Miinchen. mrd. Wchnschr, 1906, liii, 958.— Hirsch (R.) Ueber den Einfluss der obligatonsehen Pro- phylaxe und Anzeigepflicht der Ophthalmoblennorrhoea neonatorum. Ibid., 1921, lxviii, 1223—Howe (L.) The reporting of gonorrhoea as a method for preventing gonor- rhoeal ophthalmia. N. York State J. M, N. Y, 1911, xi, 337-340.—Jamison (H. D.) The abortive treatment of gonorrhoeal ophthalmia by a cantholysis and the thorough application of nitrate of silver, forty grains to the ounce. Med. Rec,N.Y..1899,lv,814— Jone's(H.E.) Ophthalmia neonatorum, with especial reference to its prevention; critical review. Liverpool M.-Chir. J, 1908, xxix, 214-218.— Kane (Elizabeth C.) Ophthalmia neonatorum from the standpoint of the obstetrician. Woman's M. J, Cincin, 1911, xxi, 199— Koltonski (H.) Choleval als Prophvlakti- kum gegen die Blennorrhoe der Neugeborenen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1920, lvii, 954.—Lehle (A.) Zur Prophylaxe der Ophthalmoblcnnorrhcea neonatorum. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1912, lix, 21(U-21f>3.—Lewis (F. P.) A practical method of abolishingthe cause of one-quarter ofthe unneces- sary blindness in the Cnited States. J. Am. M. Ass, Chi- cago, 1906, xlvi, 1262-1265— Luithlen (F.) Abortive Chemotherapie akuter Ophthalmoblennorrhoen. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1919, lxvi, 447.—Lundsgaard (K. K. KA [ Prophylaxis of gonorrheal ophthalmia.] Ugeskr. f. Larger, Krfbenh, 1917, lxxix, 1690-1694.—MacCallan (A. FA What are the best means to adopt to avoid the spread of the forms of ophthalmia which mav lead to blindness? Ophthal- moscope, Lond.. 1911, ix, 826-t>"33.— Paeheco-Luna (IM Disquisiciones oftalmologicas; apuntcs sobre la profilaxia de la conjuntivilis blenorragica neonatorum. Rev. cubana de oftal, Habana, 1919, i, 292-296.—Phillips (W. L.) The lacrimal duct as a portal of infect ion in blennorrhoea neonato- rum, and its prevention. N. York M.J. [etc.], 1910, xcii, ltiti- 16S.—Possek (R.) Zur Abortivbehandlung der Ophthal- moblennorrhoe. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1917, xxx, 77. - Praun(E.) Coupirte Conjunctivitis blennorrhou a. Cen- tralbl. f. prakt. Augenh, Leipz, 1902, xxvi, 270.—Sattler (R.) The prophylaxis of ocular birth infections. Lancet- Clinic, Cincin, 1913, ex, 246-250. -----. The prophylaxis of ocular birth infections and venereal disease. J. Ophth. & Oto-Laryngol, Chicago, 1913, vii, 375-386. Also: Lancet- Clinic, Cincin, 1913, ex, 640-6.50. Scipiades (E.) Die Frage der Prophylaxis der Ophthalmoblenorrhoa neonato- rum mit Beriicksichtigung der Erfolge der Silberacotat- Instillation. Samml. klin. Vortr, n. F, Leipz, 1902, No. 342 (Gyniikol, No. 124, 771-806). -----. Noch einige Worte uber den Worth des Argentum aceticum in der Prophylaxe der Ophthalmoblenorrhoea. Ibid., No. 345 (Cynakol, No. 127, 331-340).-----. Die Ophthalmoblennorrhoea und da* Argentum acet. Zentralbl. f. Gynak, Leipz, 1909, xxxiii, 89-98.—Shastid (T. H.) A composite ophthalmia neona- torum law. Am. J. Ophth.. St. Louis, 1918, 3. s, i, 43; 290. A lso, Reprint. Spalding (A. B.) Clinical results follow- ing prophylactic 11 eatmentwil h silver nitrate for blennorrhea neonatorum. Calif. State J. M, San Fran, I91S, xvi, 526- 528.—Stein (I. F.) The use of sophol in the prevention of ophthalmia neonatorum. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1917, xxvi, 411-415.—Stephenson (S.) Some questions arising from the notification of ophthalmia neonatorum. Pub. Health, Lond, 1915. xxix,7-10. Stewart i Helena R.) The prevention of blindness in Ohio. Mod. Hosp., St. Louis, 1917. viii, 219-221.—Stevenson (W. D.) An aborted case of adult gonorrheal ophthalmia. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, P.U7, xxvi, 621-623.—Stiassny(S.) Zur Credeisierung. Gynaek. Rundschau, Berl. & Wien, 1909, iii, 224-229.—von Szily (P.) & Sternberg (A.) Abortive Bakteriotherapie akuter Ophthalmoblennorrhoen. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1917, lxiv, 131. A lso: Cor.-Bl. f. Schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 191\ xlviii, 775-777.-----. Abortive Chemotherapie akuter Ophthalmoblennorrhoen. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1919, lxvi, 41.—Taege (K.) Zu der Mitteilung uber abortive Conjunctivitis (Gonorrhceal, Preven- tion of). Chemotherapie akuter Ophthalmoblennorhoen, von Reg.- Arzt Dr. Paul von Szily und Dr. Stransky. Ibid., 1058.— Thies (J.) Ueber die Prophvlaxe der Blennorrhoe der Neugeborenen. Ibid., 1906, liii, 1620-1622.—Treber (HA Welchen Erfolghat die Credesche Prophylaxe in Bezug auf die durch die Blenorrhoea neonatorum hervorgerufene Erblindung aufzuweisen? Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1911, xxv, 549; 567.—Vallois (L.) Prophylaxie de la conjoncti- vite purulente des nouveau-nes. M"ea. inf., Par, 1908, v, 131-133.—Villard (H.) Traitement abortif de la conjoncti- vite blennorrhagique par l'argyrol a haute dose. Montpel. mod, 1909, xxviii, 162-I6V—Weidenbaum (G.) Ein Beitrag zur Technik der Crede'schen Blennorrhoeprophy- laxe. Zentralbl. f. Gynaek, Leipz, 1912, xxxvi, 1507.— Wheeler (J. T.) The control of ophthalmia neonatorum. ['roc. Confer. San. Off. N. York, Albany, 1908, viii, 69-76 — Wolfiberg Schutzmassregeln gegen die Augeneiterung der Neugeborenen und gegen Ansteckung durch dieselbe. Wchnschr. f. Therap. u. Hvg. d. Auges, Dresd, 1916-17, xx, 81-83. Also, Reprint— Zeman (A.) Sophol als Prophy- laktikum gegen Blennorrhoea neonatorum. Gynaek. Rundschau, Berl. & Wien, 1911, v, 799- mis. Conjunctivitis (Gonorrhceal, Treatment of). El-Khadfm (S.) *Du protargol dans 1 ophtal- mie blennorrhagique. 8°. Lyon, 1903. Puttkam.mer (E. [L. F.]) *Die bisherigen Resultate der Blennorrhoe-Behandlung. 8°. Greifswald, 1909. Rinkes - Huijgex de Raat (Augustine Clasina). *Die Behandlung der conjunctivitis gonorrhoica. 8°. Amsterdam. 1919. Schon (J. M. A.) Nosologisch-therapeutische Darstellung der gonorrhoischen Augenentzun- dung. 16°. Hamburg, 1834. Adam (C.) Ueber die Behandlung der Augenblennorrhoe hoi Erwachsenen und Kindern mittels der Blenno-Lenicet- Salbe. Therap. Monatsh, Berl, lHb, xxii. 114-117.—Allport iF.) Silver salts in ophthalmia neonatorum. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1916, ciii, 717.—Almkvist (.'•> Ceber die Be- handlung einiger Falle von Augenblennorrhoe mit Largin. Arch.f. Dermat.u. Syph.. Wien & Leipz., 1-99.1,229-240.— Alter (F. W.) The management and treatment of gonor- rheal conjunctivitis. Am. M. Compend, Toledo, 190S, xxiv, 75-79— Alvarado (E.) Nueva polemica sobre los antiguos y nuevos preparados de plataen el tratamiento y profilaxia de la oftalmia purulenta de los reeien nacidos. "Clin, caste- llena,Valladolid, 1915.x.321; 401— Barnert(C) Treatment of gonorrheal ophthalmia. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1916, lxxxix, 259. Also, Reprint.—Bailliart. Traitement de l'ophtalmie des nouveau-nes. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.]. Par, 1904, cxlviii, 607-614.—Bayer (HA Zur Theranie der Blennor- rhoe mittelsderBlennolenizetsalbe. Munehen.med.Wchn- schr, 1910, lvii, 1010-1012—Bela (P.) Ueber Behandlung der Blennorrhoea conjunctivae neonatorum. Cong, internat. de med. (xvi.). C.-r, Budapest, 1910, Sect, ix, Opht il, 452-156.—Hernheimer (SA Zur Behandlung der Gono- blcnnorrhoe. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg., 1906, xlv, 253-258.—Boussi & Merigaud de Trelgny. Traite- ment de la conjonctivite a gonocoque chez l'enfant. J. de med. de Par, 1920, xxxix, 10s. Brandes. Sels organi- ues ou inorganiques d'argent dans le traitement de 1'ophtalu'o- blennorrln'e? Ann. Soc. nit d.-chir. d' Anvers, 1906, y i. 1 :>7- 160.—Bra v ■ A.) The treatment of ophthalmia neonatorum. Therap. Gaz. |etc.], Detroit ,1912,3.s, xxviii, 691-695.-----. The preventive and curative treatment of ophthalmia neo- natorum. N. York M. J. [etc.), 1914, xcix, 1029-1031. Also, Reprint.—Bronner (A.) Notes on a case of gonorrheal conjunctivitis in an adult treated by periodide of hydrogen drops. Tr. ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1UQ3-4. xxiv, 30-34.-Brims (H. D.) The immersion treatment with argyrol solutions of the purulent ophthalmias. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford. 1906-S. xi, 28 57.—Cheney (F. E.) Protargol as a subM itute for nit rate of silver in ophthalmia neonatorum and other coniun. tival diseases. Boston M. & S. L. 1898, c\x\i\. 191. Claiborne (J. 11.) Treatment of nonorrlural conjunetw it is in the newborn and the a'.ult. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1916, xxi, 188-192.— Clapp (('. AA \ Martin iM. G.) U*e of mercurochrome-220 as a germicide in ophthalmia neonatorum; a preliminary report. J. Am. M. A>.-, Chicago, 1920, lxxiv, 1224. Also, Reprint- Crairiu (K. ».) The prophylactic and curative treatment of opht halmia neonatorum; what silver salt shall he used and what Munich. Suik , Gvnec.& Obst, Chhago, 1907, v, 171-175. Croskey (J. W.) The use of peroxide of hydrogen in the treatment of gonorrheal ophthalmia. lTiila. Hosp. Rep. (1908), 1909, vii, 160-103. Cupcea (MA Pri ire statistics, anuala asupra coniunctivitci blenoragice tratata in clinica oftalmologica clhi Cluj. Cluj. med. Hum- resti, 1920, i, 987 98-. 1. Hurler < A > Protargol, ein Speziflkum gegen Conjunktivitis blennorrhoica (neonatorum). Frauen- arzt, Leipz, 1898, xiii, 530-542.-----. Traitement de l'oph- CONJUNCTIVITIS. 121 CONJUNCTIVITIS. Conjunctivitis (Gonorrhceal, Treatment talmie blennorragique grave par les sels organiques d'argent. J. de med. de Par, 1906, 2. s, xviii, 155.—Davids (H.) Die grossen Ausspiilungen nach Kalt bei der Behandlung der Blennorrhoea adultorum. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1907, xlv, 187-192.—De Falco. Cura razionale della congiuntivite blenorragica. Clin, ocul, Palermo, 1906, vii, 2531-2541. Also: Boll. d. Osp. oftal. d. prov. di Roma, 1908, vi, 98-102.—Derby (H.) The new silver salts as com- pared with silver nitrate in the treatment of ophthalmia of newborn children. Boston M. & S. J, 1908, clix, 825-827 — ten Doesschate (G.) & Kraft (J. E. L.) Over de behande- ling van ophthalmia gonorrhoica door middel van dia- thermic Mil.-geneesk. Tijdschr, Haarlem, 1915, xix, 151- 155. Also: Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1917, ii, 214-218.—Elewaut. Le dme'gon dans le traitement de la conjonctivite gonococcique. Arch. med. beiges, Brux, 1921, [xxiv, 1046-1053. Also: Clin, opht. Par, 1922, xxvi, 131- 137.—Elze (K.) Eine Methode der Behandlung der Oph- thalmoblenorrhoea gonorrhoica der Neugeborenen, welche sich durch ihre gunstigen Resultate empfiehlt. Wchnschr. f. Therap. u. Hyg. d. Auges, Bresl, 1897, i, 49-51.-----. Eine Methode der Behandlung der Ophthalmoblenorrhoea gonorrhoica der Neugeborenen. Aerztl. Centr.-Anz, Wien, 1899, xi, 177-179.—Ford (Rosa). The modern treatment of ophthalmia neonatorum. Hospital, Lond, 1908, xliii, 573.— FUrst (L.) Die Largin-Behandlung der Ophthalmogonor- rhoea neonatorum. Centralbl. f. Kinderh, Leipz, 1901, vi, 81-85.—Fukala (V.) Curacidn rapida y segura de la ble- norrea de los reeien nacidos. Arch, de oftal. hispano-am, Barcel, 1909, ix, 165-168.—Gallus (E.) Behandlung der gonorrhoischen Augeneiterung der Neugeborenen mit Airol; eine einfache und zuverlassige Methode fiir den Praktiker. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1919, lxvi, 1144.—Gifford (H.) The treatment of gonorrhceal ophthalmia. Southwest J. M. & S., El Reno, 1916, xxiv, 1-16.—Ginestous (E.) Prophy- laxie et traitement de l'ophtalmie purulente des nouveau- nes; essais de vaceinotherapieantigonococcique. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1920, xii, 74-78.—Goldzieher (W.) Ueber eine neue Behandlungsmethode der akuten gonor- rhoischen Konjunktivalblennorrhoe. Wien. khn.Wchnschr, 1911, xxiv, 1637-1640. Also, transl.: Arch, d'opht. Par, 1912, xxxu, 129-137—Grandclement. Quel est le traite- ment le plus efflcace de l'ophtalmie blennorrhagique des nouveau-nes ou des adultes? Mem. et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lyon (1888), 1889, xxviii, pt. 2, 247-251.—Haass. Behandlung der Gono-Blennorrhoea neonatorum mit Noviform. Wchnschr. f. Therap. u. Hyg. d. Auges, Dresd, 1913-14, xvii, 77-79.—Harris (H. B.) The treatment of purulent ophthalmia. Ohio M. J, Columbus, 1908, iv, 166- 168.—Harry (P. A.) The treatment of ophthalmia neona- torum. Med. Times, Lond, 1919, xlvii, 87.—Heard (N.) A note on the action of certain remedies in a case of gonor- rhoeal ophthalmia. Lancet, Lond, 1907, i, 425.—Heckel (E. B.) Preliminary report of a new method of treating gonococcie purulent conjunctivitis by the exclusive use of iced normal salt solution. Penn. M. J, Athens, 1915-16, xix, 507-510.—Hegner (C. A.) Ueber die Wirkung des Syrgol bei Bindehautentziindungen (besonders bei der Gonorrhoe der Konjunktiva). Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1911, lviii, 1726.—von Hern" (O.) Zur Behandlung der Augengonorrhoe. Zentralbl. f. Gynak, Leipz, 1908, xxxii, 1508-1510.-----. Sophol as a remedy in ophthalmo-blennorrhcea neonatorum. (With a note on its use in conjunctivitis due to micrococcus catarrhalis.) Ophthalmoscope, Lond, 1911, ix, 432^35 — von Herrenschwand (F.) E xperimentelle Untersuchungen zur Airoltherapie der Gonoblennorrhoe. Arch. f. Ophthl. Leipz, 1912, Ixxxii, 372-387.—Hesse (R.) Ueber die Ver- wendung der Tierkohle bei der Behandlung der Ophthal- mogonoblennorrhoe. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1917, xxxvii, 311-318.—Hirscn (G.) Zur Behandlung der Gonorrhoe des Auges. Miinchen.med. Wchnschr, 1904,li, 484—Holloway (T. B.) Gonococcus-conjunctivitis in adults and infants; a review of treatment and results in one hundred and twenty- nine cases in the Philadelphia General Hospital during the past six years. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1907, xlviii; 1251- 1255.—Kadlicky (R.) Beitrag zur Therapie der Conjuncti- vitis blennorrhoica. Rev. de med. tcheque, Prague, 1909, ii, 58-60.—Kaz (R.) Ein wichtiger Punkt in der Behandlung der Augeneiterung der Neugeborenen. Wchnschr. f.Therap. u. Hyg. d. Auges, Dresd, 1910-11, xiv, 145.—Keen (Emma J.) Cerevisine in the treatment of gonorrheal ophthalmia. Denver M. Times, 1902-3, xxii, 602.—Klebanski. Recher- ches surla duree del'ophtalmie gonococcique du nouveau-n4 et sur le traitement parlessels d'argent et la vaccinotherapie. Rev. prat, d'obst. et de psediat. Par, 1914, xxvii, 97-116.— Knapp (B. J.) A modification of Buller's shield. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1909, xviii, 171.—Leopold. Augenentziin- dung der Neugeborenen und einprozentige Hdllenstein- losung. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1906, liii, 849.—Living- stone (D. McF.) Colloidal manganese in gonorrhoeal oph- thalmia. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1919, i, 404. Also: J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond, 1920, xxxiv, 532.—Lohnstein (R.) Zur Behandlung der gonorrhoischen Augenentzun- dung. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg, Berl, 1918, lxxxviii, 181-183.— Luciani (P.) L' itrolo nella terapia della congiuntivite blenorragica degli adulti e dei neonati, e nella congiuntivite blenorroica dei neonati. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1900, xxix, Conjunctivitis (Gonorrhceal, Treatment of)- 457-471.—Mann (R. H. T.) The conjunctival flap in the treatment of gonorrheal ophthalmia, with report of cases. Texas State J. M, Fort Worth, 1916, xii, 295.—Mason (A. B.) The treatment of gonorrheal conjunctivitis with reportof cases.. South. M. J, Birmingham, 1919, xii, 44-47 — Morax (V.) A propos du traitement de l'ophtalmie gono- coccique du nouveau-n£. Ann. de gynec. et d'obst. Par, 1914, 2. s, xi, 129-139.-----. Notes statistiques sur la con- jonctivite gonococcique du nouveau-ne' et son traitement serotherapique. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1922, clix; 537-541 — Nance (W. O.) A case of purulent conjunctivitis in an infant in which frequent instillations of a two per cent silver nitrate solution were employed for several days; recovery with but slight opacity of the corneas. J. Oph- thalmol. & Oto-Laryngol, Chicago, 1907, i, 259-261.—Oliver (C. A.) The value of systematic bacteriologie and micro- scopic study in the'treatment of gonococcal conjunctivitis. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc,Hartford, 1906-8, xi, 263-265.—PflUger. Protargol und Conjunctivitis blennorrhoica. Ophth. Klin, Stuttg, 1898, ii, 192. Also, transl.: Clin, opht Par, 1898, iv, 149-151.—Phillips (W. L.) A new prophylaxis and cure for gonorrheal ophthalmia; with special reference to the new born. Buffalo M. J, 1904-5, n. s, xliv, 712-718.—Price (G. H.) Treatment of purulent ophthalmia. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1907, xlix, 1761-1766.—Puscariu (Elena). Le traitement de la conjonctivite' blennorrhagique par l'ethyl- hydrocupreine. Clin, opht. Par, 1914, xx, 357. Also: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1914, lxxvi, 831. -----. Die Wirkung des Optochins bei der Conjunctivitis blen- norrhoica. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1914, n. s, xviii, 342-352. Also, transl.: Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1915, ix, 8-18.—Ramsden (H. K.) Ophthalmia neonatorum treated by zinc ions. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1908, ii, 1433.— Rizzl (G.) Dos casos de oftalmia gonococcica tratados con inyecciones de nucleo-proteina gonococcica Dessy-Grapiolo. Semana med, Buenos Aires, 1913, xx, pt. 2, 890.—Rochon- Duvigneaud. A propos du traitement de l'ophtalmie des nouveau-nes sans nitrate d'argent. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap. Par, 1908, xxii, 153.—Rosasco (C.) Tratamiento de la oftalmia del reeien nacido por la nucleoproteina gono- coccica. Semana m£d., Buenos Aires, 1913, xx, pt. 2, 1212- 1214.—Schenderowitsch (P-) Die Behandlung der Gono- Blennorrhoe der Neugeborenen und Erwachsenen an der Berner Universitats-Augehklinik. Therap. Monatsh, Berl, 1915, xxix, 35-42.—Scheuermann. Ueber einen nach der von C. Adam angegebenen Methode behandelten Fall von Blennorrhoe. Ophth. Klin, Stuttg, 1908, xii, 259-262.— de Schweinitz (G. E.) The treatment of gonococcie con- junctivitis, with special reference to the silver salts. Mari- time M. News, Halifax, 1907, xix, 66-73. Also: Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1907, 3. s, xxiii, 4-10.—Scipiades. Die Ophthalmoblenorrhoe und das Argentum aceticum. Pest. med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1910, xlvi, 213.—Sedan (J.) Traitement des formes graves de rophtalmie purulente par le recouvrement conjonctival de la cornee. Marscille-m^d, 1919, lvi, 1032-1038.—Shoemaker (W. A.) Treatment of gonorrhoeal ophthalmia neonatorum. St. Louis Cour. Med, 1907, xxxvi, 136.—Smith. (A. E.) The treatment of gonor- rheal ophthalmia. Journal-Lancet, Minneap, 1915, xxxv, 123-125.—Sommer (A.) Ueber einen durch intravenose Arthigoninjektion auffallend schnell geheilten Fall von Conjunctivitis gonorrhoica. Dermat. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Hamb, 1919, lxviii, 329.—de Speyr (T.) Un cas de con- jonctivite blennorrhagique gueri par le protargol. Rev. de la Suisse Rom, Geneve, 1898, xviii, 409-411.—van der Spil (L. P.) Behandeling der conjunctivitis blennorrhoica. Geneesk. Tijdschr. v. Nederl. Indie, Batav, 1895, xxxv, 14_22.—Stadfelt (A.) Nogle behandlingsresultater ved oftalmo-hlennorrhcea neonatorum samt oftalmo-blennor- rhcea gonorrhoica infantum et adultorum. Hosp.-Tid, K0benh, 1909, 5. R, ii, 343-347.—Strader (G. L.) Gonor- rheal ophthalmia; extremely rapid cure. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1920, 3. s, iii, 454.—Strouse (A. N.) A contribu- tion to the treatment of gonorrhoeal ophthalmia. Bull. Dep. Pub. Char, N. Y, 1916, i, 79.—de Syklossi. Les injections sous-conjonctivales de sublime^ dans le traitement de la conjonctivite blennorrhagique. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1898, exx, 1-15, 1 tab.—Tassius. Ophtalmo-blennorree des nouveau-nes; prophylaxie et traitement. Gynecologie, Par, 1914, xviii, 454.—Terlinck (H.) Deux cas graves d'ophtal- mie blennorragique gueris par le lenicet. Clinique, Brux, 1908, xxii. 821-824.—Terson. Des divers traitements de l'ophtalmie purulente des nouveau-nes. Union med. du Canada, Montreal, 1911, xl, 576-581. Also: Clin, opht. Par, 1912, xviii, 576-581.—Vian. Zur Behandlung der Oph- thalmoblennorrhoe mit concentrierten Losungen von Kahum permanganicum. Ophth. Klin, Stuttg, 1903, vii, 260.—Vollert. Bleno-Lenicetsalbe bei Blennorrhoea adulto- rum. Therap. Neuheiten, Leipz, 1908, iii, 121-125.—Wal- ker (A. N.) The treatment of ophthalmia neonatorum. Liverpool M.-Chir. J, 1908, xxviii, 461-468.—Weiss (L.) Ueber die Behandlung der Conjunctiva-Blennorrhoe nach Kalt. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1896, Leipz, 1897, lxviii, pt. 2, 2. Hlft, 328-331.-----. The treatment of ophthalmia neonatorum. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1916, ciii, 266.—Welander (E.) Ueber die Behandlung der Augenblennorrhoe mit Albargin. Arch. f. Dermat. u. CONJUNCTIVITIS. 122 CONJUNCTIVITIS. Conjunctivitis (Gonorrhceal, Treatment of). Pvph,Wien & Leipz, 1903, lxvii, 387-398.— Wieden Por- tillo. Tratamiento de la oftalmia purulenta en los reeien nacidos. Cong, internat. demed. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de pediat, 291.—Williams (J. H.) Steam treat- ment of acute gonorrheal conjunctivitis. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin, 1912, cvii, 39.—Wolff (L. K.) Ein neues Mittel zur Behandlung der Diplobazillenkonjunktivitis. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1914, lxi, 2002-2004.—Wolfiberg. Au- genarztliche Erfahrungen mit CoUargolum (Argentum colloidale Crede), insbesondere bei Ophthalmia gonorrhoica. Wchnschr. f. Therap. u. Hyg. d. Auges, Dresd.-A, 1901-2, v, 333-3.)6.— von Zeissl (\f.) Zur Behandlung des Trippers mit Balsamizis. Med. Klin, Berl, 1910, vi, 745 748. Conjunctivitis (Gonorrhoeal, Treatment of) by milk injections. Baclistez (E.) Zur Behandlung der < ;onoblennorrhoe des Auges mit Milchinjektionen. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1917, xxx, 116H-1170.—Jickeli (K.) Beitrag zur Behandlung der ■ Ophthalmoblennorrhoe mit parenteralcn Milchinjektionen. Khn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1919, lxii, 90-94.—von Liebermann (L.) Ueber die Behandlung der Ophthalmo- blennorrhoe mit Milchinjektionen. Wien. med. Wcnhschr, 1918, lxviii, 1446-1450.—LIndblad (A. Y.) [Treatment of gonorrheal ophthalmia with milk injections.] Svensk. Liik.- Tidning, Stockholm, 1920, xvii, 993; 1009.—Nussbaum (O.) Rasche Abheilung eines Falles von Augentripper nach Eiii- spritzung von 10 ccm sterilisierter Milch. Med. Klin, Berl, 1918, xiv, 571— Pillat (L.) Ueber die Wirkungsweise parenteraler Milchinjektionen bei Gonoblennorrhoe des menschlichen Auges. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1920, xliv, 178-182:1921, xlv, 209-294. Also [Abstr.]: Wien. med. Wchn- schr, 1921, Ixxi, 457.—Reitsch (W.) Die Behandlung der Gonoblennorrhoe mit parenteralen Injektionen. Wchnschr. f. Therap. u. Hyg. d. Auges, Dresd, 1918-19, xxii, 93-95. Conjunctivitis (Gonorrhoeal, Treatment of) with serums and vaccines. Oaperan (G.-J.-O.) *Du traitement de la conjonctivite purulente gonococcique par le vaccin de Xicolle et Blaizot. 8°. Bordeaux, 1916. Addario La Ferla (G.) II vaccino antogonococcico atossico Nicolle e Blaizot in terapia oculare. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1915, xliv, 379-384— CasMHite & Roche (C.) Oph- talmiek gonocoques chez un nouveau-ne' guerie par le vaccin de Nicolle et Blaizot. Ann. de med. et chir. inf. Par, 1914, xviii, 378. Also: Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par, 1914, xvi. 216- 219.—Cecchetto (E.) II vaccino antigonococeico atossico di Ch. Nicolle e L. Blaizot nella cura della congiuntivite gono- coccica. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1914, xliii, 202-207.-----. La cura della congiuntivite gonococcica coi vaccini anti- gonococcici in genere e in special modo con quello atossico di Ch. Nicolle e L. Blaizot. Arch, di ottal, Napoli, 1920, xxvii, 69-76— Colombo (G. L.) II siero antigonococeico nella terapia delle congiuntiviti gonococciche (dei neonati) ed il suo mcccanismo d'azione. Clin, ocul, Palermo, 1912, xiii 979-1002, I pi. Also, transl.: Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1912, i, 3S5-403, 1 pi.—Cuenod (A.) & Penel (R.) Vaccinotherapie de la conjonctivite a gonocoques avec le vaccin de Nicolle et Blaizot; d'apres vingt-six cas traites. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1913, cl, 337-343.----------. Sept cas de conjonctivite a gonocoques traites par un vaccin do l'lns- titut Pasteur de Tunis. Clin, opht. Par, 1913, xix, 435- 140.—Darier (A.) De la valeur des vaccins gonococciques (i)megon) dans l'ophtalmie purulente de l'adulte. Ibid., 1917, xxii, 532-534.—Deliogues (J. L.) Tratamiento de la conjuntivitis blenorragica por el suero antigonococico. Rev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1916, xxi, 99 -102.—Also: Rev. med. cubana, Habana, 1916, xxvii, 114-117.—Desrhainps Deux cas d'ophtalmie des nouveau-nes traites par le serum antigonococcique atoxique do Nicolle. Dauphine med (irenoble, 1914, xxxviii, 3-7.—Uupuy-Dutemps. S^rc^ therapie de la conjonctivite gonococcique. Ann d'ocul Par, 1922, clix, 6.5-69.—Fernandez (F. M.) Otro caso de oftalmia blenorragica curada por la vacuna do Ncisser. Cron. med.-quir. do la Habana, 1914, xl. 204— Fromaget (C.) Purulent and non-diphtheritic pseudomembranous ophthal- mias cured by means of antidiphtheritic serum. Am J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1907, xxiv, 307-309. -----. Oph- talmie purulente du nouveau-n6 traitee par le vaccin de Nicolle et Blaizot. Bull, et mem. Soc. de med et chir. de Bordeaux (1914), 1915, 128— Fromaget (C ) & Fromaget (H.) Ophtalmie gonococcique de l'adulte guerie par le vaccin de Nicolle et Blaizot. Ibid., 100-103 — X/.w: J. dem6d.de Bordeaux, 1914, xliv, 144.—Gallenga(C ) Della cura della congiuntivite gonococcica con istillazioni di siero antigonococeico ed indicazioni della cura para- specifica. Riv. ital. di ottal, Roma, 1913, ix, 237-242 — Ginestous. Ophtalmie purulente et vaccination antigo- nococcique. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. mfd. de Bordeaux 1922 xlm, 271.—Haab. Ueber die Vakzinebehandlung der Aueen- gonorrhoe. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1918, lxv 637 — Klebanski. Recherches sur la duree de l'ophtalmie gono- Conjunctivitis (Gonorrhceal, Treatment of) with serums and vaccines. coccique du nouveau-ne et sur le traitement par les sels d'argent et la vaccinotherapie. J. de mdd. int., Par, 1914, xviii, 184-187.—Lagrange (F.) Deux cas d'ophtalmie purulente gonococcique traites avec succes par le vaccin de Nicolle-Blaizot. Bull, et mem. Soc. de metl. et chir. de Bor- deaux (1914), 1915, 337-310. .1/.,.,.- Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1915, xxx\i. fi2. Manas (J.) Conjonctivite gonococcique et serum de sti'rian. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1922, xxxix, 179-188. Mittendort (W. K.) Gonorrheal ophthal- mia treated with gonococcus vaccines. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1913, Ixxxiii, 428.—Nicolle (C.) & Blaizot (L.) II vaccino antigonococeico atossico di Nicolle e Blaizot nella cura della congiuntivite gonococcica. Fracastoro, Verona, 1914, x, 49-53.—Offret (M. A.) Trente-deux cas d'ophtalmies gonococciques trait^es par le vaccin de Nicolle et Blaizot. Ann. d'ocul. Par, ltd 1, cli, 89-125.—Ortln (G. L.) Sobre dos casos de conjunth it is gonoedcica tratados por la suero- terapia especifica. Arch, 'de oftal. hispano-am, Barcel, 1915 xv, 189-191.—Roche ((".) Le serum de Nicolle et Blai- zot dans la conjonctivite gonococcifiue des nouveau-nes. Clin, opht. Par, 1914, xx, 354-356— Szily (P.) Mit hohen Autovakzindosen rapid geheilte akute Ophthalmoblen- norrhoe. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1914,1,120. Conjunctivitis (Gonorrhceal) in adults. See, also, Conjunctivitis (Gonorrhaal, Meta- static) . Bats (J. B.) *Du traitement de l'ophtalmie blennorrhagique de l'adulte par les pulverisa- tions d'eau (methode de Goldzieher). 8°. Bor- deaux, 1913. Dollekes (H.J.J.) *Zur Therapie und Prog- nose der Conjunctivitis gonorrhoica Envach- sener. 8°. Greifswald, 1900. Adam. Ueber eine neue Behandlungsmethode der Blennorrhoea adultorum. Brr. ii. d. Versamml. d. onhth. Gesellsch. 1908, Wiesb, 1909, xxxv, 291-294.— Bailliart. Un cas d'ophtalmie blennorrhagique consider conime accident du travail. Rec. d'opht. Par.. W>i>. :*. s., xxviii, 411-413.—Boscq. Deux cas d'ophtalmie purule-ife . hez des adultes. Toulouse med, 1908, 2. s, x, 'Jl'j-JJL'.-Claiborne (J. H.) A case of gonorrhoeal conjunctivitis m an adult aborted bv two per cent nitrate of silver. \m. Mel.. Tur- lington, Vt, & NT. Y, 1910, n. s, v, 401-405.—Darier (A.) Ophtalmie blennorragique grave de l'adulte jugulee en 4 jours. Clin, opht. Par, 1905, xi, 311-317. Also: Rev. de therap. med.-chir. Par, 1905, lxxii, 757-764. Also, transl • Ophth. Klin., Stuttg, 1905, ix, 332-335. -----. Traitement de l'ophtalmie blennorrhagique grave de l'adulte par les sels organiques d'argent. Clin, opht. Par, 1906. xii. 10-13. Also: Gaz. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1906, vii, 6-11.—Dauthulle (A.) Un cas de contagion d'ophtalmie purulente blen- norragique. Nord med, Lille, 1910, xvii. 33-35.—Ettlnger (I.) [Treatment of conjunctivitis-gonorrhoie3 adultorum 1 Post, okul, Krakow, 1899, i, 322; 3f>s.—FeUrhenfeld (H.) Ueber die Behandlung der gonorrhoischen Ophthalmie der Erwachsenen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz & Berl., ls'.i\ xxiv,Therap.-Beil,36.—Fernandez(F. M.) Un caso de oftalmia blenorragica de un adulto, que ocurrio al mismo tiempo quo un traumatismo. Cron. mea.-quir. de la Hahana, 191X xxxix, 564.—Fronun (E.) Die gonorrhoi- schen Krkrankungen des Auges. Festschr. z. 1. Cong d. deutsch. Gesellsch. z. Bekampf. d. Geschlechtskra-ikh, Frankf. a. M, 1903, 125-131.—Greeff. Ueber gonorrhoische Augenerkrankungcn. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1901, xxxviii Pd-1X4 .—Haass. Weiterer Beitrag zur Behandlung des Bindehauttrippers (beim Erwachsenen) mit Noviform. Wchnschr. f. Therap. u. Hvg. d. Auges, Dresd, 1915-16, xix, 141.—Ilosford. (J. S.) .v .lames (G. B.) Treatment of fonorrheal conjunctivitis in the adult. J. Ophth A Oto- .aryngol, Chicago, 1912, vi, 105-109.-----------Obser- vations upon the treatment of gonorrhoeal conjunctivitis in tho adult. Lancet, Lond, 1912, i, 91— Kofler ( V ) Bei- trage zur Behandlung der Conjunctivitis gonorrhoica der Erwachsenen. Wien klin. Wchnschr, 191X, xwi 663- 665.—Laqueur (L.) Die Blennorrhoe des menschlichen Auges. St rassb: med. Ztg, 1909, vi, 1-13.-Leber (T.) Ueber die Behandlung der gonorrhoischen Conjunctivitis der Erwachsenen mit der von Kalt empfohlenen Methode der Ausspulungen durch schwacho Losungen von Kalium hynermanganicum. Bor. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Ge- sellsch. Heidelb. 1897, Wiesb, 1898, xxvi. 249-252.-Llndner (K.) Ueber eine Endemic von 56 Gonoblennorrhoen. i, lxv, 637-642.— blennorrhoea of ^. i orK m. j, icic.i, ivam, lxxviii, 602-604.—Payne (i». A..) A case of gonorrheal conjunctivitis with an interest- m£ ^s'oiy. J. Ophth. & Oto-Laryngol, Chicago, 1913, vii, 31, >19 -Itansolioff (MA Behandlung der Conjuncti vitis gonorrhoica Erwachscner. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch- deutsch. Naturf. u. Aciv.ie l'.itiH, Leipz, 1904, ii 2 Hlfte- 305.—Summer (G.) Zur Klinik der Blennorrhoea adulto rum. Wchnschr. f. Therap. u. llvg. d. Auges, Dresd 1909' xii, 237-245.—de Speyr (. T.) 1. action des injections'sous! Khn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1920, lxv, 637-642.— ii aw xV\,F) The treatment of acute blennorrhoea of adults. N. York M. J, [etc.], 1903, lxxviii, 602-604.-Payne CONJUNCTIVITIS. 123 CONJUNCTIVITIS. Conjunctivitis (Gonorrhceal) in adults. conjonctivales de sublime sur l'ophtalmie blennorrhagique de l'adulte. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1903, cxxx, 280-282.— Stephenson (S.) Remarks upon some gonorrhceal dis- eases of the eye. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1909, n. s lxxxvu, 84; 108.—Stotter (J.) Blennorrhea of the eye from a medico-social viewpoint. Cleveland, M. J, 1908, vii, i2,1^2!1* -—Vlan- Un nouveau cas d'ophtalmie purulente de 1 adulte gueripar la solution concentred de permanganate de potasse. Bull, et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht. Par, 1899, xvii, 538.—Wolfiberg. Ueber den Nutzen des Formalins bei der gonorrhoischen Conjunctivitis der Erwachsenen. Wchn- schr. f. Therap. u. Hyg. d. Auges, Bresl, 1897-8, i, 210. Conjunctivitis (Granular). Axenfeld (T.) Das Trachom (Conjunctivitis granulosa, aegyptische Augenentziindung). Kurze Darstellung der Differentialdiagnose, Therapie und Prophylaxe; seinen Zuhorern zu- geeignet. 12°. Freiburgi. Br., 1902. Barsanti (A.) Tracoma. 8°. Lucca, 1908. Boldt (J.) Trachoma. Transl. by J. H. Par- sons and T. Snowball. 8°. London, 1904. Bonfiglio (V.) Tracoma cronico e tracoma acuto; studio clinico. 8°. Girgenti, 1906. Clark (T.) & Schereschewsky (J. W.) Trachoma, its character and effects. 8°. Wash- ington, 1907. Crainiciano (G.) La conjonctivite granu- leuse dans l'etat actuel de la science. 8°. Paris, 1905. Hourmouziades (Z.) De la conjonctivite granuleuse; avec preface par A. Trousseau. 8°. Paris, 1902. Nakamara & Hayano. Grundriss des Tra- choms [Japanese text]. 8°. Tokyo, 1910. Ogawe (K.) Trachom. [Japanese text.] 8°. Tokyo, 1910. Pires de Lima (J. A.) *Estudos sobre a con- junctivite granulosa. 8°. Famalicao, 1903. Staxculeanu (G.) & Mihail (D.) Das Tra- chom nach dem gegenwartigen Stande der For- schung. 8°. Wien & Leipzig, 1912. Archimbault (J. M.) & Chauvin. Le trachome. Gaz. d. hop, Par.; 1921, xciv, 1189-1196.—Axenfeld (T.) Gibt es eine Immumtat beim Trachom? Klin. Monatsbl. f. Au- genh, Stuttg, 1915, n. F, xix, 121-132.—Baudry (S.) De la conjonctivite granuleuse. Concours med , Par, 1898, lxx, 466; 474; 487. Also: Nord med, Lille, 1898, iv, 61; 73.— Bellinzona (C.) Contributo alio studio clinico del tracoma. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1902, 27-48,1 map.—Ben- son (A. H.) Concerning trachoma. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1910, cxxix, 13-22.—Bickerton (R. E.) Abstract of clinical lecture on trachoma. Polyclin, Lond, 1908, xii, 93-96.— Brooke (G. E.) Notes on contagious ophthalmia. Philip- pine J. Sc. [B], Manila, 1910, v, 303-308. [Discussion], 349- 352.—Cha6cn (A.) Dos palabras sobre las conjuntivitis granulosas. Cr<5n. m<5d.-quir. de la Habana, 1905, xxxi, 166-170.—Czaplewski. Untersuchungen iiber Trachom. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1913, xxix, 159-166— Dufour (C. R.) Trachoma. South. M. J, Nashville, 1915, viii, 816- 823.—Dwigbt (C. G.) Trachoma. Wisconsin M. J, Mil- waukee, 1918-19, xvii, 485-489.—Eaton (F. B.) The etiol- ogy, prevention, treatment and cure of trachoma. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1910, xix, 509-525. Also, Reprint.—Ed- wards (S. R.) Trachoma. Ibid., 1916, xxv, 197-202.— Egan (W. L.) Trachoma. N. Orl. M. & S. J, 1908, lx, 936-939.—Finlay (C. E.) Consideraciones sobre el tracoma. Actas y trab. d. 3« Cong. med. nac, Habana, 1914, ii, 535-546. -----. ^Constituyen las diferentes variedades de lo que llamamos tracoma distintas modalidades de una mismaenfer- medad o agrupanse bajo un solo nombre diferentes enfer- medades? Rev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1918, xxiii, 234-237. Also: Rev. cubana de oftal, Habana, 1919, i, 619- 622.—Gaston (I. E.) Brief discussion of trachoma; with report of cases. Proc. Alumni Ass. M. School Univ. Oreg, Portland, 1921, ix, 22-26. Also: Northwest Med., Seattle, 1921, xx, 335-338.—Greefl (H.) & Clausen. Bericht uber den ersten Trachomkongress in Palermo. Klin. Jahrb, Jena, 1907, xvii, 486-494.—Hesse (R.) Beitrage zur Trachom- frage. Khn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1911, xlix, pt. 2, 37-41.—Hilgartner (H. L.) Trachoma. Texas State J. M, Fort Worth, 1920-21, xvi, 295-298.—Ichikawa (K.) Ein Beitrag zur Trachomfrage. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1910, 1 xxiii, 303-313, 1 pi.—Jousset (X.) Le trachome. Artmed. Par, 1911, cxii,97-101.—Kirkpatrick (H.) Some points concerning trachoma. Tr. Roy. Soc. Trop. M. & Hyg, Lond, 1921-22, xv, 35-53, 1 pl.-^Klechowski (T.) & Karelus (K.) Recherches serologiques sur le trachome. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1922, clix, 194-220.—Lindner. Zur Conjunctivitis (Granular). Frage des Trachomvirus. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1911,1, Ref, Beiheft, 23-27— McMullen. Tra- choma. Tr____Conf. State & Terr. Health Ofl". U. S. Pub. Health Serv, Wash, 1921, xviii, 112-114—Malgat (J.) Immunity trachomateuse; le trachome monoculaire. Rec. d'opht. Par, 1896, 3. s, xviii, 9-15— Marongiu (L.) Sulla filtrabilita del virus tracomatoso. Policlin, Roma, 1908, xv, sez. prat, 805-807.—Manche (C.) Some notes upon granular conjunctivitis or trachoma. Ophthalmoscope, Lond, 1907, v, 418-422.—Mayerhof (M.) Ueber wieder- holte Ansteckung mit Trachom. Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh, Leipz, 1911, xxxv, 295-298. -----. Zur Frage der Trachom-Immunitat. Ibid., 1913, xxxvii, 161-163 — Michail (D.) Recherches sur la pathogenie des recidives du trachome. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1921, xxxix, 662-672. Also: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par., 1921, Ixxxiv, 1036 — Mizuo (G.) Ueber sogenannte Conjunctivitis granulosa specifica (Goldzieher) und Conjunctivitis granulosa papu- losa. Arch. f. Augenh, Wien, 1909, lxvii, 58-73.—Nicolle (C), Cuenod (A.) & Blaizot (L.) Quelques proprietes du virus trachomateux; l'immunit6 dans le trachome. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1913, clvi, 1177-1179.—Oakley (J. H.) Trachoma. Journal-Lancet, Minneap, 1918, xxxviii, 675-679.—Perkins (J. S.) Trachoma. South. Calif. Pract, Los Angeles, 1911, xxvi, 488-490.—Peters (A.) Der heutige Stand der Trachomforschung. Ztschr. f. Med.- Beamte, Berl, 1911, xxiv, 917-928.—Prisco (A.) II tracoma secondole attuali conoscenze. Ann. di med. nav, Roma, 1915, ii, 182-199.—Ray (J. M.) Trachoma. Internat. Clin, Phila, 1911, 21. s, iv, 219-222.—Richards (A. F.) Tracho- ma. J. Tenn. M. Ass, Nashville, 1916-17, ix, 470-477.— Ruata (V.) Sul tracoma dei canalicoli lacrimali. Arch. di ottal, Napoli, 1909-10, xvii, 563-577.—Saflord (M. V.) Trachoma. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1911, lxxx, 968-974.-----. Trachoma. Am. J. Trop. Dis. [etc.], N. Orl, 1914-5, ii, 56- 69. Also: Am. Soc. Trop. M, Phila, 1914, ix, 60-73.— Saito. [Researches on trachoma.] Nippon Gankwa Gakukwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1906, x, 346-361.—Santos Fer- nandez (J.) Tracoma. Rev. cubana de oftal, Habana, 1919, i, 542-544.-----. El tracoma en la clase acomodada. Ibid., 1920, ii, 737-740.-----. El tracoma. Un caso que prueba la benignidad relativa en los tropicos, si de algun modo hay higiene. Ibid., 741-745.—Schmeichler (L.) Bemerkungen zur Trachominfektion. Wien. khn. Wchn- schr, 1903, xvi, 1247-1251.—Smith (F. C.) Trachoma. Journal-lancet, Minneap, 1914, xxxiv, 647-652.—Sny- dacker (E. F.) Trachoma. Med. Monog, Topeka, Kans, 1899, i, 641-663.—Sofer (L.) Fortschritte in der Trachom- forschung. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg, Berl, 1907, 409-413 — Stewart (J. H.) Trachoma. St. Paul M. J, St. Paul, Minn, 1912, xiv, 260-262.—Stoll (K. L.) Trachoma. Lan- cet-Clinic, Cincin, 1913, ex, 276-278.—Tacke. Quelques considerations sur la conjonctivite trachomateuse. Ann. de l'lnst. chir. de Brux, 1908, xv, 73; 84—Thomas (H. G.) Monocular trachoma. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1922, 3. s, v, 470.—White (D.W.) A brochure on trachoma. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1912, xxi, 223-251.—Woodruff (H. W.) The role of the tarsus in trachoma. Illinois M. J, Springfield. 1913, xxiv, 291-295.—Wootton (H. W.) Some clinical features of trachoma. Pediatrics, N. Y, 1908, xx, 233-241. -----. Trachoma and allied conjunctival affections; their diagnosis, course, and treatment in New York City. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1914, xcix, 580-583.—Wurdemann (H. V.) Monocular trachoma. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1921, 3. s, iv, 851-853.—Wylie (C. B.) Trachoma. J. Ophth. & Oto- Laryngol, Chicago, 1910, iv, 178-183—Ziem (C.) Zur Lehre vom Trachom. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1900, xiii, ' 925; 970. Conjunctivitis (Granular, Bacteriology and parasitology of). Hermansky (O.) *Ueber den Keimgehalt der Bindehaute bei Trachom mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der unbehandelten und der sogen. akuten Falle. 8°. Konigsberg, 1912. Werner ([H.] E.) *Beitrage zur Frage des Trachomerregers. [Marburg.] 8°. Berlin, 1910. Also, in: Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1909, xxii, 321-334. Addario (C.) Ricerche anatomiche e batteriologiche sulla congiuntivite tracomatosa. Arch, di ottal, Palermo, 1899-1900, vii, 171-194, 1 pi.—Addario La Ferla (G.) Sul significato di alcune presunte forme parassitarie riscontrate nei tracoma. Ann. di ottal. Pavia, 1912, xii. 422-454. Also, transl.: Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1912,lxxii, 191-199,1 pi.— Alvarez y Guanaga (S.) Investigaciones sobre el microbio del tracoma. Rev. med. cubana, Habana, 1910, xvi, 130- 135.—Bertarelll (G.) La filtrabihtS, del virus tracomatoso. Path. riv. quindicin, Genova, 1912-13, y, 229.—Darier (A.) Le microbe du trachome vu a l'ultra-microscope; essais de therapeutique experimentale. Clin, opht. Par, 1905, xi, 121-124.—Edwards (R. T.) Trachoma; cultivation of a new bacillus. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1910, liv, 965.—Elze. Vorstudien zu der Aetiologie des Trachoms oder Fungi imperfecti im Augensekret. Wchnschr. f. Therap. u. Hyg. d. Auges, Dresd, 1905-6, ix, 17; 25.—Fermi (C.) & Repetto CONJUNCTIVITIS. 124 CONJUNCTIVITIS. Conjunctivitis (Granular, Bacteriology and parasitology of). (R.) Ueber die Filtnerbarkrit des Trachom-Erregers und uber den pathogenetischen Wert der kultivierbaren Flora der trachomatc'sen Conjunctiva. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1907, xliv, 1197-1199.—Gallenga (C.) Della specificita dei "Clamidozoi" del tracoma. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1910, xxxix, 95-106.—Greeff. Die Erreger des Trachoms. Deut- sche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1909, xxxv, 517-519.— Grtiter (W.) Ein gelber gram-negativer Bazillus bei einem Falle von Conjunctivitis trachomatosa chronica. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1908, xlvi, 529-534.— Guiral (R.) & Soler (E.) El tracoma y su germen patd- geno. Arch, de la Soc. estud. clin. de la Habana, 1915, xxii, 165-168.—Gyory (B.) [Bacteria in a trochomatous con- junctiva, based on 100 cases.] Szemeszet, Budapest, 1908, xlv, 189-192.— Halberstaedter (LA Entsteht der Trachom- crreger durch Mutation des Gonocoecus. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr, 1910, xlviii, 1496— Halberstaedter (LA & von Pro- wazek (S.) Ueber Zelleinsehhisse parasitarer Natur beim Trachom. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl, 1907, xxvi, 44-47. —---------. Ueber die Bedeutung der Chlamydo- zoen bei Trachom und Blennorrhoe. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1910, xlvii, 661-663.—Herzog (H.) Ueber die Natur der Trachomerregers. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1910, xxxvi, 1945-1948. Also, Reprint.—Hoor (K.) [Acute gonorrhoeal ophthalmia and the question of the etiology of trachoma, together with the bacteriological investigations from an ophthalmological viewpoint and the present state ofthe question of "the microorganisms of tra- choma.] Gydgyaszat, Budapest, 1918, lviii, 168; 183; 194 — Inclan (C.) & Agramonte (A.) Estudio sobre el hongo, supucsto germen del trachoma. Arch, de la Soc. estud. clin. de la Habana, 1915, xxii, 186-196. Also: Rev. de med. v cirug. dela Habana, 1915, xx, 427-^138.— von Krtidener (H.) Ueber Zellparasiten und Zellveranderungen bei Trachom. St. 1'etersb. med. Wchnschr, 1909, xxxiv, 267; 346.—Lindner (K.) Demonstration von Trachomparasi- ten. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch, Heidelb. 1910, Wiesb, 1911, xxxvi, 317.-----. Ueber die Natur des Trachomerregers; Bemerkung zu der Arbeit von Prof. Herzog. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1910, xxxvi, 1326.—Luerssen (A.) Bakteriologische Unter- suchungen bei Trachom. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1905, xxxix, 678-6X5. -----. Die Beziehungen des Bazillus Miiller zur Genese des Trachoms. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1905, xiv, 443-151.—Negre (L.) & Gauthier (F.) Etude microbiologique des conjonctivites observers a Alger. Bull. Soc. path, exot. Par, 1914, vii, 18-21.—Nicolle (C), Blaizot (L.) & Cuenod (A.) Le magot animal reactif du trachome; filtrabilite du virus; pouvoir infectant des larmes. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1912, cxlviii, 177-179. Also: Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1912, civ, 241-243.—Ruata (V.) Di una sarcina gram-negativa, isolata dai tessuti di congiuntiva tracomatosa. Arch, di ottal, Napoli, 1910-11, xviii, 607-620.— Rymowicz (F.) [Bac. Pfeilfer and its rela- tionship to trachoma.] Post, okul, Krak6w, 1902, iv, 277; 337.—Sakaguchi (K.) Untersuchung iiber die Trachomer- reger. Verhandl. d. japan, path. Gesellsch, Tokyo, 1916, vi, 70.—Santucci (S.) Osservazioni batteriologiche ed ultramicroscopiche sul tracoma. Arch, di ottal, Napoli, 1906-7, xiv, 447-461. Also: Boll. d. osp. oftal. d. prov. di Roma, 1907, v, 97-108.—Schmldt-Rimpler (H.) 1st der Trachom-Erreger entdeckt? Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1909, lvi, 1580-1583.—Snydacker (E. F.) Trachoma; original investigations on its etiologie organism; the organ- ism as seen in the tissues and secretions; as seen in the cul- tures; successful inoculation; toxins and antitoxins. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1899, xxxu, 209-216—Stlei. Ueber Blastomyceten bei Trachom. Arch. f. Augenb, Wiesb, 1913, lxxv, 87-93, 4 pi.—Williams (Anna W.) Si-niiuancc of the group of hemophilic bacilli in conjunctivitis, especially in that of trachoma. N. York M. J. [etc.], 191.', \cv 5to- 513. Also: Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1912-13, n. s, xii, 17- 29. Also, Reprint. -----. Relation of trachoma inclusions to certain bacteria growing in intracellular nests. Proc. N York Path. Soc, 1914, xiv, 28-34. Conjunctivitis (Granular, Causes and pathology of). See, also, Conjunctivitis (Granular, Bacteri- ology [etc.], of); Conjunctivitis (Granular, Prowazek's bodies in). Carlixi(V) Sull'.etiologia del tracoma. Pe- rizia medico-legale. 8°. Livorno, 1900'. f Duprez (C.-A.-E.) *Quelques considerations etiologiques sur la conjonctivite granuleuse (con- jonctivite monoculaire). 8°. Lille, 1904. Power (G.) Attempt to investigate the cause of the Egyptian opthalmia, with observations on its nature and different modes of cure 8° London, 1803. Conjunctivitis (Granular, Causes and pathology of). Shtmanovski (A. F.) O sushtshnosti tra- khomi. [The nature of trachoma.] 8°. [Kiev, 1904.] Addario (C.) Anatomische und bacteriologische Untersu- chungen iiber das Trachom. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1900, xii 20-37,3pi.-----. Ricercheanatomichesultracomaacuto. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1904, xxxiii, 437-444.-----. Reperto anatomico delle diverse forme cliniche di tracoma e di con- giuntivite folhcolare. Arch, di ottal, Napoli, 190K-7, xiv, 65; 151; 270, 6pl. Also: Progressooftal, Palermo, 1906-7,ii, 105- 113. Also, Reprint.-----. II tracoma tarseo: ricerche isto- logiche. Progresso oftal, Palermo, 1907-8, iii, 257-264.-----. Das pathogenetische Element des Trachoms. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1909, lxiv, 265-276.—Addario La Ferla (G.) I mitocondri nei tracoma. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1913, xiii, 367-371.—Axenfeld (T.) Gonorrhoe, Blennorrhoe und Trachom in ihren gegenseitigen Beziehungen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1917, xliii, 160.—Barto- lotta (E.) II tracoma 6 una malattia specifica? Arch. ital. di sc. med. colon, Tripoli, 1920, i, 71-75.—Bentlund (H.) [The etiology of trachoma.] Hvgiea, Stockholm, 1915, lxxvii, 138-144.—Bertarelli (E.) & Cecchetto (E.) Con- tributo all'eziologia del tracoma. Riv. dig. e san. pubb, Torino. 1908, xix, 516-527: 1909, xx, 390-395. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etcl, 1. Abt, Jena, 1908, xlvii, Orig, 432-440: 1909, 1, Orig, 36-39, 1 pi— Bossalino (D.) Con- tributo alio studio dell' anatomia patologica del tracoma. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1908, xxxvii, 644-670, 1 pi— Cannas (X.) Contributo alia jpatogenesi del tracoma. Ibid., 1902, xxxi, 247-265. Cary (E. H.) Histology and pathology of the superstructures ofthe lid in trachoma. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 19l\ U\i, 1K47-1619. Also, Reprint.—Chac6n (A.) Las granulaciones tracomatosas y las prominencias conjuntivales similares del catarro pnmaveral. An. de oftal, Mexico, 1913-14, xvi, 433-439.—Clark (TA The cause and prevalence of trachoma. Virginia M. Semi-Month, Richmond, 1914-15, xix, 443-14v—Clausen. Untersu- chungen iiber die Entstehung und die Entwickelung des Trachoms. Klin. Jahrb, Jena, 190*. xix, 101-112, 1 pi.— Cri?ler (L. W.) Trachoma; its etiology and treatment. I. Am.M. Ass, Chicago, 1912, lviii, 925-929.—Cri

97-s, l, 345.—Dietrich (A.) Ueber Sichtbarmachung der oberen Uebergangsfalte bei Massenuntersuchungen auf Granulose, nebst einigen Bemerkungen iiber die Besetzung der oberen Falte mit Kornern. Vrthschr. f. gerichtl. Med.. Berl. 1S9N 3. F, xvi, 177-185—Ellis (H. B.) Trachoma: its causes and diagnosis. South. Calif. Pract, Los Angeles, 1906, xxi, 3-5 — Foster (M. H.) The clinical course and the diagnosis of trachoma. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, lxix 1M7 1846 Also Reprint.—Friedman (H. M.) Clinical observations of trachoma. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xevi, 5\5 587 — Goldberg (H.) Zur diagnostischen Verwertbarkeit der Prowazekschen Trachomkorperchen. Prag. med Wchn- schr, 1909, xxxiv, 328.—Golesceano (C.) Proriostic et dure'e de 1'ophtalmie purulente. Bull, et mem. Soc franc d'opht. Par, 1904, xxi, 343-395. Also [Abstr.]: Rec. d'onht Par, 1904, 3. s, xxvi, 395-398. -----. Considerations cli- niques du pronostic et de la duree de l'ophtalmie purulente Chn. prat. d. mal. d. yeux [etc.], Par, 1906, ii, 297-305 — Golseth (G.) The differential diagnosis between trachoma and following conjunctivitis. Journal-Lancet, Minneap Conjunctivitis (Granular, Diagnosis and semeiology of). 1920, xl, 68-70.—Grtlter (W.) Untersuchungen iiber die von Prowazek bei Trachom gefundenen Korperchen und ihren diagnostischen Wert. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1909, lvi, 1950-r<•".-'•—Gurley (Caroline R.) & Chase (Jo- sephine T.) Prowazek bodies as a diagnostic criterion and measure of infectivity in trachoma. Collect. Stud. Research Lab, Dep. Health, N. Y, 1911, vi, 267-277—Heath (F. C.) School trachoma and differentiation. Indianapolis M. J, 1916, xix, 190 192.—Herbert i H.) The sinuous lid border, a sign of trachoma. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1906-7, xxvii, 38.—Hlrota. [The differentiation of trachoma and follicular conjunctivitis.) Chugai Iji Shinpo, Tokio, 1904, xxv, I3fi9-i:*79.— Hiwatari ( K.) The diagnosis ofthe trachoma granules upon the limbus of the cornea. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1921, 3. s, iv, 200.- Labollnsky (MA rkM. J, 1904, lxxx, 538-541.—OertelT. I.. i R. in.ri ve err t with folliculosis simulating trachoma. Am. J. 'iphth., ('I.hliro, 1921,3. s,iv, 748.—Petella(G.' Sxl' ;mr»orf ,.,/u di-.i ^ e sociale della diagnosi diflerenziale fra le granulazioni traco- matose vere e le false. Ann. di med. nav, Roma, 1906, i, 553-571.—Ray (J. MA Trachoma; the importance of its differential.on fi >m allied conjunctival conditions. Louis- ville Mont a. .CM. ,x S, 1914-15, xxi, 362-372.—Ryan (J. P.) The diagm-i-- oi trichoma. Australas. M. Cong. Tr. 190\ Victoria, r.'fv. i.i. 97-103.—Sakari (I.) [The diagnosis of trachoma. 1 X] :v>n Gankwa Gakukwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1904, viii, 502 5t" — Salter (R. WA Trachoma: svmptoms, cause and & Korner (P.) I ebertragungsversuche von Trachom auf \"ra. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1906, lv, 1-12___________Icier experimental erzeugtes Trachom beim Affen. Ber u d \ersamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. v.n>5, Wiesb 1906 so" _ Leber { \A & von Prowa/.ck ^s ) Experimentelle fra- chomstn.lien. Arch. f. OjAuh.. 1 ei|v, WIS, lxxxv 204-'"0 2 pl.-Mora.\(V.) N.tesurl mo, ulition du trachome aux snees Ann.d ocul. Par, 1911,cxlv, 414-120.—Nicolle (C ) Mat de nos connai>sances dordre experimental sur le tra- chome. Bull, del'Inst. Pasteur, Far, 1922. xix, sM-vM — Nicolle(C.Uv Cuenod. Reproduction experimentale do la conjonctivite granuleuse chez le since (Macacus sinicusl tompt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, W07, cxliv, 1001 UX13. ;——-----■ Etude experimentale du trachome. Vrch d' Inst, Pasteur de l'Afruiue du Nord, Alger & Tunis. lPii, i, CONJUNCTIVITIS. 127 CONJUNCTIVITIS. Conjunctivitis (Granular, Experimen- tal) . 149-178.-----------. Nouvelles acquisitions dans l'etude experimentale du trachome. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1921, clxxii, 1011-1013.—Nicolle (C), Cuenod (A.) & Blaizot (L.) Etude experimentale du trachome (conjonc- tivite granuleuse). Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1911, cxlv, 405-414. -----■-----------. Quelques experiences sur le trachome (conjonctivite granuleuse). Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1911, ciii, 1504-1506.-----------——. Recherches ex- perimentales sur le trachome. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1913, cxlix, 401-407.—Nicolle (C), Cuenod (A.) & Blanc (G.) Demonstration experimentale du role des mouches dans la propagation du trachome (conjonctivite granuleuse). Compt.rend. Acad.d.sc, Par, 1919, clxix, 1124-1126.----- -----------. Reproduction experimentale de trachome (conjonctivite granuleuse) chez le lapin. Ibid., 1920, clxx, 642-643.—Noguchi (H.) & Cohen (M.) Experiments on the cultivation of so-called trachoma bodies. J. Exper. M. Lancaster, Pa, 1913, xviii, 572-578, 1 pi— Sakaguchi (K.) Ueber Trachom virus aus infizierten Affen. Verhandl. d. jap. Gesellsch, Tokyo, 1918, viii, 124.—Solovief (P.) Examen histologique de quelques pieces de trachome experimental du lapin et du magot. Arch. d. Inst. Pasteur de l'Afrique du Nord, Alger & Tunis, 1921, i, 388-413, 2 pi. Conjunctivitis (Granular, History and statistics of). Bernard (P.-L.) *L'optalmie granuleuse dans le departement de la Gironde. 8°. Bor- deaux, 1903. Billant (J.) *Le trachome a Lugdunum d'apres les cachets d'oculistes remains. 8°. Lyon, 1915. Bourgeon (R.) *Le trachome a Lyon; sa frequence et sa repartition geographique. [Lyon.] 8°. Valence, 1912. Evesque (A.) *L'optalmie granuleuse dans la region de Montpellier. 8°. Montpellier, 1914. Hoffmann_(W. A.) *Statistik uber 3,000 Falle von Conjunctivitis granulosa. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1906. Inouye (T.) Klinische Erfahrung iiber das Trachom in Japan und seine Therapie. 12°. Miinchen, 1913. Jacob (G.) *Beitrag zur Statistik des Tra- choms. Zusammengestellt auf Grund der Jour- nale 1902-1904 der Augenklinik der kgl. Charite zu Berlin. [Leipzig.] 8°. Berlin, 1905. Meyerhof (M.) Ueber die ansteckenden Augenleiden Aegyptens; ihre Geschichte, Ver- breitung und Bekampfung; Vortrag. 8°. Kairo, 1909. van Ouen (J. H.) Over de epidemiologic en de daarop gegronde bestrijding van de con- junctivitis granulosa, trachoom (in het bijzonder in Nederland en Amsterdam). 4°. Amsterdam, 1911. Pinczakowski (F.) *Die Verbreitung des Trachoms in Schleswig-Holstein. 8°. Kiel, 1901. Reinhard(G. [I.]) *Statistisch-klinische I n- tersuchungen uber die Lidranderkrankungen bei Trachom. 8°. Jurjew, 1899. Rumpel (A.) *Die Conjunctivitis granula in Wmttemberg. 8°. Tubingen, 1906. Schikorowski (E. J. W.) *Die Verbreitung des Trachoms in der Provinz Sachsen; zusam- mengestellt auf Grund der Journale 1891-1901, der konigl. Universitats-Augenklinik zu Halle a. S. 8°. Halle a. S., 1903. Sippel (P. A. E. J.) *Das Trachom und seine Verbreitung in Hessen und Waldeck, auf Grund des Materials der Marburger Augenklinik; 1. April 1904 bis 31. Marz 1909. 8°. Marburg. 1909. . T ^ Thierfelder (M.) *Beitrage zur Lehre vom Trachom; das Trachom in Mecklenburg von 1902 bis 1907 inkl., Untersuchungen uber das Vorkommen der sog. Korperchenzellen bei Trachom. 8°. Rostock, 1909. Conjunctivitis (Granular, History and statistics of). Alvaro (G.) Contributo alia carta nosografica del tracoma in Sicilia. Clin, ocul, Palermo, 1903, iv, Il79-llir5.—Bailty (C. A.) Trachoma; a survey of its prevalence in tl.e mountain sections of east Tennessee and northern Georgia. Pub. Health Rep,Wash, 1914, xxix, 2417-2433.—Bellinzc na (C.) Contributo alio studio clinico del tracoma; distribu- zione geografica del tracoma nella Provincia di Pavia. Gazz. med. lomb, Milano, 1902, lxi, 231; 245, 1 map.—Berry (G. L.) Trachoma in the United States. Mod. Hosp, St. Louis, 1915, v, 368-370.—Bordley (J.) Trachoma in the American negro race. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull, Bait, 1907, xviii, 37-39.—Brown (S. H.) Trachoma; observations on the disease as encountered in the Ghetto district of Philadelphia. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1911, xciii, 605-611.— Buchwald (R.) Die Verbreitung des Trachoms in der Provinz Posen. Klin. Jahrb, Jena, 1909, xxi, 527-544.— Burga (B.) Aportacidn clinica al estudio del tracoma en el Peru. Cron. med, Lima, 1918, xxxv, 360-366.—Buxton (L. H.) Statistics of trachoma and etiology. Southwest J. M. & S, El Reno, 1920, xxviii, 56-59.—Cano (U.) Studio epidemiologico sul tracoma. Gior. d. r. Soc. ital. d' ig, Mi- lano, 1903, xxv, 328; 404: 1904, xxvi, 229-242.—Cazaux. Le trachome au Tonkin. Caducee, Par, 1918, xviii, 94 — Chavez (L.) El tracoma en Mexico. An.de oftal, Mexico, 1906-7,ix, 337-355. Also: Gac.meal, Mexico, 1908, hi, 49-61 — Clark (T.) Trachoma with especial reference to the State of Minnesota. Journal-Lancet, Minneap, 1913, xxxiii, 159- 170. Also: Pub. Health Rep, Wash, 1913, xxviii, 1331-1356. -----.Trachoma; a survey of its prevalence in the mountain sections of Virginia and West Virginia. Pub. Health Rep, Wash, 1914, xxix, 1421-1448.—Colin. I e trachome dans la region de Nice. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1910, exliv, 420-427.— Corda (G.) Del tracoma nella provincia pisana dal punto di vista della distribuzione geografica e della profilassi. Riv. d' ig. e san. pubb, Torino, 1902, xiii, 817-842, 1 map, 1 ch— Coudray. La repartition geographique du trachome en France. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1911, cxlv, 420-439.—Cum- ston (C. G.) A brief historical summary of the treatment of trachoma, with special reference to the Arabian school and the writings of Ali Ibn-el-Aissa (Jesu Hali). Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1920-21,xiv, Sect. His. Med, 43-51. Also: Ann. Med. Hist, N. Y, 1921, iii, 244-251.—Dimitry (T. J.) Trachoma exists in Louisiana and justifies investigation. N. Orl. M. & S. Jv 1920-21, lxxiii, 11-16.—Edmondson (E. E.) Some clinical studies on the trachoma question with reference to conditions in southern Illinois, U. S. A. Ophthalmol, Seattle, 1915, xii, 41-57. -----. Two years clinical research on the trachoma question in southern Illinois. Illinois M. J, Chicago, 1916, xxx, 283-286.— Farnarier (F.) Sur le trachome a Marseille. Clin, opht. Par, 1920, xxiv, 116-122. Also: Marseille-med, 1920, lvii, 355-360. [Discussion], 367.—Fernandez (J. E.) El tracoma en Maracaibo. Rev. cubana de oftal, Habana, 1920, ii, 258- 262.—Finlay (C. E.) Frecuenciarelativa de la conjuntivitis granulosa en la Habana. Arch, de oftal. hispano-am, Madrid, 1904, iv, 65-70. -----. Frecuencia del tracoma. Arch, de la Soc. estud. clin. de la Habana, 1909, xvi, 120- 128,1 ch.—Foley (H.), Sergent (E.) & Meslin (R.) Le tra- chome dans les regions sahariennes; immunity relative des races negres. Bull. Soc. path, exot. Par, 1913, vi, 634-637.— Foster (A. D.) Trachoma; a survey of its prevalence in the mountain sections of North and South Carolina. Pub. Health Rep, Wash, 1914, xxix, 1811-1821. Also, Reprint.— Franklin (C. P.) The status of trachoma in Philadelphia. Month. Cycl. & M. Bull, Phila, 1910, iii, 660-663.—Fukala (C. V.) Trachoma among the ancient Greeks and Romans. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1904, xxxiii, 366-372.-----. Trachom des Cicero, Plinius und Horatius. Beitr. z. Augenh, Hamb. & Leipz, 1905, Hft. 63, 28-35.-----. Erwiderungauf Herrn Wegehaupts Zusatz zu Trachom des Cicero, Horaz und Plinius. Ibid., Hft.64,93-96.—Ginestous (E.) L'ophtalmie granuleusea Bordeaux. Gaz.hebd. d. sc.med.de Bordeaux, 1903, xxiv, 571-575.—Green (J.) Prevalence of trachoma in the United States; a review of recent literature. Interstate M. J, St. Louis, 1913, xx, 545-547— Grdnholm (V.) Ueber die Verbreitung des Trachoms und der Blindheit in Finn- land. Ztschr.f. Augenh, Berl, 1'joi, xii, 425-437.—H&la (A.) Beitrag zur Trachomfrage in Bohmen. Wien. klin. Rund- schau, 1904, xviii, 129-132.—Harford (C. F.) Trachoma among the Chinese in France. Tr. Roy. Soc. Trop. M. & Hyg, Lond, 1921-22, xv, 54-56.—Harlan (H.) Some im- pressions of eastern Kentucky and the trachoma problem in that region. Maryland M. J, Bait, 1915, lviii, 277-279.— Harris (C. M-) Trachoma and some facts concerning its existence in western Pennsylvania. Outlook for Blind, Bost, 1910, iv, 113-115.—Harrison (W. H.) Existence and prevalence of trachoma among the Indians of the northern United States and Canada. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1913, xxii, 649-651.-----• Trachoma amongst the Indians ofthe United States of America. Ophthalmol, Seattle, 1914, xi, 42-48.—Hirschberg (J.) Ueber die geographische Verbrei- tung der Kornerkrankheit. Deutsche med Wchnschr, I eipz. & Berl, 1897, xxiii, 425; 448; 466; 526.-----. Die Kor- nerkrankheit in den Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika. Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh, Leipz, 1917, xii, 141; 161.— Hirschberg (J.) & Henntng-Rbnne. Trachom in Dane- CONJUNCTIVITIS. 128 CONJUNCTIVITIS. Conjunctivitis (Granular, History and statistics of). mark. Ibid., 1918, xiii, 12-17.—Hoor (K.) Die Zahl der Trachom krank en und die Erfolge der Trachomprophylaxe in Ungarn. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1906, iv, 371-373.—Jacovides (G.-S.) Trachome et ophtalmie puru- lente en Egvpte. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1902, xxii, 767: 1903, xxiii, 50; 170—Kiefer (H. A.) A local study of trachoma. Calif. State J. M, San Fran, 1920, xviii, 15-17.—Kirk (J.) Trachoma in the Straits Settlements. Brit. J. Ophth, Lond, 1918, ii, 135-139.—Krimsky (J.) Trachoma in Palestine. Long Island M. J, Brooklyn, 1920, xiv, 171-176 — Kuwabara. Zur Kenntnis der Trachomverbreitung (statistische Untersuchung in der ganzen Bevolkerung von Westmatamata, einem Dorfe in Kvnshu, Japan). Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1905, xliii, 459-474—Larkin (B.J.) A survey of the trachoma situation in Indianapolis. J. Indiana M. Ass, Fort Wayne, 1918, xi, 265-270. Also, Reprint.—Leone (S.) II tracoma in Sicilia. Progresso oftal, Palermo, 1905, i, 167-177.-----. Diffusione del tra- coma in Italia. Clin, ocul, Palermo, 1906, vii, 2401-2424 — Li(T. M.) Trachoma in China. Nat.M. J. China, Shanghai, 1921-22, viii, 1-10.—McMullen (J.) Trachoma; a survey of its prevalence in the mountain section of eastern Kentucky. Pub. Health Rep, Wash, 1915, xxx, 677-685.—Magnus (H.) Haben Cicero, Plinius und Horatius an Trachom gelitten? Beitr. z. Augenh, Hamb. & Leipz, 1905, Hft. 64, 83-92.—Meyerhof (M.) Ueber die akuten eitrigen Binde- hautentziindungen in Aegypten. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Au- genh, Stuttg, 1905, ii, 216-237.—Molina de St. Remy (HI Observaciones sobre la existencia del tracoma en ruerto Rico. Bol. Asoc. mffl. de Puerto-Rico, San Juan, P. R, 1912, ix, No. 84, 18-21.—Moll (A.) Trachoma in the high- lands of Kentucky. Nurse, Jamestown, N. Y, 1916, v, 85-90.—Morax (V.') Le trachome des travailleurs coloniaux. Bull. Soc. path, exot, Par.,1917, x, 269-274.—Oakley (J. H.), Moore (D.) & Kolb (L.) Trachoma in Kentucky; a report of a sanitary inspection of the schools of Jefferson County, Kv, with special reference to the prevalence of trachoma. Pub. Health Rep, Wash, 1914, xxix, 1360-1365.—Pacheco- Luna (R.) Contribution al estudio del tracoma en Guatemala. Rev. cubana de oftal, Habana, 1919, i, 300- 305.—Paparcone (E.) Distribuzione topografica del tra- coma in Firenze. Igiene mod, Genova, 1913, vi, 262-275, 1 map.—Penichet (J. M.) Contribution al estudio general del tracoma en Cuba. Arch, de oftal. hispano-am, Barcel, 1917, xvii, 255-268. -----. El tracoma en Cuba. Cr6n. med.-quir. de la Habana, 1918, xhv, 211-219. Also: Rev. cubana de oftal, Habana, 1919, i, 79-87.—Petit (P.-J.) Recherches sur le trachome en Tunisie. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1921, clviii, 567-579.—Phillips (O. S.) Trachoma on the Blackfeet reservation. Ophthalmol, Seattle, 1914, xi, 32- 36.—Schereschewsky (J. W.) Trachoma among the Indians. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1913, lxi, 1113-1116. [Discussion], 1120-1124. Also [Abstr.]: Papers Sect. Ophth. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1913, 383.-----. Trachoma in steel mill workers; an investigation of the origin and prevalence of the disease among the employes of the Youngstown Sheet & Tube Co, Youngstown, Ohio. Month. Bull. Ohio State Bd. Health, Columbus, 1914, iv, 521-533. Also: Pub. Health Rep, Wash, 1914, xxix, 560-570.—Scholtz (C.) Die Geschichte der Trachombehandlung. AllgAVien. med. Ztg, 1903, xlviii, 336; 344. Also: Ungar. Beitr. z. Augenh, Leipz. & Wien, 1903, iii, 83-122.—Sergent (E.) Note sur I'histoire, pendant un an, du trachome dans une agglome- ration algerienne. Ann. de l'lnst. Pasteur, Par, 1909, xxiii, 253-260.—Sgrosso (E.) Sul tracoma; dati statistici desunti dall' Ambulatorio della Clinica oculistica della R.Universita di Napoh. Med. ital, Napoli( 1907, v, 565; 587; 607.— Shanklin (E. M.) Trachoma in Indiana. J. Indiana M. Ass, Fort Wayne, 1915, viii, 285-290. -Siegrlst. Das Tra- chom in der Schweiz. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel. 1910, xl, 14-18.—Solares. Quelques remarques sur la con- jonctivite trachomateuse en Bolivie et sur le traitement suivi. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1918, xxxvi, 22S-23L—Solbrlg (O.) Die Granulose im Regierungsbezirk Allenstein. im besonderen vom Jahre 1899-1908. Klin. Jahrb, Jena, pins xx, 193-320, 1 tab, 2 maps.—Sperl (F.) Ueber die Verbrei- tung des Trachoms im nordostlichen Bavern. Arch. f. Augenh, Munch. & Wiesb, 1921, Ixxxvii, 53-58.—Strano (A.) La congiuntivite granulosa in Catania. Gazz. med sicil, Catania, 1905, viii, 49; 73; 97.—Stuckey (E. J.), Tom- lin (H.) & Hughes (C. A.) Trachoma among the Chinese in France. Brit. J. Ophth, Lond, 1920, iv, 1-12.—st tic kv (J. A.) Trachoma among the natives of the mountains of eastern Kentucky. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, "in Ki 1116-1124.—Telavhl (A.) Das Trachom in Palastina \rch' f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1919,lxxxv, 38-57.—Tracoma (El) en el noroeste de Mexico. Rev. mecl. veracruzana, Veracruz 1922, ii, 197-200.—Tristaino (B.) Nuove osservazioni sulla diffusione del tracoma in Palermo. Arch, ottal, Napoli 1913-14, xxi, 530-539.—Trombetta (E.) II tracoma in Egitto. Gior. med. d. r. esereito, Roma, 1903, li, 233-266 — Valentl (G.) Distribuzione geografica del tracoma in Italia Clin, ocul, Palermo, 1902, iii, 1122-1126.—Wegehaupt Trachom des Cicero, Plinius und Horatius des Dr. Charles Fukala. Beitr. z. Augenh, Hamb. & Leipz, 1905, Hft 63 55-58: Hft. 64,97-100.—Yamazaki. [Statistics of trachoma 1 Nippon Gankwa Gakukwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1907 xi 519-533 Conjunctivitis (Granular, Prevention of). Anweisuxg fiir die Bekampfung der Korner- krankheit (Granulose, Trachom). Hft. 4. 16°. Berlin, 1906. Boxfiglio (V.) II tracoma in Girgenti; note- relle profilattiche. 8°. Girgenti, 1906. Di Bernardo (S.) Profilassi del tracoma. 8°. Catania, 190:]. McMullex (J.) Trachoma; its nature and prevention. 8°. Washington, 1914. Forms suppl. No. 8 of: Pub. Health Rep, Wash, 1913. Sceli.ixgo (M.) Discorso pronunciato per la inaugurazione dei corsi accelerati di oculistica per i medici ufficiali sanitari, con speciale riguardo alia profilassi del tracoma. rov. 8°. Roma, 1908. United States. Congress. An act for the investigation, treatment, and prevention of trachoma amon<* the Indians. 60. Cong., 2. ses? H. R. 28164. In S.. Feb. 17. 1909. rov. 8°. [Washington. 1909.] Abren. Prophylaxia do trachoma. Brazil-med, Rio de Jan, 1918, xxxu, 261-263.—Alberto (S. B.) Tracoma; su profilaxia. Mem. y comunic. de la Asambleareg. de med. y farm, de Filipinas, Manila, 1912, 267-273.—Allport (F.) State legislation concerning trachoma. Ophthalmology, Seattle, 1916, xii, 494-510.—Angelucci (A.) La lotta contro il tracoma. Arch, di ottal, Napoli, 1906-7, xiv, 3-23.— Boudreau (F. G.) The trachoma problem in Ohio. Ohio Pub. Health J, Columbus. 1919, x, 41^-424.—Brav (A.) The aim ofthe Trachoma Institute. Internat. Clin, Phila, 1910, 20. s, iii, 164-lfts.-----. Are we in danger of trachoma? N. York M. J. [etc.], 1911, xciii, 407-111.—Campbell (M. A.) Effective control of a trachoma outbreak in two industrial plants. Ohio M. J, Columbus, 1915, xi, 23-26.—Castafier (J.) Profilaxis visual, especialmente del tracoma. Arch.de oftal. hispano-am, Barcel, 1911, xi, 406-112.—Denkschrtft uber die Bekampfung der Granulose (Kornerkrankheit. Trachom) in Preussen. Klin. Jahrb, Jena, 1906, iv. Frgn- zngsbd, 1-76.—Derby (G. SA The control of trachoma among the alien labor companies ofthe British and Ameri- can Expeditionary Forces. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1919, 3. s, ii, 500-509. Also [Abstr.]: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1919, cix, 1107.—Emmert (E.) Sollen Vorkehrungen getroffen wer- den gegen die Einschleppung des Trachoms (synonvm: Aegyptische Augenentziindung, granulose Augerritivn- dung, Kornerkrankheit) in die Schweiz? Cor.-Bl. f. schw. r Aerzte, Basel, 1909, xxxix, 516-520— Fiallio <'\A 0 299-301.-Franklin (C. P.) The progress of the trachoma campaign in Pennsylvania. Tenn. M. J, Athers, 1910-11 xiv, 195-201.—Gallenga (C.) Profilassi del tracoma. Pro- gresso oftal, Palermo, 1906-7, ii, 2M--306. Also: Poll d. osp. oftnl. d. prov. di Roma, 1907, v, 70. 96.—Gomalez Ca«- tellano (J.) Luchasocialcontra cl1r.icoma. \nh do oftal hispano-am, Barcel, 1917, xvii. 512-:>15—Greeff i R i Leber die Bekiimpfung des Trachoms. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte Berl, 1909, xxii, 793 7W Hilbert. Die Art der Bekiim- pfung des Trachoms un Regierungslienrk Allenstein. Hid. 1910, xxiii, 41-44.—\on Hoor i K.) Traohomprophvlaxieim k. u. k. iv. Korpsbereich in den Jahren 1SS7-I894. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh.. Stuttc.. 191i>, lvii, 179. [Discission], lso im,.— Hoppe (J.) Die Trachomepidemie und ihre Be- kHmpfung im Regierungsbezirk Gumbinnen. Klin. Jahrb, Jena ls-H), vii 1 JO. 1 diag.-Kerr (J. W.) The trachoma problem. Pub. Health Rep., Wash, 1915, xxx, 2437-2442. Aho, Reprint.—Kireliner (M.I Die Bekampfung des Tra- choms in Preussen. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1916, lxxxi, Ergnzngshft, 12-22.—de La person ne (F.) Declaration ob- ligatoire du trachome. Arch, d'opht. Par.. 1920, xxxvii 70,5-713. Also: Bull. Acad, de mM, Par, 1920, Ixxxiv, 303-^ SI1-—-Lewis ^F- p-) Trachoma, a social menace. Med. Rev. of Rev, X. Y 1916, xxii, 412-427.—Lister (W. T.) The trachoma problem. J. Rov. Army Med. Corps, Lond, 191'). xxxu, 487-494.-LOscliinaiiu. "Zur staatlichen Bekam- pfung der Granulose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz & Berl, 1901, xxvii,880; 89s. McMullen (J.) Trachoma, an important public health problem; methods adopted for the control of this disease in eastern Kentucky. Virginia M. Semi-Month, Richmond, 1914-15, xix, 4ls-iol. —— The government's work in the eradication of trachoma. Mod Hosp St. Louis, 1>U7. ix, 163-165.-----. Trachoma: a public health problem of the States. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago 1920 xxv, 1109-1112.-Majewski(C.) La lutte centre la conjon teggiamo la popolazione civile dal -tracoma " \rch di ottal, Napoh, 1917, xxiv, 237-244.—Parrot (L.) La lutte CONJUNCTIVITIS. 129 CONJUNCTIVITIS. Conjunctivitis (Granular, Prevention contre le trachome en milieu indigene rural (projet d'organi- sation). Arch. d. Inst. Pasteur de l'Afrique du Nord, Alger & Tunis, 1921, i, 116-123.—Pfalz. Trachom als Unfallfolge Ophth. Klin, Stuttg, 1903 vii, 99.—Polak (R. E. S.) Over trachoom en zijn bestrijding. Nosokdmos, Amst, 1914, xiv, 447; 464.—Rulot (H.) & van Duyse (M.) A propos de la prophylaxie du trachome. Ann. Soc. de med. de Gand, 1912, n. s, iii, 373-395.—de Sanson (R. D.) Con- tribuoao a prophylaxia do trachoma. Arch, brasil. de med , Rio de Jan, 1919, ix, 234-247.—Santos Fernandez (J.) La profilaxis del tracoma en Cuba con relation a la inmigra- ci6n. Cr6n. med.-quir. de la Habana, 1907, xxxiii, 117-124. -----. La profilaxis del tracoma en Cuba. Ibid., 1914, xl, 495-497.-----. La profilaxis contra el tracoma. Ibid 1917, xliii, 53; 115.—Schmidt (A.) Beitrag zur Frage der Granu- losebekampfung. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl, 1902, xv, 650-655.—von Scholtz (K.) Erfolge und Kosten der Tra- chombekampfung in Ungarn. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1905-6, liii, 48-56.-----. Die Bekampfung des Trachoms in Ungarn. Ibid., 1916, lxxxi, Ergnzngshft, 23-28. Also: Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1916, xiii, 900. [Discussion], 931; 962.—Sergent. La lutte contre le tra- chome. Rev. d'hyg,, Par, 1912, xxxiv, 956-969.—Sergent (Ed.) & Sergent (Et.) Experience de lutte antiophthal- mique en milieu indigene algerien (1914). Bull. Soc. path. exot.. Par, 1917, x, 486-189.—Stleren (E.) Trachoma; a social disease. Penn. M. J, Athens, 1908-9, xh, 377-381 — Sulzer(D.E.) La prophylaxie du trachome. Cong, inter- nat. de med. (xvi.). C.-r, Budapest, 1909, sect.ix, Ophtal, 135-159.—SzabO (S.) Ueber die Bekampfung des Trachoms. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1903, xxxix, 495; 519 — Talbot. Le trachome en Indochine, ceuvTe prophylactique. Bull. Office internat. d'hyg. pub. Par, 1920, xii, 579-586 — Tenner (A. S.) Trachoma a civic as well as a military problem. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1917, lxix, 227.—Troeger. Zur Bekampfung der Granulose; ein praktischer Handgriff zum Umklappen des Oberlides. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl, 1907, xx, 377-380. Conjunctivitis (Granular, Prowazek's bodies in). Xeapolitanski (IV.) *0 vliyanii radiya na Prowazek-Greeff'ovskiya epitelialniya vklyu- cheniya i nasnielotoriya bakterialniya formi konyunktivalnavo mieshka. [Influence of ra- dium upon the Prowazek-Green epithelial inclu- sions and upon certain bacterial forms of the conjunctival sac] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1911. Addario (C.) Sul significato dei corpuscoli di Prowazeck e sui blastomiceti del tracoma. Progresso oftal, Palermo, 1908-9, iv, 165-177.-----. Sulla presenza dei corpuscoli di Prowazek ed Halberstadter nella congiuntiva normale dell' uomo e della scimmia; nota preventiva. Ibid., 1909-10, v, 165-175. Also, transl.: Arch. Ophth, N.Y, 1911, xl, 10-18. -----. Sulla presenza dei corpi di Prowazek nei follicoli e nelle papille del tracoma. Ann. di ottal., Pavia, 1912, xii, 464-477. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1912, lxvi, Orig, 393-405.—Alter (F. W.) & Bonser (W. O.) A resumed of the trachoma bodies as the etiologie factorin trachoma and in the so-calledinclusion blennorrhea. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1915, xxiv, 279-285.—Bietti (A.) & Betti (L.) Sull' importanza dei cosidetti corpuscoli del tracoma. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1910-11,5. s, ii, 383-414. Also: Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1910, xxxix, 801-832, 1 pi.—Boing (W.) Ueber Zelleinschliisse bei Trachom und Coniunctivitiden. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl, 1912, xxxviii, 235-244.—Casali (A.) Sulla presenza dei corpuscoli di Prowazek e Halberstaedter nei tracoma e in altre affe- zioni della congiuntiva. Ann. di ottal., Pavia, 1911, xl, 70-85, 2 pi.—Cecchetto (E.) Su alcune particolarita dei corpi del tracoma. Ibid., 1909, xxxviii, 583-585. Also,transl.: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1909, li, 536,1 pi .— Cohen (M.) The clinical course of conjunctival affections associated with so-called trachoma bodies. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1913, xiii, 29-33.—Dreyer (W.) & Meyerhof (M.) Ueber Befunde von Trachomkorperchen in Aegypten. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1910, xlviii, 476-481, 1 pi.—Flemmtng. Untersuchungen iiber die sogenannten Trachomkorperchen. Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb, 1910, lxvi, 63-87, 1 pi. -----. Klinischer Verlauf desquamierender Katarrhe der Konjunktiva bei Trachomkorperchenbefund. Charite-Ann, Berl, 1910, xxxiv, 622-646.—GaUenga (C.) Zur Farbung der Prowazeck-Halberstiidterschen Trachom- korperchen. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg, 1910, xlviii, 195.—GaUenga (C.) & Cecchetto (E.) Dei corpi del tracoma nell' epiteho e nei connettivo della conguintivite granulosa. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1910, xxxix, 80-88. Also, transl.: Cong, internat. de med. (xvi.). C.-r, Budapest, 1910, sect, ix, Ophtal, 255-262.—Greeff (R.) Ueber eigen- tiimliche Doppelkornchen (Parasiten?) in Trachomzellen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1907, xxxiii, 914. -----. Ueber meine Trachomkorperchen. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1909, xlvii, Beil.-Hft, 49-53. -----. Zur Entdeckung der Trachomkorperchen. Ibid., 84-90, 2 pi. 11877°—Vol. IV, 3d series—22----9 Conjunctivitis (Granular, Prowazek's bodies in). ———. Der jetzige Standpunkt der Trachomkorperchen- frage. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. Heidelb. 1911, Wiesb, 1912, xxxvii, 234-244. Also, transl.: Ophthal- mol, Seattle, 1911-12, viii, 19-25.—Greeff (R.) & Clausen (W.) Ueber Doppelkorperchen in Trachomzellen. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. 1907, Wiesb, 1908, xxxiv, 97-104.—Gutfreund (F.) Die Prowazekschen Zellein- schliisse bei Trachom. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1909, xliv, 103-107.-----. Ueber Trachomkorperchen. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1909, xxii, 887-SS9.—Herzog (H.) Darstellung der Trachomkorper im Schnittpraparat. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1909, xxxv, 1425- 1427.-----. Ueber eine neue Methode der Schnellfarbung und der Kontrastfarbung der Trachomkorper im Schnitt- praparat. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1910, lxxiv, 520-525, 1 pi. -----. Ueber die Initialformen und iiber die Darstellung der Trachomkorper im Schnittpraparat. Cong, internat. de me\i. (xvi.). C.-r.. Budapest, 1910, sect, ix, Ophtal, 243- 254.—Heymann (B.) Ueber die "Trachomkorperchen." Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1909, xxxv, 1692- 1694. Also: Cong, internat. de med. (xvi.). C.-r, Budapest, 1910, sect, ix, Ophtal, 305-309.-----. Ueber die Fundorte der Prowazekschen Korperchen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1910, xlvii, 663-666. Also, transl.: Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1910, xxvii, 142-152.-----. Mikroskopische und experimen- telle Studien iiber die Fundorte der von Prowazek-Halber- stadterschen Korperchen. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1911, xlix, 417-440.—Kurisakl (T.) Ein Fall von Trachomkornern auf der Conjunctiva bulbi. Wchnschr. f. Therap. u. Hyg. d. Auges, Dresd, 1913-14, xvii, 45.— Lazarefl (Y. G.) & Petroff (M. D.) [Frequency of intra- nuclear inclusions (Prowazek-Halberstaedter bodies) in trachoma and other conjunctival diseases.) • Vestnik otftal- mol, Mosk, 1912, xxix, 755-766.—Lindner (K.) Die freie Initialform der Prowazekschen Einschlusse. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1909, xxii, 1697. Also: Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1910, lxxvi, 559-567.-----. Zur Farbung der Prowazekschen Einschlusse. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1910, lvii, 429-432.—Ldwenstein (A.) Zur Morphologie der Prowazekschen Einschlusse. Arch. f. Ophth., Berl, 1918, xevi, 330-343, 3 pi.—Lombroso (U.) Observations relatives aux corpuscles de Prowazek et a leur signification dans le trachome, la blennorrhee et d'autres infections conjoncti- vales. Arch. d. l'lnst. Pasteur de l'Afrique du Nord, Alger & Tunis, 1921, i, 414^21.—Lowry (W. H.) Trachoma bodies. Canad. Pract. & Rev, Toronto, 1910, xxxv, 421.—McKee (S. H.) Demonstration of the trachoma bodies. Montrea. M. J, 1910, xxxix, 159-162. -----. On trachoma bodies. Ophthalmoscope, Lond, 1910, viii, 329.-----. The relation of the trachoma bodies to trachoma (with a report of cases examined). Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. & Oto-Laryngol, St. Louis, 1910, xv, 147-153. Also: Ophthalmoscope, Lond, 1911, ix, 618-621. -----. The trachoma bodies from the normal conjunctiva. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1910, xix, 292- 294: 1911, xx, 236-238. -----. A study of the pathological histology of trachoma; the trachoma bodies. Ophthalmo- scope, Lond, 1911, ix, 2-6. Also, Reprint.—zur Nedden. Ueber die Bedeutung der Trachomkorperchen. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1910, lxv, 355-362.—Noguchi (H.) & Cohen (M.) The trachoma bodies in smear and section, with demonstrations. Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1910-11, n. s, x, 20-30.-----------. The relationship of the so-called trachoma bodies to conjunctival affections. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1911, xl, 1-9, 2 pi. Also, Reprint.-----------. Ex- periments on the cultivation of so-called trachoma bodies. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1914, xliii, 117-120, 1 pi.—Paparcone (E.) Contributo alia conoscenza dei "corpuscoli del tra- coma." Arch, di ottal, Napoh, 1913-14, xxi, 439-445, 2 pi. -----. Dimostrazione di corpuscoli del tracoma e di incfu- sioni cellulari in differenti forme di congiuntivite e nella congiuntiva normale. Atti d. Accad. med.-fis. fiorent. 1913, Firenze, 1914, 69-71. -----. Tentativi di culture dei cosi detti corpi del tracoma. Sperimentale, Firenze, 1914-15, lxviii, 685-699, 2 pi.-----. Nuovi tentativi sulla coltiva- zione dei cosi detti "corpi del tracoma." Ibid., 1917, Ixxi, 173-183.—Prokopenko (P. P.) [On the so-called Chlamy- dozoa of Prowazek, or Greeff's Trachomkorperchen in tra- choma.] Kharkov. M. J, 1910, x, 419-450,1 pi.—Pusey (B.) Trachoma bodies, possibly the etiologie factor of trachoma Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1906-7, vii, 275-277.-----. Trachoma bodies possibly the aetiologie factor of trachoma. J. Ophth. & Oto-Laryngol, Chicago, 1909, iii, 429-432. Also: Quart. Bull.Northwest.Univ. Med. Sch,Chicago, 1909-10, xi, 1-4.— Reis (W.) Die sogenannten Trachomkorperchen vom Stahdpunkte der bisherigen Forschungen iiber die Aetio- logie des Trachoms. Wien. khn. Wchnschr, 1909, xxii, 889-892.—Reis (W.) & Reis (K.) Der Apparat von Golgi Kopsch und die intracellularen Einschlusskorper; ein Bei- trag zur Histologie der Bindehautepithelien und des tra- chomatosen Follikels. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1913, lxxxvi, 122-135, 2 pi.—Sachs-Miike. Trachomkorperchen im tra- chomatosen Tranensack. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1910, lvi, Orig, 112-114.—di Santo (C.) Pre- senza dei corpuscoli tracomatosi nelle sezioni e nello spessore della congiuntiva. Progresso oftal, Palermo, 1908-9, iv, 188-191. Also, transl.: Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1908, lxi, 387-389, 1 pi.-----. Untersuchungen iiber die sogenannten CONJUNCTIVITIS. 130 CONJUNCTIVITIS. Conjunctivitis (Granular, Prowazek's bodies in). Trachomkorperchen. Klin.. Jahrb, Jena, 1909, xxi, 491-513, 1 pi— Stargardt (K.) Ztir Technik der Untersuchung auf Epitheleinschliisse der Bindehaut (Prowazeksche Korperj. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1915, Orig, xxxiv, 295-300 — Vasyutinski (A. G.) [Ophthalmia of the new-born not of gonorrhoeal origin; with inclusion of trachoma bodies.] Vestnik Oftalmol, Mosk, 1914, xxxi,465.—Wolbach (S. B.) &McKee(S. N.) The nature of trachoma bodies. J.Med. Research, Bost, 1911, xxiv, 259-264, 3 pi. Also, Reprint — Zade (M.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Trachomkorperchen und ihres Vorkommens. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1910, lxxvii, 185-196.—Zentmayer & Reese (W. T.) Trachoma bodies. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1911, xx, 649. Conjunctivitis (Granular, Transmis- sion of). Addario (C.) La contagiosity del tracoma; ricerche sperimentab sull uomo. Progresso oftal, Palermo, 1905-6, i, 345-358. Also: Arch, di ottal, Napoh, 1906-7, xiv, 321- 331.—Bajardi. Sulla trasmissibilita del tracoma dall'uomo alia scimmia. Boll. d. osp. oftal. d. prov. di Roma, 1906, iv, 148-155.— Greeff (R.) Die Uebertragbarkeit des Trachoms. Klin. Jahrb, Jena, 1909, xxi, 453-480, 1 pi.—Inouye (M.) Ueber einen Fall von Conjunctivitis granulosa syphilitica. Ophth. Klin, Stuttg, 1901, v, 17-19.—Israel. Ueber Trachominfektion. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl, 1913, xxvi, 213-216.—Knape (E. V.) Om trakomkontagiet. Finska lak.-sallsk. handl.. Helsingfors, 1910, Iii, 386-391.— Koeppen (P.) Ursachlicher Zusammenhang von Trachom und Unfall. Monatschr. f. Unfallheilk, Leipz, 1908, xv, 41-46.—Lafforgue (E.) Role des mouches dans la propaga- tion de la conjonctivite granuleuse chez les indigenes du sud de l'Algerie. Rev. meal, de l'Afrique du nord, Alger, 1900, iii, 831-840.—Neubner (H.) Die Kolner Epidemie von Bad-Conjunctivitis. Med. Klin, Berl, 1921, xvii, 279- 281.—Poulard. Contagion du trachome. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1905, xxv, 499-501.—Straub (M.) Notiz zur Conta- giositat des Trachoms. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh. Stuttg.. 1901, xxxix, 225-23,0.—de Wecker (L.) La transmission des granulations en Egypte; lettre ouverte addressee a MM. Morax et Lakah. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1902, cxxvii, 54-58. Conjunctivitis (Granular, Treatment of). Balesi (D.) *D'un traitement nouveau du trachome; sa curabilite par le naphtol camphr6 (methode de M. le professeur agreg6 G. Gerard). 8°. Lille, 1919. Bar6 Cayol (L.) *Le trachome et son traite- ment. 8°. Paris, 1919. Falta (M.) Trachomtherapie in der verseuch- testen Gegend Ungarns; redigiert von Max Ohle- mann. 8°. Berlin, 1900. Forge (J.-M.) Contribution a l'etude du traitement de la conjonctivite granuleuse; scari- fications. [Lyon.] 8°. Bourg, 1900. Gexserowski (K.) *Ueber die Indikationen der mechanischen Methoden bei der Behand- lung von Conjunctivitis granulosa. 8°. Konigs- berg i. Pr., 1903. Marque (J.-M.) *Resultats eloignes domn's par le brossage dans le traitement de l'ophtalmie granuleuse. 8°. Bordeaux, 1899. Prince (A. E.) Expression in the treatment of trachoma. 8°. Chicago, 1889. Raehlmann (E.) Ueber den Heilwerth der Therapie bei Trachom. 8°. Berlin, 1898. Standish (M.) Report of cases of granular lids treated by jequirity. 8°. Boston, 18K4. Abadie (C.) Nouvelle methode de traitement des formes graves et inve'terecs de la conjonctivite granuleuse. clin opht. Par, 1919, xxiii, 619-625.—Addario La Ferla (G i La methode Sculco dans le traitement du trachoma Clin opht Par.. 1921, xxv, 143-155. -----. Sul nuovo "tratta^ mentq del tracoma con il metodo Sculco. Arch, di ottal Napoh, 1922, xxix, 219-223.-Albert o (S. B.) Resultado dei tratamiento mixto del tracoma. Mem. y comunic. de la Asamblea reg. de med. y farm, de Filipinas, Manila, 1914, ii, sii-iib.— Allan (J.) 1 rachoma; some points in its treatment Prescriber, Edinb, 1919 xiii, 172,-Allport (F.) The treat- ment of trachoma. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1915. xxiv 502- 506.-von Arlt (F R.) Wirkune des D?oniiisauf Se'nwh wrlnuSutrafh^?lat0SUS zunickbleibenden Cornealnarben Wchnschr. f. Therap u. Hyg. d. Auges, Dresd.-A, 1901-2, i'i m ~Z—" UeDcr die Anwendung von Cuprum citricum MSST" Cent^a,bV- P™kt^ugenhUfLc?pz.n^ Sxi ' •*?• —™- Trach<>mbehandlung mit Kunfer- und Silbercitratcn. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1902, m,T653-1657 -----. Ueber Cuprocitol, dessen Anwendung bei Conj! Conjunctivitis (Granular, Treatment of). trachomatosa und die bisher erzielten Erfolge. Ophth. Klin, Stuttg, 1903, vii, 113-115. -----. Ueber Kuprum zitrikum und Cusylol bei Trachom. Reichs-Med.-Anz, Leipz, 1913, xxxviii, 804-806.—Aubaret. Le trachome apres la guerre et son traitement. Medecine, Par, 1920-21, ii, 285-287.—Aynesworth (H. T.) Treatment of trachoma. South. M. J., Birmingham, 1916, ix, 836-839.—Bailllart (P.) La conjunctivae granuleuse. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par, 1912, clxiv, 622-630.—Beals (M. B.) Trachoma and follicular conjunctivitis; a successful treatment by the in- tense bichloride rub. N. York M. J. [etc.), 1915, cii, 1003. Also, Reprint.—Benedict (W. L.) The treatment of trachoma. Minnesota Med, St. Paul, 1921, iv, 437-440.— Blaletti (C.) Sulla congiuntivite fibrinosa provocata col sublimato corrosivo nella terapia del tracoma. Boll. d. Ass. san. milanese, Milano, 1900, ii, 4-10.-----. Sull'uso dell'it- tiolo in alcune forme di tracoma. Clin, ocul, Palermo, 1901, ii, 575-592.—Birnbaum. Sur un traitement praticue du trachome. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1921, xxxix, 298-303.— Blatt (N.) Klinische und experimentelle Studie uhec parenterale Milchinjektionen bei Trachom. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1920, lxv, 60s -677. -----. Eine neue Methode der mechanischen Behandlung des Trachoms. Wien.klin.Wchnschr., 1918,xxxi,692-694—Bloebaum. Die Conjunctivitis granulosa und ihre Behandlung. Deutsche Med.-Ztg, Berl, 1899, xx, 49; 61; 73.—Bock (E.) Trachom undCuprocitroKvonArlt). Wchnschr.f. Therap.u. Hvg.d. Auges, Dresd, 1902-3, vi, 153; 161.—Brana(L) Beitrage zur Behandlung des Trachoms. Verhandl. d.ausserord. Tag. d. ophth. C.esellsch, Berl, 1921 (1922), 306-310.—Bussy. Note sur le traitement des ophtalmies par yperite. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1921. xxxviii 169-171.—Capps (E. D.) A conservative treatment of tracnoma. Texas State J. M, Fort Worth, 1905, i, 177—Chedoudl & Abadie (C) Traitement de la conjoncth-ite granuleuse par les scarifications et le brossage. Clin, opht. Par, 1903, ix, 371 379.—Cheney (F. E.) The newer silver salts as compared with silver nitrate in the treatment of ophthalmia neonatorum. Boston M. & S. J, 1909, cix, 269-272.—Clapp (A. BA Treatment of trachoma. J. Ophth, Otol. & Laryngol, N. Y, 1911, xvii, 100-103.— Crawford (J. P.) Fourteen cases of trachoma or granular lids treated with Bacillus bulgaricus. J. Tenn. M. Ass, Nashville, 1916-17, ix, 170-177. -----. The treatment of trachoma with Bulgarian bacillus culture. Ibid., 1917-18, x, 71-73.—Cunningham (J. F.) Some points in the manage- ment of trachoma. Lancet, Lond, 1914, ii, 59.—Darier (A.) Traitement de la conjoncth-ite granuleuse. Gaz. d. hop. Par, P-98, Ixxi, 808; s^2: >40.—Darling (C. G.) The treat- ment of trachoma with special reference to expression and friction with the author's ground glass rod. Illinois M. J, Springfield, 1913, xxiv, 362-364— Davis (A. E.) The use of strong solutions of silver nitrate in the treatment of tra- choma. Post-C.raduate, N.Y, 1914, xxix.936-938.—DeMets. Le sous-acetate de plomb dans le traitement du trachome. Bull, et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht., Par, 1911, xxviii, 240- 244.—Deutschmann (R.) Ueber die Behandlung des Trachoms. Med. Woche, Berl, 1904. v, 155; 163.—De Waele (HA Le traitement du trachome par l'arsenobenzol. Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg, Brux, 1920, 4. s, xxx, 434-13S — Dimitry (T. J.) Tarsal massage in trachoma. N.Orl.M.& S. J, 1915-16, lxviii, 37S-3S4.-----. Mechanical manipula- tion of the tarsus as a cure for trachoma. South Tex. M. Rec, Houston, 1917, xi, 13-16. -----. The tarsus made pliable as a cure for trachoma. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1921, 3. s., iv, 107.—Doyle (G. F.) Diagnosis and treatment of trachoma. Kentucky M. J, Bowling Green, 1918, xvi, 238-243.—Eaton (F. B.) A theory of the etiology, preven- tion, treatment and cure of trachoma. Ophth. Rec". Chicago 1910, xix, 404-412.—E ber son (MA Zur Trachombehandlung! Therap. Monatsh.. Berl, 1900, xiv, 313-315.—Egbert (J H ) Trachoma; clinical and successful treatment. N.YorkM j. [etc.], 1908, Ixxxvii, 548-550. Elliot (R. H.) The treatment of granular ophthalmia and its complications by the sub- conjunctival injection of a solution of cyanide of mercury. Ophthalmol, Seattle, 1911, vii 568-572.- Elschnig (A.) Trachom und Trachombehandlung. Med. Klin Berl 1918, xiv, 1003-1006.-Enslln. Ceber die Behandlung der Bindehautentziindungen (rait Beriicksichtigung ihrer \etio- logie). Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr, Berl, 1909, xx win, 129- wS-_F?!t? .(M) Bcitra£ zur Trachomtherapie. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1910, xlviii.34-39.-Farnarier (b.) I. huile a 1 acouie comme analg&uiue dans le traite- ment du trachome. MarseilleniM, 1909, xlvi, 748 751. Also: Chn. opht. Par, 1910, xvi, 169-171.—Feuer (\.) Meine gegenwartige Trachom-Behandlung. Centralbl. f. prakt Augenh, Leipz, 1899, xxiii,98; I35.-Fox(L.WA Trachoma and its treatment. Ophthalmol, Seattle, 1915, \i, 677-6S2 — Galezowski. Des conjonctivites catarrhales trachomateuses et de leur traitement par la cupricine ou cvanure neutre de cuivre Chn. opht. Par, 1903, ix, 266-268. Also: Rec. ,o°?h™' I'ar'.1903. 3-s-> xxv, 409^ 414.-C.arcla MansUla G».) tratamiento del tracoma por el medicamento de —ehandlung des Tra- choms mit Losungen von Sublimat in Glycerin, mit 1 proc Losungen von Argentum nitricum und Ichthargan. Allg! CONJUNCTIVITIS. 131 CONJUNCTIVITIS. Conjunctivitis (Granular, Treatment of). med. Centr.-Ztg, Berl, 1905, lxxiv, 177-181.—Grand- Clement (L.) Pannus trachomateux guen par le yequiritol. Lyon med., 1911, cxvii, 701.—Grignolo (F.) Contributo alia terapia del tracoma. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1911, xl, 225-229.—Gros (H.) Le jequiritol dans le traitement du pannus. Bull.med.del'Algerie,Alger, 1907,xviii, 109-114.— Guiral (R.) El cepillado y succi6n automatica como tratamiento del tracoma. Rev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1919, xxiv, 535-537, 3 pi.—Hamburger (J.) Das Trachom und seine Heilung. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1901, li, 1062; 1122. -----. Das Trachom und seine Heilung. Militararzt. Wien, 1908, xhi, 289-301. Also: Compt. rend. d. xvi. Congres internat. d. m£d, 1909, Budapest, 1910, sect. xx, 418-423.—Harston (G. M.) The treatment of trachoma by CO 2 snow. Ophthalmoscope, Lond, 1914, xii, 654-656 — HawIey(C. W.) Trachoma treated by jequirity. J. Ophth. & Oto-Laryngol, Chicago, 1912, vi, 39-42.—Hellgren (U. L.) Ueber die mechanische und operative Behandlung des Trachoms. Mitt. a. d. Augenklin. d. Carolin. med .-chir. Inst. zu Stockholm, Jena, 1898, 127-178.—Hirsch (G.) Ein Vor- schlag zur Trachombehandlung. Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. Augenh, Halle a. S, 1906, vii, 5. Hft, 1-16.— Howley (B. M.) The treatment of trachoma and chronic conjunctivitis with negative pressure. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1919, 3. s, ii, 180-182.—Hudgel (C. R.) Report of case of trachoma treated with Bacillus lactis bulgaricus. Northwest Med, Seattle, 1914, n. s, vi, 340— Huhn (K.) Der Einfluss fleberhafter Erkrankungen und Milchinjek- tionen auf das Trachom und die Ophthalmogonorrhoe. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1916, Orig, xxxvi, 305-309 — Jacovldfcs. Traitement medical et chirurgical du trachome. Clin, opht. Par, 1911, xvii, 479-481. Also, transl.: Ophthal- mol, Seattle, 1912, viii, 200. Also, Reprint.—Jocqs (R.) Le traitement du trachome. Clin, opht. Par, 1910, xvi, 116-121.—Johnson (G. L.) On some points in the history and pathology of trachoma and a new treatment for chronic trachoma. Transvaal M. J, Johannesburg, 1912-13, viii, 174-180.—Helper (G. F.) Cataphoresis in trachoma. J.Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1899, xxxiii, 210-213.—Kirlbuchi (K.) Ueber die Behandlung des Trachoms. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1915, xc, 413-420.—Konkroff (A. L.) [Infiltration therapy of trachoma by a solution of copper sulphate.] Vestnik oftalmol, Mosk, 1914, xxxi, 24-36—KUsel. Das Trachom in Ostpreussen; kurzgefasste Darstellung seiner Pathologie und Therapie. Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. Augenh, Halle a. S, 1910, viii, Hft. 2,1-80.—Kuhnt (H.) Ueber den Heilwerth der mechanischen Methoden in der Therapie der Conjunctivitis granulosa. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1899, i, 1-21.-----. Eine Modification der Anwendungsweise des Expressors bei der Conjunctivitis granulosa. Ibid., 359-364.-----. Ueber die Behandlung des Trachoms. Ibid., 1913, xxx, 481-490—Kyle (J. J.) Some observations upon the irritating effects of the natural gas upon trachoma. Tr. West. Ophth, Otol. [etc.] Ass. Ophth. div, St. Louis, 1897, 45-52.—Lagrange (F.) Des resultats eloignes du brossage dans le traitement de l'ophtalmie granuleuse. Bull. m<5d. Par, 1900, xiv, 129-131.—Lakah. Du traitement de la conjonctivite granuleuse par le brossage et de 1'operation du trichiasis. Clin, opht. Par, 1898, iv, 171-173.—de Lapersonne (F.) & Painblan. De l'abrine dans les granulations conjonctivales. Cong, internat,. de mea. C.-r, Par, 1900, sect, d'ophtal, 89-92. Also: Echo mea. du nord, Lille, 1900, iv. 479-482.—Lea (J. A.) The treatment of trachoma. Ophthalmoscope, Lond, 1911, ix, 621-623.-----.The treatment of trachoma. Brit. J. Ophth, Lond, 1920, iv, 417.—von Liebermann (L.) Die Behand- lung des Trachoms. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild, Jena, 1921, xviii, 99; 131.—Lockhart (R.) Trachoma; its diagnosis and treatment. Ohio M. J, Columbus, 1920, xvi, 262-268.— Lttwenstein (E.) & Hen-man. Versuche iiber eine spezi- flsche Trachombehandlung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1915, xii, 1062-1064.—Lokteff (V. A.) [Cusy- lol in trachoma.] Vovenno-med. J, S.-Peterb, 1913, ccxxxviii, med.-spec. pt, 280-285.—Mann (R. H. T.) Jequirity in the treatment of trachoma. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1899, lvi, 964.—Martin (H. H.) The treatment of trachoma. South. M. J, Nashville, 1911, iv, 360-363.—Medina Ayora (A.) Etiologia y tratamiento del tracoma. An. de oftal, Mexico, 1910-11, xhi, 353-362.—de Mello (G.) Nota sobre o tratamento do trachoma. Tribuna med, Rio de Jan, 1920, xxvi, 213-221.—Mulder (J. D.) Treatment of trachoma. Southwest Med, Phoenix, Ariz, 1922, vi, 295-297.—Murphy (F. G.) Loaf sugar used to lacerate trachoma granules at the same time serving as a sponge. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1916, xxv, 197.—Njemtschenkow (W. A.) Ueber eine Methode der Trachombehandlung mittels concentrirter Phenollosung. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg, Berl, 1902, Ixxi, 864; 875.—Noyes (G. L.) The treatment of trachoma with boracic acid powder; without massage. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1907, xvi, 479-483.—Ohm (J.) Ueber den Heilwert der Scharlachrotsalbe bei gewissen trachomatosen Horn- hautgeschwuren. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1915, xxxiii, 57- 61.—Oliveres. Tratamiento de la conjunctivitis granulosa. Rev. valenc. de cien. med, Valencia, 1914, xvi, 164-168 — Ormond (A. W.) Treatment of trachoma. Practitioner, Lond, 1908, lxxxi, 286-294.—Ostroumoft (V. M.) [Treat- ment of trachoma by passive hyperemia by Bier's method.] Vrach. Gaz, S.-Peterb, 1909, xvi, 1221.-----. [Treatment Conjunctivitis (Granular, Treatment of). of trachoma by sublimate.] Sibirsk. Vrask. Gaz, Irkutsk, 1911, iv, 289; 302.—Ottava (J.) Zur Behandlung der tracho- matosen Augenentziindung. Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh, Leipz, 1893, xvii, 193-196.—Oyenard (A.) El metodo de Abadie en el tratamiento de la conjuntivitis granulosa. Rev. Asoc. meal, argent, Buenos Aires, 1921, xxxiv, sect. soc. oftalmol, 131-133.—Pachopos (G. M.) Sur un nouveau proced6 au traitement du trachome. Grece mea, Syra, 1911, xiii, 45.—Paparcone (E.) Tentativi di cura del tracoma con oleato sodico e bile. Atti d. Accad. med.-fis. fiorent, Firenze, 1914, 1.—Parker (F. P.) Treatment of trachoma. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1911, xxviii, 181-183— Pedrazzoli (G.) La cura del tracoma e il tachiolo. Riv. ital. di ottal, Roma, 1907, iii, 54-58.—de Peyrelongue. Le traitement du trachome par la nouvelle methode du Dr. Abadie. Clin. opht. Par, 1920, xxiv, 271-276.—Poyales (F.) Injertos de mucosa y grasa bucal en la conjuntiva como tratamiento del tracoma. Pediatria espafi, Madrid, 1921, x, 123-127.— Pratt (J. A.) A treatment for trachoma. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1906, xv, 6.—Prince (A. E.) Treatment of chronic trachoma. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1908, 1, 1338-1344.— de Queiros (E.) Tratamento da conjunctivite granulosa ou trachomatosa. Gaz. clin, S. Paulo, 1906, iv, 279-294 — Querenghl (F.) La cura della congiuntivite granulosa colle forti soluzioni di sublimato corrosivo. Tribuna med, Milano, 1899, v, 81-84.—Rau. Beitrag zur Behandlung der schweren Kornerkrankheit. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1913, xxxix, 2195-2197.—Rebuck (C. S.) Etiology and treatment of trachoma. Penn. M. J, Athens, 1915-16, xix, 601-604.—Reinhard (G.) Zur Behandlung der scrophulosen Ophthalmie und des Trachoms bei gleichzeitig bestehenden Erkrankungen der oberen Luftwege. St. Pe- tersb. med. Wchnschr, 1909, xxxiv, 27-30.—ROssler (F.) Zur Behandlung des Trachoms mit Kohlensaureschnee. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1912, xxv, 87.—Romanoff (S. V.) [Treatment of trachoma with carbonic acid snow.] Voyenno- Med. J, S.-Peterb, 1914, ccxli. med.-spec. pt, 101-124 — Roselli (R.) Lo jodio nascente nella cura del tracoma. Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1899, xxv, 177-211.—Rudas (J.) Ueber die Behandlung des Trachoms mit Jodsaure. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1912, lxxii, 51-59. Also, transl.: Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1913, xiii, 497^99.—Santos Fernan- dez (J.) ^Cdmo deben tratarse las granulaciones de la conjuntiva 6 sea el tracoma? An. Acad, de cien. med. . . . de la Habana, 1903-4, xl, 430-435.-----7. iSe cura el tracoma? Arch, de oftal. hispano-am, Barcel, 1917, xvii, 53-60. Also: Rev. cubana de oftal, Habana, 1919, i, 42-47.—Savage (G. C.) The treatment of trachoma in its several stages. J. Tenn. M. Ass, Nashville, 1914-15, vii, 315-322.—Scalinci (N.) Sul valore del jequiritol nella cura del panno traco- matoso. Progresso oftal, Palermo, 1906-7, ii, 164-173.— Scelllngo (M.) L'acido picrico nella cura del tracoma. Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1908, xxxiv, 155.—Schiele (A.) Die Jodsaure, das Gallicin una das Jod-Gallicin bei Trachom. Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh, Leipz, 1900, xxiv, 97; 136.---■—. Zum klinischen Bilde und zur Therapie des Trachoms. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1906, liv, 266-327.— Schultz (P.) Ein Beitrag zum Character, Verlauf und zur Behandlung der jungsten Trachomepidemie in Berlin. Berl. klin; Wchnschr, 1900, xxxvii, 11-14.—Schwartz (L.) Treatment of trachoma by grattage. Am. J. Trop. Dis. [etc.], N. Orl, 1914-15, ii, 70-81.—Sculco (N.) Di un nuovo rimedio per la cura del tracoma. Atti d. r. Accad. med.-chir. di Napoli, 1916, lxx, 261-267, 1 pi. Also: Pediatria, Napoli, 1916, 2. s, xxiv, 540-546, 1 pi.-----. La nouvelle therapeu- tique du trachome. Chn. opht. Par, 1919, xxiii, 67-73.— Seabrook (H. H.) Iodine solutions for trachoma. N.York Eye & Ear Infirm. Rep, 1900, viii, 14-16.—Sedan (J.) L'etrille-curette a granulations du professeur Aubaret. Marseille-m^d, 1922, lix, 346.-----. Le brossage des granu- lations trachomateuses d'aprts la methode de Trantas. . Ibid., 344-346, 2 pi. [Discussion], 362.—Smith (F. F. S.) Treatment of trachomatous conditions b'y sub-con junctiva! injections of cyanide of mercury. Indian M. Gaz, Calcutta, 1912, xlvii, 102-104, 1 tab.—Snydacker (E. F.) Trachoma toxins and antitoxins; effect of the toxins on different animals; effect of the toxins on the conjunctiva and eye; production of antitoxin; trial of antitoxin in two cases; results. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1899, xxxii, 977-980 — Stewart (T. M.) The dietetic management of trachoma. Homoeop. Eye, Ear & Throat J, N. Y, 1901, vii, 157-162.— Stiel (A.) Zur Behandlung der Kornerkrankheit mit Iodoform. Therap. Monatsh, Berl, 1916, xxx, 289.—Story (J. B.) Trachoma treated by the Sculco method. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom. Lond, 1920, xl, 437.—Talbot (G. H.) The treatment of purulent conjunctivitis by con- tinuous irrigation. Homceop. Eye, Ear & Throat J, N. Y, 1901, vii, 146-148.—Terson. Conjonctivite granuleuse avec pannus corneen complet guerie par le j equirity apres insucces des traitements habituels. Arch. med. de Toulouse, 1899, v, 393-401.—Tertsch (R.) Die Abrasio conjunctivae als Heil- mittel des Trachoms. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1919-20, xiii, 34-49.—Tieri. Aeroterapia e idroterapia del tracoma. Riv. internaz. di terap. lis, Roma, 1908, ix, 217-219.— Tooker (C. W.) Trachomatous pannus and ulcer treated with tincture of iodin. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1922. 3. s, v, 480-482.—Trabut (C), Negre (L.) & Raynaud (M.) Le traitement du trachome par des inoculations sous- CONJUNCTIVITIS. 132 CONJUNCTIVITIS. Conjunctivitis (Granular, Treatment of). conjonctivales de virus trachomateux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1913, lxxiv, 1177.—Trousseau (A.) Traite- ment de la conjonctivite granuleuse par les ocuhstes romains. Chron. med. Par, 1899, vi, 199-203. Also: J. de med. et chir. prat. Par, 1901, lxxii, 326-333.—Vasyutinski. [Treatment of trachoma with iodic acid, as compared with the usual remedies.} Vestnik oftalmol, Odessa, 1911, xxvui, 118-129.—Veasey (C. A.) The treatment of trachoma. Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1908, 3. s, xxiv, 23-26.—Velk- hover (S. T.) [Experiments with the chemotherapy of trachoma; the phenomenon of immunity.] Vrach. Gaz, S.-Peterb, 1914, xxi, 805-807.—Walter (O.) Meine Erfah- rungen iiber Terminal in der Trachombehandlung. \V chn- schr. f. Therap. u. Hvg. d. Auges, Dresd, 1911-12, xv, 5.— Wibo. La cauterisation carbonique dans le traitement de l'ophtalmie granuleuse. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1913, cxlix, 172-182.—Wieden (E.) La nueva terapeutica del tracoma del Dr. Sculco Nicola (de Catanzaro). Rev. cubana de oftal, Habana, 1919, i, 578-584.—Wright (R. A.) Subtropical trachoma, with special relation to a new remedy in its treatment. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1903, xh, 361-364. Conjunctivitis (Granular, Treatment of Surgical). Beluschi(L.) Congiuntivite granulosa; cura chirurgica. 8°. Torino, 1901. Caspar (J. H. C.) *Praktische Schlussfolge- rungen aus dem Verfahren der Abtragung der oberen Uebergangsfalte der Lidbindehaut bei Augenerkrankungen, speziell bei Trachom. 8°. Marburg, 1903. Describes (J.) *Traitement chirurgical du trachome. 8°. Toulouse, 1903-. Heisrath (F.) Ueber die Behandlung der granulosen Augenentziindung mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Operationsverfahrens; nach dem Tode des Yerfassers mit einem Vorwort hrsg. von L. Pollnow. 2. Aufl. 8°. Leipzig, 1905. Latycheff (Olga). Le traitement du trachome et de quelques-unes de ses complications par la greffedelamuqueusebuccale. 8°. Paris, 1900. Pollnow (L.) Heisraths Tarsalexcision und Kuhnts Knorpelausschalung in der Granulose- behandlung. 8°. Leipzig, 1907. Addario (C.) La nuova cura chirurgica del tracoma con particolare riguardo al panno corneale tracomatoso. Arch. diottal, Napoli, 1907-8, xv, 445-456. Also: Progresso oftal, Palermo, 1907-8, iii, 65-76.—Addario La Ferla (G.) L'opera- zione di Heisrath-Kuhnt o escisione parziale tarso-congiun- tivale, cosi detta cura radicale del tracoma. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1912, xii, 455-463.—Agababoff (A.) [Cyclodialysis in glaucoma.] Kazan. Med. J, 1908, viii, 236-244.—Andrew (J. H.) Operative treatment of cicatricial trachoma in the presence of its common complications. Long Island M. J.. Brooklyn, 1915, ix, 463^167.—Ayers (S. C.) Surgical treat- ment of trachoma. J. Ophth. & Oto-Laryngol, Chicago, 1910, iv, 300-303. Also: Lancet-Clinic, Ciiicin, 1910, ciii, 672-674.—Baxter (J. M.) Notes on operative treatment of chronic trachoma. Austral. M. J, Melbourne, 1911-12. n. s, i, 397.—Blaskovich (L.) • Ueber antitrachomatose Conjunctiva und Tarsusexcision. Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1906, xi, 257. —---. Ueber Bindehaut- und Tarsusexzisionen bei Trachom. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1906, xv, 391-402.—Blumenthal (L.) Einige neuere Erfahrungen iiber die Behandlung des Trachoms mittels der Exzision. Beitr. z. Augenh, Hamb. & Leipz, 1909 73 Hft, 35-50.—Boldt (J.) Kuhnts Knorpelausschalung in der Trachombehandlung. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1905 xiv, 41-54.—Bonnglio (V.) Sulla cura chirurgica dei tracoma. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1903. xxxii, 672-682. Also: Mem.d.Cong.d. Ass.oftal.ital. 1902, Pavia, 1903, xvi,363-373. -----. Cura chirurgica del tracoma. Boll. d. Osp. oftal. d. prov, di Roma, Roma, 1908, vi, 108-110—Brana (J.) In- strumente zur Trachombehandlung. Verhandl. d. aus- serord. Tag. d. ophth. Gesellsch, Berl. (1921), 1922.128-131.— Brown (E. J.) Anophoria and trachoma: two cases operated with favorable results. St. Paul M. J, St Paul Minn, 1905, vii, 337.—Bulson (A. K.) jr. The operative treatment of trachoma and its sec|tiel;r.' Fort Wayne M J.-Mag, 1902, xxii, 135-143—Cariiart (W. M.) Some re- marksonthesurgicaltreatmentoftrachoma. Am.J Surg N. Y, 1908, xxii, 179-181. Also, Reprint.-Chastang! Note sur la cure operatoire du trachome par le proe^de du Dr. Yabu Uchi. Arch, de med. et pharm. nav. Par 1914 ci. 241-243.—Claiborne (J. H.) The operation of excision of tarsus and conjunctiva (Heisrath) in old trachoma, to- gether with demonstration of a new instrument, and a de- scription ofanewmethodofperformingit. Tr. Am. Ophth Soc, Phila, 1909-11, xii, 767-777. Also: Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1912, xii, 141-149.—Cohen (M.) New trachoma Conjunctivitis (Granular, Treatment of, Surgical). forceps. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1903, lxxviii, 442—Con- stantinescu (I.) [Surgical treatment for trachoma; curet- tage and galvano-cauterization.] Spitalul, BucurescI, 1899, xix, 337-346.—Coover (D. H.) A new operative procedure in the treatment of trachoma. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1909, xviii, 53-55.-----. A resume of the present operative treat- ment of trachoma, with a description ofthe author's method ofgrattage with strips of sterilized sand paper. Ophthalmol, Seattle, 1912, ix, 2S-34— Critchett (Sir A.) Case showing the result of peritomy. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1912- 13, vi. Ophthalmol, Sect, 61—Denig (R.) Transplanta- tion bei chronischem trachomatosen Pannus. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1911, xxv, 278—Edmondson (E. E.) The surgical care of trachoma and its sequelae. Illinois M. J, Chicago, 1917, xxxi,230. Also:3. Ophth.& Oto-Laryngol, Chicago, 1917, xi, 173-175.—Eleuthferiades. La tarsolep- tinsis combinee; operation radicale de 1 entropion trachoma- teux et du trichiasis. Bull, et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht.. Par, 1911, xxviii, 517-525, 6 pi.—Faith (T.) Some surgical procedures in the management of old trachoma. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. & Oto-Laryngol, St. Louis, 1911, xiv, 313- 320.—Falta (M.) Die Ausschneidung der Uebergangsfalte bei Trachom. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb., 1900, xh, 378-384.— Fathi (B.) Cure radicale du trachome. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r, Par, 1900, sect, d'ophtal, 9^-100—Feuer (N.) Die operative Behandlung des Trachom. Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1899. iv, 819-s21.—Fortunati (A.) Ancora sulla cura chirurgica del tracoma. Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1904, xxx, 162-169— Fox (L. W.) Trachoma and its surgical treatment. Ophth. Rec.. Chicago, 1912, xxi, 659-664.—Green (J.) Operations and other surgical treats ment for the relief and cure of trachoma. Svst. Ophth. Op. (Wood), Chicago, 1911, i, 881-922—Guiral (R.) La opera- tion del tracoma por el procedimiento del Dr. Howley. Rev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1919, xxiv, 235-238.— Hache. De P intervention operatoire dans la conjonctivite granuleuse. Egypte mM., Alexandrie, 1902-3, ii, 145-148.— Hansell (H. F.) Excision of tarsus and palpebral conjunc- tiva in third stage of trachoma. Tr. Coll. Phvs, Phila, 1913,3. s, xxxv, 422.-----. Two cases of cicatricial trachoma treated by excision of the tarsus. Phila. Gen. Hosp. Rep. 1913, ix, 1914, 142— Hoppe. Die Erfolge der Bindehaut- Knorpelausschneidung bei Trachom. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1898, xxxvi, 225-239.-----. Die Trachom- behandlung mittelst der Knapp'schen RoIIzange. Deut- sche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1903, xxix, 680-682.— Imre (J.) Die chirurgische Behandlung des Trachoms. Ungar. Beitr. z. Augenh, Leipz. & Wien, 1903, iii, 1-13.— Jameson (P. C.) Report of a different operative method in the treatment of trachoma, with notes upon the construc- tion of an instrument devised for the purpose. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1901, x, 65-69.—Kallsrra toff ( P. MA [Surgi- cal treatment of trachoma.] Vovenno-med. J.. S.-Peterb, 1903, i, med. pt, 462-475—Kuhnt (H.) Einige Bemer- kungen zur Arbeit von M. Straub: Die Extirpation des Lidknorpels zur Heilung des Entropion trachomatosum. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh.. Stuttg, 1910, xlviii, 191-193.— von Liebermann (LA Kaustische Resektion der trachoma- tosen Tarsalbindehaut. Arch. f. Ophth, Berl, 1921, cv, 542-5S0.—Meyerhof (M.) Erfahrungen aus der chirur- gischen Behandlung des Trachoms in Aegypten. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1920. xliii, 129-141— Moiicrief (W. E. S.; The treatment of trachoma by excision of the tarsus and tarsal conjunctiva of the upper lid. Indian M. Gaz, Cal- cutta, 1916, li, 294-300 Morrison (F. \ Canthotomv. Am. J. Ophth,Chicago, l'.'-'u, 3. s . ui. tkV>. Nniszewski K*A [Treatment of chronic trachoma by tran^nlai.ration cf the oral mucosa under the lids; on the treatment of trachoma bv massage.! Post, okul, Krak6w, 1906, viii. 133-147.—Petella (G.) Sulle indicazioni dell' intervento chirurgico (raschi- amento e forcipressione) nella cura del tracoma. Ann. di med. nav, Roma, 1906, ii, 313-31S.— Piccillo (L.) La cura del tracoma e del panno corneale tracomatoso con la escissione parziale tarsocongiuntivale. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1914, xliii, 254-259.—Pick (L.) Zur Naht der Trachom-Exzisio- nen. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1904, xii, 392.-----. Leber dio operative Trachombehandlung mittels Exzisionen. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg.. 1922, lxviii, 132-139.— Primrose (W.) A new method or operating in pannus. Lancet, Lond, 1906, i, 1108.—Rahlmann (EA Ueber Marginoplastik mit Transplantation von Lippenschleim- haut zur Bescitigung der Trichiasis bei Trachom. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. Heidelb. 1S9S, Wiesb, 1899. xxvii, 124-139.—Keeder (J. E.) Tarsectomv versus trachoma. West. M. Rev, Omaha, 1915, xx, 165-168.— Ribbing (G. L.) [Trachoma in Betlehem and its operative treatment.] Hygiea, Stockholm, 1912, lxxiv, 904-91S.— Rochon-Duvigneaud A Onfray (R.) L'abrasion ignee des granulations; contribution a l'etude du traitement chirurgical de la conjonctivite trachomateuse. Rev. inter- nat. d hyg. et de therap. ocul. Par, 1913, vii, si s.7.- Uver- son (G. S.) The surgical treatment of trachoma. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1906, xv. 526-52v— Salimann (M.) Ueber die Peritomie. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1913, lxiii, 1837-Im:?. Santos Fernandez (J.) La ablation del tarso superior en el tracoma. Rev. cubana de oftal., Habana, 1920, ii, 3Rs-401.— Sclmeml (E.) Cura chirurgica del tra- CONJUNCTIVITIS. 133 conjunctivitis. Conjunctivitis (Granular, Treatment of Surgical). coma. Progresso oftal, Palermo, 1907-8, iii, 23-42.—Segall. Contribution a l'anatomie pathologique des conjonctivites granuleuses; £tude comparative des lesions des muqueuses conjonctivales traitees par 1'excision simple (procede de Galezowski) et par le brossage. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1898, cxix, 391-393.—Shepherd (C.) A plea for the radical treatment of trachoma. Australas. M. Gaz, Sydney, 1913, xxxiv, 542.—Smith (E. T.) Tarsectomy for trachoma. Med. J. Australia, Sydney, 1918, ii, 460.—Sterner (L.) Le traitement de 1'entropion trachomateux parl'extirpation du tarse. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1914, cli, 218-221.—Stevenson (M. D.) A simple instrument for removing the granulations in trachoma. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1904, xiii, 357.— Straub (M.) Die Exstirpation des Lidknorpels zur Hei- lung des Entropion trachomatosum. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1909, vii, 429-432.—Suker (G. F.) The excision of the tarsus in trachoma; comments thereon. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1917, xlvi. 210-218.—Thompson (W. R.) Surgical treatment of trachoma. Texas State J. M, Fort Worth, 1914-15, x, 499-501.-----. Further observations on Heisrath-Kuhnt operations. Ibid., 191.5-16, xi, 488-491.—Truhart (H.) Zur operativen Behandlung des Trachoms. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr, 1894, n. F, xi, 117-122.—Varshavski (Y.) [Operative treatment of trachoma and of some of its complications.] Vestnik oftal- mol, Mosk, 1912, xxix, 442-454.—Westhoff (C. H. A.) Eene kleine wijziging in de operatie van Snellen tegen binnen- waartskeering van het bovenooglid na trachoom. Med. Weekbl, Amst, 1906-7, xiii, 25.—White (D. W.) & White (P. C.) The surgical removal of the tarsal cartilage and palpebral conjunctiva in 402 cases for the prophylaxis, pres- ent and future elimination and eradication of trachoma. Ophthalmol, Seattle, 1915, xii, 1^0.-----------. The new incision and crushing operation for advanced cases of tra- choma, where the operation of combined excision of con- junctiva and tarsus cartilage is refused. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1917, xxvi, 239-244.—Williams (J- H.) Resection of the tarsal cartilage and retro-tarsal fold in advanced trachoma. Ohio M. J, Columbus, 1912, viii, 19-21.—Wood (C. A.) Exsection ofthe so-called tarsal cartilage in cases of chronic trachoma. Tr. Ophth. Div. Am. Acad. Ophth, [etc.], St. Louis, 1903, 48-62. Also: Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1903, xx, 193-207.-----. The surgical treatment of trachoma. Chicago M. Recorder, 1912, xxxiv, 427; 507 — Wootton (H. W.) The surgical treatment of trachoma bv means of the combined excision of Heisrath and the tarsal resection of Kuhnt. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1910, xxxix, 110-119. 2 pi. Also: Manhattan Eye, Ear & Throat Hosp. Rep, N. Y, 1911, xh, 20-35. -----. Kuhnt's external canthoplasty. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1913, xiii, 513.—Wyler (J. S.) An operative cure of trachoma. Lancet-Clinic. Cincin, 1909, ci, 651.-----. Canthoplasty for trachomatous conditions. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1918, 3. s, i, 231-234. Also: Ohio M. J, Columbus, 1918, xiv, 218.—Zentmayer (W.) Heisrath-Kuhnt operation. Tr. Coll. Phys, Phila, 1917, 3. s, xxxix, 344. Conjunctivitis (Granular, Treatment of) by electricity. Schalit (M.-A.) *L'electrolyse bipolaire dans le traitement de la conjonctivite granuleuse. S°. Geneve, 1899. Bloebaum. Vorschlag zur Behandlung des Trachoms mittels der galvanokaustischen Gluhnadel durch Stichelung oder subconjunctivale Kauterisation des Tarsus. Wchn- schr. f. Therap. u. Hyg. d. Auges, Bresl, 1898, ii, 65.—Bon- vech (E. S.) [Galvanic current in the treatment of trachoma; electrolytic therapeutic diffusion by Morton's method.] Voyenno-med. J, S.-Peterb, 1910, ccxxviii, med.-spec. pt, 751-768.—Coppez (H.) Traitement de la conjonctivite gra- nulaire par 1 electrolyse combinee au sublim6et au jequirity. Cong, internat. d'op'ht. d'Utrecht. C.-r, Amst, 1900, 543- 549—Cupcea (M.) Cateva date si observatiuni asupra peri- tomiei ignee cu galvanocantorul aphcata contra panasului trahomatos. Cluj. med, Bucuresti, 1920, i, 810-813.—George (E.J.) Treatment of trachoma by electrolysis. Homceop. Eye, Ear & Throat J, N. Y, 1903, ix, 346-349.-----. Elec- trolysis in the treatment of trachoma and its sequete. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1915, xxiv, 130-133.—Handell (H. F.) Electrolysis in the treatment of granular lids. Phila. Poly- clin, 1898, vii, 329.—Malgat (J.) Nouveau traitement des granulations conjonctivales par l'electrolyse. Tr. Internat. Ophth. Cong, Edinb, 1894, viii, 228-234.—Miceli (I.) Elettroterapia del tracoma. Gazz. di med. e chir, Palermo, 1909, viii, 541-545.—Myers (T. D.) Electrolysis in granular disease ofthe eyelids. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1900, ix, 9-12 — Piecinino (F.) & Sbordone (G. B.) Un nuovo efficace trattamento del tracoma con l'elettrico. Ann. di elett. med. [etc.], Napoh, 1903, ii, 1-5. Conjunctivitis (Granular, Treatment of) by light. Gronholm (V.) Finsentherapie bei Trachom. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1911,lxxx, 1-46.—Hegner & Baum. Ueber Conjunctivitis (Granular, Treatment of) by light. die Wirkungsweise des Quarzlichtes auf die trachomatose Bindehaut des Auges. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1910, xlvii, 1373. Also: Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl.Cult. 1910, Bresl, 1911, ii.pt. 2, 103-106.—Heiberg (K. A.) & Grttn- holm (V.) Histologische Untersuchungen iiber die Ein- wirkung des Finsenlichtes und der Expression nebst Blau- steinbehandlung beim Trachom. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1911, lxxx, 47-68.—Izaak (I.) [Treatment of trachoma with Finsen's rays.] Vestnik oftalmol, Mosk, 1913, xx, 989-992 — Lundsgaard (K. K. K.) Bemerkungen iiber die Behand- lung des Trachoms mit konzentriertem Liehte ad modum Finsen. Klin. Monatsbl.f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1908, xlvi, 602- 606— Mohr (T.) & Baumm (G.) Zur Behandlung des Trachoms und des Follikularkatarrhs mit Quarzlicht. Ibid., 1911, xlix, 629-649.—Rossler (F.) Zur Therapie des Trachoms mit ultraviolettem Licht. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr.. 1913, xxvi, 2103-2106.—Vasyutlnski (A. G.) [Treat- ment of trachoma by light.] Med. Sbornik Varshav. tjyazd. voyenn. hosp. 1903, Varshava, 1904, xvi, pt. 3,1-5. Conjunctivitis (Granular, Treatment of) with radium and X-rays. Gerist (V JD.) *0 liechenii razlichnikh form trakhomi siernokislim radiy em (novim apparatom Farjas) po sravneniyu s obichnimi sredstvami. [Treatment of trachoma with radium sulphate (by the new Farjas apparatus) as compared with the usual remedies.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1910. Beck. Radium in trachoma. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1905, xiv, 478-481.—Birch-Hlrschfeld. Klinische und ana- tomische Untersuchungen iiber die Wirkung des Radiums auf die trachomatose Bindehaut. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Au- genh, Stuttg, 1905, ii, 497-513, 1 pi.-----. Nachtrag zu der Arbeit iiber die Wirkung des Radiums auf die tracho- matose Bindehaut. Ibid., 546-548.—Cohn (H.) Die Hei- lung des Trachoms durch Radium. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr, 1905, xiii, 22; 222. Also: Wchnschr. f. Therap. u. Hyg. d. Auges, Dresd, 1905, viii, 99.-----. Radiumwir- kungen bei Bindehautgranulationen. Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult. 1905, Bresl, 1906, 24-28.—Darier (A.) Du mode d'action du radium sur la conjonctivite granuleuse. Clin, opht. Par, 1906, xii, 3-5. Also: Rev. de therap. mM.-chir, Par, 1906, lxxiii, 115-118. Also, transl.: Allg. Wien. med. Ztg, 1906, li, 131.—Dinger (A. M.) Bei- trag zur Behandlung des Trachoms mit Radium. Berl. khn. Wchnschr, 1906, xliiL. 1311-1313.—Esdra (C.) Risultati della cura di alcuni casi di tracoma mediante il radio. Boll. d. osp. oftal. d. prov. di Roma, 1906, iv, 23-25.-----. Nuove osservazioni sopra i casi di tracoma curati colla radium- terapia. Ibid., 45.—Falta (M.) Das Radium in der Tra- chomtherapie. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1905, lv, 1546- 1551.—Fortunati (A.) Die Radiumbehandlung des Tra- choms. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr, Wien, 1909, xvi, 565-571.— Fortunati (A.) & Esdra (C.) II trattamento radium-tera- pico contro il tracoma e le modificazioni istologiche indotte dal radium sul neoplasma tracomatoso. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1908, xxxvii, 159-177, 4 pi.—Geyser (A. C.) The suc- cessful treatment of eighteen cases of granular lids by the X-ray and high-frequency vacuum electrodes. Am. Thera- pist, N. Y, 190*4, xii, 41-43. Also: J. Advanc. Therap, N. Y, 1904, xxii, 299-302.—Goldzieher (W.) Ueber die Ein- wirkung der Rontgen-Strahlen auf die trachomatose Infil- tration. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1904, liv, 822-824.—Horni- ker (E.) & Romanin (V.) Ueber emen Hulfsapparat zur Behandlung des Trachoms mit Rontgenstrahlen. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1905, xiv, 569-575.—Jacoby (E.) Zur Ra- diumbehandlung des Trachoms. Deutschemed. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1906, xxxu, 61-64.—Kardo-SIsoyeff (K. N.) [Radium in various forms of trachoma.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb, 1906, x, 605.—May (C. H.) The treatment of tra- choma with radium; the use of radium-coated celluloid plates for this purpose. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Phila, 1812, xiii, 223-234. Also: Ophthalmol, Seattle, 1912, viii, 475-483. Also, Reprint.—Mayou (S.) The treatment of trachoma by the X-rays. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1902-3, xxiii, 10-13.—Neuschuler (A.) & Stelner (R.) Conside- razioni sopra un caso di panno corneale grave da tracoma curato con il radium. Gior. di elett. med, Napoh, 1906, vii, 251-263. Also [Abstr.]: Boll. d. osp. oftal. d. prov. di Roma, 1907, v, 68.—Norton (A. B.) The treatment of trachoma with radium rods; a new method. Homceop. Eye, Ear & Throat J, Lancaster, 1907, 3-8.—Pardo (R.) Due casi di tracoma trattaticoiraggidi Rontgen. Gazz. d. osp, Milano, 1904, xxv, 459.—Propenko(P.) [Treatment of trachoma bv radium rays.] Vestnik oftalmol, Mosk, 1910, xxvii, 357- 378.—Selenkowsky (J. W.) Heilung des Trachoms mit- telst Radium. N. Therap, Wien, 1905, iii, 250-252.---—. Zur Frage uber die Heilung des Trachoms durch Becquerel- strahlen (Radium). Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1908, lx, 03-92.—Socor (G.) Tratamentul conjunctivitei granuloase cu radium. Bull. Soc. d. med. et nat. de Jassy, 1907, xxi, 311-315.—Stargardt (K.) Ueber die Wirkung der Rontgen- strahlen auf den Trachomfollikel. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1905, xiv, 251-258.-----. Die Rontgentherapie in der Augen- CONJUNCTIVITIS. 134 CONJUNCTIVITIS. Conjunctivitis (Granular, Treatment of) with radium and X-rays. 9traMm heilkunde- die Rontgenbehandlung des Trachoms. Strahlen- fhe™ Berl. & Wien, 1912, i, 526-539 -Stephenson (S.) & Walsh (D.) Short note on the cure of trachoma by X-ray tuS exposure and by high-frequency "rush d.scharges. Lancet, Lond, 1903, i, 237. Also: Med. Press A Circ.,Lond , 1903 n s lxxv 155-157.—Thielemann (R) Zur vvir- toeswefse der Radhimbestrahlung aul.die trachomrfose Binlehaut. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1905, xiv,.559-o69. Vasyutinski (A. G.) [Roentgenotherapy for trachoma.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb, 1905, iv, 12-16. Conjunctivitis (Granular, Treatment of) with serums and vaccines. Demaria (E. B.), Mazza (S.) & Rebay (H.) Vacuno- terapia de la conjuntivitis granulosa. Prensa med.. argen- tina; Buenos Aires, 191.5-16, ii, 240. A lso: Arch, de oftal. his- pano-am, Barcel, 1916, xvi, 129-135.-Penichet (J. M.) Nulidad del tratamiento autdgeno en el tracoma sin com- plicaciones. Rev. cubana de oftal, Habana, 1919, i, 62*- 627.—Pes (O.) Sulla sieroterapia della congiuntivite granu- losa. Ophthalmologies Torino, 1909, i, 317-330, lpl.- PIccUIo (L.) La presunta cura della congiuntivite granu: Iosa e del catarro primaverile col siero eterogeneo. Ann. en ottal, Pavia, 1912, xii, 3-16.-Suroff (O. I ) [Vaccinother- apy in trachoma.] Vovenno-med. J, S.-Peterb, 191i, ccxxxv, med.-spec. pt, 136-147. Conjunctivitis (Granular) in children. Bradley (C. C.) Trachoma in children. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1906, lxix, 178-180. Also: Merck's Arch, N. Y, 1906, viii, 140-143.—Carra (P.) Conjoncth-ite granuleuse chez l'enfant; traitement chirurgical. Gaz. d. mal. infant, [etc.], Par, 1906, viii, 97-100.—Hoppe. 1st das Trachom eine Krankheit der friihesten Jugend? Khn. Monatsbl. f. Au- genh, Stuttg, 1901, xxxix, 523-531.—Meyerhof (M.) Beob- achtungen uber akute Konjunktivitis und Trachom der Sauelinge in Aegypten. Ibid., 1914, n. F, xvm, 334-342.— Morax & Lakah. Note sur le trachome chez les jeunes sujets. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1902, exxviii. 442-447.—Schiele (A.) Das Trachom beim Kinde. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1901, xliv, Ergnzngshft, 1-14.-----. [Trachoma in the new- born.] Vovenno-med. J, S.-Peterb, 1911, ccxxx, med.- spec. pt„ 744-750.—Wadsworth (R. C. W.) A crusade for a thousand eyes; how New York's department of health is trying to put an end to trachoma among the children ofthe city. Charities, N. Y, 1902-3, x, 141-144.—Wolf rum. Ueber die beim Trachom des Erwachsenen analoge Binde- hauterkrankung des Neugeborenen. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1911, lviii, 1505-1507. Conjunctivitis (Granular) in immi- grants. Pestana (N. R.) L'immigrazione ed il tra- choma al Brasile. 8°. Paris, [n. d.}. Beauvois (A.) Le trachome et Immigration. Rec. d'opht. Par, 1909, 3. s, xxxi, 129-146.—Benedict (A. L.) Trachoma and immigration. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1903, lxxviii, 373.—Chacon (A.) Trachoma and immigration Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep,Columbus, 1908, xxxiii, 163-166 — Chantemesse (A.) Les emigrants et l'ophtalmie granu- leuse a Paris. Bull. Acad.de me'd., Par, 1909, 3. s, lxi, 478- 480.—Danis (M.) L 'inspection sanitaire des immigrants aux Etats-Unis d'Amerique au point de vue du trachome. Cli- nique, Brux., 1911, xxv, 593-596. Also: Rev. internat. d'hyg, et de therap. oculaire, Par, 1912, vi, 65-70.—Davis (A." E.) The influence immigration has on the spread and increase of trachoma in the United States. Post-Graduate, N. Y, 1902, xvii, 538-556—Derby (H.) On the proper inspection of immigrants and school children in regard to the occurrence of trachoma. Boston M. & S. J, 1907, clvi, 298- 300.—Franklin (C. P.) Trachoma in the modern immi- grant, and its dangers to America. Bull. Am. Acad. M, Easton, Pa, 1913, xiv, 203-209.—Lamar (A.) Inmigracion y tracoma. San y benefic. Bol. ofic, Habana, 1914, xi, 219- 235.—McMullan (J.) Trachoma, its prevalence and con- trol among immigrants. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1913, lxi, 1110-1113. [Discussion], 1120-1124. Also: Papers Sect. Ophth. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1913, 117-126.—Page (J. D.) Le trachome et 1'immigration; nos h6pitaux de detention. Bull. med. de Quebec, 1905-6, vii, 13-24. Also, transl.: Do- minion M. Month, Toronto, 1905, xxv, 303-312.-----. De la profilaxisdeltracomaen Cubacnrelacidn con lainmigracidn. Rev. med. cubana, Habana, 1907, x, 167-173.-----. Difi- cultades para el diagn6stico del tracoma en la inspection de inmigrantesvemigrantes. An.deoftal.,Mexico. 1909-10. xii. uuuo ui Liacuuiiia. i un. n Serv, Wash, 1904, xix, 2497. Conjunctivitis (Granular) in schools. Alger (E. M.) The benign pseudo-trachoma of school children. Post-Graduate, N. Y, 1910, xxv, 49-59.—An- giolella (D.) Le malattie oculari nelle scuole comunali di Lucera; contributo alia statistica del tracoma. Arch, di Conjunctivitis (Granular) in schools. ottal, Palermo. 1909, xvi, 559-565.—Baker (S. Josephine). The control of trachoma in school children. Month. Bull. Dep Health, City N. Y, 1911, i, 82-84.—Collado. La con- juntivitis granulosa (tracoma) en relation con el reconoci- miento de los nifios de las escuelas municipales. Arch, de ginecop. [etc.], Barcel, 1908, xxi, 511-515. Also: Gac. san. de Barcel, 1908, xx, 181-186.—Consigllo (A.) Relazione sulle visite riguardanti il tracoma in alcune scuole della Provincia di Messina. Progresso oftal, Palermo, 1907-8, iii, 265-275. Also: Riv. ital. di ottal, Roma, 1909, iv, 115- 123.'—Emolli (L.) Relazione sulla scuola speciale per granulosi di via Castelfidardo. Oior. d. r. Soc. ital. d'ig, Milano, 1912, xxxiv, 385-393.— Feilchenleld (W.) Epidemi- sche Augenentziindungen in Schulen. Ztschr. f. Schul- gsndhtspflg, Hamb, 1903, xvi, 677-683.—Frassi (A.) Profi- lassi del tracoma e scuole per tracomatosi. Clin, mod, Firenze, 1905, xi, 596; 605.—Gonzaga (L.) O trachoma nas escolas publicas do Districto Federal. Brazil-med, Rio de Jan, 1918, xxxii, 366.—Herring (R. A.) Trachoma; its prevalence in the schools of Tuscaloosa, Alabama. Pub. Health Rep, Wash, 1915, xxx, 1685-1693.—Howard (W. E.) Trachoma in the school children of Dallas. Texas State J. M, Fort Worth, 1907-8, iii, 209-211.—Jervey (J. W.) Follic- ulosis or trachoma among school children. Kentucky M. J, Bowling Green, 1922, xx, 496-509.—King (W. W.) Tra- choma in the schools of Porto Rico. Pub. Health Rep, Wash, 1914, xxix, 3375-3387. Also, Reprint.—Lambert (W. E.) Trachoma in the public schools of New York. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1903, lxiii, 293-296.—Mazzltelli (M.) Sulla profilassi del tracoma nelle scuole. Riforma med, Napoh, 1914, xxx, 941-944.—Oppenhelmer (E.) Die Ergebnisse einer Schuluntersuchung auf Trachom in Berlin N. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1901, xxxviii, 1195.—Peri (A.) Considerazioni igienico-pedagogiche sulle scuole dei traco- matosi. Boll. d. osp. oftal. d. prov. di Roma, 1906, iv, 132- 137.—Sancio (A.) Scuole civiche elementari pei traco- matosi. Igiene mod, Genova, 1908, i, 164-169.-----. II primo anno di funzionamento della scuola civica pei traco- matosi. Ibid., 1909, ii, 133-137.—Scolari (E.) Consider zioni sulla "profilassi del tracoma" specialmente nei riguardi dell'igienescolastica. Gazz.d. osp., Milano. 1919, xl,59-64.— von Sholly (Anna I.) Ophthalmia schools for the preven- tion of trachoma and other infectiouseve diseases. Internat. Cong. School Hyg. Tr. 1913, Buffalo, 1914, v, 101-106.— Stucky (J. A.) Trachoma or folliculosis among school children. J. Indiana M. Ass, Fort Wayne, 1922, xv, 7-13.— Ticho. Ueber Trachombehandlung in den Schulen. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1914, xxxii, 368-373.—Valentl (G.) La profilassi del tracoma e scuole per tracomatosi. Boll. d. osp. oftal. d. prov. di Roma, 1904, ii, 149-189— Williams (Anna W.) Trachoma in New York City school children. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1913, xlu, 506-510.-----. A study of trachoma and allied conditions in the public school children of New York City. J. Infect. Dis, Chicago, 1914, xiv, 261- 337, 1 pi.—Zla (H.) Ueber eine Konjunktivitis-Schulepide- mie nebst einigen allgemeinen Bemerkungen uber arztliche Anordnungen bei Schulepidemien. Miinchen med. Wchn- schr, 1903,1, 292. Conjunctivitis (Granular) in soldiers. Uoldt (J.) Das Trachom als Yolks- und Heereskrankheit. 8°. Berlin, 1903. Kob (M.) *Ueber Prophylaxe des Trachoms in der Armee. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1901. Kuersten (E. O.) *Nonnulla de trachomate ejusque therapia ratione habita endemiie in nosocomio militari Lipsiensi 1854 observata?. 8°. Lipsite, 1855. Alajmo (L.) II tracoma nell' esercito. Policlin, Roma, 1917, xxi v, sez. prat, 1191-1193.—Black (N. M.) The preven- tion of trachoma in military camps. Wisconsin M. J, Mil- waukee, 1920-21, xix, 5^ 15 —Chance (B.) Trachoma in the camps and hospitals of the nrmy. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1919,3.s,ii,693. Also: Mod. Med,Chicago, 1920, ii,60-63.— Cirincione (G.) I tracomatosi nell'esercito. Gior. di med. mil, Roma, 1918, lxvi, 745-750. Also: Gazz. med. lomb, Milano, 1919, lxxviii, 9-11.—Dodieau. Note sur la fre- quence du trachome dans la di\ i>ion de Constantine. Soc. de med. mil. franc. Par., 192-'. xvi, 52 55.—Dowllng (F.) Hygiene of granular conjunctivitis; with special reference to the United States military service. Cincin. Lancet- Clinic, 1898, n. s.. xl, 621 624. [Discussion], 632-634.— Fraclitmann (H) Truppen- una spitalsarztliche Beob- achtungen iiber Trachom und Folhkularkatarrh. Mili- tararzt, Wien, 1908, xiii, 303-311.—Greeff (R.) Das Tra- chom als Militarkrankheit. Gdnkschr. f. d. verstorb. Generalstabsarzt d. Armee ... v. Leuthold, Berl, 1906, ii, 641-668.—von Gross (E.) Trachom in der k. u. k. Armee 1913-1916. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1916, xiii, 900. [Discussion], 931; 962. Also: Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1916, lvii, 179. [Diskussion], 180-186 — von Hoor (K.) Die Traehomprophvlaxo im iv. Korps in den Jahrcn 1887-1894. Militararzt, AVien, 1906, xl, 65-73. Also: Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1916, lx::xi, Ergnzgnshft, 28-31. Also: Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1916, xiii, 900. [Discussion], 931; 962.—McMullen (J.) CONJUNCTIVITIS. 135 CONJUNCTIVITIS. Conjunctivitis (Granular) in soldiers. Trachoma and the army, the dangers incident to en- listing recruits with the disease. Pub. Health Rep, Wash, 1917, xxxii, 1101-1104. Also, Reprint.—Matthaei. Behandlung der Kornerkrankheit (Granulose) beim Militar. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr, Berl, 1899, xxviii, 285-289.— Militari (Pei) malati di tracoma. Gazz. med. sicil, Cata- nia, 1918, xxi, 59-64.—Paikrt (A.) Das Trakom und die Heeresergiinzung. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1898, xxxiv, 320; 390; 412.—Pavloff (N. S.) [Whence comes trachoma among troops.] Vrach. Gaz, S.-Peterb, 1908, xv, 906-911.—Raehlmann (E.) Ueber die Bedeutung der granulosen Augenentziindung oder des Trachoms fiir das Heer und fiir die Wehrkraft des Landes. Heilkunde, Berl, 1902, vii, 529-536.—Sampler! (G.) I tracomatosi nell' eser- cito. Gazz. internaz. di med, Napoli, 1918, xxi, 296 — Staicovtci (N.) & Lobel (A.) Enseignements recueillis au cours de la guerre sur 12,000 granuleux. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1920, xxxvii, 689-699.—Taylor (H. F. L.) Trachoma: a chapter in military medicine. Indian M. Gaz, Calcutta, 1913, xlviii, 120-123.—Trombetta (E.) Notizie storiche e statistiche sul tracoma specialmente in riguardo agli eserciti. Gior. med. d. r. esercito, Roma, 1906, liv, 890-915.—Urda- reanu. Traitement de la conjonctivite granuleuse dans l'armee roumaine. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap. Par, 1909, xxiii, 86.—Walter (O.) Das Trachom im sibirischen Militarbezirk. Ophth. Klin, Stuttg, 1905, ix, 258-261. Conjunctivitis (Infantile). See Conjunctivitis (Gonorrhceal); Conjuncti- vitis in infants and children. Conjunctivitis (Infectious) [Parinaud, 1889]. Krebs. Conjunctivitis Parinaud. 8°. Leip- zig, 1906. Voss (U.) *Die Parinaud'sche Conjuncti- vitis. 8°. Rostock, 1908. Achenbach (J. K.) Parinaud's conjunctivitis. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1912, xl, 353.—Adams (P. H.) A case of Parinaud's conjunctivitis due to animal infection. Opthal- moscope, Lond, 1912, x, 568.—Argafiaraz (R.) Contribu- cidn al estudio clinico, bacteriologico e histopatoldgico de la conjuntivitis infecciosa de Parinaud. Semana mecl, Buenos Aires, 1912, xix, 652-673. Also: Arch, de oftal. hispano-am, Barcel, 1913, xiii, 12-25.—Bajardi (P.) Con- tributo clinico ed istologico alia conoscenza della congiunti- vite di Parinaud. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1909, xxiv, 183-187. Also: Ophthalmologica, Torino, 1909, i, 337- 342, 1 pi.—Barck (C.) Two cases of Parinaud's conjuncti- vitis. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. [etc.], Oto-Laryngol. Sect, St. Louis, 1908, xiii, 196-201.—Bartholomew (A. C.) Pari- naud's conjunctivitis. J. Ophth. & Oto-Laryngol, Chicago, 1914, viii, 371.—Basseres & Poujol.' Contribution a l'etude de la conjonctivite infectieuse de Parinaud (un cas avec lesions corneennes). Ann. d'ocul, Parv 1908, cxxxix, 161- 182.—Bayer. Pannaud'sche Conjunctivitis. Cor.rBl. d. Ver. deutsch. Aerzte in Reichenberg, 1907, xx, Nos. 4, 5.— Bayer (G.) & von Herrenschwand (F.) Ueber die durch Bakterien aus der Gruppe des Bacillus pseudotuberculosis rodentium hervorgerufene Bindehautentziindung (Pari- naud'sche Conjunctivitis). Arch. f. Ophth, Berl, 1919, xcviii, 342-373.—Beauvleux. La conjonctivite infectieuse de Parinaud. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. m£d. de Bordeaux, 1921, xlu, 145-150— Benson (F. C.) & Clay (J. V. F.) A case of Parinaud's conjunctivitis treated with radium. J. Ophth, Otol. & Laryngol, Phila, 1921, xxv, 209-213, 1 pi.—Bern- heimer (S.) Ein Beitrag zu Parinauds Konjunktivitis. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1906, xliv, 323-328, 1 pi.—Bond! (M.) Ein Fall von Parinaud'scher Conjuncti- vitis. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1908, lviii, 1011-1016.— Boulai & Collet. Conjonctivite de Parinaud. Clin, opht. Par, 1914, xx, 348-351.—Chaillous (J.) Contribution a l'etude dela conjonctivite infectieuse de Parinaud. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1904, cxxxi, 5-33, 2 pi.—Collins (G. L.) Pari- naud's conjunctivitis; its importance to the health officer. Pub. Health Rep, Wash, 1916, xxxi, 3402-3404.—Connell (E. S.) Parinaud's conjunctivitis; report of a case. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1916, xxv, 515-519.—Darier (A.) Conjoncti- vite de Parinaud, d'origine animale nette, mais difficile a determiner; vegetations conjonctivales abondantes; gan- glions pre et retroauriculairs suppures; curettage; guerison. Clin, opht. Par, 1903, ix, 304-306.—Dehenne & Bailliart. Cinque nuovi casi di congiuntivite del Parinaud. Riv. ital. di ottal, Roma, 1908, iv, 9-15.—Denhaene. Note sur un cas de conjonctivite infectieuse de Parinaud. Arch. mid. beiges, Brux., 1910, 4. s, xxxv, 87-92—Dutrow (H. V.) Report of a case of Parinaud's conjunctivitis. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1917, xxvi, 171-174. Also, Reprint.—Ellett (E. C.) Parinaud's conjunctivitis; with a report of three cases. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1905, xiv, 11-15.—Foster (M. L.) Transient herpetic rash over the area of distribution of the ophthalmic branch ofthe fifth nerve following application of bluestone in a case of Parinaud's conjunctivitis. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1920, xlix, 628.—Garcia Martinez (V.) Sobre una forma especial de conjuntivitis infecciosa, parecida a la de Parinaud, en un soldado. Rev. cubana de oftal., Conjunctivitis (Infectious) [Parinaud, 1889]. Habana, 1921, hi, 466-474. Also: Rev. de san. mil, Madrid, 1921,3. s, xd, 65-75.—Gifford (H.) Five cases of Parinaud's conjunctivitis. Tr. West. Ophth, Otol. [etc.] Ass. Ophth. div, St. Louis, 1898,71-78. Also: Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1898, xv, 193-200.—Girl (D. V.) (?) Parinaud's ' conjunc- tivitis in a case of mumps associated with neuro-retinitis and albuminuria. Ophthalmoscope, Lond, 1915, xhi, 444- 446.—Goldzieher (W.) Ueber die sogenannte Parinaud- sche Krankheit; Demonstration eines geheilten Kranken und Demonstration von Praparaten. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1904, xl, 851.-----. Conjonctivite infectieuse de Parinaud. Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh, Leipz, 1905, xxix, 1-10. Also [Abstr.]: Allg. Wien, med. Ztg, 1905,1, 317.—Gourfein. La conjonctivite infectieuse de Parinaud (recherches bactenologiquesetexperimentales). Rev. gen. d'opht. Par, 1907, xxvi, 54-61.—Griffin (O. A.) Parinaud's conjunctivitis. J. Mich. M. Soc, Detroit, 1905, iv, 263. Also: Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1905, xiv, 215-217.— von Herrenschwand. Ueber das Wesen der Parinaud- schen Konjunktivitis. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch, Heidelb. 1918, Wiesbv xii, 355-362—Hoor (K,) Die Parinaudsche Konjunktivitis. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1906, xliv, 289-323.—Isgla (A.) Con- juntivitisdeParinaud. Arch.deoftal.hispano-am,Barcel, 1906, vi, 155-160.—Jocqs (R.) Un cas de conjonctivite infectieuse de Parinaud. Clin, opht. Par, 1903, ix, 303. Also, transl.: Ophth. Klin, Stuttg, 1904, viii, 161.—John- son (J. G.) Report of a case of Parinaud's conjunctivitis. J. South Car. M. Ass, Seneca, 1912, viii, 72-74.—Helper. (G. F.) Parinaud's conjunctivitis; with report of a case. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. & Oto-Larvngol, St. Louis, 1910, xv, 154-165. Also: Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1911, xx, 6-15.-----. A further report on Parinaud's conjunctivitis; report of new cases with microscopic findings. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1914, xxiii, 109-115.—Kirkendall (J. S.) & Fitch (C. P.) Parinaud's conjunctivitis. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1912, Ixxxii, 888-891.—Krauss (F.) Parinaud's conjunctivitis; a report of two cases. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1907, xvi, 81-92 — Krauss (F.) & Boyle (M. P.) Report of a case of Pari- naud's conjunctivitis with unusual complications. Ibid., 1910, xix, 52-56.—Krusius & Clausen. Beitrage zur Aetiologie der Konjunktivitis Parinaud. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1911, lxix, 327-338,1 pi. Also, transl.: Arch. Ophth. N. Y, 1913, xiii, 165-169, 1 pi.-----------. Zur Kasuistik der Konjunktivitis Parinaud. Charite-Ann, Berl 1911, xxxv, 511-515.—Lapsley (R. M.) Parinaud's conjuncti- vitis; with a report of two cases. J. Iowa State M. Soc, Clinton, 1911-12, i, 596-598. Also: Ophthalmol, Seattle, 1911-12, viii, 8-11.—Little (A.) On Parinaud's conjunc- tivitis. Ophthalmoscope, Lond, 1906, ix, 681-685.—Matys (W.) Ein Fall von Parinauds Conjunctivitis. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1904, xii, 557-572—Meisner (W.) Die Parinaud'sche Konjunktivitis und die Tuberkulose der Bindehaut. Ibid., 1912, xxvii, 129-142, 1 pi.—Morax (V.) Parinaud's conjunctivitis. Brit. J. Ophth, Lond, 1918, ii, 133-135.—Moss (R. E.) Report of a case of Parinaud's conjunctivitis. Texas State J. M, Fort Worth, 1907-8, iii, 119.—Nance. A case of Parinaud's conjunctivitis. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1911, xx, 681.—Oppenheimer (E. H.) Ein eigenartiger Fall von Parinaudscher Conjunctivitis. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1908, xxxiv, 1895.—Parlsotti (O.) Congiuntivite del Parinaud. Riv. ital. di ottal, Roma, 1909, v, 255-288, 3 pi—Perez Buflll (A.) Conjuntivitis de Parinaud (un caso). Arch, de oftal. his- pano-am, Barcel, 1910, x, 392. Also: Gac. med. catal, ■ Barcel, 1910, xxxvi, 321.—Polssonnier. Conjonctivite de Parinaud. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1910, ii, 193-196.—Posey (W. C.) A case of Parinaud's conjunctivitis. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y, 1905, cxxix, 312-316.—Price (N. W.) Parinaud's conjunctivitis. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1914, xxiii, 229.—Re (F.) Note di anatomia patologica sulla congiuntivite di Parinaud. Arch, di ottal, Napoh, 1916, xxiii, 51-56.—Reis (W.) O rzadMej postaci schorzenia spojdwki powiekowej (conjunctivitis Parinaudi). [Rare case of . . .]. Przegl. lek, Warszawa, 1905, xliv, 345; 360. -----. Ueber die Parinaudsche Conjunctivitis, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Plasmazellenfrage. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1906, lxiii, 46-86,1 pi.—Rolandi (S.) Ricerche batteriologi- che in un caso di congiuntivite di Parinaud. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1913, 4. s, xix, 296-303.-----. La congiuntivite di Parinaud. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1915, xliv, 33-126, 1 pi—Rosenhauch (E.) Ueber die sogen. "Conjunctivitis Parinaudi." Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1912, lxxii, 162-168.—Salas y Ribas. Afecciones conjunti- vales con adenopatia; conjuntivitis infecciosa de Parinaud. Rev. med. de Sevilla, 1909, liii, 5; 33.—Sattler (R.) Pari- naud's conjunctivitis. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin, 1911, cvi, 86.—Scalinci (N.) Sulla congiuntivite di Parinaud; con- tributo clinico, anatomico e batteriologico. Chn. ocul, Palermo. 1909, x, 3739-3761, 2 pi.—Schalck (E.) Parinauds Konjunktivitis; eine mykotische Erkrankung, hervorgeru- fen durch einen bis jetzt nicht beschriebenen fadenformigen Mikroorganismus. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1913, lxxv, 207-213,1 pi.—Scholtz (K.) Ueber eine der Parinaud'schen Conjunctivitis ahnlichen Bindehauterkrankung mit positi- vem bakteriologischen Befund. Ibid., 1905-6, liii, 40-48.— de Schweinitz. Etiology of Par naud's conjunctivitis. CONJUNCTIVITIS. 136 CONJUNCTIVITIS. Conjunctivitis (Infectious) [Parinaud, 1889]. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1913, ii, 398.—Shoemaker (J. F.) Pari- naud's conjunctivitis. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1906, xxin, 363-366.—Sinclair (A. H. H.) & Shennan (T.) Case of Parinaud's conjunctivitis. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1906-7, xxvii, 39-41: 1908, xxviii, 13-26, 4 pi.—Spitze (E. C.) Parinaud's conjunctivitis. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1917, xxiv, 364-369—Spratt (C. N.) A case ol Parinaud's conjunctivitis, accompanied by erythema nodosum and tonsilitis; with a summary of the thirty-four reported cases. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1906, xxxv, 152-159 — Stalberg (K.) [Some remarks on a case of Parinaud's con- junctivitis.] Hygiea, Stockholm, 1916, lxxviii, 1209-1214.— Standish (M.) Contagious conjunctivitis. Boston M. & S. J, 1902, cxlvii, 367-374.—Stirling (J. W.) & McCrae(L) A caseof Parinaud's conjunctivitis, with pathologicalreport. Ophth. Rec, Lond, 1904, xxiii, 283-289.—Verhoeff (F. H.) Parinaud's conjunctivitis; a mycotic disease due to hitherto undescribed filamentous organism. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1913, xiii, 345-351, 2 pi.-Verhoeff (F. H.) & Derby (G. S.) Parinaud's conjunctivitis. Ibid., 1904, xxxiii, 389-412,1 pi — Verhoeff (F. H.), Derby (G. S.) & Kayser. Die pathologi- sche Histologie der Parinaudschen Conjunctivitis. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1905, xliii, 705-712.—Webster (D.) Parinaud"s conjunctivitis, with report of a case. Manhattan Eye, Ear & Throat Hosp. Rep, N. Y, 1910, xi, 2S0-284.—Wherry (W. B.) & Ray (V.) Cultures of alepto- thrix from a case of Parinaud's conjunctivitis. J. Infect. Dis, Chicago, 1918, xxii, 554-558. Also, Reprint.—Wolfflin (E.) Zur Histologie der Parinaudschen Konjunktivitis. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1909, xlvii, 247-253,1 pi. Conjunctivitis (Koch-Weeks). See, also, Haemophilus. Bartolotta(E.) La congiuntivite da bacillo di Weeks. Arch. ital. di sc. med. colon, 1920, i, 14-24.—Bergmeister (R.) Conjunctivitis crouposa bei zwei Geschwistern, her- vorgerufen durch den Koch-Week'schen Bazillus. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1914,lxiv,501-505.—Chamberlain (W. P.) \n epidemic of Koch-Weeks bacillus conjunctivitis among Filipinos. Bull. Manila M. Soc, 1910, ii, 92-96.—Elschnig (A.) Koch-Weeks-Conjunctivitis. Med. Klin, Berl, 1917, xiii, 725. Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1917,lxiv, 1148. Also, transl.: Med. Weekbl, Amst, 1918-19, xxv, 325-329 — Enroth(E.) [Some cases of conjunctivitis caused by Koch- Weeks' bacillus.] Finska liik.-siillsk. handl, Helsingfors, 1917, lix, 324-329.—Fage. Conjonctivites des nouveau-nes a bacilles de Weeks. Gaz. med. de Picardie, Amiens, 1899, xvii, 358 361— Hammerschmidt (J.) Ueber den Erreger der Koch-Weeksschen Konjunktivitis. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1921, lxviii, 1246.—Hoffmann (R.) Ueber das Vorkommen und die Bedeutung des Koch-Weeks'schcn Bacillus. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh, Leipz, 1900, xxxiii, 109-134.—McKee(H.) Koch-Weeks'conjunctivitis. Montreal M. J, 1907, xxxvi, 177-180— Markus (C.) Ueber eine durch Koch-Weeks'sche Bazdlen hervorgerufene Epi- demie von Schwellungskatarrh. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1901, xlviii, 2137-2140.—Morax (V.) Recherches experi- mentales sur le bacille de la conjonctivite aigue contagieuse (bacille de Weeks). Rec. d'opht. Par, 1898, 3. s, xx, 707- 714.—Nestlinger (M.) [Further contributions on the iden- tity of the Koch-Weeks and influenza bacillus and the hsemoglobinophilic bacillus of the human conjunctiva.] Gyogyaszat, Budapest, 1918, lviii, 452-458, 1 pi, [8 figs.].— Noguchi (H.) & Cohen (M.) Bacteriological and clinical studies of an epidemic of Koch-Weeks bacillus conjunctivitis associated with cell inclusion conjunctivitis. J. Exper. M. Lancaster, Pa, 1915, xxii, 304-318,3 pi. Also: Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1916, xlv, 155-171, 3 pi.—Pes. Sul bacillo di Koch- Weeks nei cosi detto catarro cpidemico della congiuntiva. Arch, di ottal, Palermo, 1898-9, vi, 357-359. Also: Cong. d. Ass.oftal.ital. Rendic,Pavia, 1898, xv,55-57.—Plchler(A.) Erfahrungen iiber die Koch-Weeks-Konjunktivitis im Kriege, mit einem Anhang iiber Diplobazilluskatarrh. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1918-19, xl, 337-34X—Valettas ( V.) Hornhautveranderungen bei akuter, durch den Koch- Weeksschen Bazillus hervorgerufener Konjunktivitis. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1917, lviii, 108-110.—Verzftr (F.) Einige epidemiologische Beobachtungen bei Koch- Weeks'scher Konjunktivitis. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1918, lxviii, 2093-2096.—Wakisaka. The investigation on the cause (Koch-Weeks' Stabchen) of conjunctivitis epidemica Sei-i-Kwai M. J, Tokyo, 1912, xxxi, 241-244—Weichsel- baum (A.) & M tiller (L.) Ueber den Koch-Weeks'schen Bacillus der acuten Conjunctivitis. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz 1898, xlvii, 108-156, 1 pi.—Wibo (M.) Une epidemio de con- jonctivite contagieusea bacillede Weeks a Bruxelles. Presse med. beige, Brux, 1905, lvii, 461-463. Conjunctivitis (Membranous and pseu- domembranous ). See, also, Conjunctivitis (Diphtheritic). Amsler (C.) *Klinische, bakteriologische und experimentelle Studie iiber die Conjunctivitis cruposa. [Basel.] 8°. Berlin, 1911. Also, in: Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1911, xxvi, 21-35. Conjunctivitis (Membranous and pseu- domembranous) . Darracq (J.-A.-V.) *Remarques sur cer- taines formes de conjonctivite pseudo-mem- braneuse d'origine microbienne. 8°. Bor- deaux, 18981 *Des conjonctivites pseudo- streptocoques. [Paris.] 8°. David (J.-J.) membraneuses a Rennes, 1910. Gonella (G.) Congiuntiviti pseudo-mem- branose da piogeni con particolare riguardo delle infezioni successive della congiuntiva. 8°. Torino, 1901. Guerin (P.-A.-E.-A.) *Des conjonctivites pseudo-membraneuses chroniques. 8°. Bor- deaux, 1901. Albouze. Conjonctivite membraneuse streptococcique; traitement. Bull.med. Par, 1912, xxvi, 294-296.—Aubert. Un cas de conjonctivite pseudo-membraneuse a bacilles de Loefller. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1899, xx, 305-309.—BiettI (A.) Congiuntiviti pseudomembra- nose da stafilococchi piogeni. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1898, xxvii, 441 117.—Blanco (T.) Estudio clinico acerca de las inflamaciones pseudomembranosas de la conjuntiva. Arch, de oftal. hispano-am, Barcel, 1907, vii, 153-179.— Brunetlere. Conjonctivite pseudo-membraneuse chronique de nature indeterminee. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1920, 1, 214.—Itullar (J. F.) Notes of a case of membranous con- junctivitis. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond.. 1900-1901, xxi, 9 12.—Cabannes & Lafon (C.) Conjonctivite pseudo- membraneuse a pneumocoques. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1908, xxix, 305—Calhoun (J. G.) A peculiar case of membranous conjunctivitis. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1911, xxviii, 5-8.—Chevalier (G.) Un cas grave de conjonctivite pseudo-membraneuse gueri par le serum. Clin, opht. Par, 1912, xviii, 525-527.—Christ (W.1 Zur Aetiologie der Conjunctivitis cruposa. Beitr. z. Aueenh, Hamb. & Leipz, 1905, Hft. 63, ll-2v— Deliosrues (J. L.) Un caso de conjuntivitis pseudo-membranosa, curado por el suero antidifterico. Rev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1913, xviii, 105. -----. Conjuntivitis pseudo-membranosa. Ibid., 1921, xxvi, 371-373.—Demievllle (E.) A propos de deux cas de conjonctivites pseudomembraneuses a pneu- mocoques. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom, Geneve, 1907 xxvii, 37-41.—Dorrell (E. A.) A case oi chronic mem- branous conjunctivitis treated with vaccines. Ophthalmo- scope, Lond, 1912, x, 312-315— Eloui Pacha. Un mot sur le traitement des ophtalmies a fausses membranes, appelees sans raisons conjonctivites diphteriques. Rev. gen. d'opht. Par, 1911, xxx, 1.—Genet & Pallasse. Conjonctivite a fausses membranes chez un nouveau-ne: gangrene des yeux. Lyon med, 191L cxvii, 935-937.—Gosettl (F.) & Iona (G.) Congiuntiviti pseudo-membranose e congiunti- viti difteriche. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1S9\ xxvii, 50- nV— HanselLH.F.) A case of membranous conjunctivitis with systemic complications. Ophthahnol, Seattle, nn^-9, v, 413-415.—Harlan (H.) A case of chronic pseudo-membra- nous conjunctivitis, with development of ocular and pharyn- geal diphtheria on the use of jequirity. Ophth. Rec,Chicago 1907, xvi, 124-127. -Hartler(C. C.) Uel>erdie Kombination der Conjunctivitis et Stomatitis pscudomembranacea und lhr Verhu.ltnis zum Erythema multiforme und Pemphigus. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1921, lxvii, 223-232.— Jessop (W. H.) Membranous conjunctivitis. St. Barth. Hosp. Rep. 1899 Lond.. 1900, xxxv, 232-237-Kauffmann. Nouvelle contribution a la bacteriologie de la conjonctivite pseudo-membraneuse. Clin. opht.. Par, lvi>), v 55 — Klmpel. Ein FallvonschwererConjunctivitiscrouposarn.it rapider Zcrslorung beider Hornhauto ohne virulente Diph- thenebacillen. Ztschr. f. Augenh.. Berl, 1901, v, 201-207.— Knapp (A.) Severe pseudomembranous conjunctivitis in an infant presumably due to the influenza bacillus. Arch. Ophth, N. Y.. 1904, xxxiii. 3Sti Ks.-MrDavitt(T.) Mem- branous conjunctivitis. St. I'.ml M. J, St. Paul, Minn, 1899, l, 675 r,78. Also: Railway Surg. Chicago, 1900-1901, vn, 10-14.—Main (G.) Congiuntivite pseudo-membranosa. Arch, di ottal., Palermo, 1899-1900, vii, 117-124. -Meverhof. Sur l'etiologie des conjonctivites pseudo-meinbraneuscs observers en Egypte. Rev. gen d'opht. Par, 1909, xxviii, 97-110.—Nalto (T.) [The bacteriological findings in mem- branous conjunctivitis.] Inouve Gankwa Dosokwai Kwai Ho, Tokyo, 1902, 1377-1402.—Pes (O.) Lasieroterapia delle congiuntiviti pseudo-membranose. Ann. di ottal.. Pavia, 1898, xxvii,557 559:1899, xxviii, 428.—Picot A Aubaret (E.) Un cas do conjonctivite pseudo-membraneuse chio uque. (iaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1901, xxii. 75 79.— Pucclonl (G.) Contributo alia etiologia delle congiuntiviti pseudomembranose. Boll. d. osp. oftal. d. prov. di Roma. 1904, ii, 65-74.—Rlcchi (G.) Congiuntivite pseudo-membra- nosa da micrococco catarrale. Bull. d. sc. med. dl Bologna 1917, 9. s., v, 134-140.-lloscher (A.) Zur Bakteriologie der Conjunctivitis crouposa,. Klin. Monatsbl. f. \ugenh Stuttg, 1902, xl, pt. 2, 36-46.—Rosenthal. Fall von ram- branoser Konjunktivitis. N. Yorker med, Monatschr 1904, xvi, 528-530.—Slkock (A. Q.) & MauarJ (G. D.) CONJUNCTIVITIS. 137 CONJUNCTIVITIS. Conjunctivitis (Membranous and pseu- domem branous). Case of membranous conjunctivitis. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1899-1900, xx, 58.—Small (C. P.) Mem- branous conjunctivitis. In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth (Wood), Chicago, 1914, iv, 3113-3121.—Stark (H. H.) Mem- branous conjunctivitis of over four years' duration. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1918,3. s, i, 91-94.—Taylor (S. J.) Mem- branous conjunctivitis following a squint operation. Lancet, • Lond, 1917, ii, 348.—Terrien (F.) Conjonctivites a fausses membranes et complications corneennes des conjonctivites. Ann. de la Policlin. de Par, 1902, xh, 249-258. Also: Presse mM., Par, 1901, ii, 308-310.—Valude (E.) Conjonctivite pseudo-membraneuse a- streptocoques et panophtalmie secondaires k une infection grippale et a des suites de couches compliquees. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1898, cxix, 328-331. Also: Clin, opht. Par, 1898, iv, 79.—Wolffberg. Zur Aetiologie und Therapie der Conjunctivitis crouposa. Wchnschr. f. Therap. u. Hyg. d. Auges, Bresl, 1897-8, i, 225. Conj unctivitis (Morax-Axenfeld). See, also, Haemophilus. Goxella (G.) Sulla congiuntivite subacuta da diplobacillo di Morax-Axenfeld, con osser- vazioni sul tracoma. 8°. Torino, 1902. Alt (A.) Conjunctivitis due to the diplo-bacillus of Morax-Axenfeld. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1898, xv, 171.— Andrade (E.) A case of ophthalmia neonatorum caused bv the diplobacillus of Morax and Axenfeld. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila, 1902, n. s, exxiii, 284.—Chaine (R.) Differentia- tion du diplobacille de Morax et du diplobacille de Petit a l'aide des reactions biologiques. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1914, ciii, 330-340.—Collomb (A.) Note sur la conjonctivite diplobacillaire de Morax. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom, Geneve, 1899, xix; 750-757.—De Lieto Vollaro (A.) Breve statistica di congiuntivite da diplobacillo di Morax-Axen- feld, associata al tracoma in fase cicatriziale. Arch, di ottal, Napoli, 1906-7, xiv, 255-269.—Elschnlg (A.) Epidemie von Bindehautentziindungen durch Diplobazillen Morax- Axenfeld. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl, 1917, xliii, 1184.—Gifford (H.) On the clinical importance of the diplobacillus of Morax and Axenfeld. Ophth. Rec, Chi- cago, 1905, xiv, 511-515.—Goldberg (H.) Notiz zur Ver- breitung der Diplobazillenkonjunktivitis Morax-Axenfeld. Prag. med. Wchnschr, 1909, xxxiv, 330.—Gradle (H. S.) The specific treatment of Morax-Axenfeld conjunctivitis. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1915, xxiv, 188.—McKee(H.) Morax- Axenfeld conjunctivitis; an analysis of three hundred cases. Ophthalmol,Milwaukee, 1907-8, iv, 418-426.-----. Morax- Axenfeld conjuctivitis. Maritime M. News, Halifax, 1908, xx, 347-350. -----. Iritis complicating Morax-Axenfeld conjunctivitis. Ophthalmoscope, Lond, 1909, vii, 531.— McNab (A.) Ueber den Diplobacillus liquefaciens (Petit) und iiber sein Verhaltniss zu dem Morax-Axenfeldschen Diplobazillus der Blepharokonjunktivitis. Klin. Mo- natsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg., 1903-4, xlu, 54-64.—von Nest- linger (N.) Zur Frage der Kapselbildung des Diplobacillus Morax-Axenfeld. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1918-19, Ixxxii, 529-531.—Peters (W. H.) A simple method of cultivating the Morax-Axenfeld diplobacillus. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1911, lvi, 1106. Also: Dandridge Vol, Cincin, O, 1912,145.—Pusey (B.) The diplobacillus of Morax-Axenfeld. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1906, xlvii, 255-258. [Discussion], 332-334.-----. Histological investi- gation of a case of blepharo-conjunctivitis caused by the diplobacillus of Morax-Axenfeld. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1906-8. xi, 722-730, 3 pi.—Reis (W.) Klinische und experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber den Morax- Axenfeldschen Diplobazillus. Khn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1910, xlviii, 460; 529—Small (C. P.) Morax- Axenfeld's conjunctivitis. In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, iv. 3121-3123.—Todd (F. C.) Infec- tion with Morax-Axenfeld diplobacillus; clinical appear- ances; some characteristics and treatment; with report of six cases. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1908, xvii, 1-4.—Tooke (F. T.) Morax-Axenfeld conjunctivitis. Ibid., 1906, xv, 194-205.—Tschistjakoff (P.) Zur Frage der Pathogenitat des Diplobacillus Morax-Axenfeld und des Diplobacillus liquefaciens fiir das Augeninnere. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Au- genh, Stuttg, 1911, xlix, 561-572. Conjunctivitis (Parasitic). See Conjunctiva (Diseases of, Parasitic). Conj unctivitis (Parinaud's). See Conjunctivitis (Lnfectious). Conjunctivitis (Pathology of). Ma you (M. S.) The changes produced by in- flammation in the conjunctiva. (Hunterian Lectures, R. C. S., 1905). 8°. London, 1905. Also [Abstr.] in: Lancet, Lond, 1905, i, 545; 625; 703. Arbolada (A.) Conjuntivitis calcarea cr6nica. An. de oftal, Mexico, 1912-13, xv, 321-325.—Coppez (E.) Un caso de conjuntivitis filamentosa. Arch, de oftal, hispano-am. Conjunctivitis (Pathology of). Madrid, 1902, ii, 560-562.—Eaton (F. B.) Scar-tissue conjunctivitis in animals; its relation to insects and tra- choma. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1919, 3. s, ii, 81-87,1 pi.— Falchl (F.) Oftalmia a chiazze della congiuntiva. Arch. di oftalmojat, Pavia, 1913, i, 1-28, 2 pi.—Gabrielldes (A.) Note sur la tarsoconjoncthite proliferante. Clin, opht. Par, 1908, xiv, 158.—Hegner (C. A.) Ueber die Histologie der experimentell erzeugten Einschlusskonjunktivitis. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1911, xlix, 440-443.— Ishihara (S.) Beitrag zur pathologischen Anatomie der Blepharokonjunktivitis, besonders in bezug. auf deren Diplobazillenbefund und auf das Verhalten der Lidbinde- haut. Ibid., 191-197.—McKee (H.) The histo-pathology of diplobacillary conjunctivitis, based upon the examination of twenty cases. Ophthalmoscope, Lond, 1911, ix, 688- 691.—Mlyashlta (S.) Ein Beitrag zur pathologischen Anatomie der Diplobazillen-Konjunktivitis. Klin. Mo- natsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1910, xlviii, 548-555.—Miiller (L.) Ueber Conjunctivitis scrophulosa. Wien. med. Presse, 1901, xliii 489; 542.—Pascheff (C.) Weitere Mittei- lungen iiber die plasmacellularen Bildungen der Bindehaut, Conjunctivitis plasmacellularis. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1909, Ixxi, 569-572, 1 pi. Conj unctivitis (Phlyctenular). See, also, Conjunctiva (Tuberculosis of). Krause (P.) *Conjunctivitis phlyctanulosa. 8°. Halle a. S., 1905. Michel (A.-V.) Contribution a 1. etude de l'ophtalmie phlyctenulaire. 8°. Bordeaux, 1898. d'Ayrenx (a.) Ophtalmie phlyctenulaire et terrain tuberculeux. Clin. prat, med.-chir. Par, 1911, vii, 49-53.— Baker (A. R.) Phlyctenular ophthalmia. Cleveland M. J, 1905, iv, 175-179.—Bednarskl (A.) [On phlyctenular con- junctivitis.] Lwow. tygodn. lek, 1911, vi, 567; 581.—Behr- man (M.) Phlyctenular conjunctivitis; its diagnosis and treatment by the general practitioner. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin, 1906, n. s, lvu, 499-503.—Betti (L.) Sull' efflcacia di alcuni mezzi fisici di cura nelle affezioni tubercolari della congiuntiva, con particolare riguardo dei raggi Rontgen. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1920, 3. s, xii, 87-98.— Blanc (G.) Conjonctivite phlyctenulaire et pediculose. Bull. Soc. path, exot. Par, 1920, xiii, 645—Bruns (H. D.) Phlyctenular ophthalmia; phlyctenule en plaque. Am. J. Ophth. St. Louis, 1898, xv, 309-311.-----. Phlyctenular ophthalmia in the white and black races, with notes on its local treatment. N. Orl. M. & S. J, 1903, lvi, 116-129.-----. Phlyctenular ophthalmia and its etiology. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1912,lix, 1002-1007.—Davis (A. E.) & Vaugan(H.) Phlyctenular (eczematous) conjunctivitis and keratitis, with special reference to etiology and the value of tuber- culin as a diagnostic agent; together with a report of forty cases. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1912, xxi, 476-485.—Deho- gues (J. L.) La kerato-conjuntrvitis flictenular. Rec. de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1905, x, 519-521. Also: Arch. de oftal. hispano-am, Barcel, 1906, vi, 213-216.—Demido- vlch (B.) [Treatment of phlyctenular conjunctivitis and keratitis by sublimate ointment.] Voyenno-med. J, S.- Peterb, 1902, lxxx, med.-spec. pt, 2648.—Donaldson (E.) Remarks on phlyctenular conjunctivitis. Ophth. Rev. Lond, 1901, xx, 91-94.—Druault. Sur la pathogenie d, l'ophtalmie phlyctenulaire; rapports avec la tuberculosee etc. Gaz. med. du centre, Tours, 1911, xvi, 149.—Dunn, (P ) What is strumous ophthalmia? Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1898, n. s, lxv, 455.—Gibson (W. S.) The etiology of phlyctenular conjunctivitis. Am. J. Dis. Child, Chicago, 1918, xv, 81-115. Also, Reprint.—Giese (R.) Ein Fall eigenthumlicher Skleral-Affection bei Conjunctivitis phlyk- taenulose. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1898, xxxvi, 201-208.—Ginestous (E.) Du traitement de l'ophtalmie phlyctenulaire par la levure de biere. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. mea. de Bordeaux, 1905, xxvi, 27— Goldbach (L. J.) Lymphatic-nodular keratoconjunctivitis (phlyctenules). J. Am. M. Ass.. Chicago, 1917, lxix, 102-104. Also, Re- print.—Gradle (H.) Phlyctenular or scrofulous ophthal- mia. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1898, xxxi, 1303. Also: Memphis Lancet, 1899, ii, 69-76.—HanseU (H. F.) A consideration of the etiology of phlyctenular disease of the eye. Am. J. Dis. Child, Chicago, 1918, xvi, 262-264. Also, Reprint.—Harry (P. A.) Phlyctenular ophthalmia in children. Med. Times, Lond, 1920, xlviii, 94.—Hayashi (M.) Beitrage zur pathologischen Anatomie der Phlyktane una phlyktaneahnlicher Prozesse. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh,Stuttg, 1909,xlvii,557-576—Herbert(H.) Phlyc- tenular conjunctivitis; some matters of detail. Ophth. Rev, Lond, 1898, xvii, 67-70.—Hertel (E.) Anatomische Untersuchung eines Falles von phlyctaenularer Keratocon- junctivitis. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1898, xlvi, 630-638.— Hicks (J. R-) The treatment of phlyctenular conjuncti- vitis. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1911, xx, 231-234.—Hilbert (R.) Zur Aetiologie und Therapie der phlyktanularen Binde- haut-Entziindung. Memorabilien, Heilbr, 1901-2, n. F, xix, 257-259.—Hird (R. B.) Phlyctenular disease and its relation to tuberculosis. Brit. J. Ophth, Lond, 1918, ii, 215-223.—Hsuen (C. H.) A bacteriological and clinical CONJUNCTIVITIS. 138 CONJUNCTIVITIS. Conjunctivitis (Phlyctenular). study of phlyctenular conjunctivitis in Chinese China M. J , Shanghai, 1918, xxxu, 431.-Hyde (L. IL) 'Ihe local use of carbolic acid in the phlyctenular conjunctivitis and keratitis. Homo-op. Eye, Ear, & Throat J, Lancaster, Pa.; & N. Y, 1906, xii, 27.—Igershebner (J.) & Prim (\v.) Gedanken und Untersuchungen zur Pathogenese der phlyk- tanularen Augenentziindungen und zum Schicksal skrofu- loser Augenpatienten. Arch. f. Ophth, Berl, 1921, cy, 640-649.—Key (B. W.) Phlyctenular conjunctivitis, its importance in the conservation of vision. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1914, xxiii, 271-282.-Klrkendall (J. S.) Infec- tious- phlyctenular kerato-conjunctivitis. N. \ ork State J M N. Y, 1909, ix, 164-166.—Klelnschmldt (H.) Gibt es Phlvktanen ohne Tuberkuloseinfektion? Beitr. z. Klin. , nekrotisierende Phlykti— Augenh, Stuttg, 1920, lxiv, SO-sx.-Laton (C.) Sui■la pathogenie de Pophtalmie phlyctenulaire. Arch, d opht. Par, 1910, xxx, 444-452. Also: Chn. prat. mM.-chir. de path, [etc.], Par, 1911, vii, 169-175—Langdon (H. M.) Phlyctenular disease and its cause. Penn. M. J, Athens. 1919-20, xxiii, 590-592.—Lawrie (W. D.) Phlyctenular disease of the child's eye. Child, Lond, 1919-20, x, 541- 545 —Lloyd (R. I.) Tubereulinum in phlyctenular con- junctivitis. J. Ophth, Otol. & Laryngol, Lancaster, Pa, 1912, xviii, 272-275.—McKee (H.) Six cases of phlyctenular conjunctivitis associated with diplo-bacillary conjunctivitis. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1908, xvii 126-128— Marx (E.) Sur la repartition des phlyctenes au hmbe corneen dans l'ophtal- mie scrofuleuse. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1920, clvii, 439-144.— Milne (G.) Phlyctenular conjunctivitis and adenoids. Brit. J. Ophth, Lond, 1919, iii, 163-165.—Nias (J. B.) & Paton (L.) A contribution to the study of phlyctenular ophthalmia. Lancet, Lond, 1906, ii, 1500-1502.—Pacheco- Luna (R.) Apuntes sobre el papel importante que des- empeiian los pedlculos humanos en laetiologia de la fhetenu- losis ocular. Rev. cubana de oftal, Habana, 1920, ii, 225- 228.—Parrot (L.) Sur la rarete de la conjonctivite phlyc- tenulaire chez les indigenes algeriens. Bull. Soc. path. exot. Par, 1918. xi, 578— Pick (W.) Zur Aetiologie der Impetigo vulgaris und der Conjunctivitis ekzematosa (seu phlyctaenulosa seu lymphatica.). Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte (Karlsruhe) 1911, Leipz, 1912, Ixxxiii, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte, 428-131.—Pyler (H. F.) Etiology of phlyctenular conjunctivitis and suggested treatments. Penn. M. J, Athens, 1912, xvi, 184-199.—Reusner (G.) Zur Therapie der Conjunctivitis phlvktaenulosa (scrophulosa). St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr, 1898, n. F, xv, 205.—Rosen- hauch (E.) Ueber das Verhaltnis phlyktanularer Augen- entziindungen zur Tuberkulose. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1910, lxxvi, 370-396.-----. Experimenteller Beitrag zur Phlyktanen-Aetiologie. Bull, internat. Acad. d. sc. de Cracovie, 1910, B5, 368-375.-----. [Phlyctenular conjunc- tivitis.] Lwow. tygodn. lek, 1910, v, 361; 379; 389; 399; 411; 419.—Hubert (J.) Ueber die Aetiologie der phlyk- tanularen Augenentziindung. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1912, ii, 273-312.—Schtitz (A.) & Vldecky (R.) Ueber die Behandlung der phlyktanularen Augenerkran- kungen auf Grundlage ihrer Aetiologie. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr, 1909, xxii, 882-887.—Schultz-Zehden. Zur opera- tiven Behandlung der rezidivierenden phlyktiinulosen Bindehautentziindung. Med. Klin, Berl, 1909, v, 1966 — Scott (K.) Phlyctenular conjunctivitis. Edhib. M. J, 1901, n. s, x, 339-342.—Stargardt (K.) Zur Atiologie der phlyktanularen Augenentziindung. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. Heidelb. 1916, Wiesb, 1917, xl, 462-170. Also: Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1916, lvii, 162-164. -----. Ueber Phlyktanen der Lidbindehaut des Auges. Arch. f. Ophth, Berl, 1921, cv, 528-537.—Stephenson (S.) & Jamleson (J. A.) A note upon phlyctenular alfections of the eye. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1910, i, 916.—Strlckler (D. A.) Atypical phlyctenular conjunctivitis. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1919, 3. s, ii. 526.—Terrien (F.) Conjonctivite phlyctenulaire; symptomes, diagnostic et traitement. Medecin prat. Par, 1906, ii, 406-409.—Theobald (S.) The etiology of phlyctenular ophthalmia; is tuberculosis really as important a factor in the causation of this disease -as is now commonly taught. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1914, lxiii, 566-572.—Tlvnen (R. J.) Tuberculin as a diagnostic and therapeutic agent in the treatment of conjunctivitis eczematosa (phlyctenular conjunctivitis and keratitis); based on a study of fifty cases. Ibid., 1911, lvii, 1886-1891.— Turner (H. H.) Etiology of phlyctenular ophthalmia. Am. J. Ophth.. Chicago, 1919, 3. s, ii, 115-119.—Weekers (L.) L'exantheme de la conjonctivite phlyctenulaire envisage comme une toxi-tuberculide. Arch, d'opht. Par , 1909, xxix, 294-300.-----. Anatomie pathologique des phlyctenes oculaires. Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg Brux, 1910, 4. s, xxiv, 435-158, 3 pi.—Whlnna (E. G.) Phlyctenular ophthalmia. Hahneman. Month, Phila 1908, xliii, 933-935. Also: Med. Counselor, Detroit, 1909 xxviii, 151-153.-Wlble (E. E.) Phlyctenular ophthalmia. Am. J. Ophth7 Chicago, 1920, hi. 61.—Yepinatyeff (G.) [Myotic remedies for phlyctenular] Vestnik oftalmol Kiev, 1903, xx, 233-235. Conj unctivitis (Provoked >. Aubineau (E.) A propos des con.oni tivites provoquees. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1916, cliii, 349-351 — BaUllart. La con- jonctivite provoquee par instillation d'ipeca. Ibid., 1914-15, ciii 43^-440— Bargy (M.) Un cas rare de conjonctivite provoquee. Cadueee, Par, 1905, v, 109.—Bollack (J.) Note sur l'existance d'une eosinophilic locale au cours de certaines conjonctivites provoquees. Presse mea. Par, 1917, xxv, 3_6 —Fernandez (F. M.) Las conjuntivitis provocadas. Rev cubana de oftal, Habana, 1919, l, 343-347. Also: Rev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1919, xxiv, 100-105.-----. La conjuntivitis provocada por la ipecacuana. Rev. cubana de oftal, Habana, 1921, hi, 157-15y — Freidenwald (H.) Self-inflicted conjunctivitis. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1920, 3. s, iii, 858-^00.—Fromaget (C.) & Harriet. Conjoncti- vites et pseudotrachomes provoques par l'emetine. Ann. d'ocul Par, 1916, cliii, 388-395.—Gaudenzi (C.) & Mor- purgo' (B.) Di una forma di congiuntivite provocata mediante polveri contenenti ipecacuana. Gazz. med. lomb, Milano, 1916, lxxv, 157-161— Herford (E.) Ueber artificielle Vueenentzundungen. Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d \ugenh, Halle a. S, 1904, v, 1-47— Hlrschfelder (A. D.) Further studies on the development of edema in mustard oil conjunctivitis. Tr. Sect. Pharmacol. & Therap. Am. M. \ss , Chicago, 1917, 182-191. Also, Reprint—McPherson (G ) & Doyne(P. G.) Artificially produced ophthalmia. Brit. J. Ophth, Lond, 1919, iii, 313-315—Miceli (I.) Congiuntiviti provocate recidivanti: patogenesi e cura. Gior. di ocul, Napoli, 1921. ii, 150: 1922, ii, 10.—Monaunl. Contributo alio studio dell' eosinonlia congiuntivale nelle congiuntiviti provocate. Arch, di ottal, Napoh, 1917, xxiv, 199-236, 1 pi — Morpurgo (B.) Di una forma di congiun- tivite provocata mediante polveri contenenti ipecacuana. Gior. a. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1916, 4. s. xxii, 263- 272 — Paparcone (E.) Congiuntiviti provocate con nitrato di piombo. Ann. di ottal. e clin. ocul, Roma, 1917, xl, 533- 550, 2 pi.—Pereyra (G.) Ricerche sopra la frequenza del- 1' eosinofilia nei secreto delle congiuntiviti spontanee e provo- cate. Arch, di ottal, Napoh, 1917, xxiv, 341-356—Rasquln (E.) Conjonctivite provoquee. Arch. med. beiges, Brux.. 1917, lxx, 321-325.—Sammartino (G.) Delle congiuntiviti provocate. Quademi di med. leg, Milano, 1917, i, 299-305.— Trlstalno (B.) Sulle congiuntiviti provocate. Arch, di ottal, Napoli, 1917, xxiv, 83-110.—Van Schevensteen ( ' > Considerations sur les conjonctivites provoquees. Clin. opht. Par, 1915-16, xxi, 595-603. Also, transl.: Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1917, xxxiv, 112-118. Conjunctivitis (Treatment of). lioxFiGLio (V.) Sulla terapia delle congiun- tiviti con speciale riguardo alia granulosa i tra- coma1). S". Girgenti, 1906. Colombo (G.) L'uso dell' argentamina nella terapia di alcune forme di congiuntiviti. Maggie 1898. 16°. Bologna, 1898. Farmere. H'ontribution a l'etude de la valeur therapeutique des injections sous-con- jonctivalesd'airstt rilis£. 8°. Toulouse, 1907. Mallet (G.) ^Les conjonctivites catarrhales infectieuses et la pommade jaune. 8"\ Tou- louse, 1905. Almeida Huerta. Un caso de hipopidn curado con inyecciones de leehe. Semana med, Buenos Aires, 1921, xxviii, 502.—Beck (A. L.) The treatment of conjunctivitis. Post-Graduate, N. Y, 1914, xxix, 39-lv—Bonfiglio (V.) Terapia della congiuntiviti. Boll. d. osp. oftal. d. prov. di Roma, 1908, vi, 185-192.—Bride (T. M.) The value of silver nitrate, protargol, and argyrol in the treatment of catarrhal and muco-purulent conjunctivitis. Med. Chron, Manchester, 190: Penn. M.J, Athens 1907-8, xi, 204-208.—Galiemaerts. Sur le catarrhe printa- nier, traitement par l'eiectrolvse. Policlin, Brux 1904 xiii, 49-54.—Grimsdale (H.)" The use of adrenalin in spring catarrh. Ophthalmoscope, Lond, 1906, iv, 3-0-384.— Guglianetti. II radium nella cura del catarro primaverile (comunicazione preventiva). Boll. d. osp. oftal. d. prov di Roma, 190S, vi, 115.—Horner < W. D.) A case of vernai conjuntivitis treated with radium. U. States Nav M Bull, Wash, 1921, xv, 12> 130. — Mackay (G.) Illustration of spring catarrh under treatment bv radium. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1911. xxxi. 217.—Magnani (O.) L" asporta/ume del tarso nella cura del catarro primaverile (forma tmsale). Clin, ocul, Palermo, 1903, iv, 1460-1461 — Marcuse (J.) Friihlingskatarrhe und Fruhlingskuren Bl. f. v olksgsndhtspfl, Munchen & Berl, 1905, v, 170-172 — Menarlio iM.) El tratamiento de la forma tarsal de la conjunctivitis primaveral por el masaje. Arch, de oftal hispano-am, Barcel, 1911, xi, 358.—Orioff (C > Le procede" du prof. Bier dans le traitement des conjoin tivites printa- nieres. Chn. opht. Par, 1909, xv, 541-546.—Perret. Ueber die Anwendung des Nebennierenextractes bei der Be- handlung des Fruhjahrscatarrhs. Ophth. Klin Stuttg 1901, y, 49.-Prelat. Traitement des conjonctivites c£ tarrhales. Bull. gen. de the'rap. [etc.], Par, 1914 clxviii 366-373.—Pusey (W. A.) Treatment of venial conjunctivitis vvith radium. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1918. Ixxi, 806. Also, Reprint.—Rlzzl (G.) In caso de catarro primaveril tratado con lapiz de anhidrido carbonico. Semana med Buenos Aires, 1913 xx, pt. 2, 1136-113S.- Schnaudigel (b.) Zur Radiumbehandlung der Conjunct i\ it is vernali< K"in Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg, 1912, ii, 620-62; -Srhwurz (O.) Zur Behandlung der Heufieber Konjunktivitis. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1905, hi, 1040.—Shumway (E. A.) Vernal conjunctivitis greatly improved bv radium treatment. '1 r. Coll. Phvs. Phila, 191s 225.—Valentl (G ) II catarro primaverile e la curaelettrolitica. Prat, oculistica Roma, 1913, xi, 1-12.—Wachtler. Zur Therapie der Con- junctivitis vernalis mit Afenil. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh Stuttg 1921 lxvi, 447.-Yvert (A.) Deux guerisons a" i actif de l adrenaline comme mode de traitement du catarrhe printanier. Gaz. d. bop. de Lyon, 1907, viii, 37. Conjunctivitis in infants and children. See, also, Conjunctivitis (Gonorrhceal); Con- junctivitis (Granular) in children. Fouriard (F.) Contribution a l'etude des conjonctivites purulentes non gonococciques du nouveau-ne. 8°. Paris, 1920. CONJUNCTIVITIS. Conjunctivitis in infants and children. Zabel (F. K. A.) *Ueber Blennorrhoea neonatorum ohne Gonococcen. 8°. Halle a. S., 1903. Antonelli (A.) La conjonctivite d'origine lacrymale chez les nouveau-nes et les dacryocystites congenitales. Rennes m£d, 1905-6, i, 17-22.—Attias (G.) Oftalmoblen- norrea dei neonati pseudomembranosa da "bacillus subtilis." Arch, di ottal, Napoli, 1912-13, xx, 575-588,6 pi.—Bietti (A.) Typische Blennorrhoea neonatorum durch Bacterium coli commune. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1899, xxxvii, 311-318, 1 pi.—Cheinisse (L.) La conjonctivite purulente du nouveau-ne n'est pas toujours gonococcique. Presse med. Par, 1921, xxix, 426.—Crede-Horder (0.) Ueber nichtgonorrhoische Ophthalmoblennorrhoen der Neugeborenen und Sauglinge. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1913, xxxix, 74.—Fleischer (B.) [Praparate einer durch Streptokokken hervorgerufenen Blennorrhoe von einem Neugeborenen.] Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1907, Leipz, 1908, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte, 288.— Genet & Pallasse. Conjonctivite a fausses membranes, chez un nouveau-n6; gangrene des yeux. Clin, opht. Par, 1912, xviii, 139-142. Also: Rev. prat, d'obst. et de gyn6c. Par, 1912, 107-110.—Groenouw (A.) Bakteriologische Untersuchungen iiber die Aetiologie der Augenentziindung der Neugeborenen. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Ge- sellsch. Heidelb. 1898, Wiesb, 1899, xxvii, 272-288.—Halber- staedter (L.) Ueber nichtgonorrhoische Sauglingsblen- norrhoe. Arb. z. lOjahr. Bestehen d. Kinderasyls d. Stadt Berl, 1911, 84-89. Also: Ztschr. f. Kinderh, Berl, 1911, Orig, ii, 491-496.—Lang (E.) Zur Frage des ursach- lichen Zusammenhanges zwischen Conjunctivitis neonato- rum und Mastitis puerperarum. Zentralbl. f. Gynak, Leipz, 1921, xlv, 750-754.—Morax (V.) Les nouvelles recherches sur l'ophtalmie non gonococcique du nouveau-n£; l'ophtalmie k inclusions. Ann. de gynec. et d'obst. Par, 1911, 2. s, viii, 353-359.—Morax (V.), Lindner & Bollack. Recherches expeiimentales sur l'ophtalmie non gonococ- cique des nouveau-n£s dite "k inclusions." Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1911, cxliv, 321-330.—Parsons (J. H.) Conjunctivitis in children. Hospital, Lond, 1908, xliv, 333-335—Pechin (A.) Conjonctivite des nouveau-nes d'origine lacrymale (dacryocystite congenitale attenu£e). Rev. d'hyg. et de med. inf. fete], Par, 1905, iv, 353-362.—Schmeichler (L.) Ueber Chlamydozoenbefunde bei nichtgonorrhoischer Blen- norrhoe der Neugeborenen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1909, xlvi, 2057.—Thompson (J. H.) The nongonorrheal type of ophthalmia neonatorum. J. Missouri M. Ass, St. Louis, 1917, xiv, 7.—Zade. Aetiologie und Behandlung der Augen- eiterung Neugeborener. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1907, Leipz, 1908, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte, 266-270- Conjunctivitis necroticans. Pascheff (C.) Ueber eine besondere Form von Binde- hautentziindung (Conjunctivitis necroticans infectiosa). Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. Heidelb. 1916, Wiesb, 1917, xl, 418-430. Also: Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1916, lvii, 159; 517. -----. Vorlaufige Mitteilung: Ueber eine eigentumliche Bindehaut-Entzundung (Con- junctivitis necroticans infectiosa). Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1916, xxxv, 299-304. -----. La conjonctivite necrosante infectieuse. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1921, xxxix, 23; 83. Conjunctivitis nodosa. Dalmer (M.) Beitrag zur Ophthalmia nodosa. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1912, xxviii, 356-360.—Marlow (F. W.) Report of a case of ophthalmia nodosa. Arch. Ophth, N.Y., 1910, xxxix, 107-109, 1 pi.—de Schweinltz (G. E.) & Shumway (E. A.) Conjunctivitis nodosa, with histological examination. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1904, x, 237- 244, 2 pi. Also: Univ. Penn. M. Bull, Phila, 1904-5, xvii, 270-273, 1 pi. Also, Reprint.—Wurdemann (H. V.) Ophthalmia nodosa. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1905, xiv, 65-67. Conjunctivitis petrificans. Del Monte (A.) Su di una rara forma di affezione a focolaio della congiuntiva (congiuntivite pietriflcante); osservazione clinica ed anatomica con ricerche batteriolo- giche e sperimentali. Arch, di ottal, Napoh, 1908-9, xvi, 53; 116; 152; 197.—Koster (W.) Een geval van conjunctivitis petrificans. Nederl.Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1901, 2. R, xxxvii, d. 1,1214-1219,1 pi.—Leber (T.) Die Conjunctivitis petrificans nach klinischen, mikrochemischen, histologi- schen und bakteriellen Untersuchungen, nebst Beobach- tungen und Bemerkungen iiber hyaline Thromben, amy- loide Degeneration, Fibrininfiltration des Bindegewebes, eosinophile Zellen und iiber eine besondere Art von Amy- loi'dkorperchen in der Bindehaut. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1900, li, 1-97, 4 pi.-----. Beobachtungen bei Conjunctivitis petrificans. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. 1906, Wiesb, 1907, 305-307.—Peretz (H.) Sur un cas de conjonc- tivite pftrifiante. Rev. gen. d'opht. Par, 1910, xxix, 145- 149. Also, transl.: Ophthalmoscope, Lond, 1910, viii, 566.— Piccaluga (S. F.) Su di un caso di congiuntivite pietri- flcante. Gior. di med. mil, Roma, 1916, lxiv, 282-291.— Posey (W. C.) Conjunctivitis petrificans. Ann. Ophth., St. Louis, 1905, xiv, 223-226, 1 pi.—Reif (E.) Ueber einen Fall von Conjunctivitis petrificans. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz., | coxx. ConjunctivitisjMn/icans. 1900,1,70-82.—Sidler-Huguenin. Ueber die Conjunctivitis petrificans. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1913, lxxiii, 167-219, 5 pi.—Small (C. P.) Conjunctivitis petrificans. In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, iv, 3125- 3129.—Valli (O.) Sulla congiuntivite pietriflcante. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1916, 4. s, xxii, 367-375. Also: Arch, di oftalmoiat, Pavia, 1917, ii, 235-264,1 pi. Conkey (Charles DeWitt) [1856-1921]. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1921, lxxvii, 1118. Conklin (Edwin Grant) [1863- J. The organi- zation and cell-lineage of the Ascidian egg. 119 pp., 11 1., 11 pi. fol. Philadelphia, 1905. Forms pt. 1, v. 13, 2. s, of: J. Acad. Nat. Sc, Phila. ------. Heredity and environment in the devel- opment of men. 2. ed. xvi, 550 pp. 12°. Princeton, Princeton University Press, 1916. ------. The direction of human evolution, new ed. xxi, 247 pp. 8°. New York, C. Scribner's Sons, 1922. Conklin (William James) [1846-19211. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1921, lxxvii, 1196. Conklin (William Judkins) [1845-1916]. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1916, lxvii, 1539. Conklin" (John Terry) [1825-1898]. [Biography.] Brooklyn M. J, 1898, xh, 317. Conley (Emma). Nutrition and diet; a textbook for secondary schools. 208 pp., front. 8°. New York [etc.], American Book Company, [1913]. Conley (Thomas Joseph) [1857- ]. First aid in the home. 1 p. 1., 5-156 pp. 8°. [Chicago], M. A. Donahue & Company, [1914]. Conling (Henry) [1837-1907]. Obituary. Brit. M^ J, Lond, 1907, i, 1461. Conlon (Francis). *Du traitement des angiomes de la face et en particulier de leur extirpation au bistouri. 84 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 213. Conn (Granville Priest) [1832-1916]. History of the New Hampshire surgeons in the War of the Rebellion, vii, 558 pp., 1 port. 8°. Concord, I. C. Evans Co., 1906. For Biography, see J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1916, lxvi, 1128. Also: Tr.'N. Hampshire M. Soc, Manchester, 1916, exxv, 215. Conn (Herbert William) [1859-1917]. Bacteria in the dairy; the isolation of rennet from bacteria cultures, pp. 106-126. 8°. Middletown, Conn., Pelton & King, 1893. Cutting from: Rep. Storrs Agric. Exper. Station, 1893. ------. Bacteria in the dairy; a year's experience with bacillus No. 41 in general dairying. 24 pp. 8°. [n. p., 1895.] Repr.from: Rep. Storrs Agric. Exper. Station, 1895. ------. Classification of dairy bacteria. 55 pp. 8°. [n. p., 1899.] Repr.from: Storrs Agric. Exper. Station, 1899. ------. The story of the living machine; a review of the conclusions of modern biology in regard to the mechanism which controls the phenomena of living activity. 191 pp. 16°. New York, D. Appleton & Company, 1899. ------. The same. Nociones de biologia. Tra- ducci6n por Antonio Soler. 176 pp. 16°. Nueva York, D. Appleton & Cia., 1901. ------. The method of evolution; a review of the present attitude of science toward the question of the laws and forces which have brought about the origin of species, ix, 408 pp. 8°. New York & London, G. P. Putnam, 1900. ------. Agricultural bacteriology; a study of the relation of bacteria to agriculture with special reference to the bacteria in the soil, in water, in the dairy, in miscellaneous farm products and in plants and domestic animals. 412 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son & Co., 1901. U coxx. 142 CONRAD. Conn (Herbert William)—Continued. -----. The same. 2. ed. x, 331 pp. 8°. Phila- delphia, P. Blakiston's Son & Co., 1909. -----. The same. Nociones de microbiologia aplicada a la agricultura, la industria, la medi- cina, etc. Traducida del ingles al espanol por el Dr. Antonio Soler. 189 pp. 12°. Nueva York, D. Appleton & Cia., 1902. ------. Bacteria, yeasts, and molds in the home. vi, 293 pp. 12°. Boston & London, Ginn & Co., 1903. „ „ ------. The same. 2. ed. vi, 295 pp. 12°. Bos- ton, New York, etc., Ginn & Co., 1917. ------. Bacteria in milk and its products; designed for the use of students in dairying and for all others concerned in the handling of milk, butter and cheese. 306 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston'sSon & Co., 1903. ------. A preliminary report on the protozoa of the fresh waters of Connecticut. 69 pp., 34 pi. 8°. Hartford, 1905. Bull. No. 2: Connecticut State Geological and Natural History Survey, Hartford. ------. Biology, an introductory study; for use in colleges, x, 425 pp. 8°. Boston [etc.], Silver, Burdett & Company, [1912]. ------. Social heredity and social evolution; the other side of eugenics, vi, 348 pp. 8°. New York, Cincinnati, The Abingdon Press, [1914]. -----. The story of germ life. 199 pp., front. 8°. New York, [D. Appleton & Co.], 1915. ------. Standards for determining the purity of milk; the limit of error in bacteriological milk analysis. 48 pp. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Office, 1915. Pub. Health Rep. No. 295, Wash, 1915. ------. Physiology and health. Book one [for lower grammar grades], vi, 217 pp. 8°. Boston, [etc.], Silver, Burdett & Company,, [1916]. For Biography, see J. Bact, Bait, 1917, ii, 501-503, port. (M.M. Esten). Also: Med. Rec, N. Y, 1917, xci, 779. Also: Science, N. Y, 1917, n. s, xlv, 451 (C. E. N.). ------& Esten (W. M.) The ripening of cream. 21 pp. 8°. [n. p., 1900.] Repr.from: Storrs Agric. Exper. Station, 1900. ------,------& Stocking (W. A.) Classification of dairy bacteria. 103 pp. 8°. [n. p., 1900.] Repr.from: Rep. Storrs Agric. Exper. Station, 1906. Connecticut Health Bulletin; a journal to pro- mote public health, v. 33-34, 1919-20. 8°. Hartford. Connective tissue. See Tissue (Connective). Connel (John) [1843-1901]. H. (G.) \ r>o„„„*. _? _'i_ _iJ_ ... ' ,!7v'0l i^anuasnT, rn., iyn, xxi, ZU4-Z11.—liel fessor Wirth on the experimental analysis of consciousness Sm\ v plycho1'' Worcester, 1910, xxi, 489-499.—Gilbert (J. A.) The sub-conscious self. Med. Rec N Y 1905 lxvii, 93-95.-Gore(G.) A scientific view of consciousness'. Monist, Chicago, 1905, xv, 227-247.-Gregor ( \ ) Die hant- elektrisehen Erscheinungen i n ihren Beziehungen zu Be- pathologioue. Rev.scienYVPar^wi^r^MT-HilSSh (A.) Woher stammt unser Seins-Bewusstsein? Wte werden wir uns des Seins bewusst? Arch, f Psvchiat Berl, 1914, hii 593-648.-Hofmann (F. B ) De physiol^ gischen Grundlagen der Bewusstsemsvorgang£ lES£ Consciousness. senschaften, Berl, 1921, ix, 165-172.—Jastrow (J.) The status of the subconscious. Am. J. Psvchol, Worcester 1903, xiv, 343-353.-----. The lapses of consciousness. Pop. Sc. Month, N. Y, 1905, lxvn, 481-502.—Judd (C. H.) Motor processes and consciousness. J. Philos, Psvchol. [etc.], Lancaster, Pa, & N. Y, 1909, vi, 85-4)1.-----. Evolu- tion and consciousness. Psychol. Bev, Bait, 1910, xxii, 77-97.—Kiernan (J. G.) Consciousness and the neural structure; a phvsio-psvchical review. Alienist & Neurol, St. Louis, 1902, xxiii, 5*-63.—King (I.) The problem ofthe subconscious. Psychol. Rev, Bait, 1906, xiii, 35-49.— Kretschmer (E.)" Seeleund Bewusstsein; Kritisches zur Verstandigung mit Bleuler. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat, Berl, 1919-20, liii, 97-102.—Lahy (J. M.) Das Wesen und die Entstehung des Bewusstseins. Eos, Wien, 1906, ii, 1 21—Lankester (Sir R.) Sir Oliver Lodge on the investigation of consciousness apart from brain. Bedrock, Lond, 1912-13, i, 388-192—Lehmann (H.) Sinnliche und ubersinnliche Welt (Wundt und Kanr>. Arch. f. d. ges. Psvchol, Leipz, 1915, xxxiv, 14-28.—Leigh ton (J. A.) Self and not-self in primitive experience. J. Philos, Psv- chol. [etc.], Lancaster, Pa, & N. Y, 1905, ii, 372-376.— Lewis (F. P.) The physical basis of our consciousness of space and time. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Coscienra, sub- eoscienza, ineoscienza ed apsichia. Rev. di psicol. applic , Bologna, 1910 vi, 21- 15 -tfaton (S.) Seme applications of the neuro-biological method of investigation to the stud v of consciousness. J. Xerv. & Ment. Dis., V Y 1Q16 xliii v9- 5(j3.-Patten (S. N.) The genesis of consciousness. Monist, t hicago, 1919, xxix, 432-447.-Peterson (F.) The seat of consciousness J Abnorm. Psychol, Bost, 1908-9, iii, 307- •"<>•— Picard (M.) The unity of consciousness. J. Philos, Isvchol. [etc.], Lancaster, Pa, & N. Y, 1921, xviii. 347-356.- Flkler (J.) Leber die biologische Funktion des Bewusst- ^DSiJJ.,Vk dl scifn^xOrgano, [etc.], Bologna, 1909, v, 312- 322.-Pillsbury (\\ ft.) The plate of movement in con- scousness Psychol. Rev, Balf.. ltll, xviii, 83-99.- Pratt Le k-' w e ^i^S6 and Va,ue of the marginal region in psychic life. 7btd 1906, xiii. 50-59. Quandt (I ) Be- wusstseinsumfang fiir regelmiissig gediederte Gesambor- stellungen. Psychol. Studien, Leipz . ms i 137-171 - Raimann (E.) Bewusstsein und lntoxikation. Ber. ii. d. \n ??B'm.**r*T- .Ps}'ries of consciousness. Mind, Lond 1920, xxix, 294-312.-Samuely (<> 1 l eher Be^ wusstseinsvorgange im Schlafe und im Traume. Ztschr f. l svehoth. u. med. Psychol, Stuttg, 1909, i, 150-165-von Scbnehen (W.) Uel>er das Verhaltnis von Materie und l&SSti!S?"-Z,^- *•«■ Ausba" d. EntwcklngslehT Stuttg., 1909,111 375-381-Schott. Ueber Dammerzustande und dire genchtsarzthche Bewertung. Med Cor-Bl d wurttemb.arztl. Ver, Stuttg, 1907, lxxvi/fi73^M -Soiller \r->n x-a conscience et ses degres. Rev. phil. Par l'HV. lx 329-354.-Southard (E. E> Considerations bearing on'the seat of consciousness. J. Nerv. A Ment. Dis N Y 1914 CONSCIOUSNESS. 145 CONSTANT. Consciousness. xii, 581.—Stoddart (W. H. B.) The evolution of con- sciousness; together with a diagram illustrating certain homologies in the nervous system. Brain, Lond, 1903, xxvi, 432-439.—Storch (E.) Haben die niederen Thiere ein Bewusstsein? Ztschr. f. Psvchol. u. Physiol, d. Sinnes- org, Leipz.. 1900, xxiv, 185-193.—Stratton (G. M.) The character of consciousness. Psychol. Bull, Bait, 1906, hi, 117-124.—Strong (C. A.) The nature of consciousness. J. Philos, Psychol, [etc.], Lancaster, Pa, & N. Y, 1912, ix, 533;589.—Szymanski(J. S.) Gibtesein aussermenschliches Bewusstsein? Biol. Zentralbl, Leipz, 1920, xl, 562-566.— Thurstone (L. L.) The anticipatory aspect of conscious- ness. J. Philos, Psvchol. [etc.], Lancaster, Pa, & N. Y, 1919, xvi, 561-568.—Tschtrjew (S.) Das anatomische Sub- strat der Seele, resp. des Bewusstseins. Cong, internat. de med, (xvi.). C.-r, Budapest, 1910, Sect, ii, Physiol, 262- 290, 1 pi.—Turner (J. E.) Dr Strong's panpsychic theory of consciousness and perception. J. Philos, Psychol, [etc.], Lancaster, Pa, & N. Y., 1919, xvi, 428-133.—Vix (W.) Die Philosophie des Als-Ob in ihrer Anwendung auf den Begrifl des Bewusstseins und des Unbewussten. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat, Berl, 1921, Orig, lxiii, 183-198.— Warren (H. C.) The fundamental functions of conscious- ness. Princeton Contrib. Psychol, 1906, iv, 97-107.—Watt (H.) The tendency of ideas to persist in consciousness. Atti d. Cong, internaz. di psicol. 1905, Roma, 1906, v, 243- 245.—White (W. A.) Extending the field of conscious control. Psychoanalyt. Rev, Wash, 1920, vii, 148-158.— Wiersma (E. D.) Der Einfluss von Bewusstseinszustanden auf den Puis und auf die Atmung. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, Berl, 1913, xix, Orig, 1-24.—Wirth (W.) Zur Theorie des Bewusstseinsumfanges und seiner Messung. Phil. Stud, Leipz, 1902, xx, 487-669, 3 pi. -----. Zur Messung der Klarheitsgrade der Bewusstseinsinhalte. Psycholog. Stu- dien, Leipz, 1909, v, 48-72.—Woodbridge (F. J. E.) The problem of consciousness. In: Stud, in Philos. & Psvchol, 8°, Bost. & N. Y, 1906, 137-166.-----. Consciousness, the sense organs, and the nervous system. J. Philos, Psychol. etc.], Lancaster, Pa, & N. Y, 1909, vi, 449-155.—Wooton E.) The relation of consciousness to the sympathetic system. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1918, cxlvi, 60-71. Consciousness (Disordered). See, also, Personality (Disordered). Morchen (F. K.) *Ueber Dammerzustande. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der pathologischen Bewusstseinsveranderungen. 8°. Marburg, 1901. Wheeler (C. K.) The autobiography of the I or ego; or, the metaphysics of an interloper and imposter, himself in the role of confessor. 12°. Boston, 1903. Comus (P.) & Blondel. Un cas de cenesthopathie a predominance c£phalique. J. de psychol. norm, et path. Par, 1909, vi, 473-476.—Cohn (M.) Zur Theorie und Erkla- rung des Doppel-Bewusstseins (Doppel-Ichs) und ver- wandter Zustande. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1917, xxxii, 99-102.—Deroitte (V.) Sur la pathogenie des 6tats crepusculaires de la conscience. Bull. Soc. de m£d. ment. de Belg, Brux, 1907, 173-187.—Dupre & Long-Landry (tfme.). Cenesthopathies. Encephale, Par, 1910, i, 466- 470.—Goldschelder. Bewusstseinsstorungen (Ohnmacht, Kollaps, Gehirnersebutterung). Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild.. Jena, 1913, x, 161; 202.—Hawthorne (C. O.) Differential diagnosis in cases of sudden unconsciousness. Polyclin, Lond, 1907, xi, 125-128.—Heym (A.) Zur Entstehung der Bewusstseinsstorungen. Neurol. Centralbl, Leipz, 1911, xxx, 1357; 1411.—Hyslop (J. H.) Apparent subconscious fabrication. J. Abnorm. Psychol, Bost, 1906, i, 201-215.— Jaspers (K.) Ueber leibhaftige Bewusstheiten (Bewusst- heitstauschungen); ein psychopathologjsches Elementar- symptom. Ztschr. f. Pathopsychol, Leipz, 1912-13, ii, 150-161.—Lemaitre (A.) Hallucinations autoscopiques et automatismes divers chez des £coliers. Arch, de psychol, Geneve, 1902, i, 357-379.—van der Loo (C. A.) Droomtoe- standen. Med. Weekbl, Amst, 1902-3, ix, 689; 705; 717.— Marbe (K.) Ueber normale und abnorme Bewusstseins- vorgange. Ztschr. f. d. Behandl. Schwachsinn, Halle, 1922, xhi, 17-21.—Mitchell (S. W.) Mary Reynolds; a case of double consciousness. Tr. Coll. Phvs, Phila, 1888, x, 366- 389. Also, Reprint.—MonkemOller. Zur Kasuistik der forensischen pathologischen Bewusstseinsstorungen. Vrtlj- sehr. f. gerichtl. Med, Berl, 1906,3. F, xxxii, 1-44.—Oester- reich (K.) Das Selbstbewusstsein und seine Storungen. Ztschr. f. Psychoth. u. med. Psychol, Stuttg, 1910, ii 193- 212.—Oppehheim (H.) Ueber das Symptom des durch- brochenen Bewusstseins. Neurol. Centralbl, Leipz, 1917, xxxvi, 321-326.—Plck(A.) Zur Pathologiedeslch-Bewusst- seins; Studie aus der allgemeinen Psvchopathologie. Arch. f. Psychiat, Berl, 1904, xxxviii, 22-33.-----. Zur Patholo- gie des Bewusstseins vom eigenen Korper; ein Beitrag aus der Kriegsmedizin. Neurol. Centralbl, Leipz, 1915, xxxiv, 257-265.—Placzek. Dammerzustande und Bahndienst. Ztschr. f. Bahn- u. Bahnkassenarzte, Melsungen, 1911, vi, 209-224.—Przeworski (J. J.) Ein Fall von Schlaftrunken- heit. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop, Leipz, 1906, xxv, 99-103.— Schilder (P.) Ueber das Selbstbewusstsein und seine Sto- 11877°—Vol. IV, 3d series—22----10 Consciousness (Disordered). rungen. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat, Berl. & Leipz, 1913, Orig, xx, 511-519.—Schott (E.) Ueber einen Zustand von monatelanger schlafahnhcher Bewusstseins- triibung, nebst Bemerkungen iiber funktionelle Storungen. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh, Leipz, 1921, Ixxi, 68-94 — Specht (W.) Zur Pathologie des Realitatsbewusstseins. Ztschr. f. Pathopsychol, Leipz, 1917. hi, 363-372—Stein- biss (W.) Ueber einen seltenen Fall transitorischer Be- wusstseinsstorung. Arch.f. Krim.-Anthrop.u. Kriminalist, Leipz, 1904, xv, 309-324.—Stertz. Ueber periodisches Schwanken der Hirnfunktion. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1919, lvi, 465-467.—Stdrring (G.) Experimentelle und psy- chopathologische Untersuchungen iiber das Bewusstsein der Giiltigkeit. Arch, f. d. ges. Psychol, Leipz, 1909, xiv, 1- 42.—Stuchlik (J.) [Disturbances of consciousness of self.] Casop. lek. cesk, v Praze, 1914, lib, 686; 730.—von Wieg- Wickenthal (K. E.) Psychologische Betrachtungen iiber lntellekt und Willen und deren Bedeutung in normalen und pathologischen Bewusstseinszustanden. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat, Berl, 1915, Orig, xxviii, 129-147.— Zappert (J.) Ein Fall von nervosen Absenzen (Fried- mann). Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1912, xi, 187. Conscripts. See Recruits. Conseil (Ernest). *Le typhus exanthematique en Tunisie; epidemie de 1906. 138 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 178. Consejo nacional de higiene. Convention sani- taria celebrada entre las republicas Argentina, Estados Unidos del Brasil, Paraguay y Oriental del Uruguay. Ano 1904. 19 pp. 16°. Monte- video, 1906. Consilia. See Consultations. Consiroles (Barthelemy - Severin - Jean - Pierre- Joseph) [1885- ]. *Les voies d'acces laterales du larynx posterieur, du sinus piriforme, du pharynx inferieur et de l'entree de l'eesophage. 73 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1909, No. 62. Conso [1870- ]. *La pseudo-paralysie gene- rale arthritique. 64 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 589. Consoli (Giuseppe). Le trombosi post-operatorie. 235 pp., 11. 4*. Napoli, S. Morano, 1913. Consolidated statement of gunshot wounds. 11 pp. 8°. Washington, 1863. Conspectus methodicus et alphabeticus numero- rum, 'systematis decimalis" ad usum bibliogra- phise physiologicae confectus autoritate Instituti bibliographici internationalis Brasillensis et Societatis biologicse Parisiensis ampliatus a Carolo Richet. 23 pp. 8°. Turici, Zixrcher & Furrer, 1897. Office International de bibliographic, Publication No. 15. Constable (Frank Challice) [1846- ]. Myself and dreams, xxiv, 358 pp. 8°. London, K. Paul, Trench, Trubner & Co.; New York, E. P. Button & Co., 1919. Constable (Henry Strickland) [1821- ]. Let- ter on vaccination to a medical practitioner. 52 pp., 21. 8°. London, H. Adams, 1871. Constancio (F. S.) Jenner. 2 1. 8°. [n. p., n. d.] Constant (A.) Contribution a l'etude de l'elimi- nation fecale des hydrates de carbone chez l'adulte. 86 pp. 8°. Paris, 1913, No. 20. Constant (Edouard). ^Contribution a l'etude de la papule syphiloide post-erosive chez l'adulte. 50 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1905, No. 594. Constant (F[ernand]) [1868- ]. Du rhuma- tisme articulaire chronique simple ou d'emblee. 108 pp., 1 1. 8°. Saint-Dizier, 0. Godard. 1899. See, also, Catmette (A.) Recherches sur Pepuration [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1908. Constant (Georges) [1880- ]. *Statistique des applications de forceps a la Maternity de Saint- Antoine. 62 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 244. CONSTANT. 146 CONSTIPATION. Constant (Lucien-Reymond). l'etude de l'hystero-traumatisme dans le travail des caissons. 51 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 417. Constant (Thos. E.) The naked-eye anatomy of the human teeth, xi, 194 pp., 14 pi. 8°. Bris- tol, J. Wright & Co., 1905. Constanti y Bager (Antonio) [1858- 1919]. [Obituary.] Rev. san. mil, Madrid, 1919, 3. s, ix, 138. Constantin (Albert) [1873- ]. *Des hyperglo- bulies. 98 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 611. Constantin (Eugene). *La nephrite charbon- neuse experimentale. 40 pp. '8°. Toulouse, 1903, No. 537. Constantin (Frank) [1878- ]. *L'hemichoree par lesion organique. 55 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1904, No. 44. Constantin (J.) La nature tropicale. 315 pp. 8°. Paris, F. Alcan, 1899. Constantin (Pierre) [1887- ]. Contribution a, l'etude radiologique de la constipation habi- tuelle; travail du service du Dr. Bensaude a l'H6pital St.-Antoine. 118 pp. 8°. Paris, 1919, No. 195. Constantin (Pierre-Auguste-Daniel) [1879- ]. *Le traitement post-operatoire de la luxation congenitale de la hanche (methode bordelaise). 58 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1908, No. 142. Constantin (Pierre Maurice). *Des hemorrhagies tonsillaires et de leur traitement. 120 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1905, No. 646. ------. The same. 118 pp. 12°. Toulouse, E. Privat, 1906. Constantinesco (Constantin). *Anatomie de la rate; recherches sur sa forme, ses rapports, ses ligaments et ses moyens de fixite. 91 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 633. Constantinides (Janko) [1870- ]. *Klinische Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Dystrophia musculo- rum progressiva. 36 pp. 8°. Erlangen, E. T. Jacob, 1902. Constantinoff Tcherneff (Pierre). *Recherches cliniques sur la reaction eiectrique sonore. 80 pp. 8°. Geneve, 1896. Constantinovitch (Costa). *Essai sur la tuber- culose de la premiere enfance; la porte d'entree principale du bacille, sa localisation primitive dans les ganglions. 97 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, Xo. 599. Constantinus Africanus [1015-1087]. De medi- cina physicse artis. Ms. in a xiv. century hand, written in two col. 1 paper fly leaf, 94 vellum leaves, 1 paper fly leaf. Red and blue initials at the beginning of chapters. Bound in millboards, xviii. century, vellum back. —-—-. The same. L. 1, r°.: Incipit prologus libri qui viaticus intitulatur a Constantino editus. Vellum Ms. of xiv. cent., 133 1. 9Jx6. On 1.1, r° large illuminated initial; rubricated initials, red and blue, at the beginning of chapters; headings of chapters in red. Bound in white stamped pigskin, with clamps. Nu- merous marginalia, contemporary and later, in various handwritings. Constensoux (Georges) [1870- ]. *Etude sur la metamerie du systeme nerveux et les locali- sations metameriques. 205 pp., 11. 8° Paris 1900, No. 445. -----. The same. La metamerie du systeme nerveux et les maladies de la moelle. 201 pp 11. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere & fils, 1900. "' Constipation. Bigg (G. S.) Constipation. 8°. London, Blake (E.) Constipation and some associated disorders including recent observations on in- Constipation. testinal innervation and the venous hearts; with sections on venous stasis of abdomen, piles, fissure, pruritus ani, rupture and corpulency. 8°. London, 1900. Ebstein (W.) Die chronische Stuhlver- Btopfung in der Theorie und Praxis. 8°. Stutt- gart, 1901. Gant (S. G.) Constipation and intestinal ob- struction (obstipation). 8°. Philadelphia & London, 1909. Heald (G. H.) Constipation; cause, preven- tion, and cure. 8°. Washington, 1921. Hertz (A. F.) Constipation and allied intes- tinal disorders. 8°. London, 1909. ------. The same. La constipation et les troubles intestinaux, qui s'v rattachent. Trad. par A. E. E. Reboul. 8°. Paris, 1912. Hirszberg (A.) *Stase intestinale chronique. 8°. Paris, 1920. KiiLZ (W.) *Beitrag zum Obstipationsprob- lem. 8°. Kiel, 1914. Mayr (F. X.) Studien iiber Darmtragheit (Stuhlverstopfung), ihre Folgen und ihre Be- handlung. roy. 8°. Berlin, 1912. Paczkowski. Die chronische Darmschwaehe oder Stuhlverstopfung, das Grund lib el des modernen Kulturmenschen und deren Einfluss auf die gesammten Korperfunktionen; ihre Ur- sachen und naturgemasse Heilung. 8 . Leip- zig, [n. d.]. Roqtjes (J.) *La stase intestinale chronique; quelques notions nouvelles sur la constipation. 8°. Paris, 1919. Sawyer (Sir J.) Coprostasis; its causes, pre- vention and treatment. 8°. Birmingham, 1912. Sorrel (E.) *La stase intestinale chronique. 8°. Paris, 1914. Aaron (C. D.) Chronic intestinal stasis from the view- point ofthe internist. Buffalo M. J., 1916-17, lxxii, 1-10.— Armstrong (G. E.) Fecal infections; ileal and colonic stasis. Canad. M. Ass.J,Toronto, 1920, x, 106-110.—Asman (B.) Some points pertaining to chronic constipation. Kentucky M. J, Bowling Green, 1912-13, xi, 749-754 — Bainbridge (W. S.) A contribution to the study of chronic intestinal stasis. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1913, Ixxxiv, 553-562. -----. Chronic intestinal stasis: report of twelve cases, with points of special interest illustrated. Tr. Am. Ass. Obst. & Gynec. 1915, York, 1916, xxviii. 273-307. Also: Am. J. Obst, N. Y.; 1916, lxxiii, 191-227. Also, Reprint.-----. Chronic intestinal stasis, some case reports. Am. J. Obst , X Y , 1917 lxxv, 284-299.-Baker (H. W.) & Baker (D. V.) Ileal stasis. Boston M. & S. J, 1914, clxx, 235-237, 2 pi.— Barclay (H.) A- MrWllliams (C. A.) Intestinal stasis. Am. J. M. So, Phila., 1916, cli, 822-S36— Barnardo (F.) Chronic intestinal stasis. Indian M. Gaz, Calcutta, 1914, xlix, 171 17-., 1 pi.—Bassler (A.) Chronic intestinal stasis. N. Wk M. J. [etc.], 1915. eii, 935 940.—Bodkin (M. L.) Constipation. Long island M. J, Brookh-n, 1917, xi, 416- 420.-Bt.— Carey (W. W.) Chronic constipation. Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1909, 3. s xxv, iv.M r,27 -Chappie (H.) The fundamental facts of chrome nitostnul stasis. Internat. J. Surg, N. Y, 1914, xxvii, 109- Hi. Chauvet (S.) La constipation habituelle au point de vue pratique; synthese des: notions rdcentes sur le chronique. Gaz. d. hop. Par, 1919, xcii, la stase intestina.. . 49S 50«.- Di C J root (J.) Over chronische oonstipatie. Geneeik.t onrant,Amst, 1903,lvii, 117:125; 136— Dithmar. Ueber t-Mnhlverstopfung; ihre Diagnose mid Behandlung. Prakt. Arzt, Leipz, 1922, n. F, vii, 1: 21.-Dunn (PT) Chrome intestinal stasis. Med. Press, Lond, 1922 n. s, cxiil, 45L-Eastman (J. R.) Clinical aspects of colon stasis. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1915, lxi, 334-342.-----. Colon stasis. Lancet -Clinic, Cincin., 1915, cxiii, 293 296.-Eggles- ton (h L.) Intestinal stasis from the standpoint of the hTtermst. Med. Rec, N\ Y, 1916, lxxxix, 399-402, 2 pL— Elnnorn(M) Intostinalstasis. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1914, lxni, n U.-Evans(G. H.) Colonic stasis. Tr.Am. Therap. Soc, N. Y, 1915, xvi, 79-SS. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1916, cm, 1217-1221.-Fagge(C. H.) Chronic intestinal stasis. Lancet, Lond, 1913, i, 1298-1300.—Foreman (W H ) Chronic constipation; types, etiology and treatment CONSTIPATION. 147 CONSTIPATION. Constipation. J. Indiana M. Ass, Fort Wayne, 1918, xl, 147-155.—Fouarge (L.) & Houdmont (H.) La stase intestinale chronique. Arch. med. beiges, Brux, 1921, lxxiv, 481-591.—Fuld (E.) Die habituelle Obstipation. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1912, xxxviii, 111; 137.—Gant (S. G.) The symptoms, diagnosis and treatment of fecal impaction. Post-Graduate, N. Y, 1901, xvi, 8-25.-----. Constipation and obstipation. Internat. J. Surg, N. Y, 1915, xxviii, 143- 145.—Gompertz (L. M.) Chronic constipation clinically considered. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila, 1909, n. s, cxxxvhi, 538-543.—Groedel (F. M.) Die Klassifizierung derfunktio- nellen chronischen Obstipation vom rontgenologischen und therapeutischen Standpunkt aus. Med. Klin, Berl, 1914, x, 1009-1012. Also: Veroffentl. d. balneol. Gesellsch. in Berl, 1914, xxxv, 13.5-142.—Heath (H.), Earle (S. T.) [ctal.]. Symposium on constipation. Tr. Am. Proctol. Soc, Detroit, 1911, xhi, 43-92.—Hertz (A. F.) Constipation. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1908, ii, 1079.-----. Chronic intestinal stasis. Ibid., 1913, i, 817-821—Hess Thaysen (T. E.) Die habituelle chronische Obstipation. Ergebn. d. ges. Med, Berl. & Wien, 1921, ii, 161-196.—Hurry (J. B.) The vicious circles of habitual constipation. Practitioner, Lond, 1915, xcv, 560- 572.—Johnson (J. E.) Conclusions in the study of intesti- nal stasis. South. M. J, Nashville, 1916, ix, 342-348.— - Jones (A. A.) Intostinalstasis. N.York State J. M, N.Y, 1915, xv, 391-397.—Jordan (A. C.) Intestinal stasis. Prac- titioner, Lond, 1913, xc, 441-455, 6 pi. -----. Chronic intestinal stasis. Internat. Clin. Week, N. Y, 1914, 7-28.— Laache (S.) Ueber Stuhlverstopfung; ihre Erscheinungen, Folgezustande, Ursachen und Behandlung. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1921, Ixxi, 633; 676.—Lane (Sir W. A.) Chronic constipation. Guy's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1906, xx, 149; 169. -----. Chronic intestinal stasis. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1909,1, 190-199. [Discussion], 336-338. -----. Intestinal stasis. Clin. J, Lond, 1909-10, xxxv, 225-227.-----. Chronic intes- tinal stasis. Ibid., 1912-13, xh, 289; 314; 335. Also: Lancet, Lond, 1912, ii, 1706-1708. Also: Surg, Gynec. & Obst, Chicago, 1913, xvi, 600-606.-----. Intestinal stasis. Proc- tologist, St. Louis, 1913, vii, 8-28.-----. Intestinal stasis. Bristol M.-Chir. J, 1915, xxxiii, 2-9.-----. Chronic intestinal stasis. Tr. Am. Gastro-Enterol. Ass, St. Louis, 1919, xxii, 288-293. -----. Chronic intestinal stasis. Practitioner, Lond, 1922, cviii, 305-313.—Lomnitz (H.) Ueber die ver- schiedenen Formen der chronischen Obstipation. Fortschr. d. Med, Berl, 1914, xxxii, 521-528.—McCreery (F. R.) Chronic intestinal stasis. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1916, lxxxix, 106*.—Macy (Mary S.) The thyroid gland in intestinal stasis. Woman's M. J.. Cincin, 1917, xxvii, 102.—Madsen (S.) [Chronic constipation.] Med. Rev, Bergen, 1921, xxxviii, 49-62.—Martin (C. F.) Constipation from the standpoint of a proctologist. Penn. M. J, Athens, 1914-15, xviii, 518-522.—Meyers (J.) The complexities of simple constipation. Internat. Clin, Phila, 1914, 24. s, iv, 191- 195.—Morse (F. H.) Sigmoid impaction; its significance, pathology and treatment. Am. J. Electrotherap. & Radiol, N. Y, 1921, xxxix, 67-74.—Mosher (Eliza M.) Intestinal stasis; its causes, prevention and treatment. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1916, civ, 843-845.—von Noorden (C.) Ueber einige Obstipationsfragen. Med. Klin, Berl, 1921, xvii, 744-747.— Ochsner (A. J.) Intestinal stasis. Surg, Gynec. & Obst, Chicago, 1916, xxii, 44-57.—Oliver (S. F.) Intestinal stasis. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin, 1916, cxvi, 176-182.—Pauchet (V,) Le due costipazioni. Policlin., Roma, 1922, xxix, sez. chir, 3-12.—Quisling (N.) [Chrome constipation.] Med. Rev, Bergen, 1921, xxxviii, 181-183.—Ritchie (J.) Habitual con- stipation. Edinb. M. J, 1918, xxi, 253-257.—Rochester (De L.) Constipation. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y, 1912, cxliv, 1-8.—Roqueta. El estasis intestinal cronico. Rev. espan. de med. y cirug, Barcelona, 1921,iv, 473-475.—Roux (J.-C.) La constipation; mecanisme; etiologie. J. de m£d. int., Par, 190S, xh, 151; 191.—Satterlee (G. R.) Chronic intestinal stasis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1915, ci, 1204-1208. Also: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila, 1916, ciii, 727-738.—Schmidt (A.) Ueber Begrifl und Wesen der chronischen funktio- nellen (habituellen) Obstipation. Internat. Beitr. z. Path. u. Therap. d. Ernahrungsstor. [etc.], Berl, 1911-12, iii, 10- 23.—Shuman (J. W.) Intestinal stasis. Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1915, xxxiv, 321-325.—Smith (D. T.) Chronic intestinal stasis. Canada Lancet,Toronto, 1919-20, liii, 56-62. Also: Canad. M. Ass. J,Toronto, 1920, x, 111-116.—Smukler (M. E.) Chronic habitual constipation. Detroit M. J, 1915, xv, 2.13-264. Also: Internat. Clin, Phila, 1915, 25. s, ii, 64-86, 8 pi.—Soper (H. W.) Clinical types of chronic con- stipation. Med. Clin. N. Am, Phila, 1920, iv, 901-908,— Strauss (H.) Ueber Proktostasis paradoxa. Jahresk. f. arztl. Fortbild, Munchen, 1918, ix, 3. Hft, 3-8.—Swain (L. T.) Chronic gastro-intestinalstasis;its symptomatology, associated diseases and some observations on its treatment. Clifton Med. Bull, Clifton Springs, N. Y, 1914. ii, 6-11 — Sweet (J. E.), Peet (M. M.) & Hendrlx (M.) High intestinal stasis. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1916, lxiii, 720-72x.—Tansini (I.) Chronic intestinal stasis. Internat. J. Surg, N. Y, 1917, xxx, 111-113.—Toogood (F. S.) A note on chronic consti- pation. Med. Mag, Lond, 1912, xxi, 222.—Vignal. Lescon- stipations chroniques negligees ou meconnues. Depistage, diagnostic, therapeutique. Hopital, Par, 1922, x, 414-418.— Watt (J. C.) Intestinal stasis; a suggestion. Practitioner, Lond, 1920, cv, 437-445.—Wentworth (M. H.) Intestinal stasis. Boston M. & S. J, 1917, clxxvii, 548-550.—Wheeler Constipation. (H. H.) Intestinal stasis. Indianapolis M. J, 1922, xxv, 59-65.—Wider0e (S.) Om den kroniske intestinalstase. Norsk Mag. f. Laegevidensk, Kristiania, 1915, 5. R, xiii. 51-95.—Williams (T. A.) Intestinal stasis. Proctologist [etc.], St. Louis, 1916, x, 12.—Wilson (W. J.) Constipation. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1906, xxxix, 491-494. Constipation (Causes and pathology of). See, also, Colon (Obstruction of). Delaxxoy (E.-F.) *Les alterations du cdlon droit et la constipation ceecale (etude anatomique et pathogenique). 8°. Lille, 1919. Grizard (A.) Contribution a l'etude de la stase intestinale chronique d'origine caecale. 8°. Lyon, 1912. Heinigke (C.) *De causis obstipationis. 8°. Lipsix, 1856. Renatjdeatjx (M.) *Constipation et transit ileoccecal; etude de diverses theories pathoge- niques; observations radio-cliniques. 8°. Paris 1921. , Adams (A. C.) The cause and cure of constipation. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1918, ii, 315.—Armstrong (G. E.) Embryology and physiology of colonic stasis. Canad. M. Ass. J, Toronto, 1922, xii, 197-201.—Bassler ( A.) Discussion of the surgical theories on intestinal stasis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1914, lxiii, 1469-1473.—Beach (W. M.) Pathology and diagnosis of constipation. Tr. Am. Proctol. Soc, Detroit, 1911, xiii, 54-57.—Beddard (A. P.) Secondary constipation. Practitioner, Lond, 1910, Ixxxiv, 610-627.— Beeson (H. O.) Constipation; a disturbance of metabolism. Am. J. Physiol. Therap, Chicago, 1910, i, 82-89.—Berlin (W. C. K.) Functional intestinal stasis; its cause and effect. N. York M. J. [etcl, 1915, ci, 679-681. Also, Reprint.— Burrows (W. F.) & Burrows (E. C.) Constipation of rectal origin. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1917, xci, 671.—Cameron (J. A.) Causes and varieties of chronic constipation. St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn, 1906, viii, 809-812.—Case (J. T.) A critical study of intestinal stasis, including new observations and conclusions respecting the causes of ileal stasis. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1914, lxxxv, 407-409. Also: Surg, Gynec. & Obst, Chicago, 1914, xix, 592-600—Castaflo (C. A.) Constipation; su etiopatogenia. Clin, castellana, Valladolid, 1918, xvii, 286-301.—Clark (J. G.) The surgical consideration of congenital and developmental defects lead- ing to obstinate constipation. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1910, lv, 449-455.—Connell (F. G.) Etiology of Lane's kink, Jackson's membrane, and caecum mobile. Sure, Gynec. & Obst, Chicago, 1913, xvi, 353-359. Also, Reprint.—Cooke (A. B.) Lane's conception of chronic constipation and its management. Tr. Am. Proctol. Soc, St. Louis, 1910, 102- 115.—Crile (G. W.) Newer conceptions of intestinal stasis. Am. J. Obst, N. Y, 1915, lxxii, 861-364.—Currie (O. J.) Intestinal stasis. South African M. Rec, Cape Town, 1914, xii, 111-115.—Cyriax (E. F.) On certain causes of chronic constipation not usually recognised. Med. Press, Lond, 1922, n. s., cxiii, 424-426.—Delatour (H. B.) Angulation at the sigmoid; a cause of intestinal stasis. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass, Phila, 1913, xxxi, 598-605.—Deschamps (A.) L'heYedite' psychique de la constipation. Rev. g£n. de chn. et de therap. Par, 1911, xxv, 328.—Distaso (A.) Beitrage zum Studium der Konstipation. Die Umwandlung einer nor- malen Flora in vitro in eine typische konstipierte Flora. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1915, lxxv, Orig, 507-518.—Earle (S. T.) Physiology of constipation. Tr. Am. Proctol. Soc, Detroit, 1911, xiii, 46-50.—Eastman (J. R.) The foetal peritoneal folds of Jonnesco, Treves, and Reid, and their probable relationship to Jackson's mem- brane and Lane's kink. Surg, Gynec. & Obst, Chicago, 1913, xvi, 341-353.—Ehrmann (R.) Ueber die Patholoeie der chronischen Obstipation und eine Methode der Therapie. Ztschr. f. phys. u. diatet. Therap, Leipz, 1912, xvi, 12-23 — Floersheim (S.) Causes of constipation. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1911, xciii, 98^.—Forgue, Roux & Milhaud. Stase cascale et perityphlite. Montpel. me\I, 1922. xliv, 159-162 — von Frankl-Hochwart (L.) & FrohHch (A.) Ueber den Einfluss von Bewegungen hoherer Darmabschnitte auf den Mastdarmverschluss. Wien. khn. Rundschau, 1901, xv, 736.—Frazier (C. H.) & Peet (M. M.) Experimental colonic stasis. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1916, lxiii, 729-731.—Fiirst (L.) Ueber den Zusammenhang zwischen psvehischer Verstim- mung und chronischer Verstopfung. Wien. med. Presse, 1901, xiii, 539-542.—Gant (S. G.) Mechanische Oder chirur- gische Obstipation. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr, Berl, 1911, xviii, 1052-1060. Also, transl.: Post-Graduate, N. Y, 1911, xxvi, 409-422.-----. A brief consideration ofthe causes and treatment of rectal constipation and obstipation. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1911, xciii, 709-712.—Gerstenberger (H. J.) & Champion (W. M.) The constipating qualities of orange juice. Am. J. Dis. Child, Chicago, 1919, xviii, 88-92. Also: Reprint.—Geyser (A. C.) Chronic constipation; its cause and treatment. J. Therap. & Dietet, Bost, 1909-10, iv, 265; 297.-----. A little physiology in the consideration of constipation. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1916, ciii, 734-736 — Golflon (R.) La surdigestion chez les constipes. Arch. d. CONSTIPATION. 148 CONSTIPATION. Constipation (Causes and pathology of). mal. de l'appar. digest, [etcl, Par, 1911, v, 303-323.— Graham (A. B.) Rectal conditions in chronic constipation. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1917, lxix, 1515-1520—Hanes(G.S-) Enterocolonic conditions in chronic constipation. loid-, 1513-1515. [Discussion], 1517-1520. Also, Reprint.—Heath (H.) Etiology of chronic constipation. Tr. Am. Proctol. Soc, Detroit, 1911, xiii, 43-45.—Hertz (A. F.) The pathology and treatment of constipation. Liverpool M.-Chir. J, 1912, xxxii, 42-64.—Hess Thaysen (T. E.) Die Coloptose als Ursache der Obstipation. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir, Jena, 1921-22, xxxiv, 175-1S7 — Hlrschman (L. J.) The study of the rectum with reference to the causative factors of obstipation. Hot Springs M. J, 1902, xi, 325-331. Also: Detroit M. J, 1902-3, ii, 609-615. -----. Coloptotic constipation. J. Mich. M. Soc, Battle Creek, 1912, xi, 161- 165.—Hirshberg (L. K.) The alleged "sluggish liver." Nurse, Jamestown, N.Y, 1917,vii, 241-246— Honan (W. F.) Chronic intestinal stasis, with the significance of Lane's kink and Jackson's membrane. Tr. Homoeop. M. Soc, N. Y, 1912, lvi, 145-157—Hopmann (F. W.) Zur Patho- genese der chronischen Obstipation. Arch. f.Verdauungskr, Berl, 1914, xx, 645-656.—Hunt (G. H.) On the etiology of constipation. Illinois M. J, Springfield, 1911, xx, 711-714.— Hurst (A. F.) Postural tone of the rectum, with special reference to dyschezia (rectal constipation). Seale Hayne Neurol. Stud, Lond, 1918-19, i, 208-216.—Jackson (J. W.) The relation of chronic intestinal stasis to chronic amoebic colitis. Med. Press, Lond, 1922, n. s, cxiii 375.—Jelks (J. L.) Bacteriology and urinary findings [in constipation]. Tr. Am. Proctol. Soc, Detroit, 1911, xhi, 51-53.—Kantor (J. L.) Right colon stasis due to spasm or other mild ob- structive condition in the distal colon. Med. Clin. N. Am, Phila, 1921-22, v, 1089-1100.—KeUty (R. A.) & Smith (A. J.) Intestinal stasis, bands, kinks and membranes, from a study of one hundred autopsies. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1915, ci, 549-556. Also, Reprint.—Keith (A.) A new theory ofthe causation of enterostasis. Lancet, Lond, 1915, ii, 371- 375. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1915, C, 72-77.—Kemp (R. C.) The relations of adhesions and intestinal angula- tions resulting from enteroptosis to chronic constipation, personal observations. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1913, xcviii, 5-10.—King (A. F. A.) Civilization; constipation, reversion. Wash. M. Ann, 1912-13, xi, 1-11.—Klopper (Z. D.) Etio- logical factors of chronic constipation. Illinois M.J, Chicago, 1918, xxxiii, 327-329.—Knight (A. L.) Recent research work in intestinal stasis. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin, 1915, cxiv, 491-494.—Kohn (B.) The etiology and rational treatment of chronic constipation. Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1910, 3. s, xxvi, 697-700.—Landsberg. Beitrage zur Pathologie und Therapie der chronischen Obstipation. Veroflentl. d. balneol. Gesellsch. in Berl, Berl. & Wien, 1911, xxxii, 129- 139.—Lane (Sir W. A.) La stase intestinale chronique. Cong, franc, de chir. Proc-verb. [etc.], Par, 1913, xxvi, 595- 601.—Leo (G.) Quelques remarques sur la stase intestinale colique. Paris chirurg, 1922, xiv, 292-300—Leopold-Levi & de Rothschild (H.) Constipation et hypothyroi'die. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1907, lxii, 590-592.— Lorisch (H.) Die Ursachen der chronischen habituellen Obstipation im Lichte systematischer Ausnutzungsver- suche. Deutsches Arch, f." klin. Med, Leipz, 1904, lxxix, 383-395.—Lurla (R.) Megasigmoideum als Ursache einer viermonatlichen Verstopfung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1912, xxxviii, 1416-1418.—MacMUian (J. A.) Peritoneal adhesions and intestinalstasis. Tr. Am. Proctol, Soc, St. Louis, 1915, xvii, 78-80.—Maignon (F.) Effets cliniques des diastases tissulaires de muscles lisses; contribu- tion ii lVtude etiologique de la constipation. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1922, lxxxvi, 937-940—Marshall (J. E.) The part played by the sigmoid flexure in the production of intestinal stasis. Chicago M. Recorder, 1916, xxxviii, 89-92.—Martin (E.) The ileocolic valve as a factor in chronic intestinal stasis; operative treatment. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass, Phila, 1914, xxxii, 175-186. Also [Abstr.h Ann. Surg, Phila, 1914, lx, 114.—Martin (T. C.) Obstipation; hypertrophy of the rectal valve. Columbus M. J, 1900, xxiv, 161-173. -----. The relation of the rectal valve to obstipation; a clinical research. Am. Med, Phila, 1903 vi 897-902.—Matlgnon (J.-J.) Du role des valvules rectales de Houston dans la constipation. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. mod de Bordeaux, 1910, xxxi, 73.—Meyer (M.) Die Beziehungen zwischen Darmtatigkeit und lokaler Krankheit. Zentralbl f. innere Med, Leipz, 1905, xxvi, 233-243.—Mutch (N ) The formation of 0-iminazoIylethylamine in the ileum of certain constipated subjects, with a note on the urine In constipation. Quart. J. Med, Oxford, 1914, vii 427-443 — Mutel & Guillemin. Bascule laterale externe du ceeeum avec stase fecale. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par, 1920 xc, 674-676,—Nepper. Constipation et secretion bilia're! Gaz. d. h6p. Par, 1908, lxxxi, 1517-1519.—Oliver. Estreni- miento de origen tiroideo. Med. ibera, Madrid, 1922, xvi 314.—Ortega (R.) Un caso de constipacion cuya causa pasa madvertida con frecuencia. Gac. mod. de Mexico, 1919-20 4. s, i, 249-253.-Pauchet (V.) Sur la stase intestinale chronique (maladie d'Arbuthnot Lane). Lvon chirure 1919, xvi^ 135-146.-----. Maladie de Lane. J. de med de Par, 1920, xxxix, 462-464. Also: Rev. gen. de clin et de fi^itlf-' fVX,xiV44-.----' Maladie d'Arbuthno? Lane (stase intestinale chronique, S. I. C). Arch. m£d.. Constipation (Causes and pathology of). chir. de Province, Tours, 1922, xii, 213; 262.—Payr (E.) Obstipationsursachen und -formen (Konstitutionspathologie und Eingeweidesenkung), fiber die Anzeigestellung zu Operationen bei Obstipation. Arch. f. klin. Chir, Berl, 1920, cxiv, 894-962.—Peck (C. H.) Some mechanicalfactors in colonic stasis. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1916, lxxxix, 895-901. Also. Reprint.—Penzoldt (F.) Die obere Querfalte des Rectums in ihrer Beziehung zur Stuhlverstopfung. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path, Jena, 1921, lxix, 508-511.— Pick (A.) t'c ber psvchisch bedingte Stoning der Defacation. Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl, Berl, 1900, xxii, 610-613.—Pohtman (A. G.) Intestinal stasis; anatomy. J. Missouri M. Ass, St. Louis, 1917, xiv, 192-194.—Reiss (E.) Die pathologische Physiologie der chronischen Obstipation. Klin.Wchnschr, Berl, 1922, i, 108; 156.—Rhames (R. E. T.) A newer con- ception of chronic constipation. Med. Times, N. Y, 1922, I, 20v—Roux (J.-C.) Constipation caecale entretenue par des adhi'-rences au niveau de l'angle droit du colon. Arch. d. mal. de l'appar. digest, [etc.], Par, 1910, iv, 256-263.— Russ (A.) Some factors in habitual constipation. Calif. State J. M, San Fran, 1913, xi, 51-55.—Sardou (G.) Le retard de 1 Evacuation intestinale et l'hyposecretion mu- queuse comme facteurs de constipation. Bull. gen. de therap. (etc.), Par, 1910. clix, 283 295.—Schilling (F.) Habituelle Obstipation infolge von Dilatation und Senkung des Cokums. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1905, Iii, 2278- 2280.—Schwarz (G.) Ueber hypokinetische und dvskine- tische Formen der Obstipation. Ibid., 1912, lix, 2153-2155. ----. Ueber Hyperdyskinesie des Kclon als Sutstiatder sogen. spastischen Obstipation (mit Proektionen). Ver- handl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med, Wiesb, 1912, xxix, 142a.—Singer (G.) Torpor recti; dysrhezia, a contribution to the pathogenesis of habitual constipation. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1913, xcviii, 12. Also, Reprint.— Smithies (F.) Chronic intestinal stasis with respect to certain etiologie factors. Tr. Am. Gastro-Enterol. Ass, St. Louis, 1917, xii, 151-163.—Stierlin (E.) Ueber die Obstipation vom Aszen- denstypus. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1911, lviii, 1906- 1911.—Strauss (H.) Ueber proktogene Obstipation. Therap. Monatsh, Berl, 1906, xx, 373-376.—Strauss (S. G.) Thyroidal constipation. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1920. cxi, 280- 283.—Taylor (J. M.) Visceral stasis, mechanical obstruc- tions, and their effects, relievable by rational measures; a preliminary report. Ibid., 1915, cu, 231. Also, Reprint.— Tomaszewskf (Z.) Beitrag zur Pathogenese der chroni- schen habituellen Obstipation. Med. Klin, Berl, 1909, v, 439-441.—Trias (J.) Anatomia del estasis intestinal. Rev. espan. de med. y cirug, Barcelona, 1921, iv, 47^-480.— Wheeler (W. I. de C.) Intestinal angulations and kinks associated with stasis. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl, 1913, xxxi, 190-198, 5 pi. Also: Clin. J, Lond, 1913, xiii, 390-395.—Williams (L.) Toxins which till the human soil (constipation). Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1917, cliv, 366.— Zeno (L. O.) Exposicion y critica de las teorias de Lane sobre la extasis intestinal crdnica. Rev. med. del Rosario, 1919, ix, 118-158. Constipation (Complications and se- quelae of). Bolchesi (F.) La stitichezza abituale e sue complicazioni. 8°. Milano, 1910. Aaron (C. D.) Intestinal toxemia and intestinal stasis. J. Mich. M. Soc, Grand Rapids, 1917, xvi, 160-165.—AdamI (J. G.) On chronic intestinal stasis, "autointoxication "and subinfection. Colorado Mod, Denver, 1914, xi, 34-49 — Alexander (A/) Leber Obstipatio larvata und Toxa-mia intestinalis. Berl.klin. Wchnschr, 1921,lviii,77,r> 777 Also- Munchen med. Wchnschr, 1921, lxviii, 56'.— Wh i,P.) Habituelle Stuhlverstopfung und Harnorgane. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Urol, Wien, 1911, Berl. A leipz, 1912, iii, 298-301.—Axtell (W. H.) The ultimate nervous results of acute angulation of the sigmoid and the consequent fecal stasis. Northwest Med, Seattle, 1913, n. s, v, 215- 217.-B:iliibrldge (W. S.) Chronic intestinal stasis with lumpy breast and discharee from nipple. Woman's M. J, Cincin, 1917, xxvii, 103.—Bardet. Quelques points du traitement de la constipation des dyspeptiques. Bull. edn. do therap. [etc.]. Par, 1899, exxxvn, 420-42S.-Barons- reather (C. O. S.) Constipation in relation to pseudo- dvscniti-ry and continued fever in the Tropics. Dublin ,- H-J?1• 191:>> cxl. M-92.—Bernhelm (A.) Constipation with diarrhea. Month. Cycl. & M. Bull, Phila, 1912, v, 69- 73.—Brummitt(R.) Fatalcase of constipation. Australas. M. Gaz, Sydney, 1900, xx, 107-109.—Buckley (A. C.) Con- stipation as a factor in nervous and allied disorders. Penn. M. J, Athens 1914-15, xviii, 522-527.-Cunningham (W. w'j u"m,atological aspects of chronic intestinalstasis. Am. Med, Burlington, Vt, 1917, xii, 225-235.—Dorlon (F. X. J.) ioS,.mo adles sans noms- Bull- mM. de Quebec, 1S99-1900, i, 34,-351— Dow (D. C.) Report of a case of chronic intes- tinal stasis with duodenal ulcer and gall stones. Woman's M. J, Cincin, 1917. xxvii, 104-106.—Ebsteln (W.) Herz- muskehnsuflizienz bei chronischer Koprostase, nebst Be- merkungen iiber die bei letzterer auftretende Albuminurie und Zylindrurie. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1911 lviii 615-618 -Edlefsen (G ) Ueber Febris ex obstipatione! Klin.-therap. Wchnschr, Wien, 1900, vii, 1441-1 t;,o.— CONSTIPATION. 149 CONSTIPATION. Constipation (Complications and se- quelae of). Evlnger (J. W.) Obstipation with complications. Illinois M. J, Springfield, 1903-4, n. s, v, 645-647.—Gallart. Estu- dio de los sindromes coproWgicos de auto-intoxicaci6n e infecci6n debidos al estasis intestinal crdnico. Rev. espan. de med. y cirug, Barcelona, 1921, iv, 472.—Groedel (F. M.) & Seyberth (L.) Ueber Schlingenbildung des Colon descendens bei Verstopfung. Ztschr. f. Rontgenk. u. Radiumforsch, Leipz, 1911, xhi, 197-201.—Hoge (M. W.) Influence of intes- tinal stasis on the nervous system. J. Missouri M. Ass, St. Louis, 1917, xiv, 199.—Hoxie(G.H.) The blood-picture ofthe auto-intoxication due to chronic colonic stasis; a preliminary note. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1912, lviii, 1493.-----. One hundred blood studies in constipation. J. Missouri M. Ass, St. Loois, 1913-14, x, 135-137.—Jordan (A. C.) Some ofthe results of neglected chronic intestinal stasis. Surg, Gynec. & Obst, Chicago, 1914, xix, 384-386. Also: Chicago M. Re- corder, 1915, xxxvii, 233-235. -----. Glycosuria in chronic in- testinal stasis. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1915, viii, Elec- tro-Therap. Sect, 87-96.—Kobler (G.) Ueber das Auftreten von Albuminurie und Harncylindern bei mit Obstipation einhergehenden Darmaffectionen. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg, 1898, xliii, 457-459. -----. Ueber die bei Obstipation auf- tretende Albuminurie und Zylindrurie. Wien. klin. Rund- schau, 1910, xxiv, 227.—Kraus (F.) Ueber gastrische Symptome bei chronischer Stuhlverstopfung. Zentralbl. f. d. ges. Therap, Wien, 1906, xxiv, 1-7.—Kraus (K.) Zur Therapie der irritablen Form der Obstipation. Monatschr. f. d. phys.-diatet. Heilmeth. [etc], Munchen, 1909, i, 261- 264.—Landsman (A. A.) Autointoxication from chronic intestinal stasis, due to hypertrophy of the sphincter ani, simulating appendicular colic Med. Rec, N. Y, 1916, xc, 901.—Lane (Sir W. A.) Klinische Vorlesung iiber die Schleifen, welche sich in unserem Magendarmkanal bei chronischer Darmstase entwickeln. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1911, xlviii, 741-743. -----. Consequences and treatment from a surgical point of view. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1913, i, 546-548.-----. Reflections on the evolution of disease (chronic intestinal stasis). Lancet, Lond, 1919, ii, 1117- 1123.-----. The changes in the skin in chronic intestinal stasis. Med. Press, Lond, 1921, n. s, cxi, 336-339.—Lang- steln (L.) Erbrechen und Obstipation. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1921, xlvii, 599-601.—Lian (C.) & Joannon (P.) Les syncopes et les douleurs sous-mam- maires gauches desconstipes. J. de m#d. et chir. prat. Par. 1921, xcii, 533-548.—McKillop (L. M.) Omento-parietal adhesions associated with intestinal stasis. Med. J. Aus- tralia, Sydney, 1914, i, 538-540.—Macy (Mary S.) Some remote effects of chronic intestinal stasis. Woman's M. J, Cincin, 1918, xxviii, 73-75.—Merkel (F.) Ueber Albumi- nurie bei Obstipation. Aertzl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1901, xi, 184-186. Also: Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wiirttemb. arztl. Ver, Stuttg, 1901, Ixxi, 189-192.—Nlcolaysen (J.) On reflex dyspepsia caused by chronic constipation and its sur- gical treatment. Nord. med. Ark, Stockholm, 1917,1, afd. i, No. 11, 1-62.—Paczkowski. Ursachen der chronischen Stuhlverstopfung und ihr Einfluss auf die iibrigen Korper- functionen. Kurber. ii. Erfolge d. phvsik.-diatet. Heilfak- toren, Leipz, 1900, iv, 335; 351— Paterson (H. J.) Intes- tinal stasis in relation to gastric symptoms. Internat. J. Surg, N. Y, 1914, xxvii, 113-116—Perpere. Constipation et troubles mentaux. Progres mod. Par, 1907, 3. s, xxiii, 97-99.—Reed (C. A. L.) Constipation in relation to various diseases; a new viewpoint in medicine. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin, 1915, cxiii, 282-287, Also: Med. Sentinel, Portland, Oreg, 1915, xxiii, 2145-2157.—Robin (A.) Dyspepsiehyper- sthenique, suite de constipation. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par, 1913, clxv, 711-715.—Robinson (B.) Consti- pation and anemia. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xevi, 790. Also, Reprint.—Russ (W. B.) Chronic intestinal stasis with infection from a surgical point of view. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1915, lxv, 768-771.—Russell (W.) Habitual constipation mainly from the standpoint of its effects. Prac- titioner, Lond, 1910, Ixxxiv, 604-609.—Santander Usca- tegui (F.) La constipation intestinal y sus consecuencias. Repert. de med. y cirug, Bogota, 1921-22, xiii, 21; 71.— Smithies (F. W.) Chronic intestmal stasis and its asso- ciated so-called toxaemia. Surg, Gynec. & Obst, Chicago, 1916, xxii, 57-61. -----. [Obstinate chronic constipation, abdominal distress, frontal headaches and insomnia.] Quart. M. Clin, St. Louis, 1919, i, 100-111.—Soper (H. W.) Auto- intoxication in chronic constipation. J. Am. M. Ass, Chi- cago, 1917, lxix, 1811. [Discussion], 1517-1520. Also, Re- print.—Turck (F. B.) Intestinal venous stasis; diffusion of bacteria and other colloids. Arch. Pediat, N. Y, 1916, xxxiii, 922-926.—Udaondo (C. B.) Las rectitis catarrales en la constipaci6n pertinaz. Semana m^d, Buenos Aires, 1912, xix, 737.—Vack & Haury. Un nouveau cas de tumeur stercorale, chez un jeune homme de 22 ans, avec symptomes d'intoxication aigue. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil. Par, 1907, xlix, 61-65.—Verger. Attaques epilepto'ides et con- fusion mentale sous la dependance de la coprostase. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. m6d. de Bordeaux, 1905, xxvi, 525-527.—Wal- cott (H. G.) Relation of colonic stasis to general diagnosis. Texas State J. M, Fort Worth, 1918, xiii, 385-387.—Whit- aker (S.) A case of rheumatoid arthritis greatly improved by Lane's operation. Internat. J. Surg, N. Y, 1914, xxvii, 170-174.—Whiting (A. J.) The cutaneous manifestations of constipation. Practitioner, Lond, 1910, Ixxxiv, 671-683.— Williams (L.) A case in point (chronic intestinal stasis as Constipation (Complications and se- quelae, of). the cause of goitre). Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1917, cliv, 445.—Zobel (A.J.) Sequelae of constipation, including auto- intoxication. Tr. Am. Proctol. Soc, Detroit, 1911, xiii, 57-65. Also: Proctologist, St. Louis, 1913, vii, 1-7. Constipation (Diagnosis of). Oeller (H.) *Palpations- und Perkussions- befunde am Abdomen Obstipationskranker. 8°. Erlangen, 1910. Breglla (J. E.) Diagnosed as intestinal stasis. Woman's M. J, Cincin, 1917, xxvii, 106.—Brosch (A.) Ueber den Mechanismus der Kotpassage bei Kotretention auf Grund einschlagiger Obduktionsbefunde. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl, 1911, ccv, 267-276— Brush (A. C.) The nervous reflex symptoms of intestinal stasis. Long Island M. J, Brooklyn, 1915, ix, 9-12.—Carroll (A. H.) The knowl- edge of the normal rate of progress of the intestinal content as an aid in the diagnosis of a common form of constipation. Maryland M. J, Bait, 1913, lvi, 79-89.—Cazalis. Symp- tomes et diagnostic psychiques des degres de la constipation. Cannes m6d, 1903, i, no. 2, 1-5.—Daland (J.) Diagnosis and treatment of chronic constipation of colonic origin. Penn. M. J, Athens, 1910-11, xiv, 797-803.—Dithmar. Ueber Stuhlverstopfung und ihre Erkennung durch die Perkussion des Darms. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1912, xxvi, 145; 163; 180.—Friedman (J. C.) The diagnosis and treat- ment of chronic constipation. Med. Clin. Chicago, 1916-17, ii, 1071-1090.—Goldie (W.) The diagnosis of chronic intestinal stasis. Canad. Pract. & Rev, Toronto, 1915, xl, 284-287.— Grant (C. G.) A test for constipation. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1904, ii, 1751.—Hayes (W. Van V.) A few signs helpful in the diagnosis and management of chronic intestinal stasis, with some suggestions as to treatment. Internat. J. Surg, N. Y, 1914, xxvii, 134-136.—Lane (Sir A. B.) The clinical symptoms of chronic intestinal stasis. Practitioner, Lond, 1919, cii, 109-113.—Roux (J.-C.) La constipation; diagnostic, traitement. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap. Par, 1908, xxii, 726-728.—Singer (G.) Die atonische und die spas- tische Obstipation; ihre Differentialdiagnose und Behand- lung. Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. Verdauungs- u. Stoffwechs.-Krankh, Halle a. S, 1909, i, 6. Hft, 1-46 — Soper (H. W.) The procto-sigmoidoscope in the diagnosis and treatment of intestinal stasis. J. Missouri M. Ass, St. Louis, 1917, xiv, 205.—Stevens (E. S.) Charcoal a valuable test for intestinal stasis. Woman's M. J, Cincin, 1917, xxvii, 101.—Watson (C.) Diagnosis and treatment of ileal stasis. Clin. J, Lond, 1915, xliv, 209-216. Constipation (Diagnosis of, Radio- graphic). Constantin (P.) Contribution a l'etude radiologique de la constipation habituelle. 8°. Paris, 1919. . Morice (L.) ^Contribution a l'etude ,radio- logique de la constipation. [Paris.] 8°. Evreux, 1920. Albracht. Rontgenbefunde bei Obstipation. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med, Wiesb, 1912, xxix, 167.— Ashbury (H. E.) Roentgenological aspect of intestinal sta- sis. Hosp. Bull. Univ. Maryland, Bait, 1915-16, xi, 19-23.— Augsteln (E.) Ueber wiederholte periodische Untersu- chungen an chronisch Obstipierten mittelst Rontgen- strahlen. Ztschr. f. phys. u. diatet. Therap, Leipz, 1912, xvi, 350-365. Also [Abstr.]: Prag. med. Wchnschr, 1912, xxxvii, 312.—Bainbrldge (W. S.) Chronic intestinal stasis— fluoroscopic and X-ray diagnosis in the light of operative findings; with illustrative cases. Am. J. Roentgenol, De- troit, 1913-14, n. s, i, 404-429. Also: J. Mich. M. Soc, Grand Rapids, 1915, xiv, 149-160. Also. Reprint.—Bensaude(R.), Guenaux (G.) & Constantin (P.) L'examen radiologique dans la constipation habituelle. J. de radiol. et d'electrol. Par, 1918, iii, 255-272. Also: J. med. franc. Par, 1919, viii, 255-272.—Bianchlni (A.) La stipsi cronica all' esameradio- logico. Riv. ospedal, Roma, 1916, vi, 207-213.—Brown (P.) A roentgenological consideration of the relation of in- dividual type to intestinal stasis. Boston M. & S. J, 1914, clxxi, 581-587,5 pi.—Case (J. T.) Basic considerations in the Roentgen study of intestmal stasis. Penn. M. J, Athens, 1914-15, xviii, 683-704. Also, Reprint.-----. Roentgen ob- servations respecting the cause and treatment of constipa- tion. J. Iowa State M. Ass, Clinton, 1916, vi, 41-52.-----. Roentgenologic aspects of intestinal stasis. Med. Clin. Chi- cago, 1915-16, i, 829-870.—Determann & Weingartner. Rontgen-Untersuchungen der Dickdarmlage bei Darm- storungen besondefs bei Verstopfung. Verhandl.d. Kong.f. innere Med7 Wiesb, 1909,696-709.—Ernst (E. C.) The roent- gen ray in intestinal stasis. J. Missouri M. Ass, St. Louis, 1917, xiv, 194-199.—Frank (J. W.) Intestinal stasis with lantern slide demonstration ofthe roentgenographs findings. Hahneman. Month, Phila, 1915,1,363-370.—Gompertz (R.) & Scott (M.) The use of an aperient before X-ray examina- tion ofthe intestine in chronic constipation. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1914, ii, 567.—Groedel (F. M.) Die Rontgensymp- tome der verschiedenen Obstipationsformen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1914, lxi, 842.—Hertz (A. F.) The investi- CONSTIPATION. 150 CONSTIPATION. Constipation (Diagnosis of, Radio- graphic) . gation of constipation bv the X-rays. Practitioner, Lond, 1910, Ixxxiv, 705-718.—Hess Thaysen (T. E.) Beitrag zur Klinik und Rcintgenologie der chronischen habituellen Ob- stipation. Arch. f. Verdauungskr, Berl, 1918, xxiv, 98- 137: 1919, xxv, 196-229.—Holding (A. F.) The Roentgen- ologic method ol examining cases of constipation and ob- stipation; a method of visualization of abdominal lesions of the intestinal tract. Tr. Am. Proctol. Soc, St. Louis, 1912, xvi, 56-68. Also: Proctologist, St. Louis, 1912, vii, 140- 152.—Jollasse. Ueber den Wert des Rontgenverfahrens bei der Diagnose der Lageanomalien des Darmes und der Behandlung der chronischen Obstipation. Ztschr. f. aeritl. Fortbild, Jena, 190H, v, 138-143.—Jordan (A. C.) Radiog- raphy in intestinal stasis. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1911-12, v, Electro-Therap. Sect, 9-48. Also: Lancet, Lond, 1911, ii, 1824-182S 4 pi.-----. Intestinal stasis from the Standpoint of radiology. Internat. J. Surg, N. Y,. 1914, xxvii, 103-109.-----. Radiology in chronic intestinal stasis. Lancet, Lond, 1920, i, 756-760. Also: Med. Standard, Chicago, 1920, xliii, No. 6,1.5-19.—Keith (A.), Hertz (A. F.) & Jordan (A. C.) Discussion on the interpretation of cer- tain X-rav signs of intestinal stasis. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med, Lond, 1915, ix, Electro-Therap. Sect, 1-22.—Lebon (H.) Etude radiologique de la constipation. J. de radiol. et d'electrol. Par, 1914-15, i, 591-600.—Plahler (G. E.) The use of the Roentgen rays in diagnosis of intestinal stasis. Am. J. Gastro-Enterol, Phila., 1913, iii, 8-10.-----. The study of chronic intestinal stasis by means of the Rontgen rays. Surg, Gvnec & Obst, Chicago, 1914, xix, 658-663. -----. The Roentgen ravs in the diagnosis of intestinal stasis. Tr. Am. Gastro-Enterol. Ass, St. Louis, 1917, xh, 170-187. Also: Med. & Surg, St. Louis, 1917, i, 478-497.— Quimby (A. J.) Roentgen examination in chronic intesti- nal stasis. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1914,lxxxv,410.-----.Chronic intestinal stasis, rcentgenographically considered. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1914, cxix, 162-170. Also, Reprint.—Russell (W. S.) Chronic intestinal stasis, the value and limitations of the X-ray in diagnosis. Woman's M. J, Cincin, 1914, xxiv, 3-5.—Skinner (E. H.) The X-ray examination in habitual constipation. J. Missouri M. Ass, St. Louis, 1913-14, x, 51-57. Also: Surg, Gynec. & Obst, Chicago, 1913, xvii, 409-418.—Sledge (E. S.) Skiagraphicapocalypses in chronic constipation. South. M. J, Nashville, 1914, vii, 381-3S6.—Spriggs (E. I.) & Hugo (H. F. L.) X-ray pho- tographs from a boy aged 3 years, the subject of habitual constipation. Proc Roy. Soc Med, Lond, 1909-10, iii, Sect. Stud. Dis. Child, 64-66. Also: Brit. J. Child. Dis, Lond, 1910, vii, 158-160.—Strauss (H.) & Brandenstein (S.) Rontgenuntersuchungen bei chronischer Obstipation. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1913, 1, 1009-1012. Also: Veroffentl. d. Hufeland. Gesellsch. in Berl, 1913-14, pt. 2, 22-30. [Dis- kussion], pt. 1, 7.—Torres Carreras. Exploration radio- logics del estasis intestinal. Rev. espan. de med. y chug, Barcelona, 1921, iv, 476.—Weil (E. A.) Rayons X'et cons- tipation. J. de physiothdrap. Par, 1904, ii, "309. Constipation (Post-operative). Burrows (W. F.) Post-operative intestinal stasis and the intra-abdominal use of oil. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1913, n. s, xevi, 498-500. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y, 1913, Ixxxiv, 795-798.—Hayem. Stase intestinale chronique ag- gravee par une hystercetomie abdominale. Marseille-mcM, 1921, lviii, 43.—Hopkins (J. R.) The surgical causes, surgical and other non-medicinal treatment of chronic con- stipation with report of cases. Denver M. Times [etc.], 1906-7, xxvi, 234-243.—Krouse (L. J.) Incontinence of feces; with special reference to that following the operation of fistula in ano. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin, 1906, n. s, lvii, 107-112.—Lacallle (E.) Mise en evidence par l'examen radiologique de la constipation relevant d'un traitement chirurgical. J. de mi?d. de Par, 1914, 2. s, xxvi, 494.— Porritt (N.) Pituitrin in post-operative intestinal stasis. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1914, i, 1118. Constipation (Spast ic). Albu (A.) The treatment of spastic constipation. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1905, lxviii, II. Also, trnnsl.: Therap. d. Gegenw, Berl., 1905, xlvi, 204-207.—Boas (I.) Weitere Beitrage zur Lehre von der sogenannten spastischen Obsti- pation. Arch. f. Verdauungskr, Berl, 1909, xv,683-713.— Boehm (G.) Die spastlsche Obstipation und ihre Be- ziehungen zur Antiperistaltik. Deutsches Arch. f. klin Med, Leipz, 1911, ch, 431-450, 2 pi— Docq. La constipation spasmodique et son traitement rationnel. J. de med de Par, 1905, 2. S, xvii; 209 211. Eirhler (F.) Ueber die Behandlung der spastischen Obstipation. Ztschr. f. arztl Fortbild, Jena, 1915, xii, 687-6S9— Froussard. Rapports entrele spasme et l'atonie del'intestin dans la constipation habituelle. Bull, med. Par, 1904, xviii, 16.—Gompertz (R.) A case of spistic constipation. Lancet. Lond, 1911 i, 452-455.—Kisrh (F.) Ueber spastische Obstipation Med Klin Berl, 1908, iv, 746-719. Also: Veroffentl.d. Hufeland' Gesellsch. in Berl. Balneol. Gesellsch, Berl. A- Wien 1908 pt. 2, 94-104. [Discussion], pt. 1, 14.—Kraus (K.)' Die spastische Obstipation und ihre Behandlung. Monatschr f. prakt. Wasserh, Munchen, 1S99, vi, 265-278. Also • Wien' med. Presse, 1899, xl, 2086-2095.—Kretschmer (J.) Zur Constipation (Spastic). Diagnose der spastischen Obstipation und iiber das Wesen der fragmentaren Stuhlentleerung. Med. Klin, Berl, 1908, iv, 1980-1983.—KUmmerllng (H.) Ueber die Behandlunt: der habituellen und spastischen Obstipation. Alle;. iik i Centr.-Ztg, Berl, 1912, lxxxi, 602.—Laquerriere A Del- herm. Traitement de la constipation chronique opim'.tre et plus particulic'rement de la constipation spasmoli'ai par le courant de de Watteville. Compt.-rend. Con^- inter- nat. d'electrol. et de radiol. bM. 1902, Berne, 1903, ii, 505- 511.—Le C'onte (T. N.) Spastic constipation: a symptom. Med. Rec, N. V, 1909, lxxvi, 770-772.—Llfshits (M. I.) [SpasticcoT=tipation.] Prakt. Vrach, S.-1'eterb..1909, viii, 705-70,.—Mathieu (A.) La c jnstipation spasmodique existt-t-elle? An-h. d. mal. de l'appar. digest, [etc.], Par, 1908, ii, 667-672.-3Iathieu (A.) A Roux (J.-C.) Constipa- tion atonique et constipation spasmodique. Ann. de la Policlin. de Par, 1905, xv, 2H-249. Al«>: Gaz.d. h6p.. Par, 1905, lxxviii, 1095-1097. Mazeran (A.) La constipation spasmodique. Presse nv < I.. Par, 1901, i, 2M> 294 .—Morgan (W. G.) Gastric conditions in spastic constipation. J.Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1917, lxix, 1675^ 1677.—von Noorden (K.) Ueber ernsthafte Folgezustgnde der chronischen spastischen Obstipation. Ztschr. f. klin. Med, Berl, 1912, lxxvi, 417- 422, 1 pi.—Perret (J. M.) Spastic constipation. N. Orl. M. & S. J, 1920-21, lxxiii, 53-57—Pflanz (E.) Zur Diagnose und Therapie der spastischen Obstipation. Prag. med. Wchnschr, 1908, xxxiii, 73.S-740— Pickardt (M.) Gibt es eine spastische Obstipation? Med. Klin, Berl, 1908, iv, 1757.—Pissavy (A.) Traitement de la constipation chro- nique spasmodique par le e.irbonate de bismuth associe a la magnesie et ft la bclladone. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par, 1913, clxvi, 145-150.— Pitcher (H. F.) Obstipation and constipation. Am. J. Electrotherap. A Radiol, X. Y, 1920, xxxviii, 225-229.—Prengowskl (P.) Zur Frage von der Obstipatio spastica. Wien. med. Presse, 1904, xlv, 24-27.—Reed (B.) Atropin in spastic constipation. Am. Med, Phila, 1901, ii, 982.—Roberts (D.) Spastic constipa- tion. Brooklyn M. J, 190fi, xx, 95-98.—Romme (R.) La constipation habituelle d'origine spasmoli;ue: son traite- ment. Presse mea. Par, 1900, i, 110.—Singer G.) Die spastische Obstipation. Wien. klin. WchnsiLr., 1903, xvi, 401-405. Also: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, 1902, Leipz, 1903, ii. 2. Hlfte, 69-72—Singer (G.) & Holzknecht (G.) Ueber objektive Befunde bei der spastischen Obstipation. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1911, lviii, 2537-2539—von Sohlern. Zur Obstipatio -[astica Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1902, xxxix, 914 918.—Stumm (T. W.) Spastic constipation. Pt. Paul M. J, St. F:,ul. Minn, 1906. viii, 21 29—Tobias (E.I Gibt es eine spastische Obstipation? Ztschr. f. phvsik. u. diatet. Therap, Leipz, 1908, xii, 477-4^0.—Westphalen (IL) Die chronische spastische Obstipation. Arch. f. Verdauungskr, Berl, 1901, vii, 28-42. Constipation (Treatment of). Bond (E. C.) The rational care of the bowels. 8°. Milwaukee, 1916. Chibret (M> *De l'emploi therapeutique du chlorure de magnt'-sium administre a faibles doses en particulier dans la constipation et quelques affections qui lui sont consecutive?. S~. Pitris, 1910. Cvn.ER (F. C.) A natural cure for a national malady. 8°. fWorcester. Mass., 1914] Ferguson (R. H.> The non-surgical treat- ment of intestinal stasia and constipation 8° New York, 1916. Froussard. Le traitement de la constipation. 12°. Paris, 1909. Herschell. T.a constipation habituelle: son traitement. Traduit par Michel Cohendv. 12°. Paris, 1900. Moller (T.) *Zur Therapie der habituellen Obstipation. 8°. Berlin. 1898. Murray (D. H.) Constipation: a new defi- nition, its primary causes and hvsienic treat- ment. Repr.from: Tr. Sect. Gastro-Enterol. A Proctol. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1919. Simon (P.) *Contractions reflexes du stos intestin; application au traitement de la consti- pation. 8°. Paris, 1921. Aaron (C. D.) Treatment of intestinal stasis bv duodenal lavage. Med. Rec, X. Y, 1"1\ xciv, 268. .4lso, Reprint.— Adler (I, H.) Constipation with special reference to its treatment. Proctologist, St. Louis, 1915, ix, 215-21*. Also: Therap. (I:i7. [etc.], Detroit, 1915, 3. s, xxxi, 764-766.— Albrecht (II.l Zur Frage der Antiperistnltik im Diekdarm bei sciiwcrer Obstipation. Munchen. med.Wchnschr, 1912, lix, 1-v.i'J-1595.—Albu (A.) Zur Pathogenese und Therapie CONSTIPATION. 151 CONSTIPATION. Constipation (Treatment of). der habituellen Stuhlverstopfung. Ztschr. f. phys. u. diatet. Therap, Leipz, 1920, xxiv, 121-131.—Anders (H. S.) The treatment of constipation in sedentary men. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1916, ciii, 459.—Arnold! (W.) Die Regelung der Darmtiitigkeit unter Mitbenutzung kleiner Mengen von Atropin. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1921, xlvii, 1583.—Asnian (B.) The etiology and treatment of coprostasis. Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1913, 3. s, xxix, 768-772.—Bastedo (W. A.) Simple measures in the treat- ment of chronic intestinalstasis. Internat. J. Surg, N. Y, 1914, xxvii, 139-142.-----. The medical treatment of chronic intestinal stasis. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1914, lxiii, 715- 718.—Becker (F. A.) Grundzuge der modernen Therapie der habituellen Obstipation. Therap. Rundschau, Halle a. S, 1908, ii, 569-572—Bensaude (R.) & Vicente (M.) Les lavements de bile dans le traitement de la constipation. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par, 1919, 3. s, xliii, 932-939.—Borgbjaerg (A.) The treatment of obstipation. Acta Med. Scandin, Stockholm, 1920, liii, 853-857 — Bounhol. Guerison d'une crise extraordinaire de consti- pation (18 jours) au cours d'une enterite muco-membra- neuse par le jubol et la sinuberase. Gaz. med. de Par, 1916, Ixxxvii, 110.—Bryant (J.) Getting results with the chronic intestinal invalid; one year with an out-patient clinic. Med. & Surg, St. Louis, 1918, ii, 634-639.—Buddy (E. P.) Drugs in the treatment of intestinal stasis. J. Missouri M. Ass. St. Louis, 1917, xiv, 200-202.—Butler (G. F.) Chronic constipation and its treatment. Mod. Standard, Chicago, 1918, xii, 274-277.—Carles (J.) Comment traiter la consti- pation habituelle? J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1922, Hi, 295- 299.—Carnot (P.) La geiose et les mucilagineux dans le traitement de la constipation. Progres med. Par, 1908,3. s, xxiv, 507-509.—Chapman (J. P.), Brady (W.) [ct al.}. How do you treat constipation? N. York M. J. [etc], 1914, xcix, 486; 537; 587— Cheplin (H. A.) & Wiseman (J. I.) Observations on the effect of B. acidophilus milk upon cases of chronic constipation. Boston M. & S. J., 1921, elxxxv, 627-630.—Clemons (E. J.) Rectal constipation; its significance and treatment. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1921, xcix, 871.—Coleschi (L.) Stitichezza e sua cura. Rassegna di chn. e terap, Roma, 1910, xxxiii, 37-49.—Croftan (A. C.) The treatment of chronic constipation. Therap. Med, N.Y, 1909, iii, 128-133.—Dargeln. Les stapes medicales et chirur- gicales d'un constipe. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1921, li, 154-159.—Destot. Observations sur la statique gastro- intestinale. Lyon med, 1910, cxiv, 63-72.—Einhorn (M.) Habitual constipation and its treatment. N. York M. J. [etc], 1914, xcix, 1061-1065. Also, transl.: Ztschr. f. phys. u. diatet. Therap, Leipz, 1914, xviii, 257-264. -----. The medical treatment ci chronic intestinal stasis. Tr. Am. Gastrc-Enterol. Ass, St. Louis, 1917, xii, 188-190.—Enrl- quez & Hallion. Rappel de nos recherches experimentales et cliniques sur les proprietes excito-peristaltiques de cer- tains extraits d'organes. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc], Par, 1911, clxii, 702-706.—Frieser (J. W.) Der Wert des Regulin fiir die Behandlung der chronischen habituellen Obstipation. Prag. med. Wchnschr, 1907, xxxii, 105-107.—Gallleur L'Hardy (A.) Le traitement de la constipation chronique par l'usage d'un tampon savonneux. Gaz. d. hop. Par, 1906, lxxix, 1444.—Gant (S. G.) The non-medicinal treat- ment of constipation. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1903, lxiv, 653-655. -----. Treatment of mechanical constipation and obstipa- tion. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, xc, 537-542.—Gompertz (L. M.) Agar-agar treatment of chronic constipation. Practitioner, Lond, 1910, Ixxxiv, 649-652.—Gottschalk. Les ferments lactiques dans la constipation. Rev. prat. d'obst. et de gynec, Par, 1908, 238-250. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: J. Pract. Dietet. & Bact.-Therap, Lond, 1909. i, 111.-----. Quelques medicaments nouveaux dans le traitement de la constipation. Medecin prat. Par, 1910,vi, 117-119.—Gy (A.) S4meiologie ettherapeutiaue de la constipation. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc], Par, 1912, clxiv, 161; 217; 254; 305.—Hall (L. A.) Medical appliance. [Pat. spec] No. 1417318, May 23,1922.—Hess Thaysen (T. E.) The alaxativetreat- ment of chronic constipation; its results and indications, Acta Med. Scandin, Stockholm, 1920, liii, 847-S53.— Hlrschman (L. J.) Air dilatation in the treatment of chronic constipation. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1906,lxx, 218-220.— Hopkins (A. H.) Constipation and its treatment. N.York M. J. [etc.], 1921, cxiv, 309-311.—Ireland (D. V.) Consti- pation. Proc. Centr. Soc. Phys. Therap, Chicago, 1918, i, 148-157.—Kellogg (J. H.) The paraffin treatment of con- stipation. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1914, c, 505-511.—Kistler (S. L.) Constipation; a new treatment for those cases of constipation which have their origin in partial paralysis, valvular constriction, or in stricture ofthe descending colon, or rectal pouch. Med. Summary, Phila, 1904-5, xxvii, 46-48.—Knopf (S. A.) How do you treat habitual con- stipation? N.York M.J. [etc.], 1901, lxxiv, 783- 785. [Suppl. essays, 785-788; 831-837.]—Kohnstamm (O.) & Oppen- heimer (M.) Schleimhaltige Pflanzensamen gegen Ver- stopfung (Semen lini, Semen psvlli usw.). Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl, 1915, lvi, 283-287.—Lane (W. A.) Chronic constipation and its medical and surgical treatment. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1905, i, 700-702.—Lebeaupin (A.) Lavage de l'estomac et tubnge a sec contre la constipation. Arch. d. mal. de l'appar. digest, [etc], Par, 1908, ii, 88-94.—Lemoine (G.) De l'emploi des lavements de bile glycerinee contre la constipation. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par, 1921, Constipation (Treatment of). clxxii, 326.—Lerch (O.) Constipation and the effect of purgatives on heart and vessels. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1920, cxii, 48-55.—Lesslie (R. M.) The medical treatment of intestinal stasis with special reference to the use of liquid paraffin. Am. Pract, N. Y, 1913, xlvii, 409-423, 1 pi.— Le Tanneur. Notes pratiques sur l'emploi de l'huile de vaseline ou de paraffine dans la constipation. Paris mrd, 1915-16, xx, 593-595.—Levy (L. H.) The use of small enemas in constipation. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1920, lxxv, 177 — Lipowski. Eine neue Grundlage zur Beurteilung und Behandlung der chronischen Obstipation. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch, 1909, Berl, 1910, xl, pt. 2, 284-289.— Lombardi (A.) Terapia della stitichezza abituale. Arch. internaz. dimed. e chir, Napoli, 1904, xx, 39-51.—Lotti (C.) Stitichezze e diarree. Idrol. e climat, Firenze, 1920, xxxi. 7; 47.—Luke (T. D.) The use of sour milk in the treatment Of constipation. Practitioner, Lond, 1910,Ixxxiv, 653-661.— MacFarlane (A.) Constipation; its treatment. Albany M. Ann, 1912, xxxiii, 401-409.—Mcnvain (E. S.) The treatment of constipation. N. York M. J. [etc], 1914, cxix, 484-486.—Mangelsdorf. Ueber Agar-Agar bei habitueller Stuhlverstopfung. Therap. Monatsh, Berl., 1908, xxii, 249- 252.—Manquat (A.) Utihsation des vaselines a l'interieur et plus particulierement dans le traitement de la constipa- tion. Bull, med. Par, 1914, xxviii, 111-117. Also: Rev. de therap. med.-chir. Par, 1914, lxxxi, 181-193.—Martinet(A.) L'agar-agar dans le traitement de la constipation chronique. Presse med. Par, 1910, xviii, 226.—Morse (F. H.) The non-surgical treatment of chronic intestinal stasis. J. Ad- vanc. Therap, N.Y.. 1915, xxxiii, 291-299.—Murray (D. H.) A rationaltreatmenf of chronic constipation. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1906, Ixxxiv, 873-875—Niles (G. M.) The lagging intes- tine; a clinical and therapeutic study of constipation. J. South Car. M. Ass, Greenville, 1917, xiii,305-310.—Nix (J. T.) Rare case of intestinal stasis and its treatment. South. M J, Nashville, 1916, ix, 908-910.—von Noorden (K.) Ueber chronische Stuhltragheit und deren Behandlung. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1922, lxxii, 384.—Pauchet (V.) Traite- ment de la stase intestinale chronique. Rev. de gynec. et de chir. abd. Par, 1913, xxi, 215-243.—Pennington (J. R.) New points in the anatomy and histology of the rectum and colon; the treatment of obstinate constipation based on points set forth in the foregoing. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1900, xxxv, 1520-1526, 2 pi.—Plstolese (F.) Concetto e cura moderna della stipsi cronica. Studium, Napoli, 1921, xi, 184-186.—Plicque (A.-F.) Le traitement medical et la chirurgie de la constipation. J. de med. et chir. prat. Par, 1919, xc, 666-672.—Ponticaccia (L.) Patogenesi e cura di alcune forme di stipsi crcnica funzionale. Gior. di clin. med, Parma, 1921, ii, 264-270.—Pron (L.) Belladone, bismuth et magnesie dans le traitement de la constipation chez les dyspeptiques. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par, 1913, clxvi, 706-709—Risquez (J. R.) Resultados obtenidos en el tratamiento de la constipacion habitual con las inyec- ciones de sulfato de magnesia. Gac. med. de Caracas, 1920, xxvii, 105.—Roberts (H. H.) Vegetable oil vs. mineral oil. Am. J. Electrotherap. & Radiol., N. Y, 1917, xxxv, 231.— Robinson (B.) Constipation: its pathologic physiology and treatment by exercise, diet, and visceral drainage. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1906, xxxiv, 264; 346; 423; 479.— Roch. [Traitement de la constipation atonique des veillards par la strychnine.] Rev. med- de la Suisse Rom, Geneve, 1915, xxxv, 94.—Rosenfeld (G.) Die Behandlung der chro- nischen Obstipation. Therap. d. Gegenw, Berl, 1914, lv, 462-465.—Roux (J.-C.) La constipation csecale et son traite- ment. J. de med. et chir. prat. Par, 1918, lxxxix, 855-.S60. Also, transl.: Med. Press, Lond, 1921, n. s, cxi, 279-281 — Russo (G.) Considerazioni sulla etiologia e cura della coprostasi. Gazz. internaz. di med, Napoli, 1906, ix, 1031; 1043.—Sadler (W. S.) The treatment of intestinal stasis. Illinois M. J,Chicago, 1919, xxxv, 57-61.—Schellen berg (G.) Erfahrungen iiber die Behandlung der Obstipation, beson- ders der chronischen habituellen Form, mit Regulin und Pararegulin. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1906, xxxii, 1951-1953.—Schellong (O.) Ueber die Niitz- lichkeit von methodischen Darmeingiessungen als wesent- licher Factor bei der Behandlung der habituellen Verstop- fung. Therap. Monatsh, Berl, 1898, xii, 620.—Schmidt (A.) Neue Beobachtungen zur Erklarung und rationellen Behandlung der chronischen habituellen Obstipation. Miinchen. med.Wchnschr, 1905, Iii, 1970-1973.-----. Neuere Gesichtspunkte in der Behandlung der chronischen Obsti- pation. Russ. med. Rundschau, Berl, 1908, vi. 335-349 — Schober (P.) Ueber Konstipation und Purgation. Heil- kunde, Berl, 1909, xiii, 159-161.—da Silva Mello (A.) Tratamento da prisao de ventre chronica pelo methodo do Professor Rosenfeld. Brazil-med, Rio de Jan, 1919. xxxiii, 153-156.—Singer (G.) Die leitenden Gesichtspunkte in der Therapie der chronischen Obstipation. Wien. med. Wchn- schr, 1908, lviii, 1349-1355.—Soper (H. W.) A physiologic basis for the treatment of chronic constipation. South. M. J, Birmingham, 1921, xiv, 99-104.—Soupault (M.) Traite- ment de la constipation. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par, 1899, exxxvii, 218; 241. [Discussion], 265; 420; 501; 585.— Spivak (C. D.) Rabbi Hisda's treatment of constipation. Internat. Clin, Phila, 1914, 24. s, i, 108-110.—Starkev (F. R.) Intestinal stasis. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1915, Ixxxvii, 51-55.—Surmont (H.) & Assoignion (P.) Queloues re- cherches experimentales sur la valeur comparee de certaines CONSTIPATION. 152 CONSTIPATION. Constipation (Treatment of). substances mucilagineuses employees dans le traitement de la constipation. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1914, xvm, 3<- 41.—Swaim (L. T.) The orthopedic aspects of chronic intestinal stasis. Penn. M. J, Athens, 1914-15, xvih, 715- 725.—Taylor (J. M.) Visceral stasis, mechanical obstruc- tions and their effects relievable by rational measures; a preliminary report. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1915, cii, 231.— Terrlle (E.) Sull' uso della "lienasi Serono" nella cura della stitichezza abituale. Rassegna di clin, terap. [etc.], Roma, 1922, xxi, 106-115.—Third (J.) The medical treatment of intestinal stasis. Canad. Pract. & Rev, Toronto, 1915, xl, 287-293.—Tixier. Traitement de la constipation nerveuse par l'ecorce de bourdaine. Centre med. et pharm, Gannat, 1905-6, xi, 513-515.—Tobias (E.) Ueber das Wesen und die Behandlung der chronischen Verstopfung. Gesundh. in Wort u. Bild, Berl, 1906, hi, 518-530—TroceUo (E.) La costipazione intestinale nelle entero-nevrosi e la sua cura con gli estratti lienali. Rassegna di clin. terap. [etc.], Roma, 1920, xix, 213-246.—Turton (E.) The causes and principles of treatment of constipation. Internat. Clin, Phila. & Lond, 1911, 21. s, ii, 1-13.—Tuxbury (F. P.) Divulsion of the external sphincter muscle as a factor in the treatment of constipation; with the report of a case. Colorado M. J, Denver, 1904, x, 56-60.—Waitz (J. W.) Der Gebrauch der Chatel-Guyon-Sonden fiir Darmirrigation, besonders in der Behandlung der spastischen Obstipation. Deutsche Aerzte- Ztg, Berl, 1905, 295-299— Welnsteln (J. W.) Intestinal stasis; a new method of treatment. N. York M. J. [etc], 1918, cviii, 547-550. A lso, Reprint.—Wesselhoeft (C.) The relative value of homoeopathy in a series of 485 hospital cases exhibiting chronic constipation. J. Am. Inst. Ho- mceop, Chicago, 1921-22, xiv, 711-728.—Wilcox (R. W.l The medical treatment of intestinal stasis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1914, c, 603-605. Also, Reprint.—Wilkerson (F. W.l The non-medical treatment of chronic constipation. Tr. Med. Ass. Alabama, Montgomery, 1913, 267-280.—Williams (T. A.) Treatment of constipation in sedentary men. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1916, ciii, 552-554.—Zapata (R.) El amerol en el tratamiento de la constipacion. Repert. de med. y cirug, Bogota, 1916-17, viii, 558-561.—Zweig (W.) Die Behandlung der chronischen Obstipation mit Paraffin. Med. Klin, Berl, 1922, xviii, 147. Constipation (Treatment of Dietetic). Austin (R. F. E.) Cellulose and chronic constipation. Indian M. Gaz, Calcutta, 1919, liv, 56-60.—Borgbjaerg (A.) [The dietetic and physical treatment of constipation.] Ugeskr. f. Lseger, Kdbenh, 1917, lxxix, 185-201, 2 pi. [Dis- cussion], 271-274.—Cohn (S.) Dietetics in the treatment of constipation. J. Advanc Therap, N. Y, 1904, xxii, 719- 722.—Cornet (P.) Traitement dietetiquede la constipation. Aetualite med. Par, 1898, x, 100; 115.—Gallant (A. E.) Wheat bran: its chemical and physical characteristics in the treatment of chronic constipation." N. York M. J. [etc], 1912, xcvi, 414-417. A lso, Reprint.—Gener(E.} Die Behandlung der St uhltragheit durch die Diat. Deutsche Krankenpfb- Ztg, Berl, 1914, xvii, 93-95.—Ghent (M. H.) Dietary treat- ment of chronic constipation. St. Paul M. J., St. Paul. Minn, 1906, viii, 816-819—Hewes (H. F.) The dietarv treatment of constipation. Boston M. & S. J, 1903, cxlix, 314-318. Also: Med. Communicat. Mass. M. Soc, Bost, 1903, xix, 527-544.—von Luzenberger (A.l Die Behandlung der chronischen Stuhlverstopfung mittels diiitetischer und phvsikalischer Therapie. Ztschr. t. diatet. u. physik. Therap, Leipz, 1903, vii, 299-311.—Newburgh (H.) "Die- tetic treatment of constipation. Am. J. Gastro-Enterol, Phila, 1913, iii, 10. Also: Boston M. & S. J, 1913, clxviii, 757-760.— Oldfleld (J.) Diet in relation to the cause and cure of constipation. Med. Press A Circ, Lond, 1901, n. s, lxxii, 352.—Palier CE.) The dietetic and hygienic treat- ment of chronic constipation. Dietet. & Hyg." Gaz, N V 1904, xx, 709-711—Rattermann (F. L.) The dietetic treatment for constipation. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin, 1908, xcix, 139-111.—Rush (W. H.) Dietetic treatment of simple constipation. Med. Bull. Wash. Univ., St. Louis 1904 iii 51 :o 2s3.—Barrs (A. G.) Operative treatment of remits of eon-tipation. Lancet, Lond, 1904, ii, 1888.—Bauer (J. L.) Obstipation; anastomosis of ileum and sigmoid. Long Lsland M. J, Brooklyn, 1919, xiii, 29.—Beach (W. M.) The surgical treatment ol obstipation. Penn. M.J, Pittsburgh, 1901-2, v, 532-535.-----. Valvotomy as a surgical measure for cure of obstinate constipation. Tr. M. Soc. N. Jersey, Newark, 1902, 145-151.—Bell (W. B.) A note on the surgical treatment oi chronic constipation. Liverpool M.-Chir. J, 1905, xxv, 320- 324.—Benjamin (A. E.) Substitute operations for the more radical surgical work advised by Mr. Lane in intestinal stasis. Tr. West. Surg. Ass, Minneapolis, 1915, xxiv, 143- 172, 10 pi. Also: Journal-Lancet, Minneap, 1915, xxxv, 255- 288.—Blayney (A.) Intestinal stasis: a method of treatment. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl, 1915, xxxiii, 131-144. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1914, n. s, xcviii, 566-568.— Bontneld (C. L.) Ileosigmoidostomy for colonic stasis. Tr. Am. Ass. Obst. & Gynec. 1912. York, 1913, xxv. 344-353. Also: Am. J. Obst, N. Y, 1913, lxvii, 33^346 — Bremner (F. P.) The value of shortcircuiting the colon for severe constipation. Lancet, Lond, 1912, i, 535.—Brown (O. H.) & Sweek (W. O.) Liquid agar-agar in constipation. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1917, lxix, 467.—Bucklin (C. A.) An operation for haemorrhoids and chronic constipation. Lancet, Lond, 1912, i, 295.—Camden (Rolla). Report of a case of intestinal stasis and its surgical treatment. Woman's M. J, Cincin, 1917, xxvii, 117.—Campbell (W. F.) The relation of the ileocecal valve to Lane's kink. X. York State J. M, N. Y, 1914, xiv, 178-1S0.—Caucel (A.) Contri- buto alia conoscenza e alia cura chirurgica della stasi intesti- nale cronica. Clin, chir, Milano, 1920, n. s, ii, 615-647.— Ceballos (A.) Sobre un caso de constipacion tenaz, tratado por ileosigmoidoestomia. Prensa med. argentina, Buenos Aires, 1917-ls, iv, 61.—Cerne. II, o-sigmoidestomie pour constipation inveb'ree. Normandie med, Rouen, 1906, xxi, 274.—Chappie (H.I Chronische Darmstase, behandelt mittels kurzer zirkuliirer Cmsehneidung Oder Kolektomie; eine kurze Studie der Krankengeschichten von 50 Fallen! Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1911, xlviii, 743-751.—Clark (J. G.) What cases of constipat ion are amenable to surgical treat- ment? Tr. Coll. Phys, Phila, 1911, 3. s, xxxiii, 5>-65 iho- Therap. Gaz, Detroit, lull, 3. s, xxvii. 30S-310.----- The surgical aspects of fecal stasis. Penn. M.J, Athens, 1914-15 xvm, 711-715.—Coffey (R. c.) The principles underlying the surgical treatment oi gastro-intestinal stasis, due to causes other than strietural or ulcerative conditions. Surg Gynec & Obst, Chicago, 1912, xv, 365-429.—Crile (G. w'j Newer conceptions of intestinal stasis. Tr. \m Vs^ Obst & Gynec. 1915, York, 1916. xxviii, 95-97 Daniel (P.) Septic infection versus chronic intestinal stasia the lcalitv of ileo-colostomy for arthritis. Clin. J, Lond , i»13 ii xii, 305-314.—Deaver (J. B.) Duodenal stasis; iejunoieiunosto- my: recovery. Internat. Clin, Phila, 1914, 24. s iii 206 — Doberauer (G.) Zur chinirgischcn Behandlung schwerer habitueller Obstipation. Prag. med.Wehnschr, 1907, xxxii, 463; 4,6.—Don (A.) Is colectomy for constipation a rational procedure? Chn. J, Lond, 1914, xliii, 209-21S.—Douglas X, * c°nSfmtal obstruction in a new-born infant. Am. J. Obst X. \ „ W10, lxi 505-50S.-Duval (P.) & R«ux f J. C.) Les alterations du co-Ion droit et la constipation circale- les indications du traitement chirurgical et sos resultats. Arch. d. mal. de 1 appar. digest, [etcl, Par, 1914, viii, 307-337, 1 pi. . . ' —;—• Contribution a Petnde du traitement chirur- gical de la "stase colique" par alteration du cfllon droit (cjreum, c61on ascendant, angle hepatique). Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1914, n. s, xl, 303-313.------------ La stase stercorale csecc-ascendante et son traitement chirur- ™- ,,!, -„d- mal' de 1,aPPar- digest, [etc.], Par, 1919-20, x, 70;>-744.—Earl (R.) Intestinal stasis with special reference to Lane s short-circuiting operation. Journal-Lancet, Minneap, 1912, xxxii, 660-663.—Eastman (J. R.) Experi- mental and clinical studies of colon stasis. J. Am. M. Ass Chicago, 1914. Ixui, 411-444—Ehrenrelch (M.I Die Heilung der habituellen Stuhltragheit durch Trinkkuren in Kur- orten. Ztschr. f. phys. u. diatet. Therap, Leipz, 1918 xxii CONSTIPATION. 153 CONSTIPATION. Constipation (Treatment of, Operative). 338-343.—Einhorn (M.) The medical treatment of chronic j intestmal stasis. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1917, xci, 847.—Falcone (R.) A proposito del trattamento chirurgico della stasi intestinale cronica. Gazz. med. napolet, 1921, iv, 413-415 — Fernandez Martinez (F.) Los nuevos remedios del | estrefiimiento habitual. Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. m6d. I Madrid, 1918, xxxix, 349-358.—Fowler (R. S.) Neurasthenia and constipation; ileo-sigmoidostomy. Am. J. Surg, N. Y, 1912, xxvi, 434.—Franke (F.) Ueber operative Behandlung der chronischen Obstipation. Arch. f. klin. Chir, Berl, 1902, lxvii, 911-928. Also: Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir, Berl, 1902, xxxi, pt. 2, 262-279.—Gant (S. G.) Colopexy and other surgical procedures indicated in the treatment of constipation (obstipation) due to intestinal ptosis. Ohio M. J, Columbus, 1909, v, 305-311. Also: Surg, Gynec. & Obst, Chicago, 1910, xi, 77-85.—Gatellier (J.) Les indications chirurgicales dans le traitement de la con- stipation. J. m6d. franc, Par, 1922, xi, 258-260.—Geyser (A. C.) The physiological treatment of chronic constipation. Med. Rev. of Rev, N. Y, 1915, xxi, 661-663.—Goebell (R.) Zur chirurgischen Therapie der Obstipation. Med. Klin, Berl, 1910, vi, 1771-1775. Also: Mitt. f. d. Ver. Schlesw.- Holst. Aerzte, Kiel, 1910-11, n. F, xix, 67-70.-----. Zur chirurgischen Behandlung der durch Megasigmoideum und Houston'sche Klappen verursachten Obstipation. Ver- handl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir, Berl, 1911, pt. 2, 459- 478.—Gray (H. M. W.) Remarks on chronic intestinal stasis. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1914, i, 188-191.—Hammond (L. J.) A consideration of the surgical pathology and treatment of chronic constipation. Tr. Luzerne Co. M. Soc, Wilkes-Barre, 1912, xx, 94-98.—Hayem. Colectomie sub- totale pour stase intestinale chronique. Marseille-m^d, 1921, lviii, 375-379.—Heath (H.) The surgical treatment of chronic constipation. Colorado Med, Denver. 1908, v, 445- 451.—Hertzler (A. E.) Surgical treatment of chronic con- stipation. J. Missouri M. Ass, St. Louis, 1913-14, x, 48-51.— Hlrschman (L.J.) The surgical treatment of chronic con- stipation. Tr. Am. Proctol. Soc, Detroit, 1911, xhi, 77-83. -----. The surgery of colonic obstipation; report of thirteen cases. Proctologist, St. Louis, 1912, vii, 124; 139, 1 pi.— ten Horn (C.) Die Plikation des Ccecum als Behandlung der Obstipation. Centralbl. f. Chir, Leipz, 1919, xlvi, 354- 356.—Horsley (J. S.) Personal experience in trie surgical treatment of intestinalstasis. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1917, lxix, 714-718.-----. Surgical treatment of intestinal stasis. Virginia M. Month, Richmond, 1919-20, xlvi, 247-251 — Jopson (J. H.) Partial colectomy for intestinal stasis. Tr. Phila. Acad. Surg, 1915, xvii, 140.—Jordan (A. C.) Chronic intestmal stasis. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1914, lxxxvi, 531-538.—Karewski (F.) Ueber die chirurgische Behand- lung schwerer Formen chronischer Obstipation. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1912. xlix, 2398; 2455. A lso: Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1912), 1913, xliii, pt. 2, 495-533. [Discussion], pt. 1, 292-294.—Keetley (C. B.) The treatment of certain forms of obstinate constipation by entero-colostomy. Lan- cet, Lond, 1903, ii, 1833. -----. Internal proctotomy for constipation. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1903, lxxviii, 181.-----. Is there a surgical treatment for constipation? Med. Rec, N. Y, 1907, lxxii, 510.—Kempe (G.) The treatment of certain forms of obstinate constipation by entero-colostomy. Lancet, Lond, 1904, i, 124.—Kummer. Constipation chro- nique par suite de colostase et de coloptose; une appendi- cotomie. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1917, xlvii, 1449.— Lane (Sir W. A.) On the operative treatment ofthe con- ditions of the large bowel which result from chronic consti- pation. Clin. J, Lond, 1903-4, xxiii, 209-214. Also: Lancet, Lond, 1904, ii, 1695-1699.-----. Operation for the effects of chronic constipation. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1904, n. s, lxxviii, 335.-----. The operative treatment of constipation. Internat. Clin.. Phila, 1905,14. s, iv, 159-165.-----. Opera- tions for chronic intestinal stasis and its results. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1906, n. s, lxxxi, 281.-----. Remarks on the results ofthe operative treatment of chronic constipation. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1908, i, 126-130.-----. Chronic constipa- tion; a consideration of its surgical treatment. Surg, Gynec. & Obst, Chicago, 1908, vi, 115-129.-----. The operative treatment of chronic constipation. Practitioner, Lond, 1910, Ixxxiv, 684-699.-----. An address on chronic intestinal stasis. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1913. ii, 1125-1128.-----. Chronic intestinal stasis. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin, 1913, cix, 32; 58. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1913, n. s, xcvi, 556-558. -----. Clinical lecture on chronic intestinal stasis. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1913, n. S.. xcvi, 522-525. -----. Chronic intestinal stasis; what are the indications for oper- ative interference? Lancet, Lond, 1919, i, 333.—Lanphear (E.) Abdominal section for chronic constipation. Am. M. Compend, Toledo, 1911, xxxvii, 1-3.—Lejars (F.) Les formes graves de la constipation et leur traitement chirur- gical. Semaine meM, Par, 1904, xxiv, 419-421.—Leriche (R.) Sur la physiologie de l'ileo-sigmoidostomie par im- plantation dans la stase csecale et sur Pantip<5ristaltisme du gros intestin. Lyon chirurg, 1913, x, 313-316—Levinson (B.) Treatment of chronic constipation and sequelae by transduodenal lavage. Med. Council, Phila, 1919, xxiv, 515-520.—Lyman (C. B.) Surgical treatment of constipa- tion. Colorado Med, Denver, 1913, x, 9-14.—Martin (T. C.) Obstipation and its radical treatment. Tr. Am. Proctol. Soc, Allegheny, Pa, 1899, i, 42-48. Also: Cleveland J. M, 1899, iv, 523-528.—Martinez (F.) Le traitement de la Constipation (Treatment of, Operative). constipation. Tribuna med, Rio de Jan., 1919, xxv, 23- 26.—Marvel (E.) Plastic operation for correction of ceco- colon stasis. Tr. Am. Ass. Obst. & Gynec, 1914, York, 1915, xxvii, 241-254. Also: Am. J. Obst, N. Y, 1914, lxx, 1002- 1015.—Maury (J. M.) Caecum mobile, chrome appendicitis and the pericolic membrane. J. Tenn. M. Ass, Nashville, 1913-14, vi, 182-185.—Meeker (H. D.) A contribution to the conservative surgery of chronic intestinal stasis. Tr. Am. Ass. Obst. & Gynec. 1915, York, 1916, xxviii, 98-111. Also: Am. J. Obst, N.Y, 1915, lxxii, 981-995.—Miller (C. C.) Divulsion of the anal sphincter as a cure for constipation. Am. J. Clin. M, Chicago, 1919, xxvi, 485.—Monjardino (J.) Sobre certos aspectos chirurgicos da prisao de ventre. Brazil-med, Rio de Jan, 1920, xxxiv, 297-300. Also: Tribuna med, Rio de Jan, 1920. xxvi? 80; 88.—Morestin (H.) Constipation inveteree, traite par l'd6o-sigmo'idostomie, avec exclusion du cot6 cseeal. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1910, n. S, xxxvi, 680-683.—Morse (F. H.) Normal muscle movements induced in the treatment of intestinal stasis. Am. J. Electrotherap. & Radiol, N. Y, 1917, xxxv, 403^06.—Mosti (R.) Contributo alia cura chirurgica della stasi intestinale cronica. Morgagni, Milano, 1922, lxiv, pt. 1, arch, 201-222.—Mothersole (R. D.) A short series of operations for intestinal stasis. Brit. J. Surg, Bristol, 1914-15, ii, 664-668.—Moullin (C.W. M.) Ileosigmoidostomy for the relief of inveterate constipation. Lancet, Lond, 1909, i, 156.—Moynihan (Sir B.) Intestinal stasis. Surg, Gynec. & Obst, Chicago, 1915, xx, 154-158.—Mummery (P. L.) Appendieostomy in the treatment of chronic con- stipation. Practitioner, Lond, 1910, Ixxxiv, 700-704.-----. Cases of intractable constipation treated by operation. Proc. Roy. Soc Med, Lond, 1911-12, v, Surg. Sect, 191-212. -----. Clinical remarks on intractable constipation treated by operation. Lancet, Lond, 1912, ii, 135-138.—Nascher (I. L.) The treatment of senile constipation. Am. J. Chn. M, Chicago, 1917, xxiv, 636-638.—Ochsner (A. J.) Excision of csecum and transverse colon for obstinate constipation. Internat. Clin, Phila, 1910, 20. s, iv, 121-123.—Pate (J. C.) Treatment of constipation by conservative surgical correc- tion of retardative displacement of the colon. Pract. Med. & Surg, Austin, 1922, xxxviii, 93-96.—Paterson (H. J.) The surgical treatment of intestinal stasis. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1913, ii, 1088-1090.—Pauchet (V.) Traitement de la stase intestinale chronique (33 anastomoses, 3 resections du gros intestin). Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1913, n. s, xxxix, 1144-1151. -----. Constipation chronique (traitement chirurgical). Mouvement med. Par, 1914, ii, 45-55. -----. Stase intestinale chronique (maladie d'Ar- buthnot Lane); son traitement chirurgical. Bull. Acad, de med. Par, 1919, 3. s, lxxxi, 27-29. Also: J. de mpd. de Par, 1919, xxxviii, 131.-----. Traitement de la stase intestinale chronique; colectomie totale. Paris m£d, 1920, xxxv. 280- 286.—PajT (E.) Obstipationsursachen und -formen (Kon- stitutionspathologie und Eingeweidesenkung); iiber die Anzeigestellung zu Operationen bei Obstipation. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir, Berl, 1920, xliv, 237-305.— Pilcher (L. S.) Surgical treatment of chronic intestinal stasis. Long Island M. J, Brooklyn, 1915, ix, 1-4. Also: Year-Book Pilcher Hosp. 1913-14; Brooklyn, 1915, 85-90.-^ Pirrung (J. E.) Chronic intestmal stasis; its causes and relief. Kentucky M. J, Bowling Green, 1914, xii, 573-578.-- Pleth (V.) & Pleth (V. W.) A case or colo-sigmoidostomy for constipation due to sacculation of a V-shaped transverse colon. St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn, 1906, viii, 483.— Pujol y Brull. Indicaciones quirurgicas en el estasis intestinal crdnico. Rev. espafi. de med. y cirug, Barcelona, 1921, iv, 480.—Reder (F.) Intestinal stasis; surgery. J. Missouri M. Ass, St. Louis, 1917, xiv, 202-204—Reed (C. A. L.) Treatment of constipation by conservative sur- gical correction of retardative displacements of the colon. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1916, lxvii, 986-990.—Robinson (W. J.) Constipation and cathartics. Med. Critic & Guide, N. Y, 1917, xx, 405-407.—Rockey (A. E.) The surgical treatment of chronic constipation by the method of Lane, with the addition of appendieostomy. Med. Sentinel, Port- land, Oreg, 1911, xix, 214-229. A lso, Reprint.—Roope (A. P.) Why surgery in intestinal stasis? J. Indiana M. Ass, Fort Wayne, 1915, viii, 382-386.—Rost (F.> Beitrag zur Lehre von der chronischen Obstipation und ihrer chirurgi- schen Behandlung. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir, Jena, 1915, xxviii, 627-689.—Ruge (E.) Operative Behand- lung verzweifelter Obstipationsfalle, nebst Mitteilung einer neuen einfachen Methode. Arch. f. klin. Chir, Berl, 1914, civ, 775-799.-----. Operative Behandlung schwerer Obsti- pationsfalle. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl., 1914, xl, 1544.—Sanders (E. M.) Chronic intestinal stasis. J. Tenn. M. Ass, Nashville, 1913-14, vi, 178-182—Satterlee (G. R.) Symptoms, diagnosis and treatment of chronic intestinal stasis. Proctologist, St. Louis, 1915, ix, 180-182.— Schmieden (V.) Zur operativen Behandlung der schweren Obstipation. Arch. f. khn. Chir, Berl, 1913, ci, 697-707. Also: Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir, Berl, 1913, xiii, pt. 2, 96-106.—Sencert (L.) & Simon (R.) Un nouveau cas de colectomie totale pour constipation rebelle. Gaz. med. de Strasb, 1922, lxxx, 301-303.—Sheen (A. W.) On the end-results of colectomies for intestinal stasis. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1921, i, 116-118—Smith (F. J.) Some reflec- tions on intestinal stasis as a surgical disease. Internat. J. Surg, N. Y, 1914, xxvii, 167-170.—Stierlin (E.) Ueber CONSTIPATION. 154 CONSTIPATION. Constipation (Treatment of, Operative). eine neue operative Therapie gewisser Falle schwerer Obsti- pation mit sogenannter chronischer Appendicitis. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir, Jena, 1911, xxiii, 509-530.— Summers (J. E.) Surgical aspects of intestinal stasis, from an anatomic point of view. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1913, lxi, 639-642—Symonds (C. W.) Lane's band causing indigestion; constipation; two attacks diagnosed appendici- tis; operation; cure. Woman's M. J, Cincin, 1917, xxvii, 110.—Teirlinck (A.) Constipation et valvotomie rectale. Bull. Soc. de med. de Gand, 1903, lxx, 235-241.-----. Appen- dicostomie et cecostomie pour le traitement des constipa- tions chroniques et surtout des diarrhees chroniques. Ann. Soc. de med. de Gand, 1911, n. s, ii, 145-150. Also: Belgique med. Gaud, 1911, xviii, 207-209—Unterberger (F.) Zur operativen Behandlung schwerster Obstipation. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1917, xliii, 941.—Vpsliur (J. N.) & Horsley (J. S.) Intestinal stasis; with report of cases. Am. J. Surg, X. Y, 1912, xxvi, 421-423.—Vaughan (G. T.) The Lane operation for chronic constipation; with report of two cases. Wash. M. Ann, 1911-12, x, 266-270. Also: Surg, Gynec & Obst, Chicago, 1912, xiv, 158-160. -----. Lane's kink, cecum mobile and Jackson's membrane as causes of partial obstruction of the bowel and chronic constipation. Wash. M. Ann, 1912-13, xi, 231-234.—Ward (L. E. B.) Some aspects of intestinal stasis in children and its surgical treatment. Practitioner, Lond, 1912, lxxxviii, 570-581, 3 pi—Werneck (C.) & Bicalho (C.) Um caso de constipacao rebelde pela ileosvgmoidostomia. Brazil-med, Rio de Jan, 1916, xxx, 105-108.—White (F. W.) A brief experience with appendieostomy and cecostomy for intes- tinal stasis in epilepsy and neurasthenia. Tr. Am. Gastro- Enterol. Ass, St. Louis, 1919, xxih 274-287.—Wightman. Colocolostomy for chronic intestinal stasis. West. M. Rev, Omaha, 1915, xx, 291.—Yeomans (F. C.) Ceco-sigmoidos- tomy in chronic intestinal stasis. Am. J. Gastro-Enterol, Phila, 1913, iii, 14-16.-----. Conservative surgery of chronic intestinal stasis. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1917, xcii, 1010. Also: N.York State J. M, N.Y, 1918, xviii, 375-380. Also, Reprint. Constipation (Treatment of) hy elec- tricity. Bloch (G.j) Faits nouveaux concernant le traitement eiectrique de la constipation. Bull, ofi. Soc frang. d'eiectro- th<5r. Par, 1903, x, 239-243. —---. A propos du traitement eiectrique de la constipation. Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. d'electrcl. et de radiol. med. 1902; Berne, 1903. ii, 512-519.— Bordier (H.) La galvano-faradizzazione e il trattamento della costipazione cronica e dell' enterocolite muco-membra- nosa. Ann. di elett. med. [etc], Napoli, 1905, iv, 41-18.— Brinkmann (M. W.) Constipation; its electrical treat- ment. J. Advanc Therap, N. Y, 1904, xxii, 732-735.— Brydon (Mary Evelyn). The management of constipation among school girls. Virginia M. Month, Richmond, 1918, xlv, 76-80.—Cohn (S.) The use of electricity in the treat- ment of habitual constipation. N. York M. J, 1902, lxxvi, 410-414.—Delherm (L.) Le traitement de la constipation habituelle et de lacolite muco-membraneuse par Peiectrieite; sesresultatseioignes. Arch, de mal. de l'appar. digest, [etc.], Par, 1907. i, 513-532—Delherm (L.) & Laquerrlere. Traitement eiectrique de la constipation habituelle chro- nique. J. med.franc. Par, 1922, xi, 245-247.—De Renzi (E.) Cura elettrica della costipazione abituale. N. riv. clin.- terap, Napoli, 1901, iv, 337-341.—Dieffenbach (W. H.) Treatment of constipation with high frequency currents. Tr. Am. Inst. Homceop, Chicago, 1903, 659-665. Also: N. Am. J. Homceop, N. Y, 1903, li, 629-632— Donnat. Le traitement eiectrique de constipation chronique. Bull. et mem. Soc. de med. de Vaucluse, Avignon, 190.5-6, i ii, 316-318—Doumer (E.) & Musln (E.) Traitement de la constipation habituelle par la franklinisation localisee. Ann. d'eiectrobiol. [etc.], Par, 1898, i, 722-741.—Dunn (D. W.) Electric treatment of constipation. Chicago M. Times, 1909, xiii, 281-283.—Faidherbe (P.) Constipation et eflluvation de haute frequence. Bull. ofl. Soc. franc, d'eiec- trother. Par, 1909, xvii, 262-267.—Gomes d'Araujo (H.) A elcctricidade medica na obstipacao. Med. mod, Porto, 1912, xix, 85-89—Greaves (H. G.) General practice treat- ment of chronic constipation by electric massage. Practi- tioner, Lond, 1914, xciij 871-874.—Hartenberg. La consti- pation des neurastheniques traitee par l'eloctrotherapic. Gaz. med. beige, Liege, 190.5-6, xvii, 263.—Harvey (J. R.) The electrical treatment of chronic constipation. Northwest Med, Seattle, 1905, iii, 19-21.—Hernanian-Johnson (F ) The effects of neglected constipation in school girls. Med Press & Circ, Lond, 1910, n. s, lxxxix, 223. Also: North- umberland & Durham M. J, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1910 xviii, 62-65.—Houston (McM.) The treatment of chronic constipation by electricity and vibration. Clinique, Chi- cago, 1909, xxx, 17 22— Johnson (F. H.) The electrical treatment of intestinal stasis. Brit. M. J.. Lond 1914 i 531.—Laquerrlere (A.) & Delherm (L.) Influence sur la constipation des traitements eiectriques gynecologiques Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. d'eicctrol. et de radiol! med' 1902, Berne 1903, ii, 492-498.----------. Essai de synthase des indications des diverses modalites eiectriques dans la constipation, J. de physiotherap. Par.. 1903, i. 354-358 —-----—• Les indications, les contrindlcations, les causes d eohecs dans le traitement eiectrique de la constipation et de 1'entero-colite. Bull. off. Soc. franc, d'eiectrother Par Constipation (Treatment of) hy elec- tricity. 1905, xiii, 169-173. -----. Le r61e de l'eiectrotherapie dans la constipation. Bull. med. de Quebec, 1908-9, x, 194- 203.—Lebon & Aubourg. Contractions intestinales eiec- triquement provoquees et lavement eiectrique. Clinique, Par, 1911, vi, 758-764.—Luke (T. D.) The use of physical methods in the treatment of chronic constipation, with special reference to sinusoidal currents. Glasgow M. J, 1911, lxxv, 412-424, 2 pi.-----. The treatment of chronic constipation by polyphase currents and physical methods. Antiseptic, Madras, 1912, ix, 471-482.— Monroe (G. J.) Constipation cured by massage, together with faradic electricity. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1903, n. s, li, 430.—Petit (P.-C.) Electricite et constipation chronique. Rev. med. Par, 1905, xiv, 769.—Peyser (M. W.) Galvanic treatment of habitual (chronic) constipation. Old Dominion J. M. & S, Richmond, 1905-6, iv, 295-301. Also: Virginia M. Semi- Month, Richmond, 1905-6, x, 492-495.—Raoult-Deslong- champs (L.) Le traitement de la constipation par l'eiectri- cite. J. de med. de Par.. 1906, 2. s, xviii, 128-131.—Richens (L. Belle). A case of chronic constipation successfully treated. Am. J. Electrotherap. & Radiol, N. Y, 1919, xxxvii, 300.—Schilling (F.) Elektrische Behandlung der habituellen Obstipation. Centralbl. f. Stoffwechsel u. Ver- dauungskr, Gotting, 1902, hi, 327-330. Also: Klin.-therap. Wchnschr, Wien, 1902, ix, 705-709 -Swidersky (S. O.) Ueber die Behandlung der habituellen Obstipation mit Stromen hohen Druckes und haufigen Wechsels. Russ. med. Rundschau, Berl, 1904, ii, 651-654. Constipation (Treatment of) with hor- mones. Arnaud (L.) L'hormon peristaltique dans le traitement des constipations chroniques. Bull. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1911, x, 766-772. Also: Lyon med, 1912, cxviii,20-27.— Dittler (R.) Zur Kenntnis der Hormonalwirkung. Miin- chen. med. Wchnschr, 1911, lviii, 2427-2429.—Goyena (J. R.) La hormonterapia de la constipaci6n. Semana med, Buenos Aires, 1913, xx, pt. 2,117-124.—Hoxle (G. H.) Hormonal in intestinalstasis. Interstate M. J.. St. Louis, 1912, xix, 124-126.—Maehtle. Die Hormonaltherapie der chronischen Obstipation. Therap. Monatsh, Berl, 1911, xxv, 652 657.—Ptannmuller (H.) Versuche mit dem Peristaltikhormon Hormonal bei der chronisch-habituellen Obstipation. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1911, lviii, 2270- 2272—Plerret (R.) & Duhot. L'honnone peristaltique (hormonal) et la, constipation chronique (a propos de neuf observations). Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1912, xvi, 367-363. Constipation (Treatment of) hy massage. Boeri (G.) II massaggio addominale nella cura della coprostasi abituale; proposta di uno speciale metodo di automassaggio addominale respiratorio. N. riv. clin.-terap, Napoli, 1907, x, 7-11.-----. Non e necessario, nei massaggio addominale per la cura della coprostasi abituale, che la manovra si uniformi alia direzione con cui procedono i materiali intestinali. Ibid.. 67-73.—Bolton (J. S.) Ab- dominal kneading in the treatment of intestinal stasis. Brit. M. J, Lond.. 1917, i, 422- t'autru. Constipation et massage abdominal. Rev. de the rap. med.-chir. Par, 1908, lxxv, 299; 325— Dolega (M.) Die Bedeutung und Technik der Bauchmassage in der Behandlung chronischer Obstipa- tionen, insbesondere der chronischen habituellen Obsti- pation. Ztschr. f. diatet. u. phvsik. Therap, I*ipz, 1S9.S-9, ii, 323-334.—Floyd (R.) The treatment of functional dis- orders ofthe colon by massage. Med. Rec, X. Y, 1921, c, 324-329.—Hazzard if. 1..) Abdominal massage as a means ofreliefinchronicconstipation.etc Tr. Ainrproctol.Soc, St. Louis, 1909, 81 '.i->. Also: Proctologist, St. Louis, 1909, in, 140-148.—Hirschberg (R.) Traitement de la constipa- tion chronique par le massage abdominal. J. de physio- therap. Par, 1914, xii, 12s 136.—Pickens (d R ) Chronic atonic constipation and its treatment with internal massage of rectum and sigmoid. J. Tenn. M. Ass, Nashville, 1920-21, xiii, 175 178.—Powers (IL) An exercise and a new method of self-massage useful in the treatment of chronic consti- pation. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1914, lxiii, 1669.- Salignat (L.) Traitement de la constipation par le massage thera- peutique abdominal. Cong, internat. de physiotherap. C.-r. 1910, Par, 1911, iii, 221-?>:;.-Williams (Kate W) Massage for const ipat ion. Am. J. Nursing, Phila, 1900-1901, i, 713-715.-ZabludowskI (J.) Die Behandlung der chroni- schen Obstipation; Anwendung und Technik der Massage. Ztschr. t. arztl. Fortbild, Jena, 1905, ii, 411-414. Constipation (Treatment of) ly min- eral waters. Baraduc. La constipation motricc et la cure de Chfttel- Guyon. Ann. Soc.d'hydrol.med.de Par, 1911, lvi,97-102.— Baraduc & Alne. Traitement hydro-mineral de la cons- tipation. J. med. franc., Par, 1922, xi, 24S-257— Bau- mann (J.) Les stases ca^cales et leur traitement hydro- mineral. Progres med.. Par, 1919, 3. s xxxiv, 336-338. -----. \& traitement thermal et phvsiotherapique de la stase intestinale chronique. Ibid., 1922,3. s, xxxv, 301-303.— Brocrhl. Le traitement hydro-mineral de la constipation. J. de med. int., Par, 1899, iii, 397.—Gant (S. G.) Water CONSTIPATION. Constipation (Treatment of) hy min- eral waters. drinking in the treatment of chronic constipation. Contrib. Sc. Med. & Surg. ... 25. anniv. founding of N. Y. Post- Grad. M. Sch. & Hosp, N. Y, 1908,422-425.—Gardette (V.) Comment agit Chatel-Guyon sur la constipation. Ann. Soc. d'hydrol.me_d.de Par. C.-r, 1908-9, liv, 200-213. Also: Loire med, St.-Etienne, 1908, xxvii, 292-301.—Hackel (J.) Therapie, besonders Hydrotherapie bei chronischer Obsti- pation. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1899, xxv, Therap. Beil, 1.—Hunerfauth (G.) Der Kurplan bei chronischer Verstopfung. Leipz. med. Monatschr, 1907, xvi, 1-6.—Lotero Fernandez (L.) Elestrefiimiento y su tratamiento hidromineral. Rev. med. espaft. y bol. de hig. v salub, Madrid, 1910, ii, 301-304.—McClure (J. C.) The hydrological treatment of gastro-intestinal stasis. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1915-16, ix, Balneol. [etc.] Sect, 21- 32. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1916, n. s, ci, 94-97.— Rheinboldt (M.) Die physiologisch dosierte Mineral- wasserkur als Uebungstherapie des Darmes bei habitueller Stuhltragheit. Ztschr. f. phys. u. diatet. Therap, Leipz, 1909, xiii, 161-167. -----. Methodologisches zur Mineral- wasserbehandlung der habituellen Obstipation. Med. Klin, Berl, 1913, ix, 1247. Also: Veroffentl. d. balneol. Gesellsch. in Berl, 1913, xxxiv, pt. 2, 230-236.—Schumacker (A.) Traitement des difierentes especes de constipation par les eaux de Mondorf-Etat. Rev,, med. de l'Est, Nancy, 1920, xlviii, 581-589.—Vauthey. A propos du traitement de la constipation par les eaux minerales non purgatives. Gaz. , d. eaux, Par, 1899, xiii, 587-593.—Williams (L.) The Spa treatment of chronic constipation. Practitioner, Lond, 1910, Ixxxiv, 662-670. Constipation (Treatment of) hy physio- therapy.- von Aufschnaiter (O.) Ueber die mechanische, ther- mische und hydriatische Behandlung der Obstipation. Beibl. d. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. phys. Med, Wien, 1908, i, 41-54. Also: Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1908, lviii, 1073; 1135.— Bryant (J.) Developmental exercises for the chronic in- testinal invalid. Med. & Surg, St. Louis, 1918, ii, 625-633.— Buxbaum (B.) Die physikalische und diatetische Be- handlung der Obstipation. Bl. f. klin. Hydrother, Wien, 1905, xv, 237-253. Also: Zentralbl. f. d. ges. Therap, Wien, 1906, xxiv, 57-69. -----. Zur physikalischen Behandlung der Obstipation. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg, 1907, Hi, 49; 59; 71; 83; 95; 105.—Cautru (F.) Traitement de la constipation par la kinesiterapie abdominale. J. de physiotherap. Par, 1910, viii, 151-160.—Cyriax (F.) La kinesitherapie dans le traitement de la constipation chronique. Ibid., 1911, ix, 285-295.—Dausset (H.) Le traitement de constipation par Pair chaud sous forme de douche, avec association de massage. Arch. gen. d. kinesitherapie, 1909, xi, 90-^97. ——. Les applications de Pair surchauffe contre la constipation. Bull. med. de PAlgerie, Alger, 1909, xx, 301-304. -----. Action de Pair chaud sur l'intestin dans le traitement de la constipation. Cong, internat. de physiotherap. C.-r. 1910, Par, 1911, iii, 436.—Dowse (T. S.) Mechano-therapeutics for constipation. Practitioner, Lond, 1910, Ixxxiv, 719- 733.—Eberhart (N. M.) Vibratory stimulation in the treatment of constipation. Med. Standard, Chicago, 1909, xxxii, 420.—Ewerhardt (F. W.) Treatment of intestinal stasis by means of physical therapy. J. Missouri M. Ass, St. Louis, 1917, xiv, 205-210.—Fernet (C.) De la gymnas- tique abdomino-rectale, appliquee au traitement de la cons- tipation habituelle. Hygiene, Par, 1911, ii, No. 21, 13-15. Also: 3. de med. int., Par.. 1911, xv, 237-239.—Gerson (K.) Zur mechanischen Behandlung der chronischen Obstipation. Therap. d. Gegenw, Berl. & Wien, 1917, xix, 408— Groedel (F. M.) Ueber den Einfluss maschinellcr Fibration des Abdomens auf den Dickdarminhalt. Monatschr. f. phys.- diatet. Heilmeth, Munchen, 1909,i, 218-221.—Juettner (O.) Physical treatment of constipation. St. Louis M. Rev, 1908, lvii*, 187-190. Also, Reprint.—Kahane (M.) Die physika- lische Therapie der habituellen Obstipation. Med. Klin, Berl, 1912, viii, 1633; 1675— Kisch (E. H.) Die physikalische Behandlung der habituellen Obstipation. Ztschr. f. Bal- neol, Klimat. [etc.], Berl, 1910, iii, 163-165.—Lawrence (H.) A treatment for constipation, by gravitation and postural movements. Austral. M. J, Melbourne, 1912-13, n. s, ii, 980-982.—Leopold-Levi. Des mecanismes d'action du traitement thyroidien sur les troubles intestinaux; a propos de la communication de M. Marbe. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1911, lxx, is.— MacMlllan (J. A.) The me- chanical treatment of chronic constipation. Tr. Am. Proctol. Soc, Detroit, 1911, xiii, 65-72.—Martin (W.) Some phases of intestinal stasis and its treatment by physical measures. Am. J. Electrotherap. & Radiol, N. Y, 1917, xxxv, 157-161 — Parkinson (Emily). Remedial appliance (a device for stimulating the muscles of the abdominal region, to overcome constipation). [Pat.spec] No. 1206463; Nov.28,1916.—Rlva (A.) La terapia fisica nella cura della stitichezza abituale. Atti d. Cong. naz. d' idrol. e climat. 1906, Perugia, 1907, 517- 529.—Savage (W. L.) The treatment of habitual constipa- tion by exercise. J. Advance. Therap, N. Y, 1903, xxi, 424-430.—Snow (A.) Vibratory treatment of constipation. Ibid., 1904, xxii, 723-731.—Teachnor (W.) The mechanical treatment of habitual constipation. Ohio M. J, Columbus, CONSTIPATION. Constipation (Treatment of) hy physio- therapy. 1908, vi, 268-270.—Tobias (E.) Die physikalische Behand- lung der habituellen Obstipation. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1906, xliii, 163-167.—Zabludowski (J.) Zur physikalischen Therapie der habituellen Obstipation. Deutsche Aerzte- Ztg, Berl, 1906, 409-412. Also: Wien. med. Presse, 1906, xlvii, 403-406. Constipation (Treatment of) hy psy- chotherapy. Delius (H.) Ueber die Behandlung der funktionellen Storungen des Stuhlganges, besonders der Obstipation, durch hypnotische Suggestion. Heilkunde, Berl, 1903, 481-489. A lso: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, 1903, Leipz, 1904, ii, 2. Hlfte, 47-51.—Farez (P.) Constipation opiniatre et suggestion hypnotique. Rev. de l'hypnot. et psychol. physiol. Par, 1901-2. xvi, 304-307.— Forel (A.) Die Heilung der Stuhlverstopfung durch Sug- gestion; eine kleine praktische und theoretische Studie. Ztschr. f. Hypnot. [etc.], Berl, 1893-4, ii, 55-64.—Gibbs (E. T.) Psychotherapy in habitual constipation. Atlanta Jour.-Rec. Med, 1911-12, lviii, 138-150—Lyon (I. P.) The radical cure of habitual constipation by psychotherapy. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila, 1908, xxiii, 482-493 — Mailiart & Gilbert. Constipation opiniatre traitee par psychotherapie. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom, Geneve, 1914, xxxiv, 285; 735.—Marshall (M.) The treatment of chronic constipation with psychotherapy. J. Mich. M. Soc, Grand Rapids, 1918, xvii, 141-146.—Taplln (A. B.) The value of hypnotic suggestion in obstinate constipation. Liverpool M.-Chir. J, 1910, xxx, 244-246. Constipation in females. Bouchet (E.) Contribution a l'etude cli- nique des accidents dus a la constipation pen- dant la grossesse, raccouchement et les suites de couches. 8°. Paris, 1902. Ambroslni (F.) Costipazione in puerperio. Arte ostet, Milano, 1915, xxix, 17-28.—Byers (Sir J.) The prevention of constipation in women and in children. Practitioner, Lond, 1910, Ixxxiv, 553-560.—Caterina. Imporfanza della cura della stitichezza in ginecologia con speciale riguardo alia galvanizzazione percutanea. Scuola salernit, Salerno, 1905, vi, 3-5.—Chappie (H.) Some effects of chronic intestinal stasis on the female generative organs. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1914, i, 192-194.—Faconti. La stitichezza nelledonne. Levatrice mod, Roma, 1901, x, 81.—Ftirst(L.) Verstopfung als Complication von Frauenkrankheiten. Wien. med. Presse, 1899, xl, 1465-1470.—Hammond (F. C.) The treatment of constipation in women. Therap. Gaz, Detroit, 1905, 3. s, xxi, 590-594. -----. Constipation in women. Penn. M. J, Athens, 1914-15, xviii, 527-530.— Herman (G. E.) Constipation in women. Practitioner, Lond, 1910, Ixxxiv, 561-566.—Herold (J.) Treatment of constipation in women. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1916, cxv, 451-453.—Kohn (A. D.) Constipation in women. Am. J. Obst, N. Y, 1909, lx, 213-223.—Marchals. Sur le rdle de l'uterus dans la constipation. Gaz. d. hop. Par, 1903, lxxvi, 1489-1491.—Miles (W. E.) Proptosis of the left broad ligament as a cause of chronic constipation, asso- ciated with abdominal pain, in women; its pathology, symptoms, and treatment by obliteration of the ligament in a series of 150 cases. Chicago M. Recorder, 1910, xxxu, 185-197.—Murray (Grace P.) Rectal constipation in women. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1904, lxvi, 201-204.—Pierra (L.) Sur quelques accidents produits par la constipation chez la femme enceinte. J. d. sages-femmes, Par, 1913, xii, 329-333.— Pincus (L.) Zur Pathologie einer, dem weiblichen Ge- schlecht eigenthiimlichen Form der sogen. habituellen Constipation (Constipatio muscularis s. traumatica mulie- rum chronica). Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl, 1898; cliii, 221-250. -----. Zur Pathologie der Constipatio muherum muscularis s. traumatica chronica. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1899, Leipz, 1900, Ixxi, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte, 244.-----. Constipatio muscularis s. traumatica mulieris chronica (Pathologie und Therapie). Samml. klin. Vortr, Leipz, 1908, No. 474-475 (Gynak, No. 173-174), 171- 209.—Reed (C. A. L.) Constipation and headache in women. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1912, lix, 354-358.—Rockey (A. E.) The problem of intestinal stasis. Surg, Gynec & Obst, Chicago, 1913, xvii, 737-748.—Rudaux (P.) La constipation au cours de la puerperalite. Clinique, Par, 1909, iv, 676 — Ward (G. G.), jr. The causes and results of constipation in relation to pelvic disorders of women. N.York M.J. [etc.], 1912, xcv, 1309-1313. A lso, Reprint.—von Wild. Die chro- nische Verstopfung bei Frauen und Madchen; ihre Pro- phylaxe und Therapie. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. dcutseh. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1896, Leipz, 1897, lxviii, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte, 223-225. Constipation in infants and children. Neter (E.) Die chronische Stuhlverstop- fung im Kindesalter und ihre Behandlung. 8 . Wiirzburg, 1904. 15 CONSTIPATION. 156 CONSTITUTION. Constipation in infants and children. Rabetz (Anna). Contribution a l'etude dQe la constipation chronique de l'enfance. 8 . Lausanne, 1903. Sa'ias (L.) *La constipation chez les nour- rissons; considerations et recherches anatomiques; pathogenic 8°. Paris, 1905. Allen (T. G.) The treatment of constipation in children. Nurse, Jamestown, N. Y, 1915, ii, 134-144.—Barrington- Ward (L. E.) Some end results of intestinal stasis in children. Surg, Gynec. & Obst, Chicago, 1912, xv, 46-50.— Beach (W. M.) Some sequelae of infantile constipation. Penn. M. J, Pittsburgh, 1898-9, ii, 401^05.—Borland (V.) Prophylactic treatment of constipation in children. Lancet, Lond, 1919, i, 459.—von Bucsanyi (J.) Die chronische Verstopfung bei Kindern. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr, Berl, 1911, xviii, 1021-1024.—Cattaneo (C.) Dell' eterospasmo come causa di stitichezza abituale nei fanciulh. Pediatria, Napoli, 1906, 2. s, iv, 343-357.—Cautley (E.) Constipation in infancy and childhood. Clin. J, Lond, 1907, xxx, 153- 157.—Concetti (L.) La stitichezza abituale nei bambini. Riv. di clin. pediat, Firenze, 1906, iv, 196-205.—Conner (J. J.) Obstinate constipation hi young children resulting in gastro-intestinal diseases; often due to faulty develop- ment ofthe colon or rectum; report of a case in a young babe. Med. Era, St. Louis, 1908, xvii. 50-53— Coolldge (Emelyn L.) Constipation as treated in the babies' class. Bull. Lying-in Hosp. N. York, 1909-10, vi, 66-68.—Cross (F. B.) The constipation of infants and children. Pediatrics, N.\ , 1910, xxii, 748-756.—Dorlencourt (H.) La constipation habituelle du nourrisson. Nourrisson, Par, 1918, vi, 20-40.— Dorlencourt (H.) & Edelmann (H.) La constipation habituelle du nourrisson. Gynecologie, Par, 1913, xvii, 14-27. Also: Semaine gynec," Par, 1914, xviii, 397-101.— Epstein (J.) Chronic constipation in infants; its treatment. N. York M. J. [etc], 1915, cu, 1100.—Fenton (W. J.) Con- stipation in infants and young children. Pediatrics, N.Y, 1903, xv, 593-611.—Fornaseri (G.) La stitichezza nell' in- fanzia; casi clinici. Riv. med, Milano, 1912, xx, 95-97 — Freeburg (H. M.) Constipation as a cause of gastro- intestinal disturbance in children. Journal-Lancet, Min- neap, 1912, xxxu, 655-659.—Funkhouser (W. L.) Treat- ment of constipation in infancy and childhood. J. Med. Ass. Georgia, Augusta, 1917-18, vii, 249-251.—Gaujoux (E.) Etude physio-pathologique de la constipation chez les nour- rissons. Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par, 1908, xii, 217-227. -----. Classification etiopathogenique des constipations chez l'enfant. Arch, de med. d. enf. Par, 1909, xii, 514-520.— Glaserfeld (B.) Habituelle Verstopfung als Todesursache im Sauglingsalter. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1909, xlvi, 537- 539.—Goldenberg (I. H.) Obstipation in children. Med. Rec, N.Y, 1919, xcvi, 260.—Gordon (M. B.) Abnormalities of the gastrointestinal tract in persistent constipation in children and the application of Roentgenograms in their recognition. Long Island M. J, Brooklyn, 1920, xiv, 380- 387.—Griffith (J. P. C.) Constipation m infancy and childhood. Therap. Gaz. [etc], Detroit, 1915, xxxi, 229-232 — Guidl (G.) Stitichezza nei lattante; sue cause, inconve- nienti, cura. Riv. di clin. pediat, Firenze, 1920, xviii, 482- 497.—Hazen (R.) Case report of girl of nine with intestinal stasis. Woman's M. J, Cincin, 1917, xxvii, 106.—Hertz (A. F.) Congenital dyschezia. Brit. J. Child. Dis, Lond, 1912, ix, 145-149— HU1 (H. K.) A note on the use of liquid paraffin in infants. Arch. Pediat, N.Y, 1915, xxxu, 96-99.— von Hole (F. H.) Treatment of constipation during the first year of life. J. Med. Soc. N. Jersey, Orange, 1921, xviii, 380.—Holland (C. L.) The treatment of constipation in infancy. West Virg. M. J, Huntington, 1918-19, xhi, 121- 124.—Hutchison (R.) On chronic constipation and its consequences in infancy and childhood. Clin. J, Lond, 1905, xxvi, 97-103— Joukovsky (W. P.) Ueber die Wirkung der Cascara sagrada bei Obstipation der Kinder. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg, Berl, 1902, Ixxi, 539; 551—Kerr (Le G.) Chronic constipation in infants and children. Long Island M. J, Brooklyn, 1909, iii, 247-249.—KOppen (A.) Leber Ver- stopfung durchrissigen After im Sauglingsalter. Kinder-Arzt, Leipz, 1900, xi, 49-53.—Lesne (E.) La constipation chez les enfants du premier age: sescuuse^son traitement. Clinique, Par, 1906, i, 53-55.—Leveuf A Gouverneur. Le pli genito- mesenterique (ileal band cie Lane) chez le nouveau-ne. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., l'j.'n, xe, 577.—Lyon (G.) Traitement de la constipation chez les enfants. Clinique Par, 1913, viii, 583-585.—McKee (E. S.) Constipation in childhood. Buffalo M. J, 1905-6, lxi, 533-536— Marfan. Constipation congenitale. Pediatrie prat, Lille, 1909, vii, 310.—Martin CT. C.) A study of the causes of difficult defecation in infants. Cleveland M. Gaz, 1897-8, xiii, 347- 354, 8 pi—Morse (J. I..) Agar-agar in the treatment of constipation in childhood. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1910, lv, 934-936.—Neter(E.) Eine eigentiimliche Begleiterscheinung der chronischen Stuhlverstopfung im Kindesalter. Kinder- arzt, Leipz, 1904, xv, 250-254. Also, transl.: Ann. de med. et chir. inf.. Par, 1905, ix, 145-1.50. -----. Behand- lung der chronischen Obstipation im Sauglingsalter. Arzt als Erzieher, Munchen, 1906, ii, 118.—Perier & Gaujoux Valeur semeiologique de la constipation chez les enfants. Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par, 1911, xv, 593-598.—Poynton (F. J.) Constipation in childhood. Practitioner, Lond Constipation in infants and children. 1910, Ixxxiv, 567-582.—Preseh. Die Stuhlverstopfung der Sauglinge. Kurb. ii. Erfolge d. phvsik. diatet. Heilfactoren, Leipz , 1898, ii, 189; 205.—Pritchard (E.) Constipation in infants. Practitioner, Lond, 1910, Ixxxiv, 583-594.-----. The uses of petroleum in the treatment of constipation and other diseases in infants. Clin. J, Lond, 1914, xliii, 439-444. Also: Dominion M. Month, Toronto. 1914, xliii, 180-189. -----. Constipation in infancy and childhood. Practitioner, Lond, 1922, cix, 16-23.—Roederer (C.) Le massage dans la constipation opiniatre de l'enfance. Clinique, Par, 1907, ii, 153-155.—Satre (A.) La constipation chez le nourrisson. Rev. internat. de med.et de chir. Par, 1918, xxLx, 106-108.— Schrelber (G.) L'huile de paraffine dans le traitement de la constipation du nourrisson et de l'enfant. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par, 1914, xvi, 3x*-391.—Southworth (T. S.) The management of constipation in infancy. Ann. Gynec. & Pediat, Bost, 1906, xix, 326-331—Taunton (G.) Chronic intestinal stasis in children. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1919, ii, 806-809.—Weill (N. J.) The child and constipation. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912. xcvi, 594.—Wunsch (M.) Ueber die Anwendung von Oelklystieren bei der chronischen Obstipation der Brustkinder. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1906, xxxii, 425. Constipation in old age. Hollis (W. A.) Gerontal constipation and its treatment. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1916, i, 677-679.—Merklen fP.) Les preoccupations intestinales des vieillards. Paris med, 1917, xxiii, 66-69.—Nascher (I. L.) Chronic constipation in the aged. Med. Council, Phila, 1916, xxi. No. 5, 33-37. Also, Reprint.-----. The treatment of senile constipation. Am. J. Clin. Med, Chicago, 1917, xxiv, 636-638. Also. Reprint. Constipation in soldiers. Labbe (M.) Les constipes de l'armee. Presse med. Par, 1918, xxvi, 3*5-387. Also, tranil.: Am. J. Clin. M, Chicago, 1919, xxvi, 823-*J9.—Martinel (A.) La constipation et son traitement dans la pratique militaire. J. de med. Par, 1917, xxxvi, 87.—Woodbury (W. R.) Constipation as an army problem. Mil. Surgeon, Wash, 1920, xlvi, 119-149. Also, Reprint. Constitution, See, also, Diathesis. Jacobs (Maria). *Beobachtungen iiber die Haufigkeit von Konstitutions-Anomalien bei gyinikulogisch Kranken. 8°. Giessen, 1920. Mai rer (F.) *Yorstudien zur Frage des Zusammenhanges von Konstitution und Zellen- grosse. Die Messungen an Muskelfasem des Rindes mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Zellentheorie Prof, von der Malsburgs. 8°. Bern, 1917. Perl (H.) *Die Messung und Beurteilung der Korperkonstitution Mittels des Dynamome- ters, nebst einem Beitrag zu einer verglei- chenden Konstitutionsstatistik. [Konigsberg.] 8° Leipzig, 1916. Bauer (J.) Beitrage zur klinischen Konstitutionspatho- logie; Habitus und Morbiditat. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med, Leipz, 1918, exxvi, 196-223. -----. Aufgaben und Methoden der Konstitutionsforschung. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr, 1919, xxxii, 273-276. -----. Der jetzige Stand der Lehre von der Konstitution. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl., 1920, xlvi, 402-104.—Bauer (K. H.) Ueber den Konstitutionsbegriff. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Anat, 2. Abt, Munch. & Berl, 1921, viii, 155-1S3.-----. Vererbung una Konstitution. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1922, xlviii, 653— Borchardt (L.) Allgemeine klinische Konstitutionslehre. Ergebn. d. inn. Med. u. Kinderh, Berl, 1922, xxi, 49S-567.-----. Das Konstitutionsproblem in der klinischen Medizin. Med. Klin., Berl, 1922, xviii, 856-859.—Foa (P.) Sulla dottrina delle costituzioni. Med. ital, Miluno, 1922, iii, 307-324.—Grell (X.) Ueber das Wesen der Konstitution und die Entstehung kongenitaler Konstitutionsanomalien. Zentralbl. f. innere Med, Ix>ipz, 1922, xliii, 473-4S5.— Hlnk (A.) Konstitution, Disposition und Kondition. Deutsche tierarztl. Wchnschr, Hannov, 1915, xxiii. 125. 434.—Jaensch (W.) Ueber psvehophysische KoiiMitutionMyncn. Munchen. med.Wchnschr, 1922, lxix. Oil.-Kraus < F.) Adapt ative Zustandsanderung una Kon riuiiicm^problem. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Ix>ipz. cv Berl, 1920. xlvi. 989- .f.'l.-Matties ..P.* Ceber das Wesen der KonstitutiousanoiiKilien in ciuvner Sache. Munchen. med. Wchns. hr.. P<_»_'. Kix. 709.—Heicher (K.) Ueber das Wesen der Konstitution im Lichte neuer Stoflwechselun- tersuchungen. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med, Wiesb, 1914, xxxi, 520-525.—Toennlessen (E.) Konstitu- tion und Korperzustand. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1921, lxviii, 1341-1344. Constitution and By-Laws of the Medical Veter- ans of the World War. 10 pp. 16°. Washington, 1919. CONSULTATIONS. 157 CONTINENCE. Consultations. Bevans (J. L.) The function of medical and surgical consulting staffs determined by the experience of the late war; the Wellcome first prize essay, 1919. Mil. Surgeon, Wash, 1920, xlvi, 465-506.—Comroe (J. H.) The relation- ship of the consultant to the practitioner. Penn. M. J, Athens, 1914-15, xviii, 875-878.—Jaenicke. Aerztliche Kon- silien vor 100 Jahren. Kor.-Bl. d. allg. arztl. Ver. v. Thii- ringen, Jena, 1920, xlix, 194-198.—Menetrier. Une consul- tation par correspondance au xviiie siecle. Bull. Soc. franc. d'hist. de la med. Par, 1920, xiv, 245-247.—Peters (H.) Aerztliche Briefe des sechzehnten Jahrhunderts. Arch. f. d. Gesch. d. Naturw. [etc.], Leipz, 1913, vi, 283-287.—Sudhoff (K.) Ein Konsilium fiir einen an Blasenstein Leidenden von Magister Albertus de Zancariis in Bologna. Arch. f. Gesch. d. Med, Leipz, 1914-15, viii, 125-128.-----. Anwei- sungen fiir Arzneigebrauch und Lebensregelung in der Rekonvaleszenz, in Form eines Konsiliums fiir Wilhelm von Bohmen von Dr. Hartmann Schedel in Niirnburg. Ibid., 295.-----. Ein arztlicher Brief aus dem Anfange des 16. Jahrhunderts. Ibid., 450.-----. Eine Fieberdiatetik in Form eines Consilium des Arztes Johann Sabin fiir die Gattin Johanns vom Stege aus dem Jahre 1440. Ibid., 1916-17, x, 320.—Tighe (Eleanor M.) Consultations. Tr. N. Hampshire M. Soc, Manchester, 1920, 1067109. Consultations medico-chirurgicales publiees sous la direction de F. Combemale. 1. serie. viii, 562 pp. 8°. Paris, O. Doin, 1902. ------. The same. 2. serie. 534 pp. 8°. Paris, O. Doin, 1904. Consumption is a preventable and curable dis- ease; information for consumptives and those living with them. 2 1. 4°. New York, Dept. Health, [n. d.]. Contagious diseases. See Communicable diseases. Contagious (The) diseases acts, broadside. Extracted from the Cheltenham Express, May 21. Contagious diseases and the insufficiency of the measures adopted for their prevention. 16 pp. 12°. London, Henderson, Raib, & Fenton, [n. d.]. Contal (Maurice). Contribution a l'etude medico-legale de 1'empoisonnement par le da- tura stramonium. 50 pp., 21., 1 pi. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 256. Contal (Maurice) [1884- ]. *Les caiUots des anevrysmes aortiques. 76 pp., 1 1., 2 pi. 8°. Nancy, 1909, No. 24. Contamin (Antoine) [1883- ]. *Recherches experimentales sur le cancer des souris. 70 pp. 8°. Lyon, A. Rey, 1910, No. 68. ------. Le cancer experimental; revue des travaux recents; recherches personnelles; pre- face de J. Courmont. 359 pp. 4°. Paris, Mason & Cie., 1910. Contamin (Francois). Etudes sur les hemor- rhagies qui surviennent pendant les suites de couches. 112 pp. 8°. Paris, V. A. Delahaye & Co., 1876. Contani (Arnaldo). Sulla bile nelle infezioni e nelle immunizzazioni; ricerche sperimentali. 83 pp. 8°. Napoli, F. Sangiovanni, 1903. Contant (Octave) [1881- ]. *Des enterorra- gies dans la hernie ombilicale etranglee. 46 pp. 11. 8°. Lyon,, 1907, No. 86. Contargiris (Athanase) [1892- ]. *Retre- cissements congenitaux annulaires de la portion juxta-balanique de l'urethre et leur traitement par tunnelization et greffe. (Methode de M. Nov6-Josserand.) 56 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1917, No. 78. Conte (A.) Jurisprudence veteiinaire. 553 pp. 12°. Paris, J.-B.-Bailliere & fils, 1898. ------. Police sanitaire des animaux; avec une preface par E. Leclainche. 2. 6d. xii, 532 pp. 12°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere & fils, 1906. Conte (Emile) [1870- ]. Cure radicale des hernies ombilicales et des eventrations post- Conte (Emile)—Continued. operatoires de la ligne blanche sous-ombilicale. 68 pp. ,4°. Toulouse, 1895, No. 110. Conte (Etienne). Contribution a l'etude du pterygion envahissant. 46 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Tou- louse, 1904, No. 557. Conte (Fernand) [1873- ]. *Sur le meca- nisme des ruptures traumatiques de l'intestin sans lesion des parois abdominales. 107 pp. S° Paris, 1912, No. 205. Conte (Louis) [1889- ]. *Les appendicites a oxyures. 61 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1914, No. 60. Conte (Raymond) [1874- ]. *De l'etrangle- ment herniaire par pincement lateral de l'intes- tin, et signes latents. 42 pp., 2 1. 8°. Lyon, P. Legendre & Cie., 1901, No. 29. Conte (II) di Neipperg. Documenti sulla sua morte publicati dal Dott. Giovanni Carbonelli. 66pp., lport. 8°. Torino, R. Streglis & Co., 1903. Contemporary science; edited with an introduc- tion by Benjamin Harrow. 253 pp. 16°. New York, Boni & Liveright, [1921]. Contenau (G.) *Les adenites d'origine dentaire. 170 pp. 8°. Paris, 1902, No. 277. Contencin (Louis) [1877- ]. Contribution a l'etude des dechirures des culs-de-sac du vagin au cours des accouchements. 86 pp., 11. 8°. Montpellier, 1903, No. 61. Conter (Paul-Henri) [1879- ]. Contribution a l'etude de l'appendicite pendant les suites de couches., 80pp. 8°. Nancy, 1905, No. 5. Contet (Emile) [1874- _ ]. *Le vegetarisme; 6tude critique; indications therapeutiques. 160 pp. 8°. Paris, 1902, No. 290. ------. La defense de la sante pour lutter contre les maladies nerveuses. 96 pp. sm. 4°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere & fils, 1903. ------. Les maladies des professions sedentaires (du monde des etudes en particulier). Hygiene et moyens de preservation. 16 pp. 8°. Paris, 1904. ------. Les methodes de reeducation en thera- peutique. (Reeducation psychique, motrice, sensorielle et organique.) xii, 268 pp. 8°. Paris, Vigotfrlres, 1905. -----. La regeneration des families et races tarees; prophylaxie et hygiene therapeutique de lheredite morbide. vii, 176 pp. 12°. Paris, Vigotfreres, 1906. Contne (Louis) [1888- ]. *De la bronchectasie chez l'enfant. 49 pp. 8°. Paris, 1919, No. 108. Conti (Alfredo). Contributo alio studio delle terminazioni nervose nell' ovaio. 13 pp., 1 1. 8°. Parma, L. Battei, 1905. Conti (Emilio). Questioni igieniche e sociali; bonifiche, malaria, pellagra. 96 pp. 8°. Torino, F. Bocca, 1902. ------. Questioni igieniche e sociali; risparmio, cooperazione rurale, socialismo e mortalita in- fantile. 187 pp., 1 1. 8°. Milano, L. F. Go- gliati, 1906. Conti (Francesco). L'idroterapia nei secoli. Conferenza tenuta alio stabilimento balneo- idroterapico di Riolo. 44 pp. 16°. Imola, L Galeati e figlio, 1898. Continence. See, also, Celibacy; Chastity. Lewttt (M.) Geschlechtliche Enthaltsam- keit und Gesundheitsstorungen. Nach Aus- spriichen hervorragender Aerzte. 8°. Berlin, 1905. Waldschmidt (W.) Die Unterdruckung der Fortpflanzungsfahigkeit und ihre Folgenfur den Organismus. 8°. Stuttgart, 1913. CONTINENCE. 158 CONTRACTURES. Continence. Anton. Aeusserung der medizinisehen Fakultat in Halle in Frage der gescnlechtlichen Enthaltsamkeit. Arzt als Erzieher, Munchen, 1917, xiii, 49. Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1917, lxiv, 798.—Blaschko (A.) Sexual absti- nence. Am. J. Urol, N. Y, 1917, xhi, 22-26.—Dearborn (G. V. N.) Notes on the mechanism of continence. Am. Phys. Educat. Rev, Bost, 1914, xix, 407-409. Also, Re- print.—DUck (J.) Sexual abstinence in men and women. Am. J. Urol, N. Y, 1916, xii, 204-209.—Eisenstadt. Die sexuelle Abstinenz als Krankheitsursache. Fortschr. d. Med, Berl, 1910, xxviii, 1633-1641.—Eulenburg. Sexual abstinence and its influence on health. Am. J. Urol, N. Y, 1918, xiv, 252-272.—HUhner (M.) Continence. Urol. & Cutan. Rev, St. Louis, 1916, xx, 184-193.—Jeanneney (G.) De la nScessite' de discipliner l'instinct sexuel. Chron. m6d. Par, 1918, xxv, 35-40, 1 fig.—Loewenfeld (L.) Sexual abstinence. Am. J. Urol, N. Y, 1917, xiii, 223-228.— MacCurdy (J. T.) The function of repression. Proc. Internat. Conf. Women Phys, N. Y, 1920, v, 46-65.— McWalter (J. C.) A further experiment in enforced con- tinence. Med. Critic & Guide, N. Y, 1921, xxiv, 106-108. Also: Med. Press, Lond, 1921, n. s, cxi, 28.—Nacke (P.) Zur Frage der sexuellen Abstinenz. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr, Leipz. & Berl, 1911, xxxvii, 19S6-1989—Neisser (A.) Sammelforschung iiber die Frage der sexuellen Abstinenz. Ibid.. 1915, xii, 1150.—Nystrom (A.) Sexual abstinence and its influence on health. Am. J. Urol, N. Y, 1915, xi, 416-421.—Ohle (H.) Liebe und Enthaltsamkeit. Polit.- anthrop. Monatschr, Berl, 1920, xix, 463-466.—Remark- able case of sexual abstinence. Am. J. Urol, N. Y, 1919, xv, 31-33.—Remondlno (P. C.) Some observations on continence as a factor in health and disease. Am. J. Dermat. & Genito-Urin. Dis, St. Louis, 1900, iv, 1; 59.—Shaw (T. C.) An experiment in enforced continence. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1916, n. s, cii, 450.—Shufeldt (R. W.) Continence in the two sexes. Med.-Pharm. Critic, N. Y, 1911, xiv, 304- 307.—Tannenbaum (S. A.) Sexual abstinence and. ner- vous disorders. Ibid., 1913, xvi, 271-293.—White (W. A.) Extending the field of conscious control. Proc. Internat. Conf. Women Phys, N. Y, 1920, v, 5-24.—Wittels (F.) Sexual abstinence and masturbation. Am. J. Urol, N. Y, 1916, xii, 145-152. Contini (Cesare). Manuale d' igiene popolare per uso delle scuole elementari e degl' istituti di educazione. 2. ed. 307 pp. 8°. Roma, Cotta & Comp., [n. d.]. Continuity. Lodge (Sir O. J.) Continuity. Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc. 1913, Lond, 1914, 1-42. Also: Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa, 1913, n. s, xxxviii, 379; 417. Conto (Graca) & de Rezende (Cassio). Control of infectious diseases in Brasil and especially in Rio de Janeiro by the delegates of the Govern- ment of Brazil in the xv. International Congress on Hygiene and Demography. 112 pp., 19 pi. 8°. Rio de Janeiro, Mello & Co., 1912. Contractures. See, also, Burns (Complications and seguelse of); Cicatrices; Deformities; Fingers (Con- tracture of). Bedu (F.-H.-J.) *k propos d'un cas de con- tracture reflexe; survenue chez un nourrisson, a la suite de brulures du thorax par des envelop- pements sinapisms. 8°. Paris, 1920. Babinski (J.) Contracture tendino-reflexe et contracture cutanc^o-refiexe. Rev. neurol. Par, 1912, xx, ii, 77-80 — Bahr (F.) Ueber Kontrakturen. Monatschr. f.Unfallheilic , Leipz, 1916, xxiii, 289-292—Barach (K.) Ein Fall von symmetrischer Kontraktur der Gelenke der oberen und unteren Extremitaten. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1915, lxv 85-92— Becker (T.) Ueber eine eigenartige Reflex-Kon- traktur. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr, Berl, 1904, xxxiii 570-575— Bianchi (L.) Sopra alcuni casi di contratture consecutive a traumi. Atti d. r. Accad. med.-chir. di Napoli 1916, lxx, 133-146. Also: Ann. di nevrol, Napoli, 1917' xxxiv, 49-62.-Bienfalt. Contracture du bras gauche! Gaz. mea. beige, Liege, 1905-6, xviii, 21 ..-Bionai (C ) Sulle pseudoparalisi e sulle contratture eosi dette riflesse nella pratica medicc-legale militare. Gior. di med mil &T?'}9?' LXT' 1003 10»--"«rle (J.) Contribution a' 1 etude del embohegraisseuseapres le redressement brusque des contractures articulaires. Rev. mM. de la Suisse Rom ' Geneve 1905, xxv, 157; 237-Bouygues (J.) De la rS tion de I'apon^vrose palmaire. Arch. gen. de mcer neurogene Contracturen. Klin. Wchnschr, Berl 1922, i, 1186—Loebel (A.) Ueber Statistik der Krieeskon- trakturen. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr, Berl, 1918, xxv, 96- 100.—Malret(.V.), Pieron & Chlchet (L.) Une demons- tration de I'origine medullaire de eertaines contractures conside>ees comme nchroshiues. J. de psvchol. norm, et path. Par, 1915-17, xii, 436. Also: Comp't.-rend. Soc. de biol. Par.. 1916, lxxix, 256-259.-Mann (L.) Ueber das Wesen und die Entstehung der hemiplegischen Contractur- eine klinische Studie verbunden mit I'ntersuehuneon iiber den Muskeltonns, sowie die antagonistische und svnerei<=- tische Innervation. Monatschr. f. I'svchiat u Nenrol Berl 1898, iv 45; 123 -Mayerhofer (E.) Ueber" das & kelphanomen der Soldaten im Felde und seine Stellung zum idiomuskularen Muskohvulst. Med. Klin, Berl 1916 vii 1308-Mendiolni (V.) Sui disturr^en o" Vsiop.Uc-i (contratture e parahsi traumatiche d'origine riflessa > Riv sper. ch freniat, Reggio-Emilia, 1919, xliii, I5V265.—Hori (A.) Contrattura istero-traumatica consecutiva ad infor- tunio sul lavoro. Ramazzini, Firenze, 1911, v. 193-247 — Muller (G.) Ueber Contracturen und Ankvlosen Ve ^."-JS!??? inWrioura en'floxton.' Rev. neurol. Par, 1909, Sitnrlt^L-InT/ C-om.men*,,Un ""S"ous dinner la eon- traturer 76M, 1911, xix, 2is- 221 -Ott > \) Considerazioni sulla fls.opatok.gia della contrattura. Riv. dl patol.nem Firenze, 1913, xviii, 429; 454.-Raymond. Des vraies et ?S? ^SS*Z co"facturcs. Semaine med. Par, 1899 xix 525-529-Rummo «;.) & Ferranninl (L.) M^ioipertonfe degli arti per traumi neriferici. Riforma med, Napoli, 1916, xxxn, 1341; 1369; 1397.- Scarplni (V.) Le wmtratture miogene. Rassegna distn.li psiohiat, 6iena, 1922, xi, ^ u f\To i-^f- (J- A) L.^PWuve do 1'injection d'alcool et de w laradisation musculaire dans les anesthetics segmentals ^^Trly°^nii(i"0S- Marseille med, 1916, Uii797-100.- h3L(J- A ' ?{o!irr * Sim°n«- Troubles circulatoires dans les acrcwmtnui ures; adn-nalisation muscnlaire directe pVr,5^q1^7nslu;ot^lT•,osfi^1s,,',,•et n,t>,n- Bo°-m»ler. Contractures dites n6Lrop^;l!k'l,M avop tro«bIes trophiques osseux. Lyon m<§d, 1915, cxxiv, 302.—Tietze. Zur Theorie der sogenannten CONTRACTURES. 159 CONTRACTURES. Contractures. arthrogenen Kontraktur. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir, Berl, 1914, xlui, pt. 1, 191-194.—Verrler (H.) La pathogenie des retractions flbreuses des muscles, des tendons et des aponeuroses consecutives aux plaies de guerre. Montpel. mod, 1917, xxxix, 631-644.—Williams (T. A.) A variety of post-traumatic contracture of a limb not due to direct lesion of muscle, nerve or connective tissue. In- ternat. J. Surg, N. Y, 1919, xxxii, 329-334. Contractures (Congenital). Dunoyer (A.) *De eertaines contractures t£taniformes chez l'enfant nouveau-ne\ 8°. Paris, 1912. Larue (E.) *Des contractures congenitales. 8°. Paris, 1906. Rosenkranz (E.) *Ueber angeborene Kon- trakturen der oberen Extremitat (im Anschluss an die Mitteilung eines einschlagigen Falles). [Berlin.] 8°. Wittenberg, 1905. _ Schafer (W.) *Beitrag zur Lehre der mul- tiplen congenitalen Contracturen. 8°. Leipzig, 1908. Wunsch (M.) ^Multiple congenitale Con- tracturen. [Berlin.] 8°. Stuttgart, 1901. Also, in: Arch. f. Kinderh, Stuttg, 1901, xxxi, 161-178. Brough (C. A.) Congenital contraction of the palmar fascia resembling Dupuytren's contraction. Northumber- land & Durham M. J, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1894, ii, 465- 467.—Loeffler (F.) Ueber die angeborenen Contracturen des Hiift- und Kniegelenks. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl. & Leipz, 1920, ccxxix, 137-146.—Mayer (M.) Eine seltene Haufung angeborener Missbildungen und Kontrakturen. Vrtljsehr. f. gerichtl. Med, Berl, 1907, xxxiv, 318-323.—Muskat. Angeborene familiare Kontrak- tur des kleinen Fingers. Med. Klin, Berl, 1909-10, v, 1478- 1480.—Vermeulen (H. A.) Congenitale contractuur van de strekkers bij het paard. Tijdschr. v. veeartsenijk. en veeteelt, Utrecht, 1902-3, xxx, 16-20.—Wierzejewski (I.) Angeborene Kontrakturen. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. orthop. Chir, 10. Kong, Berl, 1911, 63-70. Contractures (Dupuytren's). See Fingers (Contracture of). Contractures (Hysterical). Ascher (B.) Hysterische Kontraktur nach leichtem Unfall, Ausgang in Heilung. Ztschr. f. Versicherungsmed, Leipz, 1912, v, 225-228—Cestan (R.) Le diagnostic de la contracture hysterique et de la contracture spasmodique par lesion de la voie pyramidale. Arch. med. de Toulouse, 1899, v, 153; 177.—Ciuffini (P.) Contributo clinico alio studio delle contratture isteriche generah. Gior. di med. mil, Roma, 1916, lxiv, 930-936.—Francois. Contracture permanente du bras droit de nature hysterique. Arch. med. beiges, Brux, 1899, 4. s, xiv, 170-175.—Fraser (A. C.) Hysterical contracture of the hand. Med. J. Australia, Sydney, 1919, ii, 436.—Fuchs (A.) Ueber die bei Kriegsteil- nehmern beobachteten hysterisehen und reflektorischen Kontrakturen und ihre Behandlung. Wien. klin .Wchnschr , 1917, xxx, 1283.—Lehmann (A.) Beitrag zum Kapitel "hysterische Kontrakturen." Zentralbl. f. chir. u. mech. Orthop, Berl, 1914, viii, 131-134.—Llcciardi (S.) L' elettro terapia nelle contratture isteriche. Gazz. sicil. di med. e chir. [etc.], Palermo, 1907, vi, 648-650.—Niessl von Mayen- dorf (E.) Hysterische Kontrakturen nach Schussverle- tzung. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh, Leipz, 1918-19, lxiii, 69-76.—Schultz (J. H.) Hysterische (?) Kontraktur. Kor.-Bl. d. allg. arztl. Ver. v. Thuringen, Jena, 1919, xlviii, 276. Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1920, lxvii, 201 — Souques (A.) Contractures ou pseudo-contractures hystero- traumatiques. Rev. neurol. Par, 1914, xxii, 430.—Trappe (M.) Die hysterisehen Kontrakturen und ihre Beziehungen tm organisch bedingten Krankheitszustanden des Menschen. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir, Jena, 1908, xix, 514-552.—del Vando (R.) Contractura histerica de la extremidad inferior izquierda de tres afios curada por la electroterapia. Med. de los nifios, Barcel, 1907, viii, 336- 340.—Wilms. Heilung hysterischer Kontrakturen durch Lumballahmung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1906, xxxn, 954. Contractures (Ischaemic) [VolJcmann]. Krause (K.) *Ischiimische Muskelkon- trakturen. 8°. Leipzig, 1910* Kummant(A. [E.]) *Ueber dieischaemischen Kontrakturen und die Erfolge ihrer Behandlung. 8°. Breslau, 1910. Willmaxn (L.) *Ein Beitrag zur Therapie der ischamischen Kontrakturen und Lahmun- gen. 8°. Giessen, 1905. Contractures (Ischaemic) [VolJcmann]. Allison (N.) Ischemic contracture. J. Missouri M. Ass, St. Louis, 1922, xix, 92.—Blnet (A.) Ce que le medecin doit savoir de la retraction musculaire ischemique. Presse med. Par, 1912, xx, 713-716.—Bouquet (J.) Contracture ische- mique Volkmann. Bull, et mem. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux, 1915-16 (1917), 6-15. Also: Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1916, xxxvii, 177-180.—Brand (B.) [On ischaemic contraction.] Nederl.Tijdschr.v. Geneesk, Amst, 1920, i, 2344-2347.—Buerger (L.) Tenoplasty for ischemic contracture. Internat. J. Surg, N. Y, 1914, xxvii, 406.— Cheinisse (L.) La contracture ischemique des membres. Semaine med. Par, 1906, xxvi, 541-543. Also, Reprint.— Denuce. Contracture ischemique de Volkmann. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1916, xlvi, 263. Also: Bull.et mem. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1915-16), 1917,119-126.-----. Le syndrome de Volkmann. Rev. d'orthop. Par, 1920, vii, 481-500. Also: Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1921, xiii, 458-467.—Dudgeon (L. S.) Volkmann's contracture. Lancet, Lond, 1902, i, 78-85.-----. Three cases of Volk- mann's contracture. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond, 1902-3, xxxvi, 251.—Edington (G. H.) Volkmann's contracture. Glasgow M. J, 1903, lix, 417-425.—Freche. Contracture ischemique de Volkmann. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1916, xlvi, 264. Also: Bull, et mem. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1915-16), 1917, 133-136.—Gillert (E.) Ueber ischamische Muskelkontrakturen. Arch. f. klin. Chir, Berl, 1919, cxii, 413-431.—Greig (D. M.) Two cases of ischaemic contracture of unusual origin. Clin. J, Lond, 1916, xlv, 361-363 — Harrold (C. C.) Volkmann's contracture; with report of two cases. J. Med. Ass. Georgia, Augusta, 1916, vi, 149-152 — Henle (A.) Ein Fall von ischamischer Kontraktur der Handbeugemuskeln, geheilt durch Verkurzung des Vorder- armknochens. Centralbl. f. Chir, Leipz, 1896, xxiii, 441-445. Also, Reprint. -----. Zwei Falle von ischamischer Con- tractur der Handbeugemuskeln, geheilt durch Verkurzung der Vorderarmknochen; Krankenvorstellung. Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir, Stuttg, 1903, xi, 147.—Impallomenl (G.) Retrazione muscolare ischemica di Volkmann; trattamento operatorio. Riv. ospedal, Roma, 1914, iv, 936-940.— Kirmisson (E.) Deux examples de la malformation tibio-tarsienne, dite deformation de Volkmann. Tr. Internat. Cong. Med. 1913, Lond, 1914, Sub-sect, vii(a), Orthoped, pt. 2, 119-123.—Klelnberg (S.) A case of Volkmann's ischemic contracture. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1917, lxviii, 1473. Also, Reprint.—Kroh (F.) Beitrage zur Anatomie und Pathologie der quergestreiften Muskelfaser; experimen- telle Studien zur Lehre von der ischamischen Muskellah- mung und Muskelkontraktur. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir, Leipz, 1912-13, exx, 302; 471.—Laan (H. A.) [Aneemic contraction.] Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1919, ii, 1782.—Lindboe (E. F.) Contractura manus et antibrachii ischaemica. Norsk Mag. f. Lsegevidensk, Kristiania, 1912, 5. R, x. 1586-1595— Lycklama a Nijeholt (H. J.) De behandeling van ischaemische contracturen. Nederl. Tijd- schr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1904, 2. r, xl, d. 1, 1074-1079.— Nehrkorn (A.) Zur operativen Behandlung der ischami- schen Vorderarmkontraktur. Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir Stuttg, 1909, xxiii, 214-218.—Pechere (V.) La retraction musculaire ischemique de Volkmann; sa pathogenie, son traitement. Policlin, Brux, 1913, xxii, 145; 161.-----. Un cas de retraction ischemique de Volkmann. Ibid., 167-173 — Rendu (A.) & Mattel. Pseudo-paralysie ischemique de Volkmann. Lyon mod, 1914, exxii, 1267-1269.—Rowlands. Volkmann's contracture. Guv's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1910, xxiv, 87-92.—Schultze (F.) Zur Behandlung der ischami- schen Kontraktur. Verhandl.d. deutsch. orthop. Gesellsch Stuttg, 1915, xhi (Kong.), 52-63.—Shmidt (V.) [Ischemic contracture.] Khirurgi'a, Mosk, 1912, xxxii, 168-180.— Stelndler (A.) Contribution to Volkmann's contracture. Am. J. Orthop. Surg, Bost, 1917, xv, 741-759.—Taylor (A. S.) Volkmann's ischemic paralysis and contracture. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1917, lxv, 2S-55.—Truslow (W.), Lang- worthy (H. T.) [et al.]. Volkmann's ischaemic contracture. Long Island M. J, Brooklyn, 1920, xiv, 476-478.—Verdelet. Contracture ischemique de Volkmann. [Discussion.] Bull. et mem. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1915-16), 1917, 15-17.—Warden (A. A.) Volkmann's contracture. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1903, i, 730. Contractures (Treatment of). See, also, Cicatrices (Contractures of, Treat- ment of). Dobrowolski (S.) *Ueber schwere Narben- kontrakturen nach Verbrennung und iiber Thiosinaminwirkung. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr , 1907. Poerxer (T. W. G.) *Die Behandlung der Narbenkontrakturen. 8°. Leipzig, 1904. Rudolph (G. H.) *Kasuistischer Beitrag zur Wiirdigung und Methodik plastischer Opera- tionen bei Narbenkontrakturen durch Verbren- nung. 8°. Kiel, 1903. Alexander (E. G.) A treatment for old contracted cicatrices. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1914, lx, 451-453, 2 pi. [Dis- CONTRACTURES. 160 CONTRIBUTIONS. Contractures (Treatment of). cussion], 526-52S.—Armand-Delille (P.) & Camus (J.) Contracture fonctionnelle ayant simuie une contracture d'origine pottique, existant depuis 5 mois chez une fillette de 14 ans, guerie en 48 heures par l'isolement. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par, 1903, v, 42-16.—Ashhurst (A. P. C.I Disability from contractures: open tenotomies. Med. & Surg. Rep. Episc. Hosp, Phila.. 1920, v, 204-206.—Berger. Retraction cicatricielle des doigts traitee par la mtthode italienne d'autoplastie. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1905, n. s, xxxi, 965-967— Bittner CW.) Zur Behand- lung von Contracturen und Versteifungen mit portativen Apparaten. Med. Khn, Berl, 1917, xiii, 245-247.—Bour- gulgnon (G.) Traitement de la contracture par l'excitation eiectrique des muscles non contractures dans les lesions du faisceau pyramidal et dans la contracture secondaire a la paralysie faciale peripherique; evolution de la chronaxie au cours du traitement. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1922, clxxiv, 890-892.—Brlssaud, Sirard & Tanon. Essais de traitement de certains cas de contractures; spasmes et tremblements des membres par 1'alcoolisation locale des troncs nerveux. Rev. neurol. Par, 1906, xiv, 633-640.— Burk. Apparate zur Behandlung von Kontrakturen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. A Berl, 1918, xliv, 816 — Cheinisse (L.) La valeur du cacodv late de sonde k hautes doses dans le traitement des contractures. Presse med. Par, 1921, xxix, 605-607.—Chiray (M.) & Bourguignon (G.) Traitement des contractures chez les blesses porteurs de cicatrices adherentes par Faction combinee de l'ionisation d'iodure de patassium et de la mobilisation forcee. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par, 191.5-16, 3. s, xl, 1482-1486. ----------. L'ionisation dans le traitement des cicatrices adherentes simples ou compliquees de contractures des membres. Presse med. Par, 1916, xxiv, 337-339.—Davis (J. S.) A case of cicatricial contraction following burn, with relief by Wolfe graft. Surg, Gynec. & Obst, Chicago, 1907, v, 554-556.-----. The use of free grafts of whole thick- ness skin for the relief of contractures. Tr. South. Surg. Ass, 1916. Phila, 1917, xxx, 421-436, 4 pi. Also: Surg, Gynec. & Obst, Chicago, 1917, xxv, 1-8.—Dowd (C. N.) The use of Wolfe grafts and tendon-lengthening in treating cicatricial contractures. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1906, xliii, 278- 287, 6 pi. [Discussion], 304-306—Erlacher (P.) Beitrage zur Kontrakturenbehandlung. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1916, lxiii, 216.—Frankel (J.) Zur Behandlung der Kon- trakturen. Zentralbl. f. Chir, Leipz, 1917. xliv, 692-694 — Gorodichze. Un cas de contracture psvchique guerie par la suggestion a 1'etat deveille. Rev. del'hvpnot.et psvchol. phvsiol. Par, 1892-3, vii, 347-349.—Guilleminot (II.) Sur l'emploi de certains agents physiques dans le traitement des contractures musculaires et retractions flbreuses au debut. Bull. Acad, de med. Par, 1917, 3. s, lxxvii, 593- 596.—Haenisch. Ueber die Behandlung von Brandwunden- Kontrakturen der Achsel. Strassb. med. Ztg, 1904, i, 190- 193.—Hagentorn. The use of crutches to prevent primarv contraction. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1916, ii, 834.—Hoffa (A.) Die physikalische Behandlung spastischer Kontrakturen. Zentralbl. f. phys. Therap. u. Unfallh, Wien & Berl, 1904, i,- 1.—Hoffmann (E.) Operative Behandlung einer ischa- mischen Kontraktur am Vorderarm nach Fraktur im unteren Drittel des Oberarms. Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir, Stuttg, 1907, xix, 29-38.—Hohmann (G.) Zur operativen Behandlung der Knie- und Ellenbogen-Kontrakturen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1916, lxiii, 1639.—Horwltz. Demonstration der Behandlung der ischamischen Muskel- kontraktur. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1913, xxxix, 2270.—Jerusalem (M.) Zur Behandlung von Kontrakturen und Ankylosen. Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir, Stuttg, 1908, xxi, 265-282.—Kahleyss. Demonstration von Schienenbewegungsapparaten. Ibid., 1916-17, xxxvi, 537- 538.—Klemm (P.) Die chirurgische Behandlung der Ver- brennungskontrakturc-n der Hand und Finger durch Wanderlappen-Fernplastik. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir Leipz, 1908, xcii 280-296.—Lange (F.) Was leistet die operative Behandlung der Kontrakturen und Ankylosen bei unseren Verwundeten? Beitr. z. klin. Chir. Tubing 1916, ci (Kriegschir. Hefte V), 404-120, 1 pi.—Le Fort (R ) Le traitement chirurgical des formes rebelles des contrac- tures reflexes des membres; la pathogenie des contractures reflexes. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1917 n s xliii 1903-1914.-Leri (A.) & Roger (E.) Sur quelquesvarietes de contractures post-traumatiques et sur leur traitement Bull.et mom. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par, 1915, 3 s xxxix' 884-894. Also: Paris med, 1916, vi, 24-32.-Lbpez''Duran (A.) Del uso de los tendones artiflciales de seda en el trata- miento de la contractura isquemica de Volkmann Rev Ibero-Am. de cien. med, Madrid, 1914, xxxi, 43- 250- 327 — McCurdy (S. L.) Plastic operations to elongate cicatricial contractions across joints. Cleveland M. J. 1904 iii 123- 126.—MacKenzle (W.) Some observations on the treat- ment of contractures in children. Intercolon. M J Austral as, Melbourne, 1907, xii, 397-399.—Magaudda '(P ) La terapia arsemcale ad alte dosi nelle contratture organiche Pohc-hn, Roma, 1921, xxviii, sez. prat, 147-150 —Momm- f,w iLU>as ^"P der Dauerbelastung in der Kontrak- turhehandlung. Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir, Stutte 1920 xl MO.-Mtthsam (R.) Zur Behandlung schwerer Hand' und Fmgerkontrakturen nach Sehnenscheidenentziindung. Zentralbl f. Chir, Leipz, 1911, xxxviii, 9SJM)90.-Mullei Die Bedeutung der Massage fiir die Nachbehandlung der Contractures (Treatment of). Kontrakturen. Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir, Stuttg, 1916-17, xxxvi, 57">-57.1.—Murphy (J. B.) Cicatricial contracture of neck following a burn; resection of scar and interposition of a flap of normal skin. Surg. Clin, Chicago, 1915, iv, 807-^10. -----. Post-apoplectic hemiplegic contractures; tenotomy of hamstrings and of tendo Achillis. Ibid., 1916, v, 303-308.— Neuhauser. Behandlung und Verhutung von Kontrak- turen schwer verletzter Gliedmassen. Deutsche med Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1916, xiii, 989.—OverRaard (J.) Kontrakturenbehandlung. Munchen. med. Wchnschr. 1916, lxiii, 1671-1674.-----. Zimmerbehandlung von Kon- trakturen. Ztschr. f. orthop Chir, Stuttg, 191f>-17, xxxvi 559-565. -----. Gegenwiirtiger Stand der Kontrakturbe^ handlung. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1917, xxx, 930.—Pelte- sohn. Ueber die friihzeitige Bewegungsbehandlung der Kontrakturen beim Feld- und Kriegslazarett in behelfs- massigen orthopadischen Abteilungen. Ztschr. f. orthop Chir, Stuttg, 1916-17, xxxvi, 522-533.—Pieron (H.) Dii mecanisme de la nsychctherapie dans les contractures fonc- tionnelles. Progres med. Par, 1918, 3. s, xxxiii, 132-134.— Plesch (J.} Ueber die Dupuytren'sche Kontraktur tad ihre Behandlung mit Fibrolvsm. Deutsche klin.-therap Wchnschr, Leipz, 1906, iii, 365-369.—Quenu. De la teno- tomie dans les contractures reflexes. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1917, n. s, xlui, 1103-1105.—Reeve (E. F.) The treatment of functional contracture by fatigue. Lancet Lond, 1917, ii, 419-421— Romich (S.) Kontraktur- Prothese. Munchen. med. Wchnschr.. 1919, lxvi, 158.__ St.-Hilalre (G.) Traitement des contractures par la kinesi- thc rapie. Rev. de cinesie, Par, 1905, vii, 53-58.—Sicard (J.-A.) L'alcoolisation tronculaire au cours des acromyoto- nies rebelles du membre supcrieur. Paris med, 1916, vi 509-513.—Sicard (J.-A.) & Dambrin. Acro-contracture tres marquee du membre inf'irieur, traitee avec succes par rethvlisation du grand ne^f x iat :i jue. Marseille med 191S lv, 601.—Sicard (J.-A.) A Imbert (L.) La bande de caoutchouc et l'alcoolisation locals de* nerfs dans le traite- ment des contractures par Messures de guerre. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par . 1-15, i. s, xxix, 266-268.__ Spellissy (J. M.) Results of ph 1907, lxii, 1036-1038.-Papazolu (C.) Actiunea fisico-terapeutiea a ^ ™9marm™?1 de"va,vilcrsel. Spitalul. BucurescI, 1900! xx 362-371 -Perez Noguera (P.) Contribuci6n al estudio B^h^&v^t^:'^™- GaC" mdd- ««' Convallaria maialis. Doederlinus (J. G. Z.) *De lilio convallium. 4°. Altorfi, Noriconum, [1718]. Laigre (J.) *Etude physiologique du con- vallaria maialis et de ses principes actifs. 8°. Paris, 1903. Andrew (J. H.) A case of poisoning by convallaria majalis. Indian Lancet, Calcutta, 1898, xi, 473.—Boruttau (H.) Ueber die Einstellung und Kontrollierung der Herz- wirkung von Convallariapraparaten. Therap. of. Gegenw., Berl., 1908, lix, 547-551.—KUhn (W.) Die Maiblume bei den alten Aerzten. Med. Khn., Berl., 1906, ii, 684.—Lal^re. Muguet et sue de muguet; etude physiologique. Rev. de therap. med.-chir., Par., 1903, lxx, 757-765.—L#nneker(W.) Remarks upon the therapeutic action of convallaria. Therap. Gaz. [etc], Detroit, 1907,3. s.,xxiii,fiI6.—Mouriquand (G.) & Dujol (G.) Sur Taction diuretique de Pinfusion du muguet des bois chez l'enfant (cardiopathies, nephrites, oedemes essentiels). Progres med., Par., 1912, 3. s., xxviii, 499-503.—No* (J.) Principes actifs du muguet. Arch. gen. de med.. Par., 1903, ii, 2969-2972— Purdon (H. S.) The nose, cold feet, tobacco heart, and convallaria majalis. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1900, ex, 110-112.—Viehoever (A.) & Clevenger (J. F.) The substitution of convallaria flowers for chamomile. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., Easton, Pa., 1921, x, 937-943.—Zondek (S. G.) Zur pharmakologischen Wert- bestimmung der Convallaria majalis. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmacol., Leipz., 1921, xc, 277-2^7. Convegno medico interprovinciale. Atti. 4., 1896; 5., 1897. 8°. Vicenza, 1897-8. Convention sanitaire internationale de Paris (3 decembre 1903). Resa esecutoria in Italia ml R. decreto 5 maggio 1907, Xo. 293. 58 pp. 8°. Roma, J. Artero, 1910. Convenzione di Venezia per impedire I'invasione e la propagazione della peste, 11 gennaio 1900. 48 pp. 12°. Milano. 1900. Convers (Antonin) [1878- ]. * Psychoses et neurasthenics en rapport avec les maladies du nez et du rhino-pharynx. 90 pp. S. Lvon. 1906. No. 110. Convers (Francis) [1886- ]. *Le secret medi- cal dans les lois modernes recentes: le secret medical dans l'armee. 141pp. 8°. Z yon, 1913. No. 77. ' Converse (Charles Bell) [1S42-1912]. Obituary. Med. Rec, X. Y., 1912, lxxxi, 477. Converse (Georges M.) [1871- ]. *Diagnostic differentiel et mecanisme du roulement pre- systolique dans l'insumsance aortique. 70 pp 11. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 79. ------. The same. 70 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, Jouve & Boyer, 1898. Converse (Joseph H.) [ -1905]. Obituary. Boston M. & S. J., 1905, ciii, 120. Alio: Bull Harvard M. Alumni Ass., Bost., 1905, n. s., Xo. 1, 45. Convert (Alphonse) [1887- ]. ^Contribution a 1 etude des grands kvstes hematiques simples du rem. 44 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1919, No. 15 Convert (Pierre) [1885- ]. *Les operations conservatrices dans les salpmgo-ovarites (resul- tats eloignes). 204 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1914. No. 151. . Conviction. Jastrow (J.) The psychologv of conviction; a study of beliefs and attitudes. 8°. Boston, 1918. Also, in: Scient. Month., X. Y., 1917, v, 523-544. Demote (V.) ya cas de conviction spontanee. Arch. de psychol. Geneve, 1913, xiii, 162-169.-Reik (T.) Ein art,i p" "PlotzL.ch?r .Ceberzeugung." Internat. Ztschr. f. artzl. Psychoanal., Leipz. & Wien, 1914, ii, 151-159. Convolvulaceae. Rivelois (A.-A.-F.) *Des convolvulees indi- genes. 8°. Lille, 1909. Rohn (G.) Sur les mouvements oscillatoires des Convo- luta roscotfensis. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par. 1903 exxxyn, 576-57S.-Chevalier. Les liserons indigenes. Rov! ??weISP;m/d'"l'hir'' ''ar" 1'XH.lxxi, 109-1 l8.-Goldsmlth uuue M.) Le comportement de Convoluta roscoffensis en ?> seijce du rythme des niar.Vs. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. I ar., 1919, clxix, 586-5sS. Keeble (F.^ A- Gamble (F. W.) nSr-nl?81 nand» "PW °L thT pnrn celIs of Convoluta ros- coffensis. Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1907-8, li, 167-219,2 pi.— CONVOLVULACE.E 163 CONVULSIONS. Convolvulaceae. Mlyazawa (B.) Studies of inheritance in the Japanese convolvulus. J. Genetics, Cambridge, 1918-19, viii, 59-82, I pi.—Villada (M. M.) Apuntes acerca de plantas indigenas de la familia de las eonvolvuliceas empleadas en medicina. Gac. med., Mexico, 1903, 2. s., iii, 351-354. Convolvulin. See, also, Jalap. Heinrich (P. [E.]) *Einige Beitrage zur Kenntnis des biologischen Verhaltens von Con- volvulin und Jalapin. 8°. Rostock, 1914. Heinrich (G.) Zur Kenntnis des biologischen Verhaltens von Convolvulin und Jalapin. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1918, lxxxviii, 13-34. Convulsants. Marshall (C. B,.) The action of certain convulsants. Proc. Physiol. Soc. Lond., 1909, p. Ixxxiii.—Meltzer (S. J.) The prompt distribution of convulsants in cardiectomized frogs deprived of their lymph hearts. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1914, n. s., xxxix, 568.—Morita (S.) Unter- suchungen an grosshirnlosen Kaninchen; die Wirkung ver- schiedener Krampfgifte. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharma- kol., Leipz., 1915, lxxviii, 208-217. Convulsin. Goliner. Beitrag zur Wirkung des Convulsins. Reichs- Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1905, xxx, 448.—Henschel (A.) Ueber Convulsin, ein neues praparat gegen Katarrhe und Ent- zundungen der Luftwege. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1905, 75-77.-----. Ueber Konvulsin, ein neueres Praparat gegen die Katarrhe und Entzundungen der Luftwege. Med. BL, Wien, 1905, xxviii, 44. Convulsions. See, also, Cramps; Epilepsy; Hysteria; Spasms; Tetany. Tovstein (Mile. M.) *La duree des convul- sions cerebro-bulbaires et m^dullaires chez les differentes especes animales. 8°. Geneve, 1906. Bonola (F.) Di alcuni stati convulsivi ancora mal de- finiti. Policlin.. Roma, 1917, xxiv, sez. prat., 1481-1487.— Briscoe (J. F.) The asphyxial problem in convulsive seizures. Brit.M.J.,Lond., 1899,ii,779-781.—Doranth(K.) Eklampsie bei eiuer 16jahrigen Virgo. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr., 1901, xiv, 823.—Gallinger (R. E.) A rare case of convulsions. Tr. N. Hampshire M. Soc, Concord, 1906, 129-133.—Gordon (R. G.) A study of epileptiform con- vulsions. Lancet, Lond., 1919, ii, 914-917— Hutinel. Des convulsions. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1920, xxxiv, 83-85.—Kronthal (P.) Vom Krampf. Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1909, xlvi, 658-666.—Laquer (L.) Beitrag zur Lehre von den epileptoiden Erstickungskrampfen. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1911, xxx, 235-238.—Leroy fA.) Essai sur le mecanisme probable de la crise dans 1'epilepsie et dans l'asthme. Pans med., 1913, xi, 70.—Meige (H.) Les convulsions de la face; une forme clinique de convulsion faciale, bilaterale et mediane. Rev. neurol., Par., 1910, ii, 437^43.—Munier (A.) Acces convulsif a type comitial declanche par la recherche du reflexe oculo-cardiaque chez un jeune soldat n'ayant jamais eu de crise. Rev. med. de l'Est, Nancy, 1921, xlix, 399-401—Pallacani (G.) Sulla nosografia di alcune neuropatie caratterizzate da sindromi accessuali epilettoidi. Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze, 1917, xxii, 131-172.—Percy (F. B.) A unique case of convulsions. N. Am. J. Homceop., N. Y., 1906, liv, 548-552.—Pierret (A.) On convulsive states in general. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1900, n. s., lxx, 181-184.—Pitt. On convulsions. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1900, xiv, 1-8.—Starcke (A.) Ein einfacher Lach- und Weinkrampf. Internat. Ztschr. f. arztl. Psychoanal., Leipz. & Wien, 1919, v, 199-203.— Taylor (F.) Some convulsive disorders. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1902. xvi, 229-237.—Wey 11. Spastisch-convulsivische Zustande (Asthma,-Cholelithiasis, Pertussis und Epilepsie). Verhandl. d. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1904, xxi, 608- 610.—Wolff-Eisner (A.) Ueber Eklampsie. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 2024-2027.—Zappert (J.) Ueber einen epileptiformen pseudobulbaren Symptomenkomplex mit gunstigem Verlauf. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1916 xxxv, 690-693. Convulsions (Blood and cerehro-spinal fluid in). Bausch (W.) Blutzuckerspiegel vor und nach der therapeutischen Nebennierenreduktion bei Krampfkranken, nach Heinr. Fischer. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1920, xlvi, 1353.—Ervin (D. M.) The relation of blood- pressure to convulsions. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, lxx. 1208. Also, Reprint—Kersten (H.) Weitere Unter- suchungen iiber das Schwanken des Blutzuckerspiegels beim elementaren Krampf. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat., Berl., 1921, Orig., lxx, 241-253—Laures (G.) & Gascard (E.) Variation du taux de Puree dans le liquide cephalo-rachidien preieve au moment et en dehors des crises convulsives epileptiques et hysteriques. Rev. neurol., Convulsions (Blood and cerehro-spinal fluid in. Par., 1920, xxvii, 585—Schaps. Krampfe und Blutbild. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1921, xlvii, 472.— Schlu nd (F.) Ueber das Verhalten des relativen morpho- logischen weissen Blutbildes vor und nach der operativen Nebennierenreduktion bei Krampfkrankheiten, nach H. Fischer. Ibid., 1920, xlvi, 1273. Convulsions (Causes and pathology of). CLrvio (I.) Eclampsia ed emorragia cerebrale; due osservazioni cliniche ed anatomiche. 8°. Alessandria, 1898. Kempxer (G. [L.]) *TJeber die Ausscheidung von Aminostickstoff im Harne bei Krampfan- fallen. [Munchen.] 8°. Berlin, 1912. Also in: Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat., Berl. & Leipz., 1912, xi, Orig., 482-514. Benech (J.) & Munier (A.) Essais pathogeniques sur les crises convulsives (hysterie et epilepsie). Rev. med. de l'Est, Nancy, 1921, xlix, 642-6.54.—Bishop (L. F.) A common cause for most convulsive diseases. Am. Med., Phila., 1903, v, 330—Burr (C. W.) & Camp (C. D.) A case of alternating unilateral epdeptiform con- vulsions associated with cortical cerebral degeneration. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1907, xxxiv, 667.—Campbell (C. M.) On the mechanism of convulsive phenomena and allied symptoms. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., Bait., 1918, xxix, 318-322. Also, Reprint.—Feiling (A.) On fits, epi- leptic and others. Practitioner, Lond., 1921, cvii, 22-32.— Fischer (H.) Untersuchungen iiber die Pathogenese des Krampfes. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1921, Ixxi, 116-132. -----. Tierexperimentelle Krampfstudien. Ztschr. f. d. ges Neurol, u. Psychiat., Berl., 1921, Orig., lxxiii, 614-626.—Fox (C. D.) Psychogenetic convulsions. J. Abnorm. Psychol., Bost., 1910-11, v, 1-19.—Gordon (R. G.) A study of epileptiform convulsions in soldiers. Seale Hayne Neurol. Stud., Lond., 1918-19, i, 159-166.—Gota (A.) Estudio medico-psicologico de las epidemias de convulsiona- rios, y de otros fen6menos espontaneos 6 provocados de indole semejante. Clin, mod., Zaragoza, 1903, ii, 394-414,2 pi.—Hauptmann (A.) Ueber epileptische und psychogene Krampfanfalle im Lichte der Kriegserfahrungen. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1918, xlvii, 125-131.—JacksOn (J. H.) & Barnes (S.) Further observations on a case of convulsions (trunk fit or lowest level fit?). Brain, Lond., 1902, xxv, 286-292.—Jelliffe (S. E.) The parathyroid and convulsive states; general considerations. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1920, cxii, 877-879.—Maragliano (E.) Fatti convul- sivi da trauma. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1900, xxi, 689-692. -----.Convulsionsd'originetraumatique. Med.mod.,Par., 1900, xi, 273-275.—Mendel (K.) Hirnrindenkrampf. Neu- rol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1917, xxxvi, 11-25.—Mollard (J.), Favre (M.) & Cordier (V.) Mort par ponction exploratrice du thorax (crises epileptiformes). Lyon med.; 1910, cxiv, 883-890.—Mott (F. W.) Preliminary communication upon the changes in the brain, spinal cord, muscles and other organs found in persons dying after prolonged epileptiform convulsions. Arch. Neurol. Path. Lab. Lond. County Asyl., Claybury, Lond., 1900, 493-508, 2pi.—Prevost (J.-L.) & Battelli (F.) De la production des convulsions toniques et cloniques chez les differentes espfeces animales. Trav. du lab. de physiol.Univ. de Geneve 1904? Geneve, 1905, v, 1.— Rocaz, Cabannes & Montoux. Crises de formes comi- tiales avec malformations congenitales de la colonne verte- brale et colobome bilateral de la papille optique. Gaz. hebd d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1921, xiii, 499. Also: 3. de med. de Bordeaux, 1921, li, 458.—Roch (M.) Crises epileptiformes "spontanees" d'origine pleurale. Bull, med., Par., 1908, xxii, 259.—Rothmann (M.) Ueber das Zustandekommen der epileptiformen Krampfe. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1912, xxxi, 1287-1296—Rtill (J.) Der familiare Rinden- krampf. Arch. f. Psychiat. u. Nervenkr., Berl., 1913, Iii, 748-779. -----. Zwei weitere Beitrage zum funktionellen Rindenkrampf. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1916, xxxv, 412-416.—Samaja (N.) Le siege des convulsions epilepti- formes toniques et cloniques. Trav. du lab. de physiol. Univ. de Geneve 1903, Geneve, 1904, iv, 49-121.—SUvestri (T.) II calcio contenuto nei sistema nervoso centrale in rapporto all' eclampsia, tetania ed equivalenti. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1906, xxvii, 1005.—SUvestri (T.) & Tosatti(C.) Sindrome cerebellare ed eclampsia in coniglie gravide scap- sulate unilateralmente. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di MMena, 1908-9, xi, 19-31.—Zanfrognini (A.) Eclampsiae anomalia paratiroideacongenita. Ibid., 1905-6,ix, 1-7.—Ziegler(L.H.) A study of patients subject to convulsive seizures. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., Lancaster, Pa., 1921, hv, 107-140. Convulsions (Diagnosis and semeiology of). Benedek (L.) Das Vorkommen des Babinslrischen Phanomens bei "organoider'' Eklampsie. Neurol. Cen- tralbl., Leipz., 1913, xxvii, 1087-1090.—Fischer (L.) Lum- bar puncture, an aid to diagnosis; its value in relieving con- vulsions. Arch. Pediat., N. Y.; 1913, xxx, 131-133.—Gaines (L. M.) The diagnostic significance of convulsions. At- CONVULSIONS. 164 CONVULSIONS. Convulsions (Diagnosis and semeiology of). lanta Jour .-Rec Med., 1913, lx, 293-298— JOdicke (P.) Die differential-diagnostische Abgrenzung einiger Krampffor- men durch das Blutbild. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1913, lx, 1085-1087.—Kuhnemann(G.) Zur Differentialdiagnose der mit allgemeinen Krampfen (Konvulsionen) einherge- henden Krankheiten. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1905, xxvi, 133.—Meyer(M.) Zur diagnostischen Beurteilung von Krampfanfallen bei Erwachsenen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1918, xiv, 509-513. Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1918, lxv, 773.—MUes (A.) On a case of general convulsions present- ing certain difficultiesin diagnosis. Scot. M. & S. J., Edinb., 1898, iii, 482-488—Quensel (F.) Differentialdiagnose der verschiedenen Formen von Krampfanfallen. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1922, xix, 484-491. Convulsions (Facial). See Spasm (Facial). Convulsions (Puerperal). See Puerperal convulsions. Convulsions (Treatment of). Noguies (J.-L.-A.) *Etude clinique du r61e de la ponction lombaire dans les convulsions. 8°. Bordeaux, 1911. Bazy (P.) Accidents convulsifs traites et gueris par des interventions chirurgicales. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1920, 3. s., Ixxxiii, 501-504.—Cordua (E.) Bemerkungen zu der Exstirpation der Nebenniere zur Behandlung von Krampfen,von Prof. A.Briining. Zentralbl.f.Chir.,Leipz., 1920, xlviii, 166.—Fischer (H.) Die Bedeutung der Neben- nieren fiir die Pathogenese und Therapie des Krampfes. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1920, xlvi, 1437.— Fischer (H.) & Thaer (Erika). Weiterer Beitrag zur Wirkung der Faradisation der quergestreiften Muskulatur bei Krampfkranken. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat., Berl., 1922, lxxiv, 499-504.—Gordon (A.) Convulsive movements of the face; their differential diagnosis, effect of alcoholic injections. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lviii, 97- 102.—Gottschalk (A.) De I'influence du regime alimen- taire au point de vue de la prophylaxie et de la genese des accidents convulsifs. Arch, de neurol., Par., 1911, i, 158- 178.—Juarros (C.) Curacion de un caso de sindrome con- vulsivo de origen nasal, tratado quirurgicamente. Rev. espafi. de laringol. [etc], Madrid, 1915, vi, 11-16.—Krisch. Allgemeine vorwiegend tonische suggestiv beeinflussbare Krampfe (Demonstration). Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1916,xlii,274.—Pic( A.), Bonnamour(S.)& Raymond. Action anticonvulsivante du chlorure de cal- cium; chlorure de calcium et strychnine. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1921, lxxxv,96.—Sandor (S.) Zur Behand- lung von Krampfen mit Exstirpation einer Nebenniere. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1921,xlviii,881-883.—Schmieden (V.) & Peiper(H.) Unsere Erfahrungen mit der operativen Nebennierenreduktion, nach Fischer-Briining zur Behand- lung von Krampfen. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1921, cxviii, 845-864.—Sherwood (W. A.) Operation for relief of epi- leptiform attacks. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn. 1908, ii, 116.—Shipley (P. G.) The treatment of convulsions (tet- any) with calcium in the seventeenth century. Ann. Med. Hist., N. Y., 1922, iv, 189-191.—Strauss (O.) Troparin; ein neues Praparat zur Linderung spastischer Krampfe. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Berl., 1922, xxix, 173.—Tournler (C.) L'etherisation methodique dans les etats convulsifs d'origine accidentelle ou constitutionnelle. Gaz. med. de Strasb., 1899,lviii,85— Vorschutz. Zur Technik der Ex- stirpation der Nebenniere bei Krampfen. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1921, xlviii, 370-372. Convulsions in infants and children. Major (G.) *Tet;anie et etats tetaniformes chez l'enfant. 8°. Paris, 1914. Maurice (M.-J.-L.-A.) Contribution a l'etude des convulsions infantiles considerees dans leurs rapports avec 1' epilepsie. 8 °. Nancy ,1913. Monod (O.) ^Contribution a l'etude sur l'avenir des convulsifs infantiles. 8°. Paris, 1904. Wolff (Benita). *Spasmophile Krampfe im ersten Quartal der Sauglingszeit. [Miinchen.] 8°. Stuttgart, 1918. Abercrombie (J.) Convulsions in infants and children under three years of age. Internat. Clin., Phila.. 1901, s. 11. iii, 90-94.—Adamo (G.) Contributo alio studio dell' eclamr> sia. Rassegna d' ostet. e ginec, Napoli, 1911, xx, 385-394. -----. Contributo clinico alio studio dell' eclampsia infan- tile. Attid. Cong, pediat.ital. 1911, Palermo, 1912, vii, 454- 457.—Arnstein (F.) [Eclampsia infantum, convulsiones.l Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1903, 2. s., xxiii, 617; 645; 670; 696 — Aschenhebn. Ueber funktionelle Krampfe im Sauglings- alter. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1921, xviii. 307-312 — Ashby (H.) Some thoughts on convulsions during infancy Convulsions in infants and children. and childhood. Lancet.. Lond., 1905, i, 135-138—Ashby (H.) & Stephenson (S.) Acute amaurosis following infantile convulsions. Ibid., 1903, i, 1294-1296.—Ashley (C. L.) A study of convulsions in children. Tr. Luzerne Co. M. Soc, 1909, Wilkes-Barre, 1910, 50-57.—Ausset (E.) Les convulsions chez les enfants. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1899, iii, 397-406.—Beaman (C. W.) Eclampsia infantum. Nat. Eclect. M. Ass. Quart., Cincin., 1920-21, xiii. 476-479.— Belfeld (A. H.) A case of convulsions in a new-born baby. Tr. Clin. Soc. Univ. Mich., Ann Arbor, 1914-15, vi, 44. Also: J.Mich.M.Soc, Grand Rapids, 1915,xiv, 125—Best(W.P.) Convulsions of childhood. Nat. Eclect. M. Ass. Quart., Cincin., 1920-21, xhi, 480-485.—Birk( W.) Ueber die Bedeu- tung der Sauglingskrampfefur die weitere Entwicklung der Individuen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1907, iii, 318.—Bluhdorn (K.) Die Krampfe des Sauglings-und Kindesalters. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1919, lvi, 462-465.—Blumcke. Krampfe im Kindesalter, ihre Bedeutung und ihr ursachlicher Zu- sammenhang mit dem j ugendlicnen Schwachsinn. Ztschr. f. d. Behandl. Schwachsinn., Dresd., 1912, xxxii, 231-256.— Bosco (M.) Le convulsioni infantili; loro frequenza, esito e trasformazioni. Corriere san., Milano, 1903, xiv, 549-555.— Bossert (O.) Wesen und Bedeutung der Krampfe im friihen Kindesalter. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1922, xix, 70-77.—Burr (C. W.) The relation of infantile con- vulsions to epilepsy. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1922, xxxix, 303-307.—Cabanes (A.) & Ben Bhrimat. Quelques refle- xions a propos de deux cas d'eclampsie. Gaz. d. mal.infant. [etc.], Par., 1907, ix, 131-134.—Cautley (E.) Convulsions in children. Clin. J., Lond., 1905, xxvi, 328; 344.—Colton (A. J.) Infantile eclampsia. Buffalo M. J., 1902-3, n. s., xiii, 731-736.—Combe. Des convulsions chez les enfants (hysterie; tetanisme). Med. mod., Par., 1902. xhi, 417-419. Also, transl.: Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1903, xlviii. 176; 188; 198.—Cuomo (V.) Convulsioni infantili; loro frequenza, loro etiologia; loro esito e trasformazione. Corriere san., Milano, 1902, xiii, 392-398.—Decroly (O.) Les convulsions de l'enfance. Policlin., Brux., 1902, xi, 529-539.—Epstein (J.) The spasmophilic child. N. York M.J.fetc], 1919, ex, 851-853. Also, Reprint. Esch (P.) Ueber Eclampsia neo- natorum. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Stuttg., 1909, lxv, 52-59.—d'Esplne (A.) & Moussbus. Les convulsions chez l'enfant. Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1902, vi, 289-324. Also: M6d.mod., Par., 1902, xiii, 121-124.—Excha- quet (L.) Quelques types de convulsions de l'enfance. Gaz. med. de Par., 1916, Ixxxvii, 126-128. A lso: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1917, cliv, 489-191.—Fawcett (J.) Some cases of convulsions in children and of acute encephalitis. Guy's Hosp. Gaz.,Lond., 1909,xxiii, 451-457.—Finkelstein (H.) Ueber Eklampsia infantum. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1901, 121; 149.—Fischer (L.) Report of an unusual case of convulsions in a child four years old, extending over four days, with ultimate recovery. Pediatrics, N. Y. & Lond., 1899, vii, 120.—Francionl (C.) Sul significato delle convulsioni che si presentano nei primissimi mesi di vita. Riv. di clin. pediat., Firenze, 1918, xvi, 393-429.—Fuxrer (A. F.) Report of an infant, four weeks old, with several thousand convulsions. Cleveland M. J., 1906. v, 327 — Garriga (B.) Un caso de eclampsia de un recien-nacido. Bol. mens. d. Col. de med. de Gerona, 1904. ix, 161-164.— GUlet (H.) Note sur les convulsions infantiles dites essen- tielles (a propos d'une statistique). Bull. Soc de pediat. de Par., 1902, iv, 99-105.—Gtttt (T.) Die Krampfe des Kindes- alters. Jahresk. f. arztl. Fortbild., Munchen, 1911, 6. Hft., 23-53.—Gtttt (T.) & WUdbrett (Elsa). Zur Frage der Sauglingseklampsie. Munchen. med. Wchnschr.,-1922,lxix 884.—Hanssen (P.) Ueber Krampfe und krampfartige Zu- stande im Kindesalter. Kinder-Arzt., Leipz., 1916, xxvii, 117; 133.—Hebbar (A. C. K.) Notes on infantileconvulsions. Antiseptic, Madras, 1919. xvi, 81-85.—Hendrlx. Sur une forme speciale d'eclampsie. Policlin., Brux., 1902, xi, 313- 317.—Karger (P.) Die terminalen Krampfe der Kinder. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1919, n. F., xc, 323-340.—van de Kasteele (R. P.) Over stuipen en stiupnehtige toestanden bij het jonge kind. Nosoktfmos, Amst., 1916, xvi, KS7-892.— Lange (Jo Ueber Krampfe im Kindosidter. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1900, xlvii, 37-42.—McDonald (G.) Etiology, diagnosis, prognosis, and treatment of convulsions in young children. Merck's Arch.,N. Y., 1906, viii, 77-79 — Machell (H. T.) Report of a case of convulsions and mild, or pseudo-petit-mal, in a boy due to genital irritation. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, Albany, N. Y., 1922, xxxiv, 312-314.— McNeal (A. W.) Convulsions in infancy and childhood; report of some cases. Pan-Am. S. & M. J., N. Orl., 1914, xix, 30.—Marfan (A.-B.) Les convulsions dans la pre- miere enfance. Presse med., Par., 1921, xxix, 633-636 — Marfan (P.) Convulsions infantiles. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1916, xxx, 584.—Moon (R. O.) Some observations on convulsions in children and their relation to epilepsy. Lancet, Lond., 1904, ii, 177S-17S1.—Morse (J. L.) A study of the relationship of convulsions in infancy and childhood to epilepsy. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc. [n. p.], 1919, xxxi 37-50. Also: Am. J. Dis. Child., Chicago, 1919, xyui, 73-82. Also, Reprint.-----. The convulsive disorders of childhood. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1922, lxxviii, 175- 178.—Moussous(A.) Les convulsions chezl'enfant. Gaz. d. mal. infant, [etc.], Par., 1902, iv, 131; 139.—von Mysen- DUS (L) Studies in spasmophilia; electrical reactions of older children. Am. J. Dis. Child., Chicago, 1920, xx, 539- CONVULSIONS. 165 CONVULSIONS. Convulsions in infants and children. 544.—Oliari (A.) Gli stati convulsivi della prima infanzia. Arte ostet., Milano, 1907, xxi, 129-135.-----. Le forme con- vulsive dei lattanti e dei bambini della prima infanzia. Pediatria, Napoli, 1907, 2. s., v, 199; 259.—Politzer (A.) Ueber die Eclampsie im Kindesalter. Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1900, v, 345-347.—Poynton (F. J.) Some un- usual sequelae of convulsive seizures in childhood. Lancet, Lond., 1908, ii, 1291-1294.—Santori (F.) Convulsioni infan- tili; frequenza, etiologia, esito e trasformazione. Corriere san., Milano, 1903, xiv, 387-390.—Schweizer (F.) Convul- siones del reeien nacido. Arch, latino-am. de pediat., Buenos Aires, 1920, 2. s., xiv, 450.—Slagle (C. G.) Convul- sions in infants and young children; their point of origin, nature, cause and management. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxiii, 1139-1143.—Sulle convulsioni infantili. Mor- gagni, Milano, 1922, lxiv, pt. 2 (Riv.), 225-229.—Thiemich (M.) De l'etat actuel de nos connaissances des convulsions chez les nourrissons. Rev. d'hyg. et de med. inf. [etc.], Par., 1903, ii, 309-337.-----. Ueber die Entwicklung eklamp- tiscber Sauglinge in der spateren Kindheit. Verhandl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. ft Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1906, Wiesb., 1907, xxiii, 221-228.—Thomson (J.) On the causation, treatment, and prognosis of convulsions in young children. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1903, 13. s.; i, 169-178.-----. On convulsions in early infancy. Pediatrics, N. Y., 1906, xxiii, 85-93.—Turner (A. J.) Convulsions in childhood. Med. J. Australia, Sydney, 1922, ii, 203-206 — Viana (G.) Convulsioni infantili, loro eziologia, loro esito e loro trasformazione. Corriere san., Milano, 1903, xiv. 452- 455.—VUlani (G.) Convulsioni infantili; frequenza, etiologia, esito e trasformazione. Ibid., 405-410.—Voisin (R.) Sur l'etat de la circulation peripherique dans la crise d'eclampsie. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.; Par., 1909, lxvi, 729.—Wimmer (A.) [Progressive infantile torsion spasm.] Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1921, lxiv, Neurol, selsk. Forh. 1.—Withers (G. H.) Convulsions in infancy and childhood. Illinois M. J., Chicago, 1920, xxxvii, 397-400.—Ziehen. Ueber Krampfkrankheiten im schulpflichtigen Alter. Ztschr. f. Schulgsndhtspfl., Hamb., 1905, xviii, 252-254. Convulsions in infants and children (Causes and pathology of). Allan (J.) Some remarks regarding the etiology of infantile convulsions. Med. Times, Lond., 1909, xxxvii, 869-871.—BaUantyne (A. J.) Transient convulsions in two children with unusual changes in the fundus oculi. Ophthalmoscope, Lond., 1909, vii, 662-665.—Barnabd (V.) Sulla eziologia delle convulsioni nei bambini. Clin, ostet., Roma, 1910, xii, 420; 441.—Chiodi (W.) Sull' eclampsia dei lattanti proveniente da cause materne. Clin, mod., Firenze, 1906, xii, 325-330. -----. Brevi considerazioni sul fattore ereditario nell' eclampsia infantile. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoh, 1906, n. s., xxviii, 701-704.—Crandall (F. M.) The etiology of convulsions in early life. Am. J. Obst., N.Y., 1912, lxvi, 1073-1075. Also: Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1912, xxix, 803-807. [Discussion], 859-866.—Dufour (D.) Convulsions chez des enfants causees par l'ingestion de larves d'insectes; action de certains parasites intestinaux; observations; re- flexions. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1906, viii, 419-422 — Ebsteln (E.) Ueberfiitterung und Krampfe. Ztschr. f. Kinderh.. Berl., 1911, Orig., iii, 209. Also, Reprint.— French (J. M.) The etiology of infantile eclampsia. Calif. State J. M., San Fran.; 1905, iii, 49-51.—Funaioli (G.) Sulla frequenza e sul significato delle convulsioni nei periodo di invasione delle febbri eruttive dei bambini. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1920, xii, 773-775.—Hochsinger (C.) Versuch einer pathogenetischen Einteilung der funktionellen Kinder- krampfe. Wien. med.Wchnschr., 1904, liv, 2409-2415.—J ack- son(J. B.) The relation of convulsions in children to dietary errors. J.Mich.M.Soc,BattleCreek,1912,xi,710-714. Also: Pediatrics, N. Y., 1912, xxiv, 689-695.—Kerley (C. G.) & Lorenze (E. J.) Case of convulsions; hydrocephalus. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1921, xxxviii, 311-313.—Lucas (W. P.) & Southard (E. E.) Contributions to the neurology of the child; convulsive tendencies during and after encepha- litis in children. Boston M. & S. J., 1912, clxvi, 323-328.— Lyon(F. D.) Hair-eating children and convulsions. Ibid., 1900, cxlii, 395.—Mcllraith (J.) The aetiology of convulsions in infancy and childhood; from a study of 250 cases. Med. Chron., Manchester, 1906-7, xlv, 80; 223.—Mitchell (A. G.) & Barbar (W.) The etiology of convulsions in infants. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1921-22, xxv, 14-17.—Moon (R. O.) Some observations on convulsions in children and then- relation to epilepsy. Lancet, Lond., 1906, ii, 721.—Mori (A.) Eclampsia del neonato ed albuminuria materna. Gineco- logia, Firenze, 1904, i, 612-627. Also, transl.: Monatschr. f. Kinderh., Leipz. & Wien, 1905, iv, 73-82.—Muskens (L. J. J.) [Convulsions in children and their relation to the etiology of true epilepsy.] Nederl. Maandschr. v. Ge- neesk.. Leiden, 1921, x, 537-558.—Olmer. Note sur l'etat des cellules nerveuses de la moelle et du cerveau dans un cas de convulsion de cause infectieuse chez un enfant. Marseille med., 1899, xxxv, 370. Also: Rev. de med.; Par., 1899, xix, 644-648.—Perier (E.) Convulsions d'origine al- coohque chez un nourrisson eieve au sein de sa mere. Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1898, ii, 479-482.—Pexa (V.) [Eclampsia following gastroenteritis: simple alimentary in- • toxication, or alimentary anaphylaxis towards egg-albu- Convulsions in infants and children (Causes and pathology of). min?] Casop. lek. 6esk., v Praze, 1914, liii, 1045-1048.— Pritchard (E.) The causes of convulsions in infancy and childhood. Clin. J. Lond., 1911-12, xxxix, 97-100.—Reiche (F.) Zur Pathogenese der Konvulsionen im friihen Kindes- alter. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1921, lxviii, 202.— Schlapp (M. G.) General remarks on the pathogenesis of convulsions and allied conditions. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1912, lxvi, 1075-1077.—Scott (H. H.) The causation of infantile convulsions. Practitioner, Lond., 1906, lxxvii, 237-245.—Smith (E.) On reflex convulsions in growing boys and girls. Lancet, Lond., 1903, i, 221-223. -----. General convulsions in early infancy induced by the taking of food. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 1338.—Sorgente (P.) Sull' etiologia e la terapia di alcuni casi di eclampsia e di epilessia infantile. Pediatria, Napoli, 1907, 2. s., v, 492-520.— Starke (G.) Calomel as a cause of convulsions in children. Pediatrics, N. Y., 1908, xx, 168.—Watson (J. H.) Epileptic convulsions in children, with marked intestinal abnormali- ties. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1919-20, xiii, Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 156-158.—Williams (W. C.) Some remarks on the causes of convulsions in children. Tr. M. Ass. Alabama, Montgomery, 1903, 286-293. Also: Mobile M. & S. J., 1903, hi, 453-460. Convulsions in infants and children (Diagnosis and semeiology of). Bietjlac (M.) *Semeiologie des convulsions infantiles. 8°. Paris, 1920. Ausset (E.) Les convulsions de l'enfance (etiologie, symptomes, diagnostic et traitement). Cong. fran$. de med. C.-r., Par., 1902, ii, 201-209. Also: Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1902, vi, 183-186.—Brimi (C. L.) Eclampsia infantum with reference to etiology and diagnosis with report of a case. St. PaulM. J.. St. Paul, Minn., 1901, iii, 481-483.—Collin(A.) & Revon (Therfese). Pronostic immediat et lointain des convulsions infantiles. Arch, de med. d. enf., Par., 1917, xx, 281-313.—d'Esplne (A.) Les convulsions chez l'enfant; causes; sympt6mes; diagnostic. Cong, franc, de m6d. Rap., Par., 1902, i, 341-408. [Discussion.] C.-r.. il, 193-201. Also: Gaz. d. mal. infant, [etc.], Par., 1902, iv. 113; 121.—Flgueira (F.) Semeiotica das convulsoes na infancia. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1902, xvi, 111-113.—Finkelstein (H.) Zur Deutung schwerer Krampfe bei kleinen Kindern. Monat- schr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1900, viii, 250-261.— Grulee (C. G.) Differential diagnosis and treatment of convulsions in infancy. Texas State J. M., Fort Worth, 1916, xh, 254-256.—Lowenburg (H.) The diagnosis and treat- ment of convulsions in children. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlix, 1756-1758.—Schlutz (F. W.) Recent views on the diagnosis and treatment of febrile convulsions in infancy and early childhood. Journal-Lancet, Minneap., 1914, xxxiv, 504-510.—Thienot (J.) Etude semeiologique des convulsions infantiles. Gaz. d. mal. infant, [etc.], Par., 1900, ii, 193-197.—Zahorsky (J.) Practical note on the diagnosis of infantile eclampsia. Pediatrics, N. Y., 1903, xv, 476. Convulsions in infants and children (Treatment of). ArqueUada (A.M.) Tratamiento de las convulsiones en los ninos. Pediatria espan., Madrid, 1918, vii, 260-262.— Boesl. Ueber Methylatropinum bromatum bei Kinder- eklampsie. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 1825.— Boquel (A.) Un cas de convulsions du nouveau-ne gueri a la suite d'une ponction rachidienne. Arch. med. d'Angers, 1907, xi, 467.—Brun (V.) Azione dell' estratto di ghiandole paratiroidi contro gli effetti di veleni convulsivanti. Pedia- tria, Napoli, 1908, 2. s., vi, 414-418.—Carrera (J.) Nota climca sobre un caso de convulsiones infantiles tratado por la dieta hidrica. Progreso med., Habana, 1899, ix, 39-42.— Chapln (H. D.) Some of the emergencies in pediatric practice; the treatment of convulsions. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1910, xxvf 166-168.—Dehaye. Un cas de convulsions; ponction lombaire. Presse med. beige, Brux., 1906, lviii, 137.—Ginsburg (M.), Knight (C. P.) [ct al.]. How do you treat infantile convulsions? N. York M. J. [etc.], 1913, xcvii, 30; 81; 136.—Gotz (J.) Zur Therapie der Convulsionen der Kinder (Eclampsia infantum). Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1901, viii, 50.—Grulee (C. G.) Dietetic treatment of convulsions and allied conditions occurring in infants, with special reference to the role played bv the inorganic salts. Am. J. Obst.. N. Y., 1912, lxvi, 1078-1083. Also: Am. J. Dis. Child., Chicago, 1913, v, 205-224.—Guthrie (L.) A clinical lecture on convulsions and epilepsy in early life. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1910, n. s., xc, 130; 158—Hel- mann. Ueber die Behandlung der Kindereklampsie mit Atropinum methy. bromatum. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lv, 1135.—Howell (F. E.) The causes and treatment of infantile eclampsia. J. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., N. Y., 1906, xxviii, 63-68.—Lemesle (H.) De la serotherapie arti- ficielle dans les convulsions infantiles. Anjou med., Angers, 1898, v, 168-172.—Long (T. J.) The control of fever and convulsions of infancy and childhood. Pediatrics, N. Y., 1903, xv, 521-525.—McKechnie (W. E.) Cold-bath treat- ment of infantile convulsions. Lancet, Lond., 1910, ii, 912.— CONVULSIONS. 166 COOK. Convulsions in infants and children (Treatment of). McMahan (Adah). The treatment of infantile convulsions. N. York M. J., 1903, lxxvii, 401.—Marfan. Valeur semeio- logique et traitement des convulsions infantiles. Concours med., Par., 1901, xxiii, 173—Martinez Vargas (A.) Trata- miento de las convulsiones en los ninos. Bol. med., Lerida, 1902, i, 33-38.—Mendelsohn (L.) & Kuhn (P.) Beobach- tungen iiber kuhmilchfreie Ernahrung bei dem Laryngo- spasmus der Tetanie und Eklampsie der Kinder. Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1906, lxxiv, 86-95.—Mufloz (E.) Pato- genia y tratamiento de la eclampsia infantil. Pediatria espafl., Madrid, 1915, iv, 441-462.—Murray (M.) On the causes and treatment of convulsions in children. Clin. J., Lond., 1900-1901, xvii, 129-131.—Nothmann (H.) Zur Frage der Oedembildung und -verhutung bei spasmophilen Kindern. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1920, lvii, 802.—Pearson (M. G.) Infantile convulsions; a preventable complaint. South African M. Rec, Cape Town, 1910, viii, 62-66— Prieto Orellana (F.) Tratamiento de la eclampsia infantil de origen toxi-alimentico. Gac. med. de Granada, 1904, xxii, 529-534.—Prothon. Lavement laudanise donn6 au cours de crises eclamptiques a un enfant de 24 jours; accidents toxiques, guerison. Pediatrie prat., Lille, 1909, vii, 77.— Rascher(F.) Atropin bei Eklampsiainfantum. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1916, Ixui, 10.—Rawnsley (G. T.) Report of a case of convulsions in a child treated with luminal. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1922, xxxviii, 222 — Roeder (H.) Die Krampfe un Sauglingsalter und die erste Beihilfe vor Eintritt arztlicher Behandlung. Allg. deutsche Hebam.-Ztg., Berl., 1905, xx, 235-237.—Sachs (F.) Die Heilung der Sauglingstetame durch Bestrahlung mit Ultraviolettlicht. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1921, lxviii, 984.—Saunders (E. W.) The causation and treatment of Infantile convulsions. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1909, xvi, 13-21. Also: Pediatrics, N. Y., 1909, xxi, 29-40.—Schlffer (F.) Ueber Lumbalpunktion bei Krampfen im Kindesalter. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1910, xvii, 481.—Schneck (M.) The treatment of infantile convulsions. N.York M.J. [etc.], 1913, xcvii, 29-31.—Schuster. Zur Behandlung der Kinderconvulsionen. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u.Aerzte 1901, Leipz., 1902, lxxhi, pt. 2, med. Abth., 286.—Thiemich (M.) Ueber die Behandlung der Krampfe im friihen Kindesalter. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1913, xxxix, 537-540.—Thompson (E. M.), Coston (H. R.) [et al.]. How do you treat infantile convulsions? N. York M. J., 1903, lxxvii, 462; 507.—Thomson (J.) Clinical types of convulsive seizures in very young babies. with a special consideration of the so-called idiopathic con- vulsions of early infancy, and their treatment. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1921, ii, 679-683.—Tobler (L.) Die Behandlung der Krampfe im Kindesalter. Deutsche med. Wchnschr. Leipz. & Berl., 1916, xlu, 93.—Tonina (T. A.) La eclampsia infantil y el anus estrellado. Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1919, xxvi, 167-169.—Vallols. Accidents convulsifs chez un nouveau-ne; trepanation; guerison. Ann. de gynec et d'obst., Par., 1918-19, xiii, 751.—Variot. La ponction lom- baire dans les convulsions de l'enfance. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1906, xx, 600. Conway (Jessie B.) A guide to health. 379 pp. 8°. Los Angeles, Grafton Pub. Corporation, 1916. Conway (John William). The science of sex con- trol. 118 pp. 12°. Kansas City, The Norton Champion, 1919. Conway (Sir William Martin) [1856- ]. Lit- erary remains of Albrecht Diirer, with tran- scripts from the British Museum manuscripts, and notes upon them by Lina Eckenstein. x, 288 pp. roy. 8°. Cambridge, University Press, 1889. Cony (Ren6). *Le role de la prophylaxie men tale. 77 pp. 8°. Paris, 1921, No. 375. Conyngham (Cecil Taylor) [ -1914]. [Obituary.] Lancet, Lond., 1914, ii, 1175. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1914, n. s., xcviii, 526. Conyngton (Mary). Relation between occupa- tion and criminality of women. 61. Cong., 2. Bess. S. 645. v, xv, 119 pp. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Off., 1911. Conzen (Franz [Arnold Hubert]) [1876- ]. *Ueber die periphere Sympathicusaffection ins- besondere ihre Aetiologie und Symptomatologie 46 pp., 3 1. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1904. Conzen (Fritz) [1883- ]. *Ueber die Bezie- hungen zwischen Epityphlitis und Trauma. 39 pp. 8°. Bonn, P. Hassemer, 1908. Conzette [Gaston-Barthelemy] [I860- ]. Notes sur eertaines formes de la douleur psvehique 2 p. 1., 117 pp. 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil', 1913. Cook (Ahner Hugh) [1887-1919]. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1919, lxxii, 953. Cook (Charles Henry) [1845-1919]. Obituary. Boston M. & S. J., 1919, clxxxi, 757. Also: 3. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1920, lxxiv, 44. Also:Month. Bull. Fed. State Med. Bds. U. S., Chicago, 1920, vi, 6-8. Cook (Edgar Pumphrey) [1833-1902], [Obituary.] Illinois MT J., Springfield, 1902-3, n. s., iv, 387. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1902, xxxix, 1270. Also: Med. News, N. Y., 1902, lxxxi, 950. Cook (Sir Edward Tyas) [1857- ]. The life of Florence Nightingale. 2 v. 8°. London, Mac- millan & Co., 1913. Cook (Frank Cummings) [1877- ]. Metab- olism of organic and inorganic phosphorus. A feeding experiment using phytm and sodium phosphates. 63 pp. 8°. Washington, 1909. Bull. No. 123: U. S. Dep. Agr. Bureau of Chemistry. ------. A comparison of beef and yeast extracts of known origin. 7 pp. 8°. Washington, 1910. U.S. Dep. Agric. Bureau of Chemstrv, Circ. 62, Wash., 1910,1-7. ------, Hutchinson (R. H.) & Scales (F. M.) Experiments in the destruction of fly larva? in horse manure. 26 pp. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Off., 1914. Bull. No. 118: U. S. Dep. Agric. Cook (George F.) [1846-1910]. Harmon (F. W.) Obituary. Proc. Am. Med.-PsychoL Ass., Bait., 1911, xviii, 356. Cook (George Jameson) [1844-1916]. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1916, lxvii, 893. Cook (George Wythe). Complimentary dinner to George Wvthe Cook, M. D., LL.D. Wash. M. Ann., 1917, xvi, 53-71, port. Cook (John C.) [1S55-1918]. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908,1,1064. Cook (John Will). Leyden and Winstree Rural District Council. Annual reports of the medical officer of health, for the years 1890-1902. 8°. Colchester, 1891-1903. Cook (Joseph Basil). Index of practical nursing. v, 166 pp. sm. 8°. London, Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, 1912. Cook (Marcel-Gustave) [1886- ]. *Les acci- dents meninges au cours de l'appendicite a forme septicemique. 51 pp. 8°. Nancy, 1912, No. 13. *' Cook (Orator Fuller) [1867- ]. Report on the habits of the kelep or Guatemalan cotton boll- weevil ant. 15 pp. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print Off., 1904. Bull. No. 49: U. S. Dep. Agric. Div. Entomol. ------. The social organization and breeding habits of the cotton protecting kelep of Guate- mala. 55 pp. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Off., 1905. Technical series No. 10: U. S. Dep. Agric. Div. Entomol. ------. Weevil-resisting adaptations of the cotton plant. 76 pp., 10 pi. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Off., 1906. Bull. No. 88: U. S. Dep'. Agric. Bureau Plant Indust. ------. The chayote; a tropical vegetable. 31 pp., 8 pi. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Off., 1901. Bull No. 2S: U. S. Dep. Agric Div. of Botany. ------. The superiority of line breeding over narrow breeding. 45 pp. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Off, 1909. Bull. No. 146: U. S. Dep. Agric. Bureau Plant Indust. ------. Relationships of the ivorv palms. 8°. Washington, Gov, Print. Off., 1910^ Forms v. 13, pt. 5: Contributions from the United States National Herbarium. ------. History of the coconut palm in America. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Off, 1910. Forms v. 14, pt. 2: Contributions from the United States National Herbarium. COOK. 167 COOKING. Cook (Orator Fuller)—continued. ------& Swingle (Walter T.) Evolution of cel- lular structures. 23 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Off., 1905. Bull. No. 81: U.S. Dep. Agric. Bureau Plant Indust. Cook (Thomas). The National Temperance League. [Read at the Internat. Temperance Congress, Philadelphia, June 13, 1876.] 4 pp. 8°. London, 1876. Cook (William A.) Schoolhouse sanitation, a study of the laws and regulations governing the hygiene and sanitation of school houses. 69 pp. 8*. Washington, Gov. Print. Off., 1915. U. S. Dep. Interior. Bureau Educat. Bull. No. 21, Whole No. 648, Wash., 1915. Cook (William George Henry). Insanity and mental deficiency in relation to legal responsi- bility; a study in psychological jurisprudence. 192 pp. 8°. London, G. Routledge & Sons; New York, E. P. Dutton & Co., 1921. Cooke (A. Bennett) [1869- ]. A treatise on dis- eases of the rectum and anus, edited by A. B. Cooke, assisted by Wm. M. Beach, J. Coles Brick, [etc.]. xv, 619 pp., front, 20 pi. 8°. Philadel- phia, F. A. Davis Company, [etc.], 1914. ------. The same. 2. ed. 619 pp. 8°. Philadel- phia, 1916. Cooke (Alfred Square) [1843-1907]. Obituary. Brit.M. J., Lond., 1907, ii, 122. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1907, i, 1615. Cooke (Alice R.) The training of insane women in domestic industry. 8 pp. 8°. [Boston, 1889.] Cooke (Arthur). Groundwork of surgery for first- year students, viii, 183 pp. 12°. Cambridge, W. Heffer & Sons, 1919. Cooke (James) [1614-1688]. ' Clark (H. E.) A rare medical book, and its author; James Cooke of Warwick. Glasgow M. J., 1899, Iii, 241-247.— Sykes (W.) James Cooke of Warwick, practitioner in physick and chirurgery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, i, 267. Cooke (John) [1850-1921]. Obituary. Med. J. Australia, Sydney, 1922, i, 25. Cooke (John Estin) [1783-1853]. Cottell (H. A.) [Biography.] Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1917, xv, No. 11, 66-69. Cooke (Joseph Brown) [1868- ]. A manual of obstetrical technique as applied to private prac- tice, with a chapter on abortion, premature labor, and curettage. 109 pp., 19 pi. 8°. Phil- adelphia & London, 1900. ------. The same. 6. ed. 258 pp., 21 pi. 12°. Philadelphia & London, J. B. Lippincott & Co., 1908. ------. Before the baby comes. A pamphlet of instruction and advice for prospective mothers; with directions for maternity nurses. 2. ed. 81. 12°. New York, Hawkes-Jackso Co., 1901. ------. A nurse's hand-book of obstetrics for use in training-schools. 4. ed. 403 pp., 9 pi. 8°. Philadelphia & London, J. B. Lippincott Co., 1909. ------. The same. 5. ed. 403 pp. 8°. Philadel- phia & London, J. B. Lippincott Co., 1911. ------. The same. 6. ed. 403 pp. 8°. Philadel- phia & London, J. B. Lippincott Co., [1913]. ------. The same. 7. ed., rev. and reset, by Caro- lyn E. Gray and Mary Alberta Baker. 475 pp. 8°. Philadelphia & London, J. B. Lippincott Co., [1915]. ------. The same. 9. ed. 468 pp. 8°. Philadel- phia & London, J. B. Lippincott Co., 1920. ------. The baby, before and after arrival; inti- mate talks with prospective mothers in plain, non-technical language. 238 pp. 12°. Phila- delphia & London, J. B. Lippincott Co., 1916. Cooke (Josiah Parsons) [1827- ]. Chemical Eroblems and reactions, to accompany Stock- ardt's elements of chemistry. 128 pp., 2 tab. 8°. Cambridge, J. Bartlett, 1859. Bound with: Stoeckhardt (J. A.) The principles of chemistry [etc.]. 8°. Boston, 1858. ------. Elements of chemical physics, xii, 739 pp. 8°. Boston, Little, Brown & Co., 1860. ------. The new chemistry. 326 pp. 12°. New York, D. Appleton & Co., 1874. ------. Religion and chemistry; or proofs of God's plan in the atmosphere and its elements; ten lectures delivered at the Brooklyn Institute, Brooklyn, N. Y., on the Graham Foundation. 2. ed. viii, 348 pp. 8°. New York, C. Scribner & Co., 1865. Cooke (Mordecai Cubitt) [1825-1914]. Introduc- tion to the study of fungi; their organography, classification, and distribution; for the use of collectors, x, 360 pp. 8°. London, A. & C. Black, 1895. ------. Rust, smut, mildew, and mould; an intro- duction to the study of microscopic fungi. 6. ed. 3 p. 1., 262 pp., 17 pi. 12°. London, W. H. Allen & Co., 1898. For Biography, set Nature, Lond., 1914-15, xciv, 315. Cooke (Rohert Foreman) [ -1906]. Obituary. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1906, n. s., Ixxxii, 122. Cooke (Thomas) [1841-99]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, i, 444. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1899, i, 482. Cooke (Thomas Weeden). On the relative influ- ence of nature and art in the cure of syphilis. vii, 9-64 pp. 8°. London, H. Renshaw, 1861. [P., v. 2199.] Cooke (W. W.) The birds of Colorado. A second appendix to Bulletin No. 37. 179-239 pp. 8°. Fort Collins, Courier Print. & Publ. Co., 1900. Bull. No. 56: Agric. Exper. Station. Cooking and cooking utensils. Abel (Mary Hinman). Practical sanitary and economic cooking adapted to persons of moderate and small means. Published by the American Health Association. 12°. Rochester, 1890. Austin (T.) Two fifteenth-century cookery books. (Early English Text Society, No. 91.) 8°. London, 1888. Barella (Madame). Manuel de cuisine et de patisserie. 8°. Bruxelles, 1903. British Red Cross Society. British Red Cross Society Cookery Manual, No. 5, ed. by Ch. H. Senn. 8°. London, [1915]. Canada. Dept. of Militia and Defence. Man- ual of military cooking, 1916. 8°. Ottawa, 1916. Cook's (The) oracle, containing receipts for plain cookery on the most economical plan for private families, also, the art of composing the most simple, and most highly finished broths, gravies, [etc.]. From the late London edition which is almost entirely re-written. With an appendix by the American publishers, market- ing tables, etc. 12°. Boston, 1822. DORNBLUTH (O. W. A. J.) & DoRNBLUTH (Hedwig). Diatetisches Kochbuch. 3. Aufl. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1913. Fehlauer. Die Gesundheitskuche. Aus- wahl und Zubereitung einfacher, nahrhafter und wohlschmeckender Speisen. Mit einer Einlei- tung: Die Nahrung der Menschen. Die Reform der Mehl- und Brotbereitung. 8°. Berlin, 1905. Guest (Mrs. L.) Patriotism and plenty; a cook book for war time and all time. 8°. Lon- don, 1917. Hazlett (W. C.) Old cookery books and ancient cuisine; popular ed. 8°. London, 1902. COOKING. 168 COOPER. Cooking and cooking utensils. Hotz (W.) Kochbuch for Gesunde und Kranke, nebst kurzgefasster Ernahrungslehre. 8°. Mellenbachi. Thiir., 1911. Hunter (A.) Culina famulatria medicinae; or receipts in modern cookery; with a medical commentary. 12°. York, London, Edinburgh, 1810. Kellogg (E. E.) Science in the kitchen. A scientific treatise on food substances and their dietetic properties, together with a practical explanation of the principles of healthful cookery, and a large number of original, palata- ble and wholesome recipes. 8°. Battle Creek, Mich., 1898. Kixg (W.) The art of cookery, in imitation of Horace's art of poetry. 2. ed. 8°. London, [1709]. Kino's (The) College Hospital book of cook- ing recipes, being a collection of recipes con- tributed by friends of the hospital, and pub- lished in aid of the fund for the removal of King's College Hospital to South London. 8°. London, 1907. Matteson (Emma B.) & Newlands (E. M.) A laboratory manual of foods and cookery. 8°. New York, 1916. Moseley (E. L.) Aluminum cooking vessels questioned. 4°. Cleveland, 1910. Cutting from: Ohio Farmer, Cleveland, 1910, cxxvi. Roth (A.) Vegetarian & wartime cookery. 8°. London, 1917. Sachse (Helena V.) How to cook for the sick and convalescent. Arranged for the physi- cian, trained nurse, and home use. 12°. Phila- delphia, 1901. -----. The same. 5. ed. 8°. Philadelphia & London, [1914]. Sternberg (W.) Kochkunst und arztliche Kunst; der Geschmack in der Wissenschaft und Kunst. 8°. Stuttgart, 1907. United States. Quartermaster Corps. Ex- tracts from manual for army cooks. July, 1917. 8°. Washington, 1917. Balland(A.) L'6volution culinaire. Rev. scient., Par., 1908, 5. s., ix, 65-68.—Bautz (A. E.) Ein Fleisch-Rost-, Brat- una Back-Apparat. Illust. Monatschr. d. arztl. Polytech., Berl., 1909, xxxi, 156-160.—Benedict (A. L.) The origin oi cooking. Med. Times, N. Y., 1910, xxxviii, 293-295.—Best (F.) Ueber den Einfluss der Zubereitung der Nahrungsmittel aul ihre Verdaulichkeit. Deutsches Arch. I. klin. Med., Leipz., 1911, civ,94-118.—Byford (H.T.) The bad side of good cooking or how not to eat. Chicago M. Recorder, 1920, xiii, 133-137.—Epplen (A.) Die Kochkunst als physiologische Notwendigkeit. Reichs-Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1905, xxx, 347.—Gautler (A.) Sur lareglementation de l'^tamage des ustensiles culinaires. Cong, internat. aliment., Bruxelles, 1910 (ii« Cong.), i (sect. 3), 57-62.— Grellert (M.) Die Speisenbereitung unterhalb des Siede- punktcs des Wassers. Ztschr. f. Krankenanst., Leipz.. 1915, xi, 377-382.—Homan (G.) The proper preparation of food, and the proposed founding of training schools for cooks in connection with established medical colleges. Proctologist [etc.], St. Louis, 1916, x, 14-17.—Jones (II. D.) Food losses during cooking. Scient. Am., N. Y., 1907, xcvi, 40; 42.— JUrgensen(C) Kochkunst und Hvgiene. Arch. f. Volks- wohlf., Berl., 1907-8, i, 393-400— Martin (Dora). Diateti- sche Kochkurse. Ztschr. f. phys. u. diatet. Therap., Leipz., 1906-7, x, 591-596.—Matthews (R. D.) A system of erecting portable stoves such as are issued to medical units, so as to form an efficient and economical indoor cooker. J. Rov. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 191S, xxx, 338-341— Menon (K. K.) Cooks and infectious diseases. Antiseptic, Madras, 1920, xvii, 85-89.—Monteuuls. La cuisine moderne et la theorie des calories. J. de physiotherap., Par., 1909, vii, 443- 448.—Montgomery (D. W.) The stimulants used in cooking. Canad. Pract. & Rev., Toronto, 1908, xxxiii, 347- 355.—Paul (T.) Wesen und Bedeutung der Bromatik, d. h. der Lehre von der Zubereitung der Speisen nach wissen- schafthchen und wirtschaftliehen Grundsatzen. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1919, xciii, 364-383.—Rendu (A.) Quelques mots sur l'enseignement menager. Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1916, 4. s., xxv, 216-238.—Reynolds (L.) The use of the hav- cooking-stove on active service, a means of saving fifty to eighty per cent of fuel. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1918, xxx, 342-344.—Satre (A.) L'art culinaire chez les j Cooking and cooking utensils. anciens. Paris m<5d., 1918, xxviii. suppl., 223.—Sternberg (W.) Die Wissenschaft und die Technik der Kiiche. Ztschr. f. phys. u. diatet. Therap., Leipz., 1909-10, xiii, 733- 744 -----. Die Frische der Kiiche una ihre Bedeutung fiir die Schmackhaftigkeit. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl.. 1915, Ixxxiv,9; 13; 17; 21.-----. Vegetarische Kiiche und Fleisch- kuche. Zentralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1915, xxxvi, 129-136. -----. Vorschlag zur Begriindung eines wissenschaftlichen Zentralinstituts fiir kulinarische Technologic Ztschr. f. phys. u. diatet. Therap., Leipz., 1916, xx, 37-51.-----. Das geschmackhche Harmomeren der Speisen der Garkiiche. Wiirzb. Abhandl. a. d. Gesamtgeb. d. prakt. Med., 1917-18, xvii, 89-103. Cook's (The) oracle; containing receipts for plain cookery on the most economical plan for private families, [etc.]. From the last London edition which is almost entirely re-written. With an appendix by the American publishers, market- ing tables, etc. 380 pp. 12°. Boston, Muroe & Francis, 1822. Coolidge (Algernon) [1860- ]. Diseases of the nose and throat. 1. p. 1., 3-360 pp., front. 8°. Philadelphia & London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1915. ------. Adenoids and tonsils. 46 pp. 12°. Cambridge, Harvard University Press, 1916. Coolidge (Emelyn Lincoln) [1873- ]. First aid in nursery ailments. New and rev. ed. 77 pp. 12°. New Yoek, Sturgis & Walton Co., 1915. ------. The mother's manual. 241 pp. 8°. Chicago, The W. E. Richardson Co., 1916. ------. The home care of sick children: a guide for mothers in the care of sick children, viii, 282 pp. 16°. New York, D. Appleton & Co., 1916. Coolidge (Valorous P.). Spalding (A. J.) The case of Dr. Coolidge, of Waterville, Me., 1847-49. J. Maine M. Ass., Portland, 1918, viii, 247- 240, port. Coombs (Carey Pearce) [1S42-1921]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1921, ii, 541. Coop (Silvio). Pleurite sierofibrinosa detta latente. 20 pp. S°. Napoli, E. M. Muca. 1901. ------. La tubercolosi miliare acuta. I.ezioni raccolte stenograficamente. 52 pp. 8°. Xapoli, E. M. Muca. 1901. Cooper (Sir Alfred) [1S3S-1908]. See Edwards (F. Swinfon). Diseases of the rectum [etc.]. 8°. London, 1908. For Biography, see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908 i 660. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1908, i, 901. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1903, n. S., lxxxv, 301. Cooper (Arthur). The sexual disabilities of man and their treatment. 184 pp. 12°. London, H. K. Lewis, 1908. ------. The same. 2. ed. 204-pp., 2 pi. 12°. London, H. K. Lewis, 1910. -----. The same. 3. ed. viii, 227 pp. 12°. London, H. K. Lewis & Co., 1916. ------. The same. 4. ed. viii, 266 pp. 12°. London, H. K. Levis & Co., 1920. Cooper (Sir Astley Paston) [1768-1841]. A treatise on dislocations and on fractures of the joints. 3. ed. viii, 2 1., 33 pi., 522 pp., 33 1. 4°. Lon- don, Longman, Hurst etal., 1824. ------. The same. First American from 3. Lon- don ed., with notes and references by John D. Godman. vii, 21 pi., 425 pp., 24 1. 8*. Boston, Wells & Lilly, 1825. ----—. The same. A new edition, much enlarged, edited by Bransby B. Cooper, with additional observations, and a memoir of the author. A new American edition. 496 pp. 8°. Philadel- phia, Blanchard & Lea, 1851. ------. On spermatocele, or varicocele of the spermatic cord. In: Dunglison's Am. M. Libr. 8°. Phila., 1839, 301-310. COOPER. 169 COPAIBA. Cooper (Sir Astley Paston)—continued. ------. The anatomy and surgical treatment of abdominal hernia; from the 2. London ed. by C. Aston Key. xvi, 427 pp., 26 pi. 8°. Phila- delphia, 1844. For Biography, see Boston M. & S. J., 1898, cxxxix, 128- 130; 165 (J. G. Mumford). Also: Brit. J. Surg., Lond., 1914, i, 341-344, port. Also: Bull. Soc. M. Hist., Chicago, 1917-21, h. 267-278 (A. A. Small). Also: Med.-Chir. J., Phila., 1906, vii, 17-23 (E. W. Meredith). See, also, Riddell (W. R.) An anecdote of Sir Astley Cooper. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1919, cix, 857.—Symonds (Sir C. J.) Sir Astley Paston Cooper [1768-1841]. Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1921-22, Ixxi, 1-18, port.-----. Astley Cooper and Hunterian principles. Lancet, Lond., 1921, i, 359-364. Also [Abstr.]: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1921, i, 274. Cooper (Charles B.) The taro of Hawaii, its cul- tivation and its value as a food in health and disease. 21. 8°. [n. p.,n. d.] Cooper (Charles R.) Chronological and alpha- betical record of the engagements of the great civil war with the casualties on both sides, and full and exhaustive statistics and tables by the army and navy, military prisons, national cemeteries, [etc.]. Compiled from the official records of the War Department and Confederate archives, Washington, D. C. 2 p. 1., 211 pp., 1 port. 8°. Milwaukee, Caxton Press, 1904. Cooper (Frederic Tabor) translator [1864- ]. See, also, Keim (Albert) & Lumet (Louis). Louis Pasteur. 8°. New York, [1914]. Cooper (George) [1791-1877]. Healthy children; how to get them; or, useful information for all [etc.]. 86 pp. 8°. New York, Lnst. Treatment Chronic Dis., 1875. Cooper (George H.) Ancient Britain the cradle of civilization. 343 pp. 8°. San Jose, Calif., Hillis-Murgotten Co., 1921. Cooper (George Joseph) [1844-1909]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, ii, 1200. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1909, ii, 1183. Cooper (Gulielmus). Bibliotheca medica viri clarissimi Nathanis Paget M. D., cui adjiciun- tur quamplurimi alii libri theologici, philoso- phici [etc.]. 1 p. 1., 52 pp. 4°. [Londini, G. Cooper, 1681]. Cooper (Hermon Charles) [1875- ]. Laboratory manual of elementary chemistry, vii, 247 pp. 12°. New York, J. Wiley & Sons, 1917. Cooper (James G.) [1830-1902]. Dall (W. H.) [Obituary.] Science, N. Y., & Lancaster, Pa., 1902, n. s., xvi, 268. Cooper (James Woodman Astley). Pathological inebriety; its causation and treatment. With introduction by Sir David Ferrier. xv, 151 pp. 8°. London, Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, 1913. Cooper (R. Higham). The uses of X rays in general practice, x, 98 pp. 12°. London, Bail- liere, Tindall & Cox, 1906. Cooper (Sir Richard P.) [1847-1913]. [Obituary.] Vet. J., Lond., 1913, lxix, 399,1 pi. Cooper (Rohert Thomas) [1844-1903]. Obituary. Homceop. World, Lond., 1903, xxxviii, 459-466. Cooper (Samuel) [1780-1848]. The first lines of the practice of surgery; designed as introduc- tion for students and a concise book of reference for practitioners. 4. ed. Vol. ii, xliii 496 pp., 15 pi. roy. 8°. London, Longman, Hurst [etal.], 1820. ------. The same. With notes by Alexander H. Stevens and additional notes and an appendix by a physician. 2. Am. from 5. Lond. ed., in 2 vols. viii, 496 pp., 7 pi.; iv, 526 pp., 7 pi. 8°. Philadelphia, T. Desilver [et al.], 1828. ------. The same. 4. Am. from 5. London ed., in 2 vols, viii, 440 pp.; iv, 462 pp. 8°. Phila- delphia, Grigg & Elliot, 1835. Cooper (Samuel)—continued. ------. A dictionary of practical surgery; com- prehending all the most interesting improve- ments from the earliest times down to the present period. . . . From 6. Lond. ed. With numerous notes and additions, embracing all the principal improvements and greater operations introduced and performed by American sur- geons, by David Meredith Reese, in two volumes. vi, 489 pp.; 510 pp. roy. 8°. New York, J. & J. Harper, 1832. ------. The same, vi, 489 pp.; 510 pp. roy. 8°. New York, Harper & Brothers, 1836. ------. The same, vi, 489, 506, 170 pp. 8°. New York, Harper & Brothers, 1843. ------. Traite elementaire de pathologie chi- rurgicale. Trad, sur la 7. ed., parue a Londres en 1840, et augments de notes par E. Delamare. In: Encycl. d. sc. med. 8°. Par., 1834-46, 3. div., [v. hi]. See, also, Stewart (D. H.) Samuel Cooper's teaching on pus. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1916, xc, 862. Cooper (Thomas) [1759-1839]. Burrage (W. L.) [Biography.] Boston M. & S. J., 1919, clxxx, 103. Cooper (William Bertram) [1869-1908]. Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1908, i, 903. Cooper (William Colby). Preventive medicine including a disquisition on therapeutic philoso- phy. 1 p. 1., 147 pp. 12°. Cleves, 0., 1905. For Biography, see Am. J. Clin. Med., Chicago, 1914, xxi, 229-231 (W. Hurt). Cooperation and cost of living; message from President of the United States transmitting re- ports from American consular officers in the German Empire and certain other foreign countries in regard to cooperation and the cost of living. 112 pp. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Off, 1912. Coordination. See, also, Muscles (Coordination of). Hamilton (W. F.) Coordination in the starfish; the righting reaction as a phase of locomotion (righting and locomotion). J. Comp. Psychol., Bait., 1922, ii, 81-94.-----. Coordination in the starfish; locomotion. J. Comp. Psychol., Bait., 1922, ii, 61-75.—Koerth (W.) A pursuit apparatus: eye-hand coordination. Psychol. Monog., Princeton, N. J., 1922, xxxi, 288-292. Coordination en un seul texte des Conventions sanitaires internationales de Venise, 1892; Dresde, 1893; Paris, 1894; Venise, 1897. 69 pp. fol. Bruxelles, Hayes, 1903. Coorevits (Edouard-Georges) [1871- ]. *De l'emploi des mouchetures dans le traitement de l'anasarque. 56 pp., 1 tab. 8°. Lille, 1898, No. 105. Coover (John Edgar) [1872- ]. Experiments in psychical research at Leland Stanford Junior University, with a foreword by David Starr Jordan, an introduction by Professor Frank Angell, and a part by Lillien J. Martin, xxiv, 641 pp. 8°. Stanford University, Cal., The Uni- versity, 1917. Copaiba. Dohme (A. R. L.) & Engelhardt (H.) Copaiba. Proc. Am. Pharm. Ass., Bait., 1904, hi, 322-332.—Fischer (W.) Ueber das gehiiufte Auftreten von Exanthemen nach dem Gebrauch von Copaivabalsam. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1913, xxxix, 850-852—McWalter (J. C.) Fever, foliaceous desquamation, morbilliform eruption, and albuminuria from copaiba. Lancet, Lond., 1903, ii, 1576. Also: Gaillard's M. J., N. Y., 1904, lxxx, 50.—Maldonado (A.) Copaiba. Fac. de med. laborat. de farm., Lima, 1921, fasc, 3, 179.—OdstrCil (J.) Ueber ein Purpuraexanthem nach Balsamum copaivae. Dermat. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Hamb., 1913, lvii, 1066-1074.—Portner (E.) Das gehiiufte Auftreten von Exanthemen nach dem Gebrauch von Copaivabalsam. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1913, xxxix, 1047.—Raye (J. J. A.) Scarlatiniform urticaria. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, ii, 153.—Stockman (R.) Copaiba oil and resin. Ibid., 1915, ii, 128.—Vanderkleed (C. E.) Some tests for Gurjun balsam in copaiba. Am. J. Pharm., Phila., 1908, lxxx, 11-15.—Wieber (F. W. F.) Copaiva eruption resembling measles. Rep. Surg.-Gen. Navy, Wash., 1903, 277. COPASSO. 170 COPEPODA. Copasso (Ferdinando). Per le madri di famiglia. II bambino che vien restituito dalla nutrice. 63 pp. 12°. Torino, S. Marino, 1897. Copaux (Hippolyte). Introduction to general chemistry; an exposition of the principles of modern chemistry, transl. by Henry Leffmann. x, 195 pp. 12°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Sons & Co., 1920. Cope (Edward Drinker) [1840-1897]. The pri- mary factors of organic evolution, xvi, 547 pp. 8°. Chicago, The Open Court Publishing Com- pany, 1904. ------. The crocodilians, lizards and snakes of North America, pp. 133-1270, 36 pi. 8°. Wash- ington, Gov. Print. Off., 1900. For Biography, see Am. Naturalist, Phila., 1897, xxxi, 831-863 (T. Gill). Also: Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y., 1907, lxx, 314-316, port. (H. F. Osborn). See, also, Calvert (P.P.) The bust of the late Professor Edward Drinker Cope. Science, N. Y., 1920, n. s., li, 264.— Frazer (P.) Alphabetical cross reference catalogue of all the publications of Edward Drinker Cope, from 1859 till his death in 1897. Mem. Soc. cient. "Antonio Alzate," Mexico, 1899-1900, xiv, 39; 65; 283; 439. Cope (Henry Frederick) [1870- ]. The parent and the child; case studies in the problems of parenthood, vi, 184 pp. 12°. New York, G. H. Doran Co., 1921. Cope (Vincent Zachary) [1881- ]. Minor gynae- cology, xi, 274 pp., 11 pi. 12°. London, New York, J. Lane Co., 1909. ------. Surgical aspects of dysentery including liver-abscess, x, 157 pp. 8°. London, Frowde, Hodder & Stoughton, 1920. ------. The early diagnosis of the acute abdomen. xv, 223 pp. 8°. London, H. Frowde, Hodder & Stoughton, [1921]. Copeland (Benjamin Grigshy) [1861- 1914]. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1914, lxii, 1032. Copeland (Edward Virgil) [1882-1918]. Obituary. Virginia M. Month., Richmond, 1918-19, xlv, 219. Copeland (Edwin Bingham). The polypodia- cea? of the Phillipine Islands; new species of edible Phillipine fungi. 146 pp. 4 pi. 8°. Manila, Bureau Pub. Print., 1905. Forms No. 28: Dep. Interior, Bureau Gov. Lab., Manila, 1905. Copeland (Horatio Franklin) [1842- 1918]. Obituary. Boston M. & S. J., 1918, clxxviii, 278. Copeland (Royal S.) In defense of homoeopathy. 32 pp. 8°. Chicago, 1905. ------. Over weight? Guard your health; . . . 51., 122 pp. 12°. New York, Cosmopolitan Book Corpor., 1922. ------ & Ibershoff (Adolph E.) Refraction in- cluding muscle imbalance ana the adjustment of glasses, xi, 144 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, Boe- ricke & Tafel, 1906. Copeman (Sidney Arthur Monckton). Vaccina- tion, its natural history and pathology, being the Milroy lectures for 1898 delivered before the Royal College of Physicians of London, x, 257 pp., 10 pi. 12°. London, MacMillan & Co., 1899. ---;—. Report to the local government board on flies as carriers of infections; memorandum on lines of investigation. 41 pp. 8°. London, Darling & Son, 1909. Rep. Local Gov. Bd., Lond., 1909, n. s., p. xvi. ------. Report to the local government board on an outbreak of enteric fever in the borough of Eccles, Lancashire, due to consumption of ice- cream. 18 pp. 8°. London, 1911. Rep. Local Gov. Bd., Lond., 1911, n. s., No. 51. Copeman (Sidney Arthur Monckton)—continued. ------. Report on the outbreak of enteric fever in the borough of Harwich and its neighbourhood, 1912-13. 18 pp. 8° London, Darling & Son, 1913. Rep. Local Gov. Bd., Lond., 1913, n. s., No. 83. ------. Hibernation of house-flies. (Preliminary note.) pp. 14-19, 1 pi. 8°. London, Darling & Son, 1913. Rep. Local Gov. Bd., Lond., 1913, n. s., No. 85. ------, Bennett (Samuel R.) & Hake (H. Wilson). Reports and papers on the nature, uses and manufacture of ferro-chrome and other ferro- alloys. 27 pp., 1 diag. 8°. London, Darling & Son, 1914. Rep. Local Gov. Bd., Lond., 1914, n. s., No. 93. ------& Eustin (E. E.) Do house flies hibernate? pp. 6-26. 8°. London, Jos. Truscott & Son, 1914. Rep. Local Gov. Bd., Lond., 1914, n. s., No. 102. ------& Howlett. Flies as carriers of infection. 48 pp. 8°. London, 1911. Rep. Local Gov. Bd., Lond., 1911, n. s., No. 53. Copepoda. Baumann (F.) Parasitische Copepoden auf Core- gonen; ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der parasitischen Cope- poden dor Schweiz. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1912, xl, 53-57.— Brehm (V.) Copepoden aus den pnlegraischen Feldern. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1910, xxxv, 423.—Brtment (E.) Con- tributional'etude descop^podesascidicalesdu Golle du Lion. Arch, de zool. exper. et gen. Notes et rev., Par., 1909,5. s.,i, pp. lxi-lxxxix.—Brian (A.) Sulla Lophoura Edwardsu Kolliker e sopra alcuni altri copepodi del Golfo di Genova. Boll. d. mus. di zool. [etc.), Genova, 1903, no. 122,1-9.-----. Descrizione di una nuova specie di copepode harpacticoide del gen. idya(I. ligustica n. sp. mihi) proveniente dai ma- teriaii del Laboratorio marino di Quarto. Monitore tool. ital., Firenze, 1920, xxxi, 30-35.—Dakin (W. J.) Notes on the alimentary canal and food of the copepoda. Internat. Rev. d. ges. Hvdrobiol. u. Hydrograph., Leipz., 1908, i, 772-782.—Dietrich (W.) Die Metamorphose der freile- benden Siisswasser-Copepoden. Die Nauplien und das erste Copepodidstadium. Ztschr. f. wissensch. zool., Leipz., 1915, cxiii, 252-324— Dogiel (V.) Entobius loimiae n. g., n. sp., eine endoparasitische Copepode. Zool. Anz., LeiDt., 1908, xxxiii, 561-567.—van Dowe (C.) Zur Kenntnis der Siisswasser-Copepoden Deutschlands. Ibid., xxxii, 581- 585.-----. Neue Siisswasser-Copepoden aus Brasilien. Ibid., 1911, xxxvii, 161-163.-----. Zur Kenntnis ostafrikanischer Copepoden: Canthocamptus schroderi ( 9) n. spec Ibid., 1915, xlv, 263-265.—Esterly (CO.) The light recipient organ of copepod, Elanus elongatus. Bull. Comp. Mus. Zool., Harv., Cambridge, 1908, lui, 1-55, 6 pi.-----. The organ of Claus in the copepod Eucalanus elongatus Dana. Science, Lancaster, Pa., 1908, n. s., xxvii, 4a.-Ekman (S.) Die Systematik und Synonymik der Copepodengattung Boec- kella und verwandter Gattungen. Zool. Anz., Leipz.. 1905, xxix, 593-604.—Hartmann (O.) Leber die temporale Va- riation bei Copepoden (Cyclops, Diaptomus) und ihre Betie- hung zu der bei Cladoccren. Ztschr. f. indukt. Abstam- mungs- u. Vererbungsl., Leipz., 1917, xviii, 22-43.—Hecht (E.) Note sur un nouvcau copepode parasite des nudi- branches. Arch, de zool. expt'-r. et g£n. hist. nat. [etc.], Par., 1893.3.s.,i,pp.xiii-xvi.—Herouard(E.) Surunnou- veau copepode parasite d'Amphiura squammata. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1906, cxlii, 1287-1289—Kile (W.) Neuere Anschauungenuber die Systematik der Copepoden. Internat. Rev.d. ges. Hydrobiol., Leipz., 1918, viii.398-402.— Lehnnofer (C.) Uebergangsformen zwischen den Miinn- chen zweier Copiha-Arten. (Fiinfte Mitteilung iiber die Copepoden der Valdivia-Expedition.) Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1920-21,Ui,232-238.—MacBrlde(E. W.) The movements of Copepoda. Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond.,---xhi, 505-507 — McClendon (J. F.) On the development of parasitic copepods. Biol. Bull., Woods Holl, Mass., 1906-7, xii. 37; 53, 5 pi— Matscheck (H.) Zur Kenntnis der Eireifung und Eiablage bei Copepoden.. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1909, xxxiv, 42-54.—Mercler (L.) A propos de l'h6te de Lephos- philus labrei Hesse. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1921, lxxxv, 897-899.—Pearse (A. S.) Contributions to the cope- Eod fauna of Nebraska and other States. Tr. Am. Micr. oc. 1904, Lancaster, Pa., 1905, xxvi, 145-160.—Pesta (O.) Bemerkungen zum Ausbau der parasitischen Copepoden. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1909, xxxiv, 151-153—Scott (A.) On some Red Sea and Indian Ocean copepoda. Proc. Liverpool Biol. Soc, 1902, xvi, 397 428, 3 pi.—Wilson (C. B.) North American parasitic copepods belonging to the family Cali- gidae. Proc U. S. Nat. Mus., Wash., 1907, xxxi, 669-720, 6 pi. -----.The classification ofthe copepods. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1910, xxxv, 609-620.—de Zulueta (A ) Note pre- liminaire sur la famille des Lamippidse, copepodes parasites des alcyonaires. Arch, de zool. exper. [etc.], Par., 1907-8, COPEPODA. 171 COPPER. Copepoda. 4. s., ix? 1-30. -----. Deuxieme note sur la famille des Lamippidee, copepodes parasites des alcyonnaires. Ibid., 1910-11, xlvi, 137-148. Copernicus (Nicholas) [1473-1543]. Biography and portrait. In: Hundred (The) greatest men, fol., Lond., 1800.—Holden (E. S.) Copernicus. Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y., 1904, lxv, 109-131. Copestake (Beatrice M. Goodall). The theory and practice of massage. 2. ed. xxi, 265 pp. 8°. London, H. K. Lewis & Co., 1919. Copin (E.) [1863- ]. Contribution a l'etude des troubles m^dullaires chez les atheromateux. 79 pp. 4°. Paris, 1887, No. 315. Coplan (Lemuel Stephen) [1868-1919]. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1919, lxxiii, 1715. Coplin (William Michael Late) [1864- ]. Manual of pathology including bacteriology, the technic of postmortems, and methods of patho- logic research. 3. ed. xii, 846 pp., 7 pi. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son & Co., 1900. -----. The same. 4. ed. xxvii, 994 pp., 10 pi. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son & Co., 1905. -----. The same. 5. ed., rewritten & enl. xxiv, 1139 pp., 12 pi. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son & Co., 1911. -----. The laboratory as an aid to surgical technic and surgical diagnosis. In: Surgery (Keen). 8°. Phila. & Lond., 1909, v, 1198- 1210. Coppens (Charles). Moral principles and medical practice, the basis of medical jurisprudence. 4. ed. 227 pp. 12°. New York, Benziger Bros., 1905. -----. The same. Revised by Henry S. Spald- ing. 320 pp. 12°. New York, Cincinnati, etc., Benziger Bros., 1921. -----. The same. Morale et medecine. Confe- rences de deontologie medicale. Trad, sur la 2. ed. americaine par J. Forbes. Avec une preface et des notes par Georges Surbled. 208 pp. 8°. Einsiedeln (Suisse), Bentziger & Co., 1901. Coppens (Lucien-Auguste-Henri-Joseph) [1878- ]. *Du traitement des tumeurs de l'estc-mac par les rayons X. 95 pp. 8°. Lille, 1904, No. 29. Copper [and salts]. Griesbach (K.) *Ueber die durch Einwir- kung von Ammonium- und Alkalihydrozyden, sowie von Ammonium- und Alkalikarbonaten auf Kupfersulfat entstehenden Niederschlage. 8°. Erlangen, 1912. Kellerhoff (E. F. T.) *Die Kupfersalze der Ferro- und Ferricyanwasserstoffsaure. 8°. Er- langen, 1911. Ossedat (G.) *Sur deux ferrocyanures cuivreux et un cobaltocyanure cuivreux. 8°. Lyon, 1901. Bateman (W. G.) & Wells (L. S.) Copper in the flora of a copper-tailing region. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa., 1917, xxxix, 811-819.—Bennett (C. W.) Photochemical reduction of copper sulphate. J. Phys. Chem., Ithaca, 1912, xvi, 782-785.—Bennett (C. W.) & Brown (C. O.) Concentration changes in the electrolysis of copper sulphate solutions. Ibid., 1913, xvii, 373-385.—Blackman (P.) A simple method for vapor density determinations; the dehy- dration of copper-sulphate pentahydrate. Ibid., 1911, xv, 870-873.—Brlggs (T. R.) The electrochemical production of colloidal copper. Ibid., 1913, xvii. 281-319.—Byk (A.) Die Absorption komplexer Kupferverbindungen im Viclett und Ultraviolett; iiber farbvertiefende Wirkungen von Schwermetallen. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1907-8, lxi, 1-75.—Dawson (H. M.) On the nature of ammoniacal solutions of cupric hydroxide. Ibid., 1909, lxix, 110-122.— Deleplne (M.) Recherche du cuivre et du fer par les thio- sulfocarbonates. Bull. d. sc. Pharmacol., Par., 1908; xv, 378-381.—Dhere (C.) Dosage du cuivre dans les recherches biologiques. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1900,11. s., ii, 456.-----. Le cuivre hematique des invertebres et la capa- city respiratoire dePhemocyanine. Ibid., 458.—Dubois (It.) Sur le cuivre normal dans la s6rie animale. Ibid., 392-394.— Copper [and salts]. Edgar (G.) A rapid method for the estimation of copper and iron. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa., 1916, xxxviii, 884-887.—Gresswell (A.) & Gressvvell (C,.) Copper alginate. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 1464.—Guerithault (B.)Re- cherches et dosage de tres petites quantites de cuivre chez les v6g6taux. Bull. d. sc. Pharmacol., Par., 1911, xviii, 633-639.-----. Sur la presence du cuivre dans les plantes et particulierement dans les matieres alimentaires d origine vegetale. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1920, clxxi, 196- 198.—Kendall (E. C.) The determination of copper—a modification ofthe iodide method. St. Luke's Hosp. M. & S. Rep., Brooklyn, 1911, iii, 265-271.—Kober (P. A.) & Haw (A. B.) Spectrophotometric study of copper complexes and the biuret reaction. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa., 1916, xxxviii, 457-462. Also, Reprint.—Kober (P. A.) & Sugiura (K.) The copper complexes of amino acids, peptides and peptones. Am. Chem. J., Bait., 1912, xlviii, 383-411. Also: J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1912-13, xiii, 1-13. Also, Reprint.—Litterscheid (F. M.) Ueber einige Ver- bindungen des Kupfercyaniircyanids mit Pyridin, Methy- lamin, Dimethylamin und Trimethylamin. Arch. f. Pharm., Berl., 1904, ccxlii, 37-42.—Lyle (W. G.), Curtman (L. J.) & Marshall (J. T. W.) A new test for copper. J.Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa., 1915, xxxvii, 1471-1481.—Miller (D.) Electrolytic precipitation of cuprous oxide. J. Phys. Chem., Ithaca, 1909, xiii, 256-261.—Muttkowski (R. A.) Copper; its occurrence and role in insects and other animals. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, Menasha, Wis., 1921, xl, 144-157 — Osborne (T. B.) & Leavenworth (C. S.) Protein copper compounds. J. Biol. Chem., N. Y., 1916, xxviii, 109-123.— Peters (A. W.) The sources of error and the electrolytic standardization of the conditions of the iodide method of copper analysis. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa., 1912, xxxiv, 422-454.—Rassenfosse (A.) Sur une formation nouvelle de cuivre colloidal. Acad. roy. de Belg. Bull, de la cl. d. sc, Brux., 1910, 738-740.—Rebello-Alves (S.) & Benedlcenti (A.) L'hematoxyhne comme reactif du cuivre-ion et des complexes imparfaits de cuivre. Arch. ital. de biol., Pise, 1917-18, lviii, n. s., 68-73.—Rless (G.) Ueber den Nachweis von Kupfer in Gemiisekonserven und Gurken mittelst Eisen. Ztschr. f. ang. Mikr., Leipz., 1906, xii, 276-280.—Rose (W. C.) & Bodansky (M.) Biochemical studies on marine organisms; the occurrence of copper. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1920, xliv, 99-112.—Sieverts (A.) & Krumbhaar (W.) Ueber das Verhalten des festen und fliissigen Kupfers gegen Gase. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1910, lxxiv, 277-307.—Spencer (J. F.) Cuprijodat. Ibid., 1913. Ixxxiii, 290-296.—Strachan (J.) On dendritic growths oi copper oxide in paper. J. Roy. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1908, xxviii, 544-550, 1 pi.—Traube (W.) & Schonewald (A.) Ueber die Einwirkung von Sauerstofi und aliphatische Amine bei Gegenwart von Kupfer. Arb. a. d. pharm. Inst. d. Univ. Berl., 1906, iii, 29-34.—Vermorel (V.) & Dantony (E.) Bouillie anticryptogamique au savon de cuivre col- loidal. Compt.rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1911, ciii, 1263-1265.— Weinland (R. F.) & Storz (L.) Ueber eine Reduktion des Kupfersulflds zu Kupfersulfur auf nassem Wege. Ber. d. deutsch. pharm. Gesellsch., Berl., 1907; xvii, 272-274.— White (C. P.) Copper in tumours and in normal tissues. Lancet, Lond., 1921, ii, 701-703.—Yajri (S.) Ueber die Verteilung des Kupfers im tierischen Organismus und den Kupfergehalt der menschlichen Organe. Arch, internat. de phannacod., Brux. & Par., 1910, xx, 51-56. Copper (Effects of). Bassett-Smith (P. W.) Experiments to demonstrate the germicidal power of copper and copper salts on patho- genic and nonpathogenic organisms. J. Prevent. M., Lond., 1905, xiii, 388-399.—Chabanier (H.), Rollin (L.) & Cha- banler (E.) Action du cuivre colloidal sur le sang. Presse meU, Par., 1913, xxi, 102.—Clark (H.W.) & Gage (S. DeM.) On the bactericidal action of copper. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1906 [Suppl. No. 2], 175-204.—De Moor. Contribution a l'etude de l'action du cuivre sur les animaux. Bull. Soc. de m6d. de Gand, 1893, lx, 209.—Gildersleeve (N.) Studies on the bactericidal action of copper on organisms in water. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1905, n. s., cxxix, 754-760.— Gludiceandrea (V.) Sull' azione ematogena del rame. Policlin., Roma, 1900, vii, sez. med., 571-585.—Hausmann (M.) Die olygodynamiscne Wirkung des Kupfers. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1919, xlix, 1017-1020.—Hime (T. W.) On the effects of copper on the human body. Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc, Lond., 1900, 696-697.—Hollande (A.-C.) Sensibilisation et choc anaphylactique chez le cobaye par injections repetees de glycocolate de cuivre. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par.. 1918, lxxxi, 58-61.— Maquenne (L.) & Demoussy (E.) Un cas d'action favorable du cuivre sur la vegetation. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1920, clxx, 1542-1545.—Messerschmldt (T.) Das Desinfektionsvermogen der Metalle und seine Ursachen mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Wirkung des Kupfers. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1916, Ixxxii, 289-326, 5 pi.—Mittelbach (H.) Ueber die desinflzierende Wirkung der Kupfersalze. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1921, Orig., lxxxvi, 44-49.—Palmer (W. G.) The catalytic activity of copper. Proc. Roy. Soc, Lond., 1920-21, s. A, xcvii, 13-26: 1921, s. A. xcix, 412-425.— Pennington (Mary E.) The action of electrically charged copper upon certain organisms in water. Am. J. M. Sc., COPPER. 172 COPPEZ. Copper (Effects of). Phila. & N. Y., 1905, n. s., cxxix, 751-754.—Porchet. Le cuivre excitant des reactions chimiques et biologiques. Rev. scient., Par., 1911, i, 193-200.—Pusey (W. A.) Brown stains in the skin from wet dressings of a solution of copperas. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, lxviii, 627. Also, Reprint.— Sapplngton (S. W.) & Wurtz (J. G.) Cuprum arsenico- sum: the effect on the excretion of water by the kidneys; an experimental study. J. Am. Inst. Homoeop., Cleveland, 1917-18, x, 857-862.—Shaw-Mackenzie (J. A.) The action of copper salts on protozoa. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1916, ch, 50-52. -----. Toxic action of copper compounds of amino-acids on protozoa. Proc. Physiol. Soc, Lond., 1917, p. iii. Also: West Lond. M. J., 1917, xxii. 58-61.—Schweizer (K.) Die Wirkung des Kupfers auf die alkoholische Garung. Mitt. a. d. Geb. d. Lebensmittelunt. u. Hyg., Bern, f919, x, 261-272.—Springer (A.) & Springer (A.), jr. The anti- putrescent effects of copper salts. Proc. Am. Soc Biol. Chem., Bait., 1908, p. xxxu. Alto: Chem. News, Lond., 1909, c, 321-323.—Watson. Copper sulphate as a disin- fectant and germicide. Vet. J., Lond., 1918, lxxiv, 326. Copper (Effects of, Oligodynamic). Streck (A.) * Ueber die oligodynamische Wirkung des Kupfers auf Bakterien. [Miin- chen.] 8°. Berlin, 1919. Also, in: Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1919, xxix, 585; 717. Bertenson (L. B.) [On the oligodynamic action of copper.) Voyenno-med. J., S.-Peterb., 1907, ccxviii, med.- spec pt., 227-238.—Kraemer (H.) The oligodynamic action of copper foil on certain intestinal organisms. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1905, n. s., xxi, 804—Pfeiffer (H.) & Kadletz (H.) Das reduzierte Fuchsin als Indikator der oligodynamischen Wirkung des Kupfers. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1917, xxx, 997-999.-----------. Ueber die oligodynamische Wirkung verdunnter Kupfersalzlosungen. Ibid., 1221.—Rosenkranz (H.) Untersuchungen iiber die praktische Verwertbarkeit der oligodynamischen Wirkung der Kupfersalze auf Bakterien. Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen & Berl., 1920, lxxxix, 253-261.—Spiro (K.) Die oligodynami- sche Wirkung des Kupfers; ein Beitrag zur Lehre vom Antagonismus. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1916, lxxiv, 265- 277, 1 pi. Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1915, lxii, 1601-1604. Copper (Therapeutics of). Opertt (B.) Sali di rame e manifestazioni cliniche. 8°. Bra, 1898. Barton (W. M.) Copper-chemotherapy, with special reference to the double tartrate of copper oxide and sodium. Tr. Am. Therap. Soc, Phila., 1913, 29-39. Also: month. Cycl. & M. Bull., Phila., 1913, xvi, 649-655. Also, Reprint.— Burzi (G.) Contributo alia chemioterapia del cancro e della tubercolosi cutanea col lecitinato di rame. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1913, xxxiv, 1242-1244.—Cummins (G. W.) Therapeutics of copper. J. Med. Soc. N. Jersey, Orange. 1912-13, ix, 28-30.—Fleming (J. S.) An albuminate of copper as an intravenous antiseptic. South. M. J.. Birming- ham, 1917, x, 845.—Fontes (A.) Sobre a applicac&o do bi-iodureto de cobre em therapeutica; indicacoes desse sal nas infeccSes de natureza mycosica e especialmente na tuberculose. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1912, xxvi, 317. -----. Sobre o bi-iodeto de cobre. Ensaios de farmacodi- namica. Mem. d. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, Rio de Jan., 1913, v, 239-251.—Gillett (H. W.) Cuprous hydroxide and cuprous oxide. J. Phys. Chem., Ithaca, 1909, xhi, 332-335.—Herain. Le sulfate de cuivre en therapeutique. Presse me\i., Par., 1918, xxvi, 555-557.—von Linden (G.) Das Kupfer als Wurmmittcl. Reiuhs-Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1918. xliii, 145-151. -----. Ueber die bisherigen Tatsachen und die therapeuti- schen Aussichten der Kupferthcrapie. Ibid., 1919, xliv, 337; 353. Also: Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1919, xxxiii, 161-173.— Luton (E.) De Taction des sels de cuivre dans eertaines affections de l'enfance. Union m£d. du nord-est, Reims, 1899, xxiii. 17-23.—Rodriguez Ecay (A.) Notas sobre algunas indicaciones del sulfato de cobre amoniacal. Arch. de la Soc. estud. clin. de la Habana (1881), 1882, ii, 47-55.— Serono (C.) Cuprocian e cuproiodase nella cura della tubercolosi e della lebbra: primi risultati. Rassegna di clin terap. [etc.], Roma, 1920, xix, 207-212.-----. La chemio- terapia della tubercolosi e della lebbra con i preparati cu- prici e cianc-cuprici. Ibid., 1921, xx, 129-136. Copper (Toxicology of). Baumann (W.) *Pathologisch-anatomische Untersuchungen bei einem Fall von Kupfer- sulfat-Vergiftung. [Jena.] 8°. Gera, 1912. Auerbach (S.) Ein Fall von Kupferneuritis. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh.. Leipz., 1910, xxxix, 115-118.—Baum. Die Einwirkung der Kupfersalze auf den tierischen Korper mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der chronischen Kupler- vcrgiftung. Jahresb. d. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u. Heilk in Dresd., 1898-9, 12-15.—Baum & Seeliger. Ueber die ver- schiedene Giftigkeit einiger Kupferpraparate. Ber. u d Vetermarw. im Konigr. Sachsv Dresd., 1898, xiii, 212-217.— Bonnet. Un cas d'intoxication par le sulfate de cuivre Anjou med., Angers 1898, v, 245-247. Also: Dauphinemed ' Grenoble, 1898, xxii, 217-219.—Cabannes. Pieces micros- Copper (Toxicology of). copiques; intoxication par le sulfate de cuivre. J. de m6d. de Bordeaux, 1900, xxx, 627.—Coupin (H.) Sur la toxicite des sels de cuivre a l'egard des v£g6taux sup6rieurs. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1898, exxvii, 400.—De-Domlnicls (A.) La ricerca microchimica negli avvelenamenti per rame. Gior. di med. leg., Pavia, 1901, viii, 219-224.—Galet (O.) Quelques considerations sur les dangers et sur Taction du cuivre et de ses composes au point de vue industriel; deux cas d'empoisonnements aigus. Clinique, Brux., 1913, xvii, 833-841.—Garnier (L.) Tentative d'empoisonnement par le sulfate de cuivre; rapport d'expertise. Ann. d'hyg., Par.. 1899, 3. s., xlu, 3.56-362.—Glere. Ueber die Vergiftung mit Blei- una Kupferverbindungen vom gerichtsarzthchen Standpunkte. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1904, xxv, 449; 461; 481.—Grttttner (F.) Vergiftung von Huhnern durch kupfersulfathaltigen Weizen. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1920, xxxvi, 99.—Hamill (W. H. T.) Poisoning by copper fumes. Bull. Bd. Health Rhode Island, Providence, 1918, iv, 28-30.—Harnack (E.) Chronische Kupfenergiftung durch das Tragen von schlechter Goldlegierung im Munde. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1914, xl, 1516.—von Horoskiewicz (S.) Zur Casuistik der Vergif- tungen durch Kupfersalze. Vrtljsehr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1903, 3. F., xxv, 1-5.—Johnston (W.) Poisoning by sulphate of copper. Proc. Med.-Chir. Soc. Montreal (1892-4), 1895, vii, 236.—Kurth (H. A.) Chronic copper poisoning among artisans. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1900, lviii, 731-733.— Lefour. Sur un cas d'empoisonnement cuprique par Tex- trait mou de quinquina. Bull. Soc d'hvg. publ. de Bor- deaux (1881), 1882, i, 44-47.—Leonclnl (F.) Contributo alia conoscenza dell' avvelenamento acuto per solfato di rame. Cesalpino, Arezzo, 1912, viii, 261-273.-----.Avvelenamento acuto mortale per solfato di rame; considerazioni sopra la patogenesi dell' ittero nelT avvelenamento da rame. Pen- siero med., Milano, 1913, iii, 657-662.—Lewin (L.) Unter- suchungen an Kupferarbeitern. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1900, xxvi, 689-694.—Macrelll (A.) Su tre casi di avvelenamento col solfato di rame. Gior. d. r. Soc. ed Accad. vet. ital., Torino, 1K98, xlvu, 1018-1020.—Mover (H. N.) & Lavln (J. M.) Chronic brass rxnoning; brass- workers' ague. Medicine, Detroit, 1904, x,335-siv—Murray (W.) Chronic brass poisoning. Brit. M. J., Lond., li* 1. ii, 405.—Neff (F. C.) An unusual case of poi-onmg [saturated solution of copper sulphate). Kansas City M. Index-Lancet, 1903, xxiv, 206.—Palet (L. P. J.) Sobre el cobre normal en toxicologia. Semana med., Buenos Aires, L>i<», swi, pt. 2, 151-154.—Pelgney. Le travail du cuivre; observation* re- cueilhes chez les ouvrieres fabriquant les corps de fusees. Rev. d'hyg., Par., 191S, xl, 66-85.—Pinkus (S. N.) Zur Toxikologie des Kupfers; wasserlosliche Verbindungen. Zentralbl. f. Phvsiol., Leipz. & Wien, 1914, xxviii, 748.— Pollak (L.) Akute Kupfersulfatvergiftung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1909, xxxv, 1251.-----. Ein Fall von Kupfersulfatvergiftung mit eigentumlichem Blutbefund. Ibid., 1910, xxxvi, 1999.—Poole (T. D.) Chronic brass poisoning. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, i, 1441.— Rho (F.) II pregiudizio della tossicita del rame. Ann. di med. nav., Roma. 1915, i, 352-356.-Koussv (L.) Un cas d'empoisonnement par des amalganu s de cuivre. Schweiz. Vrtljsehr. f. Zahnh., Geneve & Zurich, lv.U, i, 97-103.— Scbaffer (E.) LYlier akute Kupfi-rvertnftung. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl.. 1903, ix, 418 121'. Aim: Verhandl.d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, 1903, Leipz., 1904, ii, 2- HJfte.,467-469.-Schwartz (H- J-) & Montgomery i. >) ,, ° cascs of Drass founders' ague. Cornell I'niv. Med. Coll. Dispensary, N. Y. City, N. V., 1905. i. 52 56.— Serra (S.) Ancora sul pregiudizio della to->n it a del rame. Ann. di med. nav., Roma. 1915, i, 664. Smith (F. J.) Chronic metal poisoning. Clin. J., Lond.. 1Ienzies(J. A.)& Jameson(W.E.) Vaccination of the cornea. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, i, 198.—Mlnnich (C. S.) Does the cornea aid in accommodation? J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1915, lxv, 1836.—Miyashita (S.) Die Immu- nitatsverhaltnisse der Hornhaut. Ztschr. f. Immunitats- forsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1911, Orig., ix, 541-556 — Xordenson (J. W.) Ueber die Grosse der Doppelbrechung der Hornhautsubstanz. Arch. f. Ophth., Berl, 1921, cv, 721-725.—von Poppen (A.) Ueber Hornhautanaphvlaxie. Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb., 1914, lxxvii, 179-199, 2 pi—Rados (E.) [Elastic tissue in the cornea.) Szemeszet, Budapest, 1913, xl, 103-112.-----. Ueber die vitale Farbbarkeit der Endothelien der Descemetschen Membran. Einige Bemer- kungen zu der Arbeit von Hamburger: 1st die Hornhaut an der Resorption des Kammerwassers unbeteiligt? Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1914, n. F., xvii, 421^25.— Reymond. Procedimento proposto dal Thomas Reid per la determinazione dell' angolo alpha; misura dell' angolo a, e della curvatura della cornea. Ann. di ottal., Pavia, 1905, xxxiv, 857-860, 1 pi.—Rochon-Duvigneaud (A.) La pro- tection de la cornee chez les vertebres qui rampent (serpents et poissons anguiformes). Ann. d'ocul., Par., 1916, cliii, 185-202.—S. (A.) Ancora sulla riproduzione della cornea. Boll, d' ocul., Firenze, 1897, xix, 169; 177.—Saenger (A.) Ueber die Areflexie der Cornea. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1910, xxix, 66-74.—Stephenson (S.) On a little-known method of examining the anterior surface and curvature of the cornea. Ophth. Rev., Lond., 1902, xxi, 337-339.—Stern (J.) Ueber ein bisher unbekanntes Hornhautphanomen bei Trigeminusanasthesie. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1908, xlvi, 465-474, 1 pi.—Suter (W. N.) The dioptric power ofthe cornea. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1900, ix, 172-174. -----. The dioptric power of the cornea: a reply to Dr. Weiland's criticism. Ibid., 1901, x, 192-194.—Trombetta (E.) Curvatura della faccia anteriore della cornea. Gior. di med. mil., Roma, 1919, lxvii, 1282-1288.-----. Raggio di curvatura della cornea. Oftalmometria. Ibid., 1366-1374.— Ulrich. On the nutrition of the cornea. Arch. Ophth., N.Y., 1901, xxx, 279-287.—Uhy (E.) & Frtzals. Role de la cornee dans l'absorption des collyres. Arch, d'opht., Par., 1899, xix, 159-170.—Valk (F.) The curvature of the cornea in reference to the refractive condition ofthe dioptric apparatus in the two principal meridians. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1S97, vi, 276; 329. Also, Reprint.—Vandegrift (G. W.) The optics of the cornea. Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1920, xlix, 421- 429. [Discussion], 450-^54— Verderame (P.) Sensibilitat und Nervenendigungen in der Kornea des Neugeborenen. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. Heidelb. 1912, Wiesb., 1913, xxxviii, 290-296.—WeUand (C.) Has the cornea no fixed dioptric value? Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1901, x, 4-8.-----. The controversy about the dioptric value of the cornea. Ibid., 356-358.—Wessely (F.) Ueber anaphy- laktische Erscheinungen an der Hornhaut; experimentelle Erzeugung einer parenchymatosen Keratitis durch art- fremdes Serum. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 1713. Also: Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1913, n. F., xv, 508.—Willetts(J.E.) Corneal corpuscular activity. J.Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxiv, 392-394.-----. Corneal cor- puscular activity (third paper); a study of the white cor- puscle from observation of its circulation through the cornea. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1918-19, xxii, 196-198. Also, Reprint — Young (G.) Some experiments with Mr. Sutcliffe's kera- tometer. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1909, xviii, 443-445.—Zade (M.) Ueber die Antikorper der Hornhaut. Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 1912, Ixxxii, 1S3-214. Cornea (Abnormities of). See, also, Cornea (Conical). Bargy (M.) ^Recherches experimentales sur les ametropies de courbure d'origine corneenne. 8°. Lyon, 1901. Boas (K. [W. F.]) *Ueber Megalokornea. 8°. Rostock, 1916. Lautenbach (L. J.) Some observations on corneal astigmatism and conditions that change corneal curvature. 12°. Philadelphia, 1894. Alessandro (F.) Relazioni tra la curvatura della cornea nell' astigmatismo congenito regolare e le note antropologiche craniometriche e prosopometriche; osservazioni cliniche. Arch, di ottal., Palermo, 1901-2, ix, 1-40.—Audebert (J.) & Frenkel (H.) Keratoglobe double chez un nouveau-ne. Toulouse med., 1905, 2. s., vii, 271-274.—Basterra y Santa Cruz. Embriotoxtfn bilateral. Arch, de oftal. hispano-am., Barcel., 1917, xvii, 537-541.—Coats (G.) Congenital meso- blastic strand adhering to, and apparently penetrating, the cornea. Proc Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1912-13, vi, Ophthal- mol. Sect., 55-57.—Collins (E. T.) Symmetrical circum- ferential encroachment on the cornea by the limbus of the conjunctiva in the two eyes, with an arcus senilis inside the limbus, the patient being also the subject of progressive ptosis. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond., 1908-9, xxix, 225-228, 1 pi.-----. Megalocornea and microcornea. Ibid., 1920, xl, 132-142.—DeBeck (D.) Family history of micro- cornea. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1900, n. s., xliv, 175.—Doyne (R. W.) A case of ill-developed cornea;. Tr. Ophth. Soc. CORNEA. 178 CORNEA. Cornea (Abnormities of). U. Kingdom, Lond., 1903-4, xxiv, 40.—Elschnig (A.) Driisenbildung an der Bowman'schen Membran. Khn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1899, xxxvii, 453-462, 1 pi. -----. Ueber Faltung der Conjunctiva bulbi beim Lid- schlusse. Ibid., 1921, lxvi, 917.—Eppensteln (A.) Ueber senkrecht-ovale Hornhautform. Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl., 1912, xxvii, 237-242.—Friede(R.) Ueber kongenitale "Cornea plana" und ihr Verhaltnis zur Mikrokornea. Khn. Mo- natsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1921, lxvi, 192-203.—Fuchs (E.) Ueber Faltung und Knickung der Hornhaut. Arch. f. Ophth., Berl., 1918, xcvi, 315-329.—Gertz (O.) [Two cases of congenital megalocornea.] Hosp.-Tid., Kffoenh, 1916, 5. R., ix. 170.—Goldsmith (G. H.) A congenital abnor- mality oi the cornea. Ophthalmoscope, Lond., 1907, v, 570- 572.—Gronholm (V.) Ueber die Vererbung der Megalo- kornea nebst einem Beitrag zur Frage des genetisehen Zu- sammenhanges zwischen Megalokornea una Hydrophthal- mus. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1921, lxvii, 1-15.— Haab (O.) Ueber Megalokornea. Ibid., 1914. n. F., xvii, 711-716.—Hay as hi (Y.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber Heilungsvorgange der perforierenden Hornhautdefekte mit Irisvorfall. Mitt. ii. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Sendai, Japan, 1922, i, 481-508, 2 pi.—von Hippel (E.) Ueber die angeborenen zentralen Defekte der Hornhauthinterflache sowie iiber angeborene Hornhautsstaphylome. Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 1918, xcv, 184-209, 3 pi.—Hubbell (A. A.) Cases of congenital inequality of the size of the cornene in normal eyes. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1906-8, xi, 290-293. Also: Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1907, xvi, 287-289. Also, Reprint.—Kay ser (B.) Ueber einen Fall von ange- borener griinhcher Verfarbung der Cornea. Khn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1902, xl, pt. 2, 22-25.-----. Ueber den Stammbaum einer Familie mit Vererbung von Megalo- cornea nach dem Hornerschen Vererbungstypus. Arch. f. Rassen- u. Gesellsch.-Biol., Leipz. & Berl., 1914, xi, 170-173, 1 ch.-----. Megalokornea, oder Hydrophthalmus? Nebst einem Stammbaum mit 17 Patienten uber sechs Genera- tionen; Vererbung nach dem Horner-Bolhngerschen Verer- bungstypus. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1914, n. F., xvii, 226-239.-----. Ueber die Grdsse der Kornea in ihrem Verhaltnis zur Grosse des Bulhus bei Megalokornea. Ibid., 1920, lxiv, 292-300.-----. Zu meinen Fallen von Megalo- kornea. Ibid., 1919,.lxii, 349-352—Kestenbaum (A.) Ein exzessiver Fall von Megalokornea. Wien. khn. Wchnschr., Wien, 1918, xxxi, 1337.-----. Ueber Megalokornea. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh.. Stuttg., 1919, lxii, 734-752.—Kraupa (E.) Ueber Leistenbildung der Descemeti nebst Bemer- kungen zur Frage der Megalocornea und des Hydroph- thalmus. Arch. f. Ophth., Berl., 1921, xvii, 30-48.—Mark- lurid (G.) [The heredity of megalocornea.] Finska lak.- sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1917, hx, 1606.—Mazza (A.) Un nouveau cas de circulation ou infiltration lymphatique tran- sitoire de la cornee Cong, internat. d'opht. 1904, Lausanne 1905, »>166 b]68.—Pes (O.) Ueber einige Besonderheiten in der Structur der menschlichen Cornea. Arch. f. Augenh Wiesb., 1906, lv, 293-307, 2 pi.—Reis (W.) Sur la megalo- come'e. Arch, d'opht., Par., 1920, xxxvii, 577-589—Rey- mond(C) Sur la correction operatoire des defautsminimes de courbure de la partie optique de la cornee. Cong, internat d'opht. d'Utrecht. C.-r., Amst., 1900, 51-65— Klibel (E ) Kongenitale famiUare Flachheit der Kornea (Cornea plana) Khn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1912, i, 427-437 — Salmon (L.) Sur la megalocornee. Ann. d'ocul., Par 1920, clvii, 757-765.—Salus (R.) Typus inversus der Papille und Hornhautflecke. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stutte 1921, lxvi, 252-256.—Seelelder (R.) Bemerkungen zur Me- galokorneafrage. Ibid., 1919, lxiii, 738-741.-----. Patholo- gisch-anatomische Beitrage zur Frage der angeborenen zentralen Defektbildung der Hornhauthinterflache. Ibid 1920, lxv 539-555.-Staehli (J.) Ueber Megalokornea. Ibid' 1914 n. F., xvni, 83-93.-----. Klinische Untersuchungen an Mikrokorneaaugen (mit besonderer Berucksichtigune von Kornealwolbung, Totalrefraktion und Achselangef zugleich ein Beitrag zur Megalokorneafrage. Ibid 1919' lxm, 316-349.-Usher (C. H.) Enlarged cornea? in goldfish ( arassius auratus). Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond 1920, xl, 125-132.- Valentl (<;.) Una rara alteration corneale dei neonati. Boll. d. osp. oftal. d. prov. di Roma, 1909, vii ' '7 \an Duyse- Membrane pupillaire persistante adhe- rentea la cornee. Arch, d'opht., Par., 1902, xxii, 237-242. Cornea (Abscess of). Arens. Des keratites suppurative* avec hypopyon. Arch. med. beiges, Brux., 1904, 4. s., xxiv 217-232 — Arisawa (U.) Ueber die Wirkung des Bac prodigiosus auf das Auge insbesondere auf die Hornhaut des Kaninchens nebst Bemerkungen uber Ringabszessbildung. Arch f' *C/^leIC^. Ophthalmol., Leipz., 1913-14. iv, 314-360, 2 pl- Attlas ((..) feull' ascesso annulare della cornea. Arch di ottal Napoli, 1913-14, xxi, 1-15-Blohon (A.) Abces de la cornee bilateral et symetrique au cours d'une pneumonie Arch, d'opht Par, 1921, xxxix, 116-118.-Bulle7 (F trl^° f^Tt ^'ute suppuration ofthe cornea successfully L Mv? r'g3ll0n,fhencanalirali' Montreal M. J., i«£ dtr dtri,7n Hmeh(t<' £le B^rteilungund Behandlung Praxis Th,.r?°ri[lhaUei:kr?;nkunScn in der allgemeinen BeK,» h» a&' M°natsh- Berl., 1903, xvii. 629-6:55.-----. ivnn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1910 xlviii 6'>0-fm Dolganofl (W.) & Sokoloff (M.) 'Suppuration ofdcatVT Cornea (Abscess of). t-iallv degenerated corneal tissue and the conditions under which micro-organisms pass through it into the interior of the eye. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1905, xxxiv, 370-384, 2 pi.— Fage. Les abces de la cornee; Etiologie; symptdmes; traite- ment. Gaz. med. de Picardie. Amiens, 1901, xix, 213-221.— Flieringa (H. J.) [Circular abscess of the cornea.) Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Haarlem, 1922, lxvi, pt. 1,1408-1415 — Fuchs (E.) Ueber Ringabscess der Hornhaut. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1903, lvi, 1-31.3 pi.—Goerlng. Ein weiterer Fall von multipler Abscessbildung der Hornhautgrund- substanz. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1898, xxiv, 623.—Hanke (V.) Ein bisher unbekannter Bacillus, der Erreger des tvphisehen Ringabscesses der Cornea. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1903, x, 373-382.—Happe. Ueber den Ringabszess der Cornea. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. 1907, Wiesb, 1908. xxxiv, 343-348.— Harbridge. Probable ring abscess oi the cornea. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1911, xx, 666— Migliorfno (S.) Ascesso anulare della cornea da stafilococeia generale. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1912, xh, 497-506.—Morax (V.) L'abcesannu- laire de la cornee et sa signification. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1904, exxxii, 409-419, 2 pi. Also: Rec. d'opht. Par, 1904, 3. s, xxvi, 669-678.—Patterson (J. A.) King abscess of the cornea (peripheral annular infiltration). Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1910, xix, 284-287.—Patton (J. M.) Deep corneal abscess. Nebraska M. J, Norfolk, Nebr, 1922, vii, 17v— Peck (G. S.) Abscess of the cornea. Homceop. Eye, Ear, & Throat J, Lancaster. Pa, 1910, xvi, 136-144.'—Snell (A. C.) Metastatic infiltration of cornea (ring abscess). Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1921, 3. s, iv, 419-421.—Stoewer. Ein Fall von Ringabszess der Hornhaut. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1907, xlv, 372-374.—Tertsch (R.) Ueber den Ringabscess der Cornea. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1910, lxxiii. 314-334.—Thiry (G.) & Jeandellze (P.) Abces annulaire partiel a staphvlocoques de la cornee et furoncu- lose. Rev. med. de lest, Nancv, 1913, xlv, 527.—Vogel. Periphere ringformige eiterige Hornhautinnltration mit multipler Abszessbildung auf beiden Augen bei einem Pferde. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr, 1904, xx, 700.—Winter- stelner (H.) Ueber den hinteren Abscess der Cornea und die Friihperforation der Membrana Descemeti. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1901, Iii, 452-466, 1 pi. Cornea (Actinomycosis of). See Cornea (Diseases of, Parasitic). Cornea (Arcus senilis of). See Cornea (Degeneration of). Cornea (Burns of). Bonte. Un mode particulier devolution d'une brulure de la cornee par la chaux vive. Clin. opht.. Par, 1907, xiii 104.—Bywater (H. H.) Note on a case of acetylene gas burn ofthe cornea. Lancet, Lond, 19H, ii, 1246—Di Giu- seppe (T.) La prognosi delle bruciature della cornea. Gazz. d. osp, Milano, 190\ xxix, 777.—Dutoit (A.) Ein Fall von schwerer Verbriihung der Hornhaut. Cor.-Bl. f. schweis. Aerzte, Basel, 190s, xxxviu, 632-635.—Guillery. Die Hornhaut veratzung durch Sauren und ihre Behandlung. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1909, lxiii, 258-311, 3 pi.-----. Chemisches und Klinisches iiber Hornhautatzung. Ibid., 1910, lxv, 139-169, 1 pi.—Hamburger (C.) Veratzung der kornea durch Argentum nitricum bei einem Saugling. Berl. khn. Wchnschr, 1921, lviii, 520.—Hempel (E.) Ueber \ eratzung der Hornhaut durch Lysol und Kali permanga- nicum. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1911, xlix, pt. 2, 758-763.—Marquez. Vastes tales de la cornee produites par le nitrate d'argent £claireies par l'hyposulfite de soude. Chn. opht. Par.. 1908, xiv, 373.-Moffat (J. L.) A burn of the cornea. Homacp. Eye, Ear A Throat J, N. Y, 1899, \\ 347-350.-Regiiault. Brulures de la cornee par eclats dallumettes. Chn. opht.. Par, 1912, xviii, 136-139.— Kosenfeld (M.) Verbriihung der Kornea und Konjunktiva. (entralbl f prakt. Augenh, Leipz 1911, XXxV, 301.- i n. \\v Dl un, sl«golare caso di distacco completo dell epiteho corneale, con emorragia sottoepiteliale, in seguito ad ustione da calce. Arch, di ottal.. Napoli 1910-11 ^VI-U'^T^?^„l P.1'-;8-11"1"8 Fernandez (J.) Quemadura a. Actas y -303. Also: , 327-329.— .. direct flame; report of a sex ere case, with remarks on the prognosis and treatment of corneal l.m nv N York M. J. [ete.|. 1907, lxxxv, 974 976. Also, Reprint \ alois (C.) & Lemolne (P.) Brulure de la cornee par i acetone et l'acide acetique. Rec d'opht.. Par, 1911, xxxui, 318. Cornea (Cancer of). 1!i.ohm (It.) *Zur Kasuistik der malisrnen I.imbustumoren. 8°. (Jnifsuald, 1905 Porch tOlga). *Les epitheliomas du limbe sclerocorn^en (^tude anatomo-patholo?iuue) 8° Paris, 1914. Kvmanx (L.) *Kontaktkarzinom der Con- junctiva palpebral und der ( ornea. 8°. Rostock, CORNEA. 179 CORNEA. Cornea (Cancer of). Hoehne (E. [R.]) *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der primaren epithelialen Wucherungen im Limbus cornese. 8°. Konigsberg, 1913. ,^ls0 [^-bstr-]» »«■' Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1914, n. F, xvii, 400-402. 6 Neuhaxn (H.) *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Hornhaut-Karzinome. [Leipzig.] 8°. Borna- Leipzig, 1904. Alessandro (F.) Osservazioni istologiche e considerazioni istogenetiche sopra un caso di epithelioma primitivo della cornea; nota preliminare. Clin, ocul, Palermo, 1914, xv, 1669-1720.—Baas (K.) Primares Epitheliom der Cornea. Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl, 1903, x. 485-487,1 pi.—Bargy (M.) Recherches experimentales sur les ametropies de courbure d'origine corneenne. Limousin m<5d, Limoges, 1905, xxix, 129.—Bianchi. Sull' epitehoma del limbus cornea?. Clin. ocul, Palermo, 1900, i, 108-117.—Brady (G. T.) Primary epithehoma of cornea. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1905, xiv, 429-431.—Burk (A.) Die Behandlung der Hornhautepi- theliome durch Rontgenstrahlen. Strahlentherapie, Berl. & Wien, 1912, i, 168-171.—Cunningham (H. H. B.) Epithehoma of cornea. Tr. Ophth. Soc.U. Kingdom, Lond, 1909-10, xxx, 153. 1 pi.—Danis (M.) Epithehoma du limbe scterocorneen. Clinique, Brux, 1911, xxv, 614-616.—De Be- rardinis (D.) Epitelioma della cornea ed eteroplastia di tessuto corneale di coniglio. Boll. d. osp. oftal. d. prov. di Roma, 1907, v, 145-151. Also: Chirurgia Spec. Napoh, 1908, i, 65-74.—Demaria (E. B.) Epitehoma primitivo de la cornea (dos casos). Arch, de oftal. hispano-am., Barcel, 1909, ix, 613-620.—Desiderio (Z.) Azione terapeutica del jequirity in un caso di epitehoma del limbus corneale. Ann. di ottal.. Pavia, 1912, xii, 478-480.—Dudley (W. H.) Carcinoma of the cornea. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1907, xvi, 231-234.—Duncan (R.) Primary epithelioma of the cornea with treatment. Am. J. Ophth , Chicago, 1921,3. s, iv, 520.— Francis (L. M.) The surgical treatment of epithelioma of the cornea. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1921, 1, 331-340.—Fuchs (E.) Limbuskarzinom, unter die Aderhaut wachsend. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg., 1916, lvii, 1-8.—Gas- parrini (E.) Di un caso di carcinoma primitivo della cornea. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1905, xxxiv, 95-101.—Hlrota (K.) A case of the primary epithehoma of the cornea. [Japanese text.] Sei-i-Kwai M. J, Tokyo, 1918, xxxvii, No. 6.—Kauflmann (E.) Ein eigenartiger Fall von Car- cinom am Limbus cornea?. Ophth. Klin., Stuttg, 1904, viii, 132.—Keith (D. Y.) & Keith (J. P.) Report of a case of epithehoma of the cornea. Am. J. Roentgenol, N. Y.( 1922. n. s, ix, 337-340.—Koellner. -Epithelial new formation at the corneal limbus which recurred for five years and was finally cured with mesothorium. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1917, xlvi, 130-134.—Marshall (C. D.) Epithelioma ofthe cornea with pigmented stroma. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1897-8, xviii, 117.—Menacho (M.) Epitelioma pavi- mentoso de la cdrnea. Arch, de oftal. hispano-am, Barcel, 1915, xv, 352-356.—Piccardi (G.) Cisto-epitelioma corneo o cisto-acantoma corneo (epitehoma perlaceo). Gior. ital. d. mal. ven, Milano, 1902, xxxvii. 339-350.—Prof eta (L.) Epithelioma della cornea; contributo clinico. Clin, ocul, Palermo, 1911, xii, 793-807.—Snell (S.) Epithehoma of cornea. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1900-1901, xxi, 24-26.—Stargardt (K.) Ueber eine Einschlusserkrankung des Hornhautepithels. (Epithelioma contagiosum avium.) Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1919, xii, 133-147.—Stephenson (S.) Rodent cancer of the cornea; operation; recovery with retention of good sight. Lancet, Lond., 1900, ii, 173.—Stout. A case of epithehomata developing upon keratosis senilis. J. Cutan. Dis. inch Syph, N. Y, 1908, xxvi, 480. Cornea (Conical). See, also, Buphthalmus; Staphyloma. Batjmaxn (F.) *Ueber Keratokonus. 8°. Stuttgart, 1898. Fater (Sabina). *Hydrodiaskop und Kera- tokonus. [Bern.] 8°. Stuttgart, 1906. Also, in: Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1906, xliv, Beil.-Hft, 93-109. Hoelzl(M.) *De staphylomate corneae. 12°. Vindobonse, 1820. Longuet (H.) Contribution a l'etude du keratoglobe. 8°. Lyon, 1910. Lorexz (M.) *Ueber den Keratoconus. 8°. Leipzig, 1908. Muller (H.) *"Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Hornhautkegels." [Leipzig.] 8°. Zeulenroda i. Thiir., 1920. Preller (K.) *Ueber Keratoconus, beson- ders den pulsierenden. 8°. Jena, 1902. Amoretti (E.') El queratocono y las secreciones internas. Arch, de oftal. hispano-am, Barcel, 1918, xviii, 25-44.— Bajardi (P.) Quelques mesures du rayon de courbure de la face posteneure de la cornee. Arch. ital. de biol, Turin, 1905, xliii, 367-372.—Bradfleld (J. A. L.) Keratoconus, aetiology, and importance of early diagnosis and treatment. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1903, xx, 316-318.—Cheatham Cornea (Conical). (W.) Conical cornea. Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1906-7, xiii, 177-179.—Chiari (C.) Contributo alio studio delle modificazioni delle curve corneali in rapporto alle contra- zioni dei muscoli. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1905, xxxiv, 931- 933.—Cooke (A.) Case of ectasia following conical cornea; excision of elliptical portion. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1911-12, xxxii, 194.—Dufour. A propos d'un cas de keratocone. Rev. med. de Pest, Nancy, 1910, xiii, 244-246.— Erggelet. Zur Korrektion des Keratokonus (Demonstration eines Falles). Kor.-Bl. d. allg. arztl.Ver. v.Thuringen, Jena, 1916, xlv, 53.—Fleischer (B.) Ueber Keratokonus und eigenartige Pigmentbildung in der Kornea. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1906, liii, 625. -----. Beitrag zur Klinik des Keratokonus (insbesondere iiber den braunen Ring in der Hornhaut und iiber das Verhalten des Blutes). Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1913, lxxiv, 110-131. Also, transl.: Arch. Ophth., N. Y, 1914, xliii, 626-642. -----. Zur Frage des Hamosiderinrings bei Keratokonus. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1916, lvii, 353-361.—Fox (L. W.) Conical cornea; an historical review together with a new non- operative method of treatment. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1904, xiii, 1-15.—Fuchs (E.) Ueber nasalen Konus. Khn. Mo- natsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1919, lxii, 433-438.—Gonzales (J. de J.) The refraction in keratoconus. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1919, 3. s, ii, 606.—Gullstrand (A.) Ein Fall von Keratokonus mit deutlicher Pulsation der Hornhaut. Svensk. Lak.-Sallsk. Handl, Stockholm, 1922, xlviii, 103- 124.—Haab (O.) Literarische Streifziige; das erste ophthal- moskopische Bild des Staphyloma verum bei Myopic Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1921, lxvi, 231-240.— Harrower (D.) An extreme case of conical cornea with cataract. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Phila, 1913, xiii, pt. 2, 291, 1 pi. [Discussion], 308-316.—Hesse (R.) Ueber die Ursache der Drucksteigerung bei Partialstaphylom der Hornhaut. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1907, xlv, 511-517, 1 pi.—von Hippel (E.) Untersuchungen iiber Keratoconus mit dem Abderhaldenschen Dialysierverfahren. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1915, xc, 173-197.-----. Bemerkungen zu der Arbeit von Kraupa-, kritische Beitrage zur Auffassung des Krankheitsbilde des Keratokonus. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1917, lviii, 105-108—Hotz (F. C.) Report of a case of double conical cornea. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1907, xvi, 697.—Jackson (E.) Conical cornea, or anterior myopia. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1917. lxix, 793-797. [Dis- cussion], 798-800.—Kraupa (E.) Kritische Beitrage zur Auffassung des Krankheitsbildes des Keratokonus. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1916, lvii, 109-125.-----. Zur Frage desHamosiderinringes bei "Keratokonus." Ibid., 1917, lviii, 272-275.-----. Ein weiterer Beitrag zur Auflassung des Krankheitsbildes des "Keratokonus." Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh, Leipz, 1919, xliii, 81-91.—Le Fever (C. W.) Keratoconus; report of a case. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1912, xxi, 68-71.—Lewis (G. G.) Keratoconus. Tr. M. Ass. Central N. Y, Buffalo, 1903, x, 41-16. Also: Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1904, xiii, 284-290.—McHenry (D. D.) A case of partial staphyloma. J. Oklahoma M. Ass, Muskogee, 1921, xiv, 20v— Morettl (D. E.) Di un caso di cheratocono pellucid o eccentrico. Riv. insubra di sc. med, Milano, 1911, l, 337-342.—Morton (H. Mel.) A study of conical cornea, with especial reference to its appearance in late adult life. Journal-Lancet, Minneap, 1921, xii, 102-108.—Schnaudigel (O.) Beiderseitiges Hornhautstaphylom mit Pigmentaus- kleidung und Aphakie bei einer Antilope. Arch, f. vergleich. Ophthalmol, Leipz, 1913-14, iv, 265-281.—Shoemaker (J. F.) Keratoconus and ectopia lentis; report of a case pre- senting both conditions in both eyes. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1913, xxx, 33-38.—Siegrist. Keratokonus. Ber.ii.d. Versamml. deutsch. ophth. Gesellsch. 1920, Munchen & Wiesb, 1921, xlu, 340.—Stahli (J.) Ueber den Fleischer- schen Ring beim Keratokonus und eine neue typische Epithelpigmentation dernormalen Kornea. Khn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1918, lx, 721-741.-----. Das Krankheits- bild des Keratokonus vom Standpunkte der Variabilitats- lehre (mit zwei klinischen Beispielen vom Familiaritat des Keratonus und einem Anhang mit Bemerkungen zur Myopiefrage). Ibid., 1919, lxii, 712-733.—Stephenson (S.) A clinical lecture on corneal cornea. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1911, n. s, xcii, 34-38.—Tenner (A. S.) The relief of partial or complete anterior staphyloma; description of operation. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1921, lxxvii, 1724.— Terson (A.) Notas sobre el queratocono. Arch, de oftal. hispano-am, Barcel, 1909, ix, 461-464—Uhthoff (W.) Weitere klinische und anatomische Beitrage zum Kerato- konus. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1916, lvi, 385- 400.—Weeks (J. E.) Keratoconus with report of cases. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1913, xiii, 457-470.—Werner (L.) Conical cornea. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1919, xxxix, 375.—Wicherkiewicz. Einiges iiber den primaren Hornhautkegel. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1905, xhi, 93-103.— Wood (C. A.) Keratoconus. In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago. 1916, ix, 6824-6828. Cornea (Conical, Causes and pathology of). Groth (Willy). *Zur Aetiologie des Kerato- konus. 86. Rostock, 1914. Altube (J. C.) Etiologia del keratocono. Rev. Asoc. m£d. argent, Buenos Aires, 1921, xxxiv, sec. oftal, 61-64.— Augstein (C.) Zur Aetiologie und Therapie des Kerato- konus. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1913, n. F, xv, 417-431.—Behr (C.) Beitrag zur Aetiologie des Keratokonus CORNEA. 180 CORNEA. Cornea (Conical, Causes and pathology of)- (Keratokonus, blaue Sklera, habituelle Luxationen). Ibid., 1913, n. F, xvi. 281-286.—Bradfield (J. A. L.) Keratoconus, aetiology, and importance of early diagnosis and treatment. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1903, xx, 316;321.—Crisp (W. H.) Traumatic conical cornea. Ibid., Chicago, 1919,3. s, ii, 157.— De Lantsheere (J.) Doveloppement dun keratocone au cours d'une nevrose traumatique. Presse med. beige, Brux, 1902, liv, 298.—Erdmann (P.) Ein Beitrag zur pathologi- schen Anatomie des Keratoconus. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1910, lxxv, 88-112,1 pi.—Fleischer (B.) Ueber einen doppel- seit;g anatomisch untersuchten Fall von Keratokonus, iiber den Hamosiderinring in der Hornhaut bei Keratokonus und uber Hamosiderose des Auges bei Diabete bronze\ Arch, f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1913, lxxin, 242-260,2 pi.—Franke. [Fall von doppelseitigem, erworbenem Keratokonus.] Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1919, xlv, 1151 — Fuchs (E.) Zur Anatomie des Staphyloma cornese. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1918, xcv,215-254,1 pi.—Gonzalez (J.de J.) Queratocono de rapido desarrollo consecutive a la peri- querato-conjuntivitis exuberante. Rev. cubana de oftal, Habana, 1920, ii, 122-125. Also, transl.: Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1920,3. s, iii, 127.-----.Nuevo caso de queratocono consecutivo al catarro de primavera. Rev. cubana de oftal.. Habana, 1920, ii, 134-136.—Hack (R.) Zur Aetiologie des Keratonus. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1914, lxxvi, 259-264.— von Hippel (E.) Zur Aetiologie des Keratokonus (Unter- suchungen mit dem Abderhaldenschen Dialysierverfahren). Khn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1913, n. F, xvi, 273- 281.—Kopff. Influence eloignee possible d'un traumatisme oculaire sur le doveloppement du keratocone. J. de m6d. de Par, 1902, 2. s, xiv. 418.—Lagrange (F.) De la pathogenie du keratocone; sa tnebrie mecanique. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1909, xxix, 529-534.—Newolina (Apollinaria). Zur Anato- mie des Keratokonus. Beitr. z. Augenh, Hamb. & Leipz, 1909, 71. Hft, 1-5.—Plalz. Ueber physiologische Verande- rungen der Hornhautwolbung. Ophth. Klin, Stuttg, 1899, iii, 90.—Plaut (R.) Ueber Verdickung der Hornhaut beim Keratoconus. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1900, xxxviii, 65-83.-----. Ueber die Ursache des Blitz-Kerato- conus. Ibid., 334-339.—Salzmann (M.) Ueber die patholo- gische Anatomie und die Pathologie des Keratoconus. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1907, lxvii, 1-40—Siegrlst (A.) Zur Aetiologie des Keratokonus; Entgegnung auf die Arbeit: Kritische Beitrage zur Auffassung des Krankheitsbildes des Keratokonus von Dr. E. Kraupa. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1916, lvii, 350-353.—Siegrlst (A.) & Kottmann (K.) Zur Aetiologie des Keratokonus. Deut- sche Ztschr. f. Chir, Leipz, 1912, exvi, 722-734. Also: Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. Heidelb. 1912, Wiesb, 1913, xxxviii, 187-196—Strebel (J.) & Steiger (O.) Ueber Keratokonus; seine Beziehungen zur inneren Sekretion und zum intraokularen Druck. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1913, n. F, xv, 260-287.—Tamamshefl (I. I.) [Etiology and treatment of keratoconus.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb, 1914, xiii, 127-129.—Terson (A.) Note sur la pathogenie et le traitement du keratocOne. Clin, opht. Par, 1909, xv, 341-315.-Uhthofi (W.) Ueber einen Fall von Keratoconus mit anatomischem Befunde. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1902, Leipz, 1903, ii, 2. Hlfte, 378-382.-----. Ueber einen Fall von Kerato- konus mit Sektionsbefund. Khn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1909, xivii, Beil.-Hft, 41-48.—Wagenmann (A.) Ueber einen Fall von Keratoconus mit pulsatorischer Schwankung der Grosse der Zerstreuungskreise in Folge von Pulsationen der Hornhaut. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1898, xlvi, 426-439.—Wernicke (O.) Una nueva teoria para la explicacidn del keratocono. Semana m6d, Buenos Aires, 1921, xxviii, 693-696.—Wray (C.) Conical cornea with Raynaud's disease. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1914-15, viii, Ophthalmol. Sect, 97-99. Cornea (Conical, Congenital). Lewis (J. D.) Congenital staphyloma of the cornea. In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood). Chicago, 1914, v, 3342-3344—Nettleship (E.) Two cases of congenital staphy- loma of the cornea. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1904, xxiv,63-66.—Pagensiecher (H. E.) Ueber Mydriasis und iiber angeborene Fehler des Auges bei Keratoconus. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1910, lxxiv, 330-339.—Runte (J.) Ein Fall von angeborenem Hornhautstaphylom. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1903. xlviii, 62-74, 2 pi. Also, transl.: Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1907, xxxvi, 59-64, 2 pi.—Steiger (A.) Studien iiber die erblichen Verhaltnisse der Hornhaut- kriimmung. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1906, xvi, 229; 333: 1907, xvii, 307; 444.—Westhoff (C. H. A.) Aangeboren staphyloma corneas links en atrophia bulbi rechts. Med. Weekbl, Amst, 1898-9, v, 210. Cornea (Conical, Treatment of). Beutnagel (il. [K.]) *Beitrag zur Therapie des Keratokonus. 8°. Munchen, 1909. Charmoille (L.-J.-B.) *Du keratocone et de son traitement par la cauterisation ignee. 8° Nancy, 1903, No. 10. Levy (S.) *Zur Behandlung des Hornhautsta- phyloms. 8°. Giessen, 1907. Cornea (Conical, Treatment of). Marcorellks (R.) Contribution a l'etude du keratocone et en particulier de son traite- ment par la cauterisation ignee. 8°. Paris, 1903, MtJller (F. E.) *Ueber die Korrektion des Keratokonus und anderer Brechungsanomalien des Auges mit Mullerschen Kontaktschalen. 8°. Marburg, 1920. Schaaff (K. E.) *Die Methoden der Behand- lung des Keratoconus. 8°. Strassburg, 1902. Sisco (J.-M.) *Traitement medical, optique et chirurgical du keratocone. 8°. Bordeaux, 1903. Alonso (A. F.) Tratamiento del keratoconus. Gac. mdd. de Mexico, 1920-21, 4. s.; lv, 149-156.—AntonellL Quelques remarques sur le traitement optique du kera- tocone. Rec. d'opht. Par., 1909, 3. s, xxxi, 247-252.— Bocchl (A.) Sulla cura del cheratocono per mezzo della galvanocaustica. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1900, xxix, 632-639.— Bradfield (J. A. L.) Further experience and treatment of keratoconus. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1905, xxii, 73-77.— Burnett (S. M.) The optical treatment of conical cornea. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1900, ix, 592-598.—Carpenter (E. R.) A case of kerato-conus cured with high frequency spark. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1915, xxiv, 18-20.—Clausen. Keratokonus und seine Behandlung. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. deutsch. ophth. Gesellsch. 1920, Munchen & Wiesb, 1921, xiii, 288-294.—Critchett (A.) Conical cornea, and the effects of treatment by the galvano-cautery. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1897-8, xviii. 228-230. -----. Later de- velopments in the treatment of conical cornea by galvano- cautery. Cong, internat. d'opht. d'Utrecht. C.-r, Amst, 1900, 507-509.—De Berardinis (D.) Contributo clinico alia cura del cheratocono mediante le causticazioni col galvano- cauterio. Chirurgia spec, Xaooli, 1908, i, 33-13.—De Bono (F. P.) Contributo alio studio della refrazione e della correzione ottica del cheratocono. Atti d. r. Accad. d. sc. med. in Palermo (1896), 1897, 48-66, 2 pi— Deschamps. Modification des courbures de la cornee sous I'influence des injections sous-conjonctivales; leur action sur l'astigmatisme. Clin, pht. Par, 1905, xi, 147-149.—Dor (L.) Keratocone trait6 par cauterisation ignee perforante sans iridectomic. Lyon m£d, 1911, cxvii, 874.—Elschnig. Zur Therapie des Keratokonus. Wien. klin. Rundscnau, 1904, xviii, 357-359. Also, transl.: Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1904, xxi, 177-182.— Emrys-Jones (A.) The treatment of conical cornea by thermocauterv. Tr. Internat. Ophth. Cong, Edinb, 1894, viii, 307-311.—Erggelet. Korrektion des Keratokonus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1916, xlu, 962. Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1916, lxiii, 609.—Hehn- bold (R.) Beitrag zur Sehverbesserung bei Keratokonus. Ztschr. f. ophth. Optik, Berl, 1913, i, 77-80.—von Hippel (E.) Ueber die Behandlung des Keratokonus mit Muller- schen Kontaktglasern. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg., 1918, lx, 49-52.—Janssen (J.) Notes sur les dispositions optiques propres a remedier aux troubles visuels dans les cas de Wratocones. Bull, et mem. Soc. franc d'opht. Par, 1902, xix, 357-361. Also: Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1902, exxxiv, 1121-1123.—Kalt (E.) Sur le traitement du keratocone. Bull, et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht. Par, 1899, xvii, 423-428.—Lodato (G.) Osservazioni sulla refrazione e sulla correzione ottica del cheratocono. Arch, di ottal, Palermo, 1901-2, ix, 161-179,1 pi.—LUdemann (A.) Hvdro- diaskop oder Kontaktglas zur Korrektur des Keratokonus. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1917, xxxvii, 267-289. Majewski (C \ .) . Ueber corrigirende Wirkung des Hvdrodiaskops Lohnstein's in Fallen von Keratoconus und unregelmassi- gem Astigmatisinus. Khn. Monatsbl. 1. Augenh, Stuttg, 1899, xxxvii, 162 167.- Mendoza (R.) El tratamiento del queratocono, desprendimiento de la retina y otras en- fermedades. Rev. cubana de oftal, Habana, 1920, ii, 143- 146.—Montaflo (E. F.) Pequefia contribucidn al estudio del tratamiento del queratocono. Gac. med. de Mexico, 1919-20, 4. s, i, No. 4, 7-10. Also: Rev. cubana de oftal, Habana, 1920, ii, 877-880—Pontius (P. J.) Suprarenal extract in the t rent ment of acute corneal staphyloma. Ann. Ophth, St. Lotus, 1912, xxi, 755. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcvi, 637. Posey(W.C) Report of a case of conical cornea successfully treated by the actual cautery. Arch. Pphth, N.Y, 1913, xiii, 141-141. Sauvineau (C.) Resul- tats eloigues des divers traitements du keratocone. Rec. dopht. Par., 1909, 3. S, xxxi, 241-246.—Si-aliuci (N.) i ontnbuto clinico alia cura del cheratocono con la galvano- caustica. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1904, xxxiii, 81-106.— Sgrosso (P.) Sugli elletti della galvanocaustica e della mtomia ab externo nei cheratocono. Lavori d. clin. ocul. d. r. Univ. di Napoli, 1894-6, iv, 305-308. Aho, transl.: Ann. a ocul. Par, 1897, cxvii, 46-49.-----. Sulla cura del chera- tocono; ulteriore contributo in favore della galvanocaustica. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1899, xxviii, 335-34S.—Siegrlst (A.) Die Behandlung des Keratokonus. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Au- genh, Stuttg, 1916, lvi, 400-421.—Stahll(J.) Bemerkungen uber "Keratokonus und seine Behandlung." Ibid., 1921, lxvi, 425-436.—Stock (W.) Ueber Korrektion des Kera- tokonus durch verbesserte geschliffene Kontaktglaser. Ber. U. d. Versamml. deutsch. ophth. Gesellsch, 1920, CORNEA. 181 CORNEA. Cornea (Conical, Treatment of). Miinchen & Wiesb, 1921, xiii, 352-354.—Telenefl (N. A.) [Thermo-caustic treatment of corneal staphyloma.] Vestnik oftalmol, Mosk, 1907, xxxiv, 241-244.—Weill (G.) Ueber Korrektion des Keratokonus durch Prothesen. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg 1916, lvii, 126-128.—Wescott • ?■ iT Pusey (B-) An additional case of conical cornea, in which vision was improved by convex cylinders. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1902, xi, 128.—Wessely. Wirkung der Kon- taktglaser beim Keratokonus. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1917, lxiv, 1621.—Wray (C.) The treatment of conical cornea. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1911, xxxi, 220-229. Cornea (Conical, Treatment of, Opera- tive ). Paure (M.) *Traitement des staphylomes opaques de la cornee par l'extraction du cristal- lin. 8°. Paris, 1911. Adams (P. H.) The operative treatment of conical cornea. Ophthalmoscope, Lond, 1914, xii, 132.—Attias (G.) Sulla riduzione chirurgica dello stafiloma cicatriziale della cornea. Arch, di ottal, Napoli, 1913-14, xxi, 113-127,2 pi — Badal. Trois cas de keratocone; resultats immemats et Oloignes des interventions chirurgicales. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1901, xxi, 433-440.—Berry (G. A.) On a method of pre- dicting the effect of operation for conical cornea. Cong. . internat. d'opht. d'Utrecht. Compt.-rend, Amst, 1900, 450-452.—Bossalino. La cura chirurgica del cheratocono mediante il taglio periferico della cornea. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1898, xxvii, 564-568. Also: Cong. d. Ass. oftal. ital. Rendic, Pavia. 1898, xv, 29-33.—Cabannes. Iridectomie et resection sclerale dans la buphtalmie congenitale. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1911, xxxii, 213.—Coppez (H.) Sur un nouveau procede operatoire du keratocone. J. m6d. de Brux, 1908, xiii, 193-195. Also: Policlin, Brux, 1908, xvii, 69-73.—Critchet (A.) Zur operativen Behand- lung des Hornhautkonus. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1899, ii, Ergnzngshft, 50.—Darling (C. G.) A method of opera- tion in complete obhteration of the anterior chamber, with report of a case of corneal staphyloma. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1917, xxvi, 314-316. Also: Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1917, n. s, xxvi, 83-85.—Dimmer (F.) Eine Operations- methode zur Abflachung partieller Hornhaut-Staphylome. Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh, Leipz, 1913, xxxvii, 226-232.— Ferro (R.) Cura razionale chirurgica dello stafiloma parziale della cornea (vi. Congr. siciliano 1921). Gior. di ocul, Napoli, 1921, ii, 117.—Fox (L. W.) A new operation for the relief of conical cornea. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1919, 3. s, ii, 738-740. Also: Papers Sect. Ophth, Am. Med. Ass, Chicago, 1919, 223-227. Also, transl.: Rev. cubana de oftal, Habana, 1919, i, 593.—Gayet. Staphylome de la cornee gueri par le renversement temporaire de la cornee ou operation de Gayet. Bull. Soc. de chir. de Lyon, 1900-1901, iv, 15.—Gelovtne. Operative treatment of conical cornea. Ophthalmol, Seattle, 1912, viii, 328-331. Also, Reprint.— Gonzalez (J. de J.) Nota acerca de un procedimiento de abiacidn del estafiloma completo de la cornea. An. de oftal, Mexico, 1905-6, viii, 180-184.—Green (A. S.) An operative procedure for keratoconus with report of three cases. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1920, 3. s, iii, 459.—Green (A. S.) & Green (L. D.) An operative procedure for keratoconus, with a report of two cases. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. [etc.], St. Louis, 1919, xxiv, 291-298. Also: Am. J. Ophth,Chicago, 1920, 3. s, iii, 429-432.—Grunert. Zur operativen Behand- lung des Keratokonus. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. Heidelb. 1912, Wiesb, 1913, xxxviii, 181-186. Also, transl.: Ophthalmol, Seattle, 1913, ix, 163.—Hirsch- berg (J.) Eine neue Operation gegen Hornhaut-Kegel. Berl. khn. Wchnschr, 1902, xxxix, 457-459.—Knapp (A.) The operative treatment of partial staphyloma ofthe cornea and of fistula of the cornea with a conjunctival flap; con- junctivo-keratoplasty (Kuhnt). Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Phila, 1916, xiv, 466-472.—Komoto. Ein einfaches Opera- tions-Verfahren zur Abtragung des grossen Hornhaut- Staphyloms. Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh, Leipz, 1912, xxxvi, 12-14.—Kuhnt. Zur operativen Bekampfungpar- tieller Hornhautstaphylome. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1910, xxiv, 516-521. -----. Versuche, partielle Hornhaut- staphylome operativ zu beseitigen. Deutsche med,. Wchn- schr, Leipz. & Berl, 1911, xxxvii, 478.—Leroy. A propos de P operation du staphylome total de la cornee. Ann. Soc. med.-chir. d'Anvers, 1899, 299-304.-----. L'operation du staphylome total de la cornee. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, d' opht, 311-314.—Lowen- steln (A.) Neues operatives Verfahren der partiellen Hornhautstaphylome. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1919, xlv, 480. Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1919, lxvi, 397.-----. Ueber ein neues Verfahren zur Operation partieller Staphylome der Hornhaut. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1919, lxii, 620-625.—Maddox (E. E.) An operation for conical cornea. Ophth. Rev, Lond, 1912, xxxi, 36.-----. SUpercorneal sutures and an operation for conical cornea. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1913, ii, 1148-1150.— Manes (A.-J.) Nouveau traitement chirurgical du kera- tocone. Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1912, xix, pt. 2, 449- 451.—Morton (A. S.) Notes on operations for conical cornea. Brit. M. J., Lond, 1903, ii, 717-719.—Nance(W. O.) Operations for conical cornea; keratoplasty. Syst. Ophth. Op. (Wood), Chicago, 1911, ii, 1006-1023.—Reinhold (C. H.) | Cornea (Conical, Treatment of, Opera- tive) . Sclero-corneal trephining for staphyloma of the cornea; 17 cases. Indian M. Gaz, Calcutta, 1914, xlix, 181-183.— Reymond (C.) Ueber die operative Behandlung kleiner Kriimmungsfeliler der Hornhaut. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Au- genh, Stuttg, 1899, xxxvii, 411-425.-----. Sur la correction operatoire des deiauts minimes de courbure de la partie optique de la cornee. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk. Versl. d. . . . Internat. Oogh. Cong, te Utrecht, Amst, 1899, ix, 51-65.—Sattler (R.) The surgical treatment of conical cornea. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1900, xxxv, 397-402.— Schwenk (P. N. K.) Observations on conical cornea with the report of a case successfully operated upon. Penn. M. J, Athens, 1909-10, xiii, 837-844.—Stauffer (F.) A suc- cessful operation for conical cornea, with report of a case. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1906, xv, 205-208.—Stoewer. Ein neues Operationsverfahren bei Keratokonus. Klin. Mo- natsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1905, xliii, 474-480.—Tiffany (F. B.) New operation for conical cornea. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1914, xxiii, 379-383. Also: Pan.-Am. S. & M. J, N. Orl, 1915, xx, 5-7.—Wicherkiewicz (B.) Ueber eine vereinfachte Operation des Kornealstaphyloms. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1906, xliv, 32-34.—Wiener (M.) A new operative method for the relief of advanced cases of keratoconus. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1917, lxix, 797-800.—Worth (C. [A.]) Operative treatment of conical cornea. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom. Lond, 1911-12, xxxii, 205-214. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1912, n. s, xciii, 299.—Wray (C.) The operative treatment oi kera- toconus (conical cornea). Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1913-14, vii, Ophthalmol. Sect, 152-157.-----. Result shown by the keratoscope of an operation for a high degree of conical cornea. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1916, xxxvi, 268.—Yamaguchi (H.) Zur pathologischen Anatomie des wegen Hornhautstaphylom operierten Auges. Khn. Mo- natsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1904, xiii, 353-363.—Ziegler (S. L.) Trefoil or stellate keratectomy for anterior staphy- loma. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1914, lxiii, 839-841. Also, Reprint. Cornea (Degeneration of). Spitta (W.) *Ueber familiare fleckformige Hornhautentartung. 8°. Tubingen, 1905. Voltz (W.) *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Col- loiddegeneration in Hornhautnarben. [Frei- burg i. B.] 8°. Wiesbaden, 1901. Attias (G.) Sull' arco senile corneale. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1910, 4. s, xvi, 309-316.-----. Fettige Entartung der Hornhaut bei Sauglingskeratitis. Khn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1911, xlix, pt. 2, 745-747. -----. Embryontoxon und Arcus cornese juvenilis. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1912, lxxxi, 505-511, 1 pi.-----. Arcus juvenilis und Arcus senilis cornea?. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1912, xxviii, 539-541.—Bachstez (E.) Ueber Verfet- tung in der Hornhaut. Arch. f. Ophth, Berl, 1921, cv, 997-1036.—Baldino (S.) Su di un caso di arco giovanile della cornea associata ad alterazioni del fondo oculare. Arch, di ottal, Napoh, 1920, xxvii, 47-56.—Baquis (E.) Die colloide Degeneration der Cornea; ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Entstehung des Colloids aus epithelialen Elementen. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1898, xlvi, 553-620, 2 pi.—Birch-Hlrschfeld (A.) Beitrag zur Kenntniss de- generativer Processe in Hornhautnarben. Ibid., 1899, xlviii, 328-352.—Bodenstein (R.) Ueber amyloide Konkremente in der Hornhaut. Beitr. z. Augenh, Hamb. & Leipz, 1904; Hft. lx, 48-54.—Buchanan (L.) On two cases of family degeneration ofthe cornea. Ophthalmoscope, Lond, 1907, v, 698-701.-----. Note on family degeneration of the cornea. Ibid., 1911, ix, 693.—Chance (B.) Degeneration of the cornea? of a man and his adult son. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1913, xxx, 193-196. Also: Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1913, xxh.631-637.-----. Nodular degeneration of the cornea. Tr. Coll. Phys, Phila, 1917, 3. s, xxxix, 342. Also: Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1917, xxvi, 583.-----. Fatty degeneration of the cornea. Tr. Coll. Phys, Phila, 1918, 260. Also: Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1919, 3. s, ii. 291.-----. Neoplastic de- generation ofthe cornea. Tr. Coll. Phys, Phila, 1920, 3. s, xiii, 310.—Clausen. Familiare Hornhautentartung. Deut- sche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1911, xxxvii, 1626.— De Lieto Vollaro (A.) Sull' anatomia patologica dell' arco senile. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1903, xxxn, 478-488, 1 pi. Also, transl.: Sitzungsb. d. ophth. Gesellsch. 1902, Wiesb, 1903,348-350.—Deutschmann (R.) Ueber knotchenformige Hornhautdegeneration. Beitr. z. Augenh, Hamb. A Leipz, 1904, Hft. 61, 14-32.—Dodd (O.) Hyaline degeneration of the cornea, with report of three cases. Tr. West. Ophth, Otol. [etc.] Ass. Ophth. div, St. Louis, 1901, 99-109. Also: Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1901, xviii, 300-310.—Dolganofl (W.) & Sokolofl (M.) Zur Frage der Eiterbildung auf der narbig entarteten Hornhaut und iiber die Bedingungen des Eindringens von Mikroorganismen durch dieselbe in das Augeninnere. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1903, xlvii, 361-378, 2 pi— Endelmann (L.) Ueber hyaline Entartung in der Hornhaut. Ztschr. f. Heilk, Wien & Leipz, 1905, xxvi, 202-218, 1 pi.—Fehr. Ueber familiare, fleckige Hornhaut- Entartung. Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh, Leipz, 1904, xxviii, 1-11. Also [Abstr.]: Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1904, xii, 346.—Fleischer (B.) Ueber familiare Hornhautentartung. CORNEA. 182 CORNEA. Cornea (Degeneration of). Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1905, liii, 263-344,1 pi. A lso [Abstr.]: Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. 1905, Wiesb, 1906, 345-350,1 pi.—Franke. Ueber ballonierende Degeneration des Hornhautepithels. Munchen. med.Wchnschr, 1906, liii, 940.—Fuchs (E.) Ueber senile Randatrophie der Hornhaut. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1915, lxxxix, 386-392.—Fuss (S.) Der Greisenbogen. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.), Berl, 1905, xviii, 407-419, 1 pi.—Girl (D. V.) Ring infiltra- tion of the cornea in a case of purpura with a discussion of its pathogenesis and some general observations on the different forms of corneal infiltration. Brit. J. Ophth, Lond, 1918, ii, 611-624.—Goldberg (H. G.) Marginal de- feneration ofthe cornea. Med. & Surg. Rep. Episc. Hosp, 'hila, 1914, ii, 306.—Hess. Arcus senilis, \ irihs und juve- nilis. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, 1918, xliv, 1456. Also: Neurol. Centralbl, Leipz, 1918, xxxvii, 770-782.—Koerber (H.) Bemerkungen iiber sogenannte knotchenformige und gittrige Hornhautdegeneration. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1902, viii, 340-345, 1 pi.—Kuhnt. Hyaline Degeneration der Cornea. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1911, xxxvii, 478. Also: Sitzungsb. d. naturh. Ver. d. preuss. Rheinl. & Westphal. 1910, Bonn, 1911, B,47— Kusama(K) Zur Kenntnis der pathologischen Anatomie des Arcus cornese juvenilis (Gustav Atias). Mitt. a. d. med. Fakult. d. k. Univ. zu Tokyo, 1917-18, xvii, 159-172, 4 pi.-----. Ein Beitrag zur primaren fettigen Degeneration der Kornea. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1921, lxvi, 111-114 — Lenz (G.) Ueber eine bisher nicht beschnebene Form von Degeneration des Hornhautepithels. Ibid., 1907, xlv, 406- 421.—Luccarelli (V.) Dell' inflltrazione sclerosante della cornea con degenerazione jalina. Riv. ital. di ottal, Roma, 1907, iii, 25-39.—Maghy (C.) An anatomical study of eight cases of degeneration ofthe cornea. Calif. State J. M, San Fran, 1921, xix, 424.—Mayou (M. S.) Corneal degeneration. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1918, xxxviii, 148, 1 pi.—Paderstein (R.) Zur Pathologie der knotchenformi- gen Hornhautdegeneration. Khn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1909, xlvu, 156-165.—Passera (E.) Contributo cli- nico alio studio della degenerazione marginale della cornea. Gior. di med. mil, Roma, 1911, lix, 251-265,1 pi.—Preobra- zhenski (V. N.) [Family degeneration 01 the cornea.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb, 1913, xii. 1064-1067.—Reber (W.) A case of hyaline degeneration of the cornea. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1911, xx, 711-715, 1 pi.—Reis. Familiare, fleckige Hornhautentartung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1917, xliii, 575.—Rochat. Familiaire cornea-degene- ratie. Nederl. Tijdschr.v. Geneesk, Amst, 1906,i,515-518 — Roy (D.) Report of six cases of degeneration of the cornea in the same family (nodular keratitis). Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Phila, 1912, xiii, 101-108, 1 pi. Also: Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1912, xh, 490-495, 1 pi.—Rubert (J.) Zur hyalinen Degeneration der Hornhaut. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1910, lxv, 271-294.—Sachsalber (A.) Ueber die hyaline Degeneration der Cornea. Beitr. z. Augenh, Hamb. & Leipz, 1901, Hft. xlviii, 1-36.—Seefelder (R.) Weiterer Beitrag zur pathologischen Anatomie der Randdegeneration der Hornhaut. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1910, xlviii, 321-328. -----. Zur Kenntnis der degenerativen Hornhauterkrankungen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1913, 1, 204-209.-----. Weitere Beitrage zur Kenntnis der degene- rativen Hornhautveranderungen. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1915, xc, 394-403.—Takayasu (M.) Beitrage zur patholo- gischen Anatomie des Arcus senilis. Arch. f. Augenh Wiesb, 1901, xlui, 154-162, 1 pi.-----. Ueber eine primare Fettdegencration der Cornea. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1912, Ixxxii, 475-488,1 pi.—Tertsch (R.) Ein Fall von primarer fettiger Degeneration beider Hornhaute. Klin. Monatsbl f Augenh, Stuttg, 1911, xlix, pt. 2, 1-13.—Tooke (F.) Cal- careous degenerations of the cornea and lens capsule. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Phila, 1912, xiii, 111-119, 1 pi. Also: Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1913, xiii, 17-24,1 pi.—Tritscheller (L.) Beitrag zur Vererbung der familiaren Hornhautentartung. Khn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1921, lxvi, 579-581.— Uhthoff (W.) Doppelscitige symmetrische Degeneration der Kornea mit Ablagerungen von Harnsiiure und saurem harnsaurem Natron bei sonst normaler Beschaflenheit der Augen und gutem Allgemeinbefinden. J&irf,1915,n. F,xix 383-390. -----. Beitrage zur Klinik und Anatomie der degenerativen Veranderungen der Hornhaut und der Binde- haut. Arch. f. Ophth.. Berl.. 1921, cv, 205-220.—Van Duyse. D(5gen£resccnce marginale des cornees. Arch, d'opht Par 1910, xxx, 657-666.—Veasey (C. A.) Report of two cases of family macular degeneration of the cornea. Arch. Ophth N. Y, 1904, xxxhi, 510-512. Also, Reprint.—Velhageii! Ueber die familiare Hornhautentartung. Deutsche med Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1906, xxxii, 1819-1821.—Wood (C. A.) Fatty degeneration of the cornea. In: Am. Encycl & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, v, 3365-3367.— Worton. Calcareous degeneration in old corneal opacity Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Loud.. 1913, xxxiii, 81.-Zani (D.) Sulla degenerazione screziata lamigliare della cornea Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1914, xliii, 545-553.—Zentmayer (W ) Marginal degeneration of thecornea. Ann. Ophth, St Louis 1911, xx, 90; 218. ——.Nodular degeneration of the cornea (Groenow). Tr. Coll. Phys, Phila, 1917, 3. s, xxxix, 372. Cornea (Deposits in). Axenfeld (T.) Ueber doppelseitige primare progressive parenchymatose Verkalkung (Dystrophia calcarea) der Cornea (Deposits in). Kornea. Khn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg, 1916, lvii, 157: 1917, lviii, 58-05, 2 pi— Beaudoux (H. A.) Lead deposits in the cornese. Northwest. Lancet, Minneap, 1902, xxii, 151.—Dor (H.) D6p6t de la cholest^rine sur la membrane de Descemet. Lyon med, 1906, cvi, 388.—Ellett (E.C.) Lead deposits on the cornea, with verification by micro- chemical tests. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1900, ix, 284.— Elschnig (A.) Drusenbildung an der Bowman'schen Membran. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1900,1,965-967.—Gradle (H. S.) Calcareous deposits in the cornea. Illinois M. J Chicago, 1917, xxxi, 360.—Guillery. Ueber die Kalktriibung der Hornhaut und ein Verfahren zu ihrer Aufhellung Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1901-2, xliv, 310-322. Also, transl.: Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1907, xxxvi, 675-683.—Lowensteln (A.) Ueber Drusenbildung an der Hornhautoberflache. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1912,1, pt. 1, 513-517.— Marquez. Terapeutica de las manchas corneales argenticas, por medio del hiposulfitosrtdico. Arch.de oftal. hispano-am, Barcel.. 1908, viii, 620-623.—Muszyhskl. Cholesterin- Krystalle in der Hornhaut. Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh, Leipz, 1913, xxvii, 321-323.—Rust (E. G.) Oxide of copper in the cornea. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1908, xxxvii, 174.— Santos Fernandez (J.) Las opacidades metalicas de la c6rnea, inconvenientes y ventajas de las preparaciones de plomo e inutilidad del tratamiento no quirtirgico. Arch, de oftal. hispano-am, Barcel, 1906, vi, 549-555. Also: Cron. m^d.-quir. de la Habana, 1906, xxxii, 263-209.—Schiele (A.) Zur Therapie der sogenannten Blehnkrustation des Horn- hautgewebes. Wchnschr. f. Therap. u. Hyg. d. Auges, Dresd, 1904. vii, 265.—Splcer (W. T. H.) Symmetrical crystal-like deposits in the region of Bowman's membrane. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1919-20. xiii, Sect. Ophthal- mol., 80.—Stephenson (S.) Corneal deposit, apparently of silver chloride. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1899-1900, xx. 80-82.-----. Silver deposit in cornea. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child, Lond, 1904-5, v, 225.—Weeks (J. ET) Deposit of silver in the epithelial layer of the cornea. N. York Eye & Ear Infirm. Rep, N. "Y, 1904, xi, 4-6.— Worton (A. S.) Punctate crvstalloid deposits in both corneae. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1911-12, xxxii, 113. Cornea (Diseases of). Graflin (A.) *Beitrage zur Pathologie dee Endothels der Cornea. Klinisch-experimen- telle Studie. [Basel.] 8°. Berlin, 1903. Also, in: Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1903, ix, 281; 520. Hoor (K.) Ueber das Wesen und iiber den Ursprung einiger Hornhauterkrankungen; eine klinische Studie. 8°., Stuttgart, 1906. Pascheff (C.) *Etude sur le renversement temporaire de la cornee. 8°. Lyon, 1899. Alajnio (B.) Alterazioni corneali da fiammileri. Gior. di ocul, Napoli, 1921, ii, 21-25.—Arnold (J.) Ueber Fettum- satz und Fettwanderung in der Cornea. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat, Jena, 1903, xiv,785-791.—Axenfeld(Ti) Zur Kenntnis der isolierten Dehiszenzen der Membrana Descemeti. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1905 xliii 157-163.-Barrett (J. W.) & Orr (W. F.) Vascular remains in corneal disease. Intercolon. M. J. Australas, Melbourne, 1903, viii, 409-419, 1 pl.-Bayer (F.) Die diagnostische Vcrwertung des Spiegelbildes der Hornhaut des Auges. t or.-Bl. d. \ er. deutsch. Aerzte in Reichenberg, 1902, xv, Nos. 9 & 10.—Bonslgnorio ( Mme.) Scrofule et eczema de la cornee. Chn. opht. Par, 190S, xiv, 127-131.—Brav ( V ) Traumatic oedema of the cornea in tho new-born infant. N. York M. J. etc.), 1907, lxxxvi, 499. Also, Reprint.- Brooks (H. T.) & Oatman tK. L.I Pathology of the cornea. Post-Graduate, N; Y, Wu7, xvii, 865-Mi4.-Brown (H. H.) The cornea and its diseases. Illinois M. Bull t hicago, 1907-8, viii, 93; 116; 141 Hruns (H. D.) A case of xerosis of the cornea, hemeralopia and bleeding from the gums. Am. J. Ophth., St. Louis, 1899, xvi, 71.- Burnham (G. H.) Remarks upon certain diseased con- ™tl0n.S ?lthe c?lnt£\ °Phth- Rev, Lond, 1903, xxii, 70- 72.-Calhoun (F. P.) A classification of corneal affections. ?\7\- J,V 0Phth.,.Chicago, 1922, 3. s, v, 8 13.-Cleniuegos (M.) t ontribueitfn al estudio de las afecciones de la cornea. Rev. md. (le Chile, Sant. de Chile, 1901, xxix, 360-364,1 pi.— Colombo (G. L.) L'influence de la detente oculaire sur les phenomenes de diffusion dans la cornee pour l'explication &L(?£ams {aits cliniques. Ann. d'ocul. Tar, 1921, elviii, t^Xl . "7---;:. Puateral changes in the cornea following exposure to cold in an airman. Brit. J. Ophth, Lond, 1921, y. 5d3-5o8-Cuperus (N. J.) Ueber Comeakrankheit bei Iridocyclitis. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1907,lvii, 330-335.- uor (U) Renversement temporaire de la cornee. Bull Soc. de chir. de Lyon, 1900-1901, iv, 17-19.- Doyne (R. W ) Recurring superficial necrosis of the cornea. Tr. Ophth. Soc. L. Kingdom. Lond, 1899-1900, xx, 65-67.-Feter (J.) Oedcm der Hornhaut nach Zangengeburt. Centralbl. i. Pt^k1' ^Hg01li}'' LeiPz- lyl3> xxxvii, 164.-Franke (E.) w'l Erkrankungen des Epithels der Hornlwut. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1906, xliv, 508-532,1 pi._____ Ueber eine eigentiimliche Form von oberfliichhcher Horn- nauterkrankung. Ber. ii. d. Versarnml. d. ophth. Gesellsch CORNEA. 183 CORNEA. Cornea (Diseases of). Heidelb. 1910, Wiesb, 1911, xxxvi, 133-139 Veranderungen des Epithels der Hornhaut bei oberflachli- chen Hornhauterkrankungen. Dermat. Stud, Hamb. & Leipz, 1910 xxi, 300-304.—Friichte (W.) Klinische Mit- teilungen uber einige seltene Hornhauterkrankungen. Khn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1907, xlv, 62-69.— *uchs (E.) Ueber Randsklerose und Randatrophie der Hornhaut. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1901, Iii, 317-329.-----. Erkrankung der Hornhaut durch Schadigung von hlnten. Ibid., 1916, xcu, 145-236, 2 pi.—Giuliani. Du renversement ;^poraire de la cornee. Echo med. d. Cevennes, Nimes, 1909, x, 385-387.—Goldzieher (W.) Eine eigenthumhche Veranderung der Cornea. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1903, xxxix, 992.—Gros (H.) Mise en evidence des lesions corneennes par le verre bleu. Clin, opht. Par, 1920, xxiv, 596.—Gruber (R-) Anatomische Studien zur Hornhaut- Pathologie. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz., 1898, xlvi, 360-366, 1 pi.—Harvey (J.) Pinguecula y pterigium. Semana med, Buenos Aires, 1922, xxix, 230-236.—von Herrenschwand (F.) Ueber Schadigungen der Hornhaut im Hochgebirgs- knege. Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh, Leipz, 1916, xl, 161- 174.—Hertel (E.) Zur pathologischen Anatomie der Cornea. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. 1901, Wiesb, 1902, xxix, 59-63, 2 pi.—Hess (C.) Zur Pathologie des Hornhaut- endothels (nach Versuchen von Nagano). Sitzungsb. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wurzb, 1910, 69.—von Hippel (E.) Ueber die khnische Diagnose von Endothelverandemngen der Cornea und ihre Bedeutung fur die Auffassung verschie- dener Hornhauterkrankungen. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. Heidelb. 1898, Wiesb, 1899, xxvii, 67-83. -----. Die Ergebnisse meiner Fluoresceinmethode zum Nachweis von Erkrankungen des Hornhautendothels, nach experimentellen, klinischen und anatomischen Untersu- chungen. Arch. i. Ophth, Leipz, 1902, liv, 509-551, 1 pi. -----. Zur Pathologie des Hornhautendothels. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. 1901, Wiesb, 1902, xxix, 44-59.—Hoor (K.) [Diseases of the cornea.] Gy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1911, li, 312; 352; 373; 391; 411.—Hosch. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der angeborenen Hornhautleiden. Arch. f. Ophth.. Leipz., 1901, Iii, 490-497,1 pi.—Jennings (E.) An unusual condition ofthe cornea. N. Zealand M. J, Welling- ton, 1918, xvii, 210-212.—Knape (E. V.) Oedema corneae bei der Katze. Arch. f. vergleich. Ophthalmol, Leipz, 1910, i, 330-333.—Knapp. Trachoma follicles in the cornea. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1913, xhi, 514.—Koeppe (L.) Klinische Beobachtungen mit der Nernstspaltlampe und dem Horn- hautmikroskop. VIII. Mitteilung. Ueber zwei weitere bisher nicht beschriebene Hornhautveranderungen im Bilde der Nernstspaltlampe. Arch. f. Ophth, Berl, 1917, xciv, 250-274, 1 pi.—Kraupa (E.) Die Ichthyosis der Hornhaut. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1920, lxv, 903-905. -----. Ueber einen Spaltlampenbefund an den Hornhaut- nerven bei einem Fall von degenerativer Hornhaut veran- derung. Ibid., 1922, lxviii, 448-450.—Lazareff (Y. G.) Psoriasis vulgaris corneae. Vestnik oftalmol, Mosk, 1914, xxxi, 249-256.—Lewis (F. P.) Pulsating cornea. Ophthal- moscope, Lond, 1910, viii, 819.—Lewis (J. D.) Edema of the cornea. In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, v, 3360-3362—Marquez (M.) Un caso raro de afecci<5n corneal. Arch, de oftal. hispano-am, Barcel, 1905, v, 446-456. Also: Rev. espec. med, Madrid, 1905, viii, 337-346.—Marshall (C. D.) On certain diseases of the cornea met with in children. Practitioner, Lend., 1903, lxx, 16-23.—Marx (E.) De la sensibilite' et du dessechement de la cornee. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1921, clviii, 774-789.—Mayou (M. S.) Xerosis of the right cornea following trachoma. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1904, xxiv, 39.— Menzies (J. A.) Detachment of corneal epithelium. Ophth. Rev, Lond, 1902, xxi, 331-337. Also [Abstr.]: Brit. M. J, Lond, 1902, ii, 1428.—Morax (V.) Maladies de la cornee. Encycl. franc, d'opht. Par, 1906, v, 909-1049.—Nagano. Ueber experimentelle Untersuchungen zur Pathologie des Hornhautendothels. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Ge- sellsch. Heidelb. 1911, Wiesb, 1912, xxxvii, 361-363, 4 pi. -----. Untersuchungen zur Pathologie des Hornhautendo- thels. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1914, Ixxi, 26-68, 16 pi.— zur Nedden. Ueber einige seltene Infektionskrankheiten der Hornhaut. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1906, xliv, 479-494.—Paul (G.) Ueber Biologie und Histologie der spezifischen Epithelveranderungen auf der variolierten Kornea des Kaninchenauges. Ber. ii.d.Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. Heidelb. 1916, Wiesb, 1917, xl, 357-363.—Perlla (R.) Ueber pyamische Embolie im Limbus corneae. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1912, ii, 741-743.—Peters (A.) Ueber traumatische Hornhauterkrankungen (Erosionen, Keratitis disciformis und Ulcus serpens) und ihre Beziehun- gen zum Herpes corneae. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1903, lvii, 93-137.—Plchler (A.) Spmdelfiguren in kranken Horn- hiiuten. Klin. Monatsbl. i. Augenh, Stuttg, 1919, lxii, l£8- 202.—Pick (L.) Hornhautveranderungen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr.. Leipz. & Berl, 1921, xlvii, 227.—Reis (W.) Beitrage zur Histopathologic der parenchymatosen Er- krankungen der Cornea. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1907, lxvi, 201-262.—Rossler (F.) Hornhautveranderung nach Trige- minusverletzung. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1918, xxxi, 979.— Rubbrecht (Rl) La dystrophic marginale ectatique de la cornee. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1922, xxxix, 174-176.—Sae- misch (T.) Ein Fall von Scabies corneae. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1898, xxxvi, 449-453.—Schnaudlgel Cornea (Diseases of). (O.) Hornhautlasionen nach Narkosen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1913, lx, 1600.—Schneider (R.) Ueber pulsie- rende Hornhaut. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1921, lxvii, 73-78.—Schnyder (W. F.) Untersuchungen des nor- malen und pathologischen Endothels der Hornhaut mittels der Nernstspaltlampe. Ibid., 1920, lxv, 783-812.—von Schroeder (T.) Das Krankheitsbild und die Behandlung der Keratalgia traumatica und der recidivirenden Horn- hauterosionen. Mitth. a. d. St. Pctersb. Augen-Heilanst, 1898, Hft. 5, 26-39.—Seefelder. Ueber Hornhautverande- rungen im kindlichen Auge infolge von Drucksteigerung. Khn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1905, xliii, 321-335. 1 pi.—Splcer (W. T. H.) Vesicular affections of the cornea. Ophth. Rev, Lond, 1907, xxvi, 315-329.—Stephenson (S.) A series of four cases of infantile gangrene of the cornea in which the treponema pallidum was found. Lancet, Lond , 1907, ii, 1811-1813. -----. On sloughing corneae in infants; an account based Upon the records of thirty-one cases. Ophthalmoscope, Lond, 1910, viii, 782-818.—Strebel (J.) Ueber zwei seltene Hornhauterkrankungen. Beitr. z. Augenh, Hamb. & Leipz, 1913, Hft. 84, 351-404, 1 pi — von Szily (A.) Epithelstreifenerkrankung der Hornhaut; ein neues Krankheitsbild auf neurotischer Grundlage. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. Heidelb. 1918, Wiesb, 1919, xh, 406-415.—Toomey (N.) Primary vaccinia ofthe cornea. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1922, n. s, v, 292 — Trantas. Alteration senile rare de la cornee. Gaz. m£d. d'Orient, Constant, 1905,1, 93.—Velhagen. Ein Fall von Embolie des Randschlingen-Netzes der Hornhaut. Cen- tralbl. f. prakt. Augenh., Leipz, 1910, xxxiv, 353-355.— Waardenburg (P. J.) Een eigenaardige hoornvliesaan- doening. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst, 1916, i, 1053-1056.—Waldstein(E.) Erysipel der Hornhaut. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1910, xlvii, 328-337.—Wessely (K.) Zur Frage der Kalteschadigungen der Hornhaut. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1917-18, Ixxxiii, 1-11, 2 pi.—Wray (C.) Rare case of corneal disease, shown at the last meeting of the Society. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1914, xxxiv, 107-109. Cornea (Diseases of, Parasitic). See, also, Cornea (Inflammation of, Causes [etc.], of). Bargeton (J.) *Un cas de botryomycose de la cornee. 8°. Lyon, 1905. Ball (J. M.) Un cas de keratomycosis aspergillina. Chn. opht. Par, 1901, vii, 214. Also, transl.: Ophth. Klin, Stuttg.. 1901, v, 282.—Baquis (E.) & Cardone. Una nuova forma di cheratomicosi. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1905, xxxiv, 945-947.—Basso (D.) La cheratomicosi per Asper- gillus fumigatus. Ibid., 1900, xxix, 33-46,1 pi.—Cavara (V.) Una forma nuova di cheratomicosi (cneratomicosi muco- rina). Ibid., 1913, xlu, 650-674, 1 pi—Davids (H.) Ueber Aktinomykose der Hornhaut. Khn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg., 1921, lxvii, 69-72.—GrUter (W.) Keratomykosis aspergillina mit Bildung von Konidientragern. Ibid., 1914, n. F, xvii, 192-195.—Johnson (A. H.) Ein weiterer Beitrag zur leichten Form der Keratomykosis aspergillina. Ibid., 1903, ii, 206-208.—Kayser (B.) Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Keratomykosis aspergillina. Ibid., xii, 50-60.—Lindner (K.) Ein eigenartiger Fall von Keratomykosis aspergillina. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1913, lxxxv, 186-189.—Lowensteln (A.) Zur Aktinomykose der Hornhaut. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1914, n. F, xvii, 859-863.—Marx (E.) Zur Kenntnis der leichten Formen der Keratomycosis aspergillina. Ibid.. 1911, xlix, 361-368.—Morax (V.) Mykose der Kornea durch Verticillium verursacht. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. Heidelb. 1910, Wiesb, 1911, xxxvi, 331-333.—Mufioz Urra (F.) Un caso raro de afecci6n corneal queratomicosis aspergilar. Arch, de oftal. hispano- am, Barcel, 1917, xvii, 552-555.—Namyslowskl (B.) Ueber die Actmomyceten aus der menschlichen Hornhaut. Bull. internat. Acad. d. sc. de Cracovie, 1909, 418-426, 1 pi.— Orlofl (K. K.) [Actinomycosis of the cornea.] Vestnik oftalmol, Mosk, 1912, xxix, 653-662.-----. [Keratomyco- ses.] Ibid., 1913, xxx, 749-757.—Osterroht. Beitrage zur Kasuistik der Keratomykosis aspergillina. Berl. khn. Wchnschr, 1905, xhi, 173.—Rosenhauch (E.) Aktinomy- kose der Hornhaut. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1910, xlviii, 163-173.—Wicherkiewlcz (B.) Ueber eine Schimmelpilzerkrankung der Hornhaut. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1900, xl, 361-367, 1 pi. Also, transl.: Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1903, xxxu, 11-17, 1 pL—Zade (M.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Keratomycosis aspergillina. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1907, lxv, 417-427,1 pi. Cornea (Diseases of, Treatment of). Konigstein (L.) Die Behandlung der haufigsten und wichtigsten Augenkrankheiten. Hft. 2. Krankheiten der Hornhaut. 8°. Wien, 1890. Rozet (C.-M.-A.) *Du traitement des lesions inflammatoires de la cornee (abces, ulceres et keratites parenchymateuses) par la douche d'air chaud. 8°. Nancy, 1909. CORNEA. 184 CORNEA. (Diseases of, Treatment of). ile (J.) & Tribondeau (L.) Effets de l'etir Cornea Bergonie (J.) & Tribondeau (L.) Effets de i'etincelle de fulguration sur la cornee. Arch, d'eiectric mid, Bor- deaux, 1909, xvii, 411-418.—Bissell (E. J.) The use of steam in diseases of the cornea. J. Ophth, Otol. & Laryngol, N. Y, 1898, x, 303.—Boulai (J.) De quelques moyens therapeutiques dans les abces, ulceres, et en general dans toutes les infections de la cornee. Clinique, Par, 1909, iv, 50-54.—Buchanan (L.) A case of mycosis of the cornea. Tr. Ophth. Soc U. Kingdom, Lond, 1902-3, xxii, 29-31.— Bullot (G.) On the action of oxygen at low and high pressure upon the corneal endothelium. J. Physiol, Lond, 1904, xxxi, 359-364—Chotzen (T.) & Kuznltzky (E.j Die Strahlenbehandlung des Auges. Experimentelle und klinische Beitrage zur Bestrahlung der Kornea mit ultra- violettem Licht. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1918, lx, 19s 219.—Cords (R.) Experimentelle und klinische Erfahrungen iiber die Wirkungsweise des Scharlachrot bei Hornhauterkrankungen. Ibid., 1910, xlviii, 1-14.—Crisp (W. H.) The treatment of corneal conditions by the general practitioner. Colorado Med, Denver, 1920, xvii, 44-47 — Deschamps. De l'emploi de la curette dans le traitement des affections de la cornee. Dauphind med, Grenoble, 1910, xxxiv, 34-39.—Dutoit (A.) Ueber die Anwendung des Kokains bei Hornhautaffektionen. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1908, xxxviii, 179-181.—Emmert (E.) Zur Behandlung schwerer ekzematoser Hornhauterkrankungen. Cong, internat. d'opht, 1904, Lausanne, 1905, t>141. [Dis- cussion], °129.—Ewing (A. E.) A further report upon "a useful mild caustic;" its employment in cancer and affections of the cornea. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1910, xxvii, 129-135.— Flemming. Einfluss des Radiums auf Hornhauterkrankungen. Berl. klin.Wchnschr, 1911, xlviii, 683.—Fuchs (A.) Ueber subkonjunktivale lnjektionen. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1921, Ixxi, 1051-1053.—Fyodoroft (I.) [ Ichthyol in diseases of the cornea.] Vestnik oftalmol, Kiev, 1902, xix, 243-245.—Gros. Cautere a basse temperature pour la thermotheYapie corneenne. Chn. opht., Par, 1920, xxiv, 352-354.—Gutmann (G.) Ueber einige fur den prak- tischen Arzt wichtige Erkrankungen der Hornhaut und ihre Behandlung. Klin. Jahrb, Jena, 1902, x, 305-322.— Herron (J. T.) Iodine in diseases of the cornea. J. Tenn. M. Ass, Nashville, 1914-15, vii, 281.—Jacqueau (A.) Traitement des 6tats infectieux de la cornee par l'eau oxyg^nee. Lyon med, 1907, cviii, 285-288.—Kaz (R.) Eserin und Atropin bei Erkrankungen der Hornhaut. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh.. Stuttg, 1912, i, 330-334.-----. [Corneal bandage of celluloid film.] Vestnik Oftalmol, Mosk, 1914, xxxi, 33.5-337.—Lauber (H.) Ueber die Be- handlung oberflachlicher Hornhauterkrankungen mit Radium. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1921, Ixxi, 1066-1068 — M'Gillivray (A.) The importance ofthe corneal temperature and nictitation in corneal therapeutics. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1904, ii, 1301—Morgenroth (J.) & Ginsberg (S.) Ueber die Wirkung der China-Alkaloide auf die Cornea. Berl. khn. Wchnschr, 1912, xlix, 2183.-----------. Hornhaut- anasthesie durch Chinaalkaloide. Ueber die Wirkung der Chinaalkaloide auf die Cornea. Ibid.. 1913,1. 343-346. Also: Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1913), 1914, xliv, pt. 2, 18-28. [Diskussion], pt. 1, 14— Nance (W. O.) A note on the use of scarlet red in corneal diseases. J. Ophth. & Oto- Laryngol, Chicago, 1911, v, 41.—Ortin (G. L.) Ligeras consideraciones sobre ciertas lesiones at6nicas de la c6rnea y de su tratamiento. Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. m£d, Madrid, 1909, xxi, 96-101.—Ostrom (L.) Prevention of infection of the cornea. Ophthalmology, Seattle, 1916-17, xiii, 238-246 — Ovio (G.) Secondo contributo alio studio anatomo-patolo- gico sulla causticazione. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1906, xxxv, 58-64, 2 pi.—Pechin (A.) Cauterisation etoilee de la cornee. Bull, et m£m. Soc. franc, d'opht. Par, 1903, xx, 401-408. Also: Rev. d'hyg. et de m£d. inf. [etc.], Par.', 1903, ii, 476- 483.—Peel (T. A.) Notes on the vaccine treatment of infec- tions which involve the cornea. Ophthalmoscope, Lond 1913, xi, 471-473,-Pf y Sufier (F.) Las afecciones de la c6mea y los trastornos nutritivos e infecciosos. Gac san de Barcel, 1906, xviii, 17; 23; 37; 71— Reltsch. Farbung der oberflachlieh erkrankten Hornhaut mit Fluorescein und Biebricher Scharlachrot. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz. 1915 lxxxix, 298-307.—Rumsey (C. L.) The value of the occlu- sive bandage in corneal affections. J. Ophth, Otol. & Laryngol, Lancaster, Pa, 1915, xxi, 952.—Sannow (K ) Zur Behandlung von Hornhauterkrankungen mit Wasscr- stoffsuperoxyd. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg 1921 lxvi, 272-277.—Schalscha. Ueber Anatzung der Hornhaut durch zu starke Hollensteinlosung. Wchnschr. f. Therap u Hyg. d. Auges, Dresd, 1904, vii, I21.-Shahan (W. E.) Corneal thcrmotherapy. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis 1917 xxxiv, 321-328.—Steindorff (K.) Ueber die Wirkung einiger Chlorderivate des Methans; Aethans und Aethylens auf die Hornhaut des Tierauges. Berl. klin. Wchnschr 1921, lviii, 813.-Trezza (S.) Sul raschiamento corneale l'ratica d. med, Napoli, 1907-8, viii, 315-318 —Wessely (K ) Experimentelle Beitrage zur Dampfkauterisation der Kornea. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1915, lxxx, 1-31, 3 pi. Cornea (Dystrophy of). Axenfeld (T.) Ueber doppelseitige primare progressive parenehymatose Verkalkung (Dystrophia calcarea) der Kornea Ber. u. d. Versamml. d. ophth. (iesellsch. Heidelb 1916, Wiesb, 1917, xl, 377-395.-Clegg (J. G.) Remarks'on Cornea (Dystrophy of). dystrophies of the cornea and glaucoma, with especial reference to a familial variety of the former. Tr. Ophth. c6rnea. Rev. m£d. cubana, Habana, 1913, xxiii, 14.3-1.50.— Guist (O.) Dystrophia epithelialis corneae Fuchs. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1920, lxx, 2026.—Hoppe (J.) KUnischer Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Dystrophia epithelialis corneae (Fuchs). Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1912,1, pt. 1, 227-233.—Junius. Dystrophia marginalis corneae bei einem jugendhchen Manne. Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl, 1912, xxviii, 43-50, 1 pi.—Knapp (A.) Dystrophia epithelialis corneae (Fuchs), with the report of a case. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Phila, 1909-11, xh, 745-747. Also: Arch. Ophth, N.Y, 1911, xl, 532.—Knapp (P.) Kasuistischer Beitrag zu der Dystrophiaepithelialiscorneaenac-h Fuchs. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1911, lxxviii, 331-336.—Lewis (J. D.) Dystrophy of the cornea. In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, v, 3356-3359.—Motolese (F.) Contributo clinico alia conoscenza della distrofia epiteliale della cornea. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1913, xlu, 272-285— Reese (R. G.) Dystrophia epithelialis corneye. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1913, xxiii, 131 135.—de Schwelnitz (G. E.) Concerning dystrophy of the corneal epithelium, with the report of two cases. Tr. Coll. Phys, Phila, 1913, 3. s, xxxv, 419.— Terrien (F.) Dystrophic marginale sym£trique des deux cornees, avec astigmatisme r^gulier consecutif; guerison par la cauterisation ignee. Rec. d'opht. Par, 1899, 3. s, xxi, 715-717. Also: Arch, d'opht. Par, 1900, xx, 12-21.----- La dystrophie marginale ectatique de la cornee. Ibid., 1921, xxxix, 523-533.—Urlbe y Troncoso (M.) Un caso de dis- trofia epitelial de la cornea. An. de oftal, Mexico, 1911-12, xiv, 133-136. Also, transl.: Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1912, cxlvii, 111-113.—Whltham(L. B.) Dystrophiaepithelialis corneae; report of a case. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull, Bait, 1914, xxv, 156-158. A lso. Reprint.—Wood (C. A.) Distrophyof the cornea. In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1915, vi, 4108-1112. Cornea (Ectasia of). Micker (F.) *Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der chronischen peripheren Verdunnung und Ekta- sie der Hornhaut. [Freiburg i. B] S°. Miin- chen, 1906. Vogel (H. S.) *Anatomiseher Beitrag zur Kenntnis der chronischen peripheren Horn- hautektasie. 8°. Tubingen, 1910. Adamantiadis (B.) Un cas d'ectasie cireonscrite de la cornee. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1910, xxx, 46-51.—Brazeau (G. N.) Circumscribed ectasia of the cornea. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1921, 3. s, iv, 674. Also: Wisconsin M. J, Milwaukee, 1921-2, xx, 296.—Carra & Scbrameck. Ectasie du globe oculaire suite de leucome adherent; obser- vation clinique et anatomo-pathologique. Bull, et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht. Par, 1901, xviii, 455 458, 1 pi.—Coats (G.) Pathological examination of the specimen from a case of marginal kerateetesia previously shown by Mr. J. Herbert Fischer. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1911, xxxi, o-17, 2 pi.—Cobbledick (A. S.) Ectasia of cornea four years after perforating wound. Proc. Rov. Soc Med, L'ond, 1913-14, vii, pt. 3, Ophthalmol. Sec, 4.—Fisher (I. H ) A case of marginal kerateetasia, bilateral. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1909-10, xxx. 25-27.-Gallenga KM Delle ectasie opache congenite della cornea. Rendic d Ass. med.-chir. di Parma, Roma, 1900, i, 58-61.-----. Con- tributo alia conoscenza delle ectasie opache congenite della cornea da cheratite intrauterina. Arch, di ottal, Palermo 1903-4, xi,31-41,1 pl.-GUbert (W.) Ueberdie Beziehungen der peripheren Rmnenbildung und peripheren Ektasie der Hornhaut zum A reus senilis und zur chronischen peripheren I-urchenkeratitis. Klin. Monatsbl. f Augidi, Stuttg — 1908, xlvi, 145-lt r. - (ireen (J.) Corneal ectasia with preser- vation of central transparency subsequent to recurrent marginal keratitis. Scient. Tr. M. Soc. City Hosp. Alumni. bt Louis (1901), 1902, 224-227.-Knapp (i\) Ueber einen 1 al von pulsierender Hornhautektasie. Ztschr. f. Vueenh Berl. 1901, vi, 474-476.-Kyrlelels. Ein Beitrag zu der peripheren Rmnenbildung und peripheren Ektasie der Hornhnut. Khn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg, 1921, lxvi r'/V5^-Lau^er.,iH-) Ueber l»'riphei-e Hornhautektasie. Ibid., 190.., xlm 382 :m, 1 pl.-Lussi (U.) Hornhautver- dunnmg mit und ohue Ekstasie. Ibid., 1920, lxv, 905-910.— Marquez. Un caso de ectasia corneal transparente, peri- tonea, con enorme nstigmatismo. Arch, de oftal. hispano- am Barcel, 1916 xvi, 70v tu. Pokrovskl(A.L) [Eetasis of the cornea.] V raeh. Gaz, S.-1'eterb, 1912, xix, 767-770.- :*aa°VE0 Kerateetasia partialis. Szemeszet, Budapest, 1910, xlvu 118-121.-Rupprecht (J.) Tathologisch-anato miscner Beitrag zur Kenntnis der peripheren Hornhaut- ektasie. khn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1907, xlv, 34- 41, 1 pl-Rzhanltsln (F. A.) {Bilateral peripheral eetasis ?,»thecoTne*-] Vestnik oftalmol, Mosk, 1909, xxvi, 299- 303-Schultz (M. H.) Bilateral marginal thinning and ectasia of corn** Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1911, xx, 677 Bi- .4ho: Illinois M. J, Springfield, 1911, xix, 780. - lateral marginal thinning and kerateetasia with perforation CORNEA. 185 CORNEA. Cornea (Ectasia of). on one side. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1911, xl, 368-372, 2 pi.— Seefelder (R.) Zur Entstehung der peripheren Hornhaut- ektasie. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg, 1906, xliv, ojr64- ~.—• Klinisches und Anatomisches uber periphere Rmnenbildung und periphere Ektasie der Hornhaut. Ibid., 1907, xlv, 475; 573, 2 pi— Telepnefl (N. A.) [Bilateral partial keratectasis resulting from trachomatous pannus.] Vestnik Oftalmol, Mosk, 1914, xxxi, 751.—Terrien (F.) Ectasie transitoire au cours du keratocone. Arch- d'opht. Par, 1906, xxvi, 9-12.—True (H.) Keratocele anterieure; ectasie keratique ampullaire dans l'ophtalmie des nouveau- njs. Rev. gen. d'opht. Par, 1911, xxx, 193-198.—Vaudettl (S-) & Passera (E.) Contributo chnico alia conoscenza dell assottighamento cronico periferico e dell' ectasia mar- ginale della cornea. Ophthalmologica, Torino, 1909, i, 97- 125, 2 pi.—Vlshnyakofl (N. I.) [Bilateral peripheral keratoectasia.] Vestnik oftalmol, Mosk, 1909, xxvi, 420-422. Cornea (Embryology of). Braun (R.) *Beitrage zur Entwicklungs- geschichte der Cornea der Wirbeltiere. [Erlan- gen.] 8°. Munchen, 1902. Wolfrum (M.) *Beitrage zur Entwicke- lungsgeschichte der Cornea der Sauger. [Er- langen.] 8°. Wiesbaden, 1902. Also, in: Anat. Hefte, Wiesb, 1903, 68. Hft, 59-93,1 p . Baurmann (M.) Ueber metaplastische Umwandlung der Kornea bei Forellenembryonen. Khn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1922, lxviii, 73-81.—Crevatin (F.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der epithehalen Geflechte der Hornhaut der Saugetiere. Anat. Anz, Jena, 1903, xxiii, 151-154.—Fischel (A.) Zur Histologie der Urodelen-Cornea und des Flim- merepithels. Anat. Hefte, Wiesb, 1900, xv, 231-266, 1 pi — Hirsch (C.) 1st die f Stale Hornhaut vaskularisiert? Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1906, xhv, 13-30.—Kayser (B.) Ueber Embryotoxon corneae posterius nebst einem Befund von persistierenden Resten der Membrana capsulo-pupdlaris lentis. Ibid., 1922, lxviii, 82-86.—Knape (E. V.) Ueber die Entwickelung der Hornhaut des Htihnchens. Anat. Anz, Jena, 1909, xxxiv, 417-424.-----. Studien iiber die Rolle des vorderen Glaskorpers in der Embryologie der Hornhaut. Mitt. a. d. Augenklin. d. Carolin. med.-chir. Inst, zu Stock- holm, Jena, 1910, 11. Hft, 105-134.—de Ladijenski (V.) Sur 1'evolution de la structure fibrillaire de la cornee chez l'embryon de poule. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1915, Lxxviii, 307. Cornea (Erosions of). Cuperus (N. J.) Over zoogenaamde recidiveerende cornea erosie. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1908, 2. R, xliv, 1. afd, 800-803. Also, transl.: Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1908, lxi, 26-29.—Curdy (R. J.) Recurrent trau- matic erosion of the cornea; report of a case due to lachrymal stricture. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1906-8, xi, 594- 597. Also: Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1908, xvii, 670-672.— Feilchenield (H.) Zur Prophylaxe der Rezidive bei Erosionen der Hornhaut. Deutsche med.Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1905, xxxi, 425-427.—Hirsch (C.) Ueber die soge- nannte "recidivirende Erosion der Hornhaut" und ihre Behandlung. Prag. med. Wchnschr, 1898, xxiii, 317-320.— Janner (J.) Pathogenese und Therapie der Erosion der Cornea. Heilkunde, Berl, 1902, vii, 198-201.—Kaufimann (E.) Klinische Studien zur Frage der rezidivierenden Erosion. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1907, xlv, 202-210. Also: Ophth. Klin, Stuttg, 1907, xi, 80-88.— Kraupa (E.) Erosio corneae durch einen Wespenstachel im Lide. Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh, Leipz, 1911, xxxv, 321-324.—Purtscher (O.) Erosio corneae durch einen BienenstachelimLide. Ibid., 360.—von Reuss (A.) Ueber recidivirende traumatische Erosionen der Hornhaut. Prag. med. Wchnschr, 1898, xxiii, 243-245. -----. Die Erosionen der Hornhaut und ihre Folgen. Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh, Leipz, 1901, xxv, 78; 103.—Schoeler (F.) Zur Frage der Hornhaut-Erosionen. Ibid., 161-165.— Schreiber (L.) Die Behandlung der "rezidivierenden Hornhauterosionen" mit Scharlachsalbe. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1914, Ixxxvii, 174-184.—von Szily (A.) Ueber rezi- divierende Epithelerosion infolge von Endothelveranderun- gen und iiber Epithelstreifen in der Kornea. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. (Heidelb.), Wiesb, 1913, xh, 56-66, 2 pi.—Wagenmann. Ueber rezidivierende Erosionen der Kornea. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1905, hi, 94 — Wolfiberg. Traumatische rezidivierende Hornhauterosion. Wchnschr. f. Therap. u. Hyg. d. Auges, Dresd, 1918-19, xxii, 2.—Wyler (J. S.) Recurring corneal erosions. Oph- thalmol, Seattle, 1910-11, vii, 564-567. Cornea (Excision of). Bonnefon & Lacoste. De la keratectomie reparante experimentale. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1912, lxxiii, 147.—Brunetiere. Amputation de la cornee; suture en bourse avec capitonnage musculaire; resultat eMoigne. Bull. et mem. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1914), 1915, 222. Also: Gaz. hebd. d. sc. m6d. de Bordeaux, 1914, xxxv, 322 — Fage. La keratectomie k lambeaux. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1906, xxvi, 436-439. Also: Bull, et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht. Cornea (Excision of). Par, 1906, xxiii, 433-437.—Foroni (C.) Cheratectomia. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1913, xhi, 490-495,1 pi. Also: Liguria med, Genova, 1914, viii, 49-52.-----. Keratectomy. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1917, xlvi, 57-60.—Wood (C. A.) Keratec- tomy. In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood). Chicago, 1916, ix, 6748-6752.—Ziegler (S. L.) Trefoil or stellate kera- tectomy for anterior staphyloma. T. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1914, lxiii, 839-842. Cornea (Fistula of). Ball (J. M.) Fistula of the cornea. St. Louis M. Rev.. 1903, xlvii, 251-253. [Discussion], 256.—Kessler (H. J.) Fistula corneae genezen door iridectomie en galvanocausis corneae. Geneesk. Tijdschr. v. Nederl. Indie, Batav, 1894, xxxiv, 85-87.—Kuhnt (H.) Zur Behandlung der Fistula corneae. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1914, xxxii, 421-426.— Lans. Dubbelzijdige fistula corneae centralis. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1904, 2. R, xl, d. 1, 648-651 — Lavie. Fistule corneenne a cicatrice cistoide. J. de m6d. de Bordeaux, 1904, xxxiv, 356.—Noceti (A.) Fistula de la cornea. Rev. Soc. med. argent, Buenos Aires, 1908, xvi, 47-52, 3 col. pi.—Opin. Fistule corneenne par enclavement capsulaire. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1913, cxlix, 419-423.—Sattler (C. H.) Hornhautfistel, herbeigefiihrt anscheinend durch Perforation einer zum Teil verkalkten Linse. Arch. f. Ophth, Berl, 1921, cv, 502-506.—Terson (A.) Fistule con- f;nitale de la cornee. Bull, et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht, ar, 1899, xvii, 365-370. Also [Abstr.]: Clin, opht. Par, 1899, v, 121.—Wood (C. A.) Fistula of the cornea. In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, v, 3367- 3369.—WUrdemann (H. V.) Central fistula? of the cornea persisting several years. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1901, x, 565, 1 pi. Cornea (Foreign bodies in). Giraudeau (R.) *Etude sur les corps Strangers de la cornee. 8°. Paris, 1907. Amerigo (R. R.) Un caso raro de cuerpo extrano en la c6rnea. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract, Madrid, 1915, cviii, 254.—Bane (W. C.) Foreign bodies in tne cornea; treatment. Railway Surg. J, Lond, 1912-13, xix, 180-183.—Bock (E.) Khimpchen Anilinfarbe als Fremdkorper der Hornhaut. Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh, Leipz, 1904, xxviii, 105.— Bordas (F.) Cuerpo extrano enclavado en todo el espesor de la cornea. Rev. de cien. mecl. de Barcel, 1915, xii, 49-51.— Callaert. Corps strangers de la cornee implanted perpen- diculairement au plan de l'iris et du cristallin. Clinique, Brux, 1912, xxvi, 385.—Cecha (A. H.) Removal of foreign bodies from the cornea and conjunctiva. U. States Nav. M. Bull, Suppl, Wash, 1918, 31-33.—Chambers (E. R.) Prolonged: retention of foreign body in the cornea. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1920, i, 363.—Conkey (C. C.) Foreign bodies in the cornea. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1906, xv, 59-61 — Dehoques (J. L.) Cuerpos extranos multiples de la c6rnea; consideraciones relativas a su extraction. Arch, de la Soc. estud. chn. de la Habana, 1904-6, xiii, 42-46. Also: Rev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1904, ix, 619-621—Deloge (C.) Perforation de la cornee par corps strangers. Clinique, Par, 1908, ii, 67-69—Bowling (J. I.) Foreign body imbedded in the cornea for a year. J. Ophth, Otol. & Laryngol, N. Y, 1901, xiii, 190-192.—Emanuel (C.) Ein einfacher Beleuch- tungsapparat fiir die Entfernung von Fremdkorpern aus der Hornhaut. Khn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1912, ii, 359.—Fuller (E. M.) A new method of treating foreign bodies in the cornea as evidenced in the treatment of 808 recent consecutive cases. J. Med. & Sc, Portland, 1903-4, x, 158-160.—Haase (W.) Stiletnadel zum Entfernen von Fremdkorpern aus der Hornhaut und zu ahnlichen Manipu- lationen. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1912,1, pt. 1, 569.—von Haselberg. Wimper, in die Hornhaut eingeheilt. Wchnschr. f. Therap. u. Hyg. d. Auges, Dresd, 1914-15, xviii, 145.—Ischreyt (G.) Ueber Hornhautfremdkorper. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr, 1901, n. F, xviii, 445-449.— Jackson (E.) Foreign bodies retained in the cornea. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1898, i, 82-84.—Jennings (J. E.) Re- moval of foreign bodies from the cornea and treatment to prevent ulceration. J. Missouri M. Ass, St. Louis, 1919, xvi, 263.—Lacroix (A.) Du renversement temporaire de la cornee pour l'extraction des corps strangers profonds de cette membrane. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1922, xxxix, 349-352 — Lalon (C.) Etude statistique sur les corps strangers pro- fessionnels de la cornee. Ibid., 1911, xxxi, 294-307.—Marin Amat (M.) Trozo de cana enclavado en la c<5rnea, haciendo prominentia en la camara anterior hasta las proximidades del iris, aparentemente bien tolerado; extracci6n; curaci6n. Rev. cubana de oftal, Habana, 1921, hi, 432-436.—Meding (C. B.) Case of chestnut-bur thorns in the cornea; recovery, partly by absorption, partly by removal of the thorns. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1902. xxxi, 545.—Nadeau (E. G.) Concerning foreign bodies oi the cornea. Railway Surg. J, Chicago, 1915-16. xxii, 294-299.—Qulntana (I.) Sobre un cuerpo extrano de la c<5rnea. Rev. san. mil, Buenos Aires, 1915, xiv, 130-132.—Reynolds (D. S.) Foreign bodies in the cornea. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin, 1905, n. s, lxxvii, 131- 134.—Rlvero (P. G.) Consideraciones sobre sesenta casos de cuerpos extranos superficiales de la cdrnea. Bol. de san. mil, Buenos Aires, 1909, viii, 165-168.—Salas Campoy (J.) Dos casos de mancha metalica en la cornea observados en CORNEA. 186 CORNEA. Cornea (Foreign bodies in). la clinica oftalmologica del Dr. Barraquer. Rev. de cien. med. de Barcel, 1903, xxix, 70-72.—Salzer (F.) Ueber das Verhalten organischer Fremdkorper (Eihautchen una con- servirter Pferdehornhaut) in der Hornhaut des Kanmehens. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1909, lxiv, 379-390,3 pi.—Schafler (A.) Ueber einige seltenere Fremdkorperverletzungen der Hornhaut. Prag. med. Wchnschr, 1913, xxxviii. 43o — Siini. Corpi estranei nella comea (piccola contnbuzione alia estrazione dei). Boll, d'ocul, Firenze, 1904, xxhi, 2-4.— Socor (G.) Morceau de verre sejournant dans la cornee de l'oeil gauche pendant pres d'un an. Bull, et mem. Soc. d. med. et nat. de Jassy, 1912, xxvi, 131— SourdUle (G.) Les corps etrangers de la cornee. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1909, 2. s, xxvii, 842-846.—Terrien (F.) Conduite k tenir en presence de corps etrangers de la cornee. Clinique, Par, 1906, i, 214—Trantas (A.) La cornee des marbners; mar- marokoniasis. Med. orient. Par, 1909, xhi, 3S7-389.— Vatllancourt (J.) Corps etrangers et traumatisme de la cornee. Bull. m6d. de Quebec, 1912, xiii, 294-299— Wlllot. Traitement par destruction de certains corps Strangers ae la cornee. Bull, et mem. Soc. med.-chir. du nord, Lille, 1907, iii, 105-108.—Wolffberg. Gefuhlstausehung bei der Lokalisierung von Hornhautfremdkorpern. Wchnschr. f. Therap. u. Hyg. d. Auges, Dresd, 1918-19, xxii, 173.— Wright (R. A.) The removal of foreign bodies from the cornea. Internat. J. Surg, N. Y, 1914, xxvii, 317-320. Cornea (Haemorrhage into). See Comea (Infiltration of). Cornea (Herpes of). Baack (B.) *Ueber Herpes corneae febriles. 8°. Jena, 1907. Disson (E.) *Ueber Herpes corneae febrilis. (Nach dem Krankenmaterial der Heidelberger Klinik vom Oktober 1910 bis April 1912.) 8°. Heidelberg, 1913. Stockmeier (H.) *Die Beziehungen des Herpes corneae zum Trauma. 8°. Rostock, 1917. Weinstein (G.) *Die Variationen des Herpes corneae nach den Beobachtungen der Rostocker Augenklinik vom 1. Oktober 1904 bis 1. Oktober 1909. 8°. Rostock, 1910. Wenk (A. [J. J. O.]) *Ueber die im Vereins- lazarett zu Heidelberg wahrend des Krieges beobachteten Falle von Herpes corneae. 8°. Heidelberg, 1919. Ammann (E.) Neues Heilungsverfahren beim Herpes corneae febrilis. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1908, lxi, 194-197.— Aublneau (E.) Herpes de la cornee et vaccination anti- typhique. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1921, xxxix, 741-745 — Boeckmann (E.) Elerpes corneae. Minnesota Med, St. Paul, 1922, v, 277-285—Cabannes. Herpes nevralgique de la cornee. Bull, et mem. Soc franc d'opht. Par, 1908, xxv, 367-371. Also: Clin, opht. Par, 1908, xiv, 357-359.—Cauvln (C.) Herpes nevralgique de la cornee. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1910, xxx, 359-366.—Disson (E.) Ueber Herpes corneae febrilis. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1916, xxx, 79-81.—Eppen- steln (A.) Zur Frage der traumatischen Aetiologie des Herpes corneae. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg.. 1918, lxi, 323.—Fernandez (F. M.) Un caso de queratitis herp6- tica febril, ocurrido durante el curso de la meningitis cerebro- espinal epktemica. Rev. cubana de oftal, Habana, 1920, ii, 570-572.—Galezowskl. Des keratites herpetiques et de leur traitement. Rec. d'opht. Par, 1898, 3. s, xx, 193-204.— Gam per (F.) Zur traumatischen Aetiologie des Herpes corneae febrilis. Khn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1917, lviii, 224-239.—Giannettasio (N.) Di un raro caso dl erpete circinato della cornea. Ann. di ottal.. Pavia, 1893, xxii, 384-39H.—Grtlter (W.) Experimentelle und khnische Untersuchungen iiber den sogenannten Herpes corneae. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. deutsch. ophth. Gesellsch. 1920, Munchen & Wiesb, 1921, xlu, 162-167.—Hellborn (F.) Ein Beitrag zum primaren Herpes corneae neuralgicus. Wchn- schr. f. Therap. u. Hyg. d. Auges, Bresl, 1906-7, x, 25 — Isakowltz. Zur Behandlung des Herpes corneae. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1917, lxiv, 1344.—Ledbetter (S. L.) Kera- titis herpetica. Tr. West. Ophth, Otol. [etc.) \ss. Ophth. Div, St. Louis, 1899, 67-70. Also: Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1899, xvi, 88-90.—Le Roux (H.) Deux observat ions d'herpes de la cornee consecutif a la vaccination antitvphoidique. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1921, xxxix, 112-115— Lowensteln (A.) Uebertragungsversuche mit dem Virus des fieberhaftcn Herpes. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1920, lxiv, 15-31. -----. Neuere Ergebnisse der Herpesforschung. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. deutsch. ophth. Gesellsch. 1920, Munchen & Wiesb, 1921, xhi, 167-171.—Luger (A.) & Lauda (E.) Zur Kenntnis der Uebertragbarkeit der Keratitis herpetica des Menschen auf die Kaninehenkornea. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1921, xxxiv, 132— Mosso (G.) Erpete corneale mestruale recidivante. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1911, xl, 34-57.—Pacheco Luna (R.) Lesiones oculares consecutivas a las inyecciones de vacuua anti- tifoidea; observaci6n de keratitis herpetica febril. Cron. Cornea (Herpes of). med.-quir. de la Habana, 1920, xlvi, 33-39.—Parsons (J. H.) ' Herpetic and allied affections of the cornea. Lancet, Lond, 1907 i, 1412-1414.—Ronne(H.) Herpes corneae menstrualis. Khn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1910, xlviii, 328-330.— Rossi (V.) Herpes corneae associata a sindrome di Bernard- Horner in soggetto simpaticotonico. Arch, di ottal, Napoli, 1920, xxvii, 221-2^7.—Sidler-Huguenin. Zur Frage des traumatischen Herpes corneae. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1919, xlix, 561-575.—Stocker (F.) Zur Frage der infektioscn Natur des Herpes corneae febrilis. Klin. Mo- natsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1920, lxv, 298-315.-----. Zur Frage der traumatischen Auslosung des Herpes corneae. Schweiz. med. Wchnschr, Basel, 1921, li, 610-615.—Strebel (J.) Ueber das Fehlen des Schluckreflexes bei Anasthesie und Hypasthesie der Hornhaut und seine praktische Be- deutung; zur Therapie des Herpes corneae febrilis. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1918, xlviii, 1311-13U.—Sulzer. De l'herpes febrile recidivant de la cornee. Bull, et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht. Par, 1898. xvi, 231-240. Also: Rev. gen. d'opht. Par, 1898, xvii. 269-271.-Theobald (?) Herpes corneae febrilis. N. York M. J. [etc] 1916, civ, 247. Also, Reprint. -----. Observations upon herpes corneae febrilis, with reference, especially to etiology. Tr. Am Ophth. Soc, Phila, 1916, xiv, 520-527. Cornea (Histology of). Ballowltz (E.) Zur Kenntnis der Homhautzellen des Menschen und der Wirbelthiere. Arch. f. Ophth.. Leipz, 1899, xlix, 8-26, 2 pi. -----. Kernmetamorphosen in der Hornhaut wahrend ihres Wachsthums und im Alter. Ibid., 1900, 1, 360-367, 1 pi.—Baquls. Sulla natura e genesi delle varie formazioni jaline della cornea. Cong. d. Ass. oftal. ital. Rendic, Pavia, 1898, xv, 92-94— Barinettl (C.) Di una fine particolarita di struttura nelle cellule dell' epitelio della cornea. Boll. d. Soc med.-chir. di Pavia, 1911, xxv, 5-9.—Bullot (G.) & Lor (L.) De I'influence exercee par l'epithelium de la cornee sur rendotMlium et le tissu cor- n£ens de l'oeil transplants. Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg, 1899, 4. s, xiii, 421-450,1 pi. Also: Inst. Solvav. Trav. de lab, Brux, 1900, 1-32.—Capelllnl (C.) Sui corpuscoli corneali. Anniv. (Nei xxv.) di insegn. clin. d. prof. A. Riva, Parma, 1902, 227-229,1 pi.—Colombo (G.) Sulla dimostra- zione delle fibre elastiche nella cornea di alcuni mammiferi. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1903, xxxii, 383-401. Also: Mem. d. Cong. d. Ass. oftal. ital. 1902, Pavia, 1903, xvi, 162-180, 2 pi. -----. Di un metodo per tingere "intravitam" i granuli Erotoplasmatici degli elementi cellulari della cornea, e per ssare stabUmente la colorazione ottenuta. Ztschr. f. wissensch. Mikr, Leipz, 1904. xx, 282-2**, 1 pi. Abo, Reprint.—Crevatin (F.) Su di alcuni corpuscoli del plesso subepiteliale della cornea dei topi. Rendic. Accad. d. sc. d. 1st. di Bologna, 1900-1901, n. s, v, 36. -----. Ueber das strudelartige Geflecht der Hornhaut der Saugetiere. Anat. Anz, Jena, 1901, xLx, 411-413.—De Lieto VoUaro (A.) Sulla esistenza nella cornea di fibre elastiche, colorabili col metodo di Weigert; loro derivazione dai corpuscoli fissi. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1907, xxxvi, 713-729, 7 pi.-----. Sulle fibre elastiche della cornea, e sulla loro derivazione dai corpuscoli fissi; primi risultati ottenuti col metodo di Wei- gert. Boll. d. osp. oftal. d. prov. di Roma, 1908, vi. 33.-----. Per una questione di pricrita riguardante la derivazione delle fibre elastiche dai corpuscoli fissi della cornea. Arch. di ottal, Napoh, 1908-9, xvi, 1S0-184.-----. Di un nuovo procedimento di tecnica per la colorazione nucleare e proto- plasmatica delle cellule della cornea propria. Ibid., 1909-10, xvii, 241-248. Also, transl.: Arch. f. vergleich. Ophthalmol, Leipz, 1909-10, i, 334; 452.—Frtdenberg (P.) The formation of vacuoles in corneal epithelium. N. York Eve & Ear Infirm. Rep, ls9\ vi, 9-ls.—Cirawltz (P.) Ueber die Wanderzcllen-Bildung in der Hornhaut. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etcl, Berl, l!>99, clviii, 1-2S, 2 pi.-----. Wander- zellenbildung in der Hornhaut. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl, 1913, xxxix, 1345—Ludwig (C.) Ueber die Grundsubstanz und die Zellen der Hornhaut des Auges. Ber. u. d. Verhandl. d. k. sachs. Gesellsch. d. Wissensch. zu Leipz. Math.-phys. Kl, 1S69, xxi, 305-359, 1 pi.— M'llroy (J. H.) On the presence of elastic fibres in the cornea. J. Anat. A Physiol, Lond, 1905-6, xl,2S2-291, 2 pi. Mawas (J.) Sur la presence, dans les cellules fixes de la cornee, des granulations colorables par le Sudan III. Compt. rend. Soc de biol. Par, 1911, Ixxi. 490.—Metafune (E.) Recherches des inclusions £pitheiiales dans la cornee nor- male et pathologique. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1911, cxlvi, 251- 255. — Monesl. l'roeesso speciale di colorazione delle cellule e dei nervi della cornea. Boll. d. Osp. oftal. d. prov. di Roma, 1908, vi, 76.—Morax (V.) Anatomie de la cornee. Encycl. franc, d'opht., Par, 1903, i, 403-417.—Orth (J.) Berichtigung zu der Mittheilung von Prof. Grawiu: Leber die Wanderzellen-Bildung in der Hornhaut im 1. Heft dieses Bandes. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc], Berl, 1899, clviii, 404—Paul. Ueber Biologie und Histologic der spezifischen Epithelveranderungen auf der variolierten Kornea des Kaninchens. Khn. Monatsbl. I. Augenh, Stuttg, 1916, lvu, 154.—Pes (O.) Studio sopra alcune particolarita di struttura della cornea umana. Progresso med., Torino, 1905, iv, 17-23.—Petronlo (G.) Sulla presenza di fibre elastiche nella cornea dei vertcbrati e nella cornea umana normale e patologica. Pathologica, Genova, 1914-15, vii, 189-191.—Rados (A.) Ueber die elastischen Fasern der CORNEA. 187 CORNEA. Cornea (Histology of). Hornhaut Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1913, lxxiii, 279-290, 1 pi.—Reid (T.) Demonstration on the histology of the cornea. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1898, ii, 483.—Retterer (E.) Structure de la cornee. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1908, lxiv, 1006-1009.—Salzmann-Brown. Corneal cells. 7m.- „m,- Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, hi, 1922—Seefelder (R.) Ueber die elastischen Fasern der menschlichen Cornea, dargestellt nach der Farbemethode von Held. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1909-10, lxxiii, 188-209. Also [A.bstr.1: Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. Heidelb. 1910, Wiesb, 1911, xxxvi, 308.-----. Ueber die elastischen Fasern der Hornhaut. Munchen. med. Wchn- schr, 1920, lxvii, 214.—Szili (A.) Ueber Disjunction des Hornhautepithels. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1900, li, 486- 531, 1 pi.—Tartuleri (F.) II tessuto elastico della cornea studiato con una speciale impregnazione metallica. Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1903,8. s, iii, 613-636, 4 pi. A lso, transl.: Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1903, lvi, 419-438, 3 pi.-----. Sul- 1' apparecchio elastico di sostegno della cornea. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1904, xxxiii, 331-340, 1 pi.—Totsuka (F.) Ueber die Centrophormien in dem Descemet'schen Epithel des-Rindes. Internat. Monatschr. f. Anat. u. Physiol, Leipz, 1901, xix, 68-73. Also: Sei-i-Kwai M. J., Tokyo, 1902, xxi, 17-21.—Vogt (A.) Die Sichtbarkeit des lebenden Hornhautendothels; ein Beitrag zur Methodik der Spalt- lampenmikroskopie. Arch. f. Ophth, Berl, 1919-20, ci, 123-144, 1 pi—Wyler (J. S.) Methylene blue for corneal staining. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1918, 3. s, i, 290. Cornea (Hyperkeratosis and sclerosis of). Tendering (K.) *Ein kasuistischen Beitrag zur Lehre von der Hornhaut-Sklerose. 8°. Er- langen, 1898. Dubreuilh (W.) Des hyperkeratoses circonscrites. Ann. de dermat. et syph.. Par, 1896, 3. s, vii. 1158-1204.— von Hebra (J.) Hyperkeratosis striata et follicularis. Internat. Atlas seit. Hautkr, Hamb. & Leipz, 1891, 14 pi. with text.—Jacqueau (A.) Sclerose des cornees chez un jeune sujet. Bull, et m4m. Soc. franc, d'opht. Par, 1904, xxi, 264-269. Also: Chn. opht. Par, 1904, x, 237-239.— Klingmuller. Ein sehr seltener Fall von Hyperkeratose. Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult. 1898, Bresl, 1899, lxxvi, 1. Abt, med. Sect, 67.—Komoto (J.) Ueber einen Fall von Keratosis der Kornea und der Bindehaut mit pathologisch-anatomischeni Befund. Khn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1909, xlvii, 259-268—Marmoiton (E.) Sclerose marginale de la cornee chez l'adulte. Clin, opht. Par, 1911, xvii, 594.—Meller (J.) Die Sklerose der Kornea. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1905, ii, 209-216, 2 pi.— Respighi (E.) Hyperkeratose figuree centrifuge atro- phiante. Ann. de dermat. et syph. Par, 1899, 3. s, x, 925-947, 1 pi. Also, transl.: Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat, Hamb, 1900, xxxi, 269-282.—Wassmuth (A.) Beitrag zur Lehre von der Hyperkeratosis diffusa congenita. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path, Jena, 1899, xxvi, 19-36, 2 pi. Cornea (Infiltrations of). Fritzel (R. F.) *Ueber wahreund scheinbare Durchblutung der Hornhaut. 8°. Munchen, 1911. Onfray (R.) *Semeiologie des infiltrations interstitielles de la cornee chez l'adulte. 8°. Paris, 1903. Romer (P.) Die Durchblutung der Horn- haut. 8°. Halle a. S., 1899. Ball (J. M.) Discoloration of the cornea with blood Eigment. Tr. Ophth. Div. Am. Acad. Ophth. [etc.], St. ouis, 1903, 181. Also: Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1903, xx, 364-366.—Begle (H. L.) Microscopical and chemical analysis of four cases of blood staining of the cornea. Arch. Ophth, N.Y, 1914, xliii, 393-104,1 pi.—Dianoux (P.) Des injections d'eau de mer dans les infiltrations de la cornee. Cong. internat. d'opht. d'Utrecht. C.-r, Amst, 1900, 523-524.— Duane (A.) The treatment of corneal infiltrations by iodine-vasogen. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1902, xxxi, 474-479. Also, transl.: Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg, Berl, 1903, lxxii, 770.— Fuchs (A.) Ueber einen neuen bakteriologischen Befund in einem Hornhautinfiltrat. Arch. f. Augenh.. Wiesb, 1915, Ixxviu, 139-151, 2 pi.—Gradle (H. S.) Bdateral blood staining of the cornea. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1922, 3. s, v, 638-642.—Grauer (C.) [Apoplexia corneae.) Ugeskr. f. Laeger, K0benh., 1902, 5. R, ix, 1225-1233.—Jocqs (R.) Ein Fall von Durchblutung der Hornhaut. Ophth. Klin, Stuttg, 1900, iv, 51.—Kauflmann (E.) Ein Fall von Durchblutung der Hornhaut. Ibid., 1901, v, 306-308 — Kusama. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Durchblutung der Kornea. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1914, n. F, xviii, 99-106.—Lane (F.) Peripheral annular infiltrate of the cornea following a scleral perforation. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1915, xxiv, 619-626.—Maghy (C.) Observations of blood staining of the cornea. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1919, 3. s, ii, 633-636.—Matsuoka (Y.) Nature of the so- called blood infiltration of the cornea. Ibid., 1920, 3. s, iii, 564-571.—Pearce. Recurring growth at limbus. Ibid., 58.— Cornea (Infiltrations of). Plssarello (C.) Apoplessia della cornea. Arch, di ottal, Napoh, 1918, xxv, 125-148.—Praoux. Traitement des infiltrations corneennes par les injections sousconjonctivales massives de serum artificiel. Bull. Soc. de m<5d. et chir. de La Rochelle (1898), 1900, 5. s. No. 10,33-38.—Richter (P.V.) Kasuistischer Beitrag zur Frage der Hornhautdurchblutung. Ophth. Khn.. Stuttg, 1904, viii, 241.—Santos Fernandez (J.) Infiltratidn total de la cornea y restablecimiento de su transpareneia. Cr6n. m&l.-quir. de la Habana. 1897, xxiii, 25-28.—Scheflels (O.) Ein Fall von Durchblutung der Hornhaut. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1901, v, 277-2S2.— ThilUez (L.) Infiltration sanguine de la cornee. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1900, ii, 5-11.—Uribe Troncoso (M.) Infiltra- tion sanguinea de la cdrnea. An. de oftal, Mexico, 1903-4, vi, 327.—Wads worth (O. F.) A case of discoloration of the cornea by blood pigment, and one of hemorrhage into the cornea; pathologicalexamination by F. H. Verhoeff. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1903-5, x, 594-604. Also: Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1905, xiv, 368-376.—Wells (D. W.) Staining of the cornea with blood pigment. Homceop. Eye, Ear & Throat J, N. Y, 1909, xv, 497-505, 1 pi.— Wernicke (O.) Infiltraci6n sanguinea de la cornea. Rev. cubana de oftal, Habana, 1919, i, 287-291.—Wirths (M.) Anatomische Befunde bei Durchblutung der Hornhaut. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1921, xlv, 15-21. Cornea (Inflammation of). Boerst (F.) *Z-wei seltene Falle von Horn- hautentziindung. 8°. Giessen, 1909. Kretzschmar (G. A.) *De ceratitide et sin- gulari quadam ejus specie. 8°. Lipsise, 1837. Watson (W. S.) On keratitis. 8°. London, 1864. Wubbena (W. J.) *Zur Statistik der Kerati- tiden. 8°. Kiel, 1902. Baquls (E.) Una forma rara di cheratite. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1903, xxxu, 160-167. Also: Mem. d. Cong. d. Ass. oftal. ital. 1902, Pavia, 1903, xvi, 46-53.—Bliss (T. F.) Corneal infections. OhioM. J, Columbus, 1908, iv, 163-166 — Boke (J.) Keratosis obturans. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1902, xxxviii, 126-128.—Burnham (G. H.) Variolous inflammation of the cornea. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1922, 3. s, v. 123.—Butt (A. L.) Keratitis. Ken- tucky M. J, Louisville, 1904-5, ii, 187-189.—Buxton (L. H.) Dumb-bell keratitis. Ophthalmology, Seattle, 1917, xhi, 450-453.— Cohen (M.) Striated keratitis. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1919, xlviii, 95.—Deyl (J.) Ueber besondere Formen der Keratitis. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1902, xvi, 284 — Dulaney (O.) Keratitis. J. Tenn. M. Ass, Nashville, 1919-20, xh, 80-84.—Duverger & Lampert. Keratites super- ficielles et keratites profondes; £tude au microscope corneen avec l'eclairage k fente de Gullstrand. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1922, xxxix, 472-483.—Fejer (J.) Ueber zwei seltene Formen der Hornhaut-Entzundung. Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh, Leipz, 1904, xxviii, 202-205.—Gebb (H.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Wirkung grosser Serummengen bei Hornhautinfektionen und iiber die Anteilnahme der Kornea an der aktiven Immunisierung. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1911, lxix, 77; 137, 2 pi.—Haab (O.) Die Buchsta- benkeratitis. Beitr. z. Augenh, Leipz. & Hamb, 1916. x, 1-25, 1 pi.—Henderson (T.) Superficial central keratitis. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1920, xl, 378.—Jocqs (R.) Sur les sclero-ke>atites, k propos d'un cas de nature indeterminee. Clin, opht. Par, 1905, xi, 327-329.—Lauber (H.) Hornhautentziindung. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1918, lxviii, 1060.—Lewis (J. D.) Keratitis. 7m.- Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1916, ix, 6752-6758.—Marchi (F. A.) Di alcune rare osservazioni di panno corneale tra- comatoso atipico in forma di tumore (plasmomi della cornea). Arch, di ottal, Napoh, 1916, xxiii, 611-630.— Pasetti (G.) Una nuova forma di cheratite provocata. Gior. d. med. mil, Roma, 1918, lxvi, 1086-1099.—Payne (R. W.) An uncommon disease of the cornea (keratitis epithelialis hypertrophica). Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1900, ix, 611.—Posey (W. C.) Several unusual forms of super- ficial inflammation ofthe cornea. Old Dominion M. & S. J, Richmond, 1908-9, vii, 404-407.—Poulard. Les keratites. Clinique, Par, 1910, v, 769-773.—Sage (F. C.) An unusual eye case. J. Ophth, Otol. & Laryngol, Phila, 1922, xxvi, 263.—Schelb (G. P.) Keratitis. Chicago M. Times, 1907, xl, 190-194.—Schonemann (H.) Beitrage zur Keratitis- frage. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl, 1922, exxxvii, 449-466.—Thompson (H. M.) A peculiar keratitis. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1917, xxvi, 592.—Trousseau (A.) Les keratites. Gaz. d. hop. Par, 1902, lxxv, 357-359.— Wissellnk (G. W.) [A case of alphabetiform keratitis.] Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1920, ii, 312.—Wood (C. A.) Trachoma of the cornea. 7n: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, v 3481.—Worthington (H.) An unusual case of superficial keratitis. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1911, xx, 682.—Zade. Untersuchungen fiber die Bedeutung der Phagocytose bei Hornhautinfektionen. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. Heidelb. 1911, Wiesb, 1912, xxxvii, 130-133.—Zamora (C.) Algo sobre queratitis pustulosa. Rev. cubana de oftal, Habana, 1922, iv, 224. CORNEA. 188 CORNEA. Cornea (Inflammation of, Bacteriology of)- Petit (P.) Recherches cliniques et bacterio- logiques sur les infections aigues de la cornee. 8°. Paris, 1900. Addario (C.) Ricerche batteriologiche sulla cheratite fascicolosa. Arch, di ottal, Palermo, 1904-5, xii, 1-17. Also: Progresso oftal, Palermo, 1905, i, 3-19—Agricola (B.) Ueber eitrige Diplobazdlenkeratitis, besonders ihre The- rapie. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1906, xliv, Beil.-Hft, 160-182.—Axenfeld. Hypopyonkeratitis durch den Batillus pyocyaneus. Deutsche med.Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1917, xliii, 1182.—Basso (D.) Cheratite con ipopion nell' uomo e cheratite sperimentale da B. mucosus ozenae. Chn. ocul, Palermo, 1903, 1449-1457.—Benedetti. Un caso di cheratite da diplobacillo di Petit. Boll. d. osp. oftal. d. prov. di Roma, 1908, vi, 25-30.—Bietti (A.) II bacillo piocianico nei cheratoipopio. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1899, xxviii, 508-513.-----. Ricerche batteriologiche nei cherato- ipopion (bacillo piocianico, bacterium coli). Ibid., 1906, xxxv, 368-380.—Demaria (E. B.) Queratitis con hipopion atipica producida por el diplobatilo de Morax-Axenfeld. Arch, de oftal. hispano-am, Barcel, 1907, vii, 553-564.—De Waele (H.) Ueber Impfkeratitis durch Staphylococcus aureus bei Kaninchen. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1903, lvi, 66-76,1 pi.— Dutheil. KeYato-conjonctivite pseudomembraneuse d'ori- gine pneumococcique avec fonte purulente des deux cornees. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1918, civ, 528.—Gasteff (A. A.) [Peculiar keratitis caused by the bacillus xerosis conjunctivae.] Vestnik oftalmol, Odessa, 1911, xxviii, 863-868.—Gebb (H.) Die Wirkung des Batillus suisepticus auf die Cornea. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1910-11, lvii, Orig, 346-351— Ginsberg (S.) & Kaulmann (M.) Beein- flussung der kornealen Pneumokokkeninfektion beim Kaninchen durch Chinaalkaloide. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Au- genh, Stuttg, 1913, n. F, xv, 804-812.—Hala (A.) [Batillus chalazia and its relation to the bacteria of keratitis.] Casop. le'k. 6esk, v Praze, 1903, xhi, 33; 57; 87.—Helper (G. F.) & Spencer(F. R.) Bacteriology of a case of dendritic keratitis. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1906, xxiii, 176-179.—Lamb (H. D.) & Calhoun (J. G.) Two cases of bacillus pyocya- neus keratitis. Ibid., 1916, xxxiii, 257-262.—MacGilHvray (A.) Notes on the diagnosis and treatment of pneumococcal and diplo-batillary hypopyon-keratitis. Edinb. M. J, 1909, n. s, iii, 8-13— Macleish (A. C.) Keratitis caused by infection with batillus coli. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1915, xliv 403-409.—McNab (A.) Ueber Infektion der Kornea durch den Bazdlus pyocyaneus. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1903-4, xhi, 65-70.—Mauersberg. Hypopyonkera- titis hervorgerufen durch den Batillus pyocyaneus. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1910, xxiv, 299-310—Miyashita (S.) Ein Beitrag zum klinischen Bilde und zur pathologischen Anatomie der Pneumokokken-Impfkeratitis, besonders zur Ausbreitung und Lokalisation pvogener Kokken in der Cornea. Arch. f. vergleich. Ophthalmol, Leipz 1911, ii, 131-146, 2 pi.—Namyslowskl (B.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der menschlichen Hornhautbakteriosen. Centralbl f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1912, lxii, Orig 561 568.— zur Nedden. Bacterium coli als Erreger einer Hypopyon- Keratitis. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1902, xl, 31- 38, 1 pi.—Pagenstecher (H. E.) Ueber Hornhautinfektion durch Batillus pvocvaneus. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1911 lxxix, 132-136.—Rosenhauch (E.) Ueber Hypopyon- Keratitis mit seltenen bakteriologischen Befunden. Klin Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1909, xlvii, 257-273.—Salva- neschi (E.) Contributo alia bacteriologia del cherato- ipopion. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1906, xxxv, 6,5-82.—Scarlett. Infections corneennes a diplobacilles; note sur deux diplo- bacilles non encore decrits (bacillus duplex non liquefaciens et bacillus duplex Josefi). Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1916 cliii 100-111.—Schmeichler (L.) Ueber den Erreger einer Horn- hautentziindung beim Kaninchen. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Au- genh, Stuttg, 1908, xlvi, 167-175.—Stanculeanu (G.) Sur la keratite experimentale par le bacille de Timoth^e. Compt rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1909, lxvi 654.—Stoewer. Ueber die Diplobazillen der Hornhaut. Khn. Monatsbl. f. \ugenh Stuttg, 1905, xliii, 142-150.—Traqualr (H. M.) Notes on the bacteriology of a case of purulent keratitis. Ophthal- moscope, Lond, 1911, ix, 6-9, 1 pl.-Tschlrkowsky (W ) Ueber einen Fall von atypischer Hypopyonkeratitis mit Staphylococcus aureus in sarzineahnhcher Form Klin Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1908, xliv, 77-83.-I'lithoff (W.) Zur Baktenologie der eiterigen Keratitis des Menschen (nach gemeinsam mit Herrn Th. Axenfeld angestellten Untersuchungen). Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf u. Aerzte 1895, Leipz, 1896, lxvii, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte, 198-200" ——. Ueber den gegenwartigen Stand der Bakteriologie bei den Bindehaut- und Hornhautentziindungen. Compt - rend. Cong, internat. de m^d. 1897, Mosc, 1898 vi sect 2 4-29.-Woods (A. C.) & de Schwelnitz (6. T.] T^pW some keratitis; an experimental study. Arch. Ophth N V 1917, xlvi, 431-445, 1 pl.-Zade (M.) Ueber bakteri'ell'e intracorneale Impfungen. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1915 xc 256-270, 1 pi. Cornea (Inflammation of, Bullous). Amat (J.) *Essais sur les keratites bulleuses 8°. Toulouse, 1906. Cornea (Inflammation of, Bullous). Pasquereau (X.) Contribution a 1'er.ude de la keratite bulleuse et de ses varietes. [Paris.] 8°. Nantes, 1902. Wirths (M.) *Beitrage zur Anatomie der Keratitis vesiculosa und bullosa. 8°. Marburg, 1906. Also, in: Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1906, xvi, 99-109. Ball (J. M.) Bullae of the cornea. 7m: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1913, ii, 1328.—Campos. Un cas de keratite bulleuse par bombes asphyxiantes. Ann. d'ocul. Par., 1914-15, ciii, 436-438.—Ewing (A. E.) Bullous keratitis; fatty deeencation of Bowman's mem- brane. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1904, xxi, 161-172 — Fromaget. Keratite bulleuse. Mein. et bull. Soc. de med.etchir.de Bordeaux (1898), 1899, 46.—Hansell (H.F.) Some notes on bullous keratitis. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1904, xhi, 99-1'it—Neeper. Bullous keratitis. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1911, xx, 4i..-,.—Scalinci (N.) Sulla cheratite bollosa in occhi glaucomatosi; contributo clinico ed anatomo- patologieo. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1909, xxxviii, 166-186, 1 pi.—de Schweinitz di. E.) Relapsing traumatic bullous keratitis, with ca>es. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1902, xi, 76-82.— de Schweinitz (C E.) & Shumway (E. A.) A contribu- tion to the pathologic histology of bullous keratitis as it occurs in glaucomatous eve-.. Proc. Path. Soc, Phila, 1902-3, n. s, vi, 121-132.—Sisson (E. O.) Keratitis bullosa, with report of case. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1900, xxxv, 477.—Thompson (J. T.) A case of symmetrical bullous keratitis. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1901, ii, 1165.—Weigandt (M.) Zwei Falle von Keratitis bullosa nach vorausgegangener Erosio corneae. Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh, Leipz, 1902, xxvi, 65-71. Cornea (Inflammation of, Causes and pathology of). See, also, Acne rosacea (Complications of, Ocular); Cornea (Inflammation of, Bacteriology of). Baas (K.) Anatomie der Hornhautentzun- ci ung und des Hornhauteeschwures. S°. Bres- lau, 1900. Klug (A. O. J.) *Ueber pathologische Kern- formen in der Hornhaut; ein Beitrag zur Lehre von der Keratitis. 8°. Greifsu-ald. 1S99. Leon y Ortiz (G.^ Queratitis agudas mas frecuentes v queratitis parasitarias. 12°. Ma- drid, 1920. ' Rummler (K.) *Ueber Keratitis aspergillina. 8°. Leipzig, 1914. Ball (J. MA A brief note on Aspergillus keratitis. Am. Med.. Phila, 1901, ii, 31. -----. Calcareous keratitis. 7n: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1913, ii, 1355.—Batten (RA Vascular keratitis with terminal peri- vascular deposits. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med, Lond, 1914-15, vm, Ophthalmol. Sect.. 96.—liell (G. H.) Keratitis profunda in both eyes following inoculation with anti-typhoid vaccine; report of a case with remarks. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1919, xlviii, 273-275.—Blum (H. W.) Keratitis associated with dental caries; report of cases. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1916, xxv, 389-397.-Boyd (F. D.i Malarial keratiti^ Texas State J. M, Fort Worth. 1906-7, ii, 134.—Brunl (U.) Kera- tite panneuse d'origine lucrvntale. Bull, et mem. Soc. franc. d opht. Par, l>99. w ii, 503- :>07.—Brims (H. D.) Contact keratitis after cataract extinction. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1905, xiv, 421-424,-Buchanan (L.) Keratitis, with special reference to the part plaved by the corneal corpuscles. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond , 19o2-3, xxiii, 239-241, 2 pi— Campodonlro (E.) A Losno Entzundung. 8°. Halle a. S., 1909. Karklissiska (H£lene). *Recherches statis- tic] ues et cliniques sur les recidives vraies de la keratite parenchymateuse diffuse. 8°. Geneve, 1912. Litwak (S.) *Ueber die Beteiligung des Uvealtractus bei der Keratitis parenchvmatosa. 8°. Basel, 1914. Wiasmensky (Euphrosine). *De la frequence des complications osseuscs et articulaires dans la keratite parenchymateuse. 8°. Geneve, 1910. Allan (J.) A case of interstitial keratitis. Brit. J. Child. pis. Loud., 1912, ix, 539-542.—Alt (A.) Parenchymatous keratitis. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1914, xxiii, 445-450.— Anderson (F. A.) Intersi it ial keratitis. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1913, exxxv, 87-95.- BuMini iC.) Contributo alio studio chnico della cheratite purencldmatosa. Boll. d. Soc. med.- chir. dl Pavia. 1902,7;i yo. Also: Gazz. med. lomb, Milano, 1902, lxi 253; 265. Bettl (C. V.) Cheratite parenchimatosa interstiziale congenita. Clin, ostet, Roma, 1906, viii, 129- 132—Bietti (A.) L'ulcera Interna della cornea nella chera- tite parenchimatosa. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1908, xxxvii, 231-254.—Boyd (E.T.) Interstitial keratitis. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1917, xxvi, 332.—Rrav (A.) Variations in the clini- cal picture of interstitial keratitis. N. York M. J. (etcl. 1918, cviii, 1078-1080. Also: Penn. M. J, Athens, 1918-19 CORNEA. 191 CORNEA. Cornea (Inflammation of, Interstitial). xxii, 441-445.—Brobst (C. H.) Parenchymatous keratitis, lndo-choroidal forms with loss of both eyes. Illinois M.J, Springfield, 1905, viii, 303-306.—Cerrillo (J. J.) De la kera- titis parenquimatosa. An. med. gaditanos, Cadiz, 1899-1900, xvm, 38-41.—Clapp. Interstitial keratitis. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1919, 3. s, ii, 58.—Cohn (R. D.) Acute radiating parenchymatous keratitis. Occidental M.Times, San Fran, i2°3'^Ti1' 3757377- [Discussion], 398.—Collins (E. T.) On the children of patients who have had interstitial keratitis. Roy. Lond. Ophth. Hasp. Rep, Lond, 1899-1903, xv, 206- 211-Colloinb (A.) Etude statistique et clinique sur les recidives de la keratite parenchymateuse diffuse. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom, Geneve, 1906, xxvi, 166-172.— Consiglio (A.) Langes intervall zwischen der Keratitis parenchymatosa des rechten und linken Auges. Beitr. z. Augenh, Hamb. & Leipz, 1905, Hft. 63,9.—Coulter (R. J.) The medico-legal interest of a case of binocular keratitis following uniocular injury. Brit. J. Ophth, Lond, 1918, ii, 139.—Cunningham (J. F.) Vertically elliptical corneae in a case of old interstitial keratitis. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. King- dom, Lond, 1909-10, xxx, 166.—Dimmer (F.) Eine be- sondere Art persistierender Hornhautveranderung (Falten- bildung) nach Keratitis parenchymatosa. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1905, xiii, 635-639.—Duffleld (Alice V.) Congenital interstitial keratitis and glioma. Homceop. Eye, Ear & Throat J, N. Y, 1906, xii, 127-132.—Elschnig (A.) Ueber Keratitis parenchymatosa. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1905-6, lxii, 481-546, 3 pi. Also: Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. 1905. Wiesb, 1906, 44-52. [Discussion], 290.— Fage. Les recidives de la keratite parenchymateuse. Clin, opht. Par, 1913, xix, 37.5-378. Also: Clin. prat. m<§d.- chir. de path, [etc.], Par, 1914, x, 73-76.—Gilbert (W.) Ueber Keratitis parenchymatosa annularis. Khn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg 1910, xlviii, 460-468.—Ginestous (E.) K6ratite interstitielle de l'adulte. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. m^d. de Bordeaux, 1906. xxvii, 182.—Golesceano. La sensibility de la cornee dans la keratite interstitielle. Bull, et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht. Par, 1903, xx, 333-347.—von Hippel (E.) Ueber Keratitis parenchymatosa und Ulcus internum corneae. Arch. f. Ophth.. Leipz, 1908, lxviii, 354-380, 2 pi — von Hoor (K.) Eine bisher nicht beschriebene Form der parenchymatosen Keratitis. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1919, lxiii, 507-514.—Jacqueau. Keratites paren- chymateuses et arthrites concomitantes. Bull, et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht. Par, 1908, xxv, 232-242. Also: Lyon med, 1908, ex, 1065-1071.—Kessler (H. J.) lets over keratitis farenchymatosa diffusa. Geneesk. Tijdschr. v. Nederl.- ndie, Batav, 1894, xxxiv, 373-384.—Lauber. Keratitis parenchymatosa. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1920, xxxiii, 29.— Lederman (I.) Interstitial keratitis. Internat. Clin, Phila, 1909, n. s, iii, 271-276.—Lewis (A. C.) Some obser- vations on interstitial keratitis. Memphis M. Month, 1915, xxxvi, 571-576.—Lewis (J. D.) Parenchymatous keratitis. In: Am. Encvcl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1916, ix, 6789-6798.—McDannald (C. E.) Twin child with intersti- tial keratitis. Arch. Ophth, N.Y, 1919, xlviii, 523.—Means (C. S.) Interstitial keratitis. Columbus M. J, 1904, xxviii, 207-211.—Mohr (M.) Ueber Keratitis parenchymatosa. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1908, xliv, 634-636.— Monthus (A.) La keratite interstitielle annulaire. Arch. d'opht. Par, 1907, xxvii, 105-110.—Nagle (F. O.) Compli- cations of interstitial keratitis. J. Ophth., Otol. & Laryngol, N. Y, 1911, xvii, 456-461.—Partridge (A. A. H.) Interstitial keratitis. Pediatrics, N. Y, 1903, xv, 478-480.—Patterson (J. A.) Non-inflammatory interstitial keratitis. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1913,xxiii, 145.—Payne(D. A.) Parenchym- atous keratitis. Illinois M. Bull, Chicago, 1907-8, iii, 52- 55.—Poulard. Keratite interstitielle. Progres mea. Par, 1909, 3. s., xxv, 67-69.—Ronne (H.) Eine Form nicht- syphilitischer parenchymatoser Keratitis. Arch. f. Augenh, Munch. & Wiesb, 1921, Ixxxvii, 133-136.—Santos Fernan- dez (J.) Interstitial keratitis in ophthalmic practice. Oph- thalmol, Seattle, 1914, x, 207-228.-----. Consideraciones acerca de 387 casos de queratitis intersticial. Semana m6d, Buenos Aires, 1914, xxi, 713-724.—Seibert (E. G.) Intersti- tial keratitis. George Washington Univ. Bull, Wash, 1920, xix, 52.—Shoemaker (W. A.) An unusual case of paren- chymatous keratitis. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1907, xxiv, 361-364.—Stephenson (S.) Interstitial keratitis from, a modern standpoint. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1907, n. s, Ixxxiv, 684-687. Also: Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child, Lond, 1917-18, viii, 78-93.—Stoll (H. F.) The importance of in- tensive familial study; discussion of the paper on interstitial keratitis by Dr. George S. Derby, Boston. Tr. Ophth. Sect. Am. M. Ass. [Chicago], 1917, 245. Also, Reprint.— Terrien (F.) De la keratite parenchymateuse comme manifestation primitive du zona ophtalmique. Arch. d'opht. Par, 1900, xx, 449-453.—Trousseau. Valeur diagnostique de la keratite interstitielle. M6d. mod. Par, 1908, xix, 649. Also, transl.: Riv. internaz. di clin. e terap, Napoli, 1909, iv, 14.—Turner (J. B.) A case of congenital interstitial keratitis. Tr. Coll. Phys, Phila, 1914, xxxvi, 323.—Van Der Heydt (R.) Permanent vascularization following parenchymatous keratitis. Am. J. Ophth, Chi- cago, 1922, 3. s, y, 35.—Vossius (A.) Zur Begriindung der Keratitis parenchymatosa annularis. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1905, lx, 116.-----. Zur Frage der Keratitis paren- chymatosa centralis annularis. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1910, xlviii, 657-659. Cornea (Inflammation of, Interstitial, Causes ana pathology of). Alyanakian (H.) *Des causes determinantes de la keratite interstitielle. 8°. Paris, 1920. Delsaut (F.-L.-E.) *Contribution a l'etude de l'etiologie de la keratite parenchymateuse; influence de la syphilis acquise. 8°. Lille, 1904. Desvaux (G.) *Du rdle des maladies generales dans l'etiologie de la keratite parenchymateuse diffuse. 8°. Paris, 1898. Enroth (E.) [*On the importance of consti- tutional predisposition in the etiology of paren- chymatous keratitis.] 8°. Helsingfors, 1919. Mainzer (J.) *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Aetiologie der Keratitis parenchymatosa. 8°. Tubingen, 1901. Marongiu (L.) Contributo alia eziologia della cheratite parenchimatosa, con note cliniche su di un caso di granuloma gommoso intracorneale. 8°. Cagliari, 1907. Muller (C. C.) *Ueber Keratitis parenchy- matosa als Teilerscheinung der hereditaren Sy- philis mit statistischen Angaben aus der konig- lichen Augenklinik zu Kiel. 8°. Kiel, 1901. Rabiger (K. H. H.) *Ueber die Aetiologie der Keratitis parenchymatosa. 8°. Berlin, 1906. Roques (G. E.) ^Contribution a l'etude de la keratite interstitielle dans la syphilis acquise, le rhumatisme et la vie genitale de la femme 8°. Bordeaux, 1902. Wahl (W.) *Aetiologische Beitrage zur Kenntnis der typischen Keratitis parenchyma- tosa. 8°. Tubingen, 1913. Zaunert (O. A. V.) *Zur Aetiologie der bei Keratitis parenchymatosa vorkommenden Ge- lenkaffektionen. 8°. Greifswald, 1900. Anargyros (E.) Keratite parenchymateuse double dans la syphilis acquise. Grece med.. Syra, 1905, vii, 5-7.— Asmus. Doppelseitige Keratitis parenchymatosa auf lue- tischer Basis nach einseitigem Trauma. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1909, xxii, 335.—Barbaglia (V.) Sopra un caso di cheratite parenchimatosa eredosifilitica dell' eta adulta. Gazz. internaz. di med, Napoli, 1915, xviii, 273-276.— Bernstein (E. J.) Do diseases of the accessory sinuses cause keratitis parenchymatosa? Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1910, xix, 45-51.—Bossallno (D.) Nuove richerche sulla cheratite parenchimatosa sperimentale; cheratite da spiro- chaete pallida. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1909, xxxviii, 861-881, 1 pi.—Butler (T. H.) The influence of trauma upon the onset of interstitial keratitis. Brit. J. Ophth, Lond, 1922, vi, 413-417.—Chesneau (M.) Contribution a Wtude d'une forme de keratite parenchymateuse sclerosante probable- ment tuberculeuse. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1905, exxxiii, 442- 445.—Clausen (W.) Aetiologische, experimentelle und therapeutische Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Keratitis intersti- tialis. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1912, Ixxxiii, 399-504, 5 pi — Darier (A.) Un cas de keratite parenchymateuse a forme sclexosante, probablement de nature tuberculeuse; action remarquable du jequiritol sur la cornee leucomateuse et des injections sous-conjonctivales d'h^tol sur celle recemment atteinte. Clin, opht. Par, 1902, viii, 349-351. Also, transl.: Ophth. Klin, Stuttg, 1903, vii, 67-69.—Davis (F. A.) A case of non-vascular parenchymatous keratitis, recent views of its pathology. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1908, xvii, 115-119.— Desvaux (G.) Keratite interstitielle et tuberculose. Bull. et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht. Par, 1903, xx, 294-297. Also: Clin, opht. Par, 1903, ix, 204-206.—Diez (W.) Beitrage zur Aetiologie der Keratitis parenchymatosa. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1899, i, 435; 551.—Enroth (E.) Parenchymatose Keratitis und Konstitution. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1920, lxv, 266-298—Enslin. Ueber die diagnostische Verwerthung des Alt-Tuberkulins bei der Keratitis paren- chymatosa. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl, 1903, xxix, 130; 155.—Freudenberger (H.) Atropin poison- ing in a case of interstitial keratitis. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1909, Iii, 1181.—Greeff (R.) & Clausen (W.) Spirochaeta pallida bei experimentell erzeugter interstitieller Hornhaut- entziindung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1906, xxxii, 1454. Also: Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. 1906, Wiesb, 1907,314-323.—Grignolo (F.) Sulla cheratite parenchimatosa sperimentale da spirochaeta pallida nei conigho, con speciale nguardo alia genesi delle plasma- cellule. Ann. di ottal. e clin. ocul, Roma, 1917, xl, 551-569, 1 pi.—Knapp (A.) Interstitial keratitis after the use of Caimette's ophthalmoreaction. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1908, xxxvii, 171-173.—Koenig. Keratite parenchymateuse reci- divante d'origine uterine. Bull, et mem. Soc. frang. d'opht. Par, 1897, xv, 352-359.—Kraupa (E.) Ein Beitrag zur CORNEA. 192 CORNEA. Cornea (Inflammation of Interstitial, Causes and pathology of). Pathogenese der Keratitis parenchymatosa nebst Beobach- tungen, die Grundlage der neuropathischen Konstitution betreffend. Khn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1921, lxvu, 218-222.—KUmmell (R.) Ein Beitrag zur Bedeutung der Wassermannschen Reaktion und der diagnostischen Alt- Tuberkulininjektion fiir die Erkenntnis der Aetiologie der Keratitis parenchymatosa. Ibid., 1909, xlvii, 731-741.— Law!ord (J. B.) Interstitial keratitis in acquired syphilis. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1899-1900, xx, 67-73.— Lowenstein (A.) Ueber anfallweise auftretende parenchy- matose Hornhautentziindung (Keratitis anaphylactica) und iiber die Entstehung des Pannus im Verlaufe der Korner- krankheit. Arch. f. Ophth, Berl, 1917, xciv, 236-249 — Reis (W.) DemonstraUon mikroskopischer Praparate von Keratitis parenchvmatosa annularis congenita. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. 1906, Wiesb, 1907, 307-313. Also [Abstr.], in: Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1906, xliv, 293.—Keltsch (W.) Eine persistente Ringtriibung nach Keratitis parenchvmatosa centralis annularis. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, 'Stuttg, 1911, xlix, pt. 2, 19-22.— Risley (S. D.) Some etiologie factors in interstitial keratitis. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1908, xvii, 330-338.—Bona (S.) Experimentelle Keratitis parenchymatosa des Kaninchens mit massenhaften Spirochaeten nach Implantation syphili- tischen Materiales. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1907, xliii, 218. Also: Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1907, xii, No. 16, 6.—Santos Fernandez (J.) Dos casos de queratitis parenquimatosa de apariencia simpatica y sifilitica. Cron. med.-quir. de la Habana, 1911, xxxvii, 681-683. Also, transl.: Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1911, xl, 156-158.-----. La queratitis parenquimatosa rara vez deja de ser sifilitica, y aunque no fo parezca, cede a la medicacidn anti-especifica. Cr6n. med.-quir. de la Habana, 1914, xl, 113; 144.—Schleck (F.) Das Problem der Genese der interstitiellen Keratitis. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1914 xl, 890-892. -----. Kann die Keratitis parenchymatosa auf anaphylak- tischen Zustanden beruhen? Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1914, xxxii, 95-106.—Shoemaker (W. A.) A case of unilateral interstitial keratitis due to parotitis. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1914, xxxi, 1—Stargardt (K.) Zur Aetiologie der parenchymatosen Keratitis. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. (Heidelb.), Wiesb, 1913, xii, 316-322, 1 pi.— Stephenson (S.) Some remarks upon interstitial keratitis, with especial reference to pathogenesis and to treatment. Ophthalmoscope, Lond, 1909, vii, 66-73. -----. A note upon the pseudo-neoplastic form of interstitial keratitis. Brit.J.Ophth,Lond, 1917,i,754-756.—Stock. Ueberexpe- rimentelle Keratitis parenchvmatosa durch Trypanosomen. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. 1907, Wiesb, 1908, xxxiv, 263.—Suker (G. F.) The molar teeth and the patellar reflex in hereditary syphilitic interstitial keratitis. Medicine, Detroit, 1904, x, 666-671. Also, Reprint.—Uhthoff (C. A.) Aetiologie und Therapie bei Keratitis parenchy- matosa. Deutsche med. Wchpsehr, Leipz. & Berl, 1921, xlvii, 500.—Verhaeghe (D.) A propos d'un cas de keratite interstitielle d'origine tuberculeuse. Nord m6d, Lille, 1904, x, 211-213—Wagenmann. Beiderseitige Keratitis paren- chymatosa luetlca bei einer 20jahrigen Patientin mit Dystro- phia adiposogenitalis. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1908, xxxiv, 1126— Williams (H. B.) A case of interstitial keratitis probably due to autointoxication. J. Ophth. & Oto-Laryngol, Chicago, 1909, iii, 308.—Yorke (W.) The pathology of interstitial keratitis in trypanoso- miasis and syphilis. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1912, n. s, xciii, 510-512. Cornea (Inflammation of Interstitial, Traumatic). Badet (A.) *Des keratites parenchyma- teuses traumatiques unilaterales et bilateiales 8°. Lyon, 1910. Dufau (T.) *Du role des differentes formes de traumatisme dans la genese de la keratite interstitielle. 8°. Paris, 1911. Hildebrand (A.) *Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen Trauma und Keratitis interstitialis 8°. Leipzig, 1913. Hober (Josephine). *Ueber Keratitis paren- chymatosa nach Verletzung. [Zurich.] 8°. Hamburg & Leipzig, 1909. A lso, in: Beitr. z. Augenh, Hamb. & Leipz, 1909.73. Hft 1-34. ' Rohde (R. O. E.) *Keratitis interstitialis und Trauma. 8°. Berlin, 1911. Ro.nnaux (L.) *Du traumatisme dans la keratite interstitielle et ses rapports avec les accidents du travail. 8°. Pan's, 1908. Also, in: Rec. d'opht. Par, 1908, 3. s, xxx, 342-349. Schoen (H. J.) *Das Verhaltnis der Keratitis parenchymatosa zum Trauma. 8°. Leipzig & Hamburg, 1914. Cornea (Inflammation of, Interstitial, Traumatic). Widera (A.) *Keratitis parenchymatosa und Trauma. 8°. Greifswald, 1912. Addario (C.) Cheratiti tracomatose e cheratiti trauma- tiche da causa palpebrale. Progresso oftal, Palermo, 1907-V iii, 129; 193.—Armaignac (H.) Un cas de keratite paren- chymateuse d'apparence sympathique apres un trauma- tisme de l'ceil; consequences medico-legales. Rec. d'opht. Par, 1910, 4. s, xxxii, 215-219.—Crigler (L. W.) Interstitial keratitis following an advancement operation. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1920, xlix, 339.—Demaria (E. B.) Impor- tancia del traumatismo en la queratitis intersticial. Arch. de oftal. hispano-am, Barcel, 1907, vii,450-162.—Enslin (E.) Keratitis parenchymato>.i und Trauma. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1906, xv, 227-233.- Faith (T.) Interstitial keratitis excited bv traumatism. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis. 1906, xxiii, 167-175.—Fertig (A.) Zur Frage der traumatischen Keratitis parenchvmatosa und ihrer Begutachtung in der Unfallpraxis. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1920, xliv, 166-175.— Franco. Le traumatisme dans la genese de la keratite interstitielle. Clin, opht. Par, 1912, xviii, 21.—Gebb. Keratitis parenchymatosa nach Trauma. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1912, xxxviii, 2337.—Gonzalez (J. de J.) Influencia del traumatismo en la apariciOn de la queratitis interstieial. An. de oftal, Mexico, 1910-11, xiii, 133-13*.—von Haselberg. Zur Frage des Zusammenhanges von interstitieller Keratitis mit vorhergegangenem Trauma. Wchnschr. f. Therap. u. Hvg. d. Auges, Dresd, 1918-19, xxii, 199.—von Hippel (E.) Ueber die Bedeutung des Trauma in der Aetiologie der Keratitis parenchymatosa. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1906, xliv, 280. Also: Ophth. Khn, Stuttg, 1906, x, 514.—KUmmeU (R.) Zur Frage der Keratitis parenchymatosa nach Trauma. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1912, i, 434-442.—Leplat (I. L.) Keratite parenchymateuse d'origine traumatique. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1907, lxx, 200. Also: Clin, opht. Par, 1907, xiii, 198-201.—Mayweg (W.) Ueber das Auftreten parenehymatoser Keratitis nach Traumen und ihre Bedeu- tung fiir die Unfallversicherung. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Leipz, 1909, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte, 405- 410.—Mohr (T.) Beobachtungen iiber Keratitis parenchv- matosa nach Trauma. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1910, xlviii, 611-619.—Moreau. Double keratite intersti- tielle traumatique. Loire med, St.-Etienne, 1910, xxix, 424-430.- Perlia. Ueber die traumatische Keratitis paren- chymatosa [ Entgciniung an von Hippel]. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg . b>07, xlv, 210— Pfalz. Ueber Keratitis Earenchymatosa (sympathica?) nach ot>erflachhcher Horn- autverletzung eines Auges. Ophth. Klin, Stuttg, 1906, x, 515-518. Also: Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. 1906,Wiesb, 1907,101-115,2pl— Rakhlls N.) [Parenchym- atous keratitis, following traumatism.] Vestnik oftalmol, Odessa, 1911, xxviii, 794-797.—Rosico (AA Contributo clinico alia questione della cheratite parenchimatosa trau- matica. Policlin, Roma, 1921, xxviii, sez. prat, 289-292.— St. Martin. La keratite interstitielle et les traumatismes de la guerre. Clin, opht. Par, 1920. xxiv, 331-34 v — Schoen (H.) Das Verhaltnis der Keratitis parenchymatosa zum Trauma. Beitr. z. Augenh, Leipz. & Hamb, 1914-15, ix. 599-658.—Stew art (T. MA Traumatic parenchymatous keratitis. J. Ophth, Otol. & Laryngol, X. Y, lvjs.'x, 238 — Terlinck (H.) Les keratites pareiuhvmateuses post- traumatiques. Clinique, Brux.. 1906, xx, itl-146.—Terrien (F.) Valeur du traumatisme dans la genese de la keratite interstitielle. Arch.d'opht. Par, 1911, xxxi.561-584. Also: Bull, et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht., Par, 1911, xxviii, 494- 517.— Vossius (A.) Besteht ein atiologischer Zusainmen- hang zwischen parenehymatoser Keratitis und Verletzung* Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. Auueiih.. Halle a. S, 1910, viii, Hft. 4, 1-20.—Wicherklewicz li j Ueber die durch Trauma entstandene Keratitis parenchymatosa und die Rechtsfrage. Khn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg., 1912, 1. pt. 1,95-102. Cornea (Inflammation of, Interstitial, Treatment of). Chiron du Brossay (C.) *Traitement des keratites intcrstitielles et strumeuses par l'huile iodee(iodipinetlipiodol). S°. Paris, 1902. Vachtchenko (Mile. A.) *Contribution a l'etude de la keratite parenchymateuse et sp6- cialement de son traitement. 8°. Lausanne, 1913. Ambialet. Du gomenol dans reclaircissement des kera- tites parenchvmateuses a la periode torpide. Ann. d'ocul., Par, 1907, exxxviii, 419-424.—Appleman (L. F.) Intersti- tial keratitis and its treatment. Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1914, 3. s, xxx, 539.—Bachstez (E.) Leber lokale Behand- lung der Keratitis parenchvmatosa nut Neosalvarsan. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1913, xxvi, 101.- Brav i A0 The treatment of interstitial keratitis. Thcran. Gaz., Detroit, 1909, 3. s, xxv 691-694.-----. Interstitial keratitis with temporary total bilateral blindness; Wassermann reaction negative; tubercular reaction positive: treated by tuberculin and mercury: vision restored. Ibid., 1911, 3. s, xxvii, 777- 781.—Bussy (L.) & Japlot (P.) La radioth^rapie dans la CORNEA. 193 CORXEA. Cornea (Inflammation of, Interstitial, Treatment of). keratite interstitielle. Clin, opht. Par, 1921, xxv, 81-91. Also: J. de radiol. et d'electrol. Par, 1921, v, 106-112 — Cohn (P.) Ueber Behandlung mit Hetol bei Keratitis parenchymatosa. Munchen. med.Wchnschr, 1906, liii, 1206. :-----. Zur Frage der lokalen Behandlung der Keratitis interstitialis mit Instillationen von Neosalvarsan. Wchn- schr. f. Therap. u. Hyg. d. Auges, Dresd, 1912-13, xvi, 161.— Culbertson (C.) A case of specific interstitial keratitis treated by organotherapy. Chicago Clinic, 1902, xv, 164- 166.—Darier (A.) Subconjunctival injections of tuberculine T.R. in the treatment of interstitial keratitis. Ophth. Rev, Lond, 1903, xxii, 331-336. Also [Abstr.], Brit. M. J, Lond, 1903, ii, 721.—Dehogues (J. L.) Contribucidn al tratamiento de la queratitis parenquimatosa por el neosal- varsan (tres casos curados). Arch, de la Soc. estud. clin. de la Habana, 1914, xxi, 32-36.—Derby (G. S.) Interstitial keratitis; with special reference to the end-result. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1917, xxvi, 563-571. Also: Tr. Ophth. Sect. Am. M. Ass. [Chicago], 1917, 230-238. Also, Reprint.— Edwards (H. G.) The treatment of interstitial keratitis by intramuscular injection of soamin. Folia Therap, Lond, 1909, iii, 79.—Galezowskl (J.) Keratite interstitielle et choroidite h£redo-syphilitiques; considerations cliniques et therapeutiques. Rec. d'opht. Par, 1910, 4. s, xxxii, 317- 323.—Gifford (H.) The prophylaxis of interstitial keratitis. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1909,liii, 22-26.—Godedroux (R.) De quelques cas de keratite interstitielle; leur traitement par la tuberculine. Clin, opht. Par, 1911, xvii, 460-472 — Grandclement. Quel est le meilleur mode de traitement de la keratite parenchymateuse? Lyon m6d, 1904, cii, 575- 578.-----. Comment faut-il traiter la keratite parenchy- mateuse? Ibid., 1911, cxvi, 1101-1104.—Green (J.) Salvarsan in interstitial keratitis; a case report. Weekly Bull. St. Louis M. Soc, 1913, vii, 88.—Harman (N. B.) Knee-jerk phe- nomenon in interstitial keratitis. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1903, ii, 736.—Harry (P. A.) The treatment of interstitial keratitis. Med. Times, Lond, 1922, 1, 47.—Hilllon. Re- cherches sur l'action du n6o-salvarsan dans la keratite inter- stitielle. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1914, ciii, 29-40.—Hoehl (H.) Zur Kenntnis der Neosalvarsanwirkung bei Keratitis paren- chymatosa. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1913, lx, 72.—Kaz (R.) Quelques mots sur le traitement de la keratite paren- chymateuse. Clin, opht. Par, 1911, xvii, 170.—Koenig. Heilung von 3 Fallen von Keratitis parenchymatosa durch Salvarsan resp. Neosalvarsan. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1915, lxii, 1078.—Laas (R. E.) Ein durch Tuberkulin (T. R.) geheilter Fall schwerster parenehymatoser Keratitis. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1909, xlvii, 416-422 — Laf on (C.) & Teulieres. Keratite parenchymateuse traitee par la tuberculine T.R. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1907, xxxvii, 455.—Martin (H. H.) The treatment of interstitial keratitis. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1908, 1, 1173-1175.— Parker (W. R.) The use of salvarsan in interstitial keratitis; report of ten cases. J. Mich. M. Soc, Battle Creek, 1912, xi, 637-640.—Rohmer. Trois cas de keratite parenchymateuse traites par la tuberculine T. R. Rev. med. de l'est, Nancy, 1906, xxxviii, 379-381.—Santos Fernandez (J.) La quera- titis interstieial en mi practica oftalmoldgica. Arch, de oftal. hispano-am, Barcel, 1914, xiv, 1-25.—de Schweinitz (G. A.) Treatment of hypopyon keratitis. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1920,iii, 65.—Stanculeano (G.) Recherches diag- nostiques et therapeutiques dans la keratite parenchyma- teuse au moyen de la tuberculine T. Ann. d'ocul. Par.. 1904, exxxii, 340-352.—Stephenson (S.) The constitutional treatment of interstitial keratitis. Polyclin, Lond, 1909, xiii, 127-130.-----. Case of interstitial keratitis and osteo- periostitis of the tibiae treated with neo-salvarsan. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1912-13, vi, Sect. Stud. Dis. Child, 111.—Stotter (J.) Keratitis parenchymatosa relative to the old and new antisyphilitic therapy. Cleveland M. J, 1915, xiv, 285-287.—Terlinck (H.) Over het gebruik van ioodolie in de bahandeling van keratitis parenchymatosa. Handel. v. d. (x.) vlaamsch natuur- en geneesk. Cong, Brugge, 1907, ii, 154-158. Also, transl.: Clinique, Brux, 1907, xxi, 441- 444.—Terrien. Signification et valeur pronostique de la keratite interstitielle. Clinique, Par, 1911, vi, 594-597.— Teulieres. Le traitement de la keratite a hypopion. Presse med. Par, 1917, xxv, 536.—Vandergrttt (G. W.) The treatment of interstitial keratitis by salvarsan. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1912, Ixxxii, 760.—Van Lint. Injections intramus- culaires de lait, associees aux injections intra-veineuses de neosalvarsan dans le traitement de la keratite parenchy- mateuse. Clin, opht. Par, 1922, xxvi, 191-195.—WaUis (G. F. C.) Interstitial keratitis (congenital syphilitic) treated by salvarsan. Ophthalmoscope, Lond, 1913, xi, 342-347.—Wicherklewicz (B.) Les keratites parenchyma- teuses traitees par le salvarsan. Bull, et mem. Soc. franc. d'opht. Par, 1911, xxviii, 314-328.-----. Einiges uber den Ausfall der Atropinwirkung bei difluser parenehymatoser Hornhautentziindung. Wchnschr. f. Therap. u. Hyg. d. Auges, Dresd, 1912-13, xvi, 201.—Ziegler (S. L.) Interstitial keratitis; salvarsan. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1911, xx? 661- 663.-----. A case of interstitial keratitis treated with injec- tions of enesol. Maryland M. J, Bait, 1915, lviii, 20. Cornea (Inflammation of, Leprous). See Cornea (Leprosy of). 11877°—Vol. IV, 3d series—22----13 Cornea (Inflammation of Linear and ribband-like). Bonsignorio (Mile.). Un cas de keratite en bandelette senile. Clin, opht. Par, 1898, iv, 278-281.—Boulet (R.) Traitement chirurgical de la keratite en bandelette. Rev. med. du Canada, Montreal, 1902-3, vi, 187-189. Also: Union m£d. du Canada, Montreal, 1902, xxxi, 535-539.—Schieck (F.) Ueber die primaren Veranderungen bei der band- formigen Keratitis. Cong, internat. d'opht. d'Utrecht. C.-r, Amst, 1900, 394-398.—Spicer (W. T. H.) & Greeves (R. A.) On superficial linear keratitis, together with an account of the pathological examination of two affected eyes. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1915-16, ix, Ophthalmol. Sect, 39-53. Also: Ophthalmoscope, Lond, 1916, xiv, 116- 127.—Suker (G. F.) Keratitis petrificans, the correct ter- minology for ribband-like keratitis. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1900, ix, 557-562. Also, Reprint. Cornea (Inflammation of Marginal and annular). Attias (G.) Cheratite marginale periodica. Arch, di ottal, Napoh, 1913-14, xxi, 197-201.—Bistis (J.) Keratite traumatique de forme circulaire. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1910, xxx, 313-315.—Ernst (A.) Keratitis marginalis superficialis. LieC. viestnik, u Zagrebu, 1903, xxv, 44.—Gradle (H. S.) Marginal vesicular keratitis. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1921, 3. s, iv, 519.—Green (J.) Corneal ectasia with preservation of central transparency subsequent to recurrent marginal keratitis. St. Louis Cour. Med, 1901, xxv, 428-430. [Dis- cussion], 466.—Griffith (J.) & Blair (C. S.) An unusual form of marginal keratitis. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1898-9, xix, 27-29.—Grunert (K.) Ueber Keratitis annularis. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1900, xxxviii, Beil.-Hft, 10-28, 2 pi.—Isakowitz (J.) Mitteilung einiger seltener Hornhauterkrankungen (Keratitis marginalis pro- funda und Keratomycosis aspergillina). Ibid., 1909, xlvii, Beil.-Hft, 95-104.—Martin (W. A.) Keratitis ulcerativa marginalis. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1899, viii, 176-178: 1900, ix, 395-397. 1 pi.—Meyerhof (M.) Keratitis marginalis profunda (Fuchs). Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh, Leipz., 1909, xxxii, 236.—Paukstat (B.) Beitrag zur Lehre der ringformigen Keratitis. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1901, xxxix, 936-947.—Salomonsohn (H.) Ueber circulare Randkeratitis. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1899, xxv, 527.—Salvati. Keratite marginale profonde grip- pale. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1922, clix, 125-128.—Spicer (W. T. H.) Flame-shaped marginal epithelial keratitis. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1911-12, xxxu, 386-388.—Verhoeff (F. H.) Rosacea keratitis and certain other forms of mar- ginal keratitis, neuropathic in origin; treatment by peri. corneal neurotomy. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Phila, 1915, xlv pt. 1, 89-98. Also: Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1916, xlv, 148-154; Cornea (Inflammation of, Neuropara- lytic) . Fromageot (A.) *De la keratite neuropara- lytique d'origine syphilitique. 8°. Paris, 1898. IIaupt (M. W. A.) *Ein Beitrag zur Frage nach dem Wesen der neuroparalytischen Horn- hautentziindung. [Bonn.] 8°. Witten, 1902. Ollendorff (A.) *Ueber die Rolle der Mikro- organismen bei der Entstehung der neuroparaly- tischen Keratitis. [Heidelberg.] 8°. Leipzig, 1900. Also, in: Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1900, xlix, 455-511, 1 pi. Sttjrhahn (K.) ^Keratitis neuroparalytica nach Alkoholinjektion ins Ganglion Gasseri. 8°. Heidelberg, 1919. Talichet (J.) *De la keratite neuro-paraly- tique consecutive aux resections du maxillaire superieur. 8°. Lyon, 1904. Trabaud (J.-P.-R.) *Des troubles oculaires . neuro-paralytiques (keratite neuro-paralytique). 8°. Lyon, 1907. Albrand (W.) Die Keratitis neuroparalytica und ver- wandte Zustande. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1903, xvii, 775- 777.—Bistis (J.) Ueber die Natur der Keratitis neuropara- lytica. Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh, Leipz, 1901, xxv, 193- 196.—Bruere (G. E.) Keratitis neuroparalytica with report of case. Ophthalmol, Seattle, 1913, x, 95-98.—Cantonnet (A.) Les keratites neuro-paralytiques. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap. Par, 1914, xxviii, 49. Also, transl.: Gazz. d. osp, Milano, 1914, xxxv, 676— Davies (H. M.) & Hall (G.) The bacteriological aspects of the problem of neuropathic keratitis. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1908, i, 72-77.—Deschamps. Un cas de keratite nevro-paralytique. Dauphin6 m6d, Grenoble, 1901, xxv, 241-245—Doret (F.) Un cas de keratite neuroparalytique. Rev. m6d. de la Suisse rom, Geneve, 1912, xxxii, 305-307.—Dutoit (A.) Ein Fall von Keratitis neuroparalytica. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1910, xl, 817-825. -----. Ein Beitrag zur Kasuistik der Keratitis neuroparalytica. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1911, xxv, 253- CORNEA. 194 CORXEA. Cornea (Inflammation of, Neuro-para- J lytic). 267 —'—. Beobachtung eines Falles mit Keratitis neuro- paralytica infolge einer Alkoholinjektion in den Nervus maxillaris superior bei Gesichtsneuralgie. Ibid., 1914^ xxxu, 26-33.—Duverger. Keratite neuro-paralytique d ongine traumatique. Limousin med, Limoges, 1913, xxxvii, 136- 13S— Evangelista (E.) Contributo alia conoscenza ed alia cura della cheratite neuroparalitica. Ann. di med. nav, Roma, 1912, xviii, 145-157.—Fedoroff. Ein Fall von neuro- paralvtischer Keratitis nach Trigeminusdurehschneidung beim'Menschen. Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh, Leipz, U98, xxii, 198-201.—Flemmlng (P.) The pathology of neuro- pathic keratitis. Lancet, Lond, 1898,ii, ls-20.—Galezowski (J.) Keratite neuro-paralvtique. Rev. d'opht. Par, 1905, ■ 3. s, xxvii, 141-144.—Gorbunoff (G. A.) [Neuro-paralytic keratitis following resection of the trigeminal nerve.] Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb, 1912, xi, 306; 321.—von Gr6sz (E.) Die Keratitis neuroparalytica. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1899,ii, Ergnzngshft, 56-59. Also: Ungar. Beitr. z. Augenh, Leipz. & Wien, 1900, ii, 295-318.—Ichikawa (K.) Em Bei- trag zur Therapie der Keratitis neuroparalytica. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1913, lxxv, 112-116.—Keller (T. F.) Neuroparalytic keratitis. Tr. Ohio M. Soc, Cleveland, 1902, 225-228. Also: Med. Age, Detroit, 1903, xxi, 484.—Klauber (E.) Beitrag zur Entstehung der Keratitis neuroparalytica. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1917, lix, 418-425.-----. Keratitis neuroparalytica. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1918, xxxi. 1048.—Lewis (J. D.) Keratit s neuroparalytica. In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1916, ix, 6783-6789.—Maxey (E. E.) Keratitis neuroparalytica re- sulting from alcohol injections for facial neuralgia; with report of a case. Ophthalmol, Seattle, 1916-17, xhi, 50-52 — Meador(C.N.) A case of neuroparalytic keratitis. U.States Nav. M. Bull, Wash, 1921, xv, 127.—Monbrun (A.) La keratite neuro-paralvtique grippale. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1919, xxxvi, 614-621.—Orlandlni (O.) Sulle cheratiti neuro- paralittiehe. Riv. veneta di sc. med, Venezia, 1906, xlv, 85; 109.—Parsons (J. H.) Neuroparalytic keratitis. Lancet, Lond, 1907, i, 1414.—Rohmer. Un cas de keratite neuro- paralvtique svphilitique. Soc. de med. de Nancy. C.-r, ... Mem.', 1898-9", p. lxxxviii.—Seydel (F.) Ein Beitrag zur Lehreder Keratitis neuroparalytica. Arch.f. Ophth,Leipz, 1899, xlviii, 142-177.—Sgrosso (S.) Della cheratite neuro- paralitica e di altre alterazioni dei tessuti ocular! che si avverano per effetto della sezione intracranica del trigemino. Arch, di ottal, Napoli, 1913-14, xxi, 241-2S1,1 pi.—Stasin- ski. Ein Fall von Keratitis neuroparalytica auf Grund einer Periostitis des Oberkiefers mit todlichem Ausgang. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1904, xi, 416-418—Terrien (F.) La keratite neuro-paralytique; symptomes; diagnostic et traitement. Rev. gen. de chn. et de therap. Par', 1906, xx, 406-408.—Terson (A.) Queratitis neuro-paralitica del nifio. Arch, de oftal. hispano-am, Madrid, 1902, ii, 417-421. Also, transl.: Bull, et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht. Par, 1902, xix, 446-451.—Torres Estrada (A.) Un caso de queratitis neuro- paralitica consectitiva a la rabbia, en un enfermo heredo- sifilitico. Rev. cubana de oftal., Habana, 1921, iii, 704-709.— Verhoeff (F. H.) Neuropathic keratitis and some allied conditions, with special reference to treatment. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1909, liii, 191-198.—Weidler (W. B.) Keratitis neuroparalytica after removal of the Gasserian ganglion. Med. Rec, N.Y, 1912, Ixxxii, 473-477.—Zel nkovski(Y.W) [On the origin of neuroparalytic keratitis, combined with general ophthalmoplegia (ptosis) and atrophy of the optic nerve,withmicroseopieinvestigationofthe • ball.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb, 1907, vi, 1340-1344. Cornea (Inflammation of, Nodular). Bell (G. H.) Nodular keratitis. Arch. Opth, N.Y, 1919, xlviii, 92.—Chesneau (M.) Contribution a l'etude des keratites a type nodulaire. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1899-1900, xviii, 384-387.—Good (J.) Guttate or nodular keratitis. Indian M. Gaz, Calcutta, 1914, xlix, 20— Macrae (A.) Nodular keratitis of South Arabia. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1921, ii, 739.—Manzutto (G.) Un nuovo caso di cheratite nodosa (knotchenformige Hornhauttriibung, secondo Groenouw). Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1905, xxxiv, 33-36. Also, transl.: J. Eye, Ear & Throat Dis, Bait, 1905, x, 89-91.—Schmidt- Rlmpler. [Knotchenformige Keratitis.] Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1907, liv, 140.—Valnshteln (A. S.) [Case.] Vestnik oftalmol, Odessa, 1911, xxviii, llti-149.—Vldeky (R.) & Goldzieher (M.) [A case of keratitis nodosa.] Szemeszeti lapok, Budapest, 1905, 19-22.—Wehrll (E.) Neue klinische und histologische Untersuchungen iiber die Aetiologie der knotchenfbrmigen Keratitis (Groenouw). Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. 1907, Wiesb, 1908, xxxiv, 175-182.-----. Ein neuer Fall von knbtchenformiger Keratitis. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1909, xlvii. 241; 604. -----. Zu den Erwiderungen Fleischers und Padersteins auf meine Arbeit: Ein neuer Fall vim kni>tclicn- formiger Keratitis. Ibid., 1911, xlix, 716-7 lv—Wilkinson (O.) A case of keratitis nodosa. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1905, xiv, 452-454. Also, Reprint. Cornea (Inflammation of, Parenchyma- tous). See Cornea (Inflammation of, Interstitial). Cornea (Inflammation of, Phlyctenular). See, also, Cornea (Tuberculosis of). Aublneau (E.) Considerations sur la keratite phlvcte^ nulaire; sa frequence a Brest. Gaz. m£d. de Nantes, 1898-9, xvii, 329-331.—Baas (K.) Ueber die Entstehung der Phlyctane. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. Heidelb. 1898, Wiesb, 1899, xxvii, 257-262— Bonnelon. Les keratites scrofuleusesa forme vasculaire; leur traitement par le chauffage. J. de m£d. de Bordeaux, 1920,1,173-177 — Bruns (O.) Ueber experimentelle Erzeugung phlvktanen- artieer Entzundungen durch abgetotete Tuberkelbacillen. Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz, 1904 lviii. 439-468—Carra (P.) Traitement de la keratite phlyctenulaire chez l'enfant. Gaz. d. mal. infant, [etc.], Par, 1903, v, 113-115.-----. La keratite phlyctenulaire. Ibid., 1906, viii, 65— Clayborne (J H.) Treatment of phlvctenular keratitis. Tr. M. Soc. Virg, Richmond, 1897, 106 112-Coomes (M. F.) Phlyc- tenular inflammation of the cornea. Am. Pract. & News, Louisville, 1902, xxxiv, 113-115: 1903, xxxvi, 5-9. [Discus- sion], 28-33.-----. Phlyctenular inflammation of the cornea. Med. Age, Detroit, 1906, xxiv, 601-603.—Dorais (L. P.) Phlyctenular keratitis. Pacific M. J, San Fran, 1904, xlvii, 334-341.—Gradle (H.) Scrofulous keratitis; observa- tions on its etiology, and its treatment, especially by sali- cylate of sodium. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1900, xxxv, 348- 351.—Habermann. Weitgehende Besserung eines an skro- fuloser Keratitis leidenden Kindes nach Gonokokkenvak- zineeinspritzungen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1917, xlui, 287.—Kaz (R.) La pommade a l'eserine dans les vastes infiltrations de la keratite scrofuleuse. Clin. cpht. Par, 1914, xx, 352.—Kruse (F. W.) Ueber Keratitis scrophulosa (phlvctaenulosa) interstitialis. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1922, lxviii, 205-211.—Lewis (J. D.) Phlyctenular keratitis. In: Am. Encvcl. , lv 19s, 1 pi—D'Ombraln (E. A.) A case of superficial punct ate keratit is caused bv ex- cessive use of eyedrops. Ophthalmoscope, bond, 1910,"viii, 718.—Frtedemvald (H.) The diagnostic importance of kera- titis punctata interna (descemctitisl. J. Am. M. Ass.. Chi- cago, 1902, xxxix, 75s 762. Alto: Uveitis. Symposium [etc.], Chicago, 1902, 42-56.—Goldenburg (M.) Superficial punc- tate keratitis. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1919, 3. s, ii, 149.— Gradle (H.) On some forms of sii]>erncialpunctate keratitis easily overlooked. Ophthalmol, Milwaukee, 1906-7, iii, 424- 426. -----. Keratitis punctata subepithelialis. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1911, xl, 534 539.—Herbert (II.) Superficial punctate keratitis in Bombay. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1901, ii, 1165.-----. Superficial punctate keratitis associated with an encapsuled bacillus. Ophth. Rev, Lond, 1901. xx, 339- 345.—Jocqs (R.) La keratito ponctuee. Clin, opht. Par, 1904. x, 371-373. Aho, transl.: Ophth. Klin, Stuttg, 1905, ix.M.—Klrkpatrlckvll.) An epidemic of macular keratitis. Brit. J. Ophth, Lond., 1920, iv, 16-20.—Kuwabara (T.) Ueber eine eigenthumliche Art von Keratitis punctata superflcialis. Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh., Leipz, 1902, xxvi, 263- 266.—Lehrfeld (L.) Superficial punctate disease of cornea. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1922, 3. s, v, 486.— Meller (J.) Ueber die Keratitis punctata leprosa. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1904-5, xliii, 66-72.—Olsho (S. L.) Superficial punctate keratitis. Tr. Coll. Phvs, Phila, 1917, 3. s, xxxix, 375.—Phillips (W. L.) A neurotic case of keratitis punctata superlicialis. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1913, xxii, 59-61, 1 pi.—Posey (W. C.) An unusual form of superficial punctate keratitis. Ibid., 1902, xi, 9-11, 1 pi.—Scalincl (N.) Cheratite puntata profonda e ipertonia bulbare. Progresso oftal, Palermo, 1907-8, iii, 100-108.— Stadfeldt (AT) |Casel Bibliot. f. Laeger, K0benh, 1907, 8. R, viii, 317 :<-','. Story (J. B.) Keratitis punctata. Tr. Ophth. Soc. C. Kingdom, Lond, 1920, xl, 436— Suga- nuina (S.) & H0J0 (.M.) Histologische Untersuchungen iiber Keratitis punctata superflcialis leprosn, nebst Bonier- CORXEA. 195 CORXEA. Cornea (Inflammation of, Punctate). kungen fiber Hornhautentzfindung. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1914, lxxvii 221-241, 2 pi.—Thilliez (L.) Keratite ponctuee superficielle. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1900, ii, 337- 342.—Uhthoff (W.) Ein Fall von doppelseitiger zentraler, punktfbrmiger subepithelialer Keratitis, "knotchenformiger Keratitis" Groenouw, mit anatomischem Befunde. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1915, n. F, xix, 377-383.— Verhoeff (F. H.) The pathology of superficial punctate keratitis, with remarks on neuropathic keratitis in general, and on a hitherto undescribed lesion of the iris. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1911, xl, 486-510, 4 pi. Also, transl.: Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1911, lxx, 290-314, 3 pi.—Watkins (E. D.) Superficial punctate keratitis. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1922, 3. s, v, 546-548.—Wehrli (E.) Zur Histologie der Keratitis punctata superflcialis (Fuchs), Keratitis subepi- thelialis (Adler). Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1906, xliv, 224-236.—Wiener (M.) Keratitis punctata superflcialis, with report of a case. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1909, xxxviii, 120-124. A lso [ Abstr.]: J. Ophth. & Oto-Laryngol, Chicago, 1909, iii, 73.—Westhoff (C. H. A.) Keratitis punctata tropica. Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh, Leipz, 1912, xxxvi, 289-293.—Yamazaki (A.) [Keratitis punctata superfl- cialis.] Nippon Gankwa Gakukwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1901, v, 237-250. Cornea (Inflammation of, Reticular). Byers (W. G.) Reticular keratitis. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1920, 3. s, iii, 717-721.—Freund (H.) Die gittrige Hornhauttriibung. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1905, Leipz, 1906, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte, 283-286. Also: Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1906. xix, 123-125.—Haab (O.) Die gittrige Keratitis. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1899, ii, 235- 246, 1 pi.—Hudson (A. C.) A case of reticular keratitis. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1908-9, xxix, 11-13, 1 pi.—Kipp (C. J.) A case of grill-like keratitis. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1906-8, xi, 537-540, 1 pi.—Pascheff (C.) Anatomische Untersuchungen fiber die indirekten Rupturen der Membrana Bowmani mit Bemerkungen fiber die Entstehung der bander- und netzformigen Keratitis traumatica. Ber. fi. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch, Heidelb.. 1918, Wiesb, 1919, xh, 377-383.—Paterson (J. V.) A case oi reticular opacity of the cornea (Gittrige Keratitis, Haab). Ophth. Rev, Lond, 1907, xxvi, 223-226, 1 pi.— Terrien (F.) Sur une forme rare de keratite (opacity r£ticulee de la cornee). Clin, opht. Par, 1907, xiii, 28.— Zani (D.) Una forma tipica di cheratite reticolata e una forma distrofica di cheratite bilaterale non ancora descritta. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1911, xl, 236-244, 1 pi. Also: Riv. veneta di sc. med, Venezia, 1911, liv, 481-488. Cornea (Inflammation of, Scrofulous). See Cornea (Inflammation of, Phlyctenular [etc.]; Cornea (Tuberculosis of). Cornea (Inflammation of, Suppurative). Axdreyeff (A. A.) *Ob obrazovanii hypo- pyon pri gnoinikh keratitakh; patologo-anatomi- cheskoye i eksperimentalnoye izsliedovani'e. [On the formation of hypopyon in purulent keratitis; pathologo-anatomical and experi- mental research.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1897. Hirsch (Kate). *Zur Frage der Friihperfora- tion der Membrana Descemeti bei eitriger Keratitis. [Freiburg i. Br.] 8°. 5^^,1905. Perrix (F.) *Traitement des keratites sup- puratives; essai sur une nouvelle therapeutique. 8°. Paris, 1901. Also, in: Rec. d'opht. Par, 1901, 3. s, xxiii, 449; 526. VladJchexski (A. P.) *0 primienenii galva- nokaustiki pri gnoinikh protsessakh rogovoi obo- lochki; klinicheskoye i eksperimentalnoye izslie- dovaniye. [Galvanocautery in purulent proces- ses of the cornea; clinical and experimental investigation.] 8°. Tomsk, 1911. Also, in: Vestnik oftalmol, Odessa, 1911, xxviii, 498-504 Bronner (A.) Notes on six cases of suppurative ulcera- tion of the cornea, with hypopyon, treated by local applica- tions of pyocyanase. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1909-10, xxx, 226-228.—Castresana (B.) La sueroterapia en las queratitis supurativas. Arch, de oftal, hispano-am, Barcel, 1911, xi, 561-591.—Dauthuile (A.) Sur diflerents cas de keratite suppurative et de leur traitement. Gaz. d. prat, Lille, 1912, xix, 199-205.—Elschnlg (A.) Zur patho- logischen Anatomie der Keratitis suppurativa des mensch- liclien Auges. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1S98, xlv, 400-432, 1 pi. Also [Abstr.]: Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. de med. 1897, Mosc, 1898, vi, sect. 11, 31-33. -----. Bemerkungen zur Arbeit Wintersteiner's: Ueber die Friihperforation der Membrana Descemeti bei Keratitis suppurativa. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1901, liii, 370-374.—Fromaget (C.) L'ex- tirpation du sac lacrymal dans les keratites suppuratives. Cornea (Inflammation of, Suppurative). Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1903, xxiv, 413.-----. Trois nouveau cas d'extirpation du sac pour keratites suppuratives. Ibid., 1904, xxv, 287.—Fuchs (E.) Del'opa- cification du cristalnn a la suite de suppuration corneenne. Ann. d'ocul., Par., 1913, cl, 81-88.—Hertel (E.) Ueber eitrige Keratitis beim Menschen. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1901, liii, 316-359.—von Hippel (E.) Anatomische Befunde bei eitriger Keratitis des Menschen. Ibid., \h9^, xlvii, 157- 177,1 pi.—Juler (F. A.) Acute purulent keratitis in exoph- thalmic goitre, treated by repeated tarsorrhaphy, resection of cervical sympathetic and X rays; retention of vision in one eye. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1913, xxxiii, 58-76. Also: Ophthalmoscope, Lond, 1913, xi, 456-460.— La Mothe (E. A.) Infectious suppurative keratitis. J. Ophth. & Oto-Laryngol, Chicago, 1912, vi, 140-155. Also: Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1913, xxiii, 117-130.—Levy (A.) Ueber Verhalten der Descemet'sehen Membran bei der eitrigen Impfkeratitis. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1901, xxxix, 469-481, 2 pi.—Lothar (W.) Ueber eitrige Keratitis. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1907, Leipz, 1908, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte, 312-316.—Megla. Valor de la sueroterapia y otros medios farmacologicos en las supura- ciones corneales. Arch, de oftal. hispano-am, Barcel, 1911, xi, 137-139.—Panas. Keratites suppuratives d'origine in- fectieuse. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1902, xxii, 357-375. Also, transl.: Chn. ocul, Palermo, 1902, 961-966.—Petit (P.) Les keratites suppurees primitives. Rev. med. de Normandie, Rouen, 1900, i, 292-299.—Pissarello (C.) Sul "cherato- ipopion" appunti clinici e statistici. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1921, 4. s, xxvii, 237-258.—Rosenhauch (E.) [Purulent keratitis with hypopyon with a rare bacte- riological history.] Post, okul, Krakdw, 1909, xi, 37-63, 3 pi.—S. (A.) Un caso di cheratite suppurativa. Boll. d'ocul, Firenze, 1897, xix, 138-141.—Santos Fernandez. La queratitis supurativa tratada por el suero antidifterico. Cron. med.-quir. de la Habana, 1909, xxxv, 121-123.— Schultz (H.) Klinische Beitrage zur eitrigen Keratitis. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1899, xxxix, 26-48.—Strzeminskl (I.) Zur Behandlung der suppurativen Hornhautprozesse; einiges fiber das Unguentum cupri citrici. Med. Woche, Berl, 1905, vi, 297-299.—Traquair (H. M.) The treatment of purulent keratitis by zinc iontophoresis. Ophth. Rev, Lond, 1911, xxx, 1-15.—Weigelin (S.) Eitrige Hornhaut- entziindung mit Diplobazillenbefund bei einem 2 Monate alten Kind. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1907, xlv, 184-187. Cornea (Inflammation of, Syphilitic). See Cornea (Inflammation of, Interstitial, Causes [etc.], of); Cornea (Syphilis of). Cornea (Inflammation of, Treatment of). See, also, Cornea (Inflammation of, Interstitial, Treatment of). Dargein (G.) ^Traitement des keratites par les injections sous-conjonctivales; bleu de methylene, biioduredemercure. 8°. Lyon, 1904. Foulcher (M.) *De la conduite a tenir dans les keratites lacrymal es; extirpation du sac et cauterisation ignee de 1'ulcere. 8°. Bor- deaux, 1910. Gleises (M.-M.-L.) *Traitement des keratites a hypopyon par le curetage et le sous-nitrate de bismuth. 8°. Bordeaux, 1904. Mothe (H.) *Sur l'emploi de l'eserine dans le traitement des keratites. 8°. Toulouse, 1904. Alvarado (P.) La sueroterapia para-especifica en el trata- miento de las queratitis traumaticas. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1909, Ixxxiii, 449-451.—Annoni (L.) L'"io- dosan" nella terapia delle infezioni corneah. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1915, xliv, 300-335.—Baroggi (F.) Le iniezioni sotto- congiuntivah di subblimato nelle cheratiti settiche d'origine traumatica. Riv. ital. di ottal, Roma, 1909, iv, 191-215.— Beauvois (A.) Considerations sur le traitement des kera- tites infectieuses consecutives aux accidents du travail. Bull, et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht. Par, 1908, xxv, 460-470. Also: Rec. d'opht. Par, 1908, 3. s, xxx, 389-400.—Boni- vento (G.) L'airolo nei cherato-ipopion. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1898. xxvii, 253-277—Boynton (W. E.) The treatment of keratitis and its sequelae by the high-frequency current. J. Ophth, Otol. & Laryngol, Lancaster, Pa., 1915, xxi, 829-837.—Burnham (Y. H.) A new departure in the treatment of hypopyon kerato-iritis. Lancet, Lond., 1902, ii, 1539.—Calderaro (S.) Sulla cura della oheratite-ipopio con i sieri del Prof. Tizzoni e del Dott. Romer. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1903, 4. s, xv, 417-425. Also: Clin, ocul, Palermo, 1903, 1385-1393. Also, transl.: Wchn- schr. f. Therap. u. Hyg. d. Auges, Bresl, 1903, vii, 9.—Casall (A.) L'eserina nei cherato-ipopio. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1911, xl, 544-552.—Cavara (V.) Ueber die spezifische Optc- chintherapie der Pneumokokkeninfektionen der Hornhaut; eine klinische. bakteriologische und experimentelle Studie. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1915, n. F, xix, 601-675. CORNEA. 196 CORNEA. Cornea (Inflammation of, Treatment of). Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1915, 7. s, vii, 89-103.—Champlin (H. W.) Prompt curet- ting of morbid tissue in ulceration occurring during keratitis. J. Ophth, Otol. & Laryngol, Lancaster, Pa, 1914, xx, 327- 329.—Francis (L. M.) The treatment of keratitis and lagoph- thalmos. Am. Med, York & Phila, 1907, n. s, ii, 239.— Fromaget (C.) Keratites a pneumocoques gurries par le serum antidiphterique. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1907, cxxxvli, 59-61. Also: J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1907, xxxvii, 5.— Gabrlelldes. Traitement de la keratite pneumonococcique par la bile. Gaz. med. d'Orient, Constant, 1907-8, Iii, 224-227.—Galezowski (X.) Auto-observation du Dr. B.; keratoconjonctivite guerie rapidement par la therapeutique des voies iacrvmales; glaucome; influence de l'hygiene sur sa marche. Rec. d'opht. Par, 1906, 3. s, xxviii, 285-293.— Garcia Mansilla (S.) Tratamiento de la queratitis supu- rada con hipcpion por las inyecciones subconjuntivales de azul de metilo. Cone;, interat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, d'opht, 404-418.—Grandclement. Quel est actuellement le meilleur mode de traitement de la keratite a hypopion? Lyon med, 1906, cvl, 176-181.—Hazen (E. H.) The use of cocaine in the treatment of keratitis. J. Iowa State M. Soc, Des Moines, 1919, ix, 273-275 — Hildeshelmer (S.) Ueber die Wirkung des Chlorylens (Kahlbaum) auf die normale und entziindlich veranderte Hornhaut des Menschen. Deutsche med.Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1921, xlvii, 74s.—Inouye (M.) Ueber Antipyrin- keratitis. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1906, xliv, 30-32.—Key (B.-W.) Du serum antidiphterique dans les infections oculaires graves et surtout dans la keratite a hypopyon. Clin, opht. Par, 1920, xxiv, 56-71.—La Ferla (G. A.) Sulla cura chirurgica delta cheratite con ipopion. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1915, xliv, 835-842—Liegard. Quel- ques cas de keratites interstitielles soignes par l'arsgno- benzol. Clin, opht. Par, 1913, xix, 496-503.—Marescottl (R.) Di un metodo di cura della cheratite con ipopion. Boll, d' ocul, Firenze, 1897, xix, 50-54.—de Mets. La teinture d'iode dans le traitement des keratites infectieuses. Art med, Anvers, 1912, v, 6-9. Also: Bull, et mem. Soc. frang. d'opht. Par, 1911, xxviii, 575-580.—Monesi (L.) Midriatici e miotici nella cura del cherato-ipopion. Atti d. Soc. lomb. di sc. med. e biol., Milano, 1920, ix, 359-365 — Mulder (M. E.) Blepharo-sphinctereetomie; eine Operation zur Behandlung der Keratitis trachomatosa und scrophu- losa. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1900, xxxviii, 727-731.—Nerli (G.) Contributo alia terapia della cheratite con infiltramento e dell' ascesso corneale. Clin."ocul, Palermo, 1904, 1877-1880.—Ourgaud. Traitement de la keratite a hypopyon. Clin, opht. Par, 1917-18, xxii, 651- 656.—Pick (L.) Zur Behandlung der Keratitis ex acne rosacea. Therap. Monatsh, Berl, 1914, xxviii, 576 — Querenghl (F.) Delia cura di certe cheratiti croniche linfatico-scrofulari. Tribuna med, Milano. 1898, iv, 129- 133.—Radcliffe (McC.) Thyroid extract in keratitis. Oph- thalmoscope, Lond, 1908, vi, 676-678.—von Reuss (A.) Die Behandlung der Keratitis. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg, 1905, 1, 7; 31; 43.—da Rocha (N.) O tratamento das karatites infecciosas. Bol. da Acad. nac. de med, Rio de Jan., 1921, xcii, 176-180.—Roure. Du traitement des keratites infec- tieuses par le formol et de ses resultats au point de vue de la transparence des cicatrices. Bull. Soc. med.-chir. de la Dr&me [etc.], Valence & Par, 1908, ix, 36-38. Also: Rev. d'hyg. et de therap. oculaire, Par, 1908, ii, 66-71.—Salva- neschi(E.) Contributo alia cura del cherato-ipopion. Clin ocul, Palermo, 1908, ix, 3134-3143.—Salvo (V.) L' ittiolo nelle cheratiti. Mem. d. Cong. d. Ass. oftal. ital. 1902, Pavia 1903, xvi, 296-298.—Speclale-Clrlncione. Metodo di cura chirurgica per la guarigione della cheratite con ipopio. Clin, ocul, Palermo, 1914, xv, 1601-1604.—Tarantlna (B.) Influenza della simpaticectomia cervicale sulla cheratite vaccinica. Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1909, xxxv 372-382.—Terrien (F.) Comment faut-iltraiter les keratites^ Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap. Par, 1901, xv, 465-469 A lso: Mementos therap. Par, 1902, 76-90.—Terson (J.j Les injections sous-conjonctivales d'air sterilise dans la keratite scierosante d'origine tuberculeuse et dans les ulceres marginaux infectes de la cornee. Clin, opht. Par, 1906 xii 243-245— Teulieres (M.) Le serum antidiphterique dans le traitement de la keratite a hypopion. Ibid., 1909, xv 249- 255.—Trousseau (A.) Traitement des keratites. Gaz d hdp. Par, 1907, lxxx, 747-749. Also: Ann. de la Policlin' de Par, 1908, xviii, 39-47.—Verhoeff (F. H.) The treatment of hypopyon keratitis. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago 1917 lxviii, 1964-1969. Also, Reprint.—Vitall (K.) II cloruro di sodio nei cherato-ipopio. Cong. d. Ass. oftal. ital. Rendic 1902, Pavia, 1903, xvi, 37.—Wlbo (M.) Le traitement de choix des taies vascularisees des cornees consecutives aux kerato-conjonctivites lymphatiques. Presse med. belee Brux, 1904, lvi, 709.-Wieden (Mrs.) Patogenia de las queratitis con hipopi6n; su terapeutica mas eftcaz por la optoquina. Arch, de oftal. hispano-am, Barcel, 1916, xvi, Cornea (Inflammation of, Tubercular). See Cornea. (Inflammation of, Phlyctenular etc.); Cornea (Tuberculosis of). Cornea (Inflammation of) in animals. Sontag (J.) *Feber Keratitis parenchymatosa beim Rothirsch. 8°. Rostock, 1912. Also, in: Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1915 h- 571-582. Uebele (G.) ^Keratitis parenchymatosa beim Ilunde. [Giessen.] 8°. Oeringen, 1900. Allen (J. A.) A preliminary note on infectious keratitis J. Am. Vet. M. Ass, Ithaca, 1918-19, liv, 307-313.—Berg- mann (A. M.) Ansteckende Hornhautentzundung, Kera- titis infectiosa, beim Renntier. Deutsche tierarztl. Wchn- schr, Hannov, 1915, xxiii, 194; 203; 216; 226.—Ferwerda(S.) Keratitis infectiosa. Tijdschr. v. diergeneesk,Utrecht, 1918 xlv, 61—FrOhner. Infectiose Keratitis beim Pferde' Monatsh. f. prakt. Thierh, Stuttg, 1901, xii, 203-205 — Henschen (S. E.) [A disease of the eye (keratitisexulcerans etperforans, traumatica) amongsharksandraysincaptivity.] Svenskalak.-sallsk. handl, Stockholm, 1916, xiii, 971-979.— Hoppe. Eitrige Hornhautentzfindung bei Brandenten Ophth. Klin, Stuttg, 1899, iii, 213-215.—de Jong (P. J.) Keratitis infectiosa. Tijdschr. v. diergeneesk,Utrecht, 1917 xliv, 781-786.—Kovacs (S.) [Acute epidemic infectious keratitis of cattle.] Allatorvosi lapok, Budapest, 1909, xxxn 61-63.—Poels (J.) Keratitis infectiosa der runderen. Tijd- schr.v. veeartsenijkunde,Utrecht, 1911, xxxviii, 758-766,1 pi. Cornea (Innervation of). Klein (E.) On the termination of the nerves in the mammalian cornea. 8°. London, [n. d.]. Cutting from: Micr. J, Lond, [n. d.], n. s, xx, 459-489. Attias (G.) Sull' inflammazione dei nervi corneali del- 1' uomo. Arch, di ottal, Napoli, 1912-13, xx, 365.-----. I nervi della cornea umana. Ibid., 480; 505. Also, transl.: Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1912, Ixxxiii, 207-316.—Berger (E.) &Lcerwy(R.) Sur les nerfs trophiques de la cornee. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1902, 11. s, iv, 688-691.—Crevatin (F.) I nervi della cornea dei rettiU. Mem. r. Accad. d. sc. d. 1st. di Bologna (1901-3), 1902-4, 6. s, i, 139-148, 2 pi. Also, Reprint.—Fleischer. Ueber die Sichtbarkeit von Horn- hautnerven. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. (HeideRO, Wiesb, 1913, xii, 232-235— Koeppe (L.) Klini- sche Beobachtungen mit der Nernstspaltlampe und dem Hornhautmikroskop; neuere Beobachtungen fiber den feineren Verlauf und das Verhalten der lebenden Hornhaut- nerven im Bilde der Nernstspaltlampe. Arch. f. Ophth, Berl, 1919, xcix, 1-15,1 pi.-----. Die stereomikroskopische Sichtbarmachung des lebenden interfaszikularen Kittfinien- systems der Hornhautlamellen sowie das Verhalten der lebenden Hornhautnerven im polarisierten Lichte der Gullstrandschen Nernstspaltlampe. Munchen. med.Wchn- schr, 1920, lxvii, 39-42.—Nageottc (J.) Rapportdesneurites avec les tissus dans la comee. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1921, dxxii, 94 96.—Shearer (C.) On the nerve terminations in selachian cornea. J. Comp. Neurol, Gran- ville, O, 1898-9, viii, 209-217.—Verderame (F.) Sulla cono- scenza dei nervi della cornea umana. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1913, xiii, 112-114. ' Cornea (Leprosy of). Karnltzky(K.)& Welhsteln (A.) Ein Fall von Leprom der Hornhaut. KUn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1909, xlvii, 253 -257.—Roche (C.) Un cas de keratite lepreuse. Rec. dopht. Par., 1909, 3. s., xxxi, 11.V11S— Trantas. rn!>r^tc Po,lcUl(''° lepreuse. Arch, d'opht.. Par.. 1912, xxxii, 193-209—\ alnshteln (A. S.I A Karnitskl (K. E.) [Lepro- ma of the cornea.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb, 1909, viii, 18-20. Cornea (Leukoma of). See Cornea (Opacities and stains of). Cornea (Lupus of). See Cornea (Tuberculosis o*\ Cornea (Melanosis of). See Cornea (Pigmentation of). Cornea (Mycoses of). See Cornea (Diseases of, Parasitic). Cornea (Oedema of). See Cornea (Diseases of). Cornea (Opacity and stains of). See, also, Cornea (Deposits in); Cornea (De- generation of); Cornea (Erosions of); Cornea (Infiltration of); Cornea (Inflammation of, Complications [etc.], of). Axenfeld (T.) Embryotoxon corneae posterius. Ber. ii. d. \ ersamml. deutsch. ophth. Gesellsch. 1920, Munchen & Wiesb 1921, xiii, 301.-Baudry (S.) Du leucome corneen central et paracentral et de quelques autres lesions oculaires dans leur rapports avec l'acuite visuelle et I'aptitude au CORNEA. 197 CORNEA. Cornea (Opacity and stains of). travail. Arch, d'opht., Par, 1909, xxix, 273-288. Also: Nord med, Lille, 1909, xvi, 133; 145.—Behmann (A.) Zwei Falle von bandformiger Hornhauttrubung an sehenden Augen von jugendlicher Patienten. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Au- genh, Stuttg, 1921, lxvi, 450-454.—Best. Ueber die regres- siven Ernahrungsstorungen im Auge bei bandformiger Hornhauttrubung. Beitr. z. Augenh, Hamb. & Leipz, 1900, Hft. xliii, 1-59, 2 pi. Also, Reprint—Blascheck (A.) Zwei Falle von ringformiger Trubung der Cornea. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1902, xl pt. 2, 227-232.— Bordley (J.) Two patients with unusual corneal opacities. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Phila, 1916, xiv, 527-529, 1 pi.— Capolongo (C.) Le opacity corneali. Gazz. med. sicil., Catania, 1921, xxiv, 145-151.—Collins (E. T.) An unusual superficial circumferential opacity of the cornea, symmetrical in the two eyes. Tr. Ophth. Soc.U. Kingdom, Lond, 1903-4, xxiv, 45-47.—Cutler (C. W.) Opacities of the cornea; their frequency in childhood from preventable causes and their effect on vision. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1909Jiii, 1733-1735. Also: St. Luke's Hosp. M. & S. Rep. 1910, Poughkeepsie, 1911, ii, 165-171.—Dawnay (A. H. P.) Opacities of cornea of unusual character. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1909-10, xxx, 79.—Dimmer (F.) Ueber oberflachliche gitterige Hornhauttrubung. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1899, ii, 354-361.—Doyne (R. W.) & Stephenson (S.) Unusual condition of a corneal cicatrix. Tr. Ophth. Soc.U. Kingdom, Lond, 1904-5, xxv, 48.—Fehr. Fall von primarer, band- formiger Hornhauttrubung. Verhandl. d. Berl. ophth. Ge- sellsch. 1893-1904, Leipz, 1905, 79-81.—Fischer (M. H.) Ueber Hornhauttrubungen. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol, Bonn, 1909, cxxvii, 46-56.—Fleischer. Ueber eine eigenartige bisher nicht bekannte Hornhauttrubung (ein Hinweis auf die normale Struktur der Hornhaut). Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1910, lxxvii, 136-140.—Fuchs (E.) Ueber knotchenformige Hornhauttrubung. Ibid., 1915, lxxxix, 337-349, 1 pi.— Gilbert (W.) Leukome una bandformige Hornhaut- trubung. Ibid., 1909, lxxii, 377-392, 3 pi.—Girl (D. V.) Bilateral superficial symmetrical opacities of the cornea of unknown origin. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1918, xxxviii, 147.-----. An unusual case of opacity of the cornea. Ibid., 1919, xxxix, 154-156.—Goulden (C.) Reticular opacity of the cornea. Ibid., 1921, xii, 193.—Groenouw (A.) Knotchenformige Hornhauttrubungen. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1898, xlvi, 85-102, 2 pi.—Guist (G.) Ein Beitrag zur Khnik der Haabschen Bandertriibung. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1920, xliv, 242-246.—Heath (F. C.) Zonular opacity of the cornea. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1908, li, 220-222.— H0eg (N.) [Corneal dimness with disturbance of the ocular tension.] Hosp.-Tid, K0benh, 1921, lxiv (Jydsk. med. Selsk. Forh.), 106-109.—Jickeli (C.) Experimenteller und klinischer Beitrag zur Frage der Aufhellbarkeit von Kalk- trubungen der Hornhaut. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1916, xci, 380-392, 2 pi.—Leber (T.) Ueber die bandformige Hornhauttrubung. Ber. ti. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Ge- sellsch. Heidelb. 1897, Wiesb, 1898, xxvi, 53-69, 4 pi.—Lewis (J. D.) Opacities of the cornea. In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, v, 3416-3426.—Libby (G. F.) Acquired, symmetrical opacities of the cornea of unusual type. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Phila, 1914, xiii, pt. 3, 706-712, 1 pi. Also: Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1914, xxiii, 618-624,1 pi. Also, Reprint.—Lohlein. Mitteilung eines seltenen Horn- hautphanomens. Ber. u. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. (Heidelb.), Wiesb, 1913, xii, 377-380, 1 pi.—MacNab (A.) Opacity of the cornea in three members of one family. . Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1906-7, xxvii, 81 — Meller (J.) Zur Kenntnis der banderformigen Trfibungen der Hornhaut. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1917, lix, 135-141,1 pi.—Ovio (G.) Sulle macchie corneali. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1913, xhi, 375-482.-----. Determinazione della posizione, della grandezza delle macchie corneali e dell' abbassamento della funzione visiva da esse arrecato. Arch, di oftalmojat, Pavia, 1913-14, i, 173-185. -----. Disturbo visivo da macchie corneali. Medicina d. infortuni d. lav. [etc.], Perugia, 1914, vii 201-228.—Pfalz. Ueber die Beziehungen von Hornhauttrubungen zur Sehscharfe. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. 1908, Wiesb, 1909, xxxv, 17-25. -----. Ueber Dauer und Art der optischen Verande- rungen narbiger Hornhauttrubungen. Ibid., Heidelb, 1912, Wiesb, 1913, xxxvii, 3-8, 2pl.—Pichler (A.) Die Casparsche Ringtrubung der Hornhaut. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1916, Orig, xxxvi, 311-313: 1916, xxxvi, 311-313.—Posey (W. C.) An unusual form of superficial corneal opacity, probably an instance of atypical epithelial dystrophy. Tr. Coll. Phys, Phila, 1917, 3. s, xxxix, 333.—Puscarin (Elena). Deux observations d'opacites nodulaires de la cornee (mala- die de Groenouw). Arch, d'opht. Par, 1913, xxxiii, 362-373. -----. Deux nouveaux cas d'opacites nodulaires de la cornee (maladie de Groenouw). Ibid., 758-762.—Santos Fernandez (J.) La agudeza visual en las opacidades de la c6rnea. Cr6n. med.-quir. de la Habana, 1913, xxxix, 197-199. -----. Nota acerca de las opacidades o estados no bien definidos de la cdrnea. Arch, de oftal. hispano-am, Barcel, 1917, xvii, 611-614. Also: Cron. med.-quir. de la Habana, 1917, xliii, 283-285.—Schoute (G. J.) Gfirtelfo'rmige Horn- hauttrubung. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1918, xl, 167-169.— Shanker (H.) A new method of colouring the eyeball in cases of corneal opacity. Ophthalmoscope, Lond, 1916, xiv, 600.—Shepard (G. A.) Zonular opacity of the cornea. Homceop. Eye, Ear & Throat J, N. Y, 1907, xiii, 53-56.— Cornea (Opacity and stains of). Spicer (W. T. H.) Striated opacity of the cornea. Roy. Lond. Ophth. Hosp. Rep, 1895-6, xiv, 338-360, 1 pi.-----. The formation of clear lines in nebulae. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1918-19, xii, Sect. Ophth, 1-3.-----. On the formation of clear spaces in corneal nebulae. Brit. J. Ophth, Lond, 1919, hi, 1-8.—Steiger (A.) Sind Hornhauttrubungen eine Ursache der Myopie? Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1911, xxv, 41-48.—Stephenson (S.) Striate clearing of corneal cicatrices. Tr. Ophth.Soc.U. Kingdom, Lond, 1913, xxxiii, 79, 1 pi.-----. Striate clearing of corneal cicatrices (coarse type). Ibid., 1914-15, xxxv, 253-255. A lso: Ophthalmoscope, Lond, 1915, xiii, 440-442, 1 pi.—Streiff (J.) Ueber wech- selnde feinpunktierte Epitheltrubungen der Hornhaut. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1913, n. F, xvi, 307- 313.—Suker (G. F.) On corneal opacities. Am. M. Com- pend, Toledo, 1903, xix, 129-132.—Velhagen. Ueber die primare bandformige Hornhauttrubung. Ibid., 1904, xiii, 428-438.—Videky (R.) & Goldzieher (M.) Ueber eine Form der knotchenformigen Hornhauttrubung. Ibid., 1906, xlv, 242-250.—Yamane (K.) Ueber eine eigentfimliche Horn- hauttrubung. Ophth. Klin, Stuttg, 1903, vii, 115.—Zent- mayer (W.) Nodular opacities of the cornea; report of a case. Ophthalmol, Seattle, 1909, v, 628-633.-----. Zonular opacity of the cornea. Tr. Coll. Phys, Phila, 1918, 233. Cornea (Opacity and stains of, Causes and pathology of). Heerich (O. A. C.) *Untersuchung der patho- logischen Veranderung in der Hornhaut eines Auges mit bandformiger Trubung. 8°. Marburg, 1900. Wehowski (R. A.) *Ueber Faltungstrubun- gen der Hornhaut. 8°. Greifswald, 1901. Weiche (K. W.) * Hornhauttrubungen durch Faltung der Bowman'schen Membran. 8°. Greifswald, 1905. Akatsuka (T.) Ueber einen Fall von giirtelformiger Hornhauttrubung im Anschluss an eine alte Hornhaut- narbe. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1912, ii, 592- 594.—Axenfeld (T.) Zur chronischen peripheren Rinnen- bildung der Kornea. Ibid., 1907, xlv, 578-581.—Best. Hyaline Concremente bei bandformiger Hornhauttrubung. Ber. d. oberhess. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u. Heilk, Giessen, 1899- 1902, xxxiii, 129.—Dimmer (F.) Ueber Faltungstrubung der Hornhaut nach Keratitis parenchymatosa. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1901, v, 251-258—Freytag (G. T.) Ueber einen Fall von voriibergehender Hornhauttrubung in der Kalte. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1917, lix, 67- 69.—Fuchs (E.) Ueber knotchenformige Hornhauttrubung. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1901-2, liii, 423-438,3 pi.—Green (J.) Nodular opacity of the cornea; with special reference to its etiology. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1909, liii, 920-924.— Groenouw (A.) Knotchenformige Hornhauttrubungen, vererbt durch drei Generationen. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Au- genh, Stuttg, 1917, lviii, 411-420.—Guillery. Anatomische und mikrochemische Untersuchungen fiber Kalk- und Blei- triibungen der Hornhaut. Arch. X. Augenh, Wiesb, 1906, lvi, 221-256, 2 pi.—Handmann (M.) Klinischer Beitrag zur Aetiologie der chronischen peripheren Rinnenbildung auf der Hornhaut. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1908, xlvi 264-272.—Hulen (V. H.) Opacification of the cornea following cataract extraction. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1908, li, 296-299—Komoto (J.) Zur Kasuistik und Differentialdiagnose der peripheren Rinnenbildung der Hornhaut. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1909, vii, 447-450.—Lister (W. T.) Spreading opacity of the cornea following herpes frontalis. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1900-1901, xxi, 31-32.—McCaw (J. A.) Nodular opacities of cornea. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1919, 3. s, ii, 154.—Manzutto (G.) Ueber primare und traumatische gurtehbrmige Hornhauttrubung. Beitr. z. Augenh, Hamb. & Leipz, 1900, Hft. 44, 1-24—Pagenstecher (H. E.) Die Entstehung der Hornhauttrubungen durch Einwirkung von Kalkhydratlosung. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path, Jena, 1905, vii, Suppl, 406-418.—Posey (W. C.) An unusual form of superficial corneal opacity, probably an instance of atypical epithelial dystrophy. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1917, xlvi, 113-116,1 pi.—Rosenthal (O.) Ueber die nach Kalkin- sulten auftretenden Hornhauttrubungen. Ztschr. f. Au- genh, Berl, 1902, vii, 126-144.—Schieck (F.) Beitrage zur pathologischen Anatomie der bandformigen Hornhauttru- bung. Beitr. z. Augenh. Als Festg. ... A. von Hippel, Halle a. S, 1899,141-166,1 pi. AlsoK Reprint.—Seefelder (R.) Ueber den anatomischen Befund in einem Falle von Mem- brana pupillaris persistens corneas adharens und angeborener Hornhauttrubung. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1911, lxix, 164-177, 1 pi.—Silex (P.) Ueber die Nitronaphthalin- Trubung der Cornea. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1901, v, 178- 181,1 pi.—Terson. Pathogenie et traitement de l'infection intra-oculaire dans le leucome adherent. Arch. med. de Toulouse, 1898, iv, 17; 41.—Uhthofl (W.) Ein Fall von typischer bandformiger Trubung der Hornhaut auf beiden Augen bei einem 8jahrigen Madchen, mit teilweiser erhal- tener Sehkraft und hinteren Synechien; anatomische Unter- suchung. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1918, lx, 11-20.—Wehrli (E.) Die knotchenformige Hornhauttru- CORXEA. 198 CORXEA. Cornea (Opacity and stains of, Causes and pathology of). bung (Groenouw); eine primare, isolierte, chronische, tuber- kulose Erkrankung der vorderen Schichten der Cornea, Lupus corneae. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1905, xiii, 322; 558. Cornea (Opacity and stains of, Congenital and hereditary). Hixneberg (O. K. W.) *Zur Kenntnis der angeborenen Hornhauttrubungen. [Rostock.] 8°. Stuttgart, 1916. Also, in: Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1916, lvii, 477-494. Reuss (H.) *Beitrag zur Frage der angebo- renen Hornhauttrubungen. 8°. Giessen, 1919. Schomann (H. A.) *Ueber Veranderungen des Hornhautzentrums bei angeborenen Horn- hauttrubungen. 8°. Rostock, 1914. Also, in: Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1915, lv, 532-544. Wittmer (A.) *Ein weiterer Fall von ange- borener Hornhauttrubung. [Strassburg.] 8°. Munchen, [1912]. Zeiger (M. L.) *Ein Fall von angeborener Hornhauttrubung bei drei Mitgliedern derselben Familie; ein Beitrag zur Literatur angeborener Hornhautanomalien. [Munchen.] 8°. Ansbach, 1918. Armalgnac (H.) Opacite congenitale a peu pres totale des deux cornees chez deux enfants de la meine familie. Bull, et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht. Par, 1911, xxviii, 164-173. Also: Rec. d'opht. Par, 1911, 3. s, xxxiii, 142-148.—Auba- ret & Sedan (J.) Opacites congenitales de la cornee et etats glaucomateux infantiles. Marseille-med, 1922, lix, 338-341.—Basterra y Santa Cruz. Embriotoxon bilateral. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract, Madrid, 1917, cxiv, 301-304.— Baxter (J. M.) Pre-natal corneal opacities. Med. J. Austra- lia, Sydney, 1915, ii, 8.—Callan (L. W.) Complete congeni- tal opacities of both corneae. Bull. Lying-in Hosp.,N. York, 1908, iv, 148.—Chance (B.) A case exhibiting a symbleph- aron, corneal opacities, and a probably fibro-fat'ty tumor of the conjunctiva, all of prenatal origin, in a woman with hereditary cataracts at an early age. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1908, xxxvii, 680-682—Collins (E. T.) Two children in the same family with congenital opacities of both corneae. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1904-5, xxv, 49.—Dawnay (A. H. P.) Corneal opacities in members ofthe same family. Ibid., 62.—Folker (H. H.) Nodular opacity of the cornea in three generations. Ibid., 1908-9. xxix, 42-52, 1 pi.— Gratiot (H. B.) Report of a case of congenital corectopia, with aphakia, and a case of congenital leucoma of the cornea. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1905, xiv, 526.—Hancock (W. I.) Nodular opacities ofthe cornea in mother and child. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1904-5, xxv, 64-66.— Jardine (R.) Opacity of the cornea in new-born infants Brit. M. J, Lond, 1902, i, 868.—Komoto (J.) Ueber ange- borene erbliche Hornhauttrubung. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Au- genh, Stuttg, 1909, vii, 445-447—Lacompte (F.) Huit cas d'opacite corneennes congenitales. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1912 cxlviii, 415-421.—Melsner (W.) Angeborene Hornhauttru- bungen. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. deutsch. ophth. Gesellsch 1920, Miinchen & Wiesb, 1921, xiii, 334-336.—Mohr (T.j Kongenitale Hornhauttrubung mit vorderer Synechie, Per- sistenz der Pupillarmembran und kongenitaler Aphakie bei einem Schwein. Arch. f. vergleich. Ophthalmol, Leipz 1909-10, i, 444-451.-----. Beitrage zur Frage der Entstehung der kongeuitalen Hornhauttrubungen. Klin. Monatsbl t. Augenh, Stuttg, 1910, lvii, 338-370.—Moxon (F.) Con- genital diffuse non-inflammatory corneal opacity in two sisters. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1913-14, vii, Ophthal- mol. Sect, 67-70. A^o:Brit. J. Child. Dis, Lond, 1914 xi 257-259.—Murphy (F. G.) Two cases of congenital opacity of the cornea. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1899, viii, 114 1 pi — Peters (A.) Zur Kenntnis der kongcnitalen Hornhauttru- bungen. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1911, xlix pt. 2 88-91. —-—. Ein weiterer Beitrag zur Kenntnis der angeborenen Hornhauttrubungen. Anat. Hefte, Wiesb 1919, lvii, 561-581.—Rohmer. Opacite corneenne conge- nitale. Rev. med. de l'est, Nancy, 1911, xliii, 359.—Schap- nnger (A.) Ueber angeborene Hornhauttrubungen N. \ orker med. Monatschr, 1900, xii, 591-599.—Seefelder Drei Falle von doppelseitiger angeborener Hornhauttru- bung, nebst Bemerkungen fiber die Aetiologie dicser Storung. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1905, liii, 105-118_____ Ein auatomischer Beitrag zum Wesen der angeborenen Hornhauttrubungen. Ibid., 1906, liv, 85-89.—Terrien (F ) Opacites congenitales de la cornee; lesions anatomioues Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par, 1902, lxxvii, 474-479 — Uhthofl (\v.) Demonstration iiber einen anatomischen Befund von doppelseitiger kongenitaler Hornhauttrubung. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u \erzte 1909 Leipz, 1910, lxxxi, pt. 2, 2. Hft, 212-Webster (P ) Co* Cornea (Opacity and stains of, Congenital and hereditary). genital opacities of the corneae in brother and sister. Inter- colon. M. J. Australas, Melbourne, 1900, v, 269-271.— Wernicke (O.) Opacidades congenitas de la cornea. An. d. Circ. med. argent, Buenos Aires, 1896, xix, 523-530. Cornea (Opacity and stains of) Trau- matic). Caspar (L.) (Htterformige Homhauttrfibung nach Augenverletzungen. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1903, xh, 289-293. -----. Subepitheliale Trubungsflguren der Hornhaut nach Verletzungen. Ibid., 1916, lvii, 385-390.— Freund (H.) Die gittrige Hornhauttrubung. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1903. lvii, 377-399.—Green (JJ Transient complete opacity of the cornea following the use of obstetrical forceps. Weekly Bull. St. Louis M. Soc, 1909, iii, 449.— Guillery. Ueber die Hornhauttrubung durch metallische Aetzgifte und ein verbessertes Verfahren zu ihrer Auf- hellung. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1907, lviii, 77-125, 3 pi. -----. Ueber die Bedeutung der Homhautmucoids fur die Entstehung der primaren Aetztriibung. Ibid., 1910, lxvi, 252-271—Henderson (E. E.) Linear opacity of cornea with retinal degeneration following birth injury. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1909-10, xxx, 154.—James (R. R.) Linear opacity of cornea, following birth injurv. Ibid., 1908-9, xxix, 33.—Marx. Ein Fall von Brandblasenbildung auf der Kornea. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1908. xlvi, 259-264.—Meissner (L.) Ueber Hornhauttrubungen und Entzundungen nach Traumen. Monatschr. f. Unfall- heilk, Leipz, 1906, xiii, 194-210.—Meller (J.) Ueber trau- matische Hornhauttrubungen. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1913, lxxxv, 172-185, 1 pi.-----. Ueber die posttraumati- schen Ringtriibungen der Hornhaut. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1917, lix, 62-66.—Palich-Szant6 (01ga\ Scheibenformige Hornhauttrubung nach Trauma. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1917, lix, 425-430. Cornea (Opacity and stains of Treat- ment of). See, also, Cornea (Conical, Treatment of). Bassaget (H.) *Traitement du leucome par rammoniaque. 8°. Montpellier, 1900. Jacot (J.-A.) *Du traitement des taies de la cornee par les injections sous-conjonctivales de benzoate de lithine. 8°. Xancy, 190-1. Lemeigxex (L.-M.-J.-A.) *Sur le traitement des opacites corneennes par les injections sous- ronjonctivales d'eau de mer et d'air. Sc Bor- deaux, 1904. Zorx (E.) *Ein Beitrag zur Therapie der stationaren Hornhauttrubungen bei den Pfer- den. [Bern.] 8°. Magdeburg, 1903. Adler (H.) Ueber die elektrolyti'sehe Behandlung von Hornhauttrubungen. Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. de med. 1897, Mosc. 1898, vi, sect. 11, 344-353.-von Arlt (F. R.) Die Aufhellung alter und frischer Hornhauttrubungen (ex conj. lymph.) durch Dfonin. Wchnschr. f. Therap. u. Hvg. d. Auges 1903, yi, 81-83.-Blrkhauser (R.) Experimen- telles und Kuniscnes zur iontophoretischen Behandlung yon Hornhauttrubungen mit der Rdhrenelektrode. Khn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1921, lxvi, 536-551.—Blatt (N.) Expenmentelles fiber Verdauungstherapie bei Horn- hautnarben. \ erhandl. d. ausserord. Tag. d. oph. Gesellsch 1921, Berl, 1922, 33S-350.-Brown (S.H.I Dionin in corneal opacities; report of a case with remarkable restoration of vision. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1910, xxvii, 1S3.- Chevallereau (A.) Traitement des taies de la cornee par les pommades et le massage. France med. Par, ivn xlv 353.—Diaz Rodriguez (S.) Opacidades nodulares de la cornea; contribucion al estudio de su tratamiento. Vrch. de oftal. hispano-am, Barcel, 1916, xvi, 136-141.—Elliot (R. H.) A case of lead opacity of the cornea treated bv the application of a solution of sulphuretted hvdrogen. 'Oph- thalmoscope, Lond, 1911, ix, 49-..—Erlaiiger (G.) Zur Soc. franc, d'opht. Par, 1904, xxi, 269-272. Also: Rec! „ -£...«, *«.., *<>"-■, «j. a, mii, ooo-oo».—nure iu.j ii n- sehiaramento dei leucomi corneali con le iniezioni sotto- congiuntivali di benzoato di litina. Arch, di ottal, Napoli, 1906-7, xiv, 287-291.-Fuchs'(E.) Ueber Aufhellung von Hornhautnarben. Beitr. z. Augenh, Hamb. A T.elpz, 1900, lift. 44, 117 122.—Galezowskl (}.) Traitement des taies de la contee par la thiosinamine. Bull, et mem. Soc. franc. d opht. Par, 1908, xxv, 454-459. Also: Rec. d'opht. Par, 1908, 3. s, xxx, 247 251.—de Gouvea (H.) Traitement operatoire des leucomes adherents et du staphylome partiel qui en resulte. Bull, et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht.. Par.. 1898 xvi 215-218. Also: Clin, opht. Par 189S. [v, 122.—6reco (M.) La "jequiritina" nella cura delle opacita corneali da CORXEA. 199 CORXEA. Cornea (Opacity and stains of, Treat- ment of). ulcera e da panno. Gazz. internaz. di med, Napoli, 1914, xvii, 703-707.—Guillery (A.) Ueber die Aufhellung der durch metalhsehe Aetzgifte venirsachten Hornhauttrubung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1908, xxxiv, 1135-1137.—Harren. Zur Behandlung von Kalktnibungen der Hornhaut mit Ammonium-rriiparaten. Centralbl. f. Augenh., Leipz, 1908, xxxii, 324-327.—Hotmstrbm (J.) Ueber Abschabung von Hornhautflecken. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1903-4 xlu, 43-47.—Hudson (A. C.) Adherent leueomata treated by operation. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1921, xh, 192.—Jobson (G. B.) Report of a case of nodular opacity of the cornea cured by excision. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. [etc.], Oto-Larvngol. Sect, St. Louis, 1909, 300-303. Also: J. Ophth. & Oto-Laryngol, Chicago, 1909, iii, 477-480. -----. Keratotomy for the removal of corneal scars and opacities. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1912, xxi, 332-336— Marracci (G.) Abrasione della cornea per rimediare all' opacita della medesima. Gazz. tosc. d. sc. med.-fis, Firenze, 1848, vii, 321-324. Also, in his: Mem. chir, 8°, Firenze, 1849, 67-75.—MArquez (M.) Terapeutica de las manchas corneales argenticas por medio del hipo- sulflto sddico. Rev. espec. med, Madrid," 1909, xii, 340-342 — Mazet. Du benzoate de lithine dans le traitement des taies de la cornee. Bull, et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht. Par, 1903, xx, 309-317. Also: Clin, opht. Par, 1903, ix, 163-166. Also, transl.: Opht. Klin, Stuttg, 1903, vii, 194-196—Moret (L.) Traitement des leucomes de la cornee par les pulverisations d'eaux sulfureuses. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1910, xxx, 366-369 — zur Nedden (M.) Ueber Aufhellung von Blei- und Kalk- tnibungen der Hornhaut. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. 1905, Wiesb, 1906, 216; 334.-N'eschltsch (G.) Beitrag zur Heilung der ektatischen Hornhautnarben; Tre- panation des Staphyloms. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1911, xxv, 527-541.—Ohm (J.) Bandformige Hornhauttrubung bei einem neunjahrigen Madchen und ihre Behandlung mit subkonjunktivalen jodkaliumeinspritzungen. Klin. Mo- natsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1910, xlviii, 243-246.—Ollveres (A.) Traitement des taies de la cornee par des injections sous-conjonctivales de benzoate de lithine. Clin, opht. Par, 1904, x, 48.—Pick. Zur Behandlung von Hornhaut- trubungen. Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh, Leipz, 1906, xxx, 176. Also: Therap. Monatsh, Berl, 1907, xxi, 169-173.— Rljkens (R. G.) Das entoptische Bild und die stenopiiische Brille bei Hornhauttrubungen. Ztschr. f. ophth. Optik [etc.], Berl, 1921, ix, 65-69.—Riva (G.) Cheratiti parenchi- matose e opacita corneali; loro cura con le iniezioni di latte. Ann. di med. nav, Roma, 1919, ii, 807-812.—Santos Fer- nandez (J.) Del restablecimiento de la transparencia en la cdrnea opaca. Cron. med.-quir. de la Habana, 1917, xliii, 133-139.—Schou (S.) [The treatment of spots of the cornea with jequiritol.] Hosp.-Tid, K0benh, 1904, 4. R, xii, 921- 929.—von Schrttder (T.) Ueber die Versuche der Wieder- herstellung des Sehvermogens bei Leucoma totale corneae; Vorstellung eines Patienten mit kunstlicher Hornhaut. St. Petersb. meet. Wchnschr, 1898, n. F, xv, 309-311.—de Schweinitz (G. E.) Leucoma of the cornea; administration of thiosinamin with negative results; optical iridectomy and tattooing the margin of the opacity. Therap. Gaz, Detroit, 1903, 3. s, xix, 370.—Striekler (D. A.) Protonuclein (special) in corneal opacities. J. Ophth, Otol. & Laryngol, N.Y, 1903, xv, 221.—Sulzer (D.-E.) Traitement des opacites corneennes par les agents physiques. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1906, exxxvi, 349-367. Also: Bull. Acad, de med. Par, 1906, 3. s, lvi, 76-79.—Sulzer (D.-E.) & Chappe. La radio- therapie et les taies corneennes. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1918, civ, 424-427.—Terrien (F.) Taies de la cornee; symptdmes, complications et traitement. Clinique, Par, 1913, viii, 729.— Terson. De la fistulisation ignee temporaire de la cornee dans le leucome adherent infectee, dans les ulceres infectieux les plus graves et dans eertaines infections traumatiques ou post-operatoires. Arch.med.de Toulouse, 1900,vi,289; 320.— Valude (E.) De la restauration des cornees leucomateuses, et de la cornee artificielle. Bull, med. Par, 1898, xii, 689- 691.—Yollert. Zehnprozentige Ammonium-tartaricum-Lo- sungen zur Aufhellung von Kalk- und Bleitrubungen der Hornhaut. Therap. Neuheiten, Leipz, 1908, iii, 39.-----. Fibrolysineintraufelungen in den Bindehautsack bei Horn- hauttrubungen. Ibid., 131.—Wicherkiewlcz(P.) Les kera- tites parenchvmateuses traitees par le salvarsan. Clin. opht. Par, 1911, xvii, 394-406.—Wolfflin (E.) Eine neue Konstruktion einer Lochbrille. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1914, Iii, 259-261. Cornea (Perforation of). See Cornea (Rupture [etc.], of). Cornea (Peritomy of). See Cornea (Surgery of). Cornea (Pigmentation of). Bayer (F.) Die Braunfarbung der Hornhaut durch Chrom. Cor.-Bl. d. Ver. deutsch. Aerzte in Reichenberg, 1907, xx, No. 3,1-3. Also: Med. Klin, Berl, 1908, iv, 194v— Buchanan (L.) Blood pigment staining of the cornea. Ophthalmoscope, Lond, 1912, x, 190-192.—Cillmbarls (P. A.) Ueber Pigmentzellen in der Hornhaut des Schafes; Cornea (Pigmentation of). vorlaufige Mitteilung. Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1910, lxxv, 689-691.—Ezell (H.) Melanosis of cornea. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1922, v, 3. s, 663-665.—Fleischer (B.i Zwei weitere Falle von grunlicher Ycrfarbung der Kornea. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1903, xii, 489-491.-----. Die periphere braungriinliche Hornhautveriarbung als Symptom einer eigenartigen Allgemeinerkrankung. Miin- chen. med. Wchnschr, 1909, lvi, 1120-1123.—Ford (Rosa). Congenital pigmentation of the cornea. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1918-19, xii, Sect. Ophthalmol, 34. Also: Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1919, xlviii, 379.—Goldberg (H.) Pigmentkorperchen an der Hornhauthinterflache. Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb, 1907,1 viii, 324-336.—de Graaf (J.) Ueber erworbene Pigmentfiecke der hinteren Hornhautwand. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1913, lxxxvi, 463-167, 1 pi.—Gru- ninger (W.) Klinische und anatomische Untersuchungen iiber die Epithelpigmentlinie der Cornea. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1921, xlvi, 317-328.—Holloway (T. B.) Congenital pigmentation of the cornea. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Phila, 1910,xii,423-435,1 pi. Also: Ann.Ophth,St.Louis, 1910,xix, 685-706,1 pi.-----. Peripheral pigmentation ofthe corneae, associated with symptoms simulating multiple sclerosis. Am. J. M. Sc. Phila, 1914, cxlviii, 235-247.—Holmstrom (J.) [Some further remarks on the black coloring of corneal spots as relates to optics.] Hygiea, Stockholm, 1899, lxi, 72-80.—Hudson (A. C.) A note on certain peculiar pigmentary markings in the comea. Roy. Lond. Ophth. Hosp. Rep, Lond, 1911, xviii, pt. 2, 198-202.—Kolf (C.) Ein Fall von Braunfarbung der Hornhaut durch Chrom. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1905, xiii, 220-225— Kraemer (A.) Die angeborenen Piementierungen der Hornhaut. Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh, Leipz, 1906, xxx, 39-42. Also, transl.: Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1906, xv, 239-242.-----. Ein neuer Beitrag zur angeborenen Hornhautpigmentierung. Cen- tralbl. f. prakt. Augenh, Leipz, 1906, xxx, 135-139. Also, transl.: Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1906, xv, 390-392.—Kraupa (E.) Pigmentierung der Hornhauthinterflache bei "Dys- trophia epithelialis(Fuchs)." Ztschr.f.Augenh,Berl, 1920, xliv, 247-250.—Kreibich (C.) Hornhautpigmentation (zur Pigmentfrage). Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph, Berl, 1921, exxxv, Orig, 277-282.—Krukenberg (F.) Beiderseitige angeborene Melanose der Hornhaut. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1899, xxxvii, 254; 478.—Lewis (J. D.) Melanosis of the cornea. In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, v, 3400-3405.—zur Nedden. Ein Fall von angeborener Melanosis corneae in Verbindung mit einem Pigmentnetz in der vorderen Kammer und auf der Iris. Khn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1903, xii, 342-351, 1 pi.—Oeller (J.) Ueber erworbene Pigmentfiecke der hin- teren Hornhautwand. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1903, xlviii, 293-302, 1 pi.—Paton (L.) Pigmented plaque in comeo-scleral junction; Nature? Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1916-17, x, Sect. Ophth, 1.—Hubert (J.) Ueber Hornhautpigmentierung beim Meerschweinchen; nebst Bemerkungen fiber die Pigmentverhaltnisse im vordersten Abschnitte des Auges tiberhaupt, erortert im Zusammen- hange mit solchen der Haut. Arch. f. vcrgleich. Ophthal- mol, Leipz, 1913-14 iv, 1-38, 2 pi.—Salus (R.) Nochmals zurgriinhchen Hornhautveriarbung. Wchnschr. f. Therap. u. Hyg. d. Auges, Dresd., 1908, xii, 77.—SchrUnder (F.) Ein Fall von tiefer bandformiger melanotischer Trubung beider Hornh&ute. Arch. f. Ophth, Berl, 1919, xcviii, 117 121, 1 pi.—Senn (A.) Grunliche Hornhautveriarbung; Entgegnung auf "Grunliche Hornhautveriarbung bei mul- tipler Sklerose" von R. Salus in No. 14 d. Med. Khn. Wchnschr. f. Therap. u. Hyg. d. Auges, Dresd, 1908, xi, 403.—Stahli (J.) Ueber eine neue typische Epithelpigmen- tation der normalen Cornea und ihre Beziehungen zum Fleischer'schen Ring beim Keratoconus. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte. Basel, 1918, xlviii, 1653-1661. -----. Typisctie corneale Pisnnentationen. Schweiz. med. Wchnschr, Basel, 1922, Iii, 327.—Stelner (L.) Pigmentfiecke der Hornhaut. Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh, Leipz, 1905, xxix, 293-296.— Stock (W.l Ein weiterer Beitrag zur doppelseitigen ange- borenen Melanose der Cornea. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1901, xxxix, 770-775.—Suganuma (S.) Vitale Farbung der Hornhaut und deren Anwendung zur For- schung der Spiessfiguren-Frage bei Keratitis. Ibid.. 1921, lxvi, 240-242—Thomson (W. E.) & Ballantyne (A- J) Congenital bilateralpigmentation of the cornea. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1902-3, xxiii, 274-276.—Tweedie (H. V.) Congenital pigment of the cornea. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1911, xx, 118.—Waardenburg (P. J.) Dubbelzij- dige pigmenteering van het hoornvlies. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1915, i, 677-6)-0.-----. Over aangeboren pigmenteering van het hoornvlies (melanosis corneae). laid., 1918, ii, 1741-1747.—Weinkauff. Zur doppelseitigen Melanose der Hornhaut. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1900, xxxviii, 345-347.—Yamaguchl (H.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Melanosis corneae. Ibid., 1904, xiii, 117- 125, 1 pi. Cornea (Regeneration of). Laxdreau (M.-R.) Contribution a l'etude de la regeneration transparente de la cornee du lapin. 8°. Bordeaux, 1912. Armalgnac (H.) Un cas de regeneration complete de la cornee apres un sphacele total de cette membrane consecutif CORXEA. 200 CORXEA. Cornea (Regeneration of). a une conjonctivite purulente chez une femme de 60 ans. Bull, et mem.,Soc. franc, d'opht. Par, 1899, xyu, 28.-291.— Bonnefon. A propos de I'origine des keratoblastes dans la regeneration de la cornee; reponse au Prof. Salzer. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1914, xxxv, 356.—Bonnefon ((J.) & Lacoste (A.) De la regeneration transparent^ du tissu corneen. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1912 xxxii, 65; 210 3 pi. Also ( Abstr.]: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1912, lxxm, 145 — Callan (P. A.) Regeneration of cornea; report of case of ulcus serpens. Am. Med, Phila, 1904, viii, 54.—Griscom (J. M.) Regeneration of a cornea partially lost during gonorrheal ophthalmia. Tr. Coll. Phys, Phila, 1918, 244.— Hanke (V.) Studien fiber die Regeneration des Hornhaut- gewebes und die wahre Natur der Keratoblasen. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1915, lxxxix, 350-385, 3pi.—Hoffmann (V.) Studien iiber die histologischen Veranderungen und fiber die Regeneration der Hornhaut bei Veratzung derselben durch Bleisalzlosungen. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1919, lxxxv, 231 276,3 pi— Jusellus (E.) Experimentelle Unter- suchungen uber die Regeneration des Epithels der Cornea unter normalen Verhaltnissen und unter therapeutischen Massnahmen. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1910, Ixxi, 350-400, 1 pi. -----. Experimentelle Untersuchungen fiber die Regeneration des Hornhautepithels. Cong, internat. de med. (xvi.). C.-r, Budapest, 1910, sect.ix, ophtal, 432-439.— Lowenstein (A.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen fiber die Regeneration des Hornhautepithels. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1913, lxxxv, 221-251.—Magitot (A.) Keratoplastie dhleree et regeneration corneenne (reponse a MM. Bonnefon et Lacoste). Arch, d'opht. Par, 1912, xxxii, 361-370.— Salzer (F.) Ueber die Regeneration der Kauinchenhom- haut. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1911, lxix, 272-318: lxx, 165- 184: Ixxi, 221-246, 5 pi. Also: Ber.fi. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. Heidelb. 1910, Wiesb, 1911. xxxvi, 244-256, 2 pi. -----. Die Abstammung der Keratoblasten bei der Regene- ration der Hornhaut; zugleich eine Erwiderung an Bonnefon und Lacoste. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1914, lxi, 1503- 1505.-----. Vergleichend anatomische Untersuchung fiber Wundheilung und Regeneration der Hornhaut. Tr. Inter- nat. Cong. Med. 1913, Lond, 1914, Sect, ix, Ophthalmol, pt. 2,17.5-180. Also: Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1915, lxxviii, 61-96.—Staicovici (N. D.) [Two cases of complete regenera- tion of the cornea following total destruction of that mem- brane by conjunctival suppuration.] Rev. de chir, Bucu- restl, 1903, vii, 20-26.—Wiener (M.) Regeneration of the cornea. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1909, liii, 762-765. Also: Ophthal. Rec, Chicago, 1909, xviii, 400.—Wolfrum. Zur Regeneration der Hornhaut. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. deutsch. ophth. Gesellsch. 1920, Munchen & Wiesb, 1921, xiii, 332- 334.—Wolfrum (M.) & Boehmig (A.) Zum Problem der Hornhautrcgeneration. Arch. f. Ophth, Berl, 1921, civ, 175-197: cv, 708-720. Cornea (Rupture and perforation of). Bat-hstez (E.) Eine Ruptur der ausseren Hornhaut- schichteu. Verhandl. d. ausserord. Tag. d. ophth. Gesellsch. 1921, Berl, 1922, 144-146.—Buller (F.) Rupture of the cornea treated bv evisceration of eyeball and the introduc- tion of a glass globe in the sclerotic. Proc. Med.-Chir. Soc. Montreal (1887-9), 1890, iv, 301-303.—ChaUlous (F.) La cornee en imminence de perforation; traitement par la paracentese de la membrane suivie de reouvertures repetees de la chambre anterieure. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1912, cxlviii, 278-284. Also: Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1912, 2. s, xxx, 701- 707.—Delope (C.) On the treatment of traumatic perfora- tion of the cornea. Internat. Clin, Phila, 1908, 18. s, iii. 261-267.—Gerlach (N. L.) & de Kleijn (A.) Perforatio corueie cum prolapsu choroideae Inveterata. Nederl. Tijd- schr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1910, xlv, pt. 1, 407.—Grllll (O.) Rottura della cornea per contusioni sul bulbo. Riv. ital. di ottal, Roma, 1911, vii, 51-58.—Hansell (H. F.) Perforation of the cornea persisting for eight months. Tr. Coll. Phys, Phila, 1918, 229— Houdart (E.) Hemorragie expulsive et rupture spontanee de la cornee. Bull, et mem. Soc. franc. d'opht. Par, 1906, xxiii, 455-473. Also: Rev. d'opht. Par, 1906, 3. s, xxviii, 385-403.—Jamison (H. D.) Perforating ulcer of cornea; prolapse of iris twelve times; vision normal. Med. Rec, N.Y, 1899, lv, 581.—Kuwabara (I.) [Rupture of the cornea.] Nippon Cankwa Gakukwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1901, v, 1215-1219.—Newollna (Apollinaria). Ceber die sogenannten Rupturen der Bowmansehen Membran. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1908, xlvi, 360-366 Veasev (C. A.) Report of a case of spontaneous perforation of the cornea, in the center of a macula which had exiMcd for more than six years, the perforation not closing until the twentieth day. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1902, xi, 569-571.— \erhceff(F.H.)& Spalding (F. M.) A choroidal sarcoma producing rupture of the cornea in an unusual manner. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1901, xxx, 385-390, 1 pl.-Wagen- niann. Ulcus corneae perforatum mit beginnendem Linsenaustntt. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch 1905, Wiesb, 1906 319, 2 pl.-Wood (C. A.) Rupture of the cornea. In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth (Woodi. Chicago, 1914, v, 3442-3444.-Yudln (K. A.) [Spontaneous rupture of the cornea with expulsive haemorrhage.) Vestnik oftalmol, Mosk, 1910, xxvii, 185-192. Cornea (Softeninq of) Gille(W.) *ZurProgn 8°. Leipzig, 1912. ose der Keratomalacie. Cornea (Softening of). Knaebel (A.) *lTeber Keratomalacia infan- tum. 8°. Tubingen, 1901. Koux (L.-A.-M.-H.) *De la keratomalacie, affection corneenne chez les enfants athrepsi- ques. HD. Bordeaux, 1903. Romahn (V.) *Ist die Behandlung der Kera- tomalacie heute aussichtsvoller als fruher? 8°. Rostock, 1911. Baer. Ueber die Behandlung der Keratomalacie im Sauglingsalter. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1901, xxxix, 287-293.—Bergmann (A. M.) Eine ansteckende vugenkrankheit, Keratomalacie, bei Dorschen an der Siid- kiiste Schwedens. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1912, lxii, Orig, 200-212, 2 pi.—Blake (E.) & Linde (J. I.) A case of malnutrition with keratomalacia. Yale M. J, N. Haven. 1911-12, xviii, 233-235.—Bourgeois (A.) Kerateetasie totale et keratomalacie partieUe. Union med. du nord-est, Reims, 1902. xxvi, 18-21.—Evans (T. C.) Keratomalacia. Arch. Pediat, N. Y, 1898, xv, 756-760.— Frelse (E.), Goldschmldt (M.) & Frank (A.) Experi- mentelle Beitrage zur Aetiologie der Keratomalazie. Mo- natschr. f. Kinderh, Leipz. & Wien, 1915. xiii, Orig, 424- 430.—Goldschmldt (M.) Experimenteller Beitrag zur Aetiologie der Keratomalacie. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1915, xc, 354-366.—Gulral (R.) La queratomalacia y su trata- miento. Rev. cubana de oftal, Habana, 1919, i, 610-612. Also: Rev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1919, xxiv, 157- 160.—Kapuscinski (W.) Die Prognose der Keratomalacie. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1912, Ixxxii, 229-240.—Kramer (R.) Keratomalazie bei Ervthrodermia desquamativa; ein Bei- trag zur Aetiologie der Leiner'schen Erkrankung. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1921, Ixxi, 1063-1066.—Kiilerich. Kerato- malaci. Ugesk. f. Lseger, Kpbenh.. 1917. lxxix, 631-640.— Laas. Ueber Keratomalacie. Ztschr. I. arztl. Fortbild, Jena, 1906, iii, 171-174.—Nobel (E.) Fall von Keratomalazie und Xerosis. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1021, Ixxi, 1502.— Ormond (A. W.) Keratomalacia. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1904-5, xxv, 62.—Reis (W.) Ueber Oph- thalmomalacie. Arch. f. Ophth, Berl.. 1921, cv, 617-639.— Ronne (H.) [Feeding with cow's milk, a therapeutic agency in keratomalacia (cachectic).] Ugesk. f. Lseger, K0benh, 1915, lxxvii, 493-496.-----. Ueber die Aetiologie und Behandlung der Keratomalaeie. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1916, lvii, 381-3M.—Ross i S. G.) Nutri- tional keratomalacia in infants: with report of four cases. Am. J. Dis. Child, Chicago, 1921, \.\ii, 232-243.—Saunte. [A case of keratomalacia in an adult.] L'gesk. f. Larger, K0benh., 1917, lwi\. 52V ■"'>. — Schroen. Ein Fall von Keratomalacie (Keratitis \<.ruiiear. All,:, med. Centr.-Ztg, Berl, 1902, Ixxi. 2nv—Shomatsu s > [On the softening of the cornea.] Inouye t.ankwa Po>okwai Kai Ho, Tokyo, 1*99, 165-174.—Stephenson i >.> A note on a case of kerato- malacia. Rep. Soc. Studv Di-. Child., l.md, 1901-2, ii, 233- 237: 1914-15, v. IM.-----. Keratomalacia. Brit. J. Child. Dis, Lond, 1911, viii, 337-346.-----. Sur la keratomalacie chez les enfants. Chn. opht. Par, 1911 xvii, 113-117.— Watase (S.) [Subcutaneous injections of Uver extract for softening of the cornea.] Iji Shinbun, Tokyo, 1906, 1227- 1231.—Wlcherkiewicz. [Keratomalacia following vicious alimentation.] Post, okul, Krakow, 1910, xii. 1-9.—Wright (R. E.) Keratomalacia in southern India. Brit. J. Ophth, Lond, 1922, vi, 164-175. Cornea (Staphyloma of). See Cornea (Conical). Cornea (Surgery of). See, also, Cornea (Transplantation of) Albertotti ((i.) La cheratocentesi studiata sperimentalmente. fol. Modena, 1905. Cutting from: Mem. r. Accad. d. sc. lett. Total keratoplasty. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1921. 1, 147 153.-Calderaro (S.) Contributo alia oheratopla-i ia. Atti d. r. Accad. d. sc. med. 190>>, Palermo, l'.'ti'.i, 158-n,,, i pi. ,iteo.-Clin. ocul, Palermo, 190\ i\. 3293 3:«Hi, lpl. Callan (P. A.) Peritomy. In: Am. F.iu vcl. & 1 Met (iphth. (Wood), Chicago, 1918, xii.9613-9til.». Clieval- lereau i v.) La kei-atotomle transversale comhim e. Clin. opht.. Par, 1905, xi, 163.-----. Sur la keratotomie trans- versale eombinee. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. 1908, Wiesb, 1909, xxxv, 287-291.—Crawford (J. M.) Corneal abscission; a report of forty-one operations. Tr. M. CORNEA. 201 CORXEA. Cornea (Surgery of). Ass. Georgia, Atlanta, 1905, lvi, 340-354.—Denig (R. C. R.) V erankerung der Naht im Limbus der Hornhaut bei der \ orlagerung. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1911, lxxx, 164-169. -----. Transplantation of the mucous membrane of the mouth for various diseases and burns of the cornea; with report of 150 cases. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1918, cvii, 1074. Also, Reprint.—Dl Marzio. Trapanazione sclero-corneale. Chn. ocul, Palermo, 1915, xvi, 129-169.—Dor (L.) Issue complete du corps vitre apres une simple k^ratotomie. Chn. opht. Par, 1909, xv 82-86.—Elschnlg (A.) Ueber Keratoplastik. Prag. med. Wchnschr, 1914, xxxix, 405. -----. Die Grundlage der Spatinfektion nach Trepanation und der Wagenmannschen Infektion. Arch. f. Ophth, Berl, 1921, cv, 599-604.-----.Ueber Keratoplastik. Ber. fi. d. "Versamml. deutsch. ophth. Gesellsch. 1920, Munchen & Wiesb, 1921, xiii, 331.—Foroni (C.) Keratektomie; vor- laufige Mitteilung. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1915, lxxviii, 279-283.—Fuchs (E.) Ueber Keratoplastik. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1894, Leipz, 1895, lxvi, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte, 206-211.-----. Zur Keratoplastik. Ztschr. F. Augenh, Berl.. 1901, v, 1-5.—Gradle (H. S.) The present status of keratoplasty. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1921, 3. s, iv, 895-899.—Harlan (G. C.) Abscission and combined keratectomy. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1899, viii, 290-292.— Heerfordt (C. F.) [Researches on keratoplasty.] Ugesk. f. Laeger, Kj0benh.. 1910. lxxii, 483-492.—Jocqs (R.) Sur la keratoplastie. Chn. opht. Par, 1911, xvii, 183-189.—Knapp (A.) The operative treatment of partial staphvloma of the cornea and of fistula of the cornea, with a conjunctival flap, conjunctivo-keratoplasty (Kuhnt). Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1916, xlv, 359-363.—KoUock (C. W.) The report of a case of keratectomy. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1899, viii, 544.— Koyle(F. H.) Repair of the cornea. Ophthalmol, Seattle, 1909-10, vi, 640-645, 1 pi.—Kraupa (E.) Transposition durch Lappendrehung; eine neue Methode der Kerato- plastik. Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh, Leipz, 1914, xxxviii, 132.—Kuhnt (H.) Ueber den Werth der Hornhautnaht. Ztschr. f. Augenh.. Berl, 1900, iii, 310-321.-----. Schluss eines Hornhautdefektes durch Uebertragung von Fascia lata. Ibid., 1916, xxxvi, 300-305. -----. Ersatz grosserer Substanzverluste der Hornhaut in ganzer Dicke. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1917, xliii, 413.—Lauber (H.) Hornhautplastik. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1920, lxx, 107.—Leon Ortiz. Continuacidn de mis estu'dios experi- mentales sobre queratoplastias-. Arch, de oftal. hispano-am, Barcel, 1917, xvii, 615-629.—Lesser (H. R.) A keratoplasty. Med. Rec, N. Y.. 1908, lxxiv, 447.—Magitot (A.) Human keratoplasty; with report of four cases. Tr. Internat. Cong. Med. 1913, Lond.; 1914, Sect.ix, Ophthalmol, pt. 2, 157-165. -----. Etude critique sur eertaines proprietes biologiques du tissu corneen et sur la keratoplastie humaine. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1916, ciii, 417-441— Marcard. Un cas d'ulcere rongeant de la cornee (Ulcus rodens de Mooren); guerison par le recouvrement conjonctival. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1914, xxxiv, 157-163.—Marquez. Dos casos de sutura de la cornea. An. r. Acad, de med, Madrid, 1917, xxxvii, 108- 110.—Mazet. Keratectomie avec doublure conjonctivale; prothese oculaire. Marseille med, 1904, xii, 261-263.—Mazzel (A.) Sulle alterazioni dell' endotelio corneale in seguito alia paracentesi della camera anteriore. Arch, di ottal, Napoli, 1921, xxviii, 109-119.—von Mende (R.) Ueber die Verwend- barkeit der Lippenschleimhaut zur tektonischen Kerato- plastik. Khn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1913, n. F, xvi, 238-243.—Morgenroth (J.) & Ginsberg (S.) Ueber den Mechanismus. der Cornea-Anasthesie. Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh, Leipz, 1913. xxxvii, 315-321.-----------. Hornhautanasthesie durch Chinaalkaloide. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1913, xxxix, 241.—Mttller (L.) Erfolgreiche Hornhautplastik bei adharentem Hornhaut- leukom. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1919, xxxii, 250-252 — Neuhann. Zur operativen Behandlung der rezidivierenden ekzematosen Hornhauterkrankungen. Med. Klin, Berl, 1910, vi, 145.—Oliver (C. A.) Paracentesis, keratotomy, conjunctivoplasty and some other operations on the cornea. Syst. Ophth. Op. (Wood), Chicago, 1911, ii, 942-1005.— Panas. Keratectomie totale eombinee, suivie de suture; applications de cette methode. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1898, xviii, 54.5-554. Also: Bull. Acad, de m&i. Par, 1898, 3. s, xl, 106-115.—Reymond. Ueber die Beeinflussung kleinerer Fehler der Hornhautkrfimmung durch operative Mass- nahmen. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1899, ii, Ergnzngshft, 83.—Salzer (F.) Experimentelle Beitrage zur Keratoplas- tikfrage. Ber. fi. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. 1908, Wiesb, 1909, xxxv, 227-241. -----. Beitrage zur Kerato- plastik; Implantation uberlebender Lappen; Schlussbe- trachtungen. Arch. f. Ophth, Berl, 1921, cv, 469-490 — Snell (S.) On peritomy for diffuse corneitis and other affections of the cornea. Ophthalmol, Milwaukee, 1904-5, i, 397-401.—Stephenson (S.) A modified corneal trephine. Ophthalmoscope, Lond., 1910, viii, 415.—Stewart (G. W.) On the methods of securing antisepsis in corneal operations. Tr. Homceop. M. Soc. Penn. 1899, Phila, 1900, 294-299. Also: Hahneman. Month, Phila, 1900, xxxv, 161-166 — Suarez de Mendoza. La suture de la cornee dans 1'opera- tion de la cataracte pour en assurer le succes imm^diat et nous pr^munir contre l'insucces tardif. Arch, de med. et chir. spec. Par, 1900, i, 4; 59; 123; 261.—Velarde (H.) Corneal paracentesis. Philippine J. Sc, Manila, 1920, xvii, 71-77.—Walker (A. N.) Keratotomy. Ophthalmoscope, Cornea (Surgery of). Lond, 1909,vii, 740^-742.—Wheeler (J. M.) A corneal curette. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1909, hi, 1666.—Wood (C. A.) Paracentesis of the cornea. In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, v, 3428-3432.—Zirm (E.) Eine erfolg- reiche totale Keratoplastik. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1906, lxiv, 580-593, 2 pi. Cornea (Syphilis of). See, also, Cornea (Inflammation of, Interstitial, Causes [etc.], of). Bruxet (H.-V.-A.) *Essai de justification du traitement mercuriel intensif dans la keratite interstitielle heredo-svphilitique. 8°. Bordeaux, 1912. Igersheimer. Das Schicksal von Patienten mit Keratitis parenchvmatosa auf hereditar luetischer Grundlage. 8b. Halle a. S., 1913. Forms Hft. 4, v. 9, of: Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. Augenh. Pikelxy (S.) *Keratitis parenchymatosa e lue hereditaria und Wachstum. 8°. Zurich, 1917. Soderlindh (R.) Contribution a l'etude de la keratite syphilitique gommeuse. [Lvon, 1909.] 8°. Valence, 1910. Antonelll (A.) & Benedetti (A.) Les affections syphili- tiques de la cornee a forme rare. Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par, 1905, ix, 805-807. Also: Rec. d'opht. Par, 1905, 3. s, xxvii, 464; 523.—Bertarelli (E.) Intorno alia immunizza- zione del coniglio verso la sifilide corneale. Riv. d' ig. e san. pubb, Torino, 1907, xviii, 616-621. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1908, xlvi,51-55.—Boas(H.) & Ronne (H.) Untersuchungen fiber familiare Syphilis bei Earenchymatoser Keratitis. Khn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, tuttg, 1914. n. F, xvii, 219-225.—Braunstein (J. E.) Two cases of luetic keratitis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1913, xcviii, 672. Also, Reprint.—Cabannes (C.) & Chavannaz (J.) Des injections sous-cutanees de novarsenobenzol dans la keratite interstitielle heredo-syphilitique. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1922, hi, 10-12.—Carpenter (J. T.) Diffuse inter- stitial keratitism acquired syphilis. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1908, xvii, 617-628,1 pi.—Christel (P.) Die Pallidinreaktion bei Keratitis parenchymatosa. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1914, n. F, xviii, 391-393.—Claiborne (J. H.) Interstitial keratitis due to acquired syphilis. Virginia M. Semi-Month, Richmond, 1908-9, xiii, 361-366.—Cooper (I. W.) [Syphilitic keratitis.] Tr. Mississippi M. Ass, [Jackson], 1911; xliv, 71-73.—Danila (P.) Recidive de la keratite syphilitique du lapin. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1913, lxxiv, 910-912.—Danila (P.) & Stroe (A.) Quelques formes rares de keratite syphilitique chez le lapin. Ibid., 1241-1243.—Davis (A. E.) Diffuse interstitial keratitis in acquired syphilis. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1908, li, 292- 296.—Demaria (E. B.), Contribution al estudio de las afecciones sifiliticas de la cornea; queratitis nodular pro- funda sifilitica. An. de oftal, Mexico, 1906-7, ix, 469-477. Also: Arch, de oftal. hispano-am, Barcel, 1908, viii, 1-8.— Derby (G. S.) & Walker (C. B.) Interstitial keratitis of luetic origin. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Phila, 1913, xiii, pt. 2, 317-339. Also: Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1913, xxii, 648-658.— Dutolt (A.) Ueber die Entstehung der syphilitischen Keratitis parenchymatosa. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1914, xxiv 255—Erdmann (P.) Zur Kenntnis der Kera- titis syphilitica. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1904, xi, 297-307.— Fontana (A.) Contribuzione alio studio della sifilide cor- neale del coniglio. Riv. d' ig. e san. pubb, Torino, 1907, xviii, 646-655.—Fromaget (C.) Inutilite du traitement mercuriel dans la keratite heY6do-syphilitique. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1910, xl, 785-789. Also: Clin. prat, med.-chir. de path, [etc.], Par, 1911, vii, 97-103.-----. Inefficacite du n6o-salvarsan dans la keratite heredo-syphilitique. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1914, chi, 161-170. Also: J. de m£d. de Bor- deaux, 1914, xliv, 485-490.—GaUi-Valerio (B.) & Salomon (Vera). Die syphilitische Keratitis des Kaninchens; experi- mentelle Untersuchungen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1907. xlv, Orig, 37-44.—Garraghan (E. F.) Luetic keratitis. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1917, xxvi, 318 — Gradle (H. S.) Syphilis of the cornea. Urol. & Cutan. Rev, St. Louis, 1915, xix, 12.—Hardy (W. F.) Parenchy- matous keratitis in acquired lues. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1914, xxxi, 330-334. Also: WTeekly Bull. St. Louis M. Soc, 1914, viii, 510-512.—Hicks (W. D.) Syphilitic keratitis. South. M. J, Birmingham, 1916, ix, 994-996.—Hoffmann (E.) Gibt es einen syphilitischen Primarailekt der mensch- lichen Cornea entsprechend dem primaren Hornhautsyphi- lom des Kaninchens? Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1920, xliii, 123-128.—Igersheimer (J.) Zur Entstehung der luetischen Keratitis parenchymatosa (Syphilis und Auge). Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1913, lxxxv, 361-379.-----. Ueber die weiteren Schicksale von Patienten mit Keratitis parenchy- matosa auf hereditar-luetischer Grundlage. Ber. fi. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. (Heidelb.), Wiesb, 1913, xii, 251-265.—Kunze (F. E.) Anatomische Untersuchung eines Falles von Keratitis parenchymatosa e lue heredi- taria. Arch. f. Ophth, Berl, 1920, cii, 205-228—Libby CORNEA. 202 CORNEA. Cornea (Syphilis of). (G FI Acquired symmetrical opacities of the cornea of unusual type. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1914, xxin, 618-624 1 pi—Mllian & Roussel. Les keratites syphi- litinues du lapin. Progres med. Par 1909, 3. s, xxv, 33_35 —ossola (S.) Sulla cheratite sifilitica sperimentale nei coniglio. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1908, xxii, 168-178.—Pollak (J.) Ein seltener Fall von Keratitis gummosa. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1906, lvi, 765-768.— Rosensteln (A. Maria). Jodinjektionen (Mirion) bei Kera- titis parenchvmatosa und Lues hereditaria. Wien. khn. Wchnschr, 1922, xxxv, 14.—Schieck (F.) Die Bedeutung der von J. Sehereschewsky angeblich durch Syphilisspiro- chaten hervorgerufenen Keratitis parenchymatosa. Deut- sche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1914, xl, 2039.— Simonelli (F.) La cornea sifilitica del coniglio nella reazione del Wassermann. Gazz. d. osp, Milano, 1908, xxix, 939-941:1909, xxx, 194—von Szily (P.) Zur Chemotherapie der luetischen Keratitis. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1913, lxiii, 944-946—Terson (A.) Heredo-syphilis corneenne maligne nettement influencee par les injections de calomel. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1911, xxxi, 392-395—Trantas. Ulcera- tion syphilitique de la cornee. Clin, opht. Par, 1905, xi, 68. Also: Grece med, Syra, 1905, vii, 53.—Truffl (M.) Contri- buto alio studio della cheratide sifilitica sperimentale del coniglio. Gazz. med. lomb, Milano, 1908, lxvii, 389-392 — Wagemann. Beiderseitige Keratitis parenchymatosa luetica bei einer 20jahrigen Paticntin mit Dystrophia adi- poso-genitalis (Hvpophvsentumor). Munchen. med. Wchn- schr, 1908, li, 1154— Watanabe (B.) Pathologisch-anato- miseher Befund bei Keratitis parenchymatosa syphilitica congenita mit besonderer Berueksichtigungder Neubildung von Bindegevvebe an der Hinterflache der Hornhaut. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1914, n. F, xvii, 408-416. Cornea (Tattooing of). Veronica (D.) Contributo clinico-sperimen- tale sul tatuaggio variopinto della cornea. 8°. Girgenti, 1905. Allport(F.) Corneal tattooing. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1917, lxix, 1641.—Armalgnac (fi.) Nouveau procede' pour le tatouage regulier de la cornee. Bull, et mem. Soc. franc. d'opht. Par, 1903, xx, 297-302. Also: Rec. d'opht. Par, 1903, xxv, 463-467.—Asmus (E.) Die Tatowage der klaren Hornhaut. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1921, lxvi, 121-123.—Axenfeld (T.) Bunte optisch-kosmetische Tfi- towierung der durchsichtigen Kornea. Verhandl. d. ausser- ord. Tag. d. ophth. Gesellsch. 1921, Berl, 1922, 213-216.— Bellarminow. Ueber die Tatowirung der Hornhaut und der Conjunctiva. Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. de med. 1897, Mosc, 1898, vi, sect. 11, 144-153.—Bjardi (P.) Sul tatuaggio della cornea. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1900, 4. s, vi, 301-303.—von Blaskovics (H.) Hornhaut- tatowierung mit Kerzenruss. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1920, lxv, 78-82.—Bonfigllo (V.) Sul tatuaggio corneale. Gazz. sicil. di med. e chir. [etc.], Palermo, 1906, v, 474.—Borsch (J. L.) Corneal tattooing. Penn. M. J, Pittsburgh, 1902-3, vi, 64-67. Also: Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1902, xi, 476-480—Bullard (W. L.) An arcus senilistattooed. N. York M. J, 1899, lxix, 528.—Chance (B.) A case ex- hibiting to a remarkable degree the dispersion of the pig- ment in a tattooed cornea. [Abstr.] Ophth. Rev, Lond, 1911, xxx, 129-134,1 pi—ChevaUereau (A.) & Polack(A.) Du tatouage colore' de la cornee. Ann. d'ocul.. Par, 1906, exxxvi, 26-37. Also: Bull, et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht. Par, 1906, xxiii, 331-346.—Cofler. II tatuaggio della cornea con speciale riguardo a quello variopinto ed a quello delle palpcbre. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1902, xxxi, 169-194 — Crelghton (C.) Antiquity of tattooing for corneal opacities; the case of leucoma in the book of Tobit? Janus, Amst, 1901, vi,357.—Grandclement(E.) Traitement des leucomes et ectasies de la cornee, en particulier du keratocone par le tatouage. Lyon med.. 1909, cxiii, 524.—Guiral (R.) Los leucomas de la cdrnea (cicatrices, nubes) y su tatuaie. Rev. cubana de oftal, Habana, 1919, i, 120-122, 1 pi.—Hesse (R.) Zur Technik der Tatowierung der Hornhaut. Klin. Mo- natsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1907, xlv, 517-522.—Holth (S.) De la creation d'une pupille ronde et reguliere, et d'un grand cercle de l'iris pendant le tatouage de la cornee; avantages que Ton obtient par l'emploi de 1'adrenaline dans cette operation. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1903, exxx, 333-341. -----. Sulla tecnica del tatuaggio corneale policromo. Clin. ocul, Palermo, 1904, 1794-1799. -----. Zur Technik der polychromen Hornhauttatowierung. Cong, internat. d'opht. 1904, Lausanne, 1905, b289-t296.—Kugel (L.) Ein Beitrag zu der von Weckerschen Tatowierung von Hornhautnarben. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1905, lxii, 376 — Mayeda. Ueber den Einfluss der Hornhauttatowierung auf die Sehscharfe. Beitr. z. Augenh.. Hamb. & Leipz, 1905, Hft. 64, 59-74 2 pi.—Menacho (M.) Metodo para determinar a priori el resultado optico del tatuago. Arch, de oftal. hispano-am, Barcel., 1906, vi, 461.—Neuburger. Tatowierung eines durchsichtigen Hornhautfleckes. Sitzungsb. d. aerztl. Ver Numb. 1896, Munchen, 1897, 3-7.—Nleden. Ueber eine neue Tatowirmethode und die Benutzung eines neuen Tiitowir- materials. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. 1901, Wiesb, 1902, xxix, 249-254.—Roselll (R.) Nuovo metodo di tatuaggio oculare. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1907, xxxvi 913-945.—Rothschild (L.) Intracorneale Tatowierung Cornea (Tattooing of). (Tiervcrsuche). Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1918, xcv, 130-134.— Salas & Rlbas. El tatuage en oftalmologla. Rev. mM. de Sevilla, 1906, xlvi, 131-135.—Santos Fernandez (J.) Oftal- mia simpatica provocada por el tatuage de la cornea. Cron. med.-quir. de la Habana, 1922, xlviii, 484-^86.—von Sicherer (O.) U ntersuchungen fiber die Sterilisation der chinesischen Tusche zur Tatowirung der Hornhaut. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1899, xxxix, 22-26, 1 pi.—Steiner (L.) Ueber Massen-Auswanderung der Tusche aus tatowirten Leuko- men. Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh, Leipz, 1900, xxiv, 257- 260.—Streiff (J.) Hornhauttatowierung mit Goldstaub. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1911, xlix, pt. 2,648-650. -----. Besondere Tatowieraufgabe. Ibid., 1915, n. F, xix. 184-186.—Tartuferl (F.) Su di una terza nuova impregna- zlone metallica dei tessuti e specialmente della cornea. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1905, xxxiv, 74-78—Theobald (S.) A practical point in the technic of corneal tattooing; the value of which is not commonly recognized. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Phila, 1918, xvi, 225.—Trousseau (A.) Tatouage de la cornee et ophthalmie svmpathique. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1899, cxxi, 185-188.-----. Dangers du tatouage de la cornee. J. de med. et chir. prat. Par, 1899, lxx 165-168—Verhoefl (F. H.) India ink infiltration: a simple and effective sub- stitute for corneal tattooing. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1917, lxix, 1420. A lso, Reprint.—Villard (H.) Recherches histo- logiques sur le tatouage des leucomes de la cornee. Bull, et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht. Par, 221-230.—de Wecker (L.) Das aseptische Tatowiren der Hornhaut. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1899, xxxix, 375-377. Also, transl.: Arch. Ophth, N.Y, 1903, xxxii, 254-256.—de Wecker (L.) & Masselon (J.) Du tatouage des moignons oculaires. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1899, exxii, 401-407.—Wood (C. A.) Tattooing the cornea. In: Am. Encvcl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, v, 3473 :«si.—Wyler (J. S.) Corneal tattooing. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1917, lxix, 1902. Cornea (Transplantation of). Lacoste (P.-A7) *Recherches experimentales Bur la keratoplastie (autoplastie-heteroplastie). 8°. Bordeaux, 1913. Salzer (F.) Ueber den kiinstlichen Horn- hautersatz. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1898. Suroff (G. I.) *K voprosu o peresadkTe rogovitsi; eksperimentalnoye izsliedovaniye. [Transplantation of the cornea; experimental investigation.] 8°. S.-Pedrburg, 1904. Armannl (L.) Di alcuniesperimentisulla trapiantazione epiteliale nei parenchima della cornea. Gior. d. Ass. napol. di med. e nat, Napoli, 1903, xhi, 173-198.-Aseher (K. W.) Zur Keratoplastikfrage; Ueberpflanzung der ganzen Horn- haut. Arch. f. Ophth, Berl, 1921, cvii, 241 216.—Aurand. Transplantation experimentale de la conn e. Lyon med, 1911, cxvii, 1461-1463.—Balbuena (F. F.) Algunos ensayos de trasplantaci6n corneal por un nuevo procedimierito. Arch, de oftal. hispano-am, Barcel, 1909,ix, 621-62s.-----. Observationes a un nuevo procedimiento de transplantation corneal. Ibid., 1910, x, 790-793— Bonnefon (G.) Nouvelles recherches experimentales sur la keratoplastie; l'hetero- olastie. Arch, d'opht., Par, 1914, xxxiv, 136; 201,2pi.-----. Etude des greffes corneennes; introduction a l'etude experi- mentale du probleme biologique des transplantations de tissus vivants. Lyon chirurg, 1917, xiv, 903-915.-----. Les greffes fragmentaires de tissus vivants; conclusions biolo- giques de ^experimentation sur la cornee. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 191\ lxxxi, 102—Bonnefon (G.) & Lacoste (A.) Les modifications nistologiques du greffon au cours de la keratoplastie autoplastique experimentale (pre- miere communication). Ibid., 1912, lxxiii, 489.----------. Recherches histologiques sur la greffe corneenne autoplas- tique. Arch, d'opht.. Par, 1913, xxxiii, 206; 267; 326, 2 pi. -----------• Nouvelles recherches experimentales sur la transplantation do la cornee et revolution histologique des grellons. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1913, lxxv, 596. -----------• Contribution a l'etude de la transplantation experimentale de la cornee. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1913, xxxiv, 521-524.-----------. Recherches experimentales sur la greffe de cornee. Compt. rend. Acad. d. se. Par.. 1914. clviii, 2017-2019.—De Berardlnis (D.) L uleera rodente della cornea curata mediante la eteroplastla di tessuto corneale di coniglio. Med. ital, Napoli, 1908, vi, 27-30—De Lleto Vollaro (A.) Tecnica e risultati speri- mentali di innesti autoplastic! ed omoplastici di cornea, a grando lembo rettangolare. Sperimentale, Firenze, 1917, Ixxi 1-46, 4 pi.- libeling (A. H.) A Carrel (Anne). Remote results of complete homotransplantation of the cornea. J. Exner. M, Bait, 1921, xxxiv, 435-440, 1 pi.—FHatofl (V. P.) [Transplantation of the cornea.] Vestnik oftalmol, Mosk, 1913, xxx, 534-536.—Frieberg (T.) Ein Fall von Hornhauttransplantatlon mit ungewohnlichem Verlauf, vielleicht infolge von Anaphvlaxiereaktion. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1914, n.F, xvii, 436-441.-Gasparrinl (E.) Innesto di congiuntiva e cornea di cane in un caso di sinblefaron con attecehimento immediato e successiva atrofia. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1889, xviii, 204 -209.—lon- iicm-o (T.) Contributions a l'etude de la transplantation de la cornee. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Bucarest, 1906-7, CORNEA. 203 CORNEA. Cornea (Transplantation of.) ix, 156-158.—Holder (C. H.) A transplantation of the cornea. Med. Dial, Minneap, 1898-9, i, 44.—Kuznetsofl (V. A.) [New method of transplantation of the cornea.] Vestnik oftalmol, Mosk, 1913, xx, 931-937.—Lemond (R.F.) Transplantation of the rabbit cornea. Tr.TexasM. Ass, Austin, 1898,286-289.—Lindgren (E.) Konjunktival- transplantation auf proliferierende Macula? corneae. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1919, lxiii, 692-697— Lonleln (W.) Eine erfolgreiche Methode der Hornhauttransplan- tation. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1910, lxvii, 398-427. Also, transl.: Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1912, xii, 266-285,1 pi.-----. Technische Bemerkungen zu vacinem Verfahren der Horn- hautfiberpflanzung. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1910, xlviii, 435-444.-----. Ueber Hornhauttransplantation. Ber. fi. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. Heidelb. 1910, Wiesb, 1911, xxxvi, 269-275.—Magltot (A.) Recherches experimentales sur la survie possible de la cornee conservee en dehors de l'organisme et sur la keratoplastie differee. Ann. d'ocul. Par.. 1911, cxlvi, 1-34.-----. Conditions de milieu et de temperature pour la survie de la cornee trans- arente conservee en dehors de l'organisme. Compt. rend. oc. de biol. Par, 1911, lxx, 36^-363.-----. Possibilite de conserver k l'etat de vie ralentie, pendant un temps inde- termine, la cornee transparente de Pceil humain. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1912, cliv, 75-77.-----. Transplan- tation of the human cornea previously* preserved in an antiseptic fluid. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1912, lix, 18-21 — Marbalx. A propos de deux cas de greffe corneenne. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1913, cl, 13-19.—Marchand. Ueber Trans- plantation und Replantation der Hornhaut. Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. z. Beford. d. ges. Naturw. zu Marb. (1897), 1898, 41-45.—Martin (A.) Homologous corneal transplant. Southwest. Med, El Paso, 1918, ii, 1-3.—Mttller (L.) [Transplantation der Hornhaut.] Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1919, lxix, 357.—O'Meara (E. J.) The operation of trans- plantation of the cornea. Indian M. Gaz, Calcutta, 1907, xiii, 96.—Pandelescu (C.) & Gomoiu (V.) Contributiuni la studiul transplantarii corneane. Rev. de chir, BucurestI, 1906, x, 349-358.-----------. Transplantation de la cornee d'un ceil a l'autre chez le chien. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Bucarest, 1906-7, ix, 228.—Pierd'houy. Sull' innesto d' un occhio di coniglio sull' uomo. Ann. di ottal, Pavia. Rendic. d. sedute d. Soc. ottal. ital. Cong, gen, Pavia, 1886, 32-36.—Flange (O.) Ueber einen Fall von Hornhauttrans- plantation mit erhaltener Transparenz. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg., 1908, xlvi, 277-285.—Salzer (F.) Ueber den weiteren Verlauf des in meiner Arbeit fiber den kfinst- lichen Hornhaut-Ersatz mitgeteilten Falles von Cornea arteficialis, sowie des von Schroder'schen Falles. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1900; iii, 504-509. -----. Kritische und litterarische Studien fiber Transplantation in Hinbhck auf die Frage der Keratoplastik. Ibid., 516-530.-----. Ueber Implantation konservierter Pferdehornhaut in die Kornea des Kaninchens. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1909, lvi, 1423-1425. Also: Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. f. Morphol. u. Physiol, in Munchen (1909), 1910, xxv, 35-41.-----. Beitrage zur Keratoplastik; fiber Implantation von isolirten Schich- ten conservirter Pferdehornhaut in die Cornea des Kanin- chens. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1910, lxv, 214-228, 4 pi. -----. Dauereinheilung von konservierten Hornhautstuck- chen in der Hornhaut des Kaninchens. Ber. fi. d. Ver- samml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. Heidelb. 1910, Wiesb, 1911, xxxvi, 312-314. -----. Zum Aufsatz W. Lohlein's: Tech- nische Bemerkungen zu meinem Verfahren der Hornhaut- uberpflanzung. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1910, xlviii, 624.-----. Weiteres fiber experimentelle Einheilung konservierter Hornhautsubstanz in die Hornhaut des Ka- ninchens. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1913, lxxiii, 109-128.— Saxl (E.) Transplantation of corneal tissue (keratoplasty). Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1909, xxvi, 46-49. Also: Weekly Bull. St. Louis M. Soc, 1909, iii, 71.—Teulieres & Ourgaud. Sur un cas de greffe corneenne a pedicule. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1916-17, xxxv, 499-503.—Valk (F.) The operation of frafting the rabbit's cornea on the human eye. Am. J. urg, N. Y, 1908, xxii, 9. -----. Keratoplasty with the rabbit's cornea. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1909, xviii, 504-506. Also: Post-Graduate, N. Y, 1909, xxiv, 1068-1070.—Walker (S.) Present status of corneal transplantation; some experi- mental data. Tr. Ophth. Sect. Am. M. Ass, [Chicago], 1917, 247-257. Also: Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1917, xxvi, 383-391 — Wood (C. A.) Transplantation of the cornea. In: Am Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, v, 3483- 3493.—Zirm (E.) Ueber Hornhautpfropfung. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1907, xx, 61-65. Cornea (Tuberculosis and lupus of). See, also, Cornea (Inflammation of, Phlycten- Betke (P. M. R.) *Ueber Tuberkulose der Hornhaut. [Berlin.] 8°. Forst i. L., 1902. Schmidt (J. G.) *Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Hornhauttuberkulose. 8°. Leipzig, 1903. Thierfelder (M. U.) *Ueber einen Fall von Phakokele bei Hornhauttuberculose nebst ana- tomischem Befund. [Rostock.] 8°. Hamburg, 1910. Cornea (Tuberculosis and lupus of) Also, in: Beitr. z. Augenh, Hamb. & Leipz, 1910, Hft. 75, 75-92, 2 pi. Dodd (O.) Corneal tuberculosis successfully treated by tuberculin opsonic index control. Illinois M. J, Springfield, 1907, xii, 203.-----.Tuberculosis of the cornea. Tr. Internat. Cong. Tuberc. (Wash.), Phila, 1908, ii, 29-34.—Fromaget & Mongour. Keratite tuberculeuse guerie par le serum de Marmorek. Clin, opht. Par, 1911, xvii, 118-121. Also: Bull, et mem. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1911), 1912, 33-37. [Discussion], 42.—Garraghan (E. F.) Tubercular keratitis. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1917, xxvi, 319-321.— Hansell. Tubercular keratitis. Tr. Coll. Phys, Phila, 1914, xxxvi, 292.—Hilbert (R.) Tubercolosi della cornea. Clin, ocul, Palermo, 1900,87-89. Also, transl.: Ophth. Klin, Stuttg, 1900, iv, 82.—von Hippel. Zur Tuberkulose der Hornhaut. Ber. fi. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. (Hei- delb.), Wiesb, 1913, xii, 387-390, 2 pi.—H0eg (N.) Tuber- kul0s parenkymat0s Keratitis behandlet med Tuberkulin. Ugeskr. f. Lager, K0benh, 1919, lxxxi, 412-417.—Holth. Tuberkulinhelbredet corneatuberkulose. Forh. med. Selsk. i Kristiania, 1915,149-152.—Krauss. Tuberculous keratitis. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1911, xx, 651—Lewis (J. D.) Tubercular keratitis. In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1916, ix, 6818-6822.—Lewis (P. A.) & Montgomery (C. M.) Experimental tuberculosis of the cornea. J. Exper. M, Lancaster, 1914, xx, 269-281.—Lotlne (A. W.) Les keratites tuberculeuses et leur traitement par la tuberculine. Clin, opht. Par, 1914, xx, 624-631 — McCaw(J. A.) Sclerc-corneal tuberculosis. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1918, 3. s, i, 140—Molina de St. Remy (A.) Tuberculosis primaria de la c6rnea. Bol. Asoc. med. de Puerto-Rico, San Juan, P. R, 1914, x, No. 101,4.—Moreau. Keratite interstitielle tuberculeuse. Loire med, St.-Etienne, 1910, xxix, 199.—Nakagawa (J.) Ueber Impftuberkulose der Cornea. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1904, xlix. 191-205, 1 pi.—Oreste (A.) Sclero-keratite tuberculeuse (etiologie, anatomie pathologique, pronostic). Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1910, cxliv, 178-194—Pons yMargues(L.) Tuberculosis nodular de la cornea curada por la tuberculina. Rev. cubana de oftal, Habana, 1920, ii, 842-846.—Posey (W. C.) Some • remarks upon tubercular keratitis with reports of case. Month. Cycl. & M. Bull, Phila, 1908, i, 460-465. Also: Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1908, n. s, xvii, 379-382.—Risley (S. D.) Tuberculous keratitis. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1918, 3. s, i, 281.—Simon (J. M.) Queratitis interstitial tuberculosa; curacidn rapida con la vacuna antialfa de Ferran. Rev. cubana de oftal, Habana, 1921, iii, 436-445.— Smith (E.) Tuberculosis of the cornea. Physician & Surg, Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1902, xxiv, 167-169. Also: Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1906, xv, 582-586.—Smith (E.) & Gibbs (H.) Primary tuberculosis of cornea. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. [etc.], Ophthal. Sect, St. Clair, 1906,130-134,3 pi.—Stanculeanu (G.) Contribution a l'etude experimentale de la tuberculose corneenne. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1909, cxli, 276-291.-----. Sur la keratite tuberculeuse experimentale. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1909, lxvi, 655-657—Terson (J.) Subkon- junktivale Injektionen sterilisierender Luft bei der Behand- lung der sklerosierenden Keratitis tuberkulosen Ursprungs und der infizierten Randgeschwfire der Hornhaut. Ophth. Klin, Stuttg, 1906, x, 713-717.—Van Duyse. Tubercules de la cornee. Ann. Soc. de med. de Gand, 1900, lxxix, 228- 235.—Vidal Fraxanet (J.) Caso clinico de tuberculosis nodular de la c6rnea seguido de curacidn. Arch, de oftal. hispano-am, Barcel, 1917, xvii, 453-457.—Villemonte de La Clergerie. Tuberculose de la cornee. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1908, xxviii, 292-299.—Wehrll (E.) Weitere khnische und histologische Untersuchungen Uber den unter dem Bilde der knotchenformigen Hornhauttrubung (Groenouw) verlaufenden chronischen Lupus der Hornhaut. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1906, lv, 126-184, 2 pi.—Wood (C. A.) Tubercle of the cornea. In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, y, 3494-3497.—Ziegler (S. L.) Kera- titis tuberculosa, relieved by tuberculin injections; report of a case. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1906-8, xi, 78-87,1 pi. Also: Ophthalmol, Milwaukee, 1906-7, iii, 399-404, 1 pi. Also, Reprint. Cornea (Tumors of). See, also, Cornea (Cancer of). Bergmann (M.) *Zur Pathologie perforieren- der Hornhautgeschwulste und den Verande- rungen im vorderen Bulbusabschnitte bei Se- kundarglaucom. 8°. Marburg, 1899. Reishaus (K. B.) *Beitrag zur Aetiologie der Cornea-Fibrome. [Greifswald.] 8°. Ham- burg, 1898. Repr.from: Beitr. z. Augenh, Hamb. & Leipz, 1898, Hft. 31,100-111. Schlub (H.) Fibrombildung am Limbus der Cornea bei Fruhjahrskatarrh. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1897. Steinohrt (J. A.) *Zur Kenntnis der epithe- lialen Geschwiilste der Cornea. 8°. Rostock, 1912. CORNEA. 204 CORXEA. Cornea (Tumors of.) Aublneau (E.) Les neoplasmes primitifs de la cornee. \rch. prov. de chir. Par, 1899, viii, 333-341.—Bajardi (P.) Un caso di granuloma della cornea. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med di Torino, 1900, 4. s, vi, 452-455, 1 pi.—Barrels; (R.) Ueber Neubildung von Bindegewebe an der Hinterflache der Hornhaut. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg, 1905, xliii, 15-22, 1 pi—von Blaskovics (F.) Die Geschwulste der Hornhaut. Ungar. Beitr. z. Augenh, Leipz. & Wien, 1900, ii, 131-152.—Bossalino (D.) Resistenza della cornea alia invasione delle neoplasie di origine epiteliale. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1912, xii, 507-525, 4 pi.—Capellini (C) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Corneal turn oren. Khn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1901, xxxix, 213-225, 2 pi.—Clunet (J.) & Offret. Sur les tumeurs duhmbe corneen. Bull, del'Assoc. franc, p. l'etude du cancer, Par.; 1913, vi, 59-62.—Define (G.) Angiocheratoma; contributo chnico ed anatomo-patologico. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med, Napoli, 1910, n. s, xxxii, 881- 893.— Feingold (M.) Granuloma of the cornea. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1919,3. s,ii, 510-517,1 pi—HeUbrun (k.) Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Neubildungen am Limbus corneae. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1910, lxxvii, 541-555,1 pi — Hirschberg (J.) & Ginsberg (S.) Ein seltner Fall von Hornhautgeschwulst. Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh, Leipz, 1905, xxix, 33-41—Kalt (E.) Tumeurs epitheliales de la cornee. Arch.d'opht. Par, 1900, xx, 126-140,1 pi.—KoUner. Epitheliale Neubildung am Limbus, nach funfjahrigen Rezidiven durch Mesothorium beseitigt. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1914, lxxvii, 173-179, 2 pi.—Krelblch (C.) Systema- tisierter Hornnaevus; Naevus der Cornea, Cataracta juve- nilis; schwere Veranderungen des Augenhintergrundes. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1908, xxxiv, 917- 919.—Lagrange (F.) Des tumeurs primitives de la cornee. Arch, d'opht.. Par.. 1899, xix, 209-233.—Lamb (H. D.) A case of keloid of the cornea. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1921, 1, 535-542, 1 pi.—Lawson (A.) A case of cicatrix horn growing from the cornea. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1899-1900, xx, 73-80.—Levitskaya (Olga P.) [Fibro- ma of the cornea.] Vestnik Oftalmol, Mosk, 19l5, xxxu, 421^428.—Mann (W. A.) Congenital fibroma of the cornea; report of a case. J. Ophth. & Oto-Laryngol, Chicago, 1909, iii, 219.—Mattice ( A. F.) Report of the successful treatment of a corneal tumor with radium, with remarks on radium in ophthalmology. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1914, xliii, 237-253.— Monesi (L.) Ricerche di patologia sperimentale sull' en- dotelio della cornea. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1902, xxxii. 46- 90, 2 pi.—Morton (A. S.) Growth on cornea. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1900-1901, xxi, 27-28.—Pansotti (O.) Verruca della cornea. Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1900, xxvi, 172-179.—Rogman. Contribution a l'etude des tumeurs epibulbaires; cas de sarcome, de carci- nome et de fibrome de la cornee. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1901, cxxv, 81-91.—Rumshevich (K. O.) [Teratomata of the cornea.] Vestnik oftalmol, Mosk, 1912, xxix, 492-495 — Schenck (W. E.) Fibroma of cornea. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin, 1916, cxvi, 305.—Sinclair (W. W.) & Parsons (J. H.) Endothelioma of cornea. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. King- dom, Lond, 1902-3, xxiii, 35-38.—Stark (H. H.) Congenital tumor of the cornea of doubtful classification. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1919, 3. s, ii, 5-13, 2 pi.—Valentl (G.) Due casi di tumori benigni della cornea di origine epiteliale. Boll. d. osp. oftal. d. prov. di Roma, 1906, iv, 129-131.—Vlciano. Fibroma elastico de la cdrnea. Arch, de oftal. hispano-am, Madrid, 1904, iv, 449-454.—Wolle (O.) & Wahrer (F. L.) Pigmented hairy mole involving cornea. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1920, 3. s, iii, 818.—Wolffberg. Tumoren der Cornea. Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult. 1898, Bresl, 1899, lxxvi, 1. Abt, med. Sect, 39. Cornea (Tumors of, Cystic). Loeyexich (P.) *Ueber Corneascleralcysten. 8°. Rostock, 1911. Alessandrlnl (G.) Dermoide centrale della cornea in una cavia cobaya Schreb. Progresso oftal, Palermo, 1907-8, iii, 88-99.—Benson (E. H.) Dermoid patch on cornea. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl, 1899-1900, xviii, 386-389.— Bietti (A.) Ueber eine seltene Form von Hornhautcyste. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1900, xxxviii, 234-249, 2 pi.—Butler (T. H.) A dermoid growth upon the cornea of a dog; with a pathological note by A. C. Hudson. Oph- thalmoscope, Lond, 1912, x, 72.—Claiborne (J. H.) Epi- thelial corneal cvst. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1903-5, x, 588-593, 3 pi.—Clausnlzer (T.) Beitrag zur Anatomie der Korneal- und Vorderkammerzysten. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1911, xlix, pt. 2, 434-144.—Contlno (A.) Sul dermo-lipoma della cornea con alcune vedute sulla genesi dei dermoidi. Clin, ocul, Palermo, 1906, vii, 2392- 2400.—De Berardinis (D.) Pseudo-dermoide corneale da innesto cutaneo; contributo anatomico con particolare ri- guardo alia cheratoialina. Lavori d. clin. ocul. d. r. Univ di Napoli, 1897-8, v, 277-289, 1 pi.—Dor. Ueber eine Blase auf der Hornhaut. Sitzungsb. d. ophth. Gesellsch. 1902, Wiesb, 1903, 359-362,1 pi.—Dujardln. Kyste sereux de la cornee. Clin, opht. Par, 1906, xii, 269.—Frank (M ) Corneal cyst, with the report of a case. Ann. Ophth, St Louis, 1905, xiv, 423-426.-Glnestous. Dermoide do la cornee. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux 1901, xxii, 89.—Greeves (R. A.) Corneal dermoid associated" with congenital anterior staphyloma. Roy. Lond. Ophth Hosp. Rep, Lond, 1914, xix, pt. 3, 437-441, 1 pi.—Kipp Cornea (Tumors of, Cystic.) (C. J.) A case of invagination cyst of the cornea and the anterior chamber. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1906-8, xi, 149-152, 2 pi. Also: Ophthalmol, Milwaukee, 1906-7, iii, 247-252.—Napp (O.) Dermoid der Hornhaut mit elasti- schem Knorpel. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1910, xxiii. 240.— Oatman (E. L.) Etiology and pathology of corneal cysts, with report of a case. Arch. Ophth, 1904, xxxiii, 2S-7-298,2 pi. Also: Manhattan Eye & Ear Hosp. Rep, N. Y, 1905, No. vi. 126-138, 2 pi. Ako, Reprint.—Oesterrelcher (L.) Ein Fall von Implantationszyste nach Kuhntscher konjunktivaler Keratoplastik. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1916, lvi, 157-161.—Pflngst (A. O.) Dermoid tumor of the corneo- scleral margin. Kentucky M. J, Bowling Green, 1909-10, viii, 2118.—Reis (W.) Ueber Cystenbildung an der Horn- hautoberflache. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1902, xl, pt. 2, 297-305,1 pi— Schieck (F.) Leber Cystenbildung an der Hornhautoberflache. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1901, Iii, 285-293, 1 pi— Speclale-Cirincione. Sulle cisti della cornea. Clin, ocul, Palermo, 1915, xvi, 65-88.—Tertsch(R.) Erne Cyste an der Hornhauthinterflache. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1903, lvi, 303-314, 1 pi.—Tirumurti (T. S.) A case of traumatic multilocular implantation corneal cyst. Oph- thalmoscope, Lond, 1913, xi, 268-270—Tischner (R.) Ein frosses Dermoid der Kornea. Khn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, tuttg, 1911, xlix, pt. 2, 13-18.—Wood (R.) & Webb (L.) A dermoid growth of the cornea in a dog. Ophthalmoscope, Lond, 1910, viii, 638-640. Cornea (Tumors of, Papillomatous). Fischer (G.) *Ueber einen Fall von Papillom der Cornea. 8°. Tubingen, 1905. Poleff (L.) *Ueber die Papillome der Horn- haut. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1911. Ayres (S. C.) Papilloma of the cornea, with report of a case. Tr. Ophth. Sect. Am. M. Ass, [Chicago], 1891, 271- 279.—Bohm (F. M.) Drei Falle von Papilloma conjunctives cornea;. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1921, xlv, 22-28.— Contino (A.) Papillomi del limbo e deUa cornea. Clin. ocul.. Palermo. 1902, iii, 1025; 1041: 1080.—Coover (D. H.) Papilloma of the cornea. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1903, xii, 496, 1 pi.—Dean (C.W.) A case of papilloma ol the comea. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1902-3. xxiii. 31-34, 1 pi.—Demicheri. Papillome de la cornee. Arch, a'opht. Par, 1899, xix, 561-565, 2 pi.—Feingold (M.) Granuloma of the cornea. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. [etc.], St. Louis, 1917-18, xxii-xxiii, 392-403, 1 pi.—Fleischer. Demonstration eines Falles von Cornealpapillom. Ophth. Klin, Stuttg, 1905, ix, 211.—Garraghan (E. F.) Papilloma of the cornea. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1920, 3. S,iii, 138:1921, 3. s., iv, 717, 1 pi.— Hirsch (G.) Ein Fall von Papillom der Hornhaut. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1919,lxxxv, 201.—Jacovides. A case of papilloma of limbus in Kaposi's disease. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1919, xxxix, 399-401.—La uber (H.) Beitrag zur Erkenntnis der Entstehung der Homhautpa- Sillome. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1906, xvi, 254-258.— loissonnier. Papillome de la cornee. Arch, d'opht., Par, 1908, xxviii. 686-692.—Piccaluga (S. F.) Sul papilloma corneale. Arch, di ottal, Napoli, 1913-14, xxi. 462-4>l. Also, transl.: Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Srutta, 1913, n. F, xvi, 73-84, 1 pi.—Reis. Ueber diffuse Panillomatose der Cornea. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1910, xxiv, 129-140, 1 pi.—Roche (L.) Un cas de papillome du limbe de la cornee. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1901, cxxv, 267-270.—Rosen- hauch (E.) Ueber die Papillome des Hornhaut limbus. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1912, ii, 222-228.— Schafler (A.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Papillome der Kornea. Ibid., 1914, n. F, xvii, 855-S59.—Smith (E.) Case of papilloma of the cornea. Ophthalmol, Milwaukee, 1908-9, v, 38.—Stark (H. H.) Report of a congenital tumor of the cornea of doubtful classification. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. [etc.], St. Louis, 1917-18, xxii-xxiii, 404-417.—Van Lint. Papillome de la cornee. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1921. xxxix, 562.—Veasey (C. A.) Papilloma of the corneal limbus. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1911. xx, 81.—de Wecker (L.) Papillom der Cornea; Methvlblauverband. Ophth. Klin, Stuttg., 1900, iv, 7. Cornea (Tumors of, Sarcomatous). Addario La Ferla (G.) Sarcoma primitivo della cornea in un bambino di 8 mesi. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1913, xhi, 33-42.—D'Alessandro (L.) Sarcoma endoteliale del limbus; contributo patologico e clinico alle neoplasie maligne del limbus. Chn. ocul, Palermo, 1902, iii, 1073-1080.—Dean (L. W.) Report of a case of primary sarcoma of the cornea. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1913, xxii, 628; 764. Also.- Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1913, xxii, 664-667.—Del Monte (.A.) Sar- coma melanotieo del lembo ditTuso alia cornea. Ann. di ottal, Pavia. 1904, xxxiii, 767 772, 1 pi.—Derby (G. S.) Sarcoma of the cornea; case report. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Phila, 1921, xix, 191-195. 1 pi.—Donaldson (E.) Alveolar sarcoma of the cornea. Tr. Ophth. Soc.U. Kingdom, Lond, 1902-3, xxiii, 34.—Fumagalli (A.) Angiosarcoma (perite- lioma) primitivo della cornea sviluppatosi sopra cicatrice corneale. Arch, per le sc. med, Torino, 1901, xxv, 435-444, 1 pi. Also, transl.: Khn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1902. xl, 38-48, 1 pi.—Gonln (J.) Un cas de sarcome pigmente de la cornee. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path, Jena, 1898, xxiv, 596-604, 1 pi—Knape (E. V.) Melanosarcoma CORNEA. 205 CORNEA. Cornea Tumors of, Sarcomatous). corneas. Finska lak.-sa.llsk. handl, Helsingfors, 1910, Iii, pt. 2, o37-541.—Lafon (C.) Sarcome meiamque du limbe corneen. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1906, xxxvi, 12.—Meller coma primitivo della cornea." Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1910, xxxix, 511-533, 2 pi. Also, Reprint. Redmond (H.) Sarcoma ofthe cornea. Tr.Texas M. Ass, Austin, 1902,515.— Rogman. Contribution a l'etude des tumeurs epibulbaires; cas de sarcome, de carcinome et de fibrome de la cornee. Belgique med, Gand-Haarlem, 1900, ii, 769-778.—Sempe & Villard. Sarcome primitif de la cornee. Ann. d'ocul, Par, 1903, cxxix, 241-246. Also: Montpel. med, 1903, xvii, 129- 137.—Veasey (C. A.) Primary melanotic spindle-cell sar- coma of the corneal limbus. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1906-8, xi, 282-289, 1 pi. Also: Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1907 xvi, 263-269.—Wood (C. A.) Sarcoma of the cornea. In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, v, 3444-3446. Cornea dicers of). Bcrkhard (J.) *Die Ulcus serpens-Falle an der Heidelberger Universitats-Augenklinik vom 1. X. 1910 bis 1. X. 1913. 8°. Heidelberg, 1914. Gaydotjl (W.) *Zur Kasuistik des Ulcus rodens corneae. 8°. Giessen, 1915. Hildebraxdt (A.) *Beitrag zur Lehre vom Ulcus corneae serpens. 8°. Kiel, 1899. Kerx (W.) *Zur Aetiologie und Therapie des Ulcus corneae serpens. [Erlangen.] 8°. Berlin, 1909. Lindner (E.) *LTlcus corneae rodens und Rosacea-Keratitis (ein Vergleich). 8°. Rostock, 1913. McXab (A.) Ulceration of the cornea. 8°. London, 1907. Pihl (A.) *Das Ulcus rodens der Corneae; eine Studie anlasslich zweier neuen Falle. 8°. Borna-Leipzig, 1900. Szymaxski (E.) *Zur Kasuistik des Ulcus rodens corneae. 8°. Greifswald, 1905. Weihrauch (L.t ^Histologische Untersu- chung eines Falles von sympathischer Ophthal- mie nach Ulcus serpens. [Heidelberg.] 8°. Mannheim, 1915. Ahlstrom (G.) Ulcus Corneas rodens. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1898, xxxvi, 170-174.—Baudry (S.) De l'ulcere serpigineux de la cornee. Nord med, Lille, 1902, viii,85;100.—Bedell(A.J.) AcaseofMooren'sulcer. Tr.Am. Ophth. Soc, Phila, 1921, xix, 184-190,1 pi.—Benson(A. H.) A note on the value of the fluorescein test. Ophth. Rev, Lond, 1902. xxi, 121-130.—Charles (J. W.) Ring-ulcer of the cornea followed by an apparent incipient eetasis of the central portion. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1910, xxvii, 136- 138.—Conklin (R. C.) Corneal ulcers. J. Ophth, Otol. & Laryngol, Lancaster, Pa, 1914, xx, 305-312.—Cordero (J.) Ulceras serpiginosas de la cornea. Arch, de oftal. hispano- am, Barcel., 1918, xviii, 227-232.—Dean (F. W.) Mooren's ulcer; report of case. Surg. J, Chicago, 1921-22, xxviii, 165.— Dufour. Sur l'ulcere rongeant de la cornee. Bull, et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht. Par, 1897, xv, 84-90.—Dunn (P.) A post-graduate lecture on corneal ulcers and their treat- ment. Lancet, Lond, 1898, ii, 1043-1045.—Feingold (M.) Mooren's ulcer of the cornea. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1921, 3. s, iv, 161-170.—Fernandez (F. M.) Dos casos de ulcera anular purulenta de la cornea. Actas y trab. d. 3« Cong. med. nac, Habana, 1914, ii, 550-552.—Foster (A. E.) Classi- fication and treatment of corneal ulcers. Tr. Luzeme Co. M. Soc. 1920-21, Wilkes-Barre, 1922, xxii, 230-236.—Foucher (4.-A.) L'ulcfere a hypopion a cent ans d'intervalle. Rev. med. du Canada, Montreal, 1902-3, vi, 244; 257. Also: Union med. du Canada, Montreal. 1902 xxxi, 557-568.—Fox (L.W.) Ulcers of the cornea. Med. Bull, Phila, 1907, xxix, 5-9.— Frantz (C. P.) Corneal ulcers. Iowa M. J. [etc.], Des Moines, 1907, xiv, 261-269.—Gifford (H.) Corneal-ulcer notes. Ophth. Rec.. Chicago, 1904, xiii, 116-119.—Green (J.) & Ewlng (A. E.) Hypopyon-keratitis; break in Descemet's membrane preceding corneal perforation; passage of hydro- gen peroxide and fluorescein through the corneal ulcer into the anterior chamber. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1897-8, viii, 374-385, 3 pi.—Grignolo (F.) Tre casi di' 'ulcus corneae rodens." Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1921, 4. s, xxvii, 369-397.—Gunnufsen (T.) Klinisches und Statistisches iiber Ulcus serpens corneae mit besonderer 514.—Hedrlck (J. A.) Ulceras de la cornea. Rev. med. veracruzana, Veracruz, 1921, i, No. 8, 1-4.—Hlllemanns. Das Ulcus corneas rodens. Arch. f. Augenh,Wiesb, 1899, xl, Cornea (Ulcers of). 1-12, 2 pi. Al«o, transl.: Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1902, xxxi, 148-155, 2 pi.—Jocqs (R.) & Relnflet. Ulceration marginale circulaire primitive de la cornee. Clin, opht. Par, 1921, xxv, 183-185.—Junius. Ulcus corneae rodens. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1919, lxiii, 743-746. -----. Beobach- tungen und Gedanken uber das Ulcus corneae rodens. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1920, xliii, 480-524,1 pi—Killough (R. S.) Ulcer of the cornea. TexasState J. M, Fort Worth, 1912-13, viii, 263-266.—Kinnier (Lily). Recurrent corneal ulcers. J. Iowa State M. Soc, Des Moines, 1915, v, 478-4^2. - Kipp (C. J.) Some observations on the prognosis and treatment of hypopion ulcer of the cornea. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1904, xxi, 336-339.—Klein (Baringer) (S.) Ueber das hintere Hornhautgeschwtir (Ulcus corneae posticum). Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1902, Iii, 497-503.—Lacompte (C.) Observation d'un cas d'ulceres sur les deux cornees d'une petite fille completement evolues pendant la vie intra- uterine. Bull. Soc. de med. de Gand, 1907, lxxiv, 88-90.— MacMuIlen(F. B.) Primary ulcer of the cornea. J. Ophth, Otol. & Laryngol, Lancaster, Pa, 1916, xxii, 860-862 — Mayou (S.) Chronic serpiginous ulceration of the cornea (Mooren's ulcer). Ophthalmoscope, Lond, 1915, xiii, 438- 440.—zur Nedden. Pupillendifferenz infolge zentraler Hornhautnarben. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1914, n. F, xvii, 844-847.—Pratt (J. A.) A peculiar corneal con- dition. Illinois M. J, Chicago, 1916. xxix, 232.—Randolph (R.L.) Rodent ulcer of thecornea(Mooren'suleer). J.Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1909, liii, 269-272.—Renninger (A. R.) Corneal ulcers. Penn. M. J, Athens, 1917-18, xxi, 296-300. Also, Reprint.—Santos Fernandez (J.) Ulcera astenica de la cdrnea. Rev. cubana de oftal, Habana, 1921, iii, 631-634. Also: Crdn. med.-quir. de la Habana, 1922, xlviii, 146-148.— Schmidt-Rlmpler (H.) Ueber Ulcus rodens corneas. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. Heidelb. 1898, Wiesb, 1899, xxvii, 114-124. Also, transl.: Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1901, xxx, 138-147,1 pL—Stallworth (C. I.) Corneal ulceration. Maryland M. J, Bait, 1913, lvi, 96-99 — Stephenson (S.) On sloughing corneae in infants; an account based upon the records of thirtv-one cases. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1911, xx, 1-64.—Stock (W.) Das Ulcus corneae serpens. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild, Jena, 1918, xv, 229-231.—Tuttle (H.) Ulcer of the cornea. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1921, cxiii, 332.—Uhthofl (W.) Ein Fall von doppel- seitigem indolenten Randfurchengeschwiir der Hornhaut (Dystrophia marginalis corneae) mit traumatischer Entbin- dung der Linse auf beiden Augen durch den Patienten selbst. KUn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1922, lxviii, 289-291.— Valentl (G.) Su di un caso di ulcera primitiva intern a della cornea. Boll. d. osp. oftal. d. prov. di Roma, 1909, vii, 41-45.—Vieusse. L'ulcere serpigineux de la cornee et son traitement. Rec. d'opht. Par, 1902, 3. s, xxiv, 14; i61 — Vlllard (H.) Examen anatomique d'un ceil atteint d'uleere de la cornee avec hypopyon. Bull, et mem. Soc. franQ. d'opht. Par, 1903, xx, 377-383.—Wledershelm (O.) Bei- trag zum Krankheitsbild des Ulcus rodens corneae. Khn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1920, lxiv, 316-324.—Wood (C. A.) Internal ulcer of the cornea. In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, v, 3380.-----.' Ring ulcer of the cornea. Ibid., 3440-3442. -----. Serpent ulcer of the cornea. Ibid., 3447-3461.-----. Ulcer of the cornea. Ibid., 3497-3521.—Young (H. B.) In re corneal ulcers, a practical note. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1917, xxvi, 25. Cornea (Ulcers of Bacteriology of). Jacobi (P.) *Ueber einen Fall von Ulcus corneae hervorgerufen durch den Bacillus pyo- cyaneus. 8°. Heidelberg, 1912. "Also [Abstr.], in: Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1914, xxviii, 211-214. Bach (L.) Experimental investigations on the staphylo- coccus ulcer of the cornea, and its therapeutics. Tr. Internat. Ophth. Cong, Edinb, 1894, viii, 133-137.—Baldassarre (T.) Ulcera corneale; contributo clinico, batteriologico e speri- mentale. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med, Napoli, 1912, n. s, xxxiv, 529; 577.—Bietti (A.) L'ulcera marginale della cornea da baciUo di zur Nedden. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1909, xxxviii, 817-828.—Buchanan (L.) A case of ulcerative keratitis caused by the bacillus of diphtheria. Ophthalmo- scop, Lond, 1912, x, 554-556.—Callan (P. A.) Ulceration and destruction of cornea caused by the bacillus pyocyaneus. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1906-8, xi, 201-204— De Berardinls (D.) Ulcera corneale con ipopion da bacterium coli; osservazione clinica anatomica batteriologica e speri- mentale. Med. ital, Napoli, 1903, i, 579: 690, 1 pi. Also: Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1904, xxxiii, 1S-28,1 pi.-----. Ulcera corneale da streptothrix. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1904, xxxiii, 385-392,1 pi. Also: Ann. d' ig. sper, Roma, 1904, n. s, xiv, 461-466, 1 pi.—De Berardinis (D.) & Dl Donna (A.) Due casi di ulcera corneale da streptothrix. Ann. d' ig. sper, Roma, 1905, n. s, xv, 489-497. 2 pi.—Erdmann (P.) Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Diplobazillengeschwure der Kornea nebst Untersuchungen iiber die Widerstandsfahig- keit der Diplobazillen gegen Austrocknung in Sekreten. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1905, xliii, 561-57S.— Frldenberg(P.) Pyocyaneus ulcer of the cornea. N.York M. J. [etc.], 1907, lxxxv," 1018.—Galiemaerts. Bacteriologie et traitement des ulceres serpigineux de la cornee. Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg, 1907, 4. s, xxi, 597-615, 2 pi — CORNEA. 206 CORNEA. Cornea (Ulcers of Bacteriology of). Goudle (W. G.) & Sutherland (J. R.) Case of corneal ulceration associated with the presence of spirilla and fusiform bacilli. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med. Lond, 1912-13, vi, Ophthalmol. Sect, 142-146.'—Gourfein (D.) Symbiose des Pneumokokkus mit einem Saccharomyces auf emem Ulcus serpens. Schweiz. med. Wchnschr, Basel, 1921, h, 1123.— Guglianetti (L.) Ulcera corneale da menmgococco del Weichselbaum. Arch, di ottal, Napoh, 1919, xxvi, 241-248.— Krinitski (A. D.) [Ulcer of the cornea, produced by the bacillus pvocvaneus.] Vestnik oftalmol, Odessa, 1911, xxviii, 945^948.—Kruger (A.) Zur Baktenologie des Ulcus serpens cornea?. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1903, ix, 192-199.— Leoz y Ortin (G.) Estudio clinico y bactenol<3gico de la ulcera infecciosa de la cornea. Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. med, Madrid, 1918, xl, 431: 1919, xh, 9.—Leser (O.) Einige lnte- ressantere bakteriologische Befunde bei Hornhautge- schwiiren. Rev. de med. tcheque, Prague, 1909, u, 30-AJ. -----. Des ulceres de la cornee provoques par les bacilles de Petit et de Nedden. Ibid., 1911, iii, 46-57. 2 pi-—Lowen- stein (A.) Zur Bakteriologie des Hornhautgeschwures. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg.. 1910, xlviii, 185-207. -----. Ueber die Histologie des Diplobazillengeschwurs. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. (Heidelb.), Wiesb, 1913, xii, 417.-----. Ueber histologische Befunde beim Diplobazillengeschwur der Hornhaut: ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Abszessbildung an der Hornhauthinterflache. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1913, n. F, xvi, 286- 304.—McKee (H.) Ulceration of the cornea from the diplo- bacillus of Morax-Axenfeld. Montreal M. J., 1906, xxxv, 264-266. Also: Ophth. Rec. Chicago, 1907, xvi, 183-188.— McNab (A.) Ulceration of the cornea due to infection with "bacillus pvocvaneus. Ophth. Rev, Lond, 1904, xxiii, 65-70. -----. The bacteriology of ulceration of the comea. Oph- thalmoscope, Lond, 1910, viii. 629-637.—MeNabb (H. H.) Bacteriological examination oi twenty-five cases of serpent ulcer of the cornea with hypopyon, and remarks on treat- ment. Ophth. Rev, Lond, 1906, xxv, 67-70.—Morales (A.) Ulceras infecciosas de la cornea (ensayo de clasifieacion bacteriol6gica). Rev. san. mil. v Med. mil. espafi, Madrid, 1907, i, 97-104.—zur Nedden. Klinische una bakteriologi- sche Untersuchungen iiber die Randgeschwiire der Horn- haut. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1902, liv, 1-47.-----. Ueber einige seltene bacteriologiscne Befunde beim Ulcus serpens. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1905, Iii, 143-157. Also, transl.: Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1909, xxxviii, 28-38, 1 pi. -----. MultipleTneumokokkengeschwiire der Hornhaut. Tr. In- ternat. Cong. Med. 1913. Lond, 1914, Sect, ix, Ophthalmol, pt. 2, 95-99.—Oreste (A.) Les infections corneennes en general et l'ulcere a diplobacille de Petit en partieulier. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1909, cxlii, 266-281.—Paterson (J. V.) A Ritchie (W. T.) Notes on the bacteriological investigation of thirty cases of hypopyon ulcer of the cornea. Scot. M. & S. J, Edinb, 1904, xv, 505-509— Paul (L.) Ueber Horn- haut ulcerationen durch Diplobazillen. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1905, xliii, 154-184.—Peck (W. H.) Pneu- mococcal corneal ulcers and their treatment. Illinois M. J, Chicago, 1916, xxx,280-283.—Rochat (G. F.) Diplobacillen bij ulcus serpens. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1904, 2. r, xl, d. 2, 718-722—Romer (P.) Ueber die Aggres- sine der Pneumokokken in der Pathologie des Ulcus serpens. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. 1905, Wiesb, 1906, 248-255.—Saku. [A filiform bacterium ol an ulcer of the cornea.) Nippon Gankwa Gakukwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1906, x, 339-342.—Salanl (C.) Ulcera corneale con ipopion da bacillo piocianico. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1910, xxxix, 474- 487.—Scarlett (H.W.) Diplobacilli in corneal ulcers. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1917, xlvi, 219-223.—Stower (P.) Ein Fall von Homhautulzeration verursacht durch Pneumobazillen. i Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1907, xlv, 560-562.— Szcybalskl (P.) Ein Fall von Ulcus corneae durch Infection mit Bacilluspyocvaneus. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1904-5, li, 249-252.—Terlinck (H.) Un cas d'uleere avec hypopyon au cours d'une conjonctivite a bacilles de Weeks. Clinique, Brux, 1905, xix, 881-883.—Trerotola. Recherches cliniques et bacteriologiques sur l'ulceration marginale de la cornee. Ann. d'ocul. Par.. 1921, clviii, 595-598.—Weekers (L.I Anatomie pathologique de l'ulcere corneen a diplobacilles de Morax-Axenfeld. Ibid., 1909, cxlii, 15-25.—Wood (C. A.) Diplobacillary ulcer of the cornea. In: Am. Encvcl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, v, 3350-3356—Wurde- mann (H. V.) Tonguing the eye for foreism bodies, the cause; pneumococcus ulceration of the cornea, the effect Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1915, xxiv, 129. Cornea (Ulcers of, Causes and pathology of). See, also, Cornea ( Ulcers of, Bacteriology of). Hovel (P. C.) *L elier Ulcus serpens corneje, seine Ursachen und seine Folgen. 8° Halle a. S., 1902. Abadie (C.) Des ulcerations de la cornee de nature i arthritiqueetde leur traitement. Clin, opht. Par, 1901 vii 193. Also, transl.: Ophth. Klin, Stuttg, 1901, v, 211—Beli (J. H.) Medico-legal aspects of traumatic ulcers of the cornea. Texas State J. M, Fort Worth, 1905-6, i, 317-319 — Berger (E.) & Lcewy (R.) Sur un cas d'uleere trophique de la cornee (keratite neuro-paralytique). Gaz. d. hdp Par, 1902, lxxv, 1420-1422.—Bock (E.) Ulcus cornese sepl Cornea (Ulcers of, Causes and pathology of). ticum. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg, 1902, xlvii, 417; 425; 437.— Brown (S. H.) Trophic ulcer of the cornea due to fracture of the jaw. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1915, xxxii, 289.— Bulson (A. E.) The etiology and treatment of corneal ulcerations. Fort Wayne M. Jour.-Mag, 1905, xxvi, 143- 149.—Butler (T. H.) Slougtang cornea in Graves's disease and in disseminated sclerosis. Brit. J. Ophth, Lond, 1921, v, 315-317.—Chesneau. Pathogenie de Pulcus corneae rodens. Bull, et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht. Par, 1902, xix, 349-354.—Colombo (G.) A Rlcchl(G.) Contributo all' ana- tomia patologica dell' ulcera corneale con ipopio. Ann. di ottal.. Pavia. 1904, xxxiii, 865-897.----------. Secondo contributo all' anatomia patologica dell' ulcera corneale con ipopio. N. raccoglitore med, Imola, 1905, iv, 34-44.— Dotsch (A.) Zur Pathologie des Ulcus serpens corneas Ophth. Klin, Stuttg, 1900, iv, 277-2&1.—Druaut & Petit. Un cas d'uleere serpigineux typique avec examen anato- mique. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1899, xix, 401-112.—Edmund- Jensen. Zur Aetiologie des Ulcus corneae serpens. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1909-10, lxxiii, 579-589.—Epalza (E.) Ein Beitrag zur Klinik und pathologischen Anatomie des Ulcus corneae rodens. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1915, n. F, xix, 266-274, 3 pi.—Eyer (A.) Auffallende Hei- lung eines Ulcus rodens corneas nach Gesiehtservsipel. Ibid., 1919, lxiii, 28-36.—Fuchs (E.) Das Ulcus atheroma- tosum corneas (sequestrirende Narbenkeratitis). Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1901, liii, 61-73, 1 pi.—GaUenga (G.) L'ulcus serpens come® nei contadini considerato come infortunio sul lavoro. Riv. ital. di ottal.. Roma, 1913. ix, 286-290.—Gilbert (W. J.) Corneal ulcer following applica- tion of tonometer. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1922, n. s, v. 371.—Head (C. R.) Ring ulcer of the cornea associated with antrum disease. Tr. Coll. Phys, Phila.. 1913, 3. s, xxxv, 408-410.—von Hippel (E.) Das Gesch wur der Horn- hauthinterflache (Ulcus internum corneae': ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der angeborenen Hornhauttrubungen sowie des Megalophthatmus und Hvdrophthalmus. Beitr. z. Augenh. Als Festg. ... A. von "Hippel, Halle a. S, 1899, 55-69. Also, Reprint.—Ichlkawa (K.) Ein Beitrag zur Pathologie des Ulcus rodens corneas. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1913, n. F, xvi, 84-96, 1 pi.—Jensen (E.)_ Om setiologien og patogenesen af ulcus corneae serpens. Hosp.- Tid, K0benh, 1910, 5. R, iii, 201-209.—Keiper (G. V.) & Burrage (S.) Yeast cells as a probable cause of ulcerative keratitis. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1907, xlix. 210.—Klein (S.) Zur Aetiologie und sonstigen Kenntnis des Ulcus cornea? cum hypopyo. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1899, xlix, 745-749.—Krauss. Ursachlicher Zusammenhang eines soge- nannten fressenden Hornhautgeschwurs mit einer fruheren Augenverletzung. Monatschr. f. Unfallheilk, Leipz.. 1918, xxv, 157-161.—Lewis (A. C.) Some observations on the etiology and treatment of corneal ulcers. Pan-Am. S. & M. J, N. Orl, 1914, xix, 16-18.—MeUer (J.) Ueber Geschwurs- bildung an der Hornhauthinterflache. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1909, Lxxii, 463-480,1 pi.—Miller. Zur Aetiologie und Pathogenese des Ulcus corne;e serpens. Monatschr. f. Cnfallheilk, Leipz, 1907, xiv. 52V W3. Also: Repert. d. Erakt. Med, Berl, IRK v, 4yl-4.>3—Morton (H. Mel.) ome observations upon corneal ulceration occurring in the senile and debilitated. Northwest. Lancet, Minneap, 1902, xxii, 188— Murakami (S.) Ueber einen Fall von nekro- tisch-hamorrhagischem Geschwiir mit zirkularer Ausbrei- tung von der Sklera auf die Hornhaut. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1913, n. F.. xv, 215-221.—zur Nedden. Das infektiose Rundgeschwur der Hornhaut. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1904, hx. 360-375, 1 pi.—Pancoast (J. W.) Ulcerative keratitis probably due to trophic change. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1908. xvii, '135-138.— Price (N. W.) The pathology and treat ment of corneal ulcers. N. York State J. M, N.Y, 1921, x\i. ir.s-170.—Ramsay (A. M.) Traumatic ulcer of the cornea. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1901, n. s, lxxii, 649-652.- Rosenhauch (E.) Beitrag zur Aetiologie der Hornhauti.-e-ihwure. Klin. Monatsbl. L Augenh, Stuttg, 1908, xlv i. 5ti 22— Sachsalber (A.) Hornhaut- veranderungen bei Geschwursprozessen. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1905, xiii, 640-710,2 pi.—Scott (L. M.) Dacryocystitis as a predisposing cause of corneal ulcers. J. TennI M. \ss, Nashville, 1916-17, ix 238-240—Stock (W.) Das Ulcus cornea? internum bei der svphilitischen Keratitis parenchv- matosa. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1905, xliii, Beil.-Hft, 31-40, 1 pi.-VWard (H.) Examen anatomique d un osil atteint d'uicere de la cornee avec hypopyon. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1903, exxix, 401-420, 2 pi. A lso: Montpel. med, 1903, xvii 252-258.—Wood (C. A.) Deep ulcer ofthe cornea. In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, v, 3346.—Wyler (J. S.) A corneal ulcer produced by varicella. Med, Phila, 1904, vii, 598-600. Also, Reprint.—Zloclsti ,T. Skorbutische Hornhautgeschwure. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1917, lix, 572-583. Cornea (Ulcers of Treatment of). Bluhm (K.) *Die mit Optoohin behandelten Ulcus serpens-Falle in der Universitats-Augen- klinik Heidelberg. 8°. Heidelberg, 1917. CORNEA. 207 COiiXEA. Cornea (Ulcers of, Treatment of) Helixg (E.) *Die Therapie des Flcus corneae serpens und ihre Resultate an der Greifswalder Klmik in den Jahren 1889-1907. 8°. Greifswald, 1910. Lubs (E.) *Beitrag zur Pathologie und Therapie des Ulcus cornese serpens. 8°. Gottin- gen, 1908. Mayer (F.) *Optochintherapie bei Ulcus serpens cornese in den Jahren 1913-1919 (Aus- zug). 8°. [Leipzig], 1920. Narf (F.) *L'ulcere serpigineux de la cornee; ses traitements, et,en particulier son traitement par la methode d'Eperon. 8°. Gentve, 1912. Rau (H.) *Bericht iiber 2 mit Galvanokaustik geheilte Falle von Ulcus corneas rodens. 8°. Giessen, 1920. Schmitz (R.) Die Therapie des Ulcus corneas serpens; nach Beobachtungen aus der Univer- sitats-Augenklinik zu Bonn. 8°. Bonn, 1897. Schxege (H.) *Beitrag zur Behandlung des Ulcus serpens corneae. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1904. Urixsohn (H.) *Ein klinischer Beitrag zur konservativen und operativen Behandlung des Ulcus corneae serpens. 8°. Munchen, 1911. Andrea (L.) Contributo clinico e sperimentale sull' im- piego della bile di coniglio nell' ulcus corneae serpens, pro- dotto dai diplococco di Fraenkel. Chn. ocul, Palermo, 1910, xi, 281-306.—de Arana (J.) Nuevo tratamiento de la ulcera serpiginosa hipopi6nica de la cdrnea. Rev. cubana de oftal, Habana, 1921, iii, 671-677.—Arens. Weitere Unter- suchungen iiber die Wirkung der Pyocyanase auf den Erreger des Ulcus serpens. Wchnschr. f. Therap. u. Hyg. d. Auges, Dresd, 1911, xiv, 329.—Arroyo de Marquez (A.) Del empleo preferente de la atrophia en las ulceras corneales. Arch, de oftal. hispano-am, Barcel, 1909, ix, 532-535. Also: Rev. espec. med, Madrid, 1909, xii, 337-339.—Augstein (C.) Die spezifische Chemotherapie des Ulcus serpens der Horn- haut. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1916, Ixui, 530.—Bayer (F.) Die neueste Phase in der Behandlung des Ulcusserpens corneae. Cor.-Bl. d. Ver. deutsch. Aerzte in Reichenberg, 1914, xxvii. No. 10,1-4.—Bichon (A.) Le bleu de methylene dans les ulceres de la cornee. Arch. med. d'Angers, 1912, xvi, 78-84.—Birch-Hirschield. Zur Behandlung entziindli- cher Hornhauterkrankungen, besonders des Ulcus serpens mit ultraviolettem Licht. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1920, xliv, 1-13.—Bishop (G. T.) Iodine in corneal ulcer. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1913, i, 169.—Bissett (C. P.) Carbolic acid in corneal ulcers. Maritime M. News, Halifax, 1902, xiv, 449 — Blumenthal (L.) Beitrage zur Behandlung trachomatoser Hornhauterkrankungen, insbesondere der Geschwiire; eine klinisch-theoretische Studie. Beitr. z. Augenh, Hamb. & Leipz., 1898, Hft. 36,1-67.—Brooks (E. B.) Corneal ulcers; management and treatment. Nebraska M. J, Norfolk, Neb, 1920, v, 313-317.—Bulson (A. E.) Trichloracetic acid treat- ment of infective ulcers ofthe cornea. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1903, xii, 69.—Cecchetto (E.) L' acido picrico nella cura dell' ulcus serpens. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1909, xxxviii, 579-582.—Chistyakofl (P. I.) [Treatment of ulcerative processes of the cornea with strong solutions of zinc sulphate.] Sibirsk. Vrach, Tomsk, 1916, iii, 261-263.—Cooke (C. T.) Treatment of corneal ulcers by suction hyperemia. North- west Med, Seattle, 1910, n. s, ii, 149.—Cornwall (F.) Treatment of corneal ulcers and corneal fistulae by electrol- ysis. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1900, xxix, 47-49. -----. Elec- trolysis in the treatment of indolent ulcers and fistulae of the cornea. Ophthalmol, Seattle, 1910-11, vii, 237-239.— Cramer (E.) Das Ulcus corneae serpens; seine jetzige Behandlung und zukiinftige Verhutung. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild, Jena, 1915, xii, 417-421.—Criado Aguilar (F.) Tratamiento de las Ulceras de la cornea y de la conjuntivitis vesiculosa. Arch, de ginecop, Barcel, 1904, xvii, 15-19. Also: Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect de pediat, 293-296.—Cridland (A. B.) The treatment of ulcus serpens of the cornea. Tr. Ophth. Soc.U. Kingdom, Lond, 1918, xxxviii, 363-368.—Cunningham (H. H. B.) Common ulcers of the cornea and their treatment. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, 1907, viii, 236-241.—Dabney (S. G.) Treatment of corneal ulcers. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1917, xxvi 21-25.—Darier (A.) Un sel de quinine bacteriotrope du p'neumocoque (ethylhydrocupreine) contre l'ulcere in- fectieux de la cornee. Clin, opht. Par, 1914, xx, 17-26 — Deutschmann (R.) Zur Behandlung des Ulcus serpens. Beitr. z. Augenh, Hamb. & Leipz, 1909, 71. Hft, 6-15.— Donovan (J. A.) Treatment of corneal ulcers. Ophthalmol, Seattle, 1908-9, v, 416-420—Drouln (A.) Ulceres de la cornee. Bull. med. de Quebec, 1911, xiii, 1-6.—Dunn (J.) The treatment of corneal ulcerations with subconjunctival injections; their value. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1902, xxxi, 256-262.-----. A report of six cases of crescentic ulceration of the cornea, with comments on the value of peroxide of Cornea (Ulcers of Treatment of.) hydrogen in their treatment. Ibid., 1910, xxxix, 252-258 — Ellis (H. B.) Treatment of ulcers of the cornea. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1908, 1, 1095-1099.—Elschnlg (A.) Die Be- handlung der ekzematosen Hornhautgeschwure. Klin.- therap. Wchnschr, Berl, 1911, xviii, 709-713.-----. Zur Anwendung der Pyocyanase bei Ulcus serpens corneae. Wchnschr. f. Therap. u. Hyg. d. Auges, Dresd, 1911, xiv, 321.—Elwood (C. R.) The principles of treatment of corneal ulcerations. J. Mich. M. Soc, Detroit, 1906, v, 388-393 — Eperon. Un traitement efficace des ulceres infectieux de la cornee. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1907, xxvii, 433-439.— Fleischer (B.) Die Behandlung des Ulcus corneae serpens. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1922, lxix, 89— Franchere (F. E.) Corneal ulcer and its treatment. West. M. Rev, Lincoln, Nebr, 1907, xii, 9-13, 2 pi—Galezowski. Ulceres infectieux de la cornee et leur traitement. Rec. d'opht. Par, 1901, 3. s, xxiii, 465-468.—Gauplllat. Inefflcacite du lait de vache en injections hypodermiques dans 2 cas d'ul- ceres a hypopion. Clin, opht. Par, 1920, xxiv, 186-l^s. -----. Nouveau traitement des ulceres k hypopion. Ibid., 1921, xxv, 440-443.—Gilbert (W. J.) Some experiences with Pasteurization method in treatment of corneal ulcers. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1916, xxv, 569.—Goldschmidt (M.) Experimenteller Beitrag zur Optochintherapie. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. deutsch. ophth. Gesellsch. 1920, Munchen & Wiesb, 1921, xhi, 173-177.—Gonzalez Alvarez (G.) Trata- miento de la ulcera serpiginosa de la c6rnea. Clin. castellana, Valladolid, 1917, xiv, 248-259.—Gulbert. Traitement des ulceres de la cornee. Clin, opht. Par, 1919, xxiii, 323-325.— Haken (M.) Das Ulcus corneae serpens und seine Be- handlung (nach Beobachtungen aus der Augenheilanstalt zu Wiesbaden). Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1S99, xxxvii, 125-144.—Harman (N. B.) A case of severe hypopyon ulcer of the cornea treated with phenol-camphor. West Lond. M. J, Lond, 1913, xviii, 38.—Harris (C. M.) Hypopyon ulcer of the cornea and its treatment. Penn. M. J, Athens, 1912-13, xvi, 611-616.—von Haselberg. Die Behandlung des Hornhautgeschwurs mit Milchsaure. Wchnschr. f. Therap. u. Hyg. d. Auges, Dresd, 1914-15, xviii, 157-159.—Helbron. Die Behandlung des Ulcus cor- neae serpens. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1906, xliii, 678-680.— Hermann (J.) Ueber die Behandlungsmethoden des Ulcus cornese serpens mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der in der Bonner Universitats-Augenklinik geubten Therapie. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1903, xh, 429-447.— Hertel (E.) Ueber Versuche mit lokaler Lichttherapie beim Ulcus serpens corneae. Ibid., 1907, xlv, 178-184.—Hesse (R.) Stasis hyperemia in ophthalmology; the therapy of ulcus corneae serpens. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1907, xvi, 470-477 — Hlers (J. L.) Iodine in the treatment of corneal ulcers Tr. M. Ass. Georgia, Atlanta, 1897, 344-347. [Discussion], 347-348.—Higbee (E. H.) A new treatment for corneal ulcers. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1909, xxvi, 91.—Hunter (E. L.) The use of the X-ray in corneal ulcer. J. Ophth, Otol. & Laryngol, Lancaster, Pa, 1920, xxiv, 332-335.— Jones (C. P.) The treatment of corneal ulcers by the general-practitioner. Charlotte [N. C] M. J, 1905, xxvii, 303-305. Also: VirginiaM.Semi-Month,Richmond, 1905-6, x, 322.—Kasass (J. I.) Tinctura jodi bei Ulcus corneae. Russ. med. Rundschau, Berl, 1905, iii, 645-656.—Kellogg (F. B.) Pasteurization in corneal ulcer. J. Am. Inst. Homceop.. Chicago, 1918-19, xi, 171-174.—Kelly (S. G.) Corneal ulcers and their treatment. J. Missouri M. Ass, St. Louis, 1909-10, vi, 351-356.—Kummell (R.) Zur Be- handlung des Ulcus serpens corneas. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1914, lxi, 1326-1329.—Lawson (A.) The treat- ment of corneal ulcers by quinine. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1904-5, xxv, 50-61.—Leitner (W.) Eine neue Methode der Heilung der Hornhautgeschwure. Pest. med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1907, xliii, 218. Also: Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1907, xii, No. 16, 6.—Lemaire (P.) Emploi de l'oxyde jaune de mercure et de la teinture d'iode dans le traitement des ulceres de la cornee. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1920, xli; 418.—Leprince. Traitement des ulceres a hypopion. Rev. internat. d'hyg. et de therap. oculaire, Par, 1913, vii, 1.—Leriche (R.) Guerison d'ulceres recidivants d'une cornee hypoesthesique par la sympathec- tomie peri-carotidienne interne; nature de la keratite neuro- paralytique. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1922, xh. hi, 189-194.—Lesage (C. A. E.) Treatment of corneal ulcers. Illinois M. J, Springfield, 1912, xxii, 566-572.—M'Gillivray (A.) The principles of treatment in corneal ulceration. Internat. Chn, Phila, 1899, 8. s, iv, 23-35.—McGuire (H. H.) Corneal ulceration and its treatment. Virginia M. Semi-Month, Richmond, 1910-11, xv, 565-567.—McKee (S. H.) Ulceration of the cornea; some points on etiology and treatment. Montreal M. J, 1909, xxxviii, 67-71.— Marcinowski. Das Xeroform und seine Wirkung bei Ulcus corneae. Therap. Monatsh, Berl, 1898, xii, 385.— Meierhof (E. L.) Aqueous solution of iodin in the treat- ment of ulcer of the cornea. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1911, lvii, 735.—Morton (H. Mel.) Treatment of severe forms of corneal ulceration. Proc. North Dakota M. Soc. 1897, Grand Forks, 1898, 44-51.—Muller (L.) Ueber die Be- handlung des Ulcus corneae serpens. Wien. med.Wchnschr, 1914, lxiv, 1007-1009.—Muncaster (S. B.) Treatment of ulcers of the cornea. Wash. M. Ann, 1905, iv, 159-167.— Nance (W. O.) Serpiginous ulcer oi the cornea and its treatment. Illinois M. J, Chicago, 1919, xxxvi, 1S2-1S5.— CORNEA. 208 CORNEA. Cornea (Ulcers of, Treatment of.) Nocetl (A.) Un caso de ulcera hipopi6n curado con inyec- ciones parenterales de leche. Semana med, Buenos Aires. 1920, xxvii, pt. 2, 857— Ormond. The treatment of corneal ulcers. Guy's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1910, xxiv, 149-152 — Paterson (J. V.), Traquair (H. M.) [ct al.]. Discussion on the treatment of corneal ulcers. Brit. M.J, Lond, 1921, ii, 734-739.—Plantler. Ulcere infecte de la cornee et hypopyon gueris par les injections sous-conjonctivales de bleu de methylene. Bull. med. de 1' Algerie, Alger, 1906, xvii, 629.— Prince (A. E.) Pasteurization in the treatment of corneal ulcers. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1916, xxv, 177-187.—Ramsay (A. M.) The preventive and curative treatment of pneu- mococcal ulcer of the cornea. Glasgow M. J, 1915, Ixxxiii, 321 329. Also: Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1915, xxiv, 439-446 — Ranch (R.) Beitrag zur medikamentosen Therapie des Ulcus serpens cornea?. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1914, lxiv. 2504-2506.—Reiche (O. C.) Modern treatment of corneal ulcers. Penn. M. J, Athens, 1919-20, xxiii, 493.—von Reuss (A.) Kiinstliche Doppelfarbung oberflachlicher Hornhaut- defekte. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz 1911, lxxviii, 297 300. -----. Elektrolyse [bei uleerosen Hornhautentzundungen]. Ibid., 30,5-309.—Rlsley (S. D.) Cassaripe: A new remedy for the treatment of corneal ulcers and other infectious diseases of the eye. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1897-8, viii, 423-428.—Sanderson (D. D.) The therapy ofcornealuleers. Nebraska M. J, Norfolk, Neb, 1920, v, 349-351.—Schinck (P.) Ueber die Behandlung des Ulcus serpens mit ultra- violettem Licht. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1921, xlvi, 349- 355.—Schneider (R.) Das Ulcus corneae serpens, sein Ver- lauf und seine Behandlung. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1910, lvii, 995-998.—Schutz (W. H.) Subconjunctival in- jections of cyanide of mercury in the treatment of ulcers and infected wounds ofthe cornea. J. Missouri M. Ass, St. Louis, 1920, xvii, 482-485.—Slrlin (G.) Ulcera de la c<5rnea e hipo- pi<5n curada con las inyecciones de leche. Semana med, Buenos Aires, 1921, xxviii, 434.—Stieren (E.) The treat- ment of ulcer of the cornea. Penn. M. J, Athens, 1906-7, x, 676-678.—Sylla (B.) Die Behandlung der skrophulosen Hornhaut-Gcschwiire mit 50-proz. Milchsiiure-Losung. Wchnschr. f. Therap. u. Hyg. d. Auges, Dresd, 1906, ix, 402.—Taylor (L. H.) Treatment of suppurating ulcers of the cornea. Penn. M. J, Pittsburgh, 1903-4, vii. 449-454 — Terentlnos (S.) Der subkonjunktivale aseptiscne Abszess zur Heilung des Ulcus serpens corneae. Ophth. Klin, Stuttg, 1908, xii, 129-131.—Tiffany (F. B.) Electric dry heat in ulceration of the cornea. West. M. J, Fort Scott, 1899, xh 117-131.—Van Lint. Le traitement des ulceres de la cornee par l'emploi simultane de la teinture d'iode et de la pommade au precipite jaune. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1920, xxxvii, 349-353.—Weekers (L.) De Taction bacteriolytique de la bile sur les pneumocoques et de son emploi dans le traitement de l'ulcere serpigineux de la cornee. Scalpel, Liege, 1908-9, lxi, 265.—Wessely (K.) Zur Behandlung des Ulcus serpens. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. Heidelb. 1912, Wiesb, 1913, xxxviii, 339-342.—Wleck. Airol bei Ulcerationen der Cornea. Prakt. Arzt, Wetzlar, 1900, xxxxi, 121.—Wiener (M.) The treatment of corneal ulcers with especial reference to the use of methylene blue. J. Okla- homa M. Ass, Muskogee, 1913-14, vi, 248-254.—Wokenlus (H.) Die Therapie des Ulcus corneae serpens; kritisches Sammelreferat. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1899,ii, 256-276 — Woodruff (H. W.) The treatment of serpent ulcer of the cornea. J. Ophth. & Oto-Laryngol, Chicago, 1907,1, 1-5.— Wray (C.) Points in the treatment of corneal ulcers. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1912, xxi, 252. Cornea (Ulcers of Treatment of, Opera- tive) . Alessandro. L' estirpazionc del sacco lagrlmale nelle ulceri corneali e nei tracoma. Boll. d. Osp. oftal. d. prov di Roma, 1908, vi, 59.—Benson (R. M.) & Austin (C. S.) Technic in grafting cornea of a rabbit's eye for destructive ulcerative cornea. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1912. lviii, 1355.— Bey (S.) Corneal fistulae and iridectomy. Indian M. Rec Calcutta, 1914, xxxiv, 117-119.—Chandler (H. B.) The surgical treatment of corneal ulcer and fistula. Syst. Ophth Op. (Wood), Chicago, 1911, ii, 923-941.—De Berardinls (11 ) L ulcera rodente della cornea curata mediante la eteroplastia di tessuto corneale di coniglio. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1906 xxxv, 835-M2.—Fox (L. W.) Ulcers of the cornea; implan- tation of a gold ball, and cataract operations. Med.-Chir J Phila, 1904, v, No. 6, 1 6.-Glfford (H.) Delimiting kera^ totomy in the treatment of severe corneal ulcers. Tr. Am Acad. Ophth. [etc.] St. Louis, 1917-18, xxii-xxiii, 418-421- ———. Delimiting keratotomy. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago' n^' "n8"' VJ 697-™).-Goldzieher (W.) Die operative Behandlung der gonorrhoischen Exulcerationen der Cornea Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1903, xxxix, 726.- Hudson (A. C.) Notes from clinical demonstrations; the surgical treatment of corneal ulcer and its complications with special reference to operation for anterior synechia' Roy. Lond. Ophth. Hosp. Rep, 1914, xix 291-300 — Jusellus (E.) [Erfahrungen betreffend die kurative Iri- dektomie bei infektidsen Hornhautgeschwuren, insbeson- dere beim I leus serpens. Res, 370 ] Finska lHk -sHlkv handl Helsmgfors, ^1908, 1, 36^369.-K,,app (A f The surgical treatment of corneal suppuration in exophthalmic goiter. Arch. Ophth, N.Y, 1918,Tlvii,173-176 *Mazet (C.) Cornea (Ulcers of Treatment of, Opera- tive.) De la greffe conjonctivale dans les ulceres torpides et rebelles de la cornee. Bull, et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht Par, 1897, xv, 410-416.—ProeUer (O.) Ueber die Verwend- barkeit der Hornhauttransplantation bei schweren ulcerati- ven Prozessen der Cornea. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1903 lvi, 315-325 —Roullies (J.) Du traitement de eertaines ulcerations traumatiques de la cornee avec hypopyon par rirideetomie precoce. Clin, opht. Par, 1903, ix, 355-360.— Schulte. Zur operativen Behandlung des Ulcus serpens. Ophth. Klin., Stuttg, 1904, viik 1. Also, transl.: Clin, opht. Par, 1904, x. 31.—Sgrosso (E.) L' eteroplastia corneale nella cura dell' ulcus rodens della cornea. Arch, di ottal Napoli, 1906-7, xiv, 307-319, 1 pi.—Tyrrell (F. A. C.) Case of Mooren's ulcer treated with a conjunctival flap. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1917, xxxvii, 205-207. Also: Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1917-18, xi, Sect. Oph- thalmol, 7.—Valude (E.) La suture conjonctivale en bourse dans les ulceres etendus de la cornee. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 189S exx, 376-378. of, Treatment of) with Cornea (Ulcers caustics. Cantonnet (A.) La cauterisation des ulcerations cor- neennes. Progres med. Par, 1912, 3. s.. xxviii, 614.-----. La cauterisation des ulcerations corneennes superfidelles. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap. Par, 1919, xxxiii, 817.— Donovan (J. A.) Electro-cautery treatment of corneal wounds and ulcers. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis. 1903, xx, 29.5-303.—Piesbergen (F.) & Weiss (K. E.) Behandlung von Hornhautgeschwuren mit dem Ortizonstift. Wchnschr. f. Therap. u. Hyg. d. Auges, Dresd, 1916-17, xx, 173.—Sexe. Un succedane du galvano-cautere dans le traitement des ulceres corneens; cauterisation a la solution forte de sulfate de zinc: 20/100. Rev. med. de la Franche-Comte, Besancon, 1909, xvii, 37-40—Stewart (T. H.) Corneal ulcers and the cautery. Homocop. Eye, Ear A Throat J, N. Y, 1906, xii, 85-89.—Vasek (E.) Therapie der serpiginosen Hornhaut- geschwure mit dem Galvanokauter. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1908, xx, 520-541. -----. Eine Serie von mit dem Galvanokauter behandelten serpiginosen Hornhautge- schwuren. Rev. de med. tcheque, Prague, 1909, ii, 60 — Wessely. Behandlung des Ulcus serpens mit dem Dampf- kauter, sowie neue Versuche in der Therapie der Dacryo- cystitis. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. A Berl, 19*13, xxxix. 1020.-----. Weitere Erfahrungen in der Behandlung des Ulcus serpens mit dem Dampfkauter und der Dakryo- cystitis mit Jodtinkturinjcktionen. Ber. ii. d. Versamml". d ophth. Gesellsch. (Heidelb.), Wiesb, 1913, xii, 156-162. [Discussion], 163-178.—Zlmmermann (W.) Ueber Caute- risation bei Ulcus serpens. Ibid., 1895, xxiv, 126-139. Cornea (Ulcers of. Treatment of) with heat. Baudoln. L'air chaud dans l'ulcere infectieux ou serpi- gineux (dit aussi ulcere a hypopion). Centre med. et pharm, Gannat, 1905-6, xi, 515-518.—Bourgeois (A.) Le chauffage des ulceres infectieux de la cornee. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1911 cxliv, 273 277. Also, transl.: Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1911 xxviii, 250-253.—Fox (L. W.) Priority in application of heat in corneal ulcer. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1917, lxix, 1193.—Green (J.) Treatment of pneumococcus ulcer 01 cornea with the thermophore. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1918, 3. s, 1, 135.-----. Hypopyon ulcer of cornea treated by chauffage. Ibid., 1919, 3. s, ii, 69s— Weekers (L.) La thermotherapie des ulceres progresses de la cornee \rch d'opht. Par, 1913, xxxiii, 681-692. Also: Rev. internat. d'hyg. et de therap. oculaire, Par., 1914, viii, 49-55.----- Thermotherapy of corneal ulcers. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago. 1919, 3. s, ii, 87-91. ^ ' Cornea (Ulcers of, Treatment of) by ion- tophoresis. Asmus. Die Zinkiontophorese bei Ulcus serpens. Ztschr. . Augenh, Berl, 1919-20, xhi, 216-221.-Jones (H. L.) On the treatment of some corneal ulcers by zinc ions. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1910. ii, 520 -Lubowskl. Ein neues Instru- ment zur Behandlung des septischen Hornhautgeschwurs mittels Iontophorese. Med. Klin, Berl, 1911, vii, 1658 — Lubowskl & Sachs-MUke. Die Heilung des septischen Ilornhautgeschwurs durch Zinkiontophorese. Ibid., 217- 219.-Schnyder (W. F.) Ein Instrument zur Technik der iontophorese des Ulcus cornea- serpens; Ansatz zur Ionto- phorese unter Verwendung einer Rekordspritze und Rekord- n,a0nn.le,n- J\hn- M°natsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1921, lxvi, 918-920 —Schwarzkopf (G.) Zur Frage der Iontophorese- behandlung der Hornhautgeschwure. Ibid., 879-S88.— nirtz (R ) Untersuchungen uber die bakterizide Kraft der /-ink- und Kupferiontophorese. Ibid., 1910, xlviii, 89-105. -----. Zur Technik der Jontophorese des Auges; Kritik des von Lubowskl zur Jontophorese des Ulcus serpens ttiiwebcncn Instruments. Med. Klin, Berl, 1912, viii, 103.—Uirzenlus (P.) [On iontophoresis in the treatment in disenses of the eye, especially of ulcus serpens cornea.] 1- mska luk.-sallsk. handl, Helsingfors, 1912, i, 424-437 CORNEA. 209 CORNEA. Cornea (fUcers of, Treatment of) with optochin. von Wehde (B.) *Ueber die Optochinbe- handlung des Ulkus cornese serpens. 8°. Rostock, 1915. Arganaraz (R.) & Rebay (H.) El tratamiento especifico de la infection neumocdccica del qio humano (ulcera a hipopion) por el clorhidrato de etilhidrocupreina. Rev. Asoc. med. argent, Buenos Aires. 1915, xxiii, 1035-1050.— Axenfeld (T.) & Plocher (R.) Die Behandlung der Pneu- mokokkeninfektionen, besonders des Ulcus corneae serpens, mit Aethylhydrocuprein (Optochin) Morgenroth. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1915. xii, 845.—Cavara (V.) Sulla terapia specifica delle infezioni pneumococciche della cornea mediante 1' etilidrocupreina. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1915, xliv, 637-754. -----. Nuove osservazioni sul valore terapeutico dell' etilidrocupreina (optochina) nelle ulcere pneumococciche della cornea. Ibid., 913-930.—Darier (A.) Traitement des ulceres infectieux de la cornee par l'ethyl- hydrocupreine. Clin, opht. Par, 1916, xxi, 3-10.—Grtiter (W.) Optochin und Auge unter besonderer Beriicksichti- gung des Ulcus serpens. Zentralbl. f. d. ges. Ophth, Berl, 1920, iii, 81-116.—Gunnulsen (T.) [Optochinum in ulcus serpens corneae.] Tidsskr. f. d. norske Laegefor, Kristiania, 1914, xxxiv, 761-767.—Lehmann (K.) Optochin ved Ulcus corneae. Ugeskr.f.Laeger,K0benh,1915,lxxvii, 1785-1793 — Lundsgaard (K. K. K.) [Optochin in pneumococcus infection of the eye, especially in serpiginous ulcer of the cornea.] Ibid., 22-25.—Schur (M.) Klinische Beobachtun- gen iiber die Wirkung des Aethylhydrokuprein gegen Ulcus cornea? serpens (Pneumokokken). Klin. Monatsbl. f. Au- genh, Stuttg, 1913, n. F, xvi, 469-479.-----. Die Behand- lung des Ulcus corneae serpens mit Optochin (Aethyl- hydrocuprein). Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1914, xl, 1671-1673.—Schwartzkopfl. Erfahrungen mit Aethylhydrocuprein bei Ulcus serpens. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr, 1914, li, 1560. Also: Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1915, xii, 89.—Urraca Alvarez-Revero (C.) Trata- miento de la ulcera serpiginosa de la c6rnea (espigazo), por la etilhidrocupreina u optochin. Me.d.-ibera, Madrid, 1918, v, 2. Cornea (Ulcers of, Treatment of) with serums and vaccines. Romer (P.) Experimentelle und klinische Grundlagen fiir die Serumtherapie der Pneumo- kokkeninfektion der menschlichen Cornea (Ul- cus serpens). 8°. Wiesbaden, 1909. Alvarado (P.) Tratamiento de la ulcera serpiginosa de la cornea por el suero antipneumocdcico. Siglo med, Madrid, 1903, 1, 254.—Castresana (B.) La sueroterapia como tratamiento de las ulceras supurativas de la cdrnea. Ibid., 1905, Iii, 19; 38; 54.—Charles (J. W.) Serpiginous ulcer; complete involvement of cornea; recovery under mixed vaccine and urotropin. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1912, xxix, 142-145.—Darier (A.) De l'action des serums antitoxiques dans le traitement de l'ulcere infectieux de la cornee. Clin, opht. Par, 1904, x, 107-110. -----. Serotherapie des ulceres infectieux de la cornee. Ibid., 1906, xii, 283; 299: 1907, xiii, 35-38.—Fradking (S.) Deux cas d'ulceres infectieux de la cornee considerablement ameiiores par la serotherapie paraspecifique. Ibid., 1912, xviii, 371- 373 —Gebb (H.) Die Behandlung der Pneumokokkenin- fektion der Hornhaut (Ulcus serpens) mittels grosser Serummengen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1911 xxxvii, 2289-2291.-----. Die Behandlung des Ulcus corneae serpens mittels grosser Serummengen. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1912, Ixxi, 144; 188. -----. Die Serum- therapie des Ulcus corneae serpens. Beitr. z. Khn. d. Infektionskr, Wiirzb, 1913, i. 509-548, 6 pi.—Goldschmldt (M ) Zur spezifischen Therapie der Pneumokokkemnfektion des menschlichen Auges, besonders des Ulcus corneas serpens durch Aethylhydrokuprein. Kim. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1913, n. F, xvi? 449-468-Grey-Edwards (H.) On the use of staphylococcic vaccine in the treatment of hvpopyon-ulcer. Ophthalmoscope, Lond, 1908, vi, 79- 81 —von Hippel (A.) Der gegenwartige Stand der Pneu- mococcenserumtherapie des Ulcus serpens; Entgegnung an Romer. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1908, xxxiv, 1805-1807.—Koeppe (L.) Ueber Heilung zweier Falle von Ulcus rodens cornese durch Tuberkulminjektionen nebst Bemerkungen iiber die mikroskopisch-anatomische Untersuchung eines dritten Falles. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1917, xxxviii, 301-318,1 pi.—Magruder. Suppurating corneal ulcer; vaccine treatment. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1911, xx, 467.—Mallol de la Riva (F.) La sueroterapia en las ulceras hipopi6nicas. Rev. de san. mil, Madrid, 1921, 3 s, xi, 477-484.—Marx (G.) Beitrag zur Serumtherapie des Ulcus corneae serpens. Arch. f. Augenh,Wiesb, 1909-10, lxv, 461-477.—Monbouyran. Le serum anti-diphterique contre les ulceres a hypopion. Clin, opht. Par, 1908, xiv, 25-27.—zur Nedden. Klinische Erfahrungen iiber die Wirkung des Romerschen Pneumokokkenserums beim Ulcus serpens. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1904, xiii, 552-558.—Ollveres (A.) Quelques cas d'uleere a hypo- pyon traites par la serotherapie. Clin, opht. Par, 1905, xi, 11877°—Vol. IV, 3d series—22----14 Cornea (Ulcers of, Treatment of) with serums and vaccines. 179-181.—Paul (L.) Beitrag zur Serumtherapie, speziell des Ulcus corneae serpens. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1904-5, xliii, 54-66. Also, transl.: Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1905, xiv, 318-329.-----. Beitrage zur Serumtherapie des Ulcus corneae serpens. KUn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1905, xliii, 352-359.—PflUger. [Ulcus serpens; Pneumo- coccen-Serum; Heilung.) Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1903, xxxii, 452—Reis (W.) Das Romersche Immunisie- rungsverfahren (Injektionen von Pneumokokkenkultur und Pneumokokkenserum) in Fallen von Ulcus serpens corneae. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1908, xxi, 978-983.—Romer (P.) Experimentelle Grundlagen fiir khnische Versuche einer Serumtherapie des Ulcus corneae serpens nach Untersu- chungen iiber Pneumocokkenimmunitat. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1902, liv, 99-200. -----. Kurzer Bericht fiber den gegenwartigen Stand der Serumtherapie des Ulcus serpens. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1903, x, 332.-----. Weitere Unter- suchungen zur Serumtherapie des Ulcus corneae serpens. Sitzungsb. d. ophth. Gesellsch. 1902, Wiesb, 1903, 2; 271. -----. Anleitungen fiir klinische Untersuchungen uber die Serumtherapie des Ulcus serpens. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1904, xi, 193-202.-----. Ausbau der Serumtherapie des Ulcus serpens; die Kombination der aktiven mit der passiven Pneumokokkenimmunisierung. Arch. i. Augenh, Wiesb, 1905, hi, 1-120, 1 pi.-----. Vollendung der Serum- therapie des Ulcus serpens. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. 1907. Wiesb, 1908, xxxiv, 28-36. -----. Der gegenwartige Stand der Pneumococcenserumtherapie des Ulcus serpens. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1908, xxxiVj 1465-1468.—Saurl (R.) Ulcera infecciosa de la c6rnea; uso interno del suero de Roux. An. de oftal, Mexico, 1912-13, xx, 461-463.—Vossius (A.) Zur Behandlung des Ulcus serpens corneae mit Beriicksichtigung des Pneumo- kokkenserum (Romer). Med. Woche, Halle a. S, 1906, vii, 61.—Wanner. Weitere Erfahrungen fiber die Pneumo- kokken-Serumtherapie (Romer) des Ulcus cornea? serpens. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wfirttemb. arztl. Ver, Stuttg, 1905, lxxv, 605-608.—ZeUer (O.) Zur Behandlung des Ulcus corneae serpens mit Pneumokokkenserum (Romer). Ibid., 1904, lxxiv, 748-749—Zimmermann (W.) Contribution a la serotherapie de Deutschmann. Chn. opht. Par, 1908, xiv, 285-287. •Cornea (Wounds and injuries of). See, also, Cornea (Burns of); Cornea (Rup- ture [etc.], of). Joachim (A.) *Ueber perforierende Bienen- stachelverletzung der Hornhaut. 8°. Munchen, 1904. Masugi (A.) *Experimentelle Untersuchun- gen iiber den Heilungsvorgang bei perforieren- den und nicht perforierenden Hornhautwunden mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Cocain- •Einwirkung. [Breslau.] 8°. Stuttgart, 1901. Also, in: Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1901, xxxix, 634; 731. Altuna (M.) Tratamiento de las heridas de la c6rnea. Actas y trab. d. 3er Cong. med. nac, Habana, 1914, ii, 556. Also: Rev. med. cubana, Habana, 1914, xxv, 225-227.— Augstein. Granulose una Unfall, mit besonderer Beriick- sichtigung der granulosen Hornhauterkrankung und ihres Verhaltens zum Ulcus serpens. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1906, xvi, 243-254.—Baudry (S.) Lesions traumatiques de la cornee. Nord m6d, Lille, 1898, iv, 133; 145.—Bedell (A. J.) Corneal lesions. N. York State J. M, N. Y, 1921, xxi, 258- 260.—Bennett (A. G.) Transfixion of cornea by hat pin without injury to lens. Ophthalmol, Seattle, 1909-10, vi, 221.—Benson (G. E.) Corneal injuries. Railway Surg. J, Chicago, 1916-17, xxiii, 286-291.—Bichon (A.) Des blessures de la cornee et de leur traitement. Arch. med. d'Angers, 1909, xiii, 169-176.—Black (M.) Injuries to the cornea. Colorado Med, Denver, 1910, vii, 371-374— Burleson (J. H.) A method of repair for corneal injuries. Texas State J. M, Fort Worth, 1918-19, xiv, 172.—Cauvln (C.) De la nevralgie corneenne traumatique recidivante; keratalgie traumatique. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1909, xxix, 163-177.—Chalupecky (H.) Seltene traumatische Erkrankungen der Hornhaut. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1910, xxiv, 135; 153; 169; 182.—Colio (G.) Sulla sutura profonda nelle ferite diametrali della cornea. Progresso oftal, Palermo, 1905, i, 65-71. A lso: Gazz. internaz. di med, Napoli, 1906, ix, 359—Colombo (G.) I grandi protoplasmatici dell' epitelio corneale studiati durante il processo di riparazione delle ferite. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1904, xxxiii, 291; 341,1 pi.—Crampton (G. S.) Perforating wound of cornea from blank cartridge. Tr. Coll. Phys, Phila, 1915. 3. s, xxxvii, 444.—Darier (A.) Protection des plaies corneennes par recouvrement conjonctival (operation de cataracte, trepanation, traumatisme). Clin, opht. Par, 1914, xx, 13-16.—Donner (S.) Ueber Veranderungen in der Kornea durch den elektrisehen Strom. Skandin. Arch. f. Physiol, Leipz, 1915, xxxiii, 28-36.—Donovan (J. A.) Electro-cautery treatment of corneal wounds and ulcers. Tr. Ophth. Div. Am. Acad. Ophth. [etc.], St. Louis, 1903, CORXEA. 210 CORNELIUS. Cornea ( Wounds and injuries of). 119-127.—Dorff (H.) Ueber Spatschadigung der Hornhaut durch Bienenstachel. Klin. Monatsbl. I. Augenh, Stuttg, 1921, lxvi, 256-259.—GaUenga (C.) Ueber das traumatische Emphvsem der Kornea. Ibid., 1911, xlix, 150-153— Germanl (C.) Sul processo di riparazione delle ferite asettiche della cornea. Riv. ital. di ottal, Roma, 1907, iii, 4-25, 2 pi. Also: Boll. d. Osp. oftal. d. prov. di Roma, Roma, 1908, vi, 54-59.— Gifford (H.) Rupture of cornea by contrecoup from bullet wound of orbit. Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1920, 3. s, iii, 7>>7- 789— Heilborn (F.) Ueber Abrasio cornea?. Wchnschr. f. Therap. u. Hvg. d. Auges, Dresd, 1905, viii, 225-227.—von Herrenschwand. Zwei weitere Falle von Sehadigung der Hornhaut im Hochgebirgskriege durch Kalteeinwirkung. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1918, xxxi, 456.—Hlgglns (S. G.) Injury to the cornea from broken spectacle lens. Ophth. Rec," Chicago, 1909, xviii, 352.—Huwald (G.) Khnische und histologische Befunde bei Verletzung der Cornea durch Bienenstiche. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1904, lix, 46-82 — Jacob! (F.) Guarded prognosis in injuries to the cornea. Ophthalmol, Seattle, 1912, ix, 52-57.—Kalt. Sur la tech- nique du recouvrement conjonctival de la cornee. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1916, cliii, 23-25— KUllck (C.) An unusual case of perforating wound of the cornea. Brit. J. Ophth, Lond, 1922, vi, 260-262.—Klein (S.) Abrasio cornea?. Med. Bl, Wien, 1909, xxxn, 62.—Kuhnt (H.1 Zur Behandlung frischer, komplizierter, penetrierender Verletzungen der Hornhaut. Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl 1906, xv, 312-319.— Ledbetter (S. L.) Prolonged photophobia following trau- matism ofthe cornea. J. South. M. Ass, Shreveport, 1909, vi, 364-366.—Le Roux. Plaie infeetee de la cornee; action rapide du serum antidiphterique. Clin, opht. Par, 1914, xx, 2i2.-McManus (T. U.) Traumatic injuries to the cornea. J. Iowa State M. Soc, Clinton, 1912-13, ii, 646-650.— Majewski (K.W.) Ein Fall von Infractio cornea?. Ophth. Klin., Stuttg, 1907. xi, 129-134.—Mayou (M. S.i Purulent ring infiltration of the cornea following '-mustard gas." Tr. Ophth. Soc.U. Kingdom, Lond, 1918, xxxviii, 149-151.— Mitchell (S.) Incised wound of the cornea made bv a fragment of spectacle lens. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1903, xii, 275-277.—Monesi (L.) L' epitelio nella riparazione delle ferite della cornea. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1898, xxvii, 472-479. Also: Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1S98, 4. s, xlvi, 350-357. -----. Riparazione delle ferite corneali a tutto spessore. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1900, xxix, 283-309 — Montalcini (A.) Sul processo di cicatrizzazicne delle ferite epiteliali della cornea. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1899, 4. s, xlvii, 696-699.—Morax (V.) & Duverger. Plaie pen^trante de la cornee suivie de 1 invasion Epitheliale des parois de la chambre anterieure avec glaucome secondaire. Rec. d'opht. Par, 1908, 3. s, xxx, 506-513.-----------. Nature et symptomatologie de eertaines complications eioignees des plaies penetxantes de la cornee; finvasion epitheliale des parois de la chambre anterieure. Ann. d'ocul Far, 1909, cxli, 1-28.—zur Nedden. Ueber Sehadigung der Hornhaut durch Einwirkung von Kalk, sowie von loslii hen Blei-, Silber-, Kupfer-, Zink-, Alaun- und Quecksilberpra- paraten, nebst therapeutischen Angaben auf Grund von experimentellen klinischen und chemischen Untersuchun- gen. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1906, lxiii, 319-387.—Newberry (F. J.) Wounds of the cornea. Pacific Coast J. Homaop. San Fran, 1917, xxviii, 174-177.—Newcomb (J. R.) Com- moner injuries of the cornea; a brief outline of diagnosis and treatment. Indianap.M. J, 1909, xii, 137-139.—Ranrier (L.) Recherches experimentales sur le mecanisme de la cicatri- sation des plaies de la cornee, Arch, d'anat. micr. Par, 1898, ii. 44; 177, 5 pi. Also: Ecole prat. d. hautes etudes! Lab. d'histol. du Coll. de France. Trav. 1898-9, Par, 1900, 2-35, 5 pi.-----. Une theorie nouvelle sur la cicatrisation et le role de l'epitheiium anterieur de la cornee dans la guerison des plaies de cette membrane. Ibid., 1896-7, Par, 1899, 2-8. -----. Du rdle physiologique des leucocytes, k propos des plaies de la cornee. Ibid., 9-14. ----'-. Des premieres modifications des nerfs dans les plaies simples de la cornee. Ibid., 24-28.—Richter (P. V.) Hornhaut- Verletzung durch Kopier-Tintenstift. Centralbl. f. prakt Augenh, Leipz, 1919, xlui, 140.—Santos Fernandez < T > Las heridas de la cdrneapor las hojas de trigo v las de ciii i Rev. cubana de oftal, Habana, 1920, ii, 749-7.^ —Sattler (tF",_H;) , Hornhautschiidigung durch Anwcn.lune von Perhydrollosung als blutstillendes Mittel bei c 'n.rutionen in der Nachbarschaft des Auges. KUn. Monatsbl. f "luuenh Stuttg, 1922 lxviii, 160-162 -Snell (A. C.) A caw of ex- tensive accidental corneal splitting. Arch. Ophth N Y 1914 xliii, 620-623.-Stood t\V.) Ueber recidivirende Bla- senbildungen auf der Hornhaut des Auges und "Keratal- gien nach \ erletzungen der Hornhautoberflaehe. \rchf Augenh, Wiesb, 1901, xliii, 220-22s.-Story (J. B.) Wound of cornea with anterior synechia. Tr. Ophth. Soc U S & th*™ ^ P^ted"wounds" o the comea Pt?11^; ^eC'' CrucvaR°. 19<>8- n- s, xvii, 386-393.-Turnei M 'j qivuerl^aSi°^Srdih.. VX i 207-209. Cornea (Wounds and injuries of, Obstet- rical). Brav (A.) Traumatic oedema of the cornea in the new- born infant. N. York M. J. [etc.J, 1907, lxxxvi, 499.— Buchanan (L.) Two cases showing the late results of birth injury to the comea. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1904-5, xxv, 295-300.—Chance (B.) A case showing the effects of obstetric injury of the cornea, observed in an adult. Ophthalmoscope, Lond, 1909, vii, 75.—Percival (A. S.) Obstetric injuries of the comea. Northumberland & Durham M. J, Newcastle-upon-Tvne, 1905, xiii, 223-225.__ Peters (A.) Eine Verletzung der Hornhaut durch Zangen- entbindung mit anatomischem Befund. Arch. f. Augenh Wiesb, 1906, lvi. 311-319, 1 pi —Stephenson (S.) Injury to the cornea following instrumental deliverv. Rep. Soc Study Dis. Child, Lond, 1904-5, v, 65. CorneiUe(Fernand)[]^72- ]. *L'aphasie dans lediabete. 52pp. 8:. Paris. 1897. Xo. 109. Corneliani (Giuseppe) [1797-1S55]. Animadver- siones in epidemics atque contages ad choleram morbum relatee quas auditoribus puis praelegit. 85 pp. 8°. Papise, P.Bizzoni, lsW. ---;—. Formolario clinico corredato di oeserva- zioni teorico-pratiche di materia medica ad uso degli scolari. 2. ed. 391 pp. 16°. Pavia, Fusi e comp., 1841. Cornells (Frans Gerard). *Bijdrage tot de kennis van de gevolgen der experimentelle thvreoi'dee- tomie. [Leyden.] 4 p. 1.. <7 pp.. 3* pi. S°. Rotterdam, J. de Jong. 1901. Cornelius [Alfons]. Druckpunkte; ihre Entste- hung, Bedeutung bei Xeuralgien, Xen.aitat, Xeurasthenie. Hysterie, Epilepsie und Geistes- krankheiten, sowie ihre Behandlung durch Nervenmassage. 31 pp., 3 pi. s°. Berlin. 0. Enslin, 1902. ------. Die Druck- oder Schmerzpunkte als Ent- stehungsursache der sogenannten funktionellen Aervenerkrankunsen: ihre Entstehung und Be- handlung. 40 pp. S°. Wien. M. PerUs. 1904. ------. Iservenpunkte: ihre Entstehung, Bedeu- tung und Behandlung mittels Xervenrnassaee 52 pp., 6 pi. 8°. Leipzig, G. Thieme, 1909 ———. Die Xervenpunktlehre. Eine neue Er- khlrung der nervosen Leiden und ein Mittel, lhnen crfolgrcich entgegenzutreten. Mit einem Anhang: Die Xervemnassage. vii 11° °S pp roy. 8°. Leipzig. G. Thieme. 1909. —-—. The same. II. Sell.ststamliger) Band. ^eurologie und Xervenpunktlehre. x. 303 pp. 8 . Leipzig, Georg Thieme, 1913. See, also, Schemata des menschlichen K5rpers [etc.] [in i. s.]. fol. Birltn, 1902. Cornelius (Johannes) [KsS5- . 1. *Ein Beitn^ zur Kenntnis der Ovarialgraviditat. 32 pp 11 v. Wiirzburg, P. Scheirur, 1909. Cornelius (Ren£). *I.es atrophies croisees du cervelet. 128 pp. Sa. Paris, 1907, Xo. 164. Cornelius , Siegfried) [18S3- ]. *Die Steiiipkeit der Wirhelsaule im Kindesalter mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung eines neuen Spezialfallcs. 3o pp. 8°. Leipzig, E. Lehmann, 1912. CORNELL. 211 CORNIL. Cornell (Ezra). Wilder (B. G.) Founder's centenary hymn in honor of Ezra Cornell, 1807, January eleventh, 1907. 3. ed. 4°. Ithaca, 1909. Cornell (Walter Stewart) [1877- ]. Backward children in the public schools, with a prelimi- nary study on the relation of physical to mental defects in school children. 46 pp., 9 pi. 8°. Philadelphia, F. A. Davis Co., [1908]. ------. Health and medical inspection of school children, xiv, 614 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, F. A. Davis Company, 1912. For Biography, see Alumni Reg. Univ. Penn, Phila, 1903-4, viii, 175. Cornell University. Agricultural Experiment Sta- tion, Ithaca. Bulletin No. 197. Investigations concerning the germicidal action in cows milk. By Otto F. Hunziker. pp. 65-91. 8°. Ithaca, 1901. Cornell University Medical Bulletin. [Reprints of studies from original publications.] v. 1-11, 1912-1922. Cornell University Medical College Dispensary, Xew York City. v. 1, 1905. 8°. New York. Corneloup (Jean) [1878- ]. *Phlegmon ligneux de la base du ligament large dans eertaines suites de couches. 88 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1906, No. 138. Corner (Edred Moss). Clinical and pathological observations on acute abdominal diseases due to conditions of the alimentary tract and the uni- formity of their origin. 98 pp. 8°. London, A. Constable & Co., 1904. ------. Male diseases in general practice; an intro- duction to andrology. xvi, 462 pp. 8°. London, H. Frowde, 1910. See, also, Battle (William Henry) & Corner (Edred M.) The surgery of the diseases of the appendix [etc.]. 8°. London, 1904. -----& Pinches (Irving H.) The operations of general practice, xii, 296 pp. 8°. London, H. Frowde, 1907. ------------. The same. 2. ed. 338 pp. 8°. London, Frowde, Hodder & Stoughton, 1908. ------------. The same. 3. ed. 358 pp. 8°. London, H. Frowde, Hodder & Stoughton, 1910. Corner (George Washington) [1889- ]. A case of true lateral hermaphroditism in a pig with functional ovary, pp. 137-142, 1 pi. 4 . Wash- ington, 1920. Carnegie Institution, Contributions to embryology, No. 54. Cornet (A.) Contribution a l'etude du syndrome labyrinthique consecutif aux traumatismes du crane. 74 pp. 8°. Paris, 1915, No. 109. Cornet (Albert-Jules) [1875- ]. *Les sels de Puree et leur coristitutionchhnique. 289, viii pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 394. Cornet (C.) Comment on jouit d'une bonne sante et comment on se guerit sans medicament par un regime hygienique rationnel. 60 pp. 8°. Liege, C. Desoer, [1911]. Cornet (Daniel-Charles-Am6dee) [1868- 1. Contribution a l'etude de la technique de la tracheotomie dans le croup. 30 pp. 4°. Tou- louse, 1891, No. 1. Cornet (Georg) [1858-1915]. Wie schiitzt man sich gegen die Schwindsucht? 40 pp. 8°. Ham- burg, 1889. Forms Hft. 77, n. F, of: Samml. gemeinverstandl. wis- sensch. Vortr, Hamb. ------. Die Tuberculose. xii, 674 pp. 8°. Wien, A. Holder, 1899. Forms pt. 3, v. 14, of: Spec. Path. u. Therap, Wien. ------. The same. 2. vollstandig umgearbeitete und im Umfang verdoppelte Aufl., 1.-2. Halfte. xvi, 1441 pp., 5 col. pi., 1 map. roy. 8°. Wien, A. Holder, 1907. Cornet (Georg)—continued. ------. Die acute allgemeine Miliartuberculose. 1 p. 1., 61 pp. 8°. Wien, A. Holder, 1900. Forms 2. Abth, pt. 2, v. 14, of: Spec. Path. u. Therap___ Nothnagel, Wien. ------. The same. Acute general miliary tuber- culosis. Transl. by F. S. Tinker, viii, 107 pp. 8°. London, J. Bale, Sons & Danielsson, 1914. ------. Die Scrophulose. vii, 232 pp. 8°. Wien, A. Holder, 1900. Forms pt. 2, v. 14, of: Spec. Path. u. Therap. . . . Noth- nagel, Wien. ------. The same. Scrofulosis. Transl. from the 2. German ed. by J. E. Bullock, xi [i], 515 pp. 4°. London, J. Bale, Sons & Danielsson, 1914. ------. Tuberculosis and acute general miliary tuberculosis. Edited with additions by Walter B. James. Authorized translation from the Ger- man, under the editorial supervision of Alfred Stengel. 806 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, New York, London, W. B. Saunders & Co., 1904. For Biography, see Internat. Centralbl. f. d. ges. Tuberk.- Forsch, Wiirzb, 1915, ix, 225 (E. Leschke). Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1915, lxii, 711 (E. Reinert). Cornet (Hans) [1879- ]. *Ueber die operative Behandlung von profusen Magenblutungen bei Ulcus ventriculi. 32 pp., 1 1. 8°. Munchen, Kastner & Callwey, 1905. Cornet (Jean-Louis) [1874- ]. Considerations sur la tuberculose des muscles et les alterations des fibres musculaires dans cette affection. 78 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, Xo. 453. , Cornet (Lucien-Amedee-Alfred-Etienne) [1885- ]. Contribution a l'etude du probleme hygienique du champ de bataille. 62 pp., 2 pi. 8s. Nancy._ 1915, No. 31. Cornet (Marius). Pratique de la chirurgie cou- rante; prefaced'Oilier, vii, 554 pp. 12°. Paris, F. Alcan, 1900. Cornet (Paul) [1860- ]. L'application dietetique dans le traitement des maladies des voies diges- tives avec 200 formules de preparation d'ali- ments, viii, 499 pp. 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1901. ------. L'art d'alimenter les malades et les con- valescents. 123 pp. 12°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1905. ------. Le regime alimentaire des malades; con- siderations pratiques sur les aliments et les boissons dietetiques et sur l'hygiene de l'alimen- tation. 5 p. 1., 484 pp. 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1909. ------. Douze lecons d'hygiene generale et spe- ciale, a 1'usage des personnes qui soignent les maladies. 1 p. 1., 200 pp. 12°. Paris, Vigot freres, 1910. ------ & Mesureur (Andre). Memento de l'in- firmiere et de rinfirmier. viii, 664 pp. 8°. Paris, Vigot frhes, 1914. Cornet (Pierre) [1878- ]. *De la thrombo- phlebite du sinus lateral consecutive a l'otite moyenne purulente. (Etude clinique et traite- ment.) 139 pp., 11. 8°. Lyon, 1900, No. 63. Cornette (Henri). *Des luxations carpo-meta- carpiennes. 88 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Paris, 1914, Xo. 231. Cornevin (Charles) [1846-97]. Traite de zootechnie speciale; les pores. 140 pp. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Baillihe etfils, 1898. Cornil (Alfred) [1872- ]. Contribution a l'em- pyeme de necessite chez l'enfant. 67 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, Xo. 661. Cornil (Andre-Victor) [1837-1908]. Les tumeurs du sein. 337 pp. 8°. Paris, F. Alcan, 1908. ------. Manuel d'histologie pathologique, par V. Cornil et L. Ranvier, avec la collaboration de A. BraultetM. Letulle. 3. ed. 4 v. 8°. Paris, F. Alcan, 1901-12. CORNIL. 212 COROBINE. Cornil (Andre-\ ictor)—continued. See, also, Herard (H.), Cornil (V.) & Hanot (V.) La phthisie pulmonaire, [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1888.—Hoche (L.) Les lesions [etc.]. 8°. Pom, 1904. For Biography, see Bol. d. Inst, patol, Mexico, 1908-9, 2. ep, vi, 293-296 (A. J. C), Also: Brit. M. J, Lond, 1908, i, 1150. Also: Bull. Acad, de med. Par, 1908, 3. s, lix, 480-483 (Malassez). Also: Bull, med.. Par, 1909, xxiii, 15. Also: Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par, 1908, 3. s, xxv, 938-950. (A. Siredey). Also: Chron. med. Par, 1908, xv, 322. Also: Folia hiematol, Leipz, 1908, v, 699 (J. Jolly). Also: Hygiene gen. et appliq. Par, 1908, iii, 257-259 (A. Chantemesse). Also: J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1911, lvi, 977. Also: J. de la sante, Par, 1900, xvii, pt. 2, 1 (Montpart). Also: Presse med. Par, 1908, xvi, 273-275 (M. Letulle). Also: Progress med. Par, 1908, 3. s, xxiv, 199 (G. Milian). Also: Rev. scient. Par, 1911, i, 40-44 (M. Letulle). Cornil (Gervais) [1875- ]. *Etude sur le cancer ducoeur. 122pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1902, No. 282. Cornil (Lucien) [1888- ]. *Etude anatomo- pathologique de la commotion medullaire directe. 103 pp. rlei 8°. Paris, 1921, No. 465. Cornille (Charles-Edmond) [1888- ]. *Sur quelques degeneres dans les oeuvres d'Octave Mirbeau. 50 pp. 8°. Lille, 1920, No. 29. Cornillon (Antonin). *Les auto-intoxications digestives; etude clinique et experimentale sur les effets pathologiques des poisons gastro- intestinaux. 70 pp. 8°. Paris, 1903, No. 106. Cornillon (Louis-Charles-Auguste) [1878- ]. *L'intra-dermo-reaction a la tuberculine. 66 pp. 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 239. Cornillot (Charles). *De la perte de memoire du calcul comme signe precoce de l'affaiblissement intellectuel chez les paralytiques generaux. 102 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 245. Cornils (Ernst) [1892- ]. *Kasuistischer Beitrag zur Lehre vom Eunuchoidismus. 12 pp. 8°. Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1917. Cornilus (Paul) [1862- ]. *L'autoplastie par la region mammaire; mobilisation et transformation dusein. 46 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 73. Corning (Charles R.) Count Rumford. pp. 353- 360. 8°. [n.p.], 1900. Cutting from: Granite Month, 1900, xxix. Corning (Hanson Kelly) [1861- ]. Lehrbuch der topographischen Anatomie fiir Studierende und Aerzte. xvi, 717 pp. roy. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1907. ------. The same. 2. Aufl. xvi, 772 pp. roy. 8" Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1909. The same. 3. Aufl. xvi, 808 pp. 4° Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1911. The same. 4. Aufl. xvi, 808 pp. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1913. The same. 5. Aufl. xvi, 808 pp. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1914. The same. 11. Aufl. xvi, 817 pp. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1920. Cornish (Charles J.) Sir William Henry Flower A personal memoir, xi, 274 pp., 5 port. 8° London, Macmillan & Co., 1904. Cornish (Harris J.) [1846-1919]. Obituary. Albany M. Ann, 1919, xi, 163. Cornish (William Robert) [1827-97]. Slbthorpe (C.) Obituary notice of the late Surgeon- Major-General W. R. Cornish. Tr. South Indian Branch Brit. M. Ass, Madras, 1897-8, vii, 163-169. Cornman (Oliver Perry) [1866- 1. Physiology primer. Rev. ed. 122 pp. 12°. Philadelphia & New York, Hinds, Hayden & Eldredge, 1916. Corns. Fabregat (A.) *Etudes sur le cor. 8°. Toulouse, 1909. Brandenburg (J. M.) Corn plaster. [Pat. spec] No. 1026786; May 21, 1912.—Brown (Florence C.) Corn-shield. [Pat. spec] No. 1056624; Mar. 18, 1913.-Chase (H. M.) Pathology of clavus (soft corn). Boston M. & s. J, 1916, clxxv, 134-136.—Coyne. Alterations singulieres de l'epithe- Corns. hum dans un cor aux pieds. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1892, xhi, 123.—Don Juan (D. M.) Device for removing and curing corns. [Pat. spec] No. 1025903; May 7, 1912.—Eddowes (A.) Boots, and the treat- ment of corns and plantar warts. Med. Mag, Lond., 1909, xviii, 147-152.—Elliot. A case of spontaneous corns on the finger. J. Cutan. & Genito-Urin. Dis, N. Y, 1894, xii, 73.— Fontaine (C.) Com and bunion scorer. [Pat. spec] No. 1310183; July 15,1919.—Freeland (E. H.) Some observations on the pathology and treatment of corns. Edinb. M. J, 1901, n. s, x, 431-441.—Griffith (F.) Simple treatment for corns. St. Louis M. Rev, 1911, n. s, v, 280.—Hentz (A.) Composition for removing corns, etc. [Pat. spec] No. 304729; Sept. 9, 1884.—Jones (H. L.) The treatment ol corns and warts by ionization. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1913, ii, 938.—Palmer (J. F.) Corns. Clin. J, Lond, 1906, xxviii, 284-288. -----. Corns and bunions. Practitioner, Lond, 1909, Ixxxiii, 525-534.—Roth (I'. B.) The treatment of corns. Lancet, Lond, 1915, i, 1048.—Schindler (H. E.) Com and callus treating device. [Pat. spec] No. 1347557; July 27,1920. Scholl (W. M.) Felt pad. [Pat. spec] No. 1382678; June 28, 1921.—Wilson (C. G.) Corn-pad. [Pat. spec] No. 1358272; Nov. 9, 1920. Corns (Albert Reginald) [1875- ] & Sparke (Archibald). A bibliography of unfinished books in the English language, with annotations, xvi, 255 pp. 8°. London, B. Quaritch, 1915. Cornu (Edmond) [1875- ]. Contribution a l'etude des migraines et de leurs rapports avec les etats epileptiques et deiirants. 167 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1902, No. 144. ------. The same. Les migraines et leurs rapports avec les etats epileptiques et deiirants. 167 pp. 8°. Lyon, J. Pruahomme, 1902. Cornu (Eugene-Felix-Joseph). *De l'agrandisee- ment du diametre bis-ischiatique dans les accouchementa dystociques des detroits moyen et inferieur par la position de la taille completee par l'extension des jambes. 100 pp. 8°. Paris, 1912, No. 360. Cornu (Georges) [1872- ]. *A l'hopital il y a deux siedes; l'Hotel-Dieu, les compagnons chi- rurgiens et externes. 56 pp. 8°. Paris, 1897, No. 126. Cornu (Maurice). *Sur quelques cas d'intoierance des nourrissons pour le lait de femme. 105 pp. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 150. Cornudet (Bernard). ^Diagnostic radiologique et traitement chirurgical des stenoses mediogastri- ques ulcereuses. 120 pp. 8°. Paris, 1921. Cornus. Robinson (J. H.) A practical treatise on the peculiar tonic and stomachic properties of the round leaf cornel (Cornus circinata), particularly in cases of indigestion of weaklv and elderly people, [etc.]. 8°. London, 1829." Griebel (C.) Zur Anatomie der Fruchte von Cornus mas L. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl, 1917, xxxiv, 233-255.—VeJux-Tyrode & Nelson (L.) The action of the active principle of Jamaica dogwood. Arch, internat. de pharmacod, Brux. & Par, 1905, xiv, 53-73. Cornutin. Ueberschau (E.) *Klinische Beitrage zur Anwendung des Cornutins. S°. Breslau, 1897. Fuchs (R.) Ueber die Anwendung und Wirkung des Cornutin ergotic "Bombelon." Rekhs-Med.-Anz, Leipz, 1907, xxxu, 443-445. Cornwall (Edward Everett) [ 1S66- ]. A clinical treatise on diseases of the heart for the general practitioner. 127 pp. 8°. New York, Rebman Co., 1917. ------. Diabetic diets, with a universal diabetic diet list. 16 pp. S°. Brooklyn, Connell Press, 1922. Cornwall (Edward Thomas) [1858-99]. Eliot (G.) Obituary, l'roc Connect. M. Soc, Bridgeport, 1901, 311-312. Coroblne (Elisabeth). *Traiteinent des retrofle- xions uterines par la vagina-fixation. Historique COROBINE. 213 CORPECHOT. Corobine (Elisabeth)—continued. des procedes operatoires. 36 pp., 2 tab. 8°. Lausanne, G. Bridel & Cie., 1904. Corolleur (Albert-Joseph-Marie) [1879- ]. Contribution a l'etude de l'habitation humide. 81 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1905, No. 40. Coromilas (G. P.) Progres de la chirurgie pendant la seconde moitie du xixe siecle. Conference d'ouverture du cours de chirurgie generale. 37 pp., 5 pi. 8°. Athlnes, P. D. Sakellarios, 1899. ■------. Etudes sur la tuberculose et son traite- ment. Tuberculoses chirurgicale, pulmonale, intestinale, avec extraits d'un memoire commu- nique a l'Academie de medecine de Paris, juillet 1900. v, 254 pp. 8°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1902. Coron (Alphonse) [1884- _ ]. ^Contribution a l'etude de la grossesse triple. [Lyon.] 71 pp. 8°. Saint-Etienne, 1913, No. 75. Corona funebre de Pedro Escobedo, 6 sea colec- cion completa de todas las producciones litera- rias publicadas con motivo de su muerte. 120 pp., 11., port. 8°. , [n. p., 1844]. Coronado (Charles-Emile-Alexandre). *Falsifi- cations du vin et alcoolisme. 289 pp. 8°. Paris, 1920, No. 336. Coronado (Tomas V.) [1855- ]. El Dr. Carlos J. Finlay y su teoria. Repr. from: Rev. de la Asoc. med.-farm. . . . de Cuba, Habana, 1901-2, ii, 262, port. For Biography, see Rev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1907, xii, 172-177, port. ------& Mad an (D. L.) Pirexias en la Isla de Cuba, viii, 315 pp. 8°. Habana, 1896. Coronary arteries. See Artery (Coronary). Coronat (Gustave). Contribution a l'etude des sequestrations arbitraires. 95 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1904, No. 554. Corone (Andre) [1887- ]. *L'homogeneisation des crachats tuberculeux; recherches sur trois des principales methodes et sur la densite des liqui- desd'homogeneisation. 78 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1912, No. 48. Coronedl (Giusto). Saggio di uno studio critico- sperimentale intorno all' azione biologica del quebraco bianco e dei suoi alcaloidi. 23 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Sassari, U. Satta, 1899. ------. Intorno al uso del fermento d' uva in medicina; nota preliminare. Upp. 8°. Firenze, Fiorentina, 1907. ------. The same. 24 pp. 8°. Firenze, G. Ra- mella & Co., 1908. ------. Studio intorno alia fisiologia della glan- dola tiroide e delle glandole paratiroidi; contri- buto alia conoscenza della funzione biologica degli alogeni con prefazione del P. Albertoni. 133pp., 3 ch. 8°. Sassari, G. Gallizzi & Co., 1907. —----. Compendio di farmacologia e di farmaco- terapia per uso dello studente di medicina e del medico pratico. vii, 660 pp. 12°. Milano, F. Vallardt, [1909]. ------. Esperimento farmacologico ed esperi- mento terapeutico; loro origine e natura e rap- porto reciproco. 20pp., 11. 4°. Parma, Offiana d' arti qrafiche, 1910. See, also, Cantani (A.) Manuale di farmacologia chnica [etc.].' 8°. Milano, [1901]. Coronel (Eduardo R.) *Estadistica de la mortali- dad en Mexico. 20 pp., 1 tab. 8°. Mexico, F. Mata, 1886. _ ,, Coronel (Samuel) [1827- ]. De bloedsomloop en de spijsvertering van den mensch. Ver- plaatsbare afbeeldingen van het hart, de longen, Coronel (Samuel)—continued. de mag en het darmkanal. 35 pp., 2 pi. 4°. Amsterdam, A. van Klaveren, [n. a.J. Coroners. See, also, Autopsies; Cadaver; Necropsies [in 2. s.]. Dienst-Yorschriften fiir Leichenschauer in Wiirttemberg. 16°. Stuttgart, 1907. Hussey (E. L.) Adversaria coronatoria; notes made in reading the coroners act, and Sir John Jervis's treatise on the office and duties of coroners. 12°. Oxford, 1896. Abbott (S.W.) The coroner system in the United States at the close of the nineteenth century. Tr. Mass. Med.-Leg. Soc, Bost, 1901, iii, No. 3,1-5—Ashley (C. L.) The relation of the physician to the coroner's office. Tr. Luzerne Co. M. Soc. 1919, Wilkes-Barre. 1920, xxi, 111-119.—Bell (C.) The Coroner's office, should it be abolished? Bull. Internat. Med.-Leg. Cong. 1889, N. Y, 1891, 403-448.—Brend (W. A.) The necessity for amendment of the law relating to coroners andinquests. Tr. Med.-Leg. Soc. Lond, 1912-13, x, 143-197. -----. The futility of the coroner's inquest. Lancet, Lond, 1913, i, 1404-1408.—Brodnax (J. W.) Some remarks on coroners and their duties: Virginia M. Semi-Month, Rich- mond, 1908-9, xiii, 369-371.—Burke (W. C.) Plea for a better practice in holding coroner's investigations. Medicus, Frederick, 1902, x, 104-109.—Carr (W. B.) Some observa- tions and conclusions of the deputy coroner. Wash. M. Ann, 1916, xv, 183-194.—Cowburn (A. D.) Some cases ofinterest in the coroner's court. Tr. Med.-Leg. Soc. 1919-20, Lond, 1921, xiv, 17-26.—Crowner's (The) quest. By a sometime coroner's physician. Med. Times, N. Y, 1910, xxxviii, 97- 101.—First (The) woman coroner elected in the United States. [Grace M. Norris.] Woman'sM. J, Cincin, 1919, xxix, 256 — Gradwohl (R. B. H.) The office of coroner; its past, its present, and the advisability of its abolishment in the commonwealth of Missouri. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1910, liv, 842-846.—Griffiths (J.) The proposed coroner's bill. Bnt. M. J, Lond, 1911, i, 193-195.—Hoyt (R. L.) The need of a new law relative to coroners in the rural districts of Maryland. Bull. Med. & Chir. Fac, Maryland, Bait, 1914- 15, vii, 125.—Macht (D. I.) The ancient office of coroner. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull, Bait, 1913, xxiv, 148-153. Also, Reprint.—McWalter (J. C.) The necessity for reform- ing the coroner's inquest. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1914; ii, 794. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1914, n. s, xcviii, 518.— Marcy (H. O.) The coroner system in the United States. Addr. . . . sect, state med. 42. meet. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1891, 35-57.—Norris (C.) The office of chief medical ex- aminer; its relation to the public the district attorney's office and the medicalprofcssion. N.York State J. M, N.Y, 1919, xix, 189-195.—Purdy (H. R.) Why the office of coroner should be abolished. Med. Critic, N. Y, 1903, iii, 964-978.—Records from media?val coroners' courts. Lancet, Lond.. 1911, i, 531.—Smith (S.) Proposed changes in the law relating to the office and duties of coroners. Med.-Leg. J, N. Y, 1902-3, xx, 554-559.—Spencer (W. G.) Discussion on the relationship between coroners and medical men. Tr. Me'd. Soc, Lond, 1909, xxxii, 262-273.—Tyndale (T. H.) The abolition of the coroner in Massachusetts. Bull. Inter- nat. Med.-Leg. Cong. 1889, N. Y, 1891, 294-302.—Wads- worth (W. S.) The coroner and the physician. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1916, ciii, 400-402. Also, Reprint—Waldo (F.J.) The ancient office of coroner. Tr. Med.-Leg. Soc, Lond, 1911, viii, 101-133.—Westcott (W. W.) Twelve years' ex- periences of a London coroner. Ibid., 1906-7, iv, 15-32.-----. The coroner and his medical neighbours. Ibid., 1911, viii, 15-26.—White (C. S.) The relation of the physician to the coroner's office. Wash. M. Ann, 1915, xiv, 242-251. Coronilla and coronilline. Maramaldi (L.) Studio biologico della coro- nilla (principio attivo della coronillina scor- pioides. 8°. Napoli, 1897. Also [Abstr.], in: Riforma med, Napoli, 1898, xiv, pt. 2, 805; 817. Also, transl. [Abstr.] in: Nouv. remedes, Par, 1898, xiv, 457-461. __ Bardet. Etude biologique de la coronilline. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par, 1898, cxxxvi, 586-592. Coront-Ducluzeau (Louis) [1891- ]. *Contri- bution a l'etude de l'uretere force a propos de deux cas nouveaux. 73 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1919, No. 51. Corpancho (Nestor J.) [ -1902]. [Biography.] Bol. Acad, nac de med. de Lima, 1903, iii, 2-4, port. Corpechot (Leon) [1879- ]. *Grossesse et car- diopathies. 134 pp. 8°. Paris, Jouve & Cie., 1911, No. 128. CORPECHOT. 214 CORPUS. Corpechot (Lucien). Rene Quinton; origines marines de la vie; lois de Constance originelles. 80 pp., port. 12°. Paris, [1911]. Corpo (it) della donna: (1) rappresentazione dei suoi organi interni; (2) in stato di gravidanza avanzata, con spiegazione. 7 pp.; 3 pp., 2 super- posed pi. roy. 8°. Torino, 1899. Corpora allata. Nabert (A.) Die Corpora allata der Insekten. Ztschr. f. wissensch. Zool, Leipz, 1913, civ, 197-358, 5 pi. Corpora quadrigemina. See Brain. Corps (Le) humain. Atlas elementaire d'anato- mie. 6 1., 12 col. pi. on 6 1. 8°. Paris, Vigot frires, 1914. Corpulence. See Obesity. Corpus callosum. See Brain. Corpus luteum. See, also, Ovulation. Cohn (F. J.) *Zur Histologie und Hystogenese des Corpus luteum und des interstitiellen Ovarialgewebes. 8°. Breslau, 1903. Doering (H.) *Beitrag zur Streitfrage iiber die Bildung des Corpus luteum. 8 °. Konigsberg i. Pr. 1899. Also [Abstr.], in: Anat. Anz, Jena, 1899, xvi, 299-301,1 pi. Strakosch (W.) *Das Schicksal der Follikel- sprungstelle. [Rostock.] 8°. Berlin, 1915. Also, in: Arch. f. Gynaek, Berl, 1915, civ, 259-277, 1 pi. Truskier (Frau Gustawn). *Ueber die Hyaline im Corpus luteum und im atretischen Follikel. 8°. Ziirich-Selnau, 1909. Abbott (A. W.) Case of pregnancy without a corpus luteum. Minnesota Med, St. Paul. 1922, v, 338.—Basso (G. L.) Sulla fine distribuzione del connettivo nei corpo luteo umano. Ginecologia, Firenze, 1907, iv, 719.—Buhler. Entwickelungsstadien menschlicher Corpora lutea. Ver- handl. d. anat. Gesellsch, Jena, 1900, xiv, 150-154.—Cesa- Blanchi (D.) Sulla fine distribuzione del connettivo nei corpo luteo. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1907, xxi, 175-185.—Chlrie (J.-L.) Le corps jaune. Obstetrique, Par, 1911, n. s, iv, 593-653.—Cohn (F.) Bemerkungen zur Histologie una Driisenfunktion des Corpus luteum; eine Erwiderung an W. Lubosih. Anat. Anz, Jena, 1904, xxv, 69-72.—Corner (G. W.) On the lipoidal nature of structures in the corpus luteum cells of swine. Anat. Record, Phila, 1916-17, xi, 344.—Cornil (V.) Note sur Phistologie des corps jaunes de la femme. Ann. de gynec. et d'obst. Par, 1899, Iii, 373-381, 4 pi.—Cristalll (G.) Contributo all' isto- genesi del corpo luteo. Gior. d. Ass. napol. dl med. e nat, Napoli, 1902, xii, 14; 323, 3 pi. Also [Abstr.l: Atti d. Soc. ital. di ostet. e ginec. 1901, Roma, 1902, viii, 192. -----. Contributo alia istogenesi del corpo luteo della donna. Arch, di ostet. e ginec, Napoli, 1903, x, 480-496, 2 pi. Also [Abstr.]: Cong, period, de gynec et d'obst. C.-r. 1902, Florence-Rome, 1903, iv, 717.—l)e Boris (R.) Le corps jaune. Semaine med. Par, 1906, xxvi, 61-66.—De Lee (J. B.) Autotransplantation of the corpus luteum. Surg, Gynec. & Obst, Chicago, 1916, xxii, 80—Escher (H. H.) Ueber den Farbstorf des Corpus luteum. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Strassb, 1913, Ixxxiii, 198- 211— Falco (A.) Sulla gcnesi della cellula luteinica. Ann. di ostet, Milano, 1916, i, 293-311, 1 pi.—Fellner (O. O.) Nenere Ergebnisse aus den Forschungen iiber das Corpus luteum. Med. Klin, Berl, 1906, ii, 1110-1113.—Gelst (S. H.) Absence of corpora lutea in a case of atypical uterine hemorrhage. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1922, lxxviii, 1185.—Haultaln (F. W. N.) A large ovary with a very large corpus luteum. Tr. Edinb. Obst. Soc, 1912-13, xxxviii, 188.—Hegar (K.) Studien zur Histo- genese des Corpus luteum und seiner Rtickbildungspro- dukte. Arch. f. Gyna-k, Berl, 1910, lxi, 530-545, 1 pi.— Hlrose (T.) Zur Genese des Corpus luteum. Verhandl. d. jap. path. Gesellsch, Tokyo, 1918, viii, 187-189. -----. Experimentelle histologische Studie zur Genese des Corpus luteum. Mitt. a. d. med. Fakult. d. k. Univ. zu Tokyo, 1919-20, xxiii, 63-92,1 pi. Also: Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1920, xxxiv, No. 2, 1.—Lecalllon (A.) Les corps jaunes ovariens de la femme et des mammiferes. Rev. scient. Par, 1909, 5. s, xii, 355-364.—Marshall (F. H. A.) The development of the corpus luteum (a review). Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond, 1905-6, xlix, 189-202.—Meyer (R.) Ueber Corpus luteum-Bildung beim Menschen. Arch. f. Gynaek, Berl., 1911, xciii, 354-404, 2 pi. Also [Abstr.]: Zentralbl. f. Gynak, Leipz, 1911, xxxv, 1206-1208. -----. Die soge- Corpus luteum. nannte Corpus luteum-Persistenz im Lichte einer verbor- genen oder Scheinschwangerschaft (okkulte Oder Simili- gravidltat). Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak, Stuttg, 1920, Ixxxiii, 843. ■-----. Die Anomalien der Follikel- und Corpus luteum-Bildung im Zusammenhang mit den Uterusanoma- lien. Ibid., 842.—Miller (J. W.) Die Riickbildung des Corpus luteum. Arch. f. Gynaek, Berl, 1910, lxi, 263-287, 1 pi. Also[AbstrJ: Munchen. med.Wchnschr, 1910,lvii,553. -----. Ueber Corpus luteum-Bildung beim Menschen. Zentralbl. f. Gynak, Leipz, 1911, xxxv, 1089-1091.—Mulon (P.) Notes cytologiques sur un corps jaune de grossesse chez la femme. Compt. rend, de 1'Assoc, d. anat. Par, 1909, xi, 150-155.—Ochoterena (I.) Persistencia del cuerpo amarillo en la segunda mitad del embarazo y observaciones acerca de algunos fen6menos correlativos. Mem. Soc. cient. "An- tonio Alzate," Mexico, 1920-21, xxxviii, 429-432.—O'Don- oghue (C. H.) The corpus luteum: its structure and func- tion. Science Progr. 20. cent, Lond, 1913-14, viii, 721-737.— Paladino (G.) Per la dibattuta questione sulla essenza del corpo luteo. Anat. Anz, Jena, 1900, xvii, 451-455.—Reusch. Fruhstadien der Corpus luteum-Bildung beim Menschen. Arch. i. Gynaek, Berl, 1916, cv, 262-279, 1 pi.—Rlquler (G. C.) L' apparato reticolare intcrno nelle cellule del corpo luteo. Boll. d. Soc med.-chir. di Pavia, 1909, xxiii, 177-180, 1 pi.-----. Der innere Netzapparat in den Zellen des Corpus luteum. Arch. f. mikr. Anat, Bonn, 1910, lxxv, 772-780, 1 pi— Schockaert (R.) Corps jaune vrai et grossesse. Rev. mens, de gynec, d'obstet:. et de pediat. Par, 1912, vii, 247-251.—Sobotta (J.) Noch einmal zur Frage der Bildung des Corpus luteum. Arch. f. mikr. Anat, Bonn, 1898-9, liii, 546-558.—Vulemln (F.) Le corps jaune de l'ovaire chez la femme. Gynecologie, Par, 1908, xii, 218-248.—Vdlker (O.) Leber die Histogenesedes Corpus luteum beim Ziesel (Spermophilus cit.). Arch. f. Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch, Leipz, 1905, 301-320, 2 pi.- Wallart (J.) Ueber Fruhstadien una Abortivformen der Corpus luteum- Bildung. Arch. f. Gynaek.. Berl.fc1914, ciii, 544-563, 1 pi.— Watrin (J.) & Hamant (A.) Etude histophysiologique du corps jaune periodique; ovulation et menstruation chez la femme. Rev. mea. de Test, Nancy, 1920, xlviii, 431-433.— Westman (A.) [On formation of corpora lutea in ovaries.] Hygiea, Stockholm, 1919, lxxxi, 865-879. Corpus luteum (Extract of). Drevet (L.t *Effets therapeutiques du corps jaune de l'ovaire. en particulier dans l'hypo- fonction de la glande ovarienne. la menopause naturelle, la menopause post-operatoire. 8°. Paris, 1907. Beach (L. E.) Soluble extract of corpus luteum. Mary- land M. J, Bait, 1916, lix, 198-200.—Burnam (C. F.) Corpus luteum extract; with suggestions as to its use in gynecologic practice. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1912, lix, 698-703—Champy (C.) A- t;iey (E.) Action des extraits de corps jaunes sur la predion artenelle. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1911, Ixxi, 443-447.—Cltmenko (H.) Corpus luteum in neurological practice. Endocrinology, Glendale, Cal, 1919, iii, 1-15. Also: N. York M. J. [etc], 1919, cix, 302-305.—Corner (G. W.) & Hurni (F. H.) The non-effect of corpus luteum preparations on the ovulation cycle of the rat. Am. J. Phvsiol, Bait, 1918, xlvi, 483-486.— Daiinreuther (W. T.) Corpus luteum organotherapy in clinical practice, with report of a ca*e of bilateral salpihgo- oophorectomy in which the administration of corpus luteum extract was followed by the reestablishment of menstruation. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1914, lxii, 359-362.-----. Further clinical experience with corpus luteum organotherapy; with special reference to the soluble aqueous extract. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1917, cvi, 731-735. Also, Reprint.—Happel (H. E.) Personal experience with the extract of corpus luteum. Interstate M. J, St. Louis, 1917, xxiv, 656^659. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y, 1917, xci, 84S-850.—Herrmann (E.) & Stein (Marianne). Ueber den Einfluss eines Hormones des Corpus luteum auf die Entwicklung mannlicher Ge- schlechtsnierkmale. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1916, lxiii, 359.-----------. Ueber die Wirkung eines Hormones des Corpus luteum auf miinnliche und welbliche Keimdriisen. Wien. khn. Wchnschr, 1916, xxix, 77S-7,v2.-----------. 1st die aus Corpus luteum bzw. Placenta hergestellte wirk- same Substanz geschlechtsspezifisch? Zentralbl. f. Gvnak, Leipz, 1920, xhv, 1449-1451.-----------. Ueber kiinstli- che Entwieklungshemmung mannlicher sekundarer Ge- schlechtsmerkmale. Arch. f. Entwcklngsmechn. d. Organ, Berl, 1921, xlviii, 447-488, 1 pi.—HU1 (C. A.) The use of corpora lutea in gynecology; a report of twelve cases in which it was used to allay the symptoms of artificial meno- pause following removal of both ovaries. Surg., Gynec. & Obst, Chicago, 1910, xi, 587-5S9—Jaeger (A. SO The value of extract of corpora lutea. Therap. Gaz. [etc], Detroit, 1912,3. s, xxviii, 461-464.—Krusen (W.) The present status of corpus luteum organo-therapy. Am. J. Obst, N.Y, 1912, lxvi, 522-525—Lelghton (A. P.) Luteum extract. a further report. Tr. Am. Ass. Obst. Gynec. letc], 1920, St. Louis, 1921, xxxiii, 209-217. Also: Am. J. Obst. & Gynec. St.Louis, 1920-21,i,613-619. [Discussion),633-636— Llclitwltz. Ueber Immunisierung mit Cornus luteum. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr, Leipz. & Berl, 1904, xxx, 683—Lisser (H.) A note CORPUS. 215 CORPUS. Corpus leteum (Extract of) on the use of corpus luteum to prevent the painful breasts of menstruation. Endocrinology, Glendale, Cal, 1918, ii, 12-15.—Llvon (J.) Sur Taction des extraits du corps jaune de l'ovaire. Compt.rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1909, lxvi, 549.— McCord (C. P.) The frequency of pregnancy in slaughter- house cattle in relation to the supply of corpus luteum. J. Am. M. Ass.. Chicago, 1914, lxii, 1250.—Macht (D. I.) & Matsunioto (S.) A biological test for corpus luteum extracts in vitro. Proc. Soc Exper. Biol. & Med, N. Y, 1918-19, xvi, 86—Maits (C. B.) The therapeutic value of extract of human corpus luteum. Univ. Perm. M. Bull, Phila, 1910-11, xxiii, 269-275.—Miller (J. W.) Ueber Kom- plementbildung bei Immunisierung mit Corpus luteum. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], Jena, 1908, xlvi, 639-645.— Morley (W. H.) Reports of cases in which the extract of the corpus luteum has been used. J. Mich. M. Soc, Detroit, 1909, viii, 524-529.—Ott (I.) & Scott (J. C.) The action oi corpus luteum and of the pineal body. Month. Cycl. & M. Bull, Phila, 1912, v, 207-209. Also, Reprint.-----------. Action of corpus luteum upon the mammary glands. Am. Pract, N. Y, 1914, xlviii, 568-570. Also: Proc. Soc Exper. Biol. & Med, N. Y, 1914, xii, 47.—Prenant. Sur la vateur morphologique, sur Taction physiologique et therapeutique possible du corps jaune. Rev. m6d. de Test, Nancy, 1898, xxx, 385-389.—Rothlin (E.) Ueber den Einfluss von Corpus luteum-Extrakt auf die Erythropoese bei ktinstlich anamisierten Kaninchen. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol, Berl, 1921, exciii, 102-108.—Royston (G. D.) Experience with the soluble extract of corpus luteum, with report of cases. Interstate M. J, St. Louis, 1916, xxiii, 1119-1125.—Sajous (L. T. de M.) The corpus luteum in therapeutics. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1916, ciii, 227.—Seitz (L.) & Wintz (H.) Process for the manufacture of menses-increasing substance from corpus luteum. [Pat. spec] No. 1318698; Oct. 14, 1919. ------------. Process for the manufacture of a menses- controlling preparation from corpus luteum. [Pat. spec] No. 1318699; Oct. 14, 1919.—Seitz (L.), Wintz (H.) & Flngerhut (L.) Ueber die biologische Funktion des Corpus luteum, seine chemischen Bestandteile und deren thera- peutische Verwendung bei Unregelmassigkeiten der Men- struation. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1914,lxi, 1657; 1734.— Verdozzi (C.) & Cavalier! (R.) Influenza delle iniezioni di estratti fetali, placental!, uterini sui corpi lutei gravidici di cavie isterectomizzate. Arch, di fisiol, Firenze, 1920, xviii, 1-13, 4 pi.—Villemln (F.) Sur Taction physiologique des injections intravasculaires d'extrait de corps jaunes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1910, lxviii, 876. Corpus luteum (Pathology of). Alcock. Cystic corpus luteum. Tr. Obst. Soc. Lond. (1901), 1902, xliii, 208.—Bazterrica (E) & Bello (A.) Quiste del cuerpo amarillo en una nulipara. Semana m6d, Buenos Aires, 1910, xvii, 41-44.—Benthln. Hematocele als Folge einer geplatzten Corpus luteum-Cyste. Monatschr. f. Ge- burtsh. u. Gynaek, Berl, 1913, xxxvii, 532-534.—Brown (Le R.) Large corpus luteum cyst following, six months later, a resection of the tube on the same side for ectopic pregnancy. Tr. N. York Obst. Soc, N. Y, 1911-13, 5.— Cohn (F.) Ueber das Corpus luteum und den atretischen Follikel des Menschen und deren cystische Derivate. Arch. f. Gynaek, Berl, 1909, lxxvii, 367-444, 3 pi— Dorman (F. A.) Cysts of the corpus luteum simulating ectopic gestation. Am. J. Obst, N.Y, 1913, lxvii, 362.—Engelhard (J. L. B.) Jets over den bouw en het oonstaan van luteine- cysten. Nederl.Tijdschr. v.Verloosk. en Gynaek, Haarlem, 1908, xviii, 20-48, 1 pi.—Fraenkel (E.) Ueber Corpus luteum-Cysten. Arch. f. Gynaek, Berl, 1898-9, lvii, 511-535, 1 pi.—Fraenkel (L.) Corpus luteum-Cyste una Corpus luteum persistens. Zentralbl. f. Gynak, Leipz, 1922, xlvi, 1250-1252.—Garklsch (A.) Tuberkulose Corpus luteum- Cyste. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak, Stuttg, 1908, lxiii, 66-75, 1 pi— Grouzdew (W.) Zur Frage der Cysten der Corpora lutea des Ovariums. Arch. 1. Gynaek, Berl, 1906, lxxix, 347-377, 1 pi.—Halban (J.) Zur Symptomatologies der Corpus luteum-Zysten. Gynaek. Rundschau, Berl. & Wien, 1915, ix, 293-295. Also: Zentralbl. f. Gynak, Leipz, 1915, xxxix, 409-414.—Jerie (J.) Abscessus corporis lutei. Casop. 16k. cesk, v Praze, 1908, xlvii, 1469.—Kehrer (E.) Ueber Corpus luteum-Abscesse. Arch. f. Gynaek, Berl, 1910, xc, 153-168, 1 pi.—von Koelliker. Ueber Corpora lutea atretica bei Saugetieren. Verhandl. d. anat. Gesellsch, Jena, 1898, xii, 149-151. [Discussion], 55.—Lefas (E.) Corps jaune aberrant. Bull, et mem. Soc anat. de Par, 1901, lxxvi, 310.—Lockyer (C.) On the physiology and pathology of the corpus luteum. Med. Chron, Manchester, 1905-6, xlui, 354-366.—Loeb (L.) On the pathologic formation of corpus luteum tissue. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1899-1901, iv, 252-264.—Luppofl (A. N.) [Prolapse of ovarian corpora lutea.] J. Akush. i Zhensk. Boliez, S.-Peterb, 1912, xxvii, 1493-1500, 1 pi.—Markoe (J. W.) Calcareous degeneration of the corpus luteum, with report of a case. Bull. Lying-in Hosp, N. Y, 1912-13, viii, 207-213.—Mulon (P.) Sur un corps jaune kystique forme aux depens d'un ovisac non depisce\ Arch, d'anat. micr. Par, 1909-10, xi, 110-133, 1 pi—von Oettlngen (K.) Zur Aetiologie der Luteincysten. Zentralbl. f. Gynak, Leipz, 1922 xlvi, 548-553.—Ollva (L. A.) Contributo alio studio della patologia del corpo luteo. Arch. ital. di ginec, Napoh, 1901, iv, 1-43, 1 pi.— Rothrock (J. L.) Abscess of corpus luteum. Northwest. Corpus luteum (Pathology of). Lancet, Minneap, 1902, xxii, 138.—Santi (E.) Di un caso di sarcoma originatosi da un corpo luteo. Boll. d. Soc. tosc. di ostet. e ginec, Firenze, 1902, i, 2-7.-----. Sulla patologia del corpo luteo. Atti d. Soc. ital. di ostet. e ginec. 1903, Roma, 1904, ix, 84-86. Also, transl.: Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak, Berl, 1904, xx, 76-101.—Schwarz (E.) Cysts of the corpus luteum. Am. J. Obst., N. Y, 1919, lxxix, 516- 522.—van der Stricht (O.) Une anomalie interessante de formation de corps jaune. Ann. Soc. de med. de Gand, 1901, lxxx, 151-158.—Wallis (R. L. M.) & Williams (H. G. E.) An experimental investigation of the corpus luteum in its relation to the toxaemias of pregnancy. Lancet, Lond, 1922, i, 784.—Walter (L.) Zur Pathologie des Corpus luteum. Beitr. z. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek, Leipz, 1915, xix, Ergnzgshft, 61-84. Corpus luteum (Physiology of). Lacour (A.) *Le corps jaune et la cause determinante de 1'accouchement. 8°. Paris, 1900. Mtjlon.( ifme. Marie-Clotilde). *Essai critique sur les roles physiologiques du corps jaune. 8°. Paris, 1917. Niskoubina (Mile. Nadiejda). * Recherches sur la morphologie et la fonction du corps jaune de la grossesse. 8°. Nancy, 1909. Villemin (F.) *Le corps jaune consider comme glande a secretion interne de l'ovaire. 8°. Lyon, 1908. ------. The same. 8°. Paris, 1908. Wesselink (D. G.) *Proeve eener verklaring van eenige klinsch welbekende feiten betref- fende ei, corpus luteum en uterus-slijmvlies, in verband met menstruatie en jonge graviditeit. 8°. Leiden, 1918. Adler (L.) Ueber den Antagonismus zwischen Follikel und Corpus luteum. Zentralbl. f. Gynak, Leipz, 1916, xl, 585-593.—Ancel (P.) & Bouln (P.) Sur la fonction du corps jaune. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1909, lxvi, 454; 505; 605; 689.-----------. Recherches sur les fonctions du corps jaune gestatif. J. de physiol. et de path, gen. Par, 1910, xii, 1, 1 pi.-----------. Sur la nature hpoidienne d'une substance active secr£tee par le corps jaune des mammiferes. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1910, cli, 1391-1393.-----------. Recherches sur les fonctions du corps jaune gestatif; sur le d^terminisme du doveloppement de la glande mammaire au cours de la gestation. J. de physiol. et de path, gen. Par, 1911, xiii, 31—41, 1 pi.----- -----. Sur le r61e du corps jaune dans le determinisme experimental de la secretion mammaire (note preiiminaire). Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1914, lxxvi, 150-153.— Athlas (M.) Sur les phenomenes de s£cr£tion des cellules des corps jaunes vrais. Cong, internat. de m&i., Lisbonne, 1906, xv, sect. 1, anat, 376-381.—Below (N. A.) Glandula lutea und Ovarium in ihrem Verhalten zu den normalen physiologischen-und pathologischen Vorgangen im weibli- chen Organismus. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek, Berl, 1912, xxxvi, 679-696.—Cathala (V.) L'ablation du corps jaune au dehut de la grossesse chez la femme. Gyne- cologie, Par, 1912, xvi, 452-458.—Cesa-Bianchi (D.) Con- tributo alia conoscenza dei fenomeni di secrezione della cellula luteinica. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1907, xxi, 96-107. -----. Di alcune particolarita di struttura e dei fenomeni di secrezione del corpo luteo. Internat. Monatschr. f. Anat. u. Physiol.. Leipz, 1908, xxv, 1-43.—Chapman (W. L.) The corpus luteum of gestation. Long Island M. J, Brooklyn, 1908, ii, 218-221— Chauflard (A.), La- roche (G.) & Grlgaut (A.) Fonction cholesterinigenique du corps jaune. Arch. mens, d'obst. et de gynec, Par, 1912, i, 401-415. Also: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1912, lxxii, 223; 265.—Clark (J. G.) Ursprung, Wachsthum und Ende des Corpus luteum nach Beobachtungen am Ovarium des Schweines und des Menschen. Arch. f. Anat. u. Entwck- lngsgesch, Leipz71898,95-134, 2pi.—Dick (G. F.) & Curtis (A. H.) Concerning the function of the corpus luteum and some allied problems. Surg, Gynec & Obst., Chicago, 1912, xv, 588-598.—Dubreuil (G.) & Regaud (C.) Sur les rela- tions fonctionnelles des corps jaunes avec l'uterus non gravide; statistique des variations de volume de T uterus par rapport a- T6tat des ovaires (presence et absence de corps jaunes). Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1909, lxvi, 299- 301.—Engstrom (O.) Zur Bedeutung des gelben Korpers fiir die ungestorte Entwickelung der Schwangerschaft. Mitt. a. d. gynaek. Klin. d. . . . O. Engstrom in Helsingfors, Berl, 1907-8, vii, 87-91.—Epley (C. O.) The significance of corpus luteum. J. Iowa State M. Soc, Des Moines, 1917, vii, 215-218.—Fellner (O. O.) Bemerkungen zu dem Aufsatze von Herrmann und. Stein: "1st die aus Corpus luteum bzw. Placenta hergestellte wirksame Substanz geschlechtsspezi- fisch?" Zentralbl. f. Gynak, Leipz, 1921, xlv, 568-569 — Fenger (F.) Distinction between the corpus luteum of ovulation and the true corpus luteum of pregnancy; pre- liminary report. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1914, lxii, 1249.— CORPUS. 216 CORPUS. Corpus luteum (Physiology of). Ferronl (E.) Altre ricerche per la conoscenza della funzione del corpo luteo. Folia gynaec, Pavia, 1908, i, 67-86.— Fraenkel (L.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Function des Corpus luteum (Theorie von Born). Allg med. Centr.-Ztg, Berl, 1901, lxx, 1209-1213. [Discussion], 1218. Also: Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult. 1901, Bresl, 1902, med. Sect, 257-273.-----. Die Function des Corpus luteum. Arch, f. Gynaek, Berl, 1903, lxviii, 438-545, 1 pf. -----. Neue Experimente zur Function des Corpus luteum. Ibid., 1910, lxi, 705-761— Frantal (J.) Bemerkun- gen zum Artikel Prof. Alfred Labhardt's (Zentralbl. Nr. 8): "'Ueber das Verhalten des Corpus luteum zur Menstruation." Zentralbl.f. Gynak, Leipz, 1920,xhv,918-920.—Glorgi(G.) Ovaio ed ipofisi e funzione del corpo luteo. Ginecologia, Firenze, 1906, iii, 725-734.—Gross (A.) Le corps jaune de la grossesse est-il un organe cholesterinig^nique? Gynec. et obst. Par, 1921, iii, 73-80.—Halban (J.) & Kohler (R.) Die Beziehungen zwischen Corpus luteum und Menstrua- tion. Arch. f. Gynaek, Berl, 1914, ciii, 575-589.—Hermann (E. T.) The physiology of the corpus luteum. Minnesota Med, St. Paul, 1918, l, 181-185.—Herrmann (E.) Zur Physiologie des Corpus luteum. Wien. khn. Wchnschr, 1913, xxvi, 1920.—Herrmann (E.) & Stein (Marianne). Ueber den Einfluss eines Hormones des Corpus luteum auf die Entwicklung mannlicher Geschlechtsmerkmale. Gy- naek. Rundschau, Berl. & Wien, 1916, x, 101-104. Also: Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1916, xxix, 177.—Hofstatter (R.) Ueber Beziehungen zwischen dem befruchteten El und dem gelben Korper. Zentralbl. f. Gynak, Leipz, 1922, xlvi, 542-547.—Ihm (E.) Die Bedeutung des Corpus luteum. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak, Berl, 1905, xxi, 515; 656; 779.—Iscovesco (H.) Les lipoides du corps jaune; leur r61e dans l'involution post-puerperale de Tuterus. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1912, lxxiii, 189-191.—Klutsi. Leber die innere Sekretion des Corpus luteum. Monatschr. f. Ge- burtsh. u. Gvnaek, Berl, 1912, xxxvi, 399-403.—Kleinhans (F.) & Schenk (F.) • Experimentelles zur Frage nach der Funktion des Corpus luteum. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gvnak, Stuttg, 1907, lxi, 283-295.—Labhardt (A.) Ueber das Verhalten des Corpus luteum zur Menstruation. Zen- tralbl. f. Gynak, Leipz, 1920, xhv, 185-192.—Labusqulere (R.) Des corps jaunes; leur fonction d'apres L. Fraenkel. Ann. de gynec. et d'obst. Par.. 1904, 2. s, i, 109-120.— Lindemann (W.) Zur Physiologie des Corpus luteum. Zentralbl. f. Gvnak, Leipz, 1916, xl, 593-595.—Loeb (L.) Ueber die Bedeutung des Corpus luteum. Zentralbl. f. Physiol, Leipz. & Wien, 1909-10, xxiii, 73-76.-----. The function of the corpus luteum, the experimental production of the maternal placenta, and the mechanism of the sexual cycle in the female organism. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1910, lxxvii, 1083-1087. Also [Abstr.]: Proc. Am. Physiol. Soc, Bost, 1911, xxvii, p. xxii. Also, transl.: Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz, 1911, xxxii, 17-21.-----. Corpus luteum and the periodicity in the sexual cycle. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa, 1918, n. s, xlviii, 273-277.—Lucas. Etude du corps jaune de l'ovaire chez la femme; son r61e physiolo- gique probable. Semaine gyn^c, Par, 1912, xvii, 379-381.— Macht(D.L) & Matsumoto (S.) Action of corpus luteum extracts on the movements of isolated genito-urinarv organs. Am. J. Physiol, Bait, 1919-20, xlix, 149.—Mackenzie (W. R.) The relation of the corpus luteum to menstruation and pregnancy. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1922, i, 343.—Marcotty (A.) Ueber das Corpus luteum menstruationis und das Corpus luteum graviditatis; ein Beitrag zur Lehre von der Ovulation und Menstruation. Arch. f. Gvnaek, Berl, 1914, ciii, 63-106, 1 pi.—Meyer (R.) & Ruge (C.) Ueber Corpus luteum-Bildung und Menstniation in ihrer zeithchen Zusammengehorigkcit. Zentralbl. f. Gynak, Leipz. 1913, lxxvii, 50-52.—Miller (J. W.) Corpus luteum und Schwan- gerschaft; das iiingste operativ ernaltene menschliche El. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1913, 1, 865-869. -----. Corpus lu- teum, Menstruation und Graviditat. Arch. f. Gynaek. Berl, 1914, ci, 568-619.—Morley (W. H.) The corpus luteum of menstruation and pregnancy; a review of a monograph by John C. Dalton, jr. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1921, cxiii, 230- 232.—Mulon (Clotilde). Sur les r61es du corps jaune. Ann. de gynec et d'obst. Tar, 1917, xii, 415; 458; 545.-----. Le corps jaune ovarien et la glande mammaire. Nourrisson Par, 1917, v, 352-359— Mulon (P.) A propos de la fonction des corps jaunes chez le cobaye. Compt. rend. Soc de biol Par, 1908, lxiv, 265-267.—Naslund (J.) Etudes experi- mentales sur la fonction du corps jaune, surtout son in- fluence sur la gestation et le developpement du fa-tus Upsala Lakaref. Forh, 1921, xxvi, 157-166.—Nielsen (F.) Action exercee par le corps iaune sur la maturation des follicules et sur la chaleur de la lapine. Compt. rend. Soc de biol. Par, 1921, lxxxv, 614— Nljhoff. Over de functie van het corpus luteum. Med. Rev, Haarlem, 1903, iii 214- 225.—Nlskoublna (N.) Recherches experimentales sur la fonction du corps jaune pendant la gestation. Compt rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1908, lxv, 769-771.—Novak (J j Zur Theorie der Corpus luteum-Funktion und der ova- riellen Blutungen. Zentralbl. f. Gynak, Leipz, 1916 xl 841-846. Also, transl.: J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1916, lxvii' 1285-1291.-----. Zur Frage der Bildung und Funktion des Corpus luteum. Zentralbl. f. Gynak, Leipz, 1921, xlv, 960- 962.—Ochsner (E. H.) The corpus luteum in its relation to amenorrhea, sterility, abortion, and pseudo extra-uterine pregnancy. Chicago Med. Rec, 1919, xfi, 175. Also: Illinois Corpus luteum (Physiology of). M. J, Chicago, 1919, xxxv, 225.-----. Further observations on the function of the corpus luteum. Tr. South. Surg. & Gynec. Ass. 1919, Phila, 1920, xxxu, 118-131. Also: Surg, Gynec & Obst, Chicago, 1920, xxxi, 496-501.—O'Donoghue (C. H.) The artificial production of corpora lutea and their relation to the mammary glands. Proc. Physiol. Soc. Lond., 1913, p. vi.—Ott (I.) & Scott (J. C.) Action of the corpus luteum upon the mammary glands. Am. Pract.. N. Y, 1914, xlviii, 568-570. Also, Reprint.—Paladlno (G.) La mitosi nei corpo luteo e le recenti congetture sulla signifi- cazione di questo. Arch, di ostet. e ginec, Napoli, 1905, xii, 65-72, 1 pi.—Pavone (M.) Metabolismo lipoide del corpo luteo. Riv. d'ostet. e ginec. prat, Palermo, 1921, iii, 251.— Pearl (R.) Data on the relation of the corpus luteum to primary and secondary sex characters. Urol. .—strefler. Coryfin. Therap. Neu- heiten, Leipz, 1907, ii, 69-71. Coryllos (Pol) [1879- ]. *La trepanation pri- mitive dans les plaies du crane par projectiles de guerre (observations personnelles de la ajuerre des Balkans). 316 pp. 8°. Paris, 1914, Xo. 377. CORYMORPHA. 221 CORYZA. Corymorpha. May (A. J.) A contribution to the morphology and development of Corymorpha pendula Ag. Am. Naturalist, Bost, 1903, xxxvii, 579-599.—Parker (G. H.) The activities of Corymorpha. J. Exper. Zool, Phila, 1917, xxiv, 303-331.— Torrey (H. B.) Biological studies on Corymorpha; C. palma and environment. Ibid., Bait, 1904, i, 395-422. Corynebacterium. Berend (Edith). *Corynebakterien. 8°. Kiel, 1919. Bergstrand (H.) Ueber sogenannte Corynebakterien und ihre Verwandten, nebst Bemerkungen iiber Bakterien im Allgemeinen. Acta Med. Scandin, Stockholm, 1920, liii, 209-302, 3 pi.—Judd (C. C. W.) The r61e of certain diph- theroid microorganisms. Bull.Univ.MarylandSchoolMed, Bait, 1916-17, i, 113-119.—Kisskalt (K.) & Berend (Edith). Untersuchungen iiber die Gruppe der Diphthero'iden (Corynebakterien). Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 191s, lxxxi, Orig, 444-447.—Lee (A. E.) Preliminary report on Corynebacterium aureum (Lee): a pseudo-diph- theritic organism producing marked orange pigment. U. States Nav. M. Bull, Wash, 1907, i, 8. Coryza. See, also, Catarrh; Colds; Influenza; Nose (Inflammation of). Grethe ([W. G.] E.) *Beitrage zur Frage der deszendierenden Katarrhe bei Nasenaffektionen. 8°. Gottingen, 1912. Hummel (J. C.) *Diss. med. prior de coryza sicca, sm. 4°. Tubingx, 1688. Benham (C. H.) The bacteriology of a common cold. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1906, i, 1023-1027.—Campani (A.) Corizza ricorrente nervosa. Gazz. internaz. di med, Napoh, 1906, ix, 438.—Cornet (P.) Coryza spasmodique et auto- intoxication. Presse med , Par, 1909, xvii, 38-40.—Danzlger (E.) Acute coryza; its intranasal complications, diagnosis, and therapeutics. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1918, cvlii, 234-236. Also, Reprint.—Dieu. Spasmes larynges et pseudophobie au cours du coryza hypertrophique. Ann. med.-chir. du centre, Tours, 1904, iv, 91-95.—Dupond (G.) Quelques cas de coryza fibrineux. J. de mea. de Bordeaux, 1905, xxxv, 145-148.—Dworzak (Z. V.) Colds (acute coryza). Denver M. Times [etc.], 1909-10, xxix, 188-191.—Fabri (E.) Contri- buto alio studio di certe forme di corizza aperiodica pro- fessional! riscontrate in operai in alti detriti organic!. Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, d. gola e d. naso, Firenze, 1912, xxx, 25-32.—Freudentlial (W.) Why is nasal catarrh so preva- lent in the United States? N.York M. J. [etc.], 1914,cxix, 1-4. Also, Reprint.—Gall (H.) The catarrhal phase. J.Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond, 1922, xxxix, 109; 188.—Goureau. Le coryza a repetition. Actuality med. Par, 1901, xiii, 132; 163: 1902, xiii, 51— Hill (L.) & Muecke (F. F.) Colds in the head. Lancet, Lond, 1913, i, 1291,1 pi.—Hutinel. Le coryza a travers les ages. J. d. med. int., Par, 1904, viii, 357-359. Also: Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par, 1905, xix, 869-875.—Laurens (G.) Coryza chronique. Clinique, Par.. 1911, vi, 70-73.—Lermoyez (J.) Coryza spasmodique "a frigore," manifestation de colloidoclasie; crise hemo- clasique provoquee par le froid. Bull, et mem. Soc. m6d. d. h6p. de Par, 1921, 3. S, xlv, 1183-1187.—Lohnberg. Be- trachtungen zu dem Capitel vom Schnupfen. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1902, xvi, 613-615.—Mapes (C. C.) Periodic paroxysmal vaso-motor coryza. Med. Council, Phila, 1912, xvii, 291-295.—Miller (J.) The etiology of coryza. Birmingh. M. Rev.. 1906, lix, 263-271.—Mounier. Du role preponde- rant de l'auto-intoxication dans le coryza penodique et ap6riodique; deductions therapeutiques. J. de med. de Par, 1901, 3. s, xiii, 172; 234.—Moure (E. J.) Le coryza atrophique est-il une affection autonome? Diagnostic et traitement. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par, 1903, ii, 401-411.—Portela (J.) Contribucitfn al estudio del coriza espasmodico. Rev. mea. de Sevilla, 1914, lxiii, 321-331.— Rachford (B. K.) Lithemic or recurrent coryza. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila, 1901, xvi, 365-367. Also: Am. Med, Phila, 1901, ii, 141.—Redway (J. W.) Meteoric conditions in relation to coryza. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1921, xcix, 23.— Roberts (H. H.) Dogs and cats as a source of epidemic coryza. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1919, cix, 186— Rosenfeld (G.) Ueber einige Ursachen von Husten und Schnupfen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1903, xl, 193-196.—Tice (F.) Epidemic respiratory infection. Med. Clin. N. America, Phila. & Lond, 1918, i, 1277-1283.—WeUlngs (A. W.) A case of coryza of probable dental origin. Birmingh. M. Rev, 1917, lxxxi. 61-64.—Wright (J.) Effusion of serum into the nasal mucosa in coryza. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila, 1903, n. s, cxxv, 1093. Coryza (Treatment of). Le Cousse (E.-V.) *Le coryza hypertrophique; son traitement. 8°. Bordaux, 1907. Renault (E.-M.-A.) *Sur un nouveau mode de traitement du coryza spasmodique avec ou sans hydrorrhee par les injections interstitielles de paraffine. 8°. Bordeaux, 1906. Coryza (Treatment of). Becker. Ueber neuere Schnupfentherapie. Prakt. Arzt, Leipz, 1919, n. F,iv, 17-21.—Bennewitz (E.) Zur Diagnose unci Therapie des chronischen und habituellen Schnupfens. Ztschr. f. Laryngol, Rhinol. [etc.], Wurzb, 1921, x, 61-73.— Berblneau. Du coryza spasmodique; son traitement par la turbinotomie partielle. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par, 1898, xviii, 1569-1593.—Blumenield (F.) Einiges iiber die Behandlung des Katarrhs. Aerztl. Festschr. z. Erofln. d. stadt. Kaiser Friedr. Bades in Wiesb, 1913, 63- 70.—Bottner (A.) Zur Klinik, Prophylaxe und Therapie des infektiosen Schnupfens und ihm verwandter Krank- heitszustande. Munchen. med.Wchnschr, 1921, lxviii, 1283- 1285.—Bresgen (M.) Ueber den Werth des F.ormans bei der. Behandlung des frischen Schnupfens. Aerztl. Prax, Berl. & Leipz, 1902, xv, 133.—Brindel. Note preliminaire sur le traitement du coryza spasmodique avec ou sans hydrorrhee par les injections interstitielles de paraffine. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par, 1904, ii, 689-693.— Bulkley (L. D.) The value of sodium bicarbonate for common colds. Med. Rec, N.Y, 1918, xciv, 690.—Burrows (C. F.) The treatment of acute coryza. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1908, lxxxviii, 842.—Caldera (C.) La terapia della corizza nervosa. Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, d. gola e d. naso, Firenze, 1916, xxxiv, 25-29.—Carmody (T. E.) Treatment of acute coryza. Denver M. Times, 1905-6, xxv, 512-515.—Cltelli (S.) L'apparecchio di Hentschel nelle cure inalatorie special- mente medicamentose; olii medicati gassificati per prevenire e curare le corizze acute e croniche. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.], 1912, Siena, 1913, pt. 2, 38-40.— Deutsch (F.) Kalzium-Dionin bei Rhinitis acuta. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1920, lxx, 299.—Flfleld (H. L.) The vaccine treatment of coryza. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1917, xci, 409-411 — Gillet. Le coryza et son traitement. M6d. et hyg, Brux, 1906, iv, 247-252.—Henle (A.) Zur Behandlung des akuten Schnupfens. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1905, xxxi, 220.—Herdman (R. T.) Peppermint oil in coryza. Brit. M. J.. Lond, 191L ii, 72.—Isacson (L.) Ueber ein neues Schnupfenmittel. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1921, hill, 1414.—Jacob (P.) Behandlung des Schnupfens mit Rhinovalin. Reichs-Med.-Anz, Leipz, 1917, xiii. 5.— Jacquet (L.) Traitement du coryza chronique par l'hypo- chloruration. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par, 1904, xxx, 193.—Januschke (H.) Zur internen Kal- ziumbehandlung des Schnupfens. Ztschr. f. Balneol. Klimat. [etc.], Berl. & Wien, 1913-14, vi. 241-243.—Laflont (E.) Traitement du coryza aigu par l'iodure de sodium. Echo med. d. Cevennes, Nimes, 1903, iv, 165-169.—Lenk (O.) Vorrichtung zur Heilung des Schnupfens durch Warme. Krankenpflege, Berl, 1902-3, ii, 155.—Lermoyez (M.) Le traitement du coryza chronique simple. Ann. d. mal. de 1'oreiUe, du larynx [etc.]. Par, 1906, xxxii, pt. 2, 517-54.6. -----. Traitement du "rhume de cerveau." Bull. med. de Quebec, 1920-21, xxii, 190-192.—Lindenmayr (J.) Zur Therapie des Schnupfens und seiner Komplikationen. Berl. khn. Wchnschr, 1912, xlix, 796.—Lothelssen (G.) Zur Prophylaxe des Schnupfens. Wien. med. Wchnschr , 1922, lxxii, 238.—Luchmanoff. Einige Mitteilungen iiber Schnupfenbehandlung mit Coryfin. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg, Berl, 1910, lxxix, 663.—McKee (E. S.) The treatment of coryza. Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1907, 3. s, xxiii, 170-172. Also, Reprint.—May (R.) Die Behandlung des Schnupfens und der Influenza mit elektrisehen Lichtkastenbadern. Med. Klin, Berl, 1909, v, 1783.—Minerbl (C.) & Vaccari (F.) L' intubazione delle vie nasali nella corizza dei lattanti. Riv. di clin. pediat, Firenze, 1906, iv, 824-828.—Mounier. Du r61e preponderant de l'autointoxication dans le coryza p^riodique et aperiodique; deductions therapeutiques. Cong, internat. de med. C. r. Par, 1900, sect, de laryngol, 213-227.—Muller (E.) Ueber Erkenntnis und Behandlung der wichtigsten Schnupfenformen. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1905, xv, 76; 87; 103.—MUller (E.) & Rau. Ueber Erkenntnis und Behandlung der wichtigsten Schnupfen- formen. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wiirttemb. arztl. Ver, Stuttg, 1905, lxxv, 85; 117; 133.—Xatler (M.) Coryza and respiratory gymnastics. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass, N. Y, 1912, xxxiv, 256-264.—Neubauer (M.) Rhinovalin; ein symptomatisches Mittel gegen Schnupfen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1917, xlui, 44.—Parant (G.) Les injections intra- veineuses de collargol dans le traitement du coryza gangr<5- neux. Repert. de police san. v4t. et d'hyg. pub. Par, 1913, xxix, 102-105.—Pasteur-Vallery-Radot, Haguenau (J.) & Watelet (A.) Origine anaphylactique de eertaines crises d'hydrorrhee nasale; traitement anaphylactique. Presse med. Par, 1921, xxix, 764.—Percepied (E.) Considerations sur les coryzas spasmodiques et leurs traitements. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par, 1912, i, 417-437.—Portman (G.) La methode antianaphylactique dans le traitement du coryza spasmodique. Bull, d'oto-rhino-laryngol. Par, 1922. n. s, xx, 238.-----. Coryza spasmodique gueri par la memode anti-anaphylactique. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1922. xhii, 390.—Pugnat (A.) Le traitement du coryza aigu. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom, Geneve, 1902, xxiii, 443-446.—Reilly (T. F.) Head colds from the stand- point of the internist; treatment and results. Tr. Am. Therap. Soc, 1916, N. Y, 1917, 200-208. Also: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila, 1917, cliii, 709-716.—Rethi (L.) Zur Behandlung des nervosen Schnupfens. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1903, liii, 1102-1104.—Robinson (B.) [et al.]. How do you treat acute coryza? N. York M. J. [etc.], 1908, lxxxviii, 843; 892; 941; 988.—Rosenberg (A.) Zur Behandlung der Coryza CORYZA. 222 COSMETICS. Coryza (Treatment of). vasomotoria. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1901, Leipz, 1902, lxxiii, pt. 2, med. Abth, 396-398.— Rosenthal (H.) Zur Behandlung des Schnupfens. Deut- sche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1915, xh, 377.— Salzwedel. Zur Therapie des Schnupfens und der chroni- schen Nasen- und Rachenkatarrhe. Therap. d. Gegenw, Berl, 1908, xlix, 56-58.—Seifert. Die Anwendung des Chlormethylmenthylathers als Schnupfenmittel. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg, Berl, 1901, 169.—Sick (P.) Chirurgische Pro- phylaxe des akuten Schnupfens mit Salizyl. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1912, lix, 1605.—Sternberg (M.) Eine alte diatetische Behandlung des akuten Schnupfens. Ztschr. f. diatet. u.-physik. Therap, Leipz, 1902, vi, 457.-----. Eine alte Diat fur den frischen Schnupfen. Krankenpflege, Berl, 1902-3, ii, 403-405.-----. Ein altes Mittel gegen den Schnupfen. Arzt als Erzieher, Miinchen, 1905, l, 36.— Strlepecke. Rhinovalin; ein neues Schnupfenmittel. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg, Berl, 1916, lxxxv, 85.—Trlboulet (H.) M£fions-nous du menthol. Clinique, Par, 1911> vi, 23.— Vldal (C.) A propos du traitement du corvza par le menthol. Echo med. d. CSvennes, Nimes, 1908, ix,"212-214.—Winter- nitz (W.) Coupierung und Behandlung des Schnupfens. Bl. f. klin. Hydrotherap, Wien, 1908, xviii, 209-215.— Zuelzer (G.) Die Behandlung akuter Katarrhe der oberen Luftwege durch Inhalation von Nebennierenpraparaten. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1911, xlviii, 285. Coryza in infants and children. Casacca (S.-P.-A.) *Le coryza syphilitique her£ditaire chez le nouveau-ne. 8°. Paris, 1898. Hybord (P.) ^Contribution a l'etude du coryza chez le nouveau-ne. 8°. Paris, 1907. Aronade (O.) Der Schnupfen der Sauglinge und seine Komplikationen. Therap. Monatsh, Berl, 1909, xxiii, 472- 476.—Ballin (L.) Zur Behandlung des Schnupfens der Sauglinge. Therap. d. Gegenw, Berl, 1905, xlvi, 65-67.— Christln (E. F.) The cure of chronic coryza of scrofulous children at La Bourboule. Brit. J. Child. Dis, Lond, 1907, iv, 152-155. Also, Reprint. Also, transl.: Progres m£d. Par, 1907, 3. s, xxiii, 177.—Goppert (F.) Pathologie des Schnupfens im Sauglingsalter. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1913, xxxix, 869.—Gueniot (P.) Quelques notes bacteriologiques sur 11 cas de coryza 6pidemique des nouveau-nes. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par, 1907, x, 230-233.— LOpez Carralero. La coriza en los ninos de pecho como signo precoz de la sifilis hereditaria y su diferenciacidn con las demas rinitis de la infancia. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de pediat, 709-712.— Marcus (J. H.) Coryza in infancy and childhood. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1922, ci, 455-457.—Massei (F.) Sulla corizza acuta dei neonati. Pediatria, Napoli, 1904, 2. s, ii, 482-489.— Rlbadeau-Dumas (L.) & Prieur (R.) Le coryza des nourrissons. J. de med. et chir. prat. Par, 1922, xciii, 473-478.—Schultz (W.) Zur Behandlung des akuten Schnupfens der Sauglinge. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1909, lvi, 1485.—Variot. La glycerine dans le coryza du nouveau-ne\ Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap. Par, 1907, xxi, 119.—Vohsen (K.) Die Behandlung des Schnupfens der Sauglinge und kleinen Kinder. Berl. khn. Wchnschr, 1905, xlu, 1282.—Vos (H. B. L.) Over de kindergriep (coryza febriculosa infantum s. aeroditis superior infectiosa infan- tum). Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1903, 2. R, xxxix, d. 1, 1-25. Cos. Caton (R.) The temples, hospital, and medical school of Cos. Lancet, Lond, 1913, ii, 812. Also: Tr. Internat. Cong. Med. 1913. Lond, 1914, Sect, xxiii, Hist.-Med, 19-23 — Pleinlnger (F.) & Sapper (K.) Kos und Nisyros. Mitt. a. Justus Perthes' Geog. Anst, Gotha, 1920, lxvi, 162- 194- 213; 225, 1 pi. Cosanne (August) [1878- ]. *Ein Fall von secundarer miliarer Lungencarcinose. 30 pp., 11. 8°. Munchen, Kastner & Callivey, 1904. Coschwitz (Georgius Daniel) [1679-1729]. be studii anatomici prsestantia utilitate, ac necessi- tate. 49 pp. sm. 4°. Halse Magdeburgicse, J. C Hilligorus, 1727. Cosci (Cesare). Contributo alio studio della peritinite. 27 pp. 8°. Siena, 1898. Cosco (Giuseppe). See Jatta (Mauro) & Cosco (Giuseppe). Ricerche sneri- mentali sulla identita [etc.]. 8°. Roma, 1903. Cosens (A.) A contribution to the morphology and biology of insect galls, pp. 297-387. 13 of 4°. Toronto, 1912. P ' Univ. Toronto Stud, biol. ser. Cosens (Charles Henry) [1859-19031. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1903, ii, 112.—Willett (A 1 [Obituary.] Med.-Chir. Tr, Lond, {904 Ixxxvii nn cxxviii-cxxxi. FF" Cosentini (Francesco). Gli incurabili ed i tipo- grafi piemontesi del secolo xv. vi (11.), 130 pp. 8°. Torino, R. Scuola tipogr.ediartiaffini, [1914]! Cosgrove (J. J.) Principles and practire of plumbing, viii, 267 pp. 8°. Pittsburgh, [1906]. Cosimo (Binda). Medicina legale. 16 pp 8° Milano, 1905. Cosio (Joaquin G.) *Algo sobre la patogenfa y el tratamiento de la septicemia puerperal. 58 op 8°. Mexico, 1890. Cosier (Peter). *Sozial-statistische Beobachtun- gen und Berechnungen aus der Praxis des Munchner Jugendheims. [Miinchen.] 103 pp. n°. Langensalza, H. Beyer & Sohne, 1917. Cosma (Georges) & Clinceano. Traitement du rhumatisme articulaire aigu et subaigu par le salicylate de methvle administre' a linterieur 63 pp. 8°. Paris,'A. Maloine, 1900. Cosmas and Damian. Singer (C.) & Singer (Dorothea). On a miniature, ascribed to Mantegna, of an operation by Cosmas and Damian. Contrib. Med. & Biol. Research . . . Sir W. Osier X. Y, 1919, i, 166-176, 3 pi. Cosmetics. Claek (Sir J.) The ladies' guide to beauty; containing practical advice on improving the complexion, the hair, the hands, the form, the teeth, the eyes, the feet, the features, so as to insure the highest degree of perfection of which they are susceptible;". . . Revised and edited by an American physician and chemist. 12°. New York, [n. d.]. Eichhoff (P. J.) Praktische Kosmetik fur Aerzte und gebildete Laien. 2. Aufl. 8°. Leipzig, 1902. Haxdbtjch der Kosmetik. unter Mit wirkung von Axenfeld, C. Brons. J. Colman [etc.]. hrssrb. von Max Joseph, roy. 8°. Leipzig, 1912. Joseph (M.) A short handbook of cosmetics. 3. ed. 16°. London, 1910. Koller (T.) Cosmetics; a handbook of the manufacture, employment, and testing of all cosmetic materials and cosmetic specialties. Transl. from the German, bv Chas. Salter. 3. Eng. ed. 8°. London, 1920." Macrer (Mrs. Ruth D. Johnson) [pseud. Emily Lloyd]. The Marinello textbook; teach- ing the care of the face, scalp, hair and hands, with a section on electrieitv and its uses in cosmetic work. 4. ed., pt. 2. *8°. Chicago, 1921. Mf.rcurialis (H.) De decoratione liber, non solum medicis et philosophis, verum etiam omnium disciplinarum studiosis apprime utilis; a Julio Mancino exceptus et in capita redactus. 4°. Venetiis. 1585. Paschkis (II.) Kosmetik fiir Aerzte. 3. um- gearbeitete und vermehrte Aufl rov 8° Wien, 1905. '' -----. The same. 4. Aufl. 8°. Wien, 1911. Saalfeld (E. G.) Kosmetik. Ein Leitfaden fiir praktische Aerzte. 8°. Berlin, 1908. -----. The same. 2. Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1909. -----. The same. 3. Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1912. „„—~~- The same. 4. verm, und verb. Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1914. . ~~ ■ The same. Lectures on cosmetic treatment. 8°. London, 1910. ' -• The same. Cosmetica. Een leid- draad voor praktische artsen in het Nederlandsch bewerktdoor A. X. Xolst Trenite. 8°. Amster- dam, [n. d.]. Schelexz-Ahlgreex (H.) Kosmetik. 8°. Hamburg, 1894. Adam (F.) Beitrage zur Analyse kosmetischer Mittel. » J? . \whei?\u' Mlkrosk-> Wien, 1914, vii. 48; 201.—van Andel (M. A.) Cosmetics in ancient Rome.J Nederl. COSMETICS. 223 A COSTA. Cosmetics. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1921, lxv, pt. 2, 2164-2176.— Beringer (G. M.) Denaturing of bay rum and toilet waters. Am. J. Pharm, Phila, 1920, xcii, 17-19.—Beythien (A.) Metalltuben fiir kosmetische Mittel. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl, 1922, xliii, 47-64 — Boisvert (Marie Louise). Wrinkle-remover. [Pat. spec] No. 1356112; Oct. 19, 1920.—Cunningham (W. P.) The fair face of nature. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1916, lxxxix, 356-360 — Dammann (E.) Seife, Cremeund Puderin der Kosmetik. Fortschr. d. Med, Berl, 1914, xxxii, 913-917.—Dreysel (M.) Ueber Kosmetik. Reichs-Med.-Anz, Leipz, 1903, xxviii, 423; 446.—Friedenwald (H.) The custom of painting the eyes among Oriental women. Med. Pickwick, Saranac Lake, N. Y, 1921, vii,92.—Groat (H. S.) A few good toilet preparations. J. Am. Pharm. Ass, Columbus, 1916, v, 150- 156.—Grosz (S.) Die Kosmetik in der arztlichen Sprech- stunde. Med. Klin.. Berl, 1913, ix, 979-983.—Gunderman (M. J.) Appliance for removing facial defects. [Pat. spec] No. 1110772; Sept. 15,1914.—Hess (A. M.) & Tibbals (A. L.) Wrinkle remover. [Pat. spec] No. 1062399; May 20,1913.— Hull(M. V.) Cosmetic. [Pat. spec] No. 1332190; Feb. 24, 1920.—Kromayer (E.) Die kosmetische Therapie in der arztlichen Praxis. Heilkunde, Berl, 1905, 385-390.-----. Das Licht in der Kosmetik. Therap. d. Gegenw, Berl, 1911, Iii, 452-454. Also: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte (Karlsruhe), 1911, Leipz, 1912, Ixxxiii, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte, 418-421.-----. Aerztliche Kosmetik der Haut; Fortbildungsvortrage. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1913. xxxix, 1713; 1970; 2177; 2233—von Magyary-Kossa (J.) Aqua Reginae Hungarian. Arch. f. d. Gesch. d. Naturw. [etc.], Leipz, 1913, vi, 250-257.^- Newlyn(T.L) Cosmetic lotion. [Pat. spec] No. 1408384; Feb. 28, 1922.—Pagel (J.) Zur Geschichte des Kummer- feldschen Waschwassers; ein Beitrag zur Geschichte der Kosmetik. Dermat. Centralbl, Berl, 1910-11, xiv, 197.— Paschkls (H.) Ueber Hygiene in der Kosmetik. Monatschr. f. Gsndhtspfl, Wien, 1904, xxii, 137-144. -----. Ueber Kosmetik. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1910, xxxvi, 1689-1692.—Saalfeld (E.) Ueber die Berechtigung der Kosmetik als Teil der wissenschaftlichen Dermatologie. Med. Klin, Berl, 1906. ii, 31-33.-----. Ueber Kosmetik und Kosmetika. Apoth.-Ztg, Berl, 1913, xxviii, 974; 983. -----. Fortschritte auf dem Gebiete der Kosmetik. Zen- tralbl. f. Haut- u. Geschlechtskr, Berl, 1921-22, iii, 273- 278.—Sabouraud (R.) Sur les prejuges concernant les fards, les depilatoires et les teintures. Clinique, Par, 1911, vi, 694-696.—Schafler. Kosmetik im Dienst des prakti- schen Arztes. Prakt. Arzt, Leipz, 1908, xlviii, 97-102.— Spiegler (E.) Ueber die wissenschaftlichen Grundlagen der Kosmetik. Allg.Wien.med.Ztg,1904,xlix,83;93;105.— Thomas (R. C.) & Thomas (Elini D.) Cosmetic cream. [Pat. spec] No. 1073787; Sept. 23,1913.—Woltemas. Kos- metische Mittel (z. B. Kothes Zahnwasser) als Heilmittel. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl, 1907, xx, 347-350. Cosmetics (III effects of). Fievee de Jeumont (F.) Memoire sur les accidents morbid es produits par 1'usage des cos- metiques a base de plomb, (blanc de fard). 8°. Paris, 1853. [P., v. 1802.1 Auerbacn (F.) Die Beurteilung kosmetischer Mittel, die Bleipfiasterenthalten. Ztschr.f.Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl, 1911, xxi, 45-54.—Barron (M.) & Habein (H. C.) Lead poisoning, with special reference to poisoning from lead cosmetics. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila, 1921, clxii, 833-862.—Chideckel (M.) Saturnism by cosmetics. J. Alumni Coll. Phys. & Surg, Bait, 1910-11, xiii, 23.— Juckenack (A.) Beitrage zur strafrechtlichen Beurtei- lung gcsundheitsschadlicher kosmetischer Mittel. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl, 1908, xvi, 728-730.—Smith (W. G.) On skin stains and hair-dyes Dublin J. M. Sc, 1919, cxlvii, 197; 266.—WUbert (M. I.) Cosmetics as drugs, a review of some of the reported harmful effects of the ordinary constituents of widely used cosmetics. Pub. Health Rep, Wash, 1915. xxx, 3059-3066. Also: Am. J. Pharm, Phila, 1916, lxxxviii, 105-113. Also, Reprint. Cosmettatos (Georges-F.) [1875- _ ]. *Recher- ches sur le developpement des voies lacrymales. 36 pp., 2 1. 8°. Paris, 1898, Xo. 618. ------. The same. 36 pp., 2 1. 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1898. Cosmogony. Structor (J.) Dieu a-t-il cre^ le monde? Etude. 12°. Paris, 1905. Vixdevogel (J.) La genese de l'univers; d'apres la sagesse antique des Yedantins et d'apres la Bible. Avec une notice sur le premier Adam. 8°. Bruxelles, 1901. Warder (G. W.) The new cosmogony or the electric theory of creation. 12°. New York, [1898]. Casanowlcz (I. M.) Parallels in the cosmogonies of the Old World and the New. Holmes Anniv. Vol. Anthrop. Cosmogony. Essays, Wash, 1916. 44-52.—Jastrow (M.) Hebrew and Babylonian views of creation. Univ. Penn. Lect, Phila, 1915, i, 191-240—Le Bel (J. A.) Essaide cosmologieration- nelle. J. de chim. phys, Geneve-Par, 1911, ix, 559-577. Cosmopolitan Hospital Association of Manila. Circular. 23 pp. 16°. Manila, P. I., [1901]. Cosmos [pseud.]. The basis of durable peace, written at the invitation of the New York Times. ix, 144 pp. 12°. New York, C. Scribner's Sons, 1917. Cosmovici (Mile. Margareta) [1882- ]. *Le liquide cephalo-rachidien dans l'encephalite lethargique; valeur semeiologique de ses modifi- cations. 42 pp. 8°. Paris, 1920, No. 565. Cosse (Elie-Francois-Joseph) [1871- ]. traite- ment du strabisme. 184 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1899, No. 80. Cosset (A) [1874- ]. ^Considerations sur le poids des tuberculeux curables. 77 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, E. Witski & Cie., 1901, No. 670. Cossmann (Heinrich) [1872- ]. See Bussenius (W.) & Cossmann (H.) Das Tuber- culin TR. [etc.]. 8°. Berlin, 1898.—Landsberg (J. F.) & Cossmann (H.) Berufsvormundschaft[etc.]. 8°. Berlin, 1908. Cosson (Maurice). *Cholest£atomes et masses cholesteatomateuses. 57 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 609. Cost (Ludwig) [1887- ]. *Beitrag zur Biesen- zellenfrage. 79pp. 8°. Giessen, O. Kindt,Wwe., 1919. Costa (Annibale). Ospedale Garibaldi. Bollettino della clinica propedeutica. 42 pp. 8°. Catania, frat. Perrotta, 1904. ---;—. Prolusione al corso di patologia chirur- gica, anno scolastico 1904-5. 15 pp. 8°. Catania, frat. Perrotta, 1905. ------. Lesione sottocutanea del rene. Caso cli- nico. 15 pp. 8°. Catania, frat. Perrotta, 1905. Costa (Charles Auguste) [1880- ]. ^Tuberculose inflammatoire. Goitres d'origine tuberculeuse. 71 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1905, No. 50. a Costa,(Christoforo). See Da Costa (C.) Costa (Emile). *Etude historique et critique des inspections des pharmacies. 47 pp. 4°. Mont- pellier, 1898, No. 603. Ecole de pharmacie. Costa (Felice). Scienza; sieri; umanita; scritti varii. 1 p.L, 155 pp., 11. 12°. Genova, A. Do- nath, 1899. Costa (Jaime R.) [ -1909]. Obituary. Semana m4d, Buenos Aires, 1909, xvi, 435- 438 (port, in text). Costa (Joao Dominguez Pizarro). *Do parto pre- maturo artificial. 55 pp. 8°. Rio de Janeiro, Moraes, 1901. Costa (Joaquin). Royo Villanova (R.) La enfennedad de Costa. Rev. valenc. de cien. med, Valencia, 1910, xii, 187-189.-----. Pedagogia social de Costa; infiuencia de su enfennedad en sus ideas educadoras. Bol. de cien. med, Mexico, 1911-12, ii, 449-457.-----. El caracter de Costa. Clin, mod, Zara- goza, 1911, x, 309-316. Costa (Jose L.) Anuario guia general de los balnearios y aguas minerales de Espana y me- diodia de Francia. 224 pp. roy. 8°. Madrid, A. Marzo, 1906. Costa (Lucien) [1881- ]. *Contribution a l'etude de l'angine goutteuse. 46 pp., 1 1. 8°. Montpellier, 1906, No. 10. a Costa (Nonius). De quadruplici hominis ortu. Libri quatuor. 5 p. 1., 57 ff. 12°. Patavii, apud L. Pasquatum, 1594. ------. Pro geniti hominis cura; de arte medendi liber unus. 51 ff. 12°. [Patavii, 1594.] Bound with Ms:De quadruplici hominis ortu. 12°. Patavii, 1594. COSTA. 224 COSTE DE LAGRAVE. Costa (Romolo). Ricerche sperimentali sulla medicazione asettica. 6 pp. 8°. Pavia, frat. Fusi 1899. da Costa (Tacito Antonio). *Das rupturas do perineo e seu tratamento. 56 pp. 8 . Rio de Janeiro, A. J. da Costa Nunes, 1901. Costa de Bastelica (Count) [1821- 1907]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1907, ii, 123. da Costa Oliveira (Anthero) [ -1902]. de Carvalho (F.) Necrologia. J. Soc. pharm. lusit, Lisb, 1902,12. s., iii, 158-160. Costa-Pruneda (Arthur). *Ueber primare menschliche Iristuberculose mit erfolgreicher Ueberimpfung auf das Kaninchen. [Gottingen.] 19 pp. 8°. Berlin, 1881. da Costa Sacadura (S.) Quelques considerations sur les dimensions de la tete du foetus a terme. 16 pp., 3 tab. 8°. Lisboa, Officina typogr., 1906. da Costa Simoes (Antonio Augusto) [1819-1903]. da Camara (P.) [Biography.] Med. contemp, Lisb, 1903, xxi, 389-392. Costaeus (Joannes) [ -1603]. Tractatus de potu in morbis, in quo de aquis, vino, omnique factitio potu in universum, ac de private in singulis morborum generibus eorum usu plene disseritur. 14 p. 1., 376 pp.; 49 pp. 8°. Papise, ex off. J. B. Vismarx, 1604. Costain (T. Edward) [1862-1922]. Sawyer (C. E.) Obituary. J. Am. Inst. Homceop, Chicago, 1922, xv, 1-6, port. Costantin (M. J.) L'hereclite' acquise; ses conse- quences horticoles, agricoles et m£dicales. 86 pp. 12°. Paris, C. Naud, [1902]. Costantini (Giuseppe) [1878-1920]. Bonomo (L.) Necrologio. Gior. di med. mil, Roma, 1920, lxviii, 452. Costantini (Henri). *De la chirurgie des plaies recentes du coeur par projectiles et instruments tranchants. [Paris.] 149 pp. 8°. Saint-Dizier, 1919, No. 186. Costar (Joachimus-Joannes). *An tutius ab acu, troiscarts dicto, quam scalpello et lanceola paracenthesis? Praes. Claudio Antonio Renard. 5 pp. 8°. Parisiis, P. N. Lottin, 1726. Costard (Gabriel) [1874- ]. *De l'amygdalite ulcero-membraneuse chancriforme a bacilles fusiformes et a spirilles ou maladie de Vincent. 40 pp. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 406. Coste (Albert). *De l'atrophie papillaire familiale. 67 pp., 8°. Toulouse, 1907, No. 730. Coste (Emile) [1875- ]. *De la diazoreaction dans rerysipele. 46 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 355. Coste (Emile) [1875- ]. Contribution a l'etude derh^mophilie;h6matomes. 41pp. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 442. Coste (Eugene-Louis-Joseph) [1889- ]. Con- tribution a l'etude des mammites, tvphoi'diques. xii, 59 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1913,'No. 95. Coste (Felix-Jean-Francois) [1878- ]. *Des abces de fixation dans le traitement des varioles graves. 62pp., 11. 8°. Montpellier, 1904,No.79. ------. Du symptome a la maladie; guide ele- mentaire de diagnostic clinique; precede d'une introduction par M. le professeur Grasset. 2 p. 1., x, 256 pp. 8*. Paris, A. Maloine, 1914. -----;. The same. 2. ed. xvi, 271 pp. 16°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1915. ----—. The same. 3. ed. 292 pp. 16°. Paris, A. Maloine & fils, 1918. Coste (Jean) [1877- ]. *De l'osteo-arthrite tuberculeuse compliquant la luxation congeni- tale de la hanche. 70 pp., 11. 8°. Lyon, 1899, No. 41. Coste (Jean-Francois) [1741-1819]. Bonnette. Eloge du medecin-inspecteur Coste, a la fete de 1'independence ame'ricaine, a Versailles. Presse mea., Par, 1919, xxvii (annexe), 655. A lso,transl.: Med. Piclrwick, Saranac Lake, 1920, vi, 47.—des Cllleuls (J.) Un meaecin militaire, ami de Voltaire: J. F. Coste, inspecteur general du service de sante des armees; sa vie et son oeuvre (1741- 1819). Chron. med. Par, 1917, xxiv, 259-261. Coste (Joseph) [1878- ]. *Les accidents causes par la morsure de l'araign£e noire, particuliere- ment dans la region de Montpellier. vii, 69 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1904, No. 36. Coste (Joseph-Jean-Marie) [1878- ]. Conside- rations sur le cancer; etude generale et locale. 101 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1908, No. 108. Coste (Jules) [1877- ]. *Des perforations et des ulcerations intestinales a distance dans les retrecissements canc^reux du gros intestin. 45 pp., 11. 8°. Lyon. 1905, No. 18. Coste (Julien) [1876- 1. ^Traitement des frac- tures de 1'olecrane par le cerclage. 62 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1903, No. 142. Coste (Marie-Eugene-Seb.-Marc) [1885- 1. *L'osteomy elite de l'astragale. 64 pp. 8 . Bordeaux, 1908, No. 6. Coste (Martial). *Traitement du torticolis chro- nique congenital; de la necessite d'une extirpa- tion partielle du sternomasto'idien dans eertaines varietes de torticolis chronique. [Montpellier.] 53 pp.. 11. 8°. Nimes, 1900, No. 19. Coste (Maurice) [1841- ]. Contribution a l'etude de l'immunite vaccinale. La variole chez les non vaccines, les vaccines et les revac- cines, avec ou sans succes; les anciens varioleux. R61e de l'immunite vaccinale dans les varioles modifiees. Effets de l'age sur la receptivite variolique. Prophylaxie de la variole. x, 90 pp. 8°. Paris. J.-B. Baillihe & fils, 1900. Coste (PetrusV See Redl (Franciscus) [in 2. s.]. De animalculis vivis quae in corporibus [etc.]. 16. Amstelxdami, 1707. Coste (Pierre). Saint-Vincent de Paul.et les Dames de la Charite; introduction parM. Etienne Lamy. xxvii, 280 pp. 12°. Paris. Blond & Gay, 1918. Coste (Raymond-Louis). *Etude de quelques cas rares d'hematomes de la fosse iliaque droite ayant simuie l'appendicite. 42 pp., 1 1. 8°. Pan's, 1900, No. 142. Coste-Labaume (Stanislas) [1873- ]. *Etude sur les rapports de la svphilis et du tal >es. 1 p. 1., 216 pp., 11. 8°. Lyon, 1900, No. 101. Coste de Lagrave. Guerison de la tuberculose. 320 pp. 8°. Parts, A. Maloine. 1901. ------. Cure de repos pour les tuberculeux. 2.ed. 212pp., 11. 12°. Paris. A. Maloine, 1905. ------. Les rales de feu, ou methode pour appli- quer les pointes de feu sans faire mal au malade. L'education du tuberculeux. Communications faites au Congres de la tuberculose de Paris, octobre 1905. 25 pp. 16°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1905. ------. Sanatorium-ecole. Le vade-mecum du tuberculeux. viii, 244 pp. 16°. Paris, A. Ma- loine, 1906. ------. The same. 466 pp. 8°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1907. ------. Comment prendre l'huile de foie de morue et le tannin? 70 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1907. COSTfiDOAT. 225 COTTENSEAU. Costedoat (Andre) [1890- ]. *Les psychoses penitentiaires. 80 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1913, No. 5. Costello (Charles Peter) [1835-1915]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1915, i, 702. Also: Indian M. Gaz, Calcutta, 1915,1, 237. Coster (David Jacobus). Bijzondere geneesmid- delleer. Naar de nieuwste bronnen bewerkt. xxv, 11., 477 pp. 8°. Amsterdam, C. G. van der Post, 1872-1876. Coster (Jacques) [1795-1868]. Handbuch der chi- rurgischen Operationen, worin die neuen Ope- rations-Methoden von Lisfranc beschrieben sind; aus dem Franzosischen ubersetzt und mit einigen Zusatzen hrsg. von J. C. W. Walther. xxiv, 377 pp., 1 pi. 16°. Leipzig, L. Vpss, 1825. ------. The same. Handbok i chirurgiska Operationerna med de nyaste Operations- Methoder af Lisfranc, Zang, Dupuytren, m. fl. 320 pp. 16°. Stockholm, P. A. Norstedt & Soner, 1831. For Biography, see Janus, Amst,1902,vii, 568 (M. Lachtin). Costes (Trancois-Marius). *La vie psychique des hysteriques et leur responsabilite devant la loi penale. 154 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1898, No. 274. Costes (Th.) *Tuberculose et contagion dans la classe ouvriere; etude statistique, etiologique et prophylactique. 66 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 123. Costetti (Petronio) [1819-1905]. Obituary. Lancet, Lond, 1905, ii, 260. Costil (Albert) [1878- ]. Contribution a 1'etude des thrombophiebites du sinus lateral; la thrombose du sinus sans communication avec l'abces masto'idien. 62 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1902, No. 59. Costin (Nicolas) [1870- ]. Contribution a 1'etude de l'hemostase operatoire dans le service du docteur Pean (precedee d'une etude resum.ee de l'hemostase en general). 96 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 267. Costobadie ( Hugh Palliser) [1880-1918]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1918, ii, 703. Costocoracoid ligament. Bayon (H.) A case of ossified costocoracoid membrane fused with the clavicle. Anat. Record, Phila., 1920-21, xviii, 239.—Malaguzzl Valerl (R.) II legamento bicorne del Caldani o costo-clavio-coracoideo nell' uomo e negli antropoidi. Pathologica, Genova, 1913-14, vi, 605-611. Cot (Charles) [1881- ]. m Contribution a l'etude de la leucocytose digestive chez le chien normal et spienectomise. 65 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1903, No. 53. Cot (Jules) [1886- J. *Des angiomes profonds communiquant avec la jugulaire interne. 46 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1911, No. 108. Cot (Pierre) [1887- ]. *Essai sur une nouvelle preparation d'opium. 77 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1912, No. 40. Cotar (Ch.) *Des appendicites larvees. 159 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 591. ------. A treatise on the mineral waters of Vichy, for the use of practitioners; with a foreword by Vaughan Harley. viii, 208 pp. 8°. London, H. K. Lewis, 1913. See, also, Bounet (M.-G.) Traits pratique d'hypnotisme [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1905. Cotard (H.) [1871- ]. *Des indications the- rapeutiques des sels de quinine tirees de leurs proprietes vaso-motrices. 96 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 223. Cotard (Jules) [1840-89]. Etude sur I'atrophie partielle du cerveau. 102 pp., 1 1., 1 pi. 8°. Paris, Lefrancois, 1868. [P., v. 2249.] For Biography, see Hist. d. trav. Soc. m6d .-psychol. Par, 1914, ii, 71-109 (A. Ritti). Cotard (Jules-Ferdinand) [1879- ]. Contribu- tion a l'etude semeiologique des idees deiirantes de negation. 109 pp. 8s. Bordeaux, 1904, No. 72. 11877°—Vol. IV, 3d series—22----15 Cotard (Lucien) [1878- ]. Contribution a l'etude semeiologique du psittacisme et de ses divers aspects en clinique psychiatrique. 124 pp. 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 128. Cotarnine. Hanzlik (P.J.) Local hemostatic properties of cotarnine and some other agents. J. Pharmacol. & Exper. Therap, Bait, 1917-18, x, 523-541.—Offergeld (H.) Ueber Cotarnin und seine Anwendung. Arch. f. Gynaek, Berl, 1915, civ, 381-392.—Von Ramdohr (C. A.) Clinical observations on the use of cotarnine phthalate. Tr. N. York Obst. Soc, 1906-7, 230-232. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1907, lxxxv, 438. Also, Reprint. Cothenius (Christian Andreas) [1708- 89]. [Biography.] Veroffentl. a. d. Geb. d. Mil.-San.-Wes, Berl, 1899, Hft. 13, 163-170, port—Mamlock (G. L.) Zur Erinnerung an Cothenius. Med. Klin., Berl, 1905, i, 313-315. Cothereau (Alfred). *Etude sur la recherche du mouillage dans le lait par le refractometre. 96 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 14. Ecole de pharmacie. Cothereau (Joseph-Eugene-Pierre) [1875-_ ]. *Des lymphangiomes kystiques de l'aisselle. 45 pp., 11. 8°. Bordeaux, 1902, No. 49. Cotillon (Eugene) [1884- ]. *L' intervention immediate ou precoce dans les plaies de poitrine. 121 pp. 8°. Paris, 1912, No. 264. Cotillon (Paul) [1891- _ ]. *Quelques remarques sur un cas de pyosalpinx ouvert spontanement dans la vessie. [Paris.] 54 pp. 8°. Angers, 1920, No. 35. Cotoin. Callmeyer (D.) *Experimentelle Untersu- chungen iiber die Wirkung des Cotoins. 8°. Gottingen, 1883. Kurz (S.) *Studien iiber die Resorption von Cotoin und Paracotoin. 8°. Munchen, 1914. Impens (E.) Die Wirkung des Cotoins und ahnlicher Stofle. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1913, xxxix, 1827-1829.—Jodlbauer (A.) & Kurz (S.) Ueber die Giftigkeit, Resorption und Ausscheidung von Cotoin, dem Cotoin ahnlichen Stoffen und Paracotoin. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1916, lxxiv, 340-356. Cotonnec (Charles). Contribution a l'etude des fractures au cours de l'osteosarcome. 66 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 235. Cott (Henry L.) [1854-1917]. Obituary. Boston M. & S. J, 1917, clxxvi, 478. Cottard (Eugene). * Anastomoses et greffes vas- culaires. 134 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 373. Cottard (Henri) [1878^ ]. *Du traitement operatoire de l'incontinence d'urine chez la femme. 94 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 63. Cotte (Albert). *Quelques recherches cliniques sur le pouls et la tension arterielle dans la variole. 102 pp., 4 ch. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 369. Cotte (Gaston) [1879- ]. *Traitement chirurgical de la lithiase biliaire et de ses complications. vii(21.),476pp. 8°. Lyon, A. Rey,1908,^0.117. Cotte ([Henri-]Jules). *De l'absorption de l'alcool perdu pendant les fermentations et du dosage chimique de l'alcool. 60 pp., 2 1. 4°. Mont- pellier, 1897, No. 596. Ecole de pharmacie. ------. *Notes biologiques sur le Suberites do- muncula (spongiaires). 128 pp. 8°. Paris, L. Boyer, 1901, No. 398. ------. *Recherches sur les galles de Provence. [Paris.] 240 pp. 8°. Tours, 1912, No. 1. Ecole de pharmacie. Cottenot (Paul-Henri). *Action des rayons X sur les glandes surrenales; recherches cliniques et experimentales. 3 p. 1., 172 pp. 8°. Paris, 1913, No. 153. Cottenseau (Jules) [1872- ]. Contribution a l'etude des orchites blennorragiques, syphiliti- COTTENSEAU. 226 COTTON-SEED. Cottenseau (Jules)—continued. ques et tuberculeuses. 44 pp. 8°. Paris, 1903, No. 99. Cotter (Jeremiah) [1855-1915]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1915, ii, 351. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1915, n. s, c, 156. Cotterell (Edward) [1857-98]. The pocket Gray, or anatomist's vade-mecum. 5. ed., revised and edited by C. H. Fagge. 1 1., 269 pp. 12°. New York, W. Wood & Co., 1901. Cotterill (Denis) [1881-1918]. M. (A.) Obituary. Edinb. M. J, 1919, xxii, 45-47, port. Also: Lancet, Lond, 1919, i, 42. Cottet (Jules). *Recherches bacteriologiques sur les suppurations periurethrales. 119 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 382. Cottin (Mile. Eugenie). *Bradycardie de la con- valescence; etude physiologique et clinique des brady cardies de la convalescence. 94 pp. 8°. Geneve 1911. Cottin (Francois) [1869- ]. *Etude sur les hemokonies ou granulations libres du sang ob- servers a l'ultra-microscope. 141 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 405. Cottin (Francois) [1890- ]. *Quelques conside- rations sur une epidemie. 28 pp. 8°. Paris, 1920, No. 522. Cotting (Benjamin Eddy) [1812-98]. White (H. W.) Benjamin E. Cotting, M. D. Boston M. & S. J, 1916, clxxiv, 874-876. Cotting (John Ruggles). An introduction to chemistry with practical questions, vii (2 1.), 420 pp., 5 pi., 1 tab. 12°. Boston, C. Ewer, 1822. Cottle (G. F.) The Supplement to the United States Naval Medical Bulletin, issued by the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery, Navy Depart- ment. 8°. Washington, 1918. Cotton (Absorbent). See, also, Sponges. Bouisson (J.) *Les cotons et gazes antisep- tiques; preparations, dosage, conservation. 8°. Montpellier, 1910. Ecole de pharmacie. Analytical methods used at the Naval Medical Supply Depot, New York, for testing absorbent cotton. U. States Nav. M. Bull, Wash, 1917, xi, 435.—Carbone (D.) Un saggio differenziale fra il cotone e le altre fibre vegetali. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1911, xxv, 160-164.—Clark (A. W.), Smith (R. O.) & Forman (L.) Purity standards for absorbent cotton. J. Am. Pharm. Ass, Easton, Pa, 1920, ix, 958-965.—Jalade (E.) Les cotons hydrophiles du commerce. Arch, de meet, et pharm. mil.. Par, 1912, lix, 448-455.—Johnson (R. W.) Commercial absorbent cotton. Red Cross Notes. N. Brunswick, N. J, 1899, 2. s. No. 9, 2-5.—Moreul (T.) Le coton hvdrophile: une erreur. Gaz. d. hop. de Lyon, 1912, xiii, 181-183.—Nonnotte (M.) Etude bacteriologique des cotons hydrophiles dits "aseptiques." Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1908, lxiv, 333. Cotton (A.) & Mouton (H.) Les ultramicros- copes; les objets ultramicroscopiques. 232 pp. 8°. Paris, Masson & Co., 1906. Cotton (Alfred Cleveland) [1847-1916]. The medical diseases of infancy and childhood with points on the anatomy, physiology and hygiene peculiar to the developing period. 670 pp., 33 pi. 8°. Philadelphia & London, J B. Lippincott Co., 1906. For Biography, see Chicago M. Recorder, 1916, xxxviii, 479. Also: J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1916, lxvii, 298. Cotton (Frederic Jay) [1869- ]. Dislocations and joint-fractures. 654 pp. 8°. Philadelphia & London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1910. Cotton (Henry Andrews) [1876- ]. The de- fective, delinquent, and insane; the relation of focal infections to their causation, treatment, and prevention. Foreword by Adolf Meyer. Lectures at Princeton University, xvi, 201 pp. 8°. Princeton, Princeton Univ. Press, 1921. Cotton (James Milton) [1860-1918]. Obituary. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1918-19, Iii, 34. Also: Canad. M. Ass. J, Toronto, 1918, viii. 1035. Also: Canad. Pract. & Rev, Toronto, 1918, xliii, 285. Cotton-plant (Diseases of). Cook(0. F.) Brachysm, a hereditary deformity of cotton and other plants. J. Agric. Research, Wash, 1914-15, iii, 387-400, 10 pi.-----. A disorder of cotton plants in China; club-leaf or crytosis; a serious limiting factor of production not hitherto recognized, resulting in abnormal growth and sterility. J. Hered, Wash, 1920, xi, 99-110—von Faber. Die Krankheiten und Parasiten der Baumwollpflanze. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], Jena, 1909, xxiv, 195-208.— Gough (L. H.) On the effects produced by the attacks of the pink bollworm on the yield of cotton seed and lint in Egypt. Bull. Entomol. Research, Lond, 1918-19, ix, 279- 324, 1 pi.—Haller (R.) Die Mizellartheorie Nageli's als Arbeitshypothese bei der Erforschung chemischer und phy- sikalischer Veranderungen der Baumwollfaser. insbesondere der Farbevorgange. Kolloid-Ztschr, Dresd. & Leipz, 1917, xx, 127-145.—Heinrich. (C.) Some lepidoptera likely to be confused with the pink bollworm. J. Agric. Research, Wash, 1920-21, xx, 807-835, 15 pi.—Hunter (W. D.) The work in the United States against the pink bollworm. J. Econom. Entomol, Concord, N. H, 1919, xii, 166-175. Also: Yearbook U. S. Dep. Agric. 1919, Wash, 1920, 355- 368.—Morrill (A. W.) Cotton pests in the arid and semi- arid Southwest. J. Econom. Entomol, Concord. N. H, 1917, x, 307-317.—Newell (W.) & Bynum (E. K.) Notes on poisoning the boll weevil; results of an investigation to determine whether the presence of dew or rain water on cotton plants is necessary to the effective use of arsenates. Ibid., 1920, xiii, 123-143, 1 pi.—Pierce (W. D.) The occur- rence of a cotton boll weevil in Arizona. J. Agric Research, Wash, 1913-14, i, 89-98, 1 pi—Scnoll (E. E.) Method of procedure in pink bollworm eradication work in Texas. J. Econom. Entomol, Concord, N. H, 1920, xiii, 38-44, 1 ch.—Scofleld (C. S.) Cotton rootrot spots. J. Agric. Research, Wash, 1919, xviii, 305-310.-----. Cotton rootrot in the San Antonio rotations. Ibid., 1921-22, xxi, 117-125. Cotton-seed meal. Anderson (R. J.) The organic phosphoric acid of cottonseed meal. 8°. Geneva, N. Y., 1912. Forms Tech. Bull. No. 24 of: N. Y. Agric. Exper. Station. Friemann (A. T.) *Untersuchungen uber Baumwollsamenmehl mit Beriicksichtigung sei- ner toxischen Wirkung. [Bern.] 8°. Bochum, 1909. Brackett (R. N.) The determination of lint in cottonseed meal. J. Indust. & Engin. Chem, Easton, Pa, 1915, vii, 611.—Carruth (F. E.) Methods for approximating the relative toxicity of cottonseed products. J. Biol. Chem., Bait, 1917, xxxii, S7-90. Also, Reprint.—Cook (F. C.) The effect of cottonseed flour on animals, with particular reference to the inorganic constituents of white rats. Proc Am. Soc. Biol. Chemists, Bait, 1917, iv, 5.—Crawford (A. C.) A poisonous principle in certain cottonseed meals. J. Pharmacol. & Exper. Therap, Bait, 1909-10, i, 519-548.— Goldberg (S. A.) & Maynard (L. A.) The pathological tissue changes resulting from feeding cotton-seed meal. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med, X. Y, 1921-22, xix, 428.— McHargue (J. S.) Uniform nitrogen determination in cottonseed meal. ,T. Indust. & Engin. Chem, Easton, Pa, 1918, x, 533-535— Macy (I. G.) & Mendel (L. B.) Com- parative studies on the physiological value and toxicity of cotton seed and some of its products. J. Pharmacol. & Exper. Therap, Bait, 1920-21, xvi, 345-390.—Osborne (T. B.) A Mendel (L. B.) The use of cotton seed as food. J. Biol. Chem, X. Y, 1917, xxix, 289-317. Also, Reprint.— Richardson (Anna E.) & Green (Helen S.) Nutrition in- vestigations upon cottonseed meal. J. Biol. Chem, N. Y, 1916, xxv, 307-318. Also, Reprint .—Wells (C. A.) & Ewtng (P. V.) Cot ionsoed meal as an incomplete food. J. Biol. Chem., X. Y, 1916, xxvii, 15-25. Also, Reprint. Cotton-seed oil. Amy (H. V.), Klsli (Charlotte) & Newmark (Frances). Color standards for cottonseed oil. J. Indust. & Engin. Chem, Easton, Pa, 1919, xi, 950-953.—Fischer (K.) & Peyau (H.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Baumwollsamenoles und der Halphen'schen Reaktion. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl, 1905. ix, 81-90.—Garnier (L.) Modification a la reaction de Halphen. J. de pharm. et chim. Par, 1909, 6. s, xxix, 273.—Kahlenberg (L.) & Bitter (G. J.) On the catalytic hydrogenation of cotton-seed oil. J. Phys. Chem, Ithaca, 1921, xxv. 89-114.—Ktthn (B.) & Bengen (F.) Zur Kenntnis der Halphen'schen Reaktion auf Baumwollsamenol. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl, 1906, xii, 145-153.—Kuever (R. A.) Halphen's test improved. J. Am. Pharm. Ass, Easton, Pa, 1921, x, 594.—Matthes (H.) & Heintz (\\.) Leber Baum- wollsamenol, insbesondere die unverseifharon Bestandteile. Arch. d. Pharm, Berl, 1909, ccxlvii, 161-175.—Matthes (H.) & Holtz (H.) Ueber Kapoksamen und Kapokol. Ibid., 1913, ecli, 376-396,1 pi.—Ronnet (L.) A propos de la reaction d'Halphen. J. de pharm. et chim. Par, 1909,6. s. COTTON-SEED. 227 COUDRAY. Cotton-seed oil. xxix, 379.—Rupp (E.) Ueber die Halphen'sche Reaktion. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl, 1907, xiii, 74-76.—Wagner (H.) & Clement (J.) Zur Kenntnis des Baumwollsamens und des daraus gewonnenen Oeles. Ibid., 1908, xvi, 145-160.-----------. Ueber Baum- wollsamenolersatz. Ibid., 1909, xvi, 266-268. Cotton-workers Perry (A. R.) Preventable death in cotton manufacturing industry. 8°. Washington, 1919. U. S. Dept. of Labor. Bur. of Labor Statistics, No. 251. Safford (M. V.) Influence of occupation on health during adolescence. Report of physical examination of 679 male minors under 18 in the cotton industry of Massachusetts. 8°. Washing- ton, 1916. U. S. Treas. Dept. Pub. Health Serv. Bull. No. 78. Collis (E. L.) The occurrence of an unusual cough among weavers of cotton cloth. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1915, viii, Sect. Epidemiol. & State Med, 108-112.—Crabtree (J. H.) The methods of dust extraction on cotton-carding en- gines; safeguarding the workingman's health. Sclent. Am., N. Y, 1911, cv, 592; 604; 607.—Greenwood (A.) The cotton industry of Blackburn. Pub. Health. Lond., 1906-7, xix, 201-222.—Hauck (K.) Gesundheitliche Gefahren der Baumwollindustrie. Ztschr. f. Gewerbe-Hyg, [etc.], Wien, 1921, xxvii, 105; 127; 145; 163.—McKelway (A. J.) Welfare work and child labor in Southern cotton mills. Charities [etc.], N. Y, 1906, xvii, 271-273.—O'Connell (M. D.) The Departmental Committee on humidity and ventilation in humid cotton-weaving sheds. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1909, ii, 1401-1403.—Stiles (C. W.) Is the so-called cotton mill anemia of the Gulf-Atlantic States due to lint or to hook- worms? South. M. J, Nashville, 1911,iv, 508-513—Syden- stricker (E.), Wheeler (G. A.) & Goldberger (J.) Disa- bling sickness among the population of seven cotton villages of South Carolina in relation to family income. Pub. Health Rep, Wash, 1918, xxxiii, 2038-2051.—Taylor (Florence). Mortality among cotton operatives. Child Labor Bull, N.Y, 1914-15, iii, 62-65. Cottrell (Samuel Parker) [1861-1917]. Obituary. Boston M. & S. J, 1917, clxxvii, 851. Also: J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1917, lxix, 2058. Cottu (Albert). *L'hystero-traumatisme car- diaque. 136 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 527. Cottu (Louis). Contribution a l'etude des fugues; etude clinique, diagnostique, pronos- tique et medico-legale. 99 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 10. Cotugno [Cotunnius] (Domenico) [1736-1822]. Barduzzi (D.) Cotugno, non Helmholtz fu P ideatore della teoria sull' audizione. Riv. di storia crit. d. sc. med. e nat, Siena, 143-145.—Bilancioni (G.) Lettere inedite dl Domenico Cotugno. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1914, xxv, 231; 508: 1915, xxvi, 47.—Gradenigo (G.) Domenico Cotugno e la teoria sulla audizione (1736-1822). Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1918, 4. s, xxiv, 240-250. Also: Riforma med., Napoli, 1918, xxxiv, 671-673.—Messe- daglia (L.) L' "Iter Italicum Patavinum" di D. Cotugno; G. B. Morgagni e 1' Universita dl Padova nei 1765. Atti r. 1st. Veneto di sc, lett. ed arti, 1913-14, lxxiii, 1691-1803 — Mongardi(R.) Da Cotugno a Helmholtz. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1911, xxii, 393-400. Cotylaspis. Osborne (H. L.) On the habits and structure of Coty- laspis i nsignis Leidy, from Lake Chautauqua, New York. J. Morphol, Lancaster, Pa, 1903, 1-44, 2 pi. Also: Zool. Jahrb, Jena, 1904, xxi, 201-242,3 pi. Couaillac (Joseph-Gustave) [1872- ]. *De la conductibilite des sons dans les stethoscopes. 47 pp., 2 1. 8°. Bordeaux, 1897, No. 15. Couanet (G.-.T.) [1882- ]. Contribution a l'etude du traitement du bubon, en particulier ar la ponction aspiratrice; suivie d'injections e cuivre colloidal eiectrique. 133 pp. 8°. Paris, 1916, No. 104. Couard (Leon) [1872- ]. Contribution a l'etude ae la gangrene des paupieres et particu- lierement de celle d'origine erysipelateuse. 63 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1909, No. 80. Couasnon (Theophile). Contribution a l'etude du traitement des retr^cissements infranchis- sables de l'oesophage. 114 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 430. Coubard (Charles-Louis-Joseph) [1890- ]. *Medications populaires et empiriques au pays de Vendee. 69 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1913, No. 15. de Coubertin (Pierre) Baron. L'education athle- tique. 16 pp. 8°. Paris, Chaix, 1889. See, also, Bonnamaux (C.) The contributions of Baron Pierre de Coubertin to physical education. Am. Phys. Educat. Rev, Springfield, Mass, 1918, xxiii, 91-115. Couch (James Fitton) [1888- ]. A dictionary of chemical terms, iv, 204 pp. 16°. New York, D. Van Nostrand Co., 1920. Couche. Les eaux de Paris en 1884. 127 pp., 21 pi. 4°. Paris, 1884. Couching. See Cataract (Treatment of) by reclination. Couchot (Roger) [1890- ]. *Du plombage osseux a la masse de Delbet associe a la reunion primitive dans les fractures articulaires de guerre avec grosses pertes de substance et hemorragie. 39 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Paris, 1920, No. 198. Couchoud (Paul-Louis) [1879- ]. *L'asthenie primitive. 134 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 413. Couderc(A.)[1876- ]. Contribution a l'etude des folliculites et des diverticulites blennorrha- giques. 50pp., 11. 8°. Montpellier, 1903, No. 55. Couderc (Amedee). *L'operation de Trendelen- burg (traitement des ulceres variqueux par la resection de la saphene). 50 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 382. Couderc (Jean). _ *La sphygmomanom^trie; ele- ment de security dans l'anesthesie generale. 54 pp. 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 318. Couderc (Roger). Contribution a l'etude de la medication hypotensive et en particulier du nitrite de soude. 76 pp. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 210. Couderc (Victor) [1883- ]. *Grossesse et car- diopathies congenitales. 125 pp. 8°. Paris, 1912, No. 363. Coudert (Antoine-Marie-Ludovic [dit Louis]) [1880- ]. *Traitement de la tuberculose pul- monaire par les inhalations de poussieres de verdet (methode de G. Billard). 77 pp. 8°. Paris, 1912, No. 386. Coudert (Emile). *Les grossesses compliquees; tumeurs solides de l'ovaire. 161pp. 8 . Paris, 1904, No. 264. Coudert (J.) *Les faux-croups graves. [Toulouse.] 86 pp. 8°. Tours, 1908, No. 795. Coudert (Raoul). *Anatomie et pathologie de la veine emissaire mastoidienne. 66 pp. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 492. Coudeyras (Emile). *Essai sur l'histoire de l'asepsie. 78 pp. 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 446. Coudeyras (Philippe). Contribution a l'etude des formes legeres de la fievre typhoide. 56 pp. 8°. Paris, 1897, No. 10. Coudour (Georges) [1874- _ ]. Contribution a l'etude des dystocies vaginales (vagin borgne interne). 46 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1901, No. 170. Coudour (Pierre) [1876- ]. *Les quarantaines. 68 pp., 11. 8°. Lyon, 1904, No. 197. Coudrain (Georges). *L'eau oxygenee et ses ap- plications therapeutiques. 128 pp. 8°. Pans, 1904, No. 105. ------. The same. 128 pp. 8°. Paris, A. Micha- lon, 1904. Coudray (Ferdinand) [1882- ]. *Des luxations de l'epaule dites congenitales. 74 pp. 8° Lyon, 1905, No. 77. Coudray (Fernand). *Des indications de l'in- terruption de la grossesse chez les femmes enceintes albuminuriques. 95 pp. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 162. COUDRAY. 228 COUGH. Coudray (Gaston). *La hanche a ressort extra- articulaire (maladiedePerrinFerraton). [Lyon.] 157 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Trevoux, 1913, No. 18. Coudray (Jean) [1886- ]. Considerations sur l'hopital Sadiki et la pathologie chirurgicale indigene en Tunisie. [Montpellier.] 100 pp., 20 pi. 8°. Tunis, 1914, No. 45. Coudray (Stephen) [1886- ]. *La mouche et l'hygiene. 205 pp. 8°. Paris, 1913, No. 43. Coudret (Pierre-Emile-Edgard) [1875- ].# *De l'extirpation totale de la glande sous-maxillaire dans les cas de calculs salivaires. 62 pp. 8 . Bordeaux, 1901, No. 79. Coudures (Marie-Joseph-Emmanuel) [1889- ]• *De l'analyse des huiles dans les conserves de poissons. 65 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, Y. Cadoret, 1918, No. 67. Ecole de pharmacie. Couenon (Ch.) *L'enantheme de la rougeole. 64 pp. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 310. Coues (Elliott) [1842-99]. Allen (J. A.) Biographical memoir. Nat. Acad. Sc, Biog. Mem, Wash, 1909, vi, 397-446, port—Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1900, xxxiv, 61. Coues (Samuel Franklin) [1825-1916]. Obituary. Boston M. & S. J, 1916, clxxiv, 696. Also: J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1916, lxvi, 1564. Couetoux (Leon). Contribution a l'etude du developpement et de la structure des epulis sarcomateuses. 68pp. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 135. Couetoux (Ren£). Traitement antiseptique de laphtisie. 47 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Paris, 0. Doin, 1900. ------. The same. 79 pp. roy. 8°. Paris, O. Doin & fils, 1910. ------. Therapeutique aerienne-antiseptique. 35 pp. 8°. Le Mans, 1905. ------. Regime de l'enfant. 79 pp. 8°. Paris, 0. Doin &fils, 1911. Couette (Jean). *Un centre de neuro-psychiatrie en Anjou pendant la guerre. 82 pp. 8°. Paris, 1919, No. 209. Couffon (Francois-Marie-Desiro) [1878- ]. Contribution a l'etude des di verses classifica- tions en medecine mentale. 52 pp. 8°. Bor- deaux, 1905, No. 108. Couffon (Henry). Contribution a l'etude de la cure radicale des sinusites frontales chroniques. 51 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 229. Couffon (Olivier) [1882- ]. Contribution a l'etude de la protection des nourrissons en France; de 1'application du titre ler du regle- ment d'administration publique du 27 f^vrier 1877. [Paris.] 73 pp. 8* Angers, 1910, No. 238. Cougara (Yves-Marie) [1882- ]. Contribution nouvelle a l'etude du cinnamate de soude et de son emploi dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. 86 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1909, No. 10. Cough. See, also, Bronchitis; Catarrh; Colds; Coryza; Tuberculosis (Pulmonary). Alves Milward (O.) *Ds\ tosse e seu valor clinico. 4°. Rio de Janeiro, 1904. Herrford("M.) *Detussi. sm.4°. Jehx, 1678. Muller (C/)*Detussi. 12°. Moguntise, [1784]. Varay (F.) *Toux de compression (toux aboyante); signe de retr^cissement tracheal ou bronchique. 8°. Lyon, 1902. Amar (J.) Mecanisme de la toux dans les maladies respi- ratoires. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1919, clxix, 874- 876.—Aschman (G. A.) Cough due to diseases of the upper air-passages. Tr. M. Soc. W. Virg, Wheeling, 1900, 404- 409.—Baerens (O. F.) Extra-thoracic cough. Med. Coun- cil, Phila, 1907, xii, 428-430.—Beddard (A. F.) A clinical lecture on cough. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1906, n. s. lxxxi, 600-602— Buckwalter (J. C.) Cough; extrapulmo- nary causes of cough, in consequence of pathologic changes in the upper respiratory tract, and disturbances in the Cough. function thereof. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1906, xxx, 433-436.—Bulette (W. W.) Coughs due to causes outside of the lungs. Colorado M. J, Denver, 1906, xii, 306-308.— Chausse (P.) & Magne (H.) Contribution a l'etude de la toux et de quelques actes expulsifs analogues; pression et Vi- tesse maxima de L'air; consequences relatives a l'etiologie de eertaines affections des voies respiratoires. Arch, de med. expen et d'anat. path. Par, 1915-16, xxvii, 213-251 — Delmarcel (V.) La pathogenie de la toux. Presse Oto- laryngol, beige, Brux, 1908, vii, 505-512.—Di Pace (J.) La tosse provocata dalla ipertermia. Med. ital, Napoh, 1905 iii, 13.—Dube (J. E.) Le coeur chez les tousseurs. Union med. du Canada, Montreal, 1916, xlv, 96-110.—Duck- worth. (Sir D.) On varieties of cough. Clin. J, Lond, 1912-13, xl, 1-3.—Eves (C. C.) Some causes of cough often overlooked, pertaining to the ear, nose, and throat. Med. & Surg. Rep. Episc. Hosp, Phila, 1913,1, 324-326.—Fessler (T.) Ueber durch erhohte Korpertemperatur bewirkten Husten. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1904, liv, 180S-1810.— Garrison (J. B.) Cough; its relation to lymphoid hyper- trophy in the pharynx. Homoeop. Eye, Ear & Throat J, Lancaster, Pa, 1909, xv, 94-97.—Gaudier. La toux pha- ryngee. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1901. v 262-264.—Haas (L. F. W.) & Saxe (G. A. de S.) Cluneal memoranda on cough. Buffalo M. J, 1902-3, n. s, xiii, 881-891.—Hicks (P.) A common cause of cough. Practitioner, Lond, 1912, lxxxix, 866-868.—Hopkins (F. E.) Some overlooked causes of cough. Boston M. & S. J, 1899, cxl, 109-112—IngersoU (G. S.) Some common but frequently unrecognized causes of cough. Mass. M. J, Bost, 1906, xxvi, 228-238—Kruse (W.) Die Erreger von Husten und Schnupfen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1914, lxi, 1547.—Martindale (J. W.) Some of the causes of irritative cough. J. Med. Soc. N. Jersey, Newark, 1906-7. iii, 16-19.—Maurice (A.) La toux seche. Rev. gen. de chn. et de therap. Par, 1919, xxxiii, 420.—Pechkranz (S.) Beitrag zur Aetiologie des fiustens. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1899, xlix, 708-712.—PoUak (E.) Zur Lehre vom Husten. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh, Berl, 1904, xxxviii, 521-545.—Revol (L.) La toux gastrique. Gaz. d. hop. Par, 1903, lxxvi, 913-918.—Richardson (J. J.) Extra-pulmonary coughs. Dietet. & Hyg. Gaz N.Y, 1899, xv, 33-38. -----. Cough due to causes outside the lungs. Virginia M. Semi-Month, Richmond, 1905-6, x, 265-272.— Rohrer (F.) Die Mechanik des Hustens. Schweiz. med. Wchnschr, Basel, 1921, li, 765-767.—Smith (F. J.) A clin- ical lecture on cough and its significance. Brit.M. J, Lond, 1904, i, 1237-1241.—StrUbblng (P.) Ueber Husten und Auswurf. Deutsche Klinik, Berl. & Wien, 1901, iy, 1. Abt, 1-24.—Texler (V.) De la toux pharvngoe. Gaz. m6d. de Nantes, 1903, 2. s, xxi, 545-555.—Valentin (A.) Zur Mechanik des Hustens. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol, Berl, 1899, ix, 457-467.—Vanderhool (D.) Chronic cough secondary to extra-respiratory lesions. Old Dominion J. M. & S, Richmond, 1906-7, v, 167-172.—Voorhees (I. W.) Causes, diagnosis and treatment of chronic cough. West. M. Rev, Omaha, 1919, xxiv, 621-632. Cough (Reflex, nervous or convulsive). Grest(B.) *De tussi convulsiva. 8°. Argen- torati, 1778. Latjbschat (H.) *Ueber Krampfhusten bei Neurasthenic 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1903. Marx (S.) *Ueber Reflexhusten, seine Ur- sache und seine Behandlung. [Heidelberg.] 8°. Wiesbaden, 1912. Also, in: Ztschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Wiesb, 1912, lxv, 330- 341. Nori (J.) Les gouttes Nican et les toux spas- modiques. 12°. Paris, 1909. Barf ord (A. M.) Case of ear cough. Brit. M. J, Lond., 1914, i, 368.—Bennett (A. B.) A brief discussion of .eflex cough. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1917, xci, 151—Bentlev (J. R.) Reflex cough. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1909, i, 464.—Betti (U. A.) Intorno ad una epidemla di tosse convulsiva. Morgagne, Milano, 1901, xliii, 51-58.—Bloch. Ueber den Huston der Nervosen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1898, xxiv, 462-465.—Bourgeois (H.) Toux nasale reflexe. Progres med. Par, 1908, 3. s, xxiv, 128.—Carpani (G.) La tosse quale riflesso flsiologico e patologico e sua terapia. Gazz. med. lomb.. Milano, 1910, lxix, 165; 175.—Carrau (A.) Varios casos de tos convulsa; tratados por el metodo del profesor Kraus. Prensa med. argentina, Buenos Aires, 1916- 17, iii, 40 42— Collier (M.) Three cases of reflex cough. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1913, n. s.. xcv, 634.—Cottell (H. A.) Reflex uterine coughs. Louisville Month. J. M. & S, 1903-4, x, 64-66.—de la Cruz Correa (J.) Tos refleja a forma coqueluehcMea de origen auricular. Semana med.. Buenos Aires, 1917, xxiv, 384.—Deiamater (N. B.) Ner- vous cough. Med. Visitor. Lansing, 1902, xviii, 725-728: 1903, xix, 19.—Donelan (J.) Persistent paroxysmal cough apparently due to irritation of chorda tympani nerve by a spicule of steel which penetrated the tvmpanum. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med,Lond, 1912-13, vi, Otol. Sect,92—Funke (R.) Zur Behandlung des nervosen Hustens mittelst bahnender und hemmender Uebungstherapie. Ztschr. f. diatet. u. physik. Therap.,Leipz., 1901, iv, 363-387.—Fur- COUGH. 229 COUIXAIJD. Cough (Reflex, nervous or convulsive). gurson (G. IL) Reflex nasal cough. Mass. M. J, Bost, • 1901, xxi, 289-292.—di Gaspero (H.) Der psychogene Husten. Aerztl. Centr. Ztg, Wien. 1902, xlv, 345-347— Ge- noese (G.) II trattamento della tosse convulsa con le ini- zioni di etere. Policlin, Roma, 1921, xxviii sez. prat, 187-190.—Goureau. Contribution a l'etude de la toux spas- modique. Actuality med. Par, 1902, xiii, 84; 99— Halphen (E.) De l'anesthesie du nerf larynge superieur appliquee au traitement de eertaines toux spasmodiques. Rev. de laryngol. [etc.], Par, 1921, xiii, 643-649. Also [Abstr.]: Medecine, Par, 1921-22, ii, 307.—Hayem (G.) Relation d'un cas de toux d'origine gastrique, avec remarques sur l'etat dit "catarrhe muqueux.'' Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par, 1920, 3. s, xliv, 1129-1134.—Jackson (C.) Postulates on the cough reflex in some of its medical and surgical phases. Therap. Gaz.[etc.], Detroit, 1920, 3. s., xxxvi, 609.— Jones (C. P.) Pneumogastric cough. Virginia M. Semi- Month, Richmond, 1905-6. x, 473.—Landa (G. M.) Nota sobre un caso de tos auricular. Rev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1919, xxiv, 528.—Lenzmann (R.) Therapie der Tussis convulsiva. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1913, lxiii, 210-215.—Lermoyez (M.) Sur la toux nasale. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par, 1907. 3. s, xxiv, 575-580. Also: Clin. prat. . . . mal. d. yeux, du larynx, [etc.], Par, 1908, iv, 80-84.—Lewis (T. W.) The lingual duct in the produc- tion of paroxysmal cough. Ann. Otol, Rhinol. & Laryngol, St. Louis, 1920, xxix, 422-426.—Maccone (L.) Sulle tossi spasmodiche nei bambini. Pensiero med, Milano, 1914, iv, 259-261.—Mclntyre (A. V.) Reflex cough. Med. Dial, Minneap, 1898-9, i, 43.— Mathieu (A.) Toux provoquee Far la palpation du creux epigastrique. Arch. d. mal. de appar. digest, [etc.], Par, 1909, iii, 421.—Milbury (F. S.) Cough due to reflex irritation in the upper air-passages. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1901, xxxvi, 1475-1477—Mouri- quand. Sulla cura della tosse convulsiva. Gazz. med. sicil, Catania, 1911, xiv, 313-318.—Mullen (J. A.) Reflex or nervous cough, due to elongation of uvula, folicular pharyngitis, hypertrophy of pharyngeal tonsils, enlarge- ment 01 lingual tonsil, hypertrophy of middle turbinate bone, etc, with cases. Internat. Clin, Phila, 1898. 8. s, iii, 136-143.—Murray (W. R.) Reflex cough due to irritation in the upper respiratory tract. Northwest. Lancet, Min- neap, 1903. xxiii, 172-175.—Palmer (A. C.) The importance of examining the nose in troublesome coughs. South. M. Rec, Atlanta, 1898, xxviii, 229-233.—Palmer (E.) Some remarks on nervous cough. Vermont M. Month, Burlington, 1902, viii, 269.—Pegler (L. H.) Case of spasmodic cough. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1908-9, ii, Laryngol. sect, 42.—Satullo (S.) Sopra un caso tipico di tosse uterina. Gazz. d. osp, Milano, 1901, xxii, 222-224.—Schech. Ueber nervosen Husten. Sitzungsb. d. arztl. Ver. Munchen (1897), 1898, vii, 28-39.—Schultz (W. F. A.) Cough as a reflex manifestation in ear, nose and facial affections. Med. Fort- nightly, St. Joseph, 1918, 1, 105.—Stewart (D. H.) Puer- peral tussis and its treatment. Am. J. Obst, N. Y, 1911, 286-289.—Stewart (J.) Kidney cough. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1904, i, I486.—Strauch (A.) Husten, ausgelost vom per- sisterenden Ductus lingualls. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1914, lxi, 422.—Tavares (C.) Tosse convulsa. Med. con- temp, Lisb, 1911, xxix, 233-239. Cough (Treatment of). Baum ann (J.) *La toux em^tisante; son traitement. 8°. Paris, 1904. Ermello (B.) *Action de quelques medica- ments sur la toux; 6tude experimentale. 8°. Geneve, 1898. Berliner (L.) Zur Therapie des Stickhustens; eine Be- handlung mit Chininsalbe auf dem Wege durch die Nase. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1910, liii, 360.—Burton (W. E.) Concerning cough with special reference to a method of lessening some of its harmful effects. Clin. J, Lond, 1909-10, xxxv, 77-80.—Butler (G. F.) Cough; its varieties and their treatment. Iowa M. J, Des Moines, 1907, xiii, 413-420 — Cetrangolo (A. A.) Las inyecciones en el nervio laringeo superior; su utilization en el tratamiento de la tos. Semana med, Buenos Aires, 1922, xxix, pt. 2, 44.—Cumston (C. G.) The treatment of cough and expectoration as practiced by German physicians. Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1919, 3. s, xxxv, 691-694—Duckworth (Sir D.) Varieties of cough and treatment for rehef of them. Clin. J, Lond, 1912-13, xl, 97-99.—Ebstein (W.) Aspirin als Hustenmittel. Deut- sche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1911, xxxvii, 1476 — Ewlng(F.C) The physiologic treatment of cough. Laryn- goscope, St. Louis, 1904, xiv, 445-448.—Foxwell (A.) On the treatment of cough. Birmingh. M. Rev, 1903, n. s, i, 255-258.—French (H.) The value of brandy packs to. the chest in cases of severe cough preventing sleep. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1914, n. s, xcviii, 61—French (J. M.) Coughing and its relation to treatment. Internat. Clin, Phila, 1906, 16. s, i, 16-25.—Garln (C.) & Rochalx (P.) Traitement de la toux emttisante par les agents sternuta- toires. Progres m6d. Par, 1909, 3. s, xxv, 271.—Goris. Note sur le traitement chirurgical de certaine toux. Presse oto-laryngol. beige, Brux, 1909, viii, 463-465.—Gourin. Medication de la toux. Arch. gen. de m6d. Par.. 1904, ii, 2725; 2911; 3114.—Gutsteln (M.) Ueber die Entstehung des Hustens und seine Bekampfung mit Thyangolpastillen. Cough (Treatment of). Med. Klin, Berl, 1915, xi, 1295.—Ipecacuanha spray for winter cough. Internat. Clin, Phila, 1902, 12. s, iii, 66.— Kocher (L.) Toux opiniatre ameMioree a la suite de l'ap- plication des rayons de Roentgen. Bull. off. Soc. franc. d'eiectrother. Par, 1905, xiii, 40.—Lemoine (G.) Traite- ment de la toux. Nord med., Lille, 1906, xii, 129-133.— Mays (T. J.) Various forms of cough; their hygiene and treatment. Dietet. & Hyg. Gaz, N. Y, 1906, xxii, 518; 584; 656; 719.—Meyer (E.) Ueber die Wirkung des Malonsaure- trichlorbutylesters bei Hustenreiz. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1915, Iii, 873.—Norton (G. M.) Chronic and recurrent coughs', their treatment. Gaillard's South. M, Savannah, 1906, Ixxxiv, 23-28.—Porcher (W. P.) The bete noire cough and its treatment. Tr. Tri-State M. Ass, Richmond, Va, 1900, ii, 109-122—Price (N. G.) Remarks on the treatment of coughs. Buffalo M. J, 1905-6, lxi, 352-356.— Remedlo nuevo y muy sencillo para curar la tos catarral por medio de un respirador. Gac. de lit. de Mexico, Puebla, 1831, ii, 20-22.—Saenger (M.) Zur symptomatischen Be- handlung des Hustens. Therap. Monatsh, Berl, 1901, xv, 359-362.—Schwartz (A. I.) Persistent cough removed by special surgery. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1915, ci, 1214. Also, Reprint—Schwarz (A.) Ueber ein Ersatzmittel des Mor- phiums als Hustenmittel. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg, 1907, Iii, 61; 73.—Smithwlck (J. W. P.) Dionin in the treatment of coughs. Merck's Arch, N. Y, 1900, ii, 214.—Spohn (G. M.) Cough; its etiology and treatment. Tr. Indiana M. Soc, Indianap, 1907, lviii, 309-320.—Stewart (A.) The treatment of cough. Practitioner, Lond, 1917, xcviii, 159- 164.—Striepecke. Ueber das Hustenmittel Toramin. Therap. d. Gegenw, Berl, 1920, lxi, 208.—Tissier (P. L.) Trattamento della tosse convulsiva col fluoroformio. Gazz. internaz. di med, Napoli, 1909, xii, 199.—Weiss (J.) Moderne Ansichten iiber den Husten und seine Behandlung. Heil- kunde, Wien, [etc.], 1901,75-79.—Wolfheim(M.) Ueber die Anwendung von trichlorbutylfettsaurem Ammonium als Hustenmittel. Fortschr. d. Med, Berl, 1914-15, xxxii, 1131-1138.—Wood (C. H.) Cough and the management of some of its commoner varieties. Therap. Med, N. Y, 1908, ii, 133-141. Cough in children. Kiewe (L.) *TJntersuchungen uber die Aus- losbarkeit des Hustens und iiber das Fehlen des Wiirgreflexes bei gesunden und neuropathi- schen Kindern. 8°. Breslau, 1902. Baumel(L.) La toux aboyante chez l'enfant. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap. Par, 1909, xxiii, 17.—French (H.) Mediastinal causes of chronic cough in children. Lancet, Lond, 1911, ii, 757.—Fuller (A. W.) Note on the causes of cough in children. Ibid., 1904, i, 1191.—Gargiulo (G.) La tosse d' origine parassitaria nei bambini. Clin, ostet, Roma, 1909, xi, 15-19.—Gillet (H.) La toux et son traitement chez les enfants. Ann. de la Policlin. de Par, 1899, ix, 97-109.— Jordan (W.) Cough as a predominant symptom of disease in childhood. Birmingh. M. Rev, 1899, xlv, 328-336.— Maccone (L.) Sulle tossi spasmodiche nei bambini. Pen- siero med, Milano, 1914, iv, 243; 259.—Parkinson (J. P.) The causes of cough in children, with special reference to practical treatment. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1899, ii, 465. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond7 1899, n. s, lxviii, 154-156.— Smith (E. B.) The significance of chronic cough and wasting in childhood. Clin. J, Lond, 1913-14, xhi, 437-442. Coughlin (William Thomas) [1873- ]. See Bernays(A.C) Golden rule of surgery. 2. ed. 8°. St. Louis, 1913. Coughran (Ernestine). A curious religious rite. pp. 30-32. 8°. New York, 1902. Cutting from: Cosmopolitan, N. Y, 1901-2, xxxii. deCougny-Prefeln (Francois) [1892- _ ]. *Re- flexions sur 28 cas d'operation cesarienne sans mortalite' (statistique du Dr. Plauchu). 123 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1916, No. 55. Cougoule (Maurice). *Relation d'une petite epidemie de variole qui a regne a Toulouse de decembre 1902 a mai 1903. 88 pp. 8°. Tou- louse, 1903, No. 526. Couillard-Labonnotte (Jacques-Marie-Xavier) [1872- ]. ^Contribution a l'etude de la tuber- culose de la clavicule et de ses articulations. 80 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1899, No. 61. Couillaud (Francois) [1875- ]. *Le signe de la langue; contribution a l'etude clinique de Fascaridiose et de l'oxyurose. 62 pp. 8°. Paris, 1920, No. 253. Couinaud (Paul). *Etude de quelques indica- tions de l'operation cesarienne en dehors du re- trissement du bassin et des tumeurs. 100 pp. 8°. Paris, 1919, No. 76. COUINAUD. 230 COUNCILMAN. Couinaud (Pierre) [1891- ]. Contributiona l'etude des metrorragies chez la jeune fille. 41 " pp. 8°. Paris, 1921, No. 305. , Couingt (Marie) [1875- ]. *Etude des cou- duresuterines. 74pp., 1 pi. 8°. Bordeaux, Y. Cadoret, 1903, No. 142. Coulaudon (Gaston). *Quelques considerations sur la pathogenie de la maladie de Raynaud (gangrene symetrique des extremites). 66 pp. 8°. Paris. 1921, No. 403. Couldrey (James) [1851-1913]. Obituary. Brit. M. L, Lond, 1913, i, 202. Coulejus (Abraham). See Cowley (Abraham). Coulet (Emmanuel) [1875- ]. *Des fractures du metatarse; leur diagnostic et leurs rapports avec la loi sur les accidents du travail. 112 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1902, No. 63. Coulet (Gaston - Joseph - Adolphe) [1884- ]. *Tumeurs malignes de I'isthme du gosier; leur extirpation par voie buccale (£tude anatomique, clinique ettherapique). 119 pp. 8°. Nancy, 1912, No. 975. Coulliaux (Ludovico). Igiene della bocca e dei denti; nozioni elementari di odontologia. 1 p. 1., xiii, 298 pp. 12° Milano, U. Hoepli, 1901. Coulloch (Pierre). *L»e l'emploi du tannigene dans les diarrhees. 29 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 21. Coulomb (Demophile-Louis-Maurice) [1884- ]. Circulation arterielle et veineuse du massif maxillaire superieur (travail du Laboratoire de medecine operatoire). 72 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1907, No. 74. Coulomb (Georges) [1875- ]. *La transmis- sion intra-uterine de l'immunite vaccinale. 154 pp. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 193. Coulomb (J.) [1873- ]. *Avis au peuple sur la conservation de la vue et sur les moyens de la retablir; memoire inedit de Pellier de Quengsy. 246pp., 11., 2pi. 8°. Montpellier, 1908, No. 76. Coulomb (Louis) [1866- ]. *De la toxicite normale du tube digestif apres la mort, et de ses rapports avec la medecine legale. 52 pp., 1 1. 8°. Lyon, 1901, No. 1. Coulomb (Pierre) [1869- ]. Contribution a l'etude des lesions de l'appendice dans la fievre typhoide. 83 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 92. Coulomb (Robert) [1878- ]. *L'oeil artificiel. 152 pp., 26 pi. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 360. ------. The same. 152 pp., 27 pi. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere & fils, 1905. . Coulombe (Edmond) [1875- ]. *La lecithine de l'ceuf; son emploi therapeutique. 70 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 511. Coulomme-Labarthe (Anatole). *La lithiase appendiculaire; etude clinique. 76 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 671. ------. The same. 7(3 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, Rous- set, [1902]. Coulon (Charles) [1872- ]. *De l'augmenta- tion du poids dans les jours qui precedent la mort du nourrisson. 80 pp. 8°. Paris, 1903, No. 317. Coulon (Georges) [ -1912], Rondel (G.) Necrologie. Rev. philanthr&p. Par, 1911- 12, xxx, 481-484. Coulon (Hyacinthe) [1847- L La therapeu- tique oculaire au xiiie siecle; "Traduction d'un manuscrit latin. 84 pp. 8°. Cambrai, Regnier frlres, 1901. ------. Les apothicaires de Cambrai au xvii6 siecle. 43 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905. ------. La communaute des chirurgiens-barbiers de Cambrai (1366-1795). xvi, 281 pp. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere & fils, 1908. Coulon (Jean) [1886- ]. *De la ligature de la carotide externe chez le vivant; procede Mores- tin. 54 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 277. Coulon (Julius Vitringa) [1767-1843]. Onpartij- dige beschorewing van het uitgebragte rapport, der commissie over de geneeskundige staats- regeling. 48pp. 8°. Leeuwarden,L.Schierbeek, 1843. Coulon (Marcel) [1880- ]. *De la deiivrance retardee dans la pratique des accouchements. 70 pp. 8°. Lyons, 1905, No. 87. Coulon (Rene) [1887- ]. _ Contribution a l'etude du sarcome primitif du vagin chez l'adulte. 82 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 245. Coulongeat (Clement) [1867- ]. Contribu- tion a l'etude des amers et de Paction qu'ils exercent sur les rapports des elements du sang. 44 pp. 8D. Bordeaux, 1904, No. 108. Coulonjou (Eugene). *De l'assistance^ des buveurs par rinternement dans un asile special. 88 pp., 11. 8°. Toulouse, 1899, No. 327. Couloukis (Demetrios) [1894- ]. Contribu- tion a l'etude des traumatismes de guerre de l'ethmoide et du sphenoi'de. 120 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1918, No. 83. Couloumy (Jean-Baptiste-Gabriel). *La grippe dans l'etiologie de la polioencephalite aigue hemorragique. 59 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1909, No. 843. Coulson (William) [1802-77]. On diseases of the bladder and prostate gland, xxiv. 274 pp.. 4 pi. 8°. London, Longman, Brown & Green, 1842. Coulter (Ernest Kent) [1871- ]. The children in the shadow, introduction by Jacob A. Riis. xvii, 277 pp. 12°. New York, McBride, Nast 6c Co., 1913. Coulter (John Merle) [1851- ] & Chamberlain (Charles Joseph) [1863- ]. Morphology of gymnosperms. xi, 458 pp. 8°. Chicago, The University of Chicago Press, [1910]. ------ The same. Rev. ed. vi, 466 pp. 8°. Chicago, The University of Chicago Press, 1917. Coulter (WiUiam) [1848-1912]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1912,i, 1106. Abo.-Lancet, Lond, 1912, i, 1309. Coumarine. Wichmaxx (H. J.) A method for the detection of small quantities of coumarin, particularly in factitious vanilla extracts. U. S. Dep. Agric, Bureau of Chemistry, Wash, 1912, Circ. No. 95. Bourquelot iK.i A Herissey ,11/1 Presence dans le nirhlot et l'aspenile Oilorante. do chu osides lournissant de hi eoumanne sous Taction hydrolvsante de I'emulsine. Tompi. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1920. clxx. 1545-1550.— (iuerin (V.) \ Cioris (A.) Une nouveilo \>lame a couma- rine: Melitiis melissophyllum L. llmi.. loti:.—Heckel (E.) Influence des anesthesiques et du ol sur los plantes:i cou- marine. Ibid., 1909, cxlix, 829-vU -Herissey (H.> A l>e- launey (P.) Presence dans plusieurs orchidees indigenes de glucosides fournissant de ta coumarine par hydrolyse. J. de pharm. et chim. Par, 1922, 7. s, xxv, 298-305. Coumet (A.) *Bacteriologie des peritonite^ aigues d'origine intestinale. 71 pp. 8°. Tou- louse, 1897 .No. 226. Councilman (William Thomas) [1854- ]. Smallpox. In: Mod. Med. (Osier), s°, Phila. & N. Y, 1907, ii, 250- 300, 9 pi. ------. Chickenpox. In: Mod. Med. (Osier), 8°, Phila. A N. Y, 1907, ii, 329- 333, 2 pi. ------. Disease and its causes. 2 p. 1., [iii}—viii, 254 pp. 8°. New York, H. Holt & Company, [1913]. ------& Lambert (R. A.) The medical report of the rice expedition to Brazil, vi, 126 pp. 8°. Cambridge, Harvard University Press, 1918. For Biography, see, Harrington (T. F.) Harvard M. School ,N. Y., 1905 ,iii, 1433. COUNCILMANIA. 231 COURCELLE. Councilmania lafleuri. See Entamoeba. Counter-irritants and counter-irrita- tion. See, also, Acupuncture; Blisters; Canthar- ides; Cautery; Croton-oil; Cupping; Sina- pism. Brand (A. T.) Reflex stimulation of the vagus centre in the treatment of disease. Caledon. M. J, Glasg, 1912-13, ix, 158-162. Also [Abstr.]: Lancet, Lond, 1912, ii, 1756.— Keith (J. R.) Spinal therapeutics. Practitioner, Lond, 1920, cv, 298-300.—Mackenzie (J.) Counter-irritation. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1908-9,11, Therap. & Pharma- col. Sect, 75-80—McWalter (J. C.) Treatment by counter- irritation. Med. Press, Lond, 1920, n. s, ex, 479.—MMelton (W. J.) Some notes on continuous counter-irritation. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1912, n. s.. xciii, 484-486.-----. An analysis of fifty cases of miscellaneous illness treated by means of continuous counter-irritation: pyonex method. Med. Times, Lond, 1913, xii, 689-695.-----. On the new methods of treatment. Med. Press, Lond., 1920. n. s, cix, 481.—Moody (H. A.) Counterirritation. Gulf States J. M. & S. [etc.], Mobile, 1909, xiv, 135-142.—Sloan (J. A.) Counter-irritants. J. Comp. M. & Vet. Arch, Phila, 1899, xx, 751-758.—Wainwrignt (J. W.) Counterirritation. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1905, lxviii, 534— Zschokke (E.) Ueber die Wiricungsweise der Derivantien. Monatsh. I. prakt. Thierh, Stuttg, 1897-8, ix, 529-553. Country (The) Doctor. A monthly journal o1 medicine and surgery, v. 4-6, 1897-9. 8°- Sparta, Tenn. Counts (George Sylvester). Arithmetic tests and studies in the psychology of arithmetic, iv, 127 pp. 8°. Chicago, III., The University of Chi- cago Press, 1917. County folk-lore. v. 2. Printed extracts No. 4. Examples of printed folk-lore concerning the North Riding of Yorkshire, York and the Ainsly, Collected and edited by Mrs. Gutch. xxxix, 447 pp. 8°. London, D. Nutt, 1901. ------. The same. v. 3. Examples of printed folk-lore concerning the Orkney and Shetland islands. Collected by F. Black; ed. by North- cote W. Thomas, xii, 277 pp. 8°. London, D. Nutt, 1903. ------. The same. v. 6. Examples of printed Folk-Lore concerning the East Riding of York- shire; collected and edited by Mrs. Gutch. xvii, 235 pp. 8°. London, D. Nutt, 1912. County (The) and Municipal Record, v. 1-10, 1903 to 1907-8. 4°. Glasgow & Edinburgh. Coupe (Henri) . *Nouveau procede mixte de prostatectomie totale. (Methode perineo-sus- pubiennes.) 48 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 70. Coupechoux (A.) *L'eau d'alimentation a Nevers; £tude chimique et bacteriologique. 74 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1904, No. 31. Coupel (Joseph). *Des osteomes du brachial an- terieur. 68 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 427. Couper (Archibald Scott) [1831-1908]. Anschtitz. Nekrolog. Arch. f. d. Gesch. d. Naturw. [etc.], Leipz, 1908-9, i, 219-261, port, 1 pi. ——. Life and chemical work of Archibald Scott Couper. Proc. Roy. Soc, Edinb, 1909, xxix, 193-273, port, 1 pi. Couper (John) [1835-1918]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1918, i, 605. Also: Glasgow M. J, 1918, xc, 27. Also, Lancet, Lond, 1918, i, 754. Couperot (Ernest-Victor). *Recherches sur la presence des azotates dans les plantes m^dici- nales et alimentaires et en particulier dans les plantes renfermant des glycosides cyanhy- driques. [Paris.] 65 pp. 8°. Rouen, 1913, No. 7. Ecole de pharmacie. Coupin (Henri). Les plantes qui guerissent. 16 pp., 4 pi. 8°. Paris, Schleicher frb-es & de., 1904. ------. Les plantes qui nourrissent. 16 pp., 4 pi. 8°. Paris, Schleicher freres & Cie., 1904. Coupin (Henri)—continued. ------. Les plantes qui tuent. j.5 pp., 4 pi. 8°. Paris, Schleicher frhes & Cie., 1904. ------. Technique microscopique appliquee a l'etude des vegetaux. 3 p. 1., 254 pp. 12°. Paris, O. Doin & fils, 1909. ------. Les plantes medicinales. Ip. 1., 314 pp. 30 pi. 8°. Paris, Schleicher freres, [n. d.]. Coupland (Sidney) [1849- L Introductory address to the students of the Middlesex Hospital Medical School. 27 pp. 8°. London, Harrison de Sons, 1879. Couplet (Joseph) Le chien ambulancier ou sanitaire; son utility et son dressage. 2 p. 1., v, 118 pp. 8°. Bruxelles, J. Leblgue & Cie., [1911]. Couplin (Mary). The mystery of silent power. 51 pp. 12°. Sigourney, la., W. H. Needham Co., 1913., Couppg (.Emile-Georges-Henri). *Le voisinage du chien; ses dangers. 104 pp., 11. 8°. Pans, 1906, No. 337. Coupu(Th.)[1872- ]. Contribution a l'etude de l'uterus globularis bipartitus au point de vue obstetrical. 55 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 180. Couput (Andr^-Raymond-Maurice). Contribu- tion a l'etude de la dilatation vaginale preicetale a l'aide du ballon dans la presentation du siege. 51 pp. 8°. Paris, 1920, No. 480. Couput (Charles) [1882- ]. *Nouvelles m6- thodes de traitement des pleuresies s^reuses aigues; plasmotherapie, injections gazeuses, kinesitherapie. 75 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 228. Cour (Guillaume) [1889- ]. *Deux observa- tions de sarcome de l'omoplate chez l'enfant traites par la resection. 39 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1913, No. 25. Courage (Johann Wilhelm) [1875- ]. *Behand- lung der Lungentuberkulose durch Stauungs- hyperamie. 26 pp. 8°. Bonn, J. Trapp, 1907. Couratte-Arnaude(Jean-Andr6-Alphonse)[1882- ]. Contribution aux procede^ de recherche du bacille de Koch (precede chorisim^trique par ascensum). 50 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1908, No. 70. Couraud (Jean). *Traitement orthopedique des fractures ferm&es de jambe; reduction brusquee suivie de contention platree; proc£d6 de MM. les docteurs Baudet et Masmonteil. 31 pp. 8°. Paris, 1921, No. 411. Couraud (Louis - Daniel - William) [1882- ]. Contribution a l'etude de la gastroscopie; sa valeur clinique. 129 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1911, No. 97. Couraud (Rene) [1879- ]. Contribution a l'etude de la cryogenine; la cryogenine dans Purine, son elimination. 42 pp., 11. 8°. Lyon, 1904, No. 92. Couraye (Bertrand) [1870- ]. Contribution a l'etude du traitement de l'empyeme du sinus maxillaire. 55 pp. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 454. Courbe (Andre) [1886- ]. * Alphonse Guerin; sa vie, son oeuvre (1816-1895). 225 pp. 8°, Paris, 1913, No. 45. Courbier (Henri) [1888- j. *Les genets et leurs alcaloides. 95 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1914, No. 71. Ecole de pharmacie. Courbon (Paul) [1875- ]. *Etude psychia- trique sur Benvenuto Cellini (1500-1571). 91 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1906, No. 111. Courboules (Roger) [1884- ]. Contribution a l'etude des tumeurs de la moelle. 82 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1906, No. 17. Courcelle (Abel). *Traitement des n^vralgies et des nevrites par les injections hypodermiques gazeuses. 76 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 146. COURCHET. 232 COURTELIN. Courchet (Fernand) [1872- ]. *Le syndrome de Raynaud et l'arterite obliterante. 50 pp., 31. 8°. Lyon, 1898, No. 116. Courchet (Louis) [1876- ]. Contribution a l'etude sur les ane'vrvsmes cirsoides du cuir chevelu. 72 pp. 8°. " Paris, 1901, No. 265. Courchet (Louis) [1885- }. *Des hematunes dites essentielles. 65 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1912. No. 86. Courchet (Pierre). *Traitement de la pyorrhee alveolo-dentaire. 72 pp. 8°. Paris, 1903, No. 99. Courcieras (Joseph C.) [1880- ]. *Des adhe- rences pericoecales d'origine appendiculaire. 133 pp. 8°. Paris. 1908, No. 318. Courcieres (Charles). *Resultats eloignes du traitement des hemorrhoides par le procede- de Whitehead. 88 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907. No. 435. Courcoux (Alfred). *Les albuminuries orthosta- tiques; etude pathogenique et clinique. 148 pp. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 192. Courdouan (Marius) [1882- ]. Contribution a l'etude des regimes airmentarres dans la srar- latine. 92 pp. 8°. Paris. 1907, No. 232. Coureaud (Henri-Hippolyte-L&indre) [1886- ]. Contribution a l'etude" clinique et experimen- tale de la maladie d'Addison. 143 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1911, No. 22. Couremenos (Michel). *Influence de la variole sur la grossesse et le produit de la conception. 79 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 215. Courgenou (R.) Contribution a l'etude de l'ac- couchement chez les primipares &g£es. 62 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 203. Courgeon (Jules-Ernest-Constant-Joseph) [1873- ]. *L'exploration physiologique et clinique du sens musculaire. 69 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 217. Courgey (S.) Feuillets d'hygiene: propagande hygienique et antialcoolique; hygiene scolaire; hygiene publique; hygiene sociale. 288 pp. 8°. Paris, H. Jouve, 1904. Courjon (Antoine). Etude sur la paraplegie dans le mal de Pott. 70 pp. 8°. Adrien Delahaye, 1875. [P., v. 2265.], Courjon (Jean). *Etude semeiologique sur les debiles moraux a reactions antisociales. 147 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 409. Courjon (Reiny) [1885- 1. *La syphilis osseuse et les accidents du travail. 72 pp. 8°. Pans, 1912, No. 422. Courmont (Jules) [1865-1917]. Precis de bacte- riologie pratique. 2. 6d. iii (1 1.), 884 pp. 8°. Paris, 0. Doin, 1903. ------. The same. 3. eel. viii, 991 pp. 8° Paris, O. Doin, 1907. -----. The same. 4. £d. 3 p. 1., ii, 1130 pp. 8°. Paris, O. Doin & fils, 1911. ------. Precis d'hygiene, avec la collaboration des professeurs Ch. Lesieur et A. Rochaix. 5. eU 810 pp. 8°. Paris, Masson cV Cie., 1914. Also, Editor of: Bulletin de la Societe medicale des hopitaux de Lyon, 1902-14. For Biography, see Rev. prat, d'hyg. municip. [etc.], Par, 1917,xhi, 146-156(A.Rochaix). Also: Ann.d'hyg. Par, 1917, 4. s, xxvii, 183-187 (C. Lesieur). Also: Ann. d'ig, Roma, 1917, xxvii, 184-187 (G. Sanarelli). Also: Brit. M. J, Lond, 1917, ii, 407. Also: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1917, lxxx, 245-248. Also: J. de physiol. et de path, gen. Par, 1917, xvii, No. 2, i-ii, port. (Gley, Richet & Teissier). Also: Lyon chirurg, 1917, xiv, 410-412 (G. Mariquand). Also: Paris med, 1917, xx. suppl. No. 10, 111 (G. Linossier) Also: Presse med. Par, 1917, xxv, annexes, 129-131 (H' Roger). Ateo:Programed,Par, 1917,3.s,xxxii,suppl,87' ------ & Doyon (M.) Le tetanos; eriologie. pathogenie, diagnostic, pronostic, traitement 2 p. 1., 95 pp. 12°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere & fils, 1899. Courmont (Jules)—continued. ------ & Lesieur (Ch.) Atmosphere et climat. 124 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere & fils, 1906. Forms fasc. 1 of: Traits d'hygiene, Paris, 1906. ------& Montagard (Y.) Les leucocytes: tech- nique (hematologic, cytologic). 31 pp. 8°. Paris, Masson & Cie., [1903]. Forms No. 31 of: CEuvre mM.-chir. ------& Panisset (L.) Precis de microbiologie des maladies infectieuses des animaux. 1054 pp. 12°. Paris, O. Doin & fils. 1914. Courmont (Paul) [1871- ]. Precis de patho- logie generale. xvi, 1101 pp. 8°. Paris, 0. Doin, 1908. Courmontagne (F.) *De rhysterectomie abdo- minale totale dans le traitement des cancers uterins. 2 p. 1., 34 pp., 11. 8°. Paris. 1901. No. 599. Cournet (Francois). Contribution a l'etude des fractures a trois fragments de l'extremite infe- rieure de l'humerus et de leur traitement. 77 pp., 11. 4°. Toulouse. 1895, No. 86. de Cournuaud (Gaston) *Des auto-intoxica- tions en pathologie generale. 46 pp.. 1 1. 4°. Toulouse, 1896, No. 159. Courouble (Achille-Auguste-Elie). *Le diagnos- tic bacteriologique du cholera; son importance; etat actueL de la question. 69 pp. 8°. Lille, 1911. Courrade (Augustin). L'hydre feminine com- battue par la nymphe pougoise: ou traits des maladies des femmes gueries par les eaux de Pouges. 196 pp. 12°. A. Nerers, Jean Millot, 1634. ^ Courreich (Louis). *Des injections souscon- jonctivales. 78 pp. 1 1. S°. Toulouse, 1898. No. 270. Courrier (Le) medical et la Reforme m&licale. v. 49-52. 1899-1902. 4°. Paris. Coursault (A.) [1879- ]. *Des determinations pulmonaires et renales concomitantes de l'infec- tion pneumococcique chez les enfants. 5S pp. 8°. Paris, 1902, No. 499. Course (A) of lectures on tumors given under the auspices of the Cancer Commission of Harvard University. 80 pp. 8°. Boston, 1909. Court (Emile-Albert) [1877- ]. *La fracture de Pujuivtren; ses cals vicieux: traitement. 90 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 390. Court (Geo;. *Sur quelques nouveaux alcaloi'des vegetaux. 54 pp. 8°. Geneve, W.Kiindiq etfils, 1907. Court iJosiah) [1841- L Miners' diseases: records of the researches of Dr. J. Court (of Stave- ley) into miner's nystagmus and ankvlosto- miasis. 94 pp. 8°. Staveley, Derbyshire, 1919. Courtade (Denis) [1S57- ]. Notions prati- ques d' electro therapie appliquee a l'urologie. 212 pp. 8°. Paris, F. Gittler, 1914. Courtade (J.) Contribution a l'etude des hvdrar- gyries cutanees d'origine m£dicamenteuso. 75 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1897. No. 209. Courtadon (Louis) [1885- ]. *Les derniers Yalois sont-ils morts empoisonneV? 124 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 327. Courtadon (Louis) [1872- ]. *De la resistance eiectrique du corps humain. 112 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901. No. 528. Courteaux(F.) De la fievre syphilitique. 75 pp. 8°. Paris, A. Delahaye, 1871* Courtelin (Victor) [1S77-1914]. Xecrologie. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom, Geneve, 1914, xxxiv, 85. COURTELLEMONT. 233 COURVOISIER. Courtellemont (Victor) [1875-1916]. Contribu- tion a l'etude des accidents nerveux consecutifs aux meiiingites aigues simples. 265 pp., 2 pi., 11. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 100. ------: Des tumeurs du corps pituitaire. 118 pp. roy. 8°. Paris, G. Masson & Cie., 1911. At head of title: Congres des alienistes et neurologistes de France, xxi. session, Amiens, 1911. For Biography, see Presse mea. Par, 1916, xxiv, annexes, 491 (P. Tridon). Courtenay (EdwardMeziere) [ -1912]. Manual of the practice of veterinary medicine. 2. ed. revised by Frederick T. G. Hobday, x, 573 pp. 12°. London, Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, 1902. ------. The same. 3. ed. xii, 459 pp. 8°. London, Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, 1913. For Biography, see Brit. M. J, Lond, 1913, i, 52. Courtet (Joseph). *A propos d'un cas de luxation congenitale du radius. 40 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Paris, 1921, No. 560. Courteville (Charles-Philippe-Rene) [1876-1902]. Collections sereuses extra-duremenennes dans le foyer des fractures du crane anciennes. 39 pp. 8°. Lille, 1901, No. 41. For Biography, seeJ.d. sc. m<5d. de Lille, 1902, i, 393-399. Courtial (C.) Contributions a l'etude de la lecithine et des jaunes d'ceufs industriels. 79 pp., 11. 8°. Montpellier, 1903, No. 25. Courties (Paul) [1874- ]. *De la cystoscopie chez la femme. 52 pp., 2 1. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 251. Courtillier (Leon). Contribution a l'etiologie et a la pathogenie du pied bot congenital. 94 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 334. Courtin (J.) [1857-1916]. Editor of: Gazette hebdomadaire des sciences m&hcales de Bordeaux, 1900-16. For Biography, see Gaz. hebd. d. sc. raid, de Bordeaux, 1916, xxxvii, 185 (P. Lugeol). Courtin (Leon). *Sur l'euquinine et quelques- uns de ses sels. [Montpellier.] 75 pp. 8°. Rodez, 1910, No. 69. Courtis (Helie). *Etude m^dico-legale des crimes passionnels. 169 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1910, No. 890. Courtney (Thomas J.) [1887-1918]. Obituary. Boston M. & S. J, 1919, clxxx, 88. Courtois (Bernard). Matignon (C.) Le centenaire de Bernard Courtois. Bull. d. sc. Pharmacol, Par, 1913, xx, 667-679. Courtois (Gaston). *Etude sur les sels organiques uraniques. [Paris.] 133 pp. 8°. Lons-le-Saunier, 1914, No. 10. Ecole de pharmacie. Courtois (Georges). *Streptocoque et scarlatine; essai de serotherapie experimentale. 67 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 571. Courtois (Jean). *Quelques symptomes observes dans les lesions du lobe occipital. 46 pp. 8°. Paris, 1903, No. 289. Courtois (Jean-Pierre-Eugene) [1886- ]. Con- tribution a l'etude de la valeur pronostique de l'albumine dans les crachats des tuberculeux. 51pp. 8°. Lille, Plateau & Cie., 1913, No. 4. Courtois (Jean-Raymond). *Actinomycose coeco- appendiculaire; constatation du parasite dans les selles. 74 pp. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 56. Courtois (Pierre). De I'amputation circulaire du col. 52 pp. 8°. Paris, Vigot freres, 1904. Courtois (Pierre). Contribution a l'etude du delire chez les hepatopathiques. 60 pp. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 344. Courtois-Sufflt (Maurice) [1861- f ] & Giroux (R.) Les formes anormales du tetanos; etude clinique, pathogenique, prophylactique et th6- Courtois-Sufflt (Maurice) & Giroux (R.)—cont. rapeutique; preface du professeur Fernand Widal. 174 pp. 12°. Paris, Masson & Cie., 1916. ------------. The same. English translation by Surgeon-General Sir David Bruce and Frederick Golla. 249 pp. 12°. London, University of London Press, 1918. ------& Lafay (L.) Formulaire clinique du pra- ticien. 507 pp. 24°. Paris, 0. Doin, 1903. ------ & Tremolieres (F.) La pratique thera- peutique; avec une preface de Albert Robin. 704 pp. 8°. Pan's, 0. Doin, 1909. Courts (Juvenile). See, also, Children (Delinquent). Altmann (L.) Der Gesetzentwurf iiber das Jugend- strafrecht vom Jahre 1917. Ztschr. f. Kinderschutz [etc.], Wien, 1918, x, 2-6.—Anton (G.) Arzt und Jugendgericht. Psychiat.-neurol. Wchnschr, Halle a. S, 1917-18, xix, 89.— Basile (G.) Gil istituti penitenziarii e i tribunal! per minorenni in Francia. Scuola positiva, Roma, 1920, xxx, 295-308.—Churchill (F. S.) & Britton (J. A.) The medical work of the Juvenile Court of Cook County, Chicago, 111. Arch. Pediat, N. Y, 1910, xxvii, 81-92.—Chute (C. L.) The juvenile court; its operations and inter-relations. Proc. Nat. Conf. Social Work, Chicago, 1917, xhv, 279-282.—Fialla (H.) Zum Entwurf eines Gesetzes iiber das Jugendstraf- recht. Ztschr. f. Kinderschutz [etc.], Wien, 1918, x, 57-65.— Giacobini (G.) Creacidn de tribunales para ninos. Proc. Pan Am. Scient. Cong, Wash, 1917, x, 341.—Goldblatt (Miriam E.) The history of juvenile court laws in New York State. J. Delinq, Whittier, Calif, 1922, vii, 24-42.—Healy (W.) Study of the case preliminary to treatment. J. Am. Inst. . . . Criminol, Chicago, 1922-23, xiii, 74-81.—Jack (Elizabeth). Juvenile courts of southern Illinois. Inst. Quart, Springfield, 111, 1918, ix, 46-51—Janisch (F.) Zum Frankfurter Jugendgerichtstag. Ztschr. f. Kinder- schutz [etc.], Wien, 1912, iv, 273-276.—Koehler. Bemerkun- gen zu dem Aufsatz "Ueberblick iiber die deutschen Jugend- amter" von Gustav Tugendreich. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1918, xhv, 188.—Lewandowski (A.) Das Jugendamt der Stadt Berlin. Halbmonatschr. f. soz. Hyg. [etc.], Berl, 1918, xxvi,33.—Melster (O.) Sicherheitsbehorde und Jugendstrafrecht. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Krimi- nalist, Leipz, 1916, lxv, 312-325.—Nast (M.) Les tribunaux pour enfants. Rev. philanthrop. Par, 1912, xxx, 362-385.— Rippin (Jane D.) The co-ordination of the juvenile court with other courts. Proc. Nat. Conf. Social Work, Chicago, 1917, xliv, 276-278.—Rogers (A. M.) The relation of the psychiatrist to the juvenile court. Wisconsin M. J, Mil- waukee, 1914-15, xiii, 103-107.—Schreiber (Adele). Die Jugendgerichte und ihre Entwicklung. Arch, f .Volkswohlf, Berl, 1909, ii, 470-474.—Stammer (G.) Altes und Neues iiber Jugendgerichte. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Krimi- nalist, Leipz, 1912, lxiv, 270-276.—Stein. Ueber Jugend- gerichte. Vrtljsehr. f. gerichtl. Med, Leipz, 1914, 3. F, xlvii, 1. Suppl, 291-299.—Towne (A. W.) Shall the age jurisdiction of juvenile courts be increased? J. Am. Inst.... (Mminol, Chicago, 1919-20, x, 493-515—Tugendreich (G.) Nochmals zur Frage des Jugendamts. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1918, xhv, 355.—Van Waters (Miriam). The socialization of the juvenile court procedure. J. Am. Inst. . . . Criminol, Chicago, 1922-23, xiii, 61-69. Courty (A.) Traite' pratique des maladies de Tuterus, des ovaires et des trompes, considered principalement au point de vue du diagnostic et du traitement; contenant un appendice sur les maladies du vagin et de la vulve. 3. ed. xxx, 1437 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Paris, Asselin & Cie., 1891. de Courval (Thomas-Sonnet) [1577- 1627]. Roger (J.) Biography. In his: Les medecins normands [etc.]. 8°. Par, 1895, ii, 48-66. Courvoisier (Albert) [1875- ]. *Des lesions non traumatiques de l'encephale comme cause de diabete. 2 p. 1., 72 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1898, No. 88. Courvoisier (Ernest) [1873- ]. Contribution a l'etude des cholagogues. 38 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 258. Courvoisier (H.) *Ueber den Einfluss von Jod- thyreoglobulin und Thyreonukleoproteid auf den Stickstoffwechsel und das Blutbild von Myxodem und Basedow. [Bern.] 17 pp. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1916. Courvoisier (Ludwig J.) [1843-1918]. Vcillon (E.) Nekrolog. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1918, xlviii, 1314-1319. COURVOISIER. 234 COUTIfiRE. Courvoisier (Walter). *Das Prostatacarcinom. 130 pp., 11., 4 pi. 8°. Basel, M. Werner-Riehm, 1901. Cousin & Serres. Chimie, physique, mecanique et metallurgie dentaires d'apres le programme du decret du 11 Janvier 1909 pour le stage dentaire. viii, 377 pp. 12°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere & fils, 1911. Cousin (Andr6). *Essai sur les origines de la medecine legale. 71 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 252. Cousin (Andre) [1870- ]. *Incapacite ou- vriere; suites eloignees des fractures de jambe. 38 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1912, No. 61. Cousin (Camille). *De l'impregnation de la mere (teiegonie) d'apres les donnees actuelles de la zootechnie. 82 pp. 8°. Paris, 1903, No. 237. Cousin (Emile) [1873- ]. Contribution a l'etude de la fievre typhoide sudorale. 63 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 485. Cousin (Gabriel) [1878- ]. *Traitement de l'actinomycose par la levure de biere et l'arsenic associes (methode du docteur Martel). 2 1., 74 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1904, No. 2. Cousin (Georges) [1886- ]. Cataractes trau- matiques de guerre. [Paris.] 138pp. 8°. Tours, 1919, No. 152. Cousin (Henri). *Le pyrrol et ses derives. [Paris.] 80 pp. 8°. Lons-le-Saunier, 1899. Concours. Ecole de pharmacie. -----. Composes diazoiques de la serie grasse. 147 pp. 8°v Paris, 1904. Concours. Ecole de pharmacie. ------. Composes oxygenes du carbone (chimie et toxicologic). Ill pp. 8°. Paris, Lahure, 1909. Concours. Ecole de pharmacie. Cousin (Joseph). Contribution a l'etude anato- mique et critique du foie cardio-tuberculeux. 59 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 47. Cousin (Maurice). *Des eruptions consecutives aux injections de serum antidiphterique et de leur traitement prophylactique par l'ingestion de chlorure de calcium. 64 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 489. Cousin (Rene). *La tuberculose et les mutualites a Paris. 92 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 192. Cousin (Victor) [1792-1867]. For Portrait, see Phil. Port. Series, Chicago, 1898. Cousinie (Henri) [1887- ]. Contribution a l'etude du veratrum album et de la veratrine; etude toxicologique et physiologique. 77 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1912, No. 49. Cousinou (Jean). *De l'extension de la me- thode hypodermique; trois applications recentes (air sterilise, salicylate de soude, digitaline). 48 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 101. Cousins (John Ward) [1834-1921]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1921, ii, 540. Also: Lancet, Lond, 1921, ii, 731. Coussieu (Henry). Contribution a l'etude de la bacteriologie des otites moyennes aigues. 44 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 13. Cousson (Ludovic) [1884- ]. *L'ignipuncture profonde dans le traitement des phlegmons diffus et des lymphangites septiques graves. 56 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 464. Coustaing (Auguste). *L'acide borique est-il toxique? 79 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 399. Coustan (Hubert). *De la simulation et de deva- luation des infirmites dans les accidents du travail. 65 pp., 1 1. 8°. Montpellier, 1902, No. 79. Coustan (Maurice). *Le peril venerien a Mont- pellier. 75 pp., 1 map, 1 ch., 2 1. 8°. Mont- pellier, 1903, No. 5. Cousteau (Jules). *R61e de l'obstruction des fosses nasales dans la pathogenie de l'emphy- eeme pulmonaire. 53 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 452. Coustere (Andre) [1883^- J. *Les ureterhy- droses; classification etiologique. 120 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 397. Coustet (Ernest) [1868- ]. Les rayons X et leurs applications; radioscopie, radiographic, radio therapie, radioactivity, viii, 116 pp. 8°. Paris, C. Delagrave, 1914. Coustols (Abel) [1871- ]. *Retention du placenta sans complications apres l'avortement; etude therapeutique. 68 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 131. Coustou (Daniel-Andre") [1883- ]. *Le pem- phigus vegetant. 71 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1908, No. 119. Cousture (Faustin). De la leucemie myeiogene. 90 pp., 1 1. 8°. Toulouse, 1902, No. 465. Cousy (S.) ^Manifestations cutanees de l'hys- terie et stigmatisation des mystiques. 70 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1908, No. 807. Cousyn (Andre) [1891- ]. *Du traitement de l'infection uterine "post partum" par rirriga- tion discontinue a l'aide du liquide de Dakrn. 45 pp., 11. 8°. Bordeaux, 1919, No. 84. Cousyn (Paul). Contribution a l'etude de la tuberculose de l'uterus et des annexes. SS pp. 8°. Paris, 1903, No. 481. Coutagne ([Jean-Paul-]Henry) [1846-95]. Pre- cis de medecine legale, xxi, 527 pp., port. 8°. Lyon, A. Storck; Paris, G. Masson & Cie., 1896. Coutance [Amedee] [1841- ]. Tableau sy- noptiques de diagnostic semeiologique et diffe- rentiel a l'usage des etudiants et des praticiens. 200 pp. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere d. ii, 372 pp. 12°. Paris, Plon-Nourrit & Cie., [1901]. ------. La graine. 5. 6d. 451 pp. 12°. Paris, Plon-Nourrit, 1903. ------. Caresco surhomme, ou le voyage en Eucrasie; conte humain. 2 p. 1., 353 pp. 12°. Paris, Plon-Nourrit & Cie., [1904]. ------. Le fruit. 1 p. 1., 407 pp. 12°. Paris, Plon-Nourrit & Cie., [1906]. ------. La familie; la force du sang. 7. 6d. 355 pp. 12°. Paris, Plon-Nourrit & Cie., [n. d.]. Couvreur (Clement-Louis-Florent) [1875- J. *Les hemorrhagies des kystes de l'ovaire. 84 pp. 8°. Lille, 1902, No. 104. Couvreur (Edouard) [1871- ]. *De la patho- genie du rachitisme. 70 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 11. Couvreur (Emile) [1878- ]. *Essai sur la renaissance de la saignee. 64 pp. 8°. Paris, 1903, No. 404. Couvreux (Camille). Contribution a l'etude de la retinite gravidique. 77 pp. 8°. Paris, 1921, No. 410. Couvy (Louis-Eugene-Benoit-Leon) [1878- 1. Contribution a l'etude de l'adenome et de l'adeno-epitheiiome des glandes sudoripares. 62 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Bordeaux, 1899, No. 14. de Coux (Raoul). *Meningites syphilitiques aigues (essai de classification). 84 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 445. Couzin (Pierre) [1871- ]. *Accidents aigus de la tuberculose des capsules surrenales. 43 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 220. Coventry (Alexander) [1766-1831]. Walsh (J. J.) Lives of officers of the Medical Society of the State of New York. N. York State J. M, N. Y, 1908. viii, 420. Covert (C. C.) & Bolster i^.-Camus (L.) & Gley (E.) Le nerf secreteur des glandes de Cooper. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1922. Ixxxvii, 319.—Ed- wards (S.) Excision of Cowper's gland. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1903, n. s, lxxv, 573- Hartmann (H.) & Lecene (P.) La tuberculose de la glande de Cowper. Ass. franc, d'urol. Proc.-verb. 1902, Par, 1903, vi, 237-246.— Horovltz (M.) Die Krankheiten der Cowper'schen Driisen. Klin. Handb. d. Ham- u. Sexualorg, Leipz, 1S94, iii, 298- 300 — Leszczynski (R.) Sur la cowperite chronique latente. Ann. d. mal. ven. Par, 1922, xvii. 416-434.—Ozenne (E.) Cowpent6 bilaterale traumatique chez un bicvcliste. J. de m&i. de Par, 1900, 2. s.. xii, 225.—Papln"& Valiadis. Tuberculose primitive de la glande de Cowper. Bull. Soc. franc, d'urol. Par.. 1922, i, S4-S6. Also: J. d'urol. mea. et chir. Par, 1922, xiii, 280-282.—Pasteau (O.) Les cowpe- rites dans l'uretrite chronique. Ass. franc, d'urol. 1906. Proc.-verb, Par., 1907. x, 207-269.—Poltevln de Font- guyon. Cowperite. Hull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bor- deaux, 1896. xvii. 153-154.—Keynes (H.) Cowperite chro- nique fistulo-perineale. operation; hemorrhagic arterielle grave; rapports do l'artere bulbaire avec les glandes de Mery-Cowper. Ass. frane. d'urol. Proc.-verb. 1908, Par, 1909, xii, 256-259.—Vlana (G.) Sopra un caso dl cowperite. Gazz. d. osp, Milano, 1902, xxiii, 1535. Cow-pock Institution. [Circular.] 1 sheet. 12°. [Dublin, n. d.] Bound tvith: Pharmacopceia navalis Rossica. 12°. Petropolis, 1806. Cows. See Cattle. Cowtan (Robert) [1817-1893]. Memories of the British Museum, vii, 428 pp. 8°. London, R. Bentley 0 pp. 12°. Ntto York, E. P. Dutton dc Co., 19IS. Craig (Maurice). Psychological medicine. A manual on mental diseases for practitioners and students, viii, 449 pp., 22 pi. 6°. London, J. dc A. Churchill, 1905. The same. 3. ed. xii, 4S4 pp. 8°. Lon- don, J. dc A. Churchill, 1917. Nerve exhaustion. 48 pp. 8C London, J. dc A. Churchill, 1922. Craig (Thomas Canby) [1854-1921]. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1921, lxxvii, 2141. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y, 1921, c, 1127. Craig (Thomas Forrest) [1880-1918]. Obituary. Lancet, Lond, uus, i, 546. Craig (Wallace). North Dakota life: plant, animal and human, pp. 321—115, 1 tab. 8°. [»>.. p.], 190S. Rtpr.from: Bull. Am. Geograph. Soc, 1908, xl. Craig (William) [1832-1922]. Posological tables. appendix on poisons, index of diseases and medicines arranged according to their actions. New ed. 127 pp. 32°. Edinburgh, E. dc S. Livingstone, 1899. For Biography, see Brit. M. J, Lond, 1922,1, 250. Craig (William Frederic) [1S74-191S]. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1918, Ixxi, 1S44. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y, 1918, xciv, 9S9. Craig (WiUiam Maxwell) [1S59-1914]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1914, ii, 418. Craigiasis. See. also, Amoebiasis; Entamoeba. Barlow (N.) Craigiasis. Am. J. Trop. Dis. [etc.], X. Orl.. 1914-15, ii. 680-702, 1 pl.-^Cralg (C. F.) A new intestinal parasite oi man; Paramceba hominis. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1906, cxxxii, 214-220. Also, Reprint.-----. Further obser- vations on Paramceba hominis, an intest inal parasite of man. Arch. Int. Med, Chicago, 1910, vi, 1 11. Also, Reprint — Craigiasis. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1915, lxv, 1648.— Hlatt (H. B.) Craigiasis. South. M. J, Birmingham, 1916, ix ,979-982. CRAIK. 239 CRAMPE. Craik (James) [1730-1814]. Pilcher (J. E.) James Craik, Physician General of the United States Army, 1798-1800. J. Ass. Mil. Surg, Carlisle, Pa, 1904, xiv, 189-193, port. Craik (Robert) [ -1906]. H. (W. H.) [Obituary.] Montreal M. J, 1906, xr.xv, 539-543, port. Crailsheim (Gustav) [1887- ]. Ueber einen Fall von Becken-Enchondrom. 1 p. 1., 31 pp. 8°. Munchen, H. Roeder, 1913. Crain (William Baker) [1838-1907]. Obituary. Alumni Reg. Univ. Penn, Phila, 1906-7, xi, 386. Crainiceanu (Georg). Die Gesundheitspflege der Augen. 1 p. 1., v, 74pp., 1 pi. 12°. Tubingen, F. Pietzcker, 1900. # ------. La conjonctivite granuleuse dans 1' 6 tat ac- tuel de la science. 37 pp. 8°. Paris, 0. Doin, 1905. Crambade (Felix) [1878- ]. *De la gravelle simul^e chez une hysterique. vii, 9-38 pp., 11. 8°. Montpellier, 1904, No. 4. Cramer (Alexandre). *Des avantages de l'addi- tion de phosphate disodique au repas d'epreuve. 53 pp. 8°. Geneve, 1905. Cramer (Andre) *Lithotritie ou prostatectomie. 64 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 111. Cramer (Anton). *Ueber Blasenscheidennsteln mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung eines in der Tubinger Frauenklinik operierten Falles. 22 pp., 11. 8°. Tubingen, F. Pietzcker, 1899. Cramer (A[ugust]) [1860-1912]. Gerichtliche Psychiatric Ein Leitfaden fiir Mediziner und Juristen. vi(l 1.) 187 pp. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1897. ------. The same. 2. Aufl. vi, 301 pp. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1900. The same. 3. Aufl. xi, 396 pp. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1903. -. The same. 4. Aufl. xiii, 1 1., 540 pp. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1908. -. Ueber die ausserhalb der Schule liegen- den Ursachen der Nervositat der Kinder. 28 pp. 8°. Berlin, Reuther dc Reichard, 1899. Forms Hft. 5, v. 2, of: Samml. v. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. padagog. Psychol, u. Physiol. Entwicklungsjahre und Gesetzgebung. 19 pp. roy. 8°. Gottingen, Vandenhoeck dc Ruprecht, 1902. Ueber Gemeingefahrlichkeit vom arzt- lichen Standpunkte aus. Vortrag. 16 pp. 8°. Halle a. S., C. Marhold, 1905. -. Die Nervositat; ihre Ursachen, Erschei nungen und Behandlung. Fiir Studierende und Aerzte. vii, 424 pp. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1906. See, also, Bruns (Ludwig) & Cramer (August). Hand- buch der Nervenkrankheiten, [etc.] 8°. Berlin, 1912. For Biography^see Allg. Ztschr. f. Psychiat, Berl, 1912, lxix, p. i, port. (H. L.). Also: Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. kriminahst, Leipz, 1912,1, 65-70 (K. Boas). Also: Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl, 1912, 1, pp.iii-xi, port. (H. Vogt). Also: Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz, 1912, xxxviii, 1943 (Weber). Also: Med. Klin., Berl, 1912. viii, 1607 (Bumke). Also: Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol, Berl, 1912, xxxu, 365-367 (Weber). Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1912, lix, 2114, port. (Eichelberg). Also: Ztschr. f. d. Erforsch. u. Behandl. d. jugendl. Schwachsinns, Jena, 1913, vi, 263, port. Also: Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat, Berl. & Leipz, 1912, xiii, Orig, 285 (Weber). Cramer (Casar [Gustav]) [1883- ]. Unter- suchungen iiber Hemizellulose-Vergarung durch menschlichen Kot. 31 pp. 8°. Halle a. S., C. A. Kaemmerer dc Co., 1910. Cramer (Carl Eduard) [1831-1901]. Schroter (C.) [Biography.] Verhandl. d. schweiz. na- turf. Gesellsch. 1901, Zofingen, 1902, Ixxxiv, pp. cvui-cxxxin. Also: Vrtljsehr. d. naturf. Gesellsch. in Ziinch, 1902, xlvn, 1-20, port. Cramer (Ehrenfried). See Thiem (Carl) [in 2. s.]. Handbuch der Unfallerkran- kungen[etc.]. 8°. Stuttgart, 1898. Cramer (Everard Henrick). *De asthmate. 1 p. 1., 8 pp., 1 1. 4°. Trojecti ad Rhenum, G. van de Water, 1707. [P., v. 2244.] Cramer (Fridericus). *De signis, quibus laesiones post mortem illatae ab iis, quae corpori humano vivo inflictse sunt, discernuntur. 1 p. 1., 44 pp. 4°. Marburgi, 1828. Cramer (Friedrich) [1847-1903]. Laquer (B.) [Biography.] Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1903, xl, 208. Cramer (Gabriel). Theses anatomicae miscellaneae 12 pp. sm. 4°. Argentorati, J. Picket, 1663. Cramer (Heinrich). Zur Mechanik und Physio- logie der Nahrungsaufnahme der Neugeborenen. In: Samml. klin. Vortr, n. F., Leipz, 1900, No. 263 (Gyna- kol. No. 95, 1683-1706). Cramer (Hermann). Militarische und freiwillige Krankenpflege in ihren gegenseitigen Bezie- hungen, unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung des neuen Teils vi (vom 18. Dezember 1902) der Kriegs-Sanitatsordnung. 40 np. 8°. Stuttgart, F. Enke, 1904. ------. Handbuch fiir freiwillige Sanitatskolon- nen. 4. Aufl. 86 pp. 16°. Heidelberg, T. Horning, 1910. Cramer (Johannes) [1892- ]. *Zur Kasuistik der syphilitischen Schilddriisenentartung. 26 pp. 8°. Breslau, 1919. Cramer (Luise) [1885- ]. *Kants rationale Psychologie und ihre Vorganger. [Miinchen.] 88 pp. 8°. Leipzig, 0. R. Reisland, 1914. Cramer (M.) *Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Poly- daktylie und Syndaktylie beim Menschen und einigen Haustieren. [Bern.] 40 pp. 4°. Halle a.S., E. Karros, 1910. ------. The same. 40 pp., 6 pi. Halle a. S-, E. Karros, 1910. Cramer (Max). *Ueber hysterisches Stottern. 31 pp. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1898. Cramer (Max). *Ueber Behandlung der Leu- kamie mit Rontgenstrahlen. 28 pp. 4°. Ham- burg, Grdfe dc Sillem, 1905. Cramer (Moritz) [1877- _ ]. *Ein Fall von marantischer Thrombose im Sinus longitudinalis und in einer Lungenvene. 30 pp., 1 1. 8°. Munchen, C. Wolf dc Sohn, 1902. Cramer (Richard) [1883- ]. *Ueber Alypin, StovainundNovokain. 30 pp., 11. 8°. [Frei- burg i. Br.] Berlin, G. Schade, 1908. Cramer (Wilhelm) [1883T ]. *Ueber Schleim- hautveranderungen bei Keilbeineiterung. 70 pp. 8°. Bonn, H. Trapp, 1912. Cramer (William) ) [1860-99]. LeRoy(I. D.) Memoir of William Cramer. Tr. N. York M. Ass. (1899), 1900, xvi, 796. Cramer (William). Directions for a practical course in chemical physiology. 3. ed. viii, 119 pp. 12°. London, Longmans, Green dc Co., 1917. Cramouzaud-Donnarieix (Jean-Marie-Roger). *Contribution a l'etude de l'avenir eloign? du pr6matur6. [Paris.] 167 pp. 8°. Limoges, 1912, No. 185. Cramp (Writer's). See Writer's cramp. Crampe (Ernst) [1890- ]. *Individualpsy- chologische Untersuchungen iiber die Reaktion auf einfache optische und akustische Reize. 15 pp. 8°. Giessen, 0. Kindt Wwe., 1920. CRAMPS. 240 CRANIECTOMY. Cramps. ^e, also, Muscles (Contracture [etc.] oj); Spasm. ^ , Schering (H.) *Zwei Falle von Krampfen mit todlichem Ausgange und negativem Sek- tionsbefunde. 8°. Gottingen, 1893. Edinger (L.) Ueber Krampfe und Beschaftigungs- krampfe. Med. Klin, Berl, 1906, ii, 1248-1250.—F€re_(C.) Les crampes et les paralysies nocturnes. Med. mod. Par, 1900, xi, 229-231.—von Frankl.-Hochwart (L.) Physika- lische Therapie der Krampfe. Handb. d. physikal. Therap, Leipz, 1902, pt. 2, 454-459.—Hahn. Facialiskrampf in seltenen Unfallen mit voriibergehender Parese. Prag. med. Wchnschr, 1898, xxiii, 173.—Hutchinson (J.) An unusual form oi spastic cramp. Arch. Surg, Lond, 1899, x, 109-115.— Lange(J.) Ueber Krampfe im Kindesalter. Verhandl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1899, Wiesb, 1900, xvi, 54-75. [Discussion], 115- 119.—Macdonald (J.) Leg-cramps in elderly people; a mode of treatment. N. Eng. M. Month, Danbury, Conn, 1902, xxi, 500-502.—Maillard (G.) & Le Maux. Dyskinesie professionnelle chez un facteur. Encephale, Par, 1911, i, 361-365.—Nacke (P.) Zur Pathogenese und Klinik der Wadenkrampfe. Neurol. Centralbl, Leipz, 1901, xx, 290- 296. -----. Zur Etvmologie der Ausdriicke "Crampus' und "Krampf." Ib'id., 1907, xxvi, 546-553. -----. Das Vorkommen von Wadenkrampfen im orientalischen Gebiete in alter und neuer Zeit. Ibid., 792-800.—Pal (J.) Ueber die Krampfzustande im Magen und Darm. Med. Klin, Berl, 1922, xviii, 521-525.—Spiegelberg (J. H.) Wesen und Be- handlung der Krampfe im Kindesalter. Wiirzb. Abhandl. a. d. Gesamtgeb. d. prakt. Med, 1902, ii, 119-146.—Thie- mich (M.) Ueber Krampfe im Kindesalter. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1899, xlvi, 1449-1453. Also: Verhandl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1899, Wiesb, 1900, xvi, 76-90. [Discussion], 115- 119.—Westphal. Eine Patientin mit eigenthiimlichen Krampfanfallen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1898, xxxv, 802. Crampton (Henry Edward) [1875- ]. Studies on the variation, distribution, and evolution of the genus Partula. maps, tables, diagrs. 4°. Washington, Carnegie Institution of Washington, 1916. Crampton (Sir Philip) [1777-1858]. [Biography.] Brit. J. Surg, Bristol, 1919-20, vii, 299-301, port. Crampton (Thomas Holbs) [1857-1914]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond, 1914, ii, 739. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1914, n. s, xcviii, 433. CrandaU (Arthur George) [1858- ]. Opti- mistic medicine; or the early treatment of sim- ple problems rather than the late treatment of serious problems, by a former insurance man. ix, 318 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, F. A. Davis Co., 1920. CrandaU (Floyd Milford) [1858-1919]. How to keep well; an explanation of modern methods of preventing disease, xvii, 511 pp. 8°. New York, Doubleday, Page dc Co., 1903. ------. The same, xvii, 511 pp. 12°. London, G. Richards, 1904. For Biography, see Arch. Pediat, N. Y, 1919, xxxvi, 513- 515, port. Also: 3. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1919, lxxiii, 1714. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y, 1919, xcvi, 849. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1919, ex, 905. CrandaU (George Clinton) [1865-19121. See Townsend (George H.) \in 2. s.]. The relation of food to health and premature death [etc.]. 8°. St. Louis, 1898. For Biography, see J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1912, lix, 2271. Crandall (John Bradley) [1840-1911]. [Obituary.] J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1911, lvii, 1709. CrandaU (Lee Saunders). Pets and how to care for them. 2. ed. 303 pp. 8°. New York, N. Y. Zool. Park, 1921. Crandon (Le Roy Goddard) [1873- ] & Ehren- fried (Albert). Surgical after-treatment; a man- ual of the conduct of surgical convalescence. 803 pp. 8°. Philadelphia dc London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1910. ------------. The same. 2. ed. 831pp. roy. 8°. ■ Philadelphia dc London, W. B. Saunders Co. 1912. Crane (Arthur Barton). A practicable root-canal technic. 115 pp. 12°. Philadelphia dc New York, Lea dc Febiger, 1920. Tobacco an assassin of 127 pp. 8°. Dayton, Crane (Arthur Griswold). Education for the dis- abled in war and industry. Army hospital schools: a demonstration for the education of disabled in industry. 83 pp. 8°. New York, Columbia Univ., 1921. Crane (Calvin Dennison). liberty; the whole story. Ohio, C. D. Crane, 1921. Crane (Charles Henry) [1825-83]. Pilcher (J. E.) The Surgeon Generals of the United States Army; Brigadier General Charles Henry Crane. J. Ass. Mil. Surg. U. S, Carlisle, Pa, 1904, xvii, 347-350, port. Crane (Walter Beverly). The third degree, pp. 39-46. 8°. New York, 1904. Cutting from: Broadway Mag, N. Y, 1904, xiii, No. 7. Craney (Ernst) [1890- ]. *Ueber Masern in der Gestationsperiode. 19 pp., 1 1., 1 ch. 8°. Marburg, J. Hamel, 1919. Cranial nerves. See Nerves (Cranial). Craniectomy. See, also, Brain (Decompression of). Fiorettt (E.) *Tecnica operativa della cranio-sezione. 8°. Roma, 1908. Hannig (W.) *Siebzehn Falle von Kranio- klasie mit dem Fehlingschen Kephalothrypthel- ktor, und 2 Falle von Extraktion mit Segond- schem Korkzieher. 8°. Strassburg i. E., 1904. Parmentier (J.-E.-A.-H.-R.) ^Contribution a l'etude du traitement des pertes de substance des os du crane apres craniectomie par la cranio- plastie: volet cartilagineux. 8°. Paris, 1917. Roqueplo CM.) *T>e la craniectomie au moyen de la scie de Gigli. 8°. Montpellier, 1904. Vexturi (A.) La craniectomia decompressiva. 4°. Urbino, 1915. Arcelaschl (G.) Sui beneflci effetti di una craniectomia a scopo esplorativo. Boll. d. Ass. san. milanese, Milano, 1899^ i, 32-38.-----. Risultatl di alcune craniectomie. Attualita med, Milano, 1912, i, 39-54.—Bablnskl (J.) De la craniec- tomie decompressive. J. de med. int., Par, 1910, xiv, 121.— Baillet(M.) L'hemicraniectomieexploratrice. Ann. med.- chir. du centre, Tours, 1903,iii, 169.—Biagl (X.) Ueber die Reparationsproccsse der Schadelknochen mit Bezug auf die gewohnlich angewandten Methoden der Cranioresection. (Experimenteller und pathologisch-anatomischer Beitrag zum Studium der Schadellappen.) Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir, Leipz, 1902,lxv, 236-282. Atso,transl.: Arch.ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir. 1902, Roma, 1903, xvii, pp. xxvii-xxx— Blanc (E.) Resultats eloignes de ia craniectomie dans l'idiotie microcephalique. Loire m§d, St.-Etienne, 1898, xvii, 322- 326.—Bozzl (F.) Craniectomia e cranioplastica eseguita con un trapano di nuovo modello. Gior. med. d. r. esercito, Roma, 1905, lib, 334-339.—Bracchi (E.) Craniectomia per grave trauma. Gazz. d. osp, Milano, 1903, xxiv, 845- 848.—de Camargo (A. C.) & Vampre (E.) Craniectomia teniporaria. Tribuna med, Rio de Jan., 1915, xxi, 15; 37; 58.—Danuewsky (B.) Experiences relatives aux effets de la resection du crane sur les fonctions et le doveloppement des os et des muscles. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1898,10. s, v, 668-672.—Doyen (E.) Materiel et technique des resections craniennes teniporaires. Trav. de neurol. chir. Par, 1897, ii, 17 30.-----. Technique generate de la craniec- tomie. Arch, de Doyen, Par., 1910, i, 12-23.—Drummond (J.) Um caso de craniectomia. Brazil-med, Rio de Jan, 1898, xii, 47-49.—Fasano (M.) Alcune craniectomie per trauma e loro esiti lontani. Gazz. med. lomb, Milano, 1907, 193-197.—Fleschi(D.) Contributo alia craniectomia. Gazz. med. d. Marche, Ancona, 1909, xvii, pt. 1, 1 pi—Gagman (A. N.) [Two cases of section of the cranium.] Khirurg'ia, Mosk, 1898, iii, 488-497.—(Jallet. Instruments pour la craniectomie. Ann. Soc. beige de chir, Brux, 1900, viii, 237.—Glgll (L.) Ueber einige Modiflkationen an dem In- strumentarium und der Technik der Kraniektomie mit meiner Drahtsage. Centralbl. f. Chir, Leipz, 1900, xxvii, 1193-1199.—Guidone (P.) Estosa craniectomia per necrosi con vuotamento di un ascesso epi-durale; guarigione. Gazz. internaz. di mod. prat, Napoli. 1900, iii, 7.—Hartwell (J. A.) Osteoplastic craniectomy illustrating the use of the de Martel apparatus. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1913, lvii, 439.— Hurtado (F.) Dos observaciones de craniectomia con I'xiio operatorio y mejorla de las manifestaciones mitomato- logicas, que constituyen el fundamento de la interveni-ion. C.ac. med, Mexico, 1903, 2. s, iii, 110-114.—ImpaUomenl (G.) Tripode metallico per craniectomia. Clin, chir. CRANIECTOMY. 241 CRANIOLOGY. Craniectomy. Milano, 1916, xxiv, 873.—Ionnesco (T.) Craniectomie tem- poraire. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Bucarest, 1898-9, i, 25; 104.-----. Hemicraniectomie temporaire pour begaie- ment et asymetrie cranienne. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Bucarest, 1898-9, i, 190.—Jianu (A.) Dekompressive Kraniektomie. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir, Leipz, 1910, cvi, 558-568.—Juvara (E.) Craniectomie temporaire. Presse med. Par, 1899, i, 308-310.—Lambotte. Un cas de craniec- tomie pour ossification prematuree des os du crane. Presse m6d. beige, Brux, 1899, li, 253-255.—Marie & Barbaux. Presentation de piece osseuse; craniectomie ancienne et osteo- genese. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par, 1905, lxxx, 754.— Marie & Pelletler (Madeleine). Craniectomie et regenera- tion osseuse. Bull, et mem. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par, 1905, 5. s, vi, 369-373.—Marion (G.) La craniectomie au moyen de la scie de Gigh. Arch. g6n. de med. Par, 1904, i, 1025- 1033.—Marlotti (G.) Craniectomie tardive. Rendic. d. Ass. med.-chir. di Parma, 1905, vi, 1-7.—de Martel (T.) Un point de technique operatoire dans la craniectomie. Presse med. Par, 1908, xvi, 641-643.—Martlnelll (A.) Craniectomia per ferita d'arma da fuoco. Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1910, 8. s, x, 75-84.—Merlino (B.) Craniectomie decompressive col metodo del Parlavecchio. Policlin, Roma, 1921, xxviii, Sez. chir, 515-520.—Murdock (J. M.) Craniectomy for arrested mental development with after history of three cases. J. Psvchc-Asthenics, Faribault, Minn, 1900-1901, v, 113-116.—Razzaboni (G.) Craniec- tomia per frattura complicata della volta cranica. Clin. chir, Milano, 1908, xvi, 397-411.—Rohmer. De I'influence de la craniectomie sur la n6vrite optique consecutive aux lesions des centres nerveux. Rev. med. de l'est, Nancy, 1898, xxx, 321-330.—Sebileau (P.) Large craniectomie reparee par une plastique d'or. Bull, et m6m. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1907, n. s, xxxiii, 869.—Sicard (J. A.) & Haguenau. Les craniectomies sous anesthesie locale. Rev. neurol. Par, 1914, xxii, 123.—Valerlo (G.) Contributo alio studio degli innesti cranicl e della craniectomia. Gior. med. d. r. esercito, Roma, 1901, xlix, 337-354.—Velter (E.) La craniectomie decompressive dans les stases papillaires des syndromes d'hypertension intracranienne. Arch. d'opht. Par, 1911, xxxi, 129-161.—Vicenzoni (E.) Alcune craniectomie per frattura e loro esiti lontani. Riforma med, Palermo-Napoli, 1905, xxi, 1209; 1244.—Walker (H. O.) Circular craniectomy for microcephaly. Internat. Clin, Phila, 1898, 8. s., i, 223-225,1 pi. Cranioclasty. See Cephalotrypsy; Craniotomy. Craniography. See Craniometry. Craniology. See, also, Anthropology; Apes; Brain; Cra- niometry; Cranium; Face; Insane (Craniology of); Phrenology. Berglund (V.) Studier ofver ansiktsprofilens forhallandetillkranieprofilen. fol. Lund, [1914]. Folmer (A.) Beschrijving van eenige crania uit verschillende tijdvakken; met eene inleiding van W. Pleijte. 8°. Groningen, 1881. Muller (W.) Mannergehirn und Frauenge- hirn in Thuringen. roy. 8°. Jena, 1898. Sullivan (L. R.) The frequency and distri- bution of some anatomical variations in Ameri- can crania. 8°. New York, 1922. Anthrop. Papers. Am. Museum Nat. Hist, N. Y, 1922, xxiii, pt. 5, 207-258. Wohlbold (H. [L.]) *Die Kraniologie; ihre Geschichte und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Classifi- cation der Menschheit. [Erlangen.] 8°. Niirn- berg, 1899. Adams (E.) Ueber Geschlechtsunterschiede im Bereiche des menschlichen Gesichtsschadels. Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh, Leipz, 1917, xxxv, 289-313.—Barrett (J. W.) & Orr (W. F.) The application of craniology to clinical medicine. Intercolon. M. J. Australas, Melbourne, 1909, xiv, 615-618.— Bartels (P.) Untersuchungen und Experimente an 15000 menschlichen Schadeln iiber die Grundlagen und den Wert der anthropologischen Statistik. Ztschr. i. Morphol. u. Anthrop, Stuttg.. 1904, vii, 81-132, 1 diag.—Bianchi (J.) Teoria vertebral del craneo. Juventud m6d, Guatemala, 1899, i, 11-13.—Colin (L.) Notizen iiber den Menschenscha- del. Anat. Anz, Jena, 1915-16, xlviii, 519-525.—D'Ajutolo (G.) Su dl una fanciulla brachicefala. Mem. r. Accad. d. sc. d. 1st. dl Bologna, 1896-7. 5. S, vi, 311-319, 1 pi.—De- Jerine (Mme.) & Jumentie (J.) Presentation de schemas de topograplue cranio-c6rebrael; projection du cerveau et de la moelle cervicale. Rev. neurol. Par, 1918, xxv, 193-195.— Donaldson (H. H.) On the weight ofthe crania of Norway and albino rats from three stations in Western Europe, and one station in the United States. Anat. Record, Bait, 1912, vi, 53-63. Also, Reprint.—Elze (C.) Schadelpraparat fiir 11877°—Vol. IV, 3d series—22---16 Craniology. Unterrichtszwecke. Anat. Anz, Jena, 1912, xiii, 443-446.— Fraipont (C.) & Stockls (E.) Sur le diagnostic du sexe du crane humain. Paris med, 1920, xxxviii (annexe), 608-610.— Frassetto (F.) Appunti preliminari di craniologia. Anat. Anz, Jena, 1901, xix, 612-623.-----. Studi sulle forme del cranio umano. Ibid., 1905, xxvii, 385-405.—Frassetto (F.) & Fanesi (F.) Dl un nuovo craniostato con movimento compensato. Riv. di antrop, Roma, 1911, xvi, 133-136 — Gluffrlda Bugger! (V.) L^altezza del cranio in relazione alle altre dimensioni, al sesso e alia statura. Atti d. Soc. rom. di antrop, Roma, 1897-8, v, 279-291.—Hambruch (P.) Der individuelle Index und Typenmodulus. Kor.-Bl. d. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Anthrop. [etc.], Brnschwg, 1907, xxxviii, 12-14.—Huxley (T. H.) On the theory of the verte- brate skull. In his: Scient. Mem, 8°, Lond, 1898, 538-606. -----. On two widely contrasted forms of the human cra- nium. Ibid., 1901,iii, 214-230.—Landau (E.) DasGehirnre- lief der Fossa cranii anterior. Morphol. Jahrb, Leipz, 1909, xxxix, 645.—Ledouble (A.-F.) A qui faut-il attribuer la decouverte du canal qui donne issue hors du crane k la corde du tympan? Am. med.-chir. du centre, Tours, 1904, iv, 509.—Lee (Alice). Study of the correlation of the human skull. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa, 1900, n. s, xii, 946- 949.—Liitny (A.) Die vertikale Gesichtspronlierung und das Problem der Schadelhorizontalen. Arch. f. Anthrop., Brnschwg, 1912, n. f, xi, 1-87.—Maggi (L.) Note craniolo- giche. Boll, scient, Pavia, 1897, xix, 33: 1899. xxi, 37; 72; 103.—Mannu (A.) A proposito delle variazioni delle doccie dei seni venosi occipitah. Riv. di antrop, Roma, 1911, xvi, 415-417.—Manouvrler (L.) L'indice cephalique et la pseudo-sociologie. Rev. mens, de l'6cole d'anthrop. de Par, 1899, ix, 233; 280.—Matiegka (H.) Ueber die an Kamm- bildungen erinnemden Merkmale des menschlichen Schadels. Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Math.-naturw. CI, Wien, 1906, cxv, 329-449. Also, Reprint.—Mocni (A.) La discriminazione delle forme craniense e il sistema del Sergi. Arch, per l'antrop, Firenze, 1908, xxxviii, 87-126—Mobius (P. J.) Ueber die Verschiedenheit mannlicher und weib- licher Schadel. Arch. f. Anthrop, Brnschwg, 1907, n. F, vi, 1-7, 1 pi.—Myers (C. S.) Homogeneity and heteroge- neity in crania. Biometrika,Cambridge,1902-03,ii, 504-508.— Parsons (F. G.) On the reconstruction of the norma facialis and verticalis of the skull. J. Anat. & Physiol, Lond, 1911, xlv, 242-248.—Parsons (F. G.) & Keene (Mrs. L.) Sexual differences in the skull. J. Anat, Lond, 1919- 20, liv, 58-65.—Pearson (K.) Homogeneity and heteroge- neity in collections of crania. Biometrika, Cambridge, 1903, ii, 345-347.—Quant (C. A. J.) Bijdrage tot de histo-me- chanica van het schedeldak. Nederl. maandschr. v. verlosk. [etc.], Leiden, 1918, vi, 7-29: vii, 59-76, 2 pi—Regnault (F.) Presentation d'un trepied pour porter les cranes en usage dans les musees d'Allemagne. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par, 1903, lxxviii, 325.—Reuter (F.) Kopflorm und Kor- perbau. Arch. f. Rassen- u. Gesellsch.-Biol, Berl*, 1908, v, 449-477.—Biege (H. H.) Vergleichende Untersuchungen iiber die Beschaffenheit des Schadels und des Gebisses. Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh, Berl, 1922, xl, 65-78.— Schrelber (W.) Ueber die Deviation der anatomischen von der geometrischen Medianebene des menschlichen Schadels in Bezug auf die Biaurikularlinie. Arch. f. An- throp, Brnschwg, 1907, n. F, vi, 256-269.—Schwerz (F.) Untersuchungen iiber das Verhaltnis von Frontal-, Parietal- und Occipitalsehne zur Schadelbasislange. Ibid., 1910, n. F, ix, 50-52.—Scott (S. R.) A new method of demonstrating the topographical anatomy of the adult human skull. J. Anat. & Physiol, Lond, 1905-6, xl. 171-185.—Sera (G. L.) Sul-piano orizontale del cranio. Arch, per l'antrop, Firenze, 1910, xl, 19-43, 1 pi.—Sergi (G.) Nuove osservazioni sulle forme del cranio umano. Atti d. Soc. rom. di antrop, Roma, 1904, x, 72-81.—Thomson (A.) A consideration of some of the more important factors concerned in the production of man's cranial form. J. Anthrop. Inst, Lond, 1903, xxxiii, 135-166, 1 pi.-----. On man's cranial form, together with some remarks on the attitude of the medical profession to- wards anthropology. Lancet,Lond, 1903,i, 1213-1217. Also Med. Rec. N. Y, 1903, lxiii, 681-687.—von Torok (A.) Note on cranial types. Biometrika, Cambridge. 1902-3, ii, 508- 512.—Vervaeck. Toise eombinee pour la determination, du buste, de la hauteur du crane, de la glabelle, de l'implanta- tion des oreilles dans les diametres vertical et antero-poste- rieur et des points de repere importants de la face. Rev. anthrop. Par, 1921, xxxi, 342.—Wagner (W.) Demonstra- tion von Rieger-Sarasinschen Sagittalkurven des Schadels. Kor.-Bl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Anthrop. [etc.], Brnschwg, 1908, xxxviii, 181-183.—van Walsem. [Een methode voor het maken van afdrukken van schedeldoorsneden (60 anthro- pologische doorsneden).] Psychiat. en Neurol. Bl, Amst., 1900, iv, 378-413,1 tab, 4 pi—Zoja (G.) Sopra alcuni crani esotici esistenti nei Museo anatomico di Pavia. Boll, scient, Pavia, 1895, xvii, 90-93: 1896, xviii, 27-29; 38-46: 1897, xix, 1; 97. Craniology (Comparative). See Cranium (Embryology and morphology of, Comparative). Craniology (Criminal). See, also, Anthropology (Criminal); Crime; Degenerates; Prostitutes. CRANIOLOGY. 242 CRANIOLOGY. Craniology (Criminal). Cugini (A.) Studi antropologici; su cento- quaranta crani di delinquenti morti nella Casa di pena di Parma, roy. 8°. Parma, 1912. Debierre (A.) Le crane des criminels. 8°. Lyon dc Paris, 1895. Attilio (A.) II tipo cranico facciale in 300 omicidi. Arch. di psichiat. [etc.], Torino, 1908, xxix, 209-233—Bellusls (A. i I solchi dell' arteria meningea media in una centuria di crani della morgue di Roma. Atti d. Soc. med. leg. in Roma, 1912, v, 33-41— Bianchi & Ottolenghi. Sutura etmoido- lacrimale nei delinquenti. R. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena. Proc. verb, 1896, 55-59.—Camillo (T.) Sur la suture pala- tine transverse chez les criminels. Arch, di psichiat. [etc.], Torino, 1907, xxviii, 464-468.—Castellanos (I.) Contributo alio studio craniometrico dei negri delinquenti. Arch, di antrop. crim. [etc.], Torino, 1917, xxxviii, 118-123. -----. La capacidad probable del craneo en los menores delin- cuentes. Rev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1920, xxv, 113-119.—Coraini (E.) Assaggi craniologici su di un emicenturia di teschi criminali. Ann. d. Lab. di med. leg. d. Univ. di Bologna, Imola, 1900, i, 125-200.—De Blaslo (A.) Cranio di delinquente con processo paramastoideo. Arch. di antrop. crim. [etc.], Torino, 1909, 4. s, i, 273-279.-----. Cranio di brigante. Med. ital, Napoh, 1909, vii, 183.-----. Cranio di manutengola. Ibid., 339-341— De Paoli. Nuove ricerche sulla percussione del cranio, nei traumi recenti ed antichi del cranio, e nelle deformitS, craniane degli alienati e dei delinquenti. Chn. chir, Milano, 1899, vii, 823.—Fras- setto (F.) La sutura metopica basale nei delinquenti Arch, di psichiat. [etc.], Torino, 1901, xxii, 612.—Funaioli (G.) Contributo di semiotica craniologica su trenta cranii della morgue di Roma. Arch, di antrop. crim. [etc.], Torino, 1911, 4. s, iii, 375-398, 1 pi. Also: Attid. Soc. med. leg. in Roma, 1911, iv, 141-146.—Ginestous (E.) L'orbite de l'homme criminel. Rev. de med. leg. Par, 1913, xx, 327- 333.—Lattes (L.) L'origine cerebrate delle asimmetrie craniche nei delinquenti. Arch, di antrop. crim. [etc.], Torino, 1915, 4. s, vii, 19-43.—Morro (G.) Variations craniennes chez les criminels et les alienes. Compt. rend. Cong, internat. d'anthrop. crim, 1906, vi, Turin, 1908, 515- 533, 1 pi.—Panseri. Sur trois cranes de criminels. Ibid., 381-386.—Strauch (C.) Lombroso e Virchow. Arch, di antrop. crim. [etc.], Torino, 1912, 4. s, iv, 239-243. Craniology (Ethnologic). See, also, Craniometry. Amtmann (J.) * Untersuchungen iiber fruh- mittelalterliche und moderne Schadel aus Pfiinz bei Eichstatt. 8°. Munchen, 1903. Also, in: Beitr. z. Anthrop. u. Urgesch. Bayerns, Miin- chen, 1903, xv, 13-64. Bauer (L.) *Zur Kraniologie der Baining. [Miinchen.] 8°. Braunschweig, 1915. Blind (E.) Mitteilungen iiber eine Untersu- chung der Schadelformen der elsassischen Be- volkerung in alter und neuer Zeit. 8°. Strassburg i. E., 1897. Brackebusch (F. K.) *Die Australierschadel der Sammlung des anatomischen Instituts zu Gottingen. 8°. Gottingen, 1905. Davis (J. B.) On synostotic crania among aboriginal races of man. 4°. Haarlem, 1865. von Duben (G. W. J.) Crania lapponica. fol. Jena, 1910. Friederich (A.) Crania germanica Hartago- wensia; Beschreibung und Abbildung altdeut- scher Schadel aus einem Todtenhugel bei Mins- leben in der Grafschaft Wernigerode. 4°. Wernigerode, 1865. Hauskr (K.) Das kraniologische Material der Neu-Guinea Expedition des Dr. Finsch (1884-85) und eine Schadel-Serie aus Neu-Irland 8° Berlin, 1906. Klaatsch (II.) Morphologische Studien zur RassendiagnostikderTurfanschadel. 4°. Berlin 1912. In: Abhandl. d. k. preuss. Akad. d. Wissensch. Phys. math. CI. ------. The same. 4°. Berlin, 1913. Kceze (G. A.) Crania ethnica philippinica fol. Haarlem, 1901-1904. MacCcrdy (G. G.) Human skulls from Gazelle Peninsula. 8°. Philadelphia, 1914. Muller-Wismar (W.) Beitrage zur Kranio- logie der Neu-Britannier. 4°. Hamburg, 1906. Repr.from: Jahrb. d. Hamb. wissensch. Anst. 1905, xxii, Craniology (Ethnologic). Nystrom (A.) Uppkomster af kortskallar och langskallar; ett bidrag till raslaran. [The origin of the brach'vcephali and dolichocephali.] 8°. Stockholm, 1903. Ranke (J.) Ueber altperuanische Schadel von Ancon und Pachacamac gesammelt von I. K. H. Prinzessin Therese von Bayern. 4°. Miinchen, 1900. Sera (G. L.) Sui rapporti della conformazione della base del cranio colle forme craniensi e colle strutture della faccia nelle razze umane; saggio di una nuova dottrina craniologica con particolare riguardo dei principali cranii fossili. 8°. Pavia, 1920. Forms Mem. d. Soc. ital. di sc. nat. ix, fasc. 11, 167-261. Stahr (H.) Die Rassenfrage im antiken Aegypten; kraniologische Untersuchungen an Mumienkopfen aus Theben. 4°. Berlin dc Leipzig, 1907. Turner (W.) The voyage of H. M. S. Chal- lenger. Zoology. Report on the human crania and other bones of the skeletons collected during the voyage of H. M. S. Challenger in the vears 1873-1876. Pt. 1. The crania. 137 pp., 7 pi. Pt. 2. The bones of the skeleton. 136 pp., 3 pi. 4°. [London, 1884-86.] Adachl (B.) Die Orbita und die Hauptmasse des Schadels der Japaner und die Methode der Orbitaimessung. Ztschr. f. Morphol. u. Anthrop, Stuttg, 1904, vii, 379-501, 4 tab.—Adams (E.) Ueber postembryonale Wachstums- veranderungen una Rassenmerkmale im Bereiche des menschlichen Gesichtsschadels. Ibid.. 1917, xx, 551-62S, 6 pi.—Angelotti (G.) Intorno a due tipi cranici del terri- torio etrusco. Atti d. Soc. rom. di antrop, Roma, 1910. xv, 285-307.-----. Di alcuni caratteri diflerenziali fra dolico e brachicefalo. Riv. di antrop, Roma, 1915-16, xx, No. 1, 3-30.—de Aranzadi (T.) Sur quelques correlations du trou occipital des cranes basques. Bull, et mem. Soc. d'anthrop. Par, 1914, 6. s, 325^2. -Barrels (P.) Ueber Rassenunter- schiede am Schadel; Untersuchungen an Material aus dem anatomist-hen Museum zu Berlin. Internat. Monatschr. f. Anat. u. Physiol, Leipz, 1904, xxi, 137-194, 1 pi.—Bauer (L.) Beitrage zur Kraniologie der Baining (Neu-Pommem). Arch. f. Anthrop, Brnschwg, 1915, n. F, xiv, 145-203.1 pi.— Bean (R. B.) The growth of the head and face in American (white), German-American, and Filipino children. Am. Anthrop, Lancaster, Pa, 1915, xvii, 525-528. Also: Anat. Record, Phila, 1915, ix. 50-52.—Benlngton (R.C.) A study of the negro skull with special reference to the Congo and Gaboon crania; prepared for press by Karl Pearson. Appen- dix; tables to facilitate calculation of the rhinal indices, by Julia Bell. Biometrika, Cambridge, 1912, viii, 292-339, 1 pi, 4 tab.—Berry (R. J. A.) & Robertson (A. W. D.) The place in nature of the Tasmanian aboriginal as deduced from a study of his calvaria; his relation to the Australian aboriginal. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb, 1913-14, xxxiv, pt. 2, 144-189.—Bertbolon (L.) Note sur les marques sineipitales de certains cranes antiques. Bull, et mem. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par, 1904,5. s, v, 55.-----. Cranes des Carthaginois d il y a 2.400 ans et cranes de Tunisois contemporains. Arch. d'anthrop. crim, Lyon & Par, 1912, xxvii, 97 w.—Blckel (B.) Einige indonesische Schadel der Rudoll Virchow- Sammlung. Ztschr. f. Ethnol, Berl, 1917, xlix, 89-lOv— Blind (E.) Die Schadelformen im Sihorbacher Beinhause. Beitr. z. Anthrop. Elsass-Lothringens, Strassb, 1902, Hft. iii, 65-86, 4 diag, 1 pi.-----. Das Massengrab von der 1 humenau. Schlaehtfeldreste aus der Zeit der "Engellen- der" Einfalleiin Elsass (1365 und 1375). Ztschr. f. Morphol. u. Aatluop, Stuttg, 1914, xviii, 609-628. 4 pi.—Boas (F.) & Boas illeU-no M.) The head-forms oi the Italians as in- ihu-m-i'd by heredity and environment. Am. Anthrop, W ash., lyn, n. s, xv, 163-1SS 1 map.—Bolk (L.) Kranio- Io-imIio I ntersuchiuigcn hollandisi her Schadel; zugleich riu licit rag aur Kennlniss der Beziehung zwischen Form und i aparukt des Schadels. Ztschr.f. Morphol. u. Anthrop, Stuttg, 1902, v, 13tv- l^O.-Brlerley (J.) & TParsons (F. G.) Notes on a collection of ancient Eskimo skulls. J. Anthrop. Inst, Lond, 1906, xxxvi, 104-120.—Broad (W. H.) He- redity and skull form. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1913, n. s, xcvi, 346-348.—Bryce (T. H.) The west Scottish skull. J. Anat. & Physiol, I-ond, 1915-16,1, 243-254.—Brvn (H.) [Anthropologia nidarosiensis.l Norsk. Tid>skr. f. Mil.-Med, Kristiania, 1920, xxiv, 1-9—BUchner (L. W. G.) A study of the curvatures of the Tasmanian aboriginal cranium. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb, 1913-14, xxxiv, pt. 2, 128-143- Cameron (J.) Two remarkable skulls from the New Heb- rides; an anthropological and ethnological study. Proc. A Tr. Nova Scot. Inst. Sc. 1917-18, Halifax, 1919, xiv, pt. 4, 403-131, 6 pi.— Cantaeuzene (G.) Contribution i\ la cranio- logie des Etrusques. Anthropologic, Par, 1909, xx, 329-352. -----. Contribution a la craniologie des Romains anciens. Ibid., 1910, xxi, 55-74.—de Castro (I..) Contributo alia craniologia dell' Etiopia. Arch, per 1' antrop, Firenze, 1911, CRANIOLOGY. 243 CRANIOLOGY. Craniology (Ethnologic). xii, 327-339.—Challloux (A.) Les differents types humains d'apres l'aspect de la tete. Clinique, Par, 1909, iv, 97-101.— Corner (E.) On some skulls from Ceylon. J. Anat. & Physiol, Lond, 1897-8, xxxii,"754-764.—Da Costa Ferreira (A. A.) Sur un crane du type nordique. Bull. Soc. port. de sc. nat, Lisb, 1909, ii, 204-207.—De Helguero (F.) Applicazione del metodo biometrico alio studio dei crani della Melanesia. Riv. di antrop, Roma, 1912, xvii, 159-197.— Delisle (F.) Sur un crane mauve. Bull, et mem. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par, 1909, 5. s, x, 10-13.—Deniker (J.) Cranes des Bulgares adultes d'apres les mesures du Dr. Watefl. Ibid., 1904, 5. s, v, 464.—Derry (D. E.) Parietal perforation accompanied with flattening of the skull in an ancient Egyptian. J. Anat. & Physiol, Lond, 1913-14, xlviii, 417-429.—De Sanctis (L.) Cranio etrusco con singo- lare processo osseo sul tuberculo occipitale. Atti d. r. Accad. d. Lincei, Roma, 1874-5, 2. s, ii, 557-567.—Dillenius (J. A.) Das Scheitelbein unter dem Einfluss der fronto-occipitalen Schadeldeformation; ein Beitrag zur somatischen Anthro- pologic der Calchaquistamme. Arch. f. Anthrop, Brnschwg, 1912, n. F, xi, 113-139, 4 pi.—Duckworth (W. L. H.) Report on three skulls of A-Kamba natives, British East Africa. Man. Lond, 1909, ix, 114-116.-----. A study of the craniology oi the modern inhabitants of Sardinia. Ztschr. f. Morphol. u. Anthrop, Stuttg, 1911, xiii, 439-504—Duck- worth (W. L. H.) & Pain (B. H.) A contribution to Eskimo craniology. J. Anthrop. Inst, Lond, 1900-1901, iii, 125-140, 2 pi.—Falkenburger (F.) Diagraphische Unter- suchungen an normalen und deformierten Rassenschadeln. Arch. f. Anthrop, Brnschwg.. 1913, n. F, xii, 81-95, 2 pi.— Fawcett (Cicely D.) & Lee (Alice). A second study of the variation and correlation of the human skull, with special reference to the Nagada crania. Biometrika, Cambridge, 1901-2, i, 408-467, 7 pi, 8 tab.—Fioratti (I.) Linee fonda- mentali della distribuzione dell' altezza del cranio in Europa. Monitore zool. ital, Firenze, 1919, xxx, 64-73, 1 pi.—Fonck (F.) Les cranes a parois epaisses selon Vergara Flores, avec une documentation supplementaire sur le crane des echeurs des regions australes; le crane de Mechi et les causes e l'epaississement des parois craniennes. Bull, et mem. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par, 1911, 6. s, ii, 135-155.—Frassetto (F.) Crani moderni di Manfredonia (Monte Sant' Angelo); proposte di sistematica antropologica. Atti d. Soc. rom. di antrop, Roma, 1904, x, 94-118.-----. Crani rinvenuti in tombeetrusche. Ibid., 1906; xii, 155-182.-----. Craniantichi del contado di Camerino (iii. e ii. secolo av. Cristo). Ibid., 1907, xiii, 195-225. -----. Sull' origine e sull' evoluzione delle forme del cranio romano (forme eurasiche). Ibid., 1908, xiv, 163-196.-----. Studi sulle forme del cranio umano (forme eurasiche). Monitore zool. ital, Firenze, 1908, xix, 1-13.—Fridolin (J.) Amerikanlsche Schadel. Arch. f. Anthrop, Brnschwg, 1898, xxv, 397-412. -----. Siidsee- schadel. Ibid., 1900, xxvi, 691-715, 16 pi.-----. Burjaten- und Kalmiickenschadel. Ibid., xxvii, 303-316,14 pi.-----. Afrikanische Schadel. Ibid., 1903, xxviii, 339-347. -----. Tschuktschenschadel. Ibid., 1904, xxviii, 1-17.—Fritsch (G.) Ueber vernachlassigte Mumienschadel des alten Reiches in Aegypten. Ztschr. f. Ethnol, Berl., 1910, xhi, 318-320.— Friazl (E.) Apergu sur les cranes frangais. Bull, et mem. Soc. d'anthrop.. Par, 1910, 358. -----. Der Franzosen- schadel im Vergleich mit dem von Bayern, der Schweiz und Tirol. Cor.-Bl.d. deutsch. Gesellsch.f.Anthrop, Brnschwg, 1910, xii, 5-8.—FUrst (C. M.) Observations k propos des remarques de M. G. Herv6 sur un crane de Pile aux Chiens decrit par Winslow (1722). Rev. anthrop. Par, 1913, xxiii, 416-419.—Garcia (D.) Diverso grosor de algunas regiones del craneo en la raza mixta latino-americana. Cron. m6d. mexicana, Mexico, 1901, iv, 265-270.—Giovannozzl (U.) Brachi-platicefali e brachi-ipsicefali in Europa. Arch, per 1' antrop, Firenze, 1909, xxxix, 62-114.—Giuffrida-Ruggerl (V.) La statura in rapporto alle forme craniche; note di antropologia emiliana e lombarda. Atti d. Soc. rom. di antrop., Roma, 1897-8, v, 197-201. -----. I crani egiziani del Museo civico di Milano. Arch, per P antrop, Firenze, 1907, xxxvii, 399-410, 2 pi.-----. Crani siciliani e crani hguri (la stirpa mediterranea e i pretesi negroidi). Atti d. Soc. rom. di antrop., Roma, 1907, xiii, 23-37. -----. I crani egiziani antichi e arabo-egiziani dell' Universita di Napoh; un osso "postzigomatico. Ibid., 1910, xv, 89-148, 2 pi.— Hamy (E.-T.) Cranes merovingiens et carolingiens de la Haute Normandie. Anthropologie, Par, 1908, xix, 47-68 — Hansen (F. E.) Einfluss feuchter Lagerung auf Schadel. Kor.-Bl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Anthrop. [etc.], Brnschwg, 1917, xlviii, 69.—Hauschild. Das Mendeln des Schadels. Ztschr. f. Ethnol, Berl, 1916, xlviii, 35-40.—Hlsinger- JagerskiOld (E.) Die Fissura orbitahsinferior am Schadel der Lappen. Ztschr. f. Morphol. u. Anthrop, Stuttg, 1915, xvii, 505-550.—Hooton (E. A.) On certain Eskimoid characters of Icelandic skulls. Am. J. Phys. Anthrop, Wash, 1918, i, 53-78.—Horvath (A.) Crania salonitanea; Beschreibung einer Reihe ven Schadeln der altchristlichen Begrabnisstatte Salonas (Dalmatien). Mitt. d. anthrop. Gesellsch. in Wien, 1906, xxxvi, 239-248, 3 pi.—de Hoyos Sainz (L.) Caracteiistique generale des cranes espagnols. Anthropologie, Par, 1913, xxiv, 477-494.—de Hoyos Sainz (L.) & de Aranzadi (T.) Notes preliminaires sur les "Crania hispanica." Bull, et mem. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par, 1913, 6. s, iv, 81-94—Hrdlicka (A.) Dimensions of the normal pituitary fossa or sella turcica in the white and the negro races; an anatomical study of fifty-seven normal skulls Craniology (Ethnologic). of white and sixteen normal skulls of colored individuals. Arch. Neurol. & Psycho-Path, Utica, 1898, i, 679-698, 3 pi. -----. Report on a collection of crania from Arkansas; made and donated to the National Museum, by Mr. Clarence B. Moore. J. Acad. Nat. Sc, Phila, 1908, xiii, 558-563. Also, Reprint.-----. A report on a collection of crania and bones from Sorrel Bayou, Iberville Parish, Louisiana. Ibid., 1913, n. s, xvi, pt. 1, 95-99.—Jacob (S.), Lee (A.) & Pearson (K.) Preliminary note on interracial characters and their correlation in man. Biometrika, Cambridge, 1903, ii, 347-356.—Kirtikar (K. R.) Notes on two skulls (Homo sapiens) from upper India. J. Anthrop. Soc, Bombay, 1913, ix, 524-530, 6 pi.—Kollmann (J.) Die Graber von Abydos [die Volkerfrage Oberagyptens; Kraniologie]. Cor.- Bl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Anthrop. [etc.], Brnschwg, 1903, xviii, 119-126.—Koumaris (J. G.) Sur quelques variations des os "des cranes grecs anciens." Anthropologie, Par, 1918-19, xxix, 29-36.—Kramer (A.) Zwei sehr kleine Pygmaenschadel von Neuguinea und meine Messungen an Buschmannern in Siidafrika 1906. Arch. f. Anthrop, Brn- schwg, 1914-15, xiii, 365-370.—Kunike(H.) Venezolanische Schadel. Ztschr. f. Ethnol, Berl, 1915, xlvii, 181-197.-----. Occipital- und Gesichtswinkel alt-indianischer Schadel. Internat. Arch. f. Ethnogr, Leiden, 1918, xxiv, 115-130.— Lagotala (H.) Quelques cranes burgondes des environs de Geneve. Arch, suisses d'anthrop. gen, Geneve, 1914-15, i, 296-301.—de Lapouge (G.) Cranes angevins merovingiens et du moyen-age. Bull. Soc. scient. et mM. de l'ouest, Rennes, 1906, xv, 267-274. Also: Trav. scient. Univ. de Rennes, 1907, i, 63-70.—Latcham (R. E.) Notes on an ancient skull from the Chilian Andes. Man. Lond, 1904, iv, 85-88.—Lehmann-Nitsche (R.) Schadeltypen und Rassenschadel. Arch. f. Anthrop, Brnschwg, 1906, n. F, v, 110-115.—Lissauer. Schadel eines Schokleng aus Santa Catharina, Brasilien. Ztschr. f. Ethnol, Berl, 1904, xxxvi, 844-847.—Loth (E.) Beitrage zur Kraniologie der Polen. Ztschr. f. Morphol. u. Anthrop, Stuttg, 1911, xiv, 305-338, 4 pi.—Lotthammer (H.) Katalog der anthropologischen Sammlung in dem anatomischen Institut der Universitat Erlangen. [Schadelsammlung.] Arch. f. Anthrop, Brn- schwg, 1908, n. F, vi, Suppl, 1-50.—Macdonell \W. R.) A second study of the English skull, with special reference to Moorflelds crania. Biometrika, Cambridge, 1906-7, v, 86-104, 12 pi, 4 tab.—Macedo (C. M.) Variations in the lambda of the crania of the ancient Peruvians. Science, Lancaster, Pa.( 1916, n. s, xliii, 868.—Maggiorani (C.) Saggio di studi craniologici sulla antica stirpe romana e sull' etrusca. Atti d. Accad. Pontif. de' N. Lincei, Roma, 1857-8, xi, 383-388.-----. Continuazione degli studi cranio- logici sull' antica stirpe romana e sulla etrusca. Ibid., 1861-2, xv. 409-415.—Mannucoi (E.) Crani della Malesia. Arch, per P antrop, Firenze, 1910 xl, 145-188.—Marro (G.) Nuovo metodo per lo studio del profilo della faccia e sua applicazione ad una centuria di crani egiziani antichi. Arch, di antrop. crim. [etc.], Torino, 1916, 4. s, viii, 12-23. 1 pL—Mayer. Beschreibung eines Nukahiwerschadels. Arch. f. Anat. u. Physiol, Leipz, 1828, 437-462, 1 pi.— Mendes Correa (A. A.) Sulla pluralita dei tipi ipsisteno- cefali e sopra alcuni crani portoghesi. Riv. di antrop, Roma, 1916-17, xxi, 241-244—Meyer (A. B.) & Jablonow- skl (J.) Vierundzwanzig Menschenschedel von Oster Insel. Abhandl. u. Ber. d. k. zool. u. anthrop.-ethn. Mus. zu Dresd, Berl, 1901, ix, No. 4, 1-108, 6 pi, 1 diag.—Molllson (T.) Beitrag zur Kraniologie und Osteologie der Maori. Ztschr. f. Morphol. u. Anthrop, Stuttg, 1908, xi, 527-595, 7 pi.—Myers (C. S.) Note on the relative variability of modern and ancient, and of rural and urban peoples* Man, Lond.. 1906, vi, 24-26.—Neveux. Note sur deux cranes trouves a Negotin-sur-Vardar (Macecloine serbe). Rev. m£d. de l'Est, Nancy, 1921, xlix, 401-403.—Nystrom (A.) Ueber die Formenveranderungen des menschlichen Schadels und deren Ursachen; ein Beitrag zur Rassenlehre. Arch. f. Anthrop., Brnschwg, 1900-1901, xxvii, 211; 317.—Obolon- sky (N.) Les cranes Sundurli-Koba (grottes de la Crimee). Cong, internat. d'anthrop. [etc.]. Cr, 1892, Moscou, 1893, ii, 71-76, 1 tab.—Oetteking (B.) Kraniologische Studien an Altagyptern. Arch. f. Anthrop, Brnschwg, 1909, n. F, viii. 1-90, 4 pi.—Osburn (R. C.) The effects of brachy- cephaly and dolichocephaly on the teeth of man. Am. Orthodont, Kansas City, 1910-11, ii, 113-147.—PapUlault (G.) Contribution a l'etude des cranes negroides. Bull, et m6m. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par, 1904, 5. s, v, 554-558.— Parsons (F. G.) Report on the Hythe crania. J. Roy. Anthrop. Inst. Gr. Brit. & Ireland, Lond, 1908, xxxviii, 419-450, 1 pi.-----. The modern English skull. Lancet, Lond, 1918, i, 557-560.—Peake (H.) & Hooton (E. A.) Osteological report on the Saxon cemetery at East Shefford, Berks. J. Roy. Anthrop. Inst. Gr. Brit. & Ireland, Lond, 1915, xlv, 99-130, 7 pi, 1 tab.—Pearson (K.) Pygmy craniafrom Egypt. Lancet, Lond, 1912,i, 1154.-----. Was the skull of the Moriori artificially deformed? Biometrika, Cambridge, 1920-21, xiii, 338-346,1 pi.—Pittard (E.) Etude de 65 cranes valaisans de la vaUee du Rhone (Valais moyen). Rev. de l'ecole d'anthrop. de Par, 1899, ix, 186-193.-----. Anthropologie de la Suisse; recherches craniologiques dans la VaUee d'Herens (Valais). Arch, suisses d'anthrop. gen, Geneve, 1916-18, ii, 1; 141.—Pittard (E.) & Reverdin (L.) Anthropologie de la Suisse; 6tude craniologique de la Valine de la Viege de St. Nicolas (Zermatt, Taesch, St. Nicolas). Ibid., 1920-22, iv, 287-330.—Poch (R.) Studien an Einge- CRANIOLOGY. 244 CRANIOLOGY. Craniology (Ethnologic). borenen von Neu-Sudwales und an austTahschen^chadeln. Mitt. d. anthrop. Gesellsch. in Wien, 1915, xlv 12-94, 1 pi. -----. Lappenschadel aus Muomovaara. Sitzungsb. a. anthrop. G-esellsch. in Wien, 1917-18, ^ 59.-poynter (C. W. M.) A studv of Nebraska crania. Am. Antnrop, Lancaster/Pa, 1915, xvii, 509-524, 7 pl-Pucclonl (&.) Cranii della necropoli di Siuwah. Arch, per 1 antrop. Cranii della necropo: Firenze, 1910, xl, 131-144. -. Cranii araucani e patagoni. Craniology (Ethnologic). Ibid., 1912, xiii, 13-63.-Reicher (M.) Untersuchungen uber die Schadelform der alpenlandischen und mongohschen Brachycephalen; zur Charakteristik einiger brachycephaler Schadelformen. Ztschr. f. Morphol. u. Anthrop., Stuttg, 1912-13, xv, 421-562.-----. Vergleich der alpenlandischen brachycephalen Schadel mit den Mongoloiden. Jtad, 191.S xvi 1-64, 11 pi— Betzius (A.) Ueber den Schadel der Griechen und Finnen. Arch.f. Anat, Physiol.u. wissensch. Med, Berl, 1848, 388-395.-----. Sur 1 etude cramologique des races humaines. Cong, internat. d'anthrop. 18,4, btock- holm, 1877, vii, 693-740.—Biccardi (P.) Studi intorno ad alcuni crani Araucanos e Pampas appartenenti al Museo nazionale d' antropologia e di entologia in Firenze. Atti d. r. Accad. d. Lincei, Roma, 1878-9, 3. s, iv, 139-161, 2 pl.- Rivet. La race de Lagoa Santa chez les populations prfr- colombiennes de l'Equateur (16 cranes). Compt. rend. Vcad. d. sc. Par, 1908, cxlvi, 707-710.—Sato (TO Ueber die Haufigkeit von Residuen der Fissura mastoideo-squa- mosa und der Sutura frontalis bei den verscWedenen Rassen und Geschlechtern. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh, Wiesb, 1902, xii, 295-305.—Schliz (A.) KiinstUch deformierte Schadel in germanischen Reihengrabern. Arch. f. Anthrop, Brn- schwg, 1905, n. F, iii, 191-214. Also [Abstr.]: Cor.-Bl. d. deutsch. anthrop. Gesellsch, Munchen, 1904, xxxv, 104-106. -----.Untersuchungsbericht iiber die sudrussischen Schadel von Maritzyn und Nikolajewka. Ztschr. f. Ethnol, Berl, 1912, xhv, 839-843.-----• Die Vorstufen der nordisch-euro- paischen Schadelbildung. Arch. f. Anthrop, Brnschwg, 1914, n. F, xiii, 169-201, 5 pi.—Schmidt (E.) Die Schadel- formen derElsasserimLaufederZeiten. Globus, Brnschwg, 1898, lxxiii, 346.-----. Die Verteilung der Kopfformen in Europa. Ibid.. 1900, lxxvii, 217-220.—Schwerz (F.) Zwei Schadel von Buggisen aus Celebes. Arch. t. Anthrop, Brnschwg, 1915, n. F, xiv, 89-97.-----. Anthropologische Untersuchung einer Schadelserie aus Bologna, nebst kurzer Uebersicht der anthropologischen Verhaltnisse Itahens. Ibid., 1916, n. F, xv, 181-195. -----. Anthropologische Untersuchung der Schadel aus dem alamannischen Graber- felde von Augst (Kanton Aargau). Ibid., 270-312.-----. Untersuchung von Burgunderschadeln der Westschweiz aus dem 5.-10. Jahrhundert. Ztschr. f. Morphol. u. Anthrop, Stuttg, 1916, xx, 51-72.—Sera (G. L.) L' altezza del cranio in America; induzioni antropologiche ed antropogeo- grafiche. Arch, per 1' antrop, Firenze, 1912, xiii, 64; 161; 297: 1913, xliii 13, 1 ch.—Sergi (G.) Crani italici del Piceno; contribuzione all' antropologia italiana. Atti d. r. Accad. d. Lincei, Roma, 1882-3, 3. s, xv, 279-286, 1 pi.-----. Sur une nouvelle methode de classification des cranes humains. Cong, internat. d'anthrop. [etc.]. C.r. 1892, Moscou, 1893, ii, 297-304.-----. Studi di crani antichi. Atti d. Soc. rom. dl antrop, Roma, 1900-1901, vii, 162-174.-----. Crani arabi. Ibid., 1901-02, viii,80-88.-----. Die Variationen des mensch- lichen Schadels und die Klassifikation der Rassen. Arch. f. Anthrop, Brnschwg, 1904-05, n. F,iii, 111-121, 3 pi.-----. Contributo all' antropologia americana. Atti d. Soc. rom. di antrop, Roma, 1906, xii, 197-204, 1 pi. -----. Craid antichi della Sardegna. Ibid.. 1907. xiii, 14-22.-----. Forme craniche estranee alia varieta mediterranea in Italia. Riv. di antrop, Roma, 1917-18, xxii, 3-16.—Sergi (S.) Sulla craniologia degli Herero. Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1907-08, xxxiv, 100-116.-----. Saggio di una indagine ana- litica sul cranio abissino. Riv. di antrop, Roma, 1912, xvii, 43-157, 5 ch.-----. Sulla deformazione e conservazione del cranio nelle isole delle Nuove Ebridi. Ibid., 231-251, 2 pi.— Shindo (T.) Ueber die Froriepschen frontipetalen und occipitopetalen Schadeltypen verschiedener Rassen unter Beriicksichtigung der Ursache der Typusbestimmung? Anat. Hefte, Wiesb, 1913, xlvii, 687-712, 2 pi.—Shrubsall (F.) A study of A-Bantu skulls and crania. J. Anthrop. Inst, Lond, 1898-9, n. s, 1, 55-94,1 pi, 3 tab.-----. Notes on Ashantl skulls and crania. Ibid., 95-103, 1 pi, 1 tab.— Smith (H. Dorothy). Observations on the occipital bone in a series of Egyptian skulls, with especial reference to the persistence of the synchondrosis condylo-squamosa (Zaaijer; synchondrosis intraoceipitalis posterior, B. N. A.). Bio- metrika, Cambridge, 1912, viii, 257-261. 6 pi.—Stahr (II.) Ueber den Maori-Unterkiefer und seln Vorkommen an Aegypter-Schadeln. Anat. Anz, Jena, 1906, xxix, 6.V75.— Stevenson (Beatrice). Regarding the head index of Scan- dinavians in Europe and America. Internat. Arch. f. Ethnogr, Leiden, 1915, xxii, 211-230—Strauch (C.) Ueber brachycephale Schadel aus Tirol, der Schweiz und Nord- Italien. Ztschr. f. Ethnol, Berl, 1900, xxxii, 229-281 — Thomson (A.) Composite photographs of early Egyptian skulls. Man, Lond.. 1905, v, 65-67.1 pi.—Thomson (Eve- line Y.) A study of the crania of the Moriorl, or aborigines of the Chatham Islands, now in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons. Biometrika, Cambridge, 1915-16, xi, pts. 1-2, 82-135, 20 pi.—TUdesley (M. L.) A first study of the Burmese skull. Ibid., 1920-21, xiii, 176-262. 9 pi, 2ch.— von Torok (A.) Ueber einen neuereu Fund von makro- cephalen Schadeln aus Ungarn. Ztschr. f. Morphol. u. Anthrop, Stuttg, 1904, vii, 142-201.-----. Neue Untersu- chungen iiber die Dolichoeephalie; ein Beitrag zur nachsten \ufgabe der Rassenforschung. Ibid., 1905, viii, 215-238, 2 pi.—Toldt (C.) Untersuchungen iiber die Brachycephalie der alpenlandischen Bevolkerung. Mitt. d. anthrop. Ge- sellsch. in Wien, 1910, xl, 69; 197, 5 tab, 5 pi.-----. Die Schadelformen in den osterreichischen Wohngebieten der Vltslawen, einst und jetzt. Ibid., 1912, xiii, 247-280. 1 pl.- Tschaussow (M.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis des polnischen Schadels. Anat. Anz, Jena, 1897-8, xiv. 609-616.—Tsche- pourkowsky (E.) Contributions to the study of inter- racial correlation (based upon cranial measurements). Biometrika, Cambridge, 1905, iv, 286-312.-----. Anthropo- logische Studien. Arch. f. Antnrop, Brnschwg, 1911, n. F, x 151-186.—Turner (Sir W.) A contribution to the cra- niology of the natives of Borneo, the Malays, the natives of Formosa, and the Tibetans. Tr. Roy. Soc, Edinb, 1907, xlv pt. 3, 781-818, 5 pi.-----. Contributions to the cra- niology of the people of the Empire of India; Bhils, frontier tribes of Burma, Pakokku tribes, South Shan tribes, Tibet- ans, xlix, 705-734, 3 pi. ■-----. A contribution to the cra- niologv of the people of Scotland; prehistoric, descriptive and ethnographical. Ibid., 1916, li, pt. 1, 171-255.—Under- wood (\. S.) Some Egyptian skulls. Brit. J. Dent. Sc, Lond, 1910, liii, 721-725.'— Verneau (R.) Contribution a l'etude des caracteres cepnaliques des Birmans. Anthropo- logie, Par, 1904, xv, 1-23.-----. Note sur quelques cranes du 2« territoire militaire de rAirique occidentale francaise. Ibid., 1905, xvi, 41-56.-----• Les cranes marocains de la mission de Mme. Camille dn Gast. Ibid., 1912, xxiii, 666- 702 4 pi.—Virchow (HO Aus einem alteren Grabe stam- menden chinesischen Schadel. Ztschr. f. Ethnol, Berl, 1913 xlv, 640-644.-----. Zur anthropologischen Untersu- chung des Gesichtsskelettes. Ibid., 1915, xlvii, 323-372 — Vram (HO Untersuchung der In Aquileja gefundenen Schadel. Arch. f. Anthrop, Brnschwg, 1900, xxvi, 765- 767.—Vram (U. G.) Crani antichi e medievah di Aquileia. ■Vtti d. Soc. rom. di antrop, Roma, 1899, vi, 16-37.— Weinberg (RO Zur Schadelkunde der Liven. Biol. Centralbl, Erlang, 1903, xxiii, 337-347.—Welcker (H.) Cribra orbitalia: ein ethnologiscb-diagnostisches Merkmal am Schadel mehrerer Menschenrassen. Arch. f. Anthrop, Brnschwg, 1887, xvii, Hft. 1-2, 1-60. Also, Reprint.— Wldemnann. Untersuchung von 30 Dschaggaschadeln. Arch. f. Anthrop.. Brnschwg, W\ xxv, 361-396, 1 pi.— Wtlser. Die Rundkopfe in Europa. Centralbl. f. Anthrop. [etc.], Jena, 1899, iv, 1-7.—Young (M.) A contribution to the study of the Scottish skull. Tr. Roy. Soc. Edinb. (1915- 1916), 1917, li, 347-154. 3 pi, 12 tab. Craniology (Morphologic). See Cranium (Enwryology, etc., of). Craniology (Prehistoric). See, also, Anthropology; Ethnology; Man (Prehistoric); Trephining (Prehistoric). Hrdlicka (A.) The crania of Trenton, New Jersev, and their bearing upon the antiquity of man in that region. 8° New York, 1902. Repr.from: Bull. Am. Museum Natural Historv, N. Y, 1902, xvi, 23-62. Miller (Cl. S.) The jaw of the Piltdown man. 8°. Washinnton, 1915. Smithson. Misc. Collect, Wash, 1915, lxv, 12. Pittard (E.) *Recherche d'anatomie eom- }>arative sur diverses series de cranes ancient de a vallee du Rhone (Valais [Geneve.] 8°. Neuchdtel, 1899. Sollas (W.-J.> (>n the cranial and facial characters of the Xeandertal race. fol. London 1907. Wkixbero (R.) Crania livonica. Untersu- chungen zur praehistorischen Anthropologie des Balticum. Sh. Dorpat, 1902. Adloff (P.) Einige Bemerkungen iiber das Gebiss des F'hringsdorfer Vnterkiefers. Anat. Anz, Jena, 1916-17,xlix, 51-56— Andrews(R. R.) Prehistoric crania from Central America. Internat.Dent.J,N.Y.&Pbila,1893.xiv,14-17,l pi. A lso. Reprint.—Anthony (R.) Lesresteshumainsfos- silesde Piltdown (Sussex). Rev.anthrop. Par, 1913, xxiii, 293-306.—Bartels (P.) Ueber Schadel der Steinzeit und der friihen Bronzezeit aus der Umgegend von Worms a. Rhein. Ztschr. f. Ethnol, Berl, 1904, xxxvi, 891-897.—Baudouln (M.) Description anatomiquedes neuf cranes de la station gallo-romaine des Chaumes en St. Hilaire-de-Rios ( Vendee). Bull, et mem. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par, 1912,6.s,iii, 321-346. -----. Sur l'anterioritede lamachoiretrouvee a La Naulette. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc.. Par, 1916, clxii, 519.—Blasuttl (R.) A proposito del carattericraniciai una razzaprimitiva. Arch, per l'antrop, Firenze, 1906, xxxvi, 165-173.—Bloch (.V.) De I'origine des brachvc^phalcs neoUthiques de la France. Cong, internat. d'anthrop. 1900, Par, 1902, 271- 279.—Boule (M.) Sur la capacite crauienne des hommes CRANIOLOGY. 245 CRANIOLOGY. Craniology (Prehistoric). fossiles du type dit de Neanderthal. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1909. cxlviii, 1352-1355.—Boule (M.) & Anthony (R.) Neopaliial morphology of fossil men as studied from endocranial casts. J. Anat, Lond, 1917, li, 95-102.—Brandt (B.) Schadelfunde aus dem Totenfelde von Cajamarquilla in Peru. Naturwissenschaften, Berl, 1919, vii, 712-714.— Breuil (H.) & Obermaier (H.) Cranes paleolithiques faconnes en coupes. Anthropologie, Par, 1909, xx, 523- 530.—Capitan (L.) Le crane neanderthalien de Broken Hill (Rhodesie). Rev. anthrop. Par, 1922. xxxii, 42-47 — Cartellieri (J.) Fragmente menschhcher Schadel aus pra- historischer Zeit im Franzensbader Moor., Prag. med. Wchn- schr, 1902, xxvii, 462-464.—Chantre. Etude craniologique sur la population pr^pharaonique de la Haute-Egypte; note preliminaire returnee; necropofe de Khozan. Assoc, frang. pour l'avance. d. sc. C.-r. 1899, Par, 1900, xxviii, pt. 2, 618- 623.—Chervin, & Senechal de la Grange. Cranes, pointes de fleche en silex et instruments de peche provenant de la ■ bale d'Antofagasta; momies des hauts plateaux de la Bo- livie. Bull, et mem. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par, 1902, 5. s, iii, 700-708.—Corner (F.) & Raymond (T.) Le crane de Galley Hill. Ibid., 1909. 5. s, x, 487-497.—Dall (W. H.) The Calaveras skull. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Phila, 1899, 2-4.—Deperet (C.) & Jarricot (J.) Le crane prehistorique de Saint-Paul de Fenouillet. Bull, et m6m. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par, 1908, 5. s, ix, 543-561.—Dixon (A. F.) A suggested reconstruction of the mandible of Piltdown man. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl, 1915, xxxiii, 454.—Duckworth (W. L. H.) Description of a human skull dredged up in the North Sea ofl the coast of Norfolk. J. Anat. & Physiol, Lond, 1911, xlv, 232-238.-----. The Sudbury calvaria; a revised and extended description. Ibid., 1911-12, xlvi, 328- 338,12 pi.-----. Description of a human jaw of palaeolithic antiquity from Kent's cavern, Torquay. Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc. 1912, Lond, 1913, 602.—Duckworth (W. L. H.) & Shore (L. R.) Report on human crania from peat de- posits in England. Man, Lond, 1911, xi, 134-139.—von Dttben, le baron. Sur les caracteres craniologiques de l'homme prehistorique en Suede. Cong, internat. d'anthrop. 1874, Stockholm, 1877, vii, 687-692.—Eisner (F. W.) Die Unterkiefer der spatdiluvialen Fundstatte "Hohlerfels" bei Niirnberg und ihre rassenmorphologische Bedeutung. Arch. f. Anthrop, Brnschwg, 1916, n. F, xv, 313-336,1 pi — Fallaize (E. N.) The Rhodesian skull and the antiquity of man. Discovery, Lond, 1922, iii, 2-4.—Ferrier (J.) Considerations sur les dents et les machoires d'un ossuaire de la Pierre polie. Rev. de stomatol. Par, 1912, xix, 11-18.— Frassetto (F.) Appunti sulla seafoeefalia patologica. Atti d. Soc. rom. dl antrop, Roma, 1905, xi, 195-210.— Frtderic (J.) Das Schadelfragment von Stangenas in Schweden. Ztschr. f. Morphol. u. Anthrop, Stuttg, 1908, xl, 317-384, 5 pi.—Giuflrlda-Ruggeri (V.) La posizione del bregma nei cranio del Pithecanthropus erectus e la tendenza neo-monogenista in Germania. Atti d. Soc. rom. di antrop, Roma, 1904, x, 20-38.-----Quattro crani pre- istorici dell' Italia meridionale. Arch, per 1' antrop, Firenze, 1915, xlv, 292-315.-----. Per una sistemazione del tipo di Cro-Magnon e una rara anomalia (ossiiicazione nello spazio suturale coronale). Ibid., 1911, xii, 153-163.—Grosser (O.) Prahistorische Menschenschadel. Prag. med. Wchnschr, 1914. xxxix, 565.—Hamy (E.-T.) Cranes des tourbieres de l'Essonne. Bull, et mem. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par, 1908, 5. s, ix, 723-725—Haughton (S. H.), Thomson (R. B.) & Pennguey (L.) Preliminary note on the ancient human skull-remains from the Transvaal; with notes appended on fragments of limb-bones, and fragments of stone. Tr. Roy. Soc. S. Africa, Cape Town, 1917, vi, 1-14, 10 pi.—Herve (G.) Le crane de Canstadt. Bull. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par, 1892, 4. s, iii, 365-376.,-----. Les brachycephales neoUthiques. Rev. mens, de l'Ecole d'anthrop. de Par, 1894, iv, 393-406: 1895, v. 18-28. -----. Cranes neoUthiques armoricains de type negro'ide. Bull, et mem. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par, 1903, 5. s, iv, 432-440.—von Holder. Die Schadel von Cannstatt und Neanderthal. Cor.-Bl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Anthrop. [etc.], Munchen, 1892, xxiii, 88-94.—Hovelacque (A.) & Herve (G.) Le crane Morvandeau* Rev. mens, de l'Ecole d'anthrop. de Par, 1893; iii, 160-166.—Inhelder (A.) Ein menschUcher Schadel nut negroiden Merkmalen aus einem Hohlengrabe. Anat. Anz, Jena, 1911, xxxix, 218.—John- son (HO On the distorted skulls found at Wroxeter (Salop), with a mechanico-chemical explanation of the distortion. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond, 1862-3, xii, 149—Keith (A.) The Bury St. Edmunds cranial fragment. J. Anat. & Physiol, Lond, 1912-13, lxvii, 73-79.-----. The significance of the discovery at Piltdown. Bedrock, Lond, 1913-14, ii, 435-453. -----. The Piltdown skull and Drain cast. Nature, Lond, 1913-14, xcii, 197; 345. -----. The reconstruction of fossil human skulls. J. Roy. Anthrop. Inst. Gr. Brit. & Ireland, Lond, 1914, xhv, 12-31.-----. Report on two human crania of considerable but uncertain antiquity. J. Anthrop. Soc. 1919, Bombay, 1920, xi, 663-674.—Klaatsch (H.) Das Ge- sichtsskelett der Neandertalrasse und der Australier. Anat. Anz, Jena, 1908, xxxii, 223-273.-----. Der Schadelausguss des Homo aurignacensis Hauseri verglichen mit dem der Neandertal-Calotte. Dermat. Stud, Hamb. & Leipz, 1910, xxi, 519-559.-----. Das Schadelfragment der spatdiluvialen Fundstatte "Hohlerfels" bei Niirnberg und seine rassen- morphologische Bedeutung. Arch. f. Anthrop, Brnschwg, 1919, xvii, 1-11.—Kollmann. Der Schadel von Kleinkems Craniology (Prehistoric). und die Neandertal-Spy-Gruppe. Ibid., 1906, F, n. v, 208- 226.—Kollmann (J.) & BUchly (W.) Die Persistenz der Rassen und die Reconstruction der Physiognomie prahisto- rischer Schadel. Ibid., 1898, xxv, 329-359, 3 pi—Lebzelter (V.) Ein albanischer Schadel aus der Volkerwanderungszeit. Ibid., 1919, xvii, 143-154 4 pi.—Lubosch (W.) Das Kiefer- gelenk diluvialer Menscnenschadel. Anat. Anz, Jena, 1914, xlvi, 449-477.—Lyne (W. C.) The significance of the radio- graphs of the Piltdown teeth. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1915-16, ix, Odont. Sect, 33-62.—MacCurdy (G. G.) Ancestor hunting; the significance of the Piltdown skuU. Am. Anthrop., Wash, 1913. n. s, xv, 248-256, 5 pi.-----. The man of Piltdown. Ibid., 1914, n. s, xvi, 331-336, 1 pi. Also: Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa, 1914, n. s, xl, 158-160. -----. Neanderthal man in Spain; the lower jaw of Banolas. Am. Anthrop, Lancaster, Pa, 1915, xvii, 759-762—Ma- nouvrier (L.) Note sur les cranes humains quaternaires de Marcilly-sur-Eure et de Brechamps. Bull. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par, 1897, 4. s, viii, 564-568.-----. Cranes de vieillards de l'epoque neohthique en France. Ibid., 1904, 5. s, v, 101-104. -----. Sur l'aspect negro'ide de quelques cranes prenistoriques trouves en France. Ibid.y 119-124. -----. Les cranes et ossements du dolmen de Menouville (Seine- et-Oise). Ibid., 1907, 5. s, viii, 168-174.—Marcel. Fracture de la mandibule. guerie spontanement a l'epoque de la pierre poUe. Bull. Acad, de med. Par.. 1919,3. s, lxxxi, 52.— Marie (A.) & MacAulUTe (L.) De l'asym6trie des cranes de Neanderthal, de Cro-Magnon et de Spy No. 1. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1911, cliiij 631-633.—Martin (H.) Presentation d'un crane d'enfant ag6 de 8 ans, trouv6 en place dans le Mousterien superieur du gisement de La Quina. Bull, et mem. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par, 1920, 7. s, i, 113-125, 1 pi— Mendes CorrCa (A. A.) A propos des caracteres inferieurs de quelques cranes pr6historiques du Portugal. Arch, de anat. [etc.], Lisb, 1916-17, iii, 221-237.—Miller (G. S.) The Piltdown iaw. Am. J. Phys. Anthrop,Wash, 1918, i, 25-57.—Moir (J. R.) The Foxhall fossil human jawbone. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1919,lxxii, 1179.—Nuttall (T. E.) The Piltdown skull. Man, Lond, 1917, xvii, 80- 82.—Parsons (F. G.) Report on the Rothwell crania. J. Roy. Anthrop. Inst. Gr. Brit. & Ireland, Lona, 1910, xl, 483-504. -----. On some bronze age and Jutish- bones from Broadstairs, with type contours of all the bronze age skulls in the Royal College of Surgeons Museum. Ibid., 1913, xliii, 550-592.—Pittard (E.) Sur de nouveaux cranes provenant de diverses stations lacustres de l'epoque neoli- thique et de l'age du bronze. Anthropologie, Par, 1899. x, 281-289. -----. Deux nouveaux cranes humains de cites lacustres (age de la Pierre pohe et age du bronze) en Suisse. Ibid., 1906, xvii, 547-557.-----. Quelques nouveaux cranes lacustres de la periode neohthique et de l'age du bronze; cranes de Page du fer provenant du Valais. Arch, suisses d'anthrop. gen, Geneve, 1914-15, i, 165-183. -----. Un nouveau crane de lacustre neoUthique. Ibid., 1920, iv. 130- 135.—Pocock (W. I.) Crania from shell-bearing sand-hills near San Francisco, now in the Cambridge museum. Man, Lond, 1905, v, 148-152.—Prideaux (W. de C.) Three cases of torus palatinus; skull from a barrow showing somewhat symmetrical mandibular exostoses. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1910-11, iv, Odont. Sect, 39. -----. A mandible from a bronze age barrow at Portland, Dorset. Ibid., 1921-2, xv Odontol. Sect, 52.—Pycrait (W. P.) The jaw of the Piltdown man. Science Progr. 20. cent, Lond, 1916-17, xl, 389-409, 1 pi.—Rakowsky (I.) & Roudenko (S.) Etudes des cranes et ossements humains neoUthiques des grottes de Congy (Marne). Bull, et mem. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par, 1914, 6. s, v, 295-319.—Rauber (A.) Der Schadel von Kegel; erne anthropologische Studie. Internat. Monatschr. f. Anat. u. Physiol, Leipz, 1906, xxiii, 41-209, 7 pi.— Bobbins (C.) A preliminary note on some prehistoric skuUs. Tr. Odont. Soc. Gr. Brit, Lond, 1902-3, n. s, xxxv, 90-99. -----. Further notes on some prehistoric skulls. Ibid., 190^4, n. s, xxxvi, 122-144, 2 pi. Also: Brit. J. Dent. Sc, Lond, 1904, xlvii, 337-351.—Roy (M.) Le crane fossile de la Chapelle-aux-Saints. Odontologie, Par, 1909, xii, 408^13.—Sanchez (J.) Craneos patologicos! Gac. med, Mexico, 1898, xxxv, 195-197.-----. Mutilaciones dentarias. Ibid., 201-204,1 pi.—Sasse (J.) Het voorkomen van Neanderdalschedels onder de Nederlandsche bevolking. Handel, v. h. vlaamsch nat.- en geneesk. Cong, Haarlem. 1897, 385-393.—Schenk (A.) Note sur un crane humam ancien trouvS au Tennessee, pres James-Town (Etats-Unis). Kev. de l'ecole d'anthrop. de Par, 1905, xv, 156-162.-----. Etude d'ossements et cranes humains provenant de pala^ fittes de l'age de la Pierre polie et de l'age du bronze; lac de Neuchatel; lac Leman. Ibid., 389-407— Schliz (A ) Die vorgeschichtUchen Schadeltypen der deutschen Lander in ihrer Beziehung zu den einzelnen Kulturkreisen der Urge- schichte. Arch. f. Anthrop, Brnschwg, 1909. n. F vii (»(LOR7. -lain r. -p i„ ono oci m.i °' «',"..:» "' Schadeltypen Kor.-Bl. d. deutsch 239-267: 1910, n. F, ix, 202-251, 10 pi. der vorgeschichtlichen MetaUzeiten. - Gesellsch. f. Anthrop. [etc.]. Brnschwg, 1910, xU, 89 — Schmidt (E.) Der diluviale Schadel von Egisheim Globus, Brnschwg, 1902, lxxxi, 306. -----. Ein neuer diluvialer Schadeltypus. Ibid., 1903, Ixxxiii, 357-359.— Schmit (E.) Presentation de quelques cranes neoUthiques trepanes recueilUs a Congy (Marne). Bull, et mem. Soc d'anthrop. de Par, 1909, 5. s, x, 502-509.—Schneider (L.) Bearbeitete Schadel aus einer Culturschicht mit Terramare- CRANIOLOGY. 246 CRANIOMETRY. Craniology (Prehistoric). Keramik auf dem Burgberge von VeU§ bei Jicin. Verhandl. d. Berl. Gesellsch. f. Anthrop, 1898, (214-216).—Schreiber (W.) Beitrag zur Kraniologie der altperuanischen Schadel. Ztschr. f. Morphol. u. Anthrop, Stuttg.. 1909, xii, 243-260. 2 pi.—Schuster (E. H. J.) The long barrow and round barrow skulls in the coUection of the department of com- parative anatomy: the Museum, Oxford. Biometrika, Cambridge, 1905, iv, 351-362, 6 pi, 3 tab— Schwalbe (G.) Der Schadel von Egisheim. Beitr. z. Anthrop. Elsass- Lothringens, Strassb, 1902, Hft. 3, 3-64, 1 pi.-----. Nean- derthalschadel und Friesenschadel. Globus, Brnschwg, 1902, lxxxi, 165-174.-----. Ueber das Schadelfragment von Brux und seine Bedeutung fiir die Vorgeschichte des Men- schen. Cor.-Bl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Anthrop. [etc.], Munchen, 1905, xxxvi, 85-87.-----. Das Schadelfragment von Brux und verwandte Schadelformen. Ztschr. f. Mor- phol. u. Anthrop, Stuttg, 1906, ix, 81-182, 3 pi.-----. Das Schadelfragment von Cannstadt. Ibid., 183-228,1 pi.-----. Ueber einen bei Ehringsdorf in der Nahe von Weimar gefundenen Unteririefer des Homo primigenius. Anat. Anz, Jena. 1914, xlvi, 337-345.—Sera (G. L.) Nuove osser- vazioni ed mduzioni sul cranio di Gibraltar. Arch, per P an- trop, Firenze, 1909, xxxix, 151-212.-----. Sul significato delta platicefalia con speciale considerazione della razza di Neanderthal. Ibid., 1910, xl, 381: 1911, xh, 40, 1 pi.-----. Di alcuni caratteri importanti sinora non rilevati nei cranio di Gibraltar. Atti d. Soc. rom. di antrop, Roma, 1910, xv, 197-208. -----. La distribuzione geografica dei brachi- platicefali ed i relitti della fauna glaciale in Europa. Riv. di biol.. Roma, 1921, iii. 53-57.—Sergi (G.) Crani preistorici della Sicilia. Atti d. Soc. rom. di antrop, Roma, 1899, vi, 3-13.—Sergi (S.) La mandibola di Banolas. Riv. di antrop, Roma, 1917-18, xxii, 311-315.—Smith (G. E.) The Pilt- down skull and brain cast. Nature, Lond, 1913-14, xcii, 318. -----. The significance of the discovery at Piltdown. Bedrock, Lond, 1914-15, iii, 1-17. -----. Note upon the endocranial cast obtained from the ancient calvaria found at Boskop, Transvaal. Tr. Roy. Soc. S. Africa, Cape Town, 1917, vi, 15-18,1 pi.-----. The Rhodesian skull. Brit. M. J., Lond, 1922, i. 197.—Sobotta (J.) Der Schadel von La Chapelle-aux-Saints und die Mandibula des Homo Heidel- bergensis von Mauer. Ztschr. f. Morphol. u. Anthrop, Stuttg, 1912, xv, 217-228, 2 pi.—Szombathy (J.) Nach- bildung des diluvialen Schadels von La Chapelle-aux-Saints. Sitzungsb. d. anthrop. Gesellsch. in Wien, 1912-13, 22-24.— Thacker (A. G.) The significance of the Piltdown discovery. Science Progr. 20. cent, Lond, 1913, v, 275-290.—Verneau (R.) Les cranes humains du gisement prebistorique de Pho-Binh-Gia (Tonkin). Anthropologie, Par, 1909, xx, 545-559. -----. Des cranes pr6historiques de la region du Tchad. Compt. rend. Inst, franc, d'anthrop. Par, 1914, ii, 40.—Virchow (H.) Das Fragment eines Schadels aus einem neohtischen Begrabnisplatze. Ztschr. f. Ethnol, Berl, 1911, xlui, 133-136.-----. Ein Megalithgrabschadel von Lenzen. Ibid., 1913. xlv, 255-258.-----. Ein der Essener Bergschule gehoriges Schadelfragment. Ibid.. 1920-21, Iii, 482-484.—Virchow (R.) Ueber den vielleicht altesten russischen Schadel der Steinzeit, den von Wolosowo. Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. de med. 1897, Mosc, 1899, ii, sect. 1, 85-88.—Volkov (T.) Cranes d'ossuaires et ceufs de Paques tcheques oflerts a la soci6t6 par M. Matiegka, 15 juillet 1900. Bull, et mem. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par, 1902, 5. s, iii, 750-752.—Wilder (H. HO An early human cranium from Unterlesece near Trieste. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa, 1912, n. s., xxxv, 468.—Woodhull (A. A.) Eine Untersuchung uber den Inhalt eines Mound-Schadels. Verhandl. d. Berl. Gesellsch. f. Anthrop, 1901 (527-533).— Wright (W.) Pathological conditions in prehistoric skulls. Birmingh. M. Rev, 1903, n. s, i, 100-103.-----. Skulls from the Danes' graves, Driffield. J. Anthrop. Inst, Lond, 1903, xxxni, 66-73, 2 pi.-----. The teeth and jaws of a series of prehistoric skulls. J. Brit. Dent. Ass, Lond, 1903, xxiv, 57-60.-----. Skulls from the round barrows of East York- shire. J. Anat. & Physiol, Lond, 1903-04, xxxvui, 119: 1904-05, xxxix, 417, 7 pi. Also, [Abstr.]: Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc. 1903, Lond, 1904, IxxiU, 801.—Zaborowski. Cranes de Kourganes pr^historiques, scythiques, drewlanes et polanes. Bull, et mem. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par, 1900, 5. s, i, 451-466.-----. Crane neanderthaloide d'une caverne neoHthique des environs d'Ojcow. Ibid., 1903, 5. s, iv 564. -----. Deux cranes neanderthalo'ides. Rev. de l'Ecole d'anthrop. de Par, 1905, xv, 125-127. Craniology of distinguished men. See, also, Brain of unusual men; and under individual names. Gillenwater (Helen C.) The heads of great men. 8°. London, 1906. Cutting from: Strand Mag, Lond, 1906, xxxi, 315-318. Cunningham (D. J.) Report from the anthropometric laboratory of Trinity College, DubUn, on the head measure- ments of the anatomists who attended the meeting of the Anatomical Society in Dublin on the 10th and 11th of June, 1898. Proc. Anat. Soc. Gr. Brit. & Ireland, Lond, 1897-8, pp. lv-lviii.—Dwight (T.) Remarkable skulls. J. Bost. Soc. M. Sc, 1899-1900, iv, 52-54, 1 pi.—Favaro (G.) Cenni antropologici dei crani di Santono de' Santorii, Stefano Craniology of distinguished men. Gallini, Bartolomeo Signoroni, Giacomo Andrea Giacomini e Carlo Conti. Arch, di psichiat. [etc.], Torino, 1901, xxn, 250-253.—Matiegka (H.) Bericht iiber die anthropologische Untersuchung der Gebeine Paul J. Safafiks. Mitth. d. anthrop. Gesellsch. in Wien, 1900, n. F, xx, [179-181].— Schaaflhausen. [Ueber Schadel geistig hervorragender Manner.] Sitzungsb. d. nied.-rhein. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u. Heilk. zu Bonn, 1884, 34-36. Craniology of the insane. See Insane (Craniology of). Craniometry. von Behr (D.) Metrische Studien an 152 Guanchenschadeln. 8°. Stuttgart, 1908. Dessloch (H.) *In wieweit lasst sich durch ein Kephalogramm vom lebenden Kopf ein Schluss ziehen auf den faktischen Innenraum des Schadels? 8°. Wiirzburg, 1913. Eyerich (G.) & Loewenfeld (L.) Ueber die Beziehungen des Kopfumfangs zur Korperlange und zur geistigen Entwicklung. Untersu- chungen. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1905. Grutter (E. A. E. W.) *Ueber etwa 50 in und bei Gottingen gefundene Schadel und deren Masse. 8°. Gottingen, 1904. Hudler (L.) Ueber die Capacitat und das Ge- wicht der Schadel in der anatomischen Anstalt zu Munchen. 8°. Munchen, 1877. Leon (N.) Cefalometrfa fetal; notas de antro- pometrfa obstetrica. 12°. Mexico, 1912. Lotthammer (H.) *Rraniometrische Bear- beitung der Schadelsammlung des Erlanger ana- tomischen Instituts, Erlangen. 4°. Braun- schweig, 1908. Macdonald (A.) Estudio del Senado de los Estados Unidos de America. 8°. Buenos Aires, 1918. Muller (F. W. A. E.) *Beitrage zur Kranio- metrie der Neu-Britannier. 8°. Berlin, 1905. Anderson (J. H.) The estimation of cranial cubic capacity and the correlation of size of head to intellect. Intercolon. M. J. Australas, Melbourne. 1909, xiv, 606-615. -----. The proportionate contents of the skull as demon- strated from an examination of forty Caucasian crania. J. Roy. Anthrop. Inst. Gr. Brit. & Ireland, Lond, 1910, xl, 279-284.—Apelt. Ueber den Wert von Schadelkapazit'ats- bestimmungen und vergleichenden Hirngewicbtsfeststel- lungen fiir die innere Medizin und die Neurologic Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh, Leipz, 1908-09,xxxvi, 190-192.—Atgler. Craniometrie comparee de cranes mongoloides (Chine et Annam). Bull, et mem. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par, 1904. 5. s, v, 391-395.—Auerbach (E.) Zur Plastizitat des Schadels, mit Bemerkungen iiber den Schadelindex. Arch, f. Rassen- u. Gesellsch.-Biol, Leipz. & Berl, 1912, ix, 604-611—Balz. Ueber den Nutzen wiederholter Messungen der Kopfform und Schadelgrosse bei denselben Individuen. Cor.-Bl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Anthrop. [etc.], Munchen, 1901, xxxii. 131-133.—Baudouln (M.) D'une mesure anatomique qui permet le diagnostic du sexe d'un crane humain; rindice condyUen. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1920, clxx, 954- 956.-----. Decouverte d'un procede^ mathematique pour le diagnostic du sexe du crane humain; l'indice condvlien. Paris med, 1920, xxxvi (annexe), 384-3S7—Bayle (E.) & MacAullffe (L.) Table de mesure des indices cephaUques et craniomi the surgical relations of the facial canal in five hundred crania. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, New Bedford, 1903, viii, 291-299.— Rltter (C.) Ueber Verminderung des Blutgehaltes bei Schadeloperationen. Arch. f. klin. Chir, Berl, 1913, ci, 1101-1125.—Salvo (V.) Contributo alia chirurgia cranica. PoUclin, Roma, 1919, xxvi sez. prat, 334-336.—Sauer- brucluF.) Versuche fiber kunstUche Blutleere bei Schadel- operationen. Zentralbl. f. Chir, Leipz.. 1909, xxxvi, 1601- 1604.—Scudder (C. L.) & Hartwelf (H. H.) Technique and after-care of operations upon the cranium. Med. Com- municat. Mass. M. Soc, Bost, 1902, xix, No. 1, 293-299 — Sharpe (N. W.) Notes on some modern operations on the cranium. Railway Surg. J, Lond, 1912-13, xix, 186-196 — Slgnorelll (A.) Pressione del sangue ed interventi sul cranio. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int., 190S xviii. Roma, 1909, 337.—sorrentino (F > Contributo alia chirurgica del cranio. Med. prat.. Napoli. 1919, iv. 197-205.—Starkofl (A. \\.) Zur chinirdschen Anatomie der Basis crarui externa. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir, Leipz, 1914, exxvu, 209-224—Streissler (¥..) Ein Beitrag zur Chirurgie des Sinus cavemosus. Arch. f. klin. Chir, Berl, 1914, cvi, 4S- 67, 1 pi.—Venturl (A.) Quattro casi di chirurgia cranica. Riv. ospedal, Roma, 1915, v, 673-676.—van Walsem(G.C.) Das Aufsagen des Schadels ohne Verletzung der Dura mater. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl, 1902, clxx, 366-373 — W inckler. Sind die bei Totalaufmeisselungen, oder Antro- tomien gesetzten Defekte der Schadelhohle als irrelevant zu bezeichnen? Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch, Jena, 1910, xix, 215-227. Cranium (Surgery of Plastic). Aulamer (G.) *Etude de la cranioplastie par greffes osteo-periostiques prises au tibia. 8°. Paris, 1921. Dehxkrt ([W.]) *''Beitrag zur Deckung grosser Schiideldefekte mit frei transplantierter Scapula." [Leipzig.] 8°. [Zeulenroda i. Th.], 1921. Desgranges (A.) Les transplantations de cartilage dans la chirurgie reparatrice du crane d'apres Morestin. 8°. Paris, 1919. Fouquet (G.-H.) Contribution a l'etude de la cranioplastie par transplant osteo-periostique tibial. 8°. Paris, 1918. CRANIUM. 261 CRANIUM. Cranium (Surgery of, Plastic). Heinemann (A.) *Ueber den Verschluss von Defekten des knochernen Schadels, mit beson- derer Beriicksichtigung der Garr6 von Hacker- Durante'schen Plastik. 8°. Kiel, 1913. Kcehne ([J.] H.) *Ueber zwei Fiille von aus- gedehnter Schadelplastik. 8°. Kiel, 1906. Lanos (J.-P.-J.) *Les cranioplasties par greffes cartilagineuses; indications, technique, resultats. 8°. Paris, 1918. Mertens (V. E.) *Experimentelle Beitrage zur Frage der knochernen Deckung von Schii- deldefecten. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1900. Also [Abstr.] in: Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz, 1900, lvii, 518-522. Paetsch (B. H. F.) *Plastische Deckung von Schadeldefekten. 8°. Berlin, [1908]. Porteu de la Morandiere (E.-G.-M.) Contribution a l'etude des cranioplasties. 8°. Paris, 1916. Schepp (K. F.) *Ueber die Deckung von Schadeldefekten. 8°. Munchen, 1915. Seneque (J.) Contribution a l'etude de la cranioplastie osseuse procede Sicard-Dambrin; ses indications, ses resultats. 8°. Paris, 1919. Sidaine (J.) Contribution a l'etude des cranioplasties. 8°. Bordeaux, 1919. Tchaouchian (A.) Contribution a l'etude de la cranioplastie par la methode de La Char- niere. 8°. Paris, 1919. Axhausen (GO Zur Technik der Schadelplastik. Arch. f. klin. Chir, Berl, 1916, cvn, 551-574, 7 pi.—Babcock (W. W.) Soup bone implant for the correction of defects of the skull and face. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1917, lxix, 352-354. Also, Reprint.—Baggio (G.) Un' altra osserva- zione sperimentale sul comportamento del lembi cranici osteocutanei a tutto spessore (Wagner). Arch, di ortop, Milano, 1915, xxxii, 77-89, 2 pi.—Baumgartner & Tous- salnt (H.) Chirurgie du crane dans les hopitaux de l'armee. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap. Par, 1915, xxix, 245-248.— Beck (C.) On the use of the temporal fascia to cover in cranial defects. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1906, xUv, 170-174,5 pi — Begouin (P.) Nouveau cas de cranioplastie par greffe cartilagineuse. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1916, xxxvii, 159. Also: J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1916, xlvi, 180. -----. Deux cas de cranioplastie par greffe cartilagineuse. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1916, xxxvii, 125. Also: Bull, et mem. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux, (1915-16), 1917, 97-100.-----. Cranioplastie. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1916, xlvi, 285.-----. Cranioplastie par dedouble- ment du cuir chevelu. Bull, et mem. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1915-16), 1917, 136-140. Also, [Abstr.]: Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1917, xxxvui, 6. -----. Cranioplastie par transplant cartilagineux. Bull, et mem Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux, 1918, 10.-----. Cranio- plastie par transplant osteo-periostique. Ibid.j 43-46. Also: Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1918, xxxix, 150.-----. Twenty-eight cases of cranioplasty. Med. Press, Lond, 1919, n. s, cviu, 47.-----. Cranioplasties; resultats eioignds. Bull, et mem. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1920), 1921, 88-92. Also: Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1920, xii, 118.-----. Resultats eioignes de cranioplasties. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1920,1,127.—Bellin, Aloin & Vernet. Cranio- plastie par plaque d'os humain homologue; a propos de deux cas de refection de la paroi anterieure des sinus frontaux. MarseiUe med, 1918, lv, 11-16.—Bercher. Deux observations de prothese cranienne metallique. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1918, xlviii, 259.—Berndt (F.) Ueber den Verschluss von Schadeldefecten durch Periost-Knochen- lappen von der Tibia. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir, Leipz, 1898, xlviii, 620-623.—Biagi (N.) Dei processi di riparazione deUe ossa craniche negU innesti di osso vivente o calcinato o carbonizzato dopo l'asportazione della dura e del periostio. PoUclin, Roma, 1903, x, sez. chir, 539-561, 1 pi.—Blecher. Ueber die heteroplastische Deckung von Schadeldefekten mit Zelluloid. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir, Leipz, 1906, Ixxxii, 134 146—Boinet. Resultats eioignes des cranio- plasties. Marseille med, 1918, lv, 358-369. -----. Suites comparees des cranioplasties et des breches osseuses cra- niennes, sans plastie. Ibid., 493-504.-----. Nouveaux cas de cranioplasties. Ibid., 552-554. -----. Breches avec Plasties craniennes. Ibid., 1919, lvi, 182-186.—Bonomo (L.) a cranioplastie dans la chirurgie de guerre. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil. Par, 1918, lxx, 285-288.—Borchard. Zur subaponeurotischen Deckung von Schadeldefecten nach von Hacker-Durante. Arch. f. khn. Chir, Berl, 1906, lxxx, 642-670.—Brenizer (A. G.) Total bone grafts into skull defects. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1916, lxiv, 516-518, 2 pi. Also, Reprint.—Brewer (G. E.) A report of sixteen exploratory osteoplastic resections of the skull. Phila. Month. M. J, Cranium (Surgery of, Plastic). 1899, i, 57-60.—Bunge. Ueber die Bedeutung tiaurnarischer Schadeldefecte und deren Deckung. Verhandl. i. deut-scli. Gesellsch. f. Chir, Berl, 1903, xxxn, pt. 2, 402-448— Capers (L. G.) Loss of the pericranium and its reformation without necrosis or exfoliation of the cranial bones. Confed. States M. & S. J, Richmond, 1864, i, 211.—Capitan & Delair. Un cas d'obturation d'une large perte de substance de la voute cranienne par une plaque d'or; examen anatomique au bout de 10 ans. Bull. Acad, de med. Par, 1916, 3. s, lxxv, 304-310.—Carriere (G.) Sur les cranioplasties. Rev. neurol. Par, 1918, xxv, 246-252. [Discussion], 252-261.— Cazin (M.) La cranioplastie par glissement, au moyen de lambcaux osteo-cutanes ou ostco-periostiques. Paris chir, 1916, viii, 1; 427: 1917, ix, 102-107, 3 pi. Also [Abstr.]: Cong franc, de chir. Proc.-verb. [etc.], Par, 1918, xxvii, 538.— Chutro(P.) Resultats de la cranioplastie. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1917, n. s, xliii, 481-485.-----. Carti- laginous cranioplasties; indications and technic. Internat. J. Surg, N. Y, 1919, xxxn, 227-233.—Danzlger (F.) Idio- plastik oder Alloplastik? Ein neuer Vorschlag zur Deckung von Schadeldefekten. Zentralbl. f. Chir, Leipz, 1918, xlv, 429-433.—David (M.) Kurze Mittheilung fiber histologi- sche Vorgange nach Implantation von Elfenbein in Scha- deldefecte. Arch. f. Physiol, Leipz, 1899, Suppl.-Bd, 547- 549.—Dehler. Heilung traumatischer Scnadeldefekte. Sitzungsb. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb, 1901, 19.— Delbet (P.) A propos de l'obliteration des pertes de subs- tance osseuse du crane a l'aide d'un lambeau osteoplastique obtenu par dedoublement des os du crane. Paris chir, 1916, vhi, 455.—Deveze. Chondroplastie cranienne; hemorragie du pressoir d'Herophile. Montpel. med, 1917, xxxix, 668.— Diwald (K.) Zur Frage der Behandlung von knochernen Schadeldefekten. Wien. med. Presse, 1904, xlv, 2341-2345.— Douglas (J.) Fascia lata graft for cranial defect. Ann. Surg., Phila, 1919, lxix, 338.—Dufourmentel (L.) Les principales methodes de cranioplastie; un procede d'obtura- tion metallique exacte. Paris med, 1918, xxvii, 503-508.— Duval (P.) Cranioplastique par plaque metallique, carti- lagineuse ou osseuse. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1916, xiii, 611.—Ehrenprels. Cranioplastie cartilagineuse. Progres med. Par, 3. s, 1917, xxxii, 44.—Elsberg (C. A.) Plate for defects of the skull. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1908, xlvii, 795. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y, 1908, lxxhi, 539.—. Enderlen. Ein Beitrag zur Knochenplastik am Schadel. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, 1906, xxxvi, 310-319.—Esser (J. F. S.) Dura- und Schadelplastik bei Gehirnprolaps nur mit gestielten Periostlappen ohne Knochenlamelle. Deut- sche Ztschr. f. Chir, Leipz, 1917, cxhi, 298-302.—Estor (E.) Cent cas de prothese cranienne par plaque d'or. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1917, n. s, xliii, 463-465.-----. De la tolerance des tissus pour les plaques d'or employees en prothese cranienne. Montpel. med, 1918, xl, 149-153.— Estor, Faure-Beaulieu & Sentis ( Mile.) Des resultats de la prothese cranienne; indications et contreindications. Ibid., 55-65.—Estor (E.) & Sentis (Mile. T.) De la prothese cranienne. Rev. d'orthop. Par, 1918, vi, 3. s, 151-166.— Funke. Zur Frage der Deckung von grossen Schadelde- fekten mittels Zelluloidplatten. Zentralbl. f. Chir, Leipz, 1915, xiii, 257-260.—Gar (G. L.) [Closure of the defect of the skull by resected ribs.l Vrach. Gaz, S.-Peterb, 1912, xix, 367.—Gaudier (H.) Proth6se cranienne au moyen de recaille de l'omoplate. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1918, xUv, 1443-1446.—GUmour (C. H.) The transplantation of bone in the repair of cranial defects. Surg, Gynec. & Obst, Chicago, 1918, xxvii, 311-316. -----. Cranioplasty. Canad. M. Ass. J, Toronto, 1919, ix, 922-926.—Gosset (A.) De la cranioplastie. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil. Par, 1916-17, lxvi, 55-57, 2 pi. -----. Cranioplastie par volet cartUagineux. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1916. xiii, 444-457. -----. Quatre cas de cranioplastie par volet cartilagineux. Ibid., 523.—Guleke (N.) Ueber die Schadel- plastik nach Kopfschiissen. Samml. klin. Vortr, n. F, Leipz, 1917 (No. 740), Chir. No. 206, 427-456.-----. Opera- tive Schadeldachverkleinerung; ein Beitrag zur Frage der Subduralblutungen. Beitr. z. khn. Chir, Tubing, 1919, cxvhi, 237-252.—von Hacker. Ersatz von Schadeldefekten durch unter der Kopfschwarte verschobene oder umge- klappte Periostknochenlappen beziehungsweise Periost- lappen. Ibid., 1903, xxxvii, 499-510. -----. Ersatz von Schadel- und Duradefekten; Bemerkung zu der gleichnami- gen Mitteilung von F. Berndt. Zentralbl. f. Cnir, Leipz, 1913, xl, 47.—HaUer von HaUersteln. Subkutane Liquor- ansammlung nach Resektion des knochernen Schadels. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1916, xiii, 866 — Hanson (A. M.) The restoration of the internal table in cranioplasty. Mil. Surgeon, Wash, 1922, 1, .31.—Hayward (E.) Ueber Schadelplastik. Therap. d. Gegenw, Berl, 1919, lx, 221-223.—Henschen. Heteroplastische Deckung grosser Schadeldefekte mit gewolbten Hornplatten. Cor.- Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1915, xlv, 437.—Hertle (J.) Die Methoden zur" Deckung von knochernen Schadelde- fekten. Ergebn. d. Chir. u. Orthop, Berl, 1910, i, 241-257.— Hirsch (M.) Falle von Schadelplastik. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr, 1917, xxx, 605.—Hlsche» Einiges fiber Schadelschusse und ihre operative Versorgung mit primarer Faszientrans- plantation. Deutsche miL-arztl. Ztschr, Berl, 1916, xlv, 349-357.—Hoffmann (E.) Ueber die Deckung von Schadel- defekten. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1916, xlu, 783.—Hofmann (A.) Zur Technik der Schadelplastik. CRANIUM. 262 CRANIUM. Cranium (Surgery of, Plastic). Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1916, lxiii, 63. Also: Zentralbl. f Chir , Leipz, 1917, xliv, 25-27— Hotz. Ueber Schadel- plastik. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1916, lxiii, 262.—Ill & Montier. Cranioplastie par lambeaux osteo-periostiques fnrocede de Delageniere). Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par, 1920, xviii, 253.—Imbert (L.) & Lheureux (C.) Chondro- nlastie cranienne par hetero-greffe animale. MarseUle med, 1916, liii, 18-21.—Imbert (L.) & Raynal (T.) Le comble- ment des breches des parois craniennes; prothese metallique interne. Gaz. d. hop. Par, 1910, Ixxxiii, 1N67-1872.----- -----. Resultat eioigne d'une metalloplastie cranienne. Marseille med, 1916-17, liii, 639.—Imbert (L.) & Real (P.) Cranioplasties et osteoplasties craniennes. Ibid., 1919, lvi, 682-698.—Jean(G.) Cranioplastiescartilagineusesprimitive et secondaire. Arch, de med. et pharm. nav. Par, 1918, cv 5-14.—Jones (B. L.) Bone transplantation from scapula for defect in skull. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1917, lxvi, 160.—Jorge (J. M.) Sobre cranioplastias. Prensa med. argentina, Buenos Aires, 1917-18, iv, 400.—Julliard (C.) La greffe cartilagineuse dans les operations plastiques de la tete. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1918, xlviii, 616-620.— Also: Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom, Geneve, 1918, xxxviii, 80-85.-----. Perte de substance etendue du frontal gauche, comblee au moyen d'un greffon cartilagineux. Ibid., 1917, xxxvii, 232.—Kahle (R. R.) Use of autogenous rib graft in reconstructive skull surgery. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1915, lxv, 222.—Kappis (A.) Zur Deckung von Schadelde- fekten. Zentralbl. f. Chir, Leipz, 1915, xiii, 897.—Karewskl & Schwabach. Osteoplastischer Verschluss eines nach Sinusoperation zuriickgebliebenen Schadeldefektes. Deut- sche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1905, xxxi, 1986-1988 — Kausch (W.) Bemerkungen zum Aufsatze des Herrn Danziger: Idioplastik oder Alloplastik? Ein neuer Vor- schlag zur Deckung von Schadeldefekten. Zentralbl. f. Chir, Leipz, 1918, xlv, 763.—Kayser (F.) Ueber primare Schadelplastik durch Verlagerung reimplantierter Schadel- bruchstucke zwischen die Lamellen der Schadelkapsel nebst kasuistischen und klinischen Bemerkungen zur Schadel- und Gehirnchirurgie. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir, Leipz, 1903-1, lxx, 225-253.—Keen (W. W.) Filling defects in the skull by bone chips from the outer table of the neighboring bone. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1905, xhi, 296-298.—Klein- schmldt. Ersatz von Schadeldefekten aus der Tibia. Zentralbl. f. Chir, Leipz, 1912, xxxix, 1479.—Koennecke (W.) Die Weichteilplastik nach Schadelschiissen. Beitr. z. klin. Chir, Tubing, 1918, cxiv, 70-110.—Kreider (G. N.) Repair of cranial defect by new method. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1920, lxxiv, 1024.—Krilger. Ueber Schadelplastl- ken. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1916, lxiii, 870.—KUttner (H.) Die freie Autoplastik vom Schadel selbst zur Deckung von Schadeldefekten. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1916, xhi, 341.—Langemak. Zur Deckung von Schadeldefekten. Ibid., 847.—Lecene (P.) Osteoplastic a lambeau pedicuie osteoperiostique pris au voisinage de la perte de substance cranienne pour combler cette perte de substance. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1918, xliv, 54.—Ledderhose (G.) Operative Deckung von Schadel- knochendefekten. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1915, xii, 1381. Also: Strassb. med. Ztg., 1915, xU, 153-156.—Le Fur (R.) Seize cas de cranioplastie. Presse med. Par, 1918, xxvi, 18.-----. Technique operatoire et resultats de la cranioplastie osseuse (methode de dedouble- ment de la paroi cranienne et procede de la charniere). Ibid., 153-155.—Leotta (N.) Processo di autoplastica ossea per colmare perdita di sostanze delle ossa craniche. Ann. del r. 1st. di clin. chir. di Roma, 1910, in, 512-530. Also, transl.: Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir, Leipz.. 1909-10, cui, 147- 166.—Lexer. Freie Fett- und Knochentransplantation in einen Schadel-, Dura-, Hirndefekt. Kor.-Bl. d. allg. arztl. Ver. v. Thiiringen, Jena, 1912, xU, 388. -----. Grosser Schadcldefekt durch freie Knochentransplantation voll- standig gedeckt. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1916, lxiii, 979—Llnnartz (M.) Zur Frage der autoplastischen Deckung von Schadeldefekten. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz, 1917,75.—Little (A. D.) An operation unique, having been rrformed but once; [removal of silver plate from cranium]. Med. Ass. Georgia, Augusta, 1918-19, viu, 79-81.— MacLennen (A.) The repair, by bone graft, of gaps in the skull due to congenital deficiency, injury, or operation. Glasgow M. J, 1920, xciii, 251-255—Manasse (P.) Erfah- rungen fiber Schadelplastik nach Kriegsverletzungen. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir, Leipz, 1918, cxliii, 254-265.— Marchand. Praparat einer Autotransplantation von Fettgewebe und Faszie in einen Defekt des Schadels, Dura mater und des Gehirns nach Granatverletzung. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1917, lxiv, 1339.—Marschik. Ein Fall von plastischer Deckung eines Stirndefektes durch Im- plantation von Rippenknorpel. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1914, xxvii, 681.—Mauclalre (P.) Greffes craniennes. Arch. gen. de chir. Par., 1914, vni. 302-310.-----. Auto- greffe cranienne empruntee a la tuberosite iliaque, et homo- freffe sereuse intermeningo-encephalique. Bull, et mem. oc. de chir. de Par, 1914, n. s, xl, 113-115.-----. Trans- plantation osseuse pour obliterer une perte de substance du crane. Ibid., 1915, n. s., xii, 940.-----. Nouveau cas de pe- tite greffe osseuse cranienne avec un greffon trochanterien. Ibid., 1780.-----. Deux cas de prothese cranienne, avec des plaques d'ivoire perforees. Ibid., 1916, xiii, 173-176.— Mayet (H.) Restauration des pertes de substance cra- Cranium (Surgery of, Plastic). nienne, par rabattement d'un volet osteo-periostique tailie aux depens de la table externe d'une region du crane con- tigue. Bull. Acad, de med. Par, 1916, 3. s, lxxv, 157-163. -----. Cranioplastie. Paris chir, 1916, viii, 451. -----. Resultat eioigne de la cranioplastie par le procede de la charniere. Ibid., 1917, ix, 58-62.-----. Cranioplastie par le procede de la charniere. Ibid., 152-155.—Melge (H.) Cranio- plasties. Rev. neurol. Par, 1918, xxv, 244-246.—Mitchell (\. B.) Repair of injuries to the skull by perforated plates. Brit. J. Surg, Bristol, 1917, v, 40.—Monod-Herzen. Pro- these cranienne externe. Bull. Acad, de med. Par, 1917, 3. s, lxxviii, 159-161.—Morestln (H.) Breche cranienne restauree par la prothese metalUque, par RouviUois. Bull. et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1908, n. s, xxxiv, 221-232. -----. La cranioplastie; indications, technique, suites op6- ratoires et suites eioignees. Rev. neurol. Par, 1916, xxui, 839-857.—Morestln (H.), Gosset (A.) [et al.). La cranio- flastie; indications, technique, suites operatoires et suites loignees. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1916, n. s, xhi, 1593-1611.—Morison (A. E.) Autoplastic transplanta- tion of bone in injuries of the skull. Brit. J. Surg, Bristol, 1917, iv, 454-467.—Mourier (L.) Conduite a tenn* au sujet des blesses ayant subi une cranioplastie ou une suture nerveuse, ainsi qu'au sujet de la prothese des blesses et des malades nerveux. Rev. neurol. Par, 1918, xxv, 534-536.— MUUer (P.) Deckung von Schadeldefekten aus dem Sternum. Zentralbl. f. Chir, Leipz, 1915, xiii, 409.-----. Ueber die Verwendung des Brustbeins zur Schadeldefekt- deckung und ihre Erfolge. Beitr. z. klin. Chir, Tubing.. 1919, cxiv, 651-665—Nesselrode (C. C.) Closure of cranial defects by osteoperiosteal grafts taken from the tibia. Surg. Clin, Chicago, 1919, iii, 789—NicoU (J. H.) Osteo- plastic resection of the skuU. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc, Glasgow, 1905-7, vi, 25-28. Also: Glasgow M. J, 1906, lxv, 110-113, 2 pi.—Nieden (H.) Die freie Knochenplastik zum Ersatz von knochernen Defekten des Schadels mit und ohne gleich- zeitigem Duraersatz. Arch. f. klin. Chir, Berl, 1916-17, cviii, 281-304.—Nienv (K.) Beitrag zur Frage der Schadel- und Duraplastik. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz, 1917, xhv, 119-121.—Pauchet (V.) Cranioplastie chez les anciens trepanes. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap. Par, 1917, xxxi, 423. -----. A propos de la cranioplastie. Bull, et mem. Soc. de-chir. de Par, 1918, xUv, 513-516.—Paulucci (F.) Sulla tecnica delle plastiche craniche. Riv. ospedal, Roma, 1920, x, 379-3SN.—Payr (E.) Ueber ZelluloidaUoplastik bei Schadeldefekt, Bildung von "Gleitgewebe." Zentralbl. f. Chir, Leipz, 1920, xlvii, 1362-1365.—Pels-Leusden (F.) Zur Frage der plastischen Deckung von Schadeldefekten. Med. Klin, Berl, 1916, xii, 743.—Peraire (M.) Cranioplastie cartilagineuse. Paris chir, 1916, viii, 515. -----. Cranio- plastie au moyen du procede Mayet. Ibid., 651. -----■ Cranioplastie par le precede k charniere de Mavet; guerison. Ibid., 1917, ix, 118.-----. Cranioplastie par le procede de la charniere. Ibid., 135.-----. Cranioplastie a charniere par dedoublement. Ibid.. 186.-----. Des proeedes auto- plastiques pour obUterer les breches de la voute du crane; critique et statistique generale. Ibid., 1919, xi, 221-223.— Phemlster (D. B.) Cranioplastv. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis, Lancaster, Pa, 1920, U, 537.—Pollcard (A.) & Murard (J.) Etude histologique d'une piece de cranioplastie cartilagi- neuse datant de trente mois. Lvon chirurg, 1919, xvi, 378-391.—Primrose (A.) Cranioplasty; the value of a graft of bone, cartilage or fascia in the closure of cranial delects caused bv wounds in war. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1919, lxx, 1-20, 6 pli— Pringle (J. H.) Remarks on the closure of gaps In the skull, with notes of cases. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1906, I, 246-248.—Reich. Ueber Schadelplastik bei Schadelschuss- verletzten. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1916. Ixui, 538.— Reichel. Ueber plastische Deckung von Schadeldefekten. Ibid., 1918, lxv, 112.—Rlghetti (C.) Autoplastica ossea del cranio per flessione di uno o piu lembi osteoperiostali a sezione osieotangenziale discontinua. CUn. chir, Milano, 1909, xvii, 1097-1114, 3 pi.-----. Sul modo di riparare le perdite di sostanza ossea del cranio. Ibid., 1912, xx, 2237- 2330, 5 pi.—Robert. La prothese cranienne (methode du professeur II. Gaudier). Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1918, xUv, 1446—Roberts (J. B.) An easy method of mak- ing osteoplastic Haps in cranial surgery. Arch, internat. de chir, Gand, 1906-7,iu, 541-544— Rocher (H.-L.) La cranio- plastie par greffon tibial osteoperiostique; technique et resultats (23 observations). Cong, franc, de chir. Proc. verb, letc], Par, 1918, xxvii, 404-123. -----. Resultat eloign^ dune cranioplastie par greffon osteo-periostique tibial. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. mecfT de Bordeaux, 1921, xiii, 572. Also: J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1921, U. 596— Ropke (W.) Zur Frage der Deckung von Schadeldefekten. Zentralbl. f. Chir, Leipz, 1912, xxxix, 1192-1194.—Romanese (R) Sul reimpianto dl osso nei cranio. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1910, 4. s, xvi, 2x9-292.—Roy (J.-N.) Un cas de cranioplastie avec emploi du cartilage costal. Union mea. du Canada, Montreal, 1920, xUx, 64-74.—Rtthl (HO Zur Deckung von Schadeldefekten. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1916, lxiii, 5*5.—Ruppert (L.) Ueber Sehadelheteroplastik mit Zelluloid; ein zwanzigjahriges Dauerresultat. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1914, xxvii, 30.—Sachs (E.) A clamp for osteoplastic craniotomy. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1919, lxx, 21.— Savarlaud. Prothese du crane avec plaque d'argent ex- tensible. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1912, n. s, xxxviii, 238.—SebUeau (P.) Restauration metalUque d'une CRANIUM. 263 CRANIUM. Cranium (Surgery of, Plastic). vaste breche cranienne. Ibid., 1909, n. s, xxxv, 1086-1089. -----. La prothese metallique du crane. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.]. Par, 1910, xxxvi, pt. 1, 101-120, inch 3 pi.-----. Contribution k l'etude anatomo-clinique des restaurations metalliques de la paroi cranienne. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1917, n. s, xhii, 1967-1970.-----. Prothese metalUque du crane. Ibid., 1711. -----. Quatre cas de restauration de la paroi cranienne. Ibid., 1918, xliv, 1843.—SebUeau (P.) & Thoumtre. Curieux document ?our servir k l'histoire de la prothese metallique cranienne. bid., 1917, n. s, xliii, 435-437.—Seubert. Ueber die Deckung von Schadelknochenlucken nach Schussverletzungen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1917, lxiv, 263-265.—Seyberth (L.) Duraschadelplastik. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1917, liv, 195.—Shuttleworth (C. B.) The repair of bony defects of the cranium. Canad. M. Ass. J, Toronto, 1921, xi, 562- 565.—Sicard (J. A.) & Dambrin (C.) Plasties du crane par os cranien humain sterilise. Presse med. Par, 1917, xxv, 60. -----. Resultats eioignes des cranioplasties par homo-plaque osseuse cranienne. Rev. neurol. Par, 1919, xxvi, 517.—Sicard (J. A.), Dambrin (C.) & Roger (H.) Action osteogenetique de la plaque osseuse sterihsee dans les plasties craniennes. Presse med. Par, 1917, xxv, 577. ------------------. Plasties du crane par plaque osseuse cranienne steriUsee. Bull. Acad, de med. Par, 1918, lxxix, 331.-----------------. Contrfile autopsique d'une plastie osseuse cranienne apres dix mois d'inclusion. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par, 1918, 3. s, xhi, 648-650. Also: Marseille med, 1918, lv, 564-567.-----------------. Plastie du crane par jblaque osseuse homologue. Ibid., 111-115.— Simpson (T.Y.) Cartilage grafts for closing cranial defects. Brit. M. J, Lond.. 1917. i, 512.—SklUern (P. G.) A fat- fascia-bone transplant lor defect of skull. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1918, lxviii, 544-548, 1 pi. Also: Tr. Phila. Acad. Surg. (1918-19), 1920, xxi, 7-11, 1 pi—Sohr (O.) Zur Technik der Schadelplastik. Beitr. z. klin. Chir, Tubing, 1907, lv, 465-483, 2 pi.—SoUeri (S.) Sulla plastica ossea neUe perdite di sostanza della teca cranica. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1911, 5. s, iii, 309-311. Also, transl.: Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir, Leipz, 1911-12, cxiv, 587-602 — Soubeyran. La cranioplastie par greffe cartilagineuse. Paris med, 1917, xx, 249-252.—Soubeyran & de Celeyran (T.) Cranioplastie par volet cartilagineux. Montpel. med, 1916, xxxix, 434-445.—Stoppato (U.) Eine neue Methode der dekompressiven Kraniotomie mit primarer Schadel- plastik. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir, Leipz, 1913, cxxii, 228- 238.—Sultan (C.) Zur Technik der Osteoplastik am Schadel. Ibid., 1905, lxxx, 391-394.—Szubinskl. Darf die Durawunde der Schadelschusse primar plastisch gedeckt werden? Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1916, xiii, 1124; 1161.—Taddei (C.) Contributo sperimentale all' etero-plastica durale. Sperimentale, Firenze, 1913, lxvu, 909-932,1 pi.—Turner (T.), Faure (J.-L.) & Morestln (H.) Rapport sur une question adressee k la Societe de chirurgie par M. le Sous-Secretaire d'Etat du Service de sante, au sujet des pertes de substances du crane. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1918, xhv, 1346-1351.—Valan (A.) SulP innesto dell' osso nei cranio. Arch, per le sc. med, Torino, 1898, xxii, 341-372, 2 pi.—VUlandre (C.) Technique operatoire de la cranioplastie cartilagineuse. Presse med. Par, 1916, xxiv, 399.-----. Technique de la reparation des pertes de substance cranienne par greffes osteoperiostiques preievees sur le tibia. Ibid., 1917, xxv, 540.-----. Repara- tions craniennes; leur indications, le choix des proc6des, les resultats. Rev. de chir. Par, 1917, liv, 184-204.-----. Repair of loss of substance in the cranium. Med. Press, Lond, 1918, n. s, cv, 429-431.—Warstat. Der plastische Verschluss von Schadeldefekten nach Kopfschussverletzun- gen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1918, lv, 22. Also: Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1918, xUv, 112—Wasser- mann-Schmidgall. Die Knochenplastik zum Ersatz von knochernen Defekten bei den kriegschirurgischen Verletzun- gen des Schadels. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1917, lxiv, 1122.—Wegelorth (P.) A note on experimental cranio- plasty. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1919, lxix, 384-388, 2 pi.— WUson (G. E.) The repair of cranial defects. Ibid., 230- 238.—Wood (A. C.) Osteoplastic resection of the skull. Ibid., 1908, xhii, 830-832.—Woodroffe (H. L. W.) The reparation of cranial defects by means of cartilaginous grafts. Brit. J. Surg, Bristol, 1917, v, 42-52. Cranium (Sutures of). See, also, Cranium (Embryology and Mor- phology); Fontanelles. Bartholdi (K.) *Beitrage zur Anatomie der Nahte des Schadeldaches. 8°. Strassburg i. E., 1899. Gulke (C.) * Verlauf und Verknocherung der Stirnnaht. 8°. Gottingen, 1904. Herbert (H.) *TJeber die Ursachen der Nahtverknocherungen am Schadel. 8°. Wiirz- burg, 1914. Lassila (V.) *Beobachtungen an Schadel- nahten bei Lappen; eine anthropologische Cranium (Sutures of). Studie iiber die Nahte des Neurocraniums. 8°. Helsinki, 1921. von Waldeyer-Hartz (W.) Die Intraparie- talnahte. 4°. Berlin, 1917. Abhandl. d. k. preuss. Akad. d. Wissensch, 1917, No. 2. Aderman. The masto-squamosal suture. Arch. Otol, N. Y, 1903, xxxii, 131.—Anthony (R.) Modifications craniennes consecutives k la synostose prematuree d'une portion de la suture coronale 'gauche chez un mandril. Bull, et mem. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par, 1911, 6. s, ii, 190-196, 1 pi.—Babktn (B. P.) [Influence of artificial sutures of the cranium on its growth and development.] Nevrol. Vestnik, Kazan, 1901, ix, No. 3, 1-41: No. 4, 1-91. Also, transl., [Abstr.]: Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol, Berl, 1902, xi, 236.—Bolk (L.) Ueber die Obhteration der Nahte am Affenschadel, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Naht- anomaUen. Ztschr. f. Morphol. u. Anthrop, Stuttg, 1912, xv, 1-206.-----. The premature obliteration of sutures in the human skull. Am. J. Anat, Phila, 1914-15, xvii, 495-523. -----. Ueber pramature Obliteration der Nahte am Men- schenschadel. Ztschr. f. Morphol. u. Anthrop, Stuttg, 1919, xxi, 1-22.—Bourneville. Statistique sur la persistance de la suture metopique. Recherches clin. et therap. sur l'epileps. [etc.], 1900, Par, 1901, xxi, 202-205.—van den Broek (A. J. P.) Over pterionnaden en pterionbeenderen. K. Akad. v. Wetensch. te Amst. Versl, 1914, xxU, 662-666. Also, transl.: K. Akad. v. Wetensch. te Amst. Proc. sect. sc, 1914, xvi, 634-639.—Camerano (L.) Materiali per lo studio della sutura temporo-frontale nell' orango e nei miceti. Boll. d. mus. di zool. [etc.], Genova, 1897, no. 291, 1-3.— CasteUanos (I.) Sobre las diversas formas de la sutura naso-frontal. Vida nueva, Habana, 1915, vii, 147-150.— Cherife-Lignlere (M.) Sutura infraparietale e canali in- fraparietali. Boll. d. Soc. di Parma, 1915, 2. s, viii 74-77.— Chiari (H.) Ueber senile Einsenkung der Schadelknochen in der Sutura coronalis. Ztschr. f. Morphol. u. Anthrop, Stuttg, 1914, xviu, 85-92, 5 pi.—Cohn (L.) Die orbitale Frontomaxillarsutur beim Menschen. Anat. Anz, Jena, 1915, xlviii, 365-384.-----. Stenokrotaphie und Ala-Parie- tale-Naht. Ibid., 1916-17, xlix, 46-51.—Davida (E.) Unter- suchungen fiber die Verknocherung der Nahte und Syn- chondrosen des Schadels. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Buda- pest, 1912, xlviii, 412.-----. Ueber die Varietaten des Ver- laufes der Sutura infra-orbitaUs sagittalis. Anat. Anz, Jena, 1913, xliv, 203-210.-----. Beitrage zur Persistenz der transitorischen Nahte. Ibid., 1914, xlvi, 399-412.—van Deinse (A. B.) The sutura parietalis of the mammals. Anat. Anz, Jena, 1912, xh, 347-351.—Diattl (G.) Disgiun- zione suturaria fronto-parietale traumatica del cranio infan- tile. Riforma med, Napoh, 1909, xxv, 1379-1383.—Frassetto (F.) Di una nuova saldatura (saldatura a tenone) nelle ossa del cranio di un cervo, riscontrata nelle ossa del cranio di due pirati cinesi e di un giovane indiano. Riv. di sc. biol, Torino, 1899, i, 411-413.-----. Di un cranio di Simia satyrus Linn, con rara sutura sopranumeraria nei parietale destro. Boll. d. mus. di zool. ed anat. comp. d. r. Univ. di Torino, 1899, xiv, No. 344,1-4.-----. Sulaleggeche governala genesi delle suture nei cranio. Verhandl. d. anat. Gesellsch, Jena, 1900, xiv, 61-64.—Frederic (J.) Untersuchungen fiber die normale Obliteration der Schadelnahte. Ztschr. f. Mor- phol. u. Anthrop, Stuttg, 1906, ix, 373-456,9 tab.-----. Die Obhteration der Nahte des Gesichtsschadels. Ibid., 1909, xii, 371-440.—Gasne. Disjonction traumatique des sutures lambdoideetpetro-occipitalechezunenfant. Rev.d'orthop, Par, 1912, 3. s, iii, 71-73.—Giuffrida-Ruggeri (V.) Sui residui della fontanella metopica o medio-frontale. Riv. di biol. gen, Torino, 1901,iii, 340-342.-----. Le ossiflcazioni di spazi suturali e i parietali divisi. Monitore zool. ital, Firenze, 1904, xv, 172-178.—HauschUd (M. W.) Histologische Unter- suchungen fiber normale und abnorme Synostose der Hirn- schadelnahte. Verhandl. d. anat. Gesellsch., Jena, 1921, xxx, 85-93.—Lederle (J.) Ein Negerschadel mit Stirnnaht, beschrieben und verglichen mit 53 anderen Negerschadeln; ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss des Einflusses der Persistenz dieser Naht auf die Rassencharaktere des Schadels; der medicinischen Fakultat der Universitat Freiburg zur Erlangung der Venia legendi vorgelegt. Arch. f. Anthrop, Brnschwg, 1875, viii, 177-209. Also, Reprint.—Le Double. Du redressement de la courbure a- concavite inferieure et de l'etat rectiligne de 1'articulation squamo-parietale. Bull, et mem. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par, 1902, 5. s, iii, 682-684.— von Lenhossek (M.) Ueber Nahtverknocherungen im Kindesalter. Arch. f. Anthrop, Brnschwg, 1916, n. F, xv, 164-180.—Maggi (L.) Ossicini suturo-fontanellari nei cranio dell' uomo fossile. R. 1st. Lomb. di sc. e lett. Rendic, Milano, 1899, 2. s, xxxii, 465-484.-----. Ossicini brematici negli ucceUi. Ibid., 1098-1101. -----. Ossicini metopici negli ucceUi e nei mammiferi. Ibid., 1274-1291, 1 El.-----. Suture ed ossa intraparietali nei cranio umano di ambino e di adulto. Ibid., 1904,2. s,xxxvii, 419-430,1 pi.— Mantia (P.) Un caso di saldatura precoce della sutura sagittale. Atti d. Soc. rom. di antrop, Roma, 1901-2, viii, 41- 46.—Marchand (F.) Ueber Formveranderung des Scha- dels und des Gehirns infolge friihzeitiger Nahtverknoche- rung. Arch. f. Entwcklngsmechn. d. Organ, Leipz, 1908, xxvi, 329-343,1 pL—Nicola (B.) Su la sutura zygomatico frontaUs. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1903, 4. s. CRANIUM. 264 CRANIUM. Cranium (Sutures of). ix, 209-224—Oppenhelm (S.) Die Suturen des mensch- lichen Schadels in ihrer anthropologischen Bedeutung. Kor.-Bl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Anthrop. [etc.], Brn- schwg, 1908, xxxviii, 128-135.—Paravicini (G.) .Di alcune nuove ossicinina suturo-fontanellari del cranio umano giovane ed adulto, appartenente ad aUenati ed a normali. R. 1st. Lomb. di sc. e lett. Rendic, Milano, 1902, 2. s, xxxv, 1005-1023, 1 pi.—Parsons (F. G.) Notes on the coronal suture. J. Anat. & Physiol, Lond, 1905-6, xl, 242-246.—Parsons (F. G.) & Box (C. R.) The relation of the cranial sutures to age. J. Anthrop. Inst, Lond, 1905, xxxv, 30-38.—Ranke (J.) Ueber Schadelnahte und basale Fugen bei Menschen und Menschenaffen. Si- tzungsber. d. math.-phys. CI. d. k. baver. Akad. d. Wis- sensch, Munchen, 1913, 397-460—Rauber (A.) Suturae supranasales; die supranasalen Nahte des Stirnbeins; Ossa supranasalia spurium et verum. Morphol. Jahrb, Leipz, 1906, xxxv, 362-376, 1 pi.—Regnault (F.) Suture orbito- fronto-maxillaire. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par, 1902, Ixxvu, 479-483.—Reichardt (M.) Vorzeitige Schadelnaht- verkndcherung, Hirnschwellung und plotzlicher Tod. Vrtljsehr. f. gerichtl. Med, Berl, 1921, 3. F, lxi, 25-38.— SchUck (A.) Ueber zwei Kinderschadel mit verschiedenen Nahtanomalien. Anat. Anz, Jena, 1912, xii. 89-97.— Schultz (A.) Einfluss der Sutura occipitalis transversa auf Grosse und Form des Occipitale una des ganzen Ge- hirnschadels. Arch, suisses d'anthrop. gen, Geneve, 1914- 15, i, 184-191.—Schwalbe (G.) Ueber den supranasalen Theil der Stirnnaht. Ztschr. f. Morphol. u. Anthrop, Stuttg, 1901, iii, 208-220, 1 pi.-----. Sulla sutura meto- pica nei primati. Atti d. Soc. rom. di antrop, Roma, 1904, x, 159-181.-----. Ueber die Stirnnaht bei den Primaten. Ztschr. f. Morphol. u. Anthrop, Stuttg, 1904, \ii, 502- 523.—Shufeldt (R. W.) Comparative study of certain cranial sutures in the primates. Anat. Record, Phila, 1915, lx, 121-124. Also: Science, Lancaster, Pa, 1916, n. s, xhii, 941. Also, Reprint.—Socquet & Deroide (J.) Sur un cas de disjonction de la suture coronale chez un homme de 27 ans; hematome de la dure-mere; mort rapide. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par, 1910, lxxxv, 25-28.—Staurenghi (C.) Di nuovo del difetto ed assenza della sutura sagittale in individui di B. taurus L, formazione della sutura fronto- preinterparietale in alcuni B. taurus e della sutura fronto- sovraoccipitale nell' Anas boscas. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1899,165-187, 2 pi.-----. Sutura metopica o fron- tale basale (unione post-etmoidea delle lamine orbitali dei frontali) in un delinquente in alcuni rosicanti ed in un pinnipedo; associazione della s. sfeno (pre)-etmoidea colla s. metopica basale nei myopotamus coypus e nell' homo s. processi antisfenoidei degli ucceUi. Ibid., 1900, 33-60, 2 pi. -----. Suture ed ossa criptiche o ricoperte. Verhandl. d. anat. GeseUsch, Jena, 1900, xiv, 181-189.—Stoccada (F.) Untersuchungen fiber die Synchondrosis sphenooccipita- lis und den Ossifikationsprozess bei Kretinismus und . Athyrcosis. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path, Jena, 1915, lxi, 450-513.—Thoma (R.) Synostosis suturae sagittalis crami; ein Beitrag zur Histomechanik des Skeletts und zur Lehre von dem interstitiellen Knochenwachstum. Vir- chow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl, 1907, xvui, 248- 360.—Tovo (C.) Sur la suture palatine transverse chez les criminels. Compt. rend. Cong, internat. d'anthrop. crim, 1906, vi, Turin, 1908, 316-320.—Valentl (G.) Sopra un caso di sutura anomala aell'osso parietale nell' uomo. Mem. r. Accad. d. sc. d. 1st. di Bologna, 1914-15, 7. s, ii. 403 405, 1 pi.—Zanolll (V.) Studio sulla obliterazione delle suture craniche. Atti d. Soc. rom. di anthrop, Roma, 1908, xiv, 14-44. Cranium (Syphilis of). Adson (A.W.) The surgical treatment of gummatous os- teitis ofthe skull. J. Am.M. Ass., Chicago, 1920, lxxiv, 385-387. Also, Reprint.—Batut. Syphilis et tuberculose craniennes Marseille mod, 1910, xlvii, 290-300.—Blaine (E. S.) A case of osteitis luetica of cranium. Am. Atlas Stereoroentgenol Troy, N. Y, 1920, iii, 240-242.—Bocca & Benet. Syphilis" terebrante du crane; hernie cerebrate avec meningocele con- secutive. Marseille med, 1921, lviii, 558.—Bonnet (L.-M.) & Courjon. Lesions syphilitiques considerables des os du crane. Bull. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1909, viii 175-177. Also .-Lyon med, 1909, cxii, 717-719.—Burkhardt( 11.) Ueber die Mitbeteiligung des Gesichtsschadels bei Lues hereditaria tarda mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Kiefer. Schweiz Vrtljsehr. f. Zahnh, Zurich, 1915, xxv, 50-72—Cappelli (J.) Contributo alia conoscenza delle lesioni sifiUtiche delle ossa craniche. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven, Milano, 1922, lxin 436-443.—Castex (M. R.) Osteo-miclitis gomosa de los huesos del craneo. Prensa med. argentina, Buenos Aires 1917 18, i v, suppl, 50; 51.—Chargln. Syphilitic osteomyeli- tis of the skull involving tho inner and outer table* J Cutan. Dis. inch Syph, Chicago, 1919, xxxvii, 279.—De^ keyser (L.) Vaste necrose syphiUtique des os du crane Soc. beige de dermat. et de syph. Bull, Brux, 1902-3 ii 84.—Euzlere. Presentation drun crane syphiUtique. Mont- pel. med, 1910, xxx, 428-431.-Flascbi (f.) Case of exten- sive syphilitic necrosis of the skull, illustrating an easy wav for removing such sequestra. Australas. M. Gaz, Sydney, 1908, xxvu, 294 -Forgue (E.) & Roger (H.) Interven- tion chirurgicale dans la syphiUs necrosante de la voute cranienne. Arch. prov. de chir. Par, 1907, xvi, 637-665 Cranium (Syphilis of). 3 pi.—Gaucher & Rostalne. Exostoses syphilitiques du crane 25 ans apres le debut d'une syphilis non traitee. BuU. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph. Par, 1903, xiv, 345. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph. Par, 1903,4. s, iv,947.—Gottheil. Gummous osteitis and periostitis of the parietal bones; extensive necrosis. J. Cutan. Dis. inch Syph, N. Y, 1914 xxxu, 233.—Gregory (M. S.) & Karpas (M. J.) Syphilitic bone disease of the skull. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis, N. Y., 1913, xl, 651 659.—Hutchinson (J.) Case of extensive syphilitic necrosis of skull, with intra-cranial abscess, but with a complete absence of cerebral symptoms. Tr. Clin. Soc, Lond, 1904-5, xxxviii. 214.—Lereboullet. Osteo-syphi- lomes craniens et manifestations nerveuses. Progres med. Par, 1920, 3. s, xxxv, 453.—Mallhouse (M.) Acquired syphilitic disease within the cranium. Proc. Connect. M. Soc, Waterbury, 1900,175-188.—Nicolas (J.).Moutot(H.) & Gate (J.) Deux cas de syphilis cranienne a larges seques- tres. Province med. Par, 1914, xxv, 237-239.—Relsz (0.) [A case of luetic necrosis of the cranium.) Gvogva.szat. Budapest, 1904, xliv, 663.—Roger (H.) Resultats eioignes d'une vaste craniectomie pour syphilis necrosante rebelle de la voute cranienne. Montpel. med, 1910, xxx, 595-598.— Soupault(R)& Boutelier. Osteite syphilitique de la voute du crane. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par, 1920, xc, 609- 612.—Stevens (R. HO A case of syphilis with extensive gummatous involvement of the bones of the cranium. Grace Hosp. Bull, Detroit, 1917-18, ii, 12-14.—von Stubenrauch. ScbMelsyphilis; Craniectomie wegen Hirnerscheinungen; Heilung; Tod nach 2 Jahren Infolge septischer Eiterung. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1899, xlvi,911. Also: Sitzungsb. d. arztl. Ver. Munchen (1899), 1900, ix, 57-60.—Vance (A.M.) Syphilitic abscess between aura and skull, report of case. Louisville Month. J. M. & S, 1914-15, xxi, 243.—Volkmann (J.) Syphilis des Schadels und Unfall. Monatschr. f. Un- fallheUk, Leipz, 1922, xxix, 97-102. Cranium (Tuberculosis of). Albert (L.) *Ueber Tuberkulose der platten Schadelknochen. 8°. Munchen, 1899. Brodsky (M.) *Ueber Schadeltuberkulose bei Kindern. S6. Zurich, 1907. Feder (J. R. A.) *Die Tuberkulose der glatten Schadelknochen mit besonderer Beriick- sichtigung des Kindesalters. 8°. Breslau, lv)9 Also, in: Jahrb. f. Kinderh, Leipz, 1899, n. F, 1,342-36\ Frcehlich (A.) *Ueber die Tuberkulose der Schadelknochen. 8°. Strassburg i. E., [1906]. Grosse (L.) *Ein Beitrag zur Schadel- knochen-Tuberkulose. [Leipzig.] 8°. Stuttgart, 1895. TIarter (A.) *Zvrei Falle von perforierender Tuberkulose an den platten Schadelknochen. 8°. Erlangen, 1903. Koemgf.r (l\ K. E.) *r/eber Schadeltuber- culose. 8°. Miinchen, 1905. Levy (G.) *Kasuistik zur Lehre von der Tuberkulose der Schadelknochen. 8°. irur:- burg, 1896. Pelletier (A.) Contribution a, l'etude de la tuberculose des os de la voute du crane. 8°. Paris, 1910. Radionokf (S.) *Ueber die Tuberkulose der Schadelknochen. 4°. Basel, [1906] Rall (O. E. R.) *Tuberkulose des Schadel- daches. 8°. Tubingen, 1906. Roux (T.) *Un cas de tuberculose de la voilte cranienne oper6 etgueri. 8°. Paris. 1921. Schmink ([K.] J.) *Drei Falle von Tuberku- lose der platten Schadelknochen. 8°. Leipzig, 1920. Schmtzer (E.) Schadeltuberkulose mit be- sonderer Beriicksichtigung der Therapie nach Konig. 8°. Berlin, 1906. Seilhax (F.) *( 'ontribution a l'etude de la tuberculose de la vofitedu crane. 8°. Toulouse, 1911. Soule (A.) Contribution a l'etude de la tuberculose des os de la voftte cranienne. 8°. Paris, 1901. Beck(0.) Ausgedehnte tuberkulose Karies des Warzen- fortsatzes und Felsenbeins, Karies der Schadelbasis mit Zerstflrung und Sequestrierung des Clivus. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Bert. & Wien, 1919, liii, 6t.S 670.—Berger. Schadeltuberkulose nach Trauma. Jahresb. d. Kehr.-Roh- den'schcu Privatklin. in Halberstadt, Gruben, 1902, 110- CRANIUM. 265 CRANIUM. Cranium (Tuberculosis of). 116.—Delamare & Conor. Observation d'osteite tubercu- leuse de la voute cranienne. Gaz. d. hop. Par, 1903, lxxvi, 205.—Esquler. Tuberculose de la voute du crane; note sur un cas observe chez un noir du Soudan. Arch, de med. et pharm. nav. Par, 1920, ex, 146-149.—Freysing (H.) Mul- tiple tubercular tumors of the skull and both tympanicmem- brancs. Arch. Otol, N. Y, 1899, xxviii, 330-333.—Kllianl. Tuberculosis of the skull. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1911, liii, 846.—Langmead (FO Tuberculous osteitis of the skull and lower jaw. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child, Lond, 1905-6, vi, 246.—Lenormant (C.) & Soupault (R.) La tubercu- lose de la voute cranienne. Presse med. Par, 1920, xxviii, 494-496.—Meurisse & Sarrautte. Sur deux cas nouveaux de tuberculose des os du crane. Arch. med. de Toulouse, 1898, iv, 451-462.—Morestln. Tuberculose du crane; resection etendue de la paroi cranienne temporo-parietale; correction de la diflormite consecutive par l'insertion d'une greffe adipeuse. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1912, n. s, xxxviii, 227-229.—Noc (F.) & Esquler (A.) Tuberculose de la voute du crane chez un noir du Soudan. Bull. Soc. path, exot. Par, 1920, xui, 330.—Pages. Osteite tubercu- leuse du crane. Lyon med, 1908, cxi, 51-53.—P6rez Ortiz (J.) Periostitis tuberculosa de los huesos del craneo. Siglo med, Madrid, 1907, liv, 339-342.—Primrose (A.) Tuber- culosis of the flat bones of the skull; perforation of the parietal bone, with exposure of the dura mater. Montreal M. J, 1899, xxviii, 929-931.—Raymond (E.) Larges trepanations pour tuberculose cranienne. Cong, internat. de med. (xvi). C.-r, Budapest, 1910, Sect, vii, Chirurg, 682-698.—Reber (M.) Ueber Tuberkulose der platten Schadelknochen mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der im Basler Kinderspitale vom Jahre 1869 bis 1905 beobachteten Falle. Jahrb. f. Kinderh, Berl, 1907, lxv, 129-159.—Roger (H.) La tuber- culose perforante de la voute cranienne. Presse med. Par, 1919, xxvii, 481.—St. John (V.) Tuberculosis of the flat bones of the skull. Brit. J. Surg, Bristol, 1921-22, ix 228- 234.—Stockert (W.) Ueber Tuberkulosis der Schadelbasis. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk, Wiirzb, 1906, v, 509-513.— Tourneaux(J.-P.)& Ducaing(P.) Un cas d'osteite tuber- culeuse du crane. Toulouse med, 1910,2. s, xii, 187.—Wie- ting & Rail Effendi. Zur Tuberkulose der knochernen Schadeldecke. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir, Leipz, 1903-4, lxx, 123-139.—Wolff. Tuberculose des Schlafenbeins und der Dura. Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult. 1901, Bresl, 1902, lxxix, med. Sect., 240-242. Cranium (Tumors of). See, also, Cranium (Exostoses of). _ von Bialynicka-Birula (Katharina). *Bei- trag zur Kenntnis der Schadeldachtumoren. 8°. Freiburg i. Br., 1904. Bisquerra (E.) *Des lipomes pericraniens. 8°. Lyon, 1899. Buerkel (E.) Neue Beitrage zur Casuistik der operativen Behandlung der Schadelbasisfi- brome. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1897. Gerth (G. O. E.) *Zur Kasuistik der myelo- genen Angiomata der Schadelknochen. 8°. Jena, 1906. Grosch (L. II. E.) *Multiple Myelome des Schadeldaches. 8°. Munchen, 1905. Guilhem (J.) Contribution a l'etude des lipomes osteo-periostiques de la voute du crane. 8*. Toulouse, 1897. Kadowaki (S.) *Casuistischer Beitrag zur Lehre von der traumatischen Entstehung der Schadel-Endotheliome. 8°. Munchen, 1907. Lavillette (G.) *Angiomes intracraniens. 8°. Paris, 1906. Linkenheld (F. P. L.) *Zur Casuistik der Geschwiilste der Schadeldecken. 8°. Giessen, 1902. Abbe (R.) Three interesting tumors of the skull. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1915, Ixxxvii, 203-205.—Ahrens. Ueber einen operierten Fall eines einzig dastehenden papillaren Fibro- epitheUoms des Stirnschadels. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1911, xlviii. 551.—Auvray. Tumeur perforante des os du crane. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1919, xlv, 1383- 1390.—Babltski (P. S.) [Tumor of the cranium.] Trudi Kiyevsk. Khirurg. Obsh. (1909-10), 1911, 163-170. [Discus- sion], 20.—Barstow (D. M.) A case of tympanic and mas- toid cholesteatoma; extradural abscess; sinus thrombosis; prolonged pyemic temperature without metastases; recovery. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1906, lxix, 217-219.—Berard. Neoplasme penetrant du crane. Lyon chirurg, 1913, x, 322.—Blumen- thal (F.) & Tugendreich (J.) Ueber eine besondere Art glinstiger Einwirkung von Rontgenstrahlen bei einer Schadelgeschwulst. Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. Rontgenstrah- len, Hamb, 1921, xxviii, 130-133.—Borchardt (M.) Cho- lesteatom der hinteren Schadelgrube. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir, Berl., 1905, xxxiv, pt. 2, 496-503.—Cat- Cranium (Tumors of). terlna(A.) Tumoredelpericranio. Boll.d.r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1916, xxxi, 77-86.—Coenen (H.) Ein operativ geheiltes Chondrom des CUvus Blumenbachii. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1912, xUx, 2270-2274. -----. Chondrome der Schadelbasis und deren operative Behandlung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1912, xxxviii, 1955. Also: Verhandl. d. GeseUsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte (Miin- ster), 1912, Leipz., 1913, Ixxxiv, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte, 117.—von Eiselsberg. Zur Casuistik der knochernen Tumoren des Schadeldaches. Arch. f. klin. Chir, Berl, 1906, lxxxi, 1-23, 1 pi.—Elschnlg. Eine Frau mit metastatischen multiplen Tumoren des linken Scheitel- und Stirnbeins. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1919. xlv, 256.—Flcai (G.) Tumore della base del cranio. Cesalpino, Arezzo, 1905, i, 185-190,1 pi.—Flesch (J.) [Tumor der Schadelbasis.] Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1906, v, 152. -----. Tumor der Schadelbasis extrakraniellen Ursprungs. Wien. kUn. Wchnschr, 1909, xxii, 131.—Froelich. Un cas de tumeur cranienne congenitale. Rev. med. de Test, Nancy, 1906, xxxviii, 593-597.—Garbinl (G.) Tumore della fossa posteriore del cranio; contributo clinico e anatomico. Manicomio, Nocera, 1905, xxi, 189^218,1 pi.—Hagen-Torn (I. E.) [Tumors of the base of the skull and methods of their removal.] Russk. chir. arch., S.-Peterb, 1902, xviU, 255-279, 1 pi.—Hartmann (F.) Beitrage zur pathologi- schen Anatomie und Klinik der Geschwiilste der Schadel- basis. J. f. Psychol, u. Neurol, Leipz, 1905-6, vi, 209: 1906-7, vii, 25, 1 tab.—Hassler. Tumeur veineuse du crane en communication probable avec la circulation intra-cra- nienne. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1903, xxiv, 403- 405.—Hopmann. Zur Operation der harten Schadelgrund- polypen (Basisfibrome bezw. Fibrosarkome), nebst Be- merkungen iiber Nasenpolypen. Munchen. med. Wchn- schr, 1898, xlv, 656-659.—Kanoky (J. P.) Thyroid tumors of the bones, with special reference to non-maUgnant pulsat- ing tumors of the skull. Surg, Gynec. & Obst, Chicago. 1916, xxii, 679-687.—Kappis. Vorstellung zweier geheilter Tumoren der hinteren Schadelgrube. Munchen. med, Wchnschr, 1918, lxv, 828.—de Kleyn (A.) Chondroom der schedelbasis verwijderd als adenoid. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1916, i, 310.—Klostermann (H.) Zur Kasuistik der Schadeldeckentumoren. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1908, lv, 2184.—Kramer. Geschwiilste der Schadeldecken des Gehirns und seiner Haute. Beitr. z. klin. Chir, Tubing, 1904, xhii, Suppl.-Hft, 60.—Kroglus (A.) Zur Behandlung des Angioma arteriale racemosum der Schadeldecken. Zentralbl. f. Chir, Leipz, 1905, xxxii, 1025-1029.—Lipscher (M.) Ein nach temporarer Resection der Oberkieferknochen entfernter Tumor der Schadelbasis. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1903, xxxix, 894.—Mc- Lean (A.) Surgical treatment of cranial tumors. Detroit M. J, 1904-5, iv, 42-44.—MarceUos (D. G.) Zur Operation der Schadelbasisflbrome. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl. & Wien, 1913, xlvii, 274-279.—Masera (G.) Ueber eine interessante Geschwulst der Schadelbasis. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1910, excix, 471-482, 1 p].— Mlngazzlni (G.) & Lombi (A.) Contributo aUo studio clinico e anatomo-patologico dei tumori della fossa media e posteriore del cranio. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1897, Firenze, 1899, iu, 373-409.—Morelli (K.) Opera- tion der Schadelbasisflbrome mit Resektion des harten Gaumens. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1911, xlvu, 117.—MuUer (W.) Ein Tumor im Bereiche der Schadelge- gend. Sitzungsb. d. aerztl. Ver. Niirnb. 1900, Munchen, 1901, 34-37.—Novaro (N.) Lipoma solitario a sede rara. Arch. ital. di chir, Bologna, 1922, iv, 55-62—Palermo (P.) Contribuicao ao estudo dos tumores da abobada craneana; tumor raro, da abobada do craneo, curado pela craneoplastia; methodo de Morestin. Brazil-med, Rio de Jan., 1921, xxxv, pt. 2, 184-186.—Pick (L.) Exorbitante multiple Chondrombildung am Schadel. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1913, xxxix, 1333.—Plauchu. Angiome cranien congenital. Lyon med, 1911, cxvii, 1151.—Prado (A.) Tumor da base do craneo. Brazu-med, Rio de Jan, 1920, xxxiv, 665.—Relnprecht (L.) Zur Kasuistik der Geschwiilste des knochernen Schadeldaches. Beitr. z. klin. Chir.. Tubing, 1899, xxiu, 434-143.—Ruggl (G.) Di alcuni neoplasm! impiantati sulle ossa del cranio e dei loro possibili rapporti colla massa cerebrale. Mem. Accad. d. sc. d. 1st. di Bologna, 1909, 6. s, vi, 231-251.—Scarplni (V.) Su alcuni fenomeni psichici osservati in un caso di neoplasma della fossa cramca posteriore. Rassegna di studi psichiat, Siena, 1915, v, 187-192.—Sclilofler (H.) Zur Operation von ausge- dehnten Tumoren an der Schadelbasis. Prag. med. Wchn- schr, 1913, xxxviii, 366.—Schroder. Schadelbasistumor. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1915, xU, 269.— von Schrotter. [Fall von auffallender Vergrosserung und Tumorbildung des Schadels.) Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1906, v, 170-172.—Schwartz (E.) Tumeur perforante des os du crane. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1919, xlv,, 1401.—Southam (F. A.) A case of removal of a polypoid growth from the base of the skull after a preliminary excision of the upper jaw. Lancet, Lond, 1904, i, 989.—Stenvers (H. W.) Een cholesteatoom van de schedelbasis voor en na de operatic Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1918, i, 1739.—Trautmann (G.) Be- merkungen zur Operation der Schadelbasisflbrome. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol, Berl., 1908-9, xxi, 484-489—L'nter- berger (F.) Ein echtes Cholesteatom der Schadelknochen. CRANIUM. 266 CRANSTOUN'S. Cranium (Tumors of). Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir, Leipz, 1906, lxxxi, 90-96— VUlar (R ) & Lalargue (P.) Tumeur metastatique du crane. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1920,1, 616.—Werneck (C.) Sobre a extirpacao de um tumor da base do craneo. Bol. da Acad. nac. de med, Rio de Jan, 1921, xcii, 172-176.—Wiener (G.) Deux cas de tumeurs endocraniennes. J. de chir. et Ann. Soc. beige de chir, Brux, 1905, v, 207-214, 1 pi.—Wletlng. Zur Chirurgie des Sinus pericranii. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr, Leipz. & Berl, 1911, xxxvii, 1438-1440.—Yvert (A.) Large craniectomie pour neoplasme perforant de l'occipital, avec tumeur en sablier, de la grosseur d'un ceuf de poule a linterieur du crane de la grosseur d'un ceuf de dinde a l'exterieur; guerison per prim am. Gaz. d. hdp., d. Lyon, 1911, xn, 97; 113; 129; 145. Cranium (Tumors of, Cystic). Stein (A.) *Die Dermoid cysten am Schadel. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1902. Curzio (E.) Sulle cisti dermoidi della fontanella an- teriore. Riforma med, Palermo, 1900, xvi, pt. 1, 663; 676 — Deutschlander. Praparate von perforierenden Dermoiden der seithchen Schadelpartien. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1904, xxx, 1365.—Franke (F.) Ueber die Blutcysten am Schadel (Haematocele, Sinus pericranii) und ihre Behandlung. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir, Berl, 1902, xxxi, pt. 2, 379-396.—Krauss (W.) & Sauerbruch (F.) Intrakranielles Epidermoid der Stirn- hirngegend, Durchbruch In die Orbita, Exstirpation; Heilung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1912, xxxvui, 1234.—Massie (G.) Fibrocystic disease of the skull. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1920-21, xiv, Sect. Clin, 76.— Miyata. [A dermoid cyst departing from the large fonta- nella.) Hifubyog. kiu Hiniokibyog. Zasshi, Tokyo, 1903, iii, 392.—Muskens(L. J. J.) Demonstratie van een door operatie genezen geval van cyste in de schedelholte. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1910, xlv, pt. 1, 388-392.— Muzil (S.) Emiplegia da ematoma epidurale; particolari sulla tecnica della craniectomia. Boll. d. Soc. Lancisiana d. osp. di Roma, 1907, xxvu, 126-140.—Taylor (E. W.) Periosteal cyst formation; an unusual effect of intracranial pressure. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis, Lancaster, Pa., 1910, xxxvii, 99-109.—Vegas (M. H.) Quiste hidatidico de la cavidad craneana (extra dural). Arch, latino-am. de pediat, Buenos Aires, 1906, ii, 134-140.—Vincent (E.) Kystes con- genitaux multiples du crane; communication de Pun d'eux avec la cavite cranienne; extirpation suivie d'ecoulement prolonge du Uquide cephalo-rachidien; guerison. Arch. prov. de chir. Par, 1905, xiv, 685-692.—Walther (C.) Kystes dermoides de l'inion. Rev. d'orthop. Par, 1914 3. s, v, 297-310. -----. Kyste dermoide de Pinion oper6 depths vingt-trois ans. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par 1916, n. s, xhi, 1456-1458. Cranium (Tumors of, Malignant). Baefp (G.) Contribution a l'etude de l'ostebsarcome de la voute du crane. 8°. Nancy, 1903. Frank (A.) *Beitrage zur Lehre von den Schadelsarkomen. 8°. Rostock, 1909. Grxjxberg (K.) Zwei Falle von perforieren- dem Sarkom des Schadels. 8°. Greifswald, 1897. Lazard (J.) *Des tumeurs malignes primitives de la votite cranienne et de leur traitement 8°. Paris, 1900. Weiss wan ge (F.) *Beitrag zur Lehre von den primaren Sarkomen der Wande der Schadel- hohle mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Histogenese. [Freiburg i. Br.] 8°. Tiibinqen, 1897. y ' Barberio (V.) Enorme sarcoma del cranio in un bam- bino di otto anni. N. progr. internaz. med.-chir, Napoli 1904, i, 132.—Bardy (H.) [ A case of sarcoma of the cranium i Finska lak.-sallsk. handl, Helsingfors, 1922, lxiv, 68-71.— Berard. Epithelioma terebrant du crane sans ulceration de repiderme traite par le radium. Lyon chirurg 1921 xviii, 271.—von Bergmann. [Sarkom des Schadels i Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1907, xliv, 290. -----. Zwei Faile von Sarkom eines Sehadelknochens. Verhandl d Berl med. Gesellsch. (1907), 1908, xxxvUl, 81-83.—BlerrlnE (W. L.) Multiple periosteal sarcomata of the cranium with involvement of retroperitoneal lymph nodes and* attending severe, probably pernicious, anemia. J. Am M Ass, Chicago, 1903, xii, 782-785.-Bolognesi (G.) Mixo^ encondro-sarcoma della volta cranica a sviluppo contemno- raneo endocranieo ed esocranico. Tumori, Roma 1914-1 i iv, 683-692.-Camara Pestana & Bello de Moraes. Sar- coma da base do craneo. Arch, de med, Lisb 1898-9 ii 67-73 -Cantonnet & Coutela (C.) Sarcome'de labase du crane. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par 1906 lxxxi 505-507-Cautley (E.) Alveolar sarcomaTwith metaslLes in the skull Brit J. Child. Dis, Lond, Wig/xvU^f- Cross (E. S.) Clinical study of a patient suflering from Cranium (Tumors of, Malignant). intense thirst and polyuria (diabetes insipidus) and pre- senting X-ray evidence of maUgnant processes in the cranial bones, possibly late metastases of mammary carcinoma. Endocrinology, Los Angeles, 1922, vi, 387-392.—Cuylits. Osteosarcome cranien. Presse med. beige, Brux., 1903, lv, 555-557.—Delflno (E.) Sopra una forma rara di sarcoma mieloide del cranio. Gazz. med. ital, Torino, 1905, lvi, 255; 265.—Duhot. Sarcdme du crane. Presse med. beige, Brux, 1907, Ux, 393.—Gangolphe. Osteo-sarcome du crane. Bull. Soc. de chir. de Lyon (1898-99), 1900, ii, 247 — Goris. Osteo-sarcome de la fosse temporo-zygomatique; extirpation de la tumeur avec resection cranienne; guerison. J. de chir. et Ann. Soc. beige de chir, Brux, 1905, v, 395- 398.—Goullioud. Recidive cranienne d'un cancer du sein; perforation du crane meconnue a la radiographic. Lyon chirurg, 1913, x, 304-306—Hare (E. R.) A fibrosarcoma of the skull. Tr. West. Surg. Ass, Minneap, 1918, xxviii, 115-117. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y, U19, xcv, 261.—Hatch (W. K.) Sarcoma of the skuU. Indian M. Gaz, Calcutta, 1898, xxxiii, 413.—Hebrant (G.) Osteo-sarcome de la voute du crane chez le chien. Ann. de med. vet, Brux, 1903, Ui, 516-521.—Kafemann (R.) Ueber eine wichtige Verwendungsmoglichkeit der Elektrolyse in den oberen Luftwegen im Anschluss an einen geheUten Fall von Epi- thelialkarzinom der Basis crarui. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1910, xxxvi, 1226-1229.—Krogius (A.) Ueber einen mit Rontgen-Strahlen erfolgreich behandelten Fall von Schadelsarkom. Arch. f. klin. Chir, Berl, 1903-4, Ixxi, 97-110.—Lante-Dupont. Epithelioma de l'ethmoide et du maxillaire superieur chez une fillette de 14 ans. BuU. d'oto-rhino-laryngol. Par, 1914, xvii, 250.—Lameris (H. J.) Carcinoom van het schedeldak. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Ge- neesk, Amst, 1909, xliv, pt. 2, 16%.-----. Sarcoma crami; vettransplantatie. Ibid., 1919, i, 1042.—Lazard (J.) Re- marques sur la technique de lintervention dans les sar- comes du crane. Trav.de neurol. chir. Par, 1902,vi, 67-74 — Lemke (R.) Ein Fall von malignem Chordom der Scha- delbasis. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl, 1922, ccxxxvhi, 310-324.—Leuret & Lorrain. Sarcome des os du crane. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par, 1913, lxxxviii, 454.—Lewis (M. J.) Alveolar sarcoma of the right middle fossa of the skull. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis, N. Y, ls99, xxvi, 670-676.—Lucato (A.) Sarcoma della base del cranio. Riv. med, Milano, 1907, xv, 127; 145—de Luna A- Mattel. Cancer de la voute cranienne. Marseille med., 1913,1, 261- 263.—McRoberts (R.) Sarcoma of the base of the skull. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis, N. Y, 1917, xlv, 72-74.—Moody (D. W. K.) Note of a case of rapidly growing alveolar sarcoma of the cranium. Lancet, Lond, 1914, i, 174.— Morestln (H.) Epithelioma du front adherent au crane; extirpation; autoplastic Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph. Par, 1909, xx, 343-346. -----. Sarcome du crane. Bull. et,mem. Soc. anat. de Par, 1911, lxxxvi, 173-177. -----. Epithelioma du front adherent au crane. BuU. et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1914, n. s, xl, 1051-1056.—OUver. Sarcoma of skull. Northumberland & Durham M. J, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1>94, ii, 150-152.—Peraire (M.) Volumineux sarcome fuso-ceUulaire cranien sept fois opere; epidermisation de la surface osseuse. Paris chirurg 1912 iv, 1115-1117.- Petit (G.) Sarcome ossifiant de la voute cranienne ayant provoque l'aplatlssement des hemispheres ccr6braux avec atrophie cerebelleuse consecutive, chez un chien. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par, 1906, lxxxi, 43-16.— Plzjuan. Algunas consideraciones sobre un caso de osteo- sarcoma de la base del craneo. Rev. med. de Sevilla, 1906, xlvi, 78-S2.-Roj ce (C. E.) Sarcoma of the base of the skuU. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1916, lxvi, 12S8-1291.-Ruttln (E.) Ohrbefund bei multipler Sarkomatose des Schadelknochen. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl, 191S, hi, 41-43. Also: Vvien. med. Wchnschr, 1918, lxviii, 127v-Schnltzler (J.) Fall von Sarkom der Diploe; Exstirpation; nach neun ts roentgenological diagnosis and its frequency. Neurol. Bull, N. Y, wis, 1, 319-322.-Smith (J. F.) Two cases of post-traumatic sarcoma of the skuU. Surg, Gynec. & Obst, Chicago, 1909 vul, 375-379.-Stelger CM.) Maligne Geschwulst des Schadehnnern. Cor.-Bl. f. schweii. Aerzte, Basel, 1917, xlvu, 307 310------. Ein mit Rontgenstrahlen primar geheiltes Sarkom der Schadelbasis. Strahlenthera- pie, Berl 1917, viii, 137-140.—Tourneux (J.-P.) & Alary. barcome du crane. Toulouse med, 1910, 2. s, xii, 154-156. Cranium (IFounds and injuries of). See Head (Wounds, etc., of). Cranny (John Joseph) [1846-19041. w°KbUUi!ry* ^r^- M- J-i Lond' mi> u» so6- ^**>-- J- Insh M. Ass, Dubl, 1904, lv, 245. Cranstoun's (Capt.) account of the poisoning of the late Mr. Francis Blandv, of Henley upon Thames, Oxfordshire, [etc-.]." 17 pp. 8°. Lonr don, R. Richards, [1752]. Bound with: Case (The) of Miss Blandv and MKs Jeffreys fairly stated [etc.]. 8°. London, 1752. * CRANWELL. 267 CRAWFORD. Cranwell (Daniel J.) Contribuci6n al estudio de la actinomicosis humana; su frecuencia en la Republica Argentina, vii, 186 pp., 10 pi. 8°. Buenos Aires, Coni hermanos, 1904. Cranz (Carl). Gemeinverstandliches iiber die sogenanntevierteDimension. 70pp. 8°. Ham- burg, 1890. Forms Hft. 112-113, n. F, of: Samml. gemeinverstandl. wissensch. Vortr. Crapez (Francois). *Valeur de l'ablation des ganglions dans l'hysterectomie pour cancer. 66 pp., 11. 8°. Pans, 1904, No. 190. Crary (Lottie E.). A text-book of field zoology; insects and their near relatives and birds. 364 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son & Co., 1910. Crasquin (Charles-Jean-Baptiste) [1881- ]. *Modifications chimiques des liquides de l'orga- nisme au cours du travail musculaire. 63 pp. 8°. Lille, 1920, No. 37. Crasson (Francois). *Contribution a l'etude des hemorragies retroplacentaires. 92 pp. 8°. Pan's, 1906, No. 292. Crassous (Henri) [1874- ]. *De l'analgesie medicale par injections intra-arachnoidiennes et £pidurales de chlorhydrate de cocaine, viii, 9-62pp., 11. 8°. Montpellier, 1901, No. 76. Crataegus. Persoxke (J.) *Les fleurs de Crataegus oxyacantha. 8°. Lyon, 1916. Wellhotjse (W. H.) The insect fauna of the genus Crataegus. 8°. Ithaca, 1922. CorneU Univ. Agric. Exper. Stat. Memoir No. 56. Amat(C) La nefle; son efficacite dans 1'entente. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par, 1907, cliv, 567-570.—Armstrong fw. B.) A study of the fruit of Crataegus macracantha. Chem. News, Lond, 1913, cvii, 280—Cotte (J.) Nouvelle acarococcidie de Crataegus oxyacanthoides Thuill. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1910, lxvui, 643-645.—Jones (E. G.) Crataegus oxyacantha (English hawthorn). Med. Times, Lond, 1920, xlviii, 179.—Mezger (O.) & Fuchs (K.) Bei- trag zur Kenntnis des Hagebuttenmarks. Ztschr. f. Unter- such. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl, 1908, xvi, 390- 395.—Rellly (T. F.) Crataegus oxyacantha. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1910, Uv, 103.—van der Stempel (M. L.) Crataegus oxyacantha (een hartmiddel). Geneesk. Courant, Amst, 1903, lvn, 179-181. Crato (Johannes) [1519-86]. Ordnung der Pre- servation wie man sich zur Zeit der Infection verwahren, auch Bericht wie die rechte Pesti- lentia erkandt, uund curirt werden soil. Mit einer Lehre von dem Vorsorg der Geschwieren. 40 1. sm. 4°. Bresslaw, J. Scharffenberg, 1585. See, also, GUlet (J. F. A.) Crato von Crafltheim und seine Freunde. Ein Beitrag zur Kirchengeschichte. Nachhand- schriftUchen Quellen. 2 v. 8°. Frankfurt a. M., 1860. Craton (Samuel Boyce) [1863-1915]. [Obituary.] J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1915, lxiv, 1012. Crausaz (Paul). Contribution a l'etude des courants constants en gynecologie. [Geneve.] 136 pp., 21. 8°. Lausanne, 1890. Crausius (Rudolphus Wilhelm) [1642-1718]. Pr. de nutritione. 4 1. sm. 4°. Jense, lit. Kreb- sianis, 1688. •-----. De convenientia et discrepantia inter errata naturae et lusus naturae. 4 1. sm. 4°. Jense, lit. Krebsianis, 1705. Crauste (Jean-Francois-Hyacinthe) [1875- ]. ^Contribution a l'etude des divisions congeni- tales de la langue. 38 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1901, No. 84. Crauste (Maurice-Jean-Denis) [1884- ]. *Sur un signe a distance du cancer de l'estomac. 76 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1911, No. 63. Craven (John Henry) [1880- ]. A text-book on chiropractic orthopedy. 399 pp. 8°. Daven- port, la.. J. H. Craven, 1921. Craven (John J.) Prison life of Jefferson Davis, embracing details and incidents in his captivity, Craven (John J.)—continued. particulars _ concerning health and habits, together with many conversations on topics of great public interest, x, 11-377 pp., 1 pi. 8°. New York, Carleton, 1866. Craven (Sir Robert Martin) [1824-1903]. Obituary. Brit.M.J,Lond, 1903,ii, 1378. Also:Lancet, Lond, 1903, ii, 1541. Craven (Robert Musgrave) [1851-1914]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1914, i, 1217. Also: Lancet, Lond, 1914, i, 1647. Craveri (Genlio Cesare). Artritismo e nevrosi; note pratiche di patogenesi. 141 pp., 1 1. 8°. Milano, A. Rancati, 1904. Craw-craw. See, also, Eczema. Beauvallet (H.) Craw-craw et dermo-epidermite micrc- bienne; analogies; traitement. Bull. Soc. path, exot. Par, 1917, x, 137-143.—Brault (J.) Note sur le craw-craw. Ann. de dermat. et syph. Par, 1899, 3. s, x, 226-229.—Chastrey (H.) Le craw-craw de la c6te occidentale d'Afrique. Med. mod. Par, 1898, ix, 328.—Clement (F.) Gale fllarienne ou craw-craw. Marseille med, 1920, lvii, 913.—Craw-craw (Le). Med. mod. Par, 1899, x, 69.—Emily (J.) Sur le traitement du craw-craw. Arch, de med. nav. Par, 1899, Ixxi, 54-65.—Gougerot. Le craw-craw; beaucoup de cas de craw-craw ne sont que des dermo-epidermites micro- biennes (streptococciques . . . ) ulcereuses. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap. Par, 1917, xxxi, 163.—Gougerot & VolUemot. A propos d'un cas de craw-craw; traitement parl'hectineetle permanganate de potasse. Bull. Soc. fran<;. de dermat. et syph. Par.. 1914, xxv, 22-27.—Kennan (R. H.) Acute "craw-craw." Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol, Liverp, 1909-10, iii, 581, 2 pi.—MontpeUier (J.) Gale fllarienne ou craw-craw. Bull. Soc. fran§. de dermat. et syph. Par.. 1920, xxvdi, 123-129.—Montpellier (J.) & Lacroix (A.) Le craw-craw ou gale fllarienne; son origine dans les kystes sous-cutanes a Onchocerca volvulus. Bull. Soc. path, exot. Par, 1920, xin, 305-315, 1 pi.—Pijper (A.) The aetiology of craw-craw. Med. J. S. Africa, Johannesb, 1916-17, xii, 92. Also: J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond, 1917, xx, 242-244. Crawford (Albert Cornelius) [1869- ]. The poisonous action of Johnson grass. 6 pp. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Off., 1906. Forms Bull. No. 90, pt. 4, of: U. S. Dep. Agric. Bur. Plant. Indust. ------. The larkspurs as poisonous plants, pp. 5-12, 1 pi. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Off, 1907. Forms Bull. No. Ill, pt. 1, of: U. S. Dep. Agric. Bur, Plant Indust. ------. The use of suprarenal glands in the phy- siological testing of drug plants. 32 pp. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Off., 1907. Forms Bull. No. 112: U. S. Dep. Agric. Bur. Anim. Indust. ------. The supposed relationship of white snake- root to milksickness, or "trembles." 20 pp. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Off., 1908. Forms Bull. No. 121, pt. 1, of: U. S. Dep. Agric. Bur. Plant Indust. ------. Mountain laurel, a poisonous plant. 35 pp. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Off., 1908. Forms Bull. No. 121, pt. 2, of: U. S. Dep. Agric. Bur. Plant Indust. ------. Barium; a cause of the loco-weed disease. 87 pp. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Off., 1908. Forms Bull. No. 129: U. S. Dep. Agric. Bur. Plant Indust. Crawford (Alexander) [1845-1907]. Obituary. Alumni Reg. Univ. Penn, Phila, 1907-08, xii, 238. Crawford (Alexander David) [1859- 1919]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1920, i, 70. Crawford (Charles E.) [1855-1921]. Obituary. Illinois M. J, Chicago, 1921, xl, 352. Also: J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1921, lxxvu, 1036. Crawford (Dirom Grey). A history of the Indian Medical Service, 1600-1913. 2 v. 4°. London, W. Thacker & Co., 1914. CRAWFORD. 268 CREATINE. Crawford (J. Y.) [ -1910]. Witherspoon(J.A.) A tribute to J. Y.Crawford. South. M. J, Nashville, 1910, in, 259. Crawford (Jacobus). *De strictura in urethra. 23pp. 8°. Edinburgi, Abernathy & Walker, 1820. [P., v. 2298.] Crawford (John) [1746-1813]. Biography. Old Maryland, Bait, 1912, vu, 17.—Cor- dell (E. F.) Sketch of John Crawford, M. D. Johns Hop- kins Hosp. Bull, Bait, 1899, x, 158-162. Crawford (John Martin) [1846-1916]. [Obituary.] J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1916, lxvii, 693. Crawford (0. G. S.) Man and his past, xv, 227 pp. 8°. London, Oxford U. Press, 1921. Crawford (Samuel Wylie) [1829- ]. Duncan (L. C.) General [Samuel WyUe] Crawford. Mil. Surgeon, Wash, 1916, xxxix, 566-568. Crawford (Wilham Jackson) [1880- ]. The reality of psychic phenomena, raps, levitations [etc.]. vii, 246 pp. 12°. London, J. M. Wat- kins, 1916. ------. Experiments in psychical science, levi- tation, contact, and the direct voice, ix, 201 pp. 12°. New York, E. P. Dutton & Co., 1919. Crawfurd (John). On the supposed infecundity of human hybrids or crosses. 12 pp. 8°. Lon- don, Spottiswoode & Co., 1864. Crawfurd (Raymond Henry Payne) [1865- ]. The last days of Charles II. 80 pp., 2 ports. 8°. Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1909. ------. The king's evil. 187 pp., front, roy. 8°. Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1911. ------. Plague and pestilence in literature and art. viii, 222 pp., front. 8°. Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1914. Crawley (Howard) [1869- ]. Studies on blood and blood parasites. 31 pp. 8°. Washington, 1909. Bull. No. 119: U. S. Dep. Agric. Bur. Anim. Indust. ------. Trypanosoma americanum, a common blood parasite of American cattle. 39 pp. 8°. Washington, 1912. BuU. No. 145: U. S. Dep. Agric. Bur. Anim. Indust. Cream. - See, also, Milk. Hamill (J. M.) Report to the Local Govern- ment Board on the use of preservatives in cream. 8°. London, 1909. . Adorjan (J.) Zusammensetzung ostungarischen Sauer- rahmes. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genuss- mittel, Berl, 1911, xxu, 297-300.—Conn (H. W.) & Esten (W. M.) The ripening of cream. Storrs'Connecticut Agric. Exper. Sta, 1900, 13-33. Also, Reprint— Gaudin. A propos des intoxications de Cholet; identification des mi- crobes par revolution. Arch. med. d'Angers, 1916, xix, 185- 191.—Lande (P.) Empoisonnements accidentels par des fateaux k la creme; autopsie d'uri cas mortel. Gaz. med. de Jantes, 1911, 2. s, xxix, 781-786.—Mojonnler (T.) The digestibiUty of evaporated cream. Med. News, N. Y, 1905 lxxxvn, 877-884.—StOren (K.) Ueber einen eigentiim- lichen Fall von Schleimbildung im Rahm. Centralbl. f Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt, Jena, 1915, xliii, 323-326.—Tatlock (R. R.) The composition of cream. Analyst, Lond, 1910 xxxv, 5-8. Creameries. See Dairies. Crean (Richard) [1845-1903]. [Obituary.] Lancet, Lond, 1903,i, 1769. Creange (Maurice). *Chancres mous de l'anus et du rectum. 62 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 454 Creasy (Lawrence Eliot). See Romer (Frank) & Creasy (Lawrence Eliot). Bone- setting [etc.]. 8°. London, 1911. Creatine and creatinine. See, also, Blood (Chemistry of); Chemistry (Physiological); -Kidney (Inflammation of)- Metabolism (Nitrogenous); Uraemia; Urine (Creatine, etc., in). Creatine and creatinine. King (E. R.) *Ueber den Einfluss der Nah- rung auf die Kreatininausscheidung im Harn. [Zurich.] 8°. Langenthal, 1920. Probst (T.) *Kreatin- und Kreatinin-Unter- suchungen bei der Verdauung verschiedener Biweisskorper. [Zurich.] 8°. Basel, 1919. Sherman (R. S.) The blood pressure effects of the application of creatin to the cerebral cortex. 4°. Berkeley, 1914. Univ. Calif. Publ, Physiol, v. 4, No. 19. United States. Department of Agriculture. Bureau of Soils. Bulletin Xo. 83. A beneficial organic constituent of soils; creatinine. By Oswald Schreiner, [etal.]. 8°. Washington,1911. United States. Department of Agriculture. Office of Experiment Stations. Bulletin No. 66. The physiological effect of creatin and creatinin and their value as nutrients. Bv J. "W. Mallet. 8°. Washington, 1899. Wahl (Marcelle). *Creatinine et creatine. 8°. Paris, 1918. Baumann (L.) & Hines (H. M.) The origin of creatine. J. Biol. Chem, Bait, 1917, xxxi, 549-559: 1918, xxxv, 75- 82. Also, Reprint.—Baumann (L.) & Ingvaldsen (T.) An oxidation product of creatine. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med, N. Y, 1917-18, xv, 145. Also: J. Biol. Chem, Bait, 1918, xxxv, 277-280. Also, Reprint.—Baumann (L.) & Marker (J.) On the origin of creatine. J. Biol. Chem, Bait, 1915, xxii, 49-53.—Beker (J. C.) Die Verteilung des Kreatins im Saugetierkorper. Ztschr. f. phvsiol. Chem, Strassb, 1913, Ixxxvii, 21-37.—Benedict (F. G.) Note on the conversion of creatine to creatinine. J. Biol. Chem, Balt7 1913-14, xvi, 363.—Chesnut (Rita K.) Creatine- and creatinine-free foods. Proc. Am. Soc. Biol. Chemists (1913), 1914, p. xU.—Chlsotm (R. A.) The creatin content of mus- cle in maUgnant disease and other pathological conditions. Bio-Chem. J, Liverpool, 1911-12, vi, 243-249.—ConstabeL Ueber den Kreatingehalt des menschUchen Herzmuskels bei verschiedenen Krankheitszustanden. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1921, cxxii, 152.—Costantino (A.) Metodo di estra- zione della creatina e creatinina dai tessuti e dai liquidi del l'organismo. Arch, di farmacol. sper, Roma, 1915, xix, 254- 258—Czernecki (W.) Zur Kenntnis des Kreatins und Kreatinins im Organismus. Ztschr. f. physiol., Chem, Strassb, 1905, xUv, 294-308.—Dorner (G.) Zur Bildung von Kreatin und Kreatinin im Organismus besonders der Kaninchen. Ibid., 1907, Iii, 225-27S— Ederer (S.) Die Kreatininausscheidung bei Saughngen und Kindern. Mo- natschr. f. Kinderh, Berl, 1922, xxui, 157-168—Engeland (R.) Destination von Kreatinin. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Strassb, 190S, lvii, 65.—Fitzgerald (J. G.) & Schmidt (C. L. A.) Production of creatinine bv bacteria. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med, N. Y, 1912-13, "x, 55-57—Folin (O.) The chemistry and biochemistry of kreatin and kreatinin. Upsala Lakaref. Forh. Festskr____Hammarsten, 1906, pt. 3,1-20. A lso, Reprint.-----. On the preparation of creatine, creatnuneandstandardcroatininesolutions. J.Biol.Chem, Bait, 1913-14, xvii, 463-468.—Folin (O.) & Denis (W.) The preparation of creatinine from creatine. Ibid., 1910, viii, 399.—Frenkel. Creatinine et hvpobromite. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, I913,lxxv, 11.—Gerardi(E.) Trans- formation de la creatine en creatinine par un ferment soluble deshydratant de l'organisme. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, 1 ar, 1901, exxxii, 153-155.—German (T.) [On the produc- tion of creatinin by bacteria, ;vs a diflerential-diagnostic sign of bacteria which are distinsniished with difficulty.] Orvo- stud. ertek. gyiijt. Magy. orv. Arch., Budapest,'1912, u f, xiii, I06-I10.-Gibson (R. B.) & Martin (F. T.) The origin of creatine. J. Biol. Chem, Bait, 1920, xU, p. xxxvi. -----------• Some observations on creatine formation in a case of progressive pseudohypertrophic muscular dystrophy. Ibid 1921, xlix, 319 32ii. -Uottleib (R.) & Stangasslnger yrv u^ber dlis N erhalten des Kreatins bei der Autolyse. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Strassb, 1907, Ui, 1-41. —-— ~----• uLePpr aie Bildung und Zersetzung des Kreatins bei iter Durchblutung iiberlebender Organe. Ibid., 1908, lv, 322 337.—Graham (G.) & Poulton (E. P.) Creatinine and creatine in starvation. Proc. Phvsiol. Soc, Lond, 1914, Ixxxvii, p. liii.-----------. The alleged excretion of creatmein carbohydrate starvation. Ibid., 205-220.—Gregor (A.) Beitrage zur Physiologie des Kreatinins. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Strassb, 1900, xxxi, 98-118.—Guglielmo (C.) Sulla presunta esistenza di creatinina preformata nei tessuto muscolare. Sperimentale, Firenze, 1914, lxviii, 132- 136.—Halin (A.) & Barkan (GO Ueber die gegenseitige Umwandlung von Kreatin und Kreatinin. Ztschr. f. Biol, Munchen & Berl, 1920, lxxii, 25; 305.—van Hoogenhuyze (C. J. C.) & Best (J. W.) L'influence de la lumiere sur la formation de creatinine. Arch, neerl. de phvsiol. La Have, 1917-18, iii, 685-688.—Hunter (A.) & Campbell (W. R.) The placental transmission of creatinine and creatine. J. Biol. Chem. N. Y, 1918, xxxiv, 5-15. Also, Reprint.— CREATINE. 269 CREATINE. Creatine and creatinine. Hutchison (H. S.) Preliminary note on creatin and creatinin. Indian J. M. Research, Calcutta, 1914-15, ii, 814-821.—Inouye (K.) Ueber die Entstehung des Krea- tins im Tierkfirper. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Strassb, 1912, lxxxi, 71-79.—Jaffe. Untersuchungen iiber die Ent- stehung des Kreatins im Organismus. Ibid., 1906, xlviii, 430-468.—Jansen (B. C. P.) De vorming van kreatine uit arginine in het dierlijk organisme. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1917, 1, 1457-1462.—Klemperer (G.) Harnsaures Kreatinin; eine wasserlosliche Harnsaure-Ver- bindung. Fortschr. d. Med, Berl, 1901. xix, 328.—Koch (W.) On the origin of kreatinin. Proc. Am. Physiol. Soc, Bost, 1904-5, p. xix.—Korndorter (G.) Ueber das Krea- tinin. Arch. f. Pharm, Berl, 1904, ccxUi, 641-648.—Krause (R. A.) The effect of acetone and aceto-acetic acid on the estimation of creatinine and creatine. J. Physiol, Lond, 1914, xlviii, pp. xU-xUii. Also, Reprint.—Kunze (G.) Ueber das Methyl-, Dimethyl- und Trimethyl-Kreatinin. Arch. d. Pharm, Berl, 1910, ccxlviii, 578-593.—Kutscher (F.) Ueber einige Extraktstoffe des Flusskrebses zugleich ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Kreatinbildung im Tier. Zt- schr. f. Biol, Munchen & Berl, 1914, lxiv, 240-246.—La Mendola (S.) Ricerche sui rapporti tra la eliminazione della creatinina e la creatina muscolare. Ann. di clin. med, Palermo, 1921-22, xi, 133-152.—Leo (H. T.) & Howe (P. E.) Muscle creatine: dialysis of creatine from dog muscle; pre- liminary report. Proc. Am. Soc. Biol. Chemists, Bait, 1910-13, ii, 131. Also: J. Biol. Chem, Bait, 1912-13, xiv, p. xhii.—Lyman (J. F.) & Trlmby (J. C.) The execretion of creatine and creatinine parenterally introduced. J. Biol. Chem, N. Y, 1917, xxix, 1-5. Also, Reprint.—M'Swiney (B. A.) Creatine and creatinine. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1915, cxl, 175-191.—MaUet (J. W.) The physiological effect of creatin and creatinin and their value as nutrients. Chem. News, Lond, 1899, lxxx, 45; 54; 69; 77.—Maxwell (S. S.) Cre- atin as a brain stimulant. J. Biol. Chem.; N. Y, 1907-8, iii, 21-24.—Mays (T. J.) Creatine and creatinine as inhibitors of muscular contraction. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1917, cvi, 146.—Mellanby (E.) Creatin and creatinin. J. Physiol, Lond, 1907-8, xxxvi, 447-487—Mendel (L. B.) The physi- ological significance of creatin and creatinin. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa, 1909, n. s, xxix, 584-591.—Morse (M.) On the comparative physiology of creatin and creatinin. Biochem. Bull, N. Y, 1913. ii, 546.—Myers (V. C.) The physiology and pathology oi creatinine and creatine. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila, 1910, n. s, exxxix, 256-264.-----. Creatine and creatinine. Post-Graduate, N. Y, 1914, xxix, 429-439. -----. Chemical changes in the blood in disease; creatinine. J. Lab. & CUn. M, St. Louis, 1919-20, v. 566-573.—Myers (V. C.) & Fine (M. S.) The fate of creatine and creatinine when administered to rabbits. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa, 1913, n. s, xxxviii, 679.-----------. The influence of the administration of creatine and creatinine on the creatine content of muscle. J. Biol. Chem, Bait, 1913-14, xvi, 169- 186.----------. The presence of creatinine in muscle. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med, N. Y, 1913-14, xi, 15-17.----- -----. Studies on the relationship between creatine and creatinine. Ibid., 1914, xii, 41.—N6voa Santos (R.) Con- tribution al estudio fisiol<5gico y patol6gico de la creatinina. Clin. y. lab. Rev. quincen. de espec. med, Zaragoza, 1911, vii, 264-268.—PaUadin (A.) & Wallenburger (L.) Con- tribution a l'etude de la formation de la creatine dans l'or- ganisme animal. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1915, lxxviii, 111-113.—Pekelharing (C. A.) & van Hoogen- nuyze (C. J. C.) Die Bildung des Kreatins im Muskel beim Tonus und bei der Starre. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Strassb, 1910, lxiv. 262-293.—Riesser (O.) Theoretisches und Experimentelles zur Frage der Kreatinbildung im tierischen Organismus. Ibid., 1913, lxxxvi, 415-453. -----. Weitere Beitrage zur Frage der Kreatinbildung aus Cholin und Betauj. Ibid., 1914, xc, 221-235. -----. Beitrage zur Physiologie des Kreatins. Ibid., Berl. & Leipz, 1922, exx, 189-206.—Rose (W. C.) Experimental studies on creatine and creatinine. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med, N. Y, 1910-11, viii, 127.—Rose (W. C.) & Dim- mltt (F. W.) Experimental studies on creatine and creat- inine; the fate of creatine and creatinine when administered to man. J. Biol. Chem, N. Y, 1916, xxvi, 345-353. Also, Reprint.—Rose (W. C), Dimmitt (J. S.) & Bartlett (H. L.) Experimental studies on creatine and creatinine; the alleged exogenous origin of urinary creatine in the protein of the diet. J. Biol. Chem.. N. Y, 1918, xxxiv, 601-612.— Rothmami (A.) Ueber das Verhalten des Kreatins bei der Autolyse. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Strassb, 1908, lvii, 131-142.—Roux (J. C.) & TaUlandier. Du role des capsules surrenales, de l'hypophyse et de quelques autres glandes k secretion interne sur la production de la creatine. Internat. Beitr. z. Path. u. Therap. d. Ernahrungsstor. [etc.], Berl, 1913-14, v. 287-330.—Scaflldi (V.) Sul comportamento della creatina e della creatinina nei digiuno completo e par- ziale. Sperimentale. Arch, di biol, Firenze, 1913, lxvii, 617-631. Also, transl.: Arch. ital. de biol, Turin, 1913, lix, 161-172.-----. SuUa parte che prende il rene alia distruzione della creatina e alia formazione della creatinina. Arch, di nsiol, Firenze, 1914-15, xiii, 163-176.-----. Sur la preserve de creatinine dans les muscles et sur le mode de se comporter de la creatine durant la fatigue. Arch. ital. de biol, Turin, 1914 lxi, 168-176.—Schmidt (E.) Ueber das Kreatinin. Arcn. d. Pharm, Berl, 1910, ccxlviU, 568-578. Also[ Abstr.]: Creatine and creatinine. Apoth. Ztg, Berl, 1912, xxvii, 157.-----. Ueber das Krea- tinin und dessen Oxime. Arch. d. Pharm, Berl, 1912, ecl, 330-350.—Sears (H. J.) Creatinine production by B. coli and B. typhi. J. Bact, Bait, 1917, ii, 187-189.—See- mann (J.) Beitrag zur Frage der Jireatininbildung. Ztschr. f. Biol, Munchen & Berl, 1907, xxxi, 333-344.—. Shaffer (P. A.) Observations on creatine and creatinine. J. Biol. Chem, Bait, 1914, xvui, 525-540.—Shanks (W. F.) ChoUn as a precursor of creatin. Proc. Physiol. Soc, Lond, 1921-22, lv, p. viii.—Stangassinger (R.) Ueber das Ver- halten des Kreatins bei der Autolyse. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Strassb, 1908, lv, 295-321.—SuUivan (M. X.) The origin of creatinine in soils. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa, 1911, xxxiii, 2035-2042.-----. The formation of creatinine by bacteria. Science. N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa, 1915, n. s, xUi, 69.—Takahata (T.) Ueber das Kreatin und Kreatinin. Mitt. a. d. med. Fak. d. k. Univ. Kyushu, Tukuoka, 1917, iii, 271-326—Thomas (K.) Ueber die Herkunft des Krea- tins im tierischen Organismus. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Strassb, 1913, lxxxviii, 465-477.—Thomas (K.) & Goerne (M. G. H.) Weitere Untersuchungen iiber die Herkunft des Kreatins. Ibid., 1919, civ, 73-87.—Thompson (W. H.) The formation of creatin in the animal body, effects of admin- istering arginin with betain and cholin. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl.. 1913, xxxi, 491.-----. The chemistry of the Jaffe reaction for creatinin. Tr. Internat. Cong. Med. 1913, Lond, 1914, Sect, ii, Physiol, pt. 2, 29.-----. The forma- tion of creatine; effects on the excretion of creatine in the bird produced by paraformaldehyde given separately and combined with arginine carbonate and other substances. Bio-Chem. J, Liverp, 1916-17, xi, 307-318—Thunberg (T.) Zur Kenntnis des Kreatins. Zentralbl. f. Physiol, Leipz. & Wien, 1911, xxv, 915.—Urano (F.) Einwirkung von Saureanhydriden auf Kreatin und Kreatinin. Beitr. z. chem. Phys. u. Path, Brnschwg, 1907, ix, 183.—Veeder (B. S.) & Johnston (M. R.) The creatinin and creatin content of the blood of children. Am. J. Dis. Child, Chicago, 1916, xii, 136-144.—Weber (S.) Physiologisches zur Krea- tininfrage. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol, Leipz, 1907-8, lviii, 93-112—Wilson (D. W.) & Lyman (J. F.) Creatine in the muscle tissue of the lamprey. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med, N. Y, 1913-14, xi, 22.—Worner (E.) Beitrage zur Kenntniss des Kreatinins. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Strassb, 1899, xxvii, 1-13. Creatine and creatinine (Estimation of). Frohlich-Vogel (E.) *Ueber kolorimetrische Kreatininbestimmungen in Korperfliissigkeiten. 8°. Zurich, 1918. Baumann (L.) The determination of creatine in muscle. J. Biol. Chem, Bait, 1914, xvii, 15-17.—Baumann (L.) & Ingvaldsen (T.) The determination of creatine in muscle. Ibid., N. Y, 1916, xxv, 195-200. Also, Reprint.—Baur (E.) & Trtimpler (G.) Ueber die colorimetrische Bestimmung von Kreatin. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Ge- nussmittel. Berl, 1914. xxvii, 697-713—Beger (C), Finger- ling (G.) & Morgen (A.) Ueber die Stickstoffbestimmung nach Kjeldahl im Kreatin. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Strassb, 1903-4, xxxix, 329-335.—Benedict (F. G.) & Myers (V. C.) The determination of creatine and creatinine. Am. J. Physiol, Bost, 1907, xvin, 397-405.—Benedict (S. R.) A method for the purification of picric acid for creatinine determinations. J. Biol. Chem, Bait, 1922, liv, 239-241.—Blau (N. F.) The estimation of creatinine in the presence of acetone and diacetic acid. Ibid., 1921, xlviii, 105-118.—Brown (T. G.) & Cathcart (E. P.) On the crea- tin-creatinin content of frog's muscle. Proc. Physiol. Soc. Lond, 1908, p. xiv.—Chapman (A. C.) On Jafle's colori- metric method for the estimation of creatinine. Analyst, Lond, 1909, xxxiv, 475-483.—Cipollina (A.) Sopra una reazione sensibilissima della creatinina. CUn. med. ital, Milano, 1901, xl, 656-659. Also: Cron. d. clin. med. di Genova, 1902, viii, 39-42.—Cook (F. T.) The factors which influence the determination of creatinin. Proc. Am. Soc. Biol. Chem, Bait, 1908, p. xxiv—Folin (O.) On the de- termination of creatinine and creatine in blood, milk and tissue. J. Biol. Chem, Bait, 1913-14, xvii, 475-481.—Folin (O.) & Doisy (E. A.) Impure picric acid as a source of error in creatine and creatinine determinations. Ibid., 1917, xxviii, 349-356. Also, Reprint.—Geret (L.) Ueber die colorimetrische Bestimmung von Kreatinin. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl, 1917, xxxiii, 35-38.—Graham (G.) & Poulton (E. P.) Possible errors in the estimation of creatinine and creatine by Folin's method. J. Physiol, Lond,1913,xlvi,p.xhv .—Hunter (A.) The physiology of creatine and creatinine. Physiol. Rev, Bait, 1922, ii, 586-626—Hunter (A.) & Campbell (W.R.) A hitherto neglected factor affecting the determination of minute quantities of creatinine. J. Biol. Chem, N. Y, 1916, xxviii, 335-348. Also, Reprint.—Janney (N. W.) & Blatherwick (N. R.) The quantitative determination of creatine in muscle and other organs. J. Biol. Chem, Bait, 1915, xxi, 567-582.—Krause (R. A.) The effect of acetone and aceto-acetic acid on the estimation of creatinine and creatine. Proc. Physiol. Soc, Lond, 1914, pp. xU- xlui.—Ladd (E. F.) & Bottenfleld (P. B.) Creatin and its separation. Am. Chem. J, Bait, 1898, xx, 869-871.— McCrudden (F. H.) & Sargent (C. S.) The influence of CREATINE. 270 CREMATION. Creatine and creatinine (Estimation of). the color from the sodium picrate in the determination of creatinine in blood and urine. J. Biol. Chem, Bait, 1916, xxvi, 527-533. Also. Reprint—Myers (V. C.) & Fine (M. S.) A note on the determination of creatinine and creatine in muscle. J. Biol. Chem, Bait, 1914, xvii, 65-69— Pflzen- maler (K.) & Galanos (S.) Beitrag zur Kreatininbestim- mung. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genusmittel, Berl, 1922, xliv, 29-41—Rose (W. C.) Experimental studies on creatine and creatinine; the estimation of creatine in the presence of sugar. J. Biol. Chem, Bait, 1912-13, xii, 73- 80.—Steudel (H.) Eine einfache Methode zur Darstellung von Kreatin aus Fleischextrakt. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Berl. & Leipz, 1921, cxii, 53.—Taylor (A. E.) The source of error in the Folin method for the estimation of creatinine. J. Biol. Chem, Bait, 1911, ix, 19-28.—Thompson (W. H.) Controls for the Folin method of estimating creatinin. Proc. Physiol. Soc, Lond, 1913, p. i—Zanoni (G.) I metodi di dosaggio della creatinina. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1899, Roma, 1900, x, 363. Creatine and creatinine (Metabolism of). See Metabolism (Creatine etc.). Creatinuria. See, also, Urine (Creatine in). Burns (D.) & Orr (J. B.) The influence of flesh-feeding on urinary creatinine. Bio-Chem. J, Lond, 1916, x, 495- 503.—Cameron (A. T.) & Gibson (A.) Creatinuria in certain diseased conditions. Canad. M. Ass. J, Toronto, 1922, xu, 393-400.—Denis (W.) & Minot (A. S.) The pro- duction of creatinuria in normal adults. J. Biol. Chem, Bait, 1917, xxxi, 561-566. Also, Reprint.—Gamble (J. L.) & Goldschmldt (S.) A study of creatinuria in infants; relation of creatinuria to acidosis; the elimination of ingested creatine and creatinine. J. Biol. Chem, Bait, 1919, xl, 199-213.-----. Relation of protein intake to urinary creatine. Ibid., 215-225— Harding (V. J.) & Young (E. G.) The exogenous and endogenous nature ofthe creatinuria in the growing dog. Ibid., 1920, xii, p. xxv.—MacAdam (W.) The relationship of creatinuria to changes in the sugar content of the blood. Biochem. J, Cambridge, 1915, ix, 229-239.— Malfatti (H.) Ein Fall von pramortaler Steigerung der Kreatininausscheidung. Centralbl.f. d. Krankh. d. Harn u. Sex.-Org, Leipz, 1903, xiv, 320-323.—Powis (F.) & Raper (H. S.) Creatinuria in children. Bio-Chem. J, Lond, 1916, x,362-375.—Rose(MaryS.) Creatinuriainwomen. J.Biol. Chem, Bait, 1917, xxxu, 1-11. Also, Reprint.—Steenbock (H.) & Gross (E. G.) Creatinuria; exogenous origin of uri- nary creatine. J. Biol. Chem, Bait, 1918, xxxvi, 265-289.— Taylor (A. E.) On creatinuria. Ibid., 1915, xxi, 663-S65. Creazzo (Arcangelo). Studio su la morte appa- rente e la morte reale. 184 pp. 8°. Roma, E. Loescher & Co., 1913. Crebassol (Alphonse). *Du syndrome anemie pernicieuse d'origine paludeenne. 66 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1904, No. 22. Crede (Karl Siegmund Franz) [1819-92]. Shastid (T. H.) [Biography.] In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood,) Chicago, 1914, v. 3556-3557. Crede-Horder (C. A.) Die Augeneiterung der Neugeborenen (Aetiologie, Pathologie, Therapie und Prophylaxe). 2 p. 1., 140 pp. 8°. Berlin, S. Karger, 1913. Crede's method. See Conjunctivitis (Gonorrhceal, Prevention of); Labor (Third stage of). Credner (Ferdinand). Bad Nauheim. Schilde- rung seiner warmen kohlensauerereichon eisen- haltigen Sprudel-Soolquellen, ihrer Anwendung und Wirkung. 40 pp. 8°. Leipzig, Veit & Co., 1888. ------. Bad Nauheim. Erstmalige Bestimmung des Kohlensauregehalts der Thermalsoolbader. 24 pp. 8°. Leipzig, Veit & Co. 1889. ------. Die Kurmittel in Bad Nauheim; ihre Anwendung bei den chronischen Herzmuskel- Erkrankungen nach Influenza. 36 pp., 1 plan. 8°. Leipzig, Veit & Comp., 1898. ------. Die kohlensaurehaltigen Thermalsool- quellen in Bad Nauheim; ihre Anwendung und Wirkung. 31pp. 12°. Leipzig, Veit dc Co., 1901. Cree (Edward Hodges) [1814-1901]. Obituary. Lancet, Lond, 1901, i, 293. Cree (James-Arthur) [1865- ]. *Etude des arthropathies tabetiques et de I'influence des Cree (James-Arthur)—continued. nerfs trophiques sur la nutrition. 102 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 401. Creelman (James). The great American food tragedy, pp. 3-21. 8°. New York, 1908. Cutting from: Pearson's Mag, N. Y, 1908, xiv. ----«—. Is typhoid to be conquered at last. pp. 749-757. 8°. New York, 1909. Cutting from: Pearson's Mag, N. Y, 1909, xxU. Creeping disease. See Skin (Diseases of). Creevey (Mrs. Caroline A. Stickney). Harper's guide to wild flowers. 554 pp. 12°. New York & London, Harper & Bros., 1912. Cregeen (Jonathan Nelson) [1836-1905]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1905, ii, 1239. Crghange (Moise) [1869- ]. ^Contribution a l'etude de l'hemimelie. 93 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 138. Crehore (Albert Gushing) [1868- ]. The family-tree arrangement of the elements on the corpuscular ring theory, together with an analy- sis of the cause of gravitation. 76 pp. 12°. Yonkers, N. Y., 1912. ------. The mystery of matter and energy; recent progress as to the structure of matter, xi, 161 pp, 4 pi. 16°. New York, D. VanNostrand Co., 1917. Creighton (Charles) [1847- ]. Microscopic researches on the formative property of glycogen. 2 pts. viii, 152 pp., 51., 5 pi.; vii. 127 pp., 91., 9 pi. 8°. London, A. & C. Black, 1896-9. ------. Cancers and other tumours of the breast; researches showing their true seat and cause. xi, 296 pp., 24 pi. 8°. London, Williams & Norgate, 1902. ------. Contributions to the physiological theory of tuberculosis. 242 pp. 8°. London, Williams &■ Norgate, 1908. ------. Some conclusions on cancer, xiii, 365 pp. 8°. London, Williams & Norgate, 1920. Creighton (The) Medical Bulletin, v. 1-3, 1898- 1900. 8°. Omaha, Nebr. Creignou (Jean) [1S73- ]. *Le bacille de Loffler chez les animaux sains. 72 pp., 2 1. 8°. Bordeaux, 1898, No. 59. Creite (Carl Ludwig Otto) [1876- ]. *Beitrage zur Radicaloperation der Leisten- und Sohenkel- hernien. 83 pp. 8°. Gottingen, Dieterich, 1901. Cremadells (Pierre) [1S81- ]. *De l'etiologie du retrecissement mitral pur (maladie de Duro- ziez); epoque de sa formation anatomique; syphilis et tuberculose; serodiagnostic tubercu- leux. 79 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1903, No. 72. Cremation. See, also, Anthropology; Ethnology; Burial customs; Cadaver (Care, transportation, and dis- posal of). Addresses delivered by John Homans, 2d, M. D., and the Rev. George Hodges, D. D., at the annual meeting of the Ne^' England Crema- tion Societv, January 15, 1895. 12°. Boston, Mass., 1895. Beltran (B.) *La cremaci6n a la luz de la higiene. 8°. Mexico, 1893. Cobb (J. S.) Cremation in its bearing on public health. 8°. [n. p., n. d.] Foresti (L.) La fiamma od i vermi? Con- versazione fra due vecchi amici, edito a cura della Societa di cremazione di Bologna. 8°. Bologna, 1900. Galton (Sir D.) Cremation; address before the British Association for the Advancement of Science, Ipswich, 1895. 8°. London, [1895]. CREMATION. 271 CREMATION. Cremation. Guzman (A.) *Estudio sobre las ventajas que presenta la cremaci6n respecto de la inhumacion. 8°. Mexico, 1875. [P., v. 2206.] Information regarding cremation as a method of disposing of the bodies of the dead. 12°. Boston, 1899. John Crerar library, Chicago. A list of books, pamphlets and articles on cremation, including the Cremation Association of America collection. 8°. Chicago, 1918. Lavrofp (1.) Truposozhiganiye I krematorii. [Cremation and crematories.] 8°. Moskva, 1908. La ye (Charlotte- Andree). *La question de la cremation. 8°. Paris, 1914. Lincoln (Alice N.) A step forward. 8°. Boston, 1894. Rendon Alcocer (V.) *Estudio sobre la cremacion de los muertos. 8°. Mexico, 1888. Ruijter (J.) Eerbied voor de' deeden! lijk- beaarding of lijkverbranding? 8°. [s Hertogen- bosch], 1908. Smith (J. H.) The desirability of disposing of infected bodies by cremation. 8°. Boston, 1896. Spiess (E.) Ueber Feuerbestattung, oder Leichenverbrennung; ein Vortrag. 8°. Jena, 1878. Wegmann-Ercolani. Ligbrsending eller Jord- f sestelse? En Afhandling tilegnet den sunde For- nuft. [Cremation or earth burial? A treatise for - sound reason.] 12°. Kjebenhavn, 1874. Abba (F.) Cremazione e rehgione. Igiene e vita, Roma, 1920, iii, 294-296.—Armstrong (W. G.) Cremation. Med. J. Australia, Sydney, 1917, ii, 70-72.—Barrier & Salomon (G.) La cremation des cadavres sur les champs de bataille. Rev. d'hyg. Par.j 1915, xxxvii, 545-558.—Becour. L'in- cineration cadavenque. Bull. Soc. centr. de m6d. du nord, Lille, 1898, 2. s, ii, 169-179.—Belcher (G. C.) Cremation. Midland M. J, Birmingh, 1905, iv, 178-182.—Blackwood (W. R. D.) Cremation a sanitary necessity. Med. Bull, Phila, 1901. xxiii, 451-454.—Blair (W. N.) Cremation. Pub. Health Engin, Lond, 1903, xii, 680-683.—Bower (A. S.) Cremation. Med. Sentinel, Portland, Oreg, 1900, viii, 385-393.—Conklin (W. J.) The quick and the dead; a plea for urn burial. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1903, lxiv, 327-331.— Corin (G.) & Stockis (E.) La cremation des cadavres. J. de m6d. de Par, 1910, 2. s, xxii, 859-861.—Drummond (E.) Cremation. J. State M, Lond, 1900, viii, 451-455.— Eassle (W.) Demonstration of the various systems which have been adopted in late cremations of the human body. J. Cong. & Exh. San. Inst. Gr. Brit, 1877, Lond, [1878], pt. 6, 12-14.—von Engerth (K.) Die Feuerbestattung; deren technische Ausfuhrung unter Bedachtnahme der hygie- nischen und nationalokonomischen Vortheile sowie der juridischen Bedenken gegen dieselbe. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr, 1896, ix, 1182-1191.—Francke (K.) Die Feuerbestat- tung. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1899, xlvi, 118-121.— Freeman (A. C.) Cremation; its bearing on public health. J. Roy. San. Inst, Lond, 1906-7, xxvii, 499-501.—Fttrst (M.) Die Leicheneinascherung vom sozialhygienischen Standpunkte. Deutsche Vrtljsehr. f. off. Gsndhtspflg, Brnschwg, 1907, xxxix, 480-497. -----. Feuerbestattung, Feuerbestattungsvereineund Feuerbestattungspresse. Ibid., 1910, xiii, 615-622.—Gerson (M.) Feuerbestattung oder Erdbestattung? Med. Woche, Berl, 1900, 1, 167-177.— Grober. Zur Feuerbestattung im Kriege. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1914, xl, 1781.—Herring (H. T.) Cremation and medical fees. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1919, ii, 546—Hill (A.) Cremation. Pub. Health, Lond, 1902-3, xv, 4-20.—Hillyer (F. S.) Cremation. Med. Counselor, Detroit, 1898, xvii, 265-279.—Hlrschf eld (M.) Die Feuerbe- stattung. Gesundheit in Wort u. Bild, 1908, v, 209- 211.—Holder (W.) Cremation versus burial. J. San. Inst, Lond, 1903-4, xxiv,404-409.—Huisman (A.) Lacremation. J. m^d. de Brux, 1909, xiv, 801-804.—Jager. Zur Frage der Leichenverbrennung. Oesterr. San.-Wes, Wien, 1906, xviii, 189; 198; 206.—Kalmus (E.) Die Kremation vom hygienischen, volkswirtschaftlichen und gerichtlich-medi- zimschen Standpunkte. Ibid., 1914, xxvi, 1135-1150.— Karnop (E.) Die Technik der Leichenverbrennung. Ztschr. f. Kommunal-Hyg, Berl, 1914, v, 1-3.—Keen (W. W.) Death and cremation; some personal experiences of one of your colleagues. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass, Phila., 1921, xxxix, 87-89.—Knopf (S. A.) A plea for cremation in tuberculosis and similarly infectious diseases. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 300-304. [Discussion], 360-363. -----. Cremation versus burial; a plea for more sanitary and more economical disposition of our dead. Am. J. Pub. Health, Chicago, 1922, xii, 389-400.—Kratter (J.) Zur Einfuhrung der wahlfreien Feuerbestattung in Oesterreich. Cremation. Amtsarzt, Leipz. & Wien, 1913, v, 285-295. -----. Der gegenwartige Stand der Feuerbestattungsfrage. Ztschr. f. ofl. Gsndhtspflg, Wien & Berl, 1913, i, 333-379.—Marsch (A.) Ueber Feuerbestattung. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte (Karlsruhe) 1911, Leipz, 1912, Ixxxiii, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte, 535-539—Marty. La cremation des corps. Monaco-med, 1900, iv, No. 54, 5-7: No. 55, 4: No. 56, 3: No. 57, 4: No. 58, 5.—Millard (C. K.) Cremation. J. Roy. San. Inst, Lond, 1906-7, xxvii, 246-259.—Miller (C. S.) Cremation. Med. Rev. of Rev, N. Y, 1918, xxiv, 275- 278.—Natalucci (G.) La cremazione dei cadaveri. Gazz. med. d. Marche, Porto Civitanova, 1901, ix, No. 11, 2; No. 12, 2:1902, x, No. 2, 2; No. 3, 2; No. 4, 2; No. 5, 2.—Pagllani (L.) La cremazione dei cadaveri quale costumanza civile, economica, igienica e religiosa. Riv. d'ig. e san. pubb, Torino, 1904, xv, 457-478. Also: Gazz. med. lomb, Milano, 1905, lxiv, 65; 76; 84.—Riley (J. W.) An address on crema- tion. Brit. M.J, Lond, 1907, ii, 1768.—Rolants(E.) Etat actuel de la cremation des cadavres. Rev. d'hyg. Par, 1910, xxxii, 1109-1126.—Salomon (G.) De la cremation. Cong, internat. d'hyg. et de demog. C.-r, Par, 1900, x, 499-501.—Stevens (E. V.) The case for cremation. Med. J. Australia, Sydney, 1916, iii, 26-28.—Stone (R. M.) Cre- mation. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1900, xxxiv, 471-476 — Tasquinet (G.) A propos de la cremation. Ann. Soc. de med. leg. de Belg, Brux, 1909, xx, 358-364.—Thompson (Sir H.) Observations on cremation and on death registra- tion. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1899, i, 713-715.—Troeger. Die Leichenverbrennung vom Standpunkte der olTentlichcn Gesundheitspflege. Friedreich's Bl. f. gerichtl. Med, Nurnb, 1902, liii, 298; 364.—Wijnaendts Francken (C. J.) & Westerman Holstijn (H. J. E.) Lijkverbranding. Pro en contra, Baarn, 1906, ii, No. 10, 1-31. Cremation (History of). Beutinger (E.) Handbuch der Feuerbestat- tung und ihre geschichtliche Entwicklung von der Urzeit bis zur Gegenwart; technische und ktinstlerische Anforderungen an neuzeitliche Krematorien und die damit zusammenhangen- den Anlagen. 4°. Leipzig, [1912]. Follo (F.) La cremazione dei cadaveri nella storia e nell' igiene. 8°. Napoli, 1888. Great Britain. Cremation act, 1902. Chap- ter 8. An act for the regulation of the burning of human remains, and to enable burial authori- ties to establish crematoria. [22nd July 1902.] roy. 8°. London, 1902. Great Britain, Secretary of State for the Home Department. Cremation committee. Report of the departmental committee appointed by the Sec- retary of State for the Home Department to prepare a draft of the regulations to be made under the cremation act, 1902. fol. London, 1903. Noble (G. A.) Cremation; its history and modern practice. 2. ed. 8°. Uxbridge, 1914. Rolleston (G.) Further researches in an Anglo-Saxon cemetery at Frilford; with remarks on the northern limit of Anglo-Saxon cremation in England, fol. London, [n. d.]. Repr.from: Archaeol. Rev. Lond. [n. d.], xiv. Berg. Beamteter Arzt und Feuerbestattungs-Gesetz. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl, 1912, xxv, 1-7.—Best (E.) Cremation amongst the Maori tribes of New Zealand. Man, Lond, 1914, xiv, 110-112—Creteur. La pratique de la cre- mation des cadavres sur les champs de bataille de Sedan en 1871. Rev. d'hyg, 1915, xxxvii, 558-563.—Denise. Incine- rations pr6historiques k Parmain (Seine-et-Oise). Homme prehist. Par, 1904, i, 81-83.—Oorpfeld. Ueber Verbren- nung und Bestattung der Toten im alten Griechenland. Ztschr. f. Ethnol, Berl, 1905, xxxvii, 538-543—Horn. L'incineration en Allemagne; le crematorium de Leipzig. Paris med, 1912-13, xii, (suppl.), 419-421.—Kefersteln. Das Feuerbestattungsgesetz. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1913, lx, 383.—de Loe (Baron). Le rite de l'incineration aurait pris, en Belgique, k l'epoque neohthique, beaucoup plus de developpement qu'on ne le croit generalement. Rev. anthrop. Par, 1921, xxxi. 409-412.—Penna (J.) La cremaci6n cadaverica en la Argentina. Semana m£d, Buenos Aires, 1904, xi, 379-383.—Progress (The) of crema- tion. Brit.M. J,Lond, 1911,i,448-450—Ronsburger (E.) Neues und Altes von der Feuerbestattung. Wien. khn. Wchnschr, 1901, xiv, 1056-1058.—Ruiz (L. E.) Se inaugura la cremacion en Mexico. Gap. med. de Mexico, 1909,3. s , iv, 753-756.—Salomon (G.) Etat actuel de la cremation en France. Bull. Soc. de m<5d. pub. Par, 1893, xvi, 133-148.— Schuchhardt (C.) Die Anfange der Leichenverbrennung. Sitzungsb. d. preuss. Akad. d. Wissenschaft, Berl, 1920, 499-521.—Seger. Die Entstehung der Leichenverbrennung in der jiingeren Steinzeit. Kor.-Bl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. CREMATION. 272 CREOLIN. Cremation (History of). Anthrop. [etc.], Brnschwg, 1910, xii, 115-117.—Simpson (J. H.) Cremation in Manchester and elsewhere. Pub. Health Engin, Lond, 1904, xv, 366-368.—Stephens (J. E. R.) The cremation act, 1902. San. Rec. Lond, 1903, n. s, xxxi, 295-297.—Strassmann (F.) Die Ausfuhrungsbestimmun- gen zum preussischen Gesetz betreffend die Feuerbestattung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1912, xxxviii, 28- 30.-----. Die Ein- und Durchfuhrung der Feuerbestattung in Preussen. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte. Berl, 1914, xxvii, 597- 602.—Thompson (Sir H.) A brief history of cremation in England. Practitioner, Lond, 1903, lxx, 112-115.—Weg- schelder. Ueber den gegenwartigen Stand der Feuerbestat- tung in Deutschland. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg, Berl, 1904, 409-416.—Yamase (M.) [Cremation in Japan.] Kokka Igaku Kwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1902, 378-384. Cremation (Medico-legal aspect of). Schwarz (Martha). *Dierechtsmedizinischen Voraussetzungen der Kremation mit Diskussion der bestehenden Verordnungen und neuen Vor- schlagen. 8°. Zurich, 1920. Stark (E.) *Die Feuerbestattung vom ge- richtsarztlichen Standpunkte. [Berlin.] 8°. Leipzig, 1909. Also, in: Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist, Leipz, 1909, xxxiv, 195-237. Corln (G.) & Stockls (E.) La cremation des cadavres envisagee au point de vue medico-legal. Ann. Soc. de m£d. hig. de Belg, Brux, 1909, xx, 350-357. Also: Rev. de m<§d. leg. Par, 1910, xvii, 205-211.—Hell wig (A.) Feuerbestat- tung und Rechtspflege. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Krimi- nalist, Leipz, 1911, xhv, 1-202. Also, Reprint—Hoffman (F. L.) Cremation in its relation to the concealment of crime. Med.-Leg. J, N. Y, 1900-1901, xviii, 500-514.—Icard (S.) Le probleme medico-legal de la cremation; tentative d'une solution. Arch, d'anthrop. crim, Lyon & Par, 1911, xxvii, 100-107. Also: Marseille med, 1911, xlviii, 433; 453.— Klppax (J. R.) Some medico-legal aspects of the cremation problem. Med. Era, Chicago, 1901, xix, 268-271.—de Ryc- kere (R.) La cremation envisagee au point de vue criminel. Ann. Soc. de med. leg. de Belg, Brux, 1909, xx, 237-254. Also: Arch, internat. de m£d. leg, Brux.; 1910, i, 157; 255 — Schulz (A.) Die Stellung der gerichthchen Medizin zur Frage der Feuerbestattung. Vrtljsehr. f. gerichtl. Med, Berl, 1912, 3. F, xliii, pt. 2, Suppl.-Hft, 223-259. Cremation of offal and dead animals. See, also, Animals, dead (Disposition of); Offal (Disposition of). McCall (J. H.) Plans and specifications of the McCallincinerator. 8°. Huntingdon, Tenn., 1907. Morse (W. F.) Cremation; the disposal of waste by improved garbage and refuse de- structors; disinfection by streaming-steam cur- rents under low pressure; sterilization by formic aldehyde gas. 8°. New York, [1897]. Barrier (G.) L'incineration en temps de guerre. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap. Par, 1915, xxix, 417-419.—Be- cour. L'incineration cadaverique. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. du nord, Lille, 1898, 2. s, ii, 169; 206.—Dewberry (E. B.) An improved circular type of Drickincinerator for stand- ing camps. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond, 1914, xxii, 86- 88.-----. A design for a brick destructor for the incineration of excreta and refuse from camps and temporary hospitals. Ibid., 1915, xxv, 706-709.—Ehlers (V. M.) & Ray (T. W.) The incinerator closet. Texas State J. M, Fort Worth, 1918, xiv, 23.—Foxworthy (F. W.) Incinerators at the San Antonio maneuver camp. Mil. Surgeon, Chicago, 1914, xxxiv, 447-450.—Holcomb (R. C.) Description oi a pit incinerator furnace. U. States Nav. M. Bull, Wash, 1909, iii, 129, 4 pi—Holt. A new type of incinerator. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond, 1916, xxvi, 241-244. Lelean (P. S.) Incineration in the field. J. State Med, Lond., 1913, xxi, 82-97.—Morse (W. F.) The sanitary disposal of municipal and institutional waste by cremation. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep. 1903, Columbus, 1904, xxix, 134-140.—Moxey (P.) & Scott-Williamson (G.) Combined incinerator and water heater. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond, 1915, xxiv, 385.—Pierson (R. fi.) Latrines and Kitchen incinerators. Mil. Surgeon, Wash, 1917, xii, 162-168, 2 pi.—Proyecto de Ordenanza para la cremacion de cadaveres en la ciudad de Buenos Aires. Semana med, Buenos Aires, 1921, xxviii, 216-219.—Beat (J. L.) Sanitation by cremation. Med. Council, Phila, 1908, xiii, 253-255.—ReicheUelder (L. H.) The kitchen incinerator; its construction and use. Mil. Surgeon, Wash, 1913, xxxii, 167-169.—Trlnca (A. J.) An incinerator for burning human faeces and other camp refuse. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond, 1916, xxvi, 98—Vlry (H.) L'incineration en temps de guerre dans la zone de l'avant. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap. Par, 1915, xxix, 458.—Wan- hill (C. F.) Incineration and incinerators as applied to can- tonments in India. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond, 1915 xxiii, 600-614. ' ' Crematories. Buti (G.) II tempio crematorio di Trespiano 8°. Firenze, 1885. Oppenheim (A. N.) K voprosu ob ozdoro- vlenii goroda S.-Peterburga; o krematoriumie. [Health of St. Petersburg; the crematorium.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1907. Abba (F.) La cremazione ed il tempio crematorio di Torino. Riv. di ingegner. san, Torino, 1908, iv, 177-181.— Millard. (C. K.) Construction and management of cremato- ria. J. Roy. San. Inst, Lond, 1908-9, xxix, 539-548. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1908, n. s, lxxxvi, 114-116.— Reich (A.) Oefen zur Einascherung von Leichen. Ge- sundh.-Ingenieur, Munchen, 1919, xhi, 213-217.— Cremazy (Alphonse). *De lapolydactvlie. 56 pp., 1 pi., 11. 8°. Toulouse, 1897, No. 215. Cremer (Diedrich [Hermann]) [1890- ]. *Zur Klinik der Puerperalpsvchosen. [Kiel.] 39 pp. 8°. Greifswald, H. Adler, 1914. Cremer (J.) *Studien iiber Elemi. [Bern.] 86 pp. 8°. Aachen, J. Stercken, 1902. Cremer (Jean). *Contribution a l'etude du traite- ment de la blennorragie. 55 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 32. Cremer ([Ludwig] Friedrich Christian) [1882- ]. *Ein Beitrag zur Kasuistik der Geburtslahmung. 28 pp. 8°. Marburg, 1908. Cremer (Ludwig Heinrich Maria) [1882- ]. *Ueber Encephalitis acuta disseminata. 27 pp. 8°. Munchen, Kastner & Callwey, 1908. Cremer (Max). Entbindung ohne Schmerzen. 2. Aufl. 15 pp. 8°. Hamburg, Gebr. Ludeking, 1906. See, also, Beitrage zur Physiologie [etc.]. 8". Berlin, 1914. Cremieu (Marcel) [1879- ]. *Des resultats de l'operation de Porro, a la clinique Baudelocque. 242 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 248. Cremieu (Robert) [1884- 1. *Etude des effets produits sur le thymus par les rayons X; recher- ches experimentales; deductions histo-physiolo- giques; applications therapeutiques. 333 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1912, No. 84. Cremieux (Isidore) [1878- ]. *Contribution a l'etude de la lipomatose multiple symetrique. xvii, 19-167 pp. 8°. Montpellier. 1905, No. 59. Cremonese (Guido). La fedina sanitaria (profi- lassi delP eredita patologica). 38 pp. 12°. Roma, E. Voghera, 1905. ------. Le ernie traumatiche. 43 pp. 12°. Roma, E. Voghera, 1906. ------. II segno di Mannkopf e la simulazione del dolore. 28 pp. 12°. Roma, E. Voghera, 1906. Crenn _ (Louis-Marie) [1S74- ]. *Etude sur 1'hygiene de l'Ecole principale du service de santi de la marine et des colonies. 52 pp., 1 diag. 8°. Bordeaux, 1898. No. 6. Crenshaw (Hansell) [1877-1921]. The conquest of pain. Story of ether, and a tribute to the great Southerner who first discovered its anaes- thetic propertv; dramatic death of Dr. Crawford Long. fol. [Atlanta, 1909.J Cutting from: Uncle Remus's. The Home Mag, Atlanta, 1909. xxv. For Biography, see J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1921, lxxvii, 877. Also: J. Med. Ass. Georgia, Augusta, 1920-21, x, 684 (F. K. Boland). * » «6 » Crenshaw (Lewis D.) See Patton (JohnS.), Doswell (Sallie J.) & Crenshaw (Lewis D.) Jellerson's Vniversitv [etc.]. 8°. [Charlottes- ville, Va., 1915.] Crenshaw (Octavius Asbury) [1S22- 1906]. Obituary. Alumni Reg. Univ. Penn, Phila, 1906-7, xl,237. Creolin. Baronl (E.) Creolina; sua analisi e preparazione; creolina comune e creolina solida. Gior. di farm, [etc.], Torino, 1902, CREOLIN. 273 CREPIS. Creolin. li, 289-295.—Kochs (J.) Creolin Pearson. Arb. a. d. phar- mazeut. Inst. d. Univ. Berl, 1906, Berl. & Wien, 1907, iv, 93- 95.—Macallster. Case of attempted suicide. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1902, n. s, lxxiv, 490.—Malerba (L.) Su di un caso dl avvelenamento acuto da creolina. Med. prat, Na- poli, 1920, v, 461-463.—Pressly (E. W.) Creolin-poisoning. Phila. M. J, 1900, v, 22.—Itideal (L.) Creolin; a note of warning. Pub. Health, Lond, 1903-4, xvi, 156-160.—Slipper (T.) A case of poisoning by creolin [horse]. Vet. J, Lond, 1906. n. s, xhi, 75.—Vermeulen (H. A.) Bilaterale chro- niscne luchtzakcatarrh; exitus letalis door creolinever- giftiging. Tijdschr. v. veeartsenijk. Maandbl, Utrecht, 1908-9, xxxvi, 439-447.—Verson (E.) La creolina nella in- dustria dei bachi. Atti r. 1st. Veneto di sc, lett. ed arti, 1901-2, 8. s, iv, pt. 2,101-106. Creosoform. Petit (E.-A.) ^Contribution a l'etude thera- peutique du creosoforme en chirurgie. 8°. Paris, 1899. Veillet (B.) Contribution a l'etude thera- peutique du creosoforme. 8°. Paris, 1921. Rambaud. Creosoforme et le ga'iaforme. Poitou med, Poitiers, 1904, xviii, 4. Creosotal. Destouches (L.) Etude therapeutique du creosotal. Courrier med. Par, 1898, xlviii, 428-430.—Hunaeus (G.) Ueber die Anwendung von Creosotal in der Kinderpraxis. Med. Klin, Berl, 1912, viii. 1586-1589.—John (K. M.) Die Wirkung des Kreosotals bei nicht tuberkulosen akuten und subakuten bronchopulmonaren Krankheiten im Sauglings- und Kindesalter; erprobt in hundert Fallen. Therap. Monatsh, Berl, 1907, xx, 516-518.—Lolsel (M.) Traitement des infections broncho-pulmonaires de l'enfance par le creosotal. Normandie med, Rouen, 1900, xv, 121-126 — Meitner (W.) Creosotalin the treatment of acute nontuber- cular diseases of the respiratory organs of nurslings and chil- dren- Med.-Leg. J, N. Y, 1901-2, xix, 787.—Plla. Moyen facile et commode d'emulsionner le creosotal. Marseille m<5d, 1906, xlui, 46-49.—Soderberg (A.) [Creosotal treat- ment of diseases of the air passages, especially acute pneu- monia.] Allm. sven. Lakartidn, Stockholm, 1906, iii, 705- 713—Stadelmann (E.) & Boruttau (H.) Ein Fall von Kreosotalvergiftung. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1907, liv, 1933. Creosote. Bode (J. F.) ^Observationes qusedam de creosoti vi therapeutica. 12°. Marburgi, 1834. Fournier (H.) *Action du carbonate de creosote dans les affections broncho-pulmonaires aigues. 8°. Lyon, 1899. Simon (P.-R.) *Etude experimentale et cli- nique sur la tolerance et l'intolerance de l'orga- nisme a l'egard de la creosote et le mode d'action de ce medicament. 8°. Paris, 1899. Blanc (J.-G.) Efficacite' du lactate de creosote contre le sympt6me toux. Echo med. d. Cevennes, Nimes, 1907, viii, 286.—Bouchet. Charbon comme vehicule de la creosote. Poitou med, Poitiers. 1906; xxi, 156-158.—Bousquet (F.) L'evolution de la medication crebsotee; 6tude pharmaco- logique. Presse med. Par, 1904, i, 195-197.—Burlureaux (C.) Quelques considerations sur la medication crebsotee. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.] Par, 1899, cxxxvii, 138; 161. [Discussion], 176-185.-----. De la medication crebsotee chez l'enfant. Gaz. d. mal. infant, [etc.], Par, 1899, i, 161-163.— Cavazzani (A.) Sopra un nuovo preparato di creosoto; creosoto fosfocalcico Campani. Gazz. med. di Roma, 1917, xliii, 59.—Ceconi (A.) Tolleranza ed intolleranza a proposito del creosoto e rimcdi omologhi. Clin. med. ital, Milano, 1899, xxxviii, 235-244.—Chaumler. Recherches sur la creosote et quelques-uns de ses d^riv^s. Courrier m6d. Par, 1898, xlviii, 121-126.—Crouzel (E.) Proc6d6 rapide pour caracteriser la creosote de hetre officinale. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1907, xxxvii, 122.—Dohme (A. R. L.) & Engel- hardt (H.) Guaiacol- and creosol-acetic acids and some of their derivatives. J. Am. Pharm. Ass, Columbus, 1913, ii, 293-296.—Ecker. Cas interessant de creosotisme. Presse m6d. Par, 1905, i, annexes, 253.—England (J. W.) The official tests for creosote. J. Am. Pharm. Ass, Columbus, 1912,1, 303-306.—Ewart (W.) The use of creosoted oil for the expulsion of tracheal false membranes after tracheotomy, and of intranasal injections of oil in various affections. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1898, i, 1381-1383.—Fernandez Sanz. Peli- gros de las inyecciones de fosfato de creosota. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract, Madrid, 1908, lxxx, 266-270.—French (J. M.) Creosote and its derivatives; with an outline of creosote therapy. Merck's Arch, N. Y., 1905, vii, 214-218.—Gayle (V. W.) Creosote and its derivations. Kansas City Lancet, 1898, iv, 295. [Discussion], 306-308.—Gilbert. Goudron et creosote. Bull. m6d. Par, 1903, xvii, 1067-1069.—von 11877°—Vol. IV, 3d series—22----18 Creosote. Gorup-Besanez. Zur Kenntniss des Kreosots. Sitzungsb. d. k. bayer. Akad. d. Wissensch. zu Munchen, 1866, ii, 287-292.—Hawkins (E.) A clinical study of creosote audits derivatives. Therapist, Lond, 1899, ix, 113-118.—Heifer (G.) Geosot und Eosot; zwei neue Kreosotpraparate. Med.-chir. Centr.-Bl, Wien, 1903. xxxviii, 456.—Hewlett (H. M.) Creosotepoisoningin a child;recovery. Intercolon. M. J. Australas, Melbourne, 1900, v, 501-503.—Huerre (R.) Sur 1'essai de la creosote officinale d'apres le Codex 1908. Repert. de pharm. Par, 1922, 3. s, xxxiv, 1-3.—Hughes (C. H.) The therapeutic potency of creosote. Med. Council, Phila, 1908, xiii, 406.—Jorlo. II creosoto in terapia. Gazz. internaz. di med, Napoli, 1906, ix, 945.—Kasai (K.) Ueber die Wirkung des Kreosots auf den Darm. Arch, internat. de pharmacod, Brux. et Par, 1908, xviii, 29-39.—deLauwe- reyns De Rpsendaele. Un cas d'empoisonnement par la creosote. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1899, iii, 608—Mer- rilles (J. F.) The treatment of coccal infections by creo- sote. Med. J. Australia, Sydney, 1916, ii, 157.—Mlchaut. La creosote. Rupert de therap. Par, 1904, xxi, 471-473.— Mlchonneau (R.) Essai rapide de la creosote officinale au moyen de la glycerine et de I'eau. J. de pharm. et chim. Par, 1903,6.s, xvii, 161-164.—Mollner(C.) Envenenamien- to por la creosota. Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. m6d, Madrid, 1908, xix, 262.—Orchard (A.) Creosote in rheumatism and gout. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1916,1,167.—Pleper (E. J.), Acree (S. F.) & Humphrey (C. J.) The chemical composition of the higher fractions of maplewood creosote. J. Indust. & Engin. Chem, Easton, Pa, 1917, ix, 462-465.----------- -----. On the toxicity to a wood-destroying fungus of maplewood creosote and of some of its constituents and de- rivatives, together with a comparison with beechwood cre- osote. Ibid., 566-569.—Pllcque (A.-F.) Les divers modes d'administration de la creosote. Presse med. Par, 1900, i, 153.—Roblot. L'administration intestinale de la creosote et des sels creosotes. Med. orient. Par, 1903, vii, 245-247 — de Rojas (F.) Contribution a l'etude de la creosote. Rev. odont. Par, 1922, xliii, 276-279.—Rosen (R.) Ueber die Entwicklung der Kreosottherapie und die Anwendung des GuajakolalbuminateS(Histosan). Reichs-Med.-Anz,Leipz, 190S, xxxiii, 463-465.—Sage (C. E.) The testing of creosote. J. Soc. Chem. Indust, Lond, 1911, xxx, 588-594—Selm- bille (A. C.) La creosote de hetre. Rev. odont. Par, 1922, xlui, 54-58.—Sewening. Ueber die Wirkung des Kreosots und Kreosotals. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg, Berl, 1902, 436.— Skinner (C.) Creosote, with special reference to its use as an intestinal antiseptic. Med. Age, Detroit, 1906, xxiv, 735- 742.—Smith (H. K.) & Acree (S. F.) A study of commer- cial beechwood creosote. J. Indust. & Engin. Chem, Easton, Pa, 1917, ix, 275-277.—Stern (H.) Ueber Sulfosalze der aliphatischen Kreosotester und ihre therapeutische Verwendung. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1900, x, 205- 209.—Test (F. C.) Creosote; some clinical observations on its use in various conditions. N. York M. J, 1900, Ixxi, 508- 511.—Thorling (I.) Ein Fall von Kreosotvergiftung bei einem Saugling. Upsala Lakaref. Forh, 1921,xxvi,Haft5-6, No. 34,1-14.—Urano (F.) Ueber den Einfluss des Kreosot auf den Eiweiss-Stoflwechsel. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg, 1907, lxxvi, 33.—Vail (W. H.) The new method of administering creosote. Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1899, n. s, xviii, 491- 495.—Wells (J. E. B.) Inunction oi creosote in pneumonia and influenza. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1919, i, 481.—Winterberg (J.) Beitrage zur Kreosottherapie, mit Beriicksichtigung eines zusammengesetzten einschlagigen Praparates des Erosan. Med. Bl, Wien, 1904, xxvi, 391-403; 415; 427.— Wood (H. S.) The value of creosote inunction in medicine. Indian M. Gaz, Calcutta, 1907, xiii, 138.—Wright (J. B.) Creosote. Tr. M. Soc. N. Car, Charlotte, 1902, xhx, 196- 204.—Zaesleln (T.) Sopra la terapia col creosoto ed un suo nuovo preparato; il solfosato. Gazz. d. osp, Milano, 1903, xxiv, 1422. Cr6pieux (Jules). Cours de magnetisme humain; historique, thebrique et pratique. 226 pp. 12°. Paris, A. Ghio; Geneve, J Carey, [n. d.f. Crepin (Gerard) [1876- ]. *Les cedemes neuro-arthritiques. 100 pp. 8°. Paris, 1903, No. 505. Crepin (Henri). *Etude sur la camptodactylie dans ses rapports avec la tuberculose. 80 pp.. 1 pi. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 87. Crepin (L.) [1877- ]. Contribution a l'etude du traitement des fractures des membres (cri- tique de Pappareil Santa Maria-Salonne). [Paris.] 56 pp., 6 pi. 8°. Limoges, 1915, No. 103. Crepin (R.) [1882- ]. *La pleuresie des vieillards. 197 pp. 8°. Paris, 1912, No. 204. Crepis virens. Digby (L.) A critical study of the cystology of Crepis virens. Arch. f. Zellforsch, Leipz, 1914, xii, 97-146, 3 pi. CRfiS. 274 CRESPIX. Cres (H.) [1879- ]. *La pretendue orchi- epididymite par effort devant la loi sur les acci- dents du travail. 76 pp., 11. 8°. Montpellier, 1904, No. 73. de Cresantignes (Lucas). *Quelques considera- tions sur la propagation et la prophylaxie de la diphtherie. 55 pp. 4°. Paris, 1885. No. 129. Crescenzo (Niccolo). Ragionamenti intorno alia nuova medicina dell acqua . . . coll' aggiunta d' un breve metodo di praticarsi 1' acqua anche da colore che non son medici. 4 p. 1., 371 pp. 8°. in Napoli, G. Muzio. 1727. Creseimone (Biagio). Riflessioni fisiologiche su P uomo e su gli animali. 63 pp. [Fiesole], 1V21. Crescograph. Bose (Sir J. C.) Le crescographe, nouvel appareil pour l'etude de la croissance des plantes. Nature, Par, 1920, xlviii, 161-165. Cresepton. Frosch (P.) Der Desinfektionswert des Cresepton. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr, 1913, xxix, 779-781.—Stolpe (B.) Vergleichende Untersuchungen uber die Desinfek- tionswirkung des Kresepton A. R. Pearson und des Kreolin Pearson, unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Bacillus pyocyaneus. Ztschr. f. Hyg. Infektionskrankh, Leipz, 1913, xxxvi, 171-184.—Wolff-Eisner. Ueber Desinfektions- wirkung von Cresepton (Pearson) im Vergleiche zu der von Creolin und Liquor Cresoli saponatus. Deutsche tierarztl. Wchnschr, Hannover, 1913, xxi, 702-704. Cresol. See, also, Disinfectants. Beck (A.) *Ueber Intoxikationen mit Kresol und Lysol. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1899. Margadant (C.) *Zur Theorie und Praxis der Desinfektion mit Kresolseifenlosungen, unter spezieller Beriicksichtigung der Elektrolytwir- kung. [Zurich.] 8°. Berlin, 1914. Mayr (L.) ^Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die toxische und therapeutische Wirkung des Kresolkarbonates "Bayer." [Miinchen.] 8°. Augsburg, [n. d.]. Richaud (A.) Contribution a l'etude chi- mique, physiologique et therapeutique de l'homocreosol. 8°. Paris, 1898. Schutz ([P.] H.) Vergleichende Untersu- chungen iiber einige Kresolpraparate mit be- sonderer Beriicksichtigung des Metakresols. 8°. Halle a. S., 1896. Sulzer (O.) Ueber den Desinfektionswert einiger Kresolpraparate. 8°. Gottingen, 1897. United States. Department of Agriculture, Bureau of Animal Industry. Bull. No. 100. The germicidal value of liquor cresolis compositus (U.S.P.). ByC.N.McBryde. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Off, 1907. Adam (P.) Recherches sur la preparation d'une solu- tion desinfectante de cresol. J. de pharm. et chim. Par, 1905, 6. s, xxii, 145-154.—Ahlfeld (F.) Seifencresol contra Lysol. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1904, xxx, 1881,—Alleman (G.) A further investigation of para- toluenediazonium sulphate and of the action of sulphuric acid on the methyl ether of paracresol. Am. Chem. J. Bait, 1904, xxxi, 24-45.—Arnold (C.) & Werner (G.) Zur Kre- solbestimmung im Liquor cresoli saponatus. Apoth.-Ztg, Berl, 1904, xix, 907.—Arnould (E.) Les formes dutilisation du cresol en disinfection. Rev. d'hyg. Par, 1921, xliii, 389- 405.—Barber (J. R.) Liquor cresolis compositus. extem- pore. Mil. Surgeon, Wash, 1910, xxvi, 330-332.—Bickel & Kraus (A.) Versuche iiber die desinflzierende Wirkung von Saprol-Leinolkresol- und Petroleumkresol-Praparaten auf fliissiges infektioses Material. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl, 1907, xxvi, 172-179.—Itlumenthal (F.) & Jacoby (E.) Versuche iiber den Chemismus der Kresolvergiftung. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1907, vii, 39-^4—Chapin (R. M.) The determination of cresol by the phenol reagent of Folin and Denis. J. Biol. Chem., Bait, 1921, xlvii, 309-314.— Cooper (E. A.) The bactericidal action of the cresols and allied bodies and the best means of employing them. Brit M. J, Lond, 1912, i, 1234-1240.-Delter (J.) Ueber Unter- suchungen von Kresolseifenlosungen. Arbeiten a. d. hvg - chem. Untersuchungsstellen, iii, 1909, lis 46.-----. Ueber Untersuchungen von Kresolseifenlosungen. Veroffentl a. d. Geb. d. Mil.-San.-Wes, Berl, 1918, 38. Hft, pt. 2, 73- 98.—Ditthorn (F.) Vergleichende Untersuchungen neuerer Ersatzpraparate fiir Kresolseifenlosung. Centralbl. f. Bak- Cresol. teriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1918-19, Orig, Ixxxii. 477-483. -----. Ueber den Desinfektionswert der drei Kresolisomeren (Meta-, Ortho- und Parakresol). Ibid., 483-491. -----. Ueber neuere Ersatzpraparate fiir Kresolseifenlosung. Prakt. Desinfekt, Berl, 1918, 65; 73.—Emde (H.) Cresolum cru- dum und die Metakresolbestimmung nach Raschig. Apoth.- Ztg, Berl, 1908, xxiii, 817—Fehrs (L.) Ueber den Desin- fektionswert verschiedener Handelsmarken von Liquor cre- soli saponatus des deutschen Arzneibuches. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1904, xxxvii, 730-741— Frel (W.) Zur Theorie der Desinfektion; iiber den Mechanismus der Elektrolytwirkung bei der Desinfektion durch Kresol- seifenlosungen. Ztschr. f. Infektionskr. . . . d. Haustiere, Berl, 1914, xv, 273; 407.—Galbraith (D. H. A.) Notes on two cases of cresol poisoning. Guy's Hosp. Gaz, Lond., 1915, xxix, 400.—Gmeiner (F.) Die therapeutische Be- deutung des Liquor cresoli saponatus als Antisepticum. Wchnschr. f. Thierh. u. Viehzucht, Munchen, 1900, xliv, 197; 209— Haller (E.) Ueber Kresole und Ersatzmittel fiir Kresolseife. Arb. a. d. Reichsgsndhtsamte, Berl.. 1920, Iii, 253; 670; 696.—Hamilton (H. C.) Purified cresol (cresvlic acid). Am. J. Pharm, Phila, 1920, xcii, 248-253.—Ham- merl (H.) Ueber die bactericide Fahigkeit und Giftigkeit der drei isomeren Kresole und des Phenols. Hvg. Rund- schau, Berl, 1899, ix, 1017-1028.—Hiller (A.) Ein einfaches Verfahren, die Kresole leicht wasserloslich zu machen. Desinfektion, Berl, 1911, iv, 227.—Homer (Annie), On the toxicity of cresvlic acid. J. Physiol, Lond., 1918. Iii, xxxiv.—Jonescu (D.) Ueber das Schicksal der Kresole im Organismus und ihren Einfluss auf den Stoffwechsel und die Darmfaul-is der Fleischfresser. Biochem, Ztschr., Berl, 1906, i, 399-407.—Lange (B.) Vergleichende Untersu- chungen iiber den Desinfektionswert von Kresolseifeiilo- sungen und wassriger Kresollosungen. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh, Leipz., 1921, xciv, 82-106.—Lanz (A.) Die Kresolseifenlosungen des Handels und des deutschen Arzneibuches, Ausgabe vier und fiinf. Centralbl. f. Bak- teriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1915, lxxvi, Orig, 206-233.— Lederman (M. D.) A non-caustic cresol (cresatin) in dis- eases of the nose, throat and ear. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1911, xxi, 169-172— Neuf eld (F.) & Schiemann (O.) Un- tersuchungen iiber einige Ersatzmittel fiir Kresolseife. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1917. xliii, 928- 930. Also: Ztschr. f. Hvg. u. Infektionskrankh, Leipz., 1918, lxxxv, 193-222—Xeiin (Mary) & Mann (B.) Prepa- ration of a preservative from cresol. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1917, xxxix, 2752-2756.—Pence (C. M.^ The bromine and iodo- metric methods for the volumetric determination of cresol. Chem. News, Lond, 1913, cviii, 87^9. Also: Lilly Sc. Bull, Indianap, 1913, 1. s, 102-107.—Rapp. Ueber Kresole und Kresolseifenlosungen mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung ihres Desinfektionswertes. Desinfektion, Berl, 1909, ii, 617; 643.—Raschig (F.) Verfahren, Metakresol in Kresolgemi- schen zu bestimmen. Ztschr. f. ang. Chem, Berl., 1900, 759-761.—Reich (F.) Kremulsion R, Kresolseifenlosung technisch und Kresolseifenlosung T extra. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl, 1916, xhi, 916.—Sage (E. E.) The bactericidal value of liquor cresolis compositus, B. P. C. Pharm. J, Lond, 1908, 4. s, xxvi, 730.—Schaedel (A.) Bakteriologische Priifung des Desinfektionsmittels Kre- soht. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1917, lxiv, 1286.—Schtlr- mayer (B.) Ueber Kresole, deren Wirkung und Nachweis im Organismus. Deutsches Arch. f. khn. Med., Leipz, 1894, liv, 71-88. -----. Bacteriologische Untersuchungen iiber ein neues Desinficiens Kresol Raschig (Liq. kresoli sapo- natus); Beitrage zur desinficierenden Wirkung der Kresol- Losungen. Arch. f. Hyg., Miinchen & Leipz, 1895-6, xxv, 32.^-360.—Staffella (G.) Cresolo saponato. Boll. chim. farm, Milano, 1922, lxi, 257-262—Tatham (G. T. PO Note on the connexion between chemical composition and the phenol coefficient of liquor cresoli. J. Rov. Army Med. Corps, Lond, 1919, xxxii, 227.—Thorns (H.)'& Walter (A.) Darstellung von Kresolseifenlosungen, die dem Lysol ahnlich zusammengesetzt sind. Arb. a. d. pharmazeut. Inst, d. Univ. Berl. (1904) 1905, ii, 3V-389.—ToUeus ^K.) Ueber die Wirkung der Cresole und des Liquor cresoli saponatus im Vergleich zur Carbolsaure. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol, Leipz, 1904-5, Iii, 220-241.—Uebel- messer (H.) Die Desinfektionskraft des kautlichen Liquor cresoli saponatus. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1904, xxxvii, 469- !7v—Wolf. Ueber die Verwendung von Kresolpraparaten zur Desinfektion, mit besonderer Be- riicksichtigung von Ennan, einem festen Kresolseifenpra- parat in Tablettenform. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl, 1907, xx, 475-4S3. Cresosteril. Blerotte(E.) Untersuchungen iiber Kresosteril (Meta- kresolorthooxalsaureester). Hvg. Rundschau, Berl, 1910, xx, 1041-1048. Crespi (Tommasoh *Della tenia. 60 pp. S°. Pavia, Fusi d> Comp., 1847. [P., v. 2226.] Crespin (Joseph) [lNiiS-1920]. Comment on se defend contre les maladies coloniales; guide du voyugeur et du colon. 44 pp., 11. 12°. Paris, [1900]. CRESPIN. 275 CRETINISM. Crespin (Joesph)—continued. -----. La filvre typhoide dans les pays chauds (regions pretropicales, Algerie); preface de J. Teissier, xii, 192 pp. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere & fils, 1901. -----. Precis de paludisme. 323 pp. 8°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1905. For Biography, see Bull. Acad, de m6d. Par, 1920, ixxxiv, 142 (Laveran). Also: Bull. Soc. path, exot. Par., 1920, xiii, 762. Also: Med. Press, Lond, 1920, n. s., ex, 421. Also: Paris m6d, 1920, xxxviii (annexe), 640 (A. Chassevant). Crespin (Marcel) [1882- _ ]. *L'hemoptysie parasitaire d'Extreme-Orient. 86 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 456. Crespin (Paul-Felix-Joseph) [1878- ]. *Etude sur les anastomoses de l'ileon et de la portion terminale du gros intestin (ileosigmoidostomie, ileorectostomie). 104 pp. 8°. Lille, 1903, No. 122. Crespin (Pierre) [1879- ]. *Retr6cissements congenitaux de l'uretre et retr6cissements in- flammatoiresnon gonococciques (etude critique). 75 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1907, No. 48. Crespin (Pierre-Georges). ^Contribution a l'etude du tetanos chronique. 119 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 304. Crespo y Palaeio (J. Joaquin). *Estudio sobre las heridas por armas de fuego. 63 pp. 8°. Mexico, F. R. Castaneda & L.G. Rodriguez, 1871. Cresset (The). Published monthly by the stu- dents of the New York Medical College and Hospital for Women. Anne L. Longworthy, editor-in-chief, v. 1-10, 1897-8 to 1906-7. 8°. New York. Cresson (Fortune) [1875- ]. *Contribution a l'etude du traitement de la tumeur blanche du genou chez l'enfant. [Paris.] 76 pp. 8°. La Loupe, 1905, No. 265. Cresson (Hubert-Victor) [1873- ]. *Traitement des hemorrhagies placentaires des trois derniers mois de la grossesse par 1'evacuation totale et manuelle de l'uterus ou accouchement force. 68 pp. 8°. Lille, 1900. Cresson d'Orval. Guide thebrique et pratique pour la guerison des hernies [etc.]. xvi, 224 pp., 8 pi. 8°. Paris, Lobe, 1880. Cress well (D. Astley). Some pathological bearings of Darwinism. 29 pp. 8°. [n.p.,l%%4:velsubseq.~\ Cresswell (Pearson Robert) [1834-1905]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1905, ii, 1493. Creswick (Paul) [1866- ], Pond (G. Stanley) & Ashton (P. H.) Kent's care for the wounded, with a preface by Sir Gilbert Parker. 212 pp! 12°. London, Hodder & Stoughton, 1915. Cresylatine, desinfectant antiputride. 16 pp. 8°. Charleroi, J. Delacre-Misonne, 1899. CrSte" (Amable) [1875- ]. *Quelques observa- tions sur la paralysie generale de la femme et la paralysie generale conjugale. 103 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 594. Cr6te (L.) *Le "Nete" (Parkia africana R. Br.) et quelques autres "Parkia" de l'Afrique tro- picale. [Paris.] 167 pp. 8°. Lons-le-Saunier, 1910, No. 18. Crete and Cretans. Mosso (A.) The palaces of Crete and their builders. 4°. London, 1907. Duckworth (W. L. HO Report on anthropological work in Athens and in Crete. Rep. Brit. Ass, Adv. Sc. 1903, Lond, 1904, 404-411—Evans (Sir A. J.) The picti- ?aphic and linear scripts of Minoan Crete and their relations. roc. Brit. Acad, Lond, 1903-4, 137-139.-----. Archaeo- logical and ethnological researches in Crete. Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc. 1903, Lond, 1904. lxxiii, 402-411.-----. The palace of Minos and the prehistoric civilisation of Crete. Ibid., 1919, Lond, 1920, Ixxxvii, 416.—Fischer (E.) Wer waren die minoischen Kreter? Anthropos, Wien, 1914, ix, 774-780. Also: Kor.-Bl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Anthrop. Crete and Cretans. [etc.], Brnschwg, 1916, xlvii, 5-9.—Franchet (L.) La Crete moderne. Rev. scient., Par, 1918, lvi, 75-81.—Ho- gerth (D. G.), Myres (J. L.) [et al.]. Archaeological and ethnological researches in Crete. Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc. 1912, Lond, 1913, 224-268.—von Luschan (F.) Zur An- thropologie von Kreta. Kor.-Bl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Anthrop. [etc.], Brnschwg, 1912, xliii, 135.-----. Beitrage zur Anthropologie von Kreta. Ztschr. f. Ethnol, Berl., 1913, xlv, 307-404.—Patroni (G.) Intorno all' antropologia ed ctnologia dell' isola di Creta. Arch, per l'antrop, Firenze, 1918, xlviii, 124-133.—Schlfl (F.) Beitrag zur Anthropologie von Kreta; die Eparchie Pyrgi6tissa. Ztschr. f. Ethnol, Berl, 1914, xlvi, 8-13. Cretel (Henri). ^Contribution a l'etude du diagnostic des anevrysmes de l'aorte thoracique; forme pseudo-tuberculeuse de Panevrysme de l'aorte. 54 pp. 8°. Paris, 1903, No. 419. Cretinism. See, also, Cagots; Goitre; Myxcedema; Thy- roid gland (Diseases of). Anderl (W.) *Beitrag zur Behandlung des Kretinismus. 8°. Munchen, 1909. Kind (Elisabeth). *Blutbefunde bei endemi- schen Kretinismus. [Bern.] 8°. Jena, 1918. Schlagenhaufer & von Jatjregg (W.) Beitrage zur Aetiologie und Pathologie des ende- mischen Kretinismus. 8°. Leipzig & Wien, 1910. Scholz (W.) Klinische und anatomische Untersuchungen iiber den Cretinismus. 8°. Berlin, 1906. Zieleniewska-Stefanoff (Sophie'). Con- tribution a l'etude anatomo-pathologique du cretinisme. 8°. Geneve, 1910. Alexander (D. A.) Cretinism and the puerperium; sequel to a recorded history. Bristol M.-Chir. J, 1909, xxvii, 128- 132.—Allara (V.) Sulla causa del cretinismo. Attualita med, Milano, 1916, v, 432.—Basinger (H. R.) The control of experimental cretinism. Arch. Int. Med, Chicago, 1916, xvii, 260-278. Also, Reprint.—Beier (A. L.) Sporadic cre- tinism. Wisconsin M. J, Milwaukee, 1915-16, xiv, 15-22.— Btrcher (E.) Zur Pathogenese der kretinischen Degenera- tion. Beihefte z. med. Klin, Berl. & Wien, 1908, iv, 149-180. -----. Neandertalmerkmale bei Kretinen? Ztschr. f. Kin- derh, Berl, 1912, Orig, iv, 187-198.—Bloom (J. D.) Cre- tinism. N. Orl. M. & S. J, 1909-10, lxii, 162-165, 1 pi.— Cameron (H. C.) Cases of cretinism. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1918, xi, Sect. Stud. Dis. Child, 20-22.— Cerletti(U.) II cretinismo endemico. Attualita med, Mi- lano, 1913, ii, 341-354.—Charles (Etta). Sporadic cretinism with report of results of thyroid feeding. Centr. States M. Monit., Indianap, 1908, xi, 295.—Cohn (M.) Sporadischer Kretinismus bei Geschwistern. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1913), 1914, xhv, pt. 1,1-5.—Crookshank (F. G.) A case of cretinism. West Lond. M. J, Lond, 1912, xvii, 113- 115. -----. Case of nervous cretinism. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1913-14, vii, Sect. Stud. Dis. Child, 26-28. -----. Nervous cretinism. Lancet, Lond, 1917, ii, 604.— Diviak (R.) & von Jauregg (J. W.) Ueber die Entstehung des endemischen Kretinismus nach Beobachtungen in den ersten Lebensjahren. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1918, xxxi, 149-158.—Ducoste (M.) Statistiques des cretins du Departe- ment de la Savoie. Rev. de psychiat. Par, 1911, xv, 28-36. -----. Le cretinisme. Ibid., 446; 496.—East (G. R.) A case of cretinism. J. Ment. Sc, Lond, 1908, liv, 570-574.—Eb- steln (E.) Zur Frage des Vorkommens von Kretinen und Albinos in Lerbachim Harz. Naturwissenschaften,Berl, 1918, vi, 562-565.-----. Nochmals: Die Kretinen und Kaker- laken in Lerbach im Harz. Mitt. z. Gesch. d. Med. u. d. Naturw, Munchen & Leipz, 1919, xviii, 373.—Fay (H. M.) Les cagots k l'eglise. ^Esculape, Par, 1912, ii, 29-33.—Fink- belner. Nochmals die Kretmenfrage. Ztschr. f. Kinderh, Berl, 1912, Orig, iv, 199-204.-----. Kretinismus im Nol- lengebiet. Cor.-Bl. I. Schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1918, xlviii, 607; 637.—FUnker (A.) Ueber Korperproportionen der Kretinen. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1911, xxiv, 196-198.— Guleke. Ueber sporadischen Kretinismus. Kor.-Bl. d. allg. arztl. Ver. v. Thiiringen, 1920, xlix, 15-20.—Herrman (C.) Sporadic cretinism; a clinical study of forty-one cases. Am. J. Obst, N. Y, 1914, lxx, 149-151. Also: N. York State J. M, N. Y, 1914, xiv, 394-398. -----. Three children with sporadic cretinism in one family. Am. J. Obst, N. Y, 1917, lxxvi, 525-527. Also: Arch. Pediat, N. Y, 1917, xxxiv, 831- 836. Also, Reprint.—Hoag (W. B.) A case of complete cretinism with normal mentality. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1916, lxxxix, 755.—Hunter (A.) The influence of experimental cretinism upon nitrogenous metabolism in the sheep. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med, N. Y, 1912-13, x, 98.—Ireland (A.) & Bremer (K.) A case of partial cretinism. South African M. Rec, Cape Town, 1915, xiii, 146.—Jentsch (E.) Contributo alia craniologia del cretino. Arch, di psichiat. CRETINISM. 276 CRILE. Cretinism. [etc.], Torino, 1898, xix, 409-418, 2 pi.—Judson (C. F.) & Bradley (W. N.) Sporadic cretinism (type fruste), report of a case. Arch. Pediat, N. Y, 1908, xxv, 523-526.—Kerley (C. G.) An unusual case of cretinism. Ibid., 1919, xxxvi, 465-468.—Kind (Elisabeth). Blutbefunde bei endemischem Kretinismus. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir, Jena, 1918, xxx, 285-308.—Kirmsse (M.) Ein Fall von familiarem Kretinismus aus dem 18. Jahrhundert. Ztschr. f. d. Er- forsch. u. Behandl. d. jugendl. Schwachsinns, Jena, 1916, viii, 140-145.—Klauder. Cretinism with syphilis. Arch. Dermat. & Syph, Chicago, 1922, n. s, vi, 238.—Leeper (B. C. A.) Cretinism. Practitioner, Lond, 1911, lxxx^u, 364-372, 3 pi— McCarrlson (R.) Nervous cretinism. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1913-14, vii, Sect. Stud. Dis. Child, 157-164.—Maraflon (G.) Un caso de cretinismo esporadico. Rev. clin. de Madrid, 1913, x, 174-183.—Mayer (E. E.) The mental condition of cretinism. Proc. Am. Med.-Psych. Ass, St. Louis, 1904, 387-403.—Ness (R. B.) Sporadic cretinism. Glasgow M. J, 1908, lxx, 41-44.— Oswald (A.) Zur Behandlung des endemischen Kretinis- mus. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1914, xliv, 737-744.— Pighini (G.) L'endemia gozzo-cretinica nei Lombardo- Veneto e nella provincia di Reggio Emilia. Illust. med. ital, Genova, 1921, ii, 41-44.—Price (G. E.) Hypothyroida; with report of a case of sporadic cretinism showing the result of eleven years of thyroid treatment, also a case of incomplete myxedema. Am.Med, Burlington, Vt, & N.Y, 1911, n. s, vi, 407-111.—Randall (E. G.) Two cretins. Tr. Homceop. M. Soc, N. Y, 1910, liv, 276-281— Salln (A.) Deux cas de cretinisme avec surdity, simulant l'idiotie. Encephale, Par, 1909, ii, 172-180.—Schio'tz (C.) [Cretinism; in comparison with congenital syphilis, etc.J Tidsskr. f. d. norske Laegefor, Kristiania, 1914, xxxiv, 97; 145.—Scholz (W.) Kretinismus und Mongohsmus. Ergebn. d. inn. Med. u. Kinderh, Berl, 1909, iii, 505-550.—Talbot (F. B.) The energy metabolism of a cretin. Am. J. Dis. Child, Chicago, 1916, xh, 145-148. A lso, Reprint.—Welz (W. E.) Pregnancy in a case of improved sporadic cretinism. Am. J. Obst, N. Y, 1919, lxxix, 655.—West (J. C.) A case of cretinism. Arch. Pediat, N. Y, 1916, xxiii, 603-605.—Zanoni (G.) Contributo alio studio del gozzismo. Tumori, Roma, 1919- 21, vii, 277-331. Crette' (Ren6). Contribution a l'etude de l'otite moyenne tuberculeuse. 95 pp. 8°. Paris, 1920, No. 101. Cretzoulesko (Nicolas) [1809-1900]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1900, ii, 463. Cretzschmar (Philippus Jacobus) [1786-1845]. *Diss. sistens catarrhum intestinalem. 30 pp. 16°. Wuerceburgensis, J. P. Bayrhoffer, 1808. Creutz (Hellmuth). *Ueber einen Fall von Re- section der Harnblase mit Vorlagerung des Ureters. [Giessen.] 20 pp., 1 1. 8°. Eupen, C. Braselmann, 1898. Creutz berg (E verard E.) Contribution a 1' etude des tumeurs terato'ides-intrapelviennes. 1 p. 1., 24 pp. 8°. Lausanne, G. Vaney-Burnier, 1912. Creutzer (Jean-Pierre) [1873- ]. *Le lupus tuberculeux traits par le mercure et l'iodure et {>rincipalement par les injections intramuscu- aires d'huile gnse. 65 pp. 8°. Lille, 1898, No. 93. Creutzfeldt (Hans Gerhard) [1885- ]. *Ein Beitrag zur normalen und pathologischen Ana- tomie der Hypophysis cerebri des Menschen. [Kiel.] 22 pp. 8°. Hamburg & Leipzig, L. Voss, 1909. Creuze (Pierre). *Recherches sur la vaccination antityphoide; contribution a l'etude des reac- tions sanguines. 104 pp. 8°. Paris, 1912 No. 376. Creuzot (Jean). *Les pseudo-perforations intes- tinales au cours des infections a pneumocoques 40 pp. 8°. Paris, 1920, No. 137. Creyke (Richard). Johnson (R.) The diary of the first Governor of Plym- outh Hospital, [Richard Creyke]. J. Roy. Nav. M Serv Lond, 1916, ii, 191-199, 3 pi. ' Creyx (Phihppe-Francois-Maurice) [1885- ]. *Les variations respiratoires des dimensions tho- raciques a l'etat normal et dans l'emphyseme pulmonaire. 98 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1912, No. 125 Criado y Aguilar (Francisco). Tratado teorico- practico de las enfermedades de los nifios. viii 1133 pp. 8°. Madrid, 1902. ------. The same. [2. edj viii, 1047 pp. 8°. Madrid, Imp. d. Asilo de Huerfanos, 1907. The same. Traite theorique et pratique des maladies de l'enfance. Traduit de l'espagnol. v, 1011 pp. 8°. Paris, 0. Doin, 1905. Cribriform plate. See Ethmoid bone. Cribrina. Gee (W.) Modifiability in the behavior of the California shore-anemone Cribrina xanthogrammica Brandt. J. Ani- mal Behavior, Cambridge, 1913, iii, 305-328.—Parker (G. H.) The power of suction in the sea-anemone Cribrina. J. Exper. Zool, Phila, 1917, xxiv, 219-222. Cricetus. Illing (G.) Ueber den Verdauungtractus von Cricetus frumentarius. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1907, Leipz, 1908, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte, 473.—Noller (W.) Die Blutprotozoen des Hamsters (Cricetus frumentarius Pall.) und ihre Uebertragung. Arch. f. Protistenk, Jena, 1912, xxx, 377-385.—Simbroth (H.) Demonstration ol skin varieties of Cricetus frumentarius of Thuringia. Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc, Lond, 1907, 550. Crichton-Browne (Sir James) [1840- ]. Par- cimony in nutrition. Ill pp. 8°. London, Funk & Wagnalls Co., 1909. ------ & Carlyle (Alexander). The nemesis of Froude; a rejoinder to J. A. Froude's "My Re- lations with Carlyle." 169 pp. 8°. London & New York, J. Lane, 1903. Crico-arytenoid cartilage. See Larynx (Cartilages of). Cricoderma. See, also, Skin (Diseases of). Rille. Ueber eine bisher nicht bescl heit (Cricoderma). Dermat. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Hamb, 1922, lxxv, 861-863, 1 pi. Crie (Pierre) [1882- ]. *Les alterations myco- tiques des planchers et des boiseries dans leurs rapports avec l'hygiene et la security de l'habi- tation. 67 pp. 8°. Paris, J. Rousset, 1911, No. 458. von Criegern (T. L.) Ueber akute Bronchiektasie und kasuistisehe Studien iiber entzundliche Bronchiektasie iiberhaupt mit besonderer Be- riicksichtigung der akuten Zustande bei der- selben. vi, 142 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Leipzig, Veit Struma. [Wiirzburg.] 20 pp. S°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1913. Crile (George Washington) [1864- ]. An experi- mental research into surgical shock; an essay awarded the Cartwright prize for 1897. 160 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, J. B. Lippincott Comp., [1899]. ------. An experimental and clinical researchinto certain problems relating to surgical operations; an essay awarded the Alvarenga prize for 1901 by the College of Physicians of Philadelphia. 200 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, J. B. Lippincott Co., 1901. ------. Blood-pressure in surgery; an experimen- tal and clinical research. 422 pp. 8°. Philadel- phia & London, J B. Lippincott Co., 1903. Excision of cancer of the head and neck hriebene Hautkrank- with special reference to the plan of dissection based on one hundred and thirty-two operations. 16 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Cleveland, 1908. In: Clin. A Path. Papers Lakeside Hosp, Cleveland, 1908, 3. s. -----. Hemorrhage and transfusion; an experi- mental and clinical research, xiii, 560 pp. 8°. New York & London, D. Appleton 6c Co., 1909. CRILE. 277 CRIME. Crile (George Washington)—continued. ------. Phylogenetic association in relation to certain medical problems. 41 pp. 8°. Boston, Barta Press, 1910. ------. Operation for excision of tuberculous glands of the neck. 30 pp., 26 stereos. 4°. [Troy, N. Y., Southworth Co., 1910-11.] Sect. 2 of Dr. Howard A. Kelly's Stereo Clinic. ------. Excision of carcinoma of the neck. 24 pp., 20 stereos. 4°. [Troy, N. Y., Southworth Co., 1910-11.] Sect. 2 of Dr. Howard A. Kelly's Stereo Clinic. ------. Anemia and resuscitation; an experimen- tal and clinical research, xvi, 305 pp. 8°. New York & London, D. Appleton & Company, 1914. ------. The origin and nature of the emotions; miscellaneous papers. Edited by Amy F. Row- land. 1 p. 1., lii-vii, 240 pp. 8°. Philadelphia & London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1915. ------■. A mechanistic view of war and peace; edited by Amy F. Rowland. 3 p. 1., vii-xii, 104 pp. 8°. New York, The Macmillan Co., 1915. ------. Man an adaptive mechanism; edited by Annette Austin, xvi (1 1.), 387 pp. 8°. New York, The Macmillan Co., 1916. ------. The kinetic drive; its phenomena and control. Wesley M. Carpenter's lecture before the New York Academy of Medicine, 1915; edited by Amy F. Rowland. 71 pp. 8°. Phila- delphia & London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1916. ------. A physical interpretation of shock, ex- haustion, and restoration; an extension of the kinetic theory, edited by Amy F. Rowland. xvi, 232 pp. 8°. London, H. Frowde; Hodder & Stoughton, 1921. ------& Lower (W. E.) Anoci-association; ed. by Amy F. Rowland. 2 p. 1., 9-259 pp. 8°. Phila- delphia & London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1914. See, also: Cleveland clinic. The thyroid gland; ed. by Amy F. Rowland. 8°. Philadelphia & London, 1922. --------——. The same. Surgical shock and the shockless operation through anoci-associa- tion. 2. ed. 272 pp. 8°. Philadelphia & Lon- don, W. B. Saunders Co., 1920. Crime [and criminals]. See, also, Anthropology (Criminal); Brain of criminals; Craniology (Criminal); Insane (Criminal); Jurisprudence (Medical); Prisons; Punishment. Archtv fiir Kriminologie. v. 67-75. 8°. Leipzig, 1916-23. Bernaldo de Quiros (C.) Modern theories of criminality; transl. from the Spanish by Alfonso de Salvio; with an introduction by W. W. Smithers. 8°. Boston, 1912. Christison (J. S.) Crime and criminals. 8°. Chicago, 1897. —. The same. 2. ed. 8°. Chicago, 1899. Drahms (A.) The criminal; his personnel and environment; a scientific study. With an intro- duction by Cesare Lombroso. 12°. New York & London, 1900. Dupont (F.) Les degres de la volont^ crirni- nelle et l'etat de recidive. 8°. Bruxelles & Paris, 1906. Estense (B. G. S.) Guida all' esame antro- pologico del deficiente; lezioni per insegnanti, awocati e magistrati. 12°. Torino, 1903. Ferrero (Gina Lombroso). Criminal man, according to the classification of Cesare Lom- broso; with an introduction by Cesare Lombroso. 8°. New York, 1911. Crime [and criminals]. Ferri (E.) Studi sulla criminalita ed altri saggi. 8°. Torino, 1901. ———■. The positive school of criminology. 16°. Chicago, 1906. Garofalo (R.) Criminologyj translated by Robert Wyness Millar; with an introduction by E. Ray Stevens. 8°. Boston, 1914. Griffiths (A.) Secrets of the prison-house or gaol studies and sketches. 2 v. 8°. London, 1894. Gross (H.) Gesammelte kriminalistische Aufsatze. 8°. Leipzig, 1902. Healy (W.) The individual delinquent; a text-book of diagnosis and prognosis for all con- cerned in understanding offenders. 8°. Boston, 1915. Hegar (A.) Zur chinesischen, deutschen und amerikanischen Kriminalistik. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1914. Hesse (R.) Les criminels peints par eux- memes. 8°. Paris, 1912. Ingegnieros (J.) Nuova classificazione dei delinquenti. 12°. Milano, 1907. Irving (H. B.) Studies of French criminals of the nineteenth century. 8°. London, 1901. Joly (H.) Problemes de science criminelle. 12°. Paris, 1910. Journal of the American Institute of Criminal Law and Criminology, edited by James W. Garner [et al.]. v. 6. 1910. 8°. Chicago. Laurent (E.) Le criminel aux points de vue anthropologique, psychologique et social; preface de Lacassagne. 8°. Paris, 1908. Lombroso (C.) L'uomo delinquente studiato in rapporto alia antropologia, alia medicina legale ed alle discipline carcerarie. 8°. Milano; Napoli; Pisa, 1876. ------. Delitti vecchi e delitti nuovi. 8°. Torino, 1902. Maix (P.) *Taille, grande envergure, buste et indice cephalique chez les detenus, rapports entre ces differentes donnees anthropometriques. 8°. Lyon, 1910. Mercier (C. A.) Crime and criminals; being the jurisprudence of crime, medical, biological, and psychological; with an introduction by Sir Bryan Donkin. 8°. London, 1918. Parmelee (M. F.) Criminology. 8°. New York, 1918. Perrier (C.) Les criminels; etude concernant 859 condamnes. 2 v. 8°. Lyon & Paris, 1900- 1905. Also [Abstr.], in: Arch, d'anthrop. crim, Lyon & Par, 1898, xiii, 524-535, 1 pi. de Quiros (C. B.) Modern theories of crimi- nality. 8°. Boston, 1911. Tedeschi (E. E.) Sistema di craniologia. 8°. Padova, 1906. Wahl. Le crime devant la science. 8°. Paris, 1910. Adler (H. M.) The criminologist and the courts. J. Am. Inst. . . . Criminol, Chicago, 1920-21, xi, 419-425.—Alfaro (A.) Arqueologiacriminal americana. Arch, de psiquiat. y criminol, Buenos Aires, 1903, ii, 46; 366.—Anderson (V. V.) The laboratory in the study and treatment of crime. Boston M. & S. J, 1914, clxxi, 803-808.—Anderson (V. V.) & Leonard (C. M.) A study of the physical condition of one thousand delinquents seen in court. Ibidn 1918, clxxviii, 803-807.—Beach (Lena A.) The criminal. Bull. Iowa Inst, Des Moines. 1919, xxi, 181-184.—Boas (K.) Kriminologische Studien. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. K!riminalist, Leipz, 1914, lix, 333-371.—Bowers (P. E.) A brief survey of two thousand five hundred prisoners. Alienist & Neurol, St. Louis, 1918, xxxix, 201-229.—Boxich (G. I.) Contributo alio studio morfologico, clinico e antropologico dei delin- quenti. Atti d. Soc. rom. di antrop, Roma, 1905, xi, 229- 299.—Burrows (R.) The British Medical Association re- port on crime and punishment. Tr. Med.-Leg. Soc, Lond, CRIME. 278 CRIME. Crime [and criminals]. 1914-15, xii, 103-109— Cludad y Arloles (J.) El moderno criminal astuto. Rev. de criminol. psiquiat, Buenos Aires, 1921, viii, 342-362.—Cornil (L.) Les theories criminolo- giques de Garofalo. Rev. de rUniv. de Brux, 1903-4, ix, 580-591.—De Blasio (A.) Delitto e forma geometrica della faccia fra i delinquenti napoletani. Riv. mens, di psichiat. forense, Napoli, 1901, iv, 285-300.—Del Greco (F.) Intorno alia genesi del carattere criminale. Manicomio, Nocera, 1904, xx, 412-436. -----. Di alcune caratteristiche della scienza italiana [a proposito degli studii criminali]. Ibid., 1917-18, xxxii-xxxhi, 115-126.—De Luca (F.) La crimlnc- logia e la classificazione del delinquenti. Arch, di antrop. crim. [etc.], Torino, 1917, xxxviii, 347-370.-----. Larecidiva per la scuola penale positiva. Ibid., 1920, xl, 140; 232.— De Rechter. L'ecole beige de criminologie et de police scientifique. Ann. de med. Me., Par, 1921, 1, 132-141.— Donkln (B.) Responsibility for crime. Lancet, Lond, 1915, ii, 1346-1348.—Ellwood (C. A.) The classification of criminals. Ibid., 1910,1, 536-548.-----. Lombroso's theory of crime. Ibid., 1911-12, ii, 716-723.—Fernald (G. G.) The psychopathic laboratory in criminology. Ibid., 1918-19, ix, 413-419.—Flnkelnburg. Die Autobiographic eines Straf- lings. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminallst, Leipz.. 1904, xvi, 204-237.—Galet. Classement des delinquants base sur la therapeutique penitentiaire. Rev. anthrop. Par, 1921, xxxi, 428-433.—Garofalo (R.) Quelle classification des criminels pourrait-on adopter, laquelle, tout en extant fondee sur des caracteres physiques et moraux, pourrait 6tre utilisee par la legislation penale? Cong, internat. d'an- throp. crim. C.-r. 1896. Geneve, 1897, iv, 145-151.—Glrvln (H. J.) Crime and the human family. Buffalo M. J., 1918- 19, lxxiv, 48-51.—Glueck (B.) Modern tendencies in the field of criminology. Med. Times, N.Y, 1921, xlix, 111-117.— de la Grasserie (R.) Du potentiel du crime ou de la crimi- nalit<5. Arch, di psichiat. [etc.], Torino, 1900, xxi, 429-456 — Gross (H.) Encyclopadie der Kriminahstik. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist, Leipz., 1900, vi, 1-96 — Gruber (L.) Die anthropometrischen Messungen; ein Mittel zur Wiedererkennung riickfalliger Verbrecher. Pest. med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1898, xxxiv, 466; 486.— Gutierrez Jimenez. La teoria del hombre criminal. Gac. med. de Granada, 1898, xvi, 257; 296.—Helay (W.) Present- day aims and methods of studying the offender. Bull. Am. Acad. M, Easton, Pa, 1913, xv, 342-350.—von Heutlg (H.) Benthams Kriminalphilosophie. Arch. 1. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist, Leipz., 1914, lvi, 97-110.—von Hopler (E.) Kriminalistische Mitteilungen. Arch. f. Kriminol, Leipz, 1916, lxvii, 108-113.—House (E.) The use of scopolamin in criminology. Texas State J. M, Fort Worth, 1922-3, xviii, 259-263.—Jaeger (J.) Aus den Papieren eines Verbrechers. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist, Leipz, 1904, xvii, 263-332. -----. Hinter Kerkermauern; Autobiographien und Selbstbekenntnisse, Aufsatze und Gedichte von Ver- brechern. Ibid., 1905, xix, 1: xx, 1; 209: xxi. 1; 201; 1905-6, xxii, 1; 98; 1906, xxi, 1; 197.—Kiesel (W.) Das Ausdrucks- problem in der Kriminalistik. Arch. f. Kriminol, Leipz, 1920, lxxii, 1-30.—Klenz (H.) Verbrecherische Gelehrte. Ibid., 1917, lxix, 49-63.—Landis(C.) & Arps(G. F.) Female criminal offenders. School & Soc, N.Y, 1921, xiii, 178-180.— Lees (G. F.) New methods of criminal investigation; poroscopy and graphometry. Discovery, Lond., 1921, ii, 257-260.—Levi (A.) La criminality, negli scrittori della Grecia antica. Arch, di psichiat. [etc.], Torino, 1903, xxiv, 207-213.—Lichtenstein (P. M.) The criminal. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1921, xcix, 428-433.—Lind (W. A. T.) Criminology as a branch of medicine. Med. J. Australia, Sydney, 1916, ii, 19-23.—Marty (J.) Taille et delinquance; etude statis- tique sur la taille dans ses rapports avec le genre de delin- quance. Arch, d'anthrop. crim, Lyon & Par, 1900, xv 252-274—Mendes Correa (A.) A estatura noscriminosos Portugueses. Gaz. d. hosp. do P&rto. 1913, vii, 193-201.— Murchison (C.) The classification oi criminals. Psychol. CUn, Phila, 1919-20, xiii, 66-74.—Nacke (1'.) Sind wir dem anatomischen Sitze der Verbrecherneigung wirklich naher gekommen, wie Lombroso glaubt? Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist, Leipz, 1903, xii, 218-22*.— Nelken. Krimi- nahstik und Technik. Arch. f. Kriminol, Leipz, 1920 lxxii, 121-145.—Niceforo (A.) A proposito di una classifi- cazione delle discipline criminologiche. Scuola positiva Roma, 1916, xxvi, 301-305.—Ostwald (W.) Das System der Kriminologie. Arch. f. Kriminol, Leipz, 1920-21 lxxiii, 161-171.—Ottolenghi (S.) Classificazione dei delin- quenti. Atti d. Soc. med. leg. in Roma, 1908, i, 53.----- La classificazione dei delinquenti. Ibid., 81-105 —Papll- lault (G.) Sur quelques erreurs de mdthodeen criminologie Rev. de l'Ecole d'anthrop. de Par, 1910, xx, 321-334 ___— Conditions d'une enquete scientifique sur les criminels Rev. anthrop. Par, 1913, xxui, 41-56.—Parmelee (M j lminologischer Einzelbeobach- tungen. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist, Leipz, 1904 xv 151-170-Peyton (D. C.) Some essentials oi constructive criminology. J. Am. Inst. . . . Criminol Chicago 1918, viii, 911-917.-PM (E.) ClasriflcadESTdei criminali. Scuole positiva, Roma, 1917, xxvii, 606; 705 — Pontoppidan (K0 Homo delinquent. Occidental M Times, San Fran, 1903, xvii, 261; 306.-PortlKliottl fC ) Figure criminal! del Rinascimentd: Giovanni delle "and'e Crime [and criminals]. Nere. Illust. med. ital, Genova, 1921, ii, 35-37.—Rama-rc (C. J.) The criminal. Medico-Legal J, N. Y, 1921, xxxviii, 41.—Renza (A.) Concezione naturalistica e concezione giuridica del delitto. Psiche, Firenze, 1912, i, 313-336.— Rinieri De Rocchi (L.) La delinquenza phlpericolosa Scuola positiva, Roma, 1900, x, 257-264.—Rift (P. P.) Zur Geschichte der bayenschen Kriminalstatistik. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop.u. Kriminalist, Leipz, 1915, lxiv, 185-227 — Romiti (G.) Sopra 1 caratteri anatomici nei cadaveri dei criminali. studiati nell' Istituto anatomico della R. Uni- versita di Pisa. Arch, dl psichiat. [etc.], Torino, 1902, xxiii, 65.—Schroeder (T.) Criminology and social psychology. Med.-Leg. J, N. Y, 1917, xxxiv, 1-8.—Scott (J.) The history of crime and punishment. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1913, ii, 231-233.—Sheffield (Mrs. A. D.) The so-called criminal type. Am. J. Sociol, Chicago. 1911-12, xviii, 381-390.— Spalding (W. F.) The cost of crime. J. Am. Inst. . . . Criminol., Chicago, 1910, i, 86-102.—Spauldlng (Edith R.) Our criminal problem from the standpoint of classification and segregation. Boston M. & S. J, 1915, clxxiii, 527-541.— Spilsbury (B. H.) The medical investigation of crimes of violence. St. Barth. Hosp. J, Lond, 1920-21, xxviii, 87; 115.—Stearns (A. W.) & Chapman (J. V.) The kind of men in State prisons. J. Abnorm. Psychol, Bost, 1920-21, xv, 335-349.—Stockls (E.) Les etudes criminologiques. Rev. anthrop. Par, 1921, xxxi, 414-417.—Tarde (G.) Qu'est-ce que le crime? Rev.phil,Par, 1898, xlvi, 337-355.— Tovo (C.) & Rota. Sur une loi de developpement de la criminality. Compt. rend. Cong, internat. d'anthrop. crim, 1906, vi. Turin, 1908, 167-169.—Vigouroux (A.) La res- ponsabilit6 penale et la theorie positiviste. Arch, d'an- throp. crim, Lyon & Par, 1914, xxix, 359-363.—Vuillen- mler (J. F.) A comparative study of New York city and county criminals. J. Am. Inst. . . . Criminol., Chicago, 1920-21, xi, 528-550.—Whiting (Madeline H.) On the asso- ciation of temperature, pulse and respiration, with physique and intelligence in criminals; a study In criminal anthro- pometry. Biometrika, Cambridge, 1915-16, xi, pts. 1-2, 1-37.—Winter (H. L.) Criminal responsibility. J. Ment. Sc, Lond, 1901. xlvii, 84-87.—Wright (H.W.) The problem of the criminal in the light of some modern conceptions. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1913, lxi, 2119-2122—Zaflta (H. J.) Das System der Verbrechertypen. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist, Leipz, 1916, lxv, 169-175. Crime (Causes of). See, also, Alcoholism and crime; Brain of criminals; Craniology (Criminal); Crime (He- redity in relation to). Ba'i'tcheff (I.) *Considerations sur diverses causes de determinisme dans le crime. 8°. Toulouse, 1900. Bonger (W. A.) Criminality et conditions economiques. 8°. Amsterdam, 1905. ——. The same. Criminality and economic conditions; transl. by H. P. Horton; with an editorial preface by E. Lindsey, and with an in- troduction by F. H. Xorcross. 8°. Boston, 1916. Breisler (J.) Greisenalter und Criminalitat. 8°. Halle a. S., 1906. Corboud (T.) Comment on devient criminel, ou principales causes de differentes categories de crimes. 8°. Fribourg (Suisse), 1897. Corroy (M. L. H.) *De la criminalite chez le vieillard; etude statistique. 8°. Nancy, 1912. Feriu (E.) Criminal sociology; transl. by J. F. Kelly and J. Lisle; ed. bv W. W. Smithers, with introductions by Ch. A. Ellwood and Q. A. Myers. 8°. Boston, 1917. IIrnderson (C. R.) Vital conservation; physical basis of criminality. 8°. [Washington, 1913.] . ' Jaspers (K.) *Heimweh und Verbrechen. [Heidelberg.] 8°. Leipzig, 1909. Also, in: Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop.u.Kr 1909, xxxv, 1-116. van Kan (J.) Les causes Economiques de la criminalite; etude historique et critique d'etiolo- gie criminelle; avec preface de G. A. van Hamel. 8°. Paris, 1903. Lomhroso (C.) Le crime, causes et remedes, avec un appendice sur les progres de l'anthro- pologie criminelle pendant les annees 1895-98. 8°. Paris, 1899. ------. The same. Crime, its causes and remedies; transl. by Henry P. Horton, with an -Anthrop. u. Kriminalist, Leipe., CRIME. 279 CRIME. Crime (Causes of). introduction by Maurice Parmelee. 8°. Boston, 1911. Maraudon de Montyel (E.) Contribution a l'etude clinique des rapports de la criminality et de la degenErescence. 8°. Lyon; Paris, [1899]. Meeus (F.) Menschenkunde. Demisdadiger en de omgeving. 12°. Antwerpen, 1906. Mosby (T. S.) Causes and cures of crime. 8°. St. Louis, 1913. Notes on Negro crime particularly in Georgia; a social study made under the direction of Atlanta University by the Ninth Atlanta Con- ference; edited by W. E. Burghardt Du Bois. 8°. Atlanta, Ga., 1904. Alexander (Harriet C. B.) The degenerate and crime. Woman's M. J, Cincin, 1915, xxv, 263-269.—Angiolella (G.) Nevrosi e criminalita nei mondo moderno. Manicomio, Nocera, 1906, xxii, 407-422. -----. Ueber die biologische Entstehung des Verbrechens. Monatschr. f. Krim.-Psychol. [etc.], Heidelb, 1905, ii, 241-252.—Austregesilo (A.) Los errores del P an y los errores del amor. Semana men, Buenos Aires, 1918, xxv, 185-195.—Beck (E.) Ueber Kriegsvergehen; epikritische Studie. J. f. Psychol, u. Neurol, Leipz, 1920- 21, xxvi, 259-284.—Beltran (J. R.) Factores sociales de delincuencia. Rev. de criminol. psiquiat, Buenos Aires, 1922, ix, 36-47.—Bergmann (G.) Consecuencias del deter- minismo en criminologia y en medicina legal. Semana m6d, Buenos Aires, 1920, xxvii, 721-732.—Bowers (P. E.) Causes of crime. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1913, xcviii, 128-131. Also, Reprint. -----. The pathological characteristics of the habitual criminal. Illinois M. J, Chicago, 1914, xxvi, 257- 264.—Branth (J. H.) Physical defects and crime. N.York M. J. [etc.], 1914, c, 1251. Also, Reprint.—Claghorn (Kate Holladay). Crime and immigration. (Report of Committee of the Institute.) J. Am. Inst. . . . Criminol, Chicago, 1917-18, viii, 675-693.—Colella (R.) Sui rapporti fra tuber- colosi. neuro-psicopatie e delinquenza. Ann. di nevrol, Napoli, 1921, xxxviii, 253-290.—Consiglio (P.) Psicosi, nevrosi e criminalita. Gior. di med. mil, Roma, 1909, lvii, 903-912.—Crothers (T. D.) Criminality and morphinism. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcv, 163-165. Also, Reprint.— Dexter (E.G.) Influence of the weather upon crime. Pop. Sc. Month, N. Y, 1899, lv, 653-660.—Doll (E. A.) A study of multiple criminal factors. J. Am. Inst. . . . Criminol, Chicago, 1920-21, xi, 33-46— Donkin (Sir H. B.) The factors of criminal actions. J. Ment. Sc, Lond, 1919, lxv, 87-96.—East (W. N.) An inquiry into the susceptibility of criminals to atmospheric changes. Lancet, Lond, 1903, ii, 211.—Fenton (F.) The press and crimes against the person. Bull. Am. Acad. M, Easton, Pa, 1911, xii, 307- 315.—Foard (Isabel). The criminal: Is he produced by environment or atavism? Westminster Rev, N. Y. [Lond.], 1898, cl, 72-89.—Funaioli (G.) Contributo clinico alia neuro-psichiatria ed alia criminologia di guerra. Quaderni di med. leg, Milano, 1918, ii, 19; 48; 70; 106; 139.—Gamblni (O.) Intorno alia genesi del delitto. Scuola positiva, Fiesole, 1899, ix, 513-516.—Gamier (P.) Degenerescence et crimi- nalite. Bull. m<5d. Par, 1903, xvii, 21-23.—Glueck (~B.) Head injury and syphilis as a cause of crime. Bull. Am. Acad. M, Easton, Pa, 1914, xv, 156-171.—Guillermet. Le milieu criminel Rev. de psychotherap. Par, 1913-14, xxviii, 196-204.—Healy (W.) The problem of causation of criminality. J. Am. Inst. . . . Criminol, Chicago, 1911-12, ii, 849-857.—Hell wig (A.) Die Beziehungen zwischen Schundliteratur, Schundfilms und Verbrechen. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist, Leipz, 1913, li, 1-32.-----. Schundliteratur als Verbrechensanreiz. Arch. f. Kriminol, Leipz, 1916, lxvi, 127.—Hoegel. Kriminalstatistik una Kriminalatiologie. Monatschr. f. Krim.-Psychol. [etc.], Heidelb, 1911-12, viii, 657-665.—van Kan. Les causes sociales de la criminalite. Psychiat. en Neurol. Bl, Amst, 1901, v, 365-368.—Kleemann (E.) Presse und Kriminalitat. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist, Leipz, 1914, lix, 232-260.—von Kleinsmid (R. B.) An inquiry into the causes of crime. Proc. Pan Am. Scient. Cong. 1915-16, Wash, 1917, ix, pt. 1,181-187—Le Double (A.) Les stig- mates de criminality; l'ecole de Lombroso et l'ecole de Le Double. Gaz. med. du centre, Tours, 1906, xi, 292-295.— Lee (E. W.) Physical defects a factor in the cause of crime. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1914, c, 1246-1251. Also, Reprint.— Leppmann (A.) Greisenalter und Kriminalitat. Ztschr. f. Psychoth. u. med. Psychol, Stuttgv 1909, i, 212-221 — Levi(G.) Forma e funzione. Arch, di antrop. crim. [etc.], Torino, 1920, xl, 37; 113.—Lewis (O. F.) Some social causes of criminality. Am. J. Obst, N. Y, 1911, lxiii, 765-767 — Lochte (T.) Das Verbrechen, seine Ursachen und seine Bekampfung. Klin. Jahrb, Jena; 1910, xxii, 395-414.— Lombroso (C.) Razze e criminalita in Italia. Arch, di psichiat. [etc.], Torino, 1903, xxiv, 245-248.-----. Le cause . della criminalita spagnuola. Arch, di antrop. crim. [etc.], Torino, 1910, xxxi, 546-551.—Marro (A.) L'automatisme dans la criminalite. Rev. phil. Par, 1910, lxix, 144-172.— Marx (H.) Die Ursachen des Verbrechens. Vrtljsehr. f. gerichtl. Med, 1920, lx, 205-225—Mayet (L.) Influence des Crime (Causes of). saisons sur la criminality. Province med, Lyon, 1901, xv, 381; 389; 400; 424— Mlttermaier (W.) Der Einfluss des Kneges auf Kriminahtat und Strafrecht; Rundschreiben der Vereinigungfiir gerichtliche Psychologie und Psychiatrie im Grossherzogtum Hessen. Ztschr. f. ang. Psych, [etc.], Leipz, 1919, xiv, 310-315.—Mott (F. W.) The neuropathic inheri- tanceinrelationtocrimeandinsanity. LiverpoolM.-Chir.J, 1914, xxxiv, 21-45.—Oliver (J. R.) Emotional states and il- legal acts. J. Am. Inst. . . . Criminol, Chicago, 1920-21, xi, 77-95.—Page (G. T.) The criminal—why is he, and what we do to him. Ibid., 1915-16, vi, 663-671.—Pelman (C.) Ueber Fanatismus, Geistesstorung und Verbrechen. Deut- sche Rev, Stuttg. & Leipz, 1906, xxxi, 160-169.—Plaza y Blanco (V.) Mateo Morral; las anomalias anat6micas en relation eon las tendencias criminales. Med. mil. espan, Madrid, 1905-6, xii, 377-380.—Potts (W. A.) The relation of crime and delinquency to heredity, environment, and •disease. Lancet, Lond, 1921, ii, 1094-1097.—Richard (G.) Les crises sociales et les conditions de la criminahte. Anneesociol. 1898-9, Par,1900,iii, 15-42.—Richards(W.M.) Physical defects as a factor in the making of criminals. Dietet. & Hyg. Gaz, N. Y, 1912. xxviii, 18-27.—Robertson (F. W.) Crimes of the adult from the standpoint of the alienist. Bull. Am. Acad. M, Easton, Pa, 1913, xiv, 408- 411.—Satre (A.) La presse et le cinema, instigateurs de la criminality precoce. Chron. m4d. Par, 1917, xxiv, 312.— Speranza (G. C.) Crime and immigration. J. Am. Inst. . . . Criminol, Chicago, 1913-14, iv, 523-548.—Stekel (W.) Berufswahl und Kriminalitat. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist, Leipz, 1911, xh, 268-280.—Tarde (G.) La criminality et les phenomenes economiques. Arch, d'an- throp. crim. Par, 1901, xvi, 565-575. Also: Psychiat. en Neurol. Bl, Amst, 1901, v, 197-204.—Vaughn (V. C.) Crime and disease. J. Am. Inst. . . . Criminol, Chicago, 1914-15, v 688-694.—Vidoni (G.) IIsistema endocrino nello studio del criminale. Pensiero med, Milano, 1922, xi, 81- 89.—Vitelli (A.) Criminalita e cinematografia. Gazz. in- ternaz. dimed, Napoli, 1917, xx, 352; 371; 387.—Wadsworth (W. S.) The newspapers and crime. Bull. Am. Acad. M, Easton. Pa, 1911, xii, 316-325.—Wagner-Jauregg (J.) Die Arbeitsscheu. Arch. f. Kriminol, Leipz, 1921, lxxiv, 104-119.—Wallner (J.) Studien zur Lehre der Verbrechens- motive. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist, Leipz, 1914, lix, 84-119.—Wellenbergh (P.) Contribution a l'etude de la question de I'influence de la vieillesse sur la criminalite. Psychiat. en Neurol. Bl, Amst, 1901, v, 128-134.—Yurman (N. A.) [Hysteria as a factor, provocative of crime.] Psi- khiat. Gaz, Petrogr, 1915, ii, 394-397. Crime (Heredity in relation to). See, also, Brain of criminals; Craniology (Criminal). Corre (A.) L'ethnographie criminelle. 8°. Paris, [1914]. Foster (W. W.) Hereditary criminality and its certain cure. 8°. New York, 1909. Cutting from: Pearson's Mag, N. Y, 1909, xxii, 565-572. Giacobini (G.) *Estudio psico-antropologico y medico legal del criminal nato. 8°. Buenos Aires, 1915. Goddard (H. H.) The Kallikak family; a study in the heredity of feeble-mindedness. 8°. New York, 1912. Hartmann (J.) *Ueber die hereditaren Ver- haltnisse bei Verbrechern. 8°. Naumburg, 1904. Also, in: Monatschr. f. Krim.-Psychol. [etc.], Heidelb, 1905, i, 493-520. Haymann (H.) *Zur Lehre vom geborenen Verbrecher. [Freiburg i. Br.] 8°. Laupheim, 1907. Meeus (F.) Menschenkunde: De geboren misdadiger. 12°. Antwerpen, 1906. Salaris (G. S.) Una centuria di delinquenti sardi; ricerche analitiche e comparative sui banditi e sui loro parenti prossimi. 8°. Torino, 1902. Allmena (B.) Relation entre la predisposition heredi- taire et le milieu domestique pour la provocation du pen- chant criminel. Cong, internat. d'anthrop. crim. C.-r. 1896, Geneve. 1897, iv, 48.—Angiolella (G.) Les germes ethniques et psychologiques de la camorra et du brigandage. Arch. di psichiat. [etc.], Torino, 1907, xxviii, 330-333.—Bellini (G.) Delinquente nato (ladro ed assassino). Ibid., 1904, xxv, 248-251.—Berkhan (O.) Der gegenwartige Stand der Lombrososchen Lehre vom anthropologischen Typus des geborenen Verbrechers. Globus, Brnschwg, 1900, lxxviii, 85-88.—Carmalt (W. H.) Heredity and crime; a study in eugenics. Proc. Connect. M. Soc, New Haven, 1909, 240-282.—Codeluppi (V.) Un ladro nato; V. Nicola, da Oneglia. Scuola positiva, Roma, 1901, xi, 221-227.—Daven- CRIME. 280 CRIME. Crime (Heredity in relation to). port (Gertrude C.) Hereditary crime. Am. J. Sociol, Chicago, 1907-8, xiii, 402-409.—De Baets (M.) & De Baets (G.) L'education des fils de criminels. Cong, internat. d'anthrop. crim. C.-r. 1896, Geneve, 1897, iv, 90-93.—De Blaslo (A.) II tipo di Cro-Magnon fra i delinquenti napo- letani. Anomalo, Napoh, 1908, 5. s, xii, 261-267.—d'Estree (P.) Les families de criminels; le pere de Cartouche. Rev. de m ,xi; 513"529------• Studien zur Statistik der Sozialknnunahtat. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthroo u. Kriminalist.; Leipz 1915, lxiii, 312-371.^Koren (J) Criminal statistics in the United Slates. J.Am Inst Criminol, Chicago, 1911-12, ii, 568-572.-----. The condition of cnminal statistics in the United States. Tr. Internat Cong. Hyg. & Demog. 1912, Wash, 1913, vi, 252-262 Crime (Statistics of). Criminal statistics (report of Committee No. 3 of the Insti- tute). J. Am. Inst. . . . Criminol, Chicago, 1914-15, v, 653-659.—Lacassagne (A.) & Martin (E.) Les donn&s de la statistique criminelle. Annee psvchol. Par, 1906, vii, 461-476. Also: Arch, d'anthrop. crim, Lyon & Par, 1906. xxi, 836-850.—von Mayr (G.) General problems of criminal statistics. Tr. Internat. Cong. Hvg. & Demog. 1912, Wash," 1913, vi, 245-252. -----. Kriminalstatistische Probleme. Allg. statist. Arch, Munch, Berl. & Leipz, 1915, ix, 465- 501.—Millet (P.) Le chat a neuf queues et la statistique criminelle. Arch, d'anthrop. crim, Lyon & Par, 1911, xxvi, 43-45.—Pettlgrove (F. G.) Statistics of crime in Massa- chusetts. Pub. Am. Statist. Ass, Bost, 1892,n.s,iii, 1-17 — Pollock (H. M.) Better statistics in criminology. Proc. Nat. Conf. Social Work. Chicago, 1919, xlvi, 130-134. Also: Ment. Hyg, Concord, N. H, 1919, iii, 453-^57.—Richlchi (D.) La statistica della delinquenza precoce in Italia. Riv. di psicol. applic, Bologna, 1910, vi, 151-157.—Robinson (L.N.) Two methods of estimatingthe growth of criminality in the United States. Pub. Am. Statist. Ass,Bost,1909-11, xii, 807-817.-----. A plan for the reorganization of criminal statisticsin the United States. J. Am. Inst. . . . Criminol., Chicago, 1901, i, 44-49.-----. The improvement of criminal statistics in the United States. Pub. Am. Statist. Ass, Bost, 1919-20, xvii, 157-163.—de Roos (J. R. B.) Aus der niederlandischen Kriminalstatistik. Monatschr. f. Krim.- Psychol. [etc.], Heidelb, 1905-6, ii, 156-164.—Speranza (G. C.) Crime and immigration. J. Am. Inst. . . . Crimi- nol, Chicago. 1911-12, ii, 546-553.—Tarnowsky (E.) Le mouvement de la criminality en Russie (1874-1894). Arch. d'anthrop. crim, Lyon & Par, 1*98, xiii, 501-523.-----. Mouvement de la criminality dans les differentes regions de la France en 1879-1901. Ibid., 1904, xix, 821-841.—Valdlzan (H.) La delincuencia en el Perd (ensayo de criminologia nacional). Cr6n.m6d, Lima, 1910, xxvii, 129; 145; 171; 205.— Veronl (D.) La criminalita a Roma e nella provincia. Arch, di psichiat. [etc.], Torino, 1899, xx, 225; 341; 485.— Vidoni (G.) II valore numerico nei delinquenti. Arch, di antrop. crim. [etc.], Torino, 1916, 4. s, viii, 482-485.—Virgilil (F.) La criminalita italiana secondo le ultime statistiche penali e carcerarie. Scuola positiva, Roma, 1911, xxi, 433; 481. Crime and alcoholism. See Alcoholism and crime. Crime in children and adolescents. See, also, Children (Delinquent); Courts (Ju- venile). Colombier (G.-M.-A.-L.) *Xotes cliniques sur 192 jeunes criminelles; contribution a l'etude de la criminality juvenile. 8°. Bordeaux, 1912. Duprat (G.-L.) La criminality dans l'adoles- cence; causes et remedes d'un mal social actuel. 8°. Paris, 1909. Gruhle (H. W.) Die Ursachen der jugendli- chen Verwahrlosung und Kriminalitat; Studien zur Frage: Milieu oder Anlage. 4°. Berlin, 1912. Gudden (H.) Die Behandlung der jugendli- chen Verbrecher in den Vereinigten Staaten von Nordamerika. roy. 8°., Niirnberg, 1910. Jacquetty (G~) ^F.tude statistique de la criminalite juvenile en France 8°. Lyon, 1912. Laurent (E.) La criminalite infantile. 12°. Paris, 1906. MacDonald (A.) Unrulv, vagabond, and criminal children. 8°. Washington, 1907. Mouret(L.-V.) Contribution medico-legale a l'etude du patronage de l'enfance coupable. 8°. Lyon, 1903. ScHn.TZE (E.) Die jugendlichen Verbrecher im gegenwartigen und zukiinftigen Strafrecht. roy. 8d. Wiesbaden, 1910. Travis (T.) The young malefactor; a study in juvenile delinquency, its causes and treat- ment; with an introduction by the Honorable Ben P. Lindsey. 8°. New York, [1908]. United States. Department of Commerce and Labor. Bxireau of the Census. Special reports. Prisoners and juvenile delinquents in institu- tions, 1904. 8°. Washinaton, 1907. Adams (C. B.) Delinquent 'hovs. Inst. Quart, Spring- field, 111, 1912-13, ill, 113-115.- Addiuns (G. SO Defectives in the Juvenile Court. Training School, Vineland, N. J, 1914-15, xi, 49-54.—Agosti (F.) La delinquenza nei giovani. Arch, di psichiat. [etcl, Torino, 1908, xxix, 1-23.—Albanel. Etude sur les causes de progression de la criminalite des enfants. J. Soc. de statist, de Par, 1899, xl, 94-99.—Asenaf- CRIME. 283 CRIPPLE. Crime in children and adolescents. tenburg (G.) Ein Jugendstrafgesetzbuch. Monatschr. f. Krim.-Psychol. [etc.], Heidelb, 1912, ix, 234-238.—Auden (G. A.) Feeble-mindedness and juvenile crime. Birmingh. M. Rev, 1910, lxix, 147-160.—Avenali (G.) La delinquenza precoce maschile. Arch, di antrop. crim. [etc.], Torino, 1909, 4. s, i, 379-427.—Baer (A.) Ueber jugendliche Morder und Todtschlager; kriminalanthropologische Beobachtun- gen. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist, Leipz, 1902- 3, xi, 103-170.—Baker (H. H.) Juvenile crime and psycho- pathic states; the legal point of view. Bost. M. & S. J, 1913, clxix, 420. Also: Contrib. Psychopath. Hosp. Dept. Boston State Hosp, 1913, 46-49.—Block (S.) Psychological study of gangs. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1910, lxxviii, 477-487.—Burgess (E. W.) Juvenile delinquency in a small city. J.Am. Inst. . . . Criminol, Chicago, 1915-16, vi, 724-728.—Carrara (M.) La frequenza e la natura della criminalita infantile. Arch. di antrop. crim. [etc.], Torino, 1916, 4. s, viii, 337-354 — Clark (L. P.) A psychologic study of stealing in juvenile delinquency. Arch. Pediat, N. Y, 1918, xxxv, 494-503.— Collin (A.) L'enfance delinquante; 6tude medico-legale. Bull. Acad, de m6d., Par, 1916, 3. s, lxxv, 693-695 — Dalmazzo (Fanny). L' Inghilterra e 11 problema della precoce delinquenza. Scuola positiva, Roma, 1921, xxxi, 404-417.—Dauchez (H.) Essai m6dico-psychologique sur les causes et les remedes de la criminalite' infantile. Arch. de med. d. enf. Par, 1911, xiv, 497-520.—De Cristo (D.) Clinica criminologica minorile. Infanzia anormale, Milano, 1919, xii, 1; 97.—Drucker (A. P.) A study of one hundred juvenile-adult offenders in the Cook County jail, Chicago, Illinois. J. Am. Inst. . . . Criminol, Chicago, 1912-13, iv, 47-57.—Eynon (W. G.) Some observations of the juvenile delinquent from a medical standpoint. Pediatrics, N. Y, 1908, xx, 447-454.—Faggiani (Ida). Considerations sur la criminality des enfants. Arch, di psichiat. [etc.], Torino, 1907. xxviii, 173-178.—Fay (H. M.) Notes sur les causes psicniques et sociales du premier crime ou d61it chez les jeunes gens. Bull, de l'Inst. gen. psychol, Par,-1913, xiii, 41-60.—Ferrari (G. C.) La psicologia dei giovanetti crimi- nali. Riv. di psicol. applic, Bologna, 1914, x, 333-357.— Ferrlanl (L.) Der Cynismus bei den jugendlichen Ver- brechern. Monatschr. f. Krim.-Psychol. [etc.], Heidelb, 1905, i, 171-176.—Finkelnburg. Der progressive Strafvoll- zug im Jugendgefangnis zu Wittlich. Arch. f. Kriminol, Leipz.. 1918, lxx, 215-221.—Gamier (P.) La criminalit<§ juvenile; etiologie du meurtre. Ann. d'hyg. Par, 1901,3. s, xlvi, 403-412. Also: Arch, d'anthrop. crim, Lyon & Par, 1901, xvi, 576-586.—Glueck (B.) A contribution to the catamnestic study of the juvenile offender. J. Am. Inst.. .. Criminol, Chicago, 1912-13, iii, 220-244.—Healy (W.) The beginnings of delinquency and criminality. Chicago M. Recorder, 1915, xxxvii, 329-333.—Healy (W.) & Bronner (Augusta F.) Youthful offenders; a comparative study of two groups, each of 1,000 young recidivists. Proc. Pan Am. Scient. Cong. 1915-16, Wash, 1917, ix; pt. 1. 636-645.— Hickman (H. B.) Delinquent and criminal boys tested by the Binet scale. Training School, Vineland, N. J, 1914- 15, xi, 159-164.—Hoegel (H.) Die Straflalligkeit der Jugend- lichen. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist, Leipz, 1902, x, 1-69.—Kerschensteiner (G.) Das deutsehe Jugend- gesetz. Arch. f. Kjiminol, Leipz, 1918, lxx, 222-231.— Krohn (W. O.) The criminal boy, some observations based upon 112 cases. Illinois M. J, Chicago, 1916, xxix, 321-325.—Kulemann (W.) Die kriminalistische Behand- lung der Jugendlichen. Ztschr. f. padagog. Psychol, [etc.], Berl, 1907, ix, 191-199.—Laronze (G.) Criminalite' juvenile et defaut de frequentation scolaire. Rev. philanthrop. Par, 1921, xiii. 357-374.—Locard (E.) L'enfance criminelle. Enfance, Par., 1913, i, 748-757.—MacDonald (A.) Reform of juvenile criminals. Pedag. Seminary, Worcester, 1907, xiv, 496-505.-----. Studie iiber Verbrechen Jugendlicher. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist, Leipz, 1912, xlvi, 339-346.—Manouvrier (L.) Quelques cas de criminalite juvenile et commen^ante. Arch, d'anthrop. crim, Lyon & Par, 1912, xxvii, 881-918. Also: Rev. antnrop. Par, 1912, xxii, 297; 420.—Monkemoller. Zur Kriminalitat des Kin- desalters. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist, Leipz, 1910-11, xl, 247-319.-----. Die kindliche Kriminahtat in der Fiirsorgeerziehung. Vrtljsehr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl, 1916, Iii, 3. F, 207-243.—Neelen (N. B.) Progressive methods of dealing with juvenile delinquency. Am. J. Obst., N. Y, 1912, lxv, 146-154.—Peeters (E.) Contro la delinquenza giovanile in Italia. Riv. di psicol. applic, Bologna, 1910, vi, 426-432.—Pollak (M.) Ein Monstreprozess gegen Jugend- liche. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist, Leipz, 1908-9, xxxii, 1-28.—Ponzo (M.) Cinematografo e delin- quenza minorile. Infanzia anormale, Milano, 1919, xii, 88- 96.—Puppe. Gerichtsarztliche Erfahrungen bei der Unter- suchung krimineller Jugendlicher. Vrtljsehr. f. gerichtl. Med, Berl, 1912, 3. F, xliii, pt. 2, Suppl. Hft, 357-370.— Sermonti (A.) Sul reale andamento statistico della delin- quenza minorile in Italia. Scuola positiva, Roma, 1914, xxiv, 594-606.—Sneve (H.) Influence of parental diseases, habits, and heredity upon juvenile crime. Bull. Am. Acad. M, Easton, Pa, 1913, xv, 359-368—Spallanzani (A.) Delia delinquenza dei minorenni in Italia negli anni 1891- 1917 secondo le statistiche giudiziarie. Scuola positiva, Roma, 1921, xxxi. 381-403.—Spaulding (Edith R.) & Healy (W.) Inheritance as a factor in criminaUty; a study of a thousand cases of young repeated offenders. Bull. Am. Crime in children and adolescents. Acad. M, Easton, Pa, 1914, xv, 4-27—Swift (E. J.) Some criminal tendencies of boyhood; a study in adolescence. Pedag. Seminary, Worcester, 1901, viii, 65-91.—Thoma (E.) Untersuchungen an Zwangszoglingen in Baden. Allg. Ztschr. f. Psychiat. [etc.], Berl, 1911, lxviii, 699-714.— Valentl-Vlv6. La precocity dans la criminality. Compt. rend. Cong, internat. d'anthrop. crim. 1906, vi, Turin, 1908, 157-159.—de VriesFeyens (G.-L.) Ladelinquencejuvemle. Arch, d'anthrop. crim, Lyon & Par, 1904, xix, 922-925 — Waite (E. F.) The physical basis of crime; from the stand- point of a judge of a juvenile court. Bull. Am. Acad. M, Easton, Pa, 1913, xiv, 388-395.—Widen (L. E.) Young criminals in the Nebraska State Penitentiary. Survey, N. Y, 1911-12, xxvii, 1221-1228.—Williams (J. H.) Heredity and juvenile delinquency; a preliminary study of twelve families. Eugenics Rev, Lond, 1917, ix, 18-31.—Wltmer (L.) Criminals in the making. Psychol. Chn, Phila, 1910-11, iv, 221-238. Crime in insane. See Insane (Criminal). Criminalogia moderna. Revista mensual. 1 v., 1899. 8°. Buenos Aires. Crinoidea. Clark (A. H.) A phylogenetic study of the recent crinoids, with special reference to the question of specialization through the partial or complete suppression of structural characters. 8°. Washington, 1915. Smithson. Misc. Collect, Wash, 1915, lxv, 10. Mortensen (T.) Studies in the development of crinoids. 4°. Washington, 1920. Dept. of Marine Biol, of the Carnegie Inst, of Wash, v. 16. Wood (Elvira). A critical summary of Troost's unpublished manuscript on the crinoids of Tennessee. 8°. Washington, 1909. Forms Bull. No. 64 of: Smithsonian Institution. Clark (A. H.) The non-muscular articulations of crinoids" Am. Naturalist, Lancaster, Pa, 1909, xliii, 577-587.------ Descriptions of eleven new crinoids belonging to the Calo- metridae and Thalassometridae discovered by the "Siboga" in the Dutch East Indies. Zool. Anz, Leipz, 1912, xxxix, 420-428.-----. The correlation of phylogenetic specialization and bathymetrical distribution among the recent crinoids. J. Wash. Acad. Sc, Bait.. 1915, v, 309-317.—Moodle (R. L.) On the parasitism of carboniferous crinoids. J. Parasitol, Urbana, 111, 1918, iv, 174-176. Also, Reprint.—Reichen- sperger (A.) Beitrage zur Histologie una zum Verlauf der Regeneration bei Cnnoiden. Ztschr. f. wissensch. Zool, Leipz, 1912, ci, 1-69, 4 pi. Crinon (C) [1839- ]. Revue des medicaments nouveaux et de quelques medications nouvelles. 6. ed. 414 pp. 16°. Paris, Rueff & cie., 1899. ------. The same. 7. ed. 424 pp. 16°. Paris, Rueff & Cie., 1900. ------. The same. 9. 6d. xv., 425 pp. 16°. Paris, Rueff & Cie., 1902. The same. 11. ed. 432 pp. 16°. Paris, Rueff & Cie., 1904. The same. 13. ed. 436 pp. 12°. Paris, Rueff & Cie., 1906. The same. 14. 6d. 438 pp. 16°. Paris, Rueff & Cie., [1907]. The same. 15. 6d. 436 pp. 12°. Paris, Rueff & Cie., 1908. The same. 16. ed. 436 pp. 16°. Paris, Vigot freres, 1909. The same. 18. 6d. 434 pp. 12°. Paris, Vigot frlres, 1911. The same. 19. ed. 432 pp. 12°. Paris, Vigot freres, 1912. Crinon (Joseph). *La pathogenie des idees de negation chez les melancoliques. 93 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 167. Crinum asiaticum. Potenciano (C.) Contribution al estudio farmacoldgico del bacong (Crinum asiaticum, Linn.) y del asimao (Harri- sonia perforata, Brown). Rev. filipina de med. y farm, Manila, 1914, v, 125-139. Cripple (The). United States General Hospitals, Alexandria, Virginia, v. 1, No. 1-30; 1864-5. 4°. Alexandria, Va. CRIPPLES. 284 CRIPPLES. Cripples. See, also, Soldiers (Disabled). McMurtrie (D. C.) Bibliography of official publications of American institutions for cripples. 8°. New York, 1914. ------. How Andy missed being a cripple. 8°. New York, 1914. A list of American organizations for cripples. 4°. New York, 1916 Zeitschrift fiir Kruppelfursorge. Edited by Konrad Biesalski. [Quarterly.] v. 1-16, 1908- 23. 8°. Hamburg & Leipzig. Davis (G. G.) The relation of cripples to the public. Tr. Coll. Phys, Phila, 1917, 3. s, xxxix, 476-484.—Paries (J. C.) The economic consequences of physical disability; a case study of civilian cripples in New York City. Am. J. Care Cripples, N. Y, 1918, vi. 75-83.—Fraser (K.) The Guildhall Conference on crippled children. School Hyg, Lond, 1921, xii, 35-39.—FUrstenheim. Die Seele des Kriippels. Ztschr. f. Kriippelfiirsorge, Hamb. & Leipz, 1912, v, 221-233.-----. Ueber den Seeienzustand des Kriip- pels. Ibid., 1914, vii. 168-181.—Fulton (Frances C.) A survey of crippled children in California. Am. J. Care Cripples, N. Y, vii, 151.—Gill (A. B.) The relation of the cripple to the public. Med. & Surg. Rep. Episc. Hosp, Phila, 1920, v, 169-173.—Holman (D. M.) Practical expe- rience in dealing with industrial cripples. Am. J. Care Cripples, N. Y, 1919, viii, 438-441.—Hoppe (H.) Alkohol- missbrauch und Kriippeltum. Ztschr. f. Kriippelfiirsorge, Hamb. & Leipz, 1910, ii, 258-272.—Horwitz (A. E.) The crippled child; its physical and educational needs. J. Mis- souri M. Ass, St. Louis, 1919, xvi, 16-18.—McMurtrie (D. C.) A census enumeration of crippled children in an urban district. Pediatrics, N.Y, 1915, xxvii, 383-385.-----. Directory of American organizations for cripples. Am. J. Care Cripples, N. Y, 1916, iii, 65-69.-----. Index-catalogue of a library on the care and education of crippled children. Ibid., 201-254: 1917, iv, 56-63.-----. The meaning of the term crippled. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1918, xciv, 939-941.-----. The cripples of a community; a survey of the disabled children and adults in Cleveland, Ohio, and a study of then- needs. Detroit M. J, 1919, xx, 340-342. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y, 1919, xcvi, 314-317. Also, Reprint.—Muller (W.) Hermann Stehrs dichterische Kruppelpsyohologie. Ztschr. f. Kriippelfiirsorge, Hamb. & Leipz, 1919, xii, 98-103.— Nix (J. T.) Cripples who should not be. N. Orl. M. & S. J, 1917-18, lxx, 494-500.—Rubinow (I. M.) The statistical consideration of the number of men crippled in war and disabled in industry. Series 1. Pub. Red Cross Inst. Crippled & Disabled Men, N. Y, 1918, 1-17.—Sanderson (J. P.) Crippled children in Connecticut. Am. J. Care Cripples, N. Y, 1917,%', 303-305, 2 pi— Schlttter (W.) Aus der Geschichte des Kruppeltums. Ztschr. f. Kruppelfiir- sorge, Hamb. & Leipz.fc 1919, xii, 8-16— Schulz (G. F0 The cripple in primitive society. Am. J. Care Cripples, N.Y, 1919, viii, 335-346.—Sohn (D. L.) The psychic complex in congenital deformity. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1914, c, 959-961. Also, Reprint.—Stern (W. G.) A report of the Cleveland and Elyria cripple surveys. J. Orthop. Sing, Bost, 1919, i. 23-32—Test (F. C.) The crippled child. Illinois M. J, Chicago, 1917, xxxi, 340-344.—Verdery (Katherine). The adult cripple. Hosp. Soc. Serv, N. Y, 1922, vi, 235-243.— Wttrtz (H.) Ein Beitrag zur Begriindung der Kriippel- psychologie. Ztschr. f. Kriippelfiirsorge, Hamb. & Leipz, 1914, vii, 16-42. Cripples (Care of). Biesalski (K.) Leitfaden der Kriippelfiir- sorge. 8°. Leipzig & Hamburg, 1911. ----—. Die ethische und wirtschaftliche Be- deutung der Kriegskruppelfursorge und ihre Organisation im Zusammenhang mit der ge- samten Kriegshilfe. 8°. Leipzig & Hamburg, 1915. ------. Kriegskruppelfursorge; ein Aufkla- rungswort zum Troste und zur Ma timing im Auftrage der deutschen Vereinigung fiir Kriip- pelfiirsorge und der deutschen orthopadischen Gesellschaft. 8°. Leipzig & Hamburg, 1915. McMurtrie (D. C.) An example of non- residential care for crippled children. 12°. New York City, 1910. —----. The care of crippled children in the United States; a study of the distribution of institutious and work, an analysis of systems of care, and a consideration of the principles in- volved; together with a bibliography of material relating to cripples in America. 4°. New York City, 1912. Cripples (Care of). ------. Bibliography of the education and care of crippled children; a manual and guide to the literature relating to cripples together with an analytical index. Led. 8. New York, 1913. ------. Eliminating the cripple from the community; concerning the Newark Home for Crippled Children. 8°. Jersey City, 1914. Repr. from: New Jersey, Jersey City, 1914, i, 116-121. ------. The early history of care for cripples. 4°. London, 1915. " Repr.from: Shaftesbury Mag, Lond, 1915, xxxiv, 22-23. Orr (H. W.) Twelve years of state care for the crippled and deformed. 16°. New Orleans, [n. d.]. Umfaxg und Art des jugendlichen Kruppel- tums und der Kriippelfiirsorge in Deutechland; nach der durch die Bundesregierungen erhobe- nen amtlichen Zahlung: bearbeitet und hrsg. von Konrad Biesalski. 4°. Hamburg & Leipzig, 1909. Vulpius (O.) LTeber Wesen und Wert der Kruppelfursorge; Vortrag. 8°. Heidelberg, 1909. Arends. Arbeitsvermittlung fiir Kriippel. Ztschr. f. Kruppelfursorge, Hamb. - Nuova doctrina de las crisis. Gac. med. d. Sur. Granada, 1914, xxxii, 49. Also: Siglo m&i, Madrid, 1914, lxi, 100. -----. Aforismatologia medica seglln la nueva doctrina de las crisis. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract, Madrid, 1918, cxxi, 225-232.—Dufour (H.) Le syndrome (crise gastrioue) est-il toujours sous la dependance d'une paralysie generale ou d'un tabes? Rev. neurol. Par, 1912, xx ii,744.— Dutton (W. F.) Acid crises. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1915, Ixxxvii, 897-899. Also, Reprint.—Fox (F.) Some observa- tions on the phenomena andsignilicance of crises. Hunterian J., Lond.. 1MI7 8,191-202. -Kanavel(A. B.) The abdominal crisis. Illinois M. J, Springfield, 1912, xxii, 718-725.— Loeper (M.) La crise des maladies infectieuses. Progres mod. Par, 1920, 3. s, xxxv, 58-61.—Pantzer (H. 0.) Acute abdominal crises; their differential diagnosis. Indiana M. J, Indianap, 1908-9, xxvii, 227-232— Rosenbach (0.) Die Bedeutung und Behandlung der Krisen bei akuten Krankheiten. Berl. Klinik, 1899, exxxiv, 1-38. -----. Ueber Krisen bei akuten Krankheiten. Fortschr. d. Med, Berl 1905, xxiii, 501; 537.—Sudhoft (K.) Zur Geschichte der Lehre von den kritischen Tagen im Krankheitsverlaufe. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1902, Iii, 209; 272; 321; 371. Crisp (David Hardee) [1S24-1906]. Obituary. Alumni Reg. Univ. Penn, Phila, 1906-7, xi, 31. CRISP. 287 CROCCHIOLO. Crisp (Edwards). On diseases in lambs and the cattle plague. 12 pp. 8°. Truro, Heard & Sons, [1866]. Crispin (Edward Smyth). The prevention and treatment of disease in the Tropics; a handbook for officials and travellers, compiled chiefly for the use of officials in the Sudan. 95 pp. 16°. London, C. Griffin & Co., 1912. Crissey (Forrest). The story of foods, with an introduction by Douglas C. Pddgely. 543 pp. 12°. Chicago, New York, Rand McNally & Co., 1917. Crissiuma (Ernesto; filho. *De separacao intra- vesical das urinas pelo processo de Luys. 91 pp., 1 1. 4°. Rio de Janeiro, typ. Comp. litho- typographia, 1904. Crissiuma de Toledo (Joaquim). *Etiologia e prophylaxia da lepra; a lepra no Brazil. 97 pp., 11., 1 map. 4°. Rio de Janeiro, typ. Altina, 1904. Crist (Louis Arthur) [1872-1904]. Obituary. Alumni Reg. Univ. Penn, Phila, 1903-4, viii, 549. Cristalli (Giuseppe). Ostetricia. xx, 610 pp., 11. 12°. Napoli, 1909. Cristatella. Davenport (C. B.) Cristatella: The origin and develop- ment of the individual in the colony. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool, Harv, Cambridge, 1890, xx, 101-151,11 pi. Cristau (Louis-Charles-Leon). *De la nephroto- mie dans les nephrorragies. 67 pp., 2 1. 8°. Bordeaux, 1905, No. 19. Cristau (Xavier) [1885- ]. *Des proprietes in- hibitrices des sels de magnesium. 75 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1907, No. 78. Cristiani (Giuseppe) [1857-1917]. Amahl (G.) Necrologia. Stomaco, Napoli, 1917, xxiii, 61. Cristiani (Leon) [1876- ]. *La defiguration. 2 p. 1., iv, 115 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1902, No. 97. Cristiani (Magnus). Belenrung iiber Brillen. Einige Worte fiber deren Beschaffenheit, Aus- wahl und Anwendung, geschrieben fiir Alle, welche der Brillen bediirfen. 16 pp. 12°. Frankfurt a. Main, J. J. Schultheis & Comp., 1852. Cristini (Jean) [1883- ]. *Contribution a l'etude de la hernie inguino-interstitielle chez la femme. 62 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1910, No. 99. Cristispira. Collier. Cristispira helgolandica nov. spec, und ihre Fortpflanzung. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1921, Orig, lxxxvi, 132-134.—Gross (J.) Sporenbildung bei Cristispira. Arch. f. Protistenk, Jena, 1913, xxix, 279-292, 1 pi.—Mesnil (F.) & Caullery. Sur un organisme spiroche- to'ide (Cristispira poly dorae n. sp.) del'intestin d'une anne- lide polychete. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1916, lxxix, 1118-1120.—Noguchi (H.) Cristispira in North American shellfish; a note on a spirillum found in oysters. J. Exper. M, Bait, 1921, xxxiv, 295-315, 5 pi. Cristofoletti (Ugo). *Studien fiber Rheum rhapouticum. 63 pp. 8°. Bern, Biichler & Co., 1905. de Cristoforis (Malachia). See De Cristofons. de Cristoforo (M.) Sterilizzatrice universale portatile specialmente adatta per oculisti. 20 pp. 8°. Catania, C. Galatola, 1902. Cristol (Horace-Pierre-Hippolyte) [1878- ]. *Polypes adherents de Tuterus et fibromyomes a base d'insertion multiple. 80 pp. 8°. Bor- deaux, 1903, No. 72. Cristol (Vincent-Theophile). *Le diagnostic des vers intestinaux par la methode de I. Iefimov. 55 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1908, No. 43. Critas. De gezondheidsleer op de lagere- en de voorbereidende afdeeling der staatsmiddelbare school. 62pp.. 11. 16°. Brussel, J.B.Willems- Vandenborre, [1897]. Critchley (Harry). Aids to the study of sanitary law. 81 pp. 12°. London, Bailliere, Tindall as Cox, 1904. Crithidia. See, also, Protozoa. Buchner. Sind die Crithidien der Schaflaus fiir Mause pathogen? Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh, Berl, 1922, xcv, 115-118.—Cauchemez (L.) Recherches sur la transmission her^ditaire de Crithidia melophagi Flu. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1912, lxxii, 1062-1064.— Chatton (E.) & Delano* (P.) Observation sur revolution et la propagation de Crithidia melophagi Flu. Ibid., 942- 944.—Fraenkel (C.) Beobachtungen an Crithidia fascicu- lata. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl, 1909, xix, 57.—Franchinl (G.) Sur un flagell6 de Lygceide (Crithidia oxycarenin. sp.). Bull. Soc. path, exot. Par, 1922, xv, 113-116.—Georgevltcn (J.) Sur le developpement de Crithidia simuliae, n. sp. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1909, lxvii, 517-519.-----. Note sur le developpement "in vitro" de Crithidia melo- phagia. Ibid., 1910,lxviii, 298.—Hindle (E.) & Lewis (R. C.) Note on "Crithidia" cleti n. sp, parasitic in the alimentary canal of Cletus varius, Dall. Parasitology, Cambridge, 1912, v, 109-113.—O'Farrell (W. R.) Hereditary infection, with special reference to its occurrence in Hyalomma aegyptium infected with Crithidia hyalommse. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol, Liverp, 1913-14, vii, 545-562, 3 pi.-----. Pre- liminary note on a new flagellate, Crithidia nyalommae, sp. nov, found in the tick Hyalomma aegyptium (Linnaeus 1758). J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond, 1913, xvi, 245.—Patton (W. S.) The life cycle of a species of Crithidia parasitic in the intestinal tract of Gerris fossarum Fabr. Arch. f. Pro- tistenk, Jena, 1908, xii, 131-146, 1 pi.—Patton (W. S.) & Rao (S.) Studies on the flagellates of the genera Herpeto- monas, Crithidia and Rhynchoidomonas; the morphology and life history of Crithidia ctenocephali sp. nov, parasitic in the alimentary tract of Ctenocephalus canis Curtice. Indian J. M. Research, Calcutta, 1920-21, viii, 593-602,1 pi — Porter (Annie). The morphology and life-history of Cri- thidia Gerridis, as found in the British water-bug, Gerris paludum. Parasitology, Cambridge, 1909, ii, 348-366, 1 pi. -----. The structure and life-history of Crithidia melophagia (Flu), an endo-parasite of the sheep-"ked," Melophagus ovinus. Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond, 1910-11, lv, 189-224, 2 pi. -----. The structure and life history of Crithidia pulicis, n. sp, parasitic in the alimentary tract of the human flea, Pulex irritans. Parasitology, Cambridge, 1911, iv, 237-254, 1 pi.—Swingle (L. D.) A study on the life history of flagel- late (Crithidia melophagi n. sp.) in the alimentary tract of the sheep-tick (Melophagus ovinus). J. Infect. Dis, Chicago, 1909, vi, 98-121, 3 pi.-----. The relation of Crithidia melo- phagia to the sheep's blood, with remarks upon the contro- versy between Dr. Porter and Dr. Woodcock. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, Decatur, 111, 1911, xxxi, 275-283. Crithmum maritimum. Borde (F.) *Etude pharmacognosique du Crithmum maritimum L. 8°. Paris, 1910. Borde (F.) Preparation de 1'essence de criste marine; principales constantes de cette essence. Bull. d. sc. Pharma- col, Par, 1909. xvi, 132-142. -----. Composition et frac- tionnement de 1'essence de criste marine. Ibid., 393-399. Critic (A) answered. 29 pp. 8°. Boston, 1904. Repr.from: Christian Sc. J, Bost, 1904. Critica (La) medica. v. 1-5,1911-15. fol. Milano. Critique (The). Formerly the Denver Journal of Homoeopathy, v. 6-20, 1899-1913. 8°. Denver, Colo. ■ Critzman (Daniel) [1864- ]. La goutte; essai de pathogenie morphologique. 174 pp. 16°. Paris, Masson & Cie., [1899]. See, also, Stohr (Philipp). Manuel technique d'histo- logie [etc.]. roy. 8°. Paris, 1904. Crivelli (L.-P.) [1888- ]. *Des retro-deviations partiellement irreductibles de Tuterus gravide. 47 pp. 8°. Paris, 1920, No. 163. Crivelli (Niccola). Francesco Puccinotti e 1' igene sociale; con prefazione per Guido Baccelli. 219 pp. 8°. Roma, 1903. Criwitz (Conrad) [1877- ]. *Geburtshindernis durch Ovarialtumoren. 70 pp., 11. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering, 1902. Crobon (Eugene) [1875- ]. Contribution a l'etude du chlorure d'ethyle comme anesth6- sique general. 68 pp., 1 1. 8°. Lyon, 1902, No. 10. Crocchioio (Michelangelo). Un ventennio di pratica medico-chirurgico-ostetrica 1885-1903 in Salaparuta. ix, 166pp., 11. 8°. Palermo, 1904. DALLA CROCE. 288 CROHURST. dalla Croce. See Dalla Croce. Croce (Severino). *Medizinische und gerichtlich- medizinische Untersuchungen am Rickentun- nelbau unter Vergleichung der Verhaltnisse bei den gleichzeitigen schweizerischen Tunnelbau- ten. 62 pp. 8°. Zurich, Zurcher & Furrer, 1908. Croce Rossa Italiana. Comitate centrale. Com- posizione ed inventario di uno spedale di guerra. 44 pp. 8°. Roma, tip. d. Mantellate, 1897. ------. Cenni storici sul Comitate padovano; relazione morale-economica e sulla mobilitazione per la guerra italo-turca, 1912. 102 pp., 11. 4°. Padova, Soc. coop, tipogr., 1913. ------. Assistenza agli infermi e sopcorsi d' ur- genza ad uso degli infermieri della Croce Rossa. 160 pp. 8°. Torino, Unione Tip., 1910. Crocetin. Decker (F.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Crocetins. Arch. d. Pharm, Berl, 1914, cclii, 139-160. Crochet (Charles). *Des appareils a chloroformi- sation. 51 pp. 8°. . Pans, 1905, No. 78. Crocker (Alfred Armstrong). Modern dentistry for the laity and industrial dentistry for the cor- poration, modern preventive dentistry and in- dustrial safety welfare dentistry. 4. ed. 197 pp., 2port. 16°. Cincinnati,0., Dental Register, 1922. Crocker (George). See Columbia University. George Crocker Special Research Fund. Crocker (Henry Radcliffe) [1845-1909]. Diseases of the skin; their description, pathology, diag- nosis, and treatment, with special reference to the skin eruptions of children and an analysis of fifteen thousand cases of skin disease. 3. ed. 1466 pp., 4 pi. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son & Co., 1903. See, also, Fox (Tilbury) & Crocker (H. Radcliffe). The histology of dysidrosis. 8°. London, 1878. For Biography, see Brit. M. J, Lond, 1909. ii, 729-732. Also: J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1909, liii, 967. Also: Lancet, Lond, 1909, ii, 756-760, port. Crocker (James) [1836-1903]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1903, i, 468. Crocker (Walter James). Veterinary post- mortem technic. xiv, 233 pp. 8°. Philadelphia & London, J. B. Lippincott Co., 1918. Crocker (William K.) The American Architect. v. 115, 1919. 4°. New York. Crockett (Montgomery A.) On medical teaching. pp. 160-168. 8°. [New York, 1897.] Repr.from: Educational Review, New York, 1897. ------. Gynecology, a manual for students and practitioners. 2 p. 1., 17-368 pp. 8°. Philadel- phia & New York, Lea Brothers & Co., [1900]. Crocodile. See, also, Alligator-Amphibia; Reptiles. Voeltzkow (A.) Reise in Ostafrika in den Jahren 1903-5. Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse. Bd. 4, Hft. 1: Anatomie und Entwickelungsge- schichte [der Krokodile]. Stuttgart, 1906. vonHuene(F.) Beobachtungen iiber die Bewegungsart der Extremitiiten der Krokodilen. Biol. Centralbl, Br- ians, 1913, xxxu, 468-472.—Larcher (O.) Blessures et maladies des crocodiliens. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. vet. Par, 1918, Ixxi, 45-58.—Shann (E. W.) The contents of the stomach of a Nile crocodile. Cairo Sc. J, 1910, iv, 279. Crocq (Jean). Du nitrate d'argent comme moyen curatif de la tuberculose pulmonaire. 71 pp 8°. Bruxelles, F. Hayez, 1894. M6m. couron. Acad. roy. de m6d. de Belg, Brux, 1894,-xiii. ------. Etude pathogenique et clinique des n6- vroses traumatiques. 170 pp. 8°. Bruxelles. F. Hayez, 1895. Mem. couron. Acad. roy. de m6d. de Belg, Brux, 1895, xiv, fasc. 3. ------. L'hypnotisme scientifique. 2. 6d., intro- duction de Pitres. xviii, 610 pp. 8°. Paris, 1900. Crocq (Jean-Joseph) [1824- ]. De la penetra- tion des particules solides a travers les tissus de l'economie animale. Memoire en reponse a la question suivante: Apprecier et definir le fait de la penetration des particules solides a travers les tissus de l'economie animale, et determiner les rapports dans lesquels cet acte se trouve avec celui de l'absorption. Memoire couronne dans la seance du 15 dec. 1858. 206 pp., 1 pi. 8°. [Bruxelles, 1858?] For Biography, see Brit. M. J, Lond, 1898, ii, 1014. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1898, ii, 1028. Also: Presse med. beige, Brux, 1898,1,305-308. A lso: Progres med. Par, 1898,3. s, viii, 215. Also: Bull. Acad. roy. de m6d. de Belg, 1904, 4. s, xviii, 635-649, port. (P. Heger). Crocus. Vasconcellos (M.) Urn caso de Intoxicacao pelo acafrao. Med. mod, Porto, 1910, xvi, v. vi, 221. Crofford (Thomas S.) [1859-1913]. [Obituary.] J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1913, lxi, 2172. Croft (John) [1833-1905]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1905, ii, 1494. Also: Lancet, Lond, 1905, ii, 1655, port. Croft (Sir Richard). CUpplngdale(S.D.) Sir Richard Croft, Bart. St. Barth. Hosp. J, Lond, 1917-18. xxv, 35-37. -----. Sir Richard Croft and. the case of the Princess Charlotte. Lancet, Lond, 1917. ii, 837.—Fox (R. H.) Sir Richard Croft and the case of the Princess Charlotte. Lancet, Lond, 1917, ii, 804.— Morlson (A.) Sir Richard Croft and the case of the Prin- cess Charlotte. Lancet, Lond, 1917, ii, 874. Croft (Theodor GaiUard) [1845-1915]. [Obituary.] J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1915, bdv, 1091. Also: Mil. Surgeon, Chicago, 1915, xxxvi, 402. Croftan (Alfred Careno) [1871- ]. Clinical urinology, xv, 298 pp., 1 pi. 8°. New York, W. Wood & Co., 1904. ------. The same. [2. ed.] xv, 298 pp. 8°. Chicago, Cleveland Press, 1907. ------. Clinical therapeutics; a handbook on the special treatment of internal disease, xiv, 17- 626 pp. 8°. Chicago, Cleveland Press, 1906. ------. The same. New clinical therapeutics; a handbook on the special treatment of internal disease. 4. ed. 3 p. 1., [ix]-xvi, [17J-733 pp. roy 8°. Chicago. Cleveland Press, 1912. See, also, von Noorden (Carl). Clinical treatise on the pathology [etc.]. 8°. Vt w York, 1910. Crofton (Walter). The immunity of habitual criminals with a proposition for reducing their number by means of longer sentences of penal servitude, intermediate convict prisons, condi- tional liberation, and police supervision. 2. ed., 68 pp. 8°. London. Bell I21.—Collet, Resultats pratiques de l'examen bai'triiolopque dans le croup. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.), Par, 1911, ii, 348- 355.—Delcourt (A.) Croup & streptocoques; tubage; ery- theme postserique; pleuresle. J. med. de Brux, 1903, viii, 196-198.—Dotson ("W.) True croup (non-diphtheritic)! Tr. M. Soc. Tennessee, Nashville, 1907, lxxiv, 253-259 — Fusco (P.) Un caso anormalissimo di croup laringeo. Arch, di patol. e clin. infant., Napoh, 1902, i, 104-107.— Ghlottl (A.) Le alterazioni istologiche degli organi nei croup. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med, Napoh, 1908, n. s, xxx, 1105-1118.—Gouguenhelm (A.) Angine couenneuse a streptocoques. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx fete 1 Par, 1896, xxii, pt. 2, 285-294.—Helm (P.) Pseudokmpp und neuropathische Konstitution. Zentralbl. f. Kinderh Leipz, 1908, xiii, 165-167.—Hennebert (C.) Un cas dc croup d'embWe chez une adulte. Clinique, Brux, 1900 xiv, 209-211.—Hlnojar (A.) Crup primitivo hipogldtico v apinHico. Pediatria espafi, Madrid, 1920, ix, 107-109.— Kaupp (B. F.) A chromogenic bacillus from a case of croup. Croup. J. Infec. Dis, Chicago, 1918, xxiii, 568-571. Also, Reprint- Klein (R.) Zur Kasuistik der Krupperkrankungen im Kindesalter. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1904, xxx, 635.—Leroux (H.) Un cas de croup pseudo- membraneux non diphterique. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par, 1907, ix, 318-322.—Lynah (H. L.) Influenzal croup. Am. J. Dis. Child, Chicago, 1919, xviii, 238-245. Also, Re- print.—Martin (CO Infection tetragenique simulant un accos de croup. Ind.'pcnd. m£d. Par, 1898, iv, 193.— Massei. Le croup latent. Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par, 1898, ii, 411; 4 :}'.•: lvi; ,, i — Montefusco (A.) Sulla diffu- sione del croup a Napoli. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med, Napoh, 1913, n. s.. xxxv, 721-729.—Perier (E.) Un cas de croup latent. Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par, 1899, iii, 497-501.—Poynton (F. J.l Croup. Practitioner, Lond, 1911, Ixxxvii, 464-476.—Symes (J. O.) Non-bacillary croup. Bristol M.-Chir. J, 19oo, xviii, 25-29.—Symes (L.) The symptoms or phenomena formerly known as croup; the diseases which produce them; and" the clinical significance of the various allied affections embraced bv the term. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl, 1899-1900", xviii, 68-79.— Szentl (J.) Ein interessanter, mit multipler Membranen- bildung einhergehender Fall von Kehlkopfcroup. Pest. med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1904, xl. 1234.-----. Ein Fall von Larvnxirotip nut mehrfacher Membranbildung. Ibid., 1249-1252.—Troisier (J.), Woll (M.t A Marquezy (R.) Deux cas de croup d'emblee chez l'adulte. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par, 1922, 3. s, xlvi, 557-562.— Visanska (S. A.) Croup and membranous croup. Tr. M. Ass. Georgia, Atlanta, 1905, lvi, 144-159.—Wallgren (A.i [Croup and influenza.] Svensk.Lak Tidning, Stockholm, 1920, xvii, 38-45—Weigert (C. i Ueber Croup und Diphthe- ritis; der kiinstliche Croup (18771; Beobachtungen beim Menschen (1878). In his: Gesamm. Abhand, 8°, Berl, 1906, ii, 92-140, 11, 1 pi.—Wilson (L. B.) On certain non- diphtheritic membranous anginas. St. Paul M. J, St. Paul, Minn, 1904, vi, 649-658. Croup (Membraneous). See Diphtheria. Croup (Spasmodic). See Glottis {Spasm of). Croup (Treatment of\ Asuero Y Cortazar (V.) Pe la traqueotomia en el ^arrotillo; sobre la traqueotomia en el croup. 8°. Madrid, 1864. Battalia (L.) Ricerche storiche e pratiche buI modo di conoscere e curare il croup. 8°. Torino, 1841. Bourguigxox (L.-F.) *De l'emploi chez l'enfant des injections hypodermiques de mor- phine dans le croup. 8°. Bordeaux, 1909. Hahn (T.) Die hautige Bra une (Croup) und ihre wasserarztliche Behandlun? nach Rausse- schen Prinzipien. 16°. 99-1900, n. s.j xxxix, 269-271.-Grenet (H.) Les indications thera- peutiques dans le croup. Arch. g6n. de med. Par.. 1905, i, 150s 1514.—Hilbert (P.) Zur Diagnose und Therapie des Croup. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg, Berl, 1900, 445-149.—Kochs (J.) Kruppmittol. Apoth.-Ztg, Berl, 1906, xxi, 549.— Lacoma (J. A ) Caso de crup tratado por el suero Roux, la tracnieotomla; eomplicaciones; broneoneumonia, nefritis y paralisis vesical; tonniiunlo por la curacion. Rev. barcel. de enferm. de oldo, garganta y naru, Barcel, 1909, v, 20-22.— CROUP. 293 CROZAT. Croup (Treatment of). Lazansky (L.) Kreosotalbei Kroup. Deutsche Med.- Ztg, Berl, 1902, xxiii, 1073.—Le Malre. Du croup et de 1'intubation du larynx. Arch. med. beiges, Brux, 1901, 4. s, xviii, 21-41.—Lesage (A.) & Cleret (M.) Croup et morphine. Tribune med. Par, 1908, n. s, xl, 213.—Marfan. Diagnostic et traitement du croup. Bull, med. Par, 1903, xvii, 1029; 1053.—Marinelli (F.) Croup e tracheotomia. Gazz. d. osp, Milano, 1915, xxxvi, 483-488.—Marique. A propos d'une serie de douze croups successifs, suivis de guerison. Clinique, Brux, 1900, xiv, 705-710.—Molitor. Comparaison entre la tracheotomie et 1'intubation dans le traitement du croup. Arch. med. beiges, Brux, 1910, 4. s, xxxvi, 86-98.—Montetusco (A.) Sulla intubazione per croup nei bambini poppanti. Gazz. internaz. di med, Napoli, 1908, xi, 173-175. Also: Pediatria, Napoli, 1908, 2. s, ■vi, 82-92.—Northrup (W. P.) Pharyngeal croup relieved by nasal intubation; soft rubber tubes. Arch. Pediat, N. Y, 1903, xx, 516-518. [Discussion], 521.—Palmer (J. A.) Death following administration of a croup remedy. J. Am. M. Ass7 Chicago, 1908, i, 531.—Peronnet. Indications de la medication vomitive dans le croup. Centre m6d. et pharm, Gannat, 1906-7, xii, 97-101.—Rocaz (C.) Indications respectives du tubage du larynx et de la tracheotomie dans le croup. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1902, xxiii, 291-293.—Rocaz (C.) & Carles (F.) Reapparition des acci- dents larynges chez les enfants atteints de croup au moment de l'eruption serique. Ibid., 1909, xxx, 279. Also: Gaz. d. mal. infant, [etc.], Par, 1909, xi, 99.—Sadger (J.) Die Hydriatik des Croup. Arch. f. Kinderh, Stuttg, 1906-7, xlv, 31-57.—Satre (A.) L'6th6risation dans le croup. Rev. g£n. de clin. et de therap. Par, 1916, xxx, 600.— Sebilleau. Diagnostic et traitement du croup. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1910, 2. s, xxviii, 701-712.—Sevestre. Le pro- nostic et le traitement du croup a- l'epoque actuelle. Bull. med. Par, 1898, xii, 961-963.—Smurra (P.) Modifiche ad un apparecchio d' intubazione per croup. Arch, internaz. di med. e chir, Napoli, 1905, xxi, 7-10.—Sziklai (C.) Croup und Pilocarpintherapie. Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1898, iii, 493-498.—Tanturrl (D.) Crup; sieroterapia; intu- bazione; guarigione. Arch, internaz. di med. e chir, Napoli, 1899, xv, 304-307.—Taylor (F. L.) Practical points on intubation of the larynx for croup, with a report of thirty- six cases. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1903, lxxvii, 587-592.— Thouvenet (A.) Statistique des cas de croup ayant neces- sity la tracheotomie dans ma pratique avant et apres le serum de Roux; quelques reflexions sur la serotherapie. Limousin m6d., Limoges, 1900, xxiv, 343-345.—Vargas (M.) La morfina en la disnea del crup. Arch, de ginecop. [etc.], Barcel, 1909, xxii, 104-108. Also: Rev. balear de cien. med, Palma de Mallorca, 1909, xxxi, 113-116— Vercauteren (I.) Croup et tracheotomie. Ann. Soc. de m6d. de Gand, 1902, lxxxi, 98-106.—Veillon (A.) & Brelet (M.) Un cas de croup chez l'adulte; tracheotomie; guerison. Arch. gen. demed,,Par, 1909,149-155.—Vignard, Sargnon & Bar- latler. A propos de la laryngostomie. Lyon med, 1908, cxi, 48-51. Crous e Ilia (Jose). Compendio practico de micro- biologia clinica y seroterapia. xiv (11.), 348 pp., 11. 8°. Barcelona, herederos de J. Gili, 1910. Crouse-Irving (The) Bulletin, v. 4-5, 1917-18. 8°. Syracuse. Crouzat (Eugene) [1853-1902]. [Maygrier (C.)] [Biography.] Obstetrique, Par, 1902, vii, 161-164. Crouzel (Edouard). Monographic de l'eau min6- rale ferrugineuse (arsenico-manganesienne) de Cour-les-Bains (Gironde). 22 pp., 1 1. 24°. La Reole, Imp. Vigoureux, 1900. Crouzel (Pierre) [1859- ]. *Methode anthro- pographometrique. 36 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1909, No. 82. Crouzet (Gaston) [1881- ]. *Tuberculose csecale; therapeutique chirurgicale. 103 pp. 8°. Lijon, 1905, No. 138. Crouzet (Georges). *Contribution a l'etude des phlegmons et abces chauds des parois thoraci- ques. 101 pp. 8°. Paris, 1902, No. 76. Crouzillac (J.) *Des degenerescences du cornet inferieur. 112 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1897, No. 183. Crouzon (O.) *Des scleroses combiners de la moelle. 176 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1904, No. 201. ------. The same. 176 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1904. See, also, Nattan-Larrler (L.), Crouzon (O.), [et al.]. Clinique medicale de l'Hotel-Dieu [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1906. Crow (Douglas Arthur). Pyorrhoea alveolaris in its clinical aspect; foreword by Sir Frank Colyer. Crow (Douglas Arthur)—continued. Ill pp. 8°. London, Bailliere, Tindall dc Cox, 1921. Crowds (Psychology of). Chantala (H.) *Les folies de la foule.8° Toulouse, 1907. Le Bon (G.) The crowd. 12. ed. 8°. Lon- don, 1920. Martin (E. D.) The behavior of crowds; a psychological study. 8°. New York dc London, [1920]. Trotter (W-) Instincts of the herd in peace and war. 8°.' London, [1917]. Brousset (P.) Psychologie des foules; principes de la circulation dans les villes. Rev. de l'hypnot. et psychol. physiol. Par, 1906-7, xxi, 170-174.—DucostS (M.) Note sur la bradypsychie comitiale. Ann. med.-psychof. Par, 1920, xii, 10. s, 366-372.—Gregory (J. C.) The group spirit and the fear of the dead. J. Philos, Lancaster, Pa, 1921, xviii, 606-609.—Huber (J. B.) The individual in the crowd. Med. Times, N. Y, 1909, xxxvii, 326-329.—Jelgersma (D. G.) Quelques observations sur la psychologie des foules. Scuola positiva, Roma, 1901, xi, 465-480.—Marx (C.) EI alma de la muchedumbre. Arch, de psiquiat. y criminol, Buenos Aires, 1905, iv, 742-756.—Pear (T. H.) The herd instinct taken seriously. Discovery, Lond, 1920, i, 303-306.— Rossbach (J. R.) Die Massenseele. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1919, lxvi, 763.—Sageret (J.) Remarques sur la psychologie collective. Rev. phil. Par, 1919, Ixxxvii, 455- 474.—Tawney (G. A.) The nature of crowds. Psychol. Bull, N. Y, 1905, ii, 329-333. Crowe (Henry Warren). Consumption; treatment at home and rules for living. 32 pp., 3 ch. 16°. Bristol, J. Wright dc Co., 1906. Crowell (Benedict) [1869- ] & Wilson (Robert Forrest). The road to France; the transportation ■ of troops and military supplies, 1917-18. 2 v. xv, 307 pp., front., port., 60 pi., 2 ch.; 311 pp., front., port., 33 pi., 2 ch. 8°. New Haven, Yale Univ. Pr., 1921. Crowfoot (William MiUer) [1837-1918]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1918, i, 469. Also: Lancet, Lond, 1918, i, 621. Crowley (Ralph Henry). Crowley's hygiene of school life; revised with addition of new matter by C. W. Hutt. 2. ed. xv, 428 pp. 12°. London, Methuen dc Co., 1916. Crowley (Timothy Joseph) [1861-1912]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1912, ii, 1002. Also: Lancet, Lond, 1914, ii, 1175. Crowngall. See, also, Pathology (Vegetable); Plants (Dis- eases of). Levin (I.) & Levlne (M.) The influence of X-rays on the development of the crown gall. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med, N. Y, 1917, xv, 24. Also, Reprint—Smith (C. O.) Comparative resistance of prunus to crown gall. Am. Naturalist, Lancaster, Pa, 1917, li, 47-60.—Smith (E. F.) Crowngall studies showing changes in plant structures due to a changed stimulus. J. Agric. Research, Wash, 1916, vi, 179-182. A lso, Reprint.-----. Mechanism of tumor growth in crowngall. J. Agric. Research, Wash, 1917, viii, 165-186, 65 pi.-----. Chemically induced crowngalls. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sc, Bait, 1917, iii, 312-314. Crowther (James Arnold). Molecular physics. viii, 167 pp. 8°. London, J. dc A. Churchill, 1914. Repr.from: Chemical World. ------. Ions, electrons, and ionizing radiations. xii, 276 pp., 2 pi. 12°. London, E. Arnold, 1919. ------. A manual of physics. 2. ed. xxii, 537 pp. 12°. London, H. Frowde; Hodder dc Stoughton, [1921]. ------. The principles of radiography, vi, 138 pp., 4 pi. 8°. London, J. dc A. Churchill, 1922. Croyn (Camille) [1877- ]. *Le traitement non sanglant des fractures de l'olecrane. 85 pp. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 470. Crozat (Charles) [1888- ]. *Erytheme noueux et tuberculose. 79 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1914, No. 104. Crozat (Joseph). *Mille deux cas de typhoide pendant la guerre 1914-1918. 28 pp. 8°. Paris, 1919, No. 40. CROZAT. 294 CRUISE. Crozat (Pierre-Francois) [1S89- ]. *Dela ten- sion intra-abdominale dans l'ascite; contribution a l'etude de sa mesure, de ses variations, de ses rapports avec la respiration de la tension arte- rielle. 72 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1913, No. 14. Croze (Pierre) [1871- ]. *Osteomes muscu- laires, leur etude chez la femme. 73 pp., 1 1. 8°. Lyon, 1899, No. 21. Crozet (Claude) [1883- ]. *Des reactions cu- tanees consecutives a l'injection intradermique de tuberculine et de divers autres serums dans les dermatoses de la serie des £rythemes. 92 pp. 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 434. Crozier (John Beattie) [1849-1921]. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1921, lxxvi, 391. Also: Nature, Lond, 1920-21, cvi, 700. Crozier (Louis) [1886- ]. Contribution a l'etude de l'cedeme generalise du foetus. 264 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1913, No. 114. Cruceanu (Etienne). *De la conduite a tenir par le medecin en cas de plaie thoracique ou abdominale. 73 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 117. Crucelli. Remollescences of a medical student with an anthropophology of the author and a physician's holiday. 54 pp., 8 pi. 8°. Edin- burgh, Maclachlan dc Stewart, 1886. Cruchaudeau (Georges Ernest). Contribution a l'etude clinique de la syphilis conceptionnelle au point de vue oculaire. 120 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 497. Cruchet (Jean-Ren6) [1875- ]. *Etude critique sur le tic convulsif et son traitement gymnastique (methode de Brissaud et methode de Pitres). 177 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1902, No. 66. ------. Les arrier£s scolaires. 39 pp. 8°. Paris, Masson dc Cie., 1908. CEuvre med.-chir. Par, No. 51. ------. Maladies du tube digestif par R. Cruchet, Ch. Rocaz, [et al.]. 556 pp. 46. Paris, J.-B. Baillihe dc fils, 1910. Forms v. 2 of: Pratique (La) des maladies des enfants. See. also, Marfan (A. B.), Anderodlas (J.) & Cruchet (Rene). Introduction a la medecine des enfants, [etcl. 8°. Paris, 1909. ------ & Moulinier (Ren6). Air sickness; its nature and treatment, with a preface to the French edition by Dr. V. Pachon, and an intro- duction to English readers by Wing-Commander Martin Flack; transl. from the French by J. Rosslyn Earp. xv, 96 pp. 12°. London, J. Bale, Sons dc Danielsson, 1920. Cruchet (Lucien-Xavier-Jean-Francois- Prosper) [1888- ]. *La chirurgie d'extreme urgence au poste de secours chirurgical. 42 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1916. Crucial ligaments. See Knee-joint (Ligaments of). Crudeli (Corrado). See Tommasi-Crudeli. Crudeli (Joseph). Contribution a l'etude de la polynevrite a* d6but apoplectiforme dans ses rapports avec la poliomyelite anterieure aigue 102 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 74. Crtigenerus (L. Michael). Materia perlata. 61 pp. 16°. Dressden, P. A. Hamann, 1675. Criiger (Erich) [1884- ]. *TJeber psychische Storungen bei multipler Sklerose. [Kiel! 1 p.l., 14 pp., 1 1. 8D. Berlin, R. Trenkel, 1912 Criiger (Joannes). Casus medicus de morbo htteratorum, sive affectione hypochondriaca, annexis in fine quibusdam corollariis, autorum allegatorum indice, et resolutione brevi apho- rismi in, lib. v, Hippocratis. 48 pp. sm 4° Zittavise, J. Willisch, 1703. Criiger (Simon). m£n^0lV (tK-) ^ ™jprinted work of Simon Criiger 1 Bibhot. f. Laeger, K0benfi, 1907,8. R, viii, 219-230. ^J Cruelty to animals. Coleridge (S.) The administration of the cruelty to animals act of 1876. 8°. Nev York 1900. Cutting from: Fortnightly Rev, N. Y, 1900, n. s, lxviL 392-398. ^ Journal of Zoophilv. Edited by C. E.White monthly, v. 7-9,1898-1900. 4°. Philadelphia'. United States. Congress. An act to prevent cruelty to certain animals in the District of Columbia. 58. Cong. 2. sess. H. R. 10417. In S., Feb. 2, 1904. roy. 8°. Washington, [1904.] United States. Senate. A bill to prevent cruelty to certain animals in the District of Co- lumbia. 57. Cong., 1. sess. S. 190. Introd.by Mr. Gallinger, Dec. 4, 1901. rov. 8°. [Washing. ton, 1901.] ------. A bill for the further prevention of cruelty to animals in the District of Columbia. 57. Cong., 1. sess. S. 189. Introd. by Mr. Gal- linger, Dec. 4,1901. roy. 8°. [Washington, 1907.] White (F. M.) The decline of cruelty. The horrors that have been swept away by the movement of which Henry Bergh was the leader in America. 8°. [Neiv York], 1910. Cutting from: Munsey's Mag, N. Y, 1910, xliii, 32-37. Fortlneau (L.) A propos d'un congres recent pour la protection des animaux. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1912, 2. s, xxx. 741-745.—Galtier (V.) Mauvais traitements infliges publiquement et abusivement aux animaux domestiques. J. de med. vet. et zootech, Lyon, 1907, 5. s, xi, 15-18.— Varenlus (Josephine). La society generale des femmes suedoises pour la protection des animaux. Cong, internat. d. oeuvres et inst. 1900, Par, 1902, i, 471-474. Cruet (Ludger) [1850-1918]. Hygiene et thera- peutique des maladies de la bouche; prece !?m:mori^n.- DublinJ-M.Sc,1912,cxxxui, 312 31b. port, [front.L-Obltuarj. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1911 l ^sb. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1912, i, 694. Also: Med. Press 2 Circ, Lond, 1912, n. s, xciii, 231. CRUL. 295 CRUSTACEA. Crul (R. H.) The migratory habits of rats with special reference to the spread of plague. 8 pp. 8 . Washington, Gov. Print. Off., 1915. Repr. No. 278 from Pub. Health Report. Crumbacher (William Pollock) [1858- 1920]. Jellifte (S. E.) Obituary. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis, Lan- caster, Pa, 1920, Iii, 287.—Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1920, lxxiv, 1660. Crumeau (Femand-Henri) [1887- ]. *Etude m6dico-legale sur la viability des nouveau-nes. 59 pp. 8°. Lille, 1913, No. 15. Crummer (Benjamin F.) [1848-1907]. [Obituary.) J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 439. Crup pi (Jean). See Forgue (E.) & Jeanbrau (E.) Guide du m6decin dans les accidents du travail, [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1909. Crurin. See Ulcers (Crural, Treatment of). Crusades. Honger (F.) Aerztliche Verhaltungsmass- regeln auf dem Heerzug ins Heilige Land fiir Kaiser Friedrich II., geschrieben von Adam von Cremona (ca. 1227). 8°. Borna-Ldpzig, 1913. Ireland (W. W.) On the psychology of the Crusades. J. Ment. Sc, Lond.. 1906, Iii, 745: 1907, liii, 322-341.—Walsh (J.J.) The medical history of two Crusades. Contrib. Med. & Biol. Research ... Sir W. Osier, N. Y, 1919, ii, 796-805. Crusius (Siegfried Lebrecht). Von der Tollheit, Wasserscheu, oder Hundeswuth; ein Buch fur Jedermann. xxxvii, 90 pp. 12°. Leipzig, S. L. Crusius, 1795. Cruso (Johann). Arzneyschatz, oder Sammlung bewahrter und leicht zu bekommender Mittel gegen die meisten Krankheiten des menschli- chen Korpers, aus den besten alten und neuen Schriftstetlern. Aus dem Englischen iibersetzt und mit einigen Anmerkungen versehen. 3 p. 1., 384 pp., 2 1. 16°. Mitau u. Hasenpoth, J. F. Hinz, 1773. Crussaire (Joseph-Georges-Andr6) [1884- ]. *Un medecin au xvii6 siecle, le docteur Valiant; une malade imaginaire, Madame de Sabl6. 152 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 463. Crustacea. See, also, Crab; Lobsters. Andrews (E. A.) The young of the crayfishes Astacus and Cambarus. 4°. Washington, 1907. Forms part of v. 25 of: Smithsonian contributions to knowledge. Della Valle (A.) Deposizione, fecondazione e segmentazione delle uova del gammarus pulex. 8°. Modena, 1889. Repr.from: Atti della Societa dei Naturalisti di Modena, 3. s, viii. Marcus ([K.] O.) *Ueber Geruchsorgane bei decapoden Krebsen aus der Gruppe der Gala- theiden [Ludwig]. 8°. Leipzig, 1910. Mitchell (P. H.) The oxygen requirements of shellfish, roy. 8°. Washington, 1914. Dept. Commerce. Bull. U. S. Bureau Fisheries. Vol. 32, 1912. Steele (Mary). The crayfish of Missouri. 8°. Cincinnati, 1902. Univ. Cincin. Stud, 2. s, v. 2, No. 10. Banta (A. M.) Sex intergrades in a species of Crustacea. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sc, Bait, 1916, ii, 578-583.—Baumann (H.) Das Cor frontale bei decapoden Krebsen. Zool. Anz, Leipz, 1917, xlix, 137-144.—Bethe (A.) Das Centralnerven- system von Carcinus Meenas; ein anatomisch-physiologischer Versuch. pt. 2. Arch. f. mikr. Anat.. Bonn, 1898, li, 382- 452, 2 pi.—Bonn (G.) Variations des echanges gazeux chez les crustaces decapodes suivant la saison, l'habitat, la taille des animaux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1898, 10. s, v 1011-1013.-----. Du r61e des exopodites dans la produc- tion du courant respiratoire chez les crustaces decapodes. Ibid., 1899,11. s, i, 281-283.—Bottazzl (F.) L' innervazione viscerale nei crostacei e negli elasmobrapchi. Atti d. Accad. med.-fis. florent. 1902, Firenze, 1903, 9-11.—Bouvler (E.-L.) Crustacea. Sur les voies respiratoires des crabes oxystomes de la tribu des Cyclodorippae Ortmann. Bull. Soc. philomat. de Par, 1898-9, 9. s, I, 122—Brady (G. S.) & Norman (A. M.) A monograph of the marine and freshwater ostracoda of the North Atlantic and of northwestern Europe. Sect, i, Podo. copa. Scient. Tr. Roy,. Dubl. Soc, 1888-9, 2. s, iv, 63-270, 16 pi— Bruntz (L.) A propos de la structure histologique de l'organe globuligene des crustaces deeapodes. Arch, de zool. exper. et_gen. Notes et rev. Par, 1906,4. s, v, pp. lix- lxiv.-----. Etudes sur les organes lymphoides, phagocy- taires et excreteurs des crustaces superieurs. Ibid., Hist. nat. [etc.], Par, 1907, 4. s, vii, 1-67, 5 pi.-----. Remarques sur les organes globuligfenes phagocytaires et excreteurs des crustaces. Ibid., Notesetrev, Par, 1907, 4.s, vii,pp.i-iv.— Btttscnll (O.) Ueber die Natur der von Biedermann aus Krebsblut und Krebspanzer erhaltenen Kristalle. Biol. Centralbl, Leipz, 1907, xxvii, 457-466.—Butschlnsky (P.) Zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der Nebalia Geoffroyi. Zool. Anz, Leipz, 1900, xxiii, 493-495.—Chidester (F. E.) The biology oi the crayfish. Am. Naturalist, Lancaster, Pa, 1912, xlvi, 279-293.—Claus (C.) Der Organismus der Phro- nimiden. Arb. a. d. zool. Inst. d. Univ. Wien, 1879, ii, 59- 146,8 pi.-----. Die Gattungen und Arten der Platysceliden in systematischer Uebersicht. Ibid., 147-198.-----. Ueber den Organismus der Nebaliden und die systematische Stellung der Leptostraken. Ibid., 1888, viii, 1-148, 15 pi.— Coutiere (H.) Sur la morphologie du membre des crustaces. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1919, clxviii, 1062-1064.— Cowles (R. P.) Habits of tropical Crustacea; habits and reactions of hermit crabs associated with sea anemones. Philippine J. Sc, Manila, 1919, xv, 81-88,1 pi—Dastre (A.) Sur la repartition des matieres grasses chez les crustaces. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1901, 11. s, iii, 412-414.— Delage (Y.) Contribution a l'etude de Pappareil circula- toire des crustaces 6driophthalmes marins. Arch, de zool. exper. et gen. Hist. nat. [etc.], Par, 1881, ix, 1-173,12 pi.— Demoor (J.) Etude des manifestations motrices des crus- taces au point de vue des fonctions nerveuses. Ibid., 1891, 2. s, ix, 191-227.-----. Recherches sur la marche des crus- taces. Ibid., 477-502, 3 pi.—Doflein (F.) Lebensgewohn- heiten und Anpassungen bei dekapoden Krebsen. Festschr. z. 60. Geburtstag Richard Hertwigs, Jena, 1910, iii, 215-292, 4 pi.—Downey (H.) The attachment of muscles to the exoskeleton in the crayfish, and the structure of the crayfish epiderm. Am. J. Anat, Phila, 1912-13, xiii, 381-396, 2 pi.— Drzewina (Mile. Anna). Les reactions adaptatives chez les crabes. Bull, de l'Inst. gen. psychol.. Par, 1908, viii, 235-256.—Emeljanenko (P.) Ueber die Ausscheidung von Farbstoflen bei Krustazeen. Ztschr. f. Biol, Munchen & Berl, 1912, lviii,81-96,1 pi.—Evans (A. T.) The morphology of the frontal appendage of the male in the phyllopod crustacean Thamnocephalusplatyurus Packard. J. Morph, Phila, 1915, xxvi, 703-718.—Garstang (W.) The function of antero-lateral denticulations of the carapace in sand- burrowing crabs. J. Marine Biol. Assoc.U. King, Plymouth, 1895-7, n. s, iv, 396-401.—Gravler (C.) Sur quelques crus- taces parasites annelidicoles provenant de la seconde expe- dition antarctique frangaise. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1912: cliv, 830-832.—Guieysse (A.) Etude des organes digestifs chez les crustaces. Arch, d'anat. micr. Par, 1906-7, ix, 343-494, 3 pi.-----. Structure du tube digestif chez les crustaces copepodes. Compt. rend, de l'Ass. d. anat. Par, 1906, viii, 33-40.—Gurney (R.) On the fresh-water Crus- tacea of Algeria and Tunisia. J. Roy. Micr. Soc, Lond, 1909, pt. 3, 273-305, 8 pi.—Hay (W. P.) A new genus and three new species of parasitic isopod crustaceans. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus, Wash, 1917, h, 569-573, 3 pi.—Hecht (S.) Note on the absorption of calcium during the molting of the blue crab, Calhcectes sapidus. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa, 1914, n. s, xxxix, 108.—Hewitt (C. G.) Ligia. Proc. Liverpool Biol. Soc, 1906-7, xxi, 65-100, 4 pi.—Hlckson (S. J.) Colour physiology of the higher Crustacea. Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc. 1906, Lond, 1907, 325.—Horliammer (C.) Untersuchungen iiber das Verhalten niederer Krusta- zeen gegeniiber Bakterien im Wasser. Arch. f. Hyg, Miin- chen & Berl, 1910-11, lxxiii, 183-194.—Huet (L.) Nouvelles recherches sur les crustaces isopodes. J. de l'anat. et physiol. [etc.], Par, 1883, xix, 241-376, 4 pi.—Keeble (F.) & Gamble (F. W.) The colour-physiology of higher Crustacea. Phil. Tr, Lond, 1904, cxcvi, 295-388, 6 pi. Also [Abstr.]: Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond, 1905, lxxvi, B, 198.—Kimus (J.) Sur les branchies des Crustaces. Anat. Anz, Jena, 1898, xv; 45-51.— Kinzlg (Helene) geb. Conrad. Untersuchung uber den Bau der Statocysten einiger dekapoden Crustaceen. Ver- handl. d. naturh.-med. Ver. zu Heidelb, 1919, n. F, xiv, 1-90, 6 pi— Labbe (A.) Sur la continuite fibrillaire des cellules epith61iales et des muscles chez les Nebalia. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1902, cxxxv, 750-752.—de Lacaze- Duthlers (H.) Histoire de la laura gerardese, type nouveau de crustac6 parasite. Arch, de zool. exper. et gen. Hist.- nat. [etc.], Par, 1879-80, viii, 537-581.—Ltm (R. K. S.) Period of survival of the shore-crab (Carcinus maenas) in distilled water. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb, 1917-18, xxxviii, 14-22. A lso, Reprint.-----. Experiments on the respiratory mechanism of the shore-crab (Carcinus manas). Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb, 1917-18, xxxviii, 48-56. Also, Reprint.—de Man (J.-G.) Sur quelques anomalies observes chez deux especes du genre Pinnotheres latr. de PArchipel indien. CRUSTACEA. 296 CRUZ. Crustacea. Bull. biol. de la France et de la Belgique, Par, 1921, lv, 260-265.—Marchal (P.) Recherches anatomiques et phy- sioiogiques sur Pappareil excreteur des crustaces decapodes. Arch, de zool. exper. et gen. Hist. nat. [etc.], Par, 1892, 2. s, x, 57-275, 9 pi.—Mlculicich (M.) Ein neuer Lernseo- podide. Zool. Anz, Leipz, 1904, xxviii, 47-52—Minkie- wlcz (R.) L'instinct de deguisement et le choix des couleurs chez les crustaces. Rev. gen. d. sc. pures et appliq. Par., 1909, xx, 106-117.—Monti (Rina). Intorno alle formazioni endocellulari del connettivo dei crostacei. R. Ist. Lomb. di sc. e lett. Rendic, Milano, 1918, 2. s, li, 193-208. 1 pi — Morgan (T. H.) A contribution to the embryology and phylogenyofthepycnogonids. Johns Hopkins Univ. Stud. biol. lab. Bait, 1891, v, 1-76, 8 pi.-----. The reflexes con- nected with autotomy in the hermit-crab. Am. J. Physiol, Bost, 1901-2, vi, 278-282—Nowtkoff (M.) Untersuchungen iiber den Bau der Limnadia lenticularis L. Ztschr. f. wissensch. Zool, Leipz, 1905, lxxviii, 561-619, 4 pi.—Xus- baum (J.) & Schrelber (W.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis der sog. Riickenorgane der Crustaceenembryonen. Biol. Cen- tralbl, Leipz, 1898, xviii, 736-746.—Parlsl (B.) Note su alcuni crostacei del Mediterraneo. Monitore zool. ital, Firenze, 1915, xxvi, 62-66.—Pegot (G.) Anomalies du systeme genital de l'exrevisse. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1900, 11. s, ii, 322.—Pollmantl (O.) Note di etologia sui crostacei. Ann. d. Fac. di med, Perugia, 1915, 4. s, v, 63-106.—Pouchet (G.) Contribution a 1'histoire descyames. J. de l'anat. et physiol. [etc.], Par, 1892, xxviii, 99-108,3 pi.— Powers (E. B.) The reactions of crayfishes to gradients of dissolved carbon dioxide and acetic and hydrochloric acids. Biol. Bull, Woods Hole, Mass, 1914, xxvii, 177-200.— Rathbun (Mary J.) The decapod crustaceans of West Africa. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus, Wash, 1900, xxii, 271-316. Also, Reprint.-----. The decapod and stomatopod Crus- tacea. Proc. Wash. Acad. Se, 1900, ii, 133-156, 1 pi.— Richardson (Harriet). The isopod Crustacea. Ibid., 157- 159.—Schmitt (W. L.) The marine decapod Crustacea of California; with special reference to the decapod Crustacea collected by the United States Bureau of Fisheries steamer Albatross in connection with the biological survey of San Francisco Bay during the years 1912-13. Univ. Calif. Pub. Zool, Berkeley, 1921, xxui, 1^470, 50 pi.—von Schdnhorn (E.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Kohlehydratstofiwechsels bei Carcinus ma?nas. Ztschr. f. Biol, Munchen & Berl, 1910-11, lv, 70-82.—Sellier (J.) Existence de la presure dans le sue digestif des crustaces. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1906, lxi, 449.—Tait (J.) Experiments and observations on Crustacea; immersion experiments on ligia. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb, 1916-17, xxxvii, pt. 1, 50; 59; 69: pt. 3, 246; 304.—Thiele (J.) Betrachtungen iiber die Phylo- fenie der Crustaceenbeine. Ztschr. f. wissensch. Zool, ■eipz, 1905, Ixxxii, 445-471, 2 pi.—Unzer (J. A.) Von den Krebsen. Arzt, Hamburg, 1769, iii, 350-361.—Verne (J.) Sur la nature du pigment rouge des crustaces. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1920, Ixxxiii, 963.—Verrill (A. E.) Instance of a new species of Crustacean, apparently in process of evolution. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa, 1908, n. s, xxvii, 491.—Vigler (P.) Les pyrenosomes (parasomes) dans les cellules de la glande digestive de l'^crevisse. Compt. rend, de l'Ass. d. anat, Nancy, 1901, iii, 140-146.— Vltzou (A. N.) Recherches sur la structure et la formation de tegument chez les crustaces deeapodes. Arch, de zool. exper. et gen. Hist. nat. [etc.], Par, 1882, x, 451-576, 6 pi. Crutches. Luneatj (A.) Contribution a l'etude de la paralysie des b^quilles. 8°. Paris, 1919. Abrahamsen (H.) [Crutches.] I'peskr. f. Lseger, K0benh, 1917, lxxix, 1379-1383.—von Baeyer. Der Sitz- stock. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1917, lxiv, s2\).—Ilidou (G.) Bebuille permettant le defacement des jambes a l'aide des bras. Bull. Acad, de med.. Par, 1919. 3. s, Ixxxii, 390-392.-----. A crutch which enables a paraplegic to walk. Lancet, Lond7 1920, i, 296.—Engelmann (G.) Uebergangs- prothesen. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1915, xxviii, 319-321.— Gaugele. Stockzwinge mit GummipuiTer und zuriickzieh- barer Spitze. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl 1916, xiii, 384.—Gerlach-Cassel (W.) Beschreibung einer federnden Armauflage fiir Krankenkrucken. Heilanstalt, Leipz, 1919, xiv, 113—Guenard. Appareil de marche avec jambe en flexion sur la cuisse. Presse mea., Par, 1915 xxiii, 384.—Hall (R. G.) A rolling crutch; preliminarv report. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1918, lxx, 666-668. Also Reprint.—Hirsch (C.) Neuer Stutzapparat fiir Einbcinige an Stelle der bisher gcbrauchlichen Kriicken. Zentralbl f Chir.. Leipz, 1916, xliii, 186-190.—Joll (C. A.) An improved crutch. Lancet, Lond, 1917, i, 538.—Joynt (R. L.) A special crutch for men who have lost both an arm and a leg Brit. M. J, Lond, 1918, i, 508.—Kenny (E. B.) A portable crutch. J. Roy. Nav. M. Serv, Lond, 1919, v, 436.—Kohler (P.) Eine billige Gehhulse. Med. Klin, Berl, 1915, \i, 487 — KrUger-Kroneck. Eineinfacher Siiitzapparat. Mum-hen med. Wchnschr, 1919, lxvi, 846.-L. (ET) An ingenious crutch-head. Lancet, Lond, 1916, i, 1046.—Lovett (R W ) The tripod method of walking with crutches; as applicable to patients with complete paralysis of the lower cxi rcniities J. Am M. Ass Chicago, 1920, lxxiv, 1306-130s.-Mohrlng (P.) Von Stocken, Kriicken und vom Wert des Uebungs- Crutches. beines. Ztschr. f. orthop.'Chir, Stuttg, 1917, xxxvii, 584- 589.—Plnard (A.) Bequille rationnelle. Bull. Acad, de med. Par, 1915, 3. s, lxxiv, 192-194— Reiniger (M.) Be- helfsmassiger Kruckenhalter fiir Handamputierte. Miin- chen. med. Wchnschr, 1916, lxiii, 1029.—Ritschl (A.) Vervollkommnete Kriicken. /2nd., 1250.—Rouguette. B6quilles et appareils de prothese. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap. Par, 1915, xxix, 794-7%. Also: J. de m<§d. de Bordeaux, 1916, xhi, 51-54.—Turner & Amar. Cannes et bequilles en orthopeclie dynamique; modele scientifique d'une canne-soutien. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc., Par, 1915, clxi, 302-304. Crutches (Patent specifications for). Appelman (S. H.) Calk attachment for crutches. No. 1090960; March 24, 1914— Autenvieth (W.) Crutch. No. S6912S; Oct. 22, 1907—Bauerle (J.) Crutch. No. 1077216; Oct. 2\ 1913.—Calentlne (G. C.) Crutch. No. 725612; April 14 1903.—Cole (H. S.) Arm-rest for crutches. No. 736072; Aug. 11, 1903.—Conn (J.) Tubular metal crutch. No. 724382; March 31, 1903.—Conrad (E.) Antislipping at- tachment for crutches. No. 1031247; July 2, 1912.—Drew (W. F.) Adjustable crutch. No. 705741; July 29, 1902 — Dunkel (M. J.) Crutch. No. 862455; Aug. 6, 1 «C —Finkle (L. J.) & Sherman (C. A.) Adjustable crutch. No. 1068878; July 29,1913.—Ftynn(H. H.) Cushion crutch. No. 994584; June 6, 1911.—Frear (C. E.) Crutch extension for artificial legs. No. 1314795; Sept. 2, 1919.—Glasford (S. T.) Crutch. No. 923352; June 1, 1909.—Graves (N. E.) Knee rest for crutches. No. 1120305; Dec. 8, 1914.—Harding (K. D.) Attachment for crutches. No. 1003103; Sept. 12, 1911.— Hargrove (A. S.) Adjustable crutch. No. 855339; April21, 1908.—Havden (E. E.) Crutch. No. 870676; Nov.12,1907.— Hoff (Wr. A. L.) Walking staff. No. 1185906; June 6,1916.— Hood (H. A.) Crutch. No. 9044S1; Nov. 17,1908.—Hough (O. E.) Crutch. No. 66-5439; Jan. 8, 1901.—Hover (J. C.) Crutch. No. 1127893; Feb. 9, 1915.—Hovis (P. S.) Crutch. No. 835108; Nov. 6, 1908.—Jensen (C. L.) & Lahey (L. A.) Crutch. No. 974494; Nov. 1, 1910.—Jones (E. X.) Crutch. No. 834205; Oct. 23,1906.—Jones (F. H.) Adjustable crutch. No. 1073991; Sept. 23, 1913.—Kondirmann (F.) Crutch. No. 1137008: April 27. 1915.—Kritsch (C. E.) Crutch. No. 986999; March 14, 1911—Kunkel (A.» Cane or crutch at- tachment. No. 788541: May 2. bur,.—Loftin (W. H.) Adjustable crutch. No. 973283; Oct. In l9ln — McConnell (G. BA Crutch. No. ^9">41: June 2. h'ti'v—Monroe iD. B.) Crutch. No. 1107981: Aus. IS, 1914.—Morris.. J. W. i A Luck (<;. J.) Foot for crutches or canes. No. 765984: July 26, 1904.—Morse (A. C.) Crutch. No. S1536v. March 20,1906.— Newell (C. A.) Crutch. No. 1061397; Mav 13, 1913.— Parsons (W. B.) Crutch. No. 1004899; Oct. 3, 1911.— Phillips (W. A.) Crutch. No. 770023; Sept. 13, 1904.— Pratt (P. W.) Crutch. No. 6794t»v Julv 30, 1901.-----. Crutch tip. No. 960700; June 7, 1910. —----. Crutch and cane tip. No. 994194; June 6,1911.—Pratt (P. W.) & Foster (R. E.) Elastic tip. No. 710073. Sept. 30, 1902.—Reading (J.H.) Tip for canes or crutches. No .990006: April 18,1911.— Remick(L.) Crutch supporting attachment. No. 1006791; Oct. 24, 1911—Renno (J. A.) Crutch. No. 751942; Feb. 9, 1904.—Restrofl (W. G.) & Lite i M. M ) Crutch attachment. No. 1132119; March 16. 1915.—Rhodes (G. S.) Adjustable crutch. No. 909224: Jan. 12. 1909.—Ricks (J. W.) Attach- ment for crutches. No. 909129; Jan. .">. 1909.—Rogers (C. P.) Crutch-tip. No. 877 iU: Jan. 21. 1908.—Selbert (E. H.) Crutch tip. No. 956»;spender. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1904, b, 616-Schrddei^(H.) Einige Ergebnisse der Kryoskopie fur die Medizin. Apotn.- Ztg Berl , 1904, xix, 533; 541. -----. Die Methode der Bestimmung der Gefrierpunktserniedrigung in ihrer Be- deutung fiir die Medizin. Phys.-med. Monatsh, Berl, 1904-5 i, 71-82.-Strauss (H.) Der Einfluss yon Krvo- skopie und Ionenlehre auf die praktische Therapie. Ztschr. f phvs. u. diatet. Therap, Leipz, 1906-., x, la; bl.— Tedeschi (V.) Sobre un nuevo modelo de cnoscopo de precisi6n. Prensa med. argentina. Buenos Aires, 1916-1 <, & 66-68.—Van Name (R. G.) & Brown (\\ . G.) An apparatus for determining freezing point lowering. Am. J. Sc N. Haven, 1917, xliii, 110-114. Also: Scient. Am. Suppl, N. Y, 1917, Ixxxiv, 92. Also, Reprint.-Wenzel (F.) Die Kryoskopie. Med.-technol. J, Leipz. A Wien, 190<, in, 53-56. Cryotherapy. See Cold (Therapeutics of). Cryptobranchus. Johnston (J. B.) Movements of the cerebro-splnal fluid in Cryptobranchus. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa, 1903, n s " xvii, 530.—Kunitomo. Ueber Blutgefasse in der Epidermis von Cryptobranchus japonicus. [Japanese text. Auszue, Hft. 22.] Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1902, xvii, 999-1012.—Murata (M.) Ceber die Verbreitungsweise der BlutcapiUaren in den inneren Organen von Crypto- branchus japonicus. Mitt. a. d. med. Fakult. d. k. Univ. zu Tokyo, 1910. ix, 133-148,1 pi.—Osawa (G.) Beitrage zur Anatomie des japanischen Riesensalamanders. Mitth. a. d. med. Fac. d. k.-jap. Univ, Tokio, 1901-2, v, 22L427, 44 pi.— Reese(A.M-) The sexual elements of the Giant Salamander (Cryptobranchus allegheniensis). Biol. Bull, Wood's Hole, Mass, 1903-4, vi, 220-223.-----. The enteron and integu- ment of Cryptobranchus allegheniensis. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc. 1904, Lancaster, Pa, 1905, xxvi, 109-120, 2 pi. ——. Anatomy of Cryptobranchus allegheniensis. Am.N aturahst, Bost, 1906, xl, 287-326.-Smlth (B. G.) The life history and habits of Cryptobranchus allegheniensis. Biol. Bull, Wood's Hole, Mass.. 1907, xiii, 5-39.-----. The origin of bilateral symmetry in the embryo of Cryptobranchus alle- gheniensis. J. Morphol, Phila, 1921-22, xxxvi, 357-399. Cryptococcus. Bachmann (A.) Sur la presence de cryptocoques patho- §enes dans les ganglions des chevreaux goitreux. Bull. oc. path, exot. Par, 1921, xiv, 199-202.—Bierbaum (K.) Ueber die Zuchtung des Cryptococcus farciminosus (Ri- volta). Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr, 1919, xxxv, 217.—Bo- quet (A.) A Negre (L.) Polymorphisme et determinisme morphogenique du cryptocoque de Rivolta. Ann. do l'Inst. Pasteur Par, 1919, xxxiii, 184-190.—Carpano (M.) Le associazioni batteriche nelle infezioni da Cryptococcus farci- minosus (Rivolta 1873). Ann. d'ig, Roma, 1918, xxviii, 273-279.—Chalmers (A. J.) & Chrtstopherson (J. Bl Murmekiasmosis amphilaphes [Cryptococcus myrmeciivl. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond, 1914, xvii, 129-135, 3 pi.—Desca- zeaux. Sur la presence de cryptocouues dans le tube digestif d'un chevallymphangiteux. Bull. Soc. path, exot. Par, 1921, xiv, 66-69.—Dodd (S.) The staining of Rivolta's cryptococcus. Vet. Rec, Lond, 1904-5, xvii, 593— Kunst- ler (J.) & Chalne (J.) Notice sur le Cryptococcus. Arch. d'anat. micr. Par, 1903, vi, 83-85.—Lange (W.) Ueber die Zuchtung des Cryptococcus farciminosus (Rivolta). Deut- sche tierarztl. Wchnschr, Hannov, 1921, xxix, 369.—Mu«>so (L.) Etude chimique des cultures du cryptocoque dc Ri- volta. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1919, Ixxxii. 1271- 1273—Sartory (A.) Etude d'une levure nouvelle, le Cryptococcussalmoneus. Ibid., 1906, lx, 850.—Wade (H.W.) Cryptococcus. Studies on cryptoplasmic infection; development of a cryp- tococcus in cultures from an unclassified chronic Philippine ulcer. Philippine J. Sc, Manila, 1918, xiii, Sec. B, 165- 189, 5 pi. Cryptogonimus. Osborn (H. L.) On Cryptogonimus chyli, n. g.,n. sp., a trematode from Lake Chautauqua, N. \., with novel type of ventral sucker. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster. Pa., 1903 n. s, xvii, 533.-----. On Cryptogonimus (n. g.) chili (n sp.), a fluke with two ventral suckers. Zool. Anz.. Leipz, 1903, xxvi, 315-318. -----. On the structure of Cryptogonimus (nov. gen.) chyli (n. sp.i, an aberrant distome from fishes of Michigan and New \ ork. J. Exper. Zool, Phila, 1910-11, ix, 517-526. Cryptophthalmus. See Eye (Abnormities of). Cryptorchism. See Testicle ( Undescended). Crystal qazing. See also. Clairvoyance; Hallucinations; Hypnotism; Mind-Reading; Psychology; Spiritism; Thought-Transference; Trance. Beck. Der Bergkristall. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wiirttemb. arztl. Ver, Stuttg, 1907, lxxvii, 379.-Clodd (E.) Crystal- gazing. Folk-Lore, Lond, 1906, xvii, 3,3-Hahn (L.) Les decouvertes du professeur Otto von Schrcen sur lavie des cristaux. Ann. d. sc. psych. Par , 1902, xu, 161-169.- Jolre(P.) Experience de vision dans lecnstal. /tad, 1903, Xiii 129 -----. Some cases of crystal vision. Ann. Psych. Sc,' Lond, 1908, vii, 522-527.—Lang (A.) Les visions dans le cristal. Ann. d. sc. psych. Par, 189>, viii, 129-14^——-. Mr. Clodd on crystal-gazing. Folk-Lore, Lond.. 1906, xvii, 231-233 —Thomas (N. W.) Crystal gazing;its history and practice, with a discussion of the evidence for telepathic serving, with an introduction by Andrew Lang. Ibid., 479.— Waller (E.) Une aventure romanesque de vision dans le cristal. Ann. d. sc. psych. Par, 1905, xv, 133-142. Crystals and crystallization. Dawes (H. P.) Image formation by crystal- line media (Universitv of Toronto Studies Xo. 58). Repr.from: Philos. Mag, Toronto, Canada, 1916, xxxii, 248-261. Laurent. Precis de cristallographie sum d'une methode simple d'analyse au chalumeau d'apres des lecons particulieres. 12°. Paris, 1847. Lehmann" (O.) Flussige Kristalle und die Theorien des Lebens. 83. Leipz ig. 1900. Leiss (O.) & Schneiderhohn- (H.) Apparate und Arbeitsmethoden zur mikroskopischen I n- tersuchungkristallisierter Korper. 4°. Stuttgart, 1914. Rauber (A. > Die Regeneration der Kryatalle; zweite Untersuchungsreihe. 8°. Leipzig, l>96. ------. Die Umbildung der Kugel. J*3. Jurjeff, 1897. Repr.from: Actaetcomment.imp.Univ. Jurievensis, iv"7. Schmeling (F. W. O.) Kristallographisch- chemisch Untersuchungen. [Greifswald.] :*0. Berlin, 1906. Schwarzmann (M.) *Kr>'stallophotogram- metrie; neues Hilfsverfahren bei der Kn'stall- messung. [Giessen.] 8°. Stuttgart, 1900. Tutton- (A. E. H.) Crystalline structure and chemical constitution. 8°. London, 1910. Wolpert (S ) *Die Einwirkung des Aethyl- und Methylalkohols auf den Kristallwassergehalt einitrer anorganischer Salze. 8°. Konigsberg, 1914. Ambron (H.) & Le Blanc (M.) Einige Beitrage zur Kenntnis der isomorpheu Mischkrystalle. Ber. ii. d. N er- handl. d. k. Sachs. Gesellsch.d. Wissensch. zu Leipz. Math.- phys. Kl, 1894, xlvi, 173-184— Bancroft (W. D.) Crystal- lization in binary systems. Ztschr. f. phvs. Chemie, Leipz., 1903, xlvi, »7. Barlow (W.) & Pope (W. J.) Relation between crystalline form and chemical constitution. Am. Chem. J, Bait, 1909, xiii, 15S-179.—Beekenkamp (J.) Demonstration einiger neuer Strukturmodelle. Verhandl. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wurzb, 190S. xl. No. 1, 1-17. -----. Grundzuge einer kinetischen Kdstalltheorie. Si- CRYSTALS. 299 CTENOCEPHALUS. Crystals and crystallization.- tzungsb. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb, 1911,73-112 — Bomblccl (L.) Alcune obbiezioni circa i supposti cristalli liquidi ed i pretesi cristalli viventi. Mem. r. Accad. d. sc. d. Ist. di Bologna, 1901, 5. s, ix, 555-568. Also, Reprint — Bragg (W. L.) X-rays and crystals. Science Progr. 20. cent.. Lond, 1912-13, vii,372-389,1 pi. Also: J. Rontg. Soc, Lond, 1914, x, 70-82.—Brandowski (E.) Ueber Lichter- scheinungen wahrend der Krystalhsation. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz, 1894, xv, 323-326.—Carrascal (G.) Mlcrc- chimie toxicologique; contribution a l'etude de la germina- tion des cristaux. Arch, internat. de m6d. l£g, Brux, 1910, 1, 205-209.—Chalatow (S. S.) Ueber fliissige Kristaile im tierischen Organismus, deren Entstehungsbedingungen und Eigenschaften. Frankfurt. Ztschr. f. Path, Wiesb, 1913, xiii, 189-209, 2 pi.—Chaudharl (T. C.) Studies in liquid crystals. Chem. News, Lond, 1918, cxvii, 269.—Cohen (H.) & Moesveld (A. L. T.) Kristallisationsverzogerung in iibersattigten Losungen. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz, 1920, xciv, 482-504.—Cottrell (F. G.) On crystalline habit. J. Phys. Chem, Ithaca, 1906, x, 52-57.—Di Brazza (F.) & Plrenne(P.) La vie dans les cristaux. Rev. scient. Par, 1904; 5. s, 1. 518-523.—Dubois (R.) Cultures minerales sur bouillons gelatineux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1904, lvi, 697.—Fraenkel (W.) Die neuen Forschungen G. Tam- manns iiber Mischkristalle. Naturwissenschaften, Berl, 1920, viii, 161-166.—Francois & Lormand. Sur la vision de cristaux microscopiques opaques, la photographie des cristaux microscopiques transparents et opaques et la pho- tographie stereoscopique des cristaux. J. de pharm. et chim. Par, 1922, 7. s, xxv, 376-383.—Freundlich (H.) Ueber die Verminderung der Kristalhsationsgeschwindigkeit durch den Zusatz von Fremdstoflen. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz, 1910, lxxv, 245-256.—Frlediander (J.) & Tarn- mann (G.) Ueber die Krystallisationsgeschwindigkeit. Ibid., 1897, xxiv, 152-159.—Froweln (P. C. F.) Die Disso- ciation krystallwasserhaltiger Salze. Ibid., 1887, i, 5; 362.— Gallego. Cristalogenia. Med. pract, San Fernando, 1909, viii, 379.—Gaubert (P.) Les cristaux liquides. Rev. scient. Par, 1909, 5. s, xi, 33-39.—Goldschmldt (R.) Sur les cristaux liquides. Soc. roy. d. sc. m6d. et nat. de Brux. Bull, 1907, lxv, 240-247.—Gonzalez Carrasch (F.) Microquimia toxicol6gica; contribution al estudio de la germinaci6n de los cristales. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract, Madrid, 1910, lxxxvi, 169-172.—Grtiss (H.) Fliissige Kris- taile. Klin. Wchnschr, Berl, 1922, 1, 330.—Hahn (L.) La vie des cristaux. Ann. d. sc. psych. Par, 1904, xiv, 1-12.—Hall (N. F.) The drainage of crystals. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa, 1917, xxxix, 1148-1152.—Herzog (R. O.) & Becker (K.) Ueber das Kristallisationsvermogen hoch- molekularer Verbindungen. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Berl. & Leipz, 1921, cxii, 231-235.—Hofsass (M.) Ueber einen eigenartigen Fall rhythmischer Kristallordnung. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz, 1918-19, xciii, 754-757.— Hugl (H.) Ueber den Feinbau der Kristaile. Mitt. d. naturf. Gesellsch. in Bern, 1917, pp. xv-xxiii.—Katz (J. R.) Untersuchungen iiber die Bindung des Quellungswassers In quellbaren Krystallen. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Strassb, 1915, xcv, 1-15.—Kober (P. A.) Pervaporatlon, perstillation and percrystallization. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa, 1917, xxxix, 944-948. Also, Reprint.—Krulla (R.) Ein Fall von kristallahnlicher Anordnung staubarti- ger, fester Teilchen. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz.. 1909, lxvi, 126-128.—KUster (E.) Ueber rhythmische Kristalli- sation; Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Liesegang'schen Ringe und verwandter Phanomene. Kolloid-Ztschr, Dresd. & ' Leipz, 1914 xiv, 307-319.—KUster (F. W.) Ueber die KrystaUisationsgeschwindigkeit. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie. Leipz, 1898, xxvii, 222-226.—Le Blanc (M.) & Schmandt (W.) Ueber Kristallisation und Auflossung in wasseriger Losung. Ibid., 1911, lxxvii, 614-638.—Lecha-Marzo (A.) Nouvelles recherches sur la germination des cristaux. Rev. de med. leg. Par, 1910, xvii, 8-12.—Lehmann (O.) Ueber Krystalhsation von Gemengen. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz, 1887, 1, 15; 49. -----. Ueber fliessende Krystalle. Ibid., 1889, iv, 462-472. -----. Fliessende Kristaile und Organismen. Arch. f. Entwcklngsmechn. d. Organ, Leipz, 1906, xxi, 596-609.-----. Scheinbar lebende Kristaile und Myelinformen. Ibid., 1908, xxvi, 483-489.-----. Scheinbar lebende Kristaile, Pseudopodien, Cilien und Muskeln. Biol. Centralbl, Leipz, 1908, xxviii, 481; 513.-----. Fliissige Kristaile und Biologie. Ztschr. f. ang. Mikr, Leipz, 1910, xv, 241-245.-----. Fliissige Kristaile und Avogadros Gesetz. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz, 1910, Ixxi, 355-381.-----. Fliissige Krystalle und Biologie. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1914, lxiii, 74-86.-----' Sur les effets de succion observes dans les cris*taux liquides en voie de bourgeonnement (formes myeliniques). Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1914. clviii, 1100-1103.-----. Fliissige Kristaile und Kolloide. Kolloid-Ztschr, Dresd. & Leipz, 1914, xx, 65-75. -----. Die Lehre von den fliissigen Krystallen und ihre Beziehung zu den Problemen der Biologie. Ergebn. d. Physiol, Wiesb, 1918, xvi, 255-509.—Maillard (L. C.) Cristallisation perio- dique dans l'espace, reproduisant eertaines structures cyto- logiques. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1906, lx, 855-857 — Marc (R.) Ueber die Kristallisation aus wasserigen Losun- gen. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz, 1909, lxvii, 470; 640: 1910, lxxiii, 685-723: 1910-11, lxxv, 710-732.—Marc (R.) & Rltzel (A.) Ueber die Faktoren, die den Kristallhabitus bedingen. Ibid., 1911, lxxvi, 584-590.—Marc (R.) & Wenk Crystals and crystallization. (W.) Ueber die Kristallisation aus wasserigen Losungen. Ibid., 1910, lxviii. 104-114—Mary (A.) & Mary (Alejandro). Los origenes de los cristales y la biologia mineral. Semana m6d, Buenos Aires, 1919, xxvi, 747.—Miers (H. A.) Some recent research upon the birth and affinities of crystals. Science Progr. 20. cent, Lond, 1907-8, ii, 121-134.—Nernst (W.) Ueber die Loslichkeit von Mischkrvstallen. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz, 1892, ix, 137-142.—Nlggll (P.) Knstallstruktur und Chemismus. Vrtljsehr. d. naturf. Ge- sellsch. in Zurich, 1917, lxii, 242-274.—Novack (H. J.) Microscopic crystallization and its application to chemistry and therapeutics. Merck's Rep, N. Y, 1910, xix, 305-309.— Sahmen (R.) Ueber ternare Mischkristalle. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz, 1912, lxxix, 421-455.—Schreine- makers (F. A. H.) Mischkristalle in Systemen dreier Stoffe. Ibid., 1905, Iii, 513-550.—von Schron (O.) Un capitolo della vita dei cristalli (materia e forza). Gazz. internaz. di med, Napoli, 1906, ix, 463-465.-----. La vita dei cristalli. Gazz. sicil. dl med. e chir. [etc.], Palermo, 1906, v, 289-291.—Skrabal (H.) Bemerkung zur Abhand- lung von G. Tammann: Ueber Kristallarten. welche nur bei hohen Drucken absolut stabil sind. Ztschr. i. phys. Chemie, Leipz, 1910, lxxiii, 171.—Slatowratsky (N.) & Tammann (G.) Erweichen Kristalleinder Naheihres Schmelzpunktes? Ibid., 1905, liii, 341-348.—Sommerfeldt (E.) Mikroskopi- sche Beobachtungen fiber Bildungsweise und Auflosung der Kristaile. Ztschr. f. wissensch. Mikr, Leipz, 1906, xxiii, 26-35.—Stortenbeker (W.) Ueber die Loslichkeit von hydratierten Mischkrystallen. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz, 1895, xvii, 643-650.—Tammann (G.) Ueber Kris- tallarten, welche nur bei hohen Drucken absolut stabil sind. Ibid., 1909, lxix, 569-584. -----. Zur Ueberhitzung von Kristallen. Ibid., 1910, lxviii, 257-269. -----. Ueber die Kristalhsationsgeschwindigkeit. Ibid., 1912, lxxxi, 171-186.— Tutton (A. E. H.) Some recent progress in chemical and structural crystallography. Sc. Progr, Lond, 1906-7, 1, 91-116.-----. Crystalline structure, mineral, chemical and liquid. Nature, Lond, 1911, lxxxvi, 163-165.-----. Great advance in crystallography. Proc. Roy. Inst. Gr. Brit. 1911-13, Lond, 1914, xx, 677-702, 4 pi.—Viola (C.) L'analisl strutturale dei cristalli a mezzo delle radiazionl X. Scientia, Bologna, 1918, xxiv, 2. s, 11-21.—Voriander (D.) Fliissige Kristaile und anisotrope Fliissigkeiten. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz, 1918-19, xciii, 516-520.—Vbrlander (D.) & Ernst (Use). Ueber rhythmisches Erstarren. Ibid., 521- 526.—Voriander (D.) & Huth (M. E.) Ueber den Charakter der Doppelbrechung flussiger Kristaile. Ibid., 1910-11, lxxv, 641-^50.------------. Ueber den Charakter der Doppel- brechung pleochroitischer flussiger Kristaile. Ibid., 1913, Ixxxiii, 424-428.—Wahl (W.) The relation between the crystal symmetry of the simpler organic compounds and their molecular constitution. Pt. II. Proc. Roy. Soc, Lond, 1913, lxxxix, s. A, 327-339.—Wald (F.) Ein Beitrag zur Theorie der Krystalhsation. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz, 1889, iii, 572-587.—Walton (J. H.) Crystallization through membranes. J. Phys. Chem, Ithaca, 1909, xiii, 492-500:1911, xv, 45-53.—Weiser (H. B.) Crystallolumines- cence; triboluminescence and crystalloluminescence. J. Phys. Chem, Ithaca, 1918, xxii, 576-595.—Wherry (E. T.) Certain relations between crystalline form, chemical constitu- tion, and optical properties in organic compounds. J. Wash. Acad. Sc, Bait, 1918, viii, 277-285.—Wyroubofl (G.) Les theories modernes sur la structure des milieux cristal- lises. Rev. gen. d. sc. pures et appliq. Par, 1906, xvii, 1050-1059. Csapo (Jozef) [1734-99]. Gyttry (T.) [Biography.] Gyermekgydgyaszat, Buda- pest, 1903, 33-36. Csapo (Sigismond). See von Kraflt-Ebing (Richard) [in 2. s.]. Etude m6dico- legale [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1895. Csatary de Csatar (Louis). Le service de sante des chemins de fer de l'etat R. hongrois. 2 1. 8°. [Budapest, 1897.] Csokor (Johann). Lehrbuch der gerichtlichen Thierheilkunde. vii, 763 pp. 8°. Wien dc Leipzig, W. Braumuller, 1898. ------. The same. 2. Aufl. xi, 833 pp. 8°. Wien dc Leipzig, W. Braumuller, 1902. See, also, Verein "Heilanstalt Alland" [etc.] [in 2. s.]. 8°. Wien & Leipzig, 1898. Ctenocephalus. See, also, Fleas. Harms (B.) Untersuchungen iiber die Larve von Cteno- cephalus canis Curtis. Arch. f. mikr. Anat, Bonn, 1912, lxxx, 167-216, 1 pi—Laveran (A.) & Franchlni (G.) Infezione sperimentale dei mammiferi mediante flagellati del tubo digerente del "Ctenocephalus canis." Pathologica, Genova, 1913-14, vi, 1.—Lyon (H.) Notes on the cat flea (Ctenocephalus felis Bouche). Psyche, Boston, 1915, xxii, 124-132, 1 pi.—Marzocchl (V.) Di un flagellato parassita del tubo digerente del Ctenocephalus canis L. Path. riv. quindicin, Genova, 1910-11, iii, 256. CTENODRILUS. 300 CUEVA. Ctenodrilus. Korschelt (E.) Beobachtungen und Versuche an Cteno- drilus (Zeppelinia) monostylos. Ztschr. f. ang. Anat. [etc.], Berl, 1917-18, ii, 50-74—Sokolow (I.) Ueber eine neue Ctenodrilusart und ihre Vermehrung. Ztschr. f. wissensch. Zool, Leipz, 1910-11, xcvii, 546-603, 3 pi. Ctenophora. Anthon (S. I.) The larva of Ctenophora angustipenms Loew. J. Morphol, Phila, 1908, xix, 541-560,11 pi.—Bauer (V.) Ueber die anscheinend nervose Regulierung der Flirn- merbewegung bei den Rippenquallen. Ztschr. f. allg. Physiol, Jena, 1910, x, 231-248.—Curreri (G.) Osservazioni sulfa struttura dell' ectoderma dei ctenofori. Boll. d. Soc. zool. ital, Roma, 1901, 2. s, ii, 58-76, 1 pi—Flschel (A.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen am Ctenophorenei. Arch. f. Entwcklngsmechn. d. Organ, Leipz, 1897-8, vi, 109-130: 1898, vii, 557-630. 3 pi.—Jonescu (C. N.) Ueber die Cteno- phore Eurhamphaea vexilligera. Jenaische Ztschr. f. Na- turw, Jena, 1908, n. F, xxxvi, 685-691, 1 pi— Komal (T.) Notes on the two Japanese Ctenophores, Lampctia pance- rina Chun and Beroe ramosa n. sp. Annot. zool. japon, Tokyo, 1921, x, 15-18.—Moser (Fanny). Neues iiber Cteno- phorcn. Zool. Anz, Leipz, 1908, xxxiii, 756-759.—Schnei- der (K. C.) Systematische Stellung von Hydroctena salenskii. Ibid., 1904, xxvii, 569-571.-----. Die Urgenital, zellen der Ctenophoren. Ztschr. f. wissensch. Zool, Leipz.- 1904, lxxvi, 388-399, 1 pi.—Vlgnon (P.) Sur les cils des ctenophores et les insertions ciliaires en general. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1901, cxxxii, 1346-1348. Cuadrado (Alonso). Ejercicios practicos de quimica medica con los liltimos metodos de analisis de la orina y un breve estudio de las ptomamas. 104 pp., 21. 8°. Habana, B. Solana dc Cm., 1891. Cuba. See, also. West Indies. Belot (C.) Observaciones sobre los males que se esperimentan en esta Isla de Cuba desde la infancia y consejos dados a las madres y al bello sexo. 2 v. 12°. Nueva York, 1828. Barnet (E. B.) Enfermedades tropicales en Cuba. Rev. med. cubana, Habana, 1911, xix, 323-326. -----. Tropical diseases in Cuba. Am. J. Pub. Health, N. Y, 1912, ii, 635-637.—Duque (M.) Cuba. San.ybeneflc. Bol.oflc, Habana, 1909, ii, 119-125.—Fosalba (R. J.) El problema de la poblaci6n en Cuba. Ibid., i, 430; 578.—Havard (V.) Report of Chief Surgeon, Department of Cuba, July 22,1901. Rep. Surg.-Gen. Army 1900-1901, Wash, 1901, 144-150.— Le Roy y Cassa (J.) La prensa y la bibliografia m^dicas cubanas. Rev. de med, y cirug. de la Habana, 1914, xix, 130-134.—Lugo-Vlfla y Carta (N.) Climoterapia en la Isla de Cuba; ensayo para un trabajo sobre sanidad de nuestro suelo y clima. Ibid., 1907, xii, 276; 30S.—Pons y Fonolls (J.) Apuntes para el estudio de la topografia medica de Cuba. Actas y trab. d. 1« Cong. m£d. nac, Habana, 1905, i, 475-490, 5 pl,T ch. Also: Rev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1905, x, 543; 570.—Trelles (C. M.) Bibliografia m6dica farmac^utica cubana (1707-1905). Actas y trab. d. l«r Cong. med. nac, Habana, 1905, i, 396-400. Cubas (Antonio Garcia). Discurso acerca de la decadencia de la raza indfgena. 13 pp. 8°. Mexico, F. Mata, 1880. yon Cube (Felix) [1876- ]. *Ueber einen Fall von Hirnabscess mit sekundarer eitriger Menin- gitis nach operiertem Empyem der Pleurahohle. 32 pp. 8°. Miinchen, C. Wolf dc Sohn, 1902. Cubebs and cubebine. Deussen (E.) Kubeben und Kubebenextrakt. Dermat. Wchnschr.. Leipz. & Hamb, 1921, lxxiii, 966-971.—Gluiks- mann (C.) Ueber eine neue Identitatsreaktion des K x trac- tum cubebse. Pharm. Praxis, Wien & Leipz, 1912, \i, 97.— Halberkann (J.) Ueber Pseudocubebin; Vorkommen in Ocotea usambarensis Engl. Arch. d. Pharm, Berl, 1916, ecliv, 246-255.—Mameli (E.) Sulla cubebina; nota preli- minare. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1911, xxv, 335-341. -----. Sur la cubebine. Monit. scient. Par, 1911, 5. s, i pt. 2,439-461—Small (J.) Some varieties of cubebs. Pharm. J, Lond, 1912, 4. s, xxxiv, 639-641. Cubeils Blasco (Arturo). Manual del practicante; analomia, cirugia menor, obstetricia. v. 1 & 3 434 pp., 4 1.; 402 pp., 5 1. 8°. Valencia, Pubul y Morales, 1903. Cubertafon (Henri). *Des arthrites tubercu- leuses a forme rhumatismale. 116 pp. 8° Paris, 1903, No. 309. Cubigsteltig (Bernhard) [1882- ]. *Ueber den Wert der Indikanbestimmung bei Hautkrank- Cubigsteltig (Bernhard)—continued. heiten. 36 pp. 8°. Wiirzburg, P. Scheiner, 1911. Cubry (Francois) [1872- ]. *Des luxations de l'extremite inferieure du cubitus compliquant la fracture de Pouteau. 66 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1902, No. 44. Cucherousset (Paul) [1874- ]. *De la fievre typhoide chez l'enfant. 76 pp. 8°. Paris, 1902, No. 275. Cuchi y Dexeus (Tomas) [1821-1901]. Gelpl (F.) Necrologia. Bol. farm, Barcel, 1901, xix, 136-138. Cucullanidae. de Barros Barreto (A. L.) Nota sobre Cucullanidae nov. fam. Brazil-med, Rio de Jan, 1916, xxx, 388.-----. Notas helminthol6gicas: Cucullanus pulcherrimus, n. sp. de nematoideo. Ibid., 1918, xxxii, 137.—Seurat (L. G.) Sur le cucullan de la clemmyde lepreuse et les affinites du genre Cucullanus. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1915, lxxviii, 423-426. Cucumaria. Ackermaxx (G. A.) *Ueber die Anatomie und Zwittrigkeit der Cucumaria laevigata. [Bonn.] 8°. Leipzig, 1902. Also, in: Ztschr. f. wissensch. Zoologie, [Leipz, 1902], lxxii. Ohshima (H.) On the development of Cucumaria echinata v. Marenzeller. Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond, 1920-21, lxv, 173-246, 2 pi. Cudbear. Amy (H. V.) A uniform extract of cudbear. J. Am. Pharm. Ass, Columbus, 1913, ii, 47-51— Berllnger (G. M.) Cudbear as a pharmaceutical coloring. Am. J. Pharm, Phila, 1912, Ixxxiv, 352-369.—Gardner (A.) The red coloring principle of cudbear. J. Am. Pharm. Ass, Colum- bus, 1913, ii, 51-53. Cudennec (Mathieu-Victor) [1886- ]. Con- tribution a l'etude du serum marin comme agent therapeutique, dans eertaines affections de l'en- fance. 55 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1910, No. 9. Cuellar (Zoilo). *Du traitement chirurgical de 1'hypertrophie de la prostate et en particulier de la methode de Bottini. 128 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 583. Cuello (Leovigildo) [1888- ]. *Les peritonites d'origine appendiculaire. 88 pp. 8°. Paris, 1921, No. 596. Cuello (Pedro Gregorio) [1878- ]. *Ueber einen Fall von primarem verkalkten Sarkom des Sinus frontalis. 37 pp., 1 1. 8°. Berlin, G. Schade, [1908]. Cuendet (Henri). *Klinisch-bakteriologische Untersuchungen iiber die Wirkung der Trio- Paste auf die Gangraena pulpse. 4S pp. 8°. Zurich, Buchdr. Berichthaus, 1920. Cuenod (Auguste-Jean) [1868- ]. See Haab (Otto) [in 2. s.]. Atlas manuel d'ophtalmos- copie [etc.]. 12°. Paris, 1S96. Cuenod (Emile). Foi et science. 56 pp. 12°. Lausanne, H. Mignot, 1883. Cuenot (L.) L'origine des nematocystes des eohdiens. pp. 73-102, 1 pi. 8°. Paris, Schlei- cher freres, 1907. Forms No. 3 of: Arch, de zool. exper. et gen. Hist. nat. [etc.], Par, 1907, 4. s, vi. Cuerpo (El) humano. Laminas de anatomfa murales y en colores. 81. 8°. 5 pi. eleph. fol. Mud rid, 1904. Cuerpo de sanidad militar. Ano de 1898. Libro de asiento de los gastos de la sanidad militar. Principia en 3 de diciembre de 1898. Mss. fol. Collection of papers captured from the insurgents in the Philippines. Cuervo Marquez (Louis). &r Marquez (Louis Cuervo). Cuesta (Carlos). *Breve estudio sobre la ligadura del cord6n umbilical. 33 pp. 8°. Mexico, 1891. Cueva (Juan) [1874- ]. *Die Augenheilkunde des Avicenna. Nach der lateinischen Ueber- CUEVA. 301 CULICIDAE. Cueva (Juan)—continued. setzung des Kanon, Venedig 1564 (Buch iii, Fen 3), zum erstenmal ins Deutsche iibertragen. 36 pp., 2 1. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering, 1899. Cuff (Herbert Edmund) [1864-1921]. A course of lectures on medicine to nurses. 2. ed. xiii (11.), - 271 pp. 12°. London, J. dc A. Churchill, 1898. ------. The same. 4. ed. vii, 270 pp. 8°. London, J. dc A. Churchill, 1903. ------. The same. 5. ed. v, 269 pp. 12°. London, J. & A. Churchill, 1907. ------. The same. 6. ed. v, 281 pp. 8°. Lon- don, J. dc A. Churchill, 1913. See( also, Stewart (Isla) & Cult (Herbert E.) [in 2. s.]. Practical nursing. 2 v. 12°. Edinburgh & London, 1899. For Biography, see Brit. M. J, Lond, 1921,ii, 303. Also: Guy's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1921, xxxv, 365. A lso: Lancet, Lond, 1921, ii, 532. Cuffe (Sir Charles McDonough) [1872- 1915]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1915, ii, 589. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1915, n. s, c, 352. Cuffer (Paul-Louis) [1849-1906]. [Biography.] Bull, et mem. Soc. mecl. d. h6p. de Par, 1906, 3. s, xxiii, 129-132.—Siredey (A.) [Biography.] Ibid., 1376-1381. Cugini (Alesandro) [ -1914]. Una lezione clinica sulle illusioni e allucinazioni agli studenti di freniatria nella R. Universita di Parma. 16 pp. roy. 8°. Parma, Adorni- Ugolotti dc Co., 1902. ------. L' ospedale dei bambini di Parma nei primo anniversario dalla sua apertura; un' oc- chiata al suo passato e al suo avvenire. 15 pp., lpl. 8°. Parma, L. Battei, 1902. ------. Studi antropologici; su centoquaranta crani di delinquenti morti nella casa di pena di Parma. 48 pp. roy. 8°. Parma, Adorni-Ugolotti dc Co., 1912. For Biography, see Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1914, 4. s, xx, 97-114 (I. Guareschi). Cugno (Henri). *Contribution a l'etude des pro- cedes de raccourcissement intra-abdominal des ligaments ronds dans le traitement des retro- deviations de Tuterus (un nouveau procede: ligamentopexie retro-uterine et sous-tubo-ova- rienne). 44 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 368. Cuguilldre (Etienne). *Les lepreux et les lepro- series de Toulouse. 68 pp., 1 1., 2 pi. 8°. Toulouse, 1898, No. 267. Cuille (A.) *Le medecin legiste et l'accouche- ment precipite. 95 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1905, No. 604. Culnet (Leon). *L'oesophagoscopie; historique; instrumentation; technique. 61 pp. 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 138. Cuinet (Pierre) [1883- ]. *De la nature des troubles digestifs dans les hernies epigastriques. 38 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1911, No. 31. Cuisinier (Louis) [1881- ]. Contribution a l'etude du role des leucocytes dans l'absorption et le transport du mercure. 61 pp., 1 1. 8°. Lyon, 1904, No. 86. Cuissard (Charles) [1875- ]. *Le pain scienti- fique. 60 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 292. Culan (Albert) [1883- ]. *Le megacolon con- genital, ou dilatation idiopathique du gros in- testin (maladie de Hirschsprung). 120 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 192. Culbertson (Emma Valeria Pintard Bicknell) [1855-1920]. Obituary. Boston M. & S. J, 1920, clxxxii, 134.—Pope (Emily F.) Obituary. Boston M. & S. J, 1920, clxxxii, 132. Culbertson (Howard) [1828-90]. Shastid (T. H.) [ Biography.] In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, v, 3578-3580. Culbertson (Hugh Emmett). Medical men and the law; a modern treatise on the legal rights, duties and liabilities of physicians and surgeons. xv, [17]-325 pp. 8°. Philadelphia dc New York, Lea dc Febiger, 1913. Culbertson (J. C.) Luke: The Beloved physician. Some thoughts pertaining to the versatility of attainments and marvellous genius of the man. 31 pp. 16°. Cincinnati, 1899. ------. The same. [2. ed.] 32 pp. 16°. Cin- cinnati. 1902. Culbreth (David Marvel Reynolds) [1856- ]. A manual of materia medica and pharmacology; comprising all organic and inorganic drugs which are and have been official in the United States Pharmacopoeia. 2. ed. 885 pp. 8°. Philadel- phia, Lea Bros, dc Co., 1900. ------. The same. 4. ed. enlarged and thor- . oughly revised. 976 pp. 8°. Philadelphia dc New York, Lea Bros, dc Co., 1906. ------. The same. 6. ed. xii, 1001 pp. 8°. Philadelphia dc New York, Lea dc Febiger, 1917. ------. The University of Virginia; memoirs of her student-life and professors. 501 pp., 54 pi. 8°. New York dc Washington, The Neale Pub- lishing Company, 1908. Culcer-Petresco (Maria). *Quelques considera- tions a propos d'un cas nouveau de dextrocardie congenitale. 107 pp. 8°. Paris, 1912, No. 107. Culianu (Alexandre N.) [1871- ]. *Quelques considerations d'ordre pratique sur le traitement de l'appendicite. 109 pp. 8°. Paris, 1897, No. 25. Culicidae. See, also, Anopheles; Culex; Mosquitoes; Stegomyia. Taylor (F. H.) The Culicidae of Australia. 8°. [London, 1914.] Cutting from: Tr. Entomol. Soc, Lond, 1914, 683-708, 4 pi. —■ Contributions to a knowledge of Australian Culicidae. 8°. [n. p., 1918.] Repr.from: Proc. Linnean Soc, New South Wales, 1918 xlui, 826-843. Bacot (A.) The comparative effectiveness of certain culicifuges under laboratory conditions. Parasitology, Lond, 1918-19, xi, 221-236.—Barraud (P. J.) Notes on some Culicidae collected in lower Mesopotamia. Bull. Entomol. Research, Lond, 1919-20, x, pt. 3, 323-325 — Bresslau (E.) & Buschklel (M.) Die Parasiten der Stech- miickenlarven. Biol. Zentralbl, Erlang, 1919, xxxix, 325- 336.—Brltton (W. E.) A remarkable outbreak of Culex pipiens Linn. J. Econom. Entomol, Concord, N. H, 1914, vii, 257-260.—Christophers (S. R.) Aids to the identifica- tion of Culicidae other than Anopheles, with special reference to Indian species. Paludism; Simla, 1911, No. 3,40-54,1 pi.— Da Costa Lima (A.) Contnbuicao para o estudo da biofogia dos Culicideos; observacoes sobre a resplracao nas larvas. [Also English transl.] Mem. do Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, Rio de Jan, 1914, vi. 18-34, 1 pi—Dyar (H. G.) A second note on the species of Culex ofthe Bahamas (Diptera, Culicidae). Insecutor [etc.], Wash, 1917, v, 183-187.-----. A revision of the American species of Culex on the male genitalia (Diptera, Culicidae). Ibid., 1918, vi, 86-111, 2 pi. -----. Descriptions of hitherto unknown larvas of Culex. Ibid., 1919, vii, 161-162.-----. A new Culex from Panama. Ibid., 1920, viii, 173. -----. Ring-legged Culex in Texas. Ibid., 1921, ix, 32-34.—Dyar (H. G.) & Barret (H. P.) Descrip- tions of hitherto unknown larvas of Culex (Diptera, Culici- dae). Ibid., 1918, vi, 119.—Dyar (H. G.) & Knab (F.) Notes on the species of Culex of the Bahamas. Ibid., 1915 iii, 112-115.-----------. The genus Culex in the United States (Diptera, Culicidae). Ibid., 1917, v, 170-183.—Ed- wards (F. W.) The African species of Culex and allied genera. Bull. Entomol. Research, Lond, 1911-12, ii, 241-268. -----. A synopsis of the species of African Culicidae other than Anopheles. Ibid., 1912, iii, 1-53.-----. Revised keys to the known larvae of African Culicidae. Ibid., 373-385. -----. Further notes on African Culicidae. Ibid., 1913-14, iv, 47-59. -----. New synonymy in Oriental Culieidas. Ibid., 221-242. -----. On the Oriental Culicid genus Lei- cesteria, Theobald. Ibid., 255-263. -----. New species of Culicidae in the British Museum, with notes on the genitalia of some African Culex. Ibid., 1914-15, v, 63-81.-----. New Culicidae from Borneo and Hongkong. Ibid., 125-128.-----. New and little-known East African Culicidae. Ibid., 273-281. -----. Diagnosis of new Bwnean Culicidae. Ibid., 283-285. CULICID.E. 302 CULLIXGWORTH. Culicidae. -----. Notes on Culicidae, with descriptions of new species. Ibid., 1916-17, vii, 201-229.-----. A synopsis of adult oriental Culicine (including Megarhinine and Sabethine) mosquitoes. Indian J. M. Research, Calcutta, 1922. x, 249-293, 3 pi — Evans (A. M.) Notes on Culicidae collected in Venezuela. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol, Liverp, 1921-2, xv, 445-451: 1922-3, xvi, 213-220, 4 pi.—Feytaud (J.) & Gendre (E.) • Sur la resistance des lanes de Culicides dans les eaux picriquees. Bull. Soc. path, exot. Par, 1919, xii, 231-234.— Frlckhlnger (H. W.) Ueber die Vermehrungsfahigkeit von Culex pipiens. Ztschr. f. ang. Entomol, Berl, 1919, v, 317.—Galli-Valerio (B.) Beobachtungen iiber Culiciden. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1915, lxxvi, 260: 1916, lxxviii, 90-96: 1916-17, lxxix, Orig, 139-143: 1921, Orig, lxxxvi, 31-33. -----. Studi e ricerche sui culicidi. Malarialogia, Napoli,, 1915, viii. 141-143. -----. Beobach- tungen iiber Culiciden. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1919, xlix, 652-657.—Galll-Valerlo (B.) & Rochaz de Jongh (J.) Beobachtungen fiber Culiciden. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], Jena, 1907, 1. Abt, xl, Orig, 468-477:1909, xlix, Orig, 553-558: 1912-13, lxvii, Orig, 472-478: 1914, lxxii, Orig, 529-531.----------. Zur Frage der Eier von Culex cantans. Ibid., 1908, xlviii, Orig, 91.----------. Studi e ricerche sui culicidi (10« memoria). Malaria [etc.], Roma, 1915, vi, 9-11. Also: Malariologia, Napoli, 1915, viii, 9-11.— Glaser (F.) Ueber die Vermehrungsfahigkeit von Culex pipiens. Biol. Centralbl, Leipz, 1917, xxxvii, 531-533.— Gofferje (Margarete). Ueber den Einfluss verschiedener Salze auf die Entwicklungsdauer von Culex pipiens L. und auf das Verhalten der Culex-Larven wahrend der Sub- mersion. Zool. Jahrb. Abt. f. allg. Zool, Jena, 1922, xxxix, 194-300.—Holt (Caroline M.) Multiple complexes in the alimentary tract of Culex pipiens. J. Morphol, Phila, 1917, xxix, 607-826, 4 pi.—Jennings (A. H.) The eggs of Lutzia Bigotii, Ballard!(Culicidae). Canad. Entomol, Lond, 1909, xii, 49.—Joyeux (C.) Note sur les culicides de Macedoine. BuU. Soc. path, exot. Par, 1918, xi,5 30-547.—Koch (A.) Studien an Larven von Culex pipiens bei der Submersion. Zool. Anz, Leipz, 1918,1,105-111.-----. Messende Unter- suchungen iiber den Einfluss von Sauerstofi und Kohlen- saure auf Culex-Larven bei der Submersion. Zool. Jahrb, Jena. Abt. f. allg. Zool, 1919-20, xxxvii, 361-492—Koch (A.) & Gofferje (M.) Zuchtung und Submersion von Culi- cidenlarven in Wasser von verschiedenartigem Salzgehalt. Zool. Anz, Marburg, 1920, li, 92-107.—Langeron. Re- marques sur les larves du Culex geniculatus et sur les larves de culicines pourvues d'un long siphon. Bull., Soc. path. exot. Par, 1916, ix, 438-442.—Legendre (J.) Etude com- paree des culicides de Tchentou (Chine). Ibid., 1908, i, 227-229. -----. Destruction des culicides a l'aide du filet. Ibid., 1913, vi. 43-47—Leger (M.) Contribution a l'etude de la faune culicidienne de la Guyane francaise. Ibid., 1918, xi, 397^00.—Leon (N.) Contributions a l'etude des culi- cides de Roumanie. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1910, liii, Orig, 499-505—Ludlow (Clara S.) New Siberian Culicidae. Insecutor [etc.], Wash, 1919, vii, 1.51- 161.—Macne (J. W. S.) New culicine larvae from the Gold Coast. Bull. Entomol. Research, Lond, 1916, vii, 1-lv— MacGregor (M. E.) Note on Culex pipiens breeding 66 feet below ground. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond, 1916, xix, 142.— Martini (E.) Ueber drei weniger bekannte deutsehe Kull- ziden: Aedes ornatus Meigen; Mansonia richiardii Fie. und Anopheles (Ccelodiazesis) nigripes Stager. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg, Leipz, 1915, xix, 585-607—Seguy (E.) Note sur la determination de nos culicides indigenes. Bull. Soc. path, exot. Par, 1921, xiv; 179-187.—Sen (S. K.) Observations on respiration of cuhcldas. Indian J. M. Re- search, Calcutta, 1914-15, ii, 681-697, 2 pi, 2 ch.-----. A preliminary note on the r61e of blood in culicidae. Ibid 1917, iv, 729-753.—Stanton (A. T.) Notes on Sumatran culicidae. Ibid., 1915-16, iii, 251-2.">v—Stevenson (A. C.) & Wenyon (C. M.) Note on the occurrence of Lankesteria culicisin West Africa. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond, 1915, xviii 196.—Theobald (F. V.) A new culicid genus. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol, Liverp, 1908-9,ii, 297. —---. New Culici.hr from the Sudan. Ibid., 1913-14, vii, .Vjl-tiO'i.—Weschf ( W.) On the larval and pupal stages of West African Culicid;i>. Bull. Entomol. Research, Lond, 1910-11, i, 7-50, 7 pi.— Zucker (A.) Zur Stechmuckenbckampfung. Berl. kiln. Wchnschr, 1915, Iii, 850. Culin (Stewart). Archaeological objects exhibited by the department of archaeology and paleon- tology, University of Pennsylvania, Philadel- phia. 194-213 pp. 8°. Washington, 1895. Cutting from: Rep. Madrid Commission, 1892. Culin (Walter) [1866-1916]. Obituary. Alumni Reg. Univ. Penn, Phila, 1916-17 xix, 674. ' Cullen (Thomas Stephen) [1868- ]. Cancer of the uterus; its pathology, symptomatology, diag- nosis, and treatment; also the pathology of dis- eases of the endometrium, xvi, 693 pp 14 pi 8°. New York, D. Appleton dc Co., 1900 Cullen (Thomas Stephen)—continued. ------. Adeno-Myome des Uterus. 1 p. 1., 91 pp 8°. Berlin, A. Hirschwald, 1903. ------. Adenomyoma of the uterus, illustrated by Hermann Becker and August Horn. 270 pp. 4s. Philadelphia dc London, W. B. Saunders Co 1908. ------. Embryology, anatomy, and diseases of the umbilicus, together with diseases of the urachus; illustrated by Max Brodel. xxi, 680 pp. 4°. Philadelphia dc London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1916. ------. Henry Mills Hurd. the first superintend- ent of the Johns Hopkins Hospital. 147 pp. 12°. Baltimore, The Johns Hopkins Press, 1920. See, also, Kelly (Howard A.) & Cullen (Thomas S.) Mvomata ofthe uterus, [etc.]. 8°. Philadelphia.lWQ. For Biography, see Album Am. Gynec. Soc, Phila., 1918, 120, 1 port. Cullen (WiUiam) [1712-90]. First lines of the practice of physic, for the use of students in the University of Edinburgh. Pt. 2 only, v, 184 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, Charles Cist, 1783. ------. The same. Anfangsgriinde der prak- tischen Arzneykunst; 3. Ausg., nach der neusten englischen Ausgaben des Dr. Rotheram ubersetzt und mit Anmerkungen und Zusatzen vermehret. 4 v. 8°. Leipzig, C. Fritsch, 1800. ------. Clinical lectures delivered in the years 1765 and 1766. 1 p. 1., 338 pp. 8°. London, Lee dc Hurst, 1797. For Biography, see Disciples of ^-Esculapius, 8°, Lond., 1900, ii, 439-460, port. (B. W. Richardson). Cullen (William). *Diss. inaug. qusedam de phthisi curanda complectens. 2 p. 1., 24 pp. 8°. Edinburgi, P. Neill 1S24. Cullen (Wdliam Laing) [1861-1921]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1921, ii, 1012. Culler (Joseph Albertus'i [1858- ]. The first book of anatomy, physiology and hygiene of the human bodv for pupils in the lower grades. x, 7-1S0 pp.' 8°. Philadelphia dc London, [1911]. ------. The same. The third book of anatomy, physiology and hygiene of the human body. 364 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, J. B. Lippincott Co., 1904. Cullerier (M.) [1758-1827]. Barot. Michel Cullerier. A 67-74, port. Cullerre (Alexandre) [1S49- ]. Les enfants nerveux; education et prophvlaxie. iii, 334 pp. 12°. Paris. Payot dc Cie., 1914. Cullerre (Etienne). /Contribution a l'etude des myopathies atrophiques progressives (quelques considerations sur la medication thymique). 63 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1901, Xo. 439. Cullerre (Henry). *Des impulsions svstematisees dans l'ebriete au point de vue clinique et medico-legal. 108 pp. 8°. Paris, 1919. Xo. 111. Cullerre (Rene). "Des retractions tendineuses et de l'arnyotrophie consecutives aux attitudes stereotvpies dans les psychoses. 129 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, Xo. 192. Cullie (Georges). *Contribution chronologique a la question des aliened meconnus et condamn£s. 64 pp. 8°. Paris, 1920, Xo. 273. Cullingworth (Charles James) [1841-1908]. Tu- bal gestation with special reference to its early diagnosis and treatment. 30 pp. 12°. London, [1897]. —;---. On the importance of personal character in the profession of medicine. An address. 15 pp. 8°. London, H. J. Glaisher, 1898. ------. The registration of midlives. 11 pp. 8°. London, [1S9S]. Repr.from: Contemp. Rev, Lond, 1898. Arch. men. d'Anger, 1905, ix, CULLINGWORTH. 303 CUMMING. Cullingworth (Charles James)—continued. ------. Clinical illustrations of diseases of the Fallopian tubes and of early tubal gestation; a series of drawings with descriptive text and histories of the cases. 3. ed. xii, 77 pp., 15 pi. 8°. London, H. J. Glaisher, 1902. ------. Charles White, F. R. S., a great provin- cial surgeon and obstetrician of the eighteenth century, vi, 56 pp., 3 pi., port. 8°. London, H. J. Glaisher, 1904. For Biography, see Album Am. Gynec. Soc, Phila, 1918, 122, port. Also: J. Obst. & Gynsec. Brit. Emp, Lond, 1918, xiii, 445-449: xiv, 39-61. Also: Lancet, Lond, 1908, i, 1519. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Dubl, 1908, n. s, lxxxv, 565. Also: St.Thomas'sHosp. Gaz, Lond, 1908, xviii, 89-93, port. Cullo (Giacomo). Potere di eliminazione della mucosa intestinale. 17 pp. 8°. Palermo, A. Giannitrapani, 1903. ------. Osservazioni cliniche. 45 pp. 8°. Palermo, 1905. Culmann (August) [1884- ]. *Beitrag zur Frage des sogenannten cervikalen, trans- und extraperitonealen Kaiserschnitts. 41 pp. 8°. Leipzig, E. Lehmann, 1910. Culmann (Eduard). *Ueber eine neue Synthese von Pyrazolonderivaten. 48 pp. 8°. Bern, J. Schmidt, 1896. Culot (Pierre-Eugene-Charles) [1885-# ]. *Des accidents causes par l'electricite industrielle; leurs rapports avec la loi du 9 avril 1898. 98 pp. 8°. Lille, 1913, Xo. 17. Culp (Lilli) [1888- ]. *Die Bedeutung des fotalen Hydrocephalus als Geburtshindernis. 39 pp. 8°. Jena, G. Neuenhahn, 1915. Culp (Werner) [1890- ]. *Ein Fall von voll- kommenem Mangel der Grosshirnwindungen. [Heidelberg.] 18 pp. 8°. Mainz, 1914. Culpeper (Xicholas) [1616-54]. Pharmacopoeia Londinensis; or the London Dispensatory. 7 p. 1., 386 pp., 10 1., 1 pi. 16°. London, Printed by a well-wisher to the Commonwealth of England, 1654. ------. Culpeper's last legacy: left and be- queathed to his dearest wife for the publick good; being the choicest and most profitable of those secrets which while he lived were lock'd up in his breast, and resolved never to be pub- lished till after his death . . . ; with an addition of two hundred choice receipts, lately found, never published before in any of his other works; and a complete table. The sixth impression; whereunto is added an exact and perfect treatise of anatomy of the reins and bladder, brains and nerves of all parts of the body, never published before this year, 1685. 6. ed. 4 p. 1., 276 pp., port., 7 1.; 1 p. 1., 60 pp. 12°. London, O. Blagrave, 1685. ------. Complete herbal to which is now added upwards of one hundred additional herbs, with a display of their medicinal and occult qualities; physically applied to the cure of all disorders incident to mankind. To which are now first annexed his English Physician enlarged and Key to Physic, with rules for compounding medicine according to the true system of nature; forming a complete family dispensatory and natural system of physic, to which is also added upwards of fifty choice receipts, selected from the author's last legacy to his wife, vi, 398 pp., 2 1., port., 40 pi. 4°. London, R. Evans, 1814. For Biography, see St. Louis Clinique, 1903, xvi, 161-164 (J. M. Ball). Culpin (Millais). Psychoneuroses of war and ?eace. 127 pp. 8 . Cambridge, University 'ress, 1920. Cultura (La) popular, drgano de las juntas de extensi6n universitaria de Barcelona y su distrito academico. v. 6, 1909. 8°. Barcelona. Culty (Maurice) [1883- ]. *Le traitement chi- rurgical du cancer de la verge et ses resultats. 94 pp., 11. 8°. Lyon, 1908, Xo. 136. Culverwell (Robert James) [1802-50]. Guide to health and long life, or what to eat, drink and avoid, [etc.]. 71 pp. 8°. New York, J. S. Redfield, 1849. Cumarin. Cianci (C.) Nosograflsmo d'azione della cumarina. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med, Napoli, 1908, n. s, xxx, 788-797. -----. Azione della cumarina sul sistema nervoso, sulla temperatura e sul sangue. Ibid., 1009-1025.—Dox (A. W.) & Gaessler (W. G.) An iodine addition product of cumarin. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa, 1917, xxxix, 114-124.— Ellinger (A.) Zur pharmako-dynamischen Charakterisie- rung des Cumarins. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol, Leipz, 1908, Suppl.-Bd, 150-163.—Fromherz (K.) Phar- makologische Wirkungen von Reduktionsprodukten des Cumarins. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1920, cv, 141-144.— Kempt. Die Bedeutung der Leberveranderungen in Folge von Cumarinvergiftung. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat, Jena, 1901, xii, 819-824.—Levaditi (C.) Experimen- telle Untersuchungen iiber Cumarinvergiftung. Ibid., 241- 247.—Senit (E.) Ueber das Vorkommen und den Nach- weis des Kumarins in der Tonkabohne. Pharm. Praxis, Wien & Leipz, 1904, iii, 77-83,1 pi. Cumberbatch (Elkin Percy) [1880- J. Dia- thermy; its production and uses in medicine and surgery, x, 193 pp. 8°. London, W. Heine- mann, [1921]. ------. Essentials of medical electricity. 4. ed. xv, 368 pp., 11 pi. 12°. London, H. Kimpton. 1919. Cumberland disease (the so-called new disease) in Australian sheep; reports, letters, etc., on the subject, compiled by Graham Mitchell, vii, 127 pp., 1 pL, 1 map. 8°. Melbourne, Alex. M'Kmley dc Co., 1877. Cumenge (Maurice). Considerations cliniques sur la bacteriologie de l'uretre. [Paris.] 62 pp. 8°. Etampes, 1921, Xo. 190. Cuming (James) [1833-99]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond, 1899,ii, 629. Also: Lancet, Lond, 1899, ii, 751. Cummer (Clyde Lottridge) [1882- ]. A manual of clinical laboratory methods, xviii, 17^84 pp., 8 pi. 8°. Philadelphia, Lea dc Febiger, 1922. Cumming (Alexander Charles) [1880- ]. Practical chemistry for medical students; with a preface by Professor James Walker. 2. ed. viii, 165 pp. 8°. Edinburgh, J. Thin, 1917. Cumming (C. L.) The artesian wells of Montreal. v, 153 pp. 8°. Ottawa, Govt. Print. Ofl., 1915. Cumming (Hugh S.) [1869- ]. Investigation of the pollution and sanitary conditions of the Potomac watershed, with special reference to self purification and the sanitary condition of shellfish in the lower Potomac river. 259 pp., 9 maps, 18 ch., 13 pi. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Office, 1916. U. S. Treas. Dep. Pub. Health Serv. Hyg Lab. Bull. No. 104 Wash, 1916. For Biography, see Mod. Hosp, Chicago, 1920, xiv, 296. Also: South. M. J, Birmingham, 1920, xiii, 297. Also: Virginia M. Month, Richmond, 1919-20, xlvi, 339 (S. Mc- Guire). Cumming (James Simpson) [1845- 1909]. Obituary. Glasgow M. J, 1909, lxxii, 431. Cumming (Kate). A journal of hospital life in the Confederate Army of Tennessee from the battle of Shiloh to the end of the war; with sketches of life and character, and brief notices of current events during that period. 199 pp. 8°. Louisville, Ky., J. B. Morton dc Co.; New Orleans, La., W. Evilyn, [1866]. 04 CUNNINGHAM. CUMMINGS. Cummings (Bruce Frederick) [1889-1919]. # The louse and its relation to disease; its life-history and habits and how to deal with it. 16 pp. 8°. London, British Museum, 1915. ------. The journal of a disappointed man, by W. X. P. Barbellion (pseud.), with an intro- duction by H. G. Wells, x, 312 pp. 12°. London, Chatto dc Windus, 1919. Cummings (Frederic Russell) [1873- 1908]. [Obituary.] Tr. N. Hampshire M. Soc, Concord, N. H, 1909, 284-286, port. Cummings (Harry J.) [1866-1921]. Obituary. J. Missouri M. Ass, St. Louis, 1921, xviii, 332. Cummings (R. C.) & Gilbert (F. B.) The poor, insanity and State charities laws, State of Xew York, as amended to Jan. 1, 1901; containing the poor law; the insanity law; the State charities law; the support of bastards and provisions of the code of criminal procedure relative to bastardy proceedings, abandonment of wives and children, [etc.]. vii, pp. 546. 8°. Albany, N. Y., M. Bender, 1900. Cummins (Robert Alexander) [1874- ]. Im- provement and the distribution of practice, vi, 72 pp. 8°. New York, Columbia University, 1919. de Cumont (Gaston-Alberic-Maurice) [1884- ]. *Des projectiles de guerre; corps etrangers arti- culaires. 67 pp. 8°. Paris, 1916, Xo. 65. Cumpston (H.) Phthisis in Australia, with more especial reference to Western Australia. 15 pp., 6 diag. 8°. Perth, F. W. Simpson, 1909. Cumston (Charles Greene) [1868- _ ]. The biography of Michel Servetus, the discoverer of the pulmonary circulation. 34 pp. 8°. Boston, D. C. Heath dc Co., 1907. Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J, 1907, clvi. ------. Les faits et gestes de maitre Henry David, lieutenant de Monsieur le premier chirurgien du roy a Marseille. Conference faite a la Societe medicale de Geneve le jeudi 20 juin 1918. 24 pp. 8°. Genive, Georg dc Cie., 1918. ------. Xotre sympathique confrere Francois Rabelais. 24 pp. 8°. Geneve, Georg dc Cie., 1918. ------& Patry (Georges). The surgical treatment of non-malignant affections of the stomach . . . with an introduction by Sir Berkeley G. A. Moynihan. x, 349 pp. 8°. London, W. Heine- mann, 1921. Cumulative book index. Author, title, and sub- ject catalog in one alphabet of books published during 1911-19. roy. 8°. Minneapolis, H. W. Wilson, 1912-20. Cunaeus (Andreas). See von Keil (Andreas). [Cunard Steamship Company.] Springs of health in Great Britain and France. 104 pp. [New York, Gaines Thurman, 1917.] Cunaud (Maurice-Camille-Joseph) [1880- ]. *Le classement des voix. 69 pp. 8°. Bordeaux 1906, Xo. 77. Cundari (Antoine). See Rossi (P.) Les suggesteurs [etc.] [in 2. s.]. 8". Paris, 1904. Cundell (George Richard) [1850-1900]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1900, i, 547. Cuneo (Bernard) [1873-1901]. *De l'envahisse- ment du systeme lymphatique dans le cancer de l'estomac et de ses consequences chirurgicales 119 pp. 8°. Paris, 1900, Xo. 179. ------. The same. 119 pp. 8°. Paris, G. Stein- heil, 1900. ------. Maladies des nerfs, avec 50 figures inter- calees dans le texte. 2 p. 1., 174 pp rov 8° Paris, J.-B. Bailliere dc fils, 1911. Nouveau traits de chirurgie (Le Dentu & P. Delbet), Cuneo (Bernard)—contmued. See, also, Delamere (G.) The lymphatics [etc.]. 8°. Chicago, 1904.—Hartmann (H.) Travaux de chirurgie [etc.]. roy. 8°. Paris, 1903.—Poirier (P.). Charpy (A.) & Cuneo (B.) Abr^ge d'anatomie [etc.]. 8 . Paris, 1908. For Biography, see Gaz. hebd. d. sc. m£d. de Bordeaux, 1901, xxii, 419. Cuneo (Joseph-Augustin-Frederic) [1868- ]. *Tuberculose primitive du sein. 71 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, Xo. 198. da Cunha (Jose). *Beitrage zur Beurteilung der Resultate der Sahli'schen Volumbolometrie nach Untersuchungen bei Gesunden. [Bern.] 19 pp. 8°. Basel, B. Schwabe dc Co., 1917. da Cunha (Jose Gerson) [1844-1900]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1900, ii, 781. da Cunha Moreira (Franklin). *Contribuicao ao estudo etiologico e pathogenico da suffusao icterica. 61 pp., 1 1. roy. 8°. Rio de Janeiro, Rodrigues dc Co., 1897. Cunier (Florent) [1812-53]. De l'emploi de l'acetate de plomb neutre selon la methode de Buys dans le traitement de quelques affections oculaires. 29 pp. 8°. Bruxelles, J. B. de Mortier, 1849. For Biography, see J. d. conn. m6d. prat. Par, 1852-3, xx, 450. Cuningham (James McNabo) [1829- 1905]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1905, ii, 164. Also: Lancet, Lond, 1905, ii, 122. Cunnac (Leon) [1882- ]. *Rigidites spasmo- diques de l'enfance (etiologie; formes cliniques: traitement). 118 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, Xo. 16. Cunning (Mrs. Annie B. [Trim]) [1879- ] & Campbell (A.) The healthy girl, x, 101 pp. 8°. London, H. Frowde, 1916. Cunning (Joseph). Aids to surgery, viii, 394 pp. 16 °. London, Bailliere. Tindall dc Cox, 1904. ------. The same. 2. ed. vi, 404 pp. 16°. London, Bailliere. Tindall dc Cox, 1908. ------. The same. 3. ed. viii.'416 pp. 12°. London, Bailliere, Tindall dc Cox, 1913. ------. The same. 4. ed. viii, 394 pp. 16°. New York, W. Wood dc Co., 1906. Cunningham (Daniel John) [1850-1909]. Contri- bution to the surface anatomy of the cerebral hemispheres; with a chapter upon cranio- cerebral topography. In- Victor Horslev. xii, 358 pp., S pi. 46. Dublin. 1892. Forms No. 7 of: Roy. Irish Acad. Cunningham Mem. ------. Manual of practical anatomv. v. 1. 3. ed. xvii, 605 pp., 1 pi. 12°. Edinburgh, Y. J. Pentland, 1903. ------. The same. Revised bv Arthur Robinson. 2v. 4. ed. 624; 600 pp. 8*. London, Hodder dc Stoughton, 1910. ------. The same. 2 v. 5. ed. 8°. Edinburgh [etc.], II. Frowde and Hodder dc Stoughton, 1912. ------. The same. 2 v. 6. ed. 8°. Edinburgh, Glasgow dc London, H. Frowde and Hodder dc Stoughton, 1914-18. ------. The same. 2 v. 4. ed. xviii. 621 pp.; xvi, 600 pp. 12°. New York, W. Wood dc Co., 1907. ------. The same. Guide de dissection et re- sume' d'anatomie topographique; adaption fran- caise du manuel d'anatomie pratique de . . . par P. Kuborn; ouvrage precede d'une preface par F. Putzeys. xxxi, 3S2 pp. 8°. Liege, M Nierstrass, 1890. ------. Text-book of anatomy, xxi, 1309 pp. 8°. Edinburgh dc London, Y. J. Pentland, 1902. ------. The same. 2. ed. xxiii, 13SS pp. 8°. Edinburgh dc London, Y. J Pentland, 1906. ------. The same. 4. ed. 1 p. 1 . xxv, 1596 pp.. 2 pi. 8°. Edinburgh, Glasgow, d: London, Henry Frowde and Hodder d- Stoughton, 1913. CUNNINGHAM. 305 CUQ. Cunningham (Daniel John)—continued. ------. The same. 2. ed. xxxiii, 1388 pp. 8°. New York, W. Wood dc Co., 1905. ------. The same. 3. ed. xxiii, 1388 pp. 8°. New York, W. Wood dc Co., 1909. ------. The same. 4. ed. xxv, 1596 pp., 2 pi. 8°. New York, W. Wood dc Co., 1913. For Biography, see Anat. Anz, Jena, 1909. xxxv, 109-111 (W. Waldeyer). Also: Brit. M. J, Lond, 1909,ii, 53-57, port. Also: Dubhn J. M. Sc, 1912, cxxxiv, 81-86 (J. Little). Also: Edinb. M. J, 1909, n. s, iii. 40-43, port. (G. A. G.). Also: J. Anat. & Physiol, Lond, 1909-10, xliv, 1-3 (Sir W.Turner). Also: Lancet, Lond, 1909, ii, 54. Also: Man, Lond, 1909, ix, 97-99, port. (A. Thomson). Also: Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb, 1909-10, xxx, pt. 7, 569-579. Cunningham (David Douglas) [1843-19141. On certain effects of starvation on vegetable and animal tissues. 47 pp. 4°. Calcutta, Supt. of Govt. Printg., 1879. For Biography, see Brit. M. J, Lond, 1915, i, 89; 141. Also: Indian M. Gaz, Calcutta, 1915, 1, 118. Also: Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond, 1916, lxxxix, s. B, pp. xv-xx (D. P.). Cunningham (Edward Linzee) [1810- 1904]. Obituary. Boston M. & S. J, 1905, ciii, 148. Abo/Bull. Harvard M. Alumni Ass, Bost, 1905, n. s. No. 1, 86. Cunningham (Frank Martin) [ 1914]. [Obituary.] J- Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1914, lxiii, 178. Cunningham (George) [1852-1919]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1919, i, 327. Cunningham (J. M.) Dr. W. Reid Blair, veteri- nary surgeon of the Xew York Zoological Society during the past ten years, pp. 3-15. 24°. Boston, 1909. Cunningham (J. T.) [1859- ]. Sexual dimor- phism in the animal kingdom; a theory of the evolution of secondary sexual characters, xi, 317 pp. 8°. London, A. dc C. Black, 1900. ------. Hormones and heredity; a discussion of the evolution of adaptations and the evolution of species, xx, 246 pp. 8°". London, Constable dc Co., 1921. See, also, Elmer (G. H. T.) Organic evolution [etc.]. 8°. London, 1890. Cunningham (John). The destruction of fleas by exposure to the sun. 2p.l.,27 pp. fol. Calcutta, Government Printing, 1911. Forms No. 40 of: Scient. Mem. Med. Off. India, Calcutta. Cunningham (John Wesley) [1873- 1922]. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1922, lxxix, 984. Cunningham (Mrs. Marion Ellis). Madame Curie (Sklodowska) and the story of radium, with a foreword by Lady Muir-Mackenzie. x, 59 pp. 12°. London, The Saint Catherine Press, 1918. Cunningham (Richard Hoope) [1865- ]. Death by electricity. 7 pp. 8°. [n. p.], 1899. Repr.from: Electrical World and Engineer, 1899, xxxiv. In: Stud. Depart. Physiol, Columbia Univ. [etc.], N. Y. Cunningham (Robert Oliver) [1841- 1918]. Obituary. Lancet, Lond, 1918, ii, 157. Cuno (Ernst) [1883- ]. *Ueber Losungen in Gemischen von Alkohol und Wasser. 2 p. 1., 38 pp., 11. 8°. Erlangen, Junge dc Sohn, 1907. Cunraden (Christian). Der xci. Psalm neben noch einem Gebethe umb gnadige Abwendung gegenwartiger Pest, poetisch gesetzet. 4 1. sm. 4°. Bresslaw, G. Bauman, 1633. German and Latin text. Cuntz (Wilhelm) [1888- ]. *Ueber sogenannte "parasyphilitische" Affektionen innerer Organe Envaehsener. 57 pp. 1 1. 8°. Heidelberg, T., Berkenbusch, 1912. 11877°—Vol. IV, 3d series—22----20 Cuny (Albert). *Ueber seltene hamorrhagische Symptome des Typhus abdominalis. [Giessen.] 21 pp., 21. 8°. Mainz, H. Prickarts, 1915. Cuny (Edouard-Joseph-Marie-Paul) [1886- # ]. Contribution a l'etude du traitement chirurgical des thromboses variqueuses du membre infe- rieur. 63 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911, Xo. 255. Cuny (Jean Jacques Ullrich) [1883- ]. *Fiinf hundert Falle von Lumbalanaesthesie an der Wurzburger kgl. Universitats-Frauenklinik. 31 pp. 8°. Wiirzburg, F. Scheiner, 1913. Cunynghame (Robert James Blair) [1841-1903]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1904, i, 52. Also: Lancet, Lond, 1904, i, 201. Also: Scot. M. & S. J, Edinb, 1904, xiv, 176. Cuoco (P.) See De Gaetano (L.) Appunti dl patologia chirurgica. 8°. Napoli, 1901. Cupping. See, also, Hypereemia (Artificial). Goudret (L. F.) Des effets de la derivation, et troisieme appendice a mes observations sur les affections cerebro-oculaires. 2. ed. 8°. Paris, 1833. Junod (T.) Observations sur les effets avan- tageux des grandes ventouses; extrait d'un memoire adresse' a l'Academie royale des sciences. 8°. [Paris, n. d.] Repr.from: Gaz. d. h6p. Par. Blechmann (G.) Presentation d'une ventouse de Bier modifiee pour prise de sang chez les jeunes enfants (reaction de Wassermann, etc.). Bull. Soc. de p6diat. de Par, 1914, xvi, 62.—Bonnette. Empreintes des ventouses chez les pleur^tiques et les pneumoniques. Caducee, Par, 1908, viii, 109.—Bravo (F. E.) Un caso de c61ico nefritico provocado por una ventosa escariflcada. Clin, castellana, Valladolid, 1915, x, 95-97.—Bressanln. De l'application directe sur 1'ceil de la ventouse a aspiration systeme Junod. Cong. internat. de med. C.-r, Par, 1900, Sect, d'ophtol, 326 — Devienne (F.) Apparatus for the rapid application of cupping-glasses, suction-cups, etc. [Pat. spec] No. 1397038; Nov. 15, 1921.—Dickinson (V.) A case of cupping instru- ments. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1916-17, x, Sect. Hist. Med, 90-93.—Doudney (L.) Cupping amongst the natives of northern Nigeria. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1915, 1, 502 — Eddovves (A.) Cupping as a method of treatment. Med. Press, Lond, 1920, n. s, ex, 394.—Epstein (J.) The thera- peutic value of cupping. N.York M. J. [etc.], 1920, cxii, 584 — Farmachldls (G. B!) Ricerche sperimentali sul mecca- nismo d' azione delle ventose. Riforma med, Napoli, 1921, xxxvii, 457.—Hall (M.) On crossed incisions in cup- ping, and on dry cupping. In his: Pract. Obs. & Sug- gestions, Lond, 1845, 51-53.—Israel. Todesfall infolge von Schropfen. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl, 1910, xxxiii, 385-388.—von Jaksch (R.) Eine Bemerkung zu dem Auf- satze des Dr. S. Rubinstein; eine modificirte Methode des Schropfens. Therap. Monatsh, Berl, 1902, xvi, 370.— Klapp (R.) Die Saugbehandlung. Berl. Klinik, 1906, xviii, Hft. 212, 1-18.—Lemoine (G.) Les ventouses scari- fies. Gaz. m£d. beige, Liege, 1902-3, xv, 45-47. Abo/Nord med, Lille, 1902, viii, 229-231.—Maxam (J. A.) Suction and compression cupping apparatus. [Pat. spec.] No. 1179129; April 11, 1916.—Monoyer. Sur les ventouses. Lyon m<§d, 1903, c, 801-803.—Raudnitz (R. W.) Zwei neue Saugapparate. Prag. med. Wchnschr, 1906, xxxi, 439.—Roche (H.) Laventouse. Paris med, 1911-12, No. 49, pp. xxi-xxv.—Rubinstein (S.) Eine modificirte Methode des Schropfens. Therap. Monatsh, Berl, 1902, xvi, 289-291. -----. Erwiderung auf die Bemerkung des Prof. v. Jaksch zu meiner Mittheilung iiber: Eine modificirte Methode des Schropfens. Ibid., 471.—Saighman (E. S.) Electrical and thermal cupping device. [Pat. spec] No. 872688; Dec. 3, 1907.—Schultze. Traitement des inflammations et des sup- purations aigues par la ventouse. Progres med. Par, 1908, 3. s, xxiv, 16-18.—Schuster (J.) Saugbehandlung im Mittelalter. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1908, lv, 406.— Washington (B. H.) Dry-cupping as an excito-secretory remedial agent. Confed. States M. & S. J, Richmond, 1864, i, 201-211.—Welsh (Mabelle S.) Cups for colds; the barber, the surgeon and the nurse. Am. J. Nursing, Rochester, N. Y, 1918-19, xix, 763-766. Cups and their customs. 2. ed. vi, 62 pp., 1 pi. 12°. London, J. van Voorst, 1869. Cuq (Honore) [1879- ]. *Traitement du rhu- matisme cerebral par 1'hydrotherapie. 69 pp., 11. 8°. Montpellier, 1906, Xo. 8. CUQUERELLA. 306 CURATULO. Cuquerella (Antonio). *Des fistules hypogastn- ques consecutives a, la taille sus-pubienne. 148 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905, Xo. 90. Curare. See, also, Arrow-poison. Bogdanoff (Guenia). *Le curare exerce-t-il une action sur le coeur? 8°. Lausanne, 1910. Fuhner (H.) *Curarestudien. Die periphere Wirkung des Guanidins. [Freiburg i. Br.] 8°. Leipzig, 1907. Also, in: Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol, Leipz. 1908, lix, 161-178. Semenikline (Alexandra). *Recherches sur le curare. 8°. Lausanne, 1909. Toneff (Stoi'an). *Empoisonnement du tronc nerveux moteur par le curare. 8°. Lausanne, 1904. Abels (A.) Das siidamerikanische Pfeilgift Curare als "Zigeunergift." Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist, Leipz, 1909, xxxv, 180-182—Ackermann (D.) Kurze Bemerkungen fiber Curare-Ersatzpraparate. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1921, lxviii, 12.—Albanese (M.) Sulle modificazioni subite nei fegato dai principio attivo del curare. Arch, farmacol. sper, Roma, 1903, ii, 331; 337.— Amantea (G.) Sub' azione del curaro applicato diretta- mente sui centri nervosi. Arch, di farmacol. sper, Roma, 1912, xiv, 41-73. Ateo[Abstr.]: Riv. di patol. nerv, Firenze, 1912, xvii, 696-700.—Babak (E.) & Chodounsky (K.) Zur Lehre von der physiologischen Wirkung der Curare- alkaloide. Zentralbl. f. Physiol, Leipz. & Wien, 1904, xviii, 282-285.—Billard (G.) & Dieulafe (L.) Influence de la tension superficielle des solutions de curare sur leur toxicity. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1904, lvi, 146—Boruttau (H.) Ueber das Wesen der Kurarewirkung. Zentralbl. f. Physiol, Leipz, 1916, xxxi, 303-309.—Busquet (H.) Retard de la curarisation chez les grenouilles a moelle d^truite et chez les grenouilles en etat de choc. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1909, lxvii, 657; 707.-----. Sur Taction du curare chez les grenouilles k moelle d£truite ou en 6tat de choc; retard de reflet toxique et causedeceretard. Arch.internat. de pharmacod, Brux. & Par, 1910, xx, 233-245.—Camis (M.) Sulla resistenza del Leptodactylus ocellatus (Rana argentina) verso il curaro e sopra altri punti della fisiologia generale dei muscoli. Arch, di farmacol. sper, Roma, 1916, xxi, 3-48.-----. Sobre la curarizacidn del Leptodactylus ocellatus. Semanam^d, Buenos Aires, 1917, xxiv,i, 239-241. -----. Observations sur quelques travaux relatifs a la cura- risation du "Leptodactylus ocellatus." J. de phvsiol. et de path, gen. Par, 1919, xviii, 497-502.—Carriere (G.) Le sort du curare introiduit dans le tube digestif. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par., 1899, 11. s, i, 351-353.—Cavalle. Re- cherches microscopiques sur la localisation de l'empoisonne- ment par le curare. Ibid, 1903, lv, 615-617. Also: Cong. internat. de,med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, path. g£n, 349.-----. Etat des terminaisons nerveuses dans les muscles stries, sous Pinfluence du curare (recherches microscopiques sur la localisation de l'empoisonnement par le curare). Cong, internat. de mexi. C.-r, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect. d'anat, 110-113.—Cervera (L.) Determination de la dose minima curarisante des curares bresihens pour la grenouilles europeenne. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1920 Ixxxiii, 1282.—Cervera (L.) & Gugllelmettl (J.) Sensibihte com- paree au curare de Leptodactylus ocellatus et des grenouille europeennes. Ibid., 1499.—Cnlo (M.) Sulla dissociazione dei movimenti respiratori per opera del curaro. Arch, dl farmacol. sper, Roma, 1911, xh, 533-545— Clorlndo (F.) Influenza della fatica nell' avvelenamento da curaro (tesl di laurea). Gior. d. r. Soc. ed Accad. vet. ital, Torino, 1908, lvii, 597-605.—Czubalski (F.) Ueber den Einfluss von Curare auf die Verdauungsdriisen (Speicheldriise, Pankreas) und die Gerinnungsfahigkeit des Blutes. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol, Bonn, 1910, cxxxiii, 225-237.-Dontas (S. A.) & Chelmls (C. A.) De FaiteratIon de l'elasticite des muscles dans l'empoisonnement par le curare. Greco mdd, Syra, 1901, iii, 44—Frank (O.) & von Gebhard (F.) Die Wir- kung von Curare auf die Ausscheidung der Kohlensaure und des Stiekstofles. Ztschr. f. Biol, Miinchen A Berl., 1902, n. F, xxv, 117-124.—Frankforter (C. B.) & Newton (H. M.) A chemical study of curare. Science. N. V. & Lancaster, Pa, 1906, n. s, xxiv, 199.—Galllard ( \.") Le curare. Anjou med. Angers, 1899, vl, 159-164.—(.ioffredl (C.) Influenza della fatica sulla tossicita da curaro. Arch. di farmacol. sper, Roma, 1908, vii, 241-252. Also: Atti d. r. Accad. med.-chir. di Napoli. 1908, n. s, lxii, 170-181.— Gugllelmettl (J.) Acci6n del curare sobre el miocardio del Leptodactylus ooellatus(L.) Gir y del Bufomarinus. Prensa med. argentina, Buenos Aires, 1917-18,iv, 141.—Herzen (A.) & Odler (R.) Alteration des fibres et filaments nerveux par le curare. Arch, internat. de physiol, Liege & Par, 1904, i, 364-372-Hoffmann (A. C~ A.) Ein Curare-Fall. Allg. homoop. Ztg, Leipz, 1902, cxlv, 81.—Houssay (B. A.) Replica a los comentanos hechos al trabajo de Houssay y Hug: "La curarizaci6n del Leptodactylus ocellatus (L.) Gir." Semana med, Buenos Aires, 1917, xxiv, i, 285-290.— Houssay (B. A.) & Hug (E.) Observations sur la note relative a la curarisation de deux batraciens d'Ameiique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1916, lxxix, 1016-1018 -----------. La curarizacidn del Leptodactylus ocellatus (L.) Gir. Rev. Asoc. med. argent, Buenos Aires, 1916, xxv, 190. Also, transl.: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1916, lxxix, 977-979.-----------. Toxicidad del curare para la rana y sapo comunes del pais y para el cobavo. Semana med, Buenos Aires, 1916, xxhi, ii, 259-261.—Jacob] (C.) Zur sparsamen Verwendung des Curare bei Froschversu- chen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1907, xxxiii, 1540.—Jakabhazy (S.) Beitrage zur Pharmako- logie der Curarealkaloide. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharma- kol, Leipz.. 1899, xiii, 10-27.—Labesse. Le curare de l'Oreboque (d'apr&s les notes orales et manuscrits d'Albert Gaillard de Tiremois). Anjou mea. Angers, 1906, xiii, 294-302.—Laplcque (L.) & Lapicque (Marcelle). Sur le mecanisme de la curarisation. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1908, lxv, 733-735.-----------. Action du curare sur les muscles d'animaux divers. Ibid., 1910, lxviii, 1C07-1010. -----------. Sur l'antagonisme entre le curare et la phy- sostigmine. Ibid., 1912,lxxii.674-676.----------.Quelques points de Paction du curare. Ibid., 1913, lxxiv, 1392-1395. -----------. Sur la sensibility de Leptodactylus ocellatus vis-a-vis du curare. Ibid., 1922, Ixxxvii, 421-423.—Laplcque (M.) Action du curare sur le muscle dans la serie animale. J. de physiol. et de path, gen. Par, 1914-15, xvi, 99^-1015.— Lapicque (M.) & Veil (Catherine). Action du curare sur le myocarde de la grenouille. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1916, lxxix, 154-156.—Lecha-Marao (A.) La "genni- nacidn" del curare en el acido fosfo-tungstico. Gac. med. catal, Barcel, 1909, xxxiv, 281-283—McGuigan (H.) The central action of curare. J. Pharmacol. & Exper. Therap., Bait.. 1916, viii, 471-476.—Martin (E. G.) & Stiles (P. G.) The Influence of curare on vasomotor reflex thresholds. Am. J. Phvsiol, Bost, 1914, xxxiv, 220-224.—Mlslawsky (N.) Action du curare sur Pappareil terminal nerveux des muscles stries. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1914, lxxvii, 15.—Pagano (G.) A proposito dell' azione del curaro apphcato direttamente sui centri nervosi. Riv. dl patol. nerv., Firenze, 1912, xvii, 513-517.—Petteratl (G.) Intorno ad alcune apphcazioni terapeutiche del curaro. N. riv. clin.-terap, Napoh, 1901, lv, 297-301.—Poulsson (E.) Notiz iiber eine eigentumliche Anwendung von Kurare. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol, Leipz, 1916-17, lxxx, 50.—Rocek (J.) Ueber den Einfluss des Kurare auf die Sekretion der Hautdriisen. Rev. de med. tcheque, Prague, 1909, i, 99-101.—Santesson (C. G.) Enthalt das Curare Eiweiss? Skandin. Arch. f. Phvsiol, Leipz, 1900-1901, xi, 238-244.-----. Pfeilgiftstudien; ein mit Kurare vergifteter Pfeil aus dem westiicben Brasilien. Ibid., Berl. & Leipz, 1920, xl, 143-179.—Santesson (C. G.) & Cederldw (E.) Ueber ein recreationsahnliches Phanomen bei der Curare- wirkung gewisser Gifte. Ibid., I/eipz, 1900-1901, xi, 198-216.— Tangl (F.) & Verzar (F.) Ceber die Wirkung von Curare und verschiedenen Narkotica auf den Gaswechsel. Bio- chem. Ztschr, Berl., 1918, xcii, 318-343. Curarine. Gros (O.) *Versuche iiber die Curarin wirkung bei Kaninchen mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Entgiftungsverlaufes und des angeblichen Antagonismus zwischen Curarin und Physostig- min. 8°. Leipzig, 1908. Boehm (R.) Ueber Curarin und Curaril. Therap. d. Gegenw.. Berl, 1904, xlv, 489-492.-----. Ueber die Wir- kungen des Curarin und \ erwandtes. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pnarmakol, Leipz, 1910, lxiii, 177-227.-----.Ueber die Darstellung von Curarin in kleinem Maassstab. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol, Bonn, 1910, exxwi, 203-207.—Garten (S.) Wird die Funktion des markhaltigen Nerven durch Curarin beelnflusst? Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol, Leipz, 1912, lxviii, 243 274, 2 pi.—Gros (O.) Ueber die letale Dosis des Curarin fiir das Kaninchen bei intravendser oder kon- junktivaler Applikation. Ibid., 1914, lxxvii, 183-1S5.— Joseph (D. R.) A Meltzer (S.J.) On the difference between the effects of intravenous and intra-aortic injections of cura- rin in frogs. J. Pharmacol. & Exper. Therap, Bait, 1911- 12, iii, 465-467— Rothberger (C. J.) Weitere Mittheilungen fiber Antagonist en des Curarins (Nlcotin, Guanidin, Vera- trin. Phenolreihe, Kresole, Tetraathylammoniumjodid). Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol, Bonn, 1902, xcii, 398-450, 1 diag.—Swlrskl (G.) Ueber den Einfluss des Curarin auf die Fortbewegung des festen Magen-Danninhaltes beim Frosch. Ibid., 1901, lxxxv, 220-256. Curatulo (Giacomo Emilio). Tuberculosi perito- neale di origine genitale; laparatomia, guari- 'one; considerazioni critiche. 5 pp. 8°. oggibonsi, Capelli dc Co., 1895. ----. L' arte di Juno Lucina in Roma; storia dell' ostetricia dalle sue origini lino al secolo xx, con documenti inediti. xxiii, 248 pp. roy. 8°. Roma, 1902. CURATULO. 307 CURORT. Curatulo (Giacomo Emilio)—continued. ------. The same. Die Kunst der Juno Lucina in Rom. Geschichte der Geburtshilfe von ihren ersten Anfangen bis zum 20. Jahrhundert, mit nicht veroffentlichten Dokumenten. x, 247 pp. 8°. Berlin, A. Hirschwald, 1902. ------& Tarulli (L.) La secrezione interna delle ovaie; studio clinico e sperimentale. 100 pp., 4 tab. 8°. Roma, frat. Centenari, 1896. Curchod (Ernest). *Le traitement de l'avorte- ment septique a la Maternity de Lausanne. [Lausanne.] 92 pp. 8°. Berne, 1916. Curchod (Henri). *L'6tude des niveaux bacte- rins de Beijerinck. 60 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Genlve, Wyss dc Duchene, 1905. Curci (Antonio). L' organismo vivente e la sua anima; saggio di elettrofisiologia normale e patologica. 2 p. 1., 245 pp., 11. 8°. Palermo, . A. Reber, 1904. See, also, Federlci (Emilio). La prevenzione del suicidio [etc.]. 8°. Venezia, 1901. Curcio (Attilio). Apparecchi ortopedici ed arti artificiali. 3 p. 1., 292 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Torino, Unione typogr. ed., 1907. Curcio (E.) Evoluzione della neuro-patologia nei secolo presente in rapporto ai progressi dell' ana- tomia e della psicologia. 69 pp. 8°. Roma, L. Cechini, 1899. Supplemento agli Annali di medicina navale, 1899. Curculionidae. da Costa Lima (A.) Sobre alguns curculionideos que vivem nos bambtis. [Also, English translation.] Mem. do Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, Rio de Jan, 1914, vi, 117-123, 2 pi.; 224-230, 2 pi. -----. Descripcao dum novo genero com uma nova especie de bezouro cholidio (fam. Curculio- nidae, subfam. Curculionida?). [Also, English translation.] Ibid., 217-220, 1 pi.—Marshall (G. A. K.) Some injurious South African weevils. Bull. Entomol. Research, Lond, 1919-20, x, pt. 3, 273-276, 1 pi. -----. On new species of curculionidse attacking forest trees in India. Ibid., 1921, xii, 165-180.—Polrson (H.) Un cas de pseudo-parasitisme in- testinal par larves de charancon. Bull. Soc. path, exot. Par, 1917, x, 385. Cure (La) de citron. Un remede contre la goutte aigue et chronique (podagre, chiragre etc.); le rhumatisme et les calculs biliaires. Traduction autorisee de la 27. 6d. allemande. 67 pp. 16°. Geneve, P. G. Drehmann, [1897]. Cure (The) of consumption. A message of hope; by one who has been cured, pp. 245-254. 8°. London, 1903. Cutting from: Pall Mall Mag, Lond, 1903, xxx. Cureau (Adolphe-Louis) [1864- ^ ]. Les societes primitives de 1'Afrique £quatoriale. xii, 420 pp., 18 pi., 1 map. 8°. Paris, A. Colin, 1912. Cureau de la Cham ore (Francois). Delaunay (P.) Francois Cureau de la Chambre. France med. Par, 1904, li, 437-441. Curel (Ernest) [1881- ]. *Quelques considera- tions sur un cas de rhumatisme chronique d'emblee. 51pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1906, No. 67. Cures (The) of the diseased in forraine attempts of the English nation, London, 1598. Repro- duced in facsimile with introduction and notes by Charles Singer. 71., 28 pp., 31. 12°. Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1915. Curet (Jean) [1883- ]. *R61e pathogene de l'anguillule intestinale (Strongyloides stercoralis Bavay, 1877). 56 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1907, No. 68. Curet (Rene-Charles-Marie) [1888- ). *Du traitement de l'incontinence d'urine infantile dite essentielle par les injections epidurales de se>um artificiel. 39 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1910, No. 18. Curette [and curettage]. See, also, Bones (Surgery of, Methods in); Instruments (Medical and surgical); Uterus (Curettage of). Curette [and curettage]. Black (F. B.) Snare curette. [Pat. spec] No. 932103; Aug. 24, 1909.—Coveny (Mary A.) The use and abuse of the curette. Woman's M. J, Toledo, 1905, xv, 147-149.— Falx (A.) Presentation d'instrument; curette digitale et discussion de ces instruments. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par, 1906, ix, 155-158.—Gebhard. Zur Technik der Untersu- chung curettirter Massen. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak, Stuttg, 1898, xxxviii, 321-325. [Discussion], 337-342.— Jones (A.W.) Curette. [Pat. spec] No. 1092914; April 14, 1914.—Kaczynski (H.) [Improved curette.] Gaz. lek, Warszawa, 1912,, 2. s, 1334-1336.—Loewy (L.) Ein lehr- reicher Fall von Ecouvillonnage. Jahrb. f. Kinderh, Leipz, 1899, xlix, 128-131.—McCurry (J. H.) Curette. [Pat. spec] No. 1033914; July 30,1912.—Moormeister (F. T. M.) Uterine curette. [Pat. spec] No. 879297; Feb. 18,1908.—Portmann (G.) Curette cesophagienne et tracheo-bronchique. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. m6d. de Bordeaux, 1922, xliii, 21. Also: Rev. de laryngol. [etc.], Par, 1922, xhii, 351.—Reavley (E.) Curette. [Pat. spec] No. 839641; Dec. 25,1906.—Schachter (M.) Ueber den Gebrauch des scharfen Loflels in der Chi- rurgie. Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1899, iv, 765-767. Curgenven (John 5mw&m)[1831-1903]. Obituary. St. Barth. Hosp. J, Lond, 1903-4, xi, 49. Curgenven (John Sadler). The child's diet. 96 pp. 12°. London, H. K. Lewis, 1905. Curie (Alfred) [1873- ]. ^Traitement du spina bifida. 80 pp. ' 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 32. Curie (Mme. Marie [Sklodowska]) [1867- ]. Traite de radioactivite. 2 v. xiii, 426 pp., port. [front.], 1 pi.; 2 p. 1., 548 pp., 5 pi. roy. 8°. Paris, Gauthier-Villars, 1910. See, also, Abbe (R.) Special meeting in honor of Madame Curie. Tr. Coll. Phys, Phila, 1921, 3. s, xliii, 75-92. For Biography, see Med. Rev. of Rev, N. Y, 1921, xxvii, 288-291,1 pi. (M. W. Thewlis). ------. See, also: Cunningham (Mrs. M. E.) Madame Curie and the story of radium. 12°. London, 1918. Curie (Paul F.) Domestic homoeopathy; with additions and improvements by Gideon Hum- phrey, xxxiv, 250 pp. 16°. Philadelphia, J. Harding, 1839. Curie (Pierre) [1859-1906]. [Obituary.] Allg. Wien. med. Ztg, 1906, li, 191. Also: Bull, de l'Inst. gen. psychol. Par, 1906, vi, 171-177. Also: Chem. & Drug, Lond, 1906, lxviii, 626. Also: Nature, Lond, 1905-6, lxxiii, 612 (F. S.). Also: Radium, Par, 1906, iii, 129-132. Also: Rev. scient. Par, 1906, 5. s, v, 513-515. Curioni (i/me. M.) [1892- ]. *De quelques cas de tuberculose oculaire traites par la tuberculine. 32 pp. 8°. Paris, 1920, No. 200. Curiosities (Les) de la flagellation; suite de faits et d'anecdotes recueillis par un amateur flagellant. 2 v. 104 pp.; 118 pp. 12°. Londres, Searing Bros., [1880]. Curiosities (Medical). See Amulets; Medicine (Anecdotes, Curiosi- ties, etc., of); Medicine (History of). Curletti (Lauro-Angel). Contribution a l'etude des nephrites toxiques aigues. 68 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 662. Curman (Carl Peter) [1833-1913]. Edholm (E.) [Obituary.] Tidsskr. i mil. Halsov, Stockholm, 1913, xxxviii, 300-304—Wide (A. G.) [Obitu- ary.] Hygiea, Stockh, 1913, lxxv, 1105-1132. Curmer (Albert-Edouard-Natalis-Jacques) [1875- ]. ^Contribution a l'etude de l'hysteropexie et de ses precedes operatoires. 36 pp. 8°. Lille, 1902, No. 115. Curnow (John) [1846-1902]. Individualism; an introductory address delivered before the Medical Society of King's College. 24 pp. 8°. London, J. Strangeways, 1873. For Biography, see Brit. M. J, Lond, 1902, ii, 226. Also: Lancet, Lond, 1902, ii, 174-177, port. Also: Med.-chir. Tr, Lond, 1903, lxxxvi, pp. cxx-cxxii (A. Willet). Curort (Der) Baden bei Wien. In Wort und Bild. Herausg. von der Curcommission. 149 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Wien dc Leipzig, F. Deuticke, 1900. CUROT. 308 CURTIN. Curot (Ed.) Assurances des chevaux contre les accidents et la mortalite; etude technique et medico-legale. xv, 279 pp. 12°. Paris, Assehn dc Houzeau, 1907. Curradi (Giovanni). Dell' uso alimentare delle carni di animali tubercolosi. 24 pp. S°. Fi- renze, G. Civelli, 1897. . ------. La sardigna di Varlungo nell' igiene di Firenze e d' intorni. 8°. Firenze, 1898. Currants. Alpers (K.) Johannisbeerkerne und deren Oel. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl, 1916, xxxii, 499.—Franzen (H.) & Schuhmacher (E.) Ueber die chemischen Bestandteile griiner Pflanzen; fiber die durch Bleiacetat fallbaren Sauren der Johannisbeeren (Ribes rubrum). Ztschr. f .physiol. Chem, Berl. & Leipz, 1921, cxv, 9-37.—Lees (A. H.) Reversion and resistance to big bud in black currants. Ann. Applied Biol, Lond, 1918, v n-27, 4 pi.—Voges (E.) Ueber Blattfleckenpilze der Johannisbeere. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol [etc.], 2. Abt, Jena, 1911, xxx, 573-579. Currens (John Randolph) [1865-1921]. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1921, lxxvii, 1986. Currie (Daniel Augustus) [1842-1911]. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1911, lvi, 831. Also: J. Med. Soc. N. Jersey, Orange, 1910-11, vii, 596. Currie (Donald Herbert) [1876-1918]. The second international conference on leprosy, held in Bergen, Norway, August 16 to 19, 1909. 10 pp. 8°. Washington, Govt. Print. Off., 1909. Treas. Dept. Publ. Health & Marine-Hosp. Serv. ------. Studies upon leprosy, mosquitoes in rela- tion to the transmission of leprosy; flies in rela- tion to the transmission of leprosy, pp. 3-42. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Off.. 1910. Pub. Health Rep. U. S. Mar. Hosp. Serv. Bull. No. 39. ------. Studies upon leprosy; notes upon the studies of histories of lepers from the standpoint of transmission, pp. 3-11. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Off., 1911. Pub. Health Rep. U. S. Mar. Hosp. Serv. Bull. No. 41. For Biography, see Boston M. & S. J, 1919, clxxx, 58. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1919, lxxii, 134. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y, 1919, xcv, 70. ------, Clegg (Moses T.) & Hollmann (Harry T.) Studies upon leprosy; the artificial cultivation of the bacillus of leprosy; attempts at specific therapy in leprosy. 62 pp. 8°. Washington. 1912. Treas. Dep. Pub. Health & Mar.-Hosp. Serv. Bull. No. 47. -------------------. Studies upon leprosy; im- munity; further observations in rat leprosy; a statistical study of the nasal lesions in leprosy. 23 pp. 8°. Washington, 1912. Treas. Dep. Pub. Health & Mar.-Hosp. Serv. Bull. No. 50. ■-----& Hollmann (Harry T.) Studies upon leprosy* mosquitoes in relation to the transmis- sion of leprosy; flies in relation to the transmis- sion of leprosy, by Donald H. Currie; heredity versus environment in leprosy, by Harry T. Hollman. 50 pp. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Of}.. 1910. Treas. Dep. Pub. Health & Mar.-Hosp. Serv. Bull. No. 39. ------------. Studies upon leprosy; notes on the study of histories of lepers from the standpoint of transmission; a contribution to the study of rat leprosy. 36 pp. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Off., 1911. Treas. Dep. Pub. Health A Mar.-Hosp. Serv. Bull. No. 41. —;---------. Studies upon leprosy; a contribu- tion to the study of rat leprosy, pp. 12-32. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Off., 1911. Pub. Health Rep. U. S. Mar.-Hosp. Serv. Bull. No. 41. Currie (Hugh Brown) [1872-1916]. Obituary. ('.lasgow M. J, 1915, Ixxxiv, 442. Also: South African M. Rec, Cape Town, 1916, xiii, 310. Currie (James) [1756-1805]. Medical reports on the effect of water, cold and warm, as a remedy in fever and other diseases. 430 pp. 8°. Phila- delphia, J. Humphreys, 1808. For Biography, see Ann. Med. Hist, N. Y, 1919, ii, 81 (W. Osier). Also: Brit. M. J, Lond, 1903, i, 880. Also: Caledon. M. J, Glasg, 1899-1900, n. s, 218-232, port, [front.] (J. R. Logan). Also: Liverpool M.-Chir. J, 1916, xxxvi, 105-122 (J. R. Logan). Currie t'Marv Montgomerie). The way of dreams. pp. 950-967. 8°. New York, 1903. Cutting from: Nineteenth Cent, N. Y, 1903, liii. Currie (Rolla Patteson) [1875- ]. Catalogue of the exhibit of economic entomology at the Lewis and Clark Exposition, Portland, Oregon, J!)()o 127 pp. 83. Washington, Gov. Print. Off., 1905. Bull. No. 53 of: U. S. Dep. Agric. Div. Entomol, Wash. Currie (William) [1754-1^2s]. See Hunter (John) [in 2. s.]. A treatise on the venereal [etc.]. 8°. Philadelphia, 1787. Currier (Andrew Fay) [1851- ]. The human body and the work which it does; a brief conside- ration of the fundamental facts of anatomy, phy- siology, and hygiene. 48 pp. 8°. Nev: York, The Globe, 1917. Currier (Charles Gilman). Outlines of practical hygiene. 3. ed. v. 482 pp. 8°. New York, E. B. Treat dc Co., 1898. ------. The same. 5. ed. vi. 488 pp. 8°. New York, E. B. Treat dc Co., 1905. Currier (David 31) [1840-1921]. Obituary. Tr. N. Hampshire M. Soc, Manchester, 1921, cxxx, 202-204, port. Currier (Enoch Henry) [1849-1917]. Hodgson (E. A.) [Obituary.] Am. Ann. Deaf, Wash, 1917, lxii, 404-412, port. Curry (William A.) [1S27-1914]. [Obituary.] J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1914. lxiii, 1126. Curschmann .' Fritz Carl Ernst Julius) [1879- J. *Bietet der quere Fundalschnitt l>ei der Sectio csesarea(G. Frits leibstvphus. x. 450 pp. 8". Wien. A. Holder, 1898." Forms 1. Th, v. 3, of: Spec. Path. u. Ther. (N'othnageD. ------. Das Fleckenfieber. 170 pp.. 2 pi. 83. Wien. 1900. Forms 2. Th, v. 3, of: Spec. Path. u. Therap. (Xothnagel). ------. The same. Typhoid fever and typhus fever; edited with additions -by William Osier; authorized translation from the German under the editorial supervision of Alfred Stengel. 646 pp. 8°. Philadelphia dc London, W. B. Saunders dc Co., 1901. Notlmagel's Encycl. Pract. Med. See, alio, His (W.) jr. [in 2. s.J. Geschichte der medicini- schen Klinik zu Leipzig [etc.]. 8°. Leipzig, 1899. For Biography, S(e Perl. klin. Wchnschr, 1910, xhii, 998 (Romberg), .llso: Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. u. Berl, 1910, xxxvi, 1090 (His). Also: Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med.. Leipz., 1910, xcix, pp. iii-vi (Krehl). Also: Fortschr. d. Med, Berl, 1910, xxviii, 609-611 (S. Steinert). Also: Lancet, Lond, 1910, i, 1725. Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1909, lvi, 1961, port. (S.L Also: Ztschr. f. Tu- berk, Leipz, 1910, xvi, 1-4 (F. Wolff). Curth (Hermann [Peter]) [1889- ]. *Ueberdie Reduktion des Acetvlacetonharnstoffs. 50 pp. 8°. Kiel, Schmidt <£• Klaunig, 1914. Curtil tA.) [1S82- ]. *I.e pseudo-gliome de la ratine. 108 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1910, No. 4. Curtin (Roland Gideon\[*1839-1913]. The Phila- delphia General Hospital; the history of the Philadelphia Almshouse and Hospital, from CTJRTIN. 309 CUSHING. Curtin (Roland Gideon)—continued. their inception to the consolidation of the county and city of Philadelphia in 1854. 46 pp., 4 pi., port. 8°. Philadelphia, [1908]. Repr. from: Founder's Week Memorial volume, Phila, 1683-1908. -----. A study of ancient and modern secret medical fraternities. 24 pp. 8°. [n.p.,n. d.] For Biography, see Alumni Reg. Univ. Penn, Phila, 1912-13, xv, 520. Also: Am. J. Trop. Dis. [etc.], N. Orl, 1913, i, 250-255 (J. M. Anders). Also: Am. Soc. Trop. M, Phila, 1913,viii,26-30(J.M.Anders). Also:J. Am.M.Ass, Chicago, 1913, lx, 920. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y, 1913,Ixxxiii, 535. Also: Phila. Gen. Hosp. Rep, 1913, ix, 1914, 190-200 (S. D. Risley). Also: Tr. Coll. Phys, Phila, 1913, 3. s, xxxv, pp.lvii-lxix (S. D. Risley). Curtis (Benjamin Farquhar) [1857- ]. See Wharton (Henry R.) & Curtis (B. Farquhar) [in 2. s.]. The practice of surgery [etc.]. 8°. Philadelphia, 1902. Curtis (Edward). Manual of general medicinal technology, including prescription writing, viii, pp. 224. 16°. New York, W. Wood dc Co., 1883. -----. Nature and health; a popular treatise on the hygiene of the person and the home, ix, 313 pp. 12°. New York, H. Holt dc Co., 1906. For Biography, see Boston M. & S. J, 1913, clxviii, 145. Also: J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1912, lix, 2172. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y, 1912, Ixxxii, 1038. Curtis (Edward M.) [1840-74]. Shastid (T. H.) [Biography.] In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, v, 3592. Curtis (Florence Rising). The libraries of the American state and national institutions for defectives, dependents, and delinquents, iv, 56 pp. 8°. Minneapolis, 1918. Curtis (Frederic Colton) [1843- ]. Vaccination; what is it; what it does; what its claims are on the people. 38 pp., 6 pi. 8°. Albany, J. B. Lyon, 1908. For Biography, see Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1907, xxii, 221, port. Curtis (Henry Holbrook) [1856-1920]. ,SeeFriedrich(E. P.) Rhinology [etc.]. 8°. Philadelphia & London, 1900. For Biography, see J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1920, lxxiv, 1471. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1920, cxi, 909. Curtis (Henry Jones). The essentials of practical bacteriology; an elementary laboratory book for students and practitioners, xvi, 291 pp. 8°. London, New York dc Bombay, Longmans, Green dc Co., 1900. Curtis (J. L.) Guide medical du mariage avec des instructions pour atteindre son but moral et gouter ses legitimes plaisirs et pour eviter ses difncultes physiques, [etc.]. 198 pp. 16°. Paris, F. Brachet, 1868. Curtis (John Green) [1844-1913]. The Hippocratic oath. 5 pp. 8°. New York, 1902, Wm. Wood dc Co., pub., 1902. In: Stud. Dep. Physiol. Columbia Univ. [N. Y.]. ■-----. Harvey's views on the use of the circula- tion of the blood, xi, 194 pp., front. 8°. New York, Columbia University Press, 1915. For Biography, see Med. Rec, N. Y, 1913, Ixxxiv, 579. Curtis (John Harrison) [1778- ]. Simplicity of living; observations on the preservation of health in infancy, youth, [etc.]. 4. ed. xvi, 382 pp., port., 1 pi. 12°. London, J. Churchill, 1842. For Biography, see Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago. 1914, v, 3592-3600 (T. H. Shastid). For Portrait, see Collection of Portr. (Libr.). Curtis (M. E.) Nothing to pay and other health lectures. 130 pp. 12°. London, 1905. Curtis (Winterton Conway) [1875- ]. Science and human affairs from the viewpoint of biology. vii, 330 pp. 8°. New York, Harcourt, Brace dc Co., 1922. Curtis Publishing Company, Philadelphia. The collection of Franklin imprints in the museum Curtis Publishing Company—continued. of the Curtis Publishing Company, with a short title check list of all the books, pamphlets, broadsides, etc., known to have been printed by Benjamin Franklin; compiled by William J. Campbell. 333 pp. 4°. Philadelphia, The Curtis Pub. Co., 1918. Curtiss (WiUiam M.) [1869-1914], Obituary. Proc. Connect. M. Soc, New Haven, 1914, exxii, 229. Curtius (Ferdinand) [1876- ]. *Ein Fall von ausgebreiteter Carcinose der Meningen im An- schlusse an ein Mammacarcinom. 18 pp., 1 1. 8°. Munchen, C. Wolf dc Sohn, 1903. Curtius (Mathseus). See Corti(Matteo). Curtius (Otto) [1883- ]. *Em Fall von kom- plizierter Impferkrankung des Auges. 1 p. 1., 20 pp., 11. 8°. Munchen, R. Oldenbourg, 1912. Curts (Robert Morrison) [1871-1916]. Obituary. J. Med. Soc. N. Jersey, Orange, 1916, xiii, 238; 251. Also: Tr. N. York & N. Eng. Ass. Railway Surg, N. Y, 1916, xxvi, 127. Curtze (Erich) [1882- ]. *Das Wachstum des Mammakarzinoms. 29 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Bonn, C. Georgi, 1909. Curwen (John) [1821-1901]. Chapin (J. B.) [Biography.] Proc. Am. Psychol. Ass, N. Y, 1902, ix, 298.—Curwen (J. S.) John Curwen, the musical educator. Child, Lond, 1910-11, i, 802-804.— Obituary. Alumni Reg.Univ. Penn, Phila, 1901-2, vi, 45. Curwen (K. M.) Simple experimental hygiene, physiology, and infant management, for the use of school teachers, x, 353 pp. 12°. London, C. Griffin dc Co., 1918. Cury (Henri) [1872- ]. *Hygiene sociale de la grossesse chez les femmes de la classe ouvriere. 75 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 394. ------. The same. 75 pp. 8°. Paris, H. Jouve, 1898. Cusani (Martino). Esposizione sommaria deU' or- dinamento e funzionamento del servizio sanitario in campagna presso 1' esercito italiano. 50 pp. 8°. Roma, E. Voghera, 1906. Cusanus (Nicolaus) [1401-64]. Schmiz (C.) Die Medizin des Nikolaus Cusanus. Miin- chen. med. Wchnschr, 1908, lv, 2210. Cuscuta. Yuncker (T. G.) Revision of the North American and West Indian species of Cuscuta. 8°. Urbana, III, 1920. 111. Biol. Monographs, vi, Nos. 2-3. Campanile (Giulia). Contribuzioni alio studio delle cuscute delF erba medica. Riv. di biol, Roma, 1922, iv, 175-202, 2 pi.—Gertz (O.) Untersuchungen iiber die Haus- torienbildung bei Cuscuta. Centralbl. I. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt, Jena, 1920, li, 2S7-315.—Holterbach (H.) Vergiftung durch Kleeseide (Cuscuta trifolii). Deutsche tierarztl. Wchnschr, Hannov, 1908, xvi, 553-556.—Molliard (M.) Cultures saprophytiques de Cuscuta monogyna. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1908, cxlvii, 685-687. Cushing (Edward Fitch) [1862-1911]. Obituary. Boston M. & S. J, 1911, clxiv, 588. Also: J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1911, lvi, 1053. Cushing (Ernest Watson) [1847-1916]. [Obituary.] Album Am. Gynec. Soc, Phila, 1918, 128, port. Also: Boston M. & S. J, 1916, clxxv, 359. Also: J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1916, lxvii, 826. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1916, civ, 464. Also: Tr. Am. Gynec. Soc, Phila, 1917, xiii, 639-641, port. (C. M. Green). Cushing (Harvey Williams) [1869- ]. Surgery of the head. In: Surgery (Keen). 8°. Phila. & Lond., 1908, iii, 17-276. ------. Tumors of the brain and meninges. In: Modern Med. (Osier). 8°. Phila. & N. Y., 1910, vii, 418-458, 2 pi. ------. Hydrocephalus. In: Modern Med. (Osier). 8°. PUla. & N- Y., 1910, vii, 459-466, 4 pi. CUSHING. 310 CUTTER. Cushing (Harvey Williams)—continued. ------. The pituitary body and its disorders; clinical states produced by disorders of the hypophysis cerebri; an amplification of the Harvey lecture for December, 1910. x, 341 pp., front, roy. 8°. Philadelphia dc London., J. B. Lippincott Company, 1912. ------. Tumors of the nervus acusticus and the syndrome of the cerebellopontile angle, viii, 296 pp. 8°. Philadelphia dc London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1917. Cushing (Henry E.) [ -1907]. [Obituary.] J- Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1907, xlix, 709. Cushing (Henry Kirke) [1828-1910]. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1910, liv, 723. Cushing (Herbert H.) See Bohm (Alexander A.) & von Davldoff (M.) A text- book of histology, [etc.]. 8°. Philadelphia, 1900. Cushing (Wainwright) [1841-1918]. In memoriam. 8°. Portland, 1918. Publ.by: Mil. Order Loyal LegionU. S. Commandery of the State of Maine, Portland, 1918. Cushman (Allerton Seward) [1867- ]. Chem- istry and civilization. 151 pp. 8°. Boston, R. G. Badger, 1920. Cushman (Joseph Augustine). A monograph of the Foraminifera of the North Pacific Ocean. Pts. I, III, IV, V, XI. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Off., 1910-14. Forms Bull. No. 71, Smithsonian Institution. Cushman (Marshall L.) [1883-1921]. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1921, lxxvii, 635. Also: J. Mich. M. Soc, Grand Rapids, 1921, xx, 366. Cushny (Arthur Robertson) [1866- ]. A text- book of pharmacology and therapeutics, or the action of drugs in health and disease. 730 pp. 8°. Philadelphia dc New York, Lea Bros, dc Co., 1899. ------. The same. 2. ed. 732 pp. 8°. Phila- delphia, Lea Bros, dc Co., 1901. ------. The same. 3. ed. 756 pp. 8°. Phila- delphia, Lea Bros, dc Co., 1903. ------. The same. 4. ed. 752 pp. 8°. Phila- delphia dc New York, Lea Bros. & Co., 1906. ------. The same. 5. ed. 744 pp. 8°. Phila- delphia dc New York, Lea dc Febiger, 1910. ------. The same. 6. ed. x, 17-708 pp. 8°. Philadelphia dc New York, Lea dc Febiger, 1915. ------. The same. 7. ed. viii, 712 pp. 8°. Philadelphia dc New York, Lea dc Febiger, 1918. ------. The secretion of urine, xi, 241 pp. 8°. London, Longmans, Green dc Co., 1917. Cusick(J. T.) Phosphorus in butter. 18 pp. 8°. Ithaca, Univ. Press, 1920. Cornell Univ. Agr. Exper. Station, Mem. No. 30. Cuspidors. See Spittoons. Cussac (Andre). *Des richesses naturelles de Biarritz en therapeutique marine. [Toulouse]. 124 pp. 8°. Bayonne, 1911, No. 14. Ecole de pharmacie. ------. The same. 122 pp. 8°. Bayonne, A. Foltzer, 1911. Cusson (Henri). *Essai de traitement de l'orohi- epididymite blennorragique par injections intra- veineuses de vaccin antityphique T. A. B 59 pp. 8°. Paris, 1920, No. 349. Cusson (Pierre) [1727-83]. Shastid (T. H.) [Biography.] In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, v, 3601-3602. Cusson (Pierre) [1878- ]. Contribution a l'etude de l'hypertrophie congenitale. 104 pp 3 pi. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 22. ------. The same. 104 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Pans, J.-B. Bailltere dc fils, 1906. Custer (Gustav.) Grundsatze fur die Gesund- heitspflege des Kindes im ersten Lebensjahr (Sauglingsalter). 6. Aufl. 28 pp. 12°. Zurich, Th. Schroter, 1898. Custer (Julius). Cocain und Infiltrationsanas- thesie. 79 pp. 12°. Basel, Schweigerhaus, 1898. Custodis (Udo) [1876- ]. *Ueber perforirende eitrig-jauchige Endometritis des Cervixkrebs. 24 pp., 11. 8°. Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1900. ------. Die Verletzung der Arteria meningea media, viii, 200 pp. 8°. Berlin, A. Hirschwald, 1908. Cutbush (James) [1788-1823]. Smith (E. F.) James Cutbush, an American chemist. 12°. Philadelphia, 1919. Cuthbertson (John Montagu) [1841- 1914]. [Obituary.] Brit. M. J., Lond, 1914, i, 513. Also: Glas- gow M. J, 1914, lxxxi, 275. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1915, n. s, c, 594. Cuticle See Skin. Cutis anserina. Quarelli (G.) Sul fenomeno della cutis anserina. Pen- siero med, Milano, 1917, vii, 451^52. Cutler (Elbridge Georg) [1846- ]. The care of the sick room. 54 pp., 11. 8°. Cambridge, Har- vard University Press, 1914. Cutler (Frank Chapin). A natural cure for a national malady. 109 pp., port. 8°. [Worcester, Mass., Commonwealth Press, 1914.] Cutler (George I. )[1S33-1912]. Hopkins (A. W.) Obituary. Tr. N. Hampshire M. Soc, Concord, 1913, exxii, 250. Cutler (Manasseh) [1742-1823]. An account of some of the vegetable productions, naturally growing in this part of America, botanically arranged, pp. 395-493, port, [front.]. 4°. Cin- cinnati, J. U. dc C. G. Lloyd, 1903. Forms Bull. 7 of: Bulletin of the Lloyd library. Repr. from: Transactions of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, Boston, 1785. Cuttat (Georges). *De l'etiologie de l'hypertro- phie prostatique. Ip. l.,16pp. 8°. Geneve, 1912. Cuttat-Galizka (M.) *Untersuchungen iiber den postmortalen Lymphfluss und die Lymphbil- dung bei vermindertem Kapillardruck. [Bern.] 40 pp. 8°. Miinchen, R. Oldenbourg, 1911. Cutten (George Barton). The psychology of alcoholism. 1 p. 1., xvi (1 1.). 357 pp. 8°. London, The Walter Scott Publishing Co. \etc.\ 1909. ------. Three thousand years of mental healing. viii (2 1.), 318 pp., front. 8°. New York, C. Scribner's Sons, 1911. Cutter (Calvin). Anatomy and physiology, de- signed for academies and families. 3. ed. xiv, 16-340 pp., 1 pi. 12°. Bostoyi, B. B. Mussey, 1847. ------. The same. Kitabu mabadiyin at-tashrihi wa 'lfisiyiilujiya wa 'lhijiyin liawladi 'lmadarisi; tarjamahu an aslin inglizin alqasu Jurj Bust. [Transl. from the original English by the priest George Bust,] 2. ed. 182 pp. 8°. Beyrouth, American Press, 1889. ------. First book on anatomy, physiology and hygiene for grammar schools and families. 180 pp., 5 1. 12°. Boston, B. B. Mussey, 1849. Cutter (Charles). Souvenir of Hot Springs, Arkansas. 16 1. obi. 16°. Little Rock, Ark., A. N. Kellog, [1904]. Cutter (Ephraim) [1832-1917]. Obituary. Boston M. & S. J, 1917, clxxvi, 684. Also: J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1917, lxviii, 1426. Also: Med. Rec. N.Y, 1917, xci, 779. A wo; Virginia M. Semi-Mouth, Rich- i mond, 1917-18, xxii, 128-130. CUTTER. 311 CYANOCUPROL. Cutter (Eunice P.) Human and comparative anatomy, physiology, and hygiene. 132, 8 pp. 12°. New York, Clark, Austin dc Smith, 1855. Cutter (George Rogers) [1840-91]. Explanatory text to Wood's ophthalmic test-types and color- blindness tests. 16 pp. 8°. New York, W. Wood dc Co., 1880. For Biography, see Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, v, 3604 (T. H. Shastid). Cutter (Irving Samuel) [1875- ]. Editor of: Nebraska State Medical Journal, Omaha, 1916-17. Cutter (John Clarence) [1851-1909]. Powers (Sarah H.) [Biography.] Boston M. & S. J, 1916, clxxv, 675-677. Cutter (William R.) [Manuscript in reference to small-pox epidemic at Woburn in 1815.] Cuttoli(F.)[1879- ]. Contribution a l'etude et au traitement de la syphilis necrosante de la voute cranienne. viii, 9-^65 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1907, No. 15. Cutts (Harry Madison) [1858-1918]. Obituary. Boston M. & S. J, 1918, clxxviii, 338. Cuturi (Filippo). Sulle malattie dell' uretra e della vescica nella donna e loro rapporti con la ginecologia. 2 p. 1., 360 pp. fol. Catania, Tipogr. del Commercio, 1910. Cuvelier. Reforme radicale de la therapeutique des tuberculoses chirurgicales; guerison des tuberculoses osseuse et ganglionnaire par le serum Cuguillere; resume des communications faites aux Congres internationaux de la tubercu- lose a Paris, Lisbonne et Valence. 58 pp. 8°. Lens-sur-Dendre, 1911. Cuvier (Georges-Leopold-Chretien) [1769-1832]. The animal kingdom arranged in conformity with its organization; the Crustacea, arachnides and insecta, by P. A. Latreille. Transl. from the French with notes and additions, by H. McMurtrie. 4 v. 8°. New York, G. dc C. dc H. Carvill, 1831. See, also, Chaine (J.) Apercu general sur l'oeuvre scien- tifique de G. Cuvier. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. m6d. de Bordeaux, 1919, xl, 267-273.—Hamy(E.-T.) Notesintimes sur Georges Cuvier, r<5digees en 1836 par le Dr. Quoy pour son ami J. Desjardins, de Maurice. Arch, de med. nav. Par, 1906, lxxxvi, 470-475.—Herve (G.) Les instructions anthropolo- giques de G. Cuvier pour le voyage du " Geographe " et du "Naturaliste" aux terres australes. Rev. del'Ecole d'an- throp. de Par, 1910, xx, 289-302.—Quoy (J.-B.-C.) Notes intimes sur Georges Cuvier, redigees en 1836 pour son ami J. Desjardins. Bull, scient. de la France et de la Belg, Par, 1907, xh, 459-484.—Trouessart. De quelle maladie est mort Cuvier? Sur quoi repose la legende qui le fait mourir du cholera? Chron. med. Par, 1909, xvi, 359-361. Cuvier (J.-F.) Comment on lit une analyse co- prologique, tableau synoptique (d'apres la me- thode et le modele d'analyses de Ren6 Gaultier). iv, 4 pp. 12°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere dc fils, 1908 Cuvier's duct. Sabln (Florence R.) On the origin of the duct of Cuvier and the cardinal veins. Anat. Record, Phila, 1915, ix, 115-117.—Smith (J. H.) Description of a case of persistent left duct of Cuvier in man. Ibid., 1919, xvii, 131-133. Cuvillier (Emile). *De la mesure de la deviation dans le etrabisme. 51pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1920, No. 8. Cuvillier (Jean) [1885- J. Contribution a l'etude du cancer de l'oreille. 2 p. 1., 59 pp. 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1913, No. 340. Cuyer (Edouard) [1852- ]. Anatomie artistique du corps humain; planches par le Dr. Fau. 2. ed. vii, 208 pp., 17 pi. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere dc fils, 1891. ------. La mimique. 4 p. 1., 366 pp. 12°. Paris, 0. Doin, 1902. ------. Anatomie artistique des animaux. xii, 300 pp. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Baillilre dc fils, 1903. Cuyer (Edouard)—continued. ------. The same. Artistic anatomy of animals. Transl. and ed. by George Haywood, xx, 314 pp., 3 pi. 8°. London, Bailliere, Tindall dc Cox, 1905. ------. Le cheval; anatomie, exterieure, allures. 57 pp., 2 1., 16 pi. 4°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere dc fils, 1910. See, also, Duval (Mathias) & Cuyer (Edouard). Histoire de l'anatomie plastique, [etc.]. 8°. Paris, [1899]. Cuyper (Joannes Henricus). *De apoplexia. 81. 4°. Lugd. Bat, A. Elzevier, 1699. [P., v. 2245.] Cuzin (Claudius) [1873- ]. *De I'influence des intoxications intercurrentes sur 1'apparition des crises douloureuses chez les tab^tiques. 1 p. 1., 94 pp., 11. 8°. Lyon, 1899, No. 150. Cuzzi (Alessandro) [1849- ]. Manuale di oste- tricia ad uso delle levatrici, con un capitolo sulle norme per assistere il medico nelle opera- zioni e per prestare le prime cure nei casi d' ur- genza, e il regolamento per le scuole di ostetricia e per 1' assistenza al parto. 6. ed., riveduta dai dott. E. Pestalozza. 464 pp. 8°. Milano, F. Vallardi, [1903]. ------. The same. 8. ed. xx, 474 pp. 8°. Milano, F. Vallardi, 1914. For Bioqraphy, see Ann. di ostet., Milano, 1899, xxi, 841- 850,1 pi. (L. Mangiagalli). Cvijic (J.) Remarks on the ethnography of the Macedonian Slavs. Transl. from the 2. re- vised ed. 38 pp., 1 tab. 8°. London, H. Cox, 1906. Cwybel (Bernhard) [1883- ]. *Das Sarkom der Blase. 34 pp. 8°. Breslau, 1908. Cyanamide. See, also, Amides. Baum (F.) Ueber eine einfache Darstellung von reinem Cyanamid. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1910, xxvi, 325-332.— Hesse (E.) Ueber die Cyanamidwirkung. Ztschr. f. d. ges. exper. Med, Berl, 1921, xxv, 321-344:1922, xxvi, 337-351.— Happen (H.) Ueber die Zersetzung des Cyanamids durch Pilze. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt, Jena, 1910, xxvi, 633-643.—Koelsch. Die Giftwirkung des Zyanamids. Zentralbl. f. Gewerbehyg, Berl, 1916, iv, 113-120.—Lang- lols(J.-P.) Cyanamide etboissons alcooliques. Bull.Acad. de med. Par, 1918, 3. s, lxxx, 6.—Osterberg (A. E.) & Kendall (E. C.) The preparation of cyanamide. J. Biol. Chem, N. Y, 1917, xxxii, 297. Also, Reprint.—Renon (L.) & Mignot (R.) Toxicity experimentale du cyanure de cuivre et de potassium. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1917, lxxx, 617-S19.—Stutzer (A.) & SOU (J.) Tierphysio- logische Versuche iiber die Wirkung von Cyanamid und von einigen seiner Umsetzungsprodukte. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1910, xxv, 215-219. Cyanides. Fahrenwald (A. W.) The cyanide process, its control and operation. 8°. New York, 1918. Blackstock(G.) The phthalyl cyanides. J. Am. Chem. Soc, N. Y, 1912, xxxiv, 1080-1082. Also, Reprint.—Burzi (G.) L' azione del cianuro doppio di potassio e d' oro nella sifilide ed in qualche dermatosi. Riforma med, Napoli, 1913, xxix, 1121-1124.—Child (C. M.) The gradient in susceptibility to cyanides in the meridional conducting path of the ctenophore Mnemiopsis. Am. J. Physiol, Bait, 1917, xlui, 87-112.—Creel (R. H.) Fumigation by cyanide gas. Mil. Surgeon, Wash., 1916, xxxix, 282-287.—Harms (A.) & Thivolle. Intoxication non mortelle par un compose' cyanure\ Rev. d'hyg. soc. de Strasb, 1921, iii, 193-195.— Heymans. Disintoxication des poisons cyanogenes par les sels des metaux lourds (d'apres les experiences du docteur Meurice). Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg, Brux, 1899, 4. s, xiii, 564-569.—Konrich. Untersuchungen fiber Queck- silberoxycyanid. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr, Berl, 1913, xiii, 654-657.—Malmberg (N.) [Case of cyanide poisoning.] Nord. Hyg. Tidsskr, Lund, 1920, i, 405-409.—Rupp (E.) & Holzle (A.) Ueber die Einwirkung von Alkali- und Erd- Alkalicyaniden auf Zuckerarten. Arch. d. Pharm, Berl, 1915, ecliii, 404-415.—Velardi (G.) Sulla determinazione dl cianuri, cianati e bromuri simultaneamente presenti. Boll. chim. farm, Milano, 1919, lviii, 241. Cyanocuprol. Inoue (Z.) & Hanaoka (K.) Clinical experiences of cyanocuprol. Sei-i-Kwai M. J, Tokio, 1917, xxxvi, 17.— Koga (G.) Cyanocuprol, its chemical composition and method of preparation. China M. J, Shanghai, 1917, xxxi, CYANOCUPROL. 312 CYANOSIS. Cyanocuprol. 337—Omura (S.) Some experiences of "cyanocuprol" against surgical tuberculosis. Sei-i-Kwai M. J, Tokyo, 1917, xxxvi, No. 2, 9.—Takahashi (W.) "Cyanocuprol" and tubercular lymphadenitis. Ibid., 10. Cyanogen [and compounds]. See, also, Acid (Cyanic); Acid (Hydrocyanic); Chemistry (Organic); Cyanides. Bellet (E. M.) *Action du cyanogene et de chlorure de cyanogene sur les combinaisons organo-magnesiennes mixtes; syntheses de ni- trites et de cetones. 8°. Nancy, 1913. Wolter (K.) *Ueber Cyanbenzylamine und iiber deren eigentumliches Verhalten bei einigen ihrer Reaktionen. 8°. Erlangen, 1908. Alsberg (C. L.) & Black (O. F.) Phytochemical studies in cyanogenesis. Proc. An. Soc. Biol. Chemists, Bait, 1912, xxxix.----------. Concerning the distribution of cyancgen in grasses, especially in the genera Panicularia or Glyceria and Tridens or Sieglingia. J. Biol. Chem, Bait, 1915, xxi, 601-609—Berthelot. Recherches sur le cyanogene; solubi- lities et polymerisation. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par. 1904, cxxxviii, 1649-1652.—Burckhardt (J. L.) Experi- mentelle Studien fiber den Einfluss technisch wiehtiger Gase und Dampfe auf den Organismus; zur Kenntnis des Zyangases. Arch. f. Hyg, Munchen & Berl, 1913, lxxix, 1-24.—Dowell (C. T.) Cyanogenesis in Andropogon sorghum. J. Agric. Research, Wash, 1919, xvi, 175-181.— Dunstan (W. R.) Cyanogenesis in plants. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond, 1906, s. B, lxxviii, 145-158— Dunstan (W. R.) & Henry (T. A.) Cyanogenesis in plants; the great millet, sorghum vulgare. Phil. Tr, Lond, 1902, cie, 399-410.----- -----. On phaseolunatin, the cyanogenetic glucoside of Phaseolus lunatus. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond, 1903, lxxii, 285-294—Fabri (E.) Morbilita (La) degli addetti alia in- dustria della calciocianamide (concime azotato). [From Cesalpino No. 8.1 Lavoro, Milano, 1913, vi, 197-200.— Guignard (L.) Nouvelles observations sur la formation et les variations quantitatives du principe cyanhydrique du sureau noir. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par, 1905, cxii. 1193-1201—Heymans (J. F.) & Masoin (P.) La toxicity diachronique de quelques composes cyanogenes. Arch. internat. de pharmacod, Brux. & Par, 1900, vii, 297-306. Also: Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg, Brux, 1900, 4. s, xiv, 209-221.—Jonesco (S.) Sur l'existence d'anthocyani- dines k l'etat libre dans les fruits de Ruscus aculeatus et de Solanum Dulcamara. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1921, clxxiii, 168-171.-----. Les anthocyanidines, k l'etat libre, dans les fleurs et les feuilles rouges de plantes. Ibid., 426- 429.—Jorissen (A. M.) Recherches sur la cyanogenese; une reaction de l'acide citrique. Acad. roy. de Belg. Bull. de la cl. d. sc, Brux., 1919, 731-737.—Macri (V.) Prodotti cianogenati. Boll. chim. farm, Milano, 1918, lvii, 261-265.— Price (T. S.) & Green (S. T.) The preparation of cyanogen chloride on a large laboratory scale. J. Soc. Chem. Indust, Lond, 1920, xxxix, 98<-101t.—Reed (C. I.) Chronic poison- ing from cyanogen chloride. J. Indust. Hyg, Bost, 1920-21, ii, 140-143. -----. The mechanism of the toxic action of cyanogen chloride. J. Pharmacol. & Exper. Therap, Bait., 1920-21, xv; 301-304.—Stritt (W.) Ueber die Oiftwirkungen der als Dungemittel verwandten Cyanverbindungen und ihrer Zersetzungsprodukte. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektions- krankh, Leipz, 1909, lxii. 169-198.—Vlehbver (A.), Johns (C. O.) & Alsberg (C. L.) Cyanogenesis in plants; studies on Tridens flavus (tall red top). J. Biol. Chem, Bait, 1916, xxv, 141-150. Also, Reprint. Cyanolophia. See, also, Birds {Diseases of). Erdmann (Rhoda). Attenuation of the living agents of cyanolophia. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med, N. Y, 1916, xiii, 189-193.-----■. Immunization against cyanolophia. Ibid., 1917, xiv, 156-161. Also, Reprint. Cyanophycese. See, also, Algae. Baumgartel (O.) Das Problem der Cyanophvzeenzelle. Arch. f. Protistenk, Jena, 1920, xii, 50-148, 1 pi.—Prlngs- heim (E. G.) Zur Physiologie endophvtiseher (yano- phyceen. Ibid., 1917, xxxviii, 126-130.—Wager (H.)' The cell structure of the Cyanophyceie. Proc. Rov. Soc. Lond 1903, lxxii, 401-408. Cyanopsia. See, also, Color (Perception of); Illusions (Optical); Vision (Colored). Pergens (E.) Contribution a la connaissance de la cyanopsie. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1898, exx, 114-120.—Van Duyse. Cyanopsie et xantopsie d'origine cristallinienne chez le mgme sujet. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1906, xxvi, 417-421 Also: Bull. Soc. de med. de Gand, 1906, lxxiii, 75. Cyanosis. See, also, Asphyxia; Carbon monoxide (Poisoning by); Haemoglobin; Heart diseases Cyanosis. (Diagnosis of); Infants (Newborn, Diseases of); Uraemia. Angenete ([H. G.] W.) *Ein Fall von vorti- bergehender, kardialbedingter Blausucht in der dritten Lebenswoche ohne Herzfehler. 8°. Gottingen, 1917. Gallerand (P.) *De la maladie bleue sans signes physiques d'auscultation. 8°. Montpel- lier, 1911. Lautard (M.) Contribution a l'etude des cyanoses tardives avec splenomegalie et hyper- globulie. 8°. Lyon, 1910. Lundberg (D. V.) *Om blasot. [Cvanosis.] 12°. Upsala, 1841. Affleck (J. O.) Observations on cyanosis. Scot. M. & S. J, Edinb 1899, v, 412-419.—Angenete (W.) Ein Fall von vorfibergehender Blausucht ohne Herzklappenfehler. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1918, lv, 925-927.—Apert & Cambessedes. Cyanose, dite tardive, type Bard et Curtillet, chez un enfant de treize ans. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par, 1919, xvii, 174— 177.—Arcangeli (U.) Sulla dottrina della "cianosi." Malat. d. cuore, Roma, 1921, v, 42; 78.—Auld (A. G.) A lecture on oxygen want and the means of its relief. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1914, i, 1060-1062.—Azema. Un cas de maladie bleue. Toulouse m£d, 1910, 2. s, xii, 184-186.—Baquls. Alterazioni ocular! nei morbo ceruleo. Boll. d. osp. oftal. d. prov. di Roma, 1907, v, 110; 113.—Bard (L.) De l'existence d'un type peripherique de la forme tardive de la maladie bleue. Lyon med, 1899, xcii, 321-334.-----. Des caracteres des souffles cardiaques dans la maladie bleue. Arch. d. mal. du coeur [etc.], Par, 1917, x, 97-106.—Boinet (E.) Maladie bleue. Bull. Acad, de med. Par, 1912, 3. s, lxvii, 538-552. Also: J. de med. int., Par, 1912, xvi, 201-204.— Burwinkel (O.) Morbus cceruleus bei vier Generationen. Berl. khn. Wchnschr, 1910, xhii, 968.—Buxton (D.) On some cases of cyanosis. Practitioner, Lond, 1899, lxii, 175-179.—Carducci (A.) Considerazioni cliniche sopra un caso di morbo ceruleo. Policlin., Roma, 1905, xii, sez. prat, 445-452.—Clermont (G.) Un cas de maladie bleue. Centre med. et pharm, Gannat, 1903-4, ix, 121-124.—Crocq. L'acrocyanose. Arch, de neurol. Par, 1896, 2. s, ii, 218- 224.—Dauvergne. Maladie bleue tardive. Lyon mecl., 1903, c, 253-256.—Foster (N. B.) Nitrogen and sulphur metabolism in morbus ceruleus. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med, N. Y, 1909-10, vii, 112.-----. A study ofthe nitrogen and sulphur metabolism in morbus ceruleus. Arch. Int. Med, Chicago, 1910, xi, 24-27.—Francais (H.) Cyanose tardive. Arch. gen. de med. Par, 1905, i, 1102-1105 — Fraser (F. R.) Three cases of morbus cceruleus. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Edinb, 1905-6, n. S, xxv, 87-90.—Gibson (G. A.) Some observations on cyanosis. Lancet, Lond, 1903, i, 155-157.—Giovannini (E.) Di un caso di morbo ceruleo o di malattia azzurra. Policlin, Roma, 1915, xxii, sez. prat, 860-864.—Gillian (A. G.) A case of morbus cceruleus, aged 18 years. Liverpool M.-Chir. J, 1904, xxiv, 98-103.—Hallpre (A.) Maladie bleue; brachvdactvlie. Normandie med, Rouen, 1909, xxv, 59-64.—Hallpre (A.) & Nee. Maladie bleue. Ibid., 1919-20, xxxi, 2S3—Hecht (A.) [Morbus cceruleus.) Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1919,. lxix, 2479.—Hess (J. H.) Familial cyanosis. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1916, lxxxix, 1160.—Hewlett (A. W.) A patient with ex- treme cyanosis. Tr. Chn. Soc. Univ. Mich, Ann Arbor, 1909-10, i, 11-13. Also: Physician & Surg, Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1909, xxxi, 509-511.—HoUoway .— Nordman. Un cas de maladie bleue tardive. Loire m6d., St.-Etienne, 1912, xxxi, 312.—Odriozola (E.) Un caso de enfermedad azul. Cr6n. mod, Lima, 1917, xxxiv, 320-324.— Oliver (T.) Cvanosis, general and local. Lancet, Lond, 1906,ii, 1772-1775.—Pulg Deuloteu(J.) Un caso de cianosis; muerte. Med. de los niiios, Barcel, 1905, vi, 170-172.— Romlnger. Ein Fall von Morbus coeruleus mit Demon- stration der Hautkapillaren am Lebenden nach Weiss und elektrokardiographischen Untersuchungen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1920, xlvi, 168.—Sir! (E. P.) Un caso de enfermedad azul. Semana m£d, Buenos Aires, 1908, xv, 97-100.—Swoboda (N.) [Kongenitaler Morbus cceruleus.] Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1907, lvii, Ills.—Vartot. CYANOSIS. 313 CYANOSIS. Cyanosis. Un cas de cyanose paroxystique. Clinique, Par, 1911, vi, 524.—Vierordt (H.) Ueber Cyanose. Verhandl. d. Cong. f. innere Med, Wiesb, 1900, xviii, 307-315. Cyanosis (Blood in). Calabrese (A.) Alcune ricerche sul sangue e sul ricambio nella cianosi congenita (come contributo alio studio dell' iper- globulia). Gazz. internaz. di med, Napoli, 1903, vi, 143; 153; 169; 189.—Clarke (T. W.) The rare forms of cyanosis; polycythemia, methemoglobinuria, and sulph-hemoglobi- nemia. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1909, lxxvi, 143-145.—Courmont (J.) & Favre (M.) Sur un cas de cyanose avec hyperglobulie et splenomogalie (maladie de Vaquez). Lyon med, 1911, cxvii, 987-994.—Lundsgaard (C.) Studies of oxygen in the venous blood. J. Exper. M, Lancaster, Pa, 1919, xxx, 147; 259; 271; 295. Also, Reprint.—Osier. Certain forms of cyanosis with polycythemia. Maryland M. J, Bait, 1903, xlvi, 81.—Parker (W. R.) & Slocum (G.) Report of two cases of chronic cyanosis with polycythemia, including ophthalmoscopic examination. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Phila, 1910, xii; 505-512, 1 pi.—Torti (A.) & Nazari (A.) Sopra un caso di edema cronico essenziale e cianosi con un i nteressante reperto ematologico. Policlin, Roma, 1899, vi, sez. med, 518-528, 1 pi.—Vaquez. Modifications du sang dans la cyanose chronique. Ecole prat. d. hautes etudes. Lab. d'histol. du Coll. de France. Trav. 1894-5, Par, 1898, 105-108.-----. Volume des hematies dans les polyglobulies avec cyanose. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1904, lvii, 135. Also: Tribune med. Par, 1904, 2. s, xxxvi, 453.—Vaquez & Qulserne. De la polyglobulie progressive comme signe pronostic dans les cyanoses congenitales. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1902, 11. s, iv, 915.—Weil (E.) Note sur les organes hematopoietiques et Phematopoiese dans la cyanose congenitale. Ibid., 1901,11. s, iii, 713-715. Cyanosis (Causes and pathology of). See, also, Cyanosis (Congenital). Matjgiere (A.) *De la maladie bleue tardive d'origine syphilitique. [Lyon.] 8°. Valence, 1913. Amiand-Delille (P.) Lesions du cceur dans un cas de maladie bleue; stenose de rinfundibulum pulmonaire, com- munication interventriculaire, obliteration imparfaite du trou de Botal. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par, 1900, lxxv, 1055-1057.—d'Astros. Maladie bleue (par malformation cardiaque) sans signes d'auscultation. Marseille med, 1911, xlviii, 273-282.—Bard. Maladie bleue tardive par commu- nication anormale entre les arteres et les veines pulmonaires. Lyon med, 1899, xci, 524.—Bret & Piery. Note sur un cas de maladie bleue tardive par inocclusion du trou de Botal. Province med, Lyon, 1899, xiii, 493-496.—Brette. Maladie bleue tardive d'origine syphilitique her^ditaire. Bull. Soc. med. d. hop. de Lyon, 1914, xiii, 241-245.—Burghart. Ein Kranker mit oflenstehendem Ductus Botalli. Deutsche med.Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl.; 1898, xxiv, Ver .-Bell, 273.— Buy. Cyanose tardive et persistance du conduit de Botal. Toulouse med, 1904, 2. s, vi, 121-124.—Cabot (R. C.) A case of chronic cyanosis without discoverable cause, ending in cerebral hemorrhage. Boston M. & S. J, 1899, cxii, 574.-----. A second case of chronic cyanosis without assignable cause. Ibid., 1900, cxlii, 275.—Cameron (H. C.) A case of enterogenous cyanosis. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1911-12, v, Clin. Sect, 119.—Carli (G.) Contributo alio studio clinico ed anatomo-patologico del morbo bleu. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1908, xxiii, 135-150. Also: Tommasi, Napoli, 1908, iii, 447-451.—Cestan (R.) Maladie bleue et persistance du canal arteriel. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par, 1899, lxxiv, 186-188.—Cheinisse (L.) La cyanose enterogene. Semaine med. Par, 1905, xxv, 577-579. Also, Reprint.—Earp (S. E.) A case resembling morbus caeruleus, probably due to a dusting powder containing acetanilid. Pediatrics, N. Y, 1901, xii, 93.—Foster (E.) Accesos de cianosis por hipo-alimentacion. Semana med, Buenos Aires, 1911, xviii, pt. 2, 289-293.—Garrod (A. E.) Enterogenous cyanosis. In: Syst. Med. (Allbutt & Rolles- ton),8°, Lond, 1909, v,838-845.—Gibson(G. A.) Idiopathic (microbic) cyanosis. Lancet, Lond, 1907, i, 972. -----. Additional observations on microbic cyanosis. Quart. J. Med, Oxford, 1907-8, i, 29-32.—Gibson (G. A.) & Douglas (C. C.) Microbic cyanosis. Lancet, Lond, 1906, ii, 72-74.— Hitmans van den Berg (A. A.) Enterogene Cyanose. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med, Leipz, 1905, Ixxxiii, 86-106. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1906, xlui, 7-10.—Herringham (W. P.) Case of cyanosis with venous obstruction. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1909-10, iii, Clin. Sect., 168.— Jeanselme (E.) Maladie bleue d'origine syphilitique. Bull, et mdm. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par, 1915, 3. s, xxxix, 1093-1097. Also: Arch, de med. d. enf. Par, 1916, xix, 149-154.—Laache (S.) [Sur la sclerose de l'artere pulmonaire et l'acquet du morbus cceruleus. Res, 85-87.] Norsk. Mag. f. Laegevidensk, Kristiania, 1899, 4. R, xiv, 51-69.—Lang- stroth (L.) Chronic capillary cyanosis. Arch. Int. Med, Chicago, 1919, xxiii, 56-60.—Lundsgaard (C.) Studies on cyanosis. J. Exper. M, Bait, 1919, xxx, 259; 271.—Lunds- gaard (C.) & Van Slyke (D. D.) The quantitative influ- ences of certain factors involved in the production of cyano- sis. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sc. Bait, 1922, viii, 280-282 — McKeen (S. F.) A case of marked cyanosis, difficult to Cyanosis (Causes and pathology of). explain. Boston M. & S. J, 1901, cxliv, 610.—Matthews (T. A.) A case of "cyanosis enterogenous." Practitioner, Lond, 1911, lxxxvi, 848-852.—Mendez (J.) Un caso de en- fermedad azul por endocarditis obliterante de la pulmonar. Rev. Soc. med. argent, Buenos Aires, 1898, vi, 84-102.— Pavlot & Brette. Maladie bleue tardive d'origine syphili- tique her&litaire. Lyon med, 1914, cxxii, 772-775.—Porak & Theuveny. Cyanose par persistance de la permeabilit<5 du canal arteriel. Compt. rend. Soc. d'obst, de gynec. et de paediat. de Par, 1902, iv, 151.—Sanndby (R.) & Russell (J. W.) An unexplained condition of chronic cyanosis, with the report of a case. Lancet, Lond, 1902, i, 5io.—Siccardi (P. D.) & Vlsona (G.) Per lo studio del morbo ceruleo; ricerche cliniche di fisiopatologia. Gazz. med. ital, Torino, 1908, lix, 491; 501; 511.—Sikora (P.) Un cas de maladie bleue avec transposition totale des visceres. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par, 1899, 3. s, xvi, 8-16.—Sommer- fleld (J. E.) An acquired case of morbus caeruleus in an adult. J. Med. Ass. Georgia, Augusta, 1914, iv, 121-123.— Theodor (F.) Morbus caeruleus (Blausucht) bedingt durch eine grosse Reihe angeborener Anomalien des Herzens und anderer Organe. Arch. f. Kinderh, Stuttg, 1909,1,122-125 — Thomas. Beitrag zum Studium der spaten Form der Blausucht peripherischen Ursprungs. Ztschr. f. klin. Med, Berl, 1900, xiii, 58-64.—West (S.) & Clarke (T. W.) Idio- pathic cyanosis (due to sulph-haemoglobinaemia enteroge- nous cyanosis). Lancet, Lond, 1907, i, 272-276. Also: Med.-Chir. Tr, Lond, 1907, xc, 541-562. Cyanosis (Congenital). See, also, Arterial duct (Persistence of). Besson (J.) *Etude de la cyanose congenitale sans signe d'auscultation. 8°. Paris, 1903. Campergue (Berthe). Contribution a l'etude de la cyanose congenitale. 8°. Paris, 1913. Escarras (A.) *La cyanose chez le nouveau- ne et le nourrisson; valeur semeiotique. 8°. Montpellier, 1904. Lemerle (G.) ^Contribution a l'etude de la cyanose congenitale sans signes d'auscultation. 8°. Toulouse, 1903. Pansch (K. C. P.) *Ueber Stenose des Isthmus aortse mit gleichzeitiger Persistenz des Ductus arteriosus Botalli des Neugeborenen. 8°. Giessen, 1905. Raynaud (A.) Contribution a l'etude de la cyanose chronique congenitale; du role des modifications sanguines concomitantes. 8°. Toulouse, 1898. Sebilleatj (J.) *De la cyanose congenitale paroxystique. 8°. Pan's, 1904. Also, in: Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1905, 2. s, xxiii, 681-691. de Aja (E. A. S.) Un nuevo sindrome de cianosis del reeien nacido. An. de la Acad, de obst. [etc.], Madrid, 1909, ii, 19-23.—Alvarez (G.) Deux cas de cyanose paroxystique congenitale avec autopsie. Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par, 1908, xii, 505-508.—Ambard (L.) & Fiessinger (N.) Cya- nose congenitale avec polyglobulie vraie sans malformation cardiaque et sans splenomegalie. Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path. Par, 1907, xix, 164-175.—d'Astros & Audi- bert. Maladie bleue sans bruit de souffle chez le nouveau-ne. Marseille med, 1906, xliii, 336—Babonneix (L.) & Pais- seau (G.) Un cas de cyanose congenitale. Arch. d. mal. du cceur [etc.], Par, 1909, ii, 407-420.—Bakwin (H.) Oxy- gen therapy in premature infants with cyanosis. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1922, ci, 644.—Barie (E.), Laubrle (C.) & dela Mothe (G.) Etude diagnostique d'un cas de cyanose con- genitale chez l'adulte; importance de la radioscopie et de la phlebographie. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par, 1913, 3. s, xxxvi, 596-603.—Besson (A.) Sur une forme de cyanose avec mort apparente chez les nouveaux-nes; de l'utilite therapeutique des bains sinapises. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1901, i, 446.—Cardarelli (A.) Cianosi congenita. Gazz. internaz. di med, Napoli, 1906, ix, 159-161. -----. Cianosi congenita da stenosi della polmonare con perfora- zione del setto interventricolare. Studium, Napoh, 1909, ii, 82-84.-----. Un caso di "morbus cceruleus" da vizio con- genito di cuore. Ibid., 1916-19, ix, 241-247—Carrion (P.) & Arquellada (M.) Un caso de cianosis congenita con ne- cropsia. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract, Madrid, 1906, lxxii, 241-252.—Cassel. Ein Fall von Cyanosis congenita bei einer Frau von 35 Jahren. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1911, xlviii, 1346.—Cohen (F.) Cyanosisin the new born. Arch. Pediat, N. Y, 1920, xxxvii, 666-669.—Cozzolino (O.) Valore semeiologico della cianosi nei bambini. Gazz: d. osp, Milano, 1898, xix, 1286-1288.—Deherripon (H.) & Fievez (J.) Maladie bleue congenitale; morten dix minutes; penetration de la valvule du trou de Botal. J. d. sc. med de Lille, 1911, ii, 87-90.—Descos. Cyanose congenitale; tetralogie de Fallot. Loire med, St.-Etienne, 1911, xxx, 7-16.—Drasche. Ueber einen Fall von Persistenz des Ductus arteriosus Botalli. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1898, xi, CYANOSIS. 314 CYCLODIALYSIS. Cyanosis (Congenital). 1195-1197.—Durante* (,G.) Cyanose congenitale par ano- malie cardiaque; aorte naissant du ventricule droit. Bull. et mem. Soc. anat. de Par, 1S99, lxxiv, 94-97— Finzl (R.) Sopra un caso di malattia dl Roger con comparsa tardiva del rumore di soffio. Riv. veneta dl sc. med, \ enezia, 1911-12, lvi, 193-202.—French (H. S.), Pembrey (M. S.) & Ryffel (J. H.) Observations on cases of cyanosis due to congenital heart disease. Proc. Physiol. Soc. Lond, 1909, p. ix.—Galliard (L.) Cyanose congenitale; hypotrophic et retrecissement de l'artere pulmonaire; communication inter- ventriculaire. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. bop. de Par, 1918, 3. s, xiii, 171-177.—Gizzl (G.) Un caso di vizio con- genito del cuore; contributo alio studio della patogenesi della cianosi. Gazz. med. di Roma, 1912, xxxviii, 451; 479 — Goppert (K.) Voriibergehende schwere Mischungszyanosc beim Neugeborenen, ein typisches Krankheitsbild. Miin- chen. med. Wchnschr, 1921, lxviii, 1673.—Gottlieb (E.) Angeborene Cyanose mit kompliziertem Vitium cordis. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1910, ix, 119.—Grandjean (M.) De la cyanose congenitale sans signes d'auscultation. Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par, 1914, xviii, 4S2-M6.—Hallpre (A.) Maladie bleue (maladie de Fallot), retrecissement congenital de l'artere pulmonaire; communication interventriculaire; hypertrophic du ventri- cule droit; deviation de l'aorte a droite. Rev. med. de Normandie. Rouen, 1909, 41-46— Haushalter & Fairtse. Un cas interessant de maladie bleue chez un enfant. Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par, 1914, xviii, 285-287. Also: Rev. med. de Test, Nancy, 1914, xlvi, 199.—Hess (J. H.) & Pearce (R. G.) Three cases of congenital cvanosis affecting all children in a family and a new method of diagnosis of con- genital heart lesions. Am. J. Dis. Child, Chicago, 1917, xiii, 1-14,1 pi. A lso, Reprint.—Heuyer(G.) Trois observations de cyanose congenitale permanente. Presse med. Par, 1913, xxi, 534-536— Heuyer & Campergne ( Mile.) Deux cas de cyanose congenitale permanente avec autopsie. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par, 1913, lxxxviii, 209-211.— Laubry (C.) & Bordet (E.) Un cas de cyanose congenitale; signes peripheriques marques, signes stethoscopiques legers; nettete de l'examen orthodiographique. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par, 1911, 3. s, xxxi, 207-214.—Lemaire (H.), Blechmann (G.) et al. Les difficultes du diagnostic de la cyanose congenitale; la variabilite de ses souffles. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par, 1920, xviii, 274-279.—Lesieur (C.) & Froment (J.) Cyanose congenitale avec vibration svstohque intense et absence de soudure des cartilages de cbnjugaison. Lyon med, 1908, ex, 1232-1238, 1 pi. Also: Pediatrie prat, Lille, 1908, ii, 201-203.—Lewis (H. F.) Heart from a case of cyanosis neonatorum. Am. J. Obst., N. Y.. 1903, xhii, 636.—Moeller. Un cas de cyanose con- genitale. Pressem6d.beige, Brux, 1912,lxiv,951-953. Also: Ann. de l'Inst. chir. de Brux, 1913. xx, 58-62.—Moncallr (L.) Un caso di cianosi con stenosi congenita dell' a. pol- monare, destrocardia e situs viscerum inversus. Pediatria, Napoli, 1920, xxviii, 907-92s.—Morrow (W. S.) Recurrent attacks of cyanosis in infants. Montreal M. J, 1906, xxxv, 110-112.—Moulinler (R.) Cardiogramme dans un cas de cyanose congenitale. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1910, lxviii, 736-73S.—Muggla (A.) Sul valore semiotico della cianosi nei bambini. Pediatria, Napoh, 1907, 2. s, v, 721- 733.—Northrup(\V.B.) Blue baby. Am. J. Obst, N. Y, 1909, hx, 722.—Oredson (O. A.) Congenital cyanosis or blue baby. J. Minn. M. Ass. [etc.], Minneap, 1908, xxviii, 497.—Pacchlonl (D.) Sulla dottrina della cianosi nei vizi di cuore cougeniti. Riv. di clin. pediat, Firenze, 1908, vi, 161-170, 2 pi— Pehu (M.) & Langeron (L.) Sur un cas de cyanose congenitale paroxystique. Rev. de med. Par, 1921, xxxviii, 113-123.—Petersen (O. V. C. E.) ChrlstolTersen (N. R.) & Llndhard (J.) Observations on a case of morbus cceruleus; grave congenital malformation of the heart; its clinic, pathology and physiology. Acta Med. Scandin, Stockholm, 1920-21, liv, 395-412.-Pic (A.), Dufourt (P.) & Durand(P.) Cyanose congenitale tardive a forme fruste. Bull. Soc. med. d. h&p. de Lvon, 1914, xhi, 351-355. [Dis- cussion), 31. Also: Lyon med, 1914, exxii, 392-396.— Plauchu & Gardfcre. Un cas de cyanose congenitale avec malformations cardiaques multiples chez un nourrisson mort par endocardite infectieuse. Arch, de med. d. enf. Par, 1909, xii, 201 208.—Renault (J.) A Blum (P.) Cya- nose intermittcnte due a une malformation congenitale com- plexe du cceur. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1922, xx, 93- 101.—Reussaet (A.) Cyanose congenitale paroxystique; persistance du canal arteriel; inocclusion du trou de Botal. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par, 1908, Ixxxiii, 462.— Rlchardiere & Huber. Un cas de cyanose congenitale sans souffle; inocclusion de la cloison interventriculaire avec absence d'artere pulmonaire. Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par, 1912, xvi, 142-144.—Rivet 1. ) & Glrard (L.) Mal- formations congenitales des appareils circulatoire et pul- monaire. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par, 1912, Ixxxvii, 181-1S5.—Rotondi (G.) A proposito delle cianosi congenite senza rumori di soffio all' ascoltazione del cuore. Riv. di clin. pediat, Firenze, 1904, ii, 602-607.—Tice (F.) Chronic bronchitis, emphysema, and marked cyanosis; consideration of congenital heart lesions; other causes of cyanosis. Med CUn, Chicago, 1916. ii, 311-317.—Tron (G.) Contributo alio studio della cianosi nei vizi cardiaci congeniti. Morgagni Milano, 1912, lxxx, 177-190.—Vallega (A.) Contributo alio studio della cianosi congenita. Riv. di clin. pediat, Firenze, Cyanosis (Congenital). 1906, iv, 4M-502.—Varlot (G.) Cyanose congenitale sans bruit anormal a l'auscultation du cceur. Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par, 1902, vi, 559-561.-----. Cyanose congenitale intermittente; numeration globulaire. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par, 1903, v, 203-205.-----. Nouveau cas de cyanose congenitale sans signes d'auscultation chez un enfant de deux mois. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hdp. de Par, 1906, 3. s, xxiii, 91-93.—Variot (G.) & Bouquier. Quatre cas de cyanose congenitale permanente chez des nouveau-nes avec large canal arteriel; mort rapide par asphyxie avec densiflcation du parenchvme pulmonaire. Arch, de med. d. enf. Par, 1920, xxiii, 292-296. Also: Bull, et mem. Soc. mod. d. hop. de Par, 1920, 3. s, xliv, 137-142.—Varlot (G.) A Duval (R.) Cvanose congenitale paroxystique; emer- gence simuhanee de l'aorte et de l'artere pulmonaire a la base du ventricule droit; retrecissement del'infundibulam; inocclusion du septum ventriculaire. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hdp. de Par, 1904, 3. s, xxi, 563-568—Variot (G.) 6i Ferrand. Cyanose congenitale paro-wstique avec au- topsie. Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par, 190\ xii, 342-344. Also: Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par, 1908, x, 73-79.—Variot (<;.) & Lantuejoul (P.) Un cas de cyanose congenitale paroxystique avec examen radiographique du cceur. Arch. de med. d. enf. Par, 1920, xxiii, 599-602. Also: Bull, et me'm. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par, 1920, 3. s, xhv, 786-789.— Varlot (G.) & Leconte (M.) Deux cas de cyanose conge- nitale paroxystique. Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par, 1907, xi, 3*4-388. Also: Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par, 1907, ix, 100-106.—Varlot (G.) & Mora nee. Un nouveau cas de cvanose paroxystique congenitale avec examen radiogra- phique du cceur. Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par, 1911, xv, 600. Also: Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par, 1911, xiii, 25v— Varlot (G.) & SebUeau. Sur la cvanose congenitale paro- xystique: essai d'interpretation physiologique. Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par, 1904, viii, 224-234—Viner (N.) "Blue baby;" 17 years old. Montreal M. J, 1908, xxxvii, 181-K*.— Weill & Mouriquand (G.) Sur un cas de cvanose congenitale. Bull. Soc. med. d. hdp. de Lvon, 1908, vii, 138-143. Also: Lyon med, 1908, ex, 844-848—Weissenbach (R. J.) Cyanose congenitale paroxystique et malformations cardiaques. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par, 1910, lxxxv, 1015-1020.—Wieland (E.) Demonstratlonen aus dem Ge- biete der angeborenen Herzfehler. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1913, xliii, 1043-1045. Cyarsal. See, also, Syphilis (Treatment of). Hey mann & Fabian (W.) Das Cyarsal In der Misch- spritze. Dermat. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Hamb., 1921, lxxiii, 1195-1203.—Negendank (Johanna). Beobachtungen iiber Cyarsal. Ibid., 1307-1309.—Oelze (F. W.) Bemerkung zu der Arbeit von Dr. Negendank: Beobachtungen iiber Cyarsal. Ibid., 1318. Cybichowskl (Czeslaw) [1890- ]. *Die Tech- nik und Anwendungsbreite der vaginalen Inzi- sion von Entzundungsherden im Becken. 53 pp. 8°. Breslau. [n. d.]. Cybulka (W.) Johann Schroths diiitetische Heil- Methode und ihre ausgezeichneten Erfolge, sicherste Heilung von chronischen LeiYlen, Fieber-, Entziindungs- und Kinderkrankheiten, Verwundungen und Syphilis; nach eigener Er- fahrung und langer Beobachtung zum Wohl der leidenden Menschheit getreu dargestellt. 7. durchgesehene und verbesserte Aufl. 96 pp. 12°. Leipzig. H. Matthes, 1904. Cybulski (Xapoleon) [1S54- ]. Beck (A.) I Biography.] Lwow. tvgodn. lek, 1910, v, 667-€70 [port, in text].-Pruszynskl (J.) [Biography.] Gaz. lek, Warszawa, 1910, 2. s, xxx, 1202-1227, port.— Sosnov\ski (J.) [Biography.) Medvcyna i Kron. lek, Warszawa, 1910, xlv, HCS-1140 [port, iii text]. Cycadophytae. Krasser (F.) Studien iiber die fertile Region der Cvca- dophyten aus den Lunzersehichten: Mikrosporophylle "und mannliche Zapfen. Denkschr. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Math.-naturw. Klasse, Wien, 191\ xciv, 489-^554, 4 pi. Cyclitis. See Ciliary body (Inflammation of). Cyclodialysis. See, also, Eye (Diseases of. Treatment of, Operative); Glaucoma (Treatment of, Operative). Boldt. Neuere Erfahrungen mit der Cvklodialyse. Beitr. z. Augenh, Hamb. A Leipz, 1907, 68. Hft, 53-75.— Cremer (L.) Erfahrungen mit der Zvklodialvse. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh.. Stuttg, 1920, lxiv, 802-M>:.-Elschnlg (A.) Ueber die Zyklodialyse. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg, 1910, xlviii, Beil.-Hft, 1-46. Also [Abstr.1: Ver- handl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1909, Leipz, CYCLODIALYSIS. 315 CYCLOSTOMA. Cyclodialysis. 1910, lxxxi, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte, 214— Gradle (H. S.) Cyclo- dialysis. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. [etc.], St. Louis, 1919, xxiv, 280-290.—Krauss (W.) Ueber die Cyklodialyse. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1907, xvii, 318-341, 2 pi— Markbrelter (Irene). Traumatische Zyclodialyse. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1908, xlvi, 137-144.—Meisner (W.) & Sattler (C. H.) Ueber die Cyclodialyse. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1912, Ixxi, 34; 95.—Meller (J.) Die Cyklodialyse und ihr Einfluss auf die intraokulare Drucksteigerung. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz., 1908, lxvii, 476-536, 1 pi.—Pyle (W. L.) Cyclodialysis. Am. J. Surg, N. Y, 1909, xxiii, 422-424. A lso. Reprint.—Rohmer. Cyclo-dialyse de Heine. Rev. med. de Pest, Nancy, 1907, xxxix, 146-149.—Salz- mann (M.) Die traumatische Cyclodialyse und ihre Diagnose am Lebenden. Arch. f. Ophth, Berl.. 1921, cv, 551-566.—Wernicke (G.) Experimentelle. klinische und pathologisch-anatomische Mitteilungen iioer die Zyklo- dialyse. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1908, xlvi, 579-639. Cycloform. See, also, Anaesthesia (Local); Wounds (Treatment of, Auxiliary, etc.). Kasbohrer (M.) *Die durch Oberflachen- applikation von Medikamenten erzeugte ortli- che Daueranasthesierung chirurgischer Erkran- kungsformen (dargestellt an der Hand ihrer historischen Entwicklung unter besonderer Be- riicksichtigung des neuen Benzoesaureesters Cycloform). 8°. Munchen, 1912. Blrcher (E.) Cycloform als Salbe und Pulver. Med. Klin, Berl, 1911, vii, 223.—Cornldes (J.) Ueber Cykloform. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1919, lxix, 1963.—Halermann. Cycloform als Lokalanastheticum in der Beinbehandlung. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg, Berl, 1914, Ixxxiii, 355.—Impens (E.) Pharmakologisches iiber die Ester der p-Aminoben- zoesaure mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Cycloforms. Therap. d. Gegenw, Berl.. 1910, li, 348-351.—Rosenberg (A.) Das Zykloform; ein Analgeticum in der laryngologi- schen Praxis. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1911, xxxvii, 409. Also, transl.: Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par, 1911, xxxii. 374-377.—Scherr (F.) Ueber die Verwendung des Cykloform in der laryngorhinolog. Praxis. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1919, lxix, 1962.—Stelner (R.) Chirurgische Erfahren iiber Cycloform als Wundheilmittel. Ibid., 1920, lxx, 2171.—Strauss (M.) Zykloform; ein neues Wundanasthetikum. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1910, lvii, 2643.—Werner (R.) Erfahrungen mit Zykloform als Lokal- anasthetikum. Ibid., 2004.—Wyss(M. O.) Ueber die Wirk- samkeit des Cykloforms als Anasthetikum bei Aflektionen des Magen-Darmtraktes. Arch. f. Verdauungskr, Berl, 1910, xvi, 583-587.—Zeller (A.) Ueber Cycloform; ein lokales Anaesthetikum. Med.-Klin, Berl, 1910, vi, 1784. Cyclopaedia of the diseases of children (Keatings). 4 v. 8°. Philadelphia, J. B. Lippincott, 1890-1. For supplement, see Diseases of chddren, medical and surgical [etc.]. 8°. Philadelphia [1901]. Cyclopaedia (The) of practical medicine; com- prising treatises on the nature and treatment of diseases, materia medica and therapeutics, medical jurisprudence, etc. Edited by John Forbes, Alexander Tweedie, John Conolly. Thoroughly revised, with numerous additions, by Robley Dunglison. 4 v. 8°. Philadelphia, Blanchard dc Lea, 1859. Cyclopedia (A) of practical medicine and surgery. A concise reference book, alphabetically ar- ranged ; compiled under the editorial supervision of George M. Gould and Walter L. Pyle. x pp., 5011. roy. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston dc Co., 1900. Cyclophoria. See Heterophoria. Cyclopia. See, also, Eye (Abnormities of); Monsters from defect of brain, cranium or face. Kuhlmann (O. [T.]) *Eine zyklopische Missbildung. 8°. Miinchen, 1916. Bingham (A. W.) Full-term cyclops. Am. J. Obst, N. Y, 1918, lxxvii, 150.—Chldester (F. E.) Cyclopia in mammals. Anat. Record. Phila, 1914, viii, 355-366—Coats (G.) The lacrimal ducts in a case of cyclopia. Roy. Lond. Ophth. Hosp. Rep, Lond, 1911, xviii, pt. 2,148-152,1 pi.— Dougal (D.) & Bride (T. M.) A case of cyclopia. Brit. M. J., Lond.. 1914, ii. 13.—Durlacher. Zur Kasuistik der Zyklopie mit Riisselbildung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Cyclopia. Leipz. & Berl, 1915, xii, 1128.—Hayashi (M.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis der pathologischen Anatomie und Pathogenese der Cyklopie. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1911, lxxx, 135-152.— Josephy (H.) Ueber Riisselbildung bei Zyklopie. Vir- chow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl, 1911, ccvl, 407-419. A lso, Reprint.—Keil(R.) Cyklopie bei einer Ziege. Arch. f. vergleich. Ophthalmol, Leipz, 1911, ii, 12-22, 2 pi.-----. Cyklopie bei einer neugeborenen Katze. Ibid., 1912-13, iii, 30-38.—Mall (F. P.) Cyclopia in the human embryo. In: Carnegie Inst, Contrib. Embryol, Wash, 1917, vi, No. 225, 5-33, 2 pi.—Metman (Maria C.) Een geval van cyclopie. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Verlosk. en Gynsec, Haarlem, 1912, xxi, 151-163, 5 pi.—Roland. Un cas de cyclopie. Gaz. d. h6p. Par, 1908, lxxxi, 63-65.—Schmidt (J.) Ein seltener Fall von Cyclopie beim Schwein. Arch. f. wissensch. u. prakt. Tierh, Berl, 1904, xxx, 466-471.—Seefelder (R.) Zur Kenntnis der pathologischen Anatomie und Pathogenese der Cyklopie. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1908, lxv, 242-274, 2 pi.—Smallwood (W. M.) Another cyclopian pig. Anat. Anz, Jena, 1914, xlvi, 441-445—Ter-Akobian (S.) Das armenische Marcnen vom Stirnauge. Globus, Brnschwg, 1908, xciv, 205.—Van Duyse. Cyclopie avec cryptophtalmos et kystes colobomateux. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1909, xxix, 65-77.—Winkler (C.) The brain in a case of cyclopia in- completa. Folia neuro-biol.. Leipz, 1916-17, x, 105-158. -----. Over cyclopie in het algemeen en het ontstaan dezer afwijkingen in het Dijzonder. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1917,1, 944. Cycloplegia. See, also, Mydriasis; Mydriatics. Baker (C. H.) Comparative values of cycloplegics. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1902, xxxviii, 1135-1137.—Benolt (Marie L.) Artificial cycloplegia in errors of refraction. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1906, Ixxxiv, 888-891.—De Beck (D.) The question of cycloplegia and of latent hypermetropia. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1904, xiii,779-785—Fellows (C. G.) In what percentage of refractive cases is a cycloplegic neces- sary, and why? Homoeop. Eye, Ear & Throat J, Lancaster, 1907, xiii; 468-480.—Gonzalez (J. de J.) Indicaciones de los ciclopiegicos en la determination de los vicios de refraction. An. de oftal.. Mexico, 1905-6, viii, 345; 398.—Gould (G. M.) Differential diagnosis by cycloplegia in headache migraine, gastric disease, neurasthenia, etc. Buffalo M. J, 1909-10, lxv, 244-246.—Gratiot (H. B.) The value of atropin and homatropin cycloplegia. Iowa M. J. [etc.], Des Moines, 1907, xiv, 225-234.—Harman (N. B.) Cycloplegia in routine refraction work. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1920, i, 598-600.— Roberts (W. H.) Report of a case of transient cycloplegia due to glycosuria. Arch. Ophth, N. Y., 1909, xxxviii, 387-390.—Uribe y Troncoso (M.) Indicaciones de los ciclo- piegicos en la determinaci6n de los vicios de refraccidn. An. de oftal, Mexico, 1905-6, viii, 433^42.—Weill (N. J.) Refraction with and without cycloplegia. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcvi, 800. Also, Reprint. Cycloplegics. See, also, Mydriasis; Mydriatics. Alger (Ellice M.) The use of cycloplegics in refraction. Post-Graduate, N. Y, 1915, xxx, 26-31.—Crawford (J. M.) Why a cycloplegic or mydriatic as a routine? South. M. J, Birmingham, 1917, x, 758-760. [Discussion), 763-766.— Emerson (L.) The use of cycloplegics and mydriatics in ophthalmology. J. Med. Soc. N. Jersey, Orange, 1911-12, viii, 507-511.—Harris (C. M.) Refraction and the use of cycloplegics, with especial mention of hyosein. J. Ophth. & Oto-Laryngol, Chicago, 1912, vi, 289-294.—Wilkinson (O.) A clinical study of the relative actions of atropine and homatropine as cycloplegics. Therap. Gaz, Detroit, 1905, xxix. 437-441. Also, Reprint.—Wood (C. A.) Cycloplegic. In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, v, 3641-3649.—Woodruff (F. E.) Use of cycloplegics in re- fraction. Weekly Bull, St. Louis M. Soc, 1909, iii, 95. Cyclops. Brady (G. S.) On some species of Cyclops and other entomostraca collected by Dr. J. M. Dalziel in Northern Nigeria. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol, Liverp, 1910, iv, 239-250, 3 pi— Burckhardt (G.) Ein zweites Cyclopiden- genus im siissen Wasser. Zool. Anz., Leipz, 1912, xxxix, 725-727.—Byrnes (Esther F.) Experiments in breeding as a means of deteniiining some relationships among cyclops. Biol. Bull, Wood's Hole, Mass, 1919, xxxvii, 40-49.— Chappuis (P. A.) Cyclops halepensis n. spec, ein neuer Copepode aus Syrien. Zool. Anz, Leipz, 1922, lv, 28. Cyclosalpa. Brooks (W. K.) The homologies of the muscles of the subgenus Cyclosalpa. Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ, Bait. 1907, No. 195,1— Rltter (W. E.) & Johnson (M. E.) The growth and differentiation of the chain of Cyclosalpa aflinis Chamisso. J. Morphol, Phila, 1911, xxii, 395-453, 4 pi. Cyclostoma. Ballowitz (E.) Ueber den Bau des Geruchs- organs der Cyclostomata. 8°. Berlin, 1904. Repr.from: Sitzungsb. d. phys.-math. CI. d. k. preuss. Akad. d. Wissensch. zu Berl, 1904, xx. CYCLOSTOMA. 316 CYRANKA. Cyclostoma. Barbieri (C.) Forme larvali del Cyclostomaelegans Drap. Zool. Anz, Leipz, 1907, xxxii, 257-284.—Mercier (L.) Bac- teries desinvertebres; la glande a concretions de Cyclostoma elegans Drap; note preiiminaire. Bull, scient. de la France et de la Beige, Par, 1911, xlv, 15-25.—Sewertzoff (A. N.) Das Visceralskelet der Cyclostomen. Anat. Anz, Jena, 1913, xlv, 280-283. Cyclothymia. See, also, Insanity (Periodic, etc.). Kahn (P.) *La cyclothymie de la constitution cyclothymique et de ses manifestations (depres- sion et excitation intermittentes). 8°. Paris, 1909. ——. The same. Preface de M. G. Deny. 8°. Paris, 1909. Bagenoff. Les cyclothymics. Arch, internat. de neurol. Par, 1910, ii, 296; 353.—Clark (L. P.) Some therapeutic considerations of periodic mental depressions. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1918 xciii, 222-229—Deny (G.) La cyclothymie. Semaine med. Par, 1908, xxviii, 169-171.—Deny ((!.) & Peiissler(A.) Debilitementaleet cyclothymie. Encephale, Par, 1909, i, 290-297. Also: Rev. neurol. Par, 1909, xvii, 296-298.—Fernandez Sanz. Un caso de ciclotimia send. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract, Madrid, 1917, cxvi, 341.—Good spirits and bad. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1911, i, 1393-1395.— Hartenberg (P.) La cyclothymic. Presse med. Par, 1909, xvii, 857-859.—Jelllffe ("S. E.) Cyclothemia; the mild forms of manic-depressive psychoses and the manic-depressive constitution. Am. J. Insan, Bait, 1910-11, lxvii, 661-676 — Kahn (P.) Cyclothymie et obsessions. Cong. d. med. alienistes et neurol. de France . . . C.-r. 1909, Par, 1910, 215-234.-----. La cyclothymie. Progres med. Par, 1910, 3. s, xxvi, 13-15.—Kannabikh (Y. V.) [Cyclothymic constitution.] Psikhoterapiya, Mosk, 1914, v, 69-80 — Sukhanoff (S. A.) [Cyclothymia.] Ibid., 1911, ii, 153-165.— Vlruboff (N. A.) [Cyclothymia and its combinations.] Ibid., 1912, iii, 120-134. Cykler (Joannes). *De rubeola. 26 pp., 11. 8°. Vindobonx, C. Ueberreuter, 1845. Cylicostomum. Boulenger (C. L.) Sclerostome parasites of the horse in England; new species of the genus Cylichostomum. Parasitology, Cambridge, 1917, ix, 203-212.—Ihle (J. E. W.) Eine neue Cylicostomum-Art (C. mucronatum) aus dem Darm des Pferdes. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol; [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1920, Ixxxiv, Orig, 132-134. -----. Cylicostomum brevicapsulatum n. sp, eine neue Strongylide aus dem Darm des Pferdes. Ibid., 562-565. -----. Das Mannchen von Cylicostomum ultrajectinum. Ibid., 1920-1, lxxxv, Orig, 372-374.-----. On the genus Cylicostomum. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol, Liverp, 1921-2, xv, 397-402. -----. [Classification of the genus Cylicostomum.] Tiidschr. v. diergeneesk, Utrecht, 1922, xlix, 135.—Kotlan (A.) Two new Cylicostomum species from the horse. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol, Liverp, 1920-1, xiv, 299-307.—Leiper (R. T.) A new cylicostome worm from the horse in London. [Cyli- costoma mettami.] Vet. J, Lond, 1913, lxix, 460-462.— Yorke (W.) & Macfie (J. W. S.) Strongylidse in horses; Cylicostomum pseudocatinatum sp. n. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol, Liverp, 1918-19, xii, 273-278. Cylindroma. See, also, Tumors (Sarcomatous). Baumgartner (A.) *Le cylindrome (dysem- bryome conjunctivo-epithelial a predominance mucoide). 8°. Paris, 1914. Bayerl (R.) *Beitrag zur Lehre von den Cylindromen. 8°. Miinchen, 1919. Rempis (F. E.) *Beitrag zur Lehre von den Cylindromen. 8°. Munchen, 1907. Werner (C.) *Beitrag zur Lehre von den Cylindromen. [Jena.] 8°. Leipzig-Reudnilz, 1911. Baumgartner (A.) La pathogenie du cylindrome. J. de physiol. et de path, gen. Par, 1914, xvi, 451-466 — Herzog (G.) Neue Beitrage zur Zylindromfrage. Beitr z path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path, Jena, 1921, lxix, 422-461,1 pi — Oberlln (Emily M.) Cylindroma. Tr. Clin. Soc. Univ Mich, Ann Arbor, 1911-12, iii, 130-145. Also: Physician & Surg, Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1912, xxxiv, 206-220— Ribbert. Ueber das Zylindrom. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz & Berl, 1907, xxxiii, 126. Also: Sitzungsb. hrsg. v. naturh! Ver. d. preuss. Rheinl. u. Westfal. 1906, Bonn, 1907, 55. Cylindrospermum. Glade (R.) Zur Kenntnis der Gattung Cylindrospermum. Beitr. z. Biol. d. Pflanzen (Rosen), Bresl, 1914, xii, 295- 346, 2 pi. » » > Cylindruria. See Urine (Casts in). Cyllin. See, also, Creolin; Disinfectants (Chemical). Andropoff (P. V.) [Disinfecting properties of cyllin.] Voyenno-med. J, S.-Peterb, 1912, ccxxxiii, 673-681.— German. Ueber Cyllin. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc ] 1. Abt, Jena, 1905, xxxviii, 237-239.—Kochs (J.) Cyllin Apoth.-Ztg, Berl, 1905, xx, 885.—Robertson (A. N.) Poisoning by cyllin in an infant. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1909, i, 18.—Somervllle (D.) Experiments relative to the toxicity of the disinfectant cyllin. J. Trop. M, Lond, 1905, viii, 200. Cymarin. See, also, Apocynum; Apocynin. Lerouge (F.-J.-B.) *De la cymarine; nou- veau medicament toni-cardiaque et diuretique 8°. Lille, 1913. Osthofp (F.) *Klinische Beobachtungen uber Cymarin. 8°. Kiel, 1919. Allard (E.) Cymarin; ein neues Herzmittel. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1913, xxxix, 782-786.— Bonsmann (M. R.) Zur Cymarintherapie. Med. Klin., Berl, 1921, xvii, 151.s-l.520.-----. Beitrag zur Wirkung des Cymarins. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1914, xj, 18-20.—Gaisbiick (F.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Wirkunpsweise des Cymarins nebst klinischen Beobachtungen. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap.. Berl, 1915, xvii, 311-317— Impens (E.) Ueber Cymarin, das wirksame Prinzip von Apocynum cannabinum und Apocy- num androsoemifolium. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1913, cliii, 239-275.—Kuroda(M.) Ueber Cymarin. Ztschr. f. d. ges. exper. Med, Berl, 1914, iv, 55-62.—von Noorden (C.) Ueber Cymarin bei Kreislaufstorungen. Therap. Mo- natsh, Berl, 1916, xxx, 14-16.—Schmldt-Ottmann (F.) Ueber ein neuartiges Herzmittel, das Cymarin. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1914, lxi, 931.—Schubert (Marie Elise). Cymarin, ein neues Herz- und Gefassmittel. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1913, xxxix, 540-542.—Soldano (A.) La cimarina; su puesto en la clasificacidn terapeutica; caracteres; accitfn fisiol<5gica; indication terapeutica, usos, dosis, formulas, casos practicos. Semana med, Buenos Aires, 1915, xxii, i, 723-734.—Wiesel. Ueber ein neuartiges Herzmittel, das Cymarin. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1914, lxi, 771. Cynara. Labarrere (P.-J.-B.)" *Des eruptions pro- voquees par le contact de l'artichaut. 8°. Bordeaux, 1902. Rasetti (G. E.) Cynarasi o P enzima coagulante della Cynara Cardunculus (L.). Orosi, Firenze, lS9s. xxi, 2S9-302. de Cyon (Elie) [1S43- ]. Les nerfs du cceur; anatomie et physiologie; avec une preface sur les rapports de la medecine avec la physiologie et la bacteriologie. xxxiii, 255 pp. 8°. Paris, F. Alcan, 1905. ------. Das Ohrlabyrinth als Organ der mathe- matischen Sinne fur Raum und Zeit. xx, 432, 1 port., 5 pi. 8°. Berlin, J. Springer, 1908. The same. L'oreille; organe d'orientation dans le temps et dans l'espace. 3 p. 1, xiv, 298 pp., port, (front,), 3 pi. 8°. Paris, F. Alcan, 1911. Die Gefassdrusen als regulatorische Schutzorgane des Zentral-Nervensvstems. xx, 371 pp., 8 pi. 8°. Berlin, J. Sprihger, 1910. ------. Dieu et science; essais de psychologie des sciences, xvi, 444 pp., 1 1., front, (port.). 2 pi. 8°. Paris, F. Alcan, 1910. Cyprididae. Zenker (W.) Ueber die Geschlechtsverhaltnlsse der Gattung Cypris. Arch. f. Anat, Physiol, u. wissensch. Med, Berl, 1850,193-202, 1 pi. Cyprinoidea. Glacomlnl (E.) II sistema interrenale e il sistema cro- mafflne (sistema feocromo) dei Ciprinidi. Rendic. Accad. d. sc. d. Ist. di Bologna, 1910-11, n. s, xv, 109.—Haemcl (O.) I eber die sogenannte .Kauplatte der Cyprinoiden. Ber. a. ?'m 1 b?yer- Dio1- Versuchsstation in Munchen, 1908, i, 1-19,1 pi.-----. Die Schlundknochenmuskulatur der Cipri- noiden und ihre Funktion. Zool. Jahrb, Jena, 1908-9, xxvii. 95-102,1 pi. Cyr (E.) ^Contribution a 1'etude clinique de l'appendicite chez les enfants en bas age. 93 pp. 8°. Lausanne, A. Jaunin, 1903. Cyranka (Hans) [188S- ]. *TJeber die akute interstitielle primare IMyokarditis. [Breslau.] 19 pp. 8°. Berlin, R. Trenkel, 1914. CYKIAX. 317 CYSTIN. Cyriax (Edgar F.) The elements of Kellgren's manual treatment, xiv (1 1.), 506 pp. roy. 8°. New York, Wm. Wood dc Co., 1904. ------. Henrik Kellgren und seine manuelle Behandlungsmethode. 22 pp. 8°. Worishofen (Bayern), 1905. ------. Bibliographia gymnastica medica. xxiii, 161 pp. 8°. Worishofen, 1909. Cystectomy. See Bladder (Excision of). Cystein. Arnold (V.) Ueber den Cysteingehalt der tierischen Organe. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Strassb, 1910-11, lxx, 314-325—Mathews (A. P.) & Walker (S.) The sponta- neous oxidation of cystein. J. Biol. Chem, Bait, 1909, vi, 21-28.-----------. The action of cyanides and nitrites on the spontaneous oxidation of cystein. Ibid., 29-37.----- -----. The action of metals and strong salt solutions on the spontaneous oxidation of cystein. Ibid., 299-312 — Neuberg (C.) & Mayer (P.) Ueber Cystein. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Strassb, 1905, xliv, 472-497. [Cystic goitre.] 1 pi. [London, 1782.] Cysticercoids. Damp! (A.) Ueber ein Cysticercoid aus einem Floh der Springmaus (Alactaga jaculus). Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1910, liv, Orig, 452-454.—Mrazek (A.) Ein neues Cysticercoid aus Tubifex. Ibid., liii, Orig, 315- 317.—Nicoll (W.) & Mlnchln (E. A.) Two species of cysticercoids from the rat flea (Ceratophyllus fasciatus). Proc. gen. meet. . . . Zool. Soc, Lond, 1911, pt. 1, 9-13. Cysticercus and cysticercosis. See, also, Tapeworms; Taenia solium, and under names of organs, as Brain (Hydatids of). Leuckart (R.) Die Blasenbandwiirmer und ihre Entwicklung; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Cysticercusleber. 4°. Giessen, 1856. Lewy (S.) *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der zerebro- spinalen Zystizerkose. 8°. Breslau, 1913. Vosgien (Y.) *Le cysticercus cellulosse chez l'homme et chez les animaux. 8°. Paris, 1911. Also, in: Bull. Soc. centr. de m.ed. vet. Par, 1912, lxvi, 270-275. Aloi (V.) La cisticercosi. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med, Napoli, 1915, n. s, xxxvii, 57-70.—Amorosi (P.) Caso isolato di cysticercus cellulosse nei connettivo sottocutaneo. Riv. veneta di so. med, Venezia, 1912, lvi, 310-315.—Atkin- son (E.) Cysticercus cellulosse in the pig. Med. J. Australia, Sydney, 1915, i, 144.—Blanc (G.) & Caminopetros (J.) Le cysticercoi'de d'Hemidactylus turcicus Lin. Bull. Soc. path, exot. Par, 1921, xiv, 20.—BUchli (K.) Algemeene cysticercose bij het schaap (Cysticercus tenuicollis). Tijd- schr. v. veeartsenijk, JJtrecht, 1912, xxxix, 274-280, 1 pi.—Burl (R.) Die Untersuchung auf Rinderfinnen (Cysticercus bovis s. inermis) in der Fleischschau. Cor.-Bl. t. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1916, xlvi, 552-559.—Campbell (T.V.) & Thomson (T. T.) A case of multiple cysticercus cellulosse. Indian M. Gaz, Calcutta, 1912, xhii, 145 — Cauchemez (L.) Sensibilite de l'homme et du pore a 1'instillation dans l'oeil du liquide vesiculaire de Cysticercus cellulosse. Hyg. de la viande [etc.], Par, 1913, vii, 173-175.— Cholodkovsky (N.) Contribution k la connaissance des cysticerques d'oiseaux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1917, lxxx, 219-225.—Cremona (P.) Sulla cisticercosi cellu- lare del cane. N. Ercolani, Torino, 1922, xxvii, 17-27.— Dalrymple (W. H.) Cysticercus cellulosse of the hog. N. Orl. M. & S. J, 1914-15, lxviii, 168. 1 pi.—Dianoux. Cysticerques et fougere male. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1909, 2. s, xxvii, 1025-1029.—Bondero (A. P.) Osscrvazioni cliniche su un caso di cisticercosi diffusa prevalentemente sottocutanea ed inframuscolare. Atti d. Soc. lomb. di sc. med. e biol, Milano, 1913-14, iii, 356-362.—Douma (S.) Cysticercus tenuicollis in de musculatuur bij het schaap. Tijdschr. v. diergeneesk, Utrecht, 1917, xliv, 662.—Gelpel. Cysticercus cellulosse in der Korpermuskulatur. Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. Rontgenstrahlen, Hamb, 1913, xx, 594, 1 pi — Hall (M. C.) Experimental ingestion by man of cysticerci or carnivore tapeworms. J. Parasitol, Urbana, 111, 1914-15, i, 42-44.-----. An estimate of the number of cysts in a case of pork measles. J. Am. Vet. M.-Ass, Ithaca, 1919. lvi, 71.—Hausmann (M.) Ein Cysticercus (tenuicollis?) im Kleinhirn nebst einigen Bemerkungen zur Funktion des Kleinhirns. Schweiz. med. Wchnschr, Basel, 1920,1,1105- 1110.—Hercelles (O.) & Voto Bernales (J.) La cisticercosis humana en el Peril. Crdn. med, Lima, 1915, xxxii, 49-54. Hughes (J. R.) A case of Cysticercus cellulosse in man. Lancet, Lond, 1921, ii, 956.—Jehn (W.) Ueber Cysticercus cellulosse. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl, 1921, ccxxxiv, 240-244.—Joyeux (C.) Description d'un Cysticercus and cysticercosis. cysticerco'ide de Cerastes cornutus L. Arch. d. Inst. Pasteur de l'Afrique du Nord, Algier & Tunis, 1921, i, 383-387.— Junack (M.) Beitrag zur lokalen Verbreitung der Rinder- finnen. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg, Berl, 1913, xxiii, 509.—Leue. Bemerkenswerter Finnenfund beim Jungrinde. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg, Berl, 1918-19, xxix, SSL- Lindner (E.) Die Bedeutung des Cysticercus-Schwanzes. Biol. Zentralbl, Leipz, 1921, xii, 36-41.—Maclel (J. J.) & Josettl (R.) Sobre urn caso de cysticercose humana gene- ralisada, Cysticercus cellulosse (Rudolphi, 1809). Arch. brasil. de med, Rio de Jan, 1911, i, 633-648.—Mazza (S.) & Invanissevlch (O.) Cysticercus cellulosse del masetero en el hombre. Rev. Asoc. med. argent, Buenos Aires, 1922, xxxv, Sect. Soc. de biol, 7-11.—Milella (M.) Di una rara localizzazione del "cysticercus cellulosse." Ann. di med. nav, Roma, 1918, i, 400.—Mlngazzlni (P.) Nuove ricerche sulle cisti degli elminti. Arch, de parasitol. Par, 1900, iii, 134-162.—Parisot (J.) & Slmonin (P.) Toxicite et effets physio-pathologiques du liquide vesiculaire de Cysticercus pisiformis. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1920, Ixxxiii, 739-741.—Posselt (A.) Ein Beitrag zur Lehre von der multiplen Cysticerkose. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1899, xii, 422-430.—Pursche. Ein Fall von multipler verkalkter Cysticercose. Med. Klin, Berl, 1914, x, 586-588.—Ransom (B. H.) Cysticercus ovis, the cause of tapeworm cysts in mutton. J. Agric. Research, Wash, 1913-14. i, 15-58, 3 pi. Also, Reprint. -----. The destruction of the vitality of Cysticercus bovis by freezing. J. Parasitol, Urbana, 111, 1914, i, 5-9. Also, Reprint.—Rivera (A.) Primera con- tribucidn al estudio de la cisticercosis porcina y bovina, en su relation con la especie humana. Gac. med. de Costa Rica, 1916, s. 10. xix, 397; 411.—Roccavllla (A.) Cistocercosi umana generalizzata; ricerche cliniche, chimiche e serolo- giche. Policlin, Roma, 1917, xxiv, sez. med, 53-82.—Saupe (E.) Ueber den rontgenologischen Nachweis von verkalkten Zystizerken. Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. Rontgenstrahlen, Hamb, 1922, xxix, 325-330, 1 pi.—Schenk (P.) Ueber einen intra vitam diagnostizierten Fall von Cysticercus racemosus. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh, Leipz, 1920, ' lxvi, 301-311.—Schiippler (H.) Cysticercus pisiformis Le- poris cuniculi L. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. Tete], 1. Abt, Jena, 1918-19, Orig, Ixxxii, 468-470.—Schroder (P.) Allge- meine Zystizerkose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1916, xiii, 305.—Schwartz (M. I.) [Vrublevski's method of determining the viability of cysticerci cellulosse in hog-meat.] Kharkov. M. J, 1916, xxi, 68.—Scott (J. W.) Experiments with tapeworms; some factors producing evag- ination of a Cysticercus. Biol. Bull, Woods Hole, Mass, 1913, vii, 304-312,1 pi.—van den Slooten (J. P.) & Rinses (J.) Het voorkomen van Cysticercus tenuicollis in de mus- culatuur bij het schaap. Tijdschr. v. diergeneesk, Utrecht, 1917, xliv, 604.—Sparapani (G. C.) Le carni disuini affetti da cisticercus cellulosse e la precipito-reazione. Clin, vet, Milano, 1915, xxxviii, 845-850.—Sperna Weiland (T.) [Examination of slaughtered cattle for cysticercosis.] Tijd- schr. v. diergeneesk, Utrecht, 1921, xlviii,714.—Tirumurti (T. S.) The tsenia solium and cysticercus cellulosse in man. Antiseptic, Madras, 1911, viii, 9; 144.—Ussai (S.) La cisti- cercosi bovina e suina nella Venezia Giulia con riguardo alia bassa macelleria. Igiene mod, Genova, 1921, xiv, 321- 532.—Vampre (E.) Um caso de intoxioacao por cysticercus cellulosse. Ann. paulist. de med. e cirurg, S. Paulo, 1916, vi,97-103.—Vogel (R.) Ein Cystericercus des Regenwurmes als Jugendform der Vogeltanie Dilepis undula (Schrank). Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt.. Jena, 1920-1, Orig, lxxxv, 370-372.—Zwijnenberg (H. A.) [Case of cysticercosis generalis.] Tijdschr. v. diergeneesk, Utrecht, 1920, xlvii, 53-56. Cystidicola. Leiper (R. T.) Note on the anatomy of Cystidicola farionis. Parasitology, Cambridge, 1908, 1, 193.—Shipley (A. E.) Note on Cystidicola farionis Fischer: a thread- worm parasitic in the swim-bladder of a trout. Ibid., 190-192. Cystin. See, also, Amino-acids. Abderhalden(E.) Familiare Cystindiathese. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb, 1903, xxxviii, 557-561. -----. Weiterer Beitrag zur Kenntnis des im Harn und in Harn- steinen vorkommenden Cystins. Ibid., 1919, civ 129-132.— Abderhalden (E.) & Samuely (F.) Das Verhalten von Cystin, Dialanylcystin Und Dileucylcystin im Organismus des Hundes. Ibid., 1905, xlvi, 187-192.—Blum (L.) Ueber das Schicksal des Cystins im Tierkorper. Beitr. z. chem. Phys. u. Path, Brnschwg, 1903, v, 1-14.—Buchtala (H.) Ueber das Mengenverhaltnis des Cystins in veschiedenen Hornsubstanzen. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Strassb, 1907, Iii, 474-481.—Busacchi (A.) La cistina nei sedimenti e nei calcoli delle urine alcaline. Gior. di clin. med, Parma, 1920 i, 363-367—Finks (A. J.), Jones (B.) & Johns (C. O.) The role of cystine in the dietary properties of the proteins of the cow-pea, vigna sinensis, and the field pea, Pisum sativum. J. Biol. Chem, Bait, 1922, Iii, 403-410.—Fischer (E.) & Suzuki (U.) Zur Kenntnis des Cystins. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Strassb, 1905, xlv, 405-411.—Folln (O.) On the preparation of cystin. J. Biol. Chem, Bait, 1910, viii, 9.—Frledmann (E.) Ueber die Konstitution des CYSTIN. 318 CYSTOTOMY. Cystin. Eiweisscvstins. Beitr. z. chem. Phys. u. Path, Brnschwg, 1902, ii, 433.-----. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der physiologi- sehen Beziehungen der schwefelhaltigen Eiweissabkomm- linge; iiber die Konstitution des Cystins. Ibid., iii, 1-46.— Herzfeld (E.) Ueber eine colorimetrische Cystinbestim- mungsmethode. Schweiz. med. Wchnschr, Basel, 1922, Iii, 411.—Holm (G. E.) & Hoffman (W. F.) Some observa- tions upon the isolation of cystine from keratins. Science, N. Y, 1920, n. s, Iii, 589.—Johns (C. O.) & Finks (A. J.) Studies in nutrition; the role of cystine in nutrition as exemplified by nutrition experiments with the proteins of the navy bean, Phaseolus vulgaris. J. Biol. Chem, Bait, 1920, xii, 379-3^9—Lewis (H. B.) &. McGlnty (D. A.) The metabohsm of sulfur; cysteine as an intermediary product in the metabolism of cystine. Ibid., 1922, liii, 349-356.— Mathews (A. P.) & Walker (S.) The spontaneous oxida- tion of cystin and the action of iron and cyanides upon it. Ibid., 1909, vi, 2*9-298.—Mauthner (J.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Cystins. Ztschr. f. Biol, Munchen & Leipz, 1901, n. F, xxiv, 176-186,1 pi.-----. I'eber Cystin. Ztschr. f. phvsiol. Chem, Strassb, 1912, lxxviii, pt. 1, 2S-36.— Morner (C. T.) Einige Beobachtungen iiber Cystinnitrat und Cystinhydrochlorid. Ibid., 1914, xciii, 203-208.— Morner (K. A. H.) Sur la formation de la cystine par dedoublement des matieres proteiqucs. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r, Par, 1900, sect, physiol, 15-19. -----. Zur Kenntnis der Spaltungsprodukte des Cystins. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Strassb, 1904, xhi, 349-364.—Patten (A. J.) Einige Bemerkungen iiber das Cystin. Ibid., 1903-4, xxxix, 350-355.—Pllmmer (R. H. A.) The separation of cystine and tyrosine. Bio-chem. J, Liverp, 1912-13, vii, 311-317.—Saxl (P.) Kann der Cystinsehwefel im Organis- mus antiseptische Eigenschaften entfalten? Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap, Berl, 1913, xiii, 326-333.—Schmidt (C. L. A.) A method for the preparation of cystin. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med, N. Y, 1921-2, xix, 50-52. Cystinuria and cystinsemia. See, also, Urine (Cystine in). Bexoist (M.) *Contribution a l'etude de la cvstinurie et de la lithiase cystineuse. 8°. Montpellier, 1912. Arena (F.) Su di un caso di cistinuria in seguito a ferita perforante del rene. Origine renale della cistina? Mondo med, Roma, 1920, ii, 39-16.—Conti (A.) Ricerche ed osser- vazioni su due casi di cistinuria. Gior. di clin. med, Parma, 1921, ii, 572-588.—Frankel (L.) Ueber Cystinurie und Cystinsteine. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir, Leipz, 1914, exxxi, 442-465.—Garrod (A. E.) Inborn errors of metabolism. [Cvstinuria.] Lancet, Lond, 1908, ii, 1; 73; 142; 214.— GastUdl (G.) Cistinuria. Morgagni, Milano, 1914, lvi, Et. 2, 1105-1116.—Klemperer (G.) Zur Behandlung der vstinurie. Therap. d. Gegenw, Berl, 1914, lv, 101-103.— Kretschmer (H. L.) Cystinuria and cystin stones; with a report of a new family of cystinurics. Tr. Urol. Soc, Chi- cago, 1915-16, 1-17. Also: Urol. & Cutan. Rev, St. Louis, 1916, xx, 1-10.—Moore (J. W.) Cystin and cystinemia. Am. J. Clin. M, Chicago, 1908, xv, 788-790.—Neumann (A.) Cystinsteine und Cystinurie. Berl. khn.Wchnschr, 1914, li, 1294. Also: Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1914, xl, 2065.—P. (A. L. S.) Two cases of cystinuria. Guy's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1917, xxxi, 382-385.—Rettberg (W.) Die Saurekrankheit Cystinurie. Aerztl. Rundschau, Miin- chen, 1914, xxiv, 169.—Rosenfeld (G.) Ueber Cvstinurie. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1917, liv, 957-959.—Sniillie (\V. G.) Treatment of cvstinuria. Arch. Int. Med, Chicago, 1915, xvi, 503-508. Also, Reprint. Cystitis. See Bladder (Inflammation of). Cystitis cystica. See Bladder (Inflammation of, ('ystic). Cystobia. Dogiel (V.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Gregarinen; Cystobia chiridotae nov. sp. Arch. f. Protistenk, Jena, 1906, vii, 106-130, 1 pi.—Dubosco (U.) Cystobia testiculi, n. sp, gregarine parasite du testicule d'un mollusque gastO- ropode prosobranche, Cerithium tuberculatum L. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1916, lxxix, 652-655.—Ssokoloft (B.) Cystobia intestinalis nov. sp. Arch. f. Protistenk Jena, 1913, xxxii, 221-228, 1 pi—Woodcock (H. M.) On cystobia irregularis (Minch.) and allied neogamous grega- nnes (preliminary note). Arch, de zool. exper. et gen. Hist. nat. [etc.], Par, 1904; 4. s, ii, pp. exxv-exxviii.-----. The life cycle of Cystobia irregularis (Minch.), together with observations on other neogamous Gregarines. Quart. J Micr. Sc, Lond, 1906-7,1,1-101, 6 pi. Cystocele. See Bladder (Hernia of). Cystocholedochostomy. See, also, Gall-bladder (Diseases of, Treatment of, Operative). Cystocholedochostomy. Wolff (H.) Die Cysto-Choledochostomie, eine neue Gal- lenwegverbindung. Zentralbl. f. Chir, Leipz, 1914, xii, 231- 235. Cystogen. See, also, Genito-urinary organs (Diseases of, Treatment of). Gayle (V. W.) Notes on the therapeutic action of cystogen. Kansas City M. Index-Lancet, 1900, xxi, 279- 283.—Thompson (G. H.) Some genito-urinary cases [cystogen]. Regular M. Visitor, St. Louis, 1904, v, 1-3. Cystopurin. See, also, Hexamethylenamine. Alsleben (P.) Zur Analvtik des Cvstopurins. Apoth.- Ztg, Berl, 1907, xxii, 663.—Bebert (K.) Ueber interne Therapie der Harnkrankheiten unter besonderer Beriick- sichtigung des Cvstopurin. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1909, xlvi, 1846-1848.—Bergell (P.) Zur Kenntnis des Hexame- thylentetramins und seiner Salze (Cystopurin). Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1907, xxxiii, 55.—Heubach (P.) Ueber Cvstopurin. Med. Klin, Berl, 1911, vii, 576.— Impens. Cystopurin. Therap. Monatsh, Berl, 1907, xxi, 314.—Krebs (G.) Ueber den praktisch-thcrapeutischen Wert des Cystopurins. Ztschr. T. Urol.. Berl. &. Leipz, 1912, vi, 654-6.56.—Linke. Cystopurin. Therap. Neuheiten, Leipz, 1910, v, 37-40.—Loose (O. E.) Ueber den klinischen Wert des Cystopurins. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1907, xxxiii, 56-58.—Peters. Ueber den praktisch- therapeutischen Wert des Cvstopurins. Deutsche Aerzte- Ztg, Berl, 1908,197-200.—Zernlk(F.) Cystopurin. Apoth.- Ztg, Berl, 1907, xxii, 469. Also: Arb. a. d. pharmazeut. Inst. d. Univ. Berl, 1908, v, 38-42. Cystopus. Eberhardt (A.) Zur Biologie von Cystopus candidus. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt, Jena, 1903, x, 655. -----. Contribution a l'etude de Cystopus candidus Lev. Ibid., 1904, xii, 235; 426; 614, 714, 1 pi.—Peglion (V.) Sulla presenza in Itaha del Cystopus Legigoni. Atti Accad. d. sc med. e nat. in Ferrara, 1904-5, lxxix, 15-17. Cystoscope. See Bladder (Exploration of, Lnstruments for). Cystoscopy (Operative). See Bladder (Surgery of) [Intravesical opera- tion]. Cystotomy. See, also, Bladder (Surgery of). Galtier (A.) Contribution a l'etude des fistules vesical es consecutives a la taille suspu- bienne. 8°. Toulouse, 1900. Kaufmans (A.J. W.) *Ueber die Paracentese der Harnblase fiber der Svmphvse. 8°. Leipzig, 1865. Pascale (G.) Cistotomia soprapubica contri- buto e lieve modifica alia tecnica operativa. 8°. Napoli, 1900. Barlow (C. H.) A new method of drainage in suprapubic operation of the bladder. China M. J.. Shanghai, 1918, xxxii, 329.—Barnett (C. E.) Unusual benefits following suprapubic cystotomy under local anesthesia. Urol. A Cutan. Rev., St. Louis, 1917, xxi, 209-211.—Blasuccl (E.) Dilatation of the bladder in suprapubic cystotomy. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1904, lxv, 454.—Bogdanlk (J.) Int'raperito- nealer Schnitt und Schniirnaht bei Operationen an der Harnblase. Wien. med. Presse, 1904, xlv, 2129-2132.— Bratrud (T.) Suprapubic cystotomy. Journal-Lancet, Minneap., 1914, xxxiv, 643-647.—Cannaday u . G.) Supra- pubic cystotomy, with a report of a successful operation under the influence of local anesthesia with Schleich's solution. Virginia M. Semi-Month, Richmond, 1901-2, vi, 218.- Carpenter (J. G.) Supra-pubic cystotomy for trau- matism, with perineal drainage. Nastiville J. M. A S, 1900, lxxxviii, 247 257.—Chandelux. Sur la continence du meat hypogastrique apres l'epicystostoinie; procede pou- vant permettre de l'obtenir. Province mcx!, Lyon, 1S98, xii, 529.- Colomblno (S.) La taille hypogastrique en deux temps. Rev. chn. d'urol. Par, 1913, ii, 605-609 — t olo una (G.) Sul valore di alcune intisioni nella eplcisto- tornia. Saggi di chir. . . . giubileo di L. Bruno, Torino, lvjt, 79-92.—Colt ((•. H.) Remarks on the after-treatment of cases of suprapubic cystotomy, with a description of a new dressing for the purpose. Lancet, Lond, 1905, ii. 1322- 1325: 1906, h, !,60. Also: Practitioner, Lond, 1906, lxxvi, 815-828. Also, Reprint.—Crowell (S.) Suprapubic cys- totomy, without di-lending the bladder. Boston M. & S. J, 1902, cxhii, 323. - Crutcher (H.) On supra-pubic cystotomy and retrograde rat heterization as a guide in perineal section for obliterative urethritis. Internat. J. Surg, N. Y, 1901, xiv. 301-304.-----. Operative hernia following supra-pubic cystotomy. Am. Med, Burlington, Vt, & N. Y, 1912, n. s. CYSTOTOMY. 319 CYTODIAGNOSIS. Cystotomy. \ii, 688.—Cumston (C. G.) Suprapubic cystotomy in children. Ann. Gynec. & Pediat, Bost, 1905, xviii, 229-242. -----. A short account of the early history of suprapubic cystotomy. Boston M. & S. J, 1912, clxvi, 516-525. Also, Reprint. -----. The indications and technic of intra- peritoneal cystotomy. Internat. Clin, Phila, 1919, 29. s, ii, 105-108, 1 pi.—Dandolo (A.) il processo migliore per aprire la vescica nella cistotomia sovrapubica. Riv. veneta di sc. med, Venezia. 1902, xxxvi, 65-69— Dandridge (N. P.) A comparison of the merits of supra pubic and perineal cystotomy. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1899, xxx, 28-46 [Discussion], 103-118. Also: Tr. Acad. Surg, Phila, 1900, ii 46-79.—De Rinaldis (U.) La cistotomia soprapubica nelle affezioni chirurgiche vescicali. N. progr. internaz. med- chir, Napoli, 1905-6, ii, 37-43.—De Smeth (J.) Eclairage cystoscopique au cours de la taille hypogastrique. J. med de Brux, 1903, viii, 807.—D' Ursi (E.) Trattamento della ferita vescico-addominale nell' epiristotomia. Arch, ed atti d. Soc.ital. di chir, Roma, 1894, ix, 238-240.—Federicl (N.) Contributo alia chirurgia delle vie urinarie; cistotomia ipo- gastrica esplorativa in un caso a sintomatologia complicata e difficile. Clin, chir, Milano, 1910, xviii,759-762.—Ferraresi (P.) Di una modificazione nella cistotomia soprapubica Policlin, Roma, 1902, ix, sez. chir, 518-524.—Finckh (E.j Zur Nachbehandlung der suprapubischen Cvstotomy Beitr. z. klin. Chir, Tubing, 1908, lix, 78-80.—Finlay son (D. W.) Perineal cystotomy. Iowa M. J, Des Moines 1901, vii, 504-508.—Forsee (C. G.) Suprapubic cystotomy report of cases* Kentucky M. J, Bowling Green, 1912-13 xi, 257-259.—Fort (J. A.) De Pirrigation continue de la vessie apres la cystostomie sus-pubienne. Independ. med Par, 1899, v, 234.—Frank (R} Ein neuer Blasenschnitt (Cystotomia perinealis). Arch. f. klin. Chir, Berl, 1903 Ixxi, 448-452.—Fuller (E.) Post-prostatic cystotomy! Tr. Am. Urol. Ass, 1910, Brookline, 1911, iv, 7-17. [Dis- cussion], 162-170.—Gallois. La cystostomie d'urgence. Rev. prat. d. mal. d. org. gen.-urin, Lille, 1904, i, 11-19.— Godard (L.) Some indications for suprapubic cystotomy with illustrative cases. Am. J. Urol, N. Y, 1913, ix. 223- 229.—Hinder (H. V. C.) Supra-pubic and perineal cys- totomy. Intercolon. M. Cong. Australas. Tr. 1899, Brisbane 1901, 217-222.—Holmes (E. W.) Suprapubic cystotomy! Internat. Clin, Phila, 1901,11. s, i, 143-146.—Horwitz (O.) An inquiry into the cause for the large mortality resulting from suprapubic cystotomy, report of seventy cases, with but one death. Med. & Surg. Reporter, Phila, 1897. lxxvi, 609-613.—Iodlce (N.) Nuovo processo di cistotomia peri- neale senza interessare la prostata. N. riv. clin.-terap. Napoli, 1900, iii, 521-525.—Irving (H.) The after-treatment! of cases of suprapubic cystotomy; a new and economical method. Lancet, Lond, 1907, ii, 1756.—Jackson (T. V.) Suprapubic cystotomy painlessly performed after the hypo- dermic injection ofeucaine. Ibid., 1900,i,928.—Jepson (W.) A means of regulating inflation of the bladder preliminary to supra-pubic cvstotomy. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1898, xxviii, 358-365.—Kalb (O.) Ueber suprasymphysare Cystostomie. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir, Leipz, 1917, cxl, 193-205.— Lac- cettl. Considerazioni sull' epicistotomia. Riforma med, Napoli, 1897, xhi, pt. 4, 604; 616; 627. Also, Reprint.— Lastaria (F.) Della soppressione di qualsiasi dilatazione vescicale nella epicistotomia. Clin, chir, Milano, 1902, x, 201-210.—Loumeau (E.) Taille sus-pubienne medio- laterale pour tumeur de la vessie. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1897, xxvii, 75-77.—Loumeau (E.) & Rocaz. Taille hypo- gastrique chez une petite fille de trente mois. Ibid., 1898, xxviii, 265; 292; 301.—Lower (W. E.) A clinical report on a technic for closing the urinary bladder after suprapubic opening. Cleveland M. J, 1910, ix, 706-710.—Lundsgaard (K. K. K.) Ein altes zystotomartiges Instrument. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1917,lix, 173.—McGulre (H.) Suprapubic cystotomy for the formation of an artificial urethra. Internat. Chn, Phila, 1894, 4. s, i. 164-173.— MacLaren (A.) & Ritchie (H. P.) Trans-peritoneal cys- totomy. St. Paul M. J, St. Paul, Minn, 1910, xii, 467-472.— McLean (A.) A new instrument for suprapubic cystotomy. J. Mich. M. Soc, Battle Creek, 1912, xi, 83.—Martin Gil (R.) Tratamiento post-operatorio de la cistotomiasuprapubiana. Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. med, Madrid, 1908, xix, 333-336.— Mauny. Taille sus-pubienne pour corps etrangers de la vessie chez l'homme. Arch. prov. de chir. Par, 1897, vi, 172-175.—Meisel. Lichthebel Dei Sectio alta. Zentralbl. f. Chir, Leipz, 1909, xxxvi, 911-918.—Xogues (P.) Descrip- tion d'une sonde ballon et d'une modification apportee au benique avec conducteur. Ann. d. mal. d. org. genito-urin. Par, 1897, xv, 1114-1116.—Nuzum (T. W.) Suprapubic cystotomy. Internat. J. Surg, N. Y, 1900, xiii, 195-198 — Pacheco Mendes (A.) De la cystotomie sus-pubienne chez les jeunes enfants. Ann. d. mal. d. org. genito-urin. Par, 1906, xxiv, 1376-1381.—Parrott (J. M.) Suprapubic cystotomy; a study. Carolina M. J, Charlotte, 1906, liv, 142-145.—Pavone (M.) V arii casi di cistotomia ipogastrica, con qualche modificazioni nella tecnica operativa. Atti d. r. Accad. d. sc. med.in Palermo (1901), 1902,1-16.—Porta (S.) L' esclusione dell' uretra colla cistostomia soprapubica temporanea. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1913, 6. s, v, 247-250—Preindlsberger (J.) Zur Cvstotomia perinealis. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lviii, 497; 623 — Rochet. Taille hypogastrique modifiee pour arriver a voir Cystotomy. aisement les orifices ureteraux dans la vessie. Lyon med, 1904, cii, 1038-1040.—Roth (A.) Rilievi clinici su 315 osser- vazioni personali di cistotomia soprapubica per indicazioni diverse. Folia urolog, Ltipz, 1907, i, 556-568.—Scudder (C. L.) & Davis (L.) Harrington's operation of intraperi, toneal cystotomy; with report of four cases. Ann. Surg.- Phila, 1908, xlviii, 862-871, 2 pi.—Serrallach. Talla hipc- gastrica ab sutura inmediata de la bufeta. An. de med. Butll. mens, de P Acad. . . . de Catalunya, Barcel, 1910, iv, 206-210.—Stutzin (J. J.) Zur Anlegungeiner Ventilfistel als Blasendauerfistel; vorlaufige Mitteilung. Zentralbl. f. Chir, Leipz, 1918, xlv, 685-6s$.—Syms (P.) Transperi- toneal operations on the bladder. Am. Med, Burlington, Vt., & N. Y, 1912, n. s, vii, 88-92.—Tennant(C. E.) Intra- peritoneal cystotomy. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1910, Ui, 657-663.— Thompson (A. B.) Supra-pubic cystotomy. Guy's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1917, xxi, 67-71.—Venable (C. S.) Methods of closure and drainage following suprapubic cystotomy. Am. J. Dermat. Genito-Urin. Dis, St. Louis, 1909, xiii 72-78. Also: St. Louis Med. Rev, 1910, n. s,iv, 264-270—Vignolo (Q.) Apparecchio per la regolare urinazione nell' epicisto- stomia. Chn. mod, Pisa, 1899, v, 155-157.—Walker (G.) A new retractor to be used in suprapubic cystotomy. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1907, xhi, 261—Wenzel (F.) Die suprapu- bisehe Cystostomose nach Witzel und ihre jetzige verein- fachte Technik. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1903, xxix, 226-229.—Williams (H.) The technic of supra- ?ubic cystotomy in badly infected cases. Ann. Surg, hila, 1916. lxiii, 686-689.—Wright (E. N.) Some points on suprapubic cystotomy. Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1905, n. s, xxiv, 218-221. Cystourethroscope. Buerger (L.) Un nouveau cysto-urethroscope. Ann. d. mal. d. org. genito-urin. Par, 1910, ii, 1261-1265.—Green- berg (G.) A new operating composite cysto-urethroscope. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1919, lxx, 212-220, 3 pi—Morales- Macedo (C.) A cystourethroscope for diagnosis and thera- peutics. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1916, civ, 600.—Oelze (F. W.) Ueber Zysto-Urethroskopie. Dermat. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Hamb, 1921, lxxiii, 961-966. Cysts. See Tumors (Cystic), and under names of organs, as Brain (Tumors of, Cystic). Cysts (Dermoid). See Tumors (Cystic, Dermoid). Cytase. See, also, Anticytase; Enzymes; Fer- ments. Lucibelll (G.) Contributo alio studio sull' origine della citasi. Riforma med, Palermo-Napoli, 1904, xx, 169-171.— Maestrlni (D.) Un nuovo metodo di colorazione della cellulosa e la sua importanza nella ricerca delle citasi. Arch. di fisiol, Firenze, 1921, xix, 83-88, 1 pi.—Molon (C.) Sulla origine delle citasi. Gazz. d. osp, Milano, 1904, xxv, 1569- 1571. Also: Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1904 Roma, 1905, xiv, 285-292.—Pane (N.) Importanza della citasi prodotta artificialmente nell' organismo, nelle infezioni sperimentali. Riforma med, Roma, 1903, xix, 1093-1095. Cytisus and cytisine. Friedmann (A.) *Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Cytisins. 8°. Berlin, 1901. Brett (J.) Laburnum poisoning in a cow. Veterinarian, Lond, 1887, lx, 637.—Bull (E.) [Laburnum poisoning.] Tidskr. f. d. norske Lsegefor, Kristiania, 1901, xxi, 534 — Collard. Empoisonnement de deux chevaux par le cytise des Alpes. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. vet. Par, 1908, lxii, 477.—Dale (H. H.) & Laidlaw (P. P.) The physiological action of cytisine. the active alkaloid of laburnum (Cytisus laburnum). J. Pharm. & Exper. Therap, Bait, 1911-12, iii, 205-221.—Freund (M.) & Gaufl (R.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Cytisins. Arch. d. Pharm, Berl, 1918. cclvi, 33-51.—Fristedt (R. F.) [Laburnum as a poison.] Upsala Lakaref. Forh. 1871, vi, 508-511. Also, Reprint.—Ftthner (H.) & Mertens (E.) Der toxikologische Nachweis des Cytisins. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1921, cxv, 262-268 — Mlchelet (C.) [A case of laburnum poisoning.] Tidskr. f. d. norske Laegefor, Kristiania, 1901, xxi, 467.—Perrot (E.) Les cytises fourragers des canaries. Bull. d. sc. Pharmacol Par, 1919, xxvi, 353.—St. Johnston (G.) Six cases of laburnum poisoning. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1891, ii, 695.— Stephenson (S. H. W.) Poisoning by laburnum seeds. Lancet, Lond, 1887, ii, 367.—Tomlinson (H.) & Mc- Naughton (J. G.) Cases of poisoning by laburnum seeds. Brit. M.J. Lond, 1895, ii, 778.—Vallette (A.) Empoisonne- ment collectif par les fleurs de cytise. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom, Genfeve, 1908, xxviii, 366-370. Cytodiagnosis. See, also, Cell; Serous membranes (Discharges from, Examination of). CYTODIAGNOSIS. 320 CYTOMETER. Cytodiagnosis. Lab be (M.) Le cytodiagnostic; les methodes d'examen des serosit^s pathologiques et du liquide cephalo-rachidien. 2. ed. 8°. Paris, 1912- Brlon (A.) Ergebnisse der Cytodiagnostik von Ex- und Transsudaten. Arch. f. off. Gsndhtspflg, Strassb, 1903, xxii 423. -----. Ueber Cytodiagnostik; zusammenfassen- des 'Referat. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat, Jena, 1903, xiv, 609-619.—Cosio (J.) El ritodiagndstieo en clinica. Gac. med, Mexico, 1904, 2. s, iv, 106; 121; 128- 140.—Czerno-Schwarz (B.) & Bronsteln (J.) Ueber Cytodiagnostik. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1903, xl, 780-782.—Dunger (R.) Eine erweiterte Zahlkammer fiir Leukozytenzahlung und Zvtodiagnostik. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1911, lviii, 1131-1134.—Gay (F. W.) Cyto- diagnosis. Med. & Surg. Rep. Bost. City Hosp, Bost, 1903, 35-38,1 tab—Glannuzzi (A.) Contributo alio studio della citodiagnosi. Policlin, Roma, 1902-3, ix, sez. prat, 1185- 1187.-----. Beitrag zum Studium der Zytodiagnose. Med. Bl, Wien. 1903, xxvi, 771.—Gonzalez Cortes (E.) Estudio clinico del ritodiagndstieo. Rev. med. de Chile, Sant. de Chile, 1903, xxxi, 84; 121; 161.—Meyer (E.) Ueber die cyto- diagnostische Bedeutung der Guajakreaktion. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1904, li, 1578. Also: Sitzungsb. d. arztl. Ver. Munchen (1904), 1905, 75-78.—Minerbi (C.) Un pcr- fezionamento nella tecnica della colorazione coll' eosina-bleu di metilene in due tempi per 1' emodiagnosie la citodiagnosi cliniche. Gazz. d. osp, Milano, 1907, xxviii, 761-763.— Nicolle (C.) Le cvtodiagnostic. Gaz. hebd. de med. Par, 1901. n. s, vi, 781-783.—Niedner. Ueber die Cytodiagnose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1905, xhi, 187. Also: Med. Bl, Wien, 1905, xxviii, 327—Niedner (O.) & Mamlock (G. L.) Die Frage der Cytodiagnose. Ztschr. f. klin. Med, Berl, 1904, liv, 109-121".—Patella. Sul valore della citodiagnosi degli essudati. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1902; Roma, 1903, xii, 271-275.—Rieux. Le cytodiagnostic des elements parenchymateux et conjonctifs. Progres med. Par, 1911, 3. s, xxvii, 119-122.—Ross (E. A.) A study of cytodiagnosis; with special reference to its application in"clinical medicine. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond, 1905-6, lvii, 361-448, 2 pi, 2 1.-----. Cytodiagnosis. St. Thomas's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1907, xvii, 2-24.—Rossi (A.) Ulteriore contributo al valore della cito- diagnosi. Gazz. d. osp, Milano, 1905, xxvi, 473-476.— Sawyer (J. E. H.) The value of cytodiagnosis in practical medicine. Lancet, Lond, 1908, i, 283.—Symes (J. O.) Cytodiagnosis. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1905, n. s, lxxx, 343-345—Tarchettl (C.) & Rossi (A.) Sul valore della citodiagnosi. Gazz. d. osp, Milano, 1902, xxiii, 1049. Also: Clin. med. ital, Milano, 1903, xiii, 149-170.—Wldal (F.) A propos du cytodiagnostic. Presse med. Par, 1901, ii, 189.—Williams (B. G. R.) Practical cytodiagnostics; a re- view of the subject with observations from my private laboratory. Clinique, Chicago, 1912, xxxiii, 77-82. Cytogenesis. von Baehr (W. B.) Ueber die Bildung der Sexualzellen bei Saccocirrus major. Zool. Anz, Leipz, 1913, xliii, 10-27.— Corning (H. K.) Die Frage der Neubildung von Zellen im erwachsenen Organismus. Schweiz. med. Wchnschr, Basel, 1921, li, 193-199.—Evolution (The) of the cell. Lancet. Lond, 1915, ii, 667.—Gatenby (J. B.) The transition of peritoneal epithelial cells into germ cells in some Amphibia anura, especially in Rana temuoraria. Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond, 1916, lxi, 275-300, 3 pi.—Hegner (R. W.) Some recent additions to our knowledge of the germ-cell cycle in animals. Science Progr. 20. Cent, Lond, 1914-15, ix, 270- 280.—Mlnchin (E. A.) The evolution of the cell. Nature, Lond, 1915, xcvi, 1S5-192. A lso: Am. Naturalist, Lancaster, Pa, 1916,1, 5; 106; 271.—Slotopolsky (».) Die Bogrilfe der Cytometagenesis und der geschleehtlichen Fortpflanzung und ihre Anwendung in der Biologie. Biol. Centralbl, Leipz.. 1917, xxxvii, 277-2*2— Wegelin (C.) Die Frage der Neubildung von Zellen im erwachsenen Organismus. Schweiz. med. Wchnschr, Basel. 1921, li, 217-223.—Wilson (E. B.) Cell-lineage and ancestral reminiscence. Biol. Lect, Wood's Hole, Bost, 1899, 21-42. Cytology. See also, Cell; Cells. Minot (C. S.) The problem of age, growth and death; a study of cytomorphosis based on the lectures at the Lowell Institute, March, 1907 8°. New York dc London, 1908. Sharp (L. W.) An introduction to cvtoloev 8'. New York, 1921. Bardet (G.) Iatrochimie et cytotropisme; Taction des analgesiciues et des hypnotiques interpretee d'apres la theorie de fixation d'Ehriich. Bull. gen. de therap [etc 1 Par, 1912, clxiv, 113-145.-BeMola (C.) Sind die Harnolv- sine und dieCytotropine(Neufeld) verschiedene Substanzeh? Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1909, 1, Orig 522-534.—Calkins (G. N.) Aims and achievements in recent experimental cytology. [Review.] Proc. Soc. Exner SJo1t 4f %d> N- Y> lm~4> >. 18.-Clark (E. R.) A Clark (L. L.) The reaction of cells in the tadpole's tail to injected Cytology. croton oil, as seen in the living animal. Anat. Record, Phila, 1920-1, xviii, 227.—De Mol (W. E.) L'Hyacinthus orientalis L.; un bon objet d'etude cytologique. Arch. neerl. d. sc. exactes [ete.]; La Haye, 1921, iv, 3. s. 118-143.— Emberger (L.) Contribution a l'etude cytologique du sporange chez les fougeres. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par 1921, clxxiii, 1485-1490— Fiddlan (J. V.) Cell evolution! Brit. M. Jv Lond, 1920, ii, 767.—Gatenby (J. B.) The cystoplasmic inclusions of the germ-cells; the modern tech- nique of cytology. Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond, 1919-20, lxiv, pt. 3, 267-301.—Guillirrmond (A.) La constitution mor- phologique du cytoplasme dans la cellule vegetale. Rev. gen. d. sc. pures et appiq. Par, 1921, xxxii, 133- 140.—Guyer (M. F.) Recent progress in some lines of cytology. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, Decatur, 111, 1911, xxx, 145-190.—Hickernell (L. M.) A preliminary account of some cytological changes accompanying desiccation. Biol. Bull, Wood's Hole, Mass, 1914, xxvii, 333-342, 2 pi.— Kornhauser (S. I.) A cytological study of the semi- parasitic copepod, Hersilia apodiformis (Phil.), with some general considerations of copepod chromosomes. Arch. f. Zellforsch, Leipz, 1915, xiii, 399-445, 3 pi— MUnden (M.) Vierter Beitrag zur Cvtoblastenfrage. Centralbl. f. Bak- teriol. [etcj, 2. Abt, Jena, 1S99, v, 39s; 447; 490, 3 pi.— Orman (E.) Recherches sur les differentiations cytoplas- miques (ergastoplasme et chondriosomes) dans les vegetaux; le sac embryonnaire des liliacees. Cellule, Lierre & Louvain, 1913, xxviii, 363-444, 4 pi.—Paillot (A.I Sur les cenocytoides et les teratocytes. Compt. rend. Acad.,d. sc, Par., 1920, clxxij 1920.—Romieu (M.) Etude cytologique et micro- chimique des hematies coelomiques de la Terrebcila lapi- daria (Linne). Ibid., 1921, clxxiii, 786-7S8.—Studnicka (F. K.) Ein weiterer Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Ztilverbin- dungen (Cytodesmen) und der netzartigen (geriistartigen) Grundsubstanzen. Anat. Anz, Jena, 1915, xTviii, 396; 417. -----. Die Reduktion und die Regeneration des Cvto- plasmas; eine Theorie der Plasmogenese. Ztschr. f. wissen- sch. Zool, Leipz, 1918, cxvii, 654-726.—Tchahotine (S.) La methode de la radiopiqure microscopique; moyen d'ana- lyse en cytologic experimentale. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1920, clxxi, 1237-1240.—Wassermann (F.) Ueber den Einfluss erhohter Temperatur auf die Zellen des Wurzel- meristems von Allium cepa; ein Beitrag zur Analyse des Kernteilungsvorganges. Verhandl. d. anat. Gesellsch, Jena, 1921, xxx, 2 pi, 163-175. Cytolysis and cytolysins. Aristovski (V. M.) Vliyaniye reaktsii sredi na epetsificheskiy tsitoliz; eksperimentalnoye izsliedovaniye. [Influence of the reaction of the medium upon specific cytolysis; experimental investigation.] 8°. Kazan, i912. Bory (L.) Introduction a l'etude de" phenomenes de cytolyse. Presse med. Par, 1913, xxi, 705-707.—Drew (G. H.) A note on some attempts o cause the formation of cytolysins and precipitins in cert in invertebrates. J. Hyg.^Cambridge, 1911, xi, isS-192 —Flexner (S.1 A Nogu- chi (H.) On the plurality of cvtoh -ins in normal blood scrum. Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1903-4, xvi, 15^-163. Also, Reprint.—Freund (E.) Die zvtolvtische Reaktion. W ien. klin. Wchnschr, 1921, xxxiv, I30.-k*uyer (M. F.) & Smith (E. A.) Studies on cytolysins; some prenatal effects of lens antibodies. J. Exper. Zool, Phila, 1918, xxvi, 65->2. ----- -----. Studies on cytolysins; transmission of in- duced eye-defects. Ibid., 1920. xxxi, 171-215, 4 pi.—Kono- packi (M.) Ueber mikroskopische Verandemngen, welche wahrend der in Echinideneiern mittels verschiedener che- mischer Reagenzien hervorgerufeuen Cytolvse auftreten. Bull, internat. Acad. d. sc. de Cracovie, 1912, B, 527-562, 2Pi—Loeb (J.) & Wasteneys (H.) Weitere Bemerkungen uber den Zusammenhang zwischen Oxydationsgrosse und Cytolyse der Seeigeleier. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1911, xxxi, 168. Also, Reprint .—Moore (A. R.) The mechanism of cytolysis in sea urchin eggs. J. Biol. Chem, Bait, 1917, xxviii, 475-182. Also, Reprint.-----. The mechanism of cytolysisinechinodermeggs. Ibid., xxx,5-11.—Muller(L.) Recherches sur le lieu et le mode d'origine des cytolysines naturelles (alexineset ambocepteurs normaux) etles moyens d'en provoquer l'hypersecretion. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1910-11, lvii, 577-656.—Robertson (T. B.) Preliminary communication on the cytolytic action of ox-blood serum upon sea urchins eggs, and its inhibition by proteins. Proc. Soc. Exiwr.-Biol. & Med, N. Y, 1911-12, ix,61-63. Cytomechanics. Painter (T. S.) Some phases of cell mechanics. Anat. Record, Phila, 1916, x, 232. -----. Contributions to the study of cell mechanics. J. Exper. Zool, Phila, 1916, xx, 509-527:1917-18, xxiv, 445-497, 5 pi. Cytometer. See, also, Blood (Corpuscles of, Numeration of). Bhat (K. S.) A new counting chamber for cells, et«\, In fluids. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med, Lond., 1918-19, xii, Sect- Stud. Dis. Child, 4.—Buffa (E.) Note sur un nouveau cytometre. Arch, internat. de pharmacod, Brux. <$: Par, 1901, ix, 423-430. CYTOPHYLAXIS. 321 CZERMAK. Cytophylaxis. Delbet (P.) & Karajanopoulo. Cytophylaxie. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1915, clxi, 268-271. Also: Presse med. Par, 1915, xxiii, 369-372. Cytoplastin. DePaoll (C.) Azione terapeutica della citoplastina. Gazz. med. di Roma, 1914, xl, 546-552. Also: Riv. internaz. di clin. e terap, Napoli, 1914, ix, 384-389. Cytosin. See, also, Acids (Nucleic). Kossel (A.) & Steudel (H.) Ueber das Cytosin. Ztschr. f. phvsiol. Chem, Strassb, 1903. xxxvii, 377-380: 1903, xxxviii, 49-59.—Kutscher (F.) Eine Methode zur Darstel- lung des Cytosins. Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. z. Beford. d. ges. Naturw. zu Marb. (1901), 1902, 94-96. Also: Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Strassb, 1903, xxxviii, 170-177.—Levene (P. A.) & Mandel (J. A.) Zur Herkunft des Cytosins bei der Hydrolyse der tierischen Nucleinsauren. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1908, ix, 233-239. Also, Reprint. Cytotoxins. S&e, also, Toxins. Davidsohn (H.) *TJeber Zytotoxine. 8°. Berlin, 1909. Rossle (R.) Fortschritte der Cytotoxinfor- schung. roy. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1910. Aulde (J.) The elimination cytotoxines. N.York M.J, 1901, lxxiv, 46. -----. The influence of stimulants and sedatives upon the ehmination of cytotoxines. Wisconsin M. Recorder, Janesville, 1901, iv, 239-241.—Bayer (G.) Zur Technik der Cytotoxinuntersuchung. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1907, xlv, Orig, 1-4.—Baylac (J.) Cytotoxines et cytotherapie. Arch. med. de Toulouse, 1902, viii, 156-163.—Bullock (W.) Recent work on the nature of cyto-toxines and their relation to practical bacterio- therapeutics. Practitioner, Lond, 1901, lxvi, 499-516.— Cova (E.) Esiste una citotossina specifica per P ovaio? Ginecologia, Firenze, 1905, ii, 513-534.—Czeczowlczka (O.) Zur Kenntnis der durch Cytotoxine im Tierkorper erzeugten Veranderungen. Ztschr. f. Heilk, Wien & Leipz, 1903, xxiv, 212-227,3 pi.—Dalmady (Z.) A cytotoxlnok. Orvosi hetil, Budapest, 1902, xlvi, 518; 537; 552; 568; 585; 601; 619; 633; 649; 664.—Delle Chlaje (S.) Sulle citotossine. Arch. ital. di ginec, Napoli; 1911, xiv, 65-77.—Ehrllch (P.) Cyto- toxins and cytotoxic immunity. Boston M. & S. J, 1904, cl, 448-450. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y, 1904, lxv, 663.—Flelsch- mann (P.) & Davidsohn (H.) Ueber Zytotoxine. Folia serolog, Leipz, 1908, vi, 173-230.—Germano & Plzzlnl. Ricerche sulle citotossine. Lavori d. Cong, dl med. int. 1902, Roma, 1903, xii,312-314.—Joannovics(G.) DieCytotoxine. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap, Jena. 1909, ii, pt. 2, 197-204.—Jungano (M.) Le moderne teorie del- P immunita; citotossine e sieri citotossici. Tommasi, Napoli, 1905-6, i, 689; 713; 785; 809.—Klecki (K.) [Cytotoxines.] Przegl. lek, Krakow, 1902, xii, 337; 352; 369; 381.—Lambert (R. A.) A note on the specificity of cytotoxins. J. Exper. M, Lancaster, Pa, 1914, xix, 277-282.—Lambert (R. A.) & Hanes (F. M.) The cultivation of tissues in vitro as a method for the study of cytotoxins. Ibid., 1911, xiv, 453- 461.—Landsteiner (K.) immunitat gegen Kdrperzellen und Neubildungen (Cytotoxine). Handb. d. Biochem. [etc.], Jena, 1910, ii, pt. 1, 542-551.—LUdke (H.) Ueber Zytotoxine, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Ovano- toxine und Thyreotoxine. Munchen. med.Wchnschr, 1905, Iii, 1429; 1493.—Metchnlkoffl (E.) Les poisons cellulaires (cytotoxines). Ann. Soc. med.-chir. de Liege, 1901, xl, 217-236.—Navez & Antoine. Sur les cytotoxines; essai de production d'une leucotoxine. Ann. de med. vet, Brux, 1907, lvi, 369; 444.—Pearce (R. M.) Concerning the specific- ity of the somatogenic cytotoxins. Albany M. Ann, 1904, xxv, 576-589, 1 pi. Ibid.. J. Med. Research, Bost, 1904, xii, 1-15.—Rehns (J.) Sur le mode d'action des cytotoxines in vivo. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1904, lvi, 609-611 — Robinson (L. S. B.) Cytotoxins. St. Paul M. J, St. Paul, Minn, 1907, ix, 92-96.—Rossle (R.) Fortschritte der Cyto- toxinforschung. Ergebn. d. allg. Path. u. path. Anat, Wiesb, 1910, xiii, 124-252.—Sachs (H.) Die Cytotoxine des Blutserums. Biochem. Centralbl, Berl, 1903, i, 573; 613; 653.—Sata (A.) Ueber die Wirkung und die Spezifizitat der Cytotoxine im Organismus. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path, Jena, 1906, xxxix, 1-65.—Sisto (P.) & Jona (E. Ricerche sulle citotossine col metodo della deviazione del complemento. Clin. med. ital, Milano, 1909, xlviii, 733- 741.—Stern (L.) & Gautier (R.) Immunisation contre les cytotoxines naturelles. Schweiz. med. Wchnschr, Basel, 1920,1, 603. Cywinsky (Jean). Contribution a l'etude de la hernie diaphragmatique congenitale chez le nouveau-ne. 43 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Genlve, Kiindig, 1908. CzablewskI (Anton) [1881- ]. *Ein kasuisti- scher Beitrag zu den kongenitalen Supinations- storungen der Vorderarme. 28 pp. 8°. Borna- Leipzig, R- Noske, 1910. 11877°—Vol. IV, 3d series—22----21 Czablewski (Franz) [1875- ]. *Die Neurofi- bromatose und ihre Komplikation mit der Dermatitis herpetiformis. 32 pp. 8°. Leipzig, E. Lehmann, 1909. Czajkowski (Jbzef) [1857-1913]. Jaworskl (J.) [In memoriam.] Gaz. lek, Warszawa, 1913, 2. s, xxxiii, 598-602. Also: Now. lek, Poznan, 1913, xxv 333. Czapek (Friedrich) [1868-1921]. N. (C.) Nekrolog. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1921, cxxxv, Hft. 5-6, [n. p.]. Czaplewski (Eugen) [1865- ]. Kurzes Lehr- buch der Desinfektion, als Nachschlagebuch fiir Desinfektoren, Aerzte, Medizinal- und Verwal- tungsbeamte unter Zugrundelegung der Einrich- tungen der Desinfektionsanstalt der Stadt Coin zusammengestellt. xii, 104 pp. 8°. Bonn, M. Hager, 1904. ------. The same, x, 178 pp. 8°. Bonn, M. Hager, 1908. Czaplicka (M. A.) Aboriginal Siberia; a study in social anthropology; with a preface by R. R. Marett. xiv (1 1.), 374 pp., 11., 16 pi., 1 map. 8°. Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1914. Czaplicki (Bruno) [1884- ]. *Ueber retrope- ritoneale Sarkome. 26 pp. 8°. Breslau, 1909. Czapnicki (Chana). *Weitere Beitrage zur phy- sikalischen Chemie der Farbstoffaufnahme durch lebende Zellen. 24 pp. 8°. Zurich, Schereschew- sky, 1909. Czapskl (Gustav) [1863- ]. *Ueber Stillstand, Verkleinerung und Verscbwinden von Fibro- myomen des Uterus ohne blutige Operationen. 32 pp., 11. 8°. Leipzig, A. Edelmann, 1893. Czarneckl (Romuald Edward) [1887- ]. *Ein Aderlasstraktat angeblich des Roger von Salerno samt einem lateinischen und einem griechischen Texte zur "Phlebotomia Hippocratis." 32 pp., 21. 8°. Borna-Leipzig, 1919. Czarnikau (David) [1872- ]. *Ueber die Methoden der Behandlung von benignen Gas- trektasien mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Indikationen fiir die operative Therapie. 26 pp., 11. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1902. Czarnikauer (Heinrich) [1868- ]. *Zur Statis- tik der Klappenfehler. 41 pp. 8°. Erlangen, E. T. Jacob, 1909. Czarno [or Tscharno] (Sch. W.) *Ueber die schweren, nach Hebotomie beobachteten Kom- plikationen. [Freiburg i. Br.] 55 pp. 8°. Emmendingen, Dolter, 1909. von Czarnowskl (Alexander Emil Stefan) [1881- ]. *Beitrag zur Symptomatologie und Patho- logie der tuberkulosen Meningitis. 17 pp. 8°. Kiel, L. Handorfjf, 1912. Czasopismo lekarskie. Miesiecznik. v. 1-10, 1899-1908. 8°. L6dz [Lemberg]. Merged in: Przegl. lek, Krakow. Czasopismo towarzystwa aptekarskiego. v. 5-36, 1876-1907. 8°. Lw6w [Lemberg]. Czech (Adolf) [1892- ]. *Beitrag zur chirurgi- schen Behandlung der Elephantiasis mittels Handleys und Kondoleons Methode. [Breslau.] 25 pp. 8°. Wilstegiersdorf, M. Jacob, 1919. Czermak (Joh. Nepomuk) [1828-73]. Home (W. J.) An autograph letter by Johann Nepomuk Czermak. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1907-8, i, Laryngol. Sect, 83. Czermak (Josephus Julius) [1799-1851]. *Diss. inaug. medico-forensis exhibens observationes xxv docimaciam pulmonum hydrostaticam illus- trantes. viii, 64 pp., 11., 1 pi. sm. 4°. Viennse, 1823. Czermak (Wilhelm) [1856-1906]. Die augenarzt- lichen Operationen. 2. Aufl., hrsg. von Anton CZERMAK. 322 CZYZOWSKA. Czermak (Wilhelm)—continued. Elschnig. 2 v. xvi, 572 pp.; x, 718 pp. 8 . Berlin & Wien, Urban dc Schwarzenberg, 1907-8. For Biography, see Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1906, lvi, p. i, port. (Ulbrich). Also: Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1906, lxv, pp. i-iv (E. Fuchs). Also: Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1906, xxxu, 1711 (Horstmann). Also: Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1906, xliv, 427 (Ulbrich). Also: Mitt. d. Ver. d. Aerzte in Steiermark, Graz, 1906, xliii, 205 (Dimmer). Also: Prag. med. Wchnschr, 1906, xxxi, 571-573 (R. von Jaksch). Also: Wchnschr. f. Therap. u. Hyg. d. Auges, Dresd, 1906, ix, 409 (Lederer). Also: Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1906, xx, 745 (C. Hirsch). Czernichowsky (S.) *Die Bierhefe; Lebensdar- stellung und geschichtliche Uebersicht des Ge- brauchs derselben. 39 pp. 8°. Lausanne, 1906. Czerny (Adalbert) [1863- ]. Der Arzt als Er- zieher des Kindes. Vorlesungen. 2 p. 1., 105 pp. 8°. Leipzig dc Wien, F. Deuticke, 1908. ------. The same. 2. Aufl. 2 p. 1., 103 pp. 8°. Leipzig dc Wien, F. Deuticke, 1908. -----. The same. 3. Aufl. vii, 103 pp. 8°. Leipzig dc Wien, F. Deuticke, 1911. ------. Ueber die Bedeutung der Inanition bei Ernahrungsstorungen der Sauglinge. 24 pp. 8°. Halle a. S., C. Marhold, 1911. Forms Hft. 2, Bd. 3, of: Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. Verdauungs- u. Stoffwechsel-Krankh. See, also, Handbuch der Pathologie des Stoflwechsels [etc.]. 8°. Berlin, 1906. ------ & Keller (A.) Des Kindes Ernahrung, Ernahrungsstorungen und Ernahrungstherapie; ein Handbuch fiir Aerzte. Bd. 1. iv (1 1.), 699 pp., 15 pi. roy. 8°. Leipzig dc Wien, F. Deuticke, 1906. Czerny (Vincenz) [1842-1917]. Jahresbericht der Heidelberger chirurgischen Klinik fiir das Jahr 1898, mit einem Vorwort. xiv, 239 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Tubingen, 1900. Forms Suppl.-Hft, v. 24, of: Beitr. z. klin. Chir. ------. Ueber die Entwickelung der Chirurgie wahrend des 19. Jahrhunderts und ihre Bezie- hung zum Unterricht. 58 pp. 4°. Heidelberg, J. Horning, 1903. ------. The same. 35 pp. 12°. Leipzig, T. Thomas, 1904. ------. Das Heidelberger Institut fiir experimen- telle Krebsforschung; Geschichte, Baubeschrei- bung, wirtschaftliche Verhiiltnisse, Leistungen des Institute, Aktensammlung. 2 p. 1., 120 pp., 12 pi. 4°. Tubingen, H. Laupp'sche Buchhand- lung, 1912. ------. Ueber die neuen Bestrebungen, das Los der Krebskranken zu verbessern. Vortrag. 18 pp. 4°. Leipzig dc Berlin, B. G. Teubner, 1913. See, also. Beitrage zur klinischen Chirurgie [etc.], Bd. 34, Jubilaumsband fiir Vincenz Czerny. 8°. Ttibtngen, 1902. For Biography, see Brit. M. J, Lond, 1916, ii, 606. Also: Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1912, xxxviii, 2183 (port.) (R. Werner). Also: Med. Rec, N. Y, 1916, xc, 687. Also: Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir, Jena, 1916-17, xxix, Hft. 4-5 (von Eiselsberg). Also: Miin- chen. med. wchnschr, 1916, lxiii, 1619 (R. Werner). Also: Tr. Am. Surg. Ass, Phila, 1917, xxxv, pp. xlii-xlv (W. M.). Alto: Boston M. & S. J, 1917, clxxvii, 338. Also: Wien. klin. Czerny (Vincenz)—continued. Wchnschr, 1916, xxix, 1375 (R. Gersuny). Also: Zentralbl. f. Rontgenstr. [etc.], Wiesb, 1916, vii, 286 (Stein). ------, Petersen (W.) [etal.]. Jahresbericht der Heidelberger chirurgischen Klinik mit einem Vorwort. viii, 252 pp. 8°. Tubingen, 1900. Forms Suppl.-Hft, v. 29, of: Beitr. z. klin. Chir. Czerwinski (Bruno) [1891- 1. Beziehungen des Hohlfusses zur statischen Mechanik. 29 pp. 8°. Heidelberg, Rossler dc Herbert, 1917. Czerwonsky. *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Refrac- tionsanomalien und zur Aetiologie der Myopie des Pferdeauges. [Bern.] 38 pp. 8°. Berlin, O. Schwartz, 1908. Czerwonski (Victor) [1891- ]. *Zur Chirurgie der Sarkome der Dura mater. 24 pp., 1 1. 8°. Breslau, Bresl. Genossenschafts-Buchdruck., 1919. CzibuUnski (Bruno) [1873- ]. * Ueber Derma- titis exfoliativa universalis. 2 p. 1., 38 pp., 2 1. 8°. Konigsberg i. Br., M. Liedtke, 1897. Cziser (Joannes). *Diss. inaug. medico-pharma- cologica de chloro. 43 pp. 8°. Vindobonse, A. de Haykul, 1832. Czolgosz (Leon L.) Channing (W.) The mental status of Czolgosz, the assassin of President McKinley. Am. J. Insan.. Utica, N.Y., 1902, lix, 233-278. Also, Reprint.—Drahms (A.) Leon F. Czolgosz; a descriptive analysis on the basis of the Bertillon system of identification. "Alienist & Neurol, St. Louis, 1902, xxiii, 53-57.—Mac Donald (C. F.) The trial, execu- tion, necropsy and mental status of Leon F. Czolgosz, alias Fred Nieman, the assassin of President McKinley: with a report of the post-mortem examination by E. A. Spitzka. Lancet, Lond, 1902, i, 289; 352. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y, 1902-lxi, 1-13. Also: Phila. M. J, 1902, ix, 31-12.—Mettler (L. H.) The Czolgosz trial and medical expert testimony. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1902, lxi, 147.—Mills (C. K.) The Czolgosz trial: a unique event. Phila. M. J, 1901, viii, 651. Also, Reprint.—Spitzka (E. A.) The post-mortem examination of Leon F. Czolgosz, the assassin of President McKinley. Am. J. Insan, Bait, 1901-2, lviii, 386-404, 6 pi. Also: J. Ment. Path, N. Y, 1901-2, i, 195-209.-----. the Czolgosz case. Phila. M. J, 1901, viii, 693-695. Also, Reprint.-----. Remarks on the Czolgosz case and allied questions as pre- sented by [E. S.] Talbot. Med. Critic. N. Y, 1902, ii, 17-28. Also, Reprint. Czopowska (Marie). *Sur quelques questions de 1'anatomie pathologique de la lepre. 47 pp. S°. Geneve, 1912. Czuberka (Karl). Wiener Recept-Taschenbuch. Eine Sammlung der in den Kliniken und Am- bulatorien ties Wiener k. k. allg. Krankenhauses am meisten verordneten und anderer bei dem Unterrichte bezonders angefiihrten Recept- Formeln. 2. Aufl. 3 p. 1., 392 pp. 24°. Wien, C. Fromme, 1872. Czyborra (Arthur) [1885- ]. *Zwei Puerperal- fieberepidemien. 23 pp. S°. Konigsberg i. Pr., H. Jaeger, 1912. Czyzewicz (A.) Hvperemesis gravidarum. In: Samml. klin. Vortr, Leipz, 1908, No. 485 (Gynak, Nos. 176, 239-264). Czyzowska (Eugenie). *Contribution a l'etude des nouveaux traitements de la tuberculose. 115 pp. 8°. Geneve, 1899. D. D. DA COSTA. D. (F.) A memorial for the learned, or miscellany of choice collections from most eminent authors in history, philosophy, physick and heraldry. 11 p. 1., 216 pp. 12°. London, G. Powell dc W. Powle, 1686. D. (F.) Tuberculose, ihr Wesen und ihre Heilbar- keit; in neuer und kritischer Beleuchtung praktisch dargestellt fiir Arzt und Laien. 47 pp. 8°. Breslau, Preuss dc Jiinger, [n. rf.l. Daae (Hans). Notes et impressions de la guerre turco-grecque en 1897. 27 pp. 8°. Christiania, 1899. ------. Militserlaegers bidrag til norsk anthropo- logi. [Contribution of the military physicians to Norwegian anthropology.] 8°. Kristiania, Gr0ndahl dc S0n, 1907. Bound with: Noesk Tidsskr. f. Mil.-Med, Kristiania, 1907, xi. ------. L'usage des skis en campagne. pp. 69-80. 8°. [n. p., n. d.] van Daal (Izaak). *Ervaringen uit praktijk om- trent kindersterfte. 76 pp. 8°. Amsterdam, Kruyt, 1919. Dabadie (Jean - Augustin - Emile) [1882- ]. *Traumatisme et appendicite. 51 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1907, No. 125. Dabadie (Jean-Baptiste-Pepin-Joseph) [1879 ]. Contribution a l'etude de l'erysipele a repeti- tion reproduisant l'erysipele primitif et de l'alopecie dans l'erysipele. 69 pp. 8°. Bor- deaux, 1906, No. 22. Dabadie (Pierre-Paul-Alfred) [1880- ]. 'Con- tribution a l'etude de l'amaurose puerperale. 70 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1911, No. 107. Daban (Louis-Etienne). Contribution a l'etude de l'amaurose et de l'amblyopie quiniques. 67 pp. 8°. Paris, 1921, No. 572. Daban (Rene). *Traitement operatoire des pleu- risies purulentes aigues non tuberculeuses. 48 pp. 8,°. Paris, 1921, No. 128. Dabasse (Edouard). Contribution a l'etude des ulceres d'origine phl6bitique. 89 pp. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 595. Dabat (V. Alexis) [1877- ]. *Les sports du soldat. 70 pp., 11. 8°. Lyon, 1904, No. 118. Dabbert (Otto) [1885- ]. *Ueber Balantidium- kolitis. 31 pp. 8°. Giessen, 0. Kindt, 1914. Dabbs (George Henry Roque) [1846- 1913]. Obituary. Lancet, Lond, 1913, i, 1776. Dabell (Thomas J.) [1863-1918]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1918, ii, 149. Dabout (E.) Medecine legale et jurisprudence medicale; travaux, rapports, jugements, etc., publies en 1906. 386 pp. 8°. Paris, Imp. Daix freres dc Thiron, 1907. Dabout (Eugene) [1875- ]. *Des formes m£- ningitiques de la fievre typhoide. 89 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 114. Also, Editor of: Revue de meclecine legale, Paris, 1905-13. D'Abundo (Giuseppe). Sulle distrofie muscolari progressive. 61 pp. roy. 8°. Catania, C. Gala- tola, 1897. ------. Su d' una particolare microgiria parziale simmetrica negli emisferi cerebrali e sui conse- cutive probabili effetti compensativi. 25 pp. 8°. Catania, Officina tipogr. Giannotta, 1913. ------. Tetano. pp. 251-281. 8°. Milano, F. Vallardi, [n. d.]. In: Tbatt. ital. di patol. e terap. med, Milano [n. d.], i, pt. 5. Daca de Valdes (Benito). See Daza de Valdes (Benito). D'Acheux (Ernest). See d'Acheux (Ernest). Dacheux (Robert). *La lithotritie des calculs geants (description d'un lithotriteur modifie). 78 pp. 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 297. Dacbkevltsch (Pierre). *Essai statistique sur le mouvement de la population du canton de Geneve. (R61e de 1'element etranger dans ce mouvement.) 41 pp., 3 1., 6 tab. 8°. Geneve, E. Pfeffer, 1900. Dacnusa. Haviland (Maud D.) On the larval development of Dacnusa areolaris nees (Braconidae), a parasite of Phyto- myzinse (diptera), with a note on certain chalcid parasites of Phytomyzids. Parasitology, Lond, 1922-3, xiv, 167-173. Daconte (Saverio). Analisi chimiche e micro- scopiche delle urine e dei calcoli urinari, con appendice sull' analisi del contenuto dello stomaco; guida pratica ad uso dei medici e dei farmacisti. 2. ed. 128 pp. 16°. Milano, F. Vallardi, 1895. Da Costa (Christophorus). Aromatum et medica- mentorum in Onentali India nascentium liber, plurimum lucis adferens iis qua? a Garcia de Orta in hoc genere scripta sunt. Caroli Clusii opera ex Hispanico sermone latinus factus, in epitomen contractus et quibusdam notis illus- tratus. 2. ed. pp. 227-456, 21. 12°. Antver- pise, Plantini, 1543. ------. The same. 88 pp. 16°. Antverpise, 1582. ------. The same. Deliahistoria, natura, et virtu delle droghe medicinale, ed altri semplici raris- simi, che vengono portati dalle Indie Orientali in Europa. Nuovamente recato dalla spagnuola nella nostra lingua. 24 p. 1., 342 pp. 4°. Venetia, F. Ziletti, 1585. For Biography, see Abbild. . . . d. Arznk. verd. Ge- lehrten [etc.], 4°, Augsb, 1805, 55, port. Da Costa (Jacob Mendes) [1833-1900]. Medical diagnosis with special reference to practical medicine; a guide to the knowledge and dis- crimination of diseases. 4. ed. 835 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, J. B. Lippincott dc Co., 1876. ------. The same. 5. ed. 924 pp. 8°. Phila- delphia, J. B. Lippincott dc Co., 1881. ------. The same. 9. ed. 966 pp., 6 pi. 8°. Philadelphia dc London, J. B. Lippincott, 1900. For Biography, see Am. J. M. Sc, Phila, 1903, n. s, cxxv, 318-329 (Mary A. Clarke). Also: Boston M. & S. J, 1900, cxliil, 303. Also: Brit. M. J, Lond, 1900, ii, 1057. 323 DA COSTA. 324 DA FANO. Da Costa (Jacob Mendez)—continued. Also: Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1900, xxvi, 666 (A. Bernheim). Also: J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1900, xxxv, 703. Also: Jeffersonian, Phila, 1906-7, viii, 33-40 (J. C. Wilson). Also: Med. News, N. Y, 1900, lxxvii, 429. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y, 1900, lviii, 423. Also: Phila. M. J, 1902, x, 674-677 (J. C. Wilson). Also: Tr. Coll. Phys, Phila, 1902, 3. s, xxiv, pp. lxxxi-xcii. Da Costa (John C.) [1834-1910]. Gross (S.D.) Sketch of J. Chalmers Da Costa. Jefferso- nian, Phila, 1910-11, xii, 1, port.—Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1910, lv, 2167. Da Costa (John Chalmers) [1863- ]. Minor surgery. In: Internat. Text-Bk. Surg. (Warren & Gould), Phila, 1899, i, 398-432. ------. Modern surgery, general and operative. 3. ed. 1117 pp., 8 pi. 8°. Philadelphia dc Lon- don, W. B. Saunders dc Co., 1900. ------. The same. 4. ed. 1099 pp., 10 pi. 8°. Philadelphia, W. B. Saunders dc Co., 1903. -----. The same. 5. ed. 1283 pp., 11 pi. 8°. Philadelphia dc London, W. B. Saunders, 1907. -----. The same. 6. ed. 1502 pp., 10 pi. 8°. Philadelphia dc London, W. B.Saunders Co., 1910. ------. The same. 7. ed. 3 p. 1., 11-1515 pp. 4°. Philadelphia dc London, W. B. Saunders Company, 1914. ------. The same. 8. ed. 1697 pp. 8°. Phila- delphia dc London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1919. ------. Surgery among the insane and the surgery of insanitv. In: Surgery (Keen). 8°. Phila. & Lond., 1907, ii, 788- 815. ------. Surgery of the tongue. In: Surgery (Keen). 8°. Phila. & Lond., 1908, iii, 655- 701. See, also, Gray (Henry). Anatomy; descriptive [etc.]. 8°. Philadelphia & New York, 1908.—Zuckerkandl (O.) Atlas and epitome of operative surgery [etc.]. 12°. Phila- delphia, 1902. Da Costa (John Chalmers) jr. [1871-1920]. Clini- cal hematology. A practical guide to the examination of the blood with reference to diagnosis, xxxi, 474pp., 8pi. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son dc Co., 1901. -----. The same. 2. ed. 591 pp., 9 pi., 3 ch. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son dc Co. ,1905. ------. Principles and practise of physical diag- nosis. 548 pp. 8°. Philadelphia dc London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1908. ------. The same. 2. ed. 3 p. 1., 3-357 pp. 8°. Philadelphia dc London, W. B. Saunders Company, 1911. ------. The same. 3. ed. 2 p. 1., 589 pp. 8°. Philadelphia dc London, W. B. Saunders Company, 1915. —:---. The same. 4. ed. 602 pp. 8°. Phila- delphia dc London^ W. B. Saunders Co., 1919. —-----. Handbook of medical treatment. Intro- duction by W. W. Keen. 2 v. S°. Philadelphia. F. A. Davis Co., 1918-19. ------. The same. 2. ed. 2 v. 8°. Philadelphia. F. A. Davis Co., 1920. ------. Examination of the blood. 35 pp., 2 pi. 8°. [n. p., n. d.] For Biography, see J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1920, lxxiv. 1414. Dacryocystitis. See Lachrymal sac (Inflammation of). Dacryocystotomy. See Lachrymal organs (Surgery of). Dactylitis. See Fingers (Inflammation of); Fingers and Toes; Toes (Inflammation of). Dactylomegaly. See Fingers (Abnormities of). Dactyloscopy. See Finger-prints. Da Cunha (Jose Gerson). Dengue; its history, symptoms, and treatment. With observations on the epidemic which prevailed in Bombay during the years 1871-72. 44 pp. 8°. Bombay, Thacker, Vining dc Co., 1872. Dacus. Bezzi (M.) On the fruit-flies of the genus Dacus (s. 1.) occurring in India, Burma, and Ceylon. Bull. Entomol. Research, Lond, 1916, vii, 99-121. -----. New Ethiopian fruit-flies of the genus Dacus. Ibid., 1917-18, viii, 63-71. -----. Fruit-flies of the genus Dacus sensu latiore (Diptera) from the Philippine Islands. Philippine J. Sc, Manila, 1919, xv, 411-442, 2 pi. Dadaczynski (Sigismund) [1890- ]. *Xabelab- fall und Nabelheilung bei Fortfall des Bades. 25 pp. 8°. Breslau, Bresl. Genossenschafts- Buchdr., 1919. Daday (Pierre) [1875- ]. *De l'actinomycose dans le D£partement du Gard. 62 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1900, No. 9. Dadd (George H.) The advocate of veterinary reform and outlines of anatomy and physiology of the horse. 307 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Boston, 1850. ------. The American cattle doctor; containing the necessary information for preserving the health and curing the diseases of oxen, cows, sheep, and swine. 359 pp. 8°. New- York, A.O. Moore, 1858. Daddi (Giuliano). Manuale pratico di ricerche cliniche (microscopia. chimica, fisica, fisica- chimica e batteriologia clinica) ad uso dei medici e degli studenti. 328 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Milano, De Cristoforis, 1909. ------. The same. 2. ed. viii, 732 pp., 3 pi. rov. 8°. Milano. Societd ed. libraria, 1910. See, also, Baduel (C), Daddi (G.) & Marchetti (G.) Ricerche, [etc.]. 8°. Firenze, 1903. D'Addosio (Carlo). Lucina ed Astrea (I delitti delle mammanei 32 pp. 8°. Napoli. N. Jo- venne dc Co., 1898. Dadounachvili (Serapion). *Un cas d'eedeme aigu de la glotte dans la convalescence de la pneumonic 36 pp. 8°. Geneve, Reggiani ossint . . . Accesserunt . . . Mesue prsecipui oci communes per tabulas in ordinem compen- diumque dispositi. 13 p. 1. (11.), 62 pp. fol. Basilex per Henrichum Petrum, 1545. van Dantzich (S.) Is de tuberculose besmettelijk? Een woord aan alle belangstellenden. 47 pp. 12°. Rotterdam, W. J. van Hengel, 1906. Danval (L.) L'affaire Danval devant l'opinion publique; documents scientifiques et authen- tiques; le fait nouveau. xxxii, 232 pp. 12°. Paris, Vigotfrtres, 1905. Danrers (Herbert). "La spl^nomegalie dans les maladies parasitaires. 52 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 204. Danvers State Hospital Laboratory Papers, 1910; Charles Whitney Page series. 8°. Boston, 1910. Danville (Gaston). La psychologie de l'amour. iii, 169 pp. 12°. Paris, G. Bailliere dc Cie., 1894. ------. Magnetisme et spiritisme. 79 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908. Danysz (Jan) [1860- ]. The evolution of dis- ease, with a discussion of the immune reactions occurring in infectious and non-infectious dis- eases; a theory of immunity, of anaphylaxis and of anti-anaphylaxis. Transl. by Francis M. Rackermann. xii, 194 pp. 8°. Philadelphia dc New York, Lea dc Febiger, 1921. Danz (Fritz) [1888- 1 "Statistik der puerpe- ralen Infektionen der Marburger Frauenklinik, 1911-1918. 28 pp., 21. 8°. Marburg, J. Hamel, 1919. Danzel (Lucien-Alexandre) [1878- ]. Contri- bution a l'etude des araliacees; l'aralia du Japon etsonglucoside. 72 pp. 8°. Lille, 1912, No. 33. Ecole de pharmacie. Danzer (Karl). "Die Fleischpreise Munchens am 5. Marz und 16. Juli 1904. 80 pp., 16 1. 8°. Munchen, E. Reinhardt, 1905. Danziger (Felix) [1880- ]. "Ueber Spirocha?- tenbefunde bei hereditarer Syphilis. 34 pp., 11. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1906. Danziger (Felix) [1887- ]. "Die Beziehungen zwischen gynakologischen Erkrankungen und nervosen Erscheinungen. [Miinchen.] 31 pp. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering, [19111. Danziger (Fritz). Die Missbildungen des Gau- mens und ihr Zusammenhang mit Nase, Auge und Ohr. 1 p. 1, 51 pp., 11., 4 pi. 8°. Wies- baden, J. F. Bergmann, 1900. ------. Schadel und Auge. Eine Studie fiber die Beziehungen zwischen Anomalien des Scha- delbaues und des Auges. 1 p. 1., 56 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1900. DANZIGER. 336 DARDELIN. Danziger (Fritz)—continued. ------. Die Entstehung und Ursache der Taub- stumheit. 2 p. 1., 95 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Frankfurt, J. Alt, 1900. Danziger (Julie). "Experimentelle Untersuchun- gen fiber die elektrische Reizbarkeit der Ute- rusmuskulatur, (galvanische Reize). [Bern.] 19 pp. 8°. Stuttgart, Union, 1911. Danziger (Karl) [1884- ]. "Spontanfrakturen von Wirbelsiiule und Kiefer bei Tabes dorsalis. 28 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Breslau, Bresl. Genossensch.- Buchdr., 1913. Danziger (Maurice) [1889- ]. "Des erreurs de diagnostic que peut entrainer l'interpr£tation des radiographics au sujet des calculs du rein. 54 pp. 8°. Paris, 1920, No. 60. Danziger (Moritz) [1874- ]. "Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Hirschsprungschen Krankheit. [Gottingen.] 57 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering, 1907. Daoulas (Joseph-Andre) [1888- ]. "La mede- cine de bataillon. Contribution a l'etude du role du medecin de bataillon d'infanterie pen- dant la guerre 1914-1918. 71 pp. 8°. Paris, 1919, No. 57. Daphnia. See, also, Crustacea. Banta (A. M.) A convenient culture medium for Daphnids. Science, N. Y, 1921, n. s, liii, 557—Dice (L. R.) The factors determining the vertical movements of Daphnia. J. Animal Behavior, Cambridge, 1914, iv, 229-265.—Fritz- sche (H.) Studien iiber Schwankungen des osmotischen Druckes der Korperfllissigkeit bei Daphnia magna. Inter- nat. Rev. d. ges. Hydrobiol, Leipz, 1917, viii, 22; 125.— Grese (B.) Einige Beobachtungen iiber die Variabilitat der Endkrallen bei Daphnia pulex de Geer. Internat. Rev, Leipz, 1914, vi, Biol. Suppl, 2. Hft, 1-7.—Haack (Margarete). Zur ausseren Morphologie einiger Daphniden. Internat. Rev. d. ges. Hydrobiol, Leipz, 1919,viii, 417-467.— van Herwerden (M. A.) De terugkeer van een sedert zeven jaar verdwenen kenmerk in een cultuur van Daphnia pulex. Genetica, 's-Gravenhage, 1919, decl, i, 321.—de La Vaulx (R.) L'intersexualite' chez un crustace' cladocere, Daphnia atkinsoni Baird. Bull. biol. de la France et de la Helgique, Par, 1921, lv, 1-86, 2 pi— Papanicolau (G.) Ueber die Bedingungen der sexuellen Differenzierung bei *)aphniden. Biol. Centralbl, Leipz, 1910, xxx, 430-440. -----. Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Fortpflan- zungsverhaltnisse der Daphniden (Simocephalus vetulus und Moina rectirostris var. Lilljeborgii). Ibid., 689; 737; 753; 785: 1911, xxxi, 81-85.—von Scharlenberg (U.) Studien und Experimente uber die Eibildungund den Generations- zyklus von Daphnia magna. Internat. Rev. d. ges. Hydro- biol. u. Hydrograph, Leipz, 1910, iii, Suppl.-Hft, 1-42, 2 pi. Daphnis (Etienne). "Etude sur la vulvo-vaginite chezlajeunefille. 77 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Montpellier, 1902, No. 74. Dapper (Carl [Franz]) [1863- ). Ueber den Einfluss der Kochsalzquellen (Kissingen, Hom- burg) auf den Stoffwechsel des Menschen. 1 p. 1., 46 pp. 8°. Berlin, A. Hirschwald, 1904. Forms Hft. 5, of: Samml. klin. Abhandl. ii. Path. u. " Therap. d. Stoflwechs.- u. Emiihr.-Storung, Berl. See, also.xon Noorden (Carl) & Dapper (Carl) [in2. s.l. Ueber die Schleimkolik, [etc.]. 8°. Berlin, 1903. Dapper (Johannes). "De mercurio. 1 p. 1., 23 pp., 3 1. 4°. Harderovici, Vidua dc fihi Alb. Sas 1708. [P., v. 2244.] Dapper (Max Arnold Heinrich) [1875- ]. "Ueber Fleischmast beim Menschen. 25 pp., 1 1. 8°. Marburg, J. Hamel, 1902. Dapsy (Victor). Kozlemeny a budapesti k. m. t.; egyetem 2. szamu (ReVzey Imre tanar) seb£szeti khnikumar61. A klinikum betegforgalma 1898 evben. [Communication on the surgical clinic, Sart two, (Professor Emerich Reozey) of the :oyal Hungarian Scientific Society. Work of the clinic for the year 1898.] 22 pp. 8°. Buda- pest, Orvosi Hetilap, 1900. Darapsky (August). "Die Reduktion der Keton- hydrazme und Ketazine. [Habilitationsschrift.] 58 pp. 8°. Leipzig, J. A. Barth, 1903. Darbaker (Leasure Kline). A manual of micros- copy. 3 p. 1., 215 pp. 24°. [Pittsburgh, Com- mercial Press], 1920. ------. The same. 9 p. 1., 506 pp. 24°. [Pitts- burgh], 1921. Darbeau (Jean-Aurelien) [1885- ]. "Contribu- tion a l'etude des tumeurs du cordon sperma- tique. 41pp., 11. 8°. Bordeaux, 1919, No. 23. Darbishire (Arthur Dukinfield) [1879-1915]. An introduction to a biology and other papers. xviii, 290 pp. 8°. London [etc.], Cassell dc Co., 1917. Darbishire (Francis V.) See Letters (The) of Jons Jakob Berzelius, [etc.]. 8°. London & Oxford, 1900. Darbois (Paul) [1873- ]. "Traitement du lupus vulgaire suivant les indications. 120 pp., 12 pi. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 230. Darbord (Gaetan-Eugene-Marie-Joseph) [1881- ]. "Quelques considerations sur differents modes d'appareillage du membre superieur. 34 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1918, No. 14. Darbousse (Raoul) [1877- ]. "L'entero-colite muco-membraneuse. Etude historique et cli- nique. 100 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1903, No. 35. Darboux (Francois) [1881- ]. "Contribution a l'etude de l'ent4ro-colite muco-membraneuse; son evolution durant la grossesse. xii, 13-55 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1907. No. 5. Darby (John Eaton) [1835-1918]. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1918, lxx, 183. Darcanne (G.) "Contribution au diagnostic cli- nique de la demence precoce. 120 pp. 8°. Paris, 1904. No. 161. Dareanne-Mouroux (Anna). "Contribution a l'etude clinique de la menopause precoce. 63 pp.. 11. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 27. D'Arcis (Henri-Mie) [1878-1918]. Ndcrologle. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom, Geneve, 1918, xxxviii, 507. Darcissac (Marcel). "De la mobilisation physio- logique et permanente du maxillaire inferieur en chirurgie maxillo-faciale. 115 pp., 24 pi. 8°. Paris, 1921. Xo. 535. Darcourt (Albert-A thanase) [1866- ]. "Du traitement eiectrique de l'incontinence nocturne d'urine chez les enfants et les adolescents. 80 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1899, Xo. 89. Dardeau (Ren6) [1874- ]. "Contribution a l'etude de la disinfection du linge. 6b pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 530. Dardel (Gustave). "Klinische Erfahrungen fiber Kryptorchismus. [Bern.l 50 pp. 8°. [Leipzig, A. Pries], 1917. Dardel (Henri). "La question du traitement des alienes envisagee au point de vue legislatif en France. 88 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 422. Dardel (Jean) [1866- ]. L'installation des hotels des villes d'eaux. 15 pp. 8°. Paris, A. Munier, 1905. ------. Carte de la Savoie et du Dauphine; feologie; eaux mine'rales. 1 map folded in 12°. 'aris, Masson dc Cie., [n. d.]. Dardel (Maurice). "La memoire; 6tude critique. [Geneve.] 44 pp., 11. 8°. Neuchatel, 1898. Dardel (Paul) [1869- ]. "Sur revaluation du diametre bi-pari6tal du foetus pendant la vie intra-uterine et sur l'absence de rapports entre ce diametre et le poids du foetus. Contribution a l'etude de la symphyseotomie. 71 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 482. ------. The same. 71 pp. 8°. Paris, G. Stein- heil, 1898. Dardelin (Henri) [1872- ]. "L'asepsie intesti- nale. 108 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 376. DARDELIN. 33^ Dardelin (Henri)—continued. ------. Le corset physiologique fait sur moulage; l'antiptose. 42 pp., 7 pi. 12°. [Paris, C. Schlaeber, 1905.] Dardenne (Fernand-Jacques-Leon-Eugene-Marie) [1873- ]. "Contribution a l'etude du traite- ment chirurgical de l'otite moyenne chronique seche. 54 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1898, No. 61. Dardenne (J.) "Les empyernes doubles. 181pp., 11. 8°. Toulouse, 1902, No. 464. Dardenne (Jean-Germain). "De l'osteomyelite aigue chez les enfants au-dessous de deux ans. 166 pp. 4°. Toulouse, 1894, No. 36. Darel (Th.) La folie; ses causes, sa therapeutique au point de vue psychique. Preface de E. Gyel. 196 pp. 8°. Paris-Geneve, F. Alcan, 1901. Daremberg (Georges) [ -1907]. Les differentes formes cliniques et sociales de la tuberculose pulmonaire; pronostic, diagnostic, traitement. 1 p. 1., 400 pp. 8°. Paris, Masson dc Cie., 1905. ------. Les grands medecins du xixe siecle. 1 p. 1., 252 pp. 8°. Paris, Masson dc Cie., 1907. See, also, Chuquet (A.) L'hygiene des tuberculeux [etc.]. 12°. Paris, 1906. For Biography, see Brit. M. J, Lond, 1907, i, 537. Also: Bull. Acad, de med. Par, 1907, 3. s, lvii, 245. Dareste (Camille) [1822-99]. Rabaud (E.) Necrologie. Bibhog. anat. Par. & Nancy, 1899, vii, 260-265. Dargein (Gustave) [1880- ]. "Traitement des keratites par les injections sous-conjonctivales; bleu'de methylene, biiodure de mercure. 79 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1904, No. 104. Dargein (Marie-Joseph-Paul-Maurice) [1875- ]. *Du traitement des calculs de la vessie chez le vieillard; taille hypogastrique, lithotritie. 60 pp., 2 1. 8°. Bordeaux, 1901, No. 44. Dargein (P.) "Etude sur la gemellit6 (considera- tions anatomiques et pathogeniques). 128 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1902, No. 496. ------. The same. 128 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Toulouse, E. Privat, 1902. Darger (Wilhelm) [1871- ]. "Zur Kenntnis der Kraurosis vulvae. 21 pp., 1 1., 1 pi. 8°. Berlin, L. Schumacher, 1902. Dariaux (Andre) [1881- ]. "La radio therapie radiculaire. 3 p. 1., 69 pp. 8°. Paris, 1913, No. 171. Darier (Armand) [1854- ]. Lecons de thera- peutique oculaire basees sur les decouvertes les plus recentes. 3. 6d., completement remaniee. 3 p. 1., 400 pp. 8°. Paris, [1907]. ------. The same. Ocular therapeutics according to the most recent discoveries. Transl. by Sidney Stephenson, xv, 278 pp. 8°. London, J. dc A. Churchill, 1903. —----. The same, xiv, 444 pp. 8°. Philadel- phia, P. Blakiston's Son dc Co., 1910. Forms v. 1, of: International (An) system of ophthalmic practice. Edited by Walter L. Pyle. ------. Traite complet de therapeutique oculaire, suivi d'un repertoire memento et d'un index m^dicamentanus. 727 pp. 8°. Paris, Jouve dc Cie., 1921. Darier (Jean) [1856- ]. De l'artente syphili- tique. vi, 164 pp., 16 pi. 8°. Paris, J. Rueff, 1904. —----. Precis dedermatologie. xiv (11.), 707 pp. 12°. Paris, Masson dc Cie., 1909. ------. The same. 2. ed. xviii, 864 pp. 12°. Paris, Masson dc Cie., 1918. ------. The same. A textbook on dermatology. Transl. from 2. French ed. xv, 769 pp., 4 pi. 8°. Philadelphia dc New York, Lea dc Febiger, 1920. 11877°—Vol. IV, 3d series—22----22 DARMEZIN. Darier's disease. See Keratosis follicularis; Psorospermosis. Darin (Pierre). "Les medecins et la mutualite. 87 pp. 8°. Paris, H Jouve, 1904, No. 440. Dariotus (Claudius) [1533-94]. Die gulden Arctz, Schatz und Kunstkammer in drey Theil . . . In Frantzosischer Sprach beschrieben, nun aber insonderheit der Kunst-Liebhabern ins Teutsch mit sonderbarem Fleiss fibergesetzt durch I. A. M. D. 3. Th. 5 p. 1., 278 pp.; 2 p. 1., 303 pp.; 6 p. 1., 309 pp. 8°. Basel, 1614. Darkness. See, also. Light (Influence of, Physiologic). Ogneff (J.) Ueber die Aenderungen in den Organen der Goldflsche nach dreijahrigem Verbleiben in Finsternis. Anat. Anz, Jena, 1911, xl, 81-87—Oltramare (J. H.) Quelques reflexions a propos de l'action de l'obscurite' sur les 6tres vivants. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1919, Ixxxii, 190-193.—Payne (F.) Forty-nine generations in the dark. Biol. Bull, Wood's Hole, Mass, 1910-11, xviii, 188-190. Darkshevich (Liveriy Osipovich) [1858- ]. Kurs neronikh bolieznei. [Course of nervous diseases.] vol. 1 & 2; v. 3, pt. 1. xxiv, 495 pp., 8 1., 8 pi.; viii, 782 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Kazan, Br. Bashmakovi. 1904-9. For Biography, see Kazan. Med. J, 1913, xiii, pp. i-ii, port. Also: Vopr. Psikhiat. i Nevrol, Mosk, 1913, ii, 387-405. Darlay (Joseph) [1887- ]. "Traitement des dyspepsies des tuberculeux par le sue gastrique naturel de pore (dyspeptine du Dr. Hepp). 58 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1913, No. 41. Darleguy (Louis-Jean-Baptiste) [1887- ]. "Etude clinique de la myotonie avec amyotro- phic. 3 p. 1., 77 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1912, No. 49. Darling (Elton R.) Inorganic chemical synonyms and other useful chemical data, ix, 100 pp. 12°. New York, D. Van Nostrand Co., 1919. Darling (Harry Cecil Rutherford) [1886- ]. Elementary hygiene for nurses; a handbook for nurses and others, viii, 152 pp. 12°. London, J. dc A. Churchill, 1917. ------. Surgical nursing and after-treatment; a hand-book for nurses and others, xii, 582 pp. 12°. London, J. dc A. Churchill, 1917. Darling (James Homer) [1838-1917]. Obituary. Boston M. & S. J, 1917, clxxvii, 674. Darling (Samuel T.) Studies in relation to malaria. 38 pp. 8°. Washington, Govt. Print. Off., 1910. ------. The same. 2. ed. 42 pp. 8°. Mount Hope, C. Z., [n. d.]. Isthmian Canal Commission. Laboratory of Board of Health. Department of Sanitation. See, also, Report of Uncinariasis Commission to the Orient, 1915-17. Hookworm and malaria [etc.]. 8°. New York, 1920. ------& Smillie (W. G.) Studies on hookworm infection in Brazil. First paper. 42 pp. 8°. New York, Rockefeller Inst. M. Research, 1921. Monogr. Rockefeller Inst. M. Reaearch, No. 14. Darling (Thomas Brown) [ -1917]. [Obituary.] Brit. M. J, Lond, 1917, ii, 201. Also: Edinb. M. J, 1917, n. s, xix, 184 (E. F. A.). Darlington (Thomas) [1858- ]. Health and efficiency. 262 pp. 8°. New York, Wyncoop Hallenbeck Crawford Co., 1922. Darlington (William) [1782-1863]. "A disserta- tion on the mutual influence of habits and disease. In: Caldwell (C.) Med. theses [etc.], 8°, Phila- delphia, 1906, ii, 205-233. Darmandieu (Henri). "Contribution a l'etude de l'alimentation min6rale en rapport avec le mode d'allaitement. 8°. Toulouse, 1911, No. 990. Darmezin (Adolphe-Joseph-Hyacinthe) . [1877- ]. "Superstitions et remedes populaires en Touraine. 51 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1904, No. 8. DARMEZIN. 338 DAKWIN. Darmezin (Henry) [1876- ]. "Des variations de poids dans la tuberculose pulmonaire chro- nique. 104 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1901, No. 38. Darmezin (Ren6). Precis de radiographic den- taire suivi de notes sur l'endodiascopie k l'usage des chirurgiens-dentistes et des 6tudiants en chirurgie dentaire. Preface par Foveau de Courmelles. vii, 95 pp. 8°. Paris, Vigot freres, Darms (Hans) [1875- ]. "Ueber Radium und seinen Einfluss auf die Korpertemperatur des Menschen. 30 pp., 2 ch. 8°. Berlin, L. Schu- TYiachcT 1911 Darmstaedter (Ludwig) [1846- ]. Handbuch zur Geschichte der Naturwissenschaften und der Technik. In chronologischer Darstellung. 2. Aufl. Unter Mitwirkung von R. du Bois-Rey- mond und D. C. Schaefer, hrsg. von L. Darm- staedter. x, 1262 pp. 8°. Berlin, Julius Springer, 1908. . . Darnall (Carl R.) [1867- ]. A description of the Darnall siphon filter. 19 pp. 8°. Washington, D. C, 1907. _ D'Arnaud Gerkens (Pieter Rudolph). "De azotaemie bij darmafsluiting. 109 pp., 2 ch. 8°. Leiden, S. C. van Doesburgh, 1919. Darnfi (Gustave) [1860- ]. "Contribution a l'etude du mal perforant plantaire chez les diabetiques. 63 pp. 4°. Toulouse, 1895, No. 79. Darracq (Jean-Auguste-Victor) [1870- _ ]. "Re- marques sur eertaines formes de conjonctivite pseudo-membraneuse d'origine microbienne. 64 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1898, No. 82. Darras (Georges-Charles-Adolphe) [1880- ]. "Comparaison des methodes calorimetriques de Hayem et de Fleischl, avec le procede ferro- m&rique de Lapicque pour le dosage de l'hemo- globine. 104 pp. 8°. Lille, 1906, No. 18. Darrasse (Maurice-Mesmer) [1884- ]. "De l'albumo-diagnostic dans les expectorations. 75 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1910, No. 54. Darre (Henri) [1878- ]. "De I'influence des alterations du rein sur les glandes surrenales. (Etude critique et anatomo-pathologique expe- rimentale.) 163 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 161. -----. The same. 164 pp., 2 1., 2 pi. 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1907. , DarricarrSre (Isidore). "Epitheliomas en surface des muqueuses leucoplasiques. 54 pp. 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 210. Darricarrere (Jean). Le droit a l'avortement; les deux consciences; magistrats et medecins. 315 pp. 12°. Paris, A. Michel, [1908]. Darricau. La pratique aerothermotherapique aux armees; l'air chaud dans le traitement des plaies de guerre. 93 pp. 12°. Pan's, Vigot freres, 1918. Darrieux (Jean) [1883- ]. *L'enucleation dans le traitement de la panophtalmie traumatique et metastatique. 89 pp. 8°. Paris, 1912, No. 173. Darrigade (Daniel). "Sur quelques reactions du sulfate de methylene. 63 pp. 8°. Paris, 1912, No. 6. Ecole de pharmacie. Darrigan (Jean - Louis - Marie - Auguste - Albert) [1859- ]. "Etude medicale du glycerophos- phate de quinine. 38 pp., 6 ch. 8°. Bordeaux, 1900, No. 92. Darsonvalization. See Electrotherapy. Dartevelle (Yvan-Albert) [1885- ]. "De la bradycardie dans la fievre typhoide. 54 pp. 8°. Lille, 1911, No. 19. Darthenay (Maurice) [1879- ]. "Contribution a l'etude de Taction de l'arrh6nal sur la nutrition des tuberculeux. 52 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1902, No. 70. Dartigalongue (Julien-Joseph-Robert) [1875- ]. "Contribution a l'etude du pemphigus oculaire. 71 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1903, No. 100. Dartigolles (Jean-Marie-Robert) [1881- ]. "Con- tribution a l'etude de la suette miliaire; Epidemie de 1906, Charente et Charente-Inferieure. 89 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1907, No. 25. Dartiguenave (Edouard). "Traitement des ami- biases hepatiques par l'emetine. 124 pp. 8°. Paris, 1914, No. 328. Dartigues (Adrien). "Contribution a l'etude du metavanadate de soude. 72 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1903, No. 500. Dartigues (Louis) [1869- ]. "Chirurgie con- servative de l'uterus et des annexes dans le traitement des fibromes. xliv, 489 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 385. -----. The same, xliv, 489 pp. 8°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1901. Dartmouth Medical College Centennial Exer- cises, Tuesday, June 29,1897. Historical address by Phineas S. Conner. 124 pp. 8°. 1897. Darwin (Charles [Robert]) [1809-82]. The struc- ture and distribution of coral reefs; being the first part of the geology of the voyage of the Beagle, under the command of Capt. Fitzroy, R. N., during the years 1832 to 1836, by Charles Darwin . . . naturalist to the expedition. Pub- lished with the approval of the Lords Commis- sioners of Her Majesty's Treasury, xii. 214 pp., 3 maps. 8°. London, Smith, Elder dc Co., 1842. -----. On the origin of species by means of natural selection, or the preservation of favoured races in the struggle for life, x, 502 pp., 1 fold. pi. 8°. London, J. Murray, 1859. First edition. -----. The various contrivances by which or- chids are fertilised by insects. 2. ed., revised. xvi, 300 pp. 8°. London, J. Murray, 1877. -----. More letters of . . . A record of his work in a series of hitherto unpublished letters. Edited by Francis Darwin. 2 v. xxiv, 494 pp., 8 port.; vi (1 1.), 508 pp., 7 port. 8°. London, J. Murray, 1903. -----. The foundations of the origin of species. Two essays written in 1842 and 1844. Edited by his son Francis Darwin, xxix, 263 pp., port. 8°. Cambridge, University Press, 1909. For Portrait, see Collect. Portr. (Libr.). ----. See, also: Allen (G.) Charles Darwin; his life and work. 8°. New York, 1886. British Museum (Natural History) Special Guide No. 4. Memorials of Charles Darwin; a collection of manuscripts, portraits, medals, books, and natural history specimens to com- memorate the centenary of his birth and the fiftieth anniversary of the publication of "The origin of species." 2. ed. 8°. London, 1910. Brunton (T. L.) Inaugural address. Read before the Abernetbian Societv, October 5, 1882. 8°. London, 1883. Charles Darwin; Gedenkschrift zur Jahrhun- dertfeier seiner Geburt. Hrsg. unter Mitwirkung von W. Bolsche, H. Dekker, [et al.], vom Kos- mos, Gesellschaft der Naturfreunde und vom Verein der Geschichtsfreunde, Stuttgart. 8°. Stuttgart, 1909. Huxley (T. H.) & Agassiz (L.) Darwin and Humboldt; their lives and work. 8°. New York, 1883. DARWIN. 339 DARWINIAN. Darwin (Charles [Robert])—continued. Litchfield (Mrs. Henrietta Emma [Darwin]). Emma Darwin, a century of family letters, 1792- 1896, ed. by her daughter, Henrietta Litchfield. 8°. London, 1915. Reiner (J.) Darwin und seine Lehre, ffir gebildete Laien geschildert. 8°. Leipzig, 1902. ------. The same. 4. Aufl. 8°. Berlin dc Leipzig, 1907. Shipley (A. E.) Charles Darwin. 4°. [Cam- bridge, 1909.] Baldwin (J. M.) The influence of Darwin on theory of knowledge and philosophy. Psychol. Rev, Bait, 1909, xvi, 207-218.—Beber (B.) Zum hundertsten Geburtstag Charles Darwins. Mitt. z. Gesch. d. Med. u. d. Naturw, Hamb, 1909, viii, 249-254.—Britton (N. L.) Darwin and botany. Pop. Sc. Month, N. Y, 1909, lxxiv, 355-360.— Brown (A. E.) The life and work of Darwin. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, xxxix, 517-520.—Bryce (J.) Personal reminiscences of Charles Darwin and of the reception of the "Origin of Species." Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, Phila, 1909, xlviii, pp. iii-xiv, port.—Charles Robert Darwin, born February 12, 1809. Pop. Sc. Month.. N. Y, 1909. lxxiv, 315-416, 13 pi, port,—Cockerell (T. D. A.) The Darwin celebration at Cambridge. Pop. Sc. Month, N. Y, 1910, lxxvi, 23-31.-----. How did Darwin work? Science, N.Y, 1920, n. s, li, 296— Conklin (E. G.) The world's debt to Darwin. Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, Phila, 1909, xlviii, pp. xxxviii-lvii.—Costattn (J.) Le centenaire de Darwin. Rev. scient. Par, 1909,5. s, xi, 641-647.—Creighton (J. E.) Darwin and logic. Psychol. Rev, Bait, 1909, xvi, 170-187.— Darwin (F.) FitzRoy and Darwin, 1831-36. Nature, Lond, 1911-12, lxxxviii, 547.—Darwin (The) celebrations at Cam- bridge. Ibid.; 1909, lxxxi, 7-14.—Del Greco (F.) La psico- logia del gemo in Carlo Darwin. Atti d. Soc. rom. di an- throp, Roma, 1900-1901, vii, 17-40—Dewey (J.) Darwin's influence upon philosophy. Pop. Sc. Month, N. Y, 1909, lxxv, 90-98—Doello-Jurado (M.) A letter of Ch. Darwin in Argentina. Nature, Lond, 1917, xcix, 305.—Fritsch (G.) Herr Gaflron als Vertheidiger Darwins. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1912, xxxviii, 1197.—Gaflron. In Sachen Darwins. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1912, xxxviii, 518.—Goodale (G. L.) The influence of Darwin on the natural sciences. Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, Phila, 1909, xlviii, pp. xv-xxiv.—Hadley (A. T.) The influence of Charles Darwin upon historical and political thought. Psychol. Rev, Bait, 1909, xvi, 143-151.—Harsh- berger (J. W.) Charles Darwin, as a botanist. Am. J. Pharm, Phila, 1909, lxxxi. 342-351.—Herbrecht (A. A.W.) Darwin and the descent of man. Janus, Harlem, 1909, xii, 862-875.—Hertwlg (O.) Zur Erinnerung an Charles Darwin. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1909, xxxv, 233-235.—Johnston (W. W.) The ill health of Charles Darwin; its nature and its relation to bis work. Am. An- throp, N. Y, 1901, n. s, iii, 139-158. Also: Tr. M. Soc. Dist. Columb. 1901, Wash, 1902, vi, 7-11.—Jordan (D. S.) The making of a Darwin. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa, 1910, n. s.. xxxii, 929-942.—Kempl (E.J.) Charles Darwin; the affective sources of his inspiration and anxiety neurosis. Psychoanalyt. Rev, Wash, 1918, v, 151-192.—Knott (J.) The claims of Charles Darwin on the homage of scientific posterity. St. Louis M. Rev, 1909, iii, 325-331.—Kohl- brugge (J. H. F.) War Darwin ein originelles Genie? Biol. Centralbl, Erlang, 1915, xxxv, 93-111.—[Lener.] Da Carlo Darwin a Cesare Lombroso. Manicomio, Nocera, 1909, xxv, pp. i-vii.—Maclaurln (R. C.) Darwin at an American university. Atlantic Month, Bost, 1911, cviii, 190-198.—Mantegazza (P.) Darwin dopo cinquant'anni. Arch, per 1' antrop., Firenze, 1905, xxxv, 311-322.—May (W.) Charles and Erasmus Darwin. Arch. f. d. Gesch. d. Naturw. [etc.], Leipz, 1909-10, ii, 1-90.—Morgan (T. H.) For Darwin. Pop. Sc. Month, N. Y, 1909, lxxiv, 367-380.— Osborn (H. F.) Life and works of Darwin. Pop. Sc. Month, N. Y, 1909, lxxiv, 315-343, 6 pi, port.-----. The Darwin centenary; address in reply to the reception of delegates. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa, 1909, n. s, xxx, 199.—Plersol (G. A.) Charles Darwin, the man and his influence. Univ. Penn. M. Bull, Phila, 1909-10, xxu, 2-6.— Power (F. B.) Biographical sketch of Charles Darwin and the Darwin commemoration at Cambridge. Am. J. Pharm, Phila, 1909, lxxxi, 511-522—Rabl (H.) Zu seinem 100. Geburtstag. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1909, xxii, 221-224.— Ragnlsco (P.) Nota alio scritto di Luigi Luzzatti; scienza e fede nella mente di Darwin nella Nuova Antologia del 16 gennaio 1901. Atti r. Ist. Veneto di sc, lett. ed arti, 1900-1901, 8. s,iii, pt. 2, 497-510.—Bitter (W. E.) Darwin's probable place in future biology. Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y, 1910, lxxvi, 32-48.—Sandwith (F. M.) A Gresham lecture on Charles Robert Darwin. St. Thomas's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1913, xxiii, 284-297.—Sobotta. Charles Darwin; zur Erinnerung an seinen 100. Geburtstag. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1909, lvi, 344-347, port.—Spengel (J. W.) Charles Darwin; Gedachtnisrede. Ber. d. oberhess. Ge- sellsch. f. Nat.-u. Heilk, Giessen (1908-9), 1910, iii, 109-143.— Stempell (W.) Zur Erinnerung an Darwin. Sitzungsb. d. naturh. Ver. d. preuss. Rheinl. u. Westphal, 1909, Bonn: 1910, Part C, 1-10.—Trelease (W.) Darwin as a naturalist, Darwin (Charles [Robert])—continued. Darwin's work on cross pollination in plants. Am. Natu- ralist, Lancaster, Pa, 1909, xliii, 131-142.—Tufts (J. H.) Darwin and evolutionary ethics. Psychol. Rev, Bait, 1909, xvi, 195-206.—de Vrles (H.) Darwin's visit to the Galapagos Islands. Janus, Harlem, 1909, xii, 854-861 — Welsmann (A.) Charles Darwin; the justification of the Darwinian theory. Scient. Am. Suppl, N. Y, 1911, Ixxi, 266; 274; 296. Darwin (Erasmus) [1731-1802]. Zoonomia; or the law of organic life. 2 v. viii, 586 pp., 6 pi.; xi, 772 pp., 4 pi. 4°. London, J. Johnson, 1794-1796. ------. The same. Zoonomia; or the laws of organic life in three parts. Complete in 2 vol- umes. 2. Am. from 3. London ed. xxix, 466, 96 pp., 6 pi.; xii, 524 pp. 8°. Boston, D. Carlisle, 1803. . See, alsor Seward (A.) Memoirs of the life of Dr. Darwin. 8°. London, 1804. Darwin's speaking machine. Texas State J. M, Fort Worth, 1917-18, xiii, 334.—Knott (J.) The pre-Darwinism of Erasmus Darwin. Med. Press. Lond, 1920, n. s, ex, 169.— Physician-authors: Doctor Erasmus Darwin. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1920, cxii, 773.—Richardson (B. W.) Erasmus Darwin and Darwinian medicine. In his: Disciples of .Slsculapius, 8°, Lond, il, 674-693, port.—Woodruff (L. L.) Erasmus Darwin and Benjamin Franklin. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa, 1917, xlvi, 291. Darwin (Sir Francis). Rustic sounds and other studies in literature and natural history. 231 pp. 16°. London, J. Murray, 1917. See, also. Darwin (Charles). The foundation [etc.], 8°. Cambridge, 1909. Darwin (Sir George) [1845-1912]. Darwin (Sir F.) [Biography.] In his: Rustic sounds [etc.], 8°, Lond, 1917, 152-194. Darwin (Leonard) [1850- ]. Organic evolution; outstanding difficulties and possible explana- tions, vi, 47 pp. 8°. Cambridge [Eng.], Univ. Press, 1921. Darwinian theory. See, also, Anthropology; Development; Evolution; Heredity; Man (Descent of) [in 2. b.]: Mutation; Selection (Natural); Species. Darwinian (The) theory of the origin of species examined. By a graduate of the Uni- versity of Cambridge. 8°. London, 1868. Fleischmann (A.) Die Descendenztheorie; gemeinverstandliche Vorlesungen fiber den Auf- und Niedergang einer naturwissenschaftli- chen Hypothese, gehalten vor Studierenden aller Fakultaten. 8°. Leipzig, 1901. Guenther(C) Darwinism and the problems of life; a study of familiar animal life; translated by Joseph McCabe. 3. ed. 8°. London, 1906. Haeckel (E.) The last link. Our present knowledge of the descent of man. With notes, biographical sketches and glossary by H. Gadow. 12°. London, 1899. Jammes (L.) Nos origines zoologiques. 4°. Toulouse, 1909. Marshall (A. M.) Lectures on the Darwinian theory; edited bv C. F. Marshall. 8°. London, 1894. May (W.) Die Ansichten fiber die Entstehung der Lebewesen; kurze TJebersicht nach Volks- vortragen. 8°. Karlsruhe, 1905. Schneider (K. C.) _Versuch einer Begrtindung der Deszendenztheorie. 8°. Jena, 1908. Wallace (A. R.) Darwinism. 8°. New York, 1889. Abbott (J. F.) Progress in evolutionary thought; some latter-day aspects of Darwinism. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, Decatur, 111, 1912, xxxi, 17-33.—Becher (E.) Theoretische Beitrage zum Darwinismus. Arch. f. Rassen- u. Gesellsch.- Biol, Leipz. & Berl, 1910, vii, 137; 265.—Caiger (H.) Darwinism and medicine. Transvaal M. J, Johannesburg, 1911-12, vii, 214-220.—Delattre (L.) Les limites du Dar- winisme. M6d. et hyg, Brux, 1907, v, 108-115.—Fleisch- DARWINIAN. 340 DASTREVIGNE. Darwinian theory. mann (A.) Die Fehler der Darwin'schen Theorie. Deut- sche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berlv 1903, xxix, 811-815.— Freeh (F.) Die Deszendenztheorie in der modernen Geo- logie. II & III. Med. Klin, Berl, 1910, vi, 18; 223 — Prltsch (G.) Die Darwinsche Lehre im Umschwung der Zeiten. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 1753-1757.—Fuchs (W.) Darwinismus und La- marckismus. Repert. d. prakt. Med, Leipz, 1906, iii, 251; 300.—Gerson (A.) Darwin in Not? Ztschr. f. Sexual- wissensch, Bonn, 1918-19, v. 12; 55.—Glddings (F. H.) Darwinism in the theory oi social evolution. Pop. Sc. Month, N. Y, 1909, lxxv, 75-89—Hartnacke (W.) Das Problem der Auslese der Tuchtigen; einige Gedanken und Vorschlage zur Organisation des Schulwesens nach dem Kriege. Ztschr. f. padagog. Psychol, [etc.], Berl, 1915, xvi, 481; 545.—Hellpach (W.) Darwinismus und Social- psychologie. Polit.-anthrop. Rev, Eisenach & Leipz, 1902, i, 708-716.—Hertwig (R.) Neuere Angriffe gegen den Darwinismus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1904, xxx. 1437; 1468; 1506.—Holle (H. G.) Vom Kampf urns Dasem und seiner Bedeutung fiir Menschen und Volker. Polit.-anthrop. Monatschr, Berl, 1915-16, xiv, 302; 364.— Hooker {Sir J.) The first presentation of the theory of natural selection. Pop. Sc. Month, N. Y, 1909, lxxiv, 402- 406, 2 pi.—Jankelevltch (S.) Essai de critique sociologique du darwinisme. Rev. phil. Par, 1912, lxxii, 476-492 — Kassowltz (M.) Die Knsis des Darwinismus. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1902, xvi, 358; 382.—de Lanessan (J.-L.) L'attitude de Darwin a l'6gard de ses pr6decesseurs au sujet de l'origine des espeees. Rev. anthrop. Par, 1914, xxiv, 33-45.—Lauertz (F. B.) Der Kampf urn den Dar- winismus. Polit.-anthrop. Rev, Eisenach & Leipz., 1904, iii, 217-220.—Lenz (F.) Oskar Hertwigs Angrifl gegen den "Darwinismus" und die Rassenhygiene. Arch. f. Rassen- u. Gesellsch.-Biol, Leipz. & Berl, 1918-20, xhi, 194-203.— Lindsay (J. A.) The Bradshaw lecture on Darwinism and medicine. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1909, ii, 1325-1331. Also: Lancet, Lond, 1909,ii, 1327-1333.—Linsmayer(L.) Gedan- ken iiber Darwinismus. Aerztl. Reform-Ztg, Wien, 1903, v, 114; 122; 132; 140; 150.—Linton (E.) An examination of Darwin's "Origin of species" in the light of recent observa- tions and experiments. Am. Naturalist, Lancaster, Pa, 1909, xliii, 163-172.—Marin (F.) Sur l'origine des especes. Rev. scient. Par, 1901, 4. s.. xvi, 577-588.—Metcalf(M.M.) Darwinism and nations. Anat. Record, Bait, 1918, xiv, suppl, 1-20. Also, Reprint.—Munro (R.) Darwinism and human civilisation, with special reference to the origin of German military "Kultur." Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb, 1917, xxxvii, pt. 2, 149-160.—Papillault (G.) Le darwinisme et les fetes commemoratives de Cambridge. Rev. de l'Ecole d'anthrop. de Par, 1909, xix, 296-302.—Pearson (K.) The Cavendish lecture, 1912; Darwinism, medical progress, and eugenics. West Lond. M. J, Lond, 1912, xvii, 165-193, 8 pi.—Rawltz (B.) Fiir Darwin; eine Entgegnung auf den Artikel des Herrn Prof. Fleischmann. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1903, xxix, 883— Razetti (L.) La doctrina de la descendencia y el origen natural del hombre. An. Univ. cent, de Venezuela, Caracas, 1903, iv, No. 1, pt. 2, 1-33.—Regnault (F.) Les infirmit^s des animaux sauvages devant les theories darwiniennes. Bull. et mem. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par, 1914, 6. s, v. 249-252 — Schneider (K. C.) Das Grundproblem der Deszendenz- theorie. Wien. kiln. Rundschau, 1908, xxii, 489; 504 — Seller (A. E.) Darwinism and Dr. Traill's theorv. South African M. Rec, Cape Town, 1913, xi, 155-157"—Stleler (R. F.) Darwinismus und Lamarkismus. Polit.-anthrop. Rev, Leipz, 1906, iv, 666-675.-----. Zur Kritik des Dar- winismus. Ibid., 1907, v, 586-589.—Study (E.) Fiir Darwin. Naturwissenschaften, Berl, 1921, ix, 253-255.-----. Eine lamarckistische Kritik des Darwinismus. Ztschr. f. indukt. Abstauungs- u. Vererbungsl, Leipz, 1921, xxiv, 33-70.— Trelease(W.) The survival of the unlike. Science, N. V, n. s, li, 599-605.—von Wagner (F.) Die Probleme der Deseendenztheorie; eine Hetrachtung zur gegenwartigen Lage der Entwicklungslehre. Polit.-anthrop. Rev, Eise- nach & Leipz.. 1903, ii, 1-10.—Waldeyer (\V.) Darwins Lehre, ihr heutiger Stand und ihre wissenschaftlicho und kulturelle Bedeutung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1909, xxxv, 345-349.—Wallace (A. R.) The origin of the theory of natural selection. Pop. Sc. Month, N. Y, 1909, lxxiv, 396-400,1 pi.-----.The world of life as vlsualizod and interpreted by Darwinism. Ibid., 452-457. Also: Proc. Roy. Inst. Great Brit, Lond, 1911, xix, pt. 2, 423-429. Also, Reprint.—Woltmann (L.) Der wissenschaftliche Stand des Darwinismus. Polit.-anthrop. Rev, Eisenach & Leipz, 1902, i, 2-8. Darwinian (The) theory of the origin of species examined. By a graduate of the University of Cambridge. 24 pp. 8°. London, J. E. Taylor dc Co., 1868. Darwinism illustrated; wood-engravings explana- tory of the theory of evolution selected by and drawn under the direction of Prof. George John Romanes, xi, 94 pp. 12°. Chicago, Open Court Pub. Co., 1892. Das (Kedarnath). Handbook of obstetrics for stu- dents and junior practitioners in India, xix, 612 pp. 8°. Calcutta. Butterworth dc Co., [1914]! ------. A text-book of midwifery for medical schools and colleges in India, viii, 477 pp. 8°. Calcutta dc Simla, Thacker, Spink dc Co., 1921. Dasara-Cao (Domenico). L' iperdilatatore della vagina. 20pp., 1 pi. 8°. Sassari, G. Dessi, 1900. ------. II cistocelogeno. Nuovo strumento gine- cologico. 22 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Sassari, G. Chiarella, 1902. ------. Istero-dilatatore, raschiatore, irrigatore a doppia corrente. Nuovo apparecchio ostetrico- ginecologico. 26 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Sassari, G. Gallizzi dc Co., 1903. ------. II primo caso di operazione di Porro nella provincia di Sassari. Commenti clinici. 33 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Sassari, G. Gallizzi dc Co., 1905. ------. Sull' importanza dell' odierna ostetricia. 22 pp. 8°. Sassari, G. Gallizzi dc Co., 1907. ------. Sulle cause e sul meccanismo del moto di rotazione interna in tutte presentazioni e posizioni supponendo madre e feto in condizioni fisiologiche ed il travaglio d' un parto a termine. 48 pp. 8°. Sassari, G. Gallizzi dc Co., 1908. Dasbach (Gustav Adolph Theodor). *Electrocar- diographisch onderzoek naar de werking van aeonitine op het hart. 3 p. 1., 91 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Leiden, E. Ijdo, 1917. Dascaloff (Strachimir) [1884- ]. *De l'acti- nomycose cutanee. 64 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 379. Dashiel (Richard Ridgely) [1816-1907]. Obituary. Alumni Reg. Univ. Penn, Phila, 1906-7, xi, 516. Daskalitza-Kofmann (Mme. S.) ^Influence de l'acide nucleinique sur la repartition des leuco- cytes dans le sang du cceur et de la peripheric 50 pp. 8°. Geneve, Ch. Zcellner, 1907. Daskaloff (Stephane). *Sur un cas de goutte accompagne" de rhumatisme chronique. 33 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1910, No. 13. Daske (Otto Gustav Adolf) [1878- ]. *Ueber einen Fall von Appendicitis actinomycotica mit Ausgang in Pyaemie. 32 pp., 1 1. 8°. Greifs- wald, H. Adler, 1902. Dasque (Jean-Joseph-Eugene-Emile-Ferdinand) [1872- J. *Du traitement chirurgical des malformations osseuses des fosses nasales (par les voies naturelles). 48 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1898, No. 112. Dasse (George-Nicolas-Alphonse) [1877- 1. *De l'ulcere simple de rcesophage. 121 pp 11. 8°. Nancy, 1902, No. 23. Dassonville (Paul) [IS74- ]. *Etude sur le chancre syphilitique de l'uretre chez la femme. 66 pp., 2 1. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 50. Dassy (Louis-Joseph-Francois-Honoro) [1S86- ]. Contribution a l'etude des complications phle- bitiques de la grippe. 36 pp., 11. 8°. Bordeaux, 1919, No. 105. Dastot (Adolphe) [1837-1911]. Tonneau g.) Necrologie. Ann. med.-chir. Dour, 1911, xix, 77. Dastre (Jules-Albert-Francois) [1844- 1917]. Delezenne. Obseques. Bull. Acad, de mea. Par, 1917, 3. s, Ixxviu, 477-480.—Laplcque (L.) [Obituary.) Presse m<$d. Par, 1917, xxv, annexes, 649-651— [Obituary.] Brit. M. J, Lond, 1917. ii, 708. Also: Policlin, Roma, 1917, xxiv, sez. prat, 1428. Also: J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1917, lxix, 1812— Rlchet (C.) Necrologie. J. de physiol. et de path. g<5n. Par., 1917, xvii, p. v. Dastrcvlgne (Louis) [1886- ]. *Duchoixd'un traitement pour les fractures obliques de jambe. 54 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1911, No. 14. D'ASTROS. 341 DAUCHEZ. D Astros (J.-B.-Leon-Louis). Catechisme des sourds-muets qui ne savent pas lire. 2. ed. xxxi, 111 pp., 35 pi. fol. Paris, Jeanthon, 1839. Dasyurus. O'Donoghue (C. H.) The growth-changes in the mam- mary apparatus of Dasyurus and the relation of the corpora lutea thereto. Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond, 1911, n. s, lvii, pt. 2, 187-234, 2 pi. ' Datisca cannabina. Brandt. Ueber Datisca cannabina L. Arch. d. Pharm, Berl, 1918, cclvi, 51-54.—Korczynskl (A.) & Marchlewskl (L.) [Studies on Datisca cannabina root colouring matters. I.] Bull, internat. Acad. d. sc. de Cracovie, 1906, cl. d. sc. mat. et nat, 95-100.—Mart orl (P.) Sulla Datisca cannabina L. Ricerche di biol. . . . xxv. anniv. di Pietro Albertoni, Bologna, 1901, 657-664. Datnowski (Hermann) [1887- ]. *Ueber Periarteritis nodosa. 36 pp. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering, 1909. Datos para el estudio de las aguas minerales de los Estados Unidos Mexicanos; apendice a la primera parte de la materia medica mexicana publicada por el Instituto medico nacional. 83 pp., 11., 3 maps. 8°. Mexico, 1895. Datos para la materia medica mexicana. 3 v. 8°. Mexico, 1894-1900. Dattin (A.) ^Contribution a l'etude des hema- turies au cours de la grossesse. 57 pp. 8°. Paris, 1921, No. 510. Datura. See, also, Alkaloids; Heart (Effect of drugs on); Mydriasis and mydriatics; Stramonium. Black (J. A.) Datura poisoning hyperpyrexia. Indian M. Gaz, Calcutta, 1916, li, 348.—Blakeslee (A. F.) A graft- infectious disease of Datura resembling a vegetative muta- tion. J. Genetics, Lond, 1921-2, xi, 17-36, 5 pi.—Blakeslee (A. F.), Belling (J.) [et al.]. A haploid mutant in the Jimson weed, Datura stramonium. Science, N. Y, 1922, n. s, lv, 646—Bowman (F. B.) Poisoning from Datura alba seeds. Bull. Manila M. Soc, 1911, iii, 1.—BoyG. Em- poisonnement de la garnison europeenne d'Hanol par le datura (28 juin 1908). Ann. d'hyg. et de med. colon. Par, 1909, xii, 656-660.—Buchholz (J. T.) & Blakeslee (A. F.) Studies of the pollen tubes and abortive ovules of the globe mutant of Datura. Science, N. Y, 1922, n. s.. lv, 597-599 — Claiborne (J. H.) A case of mydriasis from the seed of the Jamestown weed. Virginia M. Semi-Month, Richmond, 1915-16, xx, 37.—von Eisler (M.) & von Porthelm (L.) Ueber ein Hamagglutinin im Samen von Datura. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap, Jena, 1908-9, i, 151- 160.—Florlpondio (El). (Datura arborea Linn.) [Accion midriatica.] An. de oftal, Mexico, 1911-12, xiv, 89-100.— Gimlette (J. D.) The daturas of Malaya. Indian M. Gaz, Calcutta, 1906, xii, 236—Guerin (P.) Substitution des feuilles de lampourde (Xanthium macrocarpum D. C.) a celles de Datura stramonium L. Bull. d. sc. Pharmacol, Par, 1918, xxv, 7-13. Also: J. de pharm. et chim. Par, 1918, 7. s, xvii, 102-105.—Ismael (A.) Poisoning by Datura and Hyoscyamus. Practitioner, Lond, 1915, xcv, 121-128.— Kunz-Krause (H.) Ueber die Mineralbestandteile der Datura stramonium L. und ihre aus dem Extrakt abtrenn- baren Verbindungsformen. Arch. d. Pharm, Berl, 1916, ccliv, 510-520, 1 pi.—Lee (C. O.) Microchemistry of the alkaloids of Datura. J. Am. Pharm. Ass, Easton, Pa, 1918 vii 504-510.—Linn. El floripondio (Datura arborea). An.'d. Inst, med, nac, Mexico, 1911, xi, 421-442, 1 pi.— Mehta (K. M.) Supposed datura poisoning; a personal experience. Indian M. Gaz, Calcutta, 1904, xxxix, 20 — MUler (F. A.) & Meader (J. W.) The alkaloidal content of individual plants of Datura stramonium L. and Datura tatula L Am. J. Pharm, Phila, 1912, Ixxxiv, 446-449. Also: Lillv Sc. Bull, Indianapv 1913, s. I, 108-111.— Mukopadhya(G.M.) Datura poisoning. Indian M. Gaz, Calcutta, 1913, xlviii, 312.-Petersen (C) En lorgiftning med daturin. Ugesk. f. Lreger, K]0benh, 1910, lxxii, 1586.- Roeers (C H.) The chemical investigation of the resins from Datura metalloldes. J. Am. Pharm. Ass, Columbus, 1918 vii 26-29.—Safford (W. E.) Synopsis of the genus Datura ' J Wash. Acad. Sc Bait, 1921, xi, 173-189.- Santos Fernandez (J.) Dilatation of the pupil due to bellflower (Datura arborea). Arch. Ophth, N. Y 1910, xxxix 31-33 _____• Un caso mas de midriasis producida par la'campana (Datura arborea). Cron. med.-quir. de la Kabana, 1913, xxxix, 169-171.-Scherwinzky (B.) Stech- anfelvereiftung mit anfanghch paralyse-ahnhchem Bilde. Sled.K?n.?Berl„ 1912, viii, 62-64-f levers (A F) The influence of inhibiting flowering on the formation of alkaloids n the daturas. J. Am. Pharm. Ass, Easton Pa, 1921 x, 674-676.-Zakarias (A.) [Acute amentia following datura poisoning.] Orvosi hetil, Budapest, 1913, lvu, 973. Datyner (Herman) [1886- ]. *Beitrag zur operativen Behandlung der Mastdarmkrebse. 68 pp. 8°. Berlin, H. Blanke, 1911. Datyner [Sigismund] [1883- ]. *Beitrag 7Air Motilitatsprufung des Magens. 50 pp. 8°. Berlin, E. Eberinging, [1912]. Dau (Hans Theodor) [1878- ]. *Die Sauglings- sterblichkeit in Greifswald (1901-1905). 41 pp., 11., 5 ch. 8°. Greifswald, J. Abel, 1906. Daub (Karl) [1876- ' ]. *Ueber Verletzung des Ciliarkorpers. 24 pp., 11. 8°. Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1900. Daubach (Heinrich) [1876- ]. *Statistik der am Wurzburger pathologischen Institut in den Jahren 1894-1902 (inch) vorgenommenen Sek- tionen. (Ausschliesslich der poliklinischen Sektionen.) 16 pp., 3 tab., 2 1. 8°. Wurzburg, A. Borst, 1904. Dauban (Edgard) [1875- ]. ^Contribution a l'etude de Pair surchauffe en dermatologie. 48 pp. 8°. Paris, 1902, No. 497. Dauban (Francois) [1875- ]. *De l'interven- tion precoce dans les plaies du globe oculaire. 62 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 368. Daubas (Georges) [1884- ]. *Contribution a l'etude de quelques applications de la chaleur. 161 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 124. Dauber (Hermann) [1876- ]. *Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber den Umfang der Starke- verdauung im Mund und Magen des Menschen bei Brotgenuss. 24 pp., 2 1. 8°. Wurzburg, A. Borst, 1901. Dauber (John Henry) [ -1915]. Obituary. Brit. M.J. Lond, 1915,11, 490. A lso: Lancet, Lond, 1915, ii, 729. Also: Middlesex Hosp. J, 1915-16, xix, 40. Daubert (Joseph) [1877- ]. *Eklampsiefalle der Universitats-Frauenklinik in Erlangen. 26 pp. 8°. Erlangen, E. Th. Jacob, 1911. Daubert (Paul) [1883-' ]. Contribution a l'etude du traitement des teno-synovites aigues. [Paris.] 58 pp. 8°. Nantes, 1909, No. 147. Daubin (Ernest-Marie-Dominique) [1887- ]. ^Contribution a l'etude des accidents nerveux au cours du traitement arsenical de la syphilis. 93 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1919, No. 24. Daubresse (Jehan). *Recherches experimentales sur l'anesthesie au protoxyde d'azote. 98 pp. 8°. Paris, 1921, No. 495. Daubret (Marie-Victor) [1875T ]. *Sur l'obli- teration congenitale de 1'orifice posterieur des fosses nasales. 64 pp. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 572. Dauchez (Henri) [1853- ]. Nouveau formu- laire magistral de consultations infantiles. 218 pp. 16°. Paris, 1899. ------. L'eglise Saint-Come de Paris (1255-1836) et 1'amphitheatre d'anatomie de Saint-Cosme (1691). 20 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Paris, A. Picard dc fils, 1904. Repr.from: Bull. Soc. de St. Luc, St. C6me et St. Da- mien, Par, 1904. Guide medical du missionaire et de l'ex- plorateur colonial a 1'usage des missionnaires, des religieuses, des infirmiers isoles (chefs de poste, etc.). vi, 341pp., 11. 12°. Paris, G. Beauchesne dc Cie., 1908. Les armoiries des chirurgiens de Saint- Come aux xvie, xviie, et xviiie siecles (sceaux et armoiries des communautes et collegiales), sui vies de la collection complete de ces armoiries (d'apres l'armorial de d'Hozier). 47 pp., 2 1. 8°. Paris, A. Picard, [n. d.]. Dauchez (Paul) [1874- ]. *L'hospitalisation des accidentes du travail. 153 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1903, No. 93. DAUDE. 342 DAUSEL. Daude (Jean-Baptiste) [1891- ]. Contribu- tion a l'etude de la psychopathologie de guerre; fonctionnement d'un centre psychiatrique de l'avant. 76 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1916. Daude (Ludwig Rudolf Otto) [1881- ]. *Ueber zwei genauer untersuchte Falle von Doppelbil- dung. 28 pp., 1 pi., 2 L 8°. Berlin, 0. Francke, 1906. Daudet (Leon). Eyries (E.) L'her6do de Leon Daudet. Marseille med, 1916-17, liii, 808-815. Daudin-Clavaud (Joseph-Henri) [1888- ]. Contribution a l'etude des paralysies faciales consecutives aux blessures de guerre. 59 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1917, No. 29. Daudon (Pierre-Louis-Francois-Gustave) [1884- ]. *Du decollement symphysaire dans les traumatismes du bassin chez l'enfant. 48 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1910, No. 7. Dauen (Johannes). *Ueber eine rudimentare Druse beim weiblichen Triton. 31 pp. 8°. Wurzburg, 1896. Repr.from: Morphol. Arb, Jena [1896], vii. Dauernheim (Robert). *Zur Casuistik der Leberabscesse. [Giessen.] 40 pp. 8°. Worms, A. K. Boeninger, 1900. Daufresne (Charles). *Epidaure; les pretres, les guerisons. 120 pp. 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 232. Daufresne (Maurice). *Etude de 1'essence d'estragon et de quelques derives de l'estragol. 39 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 2. Dauga (Henri). *Des syphilides lupiformes du nez. 52 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, N. 31. Dauge (Marc). *Du traitement radical des kystes synoviaux folliculaires ou ganglions du poignet. 75 pp., 11. 8°. Toulouse, 1898, No. 282. Dauge (Michel). *Les formes septicenaiques de la memngite cerebro-spinale. 95 pp. 8°. Paris, 1921, No. 481. D'Augeres (Gabriel-Beaure). *Etude sur les greffes dermo-epidermiques de Thiersch. 103 pp. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 271. Daugherty (Charles A.) [1850-1913]. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1913, lx, 1376. Daughters of jEsculapius. Stories written by alumna? and students of the Women's Medical College of Pennsylvania and edited by a commit- tee appointed by the Students' Association of the college. 155 pp., 7 pi. 12°. Philadelphia, G. W. Jacobs dc Co., 1897. Dauguet (Felix). *Etude iconographique des explorations osteoarticulaires du pied. 3 p. 1., 84 pp. 8°. Paris, 1913, No. 244. Daujat (Charles) [1883- ]. *Echinococcose alveolaire principalement du foie; etude critique a propos d'un cas francais. 213 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1912, No. 89. Daulnoy (Andre) [1881- ]. *Essai sur l'histoire des angines au cours du xix® siecle. (12 pp. 8°. Paris 1911 No. 337. Daulnoy (Jules-Robert) [1876- ]. *De l'eno- phtalmostraumatique. 115pp., 11. 8°. Nancy, 1899, No. 38. Daum (Ignace) [1869- 1. *Traitement abortif de la blennorrhagie chez l'homme. 94 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 131. Daum (Michael [Otto]) [1887- ]. *TJeber die auf Biegsamkeit des Knochengewebes beruhen- den Gestaltsveranderungen des Hufbeines beim Rehe. [Leipzig.] 36 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Dresden, 0. Franke, 1919. Daumann (Abraham) [1888- ]. *Ueber die nosologische Stellung des hiimolytischen Ikterus; seine Beziehungen zu sonstigen Ikterusformen Daumann (Abraham)—continued. und den tox-aniimischen Bluterkrankungen mit eigenen experimentellen Beitragen. 73 pp. 8°. Berlin, H. Blanke, 1913. Daumann (Ludwig Fritz) [1879- ]. *Ueber die Nervennaht. 38 pp., 2 1. 8°. Halle, C. A. Kaemmerer dc Co., 1906. Daumas (A.) Contribution a l'etude des rap- ports urologiques. 60 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1914, No. 93. Ecole de pharmacie. Daumas (Casimir). Les sources de Vichy. 88 pp., 2 1. 16°. Vichy, Wallon, 1873. Daumas (P.) [1885- ]. *Bromisme cutane, eruptions bromuriques vegetantes chez l'enfant; toxicodermie papillomateuse. 49 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Montpellier, 1911, No. 51. Daumenlang (Kuno). *Beitrage zur Casuistik der Entbindungen unter besonderer Beriicksich- tigung der Perforation. 47 pp. 8°. Wurzburg, Becker, 1898. Daunay (Robert). *Remarques sur quelques-unes des modifications de Purine chez les £clamp- tiques (volume, densite, extrait sec, point cryo- scopique, uree, azote total; rapport azoturique; composes xanthouriques, albumine). 119 pp., 6 pi. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 59. ------. The same. 119 pp., 8 pi. 8°. Paris, G. Jacques, 1908. Dauneil (C.) *Ueber traumatische Porencephalic. 40 pp. 8°. Freiburg, C. Lehmann's Nachf., 1899. Dauner (Leon) [1832-1907]. Necrologie. Gaz. mM. du centre, Tours, 1908, xiii, 1-4, [port, in text]. Daunic (Paul) [1868- ]. *Le rein des tubercu- leux; anatomie pathologique. 85 pp., 1 1., 1 pi. 4°. Toulouse, 1893, No. 19. Daupeyroux (Robert). *Etude sur les injections intratissulaires des eaux de La Bourboule. [Toulouse.] 114 pp. 8°. Clermont-Ferrand, 1912, No. 997. Dauphin (Leon). *Les causes d'ordre general dans l'etiologie de la paralysie faciale periphe- rique. 70 pp. 8°. Paris, 189S. No. 191. Dauphin (Paul) [1878- ]. Contribution a l'etude de l'osteosarcome du maxillaire superieur chez les enfants. 58 pp., 1 1. 8°. Montpellier, 1902, No. 35. Dauphin (Raoul) [1889- ]. Contribution a l'etude de la signification clinique de l'azote colloide urinaire. Ill pp. 8°. Paris, 1913, No. 5. Dauphine (Le) medical, v. 13-38, 1S89-1914. 8°. Grenoble. Dauplais (Terdinand-Jules-Henri) [18S5- 1. *De l'osteomalacie senile. 96 pp., 1 pi. 8 . Nancy, 1911, No. 36. Daure (Louis-Ren6) [1SS5- ]. Contribution a l'etude de la diphterie spasmogene; etude clinique et experimentale. 169 pp. 8°. Bor- deaux, 1911, No. 91. Daurignac (Louis). *Des occlusions intestinales consecutives aux operations de la laparotomie. 112 pp. 4°. Toulouse, 1S95, No. 87. Daurios (Joseph-Marie-Jean-Jacques) [1890- ]. Contribution a l'etude du paludisme; un centre de paludeens de la 17e region. 88 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1918, No. 18. Daus (Siegfried) [1S78- ]. *Zur Pathologie der Peroneuslahmungen. 62 pp., 1 1. 8°. Berlin, 0. Francke, 1902. Dausel (Ernst) [1887- ]. *Ueber primare Muskeltuberkulose. 39 pp. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering, 1912. DAUSEND. 343 DAVENPORT. Dausend (Johann August) [1883- ]. *Ueber Storungen im Sprachlichen und Raumlichen bei einem alten Manne. [Wiirzburg.] 27 pp., 6 pi. 8°. Reutlingen, Ortel dc Sporer, 1911. Daussat (Charles) [1873- ]. L'education phy- sique; son influence sur la sant6 du soldat. 128 pp. 8°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1910. Dausset (Henri) [1874- ]. *Des elements de pronostic au cours des icteres infectieux et en particulier de la glycosurie alimentaire. 65 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 277. Daussy (Francis) [1876- ]. *Rapports de l'appendicite et de la pneumonie; etude patho- genique et clinique. [Paris.] 5 p. l.,95pp. 8°. Nantes, 1913, No. 169. Daussy (Pierre-Paul-Henry-Joseph) [1872- ]. Contribution a l'etude de la ration alimentaire du nourrisson eleve artificiellement de un a sept mois. 74 pp. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 404. Daust (Eduard Emil Ernst) [1867- ]. *TJeber Erblichkeit der angeborenen Katarakt. 27 pp. 8°. Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1899. Dautet (Mme. Germaine-Lea) [nee Menier] [1886- ]. *Le costume feminin et ses dangers. 112 pp., 2 1. 8°. Bordeaux, 1919, No. 35. Dautheuil (L.-J.) *Appendicite chronique et hernie inguinale chez l'enfant. 108 pp. 8°. Paris 1914 No. 237. Dauthevllle'(Loins) [1878- ]. *De la valeur semeiologique des empreintes plantaires dans les affections chirurgicales du membre infeneur. 124 pp , 11., 4 pi. 8°. Lyon, P. Legendre, 1901, No. 49. Dauthuile (Albert-Gustave-Edouard) [1883- ]. Contribution a l'etude du cancer; recherches statistiques sur l'etiologie du cancer dans la ville de Lille. 125 pp., 2 ch. 8°. Lille, 1908, No. 30. Dauthuile (Georges) [1874- ]. Contribution a l'etude des anomalies mammaires dans leurs rapports avec l'embryologie. 87 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1899, No. 89. Dautrevaux (Yvette) [1892- ]. *Les troubles oculaires dans Pencephalite 16thargique epide- mique. 63 pp. 8°. Paris, 1920, No. 291. Dautwiz [Franz]. Ueber sanitatstaktische Aus- bildung der Sanitatsoffiziere der Armee. vii, 131 pp. 12°. Berlin, E. S. Mittler dc Sohn, 1901. Dautwiz (Friedrich Karl [Rudolf]) [1882- ]. *Ueber die geweblichen Veranderungen der Uterusmyome bei Graviditat. 35 pp. 8°. Berlin, G. Schade, 1910. Dauvais (Victor). *De la fievre intermittente simple et particulierement de celle observee a Bitche (Moselle). Ip. l.,44pp. 4°. Strassburg, 1849, 2. s., No. 204. Dauvergne (Leon) [1874- ]. *De l'apyrexie dans la tuberculose de l'enfance. 76 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1904, No. 182. Dauvergne (Paul-Joseph-Marie) [1881- ]. *Etude sur les theories pathogeniques de l'ictere postoperatoire. 51 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1907, No. 18. Dauwe (Ferdinand). *Recherches sur les hyper- secretions de l'estomac. 137 pp. 8°. Gand, 1914. Dauwe (Octave). Intoxication saturnine aigue chez 1'homme. 44 pp. 8°. Gand, Imp. A. Van der Haeghen, 1906. Dauzat (Albert) [1877- ]. L'argot de la guerre, d'apres une enquete aupres des officiers et soldats. 295 pp. 12°. Paris, A. Colin, 1918. Dauzats (Edouard) [1875- ]. *Recherches sur la contagiosity de la pelade. 158 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1901, No. 395. Dauzats (Edouard)—continued. The same. 156 pp. 8°. Paris, G. Stein- heil, 1901. Dauzier (L.) See Esteoule (J.) & Dauzier (L.) Consultations [etc.]. 12°. Paris, 1910. Davaine (Casimir-Joseph) [1812-82]. Jeanson (G.) *Le docteur Casimir Davaine; sa vie; son ceuvre; 1812-1882. 8°. Paris, 1912. [Biography.] Arch, de parasitol. Par, 1903, vii, 122. Davainea. See, also, Taenia; Tapeworms. Ackert (J. E.) On the hfe history of Davainea tetragona (Molin) a fowl tapeworm. J. Parasitol,Urbana, 111, 1919-20, vi, 28-34. Also, Reprint.—Mbla(P.) Davainea pluriunci- nata (Crety) e sinonima della D. circumvallata (Krabbe)? Arch, de parasitol. Par, 1911-12, xv, 432-441. Daval (Louis-Henri) [1886- ]. *Plaies opera- toires des vaisseaux lymphatiques avec lymphor- ragie. 77 pp. 8°. Nancy, 1911, No. 20. Davalos (Alejandro J.) [1892- ]. *De la voie sus-pubienne transvesical dans la cure des fistules vesico-vaginales. 64 pp. 8°. Paris, 1920, No. 402. Davalos (Juan Nicolas) [1857-1910]. Santos Fernandez (J.) Necroldgica. An. Acad, de cien. m6d. . . . de la Habana, 1910-11, xlvii, 742-747, port. ------& Acosta (E.) Toxicidad de la orina en la fiebre amarilla. 7 pp. 8°. Habana, J. M. Rameau, 1897. Davalos y Pardifias. La pintadilla. Contribu- ci6n al estudio de las enfermedades del ganado de cerda en la isla de Cuba. 26 pp. 8°. Habana, Soler, Alvarez & Compania, 1889. Davaris (C.) [1877- ]. *M61e hydatiforme et deg£ne>escence kystique des ovaires. 104 pp. 8°. Paris, 1915, No. 126. Daveniere (E.) *Traitement par le babeurre de eertaines toxidermites infantiles (strophulus, eczema). 108 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 82. Davenport (Charles Benedict) [1866- 1. Statis- tical methods with special reference to biological variation. 1. ed., 1st 1,000. vii pp., 148 pp., 1 diag. 12°. New York, J. Wiley dc Sons; Lon- don, Chapman dc Hall, 1899. ------. The same. 2. ed. viii, 223 pp. 12°. New York, J. Wiley dc Sons, 1904. The same. 3. ed. viii, 225 pp. 8°. New York, J. Wiley dc Sons, 1914. Experimental morphology. Pt. 2. Effect of chemical and physical agents upon growth. xviii, p. 281-508, 11. 8°. New York, The Mac- millan Co., 1899. The animal ecology of the Cold Spring sand spit; with remarks on the theory of adap- tation. 22 pp. 4°. Chicago, 1903. In: Univ. Chicago Decenn. Pub. 1903,1. s, x. ----. Inheritance in poultry, v, 136 pp., 17 pi. 8°. Washington, Carnegie Inst., 1906. ----. Inheritance in canaries. 26 pp., 3 col. pi. 4°. Washington, D. C, Carnegie Inst., 1908. Inheritance of characteristics in domestic fowl. 100 pp., 13 pi. 4°. Washington, D. C, Carnegie Inst., 1909. ----. Eugenics; the science of human improve- ment by better breeding. 35 pp., 4 pi. 12°. New York, H. Holt dc Company, 1910. Heredity in relation to eugenics. 1 p. 1., xi, 298 pp., front., 1 diag. 8°. New York, H. Holt dc Company, 1911. The family-history book, comp. by Charles B. Davenport from records and schedules furnished by Geo. S. Amsden, Win. F. Blades, [etc.]. 101pp. 8°. Cold Spring Harbor; N. Y, 1912. Eugenics Record Office, Bull. No. 7. DAVENPORT. 344 DAVID. Davenport (Charles Benedict)—continued. —---. The trait book. 52 pp., 1 col. pi. 8°. Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y., 1912. Eugenics Record Office, Bull. No. 6. ------. Heredity of skin color in Negro-White crosses; with appendix, being abridgement of field-notes, chiefly of Florence H. Danielson. 2 p. 1., 106 pp., 4 pi. 8°. Washington, Carnegie Inst., 1913. Carnegie Institution of Washington, Publication No. 188. ------. State laws limiting marriage selection, examined in the light of eugenics. 66 pp., 2 tab. 8°. Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y., 1913. Eugenics Record Office, Bull. No. 7. ------. The feebly inhibited; nomadism, or the wandering impulse, with special reference to heredity; inheritance of temperament. 1 p. 1., 158 pp. 8°. Washington, D. C, Carnegie Inst., 1915. Carnegie Institution of Washington, Publication No. 236. ------. Naval officers; their heredity and de velopment. Assisted by Mary Theresa Scudder. iv, 236 pp. 8°. Washington, Carnegie Inst., 1919. ------ & Love (Albert G.) Army anthropology, based on observations made on draft recruits, 1917-18, and on veterans at demobilization, 1919; prepared under the direction of M. W. Ireland. 635 pp. 8°. Washington, Govt. Print. Off, 1921. Davenport (Francis Henry) [1851- ]. Diseases of women. _ A manual of gynecology designed especially for the use of students and general practitioners. 4. ed., rev. and enl. xv, 17^05 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, Lea Bros, dc Co., 1902. For Biography, see Album Am. Gynec. Soc, Phila, 1918, 132, port. Davenport (J. L.) The foreign pension systems; a brief synopsis of the pension laws (not civil) of foreign nations; compiled from information furnished by the diplomatic officers of the United States to the Secretary of State in 1899, in response to Senate resolution of Jan. 29, 1899; together with the aggregate amount of annual appropriation made by some of said countries for such pensions. 57. Cong., 1st sess. S. Doc. No. 56. 100 pp. 8°. Washington, Govt. Print. Off., 1902. Daverfcde. Contribution a l'etude des pseudo- paralysies generates. 88 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1911, No. 919. DaverSde (Georges) [1874- ]. *Les rash poly- morphes dans la varicelle. 79 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 245. Daverne (Robert). *Sur quelques observations d'osteomyelite vert^brale aigue. 55 pp. 8°. Paris, 1903, No. 222. Daversin (A.) *Des albuminuries intermittentes; revue critique. 118 pp. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 449. Davesne (Albert). *Des massages de la prostate. 83 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 64. Davet (Desir6) [1874- ]. *De la dystocie due a la contracture du muscle releveur de l'anus. 67 pp. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 621. Davey (Harry E.) [1884-1918]. Obituary. Tr. N. Hampshire M. Soc, Concord, 1919, cxxviii, 258. Davey (James George) [1813-95]. On life and its lessons; being the inaugural address delivered to the Bristol Medico-Chirurgical Society, in the session 1882-83. 28 pp. 8°. Bristol, J. Fawn dc Son, 1883. Davey (William Henry Carthew) [1S67- 1914]. Obituary. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1914, n. s, xcviii, Davian (Georges). *Sur quelques points de la semeiologie des pancreatites chroniques. 167 pp 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 465. Davicion (Nissim) [1876- ]. *Des nodosites rhumatismales chez les enfants. 74 pp 8° Paris, 1901, No. 65. David Armenicus. Compilatio in libros de oculo- rum curationibus Accanamosali et diversorum philosophorum de Baldach. Publiee pour la premiere fois par P. Pansier, viii, 56 pp. 8° Paris, J. B. Baillihe dc fils, 1904. Collectio ophtalmologica veterum auctorum, fasc. iv. David (Adolf) [1887- ]. *Ueber zwei neue Quecksilberverbindungen. 35 pp. 8°. Rostock, Adler's Erben, 1914. David (Alphonse-Marie-Auguste) [1878- ]. *Etude clinique de la splenomegalie dans la syphilis her£ditaire precoce. [Lille.] 100 pp. 8°. Bethune, 1903, No. 127. David (Andre). *Syphilis, postconceptionnelle tardive; transmission au foetus. 56 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1909, No. 846. David ([Carl] Hermann) [1875- ]. *Der respira- torische Quotient bei Saurevergiftung. 47 pp. 8°. Leipzig, Ramm dc Seemann, 1914. David (Charles). *L'endoscopie uterine (hystero- scopie); applications au diagnostic et au traite- ment des affections intra-uterines. 126 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 112. ------. The same. 3 p. 1., 126 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Paris, G. Jacques, 1908. David (Chery-Leon) [1871- ]. Contribution a l'etude clinique de l'cedeme bleu hysterique. 80 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 173. David (Edouard) [1875- ]. Contribution a l'etude du traitement du cancer uterin par l'hys- te>ectomie abdominale totale. 80 pp. 8°. Paris, 1902, No. 95. David (Elkan). *Synthese des 2-Oxychromons und des 3-4-Dioxychromons. 32 pp. 8°. Bern, W. Walchli, 1904. David (Erna) [1880- ]. *Beitrag zur Atmo- kausis uteri. [Freiburg i. Br.] 37 pp.. 1 1. 8°. Rostock, Adler's Erben, 1908. David (Floyd). Report of investigation of the Marshalltown public water supply. 20 pp. 8°. Des Moines, Welch, 1899. David (Gustave). *Des automutilations chez les alienes. 86 pp., 11. 8°. Toulouse, 1899. No. 434. David (Gustave) [1874- ]. *Memoire sur la duree du travail de l'avortement criminel par manoeuvres directes. 69 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 663. David (H.) *La peste a Angers. 6S pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 281. David (H. Sin.) [1883- h *La dactvlomegalie essontielle. 71 pp. 8°. Paris, 1912. No. 456. David (Henry). Cumston (Ch. G.) Les faits et gestes de maitre Henry David, lieutenant de monsieur le premier chirurgien du Roy, a Marseille. 8°. Gentve, 1918. 31. (P.) Les conseils de mattre Henry David aux ehirur- giens navigants. Progres med. Par, 1918, 3. s, xxxiii, 413. David (Henry) [1887- ]. *Dyspepsie chronique avec acidose chez le nourrisson. 71 pp., 2 ch. 8°. Montpellier, 1912, No. 76. David (I.) [1875- ]. *Grossesses intra-uterines prises pour extra-uterines. vii, 9-105 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1901, No. 78. David (Jacob). *Du traitement des vaginites par le thigenol. 50 pp., 21. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 550. DAVID. 345 DAVIDSON. David (Jean) [1801-1904]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1904, i, 1521.—Oldest (The) doctor in the world. Indian Lancet, Calcutta, 1903, xxi, 574. David (Jean-Louis). *De la je^unostomie. 187 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 147. David (Jean-Pierre) [1737-84]. Ridlon (J.) Jean-Pierre David; the man who potted Pott. Boston M. & S. J, 1916, clxxv, 336-338. David (Joseph) [1871- ]. *Du peroxyde de zinc et de ses applications en ophtalmologie. 34 pp., 11. 8°. Nancy, 1904, No. 6. David (Joh. Robert) [1870-1904]. [Biography.] Prag. med. Wchnschr, 1904, xxix, 113. David (Julien-Joseph) [1879- ]. *Des conjonc- tivites pseudo-membraneuses a streptocoques. [Paris.] 101 pp. 8°. Rennes, 1910, No. 375. David (Leon) [1876- ]. *Les reactions san- guines dans les appendicites et les affections abdominales qui les simulent. 65 pp. 8°. Paris, 1903, No. 410. David (M.) *La biopsie; son utilite en clinique. 120 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 255. David (Marcel). Contribution a l'etude des eaux minerales dans le Departement de Maine-et- Loire. 44 pp. 8°. Paris, 1919, No. 137. David (Max). Grundriss der orthopadischen Chi- rurgie. Ffir praktische Aerzte und Studierende. 4 p. 1., 212 pp. 8°. Berlin, S. Karger, 1900. ------. The same. 2. Aufl. v, 240 pp. 8°. Ber- lin, S. Karger, 1906. ------. Korperliche Verbildungen im Kindesalter und ihre Verhutung. Ein Mahnwort an Eltern, Lehrer und Erzieher. iii, 109 pp. 12°. Leipzig, B. G. Teubner, 1910. ------. Die Magen- und Darmerkrankungen der Kinder, ihre Heilung und Verhutung. 64 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Hamburg, G. C. J. Siissmilch, [n. d.]. David (Oskar) [1880- ]. *Ueber den Farbstoff und Eisengehalt des Blutes. Experimentelle und klinische Untersuchungen. [Bonn.] 52 pp. 8°. Halle a. S., 1908. David (Oskar). *R6ntgenologische Untersuchun- gen fiber Form und Verhalten des Dunndarmes bei direkter Fullung mit Kontrastmitteln. [Halle.] 48 pp. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1918. David (P.) Les eaux d'alimentation a Marseille et dans les principales localites du Departement des Bouches-du-Rhone. 63 pp. 8°. Marseille, Moullotfils ainS, 1891. David (Quentin J.). See Peterson (Joseph) & David (Quentin J.) The psy- chology of handling men, [etc.]. [1919.] David (S. V.) *K voprosu o dieistvii formaldehida na siemena khliebnikh zlakov i na spori golov- nevikh gribkov. [Action of formaldehyde on grain seeds and spores of mushrooms.] 310 pp., 3 1. 8°. Yuryev, Shnakenburg, 1900. Agricultural thesis. David (Victor) [1859- ]. *Des corps etrangers des fosses nasales. 46 pp. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 3. ------ The same. 46 pp. 8°. Pans, 1900. David (Victor) [1882- ]. *Le delire post- operatoire chez les operes de cataracte. 76 pp. 8*. Paris, 1909, No. 15. David (Walther) [1879- ]. *Beitrag zur Lehre von den postoperativen Psychosen. 16 pp., 2 1. 8° Kiel, Schmidt dc Klaunig, 1905. David-Chausse (Albert-Pierre-Theophile) [1889- ]. *Sur Faction cardio-vasculaire comparee de la thyroide et du pancreas. 44 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Bordeaux,-1914, No. 76. Davidenko (Barbe). *De la valeur des cellules plasmatiques dans le diagnostic de l'endometrite. 22 pp. 8°. Geneve, A. Kiindig, 1910. Davidenkoff (S. N.) *K ucheniyu ob ostroi ataksii Leyden-Westphal'ya. [Acute Leyden- Westphal'sataxy.] Ip. 1., 179pp. 8°. Kharkov, tip. "Pechatn. Dielo," 1911. Davidge (John) [1831-1917]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1917, ii, 675. Davidoff (Wladimir) [1887- ]. _ *L'anesthesie lombaire a la novocaine; technique de M. le docteur Chaput. 78 pp. 8°. Paris, 1914, No. 133. Davidoff-MasIoff(i/me.)[1875- _ ]. Contribu- tion a l'etude du sarcome du sein. 39 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1910, No. 1. Davidow (Elka) [1877- ]. *Beitrage zur Lehre von der Leyden'schen Schwangerschaftsniere. 34pp. 8°. Strassburgi. E., C. Muh dc Cie., 1908. Davidowitsch (Devora) [1884- ]. *Morbus Basedowii una Schwangerschaft. 39 pp. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering, 1913. Davids (Carl Conrad) [1882- ]. *Beitrage zur Urogenitaltuberkulose. [Gottingen.] 53 pp. 8°. Emden, B. Davids, 1908. Davids (Hans). *Ueber die sog. Aktinomykosis musculorum suis. 48 pp. 8°. Giessen, Mun- chow, 1898. Davids (Hermann) [1878- ]. *Ein Beitrag zur Lehre von den Magnetoperationen. [Gottingen.] 92 pp. 8°. Giessen, 0. Kindt, 1903. ------. Ueber traumatische Linsenluxation; zu- gleich ein Beitrag zur Entstehung der Sphinkter- risse und deren Aderhautablosung. 32 pp. 8°. Halle a. S., C. Marhold, 1913. Forms Hft. 3, v. 9, of: Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. Augenh. Davidsohn (Egon) [1880- ]. *Ein Beitrag zur Kasuistik der Darmtuberkulose. 22 pp., 1 1. 8°. Munchen, C. Wolf dc Sohn, 1905. Davidsohn (Felix) [1879-1916]. *Ein Beitrag zur Lehre vom Verschluss der Zentralarterie. [Freiburg i. Br.] 23 pp. 8°. Berlin, F. Westphal, 1902. ------. Die Rontgentechnik; ein Hilfsbuch ffir Aerzte. 78 pp. 8°. Berlin, S. Karger, 1908. ------. Ueber den derzeitigen Stand der Frage der Radiumemanation. 22 pp. 8°. Berlin, Fischer, 1910. Forms Hft. 263, v. 22, of: Berl. Klinik. For Biography, see Deutsche med. Presse, Berl, 1916, xx, 27 (K. Gumpertz). Davidsohn (Georg). *Ueber Fettembolie. 27 pp., 11. 8°. Freiburg i. Br., Speyer dc Kaerner, 1898. Davidsohn (Heinrich) [1884-r ]. *Ueber Zyto- toxine. 48 pp. 8°. Berlin, 1909. Davidsohn (Hugo). Die Ergebnisse der Fango- Behandlung nach den Erfahrungen an der Ber- liner Fango-Kuranstalt. 56 pp. 8°. Berlin, A. Hirschwald, 1898. ------. Die Technik der Hydrotherapie. xviii, 186 pp. 8°. Berlin, A. Hirschwald, 1906. Davidsohn (Joseph Hersch) [1881- ]. *Ueber eine seltene Missbildung. 29 pp., 4 pi. 8°. Wurzburg, F. Scheiner, 1906. Davidsohn (Tewel) [1889- ]. *Psychische Storungen bei Morbus Basedowii. 37 pp. 8°. Konigsberg, R. Gruel, 1914. Davidson (Alexander) [1838-1904]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1904, i, 643. Also: Lancet, Lond, 1904, i, 765. Davidson (Alexander Deas) [1849-1900]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1900, ii, 1823. Davidson (Andrew). Yellow fever. In: Syst. Med. (Allbutt), 8°, Lond, 1907, ii, pt. 2, 313-345. ------. Amoebic dysentery. In: Syst. Med. (Allbutt), 8°, Lond, 1907, ii, pt. 2, 527-544. ______ Tropical abscess of the liver. In: Syst. Med. ( Mlbutt), 8°, Lond, 1907, ii, pt. 2, 579-605. DAVIDSON. 346 DAVIS. Davidson (Charles) [1850-1920]. Obituary. Birmingh. M. Rev, 1912, Ixxi, 97. Also: Brit. M. J, Lond, 1912, i, 282. Davidson (F.) Retinoscopy made easy. 15 pp. 12°. London, [1901]. ------. Sight testing for the general practitioner. A manual by which he can acquire the knowl- edge necessary to determine all errors of refrac- tion, and to prescribe spectacles. 3. ed. 80 pp. 12°. London, F. Davidson, 1904. ------. The same. Refraction work and retinos- copy, made easy for general practice; a simple but perfect system of sight testing by means of which the general practitioner can easily include this and the prescribing of spectacles in his practice. 6. ed. 24 pp. 12°. London, [n. d.]. Davidson (James Fraser) [1858-1907]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1907, ii, 1754. Also: Glasgow M. J, 1908, lxix, 50. Davidson (Sir James Mackenzie) [1856-1919]- Localization by X-rays and stereoscopy. xi> 72 pp. 8°. London, H. K. Lewis dc Co., 1916. For Biography, see Arch. Radiol. & Electrother, Lond., 1918-19, xxiii, 337-340, port. Also: Brit. M. J, Lond, 1919, i, 468. Also: J. Rontg. Soc, Lond, 1919, xv, 55. Also: Lancet, Lond, 1919, i, 633. Also: Med. Press. & Circ, Lond, 1919, n. s, cvii, 323. Davidson (John). The testament of a vivisector. 27 pp. 8°. London, G. Richards, 1901. Davidson (John Porter) [1869-1911]. Obituary. Old Dominion J. M. & S, Richmond, 1911, xiii, 366. Davidson (L. K.) K voprosu ob operativnom liechenii fibromiom matki. [Operative treatment of fibromyomata of the uterus.] 123, 4 pp. 8°. Kiyev, P. Barski, 1911. Davidson (Otto) [1870- ]. *Ueber Cysten dea menschlichen Ureters. 57 pp., 11. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1901. Davidson (Percy E.) *The recapitulation theory and human infancy. 105 pp. 8°. New York, Teachers' College, Columbia University, 1914. Daviel (Jacques) [1696-1762]. Sur une nouvelle methode de guerir la cataracte par 1'extraction du cristallin. In: Mem. Acad. roy. de chir. Par, 1753, ii, 337-354. For Biography, see Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914. v, 3750-3777 (T. H. Shastid). Also: Rev. med. de Normandie, Rouen, 1900, 395-398 (P. Petit). Also: Roger (J.) Les m<5d. normands [etc.], 8", Par, 1895,11,159- 265, port. ------. See, also: Greene (D. W.) A brief historic sketch of Jacques Daviel and his work, suggested by a visit to his grave. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1910, xix, 288-292—True (H.) Daviel et l'extractlon de la cataracte. Paris m6d, 1911-12, ii, suppl, 447-451. Davies (Arthur Mercer). A handbook of hygiene; revised and enlarged. 4. ed. xii, 718 pp. 12°. London, C. Griffin dc Co., 1913. ------. A handbook of school hygiene for teachers in army schools. 96 pp. 12°. London, Har- rison dc Sons, 1907. Davies (Arthur Morley) [1869- ]. An introduc- tion to palaeontology, xi, 414 pp. 12°. Lon- don, T. Murby dc Co., 1920. Davies (David Livingstone) [1864-1921]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1921, ii, 1013. A/.w.Med. Press, Lond, 1921, n. s, cxi, 412. Davies (David Samuel) & Yabbicom (T. H.) Notes on the factory and workshop acts, 1878, 1891,1895. 16 pp. 12°. London, San. Pub. Co., [n. d.]. Davies (Ebenezer) [1829-1910]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1911, i, 116. Davies (Francis Pritchard) [1844-1908]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1908, ii, 1901. [Also]: Lancet, Lond, 1908, ii, 1944. Davies (George Reginald) [1876- j]. Social environment. 149 pp. 12°. Chicago, A. C. McClurg dc Co., 1917. Davies (Hugh Morriston). A manual of minor surgery and bandaging (Heath, Pollard) for the use of house surgeons, dressers and junior prac- titioners, x, 467 pp. 8°. London, J. dc A. Churchill, 1914. Davies (Mary Birred) [ -1916]. Obituary. Lancet, Lond, 1917, i, 122. Davies (William Bowen) [1874-1908]. Obituary. Brit.M. J, Lond, 1908,i, 1209. Also: Lancet, Lond, 1908, i, 1379. Davies (Willy) [1862- ]. *Zur Frage der Fingermissbildungen. 26 pp., 3 1. 8°. Greifs- wald, H. Adler, 1900. Davies-Colley (John Neville CoUey) [1842-1900]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1900, i, 1201. Also: Guy's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1900, xiv. 248. Also: Lancet, Lond, 1900, i. 1475. Also: Med.-Chir. Tr, Lond, 1901, Ixxxiv, pp. cvi-cix. Davies-Jones (Hugh) [1855-1921]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1921, i, 917. Davila (E. S.) *Recherches statistiques sur les symptomes habituels de l'acces epileptique. 94 pp. 8°. Paris, 1915, Xo. 113. Davila (Jose Maria). *Breves consideraciones Bobre los derrames de pecho. 29 pp. 8°. Mexico, Dublan dc Comp., 1881. Davila (Luis) [1885- ]. *Etudes sur les crechea municipales de Lyon. 101 pp. 8D. Lyon, 1913, No. 55. Daviller (AchiUe) [ -1900]. Necrologue. Bull. m6d. d. Vosges, 1900-1901, xv, no. 56, 3-8, port. Dayin (Friedrich Wilhelm Carl) [1878- ]. *Ueber einen Fall von Hernia obturatoria incarcerata. Ein Beitrag zur Lehre der Hernia obturatoria. 22 pp., 2 1. 8°. Halle a. S.. C. A. Kaemmerer dc Co., 1906. Davln (V.) Revue de quelques plantes exotiquea comestibles, industrielles. medicinales et cu- rieuses cultiv^es au Jardin botanique de la VUle de Marseille. 22 pp. 8°. Marseille, Barlatier, 1897. Daviot (Denis) [1808-1907]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1907,1, 537. Daviot (Louis) [1876- ]. *Etude sur la re- cherche et l'ablation des corps etrangers de l'or- ganisme et, en particulier, des aiguilles', sous le eontrole direct des rayons X. 73 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 397. Daviot (Maurice) [1874- ]. *Etude clinique Bur les myelites syphilitiques aigues, les formes anormales en particulier. 54 pp., 11. 8°. Lyon, P. Legendre, 1901, No. 14. Davis (Achille Edward) [1866- ]. See Roosa (D. B. St. John) & Davis (A. Edward). Handbook of the anatomy of the eye, [etc.]. 8". Philadel- phia, 1904. ------ & Douglass (Beaman). Eye, ear, nose, and throat nursing, xv, 318 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, F.A.Davis Co., 1905. -------------. The same. 2. ed. xv, 346 pp. 12°. Philadelphia, F. A. Davis Co., 1920. Davis (Albert A.) [1838-1905]. Obituary. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1905, lxvii, 744. Davis (Albert Edward) [1864- [J. Hypnotism and treatment by suggestion. 124 pp. 12°, Liverpool, Liverpool Booksellers Co.; London. Simpkin, Marshall [et al.], 1918. DAVIS. ' 347 DAVIS. Davis (Andrew P.) [1835- ]. Osteopathy illustrated; a drugless system of healing, xvi, 72 pi., 851 pp., port. 8*. Cincinnati, 0., F. L. Rowe, 1899. ------. Neuropathy illustrated; the philosophy and practical application of drugless healing, amply illustrated and explained. 8 p. 1., 601 pp. 8°. Long Beach, Cal., Graves dc Hersey, 1915. Davis (Arthur Nathaniel) [1857-1922]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1922,ii, 113. Also: Lancet, Lond, 1922, ii, 152. Davis (Bradley Moore). Oogenesis in saprolegnia. 33 pp., 2 pi. 4°. Chicago, 1903. In: Univ. Chicago Decenn. Pub, 1903,1. s, x. Davis (Carl Henry) [1883- ]. Painless child- birth, eutocia and nitrous oxid-oxygen analgesia. 134 pp. 8°. Chicago, Forbes dc Company, 1916. Davis (Charles Henry Stanley) [1840-1917]. The self-cure of consumption without medicine; with a chapter on the prevention of consumption and other diseases. 175 pp. 12°. New York, E. B. Treat dc Co., 1904. For Biography, see J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1917, lxix, 1813. Davis (Daniel) [1777-1841]. A manual of magnet- ism, including galvanism, magnetism, electro- magnetism, electro-dynamics, magneto-electric- ity, and thermo-electricity; with one hundred and eighty original illustrations, viii, 2 pi., 322 pp. 12°. Boston, B. Davis, jr., 1847. Davis (Delbert M.) Three hundred seven at home and in France, xv, 185 pp. 8°. Garden City, N. Y, The Country Life Press, 1919. Davis (E. Howe) [1818-1906]. [Obituary.] Albany M. Ann, 1907, xxviii, 253. Davis (Edward Parker) [1856- ]. The forceps; embryotomy. In: Syst. Obst. (Hirst), 8°, Phila, 1889, ii, 121-193. ------. Obstetric and gynecological nursing. 402 pp., 17 pi. 8°. Philadelphia,W. B.Saunders, 1901. ------. The same. 2. ed. 402 pp., 17 pi. 8°. Philadelphia, New York dc London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1904. ------. The same. 3. ed. 436 pp., 19 pi. 8°. Philadelphia dc London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1908. ■------. The same. 4. ed. 2 p. 1., 480 pp. 8°. Philadelphia dc London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1913. ------. The same. 5. ed. 499 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Philadelphia dc London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1917. ------. A treatise on obstetrics for students and practitioners. • 2. ed. viii, pp. 17-809, 39 pi. 8°. Philadelphia dc New York, Lea Bros, dc Co., 1904. ------. Operative obstetrics, including the sur- gery of the new-born. 2 p. 1., 13--183 pp. 8°. Philadelphia dc London, W. B. Saunders, 1911. ------. Mother and child. 3. ed. 274 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, J. B. Lippincott Company, 1911. ------. The same. 4. ed. 278 pp. 8°. Philadel- phia, J. B. Lippincott dc Co., 1921. ------. Manual of obstetrics. 3 p. 1., 11-463 pp. 8°. Philadelphia dc London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1914- ------. The same. 2. ed. 478 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Philadelphia dc London,. W. B. Saunders Co., 1919. For Biography, see Album Am. Gynec. Soc, Phila, 1918, 134, port. Davis (Edwin Harry) [ -1918]. Obituary- Brit. M. J, Lond, 1918, ii, 362. Davis (Emory Hawkins) [1845-1901]. Fox (C. J.) Obituary. Proc. Connect. M. Soc, Bridge- port, 1901, 307-310. Davis (Franklyn Pierre). Impotency, sterility and artificial impregnation. 138 pp. 8 . St. Louis, C. V. Mosby Co., 1917. Davis (George). Cattle plague, rinderpest, pleuro- pneumonia, foot and mouth disease, etc., how caused and how prevented. 11pp. 12°. London, G. Davis, [1877]. Davis (George S.) Publications of . . . 49 pp. 8°. Detroit, [1890]. Davis (Gustavus Pierpont) [1845-1914]. [Obituary.] J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1914, lxii, 1269 — Rowley (A. M.) Obituary. Proc. Connect. M. Soc, New Haven, 1914, cxxii, 230. Davis (Gwilym George) [1857-1918]. The prin- ciples and practice of bandaging, xi, 17-146 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son dc Co., 1902. ------. Applied anatomy; the construction of the human body, considered in relation to its func- tions, diseases, and injuries, x, 630 pp. roy. 4°. Philadelphia dc London, J. B. Lippincott Com- pany, [1910]. ------. The same. 2. ed. 3 p. 1., v-x, 630 pp. 4°. Philadelphia dc London, J. B. Lippincott Company, [1913]. ------. The same. 3. ed. 3 p. 1., v-x, 630 pp. 8°. Philadelphia dc London, J. B. Lippincott Company, [1915]. ------. The same. 4. ed. 630 pp. 8°. Philadel- phia dc London, J. B. Lippincott Co., 1916. ------. The same. 5. ed. 8°. Philadelphia dc London, J. B. Lippincott Co., 1918. -----. The principles and practice of bandaging. 3. ed. xiii, 128 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son dc Co., 1911. For Biography, see Am. J. Orthop. Surg, Bost, 1918, xvi, 538. Also: J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1918, Ixxi, 57. Also: J. Orthop. Surg, Bost, 1919, i. 570-572 (J. T. Rugh). Also: Tr. Am. Surg. Ass, Phila, 1919, xxxvii, pp. xlv (W. J. T.). Davis (Haldin). Skin diseases in general practice, their recognition and treatment, xii, 340 pp.; front. 8°. London, H. Frowde [etc.], 1913. ------. The same. 2. ed. xii, 355 pp., 8 pi. 8°. London, H. Frowde, Hodder dc Stoughton, 1921. Davis (Henry) [ -1918]. On the question of anaesthetics in operations for adenoid growths of the naso-pharynx. 8 pp. 12°. London, H. K. Lewis, 1890. For Biography, see St. Mary's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1918, xxiv, 126. Davis (Henry Gassett) [1807-96]. Nutt (J. J.) Dr. Henry G. Davis [biography]. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1905, lxviii, 868. Davis (Hugh Wythe) [1840-1914]. [Obituary.] J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1914, lxiii, 257. Also: VirginiaM. Semi-Month, Richmond, 1914-15, xix, 184. Davis (James Aubrey) [1865-1902]. Obituary. Alumni Reg. Univ. Penn, Phila, 1902-3, vii, 89. Davis (John Homan) [1838-1915]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1916, i, 295. Davis (John Staige) [1872- ]. Plastic surgery; its principles and practice, xv, 770 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son dc Co., 1919. Davis (John William) [1850-1917]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1917, ii, 500. Davis (Joseph). The sewerage systems of Sydney, N. S. W., and its suburbs. The bacterial treat- ment of trades waste by William Naylor. 146 pp., 3 pi. 8°. London, 1902. Inst. Civ. Eng. Abstr. papers in for. Trans. & Period. Lond, 1901-2. Davis (Malcolm B.) & Jenness (Mrs. Kate Chal- mers). . Health, happiness and long life, or looking on the bright side; how to five [etc.], together with advice to young men and young, women, iv, 7-256 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, Nat. Pub. Co., [1911]. Davis (Maurice) [1821-98]. Obituary. Lancet, Lond, 1898, ii, 1028. DAVIS. 348 DAVOS. Davis (Michael Marks i [1879- ]. Immigrant health and the community, xxvii, 481 pp. 83. New York dc London, Harper dc Bros., 1921. ------ & Warner (Andrew R.) Dispensaries; their management and development; a book for administrators, public health workers, and all interested in better medical service for the people, ix, 438 pp. 8°. New York, The Mac- millan Co., 1918. Davis (Nathan Smith) [1817-1904]. History of medicine with the code of medical ethics. 209 pp., port. roy. 8°. Chicago, [1903]. For Biography, see Danforth (I. N.) The life of Nathan Smith Davis, 1817-1904. 8°. Chicago, 1907. See, also, Am. Med, Burlington, Vt, 1919, n. s, xiv, 477- 480 (H. O. Marcy). Also: Boston M. & S. J, 1904, cl, 714. Also: Ibid., 1919, clxxx, 695-697 (H. T. Byford). Also: Brit. M. J, Lond, 1904, ii, 101. Also: Chicago M. Re- corder, 1904, xxvi, 461, port. Also: Illinois M. J, Spring- field, 1904. vi, 190-192 (J. H. Hollister). Also: J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1899, xxxii, 1237. Also: Ibid., 1904, xiii, 1691. A lso: Med. Rec, N. Y, 1904, lxv, 1051. Also: Med. Rev. of Rev, N. Y, 1917,xxiii,545-548(V. Robinson). Also: Med. Stand- ard, Chicago, 1904, xxvii, 337. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1904, lxxix, 1244. Also: Quart. Bull. Northwest Univ. Med. Sch, Chicago, 1908-9, x, 5-9 (I. N. Danforth). Also: Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa, 1904, n. s, xx, 237-240 (F. S. Johnson). Also: St. Paul M. J, St. Paul, Minn, 1905, vii, 330-335 (E. C. Dudley). Davis (Nathan Smith) jr. [1858-1920]. Consump- tion ; how to prevent it and how to live with it; its nature, its causes, its prevention, and the mode of fife, climate, exercise, food, clothing necessary for its cure. 2. ed. 172 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, F. A. Davis Co., 1908. ------. Food in health and disease, xii, 449 pp. roy. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son dc Co., 1912. For Biography, see J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1920, lxxv, 1795. Also: Proc. Inst. Med, Chicago, 1919-21, iii, 209-211, port. (E. W. Andrews). Davis (Nelson F.) The apple-tree tent-caterpillar and its life history. 15 pp., 28 pi. 8°. Harris- burg, W. S. Ray, 1904. Forms Bull. 120 of: Pennsylvania Dept. Agric. Davis (O. K.) The case of Dr.Wiley, pp. 469-481. 8°. New York, 1911. Cutting from: Hampton-Columbian Mag, N. Y, 1911, xxvii. Davis (Ozora Stearns) [1866- ] & Drake (Emma F. Angell). The parents' guide; or, where do babies come from. Illustrated by John W. Collins. 307 pp. 12°. Atlanta, Ga., Naperville, III, J. L. Nichols dc Co., 1917. Davis (Paul B.) Studies on solution in its relation to light absorption, conductivity, hydrolysis. 144 pp. 8°. Washington, D. C, Carnegie Insti- tution, 1918. Davis (Sidney) [1853-1912]. Obituary. Alumni Reg. Univ. Penn, Phila, 1912-13, xv, 213. , Davis (Thomas Davis) [1847-1916]. [Obituary.] J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1916, lxvi, 1128. Also: J. Sociol. Med, Easton, Pa, 1916, xviii, 174-178, port. Davis (Ulrich). *Die histologischen Veranderun- gen bei der Nephritis des Hundes. 31 pp. 8°. Bern, E. Hess, 1908. Davis (Wallace Clyde) [1866- ]. Essentials of operative dentistry. 266 pp. 8°. [Lincoln], published by the author, 1911. ------. The same. 2. ed. 334 pp. 8°. St. Louis, C. V. Mosby Co., 1916. Davis (Warren B.) [1881- ]. Development and anatomy of the nasal accessory sinuses in man; observations based on 290 lateral nasal walls' showing the various stages and types of develop- ment of the accessory sinus areas from the 60. day of fetal life to advanced maturity. From the laboratories of the Friedrichshain Kranken- haus, Berlin, [etc.]. 1 p. 1., 7-172 pp. 8°. Davis (Warren B.)—continued. Philadelphia d- London, W. B. Saunders Com- pany, 1914. Davis (Warren Russell) [1838-1907]. Jennings (George H.) Obituary. Proc. Connect. M. Soc, 1908, 300. Davis (William Bramwell) [1832-93]. Observations on revaccination during the epidemic of small- pox in Cincinnati in November and December 1875. 12 pp. 8°. Cincinnati, 1876. Davis (William Elias Brownlee) [1863- 1903]. Cunningham (R. M.) Dr. W. E. B. Davis as a man, as a citizen, as a physician, as a surgeon and as a friend. Alabama M. J., Birmingh, 1902-3, xv, 181-188.—Davis (The monument [to Dr. W. E. B. Davis]. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago) 1905, xliv, 787.—McMurtry (L. S.) Inmemoriam, William, E. B. Davis. Alabama M. J, Birmingh, 1903-4, xvi, 1-5. Also: Tr. Am. Ass. Obst. & Gvnec. 1903, N. Y, 1904, xvi, 471-475, port.—[Obituary.] Alabama M. J, Birmingh, 1902-3, xv, 209-217. Also: Am. J. Obst, N. Y, 1903, xlviii, 692-697. Also: Buffalo M. J, 1902-3, n. s, xiii. 612-615. Also: J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1903, xl, 660. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y, 1903, lxiii, 342.—Rosser (C. M.) Presentation speech of the Dr. W. E. B. Davis statue, Dec. 14, 1904. Alabama M. J, Birmingh, 1905, xvii, 49-53, 1 pi. Davis (William Morris) [1850- ]. A handbook of northern France, xi, 174 pp. 16°. Cambridge, Harvard University Press, 1918. Davison (Alvin) [1868-1915]. Mammalian anato- my with special reference to the cat. xi, 250 pp. 12°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son dc Co., 1903. ------. The same. 2. ed. xiii. 240 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son dc Co., 1910. ------. The same. 3. ed., revised by Frank A. Stromsten; illustrated bv W. H. Reese, xi, 243 pp. 12°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son dc Co., 1917. Davison (Archibald Thompson) [1844- 1914]. Obituary. Boston M. & S. J, 1914, clxxi, 541. Davison (Charles) [1858- ] 0. Philadelphia d: New York, Lea dc Febiger, 1916. Davison (Henry Pomeroy) [1867-1922]. The American Red Cross in the sreat war. xii. 303 pp. 12°. Xeic York, The Macmillan Co., 1919. For Biography, see Rev. internat. de la Croix-Rouge, Geneve, 1922, iv, 431-433, port. Also: World's Health, Geneva, 1922, iii, 201-204, port. Davit (Jean). *De l'emploi therapeutique de l'etincelle de haute frequence. 48 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1908, No. 799. Davos. Davos. 12°. London, Zurich d- Paris, [1911.] Davos. Ein Handbuch fur Aerzte und Laien, bearbeitet von A. Brecke, [et al.]. 8°. Davos, 1905. Davos as health-resort. A handbook con- taining contributions by A. F. Bill [et al.], and introduction by W. R. Huggard. 8°. Davos, 1907. Peters (O.) & IIauri (J.) Davos. Zur Orientierung ffir Aerzte und Kranke. 2. Aufl. 8°. Chur, 1905. Burgerhout (H.) Eenige beschouwingen naar aanlei- ding van de resultaten verkregen in het Nederlandsch Sanatorium te Davos van November 1900 tot Juni 1902. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst.. 1902, 2. R.. xxxviii, d. 2, 837-Mil. -Je>sen (F.) Uelur Radioaktivitat in der Davoser l.uft. Forisehr. a. d. Geb. d. Rontgenstrahlen, Hamb, 1906. ix, 314-317.—Mauer (H.) Ueber den klimati- sehen Charakter der Davoser Marzmonate. Ztschr. f. Bal- neol, Klimat. [etcl, Berl, 1910-11, iii, 673-675.—Phlllppl (H.) Die hauptsachilichsten Indikationen und Koutraindi- kationen von Davos. Ibid., 1911-12, iv, 64-69. Davos. 40 pp., 12 pi. 12°. London, Zurich dc Paris, C. Smith dc Son, [1911]. DAVOS. 349 DAY. Davos. Ein Handbuch fur Aerzte und Laien, bearbeitet von A. Brecke, [et al.]. 314 pp., 30 pi. on 18 1. 8°. Davos, 1905. Davos as health-resort. A handbook containing contributions by A. F. Bill [et al.], and intro- duction by W. R. Huggard. iv, 316 pp., 27 pi. on 16 1. 8°. Davos, 1907. Davranches (Bernard Chanoine) [1880- ]. *Le nystagmus calorique dans les suppurations auri- culaires. 103 pp. 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 117. Davrinche (Elisee-Desire-Joseph) [1877- ]. *Des metastases osseuses dans le cancer de la prostate. 120 pp. 8°. Lille, 1903, No. 134. Davy (Francis Arthur) [1846-1919]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1919, ii, 652. Davy (Sir Henry) [1855-1922]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1922, i, 821. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1922, i, 1021. Davy (John) [1791-1860]. An account of the in- terior of Ceylon and of its inhabitants with travels in that island, viii, 530 pp., 14 pi., 1 map. 4°. London, Longman, Hwist, Rees, Orme dc Brown, 1821. Davy (P.-E.) [1888- ]. *La lutte antitubercu- leuse dans le canton de Vaud. 86 pp. 8°. Paris, 1916, No. 118. Davy (Richard) [1838-1920]. General remarks on sanitation. 20 pp. 8°. London, J. Bale dc Sons, 1888. For Biography, see Brit. M. J, Lond, 1920, ii, 611. Daw (Samuel Wilfrid). Orthopaedic effects of gunshot wounds and their treatment, with a foreword by Major-General Sir Robert Jones, and appendix on functional disabilities by Dr. W. Cuthbert Morton, xi, 242 pp. 16°. London, H. Frowde; Hodder dc Stoughton, 1919. Dawbarn (Robert Hugh Mackay) [1860-1915]. The treatment of certain malignant growths by excision of the external carotids, xiii, 192 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Philadelphia, F. A. Davis Co., 1903. For Biography, see Am. Med, Burlington, Vt, & N. Y, 1915, x, 520-522, [port.] (D. H. Stewart). Also: Boston M. & S. J, 1915, clxxiii, 186. Also: J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1915, lxv, 349. Also: Med. R'ec, N. Y, 1915, lxxxviii, 155. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1915, cii, 203. Dawidoff (Salman) [1880- ]. *Multiple Lymph- angiome des Dunndarms. 24pp. (11.), 1 pi. 8°. Munchen, G. Birk dc Co., 1907. Dawidowicz (Maximilian). *Ueber todliche Shockwirkung bei intrauterinen Eingriffen zu Abtreibungszwecken. [Basel.] 28 pp. 8°. Lbrrach, C. W. Auer, 1919. Dawidowitch (Pauline) [1868- ]. *Sur les chelo'ides et en particulier sur les cheloides con- secutives a 1'application sur la peau de teinture d'iode et de cataplasmes sinapises. 48 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 647. Dawidowitsch - Kligermann (Nessja - Riva). *Pharmakologische Untersuchungen an der tiberlebenden menschlichen Uterus- und Tuben- muskulatur. [Bern.] 11 pp. 8°. Stuttgart, 1913. Repr.from: Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak, Stuttg, 1913, lxxii. Dawplucker (Jonathan). Remarks on Mr. John Bell's anatomy of the heart and arteries, vin, 9-68 pp. 8°. London, G. G. dc J. Robinson, 1799. Bound with: Bell (John). Answer for the Junior mem- bers, [etc.]. 8°. Edinburgh, 1800. Dawson (Charles Francis) [1860- ]. Texas cattle fever and salt-sick. pp. 523-550, 1 pi. 8°. De Land, E. C. Painter dc Co., 1902. Forms Bull. No. 64: Florida Agric. Exper. Station, Lake City. —----. Anthrax, with special reference to the production of immunity. 46 pp. 8°. Washing- ton, 1911. U.S. Dep. Agric. Bureau animal indust. Bull. 137. Dawson (Ernst Rumley). The causation of sex; a new theory of sex based on clinical materials, together with chapters on the forecasting of the sex of the unborn child, and on the determina- tion or production of sex at will, xii, 196 pp. 8°. London, H. K. Lewis, 1909. ------. The same. 2. ed. xiv, 226 pp. 8°. Lon- don, H. K. Lewis dc Co., 1917. ------. The same. 3. ed. xii, 226 pp. 8°. London, H. K. Lewis dc Co., 1921. Dawson (James Walker). The histology of dis- seminated sclerosis. To which is prefaced a preliminary communication on the subject made to the Pathological Society of Great Britain and Ireland by the late Alexander Bruce. [8°. Edinburgh, 191G.] In: Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, 1916, i, pt. 3, 517-740. Dawson (Jean). The biology of Physa. 120 pp., 6 pi. 8°. Boston, H. Holt dc Co., 1911. Behavior Monograph, Boston, 1911, i, No. 4. Dawson (John H.) [1852-1917]. Obituary. J. Am. Pharm. Ass, Easton, Pa, 1917, vi, 115, port. Dawson (Percy Millard) [1873- ]. Elements of anatomy and physiology for nurses, xxvii, 279 pp. 8°. New York, The Macmillan Co., 1917. Dawson (Thomas) [1818-1904]. Obituary. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1904, n. s, lxxvii, 247. Dawson (W[illiam] E[dward]). Ship surgeon's pocket-book and medical officer's log. viii, 61 pp. 16°. London, Bailliere, Tindall dc Cox, 1905. Dawson (William Wirt) [1828-93]. The treatment of pyogenic membranes; post-rectal abscess. Also: Fistula in ano, by Joseph M. Mathews. Also: The treatment of ovarian cysts, by George F. French. Also: The present status of anti- septic surgery, by Wm. Tod Helmuth. 2. ed. 47 pp. 16°. St. Louis, Lambert dc Co., 1885. No. 1. Repr.from: Cincin. Lancet & Clinic. No. 2. Repr. from: Med. Herald, Louisville, 1883-4. No. 3. Repr. from: Am. J. Obst, N. Y, 1883. No. 4. Repr.from: N. York M. Times, 1884. Dax (Ernest-Robert) [1888- ]. *Fievre typhoide et diphterie associees. 32 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1919, No. 96. Dax (Robert) [1879- ]. *Ueber einen bisher noch nicht beobachteten Fall von solitarer Dunndarm-Tuberkulose nach traumatischer Ste- nose. 20 pp., 11. 8°. Munchen, Kastner dc Callwey, 1905. Daxenberger [Franz], Behandlung der skrophu- losen Augen-Erkrankungen mit besonderer Be- riicksichtigung der Skrophulose im Allgemeinen. 31 pp. 8°. Breslau, Preuss dc Jiinger, 1900. Daxl (Gottfried) [1880- _ ]. *Ein Fall von Fi- brom der grossen Schamlippe des Weibes. 31 pp. 8°. Erlangen, E. T. Jacob, 1907. Day (Dwight Washington) [1841-1901]. Frawley (C. W.) Obituary. Tr. M. Soc. Wisconsin, Madison, 1902, 410-413. Day (Henry). Brain injuries. A paper contributed to the sixth volume of the Tr. St. Andrews Med. Graduates Ass. 21 pp. 8°. Stafford, R. W. Wright, [n. d.]. Day (John Roberson). Childhood in health and sickness, viii, 218 pp., 3 pi. 12°. London, K. Paul, Trench, Trubner dc Co., 1904. ------. Adenoids treated without operation. 2. ed. 47 pp. 8°. London, James Epps dc Co., 1912. Day (William Chilton) [1841-1918]. Obituary. VirginiaM.Month, Richmond, 1918,xhv,532. Day (William Hankes) [1824-1909]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1909, i, 762. 350 DEAF-MUTES. Day (William Henry) [1830-1907]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1907, ii, 1192. Dayde (Paul) [1890- ]. ^Contribution a l'etude des dyspnees par lesions du nerf pneumogas- trique; l'asthme d'origine pneumogastrique et particulierement l'asthme traumatique. 66 pp., 11. 8°. Lyon, 1919, No. 41. Dayez (G.) [1873- ]. Contribution a l'etude de la scoliose et de son traitement. 247 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 122. Dayman (Etienne) [1880- ]. *Theories sur l'origine et le mode de formation de l'acide urique. 101 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1903, No. 70. Dayman (Henry). The effects of civilisation on the fortunes of the medical profession. 30 pp. 8°. London, S. Highley, 1854. Daymard (P.) Contribution a l'etude compara- tive des temperatures rectale, inguinale et sous- vestiale chez le nouveau-ne\ 80 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1909, No. 834. Daynfcs (Henri). *Un service d'allaitement au dispensaire pour enfants malades de Toulouse. Etude d'hygiene sociale. 88 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1907, No. 703. Dayot (Ernest) [1824-1909]. Necrologie. Rennes med, 1909-10, 225-234, port. Dayton (Hughes) [1873- ]. Practice of medicine. A manual for students and practi- tioners. Edited by Victor Cox Pedersen. xiii, 17-324 pp. 12°. New York dc Philadelphia, Lea Bros, dc Co., [1905]. ------. The same. 2. ed. xi, [171-326 pp. 8°. New York dc Philadelphia, Lea dc Febiger, [1912]. ------. The same. 3. ed. xi, 326 pp. 12°. Philadelphia dc New York, Lea dc Febiger, 1917. ------. The same. 4. ed. xi, 328 pp. 12°. Philadelphia dc New York, Lea dc Febiger, 1921. Dayton (Lewis P.) [1819-1900]. Obituary. Buffalo M. J, 1899-1900, n. s, xxxix, 859-861. Daza de Campos (Arturo). Las aguas azoadas y el manantial nitrogenado de Fuente Amargosa en Tolox (Malaga). 96 pp. 8°. Madrid, 1900. Daza de Valdes (Benito). Uso de los antojos para todo genero de vistas, en que se ensena a conocer los grados que a cada uno le faltan de su vista, y los que tienen qualesquier antojos . . . Dedi- cado a nuestra Senora de la Fuensanta de la Ciudad de Cordova. 12 p. 1., 99 1. 4°. Sevilla, Diego Perez, 1623. Deachman (Thomas Wilson) [1868- ]. Auto bio chemie (A B C) treatment, with introductory remarks on the patient himself and the physician himself. 338 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Chicago, T. W. Deachman, 1922. Deacon (Janney Byron) [1884-; J. Disasters and the American Red Cross in disaster relief. 230 pp. 12°. New York, Russell Sage Founda- tion, 1918. Deacon (Thomas I.) [1882-1919]. Obituary. Boston M. & S. J, 1919, clxxxi, 498. Dead (Disposal of). See Burial; Cadaver (Care, etc., of); Crema- tion; Embalming; Morgue. Deaderick (William H.) [1876- ]. A practical study of malaria. 402 pp., 43 pi. 8°. Philadel- phia dc London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1909. ------& Thompson (Loyd). The endemic dis- eases of the Southern States. 1 p. 1., 13-546 pp. 8°. Philadelphia dc London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1916. Deaf. Sec Deafness. Deaf-mutes. Jouet (R.) *Etude sur les sourds-muets. 8°. Paris, 1917. Keller (Helen A.) The story of my life, with . . . letters (1887-1901) and a supplementary account of her education, including passages from the reports and letters oi her teacher, Anne Mansfield Sullivan, by John Albert Macy. 8°. New York, [1905]. Love (J. K.) The study of the deaf child; being a research of deaf-mutism. 8°. Glasgow, 1907. Partke (W.) *Ueber Registrierung von Atemkurven bei Taubstummen. 8°. Berlin, 1913. Baldrian (K.) Die Zoglinge der Taubstummenanstalten nach ihren seelischen und korperlichen Eigentiimlichkeiten. Eos, Wien, 1914, x, 173-180. -----. Zum Kapitel "Der Taubstumme vor Gericht." Ibid., 1918, xiv, 106-112.— Beiarano (E.) La Espafia y los sordomudos. Rev. espec. med, Madrid, 1905, viii, 377; 401.—Brtthl (G.) Das Hor- vermogen der Taubstummen. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg, Berl, 1903 121-126.-----• Ueber Taubblinde. Beitr. z. Anat, Physiol, Path. u. Therap. d. Ohres [etc.], Berl, 1908, i, 351- 365.—Brunner (M.) Der Geist des taubstummen Kindes. Eos, Wien, 1905, i, 9-46:1907, iii, 1-17.—Ernauld. Memoire sur les sourds et muets. Mem. de math£mat. et de phys.... Acad. roy. d. sc. Par, 1768, 233-246—Fay (E. A.) Deaf- mutes. Ref. Handb. M. Sc, 3. ed, N. Y, 1914, iii, 428-442.— Ferral (C.) Ricerche comparative di psicologia sperimentale sui sordomuti. Internat. Arch. f. Schulhyg, Leipz, 1905,1, 419-497.—Frenzel (F.) Die geistige Entwicklung des Taub- stummen im Vergleich zu der geistigen Entwicklung des Vollsinnigen; eine Abhandlung aus dem Gebiete der pada- gogischen Pathopsychologie. Bl. f. Taubst.-Bild, Berl., 1901, xiv, 1; 18.—Frey & Hammerscblag. Drehversuche an Taubstummen. Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch, Jena, 1904, xiii, 51-60.—Frdschels (E.) Ueber Taubstumme und Horstumme. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl, 1910, xliv, 1241; 1388.—Giampletro (E.) De la responsabilite morale et criminelle des sourds-muets au point de vue de la legislation. Cong, internat. de med, Lisbonne, 1906-7, xv, sect. 16,109-116.—Gutzmann (H.) Ueber die Sprache der Schwerhorigen und Ertaubten. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr, Leipz. & Berl, 1902, xxviii, 323; 340.-----. Ueber die Sprache der Taubstummen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1904-5, i, 156-160.—von Hercsuth (K.) Geistige und moralische Entwicklung der Taubstummen. Eos, Wien, 1911, vii, 94-100.—Hoffmann (H.) Taubstumme vor Gericht. Ibid., 1912, viii, 81-91.—Kornfeld (H.) Geisteszustand Taub- stummer. Allg. Ztschr. f. Psychiat. [etc.], Berl, 1905, lxii, 115-122.—Lamprecht (E.) Die Taubstummen und die Musik. Ztschr. f. padagog. Psychol, fete], Berl, 190S-9, ix, 84-91.—Under (R.) Moralpsychologische Auswertung freier Kinderzeichnungen von taubstummen Schulern. Ibid., 1914, xv, 160-177.—Mancloll (T.) Stato fisiologieo del sordo-muto. Atti d. clin. oto-rino-laringoiat. d. r. Univ. di Roma (1911), 1912, ix, 33-53.—Marage. Le timbre de la voix chez les sourds-muets. Compt.rend. Acad, d.sc. Par., 1919, clxviii, 286-289.—de Mets & Helsmoortel. La vision chez les sourds-muets. Art mecl, Anvers, 1913, vi, 113-123.— Perelre. Observations sur les sourds et muets et sur quelques endroits du memoire de M. Ernaud. Mem. de mathemat. et de phys. . . . Acad. roy. d. sc. Par, 1763, 500-530.—Rib6n (V.) El sentido musical en los sordo- mudos. Crdn. med.-quir. de la Habana, 1920, xlvi, 293-297.— Blemann (G.) Taubstumm und blind zugleich. Ztschr. f. padagog. Psychol, [etc.], Berl., 1900, ii, 257-273.—Schar (A.) Untersuchungen uber die Vitalkapazitat bei Taub- stummen. Vox, Berl, 1913, xxiii. 83-93.—Smith. (J. L.) Moral characteristics of pupils. Am. Ann. Deaf, Wash., 1903, xlviii, 401-424— Stern (H.) Die Atmung der Taub- stummen. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl. & Wrien, 1912, xlvi, 257-274.—Van Lint (A.) La vision des enfants sourds- muets comparee a celle des enfants normaux. [Also, German and English text.) Internat. Arch. f. Schulhyg, Leipz, 1911, vii, 181-192.-----. Les anomalies de la refraction chez les sourds-muets. {Also, German and English text.] Ibid., 193-204.-----. Vision des enfants sourds-muets comparee a celle des enfants normaux. Policlin., Brux., 1911, xix. 33-36.—Wanner. Bezold's Taubstummenforschung, mil Demonstrat ioncn von Zoglingen des k. Taubstummenin- stituts. Sitzungsb. d. arztl. Ver. Munchen (1908), 1909, xviii, 139-156.—Wright (J. D.) Sound perception in deaf mutes. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, lxx, 49. Also: Med. Times, N. Y, 1918, xlvi, 93. Deaf-mutes (Care of). United States. Congress. Senate. A bill to create a bureau for the deaf and dumb in the Department of Labor, and prescribing the duties . thereof. 64. Cong., 1. sess. S. 671. Dec. 7,1915. Introd. by Mr. Clapp. roy. 8°. [ Washington, 1915.] DEAF-MUTES. 351 DEAF-MUTES. Deaf-mutes (Care of). Alexander (G.) Die Fursorge fur taubstumme Kinder vor dem schulpQichtigen Alter. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. Tete 1 Berl & Wien, 1912, xlvi 483-491.-----. Die Taubstumm- blmden des Taubstummblindenheimes in Wien (xiii) Lin- zerstrasse 478. Ibid., 1916,1, 409-430.-----. Der erste bster- reichische Kindergarten fiir Taubstumme (errichtet vom Fiirsorgeverein fiir taubstumme Kinder vor dem schul- pfhehtigen Alter). Ibid., 654-656.—Ferrer! (G.) L'Istituto dei sordomutiin Roma. Atti d. clin. oto-rino-laringoiat. d. ^^.mv^di Rom^ 1904'U' 49-69.-Flatau(T.S.) Aerztliche Behandlung und Versorgung der Ertaubten und Schwer- horigen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1921, lviii, 960-963.— Friedeberger (M.) Taubstummenfiirsorge in iiidischer y»orZwV £yg- d' Juden' Dresd-, 1911, 163-165.—Glmenez (A. M.) Proyecto de ley reglamentando el funcionamiento de las sociedades desocorros mutuos. Semanam6d, Buenos Aires, 1918, xxv, 377-382.—Hull (G.) Die Taubstummen- fursorgein der Schweiz. Eos, Wien, 1906, ii, 52-74.—Nager >£'K D>e Taubstummen der Luzerner Anstalt Hohenrain. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh, Wiesb, 1903. xhii, 234-272,2 pi.—Zucker. Bleiben die unbemittelten Schwerhorigen und Ertaubten Wurttembergs ihrem Schicksal iiberlassen? Med. Kor.-Bl. f. Wurttemb, Stuttg, 1920, xc, 25. Deaf-mutes (Education of). See, also, Lip-reading. de l'Epee (C.-M.) L'art d'enseigner a parler aux sourds-muets de naissance, augmente de notes explicatives et d'un avant-propos par I'abbe Sicard; prec6d<§ de l'eloge historique de M. I'abbe de l'Epee, par M. Bebian. 8°. Paris, 1820. Fabre de Parrel (G.) Precis d'anacousie vocale et de labiologie. 8°. Paris, 1917. Ferreri (G.) Le istituzioni americane per l'educazione dei sordomuti. 8°. Palermo, 1903. Hohn (A. [A.]) *Die Taubstummenunter- richts-Methqde des Abbe1 de l'Epee im Zusam- menhang mit der zeitgenossischen Sprachphilo- sophie. Ein Beitrag zur Geschichte des Taub- stummen - Bildungswesens. [Miinchen.] 8°. Freiburgi. Br., 1915. Hubbard (G. G.) The story of the rise of the oral method in America. 8°. Washington, D. C, 1898. Krafft (O.) Die medizinische Wissenschaft im Dienste der Taubstummenbildung. 8°. Konigsberg, 1913. Ulens (A. E.) L'education des enfants sourds- muets et 1'amelioration de l'ouie. 8°. Bruxelles, 1900. Wachtel (F.) *Ueber Taubstummheit in ihrer Beziehung zum Unterricht der Taubstum- men. 8°. Erlangen, 1903. Werner (F.) Psychologische Begriindung der deutschen Methode des Taubstummen- Unterrichts unter kritischer Beleuchtung des Fingeralphabets und der Gebardensprache. 8°. Berlin, 1906. Ardenne & Glrard. Comment on fait parler les sourd- muets. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1922, xliii, 392 — Baldrian (K.) Begriindung des Gebrauches von Spiegel, Spatel und Sonde, dreier Hilfsmittel im Artikulationsun- terrichte Taubstummer. Eos, Wien, 1905, i, 276-288.-----. Gedanken iiber wichtige Fragen der Taubstummenbildung. Ibid., 1911, vii, 1-14.-----. Einiges iiber die allgemeinen und besonderen Aufgaben des Turnens in der Taubstummen- schule. Ibid., 1916, xii, 220-226.—Bartlett (BerthaL.) How a mother taught herself to train her deaf child. Volta Rev, Wash, 1921, xxiii, 193-210.—Bezold (F.) Horvermogen bei Taubstummen und darauf fussender Sprachunterricht durch das Gehor. Verhandl. d. Versamml. deutsch. Ohren- arzte in Munchen 1899, Berl, 1900, 8-21.—Binet (A.) & Simon(T.) Peut-on enseigner la parole aux sourds-muets? Annee psychol, 1908, xv, Par. 1909, 373-396.—Boyer (J.) A new method of educating deafmutes. Scient. Am, N. Y, 1913, cviii, 221; 232.—Brohmer (R.) Von der Verwertung der Gehorreste bei Taubstummen. Bl. f. Taubst.-Bild, Berl, 1892, xv, 161-173. -----. Der Zeichenunterricht in einfachenVolksschulen. Ibid^.1896,ix,200;209.—Brttll(E.) Der Unterricht in der ersten Klasse am "Allg. osterr. israel. Taubstummeninstitut" in Wien. Eos, Wien, 1917, xiii, 205-225.—Collet. La question des sourds-muets en Belgique et particulierement a l'lnstitut de Berchem. Bull, de 1' Ass. beige de med. soc, Brux, 1914, ii, 149-157.—Currier (E. H.) History of aural development at the New York institution for the instruction of the deaf and dumb. Proc. Conv. Am. J Deaf-mutes (Education of). Instr. Deaf, Wash, D. C, 1917, xxi, 119-123.—Dalblat (C.) Enseignement des sourds-muets. Rev. philanthrop. Par, 1906, xix, 133-174.—Deutsch (J.) Ueber Vorschulung taub- stummer Kinder. Eos, Wien, 1917, xiii, 113-117.—Drouot (E.) Sourds-muets et medecins; historique de la pedagogie des sourds-muets. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par, 1905, xix, 837-843.-----. La methode orale dans 1'enseigne- ment des sourds-muets; quelques opinions contradictoires sur sa valeur educative. Ibid., 1911, xxxi, 534; 882.—Fay (A.) L'enseignement secondaire et superieur des sourds-muets en Amerique. Cong, internat. p. l'Stude d. quest. . . . d. sourds-muets. C.-r, Par, 1900,49-63.—Ferreri (G.) Nuova posizione di un vecchio problema; l'educazione prescolastica dei sordc-muti. Infanzia anormale, Milano, 1917, x, 1-8.— Forcbliammer(G.) Ein neues Hulfsmittel beim Taub- stummenunterrichte. Org. d. Taubst.-Anst. in Deutschl., Friedberg, 1902. xlviii, 161; 193.—Frankfurther (W.) & Thiele (W.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen zur Bezold- schen Sprachsext. Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Sinnes- org, Leipz, 1913, xlvii, 2. Abt, 192-218—Gelle (E.) Quel- ques critiques de la methode de Bezold pour la selection des sourds-muets Sducables par l'oreille. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1905, lxiii, 266-268.—Goldstein (M. A.) An acoustic method. Am. Ann. Deaf, Wash, 1920, lxv, 472-481. Also: Volta Rev., Wash, 1920. xxii, 716-719.—Gutzmann (A.) Zum Taubstummenunterricht durchs Ohr. Med.- padagog. Monatschr, Berl, 1903, xiii, 129-150.—Gutzmann (H.) Facial speech-reading. Am. Ann. Deaf, Wash, 1899, xliv, 272; 317; 412.-----. Ueber die Bedeutung des Vibra- tionsgefuhls fiir die Stimmbildung Taubstummer und Schwerhoriger. Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch, Jena, 1906, 216-227.—Haenleln (O.) Die Stellung der Phonetik in der Taubstummenbildung. Arch. f. exper. u. klin. Phonet, Berl, 1913, i, 53-85.—Heidsiek (J.) The education of the deaf in the United States; report of a visit and a further contribution to the question oi methods. Am. Ann. Deaf, Wash, 1899, xliv, 176; 342; 439: 1900, xlv, 16-26.— Hoffmann (H.) Gutachtliche Aeusserungen iiber Lehrplan und methodische Instruktionen fiir die Taubstummen- Schulen (Anstalten) Ungarns. Org. d. Taubst.-Anst. in Deutschl, Friedberg, 1902, xlviii. 206; 225.-----. Der erste Sprechunterricht in einer Klasse alterer Schulerinnen. Eos, Wien, 1918, xiv, 86-93— Karth (J.) Die Sprache des Taubstummen. Bl. f. Taubst.-Bild, Berl, 1898, xi, 261; 274; 297.—Kerner (J.) Die Naturlehre in der Taubstum- menschule. Ibid., 1899, xii, 97: 1902, xv, 193; 225; 247.— Koller. Besprechung der Unterrichtsmethode und Demon- stration der Unterrichtsresultate des Sprachunterrichts durch das Gehor an 13 Zoglingen der Munchener Taub- stummenanstalt. Verhandl. d. Versamml. deutsch. Ohren- arzte in Munchen 1899, Berl, 1900, 21.—Kopka (P.) Das Sprechen vieler Taubstummen; ein Hauptangriffspunkt fegen die deutsehe Methode. Bl. f. Taubst.-Bild, Berl, 898, xi, 321; 337; 353; 370.—Kull (G.) Analytischer oder synthetischer Artikulationsunterricht in der Taubstummen- Schule. Org. d. Taubst.-Anst. in Deutschl, Friedberg, 1902, xlviii, 100; 129; 174.—Marage. Comment on peut modifier la voix des sourds-muets. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par, 1904, xviii, 844-846.—Marlchelle & de Germane (D.) L'enseignement auriculaire dans les ecoles de sourds-muets. Cong, internat. de mM. C.-r, Par, 1900, sect, d'otol, 108-130.—Nager. Ueber die Ausbildung der Lehrkrafte fiir den Absehunterricht. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1917, xlvii, 1200-1202.—OlmedUla y Pulg (J.) Pedro Ponce de Ledn (el primero que ensefl6 a hablar a los sordo-mudos); consideraciones generates acerca del mismo. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract, Madrid, 1912, xciv, 129; 172.— Packard (F. R.) Some early books on the education of the deaf. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1911, xxi, 1066-1068.— Passow. Der Schulunterricht des taubstummen Kindes. Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch, Jena, 1905, 40-65.— Bayneau (A.-J.) & Boutet (A.) De l'utilisation du chlo- roforme dans la reeducation des sourd-muets psychiques. Encephale, Par, 1916, ii, 261-270.—Kiemann (P.) Erzie- hender Unterricht und die Erziehung unserer Zoglinge. Bl. f. Taubst.-Bild, Berl, 1900, xhi, 153; 169.-----. Allge- mein Interessantes aus dem Taubstummenunterrichte. Ztschr. f. d. Behandl. Schwachsinn. u. Epilept, Dresd, 1903, xix, 101-111.—Bovattl (G. C.) L'assistenza dei sordo- muti nelle scuole. Practica d. med, Napoli, 1914-15, xv, 73-81.—Schara (J.) Ueber Taubstummenwesen una Taubstummenbildung in Amerika. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl. & Wien, 1911, xlv, 1; 194.—Schmellng (E.) Ein Beitrag zur Priifung von Taubstummennlmen. Vox, Berl, 1921, xxxi, 184-186.-----. Nach welchen methodi- schen Gesichtspunkten hat die Abfassung eines Taubstum- menfilms zu geschehen und wie ist er im Unterricht einzu- gliedern und zu verwenden. Ibid., 203.—Schneider (M.) Der freie Anschauungsunterricht, oder die Umgangssprache als Grundlage des Elementarsprachunterrichtes in der Taubstummenschule. Bl. f. Taubst.-Bild., Berl, 1901, xiv, 178; 193; 225.—SchrOder (H.) Von Abbe de l'Epee> bis Bezold; ein Bhck auf die Entwicklung des Taubstummen- Bildungswesens unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der letzten Jahrzehnte. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Wiesb, 1913, lxvii. 319-364.—Schumann (P.) Ueber den Ausgang von der Sprechsilbe im Artikulationsunterrichte der Taubstum- men. Eos, Wien, 1905, i, 134-153 Zur Geschichte der Fachausdrucke des Taubstummenbildungswesens. Ibid., DEAF-MITES. 352 DEAF-MUTISM, Deaf-mutes (Education of.) 1914, x, 97; 180.—Schwendt (A.) Les exercices acoustiques appliques a reeducation des sourds-muets. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r, Par, 1900, sect, d'otol, 89-108.—Scuri. Importanza della educazione fisica negli anormali (sordo- muti). Atti d. cong. ital. p. l'educaz. fis. 1900, Napoli, 1902, 123-144.—Snydacker(E.F.) The education of mutes and deaf mutes by means of aural exercises. Chicago M. Re- corder, 1901, xxi, 135-140.—Stapler (M.) Can deaf mutes be made to hear and talk? Atlanta Jour.-Rec. Med, 1910-11, lvi, 465-470.—Taylor (H.) The problem of education of deafmutes. Ann. Otol, Rhinol. & Larvngol, St. Louis, 1916, xxv, 1046-1049.—Thollon (B.) Le probleme de l'edu- cation des sourds-muets. Rev. anthrop., Par, 1913, xxui, 89-97.—Tietjen (H.) Die Forehhammer-Gopfert'schen Be- strebungen auf dem Gebiete des Taubstummenunterrichts. Bl. f. Taubst.-Bild, Berl, 1900, xiii, 161; 180.—Van Baggen (N. J. P.) The progress of education ofthe deaf and dumb, and some of the difficulties of aural instruction. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1914, lxxxv, 921-924.—Volpl-Gherardlni (G.) Sull' educazione dei sordomuti in Italia. Note e riv. di psichiat, Pesaro, 1922, 3. s, x, 1-11.—Wanner (F.) Die funktionelle Priifung des Taubstummenohres und der darauf basierte moderne Taubstummenunterricht. Cong. internat. de n*§d. (xvi.). C.-r, Budapest, 1910, Sect, xvi, Otol, 581-589. Deaf-mutism. See, also, Deafness; Mutism. Couplin (M.) The mystery of silent power. 8°. Sigourney, la., [1913?]. Ebeling (B.) *Beitrag zur Lehre von den Psychosen bei Taubstummen. 8°. Kiel, 1910. Nager (F. R.) Die Taubstummheit im Lichte der neuen Forschung und Anschauung. Akademische Antrittsvorlesung gehalten am 19. Dezember 1908. 8°. Zurich, 1909. Saint-Hdlaire (E.) La surdi-mutite; etude medicale. 8°. Paris dc Asnieres, 1900. Schmiegelow (E.) Beitrage zu den Funk- tionsuntersuchungen an Taubstummen in Dane- mark. 8°. Berlin, 1901. Schulze (J.) *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Beziehungen zwischen Taubstummheit und Psyche. 8°. Kiel, 1917. Tilloy (G.) ^Contribution a l'etude de la surdi-mutite; Etiologie, anatomie pathologique, therapeutique (methode orale); troubles du langage. 8°. Paris, 1908. Alexander (G.) & Fischer (J.) Klinische Untersuchun- gen an Taubstummen mit besonderer Berucksichtigungder Beziehungen von Gehororgan und Konstitution. Eos, Wien, 1920-21, xvi, 1-105.—Alexander (G.) & Kreldl (A.) Ueber die Beziehungen der galvanischen Reaction zur ange- borenen und erworbenen Taubstummheit. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol, Bonn, 1902, lxxxix, 475-492.—Alexander (G.) & Mackenzie(G. W.) Funktionspriifungen des Gehororganes an Taubstummen. Monatschr. I. Ohrenh, Berl, 1908, xiii, 2S1-284, 5 tab. Also: Ztschr. f. Ohrenh, Wiesb, 1908, lvi, 138-152.—Arslan. La diagnosi del sordo-mutismo e la sua importanza. Riv. veneta di se. med, Venezia, 1901, xxxv, 409-417.—Bogdanoff-Berezovskl (M. V.) [Conduction of speech-sounds through all the body tissues, observed In a deaf woman:] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb, 1912, xi, 11-14.— Bross (K.) Ueber den Einfluss dor Tonintensitat auf die Wahrnehmung der Tone bei Taubstummheit. Beitr. z. Anat, Physiol, Path. u. Therap. d. Ohres [etc.], Berl, 1916-17. 58-69, 1 pi.—Cerulli (M.) Ricerche sulla vibro- sensibilita nei sordomuti. Atti d. Cong. d. Soe. Ital. d. laringol. [etc.], 1907, Pavia, 1908, 189-193 — Challlous (F> La retinite pigmentaire chez les sourds-muets. Gaz. mr stummheit und Hypoplasie des Kleinhirnes. Ibid., 927-949 4 pi.—Alexander (G.) & Barany (R.) Psychophysiologi- sche Untersuchungen iiber die Bedeutung des Statolithen- apparates fiir die Orientierung im Raume an Normalen und Taubstummen, nebst Beitragen zur Orientierung mittels taktiler und optischer Empfindungen. Ztschr. f. Psychol u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg, Leipz, 1905, xxxvii, 321; 414 — Alexander (G.) & Mackenzie (G. W.) Functional exami- nation of the organ of hearing in deaf-mutes; a contribution to the clinical pathology of the inner ear (including a table of the collected material used in our examinations). Arch. Otol, N. Y, 1908, xxxvii, 507-537.—Alt (F.) Ein Beitrag zur Anatomie der angeborenen Form der Taubstummheit. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh, Berl, 1908, xiii, 2-10.—Beck (K.) Untersuchungen zur Frage nach der Entstehung von Taub- stummheit durch die Syphilis. Ztschr. f. Bekampf. d. Geschlechtskrankh, Leipz, 1912-13, xiv, 113-127. ------. Untersuchungen iiber den statischen Apparat von Gesunden und Taubstummen. Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg, Leipz, 1912, xlvi, 2. Abt, 362-378.—Bezold. Auschuss zur Forderung der pathologisch-anatomischen Untersuchung des Taubstummenohres. Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch, Jena, 1900, ix, 127-130.—Brock. Ein Fall von angeborener Taubstummheit mit negativem Befund im Mittel- und Innenohr. Arch. f. Ohren-, Nasen- u. Kehlkopfh, Leipz, 1919-20, cv, 135-145.—Brouwer (B.) & van Walree (Dorothea). Ueber den Hirnstamm eines Taubstummen. Folia neuro-biol, Leipz, 1914, viii, 589- 600.—Brunner (H.) & FrUhwald (V.) Studien iiber die Stimmwerkzeuge und die Stimme von Taubstummen. Ztschr. f. Hals-, Nasen- u. Ohrenh, Munchen & Berl, 1922 i, 46; 469.------------. Untersuchungen des Kehlkopfes bei Taubstummen. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Hals-, Nasen- u. Ohrenarzte, Leipz, 1921, 38-41.—Bryant (W. S.) Deaf-mutism and ptomain poisoning. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1905, lxviii, 292-295.—Castex (A.) Causes de la surdi-mutite. Arch, de med. d. enf. Par, 1901, iv, 526-546. Also: Bull. de laryngol, otol. et rhinoj. Par, 1901, iv, 148-170.—Castex (A.) & Marchand (L.) Etude anatomique et histologique sur la surdi-mutite. Also: Ibid., 1906, ix, 81-99.—Cozzolino (V.) 11 sordomutismo considerato nella sua patogenesi e nella sua profilassi, doveri sociali verso gli anormali. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med, Napoli, 1908, xxx, 49-65.------. I resi- dui uditivi verbali nei sordomuti e nei sordi; loro utilizza- zione familiare e sociale, pedagogia acustico-fonica. Ibid., 1910; n. s, xxxii, 241-265.—Denker (A.) Die pathologischen Veranderungen im Gehororgan bei Taubstummheit. Cong. internat. de med. (xvi.). C.-r.. Budapest, 1909, Sect, xvi, Otol, 327-362. Also, transl.: Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.]. Par, 1909, xxviii, 513; 881.------. Die Pathologie der angeborenen Taubstummheit. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Wiesb, 1913, lxix, 232-260.—Durand (D.) Sull' etiologia del sordo-mutismo. Ann. di laringol. [etc.], Genova, 1901, ii, 138-146.—Eschweiler. Die pathologische Anatomie una das Horvermogen des Taubstummenohres. Sitzungsb. d. nied.-rhein. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u. Heilk. zu Bonn, 1901, 24-31.—Ferreri (G.) Fisio-psicologia dei sordo-muti. Atti d. clin. oto-rino-laringoiat. d. r. Univ. di Roma (1911), 1912, ix, 21-31.—Fortuyn (A. B. D.) On the cortex of the auditory centre, the insula, and Broca's convolution in a case of deaf-mutism. Arch. Neurol. & Psychiat. Path. Lab, Lond, 1911, v, 208-217, 3 pi.—Fraser (J. S.) The pathologi- cal and clinical aspects of deaf mutism. J. Laryngol, Lond, 1922, xxxvii, 13; 57; 126, 6 pi.—Gans (A.) Das Gehirn einer Taubstumm-Blinden. Folia neuro-biol, Leipz, 1912, vi, 374-384.—Giannuli (F.) Audimutismo e centri della parola. Riv. sper. di freniat, Reggio-Emilia, 1914, xl, 145- 185.—Goerke (M.) Pathologie der Taubstummheit. Er- gebn. d. allg. Path. u. path. Anat. [etc.], Wiesb, 1908, xii, 576-605.------. Der gegenwartige Stand der Pathologie der Taubstummheit. Internat. Zentralbl. f. Ohrenh, Leipz, 1910, viii, 385; 425.—Gray (A. A.) Lantern-slide demonstra- tion, illustrating the pathological changes found in the ear of deaf-mutes. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1909-10, iii, Otol. Sect, 11-15.------. A contribution to the study of the pathological anatomy of deaf-mutism. J. Laryngol, Lond, 1910, xxv, 225-234, 4 pi.—Habermann (J.) Zur Pathologie der Taubstummheit und der Fensternischen. Arch. f. Ohrenh, Leipz, 1901, liii, 52-67, 2 pi.------. Zur Entstehung von Taubstummheit in Folge Mittelohrerkrankung. Ibid., 1902-3, lvii, 79-90,1 pi.—Hane (K.) Ein Beitrag zur Histo- logie der Taubstummheit. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Wiesb, 1913, lxix, 69-77, 1 pi.—Holzel (H.) Histologischer Beitrag zur Taubstummheit. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh, Wiesb, 1903, xliii, 167-176. ------. On the pathology of deaf-mutism; report of a case of acquired deaf-mutism with obliteration of tympanum, additus, and antrum. Arch. Otol, N. Y, 1904, xxxiii, 44-52.—HorniCek. Die Erfahrungen des Arztes des Taubstummeninstitutes uber die Ursachen der Entstehung der Taubstummheit und iiber den psychischen und physi- schen Zustand der Taubstummen. Rev. de med. tcheque, Prague, 1909, ii, 167.—Kano (S.) Was lehren uns die patho- logischen Veranderungen im Taubstummenohr bezughch der Funktion des Vorhof-Bogengangapparates. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Wiesb, 1910, lxi, 28-37.------. Untersuchun- 11877°—Vol. IV, 3d series—22---23 Deaf-mutism (Causes and pathology of). gen iiber die Funktion des statischen Labyrinthes bei Taub- stummen. Ibid., 284-298—Katz. Demonstration mikro- skopischer Praparate iiber Taubstummheit und einige histologische Streitfragen (Stria vascularis u. Cupula). Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch, J,ena, 1904, xii, 31-33.— Lannols (M.) & Chavanne (F.) Etiologie de la surdi- mutite (notes d'apres 325 cas). Ann. d. mal. de Toreille, du larynx [etc.]. Par, 1903, xxix, pt. 2, 43-51.—Lederer (L.) Beitrag zur pathologischen Anatomie der erworbenen Taub- stummheit. Arch. f. Ohren-, Nasen- u. Kehlkopfh, Leipz, 1921, cviii, 145-182.—Leroux (C.) & Tilloy (G.) Contribu- tion aPetude de l'etiologie de la surdi-mutite. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par, 1906, xxii, 517-520.—Lindt (W.) Beitrag zur pathologischen Anatomie der angeborenen Taubstummheit. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med, Leipz, 1905-6, lxxxvi, 144-158.—Makuen (G. H.) A critical re- view of the pathology of deaf-mutism. Ann. Otol, Rhinol. & Laryngol, St. Louis, 1912, xxi, 799-802. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcv, 1189-1192. Also, Reprint.—Manou- vrier (L.) Le cerveau d'un sourd-muet. Bull. Soc. d'an- throp. de Par, 1898, 4. s, ix, 305-311.—Marage. Les surdi- mutites vraies et simulees consecutives a des blessures de guerre. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1916, clxii, 651-654.— Marchand (L.) Surdi-mutite par lesion symetrique du lobe temporal. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par, 1904, lxxix, 473-475.------. Considerations sur l'anatomie patho- logique et la pathogenie de la surdi-mutite. Bull, d'oto- rhino-laryngol. Par, 1912, xv, 145-151—Mazzini (G.) Osservazioni sull' organo dell udito dei sordi e muti. Mem. d. Inst. Ligure, Genova, 1809, ii, 77-86.—Mygind (H.) The pathology of acquired deaf-mutism. Tr. Internat. Cong. Med, Lond, 1913, Sect, xvi, Otol, pt. 1, 291-307. Also, transl.: Beitr. z. Anat, Physiol, Path. u. Therap. d. Ohres [etc.], Berl, 1913-14, vii, 389-412.—Nager (F. R.) Beitrage zur Histologie der erworbenen Taubstummheit. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh, Wiesb, 1907, liv, 217-244, 5 pi.------. Zur Anato- mie der endemischen Taubstummheit (mit einem Neuro- flbrom der Schneckenspindel). Ztschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Wiesb, 1917, Orig, lxxv, 349-364.—Neumann (H.) & Alexander (G.) Histologische Praparate des Gehororgans zweier taubstummer Individuen. Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch, Jena, 1907, 266—Oppikofer (E.) Drei Taubstummen-Labyrinthe; ein Beitrag zu der Lehre von den Entwicklungsstorungen des hautigen Labyrinthes. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh, Wiesb, 1903, xhii, 177-215, 13 pi.— Palmer (F. S.) Complete mutism and deafness after shell shock. West Lond. M. J, Lond, 1916, xxi, 113-115.—Panse (R.) Vier Schlafebeine von zwei Taubstummen. Arch. f. Ohrenh, Leipz.. 1905, lxiv, 118-141.—de Parrel (G.) Etio- logie et pathogenie de la surdi-mutite. Bull, d'oto-rhino- laryngol. Par, 1922, n. s, xx, 254. Also: Rev. de laryngol. [etc.], Par, 1922, xhii, 777-785.—Prati (L.) Un caso di interruzione della scissura di Rolando in un nanocefalo sordo-muto. Arch, di antrop. crim. [etc.], Torino, 1909, 4. s, i, 493-495.—Ruttln. Beitrage zur Pathologie der Taub- stummheit nebst Bemerkungen iiber die Physiologie und Pathologie der Peri- und Endolymphe. Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch, Jena, 1910, xix, 282-290. ------. Fall von plotzlicher beiderseitiger Sprachtaubheit und Uner- regbarkeit mit unbekannter Aetiologie. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl, 1915, xlix, 728. Sainte-Hilalre (E.) Contribution a l'etude de la pathogenie de la surdi-mutite. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par, 1905, xix, 125^131.— von Sarb6 (A.) Die durch Granatfernwirkung entstandene Taubstummheit; eine medullare Erkrankung. Med. Klin., Berl, 1916, xii, 995-999.—Schmlegelow (E.) Causes de la surdi-mutite. [Rap.] Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par, 1903, i, 545-557.—Schwabach. Zur pathologischen Anato- mie der Taubstummheit. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1902, xxviii, Ver.-Beil,35. Also: Ztschr.f. Ohrenh, Wiesb, 1902, xii, 67-74. Also, transl.: Arch. Otol, N. Y, 1903, xxxii, 378-384.------. Anatomische Befunde an Taub- stummenlabyrinthen. Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesell- sch, Jena, 1904, xiii, 33-44. Also: Ztschr. f. Ohrenh, Wiesb, 1904, xlviii, 293-306, 2 pi.—Siebenmann. Mikroskopische Demonstration einer Taubstummen-Schnecke.' Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch, Jena, 1900, ix, 33.------. Anato- mie der angeborenen Form der Taubstummheit. Ibid., 1904, xiii, 17-24. ------. Demonstration der Labyrinthe einer Taubstummen mit Horresten der Gruppe iv Bezolds. Ibid., 27-30, 2 pi.------. Die Labyrinthveranderungen bei einem mit Retinitis pigmentosa kombinierten Fall von Taub- stummheit. Ibid., 1907, 234-236.—Siebenmann (F.) & Bing (R.) Ueber den Labyrinth- und Hirnbefund bei einem an Retinitis pigmentosa erblindeten Angeboren- Taubstummen. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh, Wiesb, 1907, liv, 265- 280,5 pi.—Steurer (O.) Beitrage zur pathologischen Anato- mie und Pathogenese der Taubstummheit. Ztschr. f. Hals-, Nasen- u. Ohrenh, Munchen. & Berl., 1922, i, 101; 172.— Theodore. Demonstration mikroskopischer Praparate zur Lehre der postmeningitischen Taubstummheit. Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol- Gesellsch, Jena, 1913, xxii, 375-377.—Ur- bantschitsch (E.) Ueber die Beziehungen der Nasen- u. Rachen-Erkrankungen zur Taubstummheit. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh, Berl, 1907, xii, 115-133.------. Zur Aetiologie der Taubstummheit. Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch, Jena, 1910, xix, 153-159.------. Ueber Hordefecte bei Taub- stummen. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh, Wiesb, 1898, xxxiii, 224- DEAF-MUTISM. 354 DEAF-MUTISM. Deaf-mutism (Causes and pathology of). 238 —Young (G.) The vestibular reactions in deaf-mutes. J Laryngol, Lond, 1921, xxxvi, 524.-Zancla (A) Ri- cerche anatomo-patologiche in un caso di sordomutismo e contributo sperimentale alio studio del decorso della^ branca cocleare delP viii. paio. Riv. ital. dl neuropat. [etc.], Ca- tania, 1907-8, i, 305-323. Deaf-mutism (Feigned). fue'rbth'^f zf^Sfnnung der Simulation von xxxvi 34 — Frangulea (N. M.) [An interesting cases oi started deaf-mutism.] Rev. san. mil., Bucurescl, 1898-9, f^SSSS i#£ludic (H.) Un cas de simulation de mu- Deaf-mutism (Hysterical). See, also, Deafness (Hysterical); Hysteria ( Setl^G? Sordomudezhisterica. Bol. de laringol, hSwA F ) Hysterial deaf-mutism caused by shell- sKcuredby suggestion while unde,rthe inf^iceoletoen Guv's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1916, xxx, 279.—Hurst (A. v.) ohrenarzUiche^fee- handlung bei Taubstummen. Med. Opr.-Bl. d. wvirttem^ de^s^^ d h6n dePar, 1916,3. s, xl, 169-1/6— Menier. ^aguenbon des Mutismus. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1917, to , 1&>.— Packard (F R) The clinical aspects of deaf-mutism. L^Si St.Louis, 19W;.MV6^6^^Plnxxm) Traitement de la surdi-mutite. Pans med.. 1919, xxxui, irauement ae £ tKm d^uer le nombre des caTde surdi-mutite. Arct internat. del^gol.[ec^ Par 1922, xxviii, 952-960.—Penhallow (D. P.) Mutism and deafness due io emotional ^ockc^edby edien^Uon. Boston M. & S. J, 1916, clxxiv, 131.—Riviere (A.) Easurdi- mutite; raudi-muW; essai pathogenique et therapeutique; deux cas en voie de guerison. Lyon med, 1901, ^b,0'^2..- de Rochemont (t J.) Hulpmiddeleriter ^fenmgvan doofstommen en dooven. Nederl. Tydschr. v Geneesk, Amst, 1911, i, 1348-1350.-Stapler (M. M.) The relief of deaf-mutism Eve, Ear, Nose & Throat Month, Chicago, 1921 i 208-210.—"Staples (M. M.) Methods of estabhshmg hearmgin deaf mutesP Tr. M. Soc. N Car., Charlotte, 1902, xlix, 125-130, 2 pl.-Tardieu (A.) Guensra d un sourd- muet de dix ans. Ann. Soc. d hydrol. med. de Par, 191V19, mann. L'examen de l'audition chez les sourds-muets; importance therapeutique des exercices de l'oreille pour les sourds-muets. Compt. rend. Cong, internat. de med. 1^9., Mosc, 1898, vi, sect. 12a, 73-S5.—Urbantschltsch (V) The effect of methodic acoustic exercises on the bearing organ of deaf-mutes. Laryngoscope, St. Louis 1921, xxxi, 477-479 —Yearsley (M.) The prevention of deafmutism. Ann. Otol, Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis 191J, xxi, 585-597. Also: Internat. Otol. Cong. Trans. Bait, 1912, ix, 674-687. Deaf-mutism (Statistics of). Bezold (F.) Die Taubstummheit auf Grund ohreniirztlicher Beobachtungen. Eine Studie zur Gewinnung einer kiinftigen verliissigen Taubstummenstatistik; fiir Aerzte und Taub- stummenlehrer. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1902. Uchermann (V.) Les sourds-muets en Nor- vege. La surdi-mutit6; sa distribution, ses causes, ses symptomes, son rapport avec les unions consanguines; conditions sociales des sourds-muets, [etc.]. 8°. Christiania, 1901. Alexander (G.) & Kreidl (A.) Statistische Untersu- chungen an Taubstummen: I. Taubstummheit, erbhene Belastung und Verwandtschaftsehe. Arch. f. Ohrenh, Leipz, 1903-4, lix, 43-59.—Behla (R.) Die Taubstummen in Preussen. Ztschr. d. k. preuss. statist. Landesamts, Berl, 1912, Iii, 279-303.—Bezold (F.) Statistischer Bencht iiber die Untersuchungsergebnisso einer zweiten Sene von Taubstummen. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh, Wiesb, 1S99, xxxvi, 1-78, 9 diag.—Costlnlu. Statistique des sourds-muets en Roumanie. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par, 1900, xhi, 377-383. Also: Cong, intemat. p.l'etude d. quest. . . . d. sourds-muets. C.-r, Par, 1900, 204-207.-Engeunann. Die Taubstummen im Deutschen Reiche nach den Ergeb- nissen der Volkszahlung von 1900. Med.-statist. Mitt. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl, 1904, ix, s-244, 3 maps.-F. (I. S.) The deaf in the fourteenth census of the United States, 1920. a. quesr. ... a. souras-muiis. «. .-i.> * »»•> ">~i »■---- Siebenmann (F.) Taubstummheit und Taubstuminen- zahlung in der Schweiz. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1918, xlviii, 1 14.—Taubstummen-Statistlk (Zur) in Preussen am 1. Januar 1909-12. Med.-statist. Nachncht, DEAF-MUTISM. 355 DEAFNESS. Deaf-mutism (Statistics of). Berl, 1909, JL 426-452: 1910, ii, 69-78: i911-12, iii, 573-578- Wanner. Die Neuregelung der Taubstummenstatistik im Komgreich Bayern. Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch Jena, 1910, xix 319-322.-Yatsuta (V. Y.) [Statistics of Deac X%tlhO^TYS'^C°^ t0 tiecensul o Z, ~ 15A,19^'J Obshtshestvo Russk. Vrach. v pam. Piro- gova. Trudi . . . Syezda 1904, S.-Peterb, 1910,% 211-m Deaf-mutism and heredity. Albrecht (W.) Zur Vererbung der konstitutionellen Taubstummheit. Internat. Zentralb]If.^ffffi Leipz, 1921, xix, 115 -----. Ueber die Vererb^fdV konl stitutionell sporadischen Taubstummheit, der hlredittren Labynnthschwerhongkeit und der Otosclerose. Arch f Ohren-, Nasen- u. Kehlkopfh, Leipz, 1922 ex 15-48 — Bowen (W. H.) Case of spontaneous occurrence of con- genital deaf-mutism in three members of one family without any previous history of a similar condition. Proc. Roy. Soc Med Lond, 1908-9, ii, Otol. Sect, 81-83.-Campbell (j. A? Hereditary deaf-mutism-cases. Homceop. Eye, Ear & Throat J Lancaster, Pa, 1910, xvi, 281-283.—Denker (A.) Die Pathologie der angeborenen Taubstummheit. Tr. ?ltf^la^Conxg-^Ied-1913' L°nd, 1914, Sect, xvi, Otol, pt. 2, 499-524L—Habermann (J.) Zur Lehre von der ange- borenen Taubstummheit. Arch. f. Ohrenh, Leipz, 1904 lxiii, 201-213, 2 pi.—Hammerschlag. Ueber die Beziehune zwischen hereditar degenerativer Taubstummheit und Konsanguimtat der Erzeuger. Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch Jena, 1904, xiii, 46-51. -----. Zur Kenntnis der hereditar-degenerativen Taubstummheit. Ztschr. f Ohrenh, Wiesb, 1903, xlv, 329-344: 1904, xlvii, 147-166- 1905, 1, 87-95: 1907, liv, 18-36: 1908, lvi, 126-138- 1909 lix' 315-329: 1910, lxi, 225-253, 3 pi.-----. Neuerliche Versuche uber galvamschen Schwindel bei hereditar-degenerativer Taubstummheit. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh, Berl, 1905, xxxix 264-270.—Hereditary deaf-mutism. Univ. Lond. Francis Galton Lab. Nat. Eugenics. Treas. Human Inheritance, Lond, 1909, 28; 69, 3 pi.—Lundborg (H.) Ueber die Erbhchkeitsverhaltnisse der konstitutionellen (hereditaren) Taubstummheit und einige Worte iiber die Bedeutung der Erbhchkeitsforschung fur die Krankheitslehre. Arch. f. Rassen- u. Gesellsch.-Biol, Leipz. & Berl, 1912 ix, 133-149. -----. Hereditary transmission of genotypical deaf-mutism. Hereditas, Lund, 1920, 1, 35^40—Manasse (P.) Ueber kongenitale Taubstummheit und Struma. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh, Wiesb, 1909, lviii, 105-128, 4 pi.—Pearn (O. P. N.) A case of hereditary deaf-mutism with pedigree. J. Ment. Sc, Lond, 1914, lx, 493-497, 1 pi.—Rzesnttzek (E.) Verer- bung der Taubheit. Bl. f. Taubst.-Bild, Berl, 1898, xl, 376-380.—Shambaugh (G. E.) Congenital deaf-mutism. Surg. Clin. Chicago, Phila, 1920, iv, 693.—Urbantschitsch (E.) Meniere'scher Symptomenkomplex nach Mumps bei hereditarer Taubstummheit. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1906, lvi, 1289-1293.—de Wilde (P. A.) lets over doofstomheid ia verband met consanguinaire huwelijken en erfehjkheid met de resultaten van eigen onderzoek. Med. Weekbl, Amst, 1909-10, xvi, 337; 349. -----. Onderzoek naar de erfehjkheid en bloedverwantschap, bij de doofstommen in Nederland. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst.. 1913, i 1287-1305. Deaf-mutism in soldiers. Pflug (A.) *Kriegserfahrungen iiber psycho- gene Taubheit und Stummheit. 8°. Heidelberg, 1916. Gradenigo (G.) Larieducazione dell' udito e della parola nei sordi e nei mutidi guerra. Gior. di med. mil, Roma, 1918, lxvi, 939-943.—Gutzmann (H.) Die psyehogenen Kriegs- sch&den an Gehor. Stimme und Sprache. Austellng. d. kreigsbeschadigt.-Fursorgein Deutschl, Dresd, 1917,92-98.— Podesta (E.) Contributo alio studio dell' audimutismo e del sordomutismo di guerra. Policlin, Roma, 1920, xxvii, sez. prat, 1139-1147— Rene-Celles (J.) & Glrard (M.) La re- education des aphones et des sourds de la guerre. Rev. de laryngol. [etc.], Par, 1918, xxxix, 533; 549.—Richardson (C. W.) Report of the activities of the section on hearing and speech, division of reconstruction. Laryngoscope. St. Louis, 1919, xxix, 613.—Selfert (O.) Ueber funktionelle und or- ganische Stimm- und Sprachstorungen bei Soldaten. Miin- chen. med. Wchnschr, 1917, lxiv, 851-854. Deafness. Best (H.) The deaf; their position in society and the provision for their education in the United States. 8°. New York, [1914]. Hahn (F. [W. H.]) *Ueber totale seelische Taubheit. 8 . Heidelberg, 1918. Pflimlin (P.) *Ueber die Funktionsstorungen des Hororgans im Greisenalter; klinische und statistische Untersuchungen. [Freiburg i. Br.]. 8°. Miihlhauseni. E., 1903. Reamer (Jeannette Chase). Mental and edu- cational measurements of the deaf. 8°. Prince- ton, 1921. Psychol. Rev. Publ, xxix, No. 3, Whole No. 132. Deafness. Amateau (A. J.) The social and economic aspects of deafness. Ann. Otol, Rhinol. & Laryngol, St. Louis, 1916, xxv, 930-941.—Andrews (Harriet U.) A little craise among the deaf; Boston and elsewhere. Volta Rev, Wash, 1918, xx, 563-568.—Bross (K.) Ueber die Bezoldsche Sprach- texte. Beitr. z. Anat, Physiol, Path. u. Therap. d. Ohres, [etc.], Berl.. 1916-17, ix, 70-81.—Chapellier. Les surdites; diagnostic etiologique et traitements. Paris med, 1913-14, xiii, 369-376.—Emerson (F. P.) Perception deafness. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, New Bedford, 1921, xv, 339-357. Also: Ann. Otol, Rhinol. & Laryngol, St. Louis, 1921, xxx, 994-1006.— Escat (E.) & Rlgaud (P.) Classification des surdites chro- niques. Bull, d'oto-rhino-laryngol. Par, 1922, n. s, xx, 231.—Ferreri (G.) The deaf in antiquity. Am. Ann. Deaf, Wash, 1906, li, 460-473.—Fusfeld (I. S.) The deaf in the thirteenth census of the United States, 1910. Ibid., 1919, lxiv, 181; 262:1921, lxvi, 384-391.—Hays (H.) An analysis of over five hundred cases of progressive deafness. Tr. Am. Laryngol, Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, N. Bedford, Mass, 1921, xxvii, 177-187.—Hubbard (T.) Remarks on the psychology of deafness. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1922, xxxii, 473-477 — Iribarne & Lefevre (V.) Les sourds ceiebres. Rev. depsy- chotherap. Par, 1911-12, xxvi, 341-345.—Kobrak (F.) Beziehungen zwischen Schwachsinn und Schwerhorigkeit. Ztschr. f. Schulgsndhtspfl, Hamb, 1908, xxi, 87-97.—Leder- man (I. A.) The social and economic aspect of deafness. Kentucky M. J, Bowling Green, 1915, xiii, 19-26.—Love (J. K.) Deafness and Mendelism; an essay in eugenics. Ma- ternity & Child Welfare, Lond, 1921, v, 65-69.—Mayer (O.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis der endemischen Taubheit und schwerhorigkeit. Arch. f. Ohrenh, Leipz, 1910, Ixxxiii, 157-192, 4 pi.—Moiler (J.) Sur la classification des surdites grogressives chroniques. Cong, internat. de med. (xvi). .-r.. Budapest, 1909, Sect, xvi, Otol, 272-284.—Mollnie (J.) Le classement des surdites. Larynx, l'oreille et le nez, Mar- seille& Par, 1911, iv, 65-71.-----. Le classement des surdites. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil. Par, 1917, lxviii, 554-560.— Morgenstern (Louise I.) The medical profession and the deaf. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1918, xxxviii, 612-614.-----. The adult hard-of-hearing movement in Germany, Switzer- land, and Holland. Volta Rev, Wash, 1920. xxii, 723-728. -----. The first German Exposition for and by the hard of hearing at Dresden. Ibid., 762-766.—Ostmann. Klinische Studien zur Analyse der Horstorungen. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh, Wiesb, 1903, xiii, 217-254, 14 diag. Also: Arch. f. Ohrenh, Leipz, 1904, lxi, 116-139.—de Parrel (G.) La valeur des resultats en anacousie depend de l'etat local et general du sourd. Rev. de laryngol. [etc.], Par, 1917, xxxviii, 25-35.— Peck (Annette W.) Mental and spiritual readjustments of acquired deafness. Tr. Coll. Phys, Phila, 1919, 3. s, xii, 97-102. [Discussion], 108-111.-----. How the deafened re- build their lives. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1920, xxx, 490- 495. [Discussion], 538.-----. Community centers for the deafened; how to organize them. Volta Rev, Wash., 1920, xxii, 635-640.—Peyser (A.) Ueber Horstorungen in ihren Beziehungen zur klinischen und sozialen Medizin. Deut- sche Klinik. Berl, 1913, xiv, Ergnzngsbd. iii, 669-708.— Pflster (F.) Recent progress in the diganosis, treatment, and the prevention of defective hearing. Wisconsin M. J, Milwaukee, 1917-18, xvi, 430-434.—Phillips (W. C.) A dis- cussion of some social and economic problems resulting from acquired deafness. Tr. Coll. Phys, Phila, 1919, 3. s, xii, 93-96. [Discussion], 108-111.—Roberts (S. E.) Impaired hearing. J. Kansas M. Soc, Topeka, 1922. xxii, 11-13.— Ruttln (E.) Einseitige Taubheit, beiderseitiger Verlust der Drehreaktion bei erhaltener kalorischer Reaktion. Mo- natschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl. & Wien, 1920, liv, 169.— Samuelson (Estelle E.) Practical aspects of readjustment of acquired deafness. Tr. Coll. Phys, Phila, 1919, 3. s, xii, 103-111.—Story (J. de R.) Psychology of deafened people from a layman's point of view. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1920, xxx, 496-501.—Stumpl (C.) Veranderungen des Sprachverstandnisses bei abwarts fortschreitender Vernich- tung der Gehorsempfindung. Beitr. z. Anat, Physiol, Path. u. Therap, d. Ohres, [etc.], Berl, 1921, xvii, 182-190.— Wilde (A. G.) Deafness. Mil. Surgeon, Wash, 1922, li, 292- 298.—Wright (J. D.) The deaf. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1920, xxx, 597. Deafness (Causes and pathology of). See, also, Deafness (Congenital, etc.); Deaf- ness (Traumatic); Deafness in soldiers; Deaf- ness and syphilis; Deaf-mutism. Breitung (M.) Ueber Besserhoren im Larm und die Bedeutung dieses Phanomens fiir die Pathologie und Therapie der chronischen pro- gressiven Schwerhorigkeit im Lichte der Neuron- Lehre. 8°. Jena, 1899. Gendenstein (Pessja). *Dysthyre Schwer- horigkeit. 8°. Bern, 1908. Heath (C. J.) The nature and causes of catarrhal, "throat," or hereditary deafness; an explanation of paracusis willisii. The mecha- DEAFNESS. 356 DEAFNESS. Deafness (Causes and pathology of). nism of aural accommodation, [etc.]; with the description of a new method of treatment and some illustrative cases. 12°. [London], 1912. Klett (W.) *Ueber Schallschadigung im Gehororgan bei Tauben. 8°. Jena, 1912. Lazimer (J.-E.-J.) Contribution a l'etude des surdites toxiques. 8°. Paris, 1899. Natier(M.) Surdite et fievre typhoide. Des- truction totale du tympan droit par otorrhee chronique; traitement par les exercices acousti- ques au moyen des diapasons; reeducation phy- siologique de l'oreille. 8°. Paris, 1905. Roedel (W.) *Ueber die Wechselbeziehun- gen zwischen Generationsvorgangen und Schwer- horigkeit. [Freiburg i. Br.] 8°. Coin, 1913. Albrecht (W.) Ueber vestibulare Erregbarkeit Taub- blinden. Beitr. z. Anat, Physiol, Path. u. Therap. d. Ohres [etc.], Berl, 1914-15, viii, 172-180.—Alexander (G.) Zur Frage der progressiven Schwerhorigkeit durch Atrophie des Cortischen Organes. Arch. f. Ohrenh, Leipz, 1906, lxix, 95-105. Also, transl.: Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par, 1906, xxii, 705-714, 1 pi.—Alt (F.) Ueber psvchische Taubheit. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh, Berl, 1899, xxxiii, 529- 537. Also: Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1900, xiv, 225-228.—Ar- denne. Surdite et albuminurie. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1906,.xxxvi, 6S3.—Baginsky (B.) Zur Pathogenese der acu- ten Ertaubungen. Arch. f. Kinderh, Stuttg, 1900, xxviii, 24-39.—Barany (R.) Total deafness, associated with the symptom-complex described by Barany, in which complete restoration of hearing occurred. J. Laryngol, Lond, 1914, xxix, 2-7.—Beck (O.) Tuberkulintherapie der erbsyphiliti- schen Schwerhorigkeit. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Hals-, Nasen- u. Ohrenarzte, Leipz.. 1921, 328-333.—Bellows (H. P.) Three cases of sclerotic deafness and their lesson. J. Ophth, Otol. & Laryngol, N. Y, 1912, xviii. 126-134.— Berent (W.) Herdformige Veranderungen im Stamme des N. cochlearis (graue Degeneration oder post-mortales Arte- fakt?) mit partiellcm Schwund der Ganglienzellen bei akuter Ertaubung eines Tuberkulosen. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh, Berl, 1906, xl, 717-725— Bernard (R.) Surdite totale par lesion de la 8* paire a son origine. Lyon med, 1900, xciv, 377-380.—Blake (C. J.) The fatigue of deafness. Atlantic Month.. N. Y, 1912, ex, 673-677.—Bloch (E.) Die dysthyre Schwerhorigkeit; mit neuen Beitragen zur Dysthyrese. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med, Leipz., 1906, Ixxxvii. 178- 200.—Boulay & Le Marc'hadour (H.) De l'element psy- chique dans les surdites. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par, 1904, xxx, pt. 2, 434-447.—Bourgeois & Vernet. Contribution k l'etude de la surdite centrale. Rev. de laryn- gol. [etc.], Par, 1921, xhi, 495-506.—Brickner (S. M.) The influence of pregnancy on chronic progressive deafness. Tr. N. York Obst. Soc, 1909-11, 341-355.—Brtihl (G.) Nervose Schwerhorigkeit. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1920, xlvi 1000.—Bryant (W. S.) Middle ear deaf- ness. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1908, Ixxxvii, 990-992.—Busch (H.) Kasuistischer Beitrag zur Ertaubungnach Scharlach- Otitis. Beitr. z. Anat, Physiol, Path. u. Therap. d. Ohres [etc.], Berl, 1913, vi, 331-336, 2 pi.—Calllson (J. G.) Pro- gressive svstemic deafness as an endocrine syndrome. N. York M. "J. [etc.], 1921, cxiv, 48-53.—Carpenter (E. R.) Central deafness. Laryngoscope, St. Louis 1919, xxix, 25- 27.—Cott (G.) Telephone deafness. Bullalo M. J, 1917-18, lxxiii, 317-320.—Davis (H. J.) Deafness in a case of myxoe- dema. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1912-13, vi, Otol. Sect, 71.—Dixon (W. L.) Catarrhal deafness, with suggestions as to treatment. J. Oklahoma M. Ass, Muscogee, 1916, ix, 399- 406. Also: Laryngoscope, St. Louis. 1916, xxvi, 969-978.— Downey (J. W.) A case of labyrinthine deafness probably due to grippe; with some remarks on the ear complications of pseudo-influenza. Am. Med, Burlington, Vt, & N. Y. 1911, n. s, vi, 536-541.—Emerson (F. P.) The minor r61e of the conduction apparatus in slowly progressive deafness. Boston M. & S. J, 1920, clxxxiii, 736-741. Also: Ann. Otol. Rhinol. & Laryngol, St. Louis, 1921. xxx, 527-538.—Fagge (C. H.) Common forms of internal ear deafness. Guy's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1904, xviii, 144-150.—Ferreri (G.) Con- siderazioni anatomo-patologiche sulla sordita senile. Atti d. chn. oto-rino-laringoiat. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1917, xv, 225- 232, 1 pi.—Fischer (J.) Professionelle Schwerhorigkeit bciderseits mit Unerregbarkeit des linken und Unterregbar- keit des rechten Vestibularapparat.es. Monatschr. f. Oh- renh. [etc.], Berl. & Wien, 1920, liv, 170.—Friedrich. Bei- trage zur Frage der tabischen Schwerhorigkeit. Verhandl d deutsch. otol. Gesellsch, Jena, 1897. vi, 38-49.—Gelle. Le reflexe d'accommodation binauriculaire et la surdite ner- veuse. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1902,11. s. iv 1039- 1041.—GUe (B. C.) Catarrhal deafness. Volta Rev. Wash 1917, xiv, 211-216.-van Gilse (P. II.) [On the relations b£ tween deafness and pigment anomalies.] Nederl. Tijdschr v. Geneesk, Amst, 1921, lxv pt. 2, 397.—Goldmann (R ) Die nervose Schwerhorigkeit. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild Jena, 1916, xiii, 338-342.—Gradenlgo (G.) La sordita vrch fessionale (con proiezioni). Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di larin- gol. [etc.], 1913, Venezia, 1914, xvi, pt. 2, 238-278.—Grant Deafness (Causes and pathology of). (D.) Cases illustrating various conditions giving rise to deafness. Tr. Hunterian Soc. 1899-1900, Lond, 1901, 80-94, 1 pi.-----. Varieties of nerve-deafness. J. Laryngol, Lond, 1902, xvii, 169-179.-----. Case of nerve-deafness. Polychn. Lond, 1909, xiii, 51.—Gray (A. A.) Notes on the pathological condition found in a subject who had been deaf during life. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1905, ii, 1187.—Habermann (J.) Beitrag zur Lehre von der professionellen Schwerhorig- keit. Arch. f. Ohrenh, Leipz, 1906, lxix, 106-130, 3 pi. Also [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch, Jena, 1906, 254-256— Hammerschlag. Ein Fall von plotzlicher, totaler, beiderseitiger Ertaubung mit Schwindel und Er- brechen im Gefolge einer fieberhaften acuten Erkrankung. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh, Berl, 1900, xxxiv, 79.—Hays (H.) The prevalence of catarrhal deafness and its economic con- sideration. Med. Rec, N. Y.? 1913, Ixxxiii, 646-650. [Dis- cussion], 683. -----. The relation ofhypertension and hypo- tension of the membrana tympani to deafness and tinnitus. N. York M. J. [etc.]. 1920, cxi, 1067-1072. Also: N. York State J. M, N. Y, 1920, xx, 173-178.-----. An analysis of over five hundred cases of progressive deafness. Ann. Otol, Rhinol. & Laryngol, St. Louis, 1921, xxx, 943-954.-----. The polypoid posterior tip of the inferior turbinate as a causative factor in progressive deafness. West. M. Times, Denver, 1921-2, xh, 177-182.—Helman (T.) Ueber pro- gressiv fortschreitende Schwerhorigkeit. Wien. khn. Rund- schau, 1898, xii, 765; 7*2; 797; 815: 831.—Hellmann (K.) Zur pathologischen Anatomie der Taubheit nach Kopfschuss. Ztschr. f. Hals-, Nasen- u. Onrenh, Munchen & Berl, 1922, 1, 358-370.—Henderson (G. E. W.) Deafness due to the placing of candle grease in the external auditory meatus. J. Laryngol, Lond, 1918, xxxiii, 51.—Htnkel (F. W.) The pathology of catarrhal deafness. Phila. M. J, 1899, iv, 133- 135.—Hlnsberg (V.) Ueber die anatomischen Grundlagen der Horstorungen. Med. Klin, Berl, 1909, v, 1917-1920 — Hoessli (H.) Experimentell erzeugte professionelle Schwer- horigkeit. Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. GeseUsch, Jena, 1913, xxii, 284-291. Also: Ztschr. f. Ohrenh. [etch Wfiesb, 1913, lxix, 224-231, 5 pi.—Holer. Beiderseitige Komplette Er- taubung nach Pertussis (erworbene Taubstummheit). Mo- natschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl. & Wien, 1920, liv, 20.— Jaehne (H.) Die anatomischen Veranderungen bei der Altersschwerhorigkeit. Arch. f. Ohrenh, Leipz, 1914, xcv, 247-298, 2 pi—Jones (H. E.) Deafness associated with the stigmata of degeneration. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med, Lond, 1919, xii, Otol. Sect, 17-28.—Kayser. Ein Fall von Taubheit nach Kohlenoxydvergiftung. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, 1893, Leipz, 1^94, lxv, pt. 2, 244.—Kopetzky (S. J.) Deafness resulting from middle ear disease. N. York State J. M, N. Y, 1912, xii, 690-696.— Lake(R.) Loss of hearing due to delay in operating. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1917-18, xi, Sect. Otol, 60.—Lang- don (F. W.) Case of acquired deafness, apparently cortical. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1903, n. s, 1, 363.—Lund (R.) Re- cherches sur la fonction acoustique, avec etude partieuliere du raecourclssement pathologique de la transmission osseuse chez syphilitiques dont l'audition est normale en apparence. Acta Otolaryngol, Stockholm, 1921-2, iii, 394-441—Mc- Kenzle (D.) Nerve deafness associated with anaemia. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond, 1913-14, vii, Otol. Sect, 46. -----. Case of orchitis and deafness. Ibid., 1917-18, xi, Sect, Otol, 79-81.-----. Orchitis and deafness. J. Larvn- gol, Lond, 1919, xxiv, 505.-----. Case of functional deaf- ness. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1921-2, xv, Sect. Otol, 43— Manasse. I. eHr labyrinthare chronische progressive Taubheit. \erhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch, Jena, 190o, 121-127.—Maurice (A.) Les surdites d'origine nasale et leur traitement r.. diu ateur. Arch. gen. de med. Par, 1912, v, 293-301.—Mayer (O.) Das anatomisohe Substrat der Al- tersschwerhorigkeit. Arch. f. Ohren-, Nasen-u. Kehlkopfh, Leipz, 1919-20, cv, 1-13, 1 pi. Also [Abstr.]: Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1919, xxxii, 102.-----. Anatomische Befunde bei ererbter labyrintharer Schwerhorigkeit. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etcl, Berl. & Wien, 1920, liv. 174-176.—MoUer (J.) Rapport sur la classification des surdites progressives chro- niques. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par, 1909, xxviii, 751-761.-----. Om otoskleros och andra former af kronisk progressiv dophet. Hygiea, Stockholm, 1911, Lxxii, d. 1, 203-235.- Myglnd (H.) [Complete deafness after meningitis cerebrospinulis; spontaneous recurrence of tho hearing after lapse of four yi irs.l Ugesk. f. Lseger, Kj0benh, 1913, lxxv, 508-510 —Nelson (R. B.) Common causes of deafness. Memphis M. Month, 1911, xxxi, 635-63S—Nuernberg. laubheit und Ausfall der kalorischon Reaktiou infolge eines Schalleitungslnndernisses bei Felsenbeintumor. Ver- handl. d. deutsch, otol. GeseUsch, Jena, 1911, xx, 274-286.— Opplkofer. Mikroskopischer Befund bei 47 Fallen nervoser Schwerhorigkeit der Basler Ohrenklinik. Schweiz. med. Wchnschr, Basel, 1922, hi, 42—Panse (R.) Beitrag zur Anatomie der erworbenen Schwerhorigkeit. Arch. f. Oh- renh, Leipz, 1914, mal 22-35.—de Parrel (G.) Notions scheinatiques de prophylaxie do rheredo-syphilis a propos des surdites herodo-syphilitiques. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.]. Par, 1922. xxviii, 692-717.—Passow. Hor- storungen und Ohrenloiden. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1916, xhi, 1561.— Paterson (D. R.) Deaf- ness duo to occlusion of Eustachian tubes by scar tissue. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1911, iv, Otol. Sect, 109-111.— Phelps (E.) Beitrag zur Frage der Entstehung von Taub- DEAFNESS. 357 DEAFNESS. Deafness (Causes and pathology of). heit bei septischer Erkrankung. Arch. f. Ohren-, Nasen- u. Kehlkopfh, Leipz, 1922, cix, 11-25.—Pierce (N. H.) Case of increasing loss of hearing; left-sided facial paralysis; hoarseness; tumor in right parotid region; hemiatrophy and paresis of life side of tongue. Ann. Otol, Rhinol. & Laryn- gol, St. Louis, 1916 xxv, 1097-1099.—Pike (N. H.) An examination into the condition of the vestibular appa- ratus in a series of cases of deafness of non suppurative origin. J. Laryngol, Lond, 1908, xxiii, 596; 656.—Pratt (J. A.) Deafness following febrile diseases and its pre- vention. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, lxxxix, 1007-1009.— Reinklng. Zur Frage der Entstehung von Horschadi- gungen nach langdauernder SchaUeinwirking. Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch, Jena, 1912, xxi, 165-171.— Rhese (H.) Beitrag zur Frage der Horstorungen bei Erkrankungen der zentralen Horbahn und des Akusti- kusstammes mit besonderer Berucksichtigung eines Falles von Kleinhirnbriickenwinkeltumor. Beitr. z. Anat, Physiol, Path. u. Therap. d. Ohres [etc.], Berl, 1913-14, vii, 262-273.—Rodger (T. R.) Noise-deafness; a review of recent experimental work, and a clinical investigation into the effect of loud noise upon the labyrinth in boiler- makers. J. Laryngol, Lond, 1915, xxx, 91-104.—Rowland (W. D.) Obstruction deafness simulating deaf-mutism. J. Ophth, Otol. & Laryngol, Lancaster, 1917, xxiii, 416.— Ruganl (L.) I disturbi uditivi nella febbre. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1904-5, xvi, 177-203.—Scofleld (C. E.) Chronic catarrhal deafness; its relation to nasal obstruction, and accessory sinus diseases. Long Island M. J, Brooklyn, 1911, v, 479-484.—Scott (S.) Histological preparations of the labyrinths and tympana of a soldier suffering from deafness due to a bullet wound of the vertex of the skull. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1915-16,ix, Otol. Sect, 28-31.— Shambaugh (G. E.) A case of labyrinthine deafness with "tone island." Illinois M. J, Springfield, 1908, xiv, 121-123. Also: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1908, xviii, 343-346. -----. Labyrinthine deafness with some unusual features. Surg. Clin. Chicago, Phila, 1920, iv, 697-699.-----. Cerebral nerve deafness. Ibid., 1073-1075.—Sharp (A.) Notes of a case of deafness caused by excessive tea-drinking. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1911-12, v, Otol, Sect, 155.—Sie- benmann. (F.) Ueber einen weiteren Fall von Spongiosi- rung der Labyrinthkapsel, mit dem klinischen Bilde der Stapesankylose beginnend und mit completer Taubheit endigend infolge Hinzutretens von Neuritis interstitialis acustici. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh, Wiesb, 1899, xxxvi, 168.-----. Ueber Ertaubung im Verlaufe von acuter Osteomyelitis und von septischen Prozessen im allgemeinen. Ibid., 1907, liv, 1-17. Also, transl: Arch. Otol, N. Y, 1907, xxxvi, 557-572.-----. Die Osteomyelitisertaubung. Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch, Jena, 1907, 236-238.—Singer (A.) Ein Fall von psychischer Taubheit. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh, Berl, 1898, xxxii, 542-546.—Spalding (J. A.) Sudden, total, and permanent deafness in one ear, from supposed labyrinthine effusion, followed four years later by similar conditions in the other ear. Ann. Otol, Rhinol. & Laryngol, St. Louis, 1912, xxi, 1036-1043—Starr (M. A.) Deafness due to lesions in the brain. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa, 1910, xxxvii, 401-410.—Stein (K.) Chronisch progressive labyrinthare Schwerhorigkeit und konstitu- onelle Anomalie. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl, 1918, Iii, 46-50.—Stein (O. J.) Sudden and profound deaf- ness; its significance. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1917, lxix, 706-708.—de Stella. Meningite sereuse et surdite. Arch. internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Parv 1909, xxviii, 14-23 — Streit (H.) Storungen im Gleichgewichtsapparat bei Fallen von Explosionsschwerhorigkeit. Arch. f. Ohren- Nasen- u. Kehlkopfh, Leipz, 1919, civ, 93-105.—Stuart- Low (W.) Non-suppurative forms of middle-ear deafness. Practitioner, Lond, 1915, xciv, 503-508.—Stucky (J. A.) Progressive deafness; systemic factors in the etiology. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcvi, 1328-1330.—Syme (W. S.) Nasal affections and deafness. Glasgow M. J, 1916, lxxxv, 177-189.—Trowbridge (D. H.) Nasal obstruction a cause of deafness. Am. Otol, Rhinol. & Laryngol, St. Louis, 1906, xv, 261-266.—Wade (W.) The alcoholism of parents as a cause of deafness. Am. Ann. Deaf, Wash, 1912, lvii, 284-288.—Walker (D. H.) Chronic deafness; the present status of its treatment. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1915, lxv, 663-666.—Wittmaack. Ueber Schadigungen des Gehors durch Schalleinwirkungen. Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch, Jena, 1907, xvi, 239-242. Also: Ztschr. f. Ohrenh, Wiesb, 1907, liv. 37-80, 10 pi.-----. Zur akusti- schen Sehadigung des Gehdrorganes. Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch, Jena, 1912, xxi, 159-165.—Wright (W. H.) Deafness as influenced by malposition of the jaws. J. Nat. Dent. Ass, Huntington, Ind, 1920, vii, 979-992.—Tearsley (M.) The classification of deaf children. Brit. J. Child. Dis, Lond, 1911, viii, 481-486,. Also: Internat. Arch. f. Schulhyg, Leipz, 1911, vii. 4-13. -----. The causes leading to educational deafness in children; with special reference to prevention. Lancet, Lond, 1912, ii, 138; 228.— Young (H. B.) Deafness from or with brain lesion. Tr. Iowa M. Soc, Cedar Rapids, 1897, xv, 82-87.—Zange (J.) Beitrag zur Pathologie der professionellen Schwerhorigkeit. Arch. 1. Ohrenh, Leipz, 1911, lxxxvi, 167-174, 1 pi. Deafness (Congenital and hereditary). Alexander (G.) Zur Anatomie der congeni- talen Taubheit. imp. fol. Wiesbaden, 1905. Deafness (Congenital and hereditary). Albrecht (W.) Zur Vererbung der hereditaren Labv- rinthschwerhorigkeit. Internat. Zentralbl. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Leipz, 1921, xix, 116. -----. Zur Vererbung der hereditaren Schwerhorigkeit. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Hals-, Nasen- u. Ohrenarzte, Leipz, 1921, 376-379. -----. Zur Vererbung der konstitutionellen Taubstumm- heit. Ibid., 371-375. Alexander (G.) Zur Pathologie und pathologischen Anatomie der kongenitalen Taubheit. Arch.f. Ohrenh,Leipz, 1904,lxi, 183-219,5pi. AZso[Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch, Jena, 1904, xiii, 30.— Bell (A. G.) Graphical studies of marriages of the deaf. Volta Rev. Wash, 1916, xviii, 469-478.—Brooks (W. K.) The inheritance of deafness. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull, Bait, 1900, xi, 112.—Brouwer (B.) Das Gehirn einer con- genital tauben Katze. Folia neuro-biol, Leipz, 1912, vi, 197-208.—Bruhl (G.) Histologische Untersuchung eines Falles von kongenitaler Taubheit. Beitr. z. Anat, Physiol., Path. u. Therap. d. Ohres [etc.], Berl, 1913, vii, 19-24, 2 pi. Also: Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch, Jena. 1913, xxii, 218-221. -----. Angeborene nervose Schwerhorigkeit. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh, [etc.], Munch. & Wiesb, 1921, lxxxi, 143.—Burger (H.) Doofheid en erfehjkheid. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1916, i. 1502-1516.-----. De erfehjkheid der chronische, voortschrijdende hardhoorend- heid. Ibid., ii, 88. -----. Aangeboren doofheid. Ibid., 1917, il, 601.—Danger (O.) Erblichkeit der Taubheit (Nach Ed. M. Fay: Marriages of the deaf in America). Org. d. Taubst.-Anst. in Deutschl, Friedberg, 1899, xlv, 330-339.-----. Die Frage nach der Erblichkeit der Taub- heit, nach E. A. Fay: Marriages of the Deaf in America. Bl. f. Taubst.-Bild, Berl, 1900, xhi, 33-49.—Gradenigo (G.) Contributo alio studio della eredita morbosa nel- P uomo; come si eredita la sordita. Med. ital, Milano, 1921, li, 766-775.—Hammerschlag (V.) Hereditar-degenerative Taubheit; progressive labyrinthare Schwerhorigkeit und Otosklerose. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl. & Wien. 1910, xhv, 769-773. -----. Ueber die hereditare Taubheit und die Gesetze ihrer Vererbung. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1910, xxiii, 1476-1484.—Hubby (L. M.) Some notes on the experimental treatment of three congenitally deaf children with sonorous vibrations. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1916, xxvi, 1152-1157.—Kay (M. B.) Nerve deafness due to con- genital syphilis in three children. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1920, lxxiv, 1162. Also, Reprint.—de Kleyn (A.) Fami- liare Labyrinthtaubheit. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl, 1915, xlix, 751.-----. [A remarkable case of congenital deafness.] Nederl. Tydschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1917, ii, 598.—Koellreutter (W.) Die Schwerhorigkeit der Neu- geborenen als reine Stoning im schallzuleitenden Teile des Ohres. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh, Wiesb, 1907, liii, 123-131.— Lake (R.) Improvement in hearing in a congenitally deaf boy. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1913-14, vii, Otol. Sect, 41.—Lange (W.) Aplasie des Ganglion spirale und des Nervus cochlearis als Ursache angeborener Taubheit. Arch. f. Ohrenh, Leipz, 1913, xciii, 123-133, 2 pL—Love (J. K.) Sporadic congenital deafness and deafness from syphilis. Glasgow M. J, 1913, lxxix, 81; 172.-----. Syphilis and congenital deafness, or congenital syphilis and deafness. Ibid., lxxx, 301-303.-----. The origin of sporadic congenital deafness. J. Laryngol, Lond, 1920, xxxv, 263-270.— Mauthner (O.) Kongenitale Taubheit und erhaltene statische Erregbarkeit bei Missbildung des ausseren und mittleren Ohres. Arch. f. Ohrenh, Leipz, 1910, Ixxxiii, 286-292.—Mayer (O.) Zwei Falle von ererbter labyrin- tharer Schwerhorigkeit. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Munch. & Wiesb, 1920, lxxx, 175-191, 2 pi.—Moffat (L.) The de- velopment of hearing in the congenitally deaf. J. Ophth, Otol. & Laryngol, N. Y, 1900, xii, 9-13.—Opplkofer (E.) Weiterer Beitrag zur Anatomie der angeborenen Taubheit. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc], Wiesb, 1914, lxxii, 1-30, 9 pi.— Peet (W. B.) Some notes on aural development in a case of congenital deafness. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1894, xlv, 789.— Root (A. G.) Congenital, traumatic, and toxic causes of deafness. N. York State J. M, N. Y, 1912, xii, 696-699.— Salnt-Hilaire. Un cas de surdi-mutite due k une mal- formation congenitale de l'oreille externe des deux cdtes. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par, 1900, xiii, 146-148.— Schuster (E.) Hereditary deafness; a discussion ofthe data collected by E. A. Fay in America. Biometrika, Cambridge, 1905-6, iv, 465-482.—Siebenmann. Faltenbildung und Collaps der hautigen Wand der Pars inferior labyrinthi als Ursache von angeborener Taubstummheit. Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch, Jena, 1902, xi, 121-124—Skrowa- czewski (P.) Zur Kenntnis des Horvermogens der Deszen- denz kongenital tauber Eltern. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl, 1913, xlvii, 1178-1182.—Stein (C.) Ein weiterer Bei- trag zur Frage der kongenitalen Anlage der chronischen pro- gressiven labyrintharen Schwerhorigkeit. Beitr. z. Anat. Physiol. Path. u. Therap. d. Ohres [etc.], Berl, 1918. x, 221- 229.—Waardenburg (P. J.) Doofheid en erfehjkheid. Ne- derl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1916, i, 1730-1733 — Young (H. B.) The sociologic aspect of deafness, congenital or acquired in early life, with a suggestion for a betterment through indirect effort. Ann. Otol, Rhinol. & Laryngol, St. Louis, 1914, xxiii, 827-834. Deafness (Diagnosis of). See, also, Audition (Testsfor). Natier (M.) La surdite; son diagnostic et son pronostic etablis au moyen de l'enquete par les diapasons. 8°. Paris, 1903. DEAFNESS. 358 DEAFNESS. Deafness (Diagnosis of). Ostixo (G.) Guida alia diagnosi medico- legal e della sordita. Con prefazione di G. Gra- denigo. 12°. Firenze, 1900. Pietri (P.-J.-M.) *Valeur clinique de l'epreuve de Rinne d'apres les resultate founds par le diapason. 8°. Bordeaux, 1907. Barany (R.) Noise apparatus for the detection of uni- lateral deafness. J. Laryngol, Lond, 1908, xxiii, 363. Also, transl.: Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. GeseUsch., Jena, 1908, 84-86.—Belinoll (S.) Bemerkung zum Artikel: Ein objek- tlves Priifungsmittel zur Feststeliung der Taubheit und Schwerhorigkeit von Dr. Falta. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1918, lxviii, 1380.—BUancioni (G.) Di un metodo sicuro per svelare la simulazione della sordita bilaterale. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1916, xxvii, 516-524. Also: Policlin, Roma, 1917, xxiv, sez. prat, 743-745— Blumenthal (A.) Zur Diagnose der psyehogenen Schwerhorigkeit. Monat- schr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl. & Wien, 1921, lv, 621-668 — Brownfleld (R. R.) Detection of pretended loss of hearing; with special reference to unilateral deafness. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1918, lxx, 597-598. Also, Reprint.—Brack (F.) Die Horweite fiir Umgangssprache und Fliistersprache bei Schwerhorigkeit. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1917, xliii, 240.—BrUhl (G.) Fiinf FaUe von nervoser, in einem Falle angeborener Schwerhorigkeit, davon drei im Leben diagnostiziert. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh, Wiesb.. 1905, 1, 5-16, 3 pi.—Brunlngs. Ueber exakte Horscharfebestlm- mung mit Hilfe von einer von M. Wien vorgeschlagenen Anordnung (Kondensatorentladung in einem elektrisehen Schwingungskreis; Telephon mit Luftresonator). Ztschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Wiesb, 1913, lxix, Suppl, 9.—Branzlow (O.) & Lowensteln (O.) Ueber eine Methode zur Bestim- mung der wahren Horfahigkeit und die Unterscheidung der organischen von der psyehogenen Schwerhorigkeit und Taubheit. Ibid., 1921, lxxxi, 145-167.—Bryant (W. S.) Differential diagnosis of various forms of deafness. Arch. Diagn, N. Y, 1908, i, 163-166.—Bunch (C. C.) Demonstra- tion of the improved methods of measuring the tonal range, showing progressive development of the apparatus. Laryn- goscope, St. Louis, 1921, xxxi, 760-771.—Chlabrera (G.) Scale acumetriche professionali. Arch. ital. dl otol. [etc.], Torino, 1914, xxv, 192-209.—Davidson (A.) Zur Diagnose der einseitigen Taubheit. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1910, lvii, 2304.—Edelmann (M. T.) Neues rationelles (objek- tives) Messen der Tonstarken und der Horfahigkeit. Zt- schr. f.,Ohrenh, Wiesb, 1909, lix, 244:1910, lxi, 270—Escat (E.) Epreuve des diapasons unissonnants appliquee au diagnostic de la surdite unilaterale simuiee. Presse med. Par, 1916, xxiv, 562.—Eyre (J. J.) The detection of deaf- ness. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1917, ii, 252.—Falta (M.) Ein ob- jectives Priifungsmittel zur Feststeliung der Taubheit und Schwerhorigkeit. Wien. med. Wchnschr7 1918, lxviii, 893- 895.-----. Erwiderung zur Bemerkung uber meine objek- tive Untersuchungsmethode bei Taubheit und Schwerhorig- keit. Ibid., 1380.—Floyd (B. L. W.) Deafness; its differen- tial diagnosis and prognosis. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin, 1907, n. s, lviii, 423-429.—Frey (H.) Ueber die Feststeliung ein- seitiger Taubheit mittelst Larmapparaten. Ztschr. f. Oh- renh. [etc], Wiesb.. 1913, lxvii, 378.—Gatscher (S.) Die Modifikation des Gelieschen Versuches per tubam durch den Katheterismus. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl, 1917,1, 297-305.—Gault. Note sur l'utilisation du reflexe cochleo- orbiculaire pour la surdite. Presse med. Par., 1916, xxiv, 424.—Gosset (H.) Contribution a l'etude experimentale du contr61e auditif. Progres med. Par.. 1916. xxxi, 21.— Gradenigo (G.) Analisi dei suoni nelle profession! rumo- rose. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1913, 4. s, xix, 229-234.-----. II metodo della interferenza appUcato al- 1' acumetria clinica. Ibid., 1916, 4. s, xxii, pt. 1, 58; 464. -----. II metodo della interferenza appUcato alia acumetria clinica. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1917, xxviii, 1-6.— Grant (D.) Barany's noise apparatus. Polyclin., Lond, 1909, xiii, 50.-----. The voice raising test for deafness. Clin. J, Lond, 1911-12, xxxix, 368.—Grlessmann (B.) Neue Methoden zur Horpriifung. Beitr. z. Anat, Physiol, Path. u. Therap. d. Ohres [etc.], Berl, 1921, xvi, 47-55.— Halphen (E.) De l'examen clinique de l'audition chez les accidentes; emploi des appareils k bruit; signe de Lombard. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc], Par, 1910, xxxvi, pt. 2,97-109.—Haymann (L.) Kritisches zur Feststeliung einseitiger Taubheit mit al. Arch. f. Ohrenh, Leipz, 1912, lxxxix, 101-111.—Hays (H.) The symptoms and rational treatment of pocket-handkerchief deafness. Interstate M.J, St. Louis, 1914, xxi, 1069-1076. Also, Reprint.-----. The diagnosis and prognosis of progressive deafness. Arch. Diagn, N. Y, 1920-21, xhi, 91-95.—Hechinger (J.) Der Biirstenversuch. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh, Wiesb, 1906, li, 280- 285.—Imhofer (R.) Der Wert der Priifung des statischen Labyrinthes fur die Konstatierung der beiderseitigen Taub- heit. Arch. f. Ohren-, Nasen- u. Kehlkopfh, Leipz, 1918, ci 208-228.—Lake (R.) A further note on Rhine's test. Lan- cet, Lond, 1907, i, 1488.—Lermoyez & Hautant (A.) Le Rinne negatif dans les surdites labyrinthiques unilaterales. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par, 1910, xxxvi, pt. 1,1-40.—Lombard. Contnbution a la semeiologie de la surdite; un nouveau signe pour en devoiler la simulation. Bull. Acad, de m6d. Par, 1910, 3. s, lxiv, 127-130.—Lub- Deafness (Diagnosis of). man (M.) An electrical noise apparatus. Larvngoscope, St. Louis, 1917, xxvii, 512.—Lucae (A.) Ueber Fehlerquel- len bei der Tonuntersuchung Schwerhoriger nebst einigen phvsiologischen-akustische Bemerkungen. Dutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1906, xxxu, 344-348.—McBrlde (P.) The detection of deafness. Brit. M. J., Lond, 1917, ii, 289.—Mackenzie (G. W.) Some remorks on the Weber, Schwabach and Rinne tests. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1922, xxxii, 451-459.—Malherbe (A.) Comment le medecin prati- cien peut arriver au diagnostic precis des differentes varietes de surdite chronique. Bull, med. Par, 1907, xxi, 1091-1093. Also, transl.: Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1908. n. s. lxxxv, 654.—Mauldln (L. O.) Diagnosis of obstructive and nerve deafness and classification of each. J. South Car. M. Ass, Greenville, 1906, ii. 118-123—Nadoleczny. Ein neues Ver- fahren zur Feststeliung der Horweite bei vorgetauschter oder iibertriebener Schwerhorigkeit bzw. Taubheit. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1916, lxiii, 1338.—Nieddu-Semldei (A.) Acumetria teorica ed acumetria pratica. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.), 1912, Siena, 1913, xv, pt. 2, 443- 456.—Nordlund (H.) [Simulation of deafness and methods of its detection.] Hygiea. Stockholm, 1917, lxxix, 1361- 1380.—Ostmann (P.) Klinische Studien zur Analyse der Horstorungen. Arch. f. Ohrenh, Leipz, 1904, lxii, 26-47. -----. Die Empfindlichkeitskurve des normalen Ohres als Ausmass der Empfindlichkeitskurve des schwerhorigen Ohres unter Zugrundelegung der objectiven Hormessung. Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch, Jena, 1904, xiii, 82-86. -----. Ueber die Erweiterung meiner Horpriifungstabellen zu Empfindlichkeitstabellen des schwerhSrlgen Ohres unter Zugrundelegung der objectiven Hormessung. Ibid., 86.— Pierce (N. H.) A new and simple method of sound exclu- sion for the purpose of diagnosis in malingering unilateral deafness. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, N. Bedford, Mass, 1911, xii, Et. 2, 391-394.—Ponzo (M.) Di un nuovo metodo psico- siologico per svelare la simulazione della sordita; contnbuto agli studi di medicina legale otolaringologica. Arch. ital. dl otol. [etc.], Torino, 1921, xxxii, 321: 1922, xxxiii, 1.—Qulx (F. H.) Die Feststeliung einseitiger Taubheit. Beitr. z. Anat, Physiol, Path. u. Therap. d. Ohres, [etc.], Berl.. 1911. v, 7-14.—Ranjard (R.) Peut-on diagnostiquer une surdite totale et complete? Pcut-on rendre l'audition a un individu qui n'entend plus rien pratiquement? Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par, 1912, xxxiv, 63-69.—Raoult (A.) Simple dispositif micro-teiephonique pour l'examen de l'audition, en particuUer a la suite des accidents du travail. Rev. med. de rest, Nancy, 1909, xU, 1-3.—Rauch. Bezolds funktioneUe Priifung des Ohres und Taubstummenfor- schung; Bemerkungen zur Arbeit von F. Wanner in No. 9 der Wochenschrift. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1909, hi, 719.—Rohr (H.) Zur phvsikalischen FeststeUung einseiti- ger Taubheit, resp. Schwerhorigkeit. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr, Leipz. & Berl, 1900, xxvi, 36-38.—Schaefer (K. L.) & Gruschke (G.) Ueber einen neuen elekt ro-akustischen Ap- parat zur Horscharfemessung mittels einer kontinuierlichen Tonreihe. Beitr. z. Anat. Phvsiol, Path. u. Therap. d. Ohres [etc.], Berl, 1921, xvi, 56-61.—Shearer (D. F.) A method for determining the existence of deafness. Lancet, Lond, 1911, i, 1305.—Sonnenscheln (R.) Proper diagnosis as a guide to prognosis and operative treatment of impaired hearing. Illinois M. J., Chicago, 191s, xxxiv, 324-326.-----. A study of the Rinn6 test in one hundred cases. Laryngo- scope, St.Louis, 1922,xxxii, 184-204—Stefaninl(A.) Fono- metro a sfere urtantisi per misure assolute del potere uditivo. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1917, xxviii, 147-157.-----. L'alternatore pendolare come nuovo tipo dl acumetro. Ibid., 1920, xxxi, 232-235.—Stein (O. J.) Three reflex signs useful in examining the ears for deafness. Tr. Am. Vead. Ophth. [etc.], St. Louis, 1919, xxiv, 317-322.—Stein (V. S.) Die Grenzen der SchwerhSrigkeit. Nord. med. Ark, Stock- holm, 1903.3. f..lii, afd. 1, no. 21,1-23— Stenger. Ein Ver- such zur objectiven Feststeliung einseitiger Taubheit, bezw. Schwerhorigkeit mittelst Stimmgabeln. Arch. f. Ohrenh, Leipz, 1900, 1, 197— TUlot (E.) Des excitations fonction- nelles dans la surdite. Rev. med. de Normandie, Rouen, 1911, xii, 127-132.—Tommasi (I.) Metodo pratico del cam- pionmento dei diapason, della determinazione del potere uditivo e alcune osservazioni in proposito. Arch. ital. dl otol. [etc.], Torino, 1911, xxii, 47-59, 1 ch.-Tonlettl (P.) Studio critlco di alcune recentl esperienze destlnate a svelare la sordita bilaterale. Ibid., 1902-3, xiii, 195-200.—Torretta (A.) Strumento d' uso correute nella pratica medico-chirur- gica atto a sostituire i diapason 16-64 v. d. nella determi- nazione del limite inferiore dell' audizione. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. dl laringol. letcj. 1912, Siena, 1913, xv, pt. 2, 457- 460.—Uffenorde (W.) Die Priifung des Hornervenappa- rates mit der c&- Stimmgabel. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1922, xlviii, 120-122.—Vogel (H.) Ueber die Verkurzung der Hordauer der c* -Stimmgabel bei Ner- venschwerhorigkeit infolge Detonationsschadigung. Beitr. z. Anat, Physiol, Path. u. Therap. d. Ohres [etcl, Berl, 1922, xviii, 26.V267 Voss (O.) Ein neues Verfahren zur Feststeliung einseitiger Taubheit. Beitr. i. Anat, Physiol, Path. u. Therap. d. Ohres [etc.}, Berl., 1908, li, 145-152.—Waetzmann (E.) Ueber eine vereinfachte Methode zur Priifung der H6rscharfe vermittels Interferenz. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Wiesb, 1911, lxiii, 145-149 — Wagener. Zur Bestimmung der einseitigen Taubheit. Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch, Jena, 1912, xxi, 155- DEAFNESS. 359 DEAFNESS. Deafness (Diagnosis of). 159.—Wanner (F.) Die Diagnose der einseitigen Taub- heit. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med, Leipz, 1899, lxvi, 535- 553, 1 diag.—Weidner (P.) Functional ear tests. Yale M. J, N. Haven, 1910-11, xvii, 359-368.—White (F. W.) Dem- onstration of a new noise-producing apparatus. Internat. Otol. Cong. Tr, Bait., 1912, ix 475.—WUlcutt (G. H.) Complete unilateral deafness resulting from acute parotitis; report of a case. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1917, xxvii, 811.—Wolf (O.) Ueber die Verwendung der Sprachlaute fiir Horpriifung und zum Unterricht in der Taubstum- menschule. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh, Wiesb, 1899, xxxvi, 163- 165.—Yearsley (M.) Clinical tests of the hearing sense. Polyclin. Lond, 1907, xi, 93-95.—Zange (J.) Chronische progressive Schwerhorigkeit und Wassermannsche Serore- aktion. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh, [etc.], Wiesb, 1910. lxii, 1-19. Deafness (Feigned). See Deafness (Diagnosis of); Malingering. Deafness (Hysterical). See, also, Deaf-mutism (Hysterical); Hyste- ria (Manifestations of). Alexander (W.) Beitrag zur Behandlung der hysteri- sehen Taubheit. Ztschr. f. phys. u. diatet. Therap, Leipz, 1918, xxii, 52-54.—von Artwlnski (E.) Beitrage zur hyste- risehen Taubstummheit und Stummheit, Beobachtungen wahrend des Krieges. Neurol. Centralbl, Leipz, 1919, xxxviii, 454-462— Berthold (B.) Die Aufdeckung des wah- ren Horvermogens bei funktioneller Schwerhorigkeit. Miin- chen. med. Wchnschr, 1918, lxv, 847.—Brindel. Valeur de l'examen complet de Pappareil auditif (epreuves fonction- nelles, nystagmiques et eiectriques) dans la surdite hyste- rique, a propos de trois cas de cette affection chez des fillettes de quinze a seize ans. Rev. de larvngol. [etc.], Par, 1916, i, 305; 329.—Bruhl. Beiderseitige 'hysterische Taubheit. Berl. khn. Wchnschr, 1913, 1, 896.—Campeggiani (M.) Sordita bilaterale totale di natura isterica. Gior. di med. mil, Roma, 1913, lxi, 781-802.—Chavanne (F.) Surdite hysterique unilaterale datant de cinq ans chez une malade atteinte d'epilepsie jacksonienne. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par, 1902, xxviii, pt. 2, 39-46.—Dolger (R.) Hysterische rechtseitige Taubheit mit gleichseitiger Hy- peraesthesie des ausseren Ohres. Munchen. med. Wchn- schr, 1905, Iii, 652. -----. Hysterische (funktionelle) abso- lute Taubheit beiderseits (voUkommene Anasthesie des N. acusticus mit Hypasthesie des N. vestibularis). Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1912, xxxvii, 1696.—Fraser (J.S.) Hysterical deafness in soldiers. Lancet, Lond, 1917, li, 872.—Gopfert (J.) Zur Behandlung der hysterisehen Taubheit (und Stummheit). Vox, Berl, 1918, xxviii, 154- 167.—Glittich (A.) Vestibularbefund bei hysterischer Taubheit. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1918, lv, 847.-----. Ueber den Vestibularis-Befund bei hysterisch Ertaubten und iiber die Grenzen der normalen kalorischen Erregbarkeit des Vestibularapparates. Beitr. z. Anat, Physiol, Path. u. Therap. d. Ohres [etc.], Berl, 1919, xi, 232-243.—Hirschield (R.) Bemerkung zur Therapie der hysterisehen Taubheit. Med. Klin, Berl, 1917, xiii, 892.—Hurst (A. F.) The treat- ment of hysterical deafness. Med. Press, Lond, 1920, n. s, cvi; 9.—Hurst (A. F.) & Peters (E. A.) A report on the pathology, diagnosis, and treatment of absolute hysterical deafness in soldiers. Lancet, Lond, 1917, ii, 517-519 — Jones (J. A.) Hysterical deafness in children. Med. Chron, Manchester, 1913-14, lviii, 31-33.—McBrlde (P.) Deafness due to hysteria and alhed conditions. Edinb. M. J, 1906, n. s, xix, 391-401. Also, transl.: Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par, 1906, i, 689-701—McKenzie (D.) A case of hysterical deafness diagnosed (and cured) by the ca- loric vestibular test. J. Laryngol. Lond., 1912, xxvii, 37 — Mal jean. Sur deux cas de surdite hysterique gueris rapide- ment par la suggestion operatoire. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par, 1903, xxix, 408-419.—Marbalx. Acces de surdite hysterique avec double conscience. Presse Oto- laryngol, beige, Brux, 1912, xi, 403-407—Moll. Surdite hysterique. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par, 1906, i, 609- 615.—Molllson (W. M.) The monocord as a means of treat- ing unilateral hysterica] deafness. Guy's Hosp. Rep, Lond, 1921, Ixxi, 206.—Muck (O.) Beitrag zur Diagnose und Therapie der Emotionstaubheit. Med. KUn, Berl., 1917, xiii, 939.—Niccolal (N.) A proposito di un caso di sordita verbale isterica pura, d' origine pitiatica. Riv. crit. di clin. med, Firenze, 1913, xiv, 628-633.—Prada. Un caso de sordera bilateral histero-traumatica. Rev. de med. y cirug.pract, Madrid, 1916, cxiii,345.—Putelli(F.) Sordita, mutita e sordomutita istero-traumatiche. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1917, xxviii, 7-11.—Splra (R.) [Hysteri- cal deafness.] Przegl. lek. Krakdw, 1914, liii, 433-436.— Thanlsch (J.) Ein Fall von hysterischer Taubheit. Arch. f. Ohrenh, Leipz, 1905-6, lxvi, 116-119.—Tormene (E.) Un caso di sordita isterica. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.], 1908, Pavia, 1910, xii, pt. 2,159—Weber (H.) Hysterische Taubheit. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1916, lxiii, 1054.—Yearsley (P. M.) & Wlngfleld (H. E.) A case of hysterical deafness treated by suggestion. Lancet, Lond, 1909, ii, 997.—Zeehandelaar (I.) Genezing van twee geval- len van hysterische doofheid door hypnose. Nederl. Tijd- schr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1916, ii, 41-49. Deafness (Prevention of). Love (J. K.) Diseases of the ear in school children. 8°. London, 1919. Amberg (E.) Prevention of deafness. Grace Hosp. Bull, Detroit, 1921-2, vi, Nos. 2, 3, 4, 7-14.—Aymard (J. L.) Prevention of deafness; with special reference to tonsil- lectomy and tonsillotomy. Med. J. S. Africa, Johannesb, 1921-2, xvii, 30-32.—Baker (C. H.) Preventable deafness. J. Mich. M. Soc, Detroit, 1903, ii, 159-163.—Bryant (W. S.) The importance of aural inspections and functional tests in healthy individuals; a plea for the prevention of deafness. Ann. Otol, Rhinol. & Laryngol, St. Louis, 1907, xvi, 374- 379. Also: N. York State J. M, N. Y, 1907, vii, 270-272. -----. The preservation of hearing. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1907, Ixxi, 349.-----. Preventable deafness. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1909, liii, 89-91. Also, Reprint.—Bucklln (C. A.) The prevention of deafness. Med. Rec, N. Y.; 1893, xUv, 198-203. Also, Reprint.—Davis (J. L.) Defective hearing; its early origin, contributory causes, and practical measures of prevention. Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1920, 3. s, xxxvi, 844-849.—Emerson (F. P.) The responsibility of the general practitioner and of the specialist in the prevention of deafness. Tr. N. Hampshire M. Soc, Concord, 1909, 228- 246, 2 pi. Also: Boston M. & S. J, 1910, clxii, 343-347.— Gaudier & Lien. De la prophylaxie de la surdite a l'ecole. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1911, xv 185-196.—Hays (H. M.) Can deafness be prevented? Am. Med, Burlington, Vt, & N. Y, 1915, n. s, x, 122-124.-----. Needed measures for the prevention of deafness during early life. J. Am. M. Ass, Chi- cago, 1921, lxxvii, 263-267.—Heath (C. J.) The prevention of the deafness and mortality which result from aural sup- puration. Internat. Otol. Cong. Tr, Bait, 1912, ix, 413- 420, 1 ch. Also: Papers Internat. Otol. Cong, Bost, 1912, ix, 317-326.—Jacques (P.) La prophylaxie de la surdite chez les ecoliers. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par, 1910, ii, 753-759. Also: M6d. inf., Par, 1911, vui, 265-270.—James (J. H.) The prevention of deafness. St. Paul M. J, St. Paul, Minn, 1913, xv, 57-67.—Kobrak (F.) Anregungen zu einer Bekampfungder Schwerhorigkeit im vorschulpflichti- gen Alter. Med. Klin, Berl, 1921, xvii, 61.—Lautenbach (L. J.) The prevention of deafness, or a plea for the recogni- tion of the involvement of the ear when colds are severe and frequent, and for prompt and judicious treatment. St. Louis Cour. Med.. 1900, xxiii, 49-55.—Lewis (J. D.) Causes and prevention oi acquired deafness. Journal-Lancet, Min- neap, 1913, xxxiii, 458-460.—Love (J. K.) Discussion on the prevention of deafness in non-suppurative cases. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1912, ii, 429-431.—Makuen (G. H.) The preven- tion of deafness and the instruction of the deaf child. N. York State J. M, N. Y, 1912, xii, 286-289. Also: Pediatrics, N. Y, 1912, xxiv, 335-342. Also, Reprint.-----. The pre- vention of deafness. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, N. Bedford, Mass, 1913, xiii, pt. 1, 18-28. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1913, xcviii, 305-307. Also, Reprint.—Newhart (H.) The con- servation of hearing. Minnesota Med, St. Paul, 1918, i, 161- 168.—de Parrel (G.) La prophylaxie de la surdite. Rev. g6n. de clin. et de therap. Par, 1922, xxxvi, 145; 162. Also, transl.: Semana med, Buenos Aires, 1922, xxix, pt. 2,325.— Pratt (J. A.) Deafness following febrile diseases, and its prevention. N. York M. J. [etch 1909, Ixxxiv, 1007-1009. Also, Reprint.—Qulx (F.) Die Prophylaxe der Taubheit bei Schulkindern. Monatschr. f. Wasserh, Munchen, 1910, xvii, 145-164.—Root (C. W.) Prevention of deafness; ex- amination of the sense of hearing in children before or in school life. Tr. M. Soc Wisconsin, Madison, 1896, xxx, 498- 499.—Scheppegrell (W.) The prevention of deafness. No. York M. J. [etc.], 1907" lxxxvi, 440-442. Also, Reprint. -----. The prevention of deafness. N. Orl. M. & S. J, 1912-13, lxv, 292-295.—Snow (S.) Prevention of ca- tarrhal states that lead to deafness. Cong, internat. de med. (xvi.). C.-r., Budapest, 1910, Sect, xvi, Otol, 573-580.—Texler (V.) Prophylaxie de la surdite. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1905, 2. s, xxiii, 301-313.—Tomllnson (W. H.) Preventable deafness. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1913, Ixxxiv, 569-571.—Yearsley (M.) The prevention of deaf- ness in children. Brit. J. Child. Dis, Lond, 1912, ix, 396- 404. -----. The causes which lead to acquired deafness in children and their prevention. Child, Lond, 1912-13, iii, 895-906. -----. The prevention of acquired deafness. Pub. Health, Lond, 1912-13, xxvi, 369-371. -----. The problem of deafness and its prevention. Eugenics Rev. Lond, 1914-15. vi, 116-129. Also: West. Canada M. J, Winnipeg, 1914, viii, 504-518.-----. The preventive treat- ment of catarrhal deafness. Practitioner., Lond, 1915, xciv, 804-812.-----. A lesson in the prevention of catarrhal deafness. Lancet, Lond, 1922, ii, 1167. Deafness (Syphilitic). See Deafness and syphilis. Deafness (Traumatic). See, also, Ear (Wounds and injuries of). Bourgeois (H.) & Sourdille (M.) War otitis and war deafness; diagnosis, treatment, medical reports; preface by Medecin-inspecteur Toubert. DEAFNESS. 360 DEAFNESS. Deafness (Traumatic). English translation by J. D.Grant. 8°. London, 1918. Schtjlze (F. W. R.) *Zur Frage der post- operativen Taubheit. 8°. Gottingen, 1913. de Champeaux. Commotion violente par coup de canon ayant amene une surdite a gauche et une diminution considerable de l'ouie a droite: troubles d'equilibration. Arch, de med. et pharm. nav. Par, 1914, ci, 378-381.— Cornet (P.) Surdites progressives bilaterales post-trau- matiques. Bull, de laryngol, otol. & rhinol. Par, 1910, xiii, 174-176.—Drouot (E.) La reeducation des sourds de la guerre. Rev. scient. Par, 1917, i, 269-272.—Frieden- wald (H.) Traumatic labyrinthine deafness. Internat. Otol. Cong, Tr, Bait, 1912, ix, 587-591.—Gault. Sur l'utihsation du reflexe cochieo-orbieulaire (ou cocnieo- palpebral) chez les sourds de guerre. Rev. de laryngol. [etc.], Par, 1916, i, 367-369.-----. Considerations sur 1 ex- pertise du sourd traumatique. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.]. Par, 1922, xxviii, 400-411.—Got. La surdite de guerre par lesion de l'oreille interne. Rev. de laryngol. [etc.], Par, 1916, i, 1-8. Also, transl.: J. Laryngol, Lond, 1916, xxxi, 374-380—Grant (D.) Case of traumatic deafness. Polyclin, Lond, 1903, vii, 212.—Hoffman (R.) Trau- matische Ertaubung durch direkte Verletzung des Laby- rinths. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Wiesb, 917, Orig., lxxv, 73-89.—Hurst (A. F.) & Peters (E. A.) War deafnesses. Lancet, Lond, 1917, ii, 622.—Katharlner (L.) Verlust des Gehors infolge einer Schussverletzung. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1915, lxii, 1451.-----. Ueber die Behand- lung der traumatischen Taubheit. Ibid., 1558.-----. Er- gebnisse der Behandlung von traumatischer Taubheit nach dem Verfahren von Marage. Ibid., 1916, lxiii, 1560.— von Koleszar (I. L.) Beiderseitige Taubheit infolge einer Schadelverletzung. Pest med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1914,1, 188.—Kttmmel. Taubheit nach ausschliesslicher. Verletzung des Sacculus endolymphaticus. Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch. Jena, 1909, 262-265.—Lannois & Chavanne. Le pronostic des surdites de guerre. Lyon med, 1916, cxxv, 209—McBride (P.) War deafnesses. Lancet, Lond, 1917, ii, 658—McBride (P.) & Turner (A. L.) War deafness, with special reference to the value of vestibular tests. Ibid., 1918, ii, 73.—McKenzie (D.) Case of post-traumatic deafness; functional deafness excluded by vestibular tests. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med. 1913, Lond, 1914, vii, Sect. Neurol, Ophthalmol. & Otol, p. xv — Manasse (P.) Zur pathologischen Anatomie der trau- matischen Taubheit. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl, 1907, clxxxix, 188-209, 2 pi.—Marage. La reeducation des surdites consecutives a des blessures de guerre. BuU. Soc. philomat. de Par. 1915-16, 10. s, viii, 40-54. Also: Bull, de l'Inst. gen. psvchol. Par.. 1916, xv, 5-21.-----. Traitement des nypoaebusies consecutives a des blessures de guerre. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1915, clxi, 319- 322; 148-150.—Mayer (O.) Ein Fall von beiderseitiger Taubheit nach einem Kopftrauma. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1910, xxui, 622-626.—Mollison ( W. M.) Three cases of head injury with deafness. Guy's Hosp. Rep, Lond, 1912, lxvi, 72-75.—Moure, Lannois & Hautant. Moyen d'etablir l'acuite auditive des blesses ou malades attemts d'affection des oreilles; necessite de l'etablissement d'une feuille auditive; appareils enregistreurs automatiques. Rev. de laryngol. [etc.], Par, 1916, i, 357-367.—de Parrel (G.) Surdite de guerre et methode orale. Ibid.. 401-423. Portmann (G.) & Retrouvey (H.) Surdite totale bi- laterale par traumatisme. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bor- deaux, 1921, xlu, 442. Also: J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1921, li, 538.—Prenant & Castex (A.) Recherches experi- mentales et histologiques sur la commotion des labyrinthes (surdites de guerre). Paris med, 1917, xix, 197-201.— Putelll (F.) Sordita, mutita e sordomutita istero-trau- matiche. Gior. di med. mil, Roma, 1917, lxv, 302-304.— Racine & Muck. Ueber einen Fall von angeblicher ein- seitiger Taubheit nach einer Kopfverletzung. Aertzl. Saehverst.-Ztg, Berl, 1906, xu, 367-369.—Ranjard (R.) Les surdites par obusite. Bull. Acad, de med. Par, 1916, 3. s, lxxvi, 195-198. Also: Paris med, 191617, xxi, 279- 283.—Richter (A.) Ueber nervose Horstorungen nach Explosionswirkung. Jahrb. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol, Leipz. & Wien, 1917-18, xxxvui, 373-380.— Shambaugh (G. E.) Impairment of hearing due to fracture at base of skull. Surg. Clin, Phila, 1920, iv, 1069-1071.— Ulrlch (K.) Ohren- arztliche Betrachtungen zur Anamnese von Begehrungs- neurotikern. Schweiz. med. Wchnschr, Basel, 1921, li, 1041-1047.—Wanner (F.) Ein Fall von doppelseitiger Taubheit fiir Sprache nach Sehildeltrauma (Verseniittung). Monaischr. f. Unfallhcilk, Leipz, 1906, xii, 261-267.— Wilson (J. G.) The effects of high explosives on the ear. Ann. Otol, Rhinol. & Laryngol, St. Louis, 1918, xxvii 1088-1093. Deafness (Treatment of). See, also, Ear (Diseases of, Treatment of); Lip- reading. Barber (F. A.) Deafness, its cause, preven- tion and relief; a compendium of authoritative information. 8°. Boston, [1916]. Deafness (Treatment of). Berndt (G. H.) Die Heilung der Schwer- horigkeit, Ohrensausen und Ohrenleiden durch die Methode des Dr. Marage. Gemeinverstand- lich beschrieben. 8°. Leipzig, [1904]. Boudin (E.) La surdity, moyen d'y remedier par la lecture sur les livres. 8°. Paris, 1912. Brauckmann (K.) Die psychische Entwick- lung und padagogische Behandlung schwerho- riger Kinder. 8°. Berlin, 1901. Chavaxne. Le traitement de la surdite; pro- phylaxie et hygiene. 12°. Paris, 1905. Collier (M.) Chronic progressive deafness; its causation and treatment. 8°. London, 1905 Downing (M.) Extraordinary cures of deaf- ness; with practical observations on the most successful treatment of diseases of the ear. 12°. Brighton, 1843. Hartmann (F.) Erkenntniss und Behandlung derjenigen Schwerhorigkeit welche auf raumli- chen Missverhaltnissen des aussern Gehorganges beruht. Nebst einem Anhange iiber das Ver- haltniss der Ohrenheilkunde zu andern arztli- chen Spezialitaten. 8°. Trier, 1855. Kramer (W.) Erfahrungen iiber die Er- kenntniss und Heilung der langwierigen Schwer- horigkeit. 12°. Berlin, 1833. Lucae (A.) Die chronische progressive Schwerhorigkeit; ihre Erkenntnis und Behand- lung. 8°. Berlin, 1907. Muller (A.) * "Serum antisclereux" Mal- herbe. [Heidelberg.] 8°. Berlin dc Wien, 1909. Repr. from: Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl. u. Wien, 1909, xliii. Murray (C. H.) & Murray (M. S.) A drugless treatment for partial deafness and deafness; osteopathic, somopathic, naturopathic, chiro- practic, mechano-therapic. 8°. Elgin, III., [1915]. Riley (J. S.) A treatise on the cure of deaf- ness, from the actual experience of one who has made a success of the treatment. S\ Washington, 1917. Achscharumow (D. D.I Beitrage zur Behandlung. der senilen Schwerhorigkeit. Therap. Monatsh, Berl.. 1904, xviii, 26-2X.—Andrews (Harriet U.) The Wright Oral School: a sketch. Volta Rev.. Wash, 1919, xxi, 297; 330; 450, port— Baerens (O.F.) Deafness; a new method of treatment. Med. Council, Phila, 1911, xvi, 17-19.— Baker (F.) Treatment and education of the deaf; the anatomy and physiology of the ear. Tr. M. Soc. Dist. Columb. 1898, Wash. 1899, iii, 94 9s.—Barany (R.) Sur un cas de retablisscment complet de l'audition apres surdite totale ayant dur6 un an avec le syndrome deerit par Baranv. Vrch. iiiternat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par, 1913, xxxv, 384- 3v.i. Barclay i U.) How to cure, by a novel method, nope- less fuses of deafness and discharge from the ear. Med. FortinghtK . St. Louis, 1903, xxui, 217-223.-----. A method of radical relief of cases of deafness long abandoned as hope- less; illustrated bv a case of nineteen years' standing. J. Missouri M. Ass, St. Louis, 1905-6, ii, 121-129— Bellows (H. P.) Rapid vibration in tho treatment of catarrhal deafness N. Am. J. Homceop, X. Y, 1903, li, 342-344— Bernoud. Des catheterismes d'air chaud dans le traitement de la surdite. Lyon med, 1904, ciii, 217-219.—Blake (C. J.) Mechanical treatment of tension anomalies. Arch. Otol, N. Y, 1892, xxi, 166-173. Also, Reprint.—Bravetta (K.) Come procurare ai sordi la gioia di udire? Igiene e vita, Roma, 1922, v, 106-110—Breitung (M.) Mittheiling zur Behandlung der chronischen progressiven Schwerhorigkeit durch hochfrequente Erschiittorungsniassage des Trom- melfells vermittelst der electromotorischen Luftpumpe. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh, Berl, 1899, xxxiii, 325-332.—Brown (E. J.) Hot air and calomel vapors in the treatment of catarrhal deafness and other mucous membrane and svstemic conditions. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1917, xcii, 593. Also, Reprint. Burot (T.) Surdite double datant de dix jours guerie en une seule seance par la suggestion. Rev. de l'hypnot. et psychol. Physiol, Par. l\**-9, iii, 251.—Cobb (C. M.) The problem which confronts the otologist in the treatment of chronic catarrhal deafness. Med. Rec, X. Y, 1908. lxxiii, 818.-----. The treatment of progressive catarrhal deafness. Med. Rev. of Rev, X. Y, 1918, xxiv, 27S-284. Cook (H. E.) Deafness; its cause and newest treatment. Louisville Month. J. M. & S, 1911-12, xviii, 257-260.— Copeland (R. S.) The curability of deafness. Hahneman. DEAFNESS. 361 DEAFNESS. Deafness (Treatment of). Month, Phila, 1902, xxxvii, 426-430.—Cott (G. F.) Non surgical treatment of the commonest form of deafness Buffalo M. J, 1901-2, n. s, xii, 349-357.—Crane (C G ) Catarrhal deafness; its logical treatment. Am J Sure N Y, 1916, xxx, 141-143.-Davis (G. E.) Report of cases of deafness of uncertain origin, greatly benefited by anti- specific medication. Ann. Otol, Rhinol. & Laryngol St. Louis, 1918, xxvii,391.-Di Colo (F.) Un nuovo metodo di cura della sordita. Gazz. internaz. di med Napoli 1908, xi, 177-180.—Emerson (F. P.) Changing methods and advances in the treatment of progressive deafness from chronic secretory otitis media. Ann. Otol, Rhinol & Laryngol, St. Louis, 1917, xxvi, 1007-1018.—A lso: Boston M. & S. J, 1917 ? Clxxvii, 5^3-588.-----. Changing methods and advances in the treatment of progressive deafness following chronic catarrhal otitis media. Boston M & S. J., 1919, clxxx, 519-523.—Emery (J. C.) The good effects of pilocarpine in certain forms of deafness. Mass. M J Bost, 1900, xx. 241-246.—Ferrall (J. A.) Wild aurists i have met. Volta Rev, Wash, 1920, xxii, 421-425.—Geyser (A. C.) The physiological treatment of catarrhal deafness. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1914, c, 81-83.—GUlman (R. W.) Intratympanlc injections of pilocarpine in chronic catarrhal deafness. J. Mich. M. Soc, Detroit, 1903, ii, 129-131.— Gluck (C.) Common deafness; its more accurate handling. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1918, xciii, 410-415.—Goldsmith (P. G.) The pathology and treatment of chronic catarrhal deafness. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1922, xxxii, 696-708.— Goldstein (M. A.) The physician and the deaf child. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1910, xx, 624-632.—Gradenigo (G.) Sull' uso del midollo delle ossa nei trattamento della sordita progressiva da otosclerosi. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1903, lxvi, 624-627.-----. La cura con i sali di calcio nella sordita progressiva da otosclerosi. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med, Napoli, 1914, n. s, xxxvi, 888-890. Also, transl.: Clinique, Brux, 1914, xxviii, 481-483.— Haughey (W.) Paracutic deafness; a new explanation and treatment, with report of two cases. J. Mich. M. Soc, Grand Rapids, 1914, xiii, 85-87.—Hays (H.) The rational treatment of catarrhal deafness and tinnitus. Internat. Clin, Phila, 1911, 21. s, iv, 186-202.-----. The symptoms and rational treatment of pocket handkerchief deafness. Interstate M. J, St. Louis, 1915, xxi, 1069-1076.-----. How can we meet the problem of the deaf? Ibid., 1916, xxiii, 779-790.-----. The modern conception of deafness and its treatment. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1921, xxxi, 673-686.— Heine (B.) Die wichtigsten Ursachen der Schwerhorigkeit und ihre Behandlung. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild, Jena, 1907, iv, 161-167.—Hinckley (Alice C.) Six weeks with a supposedly hopeless case [of deafness]. Psychol. Clin, Phila, 1914-15, viii, 213-229.—Holinger (J.) About the treat- ment of nerve deafness. Illinois M. J, Chicago, 1914, xxv, 80-83. A lso, Reprint.—Holmgren (G.) Lumbar puncture in some cases of impaired hearing after detonation. Acta oto-laryngol, Stockholm, 1918-19, i, 294-298.—Hubby (L. M.) The treatment of deafness with sonorous vibrations by the Zund-Burguet method. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1914, lxxxv, 200.—Ibbotson (W.) Some practical points in the exami- nation, diagnosis, and treatment of certain forms of deafness. J. Roy. Nav. M. Serv, Lond, 1917, ii, 304-315.—Jervey (J. W.) A new and efficient procedure in the treatment of ca- tarrhal deafness. J. South. Car. M. Ass, Georgia, 1906, ii, 10-14.-----. The successful treatment of catarrhal deafness; with especial reference to conditions in the fossae of Rosen- miiller. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1908,1,1600-1602.—Karth (J.) Heilung der Taubheit; Gehorverbesserung; Sprachun- terricht durchs Ohr in Taubstummen-Anstalten. Med.- padagog. Monatschr, Berl, 1903, xui, 257; 321: 1904, xiv, 70; 157.—Kerrison (P. D.) The treatment of advanced tym- panic deafness; clinical observations, bearing on the prob- lems involved. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1915, lxiv, 108-114. -----. The psychology of deafness with suggestions as to a more comprehensive plan of treatment. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1915, xxv, 257-271.-----. The psychic factor in deafness; with suggestions as to a more comprehensive plan of treatment of the hard-of-hearing. Ohio M. J, Columbus, 1915, xi, 679-684.—Koenig (C. J.) Treatment of deafness by direct massage of the ossicles of the ear. Internat. Clin, Phila, 1902, 12. s, iii, 56-62.—Kummel. Beurteilung und Behandlung funktioneller Horstorungen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl.. 1918, xliv, 56.-----. Entste- hung, Erkennung und Behandlung seelisch verursachter Horstorungen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1918, lxv, 335.— Lannois & Chavanne (F.) Le pronostic des surdites de guerre (d'apres 1,000 cas). Lyon med, 1915, cxxv, 35-40.— de Lavarenne (E.) Prophvlaxie et traitement de la sur- dite; etiologie; pathogenie; indications therapeutiques gene- rales. Presse med. Par, 1904. i, 369-371.-----. Prophy- laxie et traitement de la surdite; technique; indications par- ticulieres; resultats. Ibid., 379r382.—Lavrand (H.) Le massage phonoide dans la surdite progressive. Arch, in- ternat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par, 1913, xxxvi, 140-144.— Lecoq. Surdite; ablation de vegetations adeno'ides; gueri- son. Normandie med, Rouen, 1906, xxi, 261.—Lermoyez (M.) Thiosinamine in the treatment of deafness. Internat. Clin, Phila, 1907, 17. s, iv, 283-292.—Lermoyez (M.) & Mahu (G.) Le thiosinamine et le traitement de la surdite. Presse med. Par, 1907, xv, 393-395.—Love (J. K.) The method of dealing with and developing the residual hearing- Deafness (Treatment of). power and speech of the deaf. J. Laryngol, Lond, 1903, xviii, 393-397.-----. A plea for the study of the deaf child and for the teaching of speech to the semi-deaf and semi- mute. Glasgow M. J, 1906, lxvi, 322: 1907. lxvii 1; 118. -----. The deaf child from the viewpoint ofthe physician and of the teacher. Tr. Am. Laryngol, Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, New Bedford, Mass, 1910, 64-83,1 ch. Also: Glasgow M. J, 1910, lxxiv, 1-17—Lucae (A.) Vibratory massage in the treatment of progressive deafness, with especial con- sideration of my elastic pressure-probe. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1900; ix, 157-168.—Macfarlan (D.) Pneumomassage in ear conditions. J. Ophth, Otol. & Laryngol, Lancaster, Pa, 1920. 188-198.—McKinney (R.) The treatment catar- rhal deafness, with especial reference to tinnitus aurium. J. Tenn. M. Ass, Nashville, 1921-2, xiv, 62-70.—Mailand (C.) Measures for the relief of hard-of-hearing school chil- dren. Child, Lond, 1919-20, x, 289-298.—Makuen (G. H.) Teaching the deaf child to hear. Penn. M. J, Athens, 1905-6. ix, 404-407. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1906, Ixxxiii, 540- 542.-----. The medico-educational problem of the deaf child. Tr. Am. Laryngol, Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, N. Y, 1911, xvii, 208-214.-----. The early home treatment of the deaf child. Papers Internat. Otol. Cong, Bost, 1912, ix, 359- 366.—Marage. Le traitement des surdites de guerre. Pro- gres med. Par, 1917, 3. s, xxxii, 155.—Mason (A. B.) Earache and deafness. J. Med. Ass. Georgia, Augusta, 1918- 19, viii, 99-103.—Maurice. La thiosinamine et la surdite. Rev. med. Par, 1908, xviii, 299.—de Mendoza (S.) Sur le traitement des obstructions de la trompe d'Eustache et de la surdite consecutive par l'emploi methodique des bougies regulierement graduees. Internat. Otol. Cong. 1899, Lond, 1900, vi, 415-418— Meyjes (W. P.) Doofheid behandeld met mesothorium. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1914, ii, 2079-2083. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl, 1915, xlix, 749.—Moll (A. C. H.) Over methodische gehooroefeningen bij doofheid. Nederl. Tijd- schr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1905, 2. r, xii, d. 2, 164-166 — MUUer-Waldeck. Beitrag zur Behandlung der chroni- schen, fortschreitenden Schwerhorigkeit. Fortschr. d. Med., Berl, 1922, xl, 473.—Natler (M.) Traitement de la surdite. J. de med. de Par, 1904, 2. s, xvi, 204; 213; 264—Nitchle (E. B.) Educating the eye to substitute for deaf ears. Ann. Otol, Rhinol. & Laryngol, St. Louis, 1911, xx, 74-81. [Discussion], 213-217.—Ostmann. Ueber die Heilerfolge der Vibrationsmassage bei chronischer Schwerhorigkeit. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh, Wiesb, 1899, xxxv, 287-293, 1 diag. -----. Priifung des therapeutischen Werthes der Vibra- tionsmassage an Schwerhorigen. Arch. f. Ohrenh, Leipz, 1900-1901, li, 81-96, 2 diag.—Oxley (S.) Work with the deaf in Scandinavia, Denmark, Norway. Am. Ann. Deaf, Wash, 1922, lxvii, 204-212.—de Parrel (G.) The value of the results in anacousia depends on the local and general condition of the person who is deaf. Ann. Otol, Rhinol. & Laryngol, St. Louis, 1918, xxvii, 230-244.—PhUllps (W. C.) The deafened man's needs and what the physician should do for him. Volta Rev, Wash, 1920, xxii, 261-264.-----. The relation of the hard-of-hearing patient to the physician. Ann. Otol, Rhinol. & Laryngol, St. Louis, 1916, xxv, 1049- 1064.—Pouget (R. J.) Recherches experimentales sur l'action de la quinine et du salicylate de soude sur l'oreille. Rev. de laryngol. [etc.]. Par, 1918, xxxix, 509-520.—Reed (W. M.) Paracutic deafness and treatment. J. Missouri M. Ass, St. Louis, 1916, xiii, 372-374.—Rice (P.) The treat- ment of middle ear deafness. J. Ophth, Otol. & Laryngol, Lancaster, Pa, 1920, xxiv, 322-331.-----. The treatment of catarrhal deafness. Mil. Surgeon, Wash, 1920, xlvi, 185- 190.—Robinson (B.) The treatment of chronic catarrhal deafness. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1917, xci, 804.—Rogers (F. T.) What can be done for the deaf in Rhode Island. Rhode Island M. J, Providence, 1922, v, 213-216.—Roure. Quel- ques considerations sur la methode de Ziind-Burguet pour le traitement de eertaines surdites. Arch, internat. de laryn- gol. [etc.], Par.. 1911, xxxii, 458-463.—Sautter (C. M.) Case of chronic deafness benefited by the administration of pilo- carpin. Ann. Otol, Rhinol. & Laryngol, St. Louis, 1917, xxvi, 1022.-----. Pilocarpine in chronic deafness. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1918, cviii, 592. Also, Reprint.—Segura (E. V.) Tratamiento de ciertas formas de sordera por medio de las sales solubles de radium. Prensa med. argentina, Buenos Aires, 1914-15, i, 365-368.—Seitz (F. B.) Atmos- pheric pressure to the middle ear. Clin. Reporter, St. Louis, 1906, xix, 186-190—Servel (P.) Les differentes etapes de l'otologie et du traitement de la surdite. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. de Vaucluse, Avignon, 1910, v, 443-450.—Sieben- mann. Demonstration von Praparaten dreier Falle von Verschluss der runden Fensternische durch Fettgewebe; eine Beobachtung von Horverbesserung nach experimen- teller Tamponade der Fossula fenestra rotundae. Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch, Jena, 1899, viii, 19-22. 1 pi.— Snow (S. F.) Points of necessary prominence in tne treat- ment of catarrhal deafness. Tr. Am. Laryngol, Rhinol, & Otol. Soc. 1902, N. Y, 1903, viii, 10-16.—Sommer. Beseiti- gung funktioneller Taubheit besonders bei Soldaten durch eine experimental-psychologische Methode. Schmidt's Jahrb, Leipz, 1917, cccxxv, 65-75.—Spear (E. D.) Relief of deafness and apoplexy. Boston M. & S. J, 1915, clxxhl, 564.—Stoker (G.) The treatment of chronic middle-ear deafness by ozone. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1904, n. s, lxxvii, 281.—Taylor (H.) Plans for measuring the mprove- DEAFNESS. 362 DEAFNESS. Deafness (Treatment of). ment of the speech of deaf children. Proc. Conv. Am. Instr. Deaf, Wash., D. C, 1917, xxi, 153-156.—TUlot (E.) Le 1 reveil de l'ouie dans quelques cas de surdi-mutite et de sur- dite consecutive k la meningite cer6bro-spinale. Rev. med. de Normandia, Rouen, 1913, 101; 125.—Treltel. Ueber den Wert der Injektion von Pepsinlosung zur Besserung des Ge- hores. Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. GeseUsch, Jena, 1897, vi, 210-214.—Tretrop. Resultats personnels du traitement des vertiges, des bourdonnements de la surdite par la me- thode de Babinski. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larvnx [etc.], Par, 1904, xxx, 550-560.-----. Du traitement de la surdite par la methode de Babinsky. Ann. Soc. de med. d'Anvers, 1904, lxvi, 99-111.—Walton (W. T.) Faith-heal- ing and deafness. Volta Rev, Wash, 1921, xxiii, 414-416.— Watson (C.) On the treatment of deafness of middle-ear origin. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1902, i, 699-702: ii, 612-615.— Wlnslow (P. V.) Significant results obtained in treating catarrhal deafness. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1922, cxvi, 466 — Wright (J. D.) The deaf child's dependence on the phy- sician. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1916, lxvu, 895. Also, Reprint.—Yearsley (M.) The hot-air treatment of chronic deafness. Nursing Rec, Lond, 1902, xxviii, 447.-----. The treatment of the later Mages of chronic catarrhal deaf- ness. Cong, internat. de med. (xvi.). C.-r, Budapest, 1909, Sect, xvi, Otol, 323-326.-----. A lecture on the duty of the general practitioner to the deaf child. Lancet, Lond, 1910, ii, 781-784.—Zeehandelaar (J.) Heilung zweier Falle von schwerer funktioneller Taubheit durch Hypnose. Ztschr. f. Psychoth. u. med. Psychol, Stuttg, 1916-19, vii, 112-120. Deafness (Treatment of, Apparatus for). See, also, Audiphone; Ear-tubes, etc.; Membrana lympani (Artificial). Akouphone (The), being a history from its inception to the present time, 1902. 8°. New York, 1902. Bernard (F.) L'audiphone electro-magne- tique dans le traitement de la surdity. 12°. Paris, 1900. Duval (A.) *Etude critique des appareils acoustiques. 8°. Paris, 1911. Alt (F.) Ueber neuere Apparate zur Horverbesserung. Wien. med. Presse, 1907, xlviii, 325-330.—Barth (A.) Elek- trische Horapparate fiir Schwerhorige. Arch. f. Ohren-, Nasen- u. Kehlkopfh., Leipz, 1919-20, cv, 32-53.—Baum (E.) A device or artificial ear drum for use in impaired hearing and for the prevention of concussion deafness. La- ryngoscope, St. Louis, 1917. xxvu, 815-829.—Bentzen (S.) Ueber Verbesserung des Genors bei kunstlichem Trommel- felle. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh, Berl, 1902, xxxvi, 16-26.— Bernd. Die Frage der Horverbesserung durch kiinstnche Trommelfelle. Internat. Zentralbl. f. Ohrenh, Leipz, 1910, viii, 516-521.—Buck (C. T.) Ear device. [Pat. spec.] No. 1384595; July 12, 1921.—Campbell (J. A.) Artificial drum- heads. Clin. Reporter, St. Louis, 1906, xix, 224.—Cham- bers (T. R.) Tinnitus and deafness; a new instrument for their relief. Ann. Otol, Rhinol. & Laryngol, St. Louis, 1912, xxi, 1017, 1 pi. Also: Internat. Otol. Cong. Tr, Bait, 1912, ix, 472-474.—Clark (C.) Ear device for deaf. [Pat. spec] No. 1408500; Mar. 7, 1922.—Detert (A.) Akro- phon; ein neuer Hilfsapparat fiir Schwerhorige. Illust. Monatschr. d. arztl. Polytech., Berl, 1909, xxxi, 33-36.— Flatau (T. S.) Die ohrenarzthche Verordnung elektrischer Horapparate nebst Demonstration neuer Konstruktionen. Beitr. z. Anat, Phvsiol, Path. u. Therap. d. Ohres [etc.], Berl, 1910, 111, 467-471— Frldenberg (P.) Mechanical aids to hearing. Ann. Otol, Rhinol. & Laryngol, St. Louis, 1911, xx, 138-143. [Discussion], 182-190.—Garblna (G.) Primi risultatl personali di cura della sordita progressiva per mezzo del massagio fonoide coll' apparecchio del Dr. Maurice. Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, d. gola e. d. naso, Firenze, 1914. xxxu, 217-222.—Gezes (R.) Le traitement de la surdite par la sismophonotherapie. Languedoc med.-chir, Tou- louse, 1914, xxii, 81-93.-----. La sismophonotherapie eiec- trique dans la surdite. Arch. d'61ectric. med, Bordeaux, 1916 xxvi, 65-75.—HU1 (W.) On the employment of the artificial membrane in marked temporary deafness during the subacute stage following acute tympanic suppuration. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1908, i, 922.—Leach (J. S.) Massage ap- paratus for improving the hearing. [Pat. spec] No. 1355416; Jan. 11,1921.—Lebram. Hortelephone fiir Schwer- horige. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1908, xlv, 8S8— Le NouBne (L.) Sur l'adjonction d'un appareil microphonique au cornet acoustique pour soulager la surdite. Compt. rend Acad. d. sc. Par, 1911, clu, 1501-1503.—Lucae (A.) Ueber Mangel der Horrohre und uber zwei wichtigo von Normal- und Schwerhorigen bisher wenig beachtete Hilfsmittel. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1905, Iii, 209-214.—Melzi (U.) Le mie prime espcrienze personali sul nuovo metodo di cura della sordita progressiva coll'apparecchio elettrofonoide dl Ziind Burguet. Pensiero med, Milano, 1914, iv, 613; 625 — Musehold (A.) Behandlung der Schwerhorigkeit mit Luftwellen der Sirene. Therap. Monatsh, Berl, 1903, xvii. 497-502.—Neumann (J.) Ueber Schwerhorigkeit, deren Pruning und Correctur mittelst eines neuen elektrophoni- schen Hufsapparates. Mitth. d. Ver. d. Aerzte in Steier- Deafness (Treatment of, Apparatus for). mark, Graz, 1902, xxxix, 257; 313.—Pettiior (W. H.) In- struments for the rchef of deafness. Lancet, Lond, 1921, i, 32.—Preobrazhenskl (S. S.) [Combined vibration and metallic concha in the treatment of chronic deafness and murmurs.) Yezhcmles. Ushn, Gorlov. i Nosov. Bollezn, S.-Peterb, 1909, iv, 13-25.—Randall (B. A.) Some facts about artificial drumheads and other aids of hearing. Month. Cycl. Pract. Med, Phila, 1905, xviii [xix], 301-303.—Rosen- berg (A.) Apparatus for use in the treatment of deafness! [Pat. spec] No. 1077096; Oct. 28, 1913.—Sabine (P. E.) The efficiency of some artificial aids to hearing. Laryngo- scope, St. Louis, 1921, xxvi, 819-830.—Scruby (R.) The thermionic valve of Professor J. H. Fleming; a piece of appa- ratus capable of amplifying sound, with a demonstration to show the possibilities of applying the thermionic valve to aid the deaf. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1921-22, xv, Sect. Otol, 27.—Shambaugh (G. E.) Deafness improved by using artificial ear-drums. Surg. Clin. Chicago, Phila, 1920, lv, 6*9-692.-----. The problem of the hard of hearing ana electrical hearing devices. Ann. Otol, Rhinol. & Laryngol, St. Louis, 1922-23, xxxi, 225-230.—Sonnenschein (R.) Vi- bratory mechanism. Ibid., 1917, xxvi, 1053.—Sufie i Me- dan (L.) Resultados obtenldos por medio del" Kinesiphone Maurice " en el tratamiento de ciertas formas de sordera; primera serie de casos personales. Gac. med. Catal, Barcel, 1914, xUv, 241-253.-----. Contribuci6n al tratamiento de ciertas formas de sordera por medio del " kinesiphone Mau- rice," primera serie de casos personales. Rev. espan. de la- ringol. [etc.], Madrid, 1914, iv, 55-66.—Szenes (S.) Was ware gegen den Missbrauch zu tun, welcher mit den jede Taubheit heilenden Apparaten getrieben wird? Arch. f. Ohrenh.. Leipz, 1904, Ixui, 254-267. Also: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1905, xii, 354; 380; 402.—Womack (F.) On instrumental aids for deafness. Science Progr. 20. cent, Lond, 1915, x. 256-263.—Zwaardemaker (H.) Ueber Horapparate. Arch. f. Ohren-, Nasen- u. Kehlkopfh., Leipz, 1919, civ, 1-38. Deafness (Treatment of, Operative). Bosio (B.) Sulla cura della sordita da sclerosi per mezzo delle vaeti aperture timpaniche. 8°. Pavia, 1902. Chauveau (L.) *Etude critique des opera- tions pratiquees dans la caisse pour remeclier a la surdite' chez les sujets atteints d'otite chro- nique non suppuree. 8°. Paris, 1898. Ballenger (W. L.) Tenotomy of the tensor tympani muscle for the reUef of deafness and tinnitus. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1900, viii, 85-89.—Barclay (R.) A method oi radical rehef of cases of deafness long abandoned as hopeless; illustrated by reports from actual practice. J. Missouri M. Ass, St. Louis, 1906-7, iii, 607; 673.—BrUhl (G.) Schwer- horigkeit als Indikation fiir Nasenoperationen. Arch. f. Laryngol. & Rhinol., Berl, 1920, xxxiii, 447-453.—Bryant (W. S.) The use of aids to hearing and prostheses in middle- ear deafness. J. Laryngol, Lond, 1914, xxix, 12-20.—t'as- tellanl (L.) La divulsione tubarica nella cura di akune forme di sordita. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1917, xxviii, 158-167.—Hays (H.) Exploratory tvmpanotomy for reUef of deafness; presentation of two operated cases. Ann. Otol, Rhinol. & Laryngol, St. Louis, 1917, xxvi, 814-818.-----. Exploratory "tympanotomy for the relief o! deafness due to adhesions or chronic suppuration. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1917, cv 913-915. Also, Reprint.—Heath (C.) A short paper (founded upon an experience of 400 operations) on the restoration of hearing after removal of the drum and ossicles by a modification of the radical mastoid operation for suppurative ear disease. J. Laryngol, Lond, 1905, xx, 86- 93.-----. On the duty of restoring hearing bv operation in chronic aural suppuration. Brit. M. J, 1907, U, 80-82.— Jacques. Guerison operatoire d'une surdite bilaterale par coups de feu dans les deux conduits. Rev. med. de Pest, Nancy, 1912, xliv, 45-48.—Krukenberg (H.) Versuch einer operativen Behandlung der Schwerhorigkeit. Mun- chen. med. Wchnschr, 1920, lxvii, 835.— Laurens (G.) La chirurgie de la surdite; le proces du traitement chirurgical de l'otite sciereuse devant le Congres d'otologie de 1900. Presse med. Par, 1901, 1, 181-185.—von Liebermaim (T.) Ein Fall von operativ behobener vollkommener Taubheit infolge Gehorknochelchenfixation. Klin. Wchnschr, Berl, 1922, 1, 1104.—Lumlneau. De la ponction lombaire dans le traitement des troubles auditifs. Med. orient. Par, 1904, viii, 25-29.—McKelvey. An interesting operation on a deal boy. Inst. Quart, Springfield, 1920, xi, 60.—Myles (R. C.) The removal of the faucial tonsils as a means of relieving ca- tarrhal deafness. Am. J. Surg, N. Y, 1908, xxii, 193-195.— Panse (R.) Die operative Behandlung hochgradiger SchwerhSrigkeit. Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch, Jena, 1897, vi, 141-145.—S bast lei (T. H.) A new operation for chronic catarrhal and chronic suppurative deafness. Med. Rec. N. Y , 1895, xlviii, 636. Also, Reprint—Wagner (F.) Horbefunde vor und nach der Radikaloperation. Zt- schr. f. Ohrenh, Wiesb, 1898, xxiv, 165-183—White(F. F.) Operation for catarrhal deafness; recovery of hearing after ten years of almost total deafness. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1905, 1,1147. DEAFNESS. 363 DEAFNESS. Deafness (Treatment of) hy electricity. Connal (J. G.) & Rtddell (J. H.) The treatment of dul- ness of hearing and subjective noises in the ears by high- frequency currents. Glasgow M. J, 1904, lxii, 444-447 — Goodell (G. Z.) Electricity in the treatment of chronic deafness. J. Advanc. Therap., N. Y, 1904, xxii, 389-398 — Gradenlgo (G.) Dispositivo semphce per ottenere suoni di intensita costante e graduabiii con P elettricita. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1916, 4. s, xxii, 390-393.—Hamm. Die Behandlung der Schwerhorigkeit nach Mittelohrer- krankungen mittels Diathermie (Otothermie). Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1913, xxxix, 1368-1370 — Hirsh (A. B.) Chronic infective deafness relieved by the static brush discharge( Yates' method). J. Advanc. Therap, N. Y, 1915, xxxiii, 300-302.—Newman (R.) Electricity in deafness and structures of the Eustachian tube. Tr. Am. Electrother. Ass. 1898, Buffalo, 1899, viii, 90-101.—Roy (D.) Treatment of catarrhal deafness by electrolysis of the Eusta- chian tube. Atlanta Jour .-Rec. Med , 1900-1901, ii, 815-824. Also: Tr. M. Ass. Georgia, Atlanta, 1902, 314-321.—Schu- mann (P.) Heilung der Taubheit durch Galvanismus. Med.-padagog. Monatschr, Berl, 1904, 17-31.—Torrlnl (U. L.) Primo contributo personale sul trattamento terapeu- tico di alcuni casi di sordita per mezzo del massaggio elettro- formico. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1913, Venezia, 1914, xvi, pt. 2, 91-104.—Yates (D. G.) Electro- lysis in the treatment of deafness due to stricture of the Eu- stachian tubes. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1906, Ixxxiv, 426-428. —----. Treatment of chronic deafness by high potential elec- tric currents with report of cases. J. Advanc. Therap, N. Y, 1913, xxxi, 185-192.-----. Treatment of chronic deaf- ness by an electric current. Am. J. Electrotherap. & Ra- diol, N. Y, 1917, xxxv, 325-330. Deafness (Treatment of) with radium and mesothorium. Albrecht (W.) Ueber Radiumbehandlung bei Schwer- horigen. Beitr. z. Anat, Physiol, Path. u. Therap. d. Ohres [etc.], Berl, 1913-14, vii, 413-422.—Bryant (W. S.) Radium in middle ear deafness caused by chronic suppura- tion. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1914, c, 7. Also, Reprint- Burger (H.) Rachum-behandeling van doofheid. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1914, ii, 137-141.-----. Na- deelig gevolg van radium-behandeUng bij hardhoorendheid. Ibid.j 1916, i, 229-232.—Haenlein (O.) Radium und Meso- thorium bei Schwerhorigkeit und Ohrensausen. Beitr. z. Anat, Physiol, Path. u. Therap. d. Ohres. [etc.], Berl, 1913-14, vii, 423-449.—Hugel. Radium- und Mesothorbe- strahlung bei Schwerhorigkeit und Ohrensausen. Miin- chen. med. Wchnschr, 1913, lx, 2110-2112.—Lake (R.) A case of early otosclerosis treated with radium. Internat. Otol. Cong. Tr, Bait, 1912, ix, 545-551. Also: Papers Internat. Otol. Cong, Bost., 1912, ix, 89-96.—McCulloch (H. D.) Ultra X-rays and labyrinthine deafness. Lancet, Lond, 1913, ii, 353.-----. The discovery of the radium- mesothorium cure of chronic deafness of the hopeless kind. Ibid., 1093.—Sobotky (I.) Radium treatment of tinnitus and middle-ear deafness. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1917, cv, 1138. Also, Reprint. Deafness (Treatment of) hy reeducation. See, also, Lip-reading. Delattre (R.) *De la reeducation auditive par la methode vocale dans la surdity acquise (methode du docteur Laime, de Paris). 8°. Paris, 1914. N atier (M.) Surdity, vertiges et bourdonne- ments; ponction lombaire et reeducation de l'oreille au moyen des diapasons; resultats com- paratiis. 8°. Paris, 1906. Andrews (H. U.) Home training for deaf children. Volta Rev, Wash, 1917, xix, 145-174.—Baratoux (J.) Methodes de reeducation auditive employees chez les mu- tiies de guerre. Progres med, Par,, 1917, 3. s., xxxn. 139- 143 —Beck (J. C.) The responsibility of the medical pro- fession in the management of the hard of hearing and the deaf. Illinois M. J, Chicago, 1916, xxx, 322-332.-Canetta (G ) & Blaggi (C.) Gli esercizi acustici nella cura della sor- dita e del sordomutismo. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1899-1900, ix, 310-314.—CasteUani (L.) Note cntiche sulla rieducazione uditiva nei casi di sordita progressiva. Pen: siero med, Milano, 1914, iv, 667-670. Also: Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.f, Torino, 19*5, xxvi, 107-117.-Colomb. La reeducation auditive ou un sommeil de cent ans. Echo med. d. cevennes, Nimes, 1914, xv, 56-62.—Courtade (A.) La surdite; son traitement au moyen des exercices acoustiques par les diapasons. J. de med. de Par, 1904, 2. s, xvi, 182- 184.—Egger. Note sur la reeducation auditive (anacousie). Rev. de laryngol. [etc.], Par, 1916, i, 257-274.—Fernet (C.) De la gymnastique auriculaire et de son appUcation au traite- ment de la surdite. Semaine med. Par, 1911, xxxi, 121. -----. Du traitement de la surdite par la gymnastique auriculaire et les exercices acoustiques. Bull. Acad, de m6d. Par, 1913, 3, s, lxx, 213-220. Also: Medecine scient. Par, 1913, xxi, 168-170.-----. De la surdite et de son traite- ment par l'activite fonctionnelle (gymnastique auriculaire, Deafness (Treatment of) hy reeducation. exercises acoustiques). J. de med. et chir. part. Par, 1915, lxxxvi, 289-302.—Ferreri (G.) Gli esercizi acustici, metodici secondo il dptt. V. Urbantschitsch. Boll. d. Ass. rom. p. la cura med. pedagog. dei fanciulli anormaU [etc.], Roma, 1911, v, 80-85.—GuGroult (G.) La reeducation de l'oreille et la memoire auditive. Rev. g6n. d. sc. pures et appUq, Par, 1912, xxiii, 21-25.—Harris (J. T.) Audi- tory re-education. Tr. Am. Laryngol, Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, N. Bedford, Mass, 1916, xxii, 187-207. Also: Laryngo- scope, St. Louis, 1916, xxvi, 1189-1151.—Helsmoortel (J.) La surdite d'origine sclereuse et la reeducation au- ditive par la methode vociphonique. Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg, Brux, 1910, 4, s, xxiv, 146-177.— Humphrls (F. H.) The re-education of hearing. J. Advanc. Therap, N. Y, 1914, xxxii, 251-254—KUhling (M.) Welches ist das Ergebnis der bisher betriebenen systematischen Horiibungen, und wie sollen sie kiinftig ausgestaltet werden? Bl. f. Taubst.-Bild, Berl, 1900, xiii, 89; 98.—Lagerlbf (C. B.) Einige Bemerkungen fiber die "Wiedererziehung des Gehors." Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl, 1915, xlix, 557.—Laime (E.) La reeducation de l'oreille chez les sourds et sourds-muets par l'emploi d'un appareil microphonique. Presse med. Par, 1911, xix, 222. -----. Quelques resultats obtenus chez les sourds et sourds-muets par la reeducation de l'ouie. Gaz. d. h6p. Par, 1912, lxxxv, 904-906. -----. Sur la reeducation de l'ouie; notes de voyage. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx . [etc.], Par, 1914, xl, 368-383.—Lake (R.) Remarks on the so-called reeducation of the deaf. Lancet, Lond, 1914. i, 1449.—Lannois (M.) & Chavanne (F.) La surdite de guerre bilaterale totale; reeducation auditive, ou lecture sur les levres (pratique de la xiv* region). BuU. Acad. de med. Par, 1916, 3. s, lxxvi, 150-158.—Love (J. K.) Educational treatment of the deaf in all the stages from impaired hearing to the totally deaf. J. Laryngol, Lond, 1907, xxu, 428-441.—McKenzle (Lilla B.) Stimulating the language centers through auditory channels. Volta Rev, Wash, 1919, xxi, 725-832.—Marage (M.) Regies acoustiques et cliniques de la reeducation auditive. Arch. internat. de laryngol, [etc.], Par, 1914, xxxvii, 458-463. Also: Bull. Acad, de med. Par, 1914, 3. s, Ixxi, 85-87. -----. Douze mois de reeducation auditive dans l'armee; resultats de 250 cas. Bull. Acad, de med. Par., 1916, lxxvi, 318-320.—Marichelle (H.) La theorie des voyelles et ses apphcations a la reeducation auditive. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1918, clxvii, 88-91.-----. La reeducation auditive et les lacunes de son organisation. Rev. inter- alhee interessant les mutiies de la guerre, Par, 1918, i, 569- 577.-----. La reeducation auditive chez les sourds-muets et chez les autres sourds. J. de psychol. norm, et path. Par, 1922, xx, 769-794.—Maurice (A.) De la technique des exercices acoustiques dans le traitement de la surdite. Gaz. d. hdp. Par, 1913, lxxxvi, 2271-2273.-----. Surdite chronique et exercices acoustiques. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par, 1913, xxxiv, 417; 449; 481. Also, transl.: Ann. Otol, Rhinol. & Laryngol, St. Louis, 1913, xxii, 211-227. Also, transl.: Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl. & Wien, 1913, xlvii, 855-871. -----. La diathermo-kmesiphonie ou reeducation auditive a chaud. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par, 1914, 582-591.-----. La reeducation auditive; ses indications et sa realisation pratique. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap. Par, 1920, xxxiv, 662-664.—Minkema (H. F.) Over het gebruik van woorden met tweeklanken bij gehoorscherptebepaling volgens de methode der drie breuken. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1905, 2. r, xii, d. 2,166-168.—Moreaux (R.) Sur le mode d'action de la reeducation auditive dans le traitement de la surdite. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1913, lxxiv, 1354-1356. Muecke(F.F.) Auditory re-education. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1914, ii, 1019. Also: J. Laryngol, Lond, 1914, xxix, 524- 531.—Natler (M.) La surdite; son traitement au moyen des exercices acoustiques par les diapasons. J. de med. de Par, 1904, 2. s., xvi, 161-166.-----. Surdite et consangui- nite; traitement par les exercices acoustiques au moyen des diapasons; reeducation physiologique de l'oredle. Cong, frang. de med. C.-r, 1904, Par, 1905, 384-393.-----. Surdite spontanee ancienne; reeducation methodique de l'oreille par les diapasons. Progrfes med. beige, Brux, 1905, vii, 185-189. -----. Surdite et altitude; reeducation methodique de l'oreille par des exercices acoustiques au moyen de diapasons. Rev. g6n. de clin. et de therap. Par, 1910, xxiv, 390-392.-----. Surdite spontanee et nu- trition; reeducation methodique de l'oreille par des exercices acoustiques au moyen de diapasons. Clinique, Par, 1911, vi, 122-124.—Niel (P.) La methode de Parrel de reedu- cation auditive. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap. Par.. 1921, xxxv, 277-280—Panconcelll-Calzla (G.) What experimental phonetics has accomplished for the instruction of the hard of hearing and the deaf. Volta Rev, Wash, 1921, xxiii, 417-422.—de Parrel (G.) Reeducation auditive et mesure de l'audition. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par, 1912, xxxiv, 758-763.-----. Otosclerose et reeducation auditive. J. de med. int., Par, 1913, xvii, 91-93. -----. Resultats d'une experience prolongee de reeducation audi- tive. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par, 1914, xxxvii, 152-155.-----. A anacusia ou reeducacao auditiva e a surdez. Brazil-med, Rio de Jan, 1921, xxxv, pt. 2, 281-286.— Ranjard. Sur les cent premiers cas de surdite traites par la methode de Marage au centre de reeducation auditive DEAFNESS. 364 DEAFNESS. Deafness (Treatment of) hy reeducation. de la 8<> region. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par, 1916, clxiii, 243-245.—Raoult (A.) Reeducation auditive. Rev. med. de Pest. Nancy, 1911, xlui, 337-339.-----. Reeducation "anakinesie" de 1 ouie par la methode eiectrophonoide. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par, 1912, xxxhi, 413; 750. Also: Rev. med. de Pest, Nancy, 1912, xliv, 225; 257; 294. -----. Resultats eioignes de la reeducation auditive. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etcl, Par. 1913, xxxvi, 122; 436.—Rauch (M.) Ueber methodische Horiibungen. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc], Berl. & Wien, 1911, xlv, 5*3- 592.—Riu. Methode nouvelle de reeducation auditive au moyen de l'eiectrolyse et du massage vibratoire. Rev. med. Par, 1911, xxi, 242.—Story (A. J.) The educational treatment of residual hearing in deaf children. Lancet, Lond, 1921, ii, 1024.—Thouvenon. De la reeducation auditive dans le traitement de la surdite. Gaz. med. de Par, 1911, Ixxxii, 89-90—Tillot (E.) Le reveil de l'ouie par des excitations fonctionnelles (exercices vocaux; gym- nastique auriculaire). Rev. med. de Normandie, Rouen, 1912, 132; 151; 177; 189.—Urbantschttsch (V.) Ueber metnodische Horiibungen und deren Bedeutung fiir Schwer- horige. Wien. Klin. Wchnschr, 1899, xii, 179-190.-----. Sur les exercices acoustiques. Cong, internat. de med. C. r. Par, 1900, sect, d'otol, 69-89.-----. Ueber methodische Horiibungen. Deutsche Klinik, Berl. & Wien, 1901, viii, 273- 312. -----. Ueber methodische Horiibungen. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh, Berl, 1906, xl, 129-140.—Zund-Burguet (A.) La reeducation auditive d'apres la methode eiectro-voci- phonique. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par, 1910, xxx, 140-146. -----. Expose general d'une methode de reeducation auditive. Clinique, Par, 1912, vii, 427-429: 1913, viii, 265-267. Deafness in children. Hartmann (A.) Die Schwerhorigen in der Schule und der Unterricht fiir hochgradig Schwerhorige in Deutschland. roy. 8°. Stutt- gart, 1912. Love (J. K.) The deaf child. 8°. Bristol, 1911. Rothert (H. W.) The education of the deaf; past, present, and future. 8°. Council Bluffs, Iowa, 1907. Bickler (Mary H.) How a deaf child was taught speech- reading and speech. Volta Rev, Wash, 1917, xix, 305; 373; 426; 497; 605.—Booth (F. W.) The education of the deaf. Nebraska M. J, Norfolk, Neb.. 1920, v, 261-265.— Bowles (Mary E.) Emotions of deaf children compared with emotions of hearing children. Pedag. Seminary, Worcester, 1894-6, iii, 330-334.—BrUhl (G.) Die arztliehe Versorgung schwerhoriger Schulkinder in Berlin. Arch. f. Ohren-, Nasen- u. Kehlkopfh, Leipz, 1921, cviii, 20-30.— Burger (H.) Statistik der Schwerhorigen an den Volksschu- len in Amsterdam nach Untersuchungen von K. van der Wal. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl, 1915, xlix, 547.— Castex (A.) Le praticien et l'enfant sourd. Vie med. Par, 1921, ii, 1535-1538.—Gallaudet (E. M.) The mental devel- opment of the deaf child. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1910, xx, 636-641.—GemmUl (W. H.) The state; its relations and obligations to the deaf child. Am. Ann. Deaf, Wash, 1919, lxiv, 289-297.—Goldstein (M. A.) Psychological study of the deaf child. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, New Bedford, Mass, 1916, xiv, 120-133. Also: Larvngoseope, St. Louis, 1916, xxvi, 1129 1138—Hammerschlag (V.) Disturbances of hearing in children and their influence on their develop- ment. Internat. Clin, Phila, 1921, 31. s, iii, 175-188.— Harman (Augusta). Helpful suggestions for mothers of deaf children. Volta Rev, Wash, 1917, xiv, 197-205.— Haycock (G. S.) The education of deaf children. Lancet, Lond, 1922, i, 46.—Henderson (Mvrtlc L.) Problems of the mother of the young deaf child. Volta Rev, Wash, 1918, xx 019; 777: 1919, xxi, 20; 133; 3t>5: 417: I'.it,.— Hewett (Edith H.) The teaching of deaf children. Child, Lond, 1911-12, ii, 473-479.—Jones (J. W.) Une hundred years of history in the education of the deaf in America and its present status. Proc Conv. Am. Instr. Deaf, Wash, D. C, 1917, xxi, 181-199. Also: Am. Ann. Deal, Wash, 1918, lxiii, 1-47.—Leegaard (F.) Hard of hearing school children; investigation on children hard of hearing in the schools of Kristiania. Norsk Mag. f. Lsegevidensk.. Kristiania, 1922 Ixxxiii, 225-284.—Love (J. K.) The schools for the deaf in Scotland and Ireland. Glasgow M. J, 1909, lwi 401: lxxii, 88; 161; 257. -----. The education of the verv young deaf child. Ibid., 1910, lxxiv, 431 437.—Lowry (C. D.) The physiology and psychology of Hie deaf child". Am. Ann. Deaf, Wash, 1912, l\ii, 241-253.—Moore (Lucile M.) The deaf children and the motion picture. Ibid 1918, lxiii, 467-475.—Mott (Alice J.) A comparison of deaf and hearing children in their ninth year. Ibid., 1899, xliv, 401-412.—Nadoleczny. Ueber den Absehunterrieht fiir Schwerhorige. Munchen med. Wchnschr, 1911, lviii 902-904.—Neville (B. Miss). Psychology of the deaf child. Volta Rev, Wash, 1921, xxiii, 362 364.—Pintner (R ) The ability of deaf and hearing children to follow printed directions. Pedag. Seminary, Worcester, 1916, xxiii 477- 497.-----. The measurement of language ability and lan- Deafness in children. guage progress of deaf children. Volta Rev., Wash., 1918, xx, 755-764.—Pintner (R.) & Paterson (D. G.) The Binet scale and the deaf child. J. Educ. Psvchol, Bait., 1915, vi, 201-210.-----------. Learning tes*ts with deaf children. Psych. Monog., Princeton, N. J, & Lancaster, Pa, 1915-16, xx, 1-23,14 tab, 19 ch.----------. A measure- ment of the language abiUty of deaf children. Psychol. Rev, Princeton, N. J, & Lancaster, Pa, 1816, xxiii, 413- 436.-----------. The abihty of deaf and heanng children to follow printed directions. Am. Ann. Deaf, Wqsh, 1917, lxii, 448-472.-----------. A comparison of deaf and hearing children in visual memory for digits. J. Exper. Psychol, Princeton, N. J, 1917, ii, 76-88.-----------. Psychological tests of deaf children. Volta Rev, Wash, 1917, xix, 661-667.—Pintner (R.) & Reamer (Jeannette). A mental and educational survey of schools for the deaf. Am. Ann. Deaf, Wash, 1920, lxv, 451-472.—Rennie (G. E.) Deafness in children. Ibid., 1922, lxvii, 412-417 — Roe (W. C.) Some observations on the psvchologv of the deaf child. Volta Rev, Wash, 1921, xxiii, 52-59.—Wright (J. D.) The deaf child and the physician. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1909, liii, 2155-21.58.-----. The deaf child from the standpoint of the educator. N. York State J. M.. N. Y, 1916, xvi, 21-23.-----. Auricular education of deaf children. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1917, xcii, 241.-----. The partially deaf child. Proc. Conv. Am. Instr. Deaf, Wash, D. C, 1917, xxi, 123-128. Also: Am. Ann. Deaf, Wash, 1917, lxii, 321- 329.-----. The basic procedure in an educational system for defectives, with special reference to the deaf. Arch. Pediat, N. Y., 1919, xxxvi, 572-575.—Yearsley CM.) Slight deafness in children. Brit. J. Child. Dis, Lond, 1906, iii, 401-404. -----. At what age should the education of the deaf child commence? Ibid., 1910, vii, 433-440.-----. The causation and prevention of educational deafness. J. Laryn- gol, Lond, 1917, xxxu, 117; 145. Deafness in soldiers. See, also, Deafness (Treatment of) by reedu- cation; Ear-protectors. Bardler. Questions otologiques; mesure de l'acuite' auditive des blesses ou malades; les sourds de la guerre; aptitude militaire des otorrheiques. Presse med., Par, 1916, xxiv, 521— Berruyer. Surdite de guerre; reeduca- tion de l'ouie. Caducee. Par, 1917, xvii, 3: 17.—Blake (C. J.) Speech-reading for the war deaf. Boston M. & S. J, 1918, clxxix, 697: 728.—Bruck (F.) Unter wek-hen Voraussetzungen macht auch eine noch geringfiigige Schwer- horigkeit fiir sich aUein schon untaughch zum Kriegs- dienst? Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1914. lxi. 2294.—Castex (A.) Surdites de guerre. Bull. Acad, de med. Par, 1915, 3. s, lxxiv, 547.-----. La reeducation des sourds de guerre (presentation de militaires reeduques). Ibid., 1917, 3. s, lxxvii, 817.—de Champeaux. Commotion violente par coup de canon ayant amene une surdite subite a gauche et une diminution considerable de l'ouie a droite; troubles d'equilibrium. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par, 1914, xxxiv, 42-45.—Chavanne (F.) Les sourds,leur placement, leurs interets economiques et sociaux. Confer. interaUiee p. l'etude de la reeduc. profess. Rapp, Par, 1917, 349- 359.—Cheatle (A. H.) Gun deafness and its prevention. J. Roy. United Service Inst, Lond, 1907, li. 840-853.— Drouot (E.) Pour les sourds de la guerre; reeducation auditive, lecture sur les levres, orthophonie. Rev. scient. Par, 1915, i, 363-367.—Edwards (V. H. C.) & Moon (E. C.) A club for deafened ex-service men. Lancet, Lond, 1919, ii, 625.—Ferreri ^;.i L'assistenza ai sordi di guerra. Gior. di med. mil.. Roma. 1919, lxvii, 1313—Fletcher (H. J.) Gun deafness. .1. Rov. Army Med. Corps, Lond, 1907, viii, 459.—Foy (K.) Examen des surdites de guerre; procedes nouveaux d'acoumetrie. Presse med. Par, 1916, xxiv, 595-597.—Gault (F.) Regole per l'assistenza ai sordi di guerra. Gior. di med. mil, Roma, 1919, lxvii, 1314— Gradenlgo (G.) F.>a<;ei azione e simulazione della sordita nei militari. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1916, xxvii 139-147.—Grant (J. D.) Report on the deaf. Inter- Allicd Confer. After-Care Disabled Men, Lond, 1918. ii, 312-322. -----. The organs of hearing in relation to war. Proc. Roy. Inst. Gr. Brit, Lond, 1918-19, xxii, 91-99. -----. Treatment and training of the deaf soldier. Re- called to Life, Lond, 1918, No. 3, 421-443.—Guild (S. R.) Tests upon devices for the prevention of war deafness. Anat. Record, Phila, 1918, xiv, 36. -----. War deafness and its prevention; cochlear observations. Ibid., 1919, xvi, 150. -----. War deafness and its prevention. J. Lab. & Clin. M, St. Louis, 1916-17, ii, 849-861: 1917-18, iii, 226; 338: 1918-19, 153-180, 4 pi.—Haenlein. Fursorge fiir er- taubte und schwerhorige Krieger. Med. Klin, Berl, 1915, xl, 607.—Hays (H. M.) A plea for aclinic for the special treatment of tho deafened. Am. Med, Burlington, Vt, 1920, n. s, xv, 435-138.—Hurst (A. F.) War deafness. Lancet, Lond, 19ls, ii, 218.—lexers (P. G.) Gun deafness. L Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond, 1907, viii, 551-553.— Keufleld (Coralie N.) what reconstruction will mean to the soldier who has become deafened in the war. Volta Rev, Wash, 1918, xx, 685.—Lannois & Chavanne. Des surdites totales par eclatement d'obus. Bull. Acad. de med. Par, 191."., 3. s, lxxiii, 105-108. -Lautler. Le traitement des surdites de guerre. Compt. rend. Acad. DEAFNESS. 365 DEARBORN. Deafness in soldiers. d. sc Par, 1917, clxiv, 419-421.—Lermoyez (M.) La surdite de guerre. Presse med. Par, 1915, xxiii, 57-59. Also, transl.: Rev. valenc. de cien. med, Valencia, 1915, xvu 181-184.—McBride (P.) War deafnesses. Lancet, Lond, 1917, ii, 836:1918, ii, 253.—McMaster (G. T.) Gun deafness; a danger. Am. Med, Burlington, Vt, & N. Y, 1909, n. s, iv, 417-419. Also, Reprint.—Manasse (P.) Ueber psychogene Horstorungen im Kriege. Med. Klin, Berl 1918, xiv 629-632.—Marage. Classement des soldats sourds d'apres leur degre d'audition. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par, 1916, clxii, 801-804.-----. La tension arterielle chez les sourds de la guerre. Ibid., 1917, clxiv, 416-418. -----. La duree des surdites de guerre. Ibid., 693-695. —----. Les surdites de guerre; leur mesure, leur traitement. Rev. scient. Par, 1917, i, 100-108.-----. Causes et dur6e de eertaines surdites de guerre. Bull. Acad, de med. Par, 1919, 3. s, lxxxi, 779-782— Maurice (A.) On doit incorporer et soigner au regiment les demi-sourds. Gaz. med. de Par, 1914, lxxxv, 109.—Moore (J. W.) War deafness. Lancet, Lond, 1918, ii, 371.—Moure (E.-J.) & Pietri (P.) L'or- gane de l'audition pendant la guerre; le sourd cerebral, l'exagerateur le simulateur. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil., Par, 1916, lxvi, 167-186.—Ranjard. Contribution a l'etude du diagnostic de la surdite de guerre. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1917, clxiv, 289-291.—Richardson (C. W.) Re-education and reconstruction of defects of hearing and speech in the U. S. Army. Tr. Am. Laryngol, Rhinol. & Otol. Soc.N. Y, 1919, xxv, 134-149, i ch. Also, Reprint.—Ross (A.) Gun deafness and its prevention. Lancet, Lond, 1914, ii, 668.—Ryland (A.) Assessment of aural disability resulting from military service. J. Laryn- gol, Lond., 1920, xxxv, 354-362.—Sommer (R.) Beseiti- gung funktioneller Taubheit besonders bei Soldaten durch eine experimental-psychologische Methode. Klin. f. psych. u. nerv. Krankh, Halle a. S, 1917-18, x, 55-56.—Stern (Rose G.) Our deafened soldiers; a problem of the near A propos de la surdite. Soc. de med. mil. franc. Par, 1921, xv, 123-126.—Wilson (J. G.) Injury to the ear from high explosives. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, 1917, xiv, 239-255.-----. Further report on the effects of high explosives on the ear. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1917, i, 578. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1918, cvii, 357. Deafness and syphilis. Beck. Ueber die Tuberkulintherapie der erbsyphi- Utischen Schwerhorigkeit. Internat. Zentralbl. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Leipz, 1921, xix, iii.—Biggs (G. N.) Congenital syphilitic deafness treated by salvarsan. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1912, ii, 348.—Borrles. [Severe deafness of syphi- litic origin cured by salvarsan treatment.] Ugesk. f. Lseger, Kp'benh, 1919, lxxxi, 1662.—Busch (H.) Erwi- derung auf die Arbeit Zanges: Chronische progressive Schwerhorigkeit und Wassermannsche Seroreaktion. Mit Antwort von J. Zange. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Wiesb, 1910-11, lxii, 371-374.—D'Amato. La reazione di Wasser- mann nei casi di sordita istantanea. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven, Milano, 1912, xlvi, 126-129.—Didier (G.) Les surdites heredo-syphilitiques: la valeur de leur traitement. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap. Par, 1921, xxxv, 121.—Grant (J. D.) Case of congenital syphiUtic deafness undergoing thyroid treatment. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1915, viii, Otol. Sect, 49. -----. Case of hereditary syphilitic nerve deafness undergoing thyroid treatment. Ibid., 50-52.— HeUer (I. M.) Gumma in fossa of RosenmueUer causing deafness. Ann. Otol, Rhinol. & Laryngol, St. Louis, 1917, xxv, 70-72.—Hennebert (C.) Osservazioni su tre casi di sordita da sifilide ereditatia. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1920, xxxi, 198-200.—Kay (M. B.) Nerve deafness due to congenital syphilis in three children. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1920, lxxiv, 1162.—Love (J. K.) Syphilis and deafness. Glasgow M. J, 1912, Ixxxvii, 349- 351.—McCaskey (C. H.) Syphilis as a factor in deafness. J. Indiana M. Ass, Fort Wayne, 1921, xiv, 289-294.— Mygind (S. H.) [Total deafness of syphiUtic origin, cured by salvarsan.] Ugeskr. f. Laeger, K0benh, 1917, lxxix, 1157.—Natier (M.) Surdite et heredo-syphilis; reeducation de l'oreille et gymnastique respiratoire. Tribune med. Par, 1909, n. s, xii, 87; 104.—O'Malley (J. F.) Case of congenital syphilitic deafness treated by nec-salvarsan. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1912-13, vi, Otol. Sect, 96-98.— Portmann (G.) Pathogenie de la surdite heredo-syphi- litique a forme foudroyante. Paris med, 1920, xxxvii, 374_378._RobertS(S.E.) Deafness due to syphiUs. J.Mis- souri M.Ass,St.Louis, 1916,xiii, 149—Viollet(P.) Surdites d'origine syphiUtique et leur traitement. Gaz. d. h6p. Par, 1907, lxxx, 939-541. Deale (Henry Buckmaster) [1862-1912]. Obituary. Wash. M. Ann, 1912-13, xi, 260. De-AIessandri (Domenico). Acqui, le sue terme i suoi dintorni; guida per il medico e per il balneante.^ 294 pp. 8°. Acqui, P. Borghi, 1880. De Ambrosiis (Giuseppe). Memoria sulla statis- tica ossia ristretto di geografia fisica e politica della Liguria. 23 pp. 12°. Genova, 1802. De Ambrosis (P.) Piede e calzature. 70 pp., 11. 8°. Milano, L. F. Cogliati, 1903. DeAmicis (Tommaso). Botti (A.) Tommaso De Amicis. Riforma med, Na- poli, 1919, xxxv, 1109. Dean (Bashford) [1867- ]. Chimseroid fishes and their development. 2 p. 1., 194 pp., 11 pi. fol. Washington, D. C, Carnegie Institution, 1906. Dean (Elmer A.) The sanitary service with inde- pendent cavalry. 15 pp. 12°. Ft. Leavenworth, Kans., 1912. In: San. Field Serv. Papers, Ft. Leavenworth, 1912. Dean (George) [1863-1914]. Ledingham (J. C. G.) [Obituary.] J. Path. & Bacte- riol, Cambridge, 1914-15, xix, 114-118, port. Also: Brit. M. J, Lond, 1914, i, 1389; 1435. Dean (George Roswell) [1845-1911]. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1911, lvi, 362. Dean (H. Johnson) [1869-1910]. Shastid (T. H.) [Biography.] In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth, (Wood), Chicago, 1914, v. 3785. Dean (John W.) [1842-1918]. Obituary. J. Missouri M. Ass, St. Louis, 1918, xv, 258. Dean (Oscar Thomas) [1878- ]. Surgical re- moval of impacted third molars. 32 pp. 8°. Seattle, Lumberman's Printing Co., 1917. Deane (Ernest Cotton) [1887-1915]. [Obituary.] Brit. M. J, Lond, 1915, ii, 549. Also: Lancet, Lond, 1915, ii, 1000. Deane (Henry Hamilton) [1850-1922]. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1922, lxxviii, 1332. Deane (Herbert Edward). Gymnastic treatment for joint and muscle disabilities, with preface by Temp. Colonel A. Carless and by Brevet Lieut.-Col. F. W. Mott. 146 pp. 12°. London, H. Frowde; Hodder dc Stoughton, 1918. Deane (Tenison). The crime of vaccination or bacteria X. Y. Z. 59 pp. 8°. [San Francisco, Printed by Shannon-Conmy], 1913. Deane (Wallace Harlow) [1853-1920]. Obituary. Boston M. & S. J, 1920, clxxxii, 490. Deane (William Curtis) [1856-1921]. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1921, lxxvii, 877. De Angelis (Giovanni). Compendio di obstetricia. 239 pp. 8°. Napoli, G. Regina, 1900. ------& Lombardo (Antonino). Serie di cate- chismi. Serie I, No. 1. Chirurgia indispensabile per gli esami universitarii. 4 p. 1., 63 pp. 12°. Napoli, R. Pesole, [1900]. Deangelis (Lorenzo). Guida medico-pratica al letto dell' ammalato in cui ciascuno pud trovare per ordine nosologico la descrizione d' ogni malattia al medico spettante. 221 pp. 24°. Novi. G. Moretli, 1837. Dearborn (Frederick M.) [1876- ]. Diseases of the skin, including the exanthemata, for the use of general practitioners and advanced students. xxi, 551 pp. 4°. Philadelphia, Boericke dc Tafel, 1913. Dearborn (George Van Ness) [1869- ]. The emotions of joy. 70 pp., 11. 8°. New York dc London, Macmillan Co., 1899. Forms No. 5, v. 2, of: Psychol. Rev, N. Y. & Lond, 1899. ------. A text-book of human physiology, theo- retic and practical. 550 pp., 9 pi. 8°. Phila- delphia dc New York, Lea dc Febiger, 1908. ------. Certain physiologic aspects of school hygiene, pp. 39^3. 8°. [Boston, Palmer Co.], 1910. Cutting from: Education, Bost, 1910, xxxi. ------. Moto-sensory development, observations on the first three years of a child. 4 p. 1., 215 pp., front. 8°. Baltimore, Warwick dc York, 1910. At head of title: Educational psychology monographs. DEARBORN. 366 DEATH. Dearborn (George Van Ness)—continued. ------. Nerve-waste. 29 pp. 16°. Boston, Health Education League, 1913. Health Education, series, No. 27. ------. Our sexual birthright, pp. 215-223. 8°. Boston, 1914. Mind and Body, v. 21, No. 231. ------. The influence of joy. xviii, 223 pp. 8°. Boston, Little, Brown, and Company, 1916. Mind and health series, ed. by H. A. Bruce. ------. The psychology of clothing, vi, 72 pp. 8°. Princeton, N. J, dc Lancaster, Pa., Psycho- logical Review Co., 1918. Dearborn (Walter Fenno) [1878T ]. The psy- chology of reading. An experimental study of the reading pauses and .movements of the eve. 134 pp., 5 pi. 8°. New York, Science Press, 1906. Forms No. 4 of: Arch. Philos, Psychol, [etc.], N. Y. ------. *Formen des Infantilismus mit Beriick- sichtigung ihrer klinischen Unterscheidung. [Miinchen.] 107 pp. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1913. Dearden (Richard Jessap) [1855-1904]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1904, i, 1470. A lso: Lan- cet, Lond, 1904, i, 1828. Dearden (Vernon Steade) [1838-1917]. Obituary. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1917, ciii, 535. Deare (Ben. Hobbs). Triennial report on the Provincial Lunatic Asylum in Assam for the years 1918-20. 16 pp. 8°. Shillong. Assam Secret. Print. Office, 1921. See, also, (Ghosh Rakhal Das). A treatise on materia medica [etc.]. 7. ed. 12°. Calcutta, 1918. Dearing (Henry Lincoln) [1866-1918]. Obituary. Boston M. & S. J, 1919, clxxx, 118. Also: J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1919, lxxii, 211. Dearing (John Jackson) [1823-1905]. Obituary. Alumni Reg. Univ. Penn, Phila, 1904-5, ix, 381. Dearing (Thomas Haven) [1826-1908]. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1908, li, 1530. Dearmer (Mabel White) [1872-1915]. Letters from a field hospital, with a memoir of the author by Stephen Gwynn. 182 pp. 12°. London, Macmillan dc Co., 1915. Dearmer (Percy). Body and soul; an enquiry into the effect of religion upon health with a description of Christian works of healing from the New Testament to the present day. x, 426 pp. 8°. New York, E. P. Dutton dc Co., 1909. Deas ( William Allen) [1835-1920]. Obituary. Virginia M. Month, Richmond, 1919-20, xlvi, 346. Dease (Alice). With the French Red Cross. 96 pp. 12°. Edinburgh, Sands dc Co., 1917. Dease (William) [1752?-89]. Erfahrungsmassige Heilart der Lustseuche und der damit vergesell- schafteten venerischen Zufiille. Aus dem Engli- schen iibersetzt mit Anmerkungen, Zusatzen und einem Register begleitet von Christian Friedrich Mkhaelis. iv (1 1.), 162 pp. 8°. Zittau, J D. Schops, 1790. Deason (J.) Practical bacteriology. 3. ed. 136 pp. 8°. Kirksville, Mo., Journal Printing Co 1913. ------. Physiology; general and osteopathic; a reference and textbook for osteopathic students and physicians. 586 pp., 3 1., 38 col. pi. 8°. Kirksville, Mo., Journal Printing Co., [1913]. ------. On the osteopathic treatment of diseases of the ear, nose and throat. 3 p. 1., 128 pp. 8°. Chicago, III, The A. T. Still Research Institute 1915. De' Ath (George Hanhy) [1862-1901]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1901, ii, 155. Also- Lancet, Lond, 1901, ii, 178. >>**»• *'*o. Death. See, also,_ Euthanasia; Life (Duration of). Ars moriendi. The book of the craft of dying, and other early English tracts concerning death; ed. by Frances M. M. Comper, with a preface by the Rev. George Congreve. 8°. London, 1917. Becker (G. W.) Die Geheimnisse des Todes fiir alle die sich vor dem Tode ftirchten, an Selbstmordideen leiden und sich iiber die letzten Augenblicke ihrer Angehorigen beun- ruhigen. 8°. Braunschweig, [1906]. Bichat (X.) Physiologische ITntersuchuneen uber den Tod. 8°. Leipzig, 1912. Bloch (O.) Om D0den. En almehfattelig Fremstilling. [Death. A comprehensive repre- sentation.] 8°. K0benhavn, 1903. Carrixgtox (H.) Death; its causes and phe- nomena, with special reference to immortality. 8°. New York, 1921. Dagley (R.) Death's doings; consisting of numerous original compositions, in verse and prose, the friendly contributions of various Writers, [etc;]. 2. ed. 2 v. 8°. Boston, 1828. Ganche(E.) Le livre de la mort. Al'hopital, a ramphitheatre, a la morgue, au cimetiere. 12°. Paris, 1909. Ghts (F.) Het einde van het leven. S3. Antwerpen, 1906. Horkemann (E.) Vom Zustande des Men- schen kurz vor dem Tode. 8. Aufl. 12°. Gotha, 1898. Levexdale (J.) *Deagonia. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1708. Li Tai. Le mystere posthume. Causeriea medicales sur la mort et la survie. 12°. Paris, 1901. Mosseder (J. J.) *De deliquio animi. sm. 4°. Argentorati, 1692. Muhlmann (M.) Das Altern und der physio- logische Tod. Erganzungen zur physikalischen Wachstumslehre. roy. 8°. Jena, 1910. Nothxagel (JC. W.] H.) Das Sterben; ein Vortrag. 2. Aufl. 8°. Wien, 1908. ---—. Thesame. 3. Aufl. 12°. Wien, 1910. Pearl (R.) The biology of death; being a series of lectures delivered at the Lowell Insti- tute in Boston in December 1920. 8°. Philadel- phia dc London, [1922]. Weber (F. P.) Aspects of death, and their effects on the living. 8°. London, 1910. ----—. The same. Aspects of death in art and epigram; illustrated especially by medals, engraved gems, jewels, ivories, antique potterv, [etc.]. 2. ed. 8°. London, 1914. ■ The same. Aspects of death and cor- related aspects of life in art, epigram, and poetry; contributions towards an anthology and an iconography of the subject ... 3. ed. 8°. London, 1918. -----■. Art and epigram regarding science and medicine in relation to death; together with an addition on epigram and art in relation to the excessive fear of death. 8°. London, 1914. Alurralde (M.) Investigaciones sobre la excitabilidad de los centros nerviosos despues de la muerte. Semana med, Buenos Aires, 1902, ix, 383-386.—Andres (A.) L'interpre- tazione della morte in alcuni organismi inferiori. R. 1st. Lomb. di sc. e lett. Rendic, Milano, 1898, 2. s, xxxi, SS3- 907.—von Berenberg-Gossier (H.) Das Problem des Todes; ein Fragment. Anat. Anz, Jena, 1919-20, hi, 97- 115.—Bolk (L.) Over den natuurliiken dood. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1903, 2. R, xxxix, d. 1, S62- 876.—BUhler (A.) Alter und Tod; eine Theorie der Be- fruchtung. Biol. Centralbl, Leipz., 1904. xxiv 65; 81; 113.—Busck (Q.) [The present interpretation of the physi- ological death caused bv old age.] Ugesk. f. Lseger, Ki0- benh, 1909, Ixxi, 139-149.—Carrington (H.) Death; its phenomena. Ann. Psvch. Sc, Lond, 1910. ix, 255-267.— Cams (P.) Fechners view of life after death. Monist, Chicago, 1906, xvi, 84-95.—Chase (R. H.) Sternomastoid DEATH. 367 DEATH. Death. breathing; a study of the dying state. N. York M. J. [etc ] 1906, Ixxxiv, 377.—Corlveaud (A.) L'instinct de la mort J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1904, xxxiv, 310-313.—Coupin (H.) Le sentiment de la mort chez les animaux. Rev scient. Par. 1900, 4. s, xiv, 780-784.—Dolsa (L.) Muerte flsiologica. Rev. de cien. mea. de Barcel, 1902, xxviii, 262- 264.—Enrlques (P.) La morte. Riv. di scienza Bologna 1907, i, 106-126.-Ferrari (G. C.) II senso della morte Riv. di biol. gen, Torino, 1901, iii, 199-207.-----. Psicolo- gia dei moribondi. Riv. di psicol, Bologna, 1920, xvi 101- 107.—Floda (N.) Der naturliche zeitliche Tod und der moralische oder geistige Tod. N. Heilkunst, Berl, 1902 xiv i?5.—Frisbee(W.B.) A physiological view of death. Med. Brief. St. Louis, 1905, xxxiii, 725-728.—Gibson (G. A.) Death and sleep. Edinb. M. J., 1907, n. s, xxii, 233-235 — Glage (F.) Ueber das Wesen und die Bedeutung der Todesprozesse. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg, Berl, 1904, xiv, 249-256.—Glaister (J. N.) Phantasies'o/ the dying- some remarks on the management of death. Lancet, Lond, 1921, ii, 315-317.—deHaan(J.) Over den dood. Natuurk. Tijdschr. v. Nederl.-Indie, Weltervreden, 1905, lxv, 61-73.— Hall (G. S.) Thanatophobia and immortality. Am. J. Psychol, Worcester, 1915, xxvi, 550-613.—Hampton (F. A.) The fear of death. Discovery, Lond, 1922, iii, 285- 288.—Harms (W.) Beobachtungen iiber den natiirlichen Tod der Tiere; der Tod bei Hydroides pectinata Phil, nebst Bemerkungen iiber die Biologie dieses Wurmes. Zool. Anz, Leipz 1912, xl, 117-145.—Heillg (G.) Konjugation und naturlicher Tod. Naturw. Wchnschr, Jena, 1904, n. F, iii, 465-567.—Ho well ( W. H.) Physiological theories of death. Ref. Handb. M. Sc,N. Y, 1914,3. ed,iii, 447-453.— Huguenin (P.) Le role du medecin aupres des agonisants. Gaz. d. hop. Par, 1901, lxxiv, 971. Also, transl.: Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1901, xi, 595.—Jankeievitch (S.) La mort et l'immortahte d'apres les donnees de la biologie. Revue philosophique, Par, 1910, lxix, 358-380.—Jores (L.) Ueber Tod, Todesart und Todesursache. Vrtljsehr. f. ge- richtl. Med, Berl, 1909, xxxviii, 1-12.—Kohler (F.) Krank- heit und Tod In kulturgeschichtlicher und naturwissen- schaftlicher Beleuchtung. Naturw. Wchnschr, Jena, 1907, xxii, 241; 257.—Leclercq (J.) & Cordonnier. Strangula- tion, suffocation ou submersion. Ann. de m£d. leg. Par, 1921, i, 260-263.—Le Dantec (F.) Le probleme de la mort. Rev. phil. Par, 1916, lxxxi, 105-134.—Leuba (J. H.) The state of death; an instance of internal adaptation. Am. J. Psychol, Worcester, 1903, xiv, 397-409.—McDonald (A.) Study of man after death. West. M. Times, Denver, 1920- 21, xl, 163-171.-----. Psychology of death. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1921, xii, 117; 145.-----. Physical death in man. Ibid., 214-219. Death in man. Med. Times, N. Y, 1921, xlix, 149; 176.—Marcus (J. H.) Death and its Semitic traditions. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1918, xciv, 7-13.— Marge (En) du systeme sympathique; la fin naturelle des deux vies. Presse m6d. Par, 1921, xxix, (annexe), 1592- 1595.—Martnesco (G.) Sur le mecanisme chimico-colloidal de la senility et le probleme de la mort naturelle. Bull. sect. scient. de 1'Acad, roumaine, Bucharest, 1913-14, ii, 148-154.— Metchnikoff (E.) La mort du papillon du murier; un chapitre de thanatologie. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par, 1915, xxix, 477-497, 2 pi.—Mort (La). Annee biol. Par, 1921-22, n. s, ii, 39.—Nacke (P.) Zur Physio-Psychologie der Todesstunde. Arch. f. Krim.- Anthrop. u. Kriminalist, Leipz., 1903, xii, 287-308.-----. Geistige Klarheit vor dem Tode. Ibid., 1906, xxv, 365.—Nass (L.) Au lit de mort. Corresp. med. Par, 1912, xix, fasc. 419, 7-12.—Nothnagel (H.) Ueber das Sterben. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1900, x, 280; 319. Also: Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl, Berl, 1900, xxii, 278; 325.—Osterhout (W. J. V.) The dynamics of the process of death. J. Biol Chem, Bait, 1917, xxxi, 585-589. Also, Reprint. Also: Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa, 1917, n. s, xlvi, 542.—Pearl (R.) The biology of death. Scient. Month, N. Y, 1921. xii, 193; 321; 444; xiii, 46; 144: 193 — Pieron (H.) Contribution a la psychologie des mourants. Rev. phil. Par, 1902, liv, 615.—Pike (F. H.) The utility of death. J. Hered, Wash, 1917, viii, 195-199.—Pinllla. La psicologia de la muerte. Rev. med. salmantina, Salamanca, 1910, vi, 129; 161.—Plesnila (P. C.) Essai sur les origines de la mort naturelle. Rev. phil. Par.. 1911, Ixxi, 705-729.— Puppe(G.) Ueber die Agone. Med.-naturw. Arch, Berl. & Wien, 1908, i, 619-626.—Quintard (E.) L'heure fatale. Arch. med. d'Angers, 1906, x, 607-616.—Sachs (H.) Das Thema " Tod." Imago. Leipz. & Wien, 1914, iii, 456-461.— Schleich (C. L.) Das Problem des Todes. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl, 1921, xlvii, 83.—Skrainka (P.) Some remarks on death. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1916, xxiii, 923-926.—Smith (N.) Le rdle de la mort dans Invo- lution. Ann. d. sc. psych. Par, 1901, xi, 309-318.—Smith (W. B.) Mors mortis. Monist, Chicago, 1918, xxviii, 321- 351.—Sollier. Sur le moi des mourants. Bull, de l'Inst. gen. psychol. Par, 1903, iii, 29-32.—Vaschide (N.) _ De la conscience des agonisants. Rev. phil.. Par, 1904, lvii, 518- 521.—Vaschide (N.) & Vurpas (C.) Contribution a la psycho-physiologie des mourants; deux cas de choree chro- nique. Rev. neurol. Par. 1902, x, 389-394.-----------. Con- tribution e xperimentale a la physiologie de la mort. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1903, exxxvi, 933.—Verga (A.) & Birtl (S.) Sulle ultime manifestazioni della vita negli ani- mali superiori. In: Biffl (S.) Op. compl, Milano, 1902, i, Death. 225-228— Verschaffelt (E.) De dood als physiologisch ver- schijnsel. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1916, i, 118-136.—Zsako (I.) [Mechanical muscular phenomena after death.] Orvosi hetil, Budapest, 1912, lvi, 199-201. Death (Apparent). See, also, Burial (Premature); Resuscitation. Creazzo (A.) Studio su la morte apparente e la morte reale. 8°. Roma, 1913. Froemsdorff (C.) *Ueber den Scheintod der Neugeborenen. 8°. Breslau, 1918. Gheorghiu (E.) *Recherches critiques sur la mort apparente. 8°. Paris, 1911. Icard. Le danger de la mort apparente sur les champs de bataille. 12°. Paris, 1905. Ltjtze (E. A.) Tot oder Scheintot? 12°. Berlin, 1910. Ponce (F.) *Pasta de Viena, la diversidad de sus efectos cuando se aplica en el cadaver en el vivo y la utilidad de ellos para conocer la muerte real. 8°. Mexico, 1881. Sachs (J. J.) Handleiding tot de eerste be- handelingvanschijndooden. 16°. Utrecht, 1837. Schlotterbeck (P. J.) Mortui amico appa- rentis historia medicis illustrata notis. sm. 4°. Tubingx, 1729. Techen (R.) Der Scheintod. Ein Mahnwort zur Vorsicht bei Benutzung der Leichenhallen und Beerdigung Verstorbener insbesondere in Berlin und anderen volkreichen Stadten. 8°. Berlin, 1905. Albarracin (C.) & Doncel (E. R.) El peligro de la muerte aparente en los campos de batalla; de sus causas y medios paraespecificarla. An. san. mil, Buenos Aires, 1905, vii, 446-458.—Albrand (W.) Die Unterscheidung des Todes vom Scheintode. Gesundh. in Wort u. Bild, Berl, 1907, iv, 66-70.—Alessandro (P. G.) Morte reale e morte apparente. Cesalpino, Arezzo, 1914, x, 313-319. Also: Gior. d. r. Accad. dimed. di Torino, 1914, 4. s, xx, 115-120.— Anderson (D. E.) Resuscitation after apparent death. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1922, i, 416.—De Dominicis (A.) Sulla morte apparente e la constazione del decesso. Cesalpino, Arezzo, 1915, xi, 211-215. Also: Gazz. med. sicil, Catania, 1916, xix; 337-342.—Foveau de Courmelles. R61e actuel de l'eiectricite dans le sauvetage. Medecin, Brux, 1904, xiv, 379.—FraenckeI(P.) Die Diagnostik des Scheintodes. Zt- schr. f. arztl. Fortbild, Jena, 1920, xvii, 64-70.—Frlgerlo (L.) Sulla morte apparente ed il nitrito d'amile. Arch, di psichiat. [etc.], Torino, 1900, xxi, 284.—Ginsberg (I.) Ap- parent death and resuscitation; a discussion of causes, symp- toms, and methods of first aid. Scient. Am, N. Y, 1923, cxxviii, 22.—Harris (D. F.) Latent life, or apparent death. Scient. Month, N. Y, 1922, xiv, 429-440.—Icard. Les pres- criptions legales et les mesures administratives pour eMter le danger de la mort apparente. Ann. d'hyg. Par, 1903, 1, 391-423.-----. De la hmite physiologique du traitement de la mort apparente. Arch. gen. de med. Par, 1904, ii, 2753- 2762.-----. Du danger de la mort apparente. Presse m^d. Par, 1904, ii, 521-525.—Kuhn. La mort apparente des fakirs indiens. Rev. de l'hypnot. et psychol. physiol. Par, 1895-6, x, 62.—Kuhn (F.) Scheintod und Wiederbeleb- barkeit im Lichte der neuen Forschungen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1914,1x1, 426-428.—Laborde (J.-V.) Determi- nation experimentale et pratique de la survie interieure et latente des proprietes fonctionnelles de l'organisme dans la mort apparente; procedS technique de recherche et de deter- mination. Bull. Acad, de m6d. Par, 1900, 3. s, xliii, 64- 67.—Laloy (L.) Der Scheintod und die Wiederbelebung als Anpassung an die Kalte oder an die Trockenheit. Biol. Centralbl, Leipz, 1900, xx, 65-71.—Massini (L. C.) Dia- gnosi di morte apparente o reale ed inumazione di soldati de- ceduti sul campo. Gazz. d. osp, Milano, 1915, xxxvi, 354- 356.—Moewes (C.) Ein Fall von Scheintod. Arch. f. Kriminal, Leipz, 1920, Ixxi, 311-315—Munch (F.) L'in- jection intraveineuse d'adrenaline, associee au massage du cceur et a la respiration artificielle, comme moyen de traite- ment de la mort apparente. Semaine meel. Par, 1903, xxiii, 86.—Otto (J. F.) Bemerkungen iiber Todtenschau und Sheintod. Mag. f. d. Staatsarznk, Leipz, 1846, v, 259- 277.—Perelra da Sllva. As injeccoes de fluoresceina no diagnostico da morte apparente. Med. contemp, Lisb 1911, xxix, 257-259.—Perosino (G. A.) Morte reale e morte apparente. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med, Napoli, 1914, n. s. xxxvi, 883-887—Pestafla (M. G.) La fluoresceina como signo differencial entre la muerte real y aparente. Semana m<5d, Buenos Aires, 1902, ix, 895-900.—Plantier (L.) Les rescapes en medecine. Rev. de psychotherap. Par, 1912-13 xxvii, 213-215— Pollmanti (O.) Studi di fisiologia etok> gica. Lo stato di immobilita temporanea ("morte appa- rente;" " Totenstellung ") nei crostacei brachiuri. Ztschr. DEATH. 368 DEATH. h (Apparent). ». Physiol, Jena, 19: Death f. allg. Physiol, Jena, 1911-12, xiii, 201-226.—Pons y Za- mora (P.) Empleo de la fluorecina como medio de distin- cidn entre la muerte real y la muerte aparente. Rev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1905, x, 588-590—Puppe (G.) Der Scheintod und seine Diagnose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1920, xlvi, 383-385. Also: Med. Klin, Berl, 1920, xvi, 246.—Rautenberg (E.) Ein bemerkenswerter Fall von Scheintod. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1919, xlv, 1277.—Satre (A.) Diagnostico de la muerte aparente en la linca de fuego. Gac. m6d.de Costa Rica, 1917, 3. s, xix, 569-572.—Schmidt (U.) Ueber das Bewegen des Korpers Scheintoter zur Wiederbelebung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1919, xlv, 1112.—Spllsbury (B. H.) Apparent death. St. Mary's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1918, xxiv, 101.—Sufler y OrdOflez (E.) La muerte aparente como fen6meno bioltfgieo. Rev. espec med, 1905, viii, 397- 400. Also, transl.: Deutsche Med.-Ztg, Berl, 1905, xxvi, 893.—Tossach (G.) Observation sur un homme mort en apparence et qu'on a fait revenir en lui souffiant de l'air dans les poumons. Essais et obs. de med. de la Soc. d'Edinb, Par, 1747, vi, 177-182.—Ure (Edith). Suspended animation for two hours. Australas. M. Gaz, Sydney, 1911, xxx, 30. Death (Causes of). See, also, Statistics ( Vital). von Korosi (J.) Zur international en Xomen- clatur der Todesursachen; kritische Bemerkun- gen zu Bertillon's Vorschlagen. 8°. Berlin, 1899. Lappin (R. C.) Physician's pocket reference to the international list of causes of death. 3. ed. 24°. Washington, 1916. Paullinus (C. F.) Disquisitio curiosa an mors naturalis plerumque sit substantia vermi- nosa? 12°. Francofurti dc Lipsise, 1703. Ribbert (H.) Der Tod aus Altersschwache. 8°. Bonn, 1908. United States. Department of Commerce and Labor. Bureau of the Census. Manual of inter- national classification of causes of death. 8°. Washington, 1902. ------. Physician's pocket reference to the international list of causes of death. 16°. Washington, 1910. ------. Manual of the international list of causes of death; based on the second decennial revision by the International Commission, Paris, July 1-3, 1909. 8°. Washington, 1911. United States. Department of Commerce. Bureau of the Census. The same. First reprint. 8°. Washington, 1913. ------. Index of joint causes of death; showing assignment to the preferred title of the international list of causes of death when two causes are simultaneously reported. Prepared under the supervision of C. L. Wilbur. 8°. Washington, 1914. Visoiu-Cornateano (J.) La mort par inhibi- tion. Preface de P. Brouardel. 8°. Paris, 1906. Accuracy (The) of certified causes of death; its relation to mortality statistics and the international list. Pub. Health Rep, Wash, 1917, xxxii, 1557-1632.—Balch (A. W.) Causes of death. Tr. Mass. Med.-Leg. Soc, Bost, 1917, v, 63-65.— Bartley (J. M.) What was the cause of death? St. Louis M. Rev, 1902; xlvi; 150.—Behla (R.) Zur Reform der Todes- ursachenstatistik in Preussen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1919, lvi, 753-755.—Bertlllon (J.) Note on tho draft tables of causes of death. Pub. Health, Lond, 1900-1901, xiii, 149- 164.-----. Classification of the causes of death, modifica- tions adopted in 1909, and those which may be necessary in the future. Tr. Internat. Cong. Hyg. & Demog. 1912, Wash, 1913, vi, 52-55.—Braun (A.) Die Statistik der Todesur- sachen. Med. Reform, Berl, 1902, x, 111; 124.—Bruinsma (G. W.) Oorzaken van levenloosheid. Med. Weckbl, Amst, 1906-7, xiii, 585; 597.—BUrgers & Hutt. Die Sterb- lichkeit in samtlichen Stadt- und Landkreisen Rheinland- Westfalens nach Alter und Geschlecht und einigen Todesur- sachen getrennt dargestellt. Centralbl. f. Allg. Gsndhts- pflg, Bonn, 1912, xxxi, 202-216.—Cause (The) of death. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1918, lxx, 461.—Chapln (C. V.) Causes of deaths in Providence, 1856 1905. Am. J. Pub Hyg, Bost, 1906, xvi, 529-541.—Demers. Comment oii meurt apres cinquante ans. Union med. du Canada, Mont- real, 1901, xxx, 391-408.-D'Rossl (O.) La statistic^ italia- na delle cause di morte, distribute per eta, nelle sue varia- zioni dai 1887 al 1901. Gior. d. r. Soc ital. d'ig, Milano, 1904 xxvi, 283-297.—Dublin (L. I.) & Kopf (E. W.) The im- provement of statistics of cause of death through supple- Death (Causes of). mentary inquiries to physicians. Michigan Month. Bull. Vital Statist, Lansing, 1916, xix, 80-89.—Dudneld (R.) The tabulation of causes of death, a comparison of the draft schedule prepared by the Committee of the Council of the Incorporated Society of Medical Officers of Health with the tables adopted by the International Statistical Congress. 1900 Pub. Health, Lond, 1900-1901, xiii, 87-98.—Dwight(E. W.) Causes of death in the first five years of insurance. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1912, Ixxxii, 587-588.—Emerson (H.) Relia- bility of statements of cause of death from the clinical and pathological viewpoints. Am. J. Pub. Health, N. Y, 1916, v, 680-685.-----. Committee on accuracy of certified causes of death. Boston M. & S. J, 1917, clxxvi, 516.—Emerson (II), Gutltoy (W. H.) \et al.]. The accuracy of certified causes of death; its relation to mortality statistics and the in- ternational list. Pub. Health Rep, Wash, 1916, xxxi, 2539- 2610.—Emerson (H.) & Van Buren (G. H.) Abstract of report of committee on the accuracy of certified causes of death. Am. J. Pub. Health, Chicago, 1921, xi, 966.—Fergu- son (J.) Principal causes of death. Canada Lancet, To- ronto, 1919-20, liii, 320-324.—FlorschUtz. Die Sterblich- keit und die Todesursachen der ersten fiinf Versicherungs- jahre unter den seit 1904 Versicherten der Gothaer Lebensver- sicherungsbank. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg, Berl, 1912. xviii, 69; 91.—Fraenckel (P.) & Marx (H.) Aufklarung der Todesursache durch Rontgenstrahlen. Arch. f. Krim.- Anthrop. u. Kriminalist, Leipz, 1913, liv, 103-110.—GUn- ther. Die Todesursachen. Jahresb. d. Landes-Med.- Coll. . . . im Konigr. Sachsen 1900, Leipz, 1901, xxxii. 64- 77.—Guttstadt (A.) Die Unterlagen der Todesursachen- statistik. Ztschr. d. k. preuss. statist. Landesamts, Berl, 1908,1. Abt, 63-67.—Hanssen (O.) [The causes of death in hemorrhages and anemia.] Norsk Mag. f. Laegevidensk, Kristiania, 1912, 5. R, x, 292-319.-HU1 (E. V.) & Aeberly (J.J.) The relation of the death rate to the wet bulb temper- ature; a review of Dr. Huntington's interpretation of the death rate by clinographs. J. Am. Soc. Heat. & Ventil. Engin, N. Y, 1919-20, xxvi, 471-479.—Israel (O.) Feststel- iung des Todes und der Todesursache. Klin. Jahrb, Jena, 1903, xi, 1-22.—Johannsson (J. E.) & Medin (O.) [The causes of death.) Hygiea, Stockholm, 1908, 2. f, viii, 593- 615.—Jores (L.), Hippel (B.) & Thelen (F.) Die Feststel- iung der Todesursache aus dem Leichenbefund. Ergebn. d. allg. Path. u. path. Anat, Wiesb, 1910, xiii, 1-85.—Kaye (H. W.) An investigation of the cause of death in certain eases of early fatality seen at a casualty clearing station. Brit. J. Surg, Bristol, 1920-21, viii, 193-201.—de KorOsy (J.) L'influence de la confession sur les causes de deces. Compt.- rend. Cong.internat. de m£d. 1897, Mosc, 1900, vii, 315-323.— Lawney (Eleanor). A brief study of the causes of death In the registration area of the United States. Colorado Med, Denver, 1909, vi, 167-169—Maeleod (X. J.) A statistical survey of the causes of deaths in tropical Queensland. In: Queensland. Vital statist. 1919, Brisbane, 1921, pp. xxiii- xxxiii, 2 'diag, 2 maps.—March (L.) Some researches concerning the factors of mortality. J. Roy. Statist. Soc, Lond, 1911-12, lxxv, 505-53S 4 tab.—von Mayr (G.) Re- form der Todesursachen-Statistik in der Schweiz. Allg. statist. Arch, Tubing, 1898-9, v, 479-18,5.—Modica (O.) Gli clementl del sistema nervoso centralo nella morte per iniblziono cardiaco-respiratoria. Bull. d. sc med. di Bo- logna, 1900, 7. s, xi, 574-578.—Monjaras J. E.) Some indi- cations that may serve for the better utilization of the results deri ved from a comparison of the principal causes of death in the cities that apply the International nomenclature. Am. l'ub. Health Ass. 1903, Columbus. 1904, xxix, 205-207.— MUhlmann (M.) Beitrage zur Frage nach der Ursache des Todes. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl, 1914, ccv, 1 77, 4 pi.—Oertel (H.) On the determination of the cause of death and some cases of sudden death. X. Vork M. J. (etc.], 1911, xciv, 121 129.—Orth (J.) Was ist Todesur- sache? Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1908, xiv, 485-490.—Pater- son (J. J.) Causes of death registered in a rural district 70 years ago. Med. Officer, Lond, 1914, xii, 239.—Pearl (R.) On the embrvological basis of human mortalitv. Proc Nat. Acad. Sc, Bait, 1919, v, 593-598.-----. Certain evolution- ary aspects of human mortality rates. Am. Naturalist, Lan- caster, Pa, 1920, liv. 5—11. — -—. A biological classification of the causes of death. Mot ron, Rovigo, 1920, i, No. 3, 92 99. -----. Some biological aspects of human mortalitv. Proc. Path. Soc, Phila, 1920-21, n. s, xxiii, 84-87—Principal causes of death in the United States registration aiva, 1920. Census Bureau's summary of mortalitv statist us. Pub. Health Rep, Wash, 1921, xxxvi, 2723-2725.- Priming. Stcrlicfalle und Todesursachen in Deutschland 1914-1916. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1920, xlvi, 39S.— Ralits. Ergebnisse der Todesursachenstatistik; die Sterbe- fiillc iin Deutschen Rciche wahrend des Jahres 1907. Med.- statist. Mitt.a.d.k. lisndhtsamte, Berl, 1910, xiii, 153-190.— Relbmayr (A.) Dio wichtigste Ursache des Alterstodes in der belebten Natur. Polit.-anthrop. Rev, Hildburgh, 1911-12, x, 574-590.—Robertson (W. Q. A.) Legal investi- gation of causes of death in Scotland. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1914, ii, 792-794.—Rogers (L.) Gleanings from the Calcutta post-mortem records; the primary causes of death and the most frequent errors of diagnosis in 1,000 medical post mor- tems. Indian M. tiaz, Calcutta, 1914. xlix, 41-45.— Schmidt (A.) Dio Todesursache im vorlaufigen Gutach- teu. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl, 1907, xx, 265-275.— DEATH. 369 DEATH. Death (Causes of). Schultz (O. H.) Causes of death. Tr. Mass. Med.-Leg. Soc, Bost, 1917, v, 54-63.—Slotopolsky (B.) Zur Diskus- sion iiber die potentielle Unsterblichkeit der Einzelligen und uber den Ursprung des Todes. Zool. Anz, Marburg, 1920, li, 63; 81.—Spiess (K.) Woran sterben die Menschen? Etwas fiber die wichtigsten Todesursachen. Soziale Med. u. Hyg, Hamb, 1907, ii, 6; 72.—Spilsbury (B. H.) Death from natural causes. St. Mary's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1918, xxiv, 123-125.—[Statistics of some rarer causes of death.] Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1921, lxv, pt. 1, 1209- 1228.—Sternberg (H.) Ueber klinisch ungeklarte Todes- falle von laryngologischem Interesse. Monatschr. f. Oh- renh. [etc.), Berl. & Wien, 1920, liv, 673-678.—Vogt (R.) Die Organisation der Todesursachenstatistik in der Schweiz. Arch. f. soz. Hyg. u. Demog, Leipz, 1915, x, 386-395.—de Vries (H.) Ueber erbliche Ursachen eines friihzeitigen Todes. Naturwissenschaften, Berl, 1919, vii, 217-222.— Watson (I. A.) Some observations on the causes of death in New Hampshire. Rep. Bd. Health N. Hampshire 1899- 1900, Manchester, 1901, xvi, 182-196.—Wilbur (C. L.) The international classification; its advantages, defects, and de- ficiencies. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1908, lxxxviii, 633-637. -----. The second decennial revision of the international classification of causes of death. Am. J. Pub. Hyg, Bost, 1909-10, n. s, vi, 535-538. Death (Certification of). See, also, Autopsies; Coroners. Giraud (E.) *La constatation des d^ces en France au point de vue des inhumations prema- turees et des morts criminelles. 8°. Montpellier, 1909. Madert (H.) *Der Einfluss der Todeserkla- rung auf das Familienrecht. Nach gemeinem Rechte und dem Rechte des biirgerlichen Ge- eetzbuchs fiir das deutsehe Reich. 8°. Greifs- wald, 1904. United States. Congress. House of Repre- sentatives. A bill to amend sections 675, 676, 683, 684, and 686 of the Code of Law for the District of Columbia, and other laws and regu- lations relating to the registration of deaths, re- moval of dead bodies, and for other purposes. 59. Cong., 1. sess. H. R. 16142. Mar. 5, 1906. Introd. by Mr. Babcock. roy. 8°. [ Washington, 1906.] United States. Department of Commerce and Labor. Bureau of the Census. Modes of state- ment of cause of death and duration of illness upon certificates of death. 8°. [Washington, n. d.] Barlow (T. W. N.) The registration of deaths and coro- ners' inquests. J. Roy. Inst. Pub. Health, Lond, 1908, xvi, 614-616.—Bandin (L.) Mise en pratique officielle du nou- veau procede d'Icard pour la constatation des d6ces par les medecins de l'Etat civil. Rev. med. de la Franche-Comte, Besancon, 1905, xiii, 97-102.—Biddle (D.) The sufficiency of death certificates; cerebral hsemorrhage as a primary cause. Lancet, Lond, 1906, i, 1717.—van Binsbergen (W. A. A.) De betrekkdijke waarde van sterftecijfers. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1911, i, 1373-1377.— Brouardel (P.) Valeur des diflerents modes de declaration des causes de mort. Ann. d'hyg. Par, 1906, 4. s, v, 266- 273— Bruinsma (G. W.) Aangifte bij geweldadigen dood. Med. Weekbl, Amst, 1911-12, xviii, 589-592.— Collins (Sir W.), Farquharson [et al.]. Discussion on the reform of death certification. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1910, ii 599 —Coupland (S.) Remarks on death certification and registration. J. Ment. Sc, Lond, 1913 lix, 27-53,1 pi.— Dewez, Dupureux & Boulengler. De la necessite d'ob- tenir, sous reserve du secret professionnel, une declaration des causes de deces dans les groupes de population, et des moyens de realiser cette mesure. Belgique med, Gand-Haarlem, 1906, xiii, 555; 567.—Emerson XH.} The reliability of certain classes of death certificates. Am. J. Pub. Health, N. Y, 1915, v, 701-704. Also, Reprint — Ganzlnotty. Certificat de deces et secret professionnel. Rev. m6d. de l'est, Nancy, 1912, xliv. 550-552.—Hakansson (E G ) The medical certificate of death; a procedure to make the statement of cause of death reliable. J. Am. M Ass, Chicago, 1922, lxxviii, 1682-1686—Harmon (G. E.) An analysis of the death certificates which were returned to physicians for correction by the division of health, city of Cleveland, January 1 to June 30, 1916. Cleveland M. J, 1916, xv, 17-24. Also, Reprint.—Hoffman (F. L.) The Budapest system of death classification. Am. J. Pub. Hyg., Bost, 1909-10, vi, 117-125.—House (W.) Publication of death certificates. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1916, lxvii, 762.—Icard. De la constatation des deuces en temps d'epl- dtone pour 6tablir la preuve certaine et precoce de la reality de la mort. Ann. d'hyg. Par, 1904, 4. s, ii, 326-353.-----. 11877°—Vol. IV, 3d series—22---24 Death (Certification of). De la verification des deces dans les h6pitaux; resultat de notre enqueue en France et k l'^tranger. Arch. gen. de m<5d. Par, 1905, i, 406; 480.-----. Le certificat de deces automatique en l'absence du medecin; un signe vulgaire de mort reelle; proc6d6 de la reaction sulfhydrique. Ann. d'hyg. Par, 1906, 4. s, vi, 289-323.—Idman (R.) [Death certificates.] Duodecim, Helsing, 1912, xxviii, 112-130.— Kaye (J. R.) Certification and registration of death; the urgent need for improvement. J. State M, Lond, 1902, x, 324-332.—Kisskalt (K.) Die Einfiihrung der Melde- pflicht fiir Sterbefalle und die alteste Sterbefallstatistik in Konigsberg i. Pr. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl, 1917, xxvii, 141-150.—Lowndes (F. W.) Death certification and cor- oner's inquests. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1909, n. s, Ixxxvii, 320.—Moore (W. O.) Death certification. Ref. Handb. M. Soc. 3. ed, N. Y, 1914, iii, 442-445.—Perrln (M.) La declaration de la cause des deefes est contraire a la loi du secret professionnel. Paris med, 1911-12, ii, 201- 204.—Perry (A. R.) Death registration errors in Fall River. Pub. Health Bull. Mass, Bost, 1917, iv, 181-189 — Pope (H. C.) Twenty-four years' death certificates in general practice. Tr. M. Soc. Lond, 1899-1900, xxiii, 261- 273. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1900, n. s, lxix. 441- 444.—Reincke (J. J.) Ueber den Wert arztlicher Todes- bescheinigungen fiir Todesursachenstatistik. Deutsche Vrtljsehr. f. off. Gsndhtspfl, Brnschwg, 1904, xxxvi, 650- 654.—Robertson (H. E.) Death certificates; a review of the subject as viewed from the post-mortem room. J. Minn. M. Ass. [etc.], Minneap.. 1911, n. s, xxxi, 62-65.— Shuieldt (R. D.) On a case calling for the proof of death. Medico-Legal J, N. Y, 1922, xxxix, 40-42.—Smith (E. M.) Certification and registration of death. J. Roy. San. Inst, Lond, 1908-9, xxix, 362-365.—Smith (F. J.) Death certification and post-mortem examinations. Tr. Med.- Leg. Soc, Lond, 1911-12, ix, 56-68.—Snell (E. H.) Death certification. Pub. Health, Lond, 1902-3, xv, 21-34.— Van Buren (G. H.) The statement of duration of disease on death certificates as a determining factor in classifying causes of death. Am. J. Pub. Health, N. Y, 1913, iii, 462- 466.—Walford (E.) Death certification and registration. Pub. Health Lond, 1900-1901, xiii, 262-269. Death (Diagnosis of). See, also, Death. (Apparent); Viscera (Acidity of). Albrand (W.) & Schroder (H.) Das Ver- halten der Pupille im Tode. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der mortal en Augen veranderungen. 8°. Halle a. S., 1906. Icard. Le signe de la mort reelle en l'absence du medecin; la constatation et le certificat auto- matiques des deces (procede de la reaction sulf- hydrique); moyen simple, infaillible, a la portee de tous, pour eviter le danger de la mort appa- rente a la campagne. 12°. Paris, 1907. Laborde (J.-V.) Le signe automatique de la mort reelle deduit de Paction negative du pro- cede des tractions rythmees de la langue; 6tude et determination experimentales de la persis- tance et de la duree des proprietes fonctionnelles des tissus et des elements dans les diverses con- ditions de mort apparente; application pratique a la determination de la mort reelle. 8°. Paris, 1900. Le Coniac (P.-E.-M.) *De la persistance d'attitudes actives apres la mort et de son im- portance en medecine legale. 8°. Bordeaux, 1912. Metzger (J. D.) Ueber die Kennzeichen des Todes und den auf die Ungewissheit derselben gegriindeten Vorschlag, Leichenhauser zu er- richten. 12°. Konigsberg dc Weymar, 1792. Meygret (E.) *La pathogenie du doigt hip- pocratique. 8°. Paris, 1905. Pessonnier (J.-F.) *Contribution a l'etude des signes de la mort et de leur application a la pratique de l'autopsie medicale. 8°. Bordeaux, 1907. Ponce (F.) *Pasta de Viena; la diversidad de bus efectos cuando se aplica en el cadaver y en el vivo y la utilidad de ellos para conocer la muerte real. 8°. . Mexico, 1881. [P., v. 2178.] Roemer (G. A.) *Beitrag zur Bestimmung der Todesart und der Todesursache. [Tubingen.] 8°. Calw, 1919. DEATH. 370 DEATH. Death (Diagnosis of). Vannimexus (L. L.) *Les nouveaux signes de la mort (etude critique). 8°. Lille, 1910. Agustln del Caflizo. Sobre la auscultation cardiaea en la agonia. Rev. clin. de Madrid, 1911, v, 128-131 — Albrand (W.) Kriterien der Tod-Erkennung von Seiten des Auges. Vrtljsehr. f. gerichtl. Med, Berl, 1906, 3. F, xxxi, Suppl.-Hft, 63-67.—Alvares de Toledo y Valero (R.) Contribuci6n al estudio de la reacci6n sulfhldrica de Icard. Gac. med. catal, Barcel, 1917, li, 161-170.-----. Sobre el valor practico del signo de Lecha Marzo para el diagndstico de la muerte real. Cron. med, Lima, 1918, xxxv, 20-24.—Ascarelli (A.) L'acidificazione dei visceri come sintoma di morte. Bull. d. r. Accad. med. dl Roma, 1906, xxxii, 215-243.—de Barros (D.) Novo processo para determinacao da data da morte pela crystallisacao do sangue putrefeito. Brazil-med, Rio de Jan, 1917, xxxi, 171.— Beclere. La radiographic des organes abdominaux permct- elle le diagnostic de la mort reelle. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1907, cxlv, 1356-1359. Also: Arch, d'electric med, Bordeaux. 1908, xvi, 123-127.—Belmlro Valverde. Novo processo para determinacao da data da morte pela crys- talisacao do sangue putrefeito. Bol. Soc. med.-cirurg. mil, Rio de Jan, 1917-18, iii, nos. 3 & 6, 71-74.-----. Un nuevo procedimiento para la determinacion de la fecha de la muerte. Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. med., Madrid, 1918, xl, 103-111.— de Bourgade de la Dardye (E.) Sur un nouveau signe de la mort reelle. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1907, cxlv, 942.—Cluzet (J.) & Mazel (P.) Electrocardiogramme et mort reelle. Ann. de med. leg. Par, 1922, ii, 1-5.—Coca y Gonzalez (F.) Un signo cierto en la muerte real. Rev. med. de Sevilla, 1906, xlvi, 329-337.—Corin (G.) De la cryoscopie comme moyen de determiner la date de la mort. Ann. Soc. de med. leg. de Belg, Brux, 1903-4, xv, 9-24.—D'Halluln (M.) Contribution a l'etude des signes de la mort; rubc-fac- tion provoquee du globe oculaire appliquee au diagnostic de la persistance de la circulation dans le cas d'absence des bruits du cceur. Bull. med. Par, 1906, xx, 832.-----. Diag- nostic immediat de la mort: 1°, Critique de l'epreuve de la phlyctene explosible; 2°, expose' d'un procede nouveau. J. d. sc med. de Lille, 1906, ii, 353-360.-----. La reaction sulfhv- drique; son principe, sa valeur. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par.. 1907, lxii, 840.-----. Contribution a l'etude du diag- nostic de la mort; la reaction sulfhydrique; critique experi- mentale de son principe. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1907, i, 457- 469.-----. Comment faire le diagnostic immediat de la mort. Gaz. med. de Par, 1911, Ixxxii, 97.-----. La diagnosi imme- diata della morte in tempo di guerra. Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1915, 9. s, iii, 295. Also, transl.: Crdn. med, Va- lencia, 1915, xxvii, 43.—Doepner. Untersuchungen fiber die gerichtsarztliche Bedeutung des Revenstorfschen Verfah- rens zur Feststeliung der Zeit des Todes. Vrtljsehr. f. gerichtl. Med, Berl, 1909, xxxviii, 12-27.—Favero (F.) Con- tribuicao ao estudo chronothanatognose. Ann. paulist. de med. e cirug, S. Paulo, 1921, xii, 62-72.—Foveau de Cour- melles. Le signe de la mort reelle en l'absence du medecin. J. d'hyg. Par, 1907, xxxii, 3.-----. Un nouveau signe de la mort reelle. Rev. med. Par, 1907, xvi, 284-287.—Frelre (O.) A prova de Lecha-Marzo na determinacao da morte real. Brazil-med, Rio de Jan, 1920, xxxiv, 62.—Hart (C.) Die Zeichen des unzweifelhaft eingetretcnen Todes. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild, Jena, 1919, xvi, 633-638— Herold (J.) Signs and tests of death,. N. Orl. M. & S. J, 1S98-9, li, 549; 609; 669.—Icard (S.) A propos du diagnostic de la mort reelle dans la pratique jourualiere des armees. Marseille med, 1918, lv, 670-S74. Also [Abstr.]: Rev. gen. de elm. et de therap. Par, 1918, xxxii, suppl.. p. dexxxix. -----. A propos du diagnostic de la mort reelle. Ann. d'hvg. Par, 1919, 4. s, xxxi, 233-238.-----. L'acidite cadaverique. signe de mort reelle (cutireaction physico-chimique par la for- • cipressure). Marseille-me'd, 1919, lvi, 939-942. Also:J.de med. de Par, 1920, xxxix, 114.—Kahn (M. H.) Postmortem ophthalmoscopy; segmentary intravascular coagulation. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1913, lxxxhi, 801-803.—Kryukofl (A. I.) [Signs of death from cold.) Vestnik Obshtsh. Hig, Sudeb. i Prakt. Med, S.-Peterb, 1913, xlix, pt. 2, 400-418.—La- borde (J.-V.) Le signe automatique de la mort reelle consti- tuant en meme temps le moyen le plus puissant de resurrec- tion. Bull. Acad, de med. Par, 1900, 3. s, xliii, 64-73. -----. Deduction d'application pratique relative au signe automatique de la mort reelle constituant en meme temps un moven le plus puissant de resurrection. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1900, 11. s,ii, 126-130—Lande (P.) Le signe de la brulure ou de la phlyctene; sa valeur pour le diagnostic de la mort reelle. Bull, et mem. Soc. de im'd et chir. de Bordeaux (1911), 1912,348-358. Also: Rev. dc m.'d leg. Par, 1911, xviii, 289-296.—Lecha-Marzo CV.l In nouveau moyen de diagnostic de la mort reelle applicable a la pratique civile et aux champs de bataille. Arch, nud beiges, Brux, 1918, Ixxi, 271-278. Also, transl. I Abstr.] Med. Rec, N. Y, 1918, xciii, 817.—Letheule. Recherches sur la mort reelle. Rev. internat. de med. et de chir. Par 1918, xxix, 74.—Leveque (O.) Note sur un genre de trauma^ tisme utilise chez les Arabes pour determiner une mort rapide sans lesions apparentes, par rotation et flexion forcees de la tete; dislocation de l'atlas et compression du bulbe. Arch de m6d. et de pharm. mil. Par, 1911, lviii, 446-451—Mari- nesco (G.) Sur la disparition successive de l'excitabilite reflexe. de l'excitabilite nerveuse et musculaire dans 1'aeonle et apres la mort. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par. 1916 Death (Diagnosis of). lxxix, 874-^77.—Massone (M.) Delia contrattilita elettrica dei muscoli striati dopo morte (eccitabilita diretta) come segno di morte. Ann. di freniat. [etc.], Torino, 1912, xxii, 230-250.—Matignon (J. J.) La vie apparente chez les tues sur le champ de bataille. Rev. scient. Par, 1912, il, 9-12.—Mertens (V. E.) Zu Rudels sicherem Vorzeichen des Todes. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1920. lxvii, 74.—Moreau (C.) Sur quels signes s'appuyer pour determiner le moment oil la mort s'est produite et quelle en est la valeur? Ann. Soc. de med. leg. de Belg, Brux, 1909, xx, 24-30.—Ott. Sur un signe diagnostique pratique de la mort. Rev. med. de Normandie, Rouen, 1906,17-19.-----. Un nouveau signe cli- nique de la mort. Medecin prat.; Par, 1910, vi, 778.—Otto- lenghl (S.) Ein neues Todeszeichen und der Einfluss der Respiration und der Verwesung auf die Radiographic der Lungen. Vrtljsehr. f. gerichtl. Med, Berl.. 1899, 3. F, xvii, 282-288.—Parry (L. A.) The possibilitv oi premature inter- ment. Med. Mag, Lond, 1914, xxui, 11-23.—Pirate (P.) Los signos de la muerte. Cron. med. mexicana, Mexico, 1910, xhi, 209: 237; 265; 293.—Pitzman (M.) A simple proof of the cessation of respiration. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago. 1907, xlix, 853— Rabaud (E.) L'immobihsation reflexe et l'instinct de la simulation de la mort. J. de psychol. norm. et path. Par, 1920, xvii, 865-877.—Rebello (S.) Le contrdle de la "reaction actuelle" des tissus animaux par les fils- indicateurs; une methode pour le diagnostic de la mort. Arch, internat. de pharmacod, Brux. & Par, 1921-2, xvi, 395-405.-----. La "reaction actuelle" des tissus au bleu de bromothvmol; une methode pour le diagnostic de la mort reelle. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1922, lxxxvi, 615- 618.—RelUy (T. F.) The signs and svmptoms of impending death. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1916, lxvi, 160-164. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond.. 1916, cii, 12-15. Also, Reprint.— Rossi (U.) Contributo alio studio dei criteri per la diagnosi dell' epoca della morte. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1911, 5. s, iii, 479-4N7.—RUdel (O.) Ein sicheres Vorzeichen des Todes. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1919, lxvi, 1422.—Sainsbury (H.) On fa.-i..l expression in the dead. Lancet, Lond, 191S, i, 923.—Sarda. Les signes pre- cedes de la mort. Montpel. med, 1917, xxxix, M3->60.— Satal (A.) The diagnosis of death in the firing line. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1917, n. s, ciii, lt>2-164.—Satre (A.) Le diagnostic de la mort sur la ligne de feu. Presse med. Par, 1916, xxiv, annexes. 545-547.—Schwar* (K.) Das Problem des physiologbchen Todes. Wien. tierarztl. Mo- natschr, 1922, ix, 1-v—Souza Lima. Yerificacao de obi- tos. Tribuna med, Rio de Jan.. 1915, xxi, 231-235.—Stockls (E.) Le diagnostic de la mort. Scalpel, Liege, 1907-8. lx, 495-497.-----. Les signes de la mort. Rev. de med. leg., Par, 1909, xvi, 47-54. AI*k transl.: Allg. Wien. med. Ztg, 1909, liv, 153, 164.-----. Le diagnostic de la mort par submersion par la methode du planchton cristallin. Ann. de m6d. leg. Par, 1921. i, 43-48.—Terson (A.) La dionine parmi les reactifs oculaires de la mort. Ann. d'ocul. Par., 1916, cliii, 122.-----. Signes et reactifs oculaires de la mort. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1916-17, xxxv, 513-524. Also, transl.: Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1917, xxxiv, 274-2S?. -----. Signes et nouveaux r6actifs oculaires de la mort. Bull. Acad, de med. Par, 1917, 3. s, lxxviii, 103-106. Also: J. de med. de Par, 1917. xxxvi, 237.—VaUlant (C.) Au sujet de la posslbilite d'etablir le diagnostic de la mort reelle par la radiographic. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1907, cxlv, 1310.—Valverde (B.) Novo processo para determi- nacao da data da morte pela crystahsacao do sangue putre- feito. Brazil-med, Rio de Jan, 1917, xxxi. 160.-----. Un nuevo procedimiento para la determination de la fecha de la muerte. Semana med, Buenos Aires, 191\ xxv, 124- 130.—Vaughan (E. M.) Method of determining approxi- mate time of death. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1921, lxxvi, 608.—Verga (V.» & BlfU (S.) Un segno fisiologieo della morte vera; eonM>lera/ionl ed esperimenti. In: Biffi (S.) Op. compl . Milano. hH>_\ i, 229-238.—VUlegas Ruii. Valor cientlflco del sccmo de M wtenot para distinguir la muerte real de la nuune aparente. Gac. med. de Caracas, 1922, xxix, 189-191.—Volkhardt (T.) Ueber den Eintritt der Totenstarre am menschlichen Herzen. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path, Jena 1916 lxii, 473-502.—Weber (E. H.) Ueber ein sehr einfaches \ erfahren, durch welches man schon sechs Stunden nach dem Tode den wlrklichen Tod vom Scheintode unterscheiden kann, durch Zeichen, welche auch von minder geblldeten Personen nicht verkannt wer- den konnen. Ber. ii. d. Verhandl. d. k. Sachs. Gesellsch. d. Wissensch. zu Leipz. Math.-phvs. Kl, 1S54, vi, 6S-S1.— ZsakA (S.) Die Bestimmung "der Todeszeit durch die muskel-mechanischen Erscheinungen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1916, lxiii, 82. Death (Jurisprudence of). See, also, Cadaver (Jurisprudence of); Death (Sudden, Jurisprudence of); Punishment (Capi- tal); Survival (Presumptive). Brouardel (P.) & Benham (F. L.) Death and sudden death. 2. ed. 8°. London. 1902. DoHRiNo (F.) *Ueber die Feststeliung des ursiichlichen Zusammenhanges zwischen Tod- und Betriebsunfall. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1912. Icard (S.) La constatation des deces dans les DEATH. Death (Jurisprudence of). hopitaux en France et a 1'etranger et necessity de la pratique hative des autopsies; diagnostic precoce de la mort reelle permettant la pratique hative des autopsies, roy. 8°. Paris, 1910. Morache (G.) Naissance et mort; etude de socio-biologie et de medecine legale. 8°. Paris. 1904. Albrand (W.) Die Bedeutung des ophthalmoskopischen Befundes als Zeichen des eingetretenen Todes. Vrtljsehr f gerichtl. Med, Berl, 1904, 3. F, xxvii, 310-313.—Ascarelll (A.) La putrefazione del tessuto muscolare striato (muscoli volontari e cuore) in rapporto con alcune cause di morte violenta. Arch, di psichiat. [etc.], Torino, 1907, xxviii, 133- 172. Also, Reprint.—Balthazard (V.) Determination de l'epoque de la mort chez les individus rases. Arch, internat. de med. leg, Bruxelles, 1910, i, 198-200.—Brend (W. A.) Some medico-legal points in connection with death. Practi- tioner, Lond, 1916, xcvii, 312-322.—Cevtdalla (A.) & Leon- cini (F.) La docimasia surrenale nella diagnosi medico- forense della morte in compendio. Atti d. Accad. med.-fis. fiorent. 1909, Firenze, 1910, 111.—Collins (C. U.) The physi- cian and the proof of death or disability for the insurance company. Illinois M. J, Chicago, 1917, xxxii, 111-116.— Corin (G.) La determination de la date de la mort. Ann. Soc. de med. leg. de Belg, Brux, 1909, xx, 31-38.—De Dominicis (A.) Cutitanatoreazione. Cesalpino, Arezzo, 1915, xi, 17-19. Also: Gazz. internaz. di med, Napoh, 1915, xviii, 104.—Engelmann. Gewaltsamer oder naturlicher Tod? Vrtljsehr. f. gerichtl. Med, Berl, 1918, 3. F, lv, 170- 176.— Filomusl-Guelfi (G.) Questioni di premorienza in medicina legale. Gior. di med. leg, Pavia, 1900, vii, 3; 49.— Hohmann (G.) When is a body dead? Med.-Leg. J., N. Y, 1921, xxxviii, 84-86.—Icard (S.) L'acidite cadave- rique; preuve de la mort reelle; cuti-reaction physico- chimique par la forci-pressure. Ann. d'hyg. Par, 1919, 4. s, xxxii, 299-301.—Le Gendre. La mort au point de vue medico-legal et professionnel. Rev. g6n. declin. et de therap. Par, 1908, xxii, 116-118.—Leoncini (F.) Del determinismo della morte sottoilrispettomedico-legale. Morgagni, Milano, 1911, liii, pt. 2, 289; 343; 392.—Lochte (T.) Ueber Todesfalle mit geringem oder negativem Obduktionsbefunde und deren Deutung. Vrtljsehr. f. gerichtl. Med, Berl, 1910, 3. F, xxxix, 327-343.—Menard (M.) Sur l'impossibilite de diagnostiquer la mort reelle par la radiographic des organes abdominaux. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1908, cxlvi, 1095-1097.—Xowaczynski. Contribution a l'etude des lesions prpduites au moment de Pagonie (etude medico- legale). Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1910, xiv, 606-609.— O'Malley (A.) The moment of death. In: O'Malley & Walsh Essays Past. Med, 8°, Lond. & Bombay, 1906, 164- 167.—Puppe (G.) Der gewaltsame Tod; seine gerichtsarzt- liche und strafrechthche Bedeutungim Konigreich Preussen. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild, Jena, 1906, iii, 148-153.—Serra- trlce (R.) Ricerche sperimentali sulle variazioni del punto di congelamento del fegato in relazione con alcune cause di morte. Atti d. Soc. med. leg. in Roma, 1909, ii, 69-78 — Tlrelll (V.) L'osteodiagnosi dell' eta della morte. Ann. di freniat. [etc.], Torino, 1911, xxi, 166; 204:1912, xxii, 217, 2pi, 1 ch. Also: Arch, di antrop. crim. [etc.], Torino, 1912, 4. s, iv, 406; 530.—Werkgartner (A.) Todeszeitbestimmungbei einem Verbrannten nach dem Zustande der Magenschleim- haut. Deutsche Ztschr. f. d. ges. gerichtl. Med, Berl, 1922, i, 717-726. Death (Signs of). See Death (Diagnosis of). Death (Sudden). See, also, Anaphylaxis; Apoplexy; Heart failure; Lightning (Effects of); Status lym- phaticus. Brotjardel (P.) & Benham (F. L.) Death and sudden death. 2. ed. 8°. New York, 1902. Busch ([H.] K.) *Pl6tzliche Todesfalle hei Soldaten. [Leipzig.] 8°. Naumburg, 1917. Fisher (T.) The heart and sudden death. 8°. London, 1908. Gijmpel (C. G.) The prevention of sudden death from internal causes; heat-stroke or heart- failure, which is it? 12°. London, 1907. Levert (L.-J.-L.) *Contribution a l'etude de la mort subite; traitement preventif de l'attaque d'apoplexie; la cure d'amaigrissement. 8°. Paris, 1917. Luquel (C.) *Les lesions des coronaires et la mort subite. 8°. Paris, 1900. Poirault (F.) *La mort subite par inhibition. 8°. Paris, 1900. Also [Abstr.], in: Gaz. d. h6p. Par, 1902, lxxv, 433. DEATH. Death (Sudden). Renner (M.) *Ueber plotzliche Todesfalle bei Kriegsteilnehmern. 8 . Jena, 1919. von Rtjthendorf-Przewoski (O. P.) *Ueber die Befunde bei plotzlichen Todesfallen. 8°. Kiel, 1900. Abrahams (A.) & Hallows (N. F.) Five cases of rapid disease in young men. Lancet, Lond, 1918, ii, 239.—Asca- relll (A.) La putrefazione del tessuto muscolare striato (muscoli volontari e cuore) in rapporto con alcune cause di morte violenta. Boll. d. Soc. Lancisiana d. osp. di Roma, 1906, xxvi, 37-74, 1 pi.-----. Contributo alio studio delle morti improvvise. Ibid., 1907, xxvii, 1-46.—Aschofl (L.) Die plotzlichen Todesfalle vom Standpunkt der Dienst- beschadigung. Mil.-arztl. Sachverst.-Tatigk, Jena, 1917, ii, 297-344.—Blake (J. B.) Sudden death; a study of certain cases occurring during phvsical exercise or psychic shock. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass, Phila, 1909, xxvii, 345-355. Also: Ann. Surg, Phila, 1909, 1, 43-51. [Discussion], 362.—. Blumm. Plotzlicher Tod aus natiirlicher Ursache. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl, 1920, xxxiii, 105-107— Bogdan (G.) Un nouveau cas de mort subite par lesions chroniques du cceur; suspicion d'homicide. Arch, d'anthrop. crim, Lyon & Par, 1902, xvii, 403-409.—Brown (W. L.) A clinical lec- ture on sudden death. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1909, n. s, lxxxviii, 414-417.—Cowburn (A. D.) Some experiences in the coroner's court. Clin. J, Lond, 1920, xlix, 81-87.— Dabout (E.) La mort subite dans les accidents du travail. J. de med. de Par, 1905,2. s, xvii, 191.—Dixon (J. F.) Some instances of sudden death with post-mortem findings. J. Ment. Sc, Lond, 1911, lvii, 486-491.—Doering (H.) Magen- fullung und plotzlicher Tod. Vrtljsehr. f. gerichtl. Med, Berl, 1919, 3. F, lviii, 4-23.—Faguet (C.) De la mort rapide. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. m6d. de Bordeaux, 1905, xxvi, 114-116.—Farez (P.) Mort par emotion, inhibition, sugges- tion, etc. Rev. de l'hypnot. et psvchol. physiol. Par, 1908-9, xxiii, 73; 103; 138.—Ferdon (H. W.) Stomach v. heart in relation to precordial pain and sudden death. Lancet, Lond, 1915, ii, 94.—Ferrai (C.) Alcune cause meno note di morte improvvisa. Gior. d. med. prat, Livomo, 1920, ii, No. 8, 10-13—French (H.) Sudden death. Guy's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1909, xxui, 297; 317.—Gilbert (A.) La mort subite hereditaire. Arch, internat. de med. leg, Bru- xelles, 1910, i, 184-194.—Gilbert (A.) & Baudouln (A.) Hereditary sudden death. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1909, n. s, lxxxviii, 296.—Glover (J.) Explication anatomo- clinique de la mort subite dans la lesion du pneumogastrique avec hemiplegie laryngee recurrentielle et l'aneantissement dynamique ou la lesion organique du phrenique. Arch. internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par, 1908, xxv, 772-774.— Gruber (G. B.) Zum Kapitel des plotzlich eingetretenen Todes ohne direkt ersichtlichen Grund. Aerztl. Sachverst.- Ztg, Berl, 1919. xxv, 209-214.—Hall (M.) On sudden death, and on dissolution in general. In: Hall (M.) Pract. Obs. & Suggestions, Lond, 1846, 2. s, 99-102.—Hancock (C. J. S.) Stomach vs. heart in relation to prfficordial pain and sudden death. Lancet, Lond, 1915, 1, 1293.—Hanser. Bericht fiber zweiinteressante Falleplotzlichen Todes. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1920, lvii, 666.—Hayhurst (E. R.) & Scott (E.) Four cases of sudden death in asilo. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1914, lxiii, 1570-1572.—Hoffmann (A.) Ueber haufige Ur- sachen plotzlicher Todesfalle. Repert. d. prakt. Med, Berl, 1911, viii, 343-349. Also: Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild, Jena, 1911, viii, 100-104.—Hogge (A.) La mort subite de cause r6nale. Ann. de med. leg. Par, 1921, i, 272-275.—de Josselin de Jong (R.) Over plotselingen dood en ongeval. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1917. i, 1915-1918.—Kost (S.) Mors subita; diagnostische Betrachtungen aus der Praxis. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1920. xxx, 61-64.—Laflorgue. Revue critique sur la mort subite a propos de quelques me- moires recents. Arch, d'anthrop. crim, Lyon & Par, 1910, xxv, 189-199.—Lancereaux. De la mort rapide ou subite d'origine gastrique. Bull. Acad, de med. Par, 1902, 3. s, xlvii, 341-351. Also: Rev. de therap. med.-chir. Par, 1902, lxix, 217-222.—Lattes (L.) Sulle cause occasionali di morte improvvisa. Arch, di antrop. crim. [etc.], Torino, 1912, 4. s, iv, 70-109.-----. Sulla morte improvvisaper accesso epilettico. Ibid., 1918-19, xxxix, 321-337, 1 pi.—Lea (C. E.) Stomach v. heart in relation to precordial pain and sudden death. Lancet, Lond., 1915, i, 773.—Lienaux. A propos de quelques observations de mort subite. Ann. de med. vet, Brux.. 1919, lxiv, 1; 49.—Lochte. Beobachtungen fiber den plotzlichen Tod aus inneren Ursachen. Vrtljsehr. f. gerichtl. Med, Berl, 1904, 3. F, xxvii. 1-30.—Macht (D. I.) The commonest natural causes or sudden death. South. M. J, Nashville, 1914, vii, 202-204. Also, Reprint.— Marian! (J. M.) Mecanismo, de la muerte subita. Rev. de cien. med. de Barcel, 1902; xxviii, 298-301.—Mazel (P.) & Lamy (B.) Capsules surrenales et mort subite. Ann. de m6d. leg. Par, 1921, i, 264-271.—Meyer (O.) Zwei bemer- kenswerte Sektionsbefunde bei plotzlichen Todesfallen, zu- gleich ein Beitrag zur Frage des Status thymico-lymphaticus. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1919, lxvi, 261-263.—Michel (G.) & Morin. Un cas de mort subite au cours de manoeuvres abortives. Bull. Soc. d'obst. et de gynec. de Par, 1921, x, 702-704.—Moloney (M. F.) Sixty cases of "sudden or vio- lent death;" an analysis. Dublin J. M. Sc. inch Tr. Roy. Acad. Med. Ireland, 1921, 4. s, 68-78.—Monln (E.) De la 37 DEATH. 372 DEATH, Death (Sudden). mort subite. J. de la sante. Par, 1906, xxiii, 396-398.— O'Sullivan (A. C.) Heart from a case of sudden death. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl, 1915, xxxiii, 373-375.— Palmer f L. M.) Death and sudden death. Boston M. & S. J, 1906, civ, 735-739— Pellegrini (R.) Di alcuni casi di morte in compendio e di morte improvvisa. Morgagni, Mi- lano, 1919, lxi, pt. 1 (arch.), 334-348.—Perrin (M.) Mort brusque de neuf fils d'un alcoolique. Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par, 1903, vii, 217-219.—Powell (R. D.) Stomach v. heart in relation to precordial pain and sudden death. Lan- cet, Lond, 1915, i, 933.— Quesada (F.) La muerte subita entre nosotros. An. Fac de med. de Lima, 1920, v, 49; 152.— Radestock. Luftdruckschwankungen (rasches und starkes Sinken des Luftdrucks) als Ursache der plotzlichen Todes- falle an Altersschwache auch an Herz- oder Gehirnschlag. Ztschr. f. soziale Med. [etc.], Leipz.. 1910, v, 450-464.— Richter. Ueher plotzliche Todesfalle. Off. Ber. u. d. Landesversamml. a. bayer. Medizinalbeamten-Ver. (E. \ . Landshut), 1911, Berl, 1912, viii, 28-41.—Robinson (B.) Sudden death. Am. J. Surg. & Gynec, St. Louis, 1904-5, xviii, 152-154. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y.. 1905, lxvii, 47-51 — Rochard (E.) De la mort subite apres l'operation de la cure radicale herniaire. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par, 1905, cxlix, 645-648.—Romanese (R.) Un raro caso di morte im- provvisa. Arch, di antrop. [etc], Torino, 1918-19, xxxix, 365-371, 1 pi.—Rosenbladt (F.) Some causes of sudden deaths. Iowa M. J, Des Moines, 1913, xx, 168-171.—Sam- palo (O.) Contribuicao para oestudo do valor da docimasia pararenal na diagnose da morte subita. Brazil-med.. Rio de Jan, 1918, xxxii, 81; 90.—Saundby (R.) A clinical lecture on sudden death. Med. Press & Circ, Lond , 190S, n. s.. lxxxv, 312-314.—Schneider (G.-E.) & Levy i.L.) La mort subite dans l'armee. Bull, med. Par, 1908, xxii, 845-MS.— Semerak (C. B.) Sudden death from (1) minute spontane- ous hemorrhages in the pons and medulla; and (2) syphilitic meningomyelitis. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1917-18, x, 273- 278.—Shore (T. H. G.) Sudden death on active service. Lancet, Lond, 1920, ii, 180-183.—SpUsbury (B. H.) Sudden death. Antiseptic, Madras, 1917, xiv, 260-266. Also: Prac- titioner, Lond, 1917, xcviii, 132-145.— Thorner (J.) Ueber den sogenannten spontanen plotzlichen Tod. Schweiz med. Wchnschr, Basel, 1921, li, 833; 855— Treupel (G.) Ueber Sekunden-Herztod. Ztschr. f. arztl. Forth, Jena, 1920, xvii, 545-548.—Verdon (H. W.) Stomach v. heart in relation to pra?cordial pain and sudden death. Lancet, Lond, 1915, i, 726.—Vermeulen (H. A.) [On a hitherto unknown cause of sudden death.] Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1920, lxiv, pt. 2, 2738-2740—Walsh (J. J.) Unexpected death. In: O'Malley & Walsh, Essays Pastoral Med, 8°, Lond. & Bombay, 1906, 135-149.—Westcott (W. W.) An address on sudden and unexpected deaths. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1908, i, 490-493.—Wyard (S.) The investigation of obscure cases of sudden death. Clin. J, Lond, 1922, li, 557- 564. Death (Sudden, Jurisprudence of). See, also, Jurisprudence (Medical). Casttlle (G.) *Critique medico-legale de la mort subite par le rein. 8°. Paris, 1900. Frick (E.^ *Etude medico-legale de la mort subite et de la mort accid en telle au cours du travail. 8°. Paris, 1909. Guy (G. F.) *De la mort subite ou rapide au cours du travail: ses rapports avec le trauma- tisme accidentel; etude medico-legale. 8°. Bordeaux, 1910. Bellussi. Contributo alio studio delle morti improwise; 18 casi di autopsie medico-legah. Umbria med, Ferni, 1921, ii, 121; 137; 150; 166; 188; 19v— Boas (K.) Zur foren- slschen Bedeutung der Cevidalli'sehen Adrenalinreaktion. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist, Leipz, 1914. lx, 128-131.—Bogdan (G.) Mort subite; suspicion dem- poisonnement. Ann. d'hyg. Par, 1920, 4. s., xxxiii, 375- 378.—Canedy (F.J.) Sudden deaths in a synopsis of twentv years' medico-legal work. Boston M. & S. J, 1909, clxi, 360-362.—Dabout (E.) La mort subite consider au point de vue medico-legal de la loi sur les accidents du travail. Cong, internat. de med. (xvi.). C.-r, Budapest, 1909, Sect, xix, Med. legale, 1-16. Also: Rev. de med. leg. Par, 1909, xvi, 225-237.—Dalton (C. F.) Sudden death In its medico-legal aspects. Vermont M. Month, Burling- ton, 1910, xvi, 88-91.—De Crecchio (G.) Contributo alio studio delle morti subitanee; nota di casistica medico- legale. Risveglio med, Lanciano, 1907, ii, 281-283.—Ewlng (J.) Sudden death. In: Text-book Leg. Med. (Peterson & Haines), 8°, Phila, 1903, i, 138-160.—Haberda (A.) Der plotzliche Tod aus naturlicher Ursache und seine gerichts- arztliche Begutachtung. Offiz. Ber. u. d. Erst. Amts- arzte-Kong, Wien. 1909, 86-90. Also: Med. Bl, Wien, 1910, xxxii, 477-479.—Lebrun (A.) Un cas de mort instan- tanee. Arch, internat. de med. leg, Brux., 1913, iv, 158-162.—Levy (M.) Welche Aufgaben stellen die Falle plotzlichen Todes dem Gerichtsarzt? Friedreich's Bl. f. gerichtl. Med, Niirnb, 1907, lviii, 1; 119; 212; 241.—Olano (G.) Muerte subita; suposicidn de envenenamiento por Death (Sudden. Jurisprudence of). error del farnmceutico: causa probable de la muerte; irrespoi.-abilclad le^jl del eneausado. Crdn. med, Lima. 1909, xv vi. _>.;>271.—Shore (T. H. G.) Sudden deaths on actcre service. Tr. Med.-Leg. Soc, Lond, (1919-20), 1921, xiv, 27-37. Death (Sudden) in infants and children. See, also, Status lymphaticus; Thymus gland (Hypertrophy of, Suddat. death from). Brelet (M.) *La mort subite chez l'enfant. 8°. Paris, 1906. Paravicim (M.^ *De la mort subite chez l'enfant; pathogenie et prophylaxie. 8°. Mont- pellier, 1900. Preix (M. [R.]) *Ein Beitrag zur Aetiologie des plotzlichen Todes im Sauglingsalter. 8°. Kiel, 1906. Battkstlnl Galup (N.) La muerte repentina del nifio y del reeien nacido. Rev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1921, xxvi, 258-266.—Bogdan (G.) Sur deux cas pen com- muns de mort subite chez deux enfants en bas age. Arch. orient, de med. et de chir. Par, 1899, i. 105-111. Also: J. de med. de Par, 1899, 2. s, xi, 154; 163.—Brelet (M.J La mort subite dans les maladies infectieuses chez l'enfant. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1907, 2. s, xxv, 101-108.—Carpenter (G.) Cases of sudden and unexpected death in children. Rep. Sec. Study Dis. Child, Lond, 1904-5, v, 120-140.— Cheinlsse (L.) La mort subite chez les enfants. Semaine med. Par, 1907, xxvii, 181-1S3.—Czerny (A.) Der un- erwartete Tod bei Infectionskrankheiten der Kinder. Heil- kunde, Berl.. xh, 1907,133-136.—Feer (E.) Ueber plotzliche Todesfalle im Kindesalter, insbesondere fiber den Ek- zemtod. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1904, xxxiv, 2; 45; 53.—von Ganghofner (F.) & Richter (M.) Ueber plotzliche Todesfalle im Kindesalter. Wien. med. Presse, 1902, xliii, 1841-1843. Also: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1902, Leipz, 1903, ii, 2. Hlfte, 2V-291 — Grosser (P.) & Betke (R.) Mors subita infantum und Epithelkorperchen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1910, lvii, 2077-2079.—Harvey (\V. G.) Heart causing sudden death in a child, cerebral-haemorrhage in a child. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl, 1911. xxix, 51-1.— Jahn (R.) Zur Kasuistik: plotzlicher Todesfalle bei Kindern. Amts- arzt, Leipz. A Wien, 1910, ii, 263.—Jeannln A- Garipuy. Deux cas de mort subite chez le nouveau-ne. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par, 1907, x, 73-7S.—Krautwlg (P.) Ueber Elotzliche Todesfalle im Kindesalter. Arch. f. Kinderh, tuttg, 1902, xxxv, 259-271.—Lanza (G.i Le morti im- prowise nei bambini; eseluse le morti cosidette timiche. Atti d. Cong, pediat. ital. 1911, Palermo, 1912, vii, 123- 156.—Leers (O.) Zur Aetiologie plotzlicher Todesfalle im Kindesalter in gerichtsarzthcher Beziehung. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl, 1906, xix. 577-5S3—Macalister ^'A Organic causes of sudden ana unexpected deaths in clul Iren. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child, Lond, 1904-5, v, "2-v>. -----. Sudden deaths in children. Brit. J. Child. DK Lend, 1905, ii, 105-115. Al*t: Pediatrics, X. Y, 1905, xvii, Jvt io5.- Marfan (A. B.) La mort subite et imprevue chez les enfants du premier age et en panic ulier de la mort elite thymique. Paris med, 1922, xlv. n*1.*-413.—Martin (E.) & Mouriquand (G.) La mort subite des enfant.' Ann. d'hyg, 1'ar, 1913, 4. b, xx. 32N 3.*b Also: Arch. d'anthrop. crim, Lvon & Par, U'13. xxvhl, 7M-798.— Neumann (C..1 Der plotzliche Tod im kindlichen Le- bensalter. Friedreich's Bl. f. ecrichtl. Med.. N'iirnb, 1908. lix, 303, 3^7: 457: 1909, lx, 57: lvi-Parkinson (J. P.) Functional causes of sudden and unexpected death in children. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child, Lond, 1904-5, v, sv.to — Perrin (M.) La mort subite dans l'enfance. Presse med. Par, 1906, xiv, annexes, 153-155.—Rlss & \ allette (P.) Deux cas de mort rapide chez le nouveau-ne. Marseille med, 1905, xhi, 2'.('. Jt"l— SegadeUi (G.) Con- iribuio :dlo studio delle cause di inorte improvvisa nei bambini. <;azz. d. osp Milano. 1903. xxiv, 497-499 — Simmonds. Zur Aetiologie de> plotzlichen Todes im Sauglingsalter. Munchen. m> d. Wchnschr, 1905, Iii, 435 — Thlemlch (M.) Leber plotzliche Todesfalle im Kindes- alter. Vrtljsehr. f. gerichtl. Med, Berl, 1901, 3. F, xxi, 300-314.—Tubby (A. H.) Surgical causes of sudden and unexpected death in children. Rep. Soc. Studv Dis. Child, Lond, 1904-5, v, 94-110. Also: Polvclin, "Lond, 1905, ix, 43-49. Death (Sudden) in pregnancy, labor, and pu-erperium. See, also, Embolism; Labor (Complications of). Baurand ^H.) *De P entree de Pair dans les sinus uterins. 4°. Lyon, 1895. Pourqi ier t,.l.) *Un cas de mort subite pen- dant les suites de couches. 8°. Lyon, 1913. DEATH. Death (Sudden) in pregnancy, labor, and puerperium. Cheron & Jeannin. Sur une cause rare de mort subite a la suite de 1'accouchement. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par, 1903, v, 23-27.—Cosentino (G.) Contributo alle cause di morte repentina della madre durante il parto. Atti d. r. Accad. d. sc. med. in Palermo (1898), 1899, 221-230, 1 pi.—Ferguson (R. G.) Some causes and cases of sudden death following childbirth. Mass. M. J, Bost, 1902, xxii, 1-9.—Fischer. Tod der Mutter wahrend des Geburtsver- laufes mit Sections-Erfund. Ztschr. f. Wundarzte u. Ge- burtsh, Fellbach, 1892, xliii, 118-123.—Hall (J. N.) & Moore (Alice T.) A case of sudden death after labor, with autopsy. Am. Gynaec. & Obst. J, N. Y, 1901. xix, 412- 414.—Hazen (W. P. C.) A case of sudden death in labor. Virginia M. Semi-Month, Richmond, 1898-9, iii, 612-614.— Katz (H.) Ueber den plotzlichen natiirlichen Tod in Schwangerschaft, Geburt und Wochenbett. Arch. f. Gy- naek, Berl, 1921, cxv, 283-312.—M. (A.) Un caso di morte della donna subito dopo. il parto. Arte ostet, Milano, 1902, xvi, 298-302.—McCann. A case of death shortly after delivery, apparently occasioned by a highly putrescent state of the foetus. N. Med. & Phys. J, Lond., 1810-11, 1, 273-278.—McClanahan (Z. H.) Sudden death during pregnancy or puerperium. Colorado Med, Denver, 1908, v, 331-335.—Monypeny (H.) Rupture of the spleen during parturition as a cause of death. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1903, i, 731.—Rink (W. S.) Sudden deaths following childbirth. N. Am. J. Homoeop, N. Y., 1899, 3. s, xiv, 486-489.—Rus- sell (E. H.) Sudden deaths in post partum conditions. Pa- cific Coast J. Homoeop, San Fran, 1902, x, 281.—Schmidt {Fran). Angewachsene Nachgeburt; Tod durch Herz- schlag. Allg. deutsehe Hebam.-Ztg, Berl, 1902, xvii, 255.— Sonter (P. H.) A case of sudden death shortly after child- birth. Australas. M. Gaz, Sydney, 1902, xxi, 411.—Wilson (W. R.) An instance of sudden death during labor, from chronic adhesive pericarditis. Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila, 1898, xix, 43-45. Deaver (John Blair) [1855- ]. A treatise on appendicitis. 2. ed. xv, 17-300 pp., 22 pi. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son dc Co., 1900. ------. Surgical anatomy. A treatise on human anatomy in its application to the practice of medicine and surgery. 3 v. roy. 8°. Philadel- phia, P. Blakiston's Son dc Co., 1901-3. ------. Surgical anatomy of the head and neck. xii, 17-770 pp., 177 pi. roy. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son dc Co., 1904. ------. Enlargement of the prostate; its history, anatomy, aetiology, pathology, clinical causes, symptoms, diagnosis, prognosis, treatment, tech- nique of operations, and after-treatment. As- sisted by Astley Paston Cooper Ashhurst. xvii, 266 pp., 109 pi. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son dc Co., 1905. ■------. The same. 2. ed. xiii, 358 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son dc Co., [1922]. . ■------. Appendicitis; its history, anatomy, clini- cal aetiology, pathology, symptomatology, diag- nosis, prognosis, treatment, technique of opera- tion, complications and sequels. 3. ed., thor- oughly revised and enlarged, xvii, 492 pp., 64 pi. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son dc Co., 1905. ------. The same. 4. ed. xi, 379 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son dc Co., 1913. For Portrait, see Surg, Gynec. & Obst, Chicago, 1908, vi, 60. ------ & Ashhurst (Astley Paston Cooper). Surgery of the upper abdomen, in 2 v. 459; 499 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son dc Co., 1909-13. . ooo _____________. The same. 2. ed. xvii, 832 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son dc Co., 1921. ______ & McFarland (Joseph). The breast; its anomalies, its diseases, and their treatment. vii 724 pp., 8 pi. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blakis- ton's Son dc Co., 1917. Debacker [Felix] [1850- ]. A Monsieur Pasteur; ferments therapeutiques. 24 pp. 12 . Paris, L. Battaille dc Cie., 1894. [P., v. 2289.] __-—. La fermentation humaine; maladies chi- miques et maladies microbiennes et parasitaires DEBEKTKAND. Debacker [Felix]—continued. traitees par les ferments purs. 336 pp. 12°. Paris, 1899. ------. Lourdes et les medecins. 188 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1905. ------. La guerison du cancer, viii, 202 pp. 12°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1905. Debacq (Auguste). *De l'emploi de Pacide pi- crique en therapeutique. 78pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 441. Debains (Mile. Gabriel). *Contribution a l'etude des infections veineuses d'origine amygdalienne. 86 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1903, No. 514. Debar (Joseph). Prohibition; its relation to temperance, good morals, and sound govern- ment. 311 pp. 8°. Cincinnati, [n. d.]. Debar (Marius) [1884- ]. ^Considerations sur une serie de cinquante-trois cas de fibromyomes uterins. 84 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1912, No. 82. De Bardon (Pierre). See de Bardon. Debat (Francois) [1882- ]. *La temperature de la face: ses variations sous I'influence des irritations internes et externes. 78 pp. 8°. Paris, 1914, No. 374. Debate in the House of Commons (Wednesday, July 2, 1806), on a motion made by the Right Hon. Lord Henry Petty, in order to remove existing prejudices and doubts relative to vaccination, pp. 395^472. 8°. London, C. Squire, 1806. Debaude (Jean) [1868- ]. *Alcoolisme et paralysie generale en Gironde; contribution a l'etude etiologique de la paralysie generale. 39 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1903, No. 148. De Baudre (Charles) [1885- ]. *De la mesure des reflexes rotulien et achilleen chez l'individu normal. 66 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 289. Debauge (Amedee) [1875- J. ^Contribution a l'etude du retrecissement cicatriciel de l'ceso- phage chez l'enfant. 53 pp., 3 1. 8°. Lyon, 1903, No. 192. Debay (A[uguste]) [1802- ]. Nouveau manuel du parfumeur-cMrniste. Les parfums de la toilette et les cosmetiques les plus favorables a la beaute sans nuire a la sante, [etc.]. 320 pp. 16°. Paris, E. Dentu, 1856. Debay (Leon-Prosper) [1868- ]. *De Inter- vention chirurgicale dans les cas de grossesse extra-uterine avec kyste foetal putrefie. 86 pp., 11. 8°. Nancy, 1898, No. 25. Debeaux (Marcel). *Des diverses interventions chirurgicales dans le traitement de l'hypertro- phie de la prostate. 97 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1897, No. 210. Debec (Pierre-Alexandre-Francois) [1880- ]. Contribution a l'etude des luxations sous- astragaliennes; luxations en dehors. 47 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1908, No. 116. De Beer (Berthold Herman). *Bacillus fusiformis als alleiniger Erreger einer Periostitis mandibulae ossificans. [Zurich.] 48 pp. 8°. Winschoten- Amsterdam, Zuikerberg, 1917. Debegue (Andre) [1882- ]. *Des dents a la naissance. 62 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 371. Debele (F[ridrikh] G[ottfridovich]) [1868- ]. *Odlinie kishechnika v dietskom vozrastie. [Length of intestinal canal in childhood.] 80 pp., 21. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1900. Debelut (Leon). *Ophtalmo-reaction a la tuber- culine. 101 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 69. Debenedetti (Achille). La scelta degli occhiali. 39 pp. 12°. Milano, E. Sonzogno, 1890. Igiene popolare, No. 38. Debertrand (Joseph) [1880- ]. *Etude histo- bacteriologique d'un cas de rhumatisme articu- 31 DEBERTRAND. 374 DEBOUT D'ESTRfiES. Debertrand (Joseph)—continued. laire aigu termine par mort subite. 94 pp. 8 . Paris, Vigot freres, 1911, No. 256. Debesson (G.) Le chauffage des habitations; etude theorique et pratique des procede^ et appareils employes pour le chauffage des edi- fices, des maisons, des appartements. 668 pp. 8°. Paris, H. Dunod dc E. Pivot, 1908. Debets de Lacrousille (Jean). Contribution a l'etude de l'indican dans les urines; valeur semeiologique de l'indicanurie. 56 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 611. De Beule (Fritz). *Des operations endocra- niennes contre la nevralgie faciale; resections pregasseriennes; gasserectomie ou neurotomie retrogasserienne? [Gand.] 56 pp., 6 pi. 8°. J?™y/V>/j7//JO 1 9 1 3. Debeve (Jean) [1876- ]. *Des crises gastriques du tabes avec hematemeses. 59 pp., 2 1. 8 . Lyon, 1898, No. 6. ^t Debeyre (Albert-Parfait-Pierre) [1877- ]. *Les bourgeons pancreatiques accessoires tardifs. 72 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Lille, 1904, No. 31. Debeyre (Pierre) [1889- ]. *Projectiles de guerre de l'appareil circulatoire; leur migration. 72 pp. 8°. Paris, 1919, No. 61. Debicki (Klemens). Iwonicz w roku 1900; zaklad zdrojowo-kapielowy; szczawy alkalicznoslone, jodowo-bromowe. [Iwonicz in 1900; watering place health resort; alcaline, chlorine, iodine, bromine springs.] 24 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Lw6w, [1901]. Debidour (Antonin) [1876- ]. Contribution a l'etude du pyramidon et de ses sels dans la fievre des tuberculeux. 92 pp. 8°. Paris, 1902, No. 129. Debierre(A.) Le crane des criminels. ui, 466 pp. 8°. Lyon, A. Storck, 1895. Debierre (Charles-Marie) [1853- ]. Legons sur le peritoine. 88 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, F. Alcan, 1900. ------. L'embryologie en quelques lecons. 199 pp. 8°. Paris, F. Alcan, 1902. ------. Trattato elementare di anatomia dell' uo- mo (anatomia descrittiva e dissezione), con nozioni di organogenia e di embriologia generale. Traduzione italiana sull' ultima francese rive: duta di Giuseppe Martini sotto la direzione di Lorenzo Tenchini. 2 v. x, 991 pp.; xv, 1239 pp. 8°. Milano, F. Vallardi, [1903]. ------. Malformations of the genital organs of woman. Transl. bv J. Henry C. Simes. xiv, 182 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son dc Co., 1905. ------. Le cerveau et la moelle epiniere avec applications physiologiques et medico-chirurgi- cales. vi, 507 pp., 14 pi. roy. 8°. Paris, F. Alcan, 1907. ------. L'heredit6 normale et pathologique. 51 pp. 8°. Paris, Masson dc Co., [1909]. CEuvre med.-chir. No. 58. Debility. See, also, Anaemia; Asthenia; Cachexia; Emaciation; Neurasthenia; Nutrition (Dis- ordered) ; Psychasthenia. *Sikorav (B.) Le syndrome de d^bilite" neuro-musculaire. 8°. Paris, 1913. Bienfait (A.) Simulation de l'impotcnce musculaire. Gaz. med. beige, Lifege, 1905-6, xviii, 114. Cavengt (S.) Un atrepsico y un debil congemto tratados por las inyec- ciones de sulfato de estricnina. Pediatria espafl, Madrid, 1919, viii, 371-375.—Couder. Des grands etats d'epuise- ment. Bull. med. de l'Algerie, Alger, 1904, xv, 229-232.— Izarralz. Debilidades organicas numanas. Gac. med. d. Norte, Bilbao; 1906, xii, 315-318.—Major (G.) Das Wesen der Debihtat im Gegensatz zur moralischen Ver- derbtheit. Ztschr. f. Psychoth. u. med. Psychol, Stuttg, 1913, v, 185-209.—Moussous (A.) De la debiht6 congenitale; Debility. ses principaux facteurs. J. de m6d. de Bordeaux, 1919, xlix, 235-240.—Nascher (I. L.) Senile debility. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1911, lxxix, 105-108.—Purdy (J. S.) A helpful agent in the treatment of surgical debility. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1904, n. S, lxxviii, 483. Also, Reprint. Debionne (Jules-Louis) [1852- ]. *L'equilibre vital. [Lille.] 88 pp., 31. 8°. Amiens, 1899, No. 143. De Blois (Thomas Amory) [1848-1920]. F. (J. W.) Obituary. Boston M. & S. J, 1920, clxxxii, 332. De Boeck (Jean) [1863-1913]. [Obituary.] Arch, internat. de m6d. 16g, Brux, 1914, v, 97. Also: Presse mM. beige, Brux, 1913, lxv, 927 (B. O.). Also: Rev. de TUniv. de Brux, 1913-14, xix, 238-244. De Boer (M.-H.-W.) *Etude micrographique de dix drogues veg^tales nouvelles de la pharma- copee neerlandaise. 4. ed. [Paris.] 200 pp. 8°. Lons-le-Saunier, 1914, No. 2. Ecole de pharmacie. Debombourg (Guillaume) [1883- ]. *De Pophtalmo-reaction a la tuberculine en medecine humaine. 56 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1907, No. 61. Debon (Albert) [1881- ]. *Traitement chirur- gical de l'ascite par l'operation de Routte et le drainage sous'-cutane. [Lyon.] 82 pp. 8°. Valence, 1911. Debon (Amedee-Joseph) [1883- ]. Contribu- tion a l'etude des accidents cutanes de Parseno- therapie. 217 pp. 8°. Grenoble, 1920, No. 542. De Bon (Jacques-Joseph). Contribution a l'etude des dilatations dites idiopathiques de Pceso- phage. 55 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 177. Debonnelle (Edmond). *Les kystes dermoides du plancher de la bouche. 163 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 443. Debonnesset (Louis). Considerations sur le diagnostic differentiel entre les manifestations osseuses et articulaires de la syphilis her6ditaire et de la tuberculose. 62 pp.," 1 pi. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 474. Debono (Paul). *Etude du narcyl (chlorhydrate d'ethyl, narceine) et de ses effets cliniques. 81 pp., 9 ch. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 79. Debord (Gaston). *Des ulceres mixtes des jambes. 78 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 430. Debord (Paul) [18SS- 1. *Fievre typhoide et puerperalite\ 76 pp. 84. Lyon, 1913, No. 41. Debordes (Gilbert-Louis). *Le medecin et la loi sur les accidents du travail. 106 pp. S°. Paris, 1908, No. 417. Deboucher (Henri-Auguste) [1886- ]. *L'os- teosynthese primitive precoce dans les fractures par projectiles de guerre (specialement par la methode de Parham). 191 pp. 8°. Paris, 1918, No. 2. Deboulet (Auguste) [1868- ]. Contribution a l'etude de l'intervention precoce dans les con- tusions de Pabdomen. 55 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 372. DSbourdeaux (Leon). *Dosage de l'azote ni- trique. 38 pp. 8°. Paris, 1903, Xo. 1. ------. *Dosage de l'azote en general. 28 pp. 8°. Paris, 1904. No. 8. "kcole superieure do pharmacie Debout d'Estrecs (A.-E.) Seize annees de pra- tique medicale a Contrexeville; 6tude clinique. Action physiologique de Peau minerale; essai de physiologie experimentale; traitement de l'incontinence d'urine chez les enfants; traite- ment du diabete; la pierre a Contrexeville. 44 pp. 8°. Paris, F. Alcan, 1884. ------. A lecture on Contrexeville, delivered before the delegates of the Society francaise d'hygiene and transl. by the author. How these DEBOUT D'ESTREES. 375 DEBUSSCHERE. Debout d'Estrees (A.-E.)—continued. waters act in gout, gravel, diabetes, chronic cystitis and biliary lithiasis. 16 pp. 8°. Lon- don, J. dc A. Churchill, 1891. Debove (Georges-Maurice) [1845-1920]. Le malade imaginaire; conference faite aux etudiants a la Sorbonne le 17 fevrier 1900. 63 pp., 1 pi. 12°. Paris, J. Rueff, 1900. " Also, Co-editor of: Bulletin de l'Acadeinie de medecine, Paris, 1913-21. See also, Castaigne (J.), Feuille (F.) [et al.]. Manuel des maladies des reins, [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1906.-----------. Manuel des maladies des reins et des capsules [etcl. 8°. Pom, 1906. For Biography, see Brit. M. J, Lond, 1920, ii, 955. Also: Bull. Acad, de m6d. Par, 1920, lxxxiy. 238-242. Also: Bull, et mern. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par, 1920, 3. s, xliv, 1717-1721 (E. de Massary). Also: Bull. m6d. Par, 1920, xxxiv, 1049-1051 (C. Achard). Also: Chron. m6d. Par, 1921, xxviii, 10. Also: Paris mid, 1920, xxxviii (annexe), 711 (F. Rathery). Also: Presse med. Par, 1920, xxviii (annexe), 1581-1583 (C. Achard). Also: Progres med. Par, 1920, 3. s, xxxv, 517 CM. Loeper). ------& Achard (Charles). Manuel de diagnostic medical, v. 1 & 2. vi, 652; 596 pp. 8°. Paris, J. Rueff, 1899-1900. ------------. Manuel de therapeutique medicale. 2 v. 653: 687 pp. 8°. Paris, J. Rueff, 1901-2. ------------& Castaigne (Joseph) [1871- ]. Manuel des maladies du tube digestif. 3 v. 4 . Paris, Masson dc Cie., 1907-10. CONTENTS. v. 1. Paisseau, (G.) Rathery (F.) & Roux (J.-C). Bouche, pharynx, cesophage; estomac. 725 pp. 4°. 1907. v. 2. Loeper, Esmonet (C.) [et al.]. Intestm, peritoine. glandes salivaires, pancreas. 810 pp. 4°. 1908. v. 3. Castaigne (J.) & Chiray. Manuel des maladies du foie et des voies biliaires. 884 pp. 4°. 1910. ------ & Castaigne (Gabriel). La cirrhose de Laennec. pp. 85-101. 12°. Paris, A. Poinat, 1910. ------& Gourin (E.) Formulaire de therapeu- tique et pharmacologie. 516 pp. 16°. Paris, Ruff dc Cie., 1898. ------------. The same. 2. ed. xiv (11.), 652 pp. 16°. Paris, Vigotfreres, 1912. ------& Plicque (A.-F.) Hygiene. 1 p. 1., 336, lviii pp. 12°. Paris, C. Delagrave, [1907]. ------, Pouchet (G.) & Sailard (A.) Aide- memoire de therapeutique. 790 pp. 8°. Paris, Masson dc Cie., 1908. .____________------. The same. 2. 6d. con- forme au codex de 1908. ii, 911 pp. 8°. Paris, Masson dc Cie., 1910. ------ & Sailard (A.) Precis de pathologie in- terne. 675 pp. 12°. Paris, J. Rueff, 1902. ____________. The same. 2. 6d. entierement re- fondue. 2 v. vi, 946 pp.; 2 p. 1., 1038 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, J. Lamarre dc Cie., 1913. _____________. Traite elementaire de clinique medicale. xvi, 1296 pp. roy. 8°. Paris, Masson dc Cie., 1905. De Bow (James Dunwoody Brownson) [1820-67]. Statistical view of the United States, embracing its territory, population, white, free colored and slave; moral and social condition, industry, property, and revenue; the detailed statistics of cities, towns and counties; being a compendium of the seventh census, to which are added the results of every previous census, beginning with 1790, in comparative tables, with explanatory and illustrative notes, based upon the schedules and other official sources of information. 400 pp. 8°. Washington, 0. P. Nicholson, 1854. Debrade (Marcel) [1887- ]. *Du lever precoce desaccouchees. 108 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No..351. Debray (A.) *Le charbon industriel; maladie ou accident professionnels. 113 pp. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 300. Debray (A.)—continued. ------. The same. 113 pp. 8°. Paris, Bonvalot- Jouve, 1906. Debray (H.) Abrege" de chimie. 404 pp. 12°. Paris, Dunod, 1871. Debray (Jacques) [1877- ]. *Sur la frequence de revolution maligne des kystes de l'ovaire. 59 pp. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 521. Debray (Th.-F.) Physiologie sexuelle de l'homme et de la femme. 3 p. 1., 1055 pp.; 416 pp., 11., 42 pi. 8°. Paris, 1891. ------. Les habitudes secretes chez l'homme et chez la femme. 416 pp., 11., 11 pi. 8°. Paris, 1891. Bound, with his: Physiologie sexuelle de l'homme et de la femme. 8°. Paris. 1891. Debrfi (Robert). *Recherches epid^miologiques, cliniques et therapeutiques sur la meningite cer^bro-spinale. 120 pp. 8°. Paris, F. Alcan, 1911, No. 146. See, also, Castaigne (Joseph) & Debre (Robert). Mala- dies de la plevre, [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1912.—Netter (Arnold) & Debrfi (Robert). La meningite cereVbro-spinale, [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1911. Debre Debat-Ponsan (Mme. Jeanne-Marguerite), Symptomes de l'endocardite maligne a evolution lente. 44 pp. 8°. Paris, 1918, No. 70. Debret (Fernand-Jules) [1874- ]. *La selection naturelle dans l'espece humaine (contribution a l'etude de l'heredit6 convergente). 92 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 370. -----. The same. 92 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1901. De Brinon (H.) See [in 1. s.] de Brinon. Debroye (Emile) [1878- ]. *Volvulus du ccecum. 98 pp., 11. 8°. Lyon, 1905, No. 171. De Bruin [PIoos van Amstel] (J.) De beteekenis van het onderwijs in de paediatrie voor aan- staande geneeskundigen. Openbare les, gehou- den op maandag 4. april 1898. 46 pp. 8°. Haarlem, Erven F. Bohn, 1898. ------. Transfusion and Infusion, pp. 223-268. 8°. Berlin dc Wien, Urban dc Schwarzenberg, 1904. Forms Hfte. 7 & 8, v. 30, of: Wien. Klin. -----. De voeding van het kind. 318 pp. 8°. Amsterdam, 1904. Debrunner (Alfred) [1858-1921]. Berichte und Erfahrungen auf dem Gebiete der Gynakologie undGeburtshilfe. vi (11.), 128pp. 8°. Frauen- feld, J. Huber, 1901. .For Biography, see Schweiz. med. Wchnschr, Basel, 1921, li, 858 (H. Walder). De Bruyne (C.) Sur l'intervention de la phago- cytose dans le developpement des invertebres. 114 pp., 5 pi. 4°. 5^x^^,1897-8. Forms No. 1 of: Mem. couronn. . . . Acad. roy. d. sc. de Belg, Brux, 1897-8, lvi. Debski (Bronislaw Anton) [1874- ]. *Weitere Beobachtungen an Chara fragilis Deso. 1 p. 1., 36 pp., 2 1., 2 pi. 8°. Bonn, C. Georgi, 1899. Debuchy (Alphonse). *Des kystes dermoides de l'ovaire et de leur degenerescence maligne. 85 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 3. De Buck (D.) & De Moor (L.) Elements de neuropathologie et de psychopathologie gene- rales. 260 pp., 11. 8°. Gand, A. Hoste, 1906. De Bunsen (Victoria). The war and men's minds. 185 pp. 12°. London, J. Lane; New York, J. Lane Co., 1919. Debus [Hermann]. Der arztliche Notstand und die Mittel zu seiner Abhiilfe. 48 pp. 16°. Leipzig, Kriiger dc Co., 1898. Debusschere (Frederic) [1877- ]. *De la fracture transversale sus-malleolaire du tibia. 60 pp. 8°. Paris, 1902, No. 417. DEBUSSIERES. 376 DECIDUA. Debussieres. Tableaux synoptiques de medecine d'urgence a l'usage des etudiants et des prati- ciens. 184 pp. 8°. Paris, J. B. Bailliere dc fils, 1902. Decaix (Fernand Constant) [1867- ]. Contri- bution a l'etude des methodes nouvelles de diagnose medico-legale du sang humain (pro- cedes Bordet-Uhlenhuth & Marx-Ehrnrooth). 78 pp., 11. 8°. Lille, 1905, No. 4. Decanosoff (Madame). *De l'aphasie chez les en- fants. 82 pp. 8°. Lausanne, G. Vaney-Burnier, 1910. Decapitation. See, also, Guillotine; Punishment (Capital). Beaurieux. Execution de Languille; observation prise immediatement apres decapitation. Arch, d'anthrop. crim, Lyon & Par, 1905, xx, 643-648. Also: J. de m<§d. de Par, 1905, 2. s, xvii, 551-553.—Debierre (C.) Les deux decapites de Dunkerque (1095). Arch, d'anthrop. crim, Lyon & Par, 1908, xxiii, 1-18, 21 pi.—Krauss. Eine phy- siologische Betrachtung iiber die Fortdauer des Schmerz- gefuhles nach der Enthauptung. Uebers. d. Arb. u. Verand. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Kult.. Bresl, 1833, 93.— Pichevin. L'ancienne machine a decapiter. Bull. Soc. frans. d'hist. de la med. Par, 1911, x, 40-74. Decapitation (Foetal). See Foetus (Decapitation of) [in 2. s.]; Labor (Complicated). De Capoa (Michele). Su di una recente epidemia di febricola; studio clinico-terapico. 89 pp. 8°. Napoli, L. Rubino, 1900. De Castro y Alio (Raimundo) [1841- 1902]. Obituary. Arch, de la Soc. estud. clin. de la Habana, 1903-4, xii, 528-536, [port.]. Decerebration. See Brain (Experimental researches on). Deces (Arthur) [1831-1900]. Necrologle. Arch. prov. de chir. Par, 1900, ix, 206. De Cesare (Zaccaria). Studio sulle mediastiniti. Mediastinite suppurativa; ascesso mediastinico. xix, 143 pp. 8°. Roma, E. Voghera, 1900. Dechambre (Amedee) [1812-86]. Rittl (A.) [Eloge.] In his: Hist. d. trav. Soc. meu.- psychol. Par, 1913, i, 319-368. Dechambre (Edmond). *Suc d'autolyse de foie de pore; etude physiologique, applications the- rapeutiques. [Toulouse.] 69 pp. 8°. Clermont- Ferrand, 1910, Xo. 918. Dechambre (P.) Zootechnie generale. xxix, 316 pp. 12°. Paris, J. Rueff, 1899. ------. Les aliments du betail. xv, 578 pp. 12°. Paris, Asselin dc Houzeau, 1906. & Curot (Ed.) Les aliments du cheval. De Chaumont (Francis Stephen Bennett Fran- cois) [LS33-1888]. # Introductory lecture on the origin and migrations of the different families of the human race as illustrated by their languages. 32 pp. 8°. Southampton, J. J. Bennett, London, Simpkin, Marshall dc Co., 1865. See, also, Parkes (Edmund Alexander) [in 1. s.]. A manual Calcul du travail et de la ration, origine des aliments, substitutions, alterations et intoxica- tions alimentaires, expertises, xviii, 455 pp. 12°. Paris, Asselin dc Houzeau, 1903. Dechandt (Curt [Reinhokl]) [1S75- ]. *l*eber Darstellung und Bestandteile des Tuberculins. 88 pp., 7 sheets. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1901. Dechant (August) [ls84- ]. *Ueber die Abla- ferung von Silber in den Organen nach liingerer 'utterung von kolloidalem Silber (Kollargol). [Giessen.] 33 pp., 4 pi. 8°. Stuttgart, Union, 1910. Bcchauflour ^Maurice). *Traitement preventif des atrophies musculaires reflexes et des anky- loses dans les lesions traumatiques ou inflamma- toires des articulations. 138 pp. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 174. Dechaume (Francois-Louis) [1868- ]. *Re- cherches chimiques sur un cas d'albuminurie thermolytique ou albumosurie de Bence-Jones. 45,pp., 11. 8°. Lyon, 1903, No. 26. Ecole de pharmacie. port. Dechaux(V.)[1880- ]. Contribution a, l'etude du traitement des broncho-pneumonies graves par les abces de fixation, viii, 9-62 pp., 11. 8°. Montpellier, 1907, No. 16. Dechavanne (Henri) [1883- ]. *Du passage des substances medicamenteuses et toxiques dans le lait. 102 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1909, Xo. 144. Deche (Raymond) [1888- ]. Contribution a l'etude des zones d'alarme dans le diagnostic de la tuberculose au deLmt chez l'adulte. 39 pp. 8°. Paris, 1919, No. 60. Dechenne (Henri). *Des nouveaux precedes de traitement du varicocele, xii, 13-47 pp., 2 1. 8°. Montpellier, 1900. No. 66. D'Echerac (Arthur) [G. Dargenty] [1^72- 1. L'assistance publique. Ce qu 'elle fut; ce qu'elle est. vii. 381 pp. 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1909. Decherf (Elie) [18737 ]. *Etude clinique de la dvspepsie chronique de la seconde enfance. 139 pp. 8'. Paris, 1899. Xo. 213. Dechesne (Wilhelm Arnold) [1890- ]. *Zur Kasuistik der Endokarditis lenta durch den Streptokokkus viridans. 16 pp. 8°. Giessen, R. Lange, 1919. Dechmann (Louis). Valere aude (dare to be healthy); a vade mecum on biology and the hygienic-dietetic method of healing. 5 p. 1 9- 224 pp., front, (port.). 16°. Seattle, L. Dech- mann, 1915. ------. The same. 2. ed. 558 pp. 12°. Seattle, Wash., Washington Printing Co., 1919. ------. Spanish influenza (panasthenia); its cause and cure. 60 pp. 8°. £.) Zur Kenntnis des Vorkommens des decldualen Gewebes in den Beckenlvniphdriisen. Arch. f. Gvnaek.. Berl, 1916-17. cvi, 177-206. 4 pi.—Graves (W. l'.t The diagnostic sigiuficance of decidual tissue. Boston M. & S. J 1906, civ, s* 92. Also, Reprint — Helnriclus. Ueber die Verschleppung der Chorionzotten. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. I. Gvnak, Leipz, 1911, xiv, 553.—Huffman (O. V.) Decidual casts. Am. J. Surg, N. Y, 1913, lx\-iii, 704-710.—Loeb (L.) Ueber die kiinstliche Erzeugung der Decidua und iiber die Bedeu- tung der Ovarien fiir die Deciduabildung. Zentralbl. f. Physiol, Leipz. A Wien, 190», xxii, 438-500.—Sfamenl (P.) Sulla ongine comune della decidua, del sincizio e del DECIDUA. 377 DECIDUOMA. Decidua. trofoblasto dall' epitelio uterino e sul modo di annidarsi dell' ovo. Arch. ital. di ginec, Napoli, 1904, vii, 350-366.— Slemons (J. M.) Decidua. Kef. Handb. Med. Sc. (Sted- man), N. Y, 1914, iii, 455-460. Also, Reprint—Ulezko- Stroganova (Klavduja P.) [Minute structure of the decidual tissue, its histogenesis, value, and status in the female sexual apparatus.] J. Akush. i Zhersk. Bollez, S.-Peterb, 1908, xxii, 829-854, 1 pi.—Wallgren (A.) [The structure of the decidual cell.] Finska lak.-sallsk. handl, Helsingfors, 1913, ii, 191-197. Deciduoma [malignum]. See, also, Placenta (Tumors of); Pregnancy (Complications of); Pregnancy (Molar). Gerhardt ([F.] H. J.) *Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis des malignen Chorionepithelioms. 8°. Giessen, 1910. Habben (S. B.) *Zur'Klinik des Chorionepi- thelioms. 8°. Erlangen, 1911. Hering (F. C. E.) *Ueber den sogenannten Zottenkrebs. 8°. Leipzig, 1868. Krosing (Elisabeth A. *A.) *Das Chorionepi- theliom mit langer Latenzzeit. 8°. Berlin, 1909. Also, in: Arch. f. Gynaek, Berl, 1909, lxxxviii, 469-505, 2 pi. Lebret (J.) Contribution a l'etude des chorio-epitheliomes; chorio-epitheiiomes vrais et tumeurs a formations chorio-epitheiiales. 8°. Paris, 1911. Loh (H.) *Ueber Chorionepitheliom. 8°. Marburg, 1919. Ollivier-Beauregard (G.) Contribution a l'etude du placentome malin. 8°. Paris, 1904. Basel (W.) Ueber das maligne Chorionepi- theliom und die analogen Wucherungen in Hodenteratomen. 8°. Leipzig, 1903. Schumacher (C. [F. W.]) *Beitrag zur Frage der Malignitat des Chorionepithelioma malig- num. [Leipzig.] 8°. Berlin, 1919. Schumacher (G.) *Zur Kenntnis der malig- nen Chorionepitheliome. 8°. Freiburg i. Br., 1902. Ahern (M. J.) Chorio-epithelioma. Bull. med. de Que- bec, 1905-6, vii, 477-487.—Albrecht (H.) Ueber Chorion- epitheliome und verwandte Geschwiilste. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch, Jena, 1908, xii, 72-89.—Anders (J.) Zur klinischen Bedeutung der chorioepithelialen Neu- bildungen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1899, xlvi, 139-143.— Anderson (R. R.) Syncytioma malignum; review of litera- ture and report of a personalcase of unusual interest. North- west Med, Seattle, 1917, xvi, 259-263.—Augler (D.) & Pou- laln (J.) Les vrais et les faux chorio-epitheliomes. Arch. gen. de chir. Par, 1911. v, 509-520— Barozzi. Le deciduome malin. Gynecologie, Par.. 1904, ix, 193-215.—Bender (X.) Le chorio-epitheliome malm. Mouvement med. Par, 1913, i, 316-325—Benedict (A. L.) Chorionepithelioma. Am. Med, York & Phila, 1907, n. s, ii, 231-233.—BOhi (P.) Ueber Chorioma malignum. Arch. f. Gynaek, Berl, 1915, civ 214-237, 3 pi—Borderampe (J.) Contribution al estu- dio del deciduoma maligno. Prensa m<5d. argentina, Buenos Aires. 1917-18, iv, 401.—Brandt. Chorioepithehom. Kris- tiania Mrurg. for. Forh, 1912, 43-49 -Branson (Laura H.) Syncytioma malignum. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1905, xlv, 1705-1709. Also transl.: Deutsche med. Presse, Berl, 1906 x 33' 42 — Brouha (M.) Le chorio-epitheliome malm. Scalpel", Liege, 1907-8, lx, 579-582. -----. Contribution a l'etude du chorio-epitheliome malin. Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg, Brux, 1908, 4. sv xxii, 180-200.—Burnett (E.N.) Chorionepithelioma; (deciduomamalignum),witn a criticalreview of its literature.* Northumberland & Durham M. J, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1908, xvi, 101-160.—Cantwell (F. V.) Chorio-epithelioma malignum or sarcoma of preg- nancy. J. Med. Soc. N. Jersey, Newark, 1904-5. i. 212.-Cas- tro Escalada (M.) Contribucidn al estudio del sincicioma maligno. Semana mea, Buenos Aires, 1903, x, 1204-1217.— Chomomordik (Y. Y.) Chorionepithehoma malignum. Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb, 1910, ix, 661; 676; 695; 714.-Cohn (F.) Ueber Chorionepithelioma malignum, Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & TJerl, 1911, xxxvii, 2307-Corner (G. W ) & Warren (S. L.) Influence of the ovaries upon the production of artificial deciduomata; confirmatory studies. Anat. Record, Phila, 1919, xvi, 168.—Daels (F.) Over chorion-epitheliomatose. Geneesk. Tijdschr. v. Belgie, Amst, 1910, i, 173-175.-----. Contribution a l'etude de 1 in- vasion chorio-epitheUiale benigne dans la paroi de Tuterus et des trompes (2. partie). Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg, Brux, 1913,4. s, xxvii 198-211, 5 pi.—Davis (E. P.) Syncy- Deciduoma [malignum], tioma or chorio epithelioma of the placenta. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin, 1908, c, 485-487.—Dudgeon (H. R.) Chorio-epithe- lioma. Texas State J. M, Fort Worth, 1918-19, xiv, 253- 255.—Dunger (R.) Chorionepitheliom und Blasenmole. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path, Jena, 1905, xxxvii, 279-377, 3 pi—Engstrom (0.) Om chorionepithelioma malignum. Finska lak.-sallsk. handl, Helsingfors, 1911, ii, 555-587. -----. Beobachtungen iiber malignes Chorion- epitheliom. Mitt. a. d. gynaek. Klin, d----O. Engstrom in Helsingfors, Berl, 1912-13, x, 175-201. -----. [A study of malignant chorionepithelioma.] Finska lak.-sallsk. handl, Helsingfors, 1916, lviii, 1169-1202.—Ewing (J.) Chorio- epithelioma. Am. J. Obst, N. Y, 1908, lvii, 418-420.—Fink (K.) Beitrag zur Fruhdiagnose des Chorionepithelioms nach Geburt lebensfahiger Kinder. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gy- nak, Stuttg, 1920, Ixxxiii, 63-79—Foa (P.) Sul corioepi- telioma. Path. riv. quindicin, Genova, 1908-9, i, 49; 76.— Forster (E.) Das Chorionepitheliom. Beitr. z. klin. Chir, Tubing, 1922, cxxvii, 562-611.-----. Ueber maligne Tumo- ren des Chorionepithels. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1897, xhv, 821-823.-----. Die malignen Tumoren der Placentar- stelle des Uterus (sog. maligne Deciduome). Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg, Berl, 1898, lxvii, 49-51. Also: Sitzungsb. d. arztl. Ver. Munchen (1897). 1898, vii, 79-84. A lso [Discussion]: Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult. 1897, Bresl.. 1898. lxxv, 1. Abt, Med. Sect, 141-146.-----. Das Chorio Dpitnelioma malignum (fruber Deciduoma malignum); Sammelreferat. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, Berl, 1899, xxv, 177-179.—von Franque (O.) Ueber Cho- rioepithelioma malignum. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak, Stuttg, 1903, xlix, 63-88, 1 pi—Freund (H. W.) Ueber bosartige Tumoren der Chorionzotten. Ibid., 1896, xxxiv, 161-173, 2 pi.—Fuchs. Zur Diagnose des Chorionepi- thelioma uteri malignum. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1922, lxix, 28.—Gache (S.) & Beatti (M.) Corio-epitelioma (deciduoma maligno). Semana med, Buenos Aires, 1906, xhi, 996-1007.—Gardl (I.), Sivori (L.) & Caflarena (D.) II metodo dell esaurimento frazionato degli anticorpi con- sentela dimostrazione di principi specifici nei siero di sangue di infermi di corionepitehomatosi. Ann. d. Ist. Maragliano p. la cura d. tuberc. [etc.], Genova, 1910, iv, 150-153.—Gard- ner (W.) Myxomatous degeneration of the chorion. Mont- real M. J, 1901, xxx, 928-931.—Gonzalez (E. S.) Deciduo- ma maligno. Actas y trab. d. 3. Cong. med. nac, Habana, 1914, ii, 219-224.—Gottschalk (S.) Zur Lehre von den Hamatommolen bezw. dem sogenannten tuberosen, sub- chorialen Hamatom der Decidua. Arch. f. Gynaek, Berl, 1899, lviii, 134-168, 2 pi— Hermann (K.) Zur Frage der Bosartigkeit und fiber Spontanheilungen von Chorioepithc- liomen. Beitr. z. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek, Leipz, 1904, viii, 418-447, 2 pi.-----. Das Chorioepithehom. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak, Berl, 1909, xxix, 198-207.—Judd (A. M.) Deciduoma malignum. Am. Med, Burlington, Vt, & N. Y, 1910, n. s, v, 268-281. Also, Reprint.—Jung (P.) Zur Frage der Malignitat der soliden Embryome. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek, Berl, 1901, xiv, 646-657, 1 pi.—Kllen (R.) Zur Lehre von den malignen Tumoren des Chorionepithels. Ibid., 1897, vi, 568-571.—Kolomen- kln (N.) Zur Lehre von dem sogenannten Chorioepithe- lioma malignum. Ibid., 1900, xii, 744-752.—Kossmann (R.) Ueber das Carcinoma syncytiale und die Entstehung des Syncytiums in der Placenta des Kaninchens. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1897, Leipz, 1898, lxix, pt. 2, 1. Hft, 167-172.—Krewer (L.) Ueber das Chorionepithelioma (Deciduoma malignum autorum). Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak, Stuttg, 1902, xlviii, 66- 93.—Krukenberg (R.) Ueber die Diagnose des malignen Chorionepithelioms nach Blasenmole nebst Mitteilung eines neuen Falles. Ibid., 1904, liii, 76-118, 3 pi — Kworostansky (P.) Syncytioma malignum und sein Zusammenhang mit der Blasenmole. Arch. f. Gynaek, Berl, 1901, lxii, 69-120, 3 pi.—Ladinski (L. JO Deciduoma malignum; a clinical review. Am. J. Obst, N. Y., 1902, xlv, 465-509.—Lake (G. C.) The immunological reactions of the proteins of the human placenta, with special reference to the production of a therapeutic serum for malignant chorion- epithehoma. J. Infect. Dis, Chicago, 1914. xiv, 385-401. Also, Reprint.—Launois (P.-E.), Masson (P.) & Pinard (M.) Chdrio-epitheliome malin. Arch. gen. de med. Par, 1910, 65-71, inch 1 pi.—Lehmann. Chorionepitheliom im Uterus. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak, Stuttg, 1917-18, lxxx, 698-706—Lesne (E.) & Marcille (M.) Deciduome malin. Tribune med. Par, 1904, 2. s, xxxvi, 726-728 — Littauer (A.) Beitrag zur Frage der Malignitat des Chorion- epithelioms. Arch. f. Gynaek, Berl, 1904, lxxii, 294-308 — Livon (J.) M61e v&iculaire et chorio-epitheliome. Mar- seille med, 1914, li, 168-175—Lockhart (F. A. L.) & Gtllesi (B. D.) Chorion-epithelioma. Montreal M. J, 1905, xxxiv, 484-489. [Discussion], 535-538. -----. Chorio-epithelioma malignum. Ibid., 1908, xxxvii, 784-798.—Lockyer (C.) On chorio-epithelioma (deciduoma malignum), with special ref- erence to its association with lutein-cysts and excessive lutein-reaction, including an account of a case of this disease. Practitioner, Lond, 1904, lxxiii, 740-752. 3 pi.—Loen- necken (W.) [Malignant chorion-epithelioma.] Med. Rev, Bergen, 1916, xxxiii, 537-540.—McFarland (J.) The body defenses and syncytioma malignum. Am. J. Obst, DECIDUOMA. 378 DECIDUOMA. Deciduoma [malignum], N. Y, 1904, xhx, 462-470. Also: Am. Med.. Phila, 1904, vii, 583-585.—Mannelli (M.) Contributo alio studio dei trapianti placentari e all' istogenesi del corionepitelioma. Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir. 1912, Roma, 1913, xxv, 795- 825.—Marches! (P.) Sulla mola destruente. Arch, di ostet. e ginec, Napoh. 1901, viii, 497; 554, 1 pi.—Michel (F.) Ein Beitrag zur Klinik des Chorionepithelioms. Zentralbl. f. Gynak, Leipz, 1909, xxxiii, 1057-1059.—aiimbela (P. S.) Corionepitelioma. Semana med, Buenos Aires, 1914, xxi, 888-892.—MUnzer (M.) Chorioepithelioma malignum; zu- sammenfassendes Referat. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat, Jena, 1902, xiii, 197-272.—Nagy (T.) Ueber das bosartige Chorioepithehom. Arch. f. Gynaek, Berl, 1921- 2, cxv, 585-599.—Nilhoff. De klinische beteekenis van het deciduoma malignum. Med. Rev, Haarlem, 1902, ii, 338- 343— Nordentoft (S. T.) Syncytioma uteri (deciduoma malignum). Hosp.-Tid, K0benh, 1901, 4. R, ix. 788-792 — Pestalozza (E.) II corioepitelioma. Arch, ital di ginec, Napoh, 1914, xvii, 1-7.—Pick (L.) Das Epithelioma chorio- ektodermale; ein Beitrag zur Lehre von den congenital an- gelegten Geschwulsten. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1904, xii, 158; 195.—Polano (O.) Ueber maligne Chorionepitheliome mit langer Latenzzeit. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak, Stuttg, 1913, lxxv, 149-156, 1 pi.—van de Poll (C. N.) Chorio-epithelioma. Med. Weekbl, Amst, 1918-19. xxv, 305-309.—PoUosson (A.) & Violet (H.) Le chorio-epithe- liome malin; 6tude clinique. Ann. de gynec. et d'obst. Par, 1913, 2. s, x, 257-279. Also: Rev. de gynec. et de chir. abd. Par, 1913, xx, 455-492.—Porter (M. F.) Deciduoma malig- num. Am. J. Obst, N. Y, 1907, lvi, 827-833. Also: Tr. Am. Ass. Obst. & Gynec, 1907. Phila, 1908, 272-278.— Proust & Bender. Corio-epitelioma maligno. Semana me &- Keilty (R. A.) Chorio-epithelioma devel- oping from hydat iform mole: diagnosis from uterine scrapings with confirmation at operation. Proc. Path. Soc, Phila, 1915,n. s, xvii, 66.—Stelnhaus (J.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Histogenese des ChorionepitheUoms. Ztschr. f. Heilk, Wien & Leipz, 1905, xxvi, 187-193,1 pi.—Stevens < T. G.) & Hicks (J. B.) Decidual cast from the unimpregnated horn of a didelphic uterus. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med. 1913, Lond., 1914, vu? Obst. & Gynaec. Sett.. 221.—Srrasser (A. A.) The clinical and pathological features of ChorioepitheUoma maUgnum, with report of three cases. Tr. Am. Ass. Obst. & Gynec, 1914, York, 1915, xxvii, 423-440. Also: Am. J. Obst, N. Y, 1915, Ixxi, 441-458.—Uhle. Ein Praparat von Chorionepitheliom. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1913, lx, 154.—Vanzetti (F.) Di un caso di tumore maUgno del vilU del corion (corio epiteUoma maUgno di Marchand). Ann. di ostet, Firenze, 1S99, xxi, 723-734, 2 pi.—Vautrln & Hoche. Chorio-epithehome et mole nvaatiforme. BuU. Soc. d'obst. et de gynec. de Par, 1912| i, 940-944.—von VUits (D.) Ueber histologische lndicien des Chorioepi- thelioma benignum. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gvnak, Stuttg, 1904, Iii, 301-335, 2 pi.—Violet. Coupes histologiques de chorio-opitheiiomes. Lyon med, 1913, cxxi, 317-321.— Walthard (M.) Zur Aetiologie der Chorionepitheliome ohne Primartumor im Uterus. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak, Stuttg, 1907, Ux, 443-452 Deciduoma (Complications of). Itovee (J. W.) A case of chorio-epithelioma maUgnum complicating a two months' pregnancv and a degenerated uterine fibroma. Tr. South. Surg. & "Gynec. Ass, Phila, 1914, xxvii, 483-495. Also: Surg, Gvnec. & Obst, Chicago, 1915, xx, 405-410. Also, Reprint—Eden (T. W.) Case of ChorionepitheUoma of the uterus with bilateral lutein cvsts of the ovary. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med. 1913, Lond, 1914, vii, Obst. & Gynaec. Sect, 146-150.—Erck (T. A.) A Outerbridge (G. W.) ChorionepitheUoma associated with severe intraperitoneal hemorrhage. Internat. Clin, Phila, 1915, 25. si, 203-210, 2 pi.—Griffith (W. S. A.) & Williamson (H.) A case of chorionepithelioma com- plicated bv luematometra. J. Obst. A Gvnjeo. Brit. Emp, Lond, 1907, xii; 136-143, 1 pi.—Hormann (K.) Ruptur eines ChorioepitheUoms mit schwerer intraperi- tonealer Blutung. Beitr. z. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek.. Leipz, 1904, viii, 404-417, 1 pi— Inglis (Elsie M.) & Bruce (A.) Case of cerebral haemorrhage resulting from deciduoma malignum. Tr. Edinb. Obst. Soc. 1900-1901, xxvi, 119- 144, 4 pi.—Kroemer. Gefahren der Blasenmole. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, l.eipz. A Berl, 1917, xliii, 452.—Meleney (H. K.) Syncytioma (atypical chorioma) of the uterus terminated by acute peritonitis. Surg., Gynec. & Obst, Chicago, 1922, xxxv, 137-141. Also [Abstr.]: China M. J, Shanghai, 1922, xxxvi, 198— Xagelsbach. Mahgnes Cho- rionepitheUom mit Yerblutung in die Bauchhohle. Miin- chen. med. Wchnschr., 1922, lxix. 510.—Outerbridge (G. W.) Chorio-epithelioma of tho uterus associated with intraperitoneal hemorrhage. Proc. Path. Soc, Phila, 1915, n. s. xvu, 63. Also: Am. J. Obst, N. Y, 1915, Ixxi, 504.—Raw (N.) Clinical report on a case of chorion epi- thelioma malignum with streptococcal infection. J. Obst. & Gynaec. Brit. Emp, 1905, viii. 319-322, 1 pi.—Wilson (T.) Chorionepithelioma following hydatidiform mole and giving rise to intraperitoneal haemorrhage from an ex- tension in the right mesosalpinx. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med. 1912, DECIDUOMA. 381 DECIDUOMA. Deciduoma (Complications of). Lond.. 1913, vi, Obst. & Gynaec. Sect, 224-228.—Young (E. B.) Chorio-epithelioma maUgnum in a pregnant uterus; rupture of the uterus; acute hemorrhage. Internat. Clin, Phila, 1906, 16. s, i, 155-165, 2 pi, 1 1. Deciduoma (Ectopic and metastatic). Barak (Anna). *Ein intraligamentar gelege- nes ektopisches Chorionepitheliom mit sehr langer Latenzzeit. 8°. Giessen, 1911. Eichhorn (F.) *Ein Fall von heterotopem Chorionepitheliom in Gehirn und Lungen. [Rostock.] 8°. Berlin, 1913. Also, in; Ztschr. f. Krebsforsch, Berl, 1913, xiii, 42-62, 1 pi. Abler! (E.) Contributo alio studio del corionepitelioma cervicale e del corionepitelioma con lungo periodo di la- tenza. FoUa gynaec, Pavia, 1915, x, 371-469,13 pi.—Brasche (P.) Die Lungenmetastasen bei malignem Chorionepithe- Uom mit besondorer Beriicksichtigung eines eigenartigen Falles. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl, 1914, ccxv, 106-116.—Brenner (M.) Ein Fall von beginnendem ChorioepitheUoma malignum mit frischer, kleiner Metas- tase in der Scheide. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak, Berl, 1908, xxvii, 574; 713.—Busse (O.) Ueber Chorio- epitheUome. die ausserhalb der Placentarstelle enstanden smd. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl, 1903, clxxiv, 207-231, 1 pi.—Cary (E.) Chorio-epithelioma; recurrence after three years; invasion of the spinal canal; villi in secondary growth. Surg, Gynec. & Obst, Chicago, 1913, xvi, 362-368.—Caturani (M.) ChorioepitheUoma uteri with vaginal metastases. Am. J. Obst, N. Y, 1914, lxix, 502. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1914, xcix, 1210 — Ciaccio (C.) Sopra un caso di sincizio-endoteUoma delle glandole linfatiche con studn e considerazioni sugli endo- telii ed endoteliomi degU organi Unfoidi. Gazz. sicil. di med. e chir. [etc], Palermo, 1908; vii, 593; 609.—Durante (G.) Du deciduome malin ou epitheliome ectoplacentaire. Trav. prat, d'obst. et de gynSc, Par, 1898, 96-107.—Du- rante (G.) & Plcque (L.) Epithehoma ecto-placentaire ou deciduome maUn. Gynecologie. Par, 1905, x, 17-34.— Emrys-Roberts (E.) & Hall (I. W.) Extra-uterine chorion-epithelioma. J. Path. & Bacteriol, Edinb. & Lond, 1909, xiv, 135.—Faulln (M.) Primer caso de metastasis intestinal de corioepiteUoma maligno. Semana med, Buenos Aires, 1919, xxvi, 669-678.—Findley (P.) Pri- mary chorio-epitheUoma maUgnum outside of the placental site; with report of a case. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1904, xliii, 1351-1357, 2 pi. [Discussion], 1365-1368.—Fischer (B.) Chorionepitheliom der Dura mater und der Lunge ohne Primartumor im Uterus mit Sekretion von Kolos- trum. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1909, lvi, 1044.— Garkisch (A.) Ueber ein intraligamentar entwickeltes Chorionepitheliom. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak, Stuttg, 1907, lx, 115-135, 1 pi.—Glaserfeld (B.) Ueber das soge- nannte ektopische maligne Chorionepithehom. Ztschr. f. Krebsforsch, Berl, 1907, v, 471-480, 1 pi.—de GouvCa (N.) Chorion-epitheUoma da trompa. Brazil-med, Rio de Jan, 1916, xxx, 325.—Grotenielt (C.) [A case of so- called ectopic malignant ChorionepitheUoma.] Finska lak.-sallsk. handl, Helsingfors, 1918, lx, 337-339.—Hicks (H. T.) Primary ChorionepitheUoma outside the uterus, with a case of primary emboUc ChorionepitheUoma of the vagina. J. Obst. & Gynaec. Brit. Emp, Lond., 1907, xn, 119-129. 3 pi.—Landau (L.) Zum klinischen Verhalten des Epithehoma chorioektodennale. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1904, xii, 162-166. [Discussion], 176.—Lindtors (A. O.) Ueber den weiteren Verlauf und den Ausgang eines Falles von Syncytioma malignum vaginae, nebst Obduk- tionsbefund. Centralbl. f. Gynak, Leipz, 1901, xxv, 557.— Lissauer (M.) Ein Fall von Chorionepithelioma mit Metastase der Lungenarterie. Ztschr. f. Krebsforsch, Berl, 1905, iii, 287-289.—Lockyer (C.) A case of chorio- epithelioma with pulmonary metastases. Tr. Obst. Soc. Lond, 1902, xUv, 24-37. Also [abstr.]: Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1902, n. s, lxxiii, 28. [Discussion], 29.-----. A case of chorio-epithelioma with secondary growths in vagina, kidney, pancreas, lungs, and ?lymphatic glands. Tr. Obst. Soc. Lond. (1903), 1904, xlv, 245-247.—Moschcowitz (E.) Ectopic and latent ChorionepitheUoma. Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1917, xvii, 164-170. Also, Reprint- Neumann (J.) Ueber Lungenmetastasen beim malignen Deciduom. Wien. kUn. Wchnschr, 1898, xi, 1112.—Potockl & Lellevre. Chorio-epitheliome consecutif a une mole hydatiforme avec metastases vaginales et pulmonaires Bull. Soc. d'obst. et de gynec. de Par, 1921, x, 200-208.— Rlsel (W.) Zur Kenntms des primaren Chorionepithe- Uoms der Tube. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak7 Stuttg, 1905, lvi, 154-189. -----. [Fall von sogen. primaren Cho- rionepitheliomen der Scheide, Leber und Lungen nach Blasenmole.] Zentralbl. f. Gynak, Leipz, 1907, xxxi, 671-673. Also: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. f. Geburtsh. u. Gvniik. zu Leipz, (1907), 1908, 31-33.—Royster (H. A.) & Whitehead (R. H.) A case of syncytioma maUgnum with metastases in the vagina. Carolina M. J, Charlotte, 10i)l, xlvii, 6-9.—Scheidemantel (E.) Zur Symptomato- logie des Chorionepithelioms insbesondere der Lungen- metastasen. Berl. klin, Wchnschr, 1908, xlv, 740-742.— Deciduoma (Ectopic and metastatic). Schmauch (G.) Das Syncytioma malignum vaginale post partum maturum ohne Geschwulstbildung im Uterus und seine Aetiologie. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak, Stuttg, 1903, xlix, 387-416, 1 pi. Also, iransl.: J. Am. M. Ass, Chi- cago, 1904, xlu, 1461-1469.—Siefert (E.) Ueber die Hirnme- tastasen des sogenannten Deciduoma malignum. Arch. f. Psychiat, Berl, 1904, xxxviu, 1-21.—Turnbull (H. M.) Ectopic chorionepithelioma. Tr. M. Soc. Lond, 1910- 11, xxxiv, 247-251.—Yasuda (S.) Beitrage zur onko- logischen Kenntnis der sogenannten heterotopischen Cho- rionepitheUome. Mitt. a. d. med. Fak. d. k. Univ. Kyushu, Tukuoka, 1916, ii, 181-201, 1 pi— Zagorjanskl-Klssel (W. P.) Ueber das primare Chorio-epitheliom ausser- halb des Bereiches der Eiansiedelung. Arch. f. Gynak, Berl, 1902, lxvu. 326-373.—Zimmermann (R.) Ueber ektopisches Chorionepithelioma malignum nach destrui- render Blasenmole. Ibid., 1920, cxni, 370-412.—Zlnn (W.) Lungenmetastasen bei Chorion-epitheliom einer 31jahri- gen Frau. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1908, xxxiv, 713. ' Deciduoma (Treatment of). Ashhurst (A. P. C.) Hysterectomy for chorio-epithe- Uoma; no recurrence six years after operation. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1920, Ixxi, 97.—Begouin. Chorio-epitheliomes malins; hysterectomie abdominale totale. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1912, xxxiu, 428.—Deaver (J. B.) Deciduoma maUgnum; suprapubic hysterotomy; supravaginal hysterectomy; recovery. Internat. CUn, Phila, 1914, 24. s, iii, 238.—Delassus. Deciduome malin; hysterectomie; guerison. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par, 1910, xui, 355-359.—Flelschmann (C.) Beitrag zur Frage der Spontanheilung des Chorionepithelioms. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak, Berl, 1905, xxi, 353-356.—Geist (S. H.) The diagnosis and treatment of chorio-epitheUoma. Surg, Gynec. & Obst, Chicago, 1921, xxxii, 427-436 — Greln (E.) Ein Fall von Chorioepithelioma maUgnum nebst einigen Bemerkungen iiber Spontanheilung und Therapie bei dieser Erkrankung. Arch. f. Gynaek, Berl, 1904, Ixxu, 470-496, 4 pL—Haultain (F. W. N.) Deci- duoma maUgnum? A critical review from a case success- fully treated by vaginal hysterectomy. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1899, n. s, lxviu, 27; 53. [Discussion]. 6.—HOrr- mann (A.) Chorionepitheliom und Strahlentherapie. Zentralbl. f. Gynak, Leipz, 1914, xxxviii, 1128-1131 — Hunter (D. G.) A case of chorion-epitheUoma; hys- terectomy; recovery. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1907, ii, 1517.— Kroemer (P.) Khnische Beobachtungen iiber Aetiologie und Therapie des ChorionepitheUoms, insbesondere iiber die Behandlung der Blasenmole. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1907, xxxiu, 1246; 1294; 1328.—Labhardt (A.) Operative Dauerheilung eines ChorionepitheUoms mit Metastase; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Behandlung der puerperalen Bakteriamie. Zentralbl. f. Gynak, Leipz, 1909, xxxiii, 805-808.—Lynch (F. W.) Chorio-epithelioma and its treatment. Surg. CUn. N. Am, Phila, 1922, n, 577-592.—Metcalf (W. F.) & Safford (H. E.) Chorio- epithelioma maUgnum; report of a case in good health fourteen months after operation. Am. J. Obst, N. Y, 1904, 1, 336-343.—Naujoks (H.) Heilung eines Chorion- epithelioma malignum durch Rontgenstrahlen. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek, Berl, 1922, lviii, 189-196.—Souther (C. T.) Hysterectomy for chorio-epitheUoma. Lancet- Clinic, Cincin, 1914, cxu, 45.—von Velitls (D.) Weitere Studien iiber die Spontanheilung des Chorionepithelioms. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak, Stuttg, 1905, lvi, 378-395.— Vlneberg (H.N.) Report of two cases of chorioepithelioma malignum; hysterectomy; recovery. Am. J. Obst, N. Y, 1907, lv, 815-820.-----. Clinical data on ChorioepitheUoma, with end results of operative treatment. Ibid., 1918, lxxviii, 451-454. Also: Surg, Gynec. & Obst, Chicago, 1919, xxvui, 123-137. Deciduoma in males. Fink (F.) *Ueber ein (wahrscheinlich) aus- Bchliesslich aus Chorionepitheliomgewebe be- stehenden Tumor des Hodens. 8°. Leipzig, 1909. Also, in: Arb. a. d. Geb. d. path. Anat. Inst, zu Tubing, Brnschwg, 1909, vii, 1-18. Hahn (H.) *Ueber ein Chorionepitheliom beim Manne. 8°. Giessen, 1912. Bernstein (J.) Chorion-epithelioma occurring in the testicle. West Lond. M. J, Lond, 1907, xu, 128.—Chevassu (M.) Chorio-epitheliome intra-testiculaire, embryomes et kystes dermoides. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par, 1904, lxxix, 652-655.—DUlmann (H.) Ueber einen Fall von ChorionepitheUom beim Manne. Ztschr. f. Krebsforsch, Berl, 1905, iii, 61-72.—Flsch (C.) Remarks on a chorion- epitheUoma in a male. Interstate M. J, St. Louis, 1906, xni, 441-446.—Fischer (W.) ChorionepitheUoma mahgnum beim Manne. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1908, xxxiv, 946.—Frltze (E.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Chorionepitheliome beim Manne. Ztschr. f. Krebsforsch. Berl, 1915, xv, 154-173.—von Hansemann. [Fall von ChorionepitheUom beim Manne.] Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Stuttg., 1904, U, 400-405.—Langer (E.) Ueber das DECIDUOMA. 382 DECOMPRESSION. Deciduoma in males. Chorionepitheliom beim Manne. Med. Klin, Berl, 1919, xv, 1120-1122.—Marcora (F.) Intorno a un caso di chorion- epiteUoma maligno nell' uomo. PoUclin, Roma, 1912, xix, sez. chir, 441-453.—Skajaa (K.) [Chorionepithelioma in a male.] Med. Rev, Bergen, 1919, xxxvi, 346-353.—Stark (A.) Malignes Chorionepitheliom bei einem 28jahrigen Sol- daten mit kleinem Embryom des Hodens. Frankfurt Ztschr. f. Path, Wiesb, 1918, xxi, 142-162—Steinhaus (J.) Ueber chorionepithehomartige Wucherungen beim Manne. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1903, lui, 793-798.—Teacher (J. H.) On ChorionepitheUoma (the so-called deciduoma) and the occurrence of chorionepitheliomatous and hydatidiform- mole-like structures in tumours of the testis. Tr. Obst. Soc. Lond. (1903), 1904, xlv, 256-318, 3 1, 3 pi.—Weber (F. P.) MaUgnant ChorionepitheUoma in a male; fatal intraperi- toneal haemorrhage from rupture of a metastatic growth in the Uver. Practitioner, Lond, 1918, ci, 31-36, 2 pi. Decimal classification. Sociology. Methodical and alphabetical index. 19 1. 8°." Bruxelles, Vve. F. Lurcher, 1895. Decio (Carlo). La peste in Milano nell' anno 1451 e il primo lazzaretto a Cusago, appunti storici e note inedite tratte dagli archivi milanesi. 35 pp. roy. 8°. Milano, L. F. Cogliati 1900. Decio (Cesare). Su alcune questioni riguardanti V importanza clinica e 1' efficacia terapeutica dei raggi Rontgen. 42 pp. 8°. Pavia, Mattei, Spe- roni dc Co., 1910. Decius (Hermann Victor Hugo) [1877- ]. *Des- infektionsversuche mit chemisch reinem Wasser- stoffsuperoxyd (Merks hochprocentigem H202). 30 pp., 11. 8°. Halle a. S., C. A. Kaemmerer, 1902. Deck (Hans). *Ein Fall von gemischtem Sarkom der Scheide im Kindesalter. [Zurich.] 27 pp. 8°. Basel, Froese dc Co., 1907. Deck (Louis). *Syphilis et reglementation de la prostitution en Angleterre et aux Indes; 6tude de statistique meVlicale de 1866 a 1896. 93 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 80. Deckart (Johannes) [1873- ]. *Beitrag zur Lehre von den Melanosarcomen. 39 pp. 8°. Leipzig, G. Fock, 1899. Decken ([Christian] Heinrich [Carl Ludwig Otto]) [1882- ]. *Zur Kasuistik der Knochencysten bei Ostitis fibrosa. 44 pp., 11., 2 pi. 8°. Giessen, O. Kindt, 1909. Decker (Carl [August]) [1883- ]. *Experimen- telle Beitrage zur Collargol therapie. 40 pp., 11. 8°. Bonn, S. Foppen, 1910. Decker (Georg). *Ueber die Verunreinigung des Fleisches gesunder Thiere mit Tuberkelbazillen durch nicht desinficierte Schlacht- und Unter- suchungs-Instrurnente. [Bern.] 72 pp. 8°. Coblenz, Krabben, 1901. Decker (Gerhard Wilhelm) [1882- I *TJeber einen Fall von Hydramnion bei eineiigen Zwil- lingen. 32 pp. 8°. Berlin, G. Schade, [1907]. Decker ([Gustav] Walter) [1892- ]. *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der pathologischen Anatomie der Tranensack-Erkrankungen. 26 pp. 8°. Heidel- berg, Rossler dc Herbert, 1919. Decker (Johan) [1879- ]. *Ueber einige Be- standteile des Cacao und ihre Bestimmung. [Bern.] 3 p. 1., 81 pp., 1 1. 8°. Amsterdam, J. H. De Bussy, [1902]. Decker (Ludwig) [1890- ]. *Ueber 5 Falle von Arthigonbehandlung bei Augenerkrankungen. 35 pp. 8°. Heidelberg, Rossler dc Herbert, 1919. Decker (N.) Gesundheitslehre fiir die obere Ab- teilung der Primar- und Fortbildungsschulen. 2. Aufl. 54 pp. 12°. Arlon, G. Everting, 1902. Decker (Pierre). *La gaiiie de myeline dans les nerfs penpheriques du foetus humain; date et forme de son apparition. 40 pp., 11., 1 pi. 8°. Lausanne, 1918. Decker (Rudolf) [1890- ]. *Ein Fall von Leiomyoma sarcomatodes und Scliwangerschaft. 30 pp. 8°. Munchen, J. Gotteswinter, 1915. Deckert (Bruno) [1881- ]. *Ein Fall von weissen Flecken bei Fibroma molluscum. [Leipzig.] 26 pp. 8°. Bremen, F. Quelle, 1909. Deckert (Carl Gustav). *Phenyform; ein neues Antiseptikum und seine Verwendbarkeit in der Veterinarmedizin. [Bern.] 36 pp. 8°. Berlin, Otto dc Emil Klett, 1908. Deckmyn (Ernest) [1876- 1. *Les plaies du diaphragme a gauche. [Lille.] 143 pp., 21. 8°. Dunkerque, 1902, No. 78. Deckx (Hendrik). De Levelingen, Voordracht gehouden op Zondag 9. April 1899. 24 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Antwerpen, H. dc L. Kenner. [1899]. Forms No. 6 of: Kathol. Vlaamsche Hoogesch.-Uitbreid. te Antwerp. ------. Nog over hypnotismus. 20 pp. 8°. Antwerpen, H. dc L. Kennes, [1900]. Forms No. 20 of: Kathol. Vlaamsche Hoogesch.-Uitbreid. te Antwerp. ------. Beknopte inhoud van den leergang van algemeene Gezondheidsleer. 20 pp. 8°. Ant- werpen, H. dc L. Kennes, [19011. Forms No. 6, 3. Jaarg. of: Kathol. Vlaamsche Hoogesch.- Uitbreid. te Antwerp. ------, Fierens [et al.]. Manuel de l'infirmiere, Sar les docteurs Deckx, Fierens. Gevserts, /uijens, van de Perre, et le pharmacien Hendrix. Ed. franc, par A. van de Perre. xxiii, 441 pp. 8°. Paris, J B. Bailliere dc fils, 1910. DSclerc (Henri). *L'oculo-reaction, la cutireac- tion et la sous-cutireaction en psychiatrie. 131 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 123. ------. The same. 131 pp. 8°. Paris, Vigot freres, 1908. De Clercq [Ludger-Lucien] [1860- ]. De vloeibare lucht. 39 pp., 1 pi. 12°. Antwerpen, 1905. Forms Hft. 71 of: Kathol. Vlaamsche Hoogesch.-Uitbreid. te Antwerp, 1905. DecISty (Jean) [1891- ]. *Sur un cas de gyn6- comastie unilaterale consecutive a un trauma- tisme des bourses. 48 pp. 8°. Paris, 1919, No. 193. De Clisson (H. Poirier). *Sur un procede simple de localisation des projectiles par la radioscopie. 54 pp. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 390. Decloux (Jean-Francois-Ernest). *Traitement de l'epitheiioma cutan6 par la cauterisation ignee et le chlorate de potasse ou de magn^sie. 106 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 510. Decloux (Leon-Eduard) [1870-1914]. *Etude sur les polypes dermoides du pharynx. 73 pp. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 234. For Biography, see Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par. 1914, 3. s, xxxvii, 328 (Comby). Also.- Paris me"d. 1913-14, xlv (suppl.), 1101 (M. Gamier). De Cock (Alfons) [1850-1921]. van Andel (M. A.) Obituary. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1921, lxv, ls">4. Decock (Henri). *Considerations sur la pathogenie et le traitement des gangrenes diabetiquea. 58 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 645. DecoUard-Deshommes (R.) *La medecine populaire de Provence au d6but du xxe siecle. 79 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1907, No. 743. Decoly (Jean) [1871- ]. *Contribution a l'etude des corps etrangers des fosses nasales. 56 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1901, No. 13. Decomis (Alexandre-Marie-Ren£) [1886- ]. *Des pachyvaginalites multiloculaires et en particulier de leur anatomie. 52 pp. 8°. Bor- deaux, 1910, No. 25. Decompression. See Brain (Decompression of); Brain tumors (Treatment of, Operative); Fractures (Cranial, Depressed, Treatment of); Hydrocephalus ( Treat- ment of, Operative); Meninges (Hemorrhage of, Treatment of, Operative). DECORBERT. 383 DEEGENER. Decorbert (Charles). *Du gelo-diagnostic des selles et de son emploi au diagnostic precoce de la fievre typhoide. 36 pp. 8°. Paris, 1903, No. 364. Decorde (Ariste). *Du traitement des fractures penetrantes de la voute du crane. 88 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 441. Decornet (Marie-Louis-Felix) [1889- ]. *A pro- pos de deux cas de hernie ombilicale congenitale de la periode embryonnaire. 58 pp. 8°. Nancy, 1914, No. 19. Decornoz (Paul). *De la suture forcee. 52 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1898, No. 159. Decorse (Gaston-Jules) [1873-1908]. *De la mort dans l'erysipele. 48 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 587. For Biography, see Rev. de m6d. et d'hyg. trop. Par, 1907, iv, 216 (L. Dye'). Decorse (Ren6-Fernand) [1878- ]. *Etude statistique de la tuberculose a 1'asile public d'alienes de Cadillac-sur-Garonne (contribution a l'etude des rapports de la tuberculose et de l'alienation mentale). 84 pp., 1 ch. 8°. Bor- deaux, 1907, No. 39. Decottignies (Emile) [1877- 1. *De Paction toxique de l'acide oxalique. [Paris.] 132 pp. 8°. Lille, 1902, No. 178. Decoudier (Louis). *De 1'importance des troubles urinaires au point de vue du diagnostic des maladies nerveuses. 76 pp., 11. 4°. Toulouse, 1894, No. 53. Decour (Humbert) [1882- ]. *De l'infection tuberculeuse latente (etudiee specialement dans les ganglions lymphatiques). [Lyon.] 84 pp. 8°. Valence, 1907, No. 75. De Courcy (WiUiam E.) [1849-1906]. D. (A. G.) [Obituary.] Lancet-CUnic, Cincin, 1906, n. s, lvi, 652. Decourtieux (Lucien) [1881- ]. *Contribution a l'etude des infections generalises de l'orga- nisme par les'staphylocoques pyogenes. 98 pp. 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 435. Decousser (Robert). Contribution a l'etude des hematuries au cours de l'appendicite. 48 pp. 8°. Paris, 1919, No. 70. Decouvelaere (Gaston). Contribution a l'etude de l'anesthesie regionale du plexus brachial. 53 pp. 8°. Paris, 1919, No. 270. Decouvelaere (Paul-Alfred-Edouard) [1880- ]. ^Obstruction des voies respiratoires superieures; carie dentaires. 88 pp. 86. Lille, 1906, No. 25. Decq (Louis-Gustave). *Des fractures de l'ole- crane; leur traitement par le cerclage. 41 pp., 11., 2 pi. 8°. Paris, 1902, No. 304. Decramer (Gustave - Auguste - Leon - Antoine) [1863- ]. *Le stage en pharmacie. 136 pp. 8°. Lille, 1913, No. 42. Ecole de pharmacie. Decreton (Gaston-Joseph) [1882- ]. *Contri- bution a l'etude du cancer primitif du poumon. 84 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 271. Decrette (Edouard) [1871- ]. *Deformations des narines dans le bee de lievre. 64 pp. 8°. Paris, 1897, No. 30. Decreuse (Henri) [1877- ]. *Plaies des vais- seaux poplites. 86 pp. 8°. Paris, 1902, No. 239. De Cristoforis (Malachia) [1832-1915]. II farmaco antisifilitico "Pollini,"^ decotto e polveri; casi clinici e considerazioni pratiche. 76 pp. 8°. Milano, R. Romitelli dc Co., 1912. For Biography, see Ann. di ostet, Milano, 1916, i, 157- 160, port. (L. Mangiagalli). Also: Lancet, Lond, 1916, i, 161. Also: Ramazzini, Firenze, 1917, xi, 251-254. De Cristoforo (Michelangelo). Alterazioni oculari nelle malattie renali. 40 pp. 8°. Catania, C. Galdtola, 1905. De Croe's (J.) Sinus et sinusites maxillaires; ana- tomie, physiologie, pathologie et traitement. 1 p. 1., 238 pp., 11. 8*. Paris, A. Maloine, 1902. Decroix (Charles-Prudent-Benoit) [1866-_ ]. *Quelques considerations sur la pullulation des sarcoptides d^triticoles (tyroglyphines) dans les habitations. 56 pp. 8°. Lille, 1913, No. 45. Ecole de pharmacie. Decroix (Emile-Francois). Neuf cas de guerison de la rage. 32 pp. 8°. Paris, imp. Chaix, [1882]. Decroix (Jean) [1865- ]. Contribution a l'etude de l'anemie pernicieuse chez les femmes enceintes. 60 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 156. Decroo (Joseph). *La keratose # essentielle des extr^mites congenitale et he>6ditaire; sa patho- genie. 62 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905,, No. 197. Decrop (Georges) [1888- ]. *Etude sur l'etat sanitaire d'un certain nombre de communes de l'arrondissement de Sceaux. 100 pp. 8°. Paris, 1913, No. 110. Decubitus. See Bed-sores. van Dedem (W.J.) Baron [ -1922]. Kroon. Obituary. Tijdschr. v. diergeneesk, Utrecht, 1922, xlix, 171. Dedet (J.) [1887- ]. *Des indications de l'hys- terectomie abdominale totale dans les suppura- tions pelviennes (proced6 de l'hysterectomie subtotale totalisee). 95 pp. 8°. Paris, 1917, No. 111. Dedichen (Henrik A. Th.) Die Heil- und Pflege- Anstalten fiir Psychisch-Kranke in den skandi- navischen Landern im Jahre 1900. viii, 103 pp. 8°. Berlin, G. Reimer, 1901. De Diego Fernandez (Angel). Cirugia de ur- gencia. 620 pp. 12°. Madrid, I. Calleja, 1903. Dedo (Ricardus) [1881- ]. *De antiquorum superstitioneamatoria. 50pp., 11. 8°. Gryphise, typ. J. Abel, [1904]. De Dominicis (Angelo). I cristalli di emocromo- geno dalle macchie di sangue. 26 pp., 11., 4 pi. 8°. Milano, U. Allegretto, 1902. De Dominicis (Nicolas) [1845- ]. Istituzione di semiotica. 698 pp. roy. 8°. Napoli, F. Lubrano, 1905. ------. Diabete insipido. pp. 225-242. 8°. Milano, F. Vallardi, [n. d.]. In: Tratt. ital. di patol. e terap. med, Milano, [n. d.], iv, pt. 1. —:---. Gotta; rachitide; ossaluria. pp. 1-113. 8°. Milano, F. Vallardi, [n. d.]. In: Tbatt. ital. di patol. e terap. med, Milano, [n. d.!, iv, pt. 1. ------. Malattie del pancreas (parte generale). pp. 217-250. 8°. Milano, F. Vallardi, [n. d.]. In: Tratt. ital. di patol. e terap. med, Milano, In. d.l, v, pt. 2. ------. Polisarcia. pp. 243-274. 8°. Milano, F. Vallardi, [n. d.]. In: Tratt. ital. di patol. e terap. med, Milano, \n. d.l, iv, pt. 1. For Biography, see Corresp. med. Par, 1902, viii, no. 194, 3(L.). De Droog (Emile). Contribution a l'etude de la localisation microchimique des alcaloi'des dans la familie des orchidacees. 30 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Bruxelles, 1898. Forms No. 3 of: Mem. couronn. Acad. roy. d. sc. fete] de Belg, Brux, 1898, lv. Deecke (Theodore) [1836-1905]. Obituary. Am. J. Insan, ,Balt, 1905-6, in, 512-514. Deecke (Walther) [1876- ]. *Die Chlorcitra- malsaure und ihre Umsetzungsprodukte. 39 pp., 11. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1900. Deegener (Paul). *Entwicklung der Mundwerk- zeuge und des Darmkanals von Hydrophilus. 29 pp!, 11. 8°. Berlin, G. Schade, 1900. DEEKS. 384 DEFECTIVES. Deeks (W. E.; & James (\Y. M.) A report on hemoglobinuric fever in the Canal Zone; a study of its etiology and treatment. 177 pp., 6 ch. rov. 8°. Mount Hope, C. Z., I. C. C. Press, 1911. Isthmian Canal Commission Department of Sanitation. Deelman (H. T.) Over de kankersterfte in Fries- land en Limburg in 1917. 32 pp. 8°. Haarlem, E. F. Bohm, 1918. Forms No. 11 of: Geneesk. Bl. u. Klin.en Lab. v. de Prakt, Haarlem, 1917-18. xx. Deems (Frank M.) Handbook of systematic uri- nary analysis, chemical and microscopical. 2. ed. 131_pp., lpl. 16°. New York, 1881. Deenik (Arie). *Het onderscheidingsvermogen voor toonintensiteiten. 2 p. 1., 133 pp. 8°. Leiden, E. Ijdo, 1906. Deeping (George Davidson) [1MS-1909]. Obituary. Lancet, Lond, 1909, U, 898. Deer-flies. (SeeTabanidse. Deer-fly fever. See Tularaemia. Deetjen (Herman) [1867-1915]. Czerny (V.) Nekrolog. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1915, lxu, 702. Deetz (Eduard). *Ein Beitrag zur Pathogenese der Cysten in den langen Rolirenknochen. 31 pp., 11. 8°. Strassburg i. E., C. dc G. Goeller, 1898. Defacqz (Paul-Edouard). ^Contribution a l'etude des fluorures, des fluochlorures, fluobromures et fluoiodures des metaux alealino-terreux. 30 pp. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 5. Ecole superieure de pharmacie. -----. *Carbures metalliques. 96 pp. 8°. Paris, Gauthier Villars, 1904. . Concours. Ecole supeneure de pharmacie. -. *Metaux alealino-terreux (chimie et toxi- cologie). 150 pp. 8°. Paris, 1909. Ecole de pharmacie. Defaix (Adrien) [1882- ]. Contribution a l'etude des synovites tuberculeuses a grains riziformes de l'articulation du genou. 80 pp 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 122. De Falco (Andrea Giuseppe). Patogenesi unica delle malattie vascolan, secretive e nodulari degli occhi e degli organi vicini. xx, 238 pp 8 pi., 1 1. 8°. Napoli, Melfi dc Jocle, 1906. De Faria (C.-A.) [1872- ']. ^Contribution a l'etude des luxations de la rotule et en particulier de leur traitement. 84 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898 No. 648. Defaye (Jean-Marie-Rene-Marcel) [1888- 1. Contribution a l'etude clinique de la choleste- rinemie. 126 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1912, No. 126 Defaye (Jean-Raymond) [1892- ]. *La lutte contre les emanations gazeuses en guerre de mine. 70 pp. 8°. Lyon. 1919, Xo. 11. Defecation. Brunton (T. L.) Physiology of faecal evacuation. Syst. Med. (Allbutt), N. Y. A Lond, 1897, iii, 693-708.— Bulkley (L. D.) On posture in defecation. Med. Rec. N Y, 1919, xcvi, 1053.—Carnot (P.) La defecation prandiale, sa signification et mecanisme. Paris m#d, 1921, xxxix 283- 287.—Delherm (J.) & Laquerrlere. Contribution a l'e'tude de la defecation a l'aide des rayons X. Bull. off. Soc. franc d'61ectrothei\, Par, 1904, xi, 7-10.—(Jumprecht. Ein ausserer Handgrip zur Erlelchterung der Defalcation (Hin- terdammschutz). Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz & Berl., 1901 xxvii, 748-750.—Martin (T. C.) Difficult defeca- tion in infants. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1898, xxx 406- 413. Also, Reprint.-----. A further contribution to the study of the difficulties of defecation in infants. J. Am M Ass, Chicago, 1898, xxxi, 1091. Also, Reprint.----- Why the child strains at stool, and the way to its relief. Colum- bus M J, 1899,xxU.489-494.-Matignon(J.-J.) L«sbesions et les faux besoins d'aller a selle au saut du lit. Poitou med Poitiers, 1910, xxv, 88-91.-Moutler (F.) Physio-patho^ Defecation. logie de la defecation. J. med. franc., Par, 1922, xi, 236- 244.—Xacke. Defalcation nach Angst und Schrecken. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist, Leipz, 1905, xx, 183.—Picchio (A.) Osservazioni pratiche sulla fisiologia della defecazione. PoUclin, Roma. 1902-3, ix, sez. prat, 1207.—Pick (A.) Ueber eine psychisch bedingte Stoning der Defacation. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1900, xiii, 449-451.— Beboul (A.-E.-E.) L'hygiene de la defecation. Medecin prat. Par, 1911, vii, 21.—Rosen (R.) Untersuchungen iiber den Einfluss der Korperlage auf die Defaecation. Ztschr. f Krankenpfl, Berl, 1900, xxii, 124-136—Salomon (H.) & Wallace (G.) Die Eigenabscheidung von Stickstoff und Mineralsalzen im Darm unter normalen und pathologischen Verhaltnissen. Med. KUn., Berl, 1909, v, 579-581.—Splvak (C. D.) Mechanics of defecation. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1918, cviii, 945. Also, Reprint.—Steinthal (S.) Zur Hypurgie der Defacation. Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl, BerL, 1899, xxi, 95. Defectives. Buzby (B. F.) Defects affecting fifteen hundred men. Nation's Health, Chicago, 1921, iii, 612-616.—Colliver (J. A.) The physical basis for irritabiUty in boys; the beginning of juvenile delinquency. J. Sociol. Med, Easton. Pa, 1915, xvi, 412-424.—Emerson (W. R. P.) Physical defects in chil- dren; report of six hundred and two cases. Am. J. Dis. Child, Chicago, 1921, xxi, 282-29". Friedman (H. M.) Constitutional inferioritv, a survey. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1916, lxxxix, 313-323—Grazer (F.) A studv in handicaps. Calif. State J. M, San Fran, 1916, xiv, 99-101— Jansen (M.) Over lichamelijke minderwaardigheid. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1916, ii, 1915-1917.—Karpas (M. J.) Con- stitutional inferioritv. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago. 1916, lxvii, 1831-1834.—Orton (G. L.) Physical defectsin their relation to penal discipline. J. Med. Soc. N. Jersev, Orange, 1912-13, ix, 454-456.—Otis (E. O.) The phvsicaUv defective. Boston M. & S. J, 1916, clxxv. 737-741. Also: J. Sociol. Med, Easton. Pa, 1917, xviii, 191-210. Also, Reprint.—Warfield (L. M.) The cardiovascular defective. Contrib. Med. & Biol. Research ... Sir W. Osier, N. Y, 1919, ii, 1030-1041 — Wilson (H.J.) Phvsical deterioration in its relation to the industrial classes. J. State Med, Lond, 1916, xxiv, 52; 71. Defectives (Mtntal). See, also, Children (Defective); Degeneracy; Idiocy. Barr (M. W.) & Maloxey (E. F.) Types of mental defectives. Sr. Philadelphia, 1920. Curtis (F. R.) The libraries of the American State and national institutions for defectives, dependents, and delinquents. S\ Minneapolis, 1918. Daxielson (H. H.) & Davexport (C. B.) The hill folk; report on a rural community of hereditary defectives, fol. Cold Spring Harbor, Long Island, N. Y., 1912. Estabrook (A. H.) & Davexport (C. B.) The Nam family; a study in cacosenics. fol. ColdSprina Harbor. Long Island, NY., 1912. Healy (W.) Case studies of mentally and morally abnormal types. 8°. [Cambridge], 1912. Kelynack (T. X > Human derelicte; medico- sociological studies for teachers of religion and Bocial workers. 8°. London, 1914. Lauohux (H. H/> Report of the committee to study and to report on the beet practical means of cutting off the defective germ-plasm in the American population. The scope of the committee's work. 8°. Cold Spring Harbor, Long Island, N. Y., 1914. Eugenics Rec. Office, Bull. No. 10 A. Rogers (A. C.)& Merrill (Maud A.) Dwell- ers in the Yale of Siddem; a true storv of the social aspect of feeble-mindedness. 8°. 'Boston, 1919. Tredgold (A. F.) Mental deficiencv (amen- tia). 3. ed. 8°. London, 1920. rxnERsiTY Oregon Extension Monitor, Nos 4 & 5. A summary of the Oregon State survey of mental defect, delinquency and dependency, conducted in 1920 bv the Universitv of Oregon. 8°% Eugene, Oreg., 1921. Vian (L.) *Anormaux constitutionnels et de- fense sociale. 8°. Montpellier, 1914. Adler (H. M.i A psvehiatric contribution to the snidv of delinquencv. J. Am. Inst. . . . Criminol, Chicago, 1917-Is, viii, 45-68.—AMord (L. B.) A defective mental DEFECTIVES. 385 DEFECTIVES. Defectives (Mental). make-up and the pernicious forms of torticolUs, tinnitus, neuralgia and pruritus. Am. J.. Psychiat, Bait, 1922- 3, ii, 67-74.—Asnaourow (F.) Etude sur le jeune homme desSquilibre. Arch, d'anthorop. crim., Lyon-Par, 1913, xxviii, 379-384.—BaUey (P.) Efficiency and inefficiency: a problem in medicine. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1916-17, xci, 257-260.—BaUey (P.) & Haber (R.) Mental deficiency; its frequency and characteristics in the United States as determined Dy the examination of recruits. Ment. Hyg, Concord, N. H, 1920, iv, 564-596.—Beckley (C. C.) Border- line cases of mental defect, with special reference to hyster- ical symptoms. Boston M. & S. J., 1915, clxxii, 510-519.— Berry (R. J. A.) The physical basis of social inefficiency. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1921, ii, 72-75.—BUUngs (J. S.) Need for standards for recording and classifying defects and impairments. Am. J. Pub. Health, Chicago, 1920, x, 410- 414.—Bowers (P. E.) The necessity for sterilization. J. of Delinq, Whittier, Calif, 1921, vi, 487-504.—de Brito Beltord Roxo (H.) Enfraquecimento mental adqui- rido. Brazil-med.. Rio de Jan, 1919, xxxiii, pt. 1,10; 17.— Clark (L. P.) A psychological study of some mental defects in the normal dull adolescent. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1921, xcix, 991-996.—Clark (L. P.) & Atwood (C. E.) A con- tribution to the etiology of feeblemindedness with special reference to prenatal enamel defects. N. York M. J. fete], 1922, cxv, 573-579.—Cornell (W. B.) Mental deficiency. In: Nelson Loose-Leaf. Med, Lond. & N. Y, 1920, vi, 545-562.—Daspit (H.) A statistical study of three thousand cases of mental diseases. N. Orl. M. & S. J, 1921-2, lxxiv, 84-90.—Doll (E. A.) Classification of defective deUnquents. J. Am. Inst. . . . Criminol, Chicago, 1921-2, xii, 360-368.— Drysdale (H. H.) The problem of the feebleminded, the insane and the epileptic. Cleveland M. J, 1915, xiv, 672-683.—Dunston (J. T.) The problem of the feeble- minded in South Africa. J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1921, lxvii, 449-458.—Faber (H. K.) & Bitter (A. J.) A mental and physical survey of a group of juvenile delinquents, with notes on the Yerkes-Bridges point scale. Am. J. Dis. Child, Chicago, 1917. xiv, 444-462.—Farran-Rldge (C.) A case of mental deficiency associated with dyspituitarism. J. Ment. Sc. Lond., 1921, lxvii, 50-54.—Friedman (H. M.) Physical basis for moral and mental deficiencies. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1915, Ixxxvii. 637-643.—GeseU (A.) Hemihy- pertrophy and mental delect. Arch. Neurol. & Psychiat, Chicago, 1921, vi, 400-423.—Gbtt (T.) Psychische Ano- malien im Kleinkindesalter. KUn. Wchnschr, Berl, 1922, i, 265-269.—Good. Abnormes Trieb- und Afiektleben bei Schwachsinnigen; deren Folgen und Behandlung. Ztschr. f. d. Behandl. Schwachsinn, Halle, 1922, xlu, 129-139.— Guthrie (L. V.) The mental defective in West Virginia as found by a recent survey. West Virg. M. J., Hunting- ton, 1921-2, xvi, 375-382.—Haberman (J. V.) Shiftling, charlatan and vagabond; who they are and how they arise. Boston M. & S. J, 1917, clxxvi, 757-759.—Herd (H.) The element of character in mental deficiency. School Hyg, Lond, 1921, xii, 173-182.—Hernaman- Johnson (F.) Cerebral galvanism; treatment of children mentally backward as a result of prolonged illness. Lancet, Lond, 1918, i, 903.—HoUingsworth (Leta S.) Differential action upon the sexes of forces which tend to segregate the feebleminded. J. Abnorm. Psychol, Bost, 1922, xvn 35_57_Ide (Gladys G.) Sometime-later; a follow up of two cUnic cases. Psychol. CUn, Phila, 1918-19. xii, 210- 214. -----. The Henderson family; the social level of a group determined by the clinical field service. Ibid., 282- 284 —Jones (C. T.) When is a moron not a moron? J. Delinq, Whittier, Calif, 1920, v, l-8.-Kirmsse (M.) Der Schwaciisinnige und seine Stellung im Kulturleben der Vergangenheit und der Gegenwart. Ztschr. f. d. Behandl. Schwachsinn, Halle, 1922, xiii, 81; 103.-Laughhn (H. L.) The socially inadequate; how shall we designate and sort them? Am. J. Sociol, Chicago, 1921-2, xxyn, 54-70.- Lister (A. E. J.) Sterilization of mental defectives. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1922, ii, 29.-Long (Constance). Mary Rose; a study of (he infantile personality. Brit. J- Psychol, Cambridge, 1921-2, ii, Sect. Med., 68-80.-imddlemlss (J- E.) fn analysis of 200 cases ofRental defect=• J-Ment. rrine' disturbance in mental defectives. Penn. M. J., Attain? 1921-2, xxv, 50.-Nacke (P.) Einteilung der ^abituell) Antisoziafen und der mehr oder mmdei■ mo- ralisch Defekten. Ztschr: f. d. |^. Neurol, u Psychiat Uprl & Leinz 1912, Orig, x, 387-398.—Patten (b. is.) An analyst of mental dVfeck Monist, Chicago. 1920 xxx, 107-125.-Paul-Boncour (G.) La puberte- chez les knormaux: technique anthropologique; pubert6 chez les normaux; les anormaux compares aux normaux. rro- gres med. Par, 1920, 3. s, xxxv, 551-554.-Perry (Dons E.) Interpretation of the reactions of the feeble-minded on the Healy pictorial completion test II; social impli- cations. J. Delinq, Whittier, Calif, 1922, vn, 75-85.— Porteus (S. D.) A new definition of feeble-mindedness. Train. School Bull, Vineland, 1921-2 xviii, 7-14— Potter (H. W.) Endocrine imbalance and mental deficiency. j. Nerv. & Ment. Dis, Albany, 1922, lvi, 334-345—Reid (G. A.) Sterilization of mental defectives. Brit. M. J., Defectives (Mental). Lond, 1922, ii, Sect, corresp, 579.—Roeling (G. F.) Feeble- mindedness. N. Orl. M. & S. J, 1920-21, lxxiii, 209-218.— Ruggles (A. H.) The abnormal parent. Boston M. & S. J, 1916, clxxiv, 350-352.—Simon (T.) Peut-on fixer une limite superieure a la debility mentale? Ann. med.- psychol. Par, 1921, 11. s, i, 236-250—Singer (D.) The classification of mental defectives. J. Psycho-asthenics, Faribault, Minn, 1910-11, xv, 1-16.—Spauldlng (Edith R.) The role of personality development in the recon- struction of the delinquent. J. Abnorm. Psychol, Bost. 1921-2, xvi, 97-114.—Stevenson (G. S.) Policy in medical studies of the feeble-minded. Train. School Bull, \ine- land, 1922-3, xix, 62— Stowell (W. L.) The mental de- fective and society. Am. J. Obst, N. Y, 1913, lxvii. 629- 640.—Tallman (Gladys G.) The mentality of some freaks of nature. Psychol. Clin, Phila, 1917-18, xi, 120-122 — Tredgold (A. F.) Moral imbeciUty. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1920-21, xiv, Sect. Psychiat, 13-22.—Weigl (F.) Psychische Mangel innerhalb der normalen lnch- viduellen Begabungsdifferenzen und ihre pathologische Auswirkung. Ztschr. f. d. Behandl. Schwachsinn, Halle, 1922, xiii, 52-58. Defectives (Mental, Care of). Anderson (V. V.) State institutions for the feeble- minded. Ment. Hyg, Concord, N. H, 1920, iv, 626-646, 11 pi.—Auden (G. A.) Some observations on the provision of institutions for the mentally defective. J. Roy. San. Inst, Lond, 1920-21, xU, 45-52.-----. The biological factors in mental defect. Psyche, Lond, 1922-3, n. s, iii, 240-256 — Bailey (P.) State care, training, and education of mental defectives. Ment. Hyg, Albany, 1922, vi, 57-67, 1 pi — Bernstein (C.) Colony and extra-institutional care for the feebleminded. Proc. Nat. Conf. Char, Chicago, 1920, xlvii, 359-367.-----. Colony and parole care for dependents and defectives. State Hosp. Q, Utica, N. Y, 1920-21, vi, 133- 140.—Dawson (W. J.) The Sonoma State Home for feeble- minded and epileptics. Mod. Hosp, St. Louis, 1917, ix, 14.—Dixon (A0 Care of defectives. Kentucky M. J, Bowl- ing Green, 1919, xvii, 165-171.—Fuller (E. W.) Extra- institutional care of the mental defectives. Ment. Hyg, N. Y, 1921, v, 828-835.—Gorst (C.) Should the state control and care for all its feeble-minded and epileptics. Wisconsin M. J, Milwaukee, 1920-21, xix, 295-302.—Hargrove (A. L.) The work of local voluntary associations and possible future developments. Stud. Ment. Ineffic, Lond, 1921, ii, 7-12.— Hoagland (Susan W.) Extra-institutional care of mental defectives in New York State, U. S. A. Ibid., 1922, iii, 73- 80.—House (W.) Constitutional psychopathic inferiority. Calif. State J. M, San Fran, 1923, xxi, 26-29.—KeUer (C.) Was bezweckt eine Inselanstalt fur antisoziale geistes- schwache Manner? Monatschr. f. Krim.-Psychol. [etc.], Hei- delb, 1912,ix, 1-6.—Libert (L.) Le "Mental deficiency act," la loi anglaise sur les anormaux constitutionnels. Informa- teur d. alien, [etc.], Par, 1920, xv, 91; 125; 146; 188; 236; 263.— Mulrhead( Winifred). The care of the defective in America. J- Ment. Sc, Lond, 1913, lix, 53-66—Pollock (H. M.) & Furbush (Edith M.) Insane, feebleminded, epileptics, inebriates and drug addicts in institutions in the United States, January 1,1917. State Hosp. Q, Utica, N. Y, 1916- 17, ii, 345-365.-----------. Annual census of the insane, feebleminded, epileptics and inebriates in institutions in the United States, January 1.1918, Ment. Hyg, Concord, N. H, 1919, iii, 78-107.—Pratt (G. K.) The problem of the mental misfit in industry. Ibid., Albany, 1922, vi, 526-538. Also: Nation's Health, Chicago, 1922, iv, 557-559.—Rose (G.) Care committees for mental defectives. Med. Officer, Lond, 1922, xxviu, 229.—Sandy (W. C.) Extra-institutional activities for mental defectives in New York State. Am. J. Psychiat, Bait, 1921, n. s, i, 167-176— Sei-ieux (P.) & Libert (L.) De 1'internement des anormaux constitutionnels; asiles de surete et prisons d'etat. Arch, d'anthrop. crim, Lyon & Par, 1912, xxvii, 342-361.—Shanahan (W. T.) Custodial power over inmates of state institutions for defectives. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1913, Ixxxiv, 9-12.-----. The problem of caring for the defectives. N. York State J. M, N. Y, 1913, xin, 361-371.—Sprankltng. The work of the MetropoUtan Asylums Board for the mentaUy defective. Lancet, Lond, 1921, i, 357.—Turner (F. D.) Notes about institutions for defectives. Stud. Ment. Ineffic, Lond, 1920, i, 32-38.— Wallln (J. E. W.) A program for the state care of the feeble- minded and epileptic. School & Soc, N.Y, 1916, iv, 723-731. Defectives (Mental, Education and train- ing of). Anderson (V. V.) Education of mental defectives in State and private institutions and in special classes in pubUc schools in the United States. Ment. Hyg, Concord, N. H, 1921, v, 85-122, 5 pi.—Barr (M. W.) Mental defectives; their classification and training. Phila. M. J.; 1902, x, 195-198 — Burgwin (E. M.) Schools for defectives. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1908, ii, 928.—Campbell (C. M.) Educational meth- ods and the fundamental causes of dependency. Ment. Hyg, Concord, N. H, 1917, i, 235-240.—Clark (L. P.) The importance of a special educational training for mental de- fect dependent upon organic lesions. Ibid., Albany, 1922, vi, 708-713—Classe (H.) Die Schreibmaterialien und Bii- cher der Gegenwart und ihre praktische Verwendung. Zt- 11877°—Vol. IV, 3d series—22- -25 DEFECTIVES. 386 DEFECTIVES. Defectives (Mental, Education and train- ing of). sehr. f. d. Behandl. Schwachsinn, Halle, 1921, xii, 68-72.—De Fellcls (C.) II rendimento della scuola elementare e popo- lare. Assist, d. minor, anorm, Roma, 1917-18, v-vi, 75-91.— Delffno (V.) Educaci6n de los anormales. Semana m£d, Buenos Aires. 1922, 493-496.—Friedman (H. M.) Occupa- tional speciahzation in the defective. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1916, civ,587-592.—Goddard (H. H.) How shall we educate mental defectives? Training School, Vineland, N. J, 1912- 13, ix, 42; 56.—Gurtler (R.) Entwicklungstreuer Sonder- unterricht auf Grundlage der Eigentatigkeit des schwach- sinnigen Kinds. Ztschr. f. d. Behandl. Schwachsinn, Halle. 1921,xU.17;33.—Harlan(C. L.) A case of educational retardation. Psychol. Clin, Phila, 1917-18, xi, 212-224.— Horrix (H.) Tnebgemasser Erlebnisunterricht bei Geistes- schwachen. Ztschr. f. d. Behandl. Schwachsinn, Halle, 1921, xii, 1; 22.—Johnstone (E. R.) The training of defectives. Proc. Pan. Am. Scient. Cong. 1915-16, Wash, 1917, ix, pt. 1, 631-636.—McNairy (C. B.) Some thoughts suggestive as to care and training of mental defectives. South. M. & S, Charlotte, N. C, 1921, lxxxni, 380-383.—Noll (H.) Giirtlers "Triebgemasser Erlebnisunterricht bei Geistesschwachen." Ztschr. f. d. Behandl. Schwachsinn, Halle, 1921, xii, 47-55. ------. Die "Drehiertelsintelligenzen;" ihre Not in der gegen- wartig noch bestehenden Sehulform und ihre voraussichtlich frosser werdende Not in der zukiinftieen Einheitsschule. bid., 126; 149.—Read (C. F.) A habit training school for the mentally deteriorated. Mod. Hosp, Chicago, 1922, xviii, 135-138.—Roubinovitch (J.) & Debray (E.) La loi du 15 avril 1909 et l'adaptation sociale des arrieres perfectibles. Bull. Acad, de mid., Par, 1922. 3. s, Ixxxvii, 424-428.— Schools for defective classes. Rep. Commis. Educ 1903, Washington, 1904, ii, 2305-2332.—Town (Clara H.) A general survey of six State schools. Inst. Quart, Springfield, 111, 1913-14, iv. 119-128—Uhlig (K.) Die Selbstverwaltung in der Hilfsscnule. Ztschr. f. d. Behandl. Schwachsinn, Halle, 1922, xlu, 33-45.—Wittig (K.) Visueller Moralunterricht; eine Anwendung der Ostwaldschen Farbenlehre auf die sittUche Erziehung. Ibid., 67-78. Defectives (Mental, Examination of and tests for). Eliassow (W.) *Erbliche Belastung und Entwicklung von Hilfsschulkindern (nach Un- tersuchungen an Geschwistern unter den Hilfs- schulern). [Konigsberg.] 8°. Berlin, 1915. Letjner (F. [A.]) *Form- und Stellungsano- malien der Zahne der Idioten. [Leipzig.] 8°. Zeulenrodai. Th., 1921. CorneU (W. P.) Results obtained by special classes for defectives. Training School, Vineland, N. J, 1910-11, vii, 297-299.—von DUring. Infantilismus und Scbwach- sinn; ihre Unterscheidung. Ztschr. f. d. Behandl. Schwach- sinn, Halle, 1921, xii, 179-185.—Fernald (G. G.) The Massachusetts Reformatory method of differentiating defective delinquents. Boston M. & S. J, 1912; clxvii, 120.—Francla ((1.) & Ferrari (G. C.) L'esame psicologico sommario dei deficienti. Infanzia anormale, Milano, 1912, vi, 149-170. Also: Riv. di psicol. applic, Bologna, 1912, viii, 269-288.—Holllngworth (Leta S.) Existing laws which authorize psychologists to perform professional services. J. Am. Inst. . . . Criminol, Chicago, 1922-3, xiii, 70-73.—Knight (C. P.) The detection of tho mentally defective among immigrants. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1913, lx, 106—Knox (H. A.) Two new tests for the de- tection of defectives. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1913, xcviii, 522-524. Also, Reprint—Krause (J. T.) The necessity for parental cooperation in tho examination of mental defectives. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1914, lxxxvi, 337.—Kuhl- mann (F.) The mental examination of reformatory cases. J. Am. Inst. . . . Criminol, Chicago, 1914-15, v, 666-674. -----. The results of repeated mental re-examinations of 639 feeble-minded over a period of ten years. J. Applied Psychol, Worcester, 1921-2, v, 195-224.—Morltz (O.) Angeborene Minderwertigkeit und das StiUer'sche Symp- tom. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1910, xxxv, 570-573.— Murray (J. H.) A psychiatric clinic at tho Chicago House of Correction. J. Am. Inst. . . . Criminol, Chicago, 1918, viii, 837-843.—Potter (H. W.) Personality in the mental defective, with a method for its evaluation. Ment. Hyg, Albany, 1922, vi, 487-497.—Rosanoff (A. J.) First psy- chiatric experiences at the National Army Cantonment at Camp Upton, Long Island, N. Y. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1917, xcii, 877.—Ross (Elizabeth L. S.) Vocational tests for mental defectives. Stud. Ment. Ineffic. Lond, 1921, ii, 1-6.—Sandy (W. C.) Clinics for mental defectives in the State of New York. Ment. Hyg, Concord, N. H, 1920, iv, 597-604.—Santos Rublano. Sobre el diagn6stico de la idiotez de la imbeciUdad en el ejercito. Rev. de san. mil, Madrid, 1919, 3. s, ix, 420-424—Smith (M. H.) The medical examination of delinquents. J. Ment. Sc, Lond, 1922, lxviii, 254-262.—Visher (J. W.) A study in constitutional psychopathic inferiority. Ment. Hyg, Albany, 1922, vi, 729-745. Defectives (Mental, Institutions for). See Defectives (Mental, Care of). Defectives (Mental) and delinquency. Behn (H. [R. W.]) *Zur Lehre von der geistigen Minderwertigkeit im Strafrecht. [Kiel.] 8°. Hamburg, 1915. Dubs (E.) *Ueber Verlauf und Prognose der moralischen Idiotie. 8° Zurich, 1920. Montesaxo (G.) Assistenza^ dei deficienti, amorali e minorenni delinquenti. 8°. Milano, 1913. United States. Congress. House of Represent- atives. A bill to establish a laboratory for the study of the criminal, pauper, and defective classes. 60. Cong., 1. sess. H. R. 13268. Jan. 11, 1908. Introd. by Mr. Sterling, roy. 8°. [Washington, 1908.] Anderson (V. V.) & Leonard (Christine M.) A study of the physical condition of one thousand delinquents seen in court. J. Am. Inst. Criminol, Chicago, 1919-20, x, 82-89.—Atherton (C. C.) The mental defective with criminal instincts. Inst. Quart, Springfield, 111, 1920, xi, 41.—Bingham (Anne T.) Practical apphcation of the results of intensive study of delinquents. 3. Am. Inst. . . . Criminol, Chicago, 1916-17, vii, 867-876.—Briggs (L. V.) A study of the problem of the so-called defective delinquent and what has been done in Massachusetts. Boston M. & S. J, 1917, clxxvi, 371-380. Also: Maryland M. J, Bait, 1917, lx, 53-68. -----. Defective delinquents in the Army of Occupation of the American Forces in Germany; how they are treated in the disciplinarv school. Boston M. & S. J, 1921, clxxxiv, 200-203. Also: Wisconsin M. J., Milwaukee, 1921-2, xx, 230-233.—Castle (C. H.) A survey of 50 general court-martial prisoners. U. States Nav. M. Bull, Wash, 1921, xv, 291-296.—Davis (Katharine B.) Some institutional problems in dealing with psycho- pathic delinquents. J. Am. Inst. . . . Criminol., Chicago, 1919-20, x, 385-408.—DoU (E. A.) Supplementary analysis of H. B. Hickman's study oi delinquents. Training School, Vineland, N. J, 1914-15, xi, 165-168.—Freyermuth (O. G.) The defective delinquent. West. M. Times. Denver, 1917-18, xxxvii, 139-145.—Gatti (G.) Le anomalie etniche in aUenati, criminali e normali, loro significato e leggi di aggruppamento. Gior. di psichiat. clin. e teen, manic, Ferrara, 1921, xlix, 35-153, 6 pi.—Glucek (B.) The causes of delinquency. Proc. Nat. Conf. Social Work, Chicago, 1918, xlv, 155-161.—Haines (T. H.) The Ohio Plan for the study of delinquency. Pop. Sc. Month, N. Y, 1915, lxxxvi, 576-580.—Hayes (Clara E.) Segregation of mental defectives as a preventive of crime, immoraUty and in- efficiency. Inst. Quart, Springfield, 1915, vi, 96-101.— Healy (W.) The scientific study of delinquents; iUustrated in two cases. N. York State J. M, N. Y, 1919, xix, 79-85.— Hickson (W. J.) The defective delinquent. J. Am. Inst. . . . Criminol, Chicago, 1914-15, v, 397-403.—Klee (K.) Die Behandlung der geistig Abnormen im deutschen una im italienischcn Strafgesetzentwurf. Aerztl. Sachverst.- Ztg, Berl, 1921, xxvii, 285-293.—LesUe <,F. E.) The de- linquent. Pub. Health Rep, Wash, 1922, xxxvii, 1297- 1307.—Levy (S. D.) Juvenile delinquency. Med. Times, N. Y.. 1919, xlvii, 144; 152.—McLin (T. G.) Defective mental development with special reference to cases show- ing delinquent tendencies. IlUnois M. J, Chicago, 1921, xl, 102-104.—Meagher (J. F. W.) The menaco of the homicidal defective. J. Am. M. Ass.. Chicago, 1920, lxxiv, 1271.—Moll (J. M.) Some aspects oi the relation between delinquency and mental abnormalitv. Med. J. S. Africa, Johannesb, 1920-21, xvi, 125-128.—Moon (R.) The de- linquent defective. Bull. Iowa Inst, Des Moines, 1916, xviii, 298-302. -Nash (Alice M.) ResponsibiUtv, its value and limitations with defectives. Training School, Vine- land, N. J, 1914-15, xi, 33; 55.—Newbold (W. A.) Emo- tional instability as it relates to delinquencv. South. M. J, Charlotte, N. C, 1922, Ixxxiv. 509-514.—Newklrk (H. D.) The relation of physical delect to delinquencv with special reference to the Hennepin County juvenile'court. Bull. Am. Acad. M, Easton, Pa, 1914, xv, 41-16.—Peacut. A case of mental deficiency with deUnquency. J. Mis- souri M. Ass, St. Louis, 1922, xix, 336.—Placentlni (M.) Lo stato moderno di fronte alia delinquenza abituale, con speciale riguardo alle piu recent! disposizioni della legisla- ziono inglese. Scuola positiva. Roma, 1918, xxviu, 433-137.— Potts (W. A.) The mentally defective and the unstable brought before the courts; the Birmingham scheme. Brit. M.J, Lond., 1920, i, 472-474.—Ray nler (J.) & Vian (L.) Anormaux constitutionnels criminels et delinquents. Ann. m^d.-psyehol. Par., 1920, xu, 10. s, 23-38— Renz (Emile). A study of the intelligence of delinquents and the eugenic significance of mental defect. Training School, Vineland, N. J, 1914-15, xl, 37-39.—Rheln (J. H. W.) Mental condition of female juvenile delinquents. N. York M. J. [etc.]. 1917, cvi, 725-727. Also, Reprint.—Rosenow (C.) Is lack of intelUgence the chief cause of delinquency? DEFECTIVES. 387 DEFICIENCY. Defectives (Mental) and delinquency. Psychol. Rev, Princeton, N. J, 1920, xxvii, 147-157.— Salmon (T. T.) Some new problems for psychiatric research in delinquency. J. Am. Inst. . . . Criminol, Chicago, 1919-20, x, 375-384.—Sands (I. J.) & Blanchard (P.) Some of the psychological mechanisms of human conduct. Ment. Hyg, Albany. 1922 vi, 498-521.—Sano (F.) [The treatment of feeble-minded criminals.] Handel. v. h. Vlaamsch nat.- en geneesk. Cong. Gent, 1910, 13-38 — Smith (M. H.) Adolescent delinquency. Med. Officer, Lond, 1923, xxix, 27-29.—Stearns (A. W.) A survey of defective delinquents under the care of the Massachusetts State Board of Insanity. Proc. Am. Med.-Psychol. Ass, Bait, 1915, xxii, 283-294. Also: Am. J. Insan, Bait, 1915- 16, lxxii, 427-437. Defectives in our prisons. ull. Mass. Comm. M. & S. J, 1917, clxxvi, 801-803. Also: Bui Ment. Dis, Bost, 1917-18, i, 206-210.-----. The relation of feeblemindedness to a criminal career. Arch. Neurol. & Psychiat, Chicago, 1922, viii, 326-329. Also: J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis, Albany, N. Y, 1922, lvi, 595-598.—Sullivan (W. C.) Crime and mental deficiency. Lancet, Lond, 1921, ii, 787-791.—Tramonti (E.) Le tendenze criminaU nei fanciulli deficienti. Cong, internat. de med. (xvi.). C.-r, Budapest, 1910. Sect, xn, Psychiat, 242-245.—Tredgold (A. F.) Moral defectives. Stud. Ment. Ineffic, Lond, 1920, i, 4-8.—Williams (J. H.) Intelligence and delin- quency; a study of two hundred and fifteen cases. J. Am. Inst. Criminol, Chicago, 1915-16, vi, 696-705.—Young (Virginia C.) The delinquent girl; one of our Uabilities. Med. Times, N. Y, 1921, xUx, 289-291. Defektur-Taschenbuch enthaltend eine kurze Zusammenstellung aller in dem Arzneibuch fiir das Deutsche Reich 4. Ausgabe (Pharmacopcea Germanicaeditio quarta) gegebenen Vorschriften fiir die Darstellung chemischer sowie pharmazeu- tischer Praparate und Reagentien. 37 pp. 12°. Berlin, 1900. Defence of vivisection. 31pp. 8°. [n. p., 1896.] Defendorf (John Jacob) [1850-1921]. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1921, lxxvii, 392. Defense (La) medicale. Journal des interests pro- fessionnels du corps medical. Publie' par le bureau du Syndicat professionnel des medecins bordelais. v. 1-4, 1895-9. 8°. Bordeaux. Defense of research pamphlets, No. 1-24. 8°. Chicago, Am. Med. Assoc, 1909-12. Deffaux (L.-T.-M.) [1886- ]. ^Contribution a l'etude de la choree infantile. 99 pp. 8°. Paris, 1917, No. 95. Deffernez (Edmond) [ -1908]. Des Amissions sanguines. In: M£m. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg, Brux, 1887, viii, fasc. 2, 1-213. ------. Des eaux residuaires industrielles et de la pollution des cours d'eau. 24 pp. 16°. Bru- xelles, G. Bastine, 1902. For Biography, see Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg, Brux, 1908, 4. s, xxii, 585-588 (E. Masion) Deffge ([FriedrichJ Johann Karl Anton August) [1880- ]. *Einige Beobachtungen iiber Bro- mural. [Rostock.] 33 pp. 8°. Waren, G. Fiedler, 1908. Defflns (Maurice). *Les corps creatiniques uri- naires. 77 pp. 8°. Paris, 1919, No. 196. Denis (Reynaldo). *La reseccion intestinal. Breves consideraciones acerca de algunas de las afecciones en que esta indicada dicha operacion y su tecnica operatoria. 68 pp. 8°. Mexico, F. Dias de Leon, 1893. Deffuant (Raoul) [1884- ]. *Le baume de Perou; ses applications en chirurgie courante et notamment dans les pansements des escharres, fistules anales et abces de Tespace ischio-rectal. 42 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1911, No. 94. Deficiency diseases. See, also, Beri-Beri; Fasting (Experimental); Nutrition (Disordered); Pellagra; Rickets; Scurvy; Vitamin es. Atjtran (A.) *Essai historique sur le scorbut et le beriberi. 8°. Lyon, 1916. McCarrison (R.) Studies in deficiency dis- ease. 8°. London, 1921. Oxford medical pubhcations. Deficiency diseases. Michel (P.) *Essai sur la carence alimentaire. 8°. Lyon, 1916. Peronnet (Mile. Marie). Contribution a l'etude des maladies per carence. 8°. Lyon, 1918. Abel (E.) Remarques a propos de quelques experiences d'avitaminose. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1922, Ixxxvii, 1213-1215—Allen (E.) Degeneration in the albino rat testis due to a diet deficient in the water-soluble vitamine, with a comparison of similar degeneration in rats differently treated, and a consideration of the Sertoli tissue. Anat. Record, Phila, 1919, xvi, 93-117.—Appleton (V. B.) Ob- servations on deficiency diseases in Labrador. Am. J. Pub. Health, Chicago. 1921, xi, 617-621.—Aron (H.) Nahrstoff- mangel und Nanrschaden. Ergebn. d. ges. Med., Berl. & Wien, 1922, iii, 125-160.—Artom (C.) Sulle attivita enzimar tiche dell' apparato digerente nell' avitaminosi. Arch, di farmacol. sper, Roma, 1922, xxxiu, 127; 129; 145; 161.—Ash- lord (B. K.) La carencia de ciertos elementos aUmentlcios como causa predisponente del esprti. pelagra y beriberi en Puerto Rico. Bol. Asoc. mdd. de Puerto-Rico, San Juan, P. R, 1920-21, xv, 249-259.—Auban. L'avitaminose infan- tile. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap. Par, 1919, xxxni, 450- 452.—Aulde (J.) Dietary deficiency and disease; practical pointers on health maintenance. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1919, xcv, 518.-----. AppUed calcium therapy; a study of defi- ciency diseases. Ibid., 1920, xcvii, 257-265.—Benedict (F. G.) Physiological effects of prolonged reduced diet on twenty-five men. Science, N. Y, & Lancaster, Pa, 1918, n. s, xlvu, 622.—Bickel (A.) Zur pathologischen Physio- logie der Avitaminosen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1922, xlviii., 965.—Bierry (H.) Avitaminose et carence. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1919, Ixxxii, 307- 309.—Bierry (H.), Portier (P.) & Randoin-Fandard {Mme. L.) Sur le mecanisme des lesions et des troubles physiologiques presented par les animaux atteints d'avita- minose. Ibid., 1920, Ixxxiii, 845-847.—Bigland (A. D.) CEdema as a symptom in so-caUed food-deficiency diseases. Lancet, Lond, 1920, i, 243-247.—Borri (L.) Avitaminosi; infortunio? Riv. di med. leg, Pisa, 1915, v, 117-120.— Boyenval (L.) Les phenomenes d'avitaminose sont-ils modifies par Pad^ministration d'histamine chez le rat blanc. Arch, internat. de pharmacod, Brux. & Par, 1921-2, xv, 359-365.—Brown (A.) The deficiency diseases of infancy and childhood. Canad. M. Ass. J, Toronto, 1917, vii, 911- 924.—Bruntz (L.) & SpUlmann (L.) Les avitaminoses dans l'armee. Progres med. Par, 1919, 3. s, xxxiv, 9-13.— Cary (C. A.) Deficiency diseases. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass, Ithaca, 1919-20, lvi, 609-614—Centanni (E.) Le alimenta- zioni unilaterau (amorositosi o avitaminosi). Quaderni di psichiat., Genova, 1914, i, 385-406.—Ciacclo (C.) Contributo alio studio deUe alimentazioni incomplete; ricerche chimiche analitiche su tessuti di colombi digiuni e dl colombi ali- mentati con riso brillato; considerazioni generali sulle avita- minosi. Ann. di clin. med, Palermo, 1920-21, x, 60-106.— Comby (J.) Carence et vitamines. Arch, de med. d. enf. Par, 1919, xxii, 659-667.—Crane (J. W.) The relations of vitamines to disease. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1919-20, liii, 206-211.—Deficiency diseases in Vienna. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1920, i, 477.—Dutton (A. S.) Some deficiency diseases and leprosy. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med.. Lond, 1919-20, xiii, Sect. Med, 51-57.—Fabroni (B.) Sindromi fruste od associate nella distrofia alimentare per avitaminosi. Riv. pellagral. Ital., Udine, 1920, xx, 35-41.—Fisher (L.) Noyes on the role of vitamines in deficiency diseases. Am. Med, Burlington, Vt, & N. Y, 1916, n.s, xi; 774.-----. Faulty metaboUsm of food elements due to deficient vitamin. Med. Times, N. Y, 1918, xlvi, 69-71.—Frisco' (B.) Le alimentazioni incomplete e le loro consequenze anche nei rapporti dei malati di mente. Manicomio, Nocera, 1916, xxxi, 159-192.—Funk (C.) The nature of the disease due to the exclusive diet of oats in guinea pigs and rabbits. J. Biol. Chem, Bait, 1916, xxv, 409-416.— Gerhartz (H.) Nahrschaden. Naturwissenschaften, Berl, 1918, Ad, 729-734.—Godlewski (H.) Les maladies par carence. Rev. de med. Par, 1922, xxxix, 529-541—Gold- berger (J.) A consideration of deficiency diseases; diseases resulting from faulty diets. Internat. Clin, Phila, 1922, 32. s,iv, 69-77. Also: Virginia M. Month, Richmond, 1922-3, xUx, 489-494.—Goldblatt (H.) & Soames (K. M.) The effect of radiation with the mercury-vapour quartz lamp on the growth of rats fed on a diet deficient in the fat-soluble growth-promoting factor. Lancet, Lond, 1922, ii, 1321- 1324.—Groebbels (F.) Studien fiber das Vitaminproblem; Untersuchungen fiber den Gasstoffwechsel avitaminotisch ernahrter weisser Mause. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Berl & Leipz, 1922, cxxii, 104-124.—Guemnl (G.) Ricerche sulla avitaminosi. Ann. d'ig, Roma, 1921, xxxi, 597-619. Also: Pathologica, Genova, 1921, xiii, 447-450.—Harden (A ) & ZUva (S. S.) The differential behaviour of the antineuritic and antiscorbutic factors towards adsorbents. Bio-Chem. J Cambridge, 1918, xn, 93-105.—Harris (S.) Food conditions and nutritional diseases in Europe; with some remarks on the etiology of pellagra. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1919, xcvi, 89-95 Also: South. M. J, Birmingh, 1919, xii, 294-304. Also, Re- print.—Hart (E. B.); MUler (W. S.) & McCollum (E. V.) Studies on the nutritive deficiencies of wheat and grain mix- tures and the pathological conditions produced in swine by their use. J. Biol. Chem, N. Y, 1916, xxv, 239-259, 5 pi -----------------. The behavior of chickens fed rations DEFICIENCY. 388 DEFOE. Deficiency diseases. restricted to the cereal grains. Ibid., 1917, xxix. 57-67,1 pi.— Hart (E. B.). Halpln (J. G.) & Steenbock (H.) The be- haviour of chickens restricted to the wheat or maize kernel. Ibid., Bait, 1917, xxxi, 415-420, 1 pi.—Hatton (E. H.) Vitamin deficiency diseases and their relationship to den- tistry. J. Am. Dent. Ass, Huntington, Ind, 1922, ix, 762- 769.—Hess (W. R.) & Messerle (N.) Untersuchungen fiber die Gewebeatmung bei Avitaminose. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Berl. & Leipz, 1922, cxix, 176-189.—Hess (W. R.) & Takahashl (N.) Nachweis eines stoffiichen Defizites in Gewebe an Avitaminose erkrankter Tiere. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1921,cxxii, 193-203.—Hopkins(F. G.) Patho- logical conditions due to defects in diet. Tr. Internat. Cong. Med, Lond, 1913, Chem. Pathol, ii, 9-12. -----. Diseases due to deficiencies in diet. CUn. J, Lond, 1914, xlni, 445-448.-----. Discussion on the treatment and man- agement of diseases due to dietetic deficiencies. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med, Lond, 1919-20, xiii, Sect, Therap. & Pharmacol, 1-30.—Hopkins (F. G.), Hutchinson (R.) [et al.]. Dis- cussion on diseases due to deficiencies in diet. Ibid., 1913- 14, vn, Therap. & Pharmacol, Sect, 1-14.—Hulshofl Pol (D.J.) Capucijnersalsgeneesmiddelbijavitaminosen. Ne- derl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1917, ii, 850-855.-----• Avitaminosen. Ibid., 1212-1221.—de Jong (D. A.) Avita- minosen bij dieren; rijstavitaminose bij den hond. Ibid., 1919, ii, 860-875.—Karr (W. G.) & Lewis (H.) The pheno- excretion of guinea-pigs maintained on an exclusive oat diet. Am. J. Physiol, Bait, 1917, xUv, 586-590.—Kimura (O.) Fiitterungskrankheiten der Tiere; vorlaufige Mitteilung. Verhandl. d. jap. path. Gesellsch, Tokyo, 1916, vi, 85-89 — Knlpping & Kowltz. Untersuchungen fiber die Avitaminose beim Menschen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1923, lxx, 46.— Knoepfelmacher (W.) Avitaminosen im Kindesalter. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1921. Ixxi, 1957-1964— Kumagal (K.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis der experimentellen Bar- lowschen und Beriberi-ahnUchen Krankheit beim Meer- schweinchen. Verhandl. d. jap. pathol. GeseUsch, Tokyo, 1919, ix, 20-22.—Lecoq (R.) Carences multiples et avita- minoses. Bull. d. sc. Pharmacol, Par, 1923, xxx, 17-23.— Lemalre (H.) Les maladies par carence. Nourrisson, Par, 1920, vhi, 289-303.—Lewis (H. B.) & Karr (W. G.), Changes in the urea content of blood and tissues of guinea- pigs maintained on an exclusive oat diet. J. B iol. Chem , N. Y, 1916, xxviii, 17-25.—Little (J. M.) An Eskimo defi- ciency disease. Boston M. & S. J, 1917, clxxvi, 642.— Lumlere (A.) Avitaminose et inanition. Bull. Acad, de med. Par, 1920, Ixxxiv, 274-276.—McCarrison (R.) The pathogenesis of deficiency disease. Indian J. M. Research, Calcutta, 1918-19, vi, 275; 550:1919-20, vii, 167; 188; 269; 633,24 pi. Also [Abstr.]: Brit. M. J, Lond, 1919. i, 177,2 pi.-----. The influence of deficiency of accessory food factors on the intestine. Brit.M.J,Lond, 1919,ii,37-39.-----.Deficiency disease; with special reference to gastro-intestinal disorders. Ibid., 1920, i, 822-826, 1 pi.—Malgnon (F.) Les influences fonctionnelles dans Pavitaminose. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1922, Ixxxvii, 165-167.—Maladies par carence. J. de med. et ebb. prat, par, 1917, lxxxviii, 447-450.—Manet (J.)& Paul(E.) *Les maladies par carence. Marseille-med, 1919, lvi, 832-850.—Mattei (V.) Le malattie da carenza. Pensieromed, Milano, 1921, xi, 108-114.—Maynard (G. D.) Food deficiency states in African natives. Med. J. S. Africa, Johannesb, 1918-19, xlv, 271.—Menzles (W. F.) (Edema as a symptom in so-called, food deficiency diseases. Lancet, Lond, 1920, i, 350.—Mingazzlni (G.) Rapporti fra neuro- patie ed avitaminosi. Med. ital, Milano, 1922, ii, 536-53s.— Mlyadere (K.) Ueber die Funktion der Verdauungsdrusen bei Avitaminosen. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1921, exxiv, 244-247.—Moore (J. J.) Experimental studies in diet defi- ciency diseases. Proc. Inst. Med, Chicago, 1919, ii, 254-265.— Mori (S.) The changes in the para-ocular glands which follow the administration of diets low in fat soluble A; with notes of the effect of the same diets on the salivary glands and the mucosaof the larynx and trachea. JohnsHopkinsHosp. Bull, Bait, 1922, xxxUl, 357-359, 2 pi.—Morlnaka (K.) Ueber die anorganischen Bestandteile des Korpers bei Avita- minose. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1922, exxxiu, 63-66 — Mosc (G.) Le malattie per carenza. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1916, 2. s,iv, 735-741.—Mouriquand (G.) Carence et dicte- tique. J. med. franc. Par, 1920, ix, 136-138.-----. La nu- trition devant Paliment carence. Progres med. Par, 1922, 3. s, xxxv, 620.—NlehoUs (L.) The etiology of sprue, pella- gra and scurvy. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond, 1919, xxii, 21-24.— Novaro (PaoUna). Ricerche calorimctriche comparative sul digiuno e sull'avitaminosi. DeU'avitaminosi. Patho- logica, Genova, 1920, xu, 133-156.—Osborne (T. B.) A Men- del (L. B.) The choice between adequate and inadequate diets, as made by rats. J. Biol. Chem, N. Y.. 1918, xxxv, 19-27. Also, Reprint.—Osekl (S.) Untersucnungen fiber qualitativ unzureichende Ernahrung. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1914, lxv, 158-176—Paul (E.) & Manet (J.) Les symbiotes; leurs rapports avec les maladies par carence, les principales refutations de la theorie de Portier. Marseille- med, 1920, lvn, 281-289.—Pllcque (A. F.) Les maladies par insunisance d'aUmentation; formes, prophylaxie, traitement. J. de med. et chir. prat. Par, 1917, lxxxviii, 836-847.— Portier (P.) & Randoin (Mme. L.) Sur la technique des experiences d'avitaminose par steriUsation. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1919, Ixxxii, 990-992.—Prevention (The) of beriberi and scurvy in war. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1917, u, Deficiency diseases. 661.—Ramolno (P.) Osservazioni sui disturbi da alimenta- zione nei soldato in guerra; importanza del fattore avitami- nico. Policlin, Roma, 1917, xxiv, sez. prat, 616-620 — Schaeffer (G.) La notion de carence dans interpretation des resultats des recherches sur Palimentation artificielle et la vie aseptique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1919, IxxxU, 2.—Schaumann (H.) Pathological conditions due to defects in diet. Tr. Internat. Cong. Med, Lond, 1913, Chem. Pathol, ii, 1-8. [Discussion], 13-15.—Sheets (Olive) & Funk (C.) The effect of ultra-violet rays on rats deprived of vitamine A in their diet. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med, N. Y, 1922-3, xx, 80.—Simonnet (H.) Quelques re- marques sur la carence en facteur A et les carences associees. Bull. Soc. scient. d'hyg. aUment, Par, 1922, x, 356-364 — Slnnatamby (M.) Deficiency disease among estate labourers. J. Ceylon Br. Brit. M. Ass, Colombo, 1919, xvi, 69-75.—Stark (M.) Some studies in the deficiency diseases of infancy and childhood; interrelation, prophylaxis, and management. Am. Med, Burlington, Vt, & N. Y, 1916, n. s, xi, 762-774.—Stepp (W.) Ueber lipoidfreie Ernah- rung una ihre Beziehungen zu Beriberi und Skorbut. Deut- sche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1914, xl, 892-895.— Thursneld (J. H.) Rickets, marasmus, and scurvy. Lan- cet, Lond, 1922, ii, 551-553.—Tozer (F. M.) The effect on the guinea-pig of deprivation of vitamin A and of the anti- scorbutic factor, with special reference to the condition ofthe costochondral junctions of the ribs. J. Path. & Bacteriol, Cambridge, 1921, xxiv, 306-325, 2 pi.—Tsuji (M.) Ueber den Stoffwechsel bei vitaminfreier Ernahrung. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1922, exxix, 194-207.—Verney (L.) SuUe avitaminosi. CUn. ostet, Roma, 1914, xvi, 393-398.—Vita- min (The) hypothesis in relation to aUeged deficiency dis- eases. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1917,lxix, 2040.—Vogt (H.) Die Bedeutung der sogenannten Avitaminosen fiir das Kindesalter. Med. Klin, Berl, 1921, xvii, 985-987—Vol- pino (G.) II monofagismo ed i suoi rapporti con le malattie popolari della pellagra, dello scorbuto e del beriberi. Riv. pellagrol. ital, Udine, 1914, xiv, 17.-----. II monofagismo, la pellagra e lo scorbuto. Ann. d'ig, Roma, 191>, xxviii, 213; 280; 346;422;482.—Weill (E.) & Mouriquand (G.) Recher- ches sur les maladies alimentaires par carence. Bull, et mem. Soc.med.d.hop.de Par, 1914, 3. s, xxxviii, 276-284. Also: Lyon med, 1914,cxxn, 1504-1511: exxni, 82-84.----------. Disturbances caused by too exclusive a diet. Monde Med, Paris, 1915, Eng.ed,xxv, 193-195.-----------.Les maladies par carence; carence experimentale; carence clinique. Rev. de med. Par, 1916, xxxv, 1-107.-----------. Resultats compares de Palimentation des cobayes par l'orge complete en etat quiescent ou en etat de germination. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1917, lxxx, 33-35.----------. Notion de carence, substances, ferments, et reponse a M. G. Schaeffer. Ibid., 1919, lxxxu, 182-184.-----------. La notion de carence en pathologie. Gaz. d. h6p. Par, 1919, xcii, 713-722.----- -----. Traitement preventif et curatif des maladies par carence. Presse med. Par, 1922, xxx, 865; 904.—WeUl (E.), Mouriquand (G.) & Cluzet. Electrodiagnosticdesnerfset muscles des pigeons paralyses par une alimentation carencee. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1917, lxxx, 36-3S.—Weill (E.), Mouriquand (G.) & Michel (P.) Recherche sur la carence alimentaire; effets compares de la nourriture exclu- sive des chats par la viande crue, consriee, saiee, cuite et steriUsee. /Wd, 1916, lxxix, ISO-i'.Kl.— Wetmore(F.H.) Re- marks on deficiency diseases. Canad. M.Ass. J,Toronto,1922, xii, 873-876— WUlcox (W. H.) The treatment and manage- ment of diseases due to deficiency of diet: scurvy and beri- beri. Brit. M. J, Lond., 1920, i, 73-77— Woenckhaus (E.) Wachstums- und Entwieklungshemmung bei vitaminfrei ernahrten jungen Ratten. Ztschr. f. d. ges. exper. Med, Berl, 1922, xxix, 2SS-309.— Wollman (E.) & Yagllano (M.) Influence de Pavitaminose sur la lactation. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1922, clxxiv, 1637-1639.—Zilva (S. S.) The influence of deficient nutrition on the production of aggluti- nins; complement and amboceptor. Bio-Chem. J, Cam- bridge, 1919, xni, 172-194. Defiant!re (Clotilde-Camille) [1S81- ]. *Les applications du serum hemopoietique. 96 pp. 8b. Lille, 1910, No. 28. Deflandre (Leopold-Cyrille) [1885- 1. Du pla- centa inse>6 sur le segment infeneur ae l'uteius; traitement de l'hemorragie. 54 pp. 8°. Lille, 1911, No. 4. De Fleury ((Paul-Louis-Edouard-1 Maurice) [1860- ]. Manuel pour l'etude des maladies du systeme nerveux. 993 pp. roy. 8°. Paris, F. Alcan, 1904. Deflinne (Maurice) [1888- ]. La gueris6n spontanee des anevrismes. 63 pp. S°. Lille, 1911, No. 2. Defoe (Daniel) [1661-1731]. The history of the great plague in London in the year 1665, con- taining observations and memorials of the most remarkable occurrences both public and private that happened during that dreadful period. DEFOE. 389 DEFORMITIES. Defoe (Daniel)—continued. By a citizen who lived the whole time in London; to which is added a journal of the plague at Marseilles in the year 1720. 1 p. 1., 376 pp. 8°. London, F. dc J. Noble, 1754. De Fontbonne (Joseph) [1883- ]. *Les reac- tions meningees au cours de quelques intoxica- tions et leur cytodiagnostic. 106 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910. No. 256. Defoort (H.) Drank en onthouding; bundeltje antialcoolische verhalen. 71 pp. 12°. Rousse- lare, J. De Meester. 1902. De Ford (William Harper) [1858- ]. Lectures on general anaesthetics in dentistry, advocating painless dental operations by the use of nitrous oxid, nitrous oxid and oxygen, chloroform, ether, ethyl chloride and somnoform. 2. ed. 2 p. 1, 312 pp., front, (port.), 2 pi. 8°. Pittsburgh, Pa., Lee S. Smith dc Son Company, 1912. Deformities. See, also, Abnormities; Foetus; Monsters; and under names of individual organs, regions and structures. Dirup (A.) *Ein Beitrag zu den kongenitalen Difformitaten. 8°. Erlangen, 1900. Fernow ([G. L.] F.) ' *Ueber congenitale Knochendefecte an Vorderarm und Unterschen- kel. 8°. Leipzig, 1896. Gospodinova (V.) Considerations sur deux cas de malformations congenitales multiples et systematises. 8°. Nancy, 1914. Schmidt (P. G.) *Ueber congenitale Deformi- taten. [Leipzig.] 8°. Plauen i. V., 1919. Tubby (A. H.) Deformities, including dis- eases of the bones and joints. 2 ed., 2 v. 8°. London, 1912. Beatson (Sir G. T.) Two cases of multiple congenital deformities. Practitioner, Lond, 1908, lxxxi, 761-767, 2 pi.—Bethea (W. R.) Some rare orthopedic diseases and their diagnosis by Roentgen ray examination. South. M. J, Birmingham. 1921, xiv, 808-811.—Blencke (A.) Vermehrte Hauflgkeit des angeborenen Klumpfusses und verminderte Hauflgkeit der angeborenen Hiiftluxation. Zentralbl. f. Chir, Leipz, 1921, xlviii, 1625.—Bohm (M.) Probleme der Deformitatenlehre; Entgegnung auf Herz's Kritik. Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir, Stuttg, 1909, xxui, 204- 213.—Broca (A.) Les deviations ost6o-articulaires des adolescents. Tribune med. Par, 1905, n. s, xxxvii, 693; 709; 757; 821: 1906, n. s, xxxviii, 69; 165.—Dun (W. G.) Deformities of the hands and feet. Glasgow M. J, 1903, lx, 161-164.—Galeazzi (R.) Le deformita del fanciullo e la scuola. Med. nuova. Roma, 1916, vii, 180; 193; 202; 210.—Hunter (G. H. V.) The early diagnosis of some orthopedic conditions. Long Island M. J, Erooklyn, 1920, xiv, 201-205, 2 pi.—Judet (H.) Photomensuration des difformites. Progres med. Par, 1904, 3. s, xx, 113-117.— La Fertfe (D.) Deformities. Med. Age, Detroit, 1898, xvi, 1-12.—Lee (E. W.) Congenital deformity leading to error in diagnosis. Am. Med, Phila. & York, Pa, 1908, n. s, iii, 80.—Lorenz (A.) Ueber die Fruhdiagnose einiger wichtiger Deformitaten. Wien. Klin. Wchnschr, 1916, xxix, 393-397—Martinez Angel (A.) Deformidades del cuerpo humano. Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. med, Madrid, 1900, iii, 94-125, 1 pi.—Nicolaysen (N. A.) [A case of mul- tiple deformities.] Med. Rev, Bergen, 1921, xxxviii, 103- 109 —Osgood (R. B.) The value of X-ray negatives in the study of orthopedic pathology. Am. J. Orthop. Surg, Phila, 1905, ii, 390-415.—Perruchot. Radiographies de maUormations congenitales des membres. Bull, et mem. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1920), 1921, 47.—Pybus (F. C.) Some congenital malformations. Clin. J, Lond, 1921, 1, 657-664.—Rosenfeld (L.) Zur Statistik der De- formitaten. Ztschr. f. orthop Chir, Stuttg, 1902, x, 405- 454 .—Roth (P. B.) The measurement of deformity. Prac- titioner, Lond, 1912, lxxxix, 61-68.—Taylor (H. L.) The orthopedic examination of children. Pediatrics, N. Y, 1907, xix, 476-478. Deformities (Causes of). Blancard (C.) *Sur le role de 1 'amnios dans les malformations congenitales. 8°. Paris, 1902. Judson (A. B.) The influence of growth on congenital and acquired deformities. 8°. New York, 1905. Kirmisson (E.) Les difformites acquises de 1 appareil locomoteur pendant 1 'enfance et 1 'ado- lescence, roy. 8°. Paris, 1902. Deformities (Causes of). Bankart (A. S. B.) Remarks on postural or so-called static deformities. Brit.M. J.,Lond,1921,i,587;636. Also: Med. Rev, Lond, 1921-xxiv, 141; 169.—Bohm (M.) Ueber die Ursache und da? Wesen der idiopathischen Deformi- taten des jugendliciien Alters. Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir, Stuttg, 1908, xx, 535-570.-----. Ueber mechanische Defor- mitaten. Verhandl. d. deutsch, Gesellsch. f. orthop. Chir, 10. Kong, Berl, 1911, 1-23— Bradford (E. H.) Costume deformities. Tr. Am. Orthop. Ass, Phila, 1901, xiv, 229- 239.—Drehmann (G.) Zur Aetiologie der Deformitaten im Wachstumsalter. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. orthop. Chir, Berl, 11. Kong, Stuttg, 1912, 296-307.— Duerst (U.) Pathologische Diflormation als gattungs-, art- und rassenbildender Faktor. Mitt. d. naturf. Gesellsch. in Bern, 1909, 281-307.—Bccles (W. Mc A.) The transmission of acquired deformities or war injuries; marriage, and prog- eny. Med. Press, Lond, 1918, cvi, 321.—Ewing (W. G.) Static deformities. Wash. M. Ann, 1909-10, vui, 395-396.— von Frisch (O.) Beitrag zur Lehre von den Belastungs- deformitaten. Arch. f. klin. Chir, Berl, 1912, xcviii, 489- 530.—Fromme (A.) Ueber die Ursachen der Wachs- tumsdeformitaten. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1920, lvii, 44. Also: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl, 1920, xlvi, 169-172.—Ghllllni (C.) Die Pathogenese der Kno- chendeformitaten. Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir., Stuttg, 1898-9, vi, 589-603.—Haecker (V.) Die Annahme einer erbUchen UebertragungkorperUcher Kriegsschaden. Arch. f. Frauenk. u. Eugenik, Wiirzb, 1918, iv, 1-15.—Hoessly (H.) Zur Frage der Belastungsdeformitaten. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1919, lxvi, 373-375.—Hunkin (S. J.) Skeletal alignment and muscular balance in their relation to pain, function, and deformities. CaUf. State J. M, San Fran, 1911, ix, 192-197.—Lane (A.) Acquired deformities. Guy's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1894, n. s, viii, 241-244.—Ledderhose (G.) Ueber sekundare traumatische Deformitaten. Ver- handl. d. deutsch. orthop. Gesellsch, Stuttg, 15. Kong, (1920), 1921, 139-181.—Leonclnl (F.) Contributo alia co. noscenza delle deformita professionaU. Ramazzini, Firenze- 1909, iii, 639-656.—Lorenzen (P.) [Etiology of deviations of the body.] Ugeskr. f. Lseger. K0benh, 1898, 5. R, v, 649; 673.—LudlofT. [Drei GUeder einer Famine die. an angeborenen Deformitaten des Sklettes leiden; Defect der Fibula; angeborene Luxation der linken Hiifte.j Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult. 1902, Bresl, 1903, lxxx, med. Sect, 302-304.—Maass (H.) Ueber ex- perimentelle Deformitaten. Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir, Stuttg, 1903, xi, 122-128.—McClanahan (H. M.) Constitutional diseases of infancy leading to bone deformity. West. Med. Rev, Omaha, 1910, xv, 124-128.—Maciesza (A.) & Wrzosek (A.) Experimente und Beobachtungen, welche beweisen, dass die durch Verletzung des Nervus ischiadicus her- forgerufenen Verunstaltungen der hinteren Extremitaten bei Meerschweinchen und welchen Mausen auf die Nach- kommen nicht vererbt werden. Arch. f. Rassen- u. Ge- sellsch.-Biol, Leipz. & Berl, 1911, viu, 438-446.—Moore (H.) Postural deformities. N. Eng. M. Gaz, Bost, 1908, xlhi, 385-393.—Mori (A.) Le deformazioni professionaU dei vignaiuoU addetti alia ramatura. Lavoro, Milano, 1922, xui, 225-235.—Peltesohn (S.) Ueber Berufsdeformi- taten. Med. Klin, Berl, 1911, vii, 1767-1771.-----. Ueber die Verkennung der Psychogenic von Deformitaten. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1919, lvi, 842-845. [Discussion], 955. Also: Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1919, xlv, 701.-----. Traumatische Deformitaten. Med. Klin, Berl, 1922, xviu, 1594-1596.—la Perre de Roo (V.) He- rencia de las deformidades y de las anomalias. Cron. cient, Barcel, 1879, ii, 220-223.—Schanz (A.) Was sind und wie entstehen statische Belastungsdeformitaten? Arch. f. klin. Chir, Berl.; 1901, lxiv, 1026-1040.-----. Ueber die Aetiologie der statischen Belastungsdeformitaten. Ztschr. f. orthop, Chir, Stuttg, 1902, x, 142-154.-----. Die Bil- dungsgesetze der statischen Belastungsdeformitaten. Ibid., 1903, xl, 77-96.—Stieda (A.) Zur Aetiologie der Belastungs- deformitaten und uber verwandte Gelenkerkrankungen. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir, Leipz, 1906, lxxxv, 452-464 — Thomson (J.) On defective co-ordination, in utero, as a probable factor in the causation of certain congenital malformations. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1902, ii 678-680.— Tlmoleyefl (A. I.) [Etiology of congenital deformities.] Vrach. Gaz, S.-Peterb, 1912, xix, 1125-1127.—Vulplus (O.) Die primaren traumatischen Deformitaten. Ver- handl. d. deutsch. orthop. GeseUsch., 15. Kong, 1920, Stuttg, 1921 10-32.—Whitman (R.) The theory of the ultimate etiology of deformity and its practical application. Am. Surg, Pnila, 1896, xxiv, 131-137. Deformities (Prevention and treatment of). Andreae. Zur Behandlung einiger chronischer Defor- mitaten. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1909, xxxv, 2108-2113, 1 pi—van Assen (J.) [Five years' experience in the correction of deformities in children.] Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1920, i, 2100-2104 — Beiove (B.) Prevention and treatment of deformities. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1917, xlix, 230-234. A lso: Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1917, xxxvi, 145-148.-----. Prevention of deformities in time of peace and war. J. Missouri M. Ass, St. Louis, 1918, xv. 317-319. Also, Reprint.—Beyer (J. L.) Ueber die Behandlung von Deformitaten mit Hilfe elasti- scher Heftpflasterzugverbande. Therap. Monatsh, Berl, DEFORMITIES. 390 DE GAETAXO. Deformities (Prevention and treatment of). 1904, xviii, 523-525.—Blencke. Ueber die Zweckmassigkeit sogenannter Sonderturnkurse bei HaltungsanomaUen der Volksschulkinder. Ztschr. f. Kriippelfiirsorge, Hamb. & Leipz, 1908-9, i, 245-257.—Bowden (D. T.) Some common deformities and their prevention. Internat. J. Surg, K. Y, 1905, xviii, 33-35.—Clarke (J.J.) A note on the treatment of certain deformities. Clin. J, Lond, 1899-1900, xv, 268-272. -----. The mechanical factor in the treatment of deformi- ties. Med. Times & Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1900. xxviii, 226- 228.—Cole (H. P.) A new treatment for deformities. N. Am. J. Homoeop, N. Y., 1903, li, 35^362.—Flske (J. P.) The prevention of the more common errors of develop- ment: Am. J. Obst, N. Y, 1910, lxn. 716-722.—Forbes (A. M.) Short notes on the treatment of common deformi- ties resulting from disease. Canad. J. M. & S, Toronto, 1908, xxiv, 325-340.—Galeazzi (R.) Sul trattamento deUe defor- mita osteo-articolari. Arch, di ortop, Milano, 1919, xxxv, 274.-----. Nuovo indirizzo nei trattamento delle deformita osteoarticolari. Ibid., 1920, xxxvi, 110-122.—Giuseppi (P. L.) The prevention of deformities due to adhesion of ten- dons and muscles. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1915, ii, 567.—Gott- steln (J. F.) Zur Frage der Deformitatenkorrektur mittels portativer Apparate. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. orthop. Chir, 9. Kong, Stuttg, 1910, 422-426.—Gray (H. M. W.) The prevention of deformities. Orthop. Surg. (Jones >, Lond, 1921, i, 28-37—Hoffa. Bedeutung und Verhutung korperUcher Missgestalt. Bl. f. Yolksgsndhtspfl, Munchen & Berl, 1903, iu, 97; 113.—Horvath (M.) Die Prophylaxe der Deformitaten. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1910, xlvi, 377; 388.—Jahss (S. A.) Common sense in the preven- tion and. correction of some paralytic deformities. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1918, cvii, 444-446. Also, Reprint—Joachims- thal (G.) Die physikalische Behandlung der Gelenker- krankungen una Knochendeformitaten. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild, Jena, 1914, xi, 364; 400— Jones {Sir R.) The ne- cessity of orthopaedic training; its relation to the prevention and cure of deformities. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1921, i, 181- 186.—Keppler (C. R.) Deformities in children and then- treatment. Am. Med, Burlington, Vt, & N. Y, 1915, n. s, x, 91-101—Kofmann (8.) Muskelverlagerung als Methode der Beseitigung der paralytischen Deformitat. Verhandl. d. deutsch. orthop. Gesellsch, Stuttg, 1913, xu, 380-384.—Krukenberg (H.) Neue Probleme zur Behand- lung der Belastungsdeformitaten. Verhsindl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir, Berl, 1909, xxxviii, pt. 2, 801-820. Also: Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir, Stuttg, 1910, xxv, 27-75.—Lalesque. Prophylaxie des diflormites physiques de l'enfance; inspec- tion orthopedique scolaire. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1922, Iii, 351-355.—Lord (J. P.) The prevention of deformity. Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1906, xxv, 41-45.—Lovett (R. W.) Description and illustration of curable deformities and the importance of their treatment. Boston M. & S. J, 1917, clxxvi, 318.—M'Kenzie (B. E.) Some preventable deformi- ties; the surgeon's responsibility for them. Canad. J. M. & S, Toronto, 1910, xxvui, 205-213.—Macmillan (W.) Bodv structure and the prevention of deformity. Am. Phvs. Educat. Rev.. Bost, 1916, xxi, 530-534— Marshall (H. W.) Structural deformities versus functional efficiencies as objects of treatments. Boston M. & S. J, 1918, clxxvUi, 70S-712 — N'ienv. Zur Prophylaxe der Deformitaten. Munchen. med. Wchuschr, 1915, lxii, 1624-1626.—Oettll (N.) Ueber die Behandlung von HaltungsanomaUen. Ibid.; 1912, Ux, 1501.— Orr (H. W.) The treatment of deformities by plaster of Paris and other mechanical devices. West. M. Rev, Omaha, 1908, xhi, 471-475.-----. The prevention of deformity by the general surgeon. Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1915. xxxiv, 365-368. Also, Reprint.—Panum (P.) [The employment of tenodesis and its value in the treatment of paralytic de- formities.] BibUot. f. Laeger, K0benh, 1916, cvui, 1-K— Sandoz (F.) L'education physique de l'enfant et le traite- ment des deformations de 1'adolescence., J. de physiotherap. Par, 1911, ix, 597-599.—Savarlaud. A quel age operer les differentes malformations congenitales ou acquises chez l'enfant. Progres med. Par, 1911, 3. s, xxvii, 255. Also: Rev. prat, d'obst. et de gynec.. Par, 1911, xxvi, 129-132.— Sayre (R. H.) The necessity for an early diagnosis in the prevention of deformities. Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila, 1903, xxiv, 213-223.—Scarllnl (G.) Contributo alia trazione scheletrica diretta di Codivilla. Atti d. Soc. lomb. di sc. med. e biol, Milano, 1913-14, iii, 114-119.—Slomann. [Some rare congenital deformities and their treatment.] Ugeskr. f. Laeger, K0benh, 1916, lxxviii, 1639-1646.—Spltzy (H.) Ausniitzung von Ausweichbewegungen zur Korrektur von Deformitaten. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1921, lxviii, 199.—Stern (W. G.) The surgical treatment of paralytic deformities. Cleveland M. J, 1904, iii, 540-545. Also, Re- print.— Teschner (J.) The treatment of postural deformi- ties of the trunk by means of rapid and thorough physical development. Ann. Surg, Phila.. 1895, xxu, 226-260,12 pi. Also, Reprint.-----. On results obtainable in the treatment of some post-paralytic deformities. Ibid., 1899, xxx, 571- 586,6pi. Also, Reprint.—Townsend(W.R.) The preven- tion of deformity. J. Am.M. Ass, Chicago, 1902, xxxix,606- 608. Also: Tr. Sect. Surg. & Anat. Am. M. Ass. 1902, Chicago 1903,114-123.-----. The prevention of deformity. N. York State J. M, N. Y, 1911, xi, 564-569.-----. Prevention and correction of deformities by mechanical treatment. Ibid Deformities (Prevention and treatment of). 1912, xn, 319-322.—Voorhees (Florence E.) Treatment of disturbancesinpostfetaldevelopment. Hahneman. Month, Phila, 1913, xlvui, 622-631.—Whitman (A.) Observations on the correction of deformities of long standing. J. Am. M. As?,Chicago, 1923,lxxx, 1-^20.—Wilson(H.A.) Thestatus of the general practitioner in the prevention and correction of deformities. Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1915, xxxix, 162-166. Defos (L.) [1866- ]. *De l'hyperemie de la conjonctive dans certains £tats vesaniques. 38 pp., 11. 4°. Toulouse, 1896, No. 132. Defosse (Gustave). Salubrite publique: epuration des eaux d'egouts, des eaux vannes de l'indus- trie. Traitement e'conomique de leurs boues, de leurs residus. 53 pp., 2 ch. 8°. Bruxelles, 1910. DeTosses (Eugene). Contribution a l'etude des kvstes sereux congemtaux multiloculaires. 96 pp. 8°.. Paris, 1909, Xo. 213. Defossez (Joseph) [1876- 1. *Des resultate eioignes de la gastrectomie dans le cancer de l'estomac. 94 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1901, Xo. 477. ------. The same. 94 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901. Defossez (Pierre-Louis-Marie-Joseph) [1876- ]. *Du traitement des fistules vesico-vaginales par la methode de dedoublement. 67 pp. ^. Lille, 1901, Xo. 44. Defouilloy (Joseph-Louis-Theophile) [1<57- ]. *Etude clinique de la putrefaction intra-uterine et de la physometrie. 61 pp. 8°. Lille. 1900, Xo. 1. Defouloy (A.) [1872- ]. *Les vomiques num- mulaires simulant la tuberculose pulmonaire. 72 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, Xo. 461. Defournel (Henri) [1876- ]. *Sur la saccha- rine et quelques-uns de ses derives. 61 pp.. 11. 8°., Lyon, 1903, Xo. 28. Ecole de pharmacie. Defrain (Isidore-Louis) [1S76- ]. * Variole pt vaccination. Xecessite de la vaccination et d.» la revaccination obligatoires. 6S pp., 11. ;>-' Lyon, 1901, Xo. 130. Defran.ee (Pierre). *Les normes des lairs de Montpellier, appendice; quelques observations sur 1'analyse des laits conserves par addition de bichromate de potasse. 44 pp., 4 pi. 8°. Mont- pellier. 1908. Xo. 60. Defranehi (Francois) [1S7S- ]. *Contribution a l'etude des fibro-myxomes de la paroi abdonii- nale anterieure a tvpe superieur. 39 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1907, Xo. 59. De Francisco (Giacomo). Le operazioni che si praticano nella calcolosi biliare. v, 258 pp., 11. 8°. Pavia, 1906. ------. Padiglione chirurgico Iginio Tansini del- 1' Ospedale Maggiore di Lodi. Rendiconto clinico-operativo del quadriennio 1908-1911. 210 pp., 1 1. tabl. 8*. Lodi [G. Biancardi], 1913. Defrise (Edmond-Louis) [1872- ]. ♦Contribu- tion a l'etude des kystes du canal peritoneo- vaginal. 72 pp. 8°. Lille, 1S99. Xo. 536. Desja {Mile. Georgette-Francoise) [1S73- ]. 'Kssai sur la cure preventive de l'hvsterie femi- nine par l'education. 96 pp. 8°* Bordeaux, 1898. Xo. 17. ------. The same. 96 pp. 8°. Paris, F. Alcan, 1898. De Gaetano (Luigi). Appunti di pathologia chirurgica sulle lezioni, raccolti da M. Jungano e P. Cuoco. 319 pp.: 52 pp. 8°. Napoli, E. Bonhote. 1901. ------. The same. 2. ed. 392 pp.; 91 pp. 8°. Napoli, E. Bonhdte, 1903. DE GAETANO. 391 DEGENERATES. De Gaetano (Luigi)—continued. ------. Voluminoso teratoma dello spazio retto- sacrococcigeo .... 27 pp. 4°. Napoli, F. Sangiovanni dc figlio, [1908?]. ------. Processo di riparazione delle fratture, quando siano soppresse alcune delle sorgenti osteo-blastiche che concorrono alia formazione del callo osseo. 27 pp., 2 pi. 4°. Napoli, F. Sangiovanni dc figlio, 1909. ------. Resezione subtotale della scapola per voluminoso encondroma; guarigione. 32 pp. fol. Napoli, F. Sangiovanni dc figlio, 1910. Degail (Jean). *Les fractures de l'avant-bras chez l'enfant et leur traitement. 49 pp. 8°. Paris, 1920, No. 503. De Gandt (Camille). Contribution a l'etude de la tuberculose pulmonaire dans la premiere en- fance. 132 pp. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 261. Degardin (Charles) [1874- ]. *Des tumeurs vegetantes de l'ovaire. [Paris.] 78 pp. 8°. Abbeville, 1901, No. 684. De Garmo(William Burton) [1849- ]. Abdom- inal hernia; its diagnosis and treatment. 458 pp. 8°. Philadelphia dc London, J. B. Lippincott Co., 1907. ------. Mechanical treatment of abdominal her- nia. 147 pp. 8°. Philadelphia dc London, J. B. Lippincott Co., [1913]. Degaud (Marius) [1877- ]. *Douleurs exage- rees pendant le travail. 92 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1904, No. 165. Dege (Friedrich Hugo Albert) [1875- ]. *Trink- wasserreinigung mit besonderer Beriicksichti- gung der militarischen Verhaltnisse. 68 pp. 8°. Kiel, K. Janson, 1903. Degeilh (Adolphe). *De l'intervention chirurgi- cale dans les pleuresies diaphragmatiques puru- lentes enkystees. 78 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1897, No. 219. Degen (Karl August) [1879- ]. *Beitrage zur Kenntnis kolloidaler Metalllosungen. 32 pp., 11. 8°. Greifswald, J. Abel, 1903. Degen (Karl Walter August) [1876- ]. *Drei Falle seltner Missbildungen der Herzklappen (Mitralis, Tricuspidalis, Pulmonalis). 41 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Greifswald, F. W. Kunike, 1903. Degen (Wilhelm). *Ein doppelseitiges Sarkom der Parotis. 65 pp. 8°. Freiburg, C. Lehmann's Nachf., 1900. Degen (Wilhelm Kurt) [1882- ]. Untersu- chungen uber die hamatogene eitrige Nephritis des Schweines. 60 pp., 6 pi. 8°. Giessen, 1907. Degener ([Carl] August Wilhelm) [1870- ]. *Ueber diabetische Psychosen mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der halluzinatorischen An- falle. 24 pp. 8°. Kiel, Schmidt dc Klaunig, 1910. Degenerates and degeneracy. See, also, Alcoholism (Sociological aspect of); Anthropology(Criminal); Children (Defective); Children (Delinquent); Craniology (Crimi- nal); Criminology; Defectives; Heredity; Idiocy; Insanity; Psychology (Criminal). Anton (G.) Ueber krankhafte moralische Abartung im Kindesalter und iiber den Heilwert der Affekte. 8°. Halle, 1910. Brtjgia (R.) I problemi della degenerazione. Con proemio pel E. Morselli. 8°. Bologna, 1906. Dallemagne (J.) Degeneres et desequi- libres. 8°. Bruxelles, 1894. Kelley (T. L.) Mental aspects of delin- quency. 8°. Austin, Tex., [1917]. Lange (F.) Degeneration in families, obser- vations in a lunatic asylum. Authorized trans- Degenerate S and degeneracy. lation from the Danish by C. C. Sonne. 12°. London, 1907. Larger (E.-H.) *Les stigmates obstetricaux de la degenerescence. 8°. Paris, 1901. Magxan & Legrain. Les degeneres (6tat mental et syndromes 6pisodiques). 12°. Paris, 1895. Mayet (L.) *Les stigmates anatomiques et physiologiques de la degenerescence et les pseudo-stigmates anatomiques et physiologiques de la criminalite. 8°. Lyon, 1902. Petrazzani (P.) Le degenerazioni umane (studio dibiologiaclinica). 8°. Milano, 1911. Seher (C.) Degeneration und Vererbung, und der Kampf urns Dasein. 8°. Chemnitz, [1919 vel subseq.]. Schilling (K.) *Kasuistischer Beitrag zur Lehre von den Zwangsvorgangen bei Entarteten. 8°. Tubingen, 1910. Smyth (A. W.) Physical deterioration; its causes and the cure. 8°. London, 1904. , Talbot (E. S.) Degeneracy; its causes; signs and results. 12°. London, 1898. ------. Developmental pathology; a study in degenerative evolution, roy. 8°. Boston [1911]. Venturi (S.) Le mostruosita dello spirito. 12°. Milano, 1899. Vermalle (P.) *L 'anthropometrie des d£ge- ner£s; rapports entre les mensurations des diffe- rents segments anthropometriques. 8°. Lyon, 1911. Wilson (A.) Unfinished man; a scientific analysis of the psychopath or human degen- erate. 8°. London, 1910. Aquino (P. B.) Degeneration mental. Semana med, Buenos Aires, 1915, xxii, ii, 83-88.—Barr (M. W.) The imperative demand for legislation to arrest the rapid in- crease of degeneracy. Alienist & Neurol, St. Louis, 1913, xxxiv, 400-408. -----. Observations on the stigmata of degeneration as found in the feebleminded. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1920, cxii, 80-83.—Bauer (J.) Degeneration und ihre Zeichen. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1920, xxxiii, 141- 144.—Bernhart. Theoretisches und Praktisches iiber die Entartung. Vereinsbl. d. pfaiz. Aerzte, Franken- thal, 1902, xviii, 69-77.—Blnet-Sangle. Un grand d6ge- nere en conseil de guerre. Arch, d'anthrop. crim, Lyon & Par, 1914, xxix, 508-512.—Birnbaum. (K.) Ueber degenerative Phantasten. Allg. Ztschr. f. Psychiat. [etc.], Berl, 1907, lxiv, 363-374. -----. Erblichkeit und Ent- artung. Sex-Probleme, Frankf. a. M, 1909, v, 825-842.— Bornsteln (M.) Ueber psychotische Zustande bei Dege- nerativen. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, i. Psychiat, Berl. & Leipz, 1911, vii, Orig, 127-162.—Bowers (P. E.) Con- stitutional immorality. Internat. Clin, Phila, 1913, 23. s,iv, 271-284.—Brunton {Sir T. L.) The report ofthe Inter-departmental Committee on Physical Degeneration. Pub. Health, Lond, 1904-5, xvii, 274-292.—Bumke (O.) Ueber nervose Entartung. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte (Karlsruhe), 1911, Leipz, 1912, Ixxxiii, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte, 365-376.—Carruth (R. McG.) Race degen- eration; what can we do to check it? N. Orl. M. & S. J, 1919-20, lxxii, 183-190.—Chatterton-Hill (G.) Die Anwendung der Mortalitats- und Morbiditatsstatistik auf die Frage der Rassenentartung. Polit.-anthrop. Rev, Berl, 1913-14, xii, 463-473.—Cullerre. L'etude du monde de la cour au temps de Louis XIV. J. de neurol. Par, 1908, xhi, 313-316.—Danel (L.) La notion de degene- rescence particuherement dans l'etude du mouvement litteraire et artistique contemporain. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1907, ii, 169; 193; 241; 265.—Davis (N. S.) Poverty and degeneracy; their cause, prevention and cure. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1901, xxxvii, 1-3.—Davis (T. H.) The suppression and control of degeneracy. J. Indiana M. Ass, Fort Wayne, 1916, ix, 412-414.—Dohrn & Scheele (A.) Beitrage zur Lehre von den Degenerationszeichen. Vrtl- jsehr. F. gerichtl. Med, Berl, 1906, xxxi, 1-26.—Downing (T. J.) A possible factor of degeneracy. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1918, cviii, 103-105. Also, Reprint.—Duerden (J. E.) Methods of degeneration in the ostrich. J. Genetics, Cambridge, 1919-20, ix, 131-193, 2 pi.—Everts (O.) De- generacy (phenomena that are explained otherwise than by general principles axe not trustworthily explained). Am. J. Insan, Bait, 1900-1901, lvii, 117-125.—Faber (C. A.) Degeneracy. Alienist & Neurol, St. Louis, 1919, xl, 135-138.—Fischer (H.) Zur Biologie der Degenerations- zeichen und der Charakterforschung. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat, Berl, 1920, Orig, lxii, 261-293.— Frisco (B.) Le alimentazioni incomplete dei genitori in DEGENERATES. 392 DEGENERATION Degenerates and degeneracy. rapporto con la patogenesi delle degenerazioni e delle neuro- psicopatie dei discendenti. Manicomio, Nocera, 1917-18, xxxii-xxxiii, 87-110.—Fry (R. D.) Pathological conditions of the nose, throat and ear as etiologie factors in degeneracy. Ohio M. J, Columbus, 1910, vi, 496-499.—Gallppe (V.) L'heredite des stigmates de degenerescences et les families souveraines. Rev. de stomatol. Par, 1905, xii, 399-413.— Gasparini (G. L.) Una nuova stigmata regressiva nei degenerati. Arch, di psichiat. [etc.], Torino, 1907, xxviii, 45.5-463.—Gibson (A. E.) Cause of degeneracy. Med. Standard, Chicago, 1919, xiii, No. 10, 19-22—Grande (C.) Le ramiflcazioni terminali dell' arteria meningea media nei degenerati. Arch, di antrop. crim, 1921, xii, 458-465.— Hart (C.) Ueber Entartung und Entartungszeichen. Med. Klin, Berl.. 1919, xv, 716; 746.—Howard (W. L.) The procreation of deviates. Dietet. & Hvg. Gaz, N. Y, 1907,xxiii,65.—Hughes(M.R.) Societyanditsdegenerates. Alienist & Neurol, St. Louis, 1906, xxvii, 63-66.-----. Some anomalies of the stigmata of degeneracy. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1907, xxxii, 538-542.—Hyslop (T. B.) Degen- eration; the medico-psychological aspects of modern art, music, literature, science, and religion. Tr. Med. Soc. Lond. 1917-18, xii, 271-295.—Isham (Mary K.) Report of a case of degeneracy with conclusions. Woman's M. J, Cincin, 1913, xxiii, 100-102.—Jentsch (E.) Ueber die klinische bedeutung der Degenerationszeichen. Monat- schr. f. Psychiat. u.Neurol, Berl, Orig, 1917, xh, 290-303.— Johnson (A.) Concerning a form of degeneracy. Am. J. Sociol, Chicago, 1898-9, iv, 326-463.—Jordan (D. S.) The blood of the nation; a study of the decay of races through the survival of the unfit. Pop. Sc. Month, N. Y, 1901, lix, 90; 129.—Kanngiesser (F.) Notes on the pathology of the Julian dynasty. Glasgow M. J, 1912, lxxvii, 428- 432.—Kellogg (J. H.) Tendencies toward race degeneracy. N. York M. J, [etc.], 1911, xciv, 461-526.—Kenealy (Ara- bella). A study In degeneracy. Eugenics Rev, Lond, 1911-12, iii, 37-45.—Kime (R. R.) Some social factors that tend to the degeneration of the race and alcoholism. At- lanta Jour.-Rec. Med, 1903-4, v, 361-372—Kollarits (J.) Weitere Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Heredodegeneration. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh, Leipz, 1908, xxxiv, 410-431.— Kraepelin (E.) Zur Entartungsfrage. Zentralbl. f. Nervenh. u. Psychiat, Leipz, 1908, xxxi, 745-751.—La Bonnardiere. Descendants degeneres des grands hommes. Chron. med. Par, 1911, xviii; 363.—Larger (R.) & Larger (H.) Les stigmates obstetneaux de la degenerescense. Rev. de med. Par, 1902, xxii, 723-743.—Lindsay. On the study of degeneracy and phvsical deterioration. North- umberland & Durham M. J, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1904, xh, 320-326.—Lundborg (H.) The danger of degeneracy. Eugenics Rev, Lond, 1921-2, xiii, 531-539—MacDonafa (A.) Mental stigmata of degeneration. Buffalo M. J, 1907-8, Ixui, 8-16.—MacNalr (R. H.) Race retrogression. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1917, cvi, 315. Also, Reprint.—Martin (E.) L'anthropometrie des degeneres; modifications de rapports entre les mensurations des diflerents segments du corps. Arch, d'anthrop. crim, Lyon & Par, 1911, xxvi, 248-254. Also: Province med. Par, 1911, xxii, 166- 168.—Martinez Santamaria (J.) Nuestras razas decaen. Repert. de med. y cirug, Bogota, 1919-20, xi, 412-418.— Mateer (Florence). Mental heredity and eugenics. Psy- chol. Bull. Lancaster, Pa, & Princeton, N. J, 1913, x, 224-229.—Mendenhall (J. N.) Special prophylaxis of criminals and degenerates. Texas State J. M, Fort Worth, 1905-6, i, 271-273.—Mirabella (E.) I caratteri degene- rativi di 84 delinquenti nati. Arch, di psichiat. [etc.], Torino, 1906, xxvii. 1-29— Morris (J. C.) On the influence of early training oi manly and womanly qualities to avoid degeneracy. Bull. Am. Acad. M, Easton, Pa, 1900-1901, v, 42-47. [Discussion], 106-112.—Morrison (C. S.) The inference of local degeneracy from a comparison of the vital statistics of the people. J. Ment. Sc, Lond, 1907, liii, 795- 807.—NUcke (P.) Ueber den Wert der sog. Degenerations- zeichen. Monatschr. f. Krim.-Psychol. [etc.], Heidelb, 1905, i, 99-111.—Noble (C. P.) The law of degeneracy in its relation to medicine. Tr. Coll. Phys, Phila, 1909, 3. s, xxxi, 20-35.—Northrop (H. L.) Moral degeneracy and its surgical treatment. Hahneman. Month, Phila, 1919, liv, 193-212.—Parhon (C.) Consideration sur le r61e des alterations endocrines dans la pathologeiue de la degenerescence. Cong. d. med. alienistes et neurol. do France ... C. r. Par, 1908, xviii, 1.53-158.—Parnisettl (C.) Anomalie del poligono arterioso del Willis nei de- linquenti in rapporto con alterazioni del cervello e del cuore. Arch, di psichiat. [etc.], Torino, 1902, xxiii, 11- 27. 1 pi.—Partlow (W. D.) Degeneracy. Tr. M. Ass. Alabama, Montgomery, 1907, 217-231.—Ponce de Ledn (J.) Degeneraciones psiquicas. Gac. med. catal, Barcel, 191s, liii, 74; 120.—Raper (H. R.) Degeneracy. Dental Digest, Chicago, 1908, xiv, 1496-1508.—Reed (R. C. S.) The rdle of heredity in reducing degeneracy in man to the minimum. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin, 1906, n. s, lvii, 351-359.—Regnault (F.) The role of depopulation, deforestation, and malaria in the decadence of certain nations. Rep. Smithson. Inst 1914, Wash, 1915, 593-597.—Robledo (E.) ^Existe una degeneration colectiva en Colombia? Repert. de med y cirug, Bogota, 1919-20, xi, 522-542—Rodriguez Mfendez. La herencia de una degenerada. Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien m6d, Madrid, 1914, xxxii, 295-299.—Roncoroni (L.) La Degenerates and degeneracy. base istologica della delinquenza. Atti cL Cong, internaz. di psicol. 1905, Roma, 1906, v, 701-706.—Rosique Cebrian (R.) Causas de la degeneratidn fisica. Gac. med. catal, Barcel, 1914, xliv, 297; 326; 367; 446.—Ross (E. A.) Social decadence. Am. J. Sociol, Chicago, 1917-18, xxiii, 620- 632.—Schalkewlcz (M.) Ueber Schmerzempfindlich- keit der Gesichtsknochen bei Degeneranten. Neurol. Centralbl, Leipz, 1907, xxvi, 391-393.—Schermers (D.) Cultuur en degeneratie. Med. Weekbl, Amst, 1914-15, xxi, 451; 463.—Shaw (T. C.) A plea for the degenerate. Lancet, Lond, 1914, i, 1665-1669.—Smith (P. C.) De- generacy. Edinb. M. J, 1907, n. s, xxi, 117; 236.—Stadel- mann (H.) Ueber geistige Entartung. Ztschr. f. pa- dagog. Psychol, [etc.], Berl, 1911, xii, 507-520.—Strafella (F. G.) Das Degenerative im Verbrecher; individuelle und soziale Degeneration. Arch. f. Kriminol, Leipz, 1916, lxvi, 289-312.—Sturrock (J. P.) An unusual family history; a study in degeneration. Caledon. M. J, Glasg, 1907-8, vii, 298-300.—Talbot (E. S.) The stigmata of degeneracy. Gaillards M. J, N. Y, 1902, lxxvi, 117-131. Also: Med. Exam, N. Y, 1902, xii, 157-165.—Taylor (A.) La degenerescence humaine et les idees de M. Lombroso. Med. et hyg, Brux, 1906, iv, 7-17.—Taylor (H.) Some of the causes of national deterioration and degeneracy. Texas M. J., Austin, 1912-13, xxviii, 52-61.—von den Velden (F.) Der verschiedene Widerstand der Geschlech- ter gegen die Entartung. Arch. f. Rassen- u. Gesellsch.- Biol, Leipz. & Berl, 1910, vii, 613-H1-..—Wahl (L.) & Rollet(M.) Laphraseologie chez certains degeneres. Ann. med.-psychol. Par, 1906, 9. s, iv, 298-309.—Wallon (H.) L'ldee de degenerescence mentale (a propos d'un livre recent). [Histoire de l'origine et de revolution de l'idee de degenerescence en medecine mentale, Genil- Perrin.l Annee psychol. Par, 1914, xx, 190-196.—Walton (G. G.) The prevailing conception of degeneracy and degenerate, with a plea for introducing the supplementary terms deviation and deviate. Boston M. ren. Norsk Mag. f. Liigevidensk, Kristiania. 1911, 5. R,ix,321-383.—HUbner (A. H.) Pathologie und Thera- pie der Degeneration. Deutsche med. Wchnschr. Leipz. & Berl, 1913, xxxix, 921-925.—Israel (O.) Zur fibrinoiden Umwandlung. Centralbl. f. allg. lath. u. path. Anat, Jena, 1902, xiii, 83.—Klotz (O.) Studies upon calcareous degen- eration. J. Exper. M, N. Y, 1905, ^i, 633; 1906, viii, 322. DEGENERATION. 393 DEGENERATION. Degeneration. Also, Reprint.—Kronberger (H.) Theoretisches und Empirisches zur Degeneration der Leukozyten- und Lym- phozytenkerne. Ztschr. f. klin. Med, Berl, 1913, lxviii, 181- 204, 1 pi.—Landsteiner (K.) Ueber trube Schwellung. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path, Jena, 1903, xxxiii, 237- 280, 1 pi.—Maccallum (W. G.) Extra-medullary myeloid changes in organs. Proc. N. York Path. Soc, N. Y, 1915 xv, 109.—MetschnlkofTs Ideen iiber senile Degeneration und einige Arbeiten zu diesem Thema. Allg. Wien. med Ztg, 1901, xlvi, 350, 361.—Michaelts (L.) Ein Fall von riesenzellinger Degeneration der blutbildenden Organe. Verhandl. d. Cong. f. innere Med, Wiesb, 1901, xix, 573- 575.—Millan. Concretions calcaires sous-cutanees (granu- lomes calcaires sous-cutanes). Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par, 1910, 3. s, xxx, 23-29.—Mitchell (C. A.) Senile degeneration. Tr. M. Ass. Missouri, St. Louis, 1902, xlv, 83-86. [Discussion], 90.—Nageotte (J.) Action des metaux et de divers autres facteurs sur la degeneration en survie. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1910, lxix, 556- 559.—Pantzer (H. O.) Fibroid degeneration. Center States M. Monit, Indianap, 1907, x, 227.—Paramore (R. H.) Notes on the causation of red degeneration. Lancet, Lond, 1920, i, 1005-1007.—Pichugin (P. I.) [On lecithin degeneration.] Kazan. Med. J, 1911, xi, 251-266.—Reitano (D.) Sulla metaplasia mieloide sperimentale nella milza e nei fegato. Folia med, Napoli, 1920, vi, 481-483.—dos Santos (M. A.) Conceito sobre mfiltracao e degenera^ao. Arch, brasil. de med, Rio de Jan, 1921, xi, 331-341.—Scaffldi (V.) Contributo alia conoscenza della degenerazione croma- tolitica indiretta. Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1903, xxix, 160-165.—Schaffer (K.) Die allgemeine histopa- thologische Charakterisierung der Heredodegeneration. Schweiz. Arch. i. Neurol, u. Psychiat, Zurich, 192Q, vii, 193-211.—Stockman (R.) The clinical symptoms and treatment of chronic subcutaneous fibrosis. Brit. M. J, Lond., 1911, i, 352-355.—Taylor (A. E.) On the occurrence of amido-acids in degenerated tissues. Univ. Calif. Pub, Path, Berkeley, 1903-4, i, 43-47.—Vlnogradoff (K. N.) [On glycogenic degeneration.] Russk. j. Kozhn. i ven. Bollezn, Kharkov, 1903, vi, 350-353.—White (E. H.) Polypoidal degeneration. Montreal M. J, 1907, xxxvi, 374.—Wider0e (S.) Giv en oversigt over de vigtigste degene- rations processer. Norsk Mag. f. Laegevidensk, Kristiania, 1911, 5. R,ix, 1284-1303.—Woodruff (C. E.) Some thoughts relative to the etiology of degeneration. Am. J. Insan, Bait, 1900-1901, lvii, 203-214. Degeneration (Amyloid). Hansen (G.) *Zur Aetiologie und Statistik der amyloiden Degeneration. 8°. Kiel, 1899. Harris (F.) *On the nature of the substance found in the amyloid degeneration of various organs of the human body. 8°. Westminster, 1860. [P., v. 2194]. Noltein (Sophie). *Ueber das Verhalten der Lymphdrusen bei der allgemeinen Amyloid- degeneration. 8°. Zurich, 1911. Schmid (H.) *Ueber lokale Amyloidosis im Bereiche des Oberkiefers und der Wirbelsaule. 8°. Zurich, 1919. Seemann (C.) *Ein Fall von sehr verbreiteter amyloider Degeneration als Beitrag zur Aetiolo- gie derselben. 8°. Wurzburg, 1893. Bell (A. W.) Amyloid infiltration; report of a case. Journal-Lancet, Minneap, 1922, xiii, 306-308.—Browicz (T.) Zur Amyloidfrage. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr,, Wien, 1901, viii 1509; 1544.—CaUllau & Carianopol. Etude clinique et histologique de trois cas de degenerescence amyloide. J. de med. int., Par, 1911, xv, 137-139.—Cummins (W. T ) A clinical and pathological study of the statistics of amyloid disease. Proc. Path. Soc, Phila, 1910, n. s, xui, 239-246.—Czerny (A.) Zur Kenntniss der glykogenen und amyloiden Entartung. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol, Leipz, 1892-3, xxxi, 190-213.—Davidsohn (C.) Zur Erken- nung zweier Stadien der Amyloiderkrankung. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl.. 1899, civ, 382-387. ■—-. Arbeiten uber Amyloid und Hyalin 1899-1907. Ergebn. d. allg. Path. u. path. Anat. [etc.], Wiesb, 1908, xii, 424-443.---—. Unter- suchungen iiber die Aetiologie des Amyloids. Virchow s Arch, ffpath. Anat. [etc.], Berl, 1908, xix,.226-247. -—. Die Amyloiderkrankung. Ergebn. d. wissensch. Med, Leipz, 1910, i, 330-346.—Edens (E.) Zur Histopathologic lokaler und allgemeiner Amyloiddegeneration. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path, Jena, 1904, xxxv, 233-251,1 pi. -----. Ueber Amyloidfarbung und Amyloiddegeneration. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl, 1905, clxxx, 346- 359, 1 pi.-----. Ueber lokales und allgemeines Amyloid. Ibid., 1906, clxxxiv, 137-149, 1 pi—Eppinger (H.) Zur Chemie der amyloiden Entartung. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1922, cxxxvii, 107-111.—Fahr. Seltenere Amyloidfalle. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1918, xliv, 648.— Flnzl (O.) Ricerche sulla amiloidosi sperimentale. Speri- mentale. Arch, di biol, Firenze, 1911, lxv, 483-520, 1 pi. Degeneration (Amyloid). Also: Arch. ital. de biol, Turin, 1912-13, lvii, 275-283.— Frank (A.) Die amyloide Degeneration als der Ausdruck einer primaren oder sekundaren Infektion mit Kapselba- zillen (Gruppe Friedlander). Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1916, lxiii, 452-454.-----. Die Genese des Amyloids. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path, Jena, 1920, lxvii, 181-205, 2 pi.—Gilman (H. L.) Observations on amyloid degenera- tion in domesticated animals. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass, Wash, 1920-21, lvii, 568-578.—Green (A. B.) Amyloid disease; its acute form; relation to hyaline degeneration; cause; early diagnosis; and treatment. J. Path. & Bacteriol, Edinb. & Lond, 1900-1901, vii, 184-202, 1 pi.—Hanssen (O.) Ein Beitrag zur Chemie der amyloiden Entartung. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1908, xiii, 185-198.—Hayem. Degeneres- cence amyloide generahsee. J. de med. int., Par, 1905, ix, 73-75.—Hueter (C.) Ungewohnliche Lokalisation der Amyloidsubstanz in einem Falle von multiplem Myelom (Amyloid des Darms, der Thoraxmuskulatur des Schulter- gelenks). Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path. Jena, 1910, xlix, 100-126, 4 pi.—Iseke (C.) Ein Fall von ausgebreiteter amyloider Degeneration bei einem elfjahrigcn Knaben. Arch. f. Kinderh.; Stuttg, 1920, lxviii, 48-:58.—Jemma (R.) Sulle turbe di ricambio nell' amiloidosi infantile. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1901, xvi, 99-110.—Joest (E.) Die Amyloiddegeneration bei Tieren. Ergebn. d. allg. Path. u. path. Anat. [etc.], Wiesb, 1908, xii, 444-459.—Josef- son (A.) [Amyloidosis; intravital histologic diagnosis by Euncture of the spleen.) Svenska lak.-sallsk. handl, Stock- olm, 1916, xiii, 1106-1108.—Klotz (C.) Lipo-amyloid degen- eration. J. Med. Research, Bost, 1914, xxx. 373-376.—Lam- bert (R. A.) Amyloidosis (a) incidence; (b) report of case with extensive amyloid-like deposits in organs not showing any of the characteristic reactions. Proc. N. York Path. Soc, N. Y, 1915, xv, 87-93.—Landau (M.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Amyloidose. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch, Jena, 1914, xvii, 573-576, 1 pi.—Legrain (E.) Frequence de la degenerescence amyloide dans les pays chauds. Rev. med. de l'Afrique du nord, Alger, 1903, vi, 2135-2138.—Leupold (E.) Untersuchungen uber die Mikro- chemie und Genese des Amyloids. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path, Jena, 1918, lxiv, 347-400, 2 pi—Lubarsch (O.) Hyaline und amyloide Degeneration. Ergebn. d. allg. Path. u. path. Anat. [etc.] 1897, Wiesb, 1899, iv, 449- 460.—Meyer (O.) & Wolf (Ella). Zur Amyloidosefrage. Med. Klin, Berl, 1919. xv, 559-561.—Monfery (A.) Con- tribution chimique a l'etude de la degenerescence amyloide. J. de physiol. et de path, gen. Par, 1902, iv, 877-884. Also: Lyon med, 1902, xcix, 33-36.—Moore {Sir J.) Organs from a case of amyloid disease. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl, 1913, xxxi, 442-444.—Neuberg. Ueber Amyloid. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch, Jena; 1904, vii, 19-32.—Obrzut (A.) Nouvelles recherches histologiques sur la degenerescence amyloide. Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path. Par, 1900, xii, 203-219, 1 pi—Odenlus (M. V.) Ueber das Verhalten der Lymphzellen bei der Amy- loiddegeneration. Nord. med. Ark, Stockholm, 1894, n. F, iv, No. 7, 1-10. Also, Reprint.—Perrone (S.) Recherches experimentales sur les rapports supposes entre la reaction iodique des leucocytes et la degenerescence amyloide experi- mentale. J. de physiol. et de path, gen. Par, 1907, ix, 823- 831.—Peters (J. T.) Ueber epi- und pericellulare Amyloid- ablagerung. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl, 1921, ccxxxi, 467-479.—Petrone (G. A.) Recherches sur la degenerescence amyloide experimentale. Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path. Par, 1898, x, 682-692, 1. pi.—Raubltschek (H.) Zur Kenntnis des Amy- loids. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch, Jena, 1910, 273-277.—Ravenna (E.) Sulfa degenerazione amiloide sperimentale. Sperimentale. Arch, di biol.. Firenze, 1903, lvii, 213-241.—Schepilewsky (E.) Experimentelle Bei- trage zur Frage der amyloiden Degeneration. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], I. Abt, Jena, 1899, xxv, 851-862.—Schmidt (M. B.) Referat fiber Amyloid. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch, Jena, 1904, vii, 2-18.-----. Ueber die Be- teiligung des Auges an der allgemeinen Amyloiddegenera- tion. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat, Jena, 1905, xvi, 49-51.—Schmiedeberg. Ueber die Natur der amy- loiden Substanz. Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. de med. 1897, Mosc, 1899, ii, sect. 3, 228-230.—Steinhaus (F.) Ueber eine seltene Form von Amyloid- und Hyalin-Infiltration am Circulations- und Digestionsapparat. Ztschr. f. klin. Med, Berl, 1902, xlv, 375-384, 1 pt— Stumpf (R.) Die Beteiligung des Herzens an der Amyloiderkrankung. Zen- tralbl. f. Herzkrankh. [etc.], Wien & Leipz, 1913, v, 201- 206.—Tanaka (Y.) Zur Kenntnis der allgemeinen amy- loiden Degeneration in Japan. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1910, lvii, 1883.—Tarchetti (C.) Untersuchungen fiber experimentelle amyloide Entartung. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med, Leipz, 1902-3, lxxv, 526-548.—Tsunoda (T.) Ueber das Vorkommen von Riesenzellen in amyloiden Organen und die Beziehungen zwischen dem ischamischen Infarkt und der Amyloidose. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl, 1910, ctii, 407-416. Degeneration (Fatty). Bossart (A.) *Zur Chemie der Verfettung in krankhaften Neubildungen und im tuberculo- sen Gewebe. [Basel.] 8°. Aarau, 1902. DEGENERATION. 394 DE GIAXA Degeneration (Fatty). D Agata (G.) Perturbazione del metabolismo cellulare dei grassi, "sulla cosidetta degenera- zione e infiltrazione grassa. " 8°. Pavia, 1911. Ebstein (W.) Ueber Wasserentziehung und anstrengende Muskelbewegungen bei Fettsucht, Fettherz, Kraftabnahme des Herzmuskels [etc.]. Eine historisch-kritische Studie. 8°. Wies- baden, 1885. Fischer (M. H.) Fats and fatty degeneration; a physico-chemical study of emulsions and the normal and abnormal distribution of fat in pro- toplasm. 1. ed. 8°. New York, 1917. Hottinger (R.) *Ueber die Leberverfettung nach experimentellen Infektionen mit Bac. Sanarelli und Bac. suipestifer. Ein Beitrag zur Frage und Kenntnis der Fettinfiltration und fettigen Degeneration. 8°. Zurich, 1904. Konstantixovich (V. N.) K voprosu o zhi- rovom pererozhdenii; fiziologicheskoye ottozhe- niye zhira v organizmie razlichnikh pozvono- chnikh zhivotnikh. [Fatty degeneration; phy- siological deposition of fat in the organism of various vertebrates.] 8°. [Kiev, 1903.] Richter (P.) *Die Veranderungen in die Bauchhole implantierter Organe in ihren Bezie- hungen zur fettigen Degeneration. [Tubingen.] 8°. Rudolstadt, 1904. Also, in: Arb.a.d. Geb. d. path. Anat___Inst, zu Tubing, Leipz, 1904-5, v, 25-44. Schneider (C.) *Ueber das Schicksal von Gewebe in der Peritonealhohle lebender Tiere. , Ein Beitrag zur Lehre von der fetten Degenera- tion. 8°. Erlangen, 1903. Albrecht (E.) Triibe Schwellung und Fettdegeneration. Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. f. Morphol. u. Physiol, in Munchen (1903), 1904, xix, 28-30. Also: Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch, Jena, 1904, xv, Ergnzngshft, 63-71.—Angus (H. B.) Two cases of lardaceous disease improving after operation. Northumberland & Durham M. J, Newcastle- upon-Tyne, 1908, xvi, 71.—Azzi (A.) Ueber das Verhalten der Chondriosomen bei der fettigen Entartung. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat, Jena, 1914, xxv, 7-13.—Bach- mann. Fiihrt Eiweiss-Ueberernahrung bei Alkohol-Ab- stinenz besonders leicht zu Verfettungen der Organe. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1909, xix, 557.—Balnbridge (F. A.) Fatty infiltration. Folia clin. chim. et micros, Salsomag- giore, 1910-11, (suppl.), iii, 89-95.—Baldl (A.) Un caso dl morbo dl Buhl. Atti Accad. d. sc. med. e nat. in Ferrara, 1907-8, Ixxxii, 121-127.—Bondi (S.) & Frankl (T.) Ueber Lipoproteide und die Deutung der degenerativen Zellver- fettung. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1909, xvii 543; 553; 555 — Carini (F.) Contributo alio studio della metamorfosi grassosa. Sperimentale. Arch, di biol, Firenze, 1901, lv, 53-74, 1 pi.—Cavazza (E.) Contributo alia dottrina della degenerazione grassa. Policlin, Roma, 1903, x, sez. med, 1903, x, 137; 153.—Cesa-Bianchi (D.) Beobachtungen una experimentelle Untersuchungen fiber die fettige Degenera- tion und die Myelindegeneration. Frankf. Ztschr. f. Path, Wiesb, 1909, iii, 795-822.—Christian (H. A.) Some newer aspects of the pathology of fat and fatty degeneration. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull, Bait, 1905, xvi, 1-6.—Claccio (C.) Beitrag zum Studium der Zelllipoide in normalen und pathologischen Verhaltnissen und einer besonderen Entar- tung von lipoidem Typus (lecithinische Entartung). Cen- tralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat, Jena, 1909, xx, 771-783.— von Czyhlarz (E.) & Fuchs (A.) Ueber die Bedeutung des Cholesterins fiir die Vorgange bei der pathologischen Verfettung. Biochem. Ztschr. Berl, 1914, lxii, 131-136.—Dl Cristina. Die chemischen Veranderungen bei der fettigen Degeneration in Beziehung zu den anatomischen. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl, 1905, clxxxl, 509-521.—Die- trich (A.) Experimentc zur Frage der fettigen Degeneration. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1904, li, 1510-1512.—D'On gli la (F.) Le cellule sudanofile del sangue nella degenerazione grassa sperimentale. Gazz. internaz. di med, Napoli, 1910, xiii, 581-583. -----. Sulla patogenesi della degenerazione grassa. Ibid., 1911, xiv, 334.—Dufrenoy (J.) Degene- rescence graisseuse et degenerescence essentielle. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1918, lxxxi, 920-922.—Ellzalde (P.- I.) & Puente (J.-J.) Degenerations graisseuses visc-erales chez un nouveau-ne. Ibid., 1921. lxxxv, 27.—Fiblger (J.) Ueber die Entwickelung der fettigen Degeneration. Nord. med. Ark, Stockholm, 1901,3. f, i afd. 2, No. 19,1-48,2 pi — Fischer (M. H.) Fats and fatty degeneration; a response to book reviews by Bancroft and Clowes. Science, N. V & Lancaster, Pa.. 1918, n. s, xlviii, 194-196—Fischler (!•'.) Ueber experimentell erzeugte Fettsynthese am fiberlcbeiule11 Organ; em Beitrag zur Frage der Fettdegeneration. Vir- Degeneration (Fatty). chow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl, 1903, clxxiv, 338- 359 _Foa (P.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Fettinfiltration. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch, 1904, Jena, 1905, viii, 22-32.—Gross (O.) & Vorpahl (F.) Beitrag zur Lehre von der Verfettung parenehymatoser Organe. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol, Leipz, 1914, lxxvii, 317-325. Also: Verhandl. d. deutsch, Kong. f. innere Med, Wiesb, 1914, xxxi, 516-519.—Hattori (S.) Untersuchung fiber interstitielle Verfettung. Verhandl. d. jap. path. Gesellsch, Tokyo, 1917, vii, 7-12.—Heppe. Verfettung; Verkalkung. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1910, xx, 73-76.—Herxheimer (G.) & Hall (I. W.) Fatty degeneration or infiltration? Med. Chron, Manchester, 1904, 4. s, vii, 227-245.—Ignato- witch (D.) La degenerescence graisseuse "in vitro." Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1914, lxxvi, 607-609.—Imrie (C. G.) On fatty changes in the liver, heart, and kidney. J. Path. & Bacteriol, Cambridge, 1914, xix, 245-257: 1922, xxv, 26-30.—Kraus (F.) Ueber Fettdegeneration und Fettinfiltration. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch, Jena, 1904, xv, Ergnzngshft, 37-47. Also [Abstr.]: Ver- handl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, 1903, Leipz, 1904, ii, 2. Hlfte, 7.—Lucksch (F.) Ein Beitrag zur Aetio- logie des Morbus Buhlii. Prag. med. Wchnschr, 1913, xxxviii, 167.—Mavrakls (C.) Experiences sur la degene- rescence graisseuse des organes. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, path. gen. 410-415, 2 pi — Mohr (L.) Zur Biologie und Chemie der Organverfettung. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, K6- nigsb, 1910, Leipz, 1911, Ixxxii, pt. 2, 41-43.—Munk (F.) Ueber lipoide Degeneration. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl, 1908, exciv, 527-565.—Munk (F.) & Rother (H.) Beitrag zur Lehre von der Verfettung parenehyma- toser Organe und fiber die Bedeutung anisotroper Substan- zen im Harn fiir die Diagnose der sog. "Lipoidnephrose" (zu den Arbeiten von O. Gross und F. Vorpahl). Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med, Leipz, 1922, cxl, 137-147.—Oswald (A.) Ueber das Wesen der fettigen Degeneration. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1906, xxxvi, 189-191.—Ribbert. Die Morphologie und Chemie der fettigen Degeneration. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1903, xxix, 793- 795.—Rlevel. Fettinfiltration und Fettdegeneration. Deut- sche tierarztl. Wchnschr, Hannov, 1906, xiv, 49-55.—Roth- ler (G.) Ein Fall von Buhlscher Krankheit. [Akute Fett- degeneration aller Organe, starker Ikterus und meist un- stillbare Nabelblutungen.] Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1911, xxxvii, 545.—Rosenfeld (G.) Ueber Organverfettungen. Verhandl. d. Cong. f. innere Med, Wiesb, 1901, xix, 518-523.-----. Studien fiber Organver- fettungen. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol, Leipz, 1906, lv, 179; 344.—Taylor (A. E.) On fatty degeneration. J. Med. Research, Bost, 1903, ix, 59-69.—Waldvogel. Die fettige Degeneration. Centralbl. f. Stoffwechsel- u. Ver- dauungskr, Gotting, 1903, iv, 405-408.-----. Autolyse und fettige Degeneration. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl, 1904, exxvii. 1-28. -----. Die durch Fermente be- wirkten Umwandlungen bei der fettigen Degeneration. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Strassb, 1904, xiii, 200-206.—von WUlebrand (E. A.) [Pathogenesis and treatment of the constitutional fattv degeneration.] Nord. Tidsskr. f. Terapi, K0benh, 1911-12, x, 132-143. Degenhardt (Carl). *Lipaemie bei Diabetes mellitus. 35 pp. 8°. Gottingen, W. Fr. Kaestner, 1899. Degenhardt (Wilhelm Heinrich) [188(1- ]. *Kasuistischer Beitrag zur Klinik der solitaren Knochencysten. 30 pp., 1 1., 1 pi. 8°. Wiirz- burg, E. Monnich, 1913. De Gennes (Robert). *Svphilis acquise de la rate. 88 pp. 8°. Paris," 1921, No. 623. Degering [Karl]. *Ein Fall von epibulbarem Melanosarcom. 24 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Jena, G. Neuenhahn, 1900. Degering (Robert) [1884- L *Beitriige zur Lehre von Hyperenieeis gravidarum. [Gottin- gen.] 40 pp. 8°. Leipzig, A. Hoffmann 1909. De Gery (Paul-Chastenet). Contribution a l'etude des hemothorax traumatiques. 190 pp. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 505. Degez (Alfred) [1S73- ]. *Luxations subites consecutives aux maladies aigues. 88 pp., 4 pi. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 98. ------. The same. 88 pp. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Baillihe dc fils, 1899. De Glaxa (Vincenzo) [1848- ]. Pio Monte del- la Misericordia. Resoconto statistico-sanitario degl' infermi accolti nell' ospizio termale di Cassamicciola nell' anno 1901. 203 pp. roy. 8°. Napoli, stab. tip. lit. Richter d: Co., 1902. DE GIAXA. 395 DEGLUTITION. De Giaxa (Vincenzo)—continued. ------. Compendio d' igiene. 4. ed. xi, 927 pp. 8°. Milano, F. Vallardi, [n. d.]. Degiargi (Giuseppe). Ragguaglio sulla prepara- zione, proprieta, virtu, prescrizione, uso medico e dose di diversi nuovi medicamenti chimico- farmaceutici. 56 pp. 12°. Torino, tip. Chirio dc Mina, 1822. De-Giovanni (AchiUe) [1838-1917]. Nevrosi e neurastenia. vii, 320 pp. 8°. Milano, F. Vallardi, [1899]. ------. La lega nazionale contro la tuberculosi sua organizzazione e sue aspirazioni. 90 pp 12°. Roma, D. Alighieri, 1901. ------. Corpo umano. Parte generale. 2. ed 570 pp. 86. Milano, 1904. ------. The same. Parte speciale. 429 pp. 8° Milano, 1907. ------. Commentarii di clinica medica desunti dalla morfologia del corpo umano. Parte gene rale. 2. ed. xiii, 570 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Milano, U. Hoepli, 1904. ------. The same. Parte speciale. v. 1. x(ll.) 429 pp. 8°. Milano, U. Hoepli, 1907. ------. The same. Parte speciale. v. 2. 299 pp. 8°. Milano, U. Hoepli, 1908. The same. Clinical commentaries de- duced from the morphology of the human body 436 pp., lch. 8°. London, Rebman, 1909. ------. Lavori dell' Istituto di clinica medica di Padova, vol. 5, 1910-14. 8°. Milano, 1914. See, also. Boschetti (Federico). Sinergie-simpatie orga- niche, [etc.]. fol. Torino, 1907. For Biography, see Arte med, Napoli, 1902, iv, 431-434 (F. Matoni). Also: Folia med, Napoli. 1917, in, 160-172 (F. Galdi). A lso, Ibid., 190-231 (P. Castellmo). Also: Gazz. d. osp, Milano, 1917, xxxviii, 65-68(B. Achille). Also:Lancet, Lond, 1917, i, 87. Also: Med. nuovo, Roma, 1920, xi, 68. ------. See, also: Bertelli (G.) Pubblicazioni scientifiche del Achille De Giovanni. Folia med, Napoli, 1917, iii, 184-189.—Mara- gliano (E.) Onoranze giubilari. Gazz. d. osp, Milano, 1902, xxiii, 657-672.—Peserico (L.) Le opere minori di De Giovanni. Tommasi, Napoli, 1908, iii. 73; 97; 121; 145; 169; 193; 217; 242; 265; 289.—Rassegna delle principali pubbli- cazioni scientifiche. Gazz. d. osp, Milano, 1902, xxiii, 662- 672 —Viola (G.) L' indirizzo morfologico nella indagine clinica del Prof. A. De Giovanni. Folia med, Napoli, 1917, iii, 147-159. De Giovanni (Pierre) [1879- ]. Contribution a l'etude des formes cliniques et du diagnostic de la rage humaine suivie de recherches histolo- giques sur les lesions ral >iques viscerales. 217 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1907, No. 110. De Giulj (Enrico). Commento alia legge sulla igiene e sanita publica. 2 v. x, 518; viii, 468 pp. roy. 8°. Milano, 1902-3. Degive (Alphonse) [1844-1918]. Precis de mede- cine operatoire v6terinaire; avec un atlas, vi, 554 pp., 52 pi. 8°. Bruxelles, H. Lamertin, For'Biography, see Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg, Brux, 1919, 4. s, xxix, 393 (G. Bruylants). Also: Chn. vet, Milano, 1918, xii, 289-310 (N. Lanzillotti Buonsanti). Deglaire (Pierre) [1888- ]. *De l'hemorragie et de l'hemostase dans l'insertion vicieuse du placenta (essai de pathogenie). [Paris.] 46 pp. 8°. Mort, 1921, No. 237. Deglman (George A.) Essentials of psychology. 172 pp. 8°. Milwaukee, Wis., Marquette U. Press, 1921. Deglos (Edmond). *Etude sur le rhumatisme chronique progressif et d&ormant (etiologie, pathogenie, urologie). 91 pp. 8°. Pans, 1907, No. 211. Deglutition. Trapeznikoff (A. V.) *0 tsentralnol inner- vatsii glotaniya. [On centrrl innervation of deglutition.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1897. Deglutition. Bekhtereft (V. M.) [Action of the brain cortex and optic thalami on deglutition.] Nevrol. Vestnik, Kazan. 1894, u, No. 2, 130-132.—von Brlicke (E. T.) & Satake (J.) Bei- trage zur Physiologie der autonom innervierten Muskulatur; fiber die Aktionsstrome des Kaninchenosophagus wahrend des Ablaufes einer Schluckwelle. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol, Bonn, 1913, cl, 208-216,1 pi—Butlin (H. T.) On difficulty in swallowing. Clin. J, Lond, 1903-4, xxiii, 1-8.—Eykman (P. H.) Der Schlingact, dargestellt nach Bewegungsphoto- graphien mittels Rontgen-Strahlen. Arch. f. d. ges. Phy- siol, Bonn, 1903, xcix, 513-571, 1 pi.—Fremel (F.) Zur Frage des subkortikalen Kau- und Schluckzentrums. Mo- natschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl. & Wien, 1921, lv, 681-684.— Galleranl (G.) Le variazioni di pressione nei cornetto superiore durante la deglutizione. Boll. d. Soc. eustach, Camerino, 1915, xiii, No. 1, 1-3.—Jacques & Gamalela. L'cesophage supracardiaque. Rev. m6d. de l'Est, Nancy, 1920, xlviii, 784-787.—Kahn (R. H.) Studien fiber den Schluckrenex; die sensible Innervation. Arch. f. Physiol, Leipz, 1903, Suppl.-Bd, 386-426, 1 pi.—Kaiser ( Mile. L.) Mouvement et bruit de deglutition. Arch, neerl. de physiol. La Haye, 1917, i, 148-160.—Kinderman (J. C.) De analyse van het slik mechanisme. Onderzoek. ged. in h. physiol. Lab. d. Utrecht Hoogesch, 1903, v, 241-346.—Kolmer (W.) Zur Kenntnis des Ablaufes des Schluckaktes. Zentralbl. f. Physiol, Leipz. & Wien, 1903, xvii, 692-695.—Ktiplerle (L.) Zur Physiologie des Schluckaktes nach Rontgenkinema- tographischen Aufnahmen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1912, xlix, 2o00. Also: Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol, Bonn, 1913, ciii, 579-588,4 pi.—Leuwer (K.) Versuche fiber den Schluckweg. Wien. khn. Rundschau, 1910, xxiv, 45; 61; '77; 92; 107.— Maslni (G.) Sulla pretesa onda reflua dalla giugulare al seno nei movimenti dl deglutizione. Ann. di laringol. [etc.], Genova, 1904, v, 332.—Meltzer (S. J.) On the nature of the reflexes controlling the successive movements in the mecha- nism of deglutition. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med, N. Y, 1905-6, iii, 52-55.—Mendelsohn (M.) & Gutzmann (H.) Untersuchungen fiber das Schlucken in verschiedenen Korperlagen und seine Bedeutung fur die Krankenpflege. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1899, xxv, 729; 745; 760; 786. Also: Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl, Berl, 1900, xxii, 408; 465.—Miller (F. R.) & Sherrington (C. S.) Some ob- servations on the bucco-pharyngeal stage of reflex degluti- tion in the cat. Quart. J. Exper. Physiol, Lond, 1915. ix, 147-186.—Muhlberg (W. H.) The physiology of degluti- tion. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1901, n. s, xlvii, 165-169.— Roger (H.) Le r61e du reflexe cesophago-salivaire dans la deglutition. Presse m<§d. Par, 1905, i, 145.—Scheier (M.) Zur Physiologie des Schluckakts. Beitr. z. Anat, Physiol, Path. u. Therap. d. Ohres [etc.], Berl, 1910, iv, 115-129, 2 pi. Also: Verhandl. d. laryngol. Gesellsch. zu Berl, 1911, xxi, pt. 1, 46-51.-----. Zur Verwertung der Rontgenstrahlen fur die Physiologie des Schluckaktes. Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. Rontgenstrahlen, Hamb, 1911-12, xviii, 377-391, 2 pi — Schreiber (J.) Ueber den Schluckmechanismus. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz, 1901, xlvi, 414-447, 1 diag. Also, Reprint.-----. Zur Lehre vom Schluckmech- anismus. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol, Leipz, 1911-12, lxvii, 72-88.-----. Ueber die normalen Vorgange beim Schlucken und die Schluckkraft. Arch. f. Ver- dauungskr, Berl, 1911, xvii, 647-676,2 pi.—Zwaardemaker (H.) Sur une phase refractaire du reflexe de deglutition. Arch, internat. de physiol, Liege & Par, 1904, i, 1-16. -----. Die Schluckathembewegung des Menschen. Onder- zoek. ged. in h. physiol. Lab. d. Utrecht. Hoogesch, 1904-5, 5. R, v, 129-142, 2 pi.—Zwaardemaker (H.) & Eljkman (L. P. H.) The buccopharyngeal period of deglutition. Ibid., 1901-2, 5. R,iii, 268-291. Deglutition (Disorders of). See, also, (Esophagus (Stenosis of). Brands-Schippers (A. W.) *De deglutitione difficili. sm. 4°. Giessse, 1786. Alexandre (R.) Dysphagie douloureuse et anesthesie du laryng6 superieur. Lyon med, 1912, cxix, 461-463.— Baldoni (A.) Sopra una alterazione della deglutizione e sopra una complicanza tardiva, osservate in sohpedi operati di corneggio col metodo di Williams. Mem. r. Accad. d. sc. d. 1st. di Bologna, 1917-18, s. 7, v, 141-147, 1 pi.—Challer (A.) Sur un nouveau mode de traitement de la dysphagie douloureuse dans la tuberculose et le cancer du larynx par la resection de la branche-interne du nerf larynge superieur. Progres m6d. Par, 1913,3. s, xxix, 8.— von Eicken. Lange Griflelfortsatze als Ursache fur Schluck- beschwerden. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1919, xlv, 1007. -----. Lange Processus styloidei als Ur- sache ffir Schluckbeschwerden. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc], Wiesb, 1919, lxxviii, 63-82, 5 pi.—Flelg (C.) & Gaujoux (E.) Analyse physio-pathologique d'un trouble central du reflxe de deglutition. J. de physiol. et de path, gen. Par, 1907, ix, 460-469.—Glas (E.) Ueber merkwurdige Deglutitionsstorungen bei Hypasthesie der unteren Sclflundpartien. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl. & Wien, 1921, lv, 1112-1119.—Hald (P. T.) [A single method of overcoming certain forms of pain while swallowing.] Ugesk. f. Lseger, Ki0benh, 1911, lxxiii, 4S5-492. [Dis- cussion], Hosp.-Tid, K0benh, 1911, 5. R, iv, 379—Hlns- DEGLUTITION. 396 DEHAN. Deglutition (Disorders of). berg. Zur Durchschneidung des Laryngeus superior bei Schluckschmerzen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1920, lvii, 812.— Killlan. La bouchee d'epreuve. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par, 1907, xxxiii, 197-202— Kllen (H.) Ueber kontinuhiiche rhytmische Krampfe der Schling- muskulatur. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1904, xxx, 619; 665.—Marcorelle. Sur une difficulte d'avaler. Mem. de mathemat. et de phys. . . . Acad. roy. d. sc. Par, 1774, 609-611.—Marx. Ueber eine seltene Feststel- iung der Ursache von Schlingbeschwerden. Verhandl. d. Ver. deutsch. Laryngolog, Wurzb, 1913, xx, 73-79.— Meltzer (S. J.) Deglutition through an esophagus partly deprived of its muscularis; with demonstration. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med, N. Y, 1907, iv, 40-42. Also: Science, N. Y, & Lancaster, Pa, 1907, n. s, xxv,741. Also, Reprint.—RSthi (L.) Die operative Kiirzung des Grifiel- fortsatzes des Schlafebeins wegen Schlingbeschwerden. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1918, lxviii, 885-888.—Sawyer (J. E. H.) Cases of inco-ordination of swallowing in infants. Birmingh. M. Rev, 1911, lxx, 180-184.—Stekel (W.) A disturbance in eating analyzed. Psyche & Eros, N. Y, 1921, ii, 44-46.—Yonge (E. S.) The therapeutics of pain- ful deglutition. Therapist, Lond, 1899, ix, 169-172. Degner (Erich) [1885- ]. *Der Lungenechino- kokkus im Rontgenbilde. 33 pp. 8°. Rostock, Adler's Erben, 1916. Degner (Ewald) [1886- ]. *Zur Kenntnis der markhaltigen Nervenfasern in der Netzhaut. 32 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 0. Kiimmel, 1912. Degorce (Armand) [1873- ]. _ *Indications et resultats de la gastro-enterostomie dans la gastro- succorrhee. 53pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1902, No. 169. ------. The same. 53 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere dc fils, 1902. Degorce (Maurice) [1869- ]. *De la suture en un seul plan dans la laparotomie et dans la cure radicale des hernies inguinales. 60 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 149. ------. The same. 64 pp. 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1900. Degos (Bernard-Louis) [1873- ]. ^Contribution a l'etude de la dystocie par la retraction de l'anneau de Bandl. 56 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1899, No. 67. Degouville (Georges). *Sarcomes primitifs de la clavicule. 60 pp. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 247. Degouy (Louis) [1867- ]. *De 1 'insertion habi- tuelle du placenta. 70 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 64. ------. The same. 70 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere dc fils, 1899. Degouy (Robert-Ernest-Henri-Victor) [1893- ]. *Les symptomes et le diagnostic de la tuberculose fulmonaire dans sa periode de debut (chez adulte). 228 pp. 8°. Paris, 1918, No. 153. De Graaf (A.) verpleging van misdadige en verwaarloosde Irinderen. [The care of criminal and degenerate children.] Rapport voor den central-bond van Christelijk-philanthropische inrichtungen in Nederland. 67 pp. roy. 8°. Utrecht, A. Ootshoek, 1911. De Graag (Karel Stephanus). *Het beenmerg en zijne elementen bij experimentele staphylo- coccen-infectie. viii, 124 pp. 8°. Leiden, E. Ijdo, 1902. De Graff (Lawrence). Pharmacy law; a treatise defining the rights, duties, obligations and liabilities of druggists. 64 pp. 8°. Des Moines, la. [Richards dc Cassel], 1916. Degrais (Paul) [1874- ]. *Des rayons chimi- ques et de leur emploi dans la therapeutique des affections cutanees (traitement du lupus par l'appareil Finsen). 60 pp., 4 pi., 21. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 7. ------. The same. 60 pp., 2 1., 4 pi. 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1901. See, also, Wickham (Louis) & Degrais (P.) Radium- therapie [etc.). 8°. Paris, 1909. Degrais (Pierre) [1890- ]. *Analyse des hallu- cinations auditives; leurs signes cliniques dans l'hallucinose et la psychose hallucinatoire chro- nique. 46 pp. 8°. Paris, 1920, No. 23. De Granda (G. Odio). *L'heredite des fievres recurrents. 47 pp. 8°. Paris, 1921, No. 431. Degrave (Paul). Manuel d'hygiene elementaire a l'usage des ecoles et des families; preface par Forgue. 77 pp. 12°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1903. Degre (Wilhelm). Therapie der Kinderkrankhei- ten encyclopadisch nach den neuesten Erfah- rungen bearbeitet. 1 p. 1., 351 pp. 8°. Leipzig, F. C. W. Vogel, 1903. ------. The same. 2. ganzlich umgearbeitete und vielfach ergiinzte Aufl. 2 p. 1., 388 pp. 8°. Leipzig, F. C. W. Vogel, 1911. Degrees (Medical). See Education (Medical); Universities. De Greift (Rene) [1864-1904]. Nficrologle. Ann. Soc. de med. d'Anvers, 1904, lxvi, 307-320, port. Also: Presse oto-laryngol. beige, Brux, 1904, iii, 353. Degris (Georges) [1874- ]. *Etude sur Senac, premier medecin de Louis XV (1693-1770). 78 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 458. De Groot (Jan). *Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Gahrungsprozesse im Magen und im Darmkanal. [Freiburg i. Br.] 40 pp. 8°. Gorinchem, J. Noorduyn dc Zoon, 1898. DeguiUaume (Auguste) [1884- 1. *Sympt6mes d'obstruction biliaire dans les affections chirur- gicales du rein droit (rein mobile et hydrone- phrose). [Paris.] 115 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Sartrouville, 1911, No. 421. DeguiUaume (Leon). *Quelques insucces de la digitaline dans les cardiopathies de l'enfant, avec gene mecanique. 37 pp. 8°. Paris, 1920, No. 167. Deguiral (A.) *Photothe>apie parl'arc eiectrique; methode speciale a l'Hotel-Dieu de Toulouse, appareil du Dr. Marie. 150 pp. S°. Toulouse. 1904, No. 550. Deguy (Maxence). *Le cceur et l'aorte des syphi- litiques. 133 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Paris, 1900, No'. 285. ------. The same, viii, 133 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere dc fils, 1900. ------. Mementos therapeutiques. 8°. Paris, 1902. ------. Therapeutique v^nerienne. vi, 280 pp. 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1909. ------. Consultations et formulaire de therapeu- tique infantile, v, 554 pp. 12°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1910. ------& Gillaumin (A.) Traite de microscopie clinique. viii, 427 pp., 93 pi. roy. 8°. Paris, Masson dc Cie., 1906. ----— & Weill (Benjamin). Manuel pratique du traitement de la diphterie; serotherapie, tubage, tracheotomie. Introduction par A. B. Marfan. 2 p. 1., xx, 291 pp. 8°. Pans, Masson dc Cie., 1902. Deguy (Robert). *L'arrieration mongolienne. 60 pp. 8°. Paris, 1920, No. 77. De Haas (Hendrik Karel). *Lichtprikkels en retinastroomen in hun quantitatief verband. 2 p. 1., xiv, 108 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Leiden, E. Ijdo, 1903. Dehail (Gabriel) [1880- ]. *De la date d'appa- rition du cephaiematome. 49 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 15. Dehan (Amador) [1884- ]. *(Euvre des enfants a la montagne de la caisse des ecoles de la ville deLyon. 47 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1911. No. 30. DEHAN. 397 DEIKUN-MOCHANENKO. Dehan (Jean) [1881- ]. *Les diaphragmes membraneux du nez et du naso-pharynx. 54 pp. 1 1. 8°. Montpellier, 1907, No. 20. Dehau (Andre). *Salpingite tuberculeuse aigue; son diagnostic clinique. 64 pp. 8°. Paris, 1920, No. 64. Dehau (Henri) [1873- g. *Les sanatoria dans le traitement de la tuberculose. 84 pp. 8°. Paris, 1903, No. 354. ------& Ledoux-Lebard (R.) La lutte antitu- berculeuse en France, xxvi, 270 pp., 11. 12°. Paris, Masson dc Cie., 1906. Dehaussy (Edouard-Henri-Francois-Louis) [1887- ]. Recherches sur les causes de la precipi- tation de l'acide urique dans Purine. 65 pp. 8°. Lille, Plateau dc Go., 1914, No. 56. Dehay (Francois-Emile) [1873- ]. Contribu- tion a l'etude des lipomes intramusculaires. 48 pp. 8°. Lille, 1902, No. 94. Dehee (J.-A.-J.) [1893- ]. *La pneumonie tranche et ses sequelles pulmonaires. 43 pp. 8°. Paris, 1917, No. 115. Dehelly {Georges) [1881- ]. *De la resection de 1' intestin grele dans la gangrene herniaire. 63 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 9. Dehen (Nicola) [1884- ]. *Ueber die Bezie- hungen der Appendicitis zum uropoetischen System. 56 pp. 8°. Strassburg i. E., Muh dc Cie., 1912. Dehergue (E.) *Statistique du service du Dr. Auvard (pendant les annees 1902 et 1903). 47 pp. 8*. Paris, 1905, No. 396. Deherripon (Henri-Paul-Francois) [1886- 1. *De la fragilite du sexe; le foetus et le nouveau-ne. 63 pp. 8°. Lille, H. Morel, 1913, No. 1. Dehillotte (Paul) [1887- J. Contribution a l'etude du rein mobile chez l'enfant; ses rapports avec l'albuminurie orthostatique. 39 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1911, No. 97. Dehio (Karl Konstantinovich) [1851- ]. Klini- sche und poliklinische Recepte und Verordnun- gen. 5. Aufl. 40 pp. 16°. Dorpat, E. J. Karow, 1900. „ T . ------. The same. 6. Aufl. 44 pp. 12°. Jurjew, J. Anderson, 1905. ------. The same. 7. Aufl. 44 pp. 8°. Dorpat, G. Gliick, 1910. . For Biography, see Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl 1921, xlvii, 659 (A. Strumpell). Also: Munchen.med. Wchnschr, 1921, lxviii, 744 (J. Grober). Dehler (Adolf). Die chirurgische Tuberkulose (Lymphknoten, Knochen und Gelenke). 15 pp. 8°. Frankenthal, L. Gbhring dc Co., 1909. Dehlinger (Maurice). *Projet de transformation de la creche des hopitaux du Havre en un asile maternel. 45 pp. 8°. Paris, 1921, No. 381. Dehmel (Karl) [1880- ]. *Ein Beitrag zur Bakteriologie des Leichenblutes. 28 pp., 2 I. 8°. Berlin, O. Francke, 1906. . Dehnert ([Woldemar] Walther) [1890- 1 *Bei- trag zur Deckung grosser Schadeldefekte mit frei transplantierter Scapula. [Leipzig.] 13 pp. 8°. [Zeulenrodai. Th.,0. Richter], 1921. Dehnicke (Paul) [1881- ]. *Zur Therapie der Eihaut- und Placentarrestretention. [Giessen J 33 pp roy 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1911. Dehon (Maurice) [1880- ]. Contribution a l'etude du chimisme hepatique dans les maladies du foie. 84 pp., 1 tab., 1 1. 8°. Lille, 1906, No. 16. *Le cubitus recurva- 45 pp. 8°. Dehonck (M.) [1882- tus (hyperextension du coude) Lille, 1908, No. 44. Dehorter-Defrennes (L.) *La reaction de Wassermann et la conduite du traitement anti- syphilitique. 92 pp. 8°. Paris, 1917, No. 23. Dehydration. See, also, Chemistry; Cholera; Colloids; Diarrhoea; Foods (Dehydration of); Infants; Nutrition (Disorders of); Vomiting. Friedmann (E.) Zur Kenntnis des Abbaues der Kar- bonsauren im Tierkorper; iiber Dehydrierung im Tier- korper. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1911, xxxv, 49-56.— GuUlemard (H.), Moog (R.) & Gegnier (G.) Sur la deshydratation de l'organisme par les voies pulmonaire et cutanee, et ses variations avec l'altitude. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1909, cxlix, 1151-1153—Labbe (M.) Syndrome de deshydratation aigue par diarrh6e choleri- forme et vomissements incoercibles, d'origine toxique. Rev. de m6d. Par, 1913, xxxiii, 81-85.—Prescott (S. C.) Some bacteriological aspects of dehydration. J. Bact, Bait, 1920, v, 109-125. . Dei (Apelle). Albinismo osservato nell' uomo e negli animali e piu particolarmente negli uccelli. pp. 121-130. 8°. [n. p.], 1895. Cutting. Deibel (Johannes) [1884- ]. *Beitrage zur Kenntnis von Donacia und Macroplea unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Atmung. 54, 2 pp. 8°. Greifswald, 1910. Deibel (Ludwig). *Kann Phthise als Indication zur Einleitung der Fruh- resp. Fehlgeburt gel- ten? 59 pp. 8°. Heidelberg, 1899. Deichert (Heinrich). *Ein Fall von Darminva- ginationen im Gefolge von malignen Lympho- men mit geheiltem Riss an dem Intussusceptum der altesten Invagination. 45 pp. 8°. Gottingen, W. F. Kastner, 1895. Deichler (Christian) [1876- ]. *Beitrage zur Kenntnis und zur Darstellung der Wismutsuper- oxyde. [Berlin.] 44 pp., 1 1. 8°. [Leipzig, Metzger dc Wittich, 1899.] Deichmann (Fritz) [1881- ]. *Zur Aetiologie des Caput obstipum musculare. 28 pp., 11. 8°. Borna-Leipzig, R. Noske, 1908. Deichmann ([Wilhelm] Georg) [1875- ]. *Ueber einen Fall von primarer, papillarer Tuberkulose an der Portio vaginalis uteri. 26 pp. 8°. Borna- Leipzig, R. Noske, 1910. Deichmuller (August). *Das Vorkommen der Diacetsaure-Spaltungsprodukte im pathologi- schen und physiologischen Organismus. 20 pp. 8°. Gottingen, W. F. Kaestner, 1881. Deichmuller (Karl) [1886- ]. *Resultate der Wassermannschen Reaktion an der Universitats- Augenklinik in Jena. [Jena.] 22 pp. 8°. Arnstadti. Thiir., O. Bottner, 1916. Deichsel (Carl Paul Hugo). *Ueber die Anwen- dung gefarbter Nahrboden zum Nachweise des Typhusbacillus. 38 pp., 1 1. 8°. Greifswald, 1899. Deichstetter (Heinrich) [1875- ]. *Ueber einen Fall von primarem Schweissdrusencarcinom. 34 pp. 8°. Munchen, C. Wolf dc Sohn, 1902. Deidesheimer (Gustav). Ceber Resultate der Behandlung der chronischen Ischias durch blutige Dehnung des Nervus ischiadicus. 30 pp. 8°. Strassburg, C. dc J. Goeller, 1899. Deidier [Antoine] [ -1746]. Traite des tu- meurs contre nature. 5. ed., augmentee d'une dissertation preiiminaire sur la chirurgie pra- tique, et de plusieurs consultations et observa- tions ' chirurgicales du meme auteur, avec un discours academique sur la contagion de la peste de Marseille, xlvi, 399 pp., 2 1. 16°. Paris, Howry, 1732. Deighton (John) [1887-1916]. Obituary. Lancet, Lond, 1916, ii, 771. Deikun-Mochanenko (I[van] Ffeodesyevich]) [I860- 1. *"VTiyaniye preimushtshestvenno khliebnoi iii myasnoi pishtshi na yidieleniye iz- vesti u zdorovikh i arteriosklerotikov. [Influ- ence of food, principally bread or meat, on the DEIKUN-MOCHAXENKO. 398 DEJUSSIEU. Deikun-Mochanenko (I[van] F[eodesyevich])— continued. elimination of calcium in health and in arterio- sclerosis.] 63 pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, Mme. E. L. Porokhovshtshikova, 1902. Deilmann (Josef August) [1878- ]. Ceber den Zusammenhang von Sarkom und Trauma. 40 pp., 11. 8°. Halle a. S., C. A. Kaemmerer dc Co., 1903. Deilmann (Otto) [1884- ]. Ceber die spezi- fischen Stoffe des Tuberkelbazillus und anderer saurefester Bacillen. [Bonn.] 19 pp. 8°. Jena. G. Fischer, 1911. Deimler ([Theodor] Maximilian) [1SS2- ]. *Versuche iiber den respiratorischen Stoff- wechsel im Hochgebirge. pp. 125-207. 8°. Erlangen, Junge dc Sohn, 1900. Deininger (Fritz). Ceber den Austritt negativer Jonen aus einigen gluhenden Metallen und aus gluhendem Calciumoxyd. 2 p. 1., 33 pp. 8°. Erlangen, Junge dc Sohn, 1907. Deininger (Georg). *Ein Fall von primarem Endotheliom des Peritoneums. 51 pp. 8°. Munchen, M. Ernst, 1900. van Deinse (Frederik Justus Herbert). *Het vraagstuk der venerische ziekten bij de marine. [Amsterdam.] 189 pp. 8°. Leiden, 191*. Deisch (Johann Andreas) [1713- ]. Vermehrte und in der Erfahrung gegrtindete Abhandlung, dass weder die Wendung noch englische Zange in alien Geburtsfallen fiir Mutter und Kind sicher gebrauchet, und dadurch die scharfen In- strumente ganzlich vermieden werden konnen. 10 p. L, 256 pp., 1 1., 4 pi. 12°. Frankfurt dc Leipzig, 1766. Deisenhofer (Ludwig). verletzungen. 36 pp. Callwey, 1887. Deiss (Franz). *Die Einige Falle von Becken- 8°. Munchen, Kastner dc Appendizitis im Basler Kinderspital; ein Beitrag zur Appendizitisfrage beim Kinde. 83 pp. 8°. Basel, F. Reinhardt, 1908. Deissler (Heinrich Wilhelm) [1875- ]. *Aetio- logie und Therapie des Caput obstipum congeni- tum et spasticum. 40 pp., 2 1. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1902. Deiters [Rudolph Wilhelm Otto] [1868-1922]. Der Stand des Irrenwesens innerhalb des deutschen Sprachgebiets im Jahre 1900-1901. Aus den Anstalts-Jahresberichten kritisch zusammen- gestellt. 32 pp. roy. 8°. Halle a. S., C. Mar- hold, 1902. ------. Zweiter Bericht iiber die Fortschritte des Irrenwesens. 34 pp. roy. 8°. Halle a. S., C. Marhold, 1903. Dritter Bericht iiber die Fortschritte des Irrenwesens; nach den Anstalts-Jahresberichten erstattet. 45 pp. 4°. Halle, C. Marhold, 1905. For Biography, see Psychiat .-neurol. Wchnschr, Halle a. S, 1922-3, xxiv, 95 (Becker). Deitmar ([Bernhard] Josef) [is72- ]. *Die Symptomatologie der Halsrippen des Menschen. 57 pp., 11. 8°. Erlangen, .Junge dc Sohn, 1907. Deitmer (Franz) [1873- ]. Ceber einen Fall von fotaler Peritonitis. 12 pp., 1 1. 8°. Kiel H. Fiencke, 1902. Dejace (L.). Editor of: Scalpel (Le) et Liege m&lical, Liege, 1908- Dejanowitsch (Draga) [1840-1920]. Wendel (H.) Nekrolog. N. Generation, Berl, 1921. xvii, 133-135. ' De Jarnette (Joseph Spencer) [1825- 1905]. Obituary. Alumni Reg. Univ. Penn, Phila, 1905-6, Dejault (Martial). *De l'hypertension arterielle et de son traitement. 42 pp., 11. 8D. Paris 1902. No. 262. Dejault (Rene-Louis-Martial) [1887- ]. *Etat actuel de l'education et ds l'lnstruction des aveugles. 129 pp., 4 pi. 8°. Bordeaux, 1911, Xo. 29. Dejean (Emile). *Etude pharmaco-chimique comparee sur la digitale sauvage, la digitale cul- tivee et les digitalines. [Montpellier.] 208 pp 2 pi., 1 ch. 8°. Toulouse, 1908. Xo. 55. Dejean (Robert) [1876- ]. Cantisepsie uri- naire par l'helmitol et son role dans les infections generates s'accompagnant de decharges micro- biennes par les reins. 62 pp. S3. Montpellier 1906, Xo. 44. Dejerine (Joseph-Jules) [1849-1917]. Anatomie des centres nerveux. Avec la collaboration de Mme. Dejerine-Klumpke. v. 2, fasc. 1. Anato- mie du cerveau; anatomie du rhombencephale 1 p. 1., 720 pp., 4 1. roy. 8°. Paris, J. Rueff, 1901. Cahier de feuilles d'autopsies pour l'etude des lesions du nevraxe. 2. ed. xiv. 30 pi. fol. Paris, Vigot freres, 1911. Semiologie des affections du systeme nerveux. xxvi, 1212 pp. 8°. Paris, Masson dc Co., 1914. For Biography, see Am. J. Psychol., Worcester, 1917, xxviii, 313. Also: Brit. M. J, Lond, 1917, i, 498. Also: Bull. Acad, de med. Par, 1917, 3 s., lxxviii 308-312. Also: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1917, lxxx, 416-120 (Andre- Thomas). Also: J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1917, lxviii, 1053. Also: J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis, N. Y, 1917, xlvi. 239 (S. E. Jellifle). Also: Lancet, Lond, 1917, 1, 390. Also- Paris med, 1917, xx (suppl.), No. 10, 1 (J. Camusi. Also: Presse med. Par, 1917, xxv, annexes, 137 (M. Letulle). Also: Progres med. Par, 1917, 3. s.. xxxii, suppl, 79 (M. Loeper). Also: Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom, Geneve, 1917, xxxvii, 170-172. Also: Rev. neurol. Par, 1917, xxiv 216-218 (Hallion). Also: Schweiz. Arch. f. Neurol, u. Psychiat, Zurich, 191S, ii, 314. (R. Bing). ----& Gauekler (Ernest). The psychoneuroses and their treatment by psychotherapy. Author- ized translation by Smith"Ely Jelliffe. xiii, 395 pp. S°. Philadelphia dc London, J. B. Lippin- cott Company, [1913]. -----------. The same. 2. ed. xiii. 395 pp. 8°. Philadelphia dc London, J. B. Lippincott Co., [1915]. ----& Thomas (Andrei. Traite des maladies de la moelle epiniere. 470 pp. roy. S°. Paris J. B. Bailliere dc fils, 1902. -. The same. $39 pp. 8°. Paris, J- B. Bailliere dcfils, 1909. Nouveau traite de medecine et de therapeutique, xxxiv Dejeux (Maurice) [1SS4- ]. *De l'hysterecto- mie abdominale totale dans le cancer recto- sigmo'ide chez la femme. 45 pp., 11. S°. Lvon, 1908, No. 85. Dejonc (Joseph) [1879- 1. *Vergleichende Be- stimmungen des Keimgehalts des Wassers. 30 pp.. 1 1. 8°. Strassburg i. E., C. Miih dc Co., 1904. De Jong (D. A.) De eenheid der zoogdiertuber- culose. Verelag van vergebijkende onderzoe- kingen naar de werking van tuberkelbacillen. afkomstig van het rund en van den mensch bij runderen en bij andere dieren, aan den minister van Waterstaat, handel en nijverheid. 129 pp., 10 pi. 4°. Leiden, S. C. van Doesburgh, 1902. De Jong (Mile. Louise) [1883- ]. *Etude ana- tomo-clinique de l'ovaire chez la femme (la glande interstitielle chez les tuberculeuses et les fibromateuses'i. 132 pp., 4 pi. 8°. Paris. 1914, Xo. 200. Dejussieu (Michel) [1877- ]. Cankylosto- miase dans les colonies francaises. 61 pp. $°. Montpellier, 1914, Xo. 25. DEJUST. 399 DELADKIERE. Dejust (Louis-Henri) [1884- ]. *Le medecin dans le theatre contemporain. 107 nr> 8° Paris, 1910, No. 451. F1 ' ' Dejust-Deflol (Suzanne). Contribution a l'etude de la reaction d'Abderhalden; technique re- sultats cliniques; experiences personnelles ' 170 pp. 8°. Paris, 1914, No. 255 ——-. The same. 174 pp. 8°. Paris, Vigot freres, 1914. y Dekeersmaecker (Albert). Le daltonisme et les alterations du sens visuel en general chez les agents de 1'administration des chemins de fer 8°. Bruxelles, H. Manceaux, 1884. Dekester (Maurice-Stanislas-Louis-Ernest) [1892- ]. f *Quelques apercus sur les faits Scents observes dans la pathologie de guerre concernant les hemorragies meningees. ["Paris.] 48pr» 8° Lille, 1919, No. 113. Dekeuwer (Edouard-Jean-Baptiste-Joseph) [1882- ]. Crines et hypobromite (annee scolaire, 1914-15). 79 pp. 8°. Lille, 1919, Xo. 58. Dekker (C.) Aan de vrouwen van Nederland. 16 pp. 8°. 'sGravenhage, Nederl. Vereen. tot Bestnjd. d. Tuberc, 1911. ------. Ziekte. 16 pp. sm. 4°. Amsterdam, C. L. G. Veldt, [n. d.f. Dekker (Hermann). Die Schutz- und Kampf- mittel des Organismus gegen die Infektions- krankheiten. 34 pp. 8°. Hamburg, 1898. Forms Hft. 303, n. F, of: Samml. gemeinverstandl. ■wissensch. Vortr, Hamb. ------. Lebensratsel. Der Mensch biologisch dargestellt. 2 pts. in 1 v. 209 pp.; 231 pp. 12°. Stuttgart, H. Moritz, 1906. ------. The same. 2. Aufl. viii, 432 pp., 14 pi. 8°. Stuttgart, E. H. Moritz, [1913]. Bibliothek der Naturkunde, Bd. 6. ------. Naturgeschichte des Kindes. 2. Aufl. 101 pp., 11. 8°. Stuttgart, Franckh'sche Verlags- handlung, 1908. ------. Auf Vorposten im Lebenskampf. Biologie der Sinnesorgane. 2 Bde. 8°. Stuttgart, Franckh'sche Verlagshandlung, [1911]. v. 1. Fiihlen und Horen. 92 pp., pi. 8°. 1911. v. 2. Sehen, Riechen und Schmecken. 102 pp, 1 1. 8°. 1911. ------. Heilen und helfen, mit zahlreichen Ab- bildungen nach Originalaufnahmen. 87 pp. 8°. Stuttgart, Kosmos, 1916. See, also, Darwin (Charles). Gedenkschrift [etc.], 8°. Stuttgart, 1909. Dekker (Johan). Ueber einige Bestandteile des Cacao und ihre Bestimmung. 1 p. 1., 81 pp., 11. 8°. Amsterdam, J. H. de Bussy, 1902. Dekker (M.) Een nuttige werkkring van de vrouw, miskend. [A useful profession for women misunderstood.] 16 pp. 8°. Purmerand, K. Steensma, [1913]. Dekkers (Frederik) [1644-1720]. Baumann (E. D.) [Biography.] Janus, Leyde, 1919, xxiv, 233-252. De Kruif (Paul Henry) [1890- ]. Our medi- cine men. viii, 237 pp. 8°. New York, Cen- tury Co., 1922. Delaage [Leopold-Pierre]. *Description et fonc- tionnement du service Civiale a l'h6pital de Lariboisiere. 43 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Pans, 1901, Xo. 60. De Laborie (Bruneau). Du nanisme mitral. 2 p. 1., 91 pp., 8 pi. 8°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1904. Delabost (Robert) [1872- ]. *La proprete cor- porelle; moyens de l'obtenir; bains-douches de proprete. viii, 158 pp., 1 1., 1 pi. 8°. Rouen, 1899, No. 542. ------. The same, viii, 158 pp., 11. 8°. Rouen, J. Lecerf, 1899. Delaboudiniere (Paul-Albert) [1879- ]. *Des anomalies de l'uretere. 64 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1905, No. 11. Delabrousse (Fernand) [1882- J. *La cure libre de la tuberculose pulmonaire; principes, indications, technique, resultats. 151 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 301. Delachanal (J.) [1882- ]. *Des tumeurs ma- lignes du tissu cellulo-adipeux (lipomes malins). 121 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1910, No. 22. Delachaux (Constant). Contribution a l'etude de la valeur diagnostique des capsules glutoides. [Lausanne.] 56 pp. 8°. Neuchatel, P. Attinger, 1901. De Lacombe (P.) *La medecine et la grande presse. 88 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 310. Delacou (Georges). Contribution a l'etude de la pleuresie sero-fibrineuse traumatique sans frac- ture de c6te. 54 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 157. Delacour (Charles) [1826-1902]. Neurologic Gaz. m6d. de Par, 1902, 12. s, ii, 300. Also: Progres med. Par, 1902, 3. s, xvi, 191. Also: Tribune m6d. Par, 1902, 2. s,* xxxiv, 780. Delacour (Gustave). *Notes sur quelques agents de la medication substitutive fractionnee dans le traitement de l'eczema. 118 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1902, No. 596. Delacour (Joseph) [1868- ]. Le syndrome adenoidien; ozene; vegetations adeno'ides; ap- pendicite chronique. 225 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, A. Moloine, 1904. Delacour (Louis) [1881- ]. indications, contre-indications et accidents de la version par manoeuvres externes. 102 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 417. Delacour (Paul) [1889- ]. *Vitiligo, syphilis et heredo-syphllis. 73 pp. 8°. Paris, 1914, No. 410. Delacour (Rene). Contribution a l'etude de la chirurgie pulmonaire en plevre saine. 91 pp. 8°. Paris-, 1906, No. 454. Delacourt (Eugene) [1876- ]. *De la dystocie ?ar kystes hydatiques du bassin. 75 pp. 8°. 'aris, 1901, No. 93. Delacre (Maurice) [1862- ]. Recherches sur la notion de l'individualite chimique a propos de la constitution de la pinacoline. v, 296 pp. 8°. Bruxelles, Hayez, 1904. Forms fasc. 1 of: Acad. roy. de Belg. CI. d. sc. M6m. Collect. in-8°, Brux, 1904, i, ------. Histoire de la chimie. 632 pp. 8°. Paris, Gauthier-Villars dc Co., 1920. ------. Traite de chimie pharmaceutique orga- nique. 2 v. 198 pp.; 187 pp. 8°. Paris, O. Doin, 1921. Delacroix (Albert-Emile) [1875- ]. *Acti- nomycose ano-rectale. 72 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1898, No. 16. Delacroix (J. F.) Delia cognizione del tempera- mento; pittura fedele degli stati sanguigno, ner- voso, bilioso e pituitoso, come principii d'ogni malattia. 13. ed. Prima traduzione dai francese. 110 pp. 12°. Modena, G. Vincenzie Comp., 1830. Delacroix (Maurice). Contribution a l'etude clinique de la leucemie aigue lymphatique. 128 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 172. Delacroix (Raymond) [1885- ]. *Montaigne malade et medecin. Ill pp. 8°. Lyon, 1907, No. 31. Delacroix (W.) Geistig arbeiten mit Erfolg! Eine Anleitung zu hygienischer und fruchtbrin- gender geistiger Arbeit sowie neue Vorteile und Kunstgriffe zu ihrer Erleichterung. 108 pp. 8°. Leipzig, F. W. Gloeckner dc Co., [n. d.]. Deladriere (Ceiestin-Henri-Joseph) [1882- ]. *k propos d'un cas de luxation congenitale de la DELADRIERE. 400 DELAMAKE. Deladriere (Ceiestin-Henri-Joseph)—continued. rotule. Revue generale; travail de la clinique chirurgicale infantile de 1'Hopital Saint-Sauveur. 154 pp. 8°. Lille, 1909, Xo. 6. De Lafargue-Barfes (L.) [1887- ]. *Les sub- luxations intermittentes de la hanche (hanche a ressort articulaire). 57 pp. 8°. Paris, 1913, Xo. 16. Del a Held (Francis) [1841-1915]. See Nekrosozoic process [etc.] [in 2. s.J. 12°. London, 1869. For Biography, see Am. Med, Burlington, Vt, & X. Y, 1915, x, 522. Also: Boston M. & S. J, 1915, clxxiii, 186. Also: J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1915, lxv, 349. Also: Med. Rec, X. Y, 1915, lxxxviii, 929 (T. C. Janeway). Also, Reprint. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1915, cu, 202. ------& Prudden (T. Mitchell). A handbook of pathological anatomy and histology, with an introductory section on post-mortem examina- tions and the methods of preserving and exam- ining diseased tissues. 6. ed. xix, 819 pp., 13 pi. 8°. New York, W. Wood dc Co., 1901. The same. 7. ed. xxi, 885 pp., 13 pi. 8°. New York, W. Wood dc Co., 1904. The same. 8. ed. 1057 pp., 13 pi. 8°. New York, W. Wood dc Co., 1909. -. The same. 9. ed. xxvi, 1114 pp., 13 pi. 4°. New York, W. Wood dc Company, 1911. The same. 10. ed. xxviii, 1116 pp. 8°. New York, W. Wood dc Co., 1914. . The same. 11. ed. Revised by Francis Carter Wood, vi, 1354 pp., 15 pi. 8°" New York, W. Wood dc Co., 1919. The same. 12. ed. 1354 pp., 17 pi. 8°. New York, W. Wood dc Co., 1922. The same. 12. ed., rev. vi, 1354 pp. 15 pi. 8°. New York, W. Wood dc Co., 1922. Delaforge [G.] [1874- ]. *De la mobilite du rein en ectopie congenitale. 55 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 620. Delafouchardiere (Jacques) [1875- ]. *Des luxations de la tete du radius compliquant les fractures du cubitus. 90 pp. 8°. Paris, 1902 No. 41. Delage (Anna). ^Histoire" de la these de doctorat en medecine d'apres les theses soutenues devant la Faculte de medecine de Paris. 3 p. 1., 155 pp 8°. Paris, 1913, Xo. 315. Delage (Clodomir). Contribution a l'etude du traitement de l'empyeme chronique non-tuber- culeux par interventions combinees sur le thorax et la plevre viscerale. 52 pp. 8° Paris 1909, No. 23. Delage (Jacques - Charles - Franck) [1874- ]. Chysterectomie abdominale dans le traitement des lesions inflammatoires des annexes de l'ut£- rus. 210 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1901. Xo. 448 ------. The same. 210 pp., 11. 8°. Paris. 1901. Delage (Leon) [1872- ]. *De la choree gravi- dique. 100 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898. Xo. 211 Delage ([Marie-] Yves) [1854-1920]. Lheredite et les grands problemes de la biologie generale. 2. ed., revue, corrigee et augmentee. xix, 912 pp. 8°. Paris, Schleicher freres dc Co., 1903. For Biography, see Annee biol. Par, 1920-21, n s i Xo. 1, pp. i-xix (M. Goldsmith). Also: Nature, Lond ' 1920-21, cvi, 248 (J. A. Thomson). Also: Rev. scient Par ' 1921, lix, 107-111 (E. Hexouard). ------. & Goldsmith (Marie). The theories of evolution; transl. by Andre Tridon. 352 pp 8° New York, B. W. Huebsch, 1912. La parthenogenese naturelle et experimentelle. 2 p. 1., 342 pp. 8°. Paris, E Flammarion, 1913. Delageniere (Paul) [1865- ]. Par,ri^Uvni,(5n^513Bi0graPhy-1 Awh- *™' de <**- Delageniere (Rene-Devereux) [1884- ]. *Des indications du pylore dans les affections benignes de 1'estomac et du duodenum. 64 pp. 8° Paris, 1911, Xo. 33. Delageniere (Yves-Henri) [1858- ]. Baudouin (M.) [Biography.] Arch. prov. de chir. Par, 1900, ix, 62-67.—Coupey [et al.]. Hommage a M. le Dr. H. Delageniere. Arch. med. d'Angers, 1909, xiii, 147-163. Delagrange (Bernard) [1886- ]. *De Papro- sexie d'origine nasale. 72 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911 Xo. 336. Delahaye (Paul - Jules - Francois) [1888- ]. Contribution a l'etude des ruptures spontanees des canaux biliaires dans le peritoine libre au cours de la lithiase. 83 pp. 8°. Lille. 1919, Xo. 54. Delahet (Andre-Paul) [1884- ]. Ce tempera- ment bilieux; etude historique, clinique, thera- peutique. 62 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1906, No. 45. Delahousse (Charles) [1881- ]. *Des formes frustes de quelques maladies infectieuses: leur importance epidemiologique. 100 pp., 1 1. 8°. Lyon, 1905, No. 95. Delahousse (Jean i [1882- ]. Oesinfection de la gorge; son emploi dans la prophylaxie et la therapeutique des maladies infectieuses. 72 pp 8°. Lyon, 1905, Xo. 48. Delahousse (Joseph) [1877- ]. *De la rupture des varices vulvaires au moment de raccouche- ment. [Paris.] 64 pp. 8°. Lille, 1901, No. 16. Delaigue (Albert). *De la diurese consecutive a revolution des epanchements pleuraux dans les affections du cceur. 64 pp. 8 . Paris, 1906, No. 58. Delaigue (Raoul) [1885- 1. Contribution a l'etude des resultats immediats et eioignes de l'accouchement premature provoque dans les retrecissementa du bassin. (Statistiquee des ma- ternites de l'Hotel-Dieu et de la Charite.) [Lyon.] 71 pp. 8°. Trevoux, 1909. Xo. 18. Delaire (Constant-Aime-Alcide) [IS75- ]. *De la coexistence de retrecissement et de corps etrangers dans l'cesophage. 47 pp., 2 1. 8°. Bordeaux, 1901, Xo. 70. Delaiti (Eugenius i. *De mentis animique dotibus medico necessariis. 35 pp. 8°. Ticini Regii, Fusi dc socii, 1841. [P. v. 2225.] Delalande (Andre-Henri-Lucien) [1889- ]. *R61e des glandes vasculaires sanguines dans la pathogenie du diabete. 1 p. 1.. 72 pp. S°. Bor- deaux, 1912, Xo. 33. Delalande ^Henri-Laurent) [1883- ]. *De la gastroscopie. 95 pp.. 2 pi. 8°. Bordeaux, 1907, No. 54 Delalande (Pascal - Henri) Contribution a l'etude du micrococcus tetragenus. 79 pp. 8°. Paris. 1899. Xo. 281. Delalbre (Louis - Gaston) [1874- ]. Ctudes experimentales sur le sphygmoscope et la me- canique du pouls arteriel." 102 pp. 8°. Bor- deaux, 1902, Xo. 79. Delaloye (Leonce). Ceitrag zur Gastroentero- stomie. [Bern.] 26 pp. 8°. Leipzig, A. Pries, 1906. F Delamare (Gabriel) [1875- ]. Recherches experimentales sur l'heredite' morbide; role des cytolysines maternelles dans la transmission du caractere acquis. 2 p. 1., 43 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Paris, 1903, Xo. 10. -----. Anatomie elementaire des organes g6ni- taux. 26 pp., 1 1., 2 superposed pi. roy. 8°. Paris, C. Reinwald, 1900. ------. The lymphatics. General anatomy of the lymphatics. Special study of the lymphatics in different parts of the body by P. Poirier and B. Cuneo. Authorized Engl, ed., transl. and DELAMARE. 401 DELARRAS. Delamare (Gabriel)—continued. ed. by Cecil H Leaf, x, 301 pp. 8°. Chicago, W. T. Keener dc Co., 1904. . ^The same. Xew cheaper issue, xii, 301 pp. 8 . London, Constable dc Company 19i3 Delamare (Valery) [1867- ]. Ca glycosurie phloridzique; son application a l'exploration clinique des fonctions renales. vii, 218 pp 8° Paris, 1899, Xo. 385. pp. ° . -T^nklXr'- ™'218PP- 8°' PariS-G- ---;— & Gamier (Marcel) [1870- ]. See Dic- tionnaire des termes techniques Tete 1 6 ed 8°. Paris, 1917. " Delamarre (Andre). Contribution a l'etude des sarcomes des fosses nasales. 132 pp 8° Paris 1905, Xo. 186. P ' ' Delamere (Gabriel). See Delamare. De la Montayne (Charles) [1866-99] xxH503DrOUCk (J) [Obituary.] Albany M. Ann, 1899, Deland (A. F.) & Stourbe (O.) Pharmacie et toxicologie veterinaires. 496 pp. 16° Paris J.-B. Bailliere dc fils, 1900. De Landine (Francois-Antoine) [1756-1820]. De la philosophie corpusculaire, ou des connais- sances et des procedes magnetiques chez les divers peuples. 200 pp., 21. 8°. Paris, Cuchet, 1785. Delaney (John W.) [1876- ]. *Aneurysma aortse ascendens. 24 pp., 1 1. 8°. Munchen, Kastner & Callwey, 1904. Delaney (William J.) [1865-1918]. BuU (T. M.) Obituary. Proc. Connect. M. Soc. New Haven, 1919, cxxvhi, 265. De Lange (A. P. H.) De beteekenis der schoolhy- giene voor de volksschool. 27 pp., 5 1. 12°. Alkmaar, H. Coster dc Zoon, 1898. Delange (Francois-Xoel-Adrien) [1877- ]. *Du rhumatisme articulaire aigu chez le vieillard 96 pp., 11. 8°. Nancy, 1902, No. 28. Delange (Rene). Considerations sur les formes graves de diphterie chez les malades non inocuies k temps et sur l'insucces de la serotherapie dans ces conditions. 62 pp. 8°. Paris, 1903, Xo. 81. Delanglade (Edouard) [1868-1917]. Bonnette. Necrologie. Progres med. Par, 1917, 3. s, xxxii, 427 (suppl.).—Broca. Necrologie. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1917, n. s, xliii, 2100.—Duval (P.) & Fiolle (J.) Necrologie. Presse med. Par, 1917, xxv, 715 (suppl.).—Imbert (L.) Necrologie. Marseille m£d, 1917, 945.—Sergent (E.) Necrologie. J. de med. et chir. prat. Par, 1917, lxxxviii, 961-964.—SUhol (J.) [Biog- raphy.] Marseille med, 1919, lvi, 289-297.—Weill (E.) Necrologie. Ibid., 1917, 946-951. Delangle (Desire) [1888- ]. *Symphyse peri- cardique latente chez l'adulte (annee scolaire 1918-1919). 44 pp. 8°. Lille, 1919, Xo. 58. Delangre (A.) Indications operatoires dans les affections de l'estomac. 188 pp. 8°. Paris, Vigot freres. 1909. Delannoy (Alphonse - Victor - Louis - Auguste) [1875- ]. *Main bote et syphilis; etude cli- nique et critique. [Lille.] 79 pp. 8°. Roubaix, 1902, Xo. 107. Delannoy (Emile-Florent) [1892- ]. Ces al- terations du colon droit et la constipation ccecale (etude anatomique et pathogenique). [Annee scolaire 1918-19.] 67 pp. 8°. Lille, 1919, Xo. 45. Delannoy (Jean) [1883- ]. Ctiologie, patho- genie et anatomie pathologique du rachitisme; revue generale. 116 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, Xo. 204. Delannoy (Juliette) [1886- ]. *Rhinite hyper- trophique; traitement par l'eiectrolvse. 64 pp. 8°. Paris, 1912, No. 447. 11877°—Vol. IV, 3d series—22----26 Delano (Jane A.) [1862-1919]. American Red Cross textbook on home hygiene and care of the sick; revised and rewritten by Anne Hervey Strong. 2. ed. xv, 334 pp. 12°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son dc Co., 1918. ------• The same, xviii, 330 pp. 12°. Phila- delphia, P. Blakiston's Son dc Co., 1922. For Biography, see Jane A. Delano; a memorial. Carnegie Hall, New York City, Thursday, May 8, 1919, under the auspices of the Atlantic Division, American Red Cross. 16 pp. 8°. [New York, 1919.] See, also, Am. J. Nursing, Rochester, N. Y, 1920-21, xxi, 96-99. (Julia C. Stimson). Also: Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1919, xxxviii, 100, port. Also: Mil. Surgeon, Wash, 1919, xlv, 126. Also: Pub. Health Nurse, Cleveland, 1919, xi, 446 (Lillian D. Wald). ------& Mclsaac (Isabel). American Red Cross textbook on elementary hygiene and home care of the sick, x, 256 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son dc Co., 1913. Delano (Manuel A.) Monografia del oxigeno, ozono. 2 p. 1., 205 pp. 12°. Paris, Berthier, 1890. Delanoe (Arthur-Ange). *Des adherences intes- tinales dans les cas de pyo-salpinx. 73 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, Xo. 159. Delanoe (Felix) [1887- ]. *De la ponction des kystes de l'ovaire dystociques. 58 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1913, No. 68. Delanoe (Pierre) [1882- ]. C'importance de la phagocytose dans l'immunite de la souris a regard de quelques flagelies. [Montpellier.] 46 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 15. De La Pasture [Edmee-Elizabeth-Monica]. The war-workers by E. M. Delafield [pseud.]. 272 pp. 12°. London, W. Heinemann, 1918. Delapchier (Rene). *Essai sur les lesions trau- matiques observes chez les boxeurs et plus par- ticulierement sur les fractures et luxations du metacarpe (boxe anglaise). 76 pp., 4 pi. 8° Paris. 1909, No. 463. Delaplane (Henri) [1881- ]. Contribution a l'etude de l'avortement criminel dans ses rap- ports avec les theories neo-malthusiennes et la legislation. 76 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 150. De la Plata y Marcos (Miguel). Coleccion bio- bibliografica de escritores medicos espanoles. vii, 339 pp. 8°. Madrid. A. G6mez Fuentenebro, 1882. De la Poix de Freminville (Edme). Diction- naire, ou traite de la police generale des villes, bourgs, paroisses, et seigneuries de la campagne, [etc.]. xiv (11.), 588 pp. 4°. Paris, chez Gissey, 1758. *' Delaporte [Pierre-Louis] [1773-1853]. Rapport fait au nom de la commission des hospices. Se- cours aux hospices civils et aux enfans de la patrie. 14 pp. 8°. [Paris, an VI [1798].] Delarbre (Victor). ^Recherches experimentales sur l'antagonisme du bacille pyocyanique et du bacille charbormeux. 45 pp. 8°. Paris 1908 No. 396. Delarche (Rene) [1885- ]. *Suppurations uri- naires (pyeionephrite et pyeiocystite) chez le nourrisson. 60 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1912, Xo. 145. Delariviere (P.-F.-T.) Notice historique sur M Chibourg. 31 pp. 12°. Caen, P. Chalopin, 1807. * De la Roche (Daniel) [1743-1813]. Cescriptiones plantarum aliquot novarum. 35 pp., 2 1 5 pi 4°. Lugd.-Bat., J. dc H. Verbeek, 1766. '' De Laroque (Pierre) [1887- ]. *De la chirur- gie actuelle des kystes hydatiques non com- pliques du foie. 55 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1916, Delarras (Albert-Jules) [1875- ]. Contribu- tion a 1'etude du delire des inventions. 102 pp 11. 8°. Bordeaux, 1900, Xo. 75. DELARRAS. 402 DELBECQUE. Delarras (Louis). Ces eaux minerales de l'Allier, etude historique; periode gallo-romaine. 51pp. 8° Paris, 1906, No. 48. De Larra y Cerezo (Angel). Discursos lefdos en la Real Academia de medicina para la recepci6n ptiblica del academico electo el dia 9 de noviem- bre de 1902. (Also: Discurso del . . . Angel Fer- nandez-Caro en contestaci6n al precedente.) 74 pp. roy. 8°. Madrid, M. Servet, 1902. Delarue (Alfred) [1869- ]. Contribution a l'etude des fractures de l'astraa;ale; fractures par arrachement. 46 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 206. De la Rue (Leopold). Ces affections acquises de l'aorte chez l'enfant (orifice et crosse de l'aorte). 158 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1903, No. 341 Delarue (Paul). *De la stasophobie. 163 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 508. Delarue (Robert). *De 1'intoxication chronique par le benzol. 52 pp. 8°. Paris, 1920, No. 455. D61as (Francois) [1882- ]. Ces hemorragies graves intra-parietales dans les contusions de la paroi abdominale. 55 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1911, No. 85. Delasiauve (Louis - Jean - Francois) [1804-93]. Rittl (A.) Louis-Jean-Francois Delasiauve (1864-1893). In his: Hist. d. trav. Soc. med. psychol., Par, 1914, ii, 350-353 Delassasseigne [M.] [1876- ]. Contribution a l'etude des paralysies faciales operatoires; causes et suites. 88 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 597. Delater (Gabriel) [1883- ]. *Proprietes anti- septiques des fumees. 70 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1905, No. 52. ------. The same. 70 pp. 8°. Paris, A. Ma- loine, 1906. Delatre (Henri). Guerre de 1914-17. Le blesse de guerre. Petit manuel pratique destine aux sous-officiers, caporaux et soldats ainsi 2u'aux veuves et orphelins de la guerre. 36. d. 108 pp. 16°. Paris, Charles-Lauvazelle, 1917. Delattre (Antoine - Edmond - Joseph - Edouard). [1891- ]. Ctude anatomo-clinique des le- sions commotionnelles de la moelle cervicale. 75 pp. 8°. Paris, 1918, No. 147. Delattre (Gaston). *Accidents consecutifs a l'in- troduction des substances medicamenteuses clans le liquide cephalo-rachidien. 96 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 513. Delattre (Joseph - Auguste - Guillaume) [1874- ]. Cu traitement des nodules isoies de lupus par la dilaceration suivie d'attouchements au chlorure de zinc cristallise. 39 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 125. Delattre (Raoul) [1888- ]. Ce la reeduca- tion auditive par la methode vocale dans la sur- dite acquise (methode du docteur Laime, de Paris). 58 pp. 8°. Paris, 1914, No. 273. Delaunay (Amedee-Charles-Alfred) . Contribu- tion a l'etude des abces cerebraux a forme hemi- plegique. 184 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1907, No. 108. Delaunay (Clotilde). *De la radiotherapie dans les cancers du sein. 68 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 472. Delaunay (Henri) [1865- ]. L'hygiene pu- blique a travers les ages. 1 p. 1., 12*8 pp. 12°. Paris, Vigot freres, 1906. Delaunay (Henri-Marie-Eugene) [1881- ]. Contribution a l'etude du role des acides amines dans l'organisme animal (travail du labo- ratoire de physiologie de la Faculte de medecine de Bordeaux et de la Station biologique d'Arca- chon). 70 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1910, No. 70. Delaunay (Paul). Vieux medecins mayennais (1. s.). ix, 199 pp. 8°. Paris, H. Champion, 1903. ------. Ce monde medical parisien au dix- huitieme siecle. 460 pp., lxxvi, 11. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 68. ------. The same. 2. ed. 479 pp., xxii, 1 pi., 11. 8°. Paris, J Rousset, 1906. ------. Vieux medecins sarthois (1. s.). xxix, 204 pp.. 1 pi., port. 8°. Paris, H. Champion, 1906. ------. La Maternite de Paris. Port-Royal de Paris; Port-Libre; 1'Hospice de la Maternite; l'Ecole des sages-femmes et ses origines (1625- 1907). Preface de Porak. xiv. 462 pp., 8 pi. 8°. Paris, J. Rousset, 1909. Delaunay (Victor). Contribution a l'etude des calculs de la prostate. 67 pp. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 307. Delaune (Marie-Joseph-Hippolyte) [1874- ]. *Apercu historique sur la medecine et la religion a Rome. 66 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1898, Xo. 65. De Laurence (Lauron William) [1868- ]. See Paracelsus. The hermetic and alchemical writings. fol. Chicago, 1910. Delavan (David Bryson) [1850- ]. Address de- livered on the occasion of the presentation of a loving cup by the American Laryngological Association to J. Solis-Cohen. 11 pp. 8°. New York, McConnell Print. Co., 1910. ------. Some of the contributions to laryngology and other subjects. 8°. New York, The Mc- Connell Printing Co. [n. d.]. Collection of reprints. Delavenne (Henri - Louis - Andre) [1890- ]. *Quelques remarques sur les resultats des traite- ments actuels de la syphilis. 32 pp. 8°. Paris, 1920. No. 412. Delavierre (Henri). Ces reactions emotives. 44 pp. 8°. Paris, 1920, Xo. 138. Delaville le Roulx (J.) Les hospitaliers en Terre Sainteet a Chypre (1100-1310). xiii, 440 pp. roy. 8°. Paris, E. Leroux, 1904. Delaware College Agricultural Experiment Sta- tion, Newark. Bulletin No. 65. The bacterio- logical analysis of soils. By Frederick D. Ches- ter, pp. 51-76. 8°. [Newark, 1904.] Delaware State Medical Journal; the official organ of the Delaware State Medical Society, v. 3-13, 1911-22. 8°. Wilmington, Del. Delay (Maurice) [1876- ]. *Du traitement chirurgical de la perigastrite, suite d'uleere de l'estomac. 2p. 1., 104 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1904, No. 129. Delaye (Jean-Robert-Paul) [1890- ]. Contri- bution a l'etude du traitement des fistules os- seuses consecutives aux blessures de guerre. 99 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1919, No. 25. Delaye (Robert) [1889- ]. Caleur et signi- fication diagnostiques de l'epanchement sero- hematique intraperitoneal dans l'occlusion in- testinale aigue (signe de Gangolphe). 71 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1913, No. 53. Delbanco (Ernst) [1869- ]. See Graetz (F.) &. Delbanco (E). Beitriige zum Stu- dium der Histopathologic [etc.). 8°. Berlin, 1914.—Klster (J.) & Delbanco. Zur Frage der Verbreitung der Tricho- phytio [etc.]. 8°. Leipzig, 1918.—Unna (P. G.) & Del- banco (Ernst). Beitrage zur Anatomie [etc.]. 8°. Ham- burg & Leipzig, 1900. Delbarre (Albert). *Etude clinique sur le traite- ment operatoire du strabisme concomitant in- terne. 129 pp. 8°. Pan's, 1906, No. 335. Delbecque (A.) Contribution a l'etude des frac- tures ik> la clavicule chez le nouveau-ne pendant DELBECQUE. 403 DE LEE. Delbecque (A.)—continued. Paccouchement. 63pp., 1 pi. 8°. Paris, 1903, No. 478. Delbet (Pierre-Louis-Ernest) [1861- ] Lecons de clinique chirurgicale faites a l'H6tel-Dieu (aout-septembre 1897). 2 p. 1 376 pp 8° Paris, G. Steinheil, 1899. —-—. Chirurgie arterielle et veineuse; les mo- denies acquisitions. 104 pp. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailhhe dc fils, 1906. Grand processus morbide; traumatismes infections, troubles vasculaires 'et trophiques' cicatrices. 588 pp. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere dc fils, 1907. Forms fasc. 1 of: Nouveau traits de chirurgie. ----. Methode de traitement des fractures, avec la collaboration de Marchack (jambe) et Masse et Lamare (bras). 501 pp., 67 pi. 4°. Paris F Alcan, 1916. ^Also, Editor of: Bulletin de l'Association francaise pour l'etude du cancer, Paris, 1908-14. ----- & Bigeard (Louis). Asepsie operatoire. 36 pp. 8°. Paris, Masson et Cie., 1901. Forms No. 25 of: CEuvre med.-chir. Par. -----& Brechot (Adolphe). Maladies de l'anus et du rectum. 290 pp. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bail- liere dc fils, 1916. & Cartier (Pierre). Pathogenie des h'emar- throses du genou. 4 pp. 4°. Paris, Gauthier- Villars, 1912. ------ & Chevassu (Maurice). Nevralgies du trijumeau. pp. 273-527. 8°. Paris, 1911. In: Affections chirurgicales de la face, Paris, 1911. ------& Fiessinger (Noel). Biologie de la plaie de guerre, v, 460 pp., 4 pi. 4°. Paris, F. Alcan, 1918. ------ & Mocquot (Pierre). Affections chirur- gicales des arteres. 2 p. 1., 348 pp. roy. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere dcfils, 1911. Nouveau traite' de chirurgie, publie par Le Dentu & P. Delbert, x. Delbos (Gaston) [1887- ]. Camputation plane en chirurgie de guerre. 43 pp. 8°. Paris, 1919, No. 207. Delbos (Jean). *Etude clinique et experimentale sur la diazoreaction d'Ehrlich. 57 pp. 8°. Paris, 1903, Xo. 543. Delbru (Michel) [1875- ]. *Du traitement des tumeurs de la region superieure de la vessie. 52 pp. 8°. Lyon, A. Rey, 1899, No. 87. Delbriick (Anton). Hygiene des Alkoholismus. 85 pp. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1901. In: Handb. d. Hyg, Jena, Suppl.-Bd. i. ron Delbriick (Fritz [Friedrich]). Ceber die Vorziige der kombinierten Serumbehandlung bei Diphtherie. [Jena.] 11 pp. 8°. Miinchen, J. F. Lehmanns, 1918. DelbTUck (Max) [1850-1919]. Paechtner. [Nekrolog.] Deutsche tierarztl. Wchnschr, Hannov, 1919, xxvii, 190. Delcamp (Gabriel-Marie-Joseph). Contribu- tion a l'etude de la grossesse ectopique avec enfant vivant; pronostic maternel et foetal apres le cinquieme mois; conduite a tenir. 99 pp. 8°. Paris 1918 No. 99. Delcamp (Raoul) [1873- ]. *Des difficultes du diagnostic de l'appendicite. 54 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 13. Del Castillo (Antonio) & Barcena (Mariano). An- tropologia mexicana. El hombre del Penon. Noticia sobre el hallazgo de un hombre prehis- torico en el valle de Mexico. 20 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Mexico, 1885. Pel Castillo Quartiellers (Rodolfo). Estudios oitalmologicos. De la profilaxis y tratamiento Del Castillo Quartiellers (Rodolfo)—continued. de la conjuntivitis del reeien nacido. 2 p. 1., 32 pp. 8°. Madrid, Fortanet, 1899. Delclaux (Jules). Ca tuberculose rurale; ses rap- ports avec l'exode rural. 76 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1908, No. 812. Del Cotto (Antonio). Ricordi sulla morva, tuber- colosi, rabbia ed afta epizootica. 32 pp. 16°. Aquila, 1898. Delcourt (Albert). Tubage et tracheotomie; trente cas de croup diphterique traites par le tubage du larynx. 31 pp. 8°. Bruxelles, C. Van de Weghe, 1901. Delcourt (Joseph). Medicina de quadrupedibus. An early ME version, with introduction, notes, translation and glossary. Edited by Joseph Delcourt. li, 40 pp. 8°. Heidelberg, C. Winter, 1914. Anglistische Forschungen, hrsgb. von Joh. Hoops, No. 40. Delcourt (Leon). Resume d'alimentation ra- tionnelle des animaux domestiques. 40 pp. 8°. Louvain, F. dc R. Ceuterick, 1907. Delcros (Jacques) [1880- ]. *Sur un cas de luxation de la cinquieme vertebre cervicale avec section de la moelle a ce niveau, ix, 11-61 pp., 11. 8°. Montpellier, 1905, No. 31. Delcros (Jacques G. T. Anglade). Nouvelle etude de l'homme, ou de l'etat sauvage consider comme le dernier degre de degeneration de l'es- pece humaine, avec un apercu des principales causes de cette degeneration et des moyens de s'en garantir. 2. ed. 2 v. lx, 316 pp., 11.; xii, 398 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1820. Deldalle (Remy-Augustin- Joseph) [1876- ]. Ce la conduite a tenir dans les ecrasements des membres. 56 pp. 8°. Lille, 1901, No. 40. Dele [Edouard] [1835-1904]. filoge de J.-M. Whenkel. M6m. couron. Acad. roy. de m§d. de Belg, Brux, 1891, x, fasc. 4. For Biography, see Bull. Acad. roy. de men. de Belg, Brux, 1905, 4. s, xix, 156-166, port. Deleano (Nicolas-T.) Etude sur le role et la fonc- tion des sels mineraux dans la vie de la plante. 61 pp., 11. 8°. Geneve, Romet, 1908. Delearde [Albert-Eugene] [1869- ]. Guide pratique de puericulture a l'usage des docteurs en medecine et des sages-femmes. iii, 280 pp. 8°. Paris, F. Alcon, 1910. ------& Dreyfus (Mile. M.) Hygiene et science domestique. Cours redige conformement aux programmes du 14 juin 1907 pour l'enseigne- ment secondaire des jeunes filles (5e annee), les ecoles normales d'institutrices et les ecoles pri- maires superieures. iv, 171 pp. 12°. Paris, F. Alcan. 1909. Deleau (Paul-Louis-Joseph) [1877- ]. Ca mortalite infantile dans les villes industrielles du Nord et du Pas-de-Calais; remedes et pra- tiques. 91 pp. 8°. Lille, 1903, No. 133. Delebecque (Paul) [1872- ]. *Traitement du zona par les pansements a l'acide picrique. 56 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 400. De Lee (Joseph Bolivar) [1869- ]. Obstetrics for nurses. 460 pp., 15 1., 1 pi. 12°. Philadel- phia, New York ac London, W. B. Saunders dc Co., 1904. ------. The same. 2. ed. 510 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Phil- adelphia dc London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1906. ------. The same. 4. ed. 508 pp., 4 col. pi. 8°. Philadelphia dc London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1913. The same. 5. ed. 525 pp. 8°. Phila- delphia dc London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1922. ----. Obstetrics, edited by Joseph B. De Lee, with the collaboration of Herbert M. Stowe. 233 DE LEE. 404 DELFINO. De Lee (Joseph Bolivar)—continued. pp. 8°. Chicago, The Year Book Publishers, 1911. ------. The principles and practice of obstetrics. xiii, 1060 pp. roy. 4° Philadelphia dc London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1913. The same. 2. ed. xv, 1087 pp. 4C Philadelphia dc London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1915. The same. 3. ed. xv, 1089 pp. roy. 8C Philadelphia dc London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1918. Delemontey (Hector) [1881- ]. Cu traite- ment des kystes hydatiques non suppures du foie. viii, 9-60 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1907, Xo. 8. Delens (Emile) [1840-1917]. Terrien (F.) Obituary. Paris med, 1917, xxi, (suppl.), No. 37, 111. Detente (Robert) [1884- ]. Ce l'allaitement mixte etudie au point de vue de sa frequence et des causes qui le rendent necessaire. 70 pp. 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 279. Deleon-Brunet (Raoul-Aime-Feiix) [1877- ]. Contribution a letude des determinations pul- monaires et renales de la grippe. 76 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1903, No. 39. Delepierre (Octave) [1804-75]. Histoire litteraire desfous. 2p.l.,184pp. 8°. London, Trubner dc Co., 1860. Delepine (Auguste Sheridan) [1855-1921]. Civi- lisation as a disturbing element of health factors and of natural evolution. 11 pp. 8°. [n. p.], 1903. ------. Victoria University of Manchester. Pub- lic health laboratory, industrial effluvium nui- sances. Report upon an alleged effluvium nui- sance attributed to the use of yeast in a tannery, and upon an outbreak of diphtheria. 32 pp. 8°. London dc Manchester, 1904. The Manchester milk supply from a pub lie health point of view. 49pp.,3ch. 8°. Man- chester, J. Heywood, 1909. Report on investigations in the public health laboratory of the University of Manches- ter, upon the prevalence and sources of tubercle bacilli in cows' milk. pp. 341-414, 10 ch., 3 pi. 8°. London, Darling dc Son, 1910. The share taken by human and bovine tuberculous products in the infection of young children. 23 pp. 8°. London, Adlard dc Son, 1912. Report to the Local Government Board upon the effects of certain condensing and drying processes used in the preservation of milk upon its bacterial contents. 49 pp., 7 diag. 8°. London, J. Truscott dc Son, 1914. Rep. Loc. Gov. Bd, Lond, 1914, n. 3. No. 97. ------. Some of the characters of coagulated and mechanically filtered water. 47 pp. 12°. West- minster, 1914. Institution of water engineers. For Biography, see Brit. M. J, Lond, 1921, ii, 921. Also: J. Indust. Hyg, Bost, 1921, iii, 387-389. Also: J. Path. & Bacteriol, Cambridge, 1922, xxv, 113-117, port. (G. S. Wood- head). Also: Lancet, Lond, 1921, ii, 1080. Also: Med Press, Lond, 1921, n. s, cxi, 433. Delepine (Marcel). Composes endothermiques et exothermiques. [Paris.] 114 pp. 8°. Cou- lommiers, 1899. Concours. Ecole de pharmacie. ------. Carbures metalliques. 179 pp 8° Paris, 1904. , Concours. Ecolo de pharmacie. ------. The same. 179 pp. 8°. Paris, A. Joanin dc Cie., 1904. Deler (Raoul) [1887- L Contribution a l'etude des kystes non congenitaux de l'uterus. 95 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1913, No. 14. Delespine (Joseph) [1877- , ]. *Metrorrhagies et affections annexielles. Etude documentaire. [Paris.] 159 pp. 8°. Lille, 1905, No. 447. De Lessert (Alfred Alexander) [1847- 1907]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1907, ii, 123. Delestan (Louis) [1878- ]. Contribution a l'etude de la pathogenie des gangrenes typhiques et de leur traitement. 80 pp. 8°. Lyon, Wal- tener dc Cie., 1902, No. 101. Delestre (J.-B.) De la physiognomie. 508 pp. roy. 8°. Paris, Ve. J. Renouard, 1866. Delestre (Marcel) [1870- ]. *Etude sur les in- fections chez le premature. 148 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 440. —. The same. 2 p. 1., 148 pp. 8°. Paris, Del'avortement. 170 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1901. A. Joanin dc Cie., 1904. ------. The same. L'avortement clinique, thera- peutique. 2. ed. 160 pp. 12°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere dc fils, [1908], 1909. Delestre (Marcel). *Goitre exophtalmique et le- sions utero-annexielles. 69 pp. 8°. Paris, 1921, No. 241. Deletre (Gaston) [1872- ]. Ce l'anus iliaque dans le traitement de eertaines maladies du rectum. 8°. Paris, 1899, Xo. 578. ------. The same. 50 pp., 1 1. S°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1899. Deletrez (A.) Contribution a l'etude du traite- ment chirurgical de l'infection puerperale; hysterectomie vaginale pratiquee dans un cas d'infection puerperale aigue. 6 pp. 8°. Bru- xelles, A. Lesigne, 1903. Deleu (Theod.) & D'Hondt (L.) Hanboekje der landbouwster. Boter- en kaasbereiding op de hoeve. 51 pp., 12°. Ronse, J. Leherte-Courtin, 1904. ------------. Melkerij, landbouw- en huishoud- scholen. Melkerijleergang. 196 pp. 8°. Ronse, J. Leherte-Courtin, 1904. Deleuil (Leopold) [1876- ]. Ce la thyroidec- tomie dans les thyroidites aigues suppurees. 54 pp., 11. 8°. Lyon, 1902, Xo. 27. Deleuze (Emile). Contribution a l'etude des ruptures et perforations de la vessie (spontanees intra-peritoneales). 66 pp., 11. S°. Lyon, 1901, No. 60. Deleuze (L.) [1887- ]. Contribution a l'etude de la degenerescence cancereuse du moignon du col apres l'hysterectomie subtotale. 50 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1913, Xo. 3. Delezenne (Henri - Louis - Joseph) [18S2- ]. Ces commemoratifs dans le diagnostic de la syphilis tertiaire. 106 pp. 8°. Lille, 1907, Xo. 20. Delf (E. Marion). Studies in experimental scurvy; with special reference to the anti-scorbutic properties of some South African food-stuffs. 105 pp., 16 ch. 8°. Johannesburg, Hortors, 1921. Pub. S. African Inst. Med. Research, No. 14. Delfan (Andre-Paul-Joseph). Ce l'exclusion temporaire des voies lacrymales du champ opera- toire par la ligature des canalicules lacrymaux. 32 pp., 21. 86. Paris, 1901, No. 435. Delflnl (diaries - Jean - Hippolyte) [1889- ]. Contribution a Letude de l'hygiene des troupes en campagne. 50 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1917, No. Delflno (Eugene) [1875- ]. Contribution a l'etude de la goutte; description d'un nouveau DCLFINO. 405 DELIRIUM. Delfino (Eugene)—continued. syndrome; l'encombrement renal, viii 9—1(1 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1901, No. 13. Delfino (Victor). Fisiologfa e higiene de la voz- precedido de un discurso preliminar sobre la 7T ^io Pal^bra; el origen del lenguaje. 389 pp. « ii' ■ Barcelona, Feliu y Susanna, 1909. Delfosse (Clement - Rene - Paul) [1877- ] *Nevromes plexiformes ou nevromes racemeux (etude generale). 141pp. 8°. Lille, 1904, No. 24 Delfosse (E.) Ce l'osteomyeiite de l'extremite" infeneure du radius. 103 pp. 8°. Paris, 1906 No. 274. Delfourd (Jer6me-Augustin) [1884- ]. Ces plaies de l'estomac. 184 pp. 8°. Nancy, 1910 No. 34. Delgado (Andres M.) *Apuntes para el estudio de la raiz de escorzonera del pais. 19 pp 11 8°. Mexico, 1889. if-, Delgado (D. G.) The climate of Portugal and notes on its health resorts, xxiv, [7], 479 pp 6 maps. 8°. Lisbon, 1914. Delgado (Joaquin S.) *Algo sobre los escurri- mientos de los organos genitales de la mujer. 32 pp. 8°. Mexico, F. Mata, 1883. [Also, in: P., v. 2178.] Delgado (Jose Manuel) [1851-1913]. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1913, lx, 1170. Delgado Palacios (G.) Fuente termomineral de San Juan de los Morros. 37 pp. 8°. Caracas. Comerdo, 1920. Del Gaizo (Modesto) [1854-1922]. Antonelli (G.) Necrologie. Boll. d. Ist. stor. ital. di arte san, Roma, 1922, ii, 94. [Appendice d. Rassegna di. clin. terap. [etc.].] Del Garbo (Tommaso) [ -1570]. Consiglio contro a pistolenza . . . conforme un codice della Marciana gia Forsetti raffrontato con altro codice Riccardiano, da Pietro Ferrate. 59 pp. 8°. Bologna, G. Romagnoli, 1866. No. 156 of an edition of 202 copies, and No. 74 of: Scelta di curiosita letterarie, inedite o rare dai secolo xiii al xvii. Delgrange (Rene) [1885- ]. Ce l'operation de Duehrssen comme procede dans les accouche- ments methodiquement acceieres. 67 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1914, No. 53. Del Guasta (Gino). See, Editor of: Attivita medica italiana, Pisa, 1919-22. Delhaye (Frederic). Proprietes des plantes. 120 pp. 8°. Dour, A. Thiry-Dohet, 1906. Delherm (Louis). Ce traitement par l'electricite de la constipation habituelle et de la colite muco- membraneuse. 240 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1903, No. 370. See, also, Laquerriere & Delherm. Electrotherapie clinique [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1905.—Lyon (G.) & Loiseau (P.) Formulaire therapeutique [etc.]. 12°. Paris, 1910.— Manuel de clinique [etc.]. roy. 8°. Paris, 1906.—Sainton (Paul) & Delherm (Louis). Les traitements du goitre [etc.]. 12°. Paris, 1908. ------ & Laquerriere (A.) L'ionotherapie eiec- trique. 96 pp. 12°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere dc fils, 1908. & Rousset (J.) Radiologie de guerre. Le reperage des projectiles, la collaboration radio chirurgicale. viii, 355 pp. 12°. Paris, A. Ma- loine dc fils, 1918. Delhommeau (Andre) [1875- ]. *Etude me- dico-legale des lesions valvulaires aortiques consecutives aux contusions du thorax. 95 pp. 8°. Paris, 1902, No. 307. Delhoume (Leon) [1887- ]. C'erysipele du nouveau-ne. 96 pp. 8°. Paris, 1914, No. 173. Deligne (A.) Ces perforations de la voute pala- tine sous succion de dentiers a valve en caout- chouc. 60 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Paris, 1921, No. 501. Deligne (Ulysse) [1873- ]. Contribution a l'etude de l'etat du facial superieur dans les hemi- plegies cerebrales de l'adulte. 79 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, Xo. 27. Deligny (Leopold). Cu traitement abortif de la blennorrhagie de l'homme par les instillations de nitrate d'argent. 51 pp. 8°. Paris, 1902, Xo. 97. Delilez (Francis). A new treatise on insanity; its cause, effects, treatment and cure; being an abridgement of the book; insanity explained. 32 pp. 12°. Milwaukee, 1890. Delille (Arthur) [1876- . ]. C'hypophyse et la medication hypophysaire (etude experimentale et clinique). 336 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Pan's, 1909, No. 250. ------. The same, xvi, 336 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1909. Delille (Paul-Feiix-Armand). See Armand-De- lille. Delinquents. See Children (Delinquent); Crime; Defec- tives (Mental) and delinquency. Delio Aguilar. Heridas ponzoiiosas por araiias. 35 pp. 8°. Buenos Aires, A. Etchepareborda, 1901. Delion (Marcel) Ciathese d'auto-infection et appendicite. 5 p. 1., 133 pp. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 105. Delirium. See, also, Delusions; Hallucinations; In- sanity; Psychology (Morbid). Braune (K.) Crotrahierte Delirien bei fieberhaften Erkrankungen. 8°. Berlin, [1907]. Desvaulx (G.) Contribution a l'etude du deiire dans les maladies aigues. 8°. Paris, 1899. Dvoretzky (Mile. L.) Ca psychose hallu- cinatoire chronique post-onirique. 8°. Paris, 1915. Gerreshelm (A. F.) Celirium ex ventri- cule sm. 4°. Francofurti ad Oderam, 1682. Vurpas (C.) Contribution a l'etude des de- lires systematises. 8°. Paris, 1902. Amantini (A.) Per la patogenesi del delirio nei corso delle malattie infettive. Gazz. d. osp, Milano, 1903, xxiv, 171-174.—Blake (J. G.) Reminiscences concerning the treatment of delirium. Bost. M. & S. J, 1913, clxix, 426. Also: Contrib. Psychopath. Hosp. Dep. Boston State Hosp, 1913, 69.—Carrier (A.), Carrier (G.) & Martin (E.) Du deiire aigu au point de vue clinique, anatomo-pathologique et bacteriologique. Bull, med. Par, 1901, xv, 699-702 — Codecelra (A.) Delirio. J. de med. de Pernambuco, 1905, i, 89; 100: 1906, ii, 20.—Earle (S. T.) A report of a case of post-operative delirium. Proctologist, St. Louis, 1910, iv, 244.—Elliott (H.) Some anomalies of the intelligence in de- lirium. Albany M. Ann, 1905, xxvi, 567-582.—Gregg (D.) The treatment of the deliria in general hospitals and in hos- pitals for the insane. Bost. M. & S. J, 1913, clxix, 425. Also: Contrib. Psychopath. Hosp. Dep. Boston State Hosp, 1913, 65-67.—Hawley (Emma A.) Manifestations of delirium in the night-time. Am. J. Nursing, Phila, 1907-8, viii, 757- 761.—Hesnard. Le diagnostic diflerentiel des delires palu- deen et 6thylique. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1912, xiii, 245; 261.—Hirsch (W.) A study of delirium. N. York M. J , 1899, lxx. 109-115.—Ho 11 opeter (W. C.) Paroxysmal deli- rium; a short study in auto-infection. Med.-Chir. J, Phila 1906, vii, No. 7, 19-23.—Hunt (E. L.) Delirium. Med! Press & Circ, Lond, 1915, n. s, c, 327-329. Also: Med. Rec N. Y, 1915, lxxxviii, 188-190.—Kennedy (J. S.) The treat- ment of delirium, with report of two unique cases. Nat M Rev, Wash.. 1899-1900, ix, 495-500.—Kotsovski (A. D.) [Pathology of acute delirium.] J. nevropat. i psikhiat. . . Korsakova, Mosk, 1910, xi, 1108-1121.—Levin (H. L.) Or- ganic and psychogenic delirium; differential diagnosis; analysis of psychogenic delirium. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1914, xcix, 631-633.—Pallhas (B.) Deiire de systematisation et d'interpretation doctrinale ou deiire de doctrine. Ence- phale, Par, 1909, i, 542-554.—Phillips (J.) Delirium. Cleve- land M. J, 1909, viii, 531-542.—Picqufe (L.) Faux cenesto- pathe; considerations sur l'origine periph^rique de certains delires. Encephale, Par, 1911, i, 460-474.—Regis (E.) La phase de reyeil du deiire onirique. Ibid., 409-419.—Rosanofl (H.) Contribution a l'etude de la glycosurie alimentaire dans les delires. Med. orient. Par, 1911, xv, 355-358.— Sanchez-Herrero(A.) El concepto "delirio." Rev. Ibero- Am. de cien. mc5d, Madrid, 1908, xx, 348-353.—Semidalow DELIRIUM. 406 DELIRIUM. Delirium. (B. I.) & Veidengammer (V. V.) Acute delirium. J. Ment. Path, N. Y, 1901, i, No. 3, 26-31:1901-2, i, No. 4-5, 210-214.— SUvagni (L.) Intorno al delirio nei corso delle malattie in- fettive. Riv. crit. di clin. med, Firenze, 1899-1900, i, 657; 673; 689.—de Somer (E.) Etudes psychologiques de quel- ques delires. Bull. Soc. de med. ment. de Belg, Brux, 1911, 196-210.—Sukhanofl (S.) [Clinico-nosological systema- tized delirium.] Psikhiat. Gaz, Petrogr, 1915, ii, 25-28.— Swift (H.M.) Delirium and delirious states. Boston M.&S. J, 1907, clvii, 687-692.—Tomllnson (H. A.) The pathology of acute delirium. Proc. Am. Med.-Psychol. Ass, Bost, 1903, x, 215-240, 7 pi—Vandervort (F. C.) Traumatic deli- rium. Railway S. J, Chicago, 1910-11, xvii, 36—Van Ex. Du deiire. Arch. med. beiges, Brux, 1911, xxxvii, 11-24.— Vlesca y Lobat6n (C.) & de la Vega (J.) El delirio. Cron. med. mexicana, Mexico, 1898-9, ii, 305; 340:1899-1900,iii, 29.— Vitall (C.) Delirio e insufflcenza epatica. Ann. d. manic. prov. di Perugia, 1908, ii, 83-91. Delirium tremens. See, also, Alcoholism. Birnbacher (A.) Ce delirio tremente pota- torum. 12°. Vindobonse, 1829. Claussen (E.) *Statistische und klinische Mitteilungen iiber das Delirium tremens. 8°. Kiel, 1913. Dollken (A.) Die korperlichen Erscheinun- gen des Delirium tremens; klinische Studien. 8°. Leipzig, 1901. Halle (M.) *Zur Symptomatologie des De- lirium tremens alcoholicum. 8°. Wurzburg, 1911. La vat (P.) Contribution a l'etude clinique du delirium tremens. 8°. Paris, 1915. Maass (Johanna). Cunfzig Falle von Deli- rium tremens. 8°. Freiburg i. Br., 1904. Moskiewicz (G.) Ceber die Beziehungen des Delirium tremens zur akuten Hallucinose der Trinker (Wernicke), akuten hallucinatorischen Paranoia (Westphal), zum akuten Wahnsinn der Trinker (Autoren). 8°. Leipzig, 1904. Widmer (H.) *Zur Statistik des Delirium tremens. 8°. Zurich, 1919. AUers (R.) Zur pathologischen Histologie des Delirium tremens. Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol, Berl, 1909, xxvi, 518-525.—Aschaflenburg (G.) Kiinstliche Gehortau- schungen bei Delirium tremens. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1908, xxxiv. 1663-1665.—Baufle (P.) Deli- rium tremens. Progres med. Par, 1910, 3. s, xxvi, 483- 489.—Benedict (A. L.) Delirium tremens. J. Inebriety, Bost, 1907, xxix, 263-271—Benon (R.) & Gelma (E.) Les delires a ellipse chez les alcooliques. Ann. med.-psychol. Par. 1908,9. s, viii, 78-87.—Bird (M. M.) Delirium tremens; chiefly from a chnical point of view. St. Mary's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1908, xiv, 41-43.—Bonhoeffer (K.) Zur Pathoge- nese des Delirium tremens. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1901, xxxviii, 832-836.-----. Kleinhirnbefund bei Delirium tre- mens. Ibid., 1914, li, 1481.—Boston (L. N.) Delirium tremens (maniae potu); statistical study of 156 cases. Lancet, Lond, 1908, i, 18.—Compellk (B.) Beitrag zur Sympto- matologie des Delirium tremens. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1902, Iii, 1649; 1701.—Donkln (H. B.) & Elliott (J. F.) Al- coholand delirium tremens. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1915, i, 316.— Donkln (H. B.), McBride (C. A.) & Burns (W. C.) Al- cohol and delirium tremens. Ibid., 398.—Ebers. Ueber einen mit Brustzufallen compliziertem merkwurdigen Fall von Delirium tremens potatorum. Uebers. d. Arb. u. Verand. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Kult, Bresl, 1832, 84.—Fels (R.) Die Wigert'schen Untersuchungen iiber die Frequenz des Delirium tremens in Stockholm wahrend des Alkoholverbotes August-September 1909. Internat. Monatschr. z. Erforsch. d. Alkoholismus [etc.], Basel, 1911, xxi, 58-60.—Folly. Identite du delirium tremens et du deiire dit nerveux traumatique. Caducee, Par, 1905, v, 177— Hare (F.) Alcohol and delirium tremens. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1915, i, 446.-----. The causation and treatment of delirium tremens. Chn. J, Lond, 1916, xlv, 293-301.— Hare (F.) & Cooper (J. W. A.) Alcohol and delirium tremens. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1915, i, 358.—Hasche-KlUn- der. Zur Pathologie des Delirium alcoholicum. Ueber die Vertauschung von organischen Hirnkrankheiten durch Al- kohol-Delirium sowie iiber das Auftreten von organischen Cerebralleiden unter dem Bilde des Delirium tremens. Jahrb. f. d. Hamb. Staatskrankenanst, 1903-4, Hamb. & Leipz, 1905, ix, pt. 2, 43-69. Also: Mitt. a. d. Hamb. Staats- krankenanst, 1905, v, 43-69.—Hirsch (E. F.) The gastric mucosa in delirium tremens. Arch. Int. Med, Chicago, 1916, xvii, 354-362.—Hoffmann (A. P.) & Marx (II.) Zur Kenntnis des Quinquaud'schen Zeichens. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1905, xiii, 564-567.—Hogg (F. S. D.) The proxi- mate factor of delirium tremens. Lancet, Lond, 1909, i, Delirium tremens. 1136.—Kauffmann (M.) Stoffwechseluntersuchungen bei Alkoholdeliranten. J. f. Psychol, u. Neurol, Leipz, 1907, x, 28-54.-----. Ueber Kohlenhydraturie beim Alkoholde- lifium. Verhandl. d. Ver. d. Aerzte zu Halle a. S, Munchen, 1907-8,14-22.—Kurbltz (W.) Zur pathologischen Anatomie des Delirium tremens. Arch. f. Psychiat.. Berl, 1907. xliii, 560-575.—Miyake (K.) Zur Frage der Abstinenzdelirien. Jahrb. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol, Leipz. & Wien, 1907, xxviii, 310-322.—Nuzum (F.) & Le Count (E. R.) The ability of brain tissue to take up water in delirium tremens and other conditions. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1916, lxvii, 1822-1826.— Papadakl (A.) Un cas de delirium tremens au cours d'nne hallucinose auditive 6thylique. Arch, de neurol. Par, 1904, 2. s, xvii, 465-472.—PicquG. Delirium tremens. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1905, n. s, xxxi, 425-431.— Kelchardt (M.) Zur Symptomatologie des Delirium tre- mens. Neurol. Centralbl, Leipz, 1905, xxiv, 551-555.— Rosenberg (M.) Ueber Delirium tremens nach Trauma. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat, Berl. & Leipz, 1910- 11, iv, Orig, 217-227.—Sceleth (C. E.) & Beiield (A. F.) The diagnosis of delirium tremens. Interstate M. J, St. Louis, 1916, xxiii, 408-415.—Schroder (G.) Stoffwechsel- versuche bei Delirium tremens. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat, Berl. & Leipz, 1912, Orig, ix, 123-131.—Seelert (H.) Zur Kasuistik der Alkoholhalluzinose und einige Be- merkungen iiber Gedankenlautwerden. Charite-Ann, Berl, 1913, xxxvii, 144-155.—Shoemaker (J. N.) Delirium tremens. Med. Bull, Phila, 1904, xxvi, 253-255.—Stltes (F. M.) Delirium tremens. Kentucky M. J, Bowling Green, 1908-9, viii, 1030-1035.—Trtimner (E.; Pathologisch- anatomische Befunde bei Delirium tremens, nebst Bemer- kungen zur Struotur der Ganglienzellen. Arch. f. Psychiat, Berl, 1898-9, xxxi, 700-735, 1 pi.—Vincent (T. N.) Delir- ium tremens. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1904, lxxx, 923-926. Also: Wash. M. Ann, 1904-5. iii, 348-359.—Wassermeyer. Delirium tremens; eine khnische Studie. Arch. f. Psy- chiat, Berl, 1908, xhv, 861-937.-----. Zur Frage von den Abstinenzdelirium. Fortschr. d. Med, Berl, 1909, xxvii, 423-424.—White (G. B.) Transitory glycosuria from ce- rebral irritation occurring during the "acute stage of delirium tremens. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1912, n. s, xciii, 303.— Wlgert (V.) Die Frequenz des Delirium tremens in Stock- holm wahrend des Alkoholverbotes August-September 1909; ein Beitrag zur Frage der Existenz von Abstinenzde- lirien. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat, Berl. & Leipz, 1910, i, Orig, 556-566.—Wohlwill (F.) Das Verhalten des Blutdrucks im Delirium tremens. Arch. f. Psychiat, Berl, 1911, xlviii, 147-177. Delirium tremens (Treatment of). Molinie (H.) *Traitement du delirium tre- mens suraigu par les baines froids. 8°. Paris, 1899. Reif (G.-J.-E.) Ctude critique du traite- ment de 1'acces de deiire alcoolique. 8°. Bor- deaux, 1908. Boghassian. Un cas de delirium tremens (?) du a l'into- xication par le datura stramonium. Arch, internat. de neu- rol. Par, 1913, 11. s, ii, 290-295.—BrUnnlche (E.) Erin- dringsbilleder fra akut; alkoholisk Delirium. Bibliot. f. Laeger, K0benh, 1919, cxi, 199-214.—Byrne (I. P. A.) De- lirium tremens as a complication of surgical lesions; some experiences with a simple method for its prevention. Bull. Univ. Maryland School Med, Bait, 1916-17, i, 209-213.— Crothers "(T. D.) Treatment of delirium tremens. J. Therap. & Dietet.. Bost, 1908-9, iii, 100-104.—Damaye(H.) Contribution a l'etude et au traitement du deiire aigu et du delirium tremens. Progres m£d. Par, 1922, 3. s, xxxv, 57-60.—Dannreuther (W. T.) A practical consideration of delirium tremens with special reference to its treatment. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1908, lxxxviii, 57-59.—Delirium tre- mens. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1911, Mi, 4SJ—Eager (R.) Treatment of dolirium tremens. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1920, i, 114.—Frledenrelch (A.) Veronalbehandling af delirium tremens. Ugesk. f. Lseger K]0benh, 1909, Ixxi, 1321.— Ganser (S.) Zur Behandlung des Delirium tremens. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1907, liv, 120-122.—G6mez y Merino (E.) Los medicamentos hipndticos en el trata- miento del delirium tremens. Rev.Ibero-Am.de cien.med, Madrid, 1915, xxxiii, 393-403.— Hamilton (C. L.) The man- agement and treatment of delirium tremens. Alienist & Neurol.. St. Louis, 1919, xl, 109-113.—Hogan (J. J.) Treat- ment oi acute alcoholic delirium. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1916, lxvii, 1826-1829.—Hoppe (H. H.) Treatment of delir- ium tremens by stimulation and spinal puncture. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis, N. Y, 1917, xlvi, 366-368: 1918, xlvii, 93-99.— Kauffmann (M.) Ueber Kohlehydrate beim Alkoholdelir. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1907, liv, 2185-2188.—Kelly (J. F.) Suggestions on the nature and treatment of delirium tremens. Cleveland M. J, 1903, ii, 516-521.—Kramer (S. P.) On the treatment of delirium tremens by the subdural in- jection of sodium bromide. Boston M. & S. J, 1913, clxix, 646. Also: Ohio M. J, Columbus, 1914, x, 140.—Leonard (E. A.) Intraspinal injections of magnesium sulphate in delirium tremens. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1916, lxvii, 509.—Lind(J. E.), MendelsonfJ. A.) [etal.]. The treatment of delirium tremens. N. York M. J. letc.], 1917, cv, 217-219.— DELIRIUM. 407 DELMAS. Delirium tremens (Treatment of). Marro (A.) La cura del delirio acuto colle lavature gastriche; contributo clinico alia etiologia del delirio acuto. Ann di freniat. [etc.], Torino, 1898. viii, 345-352.—Masbrenier (J ) Traitement du delirium tremens par les injections sous- cutanees de serum artificiel. Presse m<5d. Par 1900 i 45.—MdHer (V. F.) Delirium tremens behan'delt mit Veronal. Berl. khn. Wchnschr, 1909, xlvi, 2340. _____ Veronalbehandling af delirium tremens. Ugesk. f Laeeer Kj0benh, 1909, Ixxi, 1253-1259.—Pettey (G. ET) A successful treatment for delirium tremens. South. M. & S, Chatta- nooga, 1904, ii, 214.-----. Delirium tremens; a new plan of treatment. Gulf States J. M. & S, [etc.], Mobile, 1910 xvii 262-271. Also [Abstr.]: Texas M. J, Austin, 1909-10, xxv! 256.—Plcqufe (L.) Pathogenie et traitement du delirium tremens. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1905, n. s xxxi 407-421.—Pilcz (A.) Zur Prognose und Therapie des Deli- num tremens. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1902, xvi, 794- 811 — von der Porten (E.) Zur Behandlung des Delirium tremens mit Veronal. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1915, xii, 34.—Quenu. Traitement du delirium tremens par les injections de serum artificiel. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1905, n. s, xxxi, 484-486.—Ranson (S. W.) The results of drug treatment in five hundred cases of delirium tremens. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1909, Iii, 1224-1227.—Ban- son (S. W.) & Scott (G. D.) The results of medicinal treat- ment in eleven hundred and six cases of delirium tremens. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y, 1911, cxii, 673-687.—Regis (E.) De la suggestion hypnotique dans le traitement des de- lires toxiques et infectieux. Cong, internat. de l'hypnot. exper. et therap. Par, 1902, 98-104.—Rochard (E.) A propos du delirium tremens. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], 1905, cxlix, 837-841.—Salmon (T. W.) How do you treat delirium tremens? N. York M. J. [etc.], 1907, lxxxvi, 1026- 1030.—Scharnke. Zur Behandlung des Delirium tremens. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1914, lxi, 717.—Schneider (K.) Zur Behandlung des Delirium tremens. Ibid., 930.— Schr0der (G. E.) [The withholding of nutrition in delir- ium tremens.] Hosp.-Tid, K0benh, 1912, 5. R, v, 737- 746.—Starkey (W.) Treatment of delirium tremens. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1920, i, 47.—Stetnebach (R.) Ueber die Zerebrospinalflussigkeit und iiber die Wirkung der Lum- balpunktion beim Delirium potatorum. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1915, xii, 369-372.—Theunissen (W. F.) De behandeling van het delirium tremens. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amsterdam, 1915, i, 169-175.— Warbasse (J. P.) The treatment of delirium tremens by the intravenous infusion of saline solution. Med. News, N. Y, 1901, lxxviii, 330. Also, Reprint.—Wyatt-Smith (F.) Treatment of delirium tremens. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1919, ii, 743. Delisle (Rene) [1873- ]. *De la transformation maligne des nsevi. 68 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 164. Delitsin (S. N.) Podvizhnaya pochka. [Movable kidney.] 44 pp., 2 1. 8°. S.-Peterburg, V. S. Ettinger, 1902. Forms pt. 38 of: Russk. Khir. ------. Obshtsheye i miestnoye obezbolivaniye. [General and local anaesthesia.] vi, 178 pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, V. S. Ettinger, 1904. Forms pt. 5 of: Russk. Khir. Kratkiy kurs topograficheskoi anatomii i operativnoi khirurgii. [Brief course of topo graphical anatomy and operative surgery. ] Pt. 1; Pt. 2, No. 1. vii, 421 pp., 34 pi. 8°. S.-Peter- burg, K. Birkenfeld, 1906. Delius (Fritz) [1863-1914]. Reiche (F.) Nekrolog. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1914, lxi, 830. Delius (Heinrich Friederich) [1720-91]. Nach- richt von dem Gesund Brunnen bey Sichers- reuth ohnweit Wonsiedel. Nebst einer Anzeige der Brandenburgischen Gesund Brunnen und BaderinFranken. 38 pp. 16°. Bayreuth, 1774. ------. Nachricht von dem Wild-Bade bey Burg- bernheim. 32 pp. 16°. Bayreuth, 1775. Delius (Paul) [1877- ]. *Ein Fall von Morbus Basedowii. 15 pp., 1 1. 8°. Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1901. Delius (Rudolf Daniel Konrad) [1875- ]. ^Bei- trag zur Kasuistik der Tuberkulose im Kindes- alter. 16 pp., 1 1. 8°. Munchen, C. Wolf dc Sohn, 1905. Delivet (Henri) [1884- ]. *De la colpectomie totale. 67 pp. 8°. Paris, 1920, No. 221. DeU (Floyd) [1887- ]. Moon-calf; a novel. 394 pp. 12°. New York, A. A. Knopf, 1920. Dellac (Andre) [1886- ]. *La forme fnsson- nantedelaphiebitetyphique. 75 pp. 8° Paris, 1913, No. 34. Dellac (Marcel) [1870- ]. *Sur une complica- tion rare de fracture de cdtes. 77 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 161. Dell' Amore (Leon). *De la tension arterielle au cours des injections intra-veineuses de novarse- nobenzol en solution concentree. 40 pp. 8°. Paris,, 1919, No. 141. Delia Noce & Giancola. La sieroterapia nella polmonite infettiva del cavallo. 19 pp. 8°. Lodi, E. Wilmant, 1898. Delia Porta (Giovanni Battista). See della Porta. Delia pubblica salute in rapporto alle sepolture murate al nuovi cimitero per gli accatolici fuori della porta a pinti ed alle macellerie nella citta di Firenze. 50 pp., 11. 8°. Italia; 1828. [P., v. 2233.] Delias (Gabriel). *Recherches experimentales sur la strychnine. 92 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1902, No. 483. Delia Seta (Eschilo). Le iniezioni di plasma marino e il loro uso in medicina. 49 pp. 8°. Roma, 1913. Title and text also in English. Also, Editor of: Italia sanitaria, Roma, 1919-22. Delia Valle (Paolo) [1886-1918]. Carazzl (D.) Necrologio. Rassegna d. sc. biol, Firenze, 1919, i, 13. Delia vecchiezza e della maniera di conservare la sanita senile. 19 pp. 12°. Lucca, F. M. Bene- dini, 1798. [P., v. 2229.] Delia Vedova (Temistocle). Monografia e ricerche sullo sviluppo delle cavita nasali nell' uomo. Con prefazione del dott. G. Romite. x, (1 1.), 207 pp. 8°. Milano, U. Hoepli, 1907. Dellbriick (Anton). Ueber Hamlet's Wahnsinn. 32 pp. 8°! Hamburg, 1893. Forms Hft. 172, n. F, of: Samml. gemeinverstandl. wis- sensch. Vortr, Hamb. Dellerm (Jacques-Emile) [1890- ]. *Relation sur quelques cas de meningite cerebro-spinale epidemique. 58 pp. 8°. Bordeaux,1916,No.54. Dellevie (Carolus). *De vi, quam venti habent in hominis organismum. [Marburg.] 44 pp. 12°. Hersfeldise, F. Schuster, 1837. Dellon (C.) [1649-1709?]. Naauwkeurig Verhaal van een reyse door Indien gedaen, en in't Fransch beschreeven; en vertaald door Willem Calebrius. 1 p. 1., 175 pp., 41. sm. 4°. Utrecht, J. Ribbius, 1687. -----. Tractat van de bysondere ziekten die in d'oostersche landen en op de reize derwaarts vallen, en van derzelver geneesmiddelen in't Fransch beschreeven en nu in't nederduitsch ge- bracht door Willem Calebrius. 19 pp. sm. 4°. Utrecht, Johannes Ribbius, 1687. For Biography, see Coville (R.) *Un medecin maritime francais au xviie siecle, C. Dellon. 8°. Paris, 1914. See, also, Brit. M. J, Lond, 1915, ii, 59. Del Lungo (Guido). Ambulatorio policlinico Regina Elena in Firenze 1901-2; osservazioni cliniche sugli infermi del reparto chirurgico curati. 21 pp. 8°. Firenze, G. Civelli, 1902. Dellys (Armand) [1881- ]. ^Contribution a 1'etude du paludisme a masque typhoide. 105 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1904, No. 57. Del Mar (Eugene). The conquest of disease; the psychology of mental and spiritual healing. 2 p. 1., 249 pp. 8°. New York, [1922]. Delmas (Achille). *La mort avec ictus dans la paralysie generale. 259 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 289. DELMAS. 408 DELOKME. Delmas (Antoine) [1884- ]. *Les mutilations graves de la main et des doigts et leur traitement. 39 pp., 5 pi. 8°. Montpellier, 1913, Xo. 49. Delmas (Dieudonne). *La tuberculose infantile medicale et les sanatoria maritimes. 96 pp., 11. 8°. Montpellier, 1903, No. 64. Delmas (Edmond) [1876- ]. *La neurasthenie; syndrome cerebelleux. 84 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1902, No, 103. Delmas (Jean) [1882- ]. *L'architeeture de la ceinture pelvienne; essai de construction statigraphique. 75 pp., 5 pi. 8°. Montpellier, 1910^ No. 57. Delmas (Jean-Francois-Ernest) [1871- ]. *De la verrue vulgaire. 48 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1898, Xo. 116. Delmas (Louis). Contribution a l'etude des kystes sanguins traumatiques du tissu cellulaire sous-cutane. 58 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1908, Xo. 794. Delmas (Marie-Jules-Antoine). *Des adherences douloureuses periccecales consecutives a l'ap- pendicectomie. 56 pp. 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 151. Delmas (Xicolas-Jean-Louis) [1873- ]. *De la paralysie generale des adolescents. 152 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1899, Xo. 95. Delmas (Paul) [1880- ]. *L'avarie des rem- placantes; expose des faits; mesures preventives; suites judiciaires. 246 pp., 1 1. 8°. Montpel- lier, 1907, No. 51. Delmas (Paul). *Les acces meiancoliques de longue duree. 27 pp. 8°. Paris, 1921, Xo. 461. Delmas (Pierre). Contribution a l'etude de la syphilide pigmentaire du cou. 127 pp. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 413. Delmas-Marsalet (Paul-Henri-Maxime-Armand) [1882- ]. *De la subluxation de la hanche par malformations congenitales. 80 pp. 8°. Bor- deaux, 1909, Xo. 93. Delmas-Marsalet (Pierre-Louis-Jules), [1872- ]. *Etude de l'installation, du fonctionne- ment et des premiers resultats cliniques fournis par la medication saiee a l'Hopital des enfants de Bordeaux. 75 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1899, No. 63. Delmasure (Paul) [1880- ]. *Enquete sur les resultats eioignes du traitement medical de l'ulcere de l'estomac dans la clientele hospitaliere. 116 pp. 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 343. Delmelle (Franz). L'art dentaire au point de vue social et economique. 152 pp., 1 1. 12°. Bru- xelles, Becquart-Arien, 1904. Delmer (Andre) [1869- ]. *Etudes de mede- cine et de pathologie comparees. Contribution a l'etude de l'eclampsie vitulaire (fievre vitulaire nerveuse des femelles bovines); ses rapports avec l'eclampsie puerperale de la femme (hepate- toxemie gravidique de Pinard). 133 pp., 4 pi. 4 1. 8°. Paris, 1901, Xo. 97. Delmond-Bebet (Stanislas) [1870- ]. *De I'in- fluence des lesions du cotyle et de l'os iliaque sur la marche de la coxalgie. 90 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 337. ------. The same. 92 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1899. Del Monte (Alberto) [ -1922]. Sgrosso (S.) Necrologie Arch, di ottal, Napoli, 1922, xxix, 93-96. Delobel (Alphonse-Marie-Joseph) [1875- ]. Contribution a l'etude des lymphangiectasies dermiques; varices lymphatiques de la peau et des muqueuses. [Paris.] 138 pp. 8°. Lille, 1902, No. 475. See, also, Trlboulet (H.) & Delobel (A.) [in 2. s.]. Les ceuvres de l'enfance, [etc.]. 12°. Paris, 1906. Delobel (Emile-Joseph)^ [1880- ]. *L'arsenic et l'etat actuel de la medication arsenicale; etude monographique. 122 pp. 8°. Lille, 1906, Xo. 33. Delobel (Paul). *Ioonographie topographique de l'oreille chez le nouveau-ne. 151 pp. 8°. Paris, 1903, No. 104. Deloeh (Erhard) [1894- ]. *Ueber chronischen familiaren Icterus. 8 pp. 8°. Leipzig, [n. d.]. Deloff (Vera) nee Soukoffkine. *De la meningo- encephalocMe et de son traitement par l'extir- pation. 142 pp. 8°. Paris, 1900, Xo. 387. DeIog£ (Charles). *Travail de la clinique ophtal- mologique de l'Hotel-Dieu; anisometropie et vision binoculaire. 126 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 379. Delogu (Gaetanol. Profilassi della malaria; tratta- zione in rapporto all' igiene degli eserciti. Con- ferenza sentta per gli ufficiali del 74. reggimento di fanteria. 33 pp.. 1 pi. 8°. Catania, 1901. Delolm de Lalaubie (Guy) J18M- ]. Contri- bution a l'etude de la circulation intra-hepa- tique. 160 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 425. Delom (Louis). *De I'influence de la vaccine sur la variole. 62 pp. 8°. Paris. 1901. Xo. 429. Delon (Armand). *De rhyperemie passive par stase veineuse employee comme agent therapeu- tique; technique et principales indications pra- tiques. 134 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, Xo. 409. Delon (Louis) [1882- ]. *Le dicrotisme; sa presence dans les maladies infectieuses. 64 pp., 11. 8°. Montpellier, 1907, Xo. 42. Delon (Samuel) [1S73- ]. Contribution a l'etude des sinusites fronto-ethmo'idales a mani- festation orbitaire. 66 pp., 1 1. 8°. Lyon, A. Rey, 1898. Xo. 156. Delon (Ulysse). Contribution a l'etude du traitement du prolapsus du rectum par la methode de Thiersch. 50 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1907, No. 704. De Long ( William A.) [1840-1919]. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1919, lxxiii, 1230. Delor (Jacques) [1884- j. *Traitement opothe- rapique des nephrites. 55 pp. 8°. Paris. 1911, Xo. 105. Delor (Jean) [1875- ]. *Des injections intra- tracheales vraies et directes dans le traitement des infections broncho-pulmonaires. 96 po. 8°. Paris. 1901, Xo. 46. Delord (Emile) [1874- ]. *De Pabaissement de la cataracte; indications et contre-indications actuelles. 101 pp., 1 1. 8°. Montpellier, 1901, Xo. 32. Delore (Xavier) [Ijsl'S- ]. Des etapes de l'hermaphrodisme. 30 pp. 8°. Paris, Lyon, Masson dc Cie.. 1899. See, also, Poncet (A.) & Delore (X.) [in 2. s.] Traite" de l'urethrostomie [etc.]. 8°. Pons, 1900. Delorme(Carolus)[15S4- 1678]. MeXeuoSd^eicu.hoc est, Caroli Delormi laure.e Apollinaris, a prima ad 8upremam, sive Enneas qusestionum medica- rum pro Bacalaurea Ucentia et doctoratu. His accesserunt varia ev86£a. &nar-'1900' «". Delteil (Francois-Marie-Gilbert) [1887- ]. *Leg demi-fous et le mariage. 108 pp. 8°. Bordeaux 1913, No. 39. Delteil (Louis). Contribution a l'etude des resul- tats fournis par l'incision perineale et le curettage dans la prostatite tuberculeuse. 70 pp. 8° Toulouse, 1902, No. 476. Delthil (Edouard). L'asthme, etiologie, patho- genie, traitement; son origine arthntique, son antagonisme avec la tuberculose. viii, 200 pp 12°. Paris, A. Maloine dc fils, 1917. Deltoid muscle. See Muscle (Deltoid). Del Toro y Quartiellers (Cayetano). Tratado teorico-practico de las enfermedades de los ojos y de sus accesorios. 2 v. 3. ed. viii, 905 pp.; 642 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Cadiz, F. R. De Silva, 1903. De Luca (S.) Ricerche sperimentali sulla Solfa- tara di Pozzuoli. 80 pp. 8°. Napoli, G. Curti, 1874. Delucq (Albert) [1873- 1. *De l'osteomyelite du maxillaire inferieur et de ses rapports avec la dentition. 94 pp. 8°. Paris, 1897, No. 75. Deluen (Joseph) [1886- ]. Contribution a l'etude de l'anemie pernicieuse progressive chez les femmes enceintes. 2 p. 1., 114 pp. 8°. Paris, 1913, Xo. 285. Deluermoz (Francois) [1890- ]. *Plaies p€ne- trantes de poitrine; leur traitement a l'avant. 61 pp., 11. 8°. Lyon, 1917, Xo. 2. Deluis (Heinrich Friedrich). Untersuchungen und Nachrichten von den Gesundbrunnen und Badern zu Kissingen und Boklet im Fiirsten- thum Wurzburg. 1 p. 1., 102 pp., 1 pi. 16°. Erlangen, W. Walther, 1770. De Luna (Antonino), Marchese. II suicidio nei diritto e nella vita sociale. viii. 166 pp. 8°. Roma, G. Balbi, 1907. Delunsch (Viktor). Ceber spontane Zerreissun- gen der Xabelschnur und ihrer Gefasse bei der Geburt. 37 pp., 1 1. 8°. Strassburg i. E., C. dc J. Goeller, 1899. De Lusi. La femme moderne; son hygiene, sa beaute, ses enfants. 310 pp. 12°. Paris P. Douville, 1906. Delusier (Robert) [1892- ]. *Du traitement de la fievre puerperale a la campagne. [Paris.] 38 pp., 11. 8°. Rennes, 1921. Xo. 266. Delusions. See, also, Delirium; Hallucinations; In- sanity (Delusional); Psychology (Morbid). Mackay (C.) Memoirs of extraordinary pop- ular delusions and the madness of cro\yds. 8°. London, 1852. Blckel (H.) Ueber aflektive und Intellektuelle Wahn- Ideen; eine pathopsychologische Studie. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat.. Berl, 1920, Orig,lviii,94-l32.-De\1ne (H.) The biological significance of delusions, rroc. Roy. Soc Mod. Lond, 1913-14, vii Sect. Psvehiat, 89-110.- Dlefendort (A. B.) The origin and nature of delusions. Yale M. J N. Haven, 1904-5, xi, 197-215-Dowd (J. H.) Delusions de luxe. Alienist & Neurol, St. Louis, 1919, xl, 41-43.—Flournoy (H.) D'obsessions et impulsions a d«?but instantane. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1917, xlvii, 1047.-Franz (S. I.) Delusions. Pop. Sc. Month, N. Y, 1915, lxxxvi, 80-91.—Hamlll (R. C.) The role of conscious- ness in the development of delusions. J. Nerv & Ment. j' £*• Y'' 1917' xlv' 523-530.—Hushes (C. H.) Normal and abnormal, rational and irrational, healthy or unhealthy delusion. Alienist & Neurol, St. Louis, 1901, xxii, 643-656. Also, Reprint.—Lomer (G.) Einige Wurzeln der Wahn- bildung im AUtagsleben. Psychiat .-neurol. Wchnschr, Halle a. S, 1905-6, vii, 329-331.—MacCurdv (J. T.) & Treadway (W. L.) Constructive delusions, 'j. Abnorm. I sychol, Bost, 1915-16. x, 153-184.—Mc Do wall (C.) The genesis of delusions; clinical notes. J. Ment. Sc, Lond, 1919 lxv 187-197.-Revesz (B.) Die Wahnideen im Gesell- schaftslebeu. Polit.-anthrop. Rev, Leipz, 1906, v, 145-155.— Kicksher (C.) The relation of personality and environment to the content of delusions. Chicago M. Rec, 1916, xxxviii, 685-690.—Rueker (S. T.) Delusion and dream; a comment DELUSIONS. 411 DEMATTRIS. Delusions. on the Freud theory. N. Orl. M. & S. J, 1918-19 Ixxi 467-470.-rSilk (S. A.) Delusions and hallucinations serving as psychical compensations for biologic inefficiency. Alienist & Neurol, St. Louis, 1919, xl, 177-188.-Southard (E? E ) On descriptive analysis of manifest delusions from the sub- istl^ ?L^h J^Abn0^rm- Psychol-. Bost, 1916-17, xi, K2£' A'*°- BulJ. Mass Comm. Ment. Dis, Bost, 1917 tnH^'o'UT''. < the application of grammatical categories to the analysis of delusions. Ibid., 22-50 — Starrkp■( A i frf^in link,S *? ^ Wahmdei. Intern! ;. Z*chr . arztl. Psychoanal, Leipz. & Wien, 1914 ii 4S1-440 van Valkenburg (C. T.) [fndividualit^ and 'deusTon.] N^ert Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1920, ii, 762-770. 1>Buerl- De Lutijs (Edoardo). Compendio di medicinia operatoria e di anatomia chirurgica. viii 160 pp 8 . Napoli, C. Preisig, 1902. Deluz (Adrien). *Angines non diphteritiques et serotherapie. 31 pp. 8°. Lausanne, 1909. Deluz (Charles Adrien) [1879- ]. Contribution a 1 etude du traitement des plaies penetrantes du genou par l'arthrotomie primitive (resultats eioignes). 30 pp., 1 1. 8^. Bordeaux, 1919, No. 104. Delvaille (Camille) & Breucq (A.) La sante de 1 ecoher. Guide hygienique et medical des maitres, des meres de familie, des medecins d^etablissements scolaires, des proviseurs, chefs destructions et d'usines, des dengues canto- naux, etc. 3. ed., entierement refondue. Pre- face de A. J. Martin, xix, 281 pp., 3 pi. 12° Paris, F. Nathan, 1902. Delyallez (Anatole-Emile-Hector) [1880- ] *Etude^ critique et experimentale sur les divers procedes domestiques de sterilisation du lait par la chaleur. 131 pp. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 117. Delvart (Elie-Omer) [1872- ]. *Le paramyo- clonus multiplex chez l'enfant. 52 pp. 8°. Lille, 1902, No. 113. Delvau (Alfred) [1825-1867]. Dictionnaire de la langue verte. Nouv. ed. conforme a la derniere revue par l'auteur, augm. d'un supplement par Gustave Fustier, xxxii, 560 pp. 8°. Paris, G. Marpon dc E. Flammarion, 1883. Delvaux (Franz) [1873- ]. *Ueber die Hernia processus vaginalis encystica. 56 pp., 1 1. 8°. Munchen, Kastner dc Lossen, 1901. Del Vecchio (Ernesto). La peste bubonica (stato attuale delle connoscenze) con cenni sulla re- cente epidemia di Napoh; microfotografie e spiegaziono del Prof. Otto von Schon, sui pre- parati microbatterioscopici del Prof. Andrea Zinno. 71 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Napoli, F. Perrella, 1902. Del von thai (Karl Friedrich August) [1875- ]. *Ein Fall von weit verbreiteter Verkalkung der mittleren und kleineren Arterien der Haut und der Extremitaten. 18 pp., 1 pi., 1 1. 8°. Kiel, K. Jansen, 1902. DeMncourt (Valentin). Contribution a l'etude du traitement du tetanos par les injections intra- cerebrales d'antitoxine; methode de Roux et Borel. 95 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 55. Delylle (Henri) [1889- ]. *Ligature de l'artere vertebrale dans sa portion sous-occipitale. 50 pp. 8°. Paris, 1912, No. 156. Demadieres (Fanny). * Valeur semeiologique de Pexploration de la region epigastrique profonde (plexus cceliaque—aorte abdominale) chez les dyspeptiques. 34 pp. 8°. Paris, 1920, No. 276. De Magri (Francesco) [1836-98]. Sangassani (A.) [Biography.] Boll, clin.-scient. d. Poliambul. di Milano, 1898, xi, 286-288. Demaillasson (Octave). *Les injections analg6- siantes loco dolenti dans les nevralgies periphe- riques. 88 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 204. Demain (Charles). *De la parametrite recidi- vate associee au prolapsus utero-vaginal. 62 pp. 8°. Paris, 1903, No. 368. Dcmakis (Herakles). *Einhundertzwanzig Ova- riotomien aus der Gottinger TJniveraitats- Frauenklinik. 41 pp. 8°. Gottingen, W. F. Kastner, 1895. Demaldent (Alphonse). Contribution a l'etude de la mucocele du sinus frontal. 84 pp. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 81. De Man (M. G. A.) Catalogus der numismatische verzameling van het Zeeuwsch Genootschap der Wetenschapen bewerkt door ... vi, 390 pp. 8°. Middelburg, J. C. dc W. Altofer, 1907. Demanche (Robert). *L'infection paratyphique des voies biliaires; etude d'un bacille paraty- phique. 122pp., 2 pi. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 326. Demandre (V.) [1847- ]. Contribution a l'etude des sels et du periodure de sparteine. 110 pp. 8°. Dijon, 1907, No. 51. Demange (Charles) [1876- ]. *Du cyto-diag- nostic du liquide cephalo-rachidien dans les meningites et dans les pseudo-meningites de l'enfance. 78 pp. 8°. Paris, 1902, No. 465. Demange (tfmile) [1846-1904]. [Biography.] Rev. m£d. de l'est, Nancy, 1904, xxxvi, 285-293. Demange (Julien). *Pathogenie de la chlorose et opotherapie ovarienne. 144 pp., 1 1. 8°. Nancy, 1898, No. 11. DemanneviUe (Henri) [1877- ]. Contribution a l'etude de la resection dans les luxations an- ciennes du coude; incision laterale interne unique. 58 pp., 11. 8°. Lyon, 1901, No. 108. Demard (Maurice) [1875- ]. *De la colostomie iliaque par le procede de la double ligature. 61 pp., 1 1. 8°. Lyon, 1899, No. 13. Demargne (Lucien). *Du traitement de la polypose recto-sigmoide par les pansements locaux au chlorure de magnesium. 28 pp. 8° Paris, 1919, No. 6. Demargne (Marie). *De la tension arterielle dans la maladie de Basedow. 78 pp. 8°. Paris 1905, No. 392. Demaria (F.) Manuale di soccorsi d'urgenza ed assistenza agli ammalati; estratto dalle lezioni di F. Demaria. 233 pp., 1 1. 8°. Ivrea, L. Garda, 1904. Demarque (Raymond) [1877- ]. Contribution a l'etude de l'aUmentation par les feculents au cours des gastro-enterites chroniques de l'en- fance. 50 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 367 Demarquilly (Auguste-Joseph) [1891- ]. Con- tribution a 1'etude du syndrome syringomyeiique dans l'enfance (travail de la clinique medicale infantile). 63 pp. 8°. Lille, 1920, No. 35. Demars (Charles - Louis - Joseph) [1892- ]. *Diagnostic et traitement des projectiles du cceur (parois et cavites). 130 pp. 8°. Lille 1919, No. 7. Demars (Rene). *Recherches sur les sels de cuivre des acides amino-sulfoniques. 66 up 8°v Paris, 1920, No. 6. Ecole de pharmacie. De Martini (Antonio) [1820-1904]. Del Gaizo (M.) [Necrologia.] Atti d. r. Accad. med.- chir. di Napoli, 1904, n. s, lviii, 111-125.—Obituary. Lancet Lond, 1904, i, 836.—Ria. [Biography.] Incurabili. Nanoli' 1904, xix, 126-128. ' v ' Dematte (Marcel). Contribution a Petude de quelques derives de l'acide tiglique (methyl-2- buten-oique). 41 pp. 8°. Paris, 1919, No. 6. Demattris (Silvio). Contribution k l'etude des kystes a echinocoques multiloculaires du foie 78 pp., 11., 12 pi. 8°. Geneve, 1890. DEMAY. 412 DEMENTIA. Demay (Georges). *Des psychoses familiales. 174 pp. 8°. Paris, 1912, No. 138. Demay (Lucien) [1873- ]. *De la respiration pulmonaire pendant la vie intra-uterme; re- marques cliniques; constatations anatomiques. 78 pp. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 482. Demay de Certant (Pierre-Sully-Maurice) [1873- ]. *Etude sur la prophylaxie de quelques maladies infantiles d'apres les donnees de l'hygiene moderne. 53 pp., 2 1. 8°. Bordeaux, 1900, No. 13. Dembinski (Boleslav-Sylvestry) [1867- 1 ^Recherches sur le role des leucocytes dans la tuberculose experimentale sous-cutanee. 52 pp., 2 1.. 2 pi. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 616. Dembo (G[rigoriy] I[saakovich]\ [1872- ]. *K voprosu ob oslozhneniyakh pri predokhranitel- nom ospoprivivanii (o. t. n. vaktsinalnoi rozhleV [Complications of vaccination (so called vaccinal erysipelas).] 185 pp., 1 1. 8°. S.-Peterburg, P. P. Soikin, 1902. -----. Kumis i liecheniye kumisom. [Koumiss and its therapeutics.] 32 pp. 16°. S.-Peterburg, 1903. Dembowska (Sabina). *TJeber die prophylacti- sche Wendung beim engen Becken. 88 pp. 8°. Zurich. J. J. Meier, 1907. Dembowski (Herman [Gustav Heinrich]) [1884- ]. *Ueber die desinfizierenden Bestandteile der Seifen mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Wirkung einiger Riechstoffe. 43 pp., 1 1. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., R. Gruel, 1908. Dembowski (Moses). *Die Einfliisse der Abkiih- lung bei der Entstehung der eiterigen nicht tuberkulosen Nierenaffektionen. 22 pp. 8°. Konigsberg, O. Kummel, 1914. Demeaux (Jean-Baptiste-Desire) [1815- 86]. Bergounioux (J.) [Biography.] France meM, Par, 1913,lx, 121-124. De Meis (Angelo Camillo) [1817-91]. Patellanl (S.) Angelo Camillo De Meis. Osp. Maggiore, Milano, 1921, 3. s, ix, 187-191. Demelin (L.-A.) Revues et memoires d'obste- triques. 898 pp., 2pi. 8°. Paris, 0. Doin, 1900. -----. Obstetrique d'urgence; suivie des lapa- rotomies d'urgence pendant la grossesse, l'ac- couchement et les suites de couches, par E. Rochard et L. Demelin. 1 p. 1., 376 pp. 12°. Paris, O. Doin, 1900. See, also, Budin (Pierre) & Demelin (L.) Manuel pra- tique d'accouchements, [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1904. Demelle (Mme. Oudile) nee Yakouner [1883- 1. *Les asiles pour femmes enceintes. 65 pp. 8 . Montpellier, 191L No. 8. Demellier (Rene-Gaston) [1880- ]. Contribu- tion a l'etude des anevrysines spontanes de la carotide interne dans son trajet cervical. 85 pp 2 pi. 8°. Bordeaux, 1907, No. 7. Demelun (Alexandre-Jean-Mine-Francois) [1883- ]. Contribution a l'etude de l'extirpation du cancer du rectum par les voies naturelles. 64 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1912, No. 81. Dementia paralytica. See Paralysis (General). Dementia prxcox. See, also, Insanity (Classification of); In- sanity (Precocious); Schizophrenia. Bleuler(E.) Dementia praecox oder Gruppe der Schizophrenien. 8°. Leipzig dc Wien, 1911. BoroARD (M.) *Sur la demence precoce; con- siderations cliniques et pronostiques aux obser- vations personnelles. 8°. Paris, 1905. Dementia preecox. Diem (O.) *Die einfach demente Form der Dementia praecox (Dementia simplex); ein kli- nischer Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Verblodungs- psychosen. [Zurich.] 8°. Berlin, 1903. Also, in: Arch. f. Psychiat, Berl, 1903, xxxvii, 111-187. Evensen(H.) Dementia praecox. 8°. Kris- tiania, 1904. Holmes (B. T.) The insanity of youth and other essays. 8°. Cincinnati, 1915. -----, Retinger (J. M.) & Solle (W. H.) Dementia praecox studies; report of one year work in research in dementia praecox. 4°. Cincin- nati, 1916. Jahrmarker (M.) *Zur Frage der Dementia praecox. Eine Studie: Habilitationsschrift zur Erlangung der Venia docendi in der Psychiatrie zu Marburg. [Marburg.] 8°. Halle a. S., 1902. . The same. 8°. Halle a. S., 1903. Kraepelin (E.) Dementia praecox and para- phrenia; transl. by R. Mary Barclay. 8°. Edin- burgh, 1919. Masselon (R.) La demence precoce. 12°. Paris, 1904. Meyer (A.), Jelliffe (S. E.) & Hoch (A.) Dementia praecox. 8°. Boston, 1911. Monod (G.) *Les formes frustes de la de- mence precoce. 8°. Paris, 1905. Pascal (C.) La demence precoce. 8°. Paris, 1911. Reyneatj (M.-J.-M.) *Demence precoce et hysterie. 8°. Bordeaux, 1905. Stransky (E.) Ueber die Dementia praecox. Streifziige durch Klinik und Psychopathologie. 8°. Wiesbaden. 1909. Ursteim (M.) Die Dementia praecox und ihre Stellung zum manisch-depressiven Irresein. 8°. Berlin dc Wien, 1909. de Almeida (W.) The diagnosis, remissions and treat- ment of dementia praecox. Dementia Praecox Stud, Chi- cago, 1919, ii, 199-217.—Ameghlno (A.) Concepto de la demeneia prccoz. Rev. de criminol. psiquiat. [etc.], Buenos Aires, 1922, ix, 520-541.—Anderson (J. T.) Dementia prae- cox. Med. J. Australia, Sydney, 1922, i, 540-546—Ballet (G.) Une forme anormale de demence precoce. Rev. neurol., Par, 1905, xiii, 546-548.—Benon (R.) Demence precoce et vagabondage. Ann. d'hyg. Par, 1922. 4. s, xxxviu, 90-95.— Bianchlnl (M. L.) Monogenesi c varieta cliniche della demenza primitiva (dementia praecox). Ricerche di psi- chiat. . . . ded. al Enrico Morsclli [etc.], Milano, 1907, 197- 217.—Burr (C. W.) Adolescent insanity and national health. Phila. Gen. Hosp. Rep, 1916, x, 7-23.—CampbeU (('. M.) A modern conception of dementia praecox: with five illustra- tive oases. Proc. Am. Med.-Psychol. Ass.. Bait, 1909, xvi, 397-413. Also: Rev. Neurol. & "Psychiat, Edinb, 1909, vii, 623-642.—Clark (S. N.) Atypical modes of onset in de- mentia praecox. Am. J. Insan. Bait, 1914, Ixxi, 153-161.— Clarke (C. K.) Dementia praecox. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1906, ii, 755-757.—Coles (\V. W.) Recoveries in dementia pneeox. Westborough State Hosp. Papers, 1912, 77-90.— Coimely (E. McC.) Dementia praecox. N. Orl. M. & S. J, 1920-21, lxxiii, 195-199.—Cornell (W. B.) A study of the auto and somatopsychic reaction in four cases of dementia praecox. Am. J. Insan, Ball , 1910. lxvi, 529-536.—Cotton (H. A.) The dementia prrivox problem. Arch. Neurol. & Psychiat, Chicago, 1920, iv, ,Vvs--.")92. —Crocq (J.) Les formes frustes de la demence precoce. Bull. Soc. de m£d. ment. de Belg, Brux, 1906, 29-43. Also: J. de neurol. Par.. 1906, xi, 121-129.-----. La demence precoce. Progres med. beige, Brux, 1910, xii, 25; 97.—Delgado (H. F.) Chnical history of a case of dementia praecox. Dementia Praecox Stud, Chicago, 1919, ii. 21S-222.—Dercum (F. X.) Dementia prajeox. Berl. khn.-thcrap. Wchnschr, 1904,839-845.-----. The heboid-paranoid group (dementia prwcox); chnical re- lations and nature. Am. J. Insan, Bait, 1905-6, lxii, 541-559. -----. The story of dementia praecox. N. York M. J. (etcl, 1916, civ, 289-293.—De Sanctis (S.) Sopra alcune varieta della demenza precoce. Riv. sper. di freniat, Reggio-Emilia, 1906, xxxii, 141-165.—D'Ormea (A.) Ricerche sul ritmo respiratorio nei dementi precoii. Note o riv. di psichiat, IVsaro, 190S, 3. s, l, 5-35: W09,3. s, ii, 1-13.—D' Ormea (A.) & Maggtotto (F.) Sul signiflcato delle variazioni nella eliminazione del bleu di mctilene per via renale nei dementi precoci. Gior. di psichiat. clin. e teen, manic, Ferrara, 1906, xxxiv, 649-661.—Dunton (W. R.) The cyclic forms of de- mentia priBCOx. Proc. Am. Med.-Psychol. Ass, Bait, 1909. xvi, 107-118.—Eastman (J. R.) & Eastman (N.) Thyroid DEMENTIA. 413 DEMENTIA. Dementia preecox. surgery and dementia praecox syndrome. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1922, lxxvi, 438-443.—Ebbell(B.) Dementia praecox. Psychiat .-neurol. Wchnschr, Halle a. S, 1919-20, 225; 243.— Ernst (J. R.) Dementia praecox. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1917, xci, 942-944.—Etchepare (B.) La demencia precoz. Arch. de psiquiat. y criminol, Buenos Aires, 1904, iii. 561-583.— Francesco (L.) Dementia praecox phrenastenica. Mani- comio, Nocera, 1910, xxvi, 139-172.—Frankhauser (K.) Ueber die Unterarten der Dementia praecox an der Hand Ursteinscher Falle. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat, Berl. & Leipz, 1911, vi, Orig, 263-272.—Furbush (Edith M.) The social significance oi dementia praecox. Dementia Praecox Stud, Chicago, 1922, v, 111-119—Gatewood (L. C.) An experimental study of dementia praecox. Psychol. Rev, Bait. [Psychol. Monog.], 1909, xi. No. 2, 1-71.—Gelma (E.) L'6tat actuel de la question de la demence precoce. Rev. med. de l'est, Nancy, 1922, 1, 407-419.—Gosllne (H. I.) Newer conceptions of dementia praecox based on un- recognized work. J. Lab. & Clin. M, St. Louis, 1917, ii, 691-707. Also: Bull. Mass. Dep. Ment. Dis, Bost, 1920-21, iv, No. 3-4, 89-108, 3 pi.—Gruhle (H. W.) Bleulers Schizophrenie und Kraepelins Dementia praecox. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat, Berl. & Leipz, 1913, Orig, xvii, 114-133.—Halberstadt. La demence precoce a evolu- tion circulaire. Rev. de psychiat. Par, 1913, xvii, 353-359.— Hall (J. K.) Dementia praecox: some neglected phases. Charlotte M. J, 1910, lxii, 93-97—Harper-Smith (G. H.) Dementia praecox. Arch. Neurol. & Psychiat. Path. Lab. Lond, 1911, v, 148-181.—Harrington (A. H.) Dementia praecox. Providence M. J, 1911, xii, 52-66.—Hart (B.), Archdale (M. A.) [et al.]. Discussion on dementia praecox and its relation to other disorders. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1920, ii, 470-476.—Hecht (D. O.) A study of dementia praecox. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis, N. Y, 1905, xxxii, 689; 763.—Henne- berg (R.) Dementia praecox. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1923, xlix, 58.—Hesnard (A.) Les theories psychologiques et m&apsychiatriques de la demence pre- coce. J. de psychol. norm, et path. Par, 1914, xi, 37-70. -----. La demence precoce postconfusionnelle sans confu- sion mentale chronique. Rev. neurol. Par, 1918, xxv, (2 sem.), 68-73.—Holmes (B.) The non-mental condition of dementia praecox as shown by the Abderhalden reaction and Halvar Lundvall's remedy. Lancet-Clinic. Cincin, 1914, cxi, 71-76. -----. Recent bibliography of subjects related to dementia praecox published in the English lan- guage. Chicago M. Rec, 1915, xxxvii, 439-450.-----. The conditions of efficient research in dementia praecox. Lancet- Clinic, Cincin, 1915, cxiv, 438-444.-----. Dementia prascox studies. Chicago M. Rec, Chicago, 1916, xxxviii, 389-391. Also: Interstate M. J, St. Louis, 1916, xxiii, 958-964. Also, Reprint. -----. Researches in dementia praecox. Proc. Alienists & Neurol. Am, Chicago, 1917, vi, 167-170. Also: Chicago M. Rec, 1918, xl, 40-43.-----. Notes from the his- tories of recovered dementia praecox patients. Ibid., 301-317. -----. A personal view of the victim of dementia praecox. Ibid., 1919, xh, 43-56. -----. Relation between dementia praecox and feeblemindedness. Ibid., 306-314.------. Some considerations of dementia praecox. Dementia Praecox Stud, Chicago, 1919, ii, 80-85.-----• Dementia praecox; the insanity of the young. Ibid., 1921, iv, 105-138. —:—. Some reflections on the social significance of dementia praecox apropos Dr. Furbush statistics. Ibid., 1922, v, 120-127 — Holmes (B.) & Retinger (J.) Clinical dementia precox without known disturbed periods, scant adrenahan my- driasis, (liminished pressor adrenahan reaction; cecal stasis, large load of betaiminazolylethylamine in the stool. Chicago M. Rec, Chicago, 1916, xxxviii, 60-68. Also, Reprint.— Jelllfle (S. E.) The vegetative nervous system and dementia praecox. N. York M. J. [etc.]. 1917, cv, 968-971.-JuqueUer (P.) Historique critique de la demence precoce. Rev. de psychiat. Par, 1906, x, 177-194.—Karpas (M. J.) Dementia praecox; the condition in the light of modern conception. N York M. J. [etc.]. 1916, civ, 18-20.—Kent (Grace H.) Experiments on habit formation in dementia• P^cox. Psfchol. Rev., Bait, 1911, xviu 375:410.-Kolpin (O0 Ueber Dementia praecox, insbesondere die paranoide Form derselben. Allg. Ztschr. f. Psychiat. [etc.], TJerl 1908, lxv, 1-17 —Kortke (H.) Ein Dilemmain der Dementia-praecox- Frage; Gedanken fiber die Fortentwicklung der psychiatri- schen Systematik. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol. & Psychiat, Berl 1919 xlvi, 354-369.-La Moure (C. T.) Dementia Sox.Albany M. Ann, 1922, xliii, 118-121. Also: De- Eilntia Praecox kud, Chicago 1922, y, 68.-Langdon (F W.) Biologic aspects of dementia praecox. Am. J. Insan, Utica, N. Y, 1917, lxxiii, 681-692, Also, Reprint.- Leahy (S. R.) The nature of dementia praecox. Long Sml Brooklyn, 1917, xi, 218-224,-Lugiato (L.) & Lavizzari (G?. B.) La funzione circolatona nei dementi pre- coci; sui rapporti tra lo sviluppo dell' apparato cardiovasco- lare e la capacita funzionale cardiaca. Riv. sper. di iremat, Reggio-Emilia, 1911, xxxvii, 631-650.—McConaghey (J. C.) Adolescent insanity; a protest against the use of the term dementia praecox. J. Ment. Sc, Lond, 1905, li, 340-348 — McKenzie (I. M.) & Marshall (R. M.) Observations on the nature of dementia praecox. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1912, u, 1456-1458.—Macpherson (J.) Dementia praecox. Rev. Neurol. & Psychiat, Edinb, 1907, v, 185-193.—Marandon de Montyel (E.) Considerations sur la demence precoce. J. da neurol. Par, 1905, x, 1; 21.—Marandon de Montyel Dementia praicox. (E.) & Monger! (L.) Les formes de la demence precoce. Ann. m6d.-psych. Par, 1905, 9. s, ii, 246-265—Marie. Demence de la puberty. Cong. d. med. alienistes et neurol. de France, 1904, Par, 1905, ii, 143-146, 1 tab—Meagher (J. F. W.) Dementia praecox; description and diagnosis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1919, ex, 490; 540—Meeus (F.) De la demence precoce chez les jeunes gens. Bull. Soc. de med. ment. de Belg, Gand & Leipz, 1902, 48; 120; 249.—Mennin- ger (K. A.) What is dementia praecox? J. Kansas M. Soc, Topeka, 1921, xxi, 381-384.—Meyer (A.) Fundamental con- ceptions of dementia praecox. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis, N. Y, 1907, xxxiv, 331-336.-----. The nature and conception of dementia praecox. J. Abnorm. Psychol, Bost, 1910-11, y, 274-285.-----. The realtionship of hysteria, psychasthenia and dementia praecox. Stud. Psychiat, N. Y, 1912, i, 155-162.-----. The approach to the investigation of demen- tia praecox. Proc. Alienists & Neurol. Am, Chicago, 1917, vi, 147-151.—Meyer (E.) Die Dementia pracox. Berl. Klinik, 1910. xxii, 265. Hft, 1-37.—Meyer (M.) Zur Frage der AdrenalinunempfindUchkeit bei Dementia praecox. Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol, Berl, 1917, Orig. xh, 24-33.—Miyake (K.) Jugendirresein. Arb. a. d. neurol. Inst. a. d. Wien. Univ., Leipz. & Wien, 1907, xvi, pt. 2, 315-339.—MbnkemOller. Geschichtlicher Beitrag zur Kli- nik des primaren Schwachsinns (Dementia praecox). Klin. f. psych, u. nerv. Krankh, Halle a. S, 1909, iv, 223-240 — Muggla (G.) Concetto e limiti della demenza precoce. Morgagni, Milano, 1907, lxix, 317; 354.—Oeconomakis (M.) Ein Fall von Dementia praecox nach dem 40. Lebensjahr. Zentralbl. f. Nervenh. u. Psychiat, Leipz, 1909, xxxii, 619-629.—Parant (V.) D'une pretendue entity morbide dite demence precoce. Ann. med.-psychol. Par, 1905, 8. s.. xxi, 229-241.—Petroni (G.) Una osservazione sperimentale sul tono muscolare nella demenza precoce. Note e riv. di psichiat, Pesaro, 1910, 3. s, iii, 394-398, 2 pi.—Pfersdorff. Ueber die Verlaufsarten der Dementia praecox. Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol, Berl, 1911, xxx, 159-204—Pini (O.) Ricerche sul potere ossidativo nei dementi precoci. Mani- comio, Nocera, 1913, xxviii, 1-20.—Pollock (H. M.) De- mentia praecox as a social problem in New York State. Dementia Praecox Stud, Chicago, 1918, i, 149-152.—Raphael (T.) Reaction im dementia praecox to vagotonic and sym- pathicotonic criteria. Am. J. Insan, Bait, 1920-21, lxxvii, 543.—Riva (E.) Contributo alio studio delle forme cliniche attribuite alia demenza precoce e dei loro esiti. Riv. sper. di freniat, Reggio-Emifia, 1911, xxxvii, 820-843—Rodrf- guez-Morinl (A.) Contribution al estudio de las llamadas psicopatias de la pubertad y especialmente de la demencia precoz. Rev. frenopat. espan, Barcel, 1903, i, 129; 161.— Rosental (S.) Ueber Anfalle bei Dementia praecox. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat, Berl, 1920, Orig, lix, 168- 216.—Schell (J. P.) Some general features of dementia praecox. South. Pract, Nashville, 1917, xxxix, 49-58.— Schmidt (W.) Adrenalinunempfindlichkeit der Dementia praecox. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1914, lxi, 366-368.— Schott (A.) Klinischer Beitrag zur Lehre von der De- mentia praecox Kraepelins. Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol, Berl, 1905, xvii, Ergnzngshft, 99-130.—Schwab (F.) Selbstschilderung eines Falles von schizophrener Psychose. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat, Berl, 1918, xhv, Orig, 1-20.—Singer (H. D.) Dementia praecox. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis, N. Y, 1912, xxxix, 812-823.—South- ard (E. E.) Non-dementia non-praecox; a note on the ad- vantages to mental hygiene of extirpating a term. Ibid., 1919,1, 251.—Soutzo. Encore la question de la demence precoce. Ann. med.-psychol. Par, 1907, 9. s, v, 243; 374: vi, 28.—Stransky (E.) Zur Lehre von der Dementia praecox. Centralbl. f. Nervenh. u. Psychiat, Berl.. 1904, xxvii, 1-19.-----. Zur Entwicklung und zum gegenwartigen Stande der Lehre von der Dementia praecox (Schizophrenie) Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat, Berl. & Leipz, 1912, viii, Orig, 616-643.-----. Ueber Schizophrenie (Dementia praecox). Med. Klin, Berl, 1913, ix, 241; 283.—Thomsen. Dementia praecox und manisch-depressives Irresein. Allg. Ztschr. f. Psychiat. [etc.], Berl, 1907, lxiv, 631-654—Toma- sini (S.) Le demenze originarie (dementia praecox di Kraepelin). Manicomio, Nocera, 1910, xxvi, 1-18.—Tread- way (W. L.) Some observations on dementia praecox. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis, N. Y., 1915, xhi, 300-303.—Trenel. Demence precoce et folie periodique. Ann. med.-psychol. Par, 1912,10. s, ii, 218-236.—Urquhart (A. R.) Dementia praecox. J. Ment. Sc, Lond, 1908, liv, 661-668.—Vidal (A.) Contribution a l'etude de la demence precoce. Bull. Soc. med.-chir. de la Dr6me [etc.], Valence, 1912, xiii, 219-227.— Weygandt (W.) Idiotie und Dementia praecox. Ztschr. f d. Erforsch. u. Behandl. d. jugendl. Schwachsinns, Jena, 1907, i, 311-332.—Wieg-Wlckenthal. Zur Klinik der Dementia praecox. Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. Nerven- u. Geisteskr, Halle a. S, 1908, viii, 1-121.—Wolff (G.) Zur Frage der Benennung der Dementia praecox. Zentralbl. f. Nervenh. u. Psychiat, Leipz, 1908, xxxi, 856- 858.—Wright (W. W.) The study of the trend in a group of dementia praecox cases. State Hosp. Q, Utica, N. Y, 1920-21, vi, 335-351—Zilocchi (A.) Intorno alia demenza precoce; studi clinici e sperimentali. Gior. di psichiat. clin. e teen, manic, Ferrara, 1908, xxxvi, 1-29.—Zweig (A.) Dementia praecox jenseits des 30. Lebensjahres. Arch. f. Psychiat, Berl, 1908, xliv, 1015-1035. DEMENTIA. 414 DEMENTIA. Dementia praecox (Blood in). Aiello (S.) La tossicita del sangue nei dementi precoci. Gazz. med. sicil, Catania, 1905, viii, 289; 313.—Bumke (H.) Die Beschleunigung der Blutgerinnungszeit bei Dementia praecox. Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol, Berl, 1916, Orig, xl, 344-348.—Camus & Lhermite (J.) Recherches sur le sang des dements precoces. Cong. d. m£d. alienistes et neurol. de France 1904, Par, 1905, ii, 139-143.—Deak (I.) & Benedek (L.) [Difference in the serum in paralysis and dementia prascox from the viewpoint of immune-haemolysin productions.] Orvosi hetil, Budapest, 1912, lvi, 565; 585; 600.—Dide & Sacquepee (E.) Sur quelques proprh'tes du serum sanguin dans la demence precoce; disette d'alexine; presence de sensibihsatrices microbiennes. Cong. d. med. ahenistes et neurol. de France . . . C.-r, Par, 1905, xv, v. ii, 330. A lso: Rev. neurol. JPar, 1905, xhi, 866.—Heilemann. Blutuntersuchungen bei Dementia praecox. Allg. Ztschr. f. Psychiat, [etc.], Berl, 1910, lxvii, 414-419—Holmes (B.) A guide to the documents in evidence of the toxaemia of dementia praecox. Dementia Praecox Stud, Chicago, 1920, iii, 23-107.—Kahlmeter (G.) Blutuntersuchungen bei einem Fall von Dementia praecox mit periodischem Verlauf. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat, Berl. & Leipz, 1914, Orig, xxiv, 483-500.-----. Blood examination in a case of dementia precox with periodical variations. Chicago M. Rec, 1915, xxxvii, 206-215. Also, Reprint.—Krause (B.) Eine Verschiebung im Mischungsverhaltnis Albumin: Globulin im Blutserum von Dementia-praecox-Patienten. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat, Berl, 1917, Orig, xxxv, 542-543.—Krueger (H.) Ueber die Cytologic des Blutes bei Dementia praecox. Ibid., 1912-13, Orig, xiv 97-124.—Lundvall (H\) Ueber Blutveranderungen bei Dementia praecox nebst einem Versuche einer Art spec. Therapie. Tidsskr. f. nord. retsmed. og psykiat, Kristiania, 1912, x, 227-306, 11 ch, 1 pi. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Am. J. Clin. Med, Chicago. 1915, xxii, 115-120.—Perugia (A.) Potere coagulante del sangue ed eliminazione del calcio per le orine nella demenza precoce. Gazz. d. osp, Milano, 1908, xxix, 1473-1477.-----. Isotonia dei globuli rossi del sangue nella demenza precoce. Morgagni, Milano, 1908, 1, 82-91 — Pfortner (0-) Die weissen Blutkorperchen beim Jugend- Irresein. Arch. f. Psychiat, Berl, 1912,1, 574-582.—Pighlnl (G.) & Paoli (G.) Di una speciale forma del globulo rosso nella demenza precoce. Riv. sper. di freniat, Reggio- Emilia, 1905, xxxi, fasc. 2,120-124,1 pi.—Prussenko (Anna). [Morphology of the blood in] dementia praecox. J. Ne vropat. 1 Psikhiat. . . . Korsakova, Mosk, 1915-16. xv, 118-142 — Ramella (N.) & Gatti (G.) Stafilococcemia e stato amen- ziale in demente precoce. Note e riv. di psichiat, Pesaro, 1910, 3. s, iii, 222-230.—Raphael (T.) & Parsons (J. P.) Blood sugar studies in dementia praecox and manic-depres- sive insanity. Arch. Neurol. & Psychiat, Chicago, 1921, v, 687-709.—Rousset (A.) & Bouvat (M.) Un cas de demence precoce a forme catatonique; quelques recherches sur la psycho-reaction du sang chez les dements precoces. Arch. d'anthrop. crim, Lyon &. Par, 1913, xxviii, 39-50.—Sandri (O.) La formola emo-leucocitaria nella demenza precoce. Riv. di patol. nerv, Firenze, 1905, x, 464-173.—Schneider (E.) Zur Frage der Blutgerinnungszeit bei der Dementia praecox. Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol, Berl, 1919, xlv, 55-58. Also, transl.: Dementia Praecox Stud, Chicago, 1920, iii, 219-222.—Tlretta (G.) Contributo alio studio della funzione circolatoria nella demenza precoce; la capacita fun- zionale del cuore determinata col metodo del varisco com- pletato con la ricerca delle variazioni contemporanee della pressione diastolica e della pressione differenziale. Riv. sper. di freniat, Reggio-Emilia, 1922-3, xlvi, 528-546.— Uyematsu (S.) The platelet count and bleeding time in catatonic dementia praecox. Am. J. Psychiat, Bait, 1921 n. s, i, 15-30.—Uyematsu (S.) & Soda (T.) Blood analysis in cases of catatonic dementia praecox. J. Nerv. & Ment Dis, Lancaster, Pa, 1921, liii, 367-375.—Wells (R. E.) Artificial increase of eosinophil cells in dementia praecox J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1910, liv, 284— Zimmermann (R j Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Leukoeytose bei der Dementia Eraecox. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat, Berl & eipz, 1914, Orig, xxii, 266-271. Dementia praecox (Blood-pressure in). Kuppers (E.) *Plethysmographische Unter- suchungen an Dementia - praecox - Kranken [Freiburg i. Br.] 8°. Berlin, 1913. Also, in: Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat, Berl & Leipz, 1913, Orig, xvi, 517-585. Besta (C.) Sul rapporto fra altezza della pressione san- guigna e rapidita di eliminazione del bku di metllene nella demenza precoce. Riforma med, Palermo-Napoli 1907 xxiii, 204-206.—Grazlanl (A.) Ricerche di sngmo'mano^ metna e sngmografia nei dementi precoci. Riv. sper di freniat, Reggio-Emilia, 1909, xxxv, 161-203, 2 pi.—Lugiato (L.) & Lavtzzari (G. B.) La funzione circolatoria nei dementi precoci; ricerche sflgmomanometriche e sfigmogra- fiche. Gior. di psichiat. clin. e teen, manic, Ferrara 1910 xxxviii, 172-195,1 pl.-Neuburger (K.) Ceber die Wirkung subkutaner Adrenalininjektionen auf den Blutdruck bei Dementia praecox. Arch. f. Psychiat, Berl, 1915, lv 521- 526.—Pllcz (A.) Ueber ein Bulbusdruckphanomen bei der Dementia pracox. Psychiat.-neurol.Wchnschr, Halle a S Dementia praecox (Blood-pressure in). 1916-17, xviii, 361— Roemer (H.) Kritischer Beitrag zu der Serologic der Dementia praecox. Ztschr. f. d. ges Neurol, u. Psychiat, Berl, 1922, lxxviii, 571-€05. Dementia praecox (Causes of). See, also, Dementia praecox (Ductless glands in); Dementia praecox (Heredity in); Dementia praecox (Pathology of); Dementia praecox (Trau- matic); Dementia praecox and syphilis; Demen- tia praecox and tuberculosis. Graetner (K.) Dementia praecox mit Alco- holismus chronicus; eine klinische Studie iiber Demenz und chronisch paranoide Psychosen scheinbar alkoholischer Natur. 8°. Leivzia. 1909. Guilguet (L.-C.-H.) *La demence precoce constitutionnelle. 8°. Bordeaux, 1909. Mayer (H.) *Ueber die Aetiologie der De- mentia praecox. 8°. Freiburg i. Br., 1911. Raxcier (G.-J.-A.) Contribution a l'etude del'etiologie dee demences precoces. 8°. Nancy, 1909. Simmel (E.> *Rritiseher Beitrag zur Aetiolo- gie der Dementia praecox. 8°. Rostock, 1P08. Abbot (E. S.) Meyer's theory of the psvehogenic origin of dementia praecox; a criticism. Am. J. Insan., BaTtT 1911-12, Lxviii, 15-22. Also, Reprint.—de Angelis (P.) Le stimmate somatiche nella demenza precoce. Boll. d. Casa di Salute Fleurent, Napoh, 1908, xxv, 61-67.—Bleuler (E.) & Jung (C. G.) Komplexe und Krankheitsursachen bei Dementia praecox. Zentralbl. f. Nervenh. u. Psvchiat, Leipz 1908, xix, 220-227.—de Brito Belford Roxo (H.) Sexualidad y demencia precoz. Rev. de criminol. psiquiat, Buenos Aires, 1920, vii, 171 lvi.—Crocq (J.) Frequence et etiologie de la demence precoce. Bull. Soc. de mea. ment, de Belg, Brux, 1904, 292-302.—Damaye (H.) Le syndrome demence precoce et les psychoses toxi-infectieuses. Arch. internat. de neurol. Par, 1912, 10. s, ii, 205-211.—De PaoU (N.) Demenza precoce e psicosi alcoolica; contributo clinico. Note e riv. di psichiat, Pesaro, 1911, 3. s, iv, 154-159.—Dide (M.) La demence precoce est un syndrome mental toxi- Lnfectieux subaigu ou chronique. Rev. neurol. Par, 1905, xiii, 381-386.—Dorbandt (T.) Potential dementia praecox. Texas State J. M, Fort Worth, 1919-20. xv 2M- 2M.— Ebbell (E.) [Causes of dementia praecox.] Norsk Mag. f. Laegevi- densk, Kristiania, 1914,5. R , vii, 1442-1465.—Emerson(H.) Note on the incidence of status lymphaticus in dementia praecox. Arch. Int. Med, Chicago, 1914, xiv, 881.—Farrar (C. B.) Some factors in schizophrenie dementia. Psvchiat. Bull, Utica, 1916. ix, 323-340.—HassaU (J. C.) The'role of the sexual complex in dementia praecox. Psychoanalyt. Rev, N. Y, 1915, ii, 260-276.—Hoch (A.) Psychogenesisin dementia praecox. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1908, lxxiii, 452-454. -----. Constitutional factors in the dementia praecox group. Proc. Am. Med.-Psychol. Ass, Bait, 1910, xvii, 227-238. Also: Rev. Neurol. & Psychiat, Edinb, 1910, viii, 463-474. -----. Precipitating mental causes in dementia praecox. Proc. Am. Med.-psychol. Ass, Bait, 1913, xx, 149-159. ,J?°,: £m' J" Insan-> Bait, 1913-14, lxx, 149-159—Holmes \B-> *r I10 Wl11 disoover the causes of the insanity of youth? Am. Med, Burlington, Vt, & N. Y, 1914, n. s, ix, 511-524. Also: Illinois M. J, Springfield, 1914, xxv, 148-152. Also, Reprint. —---. The relation between dementia praecox and certain toxic amines. Am. J. Clin. M, Chicago; 1915, xxii, 514-517. Also, Repnnt.-----. Dementia pnecox and the nucleates; a plea for research. Chicago M. Rec.. 1915, xxxvii, »:92. ——-. Cecal stasis with rjetaiminazolylethvlamine (histamin); Intoxication in relation to dementia precox; in- dications for treatment. Am. Med, New York 1916 xi [n s ] 405-413 Also: West. M. Rev, Omaha, 1916, xxi, 445-457. Also, Keprint.-----. Dementia precox studies; the pro- duction of toxic amines in the intestinal tract. Chicago M. Rec., Chicago, 1916, xxxviii. Also, Reprint.-----.The relation of asphyxia and difficult labor to dementia pnecox. Med. Council, Phila, 1916, xxi, 29-32. Also, Reprint:-----. Dementia precox studies; the present condition of etiology and indications for treatment. Illnois M. J, Chicago, 1917, xxxi, 9-13. -----. The origin and detection of the toxic amines of dementia praecox; their elimination; exhibition of two patients. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis, N. Y., 1917, xlvi, 2ss- ^f------• Dementia praecox studies; the origin of toxic substances in the body and a method of extruding them. Med. Council, Phila, 1917, xxii, 31-34. Also, Reprint.- Holmes (B.), Hallock (K.) [et al.). Dementia praecox studies; the signs of intracramal pressure and a study of six eatients. Alienist ebelleux; pre- cede' pour d^celer le clonus du pied. Encephale, Par, 1910, i, 202-204.—Dunton (W. R.) Some points in the diagnosis of dementia praecox. Med. Rep. Sheppard & Pratt Hosp, Bait, 1903, i, 77-85.-----. Note on the mechanical irritability of the facial nerve in dementia praecox. Am. Med, Phila., 1905, x, 94.-----. Predementia praecox. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1912, lix, 2206-2208.—Durocher (A.) & Leborgne (A.) Diagnostic de la demence precoce a forme paranoide et des psychoses a base d'interpretations delirantes sans Evolution dementielle. Arch, de neurol. Par, 1905, 2. s, xx. 228. Also: Rev. neurol. Par, 1905, xiii, 868.—Duse (E.) Sul significato dell' accrescimento ungueale nei dementi precoci. Arch, di psichiat. [etc.], Torino, 1906, xxvii, 624- 627.—Ernst (R. J.) The importance of the early recognition of the mental limitations of the praecox type. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1915, Ixxxvii. 894-896.—Ferrarini (C.) Demenza precoce paranoide (diagnosi differenziale dalla paranoia). Riv. sper. di freniat, Reggio-Emilia, 1904, xxx, 876: 1905, xxxi, fasc. 2, 1.—Fuchs (W.) Zur Symptomatologie der Dementia praecox? Psychiat .-neurol. Wchnschr, Halle a. S, 1912-13, xiv, 398.—Goodhart (S. P.) The diagnosis of dementia praecox. Arch. Diagn, N. Y, 1909, ii, 368-410.— Grabneld (G. P.) Variations in the sensory threshold for faradic stimulation in psychopathic subjects; the dementia praecox group. Boston M. & S. J, 1915. clxxiii, 202-205.— Halberstadt (G.) Phenomenes hysteriformes au debut de la demence precoce. Rev. neurol. Par, 1910, xvui«. 161- 167.—Hauptmann. Ueber diagnostische Kutanreaktionen bei Dementia praecox. Allg. Ztschr. f. Psychiat. [etc.], Berl, 1920-21, lxxvi, 856-860.—Holmes (B.) Adrenalin; a new diagnostic test for dementia praecox. Alienist & Neu- rol, St. Louis, 1915. xxxvi, 449-460. Also, Reprint.-----. The physical manifestations of dementia praecox. Lancet- Clinic, Cincin, 1915, cxiv, 67-69.-----. The significance of intraspinal pressure in dementia praecox. Dementia Praecox Stud, Chicago, 1918,190-193.—Holmes (B.) & Retinger (J.) Dementia praecox studies; some relations of three lipoid containing organs and their condition in patients with the clinical diagnosis of dementia pra?cox. Illinois M. J, Chi- cago, 1916, xxix, 12-19. Also, Reprint.—Jacquln. Le signe de la poignee de main dans la demence precoce. Rev. neurol. Par, 1913, xxi, pt. 2, 20S.—Jelllfle (S. E.) The signs of pre- dementia praecox; their significance and pedagogic prophy- laxis. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y, 1907, exxxiv, 157-1S2.— Jones (H. M.) A determination of the numbers of histidin decarboxylating organisms in the feces in dementia praecox as compared with the numbers in normal feces. J. Infect. Dis, Chicago, 1918, xxii, 125-132. Also, Reprint.—Kaiser (O.) Dementia praecox oder Gehirntumor. Allg. Ztschr. f. Psychiat. [etc.], Berl, 1905, lxii, PJ-lH.-Karpas (M. J.) & Poate (E. M.) Dementia praecox with tabes to be differ- entiated from general paralysis, tabetic form. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa, 1911, xxxviii. 4nj.— Keraval (P.) La valeur des symptdmes cardinaux de la demence precoce. Encephale, Par, 1S07 ii 401-413 — Kobyllnsky (M.) Contributo alio studio di alcuni sintomi somatici nella demenza primitivn (= pnv«i > Ricerche di nevrol. [etc.], Catania, 1913, J..;.-:to.- Krause. Ueber katatonist'he Symptome bei Dementia pra>i ox-Kranken mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung militarforensischer Falle. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr, ^erl.. 1910, xxxix, 169-190.— Lam branzi (R.) I prodromi nevrastenici delta dementa precoce Ricerche di psichiat. . . . ded. al Enrico Morsclli etc.], Milano, 1907, 183-196.-LUckerath. Zur Differen- tialdiagnose zwischen Dementia praecox und Hysterie. Allg. Ztschr. f Psychiat. [etc.], Berl, 1911, lxviii, 312-329.- Magaudda (P.) Ricerche sulla deviazione del comple- mento nei dementi precoci. , Riforma med, Napoli. 1920, xxxvi, 908^10.- Martin (E), Rousset & Laffdrgue! Fugues et impulsions dans la periode prodromique de la demence precoce. Arch, d'anthrop. crim, Lvon & Par, 1911, xxvi, 346-364.-Maslnl (M. U.) Contributo alia sintomatologia della demenza precoce. Gior. di psichiat. chn. e teen, manic, Ferrara, 1906, xxxiv, 627-649.—Odom «'i J, Dcmentia praecox and its early manifestations. Med. Rec. cv Ann., San Antonio, 1922, xvi, 26-2S.—Pascal (i onstanza). Lo signe de la main et le signe de la poignee ae mam dans la demence precocr. Arch, internat. de TUZ0^ ,P!V-' 1914- 12- s-> 152-160— Pascal (Constanza) &■ iNadal. Le sourire et le rire dans la demence precoce. J. do i>.N\ehol. norm, et path. Par, 1909, vi, 392-407.— nortner (().) Die korperlichen Symptome beim Jugend- lrresein. Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol, Befl, 1910, xxvui, 205-231.-Ringbom (L.) Bidrag till dillerential- aiagnosen mellan dementia precox och maniskdepressiv psykos. Finska lak.-sallsk. handl, Helsingfors, 1910, Iii, ii, 447- 1 >...—ltittershaus (E.) Fruhsymptome der Dementia pra?cox Ztschr. f. d. Erforsch. u. Behandl. d. jugendl. Schwachsmns, Jena, 1912, v, 412-427.—de Rosa (N.) Sulla diagnosi della demenza precoce. Med. ital, Napoli, 1910, DEMENTIA. 417 DEMENTIA. Dementia praecox (Diagnosis of). J"iV 57<7"-' 5p3—Rossi (E.) Note critiche e valore semiologico aeue interpretazioni deliranti" nella demenza precoce. Manicomio, Nocera, 1916, xxxi, 17-53.—Salerni (A.) Sulla neyrastenia prodromica della demenza precoce. Ibid., 1908, xxiv, 67-114.—Schultz (J. H.) Neue korperliche Symptome bei Dementia praecox. Kor.-Bl. d. allg. Aerztl. Ver. v. Thurmgen, Jena, 1914, xliii, 319.-----. Beitrage zur soma- tischen Symptomatik und Diagnostik der "Dementia prae- cox. Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol, Berl, 1915, xxxvii, 205-227.—Seglas (J.) & Collin (A.) A propos du diagnostic de la demence precoce et de la folie maniaque depres- sive. Encephale, Par, 1909, ii, 557-562.—Steen (R. H.) A characteristic attitude assumed by many cases of de- mentia praecox. J. Ment. Sc, Lond, 1916, lxii, 179 4 pi Also: Dementia Praecox Stud, Chicago, 1918 i 'l88 — Stevens (H. C.) The Rossolimo tests in dementia prae- cox. Ibid., 16-20.—Stransky (E.) Zur Auffassung gewis- ser Symptome der Dementia praecox. Neurol. Centralbl, Leipz., 1904, xxiii, 1074; 1137.—Tlretta (G.) Contri- buto alio studio della funzione circolatoria nella de- menza precoce; ricerche sulla pressione del sangue sistolica, diastolica e differenziale; sul polso e sulla temperatura ascellare. Riv. sper. di freniat, Reggio-Emilia, 1920, xliv, 565-594.—Treiber. Fruhsymptome der Dementia praecox. Psychiat .-neurol. Wchnschr, Halle a. S, 1913-14, xv, 111; 125.—Truelle. Folie intermittente simulant la demence precoce. Bull. Soc. chn. de med. ment. Par, 1920, viii, 69 — Truelle & Bouderllque (Mile.). Le reflexe oculc-cardiaque dans la demence precoce des jeunes gens. J. de psychol. norm, et path. Par, 1915-17, xii, 425.—TuroUa (N.) Ri- cerche sulle impronte digitali dei dementi precoci. Ann. di freniat. [etc.], Torino, 1909, xix, 320-334.—Uhlich. Zur Diflerenzialdiagnose zwischen hvsterischen Dammerzustand und katatonischer Form der Dementia praecox. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr, Berl, 1909, xxviii, 1017-1026.—Vidoni (G.) Intorno alle strie cicatriziali pseudo-gravidiche nei dementi precoci. Cesalpino, Arezzo, 1913, ix, 311-313 — Volpi-Ghirardina (G.) Sulla presenza di strie cicatriziali pseudogravidiche in dementi precoci. Attrd. Soc. med. leg. in Roma, 1910, iii, 87; 225, i pi.-----. Pigmentazioni ano- male in donne affette da demenza precoce. Note e riv. di psichiat, Pesaro, 1910, 3. s, iii, 312-316.—White (Ellen C.) & Ludlum (S. D. W.) The differentiation between de- mentia praecox and depressive states by so-called biologic blood-tests. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1910, liv, 1868.— Wichmann (A.) Zur Differentialdiagnose zwischen De- mentia praecox und Hysterie bzw. Psychogenic Arch. f. Psychiat, Berl, 1921, lxiv, 257-284.—Wolfer (L.) Die somatischen Erscheinungen der Dementia praecox. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat, Berl, 1920, Orig, 267-270.— Young (A. D.) Dementia praecox and manic-depressive insanity clinically contrasted. J. Oklahoma M. Ass, Mus- kogee, 1920, xui, 123-12S. Dementia praecox (Diagnosis of, Sero- logic) . Balir (M. A.) Wassermann reaction in dementia prsecox. Alienist & Neurol, St. Louis, 1914, xxxv, 1-16.—Binswan- ger (O.) Die Abderhaldensche Dialysiermethode in der Psychiatrie. Med. Klin, Berl, 1914, x, 417.—Bisgaard (A.) & Korsbierg (A.) Kritik over Abderhaldens Dialysemetode. Hosp.-Tid, Kobenh, 1914, 5. R, vii, 953-962.—Holmes (B.) The defensive ferments of Abderhalden; their importance in psychiatry. Am. Pract, N. Y, 1914, xlviii, 82-85.-----. The passive transmission of defensive ferments and its relation to research on dementia praecox. Chicago M. Rec, 1914, xxxvi, 569-572. Also: Lancet-Clinic, Cincin, 1914, cxii, 413.—Obregla (A.) & Pitulesco. La sero-reaction d'Abderhalden dans la demence precoce. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1914, lxxvi, 47.—Pellacani (G.) Ricerche sulla deviazione del complemento nella demenza precoce. Riv. di patol. nerv, Firenze, 1914, xix, 154-158.—Schwarz (E.) Erfahrungen mit der Abderhaldenschen Blutuntersu- chungsmethode [bei Dementia praecox]. Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol, Berl, 1914, xxxvi, 19-25.—Simon (C. E.) The Abderhalden-Fauser reaction in mental dis- eases; with special reference to dementia praecox. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1914, lxii, 1701-1706.—Sterne (A. E.) The Abderhalden reaction in dementia praecox. Illinois M. J, Chicago, 1914, xxvi, 327-331.—Wegener. Serodiagnostik nach Abderhalden in der Psychiatrie. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1913, lx, 1197. Dementia praecox (Ductless glands in). Aguglia (E.) & Giarrusso (A.) Abito morfologico e sistema endocrinc-simpatico nella demenza precoce. Riv. ital. di neuropat. [etc.], Catania, 1922, xv, 132-140.—Dercum (F. X.) The ductless glands in dementia praecox. Arch. Diagn, N. Y, 1917, x, 38-45. Also: Med. Rec. N. Y, 1917, xci, 124-126.—Dercum. (F. X.) & Ellis (A. G.) An exami- nation of the ductless glands in eight cases of dementia praecox; preliminary report. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis, N. Y, 1913, xl, 73-90.—Harrington (M. A.) The endocrine glands in dementia praecox. State Hosp. Q, Utica, N. Y, 1918-19, 183-190.—Holmes (B.) The case for dementia praecox as a pluriglandular disease. Chicago M. Rec, 1915, xxxvii, 141- 156. Also, Reprint. -----. The adrenal and dementia 11877°—Vol. IV, 3d series—22----27 Dementia praecox (Ductless glands in). praecox; the wet brain in dementia praecox. Chicago M. Rec, 1915, xxxvii, 267-274. Also, Reprint.-----. Pituitary disfunction and dementia prsecox. Chicago M. Rec, 1915, xxxvii, 334-342— Klrby (G. H.) The reproductive glands and mental disorder with special reference to dementia prsecox. State Hosp. Q, Utica, N. Y, 1920-21, vi, 147-158.— Kojinia (M.) Studies on endocrine organs of dementia prsecox. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1916-17, x. Sect. Psychiat, 88-100. Also: Dementia Prsecox Stud, Chicago, 1918, i, 92-98.—Laignel-Lavastine & Jonnesco (V.) Hypophyse pathologique d'une demente precoce. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par, 1912, Ixxxvii, 419.—Ludlum (S. D. W.) The thymus and pituitary in dementia prcccox as physiological characteristics in insanity. Tr. Coll. Phys, Phila., 1915, 3. s, xxxvii, 77-81.—Ludlum (S. D. W.) & Corson-White (E. P.) The thymus and the pituitary in dementia prsecox, physiological characteristics in insanity. Am. J. Insan, Bait, 1914-15. Ixxi, 733-745—Muller (F. P.) [The insufficiency theory of dementia praecox tested in a case of this disease.] Psychiat. en Neurol. Bl, Amst, 1920, xxiv, 255-266.—Obregla (M.), Parhon (C.) & Urechia (C.) Recherches sur les glandesJgenitales: testicules et ovaires, dans la demence precoce. Encephale, 1913, viii, 109-117.— Prados y Such (M.) The morbid histology of the teses, in dementia praecox. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1921-22, xv. Sect. Psychiat, 14-30, 2 pi.—Rothmann (M.) Innere Sekretion und Dementia praecox. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol. u. Psychiat, Berl, 1918, Orig., xxxviii, 380-396.—Schnitzler (J. G.) Proeven met toediening van schildklierstof bij dementia praecox. Psychiat. en neurol. Bl, Amst, 1916, xx, 292-302.—Tucker (B. R.) Pituitary disturbance in its relation to the psychoses of adolescence. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1918, Ixxi, 330-333.—Vielra de Moraes (F.) & Pernambuco (P.) Consideracoes sobre um caso de syn- dromo pluriglandular endocrinico e demencia precoce. Arch, brasil. de med, Rio de Jan., 1912, ii, 766-387. Dementia praecox (Eye in). See, also, Dementia prxcox (Prognosis of). Blin (G.) *Etude des manifestations oculaires de la demence precoce et considerations sur la pathogenie de cette maladie. 8°. Paris, 1905. ------. The same. La demence precoce; mani- festations oculaires; considerations sur la patho- genie. 12°. Paris, 1905. Neussichin (M.) *TJeber das Bumke'sche Phanomen bei der Dementia praecox (das Fehlen der Pupillenerweiterung auf sensible und psy- chische Reize.) 8°. Heidelberg, 1910. Reichmann (Frieda). *Ueber Pupillensto- rungen bei Dementia praecox. [Konigsberg.] 8°. Berlin, 1913. Also, in: Arch. f. Psychiat, Berl, 1914, liii, 302-321. Blln (G.) Les troubles oculaires dans la demence precoce. Clin. prat. d. mal. d. yeux [etc], Par, 1907, iii, 4.—Bumke (O.) Ueber die Pupillenstorungen bei der Dementia praecox. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1910, lvii, 2688-2690.—Clark (L. P.) The eye syndrome of dementia prsecox. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis, N. Y, 1908, xxxv, 708-713.—Dide & Asslcot. Signes oculaires dans la demence precoce. Arch, de neurol. Par, 1905, 2. s, xx, 231. Also: Rev. neurol. Par, 1905, xiii, 867.—Fernandez (F. M.) Sintomas oculares de la demencia precoz. An. de oftal, Mexico, 1913-14,xvi; 4-6.—Fuchs (A.) Die diagnostische Bedeutung von Pupillenstorungen bei Dementia praecox. Psychiat.-neurol. Wchnschr, Halle a. S, 1917-18, xix, 127; 143; 151.—Fuchs (W.) Pupillensto- rungen bei Dementia praecox. Ibid., 1911-12, xiii, 175.— Fuller (S. C.) & Chambers (R. M.) Adrenalin mydriasis as a somatic symptom of dementia praecox and organic brain disease. Dementia Praecox Stud, Chicago, 1918, i, 30-34.—Hansen (S.) [Dementia praecox and retinitis pig- mentosa.] Hosp.-Tid, K0benh, 1920, lxiii, 417-424.— Holmes (B.) The adrenal mydriasis of dementia praecox. Chicago M. Rec, 1915, xxxvii, 397-410: 1919, xh, 387-394. Also: Lancet-Clinic, Cincin, 1915, cxiv, 94-96. Also, Re- print.—Meyer (E.) Pupillenstorungen bei Dementia prae- cox. Berl. khn. Wchnschr, 1910, xlvii, 1813-1815. -----. Weiteres zu den Pupillenstorungen bei Dementia praecox. Neurol. Centralbl, Leipz, 1912, xxxi, 1281-1283.—Teal (F. T.) A study of the eye in dementia praecox. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. [etc.], St. Louis, 1917-18, xxii-xxiii, 205-211. Also: Am. J. Ophth, Chicago, 1918, 3. s, i, 185-189.—Tyson (H. H.) & Clark (L. P.) Preliminary report on the signifi- cance of the ocular signs and symptoms of dementia praecox as observed in a series of 115 consecutive cases. Am. J. Insan, Bait, 1907-8, lxiv, 563-573. Also: J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1908,1, 1415-1419.-----------. The eye syndrome of dementia praecox; ocular signs and symptoms of dementia praecox and their significance, as observed in 115 consecutive cases. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1912, xii, 223-234. Also: Stud. Psychiat, N. Y, 1912, i, 212-222, 1 pi.—Wood (C. A.) Eye syndrome of dementia prsecox. In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, v, 3811-3813. DEMENTIA. 418 DEMENTIA. Dementia prsecox (Familial). See Dementia praecox (Heredity in). Dementia praecox (Heredity in). Berze (J.) Die hereditaren Beziehungen der Dementia prsecox. 8°. Leipzig, 1910. Boven (W.) *Similarite et mendehsme dans l'heredite de la demence precoce et de la folie maniaque-depressive. [Lausanne.] 8°. Vevey, 1915. Schulze (0.) *Ueber die Beziehungen des angeborenen und fruh erworbenen Schwachsinns sowie der psychopathischen Constitution zur "Dementia praecox." 8°. Bielefeld, 1908 Schwarzwald (B.) *De la demence precoce familiale. 8°. Lausanne, 1907. Simon (J. R. [W.J) *Ueber sechs Falle von Dementia praecox in einer Geschwistergruppe. 8°. Leipzig, 1910. . Wolfsohn (Ryssia) *Die Hereditat bei De- mentia praecox. [Zurich.l 8°. Berlin, 1907 Also, in: Allg. Ztschr. f. Psychiat. [etc.], Berl, 1907, lxiv, 347-362. Boven (W.) Un nouveau fait acquis touchant Ther&iite' de la demence precoce. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1917, xlvii, 605-609.—D'Ormea (A.) Demente precoce paranoide imputato di lesioni inpersona del propio padre. Atti Accad. d. sc. med. e nat. in Ferrara, 1907, lxxxi, 1-10.— Frantz (M. H.) Dementia praecox in twins. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis, N. Y, 1919, 1, 325-330.—Grassl. Dementia praecox bet Zwillingen. Arch. f. Rassen- u. Gesellsch.- Biol, Munchen, 1921-2, xiv, 177.—Hansen (S.) [Heredity In dementia praecox.] Hosp.-Tid, K0benh, 1922 lxv, 17-28.—Jellifle (S. E.) Predementia praecox; the hereditary and constitutional features of the dementia praecox make-up. J Nerv. & Ment. Dis, Lancaster, Pa, 1911, xxxvui, 1-26. Also Reprint.—Laignel-Lavastlne. Deux cas de demence precoce familiale. Encephale, Par, 1920, i, 408-413, 1 pi — Laignel-Lavastlne & Boutet (A.) Demence precoce gemellaire. Ibid., 267-272.—Leroy. Deux cas de demence precoce chez les deux sceurs et demence precoce probable chez le fr&re. Bull. Soc. clin. de med. ment. Par, 1920, viii, 39-42.—Mlkhalloff (S. Ye.) [Familial, katatonic form of dementia praecox; its etiology, course, and symptomatology.] Obozr. Psikhiat, Nevrol. [etc.], Petrogr, 1914-15, xix, 563- 584.—Robertson (G. D.) The catatonic type of dementia praecox; the genesis of the auto-intoxication in the catatonic type of dementia praecox, from an hereditarily transmitted defective biochemlsm. J. Ment. Sc, Lond, 1915, lxi, 392- 412.—Sasaki (H.) On the ages and heredity of dementia praecox. Sei-i-Kwai M. J, Tokyo, 1910, xxix, No. 10.— Tschernlng (R.) Muskeldystrophieund Dementia praecox; ein Beitrag zur Erblichkeitsforschung. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psvchiat, Berl, 1921, lxix, 169-181.—Vernet (P.) Quelques cas de demences precoces familiales (meres et enfants, freres ou sceurs); contribution a la recherche de l'etio- logie de la demence precoce. Bull. Soc. clin. de med. ment. Par, 1920, viii, 262-272.—Vidoni (G.) Contributo alia patogenesi della "dementia praecox"; note sull' importanza deU' eredilarieta psicopatica nei demente precoci. Note e riv. di psichiat, Pesaro, 1909, 3. s, ii, 175-183.—Weinberg (W.) Metodologische Gesichtspunkte fiir die statistische Untersuchung der Vererbung bei Dementia praecox. Metron, Rovigo, 1920, i. No. 2, 17-29. Also: Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat, Berl, 1920, Orig, lix, 39-50. -----. Vererbungsstatistik und Dementia praecox. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1920, lxvii, 667.—Zeller (E.) Zur Erblich- keitsforschung bei Dementia praecox. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat, Berl, 1920, lv, 275-293. Dementia praecox (History and statis- tics of). Hoth (F.) *Statisti8cher Beitrag zur Demen- tia praecox (Jugend-Irresein). 8°. Rostock, 1906. Coles (W. W.) & Fuller (S. C.) A statistical study of one hundred and nine cases of dementia pnecox. J. Am. Inst. Homceop, N. Y, 1909, i, 322-327.—Delgado (II. F.) Dementia praecox in Peru. Dementia Praecox Stud, Chi- cago, 1920, iii. 207-210.—Evarts (A. B.) Dementia praecox in the colored race. Psychoanalyt. Rev, N. Y, 1913-14, i, 388-403.—Gorrltl (F.) Nacionalidad en L410 casos do demencia precoz. Prensa med. argentina, Buenos Aires, 1918-19, v, 282-284.—Jelllffe (S. E.) Dementia pnreox; an historical summary. N.York M. J. [etc.], 1910. xci, 521-531.— La Moure (C. T.) A study of the statistics oi the New York State Hospitals for 1913, with special regard to statistics re- garding dementia praecox. Boston M. & S. J, 1915, clxxiii, 744. -----. A study of the statistics of dementia praecox from the report of the New York State Hospitals for the nine months ending June 30, 1916. Chicago M. Rec, 1918, xl, 185. Also: Dementia Praecox Stud, Chicago, 1918, i, 14.— Dementia praecox (History and statis- tics of). Le Savoureux (H.) Quelques mots d'histonque sur la demence precoce. Rev. de psychiat. Par, 1913, xvii, 72-77.— Pollock (H. M.) Geographical distribution of dementia praecox in New York State; a study based on 9,024 dementia Eraecox patients admitted to the civil state hospitals from ictober 1,1911, to June 30,1918. State Hosp. Q , Utica, N.Y, 1918-19, iv, 312-323.—Pollock (H. M.) & Nolan (W. J.) Sex age and nativity of dementia praecox; first admissions to the New York State Hospitals, 1912 to 1918. Ibid., 498-516. Also, Reprint. Dementia praecox (Intermittent and re- mittent ). Chaslin & Seglas. Intermittence et demence precoce. N iconog. de la Salpgtriere, Par.. 1911, xxiv, 215-228, 2 pi.— Dunton (W. R.) The cyclic forms of dementia praecox. Am. J. Insan, Bait, 1909-10, lxvi, 465-476 mittent forms of dementia praecox Proc. The inter- Am. Med.- Psvchol. Ass, Bait, 1910, xvii, 239-260. Also: Am. J. Insan, Bait, 1910-11, lxvii, 257-278— Pascal (Mile.) Les remis- sions dans la demence precoce; formes frustes, folie morale acquise, folie circulaire. Rev. prat. d. mal. cutan. [etc.], Par. 1907 vi, 147-161.-----• Les remissions dans la demence Drecoce (liistorique; generalin's; observations). Rev. de psychiat. Par, 1907, xi, 99-114.—Ptersdorff (K.) Die Re- missionen der Dementia praecox. Ztschr. f. khn. Med, Berl., 1904, lv, 488-507. Dementia praecox (Jurisprudence of). Bisch (E.-G.-A.) *Laperk>de medico-legale de la demence precoce. 8°. Lille, 1909. Friedrich (W.) *Die strafrechtliche Bedeu- tung des manisch-depressiven Irreseins und der Dementia praecox. 8°. Bonn, 1912. Gullatz (E.) *Kasuistischer Beitrag zur forensischen Beurteilung des Dementia pracox. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1921. Heinsius (G.) *Klinische Beitrage zur foren- sischen Bedeutung der Dementia praecox. 8°. Erlangen, 1909. Seggelke (K.) *Forensische Beurteilung der Remissionen im Verlauf der Dementia praecox. 8°. Freiburg i. Br., 1913. Antheaume (A.) & Mignot (R.) La penode medico- legale prodromique de la demence precoce. Encephale, Par, 1907, ii, 126-135.—Clampl (L.) La demencia precocl- sima. Rev. de criminol. psiquiat, Buenos Aires, 1920, vii, 157; 257.—Delbrttck (A.) Ueber die forensische Bedeutung der Dementia praecox. Deutsch. Med.-Beamten-Ver. Off. Ber, Berl, 1907, vi, 23-33.—Frisco (B.) Osservazioni cli- niche e considerazioni medieo-legali sulla imputabilita e sulla capacita civile dei dementi precoci. Ann. d. manicom. prov. di Catanzaro, Palermo, 1920, vii, 59-160—Hitchcock (C. W.) A case of dementia pnecox of medico-legal interest. Am. J. Insan, Bait, 1905-6, lxii 615-626.-Maler (H. W.) Unfallgutachten iiber Falle von Dementia precox (Schizo- phrenien). Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1912, xhi, 273-280.—Oliver (J. R.) Emotional states and illegal acts in connection with schizophrenia. Am. J. Psychiat, Bait, 1921-2, n. s.. i, 589-607.—Ottolenghi (S.) La medicina legale della demenza precoce. Arch, di antrop. crim. [etc.], Torino, 1916, 4. s, viii, 24-33.—Pascal ( Mlk.) La demence ?recoee; etude clinique et m6dico-legale. Rev. de med, ar, 1911. xxxi, 304-333.—Pighinl (G.) La criminalita negli stadl iniziali della demenza precoce. Riv. sper. di freniat, Reggio-Emilia, 1906, xxxii, 859-89.V-----. Le crime dans la demence precoce (de Kraepelin). Arch, di psichiat. [etc.], Torino, 1907, xxviii, 732-744.—Sartorius (R.) Die foronsische Bedeutung der Dementia praecox. Allg. Ztschr. f. Psychiat. [etc.], Berl, 1908, lxv, 666-684.—Tronconl (A.) Criniine e demenza precoce. Note e riv. di psichiat, 1 Ysaro, 1911,3. s, iv, 169-177— Wachsmuth (H.) Zur forensischen Bedeutung der Dementia prrecox; 32jahriger Tagl6hner; Mord und Sclbstmord in katatonischem Dammerzustand. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg, Berl, 1907, xui, 181-183. Dementia praecox (Metabolism in). Barnes (F. M.) A study of the metabolism of two atyp- ical cases related to the dementia pracox group. Am. J. Insan, Bait, 1908-9, lxv. 591-605.- Comparato (G.) La eliminazione dell' acido fosforico per lo urine nei dementi precoci. 1'isani, Palermo, 1912, xxxii, 3-42.—D'Ormea (A.) & Magglotto (I ,) Ricerche sul ricambio materiale nei de- menti pnroii Riforma med, Palermo-NapoU, 1904, xx, 122. Also: (Hor. di psichiat. clin. e teen, manic, Ferrara, 1904. xxxii, 1; 209:1905, xxxiii, 171-256,1 tab, 1 ch.—Holmes (B.) Dementia praecox studies. Chicago M. Rec, 1917, xxxix, 21; 77—McCampbell (E. F.) A study of the metabolism In Ave cases of dementia praecox. Columbus M. J, 1904, xxvui, 481; 546— Massaro (D.) Ricambio materiale nella de- menza precoce. Pisani. Palermo, 1G06, xxvii, 189-288, 2 tab—Pighinl (G.) II ricambio organico nella demenza DEMENTIA. 419 DEMENTIA. Dementia praecox (Metabolism in). ?«.C0£?o S-7- sper- d1 freniat, Reggio-Emilia, 1906, xxxii, wT, i ', §?: 1907> xxxiii, 762-779. Also, transl.: Arch. Uf1™1-* Psychiat. Path. Lab. Lond, 1909, iv, 220-243.— ingnini (G ) & statuti (G.) Metabolism in dementia prae- m?X*t fm; J-^san-, Bait, 1910-11, lxvii, 299-316.—Ross u&. l,.) Metabolism in dementia praecox. Arch. Int. Med, Chicago, 1914, xiii, 889-903.—van der Scheer (W. M.) D«v mentia praecox en inwendige afscheiding. Nederl. Tijdschr v. Geneesk, Amst, 1915, 2168-2177.—Wussow (A. F.) Me- tabohsm studies in dementia praecox. Inst. Quart, Spring- field, 1913-14, iv, 71-81. Dementia prsecox (Pathology of). Renaudie (J.-B.-E.-A.-H.) Contribution a 1 etude de l'anatomie pathologique de la de- mence precoce. 8°. Montpellier, 1916. 9&430°'tmnsl'in: Dementia Praecox Stud, Chicago, 1919, ii, Alzheimer. Beitrage zur pathologischen Anatomie der Dementia precox. Allg. Ztschr. f. Psychiat. [etc.], Berl, 1913 lxx, 810-812.—Auglande. Sclerose corticate disseminee etdeinenc© precoce. J. d. med. de Bordeaux, 1908, xxxviii, 171.—Bassi (A.) Sull' anatomia patologica della demenza precoce Ann. di freniat. [etc.], Torino, 1911, xxi, 97-128,3 pi ——-. Alterazioni midollari in due casi di demenza precoce catatonica. Ann. d. manic, prov. 1910, di Perugia, 1911, iv, J^T173;-BIancnml (M- L-> Sul1' unlta clinica e sull' iden- tity patogenetica delle demenze primitive o precoci (demen- tia praecox). Gior. di psichiat. chn. e teen, manic, Ferrara, 1905, xxxu, 324-327.—Bickel (H.) Zur Anatomie und Aetiologie der Dementia praecox. Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol, Berl, 1910, xxviii, 189-208.—Bowman (K. M.), Eidson (J. P.) & Burladge (S. P.) Bio-chemical studies m ten cases of dementia praecox. Boston M. & S. J, 1922 clxxxvii, 358-362.—Buscaino (V. M.) Le cause anatomo^ patologiche delle manifestazioni nella demenza precoce. Riv. di patol. nerv, Firenze, 1920, xxv, 197-226. -----. Nuovi dati sulla distribuzione e sulla genesi delle "zolle di dismtegrazione a grappolo" dei dementi precoci. Ibid., 1921, xxvi, 57-73. Also, transl.: Dementia Praecox Stud, Chicago, 1922, v, 1-13.—Cheney (C. O.) A review of re- ported brain changes in dementia praecox. State Hosp. Q, Utica, N. Y, 1918-19, iv, 325-356.—Claude (H.) A propos de I'atrophie cerebelleuse dans la demence precoce. Ence- phale, Par, 1909, i, 161.—Coriat (I. H.) Recent trends in the psycho-pathology of dementia praecox. Proc. Am. Med.-Psychol. Ass.. Bait., 1913, xx, 181-194. Also: Am. J. Insan, Bait, 1913-14, lxx, 669-682.—Cotton (H. A.) Fatty degeneration of the cerebral cortex in the psychoses, with special reference to dementia praecox. J. Exper. M, Lan- caster, Pa, 1915, xxii, 492-516, 2 pi.—Crisafufil (E.) Sulla istologia e patogenesi della demenza precoce. Morgagni, Milano, 1906, xlviii, 52-61,1 pi.—Davis (E. Y.) Comparative notes on the histopathologic findings in dementia praecox. Dementia Praecox Stud, Chicago, 1922, v, 24-26.—De Al- bertis (D.) Contributo alio studio delle lesioni istopatolo- giche nella corteccia cerebrale dei dementi precoci. Note e riv. di psichiat, Pesaro, 1911, 3. s.; iv, 8-28, 1 pi.—De Buck & Deroubaix. Contribution a Phistopathologie de eertaines formes de psychoses appartenant a la demence precoce (Kraepelin). Nevraxe, Louvain, 1905-6, vii, 161-201. Considerations anatomo-psychoiogiques sur la de- mence precoce. J. de neurol. Par, 1906, xi, 27-32.—Dide (M.) A pathogenic sketch of dementia praecox. Dementia Praecox Stud., Chicago, 1922, v, 77.—Dide (M.) & Leborgne (A.) Symptomes et lesions medullaires dans la demence precoce catatonique. Rev. neurol. Par, 1906, xiv, 479.— Ducos. Lesion corticale circonscrite dans un cas de de- mence precoce. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1910, xl, 758.— Dufour (H.) Demence precoce simple; ensemble de signes imputables a des troubles cerebelleux; demence precoce de type cerebelleux. Encephale, Par, 1909, i, 155-158.—Dun- lap (C. B.) Preliminary suggestions for a study of the patho- logical anatomy of dementia praecox. State Hosp. Q, Utica, N. Y, 1918-19, iv, 52-58, 1 pi—Dunton (W. R.) Report of a case of dementia praecox with autopsy. Am. J. Insanity, Bait, 1903, lix,. 427-439, 4 pi.—Dutrebente (G.) & Marchand (L.) Considerations sur l'anatomie patholo- gique de la demence precoce a propos d'un cas. Rev. neurol. Par, 1905, xiii, 386-390.—Ellis (F. G.) Unsuspected post- mortem findings in a case of dementia praecox. Bull. Iowa Inst, Des Moines, 1910, xii, 100-103.—Falciola (M.) Sulla eziologia e patogenesi della demenza precoce. Ann. di freniat. [etc.], Torino, 1910, xx, 367-372.—Fankhauser (E.) Histologische Befunde bei Dementia praecox. Ztschr. i. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat, Berl. & Leipz, 1912, viii, Orig, 413-430.-----. Ueber die somatische Grundlage der Demen- tia praecox. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1914, xliv, 65-73.—Fern&ndez Sanz (E.) Demencia precoz y cerebro- patia infantil. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract, Madrid, 1910, lxxxviii, 129-138.—Gibson (G. H. R.) The pathology of dementia praecox, especially in relation to the circulatory changes. Arch. Neurol. & Psychiat. Path. Lab. Lond, 1911, v, 182-207, 1 pi.—Goldstein (K.) Zur pathologischen Anatomie der Dementia praecox. Arch. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol, Berl, 1909-10, xlvi, 1062-1090,1 pi.—Gurd (Adeline E. The structural brain lesions of dementia praecox. Am. Dementia praecox (Pathology of). J. Insan, Bait, 1920, lxxvii, 201-211. Also: Dementia Praecox Stud, Chicago, 1920, iii, 181-189.—Hassin (G. B.) Ihe present status of histopathology of dementia praecox. Chicago M. Rec, 1918, xl, 150-156. Also: Dementia Praecox Stud, Chicago, 1918, i, 7-13.—Holmes (B.) The physical findings in dementia praecox and the call for massive research. Ahenist & Neurol, St. Louis, 1920, xii, 69-76.-----. The pathogenesis of dementia praecox. Dementia Praecox Stud, Chicago, 1920, iii, 211-218. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y, 1920, xcviii, 550-553.—Josephy. Zur Histopathologic der De- mentia praecox. Allg. Ztschr. f. Psychiat. [etc.]. Berl. & Leipz, 1922, lxxviii, 373.—Klippel. Anatomie pathologique et nature de la demence precoce. Rev. de psychiat. Par, 1904, 420-422. Also: Cong. d. med. alienistes et neurol. de France 1904, Par, 1905, ii, 127-131.—Klippel (M.) & Lher- mitte (J.) Demence precoce; anatomie pathologique et pathogenie. Rev. de psychiat. Par, 1904, viii, 45-78.----- -----. Des lesions de la moelle dans la demence precoce. Encephale, Par, 1906. i, 113-128,1 pi.-----------. Anatomie pathologique de la demence precoce. Ibid., 1908, ii, 656-666, 1 pi------------. De I'atrophie du cervelet dans la demence precoce. Ibid., 1909, i, 159-161,1 pi. A lso: Rev. neurol. Par, 1909, xvii, 156.-----------. Anatomie pathologique de la demence precoce; un cas avec autopsie. Encephale, Par, 1909, i, 504; 612. Also: Rev. neurol. Par, 1909, xvii, 584- 586.—Koch (W.) Chemical study of the brain in cases of dementia praecox. J. Exper. M, Lancaster, Pa. & N. Y, 1911, xiii, 301-307. Also, Reprint.—Koch (W.) & Mann (S. A.) A chemical study of the brain in healthy and diseased conditions, with especial reference to dementia praecox. Arch. Neurol. & Psychiat. Path. Lab. Lond, 1909, Iv, 174-219, 1 pi.—Lagriffe (L.) Recherches de physiologie pathologique sur les troubles du mouvement dans la de- mence precoce. Rev. de psychiat. Par, 1913, xvii, 309-330.— Lalgnel-Lavastine, Tretiakopf (C.) & Jorgoulesco (N.) Plaques "cyto-graisseuses," lesions du corps strie et altera- tions vasculaires dans trois cas de demence precoce hebe- phreno-catatonique. Rev. neurol. Par, 1921, xxviii, 1148- 1156. Also: Encephale, Par, 1922, xvii, 151-167, 4 pi — Leroy (R.) & Laignel-Lavastine. Un cas de demence precoce avec autopsie. Cong. d. med. alienistes et neurol. de France 1904, Par, 1905, ii, 131-139.—Maestre Perez (T.) Formas y patogenia de la demencia precoz. Chn. mod, Zaragoza, 1906, v 209; 239; 320; 370. Also: Rev. frenopat. espafi, Barcel, 1906, iv, 177; 210; 315; 340.—Mollweide (K.) Die Dementia praecox im Lichte der neueren Konstitutions- pathologie. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat, Berl. & Leipz, 1912, ix, Orig, 62-90.-----. Zur Pathogenese der Dementia praecox. Also: 1914, Orig, xxii, 594-605.—von Monakow (C.) & Kitabayashi (S.) Dementia praecox and the choroid plexus. Dementia Praecox Stud, Chicago, 1919, ii, 185-198.—Mondio (G.) Contributo anatomico e chnico alio studio della demenza precoce. Ann. di nevrol Napoh, 1905, xxiii, 64-107, 4 pi. Also [Abstr.]: Riv. sper. di freniat, Reggio-Emilia, 1905, xxxi, 193-195.—Morse (Mary E.) Thalamic gliosis in dementia praecox. Am. J. Insan, Bait, 1915-16, lxxii, 103-123.—Mott (Sir F.W.) Preliminary note on the microscopic investigation of the brain in cases of dementia praecox. Arch. Neurol. Path. Lab. Lond. County Asyl, Claybury, Lond, 1907, iii, 327-330. -----. Studies in the pathology of dementia praecox. Proc. Roy. Soc Med, Lond, 1920, xiii, Sect. Psychiat, 25-63, 6 pi. Also: Dementia Praecox Stud, Chicago, 1920, iii, 145-180 6 Pi-TMott (F- w-) & Prados y Such (M.) Further pathological studies in dementia praecox, especially in rela- tion to the interstitial cells of Leydig. Proc. Roy Soc Med., Lond, 1921-2 xv, Sect. Psychiat, 1-14. [Discussion],' 14-30. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1922, cxvi, 245; 315.— Muggia (G.) Appunti sperimentali sulle condizioni orga- mche dei dementi precoci. Riforma med, Palermo-Napoli 1907, xxiii,706^708.—Omorokow (L.) Zur pathologischen Anatomie der Dementia praecox. Arch. f. Psychiat, Berl 1914 liv, 1031-1055, 3 pi.—Osnato (M.) A critical review of the pathogenesis of dementia praecox in its relation to the borderline psychoses. Neurol. Bull, N. Y 1918 i 106-118. Also, Reprint. Also: Am. J. Insan, Bait, 1918-W ±Z' t11.-431-—Paris (A-) Quelques mots encore sur la pathogenie probable des demences precoces ou primitives Ricer. di flevrol. [etc], Catania, 1913, 203-209.—Prlgione(F ) Contributo alia patogenesi della demenza precoce. Gior di psichiat. clin. e teen, manic, Ferrara, 1906, xxxiv, 205-220. -----. Sulla patologia della demenza precoce e sulle fasi acute che in essa si presentano. Riv. sper. di freniat Reggio-Emilia, 1908, xxxiv, 497-542.-----. Ricerche sulla costituzione chimica del cervello nella demenza precoce Ibid 1920, xhv, 66-86.—Rawlings (Eva). The histopathologic findings in dementia praecox. Am. J. Insan, Bait 1919-20 lxxvi, 265-284, 2 pi.—Rczza (A.) Alterazioni delle cellule ganghari del bulbo in un casodi demenza precoce con morte improvvisa. Riv. di patol. nerv, Firenze, 1913, xviii 426- 429.—Rlche, Barbe, Wlckersheimer. Des lesions anato- miques attnbuees a la demence precoce. Arch de neurol Par., 1907, 3. s ii, 185-196.-Ronco (G.) Contributo alia teoria degenerativa della demenza precoce. Morgagni Mi lano, 1911, liii, pt. 1, 19-30.—Scarpini (V.) Ricerche istolo- giche sm centri nervosi m un caso di demenza precoce cata- tonica. Rassegna di studi psichiat, Siena, 1912 ii 1-12 1 pi.—Sokolskaya (S. A.) [Pathological changes 'of the brain cortex in schizophrenia.] Psikho-Nevrol. Vestnik DEMENTIA. 420 DEMENTIA. Dementia praecox (Pathology of). Mosk, 1917, i, 70-83. Southard (E. E.) A study of the dementia prsecox group in the light of certain cases snowing anomalies or sclerosis in particular brain-regions. Proc Am. Med.-Psychol. Ass, Bait, 1910, xvii, 261-323. Also: Am. J. Insan, Bait, 1910-11. lxvii, 119-176.-----. On the topographical distribution oi cortex lesions and anomalies in dementia praecox with some account of their functional significance. Am. J. Insan, Bait, 1914-15, Ixxi, 383; 603,19 pi. -----. Dissociation of parenchymatous (neuronic) and inter- stitial (neuroglia) changes in the brains of certain psycho- pathic subjects, especially in dementia praecox. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila, 1916, xxxi, 293-310.-----. On the focality of microscopic brain lesions found in dementia praecox. BuU. Mass. Comm. Ment. Dis, Bost, 1918-19, ii, 45-67. Also: Arch. Neurol. & Psychiat.. Chicago, 1919, l, 172-192. Also, Reprint. -----. An anatomical search for non-tuberculous dementia praecox. J. Nerv. 21;..—Masselon. De certains caracteres psychologues de la demence precoce et des limites de cette affection. Cong. d. med. alienistes et neurol. de France 1904, Par, 1905, ii, S3-9v—Meyer (E.) Bemerkungen zu Jung "Ueber die Psychologie der Dementia pmeeox." Arch. f. Psychiat, Berl, 1907, xliii. 1312-1316.—Modena (G.) La sindrome demenza precoce in rapporto alia evolu- zione della pcrsonalita pskhica. Riv. sper. di freniat, Reggie-Emilia, 1913, xxxix, 468-473.—Muth (G. F.) Bild- besenreibungsversuche bei einem Falle von Demeutia pne- cox. Khn. I. psveh. u. nerv. Krankh, Halle a. S, 1914, ix, 3-81.—Nelken (J.) Psvchologische Untersuchungen an Bementia praecox-Kranken. J. f. Psvchol. u. Neurol, Leipz, 1911. xviii. 171-185. -----. Analytische Beobach- tungen iiber l'h mt.iMon eines Schizophrenen. Jahrb. f. psychoanal. u. psvchopathol. Forsch, Leipz. & Wien, 1912, iv, 1. Hlfte, 504-562.—Ots y Esquerdo (V.) Mentalidad del demente precoz. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de neuropath, [etc.], 70-73.—Perkins (Anne E.) A personahty study of late dementia pnecox. State Hosp. Q, Utica, N. Y, 1920-21, vi, 174-lSS.-Pollock (L. J.) ^ Dollear (A. H.) Pneumographic studies of emo- tional reactions in dementia praxox. Inst. Quart, Spring- field, 111., 1916, vii, 73-78—Rawllngs (Eva). The intellectual DEMENTIA. 421 DEMENTIA. Dementia praecox (Psychology of). status of patients with paranoid dementia praecox. Arch. Neurol. & Psychiat, Chicago, 1921,v, 283-295.—Rowe (C. E.) A comparative study of personality traits in early and late dementia praecox. State Hosp. Q, Utica, N. Y., 1920-21, vi, 167-173.—Ruata (G.) Sulla psicologia clinica e sulla funzione conativa nella demenza precoce. Note e riv. di psichiat.. Pesaro, 1912, 3. s, v, 213^231.—Schefler (C. W.) Ueber Autismus bei Patienten mit Dementia praecox. Psychiat. en neurol. Bl, Amst, 1916, xx, 303-319.—Stevens (H. C.) The salient mental defects in dementia praecox. Proc. Alienists & Neurol. Am, Chicago. 1917, vi, 208.-----. The psychiatry of dementia praecox. Illinois M. J, Chicago, 1918, xxxiv, 335.—Stocker (A.) Reve et associations libres d'un dement precoce. Progres med. Par, 1921, 3. s, xxxvi, 570-572.—Stockmayer (W.) Zur psychologischen Analyse der Dementia praecox. Zentralbl. I. Nervenh. u. Psychiat. Leipz, 1909, n. F, xx, 699-718.—Strasser-Eppelbaum (V.) Das autistische Denken in der Dementia praecox. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat, Berl, 1915, Orig, xxviii, 68-79.—Trepsat (L.) Dessins et ecrits d'un dement precoce. Encephale, Par, 1913, ii, 541-544, 3 pi.—Weygandt (W.) Kritische Bemerkungen zur Psychologie der Dementia prae- cox. Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol, Berl, 1907, xxii, 289-302.—Wulff (M.) Beitrag zur Psychologie der Dementia praecox (Schizophrenie). Zentralbl. f. Nervenh. u. Psv- chiat, Leipz, 1909, xxxii, 113-129. Dementia praecox (Reflexes in). Borel (A?) Contribution a l'etude des re- flexes dans la demence precoce. 8°. Paris, 1913. Ribakov (F. Y.) [Schisophrenia (dementia praecox) katatonic and pseudokatatonic symptoms.) Psikho-Nevrol. Vestnik, Mosk, 1917, i, 1-16.—Ruata (G.) Su una partico- lare modalita del bako del ginocchio nella demenza precoce catatonica. Gior. di psichiat. clin. e teen, manic, Ferrara, 1910, xxxviii, 88-99.—Vianna (U.) Sobre o reflexo de Maillard na demencia precoce. Brazil-med. Rio de Jan, 1917, xxxi, 255. Dementia prsecox (Traumatic). Meyer (M.) *Dementia praecox; Unfall. [Bonn.] 8°. [n.p.,n.d.] Abraham (K.) Ueber die Bedeutung sexueller Jugend- traumen fiir die Symptomatologie der Dementia praecox. Centralbl. f. Nervenh. u. Psychiat, Berl. & Leipz, 1907. xxx, 409-415.—Benon (R.) Traumatismes craniens et demence precoce (hypothymie chronique). Ann. d'hyg., Par, 1921, 4. s, xxxvi, 151-157.—Bresler. Entsteht Demen- tia praecox durch Schadel- bezw. Gehirnverletzungen? Psychiat.-Neurol. Wchnschr, Halle a. S, 1916-17, xviii, 381-384.—Fragola (V.) Influenza dei traumi di guerra sullo sviluppo della demenza precoce nei militari; osserva- zioni cliniche con considerazioni medico-legali. Ann. d. manicom. prov. di Catanzaro, Palermo, 1920, vii, 19-54.— Jtfrger (J.) Die Mobilmachung als krankheitsauslosendes Trauma bei Dementia praecox. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1914, xhv, 1553-1570.—Marie (A.) Demence precoce post-traumatique. Rev. de psychiat. Par, 1909, xiii, 340.— Roublnovitch (J.) La demence precoce et la vulnerabilite cerebrale. Bull, med. Par, 1909, xxiii, 679; 693.—Slmonin & Benon (R.) Demence precoce post traumatique a forme catatonique. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. de hop. de Par, 1910, 3. s, xxix, 408-415.—Weygandt (W.) Unfall und Dementia praecox. Mitt. a. d. Hamb. Staatkrankenanst., 1914-16, xv, 143-186. Dementia praecox (Treatment of). Storz (R.) *Ueber Besserungs- und Heilungs- aussichten bei Dementia pracox nach den Er- fahrungen in der 2. oberfrankischen Heil- und Pflege-Anstalt Kutzenberg. [Erlangen.] 8°. Lichtenfels, 1913. de Almeida (W.) Sobre os bons resultados do tratamento opotherapico exclusivo num caso de demencia precoce (forma catatonica). Brazil-med, Rio de Jan, 1917, xxxi, 380.— Anderson (P. V.) The value of employment in cases of dementia praecox. Charlotte [N. C] M. J, 1909, lx, 19-21- Becker (W. H.) Ist die Dementia praecox heilbar/ Khn. f. psych, u. nerv. Krankh, Halle a. S, 1912, vii, 377-381. ——- Epiglandol bei Dementia praecox. Therap. Halb- monatsh, Berl, 1920, xxxiv, 667—Boring (E. G.) Learn- ing in dementia praecox. Psychol. Monog, Prmceton, N. J, & Lancaster, Pa, 1913, xv, 5-101— CampbellI (C. M.) The treatment oi dementia praecox and allied conditions. Mod. Tr. Nerv. & Ment. Dis, Phila. & N. Y, 1913, i, 590-613.— Capgras & Crinon. Guerison apparente d'une demente precoce. Rev. de psychiat. Par, 1912, xvi, 187-194.—Coriat (I. H.) The treatment of dementia praecox by psycho- analysis. J. Abnorm. Psychol, Bost, 1917, xii, 326-330.— Davidson (A.) A case illustrating the use of thyroid ex- tract in dementia praecox. Australas. M. Gaz, Sydney, 1911, xxx, 200-202.—Donath (J.) Natrium nucleinicum in der Behandlung der Dementia praecox. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat, Berl. & Leipz, 1913, Orig, xix, 223-230. Also: Tr. Internat. Cong. Med. 1913, Lond, 1914, Sect, xii, Psychiat, pt. 2,147-152.—Ernst (J. R.) Catatonic dementia Dementia praecox (Treatment of). praecox; report of a case showing a marked remission follow- ing appendieostomy with colonic irrigation. Chicago M. Rec, 1917, xxxix, 204-209.—Gahagan (H. J.) Methods for the reawakening in cases of dementia praecox. Proc. Alien- ists & Neurol. Am, Chicago, 1917, vi, 152-156. Also: Chicago Med. Rec. 1918, xl, 341-345.—Guthrie (L. V.) Dementia praecox; observation and treatment. West Virg. M. J, Huntington, 1917-18, xii, 201-208.-----. Condensed notes on history of five of fifteen cases of dementia praecox treated by isotonic salt solution, administered intravenously or by hypodermoclysis at the Huntington State Hospital, during the year 1917. Chicago M. Rec, 1918, xl, 436-446. Also: Dementia Praecox Stud, Chicago, 1918, i, 61-71.—Helmann (M.) La opoterapia en la demencia precoz; el porque de su fracaso total. Semana med, Buenos Aires, 1920, xxvii, 569- 571.—Holmes (B.) The diagnosis and treatment of demen- tia praecox; the application of nuclein in its arrest. Am. J. Clin. Med, Chicago, 1914, xxi, 396-400. Also, Reprint.-----. Dementia praecox; a plea for therapeutic research. Am. J. Clin. Med, Chicago, 1914, xxi, 1072-1076.-----. Artificial leucocytosis as a treatment for dementia praecox. Chicago M. Rec, 1914, xxxvi, 4-6. Also, Reprint.-----. Dementia praecox and its cure. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1914, xlv, 29-31. -----. LundvalFs remedy for dementia praecox. Med. Rec, N. Y.; 1914. lxxxv, 27.-----. A plea for a research into the possibility of the cure of dementia praecox by the use of serum containing the defensive ferment. Ibid., lxxxvi, 870-872. Also, Reprint.-----. The country care of the dementia praecox patient. Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1914, xxxviii, 470-473.-----. Sodium nucleate for the in- duction of artificial leukocytosis in dementia praecox. Am. J. Clin. Med, Chicago, 1915, xxii, 120-124. Also, Reprint. -----. The use of sodium nucleate in dementia praecox, including a review of the subject from a clinical standpoint and an extensive bibliography. Chicago M. Rec, 1915, xxxvii, 500: 1916, xxxviii, 29. Also, Reprint.-----. The nucleate of soda and dementia praecox. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin, 1915, cxiii, 157-159. -----. Nucleic acid and de- mentia praecox. Med.Pharm.Critic,N.Y, 1915,xviii,90-96. -----. Dementia praecox studies; the treatment of the toxemia of dementia praecox. Am. Med, Burlington, Vt, & N. Y, 1916, n. s, xi, 702-704. Also: West. M. Rev, Omaha, 1916, xxi, 458-461. -----. Dementia praecox studies; the magnitude of the problem of custody or cure. Chicago M. Rec. 1916, xxxviii, 429-434. -----. Dementia praecox studies; the relation of asphyxia and difficult labor to dementia praecox. Med. Council, .Phila, 1916, xxi. No. 10, 29-32. Also, Reprint. -----. The size of the dementia praecox problem; the point of attack and the progress of the conquest. Railway Surg. J, Chicago, 1917-18, xxiv, 147-151. -----. Recoverabihty from dementia praecox. Am. Med, N. Y.; 1918, n. s, xiii, 17-24. Also: West. M. Rev, Omaha, 1918, xxiii, 125-134. Also, Reprint.-----. Employ- ment and reeducation of dementia praecox patients. De- mentia Praecox Stud, Chicago, 1918, i, 238-243.-----. The arrest and cure of dementia praecox. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1921, c, 231-234.—Ishida (N.) Results produced in dementia praecox, or so-called "endogenous dementia," by the in- fusion of sodium chloride solution. Am. J. Insan, Bait, 1916-17, lxxiii, 541-547.—Itten (W.) Heilversuche mit Nuclein-Injektionen bei Schizophrenie (Dementia praecox). Mit einer vorlaufigen Mitteilung fiber cytologische Blutbe- funde bei dieser Krankheit. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat, Berl. & Leipz, 1911, vii, Orig, 384-403.—Jacobl (W.) Ueber therapeutische Versuche mit menschlichem Normalserum bei Dementia praecox-Kranken. Ibid., 1920, lvi, 94-105.—Jelliffe (S. E.) The treatment of the schizo- phrenic (dementia praecox) patient. Internat. Clin, Phila, 1917, 27. s, ii, 163-174.—Kanavel (A. B.) & Pollock (L. J.) Partial thyroidectomy for catatonic dementia praecox; a final report concerning investigations into this subject. Am. J. Insan, Bait.. 1909-10, lxvi, 436-444— Kanavel (A. B.), Pollock (L. J ) & Eustace (A. B.) A preliminary report upon the advisability of thyroidectomy in catatonic dementia praecox. Illinois M. J, Springfield, 1909, xvi, 253-261—Keatley (H. W.) & Bobbltt (R. M.) Report of five cases of dementia praecox treated by nuclein solution (Lundvall's formula). West Virg. M. J, Wheeling, 1914-15, ix, 193.—Kempf (E. J.) The psychoanalytic treatment of dementia praecox; report of a case. Psychoanalyt. Rev., Wash, 1919, vi, 15-58.—Kielholz. Zur Behandlung der Dementia praecox mit Natr. nucleinicum. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat, Berl, 1916, Orig, xxxiv, 91-106.— Lafora (G. R.) Nuevo tratamiento causal de la demencia precoz y concepci6n de su patogenia. Med. ibera, Madrid, 1917, i, 117-125.—La Moure (C. T.) The value of systematic teaching in cases of dementia praecox. Alienist & Neurol, St. Louis, 1910, xxxi, 404-409.-----. Re-education of demen- tia praecox cases and industrial training of the chronic cases. Proc. Am. Med.-Psychol. Ass, Bait, 1912, xix, 263-268.— Lazell (E. W.) The group treatment of dementia praecox. Psychoanalyt. Rev, Wash, 1921, viii, 168-179.—Lemei (N.J.) Over de behandeling van dementia praecox. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1914? ii. 241-246.—Leonard (E. F.) Re-education as a factor in the treatment of de- mentia praecox. Interstate M. J, St. Louis, 1915, xxii, 544-549.—Levlson (P.) Thyreoiolmhehandling ved demen- tia praecox. Hosp.-Tid, K0benh, 1909, 5. R, ii, 1116-1122 — Lindsay (H. A.) Dementia praecox with special reference DEMENTIA. 422 DEMENT YEFF. Dementia praecox (Treatment of). to treatment. Illinois M. J, Chicago, 1914, xxvi. 324-327.— Main (D. C.) Catatonic dementia praecox: physiothera- peutics, and results obtained in a series oi twenty cases. Am. J. Psychiat, Bait, 1922-3, ii, 473-483.—Marie (A.) Sur quelques applications opotherapiques dans la de- mence precoce. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par, 1921, clxxii, 93-95.—Miller (W. C.) Treatment of dementia prae- cox by intravenous injections of sodium chlorid; together with studies of the chlorin content of the blood. Arch. Neurol. & Psychiat, Chicago, 1919, i, 313-316—Nickerson (Mary A.) A plan for the re-education of dementia praecox cases. Maryland Psychiat. Q, Bait, 1913, iii, 7-10.—Pllcz (A.) Zur Organotherapie der Dementia praecox. Psychiat.- neurol. Wchnschr, Halle a. S, 1917-18, xix, 303-305.— Prengowski (P.) Zur Behandlung der Dementia praecox. Arch. f. Psychiat, Berl, 1918, hx, 253-259.—Quln (F. W.) Dementia praecox; some suggestions for the general practi- tioner. N. Orl. M. & S. J, 1912-13, lxv, 808-810.—Raitzln (A.) Contribuci<5n al estudio de la demencia precoz; el tratamiento de la demencia precoz por el metodo de Steinach para las tituladas curas de rejuvenecimiento. Rev. de criminol. psiquiat. [etc.], Buenos Aires, 1922, ix, 577-596. Also: Semana med, Buenos Aires, 1922, xxix, pt. 2, 1238- 1246.—Raphael (T.) & Gregg (S.) Reaction in dementia praecox to the intravenous aolministration of non-specific protein. Am. J. Psychiat, Bait, 1921, n. s, i, 31-39.—Read (C. F.) Treatment of dementia praecox with sodium nucle- inate. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1916, lxxxix, 104-106. Also, Re- print. -----. The partial rehabilitation of a group of badly deteriorated dementia praecox patients. Inst. Quart, Springfield, 111, 1919, x, 42. Also: Dementia Praecox Stud, Chicago, 1920, iii, 108-110.—Ross (E. L.) Some forms of urinary nitrogen affected by the administration of desiccated thvroid to dementia praecox patients. Arch. Int. Mid, Chicago, 1913, xii, 746-750.—Schaffer. Ein Fall von De- mentia praecox katatonischer Form (Kraepelin), der nach 15jahrigen Dauer in Genesung ausging, nebst differentiell- diagnostischen Bemerkungen. Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol, Berl, 1907, xxii, Ergnzngshft, 72-83.—Schnitzler (J. G.) Mededeelingen over proeven van behandeling der dementia praecox met schildklierpraeparaten. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1916, i, 1179-1181.—Sommer. Ist die Dementia praecox heilbar? Klin. f. psych, u. nerv. Krankh.. Halle a. S, 1912, vii, 382-384.—Stocker (A.) & Vasiliu (D.) Essai de serotherapie dans la demence precoce. Encephale, Par, 1920, i, 326-330.----------. An applica- tion of serotherapy in dementia praecox. Dementia Praecox Stud, Chicago, 1921, iv, 59-62.—Tanlani (G.) L' albumina nei sangue dei dementi precoci. Gior. di psichiat. clin. e teen, manic, Ferrara, 1913, xh, 1-19.—Treiber. Heilver- suche mit Tuberkulininjektionen bei Dementia praecox. Allg. Ztschr. f. Psychiat. [etc.], Berl, 1913, lxx, 734-742 — White (W. A.) Some considerations bearing on the diag- nosis and treatment of dementia praecox. Am. J. Psychiat, Bait, 1921, n.s,i, 193-198.—Wlnslow (R.) Partial thyroid- ectomy in dementia praecox. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1910, lv, 1195-1196. Also, transl.: Klin.-therap. Wchnschr, Berl, 1911, xviii, 228-232. Dementia prsecox (Urine in). Dide (M.) & Chenals (L.) Recherches urologiques et hematologiques dans la demence precoce. Ann. med.- psychol. Par, 1902 8. s, xvi, 404-414.—D'Ormea (A.) II potere riduttore delle urine nei dementi precoci. Riv. sper. di freniat, Reggio-Emilia, 1906, xxxii, 79-98.—Obregla (A.), Urechla (C. J.) & Popela (A.) Le coefficient d'Ambard dans la demence precoce. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1914, lxxvi, 49.—Olinto (P.) A constante de Ambard na demencia precoce. Arch, brasil. de med, Rio de Jan, 1914, iv, 702-719.—Ross (E. L.) The source of urinary indol- acetic acid in two dementia praecox patients. Arch. Int. Med, Chicago, 1913, xii, 231-235. Dementia prsecox in children. Hollaender (Mile. P.) *Demence precoce infantile; dementia precocissima. [Geneve.] 8°. Cahors, 1911. A lso, in: Arch, internat. de neurol. Par., 1911,9. s, ii, 97; 184; 220; 294. Ciampi (L.) La demenza precocissima. Riv. ital. dl neuropat. [etc.],Catania, 1919,xii; 174; 233.—Costantini(F.) Nuovo contributo alio studio clinico della "dementia prae- cocissima." Riv. sper. di freniat, Reggio-Emilia, 1911, xxxvii, 305-336.—Guldl (G.) Della dementia precocissima. Ibid., 1910, xxxvi, 837-840.—Haushalter (P.) Contribution a l'etude de la "demence precoce" dans l'enfance. Arch, dc med. d. enf. Par, 1912, xv, 169-179.—Rehm (O.) Ein Kail von Dementia praecox in der Kindheit. Ztsdir. f. d. Be- handl. Schwachsinn, Dresd, 1911, xxxi, 19; 25.—Sante de Sanctis. Dementia precocissima catatonica oder Kata- tonie des fruheren Kindesalters? Folia neuro-biol, Leipz, 1908, ii, 9-12.—Volgt (L.) Ueber Dementia praecox im Kindesalter. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat, Berl. 1919, xlvi, 167-234.—Weber. Dementia praecox im Kindes- alter. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1920, lxvii, 588.—Welch- brodt (R.) Zur Dementia praecox im Kindesalter. Arch. f. Psychiat, Berl, 1918, lix, 101-109. Dementia praecox in soldiers and sailors. Gerloff (A. G. W.) *Ueber Dementia prse- cox bei Soldaten. 8°. Leipzig, 1908. Bonhomme & Xordman. Note sur deux cas de de- ments precoces a larmee. Ann. med.-psychol. Par, 1916-17, 10. s, vii, 546-549.—Butts (H.) A case of catatonic dementia praecox and its economic importance to the naval service and the Government. Mil. Surgeon, Wash, 1910, xxvi, 386-395.—Capgras (J.) Reformes de dements precoces. Ann.m6d.-psychol,Par, 1918.x, 10.s, 110-122. [Discussion], 197; 291.—Drastich. Dementia praecox und Militardienst. Cong, internat. de med. (xvi.). C.-r, Budapest, 1909, Sect, xx, Sanit. Mil. & Mar, 32-44. Also: Militararzt, Wien, 1910, xliv, 113-120.—Graves (G. C.) Re-education of the incapacitated soldier. Indianapolis M. J., 1921, xxiv, 275; 305:1922, xxv, 12.—Haury. Un dement precoce engage volontaire. Rev. neurol. Par, 1913, xxi, pt. 2, 233.— Henderson (D. K.) War psychoses; dementia praecox in war time. Rev. Neurol. & Psychiat, Edinb, 1918, xvi, 3.53-380.—Livet (M.) Syndrome de Ganser chez un detenu militaire; contribution a l'etude des rapports de lasimulation et de la demence precoce. Rev. de psychiat. Par, 1914, xviii, 197-205.—Norman (H. J.) Dementia praecox in a war hospital. Dementia Praecox Stud, Chicago, 1918, i, 99.— Smith (L. L.) Mental diseases in the military service with special reference to dementia praecox. Mil. Surgeon, Wash., 1911, xxviii, 426-444.—Vldal (A.) Un cas de demence pre- coce a forme catatonique chez un jeune soldat. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil. Par, 1913, lxi, 561-567.—Vlgouroux (A.) Les dements precoces dans l'armee. Clinique, Par., 1909, iv, 241-244. Dementia praecox and syphilis. Babonnelx (L.) Demence precoce et syphilis. Medecine, Par, 1921-2, ii, 118.—Czarniccki (F.) Demence precoce el syphilis. Arch, internat. de neurol. Par, 1910, i, 242.— Garniecki (F.) Demence precoce et syphilis. Ibid., 305.— Greene (R. A.) Dementia praecox and svphilis. Am. J. Psychiat, Bait.. 1921-2, i, 399-407.—Laignel-Lavastlne & Barbe (A.) Etude anatomo-clinique d'une demente pre- coce syphilitique. EncOphale, Par, 1914, 49-54.—Lopes (E.) Demencia precoce; svphilis cerebral. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan, 1919, xxxiii, pt. 1, 102.—Meggendorfer (F.) Ueber Syphilis in der Ascendenz von Dementia praecox-Kranken. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh, Leipz, 1914, li, 442-458.— Roubinovitch & Levadltl. Role de la svphilis dans l'etio- logie de la demence precoce. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1909, lxvi, 8>0-S\2.—Soukhanofl (S.) La demence precoce et la syphilis. Ann. med.-psychol. Par, 1911, 9. s, xiii, 377-383. Dementia praecox and tuberculosis. Durocher (A.) *Tuberculose et demence precoce. 8°. Paris, 1906. Raxcman (G.) *Les relations de la tubercu- lose et de la demence precoce. 8°. Paris, 1913. Alvarez (R.) Relaciones entre tuberculosis y demencia precoz. Prensa med. argentina, Buenos Aire.* 1916-17, iii, 221. Also, transl.: Dementia Praecox Stud, Chicago, 1919. li, 1.—George (O.) A bibliography of tuberculosis and dementia praecox. Dementia Praecox Stud, Chicago, 1919, ii, 7-10.—Gosllne (H. I.) The role of tuberculosis in de- mentia praecox. J. Lab. & Clin. M, St. Louis, 1918-19, iv, 186; 397. Also [Abstr.]: Dementia Prsecox Stud, Chicago, 1919, ii, 3-6—Kahn (P.) & Gallals. Tuberculose et demence precoce. Encephale, Par., 1913, i, 4S2-48S.—Laignel- Lavastlne. Demence precoce et tuberculose. J. demecl.de Par, 1920, xxxix, 215.—Southard (E. E.) & Canavan (M. M.) Notes on the relation of tuberculosis to dementia precox. J. Nerv. & Mont. Dis, N. Y, 1918, xlviii, 193-200.— Vlgouroux (A.) & lierisson-Laparre. Demence precoce et tubercules du cerveau. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1913,lxxxviii, 456-458.—Wolfer (L.) Die Tuberkulogenese der Dementia praecox. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat., Berl, 1919, Hi, 49-53. Also, transl.: Dementia Precox Stud., Chicago, 1920, iii, 141-144. Dementia Praecox Studies. Edited bv Bayard Holmes. [Quarterly.] v. 1-6, 191S-23. 8°. Chicago. Dementyeff (Gfeorgiy] A[ndreyevichl) [1877- 1. *Matenali k voprosu b parakeratozie; histologicheskoye izslledovaniye. [Parakerato- sis; histological investigation] 124 pp., 1 pi. 8°. S.-Peterburg, M. Ya. Kvar, 1912. Dementyeff (Vasiliy Grigoryevich) [1868- ]. *Metodi i znachenie mikrokhimicheskavo izslie- dovaniya dletskikh isprazhneniv (po kliniche- Bkim nablyndeniyam). [Method's and value of microscopical examination of children's feces (after chnical observations).] 104 pp., 11., 1 pi. 8°. S.-Peterburg, P. P. Sorbin, 1900. DEMENY. 423 DEMODEX. Demeny (Georges) [ -19181. Les bases scien- tifiques de l'education physique. 328 pp. 8°. Pans, F. Alcan, 1902. ■------. Mecanisme et education des mouvements. n, 523 pp. 8°. Paris, F. Alcan, 1904. For Biography, see Am. Phys. Educat. Rev, Springfield, Mass, 1919, xxivU98. ----—, Philippe (J.), [et al.]. Cours superieur d'education physique. Pedagogie generale et mecanisme des mouvements; anatomie et phy- siologie appliqu^es; exercices pratiques, viii, 336 pp. 8°. Paris, F. Alcan, 1905. De Meren (A.) Legislation sur la bienfaisance publique; codification et commentaire des dis- positions actuellement en vigueur; traite parti- culierement destine aux bureaux de bienfaisance. vi, 318 pp. 8°. Bruxelles; Paris, Bruylant- Christophe & Cie., 1903. De Menc (H.) Notes on venereal diseases. 3 p. 1., 97 pp. 8°. London,F. Renshaw, 1889. Demerliac (Marcel) [1884- ]. *Etude medico- psychologique sur Hoffmann. Ill pp. 8°. Lyon, 1908, No.. 5. Demetrescu (Mile.) *Nouvelles recherches expe- rimentales sur le venin de Naja Haje. 24 pp. 8°. Lausanne, 1914. Demetriadi (Louis P.) [1863-1918]. Obituary. Lancet, Lond, 1918, ii, 792. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1918, n. s, cvi, 352. Demeur (Maurice). Accidents du travail; expose critique du pro jet de loi amende par la section centrale. 120 pp. 8°. Tamines, C. Duculot- Roulin, 1903. Demeurisse (Germain-Jules) [1867- n. Con- tagion des otites moyennes aigues. 2 p. 1., 63 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 174. De Mezer (A. F.) Posmertniya izmieneniya nerv- nikh klietok, obnaruzhivayemikh pri okraskie po Nissl'yu. [Post-mortem changes of nerve cells, demonstrated by staining by Nissl's stain.] 60 pp., 5 pi. 8°. [Kiev, 1900.] Bound with: Untv. Izviest., Kiev, 1900, xl. De Michele (Pasquale). Lezioni di patologia generale dettate dai Prof____raccolte e publicate dai Dottor Bruno de Luca. xiii, 288 pp. 8°. Napoli, 1898. ------. Patologia generale. 3.ed. v, 394 pp. 8°. Napoli, V. Idelson, 1911. The same. 4. ed. xvi, 457 pp., 11. 8°. Napoli, V. Idelson, 1912, Demidoff (V[alentinl A[leksandrovich]) [1871- ]. *Uslovniye (slyunniye) refleksi u sobaki bez perednikh polovin oboikh polushariy. [Con- ventional (salivary) reflexes in dogs without the anterior halves of both hemispheres.] 128 pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, " Kamennoostrovskaya" tip 1909. Demidovicn (Bronislav Boleslavovich) [1871- ]. *Skiaskopiya i pre'imushtshestva opre- dieleniya yeyu refraktsii glaz v voyennomedi- tsinskol praktikie. [Skiascopy and the advan- tages of determining by it refraction of the eyes in army medical practice.] 100 pp. 8 . S.- Peterburg, Braude, 1899. Demit ville (Ernest). *A propos de deux cas inedits de traumatisme de l'articulation du coup depied. 93 pp., 11. 8°. Lausanne, 1907. D'Emilio (Luigi). Annali della r. farmacia del Leone. 162 pp., 11., port. 8°. Napoli, 1904. Deminski (Ippolit Aleksandrovich) [1-864-1912]. [Obituary.] Izviest. Obsh. Astrakhan. Vrach, 1912, v, Sept.-Dec, 1-69, port. Demirdjian (Aghavnie). Contribution a l'etude de la valeur semeiologique des ecoulements Demirdjian (Aghavnie)—continued. sanguins par le mamelon. 63 pp. 8°. Paris, 1918, No. 138. Demirleau (Albert) [1871- . ]. *Les precedes modernes de cure radicale de la hernie crurale et le nouveau precede" du Dr. H. Delageniere. 44pp.. 2 1. 8°. Paris, 1897, No. 70. Demisch (Arthur). *Experimentelle Untersu- chungen iiber die Einwirkung formalinhaltiger Medikamente und der Injektionsanasthesie auf die lebende Pulpa bei ihrer Anwendung zur Bekampfung des hypersensiblen Dentins. 49 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Zurich, 1921. Repr.from: Schweiz. Vrtljsehr. f. Zahnh, v. 30, 1920, 4. Hft. Demjanenko (Katharina). *Das Verhalten des Darmepithels bei verschiedenen funktionellen Zustanden. [Zurich.] 37 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Miin- chen, R. Oldenbourg, 1910. Demmel (Franz) [1882- ]. *Zur Kasuistik des mannlichen Brustdrusenkrebses. 18 pp. 8°. Munchen, C. Wolf & Sohn, 1910. Demmer (Adolf) [1844-1913]. Nekrolog. Gesundh.-Ingenieur, Miinchen, 1913, xxxvi, 197, port. Demmin(Erich Ernst Robert)[1883- ]. *Ueber Mesenterialtumoren. 28 pp. 8°. Greifswald, J. Abel, 1909. Demmler (Anastase). La chirurgie du champ de bataille (m^thodes de pansement et interven- tions d'urgence) d'apres les enseignement mo- dernes. 164 pp. 12°. Paris, Masson & Cie., [1907]. Demmler (Max) [1884- ]. *Ueber Lympho- sarkomatose des Dunndarms. 42 pp., 1 1. 8°. Munchen, C. Wolf & Sohn, 1908. Demnitz (Friedrich Albert) # [1892- J. *Die Silbertherapie in der Veterinarchirurgie in ge- schichthcher und kritischer Beleuchtung. [Leipzig.] 46 pp. 8°. Dresden, F. A. Wolf, 1920. Democedes. Houdry (R.) *La vie d'un medecine du xie siecle avant J.-C. Democedes de Crotone. 8°. Paris, 1921. Demock (Ida) [1877- ]. *Die vaginalen Total- extirpationen des Uterus aus der Hallenser Frauenklinik vom 1. Oktober 1896 bis 1. Januar 1901. 26 pp. 8°. Halle, a. S., R. P. Nietsch- mann, 1901. Democritus (Christianus). See Dippel (Joh. Conrad). Demodex. See, also, Dogs (Diseases of); Parasites (Ani- mal); Skin (Diseases of, Parasitic). British Museum (Natural History). Studies on Acari. No. 1. The genus Modex, Owen. By Stanley Hirst, roy. 8°. London, 1919. Gmeiner (F.) *Demodex folliculorum des Menschen und der Tiere. 8°. Munchen, 1908. Also [Abstr.], in: Berl. thierarztl. Wchnschr, 1909, xxv, 695-700. Flttgel (J. H. L.) Ueber das Nervensystem von Demodex folliculorum. Verhandl. d. GeseUsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, 1891, Leipz, 1892, lxiv, pt. 2, 120.—Galng (E.) Demodex folliculorum; su descubrimiento en la Republics Argentina. An. d. Circ. med. argent, Buenos Aires, 1899, xxii, 528-533.—Herzog (H.) Ueber pathogene Demodex- milben beim Menschen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1912, xlix, 808.—Hirschberg (J.) Ueber das Wort Demodex. Ibid., 1910, xlvii, 537.—Lawrence (H.) On a skin eruption asso- ciated with the presence of great numbers of Demodex folliculorum. Med. J. Australia, Sydney, 1916, ii, 555-557 — Linton (R. G.) The presence of Demodex folliculorum in the horse. Vet. Jv, Lond, 1916, lxxii, 79.—Mltter (S. N.) Demodex bovis. Vet. Rec, Lond, 1911-12, xxiv. 641.— Pfelffer. Acarus folliculorum cunlculi. Berl. thierarztl. Wchnschr, 1903, xix, 155. DEMOGRAPHY. 424 DEMOURS. Demography. See Statistics (Vital). Demote (Louis) [1885- ]. *Quelques docu- ments medicaux et sociaux sur 100 families nom- breuses lyonnaises. 67 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1912, No. 117. Demolins (Edmond). A quoi tient la superiorite des Anglo-Saxons, xxxii, 464 pp., 2 p. 1. 12°. Paris. Firmin-Didot & Cie., [1900]. Demoll (Reinhard). *Ueber die Augen und die Augenstielreflexe von Squilla mantis. [Giessen.] '42 pp. 8°. Naumburg, Lippers & Co., 1908. Demonchy (Andre). *La taille intraperitoneale de la vessie. 49 pp., 5 pi. 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 32. Demonchy (Charles) [1883- ]. *L'abces tu- berculeux du cerveau. 63 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, Xo. 424. Demonet (Ernest) [1S80- ]. *Recherches sur la capacite vitale. 35 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1903. Xo. 32. Demonology and demonomania. See, also, Cults; Medicine (History of). [Aubin\] The history of the devils of Loudun: or an account of the possession of the Ursuline nuns; and the condemnation and punishment of Urban Grandier, a parson of the same town. 12°. London, 1705. Gadelius (B.) [D emoniana and fanatics. ] 8 °. Stockholm, 1907. Hoffmanxus (F.) De diaboli potentia in corpora; dissertatio physico-medica curiosa. Emendatior jam edita. 4°. Halae Magdeb., 1725. Kurtze uund warhafftige Historia von einer Junckfrauen, welche mit etlich und dreissig bosen Geistern leibhafftig bessessen, und . . . genediglich davon erlodiget worden. 8°. Miin- chen, [n. d.]. Langlet (L.) *Etude medicale d'une posses- sion au xvie siecle: Xicole Obrey, dite Nicole de Vervins, 1566. [Paris.] 8°. Reims, 1910. Legue (G.) Documents pour servir a l'histoire medicale des possedees de Loudun. 8°. Paris, 1874. AlvaroFernandes. Demonomania. Brazil-med, Rio de Jan, 1896, x, 347; 355.—Balz (E.) Ueber Besessenhelt und verwandte Zustande. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, 1906, Leipz, 1907, 120-138. Also: Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1907, lvi, 873: lvii, 926; 980; 1041; 1090. Also, Reprint.—Baklushlnski (I. D.) [Three cases of pos- session.] Nevrol. Vestnik, Kazan, 1910, xvii, 723-730.—Behr (A.) Ueber den Glauben an die Besessenheit. Allg. Ztschr. f. Psychiat. [etc.], Berl, 1906, lxiii, 5-40.—Besson (H.) Note sur quelques phe^nomenes de possession en Kabvlie. Arch, de psychol, Geneve, 1906-7, vi, 387-3S9.—Durodie. Histoire d'une demoniaque au xyi" siecle. Bull, et mt*m. Soc. de mea. et chir. de Bordeaux (1920), 1921, 35-42. Also [Abstr.]: J. de meM. de Bordeaux, 1920, 1, 94.—Fraser (D.) A case of possession. J. Abnorm. Psychol, Bost, 1915-16, x, 400-417.—Frelmark (H.) Sexuelle Besessenheit. N. Generation, Berl.. 1913, ix, 30-36.—Friedenrelch. [A case of demonomania.] Ki0benh. med. Selsk. Forh., 1899-1900, 39.—Lachtln (M.) Die Besessenheit auf dem Lande in Russland. Zentralbl. f. Psychoanal, Wiesb, 1912-13, iii, 273-292. Also, Reprint.—Leblond (V.) La demouopathie dans l'histoire: Denise de La Caille, la posscdeo ae Beauvais Chron. med. Par, 1908, xv, 305-318: 1909, xvi, 721-729.— Loredan (J.) Les marques du (liable. ^Esculape, Par, 1913, iii, 127-129— Margain (L.) Autour d'une Spide'mie de d^monopathie (Morzine 1861-5). N. iconog. de la Salpe- triere, Par, 1905, xviii, 471^77,1 pi.—Mayer (E. E.) A case illustrating so-called demon possession. J. Abnorm. Psv- chol, Bost, 1911-12, vi, 265-378.—Parsons (Elsie C.) Dis- comfiture andevilspirits. Psychoanalyt. Rev, N. Y, 1916 iii, 288-291.—Richer (P.) Les demoniaques d'apres les representations populaires. Ann. d. sc. psych. Par. 1902 xh, 354-367.—Shalabutoff (K. V.) [Case of demonomania.] Nevrol. Vestnik, Kazan, 1912. xix, 521-531.—Stlegler (G.) Le demonomane de Grezes. Ann. d. sc psych. Par, 1902 xii, 183-192.—Van Gennep (A.) Un cas de possession! Arch, de psychol, Geneve, 1910-11, x, 88-92.—Wagner (E. R.) Demon possession. China M. Miss. J., Shanghai 1898, xii, 183-194:1899, xiii, 2-12,1 tab.—Weir (J.) Diabolical possession. N. Albany M. Herald, lv>\ xviii, 332-334 — Wright (J.) Demonology and bacteriology in medicine. Scient. Month, N. Y, 1917, iv, 494-508. Demons (Albert) [1842-1920]. Necrologie. Bull. Acad, de mea. Par, 1920,3. s, Ixxxiii, 554 (A. Laveran). Also: Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1920, xlvi, 902(Lejars). Also: 3. de m£d. de Bordeaux, 1920, 1, 339 (Hamilton). Also: Ibid., 368-370 (P. Bedouin). Also: Paris med., 1920, xxxviii (annexe), 410 (Horn). Also: Presse med. Par, 1920, xxviii (annexe), 871 (J.-L. Faure). Also: Rev. de chir. Par, 1920, lviii, 414-416 (G. Chavannaz). Demontmerot (Lazare-Denis-Victor) [1866- ]. *De la forme paraplegique dans le tetanos chro- nique. 51 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1904, Xo. 471. Demoor (Jean). Le mecanisme et la signification de l'etat moniliforme des neurones. 46 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Bruxelles, Hayez, 1898. Part of fasc. 1, v. 2, of: Inst. Solvay. Trav. de lab, Brux. ------. Les centres sensitivo-moteurs et les cen- tres d'association chez le chien. 47 pp. 8°. Bruxelles, Hayez, 1899. Fasc 3, v. 2, of: Inst. Solvay. Trav. de lab, Brux. ------. Dissociation des phenomenes de sensation et de reaction dans le muscle, pp. 177-208, 6 pi. 8°. Bruxelles, Mish & Thron, 1901. Part of fasc. 2, v. 4, of: Inst. Solvay. Trav. de lab, Brux. ------. Les effets de la trepanation faite sur les jeunes animaux. pp. 321-352, 2 pi. 8°. Bru- xelles, Mish & Thron, 1901. Part of fasc. 3, v. 4, of: Inst. Solvay. Trav. de lab, Brux. ------. Role de la pression osmotique dans les phe- nomenes de la vie animale. 112 pp. 8°. Bru- xelles, Hayes, 1907. Forms fasc 2; v. 2, 2. s, of: Acad. roy. de Belg. CL d. sc Mem. Collect, in 8". ------, Massart (Jean) & Vandervelde (Emile). Evolution by atrophy in biology and sociology. Transl. by Mrs. Chalmers Mitchell, xiii, 322 pp. 12°. New York, D. Appleton & Co., 1899. Demoreau (Gabriel). *Contribution a l'etude des piqures de poissons au cours des accidents du travail. 68 pp. 8°. Paris, 190S, Xo. 249. De Morgan (Augustus) [1806-1871]. The book of almanacs, with an index of reference, by which the almanac may be found for every year. [etc.]. xix, 89 pp. roy. 8°. London, Taylor, Walton, & Maberly, 1851. ------. A budget of paradoxes. Reprinted, with the author's additions, from the Athenaeum. 2. ed., edited by David Eugene Smith. 2 v. viii, 402; 387 pp., 2 port. 8°. Chicago & London, The Open Court Publishing Co., 1915. For Biography, see De Morgan ( Mrs. S. E.) Memoir of Augustus de Morgan, by his wife Sophia Elizabeth De Mor- gan; with selections from his letters. 8°. London, 1SS2. De Morgan (Mrs. Sophia Elizabeth). Memoir of Augustus De Morgan, by his wife Sophia Eliza- beth De Morgan. With selections from his letters. x, 422 pp., front. 8°. London, Longmans, Green, & Co., 1882. Demosthenes. Hirschberg (J.) Die Bruchstucke der Augenheilkunde des Demosthenes. Arch. f. Gesch. d. Med, Leipz, 1919, xi, 183-188. Demoulin (A.) [1859-1919]. See Duplay (S.), Rochard (E.) & Demoulin (A.) Manuel de diagnostic chirurgical. 16°. Pons, 1907. For Biography, see Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1919, xlv, 1141 (Hartmann). Also: Presse m4A., Par, 1919, xxvii, (annexe), 583 (J.-L. Faure). Demoulin (L.-M.^ [1S7S- ]. ^Transformation ile tuberculose verruqueuse en lupus tuberculeux et, inversement, transformation de lupus en tuberculose verruqueuse. 4 p. 1., 91 pp. 8°. Paris, 1913, Xo. 305. Demoulin (Paul-Jules) [1876- ]. *Absence du caractere familial et Etiologie infectieuse dans certains cas de maladie de Friedreich. 67 pp. 8°. Lille, 1902, No. 68. Demours (Pierre) [1702-95]. Observations con- cernant l'histoire naturelle et les maladies des DEMOURS. 425 DENEUFBOUEG. Demours (Pierre)—continued. yeux. 129 pp., l pi. 16°. Paris, J. Guerin, 1740. F Bound with: 1. v. Essais et obs. de meM. de la Soc. d'Edinb. Par, 1740. .For Biography, see Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, v. 3816 (T. H. Shasted). For Portrait, sec Collect. Portr. (Libr.). Dempsey (Sir Alexander) [1852-1920]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1920, ii, 188. Dempster (James Herbert) [1873- ]. Path- finders of physiology. 4 p. 1., 66 pp. 8°. De- troit, Detroit Med. J. Co., 1914. Dempwolff (August) [1877- ]. *Die Haftung und Losung der Placenta nach Untersuchungen mittels des Strassmannschen Phanomens; ein Beitrag zur Vervollkommnung der Leitung der Nachgeburtsperiode. [Greifswald.] 64 pp. 8°. Borna-Leipzig, R. Noske, 1910. Also, in: Samml. klin. Vortr, Leipz, 1911, N. F.. No 618-619 (Gynak. No. 225-226). ' De Mund (John Theodore) [1840-1917]. [Obituary.] J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1917, lxviii, 1495. Demurger (Georges) [1876- ]. *De la cryo- genine (metabenzamidosemicarbazide) et de ses emplois therapeutiques. 157 pp., 11. 8°. Lvon, 1903, No. 157. y De Mut (Jesse Smith) [1873-1922], Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1922, lxxviii, 833. Demuth [Hermann] [1849- ]. Massnahmen zur Bekampfung der Tuberkulose in der Pfalz. 16 pp. 8°. Frankenthal, L. Gbhring dc Co., 1909. Demyantsevich (P[yotr.] F[yodorovich]) [1869- ]. *K voprosu o hipoleikotsitozie. [On hypo- leucocytosis.] 48 pp., 21. 8°. S.-Peterburg, or. Panteleyevi, 1898. Denaclara (Charles). *Des hematuries dans les neoplasmes du rein; 6tude statistique. 56 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1899, No. 84. Denais (Auguste) [1882- ]. *Folie, degene- rescence, depopulation. [Paris.] 90 pp. 8°. Nantes, 1909, No. 270. Denance (Pierre). *Du hoquet incoercible. 132 pp. 8°. Paris,, 1908, No. 393. De Nancrede (Charles Beyland Guerard) [1847- ]. Essentials of anatomy, including the anatomy of the viscera arranged in the form of questions and answers, prepared especially for students of medicine. 8. ed. 430 pp. 8°. Phil- adelphia dc London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1911. Saunders' question-compends No. 3. De Navarro (Antonio) [1860- ]. The Scottish woman's hospital at the French abbey of Royau- mont. 223 pp. 8°. London, G. Allen, & TJnwin, 1917. Dench (Edward Bradford). Diseases of the ear. A text-book for practitioners and students of medicine. 3. ed. xxv, 718 pp., 15 pi. 8°. New York, D. Appleton dc Co., 1904. ------. The same. 5. ed. xxvi, 740 pp., 16 pi. 8°. New York dc London, D. Appleton dc Co., 1919. Denck (Paul) [1887- ]. *Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Verlaufes der Infektionen mit Bac. para- typhi B. (mit einem Obduktionsbefund). 33 pp., 11. 8°. Erlangen, E. T. Jacobs, 1913. Dencker (Hans) [1889- 1. *Ueber Reit- und Exerzierknochen. 1 p. I., 29 pp., 2 1. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering, 1913. Dencker (Hans Ferdinand Friedrich Joachim) [1880- ]. *Beitrage zur Behandlung der tuberkulosen Handgelenksentziindung aus der konigl. chirurgischen Universitatsklinik in Gottingen in der Zeit vom 1. xii 1895 bis 1. xii 1903. 54 pp., 1 1. 8°. Gottingen, W. F. Kaestner, 1903. Dencks (Gustav) [1878- ]. *Zur Statistik der Jodoformintoxication in ihren Allgemeinerschei- nungen. 116 pp., 1 1. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 0. Kiimmel, 1903. Dendroccelum. Fulinski (B.) Die Keimblatterbildung bei Dendrocce- lum lacteum Oerst. Zool. Anz, Leipz, 1915-16, xlvii, 380- 400.—Redneld (Elizabeth S. P.) The grasping organ of Dendrocoelum lacteum. J. Animal Behavior, Cambridge, 1915, v, 375-380. Dendrocometes. Hickson (S. J.) & Wadsworth (J. S.) Dendrocometes paradoxus. Pt. 1. Conjugation. Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond, 1901-2, n. s, xlv, 325-362, 2 pi. Dendrogaster. Le Roi (O.) Dendrogaster arborescens und Dendro- gaster Ludwigi; zwei endqparasitische Axothoraciden. Ztschr. f. wissensch. Zool, Leipz, 1907, lxxxvi, 100-133, 2 pi. Dendy (Arthur) [1865- ]. Animal life and human progress, ix, 227 pp. 8°. London, Constable dc Co., 1919. Dendy (Walter Cooper) [1794-1871]. The phi- losophy of mystery, xii, 443 pp. 8°. London, Longman, Orme, Brown, Green, dc Longmans, 1841. Denechau (Desire) [1877- ]. *Les suites medi- cales eloignees de la gastro-enterostomie au cours de l'ulcere d'estomac et de ses complica- tions; syndrome dyspeptique secondaire a la gastro-enterostomie. 192 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 328. Denecke (Fritz) [1887- ]. *Ueber die media- nen Dermoidcysten der Nase. 55 pp. 8°. Leipzig, E. Lehmann, 1914. Denecke (Gerhard) [1889- ]. *Ueber die Be- deutung der Leber fiir die anaphylaktische Reaktion beim Hunde. [Heidelberg.] 20 pp. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1914. De Neef (C.) Recherches experimentales sur les localisations motrices medullaires chez les chiens et le lapin. 41pp., 18 pi. 8°. Bruxelles, Hayez, 1900. Forms Hft. 6, v. 15, of: Mem. couron. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg, Brux. Deneffe (Victor) [1835-1908]. Chirurgie antique; la prothese dentaire dans l'antiquite. 88 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Anvers, H Coals, 1899. ------. Les bandages herniaires a l'epoque m.6- rovingienne. 1 p. 1., 40 pp., 6 pi., 1 1. 8°. Anvers, H. Caals, 1900. ------. Chirurgie antique; le speculum de la matrice a travers les ages. 1 p. 1., 84 pp., 1 1. 8 pi. 8°. Anvers, H. Caals, 1902. For Biography, see Bull. Acad. roy. de meM. de Belg, Brux, 1911, 4. s, xxv, 103-114, port. (Galiemaerts). Also: Bull. Soc. de m($d. de Gand, 1908, lxxv, 109-125. Also: Janus, Harlem, 1908, xiii, 465-467 (Pergens). Deneke (Carl) & Thorn (W.) Ergebnisse einer Stillstatistik im Regierungsbezirk Magdeburg fiir die Jahre 1906 und 1907. 1 p. 1., 56 pp. roy. 8°. Leipzig dc Wien, F. Deuticke, 1909. Forms pt. 4 of: Ergebnisse der Sauglingsfursorge. Deneke (Johannes) [1874- ]. *Eine Modifica- tion der Wertheim'schen Totalexstirpation des carcinomatosen Uterus. 30 pp., 1 1. 8°. Leip- zig, B. Georgi, 1902. Deneriaz (P.) *De la participation des visceres abdominaux a l'infection syphilitique. [Lau- sanne.] 32 pp. 8°. Sion, F. Aymon, 1919. Denes (P.) [18867 ]. ^Contribution a l'etude de quelques phenomenes aphasiques; travail de la clinique des maladies du systeme nerveux et du quartier des alienes, Hospice general de Nantes. 160 pp. 8°. Paris, 1914, No. 27. Deneufbourg (Henri). *De l'intoxication satur- nine dans ses rapports avec la grossesse. 108 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 425. DENEVE. 426 DENGUE. Deneve (Henri). Methode de gymnastique p&la- gogique a 1'usage des ecoles primaires et nor- males, des ecoles moyennes et athenees. Pts. 1-2. [With atlas of 82 pi. on 411.] xv, 349 pp.; 209 pp., 11. 8°. Mons, Magermann dc A. Prin- celle, [1903]. Dengg (Hans) [1879- ]. *Beitrag zur Angina scarlatinosa. 38 pp., 4 ch. 8°. Wurzburg, N. Seubert, 1909. Dengler (August) [1887- ]. *Die Desinfek- tionswirkung von Sagrotan bei Verwendung opti- maler Xahrbdden zur Xachkultur. [Miinchen.] 15 pp. 8°. Berlin, L. Schumacher, [1918]. Dengue. See, also, Communicable diseases; Five-day fever; Pappataci fever; Seven-day fever; Six- day fever. Da Cuxha (J. G.) Dengue, its history, symp- toms, and treatment; with observations on the epidemic which prevailed in Bombay during the years 1871-2. 8°. Bombay, 1872. Sticker (G.) Dengue und andere endemische Kustenfieber. 8° Wien dc Leipzig, 1914. Agramonte (A.) Anotaciones acerca del dengue. Rev. de med. trop, Habana, 1905, vi, 159-162.-----. Some clini- cal notes upon a recent epidemic of dengue fever. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1906, Ixxxiv 231-233.—Carroll (J.) Dengue. Handb. Pract. Treat. [Musser & Kelly], Phila. & Lond, 1911, ii, 581.—Coleman (T. D.) Dengue. In: Mod. Med. (Osier), 8°. Phila. & N. Y, 1907, ii, 489-495.—Corson (J. F.) A case of fever resembling dengue occurring at Accra, Gold Coast; notes on some other similar cases. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond, 1921, xxiv, 253.—Delfin (M.) El dengue. Rev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1906, xi, 1-4.—Dengue fever reported by State health officers. Pub. Health Rep.. Wash, 1922, xxxvii, 2941.—Denton (L. W.) The dengoid fever; or south wind fever, or breakbone fever. Eclectic M. J, Cin- cin, 1900. lx, 91-93.—Eugllng (M.) Ueber das Denguefieber. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1922, xxxv, 991-993.—Fooks (H.) A few notes in support of Captain Megaw's article "Are seven-day fever and three-day fever forms of dengue?" Indian M. Gaz, Calcutta, 1909, xhv, 130-134.—Goldsmld (J. A.) & Crosse (W.) Some notes on dengue. Med. J. Australia, Sydney, 1916, i, 377.—Gonzalez Prats (A.) Dengue. Gac. med. catal, Barcel, 1907, xxx, 361; 405.— Graves (M. L.) Dengue. Texas State J. M, Fort Worth, 1908-9, iv, 123-127.—Harnett (W. L.) Sandfly fever and dengue. Indian M. Gaz, Calcutta, 1916, li, 444-452, 2 ch.— Hossack (W. L.) The problem of dengue, three-day and seven-day fever. Ibid., 1913, xlviii, 49-52.—Ingram- Johnson (R. E.) Dengue versus malaria. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond, 1923, xxvi, 27.—Kaku (T.) Ueber das Dengue- fieber. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1923, xhx, 441.—Kennedy (R. S.) Some notes on an epidemie of dengue-form fever amongst Indian troops, Calcutta. Indian M. Gaz, Calcutta, 1912, xhii, 436-440, 6 ch.—King (W. W.) The clinical types of dengue in the Porto Rico epidemic of 1915. N. Orl. M. & S. J, 1916-17, lxix, 572-589.—Lamari (A.) La febbre dengue. N. Riv. clin.-terap, Napoli, 1913, xvi, 516-518.—Legendre. La dengue; ses varietes et la conservation de son virus en Indo-Chine. Bull. Soc. mecl.- chir. de 1'Indo-Chine, Hanoi & Haifong, 1912, iii, 456462 — Lelchtenstern (O.) Dengue. Nothnagel's Encycl. Pract. Med, Malaria, Phila. & Lond, 1905, 719-742— McCulloch (C. C.) Dengue fever. N. Orl. M. & S. J, 1917-18, lxx, 694-706. Also, Reprint.—Marks (A. H.) Dengue fever. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1905, cxx, 95-99.—Meagher (E. T.) On dengue, referring to an epidemic at Bermuda. J. Roy. Nav. M. Serv, Lond, 1916, ii, 188-190.—Mlki (K.) On dengue fever. Sei-i-Kwai M. J, Tokyo, 1910, xxix, No. 4.—Muller (F. M.) Notas clinicas sobre el dengue. Arch, de la Soc. estud. clin. de la Habana, 1904-6, xiii, 75-80, 8 pi. Also: Rev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1905, x, 513-516, 3 ch.— Nattan-Larrler (L.) & Bussiere (A.) La formule leuco- cytaire dans la fievre dengue. Rev. de mM. et d'hyg. trop. Par, 1909, vi, 93-97.—Reboul (H.) Dengue. In: Traite prat, de path. exot. (Grail & Clarac), roy. 8°, Par, 1912, 1-20.—Ross (E. H.) The prevention of dengue fever. Ann. Trop. M. & Parisitol, Liverp, 1908, ii, 193-195.—Sarrailhe (A.) Dengue et fievre de trois jours. Bull. Soc. path, exot. Par, 1916, ix, 778-795.—Seidelln (H.) Dengue. Indian M Gazv Calcutta, 1913, xlviii, 408411—Stltt (E. R.) Dengue, its history, symptomatology and epidemiology. Johns Hor> kins Hosp. Bull., Bait, 1913, xxiv 117-121. [Discussion], 124. Also, Reprint.—Vedder (E. B.) The leucocytes in dengue. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1907, lxxxvi, 203-206. Also, Reprint. Dengue (Causes and pathology of). Ashburn (P. M.) & Craig (C. F.) Observations on the etiology of dengue fever. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 692.-----------. Experimental investigations re- Dengue (Causes and pathology of). garding the etiology of dengue fever. J. Infect. Dis, Chicago, 1907, iv, 440475, map. Also: Philippine J. Sc, Manila. It07, ii, 93-152,14 diag, 1 map. Also, Reprint.—Bancroft (T. L.) On the etiology of dengue fever. Australas.M. Gaz,Svdnev, 1906, xxv, 17.—Cleland (J. B.). Bradley (B.) &. McDonald (W.) On the transmission of Australian dengue by the mosquito Stegomyia fasciata. Med. J. Asutralia, Sydney, 1916, ii, 179; 200, 1 pi.-----------------. Further experi- ments in the etiology of dengue fever. J. Hvg, Cambridge, 1919, xviii, 217-254.-:4rraig (C. F.) The etiology of dengue fever. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1920, lxxv, 1171-1176.— Eberle (H. A.) The plasmoeba of dengue; a brief description of the earliest phases of its plasmic characteristics. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1904, lxxx, 1207-1212. Also, Reprint.—Graham (H.) Dengue; a study of its mode of propagation and pa- thology. Med. Rec, .^.Y, 1902,1x1,204-207. Also:]. Trop. M, Lond, 1903, vi, 209-214.—Kondo (T.I [Remarks on the baeillary origin of dengue fever.] Saitake Gaku Zasshi, Tokyo, 1903, 654-657.—Lavlnder (C. H.) & Francis (E.) The etiology of dengue; an attempt to produce the disease in the rhesus monkey by the inoculation of defibrinated blood. J. Infect. Dis, Chicago, 1914, xv, 341-346. Also, Reprint.—Legendre (J.) Dengue et stegomvia. Bull. Soc. path, exot. Par, 1911, iv, 26-30.—Mosquitoes and dengue fever. Lancet, Lond, 1903, ii, 61.—Relche (C.) Certain motile organisms in the blood plasma in dengue. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 1527.—Sakako. [The bacteria of dengue fever.] Saikingaku Zasshi, Tokyo, 1905, 580-567. Dengue (Complications and sequelae of). Antony & Morvan. Adenites suppurees multiples con- secutives a la dengue. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par, 1902, 3. s, xix, 16-19.—Barkan (H.) The ocular com- plications of dengue fever. Am. J. Ophth.. Chicago, 1919, 3. s, ii, 650-652.—Gibson (J. L.) Keratitis dengue and post dengue. Australas. M. Cong. Tr, 1905, Adelaide, 1907, vii, 293-295.—Goldsmid (J. A.) Fatal hemorrhagic dengue. Med. J. Australia, 1917, i, 7.—Khoury (A.) L'msumsance surrenale dans la fievre dengue. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par, 1913. 3. s., xxxvi, 498.—Legnani (M.) Dengue comphcado. Rev. m£d. d. Uruguay, Montevideo, 1917, xx, 87-92.—de Moulliac (V.) & Cozinet. Troubles psvchiques de la dengue. Encephale, Par, 1911, i, 2746.—Seaman (W.) Unusual sequelse of dengue. Rep. Surg.-Gen. U. S. Navy, Wash, 1904, 286. Dengue (Diagnosis of). Balfour (A.) Notes on the differential leucocyte count, with special reference to dengue fever. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond, 1907. x, 113-116.—Beverldge (W. W. O.) Report on an outbreak of epidemic disease occurring amongst Be- thune's column at Stanger, Natal, October, 1901 [dengue?]. J. Roy. Army M. Corps, Lond.; 1904, iii, 335-341.—Dabney (W. C.) Account of an epidemic resembling dengue, which occurred in and around Charlottesville and the University of Virginia, in June, 1888. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1888, n. s, xcvi, 488-494.—Guiteras (J.) \ Cartaya (J. T.) El dengue en Cuba: su importancia v su diagn6stico con la fiebre ama- rilla. Rev. de med. trop, Habana, 1906, vii, 39; 54.— Halliday (C. H.) A report of low country fever, diagnosed as "dengue." J. Alumni Ass, Coll. Phys. & Surg, Bait, xiv, 1911-12, 83-89.—Harnett (W. L.) The diSerential blood count in dengue. Indian M. Gaz, Calcutta, 1913, xlviii, 45-49. 2 ch.—Kraus (R.) Ueber die Feststeliung der Dengue in Argentinien. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Berl, 1916, xiii, 1314.—Stitt (E. R.) A study ofthe blood in dengue fever with particular reference to the differential count of the leucocytes in the diagnosis of the disease. Philip- Eine J. Sc, Manila, 1906, i, 513-522.-----. Dengue and in- uenza in the Tropics; a method of differential diagnosis. U. States Nav. M. Bull, Wash, 1907, i, 30-33. Dengue (History and statistics of). Allen (A. H.) Notes on dengue in Cuba. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1908, Ixxxvii, 358.—Armand-Deulle. Note sur les principaux caracteres de la dengue mediterraneenne, ob- servee aux Dardanelles et en Macedoine. Bull, et m£m. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1916, 3. s, xl, 1709-1714.—Bell (W. D.) Dengue in the Philippine Islands. Dietet. & Hvg. Gaz, N. Y, 1906, xxii, 76-78.—Bonne (C.) A dengue-like fever in Dutch Guiana. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond, 1918. xxi, 1S9-193.—de Brun (H.) La dengue en 1904 et en 1902; formes atttouees; formes severes et prolongees. Rev. de med. Par, 1906, xxvi, 465-470.—Canaan {T.) Beobachtungen bei einer Denguefiber-Epidemie in Jerusalem. Arch. f. Sehifis-u. Tropen-Tl\ g.. Leipz, 1913, xvii, 20-25.—Carpen- ter (D. N.) & Sutton (R. L.) Dengue in the Isthmian Canal Zone: including a report on the laboratory findings. J. Am. M. Ass., rhi, ago. 1905. xliv, 214-216.—Carrere. La dengue a bord du "Bruix." Arch, de med. nav. Par, 1909, xcii, 237-240.—Cazamlan. Quelques considerations sur une epidemie de dengue a bord du Kersaint (Saigon, juiUet- aout-septembre 1905). Ibid., 1906. xxxv, 241-262.—Clapler. End^micite. sur l'Oubangui, de fievres rappelant la dengue. Ann. de mea. et de pharm. colon.. Par, 1921, xx, 94-107 — Cleland (J. B.), Bradley (B.) & McDonald (W.l Dengue fever in Australia; its history and clinical course, its experi- mental transmission by stegomvia fasciata, and the results of inoculation and other experiments. Rep. Direct.-Gen. DENGUE. 427 DENISOFF. Dengue (History and statistics of). r a'v'v'Hea,1% N- W. Wales, Sydney, 1916, 185-233. Also ^.bftj-]: J. Hyg, Cambridge, 1917, xvi, 317-420.—Couffon ^u.) & Pagnier. Note sur une Epidemie observee chez des hommes de l'armee d'Orient et presentant les caracteres de la dengue. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par, 1919, 3. s, xliii, 1059-1063.—Couvy (L.) Note sur deux 6pid6mies de dengue a Beyrouth. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par, 1922, xxxvi, 851-858—Cozanet. Note sur deux epidemies de dengue a Noumea. Ann. d'hyg. et de m6d. colon. Par. 1910, xiii, 485499.—Delfln (M.) & Coronado (T. V ) Dengue en la Habana en 1897. Crdn. m^d.-quir. de la Habana, 1897, xxiii, 185-192.—Deluca (F. A.) El dengue- un caso en Buenos Aires. Semana med, Buenos Aires 1916' xxiii, i, 387-390.—Fooks (H.) Report on an epidemic of" dengue consisting of both a three-day and seven-day fever type among the 15th Lancers at Sialkot, 1907. Indian M Gaz, Calcutta, 1908, xlui, 50-52, 3 ch.—Gabbl (U ) Una epidemia di febbre dengue a Messina. Clin. med. ital Milano, 1909, xlviii, 3-8.—Galde. Note sur la dengue en Annam-Tonkin. Ann. d'hyg. et de med. colon. Par, 1913 xvi, 1177-1181.—Hanabusa (S.) Dengue epidemic in For- mosa among soldiers. Gunidan Zasshi, 1917, No. 70. Also transl.: China M.J, Shanghai. 1918, xxxii, 569.—Hare (F E ) The 1897 epidemic of dengue in North Queensland. Austra- las. M. Gaz, Sydney, 1898, xvii, 98-107.—Harris (J.) Dengue fever; its reminiscence past and present. Brit. J. Nursing Lond, 1903, xxx, 123-125.—Holt (W. L.) Summary of dengue research, October to November 13, 1922. South M J, Birmingham, 1923, xvi, 112.—Jones (H. W.) An epi- demic of dengue in the Philippine Islands. Boston M. & S. J, 1909, cix, 46-48—Khan (S.) Dengue at Meerut. Indian M. Gaz, Calcutta, 1913, xlviii, 204.—King (W. W.) The epidemic of dengue in Porto Rico, 1915. Tr. Am. Soc. Trop. Med, N. Orl, 1916, x, 172-196. Also: N. Orl. M. & S J, 1916-17, Jxix, 564-571. Also, Reprint.—Lalluyaux d'Ormay. Epidemie de dengue en Cochinchine en 1873. Ann. d'hyg. et de m6d. colon. Par, 1914, xvii, 535-547 — Lane (F. F.) A clinical study of 100 cases of dengue at St. Thomas, V. I. U. States Nav. M. Bull, Wash, 1918, xii, 615-623,1 pi.—Levy (M. D.) Dengue; observations on a re- cent epidemic. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1920, xcvii, 1040-1042 — Manson (P.) Dengue. In his: Trop. Dis, 12°, Lond, 1903, 209-219—Mariano (F.) Dengue; consideracoes a respeito de sua incursao no Rio Grande do Sul em 1916. Arch, brasil. de med.; Rio de Jan, 1917, vii, 272-277.—Mon- tague (A.) Dengue in Fiji. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond, 1908, xi, 353.—Phillips (L.) Dengue in Egypt. Ibid., 1906, ix, 373.—Rice (L.) Dengue fever; preliminary report of an epi- demic at Galveston. Texas State J. M, Fort Worth, 1922-3, xviii, 217.—Robertson. Report on the dengue epidemic in Brisbane in 1905. J. Trop. M, Lond, 1905, viii, 355-363.— Rouche. Note sur une epidemie de dengue a bord de la "Manche" en 1911. Arch, de med. et pharm. nav. Par, 1913, xcix, 450-461.—Scott (K.) The recent epidemic of dengue in Brisbane. Australas. M. Gaz, Sydney, 1911, xxx, 255.—Scott (L. C.) Dengue fever in Louisiana. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1923, lxxx, 387-393.—Sutton (R. L.) Dengue in the Isthmian Canal Zone. Ibid., 1904, xliii, 1869- 1871.—Vassal (J. - J.) & Brochet (A.) La dengue en Indo- Chine; epidemie a bord de "La Manche" in 1907. Ann. d'hyg. et de m&l. colon.. Par, 1908, xi, 547-572. Also, transl.: Philippine J. Sc, Manila, 1909, iv, 21-38,1 ch. Deniau (Charles) [1881- ]. Contribution a l'etude de la paralysie alcoolique. 40 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 163. Deniau (Rene) [1877- ]. Considerations sur la fecondation. La chimiotaxie joue-t-elle un role dans la fecondation chez les animaux? In- terpretation des phenomenes de superfeconda- tion et de superfcetation. 114 pp., 11. 8°. Lyon, 1904, No. 95. Denier (Albert-Louis) [1878- ]. *Hematologie de la vaccine; etude cytologique de la lymphe vaccinale. 112 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1901, No. 7. Denier (Georges-Edotiard) [1878- ]. *Hernies traumatiques du pancreas. 39 pp. 8°. Bor- deaux, 1905, No. 14. Denig (Rudolf). On the histology and etiology of posterior lenticonus. 3 pp., 1 pi. 12°. [New York 1899.] . In: Stud. dep. path. Coll. Phys. & Surg, Columbia Coll, N. Y., 1899-1900, vii, No. 6. Deniggs (Georges) [1859- ]. Preas de chimie analytique. 791 pp. 16°. Lyon, A. Storck dc Cie., 1898. Deniker (Joseph) [1851-1918]. Les races et les peuples de la terre; elements d'anthropologie et d'ethnographie. vii, 692 pp., 13 pi., 2 maps. 12°. Paris, C. Reinwald, 1900. Deniker (Joseph)—continued. ------. The same. The races of man; an outline of anthropology and ethnography, xxiii, 611 pp., 1 pi. 8°. London, W. Scott, 1900. For Biography, see Man, Lond, 1918, xviii, 65-67, port. (A. Keith & A. C. Hadden). Deniker (Michel)# [1878- ]. *Quelques points de l'etude clinique des tumeurs du ligament large (formes cliniques; evolution; traitement). 109 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 108. Denille (Charles). *Du traitement des papillom es diffus du larynx chez l'enfant. 102 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Toulouse, 1907, No. 737. Dening (Edwin) [1855-1922]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1922, i, 502. De Ninno (Giuseppe). Note biografiche di Michele Lamparelli, seguite da documenti, da lettere inedite et da alcune idee del cennato Lamparelli relative all' insegnamento clinico della medicina. 115 pp., port. 8°. Bari, G. Laterza dc figli, 1904. Denis (Alphonse). Contribution a l'etude de l'etranglement intestinal par le diverticule de Meckel. 52 pp. 8°. Paris, 1920, No. 387. Denis (Antoine-Joseph) [1879- ]. Contribu- tion a l'etude clinique du veronal; diethylma- lonyluree. 132 pp., 1 1. 8°. Bordeaux, 1906, No. 88. Denis (Armand). *Le pouls et la tension arte- rielle dans la diphterie; etude clinique faite a l'Hdpital des Enfants-Malades. 42 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1903, No. 215. Denis (Camille). Contribution a l'etude de l'appendicite herniaire. 75 pp. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 85. Denis (Franciscus). *An hydropi incipienti venae sectio? 4 pp. 8°. Cadorni, 1738. Denis (Hector). Le mouvement de la population et ses conditions economiques. 16pp.,3ch. 8°. 8°. Bruxelles, Hayez, 1899-1900. Forms No. 4 of: M6m. couron___Acad. roy. d. sc. Tetcl de Belg, Brux, 1899-1900, lix. Denis (Jules). Le tabac; son histoire, sa produc- tion et sa consommation; son r61e au point de vue economique, son influence sur la sante physique, intellectuelle et morale de l'enfant et de l'adulte. 1 pi., 119 pp. 8°. Paris, 0. Doin, 1902. Denis (Louis-Jules-Henri) [1872- ]. *Des va- riations de la formule hemoleucocytaire conse- cutive a 1'administration des salicylates de soude et de methyle. 65 pp. 8°. Lille, 1902, No. 85. Denis [M.] [1874- ]. *Etude sur un cas anormal de perforation cranienne congenitale. 49 pp 21. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 653. Denis (Marcel) [1888- ]. *Execution de la loi du 15 fevrier 1902 par le service departemental de disinfection dans le Rh6ne. (Lyon.] 99 pp 8°. Paris dc Lyon, 1914, No. 158. Denis (Marthe). Contribution a l'etude des m6- trorragies des jeunes filles. 85 pp. 8°. Paris 1921, No. 430. Denis (Maurice). *De la position de l'opere dans les interventions sur la tete et sur le tronc 117 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 307. Denis-Dumont. De la syphilis. Unite d'origine, incurabilite, traitement. Lecons faites a l'Hotel- Dieu de Caen, recueillies par M. Lesigne x 197 pp. 12°. Paris, V.-A. Delahaye dc Cie.', 1880. Denisoff (A[leksandr] P[avlovich]) [1878- ]. *Materiali k voprosu o kerosinovom osviesht- shenii zhilikh pomieshtsheniy. [Kerosene illu- mination of dwellings.] 117 pp. 8°. S.-Peter- burg, V. Ya. Milshtein, 1913. DENISON. 428 DENNO. Denison (Charles). Climates of the United States in colors; popular edition of Denison's charts, with additions. 47 pp. 8°. Chicago, III., The W. T. Keener Co., 1893. Denison (Lindsay). The Black Hand. pp. 291- 301. 8°. New York, 1908. Cutting from: Everybody's Mag, N. Y, 1908, xix. Denjean (Auguste). *Des indications et applica- tions de l'aldeiiyde formique. 117 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1909, No. 816. D'Enjoi (Paul). La sante aux colonies. Manuel d'hygiene et de prophylaxie climatologique; medecine coloniale. 2 p. 1., 243 pp. 12°. Paris, 1901. Denk (Julius) [1887- ]. *Resultate von 601 Appendicitis-Operationen mit besonderer Be- riicksichtigung der Friihoperation. [Freiburg i. Br.] 1 p. 1., 17 pp. 8°. Tubingen, H. Laupp, jr., 1913. Denker (Alfred Friedrich Amandus) [1863- j). Vergleichend - anatomische Untersuchungen iiber das Gehororgan der Saugethiere nach Cor- rosionspraparaten und Knochenschnitten. vi (11.), 114 pp. 17 1. 17 pi. fol. Leipzig, Veit dc Co., 1899. Denker (Alfred) [Friedrich A.]) [1863- 1 Die Otosklerose. 135 pp. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Berg- mann, 1904. Forms Hft. 4 of: Ohrenh. d. Gegenw, Wiesb, 1904. ------. Die Anatomie der Taubstummheit. Lfg. 2-8. fol. Wiesbaden, 1905-11. —'■---. Das Gehororgan und die Sprechwerkzeuge der Papageien. Eine vergleichend-anatomisch- physiologische Studie. 3 p. 1., 49 pp., 10 1., 10 pi. fol. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1907. Also, Editor of: Archiv fiir Ohren-, Nasen- und Kehlkopf- heilkunde, Leipzig, 1915-23. & Briinings [Wilhelm]. Lehrbuch der Krankheiten des Ohres und der Luftwege ein- schliesslich der Mundkrankheiten. xvi, 643 pp. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1912. Denker (Hans Ferdinand Alexander) [1886- ]. *Die Schussverletzungen des Gehororgans. 77 pp. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering, [1912]. Denks (Hermann [Gustav Robert]) [1877- ]. *Ueber das in der Thephrosia toxicaria enthal- tene Gift. 17 pp., 11. 8°. Heidelberg, K. Ross- ler, 1904. Denkschrift uber die Bekampfung der Granulose (Kornerkrankheit, Trachom) in Preussen; bear- beitet in der Medizinalabteilung des k. preuss. Ministeriums der geistlichen Unterrichts- und Medizinal-Angelegenheiten. 76 pp. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1906. Forms iv. Ergnzngsbd. z. Klin. Jahrb. Denkschrift iiber die seit dem Jahre 1903 unter Mitwirkung des Reichs erfolgte systematische Typhusbekampfung im Sudwesten Deutsch- lands. vii, 604, 60 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Berlin, J. Springer, 1912. Forms v. 41 of: Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte. Denkschriften der Gesellschaft fiir Wissenschaft und Kunst in Giessen. 1. Hft, 1847. 8°. Gies- sen. Denkschriften der kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften. Mathematisch - naturwissen- schaftliche Klasse. v. 71, 75, 77-82. 84-89 1905-14. 4°. Wien. ' Denman [Michael]. The obstetrical remem- brancer, or, aphorisms on natural and difficult parturition; the application and use of instru- ments, etc. Augmented by Michael Ryan 1 Am., from the 9. London ed., with additions bv . Thomas F. Cock, xiii, 9-258 pp. 16°. New York, S. S. dc W. Wood, 1848. Denman (Thomas) [1733-1815]. An introduction to the practice of midwifery; from the 6. London edition, with a biographical sketch of the author. 3. Am. ed., with notes and emenda- tions by John W. Francis, xc, 776 pp., 17 pi New York, G. dc C.dc H. Carvill, 1829 " Denmark. Farmakopekommission. Pharmacopoea Danica, 1907. Udgiven med allerh0Jeste bemyn- digelse. 2 p. 1., iv, 516 pp., 1 1. 8°. Kj0ben- havn, H. Hagerup, 1907. Denne (Paul). *Veranderungen der Myome wahrend der Graviditat und Einfluss derselben auf die Geburt. 25 pp., 11. 8°. Wurzburg, N. Seubert, 1899. Dennebaum (Johann Baptist) [1879- 1 *Ein Fall von grossem spindefiormigen Varix der Vena cephalica dextra. 43 pp., 1 I. 8°. Greifswald, H. Adler, 1909. Dennece (J.) [1875- ]. *Du role de l'insufn- sance musculaire dans la pathogenie des even- trations. 122 pp., 6 pi. 8°. Paris, 1902, No. 569. Dennefeld (Ludwig) [1883- 1. Babylonisch- assyrische Geburts-Omina; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Geschichte der Medizin. vi, 11., 232 pp. fol. Leipzig, J. C. Hinrichs, 1914. Dennemark (Ferdinand) [1876- ]. *Ueber Dermoide, insbesondere der Ovarien. 43 pp 8°. Berlin, Schmitz dc Buchofzer, 1901. Dennery (Albert) [1881- ]. *Lelinge sterilise; son emploi, contre les infections cutanees des nourrissons. 56 pp., 2 1. 8°. Lyon, 1904 No. 82. ------. The same, ii, 56 pp., 2 1. 8°. Lyon dc Paris, A. Storck dc Cie., 1904. Dennett (R. E.) Notes on the folklore of the Fjort (French Congo). With an introduction by Mary H. Kingsley. xxxii, 169 pp., 5 pi. 8°. London, 1898. Dennett (Roger Herbert) [1876- ]. Simplified infant feeding, vii, 355 pp., front. 8°. Phila- delphia dc London, J. B. Lippincott Co., [1915]. ------. The same. 2. ed. ix, 385 pp. 8°. Phila- delphia dc London, J. B. Lippincott Co., 1920. Denniel (Lucie). *La lecture sur les levres pour rem^dier aux surdites acquises. 171 dp 8° Paris, 1918, No. 145. Dennig (Adolf). Die Diagnose der Herzklappen- fehler in schematischer Uebersicht. 12 pp 1 pi 2 superimposed pi. 8°. Tubingen, F. Pietzcker, 1903. ------• Hygiene des Stoffwechsels im gesunden und kranken Zustande. 88 pp., 1 pi. 12°. Stutt- gart, E. H. Moritz, 1906. Biblioth. d. Gsndhtspflg, v. 10a. The same. De ziekten der stofwisseling (vetzucht, suikerziekte, jicht, enz.) 91 pp. 8 . Baarn, [n. d.~\. Dennis (Samuel William) [1836-1907]. Obituary. Alumni Reg. Univ. Penn, Phila, 1906-7, XI, 386. Dennis (The) fluorometer. A surgical adjunct of X-rays. 12 pp. 8°. Rochester, [n. d.] Dennison (Arthur) [1869-1921]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1921, i, 625. Dennler ([Philipp] Georg) [1892- ]. *Zur Me- thodik in der Tierpsychologie. Das Pferd G. Versuch einer tierpsychologischen Monographie mit einer Erweiterung der Edingerschen Termi- nologie. [Giessen.] 23pp., 11. roy. 8°. Leipzig, G. Thieme, 1920. Denno (Willard Joseph) [1876- ]. See Overton (Frank) & Denno (Willard Joseph). The health officer [etc.]. 8°. Philadelphia & London, 1919. DENNY. 429 DENTILLAC. Denny (Charles Frederic) [1857-1917]. ^Obituary. Boston M. & S. J, 1917, clxxvi, 649. Also: St. Paul M. J, 1917, xix, 155 (D. Pool). Denobili (D.) Contribution a l'etude des kystes hydatiques de l'orbite. 76 pp. 8°. Paris, 1902, No. 354. Denoel (Louis). *Les lesions musculaires et vas- culaires dans les plaies de la fesse. 54 pp., 11 8°. Paris, 1920, No. 179. Denceux (Leon) [1883- ]. *La hernie crurale chez l'enfant. 52 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1908 No. 3. Denoix (Pierre-Francois-Henri). Contribution a l'etude des luxations des quatre derniers orteils. 61 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 446. Denomme (Andre) [1875- ]. *De la position du malade dans les operations sur la tete et sur le cou. 56 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Paris, 1903, No. 366. De Normandie (James). Harriet Ryan Albee. A memorial sketch. 68 pp., 2 pi., port. 8°. Boston;G. H. Ellis, 1901. Denormandie (Robert L.) [1876- ]. Case histories in obstetrics; groups of cases illustrating the fundamental problems which arise in obstet- rics. 4 p. 1., 11-516 pp. 8°. Boston, W. M. Leonard, 1914. ------. The same. 2. ed. 516 pp. 8°. Boston, W. M. Leonard, 1917. Denoual (Maurice) [1882- ]. Contribution a l'etude de l'ulcere peptique du jejunum con- secutif a la gastro-enterostomie. 55 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1909, No. 97. Denoy (Emmanuel). Descendons-nous du singe? 1 p. 1., iv, 108 pp. 16°. Paris, Schleicher frlres, 1901. Denoyelle (Urbain) [1888- ]. *Incontinence d'urine et constante d'Ambard. 79 pp. 8°. Paris, 1920, No. 173. Denoyes (J.) *Les courants de haute frequence; proprietes physiques, physiologiques et thera- peutiques. 374 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1902, No. 45. ------. The same. 374 pp. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere dc fils, 1902. Denrees (Les) alimentaires et objets d'utilite do- mestique. Ouvrage populaire publie par la Societe Suisse des chimistes analystes. vii, 160 pp. 12°. Lausanne, A. Duvoisin, 1899. Denslow (Le Grand Norton) [1852- ]. A sur- gical treatment of locomotor ataxia, ix, 118 pp. 8°. London, Bailliere, Tindall dc Cox, 1912. Densmore (Emmet). Consumption and chronic diseases, a hygienic cure, at patients' home of incipient and advanced cases. 198 pp. 8°. London, Swan, Sonnenschein dc Co., 1899. Densmore (Frances). Chippewa music. 215 pp., 12 pi. 8°. Washington, 1910. Forms Bull. 45 of: Bur. of Amer. Ethnol, Smiths. Inst. ------. Northern Ute music. 213 pp. 8°. Wash- ington,, Govt Print. Office, 1922. Forms Bull. 75 of: Bur. of Amer. Ethnol, Smiths. Inst. Densow (Fritz) [1884- ]. *Ueber Sehnenver- knocherungen nach Trauma. 38 pp. 8°. Ko- nigsberg i. Pr., O. Kiimmel, 1910. Dent (Clinton Thomas) [1850-1912]. Obituary. Boston M. & S. J, 1912, clxvii, 416. Also: Brit. M. J, Lond, 1912, ii, 663-665, port. Also: Lancet, Lond, 1912, ii, 730-733, port. Dent (Emmet Cooper) [1859-1906]. [Obituary.] Alienist & Neurol, St. Louis, 1906, xxvii, 79. Also: Am. J. Insan, Bait, 1905-6,lxii,514-516. Also: Boston M. & S. J, 1906, cliv, 82. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y, 1906, lxix, 108. A lso: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1906, Ixxxiii, 148. Dent (Olive). A. V. A. D. in France. Illustrated by R. M. Savage [et al.] 348 pp. 12°. London, G. Richards, 1917. Dental (The) Annual, 1903; a year-book of dental surgery, the practitioner's guide to the literature and resources of dentistry. 12°. London, Bail- lihe, Tindall dc Cox, 1903-6. Dental Brief, v. 2-18, 1897-1913. 8°. Phila- delphia. Continuation of: Welch's Monthly. Dental (The) Cosmos, v. 1-65, 1859-1923. 8°. Philadelphia. Dental (The) Digest, v. 1-29, 1895-1923. 8°. Chicago. Dental (The) Era. v. 8, 1909. 8°. St. Louis. Dental Faculties Association of American Univer- sities. Proceedings, 1914-16. 8°. Philadelphia. Dental (The) Headlight, v. 1-31, 1880-1910. 8°. Nashville, Tenn. Dental Items of Interest, v. 38-45, 1916-23. 8°. New York. Continuation of: Items Interest. Dental (The) Journal. Published under the auspices of the Dental Society of the University of Michigan, v. 1-11, 1892-1902. 8° Ann Arbor, Mich. Dental (The) Office and Laboratory, v. 1-5, 1868-72; 2. s., v. 1-10, 1877-86; 3. s., v. 1-22, 1887-1908. 8°. & 4°. Philadelphia. Dental (The) and Oral Science Magazine. De- voted to professional interests and the Transac- tions of the New York Odontological Society. v. 1, 1878. 8°. New York.^ Dental Practice; a monthly journal published in the interests of the dental profession in Canada and the United States, v. 1-10, 1906-11. 8°. Toronto. Dental (The) Practitioner and Advertiser, v. 23- 29, 1892-8. 8°. Buffalo. Dental (The) Record, v. 1-27, 1881-1907. 8°. London. Dental (The) Register, v. 20-76, 1866-1922. 8°. Ci/txciybTWit/i Dental (The) Review, v. 1-32, 1886-1918. 8°. Chicago. Dental (The) Summary; a journal of practical dentistry, v. 22-43, 1902-23. 8°. Toledo. Continuation of: Ohio Dental Journal. Dental (The) and Surgical Microcosm; a quarterly magazine devoted chiefly to the art and science of anaesthesia, v. 1-6, 1891-7. 8°. Pitts- burgh, Pa. Dental (The) Tribune, v. 1, 1892-3. 8°. Chi- cago. Dentan (Paul) [1848-1918]. Beverdin (J.-L.) Necrologie. Rev. mecl. de la Suisse Rom, Geneve, 1918, xxxviii, 621. Dentifrices. See, also, Teeth (Hygiene of). Andresen (V. V. J.) Dental preparation and method of making same. [Pat. spec] No. 1318254; Oct. 7, 1919.—Bur- lew (G. O.) Dentifricial tablet. [Pat. spec] No. 1411681; Apr. 4, 1922.—Gies (W. J.) Experimental studies of the validity of advertised claims for products of public impor- tance in relation to oral hygiene or dental therapeutics; statement of purpose. J. Dent. Research, Bait, 1919, i, 509.—Green (W. T.) Dentifrice. [Pat. spec] No. 1386252, Aug. 2, 1921.—Levinson (S.) Mouth toilet preparation. [Pat. spec] No. 1275275; Aug. 13, 1918.—McGehee (W. H. O.) An experimental study of the tooth-staining properties of various colored dentifrices. Dental Cosmos, Phila, 1912, liv, 289-316.—Read (S.) The effect of the latest investiga- tions in dental science on the composition of dentifrices. Pharm. J, Lond, 1905, 4. s, xxi, 148.—Rogers (W. S.) Dentifrice. [Pat. spec] No. 1379046; May 24, 1921.—Taylor (J. M.), Greeley (H.) [ct al.]. Highfalutin dupery; comment on the falsity of various published claims for certain denti- frices. J. Dent. Research, Bait, 1919, i, 497-506. Dent iliac (Leon). *Etude sur la splenomegalie dans les differentes periodes de la syphilis acquise. 67 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 36. DENTINE. 430 DENTISTEY. Dentine. See Teeth (Histology of). [Den tin ol & Pyorrhocide Co.] Pyorrhea; clinical subjects. 1 p. 1., 8 pi., 11. roy. 8°. New York, The Dentinol and Pyorrhocide Co., 1917. Dentistry. See, also, Dentists; Education (Dental); Jaws (Diseases of); Mouth (Surgery of); Teeth. Ambler (H. L.) Around the world dentistry. 8°. Cleveland, 1910. Brother Bill's letters and business building articles, v. 2. 8°. [Chicago], 1912. Carter (R. A.) Dental science. 8°. Lyndon- ville, Vt, 1916. Cousin & Serres. Chimie, physique, meca- nique et metallurgie dentaires d'apres le pro- gramme du decret du 11 Janvier 1909, pour le stage dentaire. 12°. Paris, 1911. Delmelle (F.) L'art dentaire au point de vue social et economique. 12°. Bruxelles, 1904. Eames (G. F.) The practice of dental medi- cine; containing thirty-eight engravings and three colored plates. 8°. Philadelphia, 1899. Eckley (W. T.) & Eckley (Corinne Buford). Regional anatomy of the head and neck for stu- dents and practitioners of dentistry. 8°. Phila- delphia, 1902. Eichler (M.)' Index der deutschen und wich- tigsten auslandischen zahnarztlichen Litteratur. 8°. Bonn, 1904. Gesamte Anatomie fiir Zahnarzte in Vortragen bearbeitet von M. Fraenkel. 12°. Leipzig, 1903. Hunt (R. F.) Dentistry a distinct and inde- pendent profession; a position based upon unde- niable historical and current facts and not upon theories supported by arguments. 8°. [Wash- ington, 1895.] Johnson (C. N.) Success in dental practice; a few suggestions relative to the most approved methods of conducting a practice. 2. ed. 8°. Philadelphia dc London, [1913]. Lustig (S.) Die Cemente in der Zahnheil- kunde. 8°. Budapest, 1905. Morche (R.) Etude sur la profession dentaire. 16°. Paris, 1906. Muhlreiter (E.) Anatomie des menschlichen Gebisses; mit besonderer Riicksicht auf die Be- durfnisse der Zahnersatzkunde. 3. Aufl. 8°. Leipzig, 1912. Pawelz (G. H.)' Terminologia dentaria. Verdeutschung der in der zahnarztlichen und zahntechnischen Fachlitteratur vorkommenden technischen Fremdausdrticke. 2. Aufl. 12°. Berlin, [1905]. ------. The same. 3. Aufl. 8°. Berlin, [1908]. Port. Index der deutschen zahnarztlichen Litteratur und zahnarztliche Bibliographie; im Auftrage des Zentralvjereins deutscher Zahnarzte bearbeitet. 1. Jahrg., 1903. 8°. Heidelberg, 1904. ------. The same. 2. Jahrg. 8°. Heidelberg, 1905. Reymann (T.) *Die volkswirtschaftliche und soziale Bedeutung der Zahnheilkunde. 8° Kiel, 1912. Sanchez (J. M.) Bibliografia de la odontologfa espafiola. Indice para formar un catalogo razo- nado de las obras impresas en castellano que tratan sobre el arte del dentista. 8°. Madrid 1911. Schilling. Die Zahnpflege in der Schule, Armee, Strafanstal und Krankenkasse. 8°. Munchen, 1905 Schoenbeck (F.) Chemie und Physik als Hilfswissenschaften in der zahnarztlichen Tech- nik. 8°. Leipzig, 1910. Forms Hft. 3 of: Samml. v. Vortr. a. d. Geb. d. Zahnh. Dentistry. Sedlacek (A.) Chemisch-technische Rezepte und Notizen fiir die Zahnpraxis. Eine Samm- lung von iiber 1,300 praktischen Vorschriften, Methoden und Winken. 3. umgearb. und ver- bess. Aufl. 12°. Wien dc Leipzig, 1910. Smith (H. C.) Lecture-notes on chemistry for dental students; including dental chemistry of alloys, amalgams, etc. 8°. New York, 1917. Struck. Die Ethik und Aesthetik in der Zahnheilkunde. 12°. Berlin, 1909. Underwood (A. S.) Aids to dental anatomy and physiology. 2. ed. 12°. London, 1902. ■ Albray (R. A.) Progressive dentistry and stomatology; a criticism of the review by Stillman and McCall, on the etiology, diagnosis, and treatment of periodontoclasia. J. Dent. Research, Bait, 1921, iii, 339-342.—Anthony (L. P.) Dental nomenclature. Dental Digest, N. Y, 1921, xxvii, 666-668. -----. Dental bibliography; the need of an index of periodical literature. Dental Cosmos, Phila, 1918, lx. 128-131. -----. Report of committee on dental nomenclature. Internat. J. Orthodontia, St. Louis, 1923, ix, 31-35.—Bebb (W.) Collecting and maintaining a dental museum and library. J. Nat. Dent. Ass, Huntington, Ind, 1921, viii, 330.—Berger (H.) Zur Organisation der zahnarztlichen Litteratur. Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh, Leipz, 1920, xxxviii, 69-72.—Blight (F. J.) The possibility of a State dental service. Brit. Dent. Jv Lond, 1918, xxxix, 553-555.—Brown (E. F.) Dental climes as a community investment. Am. J. Pub. Health, N. Y, 1915, v, 396-404 — Brubacher. Arzt und Zahnheilkunde. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1922, lxix, 751.—Burkhart (H. J.) The general plan of the proposed work at the Eastman Dispensary. J. Nat. Dent. Ass, Huntington, Ind, 1917, iv, 582-593.—Coysh (T. A.) The proposals forasystem of Statedentistry; acriti- cism. Brit. Dent. J, Lond, 1918, xxxix, 585-590.—Cryer (M. H.) Some of the important points in dentistry that are under discussion at the present time. Dental Summary, Toledo, 1913, xxxiii, 119-144.—Emeis (H. B.) Dental ethics. Pacific Dent. Gaz, San Fran, 1919, xxvii, 327-337.—Flsk (W.) The need of increased accommodation in dental clinics. Brit. J. Dent. Sc, Lond, 1918, lxi, 295-299.— Froehllch (E.) Psychiatrie und Zahnheilkunde. Zahn- arztl. Rundschau, Berl, 1904, xiii, 379; 403; 476.—Greve (H. C.) Die zahnarztliche Litteratur von ihrem Beginn bis zum Jahre 1845. Ergebn. d. ges Zahnh, Wiesb, 1918, vi, 17-69.— Hansen (H. O.) Relation of roentgenology to preventive dentistry. J. Roentgenol, Iowa City, 1919, ii, 73-*l—Heath (G. M.) The value of chemistry in dentistry. Dental Reg, Cincin, 1905. lix, 178-186.—Hepburn (W. B.) The behav- iour of metal fillings in the mouth. Brit. Dent. J, Lond, 1912, xxxiii, 1131-1139.—Hertig (O. L.) A question of inter- professional ethics. Dental Cosmos, Phila, 1919, lxi, 1088- 1091.—Hinklns (J. E.) Action chimique des ciments. Cong. dent, internat. 1900. C.-r, Par, 1901-3, iv, 102-104 — Howe (P. R.) Safe and sane dentistry. Dental Summarv, Toledo, 1921, xii, 1-24.—Imbert (L.) Idees amencaines sur la stomatologic Marseille-mod, 1919, lvi, 817-821. -----. La crise profcssionnelle de l'art dentaire; le rapport de Sauvez; l'etude de Th. Raynal. Gaz. d. h6p.. Par, 1923, xcvi, 355- 358.—Jones (W. H.) Principles of systematized dental service. Brit. Dent. J, Lond, 1920, xii, 918-927.—Koch (C. R. E.> Looking backward; dentologia, a poem of 1833. Northwest. Dent. J, Chicago, 1908-9, vi, 127: 1909, vii, 1 — McCord (0. S.) Dental society organization; the study club as a unit in dental society organization. Tr. Panama-Pacific Dent. Con^-, N. Y, 1915, ii, 407-414. [Discussion], iii, 333- 336.—Mlllberry (G. S.) Dental service for the other 80 per cent. J. Nat. Dent. Ass, Huntington, Ind, 1920, vii, 624- 631— Murphy (J. J.) Notes from a dental scrap book. Brit. Dent. J, Lond, 1920, xii, 156-159.—Norman (H. H.) The dental profession after the war. Brit. J. Dent. Se, Lond., 1919, lxii, 105-109.—Palmer (R. B.) The new era in den- tistry; its relation to the increase in malpractice lawsuits. J. Allied Dent. Soe. N. Y, 1917, xii, 1-23.-----. The re- sponsibility of editors of professional dental journals. Ibid., 481-488.-Pedley i H. D.) & Flsk (W.) The effects of dental treatment on national health and physique. Brit. Dent. J., Lond, 1916, xxxvii, 595; 668; 691—Pelrce (C. N.) Apollonia, the patron saint of dentistry. Internat. Dent. J., 1900, xxi, 1-3.—Pitts (A. T.) On the possibility of collective research in dentistry. Brit. Dent. J, Lond, 1920, xii, 258-262.— Rieger (II.) Epilog zur LSsung der Zahnarzte-Zahntech- nikerfrage. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1920,lxx, 1714—Slppy (B. O.) Preventive dentistry. Dental Rev, Chicago, 1918, xxxii, 663-672.—Sleep (F.) Dental aspects of idiosyncrasy, susceptibility and responsibility. Brit. Dent. J, Lond, 1912, xxxiii, 393-105.—Stevenson (A. H.) Rational pre- ventive dentistry. Dental Summary, Toledo, 1919, xxxix, 468-472.—Webster (A. E.) The value of research in den- tistry. Dominion Dent. J, Toronto, 1919, xxxi, 428-430.— Welgele (B.) Ein Versuch, am Bau des Unterkiefers die Uesetze der Mechanik und Statik aufzufinden. Cor.-Bl. f. Zahnarzte, Berl, 1921, xlvii, No. 4, 3-19—Wheeler (H. L.) Dental literature; its past and present. J. Nat. Dent. Ass, Huntington, Ind, 1916, iii, 223-243.—Widdowson (T. W.) Notes on dental surgery and pathology. Brit. J. Dent. Sc, DENTISTRY. 431 DENTISTRY. Dentistry. J^nf;'01913' lvi> 242: 273; 302; 338; 367; 392; 435; 462; 486; 556; £?,' oi5; ?53; 68^; 714; 745:1914, lvii, 36; 112; 142; 181; 229; 278; 34V 372; 424; 468; 525; 565; 612; 695.—Zulauf (A. F.) Physi- ological and psychological causes of pathological and psycho- logical disturbances. Dental Items Interest, N. Y. 1921 xhii, 268-276. ' ' Dentistry (Anaesthetics in). See, also, Acoin; Anaesthetics (Local). Alderson (W. E.) Dental anaesthetics; a text-book for sudents and practitioners, with a contribution on analgesia by John Bolam 12° Bristol, 1911. De Ford (W. H.) Lectures on general anaes- thetics m dentistry, advocating painless dental operations. 2. ed. 8°. Pittsburgh, 1912. Fischer (G.) Die lokale Anasthesie in der Zahnheilkunde, mit spezieller Beriicksichtigung der Schleimhaut und Leitungsanasthesie. 4° Berlin, 1911. ------. The same. 3. vermehrte, vollstandig umgearbeitete Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1914. ,------■■ The same. Local anesthesia in den- tistry, with special reference to the mucous and conductive methods. 2. Am. from the 3. Ger. ed., thoroughly revised with additions by R. H. Riethmtiller. 4°. Philadelphia dc New York, 1914. ------. The same. 3. Am.ed.byR. H. Rieth- mtiller. 264 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Philadelphia dc New York, 1923. Fragen (Ueber strittige) in der Lokalanas- thesie und deren Klarung. Verhandlungen in der Zahnarzteversammlung zu Mtinster i. W. am 15. und 16. November 1912. 4°. Leipzig, 1913. Lavocat (L.) ^Contribution a l'etude de quelques anesthesiques locaux employes en chi- rurgie dentaire. [Lyon.] 8°. Villeurbanne, 1910. Luke (T. D.) Anaesthesia in dental surgery. 12°. London, 1903. Nogue (R.) Traite de stomatologie. VI. Anesthesie. 8°. Paris, 1911. Seitz (G.) Die zahnarztliche Narkose. Ein Leitfaden fiir praktische Zahnarzte und Studie- rende der Zahnheilkunde. 8°. Leipzig, 1900. Thiesing (H.) Die Lokal-Anesthesie und ihre Verwendung in der zahnarztlichen Praxis. 8°. Leipzig, 1902. Thoma (K. H.) Oral anaesthesia; local anaes- thesia in the oral cavity; technique and practical application in the different branches of den- tistry. 8°. Boston [1914]. ■---—. The same. 2. ed. 8°. Boston, 1920. Ackerman (F.) De l'anesthesie regionale du maxillaire infdrieur par voietranscutan£e. Rev.trimest.suissed'odont. Geneve, 1919, xxix, 53.—Andresen (V.) Dentinanastheti- kum und Provisorium "Dentamo" (Formula Andresen). Ztschr. f. Stomatol, Wien & Berl, 1922, xx, 184-193.—Bar- ber (E. S.) The obstreperous dental patient. Am. Year- Book Anesth, N. Y, 1916, i. 274-282.—Beck (H. M.) Novo- cain infiltration anesthesia in the everyday practice of den- tistry. Dental Cosmos, Phila, 1919, lxi, 303-307.—Blessing (G.) Kritische Bemerkungen iiber die gebrauchlichsten Lokalanasthetika in der Zahnheilkunde. Deutsche Monat- schr. f. Zahnh, Leipz, 1916, xxxiv, 1-17.—Blum (T.) Notes on conductive anesthesia. Pacific Dent. Gaz, San Fran, 1918, xxvi, 39-48.-----. Failures and accidents with mandibular injections. Dental Cosmos, Phila, 1919, lxi, 275-292.—Bolstorfl (M.) Intraosscale Injektion und ihre Anwendung besonders zum Zwecke der Pulpa- und Dentin- anasthesie. Cor.-Bl. f. Zahnarzte, Berl, 1921, xlvii, No. 2, 52: No. 3, 77.—Buxton (D. W.) Hints upon the use of an- aesthetics in dental surgery. Brit. J. Dent. Sc, Lond, 1908, li, 769; 817.—Buxton (J. L. D.) Analgesiain dental surgery. Ibid., 1920, lxiii, 296-305.—Cavina (C.) L'anestesia locale in chirurgia dentale. Stomatol, Milano, 1923, xxi, 1-19.— Charron. Considerations sur l'anesthesie regionale. Odon- tologie, Par, 1921, lix, 220-226.—Chauvet (S.) Un nouveau mode d'anesthesie locale (particuli^rement applicable a l'anesthesie dentaire et a quelques operations de petite chi- rurgie); l'anesthesie par le gazotherme du docteur F. Fabret. Hopital, Par., 1922; x, 193-195.—Chompret. Anesthesie par injections intraligamenteuses. Rev. de stomatol. Par, 1920, xxii, 309-312.—Cieszynski (A.) Technique of intra- Dentistry (Anaesthetics in). and extra-oral injection of the mandibular nerves in local anaesthesia. Tr. Internat. Dent. Cong., Lond, 1914, vi, 729-733. -----. Beitrage zur exakten Injektionstechnik in den Ramus mandibularis am Foramen ovale und zur Punk- tion des Ganglion Gasseri. Oesterr.-ungar. Vrtljsehr. f. Zahnh, Wien, 1915, xxxi, 373-443,1 pi.—Clements (W. A.) Regional anaesthesia. Tr. Internat. Dent. Cong, Lond, 1914, vi, 734.—Cook (W. A.) A few facts relative to con- ductive anesthesia. Dental Summary, Toledo, 1919, xxxix, 815-817.—Cotton (J.) Cotton process ether for dental opera- tions. Tr. Dent. Soc, N. Y, 1920, Iii, 167-182.—A lso: Dental Cosmos, Phila, 1921, lxiii, 11-21.—Dalton (Van B.) Nitrous oxid anesthesia and analgesia in dentistry. Dental Sum- mary, Toledo, 1918, xxxviii, 841-847.—Daniell (G. W. B.) On chloroform in dental surgery. South African M. Rec, Cape Town, 1906, iv, 69-72.—Danis (R.) L'anesthesie du nerf dentaire inferieur. Presse mecl. beige, Brux, 1914, lxvi, 425-427.—De Ford (W. H.) Anaesthetics in dentistry. Dental Brief, Phila, 1906, xi, 301; 359; 415; 500; 567; 634; 689; 748; 1907, xii, 20; 82; 178; 236; 368; 437; 510; 561; 634; 722; 805: 1908, xiii, 24; 84.-----. General anesthetics: Can the dental surgeon use them to advantage in daily practice? Dental Cosmos, Phila, 1912.liv, 1126-1135. [Discussion], 1145-1150.— Doubleday (F. N.) On local anaesthesia in dental opera- tions. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1918-19, xii, Sect. Odon- tol, 1-6.—Eady (B.) Physical anaesthesia, as produced by "le gazotherme." Brit. Dent. J, Lond, 1922, xliii, 499- 503.—Ecker (M.) Synergistic anesthesia for dental surgery. Am. J. Surg, Q. Suppl. Anesth, N. Y, 1921, xxxv, 54-56. Also: Dental Summary, Toledo, 1921, xii, 689-692. -----. Anesthesia in dental surgery. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1921, xcix, 870.—Ellis (L. E.) Some clinical points bearing upon the administration of anaesthetics with special reference to (1) anaesthetics in dentistry; (2) vomiting in its relation to anaes- thetics. Clin. J, Lond, 1907, xxx, 366-368.—Euler. Narkose (Narkosiologie). Ergbn. d. ges. Zahnh, Wiesb, 1910, i, 1057-1079. -----. Neueres iiber Lokalanasthesie aus der zahnarztlichen Litteratur. Therap. Monatsh, Berl, 1917, xxxi, 365-370.—Feldman (B.) The psychological law of anesthesia. Dental Summary, Toledo, 1922, xiii, 71; 147; 247; 351; 428; 626.—Fischer (G.) Die lokale Anaesthesie in der Zahnheilkunde. Tr. Internat. Dent. Cong, Lond, " 1914, vi, 524-531.-----. Novokain oder Alypin? Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh.,Leipz, 1916,xxxiv, 396-403.—Fossume (F. L.) Anesthesia by intra-alveolar injection. Dental Brief, Phila, 1908, xiii, 551-553.—Frohmann (D.) Die Grenzen der Injektionsanasthesie in der zahnarztlichen Chirurgie. Therap. Rundschau, Berl, 1909, xxiii, 570- 578.—Guichard. Anesthesie par la respiration precipitee ou essoufflement. Odontologie, Par, 1922, lx, 421-424 — Gutbier (T.) Einige Beobachtungen iiber Novokain und Alypin und ihre Anwendung bei ein und demselben Pa- tienten. Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh, Leipz, 1916, xxxiv, 476-486.—Guy (W.) Nitrous-oxide-oxygen, alone, in mix- ture, and in sequence for dental operations. Tr. Internat. Dent. Cong, Lond, 1914, vi, 511-515. -----. Narcosis. Brit. Dent. J, Lond, 1914, xxxv, 957-963.—Hartzell (T. B.) Gas and oxygen analgesia for conservative operations. Tr. Internat. Dent. Cong, Lond, 1914, xi, 520-524.—Heldbrlnk (J. A.) Nitrous oxid-oxygen anesthesia in oral surgery and dentistry. J. Nat. Dent. Ass., Huntington, Ind, 1920. vii, 726-736.—Henahan (J. P.) Anesthetics in dentistry. Ibid., 1919, vi, 610-627.—Henson (D. O.) Conservative methods in the use of nitrous oxid and oxygen anesthesia. Dental Cosmos, Phila, 1920, lxii, 988-990.—Hoenig (H.) Ueber Narkose in der Zahnheilkunde. Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh, Leipz, 1921, xxxix, 209-215.—Hooper (H. P.) Con- tinuous gasadministration. Brit.Dent. J,Lond, 1911, xxzii, 1194-1196.—Hornabrook (R. W.) Anesthesia for dental operations. Med. J. Australia, Sydney, 1918, ii, 63.—Hunt (W. A.) Anaesthetics and dentists and the very earliest cases of ether administration in this country. Tr. .Internat. Dent. Cong, Lond, 1914, vi, 551-554.—Jeay (C.) Etude sur l'anesthesie regionale en art dentaire et nouveau procede d'anesthesie du maxillaire superieur. Odontologie, Par, 1911, xlvi, 49; 97.—Klein (B.) & Slcher (H.) Die perkutane Leitungsanasthesie des Nervus alveolaris inferior. Oesterr.- ungar. Vrtljsehr. f. Zahnh, Wien, 1915, xxxi, 36-53. 2 pi.— Kneucker (A.) Der Chlorathylrausch in der operativen Zahnheilkunde. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1913, xxvi, 1277. -----. Perkutane Leitungsanasthesie des Nervus infraor- bitalis. Oesterr.-ungar. Vrtljsehr. f. Zahnh, Wien, 1916, xxxii, 73-75.-----. Ueber die Verwendung der 4%igen No- vokainadrenalinlosung in der Zahnchirurgie. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl. & Wien, 1922, lvi, 571; 759.—Lamb (F. D.) Buckley's desensitizing paste. Brit. Dent. J, Lond, 1921, xiii, 764-767—Licht wltz (A.) Die Stellung des Operateurs bei der Mandibularinjektion auf der linken seite. Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh, Leipz, 1921, xxxix 664.—Lipschltz (M.) Zweite Narkosenstatistik des Central- Vereins deutscher Zahnarzte. Ibid., 1904, xxii, 212-256 — Lodge (E. B.) Alcohol as a substitute for cocain in anes- thetizing the pulp. Dental Summary, Toledo, 1912 xxxii 2.—McClanahan (F. R.) General anesthesia. Ibid., 1910' xxx, 423-434.—Mansoutre. A propos de l'anesthesie tron- culaire du maxillaire inferieur en chirurgie dentaire. Montpel med, 1921, xhii, 273-275.—Melchlor (M.) Experiences with prolonged gas anaesthesia. Tr. Internat. Dent. Cong Lond 1914, vi, 555-557— Mttller (C.) Narkose und Lokalanasthe^ DENTISTEY. 432 DENTISTRY. Dentistry (Anaesthetics in). sie. Schweiz Vrtljsehr. f. Zahnh, Zurich, 1919, xxix, 246- 269.—MttUer (J. M.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen auf dem Gebiet der zahnarztlichen Lokalanasthesie. Ergebn. d. ges. Zahnh, Munchen & Wiesb, 1922, vi, 523-581.—Nevin (M.) Improved technic of pterygomandibular injection and how to avoid unpleasant post-injection sequelae. Dental Items Interest, N. Y, 1921, xliii, 112-124.—Nipperdey (H.) Einiges iiber Acoinanasthesie in der Zahnheilkunde. Deut- sche Monatschr. f. Zahnh, Leipz, 1902, xx, 515-519—Pare (J. W.) Local anaesthesia; (1) methods, (2) drugs, (3) sphere of usefulness, (4) contraindications and dangers. Tr. Inter- nat. Dent. Cong, Lond, 1914, vi, 532-545.—Parrot (A. H.) Injection (intra-alveolar) anaesthesia in conservative work. Ibid., 561; 717.—Piatt (F. L.) Peridental anesthesia; intra- osseous method. Tr. Panama-Pacific Dent. Cong, N. Y, 1915, ii, 141-146. [Discussion], iii, 169-178.—Prinz (IL) A rationalmethodofproducingloealanesthesia. Dental Pract, Toronto, 1908, v, 194-206.—Puterbaugh (P. G.) Local and general anesthesia in dentistry. J. Nat. Dent. Ass, Hunting- ton, Ind, 1920, vii, 37-60.— Rail (W. A.) The continuous ad- ministration of N20 in dental surgery. Internat. J. Ortho- dontia, St. Louis, 1920, vi, 375-380.—Battel (G.) Die Lei- tunesanasthesie am N. maxillaris. Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh, Leipz, 1916, xxxiv, 281-297—Richter (E.) Anas- thesierung von der Nase aus zum Zwecke zahnarztlicher Funktionen an den oberen Schneidezahnen usw. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol, Berl, 1910, xxiv, 58-61.—Blethmul- ler (R. H.) Improvements in local anaesthesia by novocain- suprarenin. Tr. Internat. Dent. Cong, Lond, 1914, vi, 558- 561.-----. Anoci-association in dentistry; a review of the present status in dentistry; of general anesthesia by nitrous oxid and oxygen and of local anesthesia by novocam-supra- renin respectively. Dental Cosmos, Phila, 1915, lvii, 742- 748.-----. Causes of failure and untoward results in conduc- tive anesthesia. Dental summary, Toledo, 1918, xxxviii, 567-591.—Rosenberg (L.) Beitrage zur Injektions-Anas- thesie in der konservierenden Zahnheilkunde, besonders zur Dentin- und Pulpen-Anasthesie. Cor.-Bl. f. Zahnarzte, Berl, 1921, xlvii, No. 1.3-28—Ross (J. S.) Whatmeansmay be taken to protect the public from anaesthetic accidents. Tr. Internat. Dent. Cong, Lond, 1914, xi, 548; 551— Rounds (F W.) Conductive anesthesia for the general practitioner. Dental Summary, Toledo, 1917, xxxvii, 347-359.-----. Local anesthesia for the general practitioner in dentistry. Ibid., 1919. xxxix, 943-951.—Salinger (S.) High pressure anesthe- sia for cavity preparation. Am. J. Surg, Q. Suppl. Anesth, N. Y, 1918, xxxii, 130-134.—Sauvez. Discussion de l'etude critique de l'emploi de l'anesthesie generale ou locale; re- ponse a M. le Dr. Friteau. Odontologie, Par, 1904, 2. s, xix, 67; 135.—Schamberg (M. I.) A statistical study of local anesthesia in dentistry. Proc. Penn. Dent. Soc. 1901, Phila, 1902, xxxiii, 48-78.—Schubert (L.) Nebenerschei- nungen nach Lokalanasthesie an den Kiefern mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung motorischer Lahmungen. Deutsche Vrtljsehr. f. Zahnchir, Munchen & Wiesb, 1920-21, iv, 212- 214.—Schupp (F.) Hypnose und hypnotische Suggestion in der Zahnheilkunde. Ztschr. f. Hypnot. [etc.], Berl. 1894-5, iii 46-54.—Sicher (H.) Die intraorale I/eitungsanasthesie im Canalis infraorbitalis. Wien. Vrtljsehr. f. Zahnh, Berl, 1919, xxxv, 95-97, 3 pi.—Silverman (S. L.) Pharmacology, action, and toxicity of various local anesthetics. J. Nat. Dent. Ass, Huntington, Ind, 1920, vii, 737-739.—Smith (A. E.) Local anesthesia. Tr. Panama-Pacific Dent. Cong, N. Y, 1915, i, 319-362. [Discussion], iii, 106-108.-----. Nerve blocking. Dental Reg, Cincin, 1918, lxxii, 14-25.—Stein. Ueber Narkosen. Zahnkunst, Bresl., 1902, vi, Nos. 15; 17; 19; 20.—Teter (C. K.) Nitrous-oxide-oxygen, alone, in mixture, and in sequence for the extraction operation. Tr. Internat. Dent. Cong, Lond, 1914, vi. 516-519.—Thew (W.l Anaesthesia of the dental pulp by the injection of a local anaesthetic via the dentinal tubes. Ibid., 745.—Thoma (K. H.) Intra- and extra-oral methods of local anesthesia for dentistry; with special reference to apiectomy. Am. Year-Book Anesth.. N. Y., 1916, i, 319-337.—Trick (H. R.} The relation of the inhalation anesthetics to modern dental surgery. Buffalo M. J, 1918-19, lxxiv, 8-11.—TUrklielm (H.) Eine Modifikation der Mandibularanasthesie. Deut- sche Monatschr. f. Zahnh, I^ipz, 1913, xxxi, 423-430,1 pi — Wain (D.) Nitrous oxide and oxygen in conservative den- tistry. Guy's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1912, xxvi, 389-391.— Warner (E. R.) Local anaesthesia with special reference to (a) methods; (b) drugs; (c) sphere of usefulness; (d) con- traindications and dangers. Tr. Internat. Dent. Cong, Lond, 1914, vi, 546-548—Ziegler (D. H.) High-pressure anaesthesia as compared with cataphoresis and nitrous oxide and oxygen. Brit. Dent. J, Lond, 1906, xxvii, 260-263. Dentistry (Aseptic and antiseptic). Andresen (V.) Sterilisation komplizierter Instrumente. Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh, Leipz, 1907, xxv, 461-464.— Badcock (J. H.) The degree of asepsis necessary in dental surgery and the most practical means of attaining it. Brit. Dent. J., Lond, 1906, xxvii, 433-440.—Belsswenger. Die zahnarztlichen Instrumententische und die Asepsis im zahnarztlichen Operationszimmer. Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh.. Leipz, 1903, xxi, 44-46.—Brown (G.) A consid- eration oi asepsis in dentistry. Items Interest, N. Y, 1917, xxxix, 820-830.—Callahan (J. R.) Logical asepsisin dental practice. Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1918, lx, 31-38. [Discus- Dentistry (Aseptic and antiseptic). sion), 77-80.—Goodman (W. H.) A plea for aseptic meth- ods in dental practice. Brit. Dent. J, Lond, 1905, xxvi, 853-858.—Grayston (W. C.) The problem of aseptic den- tistry. Ibid., 1907, xxviii, 56-67.—Guy (W.) Asepsis in dental hospital practice. Ibid., 1903, xxiv, 573-580.—Hin- rlchsen (C.) Zur Desinfektion im Operationszimmer: Aseptische Metallhulsen fiir das Hand- und Winkelstiick der Bohrmaschine. Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh, Leipz, 1907, xxv, 465-471.—Holmes (Adah R.) An investigation of the methods of disinfection as carried out in dental offices. J. Calif. Dental Ass, San Fran, 1918, iii, 71; 103, 3 ch — Horel (Ruth F.) The use of hypochlorites and chloraminsin dentistry. Dental Cosmos, Phila, 1919, lxi, 373-381.— Lederer (W. J.) Asepsis in dental surgery. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1902, lxi, 611— Livingston (A.) Aseptic and anti- septic technique with some notes on results. Brit. Dent. J, Lond, 1921, xiii, 148-154.—Macdonald (R.) A proposed application of compressed antiseptic gases to operative dentistry. Dental Cosmos, Phila.. 1910, Iii, 737.—Pond (S. E.) The efficiency of current methods used in the steriliza- tion of dental instruments and of root filling materials. J. Nat. Dent. Ass.. Huntington, Ind, 1919, vi, 350-362.— Schaefer (S. W.) Asepsis and antisepsis in modern den- tistry. Colorado Med, Denver, 1918, xv, 199-202.—Schott- lander (E.) Asepsis und Antisepsis in der Zahnheilkunde. Reichs-Med.-Anz, Leipz, 1913, xxxviii, 583-587.—Senn (A.) Asepsis und Antisepsis in der zahnarztlichen Praxis. Schweiz. Vrtljsehr. f. Zahnh, Zurich & Geneve, 1909, xix, 18-21.—Stlne (D. G.) What basic principles of physiology are involved in the destruction of bacteria without the de- struction of tissue cells? Dental Summary, Toledo, 1919, xxxix, 199-201.—Webster (A. E.) Asepsis m the operating room. In: Text-book of operative dentistry, Phila., 1910, 89-94. Dentistry (History of). Asmalsky ([P. R.] F.) *Zahnheilkundliche8 in der medizinisehen Litteratur der spatromi- schen Antike. 8°. Leipzig, 1922. Brodmaxn (C.) *Deutsche Zahntexte in Handschriften des Mittelalters. [Institut fiir Geschichte der Medizin, Leipzig.] 8°. Witten- berg, 1921. Cali (G.) L'odontoiatria attraverso i secoli; storia scientifica e morale della dentistica presso gli stati d'Europa, America, Asia ed Africa. 8°. Napoli, 1901. Deneffe. Chirurgie antique; la prothese dentaire dans l'antiquite. 8°. Anvers, 1899. Ebbers (M.) *Zannheilkundliche.* bei Vales- cus de Taranta. [Leipzig.] 8°. Bielefeld, 1922. Feldhaus (W.) *Zahnarztliches bei John of Gaddesden. 8°. Leipzig, 1922. Francia (A.) Storia evolutiva della odonto- tecnica attraverso i secoli dai 300 (a. C.) al secolo xx. 16°. Napoli, 1901. Godon (C.) *L'evolution de l'art dentaire; l'ecole dentaire, son histoire, son action, son avenir. S°. Paris, 1901. Also, in: Odontologie, Par, 1901,2. s, xii, 313;477. Greik (S.) Dentistry in the Bible and Tal- mud; a valuable contribution to the early history of dentistry. 8°. New York, 1918. Grimard (E.) Curiosites historiques de l'art dentaire. 8 . Bordeaux, 1905. Grundmanx ([P.] G.) *Zahnarztliches aus den Werken des Aristoteles und seiner Schuler Theophrast und Menon. [Leipzig.] 8°. [Zeu- lenroda i. Thiir.], 1922. Guerini (V.) A history of dentistry from the most ancient times until the end of the eight- eenth century, roy. 8°. Philadelphia dc New York, 1909. Heerklotz (J. G. A.) *Xicolo Falcucci in seinen die Zahnheilkunde beruhrenden Kapi- teln. [Leipzig.] 8°. Dresden, 1921. Hellweg (H. [E. A.]) *Die Lehre des Bar- tolomeo Eustachi iiber Bau und Entwicklung der Zahne. 8°. Borsdorf-Leipziq, 1921. Helot (P.-L.-H.) *Abrege d'histoire de l'art dentaire aux Etats-Unis. 8 . Paris, 1920. Jager (F. [F. A. W.]) *Zahnarztliches aus den Werken Alberts des Grossen und seiner DENTISTRY. 433 DENTISTRY. Dentistry (History of). Schiiler Thomas von Chantimpre und Vinzenz von Beauvais. [Institut fiir Geschichte der Medizin, Leipzig.] 8°. Mannheim, 1921. Kappauf (W.J *Aus der Zahnheilkunde der Araber in der Ueberlieferung des Abendlandes [Leipzig.] 8°. Mannheim, 1921. Koch (C. R. E.) History of dental surgery; contributions by various authors, edited by Charles R. E. Koch. 3 v. 4°. Ft. Wayne, Ind., 1910. ' Kummel (H.) Die Ahnherren der Zahnheil- kunde. 8°. Berlin, 1910. Lehmann (A.) *Die zahnarztliche Lehre des Aetios aus Amida. 8°. Halle a. S., 1921. Loschburg (H.) • *Zahnarztliches aus den ConciliendesThaddausausFlorenz. 8° Leip- zig, 1922. ^ Monzlinger (E.) *Zahnheilkundliches bei Alexandros von Tralleis und spateren Aerzten der Byzantinerzeit. [Leipzig.] 8°. [Zeulenroda i. Thiir.], 1922. Parreidt (J.) Geschichte des Central- Vereins deutscher Zahnarzte, 1859-1909. 8° Berlin, 1909. Piperno (A.) Un po' di stomatologia del passato (1500-1800). 4°. Milano, [19101. Pohlmeyer ([O. M.] H.) *Zahnarzthches bei Rufos, SoranosundAretaios. 8°. [Leipzig], 1922. Rathje (H. [T.]) *Zahnheilkundliches aus der Uebergangszeit zum Mittelalter (5.-9. Jahr- hundert, Monschsmedizin). 8°. [Leipzig], 1922. Ritter (G. [E.]) *Zahnarztliches aus den encyclopadischen Werken Isidors von Sevilla und Bartholomaus Anglicus. [Leipzig.] 8°. Stettin, 1922. Schuwirth (P. [W.]) *Die Zahnheilkunde bei Piter van Foreeft. [Leipzig.] 8°. [Zeulen- roda, 1922]. Seidemann (M. [R.]) *Zahnarztliches in den Werken des Gilbertus Anglicus. [Leipzig.] 8°. [Zeulenroda i. Thiir.], 1922. Sini (M.) Ricerche e dati storici sui ferri an- tichi inerenti alia chirurgia dentale con annessa collezione degli strumenti. 8°. Bologna, 1900. Strunz ([A.] E.) *Zahnheilkundliches in der Naturalis Historia des Gajus Plinius Secundus. [Leipzig.] 8°. [Leipzig], 1921. Sudhoff (K. F. J.) Geschichte der Zahnheil- kunde; ein Leitfaden fiir den Unterricht und fiir die Forschung. 8°. Leipzig, 1921. Tayac (D.-A.) Les progres de l'art dentaire; historique et description de l'art du dentiste. 8°. Paris, 1890. Taylor (J. A.) History of dentistry. 8°. Philadelphia, 1922. Trilk (F. [F. K. J.]) *Die zahnarztliche Pharmakotherapie in den " Compositiones" des Scribonius Largus. [Institut fiir Geschichte der Medizin, Leipzig.] 8°. Leipzig, 1921. Abonyi (J.) Die Zahnheilkunde im Zeitalter Hippo- krates. Wien. zahnarztl. Monatschr, 1899, i, 448; 475; 544: 1900, ii, 15; 59. Also: Janus, Amst, 1900, v, 12; 71; 113; 179; 227; 301.—Baker (E. H.) The evolution of dentistry. Den- tal Rev, Chicago, 1912, xxvi, 1081-1100. [Discussion], 1113- 1128.—Bissellng (G. H.) [From the history of dentistry.] Nederl, Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1921, lxv, pt. 2, 1174- 1199. -----. [The "Zene Arztney van 1530" in connection with the dentistry of contemporary Dutch works.] Ibid., Haarlem, 1922, lxvi, pt. 1. 2170-2180.—Brophy (T. W.) A retrospective survey of early dental practice, with reflections on the modern trend of dentistry. Dental Cosmos, Phila, 1921, lxiii, 323-333. [Discussion], 407-415.—Brown (L. P.) New light on dental history. Ibid., 1920, lxii, 936-958.— Bruck (W.) Die Entwicklung der Zahnheilkunde vom Al- tertum bis zur Gegenwart. Wien. Vrtljsehr. f. Zahnh, Berl, 1919, xxxv, 15-39.—Carr (W.) History of the Den Society of the State of New York. Dental Cosmos, Phil 1918, lx, 793-800.—Cavalife (M.) Histoire et signification Society of the State of New York t, 793-800.—Cavalife (M de la carie dentaire classique. 11877°—Vol. IV, 3d series ry' Dental Cosmos, Phila, t signification J. de med. de Bordeaux, 22-----28 Dentistry (History of). 1907. xxxvii, 6; 22; 56; 71.—Chlavaro (A.) Storia e progress! dell' odontoiatria. Gior. di corrisp. p. dentisti, Milano, 1906, xxxv, 51-65.—Chiwakl (M.) Dentistry in Japan. Tr. Internat. Dent. Cong. 1904, Phila, 1905, iii, 425-441—Colyer (J- F.) The debt ofthe dental profession to John Hunter. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1919-20, xiii, Sect. Odontol, 1-20.—Coolidge (E. D.) History of operative dentistry. Dental Rev, Chicago, 1913, xxvii, 707-743.—Cournand (J.) Contribution au developpement de la ceramique en art dentaire. Cong. dent, internat. C.-r, Berl, 1909, v, pt. 2, 231-236.—Davis (M. M.) The development of the dental clinic in hospitals and dispensaries. Mod. Hosp. Chicago, 1921, xvii, 556-558.—Densham (A.) A review of the progress of dental science and literature from the earliest ages. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1908-9, ii, Odont. Sect, 71-98.—De Vecchis (B.) Le fonti scientifiche della moderna stomatologia. Riforma med, Napoli, 1919, xxxv, 606-608.— -----. Le conoscenze stomatologiche negli apoftegmi della Scuola Salernitana e nei commentari del Gherli. Stomatol, Milano, 1921, xix, 248.—Dresel-Bad. Besassen die alten Aegypter zahntechnische Kenntnisse? Zahnarztl. Rund- schau, Berl, 1903, xii, No. 593.—Endetman (J.) A dental book of the sixteenth century. Dental Cosmos, Phila, 1903, xlv, 3943.—Fay (M.) De la veritable origine du davier. Bull. Soc. franc, d'hist. de med. Par, 1903, ii, 164-180,3 pi.— Felgln (E.) [History of the development of dentistry in Russia.] Zubovrach. vestnik, S.-Peterb, 1910, Jubilee No, 47-57.—Fellows (D. W.) A few dental writers of the eighteenth century. Tr. Nat. Dent. Ass. 1904-5, Phila, 1906. 182-189.—Fernald (A.) The first men to practise dentistry in Boston. Internat. Dent. J, Phila, 1903, xxiv, 511-523.—Geist-Jacobi (G. P.) Geschichte der Zahnheil- kunde. Handb. d. Gesch. d. Med, Jena, 1905, iii, 385- 392.—Grelf (S.) Dental materia medica in the Talmud; contributions to the early history of dental materia medica and therapeutics. Dental Digest, N. Y, 1915, xxi, 223-227.— Greve (H. C.) Kannten die alten Juden bereits die Pulpa- hohle des Zahnes? Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh, Leipz, 1915, xxxiii, 523-525.-----. Die Geschichte der zahnarzt- lichen Pharmakotherapie. Ergebn. d. ges. Zahnh, Wiesb, 1920, vi, 107-153.—Gross (G.) L'art dentaire chez les Arabes; la chirurgie d'Abulcasis. Odontologie, Par, 1899, 2. s, ix, 455464.—von Guerard. Zahnarzney aus Chronica ruralis et domestica von Johann Colero, Mayntz 1656. Cor.-Bl. f. Zahnarzte, Berl, 1900, xxix, 311T328.—Guerini (V.) L'art dentaire chez les Romains et les Etrusques. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, d'odont et sto- matol, 267-271. Also, transl.: Dental Cosmos, Phila, 1904, xlvi, 278-280.-----. Sugli serittori italiani di odontoiatria e sulle loro opere. Odonto-stomatol, Napoli, 1904, iii, 246- 259.—Guye (P.) L'hygiene dentaire a Carthage au ii™> sie-cle. Un philosophe accuse' de magie et de mceurs corrom- pues pour s'etre servi de poudre dentifrice. Rev. trimest. Suisse d'odont, Geneve, 1918, xxviii, 81-85.—Haskell (L. P.) Pyorrhea and bridge work 2,500 years old. Dental Rev, Chicago, 1914, xxviii, 658.—Heller (A.) Die geschicht- liche Entwicklung des Zahnersatzes. Oesterr. Ztschr. f. Stomatol, Wien, 1907, v, 1-11.—Helme (F.) Notes d'his- toiresur l'art dentaire. Pressemed, Par, 1913, xxi (suppl.), 1513-1520.—Henderson (P. B.) An outline of the early his- tory of dentistry in England. Brit. Dent. J, Lond, 1906, xxvii, 289; 350; 392: 1908, xxix, 495:1909, xxx, 49.—Hernan- dez (G.) El arte dental en la antigiiedad. Cron. m&L- quir. de la Habana, 1914, xl, 397-403.—Jenkins (N. S.) The influence of American dentists upon Europe. Dental Cosmos Phila, 1917, lix, 178-184. [Discussion], 217-219.—Johnson (C. N.) Reminiscences of forty-five years in dentistry. J. Nat. Dent. Ass, Huntington, Ind, 1922, xix, 75; 173; 263; 354; 415; 521; 626; 723; 814; 904; 989; 1099.—Kennerly (J. H.) Some of the early history of dentistry with special reference to the introduction of arsenic by Dr. Spooner in 1836. Dental Rev, Chicago. 1915, xxix, 448456.—King (N. M.) A sketch of dental history. Ibid., 1901, xv, 42-49.—Kirk (E. C.) Pioneer dentistry in New York; an historical study. Dental Cosmos; Phila, 1906, xlviii, 981-997.-----. The evolution of dentistry. Dental Rev, Chicago, 1915, xxix, 419-429 — von Klingelhoefer. Ueber Briickenarbeiten vor 80 Jahren. Cong. dent, internat. C.-r, Berl, 1909, v, pt. 2, 697-704.— Kiimmel (H.) Die Zahnheilkunde in den medicinischen Zauberbuchern. Cor.-Bl. f. Zahnarzte, Berl, 1905, xxxiv 16-24.-----. Die gute alte Zeit; Culturbilder zur Geschichte der Zahnheilkunde. Ibid., 1906, xxxv, 170; 196:1907, xxxvi 63; 111; 353. -----. Die Ahnherren der Zahnheilkunde! Ibid., 1910, xxxviii, 263; 356.—Ledyard (F. K.) Ancient dentistry. Items Interest, N. Y, 1897, xix, 743-755.— Lejeune (F.) Bediirfen wir in der Zahnheilkunde histori- schen Unterrichts? Vrtljsehr. f. Zahnh, Berl, 1922, xxxviii 383-386.—Lemerle (L.) Considerations sur l'histoire de l'art dentaire. Odontologie, Par, 1900, 2. s, xi, 225-237 — Lichtwitz (A.) Kannten die alten Juden die Pulpahohle des Zahnes? Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh, Leipz, 1916 xxxiv 264-266. -----. Die chirurgischen Instrumente aus Pom- peji. Ibid., 315-318—McManus (C.) International char- acter of the early development of dentistry in America Dental Cosmos, Phila, 1905, xlvii, 318-322.—Manchester (H. H.) A picture history of dentistry. Dental Digest N. Y, 1922, xxxviii, 131; 215; 291: 1923, xxix, 234-239 — Mummery (J. H.) Professor Miller's contributions to dental science. Brit. Dent. J, Lond, 1909, 1092-1103.— DENTISTRY. 434 DENTISTRY. Dentistry (History of). N'el (C.) La chirurgie dentaire d'Abulcasis comparee a celle des Maures du Trarza. Rev. de stomatol. Par, 1911, xviii, 169-180—Noury (P.) La prothese dentaire chez les Etrusques. Chron. mM, Par., 1914, xxi, 49-51.—Ottofy (L.) Dentistry in Japan. Dental Rev, Chicago, 1899, xiii, 714- 718. [Discussion], 737-749.-----. Dentistry in Japan. Den- tal Cosmos, Phila., 1921. lxiii, 394-397.—Panhans (J. E.) Einiges iiber die Geschichte der Zahnheilkunde in England. Zahnarztl. Rundschau, Berl.. 1906, xv, 991.—Pawelz (G. H.) Die Zahnheilkunde in friiheren Zeiten. Zahntech. Reform, Berl, 1903, xxii, 434.K—Plaff (W.) Beitrage zur Entwicke- lung der Zahnheilkunde vom Altertum bis in die Neuzeit. Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh, Leipz, 1903, xxi. 285-305 — Pierce (C. N.) A brief history of the foundingof the Penn- sylvania College of Dental Surgery. Penn. Dent. Times, Phila, 1906, v, suppl, 1-5.—Platschick (B.) L'ceuvTe de Pierre Fouchard dans la prothese dentaire. Tr. Internat. Dent. Cong. 1904, Phila, 1905, iii, 242-24S, 14 pi.—Pre- Columbian operative dentistry of the Indians of Middle and South America; the first record in history of the inlay procedure. Brit. J. Dent. Sc, Lond, 1917, Ix, 623; 651.— Proskauer (C.) Ein Kulturdokument aus dem achtzehn- ten Jahrhundert. Cor.-Bl. f. Zahnarzte. Berl, 1914, xliii, 124-147. -----• Die Kieferschussbehandlung zur Zeit des Grossen Kurfursten. Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh, Leipz, 1915, xxxiii, 506-523. -----. Der auflrichtige Augen- und Zahn-Artzt. Ibid., 1916, xxxiv, 158-169.—Rolland (G.1 L'art dentaire en Angleterre, en Italie et en Suisse. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1902, xxui, 377-379—Roy (M.) L'evolution de l'art dentaire en France. Odontologie, Par, 1899, 2. s, viii, 301: 379: 423.—Ruhrah (J.) Guerini's history ol dentistry. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1921, c, 86-88 — Senei. A reminiscence of dentistry in the old days; a fortu- nate dental student, 1855. Brit. J. Dent. Sc, Lond, 1920, lxiii, 6-12.—Sfrei (P.) Entwickelungsgeschichte der Zahn- technik bis in die Mitte des 19. Jahrhunderts. Zahnkunst, Bresl, 1901, v, Nos. 37; 38; 39; 41; 42; 43; 44; 45; 47.—Smith (B. H.) In touch with some of the pathfinders of dentistry. Dent. Brief, Phila, 1912, xvii, 1-26.—Solbrlg. Histoire du coulage des metaux en art dentaire; methode de la "cire perdue." Cong. dent, internat. C.-r, Berl.. 1909, v, pt..2, 241-245.—Soulfc (A.) La medecine d'autrefois: histoire de l'art dentaire chez les Grecs. Paris med, 1911-12, ii, suppl, 455-462.—Stein (J. B.) The teeth and dentists of some monarchs of France. Dental Cosmos, Phila, 1914, lvi, 578- 587.—Stirling (W.) Some historical events and great dis- coveries associated with odontology and dentistry. J. Brit. Dent. Ass, Lond, 1902, xxiii, 649-666.—Strycker (L. W.) Ancient origin of dental casting. Dental Summary, Toledo, 1911, xxxi, 669-678.—Sudhofl (K.) Zahnzangen aus der Antike. Arch. f. Gesch. d. Med, Leipz, 1908; ii, 55-69.— Taft (J.) Reminiscences of pioneers in dentistry. Ohio Dent. J, Toledo, 1901, xxi, 369-394.—Therre. Comment on soignait les dents au temps d'Ambroise Pare (1517-1590). Rev. de stomatol. Par, 1912, xix, 411426.—Thornton (A.W.) A new vision in dentistry. Dental Cosmos, PhUa, 1921, lxiii. 1015-1022.—Thorpe (B. L.) A biographical re- view of the careers of Hayden and Harris. Tr. Internat. Dent. Cong. 1904. Phila, 1905, iii, 413424.—von Topley (R.) Das Bindfutter; historische Studie. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1901. xiv, 589-592—Tracy (W. D.) The next quarter century in dentistry; a prophecy based on the needs of the profession and on our nopes for its development. Dental Cosmos, Phila.. 1918, lx, 1102-1107. -----. A brief survey of the dental situation. J. Dent. Research, Bait, 1919,1, pp. cxii-exxxiv.—Van Rippen (B.) Pre-Columbian operative dentistry of the Indians of Middle and South America. Dental Cosmos, Phila, 1917, lix, 861-873.— Villain (G.) L'art dentaire en Ame'rique en 1918; compte- rendu d'une mission aux Etats-Unis. Odontologie, Par, 1918, hi, 485:1919, lvii, 5-27.—Walkhofl. Wer hat die mo- derne Zahnheilkunde geschaffen? Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh, Leipz., 1914, xxxii, 843-859. -----. Wesen und Entstehen der modernen konservicrenden Zahnheilkunde. Ibid., 1917, xxxv, 100-136.—WaUis (C. E.) Ancient and modern dentistry. Brit. Dent. J, Lond, 1915, xxxvi, 274- 285.—Weber (A. G.) Bibliographia dentalls (Zahnarztliche Bucherkunde), 1530-1909, mit 5,775 Buchern. Cong. dent. internat. C.-r, Berl, 1909, v, pt.2,676-682.—Weinberger (B. W.) The history of dentistry and dental bibliography as a subject of teaching and research, with a plea for the establish- ment of an index dentalis. Dental Cosmos, I'hila, 1917, lix, 315-320. Also, Reprint. -----. Orthodontic bibliotheca. Ibid., 1921, lxiii, 1126-1140. Wichmann (E.) Zur Zahn- heilkunde bei den muslimischen Yolkern. Cor.-Bl. f. Zahn- arzte, Berl, 1915, xhv, 58.—Willis (C. E.) Ancient and modern dentistry. Science Progr. 20. cent, Lond, 1914-15, ix, 500-509, 2 pi.—Worms (F.) L'histoire de l'art dentaire. Odontologie, Par, 1901, 2. s, xiii, 535-572. Also: Rev. trimest. Suisse d'odont, Zurich & Geneve, 1902, xii, 36-74.— Wyndham (H.) Dentistry in Egypt. Dental Rev. Chi- cago, 1904, xviii, 970-975—Zsigmondy (O.) Ueber Fun- damente und Geschichte der konservierenden Zahnheil- kunde. Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh, Leipz, 1917, xxxv, 11-55. Dentistry (Industrial). Banzhaf (H. L.) Industrial dentistry. J. Nat. Dent. Ass, Huntington, Ind, 1921, viii, 901-906.—Brewer (H. M.) Dentistry (Industrial). Industrial dentistry. Dental Summary, Toledo, 1919, xxxix, 437439.—Elliott (R. W.) Industrial dental clinics from the standpoint of the industrial surgeon. Ibid., 443-445. Also: J. Indust. Hyg.. Bost, 1919-20, i, 575-577.—Hyatt (T. P.) Industrial dentistry and the dental profession. J. Nat. Dent. Ass, Huntington, Ind, 1921, viii, 321-328.—Levy (J. M.) What to expect of the dentist. Proc. Internat. Conf. Women Phys, N. Y, 1920, i, 267-274.—Pettlbone (E. L.) The industrial dental dispensary as a factor in in- creasing production. Dental Summary, Toledo, 1919. xxxix. 440442.—Stewart (G. A.) DentistrV in industrial school for boys at Eldora. Bull. Iowa Inst, Des Moines, 1906, viii, 442.—Storey (J. C.) Notes on the establishing and carrying out of dentistry, on the premises, for a large industrial firm. Brit. Dent. J, Lond, 1908, xxix, 102-10*.—Storey (J. C.) & Flndley (W. S.) Industrial dentistry, as established and carried out by a large firm for seven years. Tr. Internat. Dent. Cong, Lond, 1914, vi, 639.— Dentistry (Instruction in). See Dentists (Education of). Dentistry (Instruments and apparatus in). Andre (G.) Tour eiectrique pour courant de 110 volts alternatif ou continu a usages multiples. Odontologie, Par, 1922, lx, 471—Arroyo (M.) Appareil a couler de Taggart. Ibid., 469471.—Bethel (H. H.) An appliance to assist breathing in obturator cases. Dental Rev, Chicago, 1912, xxvi 363-366.—Carlson (H.) Demonstration eines Gestelles fiir iiijektionsspritzen. Cong. dent, internat. C.-r, Berl, 1909, v, pt. 2, 48-50— Custer (L. E.) A new attachment for partial plates. Dental Summary, Toledo, 1920, xl, 4874£0 — Desourteaux (J.) Le pelican, instrument dentaire; ety- mologie et forme. Chron. meu. Par, 1921, xxviii, 88.— Devauchelle (F.) Une nouvelle lampe pour projecteur den- taire. Odontologie, Par, 1921, lix, 674-676. [Discussion], 690; 743.—De Vecchls (B.) Un nuovo otturatore del velo e dei suoi annessi. Stomatol, Milano, 1920-21. xviii, 193-195.— Dlrska (C.) Ein Beitrag zur Ldsungder Sterilisationsfrage komphzierter zahnarzthcher Instrumente. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etcj, 1. Abt, Jena, 1921-2, Orig, Ixxxvii, 387- 39H _Eltner (E.) Der anatomische Articulator Eltner in der Praxis. Schweiz. Vrtljsehr. f. Zahnh., Zurich, 1912,xxii, 7-30.—Fischer (H.) Technik der Yerarbeitung der Kaut- sehukregenerate. Cor.-Bl. f. Zahnarzte. Berl, 1916, xlv, 4042— Frank (B.) Description of the craniometrie trans- porter and recipient. Tr. Internat. Dent. Cong, Lond, 1914, vi, 735.—GrUnwald ((L. P.) Ein neuer, versteUbarer, federnder Mundsperrer nach Zahnarzt Alfred Kreis. Miin- chen. med. Wchnschr, 1914, lxi, 2407.—Gysl (A.) Der neue verstellbare Gysi-Artikulator 1914, mit der Rumpel- schen Sehablonenfunrung. Schweiz. Vrtljsehr. f. Zahnh, Basel & Geneve. 1915, xxv, 199: 261.-----. Der neue einfache Simplex-Artikulator. Ibid., 1916, xxvi, 197-224.—Hahn (M.) Ein neuer Bogenlicht-Mundbeleuchtungsapparat auch Mikroskopierlampe der Firma Carl Zeiss in Jena. Cong. internat. C.-r. Berl, 1909, v, pt. 1, 36S-373.—Hamonet (V.) Perfectionnements aux seringues tout en verre. Ibid., 1900. C.-r, Par, 1901-3, iii, 2S-S-.—Hawley (C. A.I A removable retainer. Dental Items Interest, N. Y, 1919, xh, 437-455.—Kaiser (W.) Device for making porcelain Inlays and crowns bv means of casting, by the use of a special casting machine, and a casting porcelain. Tr. Internat. Dent. Cong, Lond, 1914, vi, 749.—Leger- Dorei (H.) Pont tabher a mortaises, viss^ sur bagues fen- dues. Odontologie, Par, 1912, xlvii, 397-405.—Matthey (E.) La matrice de Bryan et son application a l'obduration des cavites approximates des molaires et premolaires. Rex. trimest. Suisse d'odont, Geneve. 1919, xxix. 93-97.—Porter (W. S.) Dental cabinet and laboratory. [Pat. spec.] No. 1292055; Jan. 21, 1919—Quentel (G.)" Presentation d'un Instrument nouveau; davier clef. Arch, de med. nav. Par, 1909, xci, 391-393.—Rlechelmann (O.) Meine Gusspresse nebst einigen Neuerungen und Verbesserungen. Cong. dent. Internat. C.-r, Berl.. 1909, v, pt. 2, 24>-256.—Robin (P.) A propos de rarticule et de la prise de rarticule dans la con- fection des appareils complets; proc«M6 de la cire d'articule' monobloc. Rev. de stomatol. Par, 1913, xx, 8-15.—Rosen- thal (P.) Le stabilisateur dentaire. Rev. maxillo-fac., Par.. 1919, iii, 671-676. Also, transl.: Ibid., 677-&H». — Ruppe. Double guide a verrou. Odontologie, Par, 1917, lv, 220.— Sauvez. Rapport sur les reiormes a introduire dans l'en- scignement dentaire; projet complet de reorganisation. Rev. de stomatol. Par.. 1922, xxiv, 1-l.v—Shaw (D. M.i A joint-imitating articulator. Brit. Dent. J, Lond, 1913, xxxiv, 579-587, 2 pi-Smith (W. C.) Dental pliers. ri'at. spec.JNo. 13M'.i:i6: A.ug.2,1921. Solas (L.) Methode d'appareils demontahles. Odontologie. Par, 1917, lv, 254- 267—stchley (P. H.i >\ Hullngs (J. H.) Pneumatic appa- ratus for dentists and physicians. [Pat. spec] No. 730714; June 9, 1903.—SutcUfle (H. W.) Anti-vibration swaging block. Tr. Internat. Dent. Cong, Lond, 1914, vi, 721.— Treleaven (P.C.I Seventeenth century dental instruments. Dental Cosmos, Phila, 1919, lxi, 861— Valadler (A.-C.) & King (L. A. B.) V few appliances of probablo interest to the dental surgeon. Restauration maxillo-fac, Par., 1918, 511-51^. Also, transl.: Ibid., 519. DENTISTRY. 435 DENTISTRY. Dentistry (Legislation relating to). Brothers (E! D.) Dental jurisprudence; an epitome of the law of dentistry and dental surgery. 8°. St. Louis, 1914. Cattlin (W. A. N.) On the imperfections of the dentists' act, with suggestions for protecting the rights of qualified surgeons; an address be- fore the Association of Surgeons practising dental Surgery. 8°. London, [n. d.]. Hahn. Gesetz und Zahnheilkunde. 8°. Berlin, 1899. United States. Congress. House of Repre- sentatives. A bill to regulate the practice of dentistry in the District of Columbia. 55. Cong. 3. sess. H. R. 11655. Jan. 18, 1899. Introd. by Mr. Curtis, roy. 8°. [Washington, 1899.] ■-----. A bill to regulate the practice of dentistry in the District of Columbia. 62. Cong. 2. sess. H. R. 19965. Feb. 12, 1912. Introd. by Mr. Johnson, roy. 8°. [Washington, 1912.] Brown (H. C.) Some suggestions in securing adequate and uniform dental legislation. Tr. Panama-Pacific Dent. Cong, N. Y, 1915, ii, 380-385. [Discussion], iii. 302-305.— Du Bouchet. Isit possible to prevent the illegal practice of dentistry? Cong. dent, internat. C. -r, Berl, 1909, v, pt. 2, 615.— Fergln-Fayolle (P.) Les Boubouroche. Rev. de stomatol. Par, 1909, xvi, 241-245.—Godon (C.) La reforme des etudes et des examens dentaires en France. Cong. dent. internat. C.-r, Berl, 1909, v, pt. 2,625-635.—Grove (H. N.) A coach-and-four through the Dentists Act. Brit. J. Dent. Sc, Lond, 1919. lxii, 166-172.—Harrison (W.) Dental reg- ulationsin the British Isles. Internat. Dent. J, Phila, 1903, xxiv, 15-17.—Irwin (A.) Nineteen hundred and nineteen dental license requirements in the United States of America. Dental Digest, N. Y., 1918, xxiv, 476-479. -----. Dental license requirements in the United States and Canada. Ibid., 604-610.-----. New dental legislation. Ibid., 747-750. -----. Dental license requirements. Ibid., 1919, xxv, 13; 275; 355; 474; 584.-----. No regular dental laws in China. Ibid., 1920, xxvi, 551-553.-----.Examination acts in United States of America. Ibid., 1921, xxvii, 301; 373; 489; 561; 613; 690.—Jenkins (N. S.) Was soil die moderne Zahnheil- kunde vom modernen Staate fordern? Cong. dent, internat. C.-r, Berl, 1909, v, pt. 2, 471-473. Also, transl.: Ibid., 473.— McCall (J. O.) Report of the committee on practice of den- tistry. Tr. Dent. Soc, N. Y., 1922, liv, 72-79.—McNaught (A. U.) Notes on dental legislation in Queensland. Brit. J. Dent. Scv Lond, 1906, xhx, 193-199— Ottoiy (L.) Dental legislation in the Phlippine Islands. Dental Rev, Chicago, 1900, xiv, 599-605.—Peck (A. H.) State reciprocity in dental practice licensing. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1908, li, 563-566.— Pedley (R. D.) The line of legislation with regard to the in- crease of dentists. Brit. J. Dent. Sc, Londv 1915, lviii, 731- 739.—Purrington (W. A.) Laws regulating the practice of dentistry and and their enforcement. Dental Rev, Chi- cago, 1901, xv, 756-774.—Reed (C. S.) Personal experience of parliamentary bill work and the proposed new dental bill. Brit. Dent. J. Lond, 1911, xxxii, 504^509.—Roy (M.) Les ecoles et la legislation dentaires aux Etats-Unis. Odontolo- gie, Par., 1905, 2. s, xx, 261; 325. Dentistry (Manuals of). See, also, Dentistry (Operative, Manuals of). American textbook of prosthetic dentistry, ed. by Charles R.Turner. 3. ed. 4°. Philadel- phia, 1907. -----. The same. In contributions by eminent authorities. Ed. by Charles R. Turner. 4. ed. 8°. Philadelphia dc New York, 1913. Bach (J.) Handbuch der Zahnersatzkunde. 1. & 2. Abt. roy. 8°. Augsburg, 1911. Bodee schools of mechanical dentistry. Textbook on prosthetic dentistry. 8°. [New York], 1921. Buckley (J. P.) Modern dental materia medica, pharmacology and therapeutics, in- cluding the practical application of drugs and remedies in the treatment of disease. 4. ed., rev. 8°. Philadelphia, [1917]. Burchard (H. H.) A text-book of dental pathology and therapeutics. 6. ed. 8°. Phila- delphia, 1920. Buxton (J. L. D.) Handbook of mechanical dentistry. 8°. London, 1921. Cohn (K.) Kursus der Zahnheilkunde. 5. Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1911. Dentistry (Manuals of). Crocker (A. A.) Modern dentistry for the laity and industrial dentistry for the corporation. 8°. Cincinnati, [1918]. -----. The same. 2. ed. 8°. Cincinnati, 1919. -----. The same. 3. ed. 8°. Cincinnati, 1920. -----. The same. 4. ed. 16°. Cincinnati, 1922. Damians (A.) Contribuci6n al estudio odon- tologico; compendio de anatomia, histologia y embriogenia dentales; caries dental e hygiene de la boca. Con un pr61ogo del Dr. D. Juan Coll y Bofill. 8°. Barcelona, 1898. Detzner (P.) Praktische Darstellung der Zahnersatzkunde. Eine Abhandlung iiber alle Zweige dieser Disciplin nebst einem Anhang iiber die Anfertigung von Gaumenobturatoren, Kieferbruchverbanden und Zahnrichtmaschi- nen. 8°. Berlin, 1905. Evans (G.) A practical treatise on artificial crown-, bridge-, and porcelain-work. 8. ed. 8°. Philadelphia, 1920. Fritzsche (C.) Porzellanfiillungen und deren Imitationen. 8°. Berlin, 1908. Gibson (C. Sf) The chemistry of dental materials. 176 pp. 8°. London, 1922. Goslee (H. J.) Principles and practice of crown and bridge-work; a practical, systematic and modern treatise upon the requirements and technique of artificial crown and bridge-work. 4. ed. 8°. New York, 1913. Gourc (L.) L'art dentaire a la portee du medecin; conseils pratiques. 3. 6d. 8°. Paris, 1914. Greenbaum (L.) & Greenbaum (M.) The practice of dentistry . . . operative and pros- thetic, exclusive of orthodontic practice. 8°. New York dc London, 1912. Griffiths (A. B.) Dental metallurgy. A manual for students and dentists. 8°. London, 1903. Head .(J.) Modern dentistry. 8°. Philadel- phia dc London, 1917. -----. The same. 2. ed. 8°. Philadelphia, 1920. Hodgen (J. D.) Practical dental metallurgy. Rev. by G. S. Millberry. 4. ed. 8°. St. Louis, 1911. -----. The same. Text and reference book for students and practitioners of dentistry, em- bodying the principles of metallurgy and their application to dentistry, including experiments. Revised by Guy S. Millberry: 5. ed. completely rev. 8°. St. Louis, 1918. Hunter (C.) Mechanical dentistry; a prac- tical treatise on the construction of the various kinds of artificial dentures. 7. ed. 8°. London, 1920. James-Levi (R.) Rukovodstvo k plombiro- vaniyu zolotom. [Manual on gold-filling.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1911. Johnson (C. N.) Principles and practice of filling teeth. 4. ed. 8\ Philadelphia, [1918]. Jung ([K.]) Laboratoriumskunde des Zahn- arztes. 12°. Berlin, 1905. -----. Lehrbuch der zahnarztlichen Tech- nik. 3. umgearbeitete und erweiterte Aufl. 8°. Leipzig dc Wien, 1907. Kxeinmann (F.) Recept-Taschenbuch fiir Zahnarzte. 8°. Leipzig, 1904. Kowler (Annette L.) Kompendium der all- gemeinen Zahnheilkunde in Fragen und Ant- worten. 2. Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1911. DENTISTRY. 436 DENTISTRY. Dentistry (Manuals of). Land (C. H.) A study in aesthetic dentistry and re-enameling of the human teeth or porce- lainizing the usual environment of decay in vital teeth. 8°. Detroit, 1911. Long (E. H.) Dental materia medica; thera- peutics and prescription writing. 4. ed. 8°. Philadelphia, 1920. McConnell (G.) General pathology and bac- teriology for dental students. 2. ed., rev. 8°. Philadelphia dc London, 1918. Mamlok (H. J.) Die Porzellan-Fullung. Leitfaden fur die Fullung der Zahne mit Por- zellan und dessen Anwendung in einigen be- sonderen Fallen. 8°. Berlin, 1902. Mayrhofer (B.) Stomatologische Demonstra- tionen. Hft. 1. Kurzer Leitfaden der Zahn- fullung. 8°. Jena, 1910. Michel (A.) Die konservierende Zahnheil- kunde. 2. ed. 8°. Leipzig, 1912. Miller (W. D.) Lehrbuch der konservieren- den Zahnheilkunde; herausgegeben von W. Dieck. 8°. Leipzig, 1908. Mitchell (C.) Dental chemistry and metal- lurgy. 4. ed. 8°. Chicago, 1898. Muller (E.) Atlas und Lehrbuch der modernen zahnarztlichen Metalltechnik. 4°. Leipzig, 1906. -----. The same. [2. ed.] roy. 8°. Berlin W., 1908. -----. Zahnarztliches Lexikon. Die Kunst- ausdriicke der Zahnheilkunde und ihrer Hilfs- wissenschaften. 8°. Berlin, 1910. Nlpperdey (H. P. L.) Worterbuch der in der Zahnheilkunde, Zahntechnik und orthodonti- schen Praxis vorkommenden Fachausdrucke und Fremdworter. 8°. Leipzig, 1911. Ordover (M.) Praktische Methoden der Metalltechnik. 8°. Berlin, 1911. Parreidt (J.) Handbuch der Zahnersatz- kunde. 8°. Leipzig, 1903. Peckert (H.) Einfuhrung in die konservie- rende Zahnheilkunde. roy. 8°. Leipzig, 1912. Port (G.) & Euler. Lehrbuch der Zahnheil- kunde. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1915. Preiswerk (G.) Lehrbuch und Atlas der Zahnheilkunde mit Einschluss der Mundkrank- heiten. 8°. Munchen, 1903. -----. The same. 2. Aufl. 8°. Miinchen, 1908. -----. Lehrbuch und Atlas der konservie- renden Zahnheilkunde. 8°. Munchen, 1912. Prinz (H.) Dental materia medica and thera- peutics. 5. ed. 8°. St. Louis, 1917. Prothero(J. H.) Prosthetic dentistry. 2. ed., rev. and enl. 8°. Chicago, 1916. Robaschik (R.) Handbuch der Gusstechnik. 8°. Berlin, 1911. Roussel (G. A.)_ Traite theorique et pratique des couronnes artificielles et du bridge work. 8°. Paris, 1906. Sandre (E. C. W.) Lehrbuch des Fullens der Zahne mit kohasivem Gold. 3. Aufl. 8°. Berlin, [1903]. Schojinbeck (F.) Chemie fiir Zahnarzte. 8°. Leipzig, 1911. Smith (E. A.) A manual of dental metallurgy. 2. ed. 86. London, 1903. -----. The same. 3. ed. 12°. London, 1910. -----. The same. 4. ed. 8°. London, 1920. Smreker (E.) Handbuch der Porzellanful- lungen und Goldeinlagen. 1. Teil: Das Fullen der Zahne mit Porzellan. 8°. Berlin, 1909. Sturridge (E.) Dental electro-therapeutics. 2. ed. 8°. Philadelphia, 1918. Dentistry (Manuals of). Underwood (B.) Dentistry. 8°. London, 1920. Wallisch (W.) Leitfaden der zahnarztlichen Metallarbeit. 8°. Leipzig, 1905. Warren (G. W.) A manual of mechanical dentistry and metallurgy. 2. ed. 8°. Philadel- phia, 1905. Wilson (G. H.) A manual of dental prosthet- ics. 8°. Philadelphia, 1911 ------. The same. 2. ed. 8°. Philadelphia dc New York, 1914. ------. The same. 3. ed. 8°. Philadelphia dc New York, 1917. ------ The same. 4. ed. 8°. Philadelphia, 1920. Wisner (M.) Contribution a la prothese dentaire. 12°. Strasbourg, 1900. -----. Prothese dentaire; l'artdel'empreinte technique et pratique de la prothese. 12°. Paris, 1909. Witzel (K.) Atlas der Zahnheilkunde in stereoskopischen Bildern. Serie ii (Doppelserie): Rontgenaufnahmen. 12°. Berlin, 1910. Zvierzhkhovski (F. A.) Osnovi dentistrii; rukovodstvo diva vrachei i studentov. [Prin- ciples of dentistry; manual for physicians and students.] 3. ed. pt. 3. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1914. Dentistry (Methods in). See, also, Dentistry (Instruments and appa- ratus in); Teeth (Diseases of, Treatment of). Bodecker (H. W. C.) Das Metalleinlagever- fahren. 8°. Berlin, 1909. -----. The same. 2. Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1911. Brady (E. P.) Dental metallurgy. 8°. Philadelphia dc New York, 1917. Chayes (H. E. S.)_ Technic and scope of cast gold and porcelain inlays, with a chapter on endocrinodontia, or the ductless glands; their expression in the human mouth. 4°. St. Louis, 1918. Clapp (G. W.) Mechanical side of anatomical articulation. 4°. New York, 1910. ------. Prosthetic articulation. 8°. New York, [1914]. Demisch (A.) *Experimentelle ITntersuchun- gen iiber die Einwirkung formalinhaltiger Medi- kamente und der Iniektionsanasthesie auf die lebende Pulpa bei ihrer Anwendung zur Be- kampfung des hypersensiblen Dentins. 8°. Zurich, 1921. Also, in: Schweiz. Vrtljsehr. f. Zahnh, xxx, 1920, Hft. 4 Girdwood (J.) Tube teeth and porcelain rods. 8°. London, 1918. Greene (J. W.) Greene brothers' clinical course in dental prosthesis, in three printed lectures. New and advanced test methods in impression, articulation, occlusion, roofless den- tures, refits and renewals. 8°. Detroit, [1914]. Guttmann (A.) Die Porzellan- Schliff- Fullung. Neue Methoden zum Fullen centraler und nicht centraler Cavituten mit Porzellan unter Anwendung selbstgefertigter konischen Porzellan-Schliffe. 8°. Berlin, 1903. -----•. The same. 2. Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1911. Hepburn (W. B.) Notes on dental metallurgy for the use of dental students and practitioners. 8°. London, 1911. ■-----. The same. 2. ed. 8°. London, 1915. Hughes (C. N.) Questions and answers on prosthetic dentistry and metallurgy. 8°. St. Louis, 1914. Jeannequin (G.) *Le metal coule en prothese dentaire; etat actuel de la question. 8°. Bor- deaux, 1912. DENTISTRY. 437 DENTISTRY. Dentistry ( Methods in). Lieberthal (R. H.) Advanced impression taking; scientific and correct method based upon principles founded by Dr. Greene. 8°. New York, [1918]. Mamlok (H. J.) Die Porzellan-Fiillung. 2. verb. Aufl. roy. 8°". Berlin, 1911. Peeso (F. A.) Crown and bridge-work. 8°. Philadelphia dc New York, 1916. Pohn (E.) Kompendium des Goldfullens; meine Methode, in kurzer Zeit ein perfekter Goldfuller zu werden. 8°. Berlin, [1907]. Riesenpeld (K.) Die Aufklappung der Kieferschleimhaut und ihre Indikation. 8°. Leipzig, 1912. Salamon (H.) Atlas der stomatologischen Briicken- und Regulierungsarbeiten. Ein Nach- schlagswerk fiir Studenten und Praktiker der Stomatologie und Odontotechnik. 1. Bd.: Bruc- kenarbeiten. roy. 8°. Leipzig, 1909. Schosnbeck (F.) Die Elektrotechnik in der Zahnheilkunde. 8°. Leipzig, 1912. Schramm (H.) Goldfullungen. 4°. Leipzig, 1912. Severns (J. E.) Student's manual of cavity preparation. 8°. St. Louis, 1915. Albrecht (J.) Demonstration der Resorzin-Formalin- Alkali-Wurzelfullung. Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh, Leipz, 1913, xxxi, 577-582.—Asch (A. J.) The practical application of ionization and cataphoresis. N. Jersey Dent. J, Orange, 1915, iv, 438-441.—Baumgarten (W.) Eine neue Abdruckmasse zur direkten Herstellung von Stanzen aus schwerfliissigem Metall, wie Zink, oder dergleichen. Cong. dent, internat. C.-r, Berl, 1909, v, pt. 2, 256-258 — Boltel (E.) Ponts fixes et e'lasticite' physiologique des dents. Rev. trimest. Suisse d'odont, Geneve, 1919, xxx, 1; 32 — Burgess (J. K.) Nature's tolerance and compensating ad- justments as they relate to oral restoration. Dental Cosmos, Phila, 1918, lx, 986-991.—Capon (W. A.) Bicuspid por- celain jacket crowns. Tr. Internat. Dent. Cong, Lond, 1914, vi, 728.—Cook (G. W.) Some experiments in treating and filling root canals. Dental Rev, Chicago, 1911, xxv. 777-782. [Discussion], 808-820.—Cunningham (C. M.) Plastic fillings made from a new combination of silica with oxide of zinc. Tr. Internat. Dent. Cong., Lond, 1914, vi, 706.—Dalbey (W. C.) A practical application of the Bon will theory in making artificial dentures. Dental Rev, Chicago, 1913, xxvii, 503-507.—Dittmar (G. W.) Simple yet effective means for making attachment to teeth with vital pulps, for removable bridges and partial plates. J. Nat. Dent. Ass, Huntington, Ind, 1918, v, 673-681.—Doubleday (F. N.) The acid reaction of certain materials used in filling teeth. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1920-21, xiv, Sect. Odontol, 35.—Dunn (W.) Dr. Filderman's methode aspiratrice for clearing, sterilizing, and immediate filling. Tr. Internat. Dent. Cong, Lond, 1914, vi, 750-752.—Eby (J. D.) Tech- nical phases in the successful control of the epidermic inlay. Internat. J. Orthodontia, St. Louis, 1921, vii, 599-610.— Fenchel (A.) Exakte Messungsmethoden der Formveran- derung von Amalgamen. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1907. Leipz, 1908, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte, 431-433. _____. Ueber die knstallme Struktur und die physikali- schen Eigenschaften einiger zum Fullen benutzter Feingold- sorten. Cong, internat. de med. (xvi.). C.-r, Budapest, 1910 Sect, xvi , Stomatol. 322-328 ----- The constitution of the pure tin-silver alloys. Dental Cosmos, Phila, 1910, Iii 20-33 —Fischer (G.) Eine neue Verankerungsmethode fiir eebrannte Porzellanfullungen. Deutsche Monatschr. f. Z^nh Leipz, 1906, xxiv, 461-484.-Flagg (J. F.) The amaleam question. Dental Cosmos, Phila, 1882, xxiv, 237; 313- 364- 429. Also, Reprint.—Frank (B.) Demonstration der Rotationsachsen des Unterkiefers. Cong. dent, internat. C -r Berl. 1909, v, pt. 1,167-171.—Fritsch (C.) Die Grenzen der festsitzenden Briickenarbeiten. Vrtljsehr. f. Zahnh, Berl lMlTxxxvii, 178-185.-Giffen (W. A.), Rogers (L.) & Kenmer (J W ) Surgical preparation of the oral tissues to eliminate infection and improve the aesthetic and stabiliza- tion values of the alveolar ridges for construction ofprosthetic restoration J. Nat. Dent. Ass, Huntington, Ind, 1922, xix 108-114 —Goslee (H. J.) The extent to which the cast- ing'process'may be advantageously applied to crown and brldgework. Dental Summary Toledo, 1913 xxxiu 85- 98.-53reve. Ueber zahnarztliche Prothese. Reichs-Med.- Anz, Leipz, 1909, xxxiv, 483-485.-Grleves (C. J. The be- havior of certain metals in the mouth. Dental Cosmos, Phila, 1909, li, 1041-1052.-----. The cement lime m inlays. Dental Summary, Toledo, 1911, xxxi, 818-826: 1912, xxxn, 52.—Grove (C. J.) Nature's method of making perfect root fillings following pulp removal, with a brief consideration ofthe development of secondary cementum. Dental Cosmos, Phila, 1921, lxiii, 968-982. [Discussion], 1036-1042—Hann Dentistry (Methods in). (M.) Die Verbindung zweier oder mehrerer Materialien zum Zwecke der Fullung einer Zahnhohle. Wien. zahnarztl. Monatschr, 1903. v, 109; 176; 242.—Hamecher (H.) Ueber Aluminiumgebisse. Cong. dent, internat. C-r, Berl, 1909, v, pt. 2, 263-265.—Harvey (H. E.) Methods of sterilization in dentistry. U. States Nav. M. Bull, Wash, 1921, xv, 282- 285, 2 pi.—HeltmUller (K.) Meine Erfahrungen mit Sili- katzement. Cong. dent, internat. C.-r, Berl, 1909, v, pt. 2, 138-143.—Hepburn (W. B.) The structural and other changes arising in connection with metals used in the mouth. Tr. Internat. Dent. Cong, Lond, 1914, vi, 279-2S3.— Herbst (W.) Demonstration eines neuen Briickensys- tems und verschiedener Neuerungen. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, 1903, Leipz, 1904, ii, 2. Hlfte, 376.—Herrenknecht. Ueber Gips und Gipsabdriicke. Cong. dent, internat. C.-r, Berl, 1909, v, pt. 1, 373-375 — Hoff (N. S.) Plate prosthesis. Dental Cosmos, Phila, 1917, lix, 158-165. [Discussion], 199-204.—Inglis (O. E.) A com- parison of office policies, with special reference to pulp exposure or death. Ibid., 1918, lx, 692-694.—Jenkins (N. S.) La technique des bridges en porcelaine. Odontologie, Par, 1911, xhv, 5-9.—King (J. M.) The X-ray in dentistry. Dental Reg, Cincin, 1911. lxv, 440-447.—King (L. A. B.) Cast crowns and removable divergent posts. Tr. Internat. Dent. Cong, Lond, 1914, vi, 712.—Klngsley (N. W.) Gold not the ideal filling. Items Interest. Dent. Indep, N. Y., 1898, xx, 651-653. Also, Reprint.—Knight (R. R.) Use of the Roentgen ray in the dental school clinic for diagnosis in general and the treatment of root-canals. J. Nat. Dent. Ass, Huntington, Ind, 1920, vii, 215-217—Kulka (M.) Silikatzemente; weitere Beitrage zur Chemie der Silikat- zemente auf Grund petrographischer Forschung. Oesterr.- ungar. Vrtljsehr. f. Zahnh, Wien, 1909, xxv, 1024-1036 — Kunert (A.) Die Ollendorfsche Gussmethode. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1907, Leipz, 1908, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte, 434-436. [Discussion], 438.-----. Erprobte Methode des Briickenersatzes. Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh, Berl, 1909, xxvii, 793-805.—Le Gro (A. L.) Re- storing the entire enamel area of individual teeth in porce- lain without shoulder preparation. Dental Digest, N. Y, 1922, xxxviii, 143-147.—Lehmann. Ueber zahnarztliche Kronen- und Briickenarbeiten, insbesondere die Frage der Devitalisation der als Briickenpfeiler dienenden Zahne. Reichs-Med. Anz, Leipz, 1912, xxxvii, 33-35.—Leighton (J. W.) Electricity in dentistry. Dominion Dent. J, Toronto, 1910, xxii, 68; 119; 177—Llchtwitz (A.) Eine vereinfachte Methode zur Herstellung von Porzellanful- lungen. Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh, Leipz, 1911. xxix, 285-290.—Lowery (P. C.) Art and esthetics as applied to prosthetics. Dental Cosmos, Phila, 1921, lxiii, 1223-1226.— Lowry (T. M.) The hardening of metals and alloys. Tr. Internat. Dent. Cong, Lond, 1914, vi, 306-310.—McBain (J. W.) & Joyner (R. A.) Amalgams containing tin, silver, and mercury. Dental Cosmos, Phila, 1912, liv, 641-650.— McCoy (J. D.) A consideration of normal arch form and some of the methods of determining it. Internat. J. Ortho- dontia, St. Louis, 1919, v, 697-723.—Markham (L. M.) The theory of pressure casting. Tr. Internat. Dent. Cong, Lond, 1914, vi, 265-278.—Misch (J.) Die Bougiebehandlung in der Zahnheilkunde. Deutsche zahnarztl. Wchnschr, Berl, 1904, vii, 213-218.—Moffltt (J. J.) Removable bridges. Dental Cosmos, Phila, 1920, lxii, 299-304— Montlgel (T.) Das Rontgenbild in der Zahnheilkunde. Schweiz. Vrtlj- sehr. f. Zahnh, Zurich, 1910, xx, 247-255.—Morris (H. J.) & McWilllam (A.) The comparative elasticity and internal structure of cast and rolled gold plate. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1910-11, iv, Odont. Sect.. 57-68.—Mtiller (E.) Plastische Schichtenfullungen. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, 1903, Leipz, 1904, ii, 2. Hlfte, 395.—Nlswonger (M. E.) Practical suggestions in full dental retention, following Hall's and Green-Supplee methods. Dental Summary,Toledo, 1918, xxxviii, 670-677.— Ottolengul (R.) The filling of teeth with cast-gold inlays, and on the present state of the art in the United States. Tr. Internat. Dent. Cong, Lond, 1914, vi, 233-238. -----. A radiographic survey of the field of fixed bridgework. Dental Items Interest, N. Y, 1920, xhi, 157-160.—Owen (E. B.) Standardized prosthetic procedure. Dental Summary, Toledo, 1918, xxxviii, 1-12.—Paterson (A. H.) Partial im- pression and simplified bite. Dental Cosmos, Phila, 1922, lxiv, 152-160.—Peckert (H.) Konservierende Zahnheil- kunde; Fullungsmaterialien. Ergebn. d. ges. Zahnh, Wiesb, 1910, i, 789-836.—Poetschke (P.) Physical proper- ties of dental cement. J. Indust. & Engin. Chem, Easton, Pa, 1916, viii, 302-309.—Poundstone (G. C.) A microscopic study of cements. Dental Digest, Chicago, 1905, xi, 1-19.— Real. L'aluminium coul£; recherches experimentales et technique. Rev. de stomatol. Par, 1912, xix, 248-254. [Discussion], 270-272.—Register (H. C.) Compressed air and its uses in dental practice. Dental Brief, Phila, 1904 ix, 193-205. [Discussion], 278-290.—Roach (F. E.) The im- portance and scope of partial denture prosthesis. Dental Summary, Toledo, 1919, xxxix, 761-775—Rumpel (C.) Rohrenzahne und deren Verarbeitung bei Kronen, Briicken und Platten. Deutsche Monatschr. 7. Zahnh, Berl, 1908 xxvi, 349-360.—Salmen (M.) Procede rapide de confection des couronnes en or et travaux a pont. Rev. odont. Par, 1921, xiii, 240-242.—Simms (W.) Plaster of Paris in den- tistry. Brit. Dent. J, Lond, 1921, xiii, 425-441.—Simpson DENTISTRY. 438 DENTISTRY. Dentistry (Methods in). (R. L.) Manipulation of root-canals and a system of tech- nique. Dental Cosmos, Phila, 1909, li, 1080-1084.—Smith (A. H.) Dental pathologists' views upon the effects of fixed bridgework upon the environmental tissues. Dental Items Interest, N. Y, 1922, xhv, 13-19.—Souder (W. H.) & Peters (C. G.) An investigation of the physical properties of dental materials. Dental Cosmos, Phila, 1920, lxii, 305-335.— Steiger (A. A.) Betrachtungen fiber die Funktion des Wurzelstiftes. Schweiz. Vrtljsehr. f. Zahnh, Zurich, 1919, xxix, 1-15.—Strang (R. H. W.) The limitations of the lingual-arch appliance. Dental Cosmos, Phila, 1922, lxiv, 15- 30. [Discussion], 93-98.—Trost. Abschraubbare Briicken- arbeiten. Cong. dent, internat. C.-r, Berl, 1909, v, pt. 2, 199-204.—Villain (G.) Un procede de reparation des facettes de porcelaine fracturees sur les bridges. Odontologie, Par, 1921, Ux, 506-511—Waugh (L. M.) The technic and treat- ment of pulp cavities. Dominion Dent. J, Toronto, 1912, xxiv, 70-83.—Welnsteln (G.) Ein sehr festes und zugleich sehr leicht herausnehmbares Briickensystem. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, 1902, Leipz, 1903, ii, 2. Hlfte, 541-543.—Weiser (R.) Die indikationen und Kon- traindikationen fiir den Brucken-Zahnersatz im allge- meinen und die Wahl der Methoden im besonderen. Cong. dent, internat. C.-r, Berl, 1909, v, pt. 2, 149-158.-----. Goldfullung und Gold-Inlay. Oesterr.-ungar. Vrtljsehr. f. Zahnh, Wien, 1910, xxvi, 1-10.—Witt (H. R.) Ueber die Bewahrung gegossener Metallfiillungen in der konservleren- den Zahnheilkunde. Vrtljsehr. f. Zahnh, Berl, 1921, xxxvii, 57-78.—Zederbaum (G.) Compressed air in den- tistry. Dental Reg, Cincin, 1904, lviii, 541-548.—Zimmer. Verschiedene Briickensysteme. Cong. dent, internat. C.-r, Berl, 1909, v, pt. 2, 187-192— Zlmmermann (F. W.) The uses of the X-ray in modern dentistry and medicine. Inter- nat. J. Orthodontia, St. Louis, 1919, V, 410-415. Dentistry (Military and naval). Bruck (W.) Die Einfiihrung der Zahnpflege im Heer und Marine. 8°. Breslau, 1901. Keyes (F. A.) Army dentistry; Forsyth lectures for the Army dental reserve corps. 8°. New York, 1918. Army (The) Dental School. Mil Dent. J, Wash, 1922, v. 18-26.—Arnold. Fonctionnement d'un centre de prothese d'armee. Cong. dent, interallies, Par, 1916, ii, 1091-1100.— Barber (R.) System in handling dental patients aboard ship. U. States Nav. M. Bull, Wash, 1917, xi, 515-519.-----. Dental work at the Navy Yard, New York. Ibid., 1919, xiii, 631.—Barbour. Work of the Army Dental Corps. Do- minion Dent. J, Toronto, 1918, xxx, 283-288.—Barton (S. S.) Suggestions for the improvement of dental equipment in detached ships. J. Roy. Nav. M. Serv, Lond, 1919, v, 110-112.—Bernheim (J. R.) The dental service at Letter- man General Hospital. Mil. Dent. J, Wash, 1922, v, 141- 147.—Boak (G. D.) Army dental surgeon and his work in the Philippines. Am. Dent. J, Chicago, 1903, ii, 247-255 — Bryant (E. A.) Development of the dental service in the United States Navy. Tr. Panama-Pacific Dent. Cong N. Y, 1915, ii, 415-417. [Discussion], iii, 337-341.—Casaday (G. H.) Organization and progress of the Dental Corps of the United States Army. Ibid., 392-399. [ Discussion], iii, 324-330.—Comte (E.) Six semaines d'etudes a la clinique stomatologique de l'H6pital militaire du Val-de-Grace a Paris. Rev. trimest. Suisse d'odont, Basel & Geneve, 1916 xxvi, 223-242, 2 pi— Connely (W.) First dental college training for United States navy hospital corps. Dental Digest, N. Y, 1918, xxiv, 369-378.—Dleck. Die Aufgaben des Zahnarztes im Kriege. Deutsche med. Wchnschr. Leipz. & Berl, 1914, xl, 1841-1843.—EscurrC & Linsolas. Les centres dentaires du front, experience de vingt-six mois de campagne. Cong. dent, interallies, Par, 1916, il 1334-1339.—Finn (B. S.) The dental unit on active service! Brit. Dent. J, Lond, 1917, xxxviii, 33-40, 2pi.—Fisher (K ) German dentistry in war. Dental Digest, N. Y, 1918 xxiv 157-160.—Fletcher (E. E.) The British Naval Dental Ser- vice. Tr. Internat. Dent. Cong, Lond, 1914, vi, 623-627 -----. The naval dental sendee. Brit. Dent. J, Lond 1920 xh, 933-944.—Foster (S. W.) The influence of the war oil dentistry and dental colleges. Dental Cosmos, Phila 19is lx, 1001-1003.—Frison & Brunet. Organisation et' iono- tionnement d'un centre de prothese d'edentes dans la zone des armees; resultats obtenus. Cong. dent, interallies Par 1916, ii, 1082-1086.—Gaignon (A.) La pratique de l'art dentaire au front. Ibid., 1305-1315.—Gallie (D. MacK ) Address on dentistry and on the war during the dark days of April, by a former Canadian. Dominion Dent. J, Toronto 1918, xxx, 421-135.—Given (D. H. C.) Dental efficiency in the navy, based on dental examinations of 575 unselected officers and men. Brit. Dent. J, Lond, 1922, xliii 774- 788. Also: J. Roy. Nav. M. Serv, Lond, 1922, viii, 99-117 — Godon (C.) L'organisation generate des services dentaires dans l'armee et le r61e du dentiste. Cong. dent, interallied Par, 1916, ii, 1199-1204.—Grenier. Organisation d'un ser- vice dentaire dans un regiment d'infanterie. Paris med 1916, vi, 577-579.—Gruner (E.) Originelle Gebissreparatu'r im Felde. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1918, lxv, 717 — Hayes (G. B.) War dental surgery; some cases of maxillo- facial injuries treated in the dental section of the American ambulance at Neuilly (Paris), France. Dental Cosmos Dentistry (Military and naval). Phila, 1916, lviii, 249; 389; 511; 658; 758; 1012; 1143.—Hecht (O.) Ueber die Bedeutung der zahnarztlichen Ambula- torien fiir die Armee im Felde. Militararzt, Wien, 1915, xlix, 97-100.—Holliwell (J. P.) Army dental treatment in war time. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond, 1917, xxviii, 395-397.—Hugot. De l'organisation du service de stoma- tologic a l'armee. Cong. dent, interallies, Par, 1916, ii, 1286-1291.—Ireland (M. W.) Dental preparedness from medical department viewpoint. J. Nat. Dent. Ass, Hunt- ington, Ind, 1921, viii, 933-939.—Lesslg (J. O.) Army dental practice vs. civilian dental practice. J. Ass. Mil. Dental Surg.. San Fran.. 1918, ii, 171-173.—Logan (W. H. G.) Development of the dental sendee during the present war. J. Nat. Dent. Ass, Huntington, Ind, 1918, v, 993-1004 — Loos. Militarzahnpflege. Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh. Leipz, 1915, xxxiii, 201-241, 1 ch.—L6pez (J. A.) Los odon- tdlogos militares y su funciem de legistas en el ejercito. Semana mea, Buenos Aires, 1921, xxviii, 139-142.—Magee (J. M.) Points of interest, historical and otherwise, concern- ing the Army Dental Corps in one end of the Dominion of Canada. Dominion Dent. J, Toronto, 1917, xxix, 379.— Mahony (H. A.) Army dental sendee. Brit. Dent. J, Lond.. 1920, xii 927-932.—Michel (A.) & Klughardt (A.) Mitteilungen aus dem Resen-elazarett "Zahnklinik" Wiirz- burg. Ztschr. f. Mund.- u. Kieferchir.. Wiesb, 1916-18, ii, 125-203. Monick (G.) La dentistene operatoire dans le service dentaire d'un groupe de brancardiers de corps. Cong. dent, interallies, Par.. 1916, ii, 1187-1190— Morelli(G.) Ein zahniirztliches Feldambulatorium. Oesterr.-ungar. Vrtljsehr. f. Zuhnh.; Wien, 1918, xxxiv, S9-94, 3 pi— Muller (E.) Vier Wochen m deutschen Kriegslazaretten fiir Kiefer- verletzte. Schweiz. Vrtljschr.f.Zahnh., Basel & Geneve. 1916, xxvi, 70; 157.—Murdy (W. F.) Method for recording dental operations and treatment. U. States Nav. M. Bull, Wash, 1919, xiii, 527.—New (The) motor dental car approved by the U.S. Government for use in the war. Dental Summan-. To- ledo, 1918, xxxvui, 47-55, 7 pi.—Nies (F. H.) An interdental splint designed for army use. Dental Items Interest, N. Y, 1918, xl, 281-289.—Nodlne (A. M.) Behind the lines of Verdun. Dental Digest, Chicago, 1917, xxiii, 205; 273; 409; 479; 549.—Nolln (J.) War prothesis. Dominion Dent. J, Toronto, 1918, xxx, 73-80.—Organizacidn del servicio odontologico en el ejercito. Rev. san. mil, Buenos Aires, 1921, xx, 615-618.—Ottolengui (R.) The present status of dental service in the United States Army, and the effect of war conditions upon dental education. Dental Reg. Cin- cin, 1918, lxxii, 514-518.—Owen (W. O.) Pioneer army dentists in the Philippines. Dental Cosmos, Phila, 1917 lix, 728-730.—Parker-Cater (A.) A short account of the first dental operating vans for army service at the front. Brit. Dent. J, Lond, 1917, xxxviii 41-44.—Prelswerk (P.) Der zahnarztliche Dienst in der Scnweizerarmee. Schweiz Vrtljsehr. f. Zahnh, Basel & Geneve. 1917, xxvii. 103-106! -----. Der zahnarztliche Dienst in der Armee. ibid., Zu- rich, 1919, xxix, 25-33.—Preparedness League of American Dentists; organized under the auspices ofthe N. D \ Dental Cosmos, Phila, 1919, lxi, 4 ," Prost-Marechal. Etude complementaire sur l'organis uion des services den- taires dans l'armee. Odontologie, Par, 1909, xii. 229; 277 — Quintarelli (L.) L'odontoiatria nella nostra R. Marina. Ann. d. odontologia, Roma, 1917, ii, 145-149.—Raymond L?-.,H). A 1917' xxxviii, f -°8-—Z*12 (J-) I^e Organisation der Zahnheilkunde bei aen italienischen, amerikanischen und kanadischen Trup- pen Oesterr.-ungar. Vrtljsehr. f. Zahnh, Wien ,1918, xxxiv, 84-08. DENTISTRY. 439 DENTISTRY. Dentistry (Operative). See, also, Dentistry (Anaesthetics in). Ctoodhugh (T.) Operative dental surgery. 8 • London, 1921. Weiser (R.) Reflexionen und Vorschlage beztiglich der chirurgisch-zahnarztlichen Kie- ferprothesen. roy. 8°. Leipzig, 1911. Widdowson (T. W.) Notes on dental sur- gery and pathology, with over 150 illustrations. 8°. London, 1914. Clark (H. E.) The relation between dental and general surgery. Brit. J. Dent. Sc, Lond, 1906, xhx, 395; 433 — Dodd (F. L.) Dental surgery in relation to the public health service. Pub. Health, Lond, 1908-9, xxii, 418-422—Dray (A. R.) General therapeutics and surgery in dentistry. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1910, liv, 608-610.—Gethro (F. W.) The importance of systematic training in operative technics. Dental Reg, Cincin, 1905, lix, 439^48.—Gibbs (J. H.) The teaching of dental surgery to medical students. Edinb. M. J, 1919, xxii, 106-109.—Hart (F. E.) System versus empir- ical methods in operative procedure. Tr. Panama-Pacific Dent. Cong, N. Y, 1915, ii, 202-206. [Discussion], iii, 223- 229.-----. Some neglected operative perquisites. J. Nat. Dent. Ass, Huntington, Ind, 1918, v, 922-931.—HU1 (D. L.) The application of business principles to the practice of dental surgery. Proc. S. Car. Dent. Ass, Columbia, S. C, Greenville, 1917, xlvii, 37-55.—Huet (E.) Mesure du rende- ment des instruments rotatifs en dentisterie operatoire. Odontologie, Par, 1919, lvii, 523-529.—Humphry (H.) Some preparations useful in dental surgery. Brit. Dent. J. Lond, 1921, xiii, 987-992.—Limberg. Notation abrege des operations dentaires. Cong. dent, internat. 1900. C.-r, Par, 1901-3, iv, 413-416.—McGehee (W. H. O.) Fundamen- tals of operative dentistry. Dental Summary Toledo, 1920, xh 383; 504; 604; 699; 782; 892; 989; 1071: 1921, xh, 611-620.— Madin (W. T.) Present-day methods of carrying out every- day operations. Brit. Dent. J, Lond, 1918, xxxix, 529- 531.—Mayrholer (B.) Zur Einfiihrung, Ausbau und Zukunft der Zahnchirurgie. Deutsche Vrtljsehr. f. Zahn- chir, 1920, iv, 1-5.—Neumann (A.) Fortschritte der mo- dernen chirurgischen Zahnheilkunde. Wien. klin. Rund- schau, 1906, xx, 665; 685.-----. Die Zahnchirurgie und ihre Bedeutung fiir den practischen Arzt. Med. Klin, Berl, 1911, vii, 1109-1112.—Peter (F.) & Sicher (H.) Anatomia e tecnica della resezione dell' apice radicolare. Stomatol, Milano, 1920-21, xviii, 337; 361.—Reinewald (P.) Blutungen nach operativen Eingriflen in der Mundhohle und ihre Be- handlung mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Hydras- tinin-Bayer. Ergebn. d. ges. Zahnh, Wiesb, 1914-15, iv, 263-275.—Riegner. Der heutige Stand zahnarztlicher Pro- thetik. Cong. dent, internat. C.-r, Berl, 1909, v. pt. 2,179- 187.—Ruyl (J. B.) The surgical treatment of abnormal edentulous mouths and facial restorations with artificial plates. Dental Items Interest, N. Y, 1918, xl, 698-712. [Dis- cussion], 730-733.—Schroder. Der augenblickliche Stand der chirurgischen Prothese. Cong. dent, internat. C.-r, Berl, 1909, v, pt. 1, 109-119.—Sfrei (P.) Ueber die histo- rische Entwickelung der Zahn-Chirurgie, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Zahntechnik, von den friihesten Zeiten an. Zahnkunst, Bresl, 1899, iii, Nos. 44; 45; 46; 47; 48.—Simpson (C. O.) Some prevalent errors in the tech- nical phase of operative practice. Tr. Panama-Pacific Dent. Cong, N. Y, 1915, ii, 288-294. [Discussion], iii, 179-188.— Wehlau. Zur Frage der Wurzelspitzenresektion an den Molaren. Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh, Leipz, 1921, xxxix 667-669.—Wheeless (R. L.) The shock problem as it relates to dentistry. Dental Summary, Toledo, 1918, xxxviii, 693- 699.—Zentler (A.) Peridental and periapical surgery. Den- tal Cosmos, Phila, 1921, lxiii, 125-130. Dentistry (Operative, Manuals of). American textbook of operative dentistry. Ed. by Edward C. Kirk. 3. ed. 4°. Philadel- phia, 1905. -----. The same. 4. ed. roy. 8°. Philadel- phia dc New York, 1911. Barrett (A. W.) Dental surgery for medical practitioners and students of medicine. 4. ed. 12°. London, 1905. Black (G. V.) A work on operative dentistry. 2 v. 4°. Chicago, 1908. -----. The same. 2. ed. 2 v. 8°. Chicago, 1914. ■-----. The same. 3. ed. 2 v. 4°. Chicago, 1917. Brandt (L.) Chirurgie fiir Zahnarzte. 8°. Berlin, 1908. Colyer (J. F.) Dental surgery and pathology; being the third edition of diseases and injuries of the teeth, by Morton Smale and J. F. Colyer. S°. London, 1910. Dentistry (Operative, Manuals of). -----. The same. 4. ed. 8°. London, 1919. Davis (W. C.) Essentials of operative den- tistry. 8°. Lincoln, 1911. -----. The same. 2. ed. 8°. St. Louis, 1916. Godon (C.) Clinique dentaire et dentisterie operatoire. 16°. Paris, 1898. Forms v. 4 of: Manuel du chirurgien dentiste [etc.]. 16°. Paris, 1897-8. -----. Dentisterie operatoire. Avec la col- laboration deH. Masson. 2.ed. 12°. Paris, 1906. Harris (C. A.) The principles and practice of dental surgery. 7.ed. 8°. Philadelphia, 1858. Ivy (R. H.) Applied anatomy and oral sur- gery, for dental students. 8°. Philadelphia dc London, 1911. Johnson (C. N.) A text book of operative dentistry, by various authors, ... 3. ed. rev. and enl. 8°. Philadelphia, [1915]. Kirk (E.-C.) Manuel de dentisterie operatoire. Adaptation francaise par Raymond Lemiere. 8°. Paris, 1910. Krause (F. V.) & Heymann (E.) Lehrbuch der chirurgischen Operationen. 2. Abt. Chirur- gie des Kopfes. 4°. Berlin dc Wien, 1914. McGehee (W. H. O.) Operative and dental anatomy technics; a class-room and laboratory manual for freshmen dental students. 8°. Philadelphia, 1914. ■——. Operative technics, a manual of dentistry. 2. ed. 8°. Philadelphia, [1921]. Marshall (J. S.) Principles and practice of operative dentistry. 8°. Philadelphia dc London, 1901. -----. The same. 4. ed. 8°. Philadelphia dc London, [1914]. -----. The same. 5. ed. 8°. Philadelphia, 1920. Mills (G. P.) & Humphreys (H.) A text-book of surgery for dental students. 8°. London, 1913. Parfitt (J. B.) Operative dental surgery. 8°. London, 1921. Preiswerk-Maggi (P.) Lehrbuch und Atlas der zahnarztlich-stomatologischen Chirurgie; mit 35 vielfarbigen Tafeln und 230 schwarzen Abbil- dungen,davon 16 auf Tafeln. 8°. Munchen, 1911. -----. The same. 8°. Munchen, 1914. Science and practice of dental surgery (The). Edited by V. G. Bennett; with an appendix on dental jurisprudence by P. B. Henderson. 4°. London, 1914. Sewill (H.) Dental surgery; including special anatomy and pathology. A manual for students and practitioners. 4. ed. Edited by W. J. England and J. S. Sewill. 12°. London, 1901. Text-book (A) of operative dentistry, by various authors. Edited by C. N. Johnson. 2. ed., revised and enlarged. 8°. Philadelphia, 1910. Tomes (Sir J.) A system of dental surgery. Revised and enlarged by C. S. Tomes and W. S. Nowell. 5. ed. 8°. Philadelphia, 1906. Underwood (A. S.)#& Underwood (B.) A handbook on surgery, intended for dental and junior medical students. 8°. London, [1912]. Ward (M. L.) The American text-book of operative dentistry. 5. ed. 8°. Philadelphia dc New York, 1920. Williger (F.) Zahnarztliche Chirurgie. Band 1 der Leitfaden der praktischen Medizin; herausg. von Prof. Dr. Ph. Bockenheimer, Ber- lin. 4°. Leipzig, 1910. -----. The same. 2. Aufl. 8°. Leipzig, 1911. DENTISTRY. 440 DENTISTRY. Dentistry (Periodicals and transactions relating to). American Dental Journal. Progressive course of instruction. [Monthly.] v. 2-5, 1902-5. 8°. Chicago. American (The) Orthodontist. A journal for the promotion of orthodontia as a science and a specialty, v. 1-3,1907-12. 8°. Kansas City, Mo. Anales de la Sociedad dental de Bogota. Red.: S. Carrasquilla, J. Restrepo. [Monthly.] v. 1, 1894-5. 8°. Bogota, Colombia. Annali di odontologia; periodico mensile. 8°. Roma, 1916. Atlanta Dental Journal. A quarterly journal devoted to the science of dentistry, v. 1-3, 1894-7. 8°. Atlanta, Ga. Berliner Zahnarztliches Vereinsblatt. [Weekly.] Xos. 1-35, 1894-5. 4°. Berlin. Want Nos. 5, 16, 23. British Dental Journal. The journal of the British Dental Association. [Monthly.] v. 24- 37,1903-16; v. 39, 1918; v. 43,1922. 8°. London. - Continuation of: Journal (The) of the British Dental Association. Bulletin of the Colorado State Dental Asso- ciation. Nos. 9 & 11, 1918-19; Xos. 1, 2 & 3,1921; Nos. 4 & 5, 1922. 8°. Denver. Bulletin of the Oklahoma State Dental So- ciety, v. 7-8, 1917-19. 8°. Frederick, Okla. Central-Anzeiger fiir Zahnheilkunde von Paul Buss. Nos. 3-7, 1891. 8°. Berlin. Centralblatt fiir Zahnheilkunde. Red. von W. M. Goltstein. [Monthly.] v. 1, 1883-4. 8°. Berlin. Want Nos. 6,7,11. Congres dentaire inter-allies. Edited by Georges Villain, v. 1-2, 1914-17. 8°. Paris. Congres dentaire international (iiie), 1900. Comptes rendus. 4 v. 8°. Paris, 1901-3. Cosmos (Le) dentaire. Traduction du Dental Cosmos de Philadelphie. v. 1, 1876. 8°. Paris. Dental Cosmos, v. 1-65, 1859-1923. 8°. Philadelphia. Dental (The) Era. [Monthly.] 8°. St. Louis, 1909. Dental Practice. Editor-in-chief: Robert J. Reade. [Monthly.] v. 1-10, 1906-11. 8°. Toronto. Dental (The) Summary. Edited by L. P. Bethel. Monthly, v. 22-13, 1902-23. 8°. Toledo, 0. Continuation of: Ohio (The) Dental Journal. Deutsche Zahnarztliche Zeitung. Hrsg. von P. Reissenbach. [Semi-Monthly.] v. 1-6, 1901- 7. 4°. Munchen. Indiana (The) Dental Journal. Edited by G. E. Hunt. Monthly, v. 1-3, 1898-1900. 8°. Indianapolis. Information. For patient and dentist, a magazine for the reception room table. 4°. Kent, O., 1899. International (The) Journal of Orthodontia. A monthly journal devoted to the advancement of the science of orthodontia, v. 1-9, 1915-23. 8°. St. Louis. Journal (The) of the Allied Dental Societies; edited by W. B. Dunning & S. E. Davenport. v. 10-13, 1915-18. 8°. New York. Journal (The) of the Association of Military Dental Surgeons of the United States; published quarterly, v. 1-3, 1917-19. 8°. San Francisco. Journal (The) of the California State Dental Association, San Francisco, v. 2-5, 1917-20. 8°. San Francisco. Journal of Dental Research. [Quarterly.] v. 1-3, 1919-21. 8°. Baltimore. lentistry (Periodicals and transactions relating to). Journal of the National Dental Association. Owned and published by the National Dental Association, v. 2-10,1915-23. 8°. Huntington, Ind. Kentucky State Dental Association. Trans- actions, 1878. 8°. Cincinnati. Military (The) Dental Journal; official organ of the Association of Military Dental Surgeons of the United States, v. 4-5, 1921-2. 8°. Wash- ington. Monde (Le) dentaire. Red.: Paul Vasseur. [Monthlv.] v. 4-10, 1890-96. 8°. Paris. National (The) Capital Dental Critic. E. A. Brvant, editor and publisher. [Monthly.] v. 1, 1906. 8°. Washington. Nebraska Dental Journal, v. 5, 1917-18. 8°. Lincoln. New (The) Jersey Dental Journal. Published monthly by the New Jersey State Dental Society. v. 3-8, 1914-19. 8°. East Orange, N. J. Northern Ohio Dental Association. Partial transactions, 1857-1906. 8°. Cien eland, 1907. Northwestern Dental Journal; devoted to the interests of our Alumni Association and the dental profession, v. 1-11, 1903-16. 8°. Chicago. Odontologia (La). Director: F. Aguilar. [Monthly.] v. 1-7, 1892-8; v. 26, 1917. 8°. Cadiz; Madrid. Odontologicheskoye obozrienie; organ Mos- kovskavo Odontologicheskavo Obshtshestva. [Odontological review; organ of the Moscow Odontological Society.] Edited by: I. M. Kovarski, S. P. Urenius, & I. M. Chemodanoff. [Monthly.] v. 1-4, 1899-1902. 8°. Moskva. Odontologische Blatter. Red. von H. Al- brecht. [Semi-Monthly.] v. 1-7, lS<)ii-1903. 8°. Berlin. Odonto-stomatologia (L'). Direttore: G. Call. [Monthly.] v. 1-6, 1902-7. 8°. Napoli. Official Bulletin of the National Dental Asso- ciation, v. 1, 1914. 8°. Huntington. Ind. Oral Hvgiene; a journal for dentists, v. 2, 1912. 12°* Pittsburgh. Pacific (The) Dental Gazette. A monthly magazine of dentistry, oral surgery and medical miscellany edited by Julio Endelman. v. S 14, 1900-1906; v. 26-30, 1918-22. 8°. San Francism. Panama-Pacific Dental Congress. San Fran- cisco, Cal., Aug. 30-Sept. 9, 1915. [San Fran- cisco, 1915.] ------. The same. Transactions. 3 v. 8°. New York, 1915. Penn (The) Dental Journal, v. 13, 1910. 8°. Philadelphia. Pennsylvania (The) Dental Times. Supple- ment. Published by the Faculty of the Penn- sylvania College of Dental Surgery in the in- terest of the students and alumni, v. 5, 1906. 8°. Philadelphia. Petite (La) Gazette. Journal des dentistes francais. Red.: P. Vasseur. [Monthlv.] Nos. 11-12; 18-22, v. 2-3, 1888-9. 8°. Paris. Proceedings of the Dental Faculties Asso- ciation of American Universities. 1913-16. 8°. Philadelphia. Przegla,d dentystyczny; miesiecznik, po6- wiecony chorobom zeb6w i jamy ustnej. [Dental review; monthlv; devoted to diseases of the teeth and oral cavity'.] v. 3-6, 1900-1902. 8°. TTar- szawa. Revista dental; publicaci6n mensual dedi- cada a la ciencia, arte y literatura dentales. v. 7-8, 1914-15. 8°. Habana. DENTISTRY. 441 DENTISTS. Dentistry (Periodicals and transactions relating to). Revista estomatologica. Red.: D. L. Whit- marsh. [Monthly.] Nos. 1-3, v. 1, 1894. 8°. Madrid. Revista medico-dental mexicana. Director: C A. Young. [Monthly.] v. 1, 1899. 8°. Mexico. Shigaku Kensan. [Devoted to the advance- ment of dental science.] Edited by S. Tomiyasu. v. 1-2, 1899-1901. 8°. Tokyo. Japanese text. Skandinaviska tandlakareforeningens tid- skrift. Red. af Carl Christensen. [Quarterly.1 v. 1-2, 1892-3. 8°. Kobenhavn. Stomatologist (The). Published in the in- terests of the alumni of the Philadelphia Dental College, v. 6, 1902. 8°. Philadelphia,. Texas Dental Association. Proceedings. v. 7, 1887. 8°. Dallas. Transactions of the Alabama Dental Asso- ciation. 2 v., 1883; 1895. 8°. Mobile. Transactions of the California State Dental Association, v. 1-10, 1870-79; v. 13-32, 1882- 1901. 8°. [v. p.] Transactions of the Connecticut State Dental Association at its fiftieth annual convention held at Hartford, Conn. v. 1, 1914. 8°. Philadelphia. Transactions of the International Dental Congress (iv.). St. Louis, 1904. 3 v. 8°. Philadelphia, 1905. Transactions of the International Dental Congress (vi.). London, 1914. sm. 4°. London. Transactions of the National Dental Asso- ciation. 1898-1906; 1911-12. 8°. Philadelphia. Transactions of the Odontological Society of Great Britain. 1868-1907. 8°. London. Union (La) dental. Red.: L. M. Cotton [etal.]. [Monthly.] v. 1, 1895-6. 8°. Valencia. Want Nos. 4, 5, 7. University of California. College of Den- tistry. Extension lectures. Nos. 1-4. 12°. Berkeley, 1914-16. Verhandlungen des international en zahn- arztlichen Kongresses. 2 v. 8°. Berlin, 1909. Vierteljahrs-Bericht iiber Zahnheilkunde fiir Oesterreich-Ungarn. Hrsg. von C. Ash & Sons. v. 1, 1898. 8°. Wien. Vierteljahrsschrift fiir Zahnheilkunde. B. Faulhaber, editor, v. 37-38, 1921-2. 8°. Berlin. Continued from: Wien. Vrtljsehr. f. Zahnh. Wiener Vierteljahrsschrift fiir Zahnheilkunde. J. Weiss, editor, v. 35-36, 1919-20. 8°. Berlin. Continuation of: Oesterr.-ungar. Vrtljsehr. f. Zahnh., Wien. Wiener zahnarztliche Monatsschrift. Red. von S. Ornstein. v. 1-5, 1899-1903. 8°. Wien. Zahnarzt (Der). Red.: Rich. Hummel. [Semi-monthly.] v. 1, 1892. fol. Bunslau. Zahnheilkunde. Red.: Dr. Abraham. [Monthly.] v. 1, 1901. 8°. Leipzig. Zubni lekafstvi; mesicnik pro vedecke a stavovske zajmy ceskych zubnfch lekafu. Officielni organ Spolku ceskych zubnich lekafu. [Dental Medicine; a monthly journal of the scientific and practical interests of the Bohemian dental physicians. Official organ of the Society of Bohemian Dentists.] v. 11-12, 1911-12. 8°. Praha. Dentistry in relation to medicine. Pfaff (W.) Die Zahnheilkunde in ihren Be- ziehungen zu den Naturwissenschaften und patholog. Anatomie und ihre Aufgaben fiir die Zukunft. 8°. Leipzig, 1910. Dentistry in relation to medicine. Werner (A.) Die Beziehungen der Zahn- heilkunde zur Gesamtmedizin. 8°. Emmendin- gen, 1900. Allaeys (H.) Le dentiste doit-il Stre medecin et vice- ™%*L C.Uni(lue» Brux 1906, xx, 323-331.—Bacque. Utihte de la connaissance de la medecine generale en art den- taire. Rev. de stomatol., Par., 1910, xvii, 67-71.—Bentley (C. E.) Some points of contact of the medical and dental professions. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1906, ix, 385-391 — Breltbach (J.) Medecin et dentiste; des dispositions legates reglant le port des titres dentaires en Allemagne. Rev. trimest. Suisse d'odont., Basel & Geneve, 1909, xix, 119- 130.—Cros (J.) De l'utilite' de le connaissance de la mede- cine generate en art dentaire. Rev. de stomatol., Par., 1909, 376.—Cruet. Les experts dentistes doivent etre medecins. Soc. de med. leg. de Prance, Bull., Par., 1913, 2. s., x, 6-16.— Debat (P.) La collaboration des dentisteS et des medecins. Odontologie, Par., 1920, lviii, 569-374.—Eyler (J. K.) Bene- fits derived from combined meetings of physicians and den- tists. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1919-20 xxiii, 24.—Fossume (F. L.) The common ground of medicine and dentistrv. J.Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908,1,747-751.—Freudenthal (W.) Den- tistry and rhinology, with some general remarks. Internat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1919, xxxii, 5-8.—Gaddes (TJ The separa- tion of dentistry from medicine. Brit. Dent. J., Lond., 1912, xxxiii, 1097—Glasslngton (C. W.) The relation of medi- cine and surgery to dentistry. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1903, xxxxi, 1155-116L—Hern (W.) The relation of dentistry to other branches of medicine and its bearing upon the public health. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10, iii, Odont. Sect., 1-8.—Jacob (F. H.) Some dental questions from a medical aspect. Brit. Dent. J., Lond., 1907, xxviii, 8-11.— Klrk(E.C) The relations of medicine and dentistry. Bull. Am. Acad. M., Easton, Pa., 1902-4, vi, 803-811.—Lederer (W. J.) The relation of medicine to dentistry. Dental Digest, N. Y., 1914, xx, 638: 1915, xxi, 15; 148.—Marshall (J. S.) The relations of physicians to dentists. Bull. Am. Acad. M., Easton, Pa., 1902-4, vi, 812-820.—Mentzer (W. E.) & Tuohy (E. L.) An attempt to unify and harmonize points of view of medical and dental professions toward the consti- tutional influence of dental pathology. Minnesota Med., St. Paul, 1921, iv, 305-315.—Metz. Die Beziehungen der Zahnheilkunde zur allgemeinen Medizin. Deutsche zahn- arztl. Wchnschr., Berl., 1907, x, 23-30.—Midgley (A. L.) The relation of dentistry and medicine. Tr. Rhode Island M. Soc. 1904, Providence, 1905, vii. 137-140.—Pifli (O.) Ueber einige Beziehungen der Otologie und Rhinologie zur Zahnheilkunde. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1905, xxx, 693; 709.—Piatt (F. L.) A common ground for medicine and dentistry. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xlv, 512.—Regis- ter (H. C.) The interrelationships of medicine and dentistry. Ibid., 1908, 1, 9. [Discussion], 12-15.—St. Amant (L. P.) The co-operation of the physicians and dentists. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1910, lxiii, 282-285.—Scott (E.) Dentistry in rela- tion to pathology. Dental Summary, Toledo, 1918, xxxviii, 517-524.—Thornton (A. W.) The relation of the general practitioner to the specialist in dentistry. Dominion Dent. J., Toronto, 1920, xxxii, 394-403. [Discussion], 423-436.— Tudor (T. J.) A plea for closer cooperation between den- tists and physicians. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1917-18, xxii, 53-57.—Williamson (W. H.) On the relation of dentistry to medical education.. J. Brit. Dent. Ass., Lond., 1901, xxii, 176-187. Also: Scot. M. & S. J., Edinb., 1901, viii, 97-110. Dentists. See, also, Dentistry. Goret (C.) La jurisprudence professionnelle des chirurgiens-dentistes. roy. 8°. Paris, 1911. von Gschmeidler (A.) Zahnarzt und Zahn- techniker, Denkschrift zur Regelung ihrer Rechtsverhaltnisse verfasst auf Anregung des Vereines osterr. Zahnarzte und des Vereines Wiener Zahnarzte. 8°. Leipzig, 1900. Imming (E.) Der Dentist im Gesetz und vor Gericht. 8°. Berlin, 1913. Lister (R. F.) Wie gelangt der Zahnarzt zu guter Existenz? Ein Fuhrer bei Griindung und Leitung der Praxis. 12°. Berlin, [1906]. Perthes (O.) Die Bedeutung des Stand es der Dentisten (Zahntechniker) fiir unser offent- liches Leben. 8°. Berlin, 1909. d'Argent (J.) La grande familie dentaire franchise. Odontologie, Par., 1909, xh, 45-53.—Block (C.) Beitrage zur Charakteristik des Zahnarztesin der modernen Literatur. Cong. dent.internat. C.-r., Berl., 1909, v, pt. 2,670.—Chap- pie (J. A.) The legal status of the graduate dentist. Tr. Nat. Dent. Ass. 1899, Phila., 1900, 118-120. Also: Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1899, xh, 886-888.—Goldle (G. J.) Some ethical considerations for the dentist. Brit. Dent. J., Lond., 1906, xxvii, 684-687.—Hippel (F.) Gibt es eine Berufsner- vositat des Zahnarztes? Ergebnis einer Sammelforschung. Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh., Berl., 1922, xl, 213-224.— DENTISTS. 442 DENTITION. Dentists. Hosley (H. E.) Philosophy of fees and finances. Cong. dent, internat. C.-r., Berl., 1909, v, pt. 2, 621-624—Jaccard (R.) Un dentiste d'il y a cent ans. Rev. trimest. suisse d'odont., Zurich & Geneve, 1911, xxi 10-15.—Kingsley (N. W.) Autobiography; the story of his long and useful professional and artistic career told by himself; with a fore- word by B. L. Thorpe. Dental Brief, Phila., 1907, xii.41; 106; 192; 245; 319:383.—Klrchner (M.) Der Zahnarzt als Hy- gieniker. Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh., Leipz., 1903, xxi, 12.5-141.—Lane (C. G.) Occupational dermatitis in den- tists; susceptibility to procain. Arch. Dermat. & Syph., Chicago, 1921, n. s., iii, 23.V244.—Lindstrom (C. R.) The contribution of Massachusetts dentists to their State. J. Allied. Dent. Soc., N. Y., 1917, xu. 489-492.—McLean (D. W.) The dentist in war times. J. Nat. Dent. Ass., Hunting- ton, Ind., 1918, v, 147-151.—Matthews (0. F. C.) A benefit society for dentists: a proposal. Brit. Dent. J., Lond., 1906, xxvii, 934-938.—MiegevUle (V. E.) Tableau synoptique de comptabilite dentaire. Odontologie, Par., 1922, lx, 108-110.— Newklrk(G.) Personal hvgiene relating to the dentist. Do- minion Dent. J., Toronto,'1913, xxv, 507-525.—Sauvez (E.) Le dentiste americain. Odontologie, Par., 1905, 2. s.; xx, 423; 539—Stankovic (J.) Eine Krankheit der Zahnarzte. Zahnarztl. Rundschau, Berl., 1903, xii, No. 584.—Talbot (E. S.) Recognition ofthe D. D. S. degree by the Am. Med. Ass. Internat. Dent. J., Phila., 1903, xxiv, 529-532.— Thioly-Regard (A.) Hygiene du dentiste. Cong. dent. internat. 1900. C.-r., Par.. 1901-3, iv, 385-399—Thorpe (B. L.) The contributions of pioneer dentists to science, art, literature, and music. Dental Summary, Toledo, 1908, xxviii, 183; 257; 360; 438; 529. Dentists (Education of). See, also, Education (Dental). Blessing (G.) Das zahnarztliche Physikum. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1911. ------■. Das zahnarztliche Staatsexamen. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1912. Goepp (R. M.) Dental state board questions and answers, roy. 8°. Philadelphia dc London, 1912. ------. The same. 2. ed., rev. 8°. Phila- delphia dc London, 1916. Schroder (O.) Das Studium der Zahnheil- kunde und die gesetzlichen Vorschriften fiir die Priifung der Zahnarzte im Deutschen Reich. 8°. Halle a. S., 1910. Allen (H. J.) A national dental certificate of qualifica- tion. Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1902, xhv, 1070.—Ambler (H. L.) Dental schools abroad. Ohio Dent. J., Toledo, 1899, xix, 1; 57.—Banzhaf (H. L.) Minimum requirements for class "A" dental schools. Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1918, lx, 701-703.-----. The history ofthe Dental Educational Coun- cil of America and the classification of the dental colleges of the United States. Dental Digest, N. Y., 1918, xxiv, 721- 731—Barber (L. L.) What shall be the preliminarv educa- tional qualification for entrance to dental colleges. Tr. Pan- ama-Pacific Dent. Cong.. N. Y., 1915, ii, 428-435.—Black (G. V.) Impressions of the condition in dental education and practice in Europe. Northwest. Dent. J., Chicago, 1906, iv, 60-66.—Boll (M.) L'enseignement de la physique a l'Ecole dentaire de Paris, Odontologie, Par., 1918, hi, 463- 466.—Brophy (T. W.) The necessity of more thoroughly teaching dental pathology and oral hvgiene in schools of medicine. Dental Rev., Chicago, 1903, xvii, 1001-1012 — Chapman (H.) The teaching of orthodontia in dental schools. Verhandl. d. Europ. Gesellsch. f. Orthodont., Wien, 1910, 122-137.—Cohn (K.) Ueber das zahnarztliche Fortbildungswesen in Preussen. Cong. dent, internat.) C.-r., Berl., 1909, v, pt. 2, 616 619.—Cryer. Tho practical1 teaching ol anatomy in dental schools. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv sect, d'odont. et stoma-.' tol., 150-194.—Douglas-Crawford (D.) Medical and sur-? gical teaching for dental students. Bnt. Dent. J., Lond., 1915, xxxvi, 745-750.—Eichler. Ist die Dreiteilung des zahnarztlichen Unterrichts wirklich das Ideal desselben? Zahnarztl. Rundschau, Berl., 1906, xv, 291.—Frlesell (H. E.) Progress in dental education. J. Am. M. Ass.,' Chicago, 1920, lxxv, 1247-1249.—Guerlnl (V.) Sur les rapports entre la partie medicale et la partie technique de l'enseignement dentaire. Cong. dent, internat. C.-r., Berl., 1909, v, pt. 2, 636-640. -----. Un metodo eiheace per insegnare agli studenti di odontoiatria l'anatomia dei dentiedeglialveoli. Ann. di odont., Roma, 1916, i, 191-194.— Gysl (A.) Graduate and undergraduate instruction in Europe and America. J. Nat. Dent. Ass., Huntington, Ind., 1920, vii, 901-909.—Harper (J. P.) A suggestion in dental education. Dental Rev., Chicago, 1912, xxvi, 449-460.— Heide (H. O.) The training of dentists In Norway. Tr. Internat. Dent. Cong. 1904, Phila., 1905, iii, 441-445.—Hey- mann (P.) Laryngologie und Rhinologie im Unterrichte des Zahnarztes. Cong. dent, internat. C.-r., Berl., 1909, v, pt. 2, 648-A50.—Hoff (N. S.) The value of the dental library and museum to the teaching of dentistry. J. Nat. Dent. Dentists (Education of). Ass., Huntington, Ind., 1919, \i, 141-157.—Johnson (A. I^e R.) Orthodontia in the undergraduate curriculum. Ibid., 1920, vii, 941-951.—Klrchner (M.) Leber die Ein- richtungen fiir das Studium der Zahnheilkunde an den deutschen Universitaten. Klin. Jahrb., Jena, 1898, vii, 209-224. Also: Zahnarztl. Wchnbl., Hamb., 1898-9, xii, 635; 647.—Koch (C. R. E.) The present status of the evolu- tion in dental education. Northwest. Dent. J., Chicago, 1904-5, ii, 131-135.—Kron (H.) Ueber den Wert der Kennt- nis der Neuropathologie in ihren Beziehungen zur Stoma- tologic fiir den Zahnarzt. Cong. dent, internat. C.-r., Berl., 1909, v, pt. 2, 653-655.—Latham (V. A.) The necessity of a medical education for dentists. Dental Digest, Chicago, 1908, xiv, 410-428.—Mauk (E. H.) System in teaching prosthetic dentistry. J. Nat. Dent. Ass., Huntington, Ind., 1918, v, 1251-1257.—Mayrhofer (B.) Ueber die Aufgaben der zahnarztlichen Institute und die Notwendigkeit ihres Ausbaues zu Kliniken. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xx, 1470-1473.—Meder. Die Unterrichtsmethoden der tech- nischen Abteilung des zahnarztlichen Instituts der Univer- sitat Munchen. Deutsche zahnarztl. Wchnschr., 1904, vii, 369-371.—MUller (W.) Vergrosserte Zahnmodelle fiir den anatomischen und zahnarztlichen Unterricht. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1920, liii, 259-266.—Noel (L. G.) Pathologv in dental colleges. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, li, 30-34.—Noyes (F. B.) The scope of histology in dental training. North- west. Dent. J.. Chicago, 1904-5, u, 142-150. -----. The present status of education in orthodontia. Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1921, lxiii, 9^2-9>9.—Oppler. Ein Studienplan fiir Zahnriehtkunde. Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh., Leipz., 1920, xxxviii, 76—83.—Parsonage (J. H.) Dental educa- tion. Brit. Dent. J., Lond., 1911, xxxii, 509-519.—PickeriU (H. P.) The medical aspect of dentistry and the necessity of dental instruction for medical students., Brit. J. Dent. Sc, Lond., 1909, Iii, 193-209.—Queudot. Education gene- rate et speciale preliminaire a 1 'admission dans les ecoles den- taires. Cong. dent, internat. 1900. C.-r., Par., 1901-3, ii, 275-293.—Rheln (M. L.) Dental education. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 190s, li, 275-279.—Rojo (J. J.) Historical annotations and the present condition of dental education in the capital of the Republic of Mexico. Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1905, xlvii, 1219-1229.—Roy (M.) Dental instruc- tion in the various countries. Dental Rec., Lond., 1900, xx, 513; 547: 1901, xxi, 1; 59—Samuels (H. J.) Commer- cialized education and theitinerant instructor; a study ofthe conditions under which the pract icing dental surgeon some- times receives post-graduate instruction. Tr. Panama- Pacific Dent. Cong.. N. Y., 1915, ii, 3*6-391. [Discussion], iii, 305-311.—Schenfc (F.) Die Verwendung des Phantoms im zahnarztlichen Unterricht. [German and French text.] Cong. dent, internat. 1900. C.-r., Par., 1901-3, iv, 372-377 — Scott (E.) & Forman (J.) The teaching of general pa- thology to students of dentistrv; an outline of a course and a presentation of itsmethod. J. Dent. Research, Bait., 1919, i, 477-4>7.—Symposium on dental education. Dental Brief, Phila., 1900, v, 443; 506; 569; 624.—Talbot (E. S.) Errors in dental education. Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1906, xlviii, 731-739.-----. How shall the stomatologist be edu- cated? Dental Reg.. Cincin., 1910, lxiv, 329-371.-----. The higher and better education of the dental student. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1919, lxxiii, 805-807. Also, Reprint.-----. The dent al educat ion problem. Dental Cosmos. Phila., 1921, Ixui, 34-3S.—Walkhoff. Der Zentral-Verem Deutsche Zahnarzte und die Reform des zahnarztlichen Studiums. Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh., Leipz., 1921, xxxix, 52-54.— Webster (A. E.) Teaching dental anatomv and operative technique. Cong. dent, internat. 1900. C.-r., Par., 1901-3, iv, 363-3logie. Montpel. med., 1917, xxxix, 1094.—Gougerot (H.) V6ner£ologie et dermatologie depuis la guerre (aout 1914-octobre 1916). Rev. gen. de path, de guerre, 1917, ii, 455-508, 4 pi.-----. Froidures des pieds et des mains; dermo-epidermites microbiennes immediates, persistantes, recidivantes, tardives. Paris med., 1918, xxix, 495-500.—Guy (W. H.) Dermatology in the Armv; report of the Dermatological Department, Camp Travis, Texas, for the year 1918. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Svph., Chicago, 1919, xxxvii, 245-249.—Knowles (F. C.) Derma- tology in a British general hospital in France, including the differentiation of I. C. T. (inflammation connective tissue). J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, Ixxi, 1312.-----. War derma- tology in France and the preventive measures taken. Mil. Surgeon, Wash., 1919, xlv, 200; 285.—Lindsay (H. C. L.) Dermatology in the army. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1918, cvii, 455— LipschUtz (B.) Dermatologische Beobach- tungen wahrend des Krieges. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien & Leipz., 1917, cxxiv, Orig., 492-512, 2 pi. Also: Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1917, xxx, 801; 833.—Macleod (J. M. H.) Recent advances in dermatology in con- nection with the war. Practitioner, Lond., 1918, c, 124- 133.—Plnard (M.) La dermatologie et la syphihgraphie dans les bataillons. Paris m£d., 1918, xxvii, 102-104 — Rlecke (E.) Kriegsdermatologie. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. & Berl., 1919, xlv. 313-317. Also [Abstr.]: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1919, lvi, 358.—Rosenthal (O.) Militararztliche Beobachtungen eines Dermatologen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1917, liv, 180-185. Dermatology (Periodicals and trans- actions relating to). Annales de therapeutique dermatologique et syphiligraphique. [Semi-monthly.] v. 1-9, 1901-9. 8°. Paris. Archives of Dermatology and Syphilology. v. 1-6, 1920-22. 8°. Chicago. Continuation of: Journal of Cutaneous Diseases includ- ing Syphilis, Chicago. Bericht iiber den Kongress der deutschen dermatologischen Gesellschaft, Wien, September, 1913 (xi.). 8°. Wien dc Leipzig, 1914. Forms part 1 of: Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien. & Leipz., 1914, cxix. Bericht fiber die Verhandlungen des inter- nationalen Kongresses fiir Dermatologie und Syphilis in Rom vom 8. bis 13. April 1912 (J. Ullmann). 8°. Wien dc Leipzig. Also in: Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien & Leipz., 1912, cxii, Ref., 785-858. Bericht fiber die Verhandlungen des Kon- gresses der deutschen dermatologischen Gesell- schaft (viii.), 1902. 8°. Wien dc Leipzig, 1904 British Journal of Dermatology, v. 1-34 1888-1922. 8°. London. ------. An epitomised index of dermatological literature; an epitome of vols. 1-21, inclusive of the "British Journal of Dermatology" (A. W. Williams), roy. 8°. _ London, 1910. Congres international de dermatologie et de syphiligraphie. C.-r., 1889. 8°. Paris, 1890. ' Dermatologische Studien dem Hamburger Dermatologen P. G. Unna gewidmet. v 20-"" 1910-12. 8°. Hamburg dc Leipzig. Dermatologische Wochenschrift. Hrsg. von P. G. Unna, P. Taenzer [et al.]. v 54-74 1912-22. 8°. Leipzig dc Hamburg. Formerly: Monatshefte fiir praktische Dermatologie. Dermatologischer Jahresbericht. Unter Mitwirkung von Fachgenossen und in Verbin- Dermatology (Periodicals and trans- actions relating to). dung mit W. Tamms. Hrsg. von O. Lassar. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1907. Dermatologiya; yezhemiesyachniy jurnal, posvyashtshonniy kozhnim i venericheskim za- bolievaniyam. [Dermatology; monthly journal, devoted to skin and venereal diseases.] Edi- tor: V. V. Ivanoff. v. 1-3, 1913-14. 8°. S.- Peterburg. Halbmoxatsschrift fiir Haut- und Harn- krankheiten. Red. von R. L. Grunfeld. v. 1-2, 1904-5. 8°. Wien. Supplement to: Medicinische Blatter, Wien. International Congress of Dermatology 1896. Official transactions (iii.). S°. London, 1898. International Dermatological Congress. Official transactions (vi.), 1907. 2 v. 8°. New York, 1908. Internationaler Dermatologen- Kongress. Verhandlungen und Berichte (v.). 2 v. 1904-5. 8°. Berlin. Japanische Zeitschrift fiir Dermatologie und Urologie. v. 1-18, 1901-18. 8°. Tokio. Japanese and German text. Jurnal dermatologii i sifilidologii. [Monthly.] Xos. 1-3, v. 1, 1901. 8°. S.-Peterburg. Przeglad chorob skornych i wenerycznych. [Review of skin and venereal diseases.] [Month- ly.] v. 1-6, 1906-13. 8°. Warszawa. Publications of dermatological research labo- ratories of Philadelphia, v. 2. 8°. [Philadel- phia], 1920. Revue pratique des maladies cutanees, syphilitiques et veneriennes. [Monthly.] v. 1-7, 1902-8. S°. Paris. Russkiy jurnal kozhnikh i venericheekikh bolieznel. [Journal russe des maladies cutanees et veneriennes.] v. 1-27,1901-14. 8°. Kharkov. Also French text. Transactions of the Section on Dermatology and Syphilologv, of the American Medical Association at the seventv-third annual session, held at St. Louis, Mo., Mav 22 to 26, 1922. 8°. Chicago, 1922. Zentralblatt fiir Haut- und Geschlechts- krankheiten sowie deren Grenzeebiete. J. Jadassohn, W. Pick & O. Sprinz, editors, v. 1-5, 1921-2. 8°. Berlin. Dermatol y sis. See Skin (Hypertrophy of). Derma toma. •S<< Skin (Hypertrophy of). Dermatomere. See Embryology. Dermatomycosis. See Favus; Skin (Diseases of, Fungoid); Tinea; Trichophytosis. Dermatomyositis. See, also, Mucles (Diseases of); Skin (Diseases of). Batten (F. E.) Case of dermatomvositis in a child, with pathological report. Proc. Roy. "Soc. Med., Lond., 1911-12, v, Neurol. Sect., 103-114— Bronson (E.) Case of dermato-myositis. Ibid., 1916-17, x, Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 28-32.—Joachim (H.) A case of dermatomyositK Ann Dermat. & Syph., Chicago, 1923, n. s., vii, 326-331.—Karcer. Dermatomyositis. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. \ Berl., 1922, xlviii, 112.->Iucha (V.) & Onechowskl\K Ein Fall von tuberkuloser Dermatomyositis (TvpusBoeck). Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1919, xxxii, 25-30.—Bidder. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Dermatomvositis acuta (Pseudotrichi- nosis). Berl. klin. Wchnscher., 1919, lvi, 1211.—Stelner (W. R.) Dermatomyositis, with report of two cases. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1922, lxxviii, 271-273. DERMATOPHYTON. 449 DERRIS. Dermatophyton. See also, Skin (Diseases of, Fungoid). Dold (H.) On the so-called bottle-bacillus (Dermato- phyton mallassez). Parasitology, Cambridge, 1910, iii, 279- Dermatophytosis. See Favus; Skin (Diseases of, Fungoid); Tinea; Trichophytosis. Dermer (Salomon) [1887- ]. Contribution a l'etude du traitement des plaies recentes. 143 pp., 2 ch. 8°. Paris, 1916, No. 121. Dermer (Sofia). *Scarlatine et vaccine; 6tude clinique et experimentale de I'influence de la scarlatine sur la virulence du virus vaccin et sur le processus anatomo-clinique de la vaccine. 86 pp. 8°. Paris, 1921, No. 279. Dermochelys. Versluys (J.) On the phylogeny of the carapace, and on the affinities of the leathery turtle, Dermochelys coriacea. Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc. 1913, Lond., 1914, 791.—Volker (H.) Ueber das Stamm-, Ghedmassen- und Hautskelett von Dermochelys coriacea L. Zool. Jahrb., Abt. f. Anat., Jena, 1913, xxxiii, 431-552, 4 pi. Dermocystidium. de Beauchamp (P.) L'evolution et les amnites des protistes du genre Dermocystidium. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1914, clviii, 1359.—Dunkerly (J. S.) Dermo- cystidium pusula Perez, parasitic on Trutta fario. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1914, xliii, 179-182.—Ledger (L.) Sur un nouveau protiste du genre Dermocystdium parasite de la traite. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1914, clviii, 807- 809.—Moral (H.) Ueber das Auftreten von Dermocysti- dium pusula (Perez); einem einzelligen Parasiten der Haut des Molches bei Triton cristatus. Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1913, lxxxi, 1. Abt., 381-393,1 pi.—Perez (C.) Dermo- cystidium pusula, parasite de la peau des tritons. Arch, de zool. exper. et gen. [etc.], Par., 1913, Iii, 343-357,1 pi. Dermographism. See, also, Skin (Diseases of, Neurotic). Aresheff (G. Y.) [Case of white dermographism.] Voyenno-med. J., S.-Peterb., 1913, ccxxxvii, med.-spec. pt., 381-383.—Barab&s (Z.) [Influence of the temperature on dermographism.] Gy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1916, lvi, 80.— Brinckmann (A.) Der Dermographismus im Kindesal- ter. Monatschr. f. Kinderh., Leipz. & Wien, 1914, xiii, Orig., 165-171.—Campani (A.) Sul dermogransmo oripil- latorio. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1918, viii, 2.—Carry. Der- mographisme en relief. Lyon ' mea., 1914, cxxii, 405.— Carter (H. S.) A case of dermographism. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1920, i, 149.—Cotton (T. F.), Slade (J. G.) & Lewis (T.) Observations upon dermatographism with special reference to the contractile power of capillaries. Heart, Lond., 1917, vi, 227-247, 1 tab.—Glaser (W.) Wesen und klinische Bedeutung des Dermographismus. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat., Berl., 1919, 1, 186-198.—Grande (C.) Osservazioni di dermostereografismo in soldati. Arch, di antrop. crim. [etc.], Torino, 1915, s. 4., vii, 640-648 — Lapinsky (M.) Ueber den Mechanismus und die diagno- stische Bedeutung der Dermographie am oberen Teile des Riickens und am hinteren Teile des Halses. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat., Berl. & Leipz., 1914, Orig. xxii, 58-96.—Levchatkln (V. I.) [Exquisite red dermogra- phism in a recruit.] Voyenno-med. J., S.-Peterb., 1914, ccxl, med.-spec. pt., 84-93.—Micheli (L.) Contributo alio studio del dermogransmo (osservazioni, esperienze). Osp. Maggiore, Milano, 1921, 3. s., ix, 49-72, 5 pi— Oppenheim (M.) Ueber Dermatotypie. Dermat. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Hamb., 1917. lxiv, 497-503.—Pari (G. A.) Sul dermo- grafismo orripilatorio o tricografismo. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1918, xxxix, 113.—Rezmcek (R.) Klinische Studien iiber den Dermographismus. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr., 1914, xxvii, 1424-1426.—Schwartz (L.) Dermo- graphismus als Untersuchungsmethode. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1917, xlvii, 817-833. Also: Deutsche Med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1917, xliii, 576.—Treub (H.) Le dermographisme gravidique. Arch. mens, d'obst. et de gynec, Par., 1914, ii, 35-39, 1 pi.—Velasco Pajares (J.) Urticaria ficticia o dermograflsmo. Pediatria espan., Madrid, 1921, x, 50, 1 pi.—Vignolo-Lutati (C.) Sulla reattivita melanodermica; contributo alio studio del cosi- detto dermograflsmo melanodermico. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1916, li, 221-243. Dermoid tumors. See Tumors (Dermoid). Dernoncour (Fernand - Jean - Baptiste - Henri) 11881- ] *Des reparations chirurgicales des Lgaments croises. 48 pp. 8°. Lille, 1906, No. 8. 11877°—Vol. IV, 3d series—22----29 Dero limosa. Mayhew (R. L.) The anatomy of some sexually mature specimens of Dero limosa Leidy. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, Menasha, Wis., 1922, xh, 159-166. DeRoaldes (Arthur Washington) [1849- 1918]. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, lxx, 1965. Also: N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1918, Ixxi, 5, port. Derocque (Pierre). Notes pratiques de chirurgie de guerre; une annee d'experience (octobre 1915- octobre 1916); l'extraction des corps etrangers metalliques a la lumiere artificielle sous le contr61e intermittent de l'ecran; technique, re- sultats. 31 pp. 8°. Paris, A. Maloine dc fils, 1917. Deroide (Jean). Contribution a l'etude de quelques complications de la prostatectomie suspubienne (obstacles au cours normal de l'urine). 102 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 240. Deromps (Mile. Honorine-Mathilde) [1892- ]. ^Osteite syphilitique her^ditaire tardive; traite- ment par le novarsenobenzol. 52 pp. 8°. Paris, 1917, No. 56. Derone (Leger-Julien-Francois-Hippolyte). *Les sources et le marais de La Courtavaux; etude limnologique. [Paris.] 122 pp., 1 plan, 1 ch. 8°. Dijon, 1914, No. 1. Ecole de pharmacie. De Rossi (demente Emilio) [1844- 1902]. De Carli. Onoranze. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc], Torino, 1913, xxiv, 485-495.—Egidi (F.) Commemorazione. Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1902, xxviii, 1-4.—Ferreri (G.) [Biography.] Arch. ital. di laringol., Napoh, 1902, xxii, 66- 68.—Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1901, ii, 1456. Derouau (Antoine). *De la pharyngotherapie dans l'ozene. [Paris.] viii, 112 pp. 8°. Laval, 1899, No. 292. Deroubaix (Alphonse-Louis-Joseph) [1861- ]. Psychose systematise^ a base d 'interpretations delirantes ou paranoia simple. 122 pp. 8°. Gand, A. Van der Haeghen, 1909. Deroubaix (Louis - Francois - Joseph) [1813-97]. Sacrg. Eloge. Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1901, 4. s., xv, 767-778, port. Derouet (Fernand) [1883- ]. *Traitement de la pleuresie sero-fibrineuse par le serum anti- diphterique. 87 pp. 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 225. Deroux (Edgard). *Sur la decomposition des iodures quarternaires d'hexam^thylenetetramine par Feau bouillante. 34 pp. 8°. Paris, 1920, No. 13. Ecole de pharmacie. Deroy (Fernand-Clovis) [1876- ]. *Psychoses post-typhiques chez les enfants. 46 ~pp. 8°. Lille, 1902, No. 100. Deroye (Jean) [1879- ]. *De la retroflexion primitive de Tuterus. 179 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 478. Derozier (Joseph) [1870- ]. *Sur un procede' de sutures encore peu connu: les agrafes de Michel. 31 pp., 5 1., 1 pi. 8°. Bordeaux, 1904, No. 97. Derrien (Eugene) [1879- ]. *Sur la methemo- globine. 97 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1906, No. 25. Derriey (M.-A.-J.) *Contribution k l'etude de la meningite c6r£bro-spinale; diagnostic precoce et serotherapie. 80 pp. 8°. Paris, 1917, No. 39. Derris. See, also, Fleas. Daniels (C. W.) ["Tuba root," Derris elliptica.] Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 1475.—van Hasselt (E. H.) On the physiological effects of derris. Konink.-Akad. v. Wetensch. Proc Sec. Sc, Amst., 1910-11, xiii, 688-699. DERRUPE. 450 DESBONNET. *Les expertises 8°. Paris, J.-B. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Derrupe (Laurent-Henri) [1888- ]. *Hemopty- sies profuses su cours de la broncho-pneumonie grippale. 23 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1919, No. 93. Dershimer (F. W.) Relief and control of hook- worm disease in British Guiana, from Mar. 15, 1914, to Feb. 15, 1919. 18 pp., 1 map. 8°. New York, 1920. Internat. Health Bd., N. Y., Rep. No. 7534. Dertinger (Karl) [1875- ]. *Ueber tiefsitzende Lipoine. [Heidelberg.] 42 pp., 11. 8°. Tubin- gen, H. Laupp, 1903. Derue (Lucien). *Contribution a l'etude des fractures du calcaneum avec documents radio- graphiques. 70 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 237. Dervaux (Henri) [1876- ]. *De la tuberculose genitale de la femme et de ses complications peritoneales; cysto-peritonite tuberculeuse; as- cite tuberculeuse. [Paris.] 124 pp., 1 1. 8°. Roubaix, 1902, No. 3. Dervieux (Firmin) [1873- ], medico-legales. 109 pp., 11. Baillib-e dc fils, 1901, No. 468. ------. Thesame. 109 pp., 11 Bailliere, 1901. Derville (Leon) [1859-1909]. Lemiere (G.) [et al.] [Necrologie.] J. d. sc. me"d. de Lille, 1909, i, 409-423. Dervin (Laurence J.) [1876- ]. *Epicrise eines complicierten Falles von Trachealstenose (wahr- scheinlich eine gummose Thyreoiditis und Me- diastinitis). 22 pp., 11. 8°. Munchen, Kastner dc Callwey, 1903. Derris (Th'emistocles). *Zur Kenntnis der Pro- teusgastroenteritis. 39 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Zurich, J. J. Meier, 1917. De Ryckere (Raymond). La servante criminelle; etude de criminologie professionnelle. 1 p. 1., 459 pp. roy. 8°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1908. De Saint Fuscien (Andre-Armand) [1893- ]. *L'accouchement prematura spontanea ses rap- ports avec la syphilis. [Pans.] 40 pp. 8°. Beauvais, 1921, No. 111. Desajon (R.) Comment on defend son visage; la lutte pour la beauts. 52 pp. 12°. Paris, [1901]. Comment on defend, no. 32. Desallees (Rene-Pintaud) [1874- ]. *Les modi- fications des reflexes provoquees par les efforts musculaires violents. 56 pp. 8 . Bordeaux, 1905, No. 100. De Sanctis (Sante). I sogni; studi psicologici e clinici di un ahenista. 390 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Torino, Milano, frat. Bocca, 1899. ------. Trattato pratico di psichiatria forense per uso di medici, giuristi e studenti. 728 pp. 8°. Milano, A.G.De Cristoforis, 1909. Part 2, 1 sez., pp. 281-520; 2 sez., pp. 521-728. See, also, Morselll (E.) & De Sanctis (S.) Biografla di un bandito [etc.]. 8°. Milano, 1903. ------& Cianipi (Lanfranco). Rendiconto delle malattie trattate nella Casa di cura e di educa- zione per fanciulli nervosi "Villa Amalia" in Roma. 67 pp. roy. 8°. Orvieto, M. Marsili, 1909. Desandre (Lucien) [1872- ]. *La varicelle suppur6e et les suppurations secondaires au cours de la varicelle. 110 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris 1901, No. 173. ------. The same. 110 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere dc fils, 1901. Desandro (Domenico) [ -1917]. Granizio (V.) (Obituary.] Stomaco, Napoli, 1917, xxiii, 17-19. Desanges(R.-J.-J.-E.-A.)[1887- ]. *Des lesions des voies lacrymales par blessures de guerre 82 pp., 4 pi. 8°. Paris, 1917, No. 120. Desanti. *Des traumatismes de l'estomac et de leur interpretation medico-legale. 55 pp 2 1 8°. Toulouse, 1905, No. 630. Desanti (D. J.) [1873- ]. ^Contribution a l'etude de la fievre de Malte. 37 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1913, No. 29. Desanti (Etienne). *Du collargol dans les maladies infectieuses. 64 pp. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 188. Desanti (Francois) [1872- ]. *Dilatation aigue du cceur par traumatismes de la region precor- diale. 56 pp., 11. 8°. Lyon, 1899, No. 171. De Santi (Philip R. W.) Malignant disease of the larynx (carcinoma and sarcoma). 1 p. 1., 107 pp. 8°. New York, W. Wood dc Co., 1905. De Santos Saxe (G. A.) Examination of the urine; a manual for students and practitioners. 2. ed., rev. 448 pp., 12 pi. 8°. Philadelphia dc London, W. B. Saunders, 1909. Desault (Pierre-Joseph) [1744-95]. (Euvres chi- rurgicales ou tableau de sa doctrine et de sa pratique dans le traitement des maladies ex- ternes; maladies des parties molles. Publie par Xav. Bichat. 7 pi., 528 pp. 8°. Paris, C. V* Desault, an VI [1798]. ------. Chirurgischer Nachlass. Als Inbegriff seiner Lehren nach seinem Tode hrsg. von Xavier Bichat seinem Schuler. Uebersetzt von Georg Wardenburg. 2 v. 12°. Gottingen, J. C. Dieterick, 1800. ------. A treatise on fractures, luxations and other affections of the bones . . . ed. by Xav. Bichat; transl. from the French by Charles Caldwell, with notes and an appendix containing several late improvements in surgery. 2. ed. xiii, 398 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, Kimber dc Conrad, 1811. See, also, Chauveau (C.) Desault; son r61e en pathologie laryngee. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc], Par., 1910, xxix, 520-523. For Biography, see St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1904, vi, 22-34 (C. G. Cumston). Desaunais-Guermarquer (Gregoire). *De la valeur semeiologique des obsessions et des im- pulsions chez les anormaux sexuels. 52 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 373. ------. ^L'appendicite parasitaire. 86 pp. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 175. Desaux (A.-A.) -^Contribution a l'etude clinique et bacteriologique d'une dermo-epidermite des plaies anciennes et des trajets fistuleux. 216 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Paris, 1917, No. 134. Desax (Oskar). *Zwei Falle von Ulcus duodeni bei Sauglingen. [Zurich.] 33 pp. 8°. Disentis, J. Condrau, 1918. Desbarres (Jules-Marie-Joseph) [1872- ]. *Con- tribution a l'etude clinique et pathogenique du myxcedeme. 79 pp. 8°. , Pans, 1899, No. 630. Desbarrfcres (Eugene). *Etude sur les laits de Touraine (Arrondissement de Loches); observa- tions relatives aux variations de composition du lait. 100 pp. 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 3. I>csbertrand (A.) *Contribution a l'etude de la rupture du sinus circulaire. 60 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1898, No. 179. Desbiez (Charles) [1873- ]. *Le pneumothorax a soupape et son traitement. 66 pp. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 277. Desboeufs (Georges). *Du r61e du medecin eiectricien dans les accidents du travail. 93 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 166. Desbois de Rochefort (Ludovicus) •[1750-86]. Monpart. [Biography.] J. de la sante, Par., 1902, xix, Pi. 2y OOl. Desbonnet. La force physique. Culture ration- nelle; methode Attila, methode Sandow, me- thode Desbonnet. La sante par les exercices musculaires mis a la portee de tous. 4. ed. xi, 200 pp., 8 pi. 8°. Paris, Berger-Levrault dc Cie., 1904. DESBONNETS. Desbonnets (Louis) [1875- ]. Contribution a l'etude de certains troubles cerebraux (troubles moteurs, sensitifs, visuels et aphasie) dans le diabete sucre. 93 pp^ 8°., Paris, 1899, No. 69. Desbordeaux (P.-F.-F.) Eloge de M. Briard. 14 pp. 16°. Caen, F. Poisson, 1807. Desbouis (Francois-Marie-Jules) [1883- ]. *In- sufrisance glycolytique; insuffisance pancrea- tique. 178 pp., 8°. Paris, 1914, No. 166. Desbouis (J.) *Etude sur les maladies profession- nelles considerees comme accidents du travail. 96 pp. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 575. Descalzo (Antonio Bernal) [1854-1913]. Obituary. Rev. de san. mil., Madrid, 1914, 3. s., iv, 38. Descamps (Jules-Paul-Anatole) [1879- ]. *De la pleuresie purulente diaphragmatique en- kystee. 90 pp. 8°. Lille, 1904, No. 15 Descamps (Maurice-Jules-Desire) [1880- ]. *La prostitution a Lille et la prophylaxie de la syphilis par la reglamentation de la prostitution. 100 pp. 8°. Lille, 1906, No. 1. Descartes (Rene) [1596-1650]. Gronau (C. H. G.) *Die Naturlehre Geulincx und ihr Zusammenhang mit der Naturlehre Descartes. [Jena.] 8°. Wolfenbuttel, 1911. Crane (Le) de Descartes est identifie. iEsculape, Par., 1913, iii, 4. Also, transl.: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1913, i, 1239.— Derriey (M.) Descartes et la psycho-physiologie de la glande pineale. France med., Par., 1912, Ux, 309-311.— Haldane (EUzabeth S.) The life of Descartes. Quart. Rev., Lond., 1913, ccxix, 48-65.—Kerstiens (B.) Untersu- chungen zur Seelenlehre des Descartes. Arch. f. d. ges. Psychol., Leipz., 1910, xvi, 237-278.—Le Double (A. F.) Un particularity anatomique du crane de Descartes (persis- tance de la suture m6topique). .SSsculape, Par., 1913, iii, 129-131.—Mfenler. Le crane de Descartes au Musee histo- rique de Lund. J. de me\i. de Par., 1909, 2. s., xxi, 73.— MUhaud (G.) Les premiers essais scientifiques de Des- cartes. Rev. gen. d. sc. pures et appliq., Par., 1916, xxvii, 502-510.-----. Descartes et Bacon. Scientia, Bologna, 1916, xxi, 185-198.-----. Descartes experimenteur. Rev. Phil., Par., 1918, lxxxvi, 221-240.—Peregrinations (Les) posthumes d'un grand philosophe. Chron. med., Par., 1920, xxvii, 365.—Robinson (V.) [Biography.] Med. Life, N. Y., 1921, xxviii, 111-132.—Shastid (T. H.) [Biography.] In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, v, 3844.—Verneau (R.) Le crane de Descartes. Anthro- pologie, Par., 1912, xxiii, 640-642. -----. Les restes de Des- cartes. Rev. mens, du m&l. prat., Par., 1912, ii, 152-158. Descaves (Jean) [1892- ]. *La douleur locale a la pression dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. 40 pp. 8°. Paris, 1921, No. 608. Descazals (Prosper). *Des thrombophiebites des sinus de la dure-mere. 107 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 546. ------. The same. 107 pp. 8°. Paris, G. Stein- heil, 1898. Descemet (Jean) [1732-1810]. Shastid (T. H.) [Biography.] In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, v, 3847. Descemetitis. See Cornea (Inflammation of, Punctate). Descemet's membrane. See, also, Cornea. Coats (G.) The pathology of ruptures of the membrane of Descemet. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond., 1906-7, xxvih 48-79.—De Lleto Vollaro. Sulla terminazione della membrana del Descemet e sui suoi rapporti col tessuto trabecolato sclero-corneale nell' uomo e m alcuni mammi- feri. Boll. d. osp. oftal. d. prov. di Roma, 1908, vi, '34 — Walker (S.) Fractures of Descemet's membrane. Ann. Ophth., St. Louis, 1916, xxv, 289-292.—Zawarzln (A.) Beobachtungen an dem Epithel der Descemetschen Mem- bran. Arch. f. Mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1909, lxxiv, 116-138, 1 pi. Deschales (Claudius Franciscus) [1622- 78]. Shastid (T. H.) [Biography.] In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, v, 3850. Deschamps (Albert) [1859- ]. Les maladies de l'energie; les asthenies generates; epuisements, insuffisances, inhibitions (clinique, therapeu- VON DESCHWANDEN. Deschamps (Albert)—continued. tique). Preface de F. Raymond, vii, 500 pp. 8°. Paris, F. Alcan, 1908. Deschamps (Alfred). Un miracle contemporain (guerison subite d'une fracture). 86 pp., 1 1., 2 pi. 16°. Bruxelles, [1906]. Deschamps (Eugene-Charles) [1858-1913]. *Des acides chlorhydrique et bromhydrique sur les peroxydes de baryum et d'hydrogene. 64 pp. 4°v Rennes, 1887, No. 2. Ecole de pharmacie de Paris. For Biography, see Rennes m£d., 1913-14, ix, 152-155. Deschamps (Georges). *Du sport velocipedique; effets physiologiques et therapeutiques. 30 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 161. Deschamps (Gustave) [1872- _ ]. *Sur le pro- nostic de la coqueluche statistique du dispen- saire de la Caisse des ecoles du viie arrondisse- ment (de 1897 a 1903). 71 pp. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 308. Deschamps (Henry). *Du catgut. Catgut anti- septique; catgut aseptique. 44 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 174. Deschamps (J.) [1853- ]. *Etude sur les principes et les applications de la physiologie et de la pathologie cellulaires. 104 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 561. Deschamps (Marcel) [1873- ]. *Diagnostic des affections chirurgicales du rein. 160 pp. 8°. Paris, 1902, No. 230. ------. Thesame. 159pp. 8°. Poris, G. Steinheil, 1902. Deschamps (Maurice) [1883- ]. *Depopulation de la France; mortalite infantile, ignorance et misere. 58 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 344. Deschamps (Paul) [1889- ]. *Les postes chi- rurgicaux avances dans la guerre de tranchees (1915). 55 pp. 8°. Paris, 1916, No. 75. [Deschamps (Pierre) [1821-1906].] Dictionnaire de geographie ancienne et moderne a l'usage du libraire et de 1'amateur de livres. Par un biblio- phile, viii, 1,592 cols. 8°. Paris, Firmin Didot freres, 1870. ------& Brunet (Gustave). Manuel du libraire et de 1'amateur de livres. Supplement contenant (1) un complement du dictionnaire bibliogra- phique de M. J.-Ch. Brunet, et (2) la table raisonnee des articles. 2 v. Paris, Firrnin- Didot dc Cie., 1878-1880. Deschamps (Rachel-Marie-Elisabeth) [1876- ]. *Le rire hysterique. 79 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1905, No. 85. Deschaseux (Alphonse) [1865- ]. *Le fieau alcoolique et l'etat. 67 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 420. Deschere (Martin) [1848-1902.] Homoeopathy in its relation to infant feeding. 13 pp. 8°. New York, [1895.1 For Biography, see Homoeop. Eye, Ear & Throat J., N. Y., 1902, viii, 301, port. Also: N. Am. J. Homceop., N. Y., 1902, 3. s., xvii, 523, port. Also: Tr. Am. Inst. Ho- moeop., Chicago, 1903, 731, port (C. A. Weirick). Also: Tr. Homoeop. M. Soc. N. Y., Rochester, 1903, xxxviii, 263 (J. Hutchinson). Deschiens (Ed.) ^Contribution a l'etude de l'acide hypophosphorique et des hypophosphates. 124 pp. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 8. Ecole de pharmacie. Deschiens (Robert) [1893- ]. *Les ententes a giardia (lamblia). 83 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Paris, 1921, No. 546. von Deschwanden (Felix) [1889- ]. *Ueber Elephantiasis scroti beim Hunde. 18 pp. 8°. Giessen, Nitschkowski, 1919. von Deschwanden (Gallus). *Klinische Beitrage zur Aether-Narcose. [Bern.] 122 pp. 8°. Sarnen, J. Muller, 1902. 45 DE SCHWEINITZ. 452 DESERTERS. De Schweinitz. See de Schweinitz. Desclaux (Jean-Marie-Dominique) [1881- ]. *Etude anatomo-clinique des kystes synoviaux du mollet et de l'articulation peroneo-tibiale superieure. 54 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1907, No. 14. Desclaux (Louis). *Les nerfs oculo-moteurs dans l'hemipiegie organique de l'adulte. 53 pp. 8°. Paris, 1903, No. 440. Desclozeaux (Emile). Considerations sur la rupture precoce de la poche des eaux. 114 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 432. Descceudres (Francis). *Du prognostic et du traitement de la tuberculose du genou. 91 pp., 11. 8°. Geneve, Ch. Zcellner, 1905. Descoffre (Pierre-Louis) [1876- ]. *Etude sur les levures cenogenes des Charentes. 128 pp. 4°. Bordeaux, 1904, No. 20. Descoings (Adolphe) [1867-1902]. Qulntard (E.) Discours. Arch. med. d'Angers, 1902 vi, 183-187. Also: Lutte antituberc, Par., 1902, iii, 151-154] Descola (Paul). ^Contribution a l'etude des troubles de la volonte chez le neurasthenique. 93 pp. 8°. • Paris, 1908, No. 193. Descombes (Volcy) [1877- ]. *Contribution a 1'etude de la technique et des resultats de la fulguration. 56 pp. 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 456. Descombins (M.) [1883- ]. *Le cacodylate de soude a doses massives et espacees dans le traite- ment de la tuberculose pulmonaire. 40 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1911, No. 134. Descomps (A.) *Quelques combinaisons des acides chloranilique et bromanilique avec les hydrazines. 31 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1900. Ecole de pharmacie. ------. * Analyse de vins recoltes en 1907 dans les regions de Beaucaire, Tarascon, St.-Laurent- d'Aigouze et la Camargue. 46 pp. 8°. Mont- pellier, 1908, No. 58. Ecole de pharmacie. Descomps (Paul). *Sur un nouveau procede de dosage de l'urobiline et de la stercobiline. 96 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 412. Descomps (Pierre) [1875- ]. *Anatomie de l'espace maxillo-amygdalien; region sous-angulo maxillaire. 77 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 128. ------. Le tronc coeliaque; recherches d'anatomie chirurgicale sur les arteres de l'abdomen. 208 pp., 37 pi. 4°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1910. See, also, SebUeau (Pierre) & Descomps (Pierre). Mala- dies des organes genitaux, [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1916. ------& Gibert (Paul). Les otites moyennes et leur complications; avec une preface de P Sebileau. 3 p. 1., 256 pp. 8°. Paris, G. Stein- heil, 1912. Desconseillez (Auguste-Leon) [1876- ]. *Des indications et des resultats de la resection du condyle du maxillaire inferieur. 79 pp 8° Lille, 1902, No. 111. Descos (Andre) [1876- ]. *Le sero-diagnostic de la tuberculose chez les enfants. 311 pp 8° Lyon, 1902, No. 7. Des Costils (Francois). Sonnets (1904-1910). Ill pp. 4°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1910. Descottes (Edouard). Contribution a l'etude de la medecine sur les bancs de Terre-Neuve (etude historique et critique). 82 pp. 8°. Paris, 1919 No. 63. Descoust (Jacqueau). *La medecine au theatre dans les temps modernes. 200 pp 11 8° Paris, 1905, No. 47. Descrimes (J.) *Traitement chirurgical du trachome. 62 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1903, No. 499. Description exacte des os compris en ces trois traitez: I. Nouvelles observations anatomiques sur les os . . . par Jean Joseph Cortial. II. L'art de guerir les maladies des os . . . par J. L Description—continued. Petit. III. Dissertation sur la nourriture des os . . . par M. Louis Lemery. 2 1., 1 pi. 16°. a Leide, chez T. Haak, 1709. Description of galvanic instruments for medical electrization. Designed by Herbert Tibbits and made and sold by Thomas Hawksley. 10 pp. 8°. London, Baxter dc Co., 1876. Descriptive and illustrated catalogue of the phys- iological series of comparative anatomy con- tained in the museum of the Royal College of Surgeons of England. 2. ed. v. 1. xlix, 160 pp., 14 pi. 8°. London, Taylor dc Francis, 1900. Descriptive pamphlet of the Loomis Sanatorium. For the treatment of tuberculosis. 48 pp. obi. 16°. [n. p., n. d.] Descubes (Martial-Marie-Francis) [1886- ]. Contribution a l'etude de l'entero-colite dysen- teriforme de la premiere enfance. [Paris.] 57 pp. 8°. Limoges, 1911, No. 153. Descuns (Marcel). *Contribution a l'etude du sarcome de la prostate. 62 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1912, No. 987. Descusses (Georges). *Etude sur l'operation cesarienne et l'accouchement methodiquement rapide post-mortem et pendant l'agonie. 84 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 162. Desdouits (Francis) [1877- ]. *Formes et nature de la spieno-pneumonie. 92 pp., 1 1. 8°. Montpellier, 1902, No. 9. Desdouity (Alphonse). *Les colonies de va- cances; etude d'hygiene sociale. 235 pp. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 262. —---. The same. 236 pp. 8°. Paris, BonvaloU Jouve, 1906. Deseglise (Pierre-Jean). *L'infantilisme tardif de l'adulte. 119 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 288. De Seigneux (Raoul). See de Seigneux. Deselaers (Hubert) [1885- ]. *Anatomische Untersuchung eines Falles von Situs viscerum inversus totalis. 46 pp. 8°. Strassburg i. E., Mtih dc Cie., 1912. De Selys-Longchamps (Marc). Developpement postembryonnaire et affinites des Phoronis. 150 pp., 7 pi. 4°. Bruxelles, Hayez, 1904. Forms fasc. i of: Acad. roy. de Belg. CI. d. sc. Mem. Collect, in 4°, Brux., 1904, i. Deseniss (Albert Percy) [1878- ]. *Ueber Funktionsstorungen des Kiefergelenks mit be- sonderer Berucksichtis:ung der Kieferklemme. 62 pp., 11. 8°. Munchen, C. Wolf dc Sohn, 1902. Deseniss (Paul). *Zur Frage der gutartigen (hypertrophischen) Pylorusstenose. 29 pp. 8°. Tubingen, F. Pietzker, 1898. Desensitization. See Anaphylaxis (Prevention of). Deserters. See, also, Armies; Medicine (Military); Psy- chosis in soldiers; Psychoneurosis in soldiers; Psychology (Morbid) in soldiers; Sodiers (De- fective and delinquent). Meier (M. [W. A.J) *Fahnenflucht und un- erlaubteEntfernungimKriege. 8°. Bonn, 1918. Minor ([L. 1\] W.) *Die irreniirztliche Be- gutachtung der Straftat der "unerlaubten Ent- fernung" im Sinne des Art. 51 R.-Str.-G.-B. [Marburg.] 8°. [Wiesbaden], 1917. de Boer (J.) Desertie en vagabondage. Mil.-geneesk. Tijdschr., Haarlem 1917, xxi, 149-167—Byloff (F.) Ueber don Beweggrund der Fahnenflucht (Desertion). Arch. f. Kriminol., Leipz., 1918, lxix, 161-185.—Courbon (P.) & Elssen (J.) Desertion et troubles mentaux au d£but du service militaire chez un mulAtro romanichel. Bull. Soc. clin. de med. ment., Par., 1922, x, 266-269.—Euzlere (J.) & Margarot (J.) Un aspect particulier de la responsabilite dans le crime de desertion. Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1922, 4. s., xxxvii, 50-54—Ferrari (G. C.) II "pellandronismo;'' osservazioni di psicologia para-militare. Riv. di psicol., DESERTERS. 453 DESIGNOLLE. Deserters. Bologna, 1917, xiii, 73-86.—Hesnard. Rapport medical sur un cas de desertion chez un anormal; perverti sexuel. Arch, de m&l. et pharm. nav., Par.. 1921, cxi, 193-200.—von Hdsslin (C.) Ueber Fahnenflucnt. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat., Berl., 1919, xlvi, 344-355.—Kleist (K.) & Wissmann (F.) Zur Psychopathologie der unerlaubten Entfernung und verwandter Straftaten. Allg. Ztschr. f. Psychiat. [etc.], Berl. & Leipz., 1920, lxxvi, 30-88.—Milian. Desertion ou fugue? Paris mdd., 1915-16, xvii, 11-13.— Munson (E. L.) Military absenteeism in war, with special reference to the relation of the medical department thereto. Mil. Surgeon, Wash., 1912, xxxi, 1-27. Also, Re- print.—POnitz (K.) Psychologie und Psychopathologie der Fahnenflucht im Kriege. Arch. f. Kriminol., Leipz., 1917, lxviii, 260-281.—Reichel (H.) Desertion und Landes- verweisung. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. KJiminalist., Leipz., 1915, lxiv, 291-293.—Ronde (M.) Ein Beitrag zur Psychologie der Fahnenflucht. Allg. Ztschr. f. Psychiat. [etc.], Berl.. 1911, lxviii, 337-352.—Sacchini (G.) II reato "diserzione" nei soldati ricoverati nell' Ospedale militare psichiatrico di Mombello. Arch, di antrop. crim. [etc.], Torino, 1917, xxxvui, 284-304.—Storch. (A.) Beitrage zur Psychopathologie der unerlaubten Entfernung und Fahnen- flucht im Felde. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol. & Psychiat., Berl., 1919, xlvi, 348-367.—Tausk CV.) Zur Psychologie des Deserteurs. Internat. Ztschr. f. arztl. Psychoanal., Leipz., 1916-17, iv, 193; 229.—Woodbury (E. N.) Causes for military desertion; a study in criminal motives. J. Am. Inst.... Criminol., Chicago, 1921-2, xii, 213-222. Deserts. See, also, Climate; Geography; Water (Supply of). MacDougal (D. T.) The Salton Sea; a study of the geography, the geology, the floristics, and the ecology of a desert basin. 4°. Washington, 1914. Bickel (A.), Loewy (A.) & Wohlgemuth. Ueber die Blutzuszmmensetzung im Wustenklima. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1919, lxvi, 1324.—Determann (H.) Ueber das Wustenklima. Jahresk. f. arztl. Fortbild., Munchen, 1914, 9. Hft., 27-50.-----. Ueber Charakter und physiologische Wirkung des Wiistenklimas. Veroffentl. d. balneol. Ge- sellsch. in Berl., 1914, xxxv, 220-229.—Felkin (R. W.) Desert camps; a proposed method of treatment. Treatment Lond., 1905-6, ix, 809-811.—Grabham (G. W.) Notes on some recent contributions to the study of desert water-sup- plies. Cairo Sc. J., 1910, iv, 166-174.—Grober. Unter- suchungen iiber die Blutzusammensetzung im Wusten- klima. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1919, lxvi, 1043-1046. Also [Abstr.]: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1920, xlvi, 110.—Loewy (A.) Ueber den Stoffwechsel im Wustenklima. Ztschr. f. Balneol., Klimat. [etc.], Berl. & Wien, 1916-17, ix, 43-48.—Schweitzer (E.) Ueber den Einfluss des Wustenklimas auf die motorische Leistungs- fahigkeit. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1921, lviii, 102.—Wohlge- muth (J.) Ueber die Zusammensetzung des Blutes und iiber das Verhalten des Blutdruckes im Wustenklima. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1917, lxxix, 290-301. Desery (Albert) [1874- ]. Contribution a l'etude du traitement dietetique de l'epilepsie. 72 pp., 1 1. 8°. Montpellier, G. Firmin, 1903, No. 45. Desfarges (Gerard) [1891- ]. *Les pyodermites et leurs traitements. 75 pp. 8°. Paris, 1920, No. 525. Desfoddes (P.) Editor of: Presse medicale, Par., 1913. Desforges-Mariel (E.) *Essai sur le traitement operatoire du cancer du rectum. 142 pp., 3 pi., 11. 8°. Toulouse, 1897, No. 227. Desfosses (Paul). *Manuel operatoire de la gastro-enterostomie posterieuse trans-meso-co- lique (procede de von Hacker). 98 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 160. See, also, Turner (Theodore) & Desfosses (Paul). Petite chirurgie pratique [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1914.—Turner (T.) & Desfosses (P.) [in 1. s.]. Petite chirurgie [etc.]. 8°. Parts, 1903. ------& Oberg (Mme. Burman). La gymnastique respiratoire chez les enfants. 32 pp. 8°. Paris, Masson dc Cie., [1911]. CEuvre m6d.-chir., Par., 1911, No. 64. ------& Vitoux (G.) L'enseignement medical a Paris, a l'usage des medecins. 128 pp., 1 map. 8°. Paris, Masson dc Cie., 1912-13. Desfourniaux (J.) [1872- ]. *Recherche et dosage des nitrites dans les eaux. 46 pp., 1 1. 8°. Lyon, 1902, No. 17. Ecole de pharmacie. Desgenettes (Rene - Nicolas - Dufriche) [1762-1837]. Gazel (L.) *Le Baron des Genettes (1762- 1837); notes biographiques. 8°. Paris, 1912. Also [Abstr.] in: Repert. de m&l. internat., Par., 1913, iii, fasc. 26, 16-26. Nicolle (C.) Necrologie. Rev. mecl. de Normandie, Rouen, 1900, 475-477, port.—Roger (J.) Biography. In his: Les mecl. normands [etc.], 8°, Par., 1895, ii, 235-238, port.—Trlaire (P.) La jeunesse de Des Genettes; Bona- parte et Des Genettes. France med., Par., 1903,1, 137-142. Desgeorges (Pierre). Contribution a l'etude de l'idiotie mongolienne. 91 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 296. Desgouttes (Louis) [1877- ]. Considerations pratiques sur le traitement des fractures des os longs. 86 pp., 11. 8°. Lyon, 1904, No. 6. Des Gouttes (Paul). Editor of: Bulletin international des socieM;6s de la Croix- Rouge. Geneve, 1907-18. Desgranges (Albert). *Les transplantations de cartilage dans la chirurgie reparatrice du crane d'apres Morestin. 247 pp., 15 pi. 8°. Paris, 1919, No. 77. ------. The same. 243 pp., 19 pi. Paris, A. Maloine dc fils, 1919. Des Guidi (Sebastien-Gaetan-Salvador). Letter to the physicians of France on homoeopathy; transl. from the French by William Channing. 32 pp. 8°. New York, M. Bancroft, 1834. Desguin (Leon). La septicemie a pneumocoques (pneumococcose). 219 pp. 8 . Bruxelles, Hayez, 1908. Desguin (Louis). Le massage dans le traitement des fractures des membres. 155 pp.; iii pp., 31 pi. roy. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere dc fils, 1907. Deshayes (Gaston). Contribution a l'etude des streptococcies par thrombo-phiebite du sinus lateral d'origine auriculaire. 80 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 133. Deshayes (Georges). Contribution a l'etude clinique des phlegmons peri-articulaires du genou. 101 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 651. Deshayes (Joseph). Contribution a l'etude de la meningite cerebro-spinale otitique. 132 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 192. Deshon (George Durfee) [1864-1917]. Obituary. Boston M. & S. J., 1917, clxxvii, 60. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, lxix, 137. Also: J. Iowa State M. Soc, Des Moines, 1917, vii, 351, port. Also: Mil. Surg., Wash., 1917, xh, 511. Deshusses (Louis-Etienne) [1877- ]. *Etude sur les monstres ceiosomiens. 152 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Lille, 1903, No. 142. Desiccation. See, also, Laboratories (Methods and appa- ratus). Bouillot (J.) Appareil de laboratoire permettant de dessecher rapidement les composes orgamques sans les alterer. J. de pharm. et chim., Par., 1923, 7. s., xxvii, 23- 28.—Dover (Mary V.) & Marden (J. W.) A comparison of the efficiency of'some common desiccants. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa., 1917, xxxix, 1609-1616.—Hansbrand (E.) A new method of desiccation; how liquids readily decom- posable by heat may be dried. Scient. Am. Suppl., N. Y., 1908, lxvi, 278.—Pitfield (R. L.) Desiccation as a therapeu- tic measure. Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1913, 3. s., xxix, 159.—Robertson (T. B.) & Schmidt (C. L. A.) An electrically heated vacuum desiccator. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1916, xxii, 429-431. Also, Reprint—Shackell (L. F.) An improved method of desiccation, with some applications to biological problems. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1909, xxiii, 325-340. Desiderio (Achille). Esame di un giudizio dato intorno ad alcuni fatti relativi al solfato di chinina, e nuovi sperimenti sul medesimo. 40 pp. 8°. Venezia, tipogr. Andreolo, 1843. [P., v. 2233.1 Designolle (Andre) [1890- ]. Contribution a l'etude de la secretion lactee et de l'allaitement dans les maladies aigues de la nourrice. 87 pp. 8°. Paris, 1920, No. 314. DE SILVA. 454 DES MOULINS. De Silva (William Henry) [1868-1908]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, i, 1209. De Silvestir (Antonio). Le leggi dell' eredita nella produzione del bestiame. 201 pp., 1 1. 8°. Torino, 1883. De SUvestri (Enrico). Come si evita e si cura la tubercolosi. vii, 404, 16 pi., 1 1. 8°. Torino, H. Rind; 1906. Desinfektion. Monatsschrift. v. 1-5, 1908-12. 8°. Berlin. Desinfektionsanweisung bei Aussatz (Lepra). Festgestellt in der Sitzung des Bundesrats vom 21. Marz 1907. Amtl. Ausg. 14 pp. 12°. Berlin, R. Schoetz, 1907. Desinfektionsanweisung bei Fleckfieber (Fleck- typhus). Festgestellt in der Sitzung des Bundes- rats vom 21. Miirz 1907. Amtl. Ausg. 15 pp. 12°. Berlin, R. Schoetz, 1907. Desinfektionsanweisung bei Pest. Festgestellt in der Sitzung des Bundesrats vom 21. Marz 1907. Amtl. Ausg. 16 pp. 12°. Berlin, R. Schoetz, 1907. Desinfektionsanweisung bei Pocken (Blattern). Festgestellt in der Sitzung des Bundesrats vom 21. Marz 1907. Amtl. Ausg. 15 pp. 12°. Berlin, R. Schoetz, 1907. Desing (Christian Georg) [1869- ]. *Beitrage zur Entstehung der Tumoren nach Trauma im Anschluss an einen Fall von Fibro-Sarcoma cruris. 28 pp., 1 1. 8°. Munchen, C. Wolf dc Sohn. 1901. Desir (J.-D.) [1866- ]. *Des causes de la hernie inguinale recidivee. 94 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 535. Desirat (Alexandre-Joseph) [1873- ]. Contri- bution a l'etude de quelques complications rares du zona ophtalmique; nevrite ophtique, ophtal- moplegies, paralvsies eioignees. 58 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1903, No. 126. Desjacques (Georges) [1889- ]. *Etude des fonctions renales chez la femme enceinte albu- minurique. 55 pp. 8°. Paris, 1920, Xo. 420. Desjardin (Edmond-Albert) [1873- ]. *Du pneumothorax dans la pneumonie et la broncho- pneumonie. 155 pp. 8°. Nancy, A. Crepin- Leblond, 1900, Xo. 23. Desjardin (Jean) [1877- ]. *De l'cedeme aigu du poumon chez les femmes enceintes. 55 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 269. Desjardins (Abel). *Etude sur les pancreatites. 206 pp., 6 pi., 11. 8°. Paris, 1905, Xo. 142. ------. Thesame. 206 pp., 5 pi., 11. 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil. 1905. See, also, Sobotta (Johannes). Atlas d'anatomie [etc.]. 4°. Paris, 1905. Desjardins (G. Henry) [1848-1915]. Obituary. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1914-15, xlviii, 371. Desjardins (Louis-Edouard) [1837- 1919]. [Biography.] Rev. med. du Canada. Montreal, 1902-3, vi, 362.—Roy (J. N.) Necrologie. Bull. Med. de Quebec, 1918-19, xx, 286. Desjars (Frederic). *Les recits imaginaires chez les hysteriques. 44 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1899, Xo. 456., Desjeux (Edouard) [1877- ]. *De Palimentation par le lait cru chez l'enfant a l'etat de sante et a l'etat de maladie. [Paris.] 154 pp., 14 ch 8°. Tours. 1904, No. 501. Deslions (Leon). *De l'ophtalmie sympathique attenuee. 110 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907," Xo. 46. Deslon (Charles). See d'Eslon. Desmarest (Ernest). *Le cancer du ccecum 149 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 199. ------. The same. 149 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Paris, G. Jacques, 1908. Desmarez (A.) Guide de la sante. Notions d'hygiene et conseils pratiques de pharmacie et de medecine, suivis des soins a donner aux enfants en bas age. 171 pp. 16°. Gand, I. Vanderpoorten, 1901. Desmaroux (Georges) [1883- ]. *Des diffi- cultes de 1'abaissement du pied anterieur dans la presentation du siege decomplete; mode des fesses. 124 pp. 8°. Lyon. 1910, No. 23. Desmaroux (Lucien; [1S72- 1. *Etude critique des precedes depuration industrielle des eaux d'alimentation. 72 pp., 6 1. 8°. Paris, 1898 Xo. 265. Desmarquest (Joseph). *La radiotherapie appli- qu6e au traitement des sarcomes. Ill pp. 8° Paris, 1906, Xo. 106. Desmarres (Louis-Auguste) [1810-82], Petit (P.) [Biographv.) Rev. med. de Normandie, Rouen, 1901, 229-232, port.—Shastid (T. H.) [Biography.] In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914. v 3852-3854. Desmars (Francois). *Pneumonie du sommet chez l'enfant. 96 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908. Xo. 302. Desmier (L.) *De I'impaludisme dans les marais de la basse Vendee. 76 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1897, Xo. 82. Desmognathus. Wilder (Inez W.) The hie history of Desmognathus fusca. Biol. BulL, Woods Hole, Mass., 1912-13, xxiv, 251: 293, 6 pi.-----. On the breeding habits of Desmognathus fusca. Ibid., 1917, xxxii, 13-20. Desmoires (A.) *De la teneur en iode des aigues de Bretagne; differents modes d'extraction de l'iode; etat actuel de la question. Ill pp. 8° Montpellier. 1917, Xo. 105. DesmoHns (F.) *Xephrorraphie- resultats nom- breux et eioignes. 80 pp. 8 . Paris, 1904, Xo. 231. Desmonceaux (Abbe) [1734-1S06]. Shastid (T. H.) [Biography.] In: Am. Encvcl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1§14, v, 3854-3856. * Desmond (SheilaV .Esculapius in Ireland, pp 423-432. s. London, 1907. Cutting from: MacMillan's Mag., Lond., 1907, n. s., il. Desmonena (Carolus Xicolaus). An rachitidi tonioa? 12 pp. 8°. Cadorni, apud J. C. Pyron, 1755. Desmons (Bernard) [1S73- ]. Contribution a l'etude des injections salines intraveineuses et sous-cutanees. 76 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898. Xo. 360. ------. Hygiene du ceiibat. 314 pp. 12°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere dc tils, 1901. Desmons (J.-B.) Contribution a l'etude de la conjontivite rhumatismale. 39 pp. 8° Lille, 1905, Xo. 10. Desmonts (Lea) [nee Freid] [1884- ]. *Du traitement par la galvanisation des douleurs per- sistantes a la suite de "pieds geies.'' 36 pp. 8°. Montpellier. 1915. Xo. 22. Desmonts (Paul-Emile) [1884- ]. *Le col de la vessie chez l'homme (etude anatomique). 97 pp.. 4 pi. 8°. Montpellier, 1911, Xo. 40. Desmouliere (Albert) [1875- ]. *La cvstinurie. 144 pp.. 2 ch. , 8°. Paris, 1911. Xo. 328. Desmouliere (Emile). *Etude sur le dosage de l'acide citrique dans le lait. 80 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, Xo. 17. Desmoullns (Albert). *Valeur comparative des anastomoses musculo-tendineuses et des trans- plantations periostales direchs dans le traite- ment du pied hot paralvtique. 53 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908. Xo. 398. Des Moulins (JeanV Ser Muttloll [Matthlolus] (Pietro Andrea) [in 2. s.]. Comment aires sur les six livres de Ped. Dioscoride Anazar- been [etc.]. fol. Lyon, 1572. DESNIER. 455 DESPREZ. Desnier (Georges). *Les tumeurs du ligament rond. 45 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 408. Desnos (Ernest) [1852- ]. Traitements mo- dernes de l'hypertrophie de la prostate. 39 pp. 8°. Paris, Masson dc Cie., 1901. CEuvre m4d.-chir., Par., 1901, No. 27. See, also, Encyclopedic francaise d'urologie [etc.] 4°. Paris, 1914. ------ & Minet (H.) Traite des maladies des voies urinaires. v, 1093 pp.,.8 pi. 8°. Paris, O. Doin dcfils, 1909. Desnos (Paul) [1885- ]. *La meningite aigue syphilitique. 91 pp. 86. Paris, 1910, No. 76. Desnoues (Robert) [1882- ]. *Doit-on con- server 1'accouchement premature provoque dans le traitement de la dystocie par oassin retreci? 130 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 353. Desogus (Roberto). Osservazioni cliniche sul glaucoma e sua operabilita. 30 pp. 8°. Cagliari- Sassari, G. Dessi, 1902. ------. Nota chirurgica sulla cantoplastica. 9 pp. 8°. Cagliari-Sassari, G. Dessi, 1903. ------. Resoconto statistico delle operazioni di cataratta. 32 pp. 8°. Cagliari-Sassari, G. Dessi, 1903. ------. Un caso di tubercolosi della ghiandola lagrimale. 10 pp. 8°. Palermo, Stefano dc Co., 1904. ------. H processo Angelucci per la correzione della ptosi paralitica della palpebra superiore; contributo clinico personale. 21 pp. 8 . Cag- liari-Sassari, G. Dessi, 1904. ------. Ospedale civile di Cagliari. La sezione oculistica nei biennio 1903-4. 25 pp. 8°. Cagliari-Sassari, G. Dessi, 1905. Desormeaux (Guy-Baguenier). Contribution a l'etude physiologique de quelques ethers. 88 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 360. Desormeaux (Raoul). *Preservation des nour- rices et des nourrissons contre la syphilis. 87 pp. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 306. Desortzew (Paul) [1884- ]. *Ueber Perfora- tion der Gallenblase in die freie Bauchhohle. 37 pp. 8°. Berlin, H. Blanke, 1910. Desourteaux(Francois-Marie-Louise-Emile-Jean). Contribution a l'etude anatomo-clinique des tu- meurs de l'ethmo'ide et en particulier de leurs complications oculo-orbitaires. 77 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1903, No. 150. Desourteaux (Paul) [1872- ]. *Traitement de la pneumonie par la digitale a hautes doses. 58 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 432. Desoutter (Ceiestin). *Des recidives precoces de la luxation traumatique de la hanche. 70 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 304. Desoutter (Robert) [1888- ]. *Etude sur le fonctionnement renal au cours de la polyurie hypophysaire. 76 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Paris, 1921, Xo. 455. Despagnet (Felix) [ -1902]. Bauvols (A.) [Biography.] France m6d.. Par., 1902, xhx, 349.—[Biography.] Gaz. me"d. de Par., 1902.12. s., n, 293.—Galezowski. [Obituary.] Rec. d'opht., Par., 1902, 3. s., xxiv, 513-515. Despard (Louise L.) Handbook of massage for beginners, xvi, 247 pp. 8°. London, H. Frowde [etc.], 1915. ------. The same. Textbook of massage and remedial gymnastics. 2. ed. xxi, 413 pp. 8°. London, H. Frowde, Hodder dc Stoughton, 1920. Despars (Jacques) [1457- ]. Wickershelmer (E.) Un manuscrit de Jacques Despars. France m&l., Par., 1910, lvii, 1-8. Also, Reprint. Desperies (Paul) [1882- ]. *De la dilatation bronchique chez les jeunes. 62 pp. 8°. Mont- pellier, 1910, No. 74. Despin (Jean-Bernard) [1889- ]. Contribution a 1'etude de l'hypertrophie congenitale des membres. 66 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1914, No. 89. D'Espine ([Jean-Henri-]Adolphe) & Picot (C.) Traite pratique des maladies de l'enfance. 6. ed., entierement refondue du Manuel des maladies de l'enfance. viii, 996 pp. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere dcfils, 1900. Despine (Prosper) [1812- ]. Etude scientifique sur le somnambullsme, sur les phenomenes qu'il presente et sur son action therapeutique dans eertaines maladies nerveuses; du r61e important qu'il joue dans l'epilepsie, dans l'hysterie et dans les nevroses dites extraordinaires. 425 pp. 8°. Paris, F. Sayy, 1880. Despinez (Francois) [1860- ]. *Du menthol dans le traitement des vomissements de la tuber- culose pulmonaire. 58 pp., 1 1. 8°. Lyon, 1898, No. 48. Desplantez (Maurice) [1887- ]. Contribution a la semeiologie de l'insufEsance aortique; in- suffisances aortiques sans souffle et pseudo-insuf- fisances aortiques. 98 pp. 8°. Paris, 1912, No. 455. Desplas (Bernard-Marie-Laurent) > [1884- ]. indications operatoires et technique de l'ope- ration de Wertheim pour cancer du col de Tuterus. 64 pp. 8°. Paris, 1914, No. 3. See, also, Pollcard (A.) & Deplas (B.) A propos de la mise en Evidence [etc.J. 4°. [n. p.], 1917. Desplats (Henri) [1843-1912]. *Des paralysies peripheriques. 99 pp. 8°. Paris, A. Delahaye, 1875. [P., v. 2267.] Concours. For Biography, see J. d. sc. m6d. de Lille, 1913, 5 (A. Besson). Also: Paris me"d. 1912-13, x, 281. Desplats (Rene-Louis-Joseph) [1876- ]. Con- tribution a l'etude de Fimmunite vaccinale (essais de serotherapie de la variole). 99 pp. 8°. Lille, 1903, No. 121. ------ & Wickham (Roger). Pratique de la radioscopie au front. 34 pp. 12°. Paris, Vigot freres, 1918. Desportes (Charles-Leon-Joseph) [1882- ]. *Etude experimentale sur un nouveau procede de cuti-reaction a la tuberculine (procede Lau- tier). 83 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1908, No. 104. Desportes (Eugene). *De la suture osseuse dans le traitement des fractures de Poiecrane; indica- tions, resultats. 100 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, Xo. 434. Desportes (Eugene-Henri) [1782-1875]. Delaunay. Le dernier des iatro-chimistes: Eugfene- Henri Desportes. Bull. Soc. franc, d'hist. de la m£d., Par., 1921, xv, 337-368. Desportes (Pierre) [1868- ]. *Pseudo-coxalgie; coxalgie de croissance. 88 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1899, No. 117. Despotoff (Veiu) [1881- ]. *Des adenites geniennes infectieuses. 37 pp., 11. 8°. Mont- pellier, 1906, No. 3. Desprairies (Henri) [1885- ]. *Une modifica- tion rare des urines (alcaptonurie). 83 pp. 8°. Paris, 1912, No. 34. Despres [Charles-Denis] [1805-60]. *De la valeur des recherches microscopiques en anatomie. 23 pp. 4°. Paris, E. Bautruche, 1846. Despres ([Eugene-]Armand) [1834-96]. Segond (P.) [Biography.] Bull, et me"m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1901, n. s., xxvii, 85-102. Also: Gaz. d. h6ri., Par., 1901, lxxiv, 121-127. Also: Presse med., Par., 1901, i, annexes, 52-55. Desprets (Henry). *Essai sur les brulures ocu- laires par agents chimiques. [Paris.] 52 pp. 8°. Lille, 1920, No. 399. Desprez (Florian-Louis-Francois) [1885- ]. Contribution a l'etude du reactif de Thevenon DESPREZ. 456 D'ESTE. Desprez (Florian-Louis-Francois)—continued. (ses applications a la recherche clinique du sang). 30 pp. 8°. Lille, 1919, No. 4. Desprez (Georges). *Etude sur le chaulmoogra, l'huile de chaulmoogra et l'acide gynocardique au point de vue botanique, ehimique et phar- maceutique. 80 pp., lpl. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 13. Ecole de pharmacie. See, also, Bories (A.) & Desprez (G.) Contribution a l'etude therapeutique de l'huile de chaulmoogra [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1898. Despujols (Benoit). Contribution a l'etude de la meningite . cerebro-spinale epidemique a forme chronique. 83 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1912, No. 28. Despujols (Bertrand-Raoul) [1882- ]. *De l'abaissement du cceur, consecutif aux stenoses des voies respiratoires superieures. 99 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1910, No. 40. Desqueyroux (Jean-Martial-Joseph) [1884- ]. Contribution a l'etude du tabes senile. 116 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1909, No. 102. Desquiens (Louis). *Phlegmatia alba dolens du membre superieur chez les asystoliques. 66 pp. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 37. Des-Rivieres (Joannes-Baptista-Geffrey). *An aperientia semper, crusta alba supra sanguinis coagulum praesente, praescribere; absente, pro- hibere decet. 4 pp. 8°. Cadorni, J. C. Pyron, 1755. Desroches (Ameiie). Hygiene de l'alimentation et proprietes chimiques des aliments, suivi d'un cours theorique sur l'art culinaire. xix, 490 pp., 11. 8°. Neuville, Co. dePortneuf, [Canada], 1912. Desrousseaux (Paul-Auguste-Joseph) [1879- ]. *Tuberculose pulmonaire consecutive aux trau- matismes thoraciques. 84 pp. 8°. Lille, 1903, No. 137. Desruelles (Maurice-Eugene-Marie-Leon) [1882- ]. Contribution a l'etude clinique des troubles mentaux chez les tabetiques (travail du service de M. le professeur-agrege Raviart). 198 pp. 8°. Lille, 1911, No. 37. , Dessaigne (Sylvain) [1874- _ ]. *Etude clinique des formes du cancer primitif de la vesicule biliaire et en particulier de la forme pseudo- pylorique. 66 pp., 11. 8°. Lyon, 1900, No. 179. Dessaix (Jean) [1880- _ ]. _ *Les ferments lac- tiques dans l'auto-intoxication et dans les affec- tions intestinales. 55 pp. 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 328. Dessaix (Joseph-Marie) [1764-1834]. [Biography.] Chron. Med., Par., 1909, xvi, 698-703, port. Dessalle (Jean-Joseph-Urbain) [1879- ]. *Des tumeurs periees de l'iris. 69 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1904, No. 95. Dessart (E.) Monographie des ecritures comp- tables d'un sanatorium, pouvant s'appliqurr aux maisons de sante, cliniques, pensionnats, hfitels, etc. 72 pp. 8°. Paris, H. Dunod dc E. Pinat, [1911]. Dessart (Jean-Baptiste) [1832-1908]. Hendrickx (F.) [et al.]. Mort de M. le professeur 6merite" Jean-Baptiste Dessart. Ann. de mdd. v£t., Brux., 1908 lvii, 361-382, incl. bibliog., port. Dessauer (Adolf) [1885- ]. *Ueber Myetitis hamorrhagica. [Miinchen.] 14 pp. 8°. Wies- baden, J. F. Bergmann, 1911. Dessauer (Alfred) [1878- 1. *TJeber Sinus- thrombose bei Scharlach und Masern. 41 pp 8°. Munchen, C. Wolf dc Sohn, 1906. Dessauer (Alois). *Trunkenheit und Trunksucht im Vorentwurf zu einem deutschen Strafgesetz- buch. 103 pp. 8°. Greifswald, E. Panzig, 1913. von Dessauer (Erwin). *Beitrage zur Kasuistik der Neurofibrome. 18 pp. 8s. Munchen, J. ■ Schon, 1887. Dessauer (Friedrich). Ein Beitrag zur Einfuh- rung physikalischer Methoden in Kranken- hausern. 35 pp. 8°. Berlin, Demcker. 1904. ------. Gesammelte Aufsatze. 8°. Wurzburg, Curt Kabitzsch, 1905-8. I. Rontgenologisches Hilfsbuch. vi, 136 pp., 1905. II. Heilende Strahlen. iv, 99 pp., 1908. ------. Radium, Mesothorium und harte X- Strahlung und die Grundlagen ihrer medizini- sehen Anwendung, mit einem Beitrage aus dem koniglichen Institut fiir experimentelle Thera- pie. 156 pp. 8°. Leipzig, O. Nemnich, 1914. ------& Franze (C. Paul). Die Physik im Dienste der Medizin mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Strahlungen. viii, 144 pp. 12°. Kempten dc Munchen, J. Kosel, 1906. ------ & Wiesmer (Bernard). Leitfaden des Rontgen-Yerfahrens; unter Mitwirkung von A. Blencke [et al.], hrsg. von Fr. Dessauer & B. Wiesner. 4. umg. und verm. Aufl. xii, 366 pp. 4 pi. 8°. Leipzig, O. Nemnich, 1911. Dessauer (Joseph) [1887- ]. Ceber die Hei- lung der Bauchfelltuberkulose bei konservativer Behandlung. 47 pp. 8°. Wurzburg, F. Stau- denraus, 1914. Dessauer (Paul) [1878- ]. Ceber Venen- thrombose, nebst einem Fall von marantischer Thrombose. 34 pp., 1 1. 8°. Erlangen, Junge dc Sohn, 1904. Dessauvages (Louis) [1893- ]. *La maladie par morsure de rat (sodoku des Japonais'. 171 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1917, No. 19. Dessein (Arthur). *L'exantheme dans le tvphus. 44 pp. 8°. Paris, 1921, Xo. 436. Dessert (Georges). *Du traitement de l'hydrocele simple par l'aspiration et le lavage au sublime. 52 pp. 4°. Toulouse, 1895, Xo. 104. Dessez (Paul Tonnel) [1876-1918]. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 191S, Ixxi, 139. Dessirier (Desire) [1880- ]. *Pneumothorax et tuberculose pulmonaire: pneumothorax spontan6 favorable; pneumothorax artificiel therapeu- tique. 176 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1908. Xo. 8. Dessler (Bernhard). *Zur Aetiologie der Todes- falle und der schweren Zufalle bei der Lumbal- aniisthesie. [Freiburg i. Br.] 69 pp. 8°. Em- mendingen, Dolter, 1907. Dessloch (Heinrich) [1885- ]. *In wieweit lasst sich durch ein Kephalogramm vom leben- den Kopf ein Schluss Ziehen auf den faktischen Innenraum des Schadels? 70 pp., 1 1. 8°. Wurzburg, H. Braunwarth, 1913. Dessloch (Joseph) [1881- ]. *Ueber das Volu- men der Schadeldacher. 53 pp., 11. 8°. Wiirzburg, Memminger, 1908. Dessoir (Max) [1867- ]. Das Doppel-Ich. 42 pp. 8°. Leipzig, E. Gunther, 1890. In: Schrift. Jd. Gesellsch. f. Exper.-Psychol. zu Berl., ------. Abriss einer Geschichte der Psychologie. xi. 272 pp. 8°. Heidelberg, C. Winter, 1911. Forms v. 4 of: Die Psychologie in Einzeldarstellungen. Dessonaz-Nemirowsky (Mme. Z.) *La secretion pancreatique provoquee par la secretine est-elle une manifestation d'intoxication proteique? 16 pp. 8°. Lausanne, 1916. Destarac [Joseph] [1861- ]. Hemorragie uterine dans les fausses metrites; leur traitement eiec- trique. 8 pp. 8°. Toulouse, Lagarde dc Sebille, 1905. Bound with: Languedoc med.-chir., Toulouse, 1905, xiii. D'Este (Stephano). La chirurgia del pericardio e del cuore. xvi (11.), 408, lxxxi pp. roy. 8°. Pavia, succ. Murelli, 1907. ----;—. Manuale di medicina operativa, guida per gli studenti e per i medici pratici alle esercita- D'ESTE. 457 DETERMANN. D'Este (Stephano)—continued. zioni sul cadavere con prefazione del prof. Iginio Tansini. v. 1 (fasc. 1-18) xvi, 687 pp. roy. 8°. Milano, Societa editrice libraria, 1910-11. De Stefano (Ottavio) [1827-1914]. Epifenomeni del catarro di stomaco, che si credono ancora malattie primarie. 203 pp., 1 1. 8°. Napoli, A. D. Donne, 1900. For Biography, see Stomaco, Napoli, 1915, xxi, 27; 36 (A. De Stefano). De Stella. Hystero-traumatisme de l'oreille. 36 pp. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Baillihre, 1907. Destelle (Auguste-Emile-FeUx) [1880- ]. Con- tribution a l'etude du traitement chirurgical des paralysies faciales par l'anastomose du nerf facial avec le nerf spinal ou le nerf grand hypoglosse. 60 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1905, No. 29. Desthieux (Joseph-Marie) [1883- ]. *Des pro- prietes antipyretiques et analgesiques de la metabenzamido - semicarbazide (cryogenine). 109 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1910, No. 84. De Stina (Nanejda). *Des fontions de la thyroide; etude des faits et des theories. 72 pp. 8°. Lausanne, A. Jaunin, 1900. Destot (Etienne) [1864-1918]. De la cataphorese eiectrique; ses applications therapeutiques. Communication faite au Congres de medecine de Lyon 1894. 31 pp. 8°. Lyon, L. Bourgeon, 1894. ------. Le poignet et les accidents du travail; etude radiographique et clinique. 136 pp. 12°. Paris, Vigot freres, 1905. For Biography, see Lyon chirurg., 1919, xvi, 105-134, port. (E. Gallois & G. Aigrot). Also: Paris mea., 1919, xxxii (annexe), 21 (A. Mouchet). Also: Presse mid., Par., 1919, xxvii (annexe), 49 (P. Desfosses). ------, Yignard & Barlatier. Les fractures du coude chez l'enfant. 211 pp., 5 pi. 8°. Paris, O. Doin dc Son, 1909. Destouches (Dantes). *De l'eau et de quelques substances qui augmentent l'hydrophilie des collo'ides cellulaires; leur action dans eertaines dermatoses qu'ameiiorent les traitements in- ternes. 46 pp. 8°. Paris, 1921, No. 144. Destouches (Louis). *La musique et quelques- uns de ses effets sensoriels. 79 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 598. Destouesse (Jacques). Considerations generales sur l'emploi de la trinitrine en psychiatrie. 48 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1907, No. 715. Destouesse (Jean-Baptiste-Guillaume-Vincent- Louis) [1872- ]. Contribution a l'etude des endotheiiomes des os. 66 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Bor- deaux, 1901, No. 61. Destouesse (Joseph-Marie-Pierre-Louis) [1882- ]. Contribution a l'etude de l'uricolyse. 52 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1910, No. 56. , Destounis (Evangelos-B.) [1869- ]. *Etudesur l'arthrite blennorrhagique chez l'enfant. 56 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 255. Destree (Edmond) [1858-1902]. [Biography.] Ann. Soc. m^d.-chir. du Brabant, 1902, xii, no. 2, annexes, p. iii. ------& Galiemaerts (Emile). La tuberculose en Belgique. 141 pp., 15 ch. 8°. In: MiM. Acad. roy. de mid. de Belg., Brux., 1889, ix, 2. fasc. Destrem (J.) [1882- 1 *Les acquisitions re- centes sur la pathogenie du zona. 67 pp. 8°. Paris, 1915, No. 79. Desurmont (Jules) [1886- J. *Etude anatomo- clinique des tumeurs solides bilaterales des ovaires. 150 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 100. Desvaulx (Gustave) [1872- ]. Contribution a 1'etude du deiire dans les maladies aigues. 90 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 43. Desvaux (Antoine-Georges) [1869- ]. *Introduc- tion a une etude du courant de chaleur (princi- palement dans ses causes exterieures) et de .la sensation de temperature. 404 pp., 1 pi., 2 ch. 8°. Paris, 1914, No. 407. -Desvaux (Georges) [1867- ]. *Du r61e des maladies generales dans l'etiologie de la keratite parenchymateuse diffuse. 150 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 128. Desvaux (Jules) [1874- ]. *De la procidence du cordon et de ses rapports avec les retrecisse- mentspelviens. 72 pp. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 620. Desvaux de Lyf (Andre) [1884- ]. *Les fistules pancreatiques et leur traitement. 95 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 20. Desvernine (Pierre) [1879- ]. *L'eau de Hammam-Selama (Province d'Oran). 126 pp. 8°. Paris, Oilier-Henry, 1911, No. 299. Desvernine y Galdos (Carlos M.) Estudio sobre el diagnostico precoz de la tuberculosis pulmonar cr6nica, basado en la conducta de ciertas reac- ciones motrices, no descritas, del aparato respi- ratorio. Metodo estetografico. 89 pp. (11.), 72 pi. 4°. Habana, Lopez dc Caula, 1909. .For Biography, see Rev. de med. y cirug., Barcel., 1908, xhi, 11-14, port. Desvignes (Eugene) [1884-: ]. *Etude critique du traitement de la rupture traumatique de l'uretre perineo-bulbaire. 174 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 45. Desvignes (Georges) [1875- ]. *L'ergot de seigle en obstetrique. Ill pp. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 504. Deswarte (Alberic). Nervosisme moderne. 22 pp. 8°. Bruxelles, Vve. Monnom, 1902. De Swarte (Edouard-Romain-Joseph-Cornil). *A propos d'un cas d'aphasie uremique. 71 pp. 8°. Lille, 1908, No. 4. Deswarte (Jean-Albert-Augustin) [1886- ]. *Sur le role de la chloruremie dans l'etiologie de Phydropisie generalisee du foetus. 80 pp. 8°. Lille, 1919, No. 16. Deswarte (Rene). *Les creches; leur passe, leur present, leur avenir; etude d'hygiene sociale." 170 pp. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 339. Detaglio della peste di Marsiglia, pubblicato dai medici, che hanno operato in essa, [etc.]. 43 pp., 11. 16°. Milano, Napoli, 1743. Bound with: Muratori (L. A.) Del governo della peste [etc.]. 16°. Modena, 1710. Detape (Leon) [1884- ]. *Les pommes de terre dans l'alimentation des diabetiques. 106 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 62. Detay (Paul) [1876- ]. *Sarcome de l'ethmo'ide. 75 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1913, No. 58. Detcheff (Athanas) [1874- ]. *Du traitement de la choree de Sydenham par le cacodylate de soude (etude clinique). 115 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1901, No. 127. Detection and determination of arsenic. Re- printed with additions, by order of the Council from the Journal of the Society of Chemical In- dustry. 46, iv pp. 4°. London, Eyre dc Spottis- woode, 1901. Determann [Hermann] [1865- ]. Das Hohen- klima im Winter und seine Verwendbarkeit fiir Rranke. In: Samml. Klin. Vortr., n. F., Leipz., 1901, No. 308 (Innere Med., No. 90, 453-510). ------. Volksheilstatten fiir Nervenkranke; ihre Notwendigkeit, Einrichtung und Ausfuhrung. 45 pp., 21. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1903. ------. Die Diagnose und die Allgemeinbehand- lung der Friihzustande der Tabes dorsalis. 94 pp. 8°. Halle a. S., C. Marhold, 1904. Forms Hft. 2-3, v. 5, of: Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. Nerven- u. Geisteskr. DETERMANN. 458 DETWILER. Determann [Hermann]—continued. ------. Physikalische Therapie der Erkrankun- gen des Zentralnervensystems inklusive der all- gemeinen Neurosen. 126 pp. 8°. Stuttgart, F. Enke, 1906. Forms Hft. 18 of: Phys. Therap. in Einzeldarstell., Stuttg.,. 1906. ------. Ueber Nervositat der Jetztzeit und ihre Bekampfung. Vortrag. 44 pp. 8°. Freiburg i. Br. dc Leipzig, Speyer dc Kaerner, 1906. # ------. Die vegetarische Lebensweise bei Gesun- den. 24 pp. 8°. Freiburg i. Br. dc Leipzig, Speyer de Kaerner, 1909. ------. Die Viskositat des menschlichen Blutes. 1 p. 1., 93 pp. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1910. ------. Die vegetarische und fleischarme Ernah- rung. 73 pp. 8°. Halle a. S., C. Marhold, 1914. Forms Hft. 5, v. 5, of: Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. Stoflwechsel-Krankh., Halle, a. S. ------ & Schroeder. Die Einwirkungen des Hohenklimas auf den Menschen. In: Samml. klin. Vortr., n. F., Leipz., 1902, No. 337-338 (Innere Med., No. 100, 769-822). Determann (Karl) [1887- 1 *Ueber Polysero- sitis chronica fibrosa. 1 p. 1., 39 pp., 1 1. 8°. Gottingen, L. Hofer, 1911. Detert (Hermann) [1881- ]. *Ueber hundert vaginale Totalexstirpationen des myomatdsen Uterus. 29 pp., 1 tab. 8°. Bonn, J. Trapp, 1905. Dethan (Ernest) [1871- ]. Contribution a l'etude de l'osteosarcome du radius. 68 pp., 21. 1 pi. 8°. Paris, 1902, No. 418. Dethan (Georges) [1868- ]. *Des acanthacees medicinales. 186 pp. 4°. Paris, 1896, No. 1. Ecole de pharmacie. Dethier (Eugene). Problemes sur l'epargne, la temperance, la mutualite et la retraite. 116 pp. 12°. Bruxelles, Callewaertfrhes, 1902. Dethleffsen (August Friedrich) [1884- J. *Sieben und siebenzig Falle von Heterochromia iridum. 21 pp. 8°. Kiel, Schmidt dc Klaunig, 1911. Dethlefs (Hermann)[1887- J. *Ueber die Wir- kung von Sennax-Knoll bei Haustieren. 15 pp., 2 1. 8°. Giessen, O. Kindt Wwe., 1920. De Tilla (Alfredo). Studii di psicopatologia cri- minale, con prefacione del dott. Augusto di Luzemberger. ii, 204 pp. 8°. Napoli, S. Felicb, 1901. Detis (Georges) [1887- ]. Contribution a l'etude de la fievre recurrente; recherches hema- tologiques. [Lyon.] 68 pp. 8°. Macon, 1911, No. 50. Detlefsen (J. A.) Genetic studies on a cavy species cross with a prefatory note by W. E. Castle. 134 pp., 10 pi. 4°. Washington, 1914. Carnegie Institution. Detoc (Emile). *Etude generale des champignons. 46 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 187. De Torres (A.) Essai sur la cure radicale du cancer, tumeurs malignes et de la syphilis par un nouveau procede (metaux a l'etat colloidal). 357 pp., 11. 8°. f Paris dc Rome, 1904. Detot (Emile)._ *Etude sur les erythemes infec- tieux, en particulier sur les erythemes metadiph- teriques et les erythemes primitifs. 38 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 112. Detouillon (Pierre) [1886- ]. *Methode d'in- sufflation intratracheale de Meltzer-Auer. [Lyon.] 68 pp. 8°. Villeurbanne, 1912, No. 66. Detourbet (Fernand) [1885- ]. Contribution a l'etude des cancers secondaires du larynx. 66 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1912, No. 96. Detoxication. See, also, Poisoning (Treatment of); Poisons (Effects of); Toxaemia (Treatment of); Vac- cines. Mayer (K.) Entgiftungsversuche. Schweiz.med. Wchn- schr., Basel, 1922, hi, 330; 835.—Sherwin (C. P.) & Crowdle (J. H.) Detoxication in the organism of the fowlr Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1921-22, xix, 318-320. Detre' (Georges Raoul) [1882- ]. *L'avenir des prematures; ses rapports avec la syphilis heredi- taire. 155 pp., 2 ch. 8°. Paris, 1912, Xo. 308. Detroit Medical Journal, v. 1-21, 1901-20. 8°. Detroit. Combined with: Medical Life. Detroy (Leon-Alexandre-Paul) [1892- ]. *Les kystes congenitaux de la region presternale. 102 pp. 8°. Lille, 1919, No. 3. Detscheff (Jordan) [1880- ]. *Valeur therapeu- tique de 1'abces de fixation dans les maladies broncho-pulmonaires aigues. 68 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1909, No. 40. Dette (Adolf) [1889- ]. *Ueber 2 Falle von freien Blutungen in die Bauchhohle bei Frauen und uber 100 Falle von Tubargraviditat. [Wiirz- burg.] 33 pp. 8°. Bamberg, J. Kirsch, 1916. DettUng [Georges-Edouard] [1868- ]. Le corps humain; anatomie et physiologie. Influence de l'exercice sur l'organisme. ii, 424 pp. 8°. Paris, 0. Doin, 1905. Dettmann (A.) Die Reorganisation der Trichi- nenschau, unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der gesetzlichen Vorschriften und Verordnun- gen. 26 pp., 51. 8°. Pritzwalk, C Lemke, 1903. Dettmann (Eduard) [1867- ]. *Das moderne Brasilien in seiner neuesten wirtschaftlichen Entwicklung. [Konigsberg i. Pr.] 486 pp., 1 map. 8°. Berlin-Wilmersdorf, H. Paetel, 1913. Dettmar (Adele). Kochbuch fiir Nervose. 160 pp. 8°. Bad Lauterberg i. Harz, H. Limbarth, 1910. Dettmer (Albert) [1877- ]. *Ueber biologische und chemische Wirkung der Quarzglas-Queck- silberlampe. [Gottingen.] 52 pp. 8°. MuUieim- Ruhr, E. Marks, 1910. Dettmer (Heinrich). *Experimenteller Beitrag zur Lehre von den bei Pancreatitis haemorrha- gica beobachteten Fettgewebsnekrosen und Blutungen. 41 pp. 8°. Gottingen, W. F. Kostner, 1895. Dettmer (Hermann) [1889- ]. *Beitrag zur Klinik der Pseudoruhr. 106 pp., 2 ch. S". Heidelberg. Rosser dc Herbert, 1918. Dettrich (Paul). Praktische Anleitung zur Be- gutachtung der haufigsten Unfallschaden der Arbeiter. xi, 224 pp. 8°. Wien dc Leipzig, li". Braumuller, 1901. Dettweiler (Peter) [1837-1904]. See Anstaltsbehandlung (Die) der Tuberkulose [etc.]. 8°. Berlin, 1902. For Biography, see Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1904, xii, 206 (M. Schmidt). Also: Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1904, n. s.. Iii, 258 (IL F. L.). Also: Deutsche med. Presse, Berl., 1904, viii, 13. Also: Deutsche med. Wchnschr.. Leipz. & Berl., 1904. xxx, 329 (von LevdenV Also: Med. few., N. Y., 1905, lxvii, 136 (S. A. Knopf). A lso: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1904, li, 266 (Bezold). Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1904, lxxix, 363. Also: Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1904, iii, 1-3. Also: Wien. kiln. Rundschau, 1904, xviii, 122 (von Weismayr). Also: Wien. klin. AVchnschr., 1904, xvii, 84 (W. Hahn). Deturck (Georges). Contribution a l'etude de l'osteite des nacriers (conchvolin-ostitis). 90 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 1 Si. Detwiler (Andrew Jackson) [1874-1919]. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1919, lxxii, 1481. Detwiler (August K.) [1872-1922]. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1922, lxxviii, 53a Detwiler (Justice Brown). Soldiers' French guide. 187 pp. New York, Foreign Trade Press, 1917. DETZNER. 459 DEUTSCHE. Detzner (Philipp). Praktische Darstellung der Zahnersatzkunde. Eine Abhandlung fiber alle Zweige< dieser Disciplin, nebst einem Anhang fiber die Anfertigung von Gaumenobturatoren. 2. Aufl. xv, 423 pp. 8°. Berlin, C. Ash dc Sons, 1899. ------. The same. 3. Aufl. xv, 480 pp. 8°. Berlin, C. Ash dc Sons, 1905. ------■. The same. Meccanica dentale. Trattato pratico su tutti i rami di questa disciplina. x, 415 pp. 8°. Milano, C. Ash dc figli, 1907. Bound with: Gior. di Corrisp. p. dent., Milano, 1907, np xxxv-xxxvi. Deu (Edouard) [1873- ]. *Quelques recherches sur la proportion des anciens syphilitiques parmi lesvieillards. 76 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1900, No. 59. Deubner (Ludovicus). *De incubatione capitula duo. [Giessen.] 2 p. L, 48 pp. 8°. Leipzig, B. G. Teubneri, 1899. Deudon (Maurice) [1889- ]. *Trepanoponction du ventricule lateral chez l'adulte et chez le grand enfant dans la forme prolongee de la meningite cerebrospinale a meningocoques 58 pp. 8°. Lille, 1919, No. 10. Deuel (Vita Pascal) [1885- ]. *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Sclerodermie. 72 pp. 8°. Leivzia E. Lehmann, 1909. Deumie (Jules). *Les hemicedemes chez les hemipiegiques. 55 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 199 Deumie (Louis) [1888- ]. Contribution a l'etude de la pathogenie des hernies epigastri- ques. [Lyon.] 75 pp. 8°. St.-Etienne, 1914, No. 98. de Deufias (Joaquin L.) [1859-1910]. Flgueras (J. A.) Enhonor a la memoria del. . . Rev. med. cubana, Habana, 1911, xviii, 313-321. Deunflf (Jean-Marie) [1878- ]. Contribution a 1'etude de la desarticulation de la hanche. 44 pp 8°. .Borcfeattz, 1903, No., 92. Deu pes (Emmanuel). *Etude experimentale et clinique de la stovaine. 88 pp. 8°. Toulouse 1906, No. 655. van Deuren (Petrus). *De epilepsia. 16 pp. 4°. Lugd. Bat., A. Elzevier, 1707. [P., v. 2244.] Deus (Paul). *Ueber spatere Geburten nach Hebosteotomien auf Grund von 17 Fallen aus der kgl. Charite-Frauenklinik. [Zurich.] 44 pp. 8°. Berlin-Wien, Urban dc Schwarzenberg, 1912. Deusch (Gustav) [1891- ]. *Ueber die Milch- sekretion der Wochnerinnen und die Ernahrung der Neugeborenen in den ersten Lebenstagen. [Giessen.] 17 pp., 2 1. 8°. Mainz, O. Schneider, 1914. Deusingius (Antonius) [1612-66]. De motu cordis et sanguinis itemque de lacto ac nutrimento foetus in utero. 719 pp., 211. 24°. Groningse, F. Bronckhorst, 1655. Deussen (Max) [1888- ]. *Beitrag zur Epide- miologie der akuten epidemischen Kinderlah- mung mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der rheinisch-westfaljischen Epidemie 1909. [Bonn.] 1 p. 1., 44 pp., 1 1., 2 maps. 8°. Wurzburg, C. Kabitzsch, 1912. Deussing (Rudolf) [1887- ]. *Multiple primare Myome der Lunge. 14 pp. 8°. Munchen, R. Muller dc Steinicke, 1912. Deutelmoser (Paul [Georg Dietrich Emanuel]) [1881- ]. *Ueber Enteritis phlegmonosa idio- pathica. 32 pp. 8°. Greifswald, F. W. Kunike, 1905. Deutloff (Cuno) [1868- ]. *Lungeninduration bei Peribronchitis tuberculosa. 26 pp. 8°. Wurzburg, P. Scheiner, 1899. Deutmann (Augustinus Adrianus Franciscus Maria). *De pest. Vaccinatie en serotherapie; een kritisch-experimenteele studie. 4 p. 1., 148 pp. 8°. Amsterdam, F. van Rossen, 1900. Deutmann (L.) Radium und Stoffwechsel. 38 pp. 8°. Munchen, O. Gmelin, 1910. Deutsch (Adolf). Anleitung zur Feststeliung der Erwerbseinbusse bei Kriegsbeschadigten. 56 pp. 8°. Wien dc Leipzig, F. Deuticke, 1920. Forms Hft. 1 of: Veroffentl. d. Volksgesundheitsamt. im Bundesminist. f. soz. Verwalt. ------. Die Tatigkeit des Amtsarztes im Invali- denamte (Invalidenarzt). 51 pp. 8°. Wien dc Leipzig, F. Deuticke, 1920. Forms Hft. 7, of: Verofientl. d. Volksgesundheitsamt. im Bundesminist. f. soz. Verwalt. Deutsch (David) [1883- ]. *Primares Adeno- carcinom der Nase mit Durchbruch in die Schadelhohle. 1 p. 1., 37 pp., 211. 8°. Berlin, H. Blanke, 1913. Deutsch (Detre) (L.) & Feistmantel (C.) Die Impfstoffe und Sera. Grundriss der atiologischen Prophylaxe und Therapie der Infektionskrank- heiten. Fur Aerzte, Tierarzte und Studierende. viii, 285 pp. 8°. Leipzig, G. Thieme, 1903. Deutsch (Erich). *Ueber die tuberkulose Ent- zundung des Brustfells. Ein Beitrag zur patho- logischen Anatomie der serosen Haute. [Freiburg i. Br.] 26 pp., 21. 8°. Berlin, A. Unger, 1902. Deutsch (Erno). A szfinidei gyermektelepekrftl. [Children's vacation colonies.] 4 pp., 1 pi. fol. Budapest, Orvosi hetilap, 1903. Bound with: Gyermek gytfgyaszat. Deutsch (Gustav). Casuistische Beitrage zur Therapie des Pyosalpinx. 48 pp. 8°. Wurzburg, A. Boegler, 1898. Deutsch (Michael August Adolf). *Die Schadel- deformation und die Schadelformen auf Vancou- ver Island im Anschluss an die Beschreibung zweier deformierten Schadel von dieser Insel 48 pp., 11. 8°. Wurzburg, 1893. Deutsch (Moritz). Die Neurasthenie beim Manne (mit besonderer Rucksichtsnahme auf die Ge- schlechtskrankheiten) fur Aerzte und Laien 5. Aufl. 250 pp., 1 1. 8°. Berlin, H. Steinitz, 1899. ------. The same. 7. Aufl. 256 pp. 8°. Berlin, S. W., H. Steinitz, 1907. Deutsch (Wilhelm). Der Morphinismus. Eine Studie. viii, 156 pp. 8°. Stuttgart, F. Enke, 1901. Deutsch (William S.) [1871-1917]. Obituary. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1918, xv, 94. Deutsche Aerzte-Zeitung. 1899-1913. roy. 8°. Berlin. Deutsche Arzneitaxe. Amtl. Ausg. 1905-14. 8°. Berlin, Weidmann. Deutsche Frauenheilkunde. Geburtshilfe, Gyna- kologie und Nachbargebiete in Einzeldarstellun- gen; hrsg. von E. Opitz. Bd. I. Die Geburt des Menschen, bei H. Sellheim. 4°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1913. Deutsche homoopathische Arzneimittellehre. Im Auftrage des homoopathischen Central-Vereins Deutschlands; hrsg. von Dr. E. Faulwasser und Dr. R. Windelband. Lfg. 1, 3, 4. 252 pp 8° Berlin, B. Behr, 1900-1906. Deutsche Klinik am Eingange des zwanzigsten Jahrhunderts in akademischen Vorlesungen v. 1-14, 1901-12. 8°. Berlin dc Wien. ----—. The same. Modern clinical medicine. Diseases of metabolism and of the blood, animal parasites, toxicology. Edited by Richard C. Cabot. An authorized translation from "Die deutsehe Klinik" under the general editorial supervision of Julius L. Salinger, xiv, 649 pp. DEUTSCHE. 460 DEYAL. Deutsche—continued. 8°. New York dc London, D. Appleton dc Co., 1906. Deutsche klinisch-therapeutische "ft ochenschnft. v. 1, 1906. fol. Leipzig. Continuation of: Berliner Klinisch-therapeutische ^ o- chenschrift. Deutsche (Das) Krankenhaus. v. 1, 1911. 8°. Jena. . Deutsche Krankenpflege-Zeitung. Fach-Zeitung fur die Gesamtinteressen des Krankenpflegebe rufes. v. 1-18, 1898-1915. 8°. Berlin. Deutsche medicinische Presse. Zeitschrift ffir das Gesamtgebiet der Heilkunde mit besonderer Be- riicksichtigung der wirthschaftlichen und Stan- des-Interessen der Aerzte. v. 1-23, 1897-1920. fol. Berlin. Deutsche Medizinal-Zeitung. v. 2-34, 1881-1913. fol. Berlin. Deutsche medizinische Wochenschrift. v. 1-49, 1875-1923. 4°. Berlin dc Leipzig. Deutsche militanirztliche Zeitschrift. v. 1^19, 1872-1920. 8°. Berlin. Deutsche Monatschrift fiir Zahnheilkunde. v. 1- 41, 1883-1923. 8°. Leipzig. Deutsche Praxis. Aerztliche Zeitschrift ffir das Ausland. v. 1-15. 1898-1906. 8°. Munchen. Continued as: Leipzlger medizinische Monatsschrift. Deutsche (Das) Reich in gesundheitlicher und demographischer Beziehung. Festschrift, den Teilnehmern des xiv. internationalen Kongresse fiir Hygiene und Demographie Berlin 1907 gewid- met vom kaiserliehen Gesundheitsamte und vom kaiserlichen Statistischen Amte. vii, 331 pp. roy. 8°. Berlin, Puttkammer dc Muhlbrecht, 1907. Deutsche Revue. Eine Monatsschrift. v. 31-48, 1906-23. 8°. Stuttgart dc Leipzig. Deutsche (Das) Rote Kreuz. Entstehung, Ent- wicklung und Leistungen der Vereinsorganisa- tion seit Abschluss der Genfer Convention i. J. 1864. Bearbeitet von Vereinsmitgliedern, hrsg. von [Ludwig] Kimmle. Bd. 1: Centralkomitee der deutschen Vereine vom Roten Kreuz, Landesvereine vom Roten Kreuz. vi, 1088 pp., 1 pi. roy. 4°. Berlin, Boll dc Pickardt, 1910. Deutsche Stimmen aus deutschen Landern, ge- sammelt von Frau J. H. W. Stuckenberg. 44 pp. 12°. Cambridge, Mass., [n. d.]. Deutsche tierarztliche Wochenschrift. v. 1-30, 1893-1922. 4°. Karlsruhe; Hannover. Deutsche Vierteljahresschrift fiir offentliche Ge- sundheitspflege. v. 1-6, 1869-1923. 8°. Braun- schueig. Deutsche zahnarztliche Wochenschrift. v. 1-10, 1898-1907. 4°. Wiesbaden. Deutsche zahnarztliche Zeitung. v. 1-6, 1902-7. fol. Munchen. Deutsche Zahnheilkunde in Vortragen; hrsg. von Julius Witzel. roy. 8°. Leipzig, Georg Thieme, 1907-13. Deutsche Zeitschrift fiir Chirurgie. v. 1-176, 1872-1923. 8°. Leipzig. _ Deutsche Zeitschrift fiir die gesamte gerichtliche Medizin. v. 1-2, 1922-3. 8°. Berlin. Deutsche Zeitschrift fiir Nervenheilkunde. v. 1- 77, 1891-1923. 8°. Leipzig. Deutsche Zeitschrift fur Thiermedizin und ver- gleichende Pathologie. v. 1-22, 1875-96. 8°. Leipzig. Combined with: Oesterrelchlsche Zeitschrift fiir wis- senschaft liche Veteriiiarkunde, forming: Zeitschrift fiir Tiermedicin. Deutschebein (Fridericus Gulielmus). *De hy- drocele. 2 p. 1., 20 pp. 4°. Lipsise. typogr. Hirschfeld. ISL'G. Deutscher A potheker-Verein. Hochstgaben- Verzeichnis [von offizinellen und nicht offizi- Deutscher—continued. nellen Arzneimitteln]. broadside fol. Berlin, Danter dc Nicholas, [1901]. Deutscher Chirurgen-Kalender. Verzeichnis der deutschen Chirurgen und Orthopaden mit Bio- graphien und bibliographischen Skizzen; hrsg. von A. Borchard und W. von Brunn. 12°. Leipzig. J. A. Barth, 1920. Deutscher Kongress fur innere Medizin. Ver- handlungen der ausserordentlichen Tagung . . . in Warschau. Hrsg. von W. His und W. Wein- traud. xxvii, 412 pp. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1916. Deutscher Kongress fur Kruppelfiirsorge. Steno- graphischer Bericht fiber den 2. Kongress, veran- staltet von der Deutschen Vereinigung fur Kruppelfiirsorge am 29. Mai 1912, zu Munchen. pp. 95-276. 8°. Leipzig dc Hamburg, 1912. Forms Hft. 3, v. 5, of: Ztschr. f. Kruppelfursorge, Leipz. & Hamb. Deutscher Medizinalbeamten-Verein. Offizieller Bericht iiber die Hauptversammlungen. 3. v. 1903; 1906; 1913. 8°. Berlin. Deutsches Archiv fur klinische Medizin. v. 1- 142, 1S65-1923. 8°. Leipzig. Deutsches Arzneibuch. See Germany. K. Reichs-Gesundheitsamt. Deutsches Baderbuch, bearbeitet unter Mitwir- kung des kaiserlichen Gesundheitsamtes. 3 p. 1., civ, 535 pp., 7 diag., 2 maps. 4°. Leipzig, J. J. Weber, 1907. Deutsches Central-Komite zur Errichtung von Heilstiitten fiir Lungenkranke. Kurze LTeber- sicht iiber die Tatigkeit des Central-Komites in den Jahren 1S96 bis 1905. 24, 146 pp., 13 pi., 1 map. 4°. Berlin, 1906. Deutsches Central-Komite zur Errichtung von Heilstiitten fur Lungenkranke. Der Stand der Tuberkulose-Bekampfung. 1902. 1907. 4°. Berlin, 1902. Deutsches homoopathisches Arzneibuch. Auf Veranlassung des deutschen Apotheker-Vereins bearbeitet von einer Kommission von Hoch- schullehrern, Aerzten und Apothekern. Hrsg. vom deutschen Apotheker-Verein. v, 266 pp. Sc. Berlin, 1901. ------. The same. 3. Aufl. xxiii, 668 pp. 8°. Leipzig. W. Schwabe, 1906. Deutsches Hospital und Dispensary in der Stadt New York. Vierzig Jahre des . . . Eine ge- schichtliche Darstellung. 119 pp. S°. New York, 1909. Festschrift zur 40jahrigen Stiitungsfeier. 598 pp. 8°. New York, Lemcke dc Buechner, 1909. eutschmann (Kranz [Sigismund" *Ueber Subaeiditiit des Magens.* 23 pp. Deutschmann (Kranz [Sigismund]) [1SS3- 1 ' er Subaeiditiit des Magens. 23 pp., 1 1 Miinchen, W. Konig, 1908 Deutschmann (Heinrich Alexander) [1>7S- 1 *Luxationen im Bereich des Talus. 44 pp., 2 1. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1902. Deutschmann \ Richard) [1852- ]. Weitere Mitteilungen iil>er mein Heilverfahren bei Xetz- hautablbsung. 2. Fortsetzung. 56 pp. 8°. Hamburg dc Leipzig, L. loss. 1904. Forms Hft. 59 of: Beitr. z. Augenh. Deutz (Paul) [1876- ]. Crallensteine und ihre Folgen. 19 pp. 8°. Kiel, P. Peters. 1901. Devain (Eugene) [1875- 1. *Amblyopies et amauroses consecutives aux hemorrhagies sastro- intestinales. 75 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1900, No. 168. Deval (Charles) [1806-62]. [Biography.] In: Am. Encvcl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, v. 3861 (T. H. Shastid). Deval (Joseph-Guillaume-Feiix) [1S87- 1. *Des abces ebertbiens. 32 pp. 8°. Paris, 1920, No. 324. DEVALLET. 461 DEVELOPMENT. Devallet (Pierre). Documentation et rapport sur la fabrication et l'utilite du "bon pain." 8 pp. 8°. Paris, 1902. Devaranne (Jean George Charles) [1887- ]. *Ueber einen Fall von Trapeziuslahmung mit einseitiger Sklerodermie. 25 pp., 3 1. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering, 1912. De Varigny (Henry). Air and life. 69 pp. 8°. Washington, 1896. Forms pt. of v. 39 of: Smithson. Misc. Collect., Wash., 1896. Devars (Alexandre) [1876- ]. *Essai d'etude physiologique et therapeutique sur la theophy- line (ou theocine). 125 pp., 4 pi. 8°. Lyon, 1903, No. 162. Devauchelle (Andre-Jean) [1887- ]. Cdycemie et hypertension au cours de la nephrite chro- nique. 59 pp., 2 1. 8°. Paris, 1920, No. 2. Devaux (Albert) [1874- ]. *Endotheiiomes des meninges. Etude histologique, clinique et pathogenique. 60 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, Masson dc Cie., 1901, No. 490. See, also, Aper?u historique sur l'hygi&ne publique [etc.]. 2. ed. roy.8°. Bruxelles, 1904.—Kraepelin (Emil.) Introduction [etc]. 8°. Paris, 1907. ------ & Logre. Les anxieux; etude clinique; preface du Dr. Dupre. xvi, 300 pp. 8°. Paris, H£(zsso7i oc Cis 1917 Devaux (Charles') [1881- ]. *Beitrage zur Gly- kogenfrage. 17 pp. 8°. Freiburg i. Br., 1907. Devaux (Ernest) [1884- ]. *Valeur pratique de l'ecriture droite et de l'ecriture penchee dans les ecoles primaires. 55 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1911, No. 82. Devaux (Georges). *De l'ictere acholurique dans la nephrite interstitielle. 64 pp. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 267. Devaux (Georges-Victor-Francois) [1883- ]. De la morphine dans les affections mitrales. 67 pp. 8°. Lille, 1912, No. 19. Devaux (Jean) [1885- ]. Contribution a l'etude des hernies de 1'appendice vermiforme seul et des appendicites herniaires. 74 pp. 8°. Mont- pellier, 1911, No. 70. Devaux (Leon) [1874- ]. *Lesions des annexes durant revolution des fibromes uterins. 91 pp. 8°. Paris, 1903, No. 319. Deve (A.) Etude etiologique. A propos du scorbut. 879 pp., 11. 8*. Paris, Vermot, 1903. Deve" (Charles). *Reflexions critiques sur la puericulture; essai de puericulture pratique. 232 pp. 8°. Paris, 1902, No. 63. Deve (Felix). *De l'echinococcose secondaire. 256 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 628. ------. The same. 256 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901. ------. Les kystes hydatiques du foie. Preface de R. Blanchard. iii, 196 pp., 11. 12°. Paris, F. R. de Rudeval, 1905. Deve (Paul) [1879- ]. Combinaison de la cesa- rienne et de l'hysterectomie abdominale totale dans les cancers et fibromes de Puterus. 83 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1904, No. 139. Deveau (Ludovic) [1884- ]. *Du rhumatisme articulaire aigu post-traumatique et ses applica- tions a l'expertise medico-legale. 62 pp. 8°. Paris, 1912, No. 350. De Vecchi (Giuseppe) [1855-1922]. Chlncarini (F.) Necrologio. Osp. Maggiore, Milano, 1922, 3. s., 84. De Vecchi (Paolo) [1847- ]. Due lettere al prof. Angelo Mosso a proposito deU' ultimo suo libro "La democrazia nella religione e nella scienza." 43 pp. 8°. [Firenze, G. Barbera], 1901. ______. Note ed osservazioni sulla chirurgia e sui chirurghi degli Stati Uniti d' America. 73 pp. 8°. Firenze, Tipogr. Barbera, 1914. Development. See, also, Anthropometry; Body (Human, Growth, etc., of); Darwinian theory; Embry- ology; Evolution; Growth; Puberty; Ro- busticity; School-children (Anthropometric measurments of); and under names of various peoples and countries as Negroes; Sweden (Anthropology of). Bolsche (W.) Die Entwicklungslehre im 19. Jahrhundert. 12°. Berlin, 1901. Hertwig (O.) Lehrbuch der Entwicklungs- geschichte des Menschen und der Wirbeltiere. 8. Aufl. 8°. Jena, 1906. Kluth (K.) *Beitrag zu einer allgemeinen Entwicklungstheorie. 8°. Rostock, 1908. Ostwald (W.) Ueber die zeitlichen Eigen- schaften der Entwicklungsvorgange. 8°. Leip- zig, 1908. P[atrix] (L.) Zweifel gegen die Entwick- lungstheorie. Ein Brief an Senebier. Aus der franzosischen Handschrift ubersetzt von G. Forster. 16°. Gottingen, 1788. Roux (W.) _ Die Entwickelungsmechanik. Ein neuer Zweig der biologischen Wissenschaft. 8°. Leipzig, 1905. Arldt (T.) Riicklaufige Entwicklung. Ztschr. f. d. Ausbau d. Entwicklngsl., Stuttg., 1909, iii, 360-370.—Baur. Korperliche und geistige Friih- una Spatentwickelung. Ztschr. f. Schulgsndhtspflg., Hamb., 1899. xii, 707-716 — Bourne (G. C.) A criticism of the cell-theory; being an answer to Mr. Sedgewick's article on the inadequacy of the cellular theory of development. Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1895-6, n. s., xxxviii, 137-174. Also, Reprint.—Brooks (W. K.) Individual development and ancestral develop- ment, internat. Cong. Arts & Sc, Lond. & N. Y., 1908, ix, 308-319.—Charrtn & Le Play. Mecanisme des insum- sances de developpement experimentales. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1904, lvii, 59.—Clouston (T. S.) The neuroses of development; being the Morison lectures for 1890. Edinb. M. J., 1890-91, xxxvi, 593; 689; 785; 930; 977; 1101: 1891-2, xxxvii, 16; 104, 9 pi—De Vriese (Bertha). Le developpement post-embryonnaire chez l'homme. Ann. Soc. de med. de Gand, 1906, lxxxvi, 33-51.—Dunker (G.) Die Methode der Variationsstatistik. Arch. f. Entwcklngs- mechn. d. Organ., Leipz., 1899, viii, 112-183.—Fab-brother (H. C.) Development; physical, mental, moral. St. Louis M. Rev., 1909, lviii, 19-21.—Glaser (O. C.) Correla- tion in development. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1905, n. s., xxi, 374.—Greil (A.) Ueber den Erwerb der Kra- niotenorganisation. Ein Beitrag zur allgemeinen Dynamik der Entwickelung und Vererbung. Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 1917-18, lv, 513-664.—Henriksen (M. E.) A functional view of development. Everything in nature tends to- wards a state of equihbrium which is peculiar to itself. Biol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1906, xxvi, 18; 33.—His (W.) Das Princip der organbildenden Keimbezirke und die Ver- wandtschaften der Gewebe; historisch-kritische Bemer- kungen. Arch. f. Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch., Leipz., 1901, 307-337.—Hutchison (J. N.) National physical develop- ment. Canad. J. M. & S., Toronto, 1902, xi, 1-9.—Jordan (W. R.) The crisis of development. Birmingh. M. Rev., 1900, xlviii, 149-163—Katharinej (L.) Schwerkraftwir- kung oder Selbstdifferenzierung. Arch. f. Entwcklngsme- chn. d. Organ., Leipz., 1904, 404-414.—Kiernan (J. G.) Intra-uterine periods ol stress. Medicine, Detroit, 1901, vii, 265-276.—Klebs (G.) Ueber Probleme der Entwicke- lung. Biol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1904, xxiv. 257; 289; 449; 481; 545; 601.—Ltllle (F. R.) The theory of individual de- velopment. Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y., 1909, lxxv, 239-252.— Meyer (S.) Organische und geistige Entwicklung. Deut- sche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1914, xl, 965-967 — Noble (C. P.) Arrest of development. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1912, lxxxi, 998-1001.—Perrier (E.) Developpement, metamorphose et tachygenese. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 1163-1167.—Petersen. Die Entwick- lungslehre und die Notwendigkeit. Monatschr. f. Krim.- Psychol. [etc.], Heidelb., 1909-10, vi, 057-667.—Rabaud (E.) L'antt et I'exces de developpement. Bull, scient. de la France et de la Belg., Par., 1901, 5. s., iii, 481-511, 24 1., 24 pi.—Kedfield (C. L.) The sticking points in develop- ment. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1919, xcvi, 360-362—Ribbert (H.) Entwicklung. Deutsche Rev., Stuttg. & Leipz., 1915, iv, 175-185.—Schneider (C.) Entwicklung, Anpassung, Art- bildung. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1906, xx, 107; 127; 146 — Schwalbe (E.) Ueber fehlerhafte Entwicklung. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 2065-2070. Also, Reprint — Sumner (F. B.) Some effects of differences of tempera- ture and humidity upon the post-natal development of the mouse. Science Lancaster, Pa., 1907-8, xxvii, 450.—Weiss (B.) Entwicklung. Naturw. Wchnschr., Jena, 1904, n. F., iii, 737-745.— Wilson (E. B.) The problem of develop- ment. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1905, n. s., xxi, 281-294. DEVENDORF. 462 DE VINNE. Devendorf (David B.) [1820-1906]. [Obituary.] J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 1390. a Deventer (Henricus) [1651-1724]. Neues He- beammen-Licht bey welchem die Hebeammen- Kunst und was dazu gehoret durch geschickte Handgriffe aufrichtig gelehret wird, [etc.]. Aus dem Lateinischen iibersetzt, und bey dieser anderen Auflage an vielen Orten erlautert und verbessert. 5 p. 1., 489 pp., 3 1., 26 pi. 12°. Jena, H. C. Crbker, 1717. ------. The same. Pt. 2. 2. Aufl. 7 p. 1., 118 pp., 5 1. 16°. Jena, J. R. Crbker, 1731. For Biography, see Geneesk. Courant, Amst., 1908, lxii, 151; 159; 167 (Geijl). Also: Janus, Haarlem, 1912, xvii, 426; 506 (B.J. Kouwer). van Deventer (J.) [1849-1916]. Handboek der krankzinnigenverpleging. viii, 128 pp. 8°. Amsterdam, J. H. dc G. van Heteren, 1897. For Biography, see Nederl. Tiidschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1916, i, 733-735 (C. Winkler). Also: Psychiat .-neurol. Wchnschr., Halle a. S., 1916-17, xviii, 103 (G. C. van Walsem). ------& van Dale (J. H. A.) Over gezinsverple- ging van krankzinnigen. Rapport uitgebracht aan de Nederlandsche Vereeniging voor Psychia- trie en Neurologie, door de uit deze vereeniging benvemde commissie. 66 pp. 8°. Amsterdam, F. von Rosen, 1902. van Deventer (J. B.) See Joseph (Max) & van Deventer (J. B.) Dermato- histologischer Atlas. 4°. Leipzig, 1906. Deventer (Ludwig). Die Pocken und ein Heil- und Schutzmittel dagegen. 2. verm. Aufl. 44 pp. 8°. Berlin, C. F. Weiss, 1873. Devergie [Marie-Guillaume-Alphonse] [1798-1879]. Der Harnfluss und seine rationelle Behandlung durch Einspritzungen. Uebers. von Hermann Muller. xiv, 135 pp. 12°. Leipzig, L. Michelson, 1840. Devernoix (Pierre). *Les alienes et l'expertise medico-legale. 79 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1905, No. 639. ------. The same. 79 pp. 8°. Toulouse, C. Dirion, 1905. Deverre (Georges). *Essai sur les rapports de l'hydronephrose et du traumatisme. 120 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 3. Deverre (Henri) [1872- ]. *Etude sur les com- plications hepatiques de la grippe. 50 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 8. Devez (Gabriel). *La luxation totale ou enuclea- tion du premier cuneiforme; etude clinique et experimentale. 61 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 234. Devfcze (Louis) [1877- ]. *La methode de Bier dans le traitement des tuberculoses osteo-articu- laires. 124 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1906, No. 24. Deveze (R.) Observations cliniques de fievre typhoide (epidemie de Nimes 1900). x, 92 pp., 2 1. 8°. Montpellier, 1901, No. 2. Devi (G. Molini M. V.) An introduction to the science of respiropathy. 194 pp. 12°. Chicago, East dc West Pub. Co., 1920. Devic (Andre) [1888- ]. *k propos d'une epi- demie de dysenterie bacillaire observee en 1916. 108 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1918, No. 16. Devignevielle (A.) [1872- ]. Contribution a l'etude des accidents nerveux consecutifs aux fractures. 43 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 118. Devillard (Claude-Marie) [1883- ]. *De la valeur pronostique du deiire dans l'infection puerperale. 66 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1910, No. 58. Devillard (Jean-Andre-Guillaume) [1874- J. *La sensibilite oculaire a la pression dans la paralysie generale. 48 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1900, No. 29. DeviIIars (Jacques-Marie-Auguste-Maxime) [1874- ]. *Du ballottement dans certains cas de DeviIIars (Jacques-Marie-Auguste-Maxime)—con. cysto-epitheiiomes de l'ovaire simulant le bal- lottement foetal. 64 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1912, No. 143. Deville (Constant) [1870- ]. *Indicationa actuelles de 1'operation cesarienne conservatrice ou non. 84 pp.. 11. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 305. Deville (Paul) [1887- ]. *Traitement des in- fections dues au staphylocoque et au strepto- coque par les vaccins-sensibilises. 50 pp. 8°. Paris, 1914, No. 394. Deville (Therese). *De rutilite de l'injection intra-musculaire de serum dans le traitement de la diphterie. 46 pp. 8°. Paris, 1921, No. 394. Deville (Victor). See Coreil (Francois) & Deville (Victor). Traite de disinfection [etc.]. roy. 8°. Paris, 1911. Devillebichot (Leon) [1884- ]. *De l'alimenta- tion artificielle de l'enfant pendant les trois pre- miers mois. 90 pp. 8\ Lyon, 1909, No. 134. Devillechabrolle (Isidore) [1881- ]. *Des inva- ginations appendico-caecales. 83 pp. 8°. Bor- deaux, 1908, No. 26. Devillers (Fernand-James). *De la necessite d'une intervention immediate dans les traumatismes craniens. 42 pp. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 218. Devilliers (Alfred) [1888- ]. *Recherches de thermometrie chez le nouveau-ne. 82 pp. S°. Paris, 1912, No. 239. Devilliers (D.) *Contribution a l'etude des he- morrhoides; leur traitement par l'hamamelis virginica et par l'adrenaline. 60 pp. >;. Paris, 1903, No. 522. Devimeux (G.) *Du traitement des formes graves de I'atrophie et de l'hypertrophie infantiles par l'emploi methodique des laits surchauffes et des laits homogeneises. 107 pp., 1 ch. S°. Paris, 1911, No. 80. Devin (G.) Die deutschen Militarapotheker im Weltkriege; ihre Tatigkeit und Erfahrungen. x, 388 pp. 8°. Berlin, J. Springer, 1920. De Vincenti (Angelo) [ -1913]. Medea (E.) (Obituary.) Atti d. Soc. lomb. disc.med.e biol., Milano, 1912-13. ii. 2i»7-300.—Xecrologlo. Arte ostet., Milano, 1913, xxvii, 74-76. De Vincentiis (Carlo) [1S49-1904]. De Berardinls (D.) [Biography.] Gior. d. Ass. napol. di med. e nat., Napoh, 1905, xv, 62-71.—De Lieto Vollaro (A.) In memoria. Arch, di ottal., Palermo. 1903-4, xi, 503-513.—Parisotti (O.) [Hiocraphv.l Ann. d'ocul., Par., 1905, cxxxiii, 33S-340.—Scalincl i,K.) Necrologia. Ann. di ottal., Pavia, 1904, xxxiii, 709-719, port. Devine (Edward Thomas) [1867- ]. The new view of charity, pp. 737-744. 8°. Boston, 1908. Cutting from: Atlantic Monthly, Bost., 1908, cii. ------. Social forces. 226 pp. 8°. New York, 1910. ------. The spirit of social work; addresses by E. T. Devine. xi, 231 pp. 8°. New York, Charities Publication Committee, 1911. ------. Disabled soldiers and sailors' pensions and training. Assisted by Lilian Brandt, vii, 471 pp. 8°. New York [etc.], Oxford University Press, American Branch, 1919. ------. The essentials of a relief policv. 20 pp. roy. 8°. New York, [n. d.]. De Vine (John Francis) [1874- ]. Bovine tuber- culosis, with introductory article by E. Z. Russell; discussion of intradermal tuberculin test by D. F. Lucky and article on state ac- credited herd by O. E. Dyson. 120 pp. 8°. Chicago, American Veterinan/ Pub. Co., 1917. De Vinne (Theodore Low) [1828-1914]. Notable printers of Italy during the fifteenth century, illustrated with facsimiles from early editions and with remarks on early and recent printing. DE VINNE. 463 DEWEY. De Vinne (Theodore Low)—continued. 210 pp. 4°. New York, The Grolier Club of the City of New York, 1910. Devletian (Johannes) [1884- J. *Sekundare Bauchwandplastik nach Appendix-Operationen. 36 pp., 2 1. 8°. Berlin, A. Knickmeyer, [1908]. De Voe (Arthur). The care of the teeth pp. 653- 658. 8°. New York, 1900. Cutting from: Cosmopolitan, N. Y., 1900, xxix. Devoisins (Louis) [1891- ]. *De la gastro- enterostomie spontanee. 55 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1914, No. 56. Devonshire (Mrs. R. L.). See Vallery-Radot (Ren6). The life of Pasteur, [etc.]. 8°. London, 1911. Devoto (Luigi). Prima relazione del servizio di policlinica medica. 12 pp. 8°. Genova, 1898. ------. Manuale di tecnica medica per medici e studenti. viii, 437 pp. 8°. Milano, Napoli, [1899]. ------. Malattie del fegato. Malattie del sangue del prof. L. Lucatello; malattie degli organi del movimento del prof. C. Fedeli; malattie del ricambio del prof. E. Reale; kinesiterapia del prof. C. Colombo, xi, 428 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Milano, F. Vallardi, [1905]. ■------. La chnica delle malattie professional! di Milano; sua azione scientifica e sociale. 26 pp., 1 fold. pi. 8°. Milano, F. Vallardi, 1908. See also, Mya (Giuseppe) & Devoto (L.) Malattie dei reni [etc.]. 8°. Milano, [n. d.]. Devouassoux (Joseph). *De la conservation de Tuterus et de l'ovaire apres la salpingectomie double. 84 pp. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 292. Devouges (Ferdinand-Marie-Roger) [1884- ]. *De la scoliose congenitale. 94 pp. 8°. Nancy, 1910, No. 33. Devraigne (Louis). * Valeur du dosage de l'hemo- globine dans la pratique des accouchements. 126 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 226. ------. The same. 126 pp. 8°. Paris, H. Paulin dc Cie., 1906. ■------. Examen clinique de la femme enceinte. 34 pp. 12°. Paris, H. Paulin, [n. d.]. Devrient (Max). *Die Tonsillen des Rindes und ihre Beziehung zur Entstehung der Tuberkulose. [Bern.] 36 pp., 7 pi. 8°. Hannover, A. Eberlein dc Co., 1908. De Vries (Ernst). *Experimentelle Untersuchun- fen iiber die Rolle der Neuroglia bei sekundiirer )egeneration grauer Substanz. [Zurich.] 102 pp. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1909. De Vries (L.) De zorg voor onze gesondheid. Leesboekje voor de hoogste klasse der lagere- school en voor de herhalingsschool. 80 pp., 1 pi.. 1 ch. 8°. Groningen, J. B. Wolters, 1905. De Vries (Stella). Het nieuwste en volmaakste voorbehoedmiddel tegen zwangerschap door de uitvindster. 29 pp. 12°. Amsterdam, C. Daniels, [n. d.]. Devulder (Robert). *Sur le traitement de la gangrene gazeuse par l'exerese totale du foyer gazeux (cure radicale). 140 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Paris, 1916, No. 5. Devy (Elie-Henry) [1878- ]. *Du lavage intra- oculaire par injection et aspiration simultanees apres l'operation de la cataracte. 86 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1902, No. 63. Dew (Henry R.) [1862-1918]. Busey (C. E.) Obituary. Virginia M. Month., Rich- mond, 1918-19, xlv, 219. De Waal (J. W.) De keuring van voedingsmiddelen in kleinere gemeenten. 27 pp. roy. 8°. Amster- dam, D. B. Centen, 1911. De Waard (C.) De uitvinding der verrekijkers. Eene bijdrage tot de beschavingsgeschiedenis. vii, 340 pp. 8°. s' Gravenhage, H. L. Smits, 1906. DewaiUy (Henri) [1884- ]. *Traitement sanglant des fractures fermees; contributions cliniques. 103 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 97. Dewar (Douglas) & Finn (Frank). The making of species, xix (11.), 400 pp., 16 pi. 8°. London, J. Lane Co., 1909. Dewar (HugJi)[ -1914]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1914, i, 947. Dewar (John) [ -1909]. Obituary. Glasgow M. J., 1909, Ixxi, 115. De Watteville (Walter Frederick) [1859- 1918]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1918, ii, 453. De Wecker (Louis) [1832-1906]. [Biography.] Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1906, n. s., lxxxi, 263.—de Lapersonne (F.) [Biography.] Presse m£d., Par., 1906, xiv, annexes, 97.—Parisotti (O.) Com- memorazione. Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1906, xxxii, 273-279.—Rochon - Duvigneaud. [Biography.] Rec. d'opht., Par., 1906, 3. s., xxvui, 78-80. Dewees (William Potts) [1767-1841]. A compen- dious system of midwifery, chiefly designed to facilitate the inquiries of those who may be pursuing this branch of study. 5. ed. xvi, 636 pp., 18 pi. 8°. Philadelphia, Carey dc Lea, 1832. ------. The same. 7. ed. xvi, 660 pp., 18 pi. 8°. Philadelphia, Carey, Lea dc Blanchard, 1835. ------. The same. 9. ed. xvi, 660 pp., 18 pi. 8°. Philadelphia, Lea dc Blanchard, 1839. ------. The same. 10. ed. xvi, 25-628, 18 pi. 8°. Philadelphia, Lea dc Blanchard, 1843. ------. A treatise on the physical and medical treatment of children. 5. ed. xiv, 548 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, Carey, Lea dc Blanchard, 1834. ------. The same. 7. ed. xiv, 548 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, Carey, Lea dc Blanchard, 1838. ------. A treatise on the diseases of females. 5. ed. xii, 591 pp., 12 pi. 8°. Philadelphia, Carey, Lea dc Blanchard, 1835. ------. The same. 6. ed. xii, 591 pp., 12 pi. 8°. Philadelphia, Carey, Lea dc Blanchard, 1837. Dewenter (Karl Hermann) [1884- ]. *Ueber Schnittfiihrung bei Gallensteinoperationen mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der von Konig (Marburg) angegebenen Methode. 31 pp. 8°. Marburg, J. Hamel, 1913. Dewey (Edward Hooker). The true science of living; the new gospel of health; practical and physiological story of an evolution of natural law in the cure of disease, for physicians and laymen; how the sick get well, how the well get sick; alcoholics freshly considered. 323 pp. 8°. Norwich, Conn., H. Bill, 1895. ------. The no-breakfast plan and the fasting cure. 207 pp., 7 pi. 12°. London, L. N. Fowler dc Co., 1900. The Health Cult. Co., Passaic, N. J. ------. The same. 3. ed. 207 pp. 12°. New York, Health Culture Co., [1921]. Dewey (Evelyn). The Dalton laboratory plan. ix p. (11.), 173 pp., 3 ch. 8°. New York, E. P. Dutton dc Co., [1922]. Dewey (Henry Wells) [1860-1917]. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, lxviii, 1336. Dewey (John) [1859- ]. Human nature and conduct; an introduction to social psychology. vii, 336 pp. 8°. New York, H. Holt dc Co., 1922. ------. The same. Psicologia del pensamiento. Traduction del ingles por Alejandro A. Jascale- vich. xxii, 247 pp. 12°. Boston, Nueva York [etc.], D. C. Heath dc Co., 1917. Dewey (Lester H.) The camphor tree. Aug. 12, 1897. 7 pp. 8°. [Washington, 1897.] Circ. No. 12, U. S. Dep. Agric, Div. Bot. DEWEY. 464 DEXTROSE. Dewey (Martin) [1881- ]. Practical orthodontia- 4 p. 1., 17-342 pp. 8°. St. Louis, C. V. Mosby Co., 1914. ------. Thesame. 4. ed. 532pp. 8°. St. Louis, C. V. Mosby Co., 1919. Dental anatomy. 291 pp. 8°. St. Louis, C. V. Mosby Co., 1916. Dewey (Melvil). On libraries, for librarians. pp. 193-206. 8°. New York dc Chicago, 1904. Repr.from: New Internat. Encyclop. Dewey (Wilhs Alonzo) [1858- ]. Practical ho- moeopathic therapeutics, arranged and compiled by W. A. Dewey. 2. ed. ix, 426 pp. 8°. Phila- delphia, Boericke dc Tafel, 1914. Also, Editor of: Journal of the American Institute of Homoeopathy, Lancaster, Pa., 1909. See, also, Boericke (William) & Dewey (Wilhs Alonzo). The twelve tissue remedies of Schiissler [etc.]. 8°. Phila- delphia, 1914. Dewez (Franciscus Oliverius). *De rhachitide. 29 pp. 16°. Viennse, G. L. Schulz, 1764. De Wilde (Pieter Adrianus). *Verwantschap en erfehjkheid bij doofstomheid en retinitis pig- mentosa. 91 pp. 8°. Amsterdam, van Rossen, 1919. Dewing (Oliver N.) [1862-1910]. Smith (G. A.) Obituary. Proc. Am. Med.-Psychol. Ass., Bait., 1910, xvii, 503. De Witt (Charles H.) [1859- ]. A laboratory guide in histology. 88 pp., 21. 8°. Valparaiso, Ind., C. H. De Witt, 1904. ------. The same. 3. ed. rev., with a chapteron laboratory drawings by N. S. Amstutz. 222 pp., 2 1. 8°. Valparaiso, Ind., C. H. De Witt, 1912. De Witt (Katharine) [1867- ]. Private duty nursing. 244 pp. 8°. Philadelphia dc London, J. B. Lippincott Co., 1913. ------. The same. 2. ed. 254 pp. 12°. Phila- delphia dc London, J. B. Lippincott Co., 1917. von Dewitz (Otto). *Beitrage zur Hilfsschulfrage. 30 pp. 8°. Freiburg i. Br., K. Henn, 1905. Dewoletzky (Rudolf). Neuere Forschungen iiber das Gebiss der Sanger. 46 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Czerno- witz, R. Eckhardt, 1895. De Wolf (James R.) [1819-1901]. Obituary. Am. J. Insan., Bait., 1900-1901, lvii, 729. De Wolf (Oscar C.) [1836-1910]. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, liv, 1229.— Reynolds (A. R.) Obituary. Bull. Soc. M. Hist., Chi- cago, 1911-12, i, 109-113, port. De Wolf (Philip) & Larison (E. L.) American sulphuric acid practice, with a special chapter by W. M. Le Clear, vii, 270 pp. 8°. New York, McGraw-Hill Book Co., 1921. Dexheimer (Arthur) [1880- ]. *Ueber die Dar- stellung anorganischer Kolloide in kolloidalen organischen Medien. 57 pp. 8°. Erlanaen, E. Th. Jacob, 1911. Dexler (Hermann). Die Nervenkrankheiten des Pferdes. ix, 277 pp. 8°. Leipzig dc Wien, F. Deuticke, 1899. Dexter (Edwin Grant). Conduct and the weather; an inductive study of the mental effects of definite meteorological conditions. 2 p. 1., 103 pp. 8°. New York, Macmillan Co., 1899. Psychol. Rev. Mon. Suppl., N. Y., 1899, ii, No. 6. ------. Drunkenness and the weather, pp 421- 434. 8°. Philadelphia, 1900. Cutting from: Ann. Am. Acad. Pol. & Soc. Sc, Phila 1900, xvi. ' * ------. Weather influences. An empirical study of the mental and physiological effects of definite meteorological conditions. With an introduction by Cleveland Abbe, xxxi, 286 pp. 8°. New York, Macmillan Co., 1904. Dexter (Hermann). Die Gefahr verdorbener ani- malischer Nahrungsmittel. 16 pp. 8°. Prag, A. Haase, 1902. Dexter (Loyal). The twelve toed baby mystery; a novelette. A tale of investigation, legislation, and an expose of pseudo reforms. 121 pp. 8°. Chicago, Lincoln Park Station, Mothers' and Children's National Aid Society, [1914]. Dexter (Mary). In the soldiers' service; war ex- periences of Mary Dexter (England, Belgium, France), 1914-18; edited by her mother. 209 pp. 12°. Boston dc New York, Houghton, Mifflin Co., 1918. Dexter (WiUiam Prescott) [1820-90]. Obituary. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts & Sc, Bost., 1891-2, n. s., xix, 363. Dextrin. See, also Carbohydrates; Starch; Sugar. Bablngton (F. W.), Tingle (A.) & Watson (C. E.) The examination of commercial dextrin and related starch products. J. Soc. Chem. Indust., Lond., 1918, xxxvii, 257. Also: Am. J. Pharm., Phila., 1919, xci, 50-53.—Blitz (W.) Ueber den osmotischen Druck der Kolloide. V. Zur Kolloidchemie der Dextrine. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1913, Ixxxiii, 683-707.—Mayer (P.) Ueber das Verhalten von Dextrin und Glykogen im Tierkorper. Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 1903, xxi, 417-421.—Oechsner (W.) Quelques observations sur la dextrine. Acad. roy. de Belg. Bull, de la cl. d. sc, Brux., 1910, 846-849. Dextrocardia. See Heart (Transposition of). Dextrose. See, also, Carbohydrates; Glucose; Sugars. Christoffel (H.) *Hyperglykamie und Gly- kosurie nach intravenosen Traubenzuckerinjek- tionen. [Basel.] 8°. Berlin, 1914. Also, in: Ztschr. f. d. ges. exper. Med., Berl., 1914, Hft. 2, iii, 91-107. Schaper (E. [W. C.]) *Der zeitliche Verlauf der Drehungsanderung von Dextrose losungen in Salzsaure beim Kochen. [Giessen.] 8°. Zeven, 1920. Addis (T.} & Shevky (A. E.) Sources of error in the estimation of dextrose by the colorimetric picrate method. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1917-18, xv, 79.----- -----. The rate of color production in alkaline solutions of dextrose and picrate. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1918, xxxv, 43-59. Also, Reprint.—Barbour (H. G.) The antipvretic action of dextrose. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1918-19, xvi, 136-138.—Davis (D. M.) The effect of dextrose given intravenously on blood composition and urinary secretion. Am. J. Phvsiol., Bait., 1917, xliii, 514-529, 5 diagr— Fernbach (A.) & Schoen (M.) Sur quelques produils de la decomposition du dextrose en milieu alcalin. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1914, xxviii, 692-713. Also: Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1914, clviii, 976-97$.— Fisher (Gertrude) & Wishart (Mary B.) Animalcalorime- try; observations on the absorption of dextrose and the effect it has upon the composition of the blood. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1912-13, xhi. 49-61.—Hoagland (R.) The quantitative estimation of dextrose in muscular tissue. Ibid., 1917, xxxi 67-77.—Kleiner (I. S.) Concerning the elimination of dextrose into the gastrointestinal canal. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1910-11, viii, 68. ---—. The excretion of dextrose in the stomach and the small intestine. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., 1911, xiv, 274-288.-----. The disappearance of dextrose from the blood after intravenous injection. Ibid., Bait., 1916, xxiii, 507-533.—Kleiner (I. S.) & Meltzer (S. J.) On the rapid disappearance from the blood of large quantities of dextrose injected intravenously. Proc Am. Physiol. Soc, Bost., 1914, p. xvii.-----------. The influence of depancreatiza- tion upon the state of glycsemia following the Intravenous injection of dextrose in dogs. Am. J. Physiol., Bait.. 1914-15, xxxvi, 361.-----------. Retention in the circulation of dextrose in normal and depancreatized animls, and the effect of an intravenous injection of an emulsion of pancreas upon this retention. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1915, xxx, 342-345. Also: Science, N. Y., pp 8°. London, 1922. Leo (H.) Ueber Wesen und Ursache der Zuckerkrankheit. 8°. Berlin, 1900. r.F.pixE (R.) Le diabete sucre\ 8°. Paris, 1909. Loxo Depaquit (L.) *La salive chez les diabetiques. 8°. Paris, 1920. Luda (G.) Die Zuckerkrankheit (Diabetes1*; Wesen, Behandlung, Heilung unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Sauerstoffheilverfahrens 3. Aufl. 8°. Berlin dc Leipzig, [1912]. Xauxyx(B.) Der Diabetes mellitus. 2 um- gearb. Aufl. 8°. Wien, 1906. vox Xoorden (C. H.) Clinical treatises on the pathology and therapy of disorders of metab- olism and nutrition. Auth. Am. transl. ed. by Boardman Reed, transl. by Florence Buchanon & I. ttalker Hall. Pt. 7. Diabetes mellitus- its pathological chemistry and treatment l00' New York, 1905. ------. Xew aspects of diabetes. 8° Xew lork, 1912. Diabetes [mellitus]. Pavy (F. W.) Researches on the nature and treatment of diabetes. 3. ed. 8°. London, 1869. Reymaxx (G.) Die Zuckerkrankheit im neuen Lichte. 8°. Lauterecken, 1911. Sopp (\.) Die Zuckerkrankheit (Diabetes); ihre Ursachen, Wesen und Bekampfung. 12°. Wurzburg, 1912. Albu (A.) Ueber den Einfluss starker Muskelthatigkeit (Radfahren) auf den Diabetes. Berl. khn. Wchnschr., 1899, xxxvi, 235; 257.—Allen (F. M.) Studies concerning dia- betes. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1914, lxiii, 939-943.-----. Investigative and scientific phases of the diabetic question; their probable relations to practical problems of clinical medicine. Ibid., 1916, lxvi, 1525-1532. Also [Abstr.]: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1916, lxxxix, 453. Also, Renrint.-----. Some chnical phases of diabetes. Tr. Coll. Phvs. Phila., 1916, 3. s., xxxviii. 249-259.-----. Diabetes meihtus. In: Nelson Loose-Leaf Med., Lond. & X. Y., 1920, iii, 55-115. -----. Observations on the progressiveness of diabetes. Med. Clin. N. Am., Phila., 1922, vi, 465-174.—Barlaro (P. M.) Diabetes. Prensa m£d. argentina, Buenos Aires, 1916-17, iii, suppl., 4; 7; 16; 19; 2s; 56: 60; 62.—Baumgarten (O.) Weiteres zur Kenntnis des Diabetes mellitus. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1910, viii, 216-225.—Blod- gett (S. H.) Diabetes meihtus. Boston M. & S. J., 1919, clxxxi, 422-427.—Bogart (T. X.) Diabetes meihtus. St. Louis M. Rev., 1908, lvii, 333-338.—Bonorino Udaondo (C.t El liquido cefalo-raquideo en la diabetes. Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1913, xx, pt. 2, 1038-1040.—Boston (L. N.1 & Kohn (L. W.l The saliva in diabetics. X. York M. J. [etc.], 1917, cv, 497-502. Also, Reprint.—Brad- ford (J. R.) Some unusual cases of diabetes. Clin. J., Lond., 1907-S. xxxi, 76-80.—Brooke (B. R.) A considera- tion of diabetes. Med. Sentinel, Portland, Oreg., 1916,3214- 3218.—Brown (M. M.) Observations on the diagnosis and treatment of diabetes. Boston M. & S. J., 1916, elxxiv, 317- 319.—Brown (W. L.I Glycosuria. Chn. J., Lond., 1913-14, xhi 411-415.-----. Some unusual cases of glycosuria. Ibid., 1916, xlv, 29-36.-----. Certain aspects ol diabetes. St. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1918^19, xxvi, 104-106.—Chaba- nier (H.), Lebert (.Wie. M.l & Loro-Onell (C.) Du role du seuil renal du glucose dans le phenomene de tolerance chez les diabotiques. Arch. d. mal. d. reins [etc.], Par., 1922 i, 112-122.—Charles (Sir R. H.l, Bose (R. K. C.) [et al.]. Discussion on diabetes in the Tropics. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, ii, 1051-1064.—Christie (C. D.) Absolute diabetes with return of function. J. Am. M. \ss., Chicago, 1917, lxviii, 170-174. Also, Reprint.—Crottan (A. CO Diabetes problems. Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1913, n. S., xxxu, 365-370.—Da Costa (J. C.) & Beardslev (E. J. G.) The resistance of diabetics to bacterial infection: a studv of the opsonophagocytic properties of the blood in 74 cases of diabetes meihtus and related conditions. Vm. J M Sc Phila. & N. Y., 1908, cxxxvi, 361-373.—De Hartogh (J.) Immuniteitsreacties en diabetes mellitus in het licht der ferment-theorie. Med. Weekbl., Amst., 1913-14 xx 445- 457.—Densten (J. C.) Diabetes meihtus. X. York M J., [etc.], 1919. ex, 613-615. Also: Med. Standard, Chicago, 1920, xhii, 14-16.—De Renzi (E.) Diabete mellito. X. riv. ehn.-terap., Xapoli, 1902, v, 113; 169. Also: Boll. d. clin., Milano, 1903, xx, 1-1S.-----. II diabete melhto. Gazz. d. osp Milano, I'.hC. xxviii, 1635-1639.—Dock (G.) Diabetes meihtus. Tr. Internat. Cong. Med.. Lend. 1913 Sect, vi Medicine. 231 236-Dock (G.) A \on Noorden (K.> Dia- betes meihtus. I'k.j., 1913, Loud.. 19H. Sect. vi. Medicine, Pt-2r 3S9-392 —Earp (S- Kl l>i:il*ies mellitus. West. M. Times, Denver, 1921 2. xii. 3.r ;«9.—Ehstetn (W.) Diabetes meihtus, Unterleihskoliken und Oedeme in ihren vVechselbeMfhimgen. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1900, xl, I8l-I9v-Eccles (R. G.) Darwinism and diabetes. Med. ,-rVV,-^- TVv190s- KxMi> 7:'7 763: lxxiv» 213-219.—Edgar . V, ) Diabetes meihtus. X. York M. J. [etc.], 1919, cix, Ms-.,.A-Eisner I,*: ) Zur Hyperglvkamie und Glvkosurie. \ erhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. innere Med.. Munchen & \\ ir-t>.. 1-121 xxxiii. Kong., 278-2M.—Elmer (E. O.) Acute diabetes meihtus. Med. Rec., X. Y., 1917, xcii, 987.— Fahr (T.) Dlabetes-Studien. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Ann [etc.], Berl., 1914, ccv, 247-270, 1 pi.—Falta %V?.) I eber Diabetes. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. innere Med.. Munchen & Wiesb., 1921, xxxiii. Kong., 234-239.— i antes (F.) Glucosurie et lactosurie. J. de pharm. et de ^Jimj' ^''J9.1?1 "'• s-> *"• 1^S-1W.-----. Contribution a 'ltudedu diabete. Presse mtkl., Par., 1920, xxviii, 475- !"•—Fltz (R.) Observations on kidney function in dia- betes mellitus. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1917, xx, 809- !\27TFFa,nch,nl (G) & Scordo {¥.) Contnbuto alio vlili110 do1 dlal*ie mellito. Riv. crit. dl clin. med., Firenze, 1909, x, 101; in; 129.—Frank (E.) Ueber harmlose Formen der Zuckerkrankheit bei jiingeren Menschen. Therap. d. Gegenw Berl., 1914, lv, 439-143.-----. Die moderne Entwicklung der Theorie und der Therapie des Diabetes mellitus. W ien. klin. Wchnschr , 1922, xxxv, 70.—Carrod (A. E.) Lettsomian lectures on glvcosuria. Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1911 12, xxxv. 131-199. .1.'.^■ • Lancet. Lond., 1912,i, 483- 557; 629.—Geyelln (H. R.^ Symposium on diabetes. Med. Clin. N. Am., Phila., 1917, i. fwr.is — (.raham (G.) Diabetes imiocens. Quart. J. Med., Oxford, 1916-17, x, 245- DIABETES. 467 DIABETES. Diabetes [mellitus]. 258.-----. Two cases of diabetes mellitus of an unusual type. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1920-21, xiv, Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 18-20.—Graves (N. A.) Diabetes meihtus. Chicago M. Times, 1904, xxxvii, 459-464.—Grube (K.) Ueber Diabetes mellitus. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xxi, 146-154.-----. Der Diabetes mellitus; sein Wesen una seine Behandlung auf Grund der ncueren Forschungen und eigcner Beobachtungen. Berl. Klinik, 1910, xxii, Hft. 261, 1-47.-----. Neuere Arbeiten und Anschauungen iiber das Wesen des Diabetes mellitus. Reichs Med. Anz., Leipz., 1910, xxxv, 362; 369.—Halliburton (W. D.) Dia- betes mellitus from the physiological standpoint. Practi- tioner, Lond., 1907, lxxix, 1-12.—Hartman (A. F.) Dia- betes. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1922, xix, 521.— Helberg (K. A.) Diabetes in moderner Beleuchtung. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1922, lxix, 731-733.—Held (I. W.) & Gross (M. H.) Diabetes meihtus. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1917, cvi, 780-786.—Herrlngham (W. P.) A lecture on diabetes. Clin. J., Lond., 1912-13, xl, 81-86.—Hopfner (H.) Beobachtungen bei Diabetes. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. & Berl., 1922, xlviii, 1284.—Hornor (A. A.) & Joslln (E. P.) Study of 62 cases of diabetes of 15 or more years' duration. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1918, civ, 47-57.—Jacobsen (A. T. B.) Cases of mild diabetes. Acta Med. Scandin., Stockholm, 1920, liii, 679-685.-----. [Studies on diabetes.] Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1922, lxv, [Tijdskr. med. Selsk. Forh.], 54-61.—Jonas (L.) Diabetes. Med. Clin. N. Am., Phila., 1918, ii, 861-869.—Joslln (E. P.) Two cases of severe diabetes. Ibid., i, 895-924.-----. Practical lessons for physicians and patients in diabetes. Ibid.', 1921, iv, 1723-1732.-----. Today's problem in diabetes in light of 930 fatal cases. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1922, lxxviii, 1506-1510.-----. Diabetes. J. Maine M. Ass., Portland, 1922, xiii, 43-55.—Langstroth (L.) Study of an unusual glycosuria. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1919, clvii, 201- 206.—Le Clerc. Les petits diabetiques. Normandie m&L, Rouen. 1906, xxi, 455; 475; 487.-----. Du diabete Sucre. Ibid., 1911, xxvi, 1; 29; 53.—de Lemos (F.) Glycosurias. Bol. da Acad. nac. de med., Rio de Jan., 1920, xci, 749-760 — Lenne. Ueber Diabetes meihtus. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1902, xvi, 182; 294; 361—Lepine (R.) Sur le poids de quelques organes chez les diabetiques. Bull. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1905, v, 96-99. Also: Lyon med., 1905, civ, 557-560.-----. Sur la resorption du Sucre par les tubes du rein. Lyon m£d., 1911, cxvi, 633-635.—Licht witz (L.) Ueber Diabetes meihtus. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1919, xvi, 601-605.—^otti (C.) II diabete mellito. Boll. d. Soc. eustach., Camerino, 1923, xxi, 1-27.—McCann (W. S.) & Hannon (R. R.) Studies of diabetes meihtus; respira- tory exchange following ingestion of glucose, glycerol, cal- cium hexose phosphate and calcium glycerophosphate. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1923, xxxiv, 73-80.— McGulre (E.) & Smith (J. H.) Some phases of diabetes meihtus. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1913-14, xviii, 293-298.—McMillan (D. W.) Diabetes meihtus. J. Florida M. Ass., Jacksonville, 1916, iii, 238-243—Major (R. H.) Studies on sugar tolerance. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait;, 1923, xxxiv, 21-26.—Marcus. Studien iiber Diabetes. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1909, vi, 879-881.—Mason (E. H.) Non-specific Wassermann reac- tions in diabetes mellitus. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1921, clxii, 828-833.—Milbee (H. H.) Diabetes meihtus. Wis- consin M. L, Milwaukee, 1918, xvii, 48-51.—Miles (W. R.) & Root (H. F.) Psychologic tests applied to diabetic patients. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1922, xxx, 767-777.— Mladejovsky (V.) Diabetes. Casop. 16k. cesk., v Praze, 1904, xliii, 37; 69; 93; 119; 149.—Mohr (L.) Untersuchun- gen iiber den Diabetes meihtus. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1907, iv, 910-946.—Monro (T. K.) A clini- cal lecture on diabetes. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1907, n. s., Ixxxiii, 304-307.—Naunyn (B.) Der Diabetes meih- tus. Deutscbe Klinik., Berl. & Wien, 1901, iii, 1-34.—von Noorden (C.) Ueber Diabetes mellitus. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1900, xxxvii, 1117; 1157.-----. On Diabetes mellitus. Tr. Internat. Cong. Med., Lond., 1913, Sect, vi, Medicine, 237-251.-----. A lecture on diabetes. Post- Graduate, N. Y., 1913, xxviii, 217-237.-----. Opmerkingen over de oorzaken, de theorieen en de behandeling van dia- betes mellitus. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1914, 1609-1633.—Pellegrini (E.) Funzionalita intestinale in diabetici. Pathologica. Genova, 1918. x, 25-27.—Petrta (K.) & Backman (L.) Diabetesstudier. Nord. Tidsskr. f. Terapi, K0henh.; 1911-12, x, 358; 397.—Pribram (H.) & Lb'wy (J.) Zur Diabetesfrage. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl. 1913, lxxvii, 384-393.—R. (S.) Le diabete sucre\ Rev. gin. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1923, xxxvii, 201.—Rankin (G.) A lecture on glycosuria. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1913, i, 593-597.—Rathery (F.) Diabete intermittent. Parismeu., 1913-14, xui, 605-610.—Rathery (F.) & Binet (L.) La salive chez les diabetiques. Presse med., Par., 1920, xxviii, 263.—Robertson (K.) The tragedy of glycosuria. Practi- tioner., Lond., 1915, xcv, 688-696.—Rohdenburg (G. L.) A case of spontaneous disappearance of diabetes. Endo- crinology, Los Angeles, 1922, vi, 519-522.—Root (H. F.) & Miles (W. R.) Physical measurements of diabetic patients; with a discussion of normal weight standards. J. Metabol. Research, Morristown, N. J., 1922, ii, 173-197.—Rumpf (T.) Untersuchungen iiber Diabetes mellitus. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1902, xlv, 260-313.—Russell (A. E.) Two Diabetes [mellitus]. lectures on diabetes mellitus. Chn. J., Lond., 1902-3, xxi, 389-395.—Sansum (W. D.) & Woodyart (R. T.) Studies on the theory of diabetes; timed intravenous injec- tions of glucose at lower rates. J. Biol. Chem.. N. Y., 1917, xxx, 155-173. Also, Reprint.—Schmidt (A.) & Lorlsch (H.) Ueber die Bedeutung der Zellulose fiir den Kraft- wchsle eder Diabetiker. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1907, xxxiii, 1938-1941.—Sherrill (J. W.) Clinical observations concerning progressiveness of diabetes. J. Metabol. Research, Norristown, N. J., 1922, i, 667-721.— Silvester (W. W.) Diabetes. Virginia M. Month., Rich- mond, 1919-20, xlvi, 286-290.—Stein (H. M.) Diabetes meihtus. Maryland Psychiat. Q., Bait., 1921-2, xi, 56-70.— Thous (M.) Sobre la diabetes. Siglo m£d., Madrid, 1905, Iii, 592; 605; 623; 641; 656.—Tirard (N.) The Bradshaw lecture on some clinical contributions to the study of glyco- suria. Lancet, Lond., 1914, ii, 1133-1139.—Vigevani (G.) Nuove idee sul diabete zuccherino. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1918, 3. s., vi, 103-112. Also: Med. Nuova, Roma, 1919, x, 49; 51.-----. Osservazioni cliniche sul diabetet mellito. Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1919, 3. s., vii, 43; 74bis, 126; 183; 232: 1920, viii, 19bis; 72.—Wallis (R. L. M.) & Roper (F. A.) A case of intermittent glycosuria. St. Barth. Hosp. Rep. 1912, Lond., 1913, xlviii, 19-37.—Warfield (L. M.) & Evans (J. S.) Four cases of glycosuria. Wisconsin M. J., Mil- waukee, 1919-20, xviii, 226.—Weidenbaum (J.) Beitrage zur Lehre vom Diabetes meihtus. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1912, xxix, 623-628.—Wendt (L. F. C.) A synopsis of lectures given the house staff and post-graduate nurses on the diagnosis and management of diabetes meihtus. Grace Hosp. Bull., Detroit, 1917-18, ii, 1-8.—White (W. H.) On diabetes. Clin. J., Lond., 1902 xx, 193-201.-----. Gylcosuria and diabetes. Guy's Hosp'. Gaz., Lond., 1914, xxviii, 419; 437.-----. An address on glycosuria. Lancet, Lond., 1914, i, 367-373.—Wilcox (Sir W. H.) Diabetes meihtus. Practitioner, Lond., 1921, cvi, 305-321.—Wilder (R. M.) A clinical lecture on diabetes. Ann. Clin. Med., Bait., 1922, i, 80-88.—Williams (J. R.) Recent studies in diabetes mellitus. N. York State J. M., 1916, xvi, 412-418.—Williamson (R. T.) The termination in diabetes meihtus and glycosuria. Practitioner, Lond., 1911, lxxxvi, 821-830.—Wynhausen (O. J.) & Elzas (M.) Diabetes innocens. Arch. f. Verdauungskr., Berl., 1920, xxvi, 33-52. Diabetes (Acidosis in). See, also, Acidosis; Acetonuria; Diabetes (Complications of); Urine (Acetone in); Urine (Diacetic acid in). Addis (T.) Clinical methods of estimating the degree of acidosis in diabetes. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1913 xi, 440-442— Allard (E.) Ueber den zeithchen Ablauf der Acidosekorper-Ausscheidung beim Diabetes. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1907, lvii, 1-26.—Ankle- sarla (B. N.) Acidosis in relation to diabetes. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1919, liv, 96-98.—Arena (F.) II coefflciente d'acidosi ed i prodotti acetilici in un caso di diabete. Atti d. r. Accad. med.-chir. di Napoh, 1915, lxix, 37-45.—Baer (J.) & Blum (L.) Ueber die Einwirkung chemischer Substanzen auf die Zuckerausscheidung und die Acidose. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1911, lxv 1-34.—Beddard(A. P.) Pembrey (M.S.)& Spriggs(E.I.) Observations upon acidosis in diabetes meihtus. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1915, ii, 389-392.—Bergmark (G.) En aceton- kurva. Upsala Lakaref. Forh., 1914-15, n. f., xx, 267-270 — Berthelot (A.) & St. Danysz-Mlchel (Mme.) Sur la presence de microbes acetonogenes dans la flore intestinale des diabetiques. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1922, clxxiv, 1303-1306.—Biscons (I.) Valeur faible de l'imper- fection ureog^nique chez un diab&ique acidosique en traite- ment alcalin. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, lxxiii, 636.—Blum (L.) Zur therapeutischen Bewertung der diabetischen Azidose in der Praxis. Therap. d. Gegenw Berl., 1910, li, 97-100.—Bridges (W. O.) Acidosis in dia^ betes meihtus; its significance and treatment. Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1916, n. s., xxxv, 40-44.—Brunon Guardia (R.) Notes sur le diabete avec acidose et son traitement. Nor- mandie meMv Rouen, 1922, xxxiii (suppl.), 3-6—Busse(0.) Ueber die Saurevergiftung beim Diabetes meihtus. Mun- chen. med. Wchnschr., 1901, xlviii, 1404-1407.—Calvert (E. G. B.), Mayrs (E. B. C.) & Milroy (T. H.) Studies in diabetic acidosis. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Cambridge, 1921 xxiv, 91-116.—Cammidge (P. J.) Diabetic acidosis. Am. Med., Burlington, Vt., 19% n. s., xi, 363-373.—Castellino (P.) Diabete ed acidosi. Folia med., Napoli, 1916 ii 745- 794; 817.—Croftan (A. C.) Diabetic acidosis. Am. Med ' Burlington, Vt., 1916, n. s., xi, 417-420.—Cross (F B ) Case study illustrating management of severe diabetes with acidosis. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1921, xv, 229-231 — Czapskl (L.) Ein Fall extremster Acidosis im Verlauf des Diabetes meihtus. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol Leipz., 1914 lxxvii 218-225—Desgrez (A.), Bierry (H.) & Rathery (F.) Regime equilibre et acidose diabetique. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par.; 1922, clxxiv, 1576-1578 ——- —-----——. Diabete et acidose. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1922, lxxxv, 245-247.—Dirks (Marie). Ueber Beemflussung der diabetischen Azidose. Ann. d. stadt. allg. Krankenh. zu Munchen (1906-8), 1910, xiv, 122-144.— DIABETES. 468 DIABETES. Diabetes (Acidosis in). Ebert (M. H.) The prevention of acidosis in the treat- ment of diabetes. Journal-Lancet, Minneap., 1922, xhi, 33-36.—Edgar (T. W.) Diabetic acidosis. Med. Rec, M. Y., 1921, xcix, 952-954.—Ellas (H.) Ueber die Rolle der Saure im Kohlenhydratstoffwechsel; uber Saurediabetes. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1913, xlviii, 120-143.—Epstein (A. A.) & Felsen (J.) The influence of acidosis on hy- perglycemia in diabetes meihtus. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1917, cliii, 58-65.—Foldes (E.) Diabetiscb.es Oedem und Acidose. Wien. Arch. f. inn. Med., 1922, in, 469-498 — Fredericia (L. C.) [Determination of diabetic aci- dosis in examination of corbonic acid strains in air of lungs.] Nord. Tidsskr. f. Terapi, K0benh., 1912-13, xi, 439- 458.—Freund (H. A.) Resume of 40 cases of severe dia- betes with acidosis. Detroit M. J., 1914, xv, 415-420.- Frldericia (L. S.) Ueber Bestimmung der diabetischen Azidosis durch Untersuchung der Kohlensaurespannung in der Lungenluft. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1914, lxxx, 1-12.—Geelmuyden (H. C.) Ueber die klinische Bestim- mung der diabetischen Acidose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xlvii, 95-101.-----. [Gerhardt's ferric chloride reac- tion.] Norsk Mag. f. Leegevidensk., Kristiania, 1913, 5. R., xi, 1382-1399.—Geyelin (H. R.) Acidosis m diabetes. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1922, xxxix, 754-757.—Goodman (E. H.) Recent advances in our knowledge of underlying chemical principles of diabetic acidosis. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1908, i, 397-429.—Hare (H. A.) Diabetic acidosis; tumor in thorax; aneurism of aorta; parenchymatous nephritis; typhoid fever; and sacroiliac strain. Clinic at Jefferson Medical College Hospital. Therap. Gaz. [etc], Detroit, 1920, 3. s., xxxvi, 542-544.—Harrop (G. A.) & Mosenthal (H. O.) Influence of menstruation on acidosis in diabetes meihtus; report of case. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1918, xxix, 161-163, 1 pi.—Heiberg (K. A.) [Acidosis in diabetes.] Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1915, 5. R., viii, 1133-1138. -----. [Some remarks on several methods by which the degree of acidosis in diabetes can be deter- mined.] Ibid., 1917, 8. R., x, 357-360—Herter (C. A.) The acid intoxication of diabetes in its relation to prognosis. J. Exper. M., N. Y., 1900-1901, v, 617-633.—Hornor (A. A.) Definition and detection of acidosis in diabetes meihtus. Boston M. & S. J., 1916, clxxv, 148-152.—Jastrowltz (H.) & BeuttenmUller (H.) Ueber die diabetische Acidose und ihre Beeinflussung durch Haferkuren. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1911, ix, 365-381.—Joslln (E. P.) Prevention and treatment of diabetic acidosis without use of alkalis. Boston M. & S. J., 1916, clxxiv, 543.-----. Diabetes of long duration; severe diabetes versus severe acidosis in diabetes. Med. Clin. N. Am., Phila., 1920, 873- 886 —Kennaway (E. L.) Acetone bodies of blood in dia- betes. Bio-Chem. J., Cambridge, 1918, xii, 120-130.— Labbe (H.) Essai de pathogenie de l'acidose des diabe- tiques. BuU. Acad, de med., Par., 1921, 3. s., lxxxv, 139.— Labbe (M.) I- 'acidose diabetique et son traitement. Medecin prat., Par., 1911, vii, 709-713. -----. Acidoses non diabetiques; leur rapport avec l'insuffisance hepatique. J. de m6d. de Par., 1912, 2. s., xxiv, 815-818.-----. Syndrome d'acidose et coma diabetique. Presse med., Par., 1912, xx, 269-271.-----. Acidoses curables des diabetiques. Mouve^ ment med., Par., 1913, i, 113-118. -----. Les facteurs alimentaires de l'acidose chez les diabetiques. Medecine, Par., 1919-20, i, 590-592— Labbe (M.), Bith (H.) & Nep- veux (F.) L'elimination des acides organiques dans l'uxine des diabetiques acidosiques. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1922, Ixxxvii, 446.—Labbe (M.) & Carrie (I'.) Acidose diabetique traitee par les injections intraveineuses de bicar- bonate de soude; etude biochimique. Bull, et mem. Soc. d. hop. de Par., 1911, 3. s., xxviii, 803-811.—Lambllng (E.) L'intoxication acetonique an cours du diabete. Nord med., Lille, 1907, xiii, 265-269.—Laurltzen (M.) Om Acidose- bestemmelser og deres kliniske Anvendelighed ved Diabetes meihtus. Nord. Tidsskr. f. Terapi, Kobenh., 1912-13, xi, 459-463.-----. Diabetische Acidose und ihre Behandlung. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1913, liv, 49-56.-----.Ueber Azidosebestimmungen und ihre klinische Anwendbarkeit bei Diabetes meihtus. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1911, lxxx, 13-20.-----. [The relation between creatinuria and acidosis in diabetes.] Ugeskr. f. Larger, K0benh., 1919, lxxxi, 1595-1605.—Llpllawsky (S. G.) Die Saurelntoxika- tion bei Diabetes mellitus und ihre Behandlung. Russ. med. Rundschau, Berl., 1908. vi, 197-201—Lisbonne (M.) Le coefficient d'acidose chez le chien depancreate. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1913, lxxiv, 804-806.—Loeb (L. F.) Die Kohlensauretension in den Lungenalveolen (ihre Bedeu- tung fiir die Bestimmung der Acidose beim Diabetes mei- htus). Ztschr. f. d. ges. exper. Med., Berl., 1920, xi, 16-39.— McCaskey (G. W.) A case of fatal diabetic coma without diacetic or beta-oxybutvric acid. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1916, lxvi, 350. Also, Reprint.—3Iagnus-Le\y (A.) On diabetic acidosis. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1911, xxii, 46-53.—Marcovlcl (E.) Zur Beurteilung der Azidosis auf Grund eines einfachen Verfahrens der Ammoniakbe- stimmung im Harne der Diabetiker. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr., 1910, xxui, 1037; 1078.—Matrai (G.) [Acidosis in diabetes, with special reference to the determination of tolerance.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1908, Iii, 929; 945.— Mohr (L.) & Loeb (A.) Beitrage zur Frage der diabeti- schen Acidosis. Centralbl. f. Stollweehsel- u. Verdauungskr. Gotting., 1902, iii, 193-201.—Montlaur (H.) The clinical Diabetes (Acidosis in). importance and significance of acidosis in diabetes. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1912, n. s., xciv, 405.—Moore (H. F.) Case of diabetes mellitus with local infection and acidosis treated by Allen method. Dublin J. M. Sc. incl. Tr. Roy. Acad. Med. Ireland, 1920, 4. s., 72-78,1 ch.—Xeubauer (O.) Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der diabetischen Acidose. Ver- handl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1910, xxvii, 566-574.—Poulton (E. P.) Modern views on diabetes and on the significance of acidosis in disease; acidosis in diabetes (ketosis). Lancet, Lond., 191S, i, 895-S97.—Rabinowitch (J. M.) A simple method for determining the approximate degree of acidosis in diabetes mellitus. Canad. M. Ass. J., Toronto, 1921. xi, 526-528.—Rapln (A.) & Turin (M.) De- termination de l'acidose dans le diabete par la mesure de la tension de l'acide carbonique dans Pair alyeolaire au moven d'un appareil nouveau; le spiroearbometre. Cor.- Bl.f. Schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1918, xlviii, 600-607.—Rathery (F.) & Bordet (F.) La tension de l'acide carbonique dans Pair alveolaire comme methode d'appreciation de l'acidose dans le diabete. Paris med., 1921, xxxix, 380-3n'i — Rathery (F.), CambessMes & Welti. Coma diabetique et crises convulsives; acidose et hemorragie meningee. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1921, 3. s., xlv, 1265-1268.—Richards (J. H.) The Wassermann reaction in diabetes meihtus with special reference to its relation to acidosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, lx, 1139-1141.— Ringer (A. I.) Studies in diabetic acidosis. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1913, xxviii, 469-476.—Ringer (A. I.) & Frankel (E. M.) The chemistry of gluconeogenesis; the effects of aoetaldehyde and propylaldehyde in the sugar formation and acidosis in diabetic organism. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1913-14, xvi, 563-579.—Rosenbloom (J.) The acetone bodies in diabetes mellitus: influence of low and high protein intake on the excretion of acetone diacetic acid and betaoxvbutyric acid. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1915, lxv, 1715-1717. Also, Reprint— Rowe (A. H.) Diag- nosis and treatment of acidosis, especially in diabetes. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1917, xv, 451-156.—Salomon (H.) Ueber die therapeutische Bewertung der Azidosis im Dia- betes. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1921, xxxiv, 185.—Sittlg (O.) Ein Fall von Korsakowscher Psychose auf Grund diabetischer Acidose. Monatschr. f. Psvchiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1912, xxxii, 241-251.—Smith (W. G.) A case of acute diabetes; with comments especially in regard to acidosis. Lancet, Lond., 1916, i, 1115-1119.—Soetbeer (F.) Epileptiforme Anfalle und Saure-Intoxikationen bei Dia- betes mellitus. Monatschr. f. Psvchiat. u. Neurol.. Berl., 1907, xxii, Ergnzngshft., 92-99.—Stiltman (E.) The con- trol of acidosis in the treatment of diabetes. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1919, xxiv, 445-457— Stlltman (E.\ Van Slyke (D. D.) [ft al.\. Studies of acidosis; the blood, urine, and alveolar air in diabetic acidosis. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1917, xxx, 405-456. Also, Reprint.—Straub (H.) Acido- sebestimmungen bei Diabetes mellitus; klinische Unter- suchungen uber die Kohlensaurespannung der Alveolarluft. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1912-13, cix, 223-270.— Tlce (F.) Diabetes meihtus with acidosis. Med. Chn. Chicago, 1916, ii. 29-36.—Uhlmann (R.) Azidosis und Fettzufuhr. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena. 1921, xviii, 1S9-192— Underbill (F. P.) The control of acidosis and its relation to impaired sugar metabolism in human diabetes. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., X. Y.. 1916. xiii, 111-113.— Van Slyke (D. D.l, Stiliman (E.) & Culler (G. E.) The nature and detection of diabetic acidosis. Ibid., 1914-15, xh, 165.—Wldmark (E. M. P.) The concentration of acetone in the blood. Acta Med. Scandin., Stockholm, 1920, liii, 700-703— Woodyatt (R. T.) Acidosis in diabetes. Tr. Ass. Am. Phvsicians, Phila., 1916, xxxi, 12-21. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1916, lxvi, 1910-1913. Also, Re- print. Diabetes (Adrenal). See Diabetes {Suprarenal). Diabetes (Alimentary). See, also, Diabetes (Duodenal); Glycosuria [in 2. 8 "]; Urine (Sugar in). Achard (C.) & Desbouis (6.) Insuffisance galactolv- lique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1913, lxxiv. 1153- ll.v>. -Arndt(M.) Ueber alimentare Glykosurie bei einigen N'europ-vehosen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, xxxv, UVs>- l0-v>.—Bailey (C. V.) Studies in alimentary hyperglycemia and glycosuria. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N.Y., 1916, xiii. 153-155.-----. Studies on alimentary hyperglycemia and glycosuria. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 19l9, xxui, 455- 483. Also, Reprint. Castaigne (J.) L/epreuve de la gly- cosurie alimentaire au cours des icteres infectieux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1899, 10. s., vi, 152-154. Also: Gaz. d.h6p., Par., 1899, lxxii, 237-246.—Eustis( A.) Further notes on alimentary glycosuria. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1917-18, lxx, 566-573.—Finizlo (G.) Osservazioni sulla glieosuria ali- mentare e ricerche sulla glicosuria e sulla carboidratuna spontanee. Pediatria, Napoh, 1901, ix, 264-276-Goto (K.) Alimentary renal glycosuria. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1918, xxii, 96-113. Also. Reprint.—tie Haan (B.) Zur Frage der alimentaren Glykosurie. Berl. klin. AN chnschr., 1899, xxxvi, 114—Hamman (L.) & Hlrscliman (I. I.) Alimentary hyperglycemia and glycosuria as a test of sugar DIABETES. 469 DIABETES. Diabetes (Alimentary). tolerance. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1916, xxxi, 355- 364.—Le Gofl (J.) Glycosurie et saccharosurie alimentaires consecutives k l'absorption de saccharose. Tr. Internat. Cong. Med. 1913, Lond., 1914. Sect, vi, Medicine, pt. 2, 321- 326. Also: Ann. de chir. et d'orthop., Par;, 1914, xxvii, 136- 142.—Maclean (H.) & Smedley (Ida). The behaviour of the diabetic heart towards sugar. J. Physiol., Lond., 1912- 13, xlv, 470-472—Relchenstein (M.) Ahmentare Glykosu- rie una Adrenalinglykosurie, mit besonderer Beriicksichti- gung der Glykosurie in der Graviditas und der Zuckerkrank- heit. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xxiv, 862-869.—Schmidt (V.) Ueber alimentare Glykosurie bei einem Rattenstamm mit Hyperglykamie. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1917, lxxxi, 209-216. Diabetes (Blood in). See, also, Blood (Chemistry of); Blood (Sugar in); Diabetes (Coma in, Causes, etc: of). Arnaudet (J.) *De la lipemie chez les diabetiques. 8°. Paris, 1909. Hartwig (C.) *Ueber die Farbenreactionen des Blutes bei Diabetes mellitus (Bremer'sche Reaction). [Jena.] 8°. Naumburg a. S., 1899. Also, in: Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1898-9, lxii, 287-313. Lowenstein (Rachil). *Versuche iiber die Bremer'sche Reaktion des Blutes. 8°. Zurich, 1911. Rousseau (C.) *Etude sur la viscosity san- guine chez les diabetiques. 8°. Paris, 1920. Talbot (E.-R.-C.) ^Contribution a, l'etude du sang dans le diabete. 8°. Bordeaux, 1907. Apert, Pechery & Roulllard. Mesure de la cholesteri- nemie chez des diabetiques. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, lxxii, 822-824.—Bang (I.) Ueber den Mechanismus einiger experimenteller Hyperglykamieformen bei Kanin- chen. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1913, lviii, 236-256.-----. Die diabetische Lipoidamie. Ibid., 1919, xciv, 359-391.— Beattie (J. M.) Hemochromatosis, with diabetes meihtus. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Edinb. & Lond., 1903-4, ix, 117-129, 1 pi.—Beddard (A. P.), Pembrey (M. S.) & Spriggs (E. I.) The quantity and pressure of carbon dioxide in venous blood and in alveolar air in cases of diabetes and diabetic coma. Proc. Physiol. Soc Lond., 1904, pp. xliv-xlvi: 1908, pp. xxxlx-xli.—Benedict (H.) Der Hydroxylionengehalt des Diabetikerblutes. Arb. a. d. Geb. d. chem. Physiol., Bonn, 1906, 3. Hft., 106-117. Also: Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1906, cxv, 106-117.—Bertln (E.) Le sang des diabetiques. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1907, xi, 193-201.—Bierry (H.) & Rathery (F.) Diabete et glycemie. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1921, clxxii. 244-247.—Blatherwick (N. R.) Ob- servations on blood fat in diabetes. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1921, xhx, 193-199.—Bloor (W. R.) The significance of blood- fat in diabetes. Boston M. & S. J., 1916, clxxiv, 543.-----. The lipoids (fat) of the blood in diabetes. J. Biol. Chem., N. Y., 1916, xxvi, 417-430. Also, Reprint. -----. Lipemia. Proc. Am. Soc. Biol. Chemists, Bait., 1917, iv, 10.—Bosco (P.) Sulla lipemia, in particolare nei diabete mellito. PoU- clin., Roma, 1914, xxi, sez. med., 314; 357.—Breuer (M. J.) Blood sugar, with report of cases. Nebraska M. J., Norfolk, Neb., 1920, v, 44-47.—Burger (M.) Ueber die Zuckerzer- storung im iiberlebenden Blute bei Diabetes meihtus. Un- tersuchungen iiber Hamoglykose. Ztschr. f. d. ges. exper. Med., Berl., 1923, xxxi, 98-118.—Cammidge (P. J.) Esti- mations of sugar in the blood in the diagnosis and treatment of diabetes. Practitioner, Lond., 1920, civ, 114-130.—Caro (L.) Blutbefunde bei Diabetes meihtus. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1912, xlix, 1514-1516.—Carrasco Formiguera (It.) Dosificacion de la glucosa de la sangre en la diabetes. Rev. espan. de med. y cirug., Barcel., 1920, iii, 125-132.—Cha- banler (H.) Un critere experimental du diabete; la glycemie critique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1919, Ixxxii, 1121- 1123.-----. Glycemie et acetonurie; la glycemie critique. J. de pharm. et chim., Par., 1920,7. s., xxi, 177-185.—Challer (J.) De la resistance globulaire dans le diabfete. J. de phy- siol. et de path, gin., Par., 1911, xui, 908-910.—Da Costa (J. C.) The opsonic index in diabetes meihtus; a preliminary record of the findings in 22 cases of glycosuria, with remarks on the technique of the opsonin test and on its chnical utilit y. Am. J. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1907, n. s., cxxxiy. 57-70. Also, Reprint.—Da Costa (J. C.) & Beardsley (E. J. G.) Re- sistance of diabetics to bacterial infection; study of opsone- phagocytic properties of the blood in 74 cases of diabetes mel- litus and related conditions. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1908. Also, Reprint.—Delhaye (A.) L'hemolyse dans le diabete. Ann. Soc. de med. d'Anvers, 1913, lxxv, 55-63.—Elmer (W. P.) Hemochromatosis and diabetes mellitus. Weekly BuU. St. Louis M. Soc, 1910, iv, 279.-----. Hemochromato- sis with diabetes. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1911, xviii 912-920.—Erben (F.) Ueber den Lezithingehalt der Ery- throzyten bei Diabetes meihtus. Zentralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1907, xxviii, 1090-1093.—Faber (K.) & Norgaard (A.) [Blood sugar in diabetics determined during fasting.] BibUot. f. Laeger, K0benh., 1920, cxii, 53-61.—Feigl (J.) Diabetes (Blood in). Ueber das Vorkommen und die Verteilung von Fetten und Lipoiden im Blute (Plasma) des Menschen bei Diabetes mel- litus; chemische Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Entwicklung und des Aufbaues speziflscher Lipamien. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1918, xc, 173-214.—Fitz (R.) Acetone bodies in the blood in diabetes. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1917, xxxii, 155-158. [Discussion], 172-179.-----. Case of diabetes melUtus and myelogenous leukemia. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1920, lxxv, 1331.—Fraser (T. R.) Lipeemiam diabetes mel- litus. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc Edinb., 1902-3, n. s., xxii, 217- 237, 3 pi.—Friedlander (G.) Zur Frage der Bedeutung ex- tremer Hyperglykamie beim Diabetes melUtus. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1920, lvii, 207.—Frugoni (C.) & Marchettl (G.) Contributo alio studio della Upemia e lipoidemia diabetiche. PoUcUn., Roma, 1909, xvi, sez. med., 49-76.—Futcher (T. B.) Hemochromatosis with diabetes melUtus. Maryland M. J.. Bait;, 1907,1, 68.—Geelmuyden (H. C.) Ueber den Gehalt des Blutes an Fctt und iiber den Gehalt der Leber an Fett und Glykogen im diabetischen Koma. Acta Med. Scandin., Stockholm, 1920, liii, 381-392.—Ghedlni (G.) Valuazione polarimetrica delle siero-glicogenasi in diversi stati morbosi e specie nei diabete mellito. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1912, li, 146-164.—Gilbert (A.) & Baudouin (A.) Sur la glycemie dans le diabfete humain. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1909, lxvii, 458-461.—Gray (H.) Lipoids in 131 diabetic bloods. Boston M. & S. L, 1918, clxxviii, 16; 50; 91; 120; 156.—Gros (H.) Diagnostic ophtalmoscopique de la lipemie diabetique. CUn. opht., Par., 1922, xxvi, 490.— GrUntbal (P. S.) Beeinflussung der diabetischen Hvper- glykamie durch Bluttransfusionen. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. & Berl., 1921, xlvii, 97.—Hagedorn (H. C.) [Threshold levels in glycosuria.) tjgesk. f. Larger, K0benh., 1919, lxxxi, 1755-1760.—Halpern (M.) Ueber die morpholo- gischen Eigenschaften des Blutes bei Diabetes mellitus. Berl. kUn. Wchnschr., 1914, li, 396.—Harrison (G. A.) & Lawrence (R. D.) Diastase in blood and urine in diabetes mellitus. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1923, i, 317-319.—Hedon (E.) Experiences de transfusion reciproque, par circulation caro- tidienne croisee, entre chiens diabetiques et chiens nor- maux; resultats. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvi, 699-701.-----. Transfusion, carotidienne croisee entre chiens diabetiques et chiens normaux. Ibid., Ixui, 792-795.— Hekman (J.) & van Meeteren (A.) Het suiker-splitsend vermogen van het bloed, in zijn beteenkenis voor het wezen der suikerziekte onderzocht. Nederl. Tidjschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1918, ii, 497-512.—Hirsch (E.) Blutzuckerunter- suchungen bei Diabetes mellitus. Arch. f. Verdauungskr., Berl., 1918, xxiv, 441^51.—Hoist (J. E.) [Researches on the sugar contents of the peripheral and venous blood in diabetes melUtus and other glycosurias.] Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1922, lxv, 577-585.—Jacobsen (A. T. B.) [The blood sugar in the normal state and in diabetes mellitus.] Bibliot. r. Larger, K0benh., 1917, cix, 64-86.—Javal (A.) Etude d'un serum laiteux. Arch. g6n. de med., Par., 1910, 257-262.—Jona (E.) & Valenzi (G.) Ricerche fisico-chimiche sul siero di sangue nei diabete. CUn. med. ital., Milano, 1912, li, 749-765.—Joslln (E. P.), Bloor (W.R.) & Gray (H.) The blood lipoids in dia- betes. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, lxix, 375-378. Also, Re- print.—Kleiner (I. S.) The rate of dialysis of diabetic blood- sugar. Proc Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1917-18, xv, 81.—Klemperer(G.) Ueber diabetische Lipamie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz., 1910, xxxvi, 2373-2377.—Klem- perer (G.) & Umber (H.) Zur Kenntnis der diabetischen Lipamie. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1907, lxi, 145-152: 1908, lxv, 340-351.—Kraus (O.) The early detection of dia- betes by a simple method of estimation of the blood sugar. Lancet, Lond., 1914, i, 1249-1251.—Labbe (H.) & Theodo- resco (B.) Variations de la glycemie sous I'influence des grasses chez les diabetiques. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1923, lxxxviii, 483.—Labbe (M.) Hyperglycemic et hyper- glycistie chez les diabetiques. Presse med., Par., 1907, xv, 417-419.—Labbfe (M.) LabM (H.) & Nepveaux (F.) La glycemie chez les diabetiques. Ibid., 1922, xxx, 485-487.— Ladd (W. S.) & Palmer (W. W.) The carbohydrate- fat ratio in relation to the production of ketone bodies in diabetes melUtus. Proc. Soc Exper. Biol. & Med.. N. Y., 1920-21, xviii, 109.—Laurltzen (M.) Blutzuckerbestim- mungen (Ivar Bangs Mikromethode) bei Diabetikern und ihre klinische Bedeutung. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1915 lvi, 8; 94.—Lenne. Die diabetische Hvperglykamie; ihre Begriindung und Behandlung. Reichs^Med.-Xnz., Leipz. 1911, xxxvi, 609-613.—Lepine (R.) Une cause possible d'hv- perglycemie dans le diabete. Paris med., 1911, 528-53*0. —:---. Treatment of diabetic acetonemia; Post-Graduate N. Y., 1912, xxvii, 459-462.—L6pine (R.) & Boulud (R j Repartition du Sucre dans le plasma et les globules du sang chez un diabetique. Rev. de med., Par., 1910, xxx 146- 148.—Lindblom (S.) [Some observations concerning blood- sugar in diabetes melUtus.] Hygiea, Stockholm, 1919 lxxxi 753-760.—Lippmann (A.) Blutgefrierpunktserniedrigung (y) bei Diabetes mellitus. Zentralbl. f. innere Med. Leipz 1920, xU, 41-50.—LucibeUi (G.) Sulla reazione di WilUam- son nei sangue dei diabetici. Gazz. d. osp., Milano 1899 xx, 1373-1375.-Maclean (H.) Glycolysis in diabetic'blood with method for the estimation of blood sugar. J Phvsiol Lond., 1916, 1, 168-182.—Marsh (P. L.) & Waller (H CO The relation between ingested fat and the lipemia of diabetes mellitus. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1923, xxxi, 63-75.- Menyhert (\V.) Ueber die Aetiologie der diabetischen Lipamie. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lxi, 3006-3010 — DIABETES. 470 DIABETES. Diabetes (Blood in). Milne (L. S.) & Peters (Le B.) Observations of the glyco- lytic power of the blood and tissues in normal and diabetic conditions. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1912-13, xxvi, 415- 439.—Morita (S.) Can the cold-puncture hyperglycemia be reduced by raising the bodv temperature artificially? Tohoku J. Exper. M., Sendai, 1922, iii, 130-141.—Morroy (U ) Reazioni cromatiche del sangue negli animaU diabetici. Gior. d. r. Soc. ed. Acad. vet. ital., Torino, 1900, xlix, 243; 271; 294; 319; 348; 362: 393.—Mosenthal (H. O.), Clausen (S. W.) & Hiller (Alma). The effect of diet on blood sugar in diabetes melUtus. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1918, xxi, 93- 108. Also, Reprint.—Myers (V. C.) & Killlan (J. A.) The diastatic activity of the blood in diabetes. Am. J. Physiol., Bost 1916-17, xiii, 582. Also [Abstr.]: Proc Am. Soc. Biol. Chemists, Bait., 1916, xi, p. iii.----------. The apparent dependence of pathological variations of the blood sugar upon the diastatic activity ofthe blood. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1917, xcii, 84.—Nattan-Larrler (h.) & Parvu. Recherches sur i'indice opsonique dans le diawte sucre. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxv, 590-592.—Neisser (E.) & Koenlgs- feld (H.) Studien iiber das antitryptische Vermogen dia- betischen Blutes. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1911, lxxii, 444-462.—Offenbacher (R.) & Hahn (A.) Ueber die Bedeutung des AUmentarversuches, speziell der "glyka- mischen Reaktion," fiir die iunktionelle Priifung des Zucker- stoflwechsels; Verhalten des Blutzuckers als Fuuktionsprii- fung bei Diabetikern. Arch. f. Verdauungskr., Berl., 1921-2, xxix, 318-327.—Oscar-Kraus. Ueber eine neue Methode der Blutzuckerbestlmmung und deren Verwendung fiir die Toleranzprdfung bei Diabetes. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1913, Ixui, 3020-3022.—Pavlofl (M.) [Fermentative function of leucocytes in pancreatic diabetes.] Kharkov. M. J., 1914, xvii, 191-203.—Pepper (O. H. P.) Diabetes mellitus with sUght acidosis; a discussion of the buffers of the blood. Med. Chn. N. Am., Phila., 1922-3, vi, 926-931.—Pickering (D. V.) Some observations on the blood-sugar in diabetes. Quart. J. Med., Oxford. 1920-21, xiv, 19-56.—PoUak (L.) Ueber Blutzuckerregulation und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Pathogenese des Diabetes melUtus. Med. Klin., Berl., 1921, xvii, 925-530.—Rathery (F.) Indications pronostiques et therapeutiques tirees de l'etat de la glycemie dans le dia- bete. Medecine, Par.. 1919-20, i, 593-597.—Reicher (K.) Die Bedeutung von Blutzuckerbcstimmungen fiir die Dia- gnose und Therapie des Diabetes melUtus. Ber. d. oberhess. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u. Heilk., Giessen, 1914, ix, 9.—Reiss (E.) Gewichtsschwankungen und Blutkonzentration bei Dia- betes melUtus. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1909, xcvi, 419-444.—Remond & Rouzaud. Sur la valeur pro- nostique de la eholesterinemie dans le diabete. Bull. Acad. de med., Par., 1923, 3. s., lxxxviii, 60. Also: Rev. internat. de med. et de chir., Par., 1923, xxxiv, 16.—Rogers (O. F.) Observations on the blood sugar in diabetes melUtus. Bos- ton M. & S. J., 1916, clxxv, 152-158.—Roily (F.) & Opper- mann (F.) Das Verhalten des Blutzuckers bei Gesunden und Kranken; der Blutzucker bei Diabetes mellitus. Bio- chem. Ztschr., Berl., 1913, xUx, 278-292.—R6th (N.) Blut- zuckeruntersuchungen bei Diabetes mellitus. Berl. klin Wchnschr., 1918, lv, 589-592—Sakaguchi (K.) Ueber den Einfluss von Menge, Art und Zeit der Kohlenhydratzufuhr auf den Blutzuckergehalt beim gesunden Menschen. Mitt. a. d. med. Fakult. d. k. Univ. zu Tokyo, 19lv-19, xx, 345- 373.-----. Einfluss der Gemiitsbewegungen und der geisti- gen Arbeit auf den Blutzuckergehalt. Ibid., 471-476.-----. Einfluss der Eiweisszufuhr auf den Blutzuckergehalt. Ibid., 477-^88, 1 tab.—Samele (E.) Ricerche flsiche e chimiehe sul sangue dei glicosurici. CUn. med. ital., Milano, 1908. xlvii, 285; 803. -----. La tensione superficialo del siero di sangue dei glicosurici. Ibid., 313-322.-----. Ricerche sulla viscositn del sangue dei glicosurici. Ibid., 1909, xlviii, 162- 175.—Scnleslnger (W.) Ueber den Ursprungdes diasta- tischen Fermentes im Blute und iiber seine Beziehungen zum Diabetes mellitus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1908, xxxiv, 593-595.—Schneider (H.) Zur Bedeu- tung der Bremer'sehen Probe (AniUnfarbenreaction des Blutes) bei Diabetes. Munchen. med. Wchnschr.. 1899, xhi, 817-820.—Servantle, Pauzat & Monod. Recherche de la crise hemoelasique par ingestion de suero chez les dia- betiques. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1921, li, 360.- Simon. Diabete coinplique d'acetonemie. Rev. med. de Test, Nancy, 1912, xUv, 312-314.—Slsto (P.) Ricerche sul potere opsonlco del siero di sangue nei diabetici. CUn. med. ital., Milano, 1911, 1, 301-312-SIa>maker (S. R.) Pernicious anemia and diabetic cases. Chicago M. Recorder, 1916, xxxvui, 191-194. [Discussion], 199-201.—Stark (H. S.) Diabetes and the food factor. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1908, lxxiii, 589-592.—Stepp (W.) Der Restkohlenstoff des Blutes bei Gesunden und Kranken (mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Diabetes mellitus). Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1919, xvi, 771-776. -----. Zur Frage des Blutzuckers beim menschUchen Diabetes. Zentralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1919, xl, 377-382.—Stoerk (E.) Ein Fall von hochgradiger Lipamie bei juvenilem Diabetes mellitus. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lxi, 1297-1301.—Stromia (M.) Sul com- portamento delle emazie nei diabetici di fronte alle soluzloni acide. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1921, 4. s., xxvii, 346.—Sweet (J. E.) The reactions of the blood in experi- mental diabetes melUtus; a contribution to our knowledge of the thermolabile complements. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, xxxv, 259-263.—Taj lor (M. It.) Diabetes (Blood in). Creatin and creatinin excretion in diabetes melUtus. Bio- Chem. J. Liverp., 1910-11 v 362-377.—Teissier (J.) Sur quelques cas d'acetonurie de l'adulte symptomatique d'un diabete latent. Bull. Soc. meatic); Heemochromatosis; Siderosis; Suprarenal glands (Diseases of). Schmidt t [ K. F] \V. > *Mikroskopische Unter- suchungen bei Bronzediabetes. [Jena.] 8°. Langensalza, 1914. Ungeheuer (II.) *Ueber einen Fall von Bronzediabetes mit besonderer Beriicksichti- gung des Pigments. [Heidelberg.1 8°. Berlin, 1914. Achard (C.) & Leblanc (A.) Cirrhose bronzee. BuU. et Mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1921, 3. s., xlv, 1689- 1694.- AnschUtz (W.) Ccl>cr den Diabetes mit Bronze- farbung der Haut, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Lehre von der allgemeinen Hamochromatose und der Pancreasschrum- pfung. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 189S-9, lxii, 411-485,1 pl.-Berg(H. W.) Diabete bronzSand the patho- genesis of diabetes mellitus; illustrated by a case of bronze diabetes preceded by Basedow's disease. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1899, lvi, 8S1-&S9. [Discussion], 911.—Bernoulli (E.1 Ueber Bronzediabetes. Cor.-Bl. f. Schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1910, xl, 610-615.—Blumer (G.) Bronzed diabete* (hsemo- chroniatosis); report of a case and review of the literature. Proc. Connect. M. Soc, N. Haven, 1911-12, 190-202. Also: N. York, M. J., [etc.], 1911, xciv, 922-926.—Brunet. Dia- bete bronze. Poitou mea., Poitiers, 1911, xxvi, 3-6.—tore (D. E.) Bronzed diabetes or hemochromatosis; wi:li a report of two cases. Med. Chron., Manchester, 19U-13, lvii, 300-314, 2 pi.—Flesslnger (NV» & Laurent (L.) Con- tribution a retude du diabete bronze. Ann. de med., Par., 1914, ii, 129-153, 1 pi—French (H.) Bronzed diabetes, with cirrhosis of both liver and pancreas; and pigmentary DIABETES. 471 DIABETES. Diabetes (Bronzed). deposits in these organs as weU as in the skin. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond.. 1909-10, iii, Path. Sect., 94-96.—GaskeU (J. F.), WaUis (R. L. M.) [et al.]. A contribution to the study of bronzed diabetes. Quart. J. Med., Oxford, 1914, vii, 129-152, 3 pi.—HeUer (J.) Ueber Hautveranderungen beim Diabete bronze. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1907, xxxhi, 1216-1220.—Herrick (J. B.) Specimens from acase of bronzed diabetes. Tr. Chicago Soc. Int. Med., 1917, i-u, 76.—Hess (O.) & Zurhelle (E.) Klinische und pathologisch-anatomische Beitrage zum Bronzediabetes. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1905, lvii, 344-368.—Jappelll (A.) La cirrosi ipertroflca pigmentaria (diabete bronzino). Riforma mecf., Napoh, 1914, xxx, 149-154—Jumon (L.) Diabete bronze; cirrhose pigmentaire. Med. mod., Par., 1909, xx, 122.—Koettlltz (H.) Considerations sur un cas de diabete bronze. Arch. med. beiges, Brux., 1920, lxxiii, 494- 506.—Kuckein (R.) Der Bronze-Diabetes; zusammen- fassendes Referat. Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 1903, xxi, 145- 161.—Labbe (M.) Le diabete bronz6. Arch. d. mal. de l'appar. digest, [etc.], Par., 1912, vi, 403-412.—Labbfe (M.) & Bith (H.) Un cas de diabete bronze. Bull, et mem. Soc.med. d. hop. de Par., 1912,3. s., xxxiii, 119-128—Little (G.) Hsemochromatosis with diabetes. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1911, xxiii, 362—McCreery (A. H.) Diabetes as- sociated with hemochromatosis. Canad. M. Ass. J., To- ronto, 1917, vii, 481-501. Also, Reprint.—Margain (L.) Observation d'un cas de diabete bronze. Cong. fran?. de med. C.-r., 1904, Par., 1905, 347.—A lso: Rev. de m6d., Par., 1905, xxv, 214-219.-----. Contribution a l'etude de l'origine du pigment dans le diabete bronz6 et de la patho- genie de cette affection. Rev. de med., 1905, xxv, 376-384 — Martlneck. Zur Pathogenese und klinischen Diagnose des Diabete bronze. Charite-Ann., Berl., 1909, xxxiii, 40- 56.—MoU van Charante (G. H.) Een geval van diabete bronze. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1905, 2. r., xU, d. 2, 1727-1737.—Muir (R.) & Dunn (J. S.) The iron content of the organs in bronzed diabetes (hemochroma- tosis). J. Path. & Bacteriol., Cambridge, 1914-15, xix, 226- 238.—Murri (A.) Del diabete bronzino. Boll. d. clin., Milano, 1902, xix, 1-16. Also, transl.: Med. Woche, Berl., 1902, 121; 143.—Parker (G.) Case of bronzed diabetes. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, ii, 1052-1054.—Pfirlgord & Rochat. Un cas de diabete bronze. Limousin med., Limoges, 1913, xxxvii, 199-203.—Potter (N. B.) & MUne (L. S.) Bronzed diabetes; report of a case with special reference to the in- volvement of the pancreas in diabetes. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1911, cxlni, 46-71.—Rab6. Voies d'61imina- tion du pigment dans le diabete bronze. Presse med., Par., 1901, ii, 18-22.-----. Pathogenie du diabete bronze. Ibid., 1902, i, 183-186.—Ramond (L.) Le diabete bronze. J. de med. et chir. prat. Par., 1922, xciii, 429-445.—Bidder. Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Bronze-Diabetes. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1910, xxxvi, 1647-1650—Rind- fleisch (W.) Ueber Bronzediabetes mit Hamoglobinurie. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1918, cxxv, 188-206.— Roger (H.) Diabete bronze ou maladie d'Addison. Mar- seule-Med., 1921, lviii, 279-281.—Simmonds (M.) Ueber Bronzediabetes und Pigmentcirrhose. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1909, xlvi, 531-533.—Sprunt (T. P.), Colwell (H. S.) & Hagan (H. J.) Pigment formation in the Uver during autolysis and its relation to the pigmentation of hemochro- matosis. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., 1912, xvi, 607-612 — Sundberg (C.) [A case of bronze diabetes.] Svens. Lak.-Sallsk. Forh., Stockholm., 1910, 72-79.—Ungeheur (H.) Ein Fall von Bronzediabetes mit besonderer Beriick- sichtigung des Pigmentes. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1914, ccvi, 86-106.—Vanderhoof (D.) & Hutcheson (J. M.) Hemochromatosis (bronzed diabetes); report of a case. Old Dominion J. M. & S., Richmond, 1912, xv, 1-7.—Verco (J. C.) Cirrhosis of hsemochromatosis or bronzed diabetes. Med. J. AustraUa, Sydney, 1917, 140- 142.—Wise (F.) Diabete bronze. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., Chicago, 1919, xxxvii, 357. Diabetes (Causes of). See, also, Diabetes (Alimentary); Diabetes (Duodenal); Diabetes (Endocrine); Diabetes (Experimental); Diabetes (Hepatic); Diabetes (Hereditary); Diabetes (Infectious); Diabetes (Neurogenous); Diabetes (Pancreatic); Dia- betes (Pathology of); Diabetes (Pituitary); Diabetes (Post-operative); Diabetes (Race incidence in); Diabetes (Suprarenal); Diabetes (Syphilitic); Diabetes (Thyroid); Diabetes (Traumatic); Ductless glands (Diseases of, Com- plications of); Metabolism (Carbohydrate, Dis- orders of). Delalande (A.-H.-L.) *R61e des glandes vasculaires sanguines dans la pathogenie du diabete. 8°. Bordeaux, 1912. j Diliberto (G.) L' etiologia della glicosuria; studi sul diabete zuccherino. 8°. Palermo, 1897. | Diabetes (Causes of). Jablotschkoff (G.) ^Statistische Beitrage zur Aetiologie des Diabetes mellitus und insipi- dus. 8°. Berlin, 1901. Pfluger (E. F. W.) Das Glykogen "und seine Beziehungen zur Zuckerkrankheit. 2. Aufl. 8°. Bonn, 1905. Piguet (C.-A.) *Essai sur la determination exacte des rapports existant entre certains facteurs morbides dans le diabete sucre. 8°. Lausanne, 1917. Rasck (B.) The plasmodium of diabetes mellitus. 8°. Kristiania, 1920. Achard (C.) & Loeper (M.) Gigantisme et diabete. Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1900, n. s., v, 433.—Albahary (J.-M.) Etude pathogenique des diabetes. Rev. gen. d. sc. pures et appliq., Par., 1910, xxi, 551-556.—Anklssalra (B. N.) Some personal equations and pathogenic co- efficients in diabetes. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1917, hi, 439-443.—Aramy (S. A.) Note on the pathogeny of dia- betes. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1908, n. s., lxxxv ,148-150. -----. Zur Pathogenese des Diabetes. Pest, med.-chir,. Presse, Budapest, 1908, xUv, 653; 677.—Babonnelx (L.) A propos du diabete constitutions 1. J. de med. et chir. prat., Par., 1918, lxxxix, 648.—Barlaro (P. M.) Patogenia de la diabetes grasa. Prensa med. argentina, Buenos Aires 1914-15, i, suppl, 59; 64; 68; 72; 76; 92; 94.—Benedict (A. L.) Is the ingestion of sugar a cause of diabetes? Dietet. & Hyg. Gaz., N. Y., 1909, xxv, 459-462.—Blelbtreu (L.) Ein Beitrag zur Lehre von der Entstehung des Diabetes melUtus. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xlv, 1727-1729.—Bondi (S.) Ueber Habitus im allgemeinen und der Habitus des Dia- betikers im besonderen. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1919, xxxii, 529-531. Also: Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1919, lxix, 949.—Brosch (A.) Zur Kenntnis des enterogenen Dia- betes. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1912, cevni, 426-429.—Brugsch (T.) Die Frage des Diabetes melUtus in organ-atiologischer Beziehung. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1916, xviii, 269-297.—Butler (G. F.) The inter-relations of diabetes and other constitutional states. Montreal M. J., 1903, xxxii, 723-727.—CabaUero (J.) Moderna teoria sobre la glucosuria. Rev. espan. de med. y cirug., Barcel., 1921, iv, 129-134.—Cammidge (P. J.) Saprsemic glycosuria. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1921, i, 511. -----. The aetiology of diabetes and its bearing on treat- ment. Practitioner, Lond., 1922, cvui, 396-402.—Carr (W. P.) Gallstone diabetes. Wash. M. Ann., 1910-11, ix, 25-27.—Chavigny & Schneider (G.-E.) Sur la patho- genie du diabete maigre. Bull, et mem. Soc med. d. hdp. de Par., 1910, 3. s., xxix, 148.—Chid (M.) Sul diabete da cianuro di potassio. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1908, xxni, 55-59.—Croner (W.) Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen Diabetes meihtus und Tabes dorsaUs. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1900, xii, 50-61.—Curtis (G. L.) The etiology and elimination of diabetes. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1905, lxviii, 613-615.—De Dominicis (N.) La glicosuria, significato e patogenesi. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1909, xxx, 1481. Also: Cong, internat. de med. (xvi.). C.-r., Buda- pest, 1910, Sect, iii, Pathol., 190-195.—peganello (U.) •Contributo clinico ed anatomo-istologico alia sindrome epato-pancreatica con diabete mellito. Riforma med., Napoli, 1914. xxx, 844; 872.—De Renzi (E.) Etiologia del diabete melUto. Clin, mod., Pisa, 1899, v, 89; 97; 145.— Dufourt. Lithiase bilUaire et diabete. Lyon med., 1914, exxii, 969-976.—Ebstein (W.) Die Toxintheorie des Dia- betes melUtus; historische Notiz. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. & Berl., 1900, xxvi, 170.—Edgar (T. W.) The Edgar irritation theory of diabetes melUtus and its rational treatment. Med. Times, N. Y., 1923. li, 34-36.—Eichhorst (H.) Ueber Diabetes melUtus im Anschluss an Vaccina- tion. Med. KUn., Berl., 1915, xi, 303-305.—Ely (T. C.) Diabetes melUtus as a cellular fault. Phila. M. J., 1901, vii, 738-740. Also, Reprint.—Eustis (A.) The relation of gaU bladder disease to diabetes. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1922-3, lxxv, 449-453.—Frank (E.) Die Theorie der mensch- lichen Zuckerkrankheit. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1913, xxxix, 1927-1930.—Frazier (W. L.) The offending organism in diabetes meihtus. Am. J. CUn. M., Chicago, 1918, xxv, 747.—Galdi (F.) La gUcosuria celiaca. Riforma med., NapoU, 1914, xxx, 365-369.—Gos- sage (A. M.) Diabetes and obesity. Westminst. Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1907, xv, 24-29.—Graul (G.) Ueber das Zusammentreflen von Diabetes melUtus mit asthenischer Konstitutionsbeschafienheit. Festschr. . . . W. von Leube gewidmet, Leipz., 1910,120-124.-----. Asthenische Konsti- tutionskrankheit und Diabetes melUtus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1913, xxxix, 940.—Hedinger (M.) CholeUthiasis und Diabetes melUtus. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1908, xxii, 351-354.—Heiberg (K. A.) Ein interessanter Fall zur Beleuchtung der Pathogenese und der pathologischen Anatomie des Diabetes melUtus. Zentralbl I. d. ges. Physiol, u Path. d. Stoffwechs., Berl. & Wien. 1910, n. F., v, 609-612.-----. [A newly advanced sugges- tion as to the etiology of diabetes.] Ugeskr. f. Laeger K0benh.. 1918, lxxx, 963-970.—Hemmeter (J. C.) The reciprocal relation between diseases of the digestive tract, DIABETES. 472 DIABETES. Diabetes (Causes of). liver, pancreas and diabetes meUitus. Tr. Am. Gastro- Enterol. Ass., St. Louis, 1915, xviii, 97-128.—Herxhelmer (G ) Der jetzige Stand der Pathogenese des Diabetes, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Pankreas. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1920, xlvi, 522-524.— Hlrsclifeld (F.) Zur Entstehung des Diabetes. Ibid., 1909, xxxv, 137-141.-----. Beitrage zur Lehre von der Entstehung des Diabetes. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911 lviii, 1325.-----. Weitere Beitrage zur Aetiologie des Diabetes. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 198-204. Also: Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. 1911, Berl., 1912, xlu, pt. 2, 562-579.—Hoppe (J.) Zuckerkrankheit und Band- wunn. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1918, lv, 592.—Kahn (M.) & Kahn (M. H.) The lime deficiency of diabetes. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1916, xviii, 212-227. Also, Reprint.— Kisch (E. H.) Zur Upogenen Aetiologie des Diabetes. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1909, Ux, 865-867.-----. Lipogener Diabetes. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lvui, 677-679.— Labbe (M.) Le role des albuminoides dans la production de la glycosurie des diabetiques. J. de Med. de Par., 1922, xU, 6S7 —Lemaire (A.) La pathogenese du diabete. Rev. med. de Louvain, 1908, 353-358.—Lfipine (J.) Glycosuries toxiques de longue duree; etat du pancreas. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1903, lv, 1288— Leplne (R.) Bases nhvsiologiques de l'etude pathogenique du diabete sucre. Rev. de med., Par., 1900, xx, 594; 683; 760; 903: 1902, xxn, 659-674.-----. Sur l'existence d'un element toxique dans le diabete sucre. Bull. Soc. mea. d. hop. de Lyon, 1902, i, 261-264.—Loewit (M.) Kaltediabetes und Organfunktion. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1909, lx, 420- 433.—Lorand (A.) Sur les rapports du diabete avec 1'acromegaUe et la maladie de Basedow. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de path, int., 123- 128 —McCanless (J. W.) Indigestion, an etiological factor in diabetes. Charlotte [N. C] M. J., 1903, xxii, 385-389.— McCaskey (G. W.) The toxemic factor in diabetes mel- Utus; a chnical study. Medicine, Detroit, 1899, v, 1-11. Also, Reprint—McFarland (J.) The Plasmodium of diabetes of Rasck. Proc. Path. Soc, Phila., 1920-21, n. s., xxui, 92.—Macleod (J. J. R.) Recent work on the phvsio- logical pathology of glvcosuria. Harvey Lect. 1913-14, Phila. & Lond., 1915, ix, 174-203.—Manges (M.) The disappear- ance of sugar after the removal of tumors in diabetics. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, lx, 661.—Massaglia (A.) Con- tributo alia conoscenza della patogenesi del diabete mellito. Boll. d. Soc med.-chir. di Modena, 1914, xvi 107-152. Also, transl.: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1915, lxiii, 97-106. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. allg. Path, u. path. Anat., Jena, 1915, xxv, 65-72.—de Meyer (J.) Etude sur la pathogenie du diabete. J. med. de Brux., 1908, xui, 409-414.-----. Glycolyse, hyperglycemic, glvcosurie et diabete. Ibid., 778-818.—Motzleldt (K.) [Diabetes and influenza.] Norsk Mag. f. Lsegevidensk., Kristiania, 1920, lxxxi, 372- 377.—Neisser (E.) Myom und Diabetes. Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult. 1911, Bresl., 1912, ii, 30- 32.—Novoa (R.) Eine Theorie der Entstehung der Gluko- surie bei Diabetes. Zentralbl. f. d. ges. Physiol, u. Path. d. Stoffwechs., Berl. & Wien, 1911, n. F., vi, 1001-1003.— O'Day (J. C.) Gallstones as an etiological factor in diabetes. Internat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1907, xx, 348. Also: Lancet- Clinic, Cincin., 1908, c, 114-117.—Oren (S. A.) Diabetes, not a disease/ per se, but a condition, accompaniment or sequela of several or numerous diseases. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1907, xi, 144-150.—Palacios (G. D.) Pathogeny of diabetes and fecal disinfection. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1916, lxxxix, 543-551.—Pariset. Le diabete arthritique; son mecanisme physiologique parexcesdu pouvoir am ylolytique du sang. Arch. d. mal. de l'appar. digest, [etc.], Par., 1908, ii, 219-225.-----. Mecanisme de la glycosurie et du diabete des arthritiques (diabete gras) par exces du pouvoir amylo- lytique du sang. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1909, clvii, 461-465.—Pavy (F. W.) A paper on the pathogeny of diabetes. Lancet, Lond., 1906, i, 1229-1231.—Penanel (C.) Correlacoes entre a molestia de Basdow e a molestia de Parkinson; a diabete dos basedowianos e a diabete dos parkinsonianos. Tribuna med., Rio de Jan., 1915, xxi, 90- 106; 115; 144.—Ptaff (K.) Zur Aetiologie des Diabetes meUitus. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1911, xxxvi, 149- 152.—PflUger (E.) Experimental-Untersuchung uber den Darmdiabetes. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1909,cxxvui, 125-135.—Rlbas y Perdlg6 (M.) De algunos trastornos que pueden presentarse en determinados enfermos gluco- suricos a causa de la supresi6n brusca de los aliment os saeari- genos. Rev. balear de cien. med., Palma de Mallorea, 1903, xxiv, 418-421—Richter (E.) Zur Frage der Diabetes- Genese. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1920, lvii, 1077.—Richter (P. F.) Der jetzige Stand der Pathogenese des Diabetes melUtus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl 1921 xhii, 448.—Ringer (A. I.) Theory of diabetes, with con- sideration of the probable mechanism of antiketogenesis and the cause of acidosis. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1913-14, xvu 107-119.—Robin (A.) La glycosurie et le diabete d'origine dyspeptique; symptdmes, diagnostic et traitement. Rev. de therap. med.-ehir., Par., 1901, lxviii, 109-118.—Rosin (H ) Ueber Fruehtzuckerdiabetes und iiber dio Beziehungen des Fruchtzuckers zum Traubenzueker und anderen Kohlehv- draten. Verhandl. d. GeseUsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1904, Leipz., 1905, ii, 2. Hlfte., 39-41.-Sawyer (J. P.) The relaUon of stomach disorders to diabetes melUtus. Am Diabetes (Causes of). Med., Phila., 1905, x, 898-904.—Schade (H.l Diabetes und Katalyse. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv 1862- 1866.—Scherk. Die verschiedenen Ursachen der Zucker- krankheit. Med. Woche, Berl., 1905, xi, 369:377.—Sehreiber (E.) Ist der Diabetes eine Zuckervergiftung? Centralbl. f. Stoffwechsel- u. Verdauungskr., Gotting., 1901, ii, 495-501.— Senac-Lagrange. De la nature du diabete prejugee et accusee par son substratum physiologique. Ann. Soc d'hydrol. m«'d. de in. C.-r., 1911, lvi, 127: 145. [Discus- sion], 186—Serege ill. Etiologie et signes objectifs du foie de 497 cas >W diai»'-te sucre. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1922. xliii. 1>2-1»7.—Shiga. [Ferments and Cohnheims th.orv on the origin of diabetes melUtus.] Nippon Shokwaki Byogaku Kwai Zasshi, Tokvo, 1904-5, iii, 413-427.—Spitta(W) Ueber Morphium-Diabetes. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1908, v, 94-104.—Stark (H. S.) The phenomenon of pathological antagonism; its relation to diabetes melUtus. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1914, lxxxv, 645-648.—Strauss (H.) FeststeUungen zur Dia- betesatiologie. Klin. Wchnschr., Berl., 1922, i, SS5-887.— Tedeschi (E.) Contributo aUa patologia del diabete mellito a forma grave. Riforma med., Palermo-Xapoli, 1904. xx, 897-902.—Thooft. La pathogenie du diabete sucre. Arch. med. beiges, Brux., 1914, 4. s., xliii, 1-12.—Weiland (W.) Ueber einige atiologisch bemerkenswerte Diabetesformen (traumatischer und renaler Diabetes). Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1911, cu, 167-189.—Weitzel (W.) Sauer- stoffmangel als Ursache von Diabetes. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1921, xxxi, 127.—Welz (A.) Das Erysipel in der Aetiologie des Diabetes mellitus. Munchen. med. Wchn- schr., 1914, lxi, 411-114.—Williamson (R. T.) The etiology of diabetes melUtus and the diet and conditions of life during the war. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1918, i, 139-141.—Winter (L. B.) 1906» xxxu> 143-145.—Cooke (K. A.) The fate of parenteraUy introduced glycogen in human and experimental diabetes. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y 1912-13, x, 39. Be Renzt (E.) A Reale (E.) Contributo all' origine del diabete melUto; ricerche sul carbonio urinario in un diabetico. N. Riv. cUn.-terap., N'apoU, 1913. xvi, 505-515.— Berrien. Sur la presence des composes acetoniques dans le Uquide cephalc-rachidien au cours du diaK'tc en dehors du coma. Montpel. med., 1908, xxvi, 1S3- 1n> Edle (E. S.), Moore (B.) & Roaf (H. E.) Studies on ^Ueo.Min.i; (a) considerations of modes of pro- duction of glycvMiria, and the carbohydrate, oxygen and carbon-dui\ide equilibrium in the tissue"cell; (b) respiration under low oxygen percentages and under high carbon- DIABETES. 473 DIABETES. Diabetes (Chemistry of). dioxide percentages in the respired air; (c) anaesthetic glycosuria; (d) feeding experiments with pancreas and intestinal mucosa in pancreatic glycosuria. Bio-Chem. J., Liverp., 1910-11, v, 325-361.—Edsall (D. L.) The physiolo- gical chemistry of diabetes. Tr. M. Soc. N. Y., Albany, 1904, xcviii, 89-101. Also: Albany M. Ann., 1904, xxv, 341-355.—Ellas (H.) Ueber Saureglykosurie. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1912, xi, 99 — Embden (G.) & Isaac (S.) Ueber die Bildung von Milchsaure in der diabetischen Leber. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1917, xcix. 297-321.—Erben (F.) Ueber den Lezitbingehalt der Erythrozyten beim Diabetes. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1908, xxxni, 5.-----. Ueber das Vorkom- men von Azetonkorpern in den Korperflussigkeiten Diabeti- scher. Internat. Beitr. z. Path. u. Therap. d. Ernahrungs- stor., Stoffwechs.- u. Verdauungskrankh., Berl., 1910, ii, 249-251.—Faggella (V.) Sull' origine dell' acetone nei diabete grave. Tommasi. Napoli, 1913, viii, 377-384.— Fahr. Ueber die Herkunft des Glykogens in der Diabeti- kerniere. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1911, xxu, 945-949.-----. Untersuchungen zur Glykogenfrage. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1916, xhi, 1337 — Forschbach (J.) Zur Frage der Muskelmilchsaure beim Diabetes mellitus und der glykolytischen Kraft des Muskels. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1913-14, lvni, 339-342.—Foster (N. B.) Sugar in the cerebro-spinal fluid of diabetics. Boston M. & S. J., 1905, cliii, 441.—Gigon (A.) Le Sucre d'origine proteique dans le diabete. Cong, franc, de med., 10. sess., 1908, Geneve, 1909, ii, 380-386.-----. Die Menge des aus Eiweiss entstehenden Zuckers beim Diabetes. Deutsche Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1909, xcvii, 376-392 — Greenwald (I.) The formation of glucose from propionic acid in diabetes mellitus. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1913-14, xxi, 375-377.—Griesbach (W.) Ueber Acetessigsaure- bildung in der Leber diabetischer Hunde. 2. Mitteilung. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1910, xxxvii, 34-37.—Grube (K.) Ueber den Einfluss des Fettes auf die Aceton- und Saure- ausscheidung beim Diaoetiker. Ztschr. f. diatet. u. physik. Therap., Leipz., 1903, vi, 75-81.—Hart (T. S.) The acetone bodies; their occurrence and significance in diabetes and other conditions. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1906, n. s., cxxxii, 220-231.—HeUy (K.) Leberglykogen und Diabetes mellitus. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1914, xv, 464-475.—Henius (M.) Ein neuer Garungssaccharometer (Diabetometer). Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1913, lx, 1603.—Hirsch (E.) & Reinbach (H.) Die Fesselungshy- perglykamie und Fesselungsglykosurie des Kaninchens. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1913, Ixxxvii, 122-141.— Huebschmann (P.) Ueber Glykogenablagerung in den Leberzellkernen besonders bei Diabetes. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch. 1907, Jena, 1908, xi, 35-38.—KOssa (J.) Ueber Chromsaure-Diabetes. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1902, lxxxviii, 627-637.—Kraus (F.) Ueber die Frage der Zuckerbildung aus Eiweiss im diabetischen Organismus. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1904, xU, 4-9. Also: Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. 1903, Berl., 1904, xxxiv, pt. 2, 497-512.—Lang (S.) Ueber das Verhalten der stereoi- someren Methylglykoside im gesunden und diabetischen menschUchen Organismus. Ztschr. f. khn. Med., Berl., 1904, lv, 242-248.—Lattes (L.) Ueber die Zuckerbildung in der kiinstlich durchbluteten Leber diabetischer Tiere. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1909, xx, 215-219.—Laurenti (T.) Sul meccanismo d'azione dei fermenti d'uva nelle gUcosurie alimentari; ricerca del fermento neUe feci del sangue (leucoci- tosi secondaria). Gazz. med. di Roma, 1910, xxxvi, 254; 289; 338; 400; 425; 483; 509; 568.—Lepine (R.) Sur l'existence de leucomaines diabetog&nes. Berl. klin. Wchnscher., 1902, xxxix, 346.-----. De la glycolyse dans ses rapports avec le diabete sucre. Semaine med., Par., 1903, xxiii, 389-392. -----. De la glycogenic dans le diabete consomptif. Cong. franc, de med. C.-r. 1904, Par., 1905, 344-347. Also: Rev. de med., Par,, 1905, xxv, 222-224.—Magnus-Levy (A.) Ueber Zuckerbildung aus Eiweiss und das Verhalten des respiratorischen Quotienten im Diabetes. Arch, f. Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch., Leipz., 1904, 377-382.-----. Chemical probelmsin diabetes. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1910, lxxviii, 889; 994; 991.—Meyer (K.) Zur Antitrypsmverminderungbeim Diabetes. Biochem Ztschr., Berl., 1912, xl, 125-127.— Mohr (L.) Zur Frage der Zuckerbildung aus Fett in schweren Fallen von Diabetes mellitus. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1901, xxxviii, 919-923.-----. Ueber die Zuckerbil- dung im Diabetes melUtus. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1904, Iii, 337-354.—Morel (A.) Critique des objections faites par Pfluger a la formation du glycose aux depens des albu- mines. Lyon med., 1909, cxiii, 915.—Nebelthau (E.) Experimenteller Beitrag zur Lehre von der Zuckerbildung im diabetischen Organismus. Munchen. med. Wchnschr.. 1902, xUx, 917-919.—Neubauer (E.) Ist der Unterschied im Verhalten der Glykogenbildung aus Lavulose bez. Dextrose beim Diabetes fiir diesen charakteristisch? Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1909, lxi, 174-185. -----. Ueber Hyperglykamie bei Hochdrucknephritis und die Beziehungen zwischen Glykamie und Glykosurie beim Diabetes melUtus. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1910, xxv, 284-295.—von Noorden (C.) The source of sugar in dia- betes. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1912, xxvii, 1093-1108.— PflUger (E.) Ueber die im thierischen Korper sich voU- ziehende Bildung von Zucker aus Eiweiss und Fett. Arch. f. d. ges., Physiol., Bonn, 1904, ciii, 1-66.-----. Das Fett Diabetes (Chemistry of). wird als Quelle des Zuckers sichergestellt und Magnus- Levy's mathematischer Beweis, dass das Eiweiss und nicht das Fett den diabetischen zucker Uefert, widerlegt. Ibid., 1905, cviii, 473-480.—Ploae (P.) Ueber Diabetes und Fettbildung aus Kohlehydraten. Centralbl. f. d. Krankh. d. Ham- u. Sex.-Org., Leipz., 1899, x, 339-342.—Pribran (B. O.) Quantitative Bestimmung von l-/3-Oxybutter- saure in Harn und Blut. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1912, x, 279-283.-----. Die Verwertungder/S-Oxybut- tersaure und die Bedeutung der Acetessigsaure in der norma- len und diabetischen Leber. Ibid., 284-292.—Reed (J. H.) A contribution to the chemistry of diabetes melUtus, with special reference to coma and its treatment. J. Mich. M. Soc, Detroit, 1904, ui, 33-36. Also: Med. Exam. & Pract., N. Y., 1904, xiv, 93.—Reynes (H.) Discordance entre l'analyse chimique et l'analyse physique dans la recherche du diabete. Marseille med., 1904, xU, 90.—Rledel (G.) Coordenagoes chimicas, secre§oes internas na glycosuria diabetica. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1918, xxxii, 357.— Ringer (A. I.), Frankel (E. M.) & Jonas (L.) The chemistry of gluconeogenesis; the fate of isobutyric, isova- lerianic and isocaproic acids in the diabetic organism, with consideration of the intermediary metaboUsm of leucine and valine. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1913-14, xiv, 525-538 — RoUy. Ueber Kohlehydratbildung aus Eiweiss mit be- sonderer Beriicksichtigung des Diabetes melUtus. Miin- chen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, Ui, 980.—Roily (F.) & Op- permann (F.) Bemerkungen zu der Arbeit von E. Hirsch und H. Reinbach, die Fesselungshyperglykamie und Fesse- lungsglykosurie des Kaninchens. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1913, lxxxviii, 155-158.—Rosenbloom (J.) The • acetone bodies in diabetes melUtus. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1915, lxv, 1715-1717—Rosenqvist (E.) Zur Frage der Zuckerbildung aus Fett bei schweren FaUen von Diabetes melUtus. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1899, xxxvi, 612-617 — Rosin (H.) Ueber Fruchtzucker-Diabetes und iiber die Gewinnung von Fruchtzucker aus anderen Kohlehydraten. Beitr. z. wissensch. Med. u. Chem. Festschr. . . . Ernst Salkowskl, Berl., 1904, 105-123.—Sansum (W. D ) & Woodyatt (R. T.) Studies on the theory of diabetes; the behavior of dl-glyceric aldehyde in the normal and diabetic organism. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1916, xxiv, 327; 343. Also Reprint.—Scherk. Die Hydrolyse der Kohlehydrate bei der Zuckerkrankheit. Med. KUn., Berl., 1907, iii, 323-325. ——-. Die Bedeutung der Hydrolyse bei Diabetes. Med. Woche, Berl., 1907, vni, 392-496.-----. Die pathologische iermentwirkung bei Diabetes. Therap. Rundschau, Berl., 1910, iv, 161; 289.—Stern (H.) Concerning the sup^ pression of the acetone bodies in diabetes. Am. Med., Phila., 1904, vni, 967-970.-Taylor (A. E.) Intracellular S™ent action in diabetes. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1910, xxv, 596-599.—Torres y Canal. Importancia de la investigaci6n del acido /3-oxibutirico en las glucosurias. Rev. elm. de Madrid, 1910, iv, 8-10.—von Vamossy (Z ) Beitrage zur Kenntniss des Kohlenoxyddiabetes. Arch f exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1898, xii, 273-286 — Waldvogel & Hagenberg. Harnsaureausscheidung beim Diabetes melUtus. Centralbl. f. Stoffwechsel- u. Ver- dauungskr., Gbtting., 1900, i, 179-183.—Weber (G.) Un cas de diabete glycuronique. Paris med., 1920, xxxviii, (an- nexe), 472-474.-WUder (W. D. S.) Principles of clinical glucose tolerance determination. Tr. Chicago Soc Int Med'A.191,7' Mi> 22.-Woodyatt (R. T.) Sarcolactic acid and the theory of diabetes. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1912-13 xiv, p. xxxvui.-----. Studies on the theory of diabetes; sarcolactic acid in diabetic muscle. Ibid., 1913-14 xiv 441-451. ' ' Diabetes (Classification of). See, also, Diabetes (Pathology of). Austin (A. E.) The classification of diabetes melUtus. Boston M. & S. J., 1911, clxiv, 807-811.—Boston (L. N.) Vaneties of glycosuria. Proc Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila 1905-6, xxvi, 315-318.—Cross (F. B.) The identification of the glycosurias. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1919, xiii, 9-15.—Labbe (M.) Classification des diabetes sucres. Bull. et mem. Soc. med. de h6p. de Par., 1910, 3. s., xxix, 745-747.-----. Classification des diabetes sucres; l'equilibre azote. Tr. Internat. Cong. Med. 1913, Lond., 1914, Sect vi Medicine, pt. 2, 333-342. -----. Classification et therapeu- tique des diabetes sucres. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom Geneve, 1922, xiii, 273-283.—Labbfe (M.) & Labbe (H.) La nutrition chez les diabetiques; classification des diabetes sucres. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1907 3 s xxiv, 327-336.—Mitchell (C.) Clinical varieties of diabetes meihtus. Clinique, Chicago, 1905, xxvii, 207-213.—von Oeiele. Zur systematischen Einteilung der verschiedenen Diabetesformen. Deutsche med. Presse, Berl. 1904 vni 17.—Pavy (F. W.) Differentation in diabetes. Lancet! Lond., 1900, i, 1787; 1863. A lso, transl.: Wien. med. Bl 1900 xxui, 471; 487; 505; 521.—Rathery (F.) -Les formescUniques fondamentales du diabete (diabete simple, consomptive mixte). Ann. de med., Par., 1914, i, 364-374.—Ringer (a' I.) The classification of diabetes meihtus. Penn. M. J Athens, 1915-16, xix, 280-283.—White (F. W.) Remarks on the classification of diabetes. Boston M. & S J 1911 clxv, 172.—Wilder (R. M.) Types of diabetes melUtus! Med. CUn. N. Am., Phila., 1921, v, 455-467. DIABETES. 474 DIABETES. Diabetes (Comain). . . See, also, Acidosis; Diabetes (Acidosis in); Diabetes (Complications of). Aveline (G.-H.) *©es convulsions epilep- tiformes au cours du coma diabetique. 8°. Lyon, 1912. Duptjy (P.) *Du coma diabetique chez 1 en- fant. 8°. Paris, 1905. Friedmann (S.) *Ein Beitrag zur Sympto- matologie des Coma diabeticum. 8°. Breslau, 190~- , ..v. J Schtjtz (L. G.) *Untersuchungen uber den Augendruck beim Coma diabeticum. 8°. Strassburg i. E., 1913. Camac (C. N. B.) Non-fatal coma in the course of dia- betes Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1908, xxui, 519- 533—Chauflard (A.) & Grigaut. La deshydratlon du pancreas dans le coma diabetique. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h&p. de Par., 1919, 3. s., xlui, 939-942.—Chauflard ( \.l, Le Conte ( inie.) & Done. La deshydratation du sang et des organes dans le coma diabetique. Presse med., Par., 1917, xxv, 185-187— Chauflard (A.) & Rendu (H.) Le svndrome de deshydratation aigue dans le coma diabe- tique. Rev. de med., Par., 1912, xxxii, 417-427.—Davies (M. G.) Coma in diabetes. Mass. M. J., Bost., 1904, xxiv, 337-343.—Dufourt (E.) La question des convulsions dans le coma diabetique. Province med., Par., 1911, xxu, 211- 213.—Ehrmann (R.) Ueber das Coma diabeticum. Berl. khn. Wchnschr., 1913, 1, 11-65.—EUiot (A. R.) Terminal coma in diabetes. N. York M. J., 1903, lxxvii, 577-580.— Helberg (K. A.) [Diabetic coma and the precomatose stage.) Bibliot. f. Lseger, K0benh., 1915, cxU 279-284.—Her- zog (L.) Ueber Auffassung und Beurteilung des Coma diabeticum vom Standpunkte verschiedener Theorien. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1899, 161; 189.—Hobhouse (E.) Post-mortem activity of the liver after diabetic coma. Lancet, Lond., 1919. ii, 806.—H0st (H. F.) Coma diabeti- cum. Norsk Mag. I. Laegevidensk., Kristiania, 1920, 1162- 1170.—Hugounenq (L.) Contribution a l'etude du coma diabetique. Lyon m6d., 1900, xciv, 145-147—Jacquet (P.) Le coma diabetique. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1912, lxxxv, 1163- 1169.—Ketly (L.) Ueber das Koma diabeticum. Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1907, xii, No. 18, 4.—Krause (P.) Ueber ein bisher nicht bekanntes S ymptom bei Coma diabeti- cum. Verhandl. d. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1904, xxi, 439-444.-----. Zur Symptomatologie des Coma diabeti- cum mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung einiger neuen Punkte. Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult. 1906, Bresl., 1907, Ixxxiv, 16.5-169.—Lepine (R.) Esquisse de l'histoire du coma diabetique. Cong, frang. de med. Rapp., Lyon, 1911, xn, 1-11.-----. Du coma diabetique; esquisse de Phis- toire du coma diabetique. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1911, Ixxxiv, 1784. [Discussion], 1798.—Lereboullet(P.) L'epigastralgie, signe precurseur du coma diabetique. Progres med., Par., 1911, 3. s., xxvii, 583.—Lossen (J.) Ueber das Vorkommen epileptischer Krampfe beim Coma der Diabetiker. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1905, lvi, 31-42.—McCay (D.), Banergee (S.C.)[etal.]. Coma as a cause of death in diabetes. Indian J. M. Research, Calcutta, 1919-20, vii, 22-80— Magnus- Levy (A.) Untersuchungen iiber die Acidosis im Diabetes melUtus und die Saureintoxication im Coma diabeticum. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz 1900-1901, xlv, 389-434.—Meac her (J. H.) A case of diabetic coma in a girl of 11. St. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1900-1901, vni, 121.— Miner (W. W.) Unsuspected diabetes a cause of rapidlv fatal coma. Tr. Mass. Med.-Leg. Soc, Bost., 1910, iii, 330- 335.—Poulton (E. P.) Observations on COjin alveolar air of diabetics in relation to onset of coma; with demonstration of Fridericia'smethodofmeasuringitcUnically. Proc. Rov Soc. Med., Lond., 1913-14, vn, Med. Sect., 171175.—Rathery (H.) Le coma diabetique; signes et diagnostic. CUnique Par., 1911, vi, 118-120.-----. French chnical lecture on the signs and diagnosis of diabetic coma. Med. Press & Circ Lond., 1911, n. s., xcu, 6-8.—Riesman (D.) Soft eyeball in diabetic coma. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1916, lxvi, 85. Also, Reprint.—Robinson (G. C.) Diabetic coma. Mass' M. J., Bost., 1903, xxiii, 1-22.—Rogge (M.) Ueber ein noch wenig bekanntes Augensvmntom im Coma diabeticum. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1908, xxxvii, 784-789.— Rosenbloom (J.) A form of diabetic coma. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1915, cii, 294. Alio, Reprint. -Seliottelius. [Ueber einen Fall von Coma diabeticum in graviditate.l Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1907, xxxi, 665-667.—Schulmann (E.) Le coma ethylo-diabetique. Presse med., Par., 1916, xxiv 251.—Umber (F.) Ueber Coma diabeticum bei Schwan- geren. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl. 1920 xlvi, 761-763. ' ' Diabetes (Coma in, Causes and pathology of). Bartsch (K. [F.]) *Ein Beitrag zur Lehre vom Coma diabeticum als Saureintoxikation 8°. Greifswald, 1904. Diabetes (Coma in, Causes and pathology of). Reck (F.) *Ein Beitrag zur Genese der ZvUnder des Koma diabeticum. 8°. Konigsberg LPr., 1911. Violle (L.) *Recherches experimentales sur l'acidose; contribution a l'etude de la pathogenie du coma diabetique. 8°. Paris, 1910. Beddard (A. P.), Pembrey (M. S.) & Spriggs (E. J.) The relation of acidosis to the carbon dioxide of the blood in diabetic coma. Lancet, Lond., 1909, i, 1741.—Bouchut & Volmat. Convulsions epileptiformes dans un coma dia- betique avec acetonurie. Bull. Soc. men. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1913, xi, 509-513. Also: Lvon med., 1913, cxxi, 34-38.— Brlnda (A.) Su di un caso di diabete mellito a rapido decorso e senza alterazioni anatomiche: contributo alio studio del coma diabetico nei bambino. Pediatria, NapoU, 1908, 2. s., vi, M7 v>4.—Courtellemont. Diabete suraigu au cours dune septicemic; coma acetonurique; mort. Arch. d. mal. de l'appar. digest, [etc.]. Par., 1911, v, 680-686.— Domansky (H.) & Relmann (G.) L eber die Kulz'schen CvUnder und ihre Beziehungen zum diabetischen Koma. Ztschr. f. Heilk., Wien & Leipz., 1901, xxii, Abth. f. int. Med., 226-244.—Douglas (C.) The presence and the significance of beta-oxvbutyric acid in the urine of diabetics, and its relation to the coma. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1902, 12. s. U, 128-137.-----. Observations on diabetic coma; with special reference to beta-oxybutyric acid as an etiologi- cal factor. Brit. M. J., Lond.. 1903, ii, 1629.—Elliott (A. R.) Albuminuria in diabetes meihtus; its importance as a factor in the causation of diabetic coma. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xU, 354-358.—Geelmuyden (H. C.) Ueber den Acetongehalt der Organe an Coma diabeticum Verstorbener nebst Beitragen zur Theorie des Aeetonstorfweohsels. Ztschr. f. phvsiol. Chem., Strassb.. 1904, xh, 128-152: 1909, lxiu, 255-271.'—Grube (K.) Zur Pathologie des Coma dia- beticum. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1900, xUv, 349-362. Alio, transl.: Tr. Path. Soc, Lond., 1900, U, 181-186.-----. Ueber ein dem Coma diabeticum analoges, kunstUch hervorgerufenes Coma. Verhandl. d. Cong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1900, xviii, 199-204.—Grttnberger (V.) Ueber den Befund von Acetessigsaure in der Zerebro- spinalfliissigkeit bei Coma diabeticum. Zentralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1905, xxvi, 617.—Heine CL.) Uetx?r Lipaemia retinalis und Hvpotonia bidbi im Coma diabeticum. KUn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1906, xUv, 451-460.—Hugou- nenq (L.) & Morel (A.) La chimie du coma diabetique. Cong, franc,', de med. Rapp., Lvon, 1911, xii. 12-22. Also: Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1911, Ixxxiv, 17M. [Disciissionl. 1798.— Hugounenq (L.), Morel (A."i & Froment. A propos d'un cas de coma diabetique; retention de corps azotes non albumineux et diflerents de Puree dans le sang et le Uquide cephalo-rachidien. BuU. et mem. Soc. mea. d. hop. de Par., 1913, 3. s., xxxv, 951-954. Also: Bull. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1913, xi, 357-360.—Joslln (E. P.) MetaboUsm in diabetic coma witb especial reference to acid intoxication. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1901, xvi, 612-632. Also: J. Med. Research, Bost., 1901, n. s.. l, 306-330.—Kjelland Mordre (S.) A case of diabetic coma with renal insuffi- ciency. Acta Med. Scandin., Stockholm, 1921, lv. 511-517.— Krause (P. 1 Ueber Lipamie im Coma diabeticum. Ver- handl. d. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1906, xxui, 521-528.— Labbe (M.) Acidosis and diabetic coma. Univ. M. Rec, Lond., 1912, i, 491-500.—Labbe (M.) & Bith (G.) Coma avec acidose et degenerescence hepatique. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1912, 3. s.. xxxiv, 27-32.—Labbe (M.) & Cendron (A.) Diagnostic du com.i diabetique; les reactions d'acidose dans leUquidecviilulo-r.ichidien. Paris med., 1913-14, xui, IM -183- McCaskey 0.. W.) A case of fatal diabetic coma without diabetic or t>eta-oxvbutvric acid. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago. Ci'., lxvi, 350— Magnus- Levy (A.) Die Oxybuttersaure und ihre Beziehungen zum Coma diabeticum. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1899, xiii, 149-2?7 — Masel (J.) Zur Frage der Saurevergiftung beim Coma diabeticum. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1913, lxxix, 1-12.—Mlronesco (T.) Sur les lesions histologiques des organes dans le coma diabetique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvi. 992.—Mflrdre (S. k > f A case of diabetic coma with renal insufficiency.] Norsk Mkg. f. Laegevidensk., Kristiania, 1921, lxxxn, 783- 7vv -Ndvoa (R.) Las noxas productoras del coma dia- lieiico. Clin, y lab., rev. quincen. deespec. med.. Zaragoza, 1912, viii, 264; 307; 33S.—Pavy (F. W.) On the acetone series of products in connexion with diabetic coma. Lancet, Lond., 1902, ii, 64; 143; 207; 347.-----. Relation of acidosis to the carbon dioxide of the blood in diabetic coma. Ibid., 1909, u, 184.—Poulton (E. B.) The p iholosiv of diabetic coma. Brit. M. J.. Lond., 1915, ii, 441 -Revillet. Coma chez une dulii'ii'ine sans acetonurie. l.von med., 1914, cxxii, 8iv M7. -Koque iG.) A- Mazel ' 1 ^ Coma rapide- inent iimiuI avec crises convulsives suWr.trantes chez un diabeu.iue absinthique. Ibid., 1911, cxvii, 1238-1242.— Rosenbloom (J.) A form of diabetic coma, not due to the acetone bodies. N. York M. J. (etc.), 1915, cii, 294.—Rufl (E.) Zur Frage des Coma diabeticum nach operativen Eingriflen. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1905, xviii, 258; 284.— Savy (P.) & Mazel (P.) Convulsions uremiques chez une DIABETES. 475 DIABETES. Diabetes (Coma in, Causes and pathology of). diabetique acetonemique. Rev. de me\I., Par., 1911, xxxi, num. spec., 771-774.—Sawyer (J. P.) The clinical rela- tions of stomach disorders in diabetes. Cleveland M. J., 1904, iii, 1-18.—Siebelt. Coma diabeticum im Verlauf akuter Infektionskrankheiten. Veroffentl. d. balneol. Gesellsch. in Bei]., Berl. & Wien, 1912, xxxiii, pt. 2., 123-127. -----. Beziehungen des Coma diabeticum zu Infektions- krankheiten. Med. Klin., Berl., 1913, ix, 1685.—Sintenis (E.) Zum Coma diabeticum nach Operationen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr. Leipz. & Berl., 1903, xxix, 759.—Souques & Aynaud. Passage de P acetone dans le Uquide cephalo- rachidien au cours du coma diabetique chez l'homme et k l'etat normal chez les animaux. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1907, 3. s., xxiv, 97.—Spitzer (W.) Ueber traumatisches Coma diabeticum. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. & Berl., 1900, xxvi, 757-759.—Stark (H. S.) Diabetic coma: Isit due to acidosis? Med. Rec, N.Y.,1909, lxxvi, 803-806.—Sternberg (W.) Chemisches und Experi- mentelles zur Lehre vom Coma diabeticum. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1899, xxxviu, 65-86. Diabetes (Coma in, Treatment of). Burgez (A.) ^Contribution au traitement du coma diabetique par les injections de serum physiologique. 8°. Lyon, 1899. Ohnacker (P.) *Erfolge der Natrontherapie bei bestehendem Koma diabeticum. 8°. Giessen, 1913. Bickle (L. W.) Diabetes, with a case of recovery from coma by the administration of oxygen gas. Intercolon. M. Cong. Australas. Tr., 1892, Sydney, 1893, iii, 94-97.— Blum (L.) Histoire clinique et therapeutique du coma diabetique. Cong, franc, de mea. Rapp. Lyon, 1911, xn, 65-134. Also: Gaz. d. hdp., Par., 1911, Ixxxiv, 1786-1788. [Discussion], 1798. Also, transl.: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1913, 1, 2135-2138.-----. Traitement du coma diabetique. Progres med., Par., 1911, 3. s., xxvii, 540.-----. Sympto- matologie und Therapie des Coma diabeticum. Ergebn. d. inn. Med. u. Kinderh., Berl., 1913, xl, 442-491.—Cammidge (P. J.) The prevention and treatment of diabetic coma. Lancet. Lond., 1919, i, 60-64.—Cary (W. E.) Massive doses of alkali in two cases of impending diabetic coma. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1921, lxxvi, 1393-1395.—Ehrmann (R.) Ueber cardiovasculare Symptome und ihre Therapie bei diabetischem Coma und Pracoma. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1913, 1, 1423-1425.-----. Zur Klinik und Therapie des Coma diabeticum. Ibid., 2431.—Eisner (K.) Ein Fall von mit doppeltkohlensaurem Natron behandelten Coma dia- beticum. Ibid., 1904, xU, 1342.—Fischer. Zur Pathologie und Therapie des Coma diabeticum. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1918, xUv, 503.—Forschbach (J.) Symptomatologie und Therapie des Coma diabeticum. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1921, xviii, 421^27.—Gluck- lich (K.) Therapie bei drohendem und bei ausgebrochenem Koma diabetikum. Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl., Berl., 1922, xUv, 197-201.—Gulhal. Le traitement du diabete; le coma diabetique. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1900, lxxui, 808-810.— Hall (A.) Diabetic coma treated by saline injections. Quart. M. J., Sheffield, 1901-2, x, 235—Hanssen (O.) [A case of coma diabeticum restored to health; recidivation after 2J months; death; examination of metabolism.] Norsk Mag. f. Laegevidensk., Kristiania, 1910, 5. R., vin, 990-999.—Herzog (L.) Zur Behandlung des Comas der Zuckerkranken. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1899, xxxvi, 295- 297.—LabbS (H.) & VioUe (L.) L'acidose et la therapeuti- que alcaUne du coma diabetique. Paris mid., 1910-11, 350- 352.—Labbfe (M.) Clinique et therapeutique du coma diabetique. Cong, franc, de med. Rapp., Lyon, 1911, xn, 23-64. Also: J. de med. de Par., 1911, 2. s., xxui, 831-838.— Labbe (M.) & Aim© (H.) Un cas de coma diabetique gueri par les alcalins a haute dose. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1913, 3. s., xxxvi. 777-786.—Labb6 (M.) & Carrie (P.) Coma diabetique gueri par les injections intra- veineuses de bicarbonate de soude. Ibid., 1911, 3. s., xxxi, 699-704. Also: Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1911, 2. s., xxix, 721- 727.—Lenne. Coma diabeticum und AlkaUbehandlung. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1904, 180-184—Lepine (R.) Sur PutiUte des injections intra-veineuses alcaUnes a la periode premonitoire du coma diabetique. Rev. de med., Par., 1910, xxx, 74-76.—Levlson (L. A.) The recognition and management of threatening diabetic coma. Ohio M. J., Columbus, 1916, xii, 11-17.—Magnus-Levy (A.) Das Koma diabeticum und seine Behandlung. Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. Verdauungs.- u. Stofiwechs.-Krankh., HaUea.S., 1909,i, 1-54.-----. UebersubkutaneInfusionen von Mononatriumkarbonat. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1913, xxvii, 838-843.—Maignon (F.) Sur l'absence de danger et les avantages de 1'administration abondante de corps gras aux diabetiques acetonuriques en etat de denutrition azotee; considerations sur la prophylaxie du coma diabetique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1922, lxxxvi, 197-200.— Maver (A.) Diabetic coma; symptoms, pathology, and treatment. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1902, lxi, 370-373.-Monro (T K ) Case of diabetes in which threatened coma was averted under treatment by intravenous saline injections. Diabetes (Coma in, Treatment of). Glasgow M. J., 1901, lvi, 165-168.—Xlclot. A propos de la ponction lombaire dans le coma diabetique. Bull, et mem. Soc.med.d.hop.de Par., 1913,3.s.,xxxv, 221-223— Novoa (R.) Un dato para el tratamiento del coma diabetico. Gac. med. d. Sur de Espana, Granada, 1910, xxviii, 145- 147.—Oliver (T.) Sequel to a case of diabetic coma suc- cessfully treated by saline transfusion; death 243 days after- wards from coma. Lancet, Lond., 1899, ii, 564.—Parisot (J.) Coma diabetique et medication alcaUne intraveineuse. Rev. med. de l'est, Nancy, 1911, xliii, 491^98.—Presno (J. A.) Un caso de coma diabetico curado por el lavado de la sangre. Rev. de med. y ciruj. de la Habana, 1899, iv, 333-336.—Rathery (F.) Les injections intraveineuses de bicarbonate de soude dans le coma diabetique. Paris med., 1910-11, 496-502.-----. Le coma diabetique; traitement. Clinique, Par., 1911, vi, 193-196.—Robin (A.) On diabetic coma and its treatment. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1899, 9. s., iii, 156-162.-----. Traitement du coma diabetique. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1909, clvii, 1; 43.—Roget & Balvay. Guerison d'un cas de coma diabetique par des injections massives de serum artificiel. Lyon med., 1899, xc, 42-50.—RoUy (F.) Das Wesen und die Behandlung des Coma diabeticum. Med. KUn., Berl.. 1913, ix, 568-572.— Rosenbloom (J.) A form of diabetic coma, not due to acetone bodies. Perm. M. J., Athens, 1914-15, xviii, SOS- SOS.—Scheel (V.) TUfaelde af Coma diabeticum, AlkaU- behandUng; Diaetbehandling. Ugeskr. f. Lseger, K0benh., 1915, lxxvii, 1639-1655.—Schwarz (L.) Zur Behandlung des Coma diabeticum. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1901, xxvi, 361; 376.—Sears (G. G.) A case of diabetic coma with recovery under alkaline treatment. Boston M. & S. J., 1905, clhi, 600-603.—Stern (H.) Coma diabeticum; its treat- ment. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxv, 1446-1452 — Taylor (F.) A case of diabetic coma with rapid recovery under treatment with alkalies. Guy's Hosp. Gaz.? Lond., 1907, xxi, 149.—Weber (S.) Kritisches Referat iiber die Behandlung des Coma diabetieum durch subkutane und Intravenbse Infusionen. Ztschr. f. diatet. u. physik. Therap., Leipz., 1899, iii, 54-59.—Young (D.) Diabetic coma treated by transfusion. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, i, 544. Diabetes (Complications and sequelse of). See, also, Acidosis; Arteries (Hypertension of); Children (Diseases of); Coma; Diabetes (Coma in); Diabetes (Gangrene in); Ductless glands (Diseases of); Gangrene; Impotence; Kidney (Inflammation of); Metabolism (Car- bohydrate, Disorders of); Nutrition (Disorders of); Pancreas (Diseases of). Duval (J.) ^Contribution a l'etude de la pneumonie des diabetiques. 8°. Montpellier, 1911. Fertyk (Ida). *Les cedemes chez les diabe- tiques; action du bicarbonate de soude. 8°. Paris, 1912. Grunert. Ueber Krankheitserscheinungen in der Mundhohle beim Diabetes; therapeutische Winke fiir Diabetiker. 8°. Berlin, 1899. Last (I.) *Troubles dentaires chez les su- criers (carie sucree). 8°. Paris, 1908. Marceillac (J.) Contribution a, l'etude des troubles et des lesions cardio-vasculaires dans le diabete sucre. 4°. Toulouse, 1895. Oberle (J.) *Die Beziehungen des Diabetes mellitus zu den Erkrankungen der oberen Luft- wege unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Tuberkulose. [Wurzburg.] 8°. Ashaffeburg, 1913. Achard (C.) Diabetes associes. Bull, mea., Par., 1921, xxxv, 813-815.—Amore (G.) I disturbi della motilita nei decorso del diabete meUito. Riv. neuropat., Torino, 1908, iii, 175; 213; 239.—Anspach (B. M.) Large cystocele and uterine prolapse in a diabetic. Surg. CUn. N. Am., Phila., 1922, ii, 145.—Aron (E.) Zur Aetiologie der Gefasserkran- kungen beim Diabetes. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1913, 1, 878. Also: Verhandl. d. Berl. med. GeseUsch. (1913), 1914, xliv, pt. 2, 130-135. [Diskussion], pt. 1, 44-46.—Arrowsmlth (H.) Diffuse diabetic ulceration of the pharynx and larynx. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1916, xxvi, 1177.—AruUani (P. F.) Ulcera della gamba simulante una gomma sifiUtica (Dia- bete fosfatico di Teissier). Riforma med., NapoU. 1916, xxxn, 865-867.—Beatti (M.) Un caso grave de diabetes compUcada con tuberculosis pulmonar y epiteUomas dobles. Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1913, xx, pt. 2., 649-652 — Belot (J.) & Nahan. Tronbles osseux chez un diabetique atteint de maux perforants plantaires. BuU. et mem. Soc. de radiol. med. de Par., 1912, iv, 112-115, 1 pi.—Bith (H.) Le traitement des compUcations du diabete. Hopital, Par., 1921, ix, 982-985.—Blelbtreu (L.) Ueber Beziehung von Fettgewebsnekrosen und Arteriosklerose zum Diabetes melUtus. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1908, cxxiv, 52- 68.—Bonorino Udaondo (C.) Osteo-satirosis diabetica. DIABETES. 476 DIABETES. Diabetes (Complications and sequelae of). Rev. Asoc. med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1919. xxx, 456 — Braillon. Les pleuresies des diabetiques. Rev. de Med., Par., 1911, xxxi, 334-341.—BramweU (B.) Diabetes; perforating ulcer of the foot; advanced atheroma of the posterior tibial artery, the artery being adherent to the posterior tibial nerve; marked changes in the posterior tibial and plantar nerves. Clin. Stud., Edinb.. 1907, n. s., v, 279-290—Brunton (Sir T. L.) On the heart in relation to diabetes. Practitioner, Lond., 1907, lxxix, 42-46.—But- ler (G. F.) The inter-relations of diabetes and other con- stitutional states. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1903-4, xxxvu, 145-151.—Carnot (P.) & Rathery (F.) Hyperplasie thy- roidienne dans le diabetft. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1912, 3. s., xxxiv, 400-409.—Caussade (G.) & Doumer (E.) Granulie pleuro-pulmonaire a allure clini- que de typho-bacillose, chez un diabetique. Ibid., 1921, 3. s.', xlv, 942-949.—Dietrich (I.) Die Beziehungen der Magen-Darmerkrankungen zum Diabetes meihtus. Petersb. med. Ztschr., St. Petersb., 1913, xxxvui, 293-295.—Bins- more (W. W.) Report of an interesting case of diabetes melUtus showing hookworm infection. South. M. J., Nashville, 1914, vii, 485-1^7— Dueamp, Carrieu [et al.]. Hemorragies mortelles dues a des varices oesophagiennes chez un diabetique avec cancer du pancreas. Bull. Soc. d. sc med. et biol. de MontpelUer, 1921-2; iii, 139-141.—Du- chastelet (L.) Suppuration perinephretique chez un dia- betique. Ass. franc, d'urol. Proc.-verb., 1905, Par., 1906, 535-538.—Eufinger (H.) Verblutungstod durch Poly- menorrhoe bei sehwerem Diabetes mellitus. Monatschr, f. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Berl., 1922, lviu, 1-3.—Faure (M.) Physiologie des crises laryngees des tabetiques. Informateur d. ahen. [etc.], Par., 1906, i, 180-184.—FrancescheUi (D.) Sul rapporto per la presenza di glucosio nell' organismo e la virulenza dei comuni piogeni. Riforma med., Napoli, 1922, xxxviii, 52-55.—Freudenthal (W.) Ueber diabetische Geschwure im Rachen und Kehlkopf. Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. Nasen-, Ohren-, Mund- u. Halskr., HaUe a. S., 1900, iv, 56-63. Also, Reprint.—Garel & Armand. L'epistaxis dans le diabete. Bull, de laryngol., otol. et rhinol., Par., 1905, viii, 276-281.—GUbert (A.) & Weil (E.) Le cancer chez les diabetiques. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1898,10. s., v. 1121-1124.—Glaessner (K.) Diabetes und Pneumonie. Wien. Klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xix, 896-898.—Gorke (H.) Diabetes melUtus und i^morrha- gische Diathese. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1921, lxvhi, 1324.—Gossage (A. M.) Diabetes and obesity. West- minst. Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1907, xv, 24-29.—Handmann (E.) Ueber die Ursache der verminderten Resistenz des Diabetikers gegen Infektionen. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1911, cii, 1-14.—Hanssen (O.) [A case of diabetes compUcated with double hydronephrosis; a con- tribution to the changes of the urinary organs accompanying diabetes.] Nord. Tidsskr. f. Terapi, K0benh., 1910-11, ix, 281-290.—Hedrfin (G.) [Fat embolism and diabetic lipre- mia.] Svenska lak.-sallsk. handl., Stockholm, 1916, xhi, 933-946.—Heitz (J.) Frequence des troubles de la permea- biUte arterielle aux membres inferieurs chez les diabetiques. Bull, et mem. Soc med. d. hop. de Par., 1921, 3. s., xlv, 706- 711. Also: Rev. internat. de med. et de chir., Par., 1921, xxxUj 68-71.—Hoist (J. E.) [A case of glycosuria of a combmed nature.] Ugesk. f. La?ger, K0benh.L1921, lxxxui, 1072-1081.—Joslln (E. P.) & Goodall (H. W.) Experi- ments on an ash-free diet and salt metaboUsm, with especial reference to edema in diabetes melUtus. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, li, 727-732.—Kahn (M.) Angina pectoris of diabetes. Ibtd„ 1921, lxxvi, 570.—Knowlton (F. P.) & Starling (E. H.) Ueber den Zuckerverbrauch im norma- len und im diabetischen Herzen. Zentralbl. f. Phvsiol., Leipz. & Wien, 1912, xxvi, 169-173.—K0ster. Demonstra- tion af en Patient med Diabetes og mal perforant du pied. Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1912, 5. R., v, 1209-1211.—Labbe (M.) Les cedemes chez les diabetiques. Progres med., Par., 1913, 3. s., xxix, 143-115.—Labbfc (M.) & Guerlthault (B.) Nouvelles recherches sur les cedemes bicarbonates chez les diabetiques, metabolisme compare du chlore et du sodium. J. de phvsiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1913, xv, 89-104.----- -----. Les cedemes bicarbonates chez les diabetiques; leur pathogenie (2» memoire). Ibid., 131-140.—Landis (H. R. M\), Funk (E. H.) & Montgomery (C. M.) Diabetes compUcated with tuberculosis, treated by means of the AUen fasting method. Nat. Tuberc. Ass. Tr., N. Y., 1918, xiv, 266-275, 1 ch.—Lefas (E.) Lesions des glandes sali- vaires chez un diabetique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par. 1899, 10. s., vi, 67.—Le Goff. Sur la frequence de la tuber- culose chez les diabetiques. Cong, internat. de la tuberc. 1905, Par., 1906, i, 632-635.—Lhermitte (J.) & Boeder. Diabete glycosurique chez uu vieillard de 80 ans; ramol- lissement ancien sous-thalamique; curieuse malformation de I'hypophyse. Rev. neurol., Par., 1922, xxix, 758-761 — Lichty (J. A.) The acute infections in diabetes mellitus. Tr. Am. Climat. & Clin. Ass., Phila., 1915, xxxi, 83-S9. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1915, cu, 478.—Lloyd (S.) The surgical complications of diabetes. Post-Graduate. N. Y avec le cancer et la tuberculose. Cong, internat. dc med C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv sect, de path, int., 265-269.— Loumeau. Diabete et taule hypogastrique pour calcul- Diabetes (Complications and sequelae of). acetonemic, hoquet invincible et moft post-operatoires. Gazz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1917, xxxviii, 14.— Lutz (W.) Ueber grosszelUge Hyperplasie der Milzpulpa bei diabetischer Lipamie. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1914, lviii, 273-284— Magenau. Zur Frage der diabetischen Erkrankungen der oberen Luftwege. Ver. handl. d. Ver. siiddeutsch. Laryngol. 1894-1903, Wiirzb. 1904, 486-490.—Magyary-Kossa (Gy.) [Mechanism Of sugar secretion; dyspnoea caused by diabetes.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1911, lv, 49-51— MarSchal. La retraction de 1'aponevTose palmaire chez les diabetiques. J. de neurol., Par., 1899, iv, 164-166. [Discussion], 173. Also: Presse med. beige, Brux., 1899, U, 255-257.—Marsh (P. L.) The complications of diabetes mellitus. J. Mich. M. Soc, Grand Rapids, 1922, xxi, 238-244.—Mascarel (A.) Les manifesta- tions pharyngo-laryngees des diabetiques. Anjou med., Angers, 1905, xu, 159-165.—Mosny & Beaufume. Diabete sucre, maux perforants plantaires et Ivmphocytose du liquide cephalo-rachidien. Bull, et mem. Soc med. d. hop. de Par.. 1904, 3. s., xxi, 687-692.—PeUegrino (M.) Un caso di sclalorrea zuccherina nei diabete melUto. Tommasi, Napoli, 1909, iv, 303-307.—Perkins (J. J.) The pulmonary compUcations of diabetes. Practitioner, Lond., 1907, lxxix, 69-75.—Perry (O. L.) Diabetes melUtus with multi- ple abscesses; with report of a case. West. Virg. M. J., Huntington, 1919-20, xiv. 261-263.—Peterson (R.) A case of a diabetic with umbilical hernia, complete laceration of the perineum, and fistulous openings in the region of the right labium. Tr. CUn. Soc. Univ. Mich., Ann Arbor, 1916-17, viu, 11-13.—Ponfick (E.) Diabetes und Fett- gewebsnekrose des Pankreas. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch. 1902, Berl., 1903, v, 133-150, 1 pi.—Port. Ueber die Erscheinungen des Diabetes meUitus in der Mund- hohle. Deutsche zahnarztl. Wchnschr., 1907. x, 909-911.— Rathery (F.) L'amaigrissement des diabetiques. BuU. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1921, clxxii, 216.—Rauzier (G.) Diabete et pneumopathies aigues. Montpel. med., 1912, xxxiv, 97; 121.—Renon (L.) Tuberculose pulmonaire et diabete Sucre. Arch. gen. de mM., Par., 1903, i, 528-534.— Rosenbloom (J.) Report of a case of diatet es melUtus complicated by occasional pentosuria and lactosuria. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1915, lxiv, 50s.—Roubier (C.) Pneu- monie benigne chez un grand diabetique acetonurique. Bull. Soc. med. d. hop. de Lyon, 1913, xi, 445-447.—Sainton (P.) & Gastaud (P.) Syndrome de Basedow et diabete. Bull. med.. Par., 1913, xxvii, 6S3^3.—Sample (J. T.) A Gorham (W. L.) Malum perforans in diabetes meUitus; a report of 7 cases. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1913, xxiv, 28-31. Also, Reprint—Schneider (F.) Die Be- schaffenheit der Zahne und des Zahnfleisches bei Diabetes meUitus. Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh., Leipz., 1898, xvi, 473-485.—SUvestrinl (R.) & Nestl (G.) Diabete familiale con sclerosi del pancreas. Riv. crit. di cUn. med., Firenze, 1901, ii, 565; 581.-Smith (S. M. C) Bezold's variety of mastoid disease, complicating diabetes melUtus. Tr. Am. Larvugol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc. 1904, N. Y., 1905, x, 240-243. Also: Am. Med., Phila., 1905, ix, 236.—Stark (H. S.) The dietetic treatment of diabetes compUcated by nephritis. Med. Rec, N. Y.. 1916, lxxxix, 9S7-991.— Strouse (S.) Mild diabetes melUtus with acute and chronic cholecystitis. Med. Chn. N. Am., Phila., 1921, v, 237. -----. Mild diabetes, obesity, hypertension. Ibid., 238. -----. Severe diabetes mellitus, pulmonary abscess, and hemopneumothorax. Ibid., 239-241.-----. Diabetes melU- tus, chronic nephritis, hvpertension, and cervical ribs. Ibid., 241-244.—Teschemacher. Ueber das Vorkommen der Dupuytrenschen Fingerkontraktur bei Diabetes mei- htus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1904, xxx, 501-503.—Tlce (F.) Some cases of diabetes melUtus with compUcations. Med. CUn. Chicago, 1916, u, 13-27.— Tommasi (L.) Due casi di diabete a tipo papulo- necrotuo. dor. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1921, lxn, 477- lv\ 2 I'1-—Vivian (C. S.) Glycosurie nephritis, a clinical entity, southwest Med., Phoenix, Ariz., 1923, vii, 12-18.— well (H.) Uraemie bei Diabetes melUtus, durch Aderlass gunstig beeinflusst. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1903, xxvui, 27.—VVell (P.) Ueber Nierenfunktionsuntersuchungen bei diabetischen und postdiabetischen Nierenerkrankungen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr.. 1919, lvi, 1037.—Wetland (W.) Diabetes und chirurgische Erkrankungen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1919, lxvi, 740-743.—Wolfsohn. [Unter- suchungen Uber die verminderto Immunitiit Zuckerkranker gegen eitrige Infektionen.] Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1920, xhi, 986. Diabetes (Complications of, Aural). See, also, Ear (Diseases of). Fuchs (E.) *Zur Kasuistik der Ohrenkran- kungen bei Diabetes. S°. Munchen, 1900. Schnaeuele (R.) *Les affections de l'oreille chez les diabetiques. 8°. Lyon, 1899. Bar (L.) Contribution a l'6tude de l'otite moyenne aigue d'origine diabetique. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1902, ii 305-316.—Edgar (T. O.) Klinische Untersuchungen iiber die Erkrankungen des Gehororgans bei Diabetes meUitus mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Erkrankun gen des inneren Ohres. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl- DIABETES. 477 DIABETES. Diabetes (Complications of, Aural). & Wien, 1915, xlix, 225-260.—Eulenstein (H.) Die Ohren- crkrankungen der Diabetiker. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1899, lxvi, 270-280.-----. Ueber die Mastoi- ditis bei Diabetikern. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1903, xiii, 263-280.—Ferreri (G.) La puntura lombare nelle suppura- zioni d' orecchio dei diabetici. Atti d. clin. oto-rino-farin- goiat. d. r. Univ. di Roma (1911), 1912, ix, 387-399. Also, transl.: Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1912, xxxiv, 329-338.—Friedrich. Ein Diabetiker, der im Anschluss an eine acute Mittelohreiterung eine Unksseitige Sinusthrom- bose bekam. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1901, xlviii, 694.— Furet (F.) Masto'idites et diabete. Bull, de laryngol., otol. et rhinol.. Par., 1908, xi, 9-15.—Glogau (O.) A case of mastoiditis in a diabetic; extradural abscess, perisinus ab- scess; recovery. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1917, xxvi, 818-821.—Gomperz. [Vorlaufige Mitteilung iiber Ohrenerkrankungen bei Diabetikern.] Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1905, xxxix, 260-264.—Grossmann (F.) Ueber Mittelohreiterung bei Diabetikern. Beitr. z. Ohrenh. Festschr. A. Lucae, Berl., 1905, 353-378.—Hansberg (W.) Zwei Falle von Mastoiditis bei Diabetes. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1903, xUv, 365-368.—Korner (O.) Die acuten Ohr- und Schlafenbeineiterungen der Diabetiker. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1902, lxxiu, 588-594.—Labourfi (F.) Otite; meningite cerebrospinale; ulceration de la carotide chez un diabetique; hemorragie; mort. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1907, lxxx, 1479.—Lannois (M.) Les affections de l'oreille chez les diabetiques. Lyon med., 1900, xciii, 253-259.—Lavrand (H.) Masto'idite chez un diabetique; operation; guerison. J. d. sc. med. de LUle, 1910, ii, 601-606 — Melzl (U.) Contributo alia casuistica dell' otite diabetica; ascesso mastoideo; trapanazione dell' apofisi mastoidea; operazione radicale; guarigione. Boll, clin.-scient. d. PoU- ambul. di Milano, 1901, xiv, 10-17.—Merrill (W. H.) A case of nerve deafness due to the toxemia of diabetes. Boston M. & S. J., 1911, clxiv, 849.—Perrone (P.) Complicazioni otitiche in diabetici. Morgagni, Milano, 1921, Ixui. pt. 1, (arch.), 178-196.—Potts (B. H.) Mastoiditis in diabetes. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1909-10, xiii, 546-551.—Stein (O. J.) Suppurative ear disease in diabetes mellitus. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1910, xx, 731-738.—WeUs (W. A.) Case of mastoid- itis compUcating diabetes; operation; recovery. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1917-18, xxii, 223-229. Also, Reprint.—Zimmermann (C.) Ear affections and diabetes. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1916, xxv, 637- 648. Also: Wisconsin M. J., Milwaukee, 1917-18, xvi, 165-169. Diabetes (Complications of, Cutaneous). See, also, Leg (Ulcers of); Skin (Diseases of); Ulcers. Gross (L.) *Hautaffektionen bei Diabetes mellitus. 8°. Erlangen, 1897. Patt (W.) *Ueber diabetische Xanthose. 8°. Giessen, 1919. Banerjee (J.) Huge diabetic carbuncle of the left upper eyelid. Antiseptic, Madras, 1922, xix, 132-136.—Bates (L. B.) Diabetes mellitus complicated with lipemia and xanthoma. Proc M. Ass. Isthmian Canal Zone 1916, Mount Hope, 1917, ix, 49-52.—Batut (L.) Panaris du pouce, phlegmon de la main chez un diabetique, gangrene seche des doigts; mort. Ann. de chir. et d'orthop., Par., 1907, xx, 180-182.—Bettmann. Die Hautkrankheiten der Diabeti- ker. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1913, xxxix, 1188-1194.—Bloch (B.) Oidiomykose der Haut bei Diabetes. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerztef Basel, 1916, xl, 273.— Byas (F. G.) Carbuncle of the neck in a patient with long- standing diabetes. Surg. Clin. N. Am., Phila., 1922, ii, 831- 836.—Fahr. Zur Frage des diabetischen Xanthoms. Dermat. Wchnschr., Leipz., 1919, lxix, 803. Ibid., Deutsche med.Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1919, xlv, 1373.—Foster (B.) Skin compUcations of diabetes. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, lxi, 83.—Frescoln (L. D.) Cutaneous notes in diabetic cases. Phila. Gen. Hosp. Rep.. 1916, x, 251.—Froment (J.) Ictus chez un diabetique. Bull. Soc. med. d. hop. de Lyon, 1908, vu, 469.—de Gamrat (C.) Un cas de xanthomes mul- tiples dits "en tumeurs" avec diabete concomitant; contri- bution a l'etude des xanthomes. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1920, 6. s., i, 497-506,1 pi.—HamUton (G. R.) A case of xanthoma diabeticorum. Med. J. Australia, Sydney, 1922, i, 385.—Hannema (L. S.) Xanthosis diabetica. Nederl. Maandschr. v. Geneesk., Leiden, 1920, i, 318-325; ii, 561-563.—Harrold (R. E.) A case of xanthoma diabetico- rum. Med. J. AustraUa, Sydney, 1920; i, 84.—Haxthausen. [Characteristic ulcera cruris in a diabetic] Hosp.-Tid., K0benh.jl918,lxi, 1346.—Hoffmann(E.) Ueberweitver- breitete Hautxanthomatose bei hoehgradiger diabetischer Lipaemie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1918, xUv, 1050-1052.—Koch (R.) Fall eines maculosen Exan- thems bei Diabetes mellitus. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1912, xi, 29-31. Also: Wien med. Wchnschr., 1912, lxii, 526.-----. Maculoses Exanthem bei Diabetes mellitus. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kin- derh. in Wien, 1912, xi, 78.-----. Exanthem bei Diabetes meihtus. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph.; Wien & Leipz., 1914-15, cxix, 513.-----. Ueber ein makuldses Exanthem bei Dia- betes mellitus. Ibid., 1918, cxxiv, 845-854,1 pi.—Labbe (M.) Traitement de I'intertrigo et de l'6rytheme vulvaire chez les Diabetes (Complications of, Cutaneous). diabetiques. J. de med. de Par., 1911, 2. s., xxiii, 395. Also: Rev. prat, d'obst. et de gynec., Par., 1911, 257-262.— Lapowski. Necrotic follicuUtis (diabetes). J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., Chicago, 1919, xxxvii, 283.—Lassar (O.) Die dermatologischen Complicationen des Diabetes und ihre Therapie. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl.-Wien, 1899, n. F., i, 70-74. Also: Dermat. Ztschr., Berl., 1899, vi, 71-79.—van Leeuwen (T. M.) [Xanthelasma diabeticorum.] Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1920, lxiv, pt. 2, 2085.— Lubarsch (O.) Demonstration anatomischer Praparate von Xanthoma diabeticum. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1918, lv, 196.-----. Generalisierte Xanthomatose bei Diabetes. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1918, xliv, 484- 486.—Lyon (D. M.) Xanthoma diabeticorum; with report of a case. Edinb. M. J., 1922, n. s., xxviii, 168-173.—Menon (V. P. K.) Diabetic carbuncle; cured by injection of car- bolic acid and starvation without operation. Antiseptic, Madras, 1919, xvi, 249.—Minerbi (C.) Intorno ad un caso miziale di actinomicosi bucco-faciale in un soggetto diabetico. Atti Accad. d. sc med. e nat. in Ferrara, 1899-1900, lxxiv, 119-124.—Morris (M.) Skin disease associated with diabetes. I ractitioner, Lond., 1907, lxxix, 60-64.—Paul (N.) A case of xanthoma diabeticorum. Med. J. Australia, Sydney, 1916, n, 320.—Pollitzer (S.) Dermatological phenomena in diabetes. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1914, xxix, 15-19.—Rosen- bloom (J.) Peculiar skin condition occurring in diabetes meihtus complicated by pulmonary tuberculosis. J. Am M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, lxviii, 1476. Also, Reprint.—Saalield (E.) Diabetes und Hautkrankheiten. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1903, xxix, 537-539. Also: Ver- iV5Sdv d- Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1902, Leipz., 1903, u, 2. Hlfte., 458-461.—Schamberg. Xanthoma dh> beticorum. Arch. f. Dermat. & Syph., Chicago, 1920, n. s., l'.9?~:?nerw.re11 (s-) Cutaneous manifestations in diabetes. Med. News, N. Y., 1901, lxxviii, 1022-1024.—Sibley (W. K.). Xanthoma diabeticorum. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond.. 1920, xiii, Sect. Dermat., 83.—SkUlern (P. G.) Diabetic carbuncle of back; crucial incision and undermining; cure. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1919, 29. s., ii, 88.—Tolstoi (E.) Chrome purpura hemorrhagica with diabetes mellitus. Chfton Med. Bull., Clifton Springs, 1922-3, viii, No. 2,25-27.— Umber. Diabetische Xanthosis. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1916), 1917, xlvii, 127-130.—Veiel. Beziehungen zwischen Zuckerkrankheit und Hautkrankheiten. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wurttemb. arztl. Landesver., Stuttg., 1913, Ixxxui, 689-691. Diabetes (Complications of, Genito-uri- nary). See, also, Genito-urinary organs (Diseases of); Kidney (Inflammation of). Scharff (E.) *Ein Fall von Blasenlahmung nach willkiirlicher Urinretention bei Diabetes insipidus. 8°. Jena, 1908. Blanco Solar. Un caso de insuficiencia genital con glucosa en la orina y su contraprueba terapeutica. Med. ibera, Madrid, 1921, xv, 479.—Dalche (P.) & LacalUe (H ) Abces urineux; gangrene diabetique; guerison. Rev. gen. de chn. et de therap., Par., 1913, xxvii, 769.—Hamonic (P ) De l'urethrite chez les diabetiques. Rev. clin. d'androl. et de gynec, Par., 1908, xiv. 289-291. Also: Assoc, franc. d'urol. Proc.-verb. 1908, Par., 1909, xii, 129-134.—Mon- teros (J. F.) Posto-balano-uretritis en los diabeticos. Rev. balear de cien. med., Palma de Mallorca, 1909, xxxi, 345-349.—Necker. Khnische Beobachtungen bei dia- beteskranken Prostatikern. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Ge- sellsch. f. Urol., Wien 1911, Berl. u. Leipz., 1912, iii, 278- 287-—Parisot (J-) Les troubles de la fonction genitale chez les diabetiques; leur pathogenie. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1911, 3. s.,xxxii,95-110.-----. L6sions des glandes genitales chez les diabetiques et chez les animaux rendus experimentalement glycosuriques. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1911, Ixxi, 290-292.—Scheuer (O.) Ueber diabetische Balanoposthitis. Med. kUn., Berl., 1909 v 694.—Stern (H.) Prostatic disease in the diabetic. Am! J., Urol., N. Y., 1908, iv, 169-178.-----. The prostatic incident in diabetes. Arch. Diagn., N. Y., 1914, vii, 32-37.— Strauss (H.) Ueber vier Falle von Blasenerweiterung bei Diabetes insipidus. FoUa urolog., Leipz., 1910-11, v, 452- 458.—Whitney (C. M.) The genital lesions of diabetes which simulate venereal diseases. Med. Rev., St. Louis 1914, lxiii, 201-206. ' Diabetes (Complications of, Hepatic). See, also, Diabetes (Bronzed); Liver (Dis- eases of). Wateau (G.) Contribution a l'etude du foie des diabetiques. 8°. Paris, 1899. Aime (H.) Un cas de cirrhose pigmentaire diabetique avec atrophie du foie. Rev. med. de l'est, Nancy, 1911, xliii, 321-325.—Askanazy (M.) & Httbschmann (P.) Ueber Glykogenschwellung der Leberzellkerne besonders bei Diabetes. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1907, xviii, 641-644.—Aubertin (C.) Cirrhose graisseuse avec ascite hemorragique chez une diabetique. Gaz. d. DIABETES. 478 DIABETES. Diabetes (Complications of, Hepatic). hop., Par., 1905, Ixxviu, 75—Bouchut (L.) & Volmat. Le diabete avec cirrhose (a propos de deux observations). Rev. de med., Par.. 1913, xxxiu, 753-768.-Chaher (J.).& Nov6-Josserand (L.) Hemolyse et cirrhose pigmentaire chez un diabetique. Presse med., Par., 1912, xx, 144-146.— Hatiegan (J.) Hyperpermeabilite hepatique; un nouveau svmptome dansle diabete. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1922 3s, Ixxxvii, 236.—Labbe (M.) & Baumgartner (A.) Diabfete aigu avec cirrhose hepato-pancreatique pigmentaire. Paris med., 1913-14, xiii, 436-439.—Lereboullet (P.) .& Mouzon (J.) Le diabete secondaire dans la cirrhose pig- mentaire. Bull, et mem. Soc med. d. h6p. de Par., 1921, 3. s., xlv, 1681-1689.—Macleod (J. J. R.) The relation of the liver to diabetes. Cleveland M. J., 1911, x, 436-442.— Rispal. Du diabfete envisage dans ses rapports avec la cirrhose atrophique alcoolique. Cong, franc, de med. C.-r., Par., 1902, ii, 139-144.-Rolleston (H. D.) Large intra- hepatic calculi in diabetes. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond.. 1897-8, xlix, 133-135.—Secousse. Sur un cas d'abcfes du foie chez un diabetique. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1913; xlui, 284.— Vidal (E.) Diabete et dysfonctions hepatiques. Bull. m6d. de l'Algerie, Alger, 1912, xxiii, 190-196. Diabetes (Complications of, Nervous). See, also, Diabetes and psychoses; Nervous system (Diseases of). Corneille (F.) *L'aphasie dans le diabete. 8°. Paris, 1897. Desbonnets (L.) Contribution a l'etude de certains troubles cerebraux (troubles moteurs, sensitifs, visuels et aphasie) dans le diabete sucre. 8°. Paris, 1899. Elkes (Mme.) nee Birguere. _*N6vralgie cervico-brachiale chez un diabetique. 8°. Montpellier, 1912. Gaitz (S.) *La paralysie faciale diabetique. 8°. Paris, 1914. Mallet (F.-A.) *Les crises epileptoides chez les diabetiques. 8°. Paris, 1911. Alessio (F.) Sulle alterazioni del plesso ceUaco nei diabete mellito. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1923, xliv, 131-138.— Benedict (H.) Diabetes mellitus mit FaciaUs-Diplegie. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1904, xl, 412-414.— Bruns (L.) Ueber Neuritis diabetica und alcoholo-dia- betica. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1908-9, xxxvi, 17-26.—Chauflard (A.) Eclampsie diabetique. Rev. g6n. de chn. et de therap., Par., 1912, xxvi, 82.-----. Les accidents n6vritiqucs au cours du diabete. Ibid., 1919, xxxiii, 338-341.—Chauflard (A.) & Rendu (H.) Un cas d'6clampsie diabetique. Rev. de med., Par., 1912, xxxn, 161-167.—Claude. Polynevrite diabetique. CUnique, Par., 1911, vi, 113-115.-----. Paris clinical lecture on diabetic polyneuritis. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1911, n. s., xcu, 140.—Conner (L. A.) The occurrence of epileptiform attacks in diabetes meUitus. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1908, lxxiii, 801-807. [Discussion], 835.—Bebove. Pseudo-tabes dia- betique. J. de med. int., Par., 1906, x, 1-3.—Flndlay (J. W.) Changes in the peripheral nerves in a case of diabetes mellitus. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Glasg., 1902, iii. 441-450.— Froment (J.) & Santy. Convulsions epileptiformes chez un diabetique acetonemique. Bull. Soc. Med. d. hop. de Lyon, 1910, ix, 407-409.—Ginestous (E.) Paralysie dia- betique du moteur oculaire externe. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1913, xxxiv, 410-412.—Graul (G.) Transito- rische motonsche Aphasie mit Paragraphic bei Diabetes mellitus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 699.—Grube (K.) On the loss of knee-jerk and on peripheral neuritis in diabetes mellitus. Lancet, Lond., 1899, ii, 203-205.-----. Ueber das Verhalten des Blutzuc- kers in Fallen von diabetischer Neuritis und Neuralgic. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1918, lx, 302-308.— GuiUaln (G.) Crises epileptiques au cours d'un diabe.tique avec acidose. Bull, et mem. Soc med. d. h6p. de Par., 1920, 3. s., xliv, 808-810.—Hauck & Slantna. Ueber nervose Storungen der Diabetiker und ihre Behandlung. Monatschr. f. orthop. Chir. [etc.], 1904, iv; 177.—Head (G. D.) A case of diabetes mellitus with multiple neuritis, so-called diabetes tabes. Northwest. Lancet, Minneap., 1904, xxiv, 447 — Ingegnleros (J.) Pseudo-paralisis general diabetica. Arch, de psiquiat. y criminol., Buenos Aires, 1905, iv, 145- 161.-----. La pseudo-paralysie generale diabetique. Rev. neurol.. Par., 1905, xiii, 709-718—Kaiser. IsoUerte Troch- learislahmung bei Diabetes mellitus. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat., Berl. & Leipz., 1913, Orig., xv, 217- 219—Kraus (W. M.) Tho clinical involvement of the peripheral nerves in diabetes mellitus. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., Lancaster, Pa., 1920, Iii, 331-333.-----. Involvement of the peripheral neurons in diabetes mellitus. Arch. Neurol. & Psychiat., Chicago, 1922, vii, 202-209.—Llchtwitz (L.) Ueber den Einfluss einer bei einem Diabetiker in einer Typhusrekonvalescenz entstandenen Meningitis serosa acuta auf den Stoffwechsel. Berl. kUn. Wehnschr., 1915, Iii, 996-998—Llgouzat. Quelques considerations sur la pathogenie de Phemipl6gie diabetique; apoplexie pul- Diabetes (Complications of, Nervous). monaire, hemipiegie avec aphasie fugace et mort subite chez un diabetique. Rev. de med7 Par., 1907, xxvn, 364- 376.—Menottl Bucco. Alterazioni renali con note istolo- giche di nefrite acuta in un caso mortale di diabete. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., 1906, n. s., xxviii, 1-6.—Mettler (L. H.) Nervous symptoms in diabetes. Illinois M. J., Spring- field, 1910, xvii, 448-455.—Mohr (L.) Ueber Meralgia diabetica. Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 1903, xxi, 457^60.— Nordman & Fabre. Polynevrite diabetique. Loire med., St.-Etienne, 1909, xxviii, 7-11.—Pavy (F. W.) On diabetic neuritis. Lancet, Lond., 1904, ii, 17; 71.—Peacocke (G.) Hemichorea and parotitis, complicating a case of diabetes. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1902, cxui, 5-9.—Ramon y Cajal (P.) Un caso de corea diabetico. Clin, mod., Zaragoza, 1907, vi, 138-140.—Riche (A.) & Mesnard (P.-A.) Traitement de l'ataxie des diabetiques par la reeducation des mouvements. Presse med., Par., 1900,i,33-35—Rimbaud (L.) A propos d'un cas de nevrite diabetique. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1909, Ixxxii, 1555-1557.—Root (H. F.) Rare paralysesin diabetes mellitus. Med. Clin. N. Am., Phila., 1921-2, v, 1433-1440.- Rose (U.) Multiple Sklerose und Diabetes melUtus. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1904, lv, 453-469.—Schumann. Ein Fall von Diabetes mellitus mit Polyneuritis. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl.. 1901, lxx, 205; 217; 229.—Schweiger (L.) Ueber die tabiformen Veranderungen der Hinter- strange bei Diabetes. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1907, Mi, 1549-1551.—Stauder (A.) Epileptiforme Krampfe bei Diabetes melUtus. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, lUi, 1719.—Taylor (J.) On the nervous symptoms associated with glycosuria. Practitioner, Lond., 1907, lxxix, 57-59.— Weber (F. P.) Acute polvneuritis (ofthe alcoholic type. not due to alcoholism), rapidly recovered from, in a patient with chronic diabetes melUtus without hyperglykaemia. St. Barth. Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1915,1, pt. 2., 163-166. Also, Reprint.—Williamson (R. T.) The symptoms due to peripheral neuritis or spinal lesions in diabetes meUitus. Rev. Neurol. & Psychiat., Edinb., 1907, v, 550-556.-----. The nervous complications of diabetes which are associated with changes in the peripheral spinal nerves and spinal cord. Rev. de med., Par., 1911, xxxi, num. spec, 872-S^5. Diabetes (Complications of, Ocular). See, also, Cataract (Diabetic); Eye (Diseases of). Bohles (R.) *Falle von Cataract bei Diabetes. [Heidelberg.] 8°. Mainz, 1915. Cazalas (L.) *Iritis diabetique. 8°. Tou- louse, 1910. Gregoire (A.) *La panophtalmie chez les diabetiques. 8°. Montpellier, 1900. Lagardere (G.) *La sciatique dans le diabete. 8°. Paris, 1901. Xitzsche (E.) *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Augenerkrankungen bei Diabetes mellitus. 8°. Jena, 1901. Paloque (A.) *L'ceil diabetique. 8°. Lyon, 1905. Poulin (F.) ^Contribution a l'etude de Tiritis diabetique; de la forme hemorragique en particulier. 8 . Lyon, 1914. Schindler (H.) *Ueber tabische Augensto- rungen. 8°. Strassburg, 1905. Schlink (N.) *Ein Beitrag zur Casuistik der Augenerkrankungen bei Diabetes mellitus. [Giessen.] 8°. Neuwied, 1901. Wiesinger (F.) *Ueber das Vorkommen von Entzundung der Iris und Cornea bei Diabetes mellitus. [Gottingen.] 8°. Berlin, [1886]. Alexander (L.) Ueber Veranderungen des Brechungs- zustandes der Augen bei Diabetes mellitus. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1903, xii, 108-112.—Alt (A.) A case of transitory lenticular opacitv in both eves in a diabetic patient. Am. J. Ophth., St. Louis, 1906, xxiii, 294-298 — Alvarado (E.) Notas sobre algunas complicaciones oculares en la diabetes azucarada, especiaimente de los cambios de refraction. Arch, de oftal. hispano-am., Barcel., 1914, xiv, 301-316.—Best. Demonstration mikroskopischer Praparate von diabetischen Augen. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. 1905,Wiesb.,1906,315-317.—Blermann. Diabetes mit reflektorischer Pupillenstarro. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1912; xxxi, 1203-1207.—Bietti (A.) Sulla resistenza dei diabetici alle infezioni oculari; ricerche sperimentali con microrganismi patogeni e con germi saprofitici della con- giuntiva. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit.in Siena, 1920, 8. s., xii, 767-779.—Bljlsma (R.) OogUjden in verband met andere ziekten; diabetes. Geneesk. Courant, Amst., 1912, lxvi, 57.—Bourland. Paralysie diabetique du grand oblique de l'oeil gauche. Ann. d'ocul.. Par., 1919; civ; 225 — Boveri (P.) Quale e il significato della retinite e dell' albu- minuria nei diabetici? Corriere san., Milano, 1909 xx, DIABETES. 479 DIABETES. Diabetes Complications of, Ocular). 51-53.—Brunetlere. Notes sur l'intis diabetique. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1909, xxx, 98-102.—Bull (C. S.) The adverse influence of diabetes in certain opera- tions on the eye. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Phila., 1909, xu, 62-75. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1909, lxxvi 549-551.— Calderaro. Ricerche sul potere opsonico dell' umore acqueo nei diabete. Clin, ocul., Palermo, 1915, xvi, 1; 88.— Castresana (B.) Catarata diabetica. Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. m6d., Madrid, 1912, xvii, 145-156.—Chacon (A.) La catarata diabetica. Gac. med. de Mexico, 1906, 3. s., i, 400-407.—Chauflard. Retinite diabetique. Rev. sin. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1922, xxxvi, 38-40.—Cohen (M.) Report of a case of Upsemia retinaUs with hypotony in diabetic coma. Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1921, 1, 247-251 — Coutela (C.) Des complications retiniennes du diabete sucre. Paris med., 1920, xxxvii, 173-176.—Darling (C. G.) Retinal lipaemia in severe diabetes. Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1912, xU, 355-359, 1 pi.—Belord (E.) & Revel (P.) De la paralysie de l'accommodation dans le diabete. Arch. d'opht., Par., 1907, xxvii, 764-777.—Dieulafoy. Paralysie des nerfs moteurs de Pceil chez les diabetiques. Presse med., Par., 1905, 713-716. Also, transl.: Internat. CUn., Phila., 1907, 17. s.,u, 64-73.—Dor (H.) Cas atypique de retinite diabetique. Lyon med., 1911, cxvii, 604.—Btlnner (L.) Vorubergehende Pupillenstarre bei Diabetes. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1915, lvi 135-138.—Elschnig (A.) Refrak- tionsanderungen bei Diabetes mellitus. Med. KUn., Berl., 1923, xix, 17.—Enroth (E.) [Observations of so-called transitory hyperopia in diabetes melUtus.] Finska lak.- sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1920, lxu, 28-42. -----. Zur Aetiologie der transitorischen Refraktionsabnahme bei Diabetes meUitus. Acta Med. Scandin., Stockholm, 1922, lvi, 500-506.—Gallus (E.) Hyperopieund Diabetes melUtus. Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl., 1906, xv, 319-322.-----. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Refraktionsabnahme bei Diabetes mel- Utus. Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb., 1911, lxix, 59-76. -----. Neuritis retrobulbaris bei Diabetikern, insbesondere ihre atiologische und prognostische Bedeutung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 143. Also: Sit- zungsb. d. naturh. Ver. d. preuss. Rheinl. u. Westphal. 1910, Bonn, 1911, s. B, 43-46.—Garcia Mansilla (S.) Complica- ciones oculares de la diabetes sacarina. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1907, lxxvii. 268-277.-----. Panoftal- mia metastastica por antrax diabetico. Med. ibera, Madrid, 1918, iv, 82.—Garrod (Sir A. E.), Moore (R. F.) [et al.]. Discussion on diabetes in relation to diseases of the eye. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond., 1920, xl, 6-49.— Ginestous (E.) Irido-cycUte diabetique. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1909, xxx, 545.—Gould (G. M.) The refraction changes dependent upon glycosuria. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1907, Ixxi, 633-637. Also, Reprint. Also: Biograph. CUn., Phila., 1910, vi, 337-355.—Gradle (H.) Eye symptoms in diabetes. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1910, xvii, 614-616.— Grand-Clement. Coup d'eeil sur les complications ocu- laires, en particuUer sur la retinite hemorrhagique, survenant au cours du diabete. Gaz. med. de Par., 1910. No. 62, 7. Also: Lyon mea., 1910,105-109.—Groenouw. Augenleiden bei Diabetes mellitus. Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. Augenh., Halle a. S., 1907, vii, Hft. 2 & 3, 1-64. Also: CUn. opht., Par., 1907, xui, 6-11.—Hagen (S.) Zur Aetiologie der transitorischen Hypermetropie bei Diabetes melUtus. Arch. f. Ophth., Berl., 1921, cv, 243-250.—HanseU (H. F.) Binocular hemianopsia and optic nerve atrophy in a case of diabetes mellitus. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1901, xxviii, 398-403.—Hawthorne (C. O.) Retinal changes in glycosuria. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond., 1916, xxxvi, 338-344. Also: Ophthalmoscope, Lond., 1916, xiv, 365-367.—Hayashi (M.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Infektionsfahigkeit des Auges bei Diabetes und die baktericide Wirkung des diabetischen Blutserums auf Eitererreger. Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 1910, lxxvi, 159-202.— Heine. Augenspiegelbefunde bei diabetischer Lipamie. Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult. 1906, Bresl., 1907, Ixxxiv, 169-172.—Hoffmann (M.) Ueber Erkrankung der Nerven des Auges bei Diabetes mellitus. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 2554. Also: Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb., 1913, lxxiii, 261-273, 1 pi. Also, transl.: Arch. Ophth., N.Y., 1914, xliii, 39-49,1 pi.—Jessop (W. H. H.) The ocular com- plications in diabetes mellitus. Practitioner, Lond., 1907, lxxix, 65-68.—Kadlnski (M. V.) [Temporary change in refraction in diabetes mellitus.] Vestnik oftalmol., Odessa, 1911, xxviii, 484-487.—Kako (M.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Augenaffektionen bei Diabetes mellitus. KUn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1903, xii, 253; 357, 2 pi. Also [Abstr.]: Mitt. d. med. GeseUsch. zu Tokyo, 1906, xx, Hft. 6, Suppl., 1.—Knapp (P.) Transitorische Hypermetropie bei Dia- betes. Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl., 1909, xxi, 420-427.—Krebs (A.) The ocular signs of diabetes. Pittsburgh M. J.. 1913-14, i, 26-29.—Langdon (H. M.) A study of the sugar tolerance in aglycosuric patients with cataract. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Phila., 1922, xx, 340-349.—de Lapersonne. Cataracte diabetique. Progres med., Par., 1913, 3. s., xxix, 664-666.— Lawson (A.) Left, vascular formation in the vitreous in a case of diabetes; right, immature diabetic cataract. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond., 1898-9, xix, 288.— Llchtenstein. Hypermetropie und Diabetes mellitus. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xliii, 1349. -----. Hyperopie und Diabetes mellitus. Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl., 1906, xvi, 330-332.—Lundsgaard (K. K. K.) Hyperopie bei Diabetes Diabetes Complications of, Ocular). mellitus. Ibid., 1907, xvii, 156.-----. Transitorische Hyper- metropie beim Diabetes mellitus. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Au- genh., Stuttg., 1910, xlviii, 38-44—Mackay (D. M.) Ocular diseases occurring in association with diabetes mellitus. Practitioner, Lond., 1913, xc, 856-869.—Martin (G.) Mani- festations oculaires dans le diabete. Mem. et Bull. Soc de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1897), 1898, 60-69.—Mayou (M. S.) Optic neuritis with symmetrical loss of the lower portion of the field associated with diabetes. Proc. Roy. Soc Med., Lond., 1913-14, vii, Ophthalmol. Sect., 148.— Nagel (C. S. G.) Ketinal hemorrhage as the first manifesta- tion in a case of diabetes. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1904, xiii, 445-447 —Onfray (R.) Recherches sur les retinites des diabetiques. Ann. d'ocul., Par., 1918, civ, 533-570.-----. Le pronostic vital et le pronostic visuel des retinites des diabetiques. Ibid., 1922, cUx, 599-604.—Pichler (A.) Die Entstehung des diabetischen Stares. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1901, xxvi, 225; 239.—Reber (W.) Toxic amblyopia of diabetic origin occurring in a young woman; a rare symptom of the toxemia of diabetes. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. [etc.], Oto-Laryngol. Sect., St. Louis, 1909, 203-210. Also: Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1910, xix, 121-127.—Redslob (E.) Bitempo- rale Hemianopsie und Diabetes insipidus. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1905, xlui, 226-235.—Reis (W.) Zur Kenntnis eines bisher kaum beachteten Augenspiegelbildes bei Lipaemie in Folge schweren Diabetes, nebst Bemerkun- gen iiber die pathologische Anatomie der diabetischen Iris- epithelveranderungen. Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 1903, lv, 437-468, 1 pi.—Rinck (M.) Ueber Augenstorungen im Coma diabeticum. Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl., 1903, x, 339.— Rbnne (H.) Zur pathologischen Anatomie der diabetischen Intoxikationsamblyopie (Beitrag zur Pathogenese der neu- rogenen Zentralskotome). Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz. & Berl., 1913, lxxxv, 489-537. Also, transl.: Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1913,5. R., vi, 1318-1321.-----. Transitorische Hypermetropie bei Diabetes. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1915, n. F., xix, 207-209. Also, transl.: Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1916,5. R., ix, 195.—Rossler (K.) Ueber das Vorkommen von Zucker im Stuhle der Diabetiker. Ztschr. f. Heilk., Wien & Leipz., 1901, xxii, Abth. f. int. Med., 302-311.—RoUet (E.) Com- plications oculaires du diabete. Bull, med., Par., 1905, xix, 499.-----. Cetite diabetique toxique. Lyon med., 1907, cix, 1022.—Rollet & Genet. Iritis diabetique a forme hemorra- gique. Ibid., 1913, cxxi, 512-514.—Rowland (W. D.) Changes in refraction in diabetes melUtus; case report. J. Ophth., Otol. & Laryngol., Phila., 1922, xxvi, 145-151.— Salus (R.) Schwarzes Kammerwasser. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1910, xxxvi, 939.—Santos Fernandez (J.) Cambios de refraction en los diabeticos. An. Acad, de cien. med. . . . de la Habana, 1903-4, xl, 199-202. Also: Cron. med.-quir. de la Habana, 1903, xxix, 379-381.—Scallnci (N.) Sulla miopia diabetica; contributo clinico ai disturbi di refrazione nei diabete. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoh, 1908, xxx, 539-545.—Schuster (M. P.) A case of retinitis diabetica punctata. Bull. El Paso Co. M. Soc, El Paso, Tex., 1914, vi, 9-12, 1 pi— Shaler (J. J.) Diabetic retimtis. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1918, xxxii, 67.— Stoewer. Ein Fall von Sehnervenatrophie bei Diabetes nebst Bemerkungen iiber Pupillarreaktion bei Durchlcuch- tung der Sklera. KUn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1903, xU, 97-100.—Tacke (R.) Sur les rapports du diabete avec les affections oculaires. Ann. de l'Inst. chir. de Brux., 1896, iii, 20-36.—Terrien (F.) Les petits signes oculaires du diabete: presbytie, hypermetrophie, myopie. Paris med., 1921, xh, 312-315.—Turney (H. G.) & Dudgeon (L. S.) A case of intraocular lipaemia associated with diabetes (in- cluding a full pathological report of the blood, bone, marrow, and viscera). J. Path. & Bacteriol., Edinb. & Lond., 1906, xi, 50-58, 2 pi.—Wagener (H. P.) & WUder (R. M.) The retinitis of diabetes melUtus; preliminary report. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1921, lxxvi, 515-517.—Weeks (J. E.) Report of a case of diabetic myopia. Am. J. Ophth., St. Louis, 1906, xxiu, 133-136.—Wescott (C. D.) & Ellis (J. B.) Refraction changes in diabetes. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvii, 556-561.—West (S.) Notes on diabetic retinitis. Lancet, Lond., 1914, i, 1034—Westphal (A.) Ueber einen Fall von vonibergehender reflektorischer Pupillenstarre nebst ande- ren Erscheinungen von seiten des Nervensystems bei Dia- betes mellitus (mit anatomischer Untersuchung). Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1917, xxxvi, 514-520.—White (W. H.) Intra-ocular Upaemia associated with diabetes. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Edinb. & Lond., 1906, xi, 371.—WUHamson (R. T.) Ophthalmoscopic appearances in certain rare cases of diabetes. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1921, i, 120.—Wolfflin (E.) Ueber temporare Refraktionsabnahme bei Diabetes mel- litus. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1911, xUx, pt. 2, 426-430.—Wood (C. A.) Ocular relations of diabetes mel- litus. In: Am. Encycl. & Diet. Ophth. (Wood), Chicago, 1914, v, 3924-3933.—Woodruff (F. E.) Complete left lateral hemianopsia with glycosuria as a result of slight trauma. Ophthalmol., Seattle, 1915, xii, 70-79.—Zentmayer (W.) Transitory decrease in the static refraction of the eye in diabetes. Ann. Ophth., St. Louis, 1911, xx, 446: 1912, xxi, 39-41.-----. Diabetic iritis and retinitis. Tr. Coll. Phys Phila., 1913, 3. s. xxxv, 405-408.-----. Diabetic retinitis. Am. J. Ophth., Chicago, 1922, 3. s., v, 486.—Zimmermann (C.) On sudden changes of refraction in diabetes. Oph- thalmol., Seattle, 1915, xi, 492-500. Also: Wisconsin M. J., Milwaukee, 1915, xiv, 227-231. DIABETES. 480 DIABETES. Diabetes (Conjugal). Blodgett (A. N.) Conjugal or infectious diabetes. Boston M. & S. J., 1905, clin, 307.—Brandenberg. Diabetes con- jugalis. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1909, xxxix, 125.— Croftan (A. C.) A note on conjugal diabetes. N.YorkM. J. [etc.], 1908, lxxxviii, 162.—Perrin (M.) & Jeandelize (P.) Diabete conjugal. Rev. med. de Test, Nancy, 1909, xii, 419- 422.—Senator (H.) Die Zuckerkrankheit bei Ehcleuten (Diabetes conjugahs) und ihre Uebertragbarkeit. Berl. khn. Wchnschr., 1908, xlv, 133-136. Also: Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1908), 1909, xxxix, pt. 2, 1-10. [Discussion], pt. 1, 17-23.—Tosatti (C.) Diabete domestico. Corriere san., Milano, 1905, xvi, 470.—Weber (L.) Le diabete a deux. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1904, lxvi, 578. Diabetes (Deathfrom). Sec, also, Death (Sudden); Diabetes (Coma in); Diabetes (Complications and sequelx of). Denecke (G.) Plotzlicher Tod bei Diabetes ohne Koma. Munchen.med. Wchnschr., 1921,lxviii,398—Gaultler (R.) Mort subite chez un diabetique avec albuminurie presentant a l'autopsie de la thrombose coronarienne avec ramollisse- ment limite de la pointe du cceur, sans rupture. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1904,lxxix, 636-641.—Hanssen (O.) [The manner and causes of death in diabetes melUtus.] Norsk. Mag. f. Laegevidensk., Kristiania, 1910, 5. R., vni, 891-920.—Heiberg (K. A.) Ueber die Dauer der letal ver- laufenden Diabetesfalle. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1921, xcii, 76.—Joslln (E. P.) The causes of death in diabetes. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1916, cii, 313-321. Also [Abstr.]: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1916, lxxxix, 390.-----. Diabetes; deaths fol- lowing sudden changes in diet. Med. CUn. N. Am., Phila., 1921-2, v, 1205-1212—Langaker (T.) Fiinf Todesfalle an Diabetes melUtus bei Geschwistern im Alter von 4 bis 11 Jahren. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 217.—Lenne. Todesart bei Diabetes mellitus. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1899, lxviii, 451; 464—Menetrier (P.) & Touraine (A.) Un cas de mort subite au cours du diabete sucre par thrombose de la coronaire anterieure et infarctus du myocarde. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1908, 3. s., xxv, 491^99. Also: Tribune med., Par., 1908, n. s., xl, 198-200.—Roe (T. O'N.) A case of death from diabetes melUtus in which that disease gave no premonitary symp- toms. Lancet. Lond., 1898, ii, 1734—Williams (J. R.) & Dresbach (M.) A fatal case of diabetes melUtus associated with large-cell hyperplasia. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1917, cUU, 65-78.—Williamson (R. T.) Sudden death from cardiac failure in diabetes melUtus. Practitioner, Lond., 1922, cix, 274-282. Diabetes (Diagnosis and semeiology of). See, also, Blood (Sugar in); Diabetes (Prog- nosis in); Diabetes (Urine in); Thirst (Exces- sive) ; Urine (Sugar in); "Urticaria. Fauconnet (C. I.) *Ueber Magen- und Darm- thatigkeit bei Diabetes mellitus. [Geneve.] 8°. Strassburg i. E., 1904. Moyzes (P.-J.-F.-d'A.-L.) *Recherches sur l'6tat des reflexes tendineux, des reflexes cuta- nea, des reflexes pupillaires et de quelques sen- sibilites viscerales profondes dans le diabete. 8°. Bordeaux, 1902. Poire (L.) *La stomatologie du diabete suere\ 8°. Paris, 1919. Addis (T.) The early diagnosis of diabetes. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, lxix, 109-111. Also, Reprint.—AUard. [Die Beziehungen der Umgebungstemperatur zur Zucker- ausscheidung beim Diabetes.] Deutsehe pied. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl, 1906, xxxii, 1971— Baduel (A.) & Castellan! (A.) Alcune ricerche sul valore della reazione del William- son. Ann. d. Fac. di med. 1907, Perugia, 1909, 3. s., vii, 206-210—Bergell (P.) Vorstufen des Diabetes. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1914, xl, 2094-2096.— Berkeley (W. N.) Some practical aspects of the diagnosis and treatment of diabetes mellitus. Am. Med., BurUngton Vt., 1922, n. s., xvii, 317-323.—Blumer (G.) A note on the simulation of diabetes melUtus. Boston M. & S. J 1916 clxxiv, 48-50.—Bond! (S.) Das aussere Bild des mann- Uchen Diabetikers. Ztschr. f. ang. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1919, iv, 225-232.—Boros (L.) Ueber okkulte Glykosurie (MeUi- turie). Med.Klin.,Berl.,1913,ix,874.—Brasch(W.) Beob- achtungen am flebernden Diabetiker. Deutsches Arch f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1909, xcvii, 508-528.— Cammidge (p! J.) The diagnosis of dextrosuna and pseudo-lasvnlosuria' Lancet, Lond., 1916, i, 1216.—Chabanler (II.) Glvcemie et acetonurie; un critere pratique du dial>ete: la glycemie cri- tique. Presse medv Par., 1920, xxviii, 242-244.—Cloarec (C.) Nouveau diabetometre. BuU. Soc. scient. et med de 1'ouest, Rennes, 1903, xii, 473-488—Combs (C. J.) The clinical aspects of diabetes. Wisconsin M. J., 1905-6 iv 15s- 163—Croftan (A. C.) Zur Kenntniss des Pancreas- und Nebennieren-Diabetes; Demonstration einer chemischen Methode, Nebennieren-Tumoren der Mere zu erkennen N. Yorker Med. Monatschr., 1903. xv, H6-ll9.-Dav1es (H. R.) Abdominal crises in diabetes. Lancet, Lond Diabetes (Diagnosis and semeiology of). 1909, ii, 1937.—Dufourt (E.) La valeur de la glycosurie pour le pronostic du diabete. Nord. med., LUle, 1911, xviu, 72.—Edsall (D. L.) The diagnosis of diabetes meihtus ana the urinary findings in this disease. Medicine, Detro.t, 1902, viii, 793-S06.—Epstein (A. A.) TheappUcation of the Auer- Kleiner morphine test in human diabetes. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1917-1 s, xv, 89.—Eustis (A.) Diabetes meUitus and its differentiation from alimentary glycosuria. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1914, cxlvii, 830-835.— Felch (B. F.) Chronic Bright's disease and diabetes meUitus; diagnosis, cause, and similarity. Chicago M. Recorder, 1903, xxv, 217- 222.—Gans (E.) Ueber das Verhalten der Magenfunk- tion bei Diabetes melUtus. Ges. Beitr. a. d. Geb. d. Phv- siol., Path. & Therap., Berl., 1886-1906, ii, 561-566.—Grober (J.) Zur Klinik des Diabetes meUitus. Med. Klin., Berl., 1911, vii, 95.5-958.—Harrower (H. R.) A simple instrument for the determination of impending diabetes. Am. Med., Burlington, Vt., & N. Y., 1915, n. s., x, 242.—Herrick (J.) Zur Diagnose des Diabetes melUtus. Med.-chir. Centralbl., Wien., 1901, xxxvi, 339-341. Also: Wien. med. Bl., 1901, xxiv, 347-349.—Hirschield (F.) Bemerkungen iiber die diagnostischen Methoden bei der Zuckerkrankheit. Aerztl. Prax., Berl. & Leipz., 1902, xv, 195-19*.-----. Die Prognose des Diabetes. Ztschr. f. arztl. FortbUd., Jena, 1905, ii, 433- 438.—Joergensen (S.) & Plum (T.) Diagnostic diferen- tiel des glycosuries benignes et du diabete sucre, a l'aide d'injections intraveineuses du glucose. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1922, Ixxxvii, 455-45v— John (H. J.) The prediabetic stage. Ohio M. J., Columbus, 1921, xvii, 826- 830.-----. Methods of precision in the diagnosis of diabetes; a new instrument. J. Am. M. Ass7 Chicago, 1922, lxxvui, 103-105.-----. Differential diagnosis of diabetes by means of glucose tolerance. Ibid., lxxix, 1234-1239. -----. The early diagnosis of diabetes. Texas State J. M., Fort Worth, 1922-3, xviu, 512-516.—Johns (F. M.) The importance of blood-sugar estimation in the diagnosis and treatment of diabetes. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1921-2,Lxxiv, 244-250.—Kron- feld (R.) Die dentalen Symptome des Diabetes meUitus und der Tabes dorsalis. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1901, U, 1203: 1260.—Labbe (M.) Les svndromes douloureux chez les diabetiques . Tribune med., Par., 190S n. s., xl, 149-152. -----. Polyphagie et phagomanie chez les diabetiques. Repert. de med. internat., Par., 1913, iii, fasc. 28, 5-7.— Leveaupln. Les faux diabetes; diagnostic; traitement. J. de med. et chir. prat., Par., 1907, Ixxviu, 542-54v Loeb (M.) Die Friih-Diagnose des Diabetes meUitus. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1903, xxiv, 489-491.—Lortat-Jacob (L.) & Labbe (H.) L'indose urinaire anormal svmptome precoce du diabete: sa valeur diagnostique dans les etats diabetiques frustes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxviii, 96 — LUthje. Ueber den Einfluss der Aussentemperatur auf die Grosse der Zuckerausscheidung. Verhandl. d. Kong f innere Med., Wiesb., 1905, xx, 268-275, 1 pi.—Macleod (J. J. R.) Methods of study of earlv diabetes. Canad. M. Ass. J., Toronto, 1922, xu, 4-6.-Mager (W.) Zur Svmptoma- tologie des Diabetes meUitus. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1903, xvi. 1302-130fi.-Magnus-Levy (A.) Respirationsver- suche an diabetischen Menschen. Ztschr. f. klin. Med, Berl., 1905, lvi, 83-99.—Mayer (E.) The diagnostic value of symptoms of the upper air tract in rheumatism, gout, and diabetes. Pediatrics, N. Y., 1908, xx, 3.58-370—Mvers (\ . C.) Laboratory tests in diabetes. Post-Graduate, X* Y , 1914 xxix, 8-b..— von Oefele. Kot der Zuckerkranken. Reichs-Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1904, xxix, 86-8.V-Ohler (W. K.) Lessons to be learned from repeated glucose tolerance tests. Med. Chn. N.Am, Phila., 1921-2, v, 1465-1477 — Peset (V .) La diabetes latente. Rev. valenc. de cien. med Valencia, 1911, xiii, i93-i9S.-Pltres (A.) Note sur I etat des reflexes cutanes et pupillaires et des sensibilites testiculaire et epigastrique profondes chez les diabetiques. »TPV/Dnvd,^SoCcde bioL» Par' 1902» »• s-> iv, 1286.- Kelclil (R) Zur Symptomatologie des Diabetes meUitus. Deutsche Med -Ztg., Berl., 1904, xxv, 450.-Rosenfeld (G.) Le a^7^^re,n symPtome des Diabetes. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1918, lv, 494 -Sabrazes (J.) Fourmis reveiatrices du diabete. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeux, 1917, xxxviU, bl.—Ssatre (A.) La sensation du gout chez les diabetiques. Rev- gen. de chn et de therap.,T>ar., 1919, xxxiii, 791.- Sohlomovlti: (B. H.), Jermain (L. F.) & Schuster (B. L.) Diabetes meihtus; diagnosis and treatment. Wisconsin M. J., Milwaukee, 1922-3, xxi, 355-362- Sclunidt (R.) Ueber pyrogenetisches Reaktionsvermogen als konstitutioneUes Merkzeichen unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Dia- ?#(?,meIlitus- Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1917, lxxxv, .103-^18.—hchurz (E.) Diabetes melUtus unter dem Bilde einer gastro-intestinalen Erkrankung. Wien. med. Wchn- schr., 1900, U, 969; 1015.—Sherrill (J. W.) The diagnosis of latent or incipient diabetes. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1921, lxxvn, 1779-1785.-Stein (O. J.) Ear, nose, and throat symptoms in diabetes. Ibid., 1910, Uv, 1046—Stengel (A.) Diagnosis of glycosuria and diabetes. Penn. M. J., Athens, 190<-s, xi, 960-966.—Stephens (G. A.) A salivary reaction in diabetes mellitus. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, i, 993.—Stern (H.) The recognition of diplomellituria. Arch. Diagn., N. "^., 1910, iii, 236-241.-Sternberg (W.l Ein bisher iiber- sehenes Initialsymptom des Diabetes meUitus. Prakt. DIABETES. 481 DIABETES. Diabetes (Diagnosis and semeioloqy of). Arzt., Leipz., 1912, Ui, 225-227.—Teissier (J.) Valeur seme- lotique de l'albuminurie chez les diabetiques. Prov med Par., 1909, xx, 263-267.-Thirololx. Les etats diabetiques! Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1907, lxxx, 3-7.—Veil (W. H.) & Relsert (A.) Ueber die probatorische Adrenalinwirkung beim Diabetiker. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz 1922 cxxxix 235-244.—Von Tobel (F.) Diabetes meUitus! Tr. N. Hampshire M. Soc, Concord, 1918, cxxvii, 143-157.— Walsh (J. J.) The masks of diabetes. Internat. Clin, Phila., 1912, 22. s., i, 109-123.—West (S.) Abdominal pain in diabetes meUitus. CUn. J., Lond., 1914, xUii, 253.—Wille (F. W.) Die Mundhohlen-Symptome des Diabetes meUitus. Odont. BL, Berl., 1899, iv, 439-443. A lso: Zahnarztl. Rund- schau, Berl., 1899, viii, No. 388; 389.-----. Die Zeichen der Zuckerharnruhr in der Mundhohle und ihre Bekampfung Osterr.-ungar. Vrtljsehr. f. Zahnh., Wien, 1899,xv, 444-465 — Williamson (R. T.) On the recognition of diabetes mel- litus and glycosuria. Med. Chron., Manchester, 1903, 4. s., v, 358-368.-----. Note on the tendo-AchiUis jerk and other reflexes in diabetes meUitus. Rev. Neurol. & Psvchiat Edinb., 1903, i, 667-669. Diabetes (Duodenal). See, also, Diabetes (Alimentary); Pancreas (Diseases of). Chernyakhovski (Y. G.) K voprosu o duo- denalnoi glikozurii. 8°. [Kiyev, 1910.] Herlltzka (A.) Contributo alio studio del diabete duodenale di Pfluger. Gior. d. r.. Accad. med.-chir. di Torino, 1908, Ixxi, 57-37. Also, transl.: Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1908, exxui, 331-340. Also, transl.: Arch ital. de biol., Turin, 1908-9, 1, 22-30—Marrassini (A.) Ulteriori osservazioni sulla fisiopatologia del pancreas, e ricerche sulla quistione del cosidetto "diabete duodenale." Sperimentale, Firenze, 1913, lxvn, suppl., 62-71, 4 pi. Also transl.: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1913, lx, 105-112. 5 pi.— Mutch (N.) The duodenum in diabetes melUtus. Practi- tioner. Lond., 1915, xciv, 712-723, 2 pi.—Pfluger (E.) Ueber den Duodenaldiabetes der Warmbluter. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1908, cxxn, 267-274.-----. Durch neue Experimente gestutzte Bemerkungen zu den jungsten Arbeiten uber den Duodenaldiabetes des Hundes. Ibid. exxui, 323-330.-----. Die Aufkliirungen, welche Enrico de Renzi und Enrico Reale (August 1908) iiber ihre den Duode- naldiabetes betreflenden Versuche gegeben haben. Ibid. 529-531.—Rosenberg (S.) Zur Frage des Duodenaldiabetes. Ibid., cxxi, 358-362.-----. Weitere Untersuchungen zur Frage des Duodenaldiabetes. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1909, xvhi, 95-111.—Tscherniachowski (E.) Gibt es einen Duodenaldiabetes? Ztschr. f. Biol., Munchen. & Berl., 1909, n. F., hii, 1-11.—Vlsentlni (A.) Zur Frage der Duodenalglykosurie. Med. kUn., Berl., 1908, iv, 1613-1615. Diabetes (Elimination of sugar in). See, also, Blood (Sugar in); TJrine (Sugar in). Bouchage (A.) *Essai sur les glycosuries dans leurs rapports avec le foie. 8°. Paris, 1912. Cloarec (C.) *Sur l'emploi du compte-gouttes comme diab&ometre. [Paris.] 8°. Rennes, 1905. Hubner (K. P. W.) *Hat das Fett einen Einfluss auf die Zuckerausscheidung beim Dia- betes mellitus? 8°. Halle a. S., 1903. Jarochewski (Mile. Eugenie). *Le rythme de la glycosurie dans le diabete sucre. 8°. Paris, 1912. Sekeyan. Contribution a l'etude du diabete levulosurique et du syndrome clinique. 8°. Paris, 1897. Weber (F. W. A.) *Ueber intermittierende Melliturie. 8°. Bonn, 1891. Achard (C.) & WeU (E.) Contribution a l'etude des sucres chez les diabetiques. Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1898, x, 816-850.—Anastay. Methode simphfiee et pratique pour suivre la glycosurie des diabetiques. Mar- seme med., 1912, xlix, 312-318.—Baehr (G.) Ueber die Sekretion von Glykogen in Diabetikernieren; ein Beitrag zur Frage der funktionellen Einteilung der Hauptstucke (TubuU contorti I. ord.). Beitr. z. path. anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1913, lvi, 1-12, 1 pi.—Bernstein (S.), Bolamo (C.) & von Westenrljk. Ueber die Gesetze der Zuckeraus- scheidung beim Diabetes mellitus. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1908, lxvi, 378-400.—Bernstein (S.) & Falta (W.) Besteht beim Diabetes melUtus eine Steigerung der Zucker- bildung oder eine Stoning des Zuckerverbrauches? Deut- sches Arch. f. kUn. Med., Leipz., 1918, exxvu, 1-46.—Baraz- zonl (C.) Sul signiflcato della scomparsa della glicosuria nei diabetici. Gazz. med. ital., Torino, 1908, Ux, 195-197.— Borchardt (L.) Ueber die diabetische Lavulosurie und den qualitativen Nachweis der Lavulose im Ham. Ztschr. f. Physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1908, lv, 241-259: 1909, lx, 411- 414.—BUrger (M.) Die Wirkung der Muskelarbeit auf Blut- und Harnzucker beim Diabetiker. Arch. f. exper. 11877°—Vol. IV. 3d series—22----31 Diabetes (Elimination of sugar in). Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz 1920, Ixxxvii, 233-292.— Chabanler (H.) & Lebert (Marguerite). Etude sur le seuil de secretions du glucose par le rein chez le sujet sain et le diabetique. J. d'urol. M6d. et chir., Par., 1920, ix, 40- 42.—Cottin (Mile. E.) & Saloz (C.) De la disparition de la glycosurie chez les diabetiques au cours des maladies infec- tieuses intercurrentes. Arch. d. mal. de l'appar. digest. [etc.], Par., 1917, ix, 371-383.—D'Amato (L.) Ueber den Eiweissumsatz und iiber die Gesetze der Zuckerausschei- dung beim Diabetes gravis. Zentralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1911, xxxii, 1121-1132.—Dufourt (E.) La signhW tion de la disparition du sucre chez les diabetiques. J. med franc., Par., 1908, ii, 288-295. Also: Prov. med., Par. 1908 xix, 121-124.—Epstein (A. A.) On the relation of blood sugar to glycosuria in diabetes mellitus. Proc. Soc. Exper Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1915-16, xiu, 67-69.—Faber (K.) & Norgaard (A.) Determination d'un seuil de la glycosurie chez les diabetiques. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1920 lxxxUi, 495-498.—Falta(W.) Ueberdie Gesetze der Zucker- ausscheidung beim Diabetes melUtus. Ztschr. f. klin Med., Berl., 1908, lxv, 300; 463; 489: lxvi, 401-422.—Falta (W.) & Gigon (A.) Ueber die Gesetze der Zuckerausschei- dung beim Diabetes melUtus. Ibid., 1907, lxi, 297-359:1908 lxv, 313-334.—Felsher (Hannah) Curve of sugar excretion in severe diabetes. J. Biol. Chem., Bait.. 1922,1, 121-129.— Ferrannlni (A.) Diabete zuccherino salivare senza gluco- suria. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int., Roma, 1907, xvii, 145- 148.—Fischer (M. H.) & Moore (Gertrude). On glycosuria and the alimentary excretion of carbohydrates. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1907-8, xix, 314-321.—Geelmuyden (H. C.) Studien uber die Beziehung zwischen optischer Aktivitat und Reduktion bei diabetischer und nicht diabetischer Glykosurie. Ztschr. f. kUn. Med., Berl., 1905, lviii, 1^0 — Gigon (A.) Ueber die Gesetze der Zuckerausscheidung beim Diabetes melUtus; Stoffwechselversuch an einem Falle von Pankreasdiabetes. Ibid., 1907, Ixui 420-449 — GUbert (A.) & LerebouUet (P.) Le rythme de la glyco- surie dans le diabete sucre. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d non de Par., 1909, 3. s., xxvui, 897-931.-----------. La glyco- surie diabetique; son rythme journaher. Par. med 1911 530-535.—Gruat (E.) & Rathery (F.) Le sucre proteidique chez les diabetiques. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1920 Ixxxiii, 896-899.—Horowitz (P.) A further contribution to the action of lactic acid bacilli on the percentage of glucose in the urine in diabetics. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1913 lxxxUi 142-150.—Koenigsfeld (H.) Zur Klinik und Pathogenese der Lavulosurie beim Diabetes melUtus. Ztschr. f. klin Med., Berl., 1909, lxix, 291-318.—Landolph (F.) Dosage des sucres diabetiques par le polarimetre, par le coefficient de reduction et par la fermentation. Compt. rend. Acad d sc, Par 1898, cxxvii, 765-767.—Le Goff. Caracterisation'du sucre dePurine des diabetiques. Ibid., 817-819.—L6pine(R ) & Boulud. Sur un cas de diabete levulosurique. Rev de med.. Par., 1904, xxiv, 185-188.—McGuigan (H.) Sugar metabolism and diabetes. J. Lab. & CUn. M., St Louis 1918, iii, 319-337.—von Magyary-Kossa (J.) Beitrage zum Mechanismus der Zuckerausscheidung; der Einfluss der Dyspnoe auf den Diabetes. Deutsche med. Wchnschr Leipz. & Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 1075-1077.—Matrai (G.) Die Eigenschaften des Hams der Diabetiker vom Gesichts- punkte der Toleranzbestimmung. Pest, med.-chir. Presse Budapest, 1908. xhv, 297-307.—MeUanby (J.) & Box (C. R ) The relation of sugar excretion to diet in glycosuria. Bio- Chem. J., Cambridge, 1919, xni, 65-76.—Murlln (J. R.) & Craver (L. F.) [et al.]. The influence of alkaU upon the glycosuria, hyperglycemia and carbon dioxide combining power in human diabetes. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med N. Y., 1916-17,xiv,8.—PaUlard(H-) & Clogne(R.) Dosage du sucre dans le sang; recherche et dosage des derives ac6- toniques dans l'urine. J. med. franc., Par., 1921, x 42-44 — Patein (G.) & Dufau (E.) De la nature du sucre urinaire des diabetiques. J. de pharm. et chim., Par., 1899 6 s ix 273-276.—Pel (P. K.) Die Glykosurie bei Diabetes und diabetische Intoxikation ohne Glykosurie. Internat Beitr. z. Path. u. Therap. d. Ernahrungsstor., Stoffwechs.- u. Verdauungskrankh., Berl., 1910,ii, 413-426—Pierret (R.) Les glycosuries symptomatiques. Province med., Par 1913, xxiv, 504-506.—Rathery (F.) & Gruat (E.) Le seuii du glucose et ses variations dans le diabfete. Paris med 1920, xxxv, 372-378.—Roily (F.) & David (H.) Handelt es sich bei dem Diabetes melUtus des Menschen um eine pri- mare Ueberproduktion von Zucker? Munchen. med Wchnschr., 1914, lxi, 169-173.—Rumpf (T.) Ueber Eiweiss- umsatz und Zuckerausscheidung beim Diabetes melUtus Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1899, xxxvi, 185-189.—Schlesmger (W.) Zur Klinik und Pathogenese des Lavulosediabetes. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1903, 1, 273- 293.—Schmiedeberg (O.) Ueber die Vorgange bei der Zuckerausscheidung im Diabetes. Ibid., 1921, xc 1-26 — Stepp (W.) Zur Kenntnis des Zuckerabbaus beim Dia- betes mellitus. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb 1915-16 xcvi, 213-232.—Stern (H.) Pointspertainingtothe'manage- ment of diabetic and non-diabetic glycosuria. Boston M & S. J., 1905, chi, n> 104------• DiplomelUturie. Berl. khn. Wchnschr., 1913, 1, 782.—Stradomsky (N ) Ueber den Einfluss einzelner Eiweisskorper auf die Zuckeraus- scheidung bei Diabetes melUtus. Ztschr. f. diatet u physik. Therap., Leipz., 1900, iv, 282-290.—Umber (F ) DIABETES. 482 DIABETES. Diabetes (Elimination of sugar in). Das Verhaltniss von Zucker- und Stickstoflausscheidung beim Eiweisszerfall im Diabetes. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl.-Wien, 1901, n. F., Ui, 440-444— Werbltzki (F. W.) Zur Frage des Einflusses der verschiedenen Kohlehydrate auf die Glykosurie der Diabetiker. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap. Berl., 1909, vi, 235-253.—Whitney (J. L.) Ceber die Gesetze der Zuckerausscheidung beim Diabetes melUtus. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1908, lxv, 476-4X8.—Wolfsohn (G.) Untersuchungen iiber die herabgesetzte Immunitat Zuckerkranker gegeniiber pyogenen Infektionen. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1920, cxiv, 737-748,1 pi. Diabetes (Endocrine). See, also, Diabetes (Pancreatic); Diabetes (Pituitary); Diabetes (Suprarenal); Diabetes (Thyroid); Ductless glands (Diseases of); and under individual glands. Ac riLAR Meza (R.) *Xueva teoria patogenica; las autointoxicaciones endocrinicas como causa de la diabetes sacarina. 8°. Tegucigalpa, Hon- duras, 1921. Lora'nd (A.) Die Entstehung der Zucker- krankheit und ihre Beziehungen zu den Veran- derungen der Blutgefassdrusen. 8°. Berlin, 1903. Achard (C.) & Thiers (J.) Le virilisme pUaire et son association a l'insuffisance glycolytique (diabete des femmes a barbe). Rev. internat. de med. et de chir., Par., 1921, xxxii, 107-113.—Brown (W. L.) Diabetes in relation to the ductless glands. Brit. M. J., Lond.. 1920, u, 191-194.— Cammldge (P. J.) The relation of the ductless glands to glycosuria. Practitioner, Lond., 1912, lxxxvhi, 237-247.— Claude(H.)& Sehaeffer(H.) Cn cas de diabfete sucre avec lesions pluriglandulaires. BuU. et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1922, 3. s., xlvi, 1326-1335.—Croften (A. C.) The ductless glands and diabetes. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1913, xxui, 268-270—Emlle-WeU (P.) & Pllchet. Un cas d'hirsutisme avec diabete sucre. BuU. et mem. Soc med. d. hdp. de Par., 1921, 3. s., xlv, 312-31 s—Falta (W.) Ueber die Bedeutung der Blutdriisen in der Pathogenese des Dia- betes meUitus. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1910, xxxv, 81-83.— Furst (V.) Om glykosurien med scerUg hensyn tU den interne sekretion. Norsk Mag. f. Lregevidensk., Kristiania, 1913, 5. R., xi, 642-661.—Georgiyevski (K. N.) [Role of ductless glands in the pathegenesis of diabetes meihtus.] Kharkov. M. J., 1912. xiv, 298-302.— Hedon (H.) A Giraud (G.) Relation entre le pancreas et les capsules surrenales, au point de vue du diabete. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1920, lxxxUi, 1310-1312—Houssay (B. A.) & Lewis (J. T.) Suprarenales y diabetes panereatica. Rev. Asoc. med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1921, xxxiv, Sect. Soc. de Biol., 261-265.—Lepine (R.) Du role des secretions internes dans la pathogenie du diabete sucrci. Deutsches Arch. f. klin., Med., Leipz., 1906, lxxxix, 152-15S. -Lindblom (S.) [A case of severe diabetes meUitus with pluriglandular dis- turbances.] Hygiea, Stockholm. 1916, lxxvui, 721-764.— Lorand (A.) L'origine du diabete et ses rapports avec les etats morbides des glandes vascidaires sanguines. Ann. Soc. roy. d. sc. med. et nat. de Brux., 1903, xii, fasc 4, pt. 2, 1-83. .k too [Abstr.]: Soc. rov. d. sc. med. et nat. de Brux. BuU., 1903, lxi, 48-52. -----. Contribution a l'etude des changements que presente la glande thyroide dans le dia- bete. BuU. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1904, 4. s., xviii, 398. -----. On the blood-glands as pathogenic factors in the production of diabetes and obesity; remarks on the influence of the blood-glands upon the processes of metabo- lism. Month. Cycl. Pract. Med., Phila., 1906, xix, 337-343.— Ott (L> Glycosuria due to some glandular extracts Alienist A Neurol., St. Louis, 1910, xxxn, 192-197.—Pende (N.) Ancora suUa teoria pluriglandolare del diabete. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1910, Roma, 1911, xx, 145.— Riedel (G.) CoordenacOes chimicas das secrecOes internas na glycosuria diabetica. Tribuna med., Rio de Jan., 191s, xxiv, 173-177.—Rossi (G.) Del potere glieurogeno deUa tiroide, deUe paratiroidi e deU' ipofisi. Tommasi, N'apoU 1909, iv, 592; 609.-Schenk (P.) Ueber das Vorkommen von Organextraktglvkosurien. Ztschr. f. d. ges exper Med., Berl., 1921, xxiv, 20S-213— Travagllnl (V.) Contri- buto alio studio della influenza dei prodotti opotenipici sulla tolleranza degU idrati di carbonio. Gazz? di osp Milano, 1921, xUi, 1200-1205.—Weber (F. P.) A case of diabetes meUitus in which there was extreme pancreatic fibrosis as well as a tumor of the roof of the fourth ventricle of the brain. Internat. Clin., PhUa., 1921, 31. s., iv, 78-87,1 pi. Diabetes (Ex peri nt entail). See, also, Diabetes (Pancreatic, Experimental); Diabetes (Phloridzin); Diabetes in animals. Duval (A.-E.) *Etudes personnelles sur l'alimentation. 8°. Paris, 1920. Kohler (G.) *l'eber Hydrurie und Diabetes bei Vogeln in Folge von Piqure. 8°. Giessen 1904. Diabetes (Experimental). Lafox (G.) *Recherches experimentales sur le diabete et sur la glycogenie. [Toulouse.] 8°. Bordeaux, 1906. Lewysohx (G.) *Ueber die Hemmungswir- kung der Opiumalkaloide auf experimentell erzeugte Glykosurien. 8°. Breslau, 1914. Xegrin y Lopez (J.) *Zur Frage nach der Genese der Piqure-Glykosurie. [Leipzig.] 8°. Bonn, 1912. Also, in: Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1912, cxlv, 311- 328, 1 pi. Ploch (F.) *Ueber den Diabetes nach Durch- schneidung des Nervus splanchnicus. 4°. Giessen, 1863. Quinquaud (A.) *Relations entre la piqure diabetique et la secretion d'adrenaline. 8°. Paris, 1915. Sweet (J. E.) & Pemberto.v (R.) Experi- mental observations on secretion with special reference to diabetes and malnutrition. 8°. Philadelphia, 1907-8. Achard (C.) & Desbouis (G.) L'insuffisance glycoly- tique provoquee par l'extrait d'hypophyse et par f'adr6- naline. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1913, lxxiv, 467- 469.—Alexandrescu-Dersca (C.) [Clinical observations concerning rhythmic urinary secretions and diuresis pro- voked by ingestion of water; experimental polyuria accord- ing to Vaquez and Cottet.] Spitalul. Bucurescl, 1915. xxxv, 61-67.—Allen (F. M.i Experimental studies on diabetes; production and control of diabetesin dog. J. Exper. Med., Bait., 1920, xxxi, 363. 3*1; 555; 575: 5*7. Also, Reprint. -----. E xperimental studies in diabetes; internal pancreatic [unction in relation to bodv mass and metabolism. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila.. 1921, clxi, "16; 350. Also: Am. J. Phvsiol., Bait., 1920-21, liv, 425: 439: 451.-----■. Experimental studies in diabetes; pathology of diabetes. J. Metabol. Research, Morristown, N. J., 1922, i, 5; 53; 75: 89; 165; 5 pi.—Allen (F. M.) & Wlshart (Man,- B.) Experimental studies in dia- betes; internal pancreatic function in relation to bodv mass and metabolism. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1921, clxi, 165-193. ----------. Experiments on carbohydrate metabolism and diabetes; dextrose-nitrogen ratios in partially depancre- atized dogs. J. Metabol. Research. Morristown, N. J., 1922, i, 97-107.—Banting (F. G.), Best (C. H.I [et al.]. Ef- fects of insulin on experimental hyperglycemia in rabbits. Am. J. Physiol., Bait., 1922, lxii, 559-580.—Benedict (,S. R.) A- Lewis (R. C.) Influence of induced diabetes on malig- nant tumors (incl. report of case of human phlorhizin glyco- suria). Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., ISL Y., 1913-14, xi, 134-136.—Bledl (A.) Ueber eine neue Form des experi- mentellen Diabetes. Centralbl. f. Phvsiol., Leipz. & Wien, 1898, xii, 624-629.—Bonannl (A.) Influence de la tempera- ture sur la glycosurie provoquee par l'oxvde de earbone. Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1912-13, lviii, 157-172.—Burger (\\ .) Untersuchungen uber das Verhalten fumarsaurer Salze als Zuckerbildner. Beitr. z. Phvsiol., Berl., 1922, ii, 19-22.—Carrasco-Formiguera (R.) "Etude de Pequilibre acetogenique et antiacetogenique dans le metabolisme de la chienne spontanement diabetique de Maignon. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1923, lxxxviii, 611-614.—de Corral (J.) Untersuchungen iiber die Hvperglvkamie bei Injektion von Tetrahydro-0-Naphthvlainin. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl. 1918, lxxxviii, 131-144.'—Cruiekshank (E. W. H.) On the production and utilization of glycogen in normal and diabetic animals. J. Phvsiol., Lond!, 1913, xlvii, 1-14.— De Dominicis (.X.) Iniezioni intraperitoneali ad animali sain del contenuto intestinale di animali diabetici trattato con lavamento idroalcoolico. Atti d. r. Accad. med.-chir. di Napoli, 1S9S n. s.. Ui, 290.-----. Modlflcazionidellaglico- suria dietro iniezioni endovenose di siero artificiale. Ibid., 300-304, 1 pi.-----. Ricerche sperimentali in ordine al dia- bete zucchenno. Ibid., 1910, lxiv, 85 93. Also: Gazz. inter- naz. di med., Napoli, 1910, xiii, *$."» 437 -Dlamare (V.) bur lo diabete panereatique chez les li, i .rothermes. Arch. ital. de biol., Pise, 1911. lv, 97-101. -Djenab (K.) Contri- bution a 1 etude de la part daction de la moelle cervicale dans la piqure diabetique chez le chien. Compt. rend. Six:. de biol., Par., 1910, lxix, 139.-Dresel (K.) A Peiper (v.) £ur Frage des experimentellen Diabetes; Beeinflussung der /.uckermobihsation durch Adrenalin und Pankreasextract in der kunstlieh durchbluteten Leber. Ztschr. f. exper. Path u. Therap., Berl., 1914, xvi, 327-335-Dubois (C.I & uuvulter (E.) Glycosurie rapide a la suite de linjection intravemeuse de solutions hypertoniques de saccharose. compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1914, lxxvi, 805-807.—Fer- raiminl (A.) Immunizzazione e anafilassi nelle glueosurie sperimentali. Boll. d. soc. eustaeh., Camerino, 1915, xiii, No. o, 1-17. Also: Riforma med., Napoli, 1915, xxxi, 1037- 1041.- lilippella (P.) Ricerche sulla esistenza dell' anafi- lassi nelle glueosurie sperimentali. Boll. d. soc. eustaeh., Camerino, 1913, xi, No. 6, 21. Also: Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1914, xvii, 83.—Flelg (C.) Action des injections DIABETES. Diabetes (Experimental). intra-veineuses et sous-cutanees des eaux de Vichy et de La Bourboule dans la glycosurie experimentale et le diabete sucr6. BuU. mens, de I'Acad. d. sc.... de Montpellier, 1909, nos. 5-6, 7-10.—Fleming (G. B.) An experiment in ali- mentary glycosuria. Glagow M. J., 1914, Ixxi, 216-218.— Foster (N. B.) Sugar from lactic acid in human diabetes. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med. N. Y., 1913, 136.—Franck (H. H.) Zur Kenntnis glykosurischer Mittel. Zentralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. & Wien, 1914, xxviii, 778.—Frank (E.) & Isaac (S.) Beitrage zur Theorie experimenteller Diabetes- formen (im Anschluss an Untersuchungen mit Hilfe der Phosphorvergiftung). Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1910-11, lxiv, 293-328.-----------. Der Verlauf des experimentellen Diabetes bei phosphorvergifteten Tieren. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1910, xxvii, 586-590.—Friedman (G. A.) & Gottesman (J.) Experimental diabete gras. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1922-3, xx, 210-212.—Fujii (I.) Ueber die Verande- rungen des Gehaltes der Nebennieren an chromaffiner Substanz bei einigen experimentellen Diabetesformen zentralen Ursprungs. Tohoku J. Exper. M., Sendai, Japan, 1920, i, 37-72.-----. Ueber Fesselungshyperglykamie und -glykosurie beim Kaninchen. Ibid., 1921, ii, 9-64. -----. Ein weiterer Beitrag zur Fesselungshyperglykamie und -gly- kosurie beim Kaninchen. Ibid., 531-561.—Gagllo (G.) Influenza della temperatura sulle glueosurie tossiche. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz.. 1908. Suppl.- Bd., 224-227—Galambos (A.) & Tausz (B.) [Albumi- nous metabolism in experimental pancreatic diabetes.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1915, lix, 285; 300.—Gaultler (R.) Glycosurie experimentale par destruction etendue de la muqueuse duodenale a l'aide d'un caustique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxiv, 826.—Gautier (C.) Glycosurie par suppression temporaire de la respira- tion pulmonaire chez la grenouiUe. Ibid., 1922, lxxxvi, 123. -----. Section du splanchnique et glycosurie adrenalinique chez la grenouille. i&id.,lxxxvii,1400.—Gautier (C.) & Bon- namour S. Glycosurie par ablation des poumons chez la grenouille. Ibid., lxxxvi, 429-431.—Gautrelet (J.) Le diabete experimental. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1909, xxxix, 101-104.—Gottschalk (A.) & Pohle (E.) Untersuchungen iiber den Mechanismus der Adrenalinhyperglykamie; iiber Aenderungen der Wasserstoffionenkonzentration im Blute der Pfortader und der Vena hepatica (nach Versuchen an Kaninchen). Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz. 1922, xcv, 65-74.-----------. The same. Besteht ein ge- netischer Zusammenhang zwischen der Aenderung der Wasserstofnonenkonzentration im Leberstromgebiete und der Hyperglykamie (nach Versuchen an Kaninchen). Ibid., 75-92.—Greer (J. R.), Witzemann (E. J.) & Wood- yatt (R. T.) Studies on the theory of diabetes; glycid and acetole in tbe normal and phlorhizinized animal. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1913-14, xvi, 455-464.—Henkel (M.) Beitrag zur Glykosurie bei Frauen mit experimenteUen Untersu- chungen iiber ihre Aetiologie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1909, xxxv, 2003-2005.—Herrmann (W.) Ueber das Verhalten von Formamid und Ammonium- formiat im Organismus phlorhizindiabetischer Hunde. Beitr. z. Physiol., Berl., 1922, ii, 33-36.—Homans (J.) A study of experimental diabetes in the canine and its relation to human diabetes. J. Med. Research, Bostv 1915, xxxiii, 1-51,2 pi.—Isnikawa (T.) Ueber die alimentare Glykosurie bei der Phosphorintoxikation. Mitt. a. d. med. Fakult. d. k. Univ. zu Tokyo. 1918, xix, 497-524.—Janney (N. W.) & Isaacson (V. I.) Protein sparing by glucose in experimental diabetes. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1917-18, xv, 69.—Jarisch (A.) Ueber den Mechanismus der Piqure- Glykosurie. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1914, clviii, 478-501. -----. Ueber den Mechanismus der Diuretingly- kosurie. Ibid., 502-508.—Jungmann (P.) Ueber die Beziehungen des Zuckerstiches zum sogen. Salzstich. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1914, lxxvii, 122-148.— Junkersdorf (P.) Untersuchung iiber die Phlorrhizin- flucosurie; Hunger-Phlorrhizinversuche. Arch. f. d. ges. 'hysiol., Berl., 1922, exevii, 500-515.—Karsner (H. T.), Koeckert (H. L.) & Wahl (S. A.) Diastatic activity of blood in experimental hyperglycemia. J. Exper. M., Bait. 1921, xxxiv, 349-363.—Kaufmann (M.) Mecanisme de I'hyperglycemie determinee par la piqure diabetique et par les anesthesiques; faits experimentaux pouvant servir a etablir la theorie du diabete sucre et de la regulation de la fonction glycoso-formatrice a l'etat normal. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1894, cxviu, 894-897.—Also: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par.. 1894, 10. s., i, 284-288. —:—. Nouveaux faits relatifs au mecanisme de I'hyperglycemie et de l'hypo- glycemie; influence du systeme nerveux sur la glycosoforma- tion et Phistolyse. Ibid., 1895, 10. s., ii, 55-58.—Kleiner (I. S.) Rate of dialysis of blood sugar in experimental dia- betes. J. Biol. Chem., N. Y., 1918, xxxiv, 471-187. Also, Reprint.-----. Action of intravenous injections of pancreas emulsions in experimental diabetes. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1919, xl, 153-170. Also, Reprint—Kleiner (I. S.) & Meltzer (S. J.) Production of hyperglycemia and glycosuria by magnesium salts. Proc. Am. Soc. Biol. Chemists, Bait., 1916, p. xx.—Klotz. Weitere Untersuchungen iiber den dif- ferenten Abbau von Weizen- und Hafermehl beim Phlori- zinhund. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1911, ix, 539-547.—Kornfeld (F.) & Ellas (H.) Ueber die RoUe der Saurewirkung beim Zustandekommen der AdrenaUnhyper- DIABETES. Diabetes (Experimental). glykamie. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1922, exxxiu, 192-211.— Laf on (G.) O bservations et determinations experimentales sur le diabete du chien. Toulouse med., 1909, 2. s., xi, 145- 160.—La Franca (S.) Untersuchungen iiber den respifato- rischen Stoffwechsel bei experimenteller Glykosurie. Zt- schr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1909, vi, 1-32.—Lan- dergren (E.) Beitrage zur Diabeteslehre; experimenteUe und khnische Untersuchungen. Nord. med. Ark., Stock- holm, 1911, 3. f., xi, no. 10,71,2 tab—Landes (H. E.), Gar- rison (L. E.) & Moorhead (J. J.) Study in experimental diabetes; effect of intravenous injection of pancreatic perfus- ates on the D/N ratio following pancreatectomy. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1922, xxix, 853-866—Langfeldt (E.) Partial pancreatectomy; investigations regarding experi- mental chronic pancreatic diabetes. Acta Med. Scandin., Stockholm, 1920, hii, 1-185, 6 pL—Laurin (E.) Ergotoxin und Adrenalinhyperglykamie. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1917, Ixxxii, 87-95.—Leathes (J. B.) Experimental study of diabetes. Canad. J. M. & S., Toronto, 1914, xxxvi, 27-31. A lso: J. Prev. M. & Sociol., Toronto, 1914, xvii, 21-25.—LCvy (L.) & Boulud (R.) Glycosurie provoquee chez le chien §ar l'injection intra-veineuse du liquide cephalo-rachidien 'un acromegahque. Rev. de med., Par., 1914; xxxiv, 464- 470.—Loewi (O.) & Weselko. Ueber die Abhangigkeit ex- perimenteU-diabetischer Storungen von der Kationenmi- schung. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1913, lx, 690.—Loewit (M.) Der Kaltediabetes beim Frosche; ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Kaltewirkung bei Winter- und Sommerfro- schen. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1908-9 lx, 1-41.—Ltithje (H.) Ueber den Einfluss der Aussen- temperatur auf die Grosse der Zuckerausscheidung. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1905, xlvi, 193-196.—Macleod (J. J. R.) Studies in experimental glycosuria. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1907-8, xix, 388-407: 1909, xxui, 278-322. -----. Various forms of experimental diabetes and their significance for diabetes meUitus. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, lv, 2133- 2139—Macleod (J. J. R.) & Fulk (M. E.) Studies in ex- perimental glycosuria; retention of dextrose by the Uver and muscles and influence of acids and alkaUes on dextrose con- centration of blood. Am. J. Physiol., Bait., 1917, xhi, 193- 213.—Macleod (J. J. R.) & Hoover (D. H.) Studies in ex- perimental glycosuria; lactic acid production in blood fol- lowing injection of alkaline solutions of dextrose or of alka- Une solutions alone. Ibid., Bost., 1916-17, xUi, 460-468 — Macleod (J. J. R.) & Pearce (R. G.) Studies in experi- mental glycosuria. Ibid., 1909-10, xxv, 255-291:1911, xxvui, 403-421: 1911-12, xxix, 419-435: 1915, xxxvui, 415; 435.— Martin (W. B.) Experimental studies in diabetes; pathol- ogy of diabetes. J. Metabol. Research, Morristown, N. J., 1922, i, 43-52 1 pL—Menyhert (W.) Therapeutischer Ver- suchserfolg beim experimenteUen Diabetes. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1919, lxix, 694-696.—Moorehouse (V. H. K.), Patterson (S. W.) & Stephenson (Marjory). Study of metaboUsm in experimental diabetes. Biochem. J., Lond., 1915, ix, 171-214, 1 tab.—Morita (S.) Hyperglykamie und Glykosurie durch Ammoniumchlorat und Magne- siumsulfat bei der Katze. Tohoku J. Exper. M., Sendai, 1922, iii. 363-413.—Nash (T. P.) Kidney factor in phlorhizin diabetes. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1922, U, 171-181 — Nebelthau (E.) ExperimenteUe Beitrage zur Lehre vom Fieber und Diabetes meUtus. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1901, xlvi, 385-413.—Oddi (R.) Sul- 1' acetonuria e glicosuria sperimentale. Sperimentale, Mem. orig., Firenze, 1891, xlv, 458-474.—Paulesco. Influence du laps de temps ecouie depuis l'injection intraveineuse de l'extrait panereatique chez un animal diabetique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1921, lxxxv, 558.—Plchsteln (H.) Zur Frage des experimenteUen Diabetes; Zuckermobilisa- tion durch Adrenalin in Leberdurchblutungsversuchen. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1912-13, xii, 380- 388, 1 pL—Pi y Sufier (A.) & Turro (R.) Le diabete experimental. Rev. med. espan. y bol. de hyg. y salub., Madrid, 1910, u, 103-107.—Ringer (A. I.) Protein me- tabolism in experimental diabetes. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1912-13, xu, 431-445.—Ringer (A. I.), Dubin (H.) & Fran- kel (F. H.) Glycogen content of the tissues of diabetic animals and influence of adrenalin thereon. Proc. Soc Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1921-2, xix, 92-97.—Robert (H.) & Parisot (J.) Etude de la teneur en chaux du sque- lette des animaux rendus experimentalement glycosuriques. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., .'2i2, Ixxviu, 538-540 — Rosenberg (S.) ExperimenteUer Diabetes und seine Be- ziehungen zu den Driisen mit innerer Sekretion. Med. Klin., Berl., 1912, viii, 1713; 1749; 1839—Saito(I.) Actions of radix ginseng on experimental hyperglycemia. Japan Med. World, Tokyo, 1921, i, No. 7, 3-7—Salant (W.).& Wlse(L.E.) Production ofglycosuria by zinc salts. J.Biol. Chem., N. Y., 1918, xxxiv, 447-462. Alsof Reprint—Savo- lin (M.) [Biedl's experimental glycosuria and its relation to diabetes melUtus.] Finska lak.-sallsk. handl., Helsing- fors, 1922, lxiv, 456-482.—Scherk. Die experimenteUen Glykosurien und die Pathogenese der Zuckerkrankheit. Reichs-Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1909, xxxiv, 243-245.—Sherrtll(J. W.) & John (H. J.) E xperiments on carbohydrate metab- oUsm and diabetes; influence of glucose ingestion on diure- sis and blood composition in nondiabetic and diabetic per- sons. J. Metabol. Research, Morristown, N. J., 1922, i, 109- 163— Stewart (G. N.) & Rogoff (J. M.) Relation of adre- nals to piqure hyperglycemia and to glycogen content of 4£ DIABETES. 484 DIABETES. Diabetes (Experimental). Uver. Am. J. Physiol., Bait., 1918, xlvi, 90-116.—Suga (T.) Ueber den Einfluss der Brenztraubensaure auf die experi- menteUe Acidosis und Glycosurie. Acta Scholre Med. Univ. imp., Kioto, 1918, ii, 375-385.—Toto (A.) Prime ricerche sull' anafilassi rispetto ai sistemi antigiucosurici. Gazz. internaz. di med., NapoU, 1913, xvi, 998.— Tournade (A.) & Chabrol (M.) Double mecanisme, glycc- et adrenalino- secretoire de I'hyperglycemie par excitation splanchnique; dissociation experimentale. Compt. rend. Soc. ae biol., Par., 1922. lxxxvi, 315.—UnderhUl (F. P.) Certain aspects of experimental diabetes. J. Biol. Chem., N. Y., 1905-6, i, 113- 130. Also, Reprint.—VeUch(A.) Ueber den experimentel- len Diabetes. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1898, xn, 813; 829 — Wertheimer (E.) & Battez (G.) Voies qui transmettent au foie les effets de la piqure diabetique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, Ixui, 233.----------. Mecanisme de la piqure diabetique. Ibid., 1909,lxvi, 1059-1061.—Zuelzer (G.'j Untersuchungen iiber den experimenteUen Diabetes. Ver- handl. d. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1907, xxiv, 258-263. Diabetes (Eye in). See Cataract (Diabetic); Diabetes (Compli- cations of, Ocular); Eye (Diseases of). Diabetes (Familial). See Diabetes (Conjugal); Diabetes (Heredi- tary, etc.). Diabetes (Gangrene in). See, also, Arterio-sclerosis; Diabetes (Com- plications and sequelse of); Thrombosis. Bengsch (O. F. R.) *Ein Fall von diabeti- scher Gangran der Grosszehe; Nachweis der Arteriosklerose im Rontgenbild. 8°. Kiel, 1905. Decock (H.) ^Considerations sur la patho- genie et le traitement des gangrenes diabetiques. 8°. Paris, 1901. Frank (Vera). *Beitrag zur Kasuistik der diabetischen Gangraen. 8°. Berlin, 1910. Grossmaxn1 (F.) Ueber Gangran bei Diabetes mellitus. 8°. Berlin, 1900. Hetz (A.) *Beitrag zur Casuistik der Gan- grsena diabetica. 8°. Munchen, 1900. Moiret (L.) Contribution a l'etude des phlegmons et de la gangrene humide dans le diabete sucre. 8°. Lyon, 1899. Schmidt (H.) *Beitrag zur diatetischen und operativen Behandlung der diabetischen Gan- gran, sowie der senilen und der spontanen Gangran. 8°. Breslau, 1902. Vallin (H.) *De la gangrene seche chez les diabetiques. 8°. Lyon, 1§99. Wahlmann (A.) *Zur Casuistik der diabeti- schen Gangran nach den Erfahrungen in der chirurgischen Klinik zu Kiel. [Kiel.] S\ Plon, 1903. Angus (H. B.) Diabetic gangrene in foot; amputation through thigh; recovery. Northumberland & Durham M. J., Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1904, xii, 350.-----. Senile and diabetic gangrene of foot; amputation at the seat of election in the leg; recovery. Ibid., 353, 1 pi.—Aquino (P. B.I Gangrena pulmonar en un diabetico (curacion). Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1910, xvii, 1453-1156.—Baldwin (J. F.) Tye AUen treatment in diabetic gangrene. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1916, xxx, 65.—Bernhelm (B. M.) Impending and real gangrene associated with diabetes; correlation of medi- cal and surgical effort. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1922, clxiii, 625-634—Bishop (L. F.) Diabetic gangrene. Internat. CUn., Phila., 1900, 10. s., iii, 102.—Bonamy (R.), Marot A Vignat. Quelques cas de gangrone diabetique gueris par lair chaud a haute temperature et a haute pression. Bull. et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1908, 3. s., xxv, 519-525.— Bonnet (L.-M.) Obliteration de l'aorte chez un diabetique: gangrene des membres inferieurs. Lyon med., 1900, xciv, 86-M).—Brannon (L.) Diabetic gangrene; amputation; recovery. Am. J. Surg. & Gynec, St. Louis, 1900-1901, my, loi.—Brown (E. E.) Diabetic gangrene of the leg. Long Ldand M. J., Brooklyn, 1918, xii, 70— Buerger (L.) I he pathology and diagnosis of so-called diabetic gangrene Yrch. Diag., N. V.. 1915, viii, 101-118, 2 pi. Also, Reprint — Campbell (W. F.) Diabetic gangrene. Med. Times, N.- J-'. lm> xui> '■*■""— Cazln. Traitement des gangrenes diabetiques. Assoc, franc, de chir. Proc.-verb. [etcl Par., 1901 xiv, 924-927-ChaufTard (A.i Gangrene dhv betique. Bull, med., Par., 1913, xxvii, M7. —-— Gan- grene diabetique. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par. 1920, xxxiv, 295.—Chauflard (A.) Huber (J.) 1 Ma> quezy (R.) Gangrene diabetique du scrotum et des tegu- ments de la verge; serotherapie antigangreneuse; guerison Diabetes (Gangrene in). Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1922, 3. s., xlvi, 270^-' .—Cumston (C. G.) The question of amputation in diabetic gangrene. CUn. J., Lond., 1905, xxvi, 277-283. Also: Surg.? Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1905, i, 145-151. Also, Reprint.—Davis. Diabetic gangrene of the hand. Tr. Am. Dermat. Ass., Phila., 1909, 276.—Demons & Begouin. Note sur I'amputation precoce et haute dans la gangrene spontanee des membres chez les diabetiques. BuU. et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1901, n. s., xxvii, 116-123.— Dieulafoy. Gangrene du pied et de la jam be chez un homme age et diabetique; arterites obUterantes; heureux resultats des applications de douches d'air surchaune a tres haute temperature; appareil aero-thermo-generateur. Bull. Aead. de med., Par., 1910, 3. S., Ixui, 140-155. Also: Presse med., Par., 1910, xvin, 121-124.-----. Les douches d'air surchauffe dans la gangrene diabetique. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1910, xxiv, 69.—Evans (W.) Dia- betic gangrene. Med- Press & Circ, Lond., 1915, n. s., xcix. 399.—Farkas (D.) A gangraena diabeticarol. Budapest! orv. ujsag, 1906, iv, 73-76.—Fisher (C.) Diabetic gangrene of the toe; amputation ofthe toe: recovery. Lancet, Lond., 1903, i, 796.—Grant (H. H.) Diabetic gangrene. Louis- viUe Month. J. M. & S., 1904-5, xn, 9-15.—Grau San Martin (R.) Tratamiento de la gangrena diabetica. Rev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1919, viii, 551-554—Gussenbauer. Ueber die Behandlung der Gangran bei Diabetes meihtus. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1899. xUv, 59; 71. Also: Med.-chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1899, xxxiv, 583; 601; 613.—Hartmann. Ueber einen Fall van conservativer Behandlung diabetischer Gangran. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1902, xxviii, 341-343.—Hartmann (P. H.) La gangrene diabetique envahissante et son traitement. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1916, xxXj433.—Hayd(H. E.) Acaseof double amputation of the leg lor diabetic gangrene. Buffalo M. J., 1905-6, lxi, 647-649.—Herrfeld (A.) Sodium perborate as a dressing in the treatment of diabetic gangrene. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvu, 1613.—Hildebrandt. Ueber diabetische Extremitatengangran. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1904, lxxu, 351-ivi.—Hutchinson (J.) On gangrene in diabetes. Polychn. Lond., 1901, iv, 305-308.— Johnson (A. E.) Amputation for diabetic gangrene. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, i, 801-S08.—Jones (H. S.) A case of diabetic gangrene. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1917, xlv, 429.— Jopson (J. H.) & Goodman (E. H.) Diabetic gangrene. Penn M. J., 1917, xx, 710-717.—Kern (R. A.) Influence ol infection on carbohydrate tolerance in diabetes meUitus; a case of diabetic gangrene. Med. CUn. N. Am., Phila., 1922-3, vi, 1053-1060.—Kerr (H. H.) Arterio-venous anastomosis for diabetic gangrene. Virginia M. Semi- Month., Richmond, 1914, xix, 126.—Klemperer (G.) Wann soil bei diabetischer Gangran operiert werden? Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1907, xlviii, 16-24.—Krecke [A.] Alters- gangraen und diabetische Gangraen. Zwei Jahre chir. Tatigk.... Privatklin. x..... Munchen, [1905], 19.—Lam- bert (A. V. S.) & Foster (N. B.) The dietetic treatment of gangrene in diabetes meUitus. Tr. N. Y. Surg. Soc, Phila., 1913, ii, 114-123, 1 pi. [Discussionl, 384. Also: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1914,Ux, 176-185,1 pi. [Discussion],313.—Linenthal (H.) The treatment of so-called diabetic gangrene of the extremities. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1903. Lxxvui, 20-23.— Lloyd (S.) Presentation of a popUteal artery removed from a case of diabetic gangreue of foot. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1907, xxn, 275-27^.—Lockridge (J. E.t Morran'S disease, or diabetic gangrene: which? N. Albany M. Herald, 1905-6, xxiv, 155.—Lock wood (C. B.) A lecture on amputation for diabetic gangrene. Lancet, Lond., 1912, i, 349-351. -Mc Arthur (L. L.) An advance in the treat- ment of dial h tie gangrene. Surg.. Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1919, xxix, 105-107.—Marshall i.M.) The dietetic manage- ment of a case of diabetic gangrene. Phv-uian & Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1913, xxxv, .;>_>.—Martin (K. A.) The study of the blood supply in an amputated leg in a case of diabetic gangrene. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1922, xix, 375.—ile Massary (E.) & Glrard (J.) A propos des gangrenes des membres chez les diabetiques. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1921, 3. s., xlv, 670-674.— Meyer (W.) Cases illustrating the effect of artificial arterial hyperemia In threatening gangrene of the foot, due to dia- betic endarteritis. Ann Sing., Phila., 1910, Ui. 713-715. -----. [Zwei FaUe von diabetischer Gangran.] X. Yorker med. Monatschr., 1909-10, xxi, 363.—Mitsehke. Ein mit Quarzlicht behandelter Fall von diabetischer Hauteangran. Dermat. Centralbl., Berl., 1913-14, xvii, 292 294.—Morton (C. A.) Surgical aspect of glycosuria and on diabetic gan- grene, with record of three cases in which amputation was performed for gangrene in diabetics under spinal anaesthesia. Med. Press & Circ. Lond., 1911, n. s., xci, 194-1%.—Note on the history of diabetic gangrene. N. York M. J. [etcl, 1920. cxi, 72 — (Khuua (K?) [Diabetic gangrene.) Chiugai Iji Shinpo. I'okio. b.HN, 361-381.—Partsch. Leber einen eigenartigen Fall von diabetischem Brande. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1S90, Leipz., 1891,Ixui, pt. 2, 243-246.—Pchellas (V. A.I Mixed infection phvlaco-. gen in the treatment of diabetic gangrene. Buffalo M. J., 1914, lxx, 7-9.—PortUla (F.) Puil>etes y gangrena; nota cUnica. Cr6n. med.-quir. de la Habana, 1911, xxxvii, 25- 27.—Rankin (W. H.) Diabetic gangrene of the leg in a man of 74 years of age; amputation ofthe thigh; recovery. Brooklyn M. J., 1904, xvul, 197-199.—Ransom (F.) Dia- DIABETES. 485 DIABETES. Diabetes (Gangrene in). betic gangrene and excretion of calcium. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1913-14, vii, Therap. & Pharmacol. Sect., 15- 17.—Rathery. Un cas de gangrene diabetique. CUnique, Par.. 1911. vi, 229.—Rlcard. Gangrene diabetique traitee par l'air cnaud. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1909, n. s., xxxv, 250-255.—Richter (M. A.) Phylacogen in the treatment of diabetic gangrene. Am. Pract., N. Y., 1914, xlviii, 476.—Roberts Cw. O.) Amputation in diabetic gangrene; with report of case. Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1905-6. xn, 346-348. [Discussion], 367-372.—Roughton (E.WY! A case of diabetic gangrene. CUn. J., Lond., 1905, xxvi, 3*2.— Root (H. F.) Treatment of diabetic gangrene. Boston M. & S. J., 1922> clxxxvii, 875-879.—Rutherford (J. C.) Report of a case of gangrenous arthritis of the knee of diabetic origin. Rhode Island M. J., Providence, 1917, i, 98.—Salignat. Un procede simple pour le traitement de la gangrene seche diabetique. Rev. gen. de chir. et de therap., Par., 1910, xxiv, 103.—Sammls (G. F.) Conserva- tive treatment of diabetic gangrene; two cases; patient. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1916, x, 202.—Schachner (A.) Diabetic gangrene; amputation; recovery. Med. Age, De- troit, 1901, xix, 285.—Schwab. Haut gangran bei Dia- betes. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien & Leipz., 1903. lxvii, 141.—Stern (H.) Memoranda anent the treatment of gangrene in the diabetic. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1906, lxix, 620-624.—Stetten (De W.) The conservative treatment of diabetic gangrene of the lower extremity. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, lx, 1126-1133.—Swift (H.) Gangrene of breast in a diabetic patient. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1909, xxvui, 22.—Trolle (A.) Amputation ved diabetisk Gangran. Ugeskr. f. Lseger. K0benh., 1914, lxxvi, 467- 472.—Turner. La thermotherapie des gangrenes diabeti- ques. Ann. de chir. et d'orthop., Par., 1909, xxn, 173-177. Also [Abstr.]: Rev. internat. de med. et de chir., Par., 1909, xx, 163.-----. A propos des gangrenes diabetiques. BuU. et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1909, n. s., xxxv, 290-293.— Wallace (C. S.) Gangrene compUcated by glycosuria. Lancet, Lond., 1899, ii, 1730-1732.-----. Diabetic gangrene. Practitioner, Lond., 1907, lxxix, 80-86— Walters (W.) Tetanus complicating diabetic gangrene. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1922, xxxiv, 122.—Warner (F.) A case of gangrene of the foot following diabetes melUtus and arterio- sclerosis. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1907, xxxv, 618.—Whitacre (H. J.) The pathology and treatment of diabetic gangrene of the lower extremity. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1905, lxxxi, 113; 169. Also, Reprint— White (S.) Two cases of dia- betic gangrene of the foot; amputation through the thigh; recovery. Lancet, Londv 1907, ii, 1533.—Wolf (H.) Dia- betische Gangran und ihre Behandlung; Sammelreferat nach den Arbeiten vom Jahre 1880-90. Centralbl. f. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir.. Jena, 1901, iv, 21; 116; 158; 198. -----. Ueber Gangran bei Diabetes. Wien. med. Presse, 1901, xlu, 2209; 2266. Diabetes (Hepatic). See, also, Diabetes (Complications of, He- patic); Liver (Glycogenicfunction of). Castaigne. Les diabetes d'origine hepatique. Clinique, Par., 1912, vu, 39-41. Also, transl.: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1913, n. s., xcv, 632.—Gilbert (A.) & Weil (E.) Du diabete sucre par insufhsance chronique du foie ou par anhepatie chronique. Semaine med., Par., 1899, xix, 385- 387.—King (E. F.) Persistent glycosuria a symptom of functionalliver failure from focal infection. Wash. M. Ann., 1915, xiv, 30-38.—King (J. H.) Die Leber in ihrer Bedeu- tung fiir einige Formen der Glykosurie. Internat. Beitr. z. Path. u. Therap. d. Emahrungsstor. [etc.], Berl., 1913, v, 53-74.—Labbe (M.) & Bouchage (A.) La glycosurie au cours des affections hepatiques; le diabete hepatique. J. de m6d. de Par., 1914,2. s., xxvi, 507-509. A lso, transl.: Lancet, Lond., 1914, i, 13-15.—Mongour (C.) Rapports du foie et du diabete. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1905, xxxv, 451-453.— Neubauer (E.) Ueber die Wirkung antiglucosurischer Mittel und uber Leberglucosurie; die Durchblutung der Leber unter dem Einfluss verschiedener Agenzien. Biochem Ztschr., Berl., 1913, Ui, 118-141.—Rbssle (R.) Ueber die Leber beim Diabetes. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Ge- seUsch., 1907, Jena, 1908, xi, 334-342.—Vidal (E.) Diabete et dysfonctions hepatiques. Gaz. med. de Par., 1912, lxxxui, 209-211.—Williams (J. R.) & Dresbach (M.) The possible association of diabetes melUtus and splenohepato- megaly, Goucher; report of a case. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1915,-16 xhi. 39-41. Diabetes (Hereditary and familial). Dounevitch (C.) Contribution a l'etude de l'heredit6 du diabete sucre. 8°. Lausanne, 1916. Lemberk (M.) *Die Beziehungen des erbli- chen Diabetes mellitus zuanderen Krankheiten. 8°. Charlottenburg, 1905. Weil (A.) *Ueber die hereditiire Form des Diabetes insipidus. [Heidelberg.] 8°. Leipzig, 1908. Allen (F. M.) A- Mitchell (J. W.j A case of hereditary diabetes. Arch. Int. M., Chicago, 1920, xxv, 648-660.— Diabetes (Hereditary and familial). Bordot(E.) Diabetis infantU familiar. Arch, latino-am. de pediat., Buenos Aires, 1907, iii 340-343.—Bramwell (B.) Diabetes meUitus; strong hereditary history; differential diagnosis of glycosuria and diabetes meihtus. Clin. Stud., Edinb., 1907-8, vi, 263-266.—Foster (N. B.) Consanguineal diabetes melUtus. Johns Hopkins Hosp. BuU., Bait., 1912, xxui, 54. Also, Reprint.—Grocco (P.) DiabetefamigUare con sclerosi del pancreas. BoU. d. clin., MUano, 1902, xix, 60-70.—Heiberg(K. A.) [Hereditary tendency to diabetes.] Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1912, 5. R., v, 325-330.-----. Bemer- kungen zum erbUchen Diabetes. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1916, xUi, 255.—J. (L.) La glycosurie aU- mentaire chez les enfants issus de diabetiques. Med. mod., Par., 1903, xiv, 3w— Jarlov (E.) & Kraurisoe (S.) Fami- liar renal Glvkosuri. Hosp.-Tid., Kpbenh., 1918, lxi, 753- 770.—Landis (H. R. M.) FamiUal diabetes. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1921, xxxvi, 293-295.—LerebouUet (P.), Blechmann (G.) & Blechmann (Mile. J.) Un cas de diabete infantUe familial a marche rapide. Arch, de med. d. enf., Par., 1922, xxv, 94-96.—Lion (G.) & Moreau (C.) Diabete infantile familial. Arch, de med. d. enf., Par., 1909, xn, 21-41.—Loeb (M.) Beitrage zur Lehre vom Diabetes melUtus; die hereditare Form des Diabetes. Centralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1905, xxvi, 786-791.—Long (F. A.) A contribution to the study of the familial aspects of dia- betes meUitus. West. M. Rev., Omaha, 1914, xix, 30.— Lorand (A.) On the frequency of alimentary glycosuria in the children of diabetic persons. Practitioner, Lond., 1903, lxxii, 522-528. Also: Pediatrics, N. Y.. 1904, xvi, 16-21.—Martinet (A.) Le diabete famiUal. Presse med., Par., 1904, i, 94.—Moore (C. G.) Report of three cases of diabetes meUitus in one famUy. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1914, xxxi, 764.—Neumann. FainiUarer Diabetes. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1916, xhi, 1053.—Pleasants (J. II.) Heredity in diabetes melUtus, with a report of six cases occurring in a family. Johns Hopkins Hosp. BuU., Bait., 1900, xi, 325-329. Also: Am. J. Dermat. & Genito- Urin. Dis., St. Louis, 1901, v, 8-15.—Pribram (H.) Ueber die Vererbung der diabetischen Konstitution. Zentralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1915, xxxvi, 328.—Williams (J. R.) A study of the significance of heredity and infection in diabetes meUitus. Am. J. M. Sc, PhUa., 1917, cUv, 396-406.— Williamson (R. T.) Heredity in diabetes meUitus. Med. Chron., Manchester, 1908-9, xlix, 222-228. Diabetes (History and statistics of). Alia (V.) *Sur la question de l'augmentation de frequence du diabete. 8°. Lyon, 1898. Meyer (F. A. H.) ^Statistische Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Diabetes mellitus. 8°. Gottingen, 1906. Ziegler (H.) *Haufigkeit, Verbreitung und Begleiterscheinungen des Diabetes mellitus in der Schweiz. Statistische Erhebungen aus den Jahren 1901-5. 8°. Bern, 1908. Albu(A.) Kriegund Diabetes. Ztschr. f. arztl. FortbUd., Jena, 1917, xiv, 317-320.—Bing (H. I.) [Diabetes in India.] Ugesk. f. Lrger, K0benh., 1921, ii, 199-203.—Bose (C. L.) Some observations on diabetes in India. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1907, x, 320.—Camail. De la frequence du diabete dans nos etabUssements de Plnde. Ann. d'hyg. et de med. colon., Par., 1905, vni, 295.—Diets in use in the Edinburgh Royal Infirmary in 1843. Edinb. M. J., 1919, xxn, 234-236 — Dlnguizzl. Diabete sucre et son traitement sans regime, d'apres les auteurs arabes anciens. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1913, 3. s., lxx, 629-635.—Dublin (L. I.) MortaUty statistics of diabetes among wage earners; with observations on comparative incidence of diseases in the general popu- lation. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1918, xciv, 631. Also, Reprint.— Frankl (W.) Die wichtigsten Momente aus der Geschichte des Diabetes. Wien. med. Presse, 1900, xh, 1105; 1155.— Gerhardt(D.) Ueber Diabetes in der Kriegszeit. Schweiz. med. Wchnschr., Basel, 1920,1, 141-143— Havelock (Sir C.) Diabetes in the Tropics. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1907, x, 318.—Heiberg (K. A.) [MortaUty from diabetes among the adult male population of cities according to various indus- trial groups.] Ugesk. f. Laager, K0benh., 1916, Ixxviu, 174- 177.—Hoffman (F. L.) The mortahty from diabetes. Boston M. & S. J., 1922, clxxxvii, 135-137—Horowitz (P.) The history of diabetes meUitus. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1920, cxi, 807-812.—Hunzlker (H.) Uebef die Hauflgkeit des Diabetes mellitus in Basel. Schweiz. med. Wchnschr., Basel, 1922, Iii, 168-172.—Iwai (T.) Le diabete Sucre, t6nyo by6, chez les Japonais et son etude comparative avec le diabete observe en Europe et en Amerique. Arch, de med. exper., Par., 1916, xxvii, 1-54.—Joslln (E. P.) Decreasing diabetic mortaUty; increasing incidence of glycosuria. Boston M. & S. J., 1922, clxxxvi, 761-763.—Kaas (J.) [Diabetes statistics.] BibUot. f. Laager, K0benh., 1921, cxui, 233; 273.—Le Goffl (J.) De la mortaUte chez les diabetiques a Paris et dans le departement de la Seine. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1911, chi, 794-797. Also: Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1911, Ixxxiv, 556.—Lepine (R.) Sur la frequence du diabete sucre dans differentes locaUtes du globe et sur son augmentation. Rev. de med., Par., 1909, xxix, 665-668:1911, xxxi, 428.—Magnus-Levy. Ueber den DIABETES. 486 DIABETES. Diabetes (History and statistwsof). Diabetes im Krieg. Berf. klin. Wchnschr.,,1919, lvi, HoO- Also: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1919, xlv, 1379- 1447 —Maynard (G. D.) A note on the age distribu- ibnof deaths from diabetes melUtus. Biometrika, Cam- bridge 1911,V 225-231.-Mitra (A) Diabetes;^thegbane of Bengal. Indian Lancet, Calcutta, 1903, xxi, 89'. Morrison (H.) A statistical study of the mortality from atbete^mefiius in Boston from 1895 to 1913, with special reference to its occurrence among Jews. Boston M. A b. j , 1916, clxxv, 54-57.-Mortahty. rom diabetes 192L I ub Hea th Rep., Wash., 1922, xxxvii, 3208.-von Noorden C. > Ueber die'Beeinflussung des Diabetes melUtus durch den Krieg. Schmidt's Jahrb., Leipz., 1916, cccxxiv, 179- 8S.- Pavy and diabetes. J. Am. M. Ass., Cmcago 1913^x lb.9 Prinzlng (F.) Nimmt die Zuckerkrankheit an Hauflgkeit Zu?M*L Reform, Berl., 1906, xiv 577 -Reed (AC.) Diabetes in China. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1916, ch, o77-581 .- Richter (P. F.) Ueber Diabetes im Knege. Vwhandl. Verdauungs- u. Stoffwechselkr., Berl., 1921, u, 121-143- Robln (A.) Diabete sucre et son traitement sans regime d'apres les auteurs arabes anciens; a propos d un tra van ae Dinquizli. Rev. de therap. med.-chir, Par., 1914, lxxxi, 79_84 —Roy (R. D.) Diabetes in Bengal. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1907, x, 319—Rubino (C.) Glicosurie e diabete nei ferrovieri. Lavoro, MUano, 1915, vhi, 43: 72.—Sjandwlth (F M.) Diabetes in Egypt. Brit. M.J., Lond., 190/, u, 10o9. Also* J. Trop. M.[etc8rLond., 1907 x, 320-322-SUvester fW.W.) Checking up the diabetic. Charlotte[N. C.J M. J.. 1921, lxxxUi, 2-6— Stern (H.) The mortality from diabetes meUitus in the city of New York (Manhattan and the Bronx) in 1899; classified according to month, sex, and age; also an expose as to nationality, duration of residence in the United States, occupation, direct causes of death, and accompanying diseases. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1900, lviii, 766-7/4. —---. Diabetes melUtus; the mortality therefrom in the city ol New York during the period from 1889 tUl 1899; from the official records; comments. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1901, xxxvi, 225-228—Tsuboi (H.) [Remarks on diabetes mel- Utus in Japan.] Iii Shinbun, Tokio, 1904, 29-36.-Willlam- son (R T.) The geographical distribution of diabetes melUtus. Med. Chron., Manchester, 1909.1; 234-252 A lso, transl: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lvi, 2116.—Wilson (J G.) Increase in the death rate from diabetes; a possible explanation. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1912, IxxxU, 662. Diabetes (Infectious). See, also, Infection (Focal). Henoch (O.) *Ein Fall von Diabetes mellitus nach Meningitis. 8°. Leipzig, 1908. Hutinet (G.) *De la nature contagieuse de eertaines formes du diabete. 8°. Paris, 1904. ------. La contagion du diabete. 12°. Paris, 1905. Ledieu (R.) *La contagion du diabete. 8°. Paris, 1898. Blodgett (S. H.) Diabetes (pancreatic) caused by infec- tion of the tonsils. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1920-21, xxiv, 407-410.—Castronuovo (C.) Infezioni e diabete. Riforma med., Napoh, 1920, xxxvi, 927-931— Dfiieage (F.) Sur le diabete infectieux et la theorie de sa contagiosite. Cong. internat. de med., Lisbonne, 1906, xv, sect. 5, 376-386. A lso: J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1906, xxxvi, 362.—Farmachidls (C. B.) Contributo clinico al rapporto fra tonsiUite e diabete melUto. Gazz. internaz. di med., NapoU, 1915, xvui, 289- 291.—Funck (C.) Infektion und Diabetes. Beitr. z. KUn. d. InfektionskT., Wiirzb.. 1914, ii, 579-604— Greeley (H. P.) Focal infections and then- relation to diabetes. Wisconsin M. J., Milwaukee, 1915-16, xiv,464-468.—Hlgglnson (C. G.) Sapraemic glycosuria. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1921, i, 296-298 — King (A.) Diabetes mellitus as an infectious disease. Month. Cycl. & M. Bull., Phila., 1909,ii, 467:1910, iii, 3NV-396. -----. Treatment of diabetes as an infectious disease. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, xc, 17-20.-----. Further study of diabetes as an infectious disease. Tr. Am. Therap. Soc, Phila., 1910, xi, 29-37— Labbe (M.) Diabetes d'origine in- fectieuse. Bull, et m6m. Soc med. d. h6p. de Par., 1905, 3. s., xxu, 415-420. Also: Presse med., Par., 1905, 4s9 — Labbe (M.) & Debre (It.) Diabete transitoire post-ourUen. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1921,3. s., xlv, 1306- 1309.—McCaskey (G. W.) Two cases of diabetes probably due to gastro-intestinal disease. Fort Wayne M. J.-Mag'., 1899. xix, 1-7.—Magni (K.) Leggera glicosuria in due casi di circoscritti processi infiammatori cronici. Corriere san., Milano, 1910, xxi, 514-516.—Maragliano (E.) Diabete melUto, probabile infezione specifica. Cron. d. clin. med. di Genova, 1915, xxi, 94. Midelton (W. I.) Germs and diabetes. Med. Press & (in-., Lond., 1915, c, 130.—Mitchell (T. E.) Sapraemic glycosuria. Brit. M. J.. Lond., 1921, i, 459.—Rappin, Merle & Sanls. La flore intestinale et la glycogenic. Rev. de med., Par., 1914-15, xxxiv, 694-697.— Sherldan(J. P.) Four cases of diabetes mellitus of apparent bacterial origin, and their successful treatment. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1900, vii, 132-135. Also: N. York M. J.[etc.], 1900, Ixxi, 236- 23.v—Stengel (A.l Relai ion of acute infection to diabetes. Contrib. Med. & liiol. Research ... Sir W. Osier, N. Y., 1919, ii, 1186-1204 .-Wolfsohn (G.) Ueber die Diabetes (Infectious). verminderte Resistenz Zuckerkranker gegeniiber pyogenen Infektionen. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1920, xvii, 678. Diabetes (Lean) [Diabete maigre]. See, also, Emaciation; Nutrition (Disorders of). Ambard (L.) & Lux (H.) Un cas de diabete maigre. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1921, Ixxxiv, 955-957.— BaUet (G.) & Laignel-Lavastlne. Diabete maigre par sclerose atrophique du pancreas. Presse med., Par., 1912, xx 33-36 —Barlaro (P. M.) Sobre un caso de diabetls ma'gra; algunos datos anatomo-patol6gicos. Prensa med. argentina, Buenos Aires, 1918-19, v, 319.-Cedrangolo (E.) Sonra un caso di diabete magro senza lesioni del pancreas. Riforma med., Napoli, 1911. xxvu, 785; 820.—Chauflard. Le diabete maigre. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1904, xviu, 454.—Labbe, Laignel-Lavastlne & Vitry. Un cas de diabete maigre. Arch.d.mal. de l'appar. digest, [etc.], Par., 1910, iv, 653-660. Also: Cong, franc.demed. C.-r. 1910, Par., 1911, xi, 193-198.—Macquaire (P.) Essais sur le mecanisme du diabete maigre. Presse med., Par., 1901, iL 159 —Rathery (F.) Le traitement du diabete consomptif. J. med. franc., Par., 1921, x, 35-41.—Raulln (L.) Diabete maigre intense chez une jeune fide de 16 ans, d'une duree de 3 ans et 5 mois. Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1900, iv, 863-866.—Rlspal. Lithiase panereatique et diabete maigre. Arch. med. de Toulouse, 1906, xii, 25-33.—Sorel (E.) Dia- bete maigre et nevrite. Ibid., 1902, vni, 529-534. Diabetes (Metabolism in). See, also, Diabetes (Pancreatic, Metabolism in); Liver (Glycogenic function of); Metabolism (Carbohydrate, Disorders of). Benedict (F. G.) & Joslix (E. P.) Metabo- lism in diabetes mellitus. 4°. Washington, 1910. ------------. A study of metabolism in se- vere diabetes. 8°. Washington, 1912. Carnegie Inst. PubUcation No. 76. Bohm (Gertrud). *Experimentelle Untersu- chungen iiber den Gasstoffwechsel bei Tieren nach Pankreasextirpation und Leberausechal- tung. 8°. Leipzig, 1912. Seib (K.) *Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber den respiratorischen Gaswechsel bei Dia- betes mellitus nach Eiweisszufuhr und bei Hyperthermic. 8°. Leipzig, 1913. Achard (C.) L'insuffisance glvcolvtique. Paris med., 1912-13, ix, 432-437.—AUen (F. M.) The r&le of fat in dia- betes. Harvev Lect. 1916-17, Phila. & Lond.. 1918, 12. s.. 42-111, 2 ch.—AUen (F. M.) & Du Bols (E. F.) Clinical calorimetrv; metabolism and treatment in diabetes. Arch. Int. Med.."Chicago. 1916, xvii, 1010-1059.—AUen (F. M.) & Wlshart (Mary B.) Experiments on carbohydrate metab- olism and diabetes; intravenous glucose tolerance of dogs. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1920, xiii, 415-458.-----------. Renal threshold for sugar and some factors modifying it. /&ic/., xliii, 129-147.—Aranyl(c;.') Experimentelle Beitrage zur Frage des Stoffwechsels bei Diabetes mellitus in Bezug auf die ausgesehiedenen fluchtigen Fettsauren im nativen Hani. Med. KJin., Berl., 1907, iii, 709 711— Arnold (W.) & Kratter (E.) Das Verhalten der Warmeproduktion bei Diabetes mellitus. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl.. 1921, xxii, 92-107.—Baer (J.) & Blum (L.) Ueber den Abbau von Fettsauren beim Diabetes meUitus. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., T.eip/.. 1906, lv, 89-115: 1906-7, lvi, 92-100: 1908, lix, 321-330: 1909-10, lxii, 129-138. Also: Verhandl. d. Kong. f. innere Mod., Wiesb., 1906, xxhi, 469-473.—Barker (L. F.) & Voegtlln (C.) The calcium, magnesium, phosphorus, und nitrogen metabo- lism and the organic acidity of the urine in acase of so-called phosphatic diabetes, with comments upon an interesting form of acidosis. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1907, xvui, 268-274. Ba.rri.nger (T. B.) Effect of exercise upon carbohydrate toleiance in diabetes. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1916, cU, 181-isi. Beard (A. H.) Salt metabolism in dia betes melUtus. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1918, xxi, 716-739. Also, Reprint.—Beard (A. H.) A Rowntree (L. G.) Salt metabolism in diabetes. Proc. Am. Soc. Biol. Chemists. Bait.. 1917, iv, 20.—Benedict (F. G.) &• Joslln (E. P.) Metabolism in diabetes meUitus. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1910, xxv, 172-177.-----------. Metabolism in diabetes. Ibid., 1912, xxvii, 93-95.-----------. Ueber den Stolf- und Energieumsatz bei Diabetes. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1913. cxi, 333-365.—Benedict (T. A.) The respiratory quotient in diabetes. Boston M. & S. J., 1916, clxxiv, 543.—Bergell (P.) & Blumenthal (F.) Ueber einen neuen Befund beim Eiweissabbau des Diabetikers. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1905,ii. 113-415.— Bernstein (S.) & Falta (W.) Ueber den Kinilnss der Ernahrungsvveise auf den Ruhenuchternumsat l bei norma- len imd diabetischen Individuen. Deutsches Arch, f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1916,cxxi,95-128.-Blau(N. F.)a. Nicholson (S. J.) Fat metaboUsm In diabetes melUtus. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1920, xxvi, 738-750.—Breed (Loreiia M.) DIABETES. 487 DIABETES. Diabetes (Metabolism in). Metabolism in diabetes, nephritis and cholecystitis. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1918, xvi, 327-330—BUrger (M.) & Machwltz (H.) Ein Beitrag zur Frage der Kreatin- und Kreatininausscheidung bei Diabetikern. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1913, lxxiv, 222-243.—Butler (J. A.) & French (H. S.) A research upon the metabolism of a patient suffering from diabetes insipidus, following upon fracture of the skull. Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1902, lvu, 133-169.—Cammidge (P. J.) The nitrogen balance in diabetes melUtus and its importance in treatment. Lancet, Lond., 1915, ii, 1187-1189.—Chabanier (H.) Glycemie et acetonurie. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1919, IxxxU, 1108-1110.—Chauflard (A.), Brian (M lie P.) & Jacobs (J.) Le taux d'hydration des organes dans le diabete sucre. BuU. et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1918, 3 s., xUi, 49- 51.—Cohn (S.) Der Natrium- und Kaliumstoffweehsel beim Diabetes mellitus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1913, xxxix, 1930-1933.—Comessatti (G.) Contri- buto critico-sperimentale alia fisiopatologia del ricambio degli zuccheri. CUn. med. ital.. Milano, 1906, xlv, 829-838.— Cruiekshank (E. W. H ) & Patterson (S. W.) The sugar consumption in the surviving normal and diabetic heart. J. Physiol., Lond., 1913, xlvii, 381-388.—Dakin (H. D.) & Dudley (H. W.) The fate of 1-alanine in the glycosurie organism. J. Biol. Chem., Bait,. 1913-14, xvii. 451-454.—De Renzi (E.) & Flttlpaldi (E. U.) Nota sui limiti di assimilazione degli idrati di carbonio nei diabetici. N. riv. clin.-terap., Napoli, 1906, ix, 345-352.—Desgrez, Bierry & Rathery. Quelques modifications du plasma saiiguin et de l'urine, au cours de jeOne, chez le diabetique. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1921, clxxiii, 259-261.— Edsall (D. L.) General metaboUsm in diabetes meUitus. Phila. M. J., 1901. vu, 673-680.—Elias (H.) & Kolb (L.) Ueber die Rolle der Saure im Kohlenhydratstoflwechsel; Hungerdiabetes. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1913, Ui, 331- 361.—Epstein (A. A.) Permeability vs. tolerance of the kidneys for sugar in diabetes mellitus. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1916, xiu, 150-152.-----. Influence of renal function on hyperglycemia and glycosuria in diabetes mellitus. Am. J. M. Sc. Phila., 1917, cliv, 103-121.—Ep- stein (A. A.) & Baehr (G.) Certain new principles con- cerning the mechanism of hyperglycemia and glycosuria. J. Biol. Chem.. Bait., 1914, xviii, 21-27.—Euler (H.) & Svanberg (O.) Ueber den Zusammenhang zwischen Kohlenhydrat- und Phosphatstoffwechsel bei Diabetes. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1916, lxxvi, 324-334.-----------. Ueber den Phosphatumsatz von zwei Diabetikern. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1916-17, xcvui, 264-280.—Falta (w.) Ueber einige Fragen betreffend den Eiweisstoff- wechsel bei Diabetes melUtus. Verhandl. d. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1904, xxi, 496-500.-----. Ueber den Eiweiss- umsatz beim Diabetes mellitus. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xlv, 51-53.-----. Die Zuckerverbrennung bei schwe- rem Diabetes. Tr. Internat. Cong. Med. 1913, Lond., 1914, Sect, vi, Medicine, pt. 2, 373-376.-----. Ist die Warmebil- dung bei Diabetes melUtus krankhaft gesteigert? Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1917, exxui, 204; 331.—Ferran- nini (L.) Sul ricambio degli idrati di carbonio; I prodotti intermedii della gUcolisi ed l diversi zuccheri delle urine dia- betichc. Riforma med., Palermo-NapoU, 1905, xxi, 593- 595.—Fltz (R.) Observations on kidney function in dia- betes mellitus. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1917, xx, 809-827. Also, Reprint.—Forschbach (J.) & Schaffer (H.) Unter- suchung iiber die Kohlehydratverwertung des normalen und diabetischen Muskels. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharma- kol., Leipz., 1917-18, lxxxn. 344-369.—Foster (N. B.) Wie hoch ist der Dextrose-Stickstofl-Quotient bei schwerstem Diabetes? Deutsches Arch. f. Klin. Med., Leipz., 1913, ex, 501-505.—Galambos (A.) & Tausz (B.) Ueber Eiweiss- stofiwechselstorungen bei Diabetes melUtus; das Verhalten der Aminosauren im Urin bei normalen und pathologischen Zustanden. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1913, lxxvii, 14- 27.—Galdl (F.) & Puxeddu (G. E.) Contributo alio studio del ricambio del caleio nei diabete. FoUamed., Napoli, 1922, viii, 68-109.—Geelmuyden (H. C.) [Intermediate metaboUsmin diabetes.] Nord.Tidsskr. f. Terapi, K0benh., 1913-14, xii, 109-119.—Gephart (F. C), Aub (J. C.) [et al.]. Metabolism in three unusual cases of diabetes. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1917, xix, 908-930. Also, Reprint.— Gerhardt (D.) & Schleslnger (W.) Ueber die Kalk- und Magnesiaausscheidung ■ beim Diabetes mellitus und ihre Beziehung zur Ausscneidung abnormer Sauren (Aci- dose). Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1899, xlU, 83-108.—Geyelln (H. R.) & Du Bois (E. F.) A case of diabetes of maximum severity with marked improve- ment, a study of blood, urine and respiratory metaboUsm. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1916, lxvi, 1532-1534. Also, Re- Srint— Gomez (E.) Apuntes sobre el metaboUsmo en la iabetes. Repert. dc med. y cirug., Bogota, 1917-18, ix, 537-544: 1918-19, x, 37-42.—Grafe (E.) & Salomon (II.) Ueber den Einfluss der Muskelarbeit auf die Intensitiit der Zuckerverbrennung beim Diabetiker. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1922, exxxix, 369-379.—Graham (G.) Variations in the "leak-point" in diabetes—low level; high level. J. Physiol., Lond., 1915, xlix, pp. xlvi-xUx.—Greeley (H. P.) Speculations regarding the pancreas and metabo- Usm in diabetes. Boston M. & S. J., 1916, clxxv, 753.— Greenwald (I.) The estimation of creatinine and creatine in diabetic urines. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1912-13, xiv, 87-93. Diabetes (Metabolism in). -----. The formation of glucose from citric acid in diabetes mellitus and phlorhizin glycosuria. Ibid^. 1914, xviii, 115- 121.—Greer (J. R.) & Woodyatt (R. T.) Pyruvic acid and acetole in the diabetic organism. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1913, ix, 66-71.—Haas (G.) Zum Verhalten des Hcxosephosphorsaureesters im diabetischen Organismus. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1916-17, lxxx, 308-316.—Hamman (L.) Clinical aspects of carbohydrate metaboUsm. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1915, xiii, 78-85.—Hammarsten (E.) [Purin metabolism in a case of diabetes melUtus.] Svenska lak.-sallsk. handl., Stockh., 1917, xUU, 609-624.—Hfidon (L.-V.) Les echanges gazeux et la depense d'energie dans le diabete. Montpel. med., 1921, xhii, 507; 629: 1922, xliv, 25; 49.—Heiberg (K. A.) [Improving tolerance for carbohydrates in diabetes.J BibUot. f. Laeger, K0benh., 1915, cvii, 183-189.—Hiller (Alma) & Mosenthal (H. O.) The relation between the water and glucose concentration of the blood. J. Biol. Chem., N. Y., 1916, xxviu, 197-202.—Isaac (S.) Ueber den Abbau von Kohlehydraten und Fetten in der isoUerten diabetischen Leber. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1914, xxxi, 538-543.—Iwanofl (V.) ExperimenteUe Bei- trage zur Frage der Zuckerzerstorung bei Diabetes; der rcspiratorische Quotient beim Pankreasdiabetes und die actuelle Blutreaction unter dem Einflusse von Strych- nininjectionen. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1914, xv, 359-369.—Janney (N. W.) Glucose formation from protein in diabetes. Tr. CoU. Phys., Phila., 1916,3. s. xxxvui, 168-194. Also: Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1916, xviu, 584-605. Also, Reprint.-----. The clinical signifi- cance of the glucose-nitrogen ratio in diabetes mellitus. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1917, chii, 44-50.—Janney (N. W.) & Csonka (F. A.) Diabetic dietetics; glucose formation from protein foods. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1915-16, xui, 78.—Janney (N. W.) & Isaacson (V. I.) A blood sugar tolerance test. Ibid., 1917, xv, 15.—Jonas (L.) & Pepper (O. H. P.) Acute diabetes with enormous ehmi- nation of nitrogen; report of case with at least temporary recovery. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, lxvni, 1896. Also, Reprint.—Joslln (E. P.) Carbohydrate utilization in diabetes, based on studies of respiration, urine and blood. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1915, xv, 694-732. Also: Harvey Lect. 1914-15, Phila. & Lond., 1915, x, 290-339.-----. The metaboUsm of diabetes. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1920, xxxv, 85-87.—Kahn (M.) & Hoffmann (J.) Cal- cium metaboUsm in normal and diabetic individuals. Biochem. Bull., N. Y., 1915, iv, 213.—Kahn (M.) & Kahn (M. H.) The lime deficiency of diabetes. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1916, xviu, 212-227.—Kisch (H.) Zur Kasuistik des Upogenen Diabetes. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1913, xhx, 57.—Klotz esonders iiV>er das Blut der Vena pancreaticc-duodenalis. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1908, v, 367-377.— Allard (E.) Leber die Beziehungen der Umgebungstempe- ratur zur Zuckerausscheidung beim Pankreasdiabetes. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1908, lix 111- 126. —:—. Die Acidose beim Pankreasdiabetes. Ibid ' 38*- DIABETES. 489 DIABETES. Diabetis (Pancreatic).. 396.—Arghelles y Teran. Contribuci6n al estudio de la diabetes pancreiitica. Rev. de med. de Sevilla, 1913, lx, 97; 132; 161; 193.—Auer (J.) & Kleiner (I. S.) Morphin hyper- glycemia as a test for pancreatic deficiency. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1917-18, xv, 2.—Bang (I.) Untersuchungen uber das Verhalten der Leberdiastase bei PankTeasdiabetes. Beitr. z. chem. Phys. u. Path., Brn- schwg., 1907, x, 320-323.—BuUrich (R. A.) Consideraciones sobre un caso de diabetes pancreatica. Rev. Asoc. med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1915, xxiii, 439-448. [Discussion], 525.—Cammidge (P. J.) The relation of the pancreas to glycosuria. Tr. Internat. Cong. Med. 1913, Lond., 1914, Sect, vi, Medicine, pt. 2, 377-382.-----. Glycosuria and its relation to disease of the pancreas. Practitioner, Lond., 1914, xcii, 621-645.—Carlson (A. J.) & Glnsburg (H.) The Influence of pregnancy on the hyperglycemia of pan- creatic diabetes. Am. J. Physiol., Bait., 1914-15, xxxvi, 217-222.—Cuno (F.) Pankreasdiabetes bei einem dreiwo- chentlichen Saugling. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Berl., 1911, xviii, 57.—Curtis (F.) & GeUfe. Note sur le pancr6as des diabetiques. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1907, xi, 548-550, 1 pi.—De Meyer (J.) Recherches sur le diabete panereatique (inhibition de la secretion interne du pancreas par un s6rum). Arch, intemat. de physiol., Liege & Par., 1908-9, vii, 317-378. Also: Inst. Solvay. Trav. du lab. de physiol., Brux., 1908-9, lx, no. 2, 311-378.-----. Sur les relations entre la secretion interne du pancreas et la fonction glycogenique du foie; recherches sur le diabete panereatique. Arch, internat. de physiol., Liege & Par., 1910, ix, 1-99,1 tab.—Ducceschl (V.) & Albarenque (T. M.) 11 lavoro muscolare nei diabete pancreatico. Arch, di fisiol., Firenze, 1909-10, viii, 589-600.— Ervin (D. M.) Relation ofthe pancreas to the diabetic state. J. Lab. & Clin. M., St. Louis, 1918-19, iv, 711-719.—Evans (C. L.) Note on the fate of secretin in pancreatic diabetes. J. Physiol., Lond., 1912, xliv, 461-465.—Fischer (B.) Pan- kreas und Diabetes. Frankfurt. Ztschr. f. Path., Wiesb., 1915, xvii, 218-275, 1 pL—Gasbarrini (A.) Meiostagmine e diabete pancreatico. Folia clin., chim. et micros., Salso- magglore, 1910-11, iii, 322-326, 1 pL—GeUfe (E.) Du reten- tissement des lesions canaliculaires sur le parenchyme aci- neux et insulaire panereatique et de leur importance dans la genese du diabete. J. de phvsiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1908, x, 644-656, 1 pi.-----. Du diabete panereatique a forme vasculaire primitive. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1909, xiii, 555.-----. Le pancreas dans le diabete panereatique. BuU. et mem. Soc anat. de Par.. 1910, lxxxv, 397-467, 12 pi.— Gley(E.) A propos du diabete panereatique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1906, lxi, 715-717.-----. Du retentisse- ment des lesions canaliculaires sur le parenchyme panerea- tique acineux et insulaire et de leur importance dans la genese du diabete, par E. Gelie. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1908, 3. s., lx, 8-10.—Hedon (E.) Diabete panereatique. In: Trav.de physiol. (Lab. de E. Hedon), 8°, Par., 1898,1-150. -----. Sur fa secretion interne du pancreas et la partheno- genese du diabete panereatique (eflet de la transfusion du sang sur le diabfete). Arch, internat. de physiol., Liege & Par., 1913, xiii, 4; 255.-----. Les rapports du pancreas avec le diabfete. Biologica, Par., 1913, iii, 40-48.—Hendrix (B. M.) & Crouter (Caroline Y.) Relation of the alkali reserve of the blood to glycosuria and hyperglycemia in pancreatic diabetes. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1920, xlv, 51-55.—Hlnsel- mann (H.) Ueber das Wesen des Pankreasdiabetes. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xlvi, 1726.—Jensen (V. W.) Acidosis in relation to pancreatic diabetes. Proc. Am. Soc Biol. Chemists, Bait.. 1917, iv, 8.—Kleiner (I. S.) & Meltzer (S. J.) The effect ol painting the pancreas with adrenalin upon hyperglycemia and glycosuria. J. Exper. M., Bait., 1918, xxvii, 647-665.—Knowlton (F. P.) & Starling (E. H.) On the nature of pancreatic diabetes; preliminary communi- cation. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1912-13, s. B, lxxxv. 218-223. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1912, ii, 812-814.—Labbe (M.) Le diabete panereatique. Clinioue, Brux., 1913, xxvii, 337-342. Also: Mouvement med., Par., 1913, i, 297-301. -----. Le diabete panereatique. Ann. de med., Par., 1919, vi, 204- 217.—Laguesse (E.) A propos de pancreas et de dlabeter Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1910, xiv, 421-424.—Landolph (F.) A differential chemical study of glucoses from a case of pancreatic diabetes. Biochem. Bull., N. Y., 1912-13, ii, 217-222—Landsberg (M.) & Morawitz (P.) Die Zucker- verbrennung beim Pankreasdiabetes. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1914, xxxi, 526-528.—Lesser (E. J.) Die Wechselbeziehung zwischen Glykogen und Traubenzucker in der Leberzelle und ihre Bedeutung fur die Lehre vom Pankreasdiabetes. Ergebn. d. inn. Med. u. Kinderh., Berl., 1919, xvi, 279-301.-----. Das Wesen des Pankreasdiabetes. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1920, xlvi, 198. Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1920, lxvii, 302.—Luckhardt (A. B.) Contributions to the physiology of the stomach; the cause of the polyphagia in pancreatic diabetes. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1914, xxxiii, 313-323.—McGuigan (H.) & von Hess (C. L.) On the relation of glycosuria to the pancreas. Quart. BuU. North- west Univ. Med. Sch., Chicago, 1911-12, xiii, 80-88—Mara- fi6n (G.) La diabetes y la secrecitfn interna del pancreas. Clin, mod., Zaragoza, 1914, xiii, 352; 396.—Mayer (A.) Abla- tion des surrenales et diabete panereatique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxiv, 219-221.—Minkowski (O.) Ueber die Zuckerbildung im Organismus beim Pankreas- diabetes; zugleich eine Entgegnung auf die wiederholten iabetis (Pancreatic). Angriffe von Eduard Pfluger. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1906, cxi, 13-60.—Peude (N.) Ulteriore contributo alia questione dei rapporti tra pancreas e diabete. Tommasi, Napoli, 1907, ii. 172-176.-----. Ancora sulla teoria insulare del diabete. Path. riv. quindicin., Genova, 1908-9, i, 593- 599.—PflUger (E.) Ein Beitrag zur Frage nach dem Ur- sprung des im Pankreas-Diabetes ausgeschiedenen Zuckers. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1905, cviii, 115-188.-----• Professor O. Minkowski's Abwehr gegen meine ihn treffende Kritik; eine Antwort. Ibid., 1905-6, ex, 1-20.-----. O. Min- kowski's neueste Vertheidigung seiner iiber den Pankreas- diabetes aufgestellten Lehren; eine zweite Antwort. Ibid., 1906, cxi, 61-93.-----. Untersuchungen iiber den Pankreas- diabetes. Ibid., 1907, cxvii, 265: cxviii. 267. -----. Ueber Parabiose und Pankreasdiabetes. Ibid., 1908, cxxiv, 633- 638.—Piazza (V. C.) Pancreas e glicolisi. Ann. di clin. med., Palermo, 1913, iv, 293-314.—Pugllatti (V.) Diabete pancreatico. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1899, xx, 933-935 — Rathery (F.) Le diabete panereatique chez l'homme. J. med. franc., Par., 1921, x, 23-27.—Romeiro (J. V.) Diabete pancreatico. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1909, xxiii, 143-145.—Sass (M.) Die Aenderung der Blutalkalescenz beim Pankreasdiabetes unter dem Einfluss von Muskel- krampfen. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1914. xv. 370-378.—Seo (Y.) Ueber den Einfluss der Muskelarbeit auf die Zuckerausscheidung beim Pankreasdiabetes. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1908, lix, 341-363.— Seytarth (C.) Die Beziehungen des Pankreas zum Diabetes meUitus. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1920, lxvii, 617.-----. Ueber die Beziehungen des Pankreas zum Diabetes mellitus. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med., Munchen & Wiesb. (1920), 1921, xxxii, 178-1M.—Steinberg (M. E.) The gastric juice in pancreatic diabetes. Am. J. Physiol., Bait., 1921, lvi, 371-379.—Stone (C. H.) The relation of the thyroid and adrenals to pancreatic glycosuria. Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1909-10, xxii, 99-105—Thoinot & Dela- mare (G.) Etude sur le pancreas diabetique. Arch, de med. exp^r. et d'anat. path., Par., 1907, xix, 176-194.— Tuckett (I. L.) Auto-intoxication as the cause of pan- creatic diabetes. J. Physiol., Lond., 1889-1900, xxx, 63-68. -----. On the production of glycosuria in relation to the activity ofthe pancreas. Ibid., 1910-11, xii, 88-144.—Vande- put (E.) Etudes sur la glycolyse; enrichissement du sang en sucre; diabete panereatique; diabete adrenalique. Arch. Internat. de physiol., Liege & Par., 1910, ix, 292-362.— Verhoogen (R.) Diabete hepatique et panereatique; glycosuries non diabetiques; diagnostic dtfferentiel. J. med. de Brux., 1906, xi, 730-733.—Verzar (F.) Die Verbrennung des Zuckers im Pankreasdiabetes. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1914, lxvi, 75-94.—Verzar (F.) & von Fejfer (A.) Die Ver- brennung von Traubenzucker im Pankreasdiabetes. Ibid., 1913, liii, 140-167.—Visco Sabato. Rapporti tra glicosuria e pancreas. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1913, Roma, 1914, xxiii, 342.—Woodyatt (R. T.) Studies on the theory of diabetes; the parallelism between the effects of the pancreas and those of metallic hydroxides on sugars. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1915, xx, 129-133. Diabetes (Pancreatic, Experimental). See, also, Diabetes (Experimental); Diabetes in animals. Bang (I.) Blutuntersuchungen an pancreas- diabetischen Hunden. 4°. Lund, 1918. Lunds Univ. Arsskr., n. f., avd. 2, bd. 14, No. 6,1-12. Berger (A.) *Experimentelle Beitrage zum Pancreasdiabetes beim Hund. 8°. Halle a. S., 1901. Jacob (P.) Contribution a l'etude du diabete panereatique; les formes prolongees du diabite experimental. 8°. Paris, 1912. Mora (H.) *Pancreateetomies chez les jeunes chiens; leur influence sur le developpement et sur la glycolyse. 8°. Paris, 1913. Allen (F. M.) Experimental studies in diabetes; the internal pancreatic functions in relation to body mass and metabolism. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1920, cix, 781-801. Also: Am. J. Physiol., Bait., 1920-21, liv, 375-381.—Bensley (R. R.) Structure and relationships of the islets of Langer- hans; criteria of histological control in experiments on the pancreas. Harvey Lect. 1914-15, PhUa. & Lond., 1915, x, 250-289.—Brugsch (T.) & Bamberg (K.) Zur Frage der Azidosis beim Pankreasdiabetes des Hundes. Zentralbl. f. d. ges. Phvsiol. u. Path. d. Stoffwechs., Berl. & Wien, 1908, n. F., hi, 1-5.—Carlson (A. J.) & Glnsburg (H.) [et al.]. The influence of blood transfusion on the hyperglycemia and glycosuria of pancreatic diabetes in the dog. Am. J. Physiol., Balt.,1914-15,xxxvi,280-293.—De Dominicis(N.) Legatura del dotto di Wirsung. Atti d. r. Accad. med.- chir. di Napoh, 1898, n. s., Iii, 287. -----. Resezione ed asportazione della porzione media del pancreas, o sia di queUa attaccata al duodeno, restando in sito le due estremita laterali. Ibid., 288-290. -----. Iniezione nei duodeno di animaU resi diabetici por soppressione del pancreas, di succo pancreatico, owero di infuso di pancreas. Ibid., 291. DIABETES. 490 DIABETES. Diabetes (Pancreatic, Experimental). -----. Patogenesi della gUcosuria che segue alia estirpazione del pancreas. Tommasi, NapoU, 1908, iu, 536-539.—Delatour (B. J.) A research on blood sugar in depancreatized dogs. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1920, xxv, 40.5-410.—De Meyer (J.) Observations sur les pancreas d'animaux injectes de serum antipancreatique et sur les formes de transition acino- insulaires du pancreas de chien. Bull. Soc. d. sc. med. et nat. deBrux., 1911,lxix, 186-189.—Diamare (V.) Beobach- tungen uber den Experimentaldiabetes nach Pankreasex- stirpation bei Selachiern. Zentralbl. f. Phvsiol., Leipz. & Wien, 1906, xx. 617-620—Elllnger (A.) & Seeug (A.) Der Einfluss von Nierenveranderungen auf den Verlauf des Pankreas-Diabetes beim Hunde. Chem. u. med.Untersuch. Festschr. . . . Max Jaffe, Brnschwg^ 1901, 347-378. Also: Verhandl. d. Cong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1901, xix, 416- 424.—Epplnger (H.) & Falk(F.) Zur Frageder Glykosurie nach Pankreasexstirpation. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlvhi, 1625-1627.—Epstein (A. A.) & Baehr (G.) Studies in experimental diabetes after pancreatectomy. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1916, xxiv, 1-16—Fahr (T.) ExperimenteUe Beitrage zur Frage des Pankreasdiabetes. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. GeseUsch., Jena, 1913, xvi, 289-294.—Fried- man (G. A.) & Gottesman (J.) Studies on ligation of the thyroid arteries in depancreatized diabetic dogs. Proc Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1921-2, xix,209-215. The relation of the thyroid and parathyroids to pan- creatic diabetes in dogs. Ibid., 215-221.—Gley(E.) Action des extraits de pancreas sclerose sur des chiens diabetiques (par extirpation du pancreas). Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1922, Ixxxvii, 1322-1325.—Hedon (E.) Sur la tech- nique de l'extirpation du pancreas chez le chien, pour realiser le diabete sucre. Ibid., 1909, lxvi, 621-624. -----. Diabete par extirpation du pancreas, apres section de la moeUe cervieo-dorsale. Ibid., 1910, lxviii, 650-653. Also: Arch.internat.dephysiol., Liege& Par., 1911-12,xi, 195-223. -----. Sur la Constance et la regularite d'evolution de la glycosurie apres l'extirpation du pancreas. J. de phvsiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1912, xiv, 907-915.-----. Diabete pan- ereatique experimental. J. med. frang., Par., 1921, x, 3-10.— Heinsheimer (F.) Ueber die Ursache der Zuckerausschei- dung im Pankreas-Diabetes der Hunde. Ztschr. f. exper Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1905-6, ii, 670-674.—Helly (K.) Entspricht der experimenteUe Pankreasdiabetes des Hundes dem natiirUchen des Menschen? Verhandl. d. GeseUsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte (Minister) 1912, Leipz., 1913 Ixxxiv, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 29-31—Hendrix (B. M.) & Sweet (J. E.) The effect of Eck's fistula upon pancreat ic diabetes in dogs. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1923, lv, 161-169.— Houssay (B.-A.) & Lewis (J. T.) Diabete panereatique chez les chiens prives de la partie medullaire des surrenales. Compt rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1921, lxxxv, 1212.—Kaufmann (M.) De I'influence exercee par le systeme nerveux et la secretion panereatique interne sur l'histolyse; faits eclairant le mecanisme de la glycemie normale et du diabete sucre Compt. rend. Acad, d.sc, Par., 1895, exx, 113-116.—Kramer (B.), Marker (J.) & Murlin (J. R.) Pancreatic diabetes in the dog. Is the glucose retained when sodium carbonate is aclministered to depancreatized dogs deposited as gly- cogen? J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1916, xxvii, 499-515.—Krauss (J.) & Seiner (M.) Die Verbrennung des Zuckers im Pankreasdiabetes; das Verschwinden des Blutzuckers nach Eventeration normaler und pankreasdiabetischer Tiere Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1914, lxvi, 56-62.—Lesser (E. J j Ueber das Wesen des Pankreasdiabetes (die Aenderung der diastatisehen Wirksamkeit der Leber und die Uubeeinfluss- barkeit der glykolytisehen Fahigkeit des Muskels durch Pankreasexstirpation beim Frosch). Ibid., 1920, chi 1-18 — Loewlt (M.) Der PankreascUabetes beim Frosch. Arch f exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1909-10, lxu 47-91 Also [Abstr.]: VerhancU. d. GeseUsch. deutsch. Naturf u Aerzte 1909, Leipz., 1910, lxxxi, pt. 2, 2. HUte 7-9 — Lombroso (U.) Sul diabete sperimentale e la secrezione pancreatica esterna. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino 1902,4. s., vni, 476-482.-Mohr (L.) Ueber die Herkunft des Zuckers un Pankreas-Diabetes von Hunden Ztschr f exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1905-6, ii, 463-466.-Murlln (J. R.) & Kramer (B.) The influence of alkaU on the diabetes of partiaUy and totaUy depancreatized does. Proc Am. Soc. Biol. Chemists, Bait., 1916, p. xxv _T^_ _£!°f' Is the glucose retained, when sodium carbonate is ad- ministered to depancreatized dogs, stored as glycogen? Ibid ?"t?x,1v^----^7T~r;\„Pancreatic di!»betes in the dog! 3. Biol. Chem. Bait., 1916, xxvii, 481; 517. Also, Reprint- Murhn (J B.) & Sweet (J. E.) Pancreatic diabetes in the dog: the influence of pylorus exclusion and of gastrectomy upon the effects of pancreatectomy. J.Biol Chem N v 1&6, xxviii, 261-2S*.-Nishi (M.) Ueber GivkogMdung in der Leber pankreasdiabetischer Schildkrciten. Arch f iS£^ ?rV U« P„hanJ!ajM,.f .LeiPz-. 1909-10, lxii, 170-179.- Paderi (C.) Sulla ghcusuna conseeutiva all' estirpazione del pancreas. BoU. d. Soc med.-chir. di Pavia 1897 kilanr. 1898, 96^106 -Paulesco (N.) Le glycogen,Tdans le SSbMe par extirpation du pancreas. Compt. rend. Soc de biol Par., 19201xxxiii,562-565.-Pende(N.) Diabete panerea- tique experimental par ligature du conduit de^hSune Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1910-11, liv, 157-159.-PflUser fE i r^ w Totalexstirpation des Pankreas mit NothwendTekei Diabetes bedingt. Arcn. f. d. ges Phvsol Rnl »u cvi, W1-188.-PI Sufler(A.)&feL4urrJo(R1')' feCS Diabetes (Pancreatic, Experimental). tancede la glycosurie apres l'extirpation totale du pancreas. Compt. rend. Soc. debiol., Par., 1909,lxvi, 242-244.—Porges (O.) & Salomon (H.) Leber den respiratorischen quo- tienten pankreasdiabetischer Hunde nach Ausschaltung der Abdominalorgane. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1910, xxxvn, 143-116. —Ramond (F.) Lediabetepancreatique; nouveUes recherches cliniques et experimentales. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1910, 3. s., xxix, 56-71— Sauerbeck. Ueber Experimente zur Frage nach dem Zusammenhang zwischen Langerhansschen Inseln des Pankreas und Dia- betes. Centralbl. f. aUg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1904, xv, 551.—Scott (E. L.) On the influence of intravenous injections of an extract of the pancreas on experimental pancreatic diabetes. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1911-12, xxix, 306-310.—Thlrololx (J.) & Jacob (P.) Diabete sucre expe- rimental consecutif a I'ablation partieUe du pancreas chez le chien. BuU. et mem. Soc med. d. bop. de Par., 1910, 3. s., xxix, 492-494.-----------. Diabete panereatique experi- mental. Ibid., 740.-----------. Diabete panereatique ex- perimental sans amaigrissement. Ibid., xxx, 29-31.----- -----. Diabete panereatique experimental a duree pro- Iongee. Ibid., 656-658.-----------. Formes prolongees du diabete panereatique experimental. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1912, cUv, 377.—Thlrololx & More. Le balance- ment acino-insulaire dans le diabete panereatique experi- mental. BuU. et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1913, 3. s., xxxv, 679.—Ujlhara (K.) ExperimenteUe Untersuchungen uber Pankreasdiabetes mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Eiweissabbaues und der Zucker- und Glvkogenbildung aus Eiweiss. Mitt. a. d. med. Fakult. d. k. Univ. zu Tokyo, 1915-16, xv, 477-542, 12 tab—Verzar (F.) & Krauss (J.) Die Verbrennung des Zuckers im Pankreasdiabetes; der Zuckerverbrauch des iiberlebenden Darmes von pankreas- diabetischen Hunden. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1914, lxvi, 48-55.—Visentinl (A.) & Tlbaldl (V.) Ricerche sul diabete sperimentale pancreatico del cane. BoU. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1914, xxvui, 161-171, 1 pi. Also, Reprint — Wishart (Mary B.) & Pritchett (Ida W.) Experimental studies in diabetes: tho internal pancreatic function in relation to body mass and metabolism; gas baciUus infections in diabetic dogs. Am. J. Physiol., Bait., 1920-21, Uv, 382-387. Diabetes (Pancreatic, Metabolism in). See, also, Metabolism (Carbohydrate, Disorders °f)- Gigox (A.i *Stoffweehselversuch an einem Falle von Pankreasdiabetes. [Basel 1 S° [Berlin], 1907. Repr.from: Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1907, Ixui. Scaffer (H.) ^Untersuchungen iiber den Abbau der Kohlehydrate im Pankreasdiabetes. 8°. Breslau, 1919. Colasantl (G.) & Bonannl (A.> Der StoiTwechsel beim Pankreasdiabetes. Untersuch. z. Naturl. d. Mensch u d Thiere, Giessen, 1897-9, xvi, 446-487.—Falta (W.) A Whit- ney (J L.) Zur Kenntnis des Eiweiss- und Mineralstofl"- wechsels pankreas-diabetischer Hunde. Beitr z chem f^^S^J1' Brnschwg.( 1908, xi, 224-228.-Forschbach (J.) I eber den Glykosaminkohlensaureat hvlester und soin _ Glykosammkohlensaureat hylester und sein bchicksal im Stoffwechsel des pankreas-diabetischen Ibid., 1906, viii, 313-325.-Galambos (A.) & Hundes. Tausz (B.) Untersuchungen uber den Eiweissstoffwechsei Nun expenmentellen Pankn a,,iubet s. Ztschr. f. klin. -' 1914, lxw, 3S1-.VN. 2 Pi -Hinselmann (H.) Med., Berl... .Vi^'tl1?^?^" "ntio diabetes. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 191b, xxvi, 331-33>. Also, Reprint. Diabetes (Pancreatic, Pathology of). See, also, Diabetes < Pathology of) Heiberg (K. A.) Mikroskopiske undersoselser over bugspytkirtelena normale og patolo^iske anatomi, hoorunder forholdene ved en del til- fselde af sukkeivysie. [Microscopic examination of the normal and pathological anatomv of the pancreas and its relation to diabetes mellitus 1 roy. 4°. Kobenhavn, 1910. Mollarkt (E.) ^Recherches sm les ilots de Langerhans des diabetiques. 8°. Paris, 1904 •™,A?!e'helln 's ;mf pankreasdiabetische und auf normale Tiere. Arch. f. Physiol . Leipz., 1910, 401- 436.-----. Pankreastherapie des Diabdes. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 1396. Ma*saglia (A.) Studi speri- mentali sull' efficacia deU' opoterapia nella gUcosuria da insufficienzapancreatica. Gazz. d osp., Milano, 1915,xxxvi, 849-852.—von Oefele (F.) Diabetes und Pankreas in der Praxis. Heilkunde, Wien [etc.], 1900, iv, 327; 396; 466; 529.— Pratt (J. H.) & Murphy (F. T.) Pancreatic transplanta- tions in the spleen. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. A Med., N. Y., 1912-13, x, 35.-UnderhlU (F. P.) & Fine (M. S.) The pre- vention and inhibition of pancreatic diabetes. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1911-12, x, 271-285.— Wegele (C.) Zur Diag- nostik und Therapie des Pancreas-Diabetes. Fortschr. d Med., Berl., 1902, xx, 313-310.—Wohlgemuth (J.) Leber die Sekretion von Pankreasfisteln und ihro Heeinflussung durch antidiabetische Diat; Bemerkungen zu der Arbeit von F. Kempf. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl.. 1908. xxxiv, 1896. Diabetes (Pathology of). See, also, Blood (Sugar in); Diabetes (Causes of); Diabetes (Pancreatic, Pathology of); Duct- less glands (Diseases of); Pancreas (Diseases of); Urine (Sugar in). Courvoisier (A.) *Des lesions non trauma- tiques de l'encephale comme cause de diabete. 8°. Lyon, 1898. Macleod (J. J. R.) Diabetes; its pathological physiology. 8°. London, 1913. Wareau (G.) Contribution a l'etude du foie des diabetiques. 8°. Paris, 1899. Abraham (P. S.) On some microscopical sections from two cases of diabetes melUtus. In his: Notes, S°, Dubl., 1884, 3-6.—AUen (F. M.) The pathology of diabetes; htera- tureanddiscussion. J. Metabol. Research,Morristown,N.J., 1922, i, 251-279.- Armanni (L.) Di alcune lesioni nei diabete. Gior. d. Ass. napol. di med.e nat., Napoh, 1903, xiii, 201-216.—Bate (R. A.) The liver in diabetes meUitus. Am. Med.,N. Y., 1918, n.s.,xiu,220-226— Boruttau. Zur, Physiologie des Glykogens und Pathologie des Diabetes. Verhandl. d. phvsiol. Gesellsch. zu Berl. (1910), 1911, xxxv, 75 —Bosanquet (W. C.) Diabetes meUitus in two brothers with necropsies. Lancet, Lond., 1908, i, 14.—Bradford (J. R.) Recent experimental contributions to the pathology of diabetes. Practitioner, Lond., 1900, lxv, 131-137.—Case (J. T.) A Roentgenologic study of the gastro-intestinal tract in diabetes; a report of 72 cases. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1916, lxvu, 858-861. Also, Reprint.—Dickinson (W. H.) The BaiUie lectures on considerations touching the pathology and relations of diabetes. Lancet, Lond., 1901, i, 299; 379.—Dresel (K.) & Lewy (F. H.) Die zerebralen Veranderungen beim Diabetes meUitus und die Pathophy- siologie derZuckerregulation. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1921, lviii, 739. Also: Verhandl. d. deutsch. GeseUsch. f. innere Med., Munchen & Wiesb., 1921, xxxiu. Kong., 262.—Ebstein (W.) Beitrag zur Lehre von der Lipaemie, der Fett-EmboUe und der Fett-Thrombose bei der Zuckerkrankheit. Vir- chow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1899, civ, 571-5S6 — Embden (G.) & Lattes (L.) Leber die AcetessigsaurebU- dung in der Leber des diabetischen Hundes. Beitr. z. chem. Phys. u. Path., Brnschwg., 1908, xi, 327-331.—Fahr (T.) Diabetes-Studien; iiber die Nierenveranderungen beim Diabetes, zugleich ein Beitrag zur GlykogenfrageTvirchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1916-17, ccxxiii, 193-220.— Findlay (J. W.) Changes in the peripheral nerves in a case of diabetes meUitus. Glasgow M. J., 1901, lvi, 25V267.— Fischer (B.) Ueber Lipamie und Cholesteramie, sowie iiber Veranderungen des Pankreas und der Leber bei Dia- betes meUitus. Virchow's Arch, f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1903, clxxii,-30; 218. 2 pi—Flexner (S.). The pathology of diabetes. Proc Path. Soc, Phila., 1900-1901, n. s.," iv, 243-253. [Discussion], 258-263. Also: Univ. Penn. M. BuU., Phila., 1901-2, xiv, 390-394.—Hagiwara (R.) Calcium soap deposit in the Uver during diabetes. Iii Shimbun, 191«, No. 981. Also, transl. [ Abstr.]: Cliina M. J., Shanghai, 1918, xxxii, 469.—Heiberg (K. A.) Studien iiber die pathologisch- anatomische Grundlage des Diabetes mellitus. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat., Berl., 1911, cciv, 175-189.—Hodgson (A. J.) Clinical evidence of distinct types in the pathology of diabetes mellitus. Tr. Sect. Path. A Phys., Am. M. Ass", Chicago, 1917, 119-126. Also, Reprint—Jenner (A. G.) The pathology of diabetes mellitus and insipidus. Milwau- kee M. J., 1909,xvii,33S-341.—Joneway (T.C.)& Oertel(H.) Bemerkungen zur Pathologie der Zuckerharnruhr. Vir- chow's Arch, f.path. Anat.[etc.], Berl., 1903,clxxi,547-554.— Jousset (P.) Diabfete par insuffisance chronique du foie. Art med.. Par., 1899, lxxxix, 335-337.—Kawamura (R.) Die Cholesterinesterverfettung (Cholesterinsteatose) der Kupfferschen Sternzellen mit Bemerkungen uber deren Verfettung bei Diabetes. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. retc], Berl., 1912, ccvii, 469-476.—Knight (G. A.) A contri- bution to the experimental pathology of diabetes. Inter- colon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1909, xiv. 329-342 — Labbe (M.) Etude sur la phvsiologie pathologique des diabetes sucres. Rev. de med., Par., 1907, xxvii, 709: 848.- Lamy (H.), Mayer (A.) A Rathery (F.) Modifications histologiques des tubes contoumes du rein au cours des polyunes provoquees. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1906, lx, 636-638— Lepine (R.) Pathogenie du diabetesucre. Cong, internat.demed. (\-r.,Par., 1900, Sect.de path, gen., 444-151. -----. Lesions cerebrales causees par un diabete ancien. Lyon med., hum. xciii, 584-587.—Lubarsch. Pathologie des Diabetes. Jahresk. I. iirztl. Fortbild., Miin- chen, 1911,1. Hft., 57-67.- McCaskey (G. W.) The toxemic factor in diabetes meUitus: a chnical study. Medicine. De- troit, I.v.io. v, 1-11.—Mettam (A. E.) Diabetes mellitus. J. Comp. Path A Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1916. xxix, 1-26.- Mnir. Kidneysshowvngextensivebacterialinfection, from a case of diabetes (fresh specimen). Glasgow M. J., 1900, liii, ls7.—Nicholson (S. T.) Diabetes mellitus: defi- nition and pathology. Am. J. Nursing, Rochester, N. Y., 1920-21, xxi, 13-21.—von Noorden (C.) Bemerkungen zur Pathologie und Therapie des Diabetes mellitus. Deutsche DIABETES. 493 DIABETES. Diabetes (Pathology of). Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1902, 505-509. Also: Wien. med. Presse, 1902, xliii, 1777-1783.—Osokln (N. E.) [Patho-anatomv of the spinal cord in diabetes.] Kazan. Med. J., 1901, i, 370- 380.—Otto (M.) Die Sectionsbefunde bei Diabetes meUitus im N. A. K. Mitt. a. d. Hamb. Staatskrankenanst., 1900, ii. 389-412.—Palmer (F. S.) A sketch of the history and pathogegesis of sugar excretion. Westminst. Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1901, xii. 33-40—Parmentier (E.) A Chabrol (E.) Etude comparee du foie et du pancreas dans 12 ans de diabete. BuU. et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1910, 3. s., xxix, 532-556—Pavy (F. W.) Fundamental points con- nected with the pathology of diabetes meUitus. Brit. M. J. Lond., 1900, ii, 1558-1561. Also: Cong, internat. de med. C.-r., Par., 1900, Sect, de path, gen., 422-431. Also, transl.: Med. Woche, Berl., 1901, 273; 286—Pearce (R. M.) The pathology of diabetes. Tr. M. Soc. N. Y., Albany, 1904, xcviii, 78-88. Also: Albany M. Ann., 1904, xxv, 329-341.— Pende (N.) La patogenesi del diabete. Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1910, lxix, 235; 245.—PiCry. Role du foie dans la pathologie et la pathogenie du diabete sucre. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1899, lxxii. 129-136— Plunder (L.) Physiologie pathologique des diabetes sucres. Med. et hyg., Brux., 1907, v, 251-256.—Ribbert (H.) Die anatomischen Veranderun- fen bei erbUchen Krankheiten, besonders beim Diabetes. )eutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1915, xU, 1002- 1004—Ryflel (J. H.) The pathology of diabetes. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1913, xxvii, 471-474.—Scheel (V.) [Theoretical and practical considerations of the pathology of diabetes.] Ugeskr. f. Lseger, K0benh., 1918, lxxx, 1039- 1054.—Scherk. Hydrolyseund Katalysein ihrer Beziehung zur Zuckerkrankheit. Med. BL, Wien, 1906, xxix, 661-663.— Schwarz (E.) Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen Leber- veranderungen und Diabetes mellitus. Wien. med. Wchn- schr., 1899. xhx, 1529; 1574; 1619; 1665; 1700; 1754; 1803 — Schwarz (L.) Untersuchungen uber Diabetes. Deutsches Arch. f. khn. Med., Leipz. 1903, lxxvi, 233-289.—Schweiger (L.) Ueber die tabiformen Veranderungen der Hinter- strange beim Diabetes. Arb. a. d. neurol. Inst. a. d. Wien. Univ., Leipz. & Wien, 1908, xiv. 391-405—Stepp (W.) Ueber einige seltene Befunde bei Diabetes meUitus. Med. KUn., Berl., 1919, xv, 303-305— Sussenguth (L.) Ueber Kernglykogen in NierenepitheUen bei Diabetes. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1909, xx, 202.—Touche. Lesions des centres nerveux dans un cas de diabete. BuU. et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1902, lxxvii, 499.—Viola (G.) Nuove vedute suUa patologia del diabete. Atti d. r. Accad. d. sc. med. in Palermo (1918-19), 1920, 146-149. Also: Gior. d. med. prat., Livorno, 1922, iv, no. 8, 1-6.—White (A. G.) Some notes on the pathology of diabetes. Milwaukee M. J., 1900, viii, 70-75.—Williamson (R. T.) Changes in the spinal cord in diabetes meUitus. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, i, 122. Diabetes (Phloridzin). See, also, Diabetes (Experimental). Delamare (V.) La glycosurie phloridzique; son application a 1'exploration clinique des fonctions renales. 8°. Paris, 1899. Eber (H.) *Klinische Studien iiber Phlor- hizinglykosurie. 8°. Giessen, 1913. Hoffmann (E. J.) *Ueber den Einfluss von Hemizellulosen und von Zellulose auf die Stickstoffbilanz und den Phlorhizindiabetes von Kaninchen. 8°. Halle a. S., 1910. Knopf (L. W. B.) *Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Phlorizindiabetes. 8°. Marburg, 1903. Also, in: Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1903, xlix, 123-136. Lewandowskt (F.) *Zur Theorie des Phlor- hizindiabetes. 8°. Strassburg i. E., 1902. Mosberg (B.) *Ueber die Ausscheidung des Phlorhizins una des Zuckers in der Niere. 8°. Wurzburg, Becker, 1898. Pittinger (X.) *Zum Glycogengehalt der Leber von Kaninchen bei Phloridzindiabetes. 8°. Wurzburg, 1895. Achard (C.) & Delamare (V.) L'exploration clinique des fonctions renales par la glycosurie phloridzique. Bull. et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1899, 3. s., xvi, 379-395. -----------. La glycosurie phloridzique et l'exploration des fonctions renales. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1899, 10. s., vi, 48-50.—von Aldor (L.) Ueber Kohlenhydratstofl- wechsel im Greisenalter und in Verbindung damit Unter- suchungen uber Phloridzin-Diabetes. Centralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz.; 1901, xxii, 503-513.—Arteaga (J. F.) Phlorhi- zin diabetes in cats. Am. J.Physiol., Bost., 1901-2, vi, 173- 176.—Astolloni (G.) & Valeri (G. B.) Contributo alio studio della gUcosuria da florizina. Morgagni, Milano, 1905, xlvii, 521-537.—Auel (W.) Ueber Glykosurien bei Dysp- nbe und die Beeinflussbarkeit des Phloridzindiabetes durch CO«- und Orlnhalation. Ztschr. f. d. ges. exper. Med., Berl., 1912-13, ii, 421-452.—Baer (J.) & Blum (L.) Zur Diabetes (Phloridzin). Wirkung der Glutarsaure auf den Phloridzindiabetes. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz., 1908, xxxiv, 1543.— Biedl (A.) & KoUsch (R.) Ueber Phlorhizin-Diabetes. Verhandl. d. Cong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1900, xviii, 573- 580.—Brinkman (R.) Phloridzine-glucosurie bij kikkers. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1918, ii, 982-984.-----. The effect of phloridzin on the permeability to glucose of the frog's glomerular membrane. Quart. J. Exper. Physiol., Lond., 1919, xii, 125-132.—Caro. Vermehrte Phloridzingly- kosurie und die Frage ihere Verwertung. Mitt. a. d. Grenz- geb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1911, xxui, 100-114.—Chabanier (H.) & Lobo-Onell (C.) Independance de la secretion ureique et de la secretion glucosique provoquee parlaphlori- zine. Arch. urol. Clin, de Necker. Par., 1913-14, i, 244-247 — Chabanier (H.) & Sa (E.) Glycosurie phloridzique et secretion du glucose en general. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1914, lxxvi, 443-445.—Corrado (C.) La gUcosuria florizinica nelle malattie infettive. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1907, xxvui, 1223-1225.—Csonka (F. A.) The influence of ingested carbohydrate, protein, and fat on the blood sugar in phlorhizin diabetes. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1916, xxvi, 93- 98. Also, Reprint.-----. The fate of ingested starch in phlorhizin diabetes. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1916, xxvi. 327- 329. Also, Reprint.—von Czyhlarz (E.) & Schlesinger (W.) Blutzuckerbestimmungen bei Phloridzindiabetes. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1901, xv, 743-748.—De Dominicis (N.) Diabete floridizinico e permeabilita renale. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1902, xxin, 755-757.—Delamare. (V.) La glycosurie phloridzique et l'exploration clinique des fonc- tions renales. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1899, lxxii, 1145-1154.— Dunner (L.) Die Phlorizinempflndlichkeit der Diabetiker. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1922, lxiii, 321-323.—Erlandsen (A.) ExperimenteUe Untersuchungen iiber den Phlorizin- diabetes. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1910, xxiii, 329-360: xxiv, 1-13.—Esau (P.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen uber den Phloridzindiabetes. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1908, xix, 212-225.—FeUciani (U.) Influenza delle secrezioni interne sulla glucosuria florizinica. Tommasi, Napoh, 1911, vi, 639.—Foster (N. B.) Effect of phlorhizin on a dog with Eck fistula. Proc Soc Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1912-13, x, 34.—Galambos (A.) & SchUl (E.) Ueber das Wesen der Phloridzin wirkung; die Wirkung des phloridzins auf die Verbrennung des Trau- benzuckers. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1914, xvi, 425-442.—Gargiulo (G.) Azione antagonistica del- 1' atrophia e della pilocarpina sulla glucosuria florizinica. Boll. d. soc. eustaeh., Camerino, 1911, ix, no. 2, 14-22.— Glaessner (K.) Der Phloridzin-Diabetes. Zentralbl. f. d. ges. Physiol, u. Path. d. Stoflwechs., Berl. & Wien, 1906, n. F., ij 673; 705.—Glaessner (K.) & Pick (E. P.) Ueber Phlorizmdiabetes. Beitr. z. chem. Phys. u. Path., Brn- schwg., 1907, x, 473-489.—Griese (E.) Versuche zum chemischen Nachweis kleinster Mengen von Phlorhizin an sich und in Gemengen mit Phlorin. Beitr. z. Physiol., Berl., 1914, i, 23-52.—Grote (L. R.) Inkretorischer Ein- fluss auf die Phlorrhizinglukosurie. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. innere Med.. Munchen & Wiesb., 1921, xxxiii. Kong., 291-296.—Grube (K.) Untersuchungen zur Phlorid- zinwirkung. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1909, cxxvin, 118-124.—Guido (B.) Ricerche sulla glicosuria florizinica nello stato puerperale (contributo alio studio dell' esplora- zione funzionale del rene nei campo ostetrico). Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia,1902,203-212.—Halsey. Ueber Phlorid- zin-Diabetes bei Hunden. Sitzungsb. d. GeseUsch. z. Beford. d. ges. Naturw. zu Marb. (1899), 1900, 102-108.— Hering (F.) Ueber das Verhalten des Propylenglycols, Paraldehyds und Urethans im Phlorhizindiabetes. Beitr. z. Physiol.. Berl., 1914, i, 1-22.—Jacoby (M.) & Rosenfeld (R. A. P.) Ueber den Einfluss der Kalksalze auf den Phlorizindiabetes. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1915, lxix, 155-161.—Kraus (F.) Phlorhizindiabetes und chemische Eigenart. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1903, xxix, 237-239.—Krotoszyner (M.) & Stevens (W. E.) The intravenous phlorizin test. Tr. Sect. Genito-Urin. Dis. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, lxvui, 210-228. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, lxix, 1865-1873.—Lattes (L.) Del- 1' influenza della temperatura ambiente sul diabete florizi- nico. Arch, per le sc. med., Torino, 1908, xxxu, 272-278. Also: Gior. d. r. Accad. med.-chir. di Torino, 1908, Ixxi, 108- 113.—Laurentl. Ricerche clinico-sperimentali su gli effetti che esercitano alcuni diuretici nella glicosuria florizinica e sulle modiflcazioni che la fluorizina determina nella diuresi dei diuretici stessi e nei diabete. Gazz. med. di Roma, 1914, xl, 450; 478; 518; 552; 570.—Lazarus (P.) ExperimenteUe Hypertrophic der Langerhans'schen Pankreasinseln bei der Phloridzinglykosurie. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 2222—Leclercq (A.) Le traitement du diabete par la phloridzine. CUn. prat, med.-chir. de path, [etc.], Par., 1913, ix, 270-274.—L6pine (R.) La glycosurie phlorizique. Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1901, xiii, 710- 729.-----. Sur la question du diabete renal. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1905, xUi, Fest.-Num., 24. -----. Sur le mecanisme de la glycosurie phlorizique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxvui, 448.-----. L'eiement renal dans la glycosurie; nouvelle theorie de glycosurie phlorizique. Semaine med., Par., 1913, xxxhi, 457-460.-----. Sur la glycemie dans l'intoxication phlorizique. J. de physiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1916-18, xvii, 887-904.—Lepine (R ) & Boulud. Sur l'origine du sucre secrete dans la glycosurie DIABETES. 494 DIABETES. Diabetes (Phloridzin). phlorizique. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1913, clvii, 530-532.—Leschke (E.) Der Phlorhizindiabetes der Frosche. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz, 1910, 437^50.—Lewan-. dowsky (F.) Zur Kenntniss des Phlorhizindiabetes. Ibid., 1901, 365-376.—Lewis (H. B.) & Frankel (E. M.) The influence of inulin on the output of glucose in phlorhizin diabetes. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1913-14, xvi, 365-367 — Loewi (O.) Zur Kenntniss des Phlorhizindiabetes. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1901, xlvu, 48-55. -----. Ueber den Einfluss des Camphers auf die Grosse der Zuckerausscheidung im Phlorhizindiabetes; ein Beitrag zur Lehre von der Herkunft der Glucuronsmire im Thierkor- per. Ibid., 56-67.—Lombardi (E. T.) Coi.:r:tuto speri- mentale sul meccanismo della glucosuria f.orizir ua. Ton - masi,NapoU, 1910,v,601-606.—LommeK F.) Zur Fracedc.t Zuckerbildung aus Fett (im Phloridzindiabetes). Ar. h. i. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1910, lxiii, 1-9.—Lu-U (G.) The influence of cold and mechanical exercise on the sugar excretion in phlorhizin glycosuria. Am. J. Physioi., Bost., 1908, xxu, 163-173.-----. The production of sugar from glutamic acid ingested in phlorhizin glycosuria. Ibid., 174-178.-----. Influence of cold and exercise in phlorliizin glycosuria. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1' os, v, 71.-----. The specific dynamic action of levulose, giyeocoU and alaninin phlorhizin glycosuria. Ibid., 1913-14, xi, 168 — Maeda (M.) Utihsation of mannose and levidulin in bodies of hungry phloridzinized dogs. Tokyo Igakukai Zasshi, 1917,1-30. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: China M. J., Shanghai, 1918,xxxii, 179.—Mandel(A. R.)&Lusk(G.) Respiration experiments in phlorhizin diabetes. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1903-1, x, 47-56.—Marum (A.) Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen dem Glykogengehalt der Organe und der Acidose beim Phlorizindiabetes. Beitr. z. chem. Phvs. u. Path., Brnschwg., 1907, x, 105-110—Mayer (P.) Ueber Indoxvi-, Phenol- und Glycuronsaureausscheidung beim Phloridzin- diabetes. Ibid., 1902, ii, 217-22*.—von Moraczewski (W.) & Linder (E.) Verhalten der Zucker-, Milchsaure- und Phosphorsaureausscheidung im Harne nach AdrenaUn- und PMorlndzininjektionen unter Beriicksichtigung der Blutzuckerwerte. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1917, cxxi, 431-462—Muls (G.) Contribution a l'etude de l'innuence de la phloridzine (diabete experimental) sur les eliminations urinaires et specialement sur ceUe du chlorure de sodium chez le chien et le lapin. Clinique, Brux., 1909, xxiii, 625-828.—Nitsehe (O.) Leber das Verhalten des Asparagins, des Phenylurethans und des AethylenaUo- phansauremethviesters im Phlorhizindiabetes. Beitr. z. Physiol., Berl., 1914, i, 53-89.—Paulesco (N.) & Mlchal- lesco (C.) Le glycogene dans le diabete phloridizinique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1920, lxxxiu, 566-568 — Pavy (F. W.), Brodie (T. G.) & Slau (R. L.) On the mechanism of phloridzin glycosuria. J. Phvsiol., Lond , 1903, xxix. 467-491.—Pearce (R. G.) The appearance of sugar in the digestive secretions of phlorhizin glycosuria Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 19l5-b>,x, 69. Also: Am. J. Physiol Bait., 1916, xl, 142; 418.-Pufl (R.) Ueber das Verhalten der Milchsaure im Phlorhizindiabetes. Beitr. z. Physiol Berl., 1922, ii, 7-10.—Ringer (A. I.) The influence of ad- renalin in phlorhizin diabetes. Proc Soc. Exper. Biol & Med., N. Y., 1909-10, vu, 8-10. Also: J. Exper. M Lan- caster, Pa., 1910, xu, 105-113. -----. The influence of the sugar concentration of the blood on the protein metabohsm in phlorhizin diabetes. Proc Soc. Exper. Biol. A Med N. Y., 1911-12, ix, 52-54. -----. The influence of glutaric acid on phlorhizin diabetes. Ibid., 54.-----. On the influence of glutaric acid on phlorhizin glycosuria J Biol Chem., Bait., 1912-13, xii, 223-226.—Ringer (A. J.) & Lusk (G.) Ueber die Entstehung von Dextrose aus Amino- siiuren bei Phlorhizinglykosurie. Ztschr. f. phvsiol. Chem Strassb., 1910,lxvi, 106-119—Rosenfeld (G.) Die Fettleber beim Phloridzindiabetes. Ztschr. f. khn. Med , Berl 1S98 xxxvi 232-246.—Roth (M.) Ueber die Ahhangigkeit des Phloridzindiabetes von der Nahrungszufuhr, vom Korper- fewicht und von der Wasserdiurese. Biochem Ztschr !erl., 1912, xliii, lo-30.-Rumpf (T.) Nachtrag zu den Versuchen meiner Schuler Hartogh und Schumm uber Phloridzindiabetes und Bemerkmifjen zum Diabetes mel- litus. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn. 1903, xcvii, 9s-102 — Sansum (W. D.) A Woodyatt (R. T.) Lxtra sugar dur- ing ether and nitrous oxide narcosis in fully phlorhizinized dogs; sources of error in existing methods for the study of gluconeogenesis. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med N Y 1913-14, xi, 157-159. ————. Studies on the theory of dial>etes; glycoUic aldehyde in phlorhizinized does J Biol. Chem., Bait., 1913-14, xvii, 521-526._____ \ study of narcotic drugs in phlorhizin diabetes Ibid 191 \ xxi 1-21 -Satta (G ) & Fasiani (G. M.) SulP autoUsS fegato di cam awelenati con florizina. Arch di fisiol Firenze 1912-13 xi, 391-396.-Satta (G.) A LaUes (L j Sul contenuto dei tessuti in corpi acetonici nei diabete flonzimco. Arch, per le sc. mod., Torino, 1908. xxxii >12- o20 TSchenk (P.) Ein Beit rag zur Kenntnis dSpniord^ zmdiabetes. Ztschr. f. d. ges. exper. Med., Berl 1921 xxv 62-65.-Schmid (J.) Ueber denEinfluss vonFettsfiuredaV reichung auf die Grosse der ZuckerausschaXg imPWorhi zmdiabetes; ein Beitrag zur Frage nach der BertunftdeL korSnr K^M^ fie£per' Path' « Pnarma! A^'\ruph' j ' .hl1',^29-434.—Schwenken (F ) Ueber das Verhalten der Acrykaure im Organismus pmorhumcna! Diabetes (Phloridzin). betischer Hunde. Beitr. z. Physiol., 1914, i, Hit. 4,143-177.— SUvestrlnl (R.) & Nestl (G.) Sulla gUcosuria da florizina. Riv. crit. di cUn. med.. Firenze, 1904, v, 560; 5>.—Stein- hausen (K.) Ueber das Verhalten einiger Amidsubstanzen im Phlorhizindiabetes. Beitr. z. Physiol., Berl., 1914, i, 113-142.—Tanaka (T.) Leber die Viskositat, Gefrier- punktserniedrigung, Aeiditat und elektrische Leitfahigkeit des normalen Hams und des Phloridzindiabeteshames von Japanern. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1908, Ux, 1-19.— Teissier (I.) Nuove indacini sul valore semeiologico della gUcosuria florizinica, considerata come segno d'insufficienza epatica. Riforma med., NapoU, 1911, xxvii, 55.—Thevenot (L.) La glycosurie phloridzique dans les nephrites. Rev. med., Par., 1913, xxvii, 375.—Udaondo (C. B.) Sempiologia funcional del rinob: consideraciones sobre la glicosuria floridsinica en la patologfa medica renal. Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1912, xix, 241-246.—Under- bill (F. P.) The influence of tartrates upon phlorhizin dia- betes. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. A Med., N. Y.. 1911-12, ix, 123.-----. The influence of sodium tartrate upon the elimination of certain urinary constituents d urine phlorhizin diabetes. J. Biol. Chem.; Bait., 1912-13. xu, 115-126.-----. A study of the mechanism of phlorhizin diabetes. Ibid., xui, 15-26.—Wagner (R.) Uel>er Phlorhizinglykosurie nach Versuchen, die an einem FaUe besonderer Kohlenhy- dratstoffwechselstorung angesteUt wurden. Ztschr. f. d. ges. exper. Med., Berl., 1922, xxviii, 37s->■',.—WarkaUa(B.) Ueber die Entstehung von Dextrose aus der Glutamin- saure beim Phlorhizindiabetes. Beitr. z. Phvsiol., Berl., 1914, i, 91-112.—Weiland (W.) Ueber den Einfluss wech- selnder Aussentemperatur auf die Zuckerausscheidung phlorizindiabetischer Hunde, Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1917, xix, 211-221— WUenko (G. G.) Zur Kenntnis der Glutarsaurewirkung auf den Phloridzindia- betes. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. A Berl., 1908, xxxiv. 1385. Also: Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1909, 1, 227-2(0—Wolf (C. G. L.) & Osterberg (E.) Protein metabolism in phlorizin diabetes. Am. J. Phvsiol., Bost., 1911, xxvui, 71-sO— Zondek (B.) Phloridzinglykosurie undSchwaneerschaftsdiagnose. Zentralbl. f. Gynak*.Leipz., 1922, xlvi, 851-853. Diabetes (Pituitary). See, also. Acromegaly; Pituitary gland (Lis- eases of); Pituitary gland i Tumors of). Anders (J. M.) & Jameson (H. L.) The relation of glycosuria to pituitary disease, and the report of a case, with statistics. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1914, xxix, 115- 124. Also: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1914, cxlviii, 323-329.— Beck (H. G.) & McLean (G.) Diabetes insipidus associ- ated with hypopituitarism and structural changes in the skull, showing the effect of hypophyseal extract on the excretion of urine. Therap. Gaz. k ", I vroit, 1919, 3. s., xxxv, 158-160.—BerbUnger. Diarxus Insipidus und Tumor in der Hypophvse. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. GeseUsch., Jena, 1913, xvi, 272-280.—Berge (A.) A Schul- mann (E.) Le rythme de la polvurie hvpophvsaire. Presse med., Par., 191S. xxvi. 618-620.—Bleibtreii (R.) Kasuistischer Beitrag zur hvpophvsaren Theorie des Dia- betes meUitus. Munchen. ined. Wchnschr., 1921, lxviii, 1153.—Camus (J.) A Roussy (G.) Polvurie experimen- tale par lesions de la base du cerveau; la polvurie hvpophv- saire. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1913", lxxv,"f.28-633. ~~-----:—• La glycosurie hypophvsaire. Paris med., 1913-14, im, 431-436.------------. Diabete insipide et polyune hypophvsaire: regulation de la teneur en eau de 1 organisme. Presse med., Tar., 1914, xxu, 517-531.----- —----. Diabete insipide experimental et opotherapie hypo- physaire. Compt.rend.Soc-.debiol.. Par., 1920.lxxxiu, 157s- 1 '^-"i'.1"1?1™ (J\ K'H'^y (G.) & Le Grand (A.) Un cas de diabete insipide par 1. A Baudouin (A.) Sur la glycosurie hypophvsaire chez l'homme. Compt. rend. Scv. de biol.. Par., 1912, lxxn. s55-s.s---------i-. Glycosurie hypophvsaire et ghvoMirie udr.naUque. P :.. Ixxni,732-735.-Claude (H.'.'Bamlouiii (A.) & Porak (K.) La glycosurie hypophvsaire- clu-i 1 liommeet Lanimal tuberculeux. lUi.. hhlng (II.) The rfhattuek lecture, conivnung diabetes insipidus and polyurias of hypophysial ong,ln^ Med- Commutii. .it. Mass. M. Soc.. Bost.,"1913, xxiv, pt. 1, 23-49, 1 diag.- Davis (A. E.) Eve-ground changes in diabetes and tumors of the hypophysis. Post-Graduate, N. \., 1914, xxix, l* 22.— Debove. Du diabete hypophv- s-ure- Rev- gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1908, xxii, 803- 806.—Engelbach (W.l & Tierney (J. L.) Pituitary polyuria (Diabetesin-ipidus>. Internat. Clin., Phila.. 1920, 30. s iv, 123-180,7 pi. FUmdln(C.\HuberiJ.)A Debray (M.) Action favorable de 1 opotherapie hypopbvsaire dans un cas d'obesite" et de diabete insipide. Bull. etni. in. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1920,3. s., xhv, 487-490.—Frv i II. J. B.) The pituitary gland in diabetes melUtus and disorders ofthe DIABETES. 495 DIABETES. Diabetes (Pituitary). glands of internal secretion. Quart. J. Med., Oxford, 1915, viii, 278-299, 2 pL—GentUi (A.) L'ipofisi in rapporto all' aumentata diuresi ed al cosi detto diabete insipido della gravidanza. Rassegna.d'ostet. e ginec, Napoli, 1918, xxvii, 212.—Gibson (R. B.) & Martin (F. T.) Administration of pituitary extract and histamin in a case of diabetes insip- idus. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1921, xxvii, 351-360.— von Gierke (E.) Hypophysis und Epiphysis bei Diabetes insipidus. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. GeseUsch., Jena, 1914, xvii. 200-208,1 pi. [Discussion], 231-238.—Goldzieher (M.) Ueber Sektionsbefunde bei Diabetes insipidus. Ibid., 1913, xvi, 281-287.—von Hann (F.) Ueber die Bedeu- tung der Hypophysenveranderungen bei Diabetes insipidus. Frankfurt. Ztschr. f. Path., Wiesb., 1918, xxi, 337-365. I Hoppe-Seyler (G.) Ueber die Beziehung des Diabetes insi- pidus zur Hypophyse und seine Behandlung mit Hypophy- senextrakt. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1915, lxii, 1633- 1635: 1916. lxiii, 47.—Houssay (B. A.) La poliuria hipo- fisiaria (investigacidn experimental). Rev. Asoc. med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1915, xxui, 510-512.-----. Sur la polyurie soi-disant hypophysaire. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par^ 1918, lxxxi, 381-384.—Houssay (B.-A.), & Ca- rulla (J.-E.) Polyurie par piqure cerebrale chez les chiens areinsenerves. Ibid., 1920, lxxxUi, 1252—Houssay (B.-A.), Carulla (J.-E.) & Romana (L.) Polyurie par piqure cerebrale chez le chien normal et chez le chien prive d'hypo- physe. Ibid., 1250.—Houssay (B. A.) & Hug (E.) Accibn del extracto de hipdfisis sobre la poUuria cerebral. Rev. Asoc med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1921, xxxiv, Sect. Soc. de biol., 443-147.—Houssay (B. A.) & Romana (L.) Hip6fisis y poliuria. Prensa med. argentina, Buenos Aires, 1917-18, iv, 284.—Jona (G.) Ipoflsi e diabete insipido. Patholo- gica, Genova, 1913-14, vi, 818-824— Kiwakita (S.) Ueber einen Fall von Verknocherung der Hypophysis die Diabetes insipidus verursachte. Verhandl. d. jap. path. GeseUsch., Tokyo, 1919, ix, 45-54, 1 pL—af Klercker. [The relation between diabetes insipidus and functional disorders of the pituitary gland.] Lundslak.-sallsk.forh., 1915-16,122-131.— Koopman (J.) Hypophyseal diabetes. Endocrinology, Glendale, Cal., 1919, iii, 485-492. Also: Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1919, ii, 1071-1076.—Kraus (E. J.) Hypo- physe und Diabetes melUtus. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl. & Leipz., 1920, ccxxviii, 68-133.—Krikortz (G.) [A case of diabetes insipidus probably of pituitary origin.] Hygiea, Stockholm, 1915. lxxvii, 49-53.—Launols (P.-E.) & Roy (P.) Glycosurie et hypophyse. Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1903, i, 1102-1113. Also: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1903, lv, 382-384.—Ledoux (E.) Syndrome de compression du sinus caverneux, avec diabete insipide et Basedowiflcation d'un goitre. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1921, 3. s., xlv, 827-830.—Lereboullet (P.) Opotherapie hypophysaire et diabete insipide. Paris med., 1919, xxxiii, 353-357.---■—. Diabete insipide et hypophyse. Progres med., Par., 1919, 3. s., xxxiv, 363-366.-----. Dia- bete et acromegalic Ibid., 1920, 3. s., xxxv, 106-108.— Leschke (E.) Beitrage zur klinische Pathologie des Zwi- schenhirns; khnische und experimentelle Unterschungen iiber Diabetes insipidus; seine Beziehungen zur Hypophyse und zum Zwischenhirn. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1919, Ixxxvii, 201-209, 4 pL, 4 ch.—Lewis (D.) & Matthews (S. A.) The pars intermedia; its relation to diabetes in- sipidus. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1913, ix, 16-22.—Lher- mitte (J.) Le diabete insipide d'origine infundibulaire; etude anatomo-clinique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1922 lxxxvi, 579-581.—Lucien & Parisot (J.) Tuberculose de l'hypophyse et diabete sucre. Rev. neurol., Par., 1909, xvii, 970-975.—Marafidn (G.) Diabetes insipidus as a hypopituitary syndrome. Endocrinology, Glendale, Cal., 1921, v, 159-173.—von Meyenburg (H.) Diabetes insipidus und Hypophyse. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1915, lxi, 550-563.—Motzteldt (K.) The pituitary body and renal function. Boston M. & S. J., 1916, clxxiv, 644-651.—Nasso (I.) Contributo clinico alia conoscenza della patogenesi e della terapia del diabete insipido. Pedia- tria, Napoli, 1920, xxviii, 812-816.—Neuburger (K.) Dia- betes insipidus bei Zerstorung des Hypophysenhinterlap- pens. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1920, Mi, 10.—Nevvmark (L.) A case of infundibular tumor in a child causing diabetes insipidus with tolerance of alcohol. Arch. Int. Med., Chi- cago, 1917, xix, 550-563.—Pagniez (P.) Le diabete insipide et son origine hypophysaire. Presse med., Par.. 1919, xxvii, 746.—Pituitary (The) in chronic polyuria. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, lxvui, 1555.—Poulton (E. P.) Case of dia- betes insipidus. Proc Roy. Soc Med., Lond., 1919-20, xiii, Sect. Therap. & Pharmacol., 97-99.—Rosenbloom (J.) Control of polyuria in a case of diabetes insipidus, by means of hypophysial extract. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, l::x, 1292. Also, Reprint.—Sainton (P.) & Rol (L.) Le dia- bete hypophvsaire. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1913, lxxxvi, 1553- 1557.—Schuimann (E.) Les caracteres cliniques de la polyurie hypophysaire. Medecine, Par.. 1920-21, ii, 799- 804.—Schuimann (E.) & Desoutter (R.) La polyurie hypophysaire. Rev. de med., Par., 1920, xxxvii, 442; 520.— Simmonds (M.) Uebersekundare Geschwiilste des Hirnan- hangs und ihre Beziehungen zum Diabetes insipidus. Miin- chen. med. Wchnschr., 1914, lxi, 180.—Strauss (L.) Ueber- gang eines Falles. von Diabetes insipidus in Mvxoedem. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1920, xhi, 939 — Diabetes (Pituitary). Verron (O.) Ueber die Bedeutung der Hypophyse in der Pathogenese des Diabetes melUtus. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1920-21, xxxi, 521-531.—Wolpe (Lotte) Ueber Fermentausscheidung und Hypophy sen wirkung bei Diabetes insipidus. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1921, lxiii, 101. Diabetes (Post-operative). Chaouloff (A.) *Glycosuries traumatiques et diabetes post-operatoires. 8°. Montpellier, 1912. Bode (F.) Diabetes nach Operationen und UnfaU. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1916, xcix, 578-587.—Dabney (V.) Diabetes meUitus foUowing interval operations of bilateral mastoidectomy and unilateral exenteration of ethmoid, sphenoid, and maxillary sinuses. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1914, lxxxvi, 510.—Halsey (J. T.) The dietetic treat- ment of surgical diabetes. South Texas M. Rec, Houston, 1916, x, No. 1, 10-13.—Karewski. Ueber Wechselwir- kungen zwischen Diabetes und chirurgischen Eingriffen. Veroffentl. d. Hufeland. GeseUsch. in Berl. (1905), 1906, 1-27.—Kausch (W.) Beitrage zum Diabetes in der Chirur- gie. Verhandl. d. deutsch. GeseUsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1904, xxxiii, pt. 2, 650-658.—Pfluger (E.) Ueber die durch chirurgische Operationen angeblich bedingten Glykosurien. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1906, cxi, 144-151.—Sch wec- kendlek. Ein FaU von traumatischem Diabetes meUitus. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1907, lxxvi, 1.—Taylor (M. R.) Diabetes after operation. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, ii, 1635. Diabetes (Prevention of). Arany (Z. S.) [How shaU we preserve ourselves from diabetic diseases?] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1907, U, 199- 201.—Fiesslnger (C.) Le pronostic du diabete. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1922, xxxvi, 443-446.—Hoog- slag (W.) [The campaign agamst diabetes.] Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1920, i, 295-303.—Joslln (E. P.) The prevention of diabetes meUitus. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1921, lxxvi, 79-84.—McCaskey (G. W.) Prophylaxis of diabetes and the clinical determination of the glycolytic functions. Indiana M. J., Indianap., 1906-7, xxv, 173-176.— Salustri (E.) Sulla immunizzazione per azione dei anti- glucosurici. Tommasi, NapoU, 1913, vni, 512-514.—Snow- den (R. R.) The chemical procedures that are of use in the control of diabetes. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1921-2, xxv. 383- 389.—Stark (H. S.) The prevalence and the prevention of diabetes. Med. Standard, Chicago, 1910, xxxiu, 50-53 — Williamson (R. T.) The increased death-rate from dia- betes, and the possibUity of preventing the disease, or of postponing its onset. Practitioner, Lond., 1909, Ixxxii, 45.5-467.-----. The prevention of diabetes meUitus. Ibid., 1920, cv, 233-243. Diabetes (Prognosis of). Nazim (E.) *Le role de l'hyperglyceniie dans le diabete sucre au point de vue du pronostic. 8°. Lausanne, 1916. Camerer (W.) Zur Therapie und Prognose des Diabetes. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wurttemb. arztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1903, lxxhi, 1-10.—Falta (W.) Zur KUnik des Diabetes melUtus. Cor.- Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1903, xxxiu, 737-740.—FeUchen- feld(L.) Beitrag zur Prognosedes Diabetes. Ztschr.f.Ver- sicherungsmed., Leipz., 1912, v, 33-40.—Foster (N. B.) The relation of prognostic factors to treatment in diabetes meUitus. Am. J. M. Sc, PhUa., 1916, cU, 176-181. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1916, lxxxix, 390-392.—Hlrschfeld (F.) Zur Prognose der Glykosurie und des Diabetes. Berl. khn. Wchnschr., 1900, xxxvii, 550; 575. Also: Verhandl. d. Berl. med. GeseUsch. (1900), 1901, xxxi, pt. 2,143-162. [Dis- cussion], pt. 1, 47-53.-----. Zur Prognose des Diabetes. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1905, xxxi, 170- 175. [Discussion], 44.—Joslln (E. P.) Present-day treat- ment and prognosis in diabetes. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1915, cl, 485-496. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1915, n. s., c, 3S9-393.— Laache (S.) Kann dem Geschlecht eine prognos- tische Rolle bei Diabetes melUtus zugemessen werden? Med. Klin. Berl., 1910, vi, 503—Labbe (M.) Pronostic du diabete. Rev. internat. de med. et de chir., Par., 1912, xxui, 231-234.—Lagrange (F.) Le pronostic du diabete. Rev. d. mal. de la nutrition, Par., 1905, 2. s., in, 49-65.—Lyon (D. M.) Prognosis in diabetes meUitus. Lancet, Lond., 1922, i, 1043-1045.—Mandel (A. R.) & Lusk (G.) Diabetes meUitus; report on a case, including a new method of prog- nosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xUu, 241. Also, transl.: Deutsch. Arch. f. klin., Med., Leipz., 1904, lxxxi, 472-492.—Poulton (E. P.) The significance of alveolar carbon dioxide determinations in the treatment and prog- nosis of diabetes. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1915, ii, 392-398 — Rathery (F.) L'hyperglycemie, sucre fibre, comme facteur pronostique dans le diabete. Medecine, Par 1921- 2, iii, 742-746.—Stark (H. S.) On the diagnosis and prog- nosis of diabetes meUitus. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1901, Ux 535- 538.—Strouse (S.) Prognosis and treatment of diabetes as influenced by recent studies. IlUnois M. J., Chicago, 1916, xxx, 332-337.—Viola (G.) La diagnosi del diabete e la determinazione deUa sua gravita. FoUa med., NaDoU 1915 i, 337; 369; 401. > v , , DIABETES. 496 DIABETES. Diabetes (Race incidence in). See, also, Jews (Diseases of). Sternberg (W.) Die Judenkrankheit, die Zuckerkrankheit, eine Folge der rituellen Kiiche und orthodoxen Lebensweise der Juden? 8°. Mainz, 1903. Bernhelm (A.) Diabetes mellitus in Hebrews. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1901, xxxvi, s>25— Concepckm (I.) The incidence of diabetes meUitus among FiUpinos. J. Philip- pine Islands M. Ass., Manila, 1922-3, ii, 57-63.—Epstein (A. A.) Diabetes among Jews; its cause and prevention. Mod. Med., Chicago, 1919, i, 269-275—Goldstein (H. I.) Diabetes in the Negro; with report of 8 cases. Am. J. Chn. M., Chicago, 1922, xxix, 995-909. Also: Med. World, PhUa., 1922, xl, 311-315—Lemann (I. I.) Dia- betes meihtus among the negroes. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1910-11, Ixui, 461-467.-----. Diabetes meUitus in the negro race. South. M. J., Birmingham, 1921, xiv, 522-525.— Martin (M.) Diabetes meUitus bei Negern der afrlkani- schen Westkiiste. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1906, x, 363-369.—Sofer (L.) Beitrage zur vergleichenden Rassenphvsiologie und Rassenpathologie; Rasse und Dia- betes. Polit.-anthrop. Rev., Hildburgh., 1911-1° x, 378-38L Diabetes (Renal). See, also, Kidneys (Diseases of). Mascarel (G.) Contribution a l'etude de la fonction du rein dans le" diabete. 8°. Paris, 1898. Allan (W.) A case of renal glycosuria. J. Am. M. Ass- Chicago, 1923, lxxx, 471.—AUen (P.M.), Wishart (Man" B.) & Smith (L. M.) Three cases of renal glycosuria. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1919, xxiv, 523-544— Baehr (G.) Leber die Sekretion von Glykogen in Diabetikernieren (Beitrag zur Frage der funktionellen EinteUung der Hauptstiicke (Tubuli contortl I. ord.)). Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1913, lvi, 1-12, 1 pi. Also, Reprint.—Bailey (C. V.) A case of renal diabetes. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1917, xci, 129.-----. Renal diabetes. Am. J. M.Sc, Phila., 1919, clvii, 221-236.—Bassler (A.) Azoturia (diabeteazoturique). J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1914, lxu, 282-285.—Beard (A. H.) & Grave (F.) Renal glycosuria. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1918, xxi, 705-715. Also, Reprint.—Bergmark (G.) [Is there renal diabetes in a cUnical sense?] Upsala Lakaref. Forh., 1915-16, n. f., xxi, 161-185.—Blanck (S.j Experi- menteUes zur Frage des Merendiabetes. Med. KUn., Berl., 1905, i, 1144-1148.—Bonniger (M.) Beitrag zur Frage des Nierendiabetes. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1908, xxxiv,715; 780—Brugsch (T.) & Dresel(K.) Renale hereditare Glykosurie (sogenannter renaler Diabetes). Med. KUn., Berl., 1919, xv, 972— Bruno (G.) Sul diabete renale. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1906, ix, 813-817.— Clausen (S. W.) Renal diabetes. .J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1922, xix, 90.—Eger. Zur Frage des Nierendiabetes. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1899, xxv, 844.— Faber (K.) & Norgaard (A.) [On the occurrence of chronic renal glycosuria.] Bibliot. f. Lager, K0benh., 1920, cxU, 1-15.-----------. [CvcUc glycosuria of the.renal type.] Ibid., 1921, cxiii, 33-38.—Fahr (F.) Renaler Diabetes. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1916, xiii, 1593. -----. Diabetes-Studien, Nierenveranderungen beim Dia- betes, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Glykogenfrage. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1916-17, ccxxiii, 193-210. -----. Zur Frage des sog. "renalen Diabetes." Ibid., 210- 220.—Ferraninl (A.) Le glueosurie di origine renale. Gazz. med.sicil., Catania, 1917, xx, 416-^21. Also: Riforma med., Napoli, 1917. xxxiii, 739.—Flquet (E.) Le diabete albuminoide. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1903, cxlvi, 212-218.—Frank (E.) Ueber experimenteUe und klinische Glykosurien renalen Ursprungs. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1913, lxxu, 387-443.-----. Der renale Diabetes des Menschen und der Tiere. Verhandl.d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1913, xxx, 166-182._____[ Ueber renalen Diabetes und seine Bedeutung fiir die Thera^ pie der Zuckerkranken. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl 1921 lxu, 167-171. Also: Verhandl. d. deutsch. GeseUsch. f! innere Med., Miinchen & Wiesb., 1921, xxxiu, 240-248 — Fuson (L. H.) The renal factor in diabetes mellitus J. Missuori M. Ass., St. Louis, 1922, xix, 423-425.—Galani- bos (A.) Ueber den renalen Diabetes. Deutsche med Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1914, xl, 1301-1305._____' Transitorische Glykosurie mit renalem Tvpus; Verhaltnis des renalen Diabetes zur Phlorizin-Glvkbsurie und zum Diabetes mellitus. Ibid., 1921, xlvii, 600-602.—Geyelln (H R.) Relationship between renal glycosuria and diabetes' Med. Rec., N. Y., 1921, xcix, 497-499.—Goto (K.) Alimen- tary renal glycosuria. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago. 1918 xxU 96-U3.-Goto (K.) & Kuno (N.) Studies on renal thresh old for glucose. Ibid., 1921, xxvii, 224 237.—Gram (CI Glykosuna; Diabetes renalis. Hosp.-Tid., Krfbenh 1915 5^.R viii, 329-333.-JOB1 (E.) Beitrag zur Frage des renalen Diabetes. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1922, lxiii 32? ;v>t; — Johnsson (A.) Beitrag zur Frage von dem Diabetes renahs. Acta Med. Scandin., Stockholm, 1922 hi 4s5- 499 —Jonas (L) Renal glycosuria. Med. CUn'. X.' \m Phila., 1922T3 vi, 1079-1087.-KUstner (H.) Die Bedeui tung der weibUchen Generationsorgane fur den renalen Dia- Diabetes (Renal). betes. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1922, xlvi, 1238-1241.— Labbe (M.) Le diabete renal. Ann. de med., Par., 1922, xi, 273-281. Also: BuU. et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1922, 3. s., xlvi, 198-206.—de Langen (CD.) Over renalen diabetes. Nederl.Tijdsskr.v. Geneesk., Amst., 1913 ii, 14.54- 1468. Also, transl: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1914, ii, 1792- 1795.—Lepine (R.) L element renal de la glycosurie et sa complexite; le diabete renal. Rev. de med., Par., 1912, xxxii, 81-90.-----. La glycemie chez les diabetiques et le diabete renal. Ibid.. 1916, xxxv, 663-674.—Lewis (D. S.) Renal glycosuria. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1922, xxix, 418-427.—Lewis (D. S.) A- Mosenthal (H. O.) Renal dia- betes. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1916, xxvii, 133- 138.—Littbauer (M.) Ueber den Einfluss einer Nieren- erkrankung auf die Zuckerausscheidung beim Diabetes. Verhandl. d. deutsch. GeseUsch. f. Urol. [Kong, in Berlin], Berl. & Leipz., 1909, 315-321.—Lucibelli (G.) Alcune considerazioni sul diabete renale. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1903, vi, 324— LUthje (H.) Beitrag zur Frage des renalen Diabetes. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1901, xlvui, 1471-1473—Luzzatto(R-)* Die Glykosurie bei experimen- teUen Nephritiden. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1914, xvi, 18-67.—de Meyer (3.) Glycosurie et dia- bete renal. J. med. de Brux., 1909, xiv, 545-550.—Mohler (H. K.) Renal glycosuria; presentation of patient. Med. CUn. N. Am., Phila., 1921, v, 899-905.—Motzfeidt (K.) Glycosuria of pregnancy and the so-called renal diabetes. Acta Med. Scandin., Stockholm, 1922, lvu 10-24.—Muta\ Kidneys showing extensive bacterial infection, from a case of diabetes (fresh specimen). Tr. Glasg. Path. & Clin. Soc, 1899-1900. vui, 40.—Munch (F.) Existe-t-il un dia- bete renal? Semaine med., Par., 1902, xxii, 81. Also, transl.: Gac mc'-d. de Granada. 1902, xx 145-154.—Murlln (J. R.) & NUes(W. L.) Renal glycosuria. Am. J. M.Sc, Phila., 1917, chii, 79-M.—Patrick (A.) Notes on a case of renal diabetes. Glasgow M. J., 1921. xcvi, 171-173. Also: Tr. Roy. Med.-Chir. Soc, Glasgow, 1922, xv, 142-144 — Paullin (J. E.) Renal glycosuria. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1920, lxxv, 214-217.—PoUak (L.) Leber renale Glykosurie. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1910-11, lxiv, 415-426.—Ravarit (G.) Un cas de diabete albuminurique par fatigue du rein. Gaz. d. bop., Par., 191L Ixxxiv, 1934-1936.—Richter (P. F.) Zur Frage des Nieren- diabetes. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1899, xxv, 840-844.—Roger (H.) Les glvcosnries d'origine renale. Presse med., Par., 1917, xxv. 337-339.—Roque (G.) & ChaUer (J.) Un cas de dial *e renal. Arch. d. mal. de l'appar. digest, [etc.], Par., 1 iJ. vi, 661-669.—Ryser (H.) Ein Beitrag zur Frage des i.. ! i Diabetes. Cor.-Bl. f. Schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1917 xi :i. 703-711.—Sakaguchi (K.) Ueber renale Glykosui: . Mitt. d. med. GeseUsch. zu Tokyo, 1920, xxxiv, No. 4, 2.—Salomon (H.) Ueber den Diabetes innocens der JugendUchen, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Frage des renalen Diabete-. Deutsche med. \\ chnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1914, xl. 217-221.—Schirokauer (H.) L>ie Bedeutung der Nien■i-.fur.kiun in der Zucker- krankheit. Ibid., 1920, xlvi, 791-7y^.—Sehneiderman (H.) Renal glycosuria. J. Am. M. Ass., Chieaco. 192:?, Lxxx, 825- 82s.—Siebke. Beitrag zur Frage des Nierendiabetes. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & fieri., 1910, xxxvi, 1031-103i.-stone (C. T.) Renal glycosuria, with report of a cum-. Texas State J. M., Fort "Worth, 1922-3, xviii, 518-..2C—mrouse (S.) A case of renal glycosuria. Med. Chn t hi. ago. 1916, li. 339-343.—Strouse'(S.) & Betleld (A. 1I.\ A i-ase of so-caUed renal diabetes, possibly traumat- ic ini ongin J.Am. M. Ass., Chicago. 1914,lxn, 1301-1304.- T^HaS,iH4-) ».Brit.rY8 *«™ Studium des Nierendiabetes. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1911, civ. 44-454- Ledmghofl(B ) Ein Fall von renalem Diabetes. Klin. M chnschr., Berl., 1922, i, 126.- Vas ( B. > Der Diabetes im Nerhaltmszuden Albummurien, bezw. Nierenkrankheiten. \\ien khn. Wchnschr., 1904, xvii, 841-846.-WUenko (G. G.) Zur Kenntnis des Eintiusses der Niere auf die Glvko Ixviii' 297-304 "^ U" 1>harmako1-. ^ipz-. W12t Diabetes (Suprarenal). See, also, Diabetes (Endocrine); Ductless glands (Diseases of); Suprarenal gland (Dis- eases of). RrrzM.vxN (H.) *Ueber den Mechanismus der Aclrenalinglykosurie. [Freiburg i Br 1 8° Li i,,rig, 1909. . ■ m ■ Achard(C),Rlbot(A.)& Bluet L.i Recherchessurl'hy- perglycemie adrenalinique. Rev. de med., Par., 1921, xxxvui, 44.-4o6- Bardler (E.), Leclerc il .; & Stllhnunkes (A.) A propos de la glycosurie adrenalinictue. la caf.-ine, poison paralysant du sympathique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1921,lxxxv, 281-Bardier (E. A Stillmunkes( A.) Olycosune adrenahque; ses rapports avec la voie d'admi- nistration. Ibid., Ixxxiv,613-615.-Baron (A.) [Diabetes suprarenalis (experimental investigation).] Vrach. Gaz., b.-Peterb 1906, xui, 9 -Belfleld (W. T.) A case of retro- pacio pubertv, impotence and diabetes insipidus, relieved I>v suprarenal cortex. J. Am. M. Ass.. Chicago. 1910, lv, -l '.-BeunierfH.) Ueber Rontgenbestrahlungder Neben- nieren bei Diabetes. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. A DIABETES. 497 DIABETES. Diabetes (Suprarenal). Berl., 1921, xlvu, 369.-----. Zur Wirkung der Rontgenbe- strahlung der Nebennieren auf den Stoffwechsel bei Diabetes. Ztschr. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1921, xxviu, 329-334.—Beumer (H.) & Schafer (F.) Die Adrenalm-Hyperglykamie beim Saug- ling und ihre Beeinflussung durch Calcium und andere Be- dingungen. Ibid.. 1922, xxxiii, 34-47.—Biberfeld(J.) Ueber die Beziehung der Nebenniere zur Piqure (Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Suprarenmgewohnung). Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1916-17, lxxx, 164-172.-----. Zur Kenntnis des Einflusses der Ernahrung auf die Suprarenin- glukosurie. Ibid., 1919, Ixxxiv, 360-365.—Bierry (H.) & Morel (L.) Influence dela section des splanchniques sur la glycosurie adrenaUnique. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1910, lxvui, 55-57.—Blttorf. 1st beim Diabetes mellitus, eine Ueberfunktion der Nebennieren nachweisbar? Miin- chen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 221.—Blum (F.) Ueber Nebennierendiabetes. Deutsches Arch. f. khn. Med., Leipz., 1901, Ixxi, 146-167. Also [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. Cong., f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1902, xx, 503-507.—Boeggild (D.) Influence des glandes surrenales sur I'hyperglycemie diabetique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1923, lxxxviu, 816-818.—Dehio. Diabetes in Folge von Nebennieren- erkrankung. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1904, xxix, 389- 391.—Dresel (K.) Ueber Herabsetzung des Blut- und Harnzuckers durch Rontgenbestrahlung der Nebennieren beim Diabetiker. Deutschemed. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1920, xlvi, 1240—von Furth (O.) & Schwarz (C.) Ueber die Hemmung der AdrenaUnglykosurie durch Pankreaspra- parate. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1911. xxiv, 115-117.— Gautier (C.) Sur la glycosurie adrenaUnique chez la grenouUle. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1913, lxxv, 339-341.—Ghedinl (G.) Contributo clinico aUo studio della gUcosuria adrenalinica: a) sulla genesi flsiopatologica deUa gUcosuria adrena'inica; b) sul valore diagnostico della gUco- suria adren. Boll. d. r. Accad.med. di Genova, 1909, xxiv, 22- 26.—Ghedinl (G.) & Mascherpa (G.) Contributo cUnico aUo studio deUa gUcosuria adrenaUnica. FoUa cUn. chim. et micros., Salsomaggiore, 1909, ii, 165-186.—HUdebrand. Die sogenannte '"Nierendichtung" gegen Zucker beim expe- rimenteUen Adrenalindiabetes. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1920, xlvi, 1436. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1921, lviii, 422.—HUdebrandt (F.) Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen Hyperglykamie und Glykosurie beim experimen- tellen AdrenaUndiabetes. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharma- kol., Leipz., 1920,lxxxiu,80-112.—Jarisch (A.) Nebenniere und Zuckerstich. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1913, xhi, 520-530, 2 pL—Kahn (R. H.) Zur Frage nach der AdrenaUnamie nach dem Zuckerstiche. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1912, cxUv, 251-271.—King (J. H.) Zur Frage der Vermeidbarkeit der AdrenaUnglykosurie durch Nicotin. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1912, xii, 152-154.—Kleiner (I. S.) & Meltzer (S. J.) A comparison of the effects of subcutaneous and intramuscular injections of adrenaUn upon the production of glycosuria. Proc Am. Soc. Biol. Chemists, Bait., 1912, p. xxin.—Landau (A.) Studien uber AdrenaUnglykosurie beim Menschen. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1914. lxxix. 201-216—Lepine (R.) Existe-t-il un diabete surrenal? Rev. de med., Par., 1906, xxvi,537-542.—Lusk(G.) & Riche(J. A.) Animalcalorim- etry (paper); the alleged influence of the adrenals on diabetic metabohsm. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1914, xui, 673-681.—McGuigan (H.) Adrenalectomy and glycosuria. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1910, xxvi, 287-294— Makaroff (G.) La question du diabete produit par 1'adrenaline. Presse med., Par., 1908, xvi, 434—Marafiftn (G.) Glucosuria consecutiva a la ingestidn de adrenalina. Rev. clin. de Madrid, 1915, vii, 281-283.—Metzger (L.) Zur Lehre vom Nebennierendiabetes. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xlix, 478.—Montgomery (C. M.) A case of diabetes melUtus associated with tuberculosis of the adrenal glands. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lviii, 847.—Paglione (V.) Modifica- zioni deUa secrezione esterna pancreatica nella glucosuria adrenalinica. Gazz. d. osp., Muano, 1913, xxxiv, 353.— Pancrazlo (F.) AdrenaUnuria e iperadrenaUnuria. Mondo med., Roma, 1919-20, i, 44-49.—Parisot (J.) Recherches sur la glycosurie adrenaUque; sa valeur chez les diabetiques. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, lxxn, 1101-1103. Peters (J. P.) & Geyelln (H. R.) The relation of adrenaline hyperglycemia to decreased alkaU reserve of the blood. J. Biol. Chem., N. Y., 1917, xxxi, 471-481. Also, Reprint — Pollak (L.) ExperimenteUe Studien fiber Adrenalin- Diabetes. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1909, lxi, 149-173—Ribot (A.) & Binet (L.) Researches on adrenaUn diabetes. Lancet, Lond., 1921, ii, 139.—Schiro- kauer (H.) & WUenko (G. G.) Das diastatische Ferment in der Adrenalinglvkosurie nebst Bemerkungen uber den Glykogenabbau. Ztschr. f. kUn. Med., Berl., 1910, lxx, 257- 266.—Secher (K.) AdrenaUnglycosuri. Ugesk. f. Larger, Kj0benh., 1912, lxxiv, 843-848.—Tomaszewskl (Z.) Bei- trage zur Kenntnis der Adrenalinglykosurie beim Menschen. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1918, cxxiv, 394-418.— Trendelenburg (P.) & Flelschhauer (K.) Ueber den Ein- fluss des Zuckerstiches auf die AdrenaUnsekretion der Ne- bennieren. Ztschr. f. d. ges. exper. Med., Berl., 1913, i, 369-396.—Clrich (H. L.) & Ryplns (H.) A note on adre- naUn hyperglycemia in man. J. Pharmacol. & Exper. Therap., Bait., 1922-3, xix, 215-220—WUenko (G. G.) 11877°—Vol. IV, 3d series—22----32 Diabetes (Suprarenal). Ueber die Ursache des AdrenaUndiabetes. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1912-13, Ixxi, 261-268. Also: Zentralbl. f. PhysioL, Leipz. & Wien, 1912-13, xxvi, 1059 — Zuelzer (G.) Zur Frage des Nebennierendiabetes. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1901, xxxvui, 1209. Diabetes (Syphilitic). See Diabetes and syphilis. Diabetes (Thyroid). See, also, Diabetes (Endocrine); Thyroid gland (Diseases of). Leclercq (A.) Le diabete (le goitre exoph- talmique). 8°. Paris, 1910. Allen (F. M.) Experimental studies in diabetes; internal pancreatic function in relation to body mass and metaboUsm; influence of the thyroid upon diabetes. J. Metabol. Research, Norristown, N. J., 1922,1, 619-66-5.—Bergstrand (H.) [An examination of the thyroid gland in six cases of diabetes meUitus.] Hygiea, Stockholm, 1922, Ixxxiv, 481-494, 1 pi.— Friedman (G. A.) & Gottesman (J.) Studies on the relation of the thyroid to pancreatic diabetes in dogs with suggestions as to diabetes meUitus in man. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1922. lxxix, 1228-1234.-----------. The thyroid factor in diabete gras. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N.Y., 1922-3,xx,213.—GrauSanMartln(R.) Diabetestiroidea. Cron. med.-quir. de la Habana, 1922, xlvUi, 493-495 — Klemperer (G.) Die Toxintheorie des Diabetes. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1900, xxvi, 138.—Labbe (M.) Diabete et goitre exophtalmique. Ann. de med., Par., 1920, vii, 95-105.—Lorand (A.) Kliniscbe Beitrage zur Frage fiber die Beziehungen der SchUddriise zum Diabetes. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1907, xiv, 1199-1202. Also [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. GeseUsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1907; Leipz., 1908, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 40.—Magnanlml (R.) Vanations des gaz du sang dans quelques glycosuries toxi- ques (phlorizine, adrenaline diuretine). Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1911-12, lvi, 173-181—Rohdenburg (G. L.) Thyroid diabetes. Endocrinology, Glendale, Cal., 1920, iv^ 63-70 — Schupfer (F.) Sopra un caso di diabete con ipertrofia tiroidea. Pensiero med., MUano, 1916, vi, 547; 570. Also: Riv. crit. di clin. med., Firenze, 1916, xvii, 573; 586; 601.— Steensma (P. A.) Over de glueosurie van diabetesUjders na overschrijding der tolerantie. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Ge- neesk., Amst., 1919, ii, 312-315. Diabetes (Traumatic). See, also, Diabetes (Post-operative). D'Amato (L.) II ricambio materiale in un caso di diabete traumatico grave; ricerche e studii. roy. 8°. Napoli, 1901. Grellety (R.) *Glycosurie nerveuse d'ori- gine traumatique et psychique. 8°. Toulouse, 1912. Hoeniger (E.) *Diabetes nach Trauma; eine Kritik zur Lehre vom metatraumatischen Diabetes. [Erlangen.] 8°. Naumberg, 1911. Prior (J. K. A.) *Beitrag zur Frage der posttraumatischen Diabetes unter Riicksicht auf die forensische Begutachtung solcher Falle. 8°. Leipzig, 1905. Rittershaus (A.) *Ueber traumatischen Diabetes mit histologischer Untersuchung des Zentralnervensystems in einem solchen Falle. 8°. Bonn, 1903. Abt (I. A.) & Strouse (S.) Observations on traumatic diabetes in chUdren. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1911, cxU, 338-350. Also, Reprint.—AjeUo (G.) & Cacace (E.) Ueber den Stoffwechsel beim traumatischen Diabetes. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1904, liv, 1753; 1816; 1868:1921; 1963; 2021.—Albu. Krieg und Diabetes. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1917, Uv, 470. Also: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1917, xlui, 478.—Aronheim. Ein FaU von wirkU- chem traumatischen bulbaren Diabetes meUitus. Monat- schr. f. UnfallheUk., Leipz., 1903, x, 344-350.—Barjon. Un cas de diabete traumatique. Lyon med., 1914. cxxn, 643- 645.—Blassberg (M.) [Diabetes and traumatism.] Now. lek., Poznah, 1911, xxiii, 428; 535; 596; 662.—Blumer (G.) Report of a case Ulustrating the relationship of trauma to diabetes meUitus. Yale M. J., N. Haven, 1908, xv, 177-180 — BramweU (B.) Diabetes meUitus foUowing an injury to the head. Clin. Stud., Edinb., 1907-8, vi, 260.—BUrger (L.) & Thiele (H.) Diabetes und Trauma. Monatschr. f. UnfaUheUk., Leipz., 1920, xxvii, 11; 25.—Buning. Dia- betes melUtus en trauma. Med. Rev., Haarlem, 1906, vi, 185-192.—Butler (G. F.) Treatment of the acidosic and sugar states from traumatism. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1905, xii, 711-714.—Ciampolinl (A.) Di alcune considera- zioni medico-legali sul diabete traumatico. Riv. crit. di DIABETES. 498 DIABETES. Diabetes (Traumatic). clin. med., Firenze, 1906, vii, 586-590.—CoUie (Sir J.) Glyco- suria, injury and malingering. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1916, n. s., cu, 425.—ConneU (F. G.) The surgical aspects of diabetes in trauma. RaUway Surg. J., Chicago, 1911-12, xviu, 185-192.—D'Amato (L.) Contributo alia clinica e all' anatomia patologica del diabete traumatico. Ann. di nervrol., NapoU, 1902, xx, 244-296, 2 pL—Diez (S.) GUco- suria, diabete e trauma neU' infortunistica. PoUclin., Roma, 1921, xxvui, sez. prat., 431-436.—Douglas (C.) Glycosuria in head injuries. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1911, xxx, 140-142.—Dugge (C.) Zur traumatischen Entstehung der Zuckerharnruhr. Monatschr. f. UnfaU- heilk., Leipz., 1902, ix, 2lo-2u;.—Ebstein (W.) Zur Lehre vom traumatischen Diabetes meUitus. Aerztl. Prax., Wiirzb., 1899, xu, 225-229.-----. Zur Diagnose des trau- matischen Diabetes meUitus. Ztschr. f. Versieherungsmed., Leipz., 1910, iii, 1-4.—van Eden (P. H.) Diabetes melitus una Trauma. Monatschr. f. UnfaUheUk., Leipz., 1917, xxiv, 25-31.—Erfurth (F.) Zuckerharnruhr und UnfaU. Ibid., 1911, xvui, 20-26.—Fabrizio (A.) Diabete traumatico. Tommasi, NapoU, 1912, vii, 352-356.—Font y Monteras (J.) Diabetes traumatica. Rev.baleardecien.med.,Palma de MaUorca, 1908, xxx, 373-383.—Grube. Drei FaUe von Diabetes, an denen sich der Einfluss des Trauma auf die Zuckerkrankheit eindeutig nachweisen hess. Sitzungsb. d. naturh. Ver. d. preuss. Rheinl. u. Westphal., 1910, Bonn, 1911, s. B, 1.—Gudden (H.) Ein FaU von traumatischem DiabetesmeDitus. Friedreich'sBl.f.gerichtl.Med.,Niirnb., 1899,1, 36-48.—Heger (M.) Le diabete et le traumatisme. Ann. de med. leg., Par., 1921, i, 343-348—Heyn. Ein FaU von todUchem Diabetes traumaticus nach Balgerei. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1920, xxxhi, 108-112—Higgins (F. A.) Traumatic glycosuria; observations made in 212 cases of head injuries. Boston M. & S. J., 1895, cxxxn, 197-204.— Hodgson (A. J.) Traumatic diabetes, with special refer- ence to its occurrence among engine and train men. RaU- way Surg. J., Chicago, 1911-12, xvui, 183-185.—Hoeniger (E.) Ueber die ephemare traumatische Glykosurie bei Neugeborenen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 500.—Jungmann (E.) Diabetes und UnfaU. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1914. xx, 427.—Kaess. Dia- betes nach Kopftrauma. Med. Khn., 1917, xhi, 661-663.— Karewski. Ueber Wechselwirkungen zwischen Diabetes und chirurgischen Eingriffen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1905, xhi, 253; 295; 330.—Kausch (W.) Trauma und Diabetes meUtus und Glykosurie. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1904, lv, 413-452.—Klinkert (H.) Een geval van traumatischen diabetes. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1915, U, 1883—Konjetzny (G. E.) & Weiland (W.) Glykosurie und Diabetes bei chirurgischen Erkrankungen; Frakturen und Glykosurie. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1915, xxviii, 860-891.—KUhne. Akute Lymphge- fassentziindung und Zuckerharnruhr kein ursachUcher Zusammenhang. Monatschr. f. UnfaUheUk., Leipz., 191S, xxv, 37-44.—Lehmann. Zusammenhang zwischen UnfaU und Diabetes abgelehnt. Monatschr. f. UnfaUheUk., Leipz., 1912, xix, 79-82.—Linow. Zuckerharnruhr und Unfall (ursachlicher Zusammenhang abgelehnt). Med. Khn., Berl., 1911, vU, 1473.—Loumeau. Diabete et taille hypo- gastrique pour calcul; acetonemic, hoquet invincible et mort postoperatoires. BuU. et mem. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1915-16), 1917, 151-156.—Lucas (A.) A propos du diabete traumatique. Clinique, Montreal, 1918, ix, 275-277—Maggiore (S.) Contributo aUo studio del diabete traumatico. Gazz. di med. e chir., Palermo, 1910, ix, 245; 255; 265.—Magnanhni (R.) D diabete melUto da emozione in medicina legale. Arch, di antrop. crim. [etc], Torino, 1916, xxxvii, 181; 269; 369—Mann (E.) Ueber einen FaU von transitorischem Diabetes. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1904, xh, 802-805.—Mansfelde (A. S.) Diabetes caused by injury. West. M. Rev., Omaha, 1917, xxn, 1-5.— Morselli (A.) Contributo aUo studio del diabete trauma- tico. BoU. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, Siena, 1904, xix, 85-94.—(Economos (S. N.) A- Chauvln (E.) Trois observa- tions de glycosuries post-traumatiques. Montpel. med., 1912,xxxiv, 182-1M —Price(F.W.) Acaseofacutetraumat- ic diabetes caused by a severe concussion of the abdomen in a pregnant woman. Westminst. Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1907, xv, 137-139.—Rathery (F.) La glycosurie traumatique chez les blesses de guerre. BuU. Acad, de med., Par., 1917, 3. s., lxxvni, 356-359. Also: Paris med., 1917, xx, 312-317. Rings. Diabetes nach Trauma. Med. Klin., Berl., 1915, ix. 458.—Roepke. Ueber Diabetes meUitus nach psychi- schem Trauma. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1908, xiv 353-358.—Schmidt. Zur traumatischen Zuckerharnruhr' Monatschr. f. UnfaUheUk., Leipz., 1902, ix, 269.—Schweri- ner (F.) Die BeurteUung der traumatischen Zuckeraus- scheidung fiir die UnfaUversicherung. Reichs-Med -Anz Leipz., 1919,xhv,33-38.—Siefert(M.J.) Traumaticcerebrai diabetes; presentation of a case. Illinois M. J., Sorinefield 1904-5, vii, 584-586. Also: Am. Med., Phila., 1905, x, 59^ 61.—Stern (A.) Peripheres Trauma und Diabetes mei- htus. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1908, xiv, 261-264 — Strandgaard (H.) Diabetes og kirurgi. Nord Tidsskr f. Terapi, Kobenh., 1913-14, xu, 152-161.— Thiem. Zucker- harnruhr und UnfaU. Monatschr. f. UnfaUheUk , Leinz 1^1x',^xxiui 316-319-Vergely (P.) Diabete traumaticaie reveie par des sympt6mes angineux avec quelques reflexions sur les diabetes traumatiques. Rev. de med., Par., 1901 Diabetes (Traumatic). xxi, 74-S3.—WeU (A.) Traumatic diabetes. RaUway Surg. J., Chicago, 1913-14, xx, 356-360.—Welz (A.) Ueber den Einfluss von Traumen auf die Entstehung von Glyko- surie und Diabetes. Monatschr. f. UnfaUheUk., Leipz., 1915, xxii, 257-287—Woodruff (F. E.) Complete left- lateral hemianopsia with glycosuria as a result of sUght trauma. Ann. Ophth., St. Louis. 1915, xxiv, 662-671.— Zander (P.) UnfaU und Diabetes. Med. Klin., Berl, 1908,iv, 162-164. Diabetes (Treatment of). See. also, Glycokinin; Glucopyron; Insulin. Axgelillis (C.) Diabetes mellitus in pato- genesi ed in terapia (rassegna storico-critica). 8°. Roma, 1908. Carxick (G. W.) Co. Diabetes mellitus; cause and treatment with special reference to trypsogen. 8°. Xew York, 1915. Coudermax (G.) The rational treatment of diabetes. 8°. New York, 1918. Edgar (T. W.) Patients' handbook on the treatment of diabetes mellitus. 8°. .Boston, 1920. Joslix (E. P.) The treatment of diabetes mellitus, with observations upon the disease based upon 1,000 cases. 8°. Philadelphia & New York, 1916. ------. The same. With observations upon the disease based upon 1,300 cases. 2. ed. 8°. Philadelphia, 1917. ------. A diabetic manual for the mutual use of the doctor and patient. S °. Philadelphia, 1918. Kellogg (J. H.) The new method in diabetes; the practical treatment of diabetes as conducted at the Battle Creek Sanitarium, adapted to home use, based upon the treatment of more than 1,100 cases. 8°. Battle Creek, 1917. Kreidmaxx. Behandlung der Zuckerkrank- heit nach einem neuen Prinzip und ohne Diat nebst Anhang: Behandlung des chronischen Ge- lenkrheumatismus mittelst Einspritzun?en von Chininpraparaten. 8°. Berlin, 1906. Lepixe (R.> Le diabete et son traitement. 12°. Paris, 1899. ------. Le diabete non complique et son traitement. 12°. Paris, 1905. Mohr (R.) *Die Therapie des Diabetes melli- tus mit Zuckerklystieren. 8°. Kiel, 1917. vox Xoordex (C.) Diabetes mellitus; its pathological chemistry and treatment; being part 7 of several clinical treatises on the pathol- ogy and therapy of disorders of metabolism and nutrition. Authorized transl. under the direction of B. Reed. 8*. Bristol, 1906. Peters (J.) *Ueber Natron salicvlicum beim Diabetes mellitus. 8°. A'(V/, 1880." Waters (E. E.) Diabetes; its causation and treatment (with special reference to India) 8° Calcutta, 1917. Wexdriner (B.) Der Diabetes melUtus. Zuckerharnruhr im Lichte der modernen For- schung. Eine Skizze liber die Entwicklung der Diabetes-Behandlung bis in die neueste Zeit, Mit chemischen Beitragen und Diatvorschriften vouF. Kaeppol. 8°. Bonn, [1905]. Abderhalden iK.) Bemerkungen zur Pathologie und Iherapio des Diabetes meUitus. Klin. Wchnschr., Berl., iv... i, lov.i—Aiello (G.) L'odierno orientamento nella terapia del diabete. PoUcUn., Roma, 1921, xxvui, sez. prat., 1689-1691.—Allen (F. M.) The present status of dia- betic treatment. J. Med. Soc. N. Jersey, Orange, 1923, xx, l-14.-AHen (F. M.I. Mitchell (J. W.) A- Sherrill (J. W.) 1 he treatment of combined diabetes and nephritis. J. Am. M. Ass.. Chicago, 1920, lxxv, 44 i-\ vx—Allen (F. M.> & Sherrill (J. W.) Chnical observations on treatment and progress in diabetes. J. Metabol. Research, Morristown, N. J., 1922, i, 377-434.—Arany (S. A.) Die Therapie des Diabetes. Pest, ined.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1909, xlv, 209: 219.—Aronson. Sur I'influence d'une fievre artifi- cieUe sur le diabete. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de path, anat., 563-570.—Ascanlo DIABETES. 499 DIABETES. Diabetes (Treatment of). (J. B.) Diabete et dechloruration. Rev. de therap. med.- chir., Par., 1914, lxxxi, 1-9.—Assmann (H.) Ueber neuere Gesichtspunkte in der Behandlung der Zuckerkrankheit. Med. Klin., Berl., 1922, xviii, 1545-1550.—Baduel (C.) Terapia del diabete. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1910, Roma, 1911,105-144.—Barnes (A. E.) Etiology and treat- ment of diabetes. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1922, i, 737.—Bene- dict (H.) & Torok(B.) Der Alkohol in der Ernahrung der Zuckerkranken; experimenteUe Untersuchungen. Ztschr. f. khn. Med., Berl., 1906, lx, 329-348—Blackman (W. W.) Treatment of diabetes. J. Am. Osteop. Ass., N. Yv 1921-2, xxi, 559-561 .—Blum (L.) Quelques remarques sur le traite- ment du diabete grave. Paris med., 1922, xliii, 378-381.— Blum (P.) Un nouveau traitement du diabete. Gaz. med. . . . de Strasb., 1922, lxxx, 600.—Bornstein (A.) Atropin bei Diabetikern. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1921, xlvii, 1200—Bory (L.) Diabete et traitement bismuthe. BuU. et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1922, 3. s., xlvi, 1232-1237.—Brigham (F. G.) Obser- vations upon various types of diabetics under the present method of treatment. Boston M. & S. J., 1920, clxxxiii, 165- 171.—Brosch (A.) Ueber anatomische Gesichtspunkte bei Diabeteskuren. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lxU, 1819- 1822.—Brown (A. G.) Management of cases of diabetes. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1917, xxii, 263-266 — Brugsch (T.) Wesen und Behandlung des Diabetes mel- litus. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1919, lx, 281-289.—BUrger (M.) Die experimentellen Grundlagen einer Arbeitsthe- rapie des Diabetes. Verhandl. d. deutsch. GeseUsch. f. innere Med., Munchen & Wiesb., 1921, xxxui, 303-321 — Burlureaux. La purgation dans la methode de traite- ment du diabete preconisee par M. Guelpa. BuU. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1909, clvii, 338-342— Busch (W.) & Ahlswede (E.) Modern treatment of diabetes meUitus, Am. J. Clin. M., Chicago, 1923, xxx, 28.—Cammidge (P. J.) The treatment of diabetes melUtus. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1915, i, 1068.-----. The treatment of diabetes meUitus. Med. Press, Lond., 1919, n. s., cvui, 403-405.-----. The diagnosis and treatment of diabetes meUitus. Prescriber, Edinb., 1920, xiv, 327-336.—Cammidge (P. J.), Forsyth (J. A. C.) & Howard (H. A. H.) Drugs in the treatment of diabetes melUtus. Lancet, Lond.. 1922, ii, 1324-1327.— Castaigne (J.) & Gourand (F.-X.) La therapeutique du diabete. J. med. franc., Par., 1910, iv, 317-326.—Castriota & Luzzato. II bleu di metUene come inhibitore di alcune glueosurie. BoU. d. soc. eustaeh., Camerino, 1910, viii, no. 1, 28.—Cautru. De l'emploi de l'acide phosphorique chez les diabetiques. BuU. gen. de therap. [etc/], Par., 1909, clvii, 686-701.—Chrlsttn (E.-F.) Le traitement arsenical du diabete sucre. Progres med., Par., 1910, 3. s.. xxvi, 180- 182.-----. Le role de l'arsenic dans la forme hyperhepa- tique du diabete sucre. Arch. gen. de kinesither. [etc.], Par., 1913, xv, 89-94.—Cobb (C. M.) Twenty years' per- sonal experience with glycosuria. Am. Med.. BurUngton, Vt., 1921, n. s., xvi, 94-97.—Cornwall (E. E.j A point in the treatment of diabetes meUitus. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1913, vii, 479.—Cowan (J. M.) & Rennie (J. K.) The practice of modern treatment of diabetes. Tr. Roy. Med.-Chir. Soc, Glasgow, 1922, xv, 102-104.—Croftan (A. C.) Edema as a danger signal in the starvation treat- ment of diabetes. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, lxix, 1962.—Cumston (C. G.) The treatment of diabetes mel- litus. Med. Life, N. Y., 1922, xxix, 413-419—Curatolo (F.) II lattato di sodio nei diabete. PoUclin., Roma, 1920, xxvii, Sez. prat., 1482—Du Bois (E. F.) & Veeder (B. S.) The total energy requirement in diabetes meUitus based on observations vvith the Pettenkofer-Voit chamber. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1910, v, 37-46.—Dutoit (A.) Hdhen- klima und Diabetes. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1913, xxxix, 752.—Elliott (A. R.) Drugs in diabetes. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1908, xiii, 312-316—Falta (W.) Die Therapie des Diabetes meUitus. Ergebn. d. inn. Med. u. Kinderh., Berl., 1908, ii, 74-141. -----. Zur Theorie und Behandlung des Diabetes meUitus. N. Yorker med. Monatschr., 1913-14, xxiv, 313; 339. Also: Med. Klin., Berl., 1914, x, 9-14.—Faulds (A. G.) Eucalyptus in the treatment of diabetes. Glasgow M. J., 1920, lvii, 342-348 — Frank (E.) Ueber die moderne E ntwicklung der Therapie der Zuckerkrankheit. Jahresk. f. arztl. Fortbild., Munchen, 1922, xhi, No. 3, 18-26. -----. Die moderne Entwicklung der Theorie und der Therapie des Diabetes melUtus. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1922, lxxii, 191.—Frazier (W. L.) Dia- betes remedy. [Pat. spec] No. 1384445; July 12, 1921 — Fremont-Smith (F.) Treatment of diabetes. Boston M. & S. J., 1916, clxxv, 476-479—Fuller (L. S.) The imme- diate influence of alcohol ingestion upon diabetic glycosuria and blood sugar. J. Metabol. Research, Norristown, N. J., 1922, i, 609-617.—Funck (C.) Beitrage zur Kausaltherapie bei Glykosurie und Diabetes. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvii, 1224-1227. Also: Med. KUn., Berl., 1912, vui, 1344; 1383.—Gelsler(T.) Zur Theorie des Diabetes melUtus. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1908, Uii, 47; 59; 71.—Geyelin (H. R.) Results in the modern treatment of diabetes. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1919, lxxiii, 1202-1207. Also, Reprint.-----. Certain aspects of the modern treatment of diabetes melUtus. Med. CUn. N. Am., PhUa., 1919, ii, 1089-1099—Gigon (A.) Ueber den Einfluss des Opiums auf den menschlichen und experimenteUen Diabetes. Verhandl. d. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1909, 441-445—GUUam (H. A.) Treatment Diabetes (Treatment of). of diabetes meUitus and compUcations. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1918, xvi, 71-73.—Grafe (E.) Zur Therapie des Diabetes meUitus. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1914, xxxi, 532-537.—Grafe (E.) & Wolf (C. G. L.) Beitrage zur Pathologie und Therapie der schwersten DiabetesfaUe. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1912, cvu, 201-235— Graul (G.) Ueber den Dia- betes mellitus und seine Behandlung. Wiirzb. Abhandl. a. d. Gesamtgeb. d. prakt. Med., 1907, vii, 113-142.---—. Ueber die Therapie des Diabetes meUitus. Samml. khn. Vortr., Leipz., 1913, n. F., No. 681 (innere Med. No. 220), 581-604.-----. Ueber moderne Diabetestherapie. Fortseh. d. Med., Berl., 1921, xxxviii, 420-425.—Greeley (H. P.) Diabetes meUitus; broader aspects of treatment and results. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, lxviii, 1685-1688. Also, Re- print .—Grube (K.) Die Anwendung der Hyperamie nach Bier bei einigen Erkrankungen der Diabetiker. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1906. liii, 1410-1412.—Guelpa (G.) Au sujet de la cure du diabete. BuU. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1909, clvii, 494-508. -----. Resultats eioignes de 19 cas de diabete traites par la methode de desintoxication. In his Autointoxication et desintoxication, Par., 1910, 305-317. -----. The treatment of diabetes and gout by disintoxica- tion. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med., Lond., 1921-2, xv, Gen. Rep., 12-22.—Hall (A. J.) Clinical observations on the effects of certain drugs in diabetes mellitus. Quart. J. Med., Oxford, 1908-9, ii, 417-431.—Harrower (H. R.) The Lan- gerhansian hormone, and the hormone treatment of dia- betes. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1914,lxxxv, 1112-1116—HUirlch. Beitrage zur Fermocyltherapie bei Diabetes. Zentralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1918, xxxix, 209-213.—Hoist (P. F.) [Treatment of diabetes.] Norsk Mag. f. Lscgevidensk., Kristiania, 1921, xxxii, 249-285.—Hoogslag (W.) [Treat- ment of diabetes meihtus.] Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Haarlem, 1922 lxvi, pt. 2, 871-876.—Isaac (S.) Zur Theorie der Diabetestherapie. Therap. Halbmonatsh., Berl., 1921 xxxv, 129-134.—Janney (N. W.) Treatment of diabetes from the general practitioner's standpoint. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, lxx, 1282-1287. Also, Reprint.-----. Ad- vantages of class instruction in the treatment of diabetes. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1920, cxi, 806.-----. The problems of modern diabetic treatment. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1922, xxi, 47-49.—John (H. J.) A trial of eucalyptus infusion in diabetes. J. Metabol. Research, Morristown, N. J., 1922, i, 489-495.—Jona (J.) A new treatment of diabetes meUitus. Med. J. AustraUa, Sydney, 1919, i, 422.—Jonas (L.) The laboratory as an aid in the treatment of diabetes meUitus. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1918-19, xxii, 718-721—Jones (N. W.) On the clinical application of the newer methods of treat- ment of diabetes melUtus. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1917, xvi, 38-41.—Joslln (E. P.) The treatment of diabetes mel- litus. Med. Communicat. Mass. M. Soc, Bost., 1913, xxiv pt. 1, 67-84.-----. The treatment of diabetes meUitus. Canad. J. M. & S., Toronto, 1916, xl, 89-102. Also: Canad. M. Ass. J., Toronto, 1916, vi, 673-684. -----. Diabetes; the result of past treatment and future problems. Johns Hop- kins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1918, xxix, 80-85. -----. Treatment of diabetes by general practitioner. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1921-2, xxv, 373-381.-----. The treatment of diabetes meUitus. Boston M. & S. J., 1922, clxxxvi, 833-852. -----. Today's problem in diabetes in Ught of 930 fatal cases. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1922, Lxxviu, 1506-1510. -----. A discussion of the newer methods in the treatment of diabetes. South. M. J., Birmingham, 1922, xv. 93-103— Kahn (M.) & Kahn (M. H.) Lime therapy of diabetes. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1915, lxxxviii, 744-746.—Kaufmann (M.) Ueber die Finvvirkung von Medicamenten auf die Glykosurie der Diabetiker. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1903, xlviii, 260; 436.—Kisch (E. H.) Zur Psychotherapie des Diabetes. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1915, lxv, 761-763.—Klemperer (G.) Yoghurtkuren bei Diabetes. Berl. klin. Wchnschr.. 1918, lv, 523.—Klercker (K. O.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Opiumwirkungen bei Diabetes melUtus. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1915, cxvui, 85-117.—Kochs (J.) Dia- beteserin. Apoth.-Ztg., Berl., 1906, xxi, 512. Also: Arb. a. d. pharmazeut. Inst. d. Univ. Berl. 1906, Berl. & Wien, 1907 iv, 98-100.—Labbe (M.) L'emploi du levulose chez les diabetiques; l'acidose du jeune et l'acidose du diabete. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1922, 3. s., Ixxxvii, 393-326.— Labbe (M.) & Bith (H.) Examen et surveiUance medicale d'un diabetique. J. de med. de Par., 1921, xl, 349.—Lamb- ling (E.) Sur les facteurs de la cure de feculents chez les diabetiques. Paris med., 1920, xxxv, 378-382.—Lang- stroth (L.) The treatment and laboratory control of dia- betes. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1919, xvii, 5-11—Latz (P.) Diabeteserine in the treatment of diabetes meUitus. Chicago M. Times, 1908, xU, 323-325—Lenk (E.) Die Behandlung der Zuckerkrankheit mit Glukopan. Med. Khn., Berl., 1921, xvii, 47—Lenne. Zur Therapie des Diabetes meUitus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1921, xlvii, 867.—Leyton (O.) The treatment of diabetes mellitus. Lancet, Lond., 1921, i, 989.—Lhermitte (J.) & Fumut (C.) Influence frenatrice de la ponction lombaire sur la polyurie et la glycosurie du diabete sucre. BuU. et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1922,3. s., xlvi, 322- 328.—Linossler. Cura di restrizione alimentare globale nei diabete. Gazz. d. osp., MUano, 1922, xUii, 1169-1173.— Loening (K.) Zur Therapie schwerer DiabetesfaUe. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1904, xlv, 97-101,1 diag.—Lub- DIABETES. 500 DIABETES. Diabetes (Treatment of). bers (H. A.) [Practical treatment of diabetes.] Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1921 lxv, pt. 2,1841-1846 — Lyon (D. M.) & Meakins (J.) The treatment of diabetes meihtus. Edinb. M. J., 1921, n. s., xxvu, 270-285.—Mc- Donald (R. F.) The treatment of diabetes meUitus by means of certain of the rare elements; with report of two cases. Am. J. CUn. M., Chicago, 1922, xxix, 579-581 — Macleod (J. J. R.) Insulin and diabetes; a general state- ment of the physiological and therapeutic effects of insulin. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1922, u, 833-835.—Markbreiter (H.) Ueber die Wirkung der Kombination des Antisklerosins mit dem Eserin (Diabeteserin) bei Diabetes meUitus. Wien. med. Presse, 1906, xlvii, 1852-1856.—Mason (E. H.) Treat- ment of diabetes meUitus. Canad. M. Ass. J., Toronto, 1920, x, 1105-1111.—da Matta (A.) Os fructos da Persea gratis- sima e da BerthoUetia excelsa devem ser prescriptos aos diabeticos glucosuricos. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1922, xxxvi, 130-133.—Menyhert (W.) Eine neue Theorie der Aetiologie und Pathologie des Diabetes meUitus und die darauf basierende Therapie. Cong, internat. de med. (xvi.). C.-r., Budapest, 1910, Sect, vi, Med. int., 714-720.-----. Die Aetiologie des Diabetes meUitus und eine neue Therapie. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lxii, 782; 851; 988; 1135 — Minkowski (O.) Das Alte und Neue in der Diabetesthe- rapie. Verhandl. d. deutsch. GeseUsch. f. innere Med., Munchen & Wiesb., 1921, xxxiu. Kong., 225-233.—Mirande (A.) La pratique du traitement du diabete sucre suivant les notions actueUes de la physiopathologie. J. de med. et chir. prat., Par., 1923, xciv, 22-35—Mosenthal (H. O.) Atropin therapy in diabetes meUitus. St. Luke's Hosp. M. & S. Rep., Brooklyn, 1911, in, 316-319. -----. Maintenance by the diet in the treatment of diabetes meUitus. Med. CUn. N. Amy Phila., 1922, vi, 603-614.—Murlin (J. R.) & Craver (L. F.) Preliminary observations on the influence of sodium carbonate, admimstered by duodenal tube, upon human diabetes. J. Biol. Chem., N. Y., 1916, xxviii, 289- 314. Also. Reprint.—Naunyn (B.) Die Behandlung des Diabetes meihtus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1905, xxxi, 977-982—Nesbit (W. E.) Dietary treat- ment of diabetes. Texas State J. M., Fort Worth. 1922, xviu, 516-518.—Neuhoff (F.) Recent advances in the dietetic treatment of diabetes melUtus. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1923, xx, 57-59.—von Noorden (C.) Bemer- kungen zur Pathologie und Therapie des Diabetes meUitus. Verhandl. d. GeseUsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, 1902, Leipz., 1903, n, 2. Hlfte., 67-69. -----. Ueber Diabetesthe- rapie. Med. Khn., Berl., 1909, v, 1292-1295. -----. Ueber hausarztUche Behandlung der Zuckerkrankheit. Ibid., 1923, xix, 41-43.-----. Die hausarztUche Behandlung des Diabetes. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1923, lxiv, 32. -----. Ueber den jetzigen Stand der Diabetesbehandlung. Ver- handl. d. deutsch. GeseUsch. f. innere Med., Munchen & Wiesb., 1921, xxxiu. Kong., 187-224.—von Oefele (F.) Zwanzig Jahre Diabeteserfahrung. N. Yorker med. Wchn- schr., 1912-13, xxiii, 335: 1913-14, xxiv, 19; 35.—Offenbacher (R.) & Ellassow (w.) Zur Frage der Inulindarreichungbei Diabetikern. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1922, lxix, 1508.— Orlandlnl (O.) Sul valore deUe inalazioni di ossigeno nella cura deUa gUcosuria. Settimana med. d. Sperimentale, Firenze, 1898, Ui, 577; 593—Parturier (G.) Regime des diabetiques. Vie med., Par., 1923, iv, 263-267.—Pavy (F. W.) The pathology and treatment of diabetes meUitus, viewed by the light of present-day knowledge. Montreal M. J., 1909, xxxviii, 135; 215—Perez (G. V.) Eucalyptus and diabetes. Med. Press, Lond., 1920, n. s., cxix, 52.— Perez Noguera (E.) Valor clinico de los medicamentos antidiabeticos. Clin, mod., Zaragoza, 1917, xvi, 280-285.— Petr6n (K.) Etudes sur la question de N-minimum chez les diabetiques. Acta med. Scandhiy Helsingfors, Suppl., 1922, 101-112—Phocas (A.-G.) L'influencedu calcium sur la glueosurie. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1920,3. s., Ixxxiii, 284-286. Also: Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par , 1920, xxxiv, 806-808— Porter (F. J. W.) A case of diabetes meUitus treated successfully by novarsenobenzol. Lancet, Lond., 1920, ii, 1051.—Quackenbos (J. D.) Diabetes mel- litus cured by hypno-suggestion. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1904, xxxii, 264-266.—Rainy (H.) The significance and treatment of glycosuria. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc, Edinb., 1921-2 ci, 46-68.—Rathery (F.) Conceptions actueUes sur le traitement du diabete sucre. J. de med. et chir. prat Par 1920, xci, 634-644.—Raulston (B. O.) & Woodyatt (R. T."j Blood transfusion in diabetes meUitus. J. Am. M Ass Chicago, 1914, lxii, 996-999.—Richter (P. F.) Der heutige Stand der Diabetestherapie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr Leipz. & Berl., 1920, xlvi, 1197-1200. -----. Behandlung des Diabetes. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1922, xix 33ri1-~^Robin (A.) The treatment of diabetes. Monde med., Par., 1916. xxvi, 129-146—Rose (Mary S.) On the utilization of salep mannan. Proc Soc. Exper. Biol A Med., N. Y, 1919-20, xvii, 7-9.-Rosenield (G.) Ein BeitragzurChemotherapiederZuckerkrankheit. Berl.kUn Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 1313-1317. A lso: Jahresb. d. schles. GeseUsch. f. vaterl. Cult. 1911, Bresl., 1912, ii, pt. 2 7-18 ——..Wandlungen in der Behandlung des Diabetes! Arch. f. Verdauungskr., Berl., 1915-16, xxii, 113-141 _____ Knegslehren zur Diabetesbehandlung. Zentralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1919. xl, 249-253.-Royo Vlllanova (R.) Las hmas demar en el tratamiento de la diabetes. Cone inter- nat. demed. C.-r 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de therap Diabetes (Treatment of). 356.—Rudisch (J.) The treatment of diabetes meUitus. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, Uii, 1366-1369. -----. On the use of atropine sulphate and atropine methylbromide in diabetes meUitus. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1909, lxv, 1093.— Ryffel (J. H.) Lactic acid in diabetes. Proc. Physiol. Soc. Lond., 1910, pp. U-UU.—Safian (J.) Elements of success in the treatment of diabetes. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1917, cvi, 357-359. Also, Reprint—Salomon (H.) Los puntos de vista de la terapeutica en la diabetes. Rev. Asoc med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1921, xxxv, Sect. Soc. demed. inter., 245-255. Also: Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1921, xxui, 249-251.—Satre (A.) Sur le traitement du diabete sucre. J. de med. de Par., 1916, xxxv, 181-184.—Saurman (J. S.) The scientific treatment of diabetes. Proc. Alumni Ass. M. School Univ. Oreg., Portland, 1920, viu, 78-84.—Sawyer (J. P.) The treatment of diabetics especiaUy with lavage. Tr. Am. Gastro-Enterol. Ass., St. Louis, 1914, xvii, 149-154. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1914, c, 969-971.—Schmidt (H.) Die Behandlung der Zuckerharnruhr. Med. Khn., Berl., 1921, xvii, 531-533.—Schroeder (H.) The clinical control of diabetes meUitus. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1916, cxv, 102- 108.—Sherrill (J. W.) The progress of potentiaUy diabetic persons in relation to dietary control. Med. CUn. N. Am., PhUa., 1922, vi, 719-737.—Sherrington (Sir C.) InsuUn and diabetes. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1922, n, 1139.—Sicard & Salin. Injections intraveineuses de bicarbonate de soude chez les diabetiques. BuU. et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1911,3. s., xxviu, 825-828.—Smith (F. F.) Treatment of diabetes. Tr. Am. Climat. & CUn. Ass., PhUa., 1916, xxxn, 296-306.—Spriggs (E.I.) The lectures on the treat- ment of diabetes mellitus. Lancet, Lond., 1911, ii, 1184; 1250.—Staebelin (R.) Die Behandlung des Diabetes mel- Utus. Cor.-Bl. f. Schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1917, xlvii, 1381; 1457.—Staubli (C.) Beitrage zur Pathologie und Therapie des Diabetes meUitus. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1908, xchi, 107-160, 1 pi.—Stark (H. S.) The drug- less therapy of diabetes. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1920, cxi, 800- 803.—Sternberg. Diabetes und Diabeteserin. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1914, xxiv, 87.—Stilhnan (E.) The control of acidosis in the treatment of diabetes. Arch. Int. Med.,Chicago, 1919,xxiv,445-457. Also,Reprint.—Stoeger (O.) Einige therapeutische Notizen zur Anwendung Blaes'saher Hefe. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1915, xxv, 204.—Strauss (H.) Ueber Inulinkuren bei Diabetikern. Berl. Khn. Wchnschr., 1912, xhx, 1213-1222. Also: Verof- fentl. d. Hufeland. GeseUsch. in Berl. (1912), 1913, pt. 2, 58-75, 3 tab.—Strouse (S.) Control methods in the treat- ment of diabetes meUitus. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1920, lxxv, 97-100.—de los Terreros (C. S.) Sobre el tratamiento de la diabetes. Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. med., Madrid, 1916, xxxv, 287-296.—Trabut. L'eucalvptus et le diabete. BuU. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1920-21, clxxi 429.—Velel (E.) Neuere Anschauungen uber Behandlung des Diabetes meUitus. Med. Kor.-Bl. f. Wiirttemb., Stuttg., 922, xcU, 128-130.—Vigevanl (G.) Nuove idee sul diabete zuccherino e sulla sua cura. Osp. maggiore, MUano, 1918, 3. s , vi, 103- 140: 1919, 3. s., vu, [no. 2], 24; 61.-----. La terapia dei diabete zuccherino. Ibid., 1920, 3. s., viu, 107-1 IS—Walter- hofer (G.) Ueber den Einfluss des Santonins auf die Zuckerausscheidung bei Diabetes meUitus. Berl klin Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 421-42L— Waters (E. E.) Further notes on the treatment of diabetes. Indian M. Gaz , Cal- cutta, 1920, lv, 8-11,1 pl.-Watklns (J. T.) The treatment of diabetes meUitus. Detroit M. J., 1914, xv, 377-394 — Welcksel(J.) Moderne Diabetesbehandlung. Prakt. Arzt. Leipz., 1916, lvi, 241; 267.—West(S.) On the use of uranium nitrate in diabetes. Clin. J., Lond., 1915, xUv, 312 —Wilk- inson (J. F.) The management of diabetes. Med. J. Australia, Sydney, 1920, i, 141-145.—Williams (J. R.) The common problems in diabetes meihtus. N. York M J [etc 1 1918. xviu, 191-193.—WUllamson (R. T.) The treatment of diabetes meihtus. Lancet, Lond., 1917, i, 650-652.—Wilson (\\. F.) Treatment of diabetes melUtus. Journal-Lancet, Minneap., 1915, xxxv, 693-695.—Woodyatt (R. T.) The treatment of a mild case of diabetes meUitus. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1920, xvn, 227-229. Diabetes (Treatment of, Dietetic). See, also, Dietetics. Albu (A.) Grundzuge fur die Ernahrung von Zuckerkranken nebst praktischen Amveisungen fiir die Diabeteskuche (nach weiland Dr. Gil- berts Diabeteskuche). 8°. Halle a. S., 1912. Cammidoe (P. J.) Diabetic dieting and cookery. 8°. London, 1920. Colombia (E.) *Le regime Parmentier dans les diabetes avec albuminurie. 8°. Toulouse, 1905. Cornwall (E. E.) Diabetic diets, with a universal diabetic diet list. 8°. Brooklyn, [1922]. Franck (R.) *Die Bedeutung der eiweissar- men Ernahrung bei Diabetes mellitus. [Leipzig.] 8°. [Weidai.Th.], 1921. DIABETES. 501 DIABETES. Diabetes (Treatment of Dietetic). Grube (K. A.) Die diatetische und hygieni- sche Behandlung der Zuckerkrankheit. 2. Aufl. 12°. Bonn 1901. -----. Thesame. 4. Aufl. 8°. Bonn, 1912. Joslin (E. P.) A diabetic manual for the use of doctor and patient. 2.ed. 8°. New York, 1919. Kraft (H.) Kochbuch strenger Diat fiir Zuckerkranke, bearbeitet von Frau Helene Kraft, nach Anweisung von Sanitatsrat Dr. G. Beyer. 8°. Dresden, [1913]. Mosenthal (H. O.) Diabetes mellitus; a system of diets. 8°. JVew York, 1921. Naunyn (B.) Notwendigste Angaben fiir die Kostordnung Diabetischer. 8°. Jena, 1908. Oefele (F.) Allgemeine Diatfragen fiir Zuckerkranke. 12°. Bad Neuenahr, 1901. -----. Thesame. 8°. Bad Neuenahr, 1903. Oppenhelmer (Mrs. R.) Diabetic cookery; recipes and menus. 8°. New York, [1918]. Schall (H.) Berechnete arztliche Kostver- ordnungen, nebst vollstandigem Kochbuch fur Zuckerkranke. 8°. Wurzburg, 1913. Wilder (R. M.) A primer for diabetic pa- tients. 12°. Philadelphia, 1921. Ajello (G.) Sul valore d' assimUazione deUe diete per diabetici. PoUcUn., Roma, 1922, xxix, sez. prat.; 380-383.— Albu (A.) Neue Bestrebungen in der diatetischen Be- handlung des Diabetes. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1920, lxi, 222-225—AUen (F. M.) & Du Bois (E. F.) Clinical calorimetry; metaboUsm and treatment in diabetes. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1916, xvii, 1010-1059. Also, Reprint — AUen (F. M.), StUlman (E.) & Fitz (R.) Total dietary regulation in the treatment of diabetes. Monogr. RockefeUer Inst. M. Research. N. Y., 1919, No. 11.—Allen (F. M.) & Wlshart(MaryB.) Alcohol in the diabetic diet. J. Metabol. Research, Morristown, N. J., 1922, i, 281-306.—Anastay. Le pain des diabetiques. MarseiUe med., 1913,1, 698-704.— Arany (S. A.) Das diabetische Regime. Ztschr. f. phvs. u. diatet. Therap., Leipz., 1908-9, xii, 715-724.—Aulde (J.) The vegetable dietary in diabetes meUitus. Med. CouncU, Phila., 1916, xxi, 44.—Baduel (C.) La cura alimentare nei diabete. Idrol. e climat., Firenze, 1911, xxii, 2-16.—Bau- mann (E. P.) The modern dietetic treatment of diabetes melUtus. Brit.M.J.,Lond., 1921,ii, 1027-1030— BGcus(G.) Le regime des diabetiques arthreptiques. J.med. franc.,Par., 1909,Iii, 167-172—Bierry (H.) & Rathery (F.) L'6quiUbre dans les regimes; appUcation a la dietetique du diabete. Paris med., 1922, xhii, 381-386.—BIth (H.) Le traitement du diabete avec denutrition azotee. Hopital, Par., 1921, ix, 874-876—Blodgett (S. H.) Diet in diabetes. N. Eng. M. Gaz., Bost., 1918, Uii, 366-373.—Blum (L.) Die Diat bei Diabetes gravis. Nord. Tidsskr. f. Terapi, K0benh., 1912-13, xi, 325-334. Also: Med. Klin., Berl., 1913, ix, 702-705.— Boruttau (H.) Ueber das Verhaiten von Erganzungs- nahrstoffen; fiber speziflsch antidiabetische Stoffe. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1918, lxxxviii, 420-431—Brown (W. L.) The dietetics of diabetes and glycosuria. Practitioner, Lond., 1919, ein, 88-99.—Bruins (D.) The blood examina- tion and treatment of diabetes meUitus and insipidus. MUwaukee M. J., 1909, xvii, 341-347.—Cammidge (P. J.) The quantitative regulation of the diet in diabetes. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, ii, 951-953.-----. The dietetic treatment of diabetes meUitus. Am. Med., Burlington, Vt., 1918, xhi, 388-401.-----. BoUed vegetables for the use of diabet ics. Lancet, Lond., 1919, ii, 1192.—Ceconi (A.) Vecchio e nuovo neUa dietetica del diabete zuccherino. Minerva med., Torino, 1922, ii, 551-557.—Chabanier (H.), Lebert (Marg.) & Lobo-OneU (C.) Du mode d'action de la restriction des hydrates de carbone du regime chez les diabetiques. BuU. med., Par., 1921, xxxv, 622-625. Also: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1921 lxxxv, 2-4.—Cornwall (E. E.) The diet in diabetes meUitus as modified by considerations of nitrog- enous metaboUsm. Med. Rec., N. Y., 1916, lxxxix, 907-910. -----. A diabetic dietary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1920, lxxv, 1642.—Croftan (A. C.) Somepractical pointsin the dietetic management of diabetes. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1906, 3. s., xxii, 231-238.—Croll (Hilda M.) The use of vegetables in the diabetic diet. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1922, lxxix, 1424-1426.—Dewess (N. M.) A valuable food for diabetics. EUingwood's Therap., Chicago, 1914, vni, 46-48.— Dlas (A.) Tratamento dietetico do diabete. Arch. Rio Grand, de med., Porto Alegre, 1922, iii, 5-10.—Dumont (J.) Sur le regime alimentaire des diabetiques. Bull. Acad, de med.. Par., 1922, 3. S., Ixxxvii, 721-724.—Einhorn (M.) The dietetic treatment of diabetes melUtus. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvii, 2143-2145—Ellas (H.) & Singer (R.) Kriegskost und Diabetes. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., Wien, 1918, xxxi, 1245; 1365.—EUIott (A. R.) Diabetes meUitus; the limitations of its dietetic treatment. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904. xUi, 18-23.—von Falta (W.) Die Amylazeen (Mehlfruchte) in der Kost der Zuckerkranken. Wien. klin. Diabetes (Treatment of, Dietetic). Wchnschr., 1918, xxxi, 1199-1203. -----. Praktisches und Historisches zur Mehlfriichtekur bei Diabetes meUitus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1921, xlvii, 889- 891—Fenlon (R. L.) Retention of protein during diet re- duction to reUeve the glycosuria in diabetes meUitus. Am. J. M. Sc, PhUa., 1921, clxi. 193-203— Fillpplni (A.) Sul trattamento dietetico del diabete. PoUclin., Roma, 1920, xxvu, sez. prat., 580-585.—Frledenwald (J.) & Ruhrah (J.) Some observations on the effect of certain diet cures in diabetes meUitus. J. Alumni Ass. CoU. Phys. & Surg., Bait., 1905-6, vui, 112-124.—Gigon (A.) & Masslni (R.) Ueber den Einfluss der Nahrung una des Fiebers auf die Zucker- und Saureausscheidung beim Diabetes meUitus. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1909, xcvi, 531-551.—Gilbrlde (J. J.) The functions of the stomach in diabetes meihtus; with special reference to the determination of pepsin. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1611, lvi, 497-499— Graul (G.) Bemer- kungen iiber die Ernahrungstherapie des Diabetes meUitus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1910, xxxvi, 2145-2147. -----. Erfahrungen uber die Diabetestherapie durch Diat und Mineralwasserkur. AUg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1922, xci, 127-129.—Gray (H.) Divided meals for severe diabetics. Boston M. & S. J., 1922, clxxxvi, 763-768 — Grube (K.) Die diatetische und hygienische Behandlung der Zuckerkrankheit. ReichsMed.-Anz., Leipz., 1902, xxvu, 388; 407; 427—Harmon (R. R.) & McCann (W. S.) A graphic method for the Calculation of diabetic diets in the proper ketogenic-antiketogenic ratio. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1922, xxxiii, 128,1 pi.-----------. Calculation of diabetic diet. Med. Standard, Chicago, 1922, xlv, No. 6, 12-14.—Hartelust (R.) Ueber den Einfluss verschiedener Nahrungsmittel und Kohlehydratentziehung auf die Glyko- surie und die Acidose beim Diabetes mellitus. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1912, Uii, 107-114.—Holmes (W. H.) Sim- pUfication of Woodyatt method for calculating the optimal diabetic diet. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1922, lxxviii, 22.— Hoogslag (W.) [Observations on the results of 250 cases of diabetes.] Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Haarlem, 1922, lxvi, pt. 2, 1934-1952.—JosUn (E. ?.) & Goodall (H. W.) A diabetic chart. Boston M. & S. J., 1908, clviu, 248-251, 1 ch.—Kollplnskl (L.) The proper treatment of diabetes meUitus and its cure by diet. Month. Cycl. & M. BuU., Phila., 1912, v, 463; 528. A lso: J. Prev. M. & Sociol., Toronto, 1913, xv, 135-143.—Kolisch (R.) Zur Theorie der Diabetes- diat. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1902, Iii, 945; 1002; 1079. A lso, transl.: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1902, n. s., lxxiv, 3-6. -----. Der heutige Stand der diatetischen Behandlung des Diabetes. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1922, lxhi, 165-170 — Krehl (L.) Einige Bemerkungen iiber die diatetische Behandlung des Diabetes. Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 1922, xl, 309.—LabbC (M.) Die Diat beim Diabetes gravis. Med. Klin., Berl., 1913, ix, 1973-1978—Laidlaw (G. F.) Diet for diabetes to render the urine free from glucose. Chironian, N. Y., 1918-19, xxxv, 132-134.—Lampfi (E.) & Strassner (H.) Blutzuckerwerte der verschiedenen Diat- formen bei Diabetes. Med. Klinv Berl., 1913, ix, 1462-1465.— Laurltzen (M.) Die moderne individuaUsierende Diatbe- handlung des Diabetes. Therap. d. Gegenw.. Berl., 1920, lxi, 209-216. Also, transl.: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1920, cix, 79-97.—Lenne. Ueber Diatregelung bei Diabetes meUitus. Wien. med. Presse, 1906, xlvii, 1761-1769.—Linossier (G.) Traitement dietetique du diabete; la cure de restriction alimentaire globale. Paris med., 1922, xlv, 265-271.—Marsh (P. L.), Newburgh (L. H.) & Holly (L. E.) The nitrogen requirement for maintenance in diabetes meUitus. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1922, xxix, 97-130—MenyhCrt (W.) Die Aetiologie des Diabetes meihtus und eine neue Therapie. [Mit Erwiderungen von C. von Noorden.] Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lxu, 782; 851; 914; 988; 1136; 1341; 2306; 2357.— Michael (J. C.) A menace in the low protein diet. Arch. Dermat. & Syph., Chicago, 1920, n. s., ii, 455-458.—von Moraczewskl (W.) Ueber Ausscheidung von Oxalsaure, Indican und Aceton bei Diabetes unter dem Einfluss der Nahrung. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1903-4, li, 475-501 — Moritz (F.) Ueber technische Vereinfachungen in der Handhabung der Diabetikerdiat. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1920, lxi, 49-54—Mortensen (M. A.) The dietetic management of diabetes. J. Mich. M. Soc, Battle Creek, 1912, xi, 22-28—Mosenthal (H. O.) The dietetic treatment of diabetes melUtus. Med. Clin. N. Am., Phila., 1917, i, 119-130.—Mosenthal (H. O.) & Clausen (S. W.) The maintenance diet in diabetes meUitus as determined by the nitrogen equiUbrium. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1918, xxi, 269-281. Also [Abstr.]: Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1918, xxix, 94. Also, Reprint.—Mosenthal (H. O.) & Wiener (H. J.) Diets for the ambulant treatment of diabetes meUitus. Am- J. M. Sc, PhUa., 1920, cix, 46-52.—Mura- yama (T.) The advantage of multiple meals in the treat- ment of severe diabetes. Boston M. & S. J., 1922, clxxxvi, 768-775.—MurUlo Campos. Notas clinicas do curso do Prof. Almeida Magalhaes 1908; tratamento do diabete de Naunyn. Bol. Soc. med.-cirurg. mil., Rio de Jan., 1917-18, ui, nos. 1-2,15-17.—Naunyn. Diatetische Behandlung der Glykosuria und des Diabetes. Ztschr. f. arztl. FortbUd., Jena, 1908, v, 737-746.—Nigay. Le regime ahmentaire des diabetiques. J. de med. de Par., 1917, xxxvi, 150; 172; 189; 209; 229:1918, xxxvii, 8; 28; 50; 73; 95; 110; 130—von Noor- den (C.) Die Diat bei Diabetes gravis. Nord. Tidsskr. f. Terapi, K0benh., 1912-13, xi, 287-305. Also: Med. KUn., DIABETES. 502 DIABETES. Diabetes (Treatment of, Dietetic). Berl., 1913, ix, 611-616.-----. Die Diat bei Diabetes gravis mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Azidosis. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1913, lx, 779. -----. Kriegskost und Diabetes. Med. Klin., Berl., 1921, xvii, 5-7.-----. Ueber die GrundUnien der diatetischen Behandlung der Zucker- krankheit. Prakt. Arzt, Leipz., 1921, n. F., vi, 217-220. Also: Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1921, lxu, 202-208.—Oefele. Der Diabetesstuhl und seine indicatorische Bedeutung. Med. BL, Wien, 1902, xxv, 351-354.—O'Hara (D.) A chart for the rapid estimation of Woodyatt's optimal diabetic diet. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1922, lxxvhi, 1124.—Olmsted (W. H.) The use of 5 per cent vegetables in the treatment of diabetes meUitus. Med. CUn. N. Am., PhUa., 1920, iv, 865-875.—Orton (W. A.) Vegetable problems in diabetic diets. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1921, clxii, 498-509.—Peters (J. T.) [The dietetic treatment of diabetes.! Nederl. Tijd- schr. v. Geneesk., Haarlem, 1922, lxvi, pt. 2, 2568-2584.— Petren (K.) Zur diatetischen Therapie der schweren DiabetesfaUe und zur pathogenetischen Theorie dieser Erkrankung. Psychiat. en Neurol. BL, Amst., 1921 [Neu- rotherap.], 25-72. -----. Zur diatetischen Behandlung schwerer DiabetesfaUe. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med., Munchen & Wiesb. (1920), 1921, xxxn, 185-188. Also, transl.: Acta med. scandin., Helsingfors, Suppl., 1922, 112-137.—Pollatschek (A.) Ein Beitrag zur diatetischen Behandlung der Acetonurie bei Diabetes. Ztschr. f. diatet. u. physik. Therap., Leipz., 1904, vin, 163-165.—Poulsson (E.) [Iceland moss as a nutrient material and its use in diabetes.] Tidsskr. f. d. norske Lsegefor., Kristiania, 1907. xxvU, 1031-1039.—Rathery (F.) Le regime de Bouchardat dans le diabete. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1911, xii, 645-647. -----. De 1'aUmentation Parmentiere dans le diabete. Clinique, Par., 1913, vUi, 770-773.—Reale (E.) Influenza deU' iperclorurazione e deU' ipoclorurazione sull' alimenta- zione dei diabetici. N. riv. cUn.-terap., NapoU, 1912, xv, 176-182.—Renshaw (A.) & Fairbrother (T. H.) The etiology and treatment of diabetes; with special reference to the significance of a starch-sphtting and acetone-forming organism found in the stools of diabetic patients. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1922, i, 674-677—Roth (N.) Ueber Mehltage bei Diabetes. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xxv, 1864-1868. -----. Beitrage zur Erklarung der Wirkung der bei Diabetes meUitus gebrauchhchen Mehltage und deren praktische Konsequenz. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1921, xxn, 179-197.—Ruschhaupt (L. F.) The dietetic manage- ment of diabetes meUitus. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1916, ciU, 1032.—Samovici (M.) Dietetica de la diabetes; su estado actual. Rev. med. del Rosario, 1922, xu, 143-148.—Sansum (W. D.) Diet in diabetes. Chicago M. Recorder, 1919, xh, 417-420.—SchaU (H.) & Helsler (A.) Die Praxis der Er- nahrungstherapie der Zuckerkrankheit. Wiirzb. Abhandl. a. d. Gesamtgeb. d. prakt. Med., 1910, x, 87-149, 1 diag.— Scheel (V.) [Dietetic treatment of diabetes.] Ugeskr. f. Larger, K0benh., 1917, 1119-1132. ——. [Treatment of severe diabetes with a vegetable diet.] Ibid., 1922, Ixxxiv, 980-986.—Schilling (F.) Modeme Diatotherapie der Zuckerruhr. Ztschr. f. phys. u. diatet. Therap., Leipz., 1921, xxv, 112-122.—Schleslnger (W.) Ueber das Nahrungs- bediirfniss der Diabetiker. Ztschr. f. diatet. u. physik. Therap., Leipz., 1902, vi, 259; 339.—Smith (Florence H.) & Sansum (W. D.) The preparation of sugar-free cream for diabetic patients. J. Am.M. Ass., Chicago, 1921,lxxvi, 792.— Smith (J. H.) Weights and measures in the management of diabetes. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1917, xxn, 422-431.—Stern (H.) Rice in the dietary of the dia- betic. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1912, lxxxi, 1219-1222.—Strauss (H.) Ueber die diatetische Behandlung der diabetischen Azidose. Jahresk. f. arztl. FortbUd., Miinchen, 1920, xi, Hft. 8, 15-17. -----. Die Aufgaben der Diat behandlung in der Diabetestherapie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1922, xlvui, 546-549—Street (J. P.) Diabetic foods offered for sale in the United States. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, lx, 2037-2039.-----. Some aspects of the use of proprietary foods in the diabetic dietary. Mod. Hosp., St. Louis, 1915, iv, 73-80—Strouse (S.) Balancing the dia- betic diet. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1922, lxxix, 1899.— Talarlco (F.) La cura alimentare in alcune malattie del ricambio; diabete. Gazz. med. napolet., 1922, v, 366; 388.— Thlrololx (J.) Regime alimentaire dans le diabete sucre. J. demed. int.. Par., 1908, xU, 242-244—Wardall (Ruth A.) Vegetable foods for the diabetic. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917. lxix, 1859-1862. Also, Reprint.—WUder (R. M.) Optimal food mixtures for diabeticpatients. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1922,Ixxviu, 1878-1884—Williamson(R.T.) The dietetic treatment of diabetes meUitus. Practitioner, Lond., 1918, c, 35-40— Wolf (L.) & Gutmann (S.) In welcher Weise wirken Diatkuren auf das Verhalten des Blutzuckers bei Diabetikern? Ztschr. f. kUn. Med., Berl., 1914, lxxix, 394-420—Woodyatt (R. T.) Objects and method of diet adjustment in diabetes. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila , 1921, xxxvi, 269-292. Also: Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1921 xxviii, 125-141.—Worcester (G. F.) The dietetic treatment of diabetes. N. Eng. M. Gaz., Bost., 1916, U, 127-139 — Zlegelroth. Salzarme Diat und salzfreie Tage bei Zucker- kranken. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl.. 1921 xlvii, 1358. ' Diabetes (Treatment of, Dietetic)—Car- bohydrates. Chauvois (L.) *L'alimentation hydrocarbo- nee chez les diabetiques. 8°. Paris, 1907. ------. Les regimes dee diabetiques; l'ali- mentation hydrocarbonee. 12°. Paris, 1907. Detape (L.) *Les pommes de terre dans 1'ali- mentation des diabetiques. 8°. Paris, 1911. Grommes (F.) *Die Bestimmung der Kohle- hydrate (Zucker, Starke, Dextrin) in beliebten Nahrungs- u. Genussmitteln vermittelst einer leicht ausfuhrbaren Methode. Ein Beitrag zur rationellen Ernahrung von Zuckerkranken. 12°. Erlangen, 1897. Mosse (A.) Le diabete et ralimentation aux pommes de terre. 8°. Paris, 1^03. Achard (C.) & Desbouis (G.) Recherches sur 1'utiUsa- tion des sucres a l'etat pathologique. Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1914, xxvi, 105-164.—Arany (S. A.) Benotigt der Diabetiker Kohlehydrate? Ztschr. f. phys. u. diatet. Therap., Leipz., 1914, xviu, 153-159. Also, transl.: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1914, n. s., xcvii, 437-440 — Arnhelm (J.) Das Verhalten rektal eingegebener Zucker- mengen beim Diabetiker. Ztschr. f. diatet. u. physik. Therap., Leipz., 1904, vui, 75-79.—Ascanlo Rodriguez (J. B.) Le sel et le sucre dans le diabete. Vargas, Caracas, 1914, v, 85; 105.—Blngel (A.) Ueber die Ausnutzung von Zuckerklystieren im Korper des Diabetikers. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1905, xlvi, 436-442.—Blodgett (S. H.) Saccharin in its relation to glycosuria. Dietet. & Hvg. Gaz., N. Y., 1912, xxvui, 201-20"i.—Blum (L.) Ueber Kohlehy- dratkuren bei Diabetes. Nord. Tidsskr. f. Therapi, Kpiienh. 1912-13, xi, 197-203.------. L'emploi des hydrates de car- bone dans le traitement dietetique du diabete sucr6. Paris med., 1912-13, ix, 437-439.—Breton. L'aUmentation par les pommes de terre dans le diabete. Rev. mod. de therap. et de biol., Par., 1914, iii, 69-74.—Bucco (M.) Le patate come alimento in un gravissimo caso di diabete melUto. X. riv. cUn.-terap., NapoU, 1902, v, 179.—Burge (W. E.) The value of saccharin as a food in diabetes. Med. Rec, X. Y., 1918, xciv, 1071. Also, Reprint.—De Dominicis (N.) II glucosio nella cura del diabete zuccherino. Atti d. r. Accad. med., chir. di NapoU, 1913, lxvii, 137-140. Also, transl.: Tr. Internat. Cong. Med. 1913, Lond., 1914, Sect, ii, Phvsiol., pt. 2, 5—Desgrez (A.), Bierry (H.) A- Rathery (F.) Le levulose dans le traitement du diabete. BuU. Acad, de med., Par., 1922, 3. s., Ixxxvii, 167-174.----------------. Hydrates de carbone et regimes equilibres dans le diabete. Ibid., 276-287.----------------.Diabete, acide 0-oxvtm- tyrique et levulose. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., H>22, clxxv, 536-539.—Elmer (W. P.) The use of diets rich in carbohydrates in the treatment of diabetes melUtus. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1911-12, vui, 231-233.—Ewing (E. M.) Protein and carbohydrate equivalents in the dia- betic dietary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1921, lxxvi, 300.— Falta (W.) Ueber die gemischte Aniviazeenkur bei Dia- betes meUitus. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1914, lxi, 121 -— 1220.-----. Diabetes Amylazeen-und Kohlehydrat kuren; voUstandige Ausschaltung animalischen Eiweisses (Fleisch-, Milch-, Eiereiweiss). Wien. Klin. Wchnschr., 1914, xxvii, 727.-----. Ueber eine neue Kohlenhydratkur (gemischte Amylazeenkur) bei Diabetes meUitus. Wien. med Wchn- schr., 1914, lxiv, 1125-1138—Falta (W.) & Gigon (A.) Ueber EmpfindUchkeit des Diabetikers gegen Eiweiss una Kohlehydrat. Zentralbl. f. d. ges. Physiol, u. Path. d. Stoffwechs., Leipz., 1907, n. F., u, 241-244.—Farges (F.) L'assimUation du sucre de lait chez le diabetique; une therapeutique rationneUe du diabete. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1915, xxxvi, 33-37.—Faucher (H.) Les pommes de t erre dans Palimentation des diabetiques. Bull. et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1911, 2. s., xxxi, 737-739 — Gerald. Quel sucre peut-on donner aux diabetiques. Vie med., Par., 1923, iv, 71.—Gigon (A.) Vergleichende Unter- suchungen uber die Wirkung von Kohlehydrat und Eiweiss- nahrung beim Diabetes melUtus. Munchen. med. Wchn- schr., 1909, lvi, 907-909.—Goudberg. Ueber Kohlenhv- dratkuren bei Diabetikern. Ibid., 1912, lix, 28 Tne feeaing of non-ketogenic odd-carbon fats to diabetic patients. Proc Soc. Exper. Biol. A Med., N. Y , 1921 -2 xix, 265.-Kern (R. A.) Influence of infec- tion on carbohydrate tolerance in diabetes meUitus; fatal case of tonsilht is in a dial>et ic on high fat diet. Med. Clin. N. Am., Phila., 1922 L vi, 1060-1066.-Ladd (W. S.) & Palmer (\Y.\Y.) Fat-carbohydrate ratio. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1921, xxxvi, 266-2f.,v-Leclercq (F. S.) Overnutntion with fat and alcohol in severe diabetes. J. Metabol. Research, Morristown, N. J., 1922, i, 307-317----- Further experiments with high fat diets in diabetes. Ibid.. ii, 39-55.—Lenne. Die Fetteruiihrung des Diabetikers una lhr Einfluss auf die Azidose. Ztschr. f. diatet. u. physik. Therap., Leipz., 1904, viii, 253-259— Luther (BretaM.) A high fat dietary for diabetic patient. Mod. Hosp., Chicago. 1921, xvii; 226.-J\lrCollom (W. E.) The use of a high fat diet in diabetes mellitus; with report of a case. Long Is- land M. J., Brooklyn, 1922, xvii, 99-103— MaIgnon (F.) R Secretin and fiancreatic extract in relation to diabetes. Lancet, Lond.. 907, i, 52.—de Lemos (F.) A cura da diabetes pelo extracto thyroideo. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1921, xxxv, pt. 2,125.— Loenlng(K.) OrgauotherapiedesDiabetesmeUitus. Ver- handl. d. deutsch. GeseUsch. f. innere Med., Miinchen & Wiesb., 1921, xxxui. Kong., 297-302.—Loening (K.) & Valilen (E.) Ueber Organotherapie bei Diabetes meihtus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1922, xlviii, 217- 219.— Murrell (W.) On a case of diabetes meUitus treated with thyroid gland. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1898, n. s., lxvi, 6li-613. Also, Reprint.—Parsons (A. R.) The treat- ment of diabetes by duodenal preparations. Tr. Roy. Acad M. Ireland, Dubl., 1907-8, xxvi, 129-139, 3 ch.—Paton (D. N.) The influence of adrenalin and thyroid extract on the metabohsm in diabetes meUitus. Scot. M. A- S. J., Edinb 1904, xv, 492-495.-Schenk (P.) Die Wirkung des Hypo- physenextraktes auf die Wasserausscheidung beim Diabetes mellitus. Med. Klin., Berl., 1920, xvi, 571.—Schild. Ueber einige Versuche mit Pituglandol bei Diabetikern. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1921, xlvii, 611. -----. Einwirkung von Pituglandol auf die Glykosurie. Verhandl. d. deutsch. GeseUsch. f. innere Med., Miinchen & Wiesb 1921, xxxiU. Kong., 322-310—Vahlen (E.) Ueber Organo- therapie besonders bei Diabetes mellitus. Ztschr. f Kran- kenpfl., Berl., 1922, xliv, 1-9— Vigevani (G.) Sulla eflicacia degli estratti ipofisari neUa cura del diabete mellito. Osp maggiore, Milano, 1916, 2. s., iv, 530-533. Diabetes (Treatment of) with Bacillus bulgaricus. See Diabetes (Treatment of) with ferments. Diabetes (Treatment of) with baths and mineral waters. Huguet (G.) *Le traitement du diabete sucre a la Bourboule-les-Bains. 8°. Paris, 1907. Diebetes (Treatment of) with baths and mineral waters. Laissus. Les diabetiques qui guerissent a Brides-les-Bains. 8°. Paris, [1906]. Arnoldi (W.) & Roubltschek (R.) Die Wirkung des Karlsbader Wassers und Salzes auf Zuckerkranke, beurteUt nach einer neuen Auffassung iiber den Diabetes. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. A Berl., 1922, xlvhi, 250— Bith (H.) Le traitement hydro-mineral du diabete. Hopital, Par., 1921, ix, 11S8.—Boruttau (H.) Ueber Herabsetzung der Zuckerausscheidung durch Mineralwasser beim experimen- teUen und menschlichen Diabetes. Ztschr. f. Balneol., Klimat. [etc.], Berl., 1911-12, iv, 232-235.—Chauvet. Des indications de Rovat dans le diabete sucre. Lyon med., 1902, xcviu, 781-7M.—Cotar (C.) Indication de la cure de Vichy dans le traitement du diabete. Ann. med.-chir. du centre, Tours, 1904, iv, 194.—Debidour. Del'indication de la cure du Mont-Dore dans certains cas de diabete sucre arthritique. Ann. Soc. d'hydrol. med. de Par. C.-r., 1912, lvu, 270-278.—Debout d'Estrtes. Cent observations de diabetiques traitesa ContrexevUle. Con-, internat.d'hydrol. et de climatol. C.-r., Liege, 1>>98, v, 536-556.—Deutsch (F.) Karlsbader Kur und Diabetes meUitus. V ien. med. Wchn- schr., 1911, lxi, 1613-1613.—Fleury ' fc:. > La source Sanson, du Neubourg(Eure)etIe diabete. Pressi- therm, etclimat., Par., 1923, lxiv, 41-44.—Kraus (F.) The Carlsbad treatment of diabetes and. glycosuria. Practitioner, Lond., 1907, lxxix, 47-56.—Labbe (M.) Le mode d'action des cures hydrocar- bonees chez les diabetiques. Paris med., 1921, xxxi, 364- 366.— Lenne. Ueben gewisse HeUqueUen einen giinstigen Einfluss auf den diabetisch erkrankten Organismus aus, und ist Anstaltsbehandlung eine unerlasshche Forderung? AUg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1911, lxxx, 241.—Maase (C.) A Salecker (P.) Untersuchungen uber den Einfluss der Neuenahrer QueUen auf den Diabetes meUitus. Ztschr. f. Balneol., Klimat. [etc.], BerL, 1914-15, vu, 184; 220; 247.— Minkowski (O.) Diabetes und Balneologie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1922, xlviu, 475-477.— Monod (G.) Stations thermales et traitement moderne du diabete. Arch. Med. Hydrol., Lond., 1922, i, 37.— Niessen. Sur l'effet des eaux minerales alcalines. specialement de la grande source de Neuenahr, dans les differents cas du diabete sucre. Cong, internat. d'hvdrol. et de climatol. C.-r., Liege, 1898, v, 530-536.—Pfelfler (E.) Wiesbaden bei Diabetes meUitus. Aerztl. Festschr. z. Erofln. d. stadt. Kaiser Friedr. Bades in Wiesb., 1913, 134-13-s— Robin (A.) Traitement hydro-mineral du diabete. Rev. gt n. de chn. et de therap., Par., 1919, xxxiu, 482—J^S. Also, transl.: Am. J. CUn. M., Chicago, 1920, xxvu, 5>9-o97.—Schmincke(R.) L'ntersuchungen uber die Behandlung ZuclerKnin^tT mit den Mineralquellen von Bad Elster. Zt- !tr. f. IL.lneol., Klimat. [etc.], Berl. A Wien, 1914-15, vii. "1-".—Schwarz (R.) L'eber Mineralwasserkuren bei Di..betes mellitus. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wurttemb. arztl. Landesver., Stuttg., 1909. lxxix, 293-303.—Serslron (G.) Le traitement hydronuneral du diabete par les eaux arsenicales alcalines. Clinique, Par., 1907, ii, 346.—Tlssier(R.) Lediabeteet son traitement a Vichy. Med. mod.. Par., 1910, xxi, 2-4.—Verdalle (H.) Note sur le traitement du diabete: action de l'arsenic des eaux chlorurees sodiques arsenicales sur le diabete. Arch. gen. de med., Par.. 1905, i, 1419-1425. Diabetes (Tnatment of) by electricity. Bert homier (.A.) L elect rot herapie comme traitement compiementaire des eaux de Vichv chez les diabetiques glycosuriques. Atti d. Cone, internaz. di terap. fis. 1907, Koma, 1908, u,pt. 1, 51v—De Kraft (F.) The effect of high frequency currents in diabetes meUitus. J. Advance, Therap., N. Y., 1910, xxviii, 59-67.—De Renzl i E.) Nuovo contributo aU'influenza deUa corrente di Te*la nei diabete. N. riv. cUn.-terap., NapoU, 1S99, ii, 292.—GandU. Action curative des courants de haute frequence sur un cas de diabete arthritique hereaitaire. BuU. oil. Soc. franc d'elec- trother., Par., 1902, lxx, 120-128. Also: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1902, 11. s., iv. 1200-1202.—Ghilardueci (F.) Azione deUa diatermia nei diabete umano e sperimentale, BuU. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1912, xxxviii, 189-228.— Laquerriere (A.) Note somm.iire sur les resultats obtenus a la Clinique Apostoli-Laquerriere dans le traitement du diabete par la haute frequence. Arch, d'eleetric med., Bordeaux, 1906, xiv, 627-629. Also: BuU. ofl. Soc. franc. d'electrother., Par., 1906, xiv, 260-262— Liebermann (J. M.) Diabetes mellitus; a sympathetic neurosis rationally treated with electricity. Charlotte [N. CI M. J., LUO. 1 rii, 2.'."-J5\ .\ho: Med. Rec. N. v., 1910. lxxvii, 9">i->v,v Massv. l>eux cas dedi.i bete m, lsw, 59-64— Rov>i Marrelli v V > L'alta frequenza, il bas.no di luce e le iniezioni ret tali di ossigeuo in rapporto ai ricambio di una diabetica. Ann. di elett. med. [etc.]. Napoh, 1903, ii, 350; 363.- MeiUano (L.) LetTetto deUe correnti ad alta frequenza suU' andamento deUa secrezione orinaria nei dia- bete. Gazz. d. osp., MUano, 1907, xxvui, 1029.—White (W. A.) The static wave current as an aid in the treatment of diabetes. Am. J. Electrotherap. & Radiol, N. Y., 191s, xxxvi, 49--54 — Wldal t F.) & Challamel (A.) Deux cas de glycosurie sounds aux courants de haute frequence sans modifications de la glycosurie ni des echanges clorures et azotes. J. de physiotherap., Par., 1906, iv. 465-469. Also: Tribune med., Par., 1906, n. s., xxxv iii, is5. DIABETES. 507 DIABETES. Diabetes (Treatment of) by fasting. See Diabetes (Treatment of, Dietetic)—Fast- ing. Diabetes (Treatment of) with ferments. Beardsley (E. J. G.) The value of taka-diastase in dia- betes meihtus. Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1911, 3. s., xxvii, 77-80.—Beveridge (J. W.) Diabetes meUitus; treat- ment with BacUlus bulgaricus cultures. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1913, xcvin, 70; 131. Also, Reprint.—Blze. Action eombinee du regime et des ferments lactiques dans le traite- ment des enterites. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1909, clvii, 414-424.—Blodgett (S. H.) Glycosuria and the Bulgarian baciUus. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1913. Ixxxiii, 1071- 1075.—Cervelll (A. R.) La peptopancreasi Serono nella cura del diabete melUto. Rassegna di clin. e terap., Roma, 1915, xiv, 165-172.—Henderson (A. C.) Diabetes meUitus treated with fluid cultures of the lactic acid bacillus; report of 4 cases. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1915, lxiv, 495-497.— Horowitz (P.) The treatment of diabetes meUitus with BaciUus bulgaricus. N. York M. J. [etc]., 1914. c, 260; 323: 1915, ci, 898. Also, Reprint.—Laurenti (T.) Sul mec- canismo d'azione dei fermenti d'uva nelle gUcosurie alimen- tari; ricerca del fennento neUe feciere nei sangue (leuco- citosi secondaria). Gazz. med. di Roma, 1910, xxxvi, 337; 400; 425; 483; 509; 539; 568.—Lenne. Zur Fermentbehand- lung des Diabetes meUitus, spezieU des Kriegsdiabetes. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1918, xliv, 39. -----. Ist die Begriindung der Wirkung der Ferment- (Hefe-)Therapie bei Diabetes meUitus zutreflend? Ibid., 1922, xlvUi, 1310.—Ricci (R.) SuU' azione del fennento d'uva nei diabetici. Gazz. med. di Roma, 1908, xxxiv, 29; 63.—Schnee (A.) Zur Fermenttherapie des Diabetes meUitus. Zentralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1912, xxxiii, 798-804.-----. Weitere Beitrage zur Fermenttherapie des Diabetes meUitus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1914, xl, 1961.—Zuelzer (G.) Ueber Versuche einer specifischen Fermenttherapie des Diabetes. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1908, v, 307-318. Diabetes (Treatment of) with insulin. See, also, Insulin. Bay lis (Sir W. M.) Insulin, diabetes, and rewards for discoveries. Nature, Lond., 1923, cxi, 188-191.—Blum (L.) & Schwab (H.) L'influence de l'insuline sur la courbe de la glycemie dans le diabete. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1923, lxxxviii, 463—Busch (W.) & Ahlswede (E.) Modern treatment of diabetes meUitus. Am. J. Clin. M., Chicago, 1923, xxx, 28.—Chabanier (H.), Lobo-OneU (C.) & Lebert (M.) De la cure d'extrait alcooUque de pancreas (insuhne) chez les diabetiques. BuU. Acad, de med., Par., 1923, 3. s., lxxxix, 391-398.—Harrower (H. R.) On the development of glandular remedy for diabetes. Med. Times, Lond., 1923, U, 23-25.—Krogh (A.) [The pancreatic hormone insulin and its use in the treatment of diabetes.] Ugesk. f. Lscger, K0benh., 1923, lxxxv, 21-25.—Lux (A.) Insulin und Diabetes. Wien. Klin. Wchnschr., 1923, xxxvi, 297.—Macleod (J. J. R.) Insulin and diabetes; general statement of the physiological and therapeutic effects of insuUn. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1922, u, 833-835.—Monod (G.) Quelques considerations a propos des recents travaux canadiens sur le traitement du diabete par l'extrait actif des Uots de Langerhans. Bull. g6n. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1923, clxxiv, 100.—New (The) treatment of diabetes with insuUn; statement from the Medical Research Council. Lancet, Lond., 1922, ii, 1086.—Olmsted (W. H.) & Kahn (S.) Experience with use of insulin in treatment of diabetes melUtus. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1923, xx, 77 — Pagniez (P.) Hormone panereatique et diabete. Presse med., Par., 1923, xxxi, 50.—Sherrington (Sir C.) Insulin and diabetes. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1922, ii, 1139. Diabetes (Treatment of) by lumbar punc- ture. Bickel (G.) La diminution de la glycemie et de la glyco- surie des diabetiques a la suite de la ponction lombaire. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1922, xlu, 231-233 — Lhermitte (J.) Les effets de la ponction lombaire sur le diabete insipide, le diabete sucre et la glycosurie. Gaz. d. hdp., Par., 1922, xcv, 325-328.—Lhermitte (J.) & Fumet (C.) L'influence frenatrice de la ponction lombaire sur la glycosurie. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1922, lxxxvi 479. Diabetes (Treatment of) with pancreatic extract. See, also, Diabetes (Treatment of) with insu- lin. Banting (F. G.), Best (C. H.) [et al\ Pancreatic ex- tracts in the treatment of diabetes melUtus. Canad. M. Ass. J., Toronto, 1922, xii, 141-146.-------------------. The effect produced on diabetes by extracts of pancreas. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, PhUa., 1922, xxxvii, 337-347— Crof- ton (W. M.) Pancreatic secretion in the treatment of diabetes. Lancet. Lond., 1909, i, 607-609. Also: Dublin J. M. Sc, 1910. cxxix, 332-336— Forschbach (J.) Versuche zur Behandlung des Diabetes meUitus mit dem Zuelzer- Diabetes (Treatment of) with pancreatic extract. sehen Pankreashormon. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1909, xxxv, 2053-2055.—Grevenstuk (A.) [On the clinical appUcation of pancreatic extracts in diabetes.] Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Haarlem, 1923, lxvu, pt. 1, 665-674.—Laffltte (A.) Opotherapie panereatique dans le diabete. BuU. et mem. Soc med. d. hop. de Par., 1903,3. s., xx, 1245-1251.—Langdon (W. L.) Pancreatic extract for glycosuria. Lancet, Lond., 1922. ii, 1249.—Paulesco. Action de l'extrait panereatique injecte dans le sang, chez un animal diabetique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1921, lxxxv, 555-557.—Sherrington (Sir C.) The use of a pancreatic extract in diabetes. Nature, Lond., 1922, ex, 774.—Traite- ment du diabete par l'opotherapie panereatique. Rev. prat, de biol. [etc.], Par., 1923, xvi, 39-42—Wallis (R. L. M.) The internal secretion of the pancreas and its application to the treatment of diabetes meUitus. Lancet, Lond., 1922, ii, 1158-1161. Diabetes (Treatment of) by physio- therapy. Munter (S.) Physikalische 'und diatetische Therapie der Zuckerharnruhr. Fiir praktische Aerzte. 8°. Stuttgart, 1906. Alien (F. M.) Note concerning exercise in the treatment of severe diabetes. Boston M. & S. J., 1915, clxxhi, 743.— Brown (A. G.) Exercise in diabetes. Virginia M. Month., Richmond, 1918-19, xlv, 147.—BUrger (M.) Die experi- menteUen Grundlagen einer Arbeitstherapie des Diabetes. Therap. Halbmonatsh., Berl., 1921,xxxv, 622; 657.—Munter (S.) Die Bedeutung der physikalischen Heilmittel fur die Behandlung des Diabetes melUtus. . Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xhv, 545-549.—Radkewitsch. Physikahsche und dia- tetische Therapie des Diabetes. Russ. med. Rundschau, Berk, 1907, v, 197; 261.—Riviere (J.-A.) Le diabete et son traitement par les agents physiques. Gaz. med. de Par., 1913, Ixxxiv, 334-336. Also, transl.: Practitioner, Lond., 1914, xcU, 209-218.—Ziegelroth. Lebermassage bei Zucker- kranken. Arch. f. phys.-diatet. Therap., Berl., 1908, x, 146. Diabetes ( Treatment of) by radiotherapy. Bach (H.) Heilung eines FaUes von Diabetes insipidus durch Bestrahlungen mit ultraviolettem Quarzlampenlicht. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berk, 1911, xxxvii, 1990.—Beclfere. Action des rayons de Rontgen chez un diabetique atteint de leucemie lymphatique a type splenique pur. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1910, 3. s., xxix, 139-145.—Menetrier (P.) & Touralne (A.) Action des rayons de Roentgen sur le sang dans le diabete. Arch. d. mal. du cceur, Par., 1910, hi, 641-663.—Menetrier (P.), Touralne (A.) & Mallet (R.) Action des rayons X chez les diabetiques. BuU. et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1909, 3. s., xxvui, 658-683. Also: Tribune med., Par., 1909, n. s., xii, 773; 790. Diabetes (Treatment of) with serums and vaccins. Bertrand (D. M.) Innocuite de l'injection des virus vaccins sensibiUses su cours du diabete. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1914, lxxvi, 843.—Cas trio ta (L.) Sul mecca- nismo di azione dei sieri antiglucosurici. Gazz. d. osp., MUano, 1911, xxxu, 293-295.—Castriota, Luzzatto & Sal- vetti. Sul meccanismo di azione dei sieri antigUcosurici. BoU. d. soc. eustaeh., Camerino, 1910, vhi, no. 1, 29-32.— Chatin (P.) & Guinard (L.) Traitement de deux cas de diabete par le serum de la veine panereatique. Lyon med., 1900, xcv, 582-588.—Edgar (T. W.) Edgar serum treatment of diabetes meUitus. West. M. Times, Denver, Colo., 1919, xxxix, 172; 299.—Legiardi Laura (C.) Siero antipituitario (un tentativo di cura biologica del diabete). Minerva med., Torino, 1922, ii, 653-659.—McDonald (C. L.) Treatment by vaccine therapy of a carbuncle in a diabetic. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvii, 23.—Maltby (H. W.) Some case reports on the use of vaccines in the treatment of diabetes. Bact. Therap., Detroit, 1920-21, x, 31.—Melchiorrl (G.) Sieri antigUcosurici. BoU. d. soc. eustaeh., Camerino, 1907, v, no. 7-12, 26-30.—Miller (J.) Treatment of glycosuria by vaccine therapy. J. Vaccin. Therap., Lond., 1912, i, 156- 160.—Salustrl (E.) SuU' azione immunizzante dei sieri antiglucosurici. BoU. d. soc. eustaeh., Camerino, 1913, xi, no. 6, 22.—SewaU (H.) Is there specific treatment for diabetes meUitus? Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, PhUa., 1911, xxvi, 267-287.—Wago (H.) Effects of the antipan- creatic-ferment serum of blood sugar and reducing sub- stances in urine of rabbits; and appUcation of serum for the treatment of human diabetes. Sei-i-Kwai M. J., Tokyo, 1921, xl, no. 4, 7-15. Diabetes (Urine in). See, also, Glycosuria [in 2. s.]; Urine (Sugar in). von Alfthan (K.) *Ueber Benzoylester und Kohlehydrate aus normalen und aus diabeti- schen Harnen. 8°. Helsingfors, 1900. DIABETES. 508 DIABETES. Diabetes (Urine in). ------. Ueber dextrinartige Substanzen im diabetischen Ham. 8°. Helsingfors, 1904. Duclaux (J.) *Diabete hyperchlorurique. 8°. Lyon, 1908. Le Cacheur (J.) *Indos6 organique urinaire chez les diabetiques; essai de dialyse. 8°. Paris, 1909. Bassler(A.) Azoturia (diabete azoturique). J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1914, lxii, 282-285. Also, Reprint.—Bed- dard (A. P.) The urine in diabetes. Practitioner, Lond., 1907, lxxix, 95-106.—Boekelman (W. A.) & Bouma (J.) Eine neue Methode zur Bestimmung des Gehalts an 0- Oxybuttersaure im diabetischen Earn. Onderzoek. ged. in h. physiol. Lab. d. Lttrecht. Hoogsch., 1901-2, 5. R., iii, 342-345.—Bonorlno Udaondo (C.) & Castelgts (M.) Las amino-acidurias de los diabeticos; estudio clinico y experimental. Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1914, xxi, 741- 744.—Cammidge (P. J.) The estimation and significance of amino-acids in the urine in diabetes meihtus. Lancet, Lond., 1913, u, 1319-1321.-----. The iodine coefficient of the urine in diabetes. Tr. Internat. Cong. Med. 1913, Lond., 1914, Sect, vi, Medicine, pt. 2, 305-319.—Capezzuoll (C.) A Martlri (A.) Le modificazioni urinarie nei diabete in rapporto aha somministrazione di diversi idrati di carbonio. Tommasi, NapoU, 1911, vi, 633; 651.—Castellani (P.) La prova dell' amido di fronte a queUa deUo zucchero neU' insuf- ncienza epatica. Morgagni, Milano, 1913, lv, 113-138.— Claudius (M.) [A method for the quantitativeiodometric estimation of aceton, acetylic acid, betaoxybutvric acid and dextrose in diabetic urine.] Hospitalstidende, K0benh., 1921, lxiv, 97-104.—Constant. L'uree dans le diabete sucre. Rev. med. de Pest, Nancy, 1902, xxxiv, 682-S96, 1 ch.—Enriquez & Binet (M.-E.) Determination du pou- voir amylolytique des urines chez les individus sains et chez les diabetiques. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxv, 577-579.-----------. Le pouvoir amylolytique des urines chez les diabetiques. Arch. d. mal. de l'appar. digest, [etc.], Par., 1909, iii, 125-135.—Eve (F. C.) A case in which pneu- maturia was apparently the sole indication of glycosuria. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, ii, 840.—Favrel (G.) Recherche de l'acide diacetique dans Purine des diabetiques. Repert. de pharm., Par., 1923, 3. s., xxxv, 33-35.—Folin (O.) On the separate determination of acetone and diacetic acid in diabetic urines. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1906-7, iv, 105. Also: J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1907, hi, pp. 179-182. Also, Reprint.—Fricke (R.) Ceber die analyti- sche Erfassung und Differenzierung von Acetaldehyd, Aldol und Glyoxylsaure, sowie deren Vorkommen im Dia- betikerharn. Ztschr. f. phvsiol. Chem., Berl. A Leipz., 1921, cxvi, 129-149.-----. Ueber die Auffindung von Aldol un Diabetikerharn. Ibid., 1922, cxvhi, 215-217.-----. Erne Untersuchung uber das Vorkommen von Brenztrauben- saure in normalem und Diabetikerharn. Ibid., cxix. 39-45. -----. Zum Vorkommen von Aldol im Diabetikerharn. Ibid., 1922-3, cxxiv, 1-7.—GaUlard & Fabre, Glycosurie compUquee de maltosurie et de dextrinurie. J. de pharm. et de chim., Par., 1917, 7. s., xvi, 129-137.—Geehnuyden (H. C.) Ueber Maltosurie bei Diabetes meUitus. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1907, lxiii, 527-536.-----. Weitere Studien iiber die Beziehungen zwischen optischer Aktivitat und Reduktion von Diabetesharnen, sowie Studien uber deren Verhalten bei Inversion und bei Vergarung mit verschiedenen (larpilzes. Ibid., 1910, lxx, 287-306, 1 pL— Goodall (H. W.) & Joslln (E. P.) The clinical value of the estimation of ammonia in diabetes. Boston M. & S. J., 1908, clviii, 646-655.—Gray (H.) A plea for testing selected single specimens of urine, vvith special regard to diabetes. Ibid., 1923, clxxxviii, 168-173.—Grube (K.) Ueber die verschiedenen Formen der beim Diabetes meUitus vorkoni- menden Albuminurie. Verhandl. d. Cong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1898, xvi, 95-108. [Discussion], 112-125.) -Guelpa. importance et interpretation des analyses des urines dans le diabete. BuU. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., hds-iii, clxx, 808-815.—Hamonic (P.) Les ferments figures do l'urine diabetique. Rev. chn. d'androl. et de gynec- , Far., 1911, cvu, 289-291. Also: Rev. prat. d. mal. d. org. gen.-urin., Par., 1911-12, vui, 453-455.—Harms (II.) L'albuminuric des diabetiques. Gaz. med. . . . de Strasb., 1922, lxxx, 287- 297.—Hart (T. S.) Essentials of urinary analysis in dia- betes meUitus; with observations on the significance of data thus obtained. Urol. & Cutan. Rev., St. Louis, 1913, xvii, 184-188.—Herzog (L.) Zur Diagnose der U ramie una uber Albuminurie bei Diabetes meUitus. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. & Berl., 1899, xxv, 506; 526.—Hetenyi (G.) Diabetes meUitus und UrobUinogenurie. Berl. ler die Bezie- hungen zwischen Oxalsaureausscheidung und Glykosurie. Beitr. z. wissensch. Med. u. Chem. Festschr. . . . Ernst Salkowski, Berl., 1904, 239-252.—Magnus-Levy (A.) Chvlurie und Diabetes. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1908-9, lxvi, 524-526.—Marpmann. Bakterienbefunde im Harne von Diabetikern. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1899, xxv, 306-309.—de Massary & Civatte. Diabete azoturique ou vesanie de la faim, bouhmie carnee. BuU. et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1902, 3. s.. xix, 787-792.— Mauban (H.) De l'acetonurie des diabetiques et de l'examen fractionne des urines des glycosuriques. BuU. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1909, clvu, 36*-382. Also, in: Guelpa (G.), Autointoxication et desintoxication. Par., 1910, p. 78-117.—Mohr (L.) L'eber die Ausscheidung von Aminosauren im diabetischen Harn. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1905-6, u, 665-667.—Nicola (F.) SuUa presenza della tirosina e della diazoreazione neUe urine dei diabetici. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1904,4. s., \, >>3-Vi.—Nicolas (J.) Sur un nouveau cas de diabete hvperoidoruri'iue. BuU. Soc. med. d. hop. de Lvon, 1907, vi, 21s-2W. A ho: Lyon med., 1907, cix, 189-199.—Pari sot (J.) L'ox.ilemie et l'oxalurie au cours du diabete. Cong. franc demed,. Par., 1912 (1913), xui, 10.—Pavy(F.W.) On albuminuria as an accompaniment of diabetes melUtus, Lancet, Lond., 1903, u, 1495; 1572.—Pribram (H.) A Lflwy (J.) Ueber die KoUoidausscheidung im Harn bei Diabetes meUitus. Zentralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1912, xxxui, 493-497.—Rathery (F.), Binet (L.) A- Defflns (M.) Crea- tine et creatinine urinaires chez les diabetiques. BuU. et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par.. 1914, 3. s., xxxvu, 65^-669.— Richards (J. H.) A study of the urine in diabetes meUitus, with special reference to the relation of the urinarv acetone bodies to the ammonia excretion. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1918, xvui, 193-196.—Rlegler (E.) Eine neue Reaction im Harne von Diabetikern, welche Acetessigsaure ausscheiden. Med. VBL, Wien, 1902, xxv, 227. -----. Ueber die Jod^aifrereac- tion auf Aecetessigsaure im diabetischen Harn. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1904, liv, 350.—Rlva & Oliari. Contributo aUo studio deUe acque provenienti dagU zuccherifici. Ren- dic. d. Ass. med.-chir. di Parma, 1903, iv, 170-173.—Rosin (H.) Ueber die quantitativen Verhaltnisse der Kohlehv- drate im diabetischen Harn. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1900, xxvi, 497-499.—Rosin (H.) & Laband (L.) Ueber spontane Lavulosurie und Lavulosamie. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1902. xlvu. 1>2-197.—Roubi- tschek (R.) Oxalurie und Di.ilu-:;es. Prag. med. Wchn- schr., 1910, xxxv, 2t umatique d'un diabete latent. Lyon med., 19os, cm. 3(k;-,'U1.-----■. Valeur senieiotique de Palbumimitu- ehe/. les diibeii.mes. J. med. franc., Par-i 1909, iu, 392-1 1 Tes( heniacher. Leber Pneumaturie und scheinbares AuMuren der c.l\ kosurie bei blasenkran- ken Diabetikern. Ztschr. f. Urol.,"Berl. A Leipz., 1913, vii, 197-201 —Volt (W.) Ueber das Vorkommen von Pentosen in diabetischen Harnen. Ztschr. f. phvs. u. diatet. Therap., Leipz., 1908-9, xii, 659-669. A lso: Ztschr. f. Phvsiol. Chem., TStrassb., 1908, lvUi, 122-133—WaUace (G. B\) CoUoidal nitrogen in diabetes. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1913-14, xi, 113. DIABETES. 509 DIABETES. Diabetes in animals. See, also, Diabetes (Experimental). Prellek ([E. R.] A.) *Ueber Diabetes mel- litus beim Pferd. [Bern.] 8°. Altenburg, 1908. Cad6ac & Maignon. Un cas de diabete chez une chienne. J. de med. vet. et zootech., Lyon, 1907, 5. s.. xi, 77-81 — Darras. Diabete sucre chez le chien. BuU. Soc centr. de med. vet., Par., 1906, lx, 687-689.—Krumbhaar (E. B.) Spontaneous diabetes in a dog. J. Exper. M., Bait., 1916, xxiv, 361-365, 1 pi. Also, Reprint.—Lanfranchi (A.) Quattro casi di diabete nei cane. CUn. vet., MUano, 1907, xxx, sez. prat., 710; 729.—Loewit (M.) Der Kaltediabetes beim Frosch. Zentralbl. f. Phvsiol., Leipz. & Wien, 1908, xxi, 873-876.—Massaglla (A.) & Zanninl (P.) Contributo aUo studio del diabete melUto nei cane. Path. riv. quindi- cin., Genova, 1911-12, iv, 557-562. Diabetes and cancer. See, also, Cancer. Krieg (H.) *Vorubergehender Diabetes bei Carcinom des Pancreas. 8°. Munchen, 1904. Boas (J.) Ueber Carcinom und Diabetes. Ges. Beitr. a. d. Geb. d. Physiol., Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1886-1906, ii, 570-580. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1903, xl, 243-247 — ChaUer (J.) Cancer et diabete. Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1907, i, 395-407.—Gelle. Cancer du pancreas et diabete. Echo m6d. du nord, LiUe, 1912, xvi, 111— Gilbert (A.) & Carnot (P.) Cancer du pancreas, terminaison d'un ancien diabete. Rev. internat. de med. et de chir., Par., 1909, xx, 181-183.—Heiberg (K. A.) Ueber Zuckerkrankheit und Krebs in der Bauchspeicheldriise. Deutsche Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1911, cii, 619-624.—Korach. Ueber das gleich- zeitige Vorhandensein verschiedener Erkrankungen, insbe- sondere von Carcinom und Diabetes. Festschr. z. Jubil. d. Aerzte-Ver. d. Kreise Birnbaum [etc.], Jauer, 1903, 59-68 — Robin (A.) Les rapports du diabete et du cancer. BuU. Acad, de med., Par., 1917, 3. s., lxxvii, 481-488. Also: Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1917, xxxi, 228-230.—Sprott (G.) An interesting case of diabetes meUitus; cancer of pancreas; protozoa of cancer. Intercolon. M. Cong. Australas. Tr. 1896, Dudedin, 1897, iv, 73-78.—Strauss (H.) Wechsel- beziehungen zwischen Karzinom und Diabetes. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1917, xhii, 1224. Diabetes and diabetes insipidus. See Diabetes insipidus and diabetes mellitus. Diabetes in females. See, also, Diabetes in pregnancy, etc. Cassian (F.) *De 1'influence du diabete sucr6 sur Pappareil genital de la femme. 8°. Montpellier, 1901. Koslowski (S.) *Fruritus vulvae bei Dia- betes mellitus. 8°. Munchen, 1912. Carnot (P.) Le traitement du prurit vulvaire chez les diabetiques. Progres med., Par., 1910, 3. s., xxvi, 307 — Colorni (C.) GUcosuria e diabete sotto il punto di vista ostetrico-ginecologico. Ann. di ostet., MUano, 1913, i, 113; 381—EmUe-WeU (P.) & PUchet. Le diabete des femmes a barbe. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1921, Ixxxiv, 13-15.—Freund (H.) Untersuchungen fiber einen Fall von gleichzeitig bestehendem Diabetes meUitus und insipidus. KUn. Wchnschr., Berl., 1922, i, 1780-1785.—Goroberidze (B. K.) [Disturbances of the female genital organs in diabetes.] Russk.Vrach, Petrogr., 1915, xiv, 11; 35.—Graefe. Ueber die Einwirkung des Diabetes meUitus auf die weib- lichen Sexualorgane und ihre Functionen. Sitzungsb. d. arztl. Ver. HaUe a. S., 1897-8, Munchen, 1898, 39-41.— Harrop (G. A.) & Mosenthal (H. O.) Influence of men- struation on acidosis in diabetes meUitus; report of a case. Johns Hopkins Hosp. BuU., Bait., 1918, xxix, 161-163. Also, Reprint.—Hirschfeld (F.) Ueber Beziehungen zwi- schen Geschwulsten des Genitalapparats der Frauen und Zuckerkrankheit. Berl. khn. Wchnschr., 1910, xlvii, 2335- 2338.—Koi. [Treatment and pathology of diabetic pruritis in women] Sankwa Fujinkwa Gaku Zasshi, Tokyo, 1905, vii, 363-374.—L6pine (R.) Hyperglycemie extraordinaire chez une femme diabetique, avec lesions renales. Assoc. franc, pour l'avance d. sc. C.-r. 1897, Par., 1898, xxvi, pt. 1, 342.—Lesse (W.) Ueber Diabetes bei Frauen. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Berl., 1902, xv, 680-693.—Lorand (A.) Beitrag zur Pathologie und Therapeutik des diabeti- schen Pruritus vulvae. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1903, xui, 469-471. Also: Deutsche Prax., Munchen, 1903, xii, 483-488.-----. Contribution a la pathologie et la therapeu- tique du pruritus vulvno diabetique. Policlin., Brux., 1903, xii? 121-126.—Offergeld (H.) Die Wechselbeziehungen zwischen Diabetes und dem Generationsprozesse. Wurzb. Abhandl. a. d. Gesamtgeb. d. prakt. Med., 1909, ix, 55452.— Oliver (J.) The rapid increase of diabetes in women. Lancet, Lond., 1914, i, 1218.—Rosenbloom (J.) Influence of men- struation on food tolerance in diabetes meUitus. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1921, lxxvi, 1742. Diabetes in infants and children. See, also, Children (Diseases of); Children (Nutrition of, Disorders of); Infants (Diseases of); Infants (Nutrition of, Disorders ofY Brand (E.) *Zur Kenntnis des Diabetes mel- litus im Kindesalter. 8°. Berlin, 1906. Fr0lich (T.) Studier over diabetes mellitus i barnealderen. 8°. Christiania, 1903. Housset (B.-A.) *Sur un cas de diabete in- fantile avec acetonurie permanente. 8°. Bor- deaux, 1914. Kaiser (E.) *Ueber die in den Jahren 1877- 98 in der medicinischen Universitats-Klinik be- handelten Falle von Diabetes mellitus im Kindesalter. 8°. Gottingen, 1899. Lazard (L.) Contribution a l'etude du diabete sucre chez les enfants. 8°. Paris, 1907. Rybok (V.) *Der juvenile Diabetes mit todlichem Ausgang. 8°. Rostock, 1907. Tomono (H.) *Ueber Diabetes mellitus im Kindesalter. 8°. Munchen, 1910. Vallois (H.) *Le diabete chez les enfants et les adolescents; contribution a l'etude du regime Parmentier. 8°. Toulouse, 1908. Wolter-Pecksen (C. F. F. J.) Die Falle von Diabetes mellitus behandelt in den Jahren 1888- 1900 in der koniglichen medicinischen Universi- tatsklinik zu Gottingen. 8°. Gottingen, 1902. Abt (I. A.) Diabetes in infancy and childhood. Endo- crinology, Glendale, Cal., 1919, in, 273-284—Ashby (H. T.) Diabetes mellitus in an infant aged 5 months. Lancet, Lond., 1923, i, 22.—Baumel (L.) Le diabete Sucre observe chez une enfant de 6 mois; guerison. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r., Par., 1900, Sect, demed. del'enf., 627-636. Also: Arch. de med. d. enf., Par., 1901, iv, 147-156.—Bihhneyer (G.) Exanthem bei kmdlichem Diabetes. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1920, lxvu, 720.—Blodgett (S. H.) Diabetes in children. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1921, xxxvui, 73-77.— Cnopf. FaU von Diabetes melUtus bei einem 2| Jahre alten Kinde. Sitz.-Protok. d. arztl. Ver. Numb. 1894, Munchen, 1895, 79-82.—Colburn (W. O.) Diabetes meUitus in a child of 22 months. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1922, xxxix, 48-51.—Davis (R. H.) Report of 2 diabetic cases in the young. Kentucky M. J., BowUng Green, 1922, xx, 576.— Eaton (P. J.) Further report on the case of diabetes mel- litus in an infant presented at the last annual meeting. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, Chicago, 1912, xxiv, 195.—Eaton (P. J.) & Woods (E. B.) Report on a case of diabetes mel- litus in a child under one year of age. Ibid., 1911, xxiii, 244-248. Also: Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1911, xxviii, 905-909 — Finizlo (G.) Ricerche suUa glucosuria alimentare neU' in- fanzia. Pediatria, NapoU, 1899, vii, 7-19. -----. Alcune ricerche sul ricambio organico di un faneiuUo poUsarcico. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect. de pediat., 977-986.—Fletcher (H. M.) On diabetes in chUdren. Practitioner, Lond., 1907, lxxix, 87-95.—Fraser (C. L.) Diabetes in infants. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 1340.—Frontinl (S.) Studio chnico ed anatomo-patologico sul diabete mellito in una bambina. Atti d. Cong, pediat. ital. 1905, Roma, 1906, v, 213-217.—Funaioli (G.) Un caso di diabete melUto in un lattante di due mesi. Riv. di clin. pediat., Firenze, 1919, xvii, 83-88.—Gautier (P.) & Saloz (C.) Un cas de diabete k marche rapide chez une enfant de 15 ans. Arch, de med. d. enf., Par., 1917, xx, 314-317.— GeIklng(E. A.) [Diabetesin childhood.] Vrach. Vestnik, S.-Peterb., 1904, vii, 289; 305; 321— Graham (H. B.) The management of diabetes meUitus of children. Med. J. Aus- traUa, Sydney, 1922, ii, 89-94.—Gray (H.) & Joslin (E. P.) . Diabetes in chddren. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1917, xxxii, 149-154. [Discussion], 172-179.—Grubb (A. B.) Diabetes in a 9 year old boy. Virginia M. Month., Richmond, 1918, xlv, 187.—Guidl (G.) Diabete e allattamento. Riv. di chn. pediat., Firenze, 1915, xhi, 428-434.—Haushalter. Polyurie et tumeur cerebrale chez un enfant de 4 ans. Soc. de med. de Nancy. C.-r., 1901-2, 66.—Haverschmidt (J.) Een geval van diabetes bij een jongetje van ruim drie en een half jaar oud. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1919, i, 643-646—Heiberg (K. A.) Ueber Diabetes bei Kindern. (Zusammenstellung zweier pathologischranatomisch unter- suchter und ganz verschiedenartiger Falle von Glycosurie, mit einigen daran gekniipften Bemerkungen iiber das Ver- halten des Pankreas bei Neugeborenen.) Arch. f. Kinderh Stuttg., 1911, lvi, 403-411.-----. Das Verhalten des Pan- kreas beim Diabetes grosserer Kinder, sowie Untersuchun- gen uber den normalen Bau der Druse in diesem Alter. Ibid., 1916, lxv, 388-391—Heiman (H.l Diabetes in a boy 10 years of age. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1909, Ux, 1078-1081.— Hescheles6wna (Fryderyka). [Diabetes in children.] Lwow. tygodn. lek., 1913, viu, 418; 435; 457; 471.—Horowitz (P.) JuvenUe diabetes; report of 3 cases. N. York M. J. DIABETES. 510 DIABETES. Diabetes in infants and children. [etc.], 1919, ex, 374-376—Hurter. Ein FaU von anscheinend geheUtem kindhchem Diabetes. Med. KUn., Berl., 1910, vt, 140-142.—de Jager (L.) Een geval van diabetes meihtus bij een kind van anderhalf jaar. Nederl. maandschr. v. verlosk. en vrouwenz. en v. Mndergeneesk., Leiden. 1915. iv, 427-430.—Jampolis (M.) Diabetes melUtus in a boy 12 years old. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1910, lxi, 337-3 in.-Jeans (P. C.) Diabetes meUitus in children. Am. J. Dis. < lnld., Chicago, 1917,xhi, 145-157. Also2Reprint.—Johannsen(X.i Treatment of diabetes melUtus in chUdhood. Acta paidiat., Uppsal*, 1922-3, ii, 180-207.—Joslln (E. P.) Diabetes of five years' duration in a 10 year old boy. Med. CUn. N. Am., PhUa., 1921-2, v, 1212-1220—Joslln (E. P.) & Gray (H.) Diabetes in chUdren. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1917, xcii, 40 — Kleinschmidt (H.) Diabetes meUitus im Kindesalter. Med. KUn., Berl., 1916, xu, 1277-1279— Knox (J. H. M.) jr. Diabetes in early infancy. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1913, xxiv, 274-279. Also, Reprint— Koch (H.) Exanthem bei kindUchem Diabetes. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1920, lxvii, 1205.—Kochmann (R.) Ein FaU von Diabetes im Sauglingsalter. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1922, 3. F., xlix, 20-27.—Labbe (M.) Le diabete infantile et son traitement. Paris med., 1922, xUU, 371-378.—Landahl (P.) [DiabetesmeUitus in early childhood.] Hygiea, Stock- holm, 1909, 2. f., ix, 823-832.—Langaker (T.) [Seven deaths of diabetes meUitus of children, 5 of whom were brothers and sisters.] Norsk. Mag. f. Lcegevidensk., Kristiania, 1910, 5. R., viu, 1078-1082.—de Lange (Cornelia) & Schippers (J. C.) Diabetes mellitus bij kinderen. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1915, u, 788-804.—Langstein (L.) Dia- betes meUitus und Glykosurie im Sauglingsalter. Verhandl. d. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1909, 209-214.—Lauritzen (M.) Traitement du diabete sucre chez l'enfant. Arch, de med. d'enf., Par., 1910, xui, 561-579. Also, transl.: Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1910, U, 289-297.—Lees (E. L.) A case of very acute diabetes in a boy, aged 5 years. Lancet, Lond., 1899, U, 1735.—Le Gendre (P.) Diabete suraigu chez un enfant de 22 mois; heredite arthritique (goutte et diabete) convergente; procreation par des parents convalescents; echec de l'opotherapie hepatique. Arch, de med. d. enf., Par., 1901, iv, 157-161.—Lereboullet (P.) Le diabete sucre chez les enfants. J. med. franc., Par., 1921, x, 28-34.— Leyton (O.) The treatment of diabetes meihtus in chUdren and adolescents. Practitioner, Lond., 1919, ciii, 370-380.— Lindsay (L. M.) Diabetes mellitus in a child of 3. Canad. M. Ass. J., Toronto, 1917, vii, 133-135.—Lloyd (J. H.) A case of diabetes meUitus in a young chUd. Phila. M. J., 1903, xi, 530-532.—Macchi. Un caso di diabete grasso in una bam- bina. Gazz. med. di Torino, 1901, Ui, 501-504.—Maurel (P.) Du diabete infantile. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1910, lxxxUi, 696-698.—Mazzeo (P.) La levulosuria nei diabete dei bambini. Pediatria, NapoU, 1905, 2. s., Ui, 364-366.— Merklen (P.) Expose d'un cas de diabete infantUe. BuU. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1912, xiv, 351-368.—Mohler (H. K.) Discussion of diabetes meUitus in chUdren. Med. Clin. N. Am., PhUa., 1919-20, Ui, 1309-1328—Moore (Sir J. W.) Diabetes melUtus in a girl aged 14 years, complicated in its final stages by xanthoma diabeticorum. Irish J. M. Sc, Dublin, 1923, 5. s., 507-511.—Morse (J. L.) Diabetes in infancy and chUdhood. Boston M. & S. J., 1913, clxvui, 530-535.—Nobecourt (P.) Quelques considerations sur le diabete sucre de l'enfant. Arch, de med. d. enf., Par., 1919, xxn, 573-586.-----. Formes cliniques du diabete Sucre chez les enfants. Medecine, Par., 1921-2, iu, 834-838.-----. His- toire d'une enfant diabetique. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1922, xxxvi, 369; 386.-----. Formes cliniques et evolution des diabetes sucres chez les enfants. Ibid., 417; 437. Also, transl.: Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1923, xUv, 217-221. -----. Le traitement des diabetes sucres chez les enfants. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1922, xxxvi, 545-552.— Xobecourt (P.), Bidot (C.) & Paraf (J.) Grand diabete avec hypotrophie de l'enfance. Arch, latino-am. de pediat., Buenos Aires, 1922, 2. s., xvi, 705-709.—Osier (W.) Diabetes in infancy. Phila. M. J., 1903, xi, 538.—Parkinson (J. P.) Case of diabetes and infantilism. Proc Rov. Soc. Med., Lond., 1916-17, x, Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 26-2S.—Povnton (F. J.) Five cases of diabetes meUitus in young children.. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1923, i, 277-279.—Riesman (D.) Mild diabetes in chUdren. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1915, xxx, 333-341. Also: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1916, cU, 40-44.— Rtjo (R. G.) Glucosuria en un nifio de 3 anos. Cron. med.-quir. de la Habana, 1908, xxxiv, 77-79.—Rudlsch (J.) Diabetes in children. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1910, lxi, 356- 361—Sequeira (J. H.) Diabetes in a child aged 3 years; almost complete disappearance of the sugar during an attack of jaundice. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1899, "xvu 183-185.—Sherman (D. H.) Some interesting facts plainly brought out by a chart method of studying and managing cases of diabetes mellitus in chUdren. Am. J. Dis. Cliild Chicago, 1916, xi. 20-22, 1 ch. Also: Pediatrics, N. Y., 1916 xxvui, 76-78. Also, Reprint.—Stern (H.) A case of dia- betes meUitus in a child 4 years old. Arch. Pediat., N. Y 1902, xix, 425-431.-Strouse (S.) Diabetes in the voting! Med. Chn., Chicago, 1916, ii, 327-339.-----. JuvenUe dia- betes in twins. Med. CUn. N. Am., PhUa., 1918, i 1241- 1259—Swart (S. P.) Gtinstiger Verlauf eines FaUes von schwerem jugendlichem Diabetes. Berl. klin. Wchnschr , 1910, xlvu, 138.—West (D. P.) Diabetes in childhood. Vir- Diabetes in infants and children. ginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1917, xxii, 157-160.— Wilcox (H. B.) Diabetes in infants and young chUdren. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1908, xxv, 655-668. Diabetes and life insurance. Brodtmann (H.) Diabetes und Lebensversichemng. Ztschr. f. Versicherungsmed., Leipz., 1911, iv, 5-11.—Daw- son (B.) Glycosuria and Ufe insurance. Practitioner, Lond., 1907, lxxix, 156-160—Ebstein (W.) Auf wie viele Jahre ist die Lebensdauer der Zuckerkranken zu bemessen? Ztschr. f. Versicherungsmed., Leipz., 1910, iu, 136.-----. Ob Verletzungen von Zuckerkranken eine erhebUche Stei- gerung der Zuckerausscheidung zur Folge haben. Ibid., 1912, v, 97-99.—Hart (T. S.) The relationship of the Ufe insurance company to the appUcant showing glycosuria. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1907, lxxu, 518-521.—Krauss. Tod eines Maurers infolge Zuckerkrankheit komphziert durch das gleichzeitige Vorliegen einer Handverletzung. Ztschr. f. Versicherungsmed., Leipz., 1912, v, 166-172—May (O.) The significance of diabetic family history in hie assurance. Lancet, Lond., 1914, i, 679.—Weber (F. P.) Diabetes mel- Utus and life-assurance examinations. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1913, i, 73. Diabetes in old age. Baer. [DiabetesfaUe un hoheren Alter.] Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1906, xxxii, 902.—Gastadl & Rlchaud (A.) Recherche de la frequence de la glycosurie chez le vieiUard et en particuUer chez le vieUlard ayant des troubles respiratoires. BuU. et mem. Soc. med. de hop. de Par., 1912, xxxiv, 534-538.—Hlrschfeld (F.) Die Erhohung des Blutzuckers bei greisen Zuckerkranken. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1914, xl, 1358-1361—Kisch (E. H.) Der Diabetes der Altemden. Med. Klin., Berl., 1915, xi, 163.—Kylln (E.) [Hypertonia and diabetes; a contribution to the symptomatology of diabetes in old age.] Hygiea, Stockholm, 1922, Ixxxiv, 49-56.—Thewlis (M. W.) SenUe diabetes: with some suggestions for its treatment. Med. Rev. of Rev., N. Y., 1917, xxiii, 16-5-171.—Vaughan (V. C.) The management of glycosuria in elderly persons. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1910, xci, 417. Diabetes in pregnancy and puerperium. See, also, Diabetes in females. Bstjrowsky (D.) *Zur Lehre vom Schwan- gerschaftsdiabetes. S°. Berlin, 1913. Preusse (F. W.) *Ein Fall von Diabetes mellitus beobachtet wahrend der Schwanger- schaft, Geburt und Wochenbett. 8°. Jena, 1912. Voudouris (C.) Contribution a l'etude du traitement obstetrical du diabete sucre compli- que de grossesse. S°. Lyon, 1912. Seattle (W. A.) Diabetes in pregnancy with report of cases. Calif. State J. M., San Fran.. 1917, xv, 11-13.—BeU (J. N.) Diabetes and pregnancy. Am. J. Obst. & Gvnec. St. Louis, 1922, iii, 21-30. [Discussion], 77.—Bingel (A.) Diabetes und Schwangerschaft. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. A Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 1684-1686.—Brocard. La glycosurie de la grossesse; sa frequence, sa nature, son mecanisme. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1S9>, 10. s., v, 1077-HM.—Caldwell (H.) Diabetes, with special reference to obstetrics. Texas State J. M., Fort Worth. 1917-1S, xhi, 274-277.—Cameron (M. H. V.) Glycosuria in pregnancy. Canad. M. Ass. J., Toronto, 1919, ix, 717-722.—Carlson (A. J.) & Drennan (F. M.) The control of pancreatic diabetes in pregnancy by the passage of the internal secretion of the pancreas of the fetus to the blood of the mother. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1911, xxviu, 3914395.—Clarke (N. L.) A case with a unique history [diabetes in pregnancy]. Tr. Mississippi M. Ass.,[Vicksburg], 1913, xlvi. 121-127.:-Cron (R. S.) Glycosuria during pregnancv. Am. J. Obst. & Gynec, St. Louis, 1920, i, 276-287—Dieflenbach (R. H.) Pregnancy in diabetes. J. Med. Soc. X. Jersey, Orange, 1912, ix, 3384341—Ehret (H.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis des sogenannten Schwangerschaftsdiabetes. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lvui, 897-v.)9.—Eshner (A. A.) The rela- tions between diabetes and pregnancy; with a report of a case of diabetes in which the glycosuria diasppeared with the inception of pregnancy and reappeared after deUvery. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1097, xxii, 4>-66. Also: Am. J. M. Sc, Prula. & N. Y., 1907, exxxiv. 375-390. Also, Reprint.—Folliet (L.) Diabete et puerperaUte. Gaz. d. h6p.. Par., 1912, lxxxv, 1463-1469.—Forssner (G."> Leber die Einwirkung der Schwangerschaft auf che Zuckerkrank- heit. Nord. med. Ark., Stockholm, 1911, 3. f., vi, afd. 1, No. 35, 34— FrUhlnsholz (A.) Diabete et gestation. Ann. de gynec. et d'obst., Par., 1913, 2. s.,x, 477-483. A lso: Rev.med. del'est, Nancv, 1913,xlv,666-674.—Geelmuyden (H. C.) Diabetes og graviditet. Norsk Mag. f. Lxgevi- densk., Kristiania, 1914, lxxv, 1137-1168. -----. Et nvt tUfrclde av diabetes med graviditet. Ibid., 1916, lxxvu, 404- 415.—Guilera. Sindrome diabetico del embarazo; mani- festacidn de intoxicacioii gmvidica. Rev. de med. y cirug., Barcel., 1913, xxvii, 33S-345— Herman (G. E.) Diabetes and pregnancy. Edinb. M. J., 1902, n. s., xi, 119-123.— DIABETES. 511 DIABETES. Diabetes in pregnancy and puerperium. Hirschfeld (F.) Schwangerschaft und Zuckerkrankheit. Berl. khn. Wchnschr., 1910, xlvu, 1053-1057.—Jaeger (F.) Experimentelle Glykosurie bei graviden und nichtgraviden Frauen. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. Gynak., Stuttg., 1913, lxxiv, 586-599.—Joslln (E. P.) Pregnancy and diabetes melUtus. Boston M. & S. J., 1915, clxxiu, 841-849.—Keim (G.) Re- cherches sur la glycosurie de la grossesse et de la puerp6ra- Ute. BuU. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1898, 300-319.—Klein- wachter (L.) Ein Beitrag zur KompUkation des Diabetes mit Graviditat. Wien. med. Presse, 1904, xlv, 2449-2452.— Lemann (I. I.) Diabetes and pregnancy. N. Orl. M. & S., 1921-2, lxxiv, 492-500—McDonald (A. L.) Glycosuria in obstetrical practice. Med. Rev. Lond., 1913, lxii, 454-456. Also: Urol. & Cutan. Rev., St. Louis, 1913, n. s., i, 18 — Malella (G.) Sopra un caso di diabete m gravidanza. Arch, di ostet. e ginec, Napoli, 1909-10, 2. s., n, 677-692 — Mann. Die Schwangerschaftsglykosurie; eine Form des renalen Diabetes. Ztschr. f. KUn. Med., Berl., 1913, lxxvhi, 488-500.—Neumann (A.) Sobre las relaciones entre el embarazo y la diabetes. Rev. valenc. de cien. med., Valen- cia, 1911, xUi, 227-231.—Neumann (H.) Schwangerschaft una Zuckerkrankheit, ihre Wechselbeziehungen und Be- handlung. Berl. kUn. Wchnschr., 1909, xUv, 2096-2098. Also: Verhand. d. Berl. med. GeseUsch., 1909, Berl., 1910, xl, pt. 2, 377-384. [Discussion], pts. 1, 180-184.-----. Sul rapporti tra la gravidanza e il diabete. Path. riv. quindicin., Genova, 1910-11, iii, 3504352.-----. Ueber das Zusammen- trefien von Graviditat und Diabetes meUitus; fiber die Frage der Notwendigkeit der rein diatetischen Behandlung diabetischer Schwangeren. Ztschr. f. khn. Med., Berl., 1910, xlix, 475-508. -----. Schwangerschaftsdiabetes. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1913, x, 367-373.—Noguera (J.) Diabetes y embarazo. Med. ibera, Madrid, 1922, xvi, pt. 2, 243.—Novak (J.), Porges (O.) & Strisower (R.) Ueber Nierendiabetes in der Graviditat. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1912. xxxvui, 1868.----------- -----. Ueber eine besondere Form von Glykosurie m der Graviditat und ihre Beziehungen zum echten Diabetes. Verhandl. d. deutsch. GeseUsch. f. Gynak. 1913, Leipz., 1914, xv, pt. 2, 238-245.—(Economos (S. N.) Quelques observa- tions de glycuries gravido-puerperales. Montpel. med., 1911, xxxiii, 625-639.—Oflergeld. Ueber das Vorkommen von Kohlehydraten im Fruchtwasser bei Diabetes der Mutter. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Stuttg., 1906, lvhi, 189-229.-----. Diabetes und Graviditat. Therap. Rundschau, Berl., 1908, ii, 77.5-780.-----. Zur internen Behandlung diabetischer Frauen in Schwangerschaft, Geburt una Wochenbett. Wurzb. Abhandl. a. d. Gesamt- geb. d. prakt. Med., 1909, ix, 205-230.-----. Trennung der aUmentaren Glykosurie der Schwangern. Sitzungsb. d. naturh. Ver. d. preuss. Rheinl. u. Westphal. 1909, Bonn, 1910, pt. B, 14.—Paucot. Disparition de la glycosurie chez une diabetique au cours de la grossesse. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1910, xiu, 138-143. A lso: Echo med. du nord, LiUe, 1910, xiv, 306-308.—Perez (M. L.) Diabetes en el embarazo. Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1922, xxix, pt. 2, 393-398.— Plauchu. Disparition de la glycosurie dans le diabete au cours de la grossesse. Rev. de med., Par., 1911, xxxi, num. spec 647-650.—Plauchu & Japiot. Diabete et grossesse. Lyon med., 1910, cxiv, 1035-1039.—Reinhardt (E.) Zur Frage des Diabetes und Schwangerschaft. Ztschr. f. Ge- burtsh. u. Gynak., Stuttg., 1919, lxxxi, 81-97—Remy (S.) Diabete et grossesse. Rev. med. de Pest, Nancy, 1913, xlv, 453-456.—Schottelius (A.) Diabetes melUtus in gravidi- tate als Indikation zur Unterbrechung der Schwangerschaft. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lv, 957-959.—SUvestri (T.) DeU' eclampsia diabetica. Riforma med., Napoli, 1914, xxx, 285-289.—Strouse (S.) Diabetes and pregnancy; the treatment of acidosis. Med. Clin. Chicago, 1916, u, 47-52.— Tate (M. A.) Pregnancy associated with diabetes. Tr. Am. Ass. Obst. & Gynec. 1905 N. Y., 1906, xvui, 222-231.— Tausz (B.) [Diabetes and pregnancy.] Gy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1910,1, 225.—Torland (T.) Glycosuria and preg- nancy. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1917, xvi, 257-259 — Umber. Ueber Koma diabeticum bei Schwangeren. Ver- handl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med., Munchen u. Wiesb. (1920), 1921, xxxu, 189.—VUlanueva (F.) GUcosuria de las embarazadas. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1913, xcix, 249-252.—Vinay. Le diabete insipide chez les femmes enceintes. Cong, period, de gynec, d'obst. et de psediat. 1898. Mem. et disc, Par., 1900, ii, 539-547, 5 ch.—Voron (J.) Peut-U etre indique d'interrompre la grossesse chez les dia- betiques enceintes? Rev. de med., Par., 1911, xxxi, mem. spec 857-864.-----. Autopsie d'un enfant ne d'une mere diabetique et mort 12 heures apres la naissance. Lyon med., 1913, cxx, 1021-1025.—Voron & FoUiet (L.) Deux obser- vations d'accouchement provoque; therapeutique chez des diabetiques. Ibid., 1912, cxviii, 873-883.—WeydUch (O.) Diabetes meUitus bei Schwangerschaft, Geburt und Wochen- bett nebst einem einschlagigen FaUe. Aerztl. Centr.-Anz., Wien, 1899, xi, 1-5.—WUcox (R. W.) The treatment of diabetes and pregnancy. Tr. Am. Therap. Soc, Phila., 1913,10-15. Also: Month. Cycl. & M. BuU., PhUa., 1913, vi, 385-391. Also, Reprint—Wise (R.) Glycosuria, resulting in the birth of a dead chUd, treated with success in a subse- quent pregnancy. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1922-3, xvi, Sect. Obst. & Gynaec, 35. Diabetes and psychoses. See, also, Diabetes (Neurogenous). Aymes (G.) *Diabete et troubles mentaux; revue critique. 8°. Montpellier, 1910. Bartsch (J. A.) *TJeber diabetische Psycho- sen. 8°. Jena, 1903. Degener ([C] A. W.) *Ueber diabetische Psychosen mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der halluzinatorischen Anfalle. 8°. Kiel, 1910. Felten (R. L. M. H. K.) *TJeber Dementia paralytica und Diabetes mellitus. 8°. Kiel, 1907. Fromm ([M.] A. G.) *Ueber Diabetes und Psychose. 8°. Kiel, 1908. Goldammer (C. E.) *Ueber Beziehungen des Diabetes mellitus zum psychischen Shock. 8°. Leipzig, 1912. Roman (S.) *Giebt es atiologische Beziehun- gen zwischen Diabetes mellitus und Geistessto- rungen? [Wurzburg.] 8°. Thorn, 1906. Senges (N.-L.-E.) *Les troubles mentaux dans le diabete. 8°. Toulouse, 1909. Bosc (G.) Diabete et troubles mentaux. Rev. de psy- chiat., Par., 1906, 416-418.—Dunton (W. R.) Mental symptoms of diabetes. Maryland Psychiat. Q., Bait., 1921-2; xi, 72-78.—Fornaca (G.) Contributo chnico aUo studio dei rapporti fra disturbi psichici e diabete. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1909, li, 145-157.—Friedlander. Psychoneu- rose und Diabetes insipidus. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 191L xU, 215-226.—Halberstadt & Arslmoles. Psychoses senUes et preseniles dans le diabete. Rev. de psychiat., Par., 1911, xv, 46-59.—Hyslop (T. B.) Diabetes and insanity. Practitioner, Lond., 1907, lxxix, 76-86.— Kauffmann (M.) Ueber Diabetes und Psychose. Ver- handl. d. Ver. d. Aerzte zu Halle a. S., Munchen, 1907-8, 46-57. A lso: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lv, 621-623 — Klieneberger (O.) Diabetes und Psychose. Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1920, xlvu, 351-369.—Kooy (F. H.) Bloedsuiker en psychose. Psychiat. en Neurol. BL, Amst., 1920, xxiv, 143-160.—Marchand (L.) & Olivier. Diabete et troubles mentaux. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1906, lxxix, 1203-1206.—Pike (H. V.) Significance of diabetes meUitus in mental disorders. J. Am. M. Ass.. Chicago, 1921, lxxvi, 1571.—Porot (A.) Psychoses et diabete periodique; synchronisme des acces. Encephale, Par., 1920, l, 280-283.— Redlich (E.) Zur Frage der Beziehungen zwischen Diabetes meUitus una Psychosen. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1903, Uu, 1041; 1107—Singer (H. D.) & Clark (S. N.) Psychoses associated with diabetes meUitus. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1917, xlvi, 421-428— Tamburlnl (A.) Sui disturbi nervosi e psichici del diabete. Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio- EmiUa, 1901, xxvii, 602-608. Diabetes in soldiers. Benn (G.) *Ueber die Haufigkeit des Diabetes mellitus im Heer. [Berlin.] 8°. Kirchhain, N. L., 1912. Allen (F. M.) & MltcheU (J. W.) Report of diabetic service at U. S. Army General Hospital No. 9, Lakewood, N. J. Am. J. M. Sc, PhUa., 1920, clix, 25-40.—Cumston (C. G.) Diabetes among the troops. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1918, cvui, 157.—Cottstein (A.) & Umber (F.) Diabetes und Krieg. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1916, xhi, 1309-1311.—Lenne. Zur Behandlung der Kriegs- diabetiker. Ibid., 608.—Roth (N.) Erfahrungen bei der diatetischen Behandlung zuckerkranker Soldaten. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1917, xxx, 1271.—Ruediger. Die Be- handlung des Diabetes mellitus im Felde. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1915, lxu, 533. Diabetes and surgical operations. See, also, Diabetes (Post-operative); Diabetes (Treatment of, Operative). Caralp (P.-G.) *Les interventions chirurgi- cales en general chez les diabetiques. 8°. Bor- deaux, 1912. Glaeser (S.) *IJeber die Bedeutung des Diabetes mellitus bei chirurgischen Erkrankun- gen, abgesehen von Karbunkel und Gangran. 8°. Konigsberg, 1914. Kulczycka (Marie S.) *Der Einfluss des Diabetes auf gynakologische Operationen. [Zu- rich.] 8°. Zurich, 1917. Patterson (T.-E.) *De l'opportunite de l'intervention chirurgicale et de son pronostic chez les glycosuriques. 8°. Bordeaux, 1904. DIABETES. 512 DIABETES. Diabetes and surgical operations. Rouzaud (J.) *Etude sur la chirurgie des diabetiques. 8°. Montpellier, 1911. Addis (T.) The preparation of diabetic patients for operation. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1915, lxiv, 1130-1134.— Becker. Ueber die Gefahren der Narkose fur den Diabetiker. Sitzungsb. d. nied.-rhein. GeseUsch. f. Nat.- u. Heilk. zu Bonn, 1894, med. Sect., 4-9—Berkman (D. M.) Medical treatment of diabetics preparatory to surgical treatment. Journal-Lancet, Minneap., 1916, xxxvi, 309-312. -----. A preoperative and postoperative study of diabetic patients with surgical complications. Minnesota Med., St. Paul, 1921, iv, 28-40— Bith (H.) Chirurgie et diabete. Bull. med., Par., 1921, xxxv, 620-622.—Blum (L.) Ueber die Indikationen zu chirurgischen Operationen beim Diabetes meUitus. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1916, cu, 416-425. -----. Sur les indications des interventions chirurgicales dans le diabete sucre. Paris m6d., 1919, xxxi, 341-343.— Bruce (H. A.) Surgical limitations in diabetes. Canad. J. M. & S., Toronto, 1914, xxxvi, 12-23. Also: Dominion M. Month., Toronto, 1914, xUii, 51451.—Chavannaz (G.) Con- tribution a l'6tude du pronostic operatoire chez les glycosu- riques. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1903, xxiv, 116-120.-----. Diabete et operations gynecologiques. Rev. mens, de gynec. [etc.], Bordeaux, 1903, v, 307-315.—Costaln (T. E.) Anaesthesia in diabetics. J. Am. Inst. Homceop.. Cleveland, 1910-11, Ui, 107S-1O81.—Cumston (C. G.) Diabetes and surgical operations. Boston M. & S. J., 1914, clxx. 316—Delbet (P.) Les interventions chirurgicales et le regime chez les diabetiques. Paris chirurg., 1921, xhi, 399-404.—Eising (E. H.) The disappearance of sugar in diabetics after certain pelvic operations. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1914, lxii, 1244.—Falta (W.) Ueber Indikations- steUung und Diat bei chirurgischen Eingriffen an Diabetes- kranken. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1918, xxxi, 19-37.—Fischer (H.) Diabetes und Chirurgie. Deut- sche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1914, cxxxi, 404-424. Alio, Re- print.—Fitz (R.) Surgical anesthetics in diabetes melUtus; the dangers of operative treatment when necessary in diabetic patients; necessity, if possible, of preoperative treatment in diabetics, etc Med. Clin. N. Am., Phila., 1920, 1107-1125.-----. Surgical anesthesia in relation to diabetes meUitus. Am. J. Surg., Q Suppl. Anesth., N. Y., 1922, xxxvi, 46-48.—Foster (N. B.) A consideration of the sur- gical hazards in diabetic patients. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1920, Ixxi, 382-386. AZ.so[Abstr.'l: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1920, xcvii, 170.—Fowler (H. A.) Surgery in dibeties. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1903, xlvi, 57-64.—Fttth (H.) Diabetes meUitus und gynakologische Operationen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1903, xxix, 65; 82; 99.—Gardner (G. W.) Surgery in diabetes. Rhode Island M. J., Providence, 1922, v, 177-179.—Gildersleeve (C. P.) The relation of surgery to diabetes. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxv, 551-553.— Helbing (H. H.) Post-operative care of diabetics. Nat. Eclect. M. Ass. Quart., Cincin., 1922-3, xiv, 164-168.—Jones (A. T.) Diabetes meUitus complicating surgery. Boston M. & S. J., 1923, clxxxviii, 483-488.—Kahn (M.) Pre- operative preparation of diabetic patients and their subse- quent treatment. Surg., Gynec & Obst., Chicago, 1920, xxxi, 363-365.—Kaposi (H.) Diabetes und Chirurgie. Ergebn. d. Chir. u. Orthop., Berl., 1913, vi, 52-75.—Kausch (W.) Beitrage zum Diabetes in der Chirurgie. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1904, lxxiv, 853-861.—King (A.) Diabetes meUitus from a surgical standpoint. Month. Cvcl. & M. BuU., Phila., 1911, xxv, 452-459.—Korner (O.)." Untersu- chungen una Erfahrungen uber den Einfluss von Opera- tionen auf den Verlauf und Ausgang des Diabetes meUitus. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1903, xii, 682- 697.—Kraus (F.) Diabetes und Chirurgie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1914, xl, 3-8. [Discussion]. 52.— Kreutzmann (H. J.) Diabetes meUitus and carcmoma uteri; hysterectomy; recovery. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1898, xxxvui, 846-849.—LabbC (M.) La chirurgie chez les diabe- tiques. Rev.de therap. med.-chir., Par., 1914, lxxxi, 402-406. -----. La chirurgie chez les diabetiques. Ann. de med.. Par., 1918, v, 428-434.—Lauritzen (M.) Diabetes und chi- rurgischer Eingriff. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1921, lxu, 409-418.—Leyton (O.) Anresthetics and diabetes mellitus. Lancet, Lond., 1920, i, 736.—Loumeau (E.) Diabt'te et prostatectomie. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 11)16, xxxvii, 71. Also: J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1916, xlvi, 135.— Morris (R. T.) Diabetes in surgery. Med. News, N. Y 1901, Ixxviu, 1024. Also, Reprint.—Murphy (J. P.) Sur- gical aspect of diabetes. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1921, xv, 224-228—Noble (C. P.) Three operations upon diabetic patients. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1899, xxxix, 182-184. [Dis- cussion], 187.-----. Personal experience in operations upon diabetic patients. Tr. Am. Gvnec. Soc, PhUa., 1903, xxviii, 231-243. Also: Am. Med., Phila., 1903, vi, 511-515. Also, Reprint.—O'Day (J. C.) Surgical control of carbohydrate tolerance. N. York M. J.[etc.], 1917, cv. 353-355.—Peterson (R.) A case of a diabetic with umbilical hernia, complete laceration of the perineum, and fisttuous openings in the region of the right labium. J. Mich. M. Soc, Grand Rapids }%[' X?K64"6J6.—PUUger (E.), Schtfndorff (B.) & Wenzei i.'lx Veue\ iea ^Juss chirurgischer EingruTe auf den Stoffwechsel der Kohlehydrate und die Zuckerkrankheit Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1904, cv, 121-175.—PhUUps (L. C. P.) Some of the surgical aspects of glycosuria and Diabetes and surgical operations. diabetes. Lancet, Lond., 1902, i, 1308; 1386— PUcque (A.-F.) La chirurgie chez les diabetiques. BuU. med., Par., 1919, xxxui, 482.—Renssen (W.) Beenhechting bij een diabeteslijder. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1915, ii, 699. —Riesmeyer ( L. T.) The effect of surgical operation on diabetic patients. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1907-8, iv, 670-673.—Risley (E. H.) Diabetes and surgery. Boston M. & S. J., 1915, clxxii, 90-92.—Rothbart (J.) Ueber chirurgische Eingriife bei Diabetes. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1901, xxxvii, 856; 881.—Sternberg (J.) Ueber Operationen an Diabetischen. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1903, Uii, 213-218.—Strouse (S.) Diabetes and surgery. Med. CUn., Chicago, 1916, ii, 37-47.—Thorbecke (K.) Prognostische Bedeutung des Diabetes meUitus bei opera- tiven Eingriflen und die diesbezuglichen prophylaktischen Massnahmen. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Berl., 1906, xxiv, 495-508.—Tytgat. Le traitement des affections chirurgicales dans le diabete. Ann. Soc. de med. de Gand, 1911, n. s., ii, 199-203. Also: Belgicme med., Gand, 1911, xviii, 3034305.-----. Le traitement des affections chirurgi- cales dans le diabete. J. de m.'-d. de Par., 1916, xxxv, 40.— Umber. Die Indikation und Prophylaxe chirurgischer Eingriffe bei Diabetikern. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1912, xxxvUi, 1401-1403.—Verdelet. Pro- nostic operatoire chez les glycosuriques. Bull. et mem. Soc de medfet chir. de Bordeaux, 1918, 129.—WeUand (W.) Glykosurie und Diabetes bei chirurgischen Erkrankungen; komplizierende Erkrankungen chirurgischer Art bei Dia- betes mellitus. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1918-19, xxxi, 473-507.—Wiener (.1.) Surgery in diabetes. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1907, Ixxi, 722-728. Diabetes and syphilis. See, also, Diabetes (Complications of); Dia- betes (Insipidus and syphilis). Beguier (G.) Considerations sur le diabete syphilitique avec sclerose atrophique du pan- creas. 8i. Paris, 1919. Dimitroff (N.) *Syphilis als Ursache des Diabetes mellitus. 8°. Leipzig, 1920. Troller (D.) *Essai sur le diabete sucre' syphilitique. 8°. Paris, 1905. Velluot (G. A.) *Relations du diabete et de la glycosurie avec la syphilis acquise et heredi- taire. 8°. Paris, 1921. Barach (J. H.) Diabetes meUitus and syphilis. Boston M. & S. J., 1917, clxxvi, 58-60.—Baranl (F.) Sopra un caso di diabete sifUitico. Corriere san., Milano, 1910, xxi, 482-485.—Cantaloube (P.) Diabete et syphUis. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1922, xxxvi, 199.—Carnot (P.) & Harvier (P.) Diabete syphiUtique par pancreatite sciero-gommeuse. BuU. et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1920,3. s., xhv, 71-76.-----------. Diabete par syphUis du pancreas. Paris med., 1920, xxxv, 401-403.—Chiari. [FaU von Diabetes insipidus auf luetischer Basis.] Wien. klin. Wchnschr.. 1920, xxxui, 620.—Consolazlo (E.) Diabete melUto sifltitico. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1908, xi, 517.—Cordier (Mme. V.) & Dechaume. Diabete syphiU- tique et glycosurie de la periode tertiaire. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1920, 6. s., i, 17-36.—CorniUon (J.) Du diabete syphilitique. Progres med., Par., 1899, 3. s., ix, 152.—Earp (S. E.) SyphUis and glycosuria, and. the aid of therapy in diagnosis; with case report. Wast. M. Times, Denver, 1917, xxxvii, 64.—Ehrmann (R.) Leber schwe- ren Diabetes infolge syphilitischer Infektion. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl.. I>t08, xxxiv, 1303-1305.— Ferranninl (L.) II diabete sifilitico. Med. ital., Milano, 1920, i, no. 12, 21-23.—Gallus (E.) Ein Ugenartiges klini- sches BUd des Diabetes svphiUticus. Med. KUn., Bed., 1920, xvi, 1010-1012—Hemptenmacher. Ueber einen FaU von Diabetes meUitus svphiUticus. Mitt. a. d. Hamb. Staatskrankenanst., 1900-1901, Ui, 616-625. Also: Jahrb. d. Hamb. Staatskrankenanst. 1899-1900, Hamb. & Leipz., 1902, vii, pt. 2; 616-6-V-.—Janevvay (T. C.) Diabetes asso- ciated with disturbances of the external secretion of the pancreas in a svphiUtic Med. CUn. N. Am., Phila., 1917, i, 33-46.—Labbe (M.) Le diabete et la svphilis. BuU. Acad. de mi5d., Par., l.i.'3, 3. s., lxxxvui, 53-60.—Launois (P.-E.) Diabete panereatique d'origine syplulitique. J. de med. de Par., 1909, 2. s., xxi, 43-45.—Laurent (C.) Glycosurie survenue 30 ans apres un chancre syphiUtique et guerie par le traitement mercuriel. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1912, 5. s., iu. 718.—Lebar. Diabete et syphilis. Vie med.. Par., 1921, ii. 1063-1065.—Maderna (C.) & Scotti (F.) Contributo aUo studio del diabete sifiUtico. Folia med., Napoli, 1920, vi, 217; 251.—Melnerl (P.-A.) Sopra un caso di diabete mellito sifllit ico. Policlin., Roma, 1923, xxx, sez. prat., 307-310.— Mitchell (J. W.) A case of diabetes mel- litus with syphUis. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1919, clvii, 700- 703.— Moscucci (A.) L'iodofjelatina Schavo in un caso di diabete mellito d'origine sifilitica e in un caso di idiosin- crasia per i comuni preparatiiodici. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1905, xliv, 521-528—Nathan (M.) Diabete syphilitique. Clinique, Par., 1912, vii, 726.—Plnard (M.) L'origine syphiUtique des diabetes. Medecine, Par., 1922-3, iv, 123.— DIABETES. 513 DIABETES. Diabetes and syphilis. Plnard (M.) & Mendelsohn (E.) Diabete avec areflexie chez un fils de syphiUtique. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1922, 3. s., xlvi, 397-404. Also [Abstr.]: BuU. med., Par., 1922, xxxvi, 186—Plnard (M.) & Velluot. L'origine syphiUtique du diabete. BuU. et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1921, 3. s., xlv, 760-771.—Rathery (F.) & Fernet (P.) Diabete syphiUtique. Ibid., 1922, 3. s., xlvi, 661-667. Also: BuU. med., Par., 1922, xxxvi, 527-529.— Rosenbloom (J.) The relation between diabetes meUitus and clinical syphilis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, lxvui, 1232-1234. 4/so, Reprint.-----. A study of the Wasser- mann reaction in 100 cases of diabetes meUitus. Proc Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1920-21, xvui, 236.-----. A study of the relation between syphilis and diabetes mel- Utus. Am. J. Syph., St. Louis, 1921, v, 634-642.—Russo (G.) La sifiUde nella patogenesi del diabete meUito. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1913, xvi, 1143-1146.—Sarra (G.) La frequenza del diabete meUito tra i siflUtici; esiste un vero diabete sifilitico? Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1909, xxx, 729-733.—van Saun (Anna). Wassermann reaction with diabetic sera. J. Med. Research, Chicago, 1917, xxxvii, 205.— Slmmonds(M.) Diabetes und Syphilis. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien & Leipz., 1921, cxxxu, Orig., 235-237 — Smith (J. H.) The relation between syphiUs and diabetes meUitus. Virginia M. Month., Richmond, 1922-3, xhx, 662-664.—Troller (D.) Le diabete parasyphiUtique. Gaz. med. de Par., 1907.13. s., ii, 1.—Villaret (M.) & Blum. (P.) Contribution a l'etude des rapports du diabete et de la syphilis; un cas de diabete sucre apparu quelques jours apres un chancre syphiUtique. BuU. et mem. Soc med. d. hop. de Par., 1922, 3. s., xlvi, 90-94—Warthin (A. S.) & Wilson (Unity F.) The coincidence of latent syphilis and diabetes. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1916, ciii, 157-164.—Wil- liams (J. R.) SyphiUs as a cause of diabetes meUitus; rela- tion of Wassermann test and of Upoidemia. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1918, lxx, 365-367. Also, Reprint. Diabetes and tuberculosis. See, also, Diabetes (Complications of). Chalier (J.) R61e de la tuberculose dans la pathogenie du diabete sucre. Progres med., Par., 1907, 3. s., xxui, 905- 909.—Cohen (S. S.) The association between diabetes melUtus and tuberculosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1917, xcU, 40.— Cram (E. A.) Diabetes meUitus of four years standing foUowed by pulmonary tuberculosis with apparant cure of both diseases as told by patient. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1919, xvu, 408-410.—Croner (W.) Ueber 100 poU- kUniseh beobachtete FaUe von Diabetes melUtus; insbeson- dere, ihre Beziehung zur Tuberkulose und Arteriosklerose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1903, xxix, 821- 825.—Domenech Marti (J.) Un caso de diabetes de origen tuberculose Med. de los ninos, Barcel., 1912, xUi, 17-21.— Funk (E. H.) Diabetes and tuberculosis; the problem of treatment. Med. CUn. N. Am., PhUa., 1922-3, vi, 893-898 — Janney (N. W.) & Newell (R. R.) Treatment of diabetes compUcated by pulmonary tuberculosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1920, lxxv, 153-159.—Landis (H. R. M.) & Funk (E. H.) Further observations on the treatment of diabetes and tuberculosis. Am. Rev. Tuberc, Bait., 1922, vi, 429- 436.—Lorand (D.) Sur les rapports du diabete avec le cancer et la tuberculose. J. med. de Brux., 1903, vui, 626- 628.—Montgomery (C. M.) Diabetes meihtus and tuber- culosis. Am. J. M. Sc Phila. & N. Y., 1912, cxUv, 543-561, 1 tab.—Morln. Diabete et tuberculose. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1914, xxxiv, 408-417.— Rennle (G. E.) Tuberculosis and diabetes. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1913, xxxiv, 215.—Thorspecken (O.) Zur Therapie der diabetischen Phthise. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 313-315. Diabetes insipidus. See, also, Acromegaly; Diabetes [mellitus]; Gigantism; Polyuria; "Urination (Excessive). Benndorf ([L. E.] O.) *Zur Kasuistik des Diabetes insipidus. [Leipzig.] 8°. Meissen, 1920. Leclercq (A.) Contribution a l'etude du diabete insipide ou polyurie dite essentielle. 8°. Paris, 1914. Lxpschitz (W. [L.]) *Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Diabetes insipidus. [Leipzig.] 8°. Berlin, 1916. MnjTCH (G.) *Etude clinique sur le diabete insipide. 8°. Lausanne, 1916. Neumark (Kathe). *Studien iiber den Diabetes insipidus. 8°. Munchen, 1910. Rohm (J. G.) *Ueber einen Fall von Diabetes insipidus. 8°. [Marburg], 1914. Seignetjrin (F.) Contribution a l'etude du diabete insipide vrai. 8°. Lyon, 1903. Socin (C.) *TJeber Diabetes insipidus. 8°. Berlin, 1913. Also, in: Ztschr. f. kUn. Med., Berl., 1913, lxxvui, Hft. 3 & 4, 294-308. 11877°—Vol. IV, 3d series—22----33 Diabetes insipidus. Thinius (W.) *Zur Kenntnis des Diabetes insipidus. 8°. Greifswald, 1913. Ambard (L.) & Lux (H.) Le diabete insipide. Arch. d. mal. d. reins [etc.], Par., 1922, i, 78-97.—Aubertin (C.) & Ambard (L.) Note sur le fonctionnement renal dans le diabete insipide. BuU. et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1914, 3. s., xxxvu, 437-440.—Barach (J. H.) Diabetes insipidus. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1917, cUv, 220-225.— Bauer (J.) Ueber Diabetes insipidus. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr., 1920, xxxui, 203.—Blffls (P.) Studi sul diabete . insipido. PoUclin., Roma, 1922, xxix, sez. med., 286-306.— BoreUi (L.) Diabete insipido. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1913, 4. s., xix, 91-100.—Braeunig (H.) Neuere Untersuchungen uber Diabetes insipidus. Wiirzb. Ab- handl. a. d. Gesamtgeb. d. prakt. Med., 1908, x, 27-46 — Braga (A.) & Conelli (M.) Diabete insipido. BoU. d. Soc. med. di Parma, 1911, 2. s., iv, 62-76.—Bramwell (B.) Diabetes insipidus. Clin. Stud., Edinb., 1905-6, iv, 149- 153.—BuUoch (W.) Diabetes insipidus. Univ. Lond. Francis Galton Lab. Nat. Eugenics. Treas. Human In- heritance, Lond., 1909, 1-6, 2 pi.—Cables (H. A.) Dia- betes insipidus. IlUnois M. J., Chicago, 1921, xl, 28.— Christie (C. D.) & Stewart (G. N.) Study of some cases of diabetes insipidus with special reference to the detection of changes in the blood when water is taken or withheld. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1922, xxix, 555-566.—Claramelll (E.) Poche parole su di un caso di diabete insipido. N. Riv. cUn.-terap., NapoU, 1903, vi, 463-468.—Clausen. Presentation of a case of diabetes insipidus. Proc Wash. Univ. M. Soc, St. Louis, 1918, xlviii, 8. Also: J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1918, xv, 189. Also, Reprint.—Couvee. Diabetes insipidus. Med. Rev., Haarlem, 1907, vii, 279- 291.—Dameno(E.) Un caso de diabetes insipida. Prensa med. argentina, Buenos Aires, 1918-19, v, 345.—Davis (J. S.) Diabetes insipidus; with report of a pecuhar case. Virginia M. Month., Richmond, 1921-2, xlviu, 63-69.—Dias (A.) Diabete insipido. Arch. Rio-grand, de med., Porto Alegre, 1920, i, 189-199.—Ebstein (W.) Beitrage zur Lehre vom Diabetes insipidus. Deutsches Arcb. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1908-9, xcv, 1-6L—Engel (K.) Ueber Diabetes insipidus. Ztschr. f. kUn. Med., Berl., 1909, lxvii, 112-130—FItz (R.) A case of diabetes insipidus. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1914, xiv, 706-721. Also, Reprint.—Forschbach. Zur Frage des Konzentriervermogens der Niere beim Diabetes in- sipidus. Ztschr. f. kUn. Med., Berl., 1913, lxxvii, 153-159 — Gastaldl (G.) Osservazioni sul diabete insipido. FoUo clin. chim. et micros., Salsomaggiore, 1909, ii, 1-17.—Ger- hardt (D.) Der Diabetes insipidus. Deutsche Klinik, Berl. & Wien, 1901, iii, 161-176.—German! (A.) Intomo ad un caso di diabete insipido. Morgagni, Milano, 1917, Ux, pt. 1, 165-177—Gorke (H.) & Deloch (E.) Ueber das Verhalten der Magen- und Darmfunktion beim Diabetes insipidus. Med. Klin., Berl., 1921, xvu, 1140-1142.—Grote (L. R.) Ueber die Funktion der Niere bei Diabetes insipi- dus. Deutsches Arch. f. khn. Med., Leipz., 1917, cxxU, 223-240—Guthrie (L.) & Sutherland (G. A.) Two cases of transitory diabetes insipidus. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1913-14, vii, Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 76-78.—Hanssen (O.) Om diabetes insipidus. Norsk Mag. f. Lxgevidensk., Kristiania, 1912, 5. R., v, 480-506—van der Heide (C. C.) Diabetes insipidus. Nederl. Maandschr. v. Geneesk., Leiden., 1920, i, 618-624.—Heltz-Boyer & Morens. Volume des urines et concentration maxima; signification diagnosti- que de la polyurie. Presse med., Par., 1911, xix, 245-249.— Hirschfeld (F.) Beobachtungen bei einem FaU von Dia- betes insipidus. Beitr. z. wissensch. Med. u. Chem. Festschr . . . Ernst Salkowski, Berl., 1904, 187-197.—Johnson (F.) Diabetes insipidus. Wisconsin M. J., Milwaukee, 1911-12, x, 590-595.—Kahlmeter (G.) [A case of diabetes insipidus with a tendency to sodium chloride retention.] Hygiea, Stockholm, 1922, Ixxxiv, 103.—Kolossow (G. A.) Zur Frage des Diabetes insipidus. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1908,169; 219.—Lichtwitz (L.) & Stromeyer (F.) Unter- suchungen fiber die Nierenfunktion: die Funktion der Niere im Diabetes insipidus. Deutsches Arch, f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1914, cxvi, 127-144.—Lortat-Jacob (L.) Diagnos- tic clinique de la polyurie essentieUe de l'adulte ou diabete insipide vrai. Medecine, Par., 1921-2, iU, 784-789—Lortat- Jacob (L.) & Turpin. La polyurie essentieUe ou diabete insipide vrai. Ann. de med., Par., 1922, xii, 480-512.— Meyer (E.) Ueber Diabetes insipidus und andere Poly- urien. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1905, lxxxiu, 1-70.-----. Ueber Diabetes insipidus. Deutsche Klinik, Berl. & Wien, 1910, xhi, Ergnzngsbd. ii, 271-292.—Meyer (E.) & Meyer-Bisch (R.) Beitrag zur Lehre vom Dia- betes insipidus. Deutsches Arch, f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1921, exxxvii, 225-233.—Motzfeldt (K.) Diabetes insipidus. Endocrinology, Glendale, Cal., 1918, ii, 112-121.—Nicolay- sen (L.) Diabetes insipidus. Norsk Mag. f. Lccgevidensk., Kristiania, 1917, 5. R., xv, 1184-1209.—Oehme (C.) Zur Lehre vom Diabetes insipidus. Ztschr. f. d. ges. exper. Med., Berl., 1919, ix, 251-261. AUo [Abstr.]: Med. Klin-, Berl., 1918, xiv, 749.—Paollni (R.) Sopra un caso di poUuria essenziale. Gior. di med. prat., Livorno, 1923, v, 8-12.— Preston (J. W.) Notes on diabetes insipidus; with report of cases. West Virg. M. J., Wheeling, 1914, ix, 80-82.— Pribram (E.) Khnische Beobachtungen bei 10 FaUen von Diabetes insipidus. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1903, lxxvi, 197-232.—Richter (G.) Diabetes insipi- DIABETES. 514 DIABETES. Diabetes insipidus. dus. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1916,jxin, 3084313.- Robison (J. A.) A profound case of diabetes insipidus. lUuiois M. J., Springfield, 1904, vi, 699-701-Schnabel CT G ) & Gerhard (A. H.) A case of diabetes insipidus. N 'York M. J. [etc.], 1920, cxi, 812-815.-Segailpw (E. J.) Zur Frage des sogenannten Diabetes insipidus. *olia urolog., Leipz., 1907, i, 274-292 -SeUer(F.) Ueber das Wesen des Diabetes insipidus. Ztschr. f. Khn. Med., Berl., 1907 lxi, 1-31.—Stafflerl (D. M.) Un caso de diabetes insipida; con sindroma de insuflciencia hipofisiana. Rev. med. del Rosario, 1922, xii, 164-173.-Stenstrom (T.) Om diabetes insipidus. Lunds lak.-saUsk. forh., Stockholm, 1915-16 101-122. Also: Allm. sven. lakartidn., Stockholm, 1916, xiU, 876; 893—Strubell (A.) Ueber Diabetes insi- pidus. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1898, lxu, 89- 119 —Tallqvist (T. W.) Untersuchungen iiber einen Fall von Diabetes insipidus. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1903, xUx, 181-192—Veil (W. H.) Ueber die Wirkung gesteiger- ter Wasserzufuhr auf Blutzusammensetzung und Wasserbi- lanz; Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Polydipsie und des Diabetes insipidus. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1916, cxix, 376-436.—Weir (J. E.). Larson (E. E.) & Rowntree (L. G.) Studies in diabetes insipidus, water balance, and water intoxication. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1922, xxix, 306- 300.—Wlnckelmann. Ueber den Diabetes insipidus. Med. KUn., Berl., 1907, ii, 1005-1007. Diabetes insipidus (Causes and pathol- ogy of). See, also, Diabetes insipidus (Hereditary); Hisibetes(Pituitary); Diabetes insipidus(Trau- matic); Diabetes insipidus and syphilis; Pitui- tary gland (Diseases of); Pituitary gland (Tu- mors of). Barabo (T. [K.]) *Ueber Diabetes insipidus mit Infantilismus. 8°., Miinchen, 1914. Desoutter (R.) *Etude sur le fonctionne- ment renal au cours de la polyurie hypophysaire. 8°. Paris, 1921. Dziembowski (S.V.) *Ueber den ursachlichen Zusammenhang zwischen Hypophysis cerebri und Diabetes insipidus. 8°. Breslau, 1914. Ellern (H.) *Beitrag zum atiologischen Studium des Diabetes insipidus. [Heidelberg.] 8°. Leipzig, 1912. Also, in: Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1912, cix, 85-111. Fletjrot (P.) *Relations entre le diabete in- sipide et l'hypophyse. 8°. Paris, 1914. La Croix (J.-J.) Contribution a l'etude du diabete insipide; ses rapports avec les infections. 8°. Paris, 1904. Arnsteln (A.) Hypophysare Polydipsie. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1919, xxxn, 928.—Aschner (B.) Hypophyse und Diabetes insipidus. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1917, lxiv, 81.—Ballnt (R.) Beitrage zur Aetiologie des Diabetes iDsipidus. Berl. khn. Wchnschr., 1913,1, 2379-2381.—Bauer (J.) & Aschner (Berta). Die Pathogenese des Diabetes insipidus. Wien. Arch. f. inn. Med., 1920, i, 297-334 — Benario (J.) Zur Pathologie und Therapie des Diabetes insipidus. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1913. lx, 1768-1771.— Berge (A.) & Schuimann (E.) The rhythm of hypophy- sary polyuria. Med. Press, Lond., 1921, n. s., cxi, 454-456.— Camus (J.) & Roussy (G.) Polyurie par lesion de la region opto-pedonculaire de la base du cerveau; mecanisme regulateur de la teneur en eau de l'organisme. Compt. rend. Soc.de biol., Par., 1914, lxxvi, 773-778.----------. Locali- sation anatomique a la base du cerveau des lesions qui provo- quent la polyurie chez le chien. Ibid., 877-880.----------. Le diabete insipide; son origine infundibulo tuberienne. J. med. franc., Par., 1922, xi, 332-337.—Ceconi (A.) Ipoflsi e diabete insipido. Minervamed., Torino, 1922, ii, 625-631.— Cushing (H.) Concerning diabetes insipidus and the polyurias of hypophysial origin. Boston M. A S. J., 1913, clxviii. 901-910, 1 ch. Also: Med. Communicat. Mass. M. Soc, Bost., 1913, xxiv, pt. 1, 23450, 1 pi—Domagk (G.) Hypophysentumor una Diabetes insipidus. Klin. Wchn- schr., Berl., 1923, ii, 124.—Eisner (G.) Ueber die Beziehun- gen des Diabetes insipidus zur Hypophyse und dem ubri- gen Centralnervensystem. Therap. d. Gegenw. Berl. & Wien, 1916, xviii, 289-298.—Eno (H.) Diabetes insipidus; report of a case of probable tuberculous pathogenesis. Proc. Canal Zone M. Assoc, 1912, v, pt. 1,19-22—Finkeln- burg (R.) Ueber das Konzentrationsvermogen der Niere bei Diabetes insipidus nach organischen Hirnerkrankungen. Deutsches Arch, f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1910, c, 33-51.—Frank (E.) Ueber Beziehungen der Hypophyse zum Diabetes insipidus. Berl. khn. Wchnschr., 1912, xUx, 393-397. Also: Jahresb. d. schles. GeseUsch. f. vaterl. Cult. 1912, Bresl., 1913, ii, pt. 2, 18-32. [Discussion], pt. 1, 11— Gaujoux (E.) & Diabetes insipidus (Causes and pathol- ogy of). Delmas (P.) Des polyuries insipides; essai de classification pathogenique. Montpel. med., 1907, xxv. 457; 481.—Gro- ber (J.) Diabetes insipidus mit zerebralen Herdsympto- men. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1904, U, 1633-1636.— Grundmann. Ueber eine neue Theorie des Diabetes insipidus. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1917, liv, 743-747.— Glinther(H.) Anhidrosis und Diabetes insipidus. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1913, lxxvin, 53-63.—Hann (F.) [Sig- nificance of alterations of the hypophysis in diabetes insipi- dus.] Orvostud. ertek, gyiijt. Magy.orv. Arch., Budapest, 1917, u. f., xviU, 104-140.—Hecht (E.) Zum Wesen des Diabetes insipidus. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1920, xc, 126-145.—Jewett (D. B.) Hypophyseal disease as related to diabetes insipidus; with report of 2 cases. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1914, lxxxv, 242-245.—Kahlmeter (G.) [Contribu- tion to the knowledge of diabetes insipidus and its behaviour to hypophysis.] Hygiea, Stockholm, 1914, lxxvi, 1073- 1100.—Kenhaway (E. L.) & Mottram (J. C.) Observa- tions upon 2 cases of diabetes insipidus; with an account of the literature relating to an association between the pitui- tary gland and this disease. Quart. J. Med., Oxford, 1918- 19 xii 225-258.—Kidd (L. J.) Diabetes insipidus and infantilism. Lancet, Lond., 1914, i, 645.—af Klercker (K. O.) [The correlation of diabetes insipidus and functional disorders of the pituitary gland.] Allm. sven. lakartidn., Stockholm, 1916, xiii, 909-918.—Krikortz (G.) [Brief report on a case of diabetes insipidus probably of hypophyseal origin.] Hygiea, Stockholm, 1915, lxxvii, 49453.—Lamy (H.) & Mayer (A.) Concentration moieculaire du sang et de Purine au cours de la polyurie produite par injections de sucres. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvi, 224-226.— Larson (E. E.), Weir (J. F.) & Rowntree (L. G.) Studies in diabetes insipidus, water balance, and water intoxication. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, PhUa., 1921, xxxvi, 409-439.— Luzzatto (A. M.) Diabete insipido da emorragia nella neuroipofisi e nei peduncolo lpofisario. Sperimentale, Firenze, 1917, Ixxi, 405-421. A lso[ Abstr.]: Riforma med., NapoU, 1918, xxxiv, 94.—Mamrot (A.) Diabete insipide, dystrophies generales avec predominance aux organes genitaux; ensemble symptomatique he a une insuffisance hypophysaire. Arch, de med. d. enf., Par., 1913, xvi, 927- 934.—Maranbn. Diabetes insipida, en un muchacho en el que una bala habfa lesionado la hipofisis. An. r. Acad, de med.. Madrid, 1918, xxxvUi, 2724?00.—Marie (P.) & Boutier Diabete insipide avec infantilisme. Rev. neurol., Par., 1913, xxi, 555-560.—Marinesco (G.) Un cas de diabete insipide dependant d'un gUo-sarcome du plancher de 4° ventricule. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1900, 3. s., xUv, 113. Also: Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1900, lxxui, 246.—Mayer (A.) & Ratheny (F.) Modifications histologiques du reinau cours des polyuries repetees. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1908, lxv, 134-136.—Meyer (E.) Ueber den gegen- wartigen Stand der Pathologie una Therapie des Diabetes insipidus. Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. Ver- dauungs- u. Stoffwechs.-Krankh., HaUe a. S., 1913-14, v, 1-58.—Moreschl (C.) SuUa patogenesi del diabete insipido. Policlin., Roma, 1918, xxv, sez. med., 97-118.—Oehme (C.) Ueber das Wesen des Diabetes insipidus. Med. Klin., Berl., 1919, xv, 861-864.—Orlandl (N.) Sopra un caso di diabete insipido con sindrome di insufficienza pluriglandolare endocrina. Osp. maggiore, MUano, 1914, 2. s., u, 634-646 — Relehardt (Mi) Der Diabetes insipidus, Symptom einer Geisteskrankheit? Arb. a. d. psychiat. Klin, zu Wiirz- burg, Jena, 1908, 2. Hft., 49-94.—Riely (L.) Diabetes insipidus or hypo-physeal polyuria. J. Oklahoma M. Ass., Muskogee, 1921, xiv, 376.—Rbmer (C.) Die Beziehuncen zwischen der Funktion der Hypophysis cerebri und dem Diabetes insipidus. Deutsehe "med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1914, xl, 108-111.—Rosenthal (A.) Zur Pathologie der Sekretionen bei Diabetes insipidus. Berl. khn. Wchn- schr., 1912, xhx, 1265-1267— Salmon (A.) li diabete insipido; studio su la sua patogenesi. Studium Napoh, 1922, xU,263-274. A lso, Reprint.—Scabla(L.) La pohuria sem- pUce e sempre l'espressione di un fatto degenerativo. Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze, 1899, iv, 311-315.—Schlfl (A.) Zur Theorie des Diabetes msipidus. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1919, lxix, 2351.—Schvvenkenbecher (A.) Ein Beitrag zum atiologischen Studium des Diabetes insipidus. Mun- chen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lvi, 2564-256S— Segaloff (E.) [Connection between polyuria, diabetes meUitus, and Ad- dison's disease.] Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1903, ii, 1097; 1126; 1154.—SUvestri (T.) Del diabete insipido con speciale riguardo all' etiologia e patogenesi. Riforma med., JsapoU, 1911, xxvii, 91; 120.-----. Diabete insipido e puberta. Ibid.,1921, xxxvii, 412-415.—Slmmonds (M.) Hypophysis und Diabetes insipidus. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1913, lx, 127.—Steiger (O.) Ueber einen FaU von Diabetes insipidus und seine Beziehungen zur inneren Sekretion resp. zum erweiterten Yagussvstem. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1900, xxxviii, 1869-1S72.—Stenstrom (T.) [The pathogenesis of diabetes insipidus.] Lunds lak.- saUsk. forh., Stockholm, 1916-17, 206-216.—VeU (W. H.) Ueber intermediare Yorgange beim Diabetes insipidus und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Kenntnis vom Wesen dieses Leidens. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1918, xci, 317-380. -----. Diabetes insipidus; its pathogenesis and therapeutics. Endocri- nology, Los Angeles, 1922, vi, 365-382.—Vanysek (F.) DIABETES. 515 DIABETES. Diabetes insipidus (Causes and pathol- ogy of). [Diabetes insipidus as an affection of the tissues.] Casop. lek. eesk., Praia, 1922, lxi, 1113.—Verstraete & Sable (F.) Sur un cas de diabfete insipide coexistant avec des lesions anciennes du corps strie et suivi de tuberculose pulmonaire. J. de sc. med. de LiUe, 1908, i, 278-284.—ViUa (L.) Contri- buto alia conoscenza dei rapporti fra diabete insipido e ipofisi. Policlin., Roma, 1921, xxvui, sez. Med., 438-450 — Weber (F. P.) & Schmidt (H.) A case of diabetes insipi- dus with a peculiar necropsy finding in the posterior lobe of the pituitary body. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1916, chi, 892-898. Also, Reprint.—Whlpham (T. R.) Diabetes insipidus with infantilism. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1914-15, viii, Sect. Stud. Dis. ChUd., 10.—Wlnslow (K.) Pituitary polyuria or diabetes insipidus. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1921, xx, 16. Diabetes insipidus (Complications and sequelx of). Kaufmann (K.) *Ueber Blasenerweiterung bei Diabetes insipidus. 8°. Giessen, 1917. List ([H.] A.) *Ueber die bei Diabetes insi- pidus vorkommende Harnblasenerweiterung. 8°. Giessen, 1920. Bonsfield (S.) Two cases of diabetes insipidus, with primary optic atrophy. St. Barth. Hosp. Rep. 1900, Lond., 1901, xxxvi, 235-242.—Brayton (A. W.) The cutaneous manifestations in diabetes insipidus; reports of 3 cases. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xhii, 3774379.—Carter (A. H.) A case of acute diabetes insipidus with fatal coma. Lancet, Lond., 1904, ii, 588.—Cherry (P. T. S.) A case of diabetes insipidus and chronic hydrocephalus. Australas M. Gaz., Sydney, 1910, xxix, 302.—Ebsteln (E.) Ueber Eunuchoi- dismus bei Diabetes insipidus. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1912, xxv, 441-454.—Evans (G.) & WaUls (R. L. M.) Diabetes insipidus compUcated by intermittent glycosuria. Lancet, Lond., 1921, i, 70-72.— Foerster (A.) Diabetes insipidus im Anschluss an Menin- gitis serosa. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1920, lxvii, 694- 696.—Friedlander. Psychoneurose und Diabetes insipidus. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat., Berl. & Leipz., 1910, iu, Orig., 581-586.—Hock (A.) Enuresis und Diabetes insipidus. Med.-chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1900, xxxv, 398-400. Also: Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1900, xxv, 313-315.—Pichler (K.) Ein FaU von Diabetes insipidus bei Ependymitis diffusa am Boden der Rautengrube. Zentralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1903, xxiv, 745-750.—Posner (C.) Diabetes insipidus und Blasenlahmung. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1902, xxxix, 438-440. Also: Veroffentl. d. Hufeland. Ge- seUsch. in Berl. (1901), 1903, 86-92.—Sequeira (J. H.) Dia- betes insipidus with papular and nodular xanthomata. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med. 1913, Lond., 1914, vii, Dermat. Sect., 262. Also: Brit. J. Dermatol., Lond., 1914, xxvi, 332 — Stoewer (P.) Neuritis und IridozykUtis bei Diabetes insipidus. KUn. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1912, ii, 624-626.—Strauss (H.) Diabetes insipidus und Entwick- lungshemmung, nebst Bemerkungen zur Differential- diagnostik des Diabetes insipidus. Folia urolog., Leipz., 1911, vi, 389-395.—Stuber (B.) Ueber Diabetes insipidus, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Entstehung des Kochsalzfiebers. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1911, civ, 394-401.— Tblken. Ein FaU von Erysipel Dei Diabetes insipidus. Internat. Beitr. z. inn. Med.[Leyden], Berl., 1902, U, 97-102. Diabetes insipidus (Experimental). Albarran (J.) L>e la polyurie experimentale. Ass. franc- d'urol. Proc.-verb. 1903, Par., 1904, vii, 706-720.— BaUey (P.) & Bremer (F.) Experimental diabetes insipi- dus. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1921, xxviU, 773-803. ----- -----. Experimental diabetes insipidus and genital atrophy. Endocrinology, Glendale, Cal., 1921, v, 761.—Camus (J.) & Roussy (G.) Polyurie experimentale permanente (dia- bete insipide). Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1920, Ixxxiii, 764.-----------. Diabete insipide experimental et atrophie genitale. Ibid., 901.—Flnkelnburg (R.) Khni- sche und experimenteUe Untersuchungen uber Diabetes insipidus. Deutsches Arch. f. kUn. Med., Leipz., 1907, U, 345-377.—Galan (J.-C.) Polyurie cerebrale chez le lapin. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1920, lxxxiu, 1357.—Han- chett (McM.) Experimental lesions of the hypophysial; region and polyuria. Proc. Inst. Med., Chicago, 1919-21, Ui, 202-208.-----. Experimental polyuria. Am. J. M. Sc, PhUa., 1922, clxUi, 685-697—Kusnetzky (D. P.) Ueber experimenteUe Polyurie. Ztschr. f. Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 1908, ii, 503-513.—Legueu (F.) & Lagarde (de B.) Critique de la polyurie experimentale. J. d'urol. med. et chir., Par., 1912, ii, 461-472.—Matthews (S. A.) Experimental dia- betes insipidus in dogs. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1915, xv, 451-457.—Oehme (C.) & Margarethe). Zur Lehre vom Diabetes insipidus; nacb experimenteUen Untersuchungen. Deutsches Arch, f. kUn. Med., Leipz., 1918, cxxvii, 261-299 — Plrondlni (E.) Contribution clinique a l'etude de la poly- urie experimentale. J. d'urol. med. et chir., Par., 1914, v, 461-500.—Towne(E. B.) Theso-caUedpermanent polyuria of experimental diabetes insipidus. Proc. Soc. Exper. Diabetes insipidus (Experimental). Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1921-2, xix, 306-308—VeU (W. H.) Die Beziehungen der experimenteUen Piqure-Polyurie zum Diabetes insipidus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1920, xlvi, 558. Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1920, lxvu, 616.-----. Die Beziehungen der experimenteUen Polyurie durch Piqure zum Diabetes insipidus. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med., Munchen & Wiesb. (1920), 1921, xxxu, 134-136. Diabetes insipidus (Hereditary and fa- milial). Hirschon (C. M.) *Diabetes insipidus bei Mutter und Tochter. 8°. Munchen, 1909. Weil (A.) *Ueber die hereditare Form des Diabetes insipidus. [Heidelberg.] 8°. Leipzig, 1908. Also, in: Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1908, xciU, 180-290, lpl. Ehrmann (R.) FamUiarer Diabetes insipidus bei 3 geistig zuriickgebUebenen Kindern. Berl. khn. Wchn- schr., 1911, xlviii, 496.—Janzen (E.) & Broekman (J.) [A case of hereditary diabetes insipidus.] Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1921, lxv, pt. 1, 2519-2531.—Lichtwitz. Ueber einen FaU von angeborenem Diabetes insipidus kombiniert mit nach Insolation hinzugetretener EpUepsie. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xhx, 1887. Diabetes insipidus (Hysterical and neu- rogenous). See, also, Hysteria (Manifestations of); Ner- vous system (Diseases of). Eckert (K.) *Ueber einen mit; pseudosteno- cardischen Anfallen und Mitralstenose kombi- nierten Fall von periodischem Diabetes insipidus auf hysterischer Grundlage. 8°. Halle a. S., 1904. Brown (W. L.) Diabetes insipidus and circulatory dis- eases in relation to the sympathetic. Lancet, Lond., 1919, i, 965-970.—Ewart (W.) [A case of diabetes insipidus directly traceable to the effect of sudden emotion, and remarkable also for the marked amelioration of the symptoms by the use of carbonic acid.] Practitioner, Lond., 1899, lxii, 44.— Melrelles (E.) Polyuria nervosa ou diabetes insipido. Tribuna med., Rio de Jan., 1909, xv, 227-232.—du MesnU. FaU von Diabetes insipidus auf nervoser Basis. Mitth. f. d. Ver. Schlesw.-Hoist. Aerzte, Kiel, 1902-3, xi, 150.—Mous- sous (A.) Polyurie nerveuse chez une fiUette de 8 ans. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1907, xxxvu, 835.—Rimbaud (L.) & Roger (H.) Polyurie nerveuse. J. med. franc., Par., 1909, iii, 93; 97. Also: Prov. med., Par., 1909, xx, 36-38.—Ter- rien. Du diabete insipide hydrurique de nature hysterique. Anjou med., Angers, 1903, x, 45; 107. Diabetes insipidus (Metabolism in). See, also, Metabolism (Aqueous). Barach (J. H.) Nocturnal polyuria. Am. J. M. Sc, PhUa., 1921, clxi, 551-555.—Courmont (P.) Le diabete insipide hyperchlorurique. BuU. Soc. med. d. hop. de Lyon, 1907, vi, 207-209. Also: Lyon med., 1907, cix, 72.— De Grazia (F.) Ricerche di ricambio nei diabete insipido. Gazz. sicil. di med. e chir. [etc.], Palermo, 1907, vi, 369-373. Also: Riforma med., Palermo-NapoU, 1907, xxiU, 794-797.— Edsall (D. L.) The carbohydrates of the urine in diabetes insipidus. Am. J. M. Sc, PhUa., 1901, n. s., cxxi, 5454551. Also, Reprint.—Ferrannlnl (A.) H ricambio anomalo del cloro nei diabete insipido. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1899, Roma, 1900, x, 138-141. -----. H diabete insipido come anomaUa del ricambio. PoUclin., Roma, 1902, ix, sez. med., 601-624.—Forschbach & Weber. Beobachtungen uber die Harn- und Salz-Ausscheidung im Diabetes insipidus. Ztschr. f. khn. Med., Berl., 1911, Ixxui, 221-239.—Goldberg (J.) & Hertz (R.) L'eUmination des chlorures dans la polyurie simple et l'influence du bicarbonate de soude sur cette elimination. Rev. demed., Par., 1913, xxxui, 91-110.— Goodall (H. W.) MetaboUsm studies in a case of diabetes insipidus. Boston M. & S. J., 1911, clxv, 788-791.—Gorke (H.) Zur Frage der Pathogenese und der Stofrwechsel- vorgange beim Diabetes insipidus mit besonderer Beriick- sichtigung der chemischen Untersuchungen des Blutes. Arch. f. Verdauungskr., Berl., 1920, xxvi, 365-398.—Licht- witz. Ueber die Differentialdiagnose zwischen Diabetes insipidus und anderen Polyurien. Munchen. Med. Wchn- schr., 1918, lxv, 575.—Poisot (M.) Polyurie essentieUe ameiioree par la dechlorination. Rev. med., Par., 1908 xxvui, 387-394.— Rablnowitch (I. M.) MetaboUc studies on a case of diabetes insipidus. Arc. Int. Med.^Chicago, 1921 xxvui, 355-366.—Rosenbloom (J.) & Price (H. T.) A me- tabolism study of a case of diabetes insipidus. Am. J. Dis Child., Chicago, 1916, xii, 53-60. Also, Reprint.—Rossi (A.) Contributo al ricambio, aha patogenesi ed ad' uropoiesi del diabete insipido. PoUclin., Roma, 1904, xi, sez. med., 101; 182.—Setti (G.) SuU' eliminazione neUa poUsarcia dei vari componenti azotati deU' urina, e sui loro rapporti con l'azoto totale. Riv. veneta di sc med., Venezia, 1909, xxx, 113- DIABETES. 516 DIABETES. Diabetes insipidus (Metabolism in). 119.—Strauss (H.) Zur Kenntnis des Wasserstoffwechsels bei Diabetes insipidus. Ztschr. f. exper., Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1905, i, 408-418.— Vannini (G.) Ueber den Stoff- wechsel bei Diabetes insipidus. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1900, xxxvii, 638-642.- VeU (W. H.) Ueber die Auslosung intermediarer Kochsalzverschiebungen vom Zentralnerven- system aus. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1920, Ixxxvii, 189-200—Williams (J. R.) Diabetes insipi- dus; a metabohc study of pituitary adininistration. Endo- crinology, Glendale, Cal., 1917, i, 312-325. Diabetes insipidus (Pituitary). See Diabetes (Pituitary). Diabetes insipidus (Syphilitic). See Diabetes insipidus and syphilis. Diabetes insipidus (Traumatic). See, also, Head (Wounds and in juries of). Epstein (H. J.) ^Diabetes insipidus nach Trauma. 8°. Leipzig, 1915. Lux (F.) *Diabetes insipidus nach Kopf- trauma. 8°. Borna-Leipzig, 1910. Zenker (F.) *Diabetesinsipidus und Trauma. [Leipzig.] 8°. Weissenfels, 1919. Arena (G.) PoUuria simplex traumatica. Mondo med., Roma, 1919-20, i, 50455.—Arredondo. Diabetes insipida deorigentraumatico. Rev.demed. vcirug. pract., Madrid, 1917, cxvi, 460: cxvU, 379-381.—Be utter. Diabete insipide survenu a la suite d'un traumatisme cranien. Loire med., St.-Etienne, 1912, xxxi, 223-226.—Borszeky (K.) Diabetes insipidus nach Basisfraktur und Commotio cerebri. Beitr. z. KUn. Chir., Tubing., 1901, xxxi, 716-726.—Cardarelli (A.) Un caso di poUuria simplex traumatica. Studium, NapoU, 1915, vni, 127-130.—Catterina. Trauma cranico; diabete insipido, trapanazione; guarigione. PoUclin., Roma, 1921, xxvni, sez. chir., 181-188.—Flelg (C.) & Jeanbrau (E.) La secretion urinaire globale et la secretion comparee des deux reins dans le diabete nerveux insipide traumatique; essai de traitement. J. de physiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1908, x, 89-97—French (H.) & Ticehurst (C. B.) A note upon the relation of traumatic diabetes insipidus to glyco- suria. Tr. Chn. Soc. Lond., 190545, xxxix, 117-122. Also: Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1906,3. s., xlv, 153-159.—Graham (E. A.) Diabetes insipidus as a sequel to a gunshot wound of the head. Ann. Surg., PhUa., 1917, lxvi, 5294531 — Kleeblatt (F.) Diabetes insipidus nacb Schadelverle- tzungen. Med. KUn., Berl., 1915,xi, 915-919.—Lange (J. C.) Two cases of polyuria foUowing an identical traumatism. Penn. M. J., Pittsburg, 1904-5, vui, 162-164.—Mohr (H.) Dauernder Diabetes insipidus nach Schadelgrundbruch. Monatschr. f. UnfaUheUk., Leipz., 1912, xix, 362.—Pascheff (C.) Preliminary communication on injury as a cause oi diabetes insipidus with bitemporal hemianopia. Brit. J. Ophth., Lond.. 1922, vi, 5494)54—Schumann (E.) Ueber die traumatische Polyurie. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1910, xxi, 904-923—Severi (A.) Sopra un caso di diabete insipido traumatico. Riv. di diritto e giur.... s. infortuni d. lavoro, Modena, 1902, iv, 204-213—Thaiwltzer (F.) Diabetes insipidus post trauma. Monatschr. f UnfaUheUk., Leipz., 1904, xi, 349-351. Diabetes insipidus (Treatment of). Kumpiess (K.) *Beeinflussung der Diurese durch Narkotica. Untersuchungen an einem Kranken mit Diabetes insipidus und beim Normalen. [Konigsberg.] 8°. Berlin, 1913. Steinberg (M. W.) *Zur Pathologie und Therapie des Diabetes insipidus. 8°. Zurich, 1917. von AUthan (K.) Ueber das thierische Gummi Land- wehr's bei Diabetes insipidus. Berl. klin. Wchnschr , 1902 xxxix, 162 —Ascoll (G.) SuUa diuresi nei diabete insipido. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1899, xxxvui, 3,s5-uio.—Barker (L. F.) & Hodge (Mary). On the control of diabetes insipi- dus by means of hypophyseal extract in a multiglandular endocrinopathy (thyreo-hypophyseo-genital syndrome) Endocrinology, Glendale, Cal., 1917, i, 427-432 Also- Johns Hopkins Hosp. BuU., Bait., 1918, xxvui, 355 —Bar- ker (L. F.) & Mosenthal (H. O.) On the control of the symptoms of diabetes insipidus by subcutaneous injections of extracts of the hypophysis cerebri (pars posterior and pars intermedia). Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila, 1917 xxxii, 233-254.-Berge (A. > & Pagniez (P.) A propos des injections dextrait hypophysaire dans le diabete insipide. Bull, et mem. Soc. d. hop. de Par., 1914, 3. s., xxxvii 633 — Blumgart (H. L.) The antidiuretic effect of pituitary extract applied intranasaUy in a case of diabetes insipidus. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1922. xxix, 508-514.—Boarl (E ) bulla dietetica lpoclorurata nei diabete insipido. Gazz d osp., Milano, 1913, xxxiv, 1063—Bullowa (J. CM) Ob- servations on the treatment of diabetes insipidus with in- fundin. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1918, xciu, 127.^-Cammldge Diabetes insipidus (Treatment of). (P.J.) Complete recovery from diabetes insipidus. Practi- tioner, Lond., 1920, cv, 244-247.—Christie (C. D.) & Stew- art (G. N.) Study of a case of diabetes insipidus with special reference to the mechanism of the diuresis and on the action of pituitary extract on it. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago 1917, xx, 10-23. Also, Reprint.—Clausen (S. W.) The effect of injections of pituitary solution on the urinary output in a case of diabetes insipidus. Am. J. Dis. ChUd., Chicago 1918, xvi, 195-204. A ho, Reprint.—Davidson (M.) The antidiuretic effect of pituitary extract in diabetes insipidus Lancet, Lond., 1920, u, 401.—Demetre (P. E.) Sur Paction therapeutique de la pituitrine dans le diabete insipide BuU. et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1922,3. s., xlvi, 308^ 314.—Eisner (G.l Ueber die hemmende Beeinflussung der Polyurie beim Diabetes insipidus durch Hypophysenhinter- lappenextrakte. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz 1916, cxx, 438-459—Falta (W.) Drei Falle von Diabetes insipidus mit Pituitrin behandelt. Wien. med. Wchnschr , 1915, lxv, 1861-1863. AUo [Abstr.]: Mitt. d. GeseUsch. f! inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1915, xiv, 85.—Fellchenfeld (L.) Ueber die bisherigen Resultate der Behandlung des Diabetes insipidus mit Strychnin-Injektionen. Med. Klin Berl., 1904-5, i, 64-66—Fontana (V.) L'atropina nei diabete insipido. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1907. xxvUi, 601- 603.—Francesco (F.) Diabete insipido ed opoterapia lpofisaria. Ibid., 1913, xxxiv, 1135-1139.—Goldberg (J.) & Hertz (R.) [Secretion of chlorides in diabetes insipidus and the influence of sodium bicarbonate upon it.] Medycynai Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1912, xlvii, 210; 235.—Gooken (J. B.) Extract of hypophysis cerebri in polyuria. Colorado Med., Denver, 1918, xv, 100-102.—Graham (E. A.) Spinal puncture in diabetes insipidus. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, lxix, 1498-1500. AUo, Reprint—Graul (G.) Ueber einen mit Hypophysin-Hbchst erfolgreich behandelten Fall von Diabetes insipidus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1915, xh, 1095.—Hanssen (O.) Om diabetes insipidus og dens behandUng med. salt og seggehvidefattig diaet. Nord. Tidsskr. f. Terapi, Kobenh., 1911-12, x, 237- 244.—Heresco (P.) Sur un cas de diabete insipide gueri par une intervention chirurgicale (nephropexie). BuU. et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1903, n. s., xxix, 6'.)3-696.—Herrlck (J. B.) Report of a case of diabetes insipidus with marked reduction in the amount of the urine foUowing lumbar puncture. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1912, x, 1-7.—John (Gertrud). Zur Behandlung des Diabetes insipidus. Med. KUn., Berl., 1917, xui, 366-368.—Joslln (E. P.) Diabetes insipidus. Mod. Treatment (Hare) PhUa. A N. Y., 1911, u, 465-467—von Ketly (L.) Ueber die Behandlung des Dia- betes insipidus mit Strijchnininjektionen. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1906, xlvu, 98-104—Kraemer (C.) Zur Behandlung des Diabetes insipidus mit Hvpophvsen- ?raparaten. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1917," buy," 773- 75.—Kroell (H.) Adrenalin gegen Diabetes insipidus. Strassb. med. Ztg., 1910, vii, 281-2s3 —Labbe (M.) Diabete insipide gueri par le novarsenobenzol. BuU. et mem. Soc med. d. h6p. de Par., 1922, 3. s., xlvi, 1230-1232.— Leick (B.) Diabetes insipidus, behandelt nut Strychnin-Injektionen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1904, xxx 1204 — LerebouUlet (P.) & Faure-BeauUeu (M.) Les effets des injections sous-cutanees dextrait hypophysaire dans le diabete insipide. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par 1914, 3. s., xxxvu, 517-521—Micklethwalte (G.) The anti- diuretic effect of pituitary extract in diabetes insipidus- with report of a case. Ohio M. J., Columbus, 1921 xvu 245 Minkowski (O.) Zur Therapie des Diabetes insipidus! Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1910, U. 4-8.-Xiessen (W.) Beitrage zum Gebrauche des Amylenhydrates bei Diabetes insipidus. Prakt. Arzt, Wetzlar, 1900, xxxi, 50-53. AUo: Therap. Monatsh., Berl., PKX), xiv, 422.—Norgaard (\ ) [ A case of diabetes insipidus treated with pituitrin 1 Hosd - Tid., Kobenh., 1917, 8. R., x, 885; 909.—Reece. Case of dia- betes insipidus successfidly treated by pituitary extract. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1921, xviu, 463— bees (M H ) A Olmsted 0\ . H.) The use of pituitary extracts by mouth in the treatment of diabetes insipidus. Endocrin- ology, Glendale, Cal.; 1922, vi, 230-234.—Rod he (E ) [ \ diabetes insipidus; by means of hypophysial extract. J. Am.M. Ass.,Chicago, 1918,lxx, 1292— RosendorfiA Unna /.ur Differentialdiagnose und Therapie des Diabetes insipi- dus. Berl. khn. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviU, 377-381.-Rosen- feld. Behandlung des Diabetes insipidus. Deutsche med. V\ chnschr., Leipz: & Berl., 1916, xhi, 741.—Roussv (G.) byndrome polyurique traites par Popotherapie hvpophv- saire. Rev. neurol., Par., 1922, xxix, 770-772.-Rudisch (J.) A case of diabetes insipidus cured by suggest ion. Mt. Sinai Hosp. Rep., N. Y., 1899 & 1900, ii, 18-22.-Salomon (H.) Ueber Versuche therapeutischer Leberbestrahlung bei Diabetes. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1918, xxxu, 356-359 — Souques, Alajouanlne A Lemioyez (J.) Sur un cas de diabete insipide et sur les actions des extraits de lobe poste- rieur d'hypophyse. Rev. neurol., Par., 1922, xxix, 766- < -0.— Spaether (J.) Ein Beitrag zur Auffassung des Dia- betes insipidus und zu seiner Behandlung mit Strychnin Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xhii, 1011-1015.—Stein (B.) Beitrag zur Behandlung des Diabetes insipidus. Munchen. DIABETES. 517 DIATVORSCHEIFTEN. i Diabetes insipidus (Treatment of). Med. Wchnschr., 1904, U, 1606-1608.—Steinberg. Ueber die Behandlung des Diabetes insipidus. Ibid., 1917, lxiv, 112.—Strauss (H.) Ueber die Diatbehandlung des Dia- betes insipidus und ahnUcher Polyurien. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1912, xxxviu, 1961-1963. Also: Vortr. ii. prakt. Therap., Leipz., 1913, 5. s., 111-119.-----. Zur Organotherapie bei Diabetes insipidus. Therap. d. Gegenw.,Berl. & Wien, 1919,xviii, 165-170—Thorner (W.) Diabetes insipidus nach Trauma, erfolgreich mit Pitu- flandol behandelt. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & lerl., 1922, xlvui, 280-282—Tucker (J.) Immediate re- covery from early diabetes insipidus after lumbar puncture; report of a case. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1922, clxiii, 668-675.— Urechla (C. I.) & Alexandrescu-Dersca (C.) Diabete insipide traite par la pituitrine et le pituglandol. Bull, et mem. Soc med. d. h6p. de Par., 1922, 3. s., xlvi, 191-195.— Vaphlades (A.) Un cas de diabete insipide gueri par des injections mercurieUes. Rev. de med., Par., 1907, xxviU, 297.—Varanini (M.) L'adrenaUna in un caso di diabete insipido. Gazz. d. osp., MUano, 1907, xxvui, 637.—ViUaret (M.) & Salnt-Glrons (F.) Diabete insipide et opothera- - de hypophysaire. Rev. Neurol., Par., 1922, xxix, 772-774.— Le Vries ReUingh (D.) O ver de behandeling van diabetes insipidus. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1908, 2. R., xliv, 1. Afd., 738-747. Diabetes insipidus in children. See, also, Children (Diseases of). Dramofp (B.) *Zur Kasuistik des Diabetes insipidus im Kindesalter. 8°. Berlin, 1900. Sahut (R.) *De la polyurie essentieUe chez l'enfant. 8°. Paris, 1908. _ Tzarkies (Mile. Soura Bascha). *Diabete in- sipide et hypoazoturie chez l'enfant. 8°. Mont- pellier, 1913. AUarla (G. B.) & Rovere (G.) Ricerche suUa funzione renale in un ragazzo rachitico affetto da diabete insipido. Rassegna di terap., Torino, 1908, 546-553.—Ausset (E.) Un cas de diabete insipide chez un enfant de 4 ans; erup- tion xantheiasmique (?) generahsee concomitante. BuU. et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1899, 3. s., xvi, 150-155.— Baumel (L.) Contribution a l'etude du diabete insipide chez l'enfant. Montpel. med., 1904, xviii, 469-475, 1 pi.— Bender (P. B.) A case of diabetes insipidus in a child 2 years of age. Med. & Surg. Rep. Episc Hosp., PhUa., 1920, v, 31414.—Cowle (D. M.) A case of diabetes insipidus in a girl of 10 years from the standpoint of endocrinal involve- ment. Am. J. Dis. Child., Chicago, 1919, xviii, 194-198. AUo, Reprint.—Di Giorgio (G.) Diabete insipido in bambini tubercolotici. Gazz. internaz. di med., NapoU, 1913, xvi, 153.—Funaioli (G.) PoUuria estiva infantile. Gazz. d. osp., MUano, 1921, xiii, 189.—Gaylor. Ueber das Zustandekommen der Wachstumsstorungen bei Diabetes insipidus des Kindes. Monatschr. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1921, xxi, 356-366.—Gentile (D.) II diabete insipido essenziale nei bambini. Gazz. d. osp,, Milano, 1903, xxiv, 911.— Mamlnofl (A. Y.) [Diabetes insipidus in a child.] Trudi i Protok. Imp. Kavkazsk. Med. Obsh., Tiflis, 1913-14, i, 238.—Mensi (E.) Diabete insipido infantile. Minerva med., Torino, 1922, ii, 813-828.—Moffett (R. D.) & Green- berger (M.) Diabetes insipidus in children. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1917, xcii, 487-495. Also, Reprint.—Newmark (L.) A case of infundibular tumor in a child causing diabetes insipidus with tolerance of alcohol. Arch. Int. Med., Chi- cago, 1917, xix, 550-563. Also, Reprint.—Rathery. Dia- bete insipide datant de l'enfance. Clinique, Par., 1914, ix, 130-133.—Reisz (E.) [Treatment of diabetes insipidus in ChUdhood.] Gy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1912, Iii, 394-396.— Rlst (E.) Un cas de diabete sucre a evolution suraigue chez un enfant de 11 ans. Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1904, vui, 374.—Romeo (A.) Un caso de diabetes insipida infantil. Rev. clin. de Madrid, 1909, ii, 57-60.—Weber (F. P.) Diabetes insipidus in a boy with positive Wasser- mann's reaction; remarks on polyuria in chUdren and infantiUsm. Brit. J. ChUd. Dis., Lond., 1912, ix, 211-214. AUo, Reprint. Diabetes insipidus and diabetes mellitus. Cardarelli (A.) Due casi di diabete insipido trasformati in diabete melUto. . Boll. d. cUn., Milano, 1903, xx, 199-205.— D'Amato (L.) Due casi di diabete insipido trasformati in diabete meUito. Riforma med., Roma, 1902, xvui, pt. 2, 411-415.—Ellis (A. G.) The relations between diabetes insipidus and diabetes meUitus. Proc Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 190545, xxvi, 319-323. Also: Med. Exam. & Pract., N. Y., 1906, xvi, 136-138—Heiberg (K. A.) Ein FaU von fleichzeitigem Diabetes insipidus und Diabetes meUitus. ;tschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1911, lxxiii, 319-324.—Kuhn (P.) Ueber den Zusammenhang von Diabetes insipidus und meUitus. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xlix, 103.— Lewln (C.) Zur Frage des Zusammenhangs des Diabetes meUitus und Diabetes insipidus. Med. Klin., Berl., 1919, xv, 133-136. Also: Reichs-Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1920, xlv, 241; 265.—Munk (J.) [Diabetes mellitus and diabetes insipidus.] Nederl. Maandschr. v. Geneesk., Leiden, 1921, Diabetes insipidus and diabetes mellitus. x, 253-268.—Pignatti Morano (G.) Diabete insipido trasfonnatosi poscia in meUito e ipertrofia della prostata. Riforma med., Roma, 1902, xvui, pt. 3, 724; 734.—Rathery. Les deux diabetes. Rev. g6n. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1911, xxv, 260-262. Diabetes insipidus in pregnancy. See, also, Pregnancy (Complications of). Ballerinl (G.) Per la genesi del diabete insipido e deUe poUurie gravidiche. Folia gynaec, Pavia, 1921, xiv, 97- 119.—Chavane & Faure-MUler (R.) Diabete insipide et grossesse. BuU. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1900, iii, 400-409 — GentlH (A.) L'ipofisi in rapporto aU'aumentata diuresi ed al cosi detto diabete insipido deUa gravidanza. Ann. di ostet., Milano, 1917, xxxix, 173-200.—Novak (J.) Diabetes insipidus in graviditate. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1917, liv, 107-109.—Vinay (C.) Diabete insipide et grossesse. Lyon med., 1898, lxxxix, 397-407. Diabetes insipidus and syphilis. Grunbaum ( Hagerstown, Md., 1920, i, 52-54.—Rodriguez "™*? (U) -Solo el diagnostico es importante? Rev. meU cubana. Habana, 1922, xxxui, 506-508.—Roguet (G.) iJes progres de exploration clinique pendant le xix» siecle. Arch med. d'Angers, 1903, vU, 15; 66.-Rosenbach (O.) ihe ^jele der funktioneUen Diagnostik nebst Bemerkungen uber das Blut als Organ und die regulatorische Funktion der Nieren. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1901, S^J1' J: 2^s- :—7~' Die Diagnose als atiologischer Factor. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1904-o. lvi, 221-240.- Kosenheck (C.) The relation of the neurolodst to group ^gnosts. X. \ ork M. J.[etc], 1920, cxi, 855-s57.-Rowand (A.) Present stage of medical knowledge reganluK the dis- eases common among the people. Lancet, Lond.^ 1921, ii, DIAGNOSIS. 519 DIAGNOSIS. Diagnosis. 551-556.—Slotopolsky (B.) Ueber den logischen Charakter der medizinisehen Diagnose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. A Berl., 1919, xlv, 997.—SplUmann (P.) Pourquoi faut-il toujours pensera la syphiUs? Prov. mid., Par., 1910, xxi, 335.—Spooner (L. H.) Laboratory diagnosis. Med. CUn. N. Am., PhUa., 1920, iii. 1157-1165—Strong (0. S.) Description of a summary and differential diagnosis blank. Neurol. BuU., N. Y., 1918, i, 25-28. AUo, Reprint — Talentoni (C.) H valore diagnostico di alcuni sintomi lumeggiato dai decorso cUnico o daUa necroscopia. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1921, 9. s., xiU, 141-149.—Taylor (J. M.) Diagnosis in problems of reconstruction; accessory or supplemental therapeutics. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1919, xxvi, 203-221.—Todd (J. C.) A syllabus of lectures upon dinical diagnosis. Denver M. Times, 1905-6, xxv, 611-622.—Tracy (J. L.) The borderland obhgations of medicine and surgery. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1915, cxiv, 548-553.—Tuley (H. E.) Aids to diagnosis in medicine. J. Iowa State M. Soc, Des Moines, 1923, xhi, 97-104 — Vaughan (W. T.) The philosophy of medical diagnosis. Virginia M. Month., Richmond, 1921-2, xlviU, 94-98 — Williams (T. A.) The importance of modifications of the sensibihty in the diagnosis of disease. Am. J. M. Sc, PhUa. & N. Y., 1909, n. s., exxxvii, 556-562. -----. Subjective signs in diagnosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1921, lxxvii, 185-187.—Zoga (L.) La formula diagnostica: Malattia e individuaUta. Med. ital., Milano, 1920, i, no. 1, 6-12. Diagnosis (Bacteriological, chemical, and microscopical). See, also, Bacteriology (Methods and technique in); Blood, Cerebrospinal fluid, Faeces, Stomach. (Contents of), Urine, Examination of. Borgert (J.) Bakteriologische Diagnostik mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der experimen- tell-atiologischen Forschung, Immunitatslehre undderSchutzimpfungen. 3. Aufl. 8°. Leipzig, 1912. Carapeple (E.) Analisi delle orine, dei cal- coli e delle feci; per medici e studenti con prefa- zione de Arturo Marcacci. 8°. Palermo, 1907. Emery (W. d'E.) Handbook of bacteriological diagnosis for practitioners, including instructions for the clinical examination of the blood. 12°. Philadelphia, 1902. -----. The same. 12°. London, 1902. Julliard (C.) *De l'utilisation clinique de la cytologic, la cryoscopie et l'hematolyse. 8°. Geneve, 1901. Klopstock (M.) Prakticum der klinischen chemisch - mikroskopischen und bakteriologi- schen Untersuchungsmethoden. 3. Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1915. Knox (E. B.) Aids to microscopic diagnosis (bacterial and parasitic diseases). 16°. London, 1909. -----. The same. 12°. New York, 1910. Koniger (H.) Die zytologische Untersu- ch ungsmethode; ihre Entwicklung und ihre kli- nische Verwertung an den Ergiissen seroser Hohlen. 8°. Jena, 1908. Le Blaye (R.) & Guggenheim (H.) Manuel pratique de diagnostic bacteriologique et de technique appliquee a la determination des bacteries. 8°. Paris, 1914. Lehmann (K. B.) & Neumann (R. 0.) Atlas und Grundriss der Bakteriologie und Lehrbuch der speciellen bakteriologischen Diagnostik. pt. 1. 8°. Munchen, 1907. Lenhartz (H.) Mikroskopie und Chemie am Krankenbett, fiir Studirende und Aerzte. 3. Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1900. Matzuschita (T.) Bacteriologische Diagno- stik. Zum Gebrauche in den bacteriologischen Laboratorien und zum Selbstunterrichte. Fiir Aerzte, Tierarzte und Botaniker. 8°. Jena, 1902. Minett (E. P.) Diagnosis of bacteria and blood-parasites. 2. ed. 8°. London, 1913. .-----.Thesame. 3.ed. 12°. London, 1920. Diagnosis (Bacteriological, chemical, and microscopical). Tappeiner (H.) Anleitung zu chemisch- diagnostischen Untersuchungen am Kranken- bette. 7. Aufl. 16°. Munchen, 1899. -----. The same. 9. Aufl. 12°. Munchen, 1908. Webster (R. W.) Diagnostic methods, chemical, bacteriological, and microscopical. 4. ed. 8°. Philadelphia,^ [1914]. Wood (F. C.) Chemical and microscopical diagnosis. 8°. New York, 1905. Abadie (J.) Le cyto-diagnostic (cytologic des epanche- ments, de la s£rosit6 du vesicatoire, du Uquide cephalo- rachidien). J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1902, xxxii, 697; 713; 729; 761.—Achard (C.) & Foix (C.) L'activiteleucocytaire et revaluation chnique; leuropronostic. BuU.et mem Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1909, 3. s., xxviii, 202-217.—Anglada (J.) Des resultats donnes par l'hemoculture au cours d'un certain nombre de processus infectieux; identification de divers elements microbiens. Montpel. med., 1913, xxxvi, 190-194.—Bayer (K.) Fortschritte der bakteriologischen Diagnostik. Strassb. med. Ztg., 1917, xiv, 1-5.—Calandra (E.) Diagnosi differenziale del B. tifo e del B. coU con speciali terreni di cultura colorati. Osp. di Palermo. BoU. trimest., 1909, u; 41-52.—CasUli (A. R.) Principles of blood and urine chemistry. J. Med. Soc M. Jersey, Orange, 1919, xvi, 391-396.—Castleman (P.) & BaUey (K. R.) A few facts to remember in the interpretation of bacteriological findings. Am. J. Pub. Health, Concord, N. H., 1919, ix, 602-605.—Chantemesse. Le g&o-diagnostic de la fievre typhoide, du cholera, de la dysenterie, et des eaux qui transmettent ces maladies. BuU. Acad, de m£d., Par., 1902, 3. s., xlviii, 87-90.—Clalrmont (P.) Diflerentialdiagnosti- sche Untersuchungen uber Kapselbakterien. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1902, xxxix, 1-85.— Delepine (S.) The bacteriological diagnosis of certain infectious diseases in connexion with public health work. Lancet, Lond., 1898, i, 346; 429; 492.—Faschtng (M.) Original-Diagnosen neuer Bakterien. Ztschr. f. ang. Mikr., Weimar, 1901-2, vii, 281-294.—Forster (J.) & Fornet (W.) Arzt und. bakteriologische Untersuchungs-Anstalt. Strassb. med. Ztg., 1906, ui, 275-278.—Gossner. Zur bakteriologi- schen Diagnose. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, hi, 347- 349.—Grant (L.) & Murdie (W.) Bacteriological work in general practice. Caledon. M. J., Glasg., 1912-13, ix, 252- 255.—Grassberger (R.) Ueber die Bedeutung der Jod- reaction fiir die bacteriologische Diagnostik. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1900, xiii, 1175-1177.—Grassberger (R.) & Passlni (F.) Ueber die Bedeutung der Jodreaction fiir die bacteriologische Diagnose. Ibid., 1901, xv, 10-13.—Grim- bert (L.) Diagnostic des bacteries par leurs fonctions bio- chimiques. Arch, de parasitol., Par., 1903, vii, 237-305.— Hetsch. Ueber die DuTerenzierung der wichtigsten Infek- tionserreger gegenuber ihnen nahestehenden Bakterien. Klin. Jahrb., Jena, 1904, xu, 73-94.—Holmes (J. D.) Bacte- riological diagnosis. Pharm. J., Lond., 1918, c, 246 — Jaques (W. K.) The limitations of clinical and microscop- ical evidence. Chicago M. Recorder, 1901, xx, 111-117. [Discussion], 182-187.—Jousset (P.) Le diagnostic du microbe pathogfene ou de l'etat infectieux peut-il remplacer le diagnostic de l'espfece morbide? Art m6d., Par., 1904, xcvui, 424-431.—Kinsella (R. A.) A bacteriologie clinic; diagnostic methods. Med. Clin. N. Am., Phila., 1922, vi, 197-203.—Klodnitzky (N.) Die Methodik der bakteriolo- gischen Blutuntersuchung bei Infektionskrankheiten. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, IviU, Orig., 376-391.—Koranyl (A.) PhysikaUsch-chemische Methoden im Dienste der functioneUen Diagnostik. Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1901, vi, 506; 515.—Kraus (R.) Ueber diagnostische Verwerthbarkeit der specifischen Nieder- schlage. Wien. khn. Wchnschr., 1901, xiv, 693-695.— Laschtschenko (P.) Untersuchungen des BaciUus typhi und Bac. coU communis zu den baktericiden Eigenschaften des Kaninchenblutes (Beitrag zur Differentialdiagnose). Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1899, ix. 105-109—Libman (E.) The occurrence and significance of negative results in blood- culture studies. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1908, exxxvi, 548-556.—Llebreich (E.) Eine Zahlkammer fiir zytologi- sche und bakteriologische Zwecke. Deutsche med."Wchn- schr., Leipz. & Berl., 1916, xhi, 453-455.—Liefmann. Die Aussalzung des Bakterieneiweisses ein HiUsmittel der bakteriologischen Diagnostik. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1913, lvn, Ref., Beiheft, 202-210.— Llntz (W.) New apparatus for use in blood cultures. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, lx, 648-650.—LUdke (H.) Die bakteriologische Fruhdiagnose bei akuten Infektionskrank- heiten. Wiirzb. Abhandl. a. d. Gesamtgeb. d. prakt. Med., 1908, viU, 207-234—MacCarty (W. C.) Absolutely neces- sary microscopic diagnosis. Minnesota Med., St. Paul, 1918, i, 178-181.—Marpmann. Ueber diagnostische Nahrboden fur die Bacteriologie. Ztschr. f. ang. Mikr., Leipz., 1904, x, 169-174.—Marx (H.) Ueber den Nachweis von Bacterien. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1900, lxu, 346-348. AUo: Arb. a. DIAGNOSIS. 520 DIAGNOSIS. Diagnosis (Bacteriological, chemical, and microscopical). d. chir. Khn. d. k. Univ. Berl., 1901, xv, 129-131.—Mazza (S.) Algunos procedimientos practicos de biopsia. Ptensa m£d. argentina, Buenos Aires, 1917-18, iv, 315.—Meakins (J.C.) The method of "fixation of complement" in the diag- nosis of meningococcus and gonococcus infections. Johns Hopkins Hosp. BuU., Bait., 1907, xviii, 255-258.—Moreschl (C.) Ueber den Wert des Komplementablenkungsver- fahrens in der bakteriologischen Diagnostik. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xUv, 1204-1207. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: BoU. d. Soc. med.-ehir. di Pavia, 1907, xxi, 206.—Mor- genroth (J.) Trockennahrboden nach Doerr zur Typhus- und Dysenteriediagnose. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1914, lxi, 2355.—Myers (V. C.) A consideration of the chemical methods employed in medical diagnosis. Practitioner, Lond.. 1912, lxxxviii, 501; 608—Myers (V. C.) & Fine (M. S.) A consideration of the chemical methods employed in medical diagnosis. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1912, xxvii, 501; 608; 697; 795; 898; 1130: 1913, xxvui, 38; 143; 358.—Neus- ser (E.) Ueber atiologisch-bacteriologiscbe Diagnostik. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1901, xiv, 335-339—Nicolle (C.) Le cytodiagnostic; son principe, sa technique et ses apphca- tions. Rev. med. de Normandie, Rouen, 1901, 39-48.— Omellanski (W.) Beitrage zur Differentialdiagnostik einiger pathogener Bakterienarten. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, xxxiv, 1-6.—Patella. Citodiag- nosi degU essudati e transudati. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1901, Roma, 1902, 529-541.—Penecke (R.) Zur Ver- wendbarkeit des Gassnerschen Dreifarben-Nahrbodens bei der bakteriologischen Typhus- und Ruhrdiagnose. Wien. khn. Wchnschr., 1919, xxxh, 1007-1009.— Rhamy (B. W.) The value of the microscope and test tube in diagnosis. J. Indiana State M. Ass., Fort Wayne, 1908, i, 228-232.— Rosenthal (G.) Le phenomene bacteriologique de Neu- feld et son utihsation cUnique. CUn. prat, med.-chir. de path, [etc.], Par., 1914, x, 1; 34—Rothberger (C. L.) DU- ferentialdiagnostische Untersuchungen mit gefarbten Nahrboden. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1899, xxv, 15; 69—Ryan (F. C.) A view of the practical utiUty of bacteriology in the diagnosis and treatment of dis- ease. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1909-10, xxii, 24-28—Salus (G.) Ueber einige bakteriologisch-diagnost ische Methoden. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1900, xxv, 405-409.—Schmit-Jensen (H.-O.) Micromethode de diagnostic bacteriologique basee sur la fermentation. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par 1920, lxxxUi, 502-504.—Schttrmayer (B.) Artenconstanz der SpaltpUze und Krankheitsdiagnose. AUg. med. Centr - Ztg., Berl., 1899, lxvui, 1081; 1093—Sobel (L. L.) Prakti- sche Nahrboden zur Diagnose von Cholera, Typhus und Dysenterie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl 1915, xii, 1573—Tanturri (N.) Valore batteriodiagnostico dei terreni preparati con salicina al sottoacetato di piombo. Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1919, ii, 804-806.—Thayer (A. E.) The value and limits of laboratory diagnosis. South. M J Nashville, 1911, iv, 138-142.—Thilentus. Demonstration neuer bakteriologischer Untersuchungen. Munchen. med Wchnschr., 1909, lvi, 943—Walsh. (J. J.) Cytodiagnosis. Internat. CUn., Phila., 1901,10. s., iv, 102-105— Wederhake. Zur mikroskopischen Schnelldiagnose. Zentralbl. f. Gvnak. Leipz., 1905, xxix, 785-790. Diagnosis (Errors in). Baetz (W. G.) Surprises for the diagnostician revealed by the pathologist. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1916, ciii, 931-935 — Bennett (Sir V>. H.) Some cUnical experiences in decep- tive symptoms. Practitioner, Lond., 1914, xcii 1-12 — Bottn (F.) Errores de diagndstico. Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. med., Madrid, 1906, xvi, 8-13.—Bradford' (J R ) On errors of diagnosis in medicine. Brit. M. J., Lond i905 i 1253-1257.-Bramwell (B.) Errors in diagnosis. Clin! Stud.. Edinb., 1904-5, iu, 109-132. AUo: Med. Chron Manchester. 1904-5, 4. s., viU, 203-227. -----. Address in medicine: On mistakes. Lancet, Lond., 1911, ii, 281-285 Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1911, n. s., xcU, 120-124 — Cabot (R. C.) A study of mistaken diagnoses; based on the analysis of 1,000 autopsies and a comparison with the chnical findings. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, xv, 1343- l ™ ~l—• Diagnostic pitfaUs identified during a study of 3,000 autopsies. Ibid., 1912, lix, 2295-2298. Aim, Reprint r^Ta „ratxT0nT ln medi«ne; common diagnostic errors! J. M Soc N. Jersey, Orange, 1912-13, ix, 167-172.-Corl- yeaud (A.) Erreurs instructives. J. de mea. de Border* 1904, xxxiv, 882-884- Diez (F. A.) Errores dediagndS ^R^R^^'f15^'01,' 1904' Xxvii; 677-689.-Foster i?; I Reports of unusual cases; with the anatomical diag- osis. N York M.J. [etc.], 1920, cxn, 77-79.-Galvao ( \ ) Diagnostico; suas causas de erros. Arch Rio-Grand h'p med., Porto Alegre, 1921, ii, 152-161.-Gordner(\V) M?s* takes in diagnosis and treatment. Canad. J. M & S Toronto, 1900, vui, 236-245.-Gluseppl (P. L ) Errors in diagnosis. Chn. J., Lond., 1922, U, 413-419.-Gordmi (W S.) Failure in dammsf Q /.n™„.,.:__ .7^ ' . M" incomplete and some wrong" fios2^w™t( "^ ReT Diagnosis (Errors in). Lincoln, Nebr., 1905, x, 411-418.—Heineke (A.) Ueber haufig wiederkehrende Fehldiagnosen; Erfahrungen der BeobachtungsabteUung fiir innere Krankheiten. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1918, xhv, 336. -____ Ueber haufig wiederkehrende Fehldiagnosen besonders der physikalischen Diagnostik. Munchen. med. Wchnschr 1918, lxv, 393; 432.—H1U (E. C.) The sources of errors iu diagnosis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1916, civ, 830-835.—Hunn (F. Le M.) The teachings of faUures. Med. News, N Y 1905, lxxxvu, 721-726—Kacser (M.) Diagnostische Irrthii- mer. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1903, xxxix, 1102- 1104.—Kahn (M.), Kahn (M. H.) & Rosenbloom (J.) Functional diagnosis. In: Pract. Med. (Tice), N. Y., 1920 ii, 1-359.—Knopf. Was kdnnen die alten Aerzte uns bietenf Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1919, xlv, 748 — K(inner (A.) Irrttimer in der Diagnose. Reichs-Med- Anz., Leipz., 1906, xxxi, 243; 265.—LInd (J. E.) Diagnostic pitfaUs in the examination of negroes. N. York M. J. [etc 1 1914, xcix, 1286. AUo, Reprint.—Lipschitz (W.) Einige FehlerqueUen bei Untersuchungen von Nieren- und Stofl- wechselkranken. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1918, lxxxvi 375-389.—Mackintosh (M.) Errors in diagnosis. Med' Mag., Lond., 1909, xviU, 623-629—Meyer (M.) Unklare Krankheitsbuder; ihre Entstehung und Behandlung Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1906, lv, 2498; 2549.—MUhJens (PT) Exotische Krankheiten und diagnostische Irrtumer bei heimgekehrten Soldaten und Auslandsdeutschen. Deut- sche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1920, xlvi, 617; 649.— MUller (F.) Ueber Irrtumer der chemischen Blut- und Harnuntersuchung und ihre Bedeutung fiir den Praktiker Ibid., 1922, lxviii, 229.—Pennington (J. R.) Mistakes in diagnosis revealed through thorough examination. J. Am M. Ass., Chicago, 1919, lxxni, 966-969. AUo, Reprint.— Rosenbach (O.) Warum sind wissenschaftUche Schluss- folgerungen auf dem Gebiete der Heilkunde so schwierig, und in welchem Umfange konnen wesentliche FehlerqueUen durch die betriebstechnische (energetische) Betrachtungs- weise vermindert oder beseitigt werden? Ztschr. f klin Med.{ Berl., 1903,1,1; 267.—Rowlands (R. P.) An address on mistakes in diagnosis and their avoidance. Kansas City M. Index-Lancet, 1910, xxxiu, 190-194. A lso: West. Canada M. J., Winnipeg, 1910, iv, 504-511.—Shaw (H. B.) An address on some diagnostic faUures. Brit. M. J., Lond 1914, 1, 845-848.—Silvagnl (L.) Errori e difficolta di diag- nosi. Attualita med., MUano, 1913, ii, 981-1010.—Smith (L.) Mistakes I have made and seen. Med. Mae Lond 1903, Oii, 83; 163.-Spriggs (E. 1.1 An address on surprises in diagnosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1920, i, 563-567. Also- Glasgow M. J., 1920, xciv, 237-239.-TayIor (S^ Some mis- takes in medical diagnosis. Med. Press & Circ, Lond 1917 civ, 222-225.—Thomayer (J.) Die Ursachen diagnostischer Irrthumer. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1899 vi 225- 264; 2S9.-Torhett (J. \V.) Some pitfaUs in the diagnosis and treatment of diseases. .Med. Summary, Phila 1920-21 xhi,79-81.-Vetlesen(II.J.) [Errorsofdiagnosis.'j Norsk! Mag f. Lxgevidensk., Kristiania, 1S06, 5. R., iv, 289-311.- Waters (J. L.) Errors in diagnosis. Caledon. M. J., Glasg 1904-6 v, 294-302.-von Wlnckel (F.) Diagnostl sche Schwiengkeiten und Irrthumer. Beitr. z. Geburtsh. u. Gynak. RudolfChrobak .. .60. Geburtst.[etcl Wien 1903 ii, 82-100.-Wingrave (W.) CUnicalleVtoe^'on diagnostic ^urlmc eh°1^1,I?at1^,0"'-, Med- Pr^s & Circ, Lond., 'u?/der nur durch die Leichenoflm.ngfeststeUbaren Krank- heitsfalle. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1917, xiv, 595^)2. Diagnosis (Manuals and text-books of). See, also, Diagnosis (Physical, Manuals of) Achard (C.) Nouveaux precedes d'explora- tion. Lecons de pathologie generale professees /J-a/acult^ ^d? m^ecine. RecueilUes et redigees par P. Sainton et M. Loeper. 8°. Paris, Anders (J. M.) & Boston (L. N.) A text-book of medical diagnosis, roy. 8°. Philadelphia, 1911. . , ,. ——7- Tn^same. 2. ed. 8°. Phila- delphia & London, 1914. . ARLINGT9N Chemical Co. Differential diagno- sis (epitomized); diseases of the respiratory and circulatory systems. Pt. 2. 12°. Yonkers, [1908] Barker (L. F.) The clinical diagnosis of in- ternal diseases; general diagnosis, infections, respiratory and circulatory systems. 4°. Xew York & London, 1916. ------. The same. The blood, digestive system and urology. 4°. New York & London, 1916. . r~----• The same. Muscles, bones, and joints, nervous system, metabolism. 4°. New York & London. 1916. DIAGNOSIS. 521 DIAGNOSIS. Diagnosis (Manuals and text-books of). Bartlett (C.) A text-book of clinical medi- cine; principles of diagnosis. 8°. Philadelphia, 1903. Bass (C. C.) & Johns (F. M.) Practical clinical laboratory diagnosis; a thoroughly illustrated laboratory guide, embodying the interpretation of laboratory findings. 4°. New York, [1917]. ------------. The same. 2. ed. 8°. New York, 1920. Bollinger (H. J.) Manual of laboratory diagnosis, comp. and elaborated by H. J. Bol- linger; preface by S. R. Miller. 8°. Baltimore, [1919]. Boston (L. N.) A text-book of chnical diagnosis by laboratory methods. For the use of students, practitioners and laboratory workers. 8°. Philadelphia, 1904. ------. The same. 2. ed., rev. and enl. 8°. Philadelphia & London, 1905. Brooks (H. T.) Diagnostic methods, a guide for history taking, making of routine physical examinations and the usual laboratory tests necessary for students in clinical pathology, hospital internes and practising physicians. 2. ed. 8°. St. Louis, 1914. Brown (J. J. G.) & Ritchie (W. T.) Medical diagnosis. A manual of clinical methods for practitioners and students. 5. ed. 12°. Edin- burgh & London, 1906. Brugsch (T.) & Schittenhelm (A.) Lehr- buch klinischer Untersuchungsmethoden. 2. - Aufl. 4°. Berlin, 1911. ------------. The same. 4. ed. 8°. Ber- lin, 1918. ------------. The same. 2. Aufl., Bd. II: Technik der speziellen Untersuchungsmethoden. 4°. Berlin